Skip to main content

Full text of "American medicine"

See other formats


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 


at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/ 


«'.  ». 


^'"t>» 


*,V'- 


.^^/^^^ 


i3^^ 


->-  r  ^-^-^       ri^ 


Sr^*^ 


iQftunftfni%iH{fti»i(&!; 


jsinsacffi 


tfltinHiiuu' 


1 

HI  urtti.ui^  ^^^^^uvTus  fl 

'^fflPli 

I*RKSK>'TEI>    H^ 
THE    PTTBiaSHEr 

I 

Digitized  by 


Google 


i)  10,  's 


■^^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


■'     I 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.    EDWIN  LEWIS,  M.  D. 

Editor 


IRA  S.  WILE,  M.  D. 

Attociste  Editor 


Volume  XXV,  Complete  Series 
Volume  XIV,  New  Series 
JANUARY-DECEMBER 
1919 


f^ 


ME 

EDI 


AMERICAN 
MEDICINEi 

AN 
NE 


American  Medical  Publishing  Company 
Burlington,  Vt.,  and  New  York,  N.  Y. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Copyright  1919 
American  Medical  Publishing  Company 


niqitiypdh^/  VjOOQi.g . 


WWCfltTMEDlCIN 

PUBU8HED   MONTHLY 
BdHmiml  OfH«««t    18  Bmmt  41««  St.,  Ifew  York  CHy.  Pnbltcation  OIHc^a  i    189  CoU^i^  St«,  BnrMnjton,  Vi 


Coaglite  S«riei,    ToL  XXY.  No.  1 
Hew  BeriM,  VoL  XIY.    No.  1 


JANUARY,  1919 


$2.00 


TEABLTl 
In  AdyancN 


CONTENTS 


BDITORIAI*  €XmMSaST   1 

MBlf  AKD  THIMG8    !• 

ORIGHf  AX   ABTICIiES    ^7 

liONDON    liBTTBB     ■•* 

PHT8ICAI4   THE&AFY    ■*« 

THB    AWNCKTATOB     4» 

AMONe    fTHB    BOOKS    88 

BTIOI«OGT   ANP  DIAGNOSIS    54 

TBBlATBODlfT    -  •        , M 

(Continued  on  page  6) 


CONTRIBUTORS 

ROBBRT   MORRIS,  M.   D.,  New  York   City. 

ARNOLD  STURMDORF,  M.  D.*  F,  A.  O.  S.»  ete.* 

New  York  City. 

OHARIiBS  IPir.  BURR*  M.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
HBNRY  Ii.   SHIYBIjY,  M.   D.,  New   York   City. 
H.  GBRAIiD  OHAPIN,  IX.  D.,  New  York  City. 
B.  SHBRTITOOD-DUNN,  M.  D.,  Paris,  France. 


M  eeooDd-elMS  matter  Juauy  38,  1008,  at  ibe  PosI  Office  at  BiiTliii«ton,  Vt,  under  Ad  of  Congress,  March  8,  1879. 


In  the  Treatment  of 

RHEUMATIC  and 

NEURALGIC  ILLS 

yon   will  obtain  Bnbstantial  aid  from  the  thorough  use  of 

K-Y  ANALGESIC 

This  non-greasy,  water-soluble  local  anodyne  will  enable  you 
to  ease  your  patient's  pain  and  discomfort,  while  your  internal  or 
83r8temic  medication  is  combating  the  cause  of  his  condition. 

The  advantages,  moreover,  of  relieying  the  pain  of  a  facial 
neuralgia,  an  inflamed  joint,  or  aching  lumbar  muscles  without  re- 
course to  coal  tar  derivatiyes  cannot  fail  to  appeal  to  medical  men. 

K-Y  ANALGESIC  is  a  safe  and  effective  adjunct  that  will  daily 
grow  more  useful  to  the  practitioner  as  the  many  opportunities  for 
its  effective  use  are  realized. 

VAN  HORN  ft  SAWTELL  DEPARTMENT 

18  *  17  E.  40TH  STRBET.  NEW  YORK.  U.S.A. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


The  Itifltietiza 
Menace 

INFLUENZA  (with  its  aequela  of  pneumonia)  is  said  to 
have  caused  more  deadis  than  occurred  in  the  American 
army  in  France.    It  is  still  widely  prevalent    Fresh  out- 
breaks are  reported  in  many  places  where  the  epidemic  was 
thought  to  have  subsided.    Danger  lurks  everywhere. 

The  situation  demands  that  every  possible  precaution  be 
ob^rved. 

Prophylactic  vaccination  is  the  rational  procedure. 
In  one  locality,  where  several  thousand  persons  were 
vaccinated  before  the  appearance  of  symptoms,  not  a 
single  death  occurred. 

Influenza-Pneumonia  Vaccine 

(Prophylactic) 

This  vaccine*  the  formula  of  which  was  suggested  by 
Dr.  Rosenow,  is  offered  to  die  medical  profession  with  con- 
fidence in  its  efficacy  as  an  immunizing  agent  It  is  composed 
of  cultures  newly  isolated  from  cases  occurring  during  the 
prevailing  epidemic.  £ach  mil  (€x.)  contains  five  bilKon 
bacteria*  in  these  proportions: 

Diploeoccot  pneamonue,  type  I 
Diplocoocua  pneumoniie,  tirpe  U 
Diplocoocua  pneumoniie,  type  III 
DiplooocctM  pneomonue.  type  IV 
Streptococcus  hemobrticua  .  .  . 
Bttcterium  influenza  (Pfettfer) 
StaphsrlococciM  pyogenes  aureiu 


.    500 1 

.  750  miUioiM 
.  500  millioDS 
.  1250mUlioiie 
.  1000  millions 
.  500inillions 
.    500 1 


Used  only  ••  *  propliylftetie  of  iiifhieiixa 
•nd  the  ppenmonie  tnat  aoBMtiBiee  followa. 


Initial  doee,  H  nuls  second  doee,  1  mil;  third  dose.  \\i  mile-et  intenrels  of  eeveo  days* 

Parke,  Davis  &  Company 

Home  Offices  and  Laboraloriea, 
Detroit,  Michigan. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


COiNTRIBUTORS 


ANDERSON,  H.  B.,  M.   D., 
Toronto,  Canada. 

BAKER,     HON.     NEWTON 
D.,  SeCy  of  War,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 
BARR.      LIBUT.-COL.       SIR 

JAMES,    M.    D.,    IX..D.,    F. 

R.  C.  P.,  F.  R.  S.  B.,  Liver- 
pool, England 
BIZOT,  A.   R.,  M.  D.,  Louia- 

TlUe,  Ky. 
BLUMER,    GEORGE,    M.    D., 

New  HaTen,  Conn. 
BOWMAN,  R.  G.,  Red  Cross, 

New  York  aty. 
BRAISTBD,    W.    C,    M.    D., 

Surgeon-General      of      the 

Navy,  Washington,  D.  C. 
BRAM,  ISRAEL,  M.  D.,  Phila- 

delphia.  Pa. 
BULKLEY,   L.   DUNCAN,   A. 

M.,  M.  D.,  New  York  City. 
BURR,  CHARLES  W.,  M.  D., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

CARLBTON,      CLARA     L., 
Bradford,    Mass. 
CHAPIN,  H.  GERALD,  LL.D., 

New  York  City. 
COPBLAND,    ROYAL    S.,    M. 
D.,  New  York  City. 

DANIELS,      HON.      JOSE- 
PHUS,   Sec'y   of   Navy, 
Washington,  D.  C. 
DAVIN,     JOHN    P..    M.    D., 

New  York  City. 
DAVIS,  EDWARD  P.,  Col.  M. 
C,  U.   S.    A.,   Philadelphia, 
Pa. 


FISHER,     LEWIS,     M.     D., 
Major    M.    C,   U.    S.   A., 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 
FORBES,      HENRY      HALL, 
M.  D.,  Capt.  M.  C,  U.  S.  A., 
New  York  City. 
PITLD,  JOS.  E.,  M.  D.,  New 
York  City. 


GALLOWAY,  D.  H.,  Ph.  G., 
M.  D.,  Roswell,  New 
Mexico. 


GEYSER,  ALBERT  C,  M.  D., 

New  York  City. 
GOLDSTEIN,  HYMAN  I.,  M. 

D.,  Camden,  N.  J. 
GOODHUE,     E.     S.,     M.     D., 

LLD.,   Pukoo-Molokai,   Ha- 
waii. 
GORGAS,    WM.     C,    M.     D.. 

Surgeon-General   (Ret),  U. 

S.  Army,  Washington,  D.  C. 
GOULD,  GEORGE  M.,  M.  D., 

Atlantic  City.  N.  J. 
GRAEF,    CHARLES,    M.    D., 

New  York  City. 


HARTING.  JOANNA  WAL- 
TON, New  York  City. 
HAYS,   HAROLD  M.,   M.   D., 

Major  M.  C,  U.  S.  A.,  New 

York  City. 
HILL,  H.  W.,  M.  D.,  Capt.  C. 

A.  M.  C,  St.  Panl,  Minn. 
HILTON,   DAVID   C,   A.   M., 

M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S.,  Lincoln, 
T^ehr&ska 
HOGNER,  RICHARD,  M.  D.. 

Boston,  Mass. 
HURST,  ARTHUR  F.,  M.  A., 

M.   D.,  Oxon..  F.   R.  C.  P.. 

Newton  Ahbott,  Devonshire, 

E^ngland. 


IRELAND,  M.  W.,  M.  D.. 
Surg.-Gen.  U.  S.  Army, 
Washington,   D.    C 


JISR,  J.  G.,  M.  D.,  Cairo, 
Egypt. 
JOHNSON,  MAJ.  J.  PRATT, 
M.  C,  D.  A.  D.  M.  S.,  S.  A. 
M.  C,  Johannesburg,  South 
Africa. 


KAHN,  MORRIS  H.,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 

KAPLAN,  DAVID  M.,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 

KEITH,  D.  Y.,  M.  D.,  Louis- 
ville, Ky. 

KEITH,  J.  P.,  M.  D.,  Louis- 
ville, Ky. 

KNAPP,  MARK  I.,  M.  D., 
LL.B.,  LL.M.,  New  York 
City. 


KNOPF,    S.    ADOLPHUS,    M. 

D.,  New  York  City. 
KONKLE,  W.  B.,  M.  D.,  Mon- 

toursville.  Pa. 


LAASE,  -CHRISTIAN  F.  J., 
M.  D.,  New  York  City. 
LATIMER,     M.     J.,     M.     D., 

Chicago,  111. 
LAVESON    H.,    M.    D.,    New 

York  City. 
LINDENBERGER,  I.,  M.   D.. 

Louisville,  Ky. 
LLOYD,  L.  I.,  M.  D.,  Lieut.  R. 

A.     M.     (T.).     Hempstead, 

England. 
LYDSTON,  G.  FRANK,  M.  D., 

Chicago,  111. 
LYMAN,  H.  W.,  M.  D.,  Capt. 

M.  C,  U.  S.  A..  St.  Louis, 

Mo. 


MARCO,  B.  BARRYMORE. 
D.  D.  S..  New  York 
City. 

MARCY,  HENRY  0.,  A.  M., 
M.  D.,  LL.D.,  Boston,  Mass. 

MARSHALL,  PERRY,  M.  D., 
New  Salem,  Mass. 

MARTIN.  FRANKLIN  L.,  M. 
D.,  Col.  M.  C,  U.  S.  A., 
Chicago,  111. 

MARTIN,  WILLIAM.  M.  D., 
Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

MAYER,  LEO.,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 

McCOY,  G.  W.,  M.  D.,  Di- 
rector, Hygienic  Labora- 
tory, U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service.  Washington,  D.  C. 

McILROY,  A.  LOUISE,  M.  D., 
D.  Sc,  Surgeon-in-charge, 
Salonica,  Greece. 

McKENZIB,  R.  TAIT,  M.  D.. 
Major  M.  C,  R.  A.,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa. 

McMURTRIE,  DOUGLAS  C, 
Director,  Red  Cross  Insti- 
tute for  Crippled  and  Dis- 
abled Men,  New  York  City. 

MEAD,  J.  E.,  M.  D.,  Major 
M.  C,  U.  S.  A.,  Detroit, 
Mich. 

MEYER,  LEO  B.,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
Major  M.  R.  C.  U.  S.  A., 
New  York  City. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONTRIBUTORS 


MINER,  DONALD,  M.  D., 
Major  M.  C,  U.  S.  A.,  Jer- 
sey City,  N.  J. 

MONOGHAN,  W.  J.,  M.  D., 
Lleut.-Col.  M.  C,  U.  S.  A., 
New  York  City. 

MORRIS,  M.  FORD,  JR.,  M. 
D.,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

MORRIS,  ROBERT  T.,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 


N 


EUSTAEDTER,  M.,  M.  D.. 
Ph.  D.,  New  York  City. 


OGINZ,     PHILIP,     M.     D., 
Brooklyn,   N.   Y. 
OTIS,    EDWARD    O.,    M.    D., 
Boston,  Mass. 


PELLE,  HENRY  E.,  M.  D., 
Louisville,  Ky. 
PERKINS,  ROGER  G.,  M.  D., 

Prizren,  Serbia. 
PERSHING,  GEN.  JOHN   J., 
Gen.    Commanding    Ameri- 
can   Expeditionary    Force, 
Chaumont,  France. 


R 


AND,  W.  H..  M.  D.,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 


REDFIELD,      CASPER      L., 

Chicago,  111. 
REUTERDAHL,  HENRY, 

Lieut-Commander,  U.  S.  N., 

R.  F. 
ROBINSON,  BEVERLEY, 

M.  D.,  New  York  City. 
ROOSEVELT,      LIEUT.-COL. 

THEODORE,      New     York 

City. 


SANGER,  MARGARET, 

New  York  City. 
SCHAPIRA,     S.     WILLIAM, 

M.  D.,  New  York  City. 
SCHEFFEL,    CARL,    Ph.    B., 

M.  D.,  Boston,  Mass. 
SCOTT,    GEORGE    DOW,    A. 

B.,  B.  S.,  M.  D.,  New  York 

City. 
SHERWOOI>DUNN,     B.,     M. 

D.,  Paris,  France. 
SHIVELY,  HENRY  L..  M.  D., 

New  York  City. 
SIMPSON,  VIRGIL  E.,  M.  D., 

Louisville,  Ky. 
SOUCHON,  EDMOND,  M.  D., 

F.  A.  C.  S.,  New  Orleans, 

La. 
STEVENS,    GEO.    T.,    M.    D., 

Ph.   D.,   F.    A.   C.   S.,   New 

York  City. 


STRAGNELL.  GREGORY,  M:. 

D.,    Late    Surgeon,  *  Paris, 

Harmon-on-Hudson,  N.  Y. 
STURMDORF,   ARNOLD,    M:. 

D.,  F.  A.  C.  S.,  New  York: 

City. 

TALMEY,  B.  S.,  M.  D..  New 
York  City. 
TAYLOR,    J.    MADISON,    A. 
B.,  M.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
TRAVIS.  EUGENE  M.,  ESQ., 
State  Comptroller,  Albany, 
N.  Y. 

VIPOND,    A.     E.,     M.     D.. 
Montreal.  P.  Q. 
VOORHEES,    IRVING    WIL- 
SON,   M.    S..    M.    D.,    New 
York  City. 


WILSON,    D.    S.,    M.    D., 
Louisville,  Ky. 
WITTENBERG,  JOSEPH,  M. 

IX.  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
WOOD,     MAJ.-GEN.     LEON- 
ARD. Chicago,  111. 


ZUEBLIN,  ERNEST,  M.  D.. 
F.  A.  C.  O.  P.,  Cincin- 
nati, Ohio. 


Digitized  by 


Google     j 


INDEX,  1919 


JANUARY— Pages  1  to  56,  in- 
clusive. 

FEBRUARY— Pages  57  to 
112,  inclusive. 

MARCH— Pages  113  to  176, 
inclusive. 

APRII^-Pages  177  to  240,  in- 
clusive. 

MAY— Pages  241  to  304,  in- 
clusive. 

JUNE— Pages  305  to  440,  in- 
clusive. 

JULY— Pages  441  to  498,  in- 
clusive. 

AUGUST— Pages  499  to  556, 
inclusive. 

SEPTEMBER— Pages  557  to 
618,  inclusive. 

OCTOBER— Pages  619  to  682, 
inclusive. 

NOVEMBER— Pages  683  to 
742,  inclusive. 

DECEMBER— Pages  743  to 
802  inclusive. 


A  ccidents,  automobile,  446. 

motor,  and  speed  laws,  609. 
and  defective  laws,  757. 
Acidosis,  diagnosis,  552. 

theory  of,  66. 
Acne  vulgaris,  238. 
Addiction,      drug,      narcotic, 

seeking  to  control,  255. 
Addicts,  drug,  care  and  treat- 
ment of,  682. 
drug,  in  Louisiana,  742. 
Adenoids,     tonsils     and,     re- 
moval of,  496. 
Adrenalin  test,   791. 
Air,   poisoned,    of    industrial 

sections,  741. 
Alcohol,  prescription  of,  609. 

science  and,  251. 
Alcoholic  drinks,  government 

regulates    dispensing    of, 

498. 
Almanacs,  health,  250. 
Amebic  dysentery,  739. 
dysentery,  treatment  of,  oil 

of   chenopodium    in    the, 

56. 
Americanization   and    health, 

183. 
America's  defective  manhood, 

440. 
Among  the  books,  52,  235,  303, 

611. 
Anderson,  H.  B.,  602. 
Animal  powers  in  health  and 

disease — Redfleld,  542. 
Anthrax,   treatment   of,    neo- 

salvarsan  in  the,  496. 


Antiscorbutic  value  of  raw 
juices  of  root  vegetables, 
174. 

Antithyroid  treatment  of 
menorrhagia,  732, 

Aphasia,  some  remarks  on — 
Laveaon,  715. 

Appeal,  Dr.  Lorenz*s,  094. 

Appendectomy^  new  incision 
for,  238. 

Appendicitis,  chronic,  236. 
chronic,  sign  in,  Rovsing's, 

737. 
etiology  of,  675. 
in  children,  298. 

Appendix,  removal  of  the, 
thru  the  vagina — Oallo- 
way,  729. 

Arachidic  bronchitis,  5G1. 

Armenia,  starving,  and  the 
world's  duty,  755. 

Armies,  disease  in,  insect- 
borne— LZoyd,  329. 

Army  Med.  Corps  keep  army 
effective,  802. 

Arsphenamine,  administra- 
tion of— McCoy,  296. 

Arterial  tension,  high:  treat- 
ment of  high  blood  press- 
ure— Lindenherger,  98. 

Arteriosclerosis,  674. 
high  blood  pressure  and — 
Bizot,  100. 

Arthritis,  gonorrheal,  738. 
multiple,  of  obscure  origin 

— Simpson,  789. 
rheumatoid,  793. 

Artificial  limbs,  751. 

Aspirin,  incompatibility  of 
quinine  and,  556. 

Asthma,  bronchial.  552. 
hay  fever  and,  299. 
treatment  of,  294. 
treatment    of — Knapp,    642. 

Astigmatism,  observation  on, 
296. 

Atrophy,  muscular,  treatment 
of,  796. 

Attendance,  free  medical,  as 
a  public  utility — Good- 
hue, 720. 

Attendants,  trained,  dearth 
of,  566. 

Automobile  accidents,  446. 

Aviation,  problems  of,  med- 
ical— Fisher  <6  Lyman, 
400. 


B 


ables,  hogs,  and  bees,  511. 


Bacillus,     gas.     infection     in 

wounds,  614. 
Bacon,  digestibility  of,  615. 
Baker,  Secretary  of  War,  316a. 


Barleycorn,    John,   and    Lady 
Nicotine,  186. 

Barr,  Sir  James,  183. 

Basedow's  disease,   hyperthy- 
roid  theory  of,  793. 

Bedbugs,  destruction  of,  802. 

*'Beer  or  bedlam,"  66. 

Bees,  hogs,  and  babies,  511. 

Biologic  food  tests,  181. 
studies,     practical     results 
of,  182. 

Birth  control  and  birth   pre- 
vention, 122. 
control  opinions,  114. 
control,  why  not,  clinics  in 

America — Sanger,  164. 
prevention,     birth     control 

and,  122. 
rate,  infant  mortality  and, 
445,  750. 

Births  of  a  nation,  749. 

Bites,  treatment  of,  799. 

Bizot,  A.  R.,  100. 

Bladder,  wounds  affecting  the, 
616. 

Blindness    of    the    new-born, 
3. 

Blood  lust,  491. 
pressure,    high,    treatment 

of — Lindenberger,  98. 
regeneration  and  bone  mar- 
row activity,  550. 

Blumer,  George,  457. 

Bones,   development   of  duct- 
less glands,  and,  228. 

Bowman,  R.  G.,  726. 

Brain      cases,      interesting— 
Ch-aef,  89. 

Braisted,     Surg.-Gen.,    U.     S. 
Navy,  316c. 

Bram,  Israel,  216. 

Bronchial  asthma,  552. 

Bronchitis,  504. 
arachidic,  561. 
prevalence  of,  505. 

Bronchopneumonia,      influen- 
zal,   use    of   vaccines   in 
acute  influenza  and,  111. 
camphor  in,  798. 

Bulkley,  L.  Duncan,  129. 

Burr,  Charles  W.,  27. 


Camphor  in  influenzal  bron- 
chitis and  bronchopneu- 
monia, 798. 
Cancer,  cutaneous,  738. 
gastric,    pancreatic    extract 

in,  733. 
of  occupational   origin,   Is? 

— Rand,.  469. 
of    the    uterus,    deductions 

concerning,  668. 
problem,   present  status  of 
the— Bulkley,  129. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX,   1919 


radium  treatment  of,  794. 
what  we  know  about,  742. 

Carcinoma  of  the  gall-bladder, 
552. 

Cardiac  lesion,  high  blood 
pressure  without — Simp- 
son, 99. 

Cardiovascular  diseases  dur- 
ing the  war  period — 
Kahn,  473. 

Carleton,  Clara  Louise,  736. 

Cartilages,  floating,  in  the 
knee  Joint— Jisr,  101. 

Catarrhal  deafness,  physio- 
logic treatment  of,  230. 

Catheterization,  simple  and 
practical  method  of,  801. 

Centers,  state  health,  68%. 

Chapin,  H.  Gerald,  37. 

Chenopodium,  oil  of,  in  the 
treatment  of  amebic  dys- 
entery, 56. 

Chest,  physics  of  the,  and 
their  relation  to  diseases 
and  injuries  of  the  thor- 
acic organs— Barr,  193. 

Childbirth,  pregnancy  and, 
among  Siberian  Aborig- 
ines, 480. 

Children,      appendicitis      in, 
298. 
nuts  and  fruits  in  feeding 

of,  492. 
weak  feet  in,  as  an  etiologic 
factor  in  the  production 
of  rickets,  173. 

Chocolate  in  the  war,  495. 

ChoresL— Stevens,  207. 
treatment  of,  239. 

Christmas  in  the  hospitals, 
758. 

Chronic  appendicitis,  236. 

Circulatory  disorders,  obser- 
vations on — Martin,  466. 

Cirrhosis  of  liver,  diet  in,  301. 

Clinics,  birth  control,  why  not 
in        America — Margaret 
Sanger,  164. 
mental,  necessity  for,  623. 

Cockroach :  its  destruction, 
495. 

Communicable  diseases,  311. 

Constipation,  management  of, 
among  school  girls.  553. 

Copeland,  Royal  S.,  175. 

Corpus  luteum  in  nervous  dis- 
eases, 488. 
in  vomiting  of  pregnancy, 
793. 

Coryza,  vaccine  treatment  of, 
56. 

Cough,  chronic  treatment  of 
— Voorhees,  635. 

Country,  rural  districts  of 
the,  628. 

Critics,  president's,  125. 


D 


angers,      moral,      fatigue 
and  its,  632. 
of  European  travel,  71. 


Diarrhea,   acute,    in   infancy, 
496. 
chronic,   237. 
Diathermia  in  the  post  paraly- 
tic stage  of  poliomyelitis, 
607. 
Diet  in  cirrhosis  of  liver,  301. 
Dietetic    treatment    of    liver 

diseases,  55. 
Diphtheria  control,  61. 
Disabled   soldiers,    rehabilita- 
tion of,  influence  of  pen- 
sion or  compensation  ad- 
ministration on  the — Mc- 
Murtrie,  355. 
Disease,  a  crowd,  505. 
and  returning  soldiers,  7. 
and  wounds  in  the  war,  440. 
carriers,  methods  for  deter- 
mining. 748. 
causation   of,   insect  trans- 
mission or,  676. 


Daniels,     Secretary     of     the 

Navy,  316b. 
Davin,  John  P.,  104  and  614. 
Davis,  E>lward  P.,  410. 
Deafness,    catarrhal,    physio- 
logic treatment  of,  230. 
Death  of  Dr.  C.  F.  Taylor,  693. 
Debt,  nation's,  to  the  doctors, 

315. 
Defectives,  mental,  449. 
Deflciencies   in  medical   edu- 
cation, 177. 
Degeneration,     reaction     of, 

107  and  170. 
Dental   infection,   importance 
of,  etiologic— Ifarco,  286. 
Depopulation  and  illegitimacy, 

631. 
Diabetes   insipidus,   pituitary    I 
in,  731. 
mellitus,  milk  diet  in,  677. 
treatment  of — Allen,  173. 
Diagnosis     and      treatment: 
malaria — Robinson,   91. 
causes,    and    treatment    of    I 
chronic  cough — Voorhees,    ' 
635. 
clinical,     and     physiologic 

dietetics,  546. 
doubtful,  of  pulmonary  tu- 
berculosis  with    remarks 
on    treatment — Robinson, 
661. 
group,  development  of,  689. 
of  acidosis,  552. 
of  cerebrospinal  meningitis, 

297. 
of  early  pulmonary  tubercu- 
losis— Morris,  527. 
of       hyperthyroidism       by 

basal   metabolism,  791. 
of  peptic  ulcer,  54. 
of  pulmonary  tuberculosis, 

early,  54. 
of  smallpox,  296. 
tuberculin  in,  552. 
Diagnostic  value  of  dulness  in 
traumatic  intraabdominal 
extravasations,  172. 


gall-stone,  complicating 
pregnancy,  236. 

health  and,  animal  powers 
in—RedfleJd,  542. 

heart,  left  scapular  pain 
and  hyperalgesia  in,  297. 

insect-borne,  in  armies — 
Lloyd,  329. 

occupational,  150  cases  of — 
Hand,  718. 

treatment   of,    modern,   py- 
retotherapy  in,  497. 
Diseases  and  injuries  of  the 
thoracic       organs — Barr, 
193. 

cardiovascular,  during  the 
war  period — Kahn,  473. 

communicable,  311. 

infectious,  in  hospitals,  4. 

nervous,  corpus  luteum  in, 
488. 

preventable,  losses  from, 
242. 

skin,  295. 

systemic,  failure  to  cure, 
by  spectacles — Oould,  539. 

venereal,  eradication  of,  in 
localities — Souchon,  224. 

venereal,  flght  against,   in- 
ternationalizing the,  629. 
Divorce,  problem  of,  126. 
Doctor's  equipment  for  leader- 
ship, 314. 

office,  state  may  provide, 
510. 

sphere,  widening  the,  630. 
Doctors,  nation's  debt  to  the, 
315. 

vs.  legislators,  695. 

women,  conference  of,  571. 
Doctors'  duelemma,  454. 

unions,  572. 
"Don't  Quit"!,  302. 
Door-knob,  hygiene  of  the — 

Rand,  600. 
Dream-interpretation,    uncon- 
scious and   modern,  psy- 
chology  of   the — Talmey, 
257. 
Drink,  an  effect  or  a  cause, 
of  CTim^'i— Marshall,  121. 
Drug  addiction,  738. 

government  survey  of,  240. 

narcotic,  great  fundamental 
need  in  connection  with 
the  problem  of,  191. 

narcotic,  in  the  new-born — 
Laase,  283. 

narcotic   problem   of,   189. 

narcotic  seeking  to  control, 
255. 
Drug  campaign,  240. 

danger,  prohibition  and  the, 
49. 

narcotic,  legislation,  false 
economy  and,  127. 

situation,  128. 
Drugs,  good  and  bad,  187. 
Ductless  gland  therapy,  295. 
Ductless  glands  and  develop- 
ment of  bones,  228. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX,  1919 


in  chronic  tuberculosis,  673. 

Inter-relation  of,  105. 

thyroid    hormone    and    its 
relation  to  other,  229. 
Dysfunction,  endocrine,  671. 
Dysentery,  amebic,  739. 


Economy,  false,  and  pro- 
posed narcotic  drug  leg- 
islation, 127. 

JEklucatlon,    intelligence    and, 
12. 
mass,  569. 

medical,  deficiencies  in,  177. 
municipal,    experiment    in, 
503. 

Educational  forces,  hospitals 
as,  243. 

Educator,  soldier  as,  434. 

Embryologic  material,  hu- 
man, appeal  for,  675. 

Empyema,  treatment  of,  799. 

Encephalitis  lethargica — 

Copeland,  175. 

Endocrine  dysfunction,   671. 
tropisms — Kaplan,  586. 

Enuresis,  treatment  of,  etiol- 
ogy and,  736. 

Epilepsy,     belladonna     treat- 
ment of — Vipond,  707. 
pituitary  gland  in,  550. 

Epithelioma,  treatment  of,  by 
radium,   740. 

Etiology,  remarks  on,  and 
treatment  of  tuberculosis 
—Geyser,  80. 

Eugenics,  marriage  laws  and, 
800. 

Evolution,  speeding  up,  512. 

Examinations,  physical,  of 
recruits,  623. 

Experiences  of  a  medical  re- 
serve officer  with  the  A. 
E.  F.— Meyer,  759. 

Extract,  leucocyte,  for  the 
treatment  of  undeter- 
mined infections,  674. 

Extracts,  organic,  subcutane- 
ous administration  of  the, 
673. 

Eyestrain,  an  artists,  tragedy 
ot—Oould,   725. 


Fatigue  and  its  moral  dan- 
gers, 632. 
at  the  front,  608. 
Feeding,  rectal,  174. 
Fees,  question  of,  573. 
Feet,  weak,  in  children,  as  an 
etiologic    factor    in    the 
production  of  rickets,  173. 
Female,    gonorrhea    in    the, 
56. 
economy,  human,  relations 
of  the  ovarian  secretion 
to,  and  practical  ovarian 


organother  apeusis — 

Oginz,  595. 
venereal    infection    in   the, 

549. 
Fetal    growth,    thyroid    and, 

489. 
Fever,  trench,  248. 
Fisher,  Lewis,  400. 
Flatfoot,  56. 
Fletcherism,  70. 
F6od  tests,  biologic,  181. 

value,  of  meat,  680. 
Forbes,  Henry  Hall,  385. 
Ford,  Henry,  case  of,  455. 
Foreigner,  the,  184. 
Forests,    health,    and    health 

towns,  574. 
Franco-American  medical  en- 
tente, 498. 
Fruits,  nuts  and,  in  feeding 

children.  492. 
Fuld,  Jos.  E.,  536. 


Gall-bladder,   carcinoma   of 
the,  552. 
Galloway,  D.  H.,  729. 
Gall-stone   disease  complicat- 
ing pregnancy,  236. 
Garage  sanitation,  2. 
Gas     bacillus     infection     in 

wounds,  614. 
Gastric    cancer,    extract    in, 
pancreatic,  733. 
secretion,    stimulation    and 
inhibition    of,     and    the 
subcutaneous  administra- 
tion   of    certain    organic 
extracts,  673. 
GastrorentetritiB,      yeast      in, 

553. 
Genesis    of    speech — Talmeyi 

575. 
Geyser,  Albert  C,  80  and  278. 
Gift,  a  promising,  685. 
Girls,      school,      constipation 

among,  553. 
Gland,  ductless,  therapy,  295. 
extracts,  effect  of,  on  bile 
secretions,  229. 
Glands,  ductless,  and  develop- 
ment of  bones,  228. 
In  chronic  tuberculosis,  673. 
inter-relation  of,  105. 
thyroid,    functions   of   the, 

427. 
thyroid  hormone  and  its  re- 
lation to,  229. 
Gloves,  rubber,  things  to  re- 
member about,  555. 
"God  give  us  men!",  303. 
Goitre,    exophthalmic,    treat- 
ment ot—Geyser,  278. 
intrathoracic,     showing     a 

thyrotoxicosis,  608. 
prevention  of — Bram,  216. 
Goldstein,  Hyman  I.,  665. 
Gonococcemia  and  metastatic 
gonorrhea — Goldstein, 
665. 


Gonorrhea,     acute     anterior, 

management  of,  678. 
in  the  female,  56  and  799. 
metastatic,       gonococcemia 

and — Goldstein,  655. 
Gonorrheal,  arthritis,  738. 
Goodhue,  E.  S.,  720. 
Gorgas,  Surg.-Gen.,  316h. 
Gould,  George  M.,  88,  539  and 

725. 
Graef,  Charles,   89. 
Gunshot    wounds,    treatment 

of,  497. 
Gynecology,    medical    versus 

meddlesome  — Sturmdorf, 

23. 


Hallux  valgus,  treatment  of, 
surgical— Fi^I(2,  536. 
Handshaking,  179. 
Harting,  Joanna  Walton,  420. 
Hay  fever  and  asthma,  299. 
Hays,  Harold  M.,  388. 
Hazards  of  cloth  sponging,  64. 
Headache — Neustaedter,  143. 
Health  almanacs,  250. 
Americanization  and,  183. 
and  hygienic  standards  of 
industrial  workers — 

Scheffel,  276. 
animal  powers  in,  and  dis- 
ease— Redfleld,   542. 
to     Serbia,     bringing — Per- 
kins, 522. 
conservation,       why      not, 
among    medical    special- 
ties?—Taylor,  92. 
courses   in   public   schools, 

513. 
creed,  student's,   740. 
forests   and    health    towns, 

574. 
industrial,  309. 
insurance,        compulsory — 

Davin,  104. 
insurance,  organization 

against,  742. 
insurance,  some  favor,  448. 
ministry  of,  684. 
program,  labor,  5. 
public,    administration    of, 

115. 
public,  and  telephones,  697. 
public,    obligation    of    the 

physician  to  the,  680. 
rural,   administration,    627. 
rural,  organization,  565. 
secretary  of,  in  the  cabinet, 
7. 
Heart  block,  so-called:    brief 
review    of   recent   litera- 
ture—PcHe,  73. 
disease,  left  scapular  pain 
and  hyperalgesia  in,  297, 
treatment  of,  799. 
irritable,  551. 
of  a  pregnant  woman,  174. 
Hematuria,     clinical     aspects 

of,  298. 
Hill,  H.  W.,  663. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX,  1919 


Hilton,  David  C,  772. 

Hoarseness,  299. 

Hogner,  Richard,  599. 

Hogs,  bees  and  babies,  511. 

Home  nurses,  502. 

Hormone  control  of  renal 
function,  489. 

Hormones  and  the  vegetative 
nervous  system,  428. 

Hospitals       as       educational 
forces,  243. 
Christmas  in,  758. 
special  establishment  of,  11. 

Human  element,  failure  of 
the,  50. 

Hurst,  Arthur  P.,  340. 

Hygiene  board,  federal  social, 
247. 
mental,  and  school  progress, 

568. 
mental,  program  of,  622. 
of     the     door-knob— Rand, 
600. 

Hygienic  standards  of  indus- 
trial workers,  health  and 
^Scheffel  276. 

Hyperalgesia,  left  scapular 
pain  and,  in  heart  dis- 
ease, 297. 

Hyperemia,  therapeutic  effect 
of,  483. 

Hyperopia,  myopic  specta- 
cles for— GfouZd.  88. 

Hyperthyroid  theory  of  Base- 
dow's disease,  793. 

Hyperthyroidism,  229. 
differential     diagnosis     of, 

791, 
myxedema  and,  thyroid  ex- 
tract in,  427. 
tuberculosis     from,     differ- 
entiation of,  488. 

Hysteria  and  the  surgical 
specialties  in  war  and 
peace — Hurst,  840. 


Ignorance  and  a  low  death 
rate,  610. 
Illegitimacy,         depopulation 

and,  631. 
Immigrants,  type  of,  443. 
Immigration,  restricted,  442. 
Impulse  conduction  thru  po- 
larization, 46. 
Indemnity     and     prevention, 

447. 
Index,  a  sanitary,  745. 
Industrial   medicine    and    its 
remuneration,  507. 
specialists,  505. 
Infant,     abnormal,     nutrition 
of  the,   periods  in  the — 
Scott  581. 
mortality,  444. 
mortality    and    birth    rate, 
445. 
Infantile  paralysis,  treatment 
of,      operative      improve- 
ments in  the — Mayer,  133. 


Infection,  dental,  etiologlc 
importance  of — Marco, 
286. 

Infectious  diseases  in  hos- 
pitals, 4. 

Inflammation, '  radiotherapy 
in,  795. 

Influenza  and  the  ostrich,  13. 
epidemic,     recent,     clinical 

aspects  of  the,  554. 
is     lethargic     encephalitis 

due  to,  114. 
prevention  of,  691. 
treatment  of,  796. 

Influenzal  pneumonia,  pre- 
vention of,  552. 

Injuries,  diseases  and,  of  the 
thoracic  organs,  physics 
of  the  chest  and  their 
relation  to — Barr,  193. 

Insect-borne  disease  in  ar- 
mies— Lloyd,  329. 

Insect  transmission  or  causa- 
tion of  disease,  67G. 

Institutional  care,  450. 

Institutions,  non-liability  of 
charitable,  for  the  negli- 
gence of  physician  or 
nurse — Chapin,  37. 

Instructions,  reasonable  med- 
ical, 119. 

Insurance,  health,  compulsory 
— Davin,  104. 
health,   compulsory,   inevit- 
able, 674. 
health,  some  favor,  448. 

Intelligence  and  education, 
12. 

Internal  secretions,  673. 

Intrathoracic  goitre,  showing 
a  thyrotoxicosis,  608. 

Ireland,  Surg.-Gen.,  U.  S. 
Army.  316b  and  317. 

Iritis,  treatment  of,  301. 

"It  can  be  done!".  303. 

It's  what  you  think — poem, 
15. 


Jacobi,     Abraham,     M.     D., 
LJLD.,     In     memorlam — 
Knopf,  515. 
Dr.,  death  of,  451. 
Jisr,  J.  G.,  101  and  480. 
Johnson,  Major  J.  Pratt,  149. 
July  and  August,  446. 
**Ju8t   whistle   a   bit" — poem, 
514. 


1^  ahn,  Morris  H.,  473. 

Kaplan,  David  M.,  58G. 

Keith,  D.  Y.,  272. 

Keith,  J.  P.,  272. 

Kidney,    action    of,    pituitary 

extract  on»  1^^- 
Knapp,  Mai-ir  I.,  642. 
Knee  Joint   ^/^ating  cartilages 

*°  theLf/f^r.  101. 


Konkle.  W.  B..  733. 
Knopf,  S.  Adolphus,  515. 


I    aase,  Christian  F.  J..  2S3. 

Latimer,  M.  J.,  699. 

Laveson,  H.,  715. 

Law,  obedience  to,  499. 

Laws,  motor  speed,  accidents 
and,  609. 

Legislation,  drastic.  500. 
narcotic    drug,    false    econ- 
omy and  proposed,  127. 

Legislators,  doctors,  vs.,   695. 

Lethargic  encephalitis,  113. 
encephalitis,  is,  due  to   in- 
fluenza? 114. 

Lethargica,  encephalitis — 
Copeland,  175. 

Leucocyte  extract  for  the 
treatment  of  undeter- 
mined Infections,  074. 

Liberty  loan,  victory,  profes- 
sion and  the,  192. 

Limbs,  artificial,  751. 

Lindenberger,  I..  98. 

Lipovacclnes,  562. 

Liver,    cirrhosis    of,    diet    In, 
301. 
diseases,  dietetic  treatment 
of.  55. 

Living,  cost  of,  wages  and, 
449. 

Lloyd,  L.  I.,  329. 

London  Letter,  44.  102,  226, 
287,  481. 

Lydston,  G.  Frank,  699. 

Lyman,  H.  W.,  400. 


Makeshift,   an   American — 
Bowman,  726. 
Malaria,  carrier  of,  493. 
endemic,  as  a  military  prob- 
lem, 439. 
in  the  United  States.  302. 
its     diagnosis     and     treat- 
ment— Robinson,  91. 
treatment  of,  677. 
treatment  of,  with  quinine 
hydrochlorld,  239. 
Mammary  extract  In  the  treat- 
ment of  uterine  fibromy- 
omata,  G72. 
Manhood,     defective,     Ameri- 
ca's. 440. 
Marco,  B.  Barrymore,  2SC. 
Marcy,  Henry  O.,  477. 
Marriage  laws  and  eugenics. 

800. 
Marshall.  Perry,  727. 
Martin,  Col.,  316e. 
ivlartln,  William,  4G6. 
Maternity,    motherhood    and. 

G9G. 
Mayer,  Leo.  133. 
McCoy,  G.  W.,  296. 
Mcllroy,  A  Louise.  34G. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX,   1919 


MeKenzle,  R.  Tait,  366. 
McMurtrle,  Douglas  C,  355. 
Mead,  J.  E..  372. 
Measles,  malignant,  798. 

prevention  of.  56. 
Meat,  value  of,  680. 
Mechano-therapy,     place     of, 
in     the     re-education    of 
impaired       movements — 
McKenzie,  365. 
Medical    activities    of    U.    S. 
Navy      under      Admiral 
Sims'    command — Renter- 
ilahl,  417. 

and  surgical  developments 
of  the  war,  435. 

and  surgical  work  as  a  pris- 
oner of  war,  438. 

Association,  American,  rem- 
iniscences of  the  founder 
of— ifarci/,  477. 

capital,  New  York  as  a, 
453. 

care  of  troops  in  billeted 
areas  in  Bordeaux  Area, 
France— Hays,  388. 

cooperation,  121. 

department  of  the  United 
States  Army,  activities  of 
the,  during  the  war— /re- 
land,  317. 

Editors*  Association,  Amer- 
ican, golden  jubilee- vic- 
tory meeting,  176. 

education,  deficiencies  in, 
177. 

instructions,  reasonable, 
119. 

journalist's  splendid  record 
in  the  army  medical  serv- 
ice, 67. 

national  licensure,  659. 

problems  of  aviation— Fi«7i- 
er  d  Lyman,  400. 

profession,  reconstruction 
and  the— Blunter,  457. 

regimental,  work — Miner, 
398. 

reserve  corps,  commissions 
in,  240. 

teaching,  reforming,  743. 

versus  meddlesome  gyne- 
cology— Sturmdorfy  23. 

service   corps,   volunteer, — 
DavU,  410. 
Medicine    and    surgery— 3for- 
Hs,  17. 

as  a  vocation,  GO. 

fifth  year  in,  244. 

industrial,  and  ItB  remu- 
neration, 507. 

infiuence  of  the  war  on, 
555. 

politics  and,  756. 

sociologic  aspects  of,  686. 
Men,  salvage  of— Mead,  372. 
Meningitis,         cerebrospinal, 

diagnosis  of,  297. 
Menorrhagia,  antithyroid 

treatment  of,  732. 


Mental  defectives,  449. 
diseases,  war  increases,  176. 

Metric  system,  746. 

Meyer,  Leo  B.,  759. 

Migraine,  etiology  of,  675. 

Milk  diet  in  diabetes  mel- 
litus,  677. 

Miner,  Donald,  398. 

Ministry  of  health,  684. 

Mission,  home,  509. 

Monoghan,  Lieut.-Col.,  316g 
and  412. 

Morality  and  the  nude,  633. 

Morris,  M.  Ford,  Jr.,  527  and 
785. 

Morris,  Robert  T.,  17. 

Mortality,     infant     and     the 
social  status,  689. 
of  negroes,  500. 

Motherhood    and     maternity, 
696. 
wombless,  254. 

Motor  accidents  and  speed 
laws,  609. 

Mouth,  621. 
trench,  676. 

Mumps,  cerebral  complica- 
tions of,  737. 

Muses,  the  doctor — poem — 
Carleton,  736. 

Myopic  spectacles  for  hyper- 
opia—GowZd,  88. 

Myxedema  and  hypothyroid- 
ism, thyroid  extract  In, 
427. 

Narcotic     control,     regula- 
tions for.  176. 
drug  addiction  in  the  new- 
born— Laase,  283. 
drug  addiction,  problem  of, 

189. 
drug  addiction,  seeking  to 

control,  255. 
drug   legislation,    proposed, 
false  economy  and,  127. 
drug  question,  456. 
Nation's  debt  to  the  doctors. 

315. 
Nation,  births  of,  749. 
Navy,  U.  S.,  medical  activities 
of,  under  Admiral   Sims' 
Command  —  Reuterdahl, 
417. 
Necropsies,     pathology     and, 

567. 
Negroes,  mortality  of,  500. 
population    of    the    United 
States  today,  502. 
Neosalvarsan    in    the    treat- 
ment of  anthrax,  496. 
Nervous       diseases,       corpus 
luteum  in,  488. 
vegetative,      system,      hor- 
mones and  the,  428. 
Neuralgia,    trigeminal,    etiol- 
ogy of,  237. 
Neurasthenia,   strychnine   In, 
and      anxiety     neuroses, 
678. 


Neuritis,  war,  and  shell  shock, 
439. 

Neustaedter,  M.,  143. 

New-born,  blindness  of  the, 
3. 

New  Year,  1. 

New  York  as  a  medical  cap- 
ital, 453. 

Nicotine,  Lady,  John  Barley- 
corn and,  186. 

Nitrite  of  soda  in  treatment 
of  high  blood  pressure — 
Wilson,  100. 

Nude,  morality  and  the,  633. 

Nurses,  home.  502. 

Nutrition,  periods  In  the,  of 
the  abnormal  Infant — 
Scott,  581. 

Nuts  and  fruits  in  feeding 
children,  492. 


Obstetrics,  pituitary  extract 
in,  672. 

Oglnz,  Philip,  595. 

Oil  of  chenopodium  In  the 
treatment  of  amebic  dys- 
entery, 56. 

Opium,  shall,  be  proscribed? 
617. 

Opportunities,  new,  184. 
post-war,  314. 
splendid,   509. 

Oral  sepsis,  result  of,  tonsil- 
litis and  pharyngitis  as  a 
— Anderson,  602. 

Organisms,  two  new,  683. 

Organized  medical  leadership, 
57. 

Organotherapy  in  manage- 
ment of  wounds,  229. 

Orthopedic,  work  of  an,  cen- 
ter In  Macedonia — Mc- 
Ilroy,  346. 

Osteoma,  multiple,  of  the 
nasal  accessory  sinuses, 
etiology  of,  55. 

Otis,  Edward  O.,  140. 

Oto-laryngologist,  experiences 
of  an,  in  the  advance  sec- 
tor—P'orfte^,  385. 

Ovarian  secretion— its  rela- 
tions to  the  human  fe- 
male economy  and  the 
practical  ovarian  organo- 
therapeusis — Oginz,    595. 

Ovaries,    relation    of   the,    to 
metabolism,  490. 
secretion  of  the,  effects  of 
under  and  over,  106. 


Pancreatic  extract  in  gastric 
cancer,  733. 
Papilloma,     warts,     verruca, 

233. 
Paraffin,  treatment  of  wounds 
by,  740. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


10 


INDEX,  1919 


Paraglandular  organs,  488. 
Paragraphic  reflection s — 

Konkle,  733. 
Paresis,   treatment   of,   intra- 
cranial, 299. 
Pathology      and      necropsies, 

567. 
Pelle,  Henry  E.,  73. 
Pension,  or  compensation  ad- 
ministration, influence  on 
the  rehabilitation  of  dis- 
abled      soldiers — McMur- 
trie,  355. 
Perkins,  Roger  G.,  522. 
Pershing,  General  Command- 
ing American  Expedition- 
ary Force,  316d. 
Pharyngitis  and  tonsillitis  as 
a   result   of   oral    sepsis, 
— Anderson,  602. 
Physician  and  the  New  York 
State  Income  Tax  Law — 
Travis,  782. 
under  prohibition,  616. 
Physicians,  list  of  decorated, 
429. 
list  of,  who  died  in  action 
or  of  wounds,  432. 
Physics  of  the  chest  and  their 
relation   to  diseases   and 
injuries    of   the    thoracic 
organs — Barr,  193. 
Physiologic       dietetics       and 
clinical  diagnosis,  546. 
treatment       of       catarrhal 
deafness,  230. 
Pituitary    extract,    action   of, 
on  kidney,  106. 
extract   in   diabetes   insipi- 
dus, 731. 
extract   in   incontinence  of 

urine,  608. 
extract  in  obstetrics,  672. 
gland  in  epilepsy,  550. 
Plagues,     venereal,     fighting, 

120. 
Pluriglaridular  syndrome,  428. 
Pneumo-catarrhal      diathesis, 
prevention  and  treatment 
of  pneumonia  and  other 
respiratory  infections  by 
mixed  vaccines — Johnson, 
149. 
Pneumonia,     influenzal,     pre- 
vention of,  552. 
pneumo-catarrhal  diathesis, 
and  other  respiratory  in- 
fections, treatment  of  by 
mixe<l  vaccines — Johnson, 
149. 
principles   in   the   manage- 
ment of— Otis,  140. 
treatment  ot— Morris,  785. 
Poisoning,    TNT,    prevention 

of,  508. 
Poliomyelitis,  acute  anterior, 
with  some  remarks  about 
momenclature — Burr,    27. 
post     paralytic     stage     of, 
diathermia  in  the,  607. 
Politics  and  medicine,  756. 


Polyneuritis,       experimental, 

59. 
Postage     stamps,     are     they 

dangerous?  620. 
Post-influenzal    examinations, 

8. 
Practice,  the  major  and  minor 

in,  698. 
Pregnancy      and      childbirth 
among    Siberian    Aborig- 
ines, 680. 
complicating,  gall-stone  dis- 
ease, 236. 
supervised,  744. 
vomiting  of,  corpus  luteum 
in.  793. 
Pregnant  woman,  heart  of  a, 

174. 
President,     soldier,     surgeon, 

754. 
President's  critics,  125. 
Prevention,  indemnity,  447. 
Prisoner  of  war,  medical  and 

surgical  work  of,  438. 
Prize  fight,  441. 
Profession    and    the    Victory 

liberty  loan,  192. 
Prohibition,  14. 
and  the  drug  danger,  49. 
and  individual  rights,  66. 
and     the     alarming     drug 

figures,  512. 
enforcement       law — Davin, 

614. 
physicians  under,   616. 
Prostate,  hypertrophied,  etiol- 
ogy      of — Lydston       and 
Latimer,  699. 
Pruritus  ani,  etiology  of,  173. 
Psora,  how  to  recognize,  when 
not     a     specialist — 8her- 
woodrDunn,  40. 
Psychoanalysis       and       the 

Kaiser,  185. 
Psychology     of     the     uncon- 
scious and  modern  dream- 
interpretation —   Talmey, 
257. 
strange,    of   the    people   in 
Germany,   188. 
Puerperium,  diet  during  the, 

739. 
Pulmonary  tuberculosis  cases 
treated  with  ultraviolet 
light — Zueblin,  210. 
Pyretotherapy,  a  new  thought 
in  the  modern  treatment 
of  disease,  497. 


Quinin  hydrochlorid.  treat- 
ment  of  malaria   with, 
239. 
Quinine,    incompatibility    of, 
and  aspirin,  556. 


Radiotherapy:  indications 
and  resuKs  obtained 
when  properly  used — 
Keith  d  ^eith,  272. 


in  inflammation,  795. 

Radium,  treatment  of  epithe- 
lioma by,  740. 

Rand,  W.  H.,  469,  600  and  718. 

Rate  of  conduction  speed,  47. 

Reconstruction  and  the  med- 
ical profession — Blumer, 
457. 

Recreation  as  a  moral  force 
in  army  life — Shertoood- 
Dunn,  418. 

Rectal  feeding,  174. 

Red  Cross,  aid  of  the,  629. 
international,         activities, 
307. 

Redfield,  Casper  L.,  542. 

Re-education      in      impaired 
movements,    m  e  c  h  a  n  o- 
therapy        in— McKenzie, 
365. 
vocational,  687. 

Reflections,  paragraphic — 
Konkle,  733. 

Registration,  birth,  690. 

Rehabilitating  the  maimed, 
10. 

Research,  nutritional,  801. 

Reuterdahl,  Henry,  417. 

Rickets  as  an  etiologic  factor 
in  the  production  of  weak 
feet  in  children,  173. 

Robinson,  Beverley,  91  and 
661. 

Roosevelt,       Theodore,       Jr.. 
Lieut-Col.  316h. 
Theodore,  the  late,  16. 


Salaries,  teachers',  752. 

Saline    solution    with    organ 

extracts  in  shock,  672. 
Saloon,  saving  the,  252. 
Salt  solution,  normal,  use  of, 

physiologic,  288. 
Sanger,  Margaret,  164. 
Sanitary  cordon  to  check  the 
spread   of  typhus   in   Po- 
land, 729. 
index,  745. 
Sanitation,  garage,  2. 

sleeping  car,  69. 
Scapular,   left,   pain   and    hy- 
peralgesia   in    heart    dis- 
ease, 297. 
Scarlatina,     cure     of.     rapid 

554. 
Schapira,   William,   406. 
Scheffel,  Carl,  276. 
Schools,  public,  health  courses 
in,  513. 
systems,  570. 
Science  and  alcohol,  251. 
Scott,  George  Dow,  581. 
Serbia,  bringing  health   to— 

Perkins,  522. 
Serious  state  of  affairs,  62. 
Serum   treatment  of   typhoid 

fever,  677. 
Service  facts,  selective.   117. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX,  1919 


11 


Shell     sbock,     neuritis     and.    1 

war,  439. 
Sherwood-Dnnn.    B.,    40    and 

418. 
Shively.  Henry  L...  29. 
Sbock.     extracts     in,     organ, 
saline  solution  with,  672. 
Sick   and   wounded,   care  of, 
from   overseas,   at  U.   S. 
Army    Debarkation    Hos- 
pital No.  3   (Greenhufs) 
— Monoghan,  412. 
Silver  service  stripe,  1. 
Simpson.  V.  E..  99  and  789. 
Skin  diseases.  295. 

eruptions,  620. 
Sleeping  car  sanitation,  69. 
Smallpox,  diagnosis  of,  296. 
Soda,  nitrite  of,  in  treatment 
of  high  blood  pressure- 
Wilson,  100. 
Soldier  as  educator.  434. 
Soldiers,  disabled,  a  message 
to.  11. 
disabled,   rehabilitation   of, 
influence    of    pension    or 
compensation  administra- 
tion  on    the — McMurtrie, 
355. 
Souchon.  Edmond,  224. 
Specialists,  industrial,  505. 
Speech  defects,  correcJtion  of, 
national   society   for   the 
study  and,  302. 
genesis  of— ToZmcy,  576. 
Statistical  method,  knowledge 
of,  564. 
method,  end  and  aim  of  the, 
564. 
Statistics,  vital,  563. 
Status,  social.  Infant  mortal- 
ity and,  689. 
Stevens,  George  T.,  207. 
Stragnell,  Gregory,  378. 
Strychnine,    action   of,    upon 
the  output  of  epinephrine 
from  the  adrenals.  731. 
in  neurasthenia  and  anxiety 
neuroses.  678. 
Sturmdorf,  Arnold,  23. 
Sunlight  and  sense,  433. 
Suprarenal  insufficiency,  732. 
Surgeon,        soldier-president, 

754. 
Surgery,  medicine  and — Mor- 
rU,  17. 
war,  experiences  in — Strag- 
nelh  378. 
Surgical,  medical  and.  devel- 
opments of  the  war,  435. 
medical  and.  work  as apris- 

oner  of  war,  438. 
non-treatment     of     gastric 

ulcer.  604. 
specialties,  hysteria  and 
the,  in  war  and  peace — 
Hurst,  340. 
treatment  of  hallux  valgus 
and  its  complications — 
Fttld,  536. 


Syndrome,  pluriglandular, 
428. 

ibyphilis,  congenital,  619. 

Systemic  diseases,  failure  to 
cure,  by  spectacles,  over- 
looked causes  of — Oould, 
539. 

T  almey,  B.  S..  257.  575. 

Taylor.  Dr.  C.  F..  death  of, 
693. 

Taylor.  J.  Madison,  92. 

Teacheis*  salaries,  752. 

Telephones,  public  health 
and,  697. 

Tendency  of  the  past  few 
years,  568. 

Tetanus,  treatment  of.  239. 

Thoracic  organs,  diseases  and 
injuries  of  the,  physics 
of  the  chest  and  their  re- 
lation to— Borr.  193. 

Thymus,  enlargement  of  the. 
treatment  of,  106. 

Thyroid    and    fetal    growth, 
489. 
extract   In   myxedema   and 

hypothyroidism,  427. 
glands,    functions    of    the, 

427. 
hormone,    identification    of 

the.  clinical,  607. 
hormone  and  its  relation  to 
other  ductless  glands.  229. 
intoxication,    treatment   of, 
733. 

Thyrotoxicosis,  and  Intra- 
thoracic goitre.  608. 

TNT  poisoning,  prevention  of, 
508. 

Tonsillectomy  during  child- 
hood, 63. 

Tonsillitis  and  pharyngitis 
as  a  result  of  oral  sepsis 
— Anderson,  602. 

Tonsils     and     adenoids,     re- 
moval of.  496. 
removal  of.  678. 

Towns,  health,  health  forests 
and,  574. 

Traumatic  Intraabdominal 
extravasations,  dulness 
In,  diagnostic  value  of, 
172. 

Travis,  Eugene  M.,  782. 

Treatment,  Allen,  of  diabetes, 
173. 
ambulatory,  of  varicose  ul- 
cers, 739. 
antithyroid,       of       menor- 

rhagla,  732. 
belladonna,  of  epilepsy  and 
other  spasmodic  diseases 
—Vipond,  707. 
care  and,  of  drug  addicts, 

682. 
causes,    diagnosis    and,    of 
chronic  cough — Voorhees, 
635. 


diagnosis  and,  of  malaria — 

Robinson,  91. 
dietetic,   of   liver    diseases, 

55. 
etiology    and,    of    enuresis, 

736. 
Intracranial,      of      paresis, 

299. 
modern,  of  disease,  pyreto- 

therapy  a  new  thought  In 

the,  497. 
neosalvarsan     In     the,     of 

anthrax,  496. 
nitrite  of  soda  in,  of  high 

blood     pressure — Wilson, 

100. 
non-surgical,      of      gastric 

ulcer,  604. 
of  asthma,  294. 
of  asthma — Knapp,  642. 
of  bites,  799. 

of  cancer  with  radium,  794. 
of  chorea,  239. 
of  empyema,  799. 
of  enlargement  of  the  thy- 
mus, 106. 
of  epithelioma  by  radium. 

740. 
of     exophthalmic     goitre — 

Qeyser,  278. 
of  extensive  septic  wounds,. 

015. 
of  gonorrhea  In  women,  79 &. 
of  gunshot  wounds.  497. 
of  heart  disease,  799. 
of  Infantile  paralysis,  oper- 
ative    improvements     In 

the— Mayer,  133. 
of  Influenza,  796. 
of  Iritis,  301. 
of  malaria,  677. 
of  malaria  with  qulnln  hy- 

drochlorld,  239. 
of  muscular  atrophy,  796. 
of  pneumonia — Morris,  785. 
of     rheumatoid      arthritis. 

793. 
of  tetanus,  239. 
of  thyroid  intoxication,  733. 
of  uncinariasis,  56. 
of  undetermined  infections. 

leucocyte  extract  for  the. 

674. 
of    vaginitis,    position    In. 

upside-down    —    Hogner,. 

599. 
of  vertigo.  55. 
of  whooping  cough.  678. 
of  wounds  by  paraflln.  740. 
oil  of  chenopodium  In  the,. 

of  amebic  dysentery,  56. 
physiologic,     of     catarrhal 

deafness,  230. 
remarks    on    etiology    on, 

tuberculosis — Qeyser,  80. 
serum,    of    typhoid    fever, 

677. 
surgical,   of   hallux   valgus 

and    Its    complications — 

Fuld,  536. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


12 


INDEX,  1919 


tuberculin,  In  chronic  pul- 
monary tuberculosis—- 
Shively,  29. 

vaccine,  of  coryza,  56. 
Trench  fever,  248. 

mouth.  676. 
Tribute,  words  of,  to  Med- 
ical Profession — Baker, 
Daniels,  Ireland,  Brai- 
sted,  Pershing,  Wood, 
Martin,  Monoghan,  Gor- 
gas  and  Roosevelt,  316a- 
316h. 
Tuberculin  in  diagnosis,  552. 

treatment  in  chronic  pul- 
monary tuberculosis,  the 
end  results  of — Shively^ 
29. 
Tuberculosis,  chronic,  duct- 
less glands  in,  673. 

chronic  pulmonary,  end  re- 
sults of  tuberculin  treat- 
ment in — Shively,  29. 

early,  difterentiation  of, 
from  hyperthyroidism, 
488. 

of  the  anus  and  rectum, 
675. 

pulmonary,  cases  treated 
with  ultraviolet  light — 
Zuehlin,  210. 

pulmonary,  diagnosis  of, 
with  remarks  on  treat- 
ment— Robinson,  661. 

pulmonary,  .  diagnosis  of 
early — Morris,  527. 

pulmonary,  early  diagnosis 
of,  54. 

remarks  on  etiology  on 
treatment — Oeyser,  80. 

respect    to.    medical    officer 
of   health    with,    attitude 
ot—mil,  663. 
Typhoid  carriers,  controlling, 
importance  of,  626. 

control,  625. 

fever,  treatment  of,  serum, 
677. 
Typhus,    aid    checks,    Ameri- 
can, in  Roumania,  495. 

spread  of,  check  the,  sani- 
tary cordon  to,  in  Poland, 
729. 


Ulcer,  gastric,  treatment  of, 
non-surgical,  604. 
peptic,  diagnosis  of,  54. 
Ulcers,  tropical — Jisr,  480. 
varicose,  treatment  of,  am- 
bulatory. 739. 
Ultraviolet  light,  cases  treated 
with,  pulmonary  tubercu- 
losis— Zveblin,  210. 
Uncinariasis,     treatment     of, 

56. 
Urine,     incontinence    of,    ex- 
tract in,  pituitary,  608. 


I     Uterine   flbromyomata,   treat- 
I  ment    of,    mammary    ex- 

I  tract  in  the,  672. 

I    Uterus,  cancer  of  the,  deduc- 
tions  concerning,  668. 


Vaccine  treatment  of  coryza, 
56. 
Vaccines,    mixed,    prevention 
and    treatment    of    pneu- 
monia and  other  respir- 
atory infections  by  pneu- 
mo-catarrhal     diathesis, 
— Johnson,  149. 
use   of,   in   acute   influenza 
and     influenzal     broncho- 
pneumonia, 111. 
use  of,  inefficient,  300. 
Vagina,    appendix    thru    the, 
removal     of     the— Oallo- 
way,  729. 
Vaginal,     treatment    of,    dis- 
charge, 740. 
Vaginitis,  treatment  of,  posi- 
tion    in,     upside-down — 
Hogncr,  599. 
Vegetables,  root,  value  of  raw 
juices    of,    antiscorbutic, 
174. 
Veins,   resting   the,  a   simple 

expedient.  238. 
Venereal      cases     in      camp: 
rendering     infected     sol- 
diers       non-contagious — 
^chapira  and  Wittenberg, 
400. 
diseases,  eradication  of.  in 
localities — Souchon,    224. 
diseases,    flght   against,   in- 
ternationalizing the,  629. 
infection  in  the  female,  549. 
peril,  253. 

plagues,  fighting,  120. 
suspects,  747. 
Verruca,     papilloma,     warts, 

233. 
Vertigo,  treatment  of,  55. 
Vipond,  A.  R.  707. 
Vivisection,  anti-,  fallacy,  452. 
Vomiting   of   pregnancy,   cor- 
pus luteum  in,  793. 
Voorhees,  Irving  Wilson,  635. 


Wages  and  cost  of  living, 
449. 
War  casualties.  306. 
chocolate  in  the,  495. 
demonstration    hospital    of 
the   Rockefeller   institute 
246. 
developments   ot  the.   med- 

if'al  and  ^iirgical'  435. 
^^\fo^^  anci  pounds  in  the, 


influence   of   the,   on    med- 
icine, 555. 
making,  unprofitable,  72. 
neuritis    and    shell    shock, 

439. 
period,  diseases  during  the. 
cardiovascular   —   Kahn, 
473. 
prisoner    of,    work    as    a, 
medical  and  surgical,  438. 
service,  one  piece,  245. 
surgery,    experiences     in— 

Stragnell,  378. 
surgical       specialties       in, 
hysteria    and     the.     and 
peace — Hurst,  340. 
wounds  of  the,  695. 
Warrior,  effeminate,  498. 
Warts.  737. 
Warts,     verruca,     papilloma, 

233. 
Water,    how    to    make,    safe, 

679. 
Well  done  and  farewell,  451. 
Whooping    cough,    treatment 

of,  678. 
Wilson,  D.  S..  100. 
Wittenberg,  Joseph,  406. 
Wombless  motherhood,  254. 
Wood,  Major-Gen.,  316d. 
Workers,     industrial,     stand- 
ards  of,   health   and    hy- 
gienic—Sc^ie/feZ,  276. 
Workmen's  compensation  law, 

302. 
Wounded,       clearing       the — 
Harting,  420. 
sick  and,  care  of.  from  over- 
seas, at  U.   S.  Army   De- 
barkation HospiUl  No.  3 
(Greenhut's) — Monoghan, 
412. 
Wounds  affecting  the  bladder, 
616. 
contaminated  and  infected, 
principles  of  treatment— 
Hilton,  772. 
disease    and,    in    the    war, 

440. 
gunshot,  treatment  of,  497. 
infection    in,    gas    bacillus, 

614. 
many,  to  heal,  755. 
of  the  war,  695. 
organotherapy  in,  229. 
septic,  extensive,  treatment 

of,   615. 
treatment    of,    by    paraffin. 
740. 


Y 


east,   value   of   in   gastro- 
enteritis, 553. 


^ueblin,  Ernest,  210. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWIN  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Maumzing  Editor 


IRA  8.  WILE,  Associate  Editor 


PUBUSHID  MOHTHLT  BT  THB  AUBRICAM  MlDICAL  PUBUSHDIG  COMPAMT 

Covyriffhted  by  the  Amerieui  Medical  Pablishinff  Co.,  1919 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  1 
Nev  Series,  Vol.  XIV.  No.  1 


JANUARY,  1919 


to  no       YEARLY 
#^.UU     In  Advance 


THE  NEW  YEAR 

Have  you  heard  the  voice  of  the  New  Year 
faintly  calling 

For  earnest  support  and  cordial  assistance, 
sadly  needed  ? 

Oh,  World  of  Men,  will  you  lift  up  hu- 
manity, bleeding? 

Resolve  while  the  gates  of  Janus,  slowly, 
are  closing. 

Will  you  strive  for  the  happiness  of  unnum- 
bered souls, 

Suffering  anguish  or  quavering  in  hopeless- 
ness, dumbly  aspiring? 

Will  you  work  for  the  wealth  of  cooperat- 
ing nations  and  peoples. 

Struggling,  famished,  scourged,  or  op- 
pressed ? 

Will  you  serve  mankind  that  health  may 
revivify  bodies. 

Prostrate,  with  life  quietly  ebbing? 

Will  you  heal  wounds  that  only  time  can 
efface  ? 

Will  you  teach  mankind  to  live  well  and  to 
be  well? 

Will  you  awaken  to  the  value  of  a  single 
human  life  ? 

Create  vital  assets  instead  of  penalized  lia- 
bilities. 

You  have  talked  in  terms  of  men  and  gold. 

Of  instruments  of  destruction, 

Of  armaments,  mighty  navies,  and  death 
dealing  war. 

Think  now  of  manhood,  womanhood,  child- 
hood, 

Powerful,  vigorous,  resolute,  majestic  in 
harmonious  action. 

Contemplate  the  potentials  of  peace,  long 
enduring. 

The  world  cries  for  a  stronger  race. 

Put  physical  health  before  gross  strength. 

The  world  clamors  for  intelligence. 

Esteem  mental  capacity  and  attainment  be- 
yond freakish  genius. 


The  world  pleads  for  nobility  of  character. 
Cultivate  a  conscience  for  militant  justice. 
Rather  than  the  passive  realization  of  moral 

truths. 
I  bid  you  hold  fast  to  the  promises  of  1918, 
For  truth'  and  justice,  democracy  and  the 

social  weal. 
Help  make  life  worth  living. 
Aid  the  world  to  develop  a  more  capable  and 

more  spiritual  species  of  man. 
Free  man  from  every  enemy  that  would 

beat  or  press  him  down. 
May  1919  bring  to  all  a  rich  measure  of 

peace,  prosperity  and  health. 

— Ira  S.  Wile. 


The  Silver  Service  Stripe. — ^The  De- 
partment of  War  has  seen  fit  to  decree  that 
silver  chevrons  are  to  be  worn  by  those  of 
the  military  forces  who  have  not  had  the 
opportunity  of  serving  overseas.  It  is  patent 
that  obvious  distinctions  are  created  be- 
tween the  wearers  of  the  gold  service 
stripes  and  the  wearers  of  the  silver  serv- 
ice stripes.  It  is  undoubtedly  true  that  after 
a  short  period  of  time  the  only  outstand- 
ing differences  between  men  will  be  be- 
tween those  without  stripes,  and  those  with 
them.  For  the  time  being,  there  is  apparent- 
ly a  discrimination  as  to  the  value  of  serv- 
ices or  the  importance  of  the  place  of  serv- 
ice between  men  who  should  and  do  possess 
the  same  standing  in  the  eyes  of  the  general 
public  insofar  as  their  patriotism  or  willing- 
ness to  serve  is  concerned. 

Whether  as  volunteer  or  as  draftee,  all 


Digitized  by 


Google 


January,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


American  Medicine 


men  have  performed  their  duties  and  lived 
up  to  their  obligations  in  the  places  to  which 
they  were  ordered  and  for  the  period  of 
time  the  Government  demanded  their  pres- 
ence. Many  men  whose  enviable  good  for- 
tune made  them  a  part  of  the  expeditionary 
forces  had  served  the  colors  for  briefer 
periods  of  time  than  brothers  in  arms  who 
were  retained  for  necessary  and  important 
duties  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic.  Similarly, 
a  large  group  of  soldiers  who  succeeded 
in  crossing  the  broad  mine-sown  sea  had 
no  greater  active  participation  in  the  rag- 
ing conflict  than  colleagues  who  were  serv- 
ing in  camps  or  cantonments,  in  the  quar- 
termaster's department,  the  ordnance  de- 
partment, or  in  the  medical  department  in 
the  United  States.  Nevertheless,  gold  and 
silver  stripes  are  awarded  as  badges  of  dis- 
tinction to  differentiate  these  two  bodies  of 
men  on  the  basis  of  the  fact  that  one  has 
and  one  has  not  been  transported  three 
thousand  miles  from  the  United  States. 

The  work  of  the  medical  department  of 
the  army  wherever  established  was  largely 
uniform,  with  the  exception  of  that  portion 
engaged  in  services  at  base  hospitals, 
casualty  clearance  stations  and  first  aid  sta- 
tions within  the  zones  of  advance  or  evacua- 
tion. The  diseases  and  accidents  among  sol- 
diers were  practically  identical  at  home  and 
abroad.  The  character  of  the  medical  serv- 
ices performed  was  of  the  same  high  grade 
and  the  results  were  not  dissimilar  on  either 
side  of  the  ocean.  The  splendid  manifesta- 
tions of  spirit,  loyalty  and  cooperation  were 
in  no  wise  dissimilar  and  scarcely  warrant 
any  line  of  demarcation  being  drawn  by  the 
character  or  the  color  of  the  service  stripe 
as  determined  by  official  mandate. 

It  is  possibly  a  trifling  matter  around 
which  to  build  up  discussion  and  argument, 
but  it  would  appear  to  have  been  a  finer 


tribute  to  all  the  forces  if  no  belittling  dis- 
tinctions had  been  created,  based  upon  dif- 
ferences of  location  which  were  beyond  con- 
trol of  the  individuals  concerned.  In  truth, 
men  served  when,  where,  and  how  they 
were  directed.  The  gold  stripe  is  not  to  be 
regarded  as  an  index  of  merit  but  of  luck. 
It  is  not  an  evidence  of  greater  valor,  in- 
telligence, capability,  or  achievement,  but  a 
symbol  of  chance  overseas  duty.  This  is 
scarcely  a  basis  for  separating  a  group  of 
soldiers  and  sailors  from  their  equally  valor- 
ous and  willing  companions  in  arms. 

The  fewer  distinctions  between  indi- 
viduals that  are  created  in  a  democracy,  the 
more  democratic  is  its  character.  The  glory 
of  the  war  is  sufficient  to  cover  all  men 
with  honor,  and  under  the  draft  system, 
which  levels  all  plans  of  social  or  economic 
status,  it  appears  to  be  particularly  unwise 
to  create  a  differentiation  which  unhappily 
merely  stresses  the  importance  of  what  the 
gold  stripe  really  represents — sl  trip  in  a 
transport. 


Garage  Sanitation. — From  time  to  time 
instances  are  reported  of  individuals  who 
have  been  suddenly  overcome  by  fumes  in 
private  or  public  garages.  It  has  generally 
been  assumed  that  the  symptoms  develop- 
ing are  due  to  poisoning  by  carbon  mon- 
oxide. A  preliminary  study  of  the  health  of 
workers  in  garages  by  Louis  I.  Harris, 
Monthly  Bulletin  of  ihe  Department  of 
Health  of  the  City  of  New  York  (Novem- 
ber, 1918),  presents  the  facts  and  figures  re- 
lating to  43  garages  covered  during  the  in- 
vestigation. While  evidences  of  marked  oc- 
cupational disease  were  not  definitely  as- 
certained, various  shortcomings  in  hygiene 
and  sanitation  were  noted. 

Occasional  records  were  secured  of  mod- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Mbdicine 


EDITORIAL!  COMMENT 


January,  1919 


erately  severe' manifestations  of  illness,  pre- 
sumably attributable  to  carbon  monoxide. 
The  principal  symptoms  complained  of  in- 
cluded nausea,  vomiting,  headache,  weak- 
ness, pallor  and  a  subjective  feeling  of  in- 
toxication. While  this  symptom-complex 
may  be  due  to  the  inhalation  of  fumes  of 
combustion,  it  is  not  at  all  unlikely  that  a 
certain  measure  of  chronic  intoxication  is 
developed  as  the  result  of  the  slow  and  in- 
sidious action  of  carbon  monoxide  inspired 
for  varying  periods  of. time  during  an  in- 
definite number  of  days.  The  study  of  gar- 
ages was  made  during  a  season  of  the  year 
when  open  window  ventilation  was  prac- 
ticed and  there  was  little  opportunity  to  de- 
termine with  scientific  accuracy  the  exist- 
ence of  either  acute  or  chronic  monoxide 
poisoning. 

It  is  not  at  all  unlikely  that  garages  may 
eflFect  or  condition  some  physical  debility, 
especially  during  the  winter  months  when 
their  underheating  causes  the  air  in  the 
C}'Hnders  of  the  engines  to  become  cold,  and 
starting  difficulties  result,  so  that  prolonged 
running  of  the  engine  is  required  for  warm- 
ing up.  With  a  large  number  of  motors 
operating  within  a  few  hours  in  a  mod- 
erately sized  garage,  it  is  not  improbable 
that  carbon  monoxide,  carbon  dioxide  and 
other  gases  of  combustion  are  present  in  un- 
due volume  in  the  garage  atmosphere.  Ade- 
quate ventilation  and  proper  heating  of 
garages  constitute  the  natural  prophylactic 
defenses  for  preventing  the  accumulation  of 
the  harmful  products  of  combustion.  Even 
during  the  months  of  May  and  June,  when 
the  air  of  the  garages  was  tested,  fumes  and 
gases  were  found  present  in  43  out  of  the  43 
garages,  suggestive  of  the  greater  possi- 
bility of  danger  during  the  winter  season. 

Among  other  evidences  of  the  lack  of 
health  protection  of  garage  workers,  there 


might  be  mentioned  the  frequency  of  un- 
guarded machinery,  the  lack  of  cuspidors  to 
partially  localize  the  constantly  pro- 
miscuous expectorations,  the  occasional 
presence  of  the  common  towel  and  common 
drinking  cup,  and  the  absence  of  lockers 
for  the  protection  of  street  clothing.  The 
fact  that  127  causes  for  complaint  were 
noted  in  the  43  garages  is  indicative  of  the 
value  of  inspections  of  this  character,  as 
well  as  the  all  too  frequent  neglect  of  the 
sanitary  aspects  of  an  occupation  which  in- 
volves a  moderate  degree  of  hazard  to  the 
respiratory  and  nervous  systems. 

The  facts  which  were  ascertained  for  large 
public  garages  merely  serve  to  call  atten- 
tion to  the  importance  of  the  entire  subject. 
Private  garages,  even  those  utilized  for  a 
single  motor  car,  may  be  equally  danger- 
ous to  the  chauffeur  or  jowner-operator  if 
due  and  proper  precautions  are  not  taken  to 
insure  adequate  ventilation  and  proper  con- 
ditions of  heating  during  the  winter  months. 
The  dangers  of  carbon  monoxide  poison- 
ing are  not  to  be  overlooked  even  tho  the 
number  of  fatalities  due  to  poisoning  of  this 
character  may  not  be  large.  The  effects  of 
exposure  over  a  considerable  period  of 
time  are  varied  in  character  and  depend 
largely  upon  the  location  of  the  effects  in 
the  attack  upon  the  nervous  system. 

Further  investigations  of  this  character 
are  necessary  in  order  to  arrive  at  definite 
conclusions  as  to  the  relative  hazards  to 
garage  workers.  A  more  complete  study  is 
necessary  before  definite  regulative  ord- 
nances or  laws  can  be  formulated  to  protect 
those  who  earn  their  livelihood  in  garages. 


Blindness  of  the  New-Bom. — ^The  ef- 
forts which  have  been  made  to  aid  the  pre- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


January,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


American  Mediginx 


vention  of  blindness  are  of  as  great  im- 
portance as  the  splendid  attempts  now  being 
made  to  re-educate  soldiers  and  sailors  who 
have  been  blinded  in  war.  It  is  difficult  at 
times  to  estimate  the  accomplishments  of 
those  who  are  working  thru  voluntarily  es- 
tablished organizations  in  behalf  of  the 
physical  welfare  of  communities.  The  De- 
cember number  of  The  News  Letter  (pub- 
lished by  the  National  Committee  for  the 
Prevention  of  Blindness,  Inc.)  presents 
some  statistical  material  which  is  stimulat- 
ing and  encouraging.  The  fact  that  progress 
has  been  made  in  controlling  ophthalmia 
neonatorum  is  manifest.  The  figures  in- 
clude statistics  from  41  schools  in 
cities  having  day  school  classes  for 
the  blind  during  1917  and  1918,  and 
40  schools  in.  cities  having  day  classes 
reporting  their  new  admissions  in  1917 
and  1918.  In  1907-1908,  26.6  per  cent, 
of  the  children  admitted  into  classes  for 
the  blind  in  schools  were  handicapped 
because  of  ophthalmia  neonatorum.  In  1912 
and  1913  this  percentage  had  fallen  to  22.8 
per  cent,  while  in  1917  and  1918  it  had 
reached  the  low  level  of  14.7  per  cent. 

Recognizing  the  greater  interest  that  has 
been  taken  in  this  condition  and  the  more 
general  attention  that  is  being  given  to  the 
education  of  blind  children  under  public 
auspices,  it  is  very  suggestive  that  the  per- 
cental decrease  pf  new  admissions  of  chil- 
dren blind  from  this  single  cause  is  due  to* 
the  continued  eflforts  to  prevent  the  occur- 
rence of  infected  eyes  among  the  new-bom. 
The  higher  standards  of  obstetric  practice 
on  the  part  of  hospitals,  private  physicians 
and  midwives  are  admitted.  State  laws  de- 
manding the  use  of  silver  solutions  imme- 
diately after  birth  may  be  regarded  as  the 
most  significant  factor  in  reducing  this  most 
calamitous  infection.     The  finest  form  of 


conservation  of  vision  is  to  be  found,  not  in 
the  institution  of  classes  for  the  blind  and 
the  partially  sighted  but  in  the  elimination 
of  ophthalmia  neonatorum,  a  disease  readily 
preventable,  and  the  existence  of  which  is 
a  constant  challenge  to  the  thoroness  of  ob- 
stetrical attention. 


Infectious  Diseases  in  Hospitak. — ^The 
control  of  infectious  diseases  of  children  de- 
pends largely  upon  administrative  problems 
involving  the  securing  of  adequate  isola- 
tion and  quarantine.  Hospitalization  has 
proved  difficult  for  many  years,  particularly 
in  smaller  communities  where  it  seemed  in- 
advisable to  erect  an  isolation  plant.  With 
the  old  idea  that  infection  is  air  borne,  it 
appeared  to  be  necessary  to  establish  en- 
tirely separate  buildings  or  to  create  a  hos- 
pital plan  whereby  ward  isolation  might  be 
made  complete.  Recent  experience  war- 
rants a  new  opinion  in  regard  to  the  man- 
agement of  contagious  diseases  treated  in 
hospitals,  insofar  as  methods  of  prevention 
of  cross  infections  are  concerned.  Public 
Health  Bulletin  Number  95  is  based  upon  a 
study  of  6,078  cases  of  infectious  diseases 
of  children  among  immigrants  treated  by 
officers  of  the  Public  Health  Service  at  the 
hospital  on  Ellis  Island.  The  statistical 
analysis  of  their  results  indicate  that  cross 
infection  in  hospitals  is  avoidable  in  direct 
proportion  to  the  increase  of  the  number 
of  isolation  units.  The  isolation  units,  how- 
ever, may  be  within  the  ward. 

The  practical  recommendations  for  hos- 
pital construction  provide  for  the  abolition 
of  the  common  admission  room,  and  the 
abandonment  of  the  common  bathroom  for 
newly  admitted  patients.  Convalescent 
wards  should  be  small  and  no  unit  should 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  MkdiCinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


January,  1919 


accommodate  more  than  five  patients  and 
most  of  them  should  contain  but  one  bed.  It 
should  be  possible,  however,  by  the  use  of 
glass  in  the  partitions,  for  convalescent  chil- 
dren to  see  each  other  without  the  possi- 
bility of  direct  contact.  The  partitions  may 
be  of  the  cheapest  material  so  that  the  cost 
of  construction  need  not  be  high. 

Patients  suffering  from  contagious  dis- 
eases should  have  considerable  individual 
attention  and  nurses  should  be  employed 
for  only  eight  hour  shifts.  Each  nurse 
should  be  called  upon  to  care  for  no  more 
than  six  acutely  ill  or  twelve  convalescent 
patients.  This  is,  of  course,  a  marked  varia- 
tion from  the  present  custom  in  most  hos- 
pitals. 

The  details  of  hospital  organization  and 
management  for  the  treatment  of  contagious 
diseases  represent  the  summation  of  a  large 
experience,  and  merit  thoro  study,  par- 
ticularly by  health  officers  in  small  cities  or 
by  county  officials.  For  this  purpose,  the 
bulletin  above  referred  to,  prepared  by  J.  G. 
Wilson,  Past  Assistant  Surgeon  of  the  Uni- 
ted States  Public  Health  Service,  affords 
excellent  material,  clearly  stated  and  ra- 
tionally organized  and  presented. 

The  conclusion  of  Dr.  Wilson  is  of  the 
utmost  social  and  medical  significance.  He 
asserts  the  "practicability  of  treating  con- 
tagious and  non-contagious  diseases  in  the 
same  hospital  and  with  the  same  nursing 
forces."  He  demonstrates  that  while  it  is 
not  advisable  to  use  the  same  open  wards 
for  both  classes  of  cases,  it  is  nevertheless 
practical  to  eliminate  the  danger  of  cross 
infection  if  these  wards  are  cut  open  into 
small  cubicles  and  the  proper  nursing  tech- 
nic  enforced.  "As  a  natural  corollary  to  this 
method,  it  would  follow  that  all  general  hos- 
pitals should  have  provisions  for  treating 
cases  by  the  cubicle  system  and  thus  be  pre- 


pared to  receive  contagious  cases  in  emer- 
gency. It  would  also  follow  that  small 
communities  which  cannot  afford  both  a 
general  and  an  isolation  hospital  should 
plan  their  general  hospital  and  its  manage- 
ment so  that  contagious  diseases  might  be 
received  as  freely  as  non-contagious." 

If  it  be  possible  to  utilize  general  hos- 
pitalization with  slight  modifications  for  the 
treatment  of  contagious  and  non-contagious 
diseases,  a  tremendous  saving  can  be  ef- 
fected in  the  cost  of  hospital  construction 
and  administration,  with  a  corresponding 
gain  in  the  efficiency  of  control  of  the  in- 
fectious diseases  of  childhood.  Of  greater 
importance  is  the  fact  that  by  this  method 
of  cubicle  management  of  contagious  dis- 
eases, cross  infections  may  be  eliminated 
and  thus  the  danger  of  the  disease  con- 
tracted in  the  hospital  may  be  decreased. 

The  theory  of  infection  thru  the  direct 
contact  of  patients  as  opposed  to  air  borne 
contagion  is  responsible  for  a  recognition 
of  our  earlier  timidity  in  the  hospital  treat- 
ment of  infectious  diseases.  If  the  experi- 
ence at  the  Ellis  Island  Hospital  is  cor- 
roborated, a  distinct  step  in  advance  will 
have  been  taken  in  the  handling  of  the  types 
of  diseases  under  discussion.  Similarly,  as 
a  result  of  such  future  proof,  there  will  be 
greater  freedom  in  the  hospitalization  of  in- 
fectious diseases  with  corresponding  assist- 
ance in  limiting  their  spread. 


A  Labor  Health  Progranu — Coordi- 
nated public  interest  is  essential  for  prac- 
tical and  effective  public  health  administra- 
tion. The  harmonious  interaction  of  all 
branches  of  organized  society  is  of  para- 
mount importance.  Health  is  not  a  matter 
of  capital  or  of  labor,  of  Caucasian  or  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


January,  1919 


EDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


American  Mbdicinx 


Negro,  of  rich  or  poor,  of  Catholic,  Protes- 
tant, or  Jew.  It  is  preeminently  a  potential 
attribute  of  human  beings,  and  may  be  se- 
cured only  thru  the  willingness  of  the  gen- 
eral public  to  work  out  a  definite  policy 
which  includes  the  willingness  to  pay  for 
it. 

Numerous  programs  have  been  suggested 
for  increasing  national  vitality.  Many  have 
had  to  deal  purely  with  problems  relating 
to  contagious  diseases  and  civic  sanitation. 
In  an  address  before  the  Sociological  Sec- 
tion of  the  American  Public  Health  Asso- 
ciation, Arthur  E.  Holder,  a  representative 
of  labor  and  a  member  of  the  Federal  Board 
for  Vocational  Education,  offered  for  con- 
sideration The  Labor  Program  for  Health 
and  Safety  {American  Journal  of  Public 
Health,  December,  1918).  The  most  strik- 
ing feature  evident  in  the  proposed  scheme 
is  the  stress  placed  upon  matters  ordinarily 
regarded  as  of  economic  importance.  There 
has  been,  of  course,  a  more  or  less  academic 
interest  of  health  officials  in  economic  and 
social  affairs,  owing  to  continued  reports 
of  the  intimate  relations  between  standards 
of  income  and  standards  of  familial  health. 
It  is  patent  that  increased  stress  must  be 
placed  upon  the  so-called  economic  program 
as  a  factor  in  raising  the  health  conditions 
of  the  country. 

The  labor  program  proposed  includes  a 
demand  for  a  shorter  work  day,  with  a 
maximum  eight  hours  for  all  manual  toilers ; 
a  release  from  work  at  least  one  full  day 
in  seven;  the  establishment  of  a  higher 
minimum  wage;  the  elimination  of  the 
sweatshop  system;  the  abolition  of  night 
work  by  women  and  minors;  the  cessation 
of  child  labor;  equal  pay  for  equal  work 
regardless  of  sex;  the  Saturday  half  holi- 
day fifty-two  weeks  in  the  year.  The  eco- 
nomic value  of  these  propositions  is  ap- 


parent, and  their  health  values  are  no  less 
clear  to  those  appreciating  the  relation  be- 
tween fatigue,  disease  and  accidents, 
and  higher  wages  as  related  to  improved 
conditions  of  nutrition,  clothing,  and  shelter. 

Labor  believes  in  fresh  air  and  urges  the 
establishment  of  playgrounds  for  children, 
adjacent  to  all  public  schools,  the  creation 
of  large  open  breathing  spaces  or  parks  in 
some  sense  of  nearness  to  congested  cen- 
ters of  living. 

Educational  impetus  is  suggested  for  the 
encouragement  of  out-door  exercise,  the 
formation  of  fresh  air  clubs,  the  inaugura- 
tion of  efforts  to  emphasize  the  need  for 
better  rooms  and  fresh  air  ventilation  in 
all  houses  and  living  apartments. 

Labor  does  not  demand  prohibition,  but 
recommends  the  cultivation  of  temperate 
habits,  including  the  diminution  of  the  use 
of  intoxicants.  More  valuable  is  the  re- 
quest for  conferences  between  employers* 
workers  and  physicians,  and  the  develop- 
ment of  community  forums  where  health 
conditions  can  be  openly  discussed  by 
parents  and  physicians.  There  is  the  custom- 
ary demand  for  rigid  inspection  and  en- 
forcement of  laws  in  mines,  mills,  factories 
and  workshops,  and  the  demand  for  suit- 
able ventilation,  sanitation  and  safety  de- 
vices under  every  condition  where  a  lack 
of  these  will  work  to  the  disadvantage  of 
those  employed. 

Labor  appreciates  the  value  of  medical 
and  dental  inspection  in  public  schools  at 
public  expense  and  desires  their  continuance 
and  extension.  It  advocates  the  establish- 
ment of  a  modernized  scheme  of  physical 
education  at  public  expense  with  a  further 
provision  for  the  free  examination  of  adults 
by  the  medical  forces  employed  to  secure 
the  optimum  health  conditions  in  the  school. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amxbican  Mkdicinb 


BDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


Jaj^xjary,  1919 


A  Secretary  of  Health  in  the  Cabinet— 

The  most  significant  suggestion,  tho  by 
no  means  a  new  one,  is  the  demand  that  all 
Federal  health  agencies  be  concentrated  in 
one  department  with  a  cabinet  member 
serving  as  secretary.  This  resume  indicates 
the  economic  and  social  scope  of  labor's 
program  for  health,  tho  it  obviously  does 
not  represent  the  full  program  designed  to 
consider  every  phase  of  the  subject.  Insofar 
as  it  goes,  it  merits  careful  consideration 
of  health  officers  and  all  persons,  medical 
men  or  laymen,  who  possess  a  social  con- 
science and  a  practical  interest  in  the  im- 
provement of  public  health. 

For  political  and  other  reasons,  there  has 
been  no  effort  made  on  the  part  of  municipal, 
county,  or  state  health  officers  to  participate 
actively  in  the  promulgation  of  laws,  ordi- 
nances, or  enactments  that  have  had  for 
their  purpose  the  alleviation  of  conditions 
admittedly  due  to  economic  maladjustments. 
In  the  fulfilment  of  obligations,  there  is 
every  reason  to  believe  that  the  point  of 
view  of  health  officials  will  be  of  pronounced 
importance  in  the  future  in  securing  the 
passage  of  bills  which  seek  to  provide  for 
more  reasonable  opportunities  for  correct 
living. 

If  poverty  is  accepted  as  a  most  serious 
factor  in  the  causation  of  disease  or  in  the 
creation  of  susceptibility  to  disease,  it  is 
manifestly  proper  for  public  health  officials 
to  align  themselves  with  those  social  forces 
seeking  to  reduce  conditions  militating 
against  the  general  physical  and  social  wel- 
fare of  their  communities.  The  accumula- 
tion of  evidence  demonstrates  the  necessity 
for  attacking  economic  conditions  as  a  basis 
of  improving  the  health  standards  of  the 
country.  The  cases  tried  before  the  United 
States  Supreme  Q)urt  dealing  with  the  ten- 
hour  law,  the  regulation  of  night  work  for 


women,  and  minimum  wage  law  were  fought 
largely  upon  facts  indicating  the  anti-social 
effects  of  long  hours,  low  wages,  fatigue, 
industrial  strain,  illiteracy  and  similar  ele- 
ments as  manifest  thru  increased  diseases, 
disability  and  racial  deterioration.  If  the 
highest  court  of  the  nation  is  ready  to  take 
cognizance  of  health  conditions  as  a  basis 
of  judgment  in  determining  the  justice  of 
legislation,  it  is  about  time  for  physicians 
to  recognize  the  interdependence  of  health 
and  economic  status. 

It  is  impossible  to  divorce  the  physical 
welfare  of  a  country  from  its  economic 
regulations.  The  program  of  labor,  there- 
fore, demands  recognition  and  understand- 
ing, cooperation  and  support  insofar  as  is 
possible  under  existent  systems  of  public 
health  administration. 


Diseases  and  Returning  Soldiers. — ^The 
return  of  soldiers  and  sailors  to  civilian  life 
will  test  the  efficacy  of  our  quarantine  reg- 
ulations. While  the  American  expeditionary 
forces  have  not  suffered  seriously  from 
exotic  epidemic  diseases,  most  careful  over- 
sight is  required  to  prevent  an  introduction 
of  such  diseases  as  cholera,  typhus  and 
plague  by  a  small  group  of  returning  men 
and  women  who  may  possibly  be  carriers  of 
these  diseases,  ordinarily  rarely  found  in 
this  country.  This  fact  has  already  been 
recognized  by  the  Public  Health  Service  and 
attention  is  called  to  the  methods  of  control 
in  the  Public  Health  Report,  December  6, 
1918.  Explicit  instructions  have  been  issued 
to  all  quarantine  officers,  "urging  the  most 
careful  examination,  including  laboratory 
tests,  of  all  units  liable  to  be  carriers  of 
these  diseases."  Officers  of  the  Public 
Health   Service    familiar   with   quarantine 


Digitized  by 


Google 


8 


January,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


American  Medicinb 


procedure  have  been  sent  to  various  ports 
of  Europe  where  they  will  supervise  the  en- 
forcement of  the  United  States  quarantine 
regulations  applicable  at  foreign  ports 
against  passengers  and  ships  destined  for 
ports  of  the  United  States.  The  United 
States  military  authorities  will  cooperate  in 
every  way  to  provide  for  the  examination, 
debusing,  and  disinfection,  when  neces- 
sary, of  all  troops  prior  to  embarkation. 

Supplementing  the  eflforts  in  foreign 
ports,  all  soldiers  will  be  subjected  to  the 
United  States  quarantine  regulations  at  the 
port  of  entry,  and  this  will  include  the  hold- 
ing of  all  suspicious  cases  for  a  period  of 
observation  and  examination,  the  delousing 
of  clothing  and  other  infested  materials  so 
as  to  insure  a  clean  bill  of  health  for  all 
those  about  to  return  to  civil  life  in  the 
communities  whence  they  came. 

The  dangers  of  infection  from  those  re- 
turning from  foreign  shores  is  probably  no 
greater  than  the  likelihood  of  communal  in- 
fection by  soldiers  discharged  from  train- 
ing camps.  Conditions  have  changed  so 
much  since  the  period  of  the  Civil  War  that 
there  is  little  probability  of  any  serious  in- 
fluence upon  the  state  of  public  health  in- 
cident to  the  release  of  the  million  and  a  half 
men  who  were  remaining  in  cantonments 
and  camps  at  the  time  of  the  signing  of  the 
armistice. 

It  is  of  paramount  importance,  however, 
to  recognize  the  possibility  of  an  increased 
dissemination  of  disease  from  these  mili- 
tary and  naval  sources,  altho  it  may  be  ac- 
cepted as  a  fact  that  the  activities  of  public 
health  officials  will  be  prompt  and  thoro  in 
investigating  and  supervising  all  diseases  oc- 
curring in  the  person  or  the  family  of  a 
discharged  soldier,  sailor  or  marine.  Health 
authorities  should  demand  a  special  report 
upon  all  forms  of  disease  occurring  within 


three  months  after  discharge  from  any 
branch  of  national  service.  In  this  pro- 
cedure they  would  undoubtedly  have  a  full 
measure  of  support  on  the  part  of  the  medi- 
cal profession  as  well  as  the  appreciative 
cooperation  of  the  general  public  in  whose 
interests  such  regulations  would  be  made. 
From  the  public  health  standpoint  this  is  a 
regulation  worthy  of  consideration  and 
action. 


Post-influenzal  Examinations. — ^While 
the  epidemic  of  influenza  has  apparently  re- 
turned in  many  sections  of  the  country,  the 
seriousness  of  the  infection  appears  to  have 
moderated.  In  thoro  accord  with  the  his- 
tory of  epidemics,  the  infecting  virus  ap- 
pears to  have  lost  some  measure  of  its  viru- 
lence. In  all  probability  there  will  be  a  con- 
tinued incidence  of  the  infection  for  many 
months  and,  possibly,  the  last  of  its  appear- 
ance in  epidemic  form  is  not  within  hailing 
distance. 

Thus  far  the  total  results  of  study  and  in  • 
vestigation  in  the  fields  of  pathology  and 
therapeutics  have  revealed  very  little  that  is 
new.  There  appears  for  the  present  a  cer- 
tain uniformity  of  opinion  that  the  bacillus 
of  influenza  is  not  the  primary  etiolog^c 
organism  and  that  the  actual  cause  is  not 
known.  Apparently  the  pneumonias  incident 
to  the  infection  following  closely  upon  the 
influenza  may  be  due  to  one  of  the  four 
types  of  pneumococcus,  streptococcus,  pos- 
sibly hemolyticus,  Friedlander's  bacillus,  or 
some  other  organisms  or  viruses  thus  far 
undetermined.  The  frequent  reporting  of 
these  infective  agencies  is  suggestive  of 
some  relationship  to  the  complicating  pneu- 
monias, tho  the  exact  relation  is  thus  far 
conjectural. 

In  prophylaxis  there  is  a  certain  weight 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


January,  1919 


of  information  in  favor  of  the  use  of  the 
gauze  mask  as  a  reasonable  preventive  de- 
vice, provided  it  is  properly,  worn,  fre- 
quently washed,  and  continuously  utilized 
by  those  still  free  from  evidences  of  the 
disease.  There  is  a  serious  question,  how- 
ever, as  to  the  efficacy  of  universal  mask- 
wearing  in  communities  as  a  prophylactic, 
because  of  the  difficulty  in  establishing  com- 
plete control  over  its  use  by  the  general 
population.  It  possesses  merits  which  com- 
mend themselves  despite  the  practical  diffi- 
culties involved. 

The  use  of  vaccines  still  remains  a  moot 
point,  with  the  general  impression  that  while 
this  treatment  has  proven  of  value  in  many 
cases,  it  still  requires  considerable  more  in- 
vestigation before  a  definite  conclusion  can 
be  reached.  At  the  present  time  there  is 
naturally  much  doubt  in  the  adequacy 
of  endeavors  to  prevent  a  disease  due  to 
an  undiscovered  organism  by  the  injection 
of  microorganisms  not  proven  to  possess 
direct  etiologic  relations. 

Theoretically,  isolation  and  quarantine 
command  attention  and  consideration.  It  is 
doubtful,  however,  whether  in  the  face  of 
an  epidemic  attacking  thirty  to  forty  per 
cent,  of  the  population  such  a  procedure  is 
practicable.  This  is  emphasized  in  view  of 
the  difficulty  of  determining  who  are  the 
carriers  or,  indeed,  of  securing  sufficient 
control  of  groups  of  persons  bent  upon 
pleasure,  worship,  or  occupation  during  the 
time  that  they  are  in  the  incubation  period 
of  the  disease.  In  all  probability,  contact  in- 
fection is  the  main  means  of  distribution 
tho,  possibly,  mouth  infection  may  play 
a  small  part.  The  control  of  these  two 
items  in  the  presence  of  an  epidemic  of 
large  proportions  appears  to  be  beyond  the 
possibilities  of  health  organization  as  at 
present  administered. 


A  consideration  of  the  history  of  influenza 
epidemics  indicates  that  the  high  rate  of  re- 
spiratory fatality  and  morbidity  manifest 
during  the  epidemic  is  wont  to  continue  for 
a  brief  period  of  years  following  the  sub- 
sidence of  the  original  epidemic.  The  in- 
crease in  bronchitis  and  pneumonia  is  par- 
ticularly marked  for  four  or  five  years  fol- 
lowing an  epidemic  of  this  character.  Vic- 
tims of  tuberculosis  are  more  prone  to  ex- 
acerbations of  their  conditions,  and  prob- 
ably no  small  share  of  the  pneumonia  death 
rate  following  influenza  is  due  to  pneu- 
monias developed  among  those  whose  vi- 
tality has  been  impaired  by  tuberculous  in- 
fection. 

It  is  of  paramount  importance  in  the  fol- 
low-up work  after  influenza  to  urge  fre- 
quent re-examinations  of  those  who  have 
been  unfortunate  enough  to  contract  in- 
fluenza and  more  particularly  those  who 
have  undergone  a  siege  of  complicating 
pneumonia.  The  decrease  in  the  number  of 
cases  of  influenza  reported  should  not  be 
regarded  as  an  excuse  for  the  relaxation  of 
eflforts  toward  the  control  of  respiratory 
.diseases  which  today  present  the  greatest 
problem  in  public  health.  Omitting  the  con- 
tinued oversight  given  the  tuberculous  pa- 
tients, no  set  of  conditions  merits  more 
thoro  and  continuous  investigation,  super- 
vision and  control  than  infections  of  the 
respiratory  tract.  Physical  examination  and 
re-examination  are  prerequisites  of  attack- 
ing this  phase  of  the  health  problem.  It  is 
to  be  hoped  that  the  present-day  experience 
will  not  be  without  some  benefits  to  those 
who  have  escaped  with  their  lives. .  Every 
individual  who  has  had  influenza  should 
undergo  a  careful  physical  re-examination 
within  three  months  after  recovery. 

If  it  is  possible  to  take  advantage  of  the 
present  state  of  mind  toward  respiratory 


Digitized  by 


Google 


10 


Januaby,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


AMKRIOJlN  Mbdicinb 


diseases  so  as  to  secure  a  state  of  public 
opinion  favorable  to  the  annual  examina- 
tion of  all  persons  irrespective  of  their 
health,  a  tremendous  step  in  advance  will 
have  been  taken.  The  preventing  of  serious 
morbidity  may  be  aided  only  by  repeated 
examinations  during  a  state  of  alleged  good 
health.  The  results  of  the  examination  of 
large  numbers  of  persons  believing  them- 
selves fit  physically  have  demonstrated  the 
large  variety  of  defects  which  are  fre- 
quently present  and  which,  unremedied,  may 
lead  to  serious  impairments  of  vitality. 


Rehabilitating  the  Maimed. — ^With  the 
dawn  of  peace  coloring  the  horizon,  the 
question  as  to  what  the  new  day  is  to  bring 
looms  large.  The  country  has  been  altered 
so  that  the  focus  of  all  things  has  been  the 
winning  of  the  war.  The  focus  need  hardly 
be  changed,  because  a  war  for  human  suc- 
cess and  justice  will  continue.  The  char- 
acter of  the  problems,  to  engage  the  inter- 
ests and  enthusiasms  of  the  public  will  be 
altered  in  form,  tho  the  end  is  the  old  de- 
sire for  "life,  liberty  and  the  pursuit  of 
happiness." 

Restoration  to  normal  function  is  not  al- 
ways a  rapid  process.  Compensatory  hyper- 
trophies have  characterized  the  industrial 
sphere.  The  manpower  of  the  nation  has 
been  diverted  in  various  and  unusual  di- 
rections, and  the  reversion  to  normal  func- 
tion will  be  a  slow  and  trying  period  of 
time.  For  normal  men,  readjustment  will  be 
made  without  difficulty.  Those  who  have 
been  handicapped  by  reason  of  disease  or 
casualty  represent  a  definite  problem  whose 
solution  is  academically  simple,  but  practic- 
ally will  require  continued  thought  and  most 
careful  supervision. 


Douglas  McMurtrie,  discussing  "Social 
Responsibilities    in    the    Rehabilitation   of 
Disabled  Soldiers  and  Sailors,"   (Medical 
Record,  October  26,  1918)  points  out  the 
necessity  of  establishing  a  new  public  con- 
science towards  disability.  Industry  has  had 
comparatively  little  use  for  the  handicapped 
individuals.  The  fact  that  many  thousand 
men  will  be  potentially  less  fit  to  compete 
for  a  livelihood,  as  a  result  of  national  serv- 
ice, places  a  serious  obligation  upon  the  na- 
tion. Injuries,  themselves,  are  far  less  seri- 
ous to  individuals  than  the  attitude  of  the 
public    towards    those    who    are   disabled. 
Judging  b    oa<st  performance  there  has  been 
a  large  mc^.^ure  of  injustice  in  the  attitude 
of  the  wudd  towards  those  who  thru  acci- 
dent have  become  less  capable.  Discourage- 
ment, trials,  and  the  struggles  of  cripples 
are  a  sad  commentary  upon  the  degree  of 
understanding  of  the  conditions  confront- 
ing the  disabled.  The  assumption  of  useless- 
ness  is  unfounded  in  fact.     Almsgiving  is 
neither  the  antidote  nor  the  stimulus  essen- 
tial for  physical  and  psychical  rehabilitation. 
Fortunately,  the  general  public  prejudice  is 
being  offset  by  a  new  campaign  of  public 
education,  having  as  its  end  an  intelligent 
conception  of  our  duty  towards  those  who 
have  been  disabled  in  public  service.    The 
re-establishment   of   self-respect  and   self- 
support  becomes  the  keynote  of  the  new 
regime  that  is  being  fostered  under  national 
auspices.  Not  lionization,  but  opportunity, 
not  free  food,  but  industrial  training,  not 
charitable  relief,  but  opportunity  in  the  in- 
dustrial world,  represent  the  paramount  is- 
sues that  must  be  met. 

Those  who  are  taken  from  fields  of  suc- 
cessful effort  deserve  to  be  returned,  capable 
of  realizing  success  once  more.  The  word 
"cripple"  deserves  to  be  scrapped,  save  in 
its  technical  meaning.  There  must  be  no  hint 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


BDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


January,  1919 


11 


or  suggestion  of  inferiority  or  gross  in- 
capability. The  physical  disability  must  not 
carry  with  it  a  connotation  of  helplessness. 
The  disabled,  maimed  and  handicapped 
cannot  rise  to  a  position  of  self-support 
without  the  full  backing  of  an  interested 
and  helpful  public.  Practically  all  the  co- 
belligerent  nations  have  appreciated  the  im- 
portance of  saving  the  handicapped  from 
the  blighting  eflFects  of  unenlightened  public 
opinion.  Campaigns  of  education  have 
sought,  and  with  marked  success,  to  dis- 
seminate information  concerning  the  mod- 
em principles  and  methods  of  dealing  with 
the  disabled. 


The  estaUishment  of  special  hostMtals 

by  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army  is 
being  supplemented  by  the  practical  work 
of  the  Federal  Board  for  Vocational  Educa- 
tion. The  government  is  prepared  to  assist 
those  disabled  by  the  war  to  become  more 
efficient  in  their  previous  calling,  or  to  train 
the  disabled  to  take  up  a  new  vocation.  The 
United  States  Government  practically  guar- 
antees to  every  man  disabled  in  the  war, 
under  circumstances  entitling  him  to  benefits 
of  the  War  Risk  Insurance  Acts,  the  bene- 
fits of  such  of  the  following  services  as  he 
may  require :  "Vocational  advice  and  assist- 
ance in  selecting  a  suitable  occupation ;  help 
in  returning  to  the  old  occupation  again  if 
advisable;  support  while  in  training  for  a 
new  occupation  or  for  greater  proficiency 
in  an  old  occupation ;  a  course  of  prelimin- 
ary employment ;  permanent  employment  in 
a  desirable  position;  and  follow-up  work 
to  protect  him  from  mistakes  and  exploita- 
tions." (Monograph  No,  I,  Vocational  Re- 
habilitation  Series  No.  1,) 

This  program  is  the  starting  point  of  a 
new  phase  of  public  education.  It  is  a  nat- 


ural step  in  advance  along  the  line  of  the 
conservation  of  human  resources.  It  is  to 
be  regarded  not  merely  in  its  vocational  or 
commercial  aspects,  but  as  a  distinct  step 
along  public  health  lines.  The  re-establish- 
ment of  family  life  under  normal  conditions 
is  most  certainly  a  vital  factor  in  health 
protection.  Earning  capacity  represents  a 
hygienic  asset  in  direct  ratio  to  its  ability 
to  secure  rational  living  under  conditions 
that  build  up  health.  The  pernicious  prac- 
tices of  the  past  which  have  resulted  from 
indiflFerence  or  ignorance  must  be  discarded. 
Casual  labor,  dependence,  lack  of  adequate 
food,  shelter  and  clothing,  dependence  upon 
philanthropy,  are  evidences  of  wastefulness 
of  human  life  and  welfare.  Self-respect, 
self-support  and  at  least  a  modicum  of  hap- 
piness, are  contributory  to  health. 

Ability  is  to  become  the  corrective  of  dis- 
ability. Power  is  to  strengthen  weakness. 
Public  support  and  encouragement  is  to  off- 
set almsgiving  and  discouragement.  Optim- 
ism, based  upon  potential  effectiveness,  is 
to  supplant  the  pessimism  born  of  in-' 
capacity.  Reeducation  and  rehabilitation  are 
truly  phases  of  public  health  work. 


A    Message    to    Disabled    Soldiers. — 

Surgeon-General  Gorgas,  in  his  message 
to  disabled  soldiers,  has  voiced  what  must 
be  the  sentiment  of  the  nation,  and  the 
inspiration  of  his  words  should  carry  on, 
not  merely  to  the  disabled  soldier  but  to 
every  disabled  individual  regardless  of  the 
origin  of  the  handicap. 

"More  than  chevrons,  bars,  or  insignia, 
the  marks  of  battle  which  you  bear,  sacred 
symbols  of  your  service  to  a  high  cause, 
have  given  you  a  rank  among  your  fellows. 
That  rank  makes  you  forever  one  of  those 
to  whom  the  nation  shall  always  look  for 
future  sacrifices  as  noble  as  those  you  have 


Digitized  by 


Google 


12 


January,  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


American  Medicine 


already  made  and  for  future  achievements 
worthy  of  your  past. 

"No  matter  what  has  befallen  you,  you 
are  still  a  soldier.  Altho  you  have  returned 
from  the  front  you  have  to  fight  foes  more 
worthy  of  your  steel  than  the  Germans- 
discouragement,  loss  of  ambition,  readmess 
to  accept  the  easiest  way,  reluctance  to  play 
your  part  in  the  peace  world.  We  know 
you  will  conquer  these  enemies. 

"Your  country  needs  you  yet  to  fight  the 
battles  of  peace. 

"You  are  still  one  of  the  world  s  workers. 
In  spite  of  your  handicap  you  can  produce 
with  hand  or  with  brain  just  as  much  as 
the  next  man.  Your  country  needs  soldiers 
in  the  great  army  of  workers. 

"You  will  not  have  to  go  it  alone.  The 
Government  and  the  Red  Cross  will  see 
you  thru.  The  Government  will  restore  to 
you  the  use  of  injured  members,  it  will 
teach  you  a  trade,  it  will  give  you  an  op- 
portunity to  earn  your  living  as  beforr 


How  many  a  doctor  has  seen  the  brightest 
pupils  of  his  class  sink  into  obscurity  and 
failure  in  professional  life,  and  the  so- 
called  dullards  rise  to  distinction  and  serv- 
ice; an  experience  which  only  confirmed 
his  suspicion  that  there  was  something  rot- 
ten in  the  state  of  education.  To  such  doc- 
tors the  new  system  of  entrance  examina- 
tions to  be  introduced  in  Columbia  College — 
a  system  that  will  test  the  intelligence, 
ingenuity  and  resourcefulness  of  the  stu- 
dent rather  than  his  memory — will  come  as 
refreshing  news. 

For  a  long  time  leading  educators  have 
been  dissatisfied  with  both  educational 
methods  and  test  methods  as  they  were  con- 
ducted in  the  schools  of  the  nation.  Some 
years 'ago,  a  radical  professor  astounded 


perhaps  better  than  you  did  before.  And  both  his  pupils  and  his  colleagues  by  per- 
all  along  the  line  the  Red  Cross  will  be  ^[^^^^^  ^^e  students  to  take  their  textbooks 
"VeTv"e^kdgedTur'faith  in  you.  We  with  tKem  into  the  examination  room  and 
are  for  you  and  with  you  always."  to  use  them  freely.  The  professor,  m  estab- 
lishing this  practice,  did  so  on  the  ground 
that  a  test  was  successful  only  in  the  meas- 
ure that  it  approximated  the  sort  of  test  a 
student  would  meet  in  real  life.  The  tests 
in  real  life  were  not  of  how  well  a  man 
could  remember  what  was  recorded  in  cer- 
tain books,  but  how  well  and  intelligently 
he  could  apply  the  information  thus 
recorded.  To  this  information  he  would  al- 
ways have  access.  The  doctor,  except  in 
rare  circumstances,  can  refer  to  his  text- 
books at  will  in  the  study  of  a  baffling  case. 
It  is  a  waste  of  effort  to  have  to  carry  in 
one's  mind  an  array  of  facts  which  one  can 
always  obtain  with  less  effort,  leaving  the 
mind  free  for  more  useful  tasks.  The  tests 
which  the  radical  professor  submitted  were 
extremely  successful.  They  were  tests  not 
of  the  student's  memory,  but  of  his  ability. 
He  was  given  a  difficult  problem,  and  was 
permitted  to  employ  all  the  facts  at  his  com- 


Intelligence  and  Education* — No   one 

realizes  better  than  the  doctor,  who  recalls 
his  college  days  vividly,  how  often  memory 
was  made  to  serve  in  place  of  real  knowl- 
edge ;  how  frequently  burning  of  midnight 
oil  for  a  few  days  before  examinations  and 
cramming  his  aching  head  with  figures, 
facts  and  vague  formulae  carried  him  to 
triumph  thru  tests  which  he  could  never 
pass  again  only  a  week  later.  And  in  later 
years,  reflecting  on  the  defects  of  a  sys- 
tem that  places  so  great  a  premium  on 
memory  and  so  little  on  intelligence,  how 
many  a  doctor  has  regretted  this  diversion 
of  the  trend  of  education  from  the  real 
purposes  for  which  it  was  designed,  knowl- 
edge that  remains  with  the  years  and  intel- 
ligence fortified  to  meet  the  tests  of  life. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mkdicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


January,  1919 


13 


mand  in  the  solution  of  the  problem.  So 
successful  was  this  step  that  it  was  pres- 
ently imitated  by  other  educators. 

The  system  to  be  introduced  at  Columbia 
is  another  advance  in  the  right  direction. 
It  has  been  the  experience  of  those  in  charge 
of  the  entrance  examinations  that  many  ap- 
plicants have  been  able  to  gain  admission 
merely  by  cramming  up  in  advance,  tho 
it  was  found  later  that  they  were  utterly 
lacking  in  the  intelligence  that  made  them 
fit  subjects  for  the  higher  education.  The 
examinations  in  future  will  be  along  the 
line  of  the  famous  Binet  tests,  establishing 
the  applicant's  claims  to  intelligence  and 
promise  rather  than  his  capacity  for  re- 
membering. These  tests  will  demonstrate 
the  real  quality  of  mind  which  the  student 
presents,  his  alertness,  his  ingenuity,  his 
capacity  for  intelligent  use  of  knowledge. 
They  will  determine  whether  it  is  worth 
while  spending  four  laborious  years  in  try- 
ing to  train  him  for  an  intellectual  life,  for 
which  he  may  not  be  fitted.  The  test  of  his 
actual  knowledge  will  merely  be  his  record 
in  the  school  from  which  he  comes.  And 
above  all,  these  tests  will  indicate  the  special 
fitness  of  the  applicant  for  a  particular 
career — whether  his  mental  disposition  fits 
him  the  better  for  a  future  as  an  engineer, 
a  teacher,  a  doctor,  a  lawyer,  or  one  of 
the  other  professions.  They  will  eliminate 
the  haphazard  choice  of  a  career,  the  bur- 
dening of  the  brilliant  pupil  with  the  drag 
of  an  unintelligent  one  with  whom  the  for- 
mer must  keep  pace.  It  is  a  change  that 
promises  the  most  gratifying  results. 


Influenza  and  the  Ostrich* — ^The  ostrich 
is  an  extraordinary  bird.  It  is  a  most  naive 
creature.  By  a  singular  trait  of  character,  it 


chooses  the  moment  of  greatest  danger  to 
do  the  most  absurd  thing.  When  pursued 
by  a  hunter  or  an  enemy  and  when  it  sees 
no  possible  exit  or  escape,  it  buries  its 
head  in  the  sand  and  assumes  the  delight- 
fully philosophic  attitude  that  ignorance  is 
bliss.  Unquestionably  such  an  attitude  is 
conducive  of  a  most  comfortable  and  com- 
forting state  of  mind,  but  it  would  be  rash 
to  recommend  it  as  a  salutary  state  of  body. 
One  is  reminded  of  the  learned  rabbi  of  old 
who  was  confronted  with  the  problem  of  a 
growling  dog  and  was  reproved  for  his 
nervousness.  *T  know  that  barking  dogs 
never  bite,"  said  the  rabbi  calmly,  "but 
does  the  dog  know  it  ?"  And  the  huntsman, 
with  leveled  gun,  unaware  of  the  beauties  of 
the  ostrich  philosophy,  pulls  the  trigger  and 
the  ostrich  pays  the  price  of  his  unworldli- 
ness. 

The  Board  of  Health  of  the  City  of  New 
York,  searching  the  zoological  gardens  for 
a  model  after  which  to  pattern  itself,  has 
unfortunately  selected  the  ostrich  as  a  type 
most  worthy  of  imitation.  In  view  of  the 
wide  range  of  choice  at  these  gardens,  the 
selection  is  inexplicable.  Many  men  and  in- 
stitutions have  gone  there  for  inspiration 
and  guidance,  and  the  worst  that  has  be- 
fallen them  has  been  the  acceptance  of  the 
monkey  as  the  most  fitting  model.  It  re- 
mained for  the  Board  of  Health  to  demon- 
strate its  originality  by  honoring  the  long 
neglected  ostrich.  And,  having  selected  this 
worthy  bird  as  its  pattern  and  guide,  it  has 
succeeded  in  emulating  the  original  with 
such  fidelity  as  to  arouse  wonder  and  awe 
in  all  who  have  followed  its  course.  Thus, 
one  morning  recently  there  were  reported 
over  five  hundred  cases  of  influenza  and 
one  hundred  odd  deaths  from  pneumonia. 
This  was  by  no  means  an  exceptional  day, 
the  figures  of  late  adhering  closely  to  this 


Digitized  by 


Google 


14 


January,  1919 


BDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


American  Medicins 


total  daily.  In  the  minds  of  most  un- 
prejudiced men  this  would  constitute  a  seri- 
ous situation,  and  the  one  word  that  would 
characterize  the  situation  adequately  would 
be  "epidemic."  But  the  Board,  singularly  un- 
mindful of  the  facts  and  their  most  obvious 
interpretation,  has  dropped  that  one  word 
from  its  vocabulary.  Imitating  the  ma- 
neuver of  its  favorite  bird,  it  buries  its  head 
in  the  sand  and  assumes  the  ingenuous  phil- 
osophic attitude  that  ignorance  is  bliss. 
"Danger?  Nonsense;  I  don't  see  a  thing!" 
And  the  huntsman  goes  on  with  his  deadly 
rifle  practice. 

Now,  such  strategy  would  be  admirable 
and  commendable  only  on  one  condition :  if 
the  Board  means  to  encourage  in  the  pub- 
lic a  state  of  ignorance  which  it  does  not 
share  itself,  and  if,  aware  of  a  danger  which 
it  prefers  to  keep  to  itself,  it  pursues  a 
severe  policy  of  eradication.     But  unfor- 
tunately it  would  appear  that  the  Board  en- 
courages ignorance  not  only  in  the  public 
but  actually  in  itself,  and  goes  blithely  along 
unaware  of  the  many  danger  signs  along 
the  path  it  has  taken.  It  buries  its  head  in 
the  sand  and  breathes  a  sigh  of  relief.  One 
can  only  regret  that  the  Board,  in  its  wan- 
derings  in  the  zoological  gardens,   never 
discovered  the  lion.    Certainly  that  king  of 
the  jungle  would  serve  as  a  better  model. 
It  has,  in  moments  of  greatest  danger,  a 
tendency  quite  the  opposite  of  the  more 
spiritual  ostrich — it  turns  and  fights,  and  it 
fights  well.  Hardly  a  philosophic  or  lofty 
attitude,  one  must  admit,  but  one  often  con- 
ducive to  safety.    It  is  perhaps  rash  to  try 
to  predict  what  the  spirit  of  the  lion,  in- 
spiring the  conduct  of  the  Board,  might  ef- 
fect, but  one  may  divine  that  its  course 
would  be  something  after  this  manner:  it 
would  divide  the  city  into  about  five  hun- 


dred districts.  At  the  head  of  each  of 
these  districts  it  would  place  a  competent 
inspector,  fully  instructed  and  trained  in 
his  duties.  This  inspector,  ever  vigilant 
for  signs  of  danger,  would  report  all 
cases  of  influenza,  and  promptly  bring 
into  play  all  the  machinery  of  the  Board 
in  an  eflFort  to  isolate  this  source  of 
danger  to  the  community,  protecting  the 
population  and  helping  the  individual  at  the 
same  time.  Rather  blunt  and  uncomplicated 
as  plans  go,  but  the  mind  of  the  lion  is  blunt 
and  uncomplicated.  Perhaps  a  more  careful 
search  would  reveal  a  model  even  more  sat- 
isfactory than  the  lion;  but,  in  any  case, 
one  must  conclude  that  the  ostrich  has 
proved  thus  far  a  distinct  failure.  A  rather 
regrettable  conclusion,  for  the  ostrich  is 
a  really  nice  bird — when  he  helps  to  beautify 
a  lady's  hat. 


Prohibition. — ^Among  the  indirect  re- 
sults of  the  World  War  has  been  the  "con- 
quest" of  John  Barleycorn.  After  a  due  and 
prolonged  struggle,  the  legislatures  of  40 
States  have  ratified  the  Federal  Amendment 
and  practically  only  one  year  more  of  dis- 
tilled and  spirituous  liquors  remains  for  the 
people  of  the  United  States.  In  eflFect,  pro- 
hibition begins  July  1st,  unless,  perchance. 
President  Wilson  should  declare  demobiliza- 
tion to  have  been  accomplished  before  that 
period,  as  a  result  of  which,  a  brief  Oasis 
would  spring  forth. 

In  view  of  the  accomplished  fact,  dis- 
cussion as  to  the  advisability  of  prohibition 
sinks  into  a  subsidiary  position.  It  is  proper 
to  dwell  upon  the  achievement  of  what 
ought  to  give  promise  of  being  a  decided 
social  advance. 

The  results  of  the  prohibition  movement 
cannot  be  judged  for  a  long  period  of  time. 
At  least  a  generation  that  has  developed 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


January,  1919 


15 


and  grown  up  in  a  non-alcoholic  environ- 
ment is  necessary  before  any  judgment  can 
be  drawn  or  scientific  opinion  held  with 
reference  to  the  effects  of  prohibition  upon 
the  general  health  and  welfare  of  the  race. 
Will  poverty  be  decreased;  will  crime  be 
lessened ;  will  disease  be  diminished  ?  Theo- 
retically speaking,  one  should  hope  for  evi- 
dences in  positive  affirmation  of  these  de- 
sired ends.  It  will  take  many  years  to  se- 
cure the  reflection  of  the  improved  social 
condition,  hoped  for,  in  terms  of  morbidity 
and  mortality  rates.  Whether  arteriosclero- 
sis, nephritis,  epilepsy,  insanity,  malnutri- 
tion are  to  be  less  common  as  a  result  of 
soft  drinks  remains  to  be  demonstrated. 
Doubtless  there  will  be  manifest  some  ef- 
fects indirectly  related  to  alcoholism  upon 
conditions  such  as  homicide,  venereal  dis- 
eases, lowered  standards  of  living,  and  con- 
sequent inferior  familial  development,  and 
possibly,  a  favorable  decrease  in  the  inci- 
dence of  accidents  in  industry.  From  a 
priori  conjectures  one  would  expect  to  find 
marked  improvement  in  social  welfare,  with 
consequent  benefits  to  the  public  health. 
Whether  this  goal  will  be  attained  or  not  is 
a  matter  for  future  determination. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  complete  prohi- 
bition will  not  exist  for  many  years,  as  long 
as  the  appetite  of  men  for  alcohol  remains 
unassuaged.  A  new  generation  growing  up, 
free  from  the  temptations,  and  lacking  the 
opportunity  for  the  satisfaction  of  a  craving 
such  as  their  forebearers  possessed  or,  in- 
deed, lacking  such  a  craving,  will  serve  as 
the  best  example  of  the  real  effects  upon 
public  health  and  welfare. 

So  much  harm  has  been  attributed  to  the 
consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages  that  it 
will  be  a  matter  of  unusual  interest  to  com- 
pare the  statistical  material  of  a  non-drink- 


ing generation  with  that  relating  to  past 
generations  for  whom  alcoholic  drinks  have 
not  been  denied.  So  many  factors  enter  into 
the  causation  of  disease,  it  is  difficult  to 
judge  of  their  relative  importance.  By  the 
elimination  of  one  factor  hitherto  regarded 
as  quite  dominating,  it  will  become  possible 
to  appreciate  in  a  comparative  study  the  real 
part  it  may  have  played  in  the  production 
of  misery,  sickness,  accidents  and  general 
unhappiness  in  the  world. 

For  the  time  being,  the  "drys"  have  won 
the  day.  Whether  their  efforts  in  bringing 
about  the  passage  of  the  national  amend- 
ment will  prove  to  be  the  advance  desired 
is  merely  a  problem  whose  actual  determina- 
tion will  depend  upon  the  character  of  the 
laws  promulgated  to  insure  the  enforcement 
of  the  new  enactment.  It  will  also  deter- 
mine whether  John  Barleycorn  is  really 
dead,  or  has  reverted  to  a  state  of  sus- 
pended animation.  The  world  should  be  bet- 
ter, because  of  the  non-usage  of  alcohol. 
Present-day  opinion  strongly  supports  the 
view  that  a  social  improvement  has  been 
made.  The  actual  basis  for  this  judgment, 
its  soundness  or  incorrectness,  can  only  be 
determined  after  the  lapse  of  years  during 
which  careful  analyses  of  social  and  health 
factors  will  be  required. 


If 8  What  Ton  Think! 

If  you  think  you  are  outclassed,  you  are; 

You've  got  to  think  height  to  rise, 
You've  got  to  be  sure  of  yourself  before 

You  can  ever  win  a  prize. 
Life's  battle  don't  always  go 

To  the  stronger  or  faster  man. 
But  soon  or  late  the  man  who  wins 

Is  the  fellow  who  thinks  he  can. 

— aiinical  Medicine. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


16 


January,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


American  Medicine 


'i^^i=^ 


EN  AND 


The  Late  Theodore  Roosevdt* — ^An  at- 
tempt to  classify  men  on  'broad  lines  of 
character  leads  to  a  recognition  of  two 
types :  The  Hamlet  type,  given  to  much  re- 
flection and  little  action;  and  the  Macbeth 
type,  given  to  much  action  and  little  re- 
flection. It  was  the  distinction  of  the  late 
Colonel  Roosevelt  that  he  achieved  a  vinion 
of  the  two  types  in  a  single  personality 
which  is  rare  in  the  extreme.  He  was  at 
once  a  doer  and  a  thinker,  and  each  element 
in  him  was  developed  to  an  extraordinary 
degree.  When  it  was  a  question  of  action 
there  were  few  men  that  could  anticipate 
him,  fewer  that  could  bring  the  same 
amount  of  energy  and  vigor  to  bear  upon 
a  task  once  undertaken.  To  his  intellectual 
tasks  he  brought  a  quality  of  mind  and  a 
lucidity  of  reflective  power  which  was  ad- 
mirable. Of  course,  the  mistake  of  the  Ham- 
let type  is  that  it  often  does  too  little,  and 
the  mistake  of  the  Macbeth  type  is  that  it 
often  does  too  much.  The  Hamlet  in  Roose- 
velt was  not  so  pronounced  as  to  lead  him 
into  frequent  errors  of  thought,  but  the 
Macbeth  in  him  was  dominant  enough  to 
lead  him  occasionally  into 'the  mistakes  of 
that  type.  "The  man  who  never  makes  a  mis- 
take," said  Stephen  Girard,  "never  does  any- 
thing." Roosevelt  did  a  great  deal,  and  he 
made  mistakes.  His  meeting  with  the  Kaiser 
and  his  enthusiasm  over  that  pathetic 
paranoiac  was  a  mistake.  His  impulsive  at- 
tempt to  tell  the  rulers  of  England  how  best 
to  manage  their  colonial  affairs  was  a  mis- 
take which  brought  down  the  resentment 
of  the  whole  British  press  upon  his  head. 
His  bolting  of  the  Republican  party  in  1912 
is  considered  a  mistake  by  many,  a  mistake 
which  was  chiefly  responsible  for  the  sur- 
render of  power  to  the  rival  party.  All  this 
is  true,  but  on  the  credit  side  of  his  sheet 
there  is  a  balance  of  good  work  well  done 
which  cannot  be  denied  by  even  his  enemies. 

And  of  enemies  Roosevelt  had  more 
than  is  the  average  man's  allotment.    You 


can  tell  a  man  by  his  friends,  but  you  can 
tell  a  man  equally  well  by  his  enemies ;  and, 
on  the  side  of  his  foes,  political  and  intel- 
lectual, were  ranged  some  of  the  best  minds 
in  the  country.  On  the  other  hand  he  num- 
bered among  his  stanchest  admirers  and  sup- 
porters individuals  of  the  highest  rank  in 
every  quarter  of  the  republic.  He  was  a  born 
leader  of  men,  and,  as  often  happens  in  the 
case  of  a  man  of  such  immense  personal 
magnetism,  the  enthusiasm  he  aroused  in 
some  was  as  warm  as  the  opprobrium  in 
others  was  bitter.  Few  men  were  ever  so 
frequent  and  so  heated  a  subject  of  con- 
troversy as  Roosevelt,  and  that  perhaps  is 
the  highest  testimonial  to  the  vigor  and  ful- 
ness of  his  career.  No  one  was  ever  indif- 
ferent to  him.  They  either  loved  him  or 
hated  him,  and  that  was  no  doubt  precisely 
as  he  wanted  it  to  be.  He  himself  was  never 
guilty  of  the  offense  of  indifference.  He 
either  loved  people  intensely  or  he  hated 
them  intensely,  and  he  rarely  disguised  his 
feelings  out  of  consideration  of  tactfulness. 
In  his  eyes  the  one  unpardonable  sin,  in 
action  or  in  thought,  was  timidity. 

It  is  perhaps  too  early  to  presume  to 
give  a  just  estimate  of  the  man.  Time  alone 
can  give  the  perspective  needed  for  such 
a  judgment.  But  it  would  hardly  be  rash  to 
anticipate  the  judgment  of  the  future  and 
predict  that  he  will  find  a  conspicuous  place 
in  history,  a  place  that  has  been  occupied 
by  but  few  men  in  the  development  of  our 
country.  In  time  the  partisan  spirit  that  em- 
bittered many  men  against  him  will  disap- 
pear, and  the  permanent  qualities  of  heart 
and  mind  which  the  man  possessed  in  so 
rich  a  measure  will  alone  be  remembered. 
That  these  have  even  now  come  to  outweigh 
the  qualities  which  have  so  often  been  the 
subject  of  dispute  may  be  judged  by  the 
wholehearted  grief  of  the  entire  nation  at 
his  death.  In  Roosevelt  the  country  has  lost 
a  great  stimulator  of  thought,  its  greatest 
disciple  of  action. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambrican  Medicine 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


17 


ORIGINAL 
RTI C  LE  S 


ADDRESS  ON  MEDICINE  AND 
SURGERY.^ 

BY 

ROBERT  T.  MORRIS,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 

Mr,  President  and  Members  of  the  Eastern 
Medical  Society: 
I  have  been  asked  to  review  the  subject 
of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  particularly  with 
reference  to  modern  methods.  In  study- 
ing anatomy  we  get  at  our  subject  a  little 
more  clearly  and  interestingly  if  we  begin 
with  comparative  anatomy;  consequently 
before  taking  up  the  subject  of  the  Medi- 
cine of  Today  let  us  dwell  for  a  moment  on 
the  medicine  of  the  past.  You  know  what 
the  ancient  Egyptians  did  in  the  way  of 
surgery  and  medicine.  You  know  that  even 
in  South  America  some  excellent  surgical 
work  was  done  among  the  ancient  Peru- 
vians. There  is  a  mystery  about  their 
trephining.  No  one  knows  why  some  of  it 
was  done,  because  skulls  that  were  appar- 
ently perfectly  normal  have  been  found 
that  were  trephined.  In  hunting  with  the 
Indians  I  have  learned  that  when  they  kill 
a  bear  they  often  make  an  opening  in  the 
skull  to  let  out  the  bad  spirit,  tho  one  would 
imagine  that  it  had  already  been  let  out  by 
the  bullet;  but  this  may  be  a  tradition  that 
dates  back  for  centuries,  and  it  is  possible 
that  this  idea  may  account  for  some  of  the 


'Before  the  Eastern  Medical  Society,  Decem- 
ber 13.  1918. 


trephining  done  in  ancient  times.  That, 
however,  is  pure  speculation.  However, 
away  back  in  the  days  of.  Hammurabi  some 
surgery  was  done,  for  the  ancient  records 
show  that  Hammurabi  supports  my  claim 
that  a  short  incision  is  desirable  in  surgery. 
He  also  advises  surgeons  to  have  their  in- 
struments clean.  That  is  very  good  ad- 
vice, dating  back  2000  years  B.  C,  and  ig- 
nored by  many  after  him,  for  in  the  days  of 
my  old  preceptor,  not  so  very  many  years 
ago,  I  remember  that  he  washed  his  hands 
after  an  operation  instead  of  before.  We 
have  forgotten  a  good  deal  in  the  long  in- 
terval since  Hammurabi,  for  knowledge 
comes  and  goes ;  we  adopt  the  part  adapted 
to  our  needs  and  then  it  goes  out  of  our 
minds  because  of  newer  and  perhaps  more 
rational  methods.  Democritus  who  was 
born  460  B.  C.  believed  that  disease  was 
due  to  minute  living  particles.  Democritus 
is  said  to  have  blinded  himself  in  order  to 
have  time  to  think  and  develop  his  philoso- 
phy and  not  be  disturbed  by  external  im- 
pressions that  were  confusing.  At  the 
present  time,  while  we  are  again  interested 
in  the  subject  of  disease  being  caused  by 
small  organisms,  I  do  not  know  of  any 
doctors  who  have  blinded  themselves  in 
order  to  have  time  to  stop  and  think.  It 
may  be  that  some  part  of  ancient  history, 
in  point  of  application,  would  be  desirable 
today  when  we  are  all  in  such  a  hurry  to  do 
everything  at  once  and  to  do  all  the  work 


Digitized  by 


Google 


18 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICL.es 


Amerjcan  Msdicinb 


in  sight.  That  becomes  a  very  serious 
matter  for  some  of  us.  I  find  many  men 
hurrying  eagerly  and  earnestly,  not  having 
time  to  enjoy  life  and  I  sympathize  with 
them  for  I  find  myself  in  the  same  position. 
Not  long  ago  while  walking  around  on  the 
farm  I  found  myself  looking  at  a  guinea 
hen's  nest.  She  had  laid  so  many  eggs 
that  she  could  not  cover  and  hatch  them  all, 
so  she  simply  sat  on  all  that  she  could  and 
let  the  rest  go.  I  took  a  lesson  from  that 
guinea  hen,  and  in  the  crowding  demands 
of  medicine  and  surgery  let  us  all  follow  the 
same  methods — sit  on  our  nest  and  do  what 
we  can  comfortably  and  let  the  rest  go. 

We  have  passed  the  stage  in  medicine 
when  men  were  killed  for  advancing  new 
theories  in  science.  Why  were  they  killed  ? 
In  those  days  superstition  often  took  the 
place  of  knowledge  as  it  does  today ;  but  in 
those  days  superstition  was  more  closely 
connected  with  theology  and  with  the 
anthropocentric  point  of  view,  consequently 
anyone  who  made  startling  advances  was 
disturbing  some  tenet  in  theology  and  en- 
dangering the  souls  of  the  people.  It  was 
on  highly  moral  grounds  that  the  scientists 
who  made  advances  were  tortured  or  put 
to  death. 

Next,  medicine  arrived  at  the  stage  where 
men  were  simply,  persecuted  for  making 
new  advances.  Why  were  they  persecuted? 
The  human  mind  has  wonderful  resources 
for  resisting  the  introduction  of  knowledge 
into  itself.  Men  arrive  at  comfortable 
conclusions,  they  agree  upon  comfortable 
conclusions  and  then  proceed  about  their 
daily  sins  and  their  daily  occupations  with 
ease;  but  when  some  new  theory  is  ad- 
vanced which  obliges  men  to  rise  and  Hft 
themselves  above  the  conventions,  they  fear 
a  certain   discomfort  and   for  that   reason 


they  exhibit  a  certain  amount  of  intoler- 
ance at  what  obliges  them  to  leave  their 
comfortable*  seats  of  convention  upon  which 
men  were  agreed.  By  the  time  when  men 
have  finally  agreed  upon  any  subject,  it  is 
often  quite  out  of  date. 

Now-a-days  a  change  is  taking  place, 
men  are  really  so  eager  for  new  knowledge 
that  they  do  not  resent  the  introduction  of 
a  fresh  idea,  but  in  their  speed  are  more 
inclined  to  grasp  it  by  one  edge  and  to  run 
away  with  it  before  gathering  in  the  loose 
ends,  and  consequently  we  have  the  specta- 
cle of  men  advancing  rapidly  with  quite 
incomplete  knowledge  of  a  subject;  advanc- 
ing rapidly,  I  would  say,  in  gaining  the  atr 
tention  of  the  public  and  the  profession 
rather  than  in  classifying  data  well. 

I  have  just  read  the  introduction  in  the 
very  valuable  book  of  Dr.  Charles  Geiger  on 
Bone  Surgery — osteoplastic  work.  Dr. 
Geiger  says  that  the  wonderful  advances 
that  have  been  made  in  bone  surgery  place 
it  in  advance  of  other  branches  of  surgery 
today.  I  suppose  that  almost  every  man 
who  is  engaged  in  special  work  of  other 
kinds  would  question  this  point  of  view; 
and  yet,  don't  you  see  there  is  something 
really  very  wholesome  in  it  after  all ;  some- 
thing stimulating,  something  encouraging; 
when  k  man  believes  that  his  subject  is  the 
most  important  one  in  medicine  today,  he 
is  obliged  to  do  such  very  hard  work  in 
order  to  justify  his  belief  that  he  accom- 
plishes a  great  deal  more  than  if  he  had  any 
doubts  about  his  position. 

The  matter  of  focal  infections  is  one  of 
the  very  new  subjects  of  the  day  which 
men  are  taking  up  with  a  great  deal  of  in- 
terest but  are  going  ahead  perhaps  with  in- 
complete knowledge  and  not  comprehend- 
ing the  range  and  scope  of  the  entire  sub- 
ject ;  consequently  this  subject  is  falling  into 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


19 


disrepute  in  certain  fields  because  of  the 
over-enthusiasm  of  some  of  the  advocates 
of  focal  infection-  theory  in  relation  to  dis- 
tant demonstration — endocarditis,  rheuma- 
tism, gastric  ulcer,  cholecystitis,  various 
forms  of  neuritis,  etc.  The  philosopher, 
taking  all  the  evidence  judicially,  will  event- 
ually give  the  medical  profession  the  basic 
facts  and  what  is  valuable  in  the  subject. 
Right  now  one  might  utter  a  warning  to  the 
general  medical  profession  against  taking 
too  active  an  interest  in  this  subject.  Hardly 
a  day  passes  that  I  do  not  see  a  group  of 
strong  men  like  a  pack  of  wolves  "tearing 
away  at  the  tonsils,  one  on  one  side  of  the 
question  and  another  on  the  other  side, 
and  the  poor  tonsil  is  torn  to  pieces.  We 
do  not  know  where  we  stand  on  the  subject. 
That  is  not  right.  The  patient  has  to  bear 
the  consequences  of  the  differences  of 
opinion.  It  seems  to  me  that  we  ought  to 
have  some  sort  of  court  to  pass  judgment 
on  the  findings  of  the  men  who  are  working 
so  actively  in  new  work.  Facts  should  be 
classifiable  so  that  you  and  I  may  know 
what  to  say  when  the  tonsils  really  do  ap- 
pear to  be  the  cause  of  infection — as  witH 
gastric  ulcers  and  endocarditis,  for  exam- 
ple. When  we  make  cultures  and  find 
streptococcus  viridans  or  bacteria  that  are 
known  to  be  dangerous  under  certain  cir- 
cumstances, it  does  not  necessarily  follow 
that  the  toxins  from  these  bacteria  are 
causing  the  distant  demonstration  in  a  given 
case.  It  does  not  even  follow  that  the  anti- 
bodies called  out  by  the  presence  of  these 
toxins  for  protection  are  themselves  produc- 
ing an  autolysis  which  gives  us  the  symp- 
toms of  the  disease.  This  is  certainly  true 
in  some  of  the  cases — in  a  certain  percent- 
age of  the  cases.  It  is  our  duty  then  to  say 
that  a  focal  infection  of  the  tonsil  may  per- 
haps cause  endocarditis,  may  cause  rheu- 


matism of  the  joints,  may  perhaps  cause  gas- 
tric ulcer  by  way  of  selective  afl&nity,  which 
Rosenow  has  described  to  us.  It  is  our 
duty  to  find  out  in  what  proportion  of  cases 
the  toxins  are  producing  such  distant 
effects  and  that  we  must  do,  not  by  taking 
out  all  infected  tonsils,  not  by  having  all 
infected  teeth  pulled  out  to  satisfy  our 
curiosity  in  the  case  but  by  so  far  as  pos- 
sible eliminating  one  by  one  aU  other  factors 
and  by  exclusion  getting  down  to  the  fair 
presumption  that  any  one  focus  of  infection 
is  producing  any  one  given  demonstration. 
At  the  present  time  the  matter  of  infected 
tooth  roots  is  not  receiving  attention  enough, 
for  the  reason  that  when  Rosenow  first 
directed  attention  to  the  subject  and  Bil- 
lings made  his  excellent  clinical  observa- 
tions to  corroborate  these  findings,  other 
less  careful  observers  jumped  to  conclusions 
and  played  havoc  with  teeth  and  with  ton- 
sils which  should  not  have  come  out.  The 
focus  of  infection  bringing  teeth  and  tonsils 
under  suspicion  is  often  in  the  colon,  when 
the  matter  of  excluding  the  colon  definitely 
has  not  been  taken  into  consideration. 

In  our  newer  work  in  this  field,  the 
peripheral  irritations  have  been  taken  up 
with  enthusiasm  and  the  subject  carried  be- 
yond its  natural  limits  by  those  who  did  not 
exercise  judicial  faculties  in  weighing  or 
producing  evidence.  We  know  that  eye 
strain  will  produce  distant  effects — peri- 
toneal adhesions,  loose  kidney.  These  are  all 
peripheral  disturbers  of  autonomic  and  sym- 
pathetic nerves.  They  register  impulses  up- 
on ganglia  and  upon  brain  and  cord  centers 
with  demonstration  at  a  distance  in  many 
cases,  but  we  are  to  very  carefully  exclude 
the  cases  in  which  such  peripheral  objective 
signs  are  present  but  are  not  producing  the 
subjective  symptoms  of  which  the  patient 
complains.     A  great  deal  of  work  has  been 


Digitized  by 


Google 


20 


Januaby,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


done  wrongly,  hurriedly,  thus  bringing  mod- 
ern medicine,  the  medicine  of  today,  into 
disrepute  because  men  sometimes  place  too 
much  stress  on  the  value  of  the  objective 
signs  relating  to  organs  or  structures  which 
may  or  may  not  produce  peripheral  irrita- 
tion in  a  given  case.  The  results  may  be 
secondary  or  in  the  third  role.  Peripheral 
irritation  may  produce  effects  in  such  a  way 
that  the  sympathetic  control  of  the  diges- 
tive function  is  disturbed,  general  metabolic 
change  is  disturbed,  and  then  follows  a 
series  of  toxic  manifestations  which  stand 
really  in  the  third  role — the  peripheral  irri- 
tation having  merely  allowed  incomplete 
digestion  to  occur,  causing  disturbance  of 
the  alimentary  tract,  followed  by  a  series 
of  affections,  no  one  effect  being  a  diag- 
nostic entity,  everything  being  in  close  co- 
ordination, every  demonstration  being  in 
one  category,  to  be  separated  analytically 
by  the  really  good  physician. 

With  our  many  specialists  today  a  patient 
will  have  great  difficulty  in  getting  into  the 
hands  of  the  right  authority.  If  I  send  a 
patient  to  a  physician  who  is  a  heart  spe- 
cialist, with  a  question  of  heart  trouble  and 
that  patient  comes  back  without  heart 
trouble  it  is  because  the  doptor  was  not  in. 
None  of  us  is  ideal ;  we  all  have  something 
wrong,  and  almost  any  specialist  will  find 
something  which  will  occupy  his  entire  at- 
tention if  any  one  of  us  happens  to  drop 
into  his  office. 

Consequently,  in  our  modern  medicine, 
we  need  some  one  guiding  hand;  we  need 
the  old  time  physician  who  was  guide,  coun- 
selor and  friend,  who  would  weigh  the  evi- 
dence of  all  the  specialists  and  reach  his 
own  conclusions  and  give  the  patient  the 
benefit  of  his  wise  decision.  The  medicine 
of  today,  the  most  of  our  modern  medicine, 
is  falling  into  disrepute  in  the  minds  of  the 


laity,  for  the  laity  is  inclined  to  go  to  spe- 
cialists without  first  getting  the  advice  of 
the  good  old  family  physician — but  such  a 
man  is  very  hard  to  find  today,  tho  I  believe 
he  is  the  man  of  the  future  when  we  have 
completed  one  of  the  customary  spiral  cy- 
cles marking  upward  social  movement. 

The  subject  of  endocrine  disturbance  is 
one  of  the  very  newest  today.  Endocrine 
disturbance  sounds  very  nice  and  knowing. 
We  sometimes  feel  that  in  this  subject  we 
shall  find  a  panacea  for  all  ills;  yet  all 
bodily  activities  are  carried  on  under  endo- 
crine stimulation.  When  we  have  per- 
verted function  of  any  of  the  endocrine 
glands,  a  doctor  is  prone  to  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  he  may  decapitate  the 
demon  of  all  the  patient's  ills  by  simply 
caring  for  the  endocrine  gland  that  is  in 
evidence.  The  thyroid  gland  has  received 
an  undue  portion  of  attention  for  the  reason 
that  it  is  in  sight.  Men  forget  its  connec- 
tion with  the  adrenals,  the  spleen  and 
various  other  organs  of  the  endocrine  chain, 
because  the  thyroid  is  in  sight.  It  is  some- 
thing like  a  skull  bump. 

The  older  phrenologists  ascribed  all 
human  faculties  to  certain  bumps  on  that 
part  of  the  skull  which  they  could  feel ;  only 
those  that  could  be  thus  determined  having 
any  significance,  human  faculties,  the 
phrenologists  forgetting  that  on  the  base  of 
the  brain  there  are  just  as  many  bumps  un- 
accounted for.  I  do  not  know  what  they 
would  say  about  these,  unless  to  say  that 
they  represent  the  dual  personality. 

The  study  of  endocrine  disturbance  per- 
haps takes  us  into  the  really  largest  new 
field  of  today.  Under  the  conditions  of 
civilization  men  are  reaching  cultural 
limitations  just  as  other  animals  and  plants 
reach  cultural  limitations  under  conditions 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKRiCAN  Medicine 


ORIGINAIi  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


21 


of  a  high  degree  of  cultivation;  and  when 
cultural  limitations  are  reached  we  then 
have  arrested  development  in  greater  or 
less  degree;  breeding  comes  to  a  pause, 
various  perversions  occur  and  down  goes 
that  variet}'  of  man  which  was  represented 
in  the  history  of  nations.  We  now  know 
how  the  ancient  civilizations  really  passed 
away — how  Rome  feU,  Egypt,  Peru.  We 
know  how  France  is  going  today.  We 
know  that  in  all  civilizations  the  time  comes 
when  cultural  limitations  are  approached  as 
they  are  with  animals  and  plants.  The  New- 
foimdland  dog,  the  Morgan  horse,  the  Wil- 
son strawberry  are  passing  away.  They 
reached  cultural  limitations  and  are  pass- 
ing out.  The  same  thing  is  occurring  in 
our  civilization  here.  Cultural  limitations 
are  being  approached,  arrested  development 
is  appearing  in  larger  and  larger  numbers 
of  people  and  with  this  arrested  develop- 
ment apparent  in  physical  defects  we 
find  that  physiologic  responses,  functional 
in  character,  are  so  closely  aUied  to  struc- 
ture that  when  anjrthing  is  wrong  with 
structure,  function  responds;  consequently, 
in  our  civilization  today  we  have  a  larger 
and  larger  niunber  of  people  with  arrested 
development  of  certain  organs  and  with  a 
higher  degree  of  disturbance  of  function 
of  the  endocrine  glands.  We  may,  there- 
fore, expect  to  make  more  and  more  mis- 
takes along  with  the  recording  of  new 
truths.  When  taking  up  the  therapy  of 
the  internal  secretions,  while  making  ad- 
vances, collecting  more  facts,  we  come 
again  to  the  point  where  a  well  balanced 
judicial  mind  is  needed  in  medicine  today  in 
the  matter  of  these  endocrine  functions  and 
the  matter  of  endocrine  therapy. 

What  has  the  war  been  doing  for  our 
new  surgery?  Apparently  no  great  new 
principles  have  been  brought  out  in  war 


surgery.  The  field  of  battle  is  not  the 
place  for  developing  theories.  Theories 
come  out  of  philosophy,  they  come  out  of 
metaphysics  applied  to  data  carefully  col- 
lected by  the  philosopher,  so  that  perhaps 
we  should  not  look  for  anything  revolution- 
ary in  the  way  of  new  work  to  come  out  of 
this  war.  But  there  has  been  a  splendid 
opportunity  for  the  application  of  princi- 
ples and  out  of  this  war  has  come  a  knowl- 
edge and  perfection  of  detail  in  technic  and 
improvement  in  methods  of  procedure 
which  will  be  of  lasting  benefit  to  the  entire 
world.  We  did  not  know  really  or  appre- 
ciate the  fact  that  the  Dakin-Carrel  method 
was  enormously  valuable,  until  there  was  a 
violent  controversy  upon  both  sides  and  the 
men  who  believed  in  the  Dakin-Carrel 
method  had  to  prove  their  position  by  re- 
cording facts  of  such  consequence  that  no 
one  could  dispute  the  evidence.  A  large 
amount  of  constructive  work  has  been  done, 
giving  our  orthopedists,  with  osteoplastic 
work,  an  enormous  opportunity.  I  should 
not  take  up  the  subject  of  war  surgery  this 
evening,  for  one  thing  leads  on  to  another 
and  a  speaker  might  devote  an  hour,  a  week, 
or  a  month  to  the  subject,  preferably  a 
month. 

Who  is  to  stand  back  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession when  there  is  need  for  so  much 
laboratory  work,  so  much  expensive  special 
work  in  making  up  a  brief  relating  to  any 
one  case  ?  The  public  must  do  that.  How 
is  the  public  to  do  it?  I  hope  that  what  I 
am  about  to  say  now  will  not  lead  me  to  be 
shot — hold  your  revolver  until  I  am  thru — 
but  the  cold  fact  is  that  a  paternal  govern- 
ment like  that  of  Germany  gave  us  the  most 
remarkable  efficiency  in  advancing  medicine 
that  has  been  demonstrated  in  the  history 
of  the  world.  The  method  the(t  German 
scientists  applied  to  medicine  led  to  magnifi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


22 


January,  1919 


ORIOINAL.  ARTICL.es 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


cent  advances  in  medicine  and  in  surgery, 
altho  the  German  mind  is  not  intrinsically 
superior  to  the  EngHsh,  French  or  Italian 
mind.  Progress  was  made  by  Germany 
because  of  the  paternal,  autocratic  form  of 
government  which  had  value  until  it  was 
taken  in  charge  by  an  imperial  neurotic  who 
could  sign  away  his  people's  prosperity.  Can 
we  have  anything  to  take  the  place  of 
paternal  government?  There  is  the  need. 
There  is  the  need  over  the  entire  world  for 
the  sort  of  backing,  the  support,  which 
paternal  Germany  gave  to  its  scientific  in- 
stitutions. In  this  country  we  are  depend- 
ing very  largely  upon  private  endowment, 
private  funds;  but  no  matter  how  gen- 
erously they  are  given,  the  public  cannot 
understand  the  needs  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession in  science.  The  generous  gift  of 
the  late  Captain  De  Lamar  would  have  to  be 
repeated  many  times  over,  for  we  need 
many  times  ten  millions  of  dollars  for  en- 
abling our  doctors  to  do  for  the  public  what 
we  wish  to  do  for  the  public  betterment 
impersonally,  not  for  ourselves  personally. 
How  about  the  medical  colleges  of  to- 
day? I  find  that  in  many  of  our  medical 
colleges  there  is  a  certain  loss  of  morale,  a 
certain  lack  of  character,  which  belongs  to 
our  hurried  methods  of  today.  Students 
are  taught  to  pass  examinations  quickly 
and  well,  without  regard  for  -  the  moral 
character  involved  in  the  question  of  their 
duty  toward  the  public,  which  is  to  follow, 
and  consequently  there  is  a  great  deal  of 
complaint  about  cheating  in  examinations 
and  other  evidence  of  grasping  the  main 
chance,  instead  of  students  developing  the 
point  of  view  toward  the  profession  and  the 
public  which  should  be  given  to  every  young 
man  in  our  medical  colleges.  It  is 
not  the  passing  of  examinations  which  is 
important,  but  the  large  idea,  the  point  of 


view  given  by  the  teachers  to  the  entire 
subject  of  medicine  idealistically,  which 
must  be  developed  in  our  medical  colleges 
unless  there  is  to  be  a  still  greater 
loss  of  morale  and  still  greater  slump 
toward  commercial  thought.  This  matter 
appeals  to  me  very  deeply.  In  looking  over 
the  different  medical  colleges  I  find 
among  the  teachers  men  of  the  highest  de- 
gree of  scientific  attainment,  men  who  are 
competent  as  teachers  in  their  scientific 
studies,  but  they  do  not  set  standards  or 
give  the  point  of  view,  the  outlook  on  life 
which  leads  the  student  to  become  the  true, 
the  great  physician,  who  is  to  minister  to 
the  wants  of  the  people ;  and  it  is  the  human 
side  of  the  subject  rather  than  the  material 
side  which  in  the  end  gives  character  and 
the  stamp  of  high  caste. 

Recently  a  father  said  to  me,  "I  had 
hoped  to  send  my  son  to  my  medical  Alma 
Mater,  but  on  looking  over  the  catalog  it 
seemed  to  have  a  dearth  of  great  teachers  or 
leaders*  of  thought  and  to  be  suggestive  of 
medical  politics." 

As  a  corrective  it  seems  to  me  that  any 
medical  college  teaching  faculty  belongs 
under  close  supervision  of  the  president  of 
a  university  and  that  medical  colleges  so  far 
as  possible  should  be  a  part  of  the  univer- 
sity. The  reason  for  this  is  because  the 
university  represents  our  entire  social  sys- 
tem in  miniature  and  the  president  of  the 
university  is  supposed  to  have  in  mind  the 
making  of  the  best  citizens  out  of  each  one 
of  his  students.  His  approval  or  disap- 
proval of  teachers  would  have  reference  to 
this  point  and  he  would  exclude  from  the 
teaching  staff  some  of  the  men  who  are  ex- 
perienced at  placing  themselves,  at  the  ex- 
pense of  others  belonging  to  a  certain 
scholarly  group  respected  by  the  public  for 
intrinsic  worth   but  so  busily  engaged   in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MEDICINB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


23 


their  work  that  they  are  not  experienced  in 
maintaining  position. 

All  young  men  are  idealists.  All  young 
men  look  to  their  teachers  for  the  setting  of 
such  high  examples  that  students  may  go 
forth  into  the  world  equipped  as  physicians 
who  will  do  their  best  toward  the  public 
and  toward  each  other.  Unless  this  matter 
is  taken  into  serious  consideration  in  all  of 
the  medical  colleges  today  in  this  country 
we  shall  not  maintain  our  status  as  we 
should  in  the  estimation  of  the  public,  which 
has  a  way  of  arriving  at  right  conclusions. 

In  closing,  I  would  say  this :  All  present 
day  physicians — all  of  the  younger  men  and 
the  older  men — see  before  them  such  an 
enormous  amount  of  work  which  should  be 
done  if  they  are  to  stand  abreast  of  the 
times  that  the  tendency  is  for  them  to  take 
their  work  too  seriously.  They  are  very 
apt  to  lose  the  finer  side  of  human  nature 
which  goes  with  broad  interest  in  many 
things.  No  one  physician  here  can  com- 
prehend the  entire  subject  of  medicine;  no 
one  can  do  the  very  best  that  can  be  done 
for  all  of  his  patients.  It  is  well  for  a 
doctor  to  have  human  interests  in  many 
things  outside  of  his  profession — art,  litera- 
ture, music  and  the  beautiful  things  in  life 
— because  we  are  here  only  once ;  we  are  not 
here  for  a  long  time,  and  if  we  do  not  lead 
a  delightful  life  here  I  do  not  know  when 
the  next  chance  will  come.  I  have  a  clergy- 
man friend  who  tells  me  not  to  worry  about 
this,  but  those  of  us  who  are  practical  men 
I  believe  should  make  an  effort,  while  be- 
coming high  caste  physicians,  to  try  to  lead 
an  ideal  life ;  and  every  doctor  should  stop 
and  ask  himself  from  time  to  time:  Am  I 
leading  an  ideal  life,  the  sort  of  life  which 
I  wish  my  son  to  lead  ? 

616  Madison  Avenue. 


MEDICAL    VERSUS    MEDDLESOME 
GYNECOLOGY/ 

BY 

ARNOLD  STURMDORP.  M.  D..  P.  A.  C.  S..  etc. 
New  York. 

Medical  gynecology,  or  more  specifically, 
medicinal  gynecology,  is  a  relic  of  the  days 
when  "Obstetrics  and  the  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children"  constituted  a  single 
department  in  the  medical  curriculum  of 
our  colleges. 

The  operative  furor,  initiated  by  the 
Listerian  epoch,  with  its  multifarious  sins 
of  commission,  was  naturally  superseded 
by  a  reactionary  conservatism,  which,  tend- 
ing to  the  opposite  extreme,  rehabilitated 
and  perpetuated  certain  therapeutic  meas- 
ures in  gynecology,  embodying  sins  of 
omission,  that  cannot  be  defended  on  any 
established  physiologic,  pathologic  or  clin- 
ical basis. 

There  is  an  undeniable  but  very  limited 
field  for  legitimate  medical  gynecology  be- 
yond which,  any  drug  treatment,  whether 
local  or  systemic,  constitutes  meddlesome 
tinkering. 

Every  rational  therapeutic  attempt  must 
be  based,  as  far  as  possible,  upon  a  clear 
conception  of  its  aim  and  scope;  empiri- 
cism has  lost  its  place  in  the  treatment  of 
gynecopathic  manifestations. 

As  an  example,  let  us  choose  the  most 
frequent  and  familiar  symptom  of  gynecic 
disorders,  namely,  leucorrhea,  and  analyze 
the  utility  of  routine  treatment  by  medicated 
douches,  tampons,  caustics,  dilatation, 
curettement,  etc.,  in  fulfilling  established 
pathologic  indications. 

The  acute  irritative  phases  of  this  mani- 
festation may  and  should  be  successfully 


*  Read  before  the  New  York  Physicians'  Asso- 
ciation, Oct.  27,  1918. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


24 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


AMBftlCAN  MB>ICINB 


palliated  by  topical  medication,  but  no 
method  of  topical  medication  can  perma- 
nently cure  a  chronic  leucorrhea  because 
every  chronic  leucorrhea  presents  the  out- 
ward expression  of  chronic  endoccrvicitis 
resulting  from  an  infection  of  the  deeply 
imbedded  racemose  muciparous  tufts  in  the 
endocervical  mucosa. 

Chronic  endoccrvicitis  is  the  most  prev- 
alent and  its  manifestations  comprise  the 
most  familiar  symptom-complex  among 
gynecologic  disorders.  It  constitutes  a 
concrete  clinical  entity  of  pathogenic  poten- 
tialities which  may  menace  the  integrity  of 
the  entire  gynecic  system;  nevertheless,  it 
is  accorded  no  special  consideration  as  such 
in  the  current  text-books,  where  its  de- 
scription is  scattered  among  various  chap- 
ters as  an  incidental  feature,  under  captions 
such  as  "cervical  catarrh,"  "simple  fol- 
licular or  papillary  erosion,"  *'eversion,'* 
"hypertrophy,"  etc.,  all  of  which  depict  only 
different  phases  of  the  same  pathologic 
process,  the  course  and  nature  of  which  are 
obscured  by  perpetuated  misconceptions 
that  dominate  a  most  ineffectual  therapy. 

In  structure  and  in  function  a  sharp  line 
of  demarcation  differentiates  the  cervical 
mucosa   from  the  corporeal  endometrium. 

Physiologically,  the  cervical  canal  pre- 
sents nothing  more  than  a  passive  com- 
municating channel  between  the  vagina  and 
the  uterine  cavity  proper.  The  cervical 
mucosa,  composed  of  deeply  penetrating 
racemose  glands,  simply  secretes  mucus; 
it  does  not  participate  in  the  cyclic  meta- 
morphoses of  the  corporeal  endometrium 
essential  to  menstruation  and  deciduation; 
but  more  significant  than  this  structural 
and  functional  contrast  is  the  striking  dis- 
parity in  pathologic  manifestations  dis- 
played below  and  above  the  internal  os. 

The  cervical  mucosa  evinces  a  marked 


susceptibility  to  infection,  while  the  cor- 
poreal endometrium,  contrary  to  orthodox 
conception,  is  practically  immune ;  in  short, 
the  cervical  mucosa  might  be  aptly  termed 
the  uterine  tonsil. 

Omitting  the  detail  of  laboratory  evi- 
dences, it  will  serve  all  practical  purposes 
to  state  that  at  present  most  pathologists 
interpret  the  histopathic  features  of  "chronic 
endometritis"  as  normal  endometrium,  in 
the  transudative  phase  of  its  menstrual 
cycle,  and  while  the  existence  or  non-exist- 
ence of  chronic  corporeal  endometritis  is 
still  a  matter  of  academic  controversy,  clin- 
ically at  least,  the  condition  may  be  safely 
discarded. 

Nevertheless,  the  cardinal  symptoms  of 
chronic  endoccrvicitis,  namely,  the  abnor- 
malities in  menstruation  and  deciduation, 
point  so  directly  to  involvement  of  the  cor- 
poreal endomertium  that  their  occurrence 
in  the  absence  of  endometritis  demands 
elucidation. 

To  correlate  the  pathology  and  symp- 
tomatology of  chronic  endoccrvicitis,  we 
must  revise  some  current  conceptions  of 
the  myometrial  structure  and  its  dynamics. 

The  specific  functions  of  the  uterus  in 
menstruation  aiid  gestation  demand  a  wide 
range  in  the  control  of  its  blood  supply  and, 
like  the  heart,  the  uterus  automatically  re- 
sponds to  its  fluctuating  circulatory  neces- 
sities by  rhythmic  contractions  and  dilata- 
tions, not  only  during  pregnancy  but,  thru- 
out  its  functional  existence. 

The  myometrium  is  composed  of  smooth 
muscle  fibers  which,  like  all  non-striated 
muscle,  exhibits  the  intrinsic  phenomenon 
of  rhythmic  contraction,  independent  of  any 
neurogenic  stimuli.  Not  only  are  these 
contractions  necessary  in  maintaining  the 
nutritional  and  functional  integrity  of  the 
uterus  as  a  whole,  but  they  also  serve  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amesican  Mkdicins 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


25 


equally  essential  purpose  of  drainage;  the 
cervical  secretions  must  find  free  egress 
from  the  normal  and  more  especially  from 
the  diseased  conditions  of  its  mucosa. 

Under  normal  conditions,  such  drainage 
is  effected,  not  merely  by  a  passive  out- 
flow thru  a  patent  os  but,  by  the  active 
rhythmic  expression  resulting  from  uterine 
contraction. 

To  comprehend  this  mechanism,  it  is 
necessary  to  dispel  the  anatomic  myth  of  a 
cervical  sphincter;  such  a  sphincter  would 
imply  the  existence  of  a  concentrically  con- 
tracting muscular  ring;  the  structural  de- 
sign of  the  cervical  musculature  precludes 
any  concentric  closure  of  its  outlet  which 
dilates  with  every  uterine  contraction,  be- 
cause its  fibers,  directly  continuous  with 
those  of  the  corpus  uteri,  do  not  at  any 
point  completely  encircle  the  cervix,  but  are 
disposed  in  a  serried  succession  of  oblique 
circle  segments  which,  by  .contracting 
spirally  upward,  necessarily  shorten  every 
diameter  of  the  uterus,  and  by  their  un- 
coiling in  th^  cervix  widen  the  os  like  an 
iris  diaphragm  in  a  microscope. 

In  the  cervix,  as  elsewhere,  every  infec- 
tion incites  the  greatest  reaction  in  its 
lymphatic  system. 

The  cervical  lymphatics  may  be  traced 
from  their  lacunar  origin  in  the  mucosa, 
thru  minute  funnel  shaped  ostia,  directly 
to  the  muscular  coat,  where  they  expand 
into  an  extensive  capillary  net  which, 
spreading  along  the  perimysium,  enmeshes 
every  fascicle  and  bundle  of  the  uterine 
musculature  to  the  peritoneal  surface, 
whence  they  drain  into  their  collecting 
channels  at  the  base  and  top  of  the  broad 
ligament. 

Thus  the  normal  course  of  the  lymphatics 
conveys  an  infection  from  the  cervical 
mucosa,  not  to  the  corporeal  endometrium 


but,  along  the  intramuscular  planes  of  the 
uterus  as  an  ascending  lymphangitis,  which 
impairs  uterine  contractions  by  infiltrating 
the  muscle  sheaths ;  then  progressing  to  the 
periadnexal  ramifications,  it  inhibits  tubal 
peristalsis  and  agglutinates  the  fimbrial 
ostia  by  the  production  of  velamentous 
bands;  finally  reaching  the  ovaries,  it  in- 
filtrates their  tunica  albuginea,  impeding 
the  normal  rupture  of  graafian  follicles. 

It  is  this  ascending  intramuscular  lymph- 
angitis and  periadnexitis,  with  its  resultant 
impairment  of  uterine,  tubal  and  ovarian 
functions,  not  an  endometritis,  that  links 
the  pathology  and  symptomatology  of 
chronic  endocervicitis. 

The  dominating  pathologic  factor  that 
determines  the  morbidity  of  a  cervical 
laceration  is  not  the  extent  of  the  tear  but 
the  incidence  of  its  infection.  Such  an  in- 
fection does  not  remain  limited  to  the 
lacerated  area,  but  sooner  or  later  involves 
the  entire  endocervical  mucosa  from  the 
external  to  the  internal  os. 

In  the  treatment  of  chronic  endocervi- 
citis, the  failure  of  prevailing  therapeutic 
methods  offers  the  most  convincing  evidence 
of  inadequate  fundamental  concepts.  , 

Chronic  endocervicitis  is  primarily  and 
essentially  an  infection  of  the  deeply 
situated  terminal  tufts  of  the  endocervical 
muciparous  glands.  These  glandular  sac- 
cules harbor  the  infecting  organisms  for 
years  or  a  lifetime.  Their  distention  from 
duct  occlusion  produces  the  familiar  Na- 
bothian  cysts,  which  may  honeycomb  the 
cervical  structures  or,  becoming  purulent, 
riddle  it  with  miliary  abscesses. 

It  is  an  axiomatic  surgical  principle,  in 
the  control  of  alt  infectious  processes,  to 
direct  our  therapeutic  aim  at  the  primary 
focus  of  infection.  In  general  and  special- 
istic  practice,  the  escharotic,  the  dilator  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


26 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


the  curette  still  hold  sway  as  established 
routine  measures,  especially  for  the  chronic 
endocervicitis  in  the  nullipara.  Mild 
escharotics  and  discriminate  dilatation,  by 
promoting  drainage,  may  prove  of  some 
benefit  in  very  superficial  infections,  but 
curettage  cannot  be  too  emphatically  con- 
demned in  any  case. 

The  curette  does  not  and  cannot  reach 
the  deeply  situated  infected  racemose  tufts 
of  the  muciparous  glands  in  the  cervical  tis- 
sues, and  it  should  not  injure  the  utricular 
tubules  of  the  corporeal  endometrium, 
which  is  rarely,  if  ever,  involved  in  the  dis- 
ease, and  whose  specific  functions  in  men- 
struation and  gestation  have  been  perma- 
nently vitiated  by  the  lacerations  and  in- 
oculations incidental  to  this  time-honored 
traumatism. 

The  only  positive  evidence  of  chronic 
corporeal  endometritis  that  I  have  ever 
seen,  came  from  uteri  that  had  been 
cauterized  and  scraped  from  one  to  several 
times. 

To  cure  endocervicitis,  we  must  remove 
the  entire  infected  endocervical  mucosa. 
While  endocervicitis  persists,  its  symptoms 
must  j)ersist. 

The  operation  of  trachelorrhaphy  was 
originally  based  on  the  conception  that  the 
local  and  general  manifestations  of  torn 
cervices  resulted  solely  from  gaping  flaps, 
and  that  a  cure  of  the  condition  demanded 
nothing  more  than  a  plastic  closure  of  the 

gap. 

The  operation  reproduces  the  original 
area  of  laceration  and  unites  its  edges  by 
suture.  It  is  obvious  that  the  curative 
scope  of  this  procedure  is  thus  limited  to 
the  cases  in  which  the  infection  has  not  ex- 
tended beyond  the  lines  of  the  original 
tear — ^a  rare  condition,  for  we  know  today 
that  the  functional  disturbances  following 


cervical  lesions  which  demand  surgical  in- 
tervention signalize  the  infectious  invasion 
of  the  entire  breadth  and  depth  of  the 
cervical  mucosa,  and  that  the  conservation 
of  the  invaded  areas,  within  the  cervical 
canal  beyond  the  lacerated  edges,  is  pro- 
ductive of  surgical  failures. 

On  the  same  lines,  a  partial  or  low  am- 
putation of  the  cervix  eliminates  only  a  part 
of  the  diseased  cervical  mucosa,  while  a 
complete  or  high  ablation  of  the  entire  cer- 
vix for  chronic  endocervicitis  is  an  unwar- 
ranted mutilation  of  its  muscular  mecha- 
nism. 

When  a  cervix  splits  during  labor,  the 
rent  runs  practically  in  the  direction  of  its 
muscle  fibers.  When  the  cervix  is  ampu- 
tated, its  muscle  fibers  are  severed  trans- 
versely. The  spontaneous  tear,  unless  in- 
fected, exercises  but  little  influence  on  the 
muscular  mechanism,  while  the  transverse 
ablation  destroys  it  completely. 

To  summarize  briefly,  the  cure  of  a 
chronic  endocervicitis  productive  of  local 
and  general  manifestations,  whether  in  the 
nulliparous  or  multiparous  cervix,  demands 
a  complete  enucleation  of  the  entire  endo- 
cervical mucosa,  the  preservation  of  .  its 
muscular  structure  and  the  accurate  re- 
lining  of  its  denuded  canal. 

In  a  previous  article  on  "Tracheloplastic 
Methods  and  Results,"  I  have  submitted  an 
operative  procedure  which  fulfills  the  patho- 
logic indications  and  technical  demands  as 
enumerated.  Four  years  of  added  ex- 
perience, in  my  own  service  and  that  of 
others,  have  tended  only  to  justify  its 
claims  and  substantiate  the  validity  of  its 
fundamental  principles. 


Tuberculous  Adenopathies.  —  Radio- 
therapy properly  applied  invariably  exerts 
a  most  favorable  eflFect  in  tuberculous  adeno- 
pathies in  the  various  stages  of  the  disease. 
— Med,  Times. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


27 


RAPID  RECOVERY  IN  A  CASE  OF 
ACUTE  ANTERIOR  POLIOMYE- 
LITIS  (LANDRY'S  TYPE)  WITH 
SOME  REMARKS  ABOUT  NOMEN- 
CLATURE. 


BY 


CHARLES   W.   BURR,   M.   D., 

Professor   of   Mental    Diseases,   University    of 

Pennsylvania,    Philadeiphia,    Pa. 

It  is  impossible  to  make,  during  the  acute 
stage  of  infantile  spinal  palsy,  save  as  a 
guess,  a  prognosis  as  to  life  or  as  to  the  ex- 
tent and  severity  of  the  palsy  which  will  re- 
main thruout  life.  High  fever  does  not  in- 
crease, nor  slight  fever  decrease  the  chance 
of  severe  and  lasting  palsy,  and  even  the 
severity  of  the  other  acute  general  symptoms 
is  of  little  value  in  forming  a  judgment  as 
to  what  the  result  will  be.  More  than  a 
few  children  go  to  bed  only  a  little  sick, 
with  slight  headache,  backache  and  muscle 
ache,  or  indeed  no  pain,  and  a  little  fever, 
and  next  day  are  found  to  have  a  total  palsy 
of  both  legs  or  more  rarely  of  legs  and 
arms,  and  often  are  left  with  one  extremity 
atrophied  and  more  or  less  paUied  for  life, 
while  other  children,  seemingly  more  seri- 
ously ill,  have  but  little  palsy.  In  other 
cases  the  palsy  comes  on  only  after  days 
of  severe  illness  with  quite  high  fever.  A 
high  cell  count  in  the  spinal  fluid  is  of  prog- 
nostic import,  increasing- greatly  the  serious- 
ness of  the  outlook.  Diagnosis,  and  conse- 
quently prognosis,  is  made  more  difficult 
because  the  disease  may  run  its  course 
without  palsy,  indeed,  without  any  cerebro- 
spinal symptoms.  During  an  epidemic, 
spinal  puncture  should  always  be  made  and 
the  fluid  be  microscopically  examined  in  the 
case  of  every  child  acutely  ill.  Thruout  the 
illness  the  extremities  should  be  examined 
repeatedly  to  discover  if  palsy  be  present. 


Too  often,  physicians  in  treating  sick  chil- 
dren are  so  absorbed  by  thinking  about  the 
fever,  the  bowel  conditions  and  the  like, 
that  they  do  not  notice  a  paraplegia  or  even 
the  entire  loss  of  the  use  of  the  arms.  Also 
the  parents  should  be  warned  at  the  first 
visit  what  may  occur.  It  is  better  need- 
lessly, as  it  may  turn  out,  to  worry  the 
parents  than  to  have  them  suddenly  dis- 
cover that  a  child  whom  they  did  not  think 
seriously  ill  is  palsied. 

Our  conception  of  infantile  palsy  has 
widened  greatly.  Only  recently  has  Lan- 
dry's paralysis  been  included  in  the  concep- 
tion of  the  disease,  and  some  authorities 
still  claim  it  to  be  a  distinct  and  separate 
disease  entity.  Since,  however,  in  the  1916 
epidemic  cases  occurred  here  and  there  pre- 
senting the  clinical  picture  of  Landry's 
paralysis,  namely,  a  purely  motor  palsy  be- 
ginning at  the  feet  and  ascending,  without 
anesthesia,  with  only  slight  pain,  with  ab- 
sent knee  jerks,  without  muscular  atrophy 
and  with  death  following  involvement  of 
the  respiratory  centers,  it  is  safe  to  conclude 
that  Landry's  paralysis  may  be  identical  in 
causation  with  anterior  poliomyelitis,  even 
if  other  poisons  may  also  act  to  produce  a 
similar  picture.  In  other  words,  Landry's 
palsy  may  have  one  or  several  causes,  but 
one  is  surely  the  same  as  that  causing  acute 
anterior  poliomyelitis.  What  was  the  caus- 
ative factor  in  Landry's  own  case  we  shall 
never  know.  We  only  know  that  there  was 
no  gross  disease  of  the  spinal  cord,  no 
myelitis.  Whether  there  were  cellular 
changes  in  the  spinal  cord  such  as  can  now 
be  seen,  because  methods  of  examination 
have  been  improved  since  Landry's  day,  or 
whether  there  was  a  peripheral  multiple 
neuritis,  it  is  impossible  to  tell. 

I  give  my  patient's  history  briefly.  A 
male  mulatto  fairly  intelligent,  27  years  old, 
of  good  constitution,  not  alcoholic  and  free 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


28 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


from  active  syphilitic  taint  at  the  present 
time,  as  is  confirmed  by  a  negative  Wasser- 
mann  test  of  both  blood  and  spinal  fluid,  tho 
he  gives  a  history  of  chancre  six  months 
ago.  His  family  history  is  negligible  ex- 
cept that  both  parents  had  white  blood 
which  is  of  some  interest  because  anterior 
poliomyelitis  seems  to  be  infrequent  in  the 
negro. 

After  having  had  headache,  cough,  hot 
and  cold  flashes,  without  any  definite  chill, 
and  a  feeling  of  malaise  for  about  two 
weeks  (he  had  no  medical  attention  and 
does  not  know  if  he  had  fever,  tho  his  de- 
scription indicates  he  had  a  little  rise  in 
temperature)  he  was  seized  on  1-1 5-' 18 
with  fever  and  quite  severe  pain  in  the 
right  knee  joint  which  sent  him  to  bed  but 
lasted  only  a  few  hours.  Next  day,  how- 
ever, his  legs  became  so  weak,  the  palsy  be- 
ginning in  the  ankles  and  ascending,  he 
could  not  stand  and  on  the  third  day  his 
hands,  and  later  in  the  day  his  arms,  became 
so  paralyzed  he  could  not  move  them.  He 
suffered  slight  and  transitory  pains  in  the 
arms  and  legs  for  a  few  hours  at  the  outset 
of  his  illness.  Thruout  the  course  of  his 
illness  he  had  no  difficulty  in  controlling  the 
bladder  and  rectum  and  no  paresthesia  or 
anesthesia. 

He  was  brought  to  the  Philadelphia  Gen- 
eral Hospital,  where  I  first  examined  him, 
on  1-23-18.  There  was  then  a  flaccid 
palsy,  complete  in  extent  and  total  in  sever- 
ity, of  the  arms  and  legs,  of  the  parietal  ab- 
dominal, and  thoracic  muscles.  Breathing 
was  diaphragmatic  but  there  was  no  dis- 
order of  speech  or  difficulty  in  swallowing. 
The  neck  muscles  were  a  little  weak.  The 
cranial  nerves  all  performed  their  functions 
well.  Sensibility  to  touch,  pain  and  tem- 
perature were  normal  over  the  entire  body. 
The  knee,  biceps,  Achilles,  and  abdominal 
jerks  were  all  absent  but  the  cremasteric 
was  present  on  both  sides.  The  plantar  jerk 
was  also  absent  but  that  is  not  significant, 
because  it  is  often  not  present  in  healthy 
people.  There  was  of  course  no  ankle 
clonus.  The  temperature  was  normal. 
There  was  no  pain  on  pressure  over  the 
nerve  trunks.  There  was  some  slight  en- 
largement of  the  lymph  glands  thruout  the 
palpable  portions  of  the  body.  The  heart 
and  lungs  were  normal  save  that  both  apices 
gave  signs  of  a  possible  incipient  tuberculo- 
sis.    The  urine  was  normal.     Three  days 


later  (1-25-48)  he  began  to  be  able  to  flex 
and  extend  the  left  thumb  a  little.  By 
l-30-'18  he  could  raise  his  right  hand  to  the 
mouth  but  was  too  weak  to  hold  anything. 
On  2-1 -'18  he  could  raise  both  arms  and 
weakly  use  the  hands.  He  then,  only  after 
function  had  been  quite  a  little  regained  in 
the  arms,  began  to  regain  power  in  the  legs 
and  on  2-19-'18  could  manage  to  get  out  of 
bed  and  into  a  chair.  On  2-28-'18  he  had 
largely  recovered  motor  power,  or  rather 
extent  of  movement  in  all  extremities,  but 
was  easily  tired  on  using  his  hands,  and 
could  not  walk  without  fatigue  for  more 
than  five  minutes.  He  was  discharged 
shortly  after,  entirely  well.  He  had  no 
fever  during  his  stay  in  the  hospital,  and 
tho  for  a  time  his  muscles  grew  more  and 
more  soft,  there  was  at  no  time  any  local 
atrophy.  His  reflexes  were  still  absent  at 
the  time  of  his  discharge  and  probably  will 
never  return. 

I  am  strongly  inclined  to  the  pathologic 
diagnosis  of  multiple  neuritis  rather  than 
acute  anterior  poliomyelitis,  in  the  etymo- 
logic meaning  of  the  word,  because  of  the 
complete  restoration  of  function.  It  is 
hypothetically  possible  that  the  anterior 
horns  may  be  poisoned  without  any  inflam- 
matory destruction  of  cells,  but  with  a  palsy 
as  widespread  and  complete  as  in  this  case, 
one  would  expect  a  destructive  lesion  and 
destroyed  cells  are  not  recreated;  greatly 
inflamed  nerves  often  are.  Pain  along  the 
nerve  trunks  is  also  of  diagnostic  impor- 
tance. When  I  first  saw  him  I  gave  (to 
myself)  a  very  bad  prognosis.  I  diagnosed 
an  ascending  anterior  poliomyelitis  and  ex- 
pected it  to  reach  the  respiratory  centers 
rapidly  and  to  cause  death. 

The  interesting  point  in  the  case  is  the 
quick  recovery  with  complete  restoration  of 
function,  only  forty- four  days  elapsing  be- 
tween the  beginning  of  palsy  and  complete 
recovery — recovery  so  complete  that  he 
could  labor.  A  point  of  scientific  interest 
is  the  continuance  of  the  absence  of  the 
deep  reflexes.  This  often  occurs  in  in- 
fectious neuritis,  e.  g,,  in  diphtheria  the 
knee  jerk  may  continue  absent  many  years 
after  the  acute  illness,  in  fact  for  life;  even 
in  cases  without  palsy  of  the  legs,  and  long 
after  recovery  from  arsenical  and  alcoholic 
neuritis  it  may  be  impossible  to  elicit  any 
of  the  deep  reflexes. 

The  lesson  my  case  teaches  is,  never  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicink 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


29 


give  an  absolutely  bad  prognosis  no  matter 
how  widespread  the  palsy,  barring  of  course 
respiratory  involvement  from  invasion  of 
the  respiratory  centers.  It  should  also  be 
remembered  diat  the  improvement  of  the 
palsy  may  continue  for  many  months  even 
without  treatment.  I  am  beginning  to 
doubt  whether  electric  stimulation  plays  a 
large,  or  even  a  small,  part  save  as  it  exer- 
cises the  muscles,  in  this  late  improvement, 
but  local  massage  and  passive  exercise  of 
the  individual  muscles  does  help  a  great 
deal.  Furthermore  the  patient  should  be 
encouraged  to  try  voluntarily  to  contract 
the  muscles  in  which  even .  only  a  little 
power  remains. 

Our  recently  acquired  knowledge  has 
changed  and  widened  our  conception  of 
the  disease  and  a  new  name  is  needed  for  it. 
To  speak  of  acute  anterior  poliomyelitis, 
when  the  lesion  may  be  in  the  peripheral 
nerves,  the  spinal  cord,  the  medulla,  or  the 
brain,  and  to  speak  of  infantile  palsy  when 
the  patient  may  be  a  middle-aged  man,  is 
confusing  to  students  and  inaccurate.  To 
call  a  disease  palsy  when  there  may  be  no 
palsy  is  absurd.  The  earlier  conception 
of  the  disease  was  based  on  the  post  mortem 
findings  in  patients  who  died  of  other  dis- 
eases years  after  the  attack  and  in  whom 
there  had  been  residual  palsies  needing  the 
attention  of  orthopedists  and  neurologists. 
Further  the  patients  all  had  had  the  acute 
attack  in  childhood.  The  lesion  found  at 
autopsy,  a  mere  scar  one  might  say,  was  an 
atrophy  of  the  cells  of  the  anterior  horns 
of  the  spinal  cord;  hence  the  pathologic 
designation,  acute  anterior  poliomyelitis  and 
the  clinical  name,  acute  infantile  palsy. 
Since  it  has  been  discovered  that  the  acute 
lesion  may  involve  the  gray  matter  of  the 
medulla  and  of  the  cerebrum  as  well  as  the 
spinal  cord  and  that  adults,  tho  less  fre- 
quently than  children,  are  affected,  and 
since  it  has  been  proven  that  multiple  neu- 
ritis may  present  a  similar  clinical  picture, 
and  finally,  since  it  has  been  established 
that  the  poison  may  not  attack  the  nervous 
system  at  all,  but  causes  only  general  symp- 
toms, we  certainly  need  a  more  accurate 
name.  If  it  should  finally  be  proven  that  one 
specific  organism  causes  the  disease,  the 
naming  would  be  easy ;  give  the  bacterium  a 
name  connoting  nothing  and  call  the  disease 
after  it,  but  there  is  still  doubt  in  the  minds 
of  some  investigators  whether  only  one  or- 


ganism is  guilty.  One  of  the  things  which 
creates  doubt  is  the  fact  that  in  the  present 
epidemic  of  influenza,  so  called,  there  have 
been  occasional  cases  of  palsy  clinically  in- 
distinguishable from  acute  anterior  polio- 
myelitis, which  indicates  either  that  more 
than  one  microorganism  may  cause  identical 
lesions  and  therefore  similar  symptoms,  or 
that,  mixed  with  several  other,  and  there 
are  several,  organisms  sweeping  the  country 
today  is  the  microorganism  of  infantile 
spinal  palsy.  In  any  event  we  need  some 
other  designation  for  the  disease  than  those 
in  use  at  present. 


THE  END  RESULTS  OF  TUBERCU- 
LIN TREATMENT  IN  CHRONIC 
PULMONARY  TUBERCULOSIS.' 

BY 

HENRY  L.  SHIVELY,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Fordham  Univer- 
sity; Consulting  Physician  to  Loomis  and 
Stony  Wold  Sanatoria;  Visiting  Physi- 
cian to  St.  Joseph's  Hospital  for 
Consumptives,  New  York  City. 

It  is  now  twenty-eight  years  since  the  an- 
nouncement of  the  discovery  of  tuberculin 
by  Robert  Koch  in  1890,  and  out  of  the 
mass  of  conflicting  evidence  as  to  the  status 
of  this  much  debated  therapeutic  agent 
there  has  crystalHzed  an  opinion  favorable, 
on  the  whole,  to  its  value  in  selected  cases, 
based  upon  the  experience  of  many  observ- 
ers in  widely  different  fields  of  clinical  med- 
icine. If  we  dismiss  the  extravagant  hopes 
that  were  entertained  soon  after  the  an- 
nouncement of  its  discovery,  its  reckless  ad- 
ministration in  large  doses,  and  its  careless 
use  in  incompetent  hands,  it  is  apparent 
that  from  the  beginning  we  possessed  in 
tuberculin  a  remedy  potent  alike  for  good 
or  evil.  But  is  not  this  equally  true  of 
digitalis,  strychnia,  arsenic  and  other  power- 
ful drugs  of  demonstrated  value? 


^  Presented  at  a  stated  meeting  of  the  Medical 
Association  of  the  Greater  City  of  New  York, 
November  18,  1918. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


30 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


Tuberculin  is  today  in  general  use  in  all 
well  conducted  sanatoria,  and  there  is  a 
substantial  agreement  among  sanatorium 
physicians  that  patients  who  have  received 
tuberculin  treatment  are  less  likely  to  re- 
lapse after  arrest  of  their  disease,  that  they 
more  readily  regain  working  efficiency,  they 
more  frequently  lose  their  bacilli,  and  their 
restoration  to  health  is  more  permanent 
after  a  period  of  years  than  that  of  pa- 
tients under  similar  conditions  and  in  simi- 
lar stages  of  the  disease  who  do  not  receive 
specific  treatment.  The  fact  that  surgical 
tuberculosis  involving  bones  and  joints, 
tuberculosis  of  the  eye,  lesions  of  the  skin, 
as  lupus,  favorable  changes  in  which  are 
more  readily  appreciable  than  in  tuberculo- 
sis of  internal  organs,  very  generally  show 
striking  improvement  under  tuberculin, 
would  cause  us  to  consider  it  not  improbable 
d  priori  that  similar  favorable  results  might 
be  expected  in  the  lungs.  In  reviewing 
the  recent  literature  of  tuberculin  one  is 
struck  by  the  favorable  testimony  of  the 
ophthalmologist,  the  orthopedic  surgeon, 
and  the  dermatologist  who  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  actually  see,  in  local  tuberculous 
lesions  of  their  special  fields,  the  striking 
effects  of  tuberculin  treatment.  The  laryn- 
gologist  is  more  skeptical  as  to  the  good  ef- 
fects of  tuberculin,  and  this  I  attribute  to  the 
fact  that  the  secondary  tuberculous  lesions 
he  sees  in  the  larynx  are  so  often  terminal 
complications  of  advanced  disease  in  the 
lungs.  These  cases  are  wholly  unsuited 
for  tuberculin  treatment.  In  cases  of  tu- 
berculous adenitis  of  the  cervica  and  axil- 
lary glands,  often  causing  disfiguring  de- 
formity, the  effects  of  tuberculin  adminis- 
tration are  also  often  brilliant  and  plainly 
evident. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  tuberculin, 
which  in  itself  has  no  direct  curative  prop- 


erties, is  in  no  respect  like  diphtheria  anti- 
toxin or  therapeutic  vaccines,  but  is  an  ac- 
tive immunizing  agent  dependent  for  its 
useful  effects  upon  its  power  to  stimulate 
the  production  of  antibodies,  protective  sub- 
stances produced  within  the  body  itself, 
which  render  its  tissues  unfavorable  to  the 
growth  of  tubercle  bacilli  or  perhaps  di- 
rectly inhibit  their  pathologic  effects. 

It  is  apparent  then,  that  for  the  produc- 
tion of  good  results  from  the  administra- 
tion of  tuberculin  it  is  necessary  that  there 
should  be  not  too  great  a  depression  of  the 
normal  physiologic  functions,  a  limitation 
which  at  once  removes  from  the  scope  of 
possible  tuberculin  treatment  a  large  class 
of  cases.  Patients  with  severe  mixed  infec- 
tion or  with  grave  complications,  such  as 
nephritis  or  diabetes,  cases  of  acute  miliary 
tuberculosis,  rapidly  advancing  cases  of  pul- 
monary tuberculosis  with  areas  of  softening 
and  recent  cavities,  and  advanced  laryngeal 
cases,  patients  with  organic  heart  disease 
with  broken  compensation,  and  cases  com- 
plicated by  suppurating  sinuses  with  amy- 
loid visceral  changes,  cannot  be  expected  to 
react  favorably  to  tuberculin.  On  the  other 
hand,  many  incipient  and  early  favorable 
cases  do  sufficiently  well  with  the  ordinary 
dietetic  and  hygienic  treatment  under  the 
strict  medical  supervision  of  their  mode  of 
life,  which  can  usually  be  best  obtained  in  a 
well  conducted  sanatorium.  Whenever  it  is 
possible  I  send  my  tuberculosis  patients  to  a 
sanatorium  with  the  expectation,  not  of  a 
definite  cure  in  many  cases,  but  that  the 
patient  will  become  familiar  with,  and  learn 
by  precept  and  example  the  principles  to  be 
followed  in  the  long,  hard  fight  he  is  to 
make  in  order  to  get  well  and  keep  well. 
The  patient  who  has  been  to  a  sanatorium 
is  always  a  better  patient,  he  is  more  amen- 
able to  discipline,   realizes  the  formidable 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


31 


nature  of  his  disease,  and  is  better  equipped 
to  cooperate  with  his  physician  in  overcom- 
ing it.  Relatively  few  patients,  however, 
can  remain  at  the  sanatorium  long  enough 
to  obtain  a  definite  arrest  or  cure,  and  it  is 
for  these  discharged  sanatorium  patients, 
who  have  been  educated  and  trained  in 
the  anti-tuberculous  life,  that  the  tubercu- 
lin treatment  is  often  especially  indicated  to 
maintain  the  improvement  they  have  made, 
and  in  some  cases  complete  their  cure. 

In  general  the  special  field  for  tuberculin 
administration  is  in  that  class  of  cases  hav- 
ing good  resistance  without  fever,  who  have 
attained  a  fair  degree  of  improvement  with 
the  ordinary  dietetic  and  hygienic  treatment 
at  home  or  in  the  sanatorium,  but  who  have 
failed  to  go  "over  the  top"  and  attain  an 
arrest  or  cure  of  their  disease.  It  is  in  these 
cases  that  we  often  see  results  which  can  be 
regarded  as  brilliant  by  the  most  conserva- 
tive clinician.  A  cautiously  increased  course 
of  tuberculin  therapy  will  often  impart  the 
necessary  impetus  to  cause  the  patient  to 
lose  his  bacilli  and  attain  a  definite  arrest. 

Twelve  years  ago  at  the  Presbyterian 
Hospital  and  in  my  private  practice  I  began 
to  select  cases  for  tuberculin  administration, 
chiefly  among  patients  who  had  received 
previously  the  advantage  of  sanatorium 
treatment,  but  who  had  failed  to  obtain  a 
cure.  It  is  evident  that  this  class  of  cases 
offers  a  severer  and  fairer  test  of  the  value 
of  tuberculin  than  patients  who,  coinci- 
dently  with  removal  to  the  country,  in  an 
adequate  sanatorium  environment,  receive 
the  tuberculin  together  with  rest,  a  proper 
diet,  freedom  from  care  and  change  of 
climate.  It  seems  reasonable  to  assume 
that  after  patients  have  had,  for  periods  of 
time  varying  from  one  to  two  years,  the 
usual  dietetic  and  hygienic  treatment  and 
then,  with  everything  going  on  as  before 


except  the  addition  of  tuberculin,  show  a 
quick  response  and  a  definite  favorable 
change,  that  the  improvement  is  attributable 
to  the  tuberculin  and  the  tuberculin  alone. 

I  first  used  Koch's  old  tuberculin,  but 
for  seven  years  have  employed  exclusively 
Bazillen  emulsion,  which  I  believe  to  be 
the  best  therapeutic  preparation,  as  it  con- 
tains not  only  the  extractives  of  Koch's  old 
tuberculin,  but  also  all  the  substance  of  the 
bacillary  bodies,  and  is  to  be  preferred  in 
every  case  to  those  tuberculins  from  which 
the  alleged  injurious  substances  are  claimed 
to  have  been  removed.  We  are  not  suffici- 
ently familiar  with  the  chemistry  of  the 
tubercle  bacillus  and  its  derivatives  to  be 
able  to  remove  the  reaction-producing  sub- 
stances without  impairing  its  therapeutic 
value.  The  whole  subject  of  tuberculin  ad- 
ministration has  been  invested  with  a  too 
elaborate  technic,  and  has  discouraged 
the  general  profession  from  the  trial  of  a 
simple  method  of  treatment  which  is  full  of 
potential  benefit  for  many  patients.  Sahli, 
Weicker,  and  Koch  himself  urged  that  tu- 
berculin should  not  be  limited  exclusively 
to  sanatoria  and  the  practice  of  specialists, 
.but  should  be  used  more  extensively  by  gen- 
eral practitioners  of  medicine.  The  time 
has  certainly  arrived  when  every  tubercu- 
losis clinic  at  least  should  have  its  tuber- 
culin class.  The  well  established  principles 
of  treatment  now  generally  followed,  the 
proper  selection  of  cases,  the  not  too  rapid 
increase  in  dose,  and  the  sedulous  avoid- 
ance of  reactions  surely  are  not  difficult  to 
achieve,  and  I  can  see  no  reason  why  any 
well  trained  physician,  who  is  capable  of 
administering  vaccines  or  diphtheria  anti- 
toxin, is  not  also  competent,  with  the  exer- 
cise of  good  judgment  and  the  necessary 
patience,  to  give  the  tuberculin  treatment. 

While  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  too 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


32 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAI-.  ARTICLES 


American  Msdicinb 


large  or  too  rapidly  increased  dosage,  much 
time  may  be  lost  by  beginning  with  or  con- 
tinuing too  long  excessively  minute  and 
meticulous  doses.  It  is  quite  probable  that 
doses  of  1/10,000,000  or  even  1/1,000,000 
of  a  gramme,  as  sometimes  employed,  are 
practically  as  inert  as  water.  With  an  adult 
I  have  usually  employed  a  beginning  dose 
of  1/10,000  to  1/5,000  c.c.  of  Bazillen  emul- 
sion as  it  comes  from  the  laboratory,  and  I 
have  never  seen  a  reaction  or  unfavorable 
symptom  of  any  kind  with  this  beginning 
dose.  The  proper  dilutions  are  made  with 
sterile  normal  salt  solution  with  one-half 
per  cent,  phenol  as  a  preservative. 

Beside  the  regular  routine  effects,  which 
in  favorable  cases  are  gradually  obtained 
from  tuberculin  over  a  long  period  of  time 
and  which  are  perhaps  not  very  striking, 
but  are  after  all  of  great  importance  for 
the  patient  who  may  thereby  attain  an 
arrest  of  his  disease,  there  are  the  occa- 
sional spectacular  results,  all  too  few  in 
number  but  which  every  one  who  has  much 
to  do  with  tuberculin  sees  at  times.  I  have 
selected  a  number  of  such  cases  for  brief 
citation  from  my  case  records. 

Case  I — Jennie  M.,  aged  seventeen  years/ 
came  under  my  care  May  1,  1908.  Her  mother, 
two  maternal  aunts,  and  an  uncle  had  died  of 
consumption  and  another  uncle  was  ill  with  the 
same  disease.  She  had  typhoid  fever  seven 
years  previously  and  had  coughed  for  several 
years  with  purulent  sputum,  hemoptj^is,  chills, 
fever,  profuse  night  sweats,  loss  of  flesh  and 
strength,  dyspnea,  poor  appetite  and  amenor- 
rhea for  two  months.  She  was  pale,  ill  nour- 
ished and  stoop  shouldered.  There  was  marked 
dulness  and  diminished  hreath  sounds  over 
hoth  upper  lobes.  Afternoon  temperature  99.4'' 
to  100.8**  F.,  pulse  100,  respirations  22,  weight 
103 1^  pounds.  No  tubercle  bacilli  in  sputum. 
By  October,  she  had  made,  under  dietetic  and 
hygienic  treatment,  a  gain  of  eight  and  one- 
half  pounds  in  weight,  but  numerous  rftles  were 
present  over  the  right  apex.  In  December,  she 
had  a  small  hemorrhage,  and  in  February 
bacilli  were  detected  in  her  sputum.  From 
March  to  October  she  was  at  the  Adirondack 
Cottage  Sanatorium,  where  she  improved  con- 
siderably in  spite  of  one  large  hemorrhage. 
During  the  winter  of  1909-10  she  did  badly  and 


was  kept  in  bed  for  several  weeks,  during  which 
time  her  temperature  ranged  between  101''  and 
102"  F.  After  her  fever  had  subsided,  altho 
she  was  not  considered  a  very  favorable  case 
for  the  treatment,  she  was  given  injections  of 
old  tuberculin  and  made  a  surprising  improve- 
ment She  received  thirty-one  injections  in 
all;  her  cough  and  expectoration  gradually  dis- 
appeared, her  temperature  became  quite  normal 
and  her  hemoptysis  ceased.  The  summer  she 
spent  in  the  country  and  on  her  return  in  No- 
vember she  stated  that  for  four  months  she 
had  not  coughed  at  all  and  it  was  impossible 
to  obtain  a  specimen  of  sputum  for  examination. 
Dulness  persisted  over  both  upper  lobes,  but 
she  had  no  rftles.  In  December,  1911,  her  im- 
provement had  been  maintained,  she  was  free 
from  symptoms  and  for  the  past  four  years  she 
had  had  good  health  and  has  been  regularly 
employed  as  a  bookkeeper. 

Case  II — Amelia  M.,  aged  twenty-two.  Family 
history  negative  as  to  tuberculosis.  She  had 
measles  as  a  child,  no  important  illness  since. 
She  first  came  under  observation  June  12, 
1908,  with  a  history  of  cough  of  six  months 
duration,  purulent  sputa,  hemoptysis,  loss  of 
flesh  and  strength,  fever  afternoons,  night 
sweats  for  three  months,  pains  in  the  chest; 
fair  appetite,  but  poor  digestion,  menstrual 
function  regular. 

On  physical  examination,  pale,  poorly  nour- 
ished, marked  dulness  and  broncho-vesicular 
breathing,  increased  whisper  over  both  upper 
lobes;  over  the  left  behind,  pleuritic  friction 
sounds.  Temperature  101"  F.,  pulse  126,  respi- 
rations 22.  Weight  S7%  lbs.  Six  months  pre- 
viously she  weighed  100  lbs.  Tubercle  bacilli 
present  in  the  sputum.  She  was  put  on  dietetic 
and  hygienic  treatment  and  improved  consid- 
erably as  regards  cough,  expectoration  and 
temperature.  On  December  8,  1909,  her  gen- 
eral condition,  however,  was  not  very  satis- 
factory. Temperature  98.4"  F.,  weight  99  lbs. 
Tuberculin  injections  beginning  with  V,t  mgrm. 
were  begun  March  9,  1910,  were  continued 
twice  a  week  and  increased  up  to  9^  mgrm. 
as  a  maximum  dose.  She  had  66  injections  in 
all.  Tubercle  bacilli  disappeared  from  the 
sputum.  November  15,  1910,  on  physical  exam- 
ination there  were  dulness  and  broncho-vesicular 
breathing  over  both  upper  lobes,  more  marked 
over  the  right.  No  cough  or  expectoration  and 
she  feels  much  stronger.  Temperature  98°  F., 
pulse  72,  weight  105.  Under  date  of  December 
30th,  her  marked  improvement  has  continued 
and  she  considers  herself  well. 

Case  III— An  inspector  in  the  park  depart- 
ment, aged  thirty-flve  years,  had  a  cough  for 
eight  months  with  purulent  sputum,  loss  of 
flesh  and  strength,  chills,  fever,  night  sweats, 
dyspnea  on  exertion,  and  one  week  befere  com- 
ing for  examination  on  March  22,  1910,  he  spat 
up  a  small  quantity  of  blood  for  the  first  time. 
He  had  lost  twenty  pounds  in  weight  and  bacilli 
were  present  in  his  sputum.  There  were  dul- 
ness, broncho-vesicular  breathing,  whispering 
bronchophony  and  fine  rales  at  his  right  apex. 
His  afternoon   temperature  was  99"   F.,   pulse 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Amebicjln  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Januaby,  1919 


33 


102.  He  was  unwilling  to  leave  his  work  to 
take  sanatorium  treatment  and,  on  March  31st, 
tuberculin  treatment  was  started  with  an  in- 
jection of  V»*,  gm.  of  Bazillen  emulsion.  Injec- 
tions, twenty-three  in  all,  were  continued  twice 
a  week,  the  dose  being  gradually  Increased  up 
to  a  thirtieth  gm.  June  14th,  the  date  of  his 
last  injection,  he  had  gained  twenty-five  and 
one-half  pounds,  his  rftles  had  disappeared,  tem- 
perature was  normal,  he  had  lost  his  cough  and 
expectoration  and  he  considered  himself  per- 
fectly well.  He  was  examined  again  In  Novem- 
ber and  frequently  since;  he  has  had  no  recur- 
rence of  his  former  symptoms  and  all  that  re- 
mains of  his  morbid  physical  signs  is  a  slight 
residual  dulness  at  his  right  apex.  His  cure 
has  been  maintained  for  more  than  eight  years, 
during  all  of  which  time  he  has  been  at  work. 

Case  /y— In  October,  1911,  a  daughter  of  this 
man,  aged  fifteen  years,  came  to  me  on  account 
of  small  hemoptyses  which  she  had  had  for 
five  days,  slight  cough  and  morning  sputum 
which  had  lasted  for  several  months.  When 
six  years  old,  she  had  an  abscess  in  the  neck. 
She  had  slight  dulness  and  increased  breath 
sounds  over  the  right  apex  and  posteriorly  over 
both  apices  fine  rftles  were  heard.  Evening 
temperature  99"  F.,  pulse  120,  weight  106 
pounds;  no  bacilli  in  sputum.  She  received 
tuberculin  treatment  twice  a  week  from  October 
2l8t  to  February  Ist.  She  had  then  lost  her 
cough  and  expectoration,  gained  seven  and  one- 
half  pounds,  had  normal  afternoon  tempera- 
ture, rftles  cleared  up  and  she  felt  very  well. 
She  was  examined  again  in  March  when  her 
condition  was  unchanged  and  she  has  reported 
to  me  at  intervals  since.  For  more  than  five 
years  she  remained  in  good  health,  until  in 
July.  1917,  she  was  killed  in  an  automobile 
accident 

Case  y—November  21,  1910.  Julia  O'B.,  age 
38;  married.  Father  and  a  sister  died  of  con- 
sumption. Has  always  been  well  except  for 
present  illness.  Two  years  and  a  half  ago  had 
a  profuse  hemorrhage  and  two  years  before  had 
a  suppurating  gland  in  the  left  side  of  the  neck. 
For  more  than  two  years  she  has  had  a  slight 
cough,  with  scanty  mucopurulent  sputa.  No 
loss  of  flesh  or  strength;  no  chills  or  fever;  no 
night  sweats.  Is  somewhat  short  of  breath  on 
exertion.  Appetite  good;  digestion  excellent; 
menstruation  regular.  Was  at  a  tuberculosis 
sanatorium  in  Sweden  for  two  months  a  year 
ago.  Was  at  Stony  Wold  for  six  months  and 
was  discharged  last  August. 

P.  E.  Fairly  nourished;  good  color;  dulness, 
broncho-vesicular  breathing,  increased  whisper, 
exaggerated  vocal  fremitus,  subcrepitant  rftles 
over  both  upper  and  right  middle  lobes.  Signs 
extend  lower  over  the  left.  Temperature  98.6* ; 
pulse  90;  weight  136%.  Has  been  sleeping  out 
of  doors  in  Morrlstown,  N.  J.,  since  leaving  the 
sanatorium.    T.  B.  present  in  sputum. 

On  February  22,  1911,  tuberculin  treatment 
was  begun  with  Vimm  c.  c  and  was  continued 
twice  a  week  until  June,  1911.  when  she  had 
lost  her  cough  and  expectoration  and  had  at- 


tained a  weight  of  140%.  She  said  she  could 
not  feel  better. 

December  29,  1911.  Spent  the  summer  living 
out  of  doors  in  Morrlstown,  N.  J.,  and  has  done 
extremely  well.. 

P.  E.  Well  nourished  and  good  color.  Slight 
residual  dulness  over  right  apex.  No  rftles. 
Temperature  98.2;  weight  141. 

June  13,  1912.  Has  been  living  in  the  East 
River  Homes  under  favorable  conditions  for 
past  six  months.  Had  no  cough  or  sputa  all 
last  winter.  After  a  somewhat  fatiguing  trip 
to  Morrlstown,  N.  J.,  had  a  small  hemoptysis 
night  before  last  P.  E.  Cervical  glands  a 
little  enlarged;  moderate  dulness,  increased 
hreathing  over  both  apices;  over  the  left,  breath 
sounds  a  little  sticky.  Temperature  at  11  a.  m. 
98.6;  pulse  96;  respirations  18;  weight  136^^; 
tubercle  bacilli  present  in  the  sputum,  which  is 
tinged  with  blood. 

June  12,  1913.  She  has  been  entirely  free 
from  cough  and  expectoration  and  has  h&d  no 
hemoptysis.  Considers  herself  perfectly  well. 
Appetite  and  digestion  good.  P.  E.  Moderate 
dulness  over  right  apex;  high-pitched  percus- 
sion note  over  the  left  No  rftles.  Tempera- 
ture at  6  p.  m.  98.8;  weight  141^. 

She  has  remained  in  good  health  since  the 
date  of  the  last  examination  and  has  been  able 
to  work  as  a  nurse  in  the  Home  Hospital.  She 
has  had  no  pulmonary  symptoms  for  five  years. 

Case  yZ—April  6,  1910.  Helen  K.,  age  21; 
single.  Stenographer.  Father  died  of  consump- 
tion. Measles  and  whooping  cough  as  a  child. 
No  serious  illnesses  since.  For  past  15  months 
has  been  losing  flesh  and  strength.  Slight 
hacking  cough;  mucopurulent  sputa.  No  chilly 
feelings  or  fever.  No  dyspnea.  Has  had  a 
number  of  profuse  night  sweats.  Pains  between 
the  shoulders.  Appetite  fair.  Suffers  from  oc- 
casional attacks  of  indigestion  and  sick  head- 
aches. Menstruation  regular.  P.  E.  Sallow, 
pale  and  rather  poorly  nourished;  cervical 
glands  somewhat  enlarged.  Percussion  note 
high-pitched  over  right  apex.  Temperature 
99.6;  pulse  84;  weight  107— a  year  ago  113. 
No  T.  B.  present  in  sputum.  Von  Pirquet  tuber- 
culin test  positive. 

On  April  12th.  she  was  put  on  tuberculin  treat- 
ment and  received  two  injections  per  week  up 
to  June  11th.  when  she  had  lost  her  cough  and 
expectoration,  the  night  sweats  had  disap- 
peared, was  feeling  stronger,  and  her  weight 
had  increased  to  115  pounds. 

The  summer  and  fall  of  1910  she  spent  In 
Denver.  Since  her  return  to  New  York  in 
December,  she  has  been  working  steadily  as  a 
stenographer,  has  felt  very  well  and  has  had 
no  cough  or  expectoration. 

She  was  not  examined  again  until  March  31, 
1916,  when  for  ten  days  she  had  had  a  feeling 
of  oppression  in  the  chest,  but  no  cough  or 
sputum.  Appetite  had  been  good.  Fine  rftles 
were  detected  at  the  right  apex  and  behind 
there  was  moderate  dulness  and  wavy  modified 
breath  sounds,  with  an  occasional  subcrepitant 
rftle.  The  breath  sounds  over  the  left  apex 
behind   were   of   the   **cog   wheel"    type.     Her 


Digitized  by 


Google 


34 


January.  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


weight  was  103^.  Temperature  at  ^.00  p.  m. 
98.6;  pulse  84;  respirations  18. 

October  7,  1917.  Slight  dulness  persisted  at 
the  right  apex,  but  there  were  no  r&les  present. 
Weight  107.    Has  no  cough  or  expectoration. 

October  27,  1918.  Slight  residual  dulness  at 
right  apex.  Weight  112%.  No  pulmonary 
symptoms. 

Case  y//— February  6,  1911.  Marvin  B.,  age 
43.  Accountant.  A  paternal  aunt  died  of 
hasty  consumption,  family  history  otherwise 
negative  as  to  tuberculosis.  Has  had  no  im- 
portant previous  illnesses.  In  1902  spat  upi  a 
little  blood  and  at  infrequent  intervals  since. 
Morning  cough  since  last  November,  purulent 
sputa.  Had  an  attack  of  "grippe"  two  weeks 
ago,  since  then  has  had  chilly  sensations  and 
several  night  sweats,  has  felt  feverish  after- 
noons. Has  been  losing  flesh  and  strength 
since  last  May,  appetite  has  been  poor  and 
suffers  from  indigestion — pains  in  epigastrium 
and  distension  after  eating,  nausea,  eructations. 

P.  E.  Poorly  nourished,  pale.  Moderate  dul- 
ness over  right  apex,  behind  over  right  upper 
lobe  breath  sounds  and  whispered  voice  are 
increased  and  rubbing,  pleuritic  friction  sounds 
are  heard.  Temperature  6  p.  m.  99.  Pulse  92. 
Weight  130%,  a  year  ago  146.  Nares-septum 
deflected  to  left  Cervical  glands  slightly  en- 
larged. No  tubercle  bacilli  present  in  the 
sputum,  Von  Pirquet's  tuberculin  test  positive. 
February  6th,  tuberculin  treatment  was  begun 
with  VioMo  c.  c.  and  continued  twice  a  week  in 
graduated  doses  until  April  23rd  his  maximum 
dose  attained  being  Vm  c  c.  He  gained  15% 
pounds  in  weight,  appetite  and  digestion  were 
normal  and  the  neck  glands  were  no  longer 
palpable.  Rftles  disappeared,  the  only  remain- 
ing morbid  pulmonary  sign  was  moderate  dul- 
ness over  right  upper  lobe.  He  continued  to 
gain  in  weight  after  cessation  of  the  tuber- 
culin treatment  and  May  20,  1912,  weighed 
156%.  He  has  continued  in  good  health  for 
past  six  years  but  has  at  times  spit  a  little 
blood.  February  1,  1918,  was  again  examined 
after  an  attack  of  "bronchitis"  lasting  two 
weeks — cough,  mucopurulent  sputa,  one  slight 
hemoptysis.  P.  E.  Dulness,  modified  breath 
sounds — interrupted  wavy  inspirations  over 
right  upper  lobe.  Over  left  apex  high-pitched 
percussion  note,  soft  amphoric  breathing,  a 
few  fine  rftles.  Temperature  6  p.  m.  98.2*. 
Weight  144.    No  T.  B.  present  in  sputum. 

Case  y///— May  20,  1912.  Thomas  F.  W.,  age 
46;  broker.  A  brother,  a  sister  and  several 
cousins  died  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  Measles 
as  a  child.  Four  years  ago  had  typhoid  fever. 
Last  January  had  an  attack  of  "bronchopneu- 
monia," after  which  he  took  a  short  sea  trip, 
by  which  he  was  much  improved,  but  a  per- 
sistent morning  cough  has  continued  with 
copious  purulent  sputa  which  contained  tuber- 
cle bacilli.  Has  had  occasional  slight  hemop- 
tysis, no  pain  but  a  feeling  of  oppression  in  the 
chest.  Has  had  several  night  sweats  recently. 
Appetite  and  digestion  are  good.  No  alcoholic 
habit.  Smokes  two  cigars  and  one  or  two 
pipes  a  day. 


P.  E.  Tall-r-6  feet  5  inches.  Poorly  nour- 
ished; chest  is  fiattened,  shoulders  stoop.  Dul- 
ness, exaggerated  vocal  fremitus,  increased 
breath  sounds  and  whisper  over  right  upper 
and  middle  lobes.  Behind,  inspiration  clicks 
and  inconstant  subcrepitant  r&les  are  elicited. 
Temperature  at  6  p.  m.  100**;  pulse  120;  respira- 
tions 18;  weight  171,  a  year  ago  177. 

On  May  22nd,  tuberculin  treatment  was  insti- 
tuted with  Vmm  c  c.  of  B.  E.  and  was  continued 
twice  a  week  up  to  June  16th,  when  he  was  ad- 
mitted to  Loomis  Sanatorium,  where  the  tuber- 
culin treatment  was  continued. 

December  24,  1912,  there  was  dulness,  in- 
creased breath  sounds  and  whisper  over  right 
upper  lobe;  no  r&les  were  demonstrable;  he 
weighed  187%;  the  sputum  still  contained 
numerous  tubercle  bacilli. 

April  2,  1913,  he  was  discharged  from  Loomis 
Sanatorium  as  an  arrested  case.  A  few  bacilli 
persisted  in  the  expectoration.  There  had  been 
a  notable  improvement  in  his  physical  sig^s. 
The  percussion  note  was  a  little  high-pitched 
over  the  right  upper  lobe  and  the  breath  sounds 
were  somewhat  exaggerated.  Temperature  at 
5  p.  m.  100*;  pulse  96;  weight  199.  At  Loomis 
he  attained  a  maximum  dose  of  Vit  c.  c.  tuber- 
culin. 

He  returned  to  business  and  reported  regu- 
larly for  examination  at  intervals  of  two  or 
three  weeks  to  a  month.  He  continued  to  gain 
weight  and  on  October  25t)i  weighed  202% 
pounds.  He  had  passed  three  negative  sputum 
examinations,  tho  at  the  last,  September  15, 
1913,  a  few  bacilli  were  found. 

January  19,  1918.  He  has  been  free  from 
cough  and  expectoration  for  the  past  five  years. 
His  weight  has  remained  between  212  and  216. 
Occasionally  when  he  has  had  a  cold,  a  sputum 
examination  has  been  made  at  intervals  of 
three  or  four  months,  but  has  always  been  nega- 
tive for  bacilli.  He  has  no  rftles,  no  demon- 
strable morbid  pulmonary  signs.  He  has  been 
able  to  carry  on  a  large  and  important  busi- 
ness and  has  led  an  active  out-of-door  life, 
playing  golf,  and  states  that  he  has  had  better 
health  in  the  past  five  years  than  for  ten  years 
before  he  was  ill. 

Case  IX — December  24,  1915.  Oliver  G.,  age 
30;  single.  Mother,  a  younger  sister  and  a 
maternal  aunt  died  of  consumption.  Measles, 
whooping  cough  and  diphtheria  in  childhood. 
Malaria  at  12.  Frequent  attacks  of  sore  throat 
and  "catarrh."  Pleurisy  six  years  ago,  at 
which  time  he  was  in  bed  for  six  weeks.  Has 
had  a  hacking  cough  since,  which  has  been 
worse  in  winter.  Purulent  sputa,  no  hemop- 
tysis. Has  lost  fiesh  and  strength.  Quit  work 
as  a  wire  drawer  one  month  ago.  Dyspnea  on 
exertion.  Pains  in  chest,  which  are  worse  on 
the  left  side,  also  in  shoulder.  Chilly  sensa- 
tions; feverish  afternoons.  Profuse  night 
sweats.  Appetite  poor;  indigestion  and  diar- 
rhea for  the  past  month.  Has  had  marked 
hoarseness  and  dysphagia  for  two  months.  For 
three  weeks  both  knees  have  been  swollen  and 
painful.  Was  formerly  an  excessive  beer 
drinker — 25  glasses  a  day — and  had  also  an  ex- 
cessive cigarette  habit — 20  to  25  a  day.    Has 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MBDICINE 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICIiBS 


JANL'AKY,   1919 


35 


Stopped  his  beer  and  tobacco  for  three  weeks. 

P.  E.  Fairly  nourished;  cervical  glands  en- 
larged; dulness;  broncho-yesicular  breathing; 
increased  whisper  over  both  upper  and  right 
middle  lobes.  Numerous  subcrepitant  rftles 
over  left  upper  lobe  and  a  few  are  also  heard 
at  right  apex.  Temperature  at  12.00  p.  m. 
99.5*";  pulse  108;  respirations  18;  weight  113%, 
normal  weight  a  few  years  ago,  175.  The 
larynx  shows  a  considerable  thickening  of  both 
arytenoids  and  a  small  ulceration  of  the  right 
cord.    Tubercle  bacilli  present  in  sputum. 

He  was  put  to  bed  and  was  kept  under  ob- 
servation for  several  weeks,  during  which  time 
his  temperature  ranged  between  97.8''  and  102*". 
The  lesions  in  his  throat  and  lungs  were  pro- 
gressive and  he  lost  weight.  On  February  4, 
1916,  there  were  definite  signs  of  a  small  cavity 
below  the  left  clavicle.  Weight  132%;  his 
temperature  having  fallen  and  not  exceeding 
99  to  99.5  in  the  afternoon. 

He  was  put  on  tuberculin  treatment  February 
26th,  with  an  initial  dose  of  Vtsm  c.  c.  B.  E.,  which 
was  continued  until  July  19,  1916,  when  he  re- 
ceived a  maximum  dose  of  %  c  c  This  patient 
showed  a  most  extraordinary  improvement  in 
his  throat  lesions  and  in  his  general  condition, 
having  attained  at  the  end  of  his  treatment  a 
weight  of  152%  pounds.  The  arytenoids  were 
infiltrated,  but  the  vocal  cords  approximated 
very  well,  altho  grayish  and  discolored,  the 
right  especially.  The  hoarseness  and  pain  on 
swallowing  had  practically  disappeared,  the 
small  ulceration  on  the  right  cord  had  appar- 
ently healed.  Bacilli  weife  still  present  in  the 
sputum.  His  temperature  ranged  between  97.2'' 
and  98.6^ 

I  arranged  for  his  admission  to  Loomis  Sana- 
torium Annex  on  August  18th,  where  he  re- 
mained as  a  patient  until  May  1, 1917,  and  made 
a  further  substantial  gain  in  weight  His  max- 
imum weight  on  February  22nd  was  167  pounds. 
He  was  able  to  do  some  work  and  has  since 
been  employed  in  the  institution.  He  was  ex- 
amined by  me  again  in  the  summer,  when  there 
was  a  further  recession  in  his  physical  signs 
and  his  constitutional  condition  was  regarded 
as  very  satisfactory. 

Case  X— January  20,  1916.  Raoul  H.,  age  32. 
Married;  architect  A  paternal  aunt  died  of 
tuberculosis  of  the  lungs.  Scarlet  fever  at  4; 
acute  articular  rheumatism  at  10;  a  severe  at- 
tack of  enteritis  at  18.  Tonsils  and  adenoids 
removed  at  5.  Had  laryngitis  at  20.  Was  told 
he  had  endocarditis  at  21  and  was  disqualified 
for  military  service  in  France.  Was  treated 
for  hay  fever  and  asthma  three  years  ago;  18 
months  ago  had  cough  and  purulent  sputa;  six 
months  later,  a  considerable  hemorrhage  was 
followed  by  a  dry  pleurisy  on  the  left  side.  Has 
lost  fiesh  and  strength  and  has  had  chills,  fever, 
night  sweats  and  pains  in  left  chest.  Appetite 
is  generally  good;  digestion  fair.  Dyspnea  on 
exertion;  occasional  feeling  of  palpitation  and 
faintness;  sleeps  poorly.  Does  not  use  alcohol 
or  tobacco.  Received  sanatorium  treatment 
from  April  t6  July,  1916.  Temperature  at  no 
time  exceeded  100''. 


P.  E.  Fairly  nourished;  good  color;  cervical 
glands  slightly  enlarged.  Dulness,.  increased 
vocal  fremitus,  exaggerated  breath  sounds  and 
whispered  voice  over  right  upper  lobe;  behind 
an  occasional  fine  rftle  is  heard.  Over  left 
upper  lobe  and  extending  lower  than  over  right 
more  marked  dulness,  broncho-vesicular  and 
"cog  wheel"  breathing,  whispering  bronchoph- 
ony. Temperature  at  7  p.  m.  98.6*;  pulse  84; 
respirations  18;  weight  152.  Between  Jan- 
uary 10th  and  20th  the  temperature  ranged 
from  97.1  to  99.4.  Sputum  contained  tubercle 
bacilli  last  summer. 

February  9th.  No  bacilli  present  in  sputum. 
Al  apex  of  cardiac  al*ea  there  is  distinct  rough- 
ening of  the  first  heart  sound.  Under  dietetic 
and  hygienic  treatment  and  residence  at  the 
East  River  Homes,  he  did  fairly  well,  but  there 
was  a  progressive  loss  of  weight  and  at  times  a 
slight  afternoon  temperature  as  high  as  99.6". 

On  June  21st  tubercle  bacilli  were  present 
in  the  sputum.    Weight  139^. 

Tuberculin  treatment  was  begun  on  June 
26th,  when  he  received  an  initial  dose  of  'Am* 
c.  c  This  was  continued  up  to  June  8,  1917, 
when  a  maximum  dose  of  Vw  c.  c  was  given. 
Bacilli  disappeared  from  his  sputum.  He  lost 
his  cough  and  expectoration,  rftles  were  no 
longer  demonstrable  and  his  temperature  has 
ranged  from  97''  to  98.6".  He  gained  in  fiesh 
and  strength,  and  thruout  his  treatment  has 
continued  his  work  as  an  architectural  de- 
signer. He  has  remained  well  to  the  present 
time  with  slight  residual  inactive  signs  at 
apices;  has  a  good  appetite  and  digestion;  is 
living  in  the  country  at  Pelham,  N.  Y.  and  his 
weight  was  146^^  on  June  26,  1918. 

Case  X/— October  5,  1917.  Catherine  F.  B., 
age  25;  married.  Father  died  of  consumption 
22  years  ago,  also  a  paternal  uncle.  Has  had 
"bronchitis"  every  spring  and  fall  for  ten  years. 
Had  an  attack  of  grippe  eight  years  ago.  Has 
had  cough  for  three  weeks,  mucopurulent 
sputa;  hemoptysis  two  weeks  ago  and  also  at 
times  before,  when  she  has  had  "colds."  Has 
lost  fiesh  and  strength  in  the  past  six  months. 
Pains  in  region  of  sternum  and  back;  chilly 
sensations;  feverish  afternoons;  dyspnea  on 
exertion;  no  night  sweats.  Appetite  very  poor; 
indigestion;  nausea;  eructations. 

P.  E.  Fairly  nourished;  good  color;  cervical 
glands  not  enlarged;  dulness;  increased  breath 
bounds  and  whisper  over  right  upper  and  mid- 
dle lobes,  no  r&les  demonstrable.  Percussion 
note  over  left  apex  high-pitched  and  short. 
Breath  sounds  are  modified — above  the  nipple 
and  in  the  axilla  fine  crepitant  rftles  are  heard. 
There  is  a  small  spur  projecting  from  the 
septum  in  left  nostril.  Oropharynx  and 
larynx  normal.  Temperature  at  5  p.  m.  99.8*; 
pulse  96;  respirations  24;  weight  134,  three 
months  ago,  153.    No  tubercle  bacilli  in  sputum. 

Under  hygienic  and  dietetic  treatment  for  a 
month  she  gained  10  pounds  in  weight  but  fine 
rftles  were  present  over  both  upper  lobes  and 
slight  hemoptysis  continued. 

November  30th.  Tuberculin  treatment  was 
begun  with  V«m>oo  c.  c.  of  B.  E.  which  was  con- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


36 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicinb 


tinued  up  to  June  9th.  with  graduated  weekly 
doses,  attaining  a  maximum  of  Vw  c.  c*  when 
she  had  gained  19  pounds,  had  lost  her  cough 
and  expectoration,  felt  strong  and  well  and  has 
remained  In  good  health  since. 

Case  X//— October  2,  1913.  Charles  A.  Q., 
age  23;  stenographer;  single.  Family  history 
negative  as  to  tuberculosis  or  other  significant 
diseases,  except  that  a  paternal  uncle  died  of 
consumption.  Measles  in  childhood;  had  catarrh 
of  the  bowels  when  6  years  old.  Denies  venereal 
disease.  Has  been  in  ill  health  for  past  four 
years.  Has  been  treated  for  malaria  aQd 
rheumatism.  Had  occasional  hemoptyses  seven 
years  ago.  Has  lost  flesh  and  strength,  fever- 
ish afternoons,  dyspnea  on  exertion,  appetite 
fair,  digestion  poor.  Complains  of  pains  In 
back  and  legs.  Denies  cough,  but  has  a  morn- 
ing expectoration  of  purulent  sputum. 

P.  E.  Pale;  poorly  nourished;  dulness, 
broncho-vesicular  breathing  and  increased 
whisper  over  boUi  upper  lobes.  Cervical  glands 
enlarged;  temperature  at  7.00  p.  m.  100°;  pulse 
90;  respirations  24;  weight  111%,  four  years 
ago,  123.  Has  a  psoriasis  eruption  over  the 
shoulders,  extensor  surfaces  of  the  arms  and 
legs.    Tubercle  bacilli  present  in  the  sputum. 

Tuberculin  treatment  was  begun  on  October 
10,  1913,  with  an  initial  dose  of  Vimmo  c.  c,  and 
was  continued  until  March  28,  1914.  He  did 
extremely  well  and  at  this  date  had  only  a 
little  moderate  dulness  over  the  right  upper 
lobe;  no  cough  or  expectoration.  Weight  123%. 
Has  lost  his  bacilli. 

On  July  30,  1916,  weighed  130%,  with  no 
positive  morbid  pulmonary  signs  except  a  little 
high-pitched  percussion  note  over  the  right 
apex.    No  tubercle  bacilli  in  sputum. 

In  the  spring  of  1918  he  was  accepted  by  an 
army  board  for  service  and  was  sent  for  train- 
ing to  Camp  Upton.  He  is  now  in  France  and 
in  good  health. 

I  do  not  cite  these  cases  as  illustrations 
of  what  will  often  be  seen  in  the  adminis- 
tration of  tuberculin,  but  if  the  treatment 
were  more  extensively  used  in  suitable 
cases,  I  have  no  doubt  that  more  of  these 
exceptionally  favorable  results  would  be  ob- 
tained, for  it  is  impossible  without  trial  to 
say  what  patients  will  respond  well  to  the 
stimulus  of  the  injections,  just  as  it  is 
equally  impossible  to  say  why  tuberculosis 
in  some  cases  runs  a  rapid  and  fatally  pro- 
gressive course,  terminating  in  a  few 
months  and  in  others  continues  over  a  long 
period  of  years  with  relatively  slight  im- 
pairment of  the  health.     In  administering 


tuberculin  we  are  dealing  with  an  unknown 
reaction  which  cannot  be  predicted  in  ad- 
vance, but  which  must  be  gradually  de- 
termined by  cautious  and  careful  study  for 
each  individual  patient.  The  mysterious 
factors  of  what,  for  want  of  a  better  term, 
we  call  the  patient's  resistance  are  an  im- 
portant element,  and  it  is  certainly  true 
that  in  many  cases  this  can  be  developed 
and  strengthened  by  immunizing  doses  of 
tuberculin. 

In  the  past  ten  years  I  have  treated 
with  tuberculin  57  cases  which  have  con- 
tinued under  observation  for  periods  vary- 
ing from  one  to  eight  years  after  the  con- 
clusion of  their  treatment.  Of  these,  28 
were  markedly  benefited,  15  having  made 
a  definite  arrest  of  their  disease.  Nineteen 
others  received  benefit  to  a  less  extent,  in 
six  no  effect,  whatever  could  be  attributed 
to  the  treatment.  Twelve  cases  have  died, 
nine  from  the  ordinary  progress  of  their 
disease,  one  from  intercurrent  lobar 
pneumonia,  and  two  from  spontaneous 
pneumothorax.  In  perhaps  half  of  the 
cases  that  subsequently  died  there  had  been 
improvement  in  symptoms  which  could  be 
fairly  attributed  to  the  tuberculin  adminis- 
tration, and  it  is  believed  their  lives  were 
prolonged  and  made  more  comfortable.  In 
no  case  could  the  treatment  be  considered 
to  have  had  an  influence  in  determining  the 
fatal  issue.  Of  the  57  cases  reported  on, 
38  had  positive  sputum,  19  at  no  time  had 
bacilli  present.  Of  the  complications  to  be 
noted,  there  were  six  cases  who  had  well 
marked  tuberculous  laryngitis;  there  was 
one  case  of  tuberculous  peritonitis  in  whom 
the  ascites  disappeared  without  recurrence ; 
one  case  of  tuberculosis  of  the  wrist  joint, 
which  made  a  perfect  recovery  without  de- 
formity or  impairment  of  joint  function ;  in 
six  patients  the  cervical  glands  were  con- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


37 


spicuously  enlarged,  sufficiently  so  to  con- 
stitute a  disfiguring  deformity.  In  all  of 
these  glandular  cases  the  influence  of  tuber- 
culin treatment  was  favorable  in  effecting  a 
marked  reduction  in  the  size  of  the  glands. 
There  was  one  case  who  had  been  previously 
treated  for  a  tuberculous  iritis,  and  in  one 
patient  bacilli  were  found  in  an  excised 
tonsil.  In  only  one  of  the  throat  cases 
could  any  good  effects  be  seen  from  the 
tuberculin — in  this  case  a  tuberculous  ulcer 
healed  and  the  patient  gained  39j4  pounds. 
Twenty-four  of  the  cases  here  reported  had 
received  sanatorium  treatment. 


THE   NON-LIABILITY  OF  CHARIT- 

ABLE  INSTITUTIONS  FOR  THE 

NEGLIGENCE  OF  PHYSiaAN 

OR  NURSE. 

BY 

H.  GERALD  CHAPIN,  LL.  D., 
of  the  New  York  Bar,  New  York  City. 

It  was  Irvin  Cobb  who  commented  upon 
the  cheerful  frame  of  mind  induced  in  the 
average  patient  when,  prior  to  an  operation, 
he  is  presented  with  a  general  release  of 
all  liability  and  requested  to  affix  his  signa- 
ture on  the  dotted  line. 

To  what  extent  the  courts  will  recognize 
such  a  document  is  a  question  which  we 
need  not  consider  here.  This  short  article 
deals  with  cases  where  an  institution  or- 
ganized for  charitable  purposes  has  failed 
to  adopt  this  prelhninary  measure  of  pre- 
caution and  the  operation  has  gone  agley. 

Under  the  doctrine  which  may  now  be 
regarded  as  thoroly  established,  a  chari- 
table institution  will  not  be  responsible  for 
injuries  resulting  thru  the  negligence  or 
want  of  skill  of  the  physician  or  nurse.  The 
reason  is  generally  stated  to  be  found  in 
public  policy,  for  if  the  rule  were  otherwise. 


the  trust  fund  might  be  entirely  destroyed 
and  diverted  from  its  proper  purposes.  Put 
in  plain  language,  it  is  better  .for  the  one  to 
suffer  than  the  many. 

Thus  the  Supreme  Court  of  Michigan  in 
a  leading  case  (Downs  v.  Harper  Hospital, 
101  Mich,  555)  where  an  insane  patient 
while  unwatched,  had  committed  suicide 
by  leaping  from  a  window,  observed  that  if 
a  trustee  or  employee  is  guilty  of  negligence 
he  may  be  held  responsible  individually,  but 
the  law  jealously  guards  the  charitable  trust 
fund  and  does  not  permit  it  to  be  frittered 
away  by  the  negligent  acts  of  those  em- 
ployed in  its  execution.  The  trustees  could 
not  by  their  own  direct  act  divert  it  from 
the  purposes  for  which  it  was  given.  It 
certainly  follows  therefore,  that  the  fund 
cannot  be  indirectly  diverted  by  the  tortious 
or  negligent  acts  of  the  managers  of  the 
fund  or  their  employees  tho  such  acts  result 
in  damage  to  the  innocent  beneficiary. 
Those  voluntarily  accepting  the  benefit  of 
the  charity,  accept  it  upon  this  condition. 

At  one  time,  Rhode  Island  adopted  a  con- 
trary view  denying  any  immunity  to  chari- 
table institutions  as  such  (Glavin  v.  Rhode 
Island  Hospital,  12  R,  L  411)  y  but  this  was 
subsequently  changed  by  legislative  enact- 
ment.    {Laws  of  1909,  Ch.  213,  §  38.) 

It  is  somewhat  curious,  however,  that 
the  non-liability  doctrine  should  be  said 
to  apply  only  provided  due  care  has  been 
exercised  by  the  hospital  in  the  selection 
of  the  guilty  individual.  (See  Hearns 
v.  Waterbury  Hospital,  66  Conn,  98; 
McDonald  v.  Mass.  Gen.  Hospital,  120 
Mass.  432;  Corbett  v.  St.  Vincent's  Indus- 
trial School,  79  App.  Div,  334,  affmd.  177 
N.  Y,  16.)  This  limitation,  it  is  submitted, 
is  utterly  illogical  if  public  policy  is  to 
dictate  that  under  no  circumstances  should 
there  be  any  diversion  of  the  funds. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


38 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


Nor  will  the  hospital  be  responsible 
merely  because  it  accepts  payment  from  pa- 
tients able  to  afford  it.  Incidental  revenue 
does  not  change  its  standing  as  a  charitable 
institution. 

What  is  probably  the  leading  case  in  New 
York  is  Schloendorff  v.  N.  Y.  Hospital 
{211  N.  F.  125)  decided  in  1914.  The 
latter  institution  does  not  charge  either  for 
board  or  for  treatment  if  the  patient  is  un- 
able to  pay,  but  if  well-to-do,  a  charge  of 
$7.00  per  week  is  made  for  board.  Mrs. 
Schloendorff  was  suffering  from  a  stomach 
disorder  and  came  in  the  $7.00  per  week 
class.  After  some  weeks  of  treatment,  the 
house  physician  discovered  a  lump  which 
proved  to  be  a  fibroid  tumor.  He  consulted 
the  visiting  physician  who  advised  an  opera- 
tion. The  patient  testified  that  she  was  in- 
formed that  the  character  of  the  lump 
could  not  be  determined  without  an  ether 
examination,  to  which  she  consented  but 
notified  the  house  physician  that  there  must 
be  no  operation.  She  was  taken  at  night 
from  the  medical  to  the  surgical  ward  and 
prepared  for  an  operation  by  a  nurse.  On 
the  following  day,  ether  was  administered 
and  while  she  was  unconscious  a  tumor  was 
removed.  Her  testimony  was  that  it  was 
done  without  her  knowledge  or  consent, 
tho  in  this  she  was  contradicted  by  the 
house  physician,  the  visiting  surgeon  and 
by  several  attendant  nurses.  Following 
the  operation,  and  according  to  the  testi- 
mony of  her  witnesses,  because  of  it,  gan- 
grene developed  in  her  left  arm;  some  of 
her  fingers  had  to  be  amputated  and  her 
sufferings  were  intense. 

Judge  Cardozo  pointed  out  in  his  opinion, 
that  it  is  now  a  well  settled  rule  that  a 
charitable  institution,  such  as  the  New  York 
Hospital,  it  not  liable  for  the  negligence 
of  its  physicians  and  nurses  in  the  treatment 


of  patients.  In  New  York,  this  exemption 
has  been  placed  upon  two  grounds.  The 
first  is  that  of  implied  waiver,  since  one 
who  accepts  the  benefit  of  a  charity  enters 
into  a  relation  which  exempts  one's  bene- 
factor from  liability  for  the  negligence  of 
his  servants  in  administering  the  charity. 
The  hospital  remains  exempt  tho  the  pa- 
tient makes  some  payment  to  help  defray 
the  cost  of  board,  since  such  pa)mient  is  to 
be  regarded  as  a  contribution  to  the  income 
of  the  hospital  to  be  devoted,  like  its  other 
funds,  to  the  maintenance  of  the  charity. 
The  second  ground  of  the  exemption  is  the 
relation  subsisting  between  a  hospital  and 
the  physicians  who  serve  it.  This  relation 
is  not  one. of  master  and  servant.  The 
physician  occupies  the  position,  so  to  speak, 
of  an  independent  contractor,  following  a 
separate  calling,  liable  of  course  for  his  own 
wrongs  to  the  patient  whom  he  undertakes 
to  serve,  but  involving  the  hospital  in  no 
liability  if  due  care  has  been  taken  in  his 
selection.  The  same  argument  applies  to 
nurses.  The  superintendent  is  a  servant 
of  the  hospital.  The  assistant  superin- 
tendents, the  orderlies  and  the  other  mem- 
bers of  the  administrative  staff  are  servants 
of  the  hospital.  But  nurses  are  employed 
to  carry  out  the  orders  of  the  physician  to 
whose  authority  they  are  subject.  The 
hospital  undertakes  to  procure  for  the  pa- 
tient the  services  of  a  nurse.  It  does  not 
undertake  thru  the  agency  of  nurses  to 
render  those  services  itself.  He  concludes 
with  the  following  words: 

"A  ruling  would  indeed  be  an  unfor- 
tunate one  that  might  constrain  charitable 
institutions  as  a  measure  of  self-protection, 
to  limit  their  activities.  A  hospital  opens 
its  doors  without  discrimination  to  all  who 
seek  its  aid.  It  gathers  in  its  wards  a  com- 
pany of  skilled  physicians  and  trained 
nurses  and  places  their  services  at  the  call 
of   the   afflicted,    without   scrutiny   of   the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


39 


character  or  the  worth  of  those  who  appeal 
to  it,  looking  at  nothing  and  caring  for 
nothing  beyond  the  fact  of  their  affliction. 
In  this  bendicent  work  it  does  not  subject 
itself  to  liability  for  damages,  tho  the  min- 
isters of  healing  whom  it  has  selected  have 
proved  unfaithful  to  their  trust." 

In  Ward  v.  St.  Vincent's  Hospital  {39 
App,  Div,  624)  the  subject  was  viewed 
from  a  dififerent  angle.  This  case  was 
based  upon  an  alleged  contract  by  which  a 
charity  hospital,  which  was  in  the  habit  of 
furnishing  private  rooms  and  nurses,  for 
full  price,  undertook  to  furnish  the  patient 
with  a  skilful,  trained  and  competent  nurse 
for  a  stipulated  sum  per  week,  but  failed  to 
do  so  and  on  the  contrary  furnished  one  un- 
skilful and  inexperienced  who  placed  an 
unprotected  hot  water  bag  against  the  pa- 
tient's leg  while  she  was  under  the  influence 
of  ether,  whereby  she  was  severely  burned. 
The  decision  was  to  the  eflfect  that  assum- 
ing such  a  contract  had  been  made  and  that 
it  had  not  been  fulfilled,  the  hospital  was  re- 
sponsible. This  goes  to  show  that  the  non- 
liability rule  does  not  rest  on  the  ground  of 
a  diversion  of  trust  funds  but  rather  on  the 
theory  of  waiver  which  may  be  implied, 
either  where  the  patient  is  treated  wholly  or 
where  he  is  treated  partly  without  pay. 
That  this  is  the  true  reason  is  shown  by^a 
line  of  cases  where  the  party  injured  was 
not  a  patient  at  all.  Thus  in  Hordern  v. 
Salvation  Army  {199  N,  Y.  233)  the  action 
was  brought  to  recover  for  personal  in- 
juries received  by  a  mechanic  who  had  been 
engaged  in  making  repairs  on  a  boiler,  the 
accident  occurring  thru  the  defective  con- 
dition of  a  runway  or  staging.  After  point- 
ing out  that  in  New  York  the  immunity  of 
charitable  corporations  for  the  wrongs  of 
their  servants  has  been  made  dependent  on 
the  relation  which  the  injured  party  bore 
to  the  corporation  and  not  upon  the  sacred 


character  of  the  trust  funds  themselves, 
the  court  observed  that  if  a  charitable  cor- 
poration in  dealing  with  its  property  pur- 
sues a  line  of  conduct  which  results  in  in- 
jury to  outsiders,  there  is  no  reason  why 
it  should  not  be  responsible  since  the  purity 
of  its  general  purposes  will  not  justify  its 
wrong. 

A  similar  doctrine  was  announced  in  a 
later  case  where  an  outsider  had  been  in- 
jured by  collision  with  an  ambulance  and 
it  was  there  stated  that  "it  must  now  be 
regarded  as  settled  that  a  charitable  cor- 
poration is  not  exempt  from  liability  for  a 
tort  against  a  stranger  because  of  the  fact 
that  it  holds  its  property  in  trust  to  be  ap- 
plied to  purposes  of  charity."  (Kellogg  v. 
Church  Foundation,  203  N.  Y.  191,  194.) 

As  illustrative  of  the  point  that  the  phy- 
sician is  to  be  treated  not  in  any  respect  as 
'  a  servant  of  the  hospital,  but  rather  as  an 
independent  contractor,  are  cases  holding 
that  a  steamship  company  is  not  responsible 
for  the  negligence  of  the  ship's  surgeon 
provided  that  due  care  has  been  exercised 
in  his  selection.  (Allen  v.  State  Steamship 
Co.,  132  N,  K.  91;  Laubheim  v.  De  Koning- 
lyke  N.  S.  Co.,  107  N.  Y,  228.)  A  doctrine 
applied  to  hospital  and  medical  departments 
maintained  by  railroad  companies  (Eighmy 
V.  Union  Pac.  Ry.  Co.,  93  Iowa  538)  or 
supported  by  the  contributions  of  the  em- 
ployer and  employees  (Harden  v.  Atl. 
Coast  Line  Ry.  Co.,  152  N.  C.  318;  Richard- 
son V.  Carbon  Hill  Coal  Co.,  10  Wash.  648). 
Such  cases  diflfer,  however,  from  those  of 
charitable  hospitals  in  that  there  cannot  be 
spelled  out  the  waiver  already  mentioned, 
being  more  analogous  to  instances  where 
the  patient  has  paid  a  full  fee  in  which  there 
would  seem  to  be  no  absolute  liability  but 
rather  only  a  duty  of  reasonable  care  in 
selection.  •  55  Liberty  Street. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


40 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


HOW  TO  RECOGNIZE  PSORA  WHEN 
NOT  A  SPECIALIST. 

BY 

B.  SHERWOODDUNN,  M.  D.,  . 
Paris,  France. 

Officier    d'Acad^mie;     Membre    oorrespondant, 

Soci6t6    Obst^trique    et    Qsmdcologique    de 

Paris;    Surgeon    (Colonel)    Service  de 

Sant6  Militalre  de  Paris;  Physician 

to  Cochin  Hospital. 

During  the  hours  of  consultation  from 
nine  to  twelve,  four  times  per  week,  in  our 
venereal  service  at  Cochin  Hospital,  out  of 
sixty  to  one  hundred  patients  seen  daily, 
ten  per  cent,  will  be  afflicted  with  psora. 

For  some  unaccountable  reason,  there 
seems  to  be  an  epidemic  of  this  disease. 

Recently,  while  in  the  private  office  of  a 
banker,  he  asked  me  to  look  at  an  eruption 
upon  his  arms  and  I  had  to  tell  him  he  had 
the  itch.  One  of  the  leading  cloth  mer- 
chants of  Paris  came  to  consult  me  with  the 
same  disease,  and  passing  the  evening  at 
the  house  of  some  friends  in  the  most  aris- 
tocratic quarter  of  Paris,  the  occasional  un- 
easiness of  my  hostess,  whom  I  know  very 
well,  caused  me  to  question  and  finally  ex- 
amine her,  and  she  also  was  suffering  from 
the  same  malady. 

Psora  is  called  a  venereal  disease.  Just 
why,  I  cannot  tell,  it  can  be  contracted  in 
many  ways,  besides  sexual  contact,  and  is 
in  no  wise  localized  to  the  sexual  organs. 

It  is  a  contagious  eruption  of  very  minute 
pimples;  pustular,  vesicular,  papular,  in- 
termixed and  alternating,  and  terminating 
in  scabs.  It  is  caused  by  the  insect  of  the 
Genus  Acarus,  seu  Sarcoptes  seu  Phthirium 
sen  Cheyletes  Scabiei. 

From  time  immemorial  it  has  been  looked 
upon  as  a  shameful  disease,  and  the  practi- 
tioner wants  to  feel  confident  of  no  error 
when  diagnosing  it;  it  is  because  of  this 


that  I  have  thought  it  might  be  worth  while 
to  renew  our  acquaintance  with  its  symj>- 
tomatology,  and  particularly  at  the  moment 
when  so  many  of  our  doctors  are  coming  to 
France  with  the  troops,  where  they  are 
bound  to  see  more  or  less  of  it.  Many  first- 
class  practitioners  have  never  seen  a  case  in 
their  whole  practice. 

The  reason  for  the  present  extension  of 
psora  to  the  better  classes  in  Paris  is  doubt- 
less found  in  the  promiscuity  of  social  rela- 
tions since  the  outbreak  of  war.  Refugees 
from  the  destroyed  districts  and  other 
countries  have  flocked  to  Paris,  giving  rise 
to  many  stations  for  the  distribution  of 
partly  worn  clothing,  bedding,  etc.  Many 
buildings  not  originally  intended  for  habita- 
tion have  been  used  to  house  them,  where 
the  lack  of  bathing  conveniences  and  proper 
care  of  the  person,  tends  to  breed  the  dis- 
ease.  The  widespread  want  and  misery 
have  called  all  classes  into  service  of  some 
sort  of  relief,  and  ladies  and  men  of  refine- 
ment come  into  daily  contact  with  the  un- 
kempt and  unclean. 

The  classic  points  taught,  by  which  to 
diagnose  psora,  can  be  summarized  as  fol- 
lows: 

1.     It  is  a  venereal  disease; 
•2.     Its    contagion    will    often    solve    a 

doubtful  diagnosis; 
3.     It   is   found   exhibited  on  the   feet, 
hands,    wrists,    arms,    axilla    and 
nates  in  both  sexes. 

These  are  the  rules  imposed  upon  the 
practitioner,  and,  while  good  as  an  index, 
form  only  a  rudimentary  basis  for  his  ex- 
amination as  he  progresses  in  knowledge  of 
the  disease. 

Let  us  analyze  them  in  their  order. 

1.     It  is  a  venereal  disease, 

I  do  not  see  the  reason  for  this  classifica- 
tion, except  that  it  is  communicated  by 
sleeping  in  the  same  bed  with  one  affected 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Amkrican  Mbdxcinx 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


41 


and  the  reason  is  simple.  The  acarus  is 
noctambulant;  it  is  only  at  night  that  it 
becomes  animated  and  active.  It  is  at  night 
that  the  one  afflicted  feels  the  intolerable 
itching  and  will  scratch  even  while  asleep, 
whereas  he  is  hardly  at  all  aflfected  during 
the  day. 

It  is  said  that  one  cannot  contract  the 
contagion  by  shaking  hands,  or  coming  into 
contact  in  the  workshop,  office,  or  school- 
room ;  but  one  of  the  hospital  attendants  at 
Cochin,  who  habitually  carried  the  garments 
of  patients  coming  for  the  treatment,  to  the 
sterilizing  room  upon  his  left  shoulder,  con- 
tracted the  disease,  the  first  papules  appear- 
ing at  the  base  of  the  neck  and  upon  the 
left  shoulder;  cases  of  this  kind,  however, 
are  exceptional;  the  disease  is  caught  by 
sleeping  with  one  affected,  or  in  a  bed  that 
has  been  occupied  by  one  aflfected.  It 
should  be  noted  that  it  is  not  in  the  least 
necessary  for  the  intervention  of  the  sexual 
act  to  aflfect  the  contagion,  the  simple 
sleeping  in  the  bed  with  one  afflicted  is 
sufficient.  Soldiers  and  refugees,  sleeping 
side  by.  side,  are  as  surely  contaminated  as 
a  man  and  woman  who  retire  for  another 
purpose  than  sleeping.  Nevertheless,  the 
latter  is  the  most  frequent  cause,  and  be- 
cause of  this  the  disease  is  more  frequent 
among  the  young,  altho  the  old  are  not  ex- 
empt; they  catch  it  if  exposed,  but  it  is 
seen  less  frequently  among  them,  for  the 
reason  that  they  more  often  sleep  alone. 

2.  To  solve  a  doubtful  diagnosis, — 
Nothing  could  be  easier  of  diagnosis  than 
a  case  of  psora  six  weeks  or  two  months 
old,  which  creates  a  host  of  typical  lesions 
in  its  course;  but  nothing  is  more  difficult 
to  recognize  in  the  first  few  days  of  inva- 
sion, when  the  lesions  are  few  and  wanting 
in  the  marked  characteristics  which  appear 
only  with  a  certain  age.     It  is  in  these  cases 


that  one  has  to  follow  a  varied  and  detailed 
inquisition  to  arrive  at  a  differential  diag- 
nosis. 

Do  you  sleep  alone?  Does  the  one  you 
sleep  with  have  a  rash?  Do  they  scratch 
themselves  during  the  night?  Have  you 
any  strangers  visiting  you?  Do  they 
scratch  themselves?  Have  you  slept  with 
any  strange  person  recently? 

The  contagious,  pruriginous  skin  dis- 
eases are  few  and  confined  to  the  pedicu- 
loses and  psora. 

The  phthirius  pubis  and  its  eggs  are  con- 
fined almost  exclusively  to  the  hairy  por- 
tions of  the  pubis. 

The  pediculus  corporis  gives  rise  to  ex- 
coriated lesions  of  marked  character, 
usually  in  extended  lines  formed  by  the 
finger  nails  in  scratching  and  almost  con- 
stantly behind  the  shoulder  and  axilla. 

The  pediculus  capitis  is  confined  to  the 
head  and  easily  recognized. 

The  pediculus  tdbascentium  occurring  in 
phthiriasis  is  said  to  differ  from  the  or- 
dinary body  louse,  but  the  signs  are  prac- 
tically the  same. 

Evidence  of  the  existence  of  these  para- 
sites differs  from  that  of  psora,  in  that  the 
latter  commences  as  a  rule  with  pinhead  red 
points  gradually  creating  a  circumscribed 
erythema  as  a  roseola,  then  fading  to  a 
yellow,  brownish  spot  with  from  three  to 
six  weeks'  age,  at  which  time  careful  inspec- 
tion will  discover  the  parasite  in  these  spots. 
Sometimes  groups  of  these  lesions  are  pus- 
tular, or  infectious.  The  difficulty  some- 
times is  to  differentiate  these  spots,  when 
widely  distributed  over  the  whole  body, 
from  the  roseola  of  syphilis. 

A  patient  having  a  communicable  disease 
who  comes  complaining  of  itching  and 
scratching,  in  the  absence  of  pediculoses, 
has  psora,  and  by  the  process  of  exclusion 


Digitized  by 


Google 


42 


January,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicins 


a  doubtful  case  can  always  be  determined. 

The  busy  practitioner  has  no  time  to 
make  the  microscopic  examination  of  a 
sarcoptus  extracted  from  a  pimple,  and 
must  therefore  arrive  at  a  diagnosis  from 
the  fact  that  psora  is  caught  by  sleeping 
with  one  so  afflicted  or  in  an  unchanged 
bed  that  has  been  previously  occupied  by 
one,  and  when  the  lesions  are  not  suffi- 
ciently advanced  to  present  their  charac- 
teristic signs,  it  is  by  the  close  questioning 
of  the  patient  that  one  can  arrive  at  the 
diagnosis.  Sometimes  this  is  not  easy,  for 
if  the  patient  has  slept  clandestinely  with 
one  of  the  opposite  sex  and  wishes  to  con- 
ceal the  fact,  an  admission  cannot  be 
secured ;  then  we  must  recur  to  other  fixed 
signs. 

Psora  is  always  found  in  certain  loca- 
tions,— One  of  these  locations  may  be  free 
from  lesions,  but  the  others  will  not.  If 
irritations  and  signs  of  scratching  appear 
upon  the  face  and  neck,  some  other  disease 
can  be  suspected,  as  psora  does  not  appear 
on  these  surfaces. 

In  order  to  closely  examine  the  ordinary 
locations  of  this  disease,  the  patient  should 
present  the  upper  part  of  the  body  nude; 
one  of  the  almost  constant  seats  of  lesions 
is  in  front  of  the  axilla. 

When  a  person  is  standing  erect  with  the 
arm  falling  by  the  side,  there  is  found,  or- 
dinarily, two  or  three  wrinkles  in  rays  ex- 
tending from  the  point  of  the  axilla  up- 
ward and  outward;  when  this  region  is  in- 
vaded by  the  sarcoptus,  these  rays  are  in- 
creased to  a  half  dozen,  with  slightly  raised, 
reddened  points  extending  along  the  long 
axis  of  the  wrinkles,  and  are  extremely 
characteristic. 

The  deep  fold  at  the  base  of  the  nates  is 
another  favorite  seat  of  the  lesions  and 
equally  characteristic.     They  are  not  as  a 


rule  as  great  in  number  as  found  in  the  ax- 
illary region,  but  are  more  prominent  and 
pronounced  in  character. 

The  wrinkles  formed  by  the  flexion  of 
the  hand  at  the  wrist  are  another  situation 
where  the  lesions  will  be  found,  following 
the  lines  of  the  wrinkles. 

The  text-books  make  particular  mention 
of  lesions  to  be  foimd  upon  the  posterior 
surface  between  the  fingers  at  the  base; 
specialists  do  not  count  so  much  upon  these, 
because  they  are  so  little  characteristic. 

In  the  male  as  well  as  in  the  female,  the 
generative  organs  should  always  be  exam- 
ined, as  they  are  the  most  frequent  seat  of 
primary  lesions ;  male  genitalia  in  particular 
is  abnost  invariably  attacked.  The  integu- 
ment covering  the  penis,  the  prepuce  and 
sometimes  the  glandes  will  present  small, 
red  pinpoints  at  rare  intervals,  slightly  ele- 
vated, rather  hard,  and  the  patient  will  com- 
plain that  they  at  times  embarrass  him  be- 
cause of  the  intolerable  itching.  When  found 
in  this  situation  they  neither  resemble  nor 
can  they  be  confounded  with  any  other 
dermatoses. 

In  women  the  breast  is  frequently  the 
seat  of  lesions ;  the  irritation  from  scratch- 
ing may  resemble  eczema;  if  it  be  eczema, 
it  lends  presumption  to  psora  as  the  cause. 
If  it  is  not  eczema,  and  even  with,  there  will 
be  found  the  traces  of  scratching,  with  from 
two  to  ten,  seldom  more,  small  red  points 
distributed  over  the  gland,  the  areola  and 
nipple,  then  look  for  the  lesions  in  the  other 
characteristic  regions. 

If  a  nursing  baby  is  attacked,  look  at  the 
plantar  of  the  feet  for  elevated,  inflamed 
pustules  and  examine  the  mother  or  wet 
nurse  as  the  source  of  contagion. 

I  now  come  to  the  much-talked-of 
"scabies  burrow." 

In  the  specialist's  clinic,  crowded  daily 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


January,  1919 


43 


>yith  all  varieties  of  dermatoses  and  genito- 
urinary cases,  the  whole  morning  of  exam- 
ination will  pass  without  the  dermatologist 
once  thinking  of  this  much-talked-of  sign. 
He  will  make  his  diagnosis  of  scabies  by 
rapid  localization  and  elicited  history,  and 
only  thinks  of  looking  for  the  famous 
scabies  burrow  in  cases  of  quite  recent  date 
or  feeble  signs,  which  the  histories  fail  to 
enlighten. 

What  is  the  scabies  burrow  ?  How  does 
it  look  ?  Have  you  ever  seen  the  burrow  of 
a  mole  trailing  its  sinuous  course  along  the 
top  of  the  ground?  The  burrow  of  the 
sarcoptus  is  the  same  on  the  human  skin. 
One  sees  it  best  on  those  of  unclean  habits 
and  unkempt  skin ;  coal  heavers  and  work- 
ers in  dark  liquids,  which  penetrate  the 
skin  pores  and  darken  it ;  when  the  burrow 
is  recent  and  uncolored,  it  is  difficult  to 
recognize,  but  to  bring  out  its  character  you 
have  only  to  impregnate  the  surface  of  the 
raised  portions  with  a  drop  of  iodine,  at 
once  wiping  it  off — a  simple  precaution  and 
often  useful. 

The  white  burrow  is  still  more  difficult 
to  describe  than  to  recognize.  If  you  were 
to  pass  a  needle  along  thru  a  part  of  the 
epidermis  at  the  end  of  a  finger  without 
causing  any  bleeding,  then  withdraw  the 
needle,  you  would  see  its  track  left,  slightly 
raised,  of  a  mat  white  appearance;  substi- 
tute a  sinuous  track  for  the  straight  one 
made  by  the  needle  and  the  aspect  is  iden- 
tical with  the  fresh  burrow  of  scabies.  It 
is  difficult  to  distinguish  and  will  often  pass 
unnoticed. 

The  more  ordinary  lesions  are  the  pimply 
eruption,  forming  papules  and  vesicles, 
often  decapitated  by  the  finger  nails  in 
scratching,  and  in  certain  situations,  where 
most  constantly  found,  following  the  apex 
of  the  folds  of  the  skin  of  the  wrinkles. 


It  is  unnecessary  to  go  further  into  the 
minutiae  of  detail ;  this  article  is  not  written 
for  specialists  in  skin  diseases,  but  for  those 
who,  by  reason  of  this  world-war  and  who 
enter  the  service,  will  be  called  upon  to 
recognize  diseases  they  are  little  accustomed 
to  see. 

The  scabies  burrow  in  which  is  found  the 
sarcoptus,  its  eggs  and  its  excretions,  con- 
stitutes, it  is  true,  the  elemental  lesion  of 
psora;  but  where  one  does  not  find  it,  re- 
member that  psora  is  a  regional  disease — its 
lesions  may  be  distributed  all  over  the  body, 
exclusive  of  the  neck,  face  and  head,  but 
exists  with  localization  in  front  of  the  ax- 
illa, the  flexor  wrinkles  of  the  wrists  in  both 
sex;  the  breast  of  the  female  and  prepuce 
or  glandes  of  the  male  and  plantar  surface 
of  the  feet  in  the  nursing  child.  In  these  lo- 
cations one  makes  the  diagnosis.  If  in  doubt, 
question  the  patient  as  to  his  surroundings 
and  habits,  and  especially  if  he  sleeps  with 
anyone  from  whom  he  could  have  caught  it, 
or  someone  to  whom  he  may  have  com- 
municated it;  the  single  fact  of  contagion, 
outside  of  a  case  of  pediculosis  easy  to 
eliminate,  marks  the  disease  as  psora. 

146  Avenue  des  Champs  Ely  sees. 


Treatment  of  Bronchitis  in  Oiildre 

Potassium  bichromate  in  small  doses  tritu- 
rated with  sugar  of  milk,  (Southern  Clinic, 
Aug.,  1918)  will  give  excellent  results  in 
treatment  of  bronchitis  in  children,  and  in 
bronchial  irritations. 


For  Sudden  Cardiac  Dropsy.— Good 
remedy  is  citrate  of  caffein,  adult  2  to  5 
grains  3  times  a  day.  It  is  easily  taken  by 
feeble  persons,  and  directly  produces  free 
flow  of  urine  with  relief  of  suffering. — 
Med.  Fortnightly. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


44 


January,  1919 


LONDON  LETTER 


American  Medicine 


iVrom  our  Regular  Correspondent) 

THE  PUBCHASE  OF  ALCOHOL  AND 
GLTCEBINE. 

The  purchase  of  alcohol  and  glycerine  has 
again  become  possible  for  pharmacologic  and 
pharmaceutical  purposes,  as  well  as  for  use  in 
laboratories  and  for  scientific  research.  The 
Ministry  of  Munitions  is  nearing  the  day  when  it 
can  put  up  its  shutters,  and  notification  has 
Just  been  made  by  the  Department  that  supplies 
of  alcohol  will  be  available  for  other  purposes 
than  for  killing  persons.  All  manufacturers 
should  now  be  able  to  obtain  their  requirements 
for  industrial  purposes  from  the  customary 
sources  and  the  supplies  will  only  be  restricted 
by  the  usual  regulations  of  the  Board  of  Cus- 
toms and  Excise.  Spirit  restriction  has  been 
in  particular  a  bore  to  many,  but  the  freedom  of 
glycerine  is  the  most  convenient  thing  In  the 
new  order  as  far  as  medical  practice  is  con- 
cerned, for  the  withdrawal  of  this  valuable 
substance  has  been  attended  with  great  incon- 
venience to  all  prescribers.  It  is  now  promised 
in  substantial  quantities  thru  the  ordinary  re- 
tall  channels.  A  further  concession  might  now 
well  be  made  in  regard  to  alcohol,  and  that  is 
research  workers  might  be  allowed  to  obtain  it 
under  favorable  terms  and  not  subject  to  the 
heavy  excise  penalties.  In  the  production  of 
alkaloids  and  the  manufacture  of  synthetic 
remedies  alcohol  is  all  essential  and  only,  I 
believe.  In  Great  Britain  are  such  activities 
paralyzed  by  the  high  price  of  alcohol.  British 
manufacturers  have  In  this  way  been  penalized 
to  the  great  advantages  of  German  rivals,  and 
It  will  be  expected  that  such  a  contingency  with- 
in the  future  be  guarded  against.  The  disabili- 
ties of  our  drug  manufacturers  In  this  direction 
have  often  been  explained  to  the  authorities, 
and  apparently  to  sympathetic  ears,  but  no  re- 
form has  followed.  Now  would  be  a  good  op- 
portunity to  grant  the  concession,  when  the 
businesses  have  to  be  largely  reconstructed  and 
when  everything  to  facilitate  the  reorganization 
of  trade  should  have  support. 

WHAT  IS  LEGITIMATE  WARFARE? 

A  letter  has  been  published  recently  In  the 
American  press  signed  by  the  Regius  Professors 
of  Physics  In  the  Universities  of  Oxford  and 
Cambridge,  and  by  the  President  of  the  Royal 
Corporation  In  the  three  divisions  of  the  King- 
dom protesting  against  the  use  of  noxious  gases 
!n  war.  The  communication  testifies  to  their 
tender  hearts  but  not  to  their  hard  heads.  The 
reasons  for  the  protest  are  threefold:     (1)  That 


gas  Is  an  uncontrollable  weapon  whose  efTects 
cannot  be  limited  to  combatants;  (2)  that  U 
condemns  Its  victims  to  dea'th  by  long  drawn- 
out  torture;  (3)  that  It  opens  the  door  to  Infinite 
possibilities  of  horror.  With  regard  to  all  these 
points  It  can  be  pleaded  that  gas  Is  a  menace 
only  to  a  greater  extent  than  other  weapons 
of  war,  and  It  Is  Impossible  to  say  to  nations  at 
war  "thus  far  shalt  thou  go  and  no  further." 

DRINK  RESTRICTIONS  AFTER  THE  WAR. 

The  question  of  the  control  of  drink  now 
that  the  war  has  ceased  Is  causing  a  great  deal 
of  discussion,  and  very  varying  views  are  ex- 
pressed even  among  medical  men  whose  com- 
mon consensus  of  opinion  Is,  and  has  been  now 
for  a  long  time,  that  restrictions  with  regard  to 
the  sale  of  alcohol  are  all  for  the  good  of  public 
health  and  national  progress.  But  what  restric- 
tions should  be  made  and  by  what  machinery 
they  should  be  enforced.  In  such  a  way  that 
while  preventing  license  we  do  not  legitimatize 
Prusslanlsm,  Is  a  matter  of  considerable  difli- 
culty.  Of  course  much  of  this  difficulty  will  dis- 
appear as  the  people  become  more  educated, 
more  aware  of  the  evils  of  alcoholism  and  more 
alive  to  the  many  social  disorders  and  disabili- 
ties at  the  root  of  which  indulgence  in  alcohol- 
ism lies.  At  the  present  moment  the  people 
of  this  country  are  puzzled  as  to  the  funda- 
mental matter  of  cause  and  efTect  in  regard  to 
alcoholism,  the  same  position  exactly  prevailing 
In  regard  to  tuberculosis.  In  both  cases  med- 
ical men  and  publicists  point  to  the  vlllalnoua 
housing  conditions  and  say:  In  such  an  en- 
vironment can  you  wonder  that  people  are  the 
victims  of  tuberculosis?  Are  yeu  surprised  that 
they  take  to  drink?  Undoubtedly  bad  housing 
and  Insufficient  amenities  for  food  and  refresh- 
ment do  lead  to  the  public-house  habit,  and  thus 
Increase  the  alcoholism  of  the  country.  But  It 
Is  equally  true  that  If  the  public  houses  were 
better  regulated,  better  found,  and  better  man- 
aged, the  houses  would  enormously  Improve 
under  the  more  Intelligent  supervision  of  people 
who  would  profit  by  the  example  of  good  man- 
agement. In  a  short  time  ideas  of  order  and 
comfort  with  regard  to  domesticity  would  pre- 
vail to  a  much  greater  degree  if  the  public 
house  was  a  pleasant  place  of  refreshment  where 
man  and  wife  could  go  together.  In  such  family 
reunions  drunkenness  would  soon  be  found  to 
be  quite  out  of  the  picture.  There  is  no  sense 
in  maintaining  alcohol  restrictions  because 
housing  Is  bad,  just  as  there  is  no  sense  In 
withholding  state  Improvement  in  houslne:  until 
alcoholism  has  decreased.  There  Is  an  Interplay 
between  the  two  evils,  neither  Is  exactly  the 
cause  and  neither  Is  exactly  the  effect  of  the 
other.  In  England  and  Wales  during  the  year 
1913  there  were  no  fewer  than  188,877  convic- 
tions for  drunkenness,  153.112  men  and  35,765 
women.  These  figures  have  steadily  risen  be- 
tween 1909  and  1913,  and  the  problem  of  deal- 
ing with  drunkenness  directly  by  punitive  or 
other  individual  methods  has  not  been  solved. 
The  conditions  before  the  war  had  been  thoroly 
criticized   altho   nothing  had  been   done.     The 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


LONDON  LETTER 


January,  1919 


45 


drink  trade  as  a  whole  brought  in  enormous 
fortunes,  not  however  to  the  shareholders,  as  a 
vast  proportion  of  the  money  was  squandered 
in  competition  between  the  proprietors  and  in 
wasteful  methods  of  production  and  trade.  Then 
came  the  institution  of  State  Drink  Cbntrol  as 
a  war  measure,  and  with  regard  to  the  effects 
of  this  enactment  Lord  D'Abernon,  chairman  of 
the  Central  Control  Board  (Liquor  Traffic)  re- 
cently made  the  following  public  statement  re- 
lating to  alcoholism  in  women  in  England  and 
Wales  in  the  years  1913-1917: 


ions 
nness 

Ihh 

from 
is  of 
er 

from 

tion 

ncy 

(^ 

iiil3- 

^l3- 

5ii 

1 

Dea 
Alec 
excl 
Cirr 
the 

Dea 
Cirr 
the 

Dea 
Suff 
in  I 

1913. 

..35,765 

719 

1,665 

1,226 

1914. 

•..37,311 

680- 

1,773 

1,233 

1915. 

..33,211 

584 

1.525 

1,021 

1916. 

..21,245 

333 

1,163 

744 

1917. 

..12,307 

222 

808 

704 

Cases  of  Delirium  Tremens  treated  in  certain 
Poor  Law  Infirmaries*: 


Period 


Number  of  cases 


Pre-war,  1913-14   214 

Pre-control,  1914-15  239 

First  year  of  control,  1915-16..  121 

Second  year  of  tsontrol,  1916-17  45 

♦Women  only. 

These  figures  are  not  beyond  criticism— for 
example  cirrhosis  of  the  liver  might  obviously 
cover  pathologic  conditions  independent  of 
alcoholism — ^but  their  broad  meaning  is  unmis- 
takable. It  is  clear  that  under  appropriate 
regulations  all  the  conditions  of  drunkenness 
in  women,  as  compared  with  the  year  1913,  were 
reduced  by  60  per  cent.  The  decline  in  the 
frequency  of  delirium  tremens  among  women  is 
also  remarkable,  tho  here  again  the  figures 
must  be  looked  at  closely,  as  delirium  tremens 
seems  to  occur  in  a  very  conspicuous  manner 
figuring  with  great  frequency  in  some  official 
returns  and  being  absent  from  others.  There 
is,  however,  another  piece  of  evidence  as  to  the 
beneficial  effect  of  drink  control  which  should 
be  brought  forward.  A  significant  falling  ofT 
has  taken  place  during  the  four  years  of  war 
in  the  number  of  drunkards  amenable  to  the 
Inebriates  Acts.  The  admission  to  inebriate 
reformatories  has  gone  down  to  less  than  a 
tenth  of  its  previous  total,  and  the  same  propor- 
tionate decline  has  taken  place  in  the  number 
of  persons  proceeded  against  for  habitual  drunk- 
enness. There  can  be  no  doubt  in  anybody's 
mind  that  the  control  of  drink  has  diminished 
drunkenness  and  that  with  the  diminution  of 
drunkenness  there  has  been  an  improvement  in 


public  health,  and  a  desire  among  the  public 
to  do  away  with  the  evil  effects  of  alcoholism. 

The  restrictions,  however,  as  at  present  con- 
stituted, do  weigh  heavily  in  certain  directions 
on  the  population.  There  is  a  sane  and  legiti- 
mate use  of  alcohol  which  is  penalized  by  the 
excessive  price  prevailing  for  those  who  can  en- 
joy it  intelligently,  because  there  are  others 
who  are  unable  to  exercise  self-restraint.  There 
is  a  vexatious  curtailment  of  the  hours  at  which 
alcohol  can  be  obtained,  and  it  is  quite  likely 
that  this  act  has  led  to  a  certain  amount  of 
secret  drinking.  Those  who  are  opposed  to 
liquor  control  affirm  that  secret  drinking  has 
taken  place  largely.  Obviously  if  this  drinking 
has  been  really  "secret"  they  cannot  prove  what 
they  say,  and  no  one  who  contradicts  them  can 
prove  the  reverse.  The  probability,  however, 
is  that  the  evil  has  been  grossly  exaggerated, 
but  this  is  not  to  say  that  it  may  not  exist.  For 
the  time  being  the  country  is  acquiescing  in 
liquor  control  of  the  pattern  laid  down  as  a  war 
measure,  but  the  day  will  come  when  such  con- 
trol, like  all  other  war  measures,  will  be 
questioned  as  an  advisable  procedure  when 
the  country  is  at  peace.  A  strong  temper- 
ance party  will  press  for  the  maintenance 
of  existing  restrictions  and  possibly  for  their 
reinforcement.  Those  who,  like  the  famous 
Archbishop  Magee  of  York,  "prefer  to  see 
England  free  than  England  sober"  will  de- 
mand the  abolition  of  the  regulations  and  the 
Government  will  have  to  find  the  Just  course  to 
be  pursued,  where  parties  cannot  be  pleased. 
There  is  one  thing  that  should  be  done  and 
done  quickly  which  would  please  all  people,  and 
that  is  public  house  management  should  be  re- 
formed from  top  to  toe.  Many  localities  offer 
too  great  facilities  for  the  purchase  of  drink. 
The  worst  •  public  houses,  those,  by  the  way, 
which  have  fiourished  most  under  the  old 
regime  should  be  condemned  in  favor  of  the 
better-class  inns  which  should  be  required  to 
erect  themselves  into  more  agreeable  places  of  re- 
freshment where  other  than  alcoholic  beverages 
could  be  obtained  and  more  family  atmosphere 
found.  The  figure  to  be  paid  as  compensation 
for  the  destruction  of  unworthy  public  houses 
is  nowhere  nearly  so  frightening  as  many  think. 
The  large  majority  of  public  houses  In  the  coun- 
try are  the  prpoerty  of  the  brewer,  and  the 
business  of  the  brewers  would  be  actually  more 
profitable  if  the  conditions  of  the  drink  trade 
were  restricted  and  cut-throat  competition  were 
abolished.  The  brewers  know  that,  and  have 
actually  thriven  duriufir  the  war  and  under  the 
restrictions.  It  is  a  little  curious'  that  medical 
men  should  appear  to  be  so  apathetic  to  a  ques- 
tion of  such  enormous  importance,  but  as  yet 
medical  evidence  in  both  have  made  no  appear- 
ance, tho  demobilization  proceeds  anace.  The 
best  argument  that  could  be  used  by  medical 
men  in  support  of  the  maintenance  of  restric- 
tions is  that  alcohol  and  venereal  disease  al- 
ways ifo  hand-in-hand,  and  that  demobilization 
is  certainly  going  to  be  attended  by  grave 
threats  of  venereal  prevalence,  even  tho  sailors 
and  soldiers  obviously  infected  are  kept  with 
the  colors  until  they  possess  a  clean  bill  of 
health. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


46 


January,  1919 


PHYSICAL.  THERAPY 


American  Medicine 


D^UfiSfsS^I 


Physical  Therapy 


Under   the   Editorial   Direction  of   Albert   C. 
Geyser,  M.  D.,  New  York. 

IMPULSE  CONDUCTION  THRU 
POLARIZATION. 

There  is  no  longer  any  doubt  about  the 
manner  of  conduction  of  stimuli  thru 
nerves.  The  whole  process  may  be  summed 
up  in  the  one  expression  of  "electro-chem- 
ical-polarization." 

What  u  P<darization?— The  ultimate 
of  everything  is  energy-force.  An  atom  of 
hydrogen  is  supposed  to  be  made  up  to  one 
thousand  smaller  bodies,  each  of  which 
carries  electric  charges.  Those  carrying  posi- 
tive charges  are  termed  ions,  while  those 
carrying  negative  charges  are  termed  cor- 
puscles. To  gain  some  conception  of  the 
composition  of  an  atom  of  hydrogen,  let  us 
compare  the  same  to  a  molecule  of  water. 
The  chemical  equation  for  water  is  H20.  In 
this  instance  the  atom  oxygen  is  bivalent. 
When  therefore  the  valency  of  the  oxygen 
is  satisfied  with  two  atoms  of  hydrogen — 
H-O-H — we  have  represented  one  mole- 
cule of  water  or  H20.  Since  our  knowledge 
of  ions  and  corpuscles  is  more  or  less  specu- 
lative we  can  only  gain  an  idea  by  a  crude 
comparison.  It  has  been  calculated  that 
each  atom  of  hydrogen  is  composed  of  about 
seven  hundred  ions  and  about  three  hun- 
dred corpuscles.  In  other  words,  when  we 
have  in  close  association  seven  hundred 
positive  charges  and  three  hundred  nega- 
tive charges,  we  represent  one  atom  of 
hydrogen.  The  positively  charged  ion  at- 
tracts as  many  negatively  charged  cor- 
puscles as  may  be  necessary  for  its  satura- 
tion. Every  ion  and  corpuscle  therefore 
possesses  a  certain  polarity.  When  these 
polarities  are  turned  in  their  proper  or  nor- 
mal direction  for  attraction,  there  is  a  state 
Df  equilibrium.  When  some  force  or  stimulus 
exerts  greater  influence  upon  either  the 
positive  or  the  negative  charges,  greater 
than  their  mutual  attraction,  the  equilibrium 
becomes  disturbed;  stress  or  strain  in  the 
opposite  direction  is  manifested.  When  a 
spirally  wound  steel  spring  is  compressed 


there  is  strain  in  the  entire  length  of  the 
spiral.  This  strain  or  stress,  the  attempt  to 
return  to  a  state  of  equihbrium,  may  be 
utilized  to  perform  labor. 

So  with  a  nerve,  each  smaller  body  in 
the  chemical  constituent  of  the  nerve  cell 
carries  either  a  positive  or  a  negative  charge. 
When  in  the  case  of  a  motor  nerve  a  cere- 
bral impulse  turns  the  poles  of  the  ions, 
there  is  a  stress  or  strain  set  up  which, 
if  propagated  from  ion  to  ion,  from  atom 
to  atom,  from  molecule  to  molecule  until 
it  reaches  the  end  organ,  there  this  stress 
is  converted  into  labor  or  a  muscular  con- 
traction. An  electric  current,  possessing 
greater  affinity  than  the  normal  polar  force 
of  the  nerve  ions  to  each  other,  is  capable 
of  disarranging  their  polarity  for  the  time 
being.  When  these  actions  and  reactions 
of  ionic  polar  activity  are  summed  up  into 
one  expression,  they  may  be  designated  as 
"electro-chemical-polarization." 

The  axis  cylinder  of  a  nerve  is  the  only 
really  and  specifically  active  part  in  the 
transmission  of  impulses.  At  this  time  the 
chemical  composition  of  nerve  cells  is  as 
yet  totally  unknown.  When  examined  un- 
der the  microscope  it  gives  the  xantho-pro- 
toplasmic  character.  We  may  conclude  from 
this  that  there  is  a  generic  analogy  between 
the  chemical  composition  of  the  active  sub- 
stance of  a  muscle  and  that  of  a  nerve.  We 
may  conjecture  that  the  transmission  of 
excitation  along  the  nerve  fibre  is  accom- 
panied by  chemical  changes,  similar  to  those 
which  take  place  in  the  muscle  fibre.  Some 
of  these  changes,  like  polarization,  are  only 
temporary,  while  metabolic  changes  are 
permanent.  The  temporary  changes  are  the 
result  of  polarization,  while  the  permanent 
changes  are  the  result  of  anabolic  (build- 
ing up)  and  catabolic  (tearing  down) 
changes  consequent  upon  the  performance 
of  some  physiologic  function. 

When  we  compare  the  rate  of  metabol- 
ism between  the  gray  matter  and  the  pro- 
toplasmic prolongation  of  the  nerve  cell,  the 
axis  cylinder,  we  must  come  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  the  rate  of  nerve  metabolism  is 
very  much  slower  than  that  of  the  gray 
matter,  because  the  entire  gray  matter  of 
the  brain  and  spinal  chord  is  irrigated  by 
a  rich  network  of  blood  capillaries,  while  the 
vascularization  of  the  nerve  is  only  slightly 
developed.  A  better  argument  may  be  found 
in  the  fact  that  the  nerv^e,  unlike  the  nerve 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mbdicins 


PHYSICAL.  THERAPY 


January,  1919 


47 


center,  is  practically  inexharustible  even 
when  thrown  in  a  state  of  activity  for  hours, 
it  shows  no  visible  signs  of  fatigue.  We 
may  well  compare  the  axis  cylinder  to  a 
wire  leading  from  an  electric  battery  to  a 
bell.  The  changes  which  take  place  in  the 
battery  may  be  considerable,  the  bell  may 
even  be  worn  out,  yet  the  conducting  wire 
be*  practically  immune  from  wear  as  a  re- 
sult of  performing  its  function  of  conduc- 
tion. 

It  seems  impossible  to  doubt  that  the 
metabolism  is  comparatively  very  low  in  the 
nerve  fibre,  for  even  after  strong  and  per- 
sistent stimulation  the  power,  as  well  as  the 
rate  of  conductivity,  remains  the  same,  which 
evidently  means  that  the  work  which  the 
nerve  has  to  perform  is  inconsiderable.  The 
really  important  parts  of  the  nervous  mech- 
anism are  located  at  either  extremity  of  the " 
nerve  fibre,  the  gray  matter  at  the  central 
and  the  end  organ  at  the  peripheral  end. 

When  an  excitation  is  propagated  from 
the  periphery  to  the  center,  as  in  sensory 
nerves,  or  when  it  travels  from  the  center  to 
the  periphery  as  in  motor  nerves,  the  nerve 
only  needs  to  conduct  a  slight  impulse,  a 
tiny  spark,  to  the  end  organ  with  which 
it  is  connected  in  order  to  effect  a  vigorous 
process  and  a  marked  explosion  of  energy. 
This  is  owing  to  the  great  power  of  creat- 
ing stimulus  at  the  sending  end  and  inter- 
preting the  same  at  the  receiving  end.  Yet, 
however  slight  the  metabolic  changes  may 
be,  the  process  of  excitation  conduction  and 
polarization  must  involve  some  consump- 
tion of  energy.  The  products  of  chemical 
dissociation  and  the  correlative  development 
of  heat  are  not  demonstrable  even  after 
strong  and  and  protracted  stimulation.  We 
are  warranted  in  concluding  from  this  that 
the  chemical  dissociation  is  rapidly  compen- 
sated by  a  process  of  restitution.  It  may 
well  be  assumed  that  the  restitution  of  the 
chemical  substances  which  have,  of  neces- 
sity, been  altered  by  excitation  in  any  part 
of  the  nerve  is  accomplished  instantaneous- 
ly at  the  expense  of  the  next  part,  and  that 
upon  this,  the  whole  process  of  propagation 
of  the  excitory  impulse  depends. 

Electrical  polarization  of  the  substance  of 
the  axis  cylinder  takes  place  whenever  an 
electric  current  traverses  such  tissue.  It 
must  be  assumed  that  ordinarily  the  poles  of 
the  molecules  are  arranged  in  series  to  each 
other,  there  is  in  other  words  saturation.  A 


cerebral  impulse,  an  external  sensory  stim- 
ulus or  an  electric  current,  changes  momen- 
tarily the  normal  arrangement. 

When  polarization  is  produced  in  a  Ley- 
den  jar,  a  certain  stress  or  tension  is  set 
up  in  the  dielectric,  the  glass  itself,  owing 
to  the  change  in  the  grouping  of  the  elec- 
trons. In  this  instance,  the  metal  on  the  out- 
side and  the  metal  or  other  capacity  on  the 
inside  merely  act  as  the  two  end  organs  of 
a  nerve.  Since  the  outside  charge  is  of  op- 
posite polarity  to  the  inside  charge,  an  at- 
tempt is  thereby  made  at  equalization.  The 
moment  that  equilibrium  is  re-established, 
the  glass  looses  its  stress  and  the  normal  ar- 
rangement of  its  molecules  is  again  mani- 
fest. 

A  similar  energy  of  stress  is  set  up  be- 
tween cerebral  activity  and  an  end  organ  or 
vice  versa.  It  is  this  energy  of  stress,  which 
is  conducted  from  molecule  to  molecule  in 
the  nerve,  that  finally  ends  in  an  explosion 
with  the  result  of  a  muscular  contraction. 

Rate  of  CoDduction  Speed. — ^The  velo- 
city of  transmission  of  the  excitation  or 
active  state  of  a  nerve  may  be  sum- 
marized as  follows: 

1.  In  the  frog  the  mean  velocity  of  nerve 
vibration,  the  active  or  excitable  state  of  the 
nerve,  is  from  20  to  26  m.  about  60  to  75 
feet  per  second. 

2.  In  warm-blooded  animals  this  velocity 
is  increased  from  30  to  40  m.  about  90  to 
112  feet  per  second. 

3.  It  varies  with  a  number  of  factors, 
particularly  with  the  temperature  of  the  part 
at  the  time  of  testing.  This  is  especially 
noticeable  if  the  parts  to  be  tested  have  just 
been  heated  by  the  passage  of  a  high  fre- 
quency current  (diathermia). 

4.  It  is  not  identical  in  every  part  of  the 
nerve. 

From  these  facts  we  derive  the  important 
conclusion  that  the  internal  excitatory 
process,  or  active  state  of  the  nerve,  is  trans- 
mitted at  a  rate  that  is  comparatively  speak- 
ing so  low  that  it  must  undoubtedly  consist 
of  a  chemico-physical  change  of  the  living 
substance  of  the  axis  cylinder,  propagated 
by  contiguity  from  one  part  to  the  next. 

Since  it  is  impossible  to  pass  an  electric 
current  thru  a  compound  substance  without 
causing  electrolysis,  it  follows  that  when 
such  currents  are  momentarily  caused  to 
traverse  a  neuron,  a  chemical  change  takes 
place,  which  is  to  all  intents  and  purposes, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


48 


January,  1919 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


American  Msdicinb 


either  identical  with  or  at  least  similar  to 
the  normal  physico-chemical  process  of  nor- 
mal excitation. 

It  is  further  apparent,  that  since  an  elec- 
tric discharge  travels  at  the  rate  of  about 
186,000  miles  per  second,  that  the  resulting 
response  of  the  normal  nerve  and  muscle, 
if  at  all,  must  be  lightning-like;  at  least 
much  faster  than  the  normal  nerve  excita- 
tion and  its  response. 

The  term  stimulus,  as  applied  to  nerve, 
covers  every  agent  capable  of  translating 
its  excitability  into  action,  as  directly  ex- 
pressed in  the  external  sign  of  the  current 
of  action,  by  which  the  physical  change  in 
the  nerve  is  manifested.  The  indirect  sub- 
jective proof  of  nerve  excitation  is  sensa- 
tion, when  the  stimulus  acts  upon  our  sense 
organs ;  consciousness  of  the  voluntary  im- 
pulse, when  it  proceeds  from  the  higher 
centers.  The  indirect,  objective  proof  is  a 
muscular  contraction,  when  the  stimulus 
acts  upon  a  motor  nerve;  a  reflex  motor 
contraction,  when  it  acts  upon  a  sensory 
nerve.  In  most  of  the  work  done  upon  the 
nerve,  the  reaction  of  the  muscle  has  been 
taken  as  the  index  of  activity,  so  that  the 
results  for  the  most  part  apply  only  to  motor 
nerves. 

We  must  distinguish  between  natural  and 
artificial  nerve  stimuli.  Nerve,  like  muscle, 
is  excitable  at  every  point  of  its  course  by 
a  great  number  of  stimulating  agents  of 
varying  character,  chemical,  thermal,  me- 
chanical and  electrical.  Normally,  however, 
sensory  nerves  and  aflferent  nerves  in  gen- 
eral are  always  excited  from  the  sense  or- 
gans with  which  their  peripheral  termina- 
tion is  in  relation ;  motor  nerves  and  effer- 
ent nerves  in  general  are  always  excited 
from  the  central  organs  from  which  they 
take  origin. 

It  IS  due  to  the  lack  of  appreciation  of 
this  unvarying  law  that  so  many  errors 
creep  into  the  practice  of  electrotherapy.  In 
cases  of  paralysis  following  anterior  polio- 
myelitis,, the  excitation  does  not  generate 
from  the  anterior  gray  horn  cells,  because 
they  are  either  injured  or  even  totally 
destroyed,  hence  the  flaccid  paralysis  of  the 
limbs.  The  axis  cylinder  issuing  from  such 
an  injured  trophic  center  may  be  excitable 
thruout  the  entire  length  of  its  course  by 
electric  stimuli,  but  this  can  in  no  way  be 
considered  a  physiologic  substitute,  altho 
a    muscular   contraction   does    occur    with 


each  application  of  the  current.  On  the  con- 
trary, the  oftener  such  muscular  contrac- 
tions are  compelled  to  manifest  themselves, 
the  sooner  will  the  end  organ  in  the  muscle 
wear  out.  The  reaction  of  degeneration  can- 
not be  prevented  anyway,  but  it  need  not 
be  hurried  by  the  useless  application  of 
stimuli  to  a  nerve  which  has  been  cut  off 
from  its  trophic  center. 

It  is  quite  different  when  the  paralysis  is 
the  result  of  cerebral  apoplexy.  The  muscle 
in  such  cases  does  not  contract  because 
cerebral  or  central  stimuli  are  lacking; 
hence  the  electric  stimulation  in  any  part 
of  the  motor  nerve  not  only  produces  the 
usual  muscular  contraction  but,  maintains 
the  tone  and  the  bulk  of  the  muscle,  be- 
cause as  the  muscle  functionates,  the 
trophic  center,  reflexly,  takes  part  in  this 
'action  and  so  is  stimulated  to  perform  its 
function,  that  of  nutrition. 

The  peripheral  organ  of  the  sensory 
nerves  is  normally  excited  exclusively  by 
external  stimuli  of  a  definite  character, 
which  are  therefore  known  as  specific 
stimuli.  The  nerve  endings  of  sense  organs 
are  so  constituted  that  they  are  highly  sus- 
ceptible to  the  influence  of  stimuli  which 
would  be  powerless  to  excite  the  nerves 
themselves  at  the  different  points  of  their 
course. 

For  this  reason  the  natural  stimuli  for  the 
respective  sense  organs  are  also  termed  ade- 
quate stimuli ;  they  are  adapted  to  the 
specific  constitution  of  the  sensory  nerve 
endings  which  they  stimulate.  The  ade- 
quate stimulus  for  the  optic  nerve  is  light, 
which  alone  can  excite  retinal  nerve  endings ; 
the  adequate  stimulus  for  the  auditory  nerve 
is  sound,  which  alone  can  excite  the  nerve 
endings  of  the  organ  of  Corti,  etc. 

Motor  nerves,  again,  are  normally  excited 
by  specific  stimuli,  produced  by  the  reflex 
or  automatic  activity  of  the  ganglion  cells 
of  the  central  organ  from  which  they  orig- 
inate, and  on  which  they  are  morphologic- 
ally and  functionally  dependent. 

The  fact  that  every  nerve  is  excitable  only 
at  one  of  its  ends,  peripheral  or  central, 
and  only  to  a  definite  kind  of  stimulus,  is 
one  of  the  most  admirable  adaptations  of 
the  animal  organization,  and  prevents  that 
chaotic  disorder  in  the  activity  of  the  whole 
system  which  would  occur  if  the  nerves 
were  excitable  at  every  point  of  their  course 
bv  diflFerent  external  and  internal  factors. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amxbican  Mkdicinb 


THE  ANNOTATOR 


January,  1919 


49 


e,  g.,  the  tissue  fluids  by  which  they  are 
irrigated,  and  which  regukte  their  metab- 
olism. 

Altho  under  physiologic  condition,  excita- 
tions never  occur  along  the  course  of  a 
nerve,  it  is,  as  we  have  seen,  excitable  at  any 
point,  when  acted  on  by  artificial  stimuli 
of  sufficient  strength.  Its  excitability  is  in- 
dicated by  the  minimal  intensity  of  the  ef- 
fective stimulus,  when  the  latter  can  be 
measured  with  sufficient  accuracy.  Speak- 
ing generally,  we  may  say  that  the  mini- 
mal intensity  of  effective  stimulation  is  less 
for  nerve  than  for  muscle,  which  shows  that 
nervous  excitability  is  greater  than  muscular 
excitability,  and  that  the  two  forms  of  ex- 
citability have  a  diflferent  organic  substrate. 


THE 
lANNOTATORl 


Prdbibitioii  and  the  Drug  Danger. — It 

is  a  very  simple  kind  of  mind  which  can  an- 
swer any  problem  with  an  emphatic  "Yes" 
or  an  emphatic  "No."  As  often  as  not,  both 
answers  will  serve  with  equal  truth,  for 
there  are  few  questions  with  evidence  in 
their  favor  so  irrefutable  that  much  could 
not  be  said  one  way  or  the  other  with  equal 
conviction.  In  fact,  Sir  Roger's  favorite 
evasion,  "there  is  much  to  be  said  on  either 
side,"  is  really  a  luminous  comment  on  the 
dual  nature  of  every  problem.  The  problem 
of  prohibition  is  in  no  sense  an  exception. 
In  our  last  issue  we  called  attention  to  the 
danger  of  unrest  that  has  been  associated 
in  many  minds  with  the  advent  of  prohi- 
bition. Since  then.  Federal  prohibition  has 
become  a  fait  accompli.  Thirty-six  states 
have  signed  the  pledge  and,  unless  the  un- 
foreseen occurs,  the  nation  will  be  bone  dry 
by  January,  1920.  If  we  had  an  axe  to  grind, 
all  further  discussion  of  the  problem  of 
prohibition  would  be  dropped  forthwith  as 
no  longer  of  any  consequence ;  but  the  pur- 
pose of  American  Medicine  in  dealing 
with  this  vital  question  has  been  such  that 
the  enforcement  of  the  amendment  only 
serves  to  inspire  a  greater  effort  to  plant 
danger  signs  along  the  various  and  tortuous 


bypaths  of  prohibition.  It  is  true  that  there 
is  a  considerable  balance  of  good  in  the 
account  of  prohibition,  but  at  the  same  time 
it  Is  not  to  be  denied  that  there  is  always 
danger  of  a  deficit  of  evil  which  must  al- 
ways be  borne  in  mind — ^a  deficit  which  has 
been  too  often  ignored  by  zealots  who  could 
see  but  one  side  of  the  question.  With  pro- 
hibition an  accomplished  fact,  the  obliga- 
tion to  urge  caution  and  point  the  way  to 
safety  thru  the  reefs  and  shoals  that  have 
beset  many  a  worthy  movement  increases. 

The  theory  *  that  prohibition  and  social 
unrest  are  closely  related,  tho  extremely 
interesting,  is  purely  an  academic  one;  but 
there  is  a  much  more  vital  and  seemingly 
inevitable  accompaniment  of  prohibition — 
the  increase  in  the  sale  of  drugs  which 
usually  takes  place  whenever  a  locality 
goes  dry.  It  is  a  commonplace,  certainly 
it  is  well  known  to  physicians,  that  in  cities 
and  states  where  liquor  is  prohibited,  the 
sale  of  preparations  containing  alcohol  and 
other  stimulants  invariably  mounts  to  pro- 
portions that  cannot  be  justified  on  any  pos- 
sible ground.  The  amount  of  alcohol  con- 
sumed in  this  indirect  manner  in  some  cases 
has  almost  proved  equal  to  the  amount  dis- 
posed of  under  a  normal  wet  regime.  Yet 
this  is  by  no  means  the  most  serious  aspect 
of  the  consequences  of  prohibition.  Certain- 
ly it  is  not  a  situation  which  the  authorities 
cannot  remedy  with  wise  legislation.  But 
the  enormous  increase  in  the  public  con- 
sumption of  drugs  where  prohibition  is  in 
force  has  never  been  adequately  understood 
or  combated  by  officials  and,  if  we  call  at- 
tention to  the  serious  situation  here  now 
that  national  prohibition  seems  about  to 
be  enforced,  it  is  in  the  hope  that  the  au- 
thorities will  try  to  meet  this  situation 
promptly  and  satisfactorily,  and  avoid  the 
pitfalls  that  beset  a  dry  regime.  It  would  be 
tragic  to  court  the  destruction  of  one  bad 
habit  by  encouraging  the  cultivation  of  a 
worse  one. 

Despite  the  well-intentioned  skepticism 
of  some  persons  regarding  the  evil  accom- 
paniments of  prohibition  as  regards  the  in- 
crease in  the  consumption  of  drugs,  there 
is  ample  evidence  in  support  of  the  con- 
tention that  the  sale  of  drugs  increases  in 
proportion  to  the  decrease  in  the  sale  of  al- 
coholic stimulants.  To  understand  this  fact, 
one  must  frankly  acknowledge  the  depend- 
ence of  the  average  human  being  (the  great 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


50 


January,  1919 


THE  ANNOTATOR 


American  Medicine 


majority  of  human  beings,  in  fact)  on  some 
form  of  stimulant  or  other.  And  under  the 
head  of  stimulants  come  not  only  alcohol, 
but  tea,  coffee,  tobacco,  opium,  cocaine, 
quinine  and  the  innumerable  table  and 
medicinal  preparations.  The  severe  strain 
which  modem  civilization  imposes  has 
made  the  use  of  these  stimulants  universal 
and  almost  indispensable,  and  to  remove 
one  of  them  from  the  list  makes  merely 
inevitable  that  the  other  (perhaps  the  more 
dangerous  ones)  will  be  resorted  to.  That 
this  is  the  case  has  been  amply  proved  by 
investigators.  A  very  exhaustive  investiga- 
tion was  made  by  the  late  Dr.  A.  P.  Grin- 
nell  of  Burlington,  Vermont,  some  years 
ago,  in  Vermont  while  it  was  a  prohibition 
state.  The  circumstances  of  the  inquiry  were 
beset  with  many  difficulties.  Dr.  Grinnell 
invited  information  from  drug  stores  and 
general  stores  thruout  the  state,  but  many 
proprietors,  fearing  a  trap  that  would  in- 
volve them  in  legal  prosecution,  refused  to 
give  any  information.  Others  were  frank 
and  helpful. 

The  data  Dr.  Grinnell  thus  obtained  were 
startling  even  to  that  level-headed  investi- 
gator. In  one  town,  so  small  that  it  appears 
only  on  the  largest  maps,  there  was  sold 
every  month  3^  lbs.  of  gum  opium,  6  oz. 
morphine,  5  pints  of  paregoric,  5  pints  of 
laudanum,  and  3  oz.  of  powdered  quinine. 
In  other  towns  where  there  were  two  drug 
stores  (one  of  which  refused  to  give  any 
information)  the  drug  store  that  responded 
reported  the  sale  of  3  lbs.  of  opium,  one 
gallon  of  paregoric,  three  quarters  of  a  gal- 
lon of  laudanum,  5  oz.  powdered  quinine 
and  one  thousand  2  grain  quinine  pills.  In 
the  words  of  Dr.  Grinnell :  "In  the  regular 
drug  stores,  and  in  160  of  the  172  general 
stores  in  the  State  of  Vermont,  they  sell 
every  month  3,300,000  doses  of  opium,  be- 
sides  what  they  dispense  in  patent  medicines 
and  besides  what  the  doctors  dispense, 
which  gives  one  and  one-half  doses  of  opium 
to  every  man  and  woman  in  the  State  of 
Vermont  above  the  age  of  twenty-one  years 
every  day  in  the  year.  By  dose  I  mean  one 
grain  of  opium,  J^  grain  of  morphine,  ^2 
ounce  paregoric  and  twenty  drops  of 
laudanum.  And  the  amount  consumed  would 
average  a  half-dose  to  every  man,  woman 
and  child  (without  age  qualification)  in 
the  State  of  Vermont  every  day  in  the 
year." 


Further  the  report  reads:  "In  71  towns 
of  Vermont,  being  the  only  ones  having 
legally  authorized  liquor  agencies,  there 
was  sold  during  the  last  fiscal  year  $251,- 
622.99  worth  of  liquor,  or  what  was  equiva- 
lent to  $1.38  worth  of  liquor  for  every  man, 
woman  and  child  living  in  these  71  towns. 
*  ♦  ♦  A  little  further  calculation  from  the 
above  figures  will  show  that  there  was 
enough  liquor  sold  in  the  71  towns  men- 
tioned to  supply  every  man,  woman  and 
child  in  the  whole  state  with  $.73  worth  of 
liquor  for  'medicinal,  mechanical  or  chem- 
ical purposes.'  In  some  towns  in  the  list  the 
^medicinal'  needs  for  liquor  were  very  large, 
as  shown  by  the  fact  that  nearly  four  dol- 
lars' worth  was  consumed  per  capita,  while 
the  average  runs  between  this  and  one  dol- 
lar, the  majority  being  above  two  dollars. 
All  in  all,  over  one  quarter  of  a  million 
dollars'  worth  of  liquor  was  legally  required 
by  a  population  of  182,356  people  for 
medicinal  purposes,  and  the  health  reports 
show  no  epidemic  or  undue  prevalence  of 
disease !" 

These  facts,  of  indisputable  accuracy, 
speak  for  themselves.  On  the  one  hand,  they 
show  a  regrettable  diversion  of  the  frank 
and  open  consumption  of  liquor  to  a  sly, 
underhand  manner  of  obtaining  it.  On  the 
other  hand,  they  show  an  inevitable  ten- 
dency to  replace  one  stimulant  by  another, 
often  of  a  more  dangerous  nature.  In  one 
case,  the  purposes  of  prohibition  are  de- 
feated, with  the  same  results ;  in  the  other 
case,  the  objects  of  prohibition  are  de- 
feated, with  infinitely  worse  consequences. 
Those  who  have  undertaken  the  responsi- 
bility of  bringing  about  prohibition  must 
bear  these  facts  in  mind.  Their  obligation 
does  not  end  with  the  legalization  of  the 
measure  they  have  advocated.  It  really  be- 
gins at  this  point,  and,  unless  they  can  bring 
about  the  benefits  of  prohibition  without 
incurring  the  many  evil  consequences  with 
which  prohibition  has  been  beset  in  the  past, 
their  achievement  will  assume  the  nature 
of  a  successful  calamity.  In  the  words  of 
the  unlucky  general :  "God  help  me,  another 
such  success  and  I  am  ruined  !'* 


The  Failure  of  the  Human  Element.— 

The  recent  tragic  railroad  wreck  at  Batavia 
is  so  full  of  helpful  lessons,  so  emphatically 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


THE   ANNOTATOR 


January,  1919 


51 


demonstrative  of  one  essential  lesson  that 
has  never  been  learned  yet,  that  one  cannot 
resist  the  temptation  to  go  out  of  one's  way 
to  comment  upon  it.  The  newspaper  report 
of  the  tragedy  is  extremely  illuminating: 
"Batavia,  N,  Y.,  Jan.  12. — Twenty-one 
sleeping  passengers  were  crushed  to  death 
when  the  New  York  Central's  Southwestern 
Limited  crushed  into  the  rear  Pullmans  of 
the  Wolverine  Limited  at  South  Byron,  six 
miles  east  of  Batavia,  at  3:36  o'clock  this 
morning.  Several  were  injured,  three  of 
them  seriously.  The  cause  of  the  wreck  is 
unexplained.  Railroad  officials  declare  that 
the  signals  were  set  against  Train  No.  11, 
the  Southwestern,  and  that  in  addition  a 
flagman  had  gone  back  with  a  lighted  fuse 
to  halt  the  onrushing  train.  John  Friedley 
of  Buffalo,  the  engineer  on  the  Southwest- 
em,  declares  that  the  signals  were  clear, 
and  that  the  first  he  saw  of  the  flagman's 
warning  light  was  when  he  was  but  a  few 
car  lengths  from  the  Wolverine." 

Again  we  have  the  contrast  between  what 
may  be  the  invariable  faultlessness  of  me- 
chanical devices  for  the  prevention  of  mis- 
haps and  the  not  infrequent  faultiness  of 
the  human  device.  It  is  unimportant  which 
is  the  case  in  the  present  instance,  but  ex- 
perience has  shown  that  nine  times  out  of 
ten  it  is  the  mechanical  device  which  re- 
mains perfect  and  the  human  device  which 
's  a  failure.  In  the  vast  majority  of  the  rail- 
road wrecks  of  the  past,  it  is  the  human 
element  which  has  failed;  and  when,  as  is 
all  too  often  the  case,  it  has  been  proved 
that  the  signals  all  worked  properly  and 
that  it  was  the  human  element  which  was 
to  blame,  both  the  public  and  the  officials 
throw  up  their  hands,  cast  their  eyes 
heavenward  and  exclaim:  "Well,  what  can 
one  do?  You  can't  count  on  human  nature 
and  you  can't  do  anything  to  improve  it." 
And  with  that  they  feel  they  have  dismissed 
the  case  adequately.  The  railroad  officials 
particularly  are  not  troubled  with  bad  con- 
sciences. For  years  they  have  spent  an  in- 
ordinate amount  of  money  on  safety  devices, 
they  have  left  nothing  undone  to  obtain  me- 
chanical perfection  in  the  various  safe- 
guards for  the  prevention  of  accidents,  and 
they  have  actually  attained  the  desired  me- 
chanical perfection.  Yet  accidents  occur,  and 
they  occur  altogether  too  frequently.  The 
disposition  everywhere  is  to  feel  that  so 
long  as  human  nature  is  so  defective  noth- 


ing can  be  done,  and  such  a  conclusion  takes 
it  for  granted  that  human  nature  cannot  be 
corrected  or  improved.  It  has  always  been 
the  unreliable  element  and  always  will  re- 
main so.  There  can  be  no  quarrel  with  such 
a  conclusion,  and  one  can  hardly  censure 
railroad  officials  for  spending  so  much  ef- 
fort on  the  improvement  of  mechanical  de- 
vices and  so  little  effort  on  the  improvement 
of  the  human  element.  One  cannot  change 
human  nature.  The  most  conscientious  en- 
gineer will  have  a  momentary  lapse  of  vig- 
ilance, a  lapse  so  common  to  every  human 
brain — and  then  it  is  too  late.  Another 
wreck  has  been  added  to  the  list. 

But  it  is  one  thing  to  try  to  improve  hu- 
man nature,  and  it  is  another  to  attempt  to 
safeguard  it;  the  failure  of  the  rail- 
roads lies  in  the  fact  that  they  have  pro- 
vided every  safeguard  for  the  proper  work- 
ing of  signals,  switches  and  fuses,  but 
they  have  provided  insufficient  safeguards 
for  the  proper  working  of  the  human  ele- 
ment. All  the  effort  has  been  on  the  side  of 
strength,  and  there  has  been  too  little  ef- 
fort on  the  side  of  weakness.  Consider  the 
problem  of  the  race-track.  Why  is  there 
always  more  than  a  single  individual  in  the 
judges'  stand?  At  the  race-track,  it  is  the 
human  element  which  is  depended  upon 
for  a  precise  verdict  and,  knowing  the  falli- 
bility of  this  element,  tradition  has  always 
provided  for  three  or  more  judges  as  a 
safeguard  against  the  tendency  toward  hu- 
man error.  By  multiplying  the  units  of  hu- 
man element  involved,  the  margin  of  error 
is  decreased.  And  in  the  case  of  the  race- 
track, the  judges  are  not  diverted  by  any 
consideration  other  than  the  problem  of  the 
race.  There  is  no  division  of  interest,  and 
yet  allowance  is  made  for  error.  In  the  lo- 
comotive cab,  the  chances  of  error  are  in- 
creased considerably  by  a  divsion  of  inter- 
est. The  one  man  on  whom  the  safety  of 
the  passengers  depends  must  not  only  give 
his  attention  to  signals  but  he  must  give  no 
small  amount  of  thought  to  the  actual  oper- 
ation of  the  locomotive.  His  responsibility 
is  divided.  Of  course,  he  has  from  time  to 
time  the  assistance  of  his  stoker,  but  the 
stoker's  interest  is  also  divided.  Thus  you 
have  two  men,  both  with  responsibility  di- 
vided between  two  jobs,  burdened  with  a 
serious  care  which  should  be  absolutely  un- 
diverted by  any  other  interest ;  and  the  con- 
sequence is — a  wreck.  If  on  the  race-track. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


52 


January,  1919 


AMONG  THB  BOOKS 


American  Medicine 


where  interest  is  concentrated  on  a  single 
responsibility,  discount  is  made  for  the  lia- 
bility of  error,  certainly  the  liability  to  err 
in  the  locomotive  cab  is  greatly  increased. 
And  what  safeguards  are  provided  against 
this  tendency  to  diversion  of  interest  ?  Prac- 
tically none. 

The  conclusion  is  obvious,  and  that  the 
railroads  have  missed  this  conclusion  is 
very  strange.  There  should  be  a  third  man 
in  every  cab,  or  somewhere  among  the  crew 
of  a  train,  whose  sole  interest  should  be 
in  the  careful  observation  of  signals  and 
whose  interest  must  not  be  divided  by  any 
other  responsibility.  In  such  a  measure  lies 
the  only  solution  to  our  too  frequent  train 
wrecks,  and  until  such  a  step  is  taken  the 
much  lamented  weakness  of  the  human  ele- 
ment will  remain  a  source  of  the  greatest 
danger  to  railroad  travelers.  The  greatest 
attention  to  the  mechanical  device,  but  more 
attention  to  the  human  device — ^that  is  the 


commends  itself  for  home  use  as  well  as  a  text- 
book for  secondary  educational  institutions. 


answer. 


AMONG 

THE 

BOOKS 


DKSi^ 


Civic  Biology* — It  would  not  be  unnatural  for 
pbysicians  interested  in  the  welfare  of  their 
children  to  make  use  of  a  textbook  presenting 
biology  in  its  civic  aspects.  Among  the  various 
textbooks  which  have  been  presented  few  have 
a  loftier  concept  of  civic  biology  than  that  writ- 
ten by  Hodge  and  Dawson  (Civic  Biology,  Ginn 
and  Company).  The  recognition  of  the  fact 
that  the  progress  of  civilization  is  dependent 
upon  cooperation  for  the  common  good  is  not 
as  widespread  as  it  might  be.  Civic  Biology 
aims  to  make  clear  the  inter-relation  of  many 
of  the  forces  of  nature,  many  of  which  cannot 
be  counteracted  save  by  the  harmonious  action 
of  communities.  Obviously,  communal  activity 
becomes  possible  only  when  an  intelligent 
citizenry  grasps  the  importance  of  the  biologic 
problem  and  is  cognizant  of  the  methods  of 
attacking  the  problems  most  successfully. 

Birds,  insects,  spiders,  rats,  fungi,  bacteria, 
moUusks,  Crustacea,  fish,  amphibia,  reptiles  and 
mammals  are  not  merely  isolated  families  or 
species  only  of  interest  to  the  naturalist.  They 
are  very  essential  factors  in  the  health  and  wel- 
fare of  the  human  family,  and  an  understand- 
ing of  the  problems  in  which  they  are  involved 
is  essential  that  communal  health  may  be  ad- 
vanced. In  explanation  of  these  relations 
Hodge  and  Dawson  have  written  a  book  which 


Materia  Medlca^— Drugs,  generally  speaking, 
are  not  so  largely  employed  as  was  formerly  the 
case,  due  somewhat  to  their  unsatisfactory  re- 
sults and  in  no  small  degree  to  lack  of  knowl- 
edge of  their  true  therapeutic  properties.  It  is 
both  instructive  and  curious  to  note  the  very 
large  number  of  drugs  which  once  used  to  be 
considered  valuable,  but  which  have  fallen  into 
disrepute,  or  even  been  relegated  to  "the  scrap 
heap."  In  many  instances  these  have  first 
been  carefully,  scientifically  and  clinically 
weighed  in  the  balance,  and  found  wanting.  On 
the  other  hand,  not  a  few  others  which  have 
been  esteemed  lightly  have  been  discovered  to 
possess  great  remedial  merits  as  they  have  been 
studied  more  carefully  and  comprehensively. 
Consequently,  it  may  be  stated  that  the  ulti- 
mate test  of  a  remedy  lies  in  a  demonstration 
of  its  clinical  efficiency,  rather  than  in  the  out- 
come of  laboratory  experiments,  valuable  and 
important  as  these  are  in  their  proper  place. 

Dr.  Walter  Bastedo,  in  his  splendid  work  on 
Materia  Medica,  Pharmacology  and  Thera- 
peutics, Second  Edition  (W.  B.  Saunders  Com- 
pany, Philadelphia^,  1918)  deals  exhaustively 
with  this  large  subject  of  remedies  and  their 
application  to  disease.  The  ruling  object  of 
the  book  is  to  emphasize  the  importance  of  re- 
search, both  in  the  laboratory  and  at  the  bed- 
side, and  to  point  out  any  discrepancy  between 
the  value  of  a  remedy  as  established  by  such  re- 
search and  its  supposed  value  in  therapeutics. 
The  author  has  succeeded  admirably  in  his  en- 
deavor and  has  distinguished  between  the 
values  of  the  various  remedies  with  rare 
acumen.  Dr.  Bastedo  is  an  optimist  regarding 
the  future  of  therapeutics  and  he  voices  his 
faith  in  the  following  striking  words:  "I  be- 
lieve that  as  the  outcome  of  critical  laboratory 
research  and  the  adoption  of  laboratory  methods 
in  clinical  research  are  properly  appreciated, 
we  are  at  the  dawn  of  a  new  era  of  simple  and 
practical  therapeutics,  an  era  in  which  knowl- 
edge will  supplant  credulity  on  the  one  hand, 
and  skepticism  on  the  other,  and  in  which 
fewer  drugs  will  be  used  but  better  treatment 
given." 

Especial  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  thera- 
peutic uses  of  digitalis  and  the  author  has 
drawn  his  conception  of  its  action  as  much 
from  his  own  recent  clinical  studies  and  from 
the  recent  investigations  of  others,  as  from 
those  of  the  pharmacologic  laboratory.  The 
criticism  may  be  made  that  an  undue  amount 
of  space  has  been  devoted  to  digitalis  but  when 
the  value  and  the  wide  employment  of  the  drug 
in  heart  affections  is  borne  in  mind,  it  will  be 
allowed  that  this  criticism  is  devoid  of  force. 
A  feature  of  the  chapter  on  digitalis  is  the 
really  excellent  diagrams  showing  the  action  of 
digitalis  upon  certain  heart  conditions. 

The  section  dealing  with  opium  and  its  de- 
rivatives is  unusually  complete  and  contains  a 
great  fund  of  valuable  information.  Among 
what  may  be  termed  the  curiosities  of  morphin- 
ism is  the  fact  reported  by  McGuire  and  Lich- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mbdicine 


AMONG  THB  BOOKS 


Januart,  1919 


53 


tenstein,  and  now  emphasized  by  Bastedo,  that 
in  women  habitute,  a  quite  remarkable  growth 
of  hair  is  often  observed.  The  .section  on 
anesthesia  is  likewise  worthy  of  high  com- 
mendation. In  fact,  the  entire  work  has  been 
excellently  conceived  and  the  conception  has 
been  as  excellently  put  into  execution.  This,  the 
second  edition,  has  been  thoroly  revised  and 
brought  up  to  date,  and  into  conformity  with 
the  ninth  revision  of  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopeia. 
Several  new  articles  have  been  introduced, 
among  others,  those  on  magnesium  sulphate, 
oil  of  chenopodium,  and  the  Dakin-Carrel  anti- 
septic treatment  for  wounds,  being  especially 
noteworthy. 

Dr.  Bastedo  has  given  the  profession  a  work 
which  cannot  but  prove  of  the  greatest  practical 
value  to  medical  practitioners  everywhere,  who 
wish  to  apply  their  remedial  measures  with  a 
definite  and  comprehensive  knowledge  of  their 
action  and  effects. 


Medical  Practice*— A  Practice  of  Medicine 
that  has  gone  thru  thirteen  editions  needs 
little  eulogy.  The  fact  speaks  for  itself  and  the 
only  thing  to  say  concerning  a  work  with  such 
a  record  is  to  notice  the  changes  and  revisions 
which  have  been  made.  The  Practice  of  Med- 
icine by  Dr.  James  M.  Anders  (W.  B.  Saunders 
Company,  1917,  thirteenth  edition)  has  been 
thoroly  revised  with  the  assistance  of  Dr.  John 
H.  Musser,  Jr.,  while  the  section  on  Nervous 
Diseases  has  been  practically  rewritten  by  Dr. 
Charles  S.  Potts.  Much  new  matter  has  been 
added  on  treatment  of  tetanus,  acidosis,  chylo- 
thorax,  etiology  of  aortic  incompetency,  treat- 
ment of  asthma,  diverticulitis,  functional  tests 
of  hepatic  InsufBciency,  Oaucher's  disease,  esti- 
mation of  renal  function,  anaphylaxis,  food  In- 
toxication, the  pneumococdc  infections,  focal 
sepsis,  rat-bite  fever,  febris  Wolhynlca  and 
pyorrhea  alveolaris.  Other  subjects  have  been 
rewritten,  others  have  been  classified  In  accord- 
ance ^th  the  most  modern  and  approved  teach- 
ing. On  the  other  hand,  the  descriptions  of  yet 
other  complaints,  of  which  the  incidence  has  ma- 
terially declined,  have  been  abridged.  Diagnostic 
tables  have  been  added  and  the  entire  work  has 
been  brought  into  line  with  the  most  recent  con- 
cepts of  prevention  and  treatment  The  book 
is  adequately  illustrated  and  from  all  points  of 
view  is  a  splendid  exi>onent  of  medical  knowl- 
edge told  in  clear  and  concise  language.  Anders' 
Practice  of  Medicine  is  one  of  the  great  con- 
tributions to  American  medical  literature  that 
has  helped  to  place  American  medicine  on  its 
present  plane. 


The  Tliird  Great  Flagvcn-Tuberculosis  is  the 
first  great  plague,  because  it  is  the  longest 
known  and  the  best  understood  by  the  com- 
munity at  large.  Dr.  John  H.  Stokes  in  his 
work,  TTie  Third  Great  Plague  (W.  B.  Saunders 
Company,  1917),  terms  cancer,  the  second  great 
modem  plague  and  syphilis  the  third  great 
plague.  Undoubtedly,  there  will  be  difTerence 
of  opinion  as  to  tuberculosis  being  the  first  of 


the  great  modern  plagues,  but  many  would  place 
bubonic  plague  second  of  the  list.  Perhaps, 
however.  Dr.  Stokes  refers  particularly  to  com-  - 
municable  diseases  occurring  among  white  men, 
and  if  this  be  his  meaning,  then  cancer  may 
be  put  down  as  second  on  the  list.  Moreover, 
Dr.  Stokes  has  reference  to  diseases  which  un- 
dermine, slowly  but  surely,  the  very  foundation 
of  life.  Under  this  category  cancer  will  natur- 
ally stand  dose  to  the  front 

With  this  preamble,  Dr.  Stokes'  Illuminating 
book  points  out  what  is  perfectly  true— that 
syphilis  is  still  shrouded  in  obscurity,  en- 
trenched behind  a  barrier  of  silence,  and  armed 
by  our  own  ignorance  and  false  shame,  with  a 
thousand  times  its  actual  power  to  destroy. 
It  is  likewise  true — and  it  is  a  lamentable  com- 
mentary upon  the  prudishness  of  dviliced  peo- 
ple— that  despite  the  fact  that  it  is  known  how 
to  prevent  syphilis,  and  in  a  large  proportion 
of  cases  how  to  treat  it  successfally  when  con- 
tracted, the  general  public  prefer  to  remain 
Ignorant  on  the  matter,  or  refuse  to  learn  the 
truth. 

Dr.  Stokes  al^o  lays  emphasis  upon  a  point 
which  is  ofttimes  passed  over,  to  wit,  that  the 
power  for  evil  of  tuberculosis  has  been  crip- 
pled not  so  much  by  any  marvelous  discoveries 
of  its  cause  and  the  possibility  of  its  cure,  as 
by  the  spread  of  knowledge  far  and  wide  of 
rational  means  of  prevention  and  treatment. 
The  author  is  sufficiently  optimistic  to  believe 
that  cancer  will  be  obliterated  by  similar  wide- 
spread propaganda.  His  slogan  is  "make  a  dis- 
ease a  household  word  and  its  power  is  gone." 
Education  of  the  masses  with  respect  to  the 
most  effectual  modes  of  preventing  and  treat- 
ing syphilis  is  the  only  method  by  which  the 
plague  may  be  stayed.  Dr.  Stokes'  book  is  a 
step  in  this  direction.  It  puts  accepted  facts 
concerning  syphilis  in  such  a  form  that  they 
will  the  more  readily  become  matters  of  com- 
mon knowledge. 

This  book,  therefore,  should  be  widely  read 
and  in  this  event  would  serve  as  an  Important 
part  of  a  campaign  of  public  education  regard- 
ing the  third  of  the  great  plagues. 

The  author,  commenting  upon  the  method  of 
personal  prophylaxis  devised  and  developed  by 
MetchinkofF  and  Knox  of  an  ointment  contain- 
ing a  mercurial  salt,  to  be  applied  within  a 
few  hours  after  intercourse,  claims  that  if  in- 
telligently applied,  it  is  one  of  the  Important 
weapons  for  the  extinction  of  syphilis  at  our 
command  at  the  present  day.  At  the  same  time 
he  thinks  that  it  may  well  be  doubted  whether 
the  indiscriminate  placing  of  this  ointment  in 
the  hands  of  anybody  and  everybody  would  not 
work  as  much  harm  as  good,  thru  ignorant  and 
careless  use.  This  very  matter  is  being  hotly 
debated  now  in  Great  Britain,  for  altho  this, 
form  of  personal  prophylaxis  has  met  with 
striking  success  in  the  British  army  in  Egypt, 
and  is  largely  employed  in  Italy  and  in  other 
parts  of  Europe,  there  is  a  strong  prejudice 
against  its  general  adoption  among  a  large  sec- 
tion of  the  British  public.  In  Great  Britain, 
however,  the  opposition  to  its  use  is  based  on 
moral  scruples.    Under  existing  circumstances, 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


54 


January,  1919 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


American  Medicine 


Dr.  Stokes*  book  should  assist  In  awakening  a 
lethargic  and  indifferent  population,  not  only 
to  the  sinister  menace  of  syphilis,  but  also  to 
the  fact  that  it  is  preventable  and  curable. 


ETIOLOGY 
jlpiAGNOSI 


Diagnosis  of  Peptic  Ulcer. — From  studies  on 
many  cases  of  peptic  ulcer  in  which  X-ray  ex- 
aminations were  made,  Baetjer,  in  the  Johns 
Hopkins  Bulletin  for  August,  1918,  states  that 
we  are  justified  in  drawing  the  following  con- 
clusions: 

1.  The  X-ray  offers  most  valuable  assistanoe 
to  the  diagnosis  of  peptic  ulcer  and  altho  this 
method  is  not  yet  sufficiently  Well  developed  to 
be  relied  upon  alone  without  entering  into  the 
clinical  aspects  of  the  disease,  it  is  of  the  great- 
est diagnostic  help  in  obscure  cases.  Positive 
X-ray  findings  are  noted  in  about  84  per  cent 
of  cases  of  peptic  ulcers  and  in  79  per  cent  of 
cases  operated  upon. 

2.  Duodenal  ulcer  shows  excessive  hyper- 
motility  of  the  stomach  with  rapid  evacuation 
of  the  contents,  so  that  the  greater  portion  is 
extruded  within  the  first  half  hour;  there  is 
hypermotility  of  the  duodenum  with  formation, 
usually  of  a  deformity  which  remains  fixed  in 
all  of  the  examinations. 

3.  The  diagnosis  of  gastric  ulcer  is  dependent 
upon  two  conditions,  namely,  the  functioning 
of  the  stomach  and  the  finding  of  the  filling 
defect.  It  is  only  when  the  filling  defect  is 
situated  along  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
stomach  and  along  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
lesser  and  greater  curvatures  that  it  can  be 
demonstrated.  On  the  other  hand,  it  matters 
not  what  the  situation  of  the  ulcer  is,  the  func- 
tions of  the  stomach  are  materially  affected. 
We  have  in  this  condition  an  excessive  irrita- 
tion from  the  ulcer,  with  consequent  hyper- 
motility and  a  spastic  condition  of  the  pylorus, 
so  that  for  the  time  there  is  practically  no  ex- 
pulsion of  bismuth.  It  is  only  when  the  spas- 
ticity relaxes  that  a  portion  of  the  bismuth  is 
expelled.  In  gastric  ulcer,  wherever  its  situa- 
tion, we  can  always  look  for  a  certain  amount 
of  retention  of  contents.  There  is  always  a 
more  or  less  marked  hour-glass  formation.  Ac- 
cording to  our  observations  the  functional  signs 
are  often  as  important  as  the  presence  of  the 
filling  defect  in  arriving  at  definite  conclusions, 
inasmuch  as  in  8  per  cent,  of  our  cases,  altho 
there  were  no  defects  found,  the  functional 
changes  pointed  definitely  to  ulcer. 

4.  The  greatest  difficulties  arise  in  the  diag- 
nosis of  complicated  cases;  that  is,  when  adhe- 
sions are  present.  These  so  frequently  mask 
the  usual  findings  that  it  is  often  impossible  to 
determine  whether  there  is  really  an  ulcer  of 


the  stomach  at  hand  or  a  lesion  of  some  other 
organ.  When  the  ulcer  is  situated  at  or  near 
the  pylorus,  signs  of  partial  obstruction  fre- 
quently aid  in  establishing  the  diagnosis. 

5.  The  X-ray  affords  an  almost  absolute 
means  of  differentiating  between  gastric  and 
duodenal  ulcer. 

6.  By  means  of  the  X-ray  examination  we 
can  generally  rule  out  the  presence  of  ulcer. 

7.  We  can  approximately  determine  the  de- 
gree of  healing  as  well  as  recurrence  of  an  ulcer 
which  cannot  be  as  certainly  determined  in  any 
other  way. 

8.  One  can  obtain  sufficient  evidence  as  to 
the  extent  and  induration  of  the  ulcer  and  de- 
gree of  obstruction  to  guide  us,  in  a  measure, 
as  to  the  necessity  of  surgical  intervention. 


The  Early  Diagnosis  of  Pulmonary  Tuber- 
cnlo8i8.^Early  diagnosis  Is  the  essential  factor 
in  the  treatment  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  but 
there  is  still  a  tendency  to  attach  too  great 
weight  to  the  physical  signs  alone,  claims  an 
editorial  writer  in  the  London  Lancet  (Oct.  12, 
1918).  We  may  recall  two  of  the  aphorisms  of 
the  late  Dr.  Samuel  Qee:  "Therapeutics  must 
begin  before  physical  signs  have  developed;  for 
if  you  wait  for  physical  signs  you  wait  too 
long" ;  and  "In  any  case  of  phthisis  the  disease 
is  more  extensive  than  the  physical  signs  would 
seem  to  indicate."  Conversely,  extensive  phys- 
ical signs  may  be  left  after  arrest  of  the  disease 
and  may  be  consistent  with  health  and  freedom 
from  all  activity  of  the  old  pulmonary  lesions. 
It  is  necessary  in  every  case,  before  making  a 
diagnosis  or  advising  treatment,  to  review  the 
history,  the  symptoms,  the  physical  signs,  the 
general  condition  of  the  patient,  and  sometimes 
his  reaction  to  varying  conditions,  especially 
where  there  is  no  sputum  for  examination.  We 
publish  in  our  present  issue  an  admirably  sug- 
gestive article  on  this  question  by  Mr.  Alfred 
Foster  of  Christchurch,  New  Zealand,  emphasiz- 
ing the  importance  of  these  considerations  for 
the  general  practitioner,  to  whom,  in  a  large 
proportion  of  cases,  the  opportunity  for  the 
early  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  is 
afforded.  If  the  doctor  suspects  the. onset  of 
phthisis  before  the  actual  development  of  un- 
equivocal physical  signs  and  takes  steps  to 
establish  the  diagnosis  by  a  careful  review  of 
all  the  information  available,  the  patient  may 
be  enabled  to  secure  treatment  under  the  most 
favorable  conditions.  Mr.  Foster  was  impressed 
by  the  attacks  which  occur  in  sanatorium  pa- 
tients, usually  induced  by  some  indiscretion, 
such  as  over-exertion.  These  he  describes  as 
associated  with  loss  of  appetite,  feeling  seedy 
all  over,  increased  cough  and  with  more  or  less 
rise  of  temperature.  Such  attacks  are  some- 
times referred  to  as  due  to  autoinoculation  and 
are  doubtless  the  result  of  the  action  of  the 
products  of  the  tubercle  bacillus.  Mr.  Foster 
classifies  these  symptoms  as  follows:  (1)  cough 
and  expectoration,  (2)  loss  of  weight,  (3)  loss 
of  appetite,  and  (4)  rise  of  temperature.  He 
urges  that  the  concurrence  of  these  conditions 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


TREATMENT 


January,  1919 


55 


should  lead  to  a  careful  examination  of  the  evi- 
dence in  favor  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  and 
in  particular  that  a  careful  and  continuous 
record  of  the  temperature  should  be  taken.  Too 
often  this  association  of  symptoms  is  attributed 
to  recurrent  influenza,  or  to  trivial  catarrhal 
conditions  and  thus  the  opportunity  for  early 
diagnosis  and  treatment  may  be  lost.  Such 
evidences  of  autoinoculation,  especially  if  con- 
tinuous or  repeated,  should  give  point  to  slight 
and  dubious  signs  or  tend  to  a  diagnosis  even 
in  the  absence  of  signs.  Attacks  like  this  are 
commonly  observed  within  sanatoriums  while 
the  patient  is  under  treatment  and  Mr.  Foster 
thinks  their  nature  should  be  recognized  as 
suggestive  in  patients  vHthout  sanatoriums 
before  a  diagnosis  is  established. 


Etiology  of  Multiple  Osteoma  of  the  Nasal 
Accessory  Sinuses^— Culbert  (N,  7.  State  Jour, 
of  Medicine,  Dec.,  1918)  in  his  article  gives  the 
following  conclusions: 

(a)  In  cases  of  osteoma  of  the  nasal  acces- 
sory cavities,  there  is  in  all  probability  an  origi- 
nal fault  or  tendency,  congenital  In  the  indi- 
vidual. 

(b)  Such  faults  or  tendencies,  when  not 
irritated  to  activity,  often  probably  remain 
quiescent  and  never  develop. 

(c)  Conditions  likely  to  activate  ostematous 
growths  are: 

1.  The  great  neoformative  activity  in  the 
frontal  regions  during  adolescence. 

2.  External  traumatism. 

3.  Ehidogenous  irritations:  inflammations 
and  infections  of  the  nasal  accessory  cavities, 
i.  e.,  the  sequelae  of  grippe  influenza  and  the 
whole  range  of  naso-pharyngeal  afTections. 
These  conditions  are  probably  the  most  frequent 
cauBC  of  trouble. 

4.  Constitutional  maladies,  particularly  syph- 
ilis and  possibly  other  infectious  diseases. 

5.  Above  all,  combinations  of  these  different 
causes;  of  the  effect  of  such  combination,  the 
literature  furnishes  many  examples. 


Theory  of  Acidosis*— In  speaking  of  the 
theory  of  acidosis.  In  the  Mississippi  Valley 
Medical  Journal  for  February,  Shimer  makes 
the  following  summary: 

1.  Acidity  of  the  blood  is  due  to  the  presence 
of  fixed  and  volatile  acids. 

2.  One  of  the  volatile  acids  is  CO,  in  solu- 
tion. 

3.  One  of  the  fixed  acids  is  lactic. 

4.  In  taking  the  H  ion  concentration  of  the 
blood  it  is  necessary  to  know  the  CO,  tension 
of  the  alveolar  air.  If  a  blood  tested  in  this 
manner  has  an  increased  H  ion  concentration 
and  a  high  CO,  tension,  the  increased  H  ion 
concentration  is  due  to  a  volatile  acid;  if  the 
COi  tension  is  low,  the  acid  is  a  fixed  one.  If 
the  H  ion  concentration  is  normal  and  CO, 
alveolar  tension  high,  there  is  a  lowered  excre- 
tion of  CO,. 

5.  Acidosis  is  a  comparative  decrease  in  the 


alkalinity  of  the  blood  and  expresses  the  in- 
ability of  the  body  cells  to  neutralize  the  usual 
amount  of  acids  formed  during  metabolism. 


REATMENT 


Treatment  of  Tertlgo^— Empty  the  bowels 
and  prevent  them  from  filling  up.  Young  (Med. 
Summary,  Dec.,  1918)  states;  first,  by  adminis- 
tering full  doses  of  Epsom  salts  to  effect;  then, 
use  mineral  oil  enough  to  cause  a  daily  ac- 
tion. Repeat  the  saline  purge  every  two  or 
three  weeks,  and  give  from  five  to  ten  drops  of 
spirits  of  turpentine  twice  a  day,  one  week,  and 
gum  camphor  the  next  week.  One  grain  three 
times  a  day,  and  let  up  for  a  week  or  ten  days. 
These  remedies  stimulate  the  spinal  cord,  and 
brain,  especially  the  cerebellum,  oblongata  and 
pons. 


The  Dietetic  Treatment  of  Liver  Diseases.— 

Eustis,  in  the  New  Orleans  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour. 
for  August,  1918,  states  that  the  diet  in  hepatic 
diseases  should  consist  essentially  of  an  abund- 
ance of  carbohydrates,  and  while  transient 
glycosuria  may  be  produced,  this  soon  disap- 
pears as  the  liver  cells  regenerate.  The  diet 
must  be  selected  according  to  the  gastric  func- 
tion of  the  patient  and,  if  vomiting  exists,  glu- 
cose by  drip  protoclysis  or  hypodermoclysis 
must  be  resorted  to.  Where  there  is  little  dis- 
turbance of  gastric  function  the  following  diet 
list  should  be  selected  from,  and  the  patient 
maintained  on  this  diet  as  long  as  there  is  an 
intestinal  toxemia: 

DIET  LIST  FOR  PATIENTS  WITH  DEFECT- 
IVB  LIVER  FUNCTION. 

May  Take. 

Soups:  All  clear  soups,  vegetable  broths, 
pur^  of  corn,  beans,  peas,  asparagus,  spinach, 
celery,  onions,  potatoes  and  tomatoes. 

Farinaceous:  Oatmeal,  rice,  sago,  hominy, 
grits,  cracked  wheat,  whole  wheat  bread  or  bis- 
cuits, com,  rye  and  Graham  bread,  rolls,  dry 
and  buttered  toast,  crackers,  muffins,  waffles, 
batter  cakes,  wafers,  grape  nuts,  macaroni, 
noodles  and  spaghetti. 

Vegetables:  Potatoes  (sweet  and  Irish), 
green  peas,  stringbeans,  beets,  carrots,  celery, 
spinach,  artichokes,  alligator  pears,  eggplants, 
lettuce  and  onions.  All  vegetables  except  cab- 
baj?e,  cauliflower  anil  turnips. 

Desserts:  Rice  and  sago  with  a  little  cream 
and  sugar,  flgs,  raisins,  nuts,  and  syrup,  stewed 
fruit,  preserves,  jellies,  Jams,  marmalades  and 
gelatin;  prunes,  apples,  and  pears,  either  raw  or 
cooked. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


56 


January,  1919 


TREATMENT 


American  Medicine 


Drinks:  Tea  and  coffee  (with  cream,  but  not 
milk),  grape  juice,  orangeade,  lemonade,  lime- 
ade and  Vichy*  cocoa.  An  abundance  of  pure 
water,  cold  or  hot. 

Must  Not  Take. 

Eggs:     None. 

Fish:     None. 

Meat,  Game,  or  Poultry:     None. 

Veal,  pork,  goose,  duck;  salted,  dry,  potted  or 
preserved  fish  or  meat  (except  crisp  bacon) ; 
oysters,  crabs,  salmon,  lobster,  shrimp,  mack- 
erel, eggs,  turtle  and  ox-tail  soup,  gumbo,  pat- 
ties, mushrooms,  mince  pie,  cabbage,  cauli- 
flower, turnips  and  cheese;  alcohol. 

Negative  tests  for  urobilinogen  and  indican 
extending  over  a  week  indicate  that  either  eggs, 
fish,  or  easily  digestible  meats  may  be  taken 
in  moderation,  in  the  practice  of  Eustis  this 
being  limited  to  not  oftener  than  once  a  day. 
It  will  be  found  that  buttermilk  to  which  lactose 
has  been  added  is  the  best  animal  protein  on 
which  to  start,  but  he  cannot  too  strongly  urge 
a  constant  control  of  the  diet  by  frequent  ex- 
aminations of  the  urine. 


Oil  of  Chenopodliim  in  the  Treatment  of 
Amebic  Dysentery*— Barnes  and  Cort  in  the 
J,  A,  M.  A,  (Aug.  3,  191S)  conclude  as  follows: 

1.  Oil  of  chenopodium  relieves  promptly  the 
clinical  symptoms  in  many  patients  with  chronic 
and  subacute  amebic  dysentery. 

2.  Oil  of  chenopodium  administered  by 
mouth  or  by  rectum  possesses  marked  power  as 
an  amebicide,  as  is  shown  by  the  rapid  disap- 
pearance of  amebas  from  the  stools,  following 
its  administration. 

3.  There  is  a  tendency  to  relapse  in  some 
cases,  but  in  their  series  this  is  not  greater 
than  with  the  use  of  emetine. 

4.  The  oil  of  chenopodium  may  be  safely 
administered,  when  combined  with  castor  oil 
in  a  single  dose. 


The  Vaccine  Treatment  of  CoryEa*— Attention 
is  directed  to  the  end-results  of  ordinary  catar- 
rhal inflammations  of  the  nasal  mucous  mem- 
brane, especially  when  the  attack  is  prolonged, 
and  frequently  repeated.  In  these  cases  the 
sinuses  become  involved  and  infection  persists. 
Fifleld  {Med.  Record,  Mar  10,  1917)  has  found 
autogenous  vaccines  to  be  very  beneficial  under 
such  conditions,  and  better  than  stock  vaccines. 

Patients  who  suffer  from  obstruction  of  the 
nasal  cavities  must  first  have  these  lesions  re- 
lieved, before  the  vaccine  treatment  is  applied. 


The  Prevention  of  Measles*— In  The  Practi- 
tioner  for  April,  1918,  Milne  gives  this  advice: 

Prevention. — Every  "contact"  and  every  child 
that  may  become  exposed  to  infection  should 
receive  ten  drops  of  the  best  pure  eucalyptus 
oil  twfce  (or,  better  still,  three  times)  a  day, 
placed  on  the  day  shirt  (front  of  chest)  on  ris- 


ing, and  at  midday,  and  on  the   night  shirt 
when  retiring. 
Treatment. — Three  points  should  be  noted: 

A.  Rubbing:  Before  being  allowed  to  mix 
with  other  children  the  patient  should  have  his 
first  rubbing.  The  patient  is  rubbed  all  over 
(scalp  included)  with  the  best  pure  eucalyptus 
oil,  twice  a  day  for  the  first  four  days,  then 
once  a  day  for  six  more  days — ten  days  in  all. 

B.  Swabbing:  The  throat  is  to  be  gently 
swabbed  with  ten  per  cent,  carbolic  oil  every 
four  hours  for  three  or  four  days.  The  swab- 
bing should  be  carried  out  right  between  the 
fauces,  and  may  be  done  by  means  of  a  mop  of 
cottofi  or  wool  on  the  end  of  forceps. 

C.  Gauze  Tent:  In  measles  one  of  the  chief 
sources  of  infection  is  probably  the  cough.  A 
bed  cradle,  or  other  substitute,  Is  put  over  the 
patient's  head,  and  over  the  cradle  la  spread  a 
layer  of  gauze.  Just  thin  enough  for  Uie  patient 
to  see  thru.  The  gauze  must  cover  the  head 
and  neck  and  must  be  sprayed  with  eucalyptus 
oil  periodically,  every  four  hours.  This  is  con- 
tinued until  the  cough  ceases,  or  for  ten  days. 


Treatment  of  Unclnariasls^n-McOulloch  (8o. 
Med.  Jour.)  states  that  hookworm  disease  is  one 
of  the  few  diseases  in  which  we  fortunately 
have  what  may  be  called  a  specific  treatment. 
Three  drugs  have  this  specific  action:  thjrmol, 
oil  of  chenopodium  and  betanaphthol,  and  of 
these  chenopodium  is  the  most  efficacious,  thy- 
mol stands  second,  and  betanaphthol  third. 


Gonorrhea  In  the  Female. — ^Edward  E.  Ziegel- 
man  (Medical  Sentineh  Dec.,  1917)  claims  that 
gonorrhea  in  women  is  one  of  the  most  dif- 
ficult of  diseases  to  cure,  requiring  unlimited 
perseverance  and  in  many  cases  surgical  skill 
and  Judgment  on  the  part  of  the  physician  and 
the  explicit  confidence  of  the  patient.  A  cure 
must  bo  determined  only  on  bacteriologic  and 
serologic  examination,  not  on  amelioration  of 
symptoms.  He  believes  that  in  order  to  control 
this  disease  and  obtain  results  it  will  be  neces- 
sary that  all  infected  women  should  be  under 
civil  Jurisdiction,  or  subject  to  the  sa^e,  and 
that,  if  necessary,  public  clinics  with  salaried 
attendants  should  be  provided.  It  is  useless  to 
treat  a  female  gonorrheic  who  persists  in  hav- 
ing intercourse  with  an  infected  man. 


FlatfooL— H.  V.  Sails  {Gorrespondenz-Blatt 
fUr  Schtoeizer  Aerzte,  Sept.  8,  1917)  applies  an 
adhesive  plaster  bandage  over  the  front  part  of 
the  foot  and  back  of  the  toes,  so  as  to  force  the 
middle  metatarsal  bones  upward  and  hold  them 
in  the  normal  arch,  after  softening  and  remov- 
ing the  calluses  from  the  foot.  This  is  cut  and 
laced  along  the  dorsum  of  the  foot,  and  also  for 
a  distance  at  the  side  near  the  ankle,  so  it  can 
be  removed  easily.  He  says  that  mild  cases  of 
fiatfoot  can  be  cured  by  wearing  this  dressing 
some  months,  but  in  bad  ones  it  has  to  be  worn 
permanently. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


,,,U     r,^:r 


.t^^ 


WmMmmi 

FUBLISHBD   MONTHLY 
n^kmimk  (MHe«as    18  Baal  41a«  St..  Ifaw  York  City.         F«bUo>t|im  Olfloaai    189  CoMaja  S<..  BmrlinAtoa.  Vt. 


CmbiIiIh  8hIm»    Y«L  XXY.  No.  9 
Hev^MM.  YoLXIY.    No.  9 


FEBRUARY,  1919 


$2.00  ^*^^ 


In  AdtBDoe 


CONTENTS 


BiDiTORiAi*   commifT    

MBOf  AMU  THINGS    

ORIGHfAIi    ARTICU98     

LOlfDOBT    UBTTBR     

CORRBSPOlTDBlfOB    

RATIONAL   OaGANOTHBRAFY    

PHYSICAL   THBRAPY    

TRBATMBINT     •  •  • . 

NEIW8  NOTB9  AND  ANNOITNCBBIBNTS 


87 

ee 

78 
109 
14M 
106 
107 
111 
118 


(Contlniiad  on  vmm%  <) 


CONTRIBUTORS 


HBNRY  B.  FBLLB,  M.  D.,  liOUlsVllle.  Ky. 
ALBBRT  O.  GBY8BR,  M.  D.,  New  York  Cit/. 
GBORGB  M.  GOULD,  M.  D.»  Atlantlo  City,  K.  J. 
CHARLEIS  GRABF  M.  D.,  New  York  City. 
BBVBRLBY  ROBINSON,  M.  D.,  New  York. 
jr    MADISON    TAYLOR,    A.    B.,    M.    D,   Philadel- 

L  LINDBNBBRGBR,  M.  D.,  LouiariUe,  Ky. 
V.  B.  SIMPSON,  M.  D.,  Loulsville,  Ky. 
D.  S.  WILSON,  M.  D.«  LouisvlUe,  Ky. 
A.  R.  BIZOT,  M.  D^  Louisville.  Ky. 

J.  G.  JiSB,  M.  D.,  Cairo.  Bffypt.  ,    __ 
JOHN  P.  DATIN,  M.  D.,  New  York  City. 


KnltMd  M  Moond-dMB  matter  January  18,  1906,  al  Ihe  Port  Qffioe  rt  Borlinglon,  YL,  under  Art  of  ComrMBS,  ICaroh  8,  1879. 


In  the  Treatment  of 

RHEUMATIC  and 

NEURALGIC  ILLS 

yon  will  obtain  Bnbstantial  aid  from  tlie  thorongli  nse  of 

K-Y  ANALGESIC 

This  non-greasy,  water-soluble  local  anodyne  will  enable  you 
to  ease  your  patient^s  pain  and  discomfort,  while  your  internal  or 
systemic  medication  is  combating  the  cause  of  his  condition. 

The  advantages,  moreover,  of  relieving  the  pain  of  a  facial 
neuralgia,  an  inflamed  joint,  or  aching  lumbar  muscles  without  re- 
course to  coal  tar  derivatives  cannot  fail  to  appeal  to  medical  men. 

K-Y  ANALGESIC  is  a  safe  and  effective  adjunct  that  will  daily 
grow  mcMe  useful  to  the  practitioner  as  the  many  opportunities  for 
its  effective  use  are  realized. 

YAN  HORN  &  SAWTELL  DEPARTMENT 


NB^r  BRUNSWICK,  N.  J.,  V.  S.  At 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


•ftiJv<*  *»'.  -"■<  .r  < 


4^i^Y;iii.':tLkliiii:-i*i-'^  """"'^ 


The  Phylacogen  Treatment 
of  Pneumonia 


BECAUSE  of  its  frequency  and  high  mortality  pneumonia  ia 
rightly  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  serious  diseases  widi 
which  the  medical  profession  has  to  contend.' 

It  is  said  upon  good  authority  that  approximately  ten  per 
cent,  of  all  deaths  in  the  United  States  during  recent  years  have 
resulted  from  pneumonic  infection. 

These  facts  suggest  this  question:  Is  it  justifiable  to  adopt 
'"expectant  treatment**  when  a  product  of  specific  character  is 
available? 

Experience  leads  to  the  conviction  that  almost  every  case  of 
pneumonia  seen  within  twenty-four  hours  after  the  initial,  chill 
will  terminate,  in  recovery  if  perseveringly  treated  with  Pneu- 
monia Phylacogen. 

To  obtain  the  best  possible  results  Pneumonia  Phylacogen 
should  be  employed  in  the  early  stage  of  the  disease.  Its 
administration  even  in  mild  cases  is  earnestly  recommended, 
as  by  its  use  the  diiration  of  the  disease  may  be  curtailed  and 
grave  developments'  prevented. 

Bio.  605.    Balbs  of  10  mils,  one  in  a  package. 
Bio.  607.    Bulbs  of  1  mil,  five  in  a  package. 

NOTE.— Attention  is  directed  to  the  new  Phylacogen  Syrinf  e  pictured 
above.  This  is  an  ideal  instrument  for  the  administration  of  Pneumonia 
Phylacogen.    It  is  fully  described  in  our  catalogue. 


Home  Offices  and  Laboratories. 
Detroit,  Michigan. 


Parke,  Davis  &  G>. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWm  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Mammrinr  Editor 

PUBUSBID  MOIITHLT  Vt  ,THM  AMBUCAX  MBDICAL  PUBLISHDIG  COMPAMT 

Connrigliled  by  Um  AmeriMn  Medieal  PnbUihinc  Co.,  1919 


IBA  8.  WILE,  Associafe  Editor 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  S 
New  Svies,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  3 


FEBRUARY.  1919 


#0  on       YEARLY 
^£,.\n3     In  Advance 


Organised  Medical  Leadership^-^At  the 

Seventh  Annual  Congress  of  the  National 

Safety  Council,  Dr.  J.  A.  Cousins  made  the 

following    statement,     according    to     the 

Monthly  Labor  Review  (November,  1918)  : 

"There  are  two  ways  in  which  employees 
may  be  regarded,  and  only  two:  One  as 
machines,  the  other  as  men.  They  are  no 
longer  content  to  be  regarded  as  machines ; 
they  are  going  to  insist,  with  ever-increas- 
ing firmness  and  decision,  on  being  re- 
garded not  only  as  men,  as  fellowmen,  but 
as  fellow  creators  of  the  industries  in  which 
they  toil.  They  are  going  to  insist  that 
a  man  wl\o  invests  his  life  in  a  business, 
who  puts  his  toil  into  it,  is  to  be  considered 
before  the  man  who  merely  puts  his  money 
into  it.  From  a  physician's  standpoint  'the 
"human  element"  must  not  merely  be  recog- 
nized, it  must  be  predominant,'  and  this  is 
the  only  way  to  avoid  unnecessary  loss  of 
time  and  unnecessary  waste  of  energy  and 
product." 

The  suggestion  that  the  human  element 
must  be  recognized  as  predominant  might 
well  be  extended  to  other  phases  of  medi- 
cine besides  the  industrial.  The  medical 
profession,  as  a  whole,  continues  to  be  back- 
ward in  accepting  or  approving  the  funda- 
mental truths  of  preventive  medicine  which 
cluster  about  the  human  element  in  society. 

No  g^oup  of  professional  workers  in  the 
country  is  in  a  position  to  understand  the 
human  side  of  mankind  as  thoroly  as  physi- 
cians but,  nevertheless,  the  organized  pro- 
fession has  failed  to  take  leadership  in 
promoting  the  social  welfare  of  the  indi- 


vidual. It  is  a  source  of  regret  that  medi- 
cal societies  as  a  rule  are  charged  with  be- 
ing reactionary.  The  natural  skepticism  of 
medical  men  can  hardly  be  regarded  as  a 
sufficient  excuse  for  failing  to  lead  in  pub- 
lic health  affairs. 

Despite  meetings  constantly  going  on  of 
county,  state  and  national  organizations 
and  the  growing  literature  appearing  in 
medical  journals,  there  are  still  very  few 
evidences  of  the  practical  study  of  the  great 
social  problems  manifested  at  the  various 
meetings  of  medical  men.  In  the  large 
movements  for  the  prevention  of  tubercu- 
losis, the  conservation  of  vision,  the  de- 
velopment of  mental  hygiene,  the  control 
of  venereal  diseases,  the  study  and  preven- 
tion of  infant  mortality,  lay  groups  have 
been,  with  rare  exceptions,  the  stimulating 
elements,  the  founders,  the  promoters  and 
the  agitators  of  all  necessary  reforms.  In 
many  instances  medical  societies  have  been 
forced  thru  public  opinion  to  participate 
actively  in  public  health  campaigns.  Many 
times  It  has  been  necessary  to  shame  or  to 
dragoon  them  into  cooperative  effort  to  ad- 
vance the  general  welfare.  This  is  a  serious 
criticism  of  a  group  of  the  community  which, 
because  of  training,  education,  and  profes- 
sion, should  assume  leadership  in  health 
matters.  It  is  true  that  in  the  ranks  of  work- 
ers are  found  many  distinguished  physi- 
cians, but  their  efforts  and  endeavors  have 
been   personal,   and    not   infrequently    has 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


58 


February^  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


Amkbicam  Mbdicinb 


their  support  been  given  in  spite  of  the  op- 
position of  a  large  proportion  of  their  col- 
leagues. 

What  great  steps  for  the  promotion  of 
public  health  in  the  City  of  New  York  stand 
to  the  credit  and  the  initiative  of  the  large 
medical  organizations  of  the  City  of  New 
York?  What  is  their  record  of  accom- 
plishment in  formulating  health  programs 
and  securing  their  adoption  by  the  com- 
munity? Has  the  Academy  of  Medicine, 
splendid  organization  as  it  is,  for  example, 
discharged  its  full  obligations  as  part  of  the 
civic  life  of  New  York  by  inaugurating 
schemes  for  the  improvement  of  public 
health  ?  Wherein  has  the  New  York  Coun- 
ty Medical  Society  with  all  its  influence, 
demonstrated  its  effective  leadership  in 
aiding  this  community  to  secure  improved 
public  health  or  social  conditions?  It  is  not 
to  be  denied  that  both  organizations  have 
at  various  times  passed  resolutions  in  sup- 
port of  policies  projected  by  others.  It  is 
true  that  committees  of  these  organizations 
have  at  various  times  appeared  before  pub- 
lic bodies  in  support  of  requests  for  ap- 
propriations or  for  the  adoption  of  specific 
regulations.  As  individuals,  many  members 
have  rendered  faithful  service  in  behalf  of 
important  public  health  movements.  But 
have  they,  as  representatives  of  organized 
medicine,  actually  undertaken  to  start  any 
activities  in  the  community  and  to  urge 
them  as  a  result  of  their  organized  knowl- 
edge and  experience? 

Singling  out  the  organizations  of  New 
York  City  is  not  for  the  purpose  of  criti- 
cizing them  any  more  than  similar  organ- 
izations thruout  the  United  States.  Organ- 
ized medicine  has  not  lived  up  to  its  respon- 
sibilities or  obligations  in  proportion  to  its 
numbers  or  potential  power.  *  -The  much 
despised  "social  worker,"  "reformer,"  "up- 


lifter"  can  point  with  pride  to  a  series  of  ac- 
complishments along  health  lines  that  far 
surpass  the  efforts  of  medical  societies.  In- 
dividual health  commissioners,  in  numerous 
cities  and  states,  with  their  various  expert 
•subordinates,  have  been  more  successful  in 
promulgating  health  policies  than  medical 
societies,  and  not  infrequently  they  have 
been  obliged  to  fight  for  their  ideas  against 
the  active  opposition  of  medical  organiza- 
tions which  have  failed  to  recognize  the 
human  element  in  its  public  health  relations. 

Physicians  frequently  express  themselves 
as  resentful  of  the  lack  of  consideration 
they  receive  at  the  hands  of  those  endeavor- 
ing to  secure  hygienic  reforms.  If  the 
medical  profession,  thru  its  organizations, 
were  in  the  forefront  of  health  movements 
and  were  less  reticent  in  expressing  their 
views  and  convictions,  it  would  not  be  neces- 
sary for  them  to  be  constdted,  but  on  the 
contrary  they  would  be  in  the  position  of 
inviting  the  cooperation  of  those*  who,  un- 
der present  conditions,  are  accustomed  to 
going  ahead  without  consideration  of  the 
possible  support  to  be  secured  from  medical 
societies.  As  long  as  this  latter  state  of  af- 
fairs continues  medical  men  cannot  hope  to 
win  and  hold  the  place  in  their  respective 
communities  to  which  their  knowledge  and 
training  give  them  a  right  to  aspire. 

In  the  .various  reorganizations  of  society 
now  going  on  as  a  result  of  the  tremendous 
world  upheavals,  there  is  distinct  need  for 
medico-social  leadership.  Unless  medical  so- 
cieties swerve  from  their  course  of  re- 
actionary passivity,  they  will  be  ignored  in 
the  development  of  the  social  organism  that 
is  so  apparent  above  the  horizon.  If  real 
leadership  is  not  forthcoming,  if  oppor- 
tunities are  not  seized,  the  general  public 
will  have  little  faith  in  medical  opinions  and 
ideas  as  expressed  in  resolutions. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSRICA.N    MeDICINB 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


February,  1919 


59 


One  might  ask,  as  a  question  of  interest, 
how  far  medical  societies  are  responsible 
for  failures  in  health  administration  when 
they  fail  to  recognize  the  human  element 
in  health  administration  and  permit  ineffi- 
cient health  administration,  or  do  naught  to 
prevent  the  breaking  down  of  effective  ad- 
ministration for  political  reasons?  Medical 
politics  unquestionably  represent  an  ex- 
treme type  of  the  selfish  human  element, 
and  to  permit  politics  to  enter  into  health 
administration,  or  to  weaken  hygienic  ma- 
chinery is  evidence  of  a  complete  failure  to 
understand  the  importance  of  the  social 
phases  of  health  protection.  Medicine  must 
not  condone  or  tolerate  political  inaction  or 
chicanery  in  health  administration. 

Medical  societies  have  been  effective  in 
many  ways  in  promoting  medical  progress 
and  the  social  intercourse  of  their  mem- 
bers, in  advancing  their  intellectual  life, 
and  in  stimulating  and  encouraging  col- 
leagues to  dwell  together  with  reasonable 
peace  and  amity.  But  the  time  has  come 
when  they  must  serve  the  community  as  a 
whole,  as  well  as  their  membership.  They 
must  have  vision,  courage,  directness  and 
activity,  in  striking  contrast  to  the  egre- 
gious passivity  and  inaction  which  has  char- 
acterized them  in  the  past  in  most  affairs 
where  the  public  welfare  has  been  involved. 
There  must  be  more  leadership  in  con- 
structive action,  and  possibly  fewer  resolu- 
tions whose  value  has  departed  after  the 
ink  has  been  dried  on  their  first  publication. 


Experimental  Polyneuritis. — ^The  study 
of  diseases  due  to  dietary  deficiencies  is  de- 
pendent largely  upon  experimentation.  In 
The  Public  Health  Reports  (January  3, 
1919),  Voegtlin  and  Lake  call  attention  to 


their  studies  of  "Experimental  Mammalian 
Polyneuritis  Produced  by  a  Deficient  Diet," 
the  detailed  report  of  which  is  published 
in  the  American  Journal  of  Physiology 
(January,  1919). 

A  resume  of  their  findings  demonstrates 
that  a  polyneuritis  can  be  produced  in  cats 
and  dogs  as  the  result  of  an  exclusive 
dietary  of  lean  beef  which  has  been  heated 
for  three  hours  at  120°  C,  in  the  presence 
of  sodium  carbonate.  The  symptoms  of  loss 
of  weight,  weakness,  paralytic  symptoms, 
convulsions,  muscular  spasticity,  disturb- 
ances of  circulation  and  respiration,  and  the 
loss  of  body  weight  promptly  clear  up  after 
the  oral  administration  of  the  antineuritic 
substance  of  yeast. 

Their  investigations  have  determined  that 
polyneuritis  is  due  to  a  dietary  insufficiency 
of  the  antineuritic  substance,  and  not  to  a 
deficiency  of  such  other  essential  dietary 
components  as  the  amino-acids  and  fat- 
soluble  vitamines.  The  most  practical  ob- 
servation resulting  from  their  experiment  is 
that  the  ordinary  cooking  of  meat  for  hu- 
man consumption  does  not  lessen  its  food 
value,  insofar  as  its  antineuritic  power  is 
concerned,  because  the  cooking  of  meat  for 
three  hours  at  the  temperature  of  120®  C, 
without  the  previous  addition  of  alkali,  does 
not  completely  destroy  its  antineuritic  pow- 
er. From  the  standpoint  of  investigation,  it 
is  worthy  of  noting  that  cats  react  to  the 
deficiency  diet  with  greatest  regularity  and, 
therefore,  are  best  adapted  for  physiologic 
studies  of  the  function  of  the  antineuritic 
substance. 

The  food  conservation  movement  and 
concurring  limitations  in  diet  due  to  pre- 
vailing high  costs  have  focussed  unusual 
attention  upon  problems  of  nutrition.  The 
stress  hitherto  placed  upon  caloric  feeding 
has  played  a  valuable  part  in  awakening 


Digitized  by 


Google 


60 


Fbbruabt,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


American  Mbdicinb 


an  understanding  of  food  needs,  but  has 
not  sufficed  to  clear  up  our  views  regarding 
nutritive  values  not  dependent  upon  the 
number  of  calories  provided  in  the  daily 
food  supply.  Normal  nutrition  involves  a 
conception  of  vitamine  and  mineral  metab- 
olism which  is  still  in  the  course  of  evolu- 
tion. The  light  which  has  been  shed  upon 
beriberi,  scurvy,  rickets,  pellagra  and  mal- 
nutrition in  general  establishes  beyond 
doubt  the  necessity  of  further  investigation 
of  the  function  of  food  factors  hitherto  un- 
known or  underestimated. 

Every  fact  added  to  our  present  state  of 
knowledge  advances  not  merely  the  science 
of  nutrition,  but  directly  improves  the  pos- 
sibilities of  advancing  the  general  health 
and  vitality  of  communities.  Empirically, 
human  foods  have  been  developed  along 
various  lines,  but  an  estimation  of  their 
health  values  becomes  possible  only  when 
there  has  been  thoro  investigation  as  to  the 
effects  of  culinary  processes  upon  the  di- 
gestibility and  essential  nutritive  values  of 
the  foodstuffs  involved.  The  test  tube  is 
not  the  stomach,  but  the  results  of  test  tube 
experiments,  when  supplemented  by  animal 
experimentation,  are  deeply  suggestive  of 
the  effects  of  food  in  human  metabolism. 


Medicine  as  a  Vocation. — In  the  en- 
deavor to  acquaint  disabled  soldiers,  sailors 
and  marines  with  the  possibilities  of  various 
vocations,  the  Federal  Board  of  Vocational 
Education  has  prepared  a  large  number  of 
Opportunity  Monographs.  This  method  of 
familiarizing  potential  workers  with  the  na- 
ture, characteristics,  educational  qualifica- 
tions, duration  of  study  and  possible  re- 
wards might  well  be  emulated  in  all  schools. 

A  recent  publication.  The  Vocational  Re- 


habilitation Series,  Number  17,  January, 
1919,  deals  with  "The  Practice  of  Medicine 
as  a  Vocation."  This  monograph  purposes 
to  answer  various  questions  that  may  be 
in  the  mind  of  returned  soldiers  who  are 
undecided  as  to  their  future  occupation. 
The  brief  exposition  is  well  given  and  might 
well  serve  as  an  introductory  document  for 
students  in  medical  colleges  or,  better,  be 
provided  to  all  students  in  the  graduating 
classes  of  high  schools  previous  to  their 
taking  up  a  course  of  professional  study. 
It  is  patent  that  familiarity  with  the  pos- 
sibilities of  a  profession  should  exist  be- 
fore work  is  begun  and  before  time,  money 
and  energy  have  been  expended.  The 
description  of  the  nature  of  physician's  work 
and  the  degree  of  pre-medical  education  re- 
quired is .  excellent,  despite  its  brevity. 

It  is  improbable  that  a  large  number  of 
soldiers  with  disabilities  will  seek  to  pre- 
pare themselves  for  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine, not  merely  because  of  the  possible 
handicap  arising  from  the  disability,  but 
because  of  the  length  of  time  essential  in 
preparation  and  in  establishment  in  prac- 
tice, as  well  as  the  high  degree  of  prelim- 
inary education  demanded  of  candidates  in 
medicine.  If,  however,  a  course  in  medicine 
is  desired,  and  the  applicant's  request  is  ap- 
proved by  the  Federal  Board,  the  costs  of 
education  will  be  furnished  free  by  the  gov- 
ernment. In  addition,  the  Bureau  of  War 
Risk  Insurance,  thru  its  compensation,  will 
meet  part  of  the  expense,  and  the  Federal 
Board  of  Vocational  Education  will  add  to 
that  amount  a  minimum  of  $65  a  month  for 
the  purpose  of  meeting  the  expenses  for 
living,  clothing,  transportation,  tuition  and 
incidentals. 

This  liberal  policy  should  enable  those 
physically  and  mentally  prepared  to  under- 
take the  work  of  medical  or  surgical  prac- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambucan  ICbdicinb 


BDITORIAIi  COMMBNT 


February^  1919 


61 


tice  to  accomplish  results  unattainable  by 
many  who  have  not  been  injured  in  gov- 
ernment service.  There  are  many  fields  of 
medical  practice  in  which  slight  degrees  of 
physical  defect  will  not  interfere  with  suc- 
cessful efforts.  In  all  probability  only  a 
small  number  of  men  will  take  advantage 
of  this  liberal  government  policy  which  rep- 
resents a  remarkable  opportunity  for  the 
rehabilitation  of  men  possessing  the  essen- 
tial attributes  physically,  mentally  and 
morally  to  add  luster  to  the  medical  pro- 
fession. 


Diphtkeria  ContrdL — ^The  prevalence  of 
diphtheria,  despite  our  wide  knowledge  con- 
cerning its  causation  and  cur^,  as  well  as 
effective  prevention,  is  a  matter  of  consid- 
erable concern.  Bernard  W.  Carey,  epidemi- 
ologist of  the  Massachusetts  State  Depart- 
ment of  Health  (The  Commonwealth,  De- 
cember, 1918,  and  Boston  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical  Journal,  Jan.  8,  1919),  calls  attention 
to  the  subject  in  a  most  interesting  study 
of  one  thousand  deaths  from  diphtheria. 

About  65  per  cent,  of  all  deaths  from 
diphtheria  and  croup  occur  in  children  un- 
der five  years,  so  presumably  the  morbidity 
also  is  greatest  during  the  first  five  years  of 
life.  Carey  points  out  that  there  is  consid- 
erable question  as  to  the  part  that  schools 
play  in  the  diphtheritic  infection  in  chil- 
dren under  the  school  age,  tho  there  can  be 
little  doubt  that  the  process  of  education  in 
crowded  classrooms  is  a  factor  in  spreading 
the  disease  among  school  children.  Efficient 
school  supervision,  the  taking  of  cultures, 
the  prompt  detection  of  healthy  carriers  and 
incipient  cases  serve  as  an  excellent  means 
of  prevention  and  control  of  diphtheria  out- 
breaks. 


Study  appears  to  show  that,  unfortunate- 
ly, in  many  instances,  the  diphtheritic  con- 
dition is  unrecognized,  or  is  first  treated 
as  a  simple  tonsillar  infection  until  it  is  too 
late  to  secure  the  efficatious  action  of  anti- 
toxin. In  fact,  many  instances  are  recorded 
of  individuals  suffering  from  nasal  diph- 
theria receiving  no  other  treatment  than 
that  which  would  ordinarily  be  given  for  a 
simple  catarrhal  infection  of  the  nose  and 
throat. 

From  the  standpoint  of  public  protection 
it  is  almost  axiomatic  that  the  specimen  for 
culture  should  be  taken  in  all  conditions 
where  there  is  even  a  remote  possibility  that 
diphtheria  is  present.  It  is  similarly  axio- 
matic that  individuals  presenting  s\  niptoms 
which  are  at  all  suspicions  should  have 
antitoxin  administered  at  the  time  that  the 
culture  is  taken,  instead  of  delaying  such 
therapeutic  measure  until  a  report  upon  the 
culture  will  have  been  received  from  the 
laboratory.  The  early  administration  bf 
antitoxin  is  essential  for  securing  the  best 
results.  The  diphtheria  mortality  rate  can  be 
reduced  only  by  the  early  injection  of  anti- 
toxin when,  perchance,  only  the  suspicion 
of  the  disease  may  exist. 

Regrettably,  the  physician  all '  too  fre- 
quently is  not  called  upon  until  a  large 
variety  of  household  remedies  have  been 
tried  and  the  disease  has  had  an  oppor- 
tunity to  advance  into  toxic  states  more 
difficult  of  control  or  cure.  The  public  re- 
quires education  as  to  the  importance  of  a 
large  dose  of  antitoxin  administered  Ayithin 
24  hours  after  the  onset  of  the  disease  as 
the  first  and  principal  step  in  the  cure  of 
diphtheria.  Carey  reports  that  11.8  per  cent, 
of  the  cases  investigated  "were  found  mori- 
bund upon  visitation  by  the  physician."  The 
presence  of  various  other  diseases  and  the 
general  decline  in  the  incidence  of  diph- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


62 


Februabt,  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMBNT 


Amkbigam  Mkdicinb 


theria  have  tended  to  make  the  profession 
somewhat  negligent  in  stressing  its  impor- 
tance as  a  destroyer  of  child  life. 

A  Serious  State  ot  AflFairs.— Two  items 
merit  particular  comment  because  they  rep- 
resent a  serious  state  of  affairs.  "7.6  per 
cent,  of  the  deaths  occurred  in  'unrecog- 
nized* cases."  This  seems  almost  unbeliev- 
able and  since  it  occurred  in  the  State  of 
Massachusetts,  where  the  State  Department 
of  Health  is  not  only  ready  to  examine  all 
cultures  sent  to  it  but  reports  results  by 
telephone  or  telegraph  without  cost  and 
gives  free  distribution  of  antitoxin,  it  prob- 
ably is  a  lower  percentage  of  unrecognized 
cases  than  exists  in  other  states  of  the  Union 
where  similar  facilities  have  not  been  af- 
forded. In  this  day  and  generation  failure 
to  recognize  diphtheria  may  almost  be  re- 
garded as  prima  facie  evidence  of  careless- 
ness, negligence,  or  ignorance.  The  cer- 
tainty of  laboratory  investigations,  the  ease 
with  which  cultures  may  be  taken  and  the 
promptness  with  which  reports  thereon  may 
be  secured,  increases  the  responsibility  of 
physicians  for  securing  accurate  diagnoses 
of  diphtheria.  Of  course,  occasionally,  posi- 
tive cultures  are  not  procured  in  an  early 
stage  of  laryngeal  diphtheria  owing  to  the 
fact  that  cultures  are  not  properly  secured 
from  the  larynx. 

The  second  item  is  also  a  challenge  to 
medical  practice.  "In  no  instance  did  we  find 
antijoxin  given  intravenously."  It  scarcely 
seems  believable  that  with  our  present 
knowfedge  of  the  use  of  serums  and  their 
efficacy  when  introduced  'directly  into  the 
blood  system  that  patients  with  diphtheria, 
seen  late  in  the  course  of  the  disease,  should 
fail  to  have  the  opportunity  of  an  intrave- 
nous injection  of  antitoxin.  This  single  fact 
is  of  more  importance  than  the  considera- 


tions of  the  variations  in  dosage  which  have 
been  employed  and  the  possible  danger  of 
anaphylaxis  which  occasionally  follows  its 
use  when  due  precautions  are  not  taken. 
In  view  of  the  findings  reported,  it  is 
not  unreasonable  to  quote  two  paragraphs 
which  would  seem  to  be  uncalled  for,  but 
apparently  should  again  be  called  to  the  at- 
tention of  the  profession. 

"With  such  a  lack  of  uniformity  in  the 
use  of  antitoxin  it  seems  as  if  the  medical 
profession  should  be  informed,  from  au- 
thoritative sources,  as  to  the  most  approved 
method  of  its  use,  and  its  dangers  thru  mis- 
use, either  in  dosage  or  method  of  admin- 
istration.* 

"Particular  stress  should  be  laid,  in  the 
instruction  of  medical  students,  upon  the 
necessity  of  properly  administering  anti- 
toxin, thus  avoiding  the  chances  for  anaphy- 
lactic reaction  and  there  should  be  im- 
pressed upon  them  the  need  of  early  and 
sufficient  treatment." 

With  the  Schick  test,  the  toxin-antitoxin 
mixture  for  immunization,  the  cultural  test 
for  diagnosis  and  the  availabihty  of  anti- 
toxin for  free  distribution,  there  is  little 
excuse  for  the  present  figures  relating  to 
diphtheria  mortality.  Greater  efforts  must  be 
made,  not  merely  to  control  the  mortality 
rate  but  to  study  the  growing  population 
during  the  pre-school  age  with  a  view  to 
determining  the  diphtheria  carriers  and  the 
children  susceptible  or  immune  to  diph- 
theria, with  a  view  to  increasing  the  immu- 
nity of  all,  thus  decreasing  directly  the  pos- 
sibility of  a  large  morbidity  and  mortality. 

Very  few  diseases  theoretically  are 
brought  so  completely  within  the  field  of 
potential  control,  prevention  and  cure  ias 
diphtheria.  The  therapeutic  and  prophylac- 
tic progress  that  has  been  made  is  indicated 
by  the  reduction  of  the  mortality  rate  of 
diphtheria  and  croup  from  43.3  in  1900  to 
14.5  in  1916.  It  is  difficult  to  estimate  the 
part  that  general  prophylaxis  has  played  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlCBBICAN   MBDICINS 


BDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Februabt^  1919 


63 


this  most  excellent  decline,  but  a  consider- 
able share  must  be  attributable  to  general 
sanitary  and  hygienic  measures.  This  is 
strongly  suggested  by  the  decline  in  the 
mortality  rate  of  scarlet  fever  in  the  regis- 
tration area  from  12.2  in  1900  to  3.3  in 
1916. 

The  fact  that  one  per  cent,  of  the  of- 
ficially registered  deaths  in  1916  was  due 
to  diphtheria  is  sufficient  reason  for  again 
emphasizing  the  necessity  of  improved 
methods  and  practice  in  the  prevention,  con- 
trol and  cure  of  diphtheria. 


Tonsillectomy     During     QiildioodL — 

Tonsillectomy  has  become  increasingly 
popular  as  a  remedial  operation  for  a  large 
variety  of  conditions  from  the  relief  of 
chronic  recurrent  quinsy  to  mental  dulness. 
Its  employment  for  purposes  of  prophylaxis 
has  been  urged  in  order  to  prevent  otitis 
media  and  various  pulmonary  disorders. 
Immediate  results  frequently  are  most  satis- 
factory and  little  thought  has  been  given 
to  the  remote  effects  of  the  operative  pro- 
cedure. 

The  general  extension  of  tonsillectomy, 
as  a  result  of  persuasion  following  upon 
the  efforts  of  medical  inspectors  of  schools, 
school  nurses  and  others  interested  in  build- 
ing up  the  vitality  of  youth,  makes  it  of  in- 
terest to  inquire  into  "The  Remote  Result 
of  Tonsillectomy  in  the  Young  Child"  as 
pointed  out  by  Zahorsky,  Interstate  Medical 
Journal,  January,  1919.  The  study  of  150 
children,  aged  two  to  twelve  years,  to  as- 
certain the  effects  of  the  removal  of  tonsils 
and  adenoid  vegetations  upon  the  healfh 
and  nutrition  of  the  children  six  months  to 
five  years  after  operation,  casts  a  certain 
suspicion  upon  the  effectiveness  and  desir- 


ability of  this  procedure  among  the  very 
young. 

Zahorsky  points  out  that  the  operative 
removal  of  tonsils  and  adenoid  tissue  does 
not  suffice  to  clear  up  deficient  nasal  respira- 
tion, nor  prevent  middle  ear  disease  with 
any  great  degree  of  certainty.  While  there 
may  be  no  causative  relation,  it  is  at  least 
of  interest  to  note  that  many  of  the  young 
children  had  one  or  more  attacks  of  pneu- 
monia within  the  three  years  following  the 
operation.  This  is  somewhat  supportive  of 
the  idea  that  tonsillectomy  appears  to  in- 
crease the  tendency  to  bronchial  and  pul- 
monary infection,  altho  no  conclusive  de- 
ductions can  be  made  from  the  few  avail- 
able facts.  It  is  patent  that  the  removal  of 
tonsils  does  not  suffice  to  prevent  rheu- 
matism, endocarditis,  or  chorea,  in  the 
etiology  of  which  g^eat  stress  has  been 
placed  upon  the  liability  of  the  tonsils  to 
infection  with  the  initial  causative  organ- 
ism. 

Malnutrition  frequently  serves  as  the  ex- 
cuse for  tonsillectomy,  but  it  is  undeniably 
true  that  this  itself  is  without  avail  in  im- 
proving the  general  nutritive  condition.  Nor 
does  it  build  up  a  more  vigorous  vitality 
without  the  benefits  of  supplemental  feed- 
ing and  auxiliary  hygienic  care,  tho  a  rea- 
sonable percentage  of  children  show  per- 
manent improvement  as  the  result  of  the 
improved  oxygenation. 

Tonsillectomy  cannot  per  se  add  specific 
anti-bodies  to  the  blood  and  tissues.  For 
the  most  part  these  are  dependent  upon  im- 
munity developed  thru  attacks  of  disease  or 
fostered  by  means  of  prophylactic  inocula- 
tions. The  entire  question  of  vital  resist- 
ance and  susceptibility  to  infections  may  be 
independent  of  the  tonsils,  tho  according  to 
Zahof  sky : 

"The  child  beginning  his  school  life  with- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


64 


FSBRUABT,  1919 


EDITORIAL  CX>MMBNT 


Ambricam  Msdicins 


out  the  tonsils  is  in  greater  danger  of  acute 
diseases  than  one  who  still  has  his  tonsils. 
It  is  at  this  age  that  the  tonsils  are  so  fre- 
quently removed  simply  because  they  are 
large ;  the  physician  apparently  forgets  that 
this  enlargement  is  a  physiologic  and  a  com- 
pensatory process." 

Regardless  of  the  accuracy  or  relative 
value  of  the  data  offered  by  Zahorsky, 
which  he  recognizes  as  insufficient  and  par- 
ticularly so  by  reason  of  having  no  data  on 
a  control  series,  his  conclusions  merit  earn- 
est scrutiny.  He  demands  that  among  chil- 
dren under  seven  years  of  age  the  removal 
of  tonsils  and  adenoid  tissue  should  occur 
only  after  a  careful  study  of  the  child's  nu- 
tritional condition  and  possible  state  of  im- 
munity. His  plea  is  for  a  conservative  at- 
titude rather  than  a  radical  impulse  to  re- 
move every  tonsil  that  peeps  beyond  the 
pillars.  Pathologic  conditions  existent  in  the 
tonsils,  abscesses,  infections,  diseased  states 
following  scarlet  fever  and  diphtheria  call 
for  remedial  operation.  Certainly  cardiac 
states  following  upon  tonsillar  infections 
call  for  their  removal. 

Accepting  all  the  alleged  benefits  of  ton- 
sillectomy it  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  inves- 
tigate' statistically,  insofar  as  may  be  pos- 
sible, the  relative  health  conditions  of  chil- 
dren with  and  without  tonsillectomy  in  vari- 
ous age  groups  so  as  to  establish  approxi- 
mate comparative  forms  of  infection.  The 
question  suggested  as  to  the  advisability  of 
tonsillectomy  for  slight  or  trivial  causes 
in  children  under  seven  years  of  age 
can  only  be  answered  adequately  and  ac- 
curately by  a  thoro  study  of  the  clinical  his- 
tories of  a  large  number  of  children  cover- 
ing many  years.  Conservatism  in  tonsil- 
lectomy should  be  the  rule,  as  rational  con- 
servatism should  be  applied  in  th^  con- 
sideration of  all  operative  procedures. 


Hazards  of  Qoth  Sponging* — ^The  mass 
of  data  necessary  for  building  up  a  system 
of  rational  industrial  hygiene  receives  con- 
stant additions.  The  correction  of  con- 
ditions inimical  to  the  health  of  employees 
is  dependent  upon  the  investigation,  appre- 
ciation, recognition  and  alteration  of  en- 
vironal  states  which  have  grown  up  thru 
the  habit  of  years  of  building  factories, 
workshops  and  industrial  institutions  with- 
out regard  to  the  welfare  of  employees. 
This  state  of  affairs,  however,  is  by  no 
means  significant  of  intentional  neglect,  nor 
of  aggressive  indifference.  Only  during  the 
past  decade  has  there  developed  a  sense 
of  responsibility  for  the  welfare  of  work- 
ers commensurate  with  its  importance.  The 
awakening  as  to  the  importance  of  indus- 
trial hygiene  has  been  slow,  and  only  re- 
cently has  it  set  in  motion  a  widespread 
movement  for  the  reorganization  of  indus- 
trial machinery  tending  towards  the  elim- 
ination of  unnecessary  hazards. 

The  New  York  State  Department  of  La- 
bor, thru  *  the  Industrial  Commission,  has 
added  a  few  more  facts  to  the  general  sub- 
ject of  industrial  hygiene  by  the  publication 
of  a  bulletin  on  "Health  Hazards  of  the 
Cloth  Sponging  Industry."  The  essential 
dangers  are  twofold :  First,  the  dangers  of 
the  inhalation  of  fluff"  by  the  cloth  exam- 
iners, which  tends  to  cause  respiratory  irri- 
tations; second,  severe  physical  effort  and 
the  presence  of  high  temperature  and  hu- 
midity serve  to  lower  the  vitality  of  those 
actually  engaged  in  the  process  of  spong- 
ing. 

Knowledge  has  long  been  at  hand  to 
demonstrate  the  unhealthful  effects  of  hot, 
humid  air  which  increases  bodily  tempera- 
ture, stimulates  heart  action  and  causes  a 
depletion  of  bodily  moisture  disproportion- 
ate to  the  actual  work  performed.  Studies 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbican  Msdicins 


BDITORIAL.  CX>MMBNT 


Februabt,  1919 


65 


of  fatigue  have  pointed  out  the  extra  haz- 
ard that  ensues  when  the  dilated  blood  ves- 
sels of  the  skin  rob  the  brain  and  spinal 
cord  of  necessary  blood,  causing  weariness 
and  apathy.  The  elevation  of  bodily  temper- 
ature reacts  upon  internal  conditions  unfa- 
vorably, producing  a  febrile  state,  which, 
when  long  continued,  affords  excellent  op- 
portunity for  the  development  of  fatigue. 
Hot,  moist  atmospheres  are  particularly 
hazardous  if  the  temperature  shown  by  the 
wet  bulb  thermometer  exceeds  78**  F.  In 
the  words  of  Barker  (Heating  and  Ventila- 
tion), "A  temperature  of  75  "*  F.  wet  bulb 
should  not  be  exceeded,  and  a  limit  of  70° 
F.  is  still  more  desirable."  In  an  investiga- 
tion of  37  factories,  only  12  showed  a  wet 
bulb  reading  below  76°. 

An  examination  of  the  general  health  of 
men  who  have  worked  in  the  industry  in 
periods  ranging  from  one  to  thirty-five 
years  there  was  evident  a  marked  prepond- 
erance of  diseases  of  the  respiratory  tract, 
the  most  important  one  being  pulmonar>' 
tuberculosis.  Nineteen  per  cent,  of  95  men 
carefully  examined  evidenced  various  stages 
of  tuberculosis.  Among  other  diseases  were 
noted  acute  and  chronic  bronchitis,  asthma 
and  pleurisy.  The  presence  of  this  high  re- 
spiratory morbidity  led  to  an  analysis  of  the 
mortality  of  the  industry  as  shown  by  the 
records  of  17  men  who  had  been  thus  en- 
gaged and  had  died  during  the  three  pre- 
vious years.  The  actual  cause  of  death  was 
ascertained  in  eleven  instances,  in  five  of 
which  pulmonary  tuberculosis  was  found  to 
be  the  cause  of  death. 

It  is  obvious  from  this  morbidity  and  mor- 
tality that  there  has  been  an  unusual  re- 
spiratory hazard  in  the  cloth  sponging  in- 
dustry, and  that  the  main  factors  respon- 
sible have  been  "fluff"  on  the  one  hand,  and 
undue  heat  and  moisture  on  the  other  hand. 


The  recommendations  of  the  commission 
are  based  upon  these  two  factors,  and  pro- 
vide "that  a  dressing  room,  properly  heated 
to  68  degrees  F.  in  winter,  containing  sani- 
tary lockers  be  installed  in  each  factory  for 
use  of  sponging  workers. 

"That  suitable  means  shall  be  provided  to 
dry  clothing  of  employees  working  in  spong- 
ing rooms. 

"That  fans  should  be  of  such  capacity  as 
to  maintain  a  wet  bulb  temperature  in 
sponging  rooms  not  to  exceed  75  degrees 
F." 

The  simplicity  of  the  recommendation, 
to  which  must  be  added  the  suggestion  that 
a  light  mask  or  respirator  be  worn  by  cloth 
examiners  while  at  work,  demonstrates  how 
easily  some  industrial  dangers  may  be 
averted.  It  is  equally  obvious  that  simple 
as  these  recommendations  are,  they  would 
have  been  impossible  had  there  not  been 
a  careful  study  of  the  methods  utilized  in 
the  industry  and  a  thoro  investigation  of 
the  factories  themselves.  Ninety  establish- 
ments were  visited  and  a  total  of  88  orders 
were  issued  against  fifty  factories. 

It  is  necessary  to  place  industrial  hygiene 
upon  a  scientific  basis.  Theories  must  give 
way  to  proven  facts.  Industrial  methods 
must  be  altered  from  traditional  forms  in 
order  to  be  safe  for  the  living  machinery 
upon  which  all  industry  is  dependent.  The 
increased  interest  in  industrial  welfare  car- 
ries with  it  a  certain  measure  of  respon- 
sibility for  the  medical  profession  which  has 
to  deal  with  the  workers  who  suffer  from 
diseases  and  disabilities  resultant  from  in- 
dustrial application.  Medicine  profits  by 
every  additional  discovery  in  the  industrial 
world,  but  from  none  more  than  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  underlying  industrial  con- 
ditions causative  of  undermined  health  or 
frank  disease. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


66 


FSBRUARY,  1919 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


Amebican  Mbdicinb 


MEN  AND 
>'    THINGS 


^Beer  or  BecBam." — In  many  com- 
munities thruout  the  country  there  has  been 
set  afoot  a  concerted  movement  against  the 
bone  dry  law  that  threatens  to  come  into 
effect  at  the  close  of  the  year,  and  it  is  high- 
ly significant  that  the  agitation  against  com- 
plete prohibition  is,  for  the  present  at  any 
rate,  confined  largely  to  industrial  centers. 
It  is  the  workingmen  who  are  protesting, 
an  increasing  number  of  them  showing  the 
"No  beer  no  work"  button  in  the  lapels  of 
their  coats.  And  it  is  of  even  greater  sig- 
nificance that  it  is  their  familiar  and  amiable 
beer  for  which  they  are  clamoring — of  all 
alcoholic  drinks  the  least  harmful  and  least 
socially  menacing.  Whatever  one's  attitude 
toward  prohibition,  one  cannot  but  com- 
mend the  modesty,  the  restraint,  the  humil- 
ity of  the  workers  of  this  country.  They 
might  have  been  tempted  to  assume  an  ex- 
travagant air  of  protest  and  chosen  "No 
wine  no  work"  as  their  slogan,  which  lends 
itself  to  more  alliterative  persuasion.  Or 
they  might  even  have  assumed  a  decidedly 
belligerent  and  vicious  tone  of  defiance  by 
having  "No  whiskey  no  work"  as  their 
device,  the  severity  of  their  intentions  bor- 
rowing its  viciousness  from  the  very  form 
of  alcoholic  drink  they  adhered  to  thus.  But 
no ;  they  selected  beer,  and  in  doing  so  they 
have  shown  excellent  judgment,  if  it  was 
judgment  and  not  instinct  on  which  they 
were  depending  when  they  made  the  selec- 
tion. For  even  the  unfriendliest  prohibition- 
ist cannot  bring  against  that  mild  working- 
man's  drink  the  severe  charges  he  can  easily 
summon  against  its  more  insidiously  harm- 
ful fellows.  And  the  consequences  may  be 
(from  present  indications  it  begins  to  ap- 
pear that  they  probably  will  be)  that  a  more 
charitable  attitude  will  be  assumed  when 
the  final  disposition  is  made  and  that  an  at- 
tempt will  be  made  to  allay  the  disgruntled 
protests  of  the  workingman  and  grant  him 
his  modest  allotment  of  beer. 

However,  the  expedient  of  yielding  on 
this  seemingly  innocent  point  rs  fraught 
with  no  small  danger.  The  concession  of 


beer  is  a  concession  to  the  working  classes ; 
but  in  this  country,  which  has  not '  yet 
yielded  to  the  lure  of  Bolshevism,  the  bour- 
geoisie still  remains  a  class  that  has  claims 
to  a  modicum  of  recognition  and  charity. 
The  leisurely  and  wealthy  classes  still  retain 
a  few  of  their  rights  and  privileges.  And 
these  may  very  naturally  be  expected  to 
show  a  measure  of  the  consideration  that 
is  meted  out  to  the  lower  levels.  "If  the 
workingman  has  his  beer,"  they  might  just- 
ly insist,  "we  want  our  wine."  What  course 
will  be  open  to  any  just  authority  other 
than  to  yield  once  more  and  grant  the 
wealthy  man  his  wine  ?  And  having  yielded 
on  this  point,  having  granted  the  wealth- 
producing  and  wealth-owning  classes  the 
privilege  of  the  drink  of  their  class,  the 
mid-strata  of  society  may  arise  to  claim 
their  individual  preference  in  drinks  as  a 
privilege.  The  actor  will  put  in  a  claim  for 
his  whiskey  and  soda,  the  tired  business  man 
for  his  cocktail,  the  chorus  girl  for  her 
creme  de  menthe,  the  artist  for  his  "grog 
americain,"  the  Bohemian  for  his  absinthe. 
Certainly  the  road  to  compromise  and  con- 
cession is  not  the  smoothest  of  paths. 

Prohibition    and    Individual    Rifl^ts. — 

The  temptation  to  be  facetious  on  the  ques- 
tion of  prohibition  is  an  old  and  honored 
temptation,  but  there  is,  of  course,  a  seri- 
ous side  to  the  problem  of  the  protest  of 
the  working  classes  against  the  strict  en- 
forcement of  the  new  law.  The  pessimist 
will  no  doubt  see  in  the  agitation  that  is 
going  on  in  industrial  centers  the  work  of 
the  liquor  interests,  who  stand  to  lose  a 
great  deal  under  the  new  law  and  are  will- 
ing to  spend  a  fortune  to  defeat  it ;  but  the 
less  cynical  critic  will  see  a  more  funda- 
mental motive  in  the  insistence  of  the  work- 
er on  the  retention  of  beer.  The  contest  is 
more  than  a  clash  between  the  prohibition- 
ists and  the  liquor  interests;  it  is  the  old, 
familiar  clash  between  the  individual  and 
society.  The  ground  on  which  the  working- 
man  threatens  to  maintain  his  stand  is  not 
that  he  has  a  right  to  his  beer  but  that 
he  has  a  right  to  his  individual  rights,  that 
the  attempt  to  dictate  whether  he  shall 
drink  or  not  is  an  infringement  by  the  state 
on  his  private  privileges,  that  society  is  go- 
ing beyond  its  function  in  invading  the 
home  and  controlling  its  free  conduct. 
"Stop  public  drinking,  if  you  like,"  the 
worker  may  say,  "shut  up  jthe  saloons  and 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN   MBDICINB 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


FBBKUAXT^   1919 


67 


cafes,  if  you  think  best,  but  if  you  invade 
my  premises  and  forbid  me  my  bottle  of 
beer  at  dinner  you  are  going  altogether  too 
far.  You  may  say  that  it  is  a  harmful  prac- 
tice. I  don't  grant  that,  but  even  if  it  is, 
what  of  it?  I  have  a  right  to  harmful  prac- 
tices provided  I  alone  am  injured  by  them. 
There  is  no  law  that  will  stop  me  from  cut- 
ting off  my  toes  or  trimming  my  ears.  That 
is  my  own  affair.  Your  right  to  hinder  me 
only  begins  when  I  try  to  cut  off  my  neigh- 
bor's toes  or  trim  his  ears.  I  alone  am  mas- 
ter of  my  own  body  or  my  own  home." 

Putting  the  problem  in  this  way  (and  it 
is  being  put  this  way  more  and  more  by  the 
more  intelligent  critics  of  prohibition)  it  as- 
suredly takes  on  a  different  countenance; 
it  becomes  a  serious,  even  a  dignified,  con- 
test between  individual  and  social  rights. 
But  of  what  value  is  the  citizen's  claim  that 
society  has  no  authority  to  invade  his  in- 
dividual domain?  The  simple,  indisputable 
answer,  the  answer  that  history  maintains 
as  true,  is  that  society  invariably  sacrifices 
the  individual  for  the  sake  of  the  whole 
community.  Society,  in  this  respect,  has  a 
double  function:  to  encourage  and  defend 
individual  rights,  and  to  limit  them;  and 
the  function  of  limiting  them  it  has  never 
evaded  when  it  has  found  it  necessary  to 
do  so.  It  has  encouraged  the  privilege  of 
the  individual  when  such  privilege  was 
beneficial  to  organized  society;  it  has  in- 
variably assumed  the  authority  to  limit  that 
privilege  when  it  was  deemed  injurious  to 
society.  The  deciding  factor  was  always  the 
consideration  whether  any  individual  prac- 
tice was  anti-social  or  not,  and  if  it  was 
anti-social  the  individual  was  invariably 
sacrificed.  The  clash  on  prohibition  be- 
tween society  and  the  individual  must  be 
judged  in  this  way.  Is  the  drinking  habit 
anti-social  or  is  it  not  ?  An  honest  man  will 
answer  both  yes  and  no.  Drink  has  been 
in  many  instances  a  force  for  disorganiza- 
tion ;  it  has  broken  up  homes,  it  has  ruined 
careers,  and  it  has  often  been  the  inspira- 
tion of  lawlessness.  To  this  extent  it  has 
been  anti-social.  But  there  are  aspects  of 
the  drinking  practice  which  are  decidedly 
closed  to  such  criticism.  The  workingman's 
beer,  taken  moderately  and  often  in  the 
bosom  of  his  family;  the  epicure's  bottle 
of  wine,  rarely  abused  by  the  fastidious 
epicure — these  certainly  are  not  anti-social 
and  it  would  be  unjust  to  condemn  them  as 
such.  Obviously,  then,  the  protesting  work- 


er is  well  within  the  limits  of  reason  and 
justice  when  he  protests  that  society  is  ex- 
ceeding its  authority  when  it  takes  away 
his  beer,  the  epicure  is  justly  indignant 
when  society  removes  the  bottle  of  wine 
from  his  dinner  table,  and  the  consequence 
is  that  both  sides  seem  to  be  right.  In  such 
a  dilemma  there  is  but  one  course  open :  to 
preserve  the  element  of  right  in  each  opin- 
ion, which  would  mean,  in  this  instance, 
that  the  perfect  solution  would  be  for  so- 
ciety to  destroy  the  drinking  habit  insofar 
as  it  was  anti-social  and  preserve  it  insofar 
as  it  was  in  no  sense  a  menace.  Is  such 
a  solution  altogether  impracticable?  Abor- 
tion is  illegal,  but  there  are  instances  where 
it  is  practiced  with  the  full  approval  of  both 
law  and  religion.  The  taking  of  life  is  for- 
bidden, but  there  are  special  circumstances 
in  which  it  is  condoned.  The  taking  of 
drugs  is  universally  condemned,  but  doctors 
prescribe  them  in  numerous  cases  without 
any  hesitation.  Is  prohibition  subject  to  the 
same  sort  of  treatment? 


A  Medical  Journalist's  Splendid  Record 
in  the  Army  Medical  Service. — ^The  rec- 
ord of  the  work  of  American  physicians  in 
the  great  war  will  ever  stand  as  one  of  the 
brightest  pages  in  the  annals  of  the  Ameri- 
can medifcal  profession.  Early  during  the 
period  of  the  expansion  of  the  Medical  De- 
partment to  meet  the  needs  of  the  enormous 
army  the  United  States  was  training  and 
planning  to  send  abroad,  there  were  heard 
criticisms  from  many  quarters  to  the  effect 
that  medical  men  were  backward  in  offer- 
ing their  services.  This  was  most  unwar- 
ranted, for  there  were  thousands  of  physi- 
cians who  wished  to  enlist  but  were  pre- 
vented from  doing  so  because  of  being  just 
outside  the  age  limit,  or  because  of  some 
slight  physical  infirmity.  If  there  was 
any  hesitancy  or  delay  on  the  part  of 
the  y.ounger  members  of  the  profes- 
sion, it  was  due  to  red  tape  and  mis- 
understanding. As  soon  as  the  situation 
was  cleared  up  and  certain  misconceptions 
were  removed,  the  number  of  physicians 
who  sought  to  join  the  colors  was  so  great 
that  the  army  authorities  found  it  difficult 
to  issue  commissions  and  assignments  to 
those  acceptable.  Never  can  the  patriotism 
of  the  American  doctor  be  questioned  or 
held  in  doubt.     A  particularly  gratifying 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


68 


February,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


Amkbican  Mbdicins 


feature  of  the  demonstration  of  the  loyalty 
of  the  medical  profession  in  connection  with 
the  great  war  has  been  the  large  number 
of  doctors  of  large  income  and  great  im- 
portance in  their  communities — men  holding 


selves  to  national  needs,  irrespective  of  their 
own  interests,  was  our  good  friend,  Dr.  Jos. 
MacDonald,  Jr.,  Editor  of  the  American 
Journal  of  Surgery,  We  are  especially 
proud  of  Dr.  MacDonald's  record,  and  take 


Major  Joseph  MacDonald,  Jr., 
Army  Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  A. 


the  highest  positions — who  have  cheerfully 
sacrificed  every  personal  interest  to  enter 
the  medical  service  of  the  nation. 

Ainong  the  well-known  medical  men  of 
the  United  States  who  thus  devoted  them- 


particular  pleasure  in  referring  to  it  briefly, 
because  in  a  way  he  has  represented  Ameri- 
can medical  journalism  and  the  ideals  it  has 
stood  for  since  the  fateful  day  when  Ger- 
many "unleashed  the  dogs  of  war."     Dr. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Medicins 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


February,  1919 


69 


MacDcmald's  qualifications  as  an  executive 
and  administrator,  unusual  in  a  medical  man 
of  his  professional  knowledge  and  attain- 
ments, have  enabled  him  to  accomplish  a 
great  deal  that  would  have  been  impossible 
for  the  average  physician.  In  fact,  we  are 
confident  we  are  making  no  extravagant 
statement  when  we  say  that  few  men  have 
done  more  thru  their  own  personal  effort  to 
aid  and  promote  the  organization  of  the 
Army  Medical  G)rps  than  Major  Mac- 
Donald.  According  to  the  record,  he  was 
commissioned  in  1913  as  a  first  lieutenant  in 
the  Medical  Reserve  Corps,  U.  S.  A.  Hav- 
ing a  fondness  for  military  work  he  at- 
tended a  number  of  camps  of  instruction 
for  medical  officers,  notably  at  Tobyhanna, 
Pa.,  and  took  the  special  course  for  medical 
officers  arranged  at  Ft.  Leavenworth, 
Kansas.  In  March,  1917,  at  the  organization 
of  the  United  States  Army  Medical  Exam- 
ining Board  for  New  Jersey,  he  was  ap- 
pointed adjutant  of  the  board  and  on  April 
10th,  1917,  was  commissioned  a  captain.  On 
December  10th,  1917,  he  was  commissioned 
a  major  in  the  Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  A.,  and 
in  April,  1918,  was  appointed  by  Surgeon- 
General  Gorgas  president  of  the  Army 
Medical  Examining  Board  of  New  Jersey. 
Between  June,  1917,  and  November  of  that 
year  he  covered  3,200  miles  in  the  State  of 
New  Jersey  in  the  interest  of  the  examin- 
ing board,  which  means  many  trips  con- 
sidering that  New  Jersey  is  only  about  180 
miles  long  and  less  than  100  miles  wide. 
Over  1,100  members  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion of  New  Jersey  were  physically  and 
mentally  examined  by  this  board  and  over 
1,000  were  recommended  for  commissions 
in  the  Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  A.  In  June, 
1918,  Major  MacDonald  was  appointed  by 
Secretary  of  War  Baker,  a  member  of  the 
General  Medical  Board  at  Washington.  Ma- 
jor MacDonald's  activities  in  the  interest 
of  the  Army  Medical  Corps  have  not  alone 
been  confined  to  his  work  in  New  Jersey. 
As  secretary  and  treasurer  of  the  American 
Medical  Editors'  Association,  he  prepared 
two  special  editorials  a  month  for  over  100 
of  the  leading  medical  journals  thruout  the 
United  States,  setting  forth  the  needs  of 
the  medical  department  of  the  United 
States  Army.  This  work  he  carried  on  from 
June,  1917,  until  the  signing  of  the  armis- 
tice. 

Upon  Major  MacDonald's  honorable  dis- 
charge from  the  army,  he  was  highly  com- 


mended by  the  surgeon-general,  who  ex- 
pressed his  personal  appreciation  of  the 
splendid  spirit  manifested  in  giving  such 
faithful  service  and  valuable  assistance  to 
the  army. 

It  is  understood  that  Major  MacDonald 
as  a  civilian  will  remain  a  member  of  the 
General  Medical  Board  at  Washington. 

In  closing  these  few  words  of  tribute  to 
Major  MacDonald,  we  believe  his  many 
friends  will  feel  as  we  do  that  in  serving 
the  Nation  in  its  hour  of  stress  so  faith- 
fully and  well,  he  has  honored  his  col- 
leagues, especially  those  who  have  been  as- 
sociated with  him  in  medical  journalism. 
After  all  there  are  few  who  will  be  sur- 
prised, for  Dr.  Joseph  MacDonald's  effi- 
ciency has  long  been  known,  and  his  work 
during  the  past  decade  as  secretary  of  the 
American  Medical  Editors'  Association  will 
stand  for  many  a  day  as  a  monument  to  his 
fidelity  and  administrative  ability. 


Sleeping  Car  Sanitatioii. — ^The  mys- 
terious process  by  which  certain  reputations 
are  made  and  retained  despite  every  indica- 
tion to  the  contrary  is  distinctly  a  phenom- 
enon worth  reflecting  upon.  Take,  as  an  in- 
stance, the  one-time  magic  of  the  "Made  in 
Germany"  label — now,  happily,  a  vanished 
illusion.  In  pre-war  days,  the  "Made  in 
Germany"  stamp  to  many  minds  carried 
with  it  an  assurance  of  the  cooperation  of 
the  best  of  workmanship,  the  finest  of  ma- 
terials, and  the  minimum  of  cost.  For  a 
long  time  (for  too  long  a  time)  this  popular 
illusion  prevailed.  Recently,  a  group  of  men 
in  a  restaurant  fell  to  discussing  the  quality 
of  German-made  goods  and  the  secret  of 
their  success  over  many  a  British  product. 
One  of  the  men  asked  all  present  to  produce 
their  pen-knives  and  examine  them.  Of  the 
six  men  present,  five  had  knives  made  in 
Germany,  one  alone  had  a  knife  made  in 
England.  The  five  German  knives  had  ail 
been  sharpened  often  and  were  in  poor  con- 
dition. The  one  English-made  knife  had 
seen  more  service  than  any  of  its  rivals,  had 
never  been  sharpened  and  was  still  in  ex- 
cellent condition.  And  everyone  wondered 
why  the  Germans  had  been  able  to  sell  five 
knives  for  ever  knife  the  English  could  sell 
in  the  United  States.  Exit  a  grand  illusion, 
and  enter  a  new  wisdom. 

American   sleeping  car  accommodations 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


70 


February^  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


American  Mkdicins 


are  noted  all  over  the  world  as  having  at- 
tained the  highest  point  in  perfection  of  serv- 
ice. In  Europe  the  American  standard  is 
used  in  judging  the  qualities  of  the  service 
there,  but  to  any  one  who  has  traveled 
southward  this  winter  it  would  appear  that 
this  is  only  another  instance  of  a  great  illu- 
sion persisting  in  the  popular  mind  for  some 
reason  that  is  in  the  highest  sense  mysteri- 
ous and  inexplicable.  Such  a  traveler  would 
be  only  too  apt,  provided  his  critical  facul- 
ties were  at  all  operative,  to  conclude  that 
the  service  is  the  worst  rather  than  the 
best  in  the  world  and  the  service  is 
the  worst  in  the  one  direction  of  night 
travel  where  it  should  be  scrupulously 
good  for  excellent  reasons.  The  drift 
toward  the  south  in  the  winter  is  largely 
on  the  part  of  wealthy  pleasure  seek- 
ers, but  it  is  perhaps  more  conspicuously 
noteworthy  for  the  great  number  of  people 
in  delicate  health  who  seek  the  mild  cli- 
mate of  the  south  during  the  trying  months 
of  severe  northern  weather.  More  than  any 
other  class,  these  ailing  folk  are  entitled  to 
the  greatest  consideration  on  the  part  of 
those  to  whom  they  entrust  their  well-being 
and  comfort  during  the  period  of  transit — 
a  consideration  for  which  they  pay  gener- 
ously enough,  when  one  considers  the  Pull- 
man rates  of  today.  One  would  think,  then, 
that  the  southbound  railroad  service  would 
be,  in  point  of  sanitation,  at  any  rate,  the 
most  carefully  conducted  of  all;  and  yet 
the  traveler  becomes  at  once  strikingly 
aware  of  one  gravely  unsanitary  symptom 
of  neglect  which  compels  him  to  indulge 
in  the  most  pessimistic  speculation.  He 
observes  in  the  first  place  a  startling  neg- 
lect of  the  general  rules  of  cleanliness  in 
the  sleeping  cars  and  then  he  notices  a  most 
disheartening  condition  of  blankets  and 
mattresses.  These,  if  they  are  sterilized  at 
all,  are  sterilized  at  such  long  intervals 
as  to  render  them — one  cannot  resist  the 
temptation  to  say  dangerous — dangerous 
both  to  the  ailing  travelers,  who  are  ex- 
posed to  accentuation  of  their  ailments, 
and  to  the  sound  passengers,  who  are  ex- 
posed to  contagion  from  ills  which  they 
have  every  right  to  be  protected  against.  A 
close  inspection  of  the  bedding  on  these 
railways  would  lead  one  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  sleeping  car  is  one  of  the  most  ef- 
fective carriers  in  the  transmission  of  acute 
respiratory  infections.  It  has  been  frequent- 


ly noted  and  wondered  at  that  man/  north- 
erners, a  few  days  after  arriving  in  the 
south,  develop  mysterious  colds  and  bron- 
chial disorders,  the  origin  of  which  is  very 
obscure;  and  it  may  not  be  at  all  unlikely 
that  these  disorders  may  be  traced  to  the 
unsanitary  conditions  prevailing  in  the 
sleepers  in  which  they  traveled.  Both  classes 
of  travelers,  the  well  and  the  ill,  are  justly 
entitled  to  better  care  on  the  part  of  the 
railroad  officials;  and  it  would  be  well  for 
both  to  make  it  plain  to  the  authorities  re- 
sponsible that  they  insist  on  better  protec- 
tion, that  they  expect  more  attention  to  be 
paid  to  the  primary  rules  of  sanitation  that 
prevail  in  even  the  most  modestly  conducted 
sleeping  quarters.  Pullman  cars  are  not  ex- 
empted from  these  rules  merely  because 
they  are  only  temporary  sleeping  quarters. 


Fletcherism.^ — Horace  Fletcher,  whose 
name  has  not  undeservedly  been  incor- 
porated in  the  English  vocabulary  and  who 
died  in  Copenhagen  recently,  has  left  be- 
hind him  a  legacy  of  food  wisdom  which 
has  been  more  applauded  than  it  has  been 
heeded.  During  the  past  few  years  Horace 
Fletcher  had  not  been  much  in  the  public 
view,  but  a  dozen  years  ago  and  for  some 
time  afterwards  his  philosophy  of  eating, 
which  came  to  be  known  as  '*fletcherism," 
enjoyed  an  enormous  vogue.  It  threatened, 
in  fact,  to  revolutionize  the  art  (or  would 
it  not  be  truer  to  say  the  practice  ?)  of  food 
consumption,  and  it  did  indeed  win  a  mod- 
est number  of  converts,  but  its  promise  of 
huge  results  was  not  achieved.  It  would 
perhaps  be  more  precise  to  say  that  in- 
numerable converts  were  won  to  the  theory 
but  very  few  to  the  practice.  But  this 
failure  to  alter  the  eating  habits  of  a  whole 
nation  (which  was  no  doubt  Fletcher's  aim) 
cannot  be  ascribed  to  the  weakness  of  his 
philosophy,  which  was  distinctly  convinc- 
ing and  which  was  demonstrated  as  potent 
by  a  number  of  exhaustive  tests.  Fletcher's 
system  failed  because  it  was  a  simplification 
and  because  the  trend  of  all  modern  progress 
is  toward  complication.  Civilization  seems 
to  abhor  simplicity  as  much  as  nature  ab- 
hors a  vacuum.  Wagner's  "Simple  Life" 
created  a  huge  stir  and  won  great  popular- 
ity. For  a  long  time  it  was  the  only  topic 
of  conversation  in  drawing-room  and  cafe 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicinb 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


February^  1919 


71 


alike,  but,  tho  it  taught  many  people  to 
speak  eloquently  and  passionately  of  the  de- 
lights of  the  pastoral  life,  it  persuaded  very 
few  to  go  back  to  nature.  The  trend  in  re- 
cent years,  despite  Wagner  and  the  "Simple 
Life,"  has  been  decidedly  away  from  the 
vast  spaces  of  the  open  country  and  toward 
the  confinements  and  narrow  alleys  of  the 
great  cities — away  from  simplification  and 
toward  complication. 

Compare  a  table  d'hote  menu  of  the  mid- 
dle ages  with  yesterday's  dinner  card  at  one 
of  the  smarter  hotels  and  the  same  unmis- 
takable tendency  will  be  revealed.  The  glut- 
tonous wassailers  of  the  romantic  old  days, 
noted  for  their  everlastingly  yawning  stom- 
achs and  insatiable  palates,  would  flush 
with  envy  at  the  refined  gluttony  of  the 
modem  banquet  table.  The  sin  of  the  age 
is  not  so  much  undernourishment  as  it  is 
overeating.  Of  any  ten  people  of  comfort- 
able means  chosen  at  random,  seven  eat  too 
much  and  two  eat  unwisely.  It  was  Fletch- 
er's hope  that  he  might  persuade  these  seven 
to  eat  less  and  the  other  two  to  eat  more 
discreetly.  And  for  a  time  it  looked  as 
tho  he  might  succeed.  His  was  not  a 
laboriously  scientific  theory,  minutely  com- 
puting calories,  and  proteins,  and  starches. 
It  had  all  the  ear-marks  of  a  popular  con- 
ception. "Eat  as  often  as  you  like  and 
whatever  you  like,"  he  said,  "only  see  to 
it  that  you  masticate  vour  food  properly  and 
that  you  do  not  swallow  a  morsel  until  you 
absolutely  have  to.  There  are  little  tongues 
in  the  back  of  your  mouth  which  will  draw 
the  food  down  when  the  stomach  is  ready 
for  it.  Leave  the  business  of  swallowing  to 
them.  All  you  have  to  do  is  just  chew,  chew, 
chew."  Anyone  who  has  followed  these 
simple  injunctions  will  be  ready  to  testify 
to  their  great  wisdom.  Food  consumed  in 
accordance  with  the  theory  of  "fletcher- 
ism"  fulfils  not  only  the  first  function  of 
food,  the  satisfying  of  the  appetite,  but  in 
addition  conduces  to  a  fitness  and  alertness 
of  physical  condition  unknown  to  the 
"heay\^"  eater.  No  man  has  eaten  well  who 
cannot,  after  a  good  meal,  take  a  jog  trot 
around  the  square  without  feeling  the  ef- 
fects ;  and  anyone  who  has  fletcherized  his 
meal  can  do  that.  Such  a  result  alone  would 
justify  the  value  of  the  theory.  Yet,  what  is 
the  verdict  of  the  public?  In  the  last  decade 
the  number  of  "quick  lunch"  restaurants 
has  doubled !  It  is  a  misfortune  for  any 
man  to  choose  a  philosophy  that  counsels 


a  slowing  down  of  the  speed  of  living  in 
an  age  when  the  aeroplane  and  the  jazz 
band  dictate  the  tempo  to  which  most  of  us 
respond. 


Dangers  of  European  TraveL — ^The  of- 
fices of  the  various  steamship  companies 
thruoiit  the  country  have  been  beseiged 
with  application  for  passage  across  the  At- 
lantic which  run  into  the  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands, and  it  seems  that  the  moment  the 
bars  are  let  down  there  will  be  an  un- 
precedented rush  of  travelers  who  are  keen 
to  visit  the  battle  scenes  of  Europe  or  to 
see  how  the  capitals  they  knew  so  well  in 
peace  time  have  altered  under  the  strain 
of  four  years  of  war.  No  doubt  the  people 
of  Europe  look  forward  no  less  anxiously 
to  this  rush  of  foreign  visitors,  who  promise 
an  increase  of  revenue  which  will  be  wel- 
come after  the  strain  of  expenditures  which 
the  war  has  entailed.  But  there  are  two 
good  reasons  why  Americans  should  for 
the  time  being  postpone  their  proposed  in- 
vasion of  Europe.  One  is  that  the  officials 
of  the  allied  countries  do  not  want  them 
to  come  at  this  time,  when  the  transporta- 
tion facilities  are  strained  to  their  utmost 
in  the  complicated  task  of  demobilization 
and  reconstruction.  Italy  has  already  offi- 
cially announced  that  she  would  regard  a 
postponement  of  any  influx  of  American 
visitors  for  the  present  as  a  favor,  and 
France  has  intimated  as  much  thru  more 
than  one  of  her  spokesmen.  But  there  is  a 
second  consideration  of  forbidding  impor- 
tance— forbidding  to  the  traveler — and  that 
is  the  danger  such  a  traveler  would  expose 
himself  to  in  visiting  Europe  at  a  time  when 
contagious  diseases  are  as  prevalent  as  they 
are  abroad  just  now.  The  vitality  of  the 
peoples  of  Europe,  sapped  by  the  burdens  of 
so  long  and  so  trying  a  war,  are  at  low 
ebb,  and  diseases  such  as  typhus,  pneu- 
monia, smallpox  and  others  have  found 
ready  victims  everywhere.  Besides,  many  of 
the  returning  prisoners  are  coming  back 
to  France  consumptive.  These  diseases  are 
a  distinct  menace  to  anyone  exposing  him- 
self to  them,  and  Americans  would  be  ex- 
ceedingly unwise  to  refuse  to  allay  their 
curiosity  when  it  can  be  satisfied  only  at 
the  cost  of  such  unnecessary  exposure.  It 
would  be  more  sensible  to  postpone  that 
projected  trip  to  Europe  until  such  time  as 
conditions  there  are  restored  more  nearly 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


72 


February,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


Amsrican  Mbdicinb 


to  normal  and  the  dangler  to  the  health  of 
the  visitor  is  eliminated. 


Making  War  Unprc^taUe^While  doc- 
tors of  jurisprudence  and  authorities  on 
international  law  are  examining  and  re- 
examining the  items  of  the  League  of  Na- 
tions Covenant,  the  average  inquiring  mind, 
with  only  humane  common  sense  to  guide 
it.  will  find  embodied  in  the  articles  of  this 
Covenant  a  single,  homely,  unpretentious 
item  which  will  go  a  good  way  toward  the 
solution  of  the  problem  of  war.  One  para- 
graph in  Article  VIII  reads:  "The  high 
contracting  parties  agree  that  the  manu- 
facture by  private  enterprise  of  munitions 
and  implements  of  war  lends  itself  to  grave 
objections,  and  direct  the  executive  council 
to  advise  how  the  evil  effects  attendant  upon 
such  manufacture  can  be  prevented,"  etc. 
This  can  mean  only  one  thing:  government 
ownership  of  the  materials  and  facilities 
for  manufacturing  the  implements  of  war. 
In  reading  this  item,  which  seems  to  have 
won  so  little  notice  for  itself,  one  cannot 
but  recall  the  notorious  instance  of  the  mu- 
nition magnates  who  bought  out  a  French 
paper  and  a  German  paper  and  promptly 
began  a  campaign  for  armaments  which 
constitutes  to  our  mind  the  most  flagrant, 
the  most  culpable  and  heartless  flirtation 
with  war  that  history  records.  The  German 
paper  came  out  editorially  with  a  strong  ar- 
ticle on  the  need  of  a  larger  army,  of  more 
copious  supplies  to  meet  the  national  need. 
The  French  paper,  owned  by  the  selfsame 
firm  and  fully  aware  of  the  intention  of 
this  article,  immediately  took  alarm  at  this 
amazing  stand.  It  responded  quickly  with 
an  equally  emphatic  article  urging  a  larger 
standing  army  for  the  French,  pointing  to 
the  threatening  attitude  the  Germans  were 
taking  and  quoting  the  German  article  to 
sustain  its  contention.  The  German  paper, 
in  its  turn,  made  conspicuous  extracts  from 
the  French  article  as  a  sign  of  the  prep- 
arations that  were  going  on  in  France  for 
what  could  be  interpreted  only  as  aggres- 
sion against  Germany,  and  once  more  urged 
the  necessity  of  a  greater  army,  and  of  in- 
creased armaments.  The  shuttle  worked  back 
and  forth  in  this  way  for  a  long  time,  until 
the  reading  public  of  both  nations,  believ- 


ing what  it  read  and  being  ignorant  of  the 
single  ownership  of  both  papers,  came  to  a 
climax  of  nervous  excitement  and  hyster- 
ically began  to  clamor  for  protection  against 
a  threatening  enemy.  Each  side  suspected 
the  other,  each  side  accused  the  other — 
and  the  net  result  was  record  dividends  for 
the  munition  magnates.  One  can  imagine 
that  the  responsibility  of  creating  bitterness 
between  two  nations  already  sufficiently 
apprehensive  of  each  other  weighed  very 
lightly  indeed  on  the  consciences  of  the 
enriched  magnates. 

It  is  a  difficult  and  complicated  adven- 
ture to  try  to  make  war  impossible,  but  it 
is  a  comparatively  simple  and  easily  real- 
izable aim  to  make  war  unprofitable;  and 
making  it  unprofitable  will  make  it  unde- 
sirable to  the  malevolent  forces  which  at 
times  are  in  power  in  most  prosperous  coun- 
tries and  which  are  unscrupulous  enough 
to  consider  their  own  selfish  ends  only.  The 
item  of  Article  VIII  quoted,  tho  not  as 
heroic  and  impressive  an  item  as  some  of 
the  more  ponderous  ones  in  the  Covenant, 
has  this  far-reaching  design  in  view.  It  will 
disarm  forever  the  selfish  interests  which 
build  their  fortunes  and  their  palaces  on  the 
groundwork  of  international  hatred.  These 
selfish  interests  exist  in  every  country — 
men  who,  one  should  admit,  are  not  infre- 
quently as  much  the  victims  of  their  own 
greed  as  the  millions  whom  they  plunge 
into  bloody  conflict,  who  are  often  even 
convinced  that  their  motives  are  genuinely 
patriotic  and  utterly  unselfish  and  who  are 
loudest  in  protesting  their  utter  disinterest- 
edness. It  is  wrong  that  any  small  group  of 
men  should  be  able  to  grow  rich  by  a  means 
which  entails  the  impoverishment  and  suf- 
fering of  every  member  of  the  community 
except  themselves.  No  one  likes  war — ^that 
is  a  sane,  sensible,  normal  feeling — ^and  no 
one  should  ever  be  submitted  to  the  tempta- 
tion of  compromising  his  instinctive  hatred 
of  war  by  the  consideration  that  he  will 
get  something  by  it.  There  are  two  mo- 
tives which  control  human  conduct:  love 
and  greed;  and  in  the  past  international 
relations  have  been  regulated  too  often  by 
national  greed.  We  can  think  of  no  better 
first  step  toward  the  elimination  of  war 
than  that  which  makes  it  forever  unprofit- 
able to  any  element,  and  Article  VIII  of  the 
Covenant  aims  boldly  and  simply  at  that 
end. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.BS 


February,  1919 


73 


ORIGINAL 
RTI C  LE  S 


SO-CALLED  HEART  BLOCK:  RE- 
PORT OF  A  CASE  INCLUDING  A 
BRIEF  REVIEW  OF  RECENT  LIT- 
ERATURE. 

BT 

HENRY  B.  PBLLE.  M.  D.. 
LouisYlUe,  Kentucky. 

From  a  scientific  or  at  least  a  technical 
standpoint,  heart  block  seems  totally  inex- 
pressive, inappropriate  and  a  misnomer, 
since  the  cardia  itself  does  not  become 
"blocked."  When  and  by  whom  the  term 
was  originated  and  introduced  into  medical 
parlance  is  of  no  importance ;  it  appears  to 
have  been  commonly  employed  since  1906 
and  will  probably  have  to  be  retained  until 
a  more  expressive  designation  is  invented. 
Pulsus  bigeminus,  bradycardia,  cardiataxia, 
allorrhjrthmia,  arrhythmia  and  other  more 
euphonious  terms  occasionally  encountered 
in  the  literature  fail  to  dearly  express  the 
evident  meaning  intended  by  heart  block. 

For  many  years  the  cause  of  the  cardiac 
cycle  and  particularly  the  avenue  thru 
which  impulse  is  transmitted  from  auricle 
to  ventricle,  has  been  the  subject  of  con- 
troversy. Certain  physiologists  have  con- 
tended that  transmission  of  cardiac  im- 
pulse was  thru  the  nervous  system,  while 
others  have  defended  the  muscular  tissue 
theory.  His  (1903)  discovered  a  mus- 
cular band  connecting  the  auricles  and  ven- 
tricles, now  generally  known  as  the  "bundle 


of  His,"  which  in  the  human  being  is  18 
mm.  long,  2.5  mm.  wide  and  1.5  mm.  thick. 
That  this  bundle  transmits  the  impulse  from 
auricle  to  ventricle  has  been  experimentally 
demonstrated  by  several  careful  observers. 
It  is  stated  that  by  compressing  the  bundle 
of  His,  all  stages  of  interruption  of  impulse 
transmission  from  auricle  to  ventricle  may 
be  obtained ;  that  slight  compression  causes 
an  increase  in  intersystolic  pause,  greater 
compression  an  intermittency  in  ventricular 
contractions,  complete  compression  inde- 
pendent auricular  and  ventricular  contrac- 
tions. 

As  at  present  used  heart  block  may  be 
defined  as  a  circulatory  phenomenon  or 
symptom-complex  in  which  the  stimulus  for 
contraction  transmitted  from  auricle  to 
ventricle  by  muscular  fibers  (bundle  of  His) 
is  stopped  or  blocked.  Defective  conducr 
tion  or  transmission  may  be  due  to  known 
or  unknown  underlying  pathology.  Lesions 
involving  the  auriculoventricular  bundle 
must  be  exceedingly  rare.  A  multitude  of 
presumed  exciting  or  contributing  causa- 
tive factors  have  been  mentioned  by  those 
indulging  in  theoretical  speculation,  but  so 
far  as  can  be  ascertained  no  definite  or  con- 
stant etiologic  factor  has  yet  been  estab- 
lished. 

There  may  be  only  an  occasional  pro- 
longation of  ventricular  systole;  the  ventri- 
cle may  only  respond  to  every  second  or 
third  auricular  beat  or  even  more  infre- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


74 


Februabt^  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AicnucAN  Mbdicinb 


quently ;  the  block  may  be  complete  so  that 
no  stimulus  whatever  reaches  the  ventricle. 
In  the  latter  event  the  auricle  pursues  one 
rhythm  and  the  ventricle  an  independent 
(much  slower)  rate.  The  variation  may  thus 
be  slight  or  considerable  depending  upon  the 
degree  of  the  so-called  block  and  consequent 
defective  conduction  or  transmission. 

Anatomically  heart  block  has  been  clas- 
sified, according  to  the  location  of  the  in- 
efficiency, thus :  (a)  auriculoventricular, 
when  located  at  the  auriculoventricular 
junction,  (b)  sino-auricular,  when  at  the 
sino-auricular  junction,  (c)  dextroauriculo- 
septolevauricular,  when  at  the  line  of  union 
of  the  right  auricle  with  the  left  auricle 
plus  the  interauricular  septum,  (d)  septo- 
dextroauriculolevauricular,  when  at  the  line 
of  union  of  the  right  auricle  plus  the  inter- 
auricular septum  with  the  left  auricle. 

According  to  Blackford  and  Willius  com- 
plete (chronic)  heart  block  owes  its  origin 
to  a  functionally  complete  "break"  in  the 
auriculoventricular  bundle,  i,  e.,  failure  of 
conduction  from  organic  severance.  Path- 
ologically, inflammation,  degeneration,  in- 
filtrating gummata  and  neoplasms  are  the 
chief  lesions  described.  Valvular  defects 
and  coronary  sclerosis  are  usually  present. 
The  most  frequent  valvular  lesion  is  the 
mitral.  Progressive  changes  in  cardiac 
rhythm  from  definite  prolongation  of  the 
auriculoventricular  interval  to  the  "dropped" 
beat,  then  to  2-1  and  3-1  rhythm  and  finally 
to  complete  dissociation  of  rhythm,  have 
been  recognized  and  described.  The  Stokes- 
Adams  syndrome  results  from  circulatory 
changes  which  produce  cerebral  anemia; 
in  certain  instances  exercise  seems  to  be 
the  responsible  factor,  since  there  is  no 
compensatory  increase  in  the  ventricular 
rate.  Rare  instances  have  been  recorded 
where  complete  block   existed   for   many 


years  with  little  or  no  clinical  discomfort 
and  in  which  no  organic  lesion  was  evident. 
However,  the  majority  of  patients  with 
chronic  heart  block  are  confirmed  car- 
diopaths,  subject  to  the  Stokes-Adams 
syndrome  with  its  attendant  dangers. 

Mrs.  K.  C,  aged  seventy-one  years,  first 
consulted  me  April  7,  1911,  complaining 
of  brief  attacks  of  "giddiness,  fainty  feeling 
and  slow  pounding  of  the  heart,"  constipa- 
tion and  its  results,  but  no  headache.  Her 
blood  pressure  was  then  240  mm.  Hg. ;  the 
urine  contained  albumin  with  hyaline  and 
granular  casts.  Marked  improvement  in 
her  physical  condition  resulted  from  about 
two  months'  daily  hypodermic  use  of  the 
Roberts-Hawley  lymph  compound.  This 
continued  until  June,  1913,  at  which  time 
she  went  to  Seattle,  Washington,  where  she 
remained  until  early  in  November.  Her 
return  trip  was  most  exciting ;  her  program 
was  altered,  and  returning  by  a  different 
route  than  intended,  she  was  compelled  to 
change  trains  eight  different  times.  Her 
rest  was  greatly  disturbed,  she  slept  little 
and  had  tjie  misfortune  to  lose  her  port- 
manteau containing  valuables,  which  was 
afterward  found,  but  too  late  to  allow  her 
to  make  a  continuous  journey  home  and 
she  had  to  pay  an  additional  fare  from  St. 
Louis  to  Louisville.  I  mention  these  cir- 
cumstances merely  to  show  the  strain  under 
which  she  labored  for  three  or  four  days. 

The  patient  returned  to  Louisville, 
November  12,  1913,  and  had  Br  serious  at- 
tack of  s)mcope  on  November  16th.  Similar 
attacks  occurred  from  time  to  time  during 
the  entire  winter;  she  sometimes  had  as 
many  as  twenty-five  within  twenty-four 
hours;  her  pulse  to  my  certain  knowledge 
was  often  as  low  as  twenty  beatis  per 
minute;  the  nurse  reported  the  pulse  as 
fifteen  just  before  some  of  the  attacks  oc- 
curred. During  the  following  summer  the 
patient  remained  free  from  syncopal  S)mip- 
toms  and  was  allowed  to  go  about  with  an 
attendant. 

The  seizures  began  again  in  January, 
1915,  and  were  frequent  until  the  latter  part 
of  May.  At  this  time  the  woman  was 
seventy-four  years  of  age.  The  following 
additional  history  may  be  interesting :  There 
had  been  no  other  serious  illness  since  reach- 
ing womanhood;  she  had  always  applied 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKRICAN  MbDICINS 


ORIOINAL.  ARTICLES 


February,  1919 


75 


herself  strenuously  to  business  affairs  and 
"supposed  financial  troubles."  No  luetic, 
tuberculous  or  "rheumatic"  history.  She 
had  given  birth  to  eight  children  without 
complications.  Three  yeairs  ago  her  pulse 
became  intermittent  and  averaged  38  beats 
per  minute,  while  systolic  auricular  sounds 
were  72.  After  first  syncopal  attack  such 
seizures  became  frequent,  but  later  occurred 
at  longer  intervals ;  seven  weeks'  immunity, 
then  again  becoming  more  frequent.  One 
day  she  had  eight  attacks,  in  five  of  which 
she  became  unconscious,  and  three  the  next 
day  developing  suddenly,  with  pale  face, 
cyanosed  lips,  absence  of  respiration  and 
radial  pulse  for  three  minutes.  The  pulse 
returned  at  first  weak  and  slow,  gaining  in 
force  and  frequency  until  it  reached  120, 
continuing  at  that  high  rate  for  about  thirty 
seconds.  Her  sensations  were  described  as 
a  "dizzy  feeling  in  head"  extending  into  the 
body  followed  by  unconsciousness  and 
sometimes  involuntary  defecation  and 
micturition.  Her  eyes  were  set  with  lids 
half  open  and  there  was  sometimes  gagging 
when  consciousness  was  returning.  Her 
face  was  always  pale  and  the  pupils  were 
contracted;  no  headache  and  no  pain,  ex- 
cepting occasional  lumbar  discomfort;  no 
dyspnea  when  patient  was  not  excited.  She 
said  that  two  years  ago  she  had  vertigo 
which  persisted  for  a  month.  For  a  consider- 
able time  her  alvine  evacuations  were  almost 
as  white  as  cotton.  Average  pulse  rate  28; 
average  blood  pressure  188-50;  heart  dul- 
ness  3yj/i  by  1,%;  absolute  dulness  2,J4; 
apex  beat  diffuse  and  of  moderate  force; 
extra  systoles,  occasional  systolic  mitral 
murmur;  auricular  sounds  76  per  minute, 
irregular;  no  pulsation  in  suprasternal 
notch.  Left  pulse  full,  right  scarcely  dis- 
cernible. 

Several  of  my  confrerers  saw  this  patient 
with  me  in  consultation  and  various 
methods  of  treatment  were  faithfully  tried, 
including  the  administration  of  digitalis, 
atropin,  epinephrin,  etc.,  without  any  per- 
manent appreciable  effect.  On  August  4, 
1916,  the  patient  became  unconscious,  ex- 
hibiting the  usual  symptoms  of  apoplexy 
and  died  August  6th.    Autopsy  refused. 

Bridgman  and  King  speak  of  a  negro  hav- 
ing complete  heart  block,  Stokes-Adams 
syndrome  and  a  strongly  positive  Wasser- 


mann  reaction.  After  less  than  five  weeks' 
antisyphilitic  treatment  conduction  time 
was  practically  normal  and  he  became  symp- 
.  tomatically  well.  Wassermann  reaction 
negative  on  two  occasions  four  months  later. 
Of  especial  interest  was  the  electrophono- 
grams  which  showed  auricular  sounds  dur- 
ing complete  block  and  after  normal 
rhythm  had  been  resiuned. 

Podmaniczky  reports  two  cases  of 
"rheumatic"  heart  block.  The  first  occurred 
transiently  during  acute  articular  "rheu- 
matism" in  a  young  man.  The  attack 
developed  suddenly  accompanied  by  dizzi- 
ness; the  radial  and  carotid  pulse  receded 
to  32,  that  in  the  jugular  vein  being  94.  The 
next  day  the  pulse  was  50,  both  carotid  and 
jugular  beating  together.  The  second  case 
was  in  a  male  of  twenty-nine  with  a  history 
of  "heart  trouble"  for  ten  years  following 
articular  "rheumatism."  Pulse  40,  pulsa- 
tion in  jugular  vein  70  to  80.  The  cardiac 
symptoms  had  entered  a  stationary  phase 
and  persisted  for  years.  There  seemed  to 
be  total  permanent  heart  block  from  "rheu- 
matic" myocarditis. 

Thayer  mentions  a  female  who  for  two 
and  a  half  years  had  occasional  S3mcopal 
and  eclamptic  attacks  with  extreme  brady- 
cardia. Between  these  periods  pulse 
regular,  about  30  per  minute.  Polygraphic 
and  electrocardiographic  study  revealed 
synchronous  slowing  of  both  auricles  and 
ventricles,  with  greater  prolongation  of  the 
As-Vs  interval  than  hitherto  reported.  In 
polygraphic  tracings  a-c-  interval  from  0.7 
to  1.0  second;  in  electrocardiograms  P-R 
time  often  over  0.7  second.  Diagnosis  dis- 
ease of  the  auriculo ventricular  bundle.  In 
a  second  case  essential  bradycardia  occurred 
in  a  male  of  thirty-five.  For  five  years 
pulse  beat  ranged  between  30  and  40  with 
patient  at  rest.    There  was  no  prolongation 


Digitized  by 


Google 


76 


February,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


AlORICAN  MBDIOINB 


of  the  As-Vs  interval.  Vertigo  and  nausea 
five  years  ago,  but  no  evidence  that  these 
were  associated  with  auriculoventricular 
dissociation.  Patient  remained  in  good 
health  despite  persistent  bradycardia. 

Four  cases  of  sino-auricular  heart  block 
are  described  by  Levine  showing  pauses  of 
heart  action  equal  to  multiples  of  normal 
heart  cycle  of  the  respective  individual, 
there  being  no  evidence  of  auricular  ac- 
tivity during  the  pauses  indicated  blocking 
of  the  impulse  above  the  auricles,  t.  e,,  at 
the  sino-auricular  node.  The  first  patient 
had  bradycardia  on  exertion.  The  ven- 
tricular rate  receded  to  43  from  acceleration 
of  sinus  rate.  Tracings  showed  block  de- 
pended on  sinus  arrhythmia.  Whenever 
the  sinus  rate  increased  beyond  a  certain 
point  the  node  failed  to  conduct  impulse  to 
auricles.  Three  patients  showed  sino- 
auricular  block  only  after  taking  digitalis. 
One  patient  had  frequent  pauses  in  which 
one,  two,  three  or  four  beats  were  blocked ; 
at  one  time  the  electrocardiogram  showed 
total  sino-auricular  block  for  "many 
seconds,"  the  ventricles  beating  at  their 
slow  idioventricular  rhythm. 

Two  cases  are  cited  by  Lundsgaard :  ( 1 ) 
a  male  of  fifty-nine  suffering  from  aneurism 
of  the  aorta  had  transitory  irregular  pulse, 
appearing  at  one  time  like  intermittent  heart 
block,  at  another  an  arrhythmia  perpetua; 
(2)  a  male  of  thirty-three  suffering  from 
"rheumatic"  fever  had  intermittent  heart 
block  which  disappeared  when  the  joint 
symptoms  ceased  and  the  temperature  re- 
ceded to  normal. 

Laursen  refers  to  heart  block  in  a  young 
man  with  no  history  of  scarlet  fever,  diph- 
theria or  acute  articular  "rheumatism" ;  nor 
was  he  guilty  of  excesses  of  any  kind.  He 
complained  two  weeks  of  headache,  then 
sore  throat  and  foot  pains  but  no  fever. 


He  suddenly  became  dizzy  and  fell;  dizzi- 
ness later  returned  with  cardiac  oppression. 
Examination  revealed  total  heart  block. 
-  Laursen  thinks  "some  otherwise  latent  rheu- 
matic infection  was  responsible  for  this  com- 
plete dissociation  of  conduction  between  au- 
ricle and  ventricle ;  and  the  subsidence  of  the 
heart  block  under  treatment,  as  for  acute 
rheumatism,  confirmed  this  assumption  of 
an  indolent  rheumatic  infection  localizing  in 
the  heart." 

Leporsky  describes  a  patient  having  heart 
block  with  complete  dissociation  of  auricular 
and  ventricular  action  caused  by  some 
lesion  of  the  bundle  of  His.  The  symptoms 
were  auricular  fibrillation  and  ventricular 
automatism.  The  complete  heart  block  was 
continuous  and  caused  by  congenital  cardiac 
lesion.  As  auricular  fibrillation  combined 
with  complete  heart  block  was  first  observed 
experimentally  by  Fredericq,  it  would  be 
appropriate,  Leporsky  thinks,  to  classify  in 
a  special  group  cases  of  cardiac  disease  with 
this  syndrome  as  "Fredericq's  phenomenon 
in  man." 

Frank  and  Polak  saw  a  female  aged  two 
and  a  half  years  with  heart  block.  The 
child  had  been  earlier  examined  by  other 
physicians  and  nothing  abnormal  noted, 
thus  excluding  congenital  heart  block. 
Symptoms  were  noticed  while  child  was  un- 
der medical  care  for  fever  of  unknown  ori- 
gin. There  was  no  cyanosis,  but  a  tendency 
to  dyspnea  with  slow,  weak  pulse.  The  heart 
was  enlarged  and  the  beats  synchronous 
with  the  pulse.  Auricle  107,  ventricle  42.8. 
Digitalis  retarded  slightly  the  auricular 
rhythm,  but  had  no  effect  on  disturbed  con- 
duction. 

In  a  case  recorded  by  White  acute  tran- 
sient heart  block  appeared  as  the  first  sign 
of  acute  "rheumatic"  fever.  The  conduc- 
tion time  between    auricle    and    ventricle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


jLMmaxojCN  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Fbbruabt,  1919 


77 


showed  great  delay  before  onset  of  joint 
symptoms  and  returned  to  normal  about 
six  weeks  after  the  block  was  discovered. 
The  myocardium  not  only  gave  the  first 
evidence  of  importance  of  the  illness,  but 
also  showed  at  least  temporary  damage, 
while  no  evidence  was  found  of  endocardial 
or  pericardial  involvement. 

A  male  of  forty-four  described  by 
Holterdorf  presented  the  Stokes-Adams 
syndrome  and  also  attacks  of  petit  mat  with 
complete  loss  of  consciousness.  The  at- 
tacks occurred  forty  or  fifty  times  an  hour 
day  and  night;  during  five  weeks  the  pa- 
tient was  in  hospital  he  had  nearly  25,000. 
Toward  the  end,  intermissions  became  so 
short  that  attacks  were  practically  con- 
tinuous. The  auricle  beat  three  or'  four 
times  to  the  ventricle  once,  but  the  regular 
ratio  was  preserved,  heart  block  being  in- 
complete. At  necropsy  several  gummatous 
cardiac  nodules  were  found  but  the  auric- 
uloventricular  bundle  showed  merely 
small  cell  infiltration  between  the  muscle 
fibers.  "The  only  case  approaching  this  in 
respect  to  the  frequency  of  the  epileptiform 
seizures  was  one  of  Zong's  with  two  hun- 
dred in  twenty-four  hours,  but  in  the  pres- 
ent case  there  were  eight  hundred." 

Simon  and  Robinson  report  functional 
recovery  of  auriculoventricular  conduction 
between  attacks  of  complete  heart  block. 
The  electrocardiograms  showed  complete 
heart  block  only  on  one  occasion,  but  the 
clinical  observations  and  history  make  it 
clear  that  such  occurred  repeatedly,  while 
records  obtained  between  periods  of  block 
revealed  but  slight  depressions  of  auriculo- 
ventricular conduction.  Syncopal  attacks  oc- 
curred frequently  over  a  period  of  two 
years.  Between  attacks  the  cardiac  mechan- 
ism was  practically  normal. 

Falconer  refers  to  a  male  of  sixty  who 


for  two  months  had  suffered  from  "short- 
ness of  breath"  on  exertion,  but  continued 
working  until  two  days  previously,  when 
giddiness  and  vomiting  developed.  On  at- 
tempting to  rise  next  morning  he  lost  con- 
sciousness and  fell.  While  under  observa- 
tion the  patient  had  numerous  epileptiform 
attacks  with  marked  slowing  of  pulse.  The 
apex  beat  was  in  fifth  interspace  just  inside 
the  nipple  line.  There  was  a  slight  mitral 
murmur.  Sometimes  ventricular  beats  were 
but  12  per  minute  and  between  them  auric- 
ular beats  of  78  were  distinctly  heard. 
There  was  at  first  Cheyne- Stokes  breathing, 
but  this  later  disappeared  with  diminution 
of  the  heart  block. 

Four  types  of  transient  heart  block  are 
described  by  Krumbhaar:  (a)  transient 
partial  A-V  block  of  myocardial  origin,  oc- 
curring during  an  exacerbation  of  acute 
"rheumatic"  carditis,  varying  with  the  de- 
gree of  arthritis,  yet  responding  to  atropin ; 
(b)  transient  complete  A-V  block,  due  to 
digitalis  and  temporarily  reducible  by  atro- 
pin to  a  2-1  rhythm ;  (c)  the  development  of 
defective  conductivity  in  the  right  branch  of 
His'  bundle  in  an  old  man  suffering  with 
arteriosclerosis,  chronic  myocarditis  and 
anginoid  symptoms;  (d)  transient  periods 
of  prolongation  of  the  P-R  interval  (to 
more  than  0.3  second)  without  adequate 
cause  in  a  young  adult  male  who  was  also 
the  subject  of  paroxysmal  tachycardia  of 
auricular  (or  sinus)  origin  occurring  inde- 
pendently of  and  not  affecting  the  state  of 
the  conductive  system. 

Four  cases  were  recently  reported  in  de- 
tail by  Blackford  and  Willius  of  the  Mayo 
Clinic:  (1)  Male  of  forty-two,  no  history  of 
"rheumatism,"  tonsillitis,  chorea  or  lues. 
Following  diphtheria  at  twenty,  occasional 
palpitation  and  rapid  heart  action  noted. 
Slow  pulse,  at  times,  for  eight  or  ten  years 
before  coming  to  clinic.  Two  and  half 
years  ago,  during  attack  of  measles,  pulse 


Digitized  by 


Google 


78 


Februabt^  1919 


ORIOINAl.  ARTICLES 


AMBUCAN  liBDIOINB 


was  42  and  since  ranged  from  37  to  40.  He 
gradually  became  dyspneic  and  unable  to 
work,  but  had  never  been  confined  to  bed. 
Two  weeks  previously  "sinking  spells" 
began ;  he  would  suddenly  become  dizzy  and 
heart  seemed  to  stop.  There  was  momen- 
tary unconsciousness  without  convulsions; 
sometimes  ten  to  twelve  attacks  daily. 
Blood  pressure  112-60,  pulse  36;  heart  six 
inches  to  left;  loud,  harsh,  systolic  mitral 
murmur  with  heaving  apical  impulse.  Diag- 
nosis, bradycardia  with  mitral  lesion,  prob- 
ably double,  and  myocardial  insufficiency. 
Electrocardiogram  showed  complete  disso- 
ciation ;  auricles  71,  ventricles  36.  Wasser- 
mann  negative.  (2)  Male  of  sixty-four,  no 
tonsillitis  or  "rheumatism" ;  denied  venereal 
infection ;  "grip"  twenty  years  ago  followed 
by  dyspnea  and  "pounding  of  the  heart." 
Three  years  previously  had  dizziness  and 
was  treated  for  "heart  trouble."  Edema  of 
legs  noted  two  years  later.  Recently  fainting 
spells,  possibly  apoplectic.  Slow  pulse  four 
months;  exertion  caused  dizzy  spells  last- 
ing few  seconds.  Heart  five  inches  to  left, 
one  inch  to  right ;  pulse  rate  30 ;  loud  systolic 
murmur  at  apex.  Eye-grounds  showed 
arteriosclerotic  vessels  and  hazy  discs; 
brachials  sclerotic.  Electrocardiogram 
showed  complete  block ;  auricles  66 ;  ventri- 
cles 32.  Wassermann  negative.  (3)  Male 
of  sixty-one,  Neisserian  infection  twenty- 
five  years  ago ;  lues  questionable.  Wasser- 
mann negative.  Complained  of  stiffness  of 
spine  and  dizziness  on  exertion.  Cardiac 
history  four  to  six  years'  duration ;  attacks 
of  "all-gone  feeling"  and  momentary  diz- 
ziness, usually  following  exertion,  but  oc- 
casionally at  other  times.  General  condi- 
tion fair;  pulse  36  to  40.  Heart  four  and 
one-half  inches  to  left ;  loud  systolic  murmur 
over  entire  pericardium.  Marked  spondy-' 
litis  deformans  and  large  right  branched 
kidney  stone.  Electrocardiogram  showed 
complete  block;  auricles  107,  ventricles  41. 
(4)  Female  of  twenty-five,  married,  no 
venereal  history.  Wassermann  not  taken. 
Repeated  attacks  of  tonsillitis.  Three  years 
ago  fell  and  struck  lower  back ;  pain  severe 
for  week,  then  relieved  by  discharge  of  a 
larp^e  quantity  of  pus  from  rectum.  Follow- 
ing week  tonsillitis,  repeated  vomiting, 
"fainting  spells,"  pulse  28.  Year  later 
patient  in  fair  health  excepting  dyspnea. 
One  morning  she  suddenly  fell  and 
remained    unconscious    nearly    an    hour; 


cyanosis  and  slow  pus.  Since  then 
repeated  "sinking  spells"  with  slow  pulse 
usually  following  exertion.  Heart  four 
and  one-half  inches  to  left,  pulse  42. 
Blood  pressure  158-78.  Heart  beats  irreg- 
ular, faint  systolic  murmur  at  apex,  slight 
transmission  toward  axilla.  Tonsils  mod- 
erately enlarged,  marked  evidences  of 
chronic  tonsillitis.  Electrocardiogram  first 
day  showed  ventricular  rate  60,  due  to  re- 
peated  ventricular   extra-systoles,   auricles 

The  authors  state  that  in  addition  to  these 
four  cases  there  have  been  five  other  pa- 
tients observed,  but  not  treated  since 
November  1,  1914.  The  total  number  of 
cases,  three  women  and  six  men,  may  be 
summarized  as  follows :  One  was  twenty- 
five  years  old,  two  were  over  forty,  one 
over  fifty  and  five  over  sixty.  One  gave 
history  of  "gonorrhea,"  none  gave  history 
of  syphilis;  six  showed  negative  Wasser- 
mann. Only  one  gave  history  of  "rheu- 
matic" fever;  two  others  admitted  vague 
"rheumatic"  pains;  in  two  the  trouble 
seemed  to  have  followed  diphtheria,  and 
"grip"  may  have  been  the  etiologic  factor  in 
four.  Seven  of  the  nine  patients  gave  his- 
tory of  Stokes- Adams  syndrome,  and  all  but 
one  had  cardiac  murmurs.  Three  of 
these  showed  clinical  predominance  of  an 
aortic  lesion ;  five  predominance  of  a  mitral 
lesion.  "Of  the  seven  patients  concerning 
whom  word  has  been  received  recently, 
three  are  dead,  all  dying  in  typical  Stokes- 
Adams  attacks." 

"We  know  that  the  vagus  gives  branches 
to  the  sinus  node,  to  the  auriculoventricular 
bundle,  and  that  stimulation  causes  slowing 
of  the  heart  by  inhibition  of  the  sinus  and 
of  the  conducting  bundle.  The  cardiac  ac- 
celerator nerves  have  a  similar  distribution, 
but  they  act  to  increase  the  sinus  rate.  So 
far  as  has  been  proved,  they  cause  no  in- 
crease of  the  idioventricular  rate.  Digitalis 
is  recognized  as  stimulating  the  vagus  and 
thus  slowing  conduction  in  the  bundle,  tho 
therapeutic  doses  often  produce  no  rate  re- 
duction in  a  sinus  rhythm  or  tachycardia. 
No  drug  or  measure  is  known  which  in- 
creases the  idioventricular  rhythm ;  yet  such 
result  is  manifestly  desirable  in  chronic 
heart  block.  Thyroid  extract  will  excite 
a  tachycardia  in  the  normal  organism.  Such 
eflfect  is  produced  probably  by  action  on  the 
accelerators  or  a  direct  stimulation  of  the 
sinus  node,  tho  no  experimental  work  is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBUCAN  MflDldNB 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICIiBS 


February^  1919 


79 


available  to  prove  this  action.  A  large  mass 
of  clinical  evidence  without  laboratory  proof 
shows  that  thyroid  extract  markedly  affects 
the  myocardium,  as  illustrated  by  the 
irritable  and  rapid  action,  with  concomitant 
myocardial  degeneration  of  the  thyrotoxic 
heart.  During  the  examination  of  a  case 
of  chronic  heart  block  we  thought  of  at- 
tempting to  increase  the  idioventricular 
rate  by  the  administration  of  large  doses 
of  alpha-iodin,  the  active  constituent  of  the 
thyroid  which  Kendall  has  isolated  recently. 
The  administration  of  this  drug  has  been 
followed  in  four  cases  by  marked  improve- 
ment in  the  patients*  nutrition,  associated 
with  increased  ventricular  rate  and  cessa- 
tion of  the  Stokes-Adams  s)mdrome,  tho 
one  patient  has  since  died."  (Blackford  and 
WiUius.) 

Digitalis  was  administered  in  one  of  the 
cases  (case  two)  in  the  foregoing  series. 
The  daily  dose  of  alpha-iodin  varied  from 
one-half  to  three  milligrams.  I  have  had 
no  experience  with  this  drug  in  the  treat- 
ment of  heart  block,  but  based  upon  the  re- 
sults obtained  by  Blackford  and  WiUius, 
its  administration  would  seem  advisable  in 
cases  of  this  kind.  The  authors  conclude 
their  admirable  paper  as  follows^ 

(1)  Alpha-iodin  quickens  the  iodioven- 
tricular  rate  in  complete  heart  block;  this 
is  followed  by  marked  subjective  relief  to 
the  patient;  the  drug  must  be  pushed  to 
tolerance  and  the  dose  then  reduced  to  the 
largest  quantity  which  may  be  taken  without 
discomfort;  the  auricular  rate  increases 
much  earlier  and  to  a  much  higher  figure 
proportionately  than  the  ventricular  rate. 

(2)  In  nine  cases  of  complete  heart 
block,  eight  patients  gave  evidence  of 
definite  valvular  disease,  mitral  lesions  pre- 
dominating; the  ninth,  patient  had  advanced 
nephritis. 

(3)  In  none  of  the  nine  cases  was  there 
a  probable  venereal  etiology. 

(4)  Six  patients  gave  a  history  of  prob- 
able etiologic  infections  with  the  strepto- 
coccic group,  1.  e.,  chronic  arthritis  (one 
case),  "grip"  and  tonsillitis  (five  cases)  ; 
diphtheria  seems  to  have  been  responsible 
in  two  instances ;  the  ninth  patient  gave  no 
history  of  previous  infection,  but  at  autopsy 
a  large  (mulberry)  calcified  nodule  was 
found  involving  the  bundle  and  one  cusp  of 
the  aortic  valve;  no  other  pathology  was 
evident. 


(5)  Digitalis  should  be  used  in  all  cases 
of  chronic  heart  block  in  which  there  is 
evidence  of  myocardial  insufficiency. 

(6)  "We  do  not  know  the  effects  of  long- 
continued  administration  of  large  doses  of 
alpha-iodin  in  patients  not  suffering  from 
thyroid  insufficiency;  therefore  we  believe 
that  for  the  present  this  medication  should 
be  used  only  to  relieve  the  Stokes-Adams 
syndrome  in  chronic  heart  block."  (Black- 
ford and  WiUius.) 

Heitz  presents  Routier's  classification  of 
auriculoventricular  dissociation  as:  (a) 
simple  heart  block,  (b)  complete  dissocia- 
tion, and  (c)  partial  dissociation,  and  sug- 
gests that  the  trouble  may  be  in  conduction 
or  in  generation  of  the  impulse;  that  ex- 
perimental research  has  demonstrated  a  cer- 
tain connection  between  cardiac  fibers  of  the 
sympathetic  and  conduction  of  the  impulse. 
Routier  arrested  conduction  by  "nipping" 
with  forceps  the  bundle  of  His  in  dogs.  The 
auricle  beat  was  140,  the  ventricle  55,  in 
one  experiment.  "Then  an  injection  of 
epinephrin  was  made  and  in  twenty  seconds 
the  auricle  beat  became  115  and  the  ventricle 
beat  also  115,  showing  that  the  heart  block 
had  been  overcome;  as  the  effect  of  the 
epinephrin  passed  off,  the  auricle  beat  in- 
creased to  120  while  the  ventricle  beat 
dropped  to  42." 

Atropin  had  no  appreciable  influence  on 
total  heart  block  in  one  of  Marui's  cases. 
In  another  the  ventricle  beat  increased  by 
eight  pulsations,  showing  with  even  total 
heart  block  the  vagus  may  yet  exert  a  cer- 
tain control  over  the  ventricle.  Injection  of 
epinephrin  in  a  male  of  fifty-nine  induced 
the  bigeminus  picture.  The  extra  systoles 
with  the  total  heart  block  are  ascribed  to 
to  stimulation  of  the  accelerator  nerves. 

Danielopolu  and  Danulescu  found  exper- 
imentally that  where  incomplete  dissocia- 
tion of  auricular  and  ventricular  beats  ex- 
isted, injection  of  epinephrin  caused  almost 


Digitized  by 


Google 


80 


f'BBRUARY^   1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AMmtiCAN  Medicine 


entire  disappearance  of  the  heart  block  and 
pronounced  increase  in  the  pulse  rate.  "To 
antagonize  clinically  the  manifestations  of 
cerebral  anemia^  sometimes  fatal,  which 
occur  in  attacks  of  heart  block,  we  should 
resort  to  epinephrin  instead  of  atropin  as 
has  been  customary,  the  former  exerting  a 
far  more  marked  and  prompt  accelerating 
action  on  the  ventricles." 

REFERENCES. 

Blackfobd-Wuxius:     Collected    Papers,    Mayo 

Clinic,  1916,  vlii,  646. 
Bbidghan-Kino:    Abstract   in   Joumai   of  the 

A.  If.  A.,  1916,  Ixvi,  62. 
DANiELOPOLu-DANmjBBcu:    Abbtfact     in     New 

York  Med.  Jour,,  1916,  ciii,  806. 
Edttobial:     Journal    of    the    American    Med, 

A88n,,  1906,  xlYl,  668. 
EBi^iNOEB:    Joumai  of  Experimental  Medicine, 

1906,  Yiii,  8. 
Pbank-Polak:     Abstract    in    Journal    of    the 

A.  If.  A.,  1916,  Ixvii,  322. 
Falconeb:     Abstract  in  Medical  Record,  1916, 

89,  970. 
Hettz:     Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  M,  A., 

1916,  Ixvi,  1170. 
Holterdobf:    Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  M, 

A.,  1917,  Ixviii,  232. 
Kbumbhaab:     Abstract   in  Journal  of  the  A. 

If.  A.,  1917,  Ixviii.  1781. 
Laubsen:     Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  M,  A., 

1916,  Ixvi,  850. 
Lundsoaabd:     Abstract   in  Journal  of  the  A. 

M,  A.,  1916,  Ixvi,  606. 
Lbvine:     Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  M,  A., 

1916,  Ixvi,  457. 
Lbpobskt:     Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  Jf. 

A.,  Ixvi,  1434. 
Mabxh:    Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  M.  A., 

1916.  Ixvi,  1665. 
Podhaniczky:     Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A. 

M.  A..  1916,  Ixvi.  68. 
Simon-Robinson:    Abstract  in  Journal  of  the 

A.  Jf.  A..  1917,  Ixviii,  1004. 
Thateb:     Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  M.  A., 

1916,  Ixvi,  466. 
Whtte:     Abstract  in  Journal  of  the  A.  M,  A., 

1916,  Ixvii,  1330. 


Prophylaxis  of  Endemic  Goiter. — ^Kling- 
er  {Correspondenz-Blatt  fur  Schweizer 
Aerzte,  April  20,  1918)  advocates  that  at 
least  2  or  4  mg.  of  iodine  should  be  given 
to  each  person  daily  in  experiments  in  the 
prophylaxis  of  goiter.  Any  amount  less  than 
this  is  futile.  Even  this  totals  only  from  1 
to  1.5  gm.  per  year. 


TUBERCULOSIS;  SOME  REMARKS 
ON  ETIOLOGY  ON  TREATMENT. 

BY 

ALBERT  C.  OBYSBR.  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 

Tis  a  true  saying  that  "It  is  a  long  road 
that  has  no  turning,"  especially  if  the  road 
of  yesterday  is  walked  upon  in  the  same 
direction  for  any  length  of  time.     Let  us 
turn  about  and  review  the   familiar  sign 
posts  we  have  passed  in  the  study  of  tuber- 
culosis.     Before  turning,  however,  let  us 
ask  these  pertinent  questions :  Why  have  we 
been  headed  in  this  direction?    What  was 
our  goal?    We  were  headed  in  a  certam 
direction   because   Prof.   Koch   discovered 
that  each  little  tubercle  in  the  lung  or  other 
tissue  contained  one  or  more  acid-fast  bacilli, 
that  they  were  always  present  in  patients 
with   tuberculosis,  that  when   such  bacilli 
were   introduced   into  living  animals,   the 
bacilli  multiplied  and  formed  more  tubercles, 
that  the  animal  so  inoculated  finally  died 
of  phthisis  the  same  as  the  human  being, 
the  original  source  of  the  infection.     We 
started  on  the  road  in  this  particular  di- 
rection to  hunt  down  this  bacillus  to  its 
original  starting  place;  to  find  something 
that  would  destroy  the  bacillus  either  with- 
in the  human  tissues  or  without,  wherever  it 
might  be  found.  We  had  become  convinced 
that  the   tubercle  was  the   result  of   the 
bacillus.   If,  therefore,   the  bacillus   could 
be  traced  to  its  original  source,  its  starting 
place  and  there  completely  annihilated,  the 
world  would  be  freed  from  this  bacillus ;  in- 
cidentally the  White  Plague  would  be  no 
more,  and  the  crusades,  all  of  them  leading 
in  the  same  direction,  to  the  same  goal  would 
be   unnecessary.   For  the  past  thirty-five 
years  we  have  traveled  this  road  unceas- 
ingly, until  now  we  find  ourselves  in  the 
wilderness. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


JLMWaiCAS  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLSS 


Februaby^  1919 


81 


Early  in  our  travels  we  met  certain  sign 
posts,  each  one  instilled  new  hope,  new 
energy  to  keep  on.  Of  late  these  benevolent 
sign  posts  have  been  getting  fewer  and 
fewer,  we  have  become  confused  and  are 
wandering  aimlessly,  not  knowing  why  or 
where  we  are  going. 

Before  we  are  hopelessly  lost  in  the  mire 
and  quicksands,  following  phantom  lights, 
let  us  halt,  nay  let  us  turn  back;  let  us 
again  pick  up  the  old  familiar  sign  posts 
and  then  pursue  the  road  in  exactly  the  op- 
posite direction.  The  entire  road  that  we 
have  been  following  led  to  pathology.  Every 
milestone  that  we  passed  brought  us  nearer 
and  nearer  to  pathology.  Now  we  realize 
that  all  of  this  pathology  was  merely  the 
end  result  of  something  that  had  preceded 
it.  Every  adequate  as  well  as  every  inade- 
quate effort  on  the  part  of  the  system  to 
overcome  the  invasion  of  this  bacillus  left 
its  traces.  At  the  autopsy  we  found  bodies 
of  men  well  advanced  in  years,  who  during 
their  lifetime  never  suspected  tuberculosis, 
yet  here  they  presented  the  unmistakable 
signs  of  healed  lesions.  Sometimes  it  has 
happened  that  the  laboratory  report  showed 
that  a  certain  patient's  sputum  was  loaded 
with  the  bacilli,  yet  the  patient  lived  on  and 
finally  recovered  and  we  labeled  that  pa- 
tient as  a  "closed  lesion."  The  sign  posts 
on  our  road  led  us  to  believe  that  nearly 
all  of  the  tuberculosis  was  the  direct  re- 
sult of  milk  contamination.  We  finally  traced 
this  bacillus  to  the  cow.  The  veterinaries 
of  the  country  were  enlisted  and  every  cow 
was  injected  with  tuberculin.  If  it  hap- 
pened that  such  a  cow  reacted  to  the  test, 
she  paid  for  it  with  her  life.  Fishberg  in 
American  MsDiaNE,  August,  1915,  says: 

"A  cow  which  reacts  to  tuberculin  in  a 
stable  with  cattle  known  to  be  free  from 
tuberculosis  often  brings  about  an  infec- 
tion of  the  cattle,  so  that  ultimately  they  all 


become  reactors,  altho  it  cannot  be  proved 
that  the  cow  which  disseminated  the  bacilli 
had   any   physical   signs   of   the   disease." 

Now  we  know  that  the  cow  bacillus  never 
caused  a  single  case  of  human  tuberculosis. 
Not  content  with  that  it  was  discovered 
that  the  timothy  or  hay  bacillus  was  an 
acid-fast  bacillus,  the  extermination  of 
which,  however,  seemed  too  big  a  task  to 
even  start  upon.  Still  later  the  smegma  and 
perhaps  a  host  of  other  bacilli,  one  looking 
as  much  like  the  other  as  two  peas  in  a 
pod,  were  discovered;  they  were  accused, 
tried  but  acquitted.  Then  we  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  tuberculin  test  was 
fallacious,  because  95%  of  hiunan  beings  re- 
sponded to  it,  and  what  was  worse  that 
the  more  virulent  the  disease  the  less  the 
response ;  this  test  was  of  course  abandoned. 
We  also  discovered  that  the  bacillus  or 
even  a  billion  of  them  were  entirely  harm- 
less, but  that  they  did  pour  out  a  certain 
toxic  material  which  was  responsible  for 
the  sickness  and  death  attributed  to  tuber- 
culosis. 

One  of  the  best  things  that  we  did  discover 
on  that  pathologic  road  was  the  fact  that 
this  bacillus  had  a  particular  aversion  for 
the  blood.  It  seemed  to  prefer  blood-poor 
areas,  hence  it  was  most  frequently  found 
in  the  unused  or  upper  portion  of  the  lung, 
the  glands,  the  skin  and  the  bones.  Where- 
ever  there  was  anemia,  there  was  the  bacil- 
lus, wherever  there  was  a  bacillus,  there  was 
anemia.  Whether  the  anemia  preceded  or 
whether  it  followed  is  of  little  consequence, 
it  was  pathologic  in  either  case. 

Retracing  Our  Steps,  Now  that  we  are 
retracing  our  steps  let  us  stop  now  and  then 
to  read  the  sign  posts :  Edward  R.  Baldwin, 
(New  York  Medical  Journal,  January  23, 
1915)  summarizes  a  very  interesting  ar- 
ticle on  Immunity  in  Tuberculosis  as  fol- 
lows: 


Digitized  by 


Google 


82 


Tebruarx,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AlCSSTCAN    MBDICINB 


"We  have  seen  that  there  is  no  natural 
immunity  to  tuberculosis  in  man  or  mam- 
mal ;  that  there  is  no  true  immunity  of 
races;  that  inheritance  tends  rather  to  an 
increased  susceptibility  than  to  an  increased 
resistance ;  that  long  continued  non-expo- 
sure of  a  race  to  infection  increases  the 
susceptibility  of  that  race,  while  abundant 
exposure  for  many  generations  leads  to  a 
marked  increase  in  the  frequency  of  ac- 
quired relative  immunity;  that  the  mild 
infections  of  human  beings  in  early  life  con- 
stitute the  most  powerful  means  of  relative 
protection  in  adult  life.  From  this  latter 
fact  we  may  conclude  that  in  the  future 
there  should  be  a  continued  decrease  of  the 
severer  cases  of  tuberculosis  in  man,  accomr 
panied,  probably,  by  an  increase  in  the  fre- 
quency of  the  case  of  mild  and  minor  in- 
fections/* 

If  Baldwin  is  right,  we  must  give  up 
studying  the  pathology  if  we  are  looking 
for  a  cure.  Instead,  we  must  study  the 
physiology  of  our  patients ;  it  is  the  physi- 
ology that  produces  recoveries  and  cures. 
Tubercle  formation  is  a  physiologic  process, 
it  is  Nature's  best  and  only  weapon  with 
which  to  overcome  these  bacilli,  but  more 
of  this  later. 

In  Public  Health  Reports,  Dr.  George  M. 
Kober  considers  the  influence  of  dust  on 
the  prevalence  of  disease,  particularly  tu- 
berculosis. 

The  tuberculosis  rate  among  472,000 
males  in  the  United  States  exposed  in 
fifteen  occupations  to  the  inhalation  of  or- 
ganic dust  was  2.29  per  thousand,  against 
a  rate  of  1.55  for  all  occupied  males;  42.05 
per  cent,  of  the  deaths  of  printers,  litho- 
graphers, and  pressmen  who  died  at  ages 
between  25  and  44,  were  from  tuberculosis, 
as  compared  with  21.8  per  cent,  for  farm- 
ers, planters  and  overseers. 

In  Berlin,  as  shown  by  Sommerfeld,  the 
average  tuberculosis  death  rate  was  4.93 
per  thousand  of  the  population.  In  non- 
dusty  trades  it  was  2.39,  and  in  dusty 
trades  5.42. 


In  Vermont  in  towns  where  granite  and 
marble  cutting  is  carried  on,  in  a  popula- 
tion of  34,899  the  tuberculosis  rate  was  2.2 
per  thousand,  against  a  rate  of  1.3  for  the 
entire  state. 

Kober  says  it  is  estimated  that  "indus- 
trial workers,  constituting  about  one-third 
of  the  population,  contribute  about  one- 
half  of  all  the  deaths  from  tuberculosis.  By 
factory  sanitation  and  effective  methods  for 
the  prevention  and  removal  of  dust,  fully 
one-half  of  these  lives  could  be  saved.  That 
this  is  not  speculative  is  indicated  by  the 
figures  from  Solingen,  Germany,  where  the 
population  is  made  up  largely  of  employees 
in  the  cutlery  industry.  The  mortality  had 
been  reduced  from  20.63  per  thousand  in 
1885  to  9.3  per  thousand  in  1910,  and  the 
tuberculosis  rate  from  5.4  in  1885  to  1.8 
in  1910  per  thousand  population.  In  the 
German  cement  works  also,  diseases  of 
the  respiratory  organs  have  been  re- 
duced from  9.3  to  3.3  per  cent,  after  the 
installation  of  dust  preventing  apparatus.'' 
{Journal  A.  M.  A,,  Jan.  1,  1916.) 

Figures  do  not  lie,  but  statistics  properly 
manipulated  will  prove  anything.  It  will  be 
admitted  that  dust,  especially  such  dust  as 
found  in  granite  cutters'  places  and  cutlery 
institutions,  is  by  no  means  conducive  to 
good  health  or  the  prolonged  action  of  life. 
When  we  look  back  and  recall  the  fact 
that  in  all  probability  95%  of  all  these 
workers  had  contracted  tuberculosis  dur- 
ing their  infancy,  had  recovered  from  the 
infection  and  upon  entering  the  granite 
works  or  the  cutlery  shops  were  nothing 
more  or  less  than  "closed  lesions"  our 
surprise  is  not  that  there  is  such  a  high 
percentage  of  tuberculosis  cases,  on  the 
contrary  we  wonder  at  the  extreme  small- 
ness  of  the  percentage,  we  marvel  and  won- 
der not  why  so  few  die,  but  why  so  many 
escape.  If  then,  the  dust  laden  atmosjphere 
is  removed,  it  is  perfectly  natural  that 
there  should  be  a  less  number,  who  would 
otherwise  by  the  inhalation  create  an  anemic 
area  in  their  lung  tissue  from  a  fibrosis. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKRICAK    MBDICINB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Fkbruart^  1919 


83 


That  these  dust  exposed  workmen  were  in- 
haling the  germs  is  of  course  not  claimed, 
so  that  if  they  developed  tuberculosis  they 
must  have  either  had  the  bacillus  prior  to  or 
received  it  later  on.  Just  what  a  dust  laden 
atmosphere  has  to  do  with  tuberculosis  we 
see  by  the  next  sign  post : 

Tubercle  Bacilli  in  Air  and  Dust, — Kaurin 
inoculated  animals  with  culture  mediums 
long  left  exposed  to  the  air  in  rooms  occu- 
pied by  the  tuberculous.  Also  with  dust  from 
the  toilet  rooms,  hall  and  other  parts  of 
the  sanatorium  where  the  inmates  congre- 
gated. No  acid-fast  bacilli  could  be  de- 
tected in  any  of  the  seven  groups  of  tests, 
and  none  of  the  fourteen  animals  showed 
any  sign  of  infection.  These  findings  har- 
monize with  the  experiences  of  the  seven- 
teen years  during  which  none  of  the  at- 
tendants or  other  persons  connected  with 
the  sanatorium  has  contracted  tuberculosis. 

The  bacillus  of  Koch  does  not  thrive  well 
outside  of  the  human  body;  neither  does 
it  thrive  in  the  blood  of  the  patient. 

Kessel  has  lately  made  new  attempts  to 
grow  tubercle  bacilli  directly  from  the 
blood,  and  to  demonstrate  their  presence 
by  direct  microscopic  examination  and  par- 
ticularly by  careful  direct  inoculation  of 
susceptible  animals  with  the  blood  from 
patients  with  advanced  pulmonary  tuber- 
culosis. All  with  negative  results,  Kessel 
admits  that  this  outcome  in  forty-seven 
cases  examined  by  him  does  not  conclusive- 
ly prove  that  tubercle  bacilli  are  never 
present  in  the  circulation;  but  they  strongly 
suggest  that  a  bacillemia  such  as  is  present 
in  other  infectious  diseases  is  at  least  un- 
common in  pulmonary  tuberculosis  even  in 
advanced  stages  of  the  disease.  It  may  be 
that  from  time  to  time  tubercle  bacilli  are 
washed  into  the  circulation  from  a  pulmo- 
nary focus,  but  it  is  shown  by  experimental 


evidence  from  the  effect  of  direct  intrave- 
nous inoculation  that  in  such  an  event  they 
rapidly  disappear  from  the  blood. 

On  the  contrary  I  have  called  attention 
to  the  fact  over  and  over  again  that  the 
bacillus  of  Koch  can  only  thrive,  multiply 
and  produce  the  disease  "phthisis"  in  a 
blood-poor  area.  Anemia  must  either  pre- 
cede or  be  concomitant  with  the  entrance 
of  the  bacilli. 

To  answer  academically  the  questions, 
Where  do  the  germs  come  from?  How  do 
they  enter  the  system?  would  lead  us  too 
far  from  the  present  theme.  I  will  how- 
ever venture  a  bold  guess.  Ninety  per  cent, 
of  the  entire  human  race  is  infected  with 
the  bacillus  of  Koch  during  the  pre-natal 
existence.  We  no  longer  believe  that  the 
placenta  acts  as  a  barrier  to  germs,  we  may 
still  be  right  in  saying  that  the  disease  is 
not  inherited  but  surely  a  disposition  to  the 
disease.  There  is  no  reason  why  the  physi- 
ology in  the  fetus  should  not  act  with  the 
same  vigor  and  under  the  same  laws  as  in 
post-natal  life.  Physiology  is  physiology,  it 
builds  up  the  fetus  from  the  union  of  two 
elements  into  one  perfect  human  individual. 
Physiology  has  performed  intra-uterine 
amputations,  so  there  is  no  good  and  valid 
reason  why  an  infection  with  the  Koch 
bacillus  could  not  take  place  and  at  once 
be  followed  by  physiologic  protective  meas- 
ures. In  this  way  we  can  account  for  some 
of  the  natural  immunity.  Again  there  is  no 
reason  why  the  system  might  not  fail  in  its 
curative  attempt,  that  would  produce  off- 
springs more  or  less  started  on  the  road 
of  a  future  tuberculous  "diathesis." 

Personally  I  am  not  a  believer  in  the  in- 
fection from  person  to  person  or  from  the 
tuberculous  to  the  healthy.  Yet  there  is 
every  possibility  that  if  an  offspring  came 
into  the  world  entirely  free  from  any  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


84 


February^  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Msdicinb 


all  tuberculous  taint,  it  would  of  necessity 
become  promptly  infected. 

"I  have  elsewhere  shown  that  no  intimate 
contact  is  necessary  to  transmit  the  disease 
among  persons  who  have  not  met  with  tu- 
berculosis before."  (Fishberg:  Tubercu- 
lization and  Immunization,  N,  F.  Med. 
Jour.,  Sept.  12th,  1914.) 

"Given  a  virgin  soil  and  a  race  of  bacilli 
already  adapted  to  the  species,  an  initial 
infection  takes  place  with  little  hindrance 
from  the  non-specific  defensive  powers.  The 
ultimate  survival  of  those  who  acquire  a 
relative  immunity  will  tend  to  diminish  the 
severity  of  the  disease,  but  many  genera- 
tions will  be  required  to  accomplish  this." 
(Editorial,  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Sept.  18th, 
1915.) 

In  such  infections,  the  patient  usually 
recovers,  is  tuberculized  and  no  one  is 
any  the  wiser.  Many  of  the  "ephemeral 
fevers"  of  early  infancy  are  no  doubt  due 
to  the  reaction  of  the  system  to  the  in- 
vasion of  the  tubercle  bacillus,  the  forming 
of  the  tubercles  and  the  overcoming  of  the 
toxemia  produced  by  the  germs.  Such  a 
patient  is  now  tuberculized,  a  more  or  less 
lasting  immunity  has  been  acquired.  Such 
a  tuberculized  subject  is  not  freed  from 
the  bacilli,  they  simply  have  been  encap- 
sulated, they  have  been  made  harmless,  they 
have  been  surrounded  by  certain  groups  of 
cells  forming  the  tubercles. 

Should  anything  happen  in  later  life, 
whereby  the  natural  resistance  of  the  body 
is  lowered,  where  anemic  areas  are  pro- 
duced, these  tubercles  may  give  up  their 
lime  salts  in  cases  of  acidosis  and  so  liberate 
the  germs.  A  new  infection  with  the  same 
old  germs  might  be  produced  and  on  ac- 
count of  physical  changes  the  patient  might 
not  be  able  to  again  form  the  "tubercles," 
tuberculization  could  not  take  place,  but  in- 
stead we  would  have  a  case  of  the  disease, 
"phthisis." . 

TubercnlosM— Tubercidizatioii. — ^A    tu- 


bercle, as  we  view  it  in  its  final  analysis,  is 
a  nodule  1/10  to  2mm.  in  diameter,  found 
in  all  parts  of  the  body.  Favored  sites  are 
the  apices  of  the  lungs,  the  glands,  the  skin 
and  the  bones.  We  notice  at  once  that  all 
these  areas  are  not  what  is  termed  "vas- 
cular." As  a  rule  tubercles  do  not  form 
readily  in  vascular  areas,  yet  every  tubercle 
is  formed  directly  from  the  elements  con- 
tained in  the  blood.  Let  us  trace  a  tubercle 
bacillus  after  having  gained  entrance  into 
the  human  body.  The  germ  is  a  foreign 
body,  and  as  such  evokes  when  proper  re- 
sponse is  made  a  reaction  by  the  system  for 
its  expulsion.  The  bacillus  itself  on  the 
other  hand  pours  out  a  certain  toxin,  the 
effect  of  which  is  to  cause  an  anemia  in 
the  immediate  neighborhood.  This  anemia 
is  favorable  to  the  future  existence  and 
multiplication  of  the  bacillus.  Under  ordi- 
nary circumstances  the  tubercle  bacillus  is 
anaerobic  but  may  for  a  time  acquire  aerobic 
properties.  Anemia  with  its  lack  of  oxygen 
favors  the  prolongation  and  the  multiplica- 
tion of  the  germs.  When  such  a  germ,  now 
as  a  foreign  body,  is  acted  upon  by  the  sys- 
tem, the  first  thing  that  happens  is  the  for- 
mation of  a  zone  of  an  inflammatory  area 
surrounding  the  germ.  A  leucocytosis  and 
a  diapedisis  follow.  Giant  cells  are  formed 
in  a  circular  manner  enclosing  the  foreign 
body.  As  soon  as  this  is  accomplished,  the 
blood  vessels  are  obliterated  and  new  ones 
form  on  the  outside  of  the  wall  of  giant 
cells.  The  previous  process  is  repeated, 
only  instead  of  giant  cell  formation  we 
have  a  deposit  of  oval  cells;  they  are  in- 
tended for  strength  and  durability.  Again 
the  blood  vessels  are  obliterated  and  a  new 
vascular  zone  is  formed  around  the  shell  of 
oval,  epithelioid  cells.  The  third  layer  of 
cells  is  composed  of  lymphoid  corpuscles 
which  are  capable  under  favorable  circum- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


A.MBRICAN   BfSDlClKa 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


February,  1919 


85 


Stances  of  enmeshing  among  themselves 
lime  salts.  When  these  three  layers  of  cells 
have  been  completed,  the  bacillus  of  tuber- 
culosis is  as  securely  locked  in  as  a  prisoner 
in  a  stone  fortress.  In  a  completely  formed 
tubercle  there  are  no  blood  vessels  nor 
lymphatics  to  communicate  with  the  center. 
Neither  is  there  left  any  avenue  of  escape 
for  the  bacilli  except  in  to  to,  tubercle,  ba- 
cilli and  all. 

Tubercle  bacilli  never  appear  in  the  spu- 
tum excepting  for  two  reasons:  First,  the 
system  fails  to  respond  to  the  foreign  body 
irritation,  it  does  not  form  tubercles,  there 
is  no  tuberculosis,  no  tuberculization.  The 
bacilli  multiply  rapidly,  poison  the  indi- 
vidual cells  of  the  system  and  cause  the 
disease  "phthisis." 

Secondly,  the  system  may  have  responded 
and  held  the  disease  in  abeyance  until  the 
system  lost  its  resistive  power,  the  tubercles 
were  drawn  upon  to  furnish  much  needed 
lime  salts  elsewhere,  the  rest  of  the  tubercle 
broke  down  and  liberated  the  germs.  The 
germs  multiplied  under  most  favorable  con- 
ditions and  "phthisis"  was  the  result. 

Phthisis  Therapy. —  Tuberculosis  and  tu- 
berculization are  the  great  factors  in  phthi- 
sis therapy. 

The  formation  of  tubercles  is  the  only 
physiologic  and  natural  prevention  of 
phthisis,  it  cannot  be  improved  upon.  Our 
whole  idea  in  therapy  is  not  how  can  we 
prevent,  but  instead  how  can  we  produce 
and  augment  tuberculization? 

A  healthy,  normal  human  blood  contains 
all  the  elements  necessary  for  the  produc- 
tion of  the  tubercles.  The  production  and 
the  formation  of  the  tubercles  is  a  physi- 
ologic process  and  not  a  state,  it  cannot 
be  initiated  or  produced  by  artificial  means. 

We  can,  however,  assist  the  system  in 
the  carrying  out  of  this  physiologic  process. 


The  farmer  cannot  grow  potatoes  or 
wheat,  but  he  can  till  the  soil;  he  can  in- 
troduce into  the  soil  all  such  elements  as 
Nature  requires  for  the  growth  of  the 
plants;  he  can  produce  artificial  heat  and 
moisture  as  in  a  hot  house,  but  the  actual 
process  of  growth  cannot  be  imitated  by 
artificial  means.  Phthisis  therapy  resolves 
itself  into  the  several  kinds  of  therapeutic 
measures  which  are  usually  requisite  for 
the  production  and  the  maintenance  of  good 
health. 

The  Local  or  Pufanonary  Treatment. — 
A  high  frequency  apparatus  of  low 
voltage  but  high  amperage  is  required 
to  furnish  the  diathermia  for  the  local  treat- 
ment. The  patient  is  connected  to  the  ter- 
minals of  the  apparatus  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  electrodes  cause  the  current  to  pass 
thru  the  involved  lung  area.  The  entire 
chest  assumes  a  heat  of  104-106°  F. ;  this 
is  allowed  to  run  for  40-60  minutes  either 
daily  or  at  least  on  alternate  days. 

The  capillaries  of  the  lung  tissue  are  di- 
lated, active  hyperemia  takes  place,  tubercles 
are  formed  rapidly.  At  first  expectoration 
seems  to  increase,  later  it  decreases,  the 
bacilli  disappear  from  the  sputum,  not  be- 
cause that  they  have  left  the  system,  but 
because  tubercles  have  been  formed  and 
the  germs  are  no  longer  free  in  the  tissues. 
Clinically  the  patient  has  ceased  to  show 
any  manifestations  of  the  disease  while  the 
X-ray  shows  a  greater  deposit  of  tubercles 
than  before  treatment.  If  treatment  is  con- 
tinued even  the  tubercles  are  expectorated, 
healing  takes  place  by  fibrosis  or  scar  for- 
mation much  after  the  manner  of  artificial 
lung  compression,  only  this  lung  is  as  large 
as  ever  and  performs  normal  physiologic 
function. 

Tuberculosis  is  therefore  the  alpha  and 
the  omega  of  phthisis  therapy.  It  is  pri- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


86 


February^  1919 


ORIQINAX.  ARXICLBS 


American  Medicine 


marily  a  wasting  disease,  rest  is  of  even 
more  importance  than  motion. 

Hydrotherapy, — Since  a  great  deal  of  de- 
pendence was  placed  upon  the  blood  and 
its  elements  it  seems  but  natural  that  any- 
thing which  tends  to  ease  the  work  of  the 
heart  and  at  the  same  time  increase  the 
circulation  must  be  of  especial  value  in  this 
disease.  The  patient  is  ordered  to  take  a 
bath  every  evening  at  105**  F.  lasting  from 
20-30  minutes.  During  this  time  he  may  par- 
take freely  of  cooling  drinks  such  as  wa- 
ter, lemonade,  orangeade  or  even  a  small 
quantity  of  wine  in  water  is  not  objected  to. 
At  the  end  of  20-30  minutes  a  quick  cooling 
bath  and  a  rub  down  and  the  patient  is 
ready  to  retire.  The  object  of  the  bath 
is  complete  relaxation  of  the  entire  external 
vascular  system.  The  effect  is  very  analo- 
gous to  violent  exercise  minus  the  physical 
effort,  the  blood  becomes  heated,  a  sort  of 
autogenous  vaccine  injection  is  simulated. 
The  patient  by  this  means  practices  the 
best  autoserum  therapy.  This  bath  is  re- 
peated in  the  inoming  upon  arising  after 
which  the  patient  again  retires  for  one  to 
two  hours. 

Drugs. — If  there  is  one  disease  in  which 
drugs  have  failed  to  show  results  it  is  in 
phthisis  pulmonalis.  Since  we  have  re- 
traced our  steps  and  are  no  longer  trying 
to  change  or  influence  the  existing  pathology 
it  is  perfectly  clear  that  drugs  as  such 
could  have  no  beneficial  influence.  Even 
the  injection  of  tuberculin  is  of  question- 
able value.  Theoretically  such  injections  of 
either  the  dead  bacilli  or  the  metabolic  sub- 
stances of  the  living  germs  seemed  to  offer 
some  hope  and  personally  I  am  not  in  a 
position  to  condemn  them,  neither  can  I 
recommend  them  for  the  simple  reason  that 
they  have  seemed  entirely  unnecessary. 
Why  should  a  physician  resort  to  a  doubt- 


ful  procedure  when  positive  results  are  ob- 
tainable by  perfectly  natural  means.  Before 
dismissing  the  question  of  drug  therapy  for 
consumption,  it  is  well  to  call  attention  to 
one  phase  of  medication.  During  the  last 
few  years  we  have  learned  a  great  deal 
about  "intravenous  medication."  Since  the 
economy  must  react  to  everything  put  into 
or  on  the  body,  there  is  not  the  slightest 
doubt  that  there  are  also  substances  that 
may  be  administered  which  can  and  do  in- 
fluence the  forces  of  Nature  for  its  good. 
The  intravenous  route  certainly  spares  the 
digestive  powers  and  this  is  worth  a  great 
deal  in  every  case  of  consumption.  More 
lives  have  been  lost  in  this  disease  by  the 
administration  of  drugs  per  mouth  than 
have  ever  been  benefited  by  it. 

We  cannot  in  this  instance  deal  with  the 
"How  and  Why."  The  constituents  of  the 
blood  are  increased  by  the  intravenous  ad- 
ministration of  iron  and  arsenic  as  prepared 
by  the  Loeser  intravenous  medication 
process ;  there  is  no  doubt  of  its  efficacy 
to  rapidly  increase  the  cell  count  in  cases 
of  anemia.  Let  us  bear  in  mind  that  we  are 
not  using  the  iron  and  arsenic  intravenous 
solution  for  the  cure  of  consumption,  but 
we  do  use  it  as  an  aid  and  a  very  material 
one  for  the  production  of  that  kind  of 
blood  so  essential  in  the  production  of  a 
physiologic  cure  of  phthisis. 

Exercises, — Dr.  Knoph  in  his  interesting 
treatise  on  this  disease  has  laid  down  cer- 
tain rules  to  be  followed  in  exercises.  As  a 
prophylactic  measure  they  are  .most  valu- 
able, again  later  on  when  the  patient  is  con- 
valescing, carefully  observed  rules  in  physi- 
cal exercises  are  helpful.  The  most  valu- 
able of  all  is  deep  breathing.  It  is  tiie  only 
one  that  should  be  made  use  of  during  the 
time  while  the  patient  is  under  active  treat- 
ment. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AliKHfCAN    MeDICINI 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


Fbbruar;^  1919 


87 


Diet, — Since  the  tubercles  must  be  pro- 
duced from  the  elements  normally  found  in 
the  blood,  it  seems  only  pertinent  to  see 
that  the  blood  composition  is  normal  at 
least.  Again  since  the  structure  of  the  tu- 
bercle depended  upon  the  amount  of  lime 
salts,  it  seems  reasonable  that  the  blood 
must  contain  these  necessary  elements 
abundantly.  Milk  is  a  perfect  diet.  Bovine 
milk  with  some  slight  modification  may  be 
made  to  resemble  human  milk  to  all  intents 
and  purposes.  Sterilization  and  pasteuriza- 
tion are  make-shifts;  while  they  are  sup- 
posed to  kill  pathogenic  germs,  they  do  so 
at  the  expense  of  the  vitamines  present. 

A  patient,  depending  upon  the  age,  di- 
gestive power,  etc.,  requires  a  certain 
amount  of  fresh,  good  milk  daily  from  a 
healthy  herd  (clinically  healthy).  Such 
milk  and  cream  contain  all  of  the  elements 
of  the  normal  blood.  In  some  special  cases 
where  the  patient  seems  to  lack  in  recupera- 
tive power,  the  yellow  or  the  yolk  of  the 
raw  egg  may  be  added  to  such  milk.  This 
must  not  be  done  with  a  view  of  fattening 
the  patient. 

At  least  twice  weekly  raw  oysters,  or 
raw  oyster  broth  must  be  partaken  of. 
Qams,  oysters  and  their  broth  are  not  given 
for  their  food  value  because  they  have  none, 
but  they  do  contain  the  earthy  salts  so 
necessary  for  the  proper  tubercle  construc- 
tion. The  administration  of  the  artificially- 
produced  lime  salts  does  not  compare  with 
that  of  the  raw  oyster  or  oyster  broth. 
It  is  made  by  Nature  according  to  natural 
laws,  it  is  prepared  for  immediate  absorp- 
tion and  assimilation.  Of  the  above  men- 
tioned foods  the  patient  must  partake  ac- 
cording to  his  needs,  each  case  is  a  law 
unto  itself.  The  rest  of  the  diet  may  safely 
be  left  to  the  patient,  he  should  neither 
stuff  nor  starve.    A  goose  may  be  stuffed 


and  fattened,  a  phthisical  patient  is  a  goose 
if  he  attempts  it. 

Prognosis. — In  the  N,  Y.  Medical  Jour- 
nal, Aug.  22nd,  1914,  appears  the  Presi- 
dential Address  of  Dr.  Van  Rensselear,  the 
Medical  Director  of  the  Albany  Tubercu- 
losis Camp,  entitled  "Diathermia  in 
Phthisis  Pulmonalis."  Doctor  Van  Rens- 
selear in  this  address  reported  to  the  Thera- 
peutic Society  of  this  state  that  with  this 
system  of  treatment  the  recoveries  or  the 
apparently  cured  amounted  to  the  amazing 
rate  of  69%. 

At  the  Albany  Tuberculosis  Camp  this 
system  was  given  a  thoro  trial  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner :  All  of  the  patients  regard- 
less of  the  conditions  were  divided  into 
three  groups.  One-third  received  the  usual 
hygienic  treatment  in  vogue  in  all  of  tiie 
sanitaria.  The  recoveries  were  15%.  The 
next  third  were  given  the  same  treatment 
plus  tuberculin  injections.  The  recoveries 
were  15%.  The  last  third  received  the  usual 
hospital  care  plus  the  diathermic  method  of 
treatment;  it  was  in  this  one-third  that 
69%  of  recoveries  took  place. 

Two  points  are  worthy  of  our  considera- 
tion: In  the  first  place  the  Albany  Tuber- 
culosis Camp  is  a  public  institution,  the 
selection  of  cases  therefore  not  possible. 
Secondly  the  results  obtained  by  Doctor 
Van  Rensselear  were  obtained  by  instru- 
ments far  inferior  to  the  ones  in  use  at 
the  present  time.  In  my  own  experience 
during  the  past  eight  years,  both  private 
and  institutional,  the  percentage  of  actually 
closed  cases  (cured?)  is  well  above  90%. 
If  the  patient  is  really  willing  to  be  cured, 
not  by  the  prestidigitator's  process  but,  by 
physiologic  methods,  there  is  no  reason  why 
every  case  of  phthisis  during  the  first  and 
frequently  during  the  second  stage  cannot 
be  converted  into  a  closed  case. 

301  W.  91st  St. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


88 


Fbbruaat^  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Ambrigan  Mbdioinb 


MYOPIC  SPECTACLES  FOR  HYPER- 
OPIA. 

BY 

GEORGE  M.  GOULD,  M.  D., 
Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

The  mistake  suggested  by  the  title  is  far 
more  common  than  is  suspected.  It  has  long 
been  the  routine  habit  of  the  oculists  and 
opticians  of  a  great  nation  "over  there," 
and  is  altogether  too  common  over  here.  It 
is  especially  the  medical  crime  of  the  re- 
fractionist  who  calls  himself  "ophthalmic 
surgeon,"  and  of  the  optician  who  "can  pre- 
scribe glasses  just  as  well  as  the  oculist." 
It  is  based  on  the  blunder  of  mistaking  the 
kind  of  ametropia  present  in  the  patient's 
eyes  and  this  is  brought  about  by  the  non- 
use  of  a  mydriatic  or  by  the  fact  that  low- 
power  myopic  lenses  may  at  first  seem  to  the 
patient  to  give  higher  acuity  of  vision  even 
in  considerable  hyperopia.  It  is  in  a  word 
malpractice,  altho  much  practiced.  In  at 
least  one  European  nation  it  has  largely 
contributed!  .to  its  naJtional  disaster,  and 
with  our  thousands  of  nonmedical  and 
other  "refracting  opticians,"  it  is  lowering 
our  own  national  efficiency.  A  case  in  point : 

On  December  12,  1916,  a  man  28  years 
old  came  to  me  saying  that  he  had  "always 
had  good  health."  This  report  is  not  un- 
usual by  patients  suffering  much,  and  I  at 
once  questioned  him  more  closely  as  to  its 
truth.  He  corrected  himself  by  saying  that 
ten  years  ago  he  had  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  his  eyes  were  responsible  for  his 
"round  shoulders"  and  other  symptoms. 
Quizzing  also  elicited  the  vag^e  statement 
that  he  had  had  headaches  at  14  or  15  years 
of  age,  "frontal,  and  almost  daily";  and, 
also,  that  he  had  had  some  neuritis,  but  not 
now.  A  ticket  agent,  and  "reads  all  the 
time,"  was  illuminating. 

He  was  wearing,  at  this  visit,  the  follow- 
ing lenses   prescribed  by  an   "oculist": 

R.  Sph.— 0.25  Cyl— 0.25  ax.    90^ 
L.  Sph.— 0.12  Cyl.— 0.87  ax.  180^ 


Even  without  a  mydriatic  it  was  only  a 
minute's  work  to  demonstrate  that  the 
ametropia  was  not  myopic  but  essentially 
hyperopic.  There  was,  of  course,  a  strik- 
ingly evident  and  powerful  accommodation. 
Temporary  spectacles  were  ordered  to  re- 
duce the  hypertrophy,  the  amblyopia,  etc. 

Later  visits  and  persistent  quizzing 
brought  the  confession  that  the  patient  had 
previously  gone  thru  eight  operations  for 
anal  fistula,  and  that  he  had  also  consulted 
"a  dozen  or  more"  oculists,  not  only  with- 
out relief  of  any  symptoms,  but  with  in- 
crease of  suffering,  systemic  or  local.  He 
was  tall,  yet  weighed  only  150  pounds.  He 
was  cynical  as  regards  any  general  bodily 
diseases  being  caused  by  eyestrain. 

Many  general  physicians  consulted  in  the 
past  agreed  that  he  "had  consumption," 
"was  going  down  all  the  time,"  and  was 
"doomed."  The  circumference  of  his  waist 
was  28  inches,  his  collar  was  No.  14;  and 
he  was  "a  failure,"  "getting  daffy,"  morbid 
and  hopeless. 

In  August,  1917,  there  was  such  improve- 
ment in  the  general  and  local  diseases  that 
after  thoro  mydriasis,  I  found  the  follow- 
ing error  of  refraction,  and  prescribed : 

R.  +  Cyl.  0.87  Ax.  90^  =  20/20  + 

L.  —  Sph.  0.37  +  Cyl.  1 12  Ax.  105^  =  20/20 

Use  of  these  lenses,  as  demonstrated 
later,  has  revolutionized  the  man  physically 
and  psychically.  He  has  gained  60  pounds, 
and  "in  some  danger  now  of  getting  fatter." 
He  is  in  most  perfect  health.  Instead  of  a 
14-inch  "loose"  collar  he  wears  one  of  16 
inches.  His  trousers-belt  is  now  42  inches, 
some  14  inches  longer  than  before.  Instead 
of  "going  daffy"  and  always  "forgetting 
things,  and  mixed,"  he  is  now  "clear- 
headed, happy,  and  confident ;"  and  instead 
of  a  "business  failure,"  he  has  secured  "a 
splendid  job"  in  a  large  city. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Msdicinb 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLBS 


Februaky,  1919 


89 


One  swallow  certainly  does  not  make  a 
summer ;  but  there  are  no  greater  blunders 
of  ophthalmology  than  in  the  diagnosis  of 
ametropia. 

Almost  all  pathologic  conditions  of  the 
eyes  are  caused  by  uncorrected  and  mal- 
corrected  ametropia.  The  greatest  of  all 
causes  of  systemic  diseases,  both  functional 
and  organic,  may  be  and  often  are  the  re- 
sult of  ametropia,  uncorrected  or  wrongly 
corrected. 

There  are  therefore  millions  of  failures 
in  business  and  in  life  directly  or  sec- 
ondarily arising  from  "errors  of  refrac- 
tion." Frequently  the  error  of  refraction  is 
really  hyperopic  but  blunderingly  diagnosed 
as  myopic,  and  the  organs  of  vision  further 
abnormalized,  and  lives  ruined  by  the  pre- 
scription of  glasses  which  should  disbar  the 
prescriber  from  practice.  Hyperopic  astig- 
matism in  the  patient  may  to  a  psychically 
blind  oculist  be  mistaken  for  the  myopic 
variety,  but  the  patient  should  not  have  his 
health  and  happiness  ruined  in  double  quick 
time. 


SOME  INTERESTING  BRAIN  CASES. 

BY 

CHARLES   GRAEF.  M.   D., 

New  York  City. 

Ophthalmologist  to  Fordham  and  Ldncoln  Hos- 
pitals;  Professor  of  Ophthalmology, 
Fordham  Medical  College. 

Acute  affections  of  the  central  nervous 
system  are  among  the  most  interesting  of 
the  problems  which  confront  us  in  any  field 
of  medical  work,  and  the  writer  ventures  to 
record  the  following  cases  which  have  re- 
cently been  under  his  observation  as  em- 
bodying features  of  some  note. 

Case  /. — A.  W.,  aet.  32,  a  laborer, 
brought    to    the    Lincoln    hospital    by   the 


ambulance  in  consequence  of  a  fall.  He  had 
stumbled  and  struck  his  head  against  some 
boards  he  was  carrying.  The  blow  was  not 
considered  severe  and  he  did  not  lose  con- 
sciousness altho  dazed  and  a  good  deal 
shaken  up  for  a  few  minutes. 

On  admission  both  eyes  showed  well- 
marked  ecchymoses.  Nothing  else  noted  ex- 
cept some  evidences  of  shock.  He  remained 
in  the  hospital  eight  days.  Slept  well,  com- 
plained of  no  discomfort.  Temperature  nor- 
mal thruout.  Lowest  pulse  record  60,  high- 
est 76,  He  walked  about  the  wards  for  sev- 
eral days  and  was  discharged  seemingly 
well  on  December  12. 

The  same  evening  he  was  re-admitted, 
the  ambulance  being  sent  for  because  he 
was  taken  with  severe  chills,  feyer  and  head- 
ache. He  had  then  a  temperature  of  105; 
pulse  104;  respirations  28.  His  high  tem- 
perature continued  notwithstanding  sponges 
for  two  days,  falling  to  100  on  December 
14.  Pulse  varied  from  62  to  100.  There 
was  now  noted  a  conjunctival  hemorrhage 
in  the  right  eye  with  slight  fresh  ecchymo- 
sis  in  the  left  lower  lid.  Cheeks  flushed, 
respirations  shallow  and  rapid.  Some  dul- 
ness  in  right  lower  lobe,  with  diminished 
breath  sounds  and  crepitant  rales.  Pupils 
were  normal. 

December  15,  temperature  remained 
about  105°,  the  pupils  became  widely  di- 
lated and  fixed.  Patellar  reflexes  exag- 
gerated. He  had  several  severe  chills  alter- 
nating with  profuse  sweats.  I  examined 
him  at  this  time  and  found  paralysis  of 
both  third  nerves,  as  also  of  the  fourth  a«d 
sixth.  The  right  eye  was  slightly  more 
prominent  than  the  left.  Bleeding  beneath 
the  conjunctiva  and  into  the  tissues  of  both 
lower  lids  well  marked.  Ptosis  of  the  left 
upper  lid.  The  upper  nasal  fossa  on  the 
left  side  was  swollen,  the  right  nega- 
tive ;  fundus  showed  only  blurred  disc  mar- 
gins and  fullness  of  the  veins.  Signs  of  re- 
cent bleeding  from  left  ear  drum. 

I  made  a  diagnosis  of  fracture  of  the  base 
with  septic  infection  of  the  exudate  and 
blood  clot.  Later  on  the  patient  became 
comatose,  and  died  the  next  morning. 

Autopsy. — Inner  table  of  the  skull  was 
very  noticeably  thin  and  friable.  Abundance 
of  pus  and  fibrin  was  found  in  the  interped- 
uncular space,  extending  beneath  the  pons 
and  down  the  spinal  canal. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


90 


February,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


American  Medicine 


There  was  a  comminuted  fracture  of  the 
cribriform  plate,  a  fissure  extending  up- 
wards and  outwards  for  three  and  a  half 
inches  to  the. right  supra-orbital  foramen. 
Another  smaller  fissure  of  the  orbital  plate 
of  the  frontal  bone  joined  these  fractures. 

Case  11. — N.  D.,  a  boy  of  nine,  was 
brought  to  the  hospital  after  being  struck 
by  an  automobile.  The  ambulance  report 
states  that  he  struck  on  his  head  and  when 
picked  up  was  bleeding  from  the  nose  but 
was  not  unconscious.  The  right  cheek  was 
discolored  and  there  was  ecchymosis  of 
the  right  eye.  Pupils  dikted;  right  more 
than  left.  He  remained  in  a  semi-stupor  in 
hospital  for  several  days  and  then  grad- 
ually cleared  up. 

I  did  not  see  this  case  until  three  weeks 
after  the  injury.  At  that  time  I  found  his 
right  pupil  widely  dilated  and  not  respon- 
sive to  light.  The  consensual  reaction  was 
present  when  light  was  thrown  on  the  left 
retina  but  lost  when  the  reverse  was  tried. 
Left  eye  normal  in  every  respect. 

Right  eyeball  moved  only  down  and  out 
with  complete  ptosis  of  the  right  upper  lid. 
Vision  entirely  gone  even  to  light  percep- 
tion. The  fourth  nerve  remained  active  giv- 
ing movement  down  and  outwards  by  the 
superior  oblique. 

The  fundus  showed  marked  grayish  pal- 
lor of  the  disc  and  evidences  of  advanced 
secondary  optic  atrophy. 

The  diagnosis  of  fracture  of  the  or- 
bital wall  with  damage  to  the  sixth, 
the  optic  and  parts  of  the  third  nerve  was 
later  confirmed  by  X-ray  examination 
which  showed  the  line  of  fracture  clearly 
in  the  orbital  plate  of  the  frontal  bone. 

The  case  was  closely  analogous  to  that 
just  described  but  had  the  luck  to  escape 
infection.  Probably  the  damage  to  the  eth- 
moid in  the  first  was  a  strong  factor  in 
favoring  infection. 

In  this  case  the  optic  atrophy  was  com- 
plete with  permanent  blindness,  but  the 
third  nerve  pressure  disappeared,  as  the 
exudate  and  hemorrhage  absorbed,  result- 
ing in  complete  clearing  up  of  the  ptosis 
and  restored  movement  of  the  eyeball. 

Case  IIL—L.  M.,  a  girl  of  seven  years, 
was  brought  to  Lincoln  hospital  in  the  am- 
bulance with  the  history  that  for  three  days 
the  eyes  had  shown  some  swelling  of  the 


upper  lids  and  later  she  had  vomited  every- 
thing ingested ;  suflfered  headache,  and  was 
drowsy. 

I  saw  her  soon  after  admission  and  found 
the  left  eyeball  fixed  and  pressed  forward 
in  the  orbit,  lids  swollen,  the  upper  one 
dark  in  color,  and  the  conjunctiva  mark- 
edly edematous. 

The  right  ball  could  be  moved  about  but 
excursions  were  somewhat  limited  and  the 
right  lids  were  slightly  puffy. 

The  child  was  in  a  semi-stupor  but  gave 
evidence  of  tenderness  when  the  left  eye- 
ball was  palpated. 

Pupils  were  slightly  unequal,  the  left  be- 
ing the  larger,  but  both  responded  to  light. 
Fundus  showed  no  faults  except  some  full- 
ness of  the  veins. 

The  child  had  hypeitrophied  tonsils ;  ears 
normal ;  nose  clean  J  no  sign  of  infection  or 
discharge  from  the  ethmoids. 

A  diagnosis  of  orbital  cellulitis  with  pos- 
sible involvement  of  the  cavernous  sinus 
was  made. 

Next  day  the  conditions  had  grown  much 
worse;  on  the  left  side  the  proptosis  so 
marked  that  I  explored  for  pus  in  the  orbit 
under  ether  anesthesia,  getting  none  how- 
ever. Neither  could  I  find  evidence  of 
ethmoid  disease  at  this  time. 

The  child  died  next  morning  and  we 
were  fortunate  enough  to  get  an  autopsy. 
This  showed  the  cellulitis  of  the  orbit  with 
a  few  beads  of  pus  here  and  there  but  no 
collection  at  any  point.  Cultures  made  from 
these  showed  only  staphylococcus.  The 
cavernous  sinus  was  filled  with  an  infected 
thrombus  thruout. 

The  ethmoid  cells  were  opened  and  found 
clear.  There  was  no  history  of  injury,  pre- 
vious illness,  or  of  any  ear  or  other  focal 
infection  in  this  case  and  the  conclusion  was 
that  infection  must  have  reached  the  dis- 
eased parts  thru  the  ethmoid  labyrinth, 
without  causing  noticeable  damage  en 
route. 


Camphor  in  Influenza. — Narich  and 
Burgeat  {Progress  Medicale,  Nov.  16, 
1918)  laud  the  efficacy  of  subcutaneous  in- 
jections of  camphorated  oil  in  treatment  of 
influenza,  especially  the  bronchopulmonary 
forms.  They  give  from  2  to  6  gm,  per  day. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrtcan  Mxdicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Februakt,  1919 


91 


NOTES  ABOUT  MALARIA:  ITS  DIAG- 
NOSIS AND  TREATMENT. 

BY 

BEVERLEY  ROBINSON,  M.  D., 
New  York. 

Today,  it  is  usual  to  make  a  sure  diag- 
nosis of  malaria  by  a  microscopic  examina- 
tion of  the  blood.  If  the  malarial  organism 
is  found,  well  and  good,  because  an  accurate 
diagnosis  can  be  positively  affirmed  and 
without  risk  of  error. 

But,  when  the  protozoon  malaria  cannot 
be  found,  how  then?  It  has  been  affirmed 
by  Osier,  that  it  can  invariably  be  found  if 
malaria  exists,  provided  the  research  is  care- 
ful and  repeated.  I  have  stated  more  than 
once,  that  I  cannot  uphold  this  absolute 
view — I  grant  that  in  many  instances,  we 
can  find  the  distinct  microscopic  proof  of 
malaria,  but  there  are  instances  where  I 
gainsay  it.  They  are  relatively  rare,  but  they 
do  occur.  When  they  do  occur,  one  is  apt 
to  believe  either  in  pulmonary  tuberculosis, 
or  typhoid  fever,  for  the  while.  Later, 
either  one  oi  these  diagnoses  may  prove 
to  be  incorrect,  or  remain  always  some- 
what uncertain,  or  doubtful. 

Sometimes,  the  malarial  organism  does 
not  come  to  the  surface  and  we  cannot  ob- 
tain it  unless  we  puncture  the  spleen  and 
withdraw  blood  from  it.  At  present,  we  are 
not  permitted  to  do  this,  because  of  fear 
of  causing  peritonitis.  Again,  if  quinine  be 
given  before  the  microscopic  examinations 
are  made,  these  will  often  remain  negative. 
This  fact  is  usually  known  by  good  prac- 
titioners, but  should  be  referred  to  here  by 
reason  of  its  practical  importance.  I  claim 
that  the  previous  history  of  the  patient, 
when  microscopic  examinations  are  nega- 
tive and  even  if  in  addition  the  spleen  is 
of  normal  size,  should  confirm  the  diagnosis 


in  not  a  few  instances.  At  all  events,  if  we 
still  remain  a  doubting  Thomas,  we  should 
invariably,  with  the  history  of  a  previous 
malarial  attack,  or  even  without  this  ascer- 
tained fact,  put  the  test  of  treatment  in  the 
case. 

To  many  today,  quinine  is  the  test  meal. 
If  quinine  fails  to  relieve,  there  is  no  ma- 
laria, these  wise  men  say.  If  quinine  helps 
relieve  symptoms,  or  cures  the  patient  they 
simply  shrug  their  shoulders — ^and  repeat, 
well !  quinine  does  well  curatively,  in  many 
cases  of  wholly  different  nature. 

Now,  I  affirm  that  quinine  is  no  abso- 
lute test,  either  as  to  relief,  or  cure  of 
the  patient.  What  then  is?  In  some  in- 
stances, it  is  Warburg's  tincture,  or  extract ; 
in  others,  it  is  compound  tincture  of  bark  ; 
in  a  few,  it  is  arsenic,  combined,  or  not, 
with  iron  and  maybe  some  quinine.  In 
those  cases  where  the  malarial  poison  has 
been  contracted  in  South  America,  or  the 
Isthmus,  (formerly,  called  Chagres  fever 
at  Panama),  I  rank  first  and  foremost, 
Warburg,  especially  when  the  attack  is  se- 
vere and  resists  quinine.  In  other  cases, 
namely,  where  the  malaria  has  been  taken 
in  the  temperate  zone  of  the  United  States, 
I  rely  very  much  upon  the  use  of  com- 
pound tincture  of  bark.  But,  to  be  remedial 
in  certain  cases,  the  bark  must  be  given  in 
sufficient  and  frequently  repeated  doses — a 
teaspoonful  every  two  hours  is  often  none 
too  much. 

I  cannot  emphasize  the  value  of  this 
preparation  of  bark  too  strongly.  I  have 
seen  too  many  instances  in  a  long  practice 
where  it  was  true,  not  to  affirm  its  remark- 
able effects. 

Arsenic  in  certain  chronic  cases,  as  a 
blood  tonic,  has  indeed  its  value  and  I 
would  not  Ignore  it,  but  it  should  not  be 
mentioned  in  the  same  breath  with  War- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


92 


February,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


burg,  or  Huxham's  tincture  of  bark. 

Of  course,  we  all  know  the  benefit  to  be 
derived  from  a  change  of  climate — notably 
to  the  mountains  and  far  away  from  the 
seashore.  But  this  change  does  not  always 
succeed.  I  have  in  mind,  as  I  write,  a  young 
patient  who  came  to  the  Adirondacks,  after 
being  dosed  with  quinine.  The  malarial  at- 
tacks persisted  until  compound  tincture  of 
bark  was  given  in  sufficient  doses. 

I  can  but  hope  that  what  precedes  may 
strike  a  responsive  chord  in  the  minds  of  a 
few  old  practitioners  and  indeed,  among 
my  juniors  who  are  not  victims  of  labora- 
tory research,  to  the  point  where  their  men- 
tal vision  in  the  practice  of  medicine  has 
been  woefully  limited. 


AMONG    MEDICAL    SPECIALTIES 
WHY  NOT  ONE  OF  HEALTH 
CONSERVATION? 


J.  MADISON  TAYLOR,  A.  B.,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Applied  Therapeutics,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, Medical  Dept.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

The  value  of  the  human  unit  becomes  so 
urgent  under  war  conditions  it  might  be 
worth  while  to  consider  the  desirability  of 
specializing  as  a  conservator  of  health  and 
physical  efficiency,  equally  with  that  of  a 
repairer.    • 

Personally  I  should  prefer,  were  it  pos- 
sible, to  give  my  undivided  attention  to 
this  realm  of  endeavor.  The  attempt  already 
made  has  met  with  indifferent  success, 
hence  I  may  be  better  qualified  to  discuss 
the  question  from  a  practical  basis  than 
would  a  better  man  from  a  more  academic 
standpoint.  On  the  face  of  it  there  can  be 
alleged  no  tenable  objection  to  limiting  one's 


efforts  to  so  obviously  commendable  an  en- 
terprise. Numerous  groupings  of  special 
domains  of  medical  industry  are  recog- 
nized ;  so  much  so  that  for  example,  in  sur- 
gery there  are  perhaps  a  dozen  clearly  dif- 
ferentiated forms  current. 

A  curious  fact  forced  upon  my  con- 
sciousness by  candid  efforts  in  this  direc- 
tion is  that  the  idea  is  unwelcome  to  the 
profession ;  they  subject  him  to  the  suspicion 
of  being  a  mere  physical  culture  enthusiast 
or  strenuous  ''athlete,'*  or  a  proponent  of 
one  of  the  anathematized  extra  mural  cults. 
The  question  has  often  been  asked,  "Are 
you  a  physical  culture  fiend,  an  osteopath 
or  chiropractor  or  some  such  visionary?" 

Such  suspicions  are  not  conducive  to  pa- 
tience or  humility — especially  when  to  my 
counter  question  consistently  made  "will 
you  kindly  define  what  these  experts  do?" 
there  is  then  revealed  an  abysmal  ignorance 
of  any  or  all  of  these  or  allied  subjects; 
mere  fatuous,  baseless  prejudices.  Not  only 
so  but  I  am  frequently  able  to  retort  "Why 
did  you  send  such  and  such  a  patient  to  a 
gymnasium,  to  an  osteopath  or  chiropractor 
or  to  a  physical  culture  expert?"  You  might 
as  well  have  sent  the  patient  to  a  fashionable 
druggist  and  told  him  to  get  some  good 
medicine  with  no  expert  instructions  what 
to  take,  when  or  how  much. 

The  fact  of  the  matter  is — as  readily 
demonstrated — that  the  "laity,"  "the  public 
who  constitute  the  sources  of  revenue  to  the 
profession  of  medicine,  are  growing  sus- 
picious of  the  drug  fetish,  many  of  the  an- 
cient and  honorable  medical  traditions  of 
treatment,  often  worn  thin  in  spots.  The 
public  are  becoming  restive  under  the 
strains  of  adherence  to  outworn  preferen- 
tial beliefs  to  which  many  wide-awake  but 
timid  physicians  can  no  longer  confidently 
subscribe.    Let  me  make  clear  my  credo  as 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


February,  191^ 


93 


to  the  potency  of  some  drugs. 

I  hold  the  opinion  that  drugs,  some  old 
and  fully  tried  and  some  wonder-working 
new  ones,  are  absolutely  necessary  to  the 
saving  and  the  conserving  of  human  health 
and  life;  that  they  will  be  imperatively 
needed  to  the  end  of  time.  I  use  them  with 
an  abiding  faith  and  get  results  which  even 
in  my  state  of  enthusiasm  for  other  remedial 
agencies  often  far  surpass  expectations.  Of 
course  I  shall  always  use  them  when  defi- 
nitely indicated. 

On  the  other  hand  I  not  seldom  meet  con- 
ditions most  distressful,  disheartening  and 
disabling,  in  which  no  drug  that  I  can  learn 
of  can  by  any  conceivable  action  render  the 
service  required  in  the  instance.  What 
then  ?  Am  I  to  abandon  the  patient  to  fate  ? 
By  no  means.  Hence  it  is  my  duty  to  find 
and  use  that  remedy  which  shall  achieve 
the  desired  result. 

There  is  also  the  whole  range  of  experts 
in  spheres  of  activity  with  which  I  have 
only  a  distant  acquaintance  upon  whom  I 
can  call  when  needed ;  who  can  and  do  sup- 
ply me  with  expert  guidance  and  counsel 
for  the  salvation  of  the  patient.  But  the  sub- 
ject of  these  remarks  is  the  enormous  and 
expanding  field  of  hygienic  measures,  con- 
servative, constructive  and  reconstructive 
which,  rightly  chosen  and  judiciously  ap- 
plied, are  just  as  competent  to  win  victories 
within  their  domain,  as  are  the  uttermost 
potentialities  of  medication  in  theirs.  "Let 
each  man  at  arms  select  and  use  that  weapon 
best  fitted  to  his  hand." 

The  conscientious  conservator  of  human 
life  and  health  should  choose  and  apply 
those  remedial  agencies  for  which  his  taste, 
aptitudes,  experiences  and  special  training 
have  qualified  him.  Let  me,  if  it  be,  I  am 
able  to  determine,  select  and  apply  hygienic 
remedies  most  efficiently — ^and  devote  my 


energies  to  that  enterprise.  Let  others  do 
likewise  in  their  spheres  and  thus  outstrip 
me,  reach  heights  of  achievement  to  which 
I  am  a  dub  and  a  stranger. 

Meanwhile,  as  a  plain  uncontrovertible 
fact,  there  are  those  whose  minds  react  best' 
to  one  or  other  gjoup  of  intellectual  stimuli, 
the  objective  being  the  same.  Approach  to 
any  problem  is  not  limited  to  one  avenue, 
nor  to  two,  nor  ten,  nor  a  hundred. 

Some  mentalities  think  best  in  terms  of 
chemistry,  some  in  psychotherapeutics, 
some  in  symbolisms,  some  in  religious 
faiths,  some  in  terms  of  biophysics.  More- 
over such  separatists  employing  their  type 
of  mind  do  win  opinions,  even  victories, 
which  others  could  never  parallel  in  the 
same  line  of  endeavor.  In  diflferent  lines, 
consonant  with  their  own  type  of  mind  and 
aptitudes,  yet  others  can  and  do  achieve 
every  bit  as  much.  The  proportion  of  suc- 
cess is  about  the  same  in  each  instance. 

Has  not  this  principle  of  selected  experts 
done  splendid  service  in  our  armies? 

Take,  for  example,  the  experts  in  mental 
hygiene  (hemopsychiatry)  as  an  example. 
Not  only  do  these  devoted  specialists  weed 
out  the  constitutionally  unfit  and  thus  re- 
lieve the  nation  from  useless  burdens,  but 
choice  is  likewise  directed  for  special  work 
where  a  man  of  particularized  attributes  is 
most  needed. 

Also  eflfort  is  made  with  increasing  suc- 
cess to  select  surgeons  in  accord  with  their 
peculiar  attributes  and  aptitudes  and  train- 
ing and  tastes  to  perform  duties  consonant 
with  personal  qualifications.  In  this  the  ele- 
ments of  selection  are  both  as  to  individual 
make-up,  conformation  and  type  of  mind, 
as  well  as  to  acquired  characteristics.  More- 
over in  the  industries  this  selection  of  men 
in  accord  with  differentiated  characteristics 
is  now  an  accepted  procedure,  a  necessity, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


94 


Fbbruart,  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICL.BS 


American  Medicine 


leading  to  important  productive  economies 
and   often   assuring   safety   to   others. 

To  return  to  medical  specializations :  While 
each  and  every  competent  practitioner  must 
have  the  same  or  similar  training  in  funda- 
mentals, in  essentials,  wide  diversities  ex- 
ist among  individual  trends,  determinants 
and  facilities.  Every  epoch  adds  to  the  bur- 
dens of  the  neophyte  an  increment  of  diffi- 
culties in  mastering  the  whole  field  of 
scientific  and  practical  knowledge  and  pro- 
ficiency. 

Cooperation  is  imperative.  In  well  or- 
dered hospitals  this  is  brought  to  a  high 
degree  of  perfection.  Among  the  "field 
workers,"  the  great  army  of  heterogeneous 
practitioners,  the  primary  assumption  is  that 
one  man  qualifies  to  fill  the  whole  gambit  of 
medical  duties.  In  large  cities  adjustments 
take  place  in  accord  with  opportunities,  sug- 
gestions, deliberate  choice;  but  only  too 
rarely  in  strict  accord  with  inherent  apti- 
tudes. Hence  a  large  proportion  of  fail- 
ures or  only  partial  successes. 

Come  we  now  to  the  specific  application 
of  these  facts  the  subject  in  hand : 

Why  not  cooperate  for  the  best  advantage 
of  the  patient? 

And  why  should  not  certain  M.  D.'s  leave 
to  others  responsibilities  which  .they  are 
better  qualified  to  assume  and  restrict  their 
own  efforts  to  the  factors  of  conservation  ? 

What  should  be  the  direction,  the  depart- 
ments of  remediation  of  a  conservator? 

Here  I  can  best  sketch  out  those  par- 
ticulars which  my  individual  tastes,  so  far 
as  my  experience  goes,  enable  me  to  judge 
of  my  personal  qualifications. 

Here  at  least  is  the  domain  in  which  I 
should  elect  to  become  expert,  had  I  the 
ability:  Let  me  confine  my  responsibilities 
to  searching  out  the  peculiarities  of  con- 
formation mental  and  physical — the  psycho- 


physical totality — and  determine  where  and 
how  the  individual  requires  orthopedia  or 
orthobiotics,  that  is  adjustment,  readjust- 
ment, correction  of  minor  deformations, 
original  or  acquired  limitations. 

How  should  a  conservator  of  health  set 
about  appraising  the  status  of  a  client? 

We  may  begin  by  inquiring:  Who  are 
those  likely  to  make  use  of  such  service  ? 

They  may  be  conceived  as  of  two  groups : 
Those  who  themselves  realize  a  need  for 
rehabilitation  and  those  whom  a  physician 
comes  to  appreciate  would  be  advantaged 
by  a  general  survey  of  the  case  such  as  he 
might  not  have  the  leisure  or  special  train- 
ing to  make.  This  course  is  coming  to  be 
recognized  as  the  most  economic,  most  ad- 
vantageous for  the  patient  and  enables  the 
personal  adviser  to  proceed  with  confidence 
along  the  indicated  lines  to  his  own  credit 
and  advantage.  Let  it  be  clearly  understood 
it  is  no  disparagement  whatsoever  to  the 
physician  any  more  than  it  would  be  to  re- 
fer the  case  to  an  eye,  ear,  skin,  nose  and 
throat  gynecologic  or  any  other  specialist. 
We  simply  have  not  gotten  into  the  habit  of 
recognizing  the  specialty  of  conservation. 

In  my  years  of  service  as  assistant  to 
Weir  Mitchell  I  learned  invaluable  lessons 
in  the  desirability  of  the  general  all  round 
survey  of  a  problem.  It  was  my  privilege 
to  take  full  notes  of  the  cases,  make  such 
examinations  as  were  within  my  capabilities, 
and  submit  my  findings  to  him.  Those  who 
came  under  his  care  either  made  their  own 
decisions  as  to  why  they  should  seek  coim- 
sel  or  were  referred  by  their  physician  who 
was  kept  in  touch  with  the  case  thruout. 

Whenever  there  is  an  esteemed  home 
counsellor  it  is  always  more  satisfactory  to 
collaborate  with  him  or  to'  return  the  case 
with  specific  recommendations  as  might  be 
desired.  It  is  a  well  established  fact  that  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mkdicink 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


February,  1919 


95 


conservator  prefers  to  assume  only  that  kind 
and  degree  of  control  which  accords  with 
his  point  of  view  and  to  leave  the  residue, 
and  also  the  responsibility  of  cure,  to  the 
family  physician. 

To  be  sure  in  my  experience  it  occasion- 
ally happens  I  can  set  some  maladjust- 
ments straight  and  thus  remove  the  disabil- 
ity promptly.  This  might  seem  trespassing 
on  the  privileges  of  the  home  adviser,  to 
"spoil  his  job."  None  but  a  narrow-minded 
and  conscienceless  man  would  feel  thus 
aggrieved.  To  afford  relief  is  the  aim  of  all 
honest  physicians.  There  are  plenty  of  other 
fsh  in  the  sea;  other  clients. 

To  revert  to  experiences  with  Weir 
Mitchell:  He  was  kept  overwhelmingly 
busy,  to  the  limit  of  his  working  power, 
and  altho  he  worked  only  seven  months  of 
the  year,  yet  made  an  annual  income  about 
twice  the  salary  of  the  President  of  the  Uni- 
ted States.  Hence  both  parties  in  interest 
were  content;  so  indeed  was  the  patient. 

I  constantly  marvel  that  this  view  of 
what  Dr.  Mitchell  jauntily  called  "prac- 
ticing on  the  higher  planes  of  professional 
satisfactions"  is  not  more  universally 
adopted.  The  patient  usually  came  to  ap- 
preciate his  consultant  as  a  valued  friend 
and  his  home  counsellor  even  more  highly. 
Open  competition  to  appropriate  a  patient 
is  to  the  last  degree  painful  and  to  be  de- 
plored on  every  count. 

The  first  step  in  conservation  is  to  come 
by  a  full  personal  and  clinical  history.  The 
personal,  the  intimate  data  is  of  even  great- 
er importance  than  a  mere  category  of  ail- 
ments, weaknesses  or  diseased  states.  The 
primary  consideration  is  to  learn  the  type 
of  make-up,  the  sort  of  man  or  woman  it 
is  who  has  got  into  the  depressed,  depleted 
or  disrepaired  state.  This,  so  I  learned  from 
Dr.  Mitchell,  is  best  achieved  by  a  leisurely 


companionability,  an  entering  into  the  hopes, 
fears,  ambitions,  the  home  atmosphere  so 
far  as  might  be  deemed  desirable,  to  walk 
with  them ;  to  eat  with  them ;  discuss  affairs 
of  the  day,  books,  science,  art,  literature. 
Dr.  Mitchell  made  a  great  point  of  reading 
his  own  poems  aloud  and  encouraging  frank 
criticisms.  He  claimed  he  could  thus  learn 
more  in  a  few  interviews  of  what  he  needed 
to  know  of  their  trends,  tastes,  methods  of 
thinking,  their  queemesses,  prejudices  and 
the  like,  than  by  any  other  known  measure, 
and  at  the  greatest  economy  in  accuracy  of 
assessment  of  the  patient  as  a  whole. 

His  marvelous  successes  were  due  large- 
ly to  just  such  comprehensive  dealings  with 
all  aspects  of  person,  pecuHarities  and  means 
of  getting  at  the  directions  for  relief.  Above 
all  he  appreciated  how  different  types  of 
confusions  and  distresses  could  be  dealt 
with  by  cooperation  with  experts  in  various 
lines. 

Dr.  Mitchell  was  preeminently  the  con- 
servator, the  reconstructor,  never  content 
with  merely  affording  relief  or  repair  of 
the  obvious.  He  led  the  client,  the  petitioner, 
to  earnestly  desire  to  become  all  that  was 
in  him  to  be.  He  fully  appreciated  and  en- 
joyed, indeed  compelled  the  use  of  physical 
training,  always  adjusting  the  measures  to 
capacities,  limitations  and  tastes,  in  par- 
ticular to  rid  the  individual  of  false  in- 
hibitions, of  absurd  prejudices. 

In  an  intimate  personal  survey  there  will 
be  found,  in  most  instances,  some  local- 
ized or  well  defined,  or  feared,  trouble  lead- 
ing the  patient  to  seek  counsel.  This  will 
serve  as  a  text,  a  starting  point  for  ex- 
ploration. The  conditions  they  "complain 
of"  are  noted  seriously.  Only  rarely  is  their 
pet  ailment  the  one  for  which  they  most 
need  rehabilitation;  it  may  however,  point 
the  way. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


96 


February,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


Often  during  the  search  some  defect  or 
disorder  will  be  revealed  entirely  foreign 
to  that  which  they  are  aware  of.  None  of 
their  precious  "complaints"  should  be  al- 
lowed to  obscure  the  real,  or  main  issue. 
This  involves  usually  an  anxiety  psychosis, 
a  depletion  of  energies,  of  dynamics  or 
merely  of  perversions  of  good  powers. 
Symptoms  are  important  but  they  are  often 
so  mixed  with  psychopathies  as  to  mislead. 

When  once  the  assumed  or  imagined,  or 
the  main  disorder  is  localized  and  ticketed, 
the  campaign  just  begins.  Rehabilitation 
is  a  large  order  but  it  is  the  largest  service 
a  conservator  can  render.  To  refer  again 
to  Dr.  Mitchell:  His  aim  was  uniformly 
to  turn  out  the  man  or  woman  restituted,  re- 
generated, made  over,  better  able  to  take  his 
or  her  place  in  the  world  and  to  do,  and 
wish  to  do,  a  man's  or  a  woman's  work 
thereafter. 

He  displayed  his  highest  qualities,  in  my 
judgment,  in  his  brilliant  apperception  of 
the  crucial  points,  the  pet  weaknesses,  or 
the  whimsical  disabilities.  These  he  thrust 
into  the  foreground  of  attention  and  de- 
manded, or  tactfully  demonstrated,  they 
should  be  ruthlessly  overcome. 

For  the  average  physician,  even  one  of 
a  high  order  of  trained  ability,  who  does 
not  possess  such  exceptional  acumen  or  in- 
cisiveness  a  complete  survey  of  personal, 
not  merely  clinical,  history  is  desirable. 
By  studying  this  repeatedly  there  will  be 
revealed,  in  perspective,  much  not  first  ap- 
pearing. 

Long  years  of  training  in  making  anam- 
neses for  him  helped  me  to  devise  a  great 
time  saver  in  the  form  of  a  preliminary  his- 
tory blank,  so  worded  that  the  patient  and 
family  can  fill  this  out  themselves  in  pencil. 
I  would  strongly  recommend  some  such 
method  in  all  complex  or  protracted  con- 


ditions. Few  physicians  can  find  time  to 
catechize  a  patient  thoroly  enough,  but  when 
the  brief  is  made  out  for  them,  they  can 
and  gladly  will,  go  over  it,  verify  the  per- 
sonal understandings  of  the  question,  ratify 
the  answers,  or  take  up  one  or  other  sig- 
nificant point  and  search  to  the  end  of  the 
lead  so  opened.  Most  serious  mistakes  have 
been  made  by  physicians  in  omitting  this 
precise,  uniform  and  thoro  history  taking. 

A  most  significant,  yet  apparently  trifling, 
matter  to  the  patient  may  be  omitted  unless 
directly  challenged.  Similarly,  no  physician, 
no  matter  how  confident  of  his  penetration 
and  memory  of  what  he  should  do,  can  al- 
ways bring  out  every  point  except  by  some 
such  memoranda. 

Let  me  hasten  to  meet  the  objection 
usually  made  by  those  urged  to  use  the  pre- 
liminary history  blanks.  The  task  is  by  no 
means  so  burdensome.  The  patient,  the  fam- 
ily, or  the  home  physician  bears  the  brunt 
of  it.  They  usually  are  only  too  glad  to  be 
thoro  in  so  important  a  subject — themselves 
or  one  of  their  home  group.  Thus  the  task 
is  at  least  painstakingly  performed.  Few 
essentials  escape  "the  drag  net"  or  the  "fine 
tooth  combing,"  as  it  is  often  signalized. 

Moreover  such  self-searching  serves  to 
bring  to  the  consciousness  many  half  for- 
gotten facts  along  feared  or  voluntarily,  or 
unconsciously,  suppressed.  Moreover  when 
"the  names  of  physicians  who  then  attended 
you"  is  called  for  (as  constantly  recurs  in 
the  blank),  one  can  consult  that  physician 
if  alive,  and  get  the  facts  verified ;  a  most 
important  matter. 

After  the  revision  is  completed  by  the 
consultant,  whatever  point  demands  special 
attention  gets  it.  Fuller  elaboration  can  be 
made ;  then  the  entire  history  is  spread  out 
for  inspection.  It  may  be  objected  to,  this 
minute  and  emphatic  self-searching  leads  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AllBRICAN    MKDICINX 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


F'EBRUART.   1919 


97 


hypcxrhondriasis.  No;  because  the  role  of 
the  consultant  is  to  evaluate  the  items  and 
their  entirety;  to  show  how  this  or  that 
point  is  disposed  of,  a  condition  cured 
perhaps ;  or  it  may  have  no  present  bearing. 
In  any  event  the  revelations  furnish  an  ex- 
act text  for  explanation,  for  encouragement, 
for  discriminative  advice.  It  is  by  no  means 
wise  to  launch  out  into  reassurances  when 
the  data  remain  obscure,  unclear,  inade- 
quately presented  or  understood.  When  the 
whole  is  revealed  it  is  time — and  not  till 
then — to  compel  abandonment  of  erroneous 
or  baseless  fears. 

Then  follows  the  physical  explorations. 
These  should  include  removal  of  all  cloth- 
ing, bit  by  bit  and  with  due  tact.  The  ex- 
ploration should  include,  in  addition  to  the 
customary  procedures,  a  tactile  assessment 
of  gross  structures,  of  conformation,  of 
postures,  of  local  tension,  tonic  spasms,  re- 
laxations, rigidities,  resistencies,  immobili- 
ties,  contractures,  deep  tendernesses,  asym- 
metries and  their  relationships  one  to  the 
other.  Hence  orthopedic  or  orthobiotic  prin- 
ciples come  in  for  important  contributions, 
both  in  diagnosis  and  remediation. 

Let  me  enumerate  a  few  of  the  points 
which  deserve  attention,  some  of  which  too 
often  escape. 

Expression;  revealing  many  significant 
points,  type,  make-up,  shape,  size,  apparent 
age,  confidence,  timidity,  self-esteem. 

Voice,  manner  of  speaking,  phrasing,  pe- 
culiarities of  self-estimation. 

Poise,  posture  (the  position  one  is  com- 
pelled to  take)  ;  attitude  (the  position  one 
habitually  assumes),  due  to  any  limitations 
of  movement,  or  error  of  development,  to 
diseased  states  of  the  static  mechanisms,  to 
costume  deformities,  e.  g.,  bad  corsets,  bad 
shoes,  bad  methods  of  applying  clothes,  etc., 
to  inherent  weaknesses,  e.  g.,  ptoses,  adhe- 


sions, to  weak  backs,  weak  or  deformed 
bones,  to  feeble  abdominal  muscles,  to  wa- 
ter logging  of  the  abdominal  organs,  etc. 

To  occupations,  to  vanity,  to  apathy,  to 
self -consciousness,  to  over-tension,  to  men- 
tal slouchiness  and  the  like. 

Note  in  particular  the  vertebral  column, 
in  respect  to  those  points  of  posture  and  at- 
titude. I  would  urgently  recommend  that 
observation  be  made  of  the  backbone  in  its 
entirety,  noting  its  relationships  to  the 
thorax,  the  neck,  the  pelvis,  as  revealing 
significant  matters.^ 

Here  we  have  displayed  the  whole  prob- 
lem of  body  poise,  equilibrium,  of  depar- 
tures from  the  form  and  to  what  they  are 
due.  Palpation  of  the  muscles,  the  para- 
vertebral structures  reveal  tendernesses, 
edema  or  stagnation. 

Much  can  be  learned  or  reasonably  in- 
ferred, before  employing  X-ray  studies. 

The  tone  of  the  internal  organs ;  meteor- 
ism,  movable  cecum,  areas  of  segments  of 
flatulency,  "gurgles,"  tenderness,  e.  g.,  old 
or  quiescent  appendicitis,  fecal  masses,  etc. 

Note  the  circulatory  peculiarities,  super- 
ficial and  deep,  of  course  the  heart  sounds, 
position,  areas  of  dulness  but  not  less  the 
blood  ptoses,  the  variations  in  blood  pres- 
sure lying,  sitting  and  standing. 


Disorders  of  the  Heart  from  Goiter. — 

Goiter  causes  endocarditis,  premature  con- 
tractions, auricular  flutter,  auricular  fibril- 
lation and  myocarditis.  Sloan  (Med.  Review 
of  Reviews,  Feb.,  1919)  states  that  removal 
of  goiter  benefits  or  cures  these  conditions 
when  it  has  caused  them.  Heart-block  and 
defects  in  transmission  of  impulse  are  not 
caused  by  goiter  and  are  not  benefited  by 
removal  of  a  goiter  that  may  be  present. 

*  See  paper  American  Medicine,  April,  1918 — 
Spinal  Significances. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


98 


Fbbruaky,  1919 


ORIGINAL,  ARTICLES 


Ambrican  Mbdicink 


HIGH  ARTERIAL  TENSION:  TREAT- 
MENT   OF    HIGH    BLOOD 
PRESSURE.' 

BY 

I.  LINDBNBBRGER,  M.  D., 
Louisville,  Ky. 

Two  months  ago  I  was  called  to  see  a-  fe- 
male of  sixty-seven  who  for  some  time  had 
been  having  periodic  attacks  of  epistaxis. 
I  was  asked  to  see  her  during  one  of  these 
attacks.  Her  blood  pressure  was  found  to 
be  220  mm.  Hg.  No  attempt  was  made  to 
arrest  the  bleeding,  and  within  half  an  hour 
it  ceased  spontaneously. 

I  would  like  to  ask  the  members  of  this 
society  the  method  by  which  they  attempt 
to  reduce  the  blood  pressure  under  such  cir- 
cumstances. Examination  discloses  no  evi- 
dence of  cardiac  disease,  nor  are  there  any 
renal  lesions  so  far  as  can  be  determined 
by  careful  urinalysis,  there  being  no  albu- 
min nor  casts  in  the  urine.  There  is  some 
arterial  hardening  demonstrable  at  the  wrist 
and  also  the  elbow. 

Iodide  of  soda  was  administered  continu- 
ously for  five  weeks  with  no  appreciable  in- 
fluence upon  the  blood  pressure.  During  the 
last  four  weeks  the  tension  has  varied  from 
220  to  170,  and  at  times  there  has  been 
noted  marked  cardiac  irregularity.  Con- 
trary to  current  teaching  this  has  been  im- 
proved by  the  administration  of  tincture  of 
digitalis  in  five  drop  doses  three  times  daily. 
The  bromides  seemed  to  reduce  the  blood 
pressure  to  some  extent. 

At  a  previous  meeting  of  this  society  Dr. 
Leo  Bloch  called  attention  to  the  value  of 
pilocarpine  hydrochloride  as  an  agent  to 
reduce  blood  pressure,  which  he  had  seen 
in  an  article  in   the  New   York  Medical 

*A  symposium  before  the  Society  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons  of  Louisville,  Kentucky. 


Journal.  This  has  been  prescribed  in  1/40 
grain  doses  three  times  daily,  and  seemed 
to  have  a  beneficial  effect  by  inducing  mild 
perspiration.  The  patient  is  in  fairly  good 
physical  condition,  and  the  functions  of  all 
the  emunctories  are  normally  performed. 
She  is  still  taking  the  bromides,  twenty 
grains  in  a  mixture  of  passiflora  incamata, 
after  breakfast  and  supper.  Why  her  blood 
pressure  should  be  170  one  day,  and  another 
220,  I  am  at  a  loss  to  understand.  She  is  a 
light  eater,  and  for  this  reason  the  dietary 
has  been  increased  rather  than  diminished 
as  is  the  rule  in  such  cases. 

Some  time  ago  I  noticed  in  one  of  the 
medical  journals  an  article  recommending 
fibrolysin  (thiosinamin)  in  doses  of  about 
2  c.c.  by  hypodermic  injection  for  the  re- 
duction of  blood  pressure.  I  wrote  to  Merck 
&  Company  of  New  York,  asking  what  they 
thought  about  it,  and  they  advised  against 
the  use  of  fibrolysin  for  the  purpose 
stated. 

I  believe  there  are  no  drugs  which  will 
certainly  reduce  blood  pressure.  In  this 
case  at  times  the  patient  had  occasion  to 
worry  and  did  not  sleep  well,  and  the  fol- 
lowing day  her  arterial  tension  would  be 
higher.  The  bromides  and  passiflora  incar- 
nata  seemed  to  have  a  quieting  influence 
upon  the  nervous  mechanism  and  cause  her 
to  sleep  better,  and  in  this  way  probably 
reduction  of  the  tension  was  accomplished 
rather  than  by  any  direct  drug  action. 

This  woman  does  not  show  the  usual 
causative  factors  of  high  arterial  tension^ 
excepting  arteriosclerosis.  Cerebral  hemor- 
rhage can  be  excluded.  I  believe  no  drug 
will  permanently  reduce  blood  pressure^ 
especially  when  due  to  increasing  age  which 
we  know  produces  high  tension  sooner  or 
later.  Rest,  dietetic  and  hygienic  measures 
are  to  be  recommended. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlffKRTCAN    MiDICINS 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


FebruabTj  1919 


99 


HIGH  BLOOD  PRESSURE  WITHOUT 
CARDIAC  LESION. 

BY 

V.  E.  SIMPSON,  M.  D., 
LouisYille,  Ky. 

Not  infrequently  patients  are  encountered 
who  have  high  arterial  tension  without  or- 
ganic lesion  of  the  heart,  liver  or  kidneys. 
I  now  have  such  an  example  under  observa- 
tion in  a  female  of  fifty-four  whose  maxi- 
mum blood  pressure  for  some  time  has  been 
240  mm.  Hg.  which  I  have  been  unable  to 
reduce  below  195.  There  is  no  albumin  in 
the  urine,  and  there  is  no  kidney  lesion  pres- 
ent so  far  as  can  be  determined  by  urinal- 
ysis. The  cause  of  the  high  arterial  tension 
is  unknown  to  me. 

One  can  readily  understand  why  pilocar- 
pine will  reduce  tension,  but  it  has  a  marked 
depressing  effect  upon  the  entire  circulatory 
apparatus.  It  causes  a  moderate  temporary 
slowing  of  the  heart  action;  its  influence 
upon  the  vasomotor  apparatus  causes  dila- 
tation of  the  peripheral  vessels  thus  ma- 
terially enhancing  capillary  circulation  and 
increases  the  blood  supply  to  the  sweat 
glands.  Perspiration  reduces  tension  by 
lessening  the  amount  of  fluid  and  blood  in 
the  vessels  and  tissues;  induced  in  any 
other  way  perspiration  would  have  the 
same  eflfect,  minus  the  lessening  in  activity 
of  the  circulation  which  pilocarpine  induces. 

Bromides  act  in  similar  manner,  except- 
ing that  in  addition  to  their  effect  upon 
the  circulatory  apparatus  they  materially 
lessen  the  metabolic  function  and  the  motor 
activity  of  the  body.  There  is  less  tissue 
change  and  the  blood  is  correspondingly  di- 
minished, less  food  is  taken  and  hence  ten- 
sion IS  reduced. 

I  seriously  question  the  use  of  such  drugs 
in  high  arterial  tension,  also  that  high  ten- 


sion does  as  much  harm  as  has  been  sup- 
posed, at  least  the  high  tension  noted  in  pa- 
tients with  imperfect  nutrition  in  conse- 
quence of  arterial  change.  If  you  add  to  that 
the  depressing  influence  of  such  drugs  as  the 
bromides,  the  functional  activty  of  the  body 
would  be  markedly  lessened.  The  only  pos- 
sible harm  that  can  be  done  the  heart  by 
high  arterial  tension  is  hypertrophy,  and 
this  may  be  regarded  as  a  compensatory 
hypertrophy  which  can  be  withstood  by  the 
patient  for  a  considerable  period. 

I  have  used  the  iodides  and  the  iodine 
preparations  in  the  management  of  high  ar- 
terial tension.  It  is  true  that  by  virtue  of 
their  influence  upon  embryonic  cell  struc- 
ture the  iodides  have  a  beneficial  effect  if 
administered  before  organization  occurs, 
and  just  to  the  extent  this  is  accomplished 
will  they  prevent  progression  of  arterio- 
sclerosis. After  organization  of  the  cell 
structure  has  occurred,  it  is  impossible  to 
induce  resorption.  Iodides  simply  assist  in 
the  removal  of  embryonic  cells  within  reach 
of  the  blood  and  lymphatic  channels. 

I  have  also  used  sodium  nitrite,  which 
seems  more  logical  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
ducing tension  than  bromides  and  pilocar- 
pine. I  usually  give  one  grain  two  to  four 
times  daily,  depending  upon  its  effect.  I 
prefer  this  to  nitroglycerine  because  it  is 
better  adapted  to  internal  administration, 
absorption  is  slower  and  the  effect  more  con- 
stant; whereas  the  influence  of  nitrogly- 
cerine in  proper  hypodermic  dosage  is  im- 
mediately manifest  and  disappears  within 
forty  minutes.  Sodium  nitrite  is  slowly  ab- 
sorbed from  the  gastrointestinal  tract,  great- 
er sustained  influence  is  therefore  mani- 
fested, and  better  results  are  obtained. 

I  seriously  question  the  use  of  many  of 
the  drugs  ordinarily  recommended  to  reduce 
tension,  bearing  in  mind  the  fact  that  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


100 


February,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


action  of  these  drugs  is  detrimental  to  body 
nutrition,  as  set  over  against  the  possible 
harm  that  continued  high  tension  may  pro- 
duce. Wherever  there  exists  arteriosclerosis, 
permanent  reduction  of  tension  is  impos- 
sible. 

In  the  case  I  have  mentioned  the  ten- 
sion when  the  patient  was  first  seen  was 
240;  it  has  never  been  reduced  below  195, 
and  that  only  after  continued  rest  in  bed. 
I  believe  that  baths,  with  regulation  of  diet, 
with  limitation  of  the  fluid  intake  as  far  as 
may  be  compatible  with  safety,  together 
with  rest  in  bed,  constitute  the  best  method 
of  management  in  cases  of  high  arterial 
tension. 


NITRITE  OF  SODA  IN  TREATMENT 
OF  HIGH  BLOOD  PRESSURE. 

BY 

D.  S.  WILSON,  M.  D., 
Louisville,  Ky. 

I  wish  to  confirm  what  has  been  said 
with  reference  to  the  nitrite  of  sodium.  It 
is  probably  the  most  reliable  therapeutic 
agent  at  our  disposal  for  the  reduction  of 
blood  pressure. 

It  is  questionable  whether  too  much  of 
the  clinical  symptomatology  is  not  some- 
times attributed  to  the  blood  pressure.  There 
seems  to  be  an  overzealous  effort  on  the 
part  of  many  physicians  to  reduce  the  blood 
pressure  as  rapidly  as  possible  by  the  ex- 
hibition of  drugs  which  may  in  their  opinion 
best  serve  the  purpose.  Such  efforts  may  be 
unwarranted  from  the  standpoint  of  the  pa- 
tient. The  use  of  baths,  rest,  regulation  of 
diet,  etc.,  are  to  be  recommended. 
•  With  reference  to  the  urinary  findings  in 
cases  of  high  arterial  tension:  The  absence 
of  albumin  in  the  urine  is  not  always  an  in- 


dication of  the  non-existence  of  a  kidney 
lesion.  My  idea  may  be  wrong,  but  I  have 
been  under  the  impression  that  interstitial 
nephritis  does  not  always  mean  that  albu- 
min must  be  present  in  the  urine.  In  all 
instances  where  arterial  tension  is  per- 
sistently high,  urinary  secretion  with  refer- 
ence to  the  intake  and  output  should  be 
carefully  investigated.  This  may  have  an 
important  bearing  upon  blood  pressure. 


HIGH    BLOOD   PRESSURE   AND 
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS. 

BY 

A.  R.  BIZOT,  M.  D.. 
LouisYllle,  Ky. 


The  idea  that  high  arterial  tension  is  al- 
ways due  to  or  accompanied  by  kidney 
lesions  is  certainly  erroneous.  High  blood 
pressure  with  arteriosclerosis  is  a  most  seri- 
ous matter. 

I  rbcall  the  case  of  a  female  of  sixty-six 
with  this  history:  Father  died  of  apoplexy 
•at  fifty-one;  a  sister  was  paralyzed  for 
seven  years,  and  a  brother  for  three  years, 
each  having  had  three  cerebral  hemor- 
rhages; another  sister  died  suddenly  from 
apoplexy ;  still  another  sister  was  blind  for 
years,  and  finally  died  from  asthenia  due 
to  organized  clot.  The  patient  in  question 
has  marked  arteriosclerosis;  she  had  some 
eye  complication  and  was  sent  to  Doctors 
Ray  and  Lederman,  where  a  retinal  hemor- 
rhage was  discovered.  Her  blood  pressure 
was  then  190.  Iodides,  bromides,  sodium 
nitrite,  etc.,  have  all  been  used  without  in- 
fluence upon  the  blood  pressure. 

I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  high 
blood  pressure  is  coincident  with  advancing 
age,  unless  there  exists  arterial  disease  to 
cause  increased  tension  earlier  in  life.    As 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Februaby,  1919 


101 


soon  as  elasticity  of  the  arteries  is  lost,  high 
blood  pressure  develops.  In  my  opinion  it 
is  not  often  due  to  renal  and  cardiac  lesions. 
In  the  case  mentioned,  notwithstanding 
treatment,  the  patient's  blood  pressure  has 
ranged  from  165  to  190;  and  there  has  been 
about  the  same  variation  when  no  drugs 
were  administered.  Warm  baths,  limitation 
of  the  intake  of  fluid,  and  restricted  diet 
have  accomplished  more  benefit  than  drugs. 
In  another  case  the  patient  is  the  sub- 
ject of  chronic  interstitial  nephritis  and  also 
arteriosclerosis.  Within  the  last  few  weeks 
the  woman  has  entered  an  institution  for 
treatment  of  her  mental  condition,  and  I 
understand  cerebral  hemorrhage  is  antici- 
pated. In  most  instances  cardiac  and  renal 
lesions  can  be  excluded  as  causes  of  high 
blood  pressure ;  arteriosclerosis  is  undoubt- 
edly the  caus^  in  the  majority  of  cases;  and 
cerebral  hemorrhage  with  continued  high* 
pressure  is  to  be  anticipated. 


A  CASE  OF  FLOATING  CARTILAGES 
IN  THE  KNEE  JOINT. 

BY 

J.  G.  JISR.  M.  D., 
Cairo,  EJgypt. 

F.  M.,  a  Sudanese,  85  years  old  and 
belonging  to  the  "Fungari"  tribe,  called  at 
the  Civil  hospital  Gedarif  (Sudan)  for 
treatment,  complaining  as  he  describes  it, 
of  excruciating  pain,  practically  forbidding 
all  motion  and  the  presence  of  fluid  and 
three  movable  "bones"  in  his  left  knee  joint. 
He  was  admitted  to  the  hospital  May  5, 1917 
and  operated  upon  on  the  following  morn- 
ing. The  knee  joint  was  opened  under  local 
anesthesia,  letting  the  fluid  escape  and  three 
irregularly   facetted   concretions   delivered 


by  manipulation.   The   wound   was   imme- 
diately closed  and  no  drainage  left. 

The  concretions  weighed  respectively  oi 
gr.  XX,  3i  gr.  xxv  and  3i  gr.  xxx.  A  micro- 
scopic examination  of  a  section  showed 
them  to  be  composed  of  "hyaHne  cartilage." 

The  joint,  however,  began  to  fill  again, 
and  as  the  wound  had  completely  healed  up, 
paracenthesis  was  performed  on  the  8th  day 
and  2  c.c.  (Jss)  tinct.  iod.  B.  P.  injected. 

The  next  morning  the  joint  was  hot  and 
swollen  but  the  reaction  disappeared  com- 
pletely on  the  fourth  day. 

It  began  to  fill  up  again  but  on  a  very 
much  smaller  scale,  so  the  same  operation 
was  repeated  eight  days  later.  This  was 
followed  by  a  less  marked  reaction  than 
the  former. 

A  week  later  there  could  be  hardly  any 
fluid  detected,  but  2  c.c.  of  tinct.  of  iod. 
were  injected.  The  reaction  being  of  no 
consequence  this  time,  the  patient  was  dis- 
charged three  days  later. 

He  was  asked  to  report  regularly,  which 
he  did.  He  was  last  seen  on  the  15th  of 
March,  1918,  quite  happy  with  the  result 
obtained  for  there  were  no  more  "bones" 
or  fluid  and  he  enjoyed  a  very  much  more 
liberal  use  of  the  joint.  So  I  think  that  one 
feels  justified  to  consider  the  case  as  cured. 


Primary  Perithdioma  of  Lsrmphatic 
Glands* — From  observation  of  a  case  of 
this  condition  G.  D'Oria  (Riforma  Medica, 
Nov.  6,  1915)  draws  the  following  con- 
clusions: It  is  possible  to  find  a  primary 
origin  of  tumors  of  the  peritheliomatous 
type  in  lymphatic  glands,  and  perithelioma 
may  be  a  tumor  of  the  malignant  type  like 
sarcoma  and  carcinoma.  Many  observers 
are  of  the  opinion  that  a  perithelioma  is  al- 
ways a  benign  new  growth,  but  the  case 
in  point  shows  distinct  sarcomatous  char- 
acters and  consequent  malignancy. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


102 


Fmbruary,  1919 


LONDON  LETTER 


American  Medicine 


(From  our  Regular  CorreBpondent.) 

THE  ANNUAL  MEETING  OF  THE  BRITISH 
MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

The  customary  annual  meeting  of  the  British 
Medical  Association  has  not  been  held  during 
the  last  four  years.  The  meeting  has  been  gen- 
erally divided  into  what  may  be  called  domestic 
and  general  subdivisions,  the  domestic  conisist- 
ing  of  the  meetings  of  the  Council  and  Repre- 
sentatives and  dealing  with  the  internal  work  of 
the  Association,  the  general  consisting  of  the 
sections  prepared  to  discuss  the  clinical  and 
scientific  work  of  the  year.  During  the  war  the 
sectional  debates  on  Medicine,  Surgery,  and  the 
other  branches  of  professional  learning  have 
not  been  held,  as  most  of  the  prominent  ex- 
ponents of  medical  knowledge  and  skill  were 
busily  engaged  at  home  or  abroad  on  the  med- 
ical work  of  the  Navy  or  Army,  and  the  annual 
meeting  resolved  lUelf  into  a  meeting  of  the 
Council  and  of  the  Representatives.  The  war, 
it  may  be  remembered,  began  immediately  after 
the  annual  general  meeting  at  Aberdeen  in  July, 

1914,  at  which  meeting  it  was  arranged  that  the 
meeting  in  the  following  summer,   viz.,  July, 

1915,  should  take  place  in  Cambridge  under  the 
presidency  of  Sir  Clifford  AUbutt,  the  Regius 
Professor  of  Physics  in  the  University.  As  that 
date  approached  it  became  perfectly  clear  that 
no  adequate  meeting  could  be  held,  while  the 
University,  which  had  become  practically  a 
large  training  camp  for  staff  officers  as  well  as 
cadets,  was  so  denuded  of  all  accommodation 
that  the  hospitality  of  its  walls  could  no  longer 
be  proffered.  By  this  time  all  men  began  to  see 
that  the  end  of  the  war  was  not  far  away,  so  the 
question  of  the  next  annual  general  meeting  of 
tne  Association  has  been  held  under  considera- 
tion ever  since,  and,  now  that  hostilities  are 
suspended,  the  position  of  strain  In  the  medical 
profession  has  been  so  little  relieved  that  it  has 
been  thought  wise  to  attempt  no  full  annual 
meeting  until  1920,  in  which  year,  however.  Sir 
Clifford  Allbutt  has  announced  that  the  Univer- 
sity is  looking  forward  to  entertaining  the  As- 
sociation. In  the  circumstances  it  has  been  de- 
cided that  a  special  meeting  should  be  arranged 
by  the  Association  this  year  for  the  discussion 
of  clinical  and  scientific  subjects,  but  on  a 
smaller  scale  as  to  sections  than  had  marked 
all  recent  annual  meetings. 

It  has  now  been  provisionally  agreed  that  this 
special  general  meeting  of  the  British  Medical 
Association  should  take  place  early  in  April 
and  should  last  for  two  or  perhaps  three  days. 
A  General  Committee  has  been  appointed,  to- 
gether with  two  Sub-Committees,  one  taking 
over  the  organization  and  the  other  dealing  in 


detail  with  the  programme  of  scientific  work. 
The  decision  is  an  expression  on  the  part  of  the 
Association  that  the  time  has  come  to  relay  old 
tracks  and  make  plans  for  reconstruction,  even 
tho  no  attempts  at  a  ccmiprehensive  scheme  can 
yet  be  entered  upon.    The  meeting  will  be  held 
in  London  and  its  main  object  will  be  to  bring 
together  British  workers  and  medical  visitore 
from  the  Dominions  and  the  United  States.    It 
is  quite  clear  that  before  April  there  will  be  no 
large  disengagement  from  their  duties  either  of 
our  Colonial  or  our  American  colleagues,  so  Uiat 
an  exceptionally  strong  medical  voice  ought  to 
be  obtained  on  many  subjects  from  a  series  of 
oflflcers  who  during  the  recent  troubled  years 
have  studied  war  medicine  and  war  surgery  on 
many  spots  and  from  many  points  of  view.   Col. 
A.  M.  Whaley,  speaking  as  United  States  liaison 
Medical  Officer  with  the  War  Office,  has  given  a 
warm  welcome  to  the  proposal,  which  has  also 
received  the  support  of  Col.  J.  G.  Adami,  Pro- 
fessor of  Physiology  at  the  McGill  University. 
Montreal  and  Col.  R.  D.  Rudolf,  speaking  for 
Canada,  and  of  Cbl.  C.  T.  M.  DeCrespigny  and 
Col.  Bernard  Myers,  speaking  respectively  for 
the  Australian  and  New  Zealand  Army  Medical 
Services.   Hearty  acceptance  of  the  proposal  has 
also  been  received  from  Sir  William  Norman, 
Medical  Director  General  of  the  Navy,  Sir  John 
Goodwin,  Director  General  of  the  Army  Medical 
Service,  and  Col.  T.  D.  Barry,  representing  the 
medical  administration  of  the  Royal  Air  Force. 
.  If  the  scheme  of  the  meeting  is  well  drawn  up 
and    precautions    are    taken    only    to    admit 
authoritative  communications,  the  net  result  for 
good  ought  to  be  very  great.    But  it  must  be 
remembered  that  two  days  or  even  three,  will 
not  provide  much  time  in  which  to  hear  the 
first  hand  experiences  and  opinions  of  many 
men  having  many  things  of  importance  to  say, 
and  those  who  have  had  experiences  of  inter- 
national gatherings  hope  that  time  will  not  be 
wasted    in    courteous    preliminaries.    Interna- 
tional good  feeling  may  be  presumed  to  exist 
and  will  not  require  to  be  emphasized  by  a  lot 
of    introductory    cackle.    When    formality    is 
shunted  in  this  manner,  there  will  still  remain 
the  difficult  question  of  overlapping.    If  a  lot  of 
men,    apparently    equally    well    equipped    with 
knowledge,  want  to  address  the  same  meeting 
on  the  same  subject,  much  discrimination  will 
have  to  be  exercised  to  prevent  waste  of  time, 
and  some  call  will  necessarily  be  made  upon  the 
self-sacrifice  of  hard  and  original  workers.    The 
success  of  the  clinical  meeting  of  the  British 
Medical  Association  may  be  great  if  those  who 
draft   its   program   of   scientific   work   are   at 
the  same  time  tactful  and  firm.    Waste  of  time 
must  be  avoided. 

SIR  CHARLES  WYNDHAM,  M,  D^  M,  R,  C.  S. 

Sir  Charles  Wyndham,  who  died  this  month 
at  the  ripe  age  of  82,  was  known  all  over  the 
world  as  a  brilliant  and  versatile  actor,  but  it  is 
not  so  well  known  that  he  was  a  medical  man, 
and  did  service  in  the  American  Civil  War  as 
surgeon  to  the  Federal  army.  Sir  Charles 
Wyndham,  whose  real  name  was  Culver  well, 
was  the  son  of  a  Lancashire  medical  man,  and 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mbdicinb 


LONDON  LETTER 


February,  1919 


103 


received  his  medical  education  at  Kings  College 
Hospital,  from  the  medical  school  of  which  in- 
stitution he  emerged  Just  sixty  years  ago  as  a 
member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of 
England.  He  was  a  keen  doctor,  altho  already 
attracted  towards  the  stage,  for  he  continued 
after  qualification  to  gain  post-graduate  experi- 
ence at  Scottish,  Irish  and  German  medical 
schools,  and  when  he  arrived  in  America,  just 
In  time  for  the  Civil  War,  he  had  the  degree  of 
M.  D.  Giessen.  He  saw  much  fighting,  being 
present  at,  among  others,  the  battles  of  Gettys- 
burg and  Fredericksburg,  and  serving  thru  the 
Red  River  campaign.  It  was  actually  during 
the  closing  winter  of  the  war  that,  under  the 
stage  name  of  Charles  Wyndham,  he  became  a 
professional  actor  in  New  York.  Later,  about 
1865,  he  returned  to  England,  and  definitely 
deserted  medicine,  tho  he  had  a  hard  struggle 
to  make  good  his  position  in  the  theatrical 
world.  But  by  1875  he  made  good  both  as  an 
actor,  and  as  the  manager  of  the  Criterion 
theatre,  at  the  very  center  of  fashionable  and 
business  London,  in  Piccadilly  Circus.  He  never 
lost  touch  with  the  public,  but  always  remained 
a  finished  actor,  and  when  he  received  a  Knight- 
hood from  his  personal  friend.  King  Edward 
VII,  the  honor  was  accepted  by  everyone  as  well 
bestowed. 

INFANT  WELFARE. 

In  all  countries,  and  notably  in  the  United 
States  of  America  and  in  England  the  import- 
ance of  infant  welrare  has  been  much  accentu- 
ated by  the  mortality  and  conditions  of  the  war. 
The  outstanding  feature  of  the  1919  Baby  Week 
celebrations  is  to  be  a  series  of  national  con- 
ferences on  infant  welfare,  at  which  the  chief 
points  for  discussion  will  be  (1)  ante-natal  and 
neo-natal  casualties,  their  prevalence,  causes, 
and  prevention;  and  (2)  the  best  neo-medical 
means  of  combating  infant  mortality  and  mor- 
bidity. The  National  Association  for  the  Pre- 
vention of  Infant  Mortality  and  the  National 
Baby  Week  Council  are  cooperating  in  the  prep- 
aration for  these  conferences,  and  arrangements 
are  being  made  for  the  holding  of  similar  con- 
ferences and  Baby  Week  celebrations  in  every 
allied  and  neutral  country  thruout  the  world, 
at  which  the  same  subjects  will  be  discussed. 
Following  on  this  an  international  congress  will 
take  place  in  London,  at  which  the  findings  of 
the  various  national  conferences  will  be  con- 
sidered, leading,  it  is  hoped,  to  much  light  being 
thrown  on  these  important  subjects. 

The  international  congress  in  question  is  not 
likely  to  take  place  before  1920,  unless  the 
normal  course  of  civilized  life  is  more  quickly  re- 
assamed  than  seems  possible,  but  it  is  hoped 
that  all  the  various  agencies  possessed  by  coun- 
tries with  more  advanced  humanitarian  views 
will  be  put  in  motion  to  collect  evidence  for  re- 
port and  debate,  and  to  formulate  schemes  for 
comparison  and  subsequent  adoption.  A  great 
international  consensus  of  opinion  upon  the 
most  practical  ways  of  combating  infant  mortal- 
ity would  have  an  overwhelming  influence  upon 
the  domestic  legislation  not  only  of  those  coun- 
tries, but  of  less  advanced   nationalities  who, 


under  the  freedom  of  a  world  peace,  will  be 
ambitious  to  deserve  a  high  place  in  a  league 
of  nations.  The  congenital  and  hereditary  de- 
fects of  debility;  the  hereditary  tendencies  con- 
nected with  syphilis,  drunkenness,  ill-honsing; 
the  bad  industrial  conditions' leading  to  the  em- 
ployment of  pregnant  women  and  the  relegation 
of  infants  to  care-takers — all  these  things  should 
be  fought  on  a  grand  plan,  for  the  good  of  the 
old  states  and  for  the  advancement  of  the  new. 

THE   ILLEGAL   SALE   OF  POISONS. 

In  London  recently  there  has  been  a  series  of 
cases  where  the  public  has  been  able  to  obtain 
in  illegal  and  irregular  manner  dangerous 
poisons,  especially  such  substances  as  opium 
and  its  derivatives,  cocaine  and  veronal.  These 
cases  have  come  to  public  notice  in  police 
and  coroners*  courts  and  some  of  them  have 
had,  or  will  have,  sequels  in  the  higher  criminal 
courts.  Whether  self-drugging  has  increased 
under  the  stringency  of  anti-alcohol  legislation 
or  not  is  much  debated,  but  that  is  not  the  mat- 
ter now  under  discussion.  The  point  is  that  the 
public  can  obtain,  thru  the  carelessness  of  doc- 
tors, the  laxity  of  pharmacists,  and  the  un- 
scrupulousness  of  individuals,  access  to  danger- 
ous poisons  which  is  denied  them  by  express 
legislation.  Not  long  ago  a  police  superintend- 
ent obtained  from  a  druggist,  without  any  com- 
pliance with  the  regulations  imposed  by  the 
Pharmacy  Act,  a  quantity  of  prussic  acid  and 
immediately  committed  suicide  with  it.  He  was 
known  to  the  pharmacist  as  a  police  superin- 
tendent and  in  deference  to  his  position  all  the 
usual  restrictions  were  waived,  on  his  simple 
allegation  that  he  desired  to  kill  his  dog. 
Clearly  In  the  mind  of  the  pharmacist  the  en- 
actment of  the  law  was  not  a  matter  which 
concerned  either  him  as  an  individual  trades- 
man or  his  customer  as  an  individual  police- 
man; it  was  a  vague  sort  of  regulation  in  the 
interests  of  the  public  which  could  be  put  on 
one  side  if  individual  interests  were  more 
clamant.  It  is  this  willingness  to  go  behind  the 
law  which  is  one  of  the  great  sources  of  danger. 
Doctors  again  are  greatly  to  blame  in  the 
form  of  prescriptions  they  give,  rather  than  in 
the  readiness  with  which  they  prescribe,  nar- 
cotics. If  prescriptions  were  carefully  made 
out  for  a  certain  number  of  doses  and  that  num- 
ber of  doses  only,  and  if  it  was  made  clear  that 
the  prescription  should  only  be  renewed  by  the 
same  doctor  and  made  up  by  the  same  chemist, 
and  would  not  be  available  unless  so  renewed, 
a  large  number  of  self-druggers  would  be  saved 
from  suicide,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  and  a 
great  number  of  accidents  would  also  be  ob- 
viated. The  law  provides  exactly  for  this  sort 
of  thing,  but  when  the  regulations  are  not  kept 
by  the  doctor  they  are  not  insisted  upon  by  the 
druggist,  and  so  break  down.  It  came  out  at  a 
recent  inquest  near  London  that  a  woman  had 
purchased  morphine  in  huge  quantities  on  some 
prescription  which  she  had  obtained  in  a  per- 
fectly legitimate  manner.  Relying  on  this  pre- 
scription, she  issued  a  series  of  written  orders 
to  druggists  all  of  Which  were  complied  with 
and,  at  the  inquest  which  eventually  ensued. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


104 


Februaky,  1919 


CORRESPONDBNCB 


American  Mbdicinb 


the  verdict  was  death  from  cardiac  and  pul- 
monary conditions  accelerated  by  morphine 
poisoning.  How  to  stop  this  sort  of  thing  is 
exercising  the  wits  of  the  authorities,  and  the 
proceeding  adopted  in  a  totally  different  case 
may  indicate  the  policy  which  it  is  proposed  to 
pursue.  Traps  will  be  laid  by  bogus  patients 
both  for  doctors  and  chemists,  the  idea  being 
that  in  this  way  witnesses  to  the  offense  that 
has  occurred  can  be  produced  in  courts  of  law, 
who,  only  being  technical  sinners  and  not  drug 
takers,  will  have  no  objection  to  tell  the  truth 
to  a  magistrate.  This  course  has  been  pursued 
to  bring  home  to  a  druggist  in  the  center  of 
London  the  penalties  in  force  against  unquali- 
fied persons  who  attempt  to  administer  treat- 
ment for  venereal  diseases.  A  medical  man  ar- 
ranged the  introduction  of  a  police  detective  to 
the  druggist  in  the  character  of  a  bona  fide 
patient.  The  druggist,  tho  unqualified,  pro- 
ceeded to  treat  the  patient  for  venereal  disease, 
and  in  the  police  proceedings  that  followed,  the 
bogus  patient,  having  no  shameful  pathr)logy  to 
confess  to.  was  ajt)le  to  give  a  succinct  story 
of  what  had  occurred,  and  the  druggist  was 
heavily  fined.  No  one  likes  to  rely  upon  the 
activities  of  the  agent  provocateur  but  there  is 
no  doubt  that  in  these  cases  it  is  the  agent 
provocateur  who  is  most  likely  to  secure  a  con- 
viction which  being  attended  with  heavy  fines 
will  act  as  a  deterrent.  There  is  a  feeling  of 
course  against  members  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion playing  any  part  in  such  transactions  and 
it  is  generally  hoped  that  however  necessary  it 
may  be  to  set  traps  for  pharmacists  who  are 
either  lax  in  their  regard  for  the  poison  regu- 
lations or  unscrupulous  in  assuming  medical 
duties,  it  will  not  be  necessary  that  medical  men 
should  assist  in  baiting  these  traps.  The  posi- 
tion of  the  medical  man  who  has  lured  either  a 
professional  colleague  or  a  tradesman  closely 
associated  with  medical  administration  Into 
breaking  the  law  cannot  be  a  pleasant  one. 


CORRESPONDENCE 


COMPULSORY  HEALTH  INSURANCE. 

To  the  Editor, 

American  Medicine: 

I  beg  to  call  your  attention  and  that  of  your 
readers  to  the  enclosed  letter  to  the  President 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

It  will  require  the  early  and  united  action 
of  every  physician  in  the  State  in  the  maimer 
indicated  in  this  letter  to  defeat  for  the  fourth 
time  the  scheme  for  "Compulsory  Health  Insur- 
ance"  now   disguised   as   "Health    Insurance." 

The    trade-mark    "Yours    for    Health"    long 


monopolized  by  the  late,  if  ever  existent,  Lydia 
Pinkham  has  been  appropriated  bodily  for 
political  purposes  in  the  highest  political  quar- 
ters. 

Respectfully  yours, 

JOHN  P.  DAVIN,  M.  D. 
ENCLOSURE. 

February  2,  1919. 
T.  H.  Halsted,  M.  D., 

Pres.  Medical  Society  State  of  New  York, 
Syracuse,  N.  Y. 
Dear  Doctor: 

In  duty  to  the  standards  of  our  profession 
and  to  the  welfare  of  the  public  whom  we  serve, 
I  would  like  to  call  your  attention,  and  that  of 
the  Council  of  the  State  Society  to  a  measure 
now  before  the  Legislature,  and  recommended 
for  passage  by  the  Governpr  in  his  message  to 
the  Legislature. 

This  measure  is  a  bill  for  what  Is  called 
"Health  Insurance."  It  is  the  same  one  es- 
sentially, which  under  the  name  of  Compulsory 
Health  Insurance  has  been  defeated  three  times 
already  by  the  efforts  among  others  of  the  en- 
tire Medical  Profession  of  this  State.  It  Is  now 
advocated  by  the  State  Industrial  Commission, 
and  by  a  so-called  "Association  of  Manufac- 
turers." There  is  no  evidence  that  the  public 
and  the  medical  profession  upon  whom  would 
fall  the  loss  and  burden  accruing  from  the 
passage  of  this  measure  have  b^n  consulted  In 
any  way  in  regard  to  its  provisions. 

At  an  initial  ouUay  of  $1,500,000  it  would 
place  upon  the  State  Board  of  Health  the  duty 
of  assuming  charge  of  the  health  of  the  work- 
ing population  of  the  State,  as  well  as  those 
who  would  apply  to  It  for  special  advice  or 
treatment.  It  is  a  political  attempt  to  put  into 
practice  the  theory  of  the  "Socialization  of  Med- 
icine," at  a  time  when  the  political  socializa- 
tion of  every  other  form  of  enterprise  is  fall- 
ing Into  disrepute. 

Hitherto  the  State  Society  has  waited  until 
the  eve  of  the  passage  of  Medical  Laws,  before 
entering  Its  protest  formally  before  the  Legis- 
lature. On  all  such  occasions  we  have  received 
but  a  perfunctory  hearing  before  a  body  more 
or  less  biased  against  an  attitude  of  opposition 
to  its  findings. 

I  would  suggest  now,  that  this  matter  be 
placed  before  every  County  Medical  Society  in 
the  State  for  their  immediate  consideration,  the 
results  of  which  to  be  forwarded  by  the  Secre- 
taries of  these  Societies  to  the  members  of  the 
legislature  representing  the  various  Counties 
in  the  State.  In  this  way  the  profession  would 
command  a  hearing  and  compel  a  respect  for 
their  representations  that  hitherto  they  have 
not  been  able  to  command  when  this  duty  was 
delegated  to  a  committee  appearing  before  the 
Legislature  generally  at  the  eleventh  hour  of  its 
session. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

JOHN  P.  DAVIN,  M.  D., 

Member  Medical  Society  County  of  New  York, 
Secretary,  Association  for  Medical  Defence. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


RATIONAL.    ORGANOTHERAPY 


February,  1919 


105 


RATIONAL 
ORGANOTHERAPY 


The  Inter-relation  of  Ductless  Glands* — 

Since  the  pioneer  work  of  Qaude  Bernard 
with  the  ductless  glands  there  has  been 
opened  to  medicine  almost  a  trackless  field 
of  research.  The  functions  ascribed  to  the 
ductless  glands  have  been  extended,  how- 
ever, says  an  editorial  writer  in  the  New 
York  Med.  Jour,,  (July  20, 1918),  to  include 
other  glands  which  have  external  secretory 
functions.  It  is  found  now  that  such  glands 
as  the  pancreas,  ovaries,  kidneys,  cardiac, 
pyloric,  and  fundic  glands  have  both  an 
internal  and  external  secretory  action.  But 
the  term  ''endocrinous  glands"  refers  rather 
to  the  glands  with  only  an  internal  secre- 
tory function,  and  include  the  pituitary, 
thyroid,  parathyroids,  the  adrenals  and, 
most  likely,  the  spleen.  The  whole  range  of 
glands  having  internal  secretory  function 
is  better  designated  as  a  system  because  of 
their  close  interaction.  All  are  so  closely 
bound  to  each  other  that  a  disturbance  in 
one  will  throw  out  of  gear  or  out  of  action 
all  the  others.  Not  only  do  these  glands 
secrete  material  which  controls  certain 
phases  of  the  organism,  but  in  order  that 
this  control  shall  be  in  harmony  they  secrete 
material  for  the  control  of  the  action  of 
the  others.  This  control  may  be  inhibitory 
of  the  action  of  the  others  or  stimulating. 
It  is  either  antagonistic  or  supplemental. 
Oversecretion  of  one  gland  soon  becomes 
toxic  to  the  organism,  and  it  is  the  function 
of  the  others  to  control  this.  The  antago- 
nistic action  of  one  over  the  other  not  only 
prevents  the  overactivity  of  the  others,  but 
keeps  the  line  of  action  pulled  taut.  That 
even  the  disturbance  in  one  gland  may  have 
dire  results  can  be  seen  from  the  fact  that 
the  action  of  these  glands  is  concerned  with 
the  control  of  such  vital  processes  as  the 
vasomotor  system,  nutrition,  circulation,  di- 
gestion, etc.  Indeed,  there  is  no  phase 
which  they  do  not  control  and  disturbances 


may  become  manifest  even  with  disturbance 
of  one  gland.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  in 
conditions  thought  to  have  origin  in  this 
form  of  disturbance  gland  medication,  or- 
ganotherapy, contemplates  the  giving  of  the 
extracts  of  many  glands,  a  sort  of  polyva- 
lent gland  extract.  Whether  the  theoretic 
basis  for  this  action  is  correct  or  not,  bet- 
ter results  do  in  fact  follow  the  use  of  poly- 
valent extracts. 

But,  while  the  whole  system  is  strongly 
bound  together,  some  of  the  glands  are  more 
closely  related  in  their  action  to  each  other 
than  to  other  glands.  The  thyroid  and  the 
adrenals  control  each  other's  action  an- 
tagonistically— ^that  is,  inhibiting  the  over- 
action  of  the  other.  The  pituitary,  on  the 
other  hand,  seems  to  reenforce  the  action 
of  the  thyroid.  However,  the  thyroid  seems 
to  be  the  most  versatile,  having  a  direct  in- 
fluence on  all  of  them.  The  thyroid  has, 
moreover,  a  very  definite  control  over  the 
ovaries  and  their  generative  and  menstrual 
functions.  The  thyroid  and  the  adrenals  are 
probably  most  concerned  in  the  control  of 
the  sympathetic,  altho  all  of  the  glands  are 
concerned  in  the  maintenance  of  the  equilib- 
rium of  this  nervous  system.  Gland  dis- 
turbances may  be  either  in  the  production  of 
deficient  or  of  hyperactivity.  Probably  such 
indefinite  conditions  as  neurasthenia,  malnu- 
trition, sexual  neuroses,  and  allied  con- 
ditions, and,  more  specifically  cretinism  and 
dwarfism  are  produced  by  deficiency,  while 
goitre,  acromegaly,  gigantism,  diabetes,  gas- 
tric and  duodenal  ulcers  are  caused  by  hy- 
peractivity. These  are  but  a  few  of  the  illus- 
trations of  the  wide  range  of  gland  activity. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  many  of  the  ob- 
scure and  vague  conditions  will  soon  be  in- 
cluded among  those  conditions  caused  by 
disturbances  of  the  glands  of  internal  se- 
cretion, and  amenable  to  the  same  treat- 
ment. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


106 


Pbbruary,  1919 


RATIONAL.    ORGANOTHBRAPY 


AmaiGAJf  Mbdicinb 


The  EflFects  <tf  Under  and  Over  Secre- 
tion <rf  the  Ovaries.— The  exact  physi- 
ology, or  pathology,  of  total  removal 
of  the  ovaries  according  to  Osborne 
{New  York  Med.  Jour,,  Sept.  7,  1918) 
depends  upon  the  age  of  the  individual 
at  the  time  of  the  removal.  It  is  rarely 
justifiable  to  remove  both  entire  ovaries 
in  the  human  female,  and  of  course  it  is  ex- 
cessively rare  that  such  an  operation  should 
be  performed  on  a  girl  before  puberty.  Most 
knowledge  of  early  extirpation  is  acquired 
by  operating  on  animals.  There  is  no  ques- 
tion that  the  early  removal  of  the  ovaries 
causes  the  masculine  type  of  development, 
with  a  greater  growth  of  the  extremities. 
A  later  removal  of  the  ovaries  causes 
atrophy  of  the  uterus,  and  may  or  may  not 
cause  abortipn  in  a  pregnant  animal. 

There  seems  to  be  a  great  disturbance 
of  the  nutrition,  and  especially  of  the  chem- 
ical metabolism,  after  ovarian  extirpation. 
More  especially  is  there  a  diminished  cal- 
cium excretion,  and  probably  there  is  a  dis- 
turbance of  the  chloride  and  phosphorus 
equilibrium.  Waste  metabolism  is  less  act- 
ive, and  the  body  puts  on  weight  largely  in 
fat,  if  the  extirpation  is  after  puberty.  Other 
endocrine  glands  are  also  disturbed  by  such 
extirpation,  notably  the  thyroid.  The  thy- 
roid may  have  its  colloid  content  increased, 
but  often  it  soon  becomes  less  active,  and 
may  even  hyposecrete. 

In  early  extirpation  of  the  ovaries  the 
thymus  has  become  enlarged  and  active,  and 
the  pituitary  and  suprarenal  glands  may  be- 
come more  active,  to  the  production  of  a 
masculine  appearance  and  masculine  ten- 
dencies. 

If  a  small  portion  of  an  ovary,  or  if  a 
supernumerary  ovary  is  left  in  the  animal, 
there  may  be  no  signs  of  privation  of  this 
secretion,  or,  if  at  first  such  signs  are  in 
evidence,  they  may  soon  disappear. 

Excessive  ovarian  secretion  (probably 
generally  associated  with  increased  thyroid 
secretion)  causes  increased  sexuality,  even 
to  all  kinds  of  sexual  perversion.  Simple  in- 
creased secretion  may  make  girls  coquettish 
and  constantly  seek  male  companions.  Even 
if  there  are  no  other  symptoms  of  increased 
ovarian  secretion  except  profuse  menstrua- 
tion, the  body  loses  an  excessive  amount  of 
lime  and  other  salts,  as  well  as  blood,  es- 
sential to  the  general  welfare  of  nutrition 
and  of  the  nervous  svstem.      Often  this  ex- 


cessive menstruation  and  increased  waste 
metabolism  may  be  due  primarily  to  hyper- 
thyroidism. Excessive  ovarian  secretion  in 
girls  may  lead  to  masturbation  or  may  be 
caused  by  masturbation.  It  may  cause  in- 
sanity, and  the  relation  of  the  various  in- 
ternal gland  disturbances  to  female  insanity 
should  be  carefully  studied.  Removal  of  a 
diseased  ovary  or  a  diseased  uterus  has  at 
times  cured  serious  mental  disturbances. 

Excessive  ovarian  activity,  either  de  novo 
or  from  too  frequent  pregnancies  may  cause 
osteomalacia.  Ovarian  hypersecretion  may 
also  cause  parathyroid  disturbance  (per- 
haps due  to  calcium  shortage  from  a  too 
great  loss)  and  therefore  more  or  less  nerv- 
ous symptoms.  Removal  of  one,  or  of  one 
and  a  half  ovaries,  and  feeding  calcium  may 
cure  osteomalacia. 


Treatment  of  Enlargement  of  the 
Thsrmus. —  A  recent  abstract  in  the  Cor- 
rcspondens-Blatt  fur  Schweizer  Aerzte 
{Jour,  A.  M.  A,,  Jan.  25,  1919)  states  that 
W.  Birk  insists  on  the  absolutely  different 
clinical  picture  presented  with  simple  en- 
largement of  the  thymus  and  that  with  the 
thynius-lymphatic  state.  The  former,  simple 
enlargement  of  the  thymus,  usually  develops 
during  fetal  existence,  and  the  trachea  is 
compressed  by  the  abnormally  large  thymus 
even  before  birth.  Death  is  the  result  of 
suffocation,  the  already  damaged  trachea 
becoming  compressed  to  the  point  of  suflfo- 
cation.  The  status  thymico-lymphaticus,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  not  congenital  and  in  this 
the  constitution  and  the  food  are  of  para- 
mount importance,  while  these  have  no  in- 
fluence on  the  congenitally  enlarged  thymus. 
But  the  latter  can  be  modified  by  the 
Roentgen  rays,  and  Birk  reports  five  cases 
in  which  the  excessively  large  thymus 
promptly  shrank  to  normal  size  under  the 
exposures.  In  one  case  the  gland  enlarged 
again  later,  but  in  all  the  others  the  cure 
was  prompt  and  permanent. 


Action  of  Pituitary  Extract  on  Kidbey. 

— Knowlton  and  Silverman  {Amer,  Jour, 
of  Physiology,  Sept.,  1918)  found  that  the 
oxygen  consumption  by  the  kidney  is  not  in- 
creased   during   the    diuresis    induced    by 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Medicine 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


February,  1919 


107 


pituitary  extracts.  Using  the  oxygen  con- 
sumption as  the  criterion,  there  is  no  evi- 
dence that  pituitary  extract  stimulates  the 
renal  cells.  Thruout  their  experiments  in- 
creased blood  flow  thru  the  kidney  was  an 
invariable  accompaniment  of  pituitary  diu- 
resis. From  the  evidence  at  hand  it  seems 
possible  to  explain  the  diuretic  action  of 
pituitary  extract  entirely  on  the  basis  of 
the  vascular  changes  and  increased  filtra- 
tion pressure  obtaining  in  the  kidney. 


Under   the   Editorial   Direction  of  Albert   C. 
Geyseri  M.  D.,  New  York. 

REACTION  OF  DEGENERATION. 

Only  so  much  of  the  anatomy  and  the 
physiology  will  be  considered  as  seems  im- 
mediately necessary  for  a  clear  comprehen- 
sion of  what  is  to  follow. 

Neuron  structure  and  function. — By  the 
term  neuron  we  include  the  entire  anatom- 
ical structure,  beginning  with  the  trophic 
center,  the  protoplasmic  prolongation  and 
the  end  organ. 

The  central  motor  neuron  begins  with  the 
motor  ganglion  cell  in  the  cortical  motor 
area  of  the  cerebrum.  The  protoplasmic 
prolongation  (the  axis  cylinder)  passes 
downward  and  crosses  over  to  the  opposite 
side  of  the  body.  The  end  organ  of  the  cen- 
tral neuron  consists  of  the  end  brush  and 
this  is  situated  at  its  particular  level  in  the 
spinal  cord. 

The  shortest  central  neuron  begins  at  the 
motor  cortical  zpne  and  after  decussating 
in  the  medulla  ends  in  the  cervical  region 
of  the  neck;  the  longest  central  neuron 
passes  downward  as  far  as  the  beginning 
of  the  lumbar  enlargement.  This  bundle  of 
nerve  fiber  is  therefore  much  thicker  above 
than  it  is  below  and  is  known  as  the  py- 
ramidal tract. 

The  function  of  a  central  neuron  is  to 
convey  the  impulse  from  the  cortical  cell 
along  the  path  of  the  axis  cylinder  to  the 
end  brush.  When  such  a  motor  impulse 
arrives  at  the  end  brush,  it  is  translated 
into  an  energy,  which  is  then  taken  up  by 


a  large  multipolar  cell  in  the  gray  matter 
of  the  anterior  horn  of  the  spinal  cord. 

The  multipolar  ganglion  of  the  anterior 
horn  is  the  beginning  of  the  peripheral  neu- 
ron. This  neuron  consists  of  a  ganglion  cell, 
a  protoplasmic  prolongation  (the  nerve) 
and  the  end  organs.  The  function  of  the 
peripheral  neuron  is  to  carry  into  execution 
the  message  of  the  central  neuron.  It 
acts  as  a  sort  of  a  relay.  The*  motor  cell  of 
the  central  as  well  as  the  motor  cell  of  the 
peripheral  neuron,  besides  generating  im- 
pulses, presides  over  the  nutrition  of  all 
parts  of  which  they  themselves  are  formed 
and  the  organs  to  which  their  branches  are 
distributed. 

From  this  anatomical  and  physiologic  re- 
view we  are  in  a  position  to  appreciate  just 
what  must  happen,  if  a  lesion  occurs  in  any 
portion  of  a  motor  neuron. 

In  cerebral  apoplexy  we  may  have  pres- 
sure exerted  over  the  cells  lying  in  the 
motor  cortical  zonp.  Such  a  lesion  would 
interfere  with  the  generation  of  motor  im- 
pulses. No  impulses  arriving  at  the  end 
brush,  none  could  be  interpreted  by  the 
multipolar  ganglion  cell  of  the  peripheral 
neuron ;  the  muscle  supplied  by  this  par- 
ticular neuron  would  be  without  function, 
therefore  paralyzed. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  peripheral 
motor  cell  controls  the  nutrition  of  the 
muscle  to  which  its  branches  are  distributed, 
this  cell  being  intact,  the  nutrition  of  the 
muscle  would  not  suffer,  there  would  be  no 
atrophy,  excepting  that  which  results  from 
non-use. 

If  a  lesion  is  located  in  any  other  por- 
tion of  the  central  motor  neuron,  the  path- 
ologic result  would  be  the  same.  Since  the 
central  motor  neuron  cannot  be  tested  in 
a  patient,  these  lesions  cannot  be  dem- 
onstrated electrically. 

When  a  lesion  occurs  in  the  peripheral 
neuron,  conduction  from  the  cell  to  the  end 
organ  is  interfered  with.  The  trophic  cen- 
ter is  cut  off  from  the  nerve  and  muscle, 
hence  there  is  a  flaccid  paralysis  with  early 
and  rapid  atrophy.  Upon  testing  such  a 
nerve  electrically,  the  axis  cylinder  fails  to 
conduct  the  artificial  stimulus  because  the 
nerve  has  degenerated  from  lack  of  nutri- 
tion, there  is  no  muscular  contraction,  hence 
we  have  the  phenomenon  of  reaction  of 
degeneration.  In  reality,  it  is  the  failure  to 
react  to  the  electrical  stimulus  that  denotes 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


108 


FSBRUAKT,  1919 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


American  Medicine 


the  fact  that  the  axis  cylinder  has  degen- 
erated. 

Every  lesion  in  the  peripheral  motor  neu- 
ron can  be  located  with  exactitude  by  the 
electric  test,  not  only  that,  but  by  repeated 
examinations  the  prognosis  can  be  foretold 
with  almost  a  certainty. 

While  the  lesion  of  the  central  motor  neu- 
ron cannot  be  thus  demonstrated  by  the 
use  of  an  electric  current,  nevertheless  their 
presence  can  be  inferred  by  establishing  the 
non-involvement  of  the  peripheral  neuron. 
Every  muscle  paralysis  is  due  either  to  a 
lesion  in  the  central  or  the  peripheral  neu- 
ron. The  electric  examination  discloses  the 

InWniViijla  k^  ^  iv«r 
CelUttrt.1; 


Fig.  1. 

one  and  excludes  the  other.  Every  neuron, 
the  same  as  every  individual  cell,  in  the 
whole  economy  is  compelled  to  perform  a 
certain  function,  it  does  this  and  it  cannot 
do  anything  else. 

A  neuron  obeys  the  "law  of  constant  ef- 
fect of  nervous  citation."  It  makes  no  dif- 
ference whether  a  nerve  is  excited  into  ac- 
tivity by  a  normal  stimulus  from  its  trophic 
center  or  by  the  application  of  an  electric 
current  to  any  part  of  the  nerve,  the  effect 
on  the  organ  of  reaction  is  invariably  the 
same.  In  the  case  of  a  motor  nerve  there 
is  always  a  muscular  contraction,  in  the 
case  of  a  sensory  nerve,  sensation  of  some 
kind  is  projected  toward  the  center.  Since 
the  effect  of  nerve  stimulation  is  "constant" 
an  interesting  phenomenon  is  worth  men- 
tioning. The  localization  and  the  character 
of  the  muscular  movement  are  determined 


not  by  the  site  of  stimulation  but  by  the 
number  of  fibers  excited  and  their  periph- 
eral distribution  to  the  muscle.  So  too,  the 
location  and  the  specific  quality  of  the  sen- 
sation, e,  g.y  pressure,  heat  and  pain,  which 
occurs  on  stimulating*  a  sensory  cutaneous 
nerve  at  any  point,  is  identical  with  that 
produced  by  the  action  of  natural  stimuli 
upon  the  end  organ  in  the  skin.  The  most 
striking  example  that  can  be  adduced  in 
proof  of  this  law  is  that  observed  when  a 
limb  has  been  amputated.  "When  the  mem- 
ber to  which  a  nerve  trunk  is  distributed," 
says  Johannes  Muller,  "is  removed  by 
amputation,  the  stump  of  the  nerve  which 


contains  the  whole  of  the  shortened  nerve 
fibers  is  capable  of  the  same  sensations  as 
if  the  amputated  limb  were  still  present. 
This  persists  all  thru  life."  (Luciani's  Physi- 
ology, p.  201.)  Any  irritation,  injury  or 
inflammation  which  may  occur  at  the  stump 
is  immediately  translated  into  a  sensation 
as  occurring  in  the  amputated  member. 
Upon  recovery  they  have  the  same  sensa- 
tions that  normal  people  feel  in  a  healthy 
limb,  and  there  is  often  a  persistent  sensa- 
tion of  itching,  or  discomfort,  which  hap- 
pens to  be  localized  in  the  limb  that  no 
longer  exists.  The  writer  is  in  position  to 
speak  upon  this  peculiar  phenomenon  with 
some  authority.  In  1912  it  became  necessary 
to  amputate  the  little  and  the  ring  fingers  of 
my    left    hand    including   their    respective 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mkdicins 


PHYSICAL.  THERAPY 


Fbbbuahy,  1919 


109 


metacarpal  bones.  The  left  hand  had  been 
injured  as  the  result  of  repeated  exposures 
to  the  X-rays.  Altho  the  amputation  oc- 
curred more  than  six  years  ago,  as  far  as 
feeling  or  transmission  of  sensation  is  con- 
cerned, the  hand  is  still  intact.  When  the 
hand  is  exposed  to  the  cold,  the  im- 
pression conveyed  centrally  is  as  tho 
the  amputated  fingers  shared  in  the 
feeling  of  cold.  Many  persons  eventu- 
ally become  accustomed  to  these  sen- 
sations, and  cease  to  notice  them ;  but  they 
surge  up  again  when  attention  is  focussed 
upon  them  and  are  often  distinctly  felt  in 
the  fingers,  sole  of  the  foot  or  hand.  These 
sensations  are  made  more  acute  when  pres- 
sure is  exerted  on  the  stump  or  the  scar. 
It  frequently  happens  that  the  end  of  a 
nerve  is  pressed  upon  from  adjacent  scar 
tissue.  Nothing  short  of  a  freeing  of  the 
nerve  will  relieve  the  painful  sensation  in 
the  missing  member. 

The  symptoms  of  "anasthesia  dolorosa'' 
are  no  less  important  to  the  demonstration 
of  peripheral  projection  of  sensations. 
Traumatic  paralysis  from  compression  or 
section  of  a  nerve  trunk,  in  which  more  or 
less  extensive  cutaneous  areas  become  to- 
tally insensitive  to  the  strongest  stimuli, 
tho  the  patient  still  complains  of  intense 
pains  in  them  owing  to  the  irritable  state 
of  the  nerve  trunk,  is  not  infrequent.  In 
surgery,  division  of  a  nerve  may  fail  to  cure 
neuralgia,  as  it  merely  interrupts  the  con- 
duction of  external  peripheral  excitations  to 
the  center,  but  cannot  suppress  the  con- 
duction of  central  irritation  in  the  nerve 
which  gives  origin  to  sensations  projected 
to  the  periphery  similar  to  those  produced 
by  extrinsic  local  stimulation. 

This  failure  to  arrest  pain  projection  after 
section  is  demonstrated  especially  well  in 
cases  of  tic  douloureux  of  central  origin. 
The  pain  sense,  while  central,  is  nevertheless 
projected  to  the  peripheral  end  of  the  di- 
vided nerve. 

The  phenomenon  of  peripheral  projec- 
tion of  sensation  can  easily  be  demonstrated 
under  normal  conditions  by  mechanical  ex- 
citation of  one's  own  ulnar  nerve  in  the 
groove  of  the  internal  condyle  at  the  elbow, 
where  it  is  accessible ;  this  produces  a  prick- 
ing in  the  palm  and  the  back  of  the  hand, 
and  in  the  third  and  fourth  fingers.  In  my 
own  case,  altho  the  third  and  fourth  fingers 
are  absent,  any  irritation  of  the  ulnar  nerve 


between  the  condyles  causes  a  tingling  sen- 
sation as  tho  these  fingers  were  normal  and 
in  their  places.  The  motor  nerves  pass 
thru  a  similar  phase,  of  course  motion  in 
the  absent  member  cannot  occur,  neverthe- 
less, if  the  desire  to  move  the  absent  mem- 
ber is  strong  enough,  the  individual, 
as  far  as  the  central  sensation  is  con- 
cerned, appreciates  every  intended  mo- 
tion as  tho  it  really  took  place.  A  medical 
friend  was  obliged  to  undergo  an  amputa- 
tion of  the  leg  just  below  the  knee.  For 
some  years  he  experienced  much  difficulty. 
Tie  would  make  the  attempt  to  step  upon 
the  shortened  leg  without  the  support  of 
his  crutch.  So  real  was  the  muscular  sense 
projected  to  the  periphery  and  into  the  ab- 
sent member,  that  he  forgot  to  make  sea- 
sonable use  of  proper  support,  often  to  his 
detriment. 

In  order  to  have  a  muscle  respond  to  a 
stimulus  of  a  motor  nerve,  four  essentials 
must  be  in  a  normal  state. 

First,  a  multipolar  cell  in  the  gray  horn 
of  the  spinal  cord  must  send  out  an  impulse, 
second,  this  must  be  conducted  along  the 
axis  cylinder,  the  nerve  fiber,  third,  to 
the  end  plate  which  invests  each  sarcolemma 
of  the  muscle  and  fourth,  the  entire  mus- 
cle bundle  or  the  muscle  itself  must  be  in 
a  normal  physiologic  condition  to  perform 
its  function,  that  of  muscular  contraction. 
A  lesion  located  anywhere  within  the 
peripheral  motor  neuron  will  interfere  with 
the  end  result,  the  intended  muscular  con- 
traction. 

An  apparent  paradoxical  phenomenon  has 
been  observed  in  nerve  and  muscle  testing 
and  incidentally  it  has  frequently  brought 
discredit  upon  electrotherapy,  viz.,  that  a 
stronger  or  more  frequent  stimulus  produces 
less  effect  than  a  weaker  or  less  frequent 
stimulus.  This  is  explained  by  the  fatigue 
of  the  end  organs.  The  excitability  of  these 
is  depressed  after  each  stimulation,  recov- 
ery takes  place  after  an  interval  which  is 
longer  in  proportion  with  the  strength  of 
the  preceding  excitation  and  the  degree  of 
fatigue.  If  the  stimuli  are  too  strong  and 
follow  too  rapidly,  there  may  be  much  de- 
lay or  no  recovery,  and  a  degree  of  inex- 
citability  ensues;  if  the  stimulus  is  weak- 
ened, or  made  less  frequent,  the  reaction 
reappears.  Under  normal  conditions  these 
eifects  of  fatigue  are  manifested  only  in  the 
muscle  and  particularly  in  the  motor  end 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


110 


Februaby,  1919 


PHYSICAL.  THBRAPT 


American  Mboicins 


plates.  Under  certain  pathologic  conditions 
even  the  nerve  trunk  shares  in  this  phe- 
nomenon altho  to  a  much  less  degree. 

It  is  probable  that  the  waste  products 
developed  by  the  muscle  during  tetanus  have 
some  significance  in  the  production  of  ex- 
haustion in  the  end  plates,  as  they  may  ex- 
ert a  toxic  action  on  the  motor  nerve  end- 
ings similar  to  that  of  curare. 

For  many  years  the  interrupted  galvanic 
current  and  the  faradic  currents  have  been 
employed  therapeutically  in  poliomyelitis 
for  no  other  purpose  and  with  no  other 
aim  in  ^iew  than  the  causing  of  muscular 
contractions.  Simply  because  voluntary  mus- 
cular contractions  could  not  be  produced 
by  the  patient,  these  currents  were  made 
use  of  in  order  to  produce  that  which  was 
lacking.  When  we  consider  that  in  poliomye- 
litis the  lesion  is  located  in  the  gray  matter 
of  the  anterior  horn,  that  the  axis  cylinder, 
the  end  plates  and  the  muscle  are  cut  off 
from  their  trophic  center,  we  may  well 
pause  and  consider  the  effect  of  causing 
such  muscular  contraction  under  an  arti- 
ficial stimulus.  If  there  was  any  possibility 
of  regeneration  by  a  normal  process  of  re- 
covery, it  must  have  been  much  delayed, 
if  not  entirely  removed  by  such  unscientific 
meddling.  Not  only  was  there  more  or  less 
injury  to  ganglion  cells  as  a  result  of  the 
poliomyelitis  toxemia,  but  to  this  was  added 
the  fatigue  poisons  of  the  forced  muscular 
contractions  and  their  destructive  effect 
upon  the  delicate  end  plates.  Muscular  con- 
tractions brought  about  by  artificial  stimuli, 
when  the  trophic  centers  are  cut  off,  are  on 
a  par  with  driving  a  horse  after  its  food 
trough  has  been  cut  off. 

Altho  under  normal  conditions  the  nerve 
is  almost  inexhaustible  to  prolonged  arti- 
ficial stimuli,  so  long  as  these  do  not  alter 
its  substance.  Its  specific  activities,  exci- 
tability and  conductivity  may  progressively 
diminish  and  eventually  disappear  when  it 
is  deprived  of  the  essential  conditions  for 
its  existence.  An  important  condition  of  the 
vitality  of  the  nerve  lies  in  its  anatomical 
continuity  and  connection  with  its  central 
organ.  A  long  series  of  well  established  facts 
proves  that  when  this  connection  is  inter- 
rupted, its  normal  nutrition  and  morpho- 
logic structure  are  altered  as  well  as  its 
excitability  and  conductability. 

Reaction  of  Degeneration. — The  practical 


value  of  the  recognition  of  R.  D.  lies  in  the 
fact  that,  when  present,  it  points  to  some 
defect,  to  some  degenerative  lesion  in  the 
neuro  muscular  area  exhibiting  its  phenom- 
ena. R.  D.  always  means  some  nutritive  dis- 
turbance in  the  nerve  or  muscle  involved.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  the  lesion  may  be 
either  in  the  trophic  cells,  the  axis  cylinder, 
the  end  organs  or  the  muscle  itself.  In  other 
words  R.  D.  always  means  a  peripheral  neu- 
ron lesion;  it  can,  therefore,  not  be  elicited 
in  purely  cerebral  palsies,  it  is  not  present 
in  muscular  atrophy,  the  result  of  non-use 
or  inflammatory  changes,  neither  can  it  be 
elicited  in  hysterical  paralysis  or  shamming. 
It  is  a  common  occurrence  that  a  com- 
plete cerebral  hemiplegia  may  not  show 
R.  D.  even  after  years  of  existence,  yet  a 
pressure  paralysis  such  as  the  drunkard's 
brachial  paralysis  or  the  facial  paralysis, 
Bell's  palsy,  when  the  nerve  is  compressed 
within  the  bony  canal  may  show  R.  D.  im- 
mediately and  extensively.  The  former  of- 
fers little  or  no  hope  of  recovery  while  the 
latter  usually  become  normal  in  the  course 
of  a  few  days  or  weeks.  The  mere  presence 
or  absence  of  R.  D.  is  not  prognostic  tho 
it  is  invariably  diagnostic  at  once, 

While  the  presence  of  an  R.  D.  means  a 
neuron  lesion  in  the  peripheral  motor  tract, 
it  also  excludes  the  lesion  from  the  central 
tract.  This  does  not  mean  that  while  we 
are  dealing  with  a  peripheral  neuron  lesion, 
that  it  is  precluded  thereby  that  no  lesion 
exists  in  the  central  tract.  Let  us  suppose 
that  a  patient  is  suffering  from  an  apoplec- 
tic paralysis.  The  lesion  is  located  some- 
where in  the  motor  cortical  zone  of  the 
cerebrum  or  in  the  internal  capsule.  The  re- 
sulting paralysis  is  most  extensive,  yet  R. 
D.  cannot  be  demonstrated  because  the  nu- 
trition and  the  conduction  from  the  trophic 
center  in  the  spinal  cord,  the  entire  periph- 
eral neuron,  is  not  involved.  It  is  true  mo- 
tor impulses  are  not  conducted  along  the 
peripheral  neuron,  but  that  is  because  none 
arrives  in  the  spinal  cord  from  the  cerebrum. 
Let  such  a  patient  fall  asleep  with  the 
paralyzed  arm  in  such  a  position  that  long 
continued  pressure  would  be  exerted  upon 
the  musculo-spiral,  median  or  any  other 
nerve  of  the  brachial  plexus ;  almost  at  once 
there  would  be  failure  of  conduction,  at 
least  conduction  would  be  impaired  and  ac- 
cordingly we  would  have  added  to  the  hemi- 
plegia, a  pressure  paralysis  with  the  lesion 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


TREATMENT 


February,  1919 


111 


in  the  axis  cylinder  of  the  peripheral  neu- 
ron. Within  a  few  hours  R.  D.  could  be 
demonstrated  which  would  have  nothing 
in  common  with  the  pre-existing  central 
paralysis,  it  would  simply  mean  the  co-ex- 
istence of  a  central  and  a  peripheral  motor 
neuron  lesion. 
R.  D.  occurs: 

1.  In  paralysis  which  is  the  result  of 
injury  or  disease  of  the  multipolar  ganglion 
cells  in  the  anterior  cornua  of  the  spiral 
cord  and  the  motor  nerves  of  the  bulb. 

2.  In  paralysis  which  is  the  result  of 
injury  or  disease  of  the  anterior  roots  and 
the  peripheral  axis  cylinder  where  the  physi- 
ologic function  of  the  trophic  centers  fails 
on  account  of  the  interruption  of  conduc- 
tion or  nutrition  to  the  end  organs  in  the 
sarcolemma. 

R.  D.  is  present  in  poliomyelitis  because 
early  in  the  disease  the  infective  process  in 
the  cord,  whether  due  to  germs,  toxin  or 
a  virus,  produces  a  local  tissue  reaction. 
This  reaction  in  the  cord  is  essentially  in- 
flammatory and  intended  as  a  reparative 
process.  During  this  localized  inflammation 
leucocytosis  and  diapedisis  are  marked  fea- 
tures. Thru  the  overactivity  of  this  process 
there  is  crowding,  compression  of  destruc- 
tion of  the  gray  matter.  Since  the  motor 
cells  are  imbedded  within  the  anterior 
horn  and  since  they  are  the  most  highly 
organized  cells  in  this  area,  they  suf- 
fer correspondingly.  The  higher  the  func- 
tion of  a  cell,  the  easier  and  the  more  per- 
manently is  its  function  altered  or  destroyed 
by  injury.  From  the  very  moment  of  inter- 
ference with  the  function  of  a  multipolar 
nerve  cell,  nutrition  to  all  its  parts  is  modi- 
fied. It  IS  because  the  nerve  fiber,  the  en(\ 
plates  and  the  muscle  it  supplies  depend  for 
their  nutrition  upon  the  integrity  of  this 
cell  that  degeneration  must  take  place  when- 
ever the  trophic  cell  is  injured.  The  distal 
paralysis  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  cells 
send  out  no  more  impulses,  the  degeneration 
is  the  result  of  failure  to  provide  the  neces- 
sary nutrition  and  as  a  result  we  have  a 
gradually  increasing  descending  degenera- 
tion. 


Cystitis. — Curtis  asserts  that  urinary 
retention  is  more  active  etiologically  in 
cystitis  than  the  misuse  of  the  catheter. — 
IJr.  and  Cutan.  Review. 


— in 

REATMENT 


The  Use  of  Yaccines  in  Acute  Inflnensa  and 
Influenzal  Bronehopneumonia.— Wynn  {The 
Lancet,  Dec.  28,  1918)  refers  to  the  fear  and 
reluctance  so  frequently  manifested  in  the  use 
of  vaccines  for  treatment.  He  considers  the 
vaccine  dosage  recommended  by  the  Conference 
held  at  the  War  Office  last  October,  and  adopted 
by  the  Army  and  Local  Government  Board,  en- 
tirely inadequate  and  points  out  that  in  the 
treatment  of  influenza  and  its  secondary  bron- 
chopneumonia Lord  Fisher's  advice  is  appropri- 
ate: "Strike  early  and  strike  hard."  Every  case 
should  be  regarded  as  serious  and  a  dose  suffi- 
ciently large  to  produce  a  satisfactory  response 
within  a  few  hours  should  be  given  when  the 
patient  is  first  seen.  When  the  author  first  used 
vaccines  in  the  diseases  in  question,  doses  as 
small  as  5  million  were  given;  and  results,  tho 
occasionally  good,  were  uncertain.  Larger  doses 
were  then  given,  with  better  results.  It  is  im- 
portant that  the  first  dose  should  be  effective. 
The  doses  now  recommended  in  acute  infiuenza 
and  influenzal  bronchopneumonia  are:  For  an 
adult  man,  80  to  100  million  pneumococci,  strep- 
tococci, and  B.  influenzae;  for  an  adult  woman, 
60  to  80  million;  for  a  child  of  12  to  14,  40  to 
50  mUlion;  for  a  child  of  2  or  3  years  10  to  20 
million.  In  deciding  the  dose  the  size  of  the 
patient  is  more  important  than  the  age.  The 
dose  should  not  be  reduced  because  of  the 
gravity  of  the  illness.  If  the  first  dose  gives 
no,  or  an  insufficient,  response  the  next  dose 
should  be  larger,  the  doses  being  repeated  on 
alternate  days,  or  even  in  some  cases  every  day. 
With  a  first  dose  of  100  million  it  is  rarely 
necessary  to  increase  this. 

The  timidity  so  often  shown  even  by  those 
who  use  vaccines  in  chronic  diseases  towards 
their  use  in  acute  diseases  apparently  arises 
from  theoretical  considerations  as  to  the  pos- 
sible harm  caused  by  negative  phases.  This  is  not 
the  place  to  enter  into  a  theoretical  discussion 
on  the  mode  of  action  of  vaccines  in  acute  dis- 
eases. My  attitude  for  tne  moment  Is  the  prag- 
matisms, "It  is  true  because  it  works."  But  it 
may  be  pointed  out  that  the  doctrine  of  the 
negative  phase  was  worked  out  in  patients  suf- 
fering from  chronic  localized  diseases.  The 
conditions  existing  in  healthy  persons  and  in 
patients  with  acute  disease  are  very  different 
and  not  comparable. 

Those  accustomed  to  vaccine  therapy  know 
that  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  localized  dis- 
eases— chronic  arthritis,  mucous  colitis,  chron- 
ic bronchitis  and  asthma — considerable  reac- 
tions may  be  produced  by  quite  small  doses, 
and  great  care  is  necessary  in  increasing  the 
doses.  The  patient  appears  to  be  "sensitized" 
in  a  different  manner  to  those  suffering  from 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


112 


Fkbruabt,  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Medicine 


acute  disease.  Again,  a  dose  of  000.0001  c.  cm. 
tuberculin  may  cause  a  smart  reaction  in  a  case 
of  chronic  localized  tuberculosis,  but  would 
have  no  effect  in  a  case  of  advanced  phthisis  or 
acute  caseous  bronchopneumonia.  One  pos- 
sible explanation  may  lie  in  the  very  different 
amount  of  infection  in  the  two  cases.  A  dose 
of  100  million  pneumo  cocci  is  very  small  as 
compared  with  the  inconceivable  number  of 
cocci  in  the  body  of  a  patient  suffering  from 
acute  pneumonia,  but  becomes  appreciable  when 
compared  with  the  number  present  in  a  case  of 
chronic  otitis  media. 

Prophylactic  injections  have  been  given  to  230 
persons,  100  million  of  streptococci  and  pneu- 
mococci  and  60  million  B.  influenzae  being  used 
as  a  first  dose,  and  after  a  week  double  these 
doses  to  90.  but  as  there  is  no  good  reason  for 
reducing  the  number  of  influenza  bacilli  the 
last  140  have  had  equal  numbers  of  each  organ- 
ism. In  come  cases  a  third  dose  of  400  million 
and  in  a  few  a  fourth  of  800  million  has  been 
given. 


NEWS  NOTES*" 
ANNODNCEMENTf 


Amerieaii  Chemicals  Established  High  Rec- 
ord in  Exports  for  Year*— No  industry  in  the 
United  States  has  shown  a  more  wonderful 
growth  during  the  war  than  that  of  chemicals. 
The  exportation  of  chemicals  from  the  United 
States  in  the  year  which  ends  with  this  month 
will  show  a  total  of  approximately  $175,000,000, 
against  $27,000,000  in  the  year  immediately 
preceding  the  war. 

While  of  course  the  exportation  of  strictly 
war  material  such  as  explosives,  shells,  etc., 
shows  perhaps  a  larger  increase  during  the  war 
period,  the  growth  in  the  production  and  ex- 
portation of  chemicals  for  which  a  permanent 
demand  could  be  expected  is  especially  suggest- 
ive in  this  country  with  such  large  possibilities 
in  this  line,  both  for  foreign  and  domestic 
markets.  A  compilation  by  the  National  City 
Bank  of  New  York  shows  that  the  value  of 
chemicals  exported  steadily  grew  from  the  be- 
ginning of  the  war,  and  as  above  indicated  will 
approximate  $175,000,000  in  the  current  year, 
against  about  $27,000,000  in  the  year  immedi- 
ately preceding  the  war. 

The  United  States  has  always  been  a  large 
importer  of  chemicals,  the  total  value  of  this 
class  of  merchandise  Imported  prior  to  the  war 
being  about  three,  and  in  some  instances  as 
much  as  four  times  the  exports,  and  while  the 
demands  of  the  war  have  been  such  as  to  some- 
what stimulate  the  importation,  meantime  the 
percentage  in  the  growth  in  Imports  has  been 
small  compared  with  the  percentage  of  growth 
in  exports.  The  imports  grouped  under  the 
head  of  chemicals  consist  largely  of    classes  of 


materials  not  produced  in  the  United  States, 
and  included  in  the  fiscal  year  1918  $70,000,000 
worth  of  nitrate  of  soda,  a  Chilean  product,  and 
$22,000,000  worth  of  gums,  strictly  tropical  prod- 
ucts. 

Eliminating  these  strictly  tropical  articles 
which  have  been  classed  by  the  Government  as 
"chemicals,"  the  present  importation  of  manu- 
factured chemicals  is  extremely  small,  indicat- 
ing that  our  own  manufacturers  are  at  present 
supplying  the  great  markets  for  chemicals  in 
the  United  States,  and  at  the  same  time  send- 
ing nearly  $150,000,000  worth  a  year  to  foreign 
markets.  In  the  full  fiscal  year  1918,  the  chem- 
icals exported  aggregated  in  value  $152,000,000 
against  $27,000,000  in  the  year  preceding  the 
war;  $46,000,000  in  the  first  year  of  the  war  and 
$124,000,000  in  the  second  year  of  the  war. 


The  Pennsylvania  Bareaa  of  Drag  ControL— 

A  special  bulletin  has  been  issued  by  the  De- 
partment of  Health  of  the  State  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, explaining  the  antinarcotic  law  of  that 
state  to  every  physician,  dentist,  veterinarian, 
pharmacist,  druggist,  and  registered  nurse  in 
the  State.  The  law  declares  it  illegal  for  any 
one  either  to  have  possession  of  or  to  traffic  in 
narcotic  drugs  except  persons  belonging  to  cer- 
tain designated  classes.  The  regulations  re- 
garding the  handling  and  prescribing  of  these 
drugs  by  pharmacists,  physicians,  dentists,  and 
veterinarians  are  detailed  and  explicit.  A 
bureau  of  drug  control  has  been  organized 
under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Thomas  S.  Blair 
which  will  be  charged  with  the  execution  of 
the  law. 


A  Journal  Devoted  Especially  to  the  Dis- 
abled*— ^The  "American  Journal  of  Care  for  Crip- 
ples," which  is  the  only  special  periodical  in 
English  on  provision  for  the  disabled,  becomes 
a  monthly  with  its  January  issue,  according  to 
announcement  by  its  editor,  Douglas  C.  Mc- 
Murtrie.  Altho  dealing  extensively  with  the 
rehabilitation  of  the  invalided  soldier,  the  Jour- 
nal is  in  no  sense  a  war  product,  as  it  is  now 
entering  upon  Its  eighth  volume. 

This  periodical  will  contain  in  the  future  the 
studies,  translations,  and  abstracts  produced  by 
the  research  department  of  the  Red  Cross  Insti- 
tute for  Crippled  and  Disabled  Men,  which  ma- 
terial has  hitherto  appeared  in  a  special  series 
of  publications.  The  Journal  also  continues  as 
the  official  organ  of  the  Federation  of  Associa- 
tions for  Cripples. 


Physicians  Needed  in  Rural  Districts. — Dr. 

Hermann  M.  Biggs,  State  Health  Commissioner 
of  New  York,  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that 
many  rural  communities  in  New  York  are  ab- 
solutely without  a  physician,  and  in  many  cases 
the  condition  is  serious,  as  neighboring  towns 
can  no  longer  be  depended  upon  for  medical 
assistance  In  emergencies  on  account  of  the  bad 
conditions  of  roads. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BMERIfflNllEDI 


PDBLI8HBD   MONTHLT 
B4itorUl  €HH9»m*    18  East  41*«  St.,  lf«w  Tork  City.  Publieatfon  OHImss  ,  189  College. St.,  Bnrllnitoai.  Vt. 


CoBvMe  Series,    YoL  XXY.  Mo.  8 
Hew^Seilee,  YoL  HY.    Ho.  8 


MARCH,  1919 


$2.00  'f*^' 


In  AdTtnee** 


CONTENTS 


118 
1» 


BDrrOBlAX    OOMMBNT     . . . « 

MBlf    AND    THIN08     

01UOIlfAI«   ARTIOIiBS    t2B 

LOlfDON    liSrmUEt     168 

PHYSICAI^   THBSRAPT    170 

BTIOLOOT    AND    DIAGNOSIS 179 

TRBATMBNT    178 

COBRBSPONDBNCBl .'  178 

NBWS    NOTBS    AND  ANNO VNGBMBNTS . . .   175 

(OoBtlBiMd  OB  paso  6) 


CONTRIBUTORS 


Im  DUNCAN  BVLXJLBYp  A.  M,,  K.  D.,  New  Tork 

City. 
LBO  MAYBR,  A.  M,,  K.  D.,  New  York  City. 
70 i^ WARD  o.  OTIS,  M.  D.,  Boston,  Mass. 
M.    NBUSTABDTB2B»   K.   D„   Fk.   D.,   New   York 

City. 
MAJOR  J.  PRATT  JOHNSON.  K.  C  D  A.  D,  K. 

8.,  8.  Am  M.  €•»  Johanneaburs,  South  Afrloa. 
BIARGARSST  SANORR,  New  York  City. 
ROYAIi  8.  COFRI^AND,  M.  D,.  New  York  City. 


Bnlend  ■•  eeeond-«lu8  metter  Janaary  28,  1906,  ak  the  Post  Office  at  BurMngton,  Yt,  onder  Act  ot  Congieee,  March  8,  1879. 

In  the  Treatment  of 

RHEUMATIC  and 

NEURALGIC  ILLS 

jon  will  obtain  substantial  aid  from  the  thorough  use  of 

K-Y  ANALGESIC 

This  non-greasy,  water-soluble  local  anodyne  will  enable  you 
to  ease  your  patient^s  pain  and  discomfort,  while  yotir  intemai  or 
systemic  medication  is  combating  the  cause  of  his  condition. 

The  advantages,  moreover,  of  relieying  the  pain  of  a  facial 
neuralgia,  an  inflamed  joint,  or  aching  lumbar  muscles  without  re- 
course to  coal  tar  derivatiyes  csannot  fail  to  appeal  to  medical  men. 

lk"Y  ANALGESIC  is  a  safe  and  effective  adjunct  that  will  daily 
grow  more  useful  to  the  practitioner  as  the  many  opportunities  for 
its  effectiye  use  are  realized. 

VAN  HORN  &  SAWTELL  DEPARTMENT 

NBW  BRUN8WICK,  N,  J„  U,  8.  A. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


I^ophylaxis  and  Treatment 
of  Influenza 


Pkwvrabon 
with 

Influenza- 
Pneumonia 
Vaccine 


Curative 

Treatment 

with 

Pneumonia 

Phylacogen 


CONVINCING  evidence  in  mipport  of  specific 
^^  prophylaxis  in  influenza  is  cifforclecl  by  hun- 
cireas  of  reports  on  the  use  of  our  Influenza-. 
Pneumonia  Vaccine  (Prophjriactic).    This  vaccine, 

Br^pared  in  strict  accordance  with  the  formula  of 
^.  E.  C  Rosenow  of  the  Mayo  Foundation,  is 
composed  chiefly  of  pneumococci,  streptococci  and 
influenza  bacilli,  all  cultures  being  freshly  isolated 
from  cases  occurring  during  the  recent  epidemic. 
Results  from  its  use  in  military  camps  and  other 
places  where  influenza  has  prevailed  leave  no 
doubt  of  its  prophylactic  value. 

Botdec  of  20  mils,  one  in  a  package. 
Bulbs  of  5  mils,  one  in  a  package. 

DROOF  of  the  efficacy  of  Pnetunonia  Phylacogen 
in  the  Ireoffnen/ of  influenza  is  abundant  and  con- 
vincing. This  Phylacogen  has  been  used  in  many 
sections  of  the  Un^ed  States  with  highly  satisfactory 
results.  Cases  so  treated  and  reported  during  the 
recent  epidemic  number  many  hundreds,  the  per- 
centage of  recoveries  being  surprisingly  large.  One 
physician  has  used  Pneumonia  Phylacogen  in  over 
a  hundred  caaes  without  a  fatality.  He  gives  an 
initial  dose  of  Phylacogen  (I  mil)  with  the  first 
sign  of  fever,  repeating  in  four  to  six  hours. 


Bio.  605.    Bulbe  of  10  mik.  one  in 

Bio.  607.    Bulbe  of  I  mil,  five  in  a  package. 

If  sflff  prmtaUnif  and  u  Hkmfy  to  nmain  go  for  going  iimm^  in  i 
cfiho  inMioa9  character  of  thm  dUeoMO^  phymciana  Mhontd  haoo  oa^y  aeemaa  to 
voUabio  agenta  for  annumixation  and  treatment.  Som  that  your  draggitt  It 
aappUmd arith  influonza-Pmoomonia  Vaccinm  andFnmumonia  Phyiaeogon^ 


PARKE,  DAVIS  &  COMPANY 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWm  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Mamaging  Editor 

PUBUBHBD  MOHTHLT  BT  TBI  AMBRICAN  MlDICAL  PUBUSHDia  COMPANT 

Conyriffktod  by  the  AmeriMn  Medieal  Pnblishinff  Co.,  1919 


IRA  8.  WILE,  Associate  Editor 


CoBDkta  Scti«,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  8 
NewSOTMS,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  8 


MARCH,  1919 


to  Ol[\      YEARLY 
^CAnJ     In  Advance 


Lethargic  Encephalitit^ — ^The  appear- 
ance in  the  United  States  of  a  disease  char- 
acterized by  drowsiness  and  paralysis  of 
some  of  the  cranial  nerves,  particularly  the 
ocular,  raises  the  question  as  to  whether  a 
new  form  of  disease  has  started  to  invade 
the  land.  During  the  early  part  of  1918, 
there  were  observed  in  England  and  France 
small  epidemics  which  were  regarded  as 
possibly  due  to  botulism,  poliomyelitis,  a 
meningeal  form  of  influenza,  or  possibly  a 
new  symptom-complex  or  an  unknown 
cause.  For  the  present,  the  term  "lethargic 
encephalitis"  is  accepted  as  a  name,  despite 
the  fact  that  there  is  some  question  as  to  its 
being  a  new  disease. 

In  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  of  March  8th,  there  appeared 
side  by  side  two  articles,  one  by  Josephine 
B.  Neal  discussing  ^'Meningeal  Conditions 
Noted  During  the  Epidemic  of  Influenza," 
and  the  preliminary  report  of  A.  L.  Pothier 
on  "Lethargic  Encephalitis,"  describing  a 
number  of  cases  which  were  observed  at 
Camp  Lee,  Petersburg,  Virginia.  In  Neal's 
experience,  few  cases  of  meningitis  are 
found  to  be  directly  due  to  the  influenza 
bacillus.  A  moderate  number  of  patients ' 
were  found  to  be  suffering  from  meningitis 
following  an  attack  of  influenza.  In  about 
twenty  instances,  during  convalescence  from 
clinical  influenza,  meningeal  symptoms  such 
as  headache,  stiffness  of  the  neck,  Kemig's 
sign,  and  drowsiness  appeared,   with   the 


spinal  fluid  clear  in  character,  but  under  in- 
creased pressure.  The  spinal  fluid  reactions 
point  to  changes  similar  to  those  found  in 
cases  of  poliomyelitis  and  poliencephalitis. 
She  reports,  also,  three  cases  evidencing  a 
more  severe  type  of  infection,  involving 
cardiac  and  respiratory  centers,  and,  one 
instance  at  least  presenting  the  general 
rigidity  that  has  been  reported  by  English 
writers  as  symptom-complex  of  lethargic  en- 
cephalitis. 

Pothier  enumerates  eight  cases  character- 
ized by  a  tendency  to  cranial  nerve  involve- 
ment, fever  and  slight  changes  in  the  spinal 
fluid.  Other  symptoms  noted  were  nystag- 
mus, tremor,  drowsiness,  delirium,  vertigo, 
diplopia,  headache  and  a  spinal  fluid  show- 
ing a  definite  lymphoc)rtic  pleocytosis  (from 
20  to  66  cells.)  At  the  camp,  there  were  no 
cases  of  poliomyelitis,  and  the  patients 
came  from  widely  separated  organizations. 

Cases  of  this  general  type  have  been  re- 
ported also  from  Chicago  and  New  York,^ 
and  are  more  or  less  in  accord  with  the 
general  descriptions  which  created  interest 
and  alarm  in  England,  France  and  Austria 
during  the  past  few  years.  According  to  an 
editorial  writer  in  the  Journal  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association,  "The  English  in- 
vestigators consequently  regard  lethargic 
encephalitis  as  due  to  an  as  yet  unknown 
virus  which  causes  inflammatory  changes, 
especially  perivascular  infiltrations,  in  the 

'  See  letter,  page  175. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


114 


March,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


American  Msdicins 


basal  ganglions,  the  upper  part  of  the  pons, 
especially  in  the  gray  matter  of  the  floor  of 
the  fourth  ventricle,  and  in  less  degree  else- 
where in  the  medulla.  It  is  distinctly  a  poli- 
encephalitic  disease ;  the  outstanding  clinical 
features  are  a  more  or  less  pronounced 
lethargy,  often  progressive,  and  paralysis  of 
the  third  and  less  often  other  cranial  nerves 
ensues.  Ophthalmoplegia  was  observed  in 
about  75  per  cent,  of  the  English  cases." 

Stress  has  been  placed  upon  the  similarity 
of  the  cerebral  and  bulbar  forms  of  epidemic 
poliomyelitis,  but  thus  far  data  are  lacking 
to  prove  the  identity  of  the  two  diseases. 
Intra-cerebral  inoculation  of  monkeys  has 
failed  to  produce  the  lethargic  encephalitis, 
despite  the  fact  that  the  anatomico-path- 
ologic  evidences  are  most  similar. 

Is  Lethargic  Encephalitis  Due  to 
Influenza? — ^The  question  promptly  arises 
as  to  whether  lethargic  encephalitis 
is  directly  related  to  influenza,  in 
the  wake  of  which  the  epidemics  have 
occurred,  or  whether  it  constitutes  a 
definitely  new  pathologic  entity.  It  is 
unfortunate  that  the  term  "sleeping 
sickness"  has  been  popularly  applied  to  this 
new  manifestation  of  the  epidemic,  because 
of  the  possible  confusion  it  may  cause  in 
the  minds  of  non-medical  persons  as  its 
real  origin.  The  fact  that  somnolent  con- 
ditions arise  and  ophthalmoplegia  is  a  com- 
mon concomitant,  and  that  these  two  states 
have  been  previously  reported  in  connection 
with  earlier  epidemics  of  influenza  are 
strongly  suggestive  of  the  probability,  that 
lethargic  encephalitis  is  not  to  be  regarded 
as  a  new  disease.  At  the  present  time,  how- 
ever, evidence  is  inadequate  to  permit  the 
formulation  of  a  definite  opinion.  The  ap- 
pearance of  this  symptom-complex  de- 
mands most  careful  investigation,  chemical, 


bacteriologic,  cytologic  and  pathologic  in 
order  to  determine  its  real  place  in  the 
category  of  disease  states.  The  variations 
in  the  mortality  are  marked,  but  no  more 
so  than  occurs  in  other  poliencephalitic 
conditions. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  further  investigation 
will  demonstrate  that  this  unfortunate  con- 
dition bears  some  relation  to  influenza,  and 
is  not  to  be  dignified  by  a  place  among  ac- 
tual diseases  referable  to  a  new,  tho  un- 
known cause. 


Birth  Omtrol  Opinions.— The  subject 
of  birth  control  continues  to  create  interest 
and  discussion.  A  symposium  on  the  sub- 
ject, appearing  in  the  Medical  Review  of 
Reviews,  March,  1919,  contains  a  number 
of  expressions  of  opinions  and  beliefs  of 
physicians.  The  subject  matter  expressed  in 
the  numerous  letters  resulting  from  a  ques- 
tionnaire, offers  nothing  that  is  new  in  the 
way  of  argument  either  for  or  against  the 
subject. 

The  most  significant  contribution  of  the 
symposium  is  secondary  in  nature  and  in- 
cidental in  origin.  While  answers  were  re- 
ceived from  47  physicians,  four  did  not 
wish  to  express  any  opinion ;  two  were  too 
busy  to  give  it  attention;  twelve  had  not 
given  the  subject  sufficient  study  to  war- 
rant the  expression  of  an  opinion ;  two  had 
gone  to  war ;  and  three  thought  the  matter 
should  not  be  discussed  in  war  time.  These 
facts  are  enlightening,  particularly  as  25 
per  cent,  of  the  replies  stated  that  the  writ- 
ers had  not  given  the  subject  sufficient  study 
to  warrant  the  expression  of  an  opinion.  It 
scarcely  seems  possible  that  physicians  con- 
stantly facing  the  facts  of  life,  understand- 
ing well  the  difficulties  in  family  relations, 
developments  and  adjustments,  should  es- 
cape the  impress  of  social  conditions  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amxrican  Msdicins 


EDITORIAL  COMliENT 


March^  1919 


115 


therefore  feel  incompetent  to  express  an 
opinion. 

It  were  far  better,  from  the  standpoint 
of  judgment,  to  possess  opinions  contrary 
to  current  trends,  traditional  beliefs,  to  be 
ultraconservative  or  ultraradical,  than  to 
evidence  lack  of  interest  in  the  phenomena 
of  life  constantly  presenting  themselves  to 
medical  men.  It  is  almost  unbelievable  that 
such  a  large  proportion  of  physicians  should 
admit  a  lack  of  knowledge  upon  a  subject 
concerning  which  they  might  be  and  are 
consulted  by  members  of  the  laity.  It  is  un- 
doubtedly more  rational  to  think  wrong 
than  not  to  think  at  all. 

The  questions  which  were  submitted  were 
as  follows : 

"1.  Do  you  believe  in  the  doctrine  of  birth 
control,  or  are  you  unequivocally  opposed  to  it? 

2.  Do  you  believe  the  laws  against  the  dis- 
semination of  information  regarding  contra- 
ceptive methods  are  equitable  and  just,  or  is 
it  your  belief  that  these  laws  are  harmful  and 
should  be  repealed? 

3.  Do  you  think  that  birth  control  has  any 
connection  with  the  economic  situation,  or  is 
it  an  ethical  issue  exclusively? 

4.  Do  you  think  the  widespread  knowledge 
of  birth  control  would  result  in  an  increase  of 
immorality  by  permitting  sexual  indulgence 
without  the  responsibility  of  parenthood;  or  do 
you  think  it  would  tend  to  decrease  immorality 
by  enabling  young  men  to  marry  without  the 
immediate  fear  of  having  to  support  a  family?" 

Physicians,  representing  an  educated  seg- 
ment of  humanity,  should  possess  some 
ideas,  theories,  beliefs,  opinions  or  judgment . 
upon  every  one  of  these  simple,  direct,  frank 
queries.  If  the  medical  men  desire  to  main- 
tain their  cherished  reputation  along  edu- 
cational, medical  and  humanitarian  lines  they 
cannot  escape  the  necessity  of  thinking.  To 
avoid  being  on  the  wrong  side  of  a  question, 
hesitancy  of  expression  is  useful.  To  dodge 
an  issue  by  wilful  silence  is  cowardice.  To 
agree  with  the  demands  of  a  majority  is  no 
more  evidence  of  good  faith  than  an  honest 
conviction  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  views 
or  ideas  of  a  minority. 


Neutrality  in  thinking  processes  testifies  to 
indecision,  lack  of  interest,  or  mental  hebe- 
tude. Acknowledgment  of  ignorance  may 
be  an  honest  confession  but  when  tinctured 
with  a  sense  of  fear  of  being  registered  is 
a  weak  evasion.  Where  do  physicians  stand 
on  the  subject  of  birth  control?  What  does 
the  physician  think  concerning  birth  release  ? 
Are  doctors  unwilling  to  give  their  opinions 
to  the  public?  Apparently  a  regrettably 
large  percentage  of  the  profession  requires 
time  to  think,  or  the  courage  to  think  out 
loud,  and  birth  control  is  merely  a  type  of 
topic  that  shows  one  weakness  that  demands 
a  remedy. 


Public    Health     Adbninistratioiu— The 

developments  in  public  health  administra- 
tion have  been  rapid.  The  critical  days  thru 
which  we  have  passed  and  are  passing  have 
taxed  the  ingenuity  of  administrators  and 
opened  vast  vistas  in  the  realm  of  public 
service.  The  institutions  of  war  created  new 
problems  requiring  many  alterations  in 
methods  and  management.  The  protection 
of  civilian  health  has  made  continuous  de- 
mands, many  of  which  require  adaptations 
in  administration,  particularly  in  the  face 
of  severe  epidemics  of  respiratory  afflictions. 
The  training  and  experience  requisite  for 
public  health  service  of  a  high  order  have 
not  been  fostered  to  any  great  extent  thru  the 
existent  educational  machinery,  despite  the 
fact  that  courses  leading  to  a  doctorate  in 
public  health  exist  in  at  least  five  of  our 
largest  medical  institutions.  The  impetus  of 
the  times  has  forced  men  into  varying 
spheres  of  activity  for  which  adequate  prep- 
arations had  not  been  offered.  Among  the 
leaders  in  public  health  work,  the  trials  have 
been  severe,  but  for  the  rank  and  file,  the 
obstacles  have  been  overwhelming.  The  gen- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


116 


March^  1919 


EDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


Ambrican  Hsdicinb 


eral  field  of  public  health  administration 
has  broadened,  and  the  progress  which  has 
been  made  thru  the  acceptance  of  new  ideas 
and  the  expansion  of  higher  ideals  has  not 
been  reflected  in  the  accomplishments  of 
public  health  work  thruout  the  coimtry. 
While  this  may  be  a  criticism  of  public 
health  work,  it  is  not  condemnatory  in  spirit, 
but  merely  a  recognition  of  the  rapidity 
of  growth  of  the  public  health  movement 
and  the  slowness  with  which  methods  per- 
meate to  the  general  health  administrators 
in  all  sections  of  the  country. 

The  improvement  of  the  welfare  of  the 
nation  is  dependent  in  part  upon  the  general 
improvement  of  civic  health.  In  order  to 
achieve  the  utmost  for  the  familial,  economic 
and  social  interests  of  each  community, 
it  is  imperative  that  public  health  leadership 
be  extended  thruout  the  land.  Intensive 
courses  have  been  provided  in  various  fields 
of  work  under  the  auspices  of  the  govern- 
ment in  order  to  meet  the  needs  growing 
out  of  the  transformations  demanded  by 
the  military  activity  of  the  country  and  the 
consequent  alterations  in  the  industrial  and 
social  world.  These  intensive  courses  have 
proven  their  worth,  and  the  lessons  they 
have  taught  merit  inculcation  and  imitation 
along  many  lines.  For  this  reason,  a  word 
of  congratulation  is  merited  at  the  institu- 
tion of  a  course  in  public  health  administra- 
tion that  is  to  be  given  in  New  York  City 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Training  School 
for  Public  Health  Service  of  the  New  York 
Bureau  of  Municipal  Research,  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Public  Health  Committee  of 
the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine.  The 
projected  course  involves  three  and  one-half 
weeks  devoted  to  daily  conferences,  with 
two. weeks  spent  in  field  study  of  public 
health  agencies  and  institutions^  in  New 
York  City. 


The  ssmopsis  of  the  conference  progmm 

involves  three  parts :  "Part  I — Introductory, 
covering  public  health  progress  in  the  Uni- 
ted States  and  the  relation  of  federal,. state, 
municipal  and  private  health  agencies  to  the 
health  movement.  Part  II — The  organiza- 
tion of  a  health  department  and  the  legal 
and  financial  aspects  of  health  administra- 
tion. Part  III — The  administration  of 
special  health  services,  covering  the  follow- 
ing subjects :  Vital  statistics,  communicable 
diseases,  contagious  disease  hospitals,  tu- 
berculosis, venereal  diseases,  industrial 
hygiene,  mental  hygiene,  hospitals  and  dis- 
pensaries, child  hygiene,  medical  inspection 
of  schools,  public  health  nursing,  public 
health  education,  rural  hygiene,  maritime 
quarantine,  food  and  drugs,  general  sanita- 
tion, the  public  health  laboratory." 

The  list  of  conference  leaders  and  speak- 
ers is  excellent,  and  contains  the  names  of 
recognized  leaders  in  the  public  health  field, 
drawn  from  various  parts  of  the  United 
States,  from  municipal,  state  and  federal 
agencies,  as  well  as  those  specialists  whose 
experience  in  connection  with  specific  prob- 
lems makes  them  the  paramount  leaders 
and  teachers. 

The  status  of  post-graduate  medicine  in 
the  United  States  is  not  exceedingly  high, 
and  this  movement  to  oflfer  a  post-graduate 
course  in  public  health  administration  re- 
dounds to  the  credit  of  the  two  organiza- 
tions cooperating  in  its  development.  There 
is  every  reason  to  believe  that  a  course  of 
this  character,  if  attended  only  by  the  fifty 
persons  to  be  accepted  for  the  course,  will 
be  of  marked  benefit  to  the  commimities 
whose  representatives  attend.  There  will  be, 
furthermore,  a  marked  influence  upon  the 
general  level  of  public  health  administration 
if  these  fifty  persons  are  intensively  pre- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbicam  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Mabch,  1919 


117 


pared  to  assume  a  finer  type  of  leadership 
in  public  health  affairs. 

The  results  of  post-graduate  instruction 
along  ordinary  medical  lines  benefit  the  indi- 
vidual patients,  but  gains  in  knowledge 
concerning  public  health  administration  in- 
fluence the  lives  and  destinies  of  entire  com- 
munities. The  wholesale  administration  of 
health  must  necessarily  be  more  effectual 
in  its  end  results  than  what  has  been  termed, 
the  retail  practice  of  medicine. 

The  medical  profession  should  support 
an  opportunity  to  better  prepare  itself  to 
lead  in  public  health  and  to  reach  and  main- 
tain a  high  plane  of  efficiency.  The  fact  that 
the  Public  Health  Committee  of  the  New 
York  Academy  of  Medicine  is  cooperating 
in  this  project  is  a  source  of  pleasure  and 
congratulation.  It  represents  a  rational  and 
significant  effort  to  work  along  acknowl- 
edged lines  of  effectiveness  for  the  better 
education  of  medical  men  and  for  the  ad- 
vancement of  the  health  of  the  nation. 


Some  Selective  Service  Facts. — ^The 
vast  number  of  reports  growing  out  of  na- 
tional activities  during  the  past  two  years 
affords  a  valuable  opportunity  for  studying 
conditions  as  they  exist  and  formulating 
plans  for  modifying  undesirable  states  of 
affairs.  Some  reports,  such  as  that  of  the 
provost  marshal  general,  are  remarkable 
presentations  of  the  modus  operandi  of 
newly  established  pieces  of  national  ma- 
chinery. The  operation  of  the  selective 
service  system  was  remarkably  successful, 
and  the  submission  of  the  report  by  the 
Provost  Marshal  General  E.  H.  Crowder 
effectively  details,  with  much  human  under- 
standing, the  numerous  problems  involved 
in  registration,  the  process  of  selection  and 


the  principles  of  classification,  with  their 
results. 

Some  of  the  most  valuable  informative 
material  is,  as  usual,  hidden  in  an  appendix, 
replete  with  statistical  tables.  Cc«iscription 
during  the  Civil  War  period  afforded  little 
opportunity  to  judge  of  the  real  health 
status  of  the  citizen  soldiers  because  less 
than  two  per  cent,  of  the  total  fighting 
forces  raised  by  the  Union  was  secured  by 
this  means.  The  recent  selective  service 
registration,  involving  24.234,021  men,  gave 
an  ample  opportunity  to  secure  a  general 
view  of  the  physical  condition  of  a  larger 
number  of  men  than  had  been  previously 
possible.  It  is,  therefore,  interesting  to  note 
variations  in  health  conditions  which  really 
were  causative  of  physical  rejections. 

Of  one  hundred  thousand  men  examined 
in  urban  regions,  the  rejections  amounted 
to  21.68  per  cent,  while  of  a  similar  num- 
ber examined  in  rural  regions,  the  rejections* 
were  only  16.89  per  cent.  This,  in  a  meas- 
ure, would  point  to  a  superior  physical  con- 
dition of  men  dwelling  tmder  rural  con- 
ditions, a  fact  thoroly  in  consonance  with 
our  previous  opinions  upon  the  relative  ad- 
vantages of  rural  and  urban  life. 

Considerable  significance  attaches  to  a 
consideration  of  the  causes  for  physical 
rejections  in  the  rural  and  urban  districts. 
Numerous  reasons  may  be  given  for  the 
variations  noted,  tho  a  very  close  analysis 
is  requisite  to  determine  upon  the  actual 
underlying  factors  determinative  of  a  pre- 
ponderance of  one  t)rpe  of  defect  in  urban 
districts  or  in  rural  districts.  Taking  the 
facts  as  revealed  in  the  statistical  tables,  it 
is  significant  that  the  following  disqualifying 
defects  caused  higher  percentages  of  re- 
jections in  urban  districts  than  in  rural  dis- 
tricts: Alcohol  and  drugs,  developmental 
mental  defects,   defects   of  the  ears  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


118 


MarcHj  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMBNT 


AlCBRICAN   MSDICINB 


eyes,  flat  foot,  and  hernias.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  disqualifying  defects  most  respon- 
sible for  physical  rejections  in  rural  districts 
include  defects  of  the  bones  and  joints,  of 
the  digestive  system,  non-venereal  genito- 
urinary diseases,  diseases  of  the  heart  and 
blood  vessels,  mental  deficiency,  non-tuber- 
culous respiratory  diseases,  defects  of  the 
skin,  teeth  and  thyroid  gland.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  that  venereal  genitourinary 
diseases  had  very  little  variation  in  the  two 
districts  under  consideration,  while  nervous 
and  mental  disorders,  respiratory  and  non- 
respiratory tuberculosis,  similarly  showed 
very  slight  differences. 

The  cKflFerentiatioii  of  dUqiwlifsring  de- 
fects becomes  more  suggestive  when  one 
notes  that  alcohol  and  drugs  caused  three 
times  as  large  a  percentage  of  disqualifica- 
tion in .  urban  as  in  rural  districts,  while 
mental  deficiency  was  twice  as  great  per- 
centally  as  the  cause  of  rejection  in  urban 
districts  as  compared  with  the  rural  sections. 
The  increase  of  defects  of  the  eyes  and  ears, 
the  presence  of  flat  feet  and  hernia  are 
readily  interpreted  in  terms  of  conditions 
of  urban  life,  while  defects  of  the  teeth  and 
skin,  bones  and  joints  are  not  difficult  to 
understand  when  considered  in  relation  to 
the  difficulties  of  adequate  and  immediate 
surgical  care  after  accidents.  It  is  astonish- 
ing, however,  to  find  that  respiratory  tu- 
berculosis constituted  only  5.6  per  cent,  of 
the  rejection  in  urban  areas  as  opposed  to 
5.3  per  cent,  in  rural  districts.  The  states 
whose  rural  and  urban  districts  were  com- 
pared include  Maryland,  Massachusetts, 
Illinois,  Ohio,  New  York,  Pennsylvania  and 
Missouri. 

Another  fact  of  more  than  passing 
interest  is  that  while  the  number  of 
whites  examined  was  five  to  one  of  the 


blacks,  only  69.71  per  cent,  of  the  whites 
were  put  into  Group  A  as  opposed  with 
74.6  per  cent,  of  the  blacks  who  were  placed 
in  Group  A.  Offhand,  it  would  appear  that 
the  physical  condition  of  the  whites  was  in- 
ferior to  that  of  the  blacks.  It  is  possible, 
however,  that  the  relation  of  rural  to  urban 
conditions  may  account  in  part  for  the 
seeming  large  diflFerence  in  A-fitness  be- 
tween the  two  types  of  men. 

A  thoro  analysis  of  the  physical  rejections 
at  camps  by  local  boards  and  by  camp  sur- 
geons indicates  that  the  local  boards  made 
only  one-tenth  per  cent,  of  rejections  be- 
cause of  drugs  and  alcohol,  while  camp 
surgeons  made  0.72  per  cent,  of  their  re- 
jections for  the  same  reason.  Similarly,  the 
study  reveals  a  higher  percentage  of  rejec- 
tions for  hernia  by  camp  surgeons  (10.67 
per  cent.)  than  were  rejected  by  the  local 
boards,  3.3  per  cent.  Despite  these  and  vari- 
ous other  differences  in  judgment  which  are 
evident  from  the  statistical  report  of  the 
sifting  process,  which  varied  indeed,  in 
various  parts  of  the  country,  in  different 
camps  in  separate  states,  and  even  within 
the  zones  of  influence  of  specific  local 
boards,  there  is  abundant  evidence  that  the 
administration  of  the  selective  service  sys- 
tem on  the  part  of  the  medical  profession 
was  well  done.  It  was  by  no  means  a  simple 
matter  to  secure,  without  draft,  a  large 
number  of  examining  physicians,  to  train 
them  in  part  to  an  understanding  of  the 
rules  and  regulations  of  the  provost  marshal 
general,  which  varied  from  time  to  time  in 
the  establishment  of  physical  standards  of 
qualification. 

The  report  bears  witness  to  a  deep  sense 
of  appreciation  of  the  collective  efforts, 
in  which  the  medical  profession  played  no 
small  part,  upon  which  the  successful  opera- 
tion  of   the   selective  service   system   de- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


JkMBBJCAS  MBDICINB 


BDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


MabgHj  1919 


119 


pended.  When  all  statistical  material  is  avail- 
able, it  is  to  be  hoped  that  part  of  the  re- 
ward of  the  profession  will  be  a  series  of 
special  studies  of  the  statistical  material 
that  has  been  accumulated  with  a  view  to 
aiding  the  medical  profession  in  advancing 
the  status  of  modem  medicine. 


Reasonable  Medical  liutrudioiu.— The 

provision  of  workmen's  compensation  was 
based  upon  the  theory  that  industry  should 
pay  for  the  accidents  arising  therefrom,  and 
the  individual  workman  should  not  be  penal- 
ized or  his  family  suffer  because  of  cir- 
cumstances for  which  he  is  not  completely 
responsible.  It  should  be  obvious  that  an 
injured  workman  who  claims  compensation 
because  of  his  status  as  a  productive  unit 
of  society  "owes  a  reciprocal  duty  to  make 
the  most  advantageous  use  of  the  provision 
afforded  him." 

Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of 
Labor  Statistics,  No.  243,  calls  attention  to 
some  decisions  relating  to  medical  treatment 
which  indicate  that  injured  workmen  should 
comply  with  reasonable  medical  instructions 
if  they  desire  the  continuation  of  compensa- 
tion payments.  The  Supreme  Court  of 
Illinois  has  held  that  it  is  unreasonable  for 
an  employee  to  refuse  to  undergo  an  opera- 
tion for  the  removal  of  a  cataract  caused 
by  accidental  injury,  and  has  authorized 
the  withholding  of  an  award  while  such  re- 
fusal continued,  it  being  held  that  the  "loss 
of  sight  was  probably  due  to  such  refusal 
and  not  to  the  accident."  Similarly,  the 
Industrial  Accident  Board  of  Massachu- 
setts ordered  the  discontinuance  of  com- 
pensation payments  until  a  woman  who  had 
lost  a  hand  "should  agree  to  undertake  to 
wear  and  accustom  herself  to  the  use  of  an 


artificial  hand  furnished  by  the  employer." 
The  use  of  the  artificial  hand,  it  was  be- 
lieved, would  enable  her  to  earn  wages  and 
thus  reduce  the  amount  of  compensation 
necessary. 

A  number  of  the  state  laws  direct  com- 
pliance with  reasonable  medical  directions 
of  this  character.  Inasmuch  as  a  number  of 
the  provisions  of  the  compensation  laws  are 
designed  to  restore  injured  workmen  as 
rapidly  as  possible  to  their  maximum  state 
of  capability,  it  becomes  necessary  to  es- 
tablish reasonable  mandates  for  securing 
compliance  with  the  procedures  deemed 
necessary  for  the  fullest  restoration  to  po- 
tential usefulness.  If  advice  and  instruction 
be  given  and  accepted  and  untoward  results 
unfortunately  should  follow,  the  final  state 
of  disability  resultant  from  carrying  out  the 
provisions  of  the  law  would  then  be  open 
for  a  question  of  compensation  for  the 
permanently  existent  disability  or  handicap. 

It  is  difficult  to  determine  with  definite- 
ness  the  end  results  of  operative  procedures, 
tho  prognoses  may  be  given  with  reasonable 
assurance.  The  responsibility  of  advising 
injured  employees  naturally  rests  upon  the 
medical  examiners.  Pressure  or  coercion  by 
employers  plays  no  part  in  determining  the 
functional  handicap,  or  the  method  for  se- 
curing its  palliation  or  elimination.  The 
medical  examiner  is,  in  a  sense,  a  disinter- 
ested witness,  whose  advice  is  offered  not 
merely  for  the  benefit  of  the  injured  em- 
ployee or  the  employer,  but  really  in  the  in- 
terests of  the  state  which  has  enacted  the 
compensation  law  for  the  greater  protection 
of  its  social  and  economic  welfare.  The 
principle,  therefore,  of  compliance  with  rea- 
sonable medical  instructions  dignifies  the 
authority  of  the  medical  examiner,  and  in- 
creases his  obligation  and  responsibility  for 
recognizing    the    operative    necessities    in 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


120 


March^  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Ambbican  Msdicinb 


specific  types  of  injury  and  the  actual  bene- 
fits to  be  derived  therefrom.  The  question 
of  compensation  as  such  does  not  concern 
the  medical  examiners ;  that  is  a  matter  for 
the  decision  of  commissions  duly  author- 
ized. Their  major  interest  lies  not  merely 
in  the  injury  incurred,  but  in  the  physical 
fitness  of  the  person  injured.  From  the 
medical  standpoint,  the  compensation  laws 
throw  out  two  challenging  questions:  How 
nearly  whole  can  the  injured  workman  be 
made?  How  quickly  can  he  safely  return 
to  occupation  after  having  been  restored  to 
the  maximum  power? 

For  this  reason,  industrial  surgeons  are 
coming  to  possess  certain  powers  and  stand- 
ing which  grow  out  of  the  responsibility  of 
the  employer  to  supply  adequate  medical 
care.  This  runs  counter  to  a  definite  tend- 
ency to  allow  the  injured  workman  a  meas- 
ure of  freedom  in  the  selection  of  his  own 
physician.  The  personal  relations,  and  the 
feeling  of  confidence  in  the  physician  of 
personal  choice  are  of  the  utmost  value,  but 
do  not  necessarily  suffice  to  insure  the  most 
successful  end  results  from  the  standpoint 
of  industrial  efficiency.  This  is  a  matter, 
however,  which,  in  many  laws,  lies  within 
the  power  of  the  employer,  who  may  grant 
the  right  to  the  workman  to  select  his  own 
medical  attendant  within  provisions  laid 
down  by  the  law.  The  question  as  to  which 
physician  is  in  attendance  is  subordinate  to 
the  question  of  the  capability  of  the  medical 
attendant  and  his  conception  of  his  duty  to 
the  state.  Compensation  laws  are  not  per- 
sonal in  their  application,  but  must  be  con- 
sidered in  their  complete  relation  to  the 
welfare  of  the  state. 


Fighting    Venereal    Plagues. — One    of 

the  most  pronounced  post  bellum  benefits 


to  the  nation  arises  from  the  increased 
general  interest  in  the  venereal  diseases. 
The  numerous  activities  organized  and  ex- 
tended during  the  war  for  the  purpose  of 
protecting  the  welfare  of  military  and 
naval  forces  within  the  confines  of  America 
and  overseas  represent  a  marked  advance 
in  anti-venereal  disease  campaigning.  Un- 
der the  stress  of  pressure  exercised  from 
Washington,  largely  thru  the  medium  of 
the  Commission  on  Training  Camp  Ac- 
tivities and  the  offices  of  the  respective  sur- 
geons general,  legislative  action  was  taken 
by  numerous  states;  and  a  large  number 
of  local  ordinances  were  established  with 
a  view  to  decreasing  the  venereal  peril. 
Publicity,  the  regulation  of  extra  canton- 
ment zones,  the  establishment  of  venereal 
clinics,  and  legislation  have  resulted  in 
crystallizing  a  sluggish  public  opinion  into 
an  active  opposition  to  the  diseases  and 
their  underlying  causes.  Combative  opin- 
ions are  organized  into  activities  required 
for  anti-venereal  disease  campaigns. 

The  summary  of  conditions  as  they  ex- 
ist today  as  tabulated  in  Public  Health  Re- 
ports, February  7,  1919,  indicates  that  in 
13  states  a  bureau  or  division  of  venereal 
disease  has  been  established  by  their  depart- 
ments of  health.  The  more  significant 
legislation,  however,  is  that  which  involves 
the  reporting  of  those  afflicted  with  gonor- 
rhea and  syphilis  or  other  venereal  disease. 
Six  states,  namely,  Colorado,  Indiana,Mary- 
land.  New  Jersey,  Ohio  and  Vermont  now 
demand  the  reporting  of  patients  by  name, 
while  39  states  call  for  the  regular  report- 
ing of  the  venereal  diseased  by  number, 
altho  27  of  these  call  for  the  giving  of  the 
name  upon  failure  to  comply  with  certain 
definite  conditions  laid  down  in  the  law.  In 
34  states,  quarantine  is  required  by  law, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Mabch,  1919 


121 


altho  in  all  probability  the  practical  observa- 
tion of  these  regulations  is  limited  by  lack 
of  adequate  facilities  to  comply  with  them. 

In  the  instances  where  serial  numbering 
is  the  first  step,  the  reporting  by  name  is 
contingent  upon  the  discontinuance  by  the 
patient  of  treatment  prior  to  reaching  the 
non-infectious  stage,  or  laxity  on  the  part 
of  the  patient  whereby  he  wilfully  or  care- 
lessly fails  to  observe  the  precautions 
deemed  necessary  to  prevent  the  spread  of 
infection  to  other  persons.  This  form  of 
cooperation  to  prevent  the  exposure  of 
names  appears  to  possess  a  certain  measure 
of  potential  force,  greater  than  that  in- 
volved in  the  mere  reporting  by  name.  The 
establishment  of  quarantine  regulations  is 
obviously  a  supplemental  factor  in  guar- 
anteeing the  community  a  certain  measure 
of  safety  against  those  lacking  the  home 
facilities  to  enable  them  to  have  a  fit  and 
proper  hygienic  environment  and  treatment 
during  the  period  of  greatest  infection. 

The  development  of  efforts  to  protect 
the  community  from  the  black  plagues  is 
similarly  reflected  in  the  t3T)e  of  literature 
now  being  issued  thru  the  bulletins  of  the 
various  State  Health  Departments.  From  a 
certain  uniformity  in  publicity  it  is  patent 
that  the  new  work  being  carried  on  under 
the  general  direction  of  the  division  of 
venereal  diseases  of  the  United  States  Pub- 
lic Health  Service  is  bearing  fruit.  Even  the 
prudish  press  has  felt  called  upon  to  dis- 
regard its  traditions  and  to  publish,  with 
various  degrees  of  expurgation,  bulletins 
undoubtedly  emanating  from  Federal 
sources.  For  the  first  time,  the  entire  coun- 
try appears  to  be  ready  to  accept  pronounce- 
ments from  authoritative  sources  concern- 
ing the  dangers  from  venereal  diseases  and 
their  absolute  and  relative  leading  impor- 


tance as  a  factor  in  racial  deterioration  and 
as  a  cause  for  physical  disability  and  eco- 
nomic incapacity. 

MecEcal  cooperation  is  still  the  great 
need  of  the  hour.  The  attitude  of  the 
medical  profession  towards  venereal  dis- 
eases as  related  to  public  health  has  been 
indefensible.    The    individual    patient    has 
been  regarded  as  a  sick  individual,  altho  too 
frequently,  without  a  feeling  of  responsi- 
bility that  he  is  also  a  public  health  menace. 
There  has  been,  in  many  ways,  a  lack  of  un- 
derstanding of  the  importance  of  construct- 
ive educational  measures  in  lessening  the 
evils  in  particular  communities.      Dwelling 
upon  the  pathologic  aspects  of  the  venereal 
diseases  is  insufficient.  There  must  be  a 
definite,    constructive    program    from    the 
standpoint  of  public  treatment  and  preven- 
tion. The  demand  by  educators  at  the  pres- 
ent time  for  the  introduction  of  courses  in 
sex  education  in  secondary  schools  is  in- 
dicative of  an  altered  sentiment  on  the  part 
of  teachers,  the  leaders  of  whom  apparently 
are  now  willing  to  assume  their  obligations 
towards  the  growing  generation.     A  sec- 
ondary school  teaching,  however,  will  not 
suffice  to  meet  the  problem.  There  is  a  vast 
amount  of  educational  work  requisite  dur- 
ing  the   elementary    school    period   which 
problem  can  best  be  conducted   thru  the 
medium  of  home  education.  The  average 
parent  is  notably  lacking  in  knowledge  of 
the  content  or  the  methods  of  imparting  the 
essential  facts  necessary  to  protect  growing 
children  from  the  dangers  arising  from  an 
uncontrolled    environment    and    from    the 
gross  and  inaccurately  alleged  facts  which 
are  spread  thru  the  medium  of  loose  tongues 
and  prurient  literature.  In  order  to  secure 
effectual  modification  of  present  methods  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


122 


Margh^  1919 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


American  Mkdicinb 


home  education,  the  medical  profession 
must  realize  its  duties  and  obligations  to 
the  growing  generation. 

The  mental  attitude  of  the  old  type  fam- 
ily physician  must  carry  on  with  an  ad- 
vanced idea  as  to  the  necessity  of  aiding 
parents  in  handling  sex  problems.  The 
physician  as  an  educator  is  not  a  new  role 
in  practice,  altho  in  this  special  field  his 
efforts  have  been  sadly  lacking.  The  public 
health  program  for  combating  venereal 
diseases  takes  notice  of  the  part  the  hom^ 
must  play  in  the  problem,  but  its  achieve- 
ments will  be  limited  unless  there  is  the 
fullest  support  of  the  medical  profession. 
Education  should  precede  legislation.  Un- 
fortunately, the  exigencies  of  martial  con- 
ditions require  some  degree  of  reversal  of 
this  process,  altho  the  degree  of  education 
afforded  the  moral  elements  of  the  com- 
munity was  greater  than  any  previously 
made  possible  thru  the  efforts  of  those  in- 
terested in  public  health. 

The  present  campaign  is  not  following 
moral  lines  directly,  altho  ethical  values  are 
by  no  means  forgotten  in  the  attempt  to 
achieve  the  acceptance  of  a  rational  program 
in  attacking  the  venereal  diseases.  The  legis- 
lative enactments  thus  far  have  been  prac- 
tically uniform  along  lines  designed  to  con- 
trol the  physical  phases  of  venery,  because, 
after  all,  in  these  lie  the  greatest  danger  to 
public  health,  namely,  contagion.  The  moral 
phases  will  be  left  as  a  supplemental  part 
of  the  program,  tho  of  by  no  means  inferior 
importance.  The  press,  the' pulpit,  the  med- 
ical profession,  the  philanthropist,  the  pub- 
lic health  officer,  the  eugenist,  the  reform- 
er, and  the  intelligent  citizen  must  unite  in 
order  to  effectively  conquer  the  venereal 
peril  and  protect  the  growing  generation, 
and  those  that  are  to  come. 


MEN  AND 
THINGS 


Birth  Omtrol  and  Birth  Prevention.— 

Dr.  Hilda  Noyes,  an  authority  on  eugenics 
and  the  care  of  babies,  is  an  advocate  of 
birth  control.  Needless  to  say,  she  is  thoro- 
ly  well  informed  about  the  methods  of  con- 
traception. In  view  of  this,  the  critic  of  birth 
control  (even  the  friendly  critic  perhaps) 
would  be  freely  disposed  to  judge  that  Dr. 
Noyes,  informed  as  she  is  and  aware  of  the 
grave  responsibility  of  motherhood,  might 
be  the  mother  of  one  child,  possibly  of  two 
children  at  most.  The  fact  is  that  she  is  the 
mother  of  six  splendid  children.  This  inter- 
esting instance  of  the  philosophy  of  birth 
control  and  its  effect  on  the  family  is  here 
mentioned  not  in  approval  of  the  doctrines 
of  birth  control,  but  in  disapproval  of  a 
misunderstanding  of  the  movement  which  is 
almost  universal.  It  has  always  been  the 
policy  of  American  Medicine  (as  it  is  the 
policy  of  every  just  critic)  to  examine  both 
sides  of  the  shield  before  committing  itself 
to  a  final  judgment,  and  we  have  adhered 
to  this  policy  in  the  faith  that  the  majority 
of  the  profession  are  of  our  own  mind, 
which  is,  we  trust,  not  an  unduly  prejudiced 
one.  In  printing  Mrs.  Sanger's  article  in  this 
issue,  American  Medicine  feels  that  it  is 
fulfilling  its  obligation  to  its  readers;  and 
in  recording  its  own  impressions  here  it  is 
fulfilling  its  obligation  to  itself. 

In  two  important  respects  the  birth  con- 
trol movement  is  very  much  misunderstood. 
In  the  popular  mind  it  has  come  to  signify 
but  one  thing,  birth  prevention — an  in- 
complete and  erroneous  impression.  It  also 
is  charged  with  advocating  the  small  fam- 
ily, distinctly  an  undisceming  judgment. 
The  emphasis  of  the  philosophy  of  birth 
control  is  clearly  indicated  in  its  name;  it 
is  toward  control.  Prevention  is  but  one 
of  the  methods  of  control  found  ex- 
pedient in  some  cases,  but  it  is  by 
no  means  the  only  solution  recom- 
mended. There  are  two  ways  of  avoiding  a 
train  wreck  when  there  is  a  dangerous  ob- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN   MSDICINB 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


March^  191d 


123 


stacle  on  the  track:  one  is  to  stop  the 
train,  the  other  to  clear  the  track;  and 
of  the  two  the  latter  is  distinctly  the  method 
to  be  preferred.  The  advocates  of  birth  con- 
trol lean  toward  this  method,  and  their 
efforts  to  clear  the  family  track  of  eco- 
nomic, social  and  health  obstacles  are  too 
often  not  sufficiently  recognized.  Hence  the 
popular  misapprehension  that  they  encour- 
age small  families.  The  truth  is  that  they 
encourage  small  families  where  large  ones 
would  seem  detrimental  to  society,  but  they 
advocate  with  just  as  great  insistence  large 
families  where  small  ones  are  an  injustice 
to  society.  They  frown  upon  the  ignorant 
poor  whose  numerous  children,  brought 
into  the  world  often  under  the  most  unfa- 
vorable circumstances,  are  a  burden  to 
themselves,  a  menace  to  the  health  of  the 
not  infrequently  unwilling  mother,  and  an 
obstacle  to  social  progress.  But  they  frown 
with  equal  disapproval  on  the  well-to-do, 
cultured  parents  who  can  offer  their  chil- 
dren all  the  advantages  of  the  best  care  and 
education  and  who  nevertheless  selfishly 
withhold  these  benefits  from  society.  More 
children  from  the  fit,  less  from  the  unfit — 
that  is  the  chief  issue  in  birth  control.  The 
emphasis  is  on  "control"  rather  than  on 
"prevention."  Seen  from  this  point  of  view, 
the  movement  certainly  assumes  a  different 
aspect.  Its  intention  'is  not  hostile  to  the 
family  but  rather  favorable  to  it,  so  that, 
if  there  is  anything  to  criticize  in  the  issue, 
it  IS  not  the  motive  but  the  program  alone 
which  IS  open  to  attack. 

Want^:  A  Program. — In  one  respect 
certainly  the  advocates  of  birth  control  have 
a  clear  advantage  over  its  opponents — the 
advantage  that  President  Wilson  and  the 
friends  of  the  League  of  Nations  have  over 
its  opponents.  Despite  their  voluble  and 
heated  protests,  Senators  Lodge,  Borah  and 
others  have  been  very  slow  to  suggest  a 
substitute  for  the  League  which  will  be  ac- 
ceptable to  a  war- weary  world.  The  op- 
ponents of  birth  control,  tho  they  have  been 
emphatic  enough  in  their  criticism  (some 
of  it,  it  may  be  admitted,  quite  just  and 
convincing)  have  nevertheless  failed  to 
Come  forward  with  a  program  of  their  own. 
That  a  program  is  necessary,  that  some 
form  of  decision  or  legislation  is  advisable, 
it  would  be  rash  to  deny.  Take,  at  random, 
a  case  reported  by  a  nurse  in  the  poorer  dis- 
tricts of  New  York  City:       "One  of  my 


mothers  has  been  the  victim  of  fifteen  preg- 
nancies. She  now  has  five  living  children; 
one  of  them  is  permanently  deaf  from  an 
old  case  of  otitis.  Another  has  had  a  foul 
discharge  from  the  ear  for  nearly  two  years. 
Only  an  operation  can  cure  this ;  the  parents 
refuse  to  have  it  done.  Two  of  the  other 
children  have  rachitic  deformities.  Of  the 
fifteen  pregnancies,  one  resulted  in  a  mis- 
carriage. Nine  children  died  during  infancy, 
death  being  due  to  ignorance  and  neglect. 
All  who  lived  thru  the  first  year  were  more 
or  less  enfeebled  by  being  kept  at  the  breast 
long  after  the  milk  had  lost  its  value  as 
nourishment.  This  one  thing  is,  I  believe, 
the  greatest  wrong  done  to  babies  among 
the  poorer  classes.  The  women  hope  in  this 
way  to  escape  pregnancy — an  erroneous 
method  of  birth  control.  This  explains  the 
reason  for  the  great  number  of  children 
who  are  afflicted  with  bow  legs,  knock- 
knees  and  the  various  deformities  resulting 
from  the  lack  of  proper  bone-making  ma- 
terials." This  Odyssey  of  motherhood 
among  the  ignorant  poor  is  as  typical  and 
disheartening  a  picture  as  one  can  imagine. 
Pathetic  in  the  extreme  is  the  dumb,  ignor- 
ant effort  at  prevention  which  was  perhaps 
the  direct  clause  of  the  death  in  infancy  of 
nine  of  the  children  and  the  deformity  of 
the  surviving  ones.  And  this  case  is  by  no 
means  exceptional.  Any  frank  practitioner 
familiar  with  family  history  in  the  poorer 
quarters  will  readily  admit  that  it  is  rather 
the  rule,  and  will  be  able  to  cite  instances 
that  are  even  more  distressing.  Who  can 
deny  that  such  a  situation  is  dangerous  in 
the  extreme  to  both  society  and  the  family  ? 
Society  and  the  family  are  the  concern  of 
both  sides  of  the  dispute.  In  her  article. 
Mrs.  Sanger  frankly  owns  that  she  does 
not  "question  the  intent  nor  the  high  pur- 
poses of  these  physicians  (who  oppose  birth 
control),  or  that  they  are  working  for  the 
improvement  of  the  race."  Knowing  Mrs. 
Sanger's  sincerity,  one  may  unhesitatingly 
return  the  compliment  and  credit  her  with 
the  highest  motives.  In  this  respect,  both 
sides  are  beyond  impeachment  in  the 
genuineness  of  their  interest  in  the  good  of 
the  race.  However,  the  strength  of  Mrs. 
Sanger's  case  lies  in  the  fact  that  she  has 
a  definite  progpram,  while  the  weakness  of 
her  opponents  lies  in  the  fact  that  they  have 
none.  They  still  approach  the  problem  as 
tho  it  were  a  question  whether  or  not  we 
should  have  birth  control.  The  fact  is  that. 
Digitized  by  LjOOQIC 


124 


March^  1919 


MBN    AND    THINGS 


AMIBICA.N   MSDICINX 


in  nine  families  put  of  ten  at  least,  we  have 
birth  control — ignorant,  unenlightened,  dan- 
gerous birth  control.  The  case  quoted  and 
the  innumerable  instances  that  come  imme- 
diately to  the  mind  of  the  practitioner  are 
evidence  of  this.  The  question,  then,  is 
whether  we  are  to  have  intelligent  birth 
control,  directed  toward  the  improvement 
of  the  family  and  the  uplift  of  society;  or 
unintelligent,  dangerous  birth  control  as  at 
present  practiced,  endangering,  often  break- 
ing, the  health  of  the  mother,  imposing  a 
burden  on  the  family  and  on  society  of 
which  both  should  be  relieved,  and  clutter- 
ing the  highway  of  progress  with  cripples, 
imbeciles  and  mendicants  who  are  the  by- 
product of  a  stolid  attitude  of  laissez  faire 
or  let  well  enough  alone.  To  brand  birth 
control,  as  so  many  of  its  opponents  do,  as 
the  philosophy  of  the  licentious,  is  to  ignore 
its  value  as  a  scientific  contribution  to  the 
study  of  race  improvement.  It  must  be 
frankly  admitted  that  the  knowledge  of 
birth  control,  placed  in  the  hands  of  the 
public,  is  a  dangerous  weapon;  but  all  the 
tools  of  civilization  are  edged  tools.  Many 
excellent  men,  of  high  standing  in  their 
profession,  are  bitterly  opposed  to  birth 
control ;  but  it  is  regrettable  that  they  have 
preferred,  up  to  the  present,  to  state  their 
objections  in  emotional  rather  than  in  scien- 
tific terms.  They  have  submitted  no  pro- 
gram. Dr.  Harvey  W.  Wiley,  an  opponent 
of  birth  control,  asserted  recently  that  every 
educated,  well-to-do  family  should  be  obliged 
by  law  to  contribute  a  minimum  of  four 
children.  That  is  the  nearest  approach  to  a 
definite  program  he  saw  fit  to  venture  upon, 
but  there  is  little  in  it  that  the  most  ardent 
advocate  of  control  would  object  to.  Are 
the  opponents  of  birth  control  content  to 
have  it  said  of  them  that  their  strength 
lies  merely  and  only  in  the  fact  that  they 
have  the  approval  of  precedent  and  age-old 
sentiment  on  their  side  ? 

There  is  an  amusing  aspect  to  Dr.  Wiley's 
suggestion  which  tempts  comment.  Opposed 
to  control  tho  he  is,  he  reveals  himself  in- 
advertently and  innocently  as  an  advocate 
of  that  philosophy.  A  well-to-do  and  edu- 
cated couple,  left  to  the  natural  course  of 
nature,  would  contribute  a  dozen  or  more 
children  to  the  well-being  of  society.  To 
limit  themselves  to  four  offspring  implies 
the  employment  of  the  very  birth  control 
methods  to  which  Dr.  Wiley  is  so  warmly 
opposed. 


The  High  Cost  of  Winning. — ^Norman 
Angell's  book,  "The  Great  Illusion,"  startl  d 
the  thinking  world  on  its  appearance  some 
years  ago  with  the  revolutionary  theory,  ad- 
mirably sustained  and  logically  demon- 
strated, that  the  victor  loses  as  much  by 
war  as  the  vanquished.  Mr.  Angell  brought 
so  many  facts  to  bear  in  proving  his  case, 
facts  that  were  for  the  most  part  undeniable, 
that  he  won  many  converts  to  his  way  of 
thinking.  Unfortunately,  however,  he  did 
not  convince  the  world  and  the  great  war 
came  despite  his  revelation  of  the  cost  of 
war  even  to  the  winner.  The  Allies  have 
won,  but  the  triumph  of  the  Allies  is  threat- 
ening to  prove  a  triumph  at  the  same  time 
for  Mr.  Angell — ^a  demonstration  of  his  as- 
sertion that  the  victor  is  always  the  loser — 
for  the  Allies  are  well  on  the  way  toward 
losing  all  they  had  hoped  to  gain  by  the  de- 
feat of  Germany.  It  is  an  unhappy 
fact  that  victpry  has  a  tendency  in 
any  country  to  restore  to  power  and 
confidence  all  the  reactionary  elements. 
During  the  war  these  elements  were  obliged 
to  withdraw  to  the  obscurity  they  deserved 
and  gave  way  to  an  idealism,  a  hopefulness 
and  a  forward-looking  tendency  toward 
reform  which  promised  great  things  for  the 
future.  This  idealism  was  t)rpified  by  the 
United  States.  America  entered  the  war  un- 
der no  suspicion-  ot  pursuing  selfish  ends. 
We  had  nothing  to  gain  in  money  or  ter- 
ritory and  we  expected  nothing.  All  that 
was  asked  was  that  the  old  order  of  things, 
the  pernicious  system  of  "balance  of  power" 
which  was  an  invitation  to  war,  should  come 
to  an  end,. that  heavy  armaments  cease,  that 
secret  and  selfish  scheming  among  the  na- 
tions be  forever  terminated,  that  the  peoples 
of  the  earth  be  forever  guaranteed  against 
the  hideous  mistakes  of  the  past.  This  ideal- 
ism won  an  immediate  response  every- 
where. America  was  recognized  as  the 
moral  leader  of  the  Allies,  and  the  people 
of  Europe  flocked  to  the  standard  that  was 
to  be  the  emblem  of  the  new  order.  It  was 
this  element  of  idealism  alone  which  made 
it  possible  for  the  discouraged  elements  in 
all  Allied  countries  to  continue  a  war 
which  had  come  to  pall  on  them.  It  won  the 
War. 

But  the  idealism  which  was  bom  in  the 
dark  days  of  seeming  defeat  vanished  in 
the  hour  of  victory.  The  reactionary  forces 
came  into  their  own  again,  and  the  people, 
lulled  for  the  moment  into  security  and  too 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Amhucan  Msdiginb 


MEN  AND  THINQS 


March^  1919 


125 


happy  in  their  triumph  to  quarrel,  allowed 
the  reactionaries  to  speak  for  them.  Italy 
boldly  and  stubbornly  reverted  to  her  old 
territorial  claims,  contrary  to  her  acceptance 
of  the  Wilson  propositions.  Reactionary 
elements  in  France  spoke  up  for  excessive 
claims  that  would  only  mean  another  war 
in  the  near  future.  Wilson  alone,  mindful 
of  his  obligation  to  the  masses  of  the  world, 
remembering  the  idealism  to  which  this 
country  and  the  Allies  had  pledged  them- 
selves, held  out  stanchly  for  sacrifice  on  all 
sides  in  order  to  bring  about  the  new  order. 
And,  despite  much  opposition,  he  persuaded 
the  Allied  delegates  to  accept  a  program  for 
a  league  of  nations.  They  did  this  unwill- 
ingly, r^retfully  even,  but  they  did  it  be- 
cause they  were  wise  enough  to  understand 
that  behind  President  Wilson's  insistence 
was  the  silent  backing  of  the  masses  of 
every  country,  and  that  their  refusal  would 
bring  down  on  their  heads  the  bitter  con- 
demnation of  these  masses; 

The  President's  Critics^— But  the  re- 
actionaries in  this  country  were  more  out- 
spoken and  bolder  than  those  in  Europe. 
Being  politicians,  they  forgot  the  promises 
made  during  the  war,  just  as  every  good 
politician  forgets  the  promises  he  made  be- 
fore election.  President  Wilson  came  home 
from  Paris  only  to  find  himself  exposed  to 
the  bitterest  campaign  to  which  an  executive 
has  had  to  submit  in  many  years.  The  pro- 
gram of  his  league  of  nations  was  ripped  to 
shreds  by  the  critics.  It  was  faulty,  it  was 
dangerous,  it  was  foolhardy,  they  cried.  And 
perhaps  they  are  right.  That  the  league  pro- 
gram is  imperfect  no  one  will  hesitate  to 
deny.  It  would  be  rash  to  claim  perfection 
for  it,  but  the  President  had  a  right  to  ex- 
pect that  those  who  did  not  agree  with  him 
would  at  least  offer  him  friendly  criticism, 
helpful  cooperation,  that  they  would  support 
him  in  his  fight  against  the  reactionary  ele- 
ments in  Europe  and  his  efforts  to  give  the 
world  the  thing  it  had  fought  for  and  was 
expecting.  This  friendly  criticism,  this  help- 
ful cooperation  he  did  not  get.  Instead,  he 
was  met  with  bitter  and  violent  opposition. 
And  the  result  was  that  President  Wilson 
returned  to  Europe  only  to  find  that  the  re- 
actionary elements,  encouraged  by  the  op- 
position shown  in  America,  had  made  bold 
to  revert  to  their  frank  wish  for  conquests, 
regarding  the  American  chief  as  no  longer 
a  factor  of  any  great  consequence.     The 


Paris  Conference  began  to  take  on  the  ear- 
marks of  the  Congress  of  Vienna,  and 
President  Wilson  had  to  begin  his  labors 
anew,  under  less  favorable  circumstances. 

Whoever  has  his  finger  on  the  pulse  of  the 
masses  cannot  but  insist  that  the  course  so 
many  political  leaders  in  this  country  have 
chosen  is  fraught  with  great  danger.  The 
masses  in  the  Allied  countries  are  for  the 
moment  silent.  They  are  still  too  dazed  with 
victory  to  be  articulate ;  but,  if  this  war  ends 
as  wars  in  the  past  have  ended,  with  a  tem- 
porary peace  that  sacrifices  the  security  of 
the  future  for  the  gain  of  the  present,  they 
will  make  themselves  heard.  The  tempta- 
tions of  such  a  peace  are  great.  The  Con- 
gress of  Vienna  submitted  to  the  tempta- 
tion. The  victors  seemed  enriched,  the  van- 
quished seemed  forever  crushed,  but  the 
world  knows  the  sequel.  The  crushing  of 
Germany  now  would  seem  to  assure  peace 
permanently,  but  it  seems  to  be  forgotten 
that  the  war  was  fought  not  only  to  destroy 
Germany  but  to  destroy  war;  unless  some 
vigorous  effort  is  made  to  do  away  with 
war  effectively,  the  war  will  have  been 
fought  practically  in  vain.  It  was  for  this 
that  the  masses  gave  their  blood.  Every- 
where they  are  restive,  impatient.  In  almost 
every  country  in  Europe,  revolution  is 
knocking  at  the  door.  To  deny  them  what 
they  have  fought  for,  what  they  are  awaitinr . 
for,  would  be  to  thrust  them  into  the  arms 
of  revolution.  It  would  place  them  at  the 
mercy  of  the  temptation  of  Bolshevism, 
which  promises  them  international  brother- 
hood, international  peace.  Europe  would 
once  more  go  thru  a  period  of  revolt  and 
ruin  which  it  went  thru  for  thirty  years 
after  Napoleon.  That  is  the  issue  the  op- 
ponents of  a  league  of  nations  face.  If  the 
present  program  is  unsatisfactory,  let  them 
suggest  a  better  one.  One  cannot  quarrel 
with  them  because  of  their  assertion  that 
the  progpram  as  it  stands  is  faulty — it  is — 
but  one  may  justifiably  object  to  the 
grounds  on  which  they  attack  it.  Colonel 
George  Harvey,  a  bitter  opponent,  writes: 
"We  fought  one  war  of  independence.  Do 
you  want  to  fight  another?  Do  you  wish 
to  resume  our  ori^nal  subject  condition  as 
a  British  colony  ?  Do  you  want  our  country 
to  forfeit  the  independence  won  by  Wash- 
ington and  the  Continental  army  and  again 
become  in  effect  a  vassal  state?  If  so.  all 
that  you  and  the  majority  of  your  fellow 
countrymen  have  to  do  is  to  indorse  this  in- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


126 


Mabch^  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


AMBaiCA.N  MBDICINB 


famous  proposition,  which  I  say  to  you  con- 
stitutes nothing  less  than  a  betrayal  of  our 
great  Republic !"  That  is  the  kind  of  think- 
ing which  has  been  relegated  to  the  past. 
It  bases  its  force  on  distrust  of  England,  it 
breeds  suspicion,  jealousy,  hatred  among 
nations,  it  is  the  sort  of  thing  that  has  been 
at  the  bottom  of  many  wars  in  the  past.  It 
is  a  compound  of  infatuated  nationalism 
and  narrow  provincialism.  Naturally  a 
league  of  nations  would  mean,  in  a  measure, 
a  surrender  of  sovereignty,  but  is  that  neces- 
sarily fatal?  New  York  State  is  a  member 
of  a  league  of  nations  on  a  smaller  scale, 
known  as  the  United  States  of  America.  In 
order  to  join  this  league  it  has  had  to  sur- 
render a  measure  of  its  sovereignty.  Would 
any  one  say  that  New  York  State  has  become 
an  abject  vassal  of  the  nation?  Such  logic  is 
unconvincing  and  faulty  in  the  extreme.  The 
opponents  of  the  league  should  come  for- 
ward with  something  more  substantial  than 
negative  criticism.  Such  criticism  will  not 
advance  the  cause  of  lasting  peace  a  single 
step.  There  is  ample  occasion  for  helpful 
suggestions,  but  thus  far  such  suggestions 
have  not  been  forthcoming. 


The  Problem  of  Divorce.— In  1916,  there 
were  in  this  country  1,050  marriages  in 
each  100,000  of  population.  Of  these  mar- 
riages, 112  had  ended  or  were  destined  to 
end  in  divorce.  That  is  the  testimony  of  the 
figures  officially  compiled  by  the  Bureau  of 
Census,  which  discovers  that  there  are  112 
divorces  for  every  100,000  of  population. 
In  other  words,  one  marriage  in  every  ten 
in  the  year  1916  will  terminate  in  the  divorce 
courts.  In  the  year  1867,  there  were  only 
27  divorces  in  every  100,000  of  population, 
hardly  one-fourth  as  many  as  there  are  to- 
day. This  is  hardly  a  surprise  to  those  who 
have  been  studying  the  divorce  situation,  but 
no  doubt  the  stanch  defenders  of  the  noble 
institution  of  marriage  will  make  this  an- 
other occasion  for  alarmist  agitation  for  a 
tightening  of  the  divorce  laws.  That  the  sit- 
uation is  as  serious  as  these  alarmists  would 
make  it  appear  there  is  no  doubt,  but  that 
the  changes  and  reforms  they,  recommend 
will  improve  the  situation  at  all  is  much 
more  doubtful.  It  is  amazing  how  little  clear 
thinking  has  been  done  on  the  divorce  prob- 
lem. The  predominant  element  has  been 
emotional  rather  than  logical.  In  1914,  Sena- 


tor Ransdell  of  Louisiana,  alarmed  at  the 
rapid  growth  of  divorce,  proposed  an 
amendment  to  the  Federal  Constitution 
abolishing  absolute  divorce  with  the  right 
to  remarry.  In  almost  every  case,  this  has 
been  the  course  advocated  by  reformers — ^a 
rigorous  tightening  of  the  divorce  laws.  But 
these  earnest  but  misguided  reformers  seem 
unaware  of  the  patent  fact  that  tightening 
the  divorce  laws  will  not  tighten  the  mar- 
riage bond.  If  anything,  it  will  strangle  it. 
Certainly  that  is  not  the  way  out.  It  would 
be  just  as  unwise  to  urge  the  abolition  of 
solitary  confinement  by  putting  the  jailer 
into  the  solitary  cell  with  the  pris- 
oner. Such  a  course  would  only  increase  the 
prisoner's  capacity  for  mischief  and  would 
no  doubt  prove  very  trying  to  the 
jailer.  The  abolition  of  divorce  would 
prove  infinitely  more  dangerous,  to  both 
the  individuals  involved  and  to  society, 
than  the  present  lax  laws.  It  would  incline 
toward  the  destruction  of  the  very  family 
life  which  such  a  measure  means  to  keep 
alive.  Considering  the  good  of  the  race,  it 
would  be  extremely  shortsighted. 

In  part  the.  alarm  of  the  reformers  is  due 
to  the  fact  that  they  consider  that  the  in- 
crease of  divorce  is  coincident  with  the  in- 
crease in  corruption  or  immorality.  That  this 
assumption  is  unfounded  is  interestingly 
demonstrated  by  the  figures.  New  York  City 
is  by  no  means  the  most  innocent  metropolis 
in  the  world  nor  is  it  particularly  dis- 
tinguished among  the  cities  of  America  for 
its  virtue.  Yet  New  York  State  shows  an 
amazingly  low  number  of  divorces,  despite 
the  fact  that  its  leading  city  comprises  one- 
tenth  of  its  population.  This  may  be  due  in 
part  to  the  fact  that  divorce  can  be  had  in 
New  York  on  only  one  ground,  but  it  has 
been  shown  often  enough  that  evidence  of 
infidelity  is  easy  enough  to  supply. 

In  considering  the  situation  that  confronts 
society  and  the  menace  offered  to  American 
homes,  it  is  apparent  that  there  is  need  for 
more  intelligent  and  earnest  thinking  on  this 
problem,  for  it  is  inevitable  that  it  will 
grow  worse  rather  than  better  with  tlie 
passage  of  time.  Now  that  woman  is  rapidly 
becoming  a  social  entity,  now  that  she  has 
discovered  her  individuality  and  is  demand- 
ing the  right  to  develop  it  fully,  there  may 
be  two  reasons  for  divorce  where  there  was 
only  one  before.  If  the  reformers  mean  to 
anticipate  this  development,  it  would  be  wise 
for  them  to  realize  in  time  that  they  cannot 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


American  Msdicins 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


March,  1919 


127 


bring  down  a  wild  duck  by  calling  it  bad 
names.  Likewise,  it  might  be  wise  for  them 
to  concern  themselves  a  little  more  with  the 
task  of  making  marriage  more  attractive 
rather  than  with  that  of  making  divorce 
less  attractive. 


False  Economy  and  Proposed  Narcotic 
Drug  Legislation.^— In  recommending 
abolition  of  the  Narcotic  Drug  G>mmission 
and  the  transfer  of  its  duties  to  the  Health 
Department,  Governor  Smith  has  either 
been  badly  advised,  or  has  failed  to  give 
the  proposition  the  close  thought  he  has  so 
generally  shown  in  other  matters.  Un- 
doubtedly he  was  prompted  by  the  laud- 
able spirit  of  economy  that  has  character- 
ized so  many  of  his  suggestions  to  the  legis- 
lature, but  economy  may  be  as  harmful  and 
pernicious  under  some  conditions,  as  it  is 
beneficial  under  others.  This  plan  to  do 
away  with  the  Narcotic  Drug  Commission 
is  certainly  such  an  instance  of  false 
economy,  when  all  the  facts  of  the  situation 
are  duly  considered. 

At  the  time  the  Whitney  law  was  passed, 
after  a  most  comprehensive  study  of  the 
problem  of  the  narcotic  drug  evil  by  the 
special  committee  appointed  for  the  pur- 
pose. Senator  Whitney  and  everyone  inti- 
mately connected  with  the  investigation, 
would  have  been  quite  willing,  we  under- 
stand, to  have  had  the  administration  of  the 
law  placed  under  the  charge  of  the  State 
Health  Department.  But  this  was  not  fa- 
vored by  the  legislature  and  a  special  com- 
mission was  duly  provided  for.  This  com- 
mission was  appointed  in  due  course,  and 
its  personnel  is  highly  gratifying  to  those 
who  appreciate  the  importance  of  the  work 
it  is  expected  to  do. 

The  commission  has  just  started  its  of- 
ficial labors,  and  in  January,  registration 
forms,  official  order  blanks  and  copies  of 
the  law  were  sent  out  to  30,000  physicians, 
dentists,  druggists  and  others  having  any- 
thing to  do  with  the  sale  and  use  of  nar- 
cotic drugs. 

Now  comes  the  introduction  of  the  Two- 
mey  bill  to  abolish  the  Narcotic  Drug  Com- 
mission, obviously  in  accordance  with  the 
governor's  suggestion. 

In  stating  our  earnest  belief  that  passage 
of  the  Twomey  bill  will  be  a  very  grave 
mistake,  we  are  not  questioning  its  good 


faith,  nor  the  motives  prompting  it.  The 
Whitney  law  has  not  been  given  a  fair  trial. 
Based  as  it  is,  on  as  thoro  and  intelligent 
investigation  of  drug  addiction  as  has  ever 
been  conducted,  definite  and  far  reaching 
results  have  been  anticipated  from  this  law. 
It  is  complicated  to  be  sure,  and  has  several 
points  open  to  controversy.  But  it  rep- 
resents an  honest,  sincere  attempt  to  relieve 
in  a  'human  and  broad-minded  way,  one  of 
the  greatest  evils  of  the  day.  Justice  to 
all  concerned  has  been  a  fundamental  con- 
sideration thruout  the  law.  Some  incon- 
venience and  annoyance  may  be  caused 
medical  men  and  druggists  in  the  practical 
operation  of  the  Whitney  law,  but  this  has 
been  made  necessary  by  the  depravity  of  a 
few  unscrupulous  members- of  the  medical 
and  drug  professions,  and  after  all,  cheerful 
as  well  as  faithful  compliance  with  the  un- 
pleasant features  of  the  law  should  be 
looked  on  as  the  contribution  of  honest  in- 
dividuals to  the  attempt  at  correction  of  a 
terrible  social  menace. 

The"  Whitney  law,  even  with  such  faults 
as  it  may  have,  is  certainly  the  most  sensible 
and  practical  attempt  to  correct  the  abuse 
of  narcotic  drugs,  stop  their  illicit  and 
clandestine  sale,  and  to  try  to  restore  those 
who  suffer  from  drug  addiction  to  health 
and  lives  of  usefulness.  To  interfere  with 
the  operation  of  the  Whitney  law  now — 
a  piece  of  legislation  prepared  only  after 
the  most  careful  and  painstaking  considera- 
tion of  the  problem — will  do  immeasurable 
harm.  It  is  ridiculous  to  suppose  that  the 
administration  of  the  absolute  essential  fea- 
tures of  any  effective  law  to  regulate  the 
sale  and  use  of  narcotic  drugs  can  be  at- 
tended to  as  efficiently  by  one  man  in  the 
Health  Department,  possibly  with  other  du- 
ties to  perform,  as  it  can  be  by  the  five 
members  of  the  present  commission,  with 
their  special  interest  in  the  problem  of  drug 
addiction  and  the  knowledge  of  the  evil  they 
are  known  to  possess.  The  actual  saving  in 
expense  is  so  comparatively  small,  that  the 
proposed  change  might  raise  the  suspicion 
of  some  ulterior  motive,  but  for  the  con- 
fidence we  have  in  the  purposes  of  Governor 
Smith,  and  the  fact  that  the  proposition  is 
in  line  with  his  avowed  eflFort  to  reduce  all 
State  expenses  to  the  minimum. 

In  all  fairness,-  however,  to  those  who 
gave  so  much  thought  and  conscientious  ef- 
fort to  the  investigation  responsible  for  the 
Whitney  law,  and  because  we  realize,  not 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


128 


March,  1919 


MBN   AND    THINGS 


AmsiCAN  Mbdzcinb 


only  the  confusion  that  will  be  caused 
among  honest  doctors  and  druggists  who 
have  prepared  themselves  to  fulfil  the  pres- 
ent law  in  a  spirit  of  cooperation,  but  be- 
cause we  know  the  joy  that  will  be  felt  in 
the  ranks  of  the  crooks  who  supply  the 
"underworld"  with  its  "dope,"  we  earnestly 
protest  against  emasculating  the  Whitney 
law  by  abolishing  the  Narcotic  Drug  Com- 
mission until  it  has  been  given  at  lealst  a 
year's  fair  test. 

We  sincerely  hope  our  legislators  will  see 
the  justice  of  our  plea  and  kill  the  Two- 
mey  bill,  since  its  passage  at  this  time  will 
not  only  invalidate  the  work  of  those  who 
have  tried  so  hard  to  solve  the  problem  of 
drug  addiction,  but  will  render  the  situa- 
tion more  menacing  than  it  has  ever  been. 


The  Drug  Situatioii.^ — ^According  to  an 
editorial  writer  in  the  Survey  (Mar.  15, 
1919)  "the  United  States  Supreme  Court 
has  handed  down  two  decisions  which  will 
have  an  important  bearing  on  the  future  ad- 
ministration of  the  Harrison  law  regulating 
the  use  of  narcotic  drugs  by  forbidding  any 
person  to  dispose  of  them  to  another  person 
except  upon  a  written  order  on  a  form  fur- 
nished by  the  commissioner  of  internal  rev- 
enue, or  upon  a  physician's  prescription.  As 
the  order  forms  could  be  obtained  only  by 
dealers,  physicians,  druggists  and  the  like, 
the  only  way  in  which  anyone  could  legally 
obtain  narcotic  drugs  for  personal  use  was 
from  a  physician  or  upon  his  prescription. 
While  there  was  some  doubt  as  to  the  con- 
stitutionality of  the  provision  of  the  act 
limiting  the  persons  who  could  obtain  order 
forms,  this  provision  has  always  been  en- 
forced pending  a  Supreme  Court  decision 
definitely  settling  the  point.  The  provision 
with  regard  to  physician's  prescriptions, 
however,  has  been  open  to  serious  question. 
Early  rulings  of  the  commissioner  took  the 
ground  that  a  physician  had  no  right  to  pre- 
scribe for  a  d^ug  addict  except  in  connection 
with  treatment  for  the  purpose  of  curing  the 
habit,  the  good  faith  of  such  treatment  to 
be  evidenced  by  progressively  reduced 
doses.  Since  there  was  considerable  doubt 
as  to  whether  the  law  really  supported  this 
construction  and  also  as  to  its  constitution- 
ality if  so  construed,  and  because,  further- 
more, of  the  medical  opinions  referred  to  be- 
low, this  ruling  was  allowed  to  lapse;  and 


the  practice  has  grown  up  among  reputable 
physicians,  with  the  tacit  approval  of  the 
federal  officials,  of  prescribing  or  dispens- 
ing to  addicts  their  customary  daily  or 
weekly  supply  until  such  time  as  it  might 
be  practicable  or  convenient  for  the  addict 
to  undergo  treatment  for  a  cure. 

Now  comes  the  decision  of  the  Supreme 
Court,  rendered  March  3  in  the  Webb  and 
Doremus  cases  by  a  vote  of  five  to  four, 
holding  not  only  that  the  clauses  relating  to 
order  forms  and  r^^lating  the  dispensing 
and  prescribing  by  physicians  are  constitu- 
tional, but  holding  further  that  the  latter 
clause  is  to  be  construed  in  such  manner  as 
to  forbid  a  physician  to  prescribe  for  an 
addict  except  as  part  of  a  course  of  treat- 
ment for  the  purpose  of  curing  him.  En- 
lightened medical  opinion  holds  that  drug 
addiction,  once  firmly  established,  is  not  a 
mere  habit  or  symptom  of  weakness  of  will, 
but  that  it  is  a  physical  disease.  Specialists 
holding  widely  different  views,  as  to  the  pre- 
cise pathology  of  the  condition  and  as  to 
the  proper  technic  of  treatment,  agree  that 
a  confirmed  addict  physically  needs  his  cus- 
tomary dose,  and  that  it  is  dangerous  to  his 
health,  and  sometimes  to  his  life,  to  cut  off 
his  supply  without  appropriate  medical 
treatment.  Most  of  the  medical  authorities 
are  convinced  also  that  the  so-called  "grad- 
ual reduction"  method,  unaccompanied  by 
medical  care  in  an  appropriate  institution, 
is  not  capable  of  successful  application.  The 
average  addict  is  earning  his  own  living,  if 
not  supporting  a  family,  and  the  eflFect  of 
gradually  reducing  his  dose,  while  not  so 
severe  as  complete  withdrawal,  is  such  as 
to  render  him  incapable  of  attending  to  his 
business  while  the  process  is  going  on.  Since 
the  gradual  reduction  method  takes  much 
more  time  than  any  other,  the  addict  as  a 
rule  cannot  afford  it,  and  most  intelligent 
addicts  have  no  faith  in  it  as  a  satisfactory 
cure  even  where  it  is  practicable  to  use  it. 

It  was  these  considerations,  coupled  with 
the  fact  that  there  are  not  sufficient  accom- 
modations for  even  a  respectable  fraction 
of  the  total  number  of  addicts  in  existing  in- 
stitutions available  for  their  treatment  at  any 
one  time,  that  were  largely  followed  with- 
out delay  by  public  authorities  thruout  the 
country  where  there  is  not  sufficient  equip- 
ment already  in  existence;  the  result  may 
be  great  numbers  of  acutely  suffering  men 
and  women  whose  customary  doses  have 
been  suddenly  withdrawn." 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Amtoican  Mbdicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.BS 


March.  1919 


129 


ORIGINA]^ 
RTICLES*^^ 


THE  PRESENT  STATUS  OF  THE 
CANCER  PROBLEM.' 

BY 

L.  DUNCAN  BULKLBY,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 

Senior  Physician  to  the  New  York  Skin  and 
Cancer  Hospital,  etc. 

Cancer  is  still  a  pressing  problem,  as  it 
has  always  been.  In  spite  of  millions  of 
dollars  spent  or  invested  in  cancer  re- 
search, countless  animal  lives  sacrificed, 
and  uncountable  hours  of  patient  and  unre- 
mitting investigation  by  numberless  intelli- 
gent and  able  workers,  it  is  acknowledged 
by  all  that  the  laboratory  has  not  discovered 
the  cause  of  cancer  or  aided  materially  in 
the  solution  of  the  "Cancer  Problem;" 

It  is  also  well  recognized  that  the  strenu- 
ous and  untiring  efforts  of  innumerable 
surgeons,  many  of  them  of  very  great  skill, 
have  not  solved  the  problem  of  the  cure  of 
the  disease;  for,  according  to  the  yearly 
Mortality  Tables  issued  by  the  United 
States  tbe  death  rate  of  cancer  has  steadily 
risen,  with  a  fearful  certainty,  almost  30 
per  cent,  since  1900,  while  that  from  tuber- 
culosis has  fcUlen  in  the  same  degree,  30 
per  cent,  during  the  same  period,  under 
careful  medical  surveillance.  Moreover,  dur- 
ing 1915,  when  surgical  activity  was  at  its 
highest,  owing  to  the  active  propagandism 
for  early  and  radical  surgical  removal,  the 

'Read  before  the  Middlesex  (New  Jersey) 
County  Medical  Society,  March  19,  1919. 


year  before,  the  increase  in  the  death  rate 
from  cancer  was  over  double  the  average 
increase  of  the  five  previous  years. 

It  is  acknowledged  by  all  that  under  the 
past  views  as  to  the  local  nature  of  cancer, 
and  its  treatment  by  excision,  the  ultimate 
mortality  of  the  disease  is  90  per  cent,  of  all 
those  once  attacked.  Would  it  not  be  well, 
therefore,  to  stop  and  consider  whether  our 
former  attitude  toward  cancer  is  correct,  or 
whether  there  is  not  a  "Real  Cancer  Prob- 
lem" which  will  give  better  results?  If  any 
other  disease  presented  such  a  steady  and 
alarming  increase  in  its  death  rate  would 
we  not  stop  and  consider  if  our  treatment 
were  the  best  possible?  If  with  the  intro- 
duction of  antitoxin  the  mortality  from 
diphtheria  had  steadily  risen  until  it  was 
about  90  per  cent,  of  all  cases,  would  we 
persist  in  employing  it  ?  And  yet  the  profes- 
sion and  the  laity  go  blindly  on,  with  the 
idea  that  surgery  offers  the  only  hope  of 
reaching  cancer.  The  value  of  the  X-ray 
and  radium  may  be  serviceable  in  certain 
cases  to  remove  actual  lesions,  but  their 
value  is  extremely  limited,  and  can  no 
more  reach  the  real  cause  of  cancer  than 
can  surgery. 

A  brief  consideration  of  the  present 
status  of  the  cancer  problem,  therefore,  may 
not  be  without  interest. 

While  the  laboratory  has  not  at  all  solved 
the  cancer  problem,  it  has  contributed  not  a 
little    toward    establishing   negative    facts. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


130 


March.  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLBS 


Amsbigan  Mbdicinb 


and  also  some  positive,  which  lead  up  to  a 
more  correct  understanding  of  the  real 
nature  of  the  disease  and  its  prevention  and 
treatment.  The  reason  why  many  of  the 
research  studies  on  cancer  have  not  been 
productive  of  positive  results  is  because 
they  have  proceeded  largely  along  histologic 
lines  and  inoculation  experiments  on  lower 
animals,  and  not  enough  on  clinical  grounds 
and  bio-chemistry. 

But  all  this  laboratory  and  other  research 
work  has  established  some  facts  which  are 
of  the  utmost  value  in  connection  with  a 
study  of  the  constitutional  relations  of  can- 
cer, which  may  be  briefly  mentioned.  The 
best  authorities  agree  that: 

1.  Cancer  is  not  contagious  or  infec- 
tious, altho  certain  new  growths  can  be  in- 
oculated in  some  animals ;  but  human  cancer 
cannot  be  transplanted  on  animals,  and  no 
surgeon,  nurse  or  pathologist  has  been  in- 
fected. 

2.  Cancer  is  not  caused  by  a  micro- 
organism or  parasite,  altho  many  micro- 
organisms have  been  found  in  cancerous 
lesions,  but  none  of  them  have  been  estab- 
lished as  a  cause. 

3.  Cancer  is  not  wholly  the  result  of 
traumatism,  altho  local  injury  may  induce 
its  localization  in  some  particular  region. 

4.  Cancer  is  not  to  any  appreciable  de- 
gree hereditary,  altho  some  tendency  in 
that  direction  has  been  found  in  certain 
strains  of  mice. 

5.  Cancer  is  not  due  to  occupation,  al- 
tho it  is  more  common  in  some  pursuits 
than  in  others. 

6.  Cancer  is  not  altogether  a  disease  of 
older  years,  altho  its  frequency  is  influ- 
enced by  advancing  age. 

7.  Cancer  does  not  especially  belong  to 
or  affect  any  particular  sex,  race,  or  class 
of  persons. 


8.  Cancer  is  not  confined  to  any  location 
or  section  of  the  earth,  but  has  been  ob- 
served in  all  countries  and  climates. 

While  laboratory  and  other  research  have 
yielded  mainly  negative  results,  and  have 
not  demonstrated  any  real  cause  of  cancer, 
they  have  by  elimination  opened  the  way 
for  study  along  other  lines,  which  are 
bright  with  promise,  and  confirm  views 
which  have  long  been  briefly  expressed  by 
surgeons  and  others  regarding  the  constitu- 
tional nature  of  the  disease. 

Some  positive  results  of  research  are 
therefore  encouraging. 

1.  The  local  mass,  which  we  call  cancer, 
represents  but  a  deviation  from  the  normal 
life  and  action  of  the  ordinary  cells  of  the 
body. 

2.  Certain  changes  have  been  demon- 
strated microscopically  in  the  polarity  of 
cells  about  to  become  cancer-genetic,  with 
altered  relations  of  the  centrosome  to  the 
nucleus,  all  being  influenced  by  disordered 
metabolism. 

3.  Much  in  laboratory  studies  on  the 
bio-chemistry  of  cancer  has  confirmed  the 
clinical  and  statistical  observations  fast  ac- 
cumulating. 

4.  The  blood  in  advancing  cancer  shows 
many  manifest  changes,  indicating  vital  de- 
rangement of  the  organs  which  form  blood, 
and  which  therefore  control  the  nutrition 
of  cells. 

5.  The  secretions  and  excretions  of  the 
body  in  the  early  and  late  stages  of  cancer 
have  been  shown  to  exhibit  departures 
from  normal  which  are  of  importance  in  its 
causation. 

6.  Cancer  tissue  has  been  shown  to  con- 
tain an  element  which  is  poisonous  to  ani- 
mals and  which  probably  hastens  the  lethal 
progress  of  the  disease. 

7.  Diet  has  been  repeatedly  shown  by 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


March^  1919 


131 


the  laboratory  to  inhibit  the  development 
of  inoculated  cancer  in  mice  and  rats. 

8.  As  laboratory  and  other  research  have 
eliminated  the  local  nature  of  cancer,  they 
have  also  established  certain  medical  aspects 
of  the  disease  which  are  of  the  utmost  im- 
portance. 

Finally  clinical  and  statistical  studies  have 
abundantly  confirmed  the  correctness  of 
the  internal  basic  cause  of  cancer. 

1.  The  mortality  from  tuberculosis  has 
steadily  and  greatly  diminished  under  care- 
ful medical  guidance,  while  that  from  can- 
cer has  increased  in  almost  the  same  ratio, 
without  proper  medical  care. 

2.  Cancer  is  almost  absent  among 
aborigines,  living  simple  lives,  largely  vege- 
tarian, but  has  increased  steadily  among 
them  in  proportion  to  their  adoption  of  the 
customs  and  diet  of  so-called  modern  civili- 
zation. 

3.  Self-indulgence  in  eating  and  drink- 
ing, with  indolence,  has  been  shown  by 
many  to  result  in  increased  cancer  mortal- 
ity. 

4.  The  increased  consumption  of  meat, 
coffee,  and  alcohol  has  been  shown  by  sta- 
tistics from  many  countries  to  be  coincident 
with  increase  in  cancer  mortality. 

5.  Great  nerve  strain  and  shock  have 
repeatedly  been  shown  to  affect  the  develop- 
ment of  cancer,  and  the  enormous  nerve 
strain  of  modem  life  seems  to  be  effective, 
both  thru  metabolic  derangement  and  by 
direct  action  on  living  cells. 

6.  While  it  is  impossible  to  explain  just 
how  disordered  metabolism  induces  cancer- 
genetic  changes  in  cells,  it  is  no  more  dif- 
ficult to  believe  that  it  does  so  than  it  is  to 
understand  the  intrinsic  cause  of  arterial 
degeneration,  bone  changes,  obesity,  etc., 
which  are  recognized  as  due  to  metabolic 
derangement. 


7.  The  spontaneous  disappearance  of 
cancer,  as  occasionally  reported,  shows  that 
conditions  of  the  system  may  arise  which 
are  antagonistic  to  carcinosis. 

8.  Finally,  the  complete  removal  of  can- 
cerous lesions,  in  various  localities,  by  most 
careful  dietary,  hygienic  and  medicinal 
measures  alone,  without  surgery.  X-ray  or 
radium,  as  has  been  repeatedly  reported, 
shows  that  there  is  a  constitutional  basic 
cause,  of  which  the  local  lesion,  which  we 
call  cancer,  is  but  the  product. 

What  then  is  the  present  status  of  the 
cancer  problem?  Are  we  to  ignore  the  ac- 
cumulating mass  of  evidence  regarding  the 
constitutional  origin  of  the  disease,  and 
adhere  to  the  pre-conceived  idea  that  a  can- 
cer mass  is  an  idiopathic,  rampant,  cell 
growth,  without  definite  cause  ?  Are  we  to 
ignore  all  new  teachings,  from  ignorance, 
or  to  neglect  them,  thru  negligence? 

The  present  status  of  the  cancer  prob- 
lem, therefore,  resolves  itself  into  this: 
The  disease  must  be  either  of  a  local  or  of 
a  constitutional  nature. 

Those  who  hold  to  the  former  idea  must 
show  that  the  cells  of  the  body  are  capable 
of  an  independent,  autogenetic  power  to 
take  on  and  continue  a  misgrowth  of  a 
virulent  and  lethal  character,  irrespective 
of  the  nutritive  elements  in  which  they  are 
bathed — ^and  that  without  any  assignable 
cause.  We  have  seen  that  laboratory  and 
other  research  have  excluded  parasitism, 
and  clinical  observation  has  fully  demon- 
strated that  the  disease  is  not  contagious. 
Chronic  irritation  is  undoubtedly  often  the 
cause  of  the  disease  developing  in  some  par- 
ticular locality,  but  it  must  be  recognized 
that  any  amount  of  chronic  irritation  will 
not  determine  the  presence  of  a  cancerous 
tumor  in  every  individual,  and  malignant 
growths  in  many  internal  parts  of  the  body 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


132 


MarcHj  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLB8 


Ambrican  Medicine 


cannot  have  such  a  cause.  Hereditary  in- 
fluence has  been  excluded  by  Life  Insur- 
ance Statistics  and  close  clinical  studies  of 
intelligent  private  patients,  as  has  also  old 
age,  as  the  disease  occurs  both  in  the  young 
and  old.  The  suppositious  influence  of 
"embryonic  rests",  or  pre-natal  displace- 
ments of  epithelial  tissue  in  the  production 
of  cancer  "wholly  fails  to  reveal  why  the 
embryonal  cells  begin  to  grow  and  when 
growing  produce  malignant  tumors  instead 
of  normal  structures,"  as  Ewing  says.^ 
Thus  each  and  every  support  of  a  purely 
local  origin  of  cancer,  and  its  local  treat- 
ment, has  fallen  away,  leaving  nothing  to 
stand  on,  for  laboratory  and  other  research 
has  apparently  covered  every  possible 
ground. 

It  is  not  necessary  here  to  go  fully  into 
the  argument  for  the  constitutional  nature 
of  the  disease,  the  facts  regarding  which 
have  often  been  so  fully  presented  on  re- 
peated occasions.^  The  more  one  sees  pa- 
tients with  cancer,  early  or  late,  in  private 
practice  and  studies  them  most  carefully  in 
all  respects,  the  more  convincing  is  the  evi- 
dence of  the  correctness  of  this  view.  And 
when  one  sees  day  by  day  the  changes 
which  can  be  produced  in  them,  and  the 
steady  disappearance  of  cancer  masses,  with 
a  continued  improvement  in  general  health, 
weight  and  blood  condition,  under  proper 
dietary  and  medicinal  treatment,  as  have 
many  physicians  and  surgeons  who  have 
watched  cases  with  me,  now  for  years,  the 
more  the  conviction  forces  itself  upon  one 
that  the  local  lesion,  which  we  call  cancer, 
is  but  a  local  product  of  faulty  metabolism 
which  has  long  existed. 

The  treatment  of  these  cases  is  by  no 

'  Ewing:  Neoplastic  Diseases.  Saunders,  Phil- 
adelphia, 1919,  p.  97. 

'Bulkley:  Cancer,  Its  Cause  and  Treatment. 
Vols.  I  and  II.  Hoeber,  New  York;  1915,  1917. 


means  an  easy  task,  but  requires  the  most 
patient,  painstaking  and  prolonged  em- 
ployment of  every  possible  line  of  investiga- 
tion and  thought,  and  the  broadest  applica- 
tion of  medical  acumen  and  skill  in  the  use 
of  dietary,  hygienic  and  medicinal  meas- 
ures to  meet  the  varying  conditions  which 
may  arise.  With  this  there  must  be  a  firm 
conviction  which  can  develop  in  the  patient 
a  confidence  in  this  mode  of  treatment  over 
a  long  period.  I  am  sorry  to  say  that  in  re- 
gard to  this  latter  I  have  sometimes  failed, 
and  occasionally  when  doing  well  a  patient 
has  slipped  away  to  a  surgical  operation, 
which  has  been  later  regretted,  when  a 
recurrence  has  happened,  on  the  neglect  of 
the  proper  treatment.  It  is  understood 
that  in  all  our  study  of  cancer  reference  is 
made  to  true  cancer,  mainly  of  deeper 
organs,  and  not  to  cutaneous  epithelioma, 
which  is  really  a  local  affair,  often  easily  re- 
moved by  various  local  measures;  and  yet 
many  of  the  arguments  for  the  surgical 
treatment  of  cancer  have  been  based  on  the 
successful  treatment  of  skin  lesions,  often 
with  elaborate  presentation  of  screen  pic- 
tures and  patients. 

There  must,  of  course,  be  some  beginning 
of  cancer,  in  the  departure  of  a  normal  cell 
or  cells  from  a  previous  habit  of  homolo- 
gous formation  of  other*cells,  to  a  heterolo- 
gous action.  As  Ewing\says  ''carcinoma 
does  not  necessarily  spring  full  fledged  into 
being,  but  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  process 
which  exhibits  stages  of  evolution,  which 
gather  momentum  as  they  progress."  But 
how  this  beginning  occurs  no  one  has  ever 
known,  and  possibly  no  one  ever  will  know, 
as  Ribert  says  "no  one  has  ever  seen  the 
beginnings  of  mammary  cancer." 

The  present  status  of  the  "Cancer  Prob- 


*  Ewing:  loc.  cit,  p.  453. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRIC^N  MBDZCUOI 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


March^  1919 


133 


lem"  is  therefore  to  decide  between  two 
quite  opposite  positions.  First,  a  hypo- 
thetical and  problematical  view,  of  a  local, 
independent,  unexplainable,  autonomous 
decision  of  certain  cells  to  take  on  and  con- 
tinue a  destructive  course,  for  which  im- 
mense research  has  failed  entirely  to  find 
any  ground  to  stand  on.  Or,  second,  the 
simple  and  rational  belief  that  a  perverted 
nutrition,  perhaps  of  long  standing,  influ- 
ences certain  cells  to  depart  from  their 
normal  mode  of  action,  and  take  on  an  ab- 
normal activity,  and  pursue  a  malignant 
and  destructive  course,  which  is  naturally 
kept  up  by  the  continued  metabolic  disturb- 
ance. We  accept  this  latter  position  in  re- 
gard to  many  other  diseases,  why  not  in 
regard  to  cancer? 
531  Madison  Ave. 


OPERATIVE  IMPROVEMENTS   IN 
THE  TREATMENT  OF  INFAN- 
TILE PARALYSIS.^ 

BY 

LEO  MAYER,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 

The  title  of  this  address  is  somewhat 
broader  than  I  had  intended,  since  I  wish  to 
confine  my  remarks^entirely  to  the  subject 
of  one  phase  of  the  operative  treatment  of 
infantile  paralysis,  namely  the  transplanta- 
tion of  tendons. 

The  idea  of  this  procedure  is  not  new. 
As  early  as  1880  Nicoladoni  proposed  at- 
taching the  tendon  of  the  peroneus  longus 
to  the  Achilles  tendon  in  cases  of  paralytic 
calcaneus  deformity,  but  his  results  were 
such  as  to  discourage  the  operation  for  al- 
most  a   score   of   years.     Since    1900  the 


*  Address  delivered  before  the  N.  Y.  Physi- 
cians' Association,  Nov.  27,  1918. 


operation  has  been  practiced  more  and  more 
frequently.  Two  methods  have  been  in 
vogue:  First,  that  based  upon  the  original 
Nicoladoni  technic,  in  which  the  para- 
lyzed tendon  is  spliced  to  a  strong  tendon ; 
second,  the  method  of  direct  implantation 
of  the  substituting  tendon  into  the  bone 
near  the  insertion  of  the  paralyzed  tendon. 
When  the  substituting  tendon  was  too  short 
for  this  purpose,  it  was  lengthened  by 
strands  of  silk,  a  method  first  devised  by 
Lange  of  Munich. 

It  was  in  1912,  while  working  in  Lange's 
clinic,  that  my  attention  was  first  drawn  to 
the  necessity  of  improvements  m  the  opera- 
tive technic  of  tendon  transplantations. 
Lange  himself,  despite  the  fact  that  he  had 
already  performed  some  2,000  operations, 
realized  that  there  were  imperfections  in 
the  method,  since  his  results  were  all  too 
frequently  nullified  by  the  development  of 
postoperative  adhesions.  He  suggested  an 
investigation  into  the  cause  of  these  adhe- 
sions and  assigned  this  problem  to  Dr. 
Henze  of  New  Haven  and  me. 

In  the  course  of  our  experimental  investi- 
gations, which  were  conducted  chiefly  on 
rabbits,  we  utilized  all  manner  of  mem- 
brane, thin  tubes  of  rolled  silver,  petrola- 
tum, bismuth  paste,  fascia,  peritoneum  and 
a  vein  as  a  means  of  ensheathing  the  ten- 
don. None  of  these  substances,  however, 
prevented  the  development  of  adhesions ;  in 
fact,  with  the  exception  of  the  Cargile 
membrane,  more  adhesions  were  present 
after  their  introduction  than  in  control  ex- 
periments in  which  nothing  was  used. 
Finally  we  followed  the  suggestion  of 
Biesalski  and  utilized  the  sheath  of  the 
paralyzed  tendon  as  a  physiologic  pathway 
for  the  transplanted  tendon;  that  is,  one 
tendon  was  withdrawn  from  its  sheath,  cut 
away  from  the  paralyzed  muscle,  and  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


134 


Mabch,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicinb 


substituting  tendon  drawn  downward  by 
means  of  a  guide  suture  so  as  to  occupy  ex- 
actly the  position  of  the  original  tendon.  In 
all  of  the  cases  observed  there  was  complete 
absence  of  adhesions,  even  when  the  limb 
was  immobilized  for  thirty  days  subsequent 
to  the  operation. 

This  clear  cut  evidence  in  favor  of 
Biesalski's  method  indicated  to  me  the  im- 
portance of  coordinating  the  operative 
technic  with  the  physiology  of  the  struc- 
tures involved.  Just  exactly  as  the  normal 
relationship  between  tendon  and  sheath 
should  be  maintained,  so,  too,  the  fascial 
relationship,  the  tension  and  the  fixation  of 
the  transplanted  tendon  should  be  made  as 
nearly  like  the  normal  as  possible.  When, 
however,  I  tried  to  follow  out  this  line  of 
thought,  I  found  that  our  knowledge  of  the 
physiology  and  anatomy  of  tendons  was 
entirely  inadequate  for  the  purpose.  No 
one  had  as  yet  considered  the  nature  of  the 
gliding  mechanism  of  tendons..  In  no  book, 
physiologic  or  surgical,  had  the  subject  of 
tendon  tension  ever  been  brought  up  for 
discussion.  Despite  the  thousands  of  ten- 
don operations,  some  of  the  simplest  facts 
relative  to  their  anatomy  had  never  been 
investigated.  It  was  necessary,  therefore, 
before  any  comprehensive  operative  technic 
could  be  formulated,  that  these  fundamental 
questions  be  investigated.  The  work  was 
conducted  by  research  on  the  cadaver, 
animal  experimentation  and  observations 
on  human  beings. 

I  can  best  introduce  the  subject  of  the 
anatomy  of  tendons  by  a  series  of  cross-sec- 
tions showing  a  tendon  at  various  levels 
above  and  within  its  sheath.  The  first 
(Fig.  1)  shows  the  tendon  about  1  inch 
above  the  upper  pole  of  the  sheath;  note 
that  between  the  fascia  and  the  tendon  is  a 
distinct  gap  not  described  in  the  textbooks. 


This  space  is  filled  with  a  peculiarly  elastic 
tissue,  consisting  essentially  of  fat  cells  and 
elastic  fibers.  This  tissue  completely  sur- 
rounds the  tendon  and  the  lowermost  mus- 
cle fibers,  and  by  means  of  its  elasticity  al- 
lows the  tendon  to  glide  freely  to  and  fro 


Pig.  1. — Cross-section  (diagrammatic)  thru 
the  tibialis  anticus  tendon  1  inch  above  the 
upper  pole  of  the  sheath. 

beneath  the  rigid  fascia.  How  great  this 
elasticity  is  can  be  seen  by  incising  the 
fascia  and  lifting  the  tendon  out  of  its  bed. 
It  will  then  be  seen  to  stretch  from  5  to  7 
cm.  without  rupture  of  its  fibers.  It  is  the 
important  tissue  in  the  gliding  mechanism 


Fig.  2. — Cross-section  (diagrammatic)  thru 
the  tibialis  anticus  tendon  at  the  level  of  the 
upper  pole  of  the  sheath. 

of  the  tendon,  and  in  every  operation  on 
the  tendons  its  presence  must  be  recognized 
and  due  emphasis  laid  on  conserving  its 
function. 

The  next  section  (Fig.  2)  is  taken  thru 
the  upper  pole  of  the  sheath.     The  signifi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSBICA.N  Medicine 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


135 


cant  fact  is  that  the  gap  representing  the 
tendon  sheath  does  not  develop  between  the 
fascia  and  the  tendon  but  between  the  fascia 
and  this  gliding  tissue,  which  I  shall  hence- 
forth term  the  "paratenon." 
In  the  next  section  (Fig.  3),  which  lies 


ktenon 


Fig.  3. — Cross-section  (diagrammatic)  thru 
the  tibialis  anticus  tendon  one-half  inch  distal 
to  the  section  shown  in  Figure  2. 

about  half  an  inch  distal  to  the  preceding, 
the  sheath  is  seen  to  be  divided  into  two  por- 
tions by  a  transverse  band,  the  tissue  of 
which  is  microscopically  identical  with  the 
paratenon. 

In  the  fourth  cross-section  (Fig.  4),  about 
1J4  inches  distal  to  the  preceding,  the  ten- 


Pig.  4. — Cross-section  V,^  inches  distal  to  the 
section  shown  in  Figure  3. 

don  sheath  is  interposed  between  fascia 
and  tendon  and  is  seen  almost  to  surround 
the  latter.  A  longitudinal  section  (Fig.  5), 
enables  us  to  correlate  these  four  cross-sec- 
tions. It  is  evident  that  .the  paratenon  is 
prolonged  downward  into  the  sheath  as  a 
tongue-like  structure.     The  significance  of 


this  is  appreciated  only  when  the  muscle 
contracts  and  the  tendon  moves  upward; 
then  it  is  seen  that  a  kind  of  invagination 
occurs  (Fig.  6).     The  deep  pocket  of  the 


Sections:  1 


SUntH 


Fig.  5. — ^Longitudinal  section  (diagrammatic) 
of  the  tibialis  anticus  tendon,  to  correlate  the 
preceding  cross-sections.  Note  that  the  para- 
tenon is  prolonged  downward  into  the  sheath 
as  a  loose  fold — ^the  plica. 


TAtCIA 


Mi;»el.C       FOILY     COi^TRAtTEO 


Fig.  6. — Diagrams  representing  the  changes 
occurring  in  the  form  of  the  sheath  during  the 
contraction  of  the  muscle  and  the  consequent 
gliding  of  the  tendon.  Note  that  the  deep  pocket 
of  the  sheath  between  plica  and  tendon  in- 
creases markedly  in  length,  allowing  the  ten- 
don to  move  upward  without  rupture  of  the 
sheath  wall. 

sheath  becomes  much  elongated,  thus  allow- 
ing the  tendon  to  glide,  without  destroying 
the  continuity  of  the  sheath  wall.  The 
essential,  of  course,  is  the  elasticity  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


136 


March,  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLBS 


American  Mbdicins 


paratenon    which    allows    this    degree    of 
stretching. 

By  means  of  simple  experiments  on  dogs, 
the  normal  tension  of  tendons  was  accu- 
rately determined.  The  method  consisted 
in  the  division  of  the  tendon  shortly  above 
its  insertion.     The  tendon  ends  separated 


Fig.  7. — Typical  physiologic  tendon  transplan- 
tation— transfer  of  the  tibialis  anticus  for 
paralytic  clubfoot.  The  probe  passing  thru  the 
{Sheath  of  the  extensor  longus  digitorum  emerges 
at  the  insertion  of  the  peroneus  tertius  and 
serves  to  draw  the  tibialis  tendon  downward 
thru  the  sheath  of  the  paralyzed  evertors.  A, 
retracted  fascia;  B  to  D,  probe  passing  thru 
sheath  of  extensor  longus  digitorum;  C,  tibialis 
anticus. 

for  a  distance  of  from  1  to  2  cm.  because 
of  the  tension  to  which  they  were  subjected 
by  the  muscular  pull ;  by  means  of  a  record- 
ing instrument,  the  proximal  tendon  stump 
was  pulled  downward  until  brought  into 
apposition  with  the  distal.  The  degree  of 
force  represented  the  tension  to  which  the 


tendon  was  subjected.  The  figures  varied 
markedly,  according  to  the  varying  condi- 
tions of  the  experiment,  but  one  fact  re- 


Fig.  8. — Marked  valgus  deformity  of  the  foot 
due  to  paralysis  of  the  tibialis  posticus  and 
anticus. 


Fig.  9. — ^The  same  foot  one  year  subsequent 
to  tendon  transplantations.  The  patient,  a  boy 
of  nine,  was  able  to  walk  without  a  splint. 

mained  constant,  irrespective  of  the  size  of 
the  animal  and  of  the  strength  of  the  mus- 
cle ;  when  under  anesthesia,  the  limb  was 
held  in  such  a  position  that  the  origin  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKBICAN    MSDlCINB 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


March^  1919 


137 


Fig.  10. — A: — Paralytic  valgus  deformity  due  to  paralysis  of  the  Inverting  muscles.  B:  — 
The  same  6  months  after  transplantation  of  the  peroneus  longus  tendon.  C: — Two  exposures 
on  one  plate  illustrating  the  voluntary  power  of  inversion  and  adduction  subsequent  to  the 
transplantation. 


Fig.  11. — Two  exposures  on  one  plate  illustrating  the  voluntary  range  of  extension  sub- 
sequent to  transplantation  of  the  hamstring  muscles  in  a  case  of  complete  paralysis  of  the 
quadriceps. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


138 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicinb 


the  muscle  and  its  point  of  insertion  were 
brought  as  near  together  as  possible,  then 
the  tendon  tension  equaled  0;  in  other 
words,  with  the  tibialis  anticus  divided  and 
the  foot  held  in  the  position  of  calcaneo- 
varus,  then  under  anesthesia  the  two  tendon 
ends  came  into  exact  approximation  without 
the  use  of  any  force  whatever.  This  simple 
physiologic  fact  is  readily  applicable  to  ten- 
don transplantation.  The  normal  tension 
is  restored  by  holding  the  limb  in  such  a 
position  as  to  approximate  the  origin  of  the 


planted  tendon  is  to  be  brought  since  the  re- 
sulting osteogenic  activity  of  the  periosteal 
cells  anchors  the  transferred  tendon  firmly 
in  place. 

The  second  incision  runs  along  the  exten- 
sor proprius  hallucis.  Not  the  entire  ten- 
don but  only  the  upper  portion  is  exposed 
at  first.  The  idea  is  that  the  tendon  should 
be  protected  against  drying  until  every- 
thing is  ready  for  its  transfer.  When  the 
sheath  of  the  extensor  proprius  hallucis  is 
opened,  it  will  be  seen  that  it  is  separated 


Fig.  12. — Complete  paralysis  of  the  quadriceps  femoris  subsequent  to  transplantation  of 
the  hamstrings.  The  boy  is  able  to  support  the  body  weight  by  means  of  the  transplanted 
tendons. 


muscle  and   the   new   site   of   tendon   im- 
plantation. 

The  application  of  the  physiologic  prin- 
ciple to  the  technic  of  tendon  transplanta- 
tions can  best  be  illustrated  by  describing  a 
typical  operation,  for  instance,  the  transfer 
of  the  extensor  proprius  hallucis  for  the 
paralyzed  tibialis  anticus.  The  first  inci- 
sion exposes  the  insertion  of  the  paralyzed 
tendon.  The  tendon  itself  is  slit  longitudi- 
nally and  the  subjacent  bone  is  traumatized. 
Against  this  traumatized  surface  the  trans- 


from  the  sheath  of  the  tibialis  anticus  by  a 
fascial  septum;  by  prolonging  the  incision 
a  short  distance  upward  one  reaches  a  point 
where  this  septum  stops  short  and  the  two 
tendon  sheaths  are  separated  only  by  para- 
tenon.  At  this  point  a  small  opening  is 
made  directly  into  the  sheath  of  the  tibialis 
anticus ;  a  probe  containing  a  guide  suture 
is  passed  downward  thru  the  sheath  and 
emerges  just  over  the  insertion  of  the 
paralyzed  tendon.  By  means  of  this  guide 
suture,  the  extensor  proprius  hallucis  ten- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MeOICINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


March.  1919 


139 


don,  which  is  rapidly  freed,  is  drawn  down- 
ward thru  the  sheath  of  the  tibialis  anticus 
and  anchored  firmly  in  the  bed  already  pre- 
pared for  it.  In  fastening  it,  the  foot  is 
held  in  the  position  of  calcaneovarus  and 
the  tendon  is  pulled  on  with  just  enough 
force  to  render  its  course  a  straight  one. 
Immobilization  should  not  be  continued 
more  than  three  weeks  because  by  that  time 
firm  union  has  occurred.  The  patient  is 
then  allowed  to  exercise  the  transplanted 


toration  of  muscle  balance  is  most  gratify- 
ing. 

The  clinical  results  are  best  illustrated 
by  photographs  showing  the  action  of  the 
transplanted  tendons.  (See  Figs.  8,  9,  10, 
11,  12  and  13.) 

That  further  research,  both  clinical  and 
in  the  laboratory  will  help  to  perfect  our 
operative  methods  is  my  firm  hope,  as  well 
as  that  of  all  men  interested  in  the  treat- 
ment of  infantile  paralysis. 


Fig.  13. — Paralysis  of  the  triceps  surae  (Achilles  tendon)  subsequent  to  transplantation 
of  flexor  longus  hallucis  and  peroneus  longus.  The  patient  is  able  to  press  the  foot  downward 
against  the  resistance  of  a  10-lb.  sand  bag. 


tendon,  and  three  weeks  later  to  walk  with 
the  transplanted  tendon  protected  from  un- 
due tension  by  an  appropriate  splint. 

Altho  no  exaggerated  claims  should  be 
made  for  the  merit  of  the  operations  based 
on  these  physiologic  studies,  it  is,  I  think, 
safe  to  say  that  they  constitute  a  distinct 
advance  over  our  previous  technic.  Adhe- 
sions do  not  occur  to  the  same  degree ;  the 
transplanted  tendon  with  practically  no  ex- 
ceptions functions  excellently  and  the  res- 


Reading  the  Pulse. — In  reading  a  per- 
son's pulse,  we  have  to  take  into  considera- 
tion the  temperament  of  our  patient,  (Jones, 
Med.  Summary)  the  slow  pulse  of  the 
lymphatic,  the  quick  pulse  of  the  nervous 
temperament,  also  the  large  full  pulse  of  the 
vital  temperament.  Then  again,  we  must 
keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  all  the  emotions 
are  registered  in  the  pulse ;  joy,  grief,  anger, 
fear  and  sexual  excitement ;  also  the  pulse 
will  tell  you  if  the  patient  has  had  alcoholic 
stimulants,  glonoin,  strychnine,  quinine,  or 
arterial  sedatives  to  slow  the  action  of  the 
heart. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


140 


March^  1919 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mkdzcinv 


SOME    GENERAL    PRINCIPLES    IN 
THE  MANAGEMENT  OF  PNEU- 
MONIA. 


BY 


EDWARD  O.  OTIS,  M.  D., 
Professor   of  Pulmonary   Diseases   and   Clima- 
tology, Tufts  College  Medical  School, 
Boston,  Mass. 

The  recent  and  recurring  epidemic  of  in- 
iiuenza,  followed  in  so  many  cases  by  pneu- 
monia, has  given  the  physician  exceptional 
experience  in  the  observation  and  manage- 
ment of  the  latter  disease,  which  at  all  times 
is  very  prevalent  and  is  most  treacherous 
as  regards  prognosis  and  most  unsatisfac- 
tory as  regards  treatment,  especially  with 
drugs.  As  John  Bunyan  said  of  tuberculosis 
that  it  was  the  "Captain  of  the  Men  of 
Death,"  so  likewise  can  the  same  be  said  of 
pneumonia.  And  as  tuberculosis  strikes 
down  its  victims  in  the  heyday  of  their  ac- 
tivity, so  does  pneumonia  in  very  many 
cases,  and  this  has  been  true  particularly  in 
the  recent  epidemic. 

It  was  the  privilege  of  the  writer  to  see 
many  cases  of  influenza-pneumonia  in  the 
late  epidemic,  with  other  physicians, 
and  to  observe  their  methods  of  treat- 
ment, with  the  view  of  determining  if  there 
was  any  unity  or  standard  which  could  be 
said  to  exist  among  various  physicians, 
particularly  with  regard  to  the  use  of  drugs. 
The  conclusion  arrived  at  was  that  each 
physician,  so  far  as  he  followed  any  definite 
plan,  followed  his  own  individual  method  or 
scheme  which  his  experience  had  led  him 
to  believe  was  of  value  and  which  he  ap- 
plied in  every  case— or  only  treated  his 
cases  expectantly  or  symptomatically.  In 
either  case  the  results  were  probably  not 
materially  different,  and  the  obvious  reason 
is  that  there  is  at  present  no  known  way 
of  aborting  pneumonia  or  cutting  its  course 


short.  It  is  a  disease  without  any  known 
specific.  If,  however,  any  fixed  or  standard 
medicinal  treatment  is  of  doubtful  value, 
there  are  certain  general  principles  of  man- 
agement which  can  and  should  be  rigorous- 
ly applied  to  all  cases  and  which  put  the 
patient  in  the  most  favorable  condition  for 
making  the  struggle  against  the  infection, 
and  they  are  very  much  like  the  principles 
applicable  to  all  acute  infectious  diseases. 

The  paramount  importance  of  these  gen- 
eral principles,  it  has  seemed  to  the  writer, 
has  not  always  been  fully  appreciated,  or 
in  part  neglected  by  the  physician  in  his  en- 
deavor to  obtain  results  from  drugs  or  other 
special  methods  of  treatment.  When  men- 
tioned they  are  self-evident  and  sound  but 
truisms  yet  they  are  the  basic  foundation 
upon  which  any  and  all  other  treatment 
must  depend  and  are  of  infinitely  more 
value  than  any  special  medication. 

In  the  first  place,  as  in  all  acute  in- 
fectious diseases,  rest  is  one  of  the  great 
essentials;  absolute  rest,  what  might  be 
called  "typhoid- fever  rest,'*  as  the  term  is 
applied  to  the  rest  of  active  cases  of  pul- 
monary tuberculosis  with  fever.  This  rest 
should  be  both  mental  and  physical.  The  bed 
of  the  pneumonia  patient  should  be  so 
arranged  that  he  can  be  made  as  comfort- 
able as  his  condition  permits,  a  firm  mattress 
so  that  there  will  be  little  or  no  sagging  in 
the  middle,  and  the  bed  and  body  clothing 
so  arranged  that  they  may  be  smooth  and 
without  irritating  wrinkles.  For  this  pur- 
pose, and  to  facilitate  the  nurse's  duties,  a 
narrow  bed  is  the  most  desirable.  It  also 
enables  the  physician  to  make  his  examina- 
tions with  greater  ease  and  less  disturbance 
to  the  patient.  Once  the  diagnosis  is  made 
the  patient  should  not  be  disturbed  by  fre- 
quent examinations,  especially  by  having 
him  sit  up  in  bed  for  such  examinations. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AM£KICAN  Msdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.es 


Mabch^  1919 


141 


Knowing  that  he  has  pneumonia  and  know- 
ing that  if  he  dies  this  untoward  result  is, 
as  a  rule,  from  the  toxemia  and  not  from 
the  extent  of  the  local  inflammation,  it 
makes  little  difference  whether  there  is  a 
little  more  or  a  little  less  involvement  of 
the  lung  so  far  as  the  welfare  of  the  pa- 
tient is  concerned,  and  any  added  informa- 
tion the  physician  may  obtain  from  frequent 
examination  is  not  commensurate  with  the 
evil  wrought  by  the  disturbance  of  the 
patient.  The  "peace"  of  the  sick  room  should 
scrupulously  be  observed  and  only  the  nurse 
or  attendant  be  allowed  there.  A  calm  and 
peaceful  environment  is  most  important  for 
an  acutely  sick  person.  All  conversation 
should  obviously  be  interdicted.  Again,  as 
long  periods  of  absolute  rest  as  possible 
are  of  vital  importance  and  are  of  more 
value  than  a  little  extra  nourishment  or  too 
frequent  exhibition  of  drugs,  it  should  be 
a  cardinal  rule  never  to  awaken  the  patient 
for  anything.  No  medicine  is  comparable 
in  value  with  sleep — "tired  nature's  sweet 
restorer." 

Coughing  is  violent  exercise  and  no  one 
can  rest  who  has  frequent  paroxysms  of 
coughing.  Therefore  the  condition  not  in- 
frequently occurs  when,  in  order  to  obtain 
the  needed  rest,  some  sedative  is  indicated 
solely  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  rest. 
Whatever  measures  will  accomplish  this 
should  be  employed,  and  these  will  generally 
be  some  form  of  opium,  preferably  some 
of  the  milder  forms.  Any  danger  feared 
from  shutting  up  the  secretions  is,  in  the 
writer's  opinion,  less  than  that  incurred 
from  the  loss  of  rest.  Likewise  pain  pre- 
vents rest,  and  in  some  way  or  other  this 
must  be  relieved.  Sometimes  it  is  a  constant, 
harassing  headache,  or  more  frequently  the 
pain  of  pleurisy,  which  makes  breathing  a 
penance.    Whatever  means,  either  external 


or  internal,  which  will  alleviate  pain,  and 
the  simpler  the  better,  should  be  employed 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  rest.  It  should 
never  be  forgotten  that  there  is  no  known 
method  of  combating  the  toxemia  of  an 
acute  infectious  disease  so  efficacious  as 
rest — absolute  rest  of  mind  and  body.  This 
fact  has  been  signally  demonstrated  in  the 
rest  treatment  of  active  pulmonary  tuber- 
culosis. 

A  second  fundamental  principle  in  the 
management  of  pneumonia  is  fresh  air.  The 
open-air  treatment  of  pneumonia  both  with 
children — even  infants — and  with  adults  has 
abundantly  demonstrated  the  efficacy  of 
fresh  air.  In  the  recent  epidemic  of  influ- 
enza-pneumonia, the  fresh  air  plan  of  treat- 
ment in  the  emergency  hospitals  gave  strik- 
ing results.  In  many  cases  the  patients  were 
placed  directly  in  the  open  all  day  long.  At 
all  events  the  patient  should  be  placed  in  a 
room  which  can  be  constantly  and  freely 
ventilated  by  sufficient  window  openings. 
Often  by  placing  the  bed  in  the  middle  of 
the  room  a  free  current  of  fresh  air  can  best 
be  obtained.  All  too  frequently  one  will  find 
his  patient  occupying  a  small  room  with 
only  one  window,  and  that  opening  upon  a 
court  or  in  close  proximity  to  an  adjacent 
building  or  a  brick  wall.  The  writer  has 
seen  many  a  case  of  pneumonia  in  such  a 
room  with  the  air  so  foul  that  it  was  hardly 
endurable.  Of  course,  the  most  perfect  ar- 
rangement is  entirely  in  the  open  either  on 
a  veranda  or  sleeping  porch.  And  this  holds 
true  as  well  in  the  winter  as  in  the  milder 
months  of  the  year. 

Third :  The  feeding  of  the  patient.  The 
writer  has  always  been  of  the  opinion  that 
as  pneumonia  is  a  self -limited  disease  of 
short  duration,  the  amount  of  nourishment 
taken  should  be  moderate  and  less  than  in 
the  protracted  exhausting  acute  infectious 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


142 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicinb 


diseases  like  typhoid  fever  for  example. 
All  pains,  however,  should  be  taken  to 
administer  such  nourishment  as  is  most 
easily  digested  and  assimilated.  Above  all 
things  flatulence  and  distension  should  be 
avoided,  a  condition  which  distinctly  in- 
creases the  gravity  of  the  case.  If  the  physi- 
cian at  each  visit  will  pass  his  hand  over 
the  abdomen,  a  procedure  which  can  be 
done  without  disturbing  the  patient,  he  will 
quickly  learn  if  this  condition  exists  and 
take  speedy  measures  to  remedy  it.  Milk,  as 
we  know,  is  one  of  the  principal  forms  of 
nourishment  for  fever  patients,  but  it  should 
be  mixed  with  some  alkali  which  lessens  the 
size  of  the  curds.  Lime  water  is  a  common 
means  of  doing  this,  or  it  may  be  accom- 
plished by  simply  diluting  the  milk  with 
vichy  or  Apollinaris  water  or  with  barley, 
oatmeal,  rice  or  egg  water.  Egg  albumen, 
either  raw,  slightly  cooked,  or  perhaps  as 
albumen  water,  is  very  easily  digested. 
Gelatin  preparations  are  also  of  value 
and  easily  digested.  It  is  doubtful,  in 
the  writer's  opinion,  if  meat  prepara- 
tions, such  as  beef-tea  and  broths,  are 
either  of  much  nutritive  value  or  neces- 
sary and  they  may  cause  intestinal  putrefac- 
tion and  distension.  The  patient  should 
take  an  abundance  of  water  either  pure  or 
acidulated  with  lemon  juice  or  other  acids. 
To  some  patients  ginger  ale  is  a  very  ac- 
ceptable drink.  Water  should  not  only  be 
^iven  internally  in  large  quantities  but  used 
as  well  externally  by  means  of  sponging  or 
cold  packs,  when  the  fever  is  high.  A  diet 
plan  should  be  carefully  arranged  by  the 
physician  in  detail,  and  both  the  quantity 
and  the  hours  at  which  food  should  be 
taken  indicated.  The  nurse  in  turn,  or  the 
attendant,  should  keep  an  accurate  record 
of  the  nourishment  actually  taken.  The 
digestion  should  be  carefully  watched  and 


instant  changes  made  in  the  diet  if  digestive 
disturbances  are  observed. 

Fourth:  The  care  of  the  bowels.  At 
the  outset  the  bowels  should  be  freely 
opened,  and  the  common  procedure  of  a 
mercurial,  generally  calomel,  followed  by  a 
saline,  has  received  the  approval  of  long 
experience.  Citrate  of  magnesia  is  perhaps 
the  most  agreeable  and  simplest  of  the  laxa- 
tive salines  and  this  or  some  other  saline 
should  be  continued  daily  in  such  doses  as 
will  ensure  free  daily  movements.  If  these 
means  are  non-effective,  enemata  may  be 
resorted  to. 

When  the  four  cardinal  principles,  vis., 
absolute  rest,  fresh  air,  proper  feeding  and 
care  of  the  bowels  are  scrupulously  ob- 
served it  is  probable  that  we  have  done  the 
most  we  can  do  for  our  pneumonia  pa- 
tients. Whether  drugs,  except  for  emer- 
gencies, are  of  any  deciding  or  definite 
value  is,  and  is  likely  to*  remain,  a 
debatable  question.  Physicians  will  always 
hold  varying  opinions  as  to  the  value 
of  any  method  of  standard  medication 
and  whatever  their  personal  experience 
happens  to  be  in  the  use  of  one  or  another 
kind  of  drug  treatment  they  will  either  be- 
lieve in  it  or  be  skeptical  as  to  its  value  ac- 
cording as  they  have  been  fortunate  or 
imfortunate  in  its  use.  Certain  it  is  that  in 
a  century  of  the  treatment  of  pneumonia 
with  all  kinds  of  medication  and  with  no 
medication  at  all  the  mortality  has  been 
abi^ut  the  same.  The  writer  is  unable  to  see 
why  any  special  drug  treatment  should  in- 
fluence the  course  of  the  acute  pneumonia 
infection  any  more  than  in  the  case  of  an 
acute  tuberculous  infection,  for  example. 
And  it  is  his  conviction  that  when  the  pneu- 
monia patient  is  placed  under  the  best  pos- 
sible conditions,  as  outlined  above,  for  re- 
sisting the  specific  toxemia  of  the  disease 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambrican  Medicine 


ORIOINAX.  ARTICLES 


Margh^  1919 


143 


the  most  has  been  done  for  the  patient 
which  can  be  done  for  him.  When,  however, 
in  the  later  stages  of  the  disease  symptoms 
of  vasomotor  disturbance  or  heart  failure 
seem  imminent,  this  is  another  proposition 
and  appropriate  means  should,  of  course, 
be  taken  to  combat  these  untoward  compli- 
cations, and  each  physician  will  have  his 
chosen  remedies  for  such  a  purpose. 

The  one  hopeful  ray  of  light  looking  to- 
wards a  specific  treatment  of  pneumonia  is 
the  recent  employment  of  autogenous  vac- 
cine and  the  results  obtained  in  the  use 
of  such  a  vaccine  for  the  so-called  Type 
One  have  been  so  favorable  that  hope  is 
aroused  that  eventually  we  may  be  enabled, 
thru  this  form  of  treatment,  to  do  arti- 
ficially, what  nature  does  so  dramatically  at 
the  time  of  the  crisis. 

The  writer  is  conscious  that  he  has  only 
been  stating  axioms  in  the  treatment  of 
pneumonia,  but  in  the  endeavor  to  obtain 
a  specific  solution  of  a  problem  the  funda- 
mental principles  involved  are  sometimes 
neglected.  In  the  management  of  pneu- 
monia, as  well  as  in  that  of  many  other 
acute  infections,  one  is  reminded  of  the 
witty  saying  of  Doctor  Holmes  many  years 
ago  that  "if  all  drugs  were  thrown  into  the 
sea  it  would  be  better  for  men  and  worse 
for  the  fishes." 


HEADACHE. 


Fever  Dietaries. — Foods  of  particular 
value  in  fever  dietaries  are  milk,  cream, 
fruit,  juices,  broths,  beef  juice,  gelatin, 
tggs,  buttermilk,  koumiss,  cereal  waters  and 
gruels,  cocoa,  malted  milk,  custards  and 
junket. 

No  fever  needs  such  careful  dietary  man- 
agement as  does  typhoid. 

Physicians  acknowledge  that  the  success- 
ful treatment  of  a  severe  case  of  typhoid 
is  especially  dependent  upon  two  things: 
proper  feeding  and  careful  nursing. — Med. 
Sutnmary, 


BY 

M.  NEUSTAEDTER,  M.  D.,  Ph.  D., 

Lecturer  In  Neurology,  N.  Y.  U.  and  Bellevue 

Hospital  Medical  College,  New  York 

City. 

When  we  consider  that  the  great  ma- 
jority of  our  patients  in  private  and  clinical 
practice  come  with  no  other  complaint  than 
headache,  pain  or  discomfort  in  the  head,  I 
may  be  pardoned  for  discussing  this  all-im- 
portant symptom,  for  headache  is  only  a 
symptom,  the  result  of  some  underlying 
condition,  and  frequently  the  only  symptom.. 
While  we  must  remember  that  in  some  in- 
stances it  is  a  symptom  of  a  gjave  condition, 
in  most  cases  the  underlying  cause  should 
not  inspire  one  with  a  grave  prognosis. 

Two  problems,  then,  loom  up  in  its  dis- 
cussion. First,  what  is  the  genesis  of  head- 
ache, and  second,  what  etiologic  factors  con- 
tribute to  its  genesis  and  what  are  its  con- 
comitant manifestations? 

I.  How  does  headache  come  about? — 
All  forms  of  headache  are  perceived  in  areas 
supplied  by  the  trifacial  and  only  in  certain 
forms  in  limited  areas  supplied  by  a  few 
branches  of  the  upper  cervicals.  These 
nerves,  as  we  know,  enter  as  roots  into 
their  ganglia  and  thru  their  dendrites 
come  into  contact  with  the  central  neurons. 
Irritation  of  these  sensory  filaments  or  their 
roots  and  ganglia  produces  pain,  which  is 
perceived  in  the  area  of  their  distribution. 
Lesions  in  the  upper  neurons  are  not  known 
to  have  been  productive  of  pain.  But  it  is 
a  known  fact  that  a  lesion  in  the  lower 
ventral  part  of  the  thalamus  which  contains 
many  sensory  tracts,  if  that  be  of  an  irrita- 
tive nature  will  produce  considerable  pain 
in  the  opposite  half  of  the  body  and  destruc- 
tive lesions  are  known  to  produce  hemianes- 
thesia. Besides  the  filaments  of  the  fifth  in 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


144 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicins 


the  dura  there  are  also  other  sensory  fila- 
ments, notably  those  of  a  vago-sympathetic 
system,  as  in  cases  of  headache  with  vomit- 
ing and  accompanying  pupilary  changes.  It 
seems  to  me  to  be  rational  to  assume  that 
there  are  cortical  areas  which  record  pain- 
ful sensations  of  the  type  we  speak  of  as 
wtll  as  other  sensations,  altho  we  have  not 
been  able  as  yet  to  demonstrate  the  par- 
ticular place  by  experimentation.^ 

How,  then,  are  the  dural  nerve  filaments 
irritated?  Intracranial  pressure,  we  know, 
produces  headache ;  but  the  pressure  as  such 
does  not  alone  produce  it.  We  know  that 
pressure  on  the  dura  in  a  circumscribed  area 
may  be  painless  and  even  brain  tumors,  altho 
constantly  growing,  are  frequently  attended 
by  periods  of  rest  from  headache.  There 
must,  then,  be  an  additional  factor  alongside 
the  pressure.  This  factor,  in  all  probability, 
is  the  accompanying  disturbance  of  circula- 
tion in  the  vascular  and  lymphatic  systems 
within  the  tissues  surrounding  the  dural 
nerves.  The  neuralgias  accompanied  by  hy- 
peremia of  the  veins  are  examples  corrobo- 
rating this  hypothesis.  Anemia  or  hyper- 
emia of  the  dura  and,  perhaps,  also  of  the 
pia  produce  headache  as  in  vasomotor  dis- 
turbances and  in  inflammations  attending 
infectious  diseases.  Such  disturbances  may 
also  come  about  thru  reflex  conditions  from 
disturbances  outside  of  the  cranial  vault, 
as  from  the  eyes,  nose,  ears,  etc.,  which 
cause  contraction  of  the  vessels.  It  does  not 
seem  to  me  quite  rational  to  attribute  head- 
ache as  a  result  of  toxemias  to  such  reflex 
vasomotor  disturbances,  but  rather  to  an 
irritation  of  the  nerve  filaments.  Of  course 
all  this  is  purely  hypothetical  and  may  con- 
ceivably be  wrong,  but  as  yet  no  other  theory 
has  been  proven. 

This  leads  us  to  the  consideration  of  the 
second  problem  :  What  are  the  etiologic  fac- 


tors contributing  to  the  genesis  of  headache  ? 
It  is  quite  obvious  from  our  clinical  as  well 
as  pathologic  experience  that  there  are 
functional  and  organic  diseases  that  are  ac- 
companied by  headache. 

A.  Functional  headaches. — Frequent 
forms  of  headache  or  rather  pains  in  the 
head  are  the  various  forms  of  neuralgias, 
which  constitute  a  gjeat  difficulty  in  the  do- 
main of  exact  diagnosis.  The  patients  usually 
describe  these  pains  as  limfted  to  a  particu- 
lar area  of  the  head  supplied  by  the  nerve 
involved.  These  pains  are  sharp,  shooting 
along  the  course  of  the  nerve,  occurring  at 
intervals  to  be  succeeded  by  a  period  of  free- 
dom. There  is  also  at  times  a  numbness, 
tingling  or  burning  feeling  over  the  surface 
of  the  skin  of  the  involved  area  and  pres- 
sure upon  the  nerve  causes  the  pain  to  be- 
come more  intensified,  or  if  no  pain  present 
at  the  time  of  examination,  an  attack  will 
be  ushered  in  by  such  procedure.  Some- 
times the  pain  is  so  severe  that  automatic 
spasms  are  called  into  play,  because  stimuli 
enter  into  the  motor  filament  completing  the 
reflex  arc.  Thus  trigeminal  neuralgia  limited 
to  the  supraorbital  branch  will  cause  twitch- 
ings  of  the  eyelids  and  facial  muscles.  There 
is  a  marked  hyperesthesia  to  cold  and  pin- 
prick on  the  aflfected  area.  This  condition 
should  not,  however,  be  mistaken  for  frontal 
sinusitis  which  stimulates  in  some  respects 
a  localized  neuralgia.  Pressure  upon  the 
bone  along  the  sinus  will  cause  a  dull  pain 
and  a  transillumination  and  an  X-ray  pic- 
ture should  clear  up  the  diff'erence  promptly. 
In  addition  the  nasal  discharges  of  a  muco- 
purulent character  should  not  be  over- 
looked. 

Beside  the  real  neuralgias,  frontal  and 
occipital  alike,  there  are  radiating  pains 
along  the  course  of  nerves  passing  thru  in- 
fected foci,  as  is  not  infrequently  the  case 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mbdicins 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


145 


in  caries  of  teeth.  A  careful  examination 
of  the  teeth  should  in  all  cases  be  made  and 
an  impacted  or  carious  tooth  removed  will 
promptly  relieve  this  distressing  symptom. 
In  unilateral  headache  it  is  also  advisable 
to  examine  the  condition  of  the  throat  and 
the  middle  ear,  for  in  some  instances  path- 
ologic processes  there  are  the  underlying 
causes  of  the  trouble.  The  cure  of  an  otitis 
media  or  a  suppurating  tonsil  will  soon  re- 
lieve the  localize<J  headache. 

A  severe  form  of  localized  headache  is 
the  so-called  hemicrania  or  migraine.  This 
is  a  familial  disease  and  on  careful  inquiry 
into  the  family  history  one  finds  that  many 
members  of  the  parents'  and  grandparents' 
branches  of  the  family  were  subject  to  the 
disease.  These  patients  will  tell  you  that 
they  are  not  always  subject  to  headaches, 
that  only  at  certain  periods  of  time  of  short- 
er and  again  of  longer  intervals,  even  after 
months  of  rest,  they  would  suddenly  ex- 
perience an  intense,  boring  pain  in  the  tem- 
ple and  at  the  back  of  the  head.  They  be- 
come completely  prostrated,  are  hypersensi- 
tive to  light,  sound  and  touch  and  they 
prefer  to  lie  quietly  alone  and  not  be  spoken 
to  in  loud  tones.  They  are  annoyed  by  the 
least  disturbance,  even  if  their  resting  place 
is  only  slightly  shaken.  Nausea  and  vomit- 
ing are  frequent  accompaniments  and  oc- 
casionally diarrhea  also.  During  the  attack 
the  patient,  as  a  rule,  feels  cold,  and  heat 
is  disagreeable.  There  is  usually  pallor  of 
the  surface;  occasionally  there  is  a  cold, 
clammy  perspiration,  but  the  face  may  also 
be  flushed  on  the  affected  side. 

In  some  patients  there  is  an  aura  the  eve- 
ning before  the  attack  characterized  by  irri- 
tability, indifference  and  inability  to  perform 
exacting  physical  or  mental  work.  In  most 
cases,  however,  significant  prodromata  ap- 
pear in  the  early  morning.  They  arise  with 


a  feeling  of  lassitude,  they  feel  that  the 
sleep  was  deep  and  heavy,  they  dreamed 
restlessly  and  feel  broken  up.  Within  a  few 
hours  the  characteristic  unilateral  pains  be- 
gin. They  are  deepseated  and  the  patients 
complain  of  a  feeling  "that  the  head  is 
bursting."  These  attacks  last  from  eight  to 
twelve  hours  and  vary  in  intensity  with  dif- 
ferent individuals.  The  attack  may  in  some 
instances  last  for  a  few  days  and  develop 
into  a  status  hemicranicus.  After  the  attack 
the  patients  of  a  robust  constitution  recover 
completely  and  quickly,  but  the  weaker  ones 
recover  slowly,  still  suffering  from  after- 
effects. 

Without  going  into  an  extensive  discus- 
sion of  the  many  therapeutic  measures  ad- 
vocated from  time  to  time,  I  prefer  to  state 
that  I  have  met  with  fair  success  with  the 
following  measures :  Daily  evacuation  of  the 
bowels,  a  non-stimulating,  bland  and  easily 
digestible  diet,  no  canned  or  preserved  foods, 
regular  habits  of  life  and  as  a  medication 
I  give  thyroid  extract  in  1/10-J4  gr.  doses  t. 
i.  d.  on  the  hypothesis  that  the  affection  is 
caused  by  an  excess  of  secretion  of  the 
choroid  plexus  in  the  lateral  ventricle  on 
the  affected  side  as  a  result  of  a  vasomotor 
disturbance.  Whether  this  is  so  or  not,  the 
fact  is  that  the  most  intractable  cases  that 
did  not  yield  to  the  old  form  of  treatment, 
with  coal  tar  preparations  and  salicylates, 
were  very  much  improved.  The  intervals 
between  attacks  became  longer,  the  intensity 
of  the  seizures  became  lessened  and  finally 
complete  cures  were  effected. 

Anemia,  whether  of  a  chlorotic  charac- 
ter or  as  a  result  of  loss  of  blood,  is  as  a 
rule  accompanied  by  headache  of  the  dull 
and  pressing  type,  not  very  severe  in  most 
cases.  This  headache  may  be  frontal  or 
parietal  only  and  also  general.  It  starts 
late  in  the  day  and  the  patients  are  relieved 


Digitized  by 


Google 


146 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


after  a  night's  rest.  It  is  obvious  that  the 
anemia  requires  intense  treatment.  A 
nourishing  diet  and  long  periods  of  rest  in 
a  recumbent  position,  best  perhaps  to  keep 
the  patient  in  bed  for  several  weeks  and 
with  that  iron  and  arsenic  will  prove  very 
effective.  In  cases  of  severe  loss  of  blood 
as  in  menstruation  or  affections  requiring 
surgical  interference,  prompt  treatment 
along  these  lines  is  indicated. 

A  form  of  headache  that  frequently 
proves  intractable  for  a  long  time  we  meet 
in  toxemias  and  the  so-called  autointoxica- 
tion. It  is  general  in  character  and  most  in- 
tense on  rising.  In  the  latter  type  we  have 
a  history  of  indigestion  and  obstipation 
which  give  rise  to  absorption  of  toxic  prod- 
ucts into  the  circulatory  system.  Some  au- 
thors believe  that  the  headache  in  toxemia 
may  be  due  to  a  reflex  action  as  in  uremia 
and  acetonemia.  In  all  probability,  however, 
it  is  due  to  irritation  of  the  dural  nerve  fila- 
ments of  the  fifth  and  sympathetic  nerves 
by  the  toxic  products.  It  is  perfectly  ob- 
vious that  the  removal  of  the  underlying 
condition  will  eventually  cause  the  head- 
ache to  subside. 

Next  in  frequency  to  hemicrania  is  the 
exhaustion  headache  of  the  neurasthenic.  It 
is  characterized  by  a  sense  of  oppression,  a 
constriction  and  a  heaviness  of  the  head. 
The  pressure  is  most  frequently  described 
as  situated  behind  the  forehead  and  radiat- 
ing down  into  the  eyes  and  root  of  the  nose ; 
less  frequently  in  the  temples.  Some  neu- 
rasthenics complain  of  paresthesias  of  the 
scalp  in  the  form  of  sensations  of  itching, 
numbness  and  formication.  The  intensity  of 
the  headache  may  become  aggravated  to  that 
of  pain,  particularly  after  irritation,  exces- 
sive worry  or  undue  mental  exertion.  No 
matter  how  intense  the  suffering  may  be, 
at  no  time  do  we  hear  the  complaint  that 


nausea  or  vomiting  accompanies  the  head- 
ache. As  a  matter  of  fact  these  neuras- 
thenics have  no  gastric  disturbances  and  ap- 
pear quite  well  fed.  The  patients  complain 
of  constant  headache  and  never  remember 
when  they  first  began  to  suflfer.  "It  is 
months  or  years,"  they  tell  us.  If  along- 
side of  this  form  we  find  a  history  of  back- 
ache, gastrointestinal  atony,  neuromuscular 
weakness,  cerebral  depression,  mental  irri- 
tability and  insomnia,  you  may  be  reason- 
ably certain  that  you  are  not  dealing  with 
an  organic  affection.  • 

As  you  know  the  outlook  is  good  in  the 
great  majority  of  the  cases,  who  recover 
after  months  of  treatment.  In  some  cases, 
however,  we  face  a  complete  breakdown 
and  the  patient  becomes  a  confirmed  nerv- 
ous invalid.  These  patients  are  usually  of 
a  psychopathic  stock  and  develop  some  form 
of  psychosis.  Cases  before  twenty  are  apt 
to  yield  readily  and  relapse  frequently.  After 
forty  the  prognosis  is  less  hopeful  as  a  rule, 
for  we  are  dealing  here  in  all  probability 
with  a  psychopathic  constitution. 

As  to  treatment  very  little  can  be  said. 
Bodily  and  mental  rest  are  the  first  pre- 
requisites. A  sojourn  in  the  south  during 
the  winter  months  and  in  the  mountains  in 
the  north  during  summer  is  ideal.  But  what 
of  the  poor  shop  girl  ?  And  a  great  number 
of  them  are  neurasthenics.  And  yet  we  need 
not  despair.  We  can  well  regulate  their  life 
in  a  manner  as  to  make  the  condition  bear- 
able and  in  time  improve  them  greatly. 
Fresh  air  and  sunshine  in  their  dormitories 
and  workshops  is  now  obtainable  and  a 
warm  bath  every  day  before  retiring  every 
one  can  afford.  A  plain,  bland,  nourishing 
and  easily  digestible  diet  is  cheaper  than  the 
various  delicatessen,  canned  foodstuffs  and 
preserved  articles  of  diet  with  the  beauti- 
fully looking  French  pastries.  To  eat  reg- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


March^  1919 


147 


ularly  on  time  and  have  their  regular  sleep 
of  nine  hours  daily  the  poorest  of  the  poor 
can  well  afford.  In  addition  a  little  bromide 
of  potassium,  say  gr.  XV  t.  i.  d.  after  meals 
well  diluted  with  water,  will  afford  relief 
in  most  cases  in  the  long  run. 

Of  the  headache  of  hysterics  we  can  say 
that  since  hysteria  will  imitate  any  disease 
and  since  it  is  a  condition  as  a  result  of 
suggestion,  it  can  best  be  dealt  with,  if  at  all, 
by  suggestion.  It  may  assume  the  charac- 
teristics of  any  form  of  headache.  It  is 
comparatively  easy  to  differentiate  it  from 
the  true  forms,  since  the  concomitant  mani- 
festations are  invariably  the  well  known 
stigmata  of  hysteria. 

And  finally  there  is  a  form  of  functional 
headache  as  yet  little  known  and  frequently 
subsumed  under  migraine  or  neurasthenia, 
namely,  nodular  or  rheumatic  headache. 
The  majority  of  the  patients  are  women  of 
middle  or  advanced  age.  They  complain  of  a 
persistent  pain  over  the  whole  head,  begin- 
ning in  the  occiput  and  nape  of  the  neck 
and  radiating  towards  the  back  and  the 
shoulders.  It  does  not  cease  at  night  and  is 
rarely  associated  with  nausea  and  never 
with  vomiting.  Chills  are  a  frequent  com- 
plaint especially  during  inclement  weather 
and  when  associated  with  exposure  to 
draughts.  Edinger  considers  the  exposure 
to  localized  chill  from  wa'shing  the  hair 
without  properly  drying  it  to  be  a  fre- 
quent cause.  The  underlying  cause  is  a 
rheumatic  affection. 

On  careful  examination  one  can  find  no- 
dular indurations  of  various  shapes  and 
sizes  from  a  millet  seed  to  a  bean  in  the 
subcutaneous  tissue  of  the  scalp,  the  occipi- 
tal fascia  and  fascia  of  the  nucha  and  sides 
of  the  neck  as  far  as  the  shoulders.  They 
are   very  tender   to  touch.   They  are  not 


commonly  found  in  the  frontal  and  tem- 
poral regions. 

The  prognosis  is  entirely  favorable.  The 
treatment  consists  in  a  purin  free  diet,  sali- 
cylates, moist  hot  applications  and  massage. 

B*  Organic  headaches. — ^The  most  intol- 
erant form  of  organic  headache  and  not  al- 
ways amenable  to  treatment  is  the  headache 
due  to  intracranial  pressure.  It  is  most  in- 
tense in  the  frontal  and  occipital  regions 
and  rather  constant,  accompanied  in  most 
instances  with  projectile  vomiting.  At  times 
there  are  intervals  of  freedom  from  pain  of 
longer  or  shorter  duration,  because  the  brain 
seems  to  be  able  at  times  to  accommodate  it- 
self to  this  pressure  for  a  short  time  until 
it  becomes  overwhelming  again.  It  is  rather 
slow  and  insidious  in  onset  and  in  most 
cases  we  find  early  a  choked  disc  in  the  eye 
grounds. 

This  intracranial  pressure  headache  we 
find  in  a  brain  tumor,  a  brain  abscess  and 
in  internal  and  external  hydrocephalus.  The 
concomitant  symptoms  depend  entirely  upon 
the  site  of  the  neoplasm,  and  not  upon  the 
character  of  it.  Thus  we  might  have  a  hemi- 
plegia, motor  or.  sensory  aphasia,  convul- 
sions of  the  epileptiform  kind,  tremors, 
ataxia,  nystagmus,  speech  defects,  a  paral- 
ysis or  irritation  of  one  or  more  cranial 
nerves,  the  syndrome  of  acromegaly  or 
dyspituitarism  or  even  a  psychosis,  or  again 
no  other  sign  than  choked  disc.  In  cases  of 
involvement  of  the  hypophysis  the  X-ray 
will  be  of  service  as  it  shows  an  enlarged 
sella  turcica. 

Relief,  if  only  temporary,  can  only  be 
afforded  by  surgical  measures,  such  as  a 
decompression  in  the  case  of  tumors,  fre- 
quent lumbar  punctures  in  hydrocephalus 
and  the  prompt  evacuation  of  pus  in  cere- 
bral abscess.  I  know  of  no  medication  that 
may  be  of  any  service. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


148 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Amkrican  Medicine 


Then  we  have  headache  in  brain  syphilis. 
Like  leutic  pains  elsewhere  it  displays  noc- 
turnal exacerbations  and  not  infrequently 
restricted  to  that  time.  As  a  rule  it  is  most 
intense  in  the  occipital  region.  An  irregular, 
unequal  pupil  reacting  sluggishly  to  light  and 
accommodation  or  even  an  Argyll-Robertson 
pupil  is  the  constant  accompaniment  and  at 
times  the  only  objective  sign.  Then  again 
optic  atrophy  is  not  infrequent.  Of  the  other 
cranial  nerves- the  third,  fourth  and  sixth 
are  most  frequently  involved,  giving  us 
diplopia,  unilateral  or  double  ocular  ptosis 
and  ophthalmoplegia.  At  times  a  Bell's 
palsy  is  present  with  complete  reaction  of 
degeneration.  In  one  instance  I  have  seen 
a  double  facial  paralysis.  Then  again,  like 
in  cerebral  neoplasms  we  may  have  all  sorts 
of  focal  signs,  even  epileptiform  convulsions, 
depending  entirely  upon  the  site  of  the 
lesion.  A  history  of  venereal  infection  is 
as  you  well  know,  not  infrequently  denied. 
The  Wassermann  reaction  of  the  blood  and 
spinal  fluid  should  in  all  cases  not  be 
omitted.  If  negative  it  should  not  deter  us 
from  subjecting  the  patient  to  antiluetic 
treatment.  The  results  are  as  a  rule  very 
gratifying. 

Of  a  rather  rare  occurrence  are  organic 
affections  of  the  skull  attended  by  headache. 
This  is  as  a  rule  purely  local  and  should  not 
be  mistaken  for  the  general  type.  A  careful 
percussion  of  palpation  will  at  once  reveal 
either  rarified  or  thickened  places.  The 
traumatic  periostitis  and  syphilis  of  the 
skull  and  metastatic  carcinomata  reveal 
such  defects.  Of  course  it  goes  without  say- 
ing that  the  X-ray  will  at  once  clear  up  any 
doubt.  In  the  case  of  the  traumatic  affection 
surgical  interference  may  prove  of  value,  in 
the  case  of  syphilis  antiluetic  treatment  is 
indicated  and  in  the  case  of  carcinoma  fu- 


ture generations  may  have  something  to  say 
about  it. 

And  finally  I  may  mention  a  disagreeable 
form  of  headache  in  cases  of  cerebral  ar- 
teriosclerosis. It  doubtless  occurs  mainly 
because  the  control  of  the  regulating  vaso- 
motor apparatus  over  the  inelastic  vessel 
walls  of  the  brain  and  its  membranes  have 
become  uncertain  and  irregular,  and  in  most 
advanced  cases  paralyzed.  The  vasomotor 
nerves  themselves  supplying  the  vessels  un- 
dergo alteration  thru  the  atheromatous 
process.  To  this  must  be  added  the  anemia 
resulting  from  the  narrowing  of  the  vessels 
and  the  resulting  malnutrition.  This  head- 
ache is  associated  with  vertigo,  quite  ob- 
stinate in  character,  paresthesias,  at  times 
dyspnea,  and  not  infrequently  memory  and 
intelligence  defects.  It  generally  manifests 
itself  as  an  oppression  localized  in  the  fore- 
.  head  and  may  assume  an  obstinate  and  har- 
assing character.  At  times  the  patients  com- 
plain of  exacerbations  of  severe  pain.  And 
the  severity  frequently  is  a  prodromal  sign 
of  an  impending  cerebral  hemorrhage  or 
thrombosis.  The  examination  of  the  eye 
grounds  will  reveal  tortuosity  of  the  vessels 
and  in  that  case  complete  rest  may  ward 
off  a  hemorrhage. 

Of  course  the  prognosis  of  this  affection 
is  unfavorable.  As  to  treatment  one  can  ad- 
vise the  rationale  of  that  in  general  arterio- 
sclerosis, namely,  physical  and  mental  rest, 
regular  habits  of  life,  a  non-stimulating  diet, 
exclusion  of  all  forms  of  alcohol  and  small 
doses  of  iodid  of  potash,  say  5  gr.  t.  i.  d. 

I  have  attempted  here  to  enumerate  the 
forms  of  headache  we  meet  in  our  ambulant 
practice,  not  considering  the  headaches  of 
adolescence  and  those  of  acute  infectious  dis- 
eases. To  attempt  to  incorporate  those  and 
others  of  rare  occurrence  would  not  be  pos- 
sible within  the  scope  of  a  short  paper.    It 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinx 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Mabch,  1919 


149 


was  my  intention  to  show  that  it  is  not  after 
all  a  simple  matter  to  treat  headache  suc- 
cessfully and  that  each  case  is  a  law  unto  it- 
self and  must  be  most  carefully  examined 
so  that  proper  treatment  may  be  instituted. 
1215  Park  Ave. 


THE  PNEUMO-CATARRHAL  DIATH- 
ESIS, PREVENTION  AND  TREAT- 
MENT  OF  PNEUMONIA  AND 
OTHER  RESPIRATORY  INFEC- 
TIONS BY  MIXED  VACCINES. 

BY 

MAJOR  J.  PRAtT  JOHNSON,  M.  C,  D.  A.  D. 
M.   S.,   S.  A.  M,  C, 

Director    Clinical    Research    Laboratories, 
Johannesburg,  South  Africa. 

The  scope  of  this  subject  is  so  wide  and 
expansive  that  no  more  can  be  attempted  in 
this  preliminary  communication  than  a 
rough  outHne  of  the  general  principles  gov- 
erning the  prevention  and  treatment  of  bac- 
terial infections  of  the  respiratory  tract. 

Material  Available  for  Investigation, — 
Diseases  of  the  respiratory  system  are  com- 
mon in  South  Africa;  and  the  community 
scattered  along  the  sixty  miles  of  "Reef," 
aggregated  into  various  townships  of  the 
Witwatersrand  is  no  exception.  The 
prevalence  of  these  infections  on  the  Rand 
is  partly  due  to  the  dry,  dusty  climate  with 
its  rapid  changes  of  temperature,  partly  to 
the  almost  universal  incidence  of  catarrhal 
infections  among  workers,  native  and  Euro- 
pean on  the  Witwatersrand  goldfields,  the 
inhalation  of  the  fine  particles  of  silica, 
always  present  in  mine  air  and  the  rapid 
changes  in  temperature  experienced  in  gold- 
mining  being  contributory  causes.  Consider- 


able material,  therefore,  is  available  on  all 
sides  for  the  study  of  this  most  interesting 
and  important  group  of  diseases. 

As  Acting  Bacteriologist  for  the  Trans- 
vaal, Acting  Pathologist  to  the  General  Hos- 
pital, Johannesburg,  subsequently  Assistant 
Medical  Officer  of  Health,  Johannesburg, 
and  later  as  Director  of  the  Clinical  Re- 
search Laboratories,  my  various  duties  have 
brought  me  into  close  contact  with  these 
problems  in  South  Africa  during  the  last 
eight  years.  In  addition,  my  researches  into 
the  pathology  of  silicosis  in  man  and  white 
rats,  and  tuberculosis  on  the  Witwatersrand, 
in  association  with  Drs.  Andrew  Watt,  L. 
Irvine  and  W.  Stewart,  afforded  me  valu- 
able material  for  study.  Furthermore,  a 
considerable  portion  of  my  private  practice 
as  a  consultant  and  bacteriologist  in  recent 
years  has  been  composed  of  this  type  of 
case.  Recently,  however,  during  the  wide- 
spread incidence  in  South  Africa  of  pneu- 
monia and  other  diseases  associated  with  or 
following  on  Spanish  influenza  I  have  had 
a  unique  opportunity  of  testing  the  sound- 
ness of  one's  conclusions  in  this  matter  on 
a  very  large  scale.  A  large  number  of  doses 
of  compound  catarrhal  vaccine  have  been 
issued  for  the  treatment  and  prevention  of 
the  prevailing  pneumonia.  The  results  of 
this  mass  inoculation  will  be  available  short- 
ly for  publication,  but  at  the  presentj'unc- 
ture  it  is  not  possible  to  say  more  than  that 
the  results  have  been  most  satisfactory  and 
significant  and  go  far  to  support  the  atti- 
tude taken  up  by  this  paper  in  regard  to 
the  etiology  of  pneumonia  and  other  respira- 
tory infections. 

It  appeared  necessary  to  introduce  this 
subject  in  this  way  in  order  that  it  may 
be  appreciated  that  altho  no  statistical  evi- 
dence will  now  be  produced  these  conclu- 
sions have  a  definite  exoerimental  and  ex- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


150 


Maroh^  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.es 


Americzan  Medicinb 


periential  basis,  which  will  be  elaborated  in 
a  later  publication. 

Method  of  Investigation, — It  is  not  in- 
tended to  minimize  the  importance  of  the 
recognition  of  the  various  antibodies  which 
have  been  identified  and  described  from  time 
to  time  during  the  last  twenty  years.  It  is 
by  such  means  that  we  are  able  to  appre- 
ciate something  of  the  struggle  which  goes 
on  between  pathogenic  microorganisms  and 
the  body,  and  the  nature  of  the  various  im- 
munologic processes  called  into  play.  In  re- 
cent years  the  extraordinarily  interesting 
phenomenon  which  has  been  named  anaphy- 
laxis has  attracted  considerable  attention. 
Much  remains  to  be  learned  in  regard  to 
this  most  important  factor  in  immunity 
problems  and  it  would  appear  that  a  closer 
study  of  anaphylaxis  as  applied  to  the  em- 
ployment of  vaccines  and  sera  for  the  treat- 
ment and  prevention  of  infective  diseases, 
will  supply  the  missing  link  in  the  chain  of 
oadence  required  for  a  more  complete  un- 
derstanding of  what  takes  place  when  these 
therapeutic  agents  are  employed.  Since 
Richet's  pioneer  work,  an  outstanding  pub- 
lication, is  Besredka's  "Anaphylaxie  et  Anti- 
anaphylaxie."  Besredka  shows  that  the  dan- 
ger of  anaphylactic  shock  in  a  sensitized  in- 
dividual can  be  prevented  by  the  administra- 
tion by  various  routes,  of  small  doses  of  the 
particular  serum  applicable.  Such  a  protec- 
tive injection  he  names  the  anti-anaphylactic 
injection.  It  is  necessary  to  emphasize  the 
importance  of  these  phenomena  here  as  the 
writer  is  firmly  convinced  that  these  factors 
play  a  very  important  part  in  vaccine  and 
svrum  therapy,  especially  in  therapeutic  in- 
oculation. In  no  group  of  diseases  are 
anaphylactic  phenomena  more  evident  and 
important  than  in  the  group  of  respiratory 
diseases  under  consideration.  No  satisfac- 
tory explanation  can  otherwise  be  oflFered 


of  the  fact  that  an  injection  of  mixed  vac- 
cine of  moderate  strength,  such  as  is  com- 
monly used  for  prophylactic  inoculation 
against  respiratory  catarrhs,  when  inocu- 
lated into  an  individual  comparatively  free 
of  catarrh  produces  very  Httle  local  reaction 
and  practically  no  general  reaction;  if  the 
same  dose  be  inoculated  in  the  same  indi- 
vidual in  the  presence  of  an  acute  respira- 
tory cold  or  catarrh,  the  local  and  general 
reaction  is  enormously  increased,  out  of  all 
proportion  to  the  amount  of  vaccine  used, 
and  the  resulting  effects  may  be  so  severe  as 
to  confine  the  patient  to  bed  for  a  week. 
Obviously  some  change  must  have  taken 
place  in  the  individual  to  produce  such  vast- 
ly different  results  in  the  two  circumstances 
indicated.  This  astonishing  change  is  due 
to  the  development  of  anaphylaxis,  produced 
by  the  activities  of  the  causative  bacteria 
present  in  the  acute  attack.  This  phenome- 
non is  so  constant  that  it  is  possible  to  diag- 
nose the  presence  or  absence  of  respiratory 
catarrh  without  any  clinical  evidence  by 
merely  noting  the  results  of  the  inoculation 
of  a  suitable  dose  of  mixed  vaccine,  pre- 
pared from  the  organisms  commonly  found 
in  respiratory  infections.  The  symptoms, 
local  and  general,  following  the  inoculation 
of  a  mixed  vaccine  in  an  individual  suffer- 
ing from  respiratory  catarrh  are  closely 
analogous  to  similar  conditions  set  up  by 
the  inoculation  of  tuberculin  in  individuals 
suffering  from  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  In 
both  cases  the  phenomena  are  largely 
anaphylactic.  I  am  satisfied  that  anaphylac- 
tic phenomena  afford  a  much  more  reliable 
guide  to  the  practitioner  as  to  dosage  and 
interval  in  vaccine  therapy  than  any  observa- 
tions and  investigations,  no  matter  how 
elaborate,  in  regard  to  the  presence  or  ab- 
sence of  demonstrable  specific  antibodies  in 
the  blood.    The  latter  method  is  of  purely 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AVBRICAN   MEDICINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


March^  1919 


151 


historic  interest.  I  have,  therefore,  not  fol- 
lowed the  method  of  investigation  adopted 
by  previous  workers  in  this  field  of  research, 
that  of  almost  slavish  adherence  to  sero- 
logic tests,  such  as  agglutination  and  opsonic 
estimation — ^as  I  do  not  regard  these  tests 
as  satisfactory  guides  or  reliable  indicators 
of  established  immunity,  or  of  practical 
service  in  the  carrying  out  of  treatment  with 
vaccine  or  sera.  The  presence  of  specific 
agglutinins  in  the  blood  is  of  service  in  the 
diagnosis  of  certain  massive  systematic  in- 
fections, and  in  certain  laboratory  experi- 
ments, but  in  the  investigation  of  prophylac- 
tic and  therapeutic  inoculation  other  factors, 
immeasurably  more  important,  are  to  be 
considered. 

Symbiotic  Activities  of  Microorganisms. 
— It  would  appear  that  the  very  important 
part  played  by  symbiosis  in  bacterial  in- 
fections of  the  respiratory  organs  is  not  suf- 
ficiently appreciated.  There  is  no  doubt, 
however,  that  the  phenomenon  is  more  fully 
appreciated  at  the  present  time  than  some 
few  years  ago.  The  attitude  taken  up  in 
regard  to  the  preparation  of  an  autogenous 
vaccine  for  a  case  of  bronchitis,  for  ex- 
ample, some  seven  or  eight  years  ago,  was 
that  it  was  only  necessary  that  the  vaccine 
should  be  prepared  for  the  predominant  or- 
ganism found  in  the  sputum,  very  commonly 
streptococcus.  The  next  stage,  however, 
was  the  appreciation  of  the  possibility  that 
all  microorganisms  commonly  found  in  the 
sputum  in  these  cases  might  have  some  eti- 
olog^c  significance.  . 

The  result  was  the  preparation  of  what  I 
used  to  call  a  pot  pourri  vaccine,  prepared 
as  it  was  from  all  the  organisms  isolated. 
At  this  time,  however,  no  attempt  was  made 
to  isolate  each  organism  separately  in  pure 
culture,  the  vaccine  being  prepared  in  a  more 
or  less  haphazard  manner  from  the  organ- 


isms developing  on  culture.  A  still  further 
development  was  to  isolate  all  the  micro- 
organisms from  the  sputum,  to  prepare  and 
standardize  separately  the  emulsion  of  each 
organism  isolated,  finally  combining  all 
emulsions  in  definite  proportions  in  a  mixed 
vaccine.  Experience  has  proved  that  pro- 
vided the  specimen  of  sputum  is  properly 
collected,  the  mouth  and  teeth  having  been 
previously  well  cleaned  with  a  brush  and 
boiled  water,  it  is  not  wise  to  ignore  any 
pathogenic  organism  developing  on  human 
blood  agar.  At  this  point  it  is  necessary  to 
emphasize  the  importance  of  the  nutrient 
media  employed.  In  regard  to  respiratory 
infections  it  is  advisable  to  employ  always 
blood  agar,  preferably  human  blood  agar, 
and  to  observe  cultures  and  sub-cultures  for 
at  least  four  to  five  days,  owing  to  the  slow 
growth  of  some  of  the  organisms.  The  em- 
ployment of  a  mixed  vaccine,  prepared  in 
this  manner,  has  been  justified  by  the  more 
efficient  preparation  obtained  and  the  in- 
finitely more  satisfactory  clinical  results. 
All  this  is  a  tribute  to  the  importance  of 
appreciating  the  role  of  symbiotic  mixed 
infections  in  diseases  of  the  respiratory 
system. 

The  Pnemno-Catarrhal  Diathesis, — It  is 
a  matter  of  common  observation  that  while 
some  individuals  go  thru  life  entirely  free 
of  respiratory  diseases  such  as  catarrhs, 
bronchitis,  broncho-pneumonia,  pneumonia, 
etc.,  other  individuals  suffer  to  a  greater  or 
lesser  degree  from  one  or  all  of  these  affec- 
tions from  time  to  time.  In  some  instances 
one  attack  succeeds  another  until  a  chronic 
inflammatory  condition  is  established  which 
occasionally  shows  more  acute  exacerba- 
tions. In  view  of  the  mode  of  spread  of 
these  diseases  by  means  of  infected  drop- 
lets of  sputum  sprayed  into  the  air  in  cough- 
ing, sneezing,  etc.,  these  infective  conditions 


Digitized  by 


Google 


152 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


are  liable  from  time  to  time  to  assume  epi- 
demic and  even  pandemic  incidence  as  illus- 
trated by  the  prevailing  influenza  pandemic. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  the  initial  infection 
in  the  majority  of  cases  in  this  epidemic  is 
B.  inftuenzae  but  that  sooner  or  later  other 
organisms,  notably  streptococcus,  and  M. 
catarrhalis,  streptococcus  mucosus  capsula- 
tus  and  pneumococcus  become  of  consider- 
able etiologic  importance.  Doubtless  many 
of  the  cases  diagnosed  as  influenza  are  not 
true  influenza  but  due  to  one  or  other  of 
the  catarrhal  organisms  acting  separately 
or  as  a  mixed  infection.  An  interesting  point 
in  the  influenza  epidemic  in  South  Africa 
is  that  the  most  serious  and  fatal  cases  do 
not  necessarily  occur  in  young,  old,  or  feeble 
members  of  the  community,  a  heavy  mor- 
tality being  noticeable  among  adults  in  their 
prime.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  mere 
physical  fitness  is  not  an  adequate  protec- 
tion against  the  onslaught  of  these  respira- 
tory infections.  These  phenomena  can  only 
be  sufficiently  explained  by  the  appreciation 
of  the  etiologic  significance  of  the  pneumo- 
catarrhal  diathesis,  which  may  be  defined  as 
a  constant  diminished  resistance  to  respira- 
tory infections,  constituting  a  definite  pre- 
disposition to  bacterial  diseases  of  the  respi- 
ratory organs.  This  diathesis  must  be  care- 
fully distinguished  from  the  irritating  ca- 
tarrhs associated  with  Various  industrial 
processes  in  which  the  symptoms  are  ex- 
cited in  all  workers  by  the  inhalation  of  irri- 
tant particles  suspended  in  the  air,  e,  g., 
silicious  particles  in  the  air  of  gold  mines. 
Doubtless,  however,  the  individual  possessed 
of  a  pneumO'Catarrhal  diathesis  exposed  to 
such  conditions  would  suflFer  more  severely 
from  respiratory  infections  than  the  ordi- 
nary individual  in  whom  the  resulting  ca- 
tarrhal processes  may  be  regarded  as  large- 
ly protective. 


The  success  of  prophylactic  inoculation 
against  infective  catarrhs  of  the  respiratory 
passages  indicates  that  the  pneumo-catarrhal 
diathesis  can  be  artificially  combated  by 
means  of  specific  immunization.  The  tissues 
of  the  lungs  are  richly  supplied  with  blood 
so  that  it  is  not  at  all  surprising  that  bac- 
terial disease  of  these  organs  should  be  so 
amenable  and  sensitive  to  specify  therapy. 
On  the  other  hand  the  failure  of  all  other 
non-specific  remedies  to  influence  the  pneu- 
mo-catarrhal  diathesis  is  not  surprising  from 
an  anatomical  and  bacteriologic  point  of 
view.  The  frequent  presence  of  virulent 
microbes  in  the  air  from  coughing,  sneezing, 
etc.,  their  ready  access  thru  the  inspiratory 
current  of  air  to  vulnerable  points  of  attack, 
the  rapid  absorption  of  bacterial  toxins 
from  the  lung  tissues  richly  supplied  with 
blood  and  the  vulnerability  of  the  lung  tis- 
sues to  irritant  and  noxious  vapors  and  for- 
eign bodies  suspended  in  the  air,  all  require 
the  most  efficient  system  of  protection  to 
maintain  freedom  from  respiratory  diseases. 
A  constitutional  weakness  in  such  defensive 
measures  indicates  a  pneumo-catarrhal  dia- 
thesis which  can  only  be  successfully  re- 
versed by  specific  immunization  against  all 
those  pathogenic  bacteria  commonly  con- 
veyed in  the  air  breathed. 

Etiology  of  Pneumonia. — In  1883  Fried- 
lander  described  an  organism  now  known  as 
B,  Friedlander,  as  the  causal  organism  of 
pneumonia. 

la  1884  Fraenkel  published  a  very  full 
and  accurate  description  of  the  characters 
of  the  pneumococcus  which  he  showed  was 
identical  with  the  coccus  of  sputum  septi- 
cemia previously  described  in  1880  by  Pas- 
teur and  Sternberg  as  being  present  in 
healthy  human  saliva. 

Since  this  time  pneumococcus  has  been 
recognized  as  the  chief  etiologic  factor  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIQINAL.  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


153 


acute  pneumonia.  From  a  bacteriologic  and 
clinical  point  of  view  there  are  various  dis-, 
quieting  factors  which  call  in  question  the 
soundness  of  this  view  and  it  is  now  pro- 
posed to  show  that  this  conception  of  the 
etiology  of  pneumonia  is  always  narrow  and 
incomplete,  and  frequently  totally  incorrect. 

( 1 )  The  pneumococcus  is  not  present  in 
all  cases  of  acute  lobar  pneumonia.  This 
point  is  well  illustrated  by  a  careful  investi- 
gation into  six  cases  of  acute  lobar  pneu- 
monia selected  by  a  leading  practitioner  with 
expert  knowledge  in  this  disease  as  typical 
cases.  The  sputum  was  carefully  collected 
and  within  an  hour  or  two  inoculated  into 
white  rats.  Cultures  were  also  made  on 
human  blood  agar  in  each  case.  Two  rats 
died  within  twenty-four  hours,  the  heart 
blood  in  each  rat  when  cultivated  on  human 
blood  agar  giving  a  growth  of  pneumococ- 
ci.  Cultural  examination  of  the  sputum 
in  these  two  cases,  however,  gave  -staphylo- 
coccus, M,  catarrhalis,  streptococcus,  and 
pneumococcus,  in  one  of  these  cases,  and 
streptococcus,  M.  catarrhalis,  streptococcus 
mucosus  capsulatus,  B.  influenzae  and  pneu- 
mococcus in  the  other  case.  The  other  rat 
also  died  but  streptococcus  only  was  re- 
covered. 

In  the  three  other  cases  the  rats  were 
unaffected  and  cultivation  of  the  sputum 
gave  respectively: 

(1)  M.  catarrhalis,  streptococcus  and 
B.  inftuensae, 

(2)  M.  catarrhalis,  streptococcus,  sta- 
phylococcus. 

(3)  M.  catarrhalis,  streptococcus. 
Thus  in  six  typical  clinical  cases  of  acute 

lobar   pneumonia  pneumococcus  was   only 
present  in  33%  of  the  cases. 

(2)  There  is  t^o  consistent  lesion  in  the 
lung  in  pneumococcal  infections.  The  path- 
ologic   conditions    found    are    extremely 


varied,  sometimes  lobar,  sometimes  broncho- 
pneumonic,  sometimes  quite  indefinite  as 
to  anatomical  distribution  of  the  pathologic 
process.  Histologically  moreover  the  lesions 
are  not  uniform. 

From  a  purely  bacteriologic  point  of  view, 
therefore,  the  objections  to  the  acceptance 
of  pneumococcus  as  the  sole  etiologic  factor 
in  acute  lobar  pneumonia  are  weighty. 

Clinical  Objections.  Atypical  Pneumonia, 
— Whatever  may  be  accepted  as  to  the  eti- 
ology of  acute  lobar  pneumonia  the  out- 
standing fact  in  regard  to  the  disease  diag- 
nosed as  pneumonia  in  general  practice  is 
that  the  majority  of  cases  are  atypical.  Re- 
finements of  diagnosis  such  as  catarrhal 
pneumonia,  broncho-pneumonia  may  be  at- 
tempted but  the  attitude  taken  up  is  that 
any  inflammatory  condition  of  the  lungs 
producing  adventitious  sounds,  such  as  rales 
or  crepitations,  some  dulness,  cough  and 
sputum,  purulent  or  blood-stained,  is  broad- 
ly pneumonia  and  that  this  disease  is  due 
to  the  pneumococcus. 

This  is  an  illustration  of  the  disadvantage 
of  watertight  compartments  and  over  spe- 
cialization in  medical  practice.  The  bac- 
teriologist is  not  a  clinician ;  the  clinician  is 
not  a  bacteriologist. 

Extensive  experience  has  demonstrated 
without  any  shadow  of  doubt  that  these 
atypical  conditions  are  invariably  due,  from 
first  to  last,  to  a  mixed  infection  with  or 
without  pneumococcus.  This  fact  is  sup- 
ported by  hundreds  of  examinations  of 
sputum  which  have  been  carried  out  both 
culturally  and  by  mouse  inoculation.  The 
commonest  organisms  in  atypical  pneumonia 
in  my  experience,  are  M.  catarrhalis  and 
streptococcus,  other  organisms  being 
streptococcus  mucosus  capsulatus,  pneumo- 
coccus, B.  Friedlander,  B.  influenzae,  B. 
septus  and  staphylococcus.  Furthermore,  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


154 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


AlOnUGAN  MSDIOINB 


those  cases  of  acute  lobar  pneumonia  in 
which  pneumococcus  is  found,  cultivation 
of  the  sputum  rarely  gives  a  pure  culture, 
other  organisms  being  demonstrable  com- 
monly in  the  early  stages,  and  invariably  in 
the  later  stages. 

It  will  be  readily  understood  therefore, 
that  the  etiologic  factor  in  pneumonia  typi- 
cal and  atypical  is  definitely  a  mixed  in- 
fection. It  is  not  necessary  to  dwell  on.  the 
mortality  from  pneumonia  in  spite  of  the 
exhibition  of  pneumococcus  vaccines  and 
sera.  It  is  certain,  however,  that  these 
specific  preparations  are  used  in  many  cases 
in  which  they  are  partially  or  totally  inap- 
plicable as  they  provide  only  for  the  pneu- 
mococcus element,  the  symbiotic  activities 
of  other  microorganisms  being  ignored. 

It  is  difficult  to  estimate,  but  probably 
less  than  25%  of  the  cases  diagnosed  as 
pneumonia  in  the  average  general  practice 
are  due  to  an  initial  infection  with  the  pneu- 
mococcus and  in  any  case  secondary  infec- 
tions are  present  sooner  or  later  in  all  cases 
of  pneumonia. 

The  majority  of  cases  diagnosed  as  pneu- 
monia are  due  from  first  to  last  to  a 
mixed  infection  in  which  pneumococcus 
may  or  may  not  be  included.  Briefly,  the 
evidence  which  is  accumulating  as  to  the 
value  of  therapeutic  inoculation  in  cases 
diagnosed  as  pneumonia  with  a  mixed  vac- 
cine prepared  from  numerous  strains  (150) 
of  M.  catarrhalis,  streptococcus,  pneumo- 
coccus, B.  influenzae  and  B,  septus,  strepto- 
coccus mucosus  capsulatus,  B.  Friedlander, 
and  staphylococcus,  indicate  that  whatever 
objections  may  be  raised  to  the  etiology  of 
pneumonia  as  set  out  above,  the  clinical  re- 
sults fully  justify  this  statement.  Prophy- 
lactic inoculation  of  a  stronger  vaccine  from 
these  organisms  has  similarly  given  most 
gratifying  results  in  preventing  the  onset 


of  pneumonia,  the  mortality  in  inoculated 
.cases  which  have  contracted  influenza  being 
trifling. 

The  prevalence  of  pneumonia  in  South 
Africa  during  the  past  few  weeks  in 
which  the  influenza  epidemic  has  raged  thru- 
out  the  land  has  been  very  marked,  the  ap- 
palling mortality  being  almost  entirely  due 
to  pneumonia.  Numerous  examinations  of 
the  sputum  have  demonstrated  that  the 
symptoms  are  due  to  a  mixed  infection,  the 
virulence  of  the  organisms  being  enormous- 
ly raised  by  rapid  passage  so  that  many 
of  the  cases  are  septicemic  in  type.  The 
employment  of  the  above  mixed  vaccine  in 
these  cases  has  been  the  general  practice 
thruout  South  Africa  for  some  time,  and 
judging  from  personal  observation  and 
numerous  reports  received,  the  results  have 
been  astounding.  Numerous  cases  ill  with 
pneumonia  for  weeks  have,  after  one  or 
two  injections,  shown  a  normal  temperature 
and  pulse,  and  made,  in  the  circumstances, 
a  rapid  uninterrupted  recovery.  The  mor- 
tality from  pneumonia  has  also  been 
enormously  reduced  by  therapeutic  inocula- 
tion with  a  mixed  vaccine.  One  practitioner 
reports  over  a  hundred  cases  and  another 
two  hundred  cases  of  pneumonia  treated 
with  mixed  vaccine  without  a  single  death. 

As  soon  as  the  epidemic  started  numerous 
requests  for  pneumococcus  vaccine  arrived 
from  all  quarters.  Steps  were  taken  by 
urgent  circulars  to  advise  in  preference  the 
employment  of  compound  catarrhal  vaccine, 
which  has  produced  highly  satisfactory  and 
astonishing  results.  It  should  be  remem- 
bered, moreover,  that  a  fair  proportion  of 
the  cases  which  have  occurred  have  been 
diagnosed  as  acute  lobar  pneumonia. 

The  use  of  a  comprehensive  mixed  vac- 
cine for  the  treatment  of  respiratory  infec- 
tions, including  pneumonia,  largely  relieves 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL!  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


155 


the  clinician — who  is  often  without  the  aid 
of  an  experienced  bacteriologist — of  the  re- 
sponsibility of  deciding  in  his  own  mind  the 
bacteriology  of  the  case  before  him.  No 
matter  what  respiratory  diseases  the  pa- 
tient may  be  suffering  from,  whether  ton- 
silitis,  bronchitis,  bronchiolitis,  broncho- 
pneumonia, pneumonia,  pleurisy,  etc.,  such 
a  vaccine  prepared  on  such  lines  would  be 
distinctly  applicable.  The  very  simplicity  of 
this  line  of  action  must  commend  itself  to 
the  medical  practitioner  to  whom  the  bac- 
teriology of  respiratory  infections  cannot  be 
without  some  difficulty.  In  view  of  the  fact 
that  the  sensitiveness  of  patients  suffering 
from  respiratory  infections  to  mixed  vac- 
cine, is  very  marked,  the  greatest  care  must 
be  exercised  in  carrying  out  therapeutic 
inoculations  to  avoid  overdosage  which  is 
distinctly  harmful. 

It  is  realized  that  it  is  not  possible  to  close 
this  preliminary  communication  without 
careful  reference  to  the  valuable  work  on 
pneumonia  carried  out  on  the  Witwaters- 
rand  by  Dr.  F.  S.  Lister,  bacteriologist  to 
the  South  African  Institute  for  Medical  Re- 
search. Unfortunately  I  have  for  many 
years  been  unable  to  accept  the  findings  of 
Dr.  Lister  in  this  field  of  research,  and  feel 
that  the  time  has  now  come  to  place  on 
record  my  views  on  the  work  published  in 
regard  to  prophylactic  inoculation  with 
pneumococcus  vaccine  for  the  prevention 
of  pneumonia  among  the  natives  employed 
on  certain  experimental  mines  on  the  Wit- 
watersrand. 

Problem  of  Pneumonia  Prevention  on 
the  Witwatersrand  Mines. — The  subject  of 
pneumonia  is  of  no  little  interest  in  South 
Africa,  especially  on  the  Rand,  where  ex- 
periments on  a  large  scale  have  been  car- 
ried out  for  a  number  of  years  in  regard 
to  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  this  dis- 


ease to  which  the  natives  are  so  liable.  The 
heavy  mortality  among  native  laborers,  es- 
pecially those  imported  from  tropical  areas, 
first  attracted  the  attention  of  the  govern- 
ment, many  years  ago,  and  to  this  day  the 
mining  industry  copes  with  difficulty  with 
the  shortage  of  labor  created  by  the  re- 
strictions imposed  by  the  government  on 
the  recruiting  of  natives  for  the  mines.  To 
obviate  this  difficulty  towards  the  end  •  of 
1911  and  thruout  1912  Sir  Almroth  Wright 
and  his  co-workers,  Drs.  Parry  Morgan, 
R.  W.  Dodgson  and  L.  Colebrooke,  carried 
out  investigations  into  pneumonia  on  the 
Rand  at  the  invitation  of  the  Chamber  of 
Mines.  The  results  of  their  investigations 
were  put  on  record  in  a  report,  published 
in  December,  1913. 

In  spite  of  the  thoro  manner  in  which  these 
workers  went  into  the  matter  the  results  of 
their  researches  were  largely  fruitless  and 
they  claimed  '*a  lamentably  small  harvest 
of  suggestive  and  interesting  facts." 

The  vaccine  employed  by  Wright  was 
prepared  from  local  strains  of  pneumo- 
coccus, grown  on  glucose  broth.  The  method 
of  investigation  consisted  in  carrying  out  a 
very  large  number  of  opsonic  and  agglutina- 
tion tests  on  the  sera  of  pneumonia  cases 
and  of  natives  inoculated  with  varying  doses 
of  pneumococcus  vaccines,  and  the  exam- 
ination of  statistics  in  regard  to  the  incidence 
of  lobar  pneumonia  in  inoculated  and  un- 
inoculated  groups.  The  results  obtained  by 
these  workers  were  distinctly  discouraging 
as  to  the  value  of  inoculation  with  pneu- 
mococcus vaccine  of  native  laborers  on  the 
Rand. 

The  problem  was  then  taken  up  by  Dr. 
F.  G.  Lister  of  the  South  African  Institute 
for  Medical  Research,  who  has  strenuously 
and  continuously  labored  in  this  matter 
since  1912. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


156 


March,  1919 


ORIGINAL!  ARTICLES 


Amkrican  Medicine 


The  chief  difficulty  experienced  by 
Wright  and  his  co-workers  in  investigating 
this  problem  was  the  fact  that  the  ordinary 
laboratory  tests,  such  as  agglutination  and 
opsonic  estimations,  were  not  definitely  or 
constantly  available  as  a  guide  in  their  ex- 
periments.   They  found  that: 

**The  agglutination  reaction  is  with  the 
pnemnococciis  only  very  irregularly  ob- 
tained, and  that  in  regard  to  sub-cultures  of 
the  pneumococcus  from  blood  and  lung 
punctures.  The  vast  majority  of  these  gave 
no  agglutination  reaction;  with  the  blood 
and  lung  punctures  the  vast  majority  of 
these  gave  no  agglutination  reaction  with 
the  blood  of  any  patient." 

"Moreover,  in  the  case  of  these  excep- 
tional cultures  which  gave  agglutination  we 
obtained  the  reaction  not  only  with  a  large 
number  of  sera  from  pneumonic  patients, 
but  also  with  a  number  of  normal  sera.  By 
consequence  we  put  aside  the  agglutination 
test  as  one  that  could  not  be  utilized  for 
the  purpose  of  estimating  the  effect  pro- 
duced by  pneumococcus  vaccine." 

It  is  clear  from  the  published  writings  of 
Dr.  Lister  that  his  method  of  demonstrat- 
ing the  presence  of  agglutinins  and  opsonins 
in  the  blood  of  individuals  suffering  from 
pneumonia,  or  inoculated  with  pneumo- 
coccus vaccine,  differed  entirely  from  the 
generally  accepted  methods  as  carried  out 
by  Wright — the  originator  of  opsonic  work 
— and  his  co-workers.  It  is  necessary  to 
emphasize  this  point  as  this  particular  tech- 
nic  constitutes  the  keystone  to  the  whole 
of  Dr.  Lister's  otherwise  careful  researches. 

Lister's  Method  of  Determining  Agglu- 
tination and  Opsonic  Estimation. — Dr.  Lis- 
ter states:  'The  technic  I  have  employed 
to  ascertain  the  agglutinating  and  opsonisin- 
ing  power  of  sera  of  my  inoculated  animals, 
including  man,  has  been  essentially  that 
originated  by  Sir  Almroth  Wright  in  con- 
nection with  his  work  on  the  opsonic  index." 

This  is  liable  to  be  misunderstood  in  view 
of  the  fact  that  Wright's  technic  is  used  only 
for  the  estimation  of  the  opsonic  index,  and 


has  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  estima- 
tion of  agglutination.  The  two,  however, 
are  combined  by  Lister  into  one  examina- 
tion. 

Sir  Almroth  Wright  in  his  opsonic  technic 
uses  one  volume  each  of  white  blood  cor- 
puscles, sera  and  emulsion  of  microorgan- 
isms. Lister,  however,  departs  from  this 
method  and  uses  proportions  of  serum  2,  3, 
4  and  even  5  times  as  much.  The  mix- 
ture thus  obtained  is  used  to  prepare  films 
which  are  stained  and  examined  micro- 
scopically. This  film  is  then  used  to  deter- 
mine both  the  phagocytic  index  and  the  de- 
gree of  agglutination.  The  adoption  of  this 
technic  obviously  would  reflect  entirely  dif- 
ferent results  to  those  obtained  by  Wright, 
and  explains  the  entirely  opposite  views  held 
by  Wright  and  Lister. 

Opsonic  Index, — No  one  will  deny  that 
from  a  theoretical  and  academic  point  of 
view  the  discovery  of  opsonins  by  Wright 
has  been  of  the  greatest  service  in  directing 
our  studies  and  aiding  us  in  a  concrete 
appreciation  of  the  process  of  protection 
against  invasion  by  pathogenic  bacteria,  but 
it  is  well  known  that  the  employment  of 
opsonic  estimations  as  a  practical  diagnostic 
method  has  been  largely  given  up  by  prac- 
tically all  workers  thruout  the  wodd.  The 
difficulty  and  complexity  of  the  technic,  the 
impossibility  of  avoiding  numerous  pitfalls, 
the  widely  different  results  obtained  by  in- 
dividual workers  on  the  same  specimens, 
and  the  limited  number  of  diseases  to  which 
this  method  may  be  applied  have  all  com- 
bined together  to  make  the  opsonic  index  a 
matter  of  purely  historic  interest.  This 
phenomenon,  however,  is  first  of  all  ac- 
cepted as  of  practical  utility  by  Lister,  and 
then  profoundly  modified  in  its  technic  and 
is  used  by  him  as  one  of  the  main  factors 
on  which  he  found  his  researches.    One  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    Ml£l>lClNB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


157 


the  first  principles  in  carrying  out  the 
opsonic  estimation,  is  that  there  shall  be  no 
clumping  in  the  emulsion  of  the  bacteria 
employed  for  the  test.  A  necessary  precau- 
tion in  utilizing  an  emulsion  of  bacteria  is 
to  examine  the  emulsion  and  to  be  satisfied 
that  non-clumping  of  bacteria  is  present.  The 
employment  by  Lister  of  2,  3,  4  and  5 
volumes  of  serum,  however,  stated  by  him 
to  contain  agglutinins,  and  producing — 
as  he  states — evidence  of  agglutination,  in 
just  those  cases  in  which  he  expects  a  high 
opsonic  index,  largely  destroys  the  value  of 
his  observations  on  the  opsonic  index  of 
any  particular  blood.  Some  years  ago  I  saw 
some  of  Dr.  Lister's  slides,  an  examination 
of  which  did  not  satisfy  my  objection.  The 
doubts  and  misgivings,  which  I  had  at  that 
time  as  to  the  value  of  researches  built  up 
on  such  a  method,  have  now  crystallized 
into  a  definite  conviction  that  reliance  on 
such  methods  can  spell  only  failure  and  dis- 
appointment. 

Agglutination, — The  phenomenon  of  ag- 
glutination is  an  extremely  variable  and  un- 
reliable factor  except  under  certain  con- 
ditions. It  is  the  observance  of  these  very 
conditions  which  is  so  especially  necessary 
before  an  opinion  as  to  the  presence  of 
specific  agglutinins  in  the  blood  against  a 
given  microbe  can  be  seriously  accredited. 
Dr.  Lister's  method  of  estimating  agglutina- 
tion constitutes  an  entirely  new  method, 
which  is  open  to  the  very  gravest  objections. 
It  depends  on  the  examination  of  a  slide, 
prepared  by  placing  a  small  drop  of  his 
phagocytic  mixture  on  the  end  of  a  slide, 
and  making  an  ordinary  smear.  He  then 
observes  the  degree  of  clumping  among  the 
bacteria,  dried,  fixed  and  stained  on  this 
slide.  In  my  opinion  no  reliance  can  be 
placed  on  observations  in  regard  to  agglu- 
tination carried  out  by  such  technic.  Nu- 


merous factors  combine  together  to  destroy 
the  value  of  such  an  observation. 

The  usually  accepted  methods  of  carry- 
ing out  an  agglutination  test  are  by  a  mi- 
croscopic method,  in  which  the  microorgan- 
ism is  suspended  in  various  dilutions  of 
serum  and  examined  by  the  microscope  at 
the  end  of  definite  intervals  of  time;  and 
a  similar  method  carried  out  microscop- 
ically, with  larger  volumes  of  fluid,  the 
clumping  of  the  microbes  being  sufficiently 
definite  to  be  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  Nu- 
merous difficulties  and  pitfalls  may  be  ex- 
perienced even  when  this  test  is  carried  out 
with  these  elaborate  methods.  It  was  by 
such  methods  that  Wright  and  his  co-work- 
ers came  to  express  their  opinion  that: 
"The  agglutination  reaction  is,  with  the 
pncumococcus,  only  very  irregularly  ob- 
tained." 

Lister's  method  of  carrying  out  a  com- 
bined opsonic  and  agglutination  test  has 
been  deliberately  criticized  as  it  is  quite 
clear  from  a  careful  examination  of  his 
published  writings,  that  his  researches  on 
this  subject,  and  the  conclusions  formulated 
by  him  largely  rest  on  the  results  obtained 
by  the  very  questionable  methods  outlined 
above. 

Strains  of  Pneumococcus, — During  re- 
cent years  advances  in  our  knowledge  of 
bacteriology  have  made  the  subject  more 
complex  and  difficult.  At  one  time  it  was 
thought  that  only  one  organism  caused  ty- 
phoid fever,  only  one  organism  caused 
dysentery,  and  so  on.  Since  that  time,  how- 
ever, various  strains  of  typhoid,  para- 
typhoid and  dysentery  organisms  have  been 
identified. 

We  have  now  entered  on  a  transition 
stage  in  which  it  has  become  obvious  that 
the  dogmatic  detailed  classification  of  bac- 
teria must  be  approached  with  caution,  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


158 


March^  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicinb 


view  of  the  increasing  evidence  as  to  the 
phenomena  of  "mutation."  Some  have  gone 
so  far  as  to  state  that  B,  typhosus  can  ac- 
tually be  changed  into  S.  coli  communis, 
and  so  on.  Fortunately,  altho  mutation  un- 
doubtedly has  its  place  in  the  life  history 
of  microbes,  yet  the  statements  in  regard 
to  radical  changes  of  all  the  specific  charac- 
teristics of  a  microorganism  at  the  same  time 
must  be  accepted  with  reserve.  It  is  true 
that  one  or  other  of  the  characteristics  ex- 
hibited by  a  microorganism,  e,  g,,  agglutina- 
tion, motility,  virulence,  etc.,  is  subject 
to  change,  but  that  all  the  characteristics 
by  which  such  organisms  can  be  identified, 
should  undergo  a  complete  sudden  mutation, 
must  be  accepted  with  considerable  reserve. 
Time  will  prove,  however,  as  to  how  far 
conservative  bacteriologists  are  justified  in 
maintaining  this  attitude.  The  proposition 
before  us,  however,  is  of  an  entirely  dif- 
ferent nature.  We  are  asked  to  believe  that 
a  microbe,  pneumococcus,  is  represented  by 
a  large  number  of  named  strains,  eight  of 
which  have  been  identified  as  A,  B,  C,  D,  E, 
F,  G,  X,  all  other  pneumococci  not  falling 
into  any  of  these  groups  being  classified  as 
undassifiable.  It  is  claimed  that  each  of 
these  strains  is  a  definite  entity  and  can 
readily  be  distinguished  one  from  the  other ; 
each  has  its  own  serologic  characteristics 
whereby  identification  can  be  effected.  Quite 
apart  from  other  considerations,  in  the  pres- 
ent state  of  our  knowledge  it  is  surely  too 
much  to  expect  that  such  a  statement  can 
go  unchallenged.  Apart  from  this  general 
expression  of  opinion,  however,  on  reflec- 
tion we  find  that  the  identification  of  Lis- 
ter's various  strains  of  pneumococcus  is 
based  upon  a  technic  which  it  is  considered 
is  totally  unreliable.  In  other  parts  of  the 
world  not  more  than  four  strains  have  been 
identified,  but  we  find  no  sound  reason — 


if  identification  is  to  rest  upon  such  technic 
as  has  been  criticized  above — why  an  in- 
definite number  of  strains  of  pneumococcus 
cannot  be  identified.  It  is  significant  that 
the  enthusiasts  who  insist  on  the  importance 
of  identification  and  naming  of  strains  of  the 
pneumococcus  reserve  an  undassifiable 
group  for  types  which  do  not  fit  into  their 
named  groups.  Further  the  number  of 
named  groups  is  steadily  increasing.  It 
should  be  remembered  that  the  identification 
of  these  strains  rests  upon  properties  of 
agglutination  and  opsonic  estimation  which 
have  been  shown  by  Wright  and  others  to 
be  variable  and  useless  for  purposes  of  in- 
vestigation into  pneumonia.  Certainly  the 
recognition  of  different  strains  of  micro- 
organisms has  been  of  distinct  practical 
value  in  that  attention  has  been  directed 
to  the  importance  of  preparing  vaccine  not 
from  individual  strains,  but  from  a  number 
of  different  virulent  strains. 

The  tendency  in  recent  years  in  bacteri- 
ology has  been  when  success  has  not  been 
achieved  by  vaccine  therapy  or  prophylaxis 
to  attribute  such  lack  of  success  to  the 
presence  of  a  new  and  unidentified  strain 
of  the  particular  microorganism  commonly 
accepted  as  the  sole  etiologic  factor  in  the 
disease.  This  attitude  is  well  known  in 
South  Africa  notably  in  regard  to  the  nu- 
merous experiments  which  have  been  car- 
ried out  in  regard  to  the  prevention  of 
pneumonia  among  native  laborers  on  the 
Rand.  Failure  to  afford  protection  to  the 
inoculated  who  have  developed  a  fatal  pneu- 
monia has  always  been  attributed  to  the 
presence  of  a  strain  of  pneumococcus  pre- 
viously unrecognized  or  not  included  in  the 
particular  vaccine  used.  The  hope  also  has 
always  been  held  out  that  when  further 
additional  strains  of  the  pneumococcus  are 
included  in  the  prophylactic  vaccine  advo- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mkdicink 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


March.  1919 


159 


cated  and  employed  that  success  will  be 
achieved.  I  must  put  on  record  most  em- 
phatically my  entire  disagreement  with  this 
attitude.  The  chief  practical  importance  of 
the  recognition  of  various  strains  of  the 
same  microorganism  is  that  the  practice 
hitherto  almost  universally  carried  out,  of 
preparing  therapeutic  vaccines  and  sera 
from  one  individual  representative  of  a  mi- 
crobe, is  no  longer  justified.  My  experience, 
however,  extending  over  a  number  of  years 
in  the  preparation  of  various  vaccines  is 
that  the  problem  of  variation  in  bacteria  is 
adequately  and  successfully  solved  by  the 
preparation  of  vaccmes  and  sera  from  a 
large  number  of  unidentified  virulent  strains. 

Practically  speaking  there  is  no  limit  to 
the  number  of  strains  which  might  be  em- 
ployed, and  from  a  general  point  of  view, 
the  more  the  better  provided  each  strain 
is  a  virulent  specific  organism  exhibiting  all 
the  chief  characteristics  of  the  particular 
microbe  and  is  recently  isolated  from  a 
definite  pathologic  condition,  exhibiting 
typical  signs. 

Preparation  of  Dr,  Lister's  Eight  Group 
Pfieumococcus  Vaccine, — It  is  proposed  now 
to  deal  with  the  actual  technical  details 
connected  with  the  preparation  of  Lister's 
pneumococcus  vaccine,  as  set  out  in  the  pub- 
lications of  the  South  African  Institute  for 
Medical  Research.  This  vaccine  is  prepared 
by  growing  pneumococci  on  what  may  be 
briefly  called  glucose  broth,  instead  of  on 
solid  media,  because  "to  obtain  sufficient 
culture  for  the  vaccine  it  is  not  practicable 
to  make  use  of  solid  media  owing  to  the 
great  quantities  of  it  which  would  be  re- 
quired, and  the  relatively  poor  growth  of 
pneumococcus  in  such  circumstances."  The 
serious  danger,  however,  in  such  a  method 
of  preparation  is  dearly  stated  by  Lister 


as  follows: 

When  growth  of  pneumococcus  has  oc- 
curred in  this  medium  autolytic  changes 
rapidly  take  place ;  after  12  hours  therefore 
a  close  watch  must  be  kept  or  the  growth 
may  speedily  be  rendered  useless  for  the 
•preparation  of  vaccine." 

Dr.  Lister  further  states:'  "That  pneu- 
mococci sedimented  in  a  40  hour  old  glucose 
serum  broth  culture  are  devoid  of  anti- 
genic properties  both  for  rabbit  and  man." 

It  is,  therefore,  clear  that  the  seri- 
ous risk  of  deterioration  of  vaccine 
during  the  course  of  preparation  is 
taken  because  it  is  considered  that  the  prep- 
aration of  vaccine  on  solid  media,  which 
is  preferable  in  every  way,  cannot  be  prac- 
tically carried  out.  In  this  I  entirely  dis- 
agree with  Dr.  Lister  as  there  are  no  prac- 
tical difficulties  in  preparing  the  vaccine 
from  cultures  grown  on  a  suitable  solid 
medium.  It  is  merely  a  question  of  mak- 
ing suitable  arrangements  on  an  adequate 
scale.  The  antigenic  value  of  vaccine  de- 
pends largely  on  the  suitability  of  the 
medium  used  and  in  regard  to  pneumo- 
coccus, blood  agar  is  the  best  medium  to 
employ.  Autolytic  changes  must  be  avoided 
at  all  costs.  It  is  not  intended,  however,  to 
minimize  unduly  the  difficulty  which  might 
arise  if  inoculation  were  generally  carried 
out  of  the  whole  native  labor  population  but 
the  difficulties  could  certainly  be  overcome. 
The  same  anxiety,  no  doubt,  has  forced 
Dr.  Lister  to  adopt  the  extremely  question- 
able technic  of  concentrating  the  weak  vac- 
cine prepared  by  a  growth  of  short  dura- 
tion in  glucose  broth,  by  means  of  a  power- 
ful centrifuge,  which  is  nothing  more  or 
less  than  a  cream  separator.  The  contamina- 
tion of  the  concentrated  vaccine  is  evidently 
unavoidable  as  Dr.  Lister  admits.  To  quote 


Digitized  by 


Google 


160 


Mar6h,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicinb 


from  his  own  paper : 

**As  might  be  inferred  from  a  considera- 
tion of  this  method  a  few  spores  of  B,  sub- 
tilis  are  unfortunately  present  in  the  sus- 
pension, and  they  are  not  easily  killed."  One 
difficulty  thus  leads  to  another  as  this  con- 
centrated vaccine  has  to  be  treated  with  a 
powerful  disinfectant  for  a  period  of  any- 
thing up  to  5  days  in  order  to  kill  out  the 
contaminating  organisms  which  are  un- 
avoidably drawn  into  the  vaccine  during  the 
process  of  rapid  centrifugalization.  What 
the  effect  of  this  severe  prolonged  treatment 
by  means  of  strong  disinfectant  on  the  con- 
centrated vaccine  may  be  no  one  can  say; 
but  it  is  obvious  that  such  a  complication  is 
better  avoided  if  possible.  Vaccine  pre- 
pared from  solid  media  entirely  obviates  all 
the  difficulties  pointed  out  above.  Such  a 
method  allows  of  the  preparation  in  a  sterile 
manner  and  its  accurate  standardization. 
Moreover  it  is  possible  to  keep  each  batch 
of  vaccine  of  known  composition  and  uni- 
form strength,  which  is  of  vital  importance. 
Unless  the  vaccine  be  capable  of  issue  in  a 
uniform  strength  it  is  necessary  to  find  the 
appropriate  dose  for  each  batch  of  vaccine 
issued.  Furthermore,  it  is  noteworthy  that 
Lister's  vaccine  is  prepared  from  cultures  of 
considerable  laboratory  age.  Recently  iso- 
lated strains  are  preferable  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  vaccine. 

Dosage  of  Lister's  Eight  Group  Pneu- 
mococcus  Vaccine. — At  first  sight  the  dose 
recommended  of  the  vaccine  under  con- 
sideration for  the  treatment  and  prevention 
of  pneumonia  is  nothing  short  of  astound- 
ing, and  demands  the  most  careful  examina- 
tion. When  a  statement  is  made  that  a  case 
of  acute  lobar  pneumonia  can  safely  be 
given  a  dose  of  seven  thousand  million 
pneumococcus  vaccine,  it  is  obviously  neces- 
sary to  seriously  question  the  antigenic  titre 


of  such  a  preparation,  or  the  possibility  of 
the  illness  not  being  due  to  pneumococcus, 

I  am  aware  that  when  Lister's  vaccine 
was  first  employed  for  the  treatment  of 
cases  of  pneumonia  that  no  clinical  response 
whatever  was  obtained  until  the  dose  given 
reached  about  ten  thousand  million.  In  cases 
of  pneumococcal  pneumonia  I  usually  ob- 
tained definite  response  with  doses  of  twen- 
ty-five million  to  one  hundred  million  pneu- 
mococcus vaccine  carefully  standardized 
and  prepared  from  blood  agar.  The  obvious 
inference  therefore  is  that  the  antigenic 
value  of  Lister's  ten  thousand  million  pneu- 
mococcus vaccine  is  roughly  equivalent  to 
from  twenty-five  million  to  one  hundred 
million  pneumococcus  vaccine  prepared  on 
blood  agar  and  carefully  standardized.  It 
is  therefore  clear  on  these  grounds 
alone  that  the  process  of  manufac- 
ture enormously  reduces  the  antigenic 
value  of  the  vaccine.  Autolytic  changes 
probably  represent  the  chief  factor  in  this 
amazing  lowering  of  its  efficiency.  It  will, 
therefore,  be  seen  that  the  objections  to  this 
method  of  preparation  of  Lister's  pneumo- 
coccus vaccine  are  very  weighty,  vh., 
the  impossibility  of  preventing  autolytic 
changes,  the  contamination  of  the  vaccine, 
and  its  consequent  prolonged  treatment  with 
a  strong  disinfectant,  its  astonishing  reduc- 
tion and  consequent  wide  variation  in  anti- 
genic value. 

From  a  close  study  of  the  treatment  of 
respiratory  disease  with  vaccine  I  have  for 
many  years  been  satisfied  that  the  above 
facts  afford  the  only  explanation  available 
as  to  how  such  apparently  large  doses  of 
vaccine  can  be  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
such  an  acute  disease,  so  sensitive  to  vac- 
cine as  lobar  pneumonia. 

That  the  success  or  failure  of  vaccine  in 
the  treatment  of  various  diseases  depends 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Mkdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


161 


very  largely  on  the  actual  dosage  employed 
need  not  be  emphasized  here  except  to  say 
that  the  correct  dosage  of  vaccine  is  just  as 
important  as  the  selection  of  an  appropriate 
vaccine.  To  put  the  matter  shortly,  it  should 
clearly  be  understood  that  the  dosage  of 
pneumococcus  vaccine  recommended  by  Lis- 
ter  can  and  should  only  apply  to  Lister^s 
vaccine.  This  is  probably  not  sufficiently 
well  understood.  Altho  for  many  years 
I  have  known  of  the  large  doses  recom- 
mended by  Lister  of  his  vaccine  I  have  not 
found  it  necessary  to,  in  any  way,  modify 
the  doses  which  I  myself  employ  of  pneu- 
mococcus vaccine  for  the  treatment  of  pneu- 
mococcal infections. 

Statistical  and  General  Evidence. — 
The  fallacies  liable  to  be  associated  with 
deductions  based  on  statistical  examination 
are  too  well  known  to  need  further  em- 
phasis here.  The  valuable  paper  by  Dr.  G.  D. 
Maynard,  late  statistician  to  the  Institute 
for  Medical  Research,  Johannesburg,  en- 
titled Pneumonia  Inoculation  Experiment 
No,  5  emphasizes  this  matter  to  an  extraor- 
dinary degree.  It  will  be  remembered  that 
a  large  experimental  inoculation  was  car- 
ried out  at  the  Premier  Mine,  the  results 
of  the  inoculation  showing  a  most  marked 
degree  of  decrease  in  the  incidence  of  pneu- 
monia among  inoculated  natives.  As  Dr. 
Maynard  states  "this  result  was  totally  out 
of  keeping  with  the  results  on  the  Rand 
but  in  spite  of  this  in  some  quarters  great 
stress  was  laid  on  these  returns.  A  critical 
examination  of  these  figures  showed,  how- 
ever, that  the  great  decrease  in  pneumonia 
among  the  inoculated  was  spurious  and 
that  the  results  obtained  were  in  a  large 
part  due  to  the  adoption  of  a  faulty  system 
of  allotting  the  controls,  and  to  other  statis- 
tical fallacies.  A  further  experimental  in- 
oculation   was    undertaken    by    the    Rand 


Mines  the  result  of  which  was  not  favor- 
able to  inoculation.  Dr.  Maynard's  paper 
then  deals  with  the  investigation  of  ex- 
perimental inoculation  carried  out  with  Lis- 
ter's vaccine,  in  which  55,900  natives  were 
employed,  half  being  inoculated  and  half 
serving  as  centrals  and  confirms  the  con- 
clusion of  a  previous  investigation  as  fol- 
lows: 

(1)  That  the  attack  rate  from  pneu- 
monia is  apparently  lessened  by  inoculation, 
a  small  positive  correlation  being  obtained. 

(2)  That  there  is  little  or  no  evidence 
that  the  case  mortality  is  favorably  affected 
by  inoculation. 

He  further  states  that  he  is  unable  to  give 
any  satisfactory  reply  as  to  whether  the 
vaccine  prepared  by  Lister  from  identified 
.  strain  offers  any  advantage  over  the  vaccine 
previously  prepared  by  Wright  from  non- 
identified  strains.  On  the  face  of  it  these 
conclusions  are  paradoxical.  To  claim  pro- 
tection against  a  particular  disease,  and  at 
the  same  time  to  admit  that  the  mortality 
among  the  inoculated  is  not  favorably  af- 
fected, is  entirely  at  variance  with  the  ex- 
perience gained  of  preventive  inoculation 
in  other  diseases.  It  has  been  the  universal 
experience  that  among  these  individuals 
previously  inoculated  against  typhoid  and 
paratyphoid  fevers,  who  in  spite  of  inocula- 
tion developed  the  disease,  the  mortality  is 
considerably  reduced,  the  disease  tending 
to  be  mild  and  free  from  complications.  It 
is  stated  however,  that  after  prophylactic 
inoculation  against  pneumonia,  altho  the 
attack  rate  is  lessened  that  the  case  mortal- 
ity is  not  affected.  Under  these  circum- 
stances, it  is  clear  that  the  evidence  in 
favor  of  inoculation  with  Lister's  pneumo- 
coccus vaccine  must  be  trifling.  Without 
going  into  details  of  the  statistics  dealt  with 
by  Dr.  Lister  in  his  more  recent  publica- 
tion, November,  1917,  the  concluding  para- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


162 


MAJtCH^    1919 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


graphs  of  this  paper  are  significant.  Dr. 
Lister  states:  "I  have  not  lost  sight  of  the 
fact  that  a  reduction  of  the  mortality  from 
pneumonia  has  occurred'  of  late  among 
the  whole  population  of  native  mine  laborers 
in  the  Transvaal.  This  is  especially  obvious 
during  the  present  year  and  critics  have  lost 
no  time  in  expressing  the  opinion  that  this 
fact  indicates  that  the  reduction  recorded 
on  the  experimental  mines  is  merely  part 
of  a  general  decrease  due  to  natural  causes." 
*  *  ***This  bare  expression  of  opinion,  how- 
ever, constitutes  a  very  glaring  instance  of 
suppressio  veri.  The  fact  that  while  there 
is  a  total  of  about  two  hundred  thousand 
native  laborers  nearly  three  hundred  thou- 
sand doses  of  pneumococcal  vaccine  have 
been  used  by  this  institute  for  their  prophy- 
lactic inoculation  during  the  past  twenty- 
two  months  is  ignored.  Until  the  statement 
that  A,  B  and  C  pneumonia  has  been  com- 
pletely abolished,  under  experimental  con- 
ditions, is  refuted,  all  such  speculative 
criticism  is  futile  and  scarcely  deserves 
serious  consideration." 

As  each  boy  received  three  inoculations 
it  would  appear  that  some  fifty  thousand 
boys  were  inoculated  during  the  year.  But 
it  should  be  remembered  that  the  vast  ma- 
jority of  native  workers  only  work  for  short 
periods,  on  an  average  about  six  months, 
on  the  mines,  so  that  the  actual  proportion 
of  inoculated  boys  to  the  total  amount  of 
population  must  constitute  a  small  propor- 
tion, about  10%.  It  is,  therefore,  clear  that 
the  incidence  of  pneumonia  has  decreased 
on  all  mines,  possibly  owing  to  the  im- 
proved sanitation,  better  feeding,  and  more 
careful  selection  of  recruits — the  suscep- 
tible tropicals  being  excluded — and  that  in- 
oculation has  been  applied  up  to  the  pres- 
ent to  only  a  small  proportion  of  native 
labor  engaged  on  the  mines.  But  there  is  a 


further  factor  to  be  considered  in  regard 
to  the  general  decline  in  the  incidence  of 
pneumonia  in  the  mines.  I  am  aware  of  an 
occasion  when  twelve  boys,  picked  out  for 
demonstration  purposes  as  cases  of  lobar 
pneumonia,  were  found  on  investigation, 
in  every  case,  to  be  cases  of  tuberculosis. 
The  difficulty  of  differential  diagnosis  under 
the  conditions  of  pressure  of  work  obtain- 
ing on  many  of  the  mines,  the  wide  inci- 
dence of  silicosis  with  or  without  pulmo- 
nary tuberculosis  among  the  natives,  on  the 
mines,  and  the  fact  that  as  mentioned  by 
Dr.  Lister  "Tuberculosis  is  unfortunately 
increasing  rather  than  decreasing  among 
the  native  mine  laborers"  all  raise  the  very 
important  query  as  to  how  far  statistics 
based  on  rapid  diagnosis,  which  is  liable  to 
be  bacteriologically  incorrect,  can  be  seri- 
ously considered?  The  fact  remains  that 
while  the  incidence  of  pneumonia  has  de- 
clined the  incidence  of  tuberculosis  has  in- 
creased. In  addition  to  this  evidence,  how- 
ever, it  will  be  remembered  that  preventive 
inoculation  against  pneumonia  was  largely 
carried  out  among  the  native  labor  contin- 
gent which  went  overseas  to  Flanders.  In- 
vestigations, however,  have  proved  that  the 
incidence  of  pneumonia  among  the  inocu- 
lated and  uninoculated  members  of  this 
contingent  showed  no  advantage  in  favor  of 
inoculation  with  Lister's  pneumococcus  vac- 
cine. Furthermore,  it  is  known  that  experi- 
ments carried  out  in  areas  other  than  the 
Rand  on  a  fairly  large  scale  have  given  ab- 
solutely negative  results.  It  will,  therefore, 
be  seen  that  quite  apart  from  the  very  seri- 
ous objections  which  have  been  raised  in 
regard  to  a  selection  of  strains  and  the  ac- 
tual method  of  preparation  of  this  vaccine, 
there  are  many  disquieting  factors  which 
call  into  question  the  validity  of  the  claims 
which  have  been  publicly  put  forward  as 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mrdicinb 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


163 


to  the  success  of  prophylactic  inoculation 
against  pneumonia  on  the  Rand.  Further- 
more, the  evidence  which  is  forthcoming  in 
regard    to    the    incidence    of    pneumonia 
among  inoculated  natives  during  the  pre- 
vailing epidemic  is  significant.      I  under- 
stand no  advantage  in  favor  of  inoculation 
has  been  demonstrated,  a  particularly  heavy 
mortality  occurring  at  Kimberley  where  in- 
oculation had  been  largely  practiced,  and 
on  the  Rand  no  marked  diflference  was  ap- 
parent between  inoculated  and  uninoculated 
groups.       These  results  are  in  accordance 
with  bacteriologic  findings  as  pneumococcus 
alone  has  been  a  comparatively  unimportant 
factor  in  the  heavy  mortality  during  the  pre- 
vailing epidemic.  In  conclusion  it  is  neces- 
sary to  state  that  the  failure  in  the  present 
method  of  prophylactic  inoculation  against 
pneumonia  is  due  not  to  the  presence  of  an 
unidentified  strain  or  strains  of  pneumo- 
coccus but  to  the  fact  that  the  etiologic  im- 
portance of  other  microorganisms  especial- 
ly Af.   cc^arrhalis,  streptococcus,  strepto- 
coccus mucosus  capsulatus,  B,  influensae, 
B.  Friedlander,  B,  septus  and  staphylococcus 
has  not  been  appreciated.  The  employment 
of  a   highly  multivalent  vaccine  prepared 
from  numerous   recently   isolated  virulent 
strains  of  the  above  microorganisms  enor- 
mously reduces  the  incidence  of  pneumonia 
and   other  respiratory  diseases   (excluding 
tuberculosis)    and    markedly    reduces    the 
mortality  from  these  diseases.     It  is  also 
significant  that  the  individuals   inoculated 
prophylactically   with   this   mixed   vaccine 
shortly  before  the  prevailing  influenza  epi- 
demic appeared  in  South  Africa  have  es- 
caped infection  or  only  suffered  from  mild 
attacks  free  from  complications. 

In  conclusion  I  should  like  to  place  on 
record  my  appreciation  of  the  valued  assist- 
ance and  loyal  support  in  these  prolonged 


investigations  of  Mr.  F.  Russell,  chief  lab- 
oratory assistant,  forinerly  of  the  Lister 
Institute,  Mr.  D.  J.  Russell,  and  Mr.  J.  A. 
Colverd,  laboratory  assistants.  Clinical  Re- 
search Laboratories,  Johannesburg. 

Summary. 

L  Anaphylactic  and  anti-anaphy lactic 
phenomena  play  a  very  important  part  and 
are  valuable  guides  in  vaccine  therapy, 
especially  in  diseases  of  the  respiratory  tract. 
Serologic  tests  are  not  satisfactory  guides 
or  reliable  indicators  of  established  immu- 
nity, or  of  practical  service  in  the  carrying 
out  of  treatment  with  vaccines  or  sera. 

2.  The  very  important  part  played  by 
symbiosis  in  bacterial  infections  of  the  re- 
spiratory organs  cannot  be  too  strongly 
emphasized.  The  clinical  results  of  thera- 
peutic and  prophylactic  inoculation  with 
mixed  vaccines  lend  strong  support  to  these 
views. 

3.  A  constitutional  weakness  in  the  elab- 
orate defensive  organization  against  inva- 
sion by  the  causative  microorganisms  of  re- 
spiratory diseases  indicates  a  pneumoca- 
tarrJwl  diathesis.  This  constant  diminished 
resistance  can  be  successfully  reversed  by 
specific  immunization  with  a  highly  multi- 
valent mixed  vaccine  prepared  from  numer- 
ous recently  isolated  virulent  strains  of 
those  pathogenic  bacteria  commonly  con- 
veyed in  the  air  breathed.  Non-specific 
treatment  is  of  no  avail. 

4.  Roughly  less  than  25%  of  cases  diag- 
nosed as  pneumonia  in  general  practice  are 
due  primarily  to  infection  with  pneumo- 
coccus, the  proportion  varying  from  time  to 
time.  In  all  cases  of  pneumonia,  however, 
the  condition  is  sooner  or  later  a  mixed  in- 
fection in  which  any  of  the  causative  bac- 
teria of  respiratory  diseases  may  be  present. 
M.  catarrhalis  and  streptococcus  are  the 
commonest  in  South  Africa.  Pneumococcus, 
B,  Friedlander,  B.  injiuen::ae,  streptococcus 
mucosus  capsulatus,  staphylococcus,  B,  sep- 
tus are  also  regarded  as  important  organ- 
isms in  the  etiology  of  pneumonia. 

5.  Whatever  theoretical  objections  may 
be  raised  to  this  stotement,the  clinical  results 
in  practice,  both  of  therapeutic  and  prophy- 
lactic inoculation  for  pneumonia,  with  a 
mixed   vaccine   afford    overwhelming   evi- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


164 


MabcH:,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ABTICLBS 


American  Medicine 


dence  -as  to  the  soundness  of  these  views. 
The  mixed  vaccine  used  is  prepared  from 
150  virulent  recently  isolated  strains  of  M. 
catarrhalis,  streptococcus,  pneumococcus, 
streptococcus  mucosus  capsulatus,  B.  Fried- 
lander,  B.  influenzae,  B,  septus  and  staphy- 
lococcus. Each  organism  is  represented  in 
a  curative  therapeutic  dose,  the  actual  dose 
used  being  somewhat  less  than  the  amount 
required  "when  each  organism  is  used  sep- 
arately. 

6.  These  views  have  been  strongly  con- 
firmed and  widely  tested  on  a  very  large 
scale  in  South  Africa  during  the  prevailing 
epidemic  of  Spanish  influenza,  the  very 
heavy  mortality  being  due  almost  entirely 
to  pneumonia.  The  mortality  from  pneu- 
monia has  been  greatly  reduced  by  thera- 
peutic inoculation  with  mixed  vaccines. 
Similarly  prophylactic  inoculation  with 
larger  doses  of  this  mixed  vaccine  has  re- 
duced the  incidence  of  influenza  and  pre- 
vented pneumonia,  fatalities  in  individuals 
inoculated  twice  being  rare. 

7.  The  failure  of  preventive  inoculation 
against  pneumonia  with  various  pneumo- 
coccus vaccines  is  due  to  a  false  or  incom- 
plete conception  of  the  etiology  of  the  dis- 
ease broadly  diagnosed  as  pneumonia.  This 
want  of  success  is  not  due  to  faulty  dosage 
of  pneumococcus  vaccine,  or  the  absence  of 
unidentified  strains  of  pneumococcus.  If 
pneumococcus  vaccine  was  of  definite  value 
proof  would  have  been  forthcoming  long 
since  in  view  of  the  numerous  experiments 
which  have  been  carried  out  on  a  large 
scale. 

8.  This  failure  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
etiologic  significance  of  other  microorgan- 
isms has  not  been  recognized.  The  organ- 
isms in  addition  to  pneumococcus  are  M.  ca- 
tarrhalis, streptococcus,  streptococcus  mu- 
cosus capsulatus,  B.  Friedlander,  staphy- 
lococcus, B.  influenzae  and  B.  septus.  That 
the  incomplete  and  inaccurate  views  in  re- 
gard to  the  etiology  of  pneumonia  have 
survived  so  long  is  due  to  the  modern  de- 
velopment of  water-tight  compartments  in 
medicine.  The  clinician  is  not  a  bacteriol- 
ogist. The  bacteriologist  is  not  a  clinician. 

9.  Prophylactic  inoculation  with  mixed 
vaccine  prepared  from  the  organisms 
enumerated  will  enormously  reduce  the  in- 
cidence of  pneumonia  and  other  respiratory 
diseases  (excluding  tuberculosis)  and  large- 


ly abolish  the  mortality  from  these  diseases. 
The  actual  composition  of  the  vaccine  and 
proportion  of  each  organism  represented  in 
the  mixed  vaccine  used  should  be  decided 
from  a  close  and  extensive  study  of  the  bac- 
teriologic  flora  found  in  respiratory  dis- 
eases. 


WHY  NOT  BIRTH  CONTROL  CLINICS 
IN  AMERICA? 


MARGARET  SANGER, 
New  York  City. 

The  absurd  cruelty  of  permitting  thou- 
sands of  women  each  year  to  go  thru  abor- 
tions to  prevent  the  aggravation  of  diseases, 
for  which  they  are  under  treatment,  as- 
suredly cannot  be  much  longer  ignored  by 
the  medical  profession.  Responsibility  for 
the  inestimable  damage  done  by  the  practice 
of  permitting  patients  suffering  from  cer- 
tain ailments  to  become  pregnant,  because 
of  their  ignorance  of  contraceptives,  when 
the  physician  knows  that  if  pregnancy  goes 
to  its  full  term  it  will  hasten  the  disease 
and  lead  to  the  patient's  death,  must  in 
all  fairness  be  laid  "at  his  door. 

What  these  diseases  are  and  what  dangers 
are  involved  in  pregnancy  are  known  to 
every  practitioner  of  standing.  Specialists 
have  not  been  negligent  in  pointing  out  the 
situation.  Eager  to  enhance  or  protect  their 
reputations  in  the  profession,  they  con- 
tinually call  out  to  each  other:  "Don't  let 
the  patient  bear  a  child — don't  let  preg- 
nancy continue." 

The  warning  has  been  sounded  most 
often,  perhaps,  in  the  cases  of  tubercular 
women.  "In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  tu- 
bercular process  becomes  exacerbated  either 
during  pregnancy  or  after  child  birth,  most 
authorities  recommend  that  abortion  be  in- 
duced as  a  matter  of  routine  in  all  tuber- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Amebigan  Mbdicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Mabch,  1919 


165 


cular  women,"  says  Dr.  J.  Whitridge  Will- 
iams, obstetrician-in-chief  to  the  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital,  in  his  treatise  on  "Ob- 
stetrics." Dr.  Thomas  Watts  Eden,  ob- 
stetrician and  gynecologist  to  Charing 
Cross  Hospital  and  member  of  the  staffs 
of  other  notable  British  hospitals,  extends 
but  does  not  complete  the  list  in  this  para- 
graph on  page  652  of  his  Practical  Ob- 
stetrics. "Certain  of  the  conditions  enu- 
merated form  absolute  indications  for  the 
induction  to  abortions,"  he  says.  "These  are 
nephritis,  uncompensated  valvular  lesions  of 
the  heart,  advanced  tuberculosis,  insanity, 
irremediable  malignant  tumors,  hydatidi- 
form  mole,  uncontrollable  uterine  hemor- 
rhage, and  acute  hydramnios." 

We  know  that  abortion,  when  performed 
by  skilled  hands,  under  right  conditions, 
brings  almost  no  danger  to  the  life  of  the 
patient,  and  we  also  know  that  particular 
diseases  can  be  more  easily  combated  after 
such  an  abortion  than  during  a  pregnancy 
allowed  to  come  to  full  term.  But  why  not 
adopt  the  easier,  safer,  less  repulsive  course 
and  prevent  conception  altogether?  Why 
put  these  thousands  of  women  who  each 
year  undergo  such  abortions  to  the  pain 
they  entail  and  in  whatever  danger  attends 
them? 

Why  continue  to  send  home  women  to 
whom  pregnancy  is  a  grave  danger  with 
the  futile  advice:  "Now  don't  get  this  way 
again !"  They  are  sent  back  to  husbands 
who  have  generations  of  passion  and  pas- 
sion's claim  to  outlet.  They  are  sent  back 
without  being  given  information  as  to  how 
to  prevent  the  dangerous  pregnancy  and  are 
expected,  presumably,  to  depend  for  their 
safety  upon  the  husband's  continence.  Back 
comes  the  patient  again  in  a  few  months 
to  be  aborted  and  told  not  to  do  it  again. 
Does  any  physician  believe  that  the  pic- 


ture is  overdrawn?  I  have  known  of  many 
such  cases.  A  recent  one  that  came  under 
my  observation  was  that  of  a  woman  who 
suffered  from  a  disease  of  the  kidneys.  Five 
times  she  was  taken  to  a  maternity  hospital 
in  an  ambulance  after  falling  in  offices  or 
in  the  street.  One  of  the  foremost  gynecol- 
ogists of  America  sent  her  out  three  times 
without  giving  her  information  as  to  the 
contraceptive  means  which  would  have  pre- 
vented a  repetition  of  this  experience. 

Why  does  this  situation  exist  ?  One  does 
not  question  the  intent  or  the  high  pur- 
poses of  these  physicians,  or  that  they  are 
working  for  the  improvement  of  the  race. 
But  here  is  a  situation  that  is  absurd — 
hideously  absurd.     What  is  the  matter? 

Several  factors  contribute  to  this  state  of 
affairs.  First,  the  subject  of  contraception 
has  been  kept  in  the  dark,  even  in  medical 
colleges  and  in  hospitals.  Abortion  has  been 
openly  discussed  as  a  necessity  under  cer- 
tain conditions,  but  the  subject  of  contra- 
ception, as  any  physician  will  admit,  has 
only  recently  been  brought  to  the  front. 

It  has  been  permitted  to  lie  latent ;  it  has 
escaped  specialized  attention  in  the  labora- 
tories and  the  research  departments.  Thus 
there  has  been  no  professional  stamp  of 
approval  by  great  bodies  of  experimenters. 

The  result  is  that  the  average  physician 
has  felt  that  contraceptive  methods  are  not 
yet  established  as  certainties  and  has,  for 
that  reason,  refused  to  direct  their  use. 

Specialists  are  so  busy  with  their  own 
particular  subjects  and  general  practition- 
ers are  so  taken  up  with  their  daily  routine 
that  they  cannot  give  to  the  problem  of 
contraception  the  attention  it  must  have. 
Consultation  rooms  in  charge  of  reputable 
physicians  who  have  specialized  in  contra- 
ception, assisted  by  registered  nurses — in  a 
word,  clinics  designed  for  this  specialty — 


Digitized  by 


Google 


166 


Mabch^   1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mkdicinb 


would  meet  this  crying  need.  Such  clinics 
should  deal  with  each  woman  individually, 
taking  into  account  her  particular  disease, 
her  temperament,  her  mentality  and  her  con- 
dition, both  physical  and  economic.  Its  sole 
function  should  be  to  prevent  pregnancy. 
In  the  accomplishment  of  this,  a  higher 
standard  of  hygiene  is  attained.  The  re- 
sult would  be  not  only  the  removal  of  a 
burden  from  the  physician  who  sends  her 
to  the  clinic,  but  an  improvement  in  the 
woman's  general  condition  that  would  re- 
flect itself  in  a  number  of  waya  to  the  bene- 
fit of  her  family. 

All  this  for  the  diseased  woman.  But 
every  argument  that  can  be  made  for  pre- 
ventive medicine  can  be  made  for  birth  con- 
trol clinics  for  the  use  of  the  woman  who 
has  not  yet  lost  her  health.  Sound  and  vigor- 
ous at  the  time  of  her  marriage,  she  could  re- 
main so  if  given  advice  as  to  by  what  means 
she  could  space  her  children  and  limit  their 
number.  When  she  is  not  given  such  in- 
formation, she  is  plunged  blindly  into  mar- 
ried life  and  a  few  years  is  likely  to  find 
her  with  a  large  family,  herself  diseased, 
damaged,  an  unfit  breeder  of  the  unfit,  and 
still  ignorant.  What  are  the  fruits  of  this 
woeful  ignorance  in  which  womerf  have 
been  kept  ?  First,  a  tremendous  infant  mor- 
tality— hundreds  of  thousands  of  them  dy- 
ing annually  of  diseases  which  flourish  in 
poverty  and  neglect.  Next,  the  rapid  in- 
crease of  the  feebleminded,  of  criminal  types 
and  of  the  pathetic  victims  of  toil  in  the 
child  labor  factories.  Another  result  is  the 
familiar  overcrowding  of  tenements,  the 
forcing  of  the  children  into  the  street,  the 
ensuing  prostitution,  alcoholism  and  almost 
universal  physical  and  moral  unfitness. 

These  abhorrent  conditions  point  to  a 
blunder  upon  the  part  of  those  to  whom  we 
entrusted  the  care  of  the  health  of  the  in- 


dividual, the  family  and  the  race.  The 
medical  profession,  neglecting  the  principle 
involved  in  preventive  medicine,  has  per- 
mitted these  conditions  to  come  about.  If 
they  were  unavoidable,  we  would  have  to 
bear  with  them,  but  they  are  not  unavoid- 
able, as  shown  by  facts  and  figures  from 
other  countries  where  contraceptive  infor- 
mation is  available. 

In  Holland,  for  instance,  where  the  in- 
formation concerning  contraceptives  has 
been  accessible  to  the  people,  thru  clinics 
and  pamphlets  since  1881,  the  general 
death  rate  and  the  infant  mortality  rate  have 
fallen  until  they  are  the  lowest  in  Europe. 
Amsterdam  and  The  Hague  have  the  lowest 
infant  mortality  rates  of  any  cities  in  the 
world. 

It  is  good  to  know  that  the  first  of  the 
birth  control  clinics  of  Holland  followed 
shortly  after  a  thoro  and  enthusiastic  dis- 
cussion of  the  subject  at  an  international 
medical  congress  in  Amsterdam  in  1878.  The 
first  birth  control  clinic  in  the  world  was 
opened  in  1881  by  Dr.  Aletta  Jacobs  in 
Amsterdam.  So  great  were  the  results 
obtained  that  there  has  been  a  gradual 
increase  in  the  number  of  clinics,  until  to- 
day there  are  fifty-two  in  operation  in  that 
country  of  some  6,000,000  people.  Physi- 
cians have  found  that  nurses  trained  for 
this  work  by  specialists  are  highly  com- 
petent to  take  care  of  it  and  it  is  the  almost 
invariable  rule  that  birth  control  clinics  are 
conducted  by  such  nurses.  Dr.  J.  Rutgers 
of  The  Hague,  secretary  of  the  Neo-Mal- 
thusian  League,  is  the  specialist  who  trains 
and  instructs  the  nurses.  The  general  re- 
sults of  the  work  are  best  judged  by  the 
tables  shown  on  page  167,  taken  from  The 
Annual  Summary  of  Marriages,  Births  and 
Deaths  in  England,  Wales,  etc.,  for  1912: 

In   conclusion,   I   am   going  to   make   a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amtoican  Mxdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


March,  1919 


167 


statement  which  may  at  first  seem  exag-  They  will  continue  to  mark  time  until  they 
gerated,  but  which  is  nevertheless  carefully  get  at  the  source  of  these  destructive  con- 
considered.  The  effort  toward  racial  ditions  and  apply  a  fundamental  remedy, 
progress  that  is  being  made  today  by  the  That  remedy  is  birth  control. 

Amsterdam    (Malthusian   [Birth  Control]  League  started  1S81;  Dr.  Aletta  Jacobs  gave  ad- 
vice to  poor  women,  1885.) 

1881-85  1906-10  1912 

Birth  rate    37.1  24.7  23.3  per  1,000  of  population 

Death   rate    25.1  13.1  11.2  per  1,000  of  population 

Infantile  Mortality: 

Deaths  in  first  year 203  90  64  per  thousand  living  births 

The  Hague  (now  headquarters  of  the  Neo-Malthusian  [Birth  Control]  League) 
1881-85  1906-10  1912 

Birth  rate 38.7  27.5  23.6  per  1,000  of  population 

Death  rate  23.3  13.2  10.9  per  1,000  of  population 

Infantile   Mortality: 
Death  in  first  year 214  99  66  per  thousand  living  births 

These  figures  are  the  lowest  in  the  whole  list  of  death  rates  and  infantile  mortalities  in 
the  summary  of  births  and  deaths  in  cities  in  this  report. 

Rotterdam. 

1881-85  1906-10  1912 

Birth  rate 37.4  32.0  29.0  per  1,000  of  population 

Death  rate  24.2  13.4  11.3  per  1,000  of  population 

Infantile  Mortality: 

Deaths  in  first  year 209  105  79  per  thousand  living  births 

Fertility  and  Illegitimacy  Rates: 

1880-2  1890-2  1900-2 

Legitimate   fertility    306.4  296.5  252.7  [  Legitimate  birth  per  1,000  married 

J         women  aged  15  to  45 


Illegitimate  fertility 


16.1 


16.3 


11.3  ( Illegitimate  births  per  1,000  unmar- 
J         ried  women,  aged  15  to  45 


The  Hague. 

1880-2 

Legitimate  fertility  346.5 

niegltimate  fertility  13.4 

Rotterdam. 

1880-2 

Legitimate  ferUlity  331.4 

Illegitimate  ferUlity  17.4 


1890-2 

303.9 

13.6 


1890-2 

312.0 

16.5 


1900-2 
255.0 

7.7 


1900-2 

299.0 

13.1 


medical  profession,  by  social  workers,  by 
the  various  charitable  and  philanthropic  or- 
ganizations and  by  state  institutions  for  the 
physically  and  mentally  unfit  is  practically 
wasted.  All  these  forces  are  in  a  very  em- 
phatic sense  marking  time.  They  will  con- 
tinue to  mark  time  until  the  medical  profes- 
sion recognizes  the  fact  that  the  ever-in- 
creasing tide  of  the  unfit  is  overwhelming 
all  that  these  agencies  are  doing  for  society. . 


Mineral  OiL — If  mineral  oil  disagrees 
with  your  patient,  give  him  olive  oil;  but 
give  enough  of  it,  so  that  some  goes  thru 
undigested. — Med.  Council. 


Enthusiasm. — 

"Now  I  get  me  up  to  work, 
I  pray  the  Lord  I  may  not  shirk, 
If  I  should  die  before  the  night, 
I  pray  the  Lord  my  work's  all  right. 
—Drug  Topics. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


168 


March,  1919 


LONDON  LETTER 


Amsrigan  Mxdicinb 


(From  our  Regular  Correspondent.) 

THE  MEDICAL  PARLIAlIEBrTART 
COMMITTEE. 

The  outstanding  feature  in  English  medical 
politics  during  the  last  month  has  been  the  in- 
stitution of  the  Medical  Parliamentary  Com- 
mittee. This  body  came  into  a  stormy  exist- 
ence at  a  public  meeting  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion held  late  last  year  on  the  eve  of  the  Qen- 
eral  Election.  At  the  meeting  a  group  of  men 
representing  very  diverse  medical  positions,  in- 
stitutions and  movements  were  chosen  with  the 
general  mission  to  improve  the  chances  of  med- 
ical men  who  desired  to  enter  Imperial  Parlia- 
ment. Before  the  Medical  Parliamentary  Com- 
mittee could  get  properly  to  work  the  General 
Election  arrived,  the  constituencies  had  se- 
cured their  candidates,  and  all  that  remained 
for  the  committee  to  do  was  to  supply  speakers 
for  the  platform  of  such  adopted  candidates  as 
were  medical  men.  There  was  no  chance  of 
nominating  any  new  medical  men.  The  com- 
mittee rose  to  its  chances,  and  supplied  forceful 
speakers  to  medical  platforms,  entirely  regard- 
less of  party  politics,  for  the  Medical  Parlia- 
mentary Committee  knew  no  party  politics,  but 
only  one  party — ^the  party  of  improved  health  for 
the  nation.  It  was  recognized  by  all  who 
fathered  the  movement  that  a  medical  man  had 
a  right  to  his  political  views,  and  that  those 
views,  and  not  his  medical  ideals,  could  obtain 
him  a  seat  in  Parliament — for  no  constituency 
will  elect  a  "member  for  medicine'*;  but  what 
the  committee  desired  to  impress  upon  the 
public,  as  well  as  the  medical  profession,  was 
that  in  all  social  legislation  the  public  health 
aspect  will  be  the  one  at  which  medical  men 
must  look— the  health  of  the  people  is  their 
first  charge. 

The  General  Election  resulted  in  the  election 
of  seventeen  medical  members  of  Parliament,  of 
whom  five  or  six  will  not  take  their  seats,  be- 
ing committed  to  the  principles  of  separation  in 
Ireland.  Of  the  others  the  best  known  are* Dr. 
Christopher  Addison,  the  President  of  the 
Local  Government  Board,  Sir  Auckland  Geddes 
also  a  cabinet  minister.  Sir  Watson  Cheyne,  the 
former  surgeon,  representing  the  University  of 
Edinburgh,  Sir  Robert  Woods,  the  laryngologist, 
representing  the  same  seat  of  learning,  and  Sir 
William  WhiUa,  the  most  learned  British  phar- 
macologist, representing  the  Queen's  University 
of  Belfast.  The  Medical  Parliamentary  Com- 
mittee then  resolved  to  get  into  close  touch  with 
the  medical  members  of  Parliament,  themselves 
formed  into  a  sort  of  informal  committee  in  the 
House  of  Commons.  In  this  way  it  was  thought 
that  a  group  of  medical  men,  within  the  legis- 


lature, who  had  arrived  there  for  other  than 
professional  reasons,  could  be  instructed  by  a 
group  of  medical  men  outside  the  house  selected 
entirely  for  professional  reasons;  and  to  make 
the  cooperation  outlined  above  a  real  one,  be- 
came the  immediate  objective  of  the  Medical 
Parliamentary  Committee.  The  policy  was  not 
long  to  remain  unchallenged.  First,  the  British 
Medical  Association,  possessing  a  committee 
working  to  secure  the  election  of  medical  men 
to  Parliament,  considered  the  formation  of  the 
Medical  Parliamentary  Committee  an  encroach- 
ment upon  the  activities  of  the  Association,  and 
withdrew  all  support.  Secondly,  a  group  of 
medical  men  who  wish  to  see  the  medical  pro- 
fession transformed  into  a  trade  union,  ready 
to  strike  for  higher  wages  if  its  terms  cannot 
otherwise  be  obtained  from  the  public,  resistCMl 
the  desire  of  the  Medical  Parliamentary  Com- 
mittee to  become  a  central  body  of  the  profes- 
sion, because  it  had  very  different  ideals.  At 
public  meetings  the  committee  did  not  gain 
any  enthusiastic  support;  The  British  Medical 
Journal  ignored  it,  and  The  Lancet  blessed  it, 
but  not  over-enthusiastically. 

But  when  Parliament  opened  the  Medical 
Parliamentary  Committee  had  the  not  wholly 
original  idea  of  giving  a  dinner  to  explain  itself 
more  fully.  So  the  committee  Invited  all  the 
medical  members  of  Parliament  to  meet  certain 
leading  medical  men  at  dihner,  and  Dr.  Chris- 
topher Addison  attended  the  dinner  as  his  first 
social  function  after  election  to  the  Local  Gov- 
ernment Board.  The  dinner  was  a  great  suc- 
cess, the  speakers  were  good  and  the  fare  ad- 
mirable, and  Dr.  Christopher  Addison  told  his 
hosts  his  policy  with  regard  to  the  Ministry  of 
Health,  the  bill  for  the  erection  of  which  is  in 
his  charge.  Speeches  were  also  made  by  Sir 
Bertrand  Dawson,  Dr.  Squire  Sprlgge,  Sir  Wat- 
son Cheyne,  Sir  James  Galloway  and  others  all 
insisting  upon  the  necessity  of  some  unanimity 
of  view  and  design  in  medical  politics,  whereby 
legislation  in  Parliament,  when  it  touched  up- 
on the  health  of  the  people,  should  be  inspired 
by  real  medical  knowledge  obtained  from  the 
outside.  The  Medical  Parliamentary  Committee 
is  a  young  thing;  it  has  hardly  escaped  the  risks 
of  infant  mortality;  but  it  is  now  shaping  well. 
E^ven  if,  in  my  next  letter,  I  should  have  to 
chronicle  its  early  death  it  would  not  have  lived 
in  vain,  for  it  has  given  many  medical  men  a 
higher  view  of  what  is,  or  should  be,  meant  by 
medical  unanimity.  It  does  not  imply  the  stand- 
ing together  of  a  professional  class  to  exact  the 
highest  payment  from  the  public;  it  does  imply 
the  union  of  the  best  medical  thoughts  for  the 
public  good,  and  thereafter  proper  payment 
from  the  public  for  work  done. 


THE  SUPPLY  OF  NURSES  THE  PUBLIC 
NEED. 

In  this  country,  as  in  America,  considerable 
difficulty  exists  as  to  the  standing,  training, 
duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  sick  nurse. 
On  the  one  hand  she  is  eulogized  as  par  excell- 
ence an  example  of  self-denial,  altruism   and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSRICAN  MXDICINB 


LONDON  LETTER 


March,  1919 


169 


technical  skill,  and  on  the  other  hand  she  is 
found  wanting  as  a  hybrid  between  the  rule-of- 
thumb  routine  which  prevailed  in  nursing  fiye- 
and-twenty  years  ago  and  the  high  develop- 
ments of  clinical  medicine  which  have  been  the 
feature  of  our  Science  since  that  date.  If  the 
glowing  picture  is  the  right  one,  her  position  is 
obviously  wrong.  If  the  more  unfavorable 
estimate  comes  nearer  the  truth,  the  methods 
employed  in  training  nurses  must  be  sadly  to 
seek.  The  trained  nurse  has  become  a  necessity 
in  our  present  civilization,  yet  her  cost  makes 
her  services  a  luxury  that  only  those  in  good 
circumstances  can  enjoy.  Dr.  John  Dill  Robert- 
son, Commissioner  for  the  Department  of 
Health  In  Chicago,  issued  in  a  recent  bulletin 
from  the  Chicago  School  of  Sanitary  Instruc- 
tion, a  remarkable  little  paper  upon  the  posi- 
tion of  nursing  in  the  United  States.  While  in- 
sisting on  the  truth  that  In  sickness  a  nurse  is 
a  material  necessity,  he  indicates  that  her 
training  and  her  salary  should  be  better  di- 
rected towards  turning  out  an  article  that 
meets  the  practical  wants  of  the  community, 
and  every  word  which  he  says  has  as  much 
bearing  in  this  country  as  in  America.  Dr. 
Robertson  finds  that  the  nurse  who  has  spent 
three  years  in  a  training  school,  who  has  spe- 
cialized in  surgery,  obstetrics  or  public  health 
by  taking  out  a  special  course,  cannot  on  the 
one  hand  be  expected  to  demand  less  than  a 
snm  equivalent  in  British  money  to  a  pound  a 
day — which  at  once  places  her  services  out  of 
the  reach  of  two-thirds  of  the  British  com- 
munity— and  yet  is  not  the  article  that  is  re- 
quired in  bulk.  His  recommendation  is  that  a 
new  order  of  what  he  calls  "Practical  Nurses" 
should  be  instituted;  that  the  standard  of  train- 
ing for  these  nurses  should  be  lower  than  that 
to  which  the  trained  nurse  usually  aspires; 
that  the  time  of  training  should  be  six  months 
and  IntenBive  in  character;  and  that  knowledge 
of  practical  housekeeping  and  domestic  science 
should  be  considered  an  important  requirement. 
He  considers  that  this  order  of  "Practical 
Nurses''  ought  to  be  well  paid  at  half  the  price 
now  paid  to  trained  nurses;  but  In  the  Bulletin, 
from  which  we  are  quoting,  we  do  not  see  any 
suggestion  from  what  social  order  these  women 
are  to  be  drawn  or  what  particular  inducement 
there  would  be  for  them  to  enter  domestic  serv- 
ice of  a  hard  nature  at  a  moment  when  domes- 
tic service  of  all  kinds  is  regarded  with  dis- 
like. 

In  this  country  we  cannot  conceive  of  an  in- 
ferior order  of  nurses  obtaining  any  locvs 
stantfi.  The  candidates  for  the  service  would 
probably  be  few,^  while  the  public  would  never 
be  able  to  distinguish  between  the  lower  stand- 
ard nurse  and  her  superiorly  trained  sister. 
There  is  no  compulsory  registration  for  nurses 
in  Great  Britain,  so  that  it  would  not.  at  any 
rate  at  the  present  moment,  be  available  to  say 
that  the  public  would  easily  learn  the  difPerence 
because  one  class  is  registered  and  the  other 
uncertified.  The  consequence  is  that  the  Intro- 
duction of  an  inferior  order  into  the  profession 
of  nursing  would  not  elevate  that  order,  but 
would  degrade  in  popular  eyes  the  superior 
order.     In  this  country  we  are  committed  to 


the  higher  standard,  but  it  is  certainly  true  that 
the  education  of  our  nurses  might  be  vastly 
more  economical,  take  a  much  shorter  time, 
and  be  better  directed  to  practical  issues.  The 
length  of  time  necessary  for  the  training  of  a 
nurse,  according  to  the  English  estimate,  is 
three  years.  This  is  regarded  as  the  minimum 
required  before  she  should  be  allowed  to  receive 
a  certificate  as  having  learned  her  business  in 
connection  with  a  hospital  or  institution  of  the 
necessary  opportunities  for  instruction,  but  as  a 
matter  of  fact  the  hospital  training  of  nurses 
does  not  occupy  three  years,  for  at  least  one 
year  is  spent  as  probationer  in  largely  doing  a 
course  of  domestic  work,  scrubbing  of  floors, 
cleaning  of  bathrooms  and  so  on,  should  not  be 
performed  by  a  nurse,  and  if  this  drudgery  were 
gotten  rid  of  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that 
^  the  education  of  the  nurse  could  not  be  accom- 
'  plished  in  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  time,  with 
better  scientific  results.  During  that  two  years 
the  training  should  be  directed  in  certain  main 
ways.  First,  the  nurse  should  receive  instruc- 
tion, up  to  the  necessary  point,  in  anatomy  and 
physiology,  medicine  and  surgery,  and  any  par- 
ticular specialty  she  might  choose  to  adopt; 
and  secondly  she  should  obtain  clinical  instruc- 
tion of  the  kind  that  would  enable  her  to  see 
the  danger  signals  when  manifest  in  her 
charges,  for,  to  obtain  a  trained  eye  for  sick- 
ness is  as  important  to  a  nurse  as  to  carry  out 
implicitly  the  doctor's  orders. 

The  cost  of  employing  trained  nurses  could 
probably  be  lowered  not  only  by  abbreviating 
their  period  of  probation  and  training  but  by 
improving  the  organizations  thru  which  they 
are  distributed  to  the  public;  but  as  a  matter 
of  fact  the  institution  of  paying  hospitals  will 
probably  be  the  step  necessarily  precedent  to 
obtaining  for  the  less  wealthy  members  of  the 
public  adequate  nursing  during  sickness.  The 
poor  obtain  trained  nursing  at  the  hospitals. 
The  rich  buy  it  for  a  high  figure  and  enjoy 
it  at  home.  The  middle  class  either  goes  with- 
out it  thru  lack  of  means  or -pays  for  it  with 
money  which  in  too  many  cases  is  sadly  re-, 
quired  for  the  after  period  of  convalescence. 
It  will  be  seen  that  the  whole  profession  of 
nursing  is  in  a  muddled  plight  in  England  and 
Scotland;  in  Ireland  it  is  worse.  Registration 
would  certainly  prevent  impersonation,  and  so 
far  be  to  the  good;  but  it  would  probably  in- 
crease the  cost  of  eervice  which  is  already  pro- 
hibitive. ±x  national  scheme  of  district  nursing 
and  a  wide  provision  of  paying  hospitals  will 
probably  supply  the  way  out,  but  only  after 
the  lapse  of  much  time. 


Jast  Keep  On  Keepin'  On. 

If  the  day  looks  kinder  gloomy 

An'  your  chances  kinder  slim, 
If  the  situation's  puzzlin' 

An*  the  prospect's  awful  grim. 
An'  perplexities  keep  pressin' 

Till  all  hope  Is  nearly  gone. 
Jus'  bristle  up  an'  grit  your  teeth, 

An*  keep  on  keepin'  on.  — Ex. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


170 


March,  1919 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


Amsrioan  Mkdicinb 


Under   the   Editorial   Direction  of   Albert   C. 
Geyser,  M.  D.,  New  Tork. 

REACTION  OF  DEGENERATION. 

Much  confusion  exists  as  to  the  mean- 
ing of  ascending  and  descending  degenera- 
tion. In  the  spring  time,  when  the  bushes 
are  just  beginning  to  sprout,  if  a  twig  is 
broken  off,  it  is  separated  from  its  trophic 
center,  the  root  of  the  plant.  If  such  a  twig 
is  left  to  itself  the  drying  up  begins  at  the 
point  of  separation,  the  distal  end  remains 
unaffected  to  the  last.  The  life  of  the  distal 
end  can  be  materially  prolonged  by  placing 
the  broken  end  in  water.  For  a  certain 
length  of  time  the  injured  end  will  perform 
the  function  of  the  root  and  absorb  nutrition 
from  the  water.  In  some  cases,  roots  will 
develop  and  a  completely  independent  plant 
is  thus  created ;  this  is  akin  to  regeneration. 
When  the  motor  cells  of  the  motor  cortical 
zone  of  the  cerebrum  are  injured  as  in 
apoplexy,  nutrition  is  interfered  with  and 
the  nerve  fibers  coming  from  these  cells  de- 
generate from  the  point  of  injury.  These 
nerve  fibers  make  up  the  pyramidal  tract, 
hence  in  central  motor  cell  injury  we  have 
a  descending  degeneration  of  the  pyramidal 
tract.  The  sensory  nerve  tract  conducts  its 
impulses  upward  thru  the  spinal  cord,  hence 
•a  peripheral  injury  causes  loss  of  sensation 
and  produces  an  ascending  degeneration  in 
the  nerve  fibers. 

When  a  nerve  is  tested  immediately  after 
injury  there  will  be  a  partial  or  incomplete 
R.  D.^  This  may  either  be  qualitative  or 
quantitative.  A  little  later,  when  the  end 
organs  have-  suffered  from  nutritional 
changes,  there  will  be  complete  loss  to  the 
faradic  and  partial  or  complete  loss  to  the 
galvanic  current.  If  there  is  loss  to  both 
currents  then  complete  R.  D.  is  established. 
After  a  few  days  or  weeks  regeneration  may 
take  place,  either  thru  the  recovery  of  the 
trophic  cell  or  by  the  establishment  of  col- 
lateral nerve  supply.  Under  such  circum- 
stances, if  the  nerve  is  tested  carefully  every 
two  to  four  weeks,  with  a  condensor  ap- 

'  Reaction  of  Degeneration. 


paratus,  a  reasonably  correct  prognosis  may 
be  given.  Returning  R.  D.  after  complete 
absence  of  all  reaction  always  means  that 
the  axis  cylinder  is  again  in  contact  with 
the  trophic  cell.  The  future  prognosis  de- 
pends upon  the  recovery  of  the  end  organs 
and  the  muscle  fibers. 

In  chronic  spinal  progressive  muscular 
atrophy  the  lesion  is  located  in  the  mo- 
tor nerve  nuclei  which  are  found  in  the 
medulla  oblongata.  The  ganglion  cells, 
which  are  the  most  important  components 
of  these  nuclei,  gradually  degenerate,  lose 
their  processes  and  finally  disappear  en- 
tirely. The  lesion  of  this  disease,  being  in 
the  trophic  cells,  there  naturally  follows  a 
partial,  and  later  a  complete  R.  D.  Owing 
to  the  involvement  of  so  many  of  the  smaller 
muscles  of  the  face,  the  electrical  reactions 
are  demonstrated  with  some  difficulty  until 
late  in  the  course  of  the  disease. 

In   amyotrophic   lateral   sclerosis    the 

lesion  is  spread  over  a  large  area,  com- 
plete degeneration  o.f  the  pyramidal  tracts 
having  been  observed.  The  reason  that  R.  D. 
is  present  is  not  due  to  central  fiber  involve- 
ment but  to  the  fact  that  the  cells  in  the 
anterior  horn  have  also  become  affected. 
Many  cells,  otherwise  normal  in  appearance, 
have  no  dendric  processes  or  only  imperfect 
ones;  some  of  the  cells  are  tumified,  nu- 
trition and  conduction  are  interfered  with, 
hence,  the  peripheral  symptoms  of  a  central 
paralysis. 

In  cases  of  neuritis  of  all  kinds,  while  the 
trophic  cell  in  the  cord  may  be  normal,  the 
axis  cylinder  or  the  conducting  portion  of 
the  neuron  is  affected.  This,  of  necessity, 
modifies  the  electric  conduction,  hence  R.  D. 
As  a  rule  the  regeneration  of  nerve  fiber 
shows  a  progressive  improvement  in  the 
electrical  tests  which  distinguishes  it  at  once 
from  the  lateral  sclerosis  type  of  cases. 

In  the  rheumatic  and  toxic  paralysis  the 
reaction  of  degenerations  is  present  because 
the  end  organs  of  the  motor  neuron  are  in- 
capacitated as  a  result  of  the  toxemia. 
When  the  end  plates  of  a  motor  neuron 
fail  to  perform  their  function,  the  same 
electrical  manifestations  are  present  as  tho 
the  lesion  was  located  in  any  other  portion 
of  the  motor  neuron. 

The  very  fact  however  that  R.  D.  is 
present  in  a  given  paralysis,  at  once  estab- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


iLMBBIGAN   MBDICINB 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


March,  1919 


171 


lishes  the  fact  that  the  paralysis  is  not  of 
central  origin.  It  further  speaks  against 
myopathic  paralysis  as  well  as  against  all 
functional  or  hysterical  paralysis  or  sham- 
ming. We  must  distinguish  between  muscles 
which  suffer  as  a  result  of  their  separation 
from  their  respective  trophic  centers  and 
muscles  which  suffer  degenerative  changes 
from  non-use,  toxines,  atrophies  and  hyper- 
trophies. As  long  as  the  peripheral  motor 
neuron  system  is  not  involved,  so  long  will 
there  be  no  R.  D.  tho  the  muscle  may  have 
undergone  serious  tissue  changes.  This 
statement  reversed  would  mean  that  no 
matter  how  serious  the  muscle  changes  may 
be,  so  long  as  there  is  no  R.  D.  it  is  a  myo- 
pathic disease  and  not  a  neuron  affection.  It 
establishes  at  least  a  differential  diagnosis, 
in  an  apparently  similar  condition  between 
a  disease  of  the  muscle  itself  and  a  neuron 
disease. 

Of  course  it  must  ever  be  borne  in  mind 
that  a  person  having  all  the  evidence  of 
hysteria  may  have  at  the  same  time  a  cen- 
tral or  even  a  peripheral  neuron  lesion,  the 
one  does  not  preclude  the  other.  Complete 
absence  of  R.  D.  in  a  paralysis  positively  ex- 
cludes lesions  in  the  lower  neuron,  but  does 
not  exclude  severe  lesions  in  the  cerebrum. 
Again  the  presence  of  R.  D.  points  conclu- 
sively to  a  lesion  somewhere  in  the  lower 
motor  neuron,  but  does  not  always  exclude 
disease  of  the  central  or  upper  neuron.  There 
are  other  types  of  paralysis  with  marked 
atrophy  where  no  lesion  exists  either  in  the 
central  or  the  peripheral  neuron.  In  such 
paralysis  R.  D.  cannot  be  present  for  obvi- 
ous reasons.  It  is  just  in  such  cases  that 
the  electrical  reaction  throws  much  light 
upon  the  diagnosis. 

Some  of  these  diseases  are: 

(A)  Primary  myopathies  or  muscular 
affections,  not  due  to  any  disturbance  of  the 
neuron  system. 

1.  Pseudo  hypertrophic  paralysis.  The 
hypertrophy  is  caused  by  the  overgrowth  of 
fibrous  and  fatty  connective  tissue.  The 
muscles  most  commonly  affected  are  the 
calf  muscles,  but  it  may  occur  in  the  upper 
limbs  such  as  the  biceps  and  the  deltoid 
muscles.  R.  D.  should  of  course  not  be 
present.  When  it  is  present,  it  should  arouse 
the  suspicion  that  the  atrophy  may  be  both 
myopathic  ,and  myelopathic. 

2.  Progressive  muscular  dystrophy.  The 
lesions  are  in  both  cases  purely  muscular. 


The  atrophy  in  this  disease  may  be  so  in- 
tense that  no  muscular  fibers  remain.  Some 
investigators  claimed  to  have  demonstrated 
lesions  in  the  gray  matter  of  the  cord.  Since 
however  we  have  no  R.  D.  present,  we  are 
safe  in  assuming  that  the  lesions  of  pro- 
gressive muscular  atrophy  are  primarily 
muscular.  An  injury  to  one  portion  of  a  cer- 
tain system  is  eventually  an  injury  to  the 
immediately  adjoining  one.  It  is  easy  to  un- 
derstand that  when  a  muscle  has  for  a  long 
time  failed  to  functionate,  that  a  certain 
amount  of  stimulus  has  been  withdrawn 
from  the  neuron  system  which  supplied 
these  muscles.  It  is  not  difficult  to  account 
for  a  certain  amount  of  nerve  degeneration 
simply  from  non-use. 

When  a  muscle  atrophy  follows  trauma, 
contusions,  wounds  or  fractures,  we  get  a 
hypo-excitability  to  both  currents,  but  R.  D. 
is  never  present  unless  the  nerve  is  also  in- 
volved. In  the  myalgias,  lumbago  and  tor- 
ticollis, R.  D.  is  never  present  unless  there 
is  also  a  toxic  neuritis. 

(B)  R.  D.  is  always  present  in  affections 
of  the  peripheral  nerves  in  any  portion  from 
the  motor  cells  in  the  cord  to  the  muscles 
which  they  supply.  The  reaction  of  degen- 
eration is  due  to  the  destructive  alteration 
of  the  axis  cylinder  or  some  of  the  small 
branches  of  the  main  nerve  in  all  cases  of 
neuritis  and  polyneuritis  caused  either  by 
exposure  to  cold  or  some  toxic  or  infectious 
agent.  All  varieties  are  characterized  by 
R.  D.  more  or  less  complete. 

In  cases  of  toxic  or  infectious  neuritis 
followed  by  peripheral  paralysis  our  first 
attention  was  drawn  to  the  pain  without, 
the  paralysis.  Later  the  paralysis  developed. 
If  we  test  such  a  paralysis  the  R.  D.  is  not 
apparent  until  from  six  to  eight  days  after 
the  commencement  of  the  paralysis.  If  this 
late  paralysis  should  happen  to  be  of  cen- 
tral origin,  we  would  never  get  the  R.  D. 
but  instead  a  quantitative  or  qualitative 
modification  for  either  one  or  both  currents. 

(C)  1.  Lesions  of  the  nerve  centers  of 
which  there  are  two  divisions.  Lesions  of 
the  zchite  substance  of  the  cord.  Let  us  re- 
call that  the  white  substance  of  the  cord 
is  principally  composed  of  conducting 
fibers,  either  main  or  collateral  branches 
passing  up  and  down  in  the  cord  to  cells 
lying  at  various  levels.  These  white  columns 
are  the  site  of  degenerative  changes  in  lo- 
comotor ataxia.     It  is  not  until  all  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


172 


MarcHj  1»19 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


Amsrican  Mkdicini 


fibers  have  been  destroyed  that  we  get  R.  D. 
Hence,  in  any  given  caseof  locomotor  ataxia, 
so  long  as  R.  D.  is  absent,  so  long  is  the 
prognosis  for  the  arrest  of  the  disease  good, 
more  or  less  complete  recovery  is  not  im- 
possible. These  are  the  cases  that  respond 
to  combined  treatment  of  diathermia  and 
muscle  re-education.  It  is  easy  to  see  why 
this  should  be  so.  Heat  applied  to  a  degen- 
erative process  in  the  cord  stays  that  proc- 
ess, while  re-education  develops  the  col- 
lateral nerve  fibers. 

2.  All  the  lesions  of  the  cord  substance 
itself,  such  as  poliomyelitis  and  progressive 
muscular  atrophy  as  previously  mentioned. 
The  lesions  here  are  due  to  some  change  in 
the  gray  matter  of  the  anterior  horn  caused 
by  fibrosis,  sclerosis,  trauma,  acute  inflam- 
mation or  hemorrhage.  In  these  lesions  the 
R.  D.  is  present  early,  before  any  atrophy 
is  visible,  because  the  conducting  mechan- 
ism is  interfered  with,  as  a  matter  of  fact 
no  impulses  are  generated  in  the  trophic 
centers  to  be  conducted. 

Altho  in  these  lesions  the  R.  D.  is  present 
early  and  usually  of  a  marked  degree,  the 
prognosis  is  not  bad  if  treatment  is  begun 
before  too  much  destruction  in  the  cord 
has  taken  place  and  before  the  end  organs 
have  been  completely  destroyed  from  two 
reasons,  first,  because  their  trophic  center 
has  been  destroyed  and  secondly,  because 
from  non-use  a  natural  atrophy  and  a  pos- 
sible absorption  may  have  taken  place. 

In  acute  diffuse  myelitis  there  may  and 
there  may  not  be  any  destruction  of  the 
trophic  centers ;  there  may  or  may  not  even 
be  destruction  of  any  of  the  white  substance, 
so  that  impulse  generation  and  conduction 
may  be  interfered  with  very  slightly.  If 
such  is  the  case,  then  there  will  be  perhaps 
only  some  loss  to  faradic  excitability,  there 
may  even  be  hyper  or  hypo-excitability  to 
the  galvanic  current.  This  would  constitute 
a  qualitative  or  quantitative  change  and  the 
prognosis  would  be  correspondingly  good. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  in  a  case  of  diffuse 
myelitis,  the  normal  galvanic  formula  is  re- 
versed and  complete  R.  D.  is  present,  the 
prognosis  is  equally  grave. 

A  paralysis  which  is  due  to  cerebral  hem- 
orrhage, a  simple  irritative  lesion  will  show 
increased  excitability  to  both  the  faradic  and 
the  galvanic  current  immediately  after  the 
onset.  This  hyper-excitability  is  most 
marked  during  the  second  or  third  week.  In 


older  cases  when  more  or  less  absorption 
of  the  localized  hemorrhage  has  taken  place 
and  the  irritability  reduced,  we  find  hypo- 
excitability  to  both  currents.  Since  this 
lesion  is  of  the  central  neuron,  no  impulses 
reach  the  peripheral  motor,  hence  the 
paralysis.  Because  the  peripheral  neuron  or 
its  trophic  call  is  in  no  way  disturbed,  there 
can  be  no  R.  D. 


ETIOLOGY 

AND 

lAGNOSI 


Diagnostic  Yalne  of  Dnlness  In  Tnnmatie 
Intnuibdomlnal  Extrayasations*— Oostantini  and 
Vlgot  {Paris  Medical  November  2,  1918)  lay 
great  stress  on  the  importance  of  recognizing 
a  fluid  extravasation  in  penetrating  wounds  of 
the  abdomen  as  well  as  in  abdominal  contusions 
complicated  with  visceral  or  vascular  injury, 
such  an  extravasation  indicating  immediate 
operation.  Simple  perforation  of  the  alimentary 
tract  seldom  results  in  marked  extravasation, 
but  let  the  smallest  artery,  e.  g.,  some  small 
omental  vessel,  be  injured,  and  a  litre  of  blood 
will  easily  escape  into  the  abdominal  cavity.  Of 
the  three  recognized  signs  of  viscera]  injury, 
e.  g.f  rigidity,  prehepatic  sonority,  and  iliac 
dulness,  the  first  is  unreliable  because  it  is 
lacking  where  there  has  been  a  simple  hemor- 
rhage without  visceral  injury  and  present 
where  there  is  merely  a  wound  of  the  dia- 
phragm; the  second  is  simply  a  sign  of  meteor- 
ism,  but  the  third  is  a  definitely  valuable  indi- 
cation. The  migration  of  blood  toward  the 
right  iliac  fossa,  however,  as  mentioned  in  the 
usual  textbooks,  is  an  erroneous  deduction.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  blood  extravasated  in  the  ab- 
domen tends  generally  to  sag  into  Douglas' 
cul-de-sac.  Unless  the  amount  exceeds  200 
grams  it  does  not  rise  above  the  brim  of  the 
pelvis,  and  cannot  be  detected  clinically.  Where 
it  does  rise  higher,  it  will  usually  yield  dulness 
in  the  right  iliac  region  rather  than  in  the  left, 
for  the  latter  is  almost  always  occupied  by  the 
sigmoid  loop,  which  is  not  displaced  by  the  fluid 
and  continues  to  yield  a  tympanitic  note  to  per- 
cussion. Less  frequently,  the  cecum  is  inserted 
low,  while  the  mesosigmoid  is  very  short  and 
the  extravasated  fluid  passes  above  it;  left-sided 
dulness  is  then  found,  with  marked  tympany  at 
the  right.  Where  the  extravasation  is  relatively 
slight,  rendering  comparison  of  the  two  sides 
difficult,  both  heavy  and  light  percussion  should 
be  tried;  if  a  difference  between  the  two  sides 
can  be  definitely  established,  an  extravasation 
is  present  and  operation  is  indicated.  In  pa- 
tients who  have  been  lying  on  the  side,  the  cul- 
de-sac  has  not  been  the  most  dependent  portion 
of  the  abdomen,  and  dulness  in  the  iliac  fossae 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBKICAN  BiBDIdNB 


TREATMENT 


March.  1919 


173 


will  be  sought  in  vain.  On  the  other  hand,  an 
area  of  dulness  will  easily  be  found  on  the  side 
of  the  abdomen  upon  which  the  patient  has 
been  lying.  If  now  the  patient  is  turned  on  the 
back,  the  dulness  will  be  observed  gradually  to 
descend  and  occupy  the  iliac  fossa  of  the  same 
side;  under  such  conditions  celiotomy  is  clearly 
indicated. 


Etiology  of  Prnritiis  AnL— Murray  (Journal 
A.  M.  A.,  Nov.  2,  1918)  states  that  true  pruritus 
ani  is  due  to  infection  of  the  skin  with  the 
streptococcus  faecalis,  and  that  in  cases  of 
pruritus  this  organism  cannot  only  be  culti- 
vated as  the  preponderant  one  from  the  affected 
region,  but  also  the  patient's  blood  shows  a 
marked  reduction  in  its  content  of  opsonins 
toward  the  organism.  The  same  etiology  holds 
for  pruritus  vulvae  and  scroti,  as  well  as  for 
the  anal  variety.  Further  support  of  this  con- 
ception of  the  etiology  of  the  pruritus  is  found 
in  the  fact  that  there  is  no  relationship  between 
the  occurrence  of  pruritis  and  the  various  rectal 
pathologic  conditions.  The  discovery  of  the 
etiologic  factor  gives  a  logic  basis  for  the 
treatment  of  the  condition.  Since  the  infection 
is  not  merely  a  surface  one,  but  is  one  which 
involves  the  deeper  portions  of  the  skin,  it  is 
not  possible  to  attack  it  by  external  local  appli- 
cations. As  is  to  be  expected,  the  various  sur- 
gical methods  advocated  have  usually  failed  in 
the  cure  of  pruritus,  at  best  giving  but  tem- 
porary relief.  Further,  the  cure  of  associated 
rectal  affections  does  not  relieve  pruritus.  The 
most  satisfactory  treatment  and  one  which  is 
quite  rational,  is  by  the  administration  of  an 
autogenous  vaccine,  made  from  the  streptococ- 
CVS  faeoalis.  This  vaccine  contains  2.000.000.- 
000  organisms  per  mil.  killed  by  one-half  per 
cent,  phenol  or  one-third  per  cent,  tricresol.  The 
initial  dose  is  about  0.2  mil  subcutaneously.  The 
doses  are  raoidly  increased  in  size  until  a  good 
reaction  is  produced,  the  number  given  varying 
with  the  individual  case.  Along  with  this  treat- 
ment proohviactic  measures  to  prevent  rein- 
fection should  be  taken,  such  as  bathing  the 
anal  skin  after  each  defecation.  The  treatment 
will  not  cure  every  case,  but  it  is  far  more  suc- 
cessful than  any  other  so  far  employed  by  the 
author. 


RU^kets  »«  an  Etiologic  Factor  In  the  Pro- 
diet'ovi  of  Wenk  Feet  In  Children.— Rickets  as 

an  etioloric  factor  in  the  production  of  weak 
feet  in  children  has  not  frequently  been  con- 
sidered. Horwitz  (Interstate  Med.  Jour..  Aug., 
1918)  says  little  attention  has  been  paid,  as  a 
rule,  to  rachitic  children  in  order  to  prevent 
and  correct  foot  weakness.  In  older  children  in 
whom  a  foot  defect  has  been  noted,  some 
method  of  correction  has  been  instituted,  but 
in  the  Infant  and  the  child  beginning  to  walk  it 
is  neglected. 

If  we  were  to  consider  rickets  as  a  constitu- 
tional disease,  leading  to  foot  weakness  and 
disturbance,  at  times  resembling  true  paralysis. 


we  would  render  humanity  a  service.  If  we 
were  to  regard  rickets  much  in  the  same  light 
as  poliomyelitis,  and  remember  that  foot  dis- 
turbance both  in  form  and  function  must  result, 
much  as  we  remember  that  foot  deformity  in 
poliomyelitis  will  and  must  result  if  the  limb 
were  left  to  itself,  a  different  attitude  would  be 
assumed  by  the  practitioner  and  even  by  the 
pediatrist,  and  more  useful  feet  and  less  weak- 
ened feet  in  children,  and  consequently  in 
adults,  would  result  A  larger  amount  of 
weak  feet  exists  than  is  the  general  supposi- 
tion, and  to  leave  rachitic  children  alone,  with 
the  idea  of  self-correction,  is  not  wise. 

In  rickets,  as  in  poliomyelitis,  the  muscle 
weakness  is  not  symmetrical,  and  the  action  of 
the  synergists  is  disturbed.  While,  as  in  polio- 
myelitis, gravity  plays  an  important  part  in 
rickets  weight-bearing  is  the  controlling  factor. 
In  the  former  the  deformity  may  take  place 
before  the  child  is  able  to  walk;  in  the  latter 
it  does  not  take  place  until  walking  has  been 
begun.  This  ought  to  give  us  a  better  oppor- 
tunity to  prevent  deformity. 

This  deformity  in  rickets  is  just  as  easy  to 
foretell  as  in  poliomyelitis.  In  a  limb  weak- 
ened by  rickets  the  child  persists  in  the  walk 
used  by  an  infant — that  is,  the  legs  are  widely 
separated  to  give  a  larger  base  for  support.  In 
this  attitude,  if  prolonged,  the  feet  are  naturally 
abducted  and  pronated.  This  in  itself  leads  to 
deformity  of  the  leg. 

Whether  the  leg  in  rickets  shall  be  bowed  or 
knocked  depends  on  this  early  walk  of  the 
child.  There  are,  however,  two  strong  predis- 
posing factors.  One  is  that  in  the  female  an 
approach  of  the  knees  is  the  normal,  predispos- 
ing to  actual  knock-knee.  Another  is  the  normal 
slight  lateral  bowing  of  the  tibia,  predisposing 
in  some  to  bowlegs.  Where  the  tendency  to 
knock-knee  does  not  exist,  the  bowing  has  the 
ascendency.  Added  to  this  the  separation  of  the 
legs  and  the  eversion  of  the  feet  in  the  gait 
of  the  rachitic  child,  the  knocking  would  be 
exaggerated.  The  points,  therefore,  to  bear  in 
mind  are  that  rickets  produces  a  muscle  weak- 
ness much  as  poliomyelitis  does,  and  that  cer- 
tain deformities  can  be  foretold,  and  prevented 
if  proper  methods  were  instituted. 


REATMENT 


3lL 


Allen  Treatment  of  Diabetes*— Of  great 
importance,  says  Allen  (Northwest  Medicine 
March,  1918),  is  the  need  of  observing  certain 
important  matters  in  the  conduct  of  this  method 
of  treatment  if  the  best  results  are  to  be  ob- 
tained. In  the  first  place  a  complete  physical 
examination  should  be  made  to  discover  all 
abnormalities  associated  with  diabetes  or  which 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


174 


March,  1919 


TREATBIENT 


AMBHICAN   MKDICINB 


may  Influence  the  results  of  treatment.  Thus 
all  foci  of  infection  should  be  eliminated  be- 
fore treatment  is  started,  the  Wassermann  test 
should  be  performed  to  determine  the  presence 
or  absence  of  syphilis,  tuberculosis  should  be 
sought  for,  and  the  circulatory  system  should 
be  examined  carefully.  In  the  second  place  it 
is  absolutely  necessary  that  the  treatment  be 
individualized  for  each  patient.  In  severe  cases 
residence  in  hospital  with  the  care  of  a  com- 
petent nurse  is  essential  at  the  beginning.  In 
less  severe  cases  daily  visits  to  the  physician's 
office  are  essential  during  the  fasting  period 
and  the  urine  must  be  examined  daily,  a  twen- 
ty-four hour  specimen  being  used.  In  general 
alcohol  and  soda  should  not  be  given,  but  some- 
times one  or  the  other  may  be  helpful.  Patients 
must  be  taught  to  approximate  the  caloric  values 
of  the  foods  which  they  eat  and  to  know  the 
approximate  content  of  each  in  fat,  protein  and 
carbohydrate.  Continual  use  of  the  proper  foods 
within  the  limits  of  tolerance  is  the  most  im- 
portant of  all  factors.  The  weight  of  the  pa- 
tient should  be  kept  below  normal,  but  not  more 
than  fifteen  per  cent,  below.  Excess  of  food  of 
any  form  is  harmful  and  a  daily  Intake  be- 
tween 1,600  and  2,000  calories  is  usually  suffi- 
cient. Frequent  careful  determinations  of  acido- 
sis are  essential.  Physical  exercise  Is  extremely 
important  to  shorten  the  period  of  fasting  and 
to  restore  and  increase  the  patient's  strength 
and  tolerance.  Self-denial  and  will  power  should 
be  encouraged  and  the  patient's  environment, 
habits  and  mental  attitude  deserve  investiga- 
tion and  control.  Work  should  be  limited  to 
eight  hours  daily  and  an  abundance  of  rest 
assured. 


Rectal  Feedinpr.— As  Cornwall  points  out 
(Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  Mar.  18,  1918),  the  colon  does 
not  possess  adequate  digestive  functions  and 
that,  therefore,  the  food  administered  thru  it 
must  be  predigested  or  such  as  is  absorbed 
readily.  Rectal  feeding  should  also  aim  to  pro- 
vide an  adequate  protein  ration  in  the  form 
of  the  aminoacids  in  proper  proportions,  salts, 
the  vitamlnes,  and  carbohydrate  for  fuel.  Milk 
provides  the  protein  constituents,  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  mineral  salts,  and  some  of  the 
requisite  vitamlnes.  It  should  be  peptonized"  and 
pancreatized  completely  before  being  used. 
Owing  to  Its  capacity  of  undergoing  lactic  acid 
fermentation  it  tends  to  prevent  protein  putre- 
faction and  is  of  advantage  on  this  account. 
Fruit  juices  provide  the  vitamlnes  and  other 
mineral  salts,  and  glucose  is  the  ideal  carbo- 
hydrate. A  satisfactory  prescription  for  rectal 
feeding,  based  on  these  facts,  is:  Glucose,  thirty 
grams  (one  ounce);  strained  juice  of  a  half 
an  orange;  sodium  bicarbonate,  two  grams 
(thirty  grains);  a  like  amount  of  sodium 
chloride,  and  water  to  make  300  mils  (ten 
ounces).  This  Is  to  be  given  at  6  a.  m.,  and  at 
8  a.  m.,  150  mils  (five  ounces)  of  peptonized 
and  pancreatized  skimmed  milk  are  given.  Then 
the  same  mixture  as  for  6  a.  m.  is  repeated  at 
4  and  10  p.  m.,  whilq  the  milk  is  repeated  at 
noon,  6  p.  m.,  and  midnight.  This  diet  provides 


twenty  grams  of  protein  and  a  fuel  value  of 
700  calories.  It  may  be  altered  as  required  by 
increase  or  decrease  of  the  glucose,  addition  of 
glucose  to  the  milk,  addition  of  0.3  gram  (five 
grains)  of  calcium  chloride  to  the  glucose 
enemas,  and  by  adding  a  culture  of  acid- 
ophilic bacteria  to  any  of  the  enemas.  A  sec- 
ond plan  providing  the  same  amount  of  fuel, 
but  no  protein,  consists  in  the  administration 
every  four  hours  of  the  glucose  mixture  of  the 
preceding.  The  enemas  should  be  given  at  100^ 
F.,  injected  slowly,  and  the  patient's  buttocks 
should  be  elevated  while  he  lies  on  his  right 
side  during  the  injection.  He  should  maintain 
this  position  for  half  an  hour  after  the  admin- 
istration of  each  feeding.  Every  second  day  he 
should  be  given  a  colonic  irrigation  with 
physiologic  salt  solution. 


Antfscorbntic  Talne  of  Raw  Juices  of  Boot 

Vegetables*— Harriette  Chick  and  Mabel  Rhodes 
In  their  exceedingly  practical  and  valuable  arti- 
cle {Lancet,  December  7,  1918)  call  attention  to 
the  relative  deficiency  of  raw  cows'  milk  in 
antiscorbutic  substances  and  to  the  further  fact 
that  the  heating  of  milk  materially  reduces  the 
small  antiscorbutic  properties  present  Since 
most  cows'  milk  now  fed  to  infants  is  heated  at 
some  stage  or  In  the  preparation  of  the  diet,  it 
is  necessary  to  provide  additional  sources  of 
these  vitamlnes.  Fresh  oranges  are  the  best 
for  this  purpose  in  point  of  activity,  but  they 
are  often  difficult  to  secure  and  are  frequently 
very  expensive.  In  the  desire  of  finding  some 
substitute,  the  authors  investigated  the  anti- 
scorbutic properties  of  various  root  vegetables 
and  found  that  the  fresh  juice  of  raw  turnips 
was  actively  antiscorbutic  j  that  of  raw  carrot, 
slightly  active;  and  that  of  beets  about  the 
same  as  carrot  juice.  Steamed  potato  was  fairly 
active.  The  juices  of  the  raw  vegetables  can 
be  obtained  by  grating  the  vegetable,  putting 
the  material  into  muslin,  and  squeezing  it 
gently  between  the  fingers.  The  juice  should  be 
prepared  fresh  daily,  as  it  undergoes  changes 
readily  and  loses  Its  antiscorbutic  properties 
rapidly. 


The  Heart  of  a  Pregnant  Woman.— According 
to  Burckhardt  (Amer.  Jour,  of  Ohstetrics,  Dec, 
1918)  an  early  diagnosis  of  a  heart  lesion  is  es- 
sential for  successful  therapeutics.  The  history 
of  the  case  is  important:  Menstrual  disturb- 
ances, aversion  to  exertion,  vasomotor  disturb- 
ances, a  multipara  who  has  never  regained  her 
full  strength  after  a  previous  delivery,  pyelitis, 
other  forms  of  sepsis,  and  toxemias  should  be 
looked  upon  as  suspicion.  To  depend  on  marked 
objective  changes  in  the  heart  and  the  general 
system  means  the  loss  of  valuable  time.  Low 
pressure,  the  absence  of  accentuation  of  the 
pulmonic  or  aostic  second  sound,  the  displace- 
ments of  the  cardiac  outlines,  and  the  change  in 
intensity  of  murmurs  over  the  ostia,  are  of 
greatest  importance.    The  frequent  slmultane- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mbdicinb 


COURBSPONDENCE 


March,  1919 


175 


ous  occurrence  of  a  toxemia  and  a  cardiac  dis- 
turbance, caused  perhaps  by  the  same  factor  are 
important;  relatively  low  pressure,  with  a  stead- 
ily increasing  amount  of  albumin,  of  blood 
nitrogen,  granular  casts  and  blood  cells  pres- 
ages early  collapse.  Drastic  measures,  if  un- 
avoidable, include  prolonged  and  absolute  rest 
in  bed,  the  use  of  opiates,  and  larger  doses  of 
digitalis,  all  of  which  interfere  with  the  es- 
sential metabolism.  Impregnation  should  be 
prevented  if  possible;  if  conception  has  oc- 
curred, it  should  in  all  but  the  severest  treat- 
ment be  carried  to  term.  Rest  and  exercise, 
neither  half-heartedly,  should  be  prescribed. 
Blood  pressure  readings,  especially  between  the 
thirty-fourth  and  thirty-fifth  week  when  daily 
observations  are  necessary  in  order  to  deter- 
mine the  proper  time  of  interference  and  when 
patients  should  be  confined  to  bed,  assist  greatly 
in  controlling  the  patient's  work.  Settling 
usually  gives  a  considerable  amelioration  of 
symptoms  and  patient  may  be  given  more 
liberty.  Offending  tonsils  or  teeth  should  be  re- 
moved; any  nasopharyngeal  or  dental  work 
should  be  attended  to.  And  last  but  not  least, 
digitalis  to  regulate  the  work  and  rest  of  the 
heart 


EXCEPHALITIS  LETHABGICA. 

March  14,  1919. 
To  the  Editor, 

American  Medicine,  New  York  City: 

Reports  have  been  received  from  various 
European  cities  which  indicate  the  prevalence, 
in  epidemic  form,  of  a  disease  which  has  been 
named  encephalitis  letharglca.  The  first  case 
of  the  disease  in  this  city  was  reported  to  this 
Department  on  March  12,  1919,  and  information 
has  since  been  received  from  authoritative 
sources  that  there  are  eight  other  cases  under 
observation  in  which  this  disease  Is  suspected. 
In  view  of  the  fact  that  it  is  essential  for  us 
to  be  apprised  as  promptly  as  possible  of  the 
occurrence  of  cases  of  this  disease  so  that  we 
may  take  such  measures  as  may  in  the  premises 
be  necessary,  I  would  earnestly  request  the  co- 
operation of  the  physicians  of  this  city  in  mak- 
ing prompt  report  to  the  Director  of  the  Bureau 
of  Preventable  Diseases  of  any  case  in  which 
encephalitis  letharglca  is  definitely  diagnosed 
or  suspected. 

The  situation  at  the  present  moment  does  not 
seem  to  warrant  our  making  this  disease  re- 
portable by  a  Sanitary  Code  enactment,  and  I 
look  forward  with  confidence  to  the  cordial  and 
helpful  cooperation  of  your  readers  in  giving  us 
prompt  information  as  to  cases  of  this  disease. 


Will   you   kindly   bring   this   request  to   the 
notice  of  the  readers  of  your  journal? 
Very  truly  yours, 

Royal  S.  Copeland, 
Commissioner. 


NEWS  NOTES"" 
ANNOONCEMENTi 

IP 


New  Red  Cross  Head  a  Medical  Maiir— Dr. 
Livingston  Farrand,  who  has  just  assumed  his 
duties  as  chairman  of  the  Central  Committee  of 
the  American  Red  Cross,  succeeding  William  H. 
Taft,  is  a  graduate  of  the  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons,  Columbia,  class  of  '91,  which  he 
entered  after  his  graduation  from  Princeton 
in  1888.  He  supplemented  his  studies  in  this 
country  by  courses  at  Cambridge  and  Berlin, 
spending  three  years  abroad.  From  1905  to 
1914  he  was  executive  secretary  of  the  National 
Association  for  the  Study  and  Prevention  of 
Tuberculosis.  He  resigned  to  become  president 
of  the  University  of  Colorado,  which  post  he 
held  when  he  went  to  France  to  become  director 
of  the  tuberculosis  work  of  the  International 
Health  Board  in  1917.  He  entered  the  field 
when  both  countries  were  staggering  almost  to 
the  earth  and  the  white  plague  was  working 
untold  havoc  in  the  army  and  among  the  women 
and  children.  Under  his  leadership  the  cam- 
paign by  American  agents  achieved  results 
which  only  can  be  estimated  fully  by  those 
familiar  with  the  conditions. 

Thru  his  varied  experience  in  this  coun- 
try and  abroad  Dr.  Farrand  is  peculiarly  well 
fitted  to  become  the  national  leader  of  the  Red 
Cross  in  its  broad,  projective  peace  program. 
He  has  always  been  closely  affiliated  with  the 
societies  concerned  with  preventive  medicine 
and  at  one  time  served  as  treasurer  of  the 
American  Public  Health  Association.  He  is 
also  a  member  of  the  American  Psychological 
Association,  the  American  Anthropological'  As- 
sociation, the  American  Folk-Lore  Society,  the 
American  Climatological  Association,  the  Ameri- 
can Statistical  Association,  the  Society  of 
American  Naturalists  and  a  fellow  in  the  A.  A. 
A.  S. 

The  new  chief  executive  of  the  Red  Cross  was 
born  in  New  Jersey  fifty- two  years  ago  and 
comes  of  a  family  which  has  long  cherished 
ideals  of  scholarship  and  social  service.  One 
of  his  brothers  is  a  professor  of  history  in 
Yale  and  another  is  headmaster  of  the  Newark 
Academy. 

Dr.  Farrand,  who  returned  to  this  country 
the  last  week  In  January,  was  chosen  by  Presi- 
dent Wilson  for  this  responsible  position  not 
alone  for  his  personal  attributes  and  his  broad 
knowledge  of  social  and  political  situations  in 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


176 


March,  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Medicini 


this  country  and  abroad,  but  also  because  of  his 
proved  reputation  as  an  able  executive  and  a 
progressive  leader. 


Golden  Jubilee- Ylctory  Celebration  Meetings— 

The  fiftieth  annual  meeting  of  the  American 
Medical  Editors'  Association  will  be  held  at  the 
Marlborough-Blenheim  Hotel,  Atlantic  City,  on 
Monday  and  Tuesday,  June  9th  and  10th,  and 
will  tak^  the  form  of  a  semi-centennial  cele- 
bration and  a  victory  meeting,  emphasizing  the 
part  which  this  Association  and  its  members 
have  taken  in  the  world's  war. 

The  enthusiasm  manifested  upon  the  part  of 
the  president,  ex-presidents  and  officers  of  this 
Association  is  an  assurance  of  its  successful 
outcome. 

A  most  attractive  program  is  now  being  pre- 
pared and  every  physician,  even  remotely  In- 
terested in  medical  journalism,  will  find  it  to 
his  advantage  to  attend. 


Red  Cross  Plans  Xation-Wide  Public  Health 
Campaign. — A  nation-wide  campaign  for  public 
health  education  is  one  of  the  first  of  the  peace 
time  activities  to  be  undertaken  by  the  Red 
Cross  and  plans  for  this  are  well  under  way. 
Realizing  that  the  Chautauqua  itineraries 
offered  unusual  opportunities  to  reach  commu- 
nities most  in  need  of  health  work,  the  Red 
Cross  Department  of  Nursing  Is  assigning 
between  thirty  and  forty  of  its  most  able  nurses, 
who  have  just  returned  from  overseas,  to  lecture 
on  the  principal  Chautauqua  circuits  thru- 
out  the  country.  These  lectures  are  to  start 
about  June  1.  In  each  instance  the  lecture  will 
be  followed  by  a  squad  of  other  nurses  and 
Red  Cross  workers,  who  will  conduct  a  health 
exhibit  and  give  practical  demonstrations. 


A  Good  Opportunity  to  Start  in  Practice* — 

There  is  a  good  opportunity  for  a  first  class 
physician  in  Wibaux,  Mont,  one  that  also  can 
do  surgical  work. 

We  would  like  to  get  one  to  locate  here  right 
away,  and  a  physician  of  good  appearance  and 
personality  would  get  the  support  of  the  town 
and  surrounding  country. 

Any  information  which  a  physician  might 
like  to  obtain  in  regard  to  this  town  can  be  ob- 
tained from  Mr.  R.  B.  Chappell,  Vice-President 
First  State  Bank,  Wibaux,  Mont. 


Free  Clinic  for  Speech  Defects.— The  first 
free  medical  clinic  devoted  to  the  treatment  of 
defective  voice  and  speech  conditions  has  been 
opened  at  143  East  37th  Street,  New  York. 
The  clinic  has  as  its  objects  to  cure  all  forms  of 
speech  and  voice  disorders  such  as  stuttering, 
stammering,  lisping,  nasality,  cleft  palate 
speech,    etc.    It    will    take    care    of    defective 


teeth,  mouth,  or  jaw  conditions,  when  such  con- 
ditions are  the  causative  factors  of  defective 
speech.  It  will  educate  or  re-educate  patients 
who  are  deaf  or  hard  of  hearing.  There  will  be 
evening  classes  three  nights  a  week.  The  clinic 
will  also  maintain  a  Central  Information 
Bureau  and  Clearing  House  for  Speech  and 
Voice  Disorders. 


DTarcotic  Control  Regulations.— For  the  en- 
forcement of  the  new  antinarcotic  law  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  the  State  has  been  divided 
into  three  districts.  The  Metropolitan  district 
of  New  York  has  been  assigned  to  the  first 
deputy,  George  H.  Whitney,  of  Mechanlcsville^ 
N.  Y.,  and  to  the  tliird  deputy,  Mrs.  Rita  A. 
Yawger.  The  Western  district  has  been  as- 
signed to  the  second  deputy.  Dr.  Addison  T. 
Halstead,  of  Yates  County,  and  the  Albany  dis- 
trict will  be  under  the  immediate  supervision 
of  the  commissioner,  Frank  Richardson.  Blanks 
have  been  sent  out  to  30,000  persons  who  will 
be  required  to  use  such  blanks  either  in  the 
purchase,  the  sale,  or  the  prescribing  of  nar- 
cotics. 


War  Increases  Mental  Disease.— Figures  com- 
piled by  the  New  York  State  Hospital  Commis- 
sion show  that  3,995  more  patients  have  been 
admitted  to  the  State  hospitals  during  the  forty- 
four  months  since  war  was  declared  than  for 
the  similar  period  of  time  prior  to  the  begin- 
ning of  hostilities,  the  admissions  prior  to  the 
war  being  29,316,  as  against  33,311  afterward. 
The  State  hospitals  are  actually  housing  6,500 
more  patients  than  they  were  built  to  accom- 
modate. The  State  Commission  on  the  Feeble- 
minded has  mapped  out  a  program  for  the  relief 
of  this  condition,  which  has  been  presented 
to  Governor  Smith. 


Gnard  Port  of  Kew  Toric  Against  Smallpox^ — 

A  statement  recently  Issued  by  Health  Commis- 
sioner Royal  S.  Copeland  calls  attention  to  the 
fact  that  smallpox  of  a  virulent  type  is  raging 
in  certain  sections  of  Italy,  and  to  guard  against 
the  disease  being  brought  into  New  York  the 
strictest  precautions  must  be  observed.  The 
closest^  possible  inspection  is  made  of  every  in- 
coming vessel  from  an  Italian  port  Every  pas- 
senger from  Italy  will  be  vaccinated  if  the  time 
since  the  departure  of  a  ship  from  an  Infected 
port  has  been  less  than  sixteen  days.  No  pas- 
senger will  be  permitted  to  land  until  that  time 
has  elapsed.  The  New  i^ork  Health  Depart- 
ment is  given  the  name  and  destination  of  every 
person  who  enters  the  United  States.  If  he  tar- 
ries In  New  York  City  he  will  be  kept  under 
the  observation  of  the  officials  of  the  Health  De- 
partment until  all  possible  danger  has  passed. 
If  he  does  not  remain  in  the  city  the  health 
officials  of  the  place  to  which  he  is  going  are 
notified.  The  health  commissioner  announces 
that  there  is  no  occasion  for  alarm  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  the  purpose  of  the  statement  being  to 
avoid  disquieting  rumors  and  to  fortify  the 
public  against  groundless  fears. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


MAY  i?ii.m- 


»,> 


HMERICaifflfiDKW 

PUBLISHED   MONTHLY 
BdiiariAl  Olli«eai    18  East  41a«  St..  New  Tork  Citr.  PubUoatlon  Ollie«ai    189  CoUefte  St..  B«rlla«toB.  Vt. 


Complele  SwIm.    Yd.  XXY.  No.  4 
HewASnlafl,  VoL  UV.    No.  4 


APRIL,  1919 


CO  no    niALT ' 


CONTENTS 


EDITORIAL    COMHBNT 177 

MEN   AlVD   THINGS 187 

ORIGINAL    ARTICLES 198 

LONI>ON    LETTER.  , 226 

RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 228 

PHYSICAL    THERAPY 280 

AMONG  THE  BOOKS 288 

ETIOLOGY    AND    DIAGNOSIS 286 

TREATMENT    287 

NEWS  NOTES  AND  ANNOI7NOEMENT8 . . .  288 

(CoatlBiied  on  pac6  6) 


CONTRIBUTORS 

Llevt.-CoL  Sir  James  B«zt»  M.  D.»  LL.  D.^  F.  R.  O. 

P..  F.  R.  S.  E.9  Liverpool.  England. 

Geoxve  T.  Steveiui,  BL  D.»  Ph.  D.»  F.  A.  CL  S.»  New 

York  City. 

Emeet  ZnebUn*  M.  Dt.  F.  A.  C.  O.  P.*  Oindnnatl, 
Ohio. 

Lnrad  Bnun*  BL  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Edmond  Sovehon.  M.  D.»  F.  A.  O.  S«  New  OrleanB, 


Sntared  as  MCond-elMt  nutter  Jannaiy  28,  1906,  at  the  Port  Office  at  Bgrllagton,  Vt,  under  Act  of  Congrett,  March  8,  ISTO. 

In  the  Treatment  of 

RHEUMATIC  and 

NEURALGIC  ILLS 

jon  will  obtain  substantial  aid  from  the  thorough  nse  of 

K-Y  ANALGESIC 

This  non-greasy,  water-soluble  local  anodyne  will  enable  you 
to  ease  your  patient^s  pain  and  dis<M>nifort,  while  your  internal  or 
systemic  medication  is  combating  the  cause  of  his  <M>ndition. 

The  advantages,  mMreoyer,  of  relieving  the  pain  of  a  facial 
neuralgia,  an  inflamed  joint,  or  aching  lumbar  muscles  without  re- 
course to  coal  tar  derivatiyes  cannot  fail  to  appeal  to  medical  men. 

K-Y  ANALGESIC  is  a  safe  and  effective  adjunct  that  will  daily 
grow  more  useful  to  the  practitioner  as  the  many  opportunities  for 
its  effective  use  are  realized. 

VAN  HORN  &  SAWTELL  DEPARTMENT 

NEW  BRUNSWICK,  N.  J^  U.  S.  A. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Serviceable  in 
eye,  ear,  note^ 
throat  and 
genito-urinarj 
diseases 


O ILVOL  containa  •ppraziiiuitely  20  per  cent  of 
metallic  tilver.    It  ie  markedly  antiseptic,    k  ia 
Don-tDKic  mad  non-irritating,    k  does  not  coagulafee 
auNimin. 

SILVOL  POWDER  (granular):  Bottlea  of  one 


SILVOL  CAPSULES  (6.grain):  Bottles  of  KM. 

SILVOL  OINTMENT  (5^):  CoDaprible  tube*, 
l-drachm  and  lO-drackm. 

SILVOL  SUPPOSITORIES  (Vaginal)  (5«): 
Boxes  of  one  dozen. 

SILVOL  BOUGIES  (5^):  Boxes  of  25  and  100. 

In  its  various  forms  Sikrol  is  extensively  used  in 
tlio  treatment  of  acute  and  chronic  conjunctivitis, 
eomeal  ulcer,  trachoma,  rhinitis^  sinus  infections, 
otitis  media,  pharyngitis^  tonsillirisb  gonorrhea,  cys- 
titisb  vaginitii^  posterior  urethritiib  cervical  eiosiocis. 
endometritis^  etc 

Medical  authorities  have  pronounced  Silvol  the 
most  satisfactoiy  proleifUsilver  compound  obtainable. 

Literature  accompanies  each  package. 


DETROrr.  MICHIGAN 
U.S.  A. 


Parke,  Davis  &  G>e 


Digjjized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.  BDWUi  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Afamarinjr  Editor 

PuBUBHKD  Monthly  by  thb  Ambiucam  Mbdioal  Pubushimg  Company 
CovyTightod  by  the  American  Medical  PnblishliiK  Co.,  1919 


IRA  a  WILE,  Associate  Editor 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  4 
New  Series,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  4 


APRIL,  1919 


to  (\(\       YEARLY 
^^.W     In  Advance 


Deficiencies   in    Medical    Education. — 

The  results  achieved  by  medical  men  in  the 
war  have  been  adjudged  excellent,  and  re- 
flect credit  upon  the  profession.  There  were 
numerous  errors  shown,  however,  in  the 
process  of  selecting  the  personnel  so  as  to 
eliminate  those  for  one  reason  or  another 
unfitted  for  types  of  service  demanded  by 
the  military  authorities.  The  shortcomings 
revealed  are  considered  by  Brigadier  Gen- 
eral E.  L.  Munson  {Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  April  12,  1919). 
Whether  or  not  his  criticisms  will  be  fully 
substantiated  by  official  statistics  when  com- 
piled is  a  matter  of  conjecture.  His  impres- 
sions, however,  merit  consideration,  par- 
ticularly, in  view  of  the  fact  that  they  call 
attention  to  real  problems  which  had  to  be 
met  in  the  development  of  the  Medical  Re- 
serve Corps. 

The  old  Medical  Reserve  Corps  of  the 
United  States  Army,  whose  existence  proved 
its  practicability  as  a  first-line  medical 
defense  in  meeting  the  emergency  needs 
of  the  government,  underwent  investiga- 
tion and  examination  with  a  result  that 
probably  about  15  per  cent,  were  deemed 
to  be  professionally  undesirable.  The  orig- 
inal method  of  commission  of  medical  of- 
ficers was  so  unscientific  that  many  medical 
officers  were  inducted  into  service,  tho  not 
actually  qualified  for  the  work  to  be  done. 
Readjustments  were  therefore  necessary 
for  both  the  "misfits"  and  the  "unfits."  Ac- 


cording to  Munson,  probably  10  per  cent, 
of  the  men  who  came  to  training  camps 
might  be  grouped  as  substandard  as  far  as 
professional  efficiency  was  concerned.  This 
view  is  partially  supported  by  the  fact  that 
"salvage  classes  were  begun  in  camps  for 
the  purpose  of  raising  the  standards  of  med- 
ical knowledge,  and  in  order  to  refresh  the 
memory  of  candidates  for  commission."  At 
some  times  the  reclamation  classes  at  Camp 
Greenleaf  amounted  to  as  large  as  six  to 
eight  per  cent,  of  the  student  officers  group. 
It  is  significant  that  from  a  study  of  quali- 
fication of  candidates,  the  Board  of  Ex- 
aminers found  the  proportion  of  really  high 
grade  men  in  internal  medicine  to  be  small, 
and  "only  about  six  per  cent,  were  really 
high  class  surgeons."  It  is  patent  that  if 
this  represents  the  average  of  professional 
qualification,  our  system  of  education  and 
practice  cannot  be  regarded  as  satisfactory. 
There  is  nothing  in  Dr.  Munson's  article  to 
differentiate  between  the  educational  and 
practical  qualifications  of  graduates  of 
fifteen  years'  standing,  and  those  who 
gained  their  professional  training  before 
that  period.  It  is  only  natural  that  men  who 
were  graduated  from  poor  medical  schools 
revealed  lower  qualifications  than  those  who 
were  graduated  from  schools  of  the  better 
type.  Similarly,  the  mental  standards  of 
these  graduates  of  inferior  institutions  were 
on  a  lower  scale  than  those  trained  by  the 
class  A  medical  institutions.  It  is  a  cause 


Digitized  by 


Google 


178 


April.,  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


American  Medigins 


for  wonderment  and  astonishment  to  learn 
that  the  psychologic  tests  of  officers  and 
men  at  Camp  Lee  indicated  that  "the  group 
of  physicians  ranks  lower  in  mental  alertness 
than  any  other  group  of  the  military  class, 
except  the  supply  train,  dentists  and  veteri- 
narians." Investigation  indicated  that  this 
condition  was  largely  due  to  the  number 
of  applicants  who  had  come  from  poor 
schools  and  small  communities  where  op- 
portunities for  development  were  lacking 
as  the  supplemental  cause  of  inferiority  to 
ordinary  hereditary  weaknesses. 

From  the  standpoint  of  civil  practice, 
there  is  greater  cause  for  interest  and  in- 
quiry over  the  fact  that  a  large  proportion 
of  alleged  specialists  were  only  partly 
qualified  for  the  work  they  represented 
themselves  capable  of  performing.  As  Mun- 
son  rightly  maintains,  "For  a  man  to  claim 
the  qualities  of  an  expert,  even  if  his  claims 
are  accepted  by  the  general  public,  does  not 
make  him  an  expert,  and  one  of  the  chief 
functions  of  medical  education  is  to  safe- 
guard the  community." 

The  deficiencies  of  medical  education,  as 
suggested,  refer  more  specifically  to  pre- 
ventive medicine,  hygiene,  sanitation  and 
fitness  to  practice  specialties.  It  is  unfor- 
tunate, but  not  entirely  unexpected,  that  the 
general  average  of  the  profession  was  not 
revealed  to  be  higher  than  described,  but 
unless  there  is  contrasting  evidence  as  to 
the  status  of  recent  products  and  those  of 
licentiates  of  many  years'  standing,  it  is 
impossible  to  establish  definite  conclusions 
or  to  point  out  the  most  satisfactory  method 
of  adjusting  the  difficulties.  Medical  educa- 
tion in  the  United  States  has  been  so  free 
and  generous  that  there  has  been  developed 
about  one  physician  to  every  700  prospective 
patients  in  the  United  States.  This  is  in 
sharp  contrast  to  the  one  physician  to  each 


1,537  persons  in  England  and  Wales,  one 
per  1,969  persons  in  France,  one  per  2,124 
persons  in  Germany  before  the  war. 

In  1901,  there  were  154  medical  schools 
in  the  United  States  which,  because  of  the 
pressure  of  publicity  as  to  inferiority  in 
equipment  and  teaching,  were  gradually  re- 
duced to  100  in  1914.  Similarly,  the  student 
body  declined  from  27,000  in  1903,  to  only 
14,000  in  1916.  It  is  probable  that  a  com- 
parison of  the  relative  merits  of  the  grad- 
uates of  the  past  ten  or  fifteen  years  with 
those  of  years  antedating  1904  would  indi- 
cate the  marked  advances  in  professional 
standards  of  ability  and  efficiency  to  the 
great  advantage  of  the  younger  generation 
of  medical  practitioners. 

It  is  manifestly  important  to  recognize 
the  numerous  difficulties  of  medical  educa- 
tion directly  or  indirectly  referred  to  by 
General  Munson  in  the  interest  and  the  im- 
provement of  the  educational  status  of 
physicians.  His  case,  however,  is  by  no 
means  proven,  and  his  numerous  allegations 
will  require  considerable  supportive  testi- 
mony in  order  to  demonstrate  their  com- 
pleteness and  accuracy. 

The  accomplishments  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession in  the  war  reflect  considerable  credit 
and  distinction  upon  its  members  and,  in 
all  probability,  the  errors  committed  were 
not  in  excessive  proportion  compared  with 
similar  deficiencies  which  occurred  in  other 
branches  of  the  service  because  of  a  similar 
degree  of  inexperience  and  lack  of  special- 
ized training  for  a  military  career.  The  type 
of  work  performed  under  the  stress  of  war 
was  largely  emergent  in  character,  and  the 
response  of  the  profession  to  this  emer- 
gency was  quantitatively  satisfactory,  and, 
undoubtedly,  qualitatively  gratifying.  Pro- 
fessional standards  have  not  been  deter- 
mined   and   an    ideal    state   has   not   been 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


April,  1919 


179 


achieved.  Measured  by  the  criterion  of  ideal 
performance,  undoubtedly  many  criticisms 
are  deserving,  but  from  the  standpoint  of 
human  accomplishment  in  the  light  of  med- 
ical progress  and  education,  which  has  been 
too  free  and  unrestricted,  the  results  of  the 
medico-military  forces  may  be  regarded  as 
excellent,  and  the  criticisms,  while  legiti- 
mate, may  be  condoned  because  of  ex- 
tenuating circumstances. 

It  cannot  be  gainsaid,  however,  that  con- 
structive criticisms  of  our  system  of  medi- 
cal education  are  always  welcome  and 
should  receive  the  thoughtful  attention  of 
those  responsible  for  the  development  of 
graduates  in  medicine.  For  this  reason.  Gen- 
eral Munson's  allegations  and  comments 
should  receive  a  cordial  hearing  and  not  only 
result  in  a  more  careful  scrutiny  of  the  prod- 
ucts of  our  medical  institutions,  but  possibly 
lead  to  a  revision  of  some  of  the  anti- 
quated methods  still  persistent  with  refer- 
ence to  standards  at  entrance,  the  distri- 
bution of  subjects  in  the  curriculum,  and 
the  determination  of  qualifications  for  li- 
censure. 

Various  lines  of  improvement  in  medical 
education  are  suggested  by  Robert  W. 
Lovett  (Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Jour- 
nal, AprillO,  1919).  As  he  properly  states, 
"the  object  of  the  medical  school  is  to  make 
good  and  efficient  doctors;  and  no  matter 
how  good  or  elaborate  the  medical  curric- 
ulum may  be,  if  it  fails  in  furnishing  such 
good  and  efficient  doctors  it  needs  revision 
and  improvement." 


Handshaking. — ^The  difficulties  of  avoid- 
ing contact  infection  are  interestingly  por- 
trayed by  Captain  G.  T.  Palmer  of  the  Sani- 

tarj'  Corps    (American  Journal  of  Public 
Health,  April   19,   1919).  He  presents  in 


tabulated  form  the  chances  for  acquiring 
infection  during  the  course  of  an  ordinary 
day's  living.  His  table  of  contacts  includes 
119  different  items,  from  the  touching  of 
doorknobs  and  faucets,  various  eating  uten- 
sils and  money,  to  handshaking,  receiving 
newspapers  and  performing  the  ordinary 
acts  involved  in  the  simplest  living,  exclu- 
sive of  the  touching  of  things,  such  as  pen- 
cils, pens,  and  other  articles  which  are  only 
remotely  handled  by  others.  As  he  properly 
notes,  the  mere  infection  of  the  hands  is 
not  of  great  significance,  except  insofar  as 
pathologic  organisms  are  received  and 
transmitted  to  the  mouth  or  nose,  where 
they  may  become  sources  of  infection. 

His  experiences  point  out  that  the  major 
contacts  were  in  touching  articles  that  were 
or  might  have  been  touched  by  others  im- 
mediately before,  in  shaking  hands,  in  car- 
rying to  the  mouth  articles  possibly  infected 
by  others.  In  a  few  instances,  the  hands 
were  brought  directly  in  contact  with  the 
mouth,  and  in  other  instances,  the  hands 
were  touched  to  the  nose  indirectly  thru  the 
handkerchief.  His*  records  really  present, 
thru  a  day's  functioning,  seven  hand-to-nose 
contacts,  and  two  direct  hand-to-mouth  con- 
tacts. The  lessons  of  practical  value  that  he 
draws  are  as  follows: 

"1.  That  we  should  use  handkerchiefs 
one  side  of  which  is  conspicuously  colored 
or  marked  so  that  we  may  always  apply  the 
hands  to  one  side  reserving  the  other  side 
for  the  nose.  This  will  protect  our  own 
nose  from  our  hands  and  help  to  prevent 
the  infection  of  our  hands. 

"2.  That  we  should  abandon  the  uni- 
versal practice  of  shaking  hands,  substitut- 
ing some  other  less  intimate  method  of 
salutation. 

"3.  That  we  should  encourage  means 
which  will  lessen  the  opportunity  for  public 


Digitized  by 


Google 


180 


April,  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


American  Medicinb 


restaurant  employees  to  handle  eating  uten- 
sils." 

The  suggestion  in  section  one  undoubt- 
edly possesses  certain  advantages  and  rep- 
resents the  procedure  that  was  utilized  in 
the  employment  of  masks  during  the  influ- 
enza epidemic.  It  represents  a  refinement 
of  procedure,  however,  which  it  would  be 
difficult  to  accomplish,  unless  handkerchiefs 
were  only  used  in  the  light,  and  even  with 
adequate  lighting  it  would  prove  to  be  dif- 
ficult for  those  anxious  to  cover  up  a  sud- 
den cough  or  sneeze. 

The  second  suggestion  is  psychologically 
unsound,  and  instils  a  degree  of  fear  for 
personal  contact  which  is  by  no  means  com- 
mensurate with  the  existing  dangers.  There 
are  social  and  psychologic  values  in  the  hand- 
clasp, which  are  of  far  greater  importance 
in  the  welfare  of  human  beings  than 
can  be  nullified  by  any  potential  hazard  in- 
volved by  this  social  amenity.  It  would  be 
far  more  rational  to  advocate  a  great  fre- 
quency of  handwashing  before  eating  or 
before  bringing  the  fingers  in  contact  with 
the  mouth,  eyes  or  nose.  Even  this  pro- 
cedure has  marked  limitations,  particularly 
in  relation  to  the  free  and  easy  habits  of 
infancy,  childhood  and  adolescence,  not  to 
mention  the  shortcomings  which  are  found 
in  the  lack  of  hygienic  facilities  in  the  in- 
dustrial world. 

The  third  suggestion  is  obviously  sane, 
and  represents  a  form  of  sanitary  improve- 
ment which  is  economically  adopted  in  con- 
nection with  cafeterias.  Washing-machines 
are  used  in  increasing  number  in  all  save 
the  smallest  of  restaurants,  and  personal 
contact  of  food  handlers  with  dishes  and 
other  utensils  is  being  eliminated  with  in- 
creasing success.  Various  regulations  are 
being  enforced  for  the  examination  of  food 
handlers  so  as  to  insure  their  freedom  from 


contagious  disease  while  performing  public 
service  in  connection  with  administering  to 
the  dietetic  needs  of  the  public.  Habits  of 
cleanliness  are  being  instilled  and  the  vari- 
ous abuses,  such  as  wiping  plates  and  silver 
with  towels  ceremoniously  carried  under  the 
arm,  are  being  corrected.  There  is  still  a 
wide  opportunity  for  improvement  in  this 
direction,  but  at  least  health  departments 
are  cognizant  of  the  necessities  of  improved 
sanitation  in  public  eating  places,  and  are 
taking  steps  thruout  the  country  to  secure 
the  abatement  of  what  amounts  to  unsani- 
tary nuisances. 

While  it  is  true  that  the  theory  of  air- 
borne infection  is  rapidly  becoming  sec- 
ondary to  our  belief  in  direct  contact  infec- 
tion, it  must  not  be  deemed  as  heretic  to 
regard  contact  transmission  of  epidemic 
diseases  as  not  universally  proven.  Un- 
doubtedly, the  dangers  of  disease  transmis- 
sion thru  coughing  and  sneezing  are  as 
great,  if  not  greater  than  the  hazards  in- 
cident to  hand  to  mouth  infections  in  the 
vast  majority  of  communicable  diseases.  It 
cannot  be  gainsaid  that  direct  and  indirect 
contacts  with  infected  material  reaching  the 
mouth  and  nose  are  responsible  for  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  dissemination  of  typhoid 
fever,  tuberculosis,  syphilis,  gonorrhea  and 
diphtheria,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  these  play 
much  part  in  the  spread  of  influence,  per- 
tussis, measles,  scarlet  fever  and  others  of 
a  similar  series  of  contagious  diseases. 

Considering  all  phases  of  contact  infec- 
tion, it  is  quite  probable  that  the  smallest 
amount  of  danger  is  to  be  found  in  the  prac- 
tice of  handshaking.  The  practice  of  oscula- 
tion, theoretically,  has  numerous  and  sun- 
dry objections,  altho  the  general  employ- 
ment of  this  means  of  greeting  is  certainly 
not  followed  by  a  high  degree  of  transmis- 
sion of  the  diseases  potentially  capable  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


April,  1919 


181 


being  transmitted  by  this  means.  Obviously, 
handshaking  is  far  less  hazardous  than  os- 
culation. In  our  desire  to  promote  hygienic 
and  sanitary  improvements  in  personal  and 
home  hygiene,  sight  must  not  be  lost  of  the 
practical,  esthetic  and  social  advantages 
that  are  involved  in  the  remedies  suggested. 
The  creation  of  unnecessary  fears  is  far 
more  dangerous  to  public  health  than  the 
continuance  of  a  comparatively  harmless 
ceremony.  The  gain  that  would  obtain  from 
the  cessation  .of  handshaking  would  be  more 
than  offset  by  the  underlying  fear  serving 
as  the  reason  for  the  discontinuance  of 
this  social  practice.  Pedagogically  speaking, 
it  is  far  wiser  to  eliminate  many  of  our 
"don'ts,"  and  to  substitute  more  "do's." 

The  relief  from  the  dangers  of  contact 
infection  is  to  be  found  in  more  handwash- 
ing, more  bathing,  more  use  of  the  hand- 
kerchief, more  constructive  directions  as  to 
the  manner  of  right  living,  rather  than  em- 
ploying the  ultra  refinements  of  a  black  spot 
on  the  handkerchief,  or  an  abandonment  of 
handshaking. 


The  BiolojBric  Food  Tests.— Since  1911, 
when  Funk  described  what  he  termed  "vita- 
mines,"  the  problems  of  nutrition  have  been 
undergoing  a  more  thoro  investigation.  Un- 
der the  term  "deficiency  diseases,"  there 
have  been  included  beriberi,  scurvy,  pellagra 
and  rickets,  on  the  theory  that  deficiencies 
of  certain  substances  accounted  for  the  oc- 
currence of  the  diseases.  Funk  differentiated 
vitamines  into  various  types  such  as  the 
antineuritic,  antiscorbutic,  and  so  forth. 

According  to  McG^Uum  and  numerous 
coworkers,  it  appears  to  be  undesirable  to 
continue  the  term  "vitamine,"  "because  the 
prefix  vita  connotes  an  importance  of  these 
dietary  essentials  greater  than  other  equally 


indispensable  constituents  of  the  diet,  such 
as  certain  of  the  amino-acids  which  play  a 
role  in  protein  metabolism.  The  ending 
amine  has  a  definite  and  specific  meaning 
in  organic  chemistry,  being  used  to  desig- 
nate a  compound  derived  from  ammonia  by 
the  substitution  of  one  or  more  of  its  hydro- 
gen atoms  by  various  organic  radicals.  Any 
substance  to  be  properly  designated  as  amine 
must  contain  the  element  nitrogen.  There 
is  no  evidence  that  either  of  these  unidenti- 
fied dietary  essentials  is  an  amine,  and  in- 
deed fat  soluble.  A  probably  contains  no 
nitrogen,  for  it  is  especially  abundant  in 
butterfat,  and  the  latter  is  practically  free 
from  this  element." 

Recent  studies  are  strongly  suggestive 
that  two  substances  of  an  unknown  chem- 
ical nature  are  essential  for  adequate  nu- 
trition, and  McCollum  and  Kennedy  have 
provisionally  termed  them  fat  soluble  A 
and  water  soluble  B,  because  of  their 
characteristic  solubility  in  fats  and  in  water 
respectively. 

The  use  of  terms  should  carry  with  it 
u  certain  degree  of  exactness  and  definite- 
ness,  and  it  is  not  quibbling  to  seek  to  estab- 
lish a  nomenclature  that  is  accurate  and 
descriptive.  For  this  reason,  the  use  of  such 
expressions  as  "accessory  foods,"  "growth 
substances,"  "growth  determinates"  and 
"food  hormones"  are  undesirable,  if  not  ob- 
jectionable, to  describe  substances,  the  exact 
nature  of  which  remains  undetermined 
save  to  the  extent  that  they  have  been 
proven  to  be  essential  for  optimum  nu- 
trition. 

The  use  of  fat  soluble  A  and  water 
soluble  B  in  terminology  is  hardly  accept- 
able permanently  because  of  their  indefinite- 
ness,  tho  virtually  the  expressions  include 
most  of  the  chemical  facts  known  regard- 
ing   them.     From    a    biologic    standpoint, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


182 


April,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


however,  it  has  been  amply  demonstrated 
that  a  dietetic  regime,  failing  to  contain  a 
relative  abundance  of  these  two  substances, 
results  in  certain  forms  of  malnutrition,  or 
in  the  development  of  the  eye  disease, 
xerophthalmia.  Biologically  speaking,  there- 
fore, the  foods  containing  large  amounts 
of  fat  soluble  A  and  water  soluble  B,  the 
unidentified  dietary  essentials,  are  properly 
termed  by  McCoUum  and  his  coworkers  as 
protective  foods. 

There  are  marked  differences,  from  the 
standpoint  of  nutrition,  between  diseases  di- 
rectly due  to  lack  of  these  unknown  sub- 
stances A  and  B,  and  states  of  nutrition  de- 
pending not  so  much  upon  their  absence, 
as  upon  maladjustments  in  the  quantity  and 
quality  of  the  protein  or  the  character  and 
amount  of  the  inorganic  constituents  of 
foods.  Predispositions  to  disease,  by  reason 
of  faulty  diet,  are  manifestly  different  than 
diseases  themselves  dependent  upon  the  lack 
of  an  essential  constituent  of  the  dietary. 

It  is  patent  that  biologic  methods  possess 
an  inherent  worth  superior  to  chemical  • 
analysis.  Chemistry  in  vivo  and  in  vitro  are 
not  necessarily  identical.  The  determination, 
therefore,  of  nutritive  values  is  far  more 
satisfactory  when  based  upon  animal  ex- 
perimentation than  when  based  upon  the 
theoretic  constitution  of  foods  as  deter- 
mined in  terms  of  protein,  fat,  carbohydrate 
and  ash.  All  proteins  are  not  alike,  nor 
is  the  quota  of  energy  identical  in  foods  of 
the  same  chemical  formula.  Chemistry  fails 
to  present  biologic  values.  The  values  of 
chemistry  and  the  problems  of  nutrition  are 
not  to  be  underestimated,  but  deserve  to 
be  evaluated  in  relation  to  human  metab- 
olism. To  assume  a  conclusive  knowledge 
upon  comparative  food  values  on  the  basis 
of  chemical  structure  at  the  present  time  is 
inadequate  because  chemical  analysis  is  in- 


sufficiently developed  to  make  possible  a 
quantitative  determination  of  more  than  a 
small  fraction  of  the  digestive  products  of 
the  proteins  and,  in  consequence,  fallacious 
deductions  must  inevitably  result.  For  this 
reason,  in  the  interest  of  accuracy,  some 
other  means  must  be  sought  to  determine 
the  components  of  a  dietary  in  terms  of 
types  of  protein  to  be  supplied. 

The  practical  results  of  biologic  studies 

already  appear  to  be  considerable,  and  there 
is  reassurance  in  the  facts  thus  far  avail- 
able tending  to  show  the  benefits  of  a  satis- 
factory mixed  dietary  providing  that  it  con- 
tains, in  addition  to  protein,  fat  and  carbo- 
hydrates, a  due  proportion  of  needed  in- 
organic salts  and  the  essential  nutritive  sub- 
stances, fat  soluble  A  and  water  soluble  B. 
These  two  nutritive  factors  are  freely  avail- 
able, and  milk,  eggs,  and  the  leafy  vege- 
tables are  therefore  to  be  eaten  in  liberal 
amounts.  On  the  basis  of  chemical  compo- 
sition, the  leafy  vegetables  would  appear  to 
be  inferior  to  seeds,  tubers  and  roots,  but 
they  possess  a  particular  and  peculiar  worth 
which  gives  them  higher  standing  in  the 
vegetable  kingdom  because  of  their  abund- 
ance of  mineral  elements  and  fat  soluble  A. 
Even  such  excellent  foods  as  the  peanut  and 
the  soy  bean,  with  their  high  protein  and 
fat  content,  possess  the  characteristics  of 
seeds  in  that  they  are  low  in  the  elements 
calcium,  sodium  and  chlorine  and  do  not 
possess  the  ability  to  sustain  optimum  nu- 
trition without  the  use  of  protective  foods 
such  as  milk  and  the  leafy  vegetables  as 
supplemental  in  the  food  supply. 

The  growth-promoting  powers  of  fats 
from  different  sources  vary,  and  it  has  been 
thoroly  demonstrated  that  fats  derived  from 
plant  tissue  cannot  be  placed  in  the  same 
growth-promoting  class  with  butterfat,  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


A.MCRICAN    MBDICINB 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


April,  1919 


183 


fats  of  egg  yolks  and  the  glandular  organs. 

Meat,  itself,  is  unacceptable  as  a  ration 
along  with  seeds  unless  there  is  an  additional 
liberal  use  of  leafy  vegetables  and  milk.  The 
evidence  of  biologic  study  tends,  to  em- 
phasize the  greater  need  of  milk  and  leafy 
plants  as  protective  foods  in  the  dietary.  A 
study  of  the  dietetic  deficiencies  on  the 
basis  of  chemical  constituents  is  unsatisfac- 
tory because  qualitative  relations  cannot 
be  determined  along  with  quantitative.  Nor, 
indeed,  can  chemical  investigation  success- 
fully give  the  bases  for  judgment  regarding 
digestion  or  absorption  which  are  essential 
factors  in  estimating  the  nutritive  character 
of  food. 

The  biology  of  foodstuffs  is  destined  to 
play  a  more  important  part  in  solving  the 
problems  of  nutrition,  and  its  growth  and 
development  will  afford  a  more  rational 
basis  for  improving  the  standards  of  com- 
munal health.  Chemistry  will  continue  to 
play  its  important  part  in  determining  the 
physical  constituents  of  foods,  while  biology 
applies  the  vital  tests  to  the  chemical  studies 
in  the  relation  to  the  needs  of  the  human 
economy. 


Americanization  and  Health. — ^The  vari- 
ous efforts  now  being  made  to  secure  the 
Americanization  of  the  large  foreign  popula- 
tion resident  in  this  country  evidence  an 
awakening  to  the  fact  that  national  solidar- 
ity cannot  be  achieved  without  greater  co- 
ordination of  the  ideas  and  ideals  of  our 
heterogeneous  population.  Rational  public 
health  administration  also  depends  upon  the 
Americanization  of  the  foreign  born,  but 
in  addition  demands  an  understanding  of 
the  peculiar  health  problems  of  the  foreign 
bom. 


In  the  American  Journal  of  Public  Health, 
February,  1919,  Walter  H.  Brown  points 
out  some  of  the  "Health  Problems  of  the 
Foreign  Born."  To  many,  it  would  not  seem 
apparent  that  the  health  problems  of  the 
foreign  born  differ  from  those  bom  and 
educated  in  the  United  States.  The  fact, 
however,  that  from  1820  to  1915  more  than 
32,000,000  persons  arrived,  of  all  races  and 
nationalities,  indicates  that  there  must  have 
been  some  effect  upon  the  customs,  man- 
ners and  habits  of  the  American  people  re- ' 
sultant  from  the  imported  customs  and 
health  and  habits  brought  in  to  the  national 
life.  It  is  obvious  that  a  comparative  study 
of  racial  hereditary  health  and  habits  is 
essential  in  understanding  the  peculiar 
problems  attributable  to  the  various 
stocks  constituting  our  populations.  Vari- 
ous studies  have  already  been  made  by 
Billings,  Hoffman,  Dublin,  Guilfoy  and  Da- 
vis, but  despite  their  significance  they  sup- 
ply an  insufficient  data  for  the  establishment 
of  conclusive  judgments. 

The  continuance  of  European  customs 
niiust  be  fully  recognized  in  any  attempt  of 
health  administration  that  seeks  to  counter- 
act the  results  of  such  hold-over  ideas  in  an 
environment  for  which  they  are  physiolog- 
ically inadequate.  The  relation  of  social  and 
economic  factors  to  the  morbidity  and  mor- 
tality of  the  foreign  born  population  merits 
careful  investigation  as  a  pre-requisite  to 
drafting  any  administrative  program  for  the 
reduction  of  infant  mortality,  the  control 
of  communicable  diseases,  or  the  improve- 
ment of  personal  hygiene  or  public  sanita- 
tion. 

The  general  health  problems  are  undoubt- 
edly universal  in  character,  but  offer  cer- 
tain peculiarities  insofar  as  administration 
is  concerned,  according  to  the  racial  origin 


Digitized  by 


Google 


184 


ApriLj  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


American  Medicinb 


of  large  segregated  or  distributed  groups  of 
the  population  of  foreign  extraction. 

The  for^gner  must  not  be  regarded  as 
an  outsider,  nor  even  as  a  stranger  within  the 
gates.  There  must  be  no  evidence  of  su- 
periority such  as  is  represented  in  the  use 
of  terms  suggestive  of  inferiority.  From  the 
public  health  standpoint,  men  are  not  classi- 
fied as  "wops,"  '^chinks,"  "fritzies," 
"frogs,"  nor  are  they  registered  other  than 
as  vital  units  in  the  organization  of  a  city, 
state  or  nation.  They  are  equally  problems 
of  a  community,  with  native  born  Americans 
of  American  stock ;  and  from  a  health  stand- 
point present  no  greater  difficulties  than  do 
native  Americans,  save  insofar  as  linguistic 
difficulties,  racial  customs  and  habits  inter- 
fere with  their  normal  understanding  of  the 
health  problems  of  America. 

At  the  very  basis  of  public  health  admin- 
istration lies  a  complete  understanding  of 
all  the  elements  entering  into  a  public  health 
problem.  With  the  understanding  there  must 
be  sympathy  and  appreciation  of  the  inher- 
ent health  potentials  of  all  national  groups 
in  the  population.  In  all  probability  it  will 
be  found  that  the  main  health  problem,  con- 
stituted by  the  foreign  born  population,  lies 
in  their  economic  and  social  position  rather 
than  in  their  accident  of  foreign  birth.  In 
most  instances,  the  hereditary  elements  will 
be  found  as  possessing  distinctly  helpful 
health  tendencies  if  properly  fostered  and 
permitted  to  develop  along  normal  lines  in 
a  hygienic  environment. 

In  the  program  for  Americanization, 
there  must  of  necessity  be  incorporated 
some  scheme  involving  a  consideration  of 
health.  If  the  foreign  born  are  accepted  as 
potential  Americans  and  an  effort  is  made 
to  approach  their  problems  in  the  spirit  of 
friendliness,     constructive     criticism     and 


sympathetic  understanding,  a  great  gain  to 
public  health  will  result.  To  ignore  them  or 
condemn  them  for  sins  of  omission  or  com- 
mission for  which  they  are  not  responsible 
is  to  retard  the  development  of  any  public 
health  program.  The  interdependence  of 
public  health  and  private  health  is  so  mutual 
that  one  may  readily  appreciate  that  the 
foreign  born  population  may  be  just  as  much 
sinned  against  as  sinning,  insofar  as  matters 
of  hygiene  and  sanitation  are  involved.  The 
health  problem  of  the  foreign  born  may 
require  more  change  of  sentiment  and  feel- 
ing on  the  part  of  the  health  adminis- 
trator than  it  will  on  the  part  of  foreign 
born  families.  Americanization  in  public 
health  carries  with  it  the  dual  responsibility 
of  aiding  the  foreign  bom  to  understand 
his  new  environment,  and  to  assist  the  na- 
tive born  to  grasp  the  health  values  that  may 
arise  from  the  presence  of  the  foreign  born. 


New  Opportunities. — ^The  conservatism 
of  physicians  is  fully  reflected  in  their  fail- 
ure to  grasp  opportunities  for  professional 
expansion.  This  is  recognized  at  once  in  a 
consideration  of  the  growth  of  professions 
whose  membership  should  boast  of  high  per- 
centages of  medical  men,  but  which  appar- 
ently have  been  more  promptly  accepted, 
appreciated  and  absorbed  by  those  ordinar- 
ily designated  as  laymen.  The  public  health 
field,  for  example,  is  by  no  means  dependent 
upon  the  medical  profession,  altho  it  may 
bp  said,  fortunately,  that  the  brightest  lights 
in  public  health  work  possess  the  degree  of 
doctor  of  medicine.  Psychologists  have  taken 
up  fields  of  mental  hygiene,  while  pedagogs 
have  been  vitally  interested  in  the  problems 
of  mental  defectives,  and  handicapped  chil- 
dren generally.  Psychoanalysts  have  been 
drawn  from  various  fields  and,  in  fact,  al- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medici2<is 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


April,  1919 


185 


most  any  person  who  has  undergone  psycho- 
analytic treatment  feels  competent  to  set 
himself  up  as  a  trained  worker  in  this  di- 
rection. In  the  efforts  to  study  the  mental 
problems  of  childhood,  one  finds  the  medi- 
cal profession  lagging  far  behind  others  of 
non-medical  training,  as  is  excellently  ex- 
emplified by  the  short  course  Binet  testers, 
who  are  doing  irreparable  harm  in  publish- 
ing their  conclusions  regarding  subjects  for 
which  their  preparation  has  been  totally 
inadequate. 

The  inauguration  of  various  public  health 
movements,  such  as  those  for  the  prevention 
of  tuberculosis,  the  prevention  of  infant 
mortality,  the  conservation  of  vision,  the 
control  of  cancer,  the  introduction  of  medi- 
cal inspection  of  schools,  the  control  of 
venereal  diseases,  may  be  attributed  more 
largely  to  the  interests  and  efforts  of  non- 
medical men  and  women  than  to  the 
initiative  and  influence  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession. 

With  the  development  and  expansion  of 
public  health  programs,  it  is  patent  that  a 
large  variety  of  new  positions  are  to  be 
created  involving  more  than  a  knowledge 
of  traditional  medicine.  Time  will  determine 
in  how  far  physicians  recognize  the  im- 
portance of  these  new  fields  and  prepare 
themselves  for  taking  up  phases  of  activity 
for  \vhich  the  demand  already  exists,  and 
for  which  demands  will  be  created.  If  the 
same  backwardness  in  accepting  alterartions 
in  the  medico-social  machinery  continues, 
the  profession  will  suddenly  find  itself 
faced  with  a  marked  limitation  of  its  field, 
with  a  corresponding  decline  in  public  use- 
fulness. There  is  a  vast  difference  between 
the  scientific  balance  of  values  and  a 
general  tendency  to  oppose  innovations.  The 
world  is  moving  rapidly,  and  unless  physi- 
cians awaken  to  the  fields  of  progress  to  be 


cultivated  in  the  future,  there  will  be  a  day 
of  reckoning  in  which  the  balance  will  re- 
veal marked  losses  to  the  profession. 


MEN  AND 
THINGS 

mm 


Psychoanalysis   and   the   Kaiser* — For 

the  simplest  explanation  of  the  Kaiser's 
grotesque  personality  one  must  go  to  the 
most  complicated  of  sciences — psychoanal- 
ysis. His  interview,  given  out  to  the  world  in 
a  querulous  moment  and  retracted  in  the 
panic  that  followed  such  an  extraordinary 
self -revelation,  must  remain  as  a  psycho- 
logic monument  for  all  time.  The  Kaiser 
was  always  a  garrulous  old  paranoiac,  and 
the  generals  who  conducted  his  pathetic 
career  knew  what  they  were  doing  when 
they  assigned  Karl  Rosner  to  him  as  a  press 
agent  and  let  him  talk  his  heart  out  over 
tear-stirring  violets  and  such-like  things  for 
the  benefit  of  a  public  to  which  Wilhelm 
had  successfully  played  for  thirty-odd  years. 
His  interview  granted  to  Harold  Begbie 
was  very  much  in  character,  but  for  once 
the  Kaiser  spoke  honestly,  and  immediately 
afterward  he  regretted  it.  His  denial  that 
he  ever  gave  an  interview  to  anyone  is  of 
no  avail;  any  student  of  character  knows 
that  the  strange  things  he  uttered  were  so 
genuine  a  product  that  it  could  not  have  been 
manufactured.  To  those  who  knew  the  man 
only  as  a  boastful,  swashbuckling,  blood- 
and-thunder  imperial  hero,  the  whimpering, 
sniveling  nature  of  his  message  to  the  world 
must  have  come  as  a  surprise;  but  to  the 
psychoanalyst  the  man  who  acknowledged 
a  partnership  only  with  Gott  (and  Gott  the 
junior  partner)  was  never  a  puzzle.  Long 
before  the  interview  was  made  public,  a  well 
known  disciple  of  Freud  set  him  down  as 
suffering  markedly  from  an  inferiority-com- 
plex, and  it  is  this  inferiority-complex 
which  is  at  the  basis  of  all  the  Kaiser  ever 
said,  thought  or  did. 

It   is  common  knowledge  that  Wilhelm 
Hohenzollern  is  a  cripple,  and  it  is  almost 


Digitized  by 


Google 


186 


April,  1&19 


MEN  AND  THINOS 


American  Medicins 


as  well  established  that  he  came  into  the 
world  under  the  handicap  of  inherited  dis- 
ease. This  scion  of  a  great  imperial  house, 
destined  to  become  the  ruler  of  an  aggres- 
sive, masterful  race  of  Nietzschean  blond 
beasts,  was  in  no  wise  suited  for  the  role 
destiny  had  imposed  on  him.  His  shrunken 
arm,  his  pathetically  puny  figure,  his  whole 
unheroic  and  unprepossessing  makeup  were 
a  constant  source  of  humiliation  to  him. 
Realizing  this,  the  one  aim  of  his  life  was 
to  deceive  the  world,  to  draw  attention  away 
from  these  shortcomings,  to  impose  himself 
on  the  public  as  a  giant,  physically  and  in- 
tellectually, as  a  colossus  of  courage  and 
ability,  as  the  perfect  symbol  of  perfect 
kinghood.  And  every  utterance  of  his  career, 
every  act  of  his  rule,  was  designed  toward 
this  end.  Charity  might  betray  weakness; 
he  must  not  be  charitable.  Kindness  might 
betray  a  desire  for  sympathy;  he  must  not 
be  kind.  An  inclination  toward  peace  might 
indicate  cowardice ;  he  must  become  known 
as  the  greatest  war-lord  of  all  time.  Hence 
his  coalition  with  the  heartless  war  party 
of  Germany  in  the  effort  to  build  up  the 
vast  war  machine  which  drained  the  re- 
sources of  Germany ;  hence  his  famous  Hun 
speech  to  the  German  troops  who  were  dis- 
patched to  China  during  the  Boxer  rebel- 
lion;  hence  his  periodical,  blustering  chal- 
lenges to  the  world  at  every  crisis  in  which 
his  country  was  involved.  And  in  time  the 
world  began  to  believe  that  the  man  was 
really  modeled  after  a  heroic  pattern.  Many 
able  observers  were  deceived.  Even  such  a 
shrewd  judge  of  character  as  the  late  Col. 
Roosevelt  was  taken  in.  But  the  great  test 
came  when  Germany  lost  the  war  and  the 
Kaiser  had  to  flee  the  country.  His  career 
had  come  to  an  end,  he  was  a  failure,  he 
was  found  out.  And  what  defense  did  he 
offer  to  an  imdeceived  world?  What  justi- 
fication did  this  fearless  hero  offer  for  the 
course  he  had  pursued  so  confidently  for 
three  decades?  His  famous  interview  is  the 
answer.  Robbed  of  his  glittering  entourage 
of  impressive  uniforms,  of  the  camouflage 
of  royalty  that  always  protected  him,  he 
stands  revealed  for  what  he  is  and  always 
was — a  maudlin,  quaking,  whimpering 
weakling.  And,  cowering  under  the  lash  of 
the  world's  accusation,  he  tells  more  of  him- 
self than  the  public  has  ever  suspected. 

"Don't  blame  me!"  he  cried.  "It  wasn't 
my  fault.  I  didn't  do  it.  My  generals  are  re- 


sponsible. I  didn't  want  the  war.  I  was  a 
lover  of  peace.  My  generals  and  my  diplo- 
mats wanted  war,  and  I  was  thrust  aside 
without  any  consideration.  My  generals  did 
as  they  liked  and  they  never  told  me  any- 
thing. I  was  only  a  figure-head.  When  an  im- 
portant message  arrived  at  headquarters, 
I  was  shoved  out  of  the  room,  so  they  could 
take  it  up  among  themselves.  They  tacked 
Karl  Rosner  on  to  me,  and  sent  me  around 
the  country  making  pretty  speeches — any- 
thing so  long  as  they  had  me  out  of  the 
way.  Those  nasty  diplomats  were  the  ruin 
of  me.  If  it  were  not  for  them,  I'd  still  be 
a  great  man  in  the  eyes  of  the  world.  I 
didn't  dare  open  my  mouth  to  protest.  I  was 
a  puppet  in  their  hands.  Don't  blame  me.  I 
couldn't  help  it !"  All  of  which  is  so  amaz- 
ingly interesting  because  it  is  amazingly 
true.  The  Kaiser  was  nothing  but  a  puppet 
in  the  hands  of  the  German  war-makers.  He 
acknowledges  it  now.  Trapped  by  defeat,  he 
frankly  admits  the  inferiority  which  it  had 
been  his  life-work  to  conceal.  Robbed  of  his 
pose,  he  cringes  and  squirms  and  begs  for 
mercy.  He  didn't  do  it !  Fearing  punishment 
at  the  hands  of  the  English,  he  goes  to 
great  lengths  to  assure  his  English  inter- 
viewer that  he  has  always  loved  the  people 
whom  his  Zeppelins  murdered  in  cold  blood. 
Fearing  French  retribution,  he  effusively  in- 
sists that  he  has  always  been  an  admirer  of 
French  culture.  Fearing  the  vengeance  of 
the  deceived  German  people,  he  swears  that 
he  has  always  tried  to  lead  them  into  the 
ways  of  peace.  Fear  is  the  keynote  of  his 
whole  confession.  For  the  first  time  in  his 
career,  he  utters  the  truth ;  and  then,  aware 
of  how  much  he  has  revealed,  he  grows 
alarmed,  and  retracts  the  confession.  He 
didn't  do  even  that!  There  never  was  a 
more  clear  case  of  inferiority-complex. 


John  Barleycorn  and  Lady  Nicotine. — 

Well  may  the  gentle  epicure,  long  secure  in 
the  enjoyment  of  his  pleasant  vices,  tremble, 
for  the  horizon  is  black  with  clouds  of  re- 
form. Intoxicated  by  their  successful  battle 
against  intoxicants,  the  reformers  are  gath- 
ering their  forces  for  a  nation-wide  crusade 
against  tobacco,  tea  and  coffee,  in  an  effort 
to  wipe  out  all  the  stimulants  which  enslave 
modern  humanity.  Flushed  with  an  exalta- 
tion which  only  the  privileged  missionary 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MEDIGINB 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


April,  1919 


187 


can  feel,  they  have  firmly  resolved  to  rid 
mankind  of  all  its  wicked  habits.  Having 
struck  the  death-knell  of  John  Barleycorn, 
they  now  aim  at  making  a  cemetery  of 
man's  most  innocent  and  consoling  sins. 
Their  program  is  a  sort  of  Bartholomew's 
Slaughter  of  stimulants.  The  epicure  must 
blanch  with  terror  as  he  contemplates  this 
dire  campaign  to  make  his  life  one  monot- 
onous, grey,  uninspired  routine  of  virtuous 
living.  To  the  disciple  of  refined  corruption, 
the  Day  of  Doom  seems  to  be  approaching. 
With  what  measure  of  success  will  this 
new  campaign  meet?  After  all,  the  bond 
between  John  Barleycorn  and  mankind  was 
only  one  of  platonic  friendship — the  most 
difficult  of  all  relationships  to  maintain.  For 
that  reason  the  divorce  was  not  hard  to 
achieve.  But  the  bond  between  mankind 
and  Lady  Nicotine  is  of  another  kind  alto- 
gether. Lady  Nicotine  has  been  man's  mis- 
tress, her  place  undisputed,  for  many  gen- 
erations, and  the  bond  between  them  has  al- 
ways been  a  passionate  one,  yielding  to  no 
other  in  the  fidelity  with  which  it  has  been 
observed.  So  long  has  it  endured,  that  it  has 
become  nothing  less  than  a  morganatic  mar- 
riage, recognized  the  world  over  as  a  legiti- 
mate and  binding  tie.  And  the  marriage  has 
been  a  fruitful  one.  Under  the  spell  of 
Lady  Nicotine,  the  amber  mistress  of  un- 
paralleled beauty,  the  artist  has  created  his 
most  impressive  canvases,  the  poet  has 
penned  his  immortal  lines,  the  dreamer  has 
woven  his  imperishable  dreams.  Lady  Nico- 
tine has  been  wife,  mistress  and  mother  to 
the  creative  individual.  She  has  brought  him 
consolation  in  his  darkest  moments,  inspira- 
tion in  his  barren  moods,  and  she  brought 
forth  the  children  of  his  brain.  She  has 
strewn  the  paths  of  creation  with  flowers. 
Tobacco  has  been  the  twilight  sleep  which 
reduced  the  labor-pains  of  some  of  the 
world's  greatest  ideas,  the  ideal  anesthesia 
of  artistic  creation.  But  the  reformers,  un- 
mindful of  the  splendid  tradition  that  has 
grown  about  Lady  Nicotine,  have  filed  di- 
vorce papers  and  will  soon  institute  pro- 
ceedings against  the  cruelly  maligned  lady. 
And,  if  we  go  by  the  promise  of  the  re- 
formers, the  suit  will  be  pressed  with  all  the 
energy  they  can  command.  The  movement 
is  well  backed  and  the  financial  contribu- 
tions are  already  of  such  proportions  as  to 
assure  a  long  and  bitter  contest.  To  quote 
Professor  Frederick  M.  Roman,  of  Syra- 


cuse University,  leader  of  the  campaign 
against  tobacco,  big  business  in  America  is 
behind  the  efforts  to  eliminate  habit-form- 
ing drinks  and  drugs,  and  all  the  financial 
backing  needed  for  the  anti-tobacco  move- 
ment has  been  secured.  Professor  Roman's 
statement,  however,  is  misleading.  The  to- 
bacco industry  comes  very  easily  under  the 
head  of  "big  business,"  and  that  industry 
will  not  be  found  among  the  contributors 
to  the  reformers'  funds.  The  coffee  and  tea 
industries  will  be  no  more  inclined  to  assist 
in  the  cause.  They  represent  millions,  and 
one  can  readily  believe  that  these  millions 
will  be  used  freely  to  combat  the  movement. 
A  contest  of  the  greatest  magnitude  may 
therefore  be  looked  forward  to.  Already 
spokesmen  for  these  industries  have  accepted 
the  challenge.  Mindful  of  the  errors  which 
the  liquor  interests  made  in  allowing  the 
prohibitionists  to  carry  on  their  work  with- 
out opposition,  there  is  a  strong  disposition 
to  anticipate  the  new  movement,  to  disarm 
it  at  its  very  inception,  to  institute  a  counter- 
campaign  without  'any  loss  of  time.  The 
fight  will  be  a  most  interesting  one.  The 
reformers  were  able  to  make  out  a  convinc- 
ing case  against  liquor,  which  laid  itself 
open  to  many  just  charges.  But  it  will  be  a 
more  difficult  task  to  show  that  tobacco  is  a 
vicious  element  in  the  life  of  the  individual 
or  of  society,  and  it  will  perhaps  be  even 
more  difficult  to  prove  that  tea  and  coflfee 
are  forces  for  evil.  On  the  side  of  those 
who  will  fight  to  maintain  these  elements 
will  be  the  natural  affection  which  the  pub- 
lic has  for  these  lesser  evils  of  civilization, 
which,  in  the  intense  and  trying  circum- 
stances we  are  living  under  today,  have  be- 
come a  necessity  to  those  who  need  a  whip 
to  goad  on  their  highly  taxed  energies  and 
their  greatly  tried  nerves.  That  this  necessity 
is  recognized  is  manifest  from  Professor 
Roman's  admission  that  the  campaign  to 
eliminate  tea  and  coffee  will  not  be  com- 
menced until  a  fitting  and  harmless  sub- 
stitute for  these  drinks  is  found.  A  sub- 
stitute, to  be  effective,  must  be  adequate; 
and  how  can  it  be  adequate  unless  it  has  all 
the  marks  and  the  properties  of  that  which 
it  replaces?  The  task  of  the  reformers  in 
this  instance  will  certainly  not  be  an  easy 
one. 


DrugSy  Good  and  Bad. — The  indiscrim- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


188 


April,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINOS 


American  Medici2«s 


inate  use  of  the  word  "drug"  in  the  news- 
papers of  the  country  has  aroused  consid- 
erable disquietude  among  the  drug  dealers, 
who  feel  that  the  public  is  being  prejudiced 
and  misinformed  in  such  a  way  as  to  do 
harm  to  the  legitimate  trade  in  drugs. 
Alarming  headlines,  announcing  "drug" 
raids  and  campaigns  against  the  use  of 
"drugs,"  have  been  appearing  in  newspa- 
pers everywhere  with  such  persistency 
that  an  effort  is  being  made  to  enlighten  the 
public  and  correct  the  false  impression 
which  such  abuse  of  the  word  must  lead  to. 
"This  practice,"  announces  the  literature  of 
one  conscientious  firm,  "is  alarming  the 
legitimate  doctors  and  druggists,  for  it 
tends  to  discredit  them  both  and  to  weaken 

the  confidence  in  essential  drugs We 

are  certain  that  most  druggists  and  doctors 
are  doing  all  they  can  to  restrict  the  use  of 
narcotics,  and  therefore  they  should  not  be 
needlessly  handicapped  by  the  false  impres- 
sion created  in  the  minds  of  the  public  by 
the  misuse  of  the  word  'drug'  on  the  part  of 
the  newspapers.  The  legitimate  physician 
and  druggist  should  be  upheld  in  their  ef- 
fort to  maintain  the  high  standard  of  char- 
acter they  have  set  for  themselves."  Ameri- 
iCAN  Medicine  is  glad  to  give  space  to  this 
appeal  and  help  correct  the  mistaken  im- 
pression that  is  sure  to  arise  as  a  result  of 
a  failure  to  distinguish  between  harmful 
trade  in  narcotics  and  the  legitimate  manu- 
facture and  dispensation  of  essential  drugs. 
In  justice  to  the  well-meaning  doctor  and 
druggist  this  distinction  should  be  made 
clear  in  the  mind  of  the  public.  It  is  wrong 
to  assume  that  there  is  any  intentional  de- 
sign among  the  newspapers  to  mislead  their 
readers.  The  word  "narcotic"  does  not  lend 
itself  to  space  conditions  as  readily  as  the 
shorter  and  more  convenient  word  "drug," 
and  it  is  this  consideration  alone,  without 
doubt,  which  has  been  instrumental  in  the 
choice  of  the  shorter  word  by  the  writers 
of  newspaper  headlines.  Nevertheless,  the 
exclusive  use  of  this  word,  almost  al- 
ways in  a  derogatory  sense,  involves  a  real 
injustice  which"  should  be  discouraged. 
Editors  would  be  doing  a  real  service  to 
the  essential  commerce  in  drugs  by  dis- 
criminating between  the  good  and  the  bad. 


The  Strange  Psychology  of  the  People 
in  Germany. — Too  much  has  been  made  of 


the  alleged  unfathomable  mystery  of  the 
German  psychology,  of  the  incomprehen- 
sible and  all  too  often  grotesque  working 
of  the  German  mind.  Thruout  the  war 
there  had  been  a  tendency  on  the  part  of  the 
shrewdest  thinkers  among  the  Allies  to 
throw  up  their  hands  in  despair  at  the 
amazing  antics  of  the  German  process  of 
logic  and  to  confess  that  science  is  baffled 
in  the  presence  of  such  unparalleled  meth- 
ods of  thinking.  Now  once  more  there 
is  a  general  throwing  up  of  hands,  a  general 
confession  of  inability  to  understand  the 
mystery  of  the  German  mind.  The  occasion 
is  the  protest  of  German  scholars  against 
the  treatment  of  some  of  their  colleagues 
in  the  University  of  Strassburg  at  the  hands 
of  the  French  command.  Some  of  these 
scholars,  it  is  said,  have  been  forced  to  leave 
the  University  on  twenty- four  hours'  notice 
on  the  order  of  the  French  authorities ;  and 
German  scholars  have  lodged  a  complaint 
with  the  rector  of  the  University  of  Upsala, 
Sweden,  on  the  ground  that  such  dismissal 
is  prejudicial  to  the  interests  of  science. 
They  appeal  to  university  men  the  world 
over  to  rally  to  the  defense  of  science — 
and  their  colleagues.  This  appeal  has  been 
made  public,  and  Dr.  Butler,  president  of 
Columbia  University,  has  replied  to  it.  In  this 
reply,  he  shows  amazement  at  the  impu- 
dence of  the  German  scholars.  The  memory 
of  Lou  vain  still  fresh  in  the  minds  of  all 
students,  the  memory  of  so  many  outrages 
and  atrocities  against  art  and  culture  still 
un forgotten,  he  voices  his  astonishment  that 
these  German  scientists  can  have  the  hardi- 
hood to  speak  in  the  name  of  scholarship 
in  protesting  against  the  unjust  treatment  of 
their  comrades.  Have  they  so  soon  forgot- 
ten the  cruelties  suffered  at  the  hands  of 
the  German  militarists,  cruelties  which  were 
never  protested  by  the  German  scientists 
who  seem  to  be  shocked  by  allied  irreverence 
for  culture  ?  The  world  is  once  more  puzzled 
to  understand  the  strange  composition  of 
the  German  brain. 

And  yet  we  can  conceive  nothing  quite 
as  simple  (as  pathetically  simple)  as  the 
German  psychology.  It  is  amazing  that  it  is 
so  little  understood.  Ever  since  the  victories 
of  1864,  1866  and  1870-1871,  the  German 
nation  has  been  nurtured  on  the  belief  that 
it  is  the  chosen  of  God,  that  it  is  the  Super- 
man of  nations.  The  philosophy  of  Nietzsche 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


April,  1919 


189 


was  the  philosophy  of  every  individual ;  the 
ideal  of  the  cruel  "blond  beast"  was  the 
ideal  of  every  German.  The  race  was  to 
the  fleet,  the  combat  was  to  the  strong,  and 
Heaven  pity  him  who  showed  the  slightest 
trace  of  Christian  sympathy,  of  hesitation 
and  weakness.      These  were  the  vices  of 
modem  civilization   which   the   Superman 
must  avoid.  He  must  not  fear  cruelty,  he 
must  crush  under  heel  anything  or  anyone 
that  rises  in  his  path.  Infatuated  with  this 
philosophy,   infatuated   with   the  flattering 
belief  that  he  was  the  triumphant  symbol 
of    this    philosophy,    the    German    swung 
flamboyantly  onward  toward  his  great  des- 
tiny. And,  for  more  than  forty  years,  he 
was  able  to  make  good  his  bluflf  because  he 
was  never  challenged.  It  was  a  noble  atti- 
tude and  a  brave  one,  guaranteed  not  to 
fade  or  shrink — ^but  the  first  rain  that  came 
reduced  it  to  a  mere  pulp  of  fabric  and  dye. 
The  war  lost,  the  bubole  of  boastfulness 
pricked,  the  Superman  squirming  under  the 
heel    of    the    conquering    dwarf,    all    his 
bravado  and  superiority  disappeared  and  he 
was  revealed  for  what  he  was,  a  cowering 
bully,  trapped   in   the  debris  of   his   false 
philosophy,  without  even  the  courage  of  his 
vices,  unashamed  of  his  yowling  complaint 
at  the  slightest  threat  to  handle  him  with 
anything  but  kid  gloves.    If  only  he  would 
take  his  medicine  like  a  man !    It  will  never 
be    forgotten    that    the    German    scholars, 
from  the  very  first,  rallied  to  the  support 
of  the  militarists  and  became  the  spokes- 
men  of    German    culture,    which    was    to 
sweep  the  world,  laying  low  everything  that 
stood  in  its  way.  In  a  formal  appeal  to  the 
civilized  world   in   September,   1914,   Ger- 
many's leading  professors  announced  them- 
selves as  standing  solidly  behind  the  mili- 
tarists and  their  aims.  Thruout  the  war  they 
were  the  apologists   for  all  the  atrocities 
committed  by  the  war  machine.  In  the  Allied 
countries,  on  the  other  hand,  the  men  of 
science   were  constantly   working  to  keep 
the  military  leaders  to  a  high  idealism  with- 
out which  they  could  never  accept  the  war. 
This     "prostitution     of     scholarship     and 
science,"  as  Dr.  Butler  calls  it,  will  remain 
forever  as  an  accusation  against  the  lead- 
ers of  German  thought.    The  record  of  the 
Allied  scholars  is  clean.  The  proper  attitude 
of  the  German  scholars,  in  view  of  their 
past,  is  one  of  meek  and  humble  silence. 


The  Problem  of  Narcotic  Drug  Ad- 
dictionw — On  repeated  occasions  during 
the  past  few  years  we  have  called  attention 
to  the  seriousness  of  the  problem  of  nar- 
cotic drug  addiction.  Especially  have  we  laid 
emphasis  on  the  desirability  of  medical  men 
taking  up  the  study  of  the  pathologic  and 
physiologic  phenomena  presented  by  the 
prolonged  use  of  narcotic  drugs,  with  the 
same  thoroness  and  fidelity  that  they  have 
given  to  other  medical  questions.  At 
the  hearings  held  last  year  by  the  Whitney 
Commission  the  need  for  comprehensive 
medical  investigation  was  clearly  shown,  and 
the  medical  profession  was  urged  to  give 
narcotic  drug  addiction  the  attention  it  de- 
serves. Thanks  to  the  work  of  a  few  physi- 
cians, notably  Dr.  Bishop  of  New  York 
City,  it  has  been  recognized  that  this  con- 
dition of  addiction  to  narcotic  drugs  is  a  true 
disease,  with  a  pathology  and  a  clinical  iden- 
tity as  distinctive  as  those  of  any  other 
physical  disease  or  condition  of  perverted 
physiology.  This  being  so,  the  necessity  for 
comprehensive  medical  consideration  and 
treatment  of  individuals  thus  afflicted  is 
readily  apparent.  But  still  medical  men  have 
held  themselves  aloof,  and  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  few  reputable  physicians,  whose 
sympathies  and  keen  sense  of  obligation 
have  led  them  to  give  intelligent  and  com- 
petent thought  to  the  problem,  and  a  small 
group  of  unscrupulous  practitioners  who 
have  sought  to  enrich  themselves  by  trading 
on  the  afflictions  of  drug  addicts,  medical 
men  generally  have  devoted  little  or  no  at- 
tention to  this  class  of  patients. 

That  this  attitude  has  been  most  unfor- 
tunate has  been  shown  by  first,  the  little 
success  the  average  physician  has  had  when- 
ever he  has  tried  to  treat  narcotic  drug  ad- 
diction; second,  the  erroneous  views  that 
have  developed  generally  in  the  lay  mind 
concerning  the  nature  of  drug  addiction  and 
those  afflicted;  third,  the  lack  of  any  ac- 
cepted plan  or  method  of  coping  with  either 
the  public  health  or  sociologic  problems  pre- 
sented ;  and  finally,  the  confusion  and  harm 
as  well  as  the  meager  success  that  have  re- 
sulted from  attempts  to  control  the  evils  of 
drug  addiction. 

The  truth  of  the  foregoing  has  been  par- 
ticularly exemplified  by  the  eflforts  of  the 
New  York  City  Board  of  Health  to  meet 
the  situation  created  by  the  recent  arrest  by 
the  Federal  authorities  of  a  group  of  doc- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


190 


April,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


American  Mbdicins 


tors  and  druggists,  long  suspected  of  traf- 
ficking in  narcotic  drugs.  The  arrest  of 
these  men  forced  a  large  number  of  drug 
patients  to  find  other  places  from  which  to 
obtain  their  supplies  of  narcotics,  and  to 
save  these  unfortunates  from  going  to  illicit 
and  criminal  dealers  in  narcotic  drugs,  the 
Health  Commissioner  opened  a  bureau,  at 
which,  it  was  announced,  those  in  need  of 
narcotic  drugs  could  obtain  the  amounts  re- 
quired, and  at  honest  prices.  Realizing  that 
the  Department  of  Health  could  not  under- 
take to  supply  narcotic  drugs  indefinitely 
to  those  addicted  to  their  use,  without  at- 
tempting to  cure  them,  a  clinic  was  duly 
established,  and  arrangements  made  to  pro- 
vide hospital  treatment  for  those  who  could 
be  induced  to  take  advantage  of  it. 

Unfortunately  these  plans  did  not  work 
out  as  well  as  those  responsible  for  them 
hoped  and  expected.  Owing  to  a  lack  of 
trained  nurses,  the  Commissioner  was  oblig- 
ed to  call  on  a  number  of  sociologic  workers 
who  undertook  the  work  assigned  to  them 
with  a  fine  spirit  of  kind  and  sympathetic 
service.  These  ladies  have  given  freely  of 
their  time,  energy  and  money,  and  too  much 
credit  cannot  be  accorded  them  for  their 
laudable  motives  and  faithful  eflForts.  But 
while  they  have  done  much  good  and  it 
would  be  most  unfair  to  say  that  their  eflForts 
have  been  wasted,  it  must  be  admitted  that 
they  have  been  able  to  accomplish  very  little 
in  the  direction  of  curing  drug  addicts.  This 
is  not  a  reflection  on  their  work,  nor  on  the 
purposes  of  Dr.  Copeland.  Rather  is  it  a 
reflection  on  the  knowledge — or  lack  of 
knowledge — of  all  concerned  of  the  funda- 
mental details  of  the  problem  they  sought 
to  solve.  As  a  consequence  of  such  lack  of 
knowledge,  the  plan  was  essentially  handi- 
capped and  limited  from  the  start.  As  a 
temporary  expedient,  or  emergency  means 
of  restricting  some  of  the  evils  of  drug  ad- 
diction, the  clinic  for  drug  addicts  has  prob- 
ably done  considerable  good,  and  as  it  de- 
velops the  plan  may  serve  a  useful  and  valu- 
able purpose.  We  believe  we  can  see  a 
definite  work  which  a  cHnic  for  drug  ad- 
dicts can  perform,  and  a  place  it  can  fill  in 
the  elimination  of  certain  evils. 

As  always  happens,  however,  when  a 
man  attempts  to  accomplish  something  af- 
fecting the  welfare  or  interests  of  a  class  or 
group  of  people,  this  movement  promoted 
by  Dr.  Copeland  promptly  came  in  for  all 


manner  of  attack.  No  allowance  or  credit 
was  made  for  clean,  kindly  motives.  The 
papers,  ever  ready  to  "play  up"  a  new  idea, 
to  stimulate  controversy,  and  to  foster  at- 
tack and  counter-attack  between  those  for 
and  against  a  new  undertaking,  were 
largely  responsible  for  the  hasty  opinions 
formed  concerning  Dr.  Copeland's  attempt 
to  cope  with  the  narcotic  drug  problem. 
These  and  other  busy  bodies  made  the  sit- 
uation more  and  more  difficult  for  those  en- 
gaged in  the  enterprise.  Instead  of  helping, 
the  tale  bearers  and  trouble  makers  created 
antagonisms  and  ill  feelings  in  the  minds 
of  Dr.  Copeland  and  those  who  could  have 
aided  him.  Statements  were  made  that  were 
not  of  a  character  to  add  to  the  entente 
cordiale.  Personalities  crept  in  and  the 
creditable  features  of  the  enterprise  have 
been  obscured  by  acrimonious  discussion. 
Many  medical  men  of  the  highest  standing 
have  been  estranged  by  statements  at- 
tributed to  the  Commissioner.  Many  have 
objected  to  the  sensational  publicity  features 
of  the  movement,  forgetful  that  the  press 
was  largely  if  not  entirely  to  blame  for 
this.  Early  in  the  carrying  out  of  the  move- 
ment. Dr.  Copeland  found  that  certain 
crooks  and  dishonest  addicts  were  resorting 
to  all  manner  of  tricks  and  schemes  to  get 
large  quantities  of  narcotics.  The  use  of 
false  names  and  visits  to  diflferent  doctors  as 
well  as  to  the  clinic  often  enabled  these  peo- 
ple to  accumulate  very  considerable  amounts 
which  they  promptly  adulterated  and  resold 
at  double  or  quadruple  prices  to  addicts 
who  would  not  resort  to  such  practices. 
Recognizing  the  difficulty  of  controlling  this 
particular  phase  of  the  evil,  Dr.  Copeland 
came  forward  with  suggestions  for  estab- 
lishing the  identity  of  addicts.  The  idea  was 
even  advanced  of  branding  them  with  ni- 
trate of  silver,  of  taking  their  finger  prints, 
and  so  on.  All  of  these  suggestions  were  so 
repugnant  to  the  public  at  large  that  Dr. 
Copeland  soon  found  that  he  had  stirred  up 
a  veritable  hornets*  nest.  The  branding  idea 
was  dropped,  but  in  view  of  his  knowledge 
of  the  abuses  that  seemed  to  be  inevitable 
he  insisted  that  some  clearly  defined  system 
of  registration  with  identification  cards, 
photographs  of  the  addicts,  etc.,  was  neces- 
sary. So  far  as  we  know  no  system  of  regis- 
tration and  identification  has  been  adopted 
as  yet,  and  Dr.  Copeland  has  been  quoted  as 
saying  that  the  question  is  one  that  the  State 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


April,  1919 


191 


Narcotic  Drug  Commission  must  work  out. 
Reviewing  the  events  of  the  past  month, 
we  feel  that  while  Dr.  Copeland  has  made 
certain  mistakes — probably  he  would  be  the 
first  to  admit  them — on  the  whole  he  de- 
serves real  credit  for  (1)  his  effort  to  help 
solve  a  grave  problem,  (2)  the  emphasis 
he  has  given  to  the  fact  that  drug  addiction 
per  se  is  not  a  form  of  moral  delinquency 
or  obliquity  to  be  penalized,  but  that  it  is 
a  disease  to  be  intelligently  studied  and 
treated ;  and  (3)  the  effort  he  has  expended 
in  urging  honest  medical  men  to  study  nar- 
cotic drug  disease  and  treat  its  victims 
with  the  same  fidelity  and  intelligence  given 
to  other  diseases.  We  want  to  be  big 
enough  and  fair  enough  in  expressing  any 
ideas  we  may  have  on  this  subject  of  drug 
addiction,  or  criticisms  we  may  feel  inclined 
to  offer  of  the  policies  or  acts  of  the  Health 
Commissioner  to  never  fail  to  credit  him 
with  as  honest  and  honorable  motives  as  we 
ask  him  to  ascribe  to  us  when  we  cannot  ac- 
cept his  viewpoint. 

^  The  great  fundamental  need  in  connec- 
tion with  the  problem  of  narcotic  Acug 
addiction  is  a  better  understanding  of  the 
conditions  that  are  created  in  the  human 
body  by  the  long  continued  use  of  opium 
and  its  derivatives.  A  recent  paper  by 
Du  Mez  (Jour.  A.  M.  A,,  April  12,  1919) 
shows  the  diversity  of  scientific  opinion 
that  exists  concerning  the  mechanism  of  the 
increased  tolerance  of  the  system  for  these 
drugs  and  the  cause  of  the  symptoms  that 
follow  their  withdrawal.,  Incidentally,  in 
his  scholarly  review  of  the  literature  on  the 
subject,  Du  Mez  shows  how  few  American 
physicians  have  made  any  noteworthy  con- 
tributions to  the  study  of  narcotic  drug 
addiction.  In  fact.  Dr.  Bishop  and  Dr.  Pettey 
seem  to  be  the  only  American  medical  men 
whose  opinions  are  of  sufficient  scientific 
importance  to  warrant  serious  considera- 
tion. This  confirms  the  statement  we  have 
made  in  regard  to  the  comparative  indif- 
ference of  physicians  in  this  country  to 
narcotic  drug  disease.  It  is  a  shame  that 
a  subject  so  serious  in  many  of  its  aspects 
and  so  far-reaching  in  its  possibilities  for 
evil,  has  been  so  neglected.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  the  few  men  whose  work  has 
been  referred  to,  the  physicians  of  this 
country  have  shirked  their  responsibilities 


in  regard  to  drug  addiction  and  its  effective 
treatment.  Conscientious  medical  men  can- 
not allow  this  state  of  affairs  to  continue, 
for  the  control  of  a  situation  that  is  daily 
growing  more  menacing  lies  in  the  success- 
ful treatment  and  cure  of  the  individual 
case.  Restrictive  laws  and  regulative  meas- 
ures have  their  place  and  medical  men 
should  uphold  and  support  all  rational  and 
humane  efforts  in  this  direction.  But  it  is 
thru  the  ability  of  the  general  practitioner  to 
afford  prompt  relief  to  the  sufferer  from 
drug  addiction,  and  in  due  course  to  re- 
store him  to  a  normal  state  of  health,  that 
the  control  and  conquest  of  narcotic  drug 
addiction  will  be  accomplished.  Those  who 
have  had  any  experience  whatsoever  with 
drug  addicts  know  that  one  of  the  chief 
obstacles  to  the  successful  solution  of  the 
problem  presented,  is  the  attitude  of  the 
average  addict  towards  treatment.  If  his 
addiction  covers  several  years,  he  has 
usually  tried  all  or  most  all  of  the  so-called 
"treatments,'*  has  sojourned  in  many  institu- 
tions, public  and  private,  and  has  sought 
help  from  every  good,  bad  or  indifferent 
doctor  he  could  get  to  take  up  his  case.  He 
has  very  vivid  recollections  of  all  he  has 
gpne  thru,  and  as  a  result  of  his  experi- 
ences, he  is  under  no  delusions  as  to  the 
ability  of  the  general  practitioner  to  cure 
him.  He  is  fearful  to  a  marked  degree  of 
the  suffering  any  curative  treatment  will 
force  him  to  undergo,  and  highly  pessimistic 
naturally,  as  to  the  probability  of  any  per- 
manent cure  of  his  trouble.  The  hearing 
of  the  Whitney  Commission  brought  out 
many  of  these  facts  and  showed,  not  only  the 
lack  of  confidence  of  drug  addicts  in  cura- 
tive treatment,  but  the  horror  these  unfor- 
tunates have  of  being  forced  to  undergo  the 
suffering  which,  in  the  light  of  their  experi- 
ences, they  believe  to  be  inseparable  from 
any  at  present  known  treatment.  It  is  fairly 
evident  from  the  foregoing  that  the  great 
majority  of  those  who  suffer  from  narcotic 
drug  addiction  have  come  to  look  on  their 
condition,  with  all  that  it  entails  in  physical 
distress  and  worry,  as  the  lesser  of  two 
evils. 

The  earnest,  thoughtful  observer  is  bound, 
therefore,  to  reach  the  conclusion  that  any 
successful  control  of  narcotic  drug  addic- 
tion must  start  with  a  better  understanding 
of  the  character  of  the  disease  and  more 


Digitized  by 


Google 


192 


APRIL,   1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


American  Medicins 


painstaking  and  comprehensive  methods  of 
treatment.  The  duty  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion is  clear  and  we  can  no  longer  dodge 
the  issue  and  be  true  to  ourselves  and  our 
calling.  The  work  may  not  be  to  our  liking. 
The  same  may  be  said  of  other  diseases  we 
are  called  upon  to  treat.  But  for  humanity's 
sake  we  must  give  our  best  and  most  faith- 
ful thought  and  attention  to  those  suf- 
fering from  narcotic  drug  addiction. 

No  physician  has  the  right  to  plead  that 
a  fear  of  coming  in  conflict  with  the  laws 
deters  him  from  having  anything  to  do  with 
the  treatment  of  drug  addicts.  Every  physi- 
cian must  conform  to  the  laws  to  be  sure, 
but  as  we  have  stated  on  many  former  oc- 
casions, no  honest  medical  man  has  any- 
thing to  apprehend  from  the  Federal  or 
local  authorities.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the 
Revenue  officials  have  performed  their  du- 
ties in  ways  that  have  won  the  unqualified 
respect  and  admiration  of  every  honest  phy- 
sician with  whom  they  have  come  in  contact. 
It  is  very  apparent  from  numerous  facts 
brought  to  our  attention  that  medical  men 
may  count  on  the  utmost  courtesy  and  con- 
sideration from  the  gentlemen  connected 
with  the  Revenue  department.  The  state  and 
local  authorities  will  doubtless  follow  simi- 
lar methods.  The  physician  who  practices  his 
profession  honestly  and  with  conscientious 
regard  for  the  requirements  of  the  laws  reg- 
ulating the  use  of  narcotic  drugs  may  be 
sure  that  he  will  have  no  trouble,  nor  suf- 
fer any  interference  with  his  legitimate 
work.  Dr.  Copeland,  speaking  for  the  local 
authorities,  not  only  has  given  repeated  as- 
surances in  this  direction,  but  has  urged 
every  physician  to  give  his  best  thought  and 
eflFort  to  the  treatment  of  drug  addiction. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  medical  pro- 
fession will  respond  to  this  call,  as  it  has  to 
so  many  others  in  the  past.  Wide  differences 
of  opinion  are  bound  to  arise  in  regard  to 
various  phases  of  the  question,  but  differ- 
ences of  opinion  should  not  keep  honest  men 
from  combining  their  strength  to  accom- 
plish a  result  earnestly  desired  by  all. 
The  active  cooperation  of  every  person^ho 
is  interested  in  the  subject  should  be  en- 
listed, and  no  stone  left  unturned  to  bring 
narcotic  drug  disease  under  the  mastery  of 
medical  science. 

Above  all  it  should  be  constantly  borne 
in  mind  that  the  narcotic  drug  addict  is 


a  sick  person  who,  in  the  great  majority  of 
cases,  has  stronger  claims  on  our  sympathy, 
consideration  and  humanity  than  the  suf- 
ferer from  many  other  diseases. 


The  Profession  and  the  Victory  Liberty 
Loan. — ^The  courage  and  sacrifices  of 
members  of  the  medical  profession  in  the 
Army  and  Navy  in  the  war  will  forever  be 
remembered.  Hundreds  of  physicians  have 
been  awarded  decorations  for  gallant  con- 
duct and  thousands  have  given  untiringly 
the  best  in  them  to  allay  the  sufferings  of 
soldiers  and  sailors.  Many  of  these  physi- 
cians are  still  in  service.  The  Government 
is  faced  with  the  task  of  caring  for  boys 
incapacitated  for  p/ofessional  or  industrial 
work.  The  physicians  have  a  job  to  finish 
and  still  are  giving  gladly  of  their  skill  and 
knowledge,  that  no  youth  may  return  to  civil 
life  without  first  having  been  accorded  the 
best  attention  the  profession  has  to  offer. 

To  the  medical  profession  the  Victory 
Liberty  Loan  has  a  special  appeal.  Its  flota- 
tion is  partly  necessary  because  of  the  ex- 
pense to  the  Government  to  treat  the  sick 
and  wounded. 

When  the  United  States  entered  the  war, 
it  was  the  last  of  the  wealthy  nations  to  be- 
come involved.  With  a  great  surplus  of  in- 
dustrial and  financial  resources  there  was  no 
necessity  for  external  loans.  The  response 
by  the  people  to  the  Government's  appeal  to 
lend  money,  had  its  immediate  result.  De- 
feat loomed  for  the  Central  Powers  as  the 
balance  of  money  power  shifted  to  the 
Allies. 

Just  as  the  successful  belligerents  were 
those  that  had  financial  resources  to  prose- 
cute war,  so  will  those  nations  be  able  to 
cope  with  the  problems  of  reconstruction 
satisfactorily  whose  people  continue  to  lend. 

The  campaign  for  the  restoration  of  a 
country  to  a  peacetime  basis  must  be  rigor- 
ous. The  clash  of  arms  is  no  more  a  stim- 
ulant to  patriotic  sacrifices.  To  be  a  rigor- 
ous campaign,  those  engaged  must  have  the 
courage  of  their  convictions.  No  member  of 
the  medical  profession  is  ignorant  of  the 
financial  burdens  of  the  Government  in 
maintaining  large  hospitals  here  and  abroad. 
The  Government  has  many  other  such  bur- 
dens and  the  medical  profession  will  help 
lift  them  by  buying  Liberty  Notes. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbigan  Mbdicinv 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLB8 


April,  1919 


193 


ORIGINAL 
TICLES*^^ 


THE  PHYSICS  OF  THE  CHEST  AND 
THEIR  RELATION  TO  DISEASES 
AND  INJURIES  OF  THE  THORACIC 
ORGANS.' 

BY 

LIEUT.-COL.  SIR  JAMES  BARR,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 

F.  R.  C.  P..  F.  R.  S.  B., 

Liverpool,  Eng. 

In  this  introductory  lecture  I  do  not  pro- 
pose to  deal  with  soft  platitudes,  and  tell 
you  of  the  wonderful  achievements — in 
which  you  have  all  taken  your  part— of 
medicine  and  surgery  during  this  war.  No 
doubt  wonderful  results  have  been  obtained 
in  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  disease 
and  injury.  This  war  has  afforded  ample 
scope  for  the  application  of  skill  and  of  well 
known  discoveries,  rather  than  the  evolu- 
tion of  new  ideas.  The  evolution  has  been 
more  apparent  in  the  development  of 
destructive  and  preventive  measures  than 
in  curative  methods.  All  our  wonder- 
working miracles  have  resulted  from  carry- 
ing out  well  recognized  principles  on  that 
marvelously  adaptive  and  self-repairing  ma- 
chine— ^the  healthy  human  body. 

Today  I  propose  to  deal  with  the  physics 
of  the  chest,  and  their  relatipn  to  the  dis- 
eases and  injuries  of  the  thoracic  organs. 
This  is  a  subject  equally  important  to  the 
physician  and  the  surgeon  and,  it  seems  to 
me,  often  one  of  vital  importance  to  the  pa- 

>  Delivered  at  the  Liverpool  Royal  Infirmary, 
February  4, 1919. 


tient.  Excellent  surgery  in  severe  chest 
wounds  was  carried  out  by  many  surgeons 
in  casualty  clearing  stations,  whereby  many 
lives  were  saved.  They  quickly  removed  as 
far  as  practicable  all  foreign  bodies,  dead 
tissues,  blood  clots  and  every  possible  source 
of  sepsis ;  and  then  closed  the  chest  wounds, 
thus  restoring  the  function  of  the  injured 
lung.  During  the  operation,  collapse  of  the 
lung  was  prevented  as  far  as  possible.  A 
moderate  amount  of  air  left  in  the  pleural 
cavity  does  not  matter  much,  as  it  gets  soon 
absorbed  when  the  chest  is  closed. 

In  British  Medicine  in  the  War  th^re  is  a 
descriptive  but  slovenly  written  article  on 
gunshot  injuries  of  the  chest  with  special 
reference  to  hemothorax.  There  is  here  an 
almost  complete  failure  to  rec<^^ize  the 
physical  principles  which  are  so  important 
in  such  injuries.  It  is  only  from  a  clear  ap- 
preciation of  basic  principles  that  real  ad- 
vancement can  take  place. 

In  my  Bradshaw  lecture^  on  the  pleura, 
pleural  effusion  and  its  treatment  I  dealt 
fully  with  the  physics  of  the  chest,  and  in 
the  course  of  this  lecture  I  shall  refer  to 
many  of  the  experiments  which  I  then  con- 
ducted. If  you  wish  to  see  a  good  schema 
of  the  physical  working  of  the  chest  I  can- 
not do  better  than  refer  you  to  Sir  Douglas 
Powell's  work  on  diseases  of  the  lungs.  Sir 
Douglas  Powell  aptly  says:  *Tt  would  be 
impossible  truly  to  comprehend  the  mani- 

*  British  Medical  Journal,  Novemiyer  9,  1907. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


194 


April,  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTIGXiBS 


Amsrigan  Mhmcinb 


fold  incidents  and  conditions  of  asthma, 
emphysema,  pleuritic  effusion  and  pneumo- 
thorax without  a  working  knowledge  of 
these  statical  and  dynamical  conditions  of 
respiration  in  health." 

Within  the  thoracic  cavity  there  are  two 
pleural  cavities  and  the  pericardium  which 
in  health  are  potential  rather  than  real  cavi- 
ties :  the  blood-vascular  cavity  which  is  con- 
stantly varying  in  capacity  and  in  the 
amount  and  distribution  of  its  contents ;  the 
gullet,  nerves  and  lymphatic  spaces;  and 
lastly  the  aerial  cavity  within  the  lungs 
which  is  the  only  one  in  health  in  direct 
communication  with  the  atmosphere. 

The  intrathoracic  pressure  in  health  is 
usually  negative,  i.  e,,  less  than  the  atmos- 
phere, tho  under  varying  conditions  it  may 
and  often  does  become  positive,  i.  e.,  greater 
than  the  atmosphere.  In  carrying  out 
the  Valsalva  experiment,  I  have  often 
raised  my  intrathoracic  pressure  100  mm. 
of  mercury  above  that  of  the  atmos- 
phere. This  is  sufficient  to  shut  out 
all  blood  from  entering  the  chest,  and 
of  course  if  the  chest  were  laid  freely  open 
under  such  conditions  the  lung  would  bulge 
thru  the  opening.  However  it  is  not  likely 
that  under  such  conditions  the  victim  would 
be  thinking  of  the  Valsalva  experiment. 
After  a  few  beats  the  pulse  disappears  in 
all  the  superficial  arteries,  altho  the  vessels 
remain  full,  and  it  is  very  interesting  to 
watch  thru  the  X-ray  screen  the  reduction 
in  the  size  of  the  heart  until  finally  it  does 
not  appear  half  its  former  size.  Some  have 
thought  that  this  is  a  very  risky  experiment 
lest  you  should  stop  the  heart,  altogether, 
but  I  can  assure  you  that  there  is  not  the 
slightest  danger  as  no  one  could  keep  up 
the  pressure  long  enough  to  do  so.  More- 
over only  those  with  good  vital  capacity  can 
successfully  carry  out  this  experiment. 


In  order  to  keep  up  a  positive  pressure, 
within  the  thorax  while  operating  on  the 
pleura,  an  American  surgeon  many  years 
ago  devised  a  cabinet  in  which  he  could 
vary  the  pressure.  He  and  the  patient's 
body  were  in  the  cabinet  under  negative 
pressure,  while  the  patient's  head  was  in 
communication  with  the  external  aitmos- 
phere.  This  ingenious  device  was  too  ex- 
pensive and  troublesome  to  catch  on,  hence 
it  never  became  popular.  A  more  simple 
method  is  to  supply  the  patient  thru  a 
closely  fitting  facial  apparatus  with  air  or 
oxygen  under  moderate  pressure  above  that 
of  the  atmosphere. 

The  negative  pressure  within  the  thorax 
is  due  to  the  elasticity  of  the  lungs  and  to 
the  slight  tendency  of  the  chest  walls  to  re- 
coil beyond  that  of  their  greatest  capacity- 
in  inspiration.  The  intrapleural  tension,  with 
which  I  shall  deal  later  on,  is  equivalent  to 
the  intrathoracic  and  due  to  the  same  causes. 
This  negative  pressure  under  normal  con- 
ditions is  slight,  constantly  varying  in 
amount,  and  always  sufficient  to  act  as  a 
respiratory  pump  which  not  only  aids  in 
the  gaseous  changes  within  the  lungs  but 
renders  great  assistance  in  carrying  on  the 
pulmonic  circulation.  The  lungs  even  in  ex- 
piration are  in  a  state  of  elastic  tension,  so 
that  during  quiet  respiration  the  respira- 
tory pump  is  more  or  less  constantly  in  ac- 
tion. 

The  amount  of  the  elastic  force  of  the 
lungs  has  been  determined  by  connecting 
a  mercurial  manometer  with  the  trachea  in 
the  cadaver,  and  then  puncturing  the  thorax 
so  as  to  allow  air  to  enter  the  pleura  and 
cause  the  lung  to  collapse.  This  only  gives  a 
record  of  2  to  5  mm.  of  mercury,  but  this 
procedure  does  not  allow  for  the  elastic 
recoil  of  the  thoracic  walls,  and,  moreover,  ' 
in  the  cadaver  the  lungs  have  lost  a  great 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLJIS 


April,  1919 


195 


deal  of  their  elasticity.  Bonders  calculated 
that  in  health  the  elastic  pull  of  the  lungs 
in  the  expiratory  period  was  7.5  mm.  of  mer- 
cury. After  an  ordinary  inspiration  the 
negative  tension  is  increased  to  9  mm.  of 
Hg.,  and  after  the  deepest  possible  inspira- 
tion to  30  mm. 

In  Miiller's  experiment  I  have  often  raised 
the  n^ative  pressure  within  my  thorax  to 
over — 80  mm.  of  Hg. 

The  intrathoracic  pressure  is  constantly 
varying  during  the  phases^  and  the  differ- 
ence in  individuals  is  often  very  great,  so 
that  experiments  on  the  dead  body  are  not 
of  much  value  except  for  the  establishment 
of  general  principles.  So  unsatisfactory 
did  I  consider  these  experiments  that  in 
1907  when  I  was  writing  my  Bradshaw  lec- 
ture I  conducted  a  large  number  of  experi- 
ments on  myself  and  healthy  friends.  It  is 
needless  to  say  that  I  did  not  carry  out  the 
experiments  with  mercurial  manometers 
tied  in  our  tracheae.  Even  in  the  cadaver 
the  manometer  has  the  very  serious  fault 
that  with  the  collapse,  of  the  lung  the  pres- 
sure of  air  in  the  trachea  is  raised,  which 
•of  course  raises  the  column  of  mercury,  but 
at  the  same  time  prevents  further  collapse 
of  the  lung. 

The  method  which  I  adopted  can  be  prac- 
ticed by  anyone  on  himself.  What  is  re- 
quired is  a  little  intelligent  practice  so  as 
to  convert  the  mouth,  the  nares,  the  larynx, 
the  trachea  and  the  intrapulmonary  cavity 
into  one  aerial  space  having  as  nearly  as 
possible  the  same  pressure  thruout.  When 
taking  the  pressure  in  this  cavity  during 
oral  breathing  the  mouth  is  open  and  the 
shut  nares  connected  with  a  manometer. 
When  the  pressure  is  taken  during  nasal 
breathing,  one  or  both  nostrils  are  open,  and 
the  tube  of  the  manometer  lies  in  the  shut 
mouth.  In  these  observations  it  is  absolutely 


essential  that  all  respiratory  movements  be 
performed  by  the  thorax  alone,  and  that  the 
mouth  and  nares  be  held  in  absolute  repose. 
Any  sucking  or  other  movement  of  the 
mouth  or  nares  destroys  the  uniformity  of 
the  cavity ;  of  course  there  is  a  second  line 
of  obstruction  at  the  glottis,  and  the  varia- 
tions in  pressure  must  be  greater  beyond 
the  obstruction  than  in  the  mouth  and  nares. 
This  obstruction  cannot  readily  be  removed 
in  the  human  subject,  but  with  the  avoid- 
ance of  all  excitement  the  obstruction  is  re- 
duced to  a  minimum. 

I  give  you  the  following  observations 
made  on  myself,  because  I  can  vouch  for 
their  accuracy,  and  I  think  my  lungs  and 
thoracic  walls  are  still  fairly  elastic.  I  know 
many  who  would  give  a  better  record,  and 
many  who  would  give  a  worse.  These,  how- 
ever, will  suffice  for  the  object  I  have  in 
view.  The  lower  pressures  were  made  with 
a  water  manometer,  and  the  higher  with  a 
mercurial;  as  mercury  is  13.6  heavier  than 
water,  it  is  easy  to  convert  the  readings 
into  water  or  mercury  as  you  prefer. 

Millimetres  of  Water. 

1.  Quiet  oral  breathing:  Insp.  —  5  to  — 
8 ;  exp.  +  3  to  4-  5. 

2.  Deep  oral  breathing:  Insp.  —  24  to 
—  34;  exp.  +  20  to  +30. 

3.  Quiet  nasal  breathing,  2  nostrils: 
Insp.  —  10  to  —  16;  exp.  +  6  to  +  10. 

4.  Quiet  nasal  breathing,  1  nostril: 
Insp.  —16  to  —22;  exp.  +  12  to  -f  16. 

5.  Deep  nasal  breathing,  2  nostrils: 
Insp.  —  40  to  —  60 ;  exp.  +  30  to  +  40. 

6.  Deep  nasal  breathing,  1  nostril: 
Insp.  —  180  to  —  200 ;  exp.  +  160  to  +  180. 

Miiller  experiment.  After  deep  expira- 
tion expanding  the  chest  with  the  mouth 
and  nostrils  closed,  —  80  mm.  of  mercury. 

Valsalva's  experiment.  After  deep  in- 
spiration forcible  compression  of  the  chest 
with  the  mouth  and  nostrils  closed,  100  mm. 
of  mercury. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


196 


April,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


AlfBRICAN    MBDICINB 


These  experiments  show  the  great  varia- 
tions in  intrapulmonary  pressure  which 
take  place,  and  the  more  active  the  respira- 
tory pump,  the  greater  the  variations.  For 
the  maintenance  of  health  it  is  important 
that  this  pump  should  be  kept  in  good 
working  order,  as  will  become  very  apparent 
when  we  come  to  deal  with  injuries  and 
diseases  of  the  chest. 

All  these  observations  on  the  thoracic 
cavity  are  equally  applicable  to  the  healthy 
pleural  cavities,  but  if  you  follow  the  teach- 
ing of  most  text  books  which  deal  with 
this  subject  you  may  infer  that  the  elas- 
ticity of  the  lungs  and  the  recoil  of  the  chest 
walls  were  constant  dragging  forces  trying 
to  separate  the  two  layers  of  the  pleura. 
If  such  dragging  were  the  result  of  these 
forces  we  ought  to  find  some  evidence  of 
its  existence.  As  a  matter  of  fact  there  is 
no  traction  but  perfect  equilibrium,  as  the 
elasticity  of  the  lungs  is  counterbalanced  by 
the  intrapleural  tension,  which  is  equal  in 
force  and  opposite  in  direction,  as  the  for- 
mer is  positive  and  the  latter  negative.  The 
elasticity  of  the  lungs  tends  to  separate  tfie 
pleural  surfaces,  and  the  intrapleural  ten- 
sion, which  depends  on  the  elasticity  and  to 
a  much  less  extent  on  the  tendency  to  re- 
coil of  the  chest  walls,  holds  the  surface  to- 
gether. When  the  lungs  are  stretched  in  in- 
spiration the  elasticity  of  the  lungs  is  in- 
creased, and  so  also  is  the  intrapleural  nega- 
tive tension  by  an  equal  amount. 

Sir  Douglas  Powell  has  shown  "that  in 
quiet  inspiration  there  is  no  inertia  or  elas- 
tic resistance  of  the  chest  walls  to  be  over- 
come, but  that  on  the  contrary  the  thoracic 
elasticity  is  a  reserve  force  of  appreciable 
power  constantly  tending  to  enlarge  the 
thorax,  and  therefore  acting  in  favor  of  in- 
spiration." 

In  cases  of  great  emphysema  of  both 
lungs  the  chest  enlarges  to  its  greatest  pos- 


sible extent  and  becomes  barrel  shaped,  con- 
sequently this  elasticity  is  abolished.  Even 
without  enlargement  of  the  chest  a  similar 
condition  appertains  in  advancing  years 
when  the  costal  cartilages  become  calcified. 
I  have  seen  such  calcification  in  a  young 
woman  of  26,  induced  by  the  chest  being 
long  fixed  with  a  spinal  support  pr  saddle. 
Of  course  you  can  decalcify  the  costal  car- 
tilages but  this  is  a  troublesome  process,  in 
the  living  subject,  and  prevention  is  better 
than  cure. 

For  the  maintenance  of  a  healthy  chest 
it  is  absolutely  essential  to  keep  the  respira- 
tory pump  in  constant  action,  and  this  can 
only  be  satisfactorily  done  by  practising 
thoracic  rather  than  diaphragmatic  breath- 
ing, and  preventing  calcification  of  the  cos- 
tal cartilages. 

Regarding  the  intrapleural  tension,  which 
we  have  seen  is  equivalent  to  the  intra- 
thoracic, the  external  surface  of  the  pleura 
is  protected  from  the  atmospheric  pressure 
by  the  comparative  rigidity  of  the  chest 
walls  and  the  tensioa  of  the  diaphragm — it 
is  like  a  membrane  lining  the  inner  surface 
of  a  metal  ball,  consequently  the  two  sur- 
faces of  the  pleura  are  pressed  together, 
and  both  layers  are  pressed  against  the  in- 
terior surface  of  the  thoracic  walls  by  the  at- 
mospheric pressure  within  the  lungs. 

The  elasticity  of  the  lungs  and  the  elastic 
tension  or  recoil  of  the  chest  walls  main- 
tain a  negative  pressure  withip  the  pleura, 
or  an  intrapleural  tension,  equal  in  amount 
and  opposite  in  sigh  or  direction  to  that 
of  the  elasticity  of  the  lungs,  so  long  as 
there  is  no  fluid  in  the  pleura  sufficient  to 
overcome  the  elasticity,  or  as  long  as  the 
pressure  within  the  lungs,  minus  their  elas- 
ticity, does  not  exceed  the  pressure  of  the 
atmosphere.  When  the  intrapulmonary 
pressure  exceeds  that  of  the  atmosphere  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbican  Mbdicins 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICI^S 


April^  1919 


197 


lung  elasticity  remains  a  protective  but  not 
an  active  force. 

If  we  take  Donders'  figures  of  7.5  mm.  of 
mercur>'  or  102  mm.  of  water  as  equivalent 
to  the  elastic  pull  of  the  lungs  during  the  ex- 
piratory period,  then  it  would  require  a 
fluid  pressure  of  102  mm.  of  water  all 
around  the  lung  to  abolish  the  negative  ten- 
sion. 

In  pleural  effusion  gravitation  carries  the 
liquid  to  the  most  dependent  part  of  the 
sacs  and  as  the  pressure  of  a  liquid  is  as 
its  depth,  the  lower  and  posterior  part  of 
the  lung  collapses  first  and  the  non-col- 
lapsed portion  is  pushed  upwards  and  to 
the  front. 

On  the  other  hand  in  cases  of  pneumo- 
thorax the  pressure  is  fairly  equal  at  all 
points,  and  the  pressure  rarely  rises  so  high 
as  to  cause  complete  collapse.  When  the 
general  intrapleural  tension  becomes  posi- 
tive, that  is  higher  than  the  atmosphere, 
the  lung  must  collapse.  On  the  other  hand, 
if  the  intrapulmonary  pressure  exceeds  that 
of  the  atmosphere  by  102  mm.  of  water — ^a 
condition  which  exists  in  my  chest  during 
expiration  thru  one  nostril — then  the 
intrapleural  negative  tension  is  abolished 
during  expiration,  and  any  further  rise  in 
the  intrapulmonary  pressure  would  keep  the 
pleural  surface  closely  glued  together  so  that 
the  external  layer  of  the  pleura  might  be 
laid  freely  open  without  any  risk  of  air 
entering  the  sac.  We  have  seen  that  great 
intrapulmonary  pressure  only  occurs  when 
there  is  some  obstruction  to  forcible  ex-. 
piration,  such  as  using  only  one  nostril  or 
in  Valsalva's  experiment.  It  therefore  fol- 
lows that  the  best  way  to  expand  a  collapsed 
lung  is  to  increase  the  intrapulmonary  pres- 
sure until  you  have  restored  the  elasticity 
of  the  lung,  and  then,  and  not  till  then,  in- 
crease the  intrapleural  negative  tension. 


Owing  to  these  marvelous  provisions  of 
Nature  the  two  lubricated  pleural  surfaces 
can  move  freely  over  one  another,  but  any 
force  which  separates  them  must  be  greater 
than  the  atmospheric  pressure  in  the  lungs ; 
during  inspiration  this  is  less  than  the  ex- 
ternal atmosphere,  and  during  expiration 
rather  more.  Moreover  the  warming  of  the 
air  in  the  lungs  from  57  ^^  to  98**  F.  would 
make  it  expand  about  one-twelfth  of  its 
bulk,  and  this  would  increase  the  pressure 
in  the  alveoli.  It  thus  takes  at  least  an  at- 
mosphere (about  760  mm.  of  mercury)  to 
separate  the  two  pleural  surfaces,  and  when 
the  surfaces  are  separated  by  fluid  it  must 
have  been  secreted  at  a  greater  pressure 
than  the  atmosphere.  Thus  any  traction 
from  the  elasticity  of  the  lungs  can  have 
no  effect  in  separating  the  two  pleural  sur- 
faces, but  any  such  effect  is  transferred  to 
the  walls  of  the  thorax,  seeing  that  there  is 
often  a  difference  of  pressure  on  the  two 
sides  of  the  thorax.  In  the  intact  chest  you 
never  could  lower  the  intrapulmonary  pres- 
sure sufficiently  to  separate  the  two  pleural 
surfaces,  but  in  Miiller's  experiment  you 
can  lower  the  intrapulmonary  pressure  suf- 
ficiently to  make  its  dragging  effect  readily 
felt  on  the  walls  of  the  thorax. 

If  you  attach  the  smooth  surface  of  a 
sixpence  with  a  little  vaseline  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  metal  piston  of  a  syriAge  the  six- 
pence can  be  easily  moved  about  over  the 
flat  surface  of  the  piston,  but  even  when 
the  nozzle  is  down  and  the  sixpence  only 
suspended  by  the  lubricant  (the  object  of 
which  is  to  get  rid  of  the  air  between  the 
piston  and  the  sixpence),  you  can  draw  the 
piston  up  to  the  top  of  the  syringe  with  the 
nozzle  blocked,  and  thus  make  a  large,  tho 
imperfect,  vacuum  without  detaching  the 
sixpence.  You  can  thus  see  that  the  elas- 
ticity  of   the   lungs   and   the   atmospheric 


Digitized  by 


Google 


198 


April«  19  Id 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mxdici2«s 


pressure  are  Nature's  method  for  keeping 
the  two  lubricated  surfaces  together  and 
enabling  them  to  mov^  freely  over  one  an- 
other, and  not  for  separating  them  as  is 
often  supposed. 

A  very  distinguished  surgeon  and  Fellow 
of  the  Royal  Society  has  asserted  that  the 
force  holding  the  pleural  surfaces  together 
is  molecular  cohesion,  and  has  nothing  what- 
ever to  do  with  atmospheric  pressure.  It 
will  not  be  difficult  to  show  that  this  asser- 
tion— of  which  I  would  take  no  notice  were 
it  made  by  a  less  exalted  personage — evinces 
a  lack  of  knowledge  of  molecular  cohesion 
and  of  the  force  of  atmospheric  pressure. 
Fellows  of  the  Royal  Society  are  not,  as 
^  rule,  more  ignorant  than  other  people,  but 
when  you  find  them  tripping,  as  you  oc- 
casionally do,  their  delinquencies  become 
more  apparent,  because  less  expected.  The 
first  essential  for  molecular  cohesion  is  that 
the  molecules  must  be  in  contact,  and  it  is 
absolutely  impossible  for  such  contact  to 
take  place  between  two  surfaces  which  are 
separated  by  a  thin  layer  of  fluid  even  if  that 
layer  be  only  a  ten  thousandth  part  of  an 
inch  in  thickness.  Chemists  and  physicists 
may  tell  us  that  molecules  are  free  to  move 
about  among  one  another,  but  in  solid  bodies 
they  cannot  move  very  far  and  contact  is 
absolutely  necessary  for  cohesion.  In  the 
case  of  the  pleura  the  surfaces  glide  over 
one  another  very  easily.  The  only  difficulty 
is  in  the  separation  of  the  surfaces,  but  if 
there  were  molecular  cohesion  it  would  be 
much  more  easy  to  tear  the  membrane  than 
to  move  the  surfaces. 

Professor  Donnan  once  told  me  that  the 
surfaces  of  two  pieces  of  steel  have  been 
cut  so  true  that  when  they  were  brought  into 
perfect  apposition  a  much  greater  force 
than  would  be  accounted  for  by  atmospheric 
pressure   was   required  to   separate   them. 


This  is  molecular  cohesion;  nothing  like  it 
occurs  between  any  surfaces  in  the  body.  If 
you  had  molecular  cohesion  over  such  a 
large  surface  as  the  hip  joint,  the  junction 
would  be  so  perfect  that  it  would  be  much 
easier  to  smash  the  shaft  than  move  the 
head  of  the  bone  the  hundredth  part  of  an 
inch.  This  at  once  disposes  of  molecular  co- 
hesion as  the  force  which  holds  the  pleural 
surfaces  together,  and  it  is  unnecessary  to 
further  multiply  arguments. 

Another  force  which  some  have  imagined 
to  play  an  important  part  in  this  direction 
is  surface  tension;  this  is  a  force  which 
has  engaged  a  great  deal  of  attention  in 
recent  years  but  in  this  connection  it  proves 
a  very  insignificant  force. 

I  have  made  many  experiments  on  this 
subject,  but  the  following  should  suffice: 
The  surface  tension  of  a  serous  effusion 
having  a  specific  gravity  1025  will  support 
about  6  grains  to  the  square  inch ;  a  transu- 
date of  a  sp.  gr.  of  1010  will  support  about 
3  grains  to  the  square  inch,  while  the  nor- 
mal thin  serous  fluid  of  the  pleural  cavity 
may  be  an  excellent  lubricating  material, 
its  surface  tension  will  not  support  more 
than  2  grains  to  the  square  inch ;  therefore 
as  a  force  in  holding  the  two  pleural  sur- 
faces together  it  is  scarcely  worth  com- 
puting. 

I  now  wish  to  show  you  some  experi- 
ments of  the  force  of  the  atmosphere  in 
holding  surfaces  together.  I  have  shown 
you  the  experiment  with  the  sixpence  at- 
tached with  a  little  vaseline  to  the  bottom 
of  a  metal  piston  of  a  syringe ;  much  heavier 
metals  can  be  suspended,  but  when  the  in- 
fluence of  gravity  exceeds  the  atmospheric 
pressure  plus  the  surface  tension  in  the  par- 
tial vacuum  the  weight  drops  off.  In  the 
open  air  very  heavy  weights  such  as  56  lbs. 
can  be  suspended  from  a  smooth  book  shelf 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBSS 


April,  1919 


199 


with  only  a  thin  layer  of  vaseline  inter- 
vening. No  one  could  imagine  that  there 
was  any  molecular  cohesion  between  the 
metal  weight  and  the  polished  book-shelf, 
or  that  the  surface  tension  of  vaseline 
would  support  56  lbs.  On  the  other  hand  the 
atmospheric  pressure  is  about  15  lbs.  to  the 
square  inch,  and  the  attached  surface  of  the 
metal  is  about  36  square  inches,  therefore 
the  atmosphere  would  support  a  much 
greater  weight  with  the  same  surface.  The 
use  of  the  vaseline  is  to  prevent  the  air 
entering  between  the  metal  and  the  board; 
it  allows  the  board  to  be  moved  freely  over 
the  metal,  but  so  long  as  no  air  enters  be- 
tween the  surfaces  when  the  board  is  raised 
the  weight  follows  it. 

In  the  intact  chest  no  air  can  get  be- 
tween the  chest  wall  and  the  external  layer 
of  the  pleura,  consequently  the  two  layers 
of  the  pleura  are  pressed  together  by  the 
atmospheric  pressure  within  the  lungs.  Even 
in  MuUer's  experiment  there  is  a  pressure 
of  over  13  lbs.  to  the  square  inch  press- 
ing the  two  layers  together. 

In  most  conditions  it  takes  mor«  than  the 
pressure  of  an  atmosphere  to  separate  them, 
it  is  therefore  no  wonder  that  they  often 
remain  glued  together  even  in  punctured 
wounds  of  the  lung. 

It  is  very  easy  to  raise  the  intrapulmon- 
ary  pressure  above  that  of  the  atmosphere, 
and  under  such  conditions  there  would  be 
a  tendency  to  bulging  of  the  lung  thru  the 
external  opening  rather  than  separation  of 
the  pleural  layers. 

Sir  John  Rose  Bradford  says:  "Hemo- 
thorax is  the  most  common  result  of  a  chest 
wound ;  both  pneumohemothorax  and  pneu- 
mothorax are  relatively  rare,  and  in  a  series 
of  328  cases  of  gunshot  wounds  of  the  chest 
only  8  cases  of  the  former  and  4  cases  of 
the  latter  were  observed."  This  statement 


gives  no  indication  of  the  relative  number 
of  cases  of  simple  hemothorax.  In  dealing 
with  infection  he  says:  "In  a  series  of  450 
cases  observed  by  Bradford  and  Elliott,  in- 
fection was  present  in  117 — that  is  to  say, 
roughly,  in  25  per  cent.;  and  Captain  H. 
Henry,  who  carried  out  the  bacteriologic 
investigation,  found  that  lung  organisms, 
such  as  the  pneumococcus,  B,  influenza  and 
M.  tetragenous,  were  present  in  some  20 
per  cent,  of  the  infected  cases,  and  that  in 
the  remaining  80  per  cent,  streptococci, 
staphylococci  and  anaerobic  gas- forming 
bacilli  were  found." 

Whatever  be  the  relative  proportion  of 
cases  of  hemothorax  in  wounds  of  the 
chest,  we  will  now  deal  with  the  physics  of 
the  condition  when  it  exists.  In  the  vast 
majority  of  cases  the  hemorrhage  comes 
from  the  lungs  and  naturally  gravitates  to' 
the  most  dependent  part  of  the  pleural  cav- 
ity, and  this  pressure  first  causes  collapse 
of  the  lower  part  of  the  lung.  If  the  wound 
be  low  in  the  chest  the  collapse  of  the 
wounded  portion  of  the  lung  may  quickly 
arrest  the  hemorrhage  so  that  the  negative 
tension  is  not  abolished,  but  even  increased 
on  account  of  the  collapsed  lung  leaving 
a  potential  or  actual  cavity  which  is  filled 
up  by  the  effused  blood,  elevation  of  the 
diaphragm,  collapse  of  the  lower  part  of  the 
chest  walls  and  emphysematous  expansion 
of  the  non-collapsed  portion  of  the  lung. 
The  negative  pressure  may  be  so  great  as 
to  draw  over  the  mediastinum — including 
the  heart — to  the  affected  side.  When  the 
wound  is  in  the  upper  lobe  the  hemorrhage 
is  likely  to  continue  until  the  intrapleural 
tension  becomes  positive  and  you  get  col- 
lapse of  the  greater  portion  of  the  lung. 
When  the  external  wound  closes,  as  it  as 
a  rule  quickly  does  in  cases  of  gunshot 
wounds,  and  the  wounded  lung  collapses,  no 


Digitized  by 


Google 


200 


APRIL,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICI4BS 


AMTOTCAN   lilDICINB 


more  blood  or  air  can  get  into  the  pleural 
sac,  and  the  air  is  quickly  absorbed  so  the 
negative  tension  is  maintained  or  even  in- 
creased. You  can  easily  form  an  estimate  of 
the  amount  of  blood  effused  by  the  evidence 
of  the  tension,  negative  or  otherwise.  When 
the  diaphragm  is  very  high  and  immobile, 
chest  flattened  in  the  lower  part,  you  read- 
ily perceive  that  the  amount  of  blood  is 
slight  and  can  be  left  alone  if  there  be  no 
evidence  of  infection. 

In  my  Bradshaw  lecture  delivered  in 
1907,  I  rather  forestalled  many  of  the  ob- 
servations on  the  chest  wounds  in  the  pres- 
ent war.  Inter  alia,  I  said:  "With  care 
atelectasis  is  easily  differentiated  from 
pleural  effusion  even  when  the  dull  percus- 
sion is  absolute  and  the  respiratory  and 
vocal  phenomena  absent.  In  atelectasis  of 
bne  lung  the  affected  side  is  smaller  than 
the  other,  the  ribs  are  closer  together  and 
more  sloping,  the  costal  angle  more  acute, 
the  diaphragm  raised,  the  dull  percussion 
barely  reaches  the  middle  line  in  front, 
while  the  sound  lung  passes  beyond  the 
mesial  line,  the  heart  is  either  not  displaced 
or  slightly  pushed  over  by  the  sound  lung." 

In  pleurisy  there  is  no  sudden  arrest  of 
the  effusion  as  in  hemothorax  but  it  grad- 
ually accumulates  and  as  the  pressure  be- 
comes positive  you  get  collapse  from  be- 
low upwards,  but  there  can  be  no  general 
collapse  of  the  lung  until  the  intrapleural 
tension  becomes  sufficiently  positive  to  over- 
come the  intrapulmonary  pressure  minus  the 
elasticity  of  the  lung.  Even  before  there  is 
any  general  p>ositive  pressure,  if  there  be 
a  difference  of  pressure  in  the  two  pleurae 
the  heart  may  be  pushed  or  drawn  over  to 
the  side  where  the  negative  tension  is  the 
greatest.  As  the  effusion  increases  the  ten- 
sion becomes  more  and  more  positive,  and 
eventually  there  is  not  only  complete  col- 


lapse of  the  lung,  but  the  heart  and  neigh- 
boring organs  get  much  displaced,  and  the 
diaphragm  pushed  down  so  as  to  depress 
the  abdominal  organs.  If  you  withdraw 
the  effusion  and  substitute  fluid  air  for  the 
liquid  you  can  now  easily  r^^late  the  pres- 
sure, which  then  becomes  equal  all  around 
the  lung  and  not  according  to  the  depth  of 
the  liquid.  If  you  are  careful  to  leave  a 
pressure  in  the  pleura  less  than  that  of  the 
atmosphere  in  the  intrapulmonary  air  sacs 
you  encourage  the  gradual  expansion  of 
the  lung  and  the  restoration  of  its  elasticity. 
On  the  contrary  ih  hemothorax  the  tension 
rarely,  if  ever,  becomes  positive  hence  you 
get  sinking  in  of*  the  chest  walls  and  a  rise 
in  the  diaphragm  which  becomes  fixed  in 
its  elevated  position.  Owing  to  the  com- 
plete collapse  of  the  lower  lobe  there  is 
no  intrapulmonary  pressure  to  assist  in  the 
expansion  of  the  collapsed  lobe.  In  em- 
pyema the  pressure  is  frequently  higher 
than  in  serous  effusion,  and  when  the  ten- 
sion is  very  high  there  is  not  only  complete 
collapse  of  the  lung  but  you  may  have  the 
pulsations«of  the  heart  communicated  to  the 
liquid,  giving  rise  to  a  pulsating  empyema. 
The  lung  is  kept  expanded  by  the  nega- 
tive tension  within  the  pleura,  and  the 
greater  and  more  active  the  inspiration  the 
greater  the  negative  tension,  but  not  un- 
frequently,  especially  in  many  wasting  dis- 
eases where  the  demand  for  oxygen  is  not 
great,  this  negative  pressure  may  fall  to  a 
very  low  ebb  or  may  disappear,  especially 
at  the  bases  and  posterior  surfaces  of  one 
or  both  lungs,  the  inspiratory  movements 
being  confined  to  the  upper  part  of  the 
thorax.  In  such  cases  partial  atelectasis  is 
of  one  or  both  lungs,  or  almost  complete 
atelectasis  of  the  lung  of  the  side  on  which 
the  patient  has  mostly  lain  is  not  at  all  un- 
common.   Massive   collapse   mostly   occurs 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambhican  Mbdicinb 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


201 


in  the  lower  lobes,  and  is  especially  apt  to 
occur  in  young  flat-chested  individuals  with 
pliant  chest  walls. 

I  have  seen  a  greater  number  of  these 
cases  than  has  fallen  to  the  lot  of  most  men 
for  the  simple  reason  that  I  have  been  on 
the  lookout  for  them  for  many  years.  These 
cases  are  frequently  overlooked  because 
there  is  usually  a  negation  of  subjective 
chest  S)anptoms,  and  so  the  lung  is  often  al- 
lowed to  remain  so  long  collapsed  that  it 
never  completely  expands,  and  afterwards 
the  deficient  expansion  of  one  side  of  the 
chest  is  ascribed  to  some  old  pleural  eflfu- 
sion  of  which  the  p?itient  has  no  recollec- 
tion. When  these  cases  are  discovered  in 
the  early  stages  they  are  frequently  mis- 
taken for  pleural  effusion — ^an  error  which 
is  apt  to  remain  uncorrected  if  an  explor- 
ing needle  be  not  inserted  into  the  chest. 
The  careful  physician  should  avoid  explora- 
tory operation  until  all  other  methods  of 
diagnosis  have  failed  him.  In  massive  col- 
lapse the  signs  which  I  have  before  pointed 
out  should  clear  up  the  case.  I  have  seen 
cases  where  after  tapping  with  negative 
results  the  physician  in  charge  had  diag- 
nosed sarcoma  of  the  lung,  unresolved 
pneumonia,  etc.  My  opinion  that  the  con- 
ditions were  simply  due  to  atelectasis  which 
could  be  removed  by  respiratory  gymnas- 
tics was  at  first  received  with  credulity,  but 
the  subsequent  improvement  in  the  cases, 
and  the  non-fulfilment  of  the  grave  prog- 
nostications proved  the  correctness  of  my 
views. 

In  the  early  stages  the  diagnosis  is  at 
once  cleared  up  by  the  excitation  of  the 
lung  reflexes  of  Albert  Abrams.  If  you  rub 
the  affected  side  briskly  with  the  hand  the 
collapsed  lobe  expands,  the  percussion  note 
clears,  you  can  hear  the  air  entering  the 
alveoli    accompanied   with    some   dry   fine 


crepitations.  If  you  keep  up  this  friction 
for  a  length  of  time  the  collapsed  lobe  may 
almost  attain  its  former  dimensions,  and 
the  edges  of  the  enlarging  lung  find  their 
way  between  the  arch  of  the  diaphragm  and 
the  thoracic  walls.  When  the  lobe  is  ex- 
panded if  you  strike  the  chest  firmly  sev- 
eral times  with  the  ulnar  side  of  the  closed 
fist  the  lobe  collapses  again. 

The  lung  reflexes  are  largely  responsible 
for  the  contralateral  collapse  which  fre- 
quently occurs  in  gunshot  wounds  or 
other  injuries  of  the  chest.  These  lung  re- 
flexes also  differentiate  collapse  from  hypo- 
static congestion.  In  these  cases  respira- 
tory gymnastics  should  be  practiced  and 
the  patient  told  to  frequently  change  his  po- 
sition, and  to  lie  on  the  sound  side. 

In  advanced  cases  of  mitral  stenosis  col- 
lapse of  numerous  lobules  on  the  pos- 
terior surface  of  both  lungs  is  a  matter  of 
frequent  occurrence.  In  these  cases  the 
oxygenating  surface  is  greater  than  that 
defhanded  by  the  small  quantity  of  blood 
passing  thru  the  lungs.  These  cases  usually 
pass  on  to  more  or  less  permanent  collapse 
with  brown  induration  of  the  lungs.  Apart 
from  cases  associated  with  mitral  stenosis, 
atelectasis,  partial  or  complete,  when  early 
recognized  is  very  amenable  to  treatment; 
but  when  long  n^lected  permanent  damage 
to  the  lung  results. 

I  saw  such  a  neglected  case  ten  years 
ago  where  I  effected  considerable  improve- 
ment. He  has  since  carried  on  hard  labori- 
ous work  without  further  medical  advice 
until  he  consulted  me  a  few  days  ago.  There 
is  still  considerable  deformity,  but  his  vital 
capacity  is  sufficient. 

Fluid  in  the  pleura,  as  we  have  before 
seen,  lessens  and  finally  abolishes  the  intra- 
pleural negative  tension,  but  so  long  as  it 
is  not  sufficient  to  9ause  collapse  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


202 


APBIL,   1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICI^BS 


American  Mboicinb 


lung  and  displacement  of  other  organs, 
often  gets  rapidly  absorbed  after  the  febrile 
stage  has  passed  without  any  special  medi- 
cation. The  effusion  is  a  natural  process 
which,  if  it  continue  till  after  the  inflamma- 
tion has  subsided,  lessens  the  risk  of  pleu- 
ritic adhesions;  it  also  keeps  the  more  or 
less  collapsed  lung  quiet,  which  is  very  de- 
sirable if  there  be  any  active  tuberculosis  in 
the  lung.  A  very  large  proportion  of  cases 
of  pleurisy  are  tuberculous,  and  the  early 
withdrawal  of  the  fluid  causes  vascular  tur- 
gescence  of  the  lung,  often  hastens  the  dis- 
semination of  the  tubercle  bacilli,  and  kills 
the  patient.  Before  I  began  the  substitu- 
tion of  one  fluid  for  another  by  the  intro- 
duction of  filtered  air  into  the  pleural  cav- 
ity, I  was  much  more  chary  of  early  tapping 
than  I  am  at  present.  I  can  now  remove 
the  whole  of  the  effusion,  even  in  tuber- 
culous cases,  at  an  early  stage  with  perfect 
impunity. 

A  considerable  number  of  deaths  have 
followed  the  complete  withdrawal  of  the 
effusion  in  elderly  persons  with  rigid  chest 
walls.  The  danger  in  such  cases  arises  from 
establishing  too  great  a  negative  pressure 
which  leads  to  hyperemia  and  edema  of 
both  lungs;  this  can  be  obviated  by  the 
introduction  of  air.  I  prefer  air  to  oxygen  as 
nitrogen  is  not  quickly  absorbed. 

When  you  remove  say  three  to  five  pints 
of  serous  fluid  from  a  pleural  sac  there  is 
a  potential  or  actual  cavity  which  cannot 
be  easily  filled.  Such  a  cavity  cannot  exist 
in  the  human  body  with  a  surrounding  at- 
mospheric pressure  of  15  lbs.  to  the  square 
inch.  It  is  filled  by :  (a)  the  carbonic  acid  gas 
which  escapes  from  the  serous  fluid  as  the 
pressure  is  lowered;  (b)  by  the  more  or 
less  expansion  of  the  collapsed  lung;  (c) 
by  the  return  of  the  mediastinal  contents, 
which  were  pushed  to  9ne  side,  and  the  fur- 


ther expansion  of  the  other  lung;  (d)  by 
increased  quantity  of  blood  in  the  chest; 
(e)  by  elevation  of  the  diaphragm;  and  (f) 
by  falling  in  of  the  chest  wall.  All  these 
events  may  not  suffice  to  fill  the  cavity  if  the 
amount  of  fluid  withdrawn  has  been  very 
great  and  the  lung  so  collapsed  and  bound 
down  that  it  cannot  expand.  The  great  dan- 
ger arises  from  the  collateral  congestion  and 
edema  not  only  of  the  expanding  lung  but 
also  of  the  healthy  one. 

The  best  way  to  lessen  this  extreme  nega- 
tive pressure  is  to  substitute  filtered  air 
for  the  fluid  withdrawn.  I  recommend  the 
the  complete  withdrawal  of  the  effusion  in 
all  cases  where  tapping  is  considered  neces- 
sary, but  before  any  great  negative  pres- 
sure is  established,  and  before  the  patient 
feels  any  discomfort,  I  stop  the  siphon  and 
introduce  about  an  equal  quantity  of  air  to 
the  amount  of  fluid  which  I  have  with- 
drawn. I  then  reestablish  the  siphon  and 
complete  the  removal  of  the  effusion.  When 
all  the  liquid  is  withdrawn  I  inject  4  cm. 
of  adrenalin  solution  (1  to  1000)  diluted 
with  8  or  10  c.  cm.  of  sterile  normal  saline ; 
and,  if  I  think  it  necessary,  I  introduce 
more  sterHe  air  so  as  to  make  the  total 
amount  equal  to  half  or  three-fourths  of 
the  bulk  of  the  fluid  removed;  the  larger 
quantity  of  air  is  introduced  in  tuberculous 
cases.  By  this  method  the  patient  suffers 
no  discomfort  except  from  the  thrust  of 
the  trocar,  and  runs  no  risk.  I  prefer  the 
siphon  to  the  aspirator  because  you  can 
readily  regulate  the  force  of  the  suction, 
and  as  your  tube  can  only  reach  to  a  re- 
ceptacle on  the  floor  practically  your  suc- 
tion never  exceeds  1  pound  to  the  square 
inch;  this  force  is  greatly  exceeded  by  the 
aspirator,  and  the  greater  the  negative  pres- 
sure the  greater  the  risk  of  hyperemia  and 
edema. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORlQINAIi  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


203 


When  introducing  the  air  into  the  pleura 
it  may  be  an  advantage  to  place  a  mano- 
meter in  the  circuit  so  as  to  obviate  any 
risk  of  the  production  of  a  positive  pres- 
sure in  the  pleura,  but  when  the  operation 
is  intelligently  carried  out  such  refinements 
are  scarcely  necessary. 

The  pleura  is  a  very  vascular  membrane, 
the  blood  vessels  of  which  belong  to  the 
systemic  ^system,  and  are  innervated  by  the 
sympathetic,  hence  the  adrenalin  solution 
causes  them  to  contract  and  lessens  any 
further  secretion.  When  the  use  of  adren- 
alin is  supplemented  by  the  introduction  of 
air  the  negative  pressure  is  lessened  or 
abolished  but  rarely  becomes  so  positive  as 
to  cause  much  collapse  of  the  lung;  as  the 
air  gets  absorbed  the  lung  gradually  ex- 
pands and  the  negative  pressure  is  reestab- 
lished. By  this  combined  method  you  can 
operate  easily  in  any  case,  even*  during  the 
febrile  stage  (tho  as  a  rule  I  prefer  to  let 
that  stage  pass),  and  under  no  circumstances 
should  you  allow  the  fluid  to  accumulate  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  completely  collapse 
the  lung  you  should  tap  before  the  patient 
suffers  any  respiratory  distress.  By  removal 
of  the  effusion  you  often  remove  numerous 
microorganisms,  and  by  the  introduction  of 
sterile  air  you  substitute  a  light  innocuous 
fluid  for  a  heavy  deleterious  one.  I  now 
show  you  my  apparatus  for  carrying  out 
this  procedure.  The  history  of  the  intro- 
duction of  air  into  the  pleural  cavity,  in 
which  I  took  a  prominent  part,  is  recorded 
in  my  Bradshaw  lecture. 

I  rather  hesitate  to  say  anything  about 
drugs  in  this  lecture,  but  as  surgeons  as  a 
rule  know  very  little  about  physic  and  less 
about  physics,  while  every  fool  in  the  coun- 
try, from  which  category  surgeons  are  not 
exempt,  considers  himself  a  physician  I 
mav  venture  on  a  few  observations  which 


may  contribute  to  the  restoration  of  the 
function  of  the  damaged  lung.  There  is 
one  drug,  common  salt,  which  you  should  as 
far  as  possible  eliminate  from  the  diet,  es- 
pecially in  cases  of  sero-fibrinous  pleurisy 
on  account  of  its  high  asmotic  equivalent. 
When  there  is  a  large  quantity  of  effused 
fibrin,  such  as  occurs  in  pneumococcal 
pleurisy,  dacalcifying  agents  such  as 
lemons,  citric  acid,  the  citrates  of  ammo- 
nium, potassium  and  sodium  may  be  used. 
However  it  will  be  well  to  reserve  their  use 
until  the  acute  stage  of  the  accompanying 
pneumonia  has  passed,  as  the  lime  salts  are 
the  most  important  drugs  in  the  treatment- 
of  that  disease. 

In  order  to  hasten  the  solution  and  ab- 
sorption of  the  effused  fibrin  there  is  no 
objection  to  the  introduction  of  a  small 
amount  of  trypsin  into  the  pleural  cavity. 
The  injection  of  a  few  ounces  of  sterile 
liquid  paraffin,  which  has  a  lower  specific 
gravity  but  a  higher  surface  tension  than 
the  normal  lubricating  fluid,  lessens  the  lia- 
bility to  pleural  adhesions. 

When  the  pleurisy  is  practically  cured  you 
will  find  plenty  of  scope  for  ingenuity  in 
trying  to  restore  the  function  of  the  lung 
to  its  pristine  vigor.  For  such  purposes  you 
can  study  the  conditions  of  the  intrapul- 
monary  pressure  in  the  various  phases  of 
respiration,  and  there  are  numerous  respira- 
tory exercises  which  can  be  brought  into 
play. 

Empyema. — This  is  one  of  those  numer- 
ous diseases  which  the  surgeons  have  taken 
under  their  own  special  care,  but  have  done 
very  little  to  advance  its  treatment.  In  the 
case  of  a  child  with  elastic  chest  walls  you 
could  not  easily  mismanage  a  case  of  empy- 
ema. A  considerable  number  of  cases  get 
well  in  spite  of  the  treatment  to  which  they 
are  subjected.    When  a  surgeon  has  to  deal 


DigTtized  by 


Google 


204 


Apbil,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICL.B8 


Amkrican  Hboicins 


with  a  purulent  effusion  in  the  chest,  about 
the  only  idea  which  he  can  get  into  his 
head  is  free  drainage,  and  forthwith  out 
comes  a  piece  of  rib  and  in  goes  a  large 
drainage  tube ;  he  expects  it  to  suck  up  the 
liquid  from  the  most  to  perhaps  the  least 
dependent  part  of  the  cavity,  utterly  reck- 
less as  to  whether  the  collapsed  lung  ever 
expands  or  not. 

In  empyema  the  lung  is  always  more  or 
less  collapsed  and  in  any  operation  the  ob- 
ject should  be  to  avoid  any  further  col- 
lapse and  to  make  the  lung  expand  so  as 
to  drive  the  purulent  fluid  out  of  the  chest. 
A  local  anesthetic  should  be  used,  but  if, 
in  any  particular  case,  a  general  anesthetic 
is  deemed  necessary  the  anesthesia  should 
be  very  light,  as  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Aryher 
Edmunds,  so  as  not  to  abolish  the  pleuro- 
laryngeal  reflex,  and  thus  the  vocal  cords 
are  enabled  to  play  their  part  in  maintain- 
ing the  pressure  within  the  lungs. 

A  free  incision  shoujd  be  made  in  a  very 
dependent  spot,  about  the  eighth  intercostal 
space,  in  a  line  with  the  lower  angle  of  the 
scapula.  If  the  ribs  be  close  together  it 
would  be  well  to  take  out  a  long  piece  of 
one  rib  and  then  make  a  very  free  incision 
into  the  pleura.  An  assistant  should  firmly 
compress  the  side  so  as  to  drive  the  puru- 
lent matter  out  and  allow  as  little  air  as 
possible  to  enter  the  pleura.  A  strip  of 
gauze  may  be  inserted  into  the  wound  to 
prevent  it  closing,  but  no  tube  should  be  in- 
troduced ;  then  apply  a  large  piece  of  sterile 
oiled  silk  over  the  wound  to  act  as  a  valve, 
so  as  to  allow  the  discharge  to  escape  and 
no  air  to  enter.  Large  aseptic  dressings 
should  be  applied  over  the  valve,  the  af- 
fected side  may  be  well  strapped  to  pre- 
vent movement.  The  patient  should  lie  on 
or  towards  the  affected  side  so  as  to  lessen 
movement    and    encourage    drainage;    he 


sh6uld  avoid  deep  inspirations,  and  make 
deep  nasal  expirations,  so  as  to  expand  the 
affected  lung  and  drive  the  purulent  matter 
out  of  the  pleural  cavity.  He  should  be  in- 
structed to  inspire  thru  the  mouth  and  ex- 
pire thru  the  nose.  He  should  also  fre- 
quently practice  the  Valsalva  method,  or 
blow  thru  a  small  tube.  If  the  pus  be  very 
offensive  or  not  draining  well,  the  patient 
can  be  treated  in  a  continuous  saline  bath 
and  then  no  dressings  will  be  required,  not* 
unfrequently  the  surgical  wound  becomes 
infected  and  then  a  previous  afebrile  tem- 
perature becomes  very  febrile ;  the  surgeon 
often  ascribes  this  to  the  retention  of  mat- 
ter in  the  chest,  oblivious  of  the  dry  con- 
dition of  the  wound  which  he  inflicted,  the 
wound  is  enlarged  or  a  counter  opening 
made  and  in  goes  a  large  tube ;  the  surgeon, 
like  a  plumber,  making  a  further  job  for 
himself.  The  best  treatment  for  such  cases 
is  to  keep  the  patient  in  a  warm  saline  bath 
for  four  or  five  hours  daily,  as  long  as  re- 
quired, during  the  febrile  period  which  is 
usually  the  afternoon. 

In  empyema  the  pus  is  usually  fairly 
liquid,  is  neutral  or  may  be  even  slightly 
acid  in  reaction,  contains  some  peptone  and 
a  ferment  which  seems  to  have  the  power 
of  digesting  fibrin,  and  thus  the  lung  is  not 
likely  to  be  irreparably  collapsed  or  bound 
down  by  adhesions;  there  is,  therefore,  a 
good  chance  of  success  if  the  operation  be 
adopted  early,  and  the  after-treatment  be 
intelligently  carried  out. 

An  appropriate  vaccine  is  often  very  use- 
ful. Tuberculous  cases  are  the  most  trouble- 
some, and  usually  when  the  fluid  becomes 
purulent  there  is  a  mixed  infection.  Cases 
of  pyopneumothorax  are  best  treated  by 
drawing  off  the  liquid  and  filling  the  cavity 
with  sterile  air  or  oxygen.  When  the  empy- 
ema  is  located  the   surgeon  may   remove 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN  MBDICnni 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


205 


a  piece  of  rib  and  insert  a  drainage  tube  if 
he  choose;  he  cannot  do  much  harm.  Un- 
fortunately, Estlander's  operation  is  often 
necessary,  partly  owing  to  early  misman- 
agement of  the  case.  There  should  be  some 
effort  to  place  the  treatment  of  this  disease 
on  a  more  scientific  basis  than  that  on  which 
it  has  hitherto  rested. 

Pneumothorax. — When  the  air  enters 
the  pleural  cavity  from  the  lung  the  exit  is 
usually  not  so  free  as  the  inlet,  so  the  in- 
trapleural tension  both  in  inspiration  and 
expiration  becomes  positive;  then  the  lung 
collapses,  and  does  not  get  a  chance  of  ex- 
panding again  unless  the  perforation  heals 
and  the  air  becomes  absorbed.  In  these 
cases  if  there  be  much  respiratory  distress 
part  of  the  air  should  be  withdrawn. 

Visual  Hernia  into  the  Thoracic  Cavity. 
— In  case  of  hernia  of  the  whole  stomach 
into  the  left  thoracic  cavity.  Captain  Ar- 
thur Evans  made  an  incision  into  the 
diaphragm,  and  the  patient  made  an  unin- 
terrupted recovery.  This  shows  what  good 
surgery  can  accomplish. 

Emphysema. — In  emphysema  the  chest 
becomes  barrel-shaped  (except  in  the  senile 
type),  and  the  costal  cartilages  rigid;  so 
the  chest  walls  assume  their  largest  possible 
dimensions,  the  Itmgs  lose  their  elasticity, 
the  recoil  of  the  chest  walls  and  the  intra- 
pleura  negative  tension  disappear.  Conse- 
quently the  only  part  of  the  respiratory 
pump  which  remains  in  action  is  the  dia- 
phragm, which  is  a  very  poor  affair  com- 
pared with  the  movement  of  the  pliant  chest 
walls;  thus  the  vital  capacity  is  much  di- 
minished. If  the  pump  action  be  completely 
abolished  the  blood  can  only  enter  the  chest 
under  positive  pressure.  The  veins  of  the 
neck  remain  full  and  tense  even  in  inspira- 
tion, and  the  right  side  of  the  heart  does 
not  receive  any  respiratory  assistance. 


Recently  I  drew  the  attention  of  a  medi- 
cal man  to  the  fulness  of  the  veins  of  his 
neck  and  wished  to  know  what  had  become 
of  the  negative  pressure  within  his  thorax. 
He  seemed  to  think,  tho  he  was  too  polite 
to  say,  that  I  did  not  know  what  I  was  talk- 
ing about,  as  he  never  felt  better  in  his  life 
and  the  swelling  must  have  been  due  to  a 
tight  collar.  Of  course  I  was  glad  to  hear 
it,  and  if  he  were  satisfied  there  was  no 
reason  why  I  should  be  otherwise.  It  was 
no  business  of  mine,  but  if  the  veins  of  my 
neck  were  prominent  I  would  quickly  get 
rid  of  tight  collars,  and  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible I  would  reestablish  the  negative  pres- 
sure within  my  thorax  even  if  it  should  cost 
me  a  visit  to  the  Alps. 

If  you  wish  to  retain  a  healthy  chest,  you 
must  maintain  a  good  vital  capacity  for 
which  purpose  pliant  chest  walls  are  es- 
sential; you  must  not  allow  any  calcifica- 
tion of  your  costal  cartilages  to  take  place. 
In  the  respiratory  pump  action  which  main- 
tains the  vital  capacity  the  movements  of 
the  chest  walls  are  equivalent  to  more  than 
double  that  of  the  diaphragm.  Everyone 
should  be  taught  chest  breathing  and  leave 
the  diaphragm  to  look  after  itself ;  it  is  an 
adventitious  agent  which  will  naturally 
come  into  play  when  required.  In  emphy- 
sema the  difficulty  is  not  so  much  in  getting 
air  into  the  chest  as  in  driving  it  out,  hence 
an  elastic  band  worn  moderately  tight 
around  the  chest  assists  expiration  and  gives 
more  work  on  inspiration  which  helps  to  re- 
establish a  negative  pressure  within  the 
chest. 

Asthma. — In  asthma  there  is  a  tempo- 
rary emphysema  of  the  air  cells,  and  even 
violent  expiratory  efforts  cannot  expel  the 
air  thru  the  contracted  bronchi,  but  once 
the  spasm  is  relaxed  the  normal  function 
of  the  lungs  is  restored.  In  these  cases  there 


Digitized  by 


Google 


206 


April,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICIiES 


Ambrjcan  Mbdicinb 


is  always  an  excess  of  lime  in  the  system, 
hence  decalcifying  agents  should  be  used, 
and  the  intake  in  the  diet  diminished. 

Bronchitis^ — Bronchitis  is  usually  the 
forerunner  of  emphysema,  the  vital  capac- 
ity diminished,  and  the  respiratory  pump 
thrown  out  of  gear.  A  dry  atmosphere  to 
get  rid  of  the  moisture  in  the  lungs  is  es- 
sential, alkaline  treatment  is  necessary 
while  decalcifying  agents  are  only  requisite 
in  the  dry  spasmodic  type.  When  the  ex- 
pectoration is  profuse,  lime,  adrenalin  and 
atropine  are  beneficial. 

Pneumonia^ — On  the  affected  side  the 
movements  are  diminished,  the  negative 
pressure  is  lessened  and  gradually  becomes 
positive,  but  not  to  such  an  extent  as  to 
cause  displacement  of  the  heart  and  other 
organs.  At  first  the  loss  of  elasticity  of  the 
lung  may  be  greater  than  that  of  the  chest 
expansion  so  that  the  intercostal  spaces  are 
depressed  in  inspiration.  However  the  af- 
fected lung  may  become  so  large  as  to 
abolish  the  recoil  of  the  chest  wall  and  the 
lung  be  marked  by  the  pressure  of  the  ribs. 

When  the  lower  lobe  only  is  affected  it 
may  become  so  enlarged  as  to  compress  the 
upper  lobe  to  half  its  size,  and  depress  the 
diaphragm.  The  blood  is  often  badly  oxy- 
genated, but  this  is  rarely,  if  ever,  a  cause 
of  death,  while  on  the  other  hand  the  great- 
er percentage  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  blood 
stimulates  the  respiratory  center  and  keeps 
up  the  pump  action. 

Iiifliieiisa*^Some  of  the  most  prom- 
inent features  of  the  late  epidemic  of  in- 
fluenza, especially  in  those  cases  accom- 
panied by  bronchopneumonia,  were  extreme 
nervous  prostration,  loss  of  the  knee  jerks 
and  a  paretic  condition  of  the  chest  walls 
so  that  the  patients  became  very  livid  with- 
out much  respiratory  distress.  The  best  re- 
sults were  attained  by  respiratory  stimu- 


lants such  as  strychnine  and  atropine,  and 
the  lime  salts. 

Lamygeal    Diphtheria    and    CroiqK — 

When  there  is  any  acute  obstruction  to  the 
entrance  of  air  to  the  chest  the  negative 
pressure  becomes  so  great  that  the  pliant 
chest  walls  are  driven  in,  the  diaphragm 
raised,  and  the  lower  end  of  the  sternum 
caved  in. 

Adenoids^— In  this  case  the  obstruction 
is  a  slowly  increasing  process  which  leads 
to  defective  development  of  the  chest,  high 
palate  and  narrow  throat. 

Whoo|Hng  Cough. — ^This  resembles  the 
Valsalva  experiment  carried  out  in  spas- 
modic efforts,  and  when  the  spasm  is  over 
the  long  crowing  inspiration  to  fill  the  ex- 
panding chest  represents  a  modified  Miil- 
ler's  experiment.  The  result  is  that  the  low- 
er part  of  the  chest  is  pulled  in  during  the 
expiratory  phase  and  driven  in  during  in- 
spiration— in  the  pliant  chest  walls  of  chil- 
dren we  may  thus  get  permanent  deformity. 

Mediastinitis^ — In  this  condition  we  get 
a  modified  Miiller's  experiment,  with  a 
diminution  in  the  volume  of  the  pulse  at 
the  wrist  during  inspiration — ^the  so-called 
pulsus  paradexus.  When  the  chest  is  ex- 
panding the  adherent  lungs  cannot  fill  up 
the  vacant  space  in  the  mediastinum,  hence 
it  is  filled  by  the  blood  being  retained  in  the 
great  veins,  the  right  side  of  the  heart  and 
the  lungs,  and  the  amount  passing  thru  the 
left  side  of  the  heart  is  temporarily  dimin- 
ished. I  dealt  very  fully  with  this  subject  in 
the  British  Medical  Journal  of  April  20, 
1907, 


Gonorrhea^ — The  use  of  astringents  on 
acute  gonorrhea  and  discharge  of  cases 
when  symptoms  disappear  are  responsible 
for  the  infection  of  thousands  of  women. — 
Hall,  So,  Practitioner, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRIC1.N  Medicine 


ORIOINAIi  ARTIGLBS 


APRIL,   1919 


207 


CHOREA. 

BY 

GEORGE   T.   STEVENS.  M.   D.,   Ph.   D..  F.   A. 
C.  S., 

New  York  City. 

In  the  beginning  permit  me  to  state  my 
objection  to  the  characterization  usually 
given  to  the  common  form  of  the  affection 
which  is  best  known  as  chorea,  namely, 
that  of  "infectious  chorea." 

It  is  true  that  in  a  limited  number  of 
cases  in  which  death  has  quickly  supervened 
upon  an  attack  in  which  choreiform  symp- 
toms have  been  conspicuous,  certain  organ- 
isms have  been  observed,  but  these  have 
been  of  different  kinds  in  different  cases  and 
it  cannot  be  said  that  any  specific  form  or 
any  definite  group  of  organisms  of  a  bac- 
terial nature  is  characteristic  of  the  various 
cases. 

Moreover,  the  rapid  course  and  speedy 
lethal  termination  of  these  cases,  which  have 
usually  resulted  fatally  within  a  week  or 
ten  days,  separate  them  widely  from  the 
typical  form  of  chorea. 

It  is  much  more  probable  that  some  so 
far  undefined  affections  are  accompanied  by 
choreiform  manifestations  than  that  these 
suddenly  and  fatally  terminating  cases 
should  be  representatives  of  typical  cases  of 
chorea. 

This  remark  may  also  apply  perhaps  to 
such  manifestations  as  those  of  chorea 
gravidarum  and  some  other  special  affec- 
tions characterized  by  choreic  movements. 

So  considerable  a  proportion  of  acute 
cases  of  sickness  is  of  bacterial  origin  that 
there  is  an  unwarranted  tendency  to  as- 
sume that  every  case  of  disturbed  nervous 
function  is  a  case  of  microbic  infection. 

In  any  case,  until  an  infectious  origin  is 
specifically    determined    for    the    common 


form  of  chorea,  the  term  **infectious  chorea" 
should  be  abandoned. 

Also,  in  respect  to  the  designation  of 
"chorea  minor"  and  "chorea  major"  there 
are  objections,  for  in  fact  the  principal  dif- 
ference between  one  and  the  other  is  the 
difference  in  severity  between  attacks  of  the 
same  affection. 

The  objection  holds  good  in  respect  to 
the  characterization  of  the  most  ordinary 
form  of  chorea  as  "acute  chorea,"  for  in 
many  cases  the  affection  continues  for  an 
indefinite  time  and  is  as  "acute"  after  two 
or  three  years  as  after  a  few  days. 

It  is  therefore  more  satisfactory  to  speak 
of  chorea  as  a  general  term  and  to  char- 
acterize the  various  manifestations  as 
varieties  and  not  as  species  of  the  disease. 

Let  us  consider  some  of  the  principal 
features  of  chorea. 

1.  There  is  always  a  disturbance  of  mo- 
tility. 

2.  The  affection  chiefly  attacks  children 
between  the  ages  of  five  and  fifteen,  tho  it 
may  continue  for  many  years  or  for  a  life- 
time. 

3.  The  motile  disturbances  are  spon- 
taneous or  of  coordination. 

4.  These  motile  disturbances  are  most 
commonly  manifested  either  as  movements 
of  the  upper  extremities  or  of  the  head  or 
face. 

Disturbances  in  the  severe  cases  extend 
to  the  trunk  and  to  the  lower  extremities. 
In  sleep  the  movements  are  generally,  not 
always,  quieted.  In  some  cases  the  motile 
affection  is  confined  to  one  side  of  the  body. 
Loss  of  muscular  p>ower  sometimes  de- 
velops and  speech  is  sometimes  affected. 
The  patient  is,  in  some  instances,  affected 
mentally  even  to  delirium,  delusions  or  at- 
tacks of  mania.  Other  complications  are 
associated  with  the  functions  of  nutrition. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


208 


April,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTIGLBS 


Amshigan  Midicinb 


What  interpretation  can  we  place  upon 
these  phenomena? 

They  constitute  a  series  of  manifestations 
which  arise  from  a  definite  cause  or  from 
several  causes. 

In  the  first  place  it  will  be  observed  that 
the  parts  of  the  body  usually  first  affected 
and  principally  involved  are  the  head,  face 
and  superior  extremities.  It  is  true  that  in 
many  cases  the  lower  extremities  are  in- 
volved and  in  exceptional  instances  mental 
affections  are  added  to  the  motile  irregulari- 
ties, but  these  are  manifestations  usually 
of  a  stage  in  which  a  certain  degree  of 
progress  has  occurred.  It  is  to  be  remem- 
bered that  the  attacks  commence  very  early 
in  life. 

A  very  important  consideration  is  th.it  the 
initial  phenomena  are  located  in  the  head 
and  in  the  upper  extremities. 

Another  very  important  consideration  is 
that,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  the  duration 
of  the  disease  is  limited  to  a  few  weeks, 
tho  individual  cases  continue  indefinitely. 
These  last  constitute  a  most  unfortunate 
class  of  sufferers. 

A  bacterial  cause  would,  according  to 
usual  experience,  scarcely  account  for  the 
conditions  mentioned. 

Some  other  originating  influence  should 
be  found. 

In  the  search  for  a  predisposing  cause  I 
suggest  the  following  hypothesis: 

The  principal  predisposing  cause  of  the 
typical  form  of  chorea  is  found  in  the  un- 
symmetrical  development  of  different  parts 
of  the  cerebrum  and  an  absence  of  exact 
conformity  of  growth  of  the  cranium,  es- 
pecially at  its  anterior  portion,  inducing  a 
slight  pressure  upon  the  cerebrum  at  a  point 
or  at  points  controlling  the  movements 
which  are  involved  in  the  choreic  disturb- 
ances. 


Let  us  examine  the  evidence  which  leads 
to  this  conclusion. 

It  is  known  that  during  the  period  of 
growth  of  the  body,  the  period  during  which 
attacks  usually  occur,  there  are  noticeable 
irregularities  in  the  development  of  the  cere- 
brum, depending  upon  the  comparative  use 
of  individual  parts  of  the  body. 

The  location  of  the  brain  center  for  the 
adjustments  of  the  eyes  is  situated  in  the 
anterior  part  of  the  frontal  lobe  of  each 
cerebral  hemisphere,  and  behind  this  are  sit- 
uated the  centers  for  the  motility  of  the 
face,  arms  and  hands  with,  a  little  further 
removed,  the  centers  for  other  muscle 
groups. 

Many  affections  may  have  a  predisposing 
and  an  immediate  cause.  The  first  may  be 
insufficient  without  the  other  to  induce  the 
full  manifestations  of  the  disease. 

This,  I  assume,  is  the  case  in  respect  to 
chorea. 

Many  years  ago  I  affirmed  that  chorea  is 
the  result  of  faulty  adjustment  of  the  eyes. 
Altho  there  was  much  to  justify  the  propo- 
sition I  would,  at  the  present  time,  modify 
it  to  conform  to  observations  of  a  later 
date.  Indeed  I  would  place  another  con- 
dition in  the  front  line  without  surrender- 
ing the  conception  of  the  great  influence  of 
the  adjustments  of  the  eyes  in  the  etiology 
of  the  disease.  The  practical  results  of  treat- 
ment directed  to  the  correction  of  the  de- 
fects of  such  adjustments  have  abundantly 
confirmed  the  proposition ;  yet  I  would  as- 
sign, with  my  present  information,  the  po- 
sition of  immediate  cause  to  the  faulty  ad- 
justment of  the  eyes  with  probably  a  share 
in  the  predisposing  cause  of  the  disease. 

Examining  first  the  initial  or  predisposing 
cause,  we  may  well  consider  an  enlargement 
of  the  frontal  zone  of  the  cerebrum,  which 
may  result  from  excess  of  efforts  by  the  ad- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbigan  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


209 


justing  apparatus  of  the  eyes,  a  cause  of 
pressure  of  the  cerebrum  against  the 
wall  of  the  cranium  induced  by  the  more 
rapid  development  of  the  former  than  of 
the  latter ;  it  might  readily  give  rise  to  move- 
ments of  the  face,  arms  and  other  portions 
of  the  upper  parts  of  the  body,  depending 
upon  the  degree  of  pressure  of  such  an  ad- 
vance in  the  development  of  the  frontal  lobe 
as  has  been  assumed,  and  the  slight  pressure 
could  well  stimulate  irregular  muscular  re- 
sponses. 

To  the  doubt  which  might  be  expressed 
whether  such  excess  of  function  would  in- 
duce the  increase  in  volume  of  the  anterior 
lobe  we  may  adduce  as  an  example  in  illus- 
tration of  such  an  increase  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  neighboring  region  of  the  cere- 
brum the  anterior  lateral  portion  of  the 
left  hemisphere  of  the  cerebrum  as  a  result 
of  the  greater  use  of  the  right  hand  over 
that  of  the  left. 

It  is  true  that  the  bony  walls  of  the 
cranium  usually  keep  pace  with  the  growth 
of  their  contained  material  and  it  is  also 
true  that  by  far  the  greater  number  of 
children  are  not  affected  by  any  such  sup- 
posed pressure  as  I  have  suggested. 

Nevertheless,  a  combination  of  circum- 
stances might  well  induce  the  indications 
of  pressure. 

For  the  completion  of  the  vicious  circle 
we  may  well  suppose  that  the  ocular  con- 
ditions which  I  have  assumed  as  the  imme- 
diate cause,  the  state  of  refraction  or  of  ad- 
justments of  the  eye,  will  add  to  the  state 
of  local  pressure. 

Especially  is  this  to  be  presumed  since 
the  center  for  the  movements  of  the  eyes  is 
situated  in  the  anterior  lobe  of  the  cere- 
brum and  a  condition  of  refraction  or  of 
adjustment  which  demands  an  increase  in 
the  nervous  efforts  to  effect  their  object 


may  and  does   induce  an  increase  in  the 
growth  of  that  part  of  the  cerebrum. 

This  may,  in  addition  to  the  increase  in 
the  development  of  some  part  of  the  cere- 
brum as  the  result  of  other  causes,  aid  in 
the  process  of  an  unequal  development  be- 
tween the  skull  and  its  enclosure. 

Beyond  the  contingency  of  an  increase  in 
the  growth  of  parts  of  the  brain,  there  is  to 
be  considered  a  state  of  a  greater  than  ordi- 
nary hyperemia  of  the  part  of  the  cerebrum 
controlling  the  adjustments  of  the  eyes,  thus 
intensifying  the  effect  of  the  slight  pressure 
from  unequal  growth. 

This  view  is  strengthened  when  we  con- 
sider that  in  cases  of  hypermetropia,  which 
is  a  prominent  feature  in  the  majority  of 
subjects  of  chorea,  the  frontar region  of  the 
cranium  is  prominent,  the  orbits  are  short 
and,  in  case  of  the  unequal  development  of 
the  two  sides  of  the  cerebrum,  there  is  like- 
ly to  be  the  condition  known  as  declina- 
tion, which  in  many  cases  is  a  cause  of 
much  irritation  and  of  fatigue  to  the  eyes 
and  their  surroundings. 

Thus  there  is  a  combination  of  slight 
pressure  upon  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
cerebrum  with  a  condition  of  irritation  of 
that  portion  of  the  brain. 

Perhaps  neither  of  these  conditions  acting 
alone  would  induce  the  phenomena  of 
chorea,  which  is  sometimes  intermittent  for 
days  together.  In  the  very  common  chronic 
form  of  chorea  called  tic  there  is  evidently 
a  spasmodic  effort  to  correct  faulty  adjust- 
ments of  the  eyes. 

Thus  we  have  all  the  conditions  neces- 
sary for  the  origin  and  development  of 
choreic  movements  in  slight  pressure  upon 
certain  parts  of  the  brain  with  a  source  of 
nervous  disturbance  in  the  region  of  the 
eyes. 

The  development  of  the  cranium  is  so 


Digitized  by 


Google 


210 


APRIL,   1919 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICLES 


AlfBRICAN    MBDICINB 


uniformly  in  proportion  to  its  contents 
that,  ordinarily,  there  is  no  manifestation 
of  irregular  motile  actions. 

This  is  the  case  even  when  there  is  irrita- 
tion from  refractive  or  irregular  muscular" 
action.  But  when  there  is  combined  dis- 
parity between  the  development  of  the  cra- 
nium and  cerebrum  with  irritation  from 
ocular  adjustments  there  is  sufficient  pro- 
vocation to  induce  the  phenomena  of  chorea. 

We  are  then  led  to  inquire  why  the  pres- 
sure effects  should  continue  only,  as  a  rule, 
for  a  limited  time  and  why  relief  to  the 
adjustments  of  the  eyes  should  shorten 
the  process  of  the  affection? 

To  the  first  question  we  might  legitimate- 
ly assume  that  the  difference  between  the 
growth  of  the  cephalic  and  the  cranial  ex- 
pansions would  adjust  themselves,  as  a  rule, 
after  a  few  weeks.  On  the  other  hand,  a 
relief  to  the  adjustments  of  the  eyes  serves 
as  an  amelioration  to  the  pressure  which 
is  the  cause  of  the  trouble. 

The  considerations  which  I  have  pre- 
sented would  account  for  the  peculiarities  of 
disturbance  in  the  motile  functions,  for  the 
mental  manifestations,  for  the  difference 
in  the  length  of  duration  of  the  various 
cases  and  for  the  relief  afforded  by  treat- 
ment of  the  eyes. 

The  rational  treatment  of  chorea  would, 
in  view  of  this  hypothesis,  consist  prin- 
cipally of  measures  directed  to  the  correc- 
tion of  the  anomalous  conditions  of  the 
eyes,  since  the  development  of  the  cerebrum 
cannot  so  well  be  controlled  and  the  treat- 
ment of  the  unfavorable  states  of  the  eyes 
is  usually  practicable. 

Of  course,  when  it  can  be  assumed  that 
the  greater  use  of  the  right  (or  left)  hand 
predisposes  to  the  pressure  upon  one  or 
other  part  of  the  cerebrum,  as  the  case 
may  be,  advantage  may  follow  a  change  in 


the  habitual  use  of  the  hands.  Other  meth- 
ods tending  to  an  equalization  of  the  growth 
of  the  brain  may  suggest  themselves,  but 
these  indications  are  obscure. 

A  majority  of  cases  will  recover  under 
almost  any  form  of  treatment  but  even  in 
any  case  adequate  treatment  directed  to  the 
ocular  conditions  will  materially  hasten  a 
return  to  the  normal  condition,  while  in  that 
unfortunate  proportion  of  cases,  in  which 
the  motile  disturbances  persist,  the  attention 
to  the  eyes  becomes  absolutely  necessary. 

The  simplest  indications  are  directed  to 
the  refraction  but,  unfortunately,  for  these 
simple  indications  in  the  more  persistent 
cases,  the  disturbing  immediate  cause  is 
often  found  in  the  condition  known  as 
declination. 

It  is,  in  these  persistent  cases,  often  ab- 
solutely necessary  to  correct  this  condition- 
and,  as  a  rule,  these  most  obstinate  forms 
of  cases  of  common  chorea  will  yield  to 
such  correction. 

40  East  41st  Street. 


PULMONARY  TUBERCULOSIS  CASES 
TREATED  WITH  ULTRAVIOLET 
LIGHT,   ' 
(A  Casuistic  Contribution  Second  Paper) 

BT 

ERNEST  ZUEBLIN,  M.  D.,  P.  A.  C.  O.  P., 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine,  University  of 
Cincinnati, 

Cincinnati,  O. 

Encouraged  by  previous  observations  on 
the  therapeutic  action  of  highfrequency 
waves  on  tubercular  patients^^  a  trial  with  a 
less  powerful  machine  applied  to  medium 
or  even  far  advanced  cases  of  that  disease 
was  at  least  of  interest.  In  the  case  of 
giving  treatments  the  question  arises  as  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mboicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


211 


the  expense  of  the  equipment,  the  accessi- 
bility of  the  mode  of  treatment  to  the  gen- 
eral practitioner  and  to  the  patient  as  well. 
The  present  portable  highfrequency  outfits, 
available  for  the  practitioner,  furnish 
enough  energy  and  current ;  doubt  only  pre- 
vails whether  this  energy  produced  is  suf- 
ficient to  benefit  the  patient.  Experimental 
work  must  necessarily  support  the  clinical 
results'  and  many  cases  must  be  subjected  to 
careful  examination  and  supervision  before 
any  definite  conclusions  can  be  drawn.  The 
present  study  shall  not  attempt  a  definite 
conclusion,  as  a  contributory  addition  to  the 
papers  of  other  authors,  however  it  appears 
of  practical  and  scientific  interest. 

The  apparatus  attached  to  an  A.  C.  cur- 
rent with  110  volts  tension,  and  connected 
with  one  flat  low  vacuum  tube,  the  latter 
was  applied  from  2-5  minutes  upon  the  skin 
of  the  patient,  so  that  all  aflFected  parts  of 
the  lungs  would  be  placed  under  the  action 
of  the  current  so  introduced.  The  spark 
gap  at  the  beginning  of  the  treatment  did 
not  exceed  one-half  inch,  only  later,  when 
the  patient  had  become  accustomed  to  the 
procedure,  the  distance  of  the  two  terminals 
was  gradually  increased  until  the  appear- 
ance of  a  slight  spark  on  the  p>oint  of  con- 
tact with  the  skin. 

In  a  former  paper*  of  mine  I  reported  on 
the  radioscopic  measurements  of  air  thru 
which  the  highfrequency  current  was  al- 
lowed to  pass  for  one  minute.  The  curve 
so  obtained  during  an  observation  period 
of  one-half  hour  shows  that  there  is  a  radi- 
ation present  which,  besides  the  alpha  rays, 
contains  other  rays  of  deeper  penetration. 
Today  it  is  not  possible  to  enter  upon  a  dis- 
cussion of  the  various  eflFects  produced  by 
ultraviolet  light.  From  numerous  papers  on 
the  subject  however,  we  must  admit  that  ac- 
cording to  the  dose  of  energy  applied,  we 


exert  either  a  stimulating  or  an  inhibitory 
effect  by  such  means.^»  * 

The  following  cases,  while  under  ambula- 
tory treatment,  were  subjected  to  highfre- 
quency application  and  in  giving  \the  case 
history  the  physical  findings  will  be  found 
in  abstract. 

Case  I, — Mr.  B.  Age  30,  married,  rail- 
road employee,  myasthenia  for  the  past 
eight  months,  subject  to  frequent  colds, 
tonsillitis,  pains  between  the  shoulder 
blades,  anorexia,  general  weakness  and 
slight  cough.  The  patient  was  referred  to 
me  by  a  medical  friend,  whose  examination 
aroused  the  suspicion  of  a  tubercular  in- 
volvement. The  physical  findings  on  this 
case  were  as  follows : 

Right  Apex,  ant. — Marked  impaired  per- 
cussion sound  over  the  apex  as  far  as  the 
first  interspace,  with  granular  inspiration, 
harsh  tubular  expiration,  many  moist  mu- 
cous rales  and  bronchophony. 

Posteriorly. — Impaired  percussion  sound 
extending  from  the  apex  to  the  sixth*  spi- 
nous process,  impaired  resistance  on  palpa- 
tory percussion,  granular  inspiration,  harsh 
prolonged  tubular  expiration,  many  crepi- 
tant rales,  extending  to  the  fifth  interspin- 
ous  process. 

Left  Apex,  ant. — Marked  retarded 
respiratory  expansion  and  impaired  percus- 
sion sound,  extending  to  the  upper  border 
of  the  second  rib,  granular  inspiration  and 
prolonged,  extending  to  the  first  interspace, 
abundant  mucous  and  crepitant  rales,  with 
bronchophony  extending  to  the  same  level. 

Posteriorly. — Marked  retraction  of  the 
left  apex,  impaired  percussion  note  from 
apex  to  sixth  interspinous  notch,  granuhr 
inspiration,  harsh,  markedly  prolonged  ex- 
piration, diffuse  crepitant  rales  and  bron- 
chophony extending  from  apex  to  sixth  spi- 
nous dorsal  process. 

These  findings  expressed  in  shorter  and 
abbreviated  terms,  as  suggested  in  one  of 
my  former  papers,  (5)  read  as  follows: 

R.  L.  Ap.  ant.— P.-3  a.  f .  a.  1  Isp. 

Insp.  gr.     Exp.  h.  t. 
Rl.  ++4-  m.  m.  cr.  r.  Bph. 
Post.— P.-2  a.  f.  a.  spp.  6,  Pp.-2 
Insp.  gr.   Exp.   prol.   h.   t. 
Rl  cr.++a.  f.  a.  5.  Spp. 
Rex.  —  Bph.  a.  f .  a.  6.  spp. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


212 


April,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Amkrican  Mxdicinb 


L.  L.  Ap.  ant. — P.-l.  Isp.   Pp.-l  a.  f.  a.  u  ii. 

Rb. 
Insp.  gr.    Exp.-h.  prol.  a.  f. 

a.  1.     Isp. 
Rl  m.  m.  mcr.  4-++Bph. 

a.  f.  a.  1.     Isp. 
Post.— Scf.  Retr.  Rex.- 

P.-l  a.  f.  a.  6.  Spd.  pr. 
Insp.  gr.     Exp.  prol.  h. 
Rl.  cr.  diff.  a.  f.  a.  6.  Spd. 

pr. 
Bph.  a.  f.  a.  6.     Spd.  j)r. 

Diagnosis. — Moderately  advanced  Tbc. 
Turban  II  B.  involving  both  vertebral 
and  1/11  interspace  trunks  on  either  side. 

The  emaciated  patient  reacted  on  tuber- 
culin O.  T.  positively,  locally  and  focally 
after  a  dose  of  0,0005.  O.  T.  with  an  area 
of  redness  extending  over  3j4".  The  pa- 
tient was  treated  every  two  weeks  by  an  in- 
jection of  0,0002  O.  T.  A  physical  examina- 
tion after  ambulatory  treatment  revealed  no 
marked  improvement  of  the  chest  findings, 
so  it  was  decided  to  resort  to  the  applica- 
tion of  highfrequency  current  for  2'  twice 
a  w^ek.  Digestive  complaints  suggested  a 
test  meal  with  the  following  results :  Free 
HCL  60%,  total  acidity  95%,  one  hour 
after  test  breakfast.  The  patient's  weight 
on  3/23  was*  found  123 J4  lbs.,  with  the 
start  of  tuberculin  treatment  it  rose  to 
142  lbs;  when  seen  for  the  last  time  on 
7/14,  a  difference  and  gain  of  18  lbs.  in  16 
weeks  could  be  recorded.  The  sputum  was 
at  first  quite  copious,  6  oz.  a  day,  mucoid 
and  frothy,  but  negative  as  to  Tb.  bacilli, 
occasionally  hemorrhagic  in  aspect.  The 
highfrequency  lamp  was  applied  to  the 
bared  skin  over  the  involved  pulmonary 
areas  for  2'  on  the  following  dates  and  for 
several  minutes,  on  5/1,  2',  5/4,  5'  and  with 
the  same  length  of  treatment  on  the  5/17, 
19,  26,  on  6/5,  24,  total  amounts  of  treat- 
ments 32'.  Of  course  in  judging  the  results 
of  any  treatment,  the  objective  and   sub- 

p.  z=  percussion,  a.  f  a.  =  as  far  as,  Isp.  = 
Interspace,  Insp.  =  inspiration,  gr.  =  granular, 
exp.  =  expiration,  h.  =  harsh,  t.  ^  tubular, 
Rl.  =  rales,  ++-I-  =  many,  m.m.  =r  moist, 
mucous,  cr.  r.  :=  crepitant  rales,  bph.  =  'bron- 
chophony, P.-2  =  marked  impaired  percussion 
sound,  spp.  6  =  sixth  spinous  process,  pp.  = 
palpatory  percussion,  prol.  =  prolonged,  rex.  = 
respiratory  expansion  diminished,  u.  =  upper, 
II  rb.  =  second  rib,  scf.  =  suprascapular  form, 
rctr.  =  retraction,  spd.  pr.  =  spinous  dorsal 
process. 


jective  changes  must  be  taken  into  account. 
Rapidly  the  patient's  sputum  was  lessened 
in  amount,  finally  disappeared  entirely  and 
no  more  blood  was  encountered  in  the  ex- 
pectoration. The  acute  sensation  of  pain  in 
the  chest,  as  well  as  the  tired  feeling, 
vanished  and  the  formerly  marked  ex- 
haustion, after  the  least  exertion,  sub- 
sided, so  that  eight  miles  of  walk 
was  no  more  followed  by  any  systemic 
reaction  at  all.  Altho  in  tubercular  patients 
a  physical  examination  may  give  varying 
results,  if  practiced  from  day  to  day,  with- 
out any  special  treatment  being  applied,-  it 
was  of  interest  to  control  the  changes  occur- 
ring after  treatment,  provided  the  examina- 
tion was  made  immediately  preceding  the 
highfrequency  application.  Without  at- 
tempting to  draw  any  conclusions  from  the 
physical  findings,  it  is  of  interest  to  mention 
the  regress  of  the  dull  areas  of  percussion, 
for  one  or  more  inches,  further,  the  lessen- 
ing of  crackles  and  moist  rales.  The  con- 
stancy of  these  changes  encountered  in 
many  cases  without  exception,  suggests  at 
least  some  immediate  action  of  the  electric 
waves.  A  physical  examination  made  7 
weeks  later,  on  6/20,  deserves  some  atten- 
tion : 

R.  L.  A.  P.  n. — Insp.  gr.  (-}-)  Exp.  n. 

Rl.  cr.  +  Bph.  O. 
R.  L.  post.— P.  -I-  Pp.+ 

Insp.  gr.     Exp.  si.  prol. 

Rl.  cr.  4-  Bph.  O. 
L.  L.  A.  ant.— P.  n.     Pp.  n. 

Resp.  n. 

Rl.  O.     Bph.  O. 
L.  L.  post. — P.  n.     Pp.  n. 

Insp.  gr.  (  +  )  Exp.  n. 

Rl.  O.     Bph.  O. 

A  glance  at  the  former  findings,  occupy- 
ing much  more  space,  will  show  the  diflFer- 
ence.  Another  point  of  interest  is  the  pa- 
tient's susceptibility  to  tuberculin.  Before 
the  starting  of  the  electric  treatment,  the 
local  skin  reaction  in  48  hours,  after  0,0002 
grams  O.  T.  amounted  to  a  hyperemic  area 
of  2,  5/8"  by  3,  1/8"  and  an  area  of  tender- 
ness of  1"  by  7/8". 

One  week  after  the  start  of  the  electric 
treatment  the  patient,  after  the  identical 
dose  of  0,0002  grams  O.  T.  48  hours  after- 

n.  =  normal,  si.  =  slightly,  O.  =  none — 
absent. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Hxdicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


213 


wards,  presented  a  redness  of  6,  J^"  by  3, 
5/8". 

A  tenderness  of  1^"  by  J^",  which  un- 
expected reaction  was  attended  by  consid- 
erable tiredness  and  malaise,  symptoms  per- 
sisting for  more  than  four  days,  the  pa- 
tient performed  just  the  same  amount  of 
work  and  exercise  as  previously.  The  sus- 
picion of  a  sensitization  was  entertained 
and  on  the  next  tuberculin  treatment  the 
dose  was  reduced  to  0,0001.  The  follow- 
ing reaction  resulted  in  48  hours,  i.  e.,  on 
5/31,  redness  measuring  3j4"  by  2". 

Tenderness  1"  by  1,  1/8'',  swelling  still 
noticeable. 

Such  an  observation  recalls  the  observa- 
tion on  incipient  tuberculosis  patients, 
where  a  very  small  dose  of  tuberculin  is 
required  for  obtainirig  a  positive  reaction. 
Further  investigation  along  such  a  line  is 
on  the  way  and  will  be  reported  later.  Up 
to  date,  five  months  later  when  the  patient 
was  interviewed,  he  was  able  to  work  8-9 
hours  a  day  in  a  machine  shop  without  the 
slightest  disturbance  of  his  health.  Of 
course  one  is  not  forgetful  of  the  difficulty 
of  ascertaining  the  anactive  process  by 
physical  signs  alone,  the  question  when  a  pa- 
tient is  healed  or  arrested  always  remains 
more  or  less  doubtful. 

Case  //.—Mr.  F.  L.  J.,  29  years  old, 
chauffeur  has  had  pulmonary  Tbc.  for  the 
past  3  years,  was  interned  for  18* months  in 
a  state  sanatorium,  leaving  from  there 
apparently  as  an  arrested  case.  In  March, 
1915.  patient  resumed  his  work,  his  health 
failing  rapidly,  particularly  after  a  severe 
attack  of  whooping  cough  in  January,  1916. 
Was  unable  to  recover.  Sputum  was 
green,  early  vomiting  in  the  morning, 
anorexia  very  marked,  general  exhaustion 
and  toxemia.  Considerable  pain  in  his  left 
chest,  exacerbated  with  deeper  breathing. 
Former  weight  was  161  lbs.,  present  weight 
133  lbs.  Height  of  patient,  5'  lO^"- 
Physical  findings  of  the  much  emaciated 
patient,  looking  very  hectic : 

R.  L.  ant.— Rex.-2  A..retr.  T.  3  a.  f.  a.  1. 
isp. 
P-1  a.  f.  a.  Scl.  f .  Pp.  -2.  a.  f .  a. 

u.  Rb.  11. 
Insp.  cw-  Exp.  t.  a.  f.  a.  1.  Isp. 
Rl.  cr.  +  3-  Bph.  +  a.  f.  a.  u. 
Rb.  11. 


R.  L.  post. — Rex.-2.  T.  a.  f .  a.  Scpf . 

P-2  a.  f.  a.  7.     Spdp.     Pp.-2 

a.  f.  a.  9.     Spdp. 
Insp.  cw.  Exp.  prol.  t.  a.  f.  a.  9. 

Spdp. 
Rl.  cr.  diff.  3  a.  f.  a.  9.   Spdp. 

Bph.  + 
L.  L.  ant. — Rex.-l  A.  retr.  T.  a.  f .  a.  1 — isp. 
P.-l  a.  f.  a.  Scl.  f.  Pp.-2  a.  f.  a. 

1.   Isp. 
Insp.  cw.  a.  f.  a.  1.    Isp.    Exp. 

prol.  h. 
Rl.  cr.  4-  2.    Bph.  ++  1  Isp. 
L.  L.  post. — Rex.-2  a.  f .  a.  Scpf.  T.  a.  f .  a. 

Scpf.  a.  f.  a.  5  Spd.  p. 
P.-2  a.  f .  a.  5.  Spdp.  Pp.-3  a.  f. 

a.  7.     Spdp. 
Insp..  Prol.  h.  a.  f.  a.  5-Spdp. 

Exp.  ht-5  Spdp. 
Rl.  cr.  +  ms.  diff.  3,  Iw.  Ang. 

Scap. 
Bph.  -f -f-  7  Spdp. 

Physical  Diagnosis. — Involvement  of 
both  upper  lobes.  Turban  11/111  verte- 
bral, both  interspace  trunks  possibly  of 
apices  of  both  lower  lobes  posteriorly. 

Displacement  of  the  heart  to  the  left 
about  yi"  ^outside  of  the  midclavicular  line, 
heart  sounds  indistinct  and  weak.  Sputum 
examination  for  Tbc.  bacilli  negative. 
Patient  was  very  much  in  a  hurry  to  get 
better  and  stayed  in  the  city  only  ten  days. 
Three  highfrequency  treatments,  each  of 
five  minutes  duration,  were  given  every 
other  day,  directly  over  the  involved  areas. 
The  subjective  report  of  the  patient  after 
that  time  was:  Temperature  about  99. 
Less  tiredness  and  exhaustion  and  coughs 
much  less  during  the  night.  Daily  amount 
of  expectoration  considerably  reduced, 
better  appetite,  tenderness  of  the  chest 
anteriorly  and  posteriorly  disappeared. 
Objectively  the  physical  examination  on 
3/27/16,  ten  days  later: 

R.  L.  ant.— A.  P.  +  Pp.  —1  a.  f .  a.  Self. 
Insp.  prol.  Exp.  h. 
Rl.  crp.  (+).     Bph.  (+) 

T.  =  tenderness  on  touch,  Scl.  f.  =  Supra- 
clavicular form,  cw.  =  cogwheel,  uRbii  =  upper 
border  of  second  rib.  P.-  =  diminished,  im- 
paired percussion,  figures  1-2-3  meaning  intens- 
ity, 1  =  slight,  2  =  marked,  3  ^  very  marked 
diminution. 

Ht.  =  harsh  tubular,  Iw.  Ang.  Scap.  =  lower 
angle  of  scapula. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


214 


April,  1919 


ORIOINAI.  AKTlCLBS 


American  Mboicinb 


R.  L.  post.— A.  P.  +  Pp.  —  a.  f .  a.  3.  Sppd. 

Insp.  gr.   Exp.  h.  prol. 

Re.  crp.  +  Bph.  +  a.  f.  a.  3. 
Sppd. 
L.  L.  ant.— P.  &  Pp.  +  1  a.  f .  a.  A.  a.  f .  a. 
Self. 

Insp.  prol.    Exp.  prol.  h. 

Rl.  cr.  (+)  a.  f.  a.  A. 
L.  L.  post.— A.  P.  &  Pp.  -1.  a.  f.  a.  3.  Sppd. 
.   Insp.  gr.    Exp.  prol. 

Rl.  cr.  (+)  Bph.  a.  f.  a.  3. 
Sppd. 
These  findings  compared  with  those  10 
days  before,  show  at  a  glance  an  improve- 
ment, namely:  Regress  of  the  dull  areas 
on  ordinary  and  palpatory  percussion,  less 
extensively  impaired  breathing  and  only 
scanty,  indistinctly  noticeable  crepitant 
rales  and  less  bronchophony.  An  inquiry  in- 
to this  patient's  condition  9  months  later 
gives  the  following  results :  Patient  is  feel- 
ing well,  coughs  very  little  and  is  able  to  at- 
tend to  his  work  several  hours  a  day,  with- 
out any  disturbance  to  his  health. 

Case  IIL—Mv,  L.  A.  G.  L.,  25  years 
Seminarian.  F.  H.  has  no  relation  to  the 
disease  present.  P.  H. — Measles  and  pneu- 
monia in  childhood.  Consulted  me  in 
January,  1915,  for  gastritis,  on  which  oc- 
casion physical  examination  revealed 
chronic  catarrh  of  both  lungs,  involving 
right  upper  and  part  of  middle  lobe,  and 
left  upper  lobe.  After  Leube-Riegel  test 
meal  free  H.  C.  L. — 22%,  total  acidity 
66% ;  faint  trace  of  albumen  in  urine  and 
no  casts.  Pulse  rale  78,  systolic  126  mm., 
diastolic  66  mm.  (Tycos)  pulse  pressure  60 
mm.  cardiac  activity  for  one  minute.  14976 
mm.  Hg.  Height  5  ft.  7  in.  Weight  135 
lbs.,  from  10-15  lbs.  below  the  patient's 
average.  Normal  temperature.  Focal  and 
local  reaction  after  .001  O.  T.,  48  hours  on 
3/5/15,  area  of  (R)  measured  4"  x  4". 
Area  of  (T)  Ij^"  x  VA^  Moderate  Sw. 
Patient  received  every  two  weeks  a  thera- 
peutic dose  of  O.  T.  .00025  up  to  5/21/15, 
which  injection  in  48  hours  gave  the  follow- 
ing reaction:  R— 1"  x:  1^"  T.— 1^4"  x 
1J4".  Marked  Sw.  Temp.  99.4  on  the  5/20. 
The  patient's  lung  condition  up  to  that  time 
showed  considerable  improvement ;  the 
lesions  being  restricted  to  both  apices  with 
moderate  Pp.-l.  Exp.  prol.  h.  Rl.  cr.  (-f-) 
Bph.  (+).     Gain  in  weight  after  an  initial 

P.-h  =  hyperresonance  on  percussion. 


loss  of  2  lbs.  in  first  week,  during  O.  T. 
treatment,  12  lbs.  in  14  weeks  without  re- 
quiring interruption  of  patient's  studies. 
Patient  was  seen  no  more  until  1/5/16, 
then  complaining  of  a  protracted  cold  and 
dyspeptic  symptoms ;  moderate  rise  in  tem- 
perature 99,  weight  134  lbs.,  considerable 
mucoid  sputum,  with  no  Tbc.  bacilli.  Pulse 
87. 

Lung  examination  as  follows : 
R.  L.  ant.— Retract)  +  a.  f.  a.  1  Isp. 

Rex.      JT.  a.  f .  a.  1  Isp. 

P.-l  a.  f.  a.  A. 

Pp.-2  a.  f .  a.  1  Isp. 

Insp.  gr.  a.  f.  a.  1  Isp. 

Exp.  prol.  t. 

Rl.  cr.  +  3.     Diflf.  a.  f.  a.  Isp. 

Bph.  +  2  a.  f .  a.  1  Isp. 
R.  L.  post.-R^e^ract|[  +  ^  ^  f  ^  g^^j  _^  ^ 

P.-2*.  a.  f.  a.  5  Sppd. 
Pp.-2.  a.  f.  a.  7  Sppd.  d. 
Insp.  gr.  cw.  a.  f.  a.  7  Sppd. 
Esp.  prol.  h.  (t)  a.  f.  a.  5  Sppd. 
Rl.  cr.  +  (2)  diflf.  a.  f.  a.  7 

Sppd. 
Bph.  +  2  a.  f.  a.  7  Sppd. 
L.  L.  ant. — Retract)-}- 

Rex.      ]—  Ap. 
P.-l  a.  f.  a.  Self. 
Pp.  -2  a.  f.  a.  Self. 
Insp.  gr.  cw.  a.  f.  a.  A. 
Exp.  prol.  h.  a.  f.  a.  A. 
Rl.cr. +  2diflf.  Self. 
Bph.  +  1  a.  f.  a.  1  Self. 
L.  L.  post. — Retract)        .       c    r  t-    i    • 
Rex.     {   ^'  *•  ^-  Ssef .  T.  ++ 

P.-2  A.  a.  f.  a.  3  Sppd. 
Pp.  -2  A.  a.  f.  a.  4  Sppd. 
Insp.  gr.  cw.  Exp.  prol.  h.  a.  f. 

a.  3  Sppd. 
Bph.  +  1  a.  f .  a.  4  Sp.  d.  pr. 

The  interpretation  of  these  physical  signs 
would  suggest  an  active  case  of  pulmonary 
involvement  Turban  11/111  B.  affecting  up- 
per and  apex  of  right  lower  lobe;  on  left 
side  vertebral  and  first  interspace  trunks, 
possibly  also  second  .interspace  trunk. 

Early  in  February,  patient  was  treated 
with  O.  T.  .002  showing  R— 1^"  x  1>4", 
T— 5^"  X  ^",  and  moderate  Sw.  after  48 
hours.     Every  two  weeks,  up  to  .004  O.  T. 


R.   =  redness,   T. 
swelling. 


tenderness,   Sw.  r= 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amebican  Medxcinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


215 


were  given  as  on  3/24.  Third  injection  was 
followed  in  48  hours  by  the  local  reaction 
R— ^"  X  j4\  T— J^"  X  ^",  Sw.  moder- 
ate. The  physical  examination  revealed, 
4/5/16,  11  weeks  after  the  first  overhauling 
of  the  chest : 

R.  L.  ant.— A.  Self.  P.-Pp.-l 
T.+  Self. 

Insp.  n.  Exp.  prol.  h. 
.  Rl.  cr.  +  Bph.  + 
R.  L.  post— P.-l  a.  f .  a.  3  Spdp. 

Pp.-l  a.  f.  a.  5  Spdp.  +  T. 
Insp.  h.  Exp.  prol.  h. 
Rl.  cr.  +  2.  Bph.  a.  f.  a.  5 
Spdp. 
L.  L:  ant— Self.  P.  &  +  Pp.  -1. 
Insp.  n.  Exp.  prol.  h. 
Rl.  cr.  +  Bph.  + 
L.  L.  post. — P.  +  1  a.  f .  a.  2  Spdp. 
Pp.  +  1  a.  f.  a.  3  Spdp. 
Insp.  h.  Exp.  prol.  h. 
Rl.  cr.  +  2  a.  f .  a.  3  Spdp. 
Bph.  a.  f .  a.  3  Spdp. 

4/16  the  same  dose  as  on  3/24,  freshly 
prepared  solution  being  used  with  .004  O.  T. 
local  reaction  in  48  hours : 

R.  I"xlj4" 
T.lj4"xJ^" 
Sw.  1"  X  1" 

On  4/4/16  the  patient  for  the  first  time 
had  been  given  local  highfrequency  current, 
for  2"  on  each  apex,  and  reported  on  4/12 
considerable  relief  from  pain  and  tiredness 
lessened,  hardly  noticeable  cough  and  in- 
significant expectoration. 

The  same  treatment  was  repeated  on 
4/19/16,  for  the  same  length  of  time.  The 
patient's  observations  are  of  interest,  since 
he  left  well  stimulated.  Digestive  com- 
plaints, cough  and  expectoration  were  strik- 
ingly diminished.  With  a  smaller  dose  of 
.003  O.  T.  on  the  4/26  the  local  reaction, 
amounted  in  48  hours  to  R.  1"  x  J4" 

T.  l"x^'' 
Sw.  l"x%" 

Two  weeks  later  the  patient  having  in- 
jected .0025  O.  T.  made  quite  a  marked 
and  more  extensive  reaction  in  48  hours, 
but,  while  before  the  cough  was  always 
more  pronounced,  this  time  nothing  ab- 
normal along  this  line  could  be  observed. 
In  16  weeks  the  patient's  weight  had  in- 
creased 12  lbs.  and  he  felt  perfectly  well. 
On   9/16  without   any   further   treament, 


except  two  sittings — of  2'  duration,  each — 
of  highfrequency  applications  showed  the 
following  chest  findings : 

R.  L.  ant.— P.+  Pp.  n. 
Resp.  n. 

Rl.  cr.  (+)  Bph.  O. 
R.  L.  post.— A.  P.  +  Pp.  —  a.  f .  a.  3  Spdp. 
Exp.  (prol.)  Rl. 
Bph.  O. 
L.  L.  ant.— P.-i-  Pp.—  (,1) 

Insp.  -f-  gr.  Exp.  prol.  h. 
Rl.  cr.  +  (few)  Bph.  +  (1) 
R.  L.  post. — A.  P.-l  a.  f .  a.  3  Spdp. 
Exp.  prol.  h. 

Rl.  cr.  -f  1  a.  f .  a.  3  Spdp.  + 
Bph.-f. 

If  we  compare  the  physical  findings  of 
this  case,  as  revealed  on  1/15  with  those 
noted  on  4/15  and  9/16,  we  see  a  consider- 
able difference  suggesting  a  marked  im- 
provement. Also  as  mentioned  in  case  I,  we 
cannot  neglect  the  higher  sensibility  to 
tuberculin,  which  followed  the  highfre- 
quency treatment,  nor  is  it  permissible  to 
overlook  the  subjective  improvement  ob- 
served by  the  skeptic  patient. 

In  the  present  casuistic  study,  altho 
limited  to  a  few  cases,  with  all  respects 
toward  a  critical  reserve,  we  may  recapitu- 
late the  following  points : 

Case  I. — On  pnmary  examination  listed 
under  Turban  II,  B.  with  physical  changes 
in  the  vertebral,  and  at  least  the  1st  possibly 
also,  of  the  2nd  interspace  trunks  and 
marked  activity,  was  transformed  into  a 
case  with  considerably  lessened  physical 
signs,  which  changes  were  substantiated  by 
the  patient's  subjective  improvement. 

Case  II, — ^A  very  active  3rd  stage,  pa- 
tient offering  a  very  doubtful  prognosis. 
On  last  examination,  suggested  less  active 
lesion  apparently  not  exceeding  the  phys- 
ical signs  expected  in  a  second  stage  case. 
Subjectively  improved.  Sputum,  daily 
amount  considerably  lessened,  regained  his 
appetite  and  became  less  toxic. 

Case  III, — Corresponding  to  lesions 
classified  as  Turban  11/111  B.  both  upper 
lobes  being  affected  and  suggestive  changes 
in  apex  of  right  lower  lobe  was  trans- 
formed into  a  case  with  the  lesions  pointing 
towards  Turban  2nd.,,  namely,  physical 
changes  in  both  vertebral  and  both  inter- 
space trunks  on  the  right,  physical  changes 
unlikely  exceeding  the  areas  of  both  verte- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


216 


April,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


bral  trunks.  Subjective  improvement  as  re- 
gards the  symptoms  and  general  condition 
including  the  weight. 

Case  IV. — More  extensive  lesions,  an- 
swering to  Turban  11/111,  more  likely  the 
latter  with  involved  vertebral,  1/11  inter- 
space trunks,  complicated  by  lesions  in  the 
apex  of  right  lower  lobe,  of  vertebral  and 
first  interspace  trunks  on  the  left  side ;  ex- 
perienced temporary  relief  of  intense  pleu- 
ritic pains,  marked  cough,  lessened  amount 
of  mucopurulent  expectoration.  This  latter 
case  points  very  emphatically  to  the  fate  of 
irresponsible  weaklings  affected  with  the 
disease,  wherein  the  desire  to  preserve  life 
and  fight  the  infection  by  all  cooperation 
with  medical  advisors,  sooner  or  later  fails, 
and  so  the  patient  surrenders  his  hopes  to 
the  fatal  disintegrating  action  of  the  deter- 
mined bacterial  invader. 

REFERENCES 

1— E.  Zueblik:     American  Medicine,  May,  1916, 

Vol.  XI,  pp.  29-77. 
2 — E.  Zueblin:     Medical   Review    of   Reviews, 

Jan.,  1918,  Vol.  XXIV,  p.  17. 
3 — E.     Zueblin:     Maryland    Medical    Journal, 

Feb.,  1918,  Vol.  XLI,  No.  11. 
4— E.   Zuebun:     Medical  Review   of  Reviews, 

1918,  Vol.  XXIV,  p.  147. 
5. — E.  Zueblin:    Archives   for   Diagnosis,    Vol. 

X,  No.  4,  p.  374,  1917. 


THE  PREVENTION  OF  GOITRE. 

BY 

ISRAEL  BRAM,  M.  D., 
Instructor  in  Clinical  Medicine,  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

It  would  not  be  presumptuous  to  claim 
that  the  prophylaxis  of  goitre,  if  earnestly 
attempted,  would  succeed  in  its  purpose  in 
from  30  to  50%  of  instances.  Deducting 
the  percentage  of  cases  of  hereditary  and 
"idiopathic"  etiology,  the  attributed  causes 
of  thyroid  enlargements  are  eradicable,  all 
things  being  equal.  This  is  attested  by  ex- 
perimental evidences  not  only  in  goitrigen- 
ous  districts  of  Switzerland.  France,  Italy, 
India  and  elsewhere,  but  in  regions  where 


goitre  is  not  at  all  endemic.  Marine  and  Kim- 
ball,^ after  extensive  experiments  in  this 
work,  conclude  that  simple  goitre  is  prob- 
ably the  easiest  of  all  known  diseases  to 
prevent. 

With  respect  to  the  causation  of  goitre, 
McCarrison^  thus  sums  up  the  question: 
"The  problem  of  the  causation  of  goitre  is 
one  which  has  exercised  the  minds  of  ob- 
servers since  the  earliest  days  of  medical 
history.  There  are,  indeed,  few  diseases 
about  which  so  much  has  been  written  and 
so  many  diverse  views  propounded.'  The 
association  of  goitre  with  mountains  has 
led  to  the  promulgation  of  many  of  these 
views.  A  causal  influence  has  been  attributed 
to  the  configuration  of  the  soil,  to  waters 
derived  from  certain  soils  and  charged  with 
certain  chemical  ingredients,  to  altitude,  to 
the  rarity  of  the  atmosphere,  to  cold  and  dry 
air,  to  air  holding  too  little  oxygen 
and  to  air  holding  too  much,  to  air 
laden  with  sulphurous  vajjors,  to  the 
action  of  cold  air  on  the  neck,  to  a  want 
of  iodin  in  the  air,  to  air  charged  with 
electricity,  and  to  some  half  hundred  other 
such  causes.  One  is  apt  to  dismiss  with 
scant  ceremony  the  observations  of  earlier 
observers  in  this  field  of  research,  but  if  we 
consider  some  of  their  views  in  the  light 
of  our  modern  knowledge  of  the  thyroid 
function,  we  shall  realize  the  truth  that  is  in 
many  of  them.  The  effect  of  altitude  and 
of  rarified  atmosphere  falls  into  place  with 
the  gland's  function  of  regulating  the  re- 
spiratory changes  and  of  maintaining  the 
red  blood  corpuscles  and  the  hemoglobin  at 
a  level  proper  to  the  altitude.  The  lack  of 
iodin  in  the  air  at  altitudes  above  1,000  feet 
will  indirectly  influence  the  thyroid  toward 
hyperplasia  by  its  lack  in  the  food.  The 
ingestion  of  waters  charged  with  an  excess 
of  lime  adds  to  the  burden  of  the  thyroid's 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


217 


numerous  duties.  IJven  configuration  of  the 
soil,  by  favoring  the  entry  of  surface  drain- 
age into  unprotected  water  supplies,  is  not 
without  considerable  influence  in  the  gene- 
sis of  the  disease." 

.  Let  us  discuss  briefly  a  few  of  the  most 
plausible  views  in  etiology  and  prophylaxis 
of  this  affection. 

Heredity  plays  an  important  role  in  the 
occurrence  of  goitre,  the  percentage  of  cases 
so  influenced  varying  widely  in  the  opinions 
of  observers.  Female  offspring  are  more 
influenced  by  hereditary  goitre  than  male. 
Moving  away  to  nongoitrous  districts  tends 
to  cause  a  gradual  diminution  of  the  heredi- 
tar\'  predisposition.  Billiet,  writing  in  1835, 
(quoted  by  Crotti,')  remarks  that  "after 
emigration  from  endemic  territory  the 
hereditary  tendency  slowly  disappears,  a 
complete  cure  being  effected  only  in  the 
third  generation."  It  can  be  surmised,  then, 
that  a  mother  with  a  goitre  may  give  birth 
to  a  child  with  thyroid  derangement,  es- 
pecially if  the  offspring  be  a  female ;  also, 
that  the  child,  tho  born  with  an  apparently 
normal  thyroid,  is  more  susceptible  to  thy- 
roid disease  than  one  whose  parent's  thyroid 
was  normal.  The  various  causes  of  goitre 
operating  on  the  mother  during  pregnancy 
may  similarly  affect  the  infant. 

Despite  certain  recent  views  to  the  con- 
trary-, the  opinion  that  goitre  can  be  pro- 
duced by  water  is  based  upon  more  than 
mere  theoretical  speculation.  From  the  days 
of  antiquity  to  the  present  time,  proof  is 
not  lacking  in  order  to  convince  the  most 
skeptical  of  the  causal  relationship  between 
certain  kinds  of  water  and  the  incidence  of 
goitre.  To  pass  on  from  the  allusions  made 
on  this  subject  by  Hippocrates,  Aristotle, 
Pliny,  and  others,  Lombroso,  quoted  by 
Andre  Crotti*,  alludes  to  the  wells  in  Cava- 
curta  in  Lombardy  as :  "The  goitre  fountain 


which  is  visited  by  youths  at  the  time  of 
conscription  in  order  to  acquire  this  infirm- 
ity in  two  weeks,  and  thus  avoid  military 
service."  Many  are  the  instances  which 
could  be  cited  of  visitors  to  goitre  districts, 
who,  having  developed  an  enlarged  thyroid, 
were  cured  shortly  after  leaving  that  local- 
ity. This  need  not  be  necessary,  however, 
as  experiments  of  competent  observers 
prove  that  the  boiling  of  water  is  a  suf- 
ficient safeguard  against  goitre,  the  excit- 
ing cause  being  microorganismal  in  nature. 
Bernhard*  states  that  a  feature  of  prophy- 
laxis is  the  presence  of  a  "healthy"  well  near 
every  schoolhouse.  The  water  may  also  be 
purified  by  ultraviolet  rays  or  addition  of 
iodin  or  boiling.  However,  natural  sunlight 
is  the  best  disinfectant  and  combined  with 
exercise  in  free  air  is  also  a  prophylactic 
for  the  child.  A  survey  of  shade  dwellers 
and  sun  dwellers  on  the  slopes  of  mountain 
valleys  shows  marked  differences  in  con- 
stitution, the  former  being  more  dumpy  in 
build  and  phlegmatic,  while  the  latter  are 
slender,  lean  and  lively.  Bernhard  believes 
that  the  favorable  influence  of  solar  light 
in  the  prophylaxis  of  goitre  has  never  yet 
been  duly  honored.  He  points  out  that  the 
intuition  of  a  gifted  layman  has  proved  to 
be  superior  to  the  scientific  knowledge  of 
his  day,  and  many  years  ago  Balzac  saw  in 
absence  of  sunlight  and  free  air  the  cause 
of  cretinism.  Tourists  and  those  who  take 
cures  in  Switzerland  almost  never  become 
goitrous  as  they  naturally  visit  the  country 
only  in  the  summer  or  sunny  months. 

Kocher*^  also  advocates  modifying  the 
drinking  water  by  addition  of  a  minute 
amount  of  iodin.  In  the  endemic  foci  the 
children  first  show  signs  of  goitre  after  a 
few  months  in  school;  the  confinement  in 
school  predisposes  them  to  feel  the  effects 
of  the  unknown  substance  that  causes  goitre. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


218 


April,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AMBEXCAN  MSDIdNS 


On  the  other  hand,  army  service  is  liable 
to  cause  the  retrogression  of  established 
goitre.  Guttinger**  reported  that  in  one  group 
of  417  young  recruits — ^all  just  20  years 
old — 331  showed  goitre  at  the  beginning  of 
their  military  service,  but  no  signs  of  goitre 
could  be  discovered  in  146  of  them  at  the 
close  of  their  service.  Of  seventy-six  visible 
goitres  all  have  retrogressed  except  21  per 
cent.,  and  of  138  goitres  evident  on  palpa- 
tion, only  58  per  cent,  could  still  be  felt  by 
the  end  of  their  term  of  service.  These 
facts  confirm  the  importance  of  hygiene 
and  outdoor  life  in  warding  oflS  goitre. 
Kocher*'  cited  experiences  which  demon- 
strate the  favorable  action  of  iodin  in  the 
earliest  phases  of  endemic  goitre,  and  also 
the  experiences  with  fishes  which  developed 
goitre  in  certain  ponds  and  the  goitres 
retrogressed  when  a  minimal  amount  oi 
iodin  was  added  to  the  water.  He  therefore 
suggests  that  in  endemic  foci  of  goitre  the 
younger  school  children  should  be  encour- 
aged to  drink  freely  of  water  prepared  with 
a  minute  amount  of  iodin.  This  in  connec- 
tion with  ventilation,  clothing  that  does  not 
bind  anywhere,  regular  bowel  movements, 
and  plenty  of  exercise  in  fresh  air  will  tend 
to  ward  off  the  development  of  goitre.  That 
good  drinking  water  not  only  prevents  goitre 
but  aids  in  the  retrogression  of  old  goitres 
was  proved  by  his  experience  with  Lauter- 
brunnen  water  supplied  to  75,000  school 
children  in  the  Bern  district.  He  urges  that 
this  water  should  be  barreled  for  the  school 
children. 

McCarrison^  has  carried  out  a  large 
amount  of  experimental  and  epidemiologic 
research  which  proves  that  the  prime  cause 
of  endemic  goitre  is  a  living  organism.  He 
bases  the  above  conclusion  on  the  following 
facts : 

(1)     In   goitrous    villages    situated   one 


above  the  other  on  an^  unprotected  water 
supply,  the  incidence  oif  goitre  steadily  in- 
creases from  above  downward,  depending 
upon  the  increased  impurity  of  the  water. 

(2)  Goitre  has  been  produced  in  the  hu- 
man subject  by  the  ingestion  of  the  residue 
left  on  the  candle  of  a  Berkefeld  filter  after 
filtration  of  goitrigenous  water.  This  resi- 
due when  boiled  does  not  cause  the  disease. 

(3)  The  administration  of  intestinal  anti- 
septics, e.  g.,  beta-naphthol  or  thymol,  causes 
the  disappearance  of  recent  goitres  in  young 
subjects.  Lactic  acid  bacillus  administered 
daily  to  recent  cases  of  goitre  may  cause 
the  complete  disappearance  of  the  swelling. 

(4)  The  cure  of  chronic  constipation  and 
intestinal  stasis  associated  with  goitre,  as 
by  the  operation  of  short  circuiting  or  co- 
lectomy, causes  the  disappearance  or  marked 
reduction  in  the  size  of  the  goitre.  (Lane.) 
This  proves  intestinal  toxemia  as  the  causal 
agent. 

(5)  Fish  confined  in  tanks  situated  one 
above  the  other  on  a  single  water  supply, 
show  an  increasing  proportion  of  thyroid 
hyperplasias  from  above  downward.  The 
addition  of  iodin  or  the  like  has  a  prophy- 
lactic or  a  curative  influence  upon  the  hyper- 
plasia. 

(6)  The  administration  to  rats  and  dogs 
of  the  scraped  deposit,  found  j)n  the  inner 
surface  of  ^he  water-soaked  wooden  tanks 
in  which  the  fish  are  confined,  produces 
thyroid  hyperplasia  and  goitre.  This  sub- 
stance is  rendered  inocuous  by  boiling. 
(Gay  lord.) 

(7)  Rats,  goats  and  other  animals  are 
rendered  goitrous  by  being  fed  on  fecal 
material  from  goitrous  and  even  nongoit- 
rous  subjects. 

3»e  3»e  ♦  4e  4c  4e 

(10)  Vaccines  prepared  from  intestinal 
organisms  are  capable  of  causing  a  disap- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


21& 


pearance  of  recent  cases  of  goitre  when  in- 
jected in  appropriate  doses  at  weekly  in- 
tervals. 

McCarrison^  concludes  from  these  facts 
that  the  causal  agents  of  goitre  are  micro- 
organisms inhabiting  the  alimentary  caiial  of 
sufferers  from  this  disease,  and  often  of 
other  persons  whose  thyroids  show  no  ac- 
tual enlargement,  but  which,  nevertheless, 
may  be  in  a  hyperplastic  state.  These  reach 
the  alimentary  tract  thru  infected  soil  or 
water,  and  such  an  infected  individual  may 
become  the  "carrier"  of  the  infecting  agents. 

The  marked  influence  of  diet  upon  the 
size  and  activity  of  the  thyroid  gland  has 
been  known  for  some  time  and  been  ex- 
perimentally proved  by  Watson^  and  others. 
A  dietary  deficient  in  iodin  is  capable  of 
enhancing  the  occurrence  of  simple  goitre; 
food  rich  in  animal  proteids  or  a  dietary 
rich  in  fleshy  substances  increases  the  ac- 
tivity of  the  thyroid  gland  with  con- 
comitant loss  of  stored  up  thyroid  secretion 
which  is  thrown  in  excessive  quantities  into 
the  blood.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  a  dietary 
containing  a  minimum  of  flesh  or,  what  is 
best,  an  absence  of  animal  foods  is  the  ideal 
regimen  for  subjects  susceptible  to  or  suffer- 
ing from  goitre. 

It  has  been  emphasized  by  many  ob- 
servers that  lodin,  the  extract  of  thyroid 
gland,  or  both,  administered  at  the  right 
time  in  proper  dosage,  is  capable  of  pre- 
venting the  formation  of  simple  goitre,  es- 
pecially during  adolescence.  It  is  without 
danger  if  carefully  administered.  Roux  sug- 
gests that  it  would  be  useful  to  have  an 
open  jar  with  a  few  crystals  of  iodin  placed 
in  each  schoolroom,  the  crystals  renewed  ias 
they  evaporate.  The  amount  of  iodin  thus 
inhaled  would  be  infinitesimal  and  harmless, 
while  during  the  school  year  it  might  act  as 
effectually  as  the  iodin  inhaled  at  the  sea- 


shore which  generally  suffices.  At  the  hos- 
pital and  polyclinic  in  his  charge  he  dis- 
tributes on  every  occasion  small  boxwood 
medallions  containing  a  crystal  of  iodin  in 
waxed  paper. 

Marine  and  Kimball^  state  that  from  the 
practical  standpoint  the  first  instance  of 
preventing  goitre  on  a  large  scale  was  ac- 
cidental and  in  connection  with  the  sheep- 
raising  industry  of  Michigan.  Prior  to  the 
discovery  of  salt  deposits  around  the  Great 
Lakes,  the  future  of  the  industry  seemed 
hopeless;  but  with  the  development  of  the 
salt  industry  and  its  use  by  the  sheep  grow- 
ers, goitre  rapidly  decreased.  The  explana- 
tion as  furnished  by  Marine*  is  that  salt 
contains  appreciable  quantities  of  both  bro- 
min  and  iodin,^and  in  places  these  elements 
are  extracted  commercially.  The  second  in- 
stance of.  goitre  prevention  on  a  large  scale 
was  in  brook  trout,  and  the  disease  was 
averted  in  the  hatcheries  by  the  use  of  tinc- 
ture of  iodin  added  to  the  water.  In  a  cen- 
sus taken  by  Marine  and  Kimball^  of  the 
condition  of  the  thyroid  in  the  girls  from 
the  fifth  to  twelfth  grades  of  the  school 
population  of  a  large  community  in  the 
Great  Lakes  goitre  district,  it  was  found 
than  1,688  or  43.59  per  cent,  had  normal 
thyroid;  2,184  or  56.41  per  cent,  had  en- 
larged thyroids;  and  594  or  13.4  per  cent, 
had  well  defined,  persistent  thyroglossal 
stalks.  The  district  lies  near  the  soythem 
edge  of  the  goitre  area,  and  it  is  suggested 
that  communities  near  the  lakes  would  show 
a  larger  incidence.  For  the  prophylactic 
treatment  the  authors  selected  sodium  iodid 
on  the  grounds  of  economy  and  ease  of  ad- 
ministration. In  all  their  dispensary  experi- 
ments with  children  the  authors  used  either 
syrup  of  hydriodic  acid  or  syrup  of  ferrous 
lodid,  in  1  c.  c.  doses,  daily  for  two  or  three 
weeks,   repeated  twice  yearly.   They  arbi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


220 


April,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicinb 


trarily  selected  to  use  2  gm.  sodium  iodid, 
given  in  0.2  gm.  doses  each  school  day,  for 
each  pupil  in  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth 
grades;  and  4  gm.  given  in  0.4  gm.  doses 
each  school  day  for  each  pupil  in  the  ninth, 
tenth,  eleventh  and  twelfth  grades.  These 
amounts  may  be  given  twice  annually  about 
the  first  of  May  and  December,  at  the 
schools,  by  the  teachers  or  nurses.  These 
amounts  of  sodium  iodid  provide  approxi- 
mately 1,700  mg.  of  iodin  for  each  pupil  of 
the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  grades 
and  approximately  3,400  mg.  for  the  ninth, 
tenth,  eleventh  and  twelfth  grades.  The 
summarized  results  of  reexamination  by 
these  observers,  made  six  months  later,  of 
all  girls  from  the  fifth  to  the  twelfth  grades, 
show  that  not  a  single  pupij  in  whom  the 
thyroid  was  normal  at  first  and  who  was 
given  iodin  showed  any  enlargement,  while 
of  those  not  taking  iodin,  26  per  cent, 
showed  definitely  enlarged  thyroids,  and 
some,  moderately  large  goitres.  The  treat- 
ment, in  addition,  proved  of  curative  value. 
One-third  of  the  goitres  marked  "small 
goitres"  disappeared ;  and  one-third  of  those 
marked  "moderate  goitres"  showed  a  de- 
crease of  2  cm.  or  more.  Accordingly,  the 
investigators  properly  remark,  a  distinct 
therapeutic  effect  is  clearly  demonstrated. 
Commenting  upon  these  experiments,  an 
editorial  in  the  Jour,  A.  M.  A,^  suggests 
that  tbese  statistical  findings  are  the  more 
conclusive  because  they  represent  not 
dozens  but  hundreds  of  carefully  examined 
cases.  More  than  a  thousand  girls  took  the 
full  treatment,  the  latter  being  restricted 
for  the  present  to  this  sex  because  during 
the  adolescent  period  simple  goitre  occurs 
more  frequently  in  girls  than  in  boys.  The 
iodid  rash  prophesied  by  some  critics  failed 
to  materialize  in  any  noticeable  way  in 
more  than  five  girls,  in  whom  it  was  transi- 


tory and  uneventful,  promptly  clearing  up 
when  the  treatment  was  stopped.  The  inves- 
tigators also  now  give  assurance  that  there 
is  no  danger  of  producing  a  toxic  condition 
like  exophthalmic  goitre  under  this  prophy- 
lactic regime,  as  not  a  single  symptom  of 
this  alleged  danger  from  the  use  of  iodids 
was  encountered.  Nor  was  anything  dif- 
ferent to  be  expected;  for,  as  Marine  and 
Kimball^  reminds  us,  the  risk  of  inducing 
manifestations  of  exophthalmic  goitre  from 
the  use  of  iodin  in  physiologic  doses  is  ex- 
ceedingly small,  even  in  those  cases  in  which 
there  were  large  hyperplastic  thyroids,  that 
is,  the  kind  of  thyroid  enlargement  that 
would  permit  of  the  most  rapid  formation 
and  excretion  of  the  iodin-containing  hor- 
mone. The  extent  to  which  iodids  are  used 
in  general  medicine  and  surgery  and  the 
rarity  of  the  development  of  signs  of  exoph- 
thalmic goitre  is  the  best  index  of  the  dan- 
ger or  its  absence.  Iodin  is  usually  employed 
in  immensely  large  doses;  from  0.2  to  0.4 
gm.  of  sodium  iodid  daily  for  two  weeks 
would  offer  a  great  excess  over  the  amounts 
necessary  to  saturate  even  the  largest  thy- 
roids, and  probably  much  smaller  amounts 
would  suffice  in  man,  as  it  has  been  proved 
to  do  in  the  lower  animals. 

P.  Klinger'®  advocates  that  at  least  2  or 
4  mg.  of  iodin  should  be  given  to  each  per- 
son daily  in  experiments  in  the  prophylaxis 
of  goitre.  Any  amount  less  than  this  is 
futile. 

Hunziker^^  concludes  his  long  study  of 
the  prevalence  of  goitre  in  different  regions 
and  altitudes  of  Switzerland  by  sustaining 
his  theory  that  goitre  is  a  functional  hyper- 
trophy of  the  thyroid  caused  by  the  effort 
of  the  organism  to  make  up  a  deficit  in  the 
iodin  supply.  As  the  iodin  naturally  is  sup- 
plied in  the  food,  goitre  is  prevalent  in  re- 
gions where  the  vegetation  lacks  the  stand- 


Digitized  by 


Google^ 


AMERICAN    MlGOlClNB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


221 


ard  proportion  of  iodin.  lodih-containing 
manure  in  the  regions  where  goitre  is  en- 
demic might  supply  the  vegetables  with  the 
needed  iodin,  and  thus  exterminate  goitre. 
Hunziker  therefore  concludes  that  the  iodin- 
poor  vegetables  are  what  connect  goitre  with 
climate  and  geologic  formations.  The 
simplest  way  to  remedy  the  poverty  in 
iodin  would  be  to  have  salt  made  with  a 
small  admixture  of  iodin.  A  year  of  such 
"fertilizing"  of  human  beings  on  a  large 
scale  would  go  far  toward  solving  the  prob- 
lem. 

Kjlstad*^  states  that  goitre  is  extremely 
prevalent  in  the  Telemarken  district  in 
southern  Norway,  southwest  of  Christiania. 
In  one  school  at  Lunde  80  per  cent,  of  the 
children  have  goitre.  Most  of  the  goitres 
are  of  the  atoxic  type,  and  they  nearly  al- 
ways subside  under  iodin.  He  never  noted 
any  symptoms  of  intolerance  in  children, 
but  several  adults  developed  symptoms  of 
thyrotoxic  action,  and  one  girl  of  15  seemed 
to  have  had  her  simple  goitre  transformed 
by  the  iodin  into  exophthalmic  goitre,  altho 
the  medication  had  been  moderate  and  the 
intermissions  long.  The  iodin  seems  to  act 
on  the  hyperplasia  of  the  parenchyma ;  col- 
loidal nodules  and  cysts  are  comparatively 
little  affected  by  it.  The  parents  must  be 
warned  that  iodin  treatment  of  goitre  takes 
a  long  time ;  too  vigorous  treatment  he  re- 
gards as  dangerous.  The  dosage  he  prefers 
with  colloidal  goitres  is  0.10  gm.  potassium 
iodid  every  other  day  for  two  weeks,  and 
then  suspension  for  three  weeks  and  re- 
sumption for  two  weeks,  and  so  on.  With 
merely  parenchymatous  goitres,  he  follows 
the  Kocher  method  of  anointing  the  goitre 
with  an  iodin-potassium  iodid  salve,  using 
from  1  to  3  gm.  daily  for  two  weeks  at  a 
time,  then  suspension  for  three-week 
periods.     Salve  is  better  than  the  tincture. 


as  it  spares  the  skin.  No  other  treatment 
or  drugs  have  proved  effectual  in  his 
experience.  According  to  Kjlstad,  Roentgen 
treatment  is  liable  to  injure  the  still  intact 
portions  of  the  gland.  With  symptoms  of 
exophthalmic  goitre  or  other  signs  of  ex- 
cessive functioning  of  the  thyroid,  sodium 
phosphate  in  a  5  per, cent,  solution  seems 
to  give  good  results — a  tablespoonful  four 
times  a  day,  in  milk.  The  basis  for  this 
treatment  is  the  antagonism  between  iodin 
and  phosphorus  in  the  action  of  the  thyroid 
gland.  (A.  Kocher.)  He  has  often  seen  the 
goitre  subside  under  this  treatment,  es- 
pecially when  the  patients  gave  up  work  and 
went  to  the  hospital. 

One  often  meets  cases  of  goitre  in  young, 
sallow-complexioned  girls.  These  are  the 
cases  which  McCarrison*  has  designated  as 
instances  of  toxemic  goitre  in  which  he 
indicates  the  pathogenesis  of  the  affection. 
A  combination  of  causes  conspires  to  bring 
about  an  enlargement  of  the  thyroid  in  these 
instances.  The  establishment  of  menstrua- 
tion with  its  profuse,  painful  periods;  the 
coexistence  of  a  degree  of  chloro-anemia ; 
the  stubborn  constipation  with  its  autoin- 
toxication, especially  by  the  bacillus  coli 
communis  and  its  products,  and  according 
to  McCarrison*,  a  "controlling  appendix," 
I.  e.,  an  appendix  which  by  its  adhesion  to 
neighboring  parts  c9ntrols  the  onward  flow 
of  ileal  contents  into  the  large  bowel,  pro- 
ducing intestinal  stasis,  may  here  be  asso- 
ciated. A  predisposing  hereditary  taint,  that 
is,  the  presence  of  goitre  in  the  mother,  fre- 
quently renders  the  child  more  liable  to 
thyroid  enlargement. 

The  treatment  in  these  cases  is  the  avoid- 
ance of  the  probable  cause  or  causes.  The 
administration  of  iodin  or  the  iodides, 
guarded  doses  of  thyroid  extract,  proper 
attention  to  diet  and  gastrointestinal  tract, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


222 


April^  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicini 


complete  rest  during  the  menstrual  period, 
and  if  necessary,  the  elimination  of  a  dis- 
eased appendix  or  other  causes  of  intestinal 
intoxication  or  stasis,  are  here  indicated. 

A  diseased  state  of  the  tonsils  and  ade- 
noids, because  of  their  contained  bacterial 
and  toxic  deposits,  is  strongly  potent  in  the 
production  of  goitre,  both  simple  and  toxic. 
In  every  instance  of  goitre  where  such  dis- 
eased lymphatic  structures  exist,  their 
prompt  removal  should  be  considered  of 
primary  importance  in  the  treatment.  Often 
surprisingly  prompt  results  are  obtainable. 
A  case  of  mine  recently,  a  woman  of  26, 
presenting  a  medium  sized  nontoxic  goitre 
of  four  years'  duration,  was  advised  to  per- 
mit the  removal  of  her  diseased  tonsils. 
Within  six  weeks  following  the  tonsillec- 
tomy, the  patient's  improvement  in  health 
was  so  marked  and  the  size  of  her  neck  so 
greatly  reduced  as  to  appear  almost  normal. 
A  few  weeks  later  she  was  discharged  cured, 
the  thyroid  became  normal,  and  there  was  a 
considerable  increase  in  weight  and  strength. 

On  the  other  hand,  Leonard  Williams*' 
warns  us  that  enlarged  tonsils  and  adenoids 
are  evidences  of  thyroid  deficiency  in  some 
children.  Says  Williams:  "Adenoids  and 
enlarged  tonsils  occur  in  children  who  have 
an  inadequate  supply  of  thyroid  secretion. 
The  hypertrophic  condition  in  each  case  is 
apparently  an  endeavor,  on  the  part  of  the 
organism  to  supply  an  internal  secretion 
as  nearly  allied  as  possible  to  the  one  which 
is  lacking.  If  the  hypertrophy  is  not  very 
pronounced,  and  if  it  has  not  been  very 
long  in  evidence — ^great  enough  and  pro- 
tracted enough,  i,  e,,  to  produce  complica- 
tions, such  as  disease  in  the  tonsils  them- 
selves or  in  the  ears — then  the  exhibition 
of  thyroid  extract  will  cause  the  regres- 
sion." It  is  advocated  that  cases  of  so-called 
mental  deficiency  in  children  should  not  lead 


to  an  incrimination  of  the  size  of  the  tonsils 
and  adenoids  unless  the  latter  be  diseased. 
Williams  asserts  that  this  mental  deficiency 
is  probably  due  to  the  presence  of  an  in- 
efficient thyroid  gland,  the  coexisting  hyper- 
trophy of  the  tonsil  and  adenoid  tissue  ex- 
isting merely  to  compensate  for  thyroid  de- 
ficiency. These  lymphatic  structures  should 
not  be  removed  until  after  the  administra- 
tion of  thyroid  extract  for  a  reasonable 
length  of  time  has  not  produced  a  shrinking 
of  those  tonsils  and  adenoids  and  an  im- 
provement in  the  mental  condition  of  the 
child. 

During  menstruation  and  pregnancy  the 
thyroid  gland  swells,  in  some  to  an  imper- 
ceptible degree,  in  others  to  the  extent  of 
goitre  formation.  Frequently  repeated  preg- 
nancies, thru  repeated  stimulation  of  the 
thyroid  gland,  may  lead  to  permanent  en- 
largement of  the  organ,  until,  in  the  course 
of  years,  a  goitre  is  formed.  Shock  and 
emotional  excitement  during  menstruation 
and  pregnancy  render  the  subjects  more 
liable  to  goitre  formation.  In  these  cases, 
the  judicious  administration  of  thyroid 
gland,  alone  or  combined  with  potassium  or 
sodium  iodid,  and  an  endeavor  to  tran- 
quilize  the  patient's  environments  will 
usually  succeed  in  avoiding  the  excessive 
drain  upon  the  thyroid  gland  and  averting 
goitre. 

In  the  prophylaxis  of  exophthalmic  goitre 
it  may  be  said  that  since  many  etiologic 
factors  are  common  to  both  the  simple  and 
the  hyperplastic  types  of  goitre,  the  avoid- 
ance of  the  known  causal  factors  will  serve 
to  prevent  hyperthyroidism.  It  must  be  re- 
membered that  tho  a  cause  or  set  of  causes 
are  known  to  excite  a  mere  increase  in  the 
size  of  the  thyroid  gland,  as  for  example, 
infections  from  the  mouth  or  intestines,  the 
changes  incident  to  puberty,  pregnancy,  etc., 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrica/w  Medicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICL.es 


April,  1919 


223 


this  thyroid  disturbance  often  takes  the 
form  of  an  aberration  of  function,  i.  e,,  di- 
minished or  increased,  or  more  rarely,  a 
combination  of  the  two.  Moreover,  a  pre- 
viously existing  simple  goitre  may  become 
toxic  and  give  rise  to  the  Basedowian  syn- 
drome. The  foregoing  suggestions  calculated 
to  overcome  the  etiologic  factors  common  to 
both  simple  and  exophthalmic  goitre  must 
be  carried  out  in  the  latter  disease.  Due 
emphasis  must  be  placed  upon  the  im- 
portance of  eliminating  tonsillar  and  nasal 
infections,  pyorrhea  alveolaris,  decayed 
teeth,  and  autointoxication  from  the  intes- 
tinal tract;  susceptible  individuals  should 
be  ordered  to  avail  themselves  of  the  maxi- 
mum of  physical  and  mental  repose  during 
menstruation  and  pr^^nancy;  all  forms  of 
worry,  excitement,  shock,  and  the  like,  must 
be  avoided.  It  has  been  proved  clinically 
that  an  excessive  meat  diet  predisposes  to 
autointoxication,  and  this,  in  turn  may  en- 
gender hyperthyroidism.  It  is  therefore  sug- 
gested that  the  diet  be  almost,  if  not  en- 
tirely, of  vegetarian  characteristics.  The 
strenuous  life  of  today  with  its  complex 
problems — its  hustle  and  bustle,  its  high 
tension,  restless  sleep  and  hurried  meals — 
conduces  to  nervous  dyspepsia  and  neuras- 
thenia, and  is  strongly  provocative  of  h)^er- 
thyroidism.  The  prophylactic  treatment  of 
this  class  of  cases  is  obvious. 

Last,  but  not  least,  must  be  mentioned 
that  state  of  nervous  tension  with  its  neces- 
sary accompaniment  of  thyroid  instability 
which  is  associated  with  the  undue  post- 
ponement of  the  married  state.  Prolonged 
engagements,  especially,  are  highly  potent 
in  the  production  of  a  varjring  degree  of 
hyperthyroidism.  The  author  has  met  with 
an  example  of  a  most  extreme  case  of  hyper- 
thyroidism in  a  girl  who  developed  these 
symptoms  three  years,  after  the  announce- 


ment of  her  engagement.  A  heart  to  heart 
talk  with  the  couple  which  resulted  in  their 
consent  to  see  each  other  less  frequently 
and  to  keep  good  hours,  plus  the  institu- 
tion of  dietetic,  hygienic  and  medicinal 
measures,  yielded  marked  benefit  within 
four  months.  They  were  then  advised  to 
marry.  This  was  followed  by  complete  cure 
within  six  months,  and  they  bid  fair  to 
"live  happily  ever  afterwards." 

Conclusions. 

1.  Goitre  is  largely  a  preventable  con- 
dition. 

2.  The  chief  preventable  means  are  the 
boiling  of  water  in  regions  where  goitre  is 
endemic,  the  favoring  of. a  less  fleshy  and 
more  iodin-containing  diet,  and  the  removal 
of  focal  infections,  especially  of  the  mouth 
and  intestines. 

3.  School  children  may  be  protected 
against  goitre  by  the  administration,  under 
careful  supervision,  of  iodin  or  the  iodides. 

4.  During  adolescence  and  pregnancy, 
thyroid  disturbances  may  be  overcome  by 
the  judicious  administration  of  thyroid  ex- 
tract, the  iodides,  or  both.  Physical  and 
mental  repose  are  essential  requirements. 

5.  The  prevention  of  exophthalmic 
goitre  is  intimately  related  to  the  prophy- 
laxis of  simple  goitre,  since  (a)  etiologic 
factors  common  to  both  toxic  and  nontoxic 
goitre  may  lead  to  primary  Graves'  disease, 
and  (b)  a  simple  goitre  may  become  toxic 
during  the  course  of  its  existence,  leading 
to  a  secondary  Basedowian  syndrome. 

6.  The  relaxation  in  the  strenuosity  of 
modem  life,  in  favor  of  the  simple  mode  of 
living,  the  reversion  to  the  old-fashioned 
short  engagement  and  early  marriages, 
would  tend  to  reduce  the  number  of  cases 
of  Graves'  disease  to  a  minimum. 

7.  Exophthalmic  goitre  being  primarily 


Digitized  by 


Google 


224 


April,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicinb 


a  functional  disturbance  of  the  endocrine 
organs,  in  which  the  thyroid  gland  is  made 
to  saturate  the  blood  with  its  secretion,  re- 
sulting in  a  turbulency  of  the  nervous,  cir- 
culatory, and  other  functions,  is  not  only 
largely  preventable  thru  the  suggested 
prophylaxis  but  is  also  nonsurgically  cur- 
able^* by  the  institution  of  the  proper  cor- 
rective, dietetic,  hygienic  and  medicinal 
measures.  The  author  has  succeeded  in  cur- 
ing every  primary  case  of  Graves'  disease 
that  came  to  his  attention,  some  of  these 
patients  having  previously  undergone  thy- 
roidectomy without  benefit. 
Bibliography. 

1.  Marine  and  KimbaH:  Jour,  Lab,  and  Clin. 
Med,,  1917,  3.  40. 

2.  McCarrison.  Robert:  "The  Thyroid  Gland  in 
Health   and   Disease." 

3.  Crottl,  Andre:    "The  Thyroid  and  Thymus." 

4.  Bernhard:      Correspondenz-Blatt   fiir   8ch- 
weizer  Aerzte,  Jan.  19,  1918. 

5.  Kocher:  Archifur  Klin.  Chir,,  1908. 

6   Gdttlnger:  Jour,  A.  M.  A.,  (abstract,)  Jan. 
26,  1918. 

7.  Watson,  Leigh  F.:  Jour,  A,  M,  A,,  Sept.  14, 
1918. 

8.  Marine  and  Lenhart:     Jour.  Exper.  Med. 
1919.  12,  311. 

9.  Jour  A,  M.  A.,  Editorial— Dec.  26,  1918. 

10.  Klinger,  P.:  Correspondenz-Blatt  fiir  Sch- 
weitzer 4erzte,  Basel,  April  27.  1918. 

11.  Hunziker.  H.:  Correspondenz-Blatt  fiir  Sch- 
weitzer Aerzte,  Basel.  Feb.  9,  1918. 

12.  KJlstad.  S.:  Norsk  Magazin  for  Laegevi- 
denskahen,  Christiania.  March,  1918. 

13.  Williams,  Leonard:  Encyclopedia  of  Medi- 
cine and  Surgery,  London.  1912. 

14.  Bram.  L:  "Successful  Therapy  of  Exoph- 
thalmic Goitre."  N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  Feb.  22, 
1919. 

1714  North  Seventh  Street. 


Two  Cases  of  Dermatitis  from  Salvar- 
san. —  Goldfarb  {Dermatologische  Zeitsch- 
rift,  April,  1918)  states  that  in  both  cases 
the  process  began  with  the  appearance  of 
small  red  punctiform  spots  which  later  be- 
came confluent.  Soon  afterward,  there  de- 
veloped a  rather  severe  moist  necrosis  with 
scab  formation  and  thick  crusts  and  finally 
scales  of  various  sizes  appeared.  A  cure 
oi  the  cutaneous  process  resulted  in  about 
three  months'  time. 


A  PLAN  FOR  THE  ERADICATION  OF 

VENEREAL  DISEASES  IN 

LOCALITIES. 


EDMOND  SOUCHON.  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S.. 
New  Orleans,  La. 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Anatomy  and  Clinical 
Surgery,  Tulane  School  of  Medicine;  For- 
mer President  Louisiana  State  Board 
of  Health. 

Strenuous  efforts  are  being  revived  in 
this  country  to  suppress  public  immoral 
houses  and  prostitution.  All  such  attempts 
have  failed  in  the  old  country,  the  result 
having  been  to  drive  all  public  women  into 
the  more  dangerous  clandestine  class.  The 
city  of  Paris  runs  the  public  house  system 
with  more  or  less  perfunctory  sanitation. 

In  view  of  these  stem  facts  it  is  my  deep 
conviction  after  long  thought  and  medita- 
tion that  the  next  best  thing  is  to  subject  all 
immoral  women  to  rigid  sanitation. 

I  earnestly  believe  the  spread  of  venereal 
diseases  could  be  reduced  by  about  eighty 
per  cent,  by  the  enforcement  of  some  such 
regulations  as  follows: 

Public  immoral  women  should  live  in 
houses  registered  at  the  Board  of  Health 
by  the  keeper  of  the  house. 

The  keeper  shall  see  that  every  woman 
who  has  had  sexual  connection  with  a  man 
shall  be  administered  an  antiseptic  douche 
by  a  trained  nurse  stationed  in  the  house 
by  the  Board  of  Health.  This  shall  be  done 
before  the  woman  has  sexual  connection 
with  another  man  or  before  she  leaves  the 
house.  The  nurse  will  represent  the  Board 
of  Health  with  all  its  prestige  and  author- 
ity. 

The  keeper  shall  provide  the  trained 
nurse  with  a  suitable  room  for  douching 
and  sleeping  in. 

The  keeper  shall  provide  the  nurse  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Msdicxnh 


ORIGINAIi  ARTICLES 


April,  1919 


225 


three  acceptable  meals  a  day  sent  to  her 
room. 

The  keeper  shall  pay  monthly  or  weekly 
to  the  Board  of  Health  a  sum  fixed  by  the 
board  sufficient  to  pay  the  salary  and  ex- 
penses of  the  nurse  and  of  the  system. 
Clandestine  women  also  shall  pay  a  high  li- 
cense. 

Men  shall  not  remain  in  the  house  after 
one  o'clock  a.  m. 

In  case  of  violation  of  the  regulations 
the  house  shall  be  closed  by  the  Board  of 
Health. 

Clandestine  immoral  women  are  more 
numerous,  more  dangerous  and  more 
troublesome  because  of  the  difficulty  of  lo- 
cating and  keeping  track  of  them. 

Boards  of  Health  shall  have  a  corps  of 
female  sanitary,  inspectors  to  locate  and  at- 
tend specially  to  the  clandestine  immoral 
women. 

They  shall  have  police  powers  to  make  ar- 
rests for  the  violation  of  the  regulations. 

They  shall  have  the  power  to  search 
premises  without  warrant  for  violations  of 
the  regulations. 

They  shall  be  trained  in  douching  prop- 
erly and  detecting  venereal  diseases  in  the 
female. 

Large  cities  shall  be  divided  into  sections 
with  inspectors  assigned  to  each. 

The  inspectors  shall  locate  the  immoral 
women  by  interviewing  confidentially  the 
physicians  of  their  section,  the  druggists, 
the  grocers,  a  female  resident  in  each  block. 

An  immoral  woman  is  one  who  has  sexual 
connection  with  diflferent  men,  two  or  more. 

To  convict  a  woman  of  being  immoral, 
the  inspector  shall  send  two  men  or  more 
to  make  propositions  to  the  woman.  If  she 
accepts,  it  is  sufficient  proof.  There  need 
not  be  actual  sexual  connection.  The  men 
shall  make  a  sworn  affidavit  of  it  before  a 


notary  or  before  the  chief  sanitary  inspec- 
tor. 

When  located,  the  inspector  shall  make 
the  woman  register  at  the  Board  of  Health. 
The  thumb  print  shall  be  taken,  also  the 
photograph  with  date  affixed. 

She  shall  examine  her  for  venereal  dis- 
eases. 

She  shall  see  that  she  is  given  an  antisep- 
tic douche. 

She  shall  teach  her  how  to  douche  her- 
self properly  after  each  sexual  connection. 

She  shall  teach  her  how  to  detect  venereal 
disease  in  the  male;  chancres,  buboes,  dis- 
charge from  the  urethra,  stained  shirt. 

In  case  of  refusal  on  her  part  to  submit 
to  these  regulations,  the  inspector  shall  ar- 
rest the  woman  and  bring  her  to  the  chief 
inspector  who  shall  sentence  her  to  one 
week's  imprisonment. 

The  inspectors  shall  examine  the  immoral 
women  of  their  section  once  a  week  or 
oftener. 

When  found  diseased  they  shall  be  con- 
fined in  a  hospital  or  in  jail  until  thoro- 
ly  cured. 

Inspectors  shall  report  to  the  chief  in- 
spector and  obey  his  orders. 

Men  suspecting  of  having  been  infected 
by  an  immoral  woman  shall  report  her  to 
the  chief  inspector  of  the  Board  of  Health. 

Boards  of  health  shall  have  a  department 
or  committee  on  immoral  houses  and 
women. 

There  shall  be  a  chief  sanitary  inspector, 
a  man  of  character,  standing  and  fitness, 
of  the  type  of  a  judge. 

He  will  have  the  power  of  a  judge  or 
recorder  to  enforce  and  impose  sentences 
for  violations  of  the  regulations,  one  week 
of  imprisonment  for  each  offense. 

He  shall  have  the  power  to  draw  up  affi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


226 


April,  19  IS 


LONDON  LETTER 


American  Mbdicini 


davits,  like  a  notary,  and  to  administer 
oaths. 

His  office  hours  at  the  Board  of  Health 
shall  be  from  9  a.  m.  to  1  p.  m.  and  from 
2  p.  m.  to  5  p.  m. 

He  shall  decide  if  a  woman  is  immSral 
or  not. 

Any  violation  of  the  regulations  shall  be 
punished  by  imprisonment,  not  fines. 

Some  of  these  regulations  may  be  dras- 
tic, but  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  the  evil 
is  great  and  the  powers  to  fight  it  must 
be  great  and  not  sentimental. 

Boards  of  health  shall  enforce  these  reg- 
ulations. 

Here  again,  the  curbing  of  venereal  dis- 
eases is  a  question  of  organization,  money, 
and  determination. 

Tulane  University,  St.  Charles  Ave. 


(From  our  Regular  Correspondent.) 

THE  MINISTRY  OF  HEALTH  BILL. 

This  important  bill,  having  been  read  for  the 
first  time  in  the  House  of  Commons  without 
challenging  any  opposition,  is  now  before  a 
standing  committee,  whose  amendments  will  be 
received  in  the  form  of  a  report  to  the  House. 
One  of  these  amendments  has  already  gone  to 
the  heart  of  the  bill,  for  the  standing  commit- 
tee, without  going  to  division,  has  recom- 
mended that  all  the  functions  of  the  Board  of 
Education  in  respect  of  the  medical  inspection 
and  treatment  of  children  of  school  age  should 
be  at  once  transferred  to  the  new  Ministry  of 
Health.  The  amendment  is  perfectly  logical, 
because  the  Ministry  of  Health  is  being  created 
in  reply  to  a  demand  for  a  concentration  of  all 
the  medical  activities  of  the  existing  bureau 
into  the  scope  of  one  department,  but  it  was 
resisted  by  the  President  of  the  local  Govern- 
ment Board,  Dr,  Addison,  and  the  President  of 
the  Board  of  Education,  Mr.  H.  A.  L.  Fisher, 
on  the  grounds  of  expediency.  The  bill  is 
drafted  in  a  distinct  manner  to  do  some  things 
now  and  some  things  later,  because  those  hav- 


ing charge  of  the  measure  considered  that  to 
saddle  a  new  department  at  once  with  the 
charge  of  all  the  existing  state  medical  activi- 
ties would  be  to  court  an  early  breakdown  of 
the  young  institution.  The  standing  committee 
considered,  however,  that  the  health  of  the 
children  of  school  age  was  a  prime  charge  upon 
the  state,  and  its  care  could  not  possibly  be 
relegated  to  some  undefined  future  amending 
act  of  Parliament,  and  in  their  view  the  com- 
mittee has  received  both  public  and  medical 
support.  No  one  has  anything  that  is  not 
actually  complimentary  to  say  of  the  way  in 
which  the  Board  of  Education  has  administered 
the  medical  responsibilities  in  regard  to  its 
young  charges.  The  work  of  the  board  has  been 
intelligent,  progressive  and  sympathetic,  but 
there  can  be  no  reason  why  the  same  virtues 
should  not  be  displayed  in  this  administration 
of  the  new  Ministry  of  Health. 

THE  STATE  SUPPORT  OF  MEDICAL 
EDUCATION. 

.The  medical  profession  is  on  the  whole  ill- 
paid  in  Great  Britain.  The  Institution  of  State 
Insurance  created  a  certain  security  of  in- 
come for  general  practitioners,  but  the  service 
carries  no  promotion,  and  the  salaries  are  not 
comparable  to  those  earned  by  the  state  serv- 
ants who  follow  law  or  theolo'gy,  for  example, 
while  the  engineer  is  always  more  highly  paid 
than  the  doctor  when  the  State  employs  their 
joint  services.  For  this  reason  it  is  submitted  that 
the  question  of  what,  if  any,  pecuniary  support 
should  be  given  by  the  State  to  medical  educa- 
tion deserves  the  prominence  which  it  has  come 
into  owing  to  the  publication  verbatim  of  the 
addresses  of  a  group  of  distinguished  men  who 
recently  urged  upon  the  Government  that  in 
so  many  words  higher  education  in  England 
was  still  starving.  The  arguments  put  forward 
for  state  help  in  medical  education  were  very 
strong.  There  Is  no  medical  man  who  gets  an 
official  salary  more  than  half  the  size  of  the 
stipend  of  a  bishop  of  the  established  church, 
who,  moreover,  succeeds  in  rota  to  a  seat  in  the 
House  of  Lords  and  as  such  becomes  a  legis- 
lator. The  official  head  of  state  medicine  in 
England,  the  principal  medical  officer  of  health, 
receives  a  tenth  of  the  salary  paid  to  the  head 
of  the  bar,  who  is  ipso  facto  also  the  chairman 
of  the  House  of  Lords. 

Yet  this  badly  paid  profession  exacts  five  or 
six  years  at  least  of  strenuous  work  from  those 
who  would  enter  it,  and  the  cost  is  expensive, 
not  less  than  $5,000.  The  Lancet  has  estimated 
the  figure  as  now  being  greater;  and  certainly 
it  will  become  greater  in  the  near  future,  for 
the  mere  material  cost  of  medical  education  is 
advancing  pari  passu  with  the  elaboration  of 
scientific  methods,  the  invention  of  new  instrik 
ments,  the  introduction  into  clinical  medicine 
and  clinical  surgery  of  a  world  of  elaborate 
mechanism  like  that  connected  with  radiology 
or  with  electrical  treatment. 

But  this  expensive  profession  is  largely  re- 
cruited by  the  sons  of  middleclass  men  who 
succeed  to  no  private  means,  and  whose  parents 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlCnUGAN   liBDICINB 


LONDON  LETTER 


April,  1919 


227 


are  often  sorely  tried  to  find  the  money  to  sup- 
port their  children  thru  a  long  and  expen- 
sive curriculum.  There  is  room  here  for  State 
subsidy  and  of  a  more  generous  kind  than  the 
mere  recognition  by  the  Board  of  Education  of 
medical  schools  as  institutions  for  technical 
instruction. 

Medical  education  is  controlled  by  the  Gen- 
eral Medical  Council,  a  statutory  body  acting 
under  the  Privy  Council,  which  has  the  duty  of 
regulating  the  examinations  by  which  medical 
students  are  admitted  to  the  Medical  Register. 
The  work  done  by  the  council  in  this  as  well 
as  in  other  directions  is  delicate  and  arduous 
and  it  is  carried  on  in  the  public  behalf  and  in 
no  sense  for  the  protection  of  the  profession  of 
medicine.  The  council  works  under  the  Medical 
Acts,  which  are  definitely  designed  to  see  that 
the  medical  profession  is  properly  conducted 
and  managed,  so  as  to  supply  the  public  with 
adequate  medical  assistance.  Yet  this  coun- 
cil receives  no  grant  from  the  Crown.  The 
whole  of  its  work  is  paid  for  by  medical 
men  who,  after  their  examinations,  proceed  to 
registration  by  payment  of  a  capitation  fee. 
The  income  from  these  capitation  fees  supports 
the  council.  It  is  an  injustice  that  a  body 
existing  for  the  public  good  and  for  the  pro- 
tection of  public  health  should  be  supported 
by  medical  men's  money.  On  these  grounds 
medical  men  feel  strongly  that  the  time  has 
come  when  an  endeavor  should  be  made  to 
get  from  the  Government  some  endowment  of 
medical  education  commensurate  with  the  value 
to  the  State  of  a  well  instructed  medical  pro- 
fession. The  Board  of  Education  makes  grants 
to  certain  medical  schools,  regarding  them  as 
institutions  of  technical  instruction,  but  this  is 
a  drop  in  the  bucket  in  comparison  with  the 
fluid  cash  that  is  required.  The  strong  hope  of 
the  medical  profession  is  that  in  the  debates  in 
committee,  which  will  now  follow  upon  the 
first  reading  of  the  Ministry  of  Health  Bill, 
some  of  these  questions  will  be  thoroly 
thrashed  out  Money  will  have  to  be  found  for 
medical  education.  The  London  Hospital,  the 
largest  of  the  metropolitan  medical  charities,  has 
just  decided  to  appoint,  instead  of  the  usual 
honorary  members  of  the  medical  staff,  salaried 
directors  of  medical  studies,  who  shall  also  be 
physicians  in  the  wards,  giving  their  whole 
time  to  the  service  of  the  hospital  and  the  med- 
ical school.  This  is  an  advisable  and  progres- 
sive move  towards  bringing  the  clinical  practice 
of  the  hospital  into  touch  alike  with  medical 
education  and  medical  research;  but  unless 
public  subsidies  are  acquired,  it  is  difficult  to 
see  where  the  adequate  salaries  are  to  be  ob- 
tained, and  if  the  pay  is  hopelessly  small  why 
should  the  right  people  compete  for  it. 

THE  ACTIVITT  OF  THE  NATIONAL  COUNCIL 

FOR  THE  PREVENTION  OF  VENEREAL 

DISEASES. 

The  activity  of  the  National  Council  for  the 
Prevention  of  Venereal  Diseases  has  been  par- 
ticularly manifested  since  the  demobilization  of 


the  conscript  British  Army  has  begun  to  be 
extensive.  And  it  is  well  that  this  should  be  so 
for  undoubtedly,  and  as  I  have  often  fore- 
shadowed in  these  letters,  the  incidence  of 
gonorrhea  remains  heavy  upon  the  troops.  The 
Executive  Committee  of  the  National  Council 
has  collected  and  considered  the  expressed 
opinions  of  medical  officers  of  health  in  regard 
to  the  immediate  institution  of  facilities  for 
early  and  continuous  preventive  treatment  and 
as  a  result  has  formulated  the  following  pro- 
posals among  others: 

That  in  large  towns  and  densely  populated 
districts  the  centers  for  such  treatment  should 
be  under  direct  medical  supervision  and  con- 
trol. Such  centers  should  be  established  in  as 
many  as  possible  of  the  following  institutions: 
General  hospitals,  subsidiary  clinics,  such  other 
places  as  may  seem  desirable  to  the  local 
authority  and  in  doctors'  surgeries. 

That  in  case  early  preventive  treatment  (first 
aid)  has  been  rendered  by  a  nurse  or  orderly, 
on  an  emergency,  the  patient  should  be  referred 
to  the  medical  officer  of  the  center  (clinic), 
and  under  no  circumstances  whatever  should 
further  treatment  of  any  sort  be  given  for  the 
same  risk  of  infection  by  such  nurse  or  orderly. 

This  latter  is  a  wise  provision  to  ensure  that 
no  cases  escape  proper  medical  supervision,  a 
danger  which  must  always  occur  when  venereal 
diseases  are  in  question.  The  temptation  of 
the  nurses  or  orderlies  to  believe  that  the  treat- 
ment of  venereal  diseases  consists,  and  consists 
only,  of  their  particular  piece  of  technic  is 
certain  to  be  very  strong. 

The  executive  committee  has  wisely  recog- 
nized that  in  the  case  of  small  towns,  villages, 
rural  and  sparsely  populated  districts,  such 
centers  under  medical  supervision  can  only  be 
arranged  with  difficulty  and  they  suggest  that 
failing  the  possibility  of  securing  accessibility 
and  privacy,  general  practitioners  should  be 
aided  financially  and  encouraged  to  undertake 
such  treatment  at  their  own  surgeries,  so  that 
means  for  efficient,  early  and  continuous  treat- 
ment under  conditions  of  secrecy  and  medical 
control  may  be  placed  within  the  reach  of 
every  person.  This  is  a  most  practical  attitude 
to  take  up,  for  anyone  with  any  experience, 
medical  man  and  layman,  knows  that  it  is  the 
fear  of  publicity  which  drives  the  infected 
young  man  into  the  net  of  the  dangerous  quack, 
equally  dangerous,  whether  he  practices  or 
merely  advertises.  In  this  country  advertise- 
ment has  now  become  dangerous,  so  hedged 
about  is  it  by  legal  restrictions,  but  unqualified 
practice  still  has  its  exponents,  and  they  remain, 
as  ever,  predatory  and  ignorant  rascals. 

The  Medical  Committee  of  the  National  Coun- 
cil has  issued  a  circular  letter  to  all  medical 
officers  of  health  of  counties  and  county 
boroughs  in  England  and  Wales,  and  to  all  med- 
ical practitioners  in  charge  of  venereal  clinics 
in  order  to  secure  their  views  as  to  the  most 
practical  ways  of  bringing  the  facilities  for 
treatment  within  immediate  reach  of  the  civi- 
lian population.  From  the  answers  received  it 
would  seem  that  the  opinion  of  the  medical 
committee   was   very   fully  endorsed   by   those 


Digitized  by 


Google 


228 


•April,  1919 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


AMBEICAN   liXDIClNB 


with  practical  experience  of  administration. 
The  problem  is  very  different  as  it  is  manifested 
in  industrial  centers  or  in  country  districts.  In 
respect  of  industrial  centers,  the  majority 
recommend  that  so  long  as  the  early  preventive 
treatment  is  given  under  general  medical  super- 
vision, the  facilities  should  be  available  at  as 
many  centers  as  possible: — (1)  At  the  hospital 
clinics.  (2)  At  subsidiary  clinics  under  the 
supervision  of  a  medical  officer,  but  in  the  con- 
tinuous charge  of  trained  members  of  his  staff, 
orderlies  and  nurses.  (3)  At  any  ad  hoc 
treatment  clinic  (4)  Such  other  places  as 
may  seem  desirable  to  the  local  authority.  (5) 
In  doctors'  surgeries  (the  similarity  between 
this  recommendation  and  the  proposal  of  the 
exeeutive  committee  is  marked). 

Very  few  consider  It  advisable  to  provide 
facilities  for  early  preventive  treatment  without 
medical  supervision,  by  the  establishment  of 
slot  machines  from  which  prophylactic  "out- 
fits" could  be  obtained  in  public  conveniences 
or  elsewhere. 


The  Ductless  Glands  and  Development 
of  Bones* — Hutinel  concludes  his  article 
in  the  Archives  de  Medicine  des  Enfants, 
(Dec.,  1918)  on  the  endocrine  glands  and 
bone  affections  with  the  statement  that  or- 
ganotherapy does  not  seem  to  Tiave  fulfilled 
its  promises  but  he  believes  that  this  is 
because  we  have  been  asking  too  much  of 
it.  We  cannot  expect  it  to  cure  incurable 
infirmities  and  deformities.  If  we  dis- 
tinguish the  cases  in  which  it  will  prove 
actually  useful  and  reliable,  and  we  are 
content  to  wait  for  the  benefit  to  become  ap- 
parent and  not  expect  it  immediately,  ef- 
fectual and  durable  results  can  be  counted 
on.  It  is  evident  that  notwithstanding  the 
abundant  literature  on  the  subject,  we  are 
still  in  the  tentative  stage.  It  is  only  by 
pursuing  the  investigations,  keeping  up  ob- 
servations for  years,  and  supplementing 
them  by  animal  experimentation,  that  the 
profession  can  hope  to  obtain  a  decisive 
judgment  on  this  great  question  of  the  or- 
ganotherapy of  dystrophies. 

Outdoor  life,  hygiene,  regulation  of  the 
diet,  tonics,  etc.,  are  indispensable  adju- 
vants to  organotherapy  and  as  there  is 
usually  more  than  one  endocrine  gland  in- 
volved, it  is  important  to  determine  which 


ones.  Tentative  treatment  and  occasional 
failures  are  inevitable  but  experience  will 
gradually  clear  away  the  uncertainty.  It 
is  wise  to  begin  with  small  doses,  as  exag- 
gerated susceptibility  is  not  infrequent. 
Rachitis  in  infants  develops  under  the  in- 
fluence of  defective  feeding  and  digestive 
disturbance  with  superposed  damage  from 
acute  or  chronic  infections.  All  of  the  or- 
gans may  have  suffered  more  or  less  in  their 
development,  including  the  endocrinous 
glands,  and  their  functional  upset  may  add 
to  the  clinical  picture.  An  organic  extract 
might  help  but  again  it  might  not.  The 
main  reliance  is  on  diet,  cod  liver  oil,  phos- 
phorus, etc.  But  with  rachitis  in  adolescents, 
supplementary  to  general  hygiene,  a  trip  to 
the  seashore  or  mountains,  rest  for  body 
and  mind,  with  ample  regulated  exercise, 
thyroid,  pituitary,  ovary,  testicle,  even 
suprarenal  extract  may  have  a  decidedly 
favorable  influence.  We  must  bear  in  mind, 
however,  that  rachitis  at  this  age  is  transient 
and  subsides  spontaneously;  this  is  another 
reason  for  combating  it  so  that  it  need  not 
leave  deforming  traces.  In  osteomalacia  the 
most  brilliant  results  have  been  realized  with 
suprarenal  treatment,  sometimes  associated 
with  pituitary  and  thyroid  treatment.  In 
two  such  cases  the  inherited  syphilis  had 
beforehand  been  given  prolonged  intra- 
muscular mercurial  treatment  with  the  ben- 
zoate.  In  chronic  rheumatism,  organo- 
therapy gives  the  best  results  when  the 
lesions  are  of  recent  development.  Thyroid, 
supplemented  with  epinephrin  or  suprarenal 
capsule  or  pituitary  is  generally  ordered; 
ovarian  treatment  for  older  girls.  In  adults 
there  is  not  much  encouragement  for  organo- 
therapy of  chronic  rheumatism,  except  pos- 
sibly with  thyroid  and  ovarian  extract  for 
women,  given  early.  Later,  they  are  only 
possibly  useful  adjuvants.  To  be  effectual 
they  must  be  begun  at  the  start  and  be  long 
kept  up. 

If  a  child  remains  small,  backward  in 
developing,  infantile,  and  there  is  reason 
to  assume  deficient  thyroid  functioning,  thy- 
roid treatment  is  absolutely  indicated.  It 
should  be  with  large  doses,  long  kept  up.  It 
may  sometimes  be  useful  to  add  ovary,  tes- 
ticle, pituitary  or  suprarenal  treatment  in 
addition  to  the  cod  liver  oil,  iron,  arsenic  or 
other  measures  that  may  be  needed.  With 
giant  growth  and  acromegaly  there  are 
usually  several  glands  involved,  and  pitui- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Mbdicini 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


April,  1919 


229 


tary  treatment  is  generally  futile  as  the 
lesions  are  irreparable.  In  the  obese,  and 
with  deformed  bones,  thyroid  treatment 
is  the  chief  indication  at  first,  and  later 
pituitary.  Ovarian  or  testicle  treatment 
should  be  added  if  the  genital  organs 
are  backward  in  developing,  plus  cal- 
cium and  iron,  and  hygienic  environ- 
ment. It  is  wise  to  weigh  frequently  and  not 
to  tr>'  to  reduce  the  weight  too  fast.  In  chil- 
dren that  are  thin  and  look  consiunptive, 
with  nutritional  disturbances  in  bones  and 
skin,  suprarenal  capsule,  associated  some- 
times with  pituitary  and  always  with  im- 
proved hygiene,  has  given  good  results.  This 
is  due  probably  to  the  fact  that  there  is  a 
certain  degree  of  suprarenal  insufficiency. 


Thyroid  Hormone  and  Its  Relation  to 
Otlier  Ducdess  Glands. — According  to 
Kendall  (Endocrinology,  April-June,  1918) 
the  active  substance  of  the  thyroid  has 
been  isolated  and  analyzed,  its  empirical 
and  structural  formulae  determined,  its  syn- 
thesis completed,  and  its  physiologic  action 
studied  in  a  large  number  of  patients  at 
the  Mayo  Qinic.  In  considering  the  role  of 
the  other  ductless  glands  of  the  body,  Ken- 
dall states  that  they  assume  positions  sec- 
ondary in  importance  to  the  thyroid,  and 
that  their  part  may  be  preparing  the  vari- 
ous metabolites  for  their  final  action  with 
thyroxin  (the  active  constituent  of  the 
thyroid),  the  production  of  energy.  In 
addition  to  this  duty  the  task  of  taking 
care  of  by-products  and  elaborating  other 
substances  must  be  accomplished  by  some 
agent  in  the  body,  possibly  the  parathyroids 
and  others  of  the  ductless  glands.  A  de- 
tailed description  of  the  structural  formula 
of  thyroxin  is  given.  It  contains  an  indol 
group  with  the  iodines  attached  to  the  ben- 
zene ring,  and  on  the  carbon  atom  adjacent 
to  the  amino  group  of  the  indol  ring  there 
is  an  oxygen  atom.  The  physiologic  activity 
of  the  substance  is  produced  by  the  CO.NH 
groups.  In  explaining  the  action  of  iodine 
in  the  compound,  the  theory  is  presented 
that  it  renders  the  active  groups  more  re- 
active. 


Organotherapy  in  Wounds. — Serge 
Voronoff  and  Evelyn  Bostwick  (Press 
Medically,  September  9,  1918)  report  that, 
after  much  experimentation  at  the  College 


de  France,  they  were  able  to  cause  healing 
of  extensive  and  deep  wounds  in  a  few 
days,  by  applying  locally  the  pulp  of  sex 
glands  procured  by  castrating  young  ani- 
mals. The  cells  of  these  glands,  thru 
the  secretion  they  contain  and  which 
is  absorbed  by  the  wound,  exert  an 
intense  accelerating  action  on  the  process 
of  granulation.  The  organ  found  most 
eflfectual  in  these  experiments  would, 
a  priori,  have  been  considered  that  most 
suitable,  owing  to  its  especial  vital  energy. 
Animals  deprived  of  these  organs  are  known 
to  accumulate  fat  at  the  expense  of  their 
muscles  and  to  become  apathetic  and  passive. 
In  the  wounds  treated  with  this  material, 
its  use  often  had  to  be  discontinued  after  a 
few  days  in  order  not  to  exceed  the  results 
sought  and  cause  projection  of  new  tissue 
beyond  the  level  of  the  wound  cavity  by 
reason  of  a  too  intensive  development  of 
granulations.  With  the  aid  of  this  treatment 
its  sponsors  hope  to  spare  the  wounded 
long  months  of  suflfering  and  considerably 
shorten  their  stay  in  hospitals.  This  method 
is  being  tried  at  Carrel's  hospital. 


Effect  of  Gland  ExtracU  on  BUe  Secre- 
tion.— Downs  and  Eddy  (Amer.  Jour,  of 
Physiology,  Mar.  1,  1919)  found  that  the 
amount  of  bile  secreted  is  increased  by 
secretin,  and  decreased  by  epinephrin  and 
by  mammary,  orchic,  ovarian,  pancreatic 
and  thymic  gland  substances.  The  bile  se- 
cretion is  not  affected  in  a  constant  or  def- 
inite manner  by  the  substance  of  the  spleen 
and  thyroid. 


Hjrperthyroidisni.  —  Hyperthyroidism 
is,  according  to  Kuh  (///.  Med.  Jour.,  April 
1919)  an  exceedingly  common  disease, 
more  frequent  in  women,  undoubtedly,  than 
in  men,  but  far  from  rare  in  the  latter  sex. 
It  is  found  as  a  complication  in  innumer- 
able cases  of  the  so-called  functional  neu- 
rosis, and  very  often  overlooked,  because 
of  the  tendency  to  waste  little  time  in  the 
examination  of  a  "neuro."  Formes  frustes 
are  undoubtedly  very  much  more  commor 
than  the  classical  syndrome  first  describes, 
by  Graves  and  Basedow.  The  disease  often 
has  a  very  insidious  onset  and  Kuh  say> 
he  has  no  doubt  that  many  of  those  who 
suffer  from  it  go  thru  life  without  ever  ke- 
coming  conscious  of  its  existence. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


230 


April,  1919 


PHYSICAX.  THERAPY 


AMERICAN   MaOICINB 


Under    the    Editorial    Direction    of    Albert    C. 
Geyser,  M.  D.,  New  York. 

The  Physiologic  Treatment  of  Catarrhal 
Deafness. 

There  is  hardly  another  condition  about 
which  the  prognosis  is  usually  so  gloomy 
from  the  average  aurist's  point  of  view  as 
deafness  due  to  or  the  result  of  chronic 
nasal  catarrh. 

The  question  arises  *'\Vhy  is  it  that  these 
cases  receive  such  a  hopeless  prognosis  at 
the  hands  of  the  aural  specialists,  and  yet 
these  same  cases  make  most  brilliant  re- 
coveries when  treated  by  physiologic 
therapeutics  ?" 

The  answer  is  this:  The  aural  special- 
ist treats  this  affection  from  a  pathologic 
view  point,  he  recognizes  the  impossibility 
of  restoring  the  normal  physiologic  con- 
dition of  the  parts,  either  with  drugs  or 
yet  with  surgical  operations.  Other  meas- 
ures, such  as  heat,  vibration  or  electricity 
are  either  too  complicated  or  seem  to  sug- 
gest "the  quack"  to  him  and  therefore  be- 
neath his  dignity  to  inquire  into. 

It  will  be  my -privilege  to  call  your  atten- 
tion to  the  physiologic  methods  of  treating 
these  cases. 

The  Physiology  of  the  Nose. — The 
physiology  of  any  part  is  always  dependent 
upon  the  anatomy  of  the  same. 

Certain  tissues  and  cells  have  a  certain 
physiologic  function  to  perform,  they  must 
perform  that  function  and  no  other  should 
be  expected  of  them. 

The  formation  of  the  mucous  membrane 
over  the  turbinates  is  there  for  the  purpose 
of  increasing  the  radiating  sijirface  of  it. 
The  turbinates  are  so  arranged  that  the 
air  current  from  the  outside  enters  their 
funnel-shaped  openings  and  is  then  broken 
up  into  several  streams. 

When  all  of  these  broken  air  streams  have 
passed  over  the  large  area  of  this  intensely 
vascular  membrane,  it  has  been  filtered  of 
its  impurities  which  have  lodged  upon  the 
filtering  passages;  it  has  been  warmed  or 


cooled  as  the  case  may  be,  so  as  to  arrive 
in  the  lungs  at  body  temperature  or  nearly 
so. 

The  intake  force  of  the  stream  has  been 
properly  retarded  to  prevent  Injury  to  the 
distending  air  cells.  The  impurities  of  the 
inspired  air  have  lodged  upon  the  mucous 
membrane  which  is  supplied  with  mucous 
glands  and  ciliated  epithelium.  This  ciliated 
epithelium  possesses  the  faculty  of  always 
waving  everything  in  an  outward  direction. 

Whatever  causes  an  irritation  to  this  mu- 
cous membrane  causes  an  increase  in  the 
performance  of  its  physiologic  function 
which  is  an  extra  excretion  of  mucus  and 
an  overactivity  of  the  ciliae. 

The  sudden  change  of  temperature  from 
a  hot  room  to  the  cold  outside  air  imme- 
diately causes  an  increase  of  the  flow  of 
mucus;  the  deposit  of  dust,  irritating  sub- 
stances, odors  and  bacteria  cause  the  same 
phenomenon. 

This  is  spoken  of  as  "catching  cold'*  what- 
ever that  means,  when  in  reality  it  is  an 
attempt  upon  the  part  of  the  economy  to 
prevent  something  injurious  from  happen- 
ing. 

From  the  anatomical  nerve  supply  we 
see  that  the  nose  or  at  least  the  upper  part 
of  it  serves  another  physiologic  purpose. 
Thus  the  branches  of  the  olfactory  nerve  are 
distributed  in  this  upper,  "out-of-harms- 
way"  place  to  receive  the  sensations  which 
are  to  be  carried  to  the  olfactory  center. 

While  the  development  of  this  special 
sense. of  smell  is  in  every  way  desirable,  in 
the  human  being  it  is  not  a  necessity. 

Nature  abhores  anything  that  is  not  neces- 
sary or  useful  and  so  the  sense  of  smell  in 
the  human  being  has  been  more  or  less  ob- 
tunded.  If,  however,  the  noxiousness  of  any- 
thing is  great  enough,  we  receive  certain 
warnings  that  such  substances  are  not  de- 
sirable for  the  lung  or  the  intestinal 
tract. 

It  is  for  that  reason  that  we  find  a  branch 
of  the  sympathetic  ganglion  emerging  from 
between  the  eighth  and  ninth  vertebrae  con- 
necting directly  with  the  Schneiderian  mem- 
brane. It  is  there  to  warn  us  by  the  sense 
of  smell  that  whatever  is  not  good  for  the 
intestinal  tract  should  not  pass  further  than 
the  nose. 

Another  physiologic  function,  and  this 
includes  the  entire  nose,  is  to  act  as  a  sound- 
ing chamber  to  give  resonance  to  the  voice. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


PHYSICAL.  THERAPY 


April,  1919 


231 


For  this  purpose  the  nasal  chambers  must 
be  free  so  as  to  emit  the  voice  without 
hindrance. 

One  frequently  hears  the  remark  that  so 
and  so  talks  thru  his  nose.  Whenever  that 
remark  is  made,  it  is  a  sure  sign  that  so 
and  so  does  not  talk  thru  his  nose,  for  that 
is  just  what  we  all  should  do,  but  many  of 
us  cannot. 

There  may  be  other  functions,  but  for  our 
purpose  interference  with  these  enumerated 
ones  will  be  all  sufficient. 

The  mucous  membrane  lining  the  nasal 
fossae  is  called  the  Schneiderian  membrane. 
Schneider  pointed  out  the  fact  that  the  se- 
cretions of  the  nose  proceeded  from  the  mu- 
cous glands  and  not  from  the  brain. 

The  mucous  membrane  is  continuous  with 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  eye  thru  the 
nasal  and  lachrymal  duct,  with  the  mem- 
brane of  the  tympanum  and  the  mastoid 
cells  thru  the  Eustachian  tube.  It  is  further 
connected  with  the  frontal,  ethmoidal, 
sphenoidal  and  the  antrum  of  Highmore 
thru  the  several  openings  in  the  meatuses. 

It  is  a  continuation  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  bronchial  tube  and  thru  the 
esophagus  with  the  gastrointestinal  tract. 

The  mucous  membrane  is  thickest  and 
most  vascular  over  the  turbinated  bones, 
fairly  thick  over  the  septum  but  thin  be- 
tween these  and  the  floor  of.  the  fossae. 

Near  the  orifice,  where  common  sensation 
is  chiefly  required,  the  epithelium  is  of  the 
pavement  variety,  but  in  the  rest  of  the  nose, 
all  that  portion  of  it  engaged  in  the  func- 
tion of  respiration,  the  mucous  membrane 
is  covered  by  columnar  ciliated  epithelium; 
this  applies  also  to  the  passages  leading  to 
the  various  sinuses. 

In  the  olfactory  region  the  epithelium 
is  columnar  but  not  ciliated. 

The  mucous  glands,  while  diflfering  in  size, 
according  to  the  location,  are  evenly  dis- 
tributed thruout  the  membrane. 

The  nerves  are  the  olfactory,  the  nasal 
branch  of  the  ophthalmic,  anterior  dental, 
superior  maxillary,  the  Vidian,  nasal  pala- 
tine or  nasal  branches  from  Meckel's  gang- 
lion. 

The  sphenopalatine  or  Meckel's  ganglion 
is  the  largest  of  the  cranial  ganglia.  Like 
other  ganglia  it  possesses  a  motor,  sensory 
and  sympathetic  root. 

Meckel's  ganglion  communicates  by  two 
ascending  branches  with  the  superior  max- 


illary branch  of  the  fifth  or  trifacial,  which 
comes  from  the  Gasserian  ganglion. 

Etiology — Pathology^ — ^As  the  physi- 
ology is  the  result  of  anatomical  structure,  so 
is  the  pathology  the  result  of  interference 
with  physiologic  function  or  due  to  struc- 
tural  anatomical   changes. 

Our  principal  pathologic  condition  to  be 
considered  is  inflammation  of  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  nose  and  pharynx,  in  other 
words  catarrh  of  the  nose. 

Morell  Mackenzie  considers  two  principal 
causes  for  this  affection :  first,  foreign  mat- 
ter, such  as  dust  and  bacteria  lodging  upon 
a  mucous  membrane;  second,  the  habit  of 
fast  eating  and  drinking. 

Dr.  Freudenthal,  on  the  other  hand,  con- 
siders only  dry,  overheated,  badly-ventilated 
rooms. 

From  the  anatomy  and  the  subsequent 
physiology  it  must  be  apparent  that  both 
of  these  writers  are  correct. 

We  will  therefore  say  that  anything  that 
is  capable  of  acting  as  a  long  continued  or 
oft  repeated  irritation  to  the  Schneiderian 
membrane  must  eventually  cause  thru  over- 
activity a  hypertrophy. 

Neither  is  it  necessary  that  this  irritation 
affects  primarily  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  nose;  chronic  constipation  will  sooner 
or  later  cause  a  colitis,  this  by  direct  con- 
tiguity as  well  as  thru  the  sympathetic  fibrp« 
from  the  ninth  dorsal  interspace  connectinpr 
with  the  Otic  and  Gasserian  ganglion  win 
produce  a  similar  condition  in  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  nose. 

Pulmonary  tuberculosis  usually  causes  an 
overactivity  of  the  respiratory  tract  by  di- 
rect extension  of  the  inflammation  or  thru 
the  sympathetic  fibres  reflexly. 

Any  one  of  these  or  all  of  them  acting  in 
concert  produce  a  hypertrophy  of  the  mu- 
cous membrane.  At  first,  as  a  direct  result 
of  the  enormous  increase  in  the  vascularity 
we  have  a  pouring  out  of  mucus  in  abund- 
ance and  the  patient  complains  of  nothing 
worse  than  a  running  nose. 

If  this  process  is  long  continued  there  is 
a  gradual  extension  in  all  directions.  The 
discharge,  instead  of  finding  its  way  out  by 
the  natural  channels,  now  drops  into  the 
nasopharynx;  it  accumulates  in  the  upper 
and  posterior  portion  of  the  nose,  invades 
sinuses  and  the  patient  complains  of  frontal 
headaches. 

When  this  pain  is  located  at  the  brow 


Digitized  by 


Google 


232 


April,  1919 


PHYSICAX.  THERAPY 


American  BIedicinb 


and  bridge  of  the  nose  it  is  almost  pathog- 
nomonic that  it  is  due  to  gastrointestinal  and 
secondary  nose  involvement. 

The  accumulation  of  mucus  laden  with 
bacteria  and  detritus  is  especially  marked 
upon  awakening  in  the  morning  and  is  al- 
ways worse  if  the  patient  has  been  imbibing 
in  spirituous  liquors  the  night  before. 

By  gradual  extension  of  the  process  the 
entire  nasopharynx  becomes  involved  and 
the  Eustachian  tube  shares  in  this  process. 

Either  the  opening  of  the  tube  becomes 
filled  with  mucus  or  thru  swelling  of  the 
parts  become3  occluded. 

At  this  time  the  patient  complains  of 
noises  or  ringing  in  one  or  the  other  ear. 
These  noises  may  be  relieved  by  forcibly 
blowing  the  nose,  only  to  return  again  soon 
after.  If  this  forcible  blowing  of  the  nose 
is  persisted  in  or  if  Valsalva's  method  of  in- 
flation is  practiced,  there  is  every  possibility 
of  forcing  some  of  the  gc;rm-laden  mucus 
into  the  stenosed  Eustachian  tube  and  there- 
by lay  a  foundation  for  a  future  otitis  media. 

Assuming  that  this  does  not  occur  on  ac- 
count of  complete  closure  of  the  tube,  then 
the  air  contained  within  the  same  is  grad- 
ually absorbed,  the  tube  collapses  thruout 
its  entire  length  with  the  result  that  we  have 
a  more  or  less  of  a  vacuum  on  one  side  of 
the  membrana  tympani  and  the  air  pressure 
of  fifteen  pounds  maintained  on  the  other 
side.  The  changes  are  self-evident.  The  ear 
drum  is  bound  to  bulge  inward  from  the  ex- 
ternal air  pressure  and  the  decreased  resist- 
ance on  the  inside. 

This  bulging  drives  before  it  the  ossicles 
which  finally  communicate  thru  the  stapes 
with  the  fenestrum  ovale.  Not  only  have  we 
now  the  extension  of  the  inflammatory 
process  from  within,  but  the  added  factor 
of  pressure  in  all  of  the  articulations  of  the 
chain  of  ossicles. 

It  is  true  these  bones  and  joints  are  very 
small,  nevertheless  they  are  articulations  and 
obey  the  laws  of  pressure  as  much  as  the 
knee  or  the  elbow  joint. 

A  very  little  pressure,  but  long  continued, 
sets  up  an  interarticular  inflammation  which 
causes  adhesions  and  stiflFness. 

At  this  time  the  patient  complains  of 
acute  hearing,  in  fact  slight  noises  and 
sounds  inaudible  to  other  people  are  not 
only  magnified,  but  are  distorted. 

With  a  susceptible  person  these  sounds 


are  interpreted  as  "some  one  calling  them, 
or  as  some  one  talking  about  them." 

The  rest  of  this  story  does  not  concern 
us  here,  but  I  am  satisfied  from  my  contact 
with  patients  in  the  Manhattan  State  Hos- 
pital that  only  too  many  started  on  their 
way  across  the  river,  thru  nothing  more 
than  an  unrecognized  nasal  catarrh. 

If  the  progress  continues  retrogression 
takes  place.  Nature  abhors  anything  that 
is  useless.  A  tympanic  membrane  that  does 
not  vibrate,  a  chain  of  ossicles  that  do  not 
move,  require  little  or  no  blood  supply. 
Atrophy  causes  a  drying  and  blanching  of 
the  ear  drum  and  instead  of  giving  that 
shiny,  mother  of  pearl  appearance,  we  see  a 
bony,  lusterless  or  chalky  membrane.  At  the 
same  time  we  have  an  atrophic  mucous  mem- 
brane in  the  anterior  portion  of  the  nose 
while  in  the  posterior  we  have  a  hyper- 
trophic rhinitis  with  more  or  less  loss  of 
hearing  in  one  or  both  ears. 

Such  is  the  clinical  pathology  of  a  case 
of  catarrhal  deafness. 

Treatment. — Physiologic  function  is 
based  upon  anatomic  construction.  Path- 
ology IS  the  deviation  from  the  normal  of 
either  one  of  these,  while  treatment  has  for 
its  object  the  removal  of  the  cause  and  the 
restoration  of  physiologic  function  and 
anatomic  structure. 

Pathologically  we  are  confronted  with 
an  atrophic  or  hypertrophic  mucous  mem- 
brane functionating  abnormally,  a  chain 
of  bony  articulations  having  become 
ankylosed  as  a  result  of  pressure ;  the  pres- 
sure due  to  a  relaxed  ear  drum  with  a  posi- 
tive pressure  on  the  outside  and  a  negative 
pressure  on  the  inside  the  membrana 
tympani  is  atrophied  and  non- vascular ;  the 
Eustachian  tube  may  be  either  open,  nar- 
rowed or  closed. 

In  enumerating  the  treatment  I  shall  con- 
fine myself  to  personal  experience  only. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  all  of  this  treat- 
ment has  been  advocated  by  others  either 
fragmentary  or  in  whole;  neither  is  this 
treatment  a  fixed  one,  but  must  be  varied  as 
the  circumstances  demand. 

I  shall  also  assume  that  the  case  is  one 
which  falls  into  this  category,  thereby  bar- 
ring complications  or  unsuitable  cases. 

The  normal  discharge  from  the  nose  is 
alkaline.  Any  kind  of  an  alkaline  solution 
as  a  ten  to  twenty  per  cent,  solution  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


April,  1919 


233 


bicarbonate  of  soda  will  dissolve  the  mucus 
whether  thin,  viscid  or  even  crusts. 

An  ordinary  nose  spray  is  used,  the  pa- 
tient vigorously  uses  the  handkerchief  or 
a  good  sized  piece  of  cheesecloth.  I  have 
no  cuspidors  in  my  office,  they  are  unclean, 
disgusting  and  unnecessary. 

As  soon  as  all  the  mucus  has  thus  been 
removed,  if  there  is  atrophy  present  an 
oily  solution  of  iodine  is  then  blown  into 
the  parts  from  a  vaporizer.  If  hypertrophy 
predominates  an  oily  solution  of  acetozone 
is  in  the  same  manner  vaporized.  The  iodine 
irritates  and  stimulates  tissue  increase  and 
is  a  good  germicide.  The  acetozone  is  a 
sedative  to  the  mucous  membrane,  at  the 
same  time  a  germicide  and  antiseptic  ano- 
dyne emollient. 

When  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  has 
thus  been  prepared  the  patient  is  treated 
electrically. 

If  atrophy  is  present,  the  stimulating  ac- 
tion of  the  vacuum  high-frequency  tube  is 
used :  if  hypertrophy  prevails,  then  the  heat- 
ing tissue  contracting-effect  of  the  diather- 
mic current  is  indicated. 

Assuming  that  the  hypertrophy  has  so 
occluded  the  nasal  fossae  that  these  elec- 
trodes will  not  enter,  we  have  resource  to 
electrolysis.  Two,  three  or  more  fine  cam- 
bric needles  are  attached  to  the  negative 
pole  of  the  galvanic  current  and  inserted  in- 
to the  hypertrophic  tissue.  The  electrolysis 
takes  place  between  the  cartilage  and  the 
mucous  membrane;  immediate  shrinking  is 
the  result. 

It  will  be  noted  that  in  all  of  these  pro- 
cedures the  physiologic  integrity  of  the  parts 
is  strictly  preserved,  so  that  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  nose  and  pharynx  is  in  a 
condition  to  perform  a  normal  physiologic 
act. 

Having  cleared  the  nasopharynx  we  can 
give  our  attention  to  the  ankylosis  of  the 
ossicles.  An  ankylosis  is  a  certain  condition 
of  bony  joints,  no  matter  where  situated. 
We  treat  this  ankylosis  the  same  as  an  an- 
kylosis of  the  elbow.  Our  agents  in  either 
case  are  dry  heat  and  passive  motion. 

From  an  instrument  devised  for  this  pur- 
pose, a  stream  of  dry,  hot  air  is  forced 
against  the  drum  membrane  and  the  adja- 
cent parts.  The  instrument  must  fit  snugly 
into  the  external  auditory  canal  and  by  a 
vacuum  pump  arrangement  this  hot  air  is 


blown  into  the  canal,  then  again  withdrawn 
to  the  point  of  forming  a  vacuum. 

In  this  manner  the  ear  drum  is  made  to 
vibrate  and  thru  its  attachments  with  the 
ossicles  they  are  loosened  up,  thus  returning 
the  parts  to  their  normal  anatomic  and 
physiologic  condition. 

The  membrana  tympani  is  next  treated. 
The  external  canal  is  freed  from  all  fats 
by  a  thoro  washing  with  a  warm  alkaline 
soap-water  solution.  The  patient  is  placed 
in  a  horizontal  position  and  the  ear  filled 
with  a  warm,  clean  alkaline  solution.  A 
small  piece  of  rubber  tubing  is  inserted  into 
the  external  canal  almost  up  to  the  ear 
drum.  The  negative  pole  of  the  galvanic 
current  is  placed  into  this  rubber  tube.  The 
contact  with  the  ear  drum  is  made  thru  the 
water. 

The  positive  pole  is  placed  in  the  nape  of 
the  neck.  The  current  is  turned  on  slowly 
up  to  one  half  of  a  milliampere;  gradually 
as  tolerance  has  been  established  it  is  in- 
creased to  one  or  even  two  milliamperes  for 
at  least  fifteen  minutes. 

This  procedure  has  the  effect  of  softening 
and  again  revascularizing  the  membrane. 

During  this  treatment,  which  lasts  from 
three  to  six  weeks,  the  patients  frequently 
complain  of  increasing  deafness  due  to  the 
softening  of  the  membrane;  this  regulates 
itself  as  soon  as  normal  and  efficient  circula- 
tion has  been  re-established. 

The  Eustachian  tube  is  the  last  to  receive 
direct  attention,  for  frequently  this  is  made 
unnecessary  by  the  treatment  of  the  adja- 
cent parts'. 

The  most  common  condition  is  stenosis 
of  the  tube.  A  Eustachian  catheter  at- 
tached to  the  negative  pole,  and  under  the 
guidance  of  the  operator's  eye,  is  inserted  in- 
to the  opening  in  the  pharynx.  One  quarter 
to  one  half  of  a  milliampere  is  allowed  to 
flow  for  five  minutes.  This  procedure  is  con- 
tinued until  the  canal  is  entirely  patulous.  All 
the  parts  are  now  anatomically  and  physi- 
ologically again  intact.  Patients  that  could 
not  hear  an  alarm  clock  tick  one  inch  from 
the  external  meatus,  frequently,  after  such 
treatment,  can  hear  a  watch  tick  six  to 
twelve  inches  from,  the  affected  ear. 


Papinoma,     WarU,     Verruca.— Struc- 
turally all  warts  are  practically  the  same. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


284 


April^  1919 


PHYSICAl,  THERAPY 


AlfKRICAN    MBDICINS 


tho  they  may  differ  in  shape  and  location; 
they  are  essentially  an  affection  of  both 
sexes,  rather  more  frequent  during  early 
youth  or  up  to  puberty  and  again  in  ad- 
vanced age  as  after  60.  When  these  warts 
appear  during  early  youth,  they  frequently 
disappear  again  without  treatment,  but  if 
they  remain  or  are  a  disfigurement,  or  when 
they  make  their  appearance  late  in  life  as 
senile  keratosis,  then  they  should  be  re- 
moved. 

Treatment. — The  positive  pole  of  a  gal- 
vanic current  is  attached  to  a  properly 
moistened  pad  and  applied  in  the  immediate 
neighborhood  of  the  wart.  The  negative 
pole  is  attached  to  a  terminal  possessing 
several  bifurcations,  '  each  of  which  is 
armed  with  a  fine  cambric  needle.  When 
everything  is  in  readiness  a  piece  of  paper, 
which  has  been  perforated  to  just  enclose 
the  wart,  is  placed  over  the  growth  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  wart  projects  thru  the 
opening  in  the  paper.  One  needle  is  then 
passed  thru  the  base  of  the  wart  transfixing 
it  and  resting  upon  the  paper,  then  as  many 
needles  as  the  base  of  the  growth  will  per- 
mit are  now  inserted,  all  upon  the  same 
level  and  close  down  upon  the  paper.  When 
a  sufficient  number,  three  to  five  needles, 
are  in  position,  the  current  is  gradually 
turned  on  up  to  the  point  of  tolerance 
which  will  be  about  one  and  one-half  or  two 
milliamperes.  This  strength  should  be  main- 
tained for  about  thirty  seconds  and  the  cur- 
rent gradually  reduced  to  zero.  The  needles 
can  now  be  removed  very  readily  on  ac- 
count of  the  negative  electrolitic  decompo- 
sition that  has  been  going  on.  The  top  of 
the  wart  will  dry  up,  form  a  scab  and  in 
the  course  of  a  week  drop  off,  leaving  a 
perfectly  smooth  surface  with  seldom  a  re- 
turn of  the  original. 

Accessory  Treatment. — ^The  high-fre- 
quency current,  the  D'Arsonval  or  the 
Oudin  type  may  be  successfully  used  for 
the  destruction  of  warts,  nevi  and  other 
superficial  growths. 

An  instrument  devised  by  the  author 
known  as  the  Geyser  Fulguration  electrode 
consists  of  a  thin  copper  wire  about  5 
inches  long  concealed  within  a  glass  tube, 
ending  on  one  end  with  a  glass  ring  thru 
which  the  index  finger  of  the  right  hand 
is  passed,  the  thumb  and  middle  finger  of 
the  same  hand  holding  a  glass  tube  thru 
which  the  first  tube  containing  the  wire  is 
passed.  This  instrument  acts  on  the  prin- 


ciple of  a  piston  and  cylinder  and  so  ar- 
ranged that  when  the  outer  cylinder  is 
placed  over  a  wart  or  similar  growth,  the 
inner  piston  carrying  the  wire  is  plunged 
up  and  down  as  required  by  a  movement 
of  the  index  finger  thru  the  ring  of  the  pis- 
ton. To  one  pole  of  the  D'Arsonval  current 
the  wire  of  the  instrument  is  attached.  The 
outer  glass  shell  or  cylinder  is  now  placed 
over  the  area  to  be  treated,  the  inner  piston 
is  raised  so  that  no  sparking  occurs.  The 
spark  gap  on  the  coil  should  not  be  more 
than  J4  of  an  inch  apart.  Gradually  allow 
the  wire  to  approach  the  skin  so  that  a  few 
fine  sparks  fall  now  and  then  upon  the  area. 
In  the  course  of  J^  a  minute  the  part  will 
be  almost  anesthetic  when  the  wire  may 
be  lowered  to  its  full  length.  This  is 
so  arranged  that  a  collar  on  the  cylinder 
allows  the  piston  to  descend  to  within  1/16 
of  an  inch  upon  the  skin  surface.  Thru 
this  1/16  of  an  inch  a  very  hot  spark  passes 
which  at  once  destroys  the  tissues  beneath 
it  and,  strange  as  it  may  seem,  with  very 
little  pain  to  the  patient.  A  successive  num- 
ber of  such  contacts  should  be  made,  each 
contact  lasting  not  more  than  ^  to  J4  sec- 
ond each.  The  wart  or  growth  will  at  once 
become  blanched,  form  a  blister,  which  when 
it  heals  leaves  a  smooth  scar.  With  larg- 
er or  deeper  growths  this  fulguration  may 
have  to  be  repeated  at  weekly  intervals. 
Freezing  with  C02  of  carbon  dioxide  is 
less  painful  and  when  convenient  may  be 
substituted.  A  solid  stock  of  C02  is  made, 
about  the  size  in  diameter  of  a  twenty- 
five  cent  piece  and  three  or  four  inches  long. 
The  end  is  then  shaped  to  the  size  of  the 
lesion  to  be  treated  and  moderate  pressure 
is  made  for  about  30  to  60  seconds.  Upon 
removal  of  the  contact  the  parts  beneath 
will  be  frozen  hard ;  in  a  few  minutes,  say 
30,  a  blister  will  form  with  much  the  same 
subsequent  results  as  the  high-frequency 
current  application.  In  certain  superficial 
lesions,  among  them  lupus  erythematosus, 
the  results  from  the  C02  contact  are  very 
encouraging,  and  not  quite  as  painful  as 
the  fulguration  methods.  The  application  of 
caustics  or  strong  acids  should  only  be 
mentioned  to  be  condemned. 


Rheumatism. — Bromide  of  ammonia 
stands  in  high  repute  for  acute  rheumatism, 
and  the  chloride  for  myalgia. — Med.  Sum- 
mary. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MEDICINB 


AMONG  TH£  BOOKS 


April,  1919 


235 


AMONG 

THE 

BOOKS 


f 


Hygiene  of  the  Eje.— None  of  the  special 
senses  of  the  body  is  more  greatly  missed  than 
that  of  sight  and  therefore  on  account  of  its 
preciousness  it  should  be  conserved  in  every 
way  possible.  However,  not  only  is  sight  neg- 
lected and  abused  but  the  hygiene  of  the  eye  is 
not  properly  understood  by,  perhaps,  the  ma- 
jority of  medical  practitioners.  While  to  ac- 
quire a  thoro  knowledge  of  the  eye,  its  diseases, 
abnormalities  and  so  on,  requires  very  close  and 
assiduous  study,  and  while  ophthalmology  is  one 
of  the  most  difficult  of  the  specialties,  never- 
theless, it  behooves  the  general  practitioner 
to  know  something  about  the  eye  and  its  com- 
mon diseases.  Hygiene  o/  the  Eye,  by  Wm. 
Campbell  Posey,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  (J.  B.  Lippincott 
Company,  Philadelphia) ,  is  written  with  the  idea 
of  imparting  information  concerning  the  more 
frequent  affections  of  the  eye,  as  well  as  to 
describe  the  manner  in  which  the  general  health 
affects  the  eye,  and  also  how  the  health  may  be 
Influenced  by  eye-strain.  A  considerable  part 
of  the  book  can  be  read  and  understood  by 
teachers  and  parents,  and  hints  gathered  there- 
from with  respect  to  the  best  means  of  safe- 
guarding the  eyes  of  scholars  and  children.  In 
addition,  the  whole  question  of  blindness  and 
disease  and  conditions  leading  thereto  are  ex- 
haustively discussed  by  Dr.  Posey.  Moreover, 
the  movements  that  are  being  made  for  the 
prevention  of  blindness,  which  after  all  is  the 
most  important  phase  of  the  subject,  are  amply 
dealt  with.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  in- 
dustrial blindness,  and  to  measures  for  its  pre- 
vention. This  is  timely.  In  view  of  the  ever-in- 
creasing number  of  injuries  to  the  eye  which 
occur  in  foundries,  factories  and  elsewhere. 

Four  chapters  of  the  book  are  written  by  well- 
known  ophthalmologists  and  these  will  appeal  to 
those  with  special  knowledge.  The  bulk  of  the 
book,  however,  is  devoted  to  the  hygiene  of 
the  eye  purely  and  simply  and  of  course  is  es- 
pecially concerned  with  means  of  prevention. 
The  work  is  eminently  practical  and  because 
of  its  common  sense  is  well  calculated  to  effect 
the  object  of  its  author  in  writing  it,  namely,  to 
Instruct  general  practitioners  and  to  a  less  ex- 
tent parents  and  teachers  in  the  most  satis- 
factory methods  of  conserving  eyesight  and  in 
warding  off  the  most  common  disease  of  the  eye. 
The  illustrations  are  numerous  and  good. 


ments  have  not  kept  pace  with  dietetic  ad- 
vances. E.  V.  McCollum,  in  The  Newer  Knowl- 
edge of  Nutrition  (The  Macmillan  Company, 
price  11.50),  presents  the  results  of  studies 
covering  many  years,  in  which  the  biologic  test 
of  food  has  been  given  gn*eater  value  than 
mere  chemistry.  The  studies  of  McCollum  and 
his  coworkers  indicate  the  importance  of  at 
least  two  unknown  dietetic  factors  termed  by 
him  "fat  soluble  A,"  and  "water  soluble  B," 
because  of  their  solubility  in  fats  and  in  water 
respectively.  The  description  of  the  dietetic  ex- 
periments, together  with  the  analysis  of  the 
nutritive  values  of  various  types  of  foods  such 
as  the  seeds,  leaves,  fruits,  roots,  tubers,  as 
well  as  meats,  eggs  and  milk,  point  out  the 
recognized  variations  in  the  quality  of  protein 
as  affecting  nutrition,  and  indicate  the  neces- 
sity of  utilizing  milk  and  the  leaves  of  plants 
as  protectlves  of  nutrition. 

His  emphasis  upon  milk,  eggs  and  the  leafy 
plants  as  protective  foods  stresses  the  necessity 
of  a  dietary  regime  which  cannot  be  satisfied 
by  merely  ingesting  seed  products,  tubers,  roots 
and  meat. 

It  is  important  to  note  the  high  value  which 
he  places  upon  the  use  of  milk  in  the  dietary, 
and  his  belief  in  moderate  prices  of  this  com- 
modity in  order  to  insure  the  proper  nutrition 
of  the  people.  The  main  contribution,  however, 
is  the  appreciation  for  which  he  pleads  of  the 
biologic  properties  of  foodstuffs  as  over  against 
the  mere  understanding  of  their  chemistry.  He 
is  more  concerned  in  what  part  food  actually 
plays  in  nutrition  than  in  its  theoretic  chemical 
composition  and  the  deductions  following  there- 
from as  to  its  place  in  metabolism. 


Natritlon« — Rapid  advances  have  been  made 
in  the  development  of  nutrition,  and  those  who 
persist  in  applying  the  theory  of  calories  and 
distribution  of  proteins,  fat  and  car^bbhydrates 
/n  the  dietary  without  reference  to  other  ele- 


Obstetrics.— The  history  of  this  colossal  work 
on  obstetrics  is  interesting  and  again  points  the 
moral  that  great  things  often  have  small  begin- 
nings. This,  the  third  edition  of  the  PHnciplea 
an6r  Practice  of  Obstetrics  by  Joseph  B.  De  Lee, 
A.  M.,  M.  D.  (W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Phila- 
delphia), is  the  outgrowth  of  a  volume  entitled 
Notes  on  Obstetrics,  and  used  for  fourteen  years 
as  a  text-book  by  the  junior  and  senior  classes 
at  the  Northwestern  University  Medical  School. 
In  the  compilation  of  the  book,  two  main  ob- 
jects have  been  always  kept  in  view:  first,  the 
needs  of  the  general  practitioner  and,  second, 
the  needs  of  the  student,  and  while  purely 
scientific  subjects  are  adequately  dealt  with, 
their  direct  bearing  on  daily  practice  is  the 
point  which  is  clearly  emphasized.  In  accord- 
ance with  the  scheme  of  rendering  the  book 
first  and  before  all  of  practical  value,  diagnosis 
has  been  made  a  particular  feature,  and  the 
relations  of  obstetric  conditions  and  accidents 
to  general  medicine,  surgery  and  the  specialties 
have  been  fully  brought  out.  However,  as  this 
is  a  third  edition  it  is  somewhat  superfluous  to 
dwell  upon  the  scheme  of  the  book,  and  it  will 
be  more  in  order  to  consider  briefly  the  re- 
visions, amplifications  and  elaboration  of  the 
present  volume.  The  war  had  the  effect  of  hin- 
dering in  some  degree  the  progress  of  obstet- 
rical knowledge.  But  as  Dr.  De  Lee  points  out  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


236 


April,  1919 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


Ambrxcan  Mbdicinb 


the  preface  this  has  not  been  an  unmixed  evil, 
because  thereby  the  opportunity  has  been  af- 
forded not  only  to  test  the  recent  contributions 
to  science,  but  for  experience  to  prove  the  good 
and  to  eliminate  the  worthless. 

Most  of  these  contributions  have  stood  the 
test,  while  some  of  them  have  acquired  new 
valuations.  Many  of  the  subjects  have  been 
amplified  and  in  the  treatment  of  eclampsia, 
greater  attention  is  paid  to  conservative  meth- 
ods. Dr.  De  Lee  was  fortunate  in  one  important 
direction;  thru  the  kindness  of  Mrs.  Ira  Nelson 
Morris,  wife  of  the  United  States  Ambassador  to 
Sweden,  Dr.  Erik  Ahlstrom  of  Stockholm  and 
Privat-docent  Dr.  Paul  Hussy  of  Basel,  Switzer- 
land, he  was  enabled  to  procure  practically  all 
of  the  continental  obstetric  literature  which, 
otherwise,  owing  to  the  war  would  have  been 
inaccessible. 

The  illustrations  are  graphic  and  artistic  and' 
the  book  reflects  the  greatest  credit  upon  the 
author  and  publisher. 


Home  and  Community  Hygiene*— In  the  de- 
sire to  enlighten  young  and  old  in  the  purposes 
and  methods  of  personal  hygiene  and  public 
sanitation,  numerous  authors  have  sought  to 
produce  in  popular  note  a  general  text-book. 
Among  the  volumes  which  may  be  regarded  as 
having  approached  the  problem  most  success- 
fully, none  is  superior  to  Home  and  Comr 
munity  Hygiene,  by  Jean  Broadhurst  (J.  B. 
Lippincott  Company,  price  |2.00  net).  With  a 
comparative  freedom  from  technical  terms,  the 
entire  gamut  of  public  health  problems  is  cov- 
ered with  unusual  brevity  and  accuracy.  The 
relation  of  individual  health  to  public  welfare 
is  carefully  presented  in  its  most  practical  as- 
pects and  without  redundancy  or  deadliness  in 
exposition.  The  author,  being  a  biologist,  at- 
tacks her  su'bUect  with  all  the  care  and  precision 
of  a  scientist,  but  her  efforts  are  strengthened 
by  the  evidence  of  a  profound  pedagogical  sense 
which  has  enabled  her  to  present  a  volume  that 
will  be  most  helpful  to  teachers,  while  at  the 
same  time  meriting  a  valuable  place  in  the 
reference  library  of  any  home. 


ETFOLOGY 


Two  Signs  in  Chronic  Appendicitls^r-Morris 

in  the  N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  Feb.  15,  1919,  stated 
that  two  signs  belonging  to  the  sympathetic 
and  autonomic  nervous  systems  were  of  prime 
importance  in  making  a  differential  diagnosis 
between  chronic  appendicitis  and  other  affec- 
tions of  the  abdomen  and  pelvis.  These  two 
signs  did  not  belong  to  acute  appendicitis.  As 
a  result  of  the  chronic  irritation  of  the  appen- 


dix, impulses  were  registered  upon  the  second 
and  third  right  sympathetic  lumbar  ganglia 
known  as  the  fused  ganglion,  in  such  a  way  that 
it  became  hyperesthetic.  Deep  pressure  upon 
the  abdomen  about  an  inch  and  a  half  to  the 
right  of  the  navel  and  a  trifle  below  brought 
out  this  hyperesthetic  point  which  constituted 
one  diagnostic  sign  of  importance  in  differential 
diagnosis.  The  other  sign  consisted  in  perma- 
nent distention  of  the  ascending  colon.  It  was 
what  he  called  the  cider  barrel  sign.  Percus- 
sion upon  the  normal  left  side  of  the  abdomen 
brought  out  a  note  suggestive  of  the  cider  bar- 
rel in  October  and  percussion  over  the  right 
side  of  the  distended  ascending  colon  brought 
out  a  percussion  note  suggestive  of  a  cider 
barrel  in  March.  This  chronic  disturbance  of 
the  ascending  colon  was  apparently  caused  by 
exhaustion  of  its  sympathetic  innervation  due 
to  chronic  nagging  from  the  irritated  appendix. 


GaU-st<»ne  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy. 

— The  cause  of  gall-stone  disease  is  not  defi- 
nitely known.  Heineck  (Med.  Times,  Feb.. 
1919)  states  that  numerous  theories  have  been 
advanced;  not  one  has,  as  yet.  been  found 
worthy  of  general  acceptance.  The  following 
three  factors,  owing  to  their  frequency  previous 
to  or  during  the  existence  of  gall-stone  disease, 
impress  one  forcibly  as  being  important  predis- 
posing causes.  In  the  individual  case,  one,  two. 
or  all  of  these  three  favoring  influences  may  be 
operative: 

a.  Conditions  associated  with,  favoring,  or 
causing  biliary  stasis. 

b.  Inflammatory  states  of  the  biliary  tract, 
primary  or  secondary  to  local  disease,  or  to 
some  general  febrile  state. 

c.  Regimens  or  diatheses  favoring  or  caus- 
ing hypercholesterinaemia. 

Cholesterin,  the  principal  component  of  gall- 
stones, is  derived  from  the  bile.  Simple  bile- 
stasis  can,  thru  the  precipitation  of  cholesterin, 
lead  to  cholesterinstone  formation.  Precipita- 
tion is  prone  to  occur  in  inspissated  bile,  and 
the  elements  thrown  down  may  lead  to  stone 
formation.  In  the  later  months  of  pregnancy, 
the  abdominal  muscles  and  the  diaphragm  con- 
tract feebly,  and  the  bile,  being  inefficiently  ex- 
pelled, stagnates  in  the  gall-bladder. 

Stasis,  in  addition  to  separating  out  the  es- 
sential constituents  of  gall-stones  from  .the  bile, 
favors  the  growth  of  bacteria  in  the  residual 
fluid.  According  to  Sherrington,  bacteria  can- 
not enter  the  bile  ducts,  as  long  as  the  bile  is 
expelled  at  regular  intervals.  Bile  is  not  an 
antiseptic;  it  does  not  prevent  the  development 
of  bacteria;  left  exposed  to  bacterial  contamina- 
tion, it  undergoes  putrefaction.  Obstruction  to 
the  bile  outflow  may  be  due  to  foreign  bodies 
present  in  the  gall-bladder  or,  in  the  larger  bile 
ducts,  may  be  determined  by  inflammatory  or 
other  degenerative  changes  involving  the  gall- 
bladder or  the  bile  ducts,  or  may  result  from 
such  pathologic  states  of  contiguous  organs 
as  lead  to  impingement  of  one  or  more  of  the 
latter  upon  the  bile  ducts.  Obesity,  sedentary 
life,   constipation,   tight   clothing,   such   as   ill- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBUCAN  MXDICIKB 


TREATMENT 


April,  1919 


237 


fitting  and  improper  corsets,  etc.,  are  held  by 
some  to  be  predisposing  factors.  Miyake  be- 
lieves that  the  non-wearing  of  corsets  by  Japan- 
ese women  is  one  of  the  principal  reasons  why 
gall-stones  are  so  infrequent  among  them. 

Bacterial  organisms  are  said  to  be  the  most 
essential  cause  in  the  majority  of  cases  of  gall- 
stones. In  this  connection  one  should  not 
ignore  the  relation  of  mouth  and  teeth  infec- 
tions to  appendicitis  and  cholecystitis.  In 
some  cases,  supplementing  the  noxious  influ- 
ence of  bile-statis,  in  others  acting  independ- 
ently, in  many  acting  conjointly,  there  is  present 
a  bacterial  inflammation  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  gall-bladder,  of  the  bile  ducts,  or 
of  both.  If  the  stone  be  of  aseptic  origin,  the 
abnormal  element  lies  in  the  composition  of  the 
bile;  if  tne  stone  be  of  inflammatory  origin,  the 
pathologic  condition  is  the  cholecystitis  or 
catarrh  of  the  gall-bladder. 


The  Etiology  of  Trigeminal  Neuralgias- 
According  to  an  editorial  writer  in  the  New 
York  Med,  Jour,  (July  13,  1918),  modern 
medicine  tends  more  and  more  to  limit  the  rOle 
of  symptomatic  treatment  and  to  increase  that 
of  the  etiologic,  and,  since  both  means  are  re- 
sorted to  for  the  cure  of  trigeminal  neuralgia, 
it  is  evident  that  there  are  both  known  and 
unknown  causes  of  this  dire  affection. 

Amons  the  general  causes,  by  far  the  most 
important,  because  the  most  frequent,  is  luetic 
infection,  which  should  always  be  looked  for  in 
every  case  of  neuralgia  of  the  seventh  cranial 
nerve. 

In  cases  where  doubt  exists,  there  is  a  quite 
constant  characteristic  ofTered  by  syphilis, 
namely,  an  increase  in  the  intensity  of  the  pain 
during  the  early  hours  of  the  night,  while  if 
the  neuralgia  is  bilateral  it  is  probably  due 
to  a  specific  lesion  at  the  base  of  the  brain. 
Malaria  is  a  potent  source  of  facial  neuralgia, 
but  unfortunately  far  more  obstinate  to  treat- 
ment than  when  syphilis  is  in  play.  It  might 
seem  as  if  the  symptoms,  when  having  a  ma- 
larial basis,  should  ofTer  an  intermittent  char- 
acter in  the  majority  of  cases,  but  such  is  not 
the  case.  The  pain  is  quite  as  much  continued 
as  paroxysmal,  altho  we  have  a  series  of 
phenomena  which  will,  perchance,  facilitate  the 
etiologic  diagnosis.  We  refer  to  the  vasomotor 
disturbances,  conjunctivitis  and  epiphora. 

Of  chlorosis,  the  various  neuroses,  and  diabe- 
tes, as  etiologic  factors  of  facial  neuralgia,  lit- 
tle mention  need  be  made,  as  the  subject  is 
generally  falrlv  well  known,  and  the  same  ap- 
plies to  gout,  rheumatism,  and  various  intoxi- 
cations, particularly  from  nicotine  and  carbon 
oxide.  Alcohol  does  not  appear  to  be  a  direct 
factor  in  the  causation  of  trigeminal  neuralsia, 
but  is  undoubtedly  often  an  adjuvant  cause. 

The  local  causes  are  numerous,  but  to  dimin- 
ish their  Influence  all  that  is  necessary  is  to 
place  the  patient  in  suitable  hy&rienic  surround- 
ines.  after  which  the  local  etiologic  factors  are 
to  be  r^onsidered.  After  removal  of  teeth,  the 
condensing   periostitis    arising    In    the   empty 


alveoli  may  include  the  nerve  endings,  and  this 
neuralgia  of  edentates  is  rapidly  done  away 
with  by  resection  of  the  alveolar  borders.  A 
badly  fitting  plate  of  teeth  or  a  tooth  with 
an  exposed  pulp,  a  badly  fitting  artificial  eye 
in  contact  with  the  inflamed  and  painful 
ocular  stump,  and  the  various  otitides  are  all 
causal  factors  which  should  never  be  ignored 
In  other  cases  the  causes  will  be  more  direct. 
Among  them  may  be  mentioned  periostitis,  or 
osteitis  of  the  osseous  canals  existing  along 
the  track  of  the  nerve,  resulting  in  compres- 
sion of  the  trunk.  Neoplasms  and  sinusitis  oc- 
cupy an  important  place  in  this  respect,  while 
less  frequently  the  casual  factor  may  be  an  ir- 
ritation of  Gasser's  ganglion  by  an  aneurysm 
of  the  internal  carotid  or  a  neoplasm  at  the 
cranial  base. 


REATMENT 


Severe  Chronic  Diarrhea*— Dflring  iCorre- 
spondenZ'Blatt  fiir  8chweizer  Aerzte,)  Dec.  21, 
1918)  describes  cases,  in  a  girl  of  10  and  three 
adults,  which  in  many  points  resemble  the  se- 
vere alimentary  diarrhea  of  infants.  One  man 
of  44,  a  prisoner  of  war  in  Germany,  developed 
severe  chronic  diarrhea  with  great  depression, 
but  no  pains  or  fever.  No  beneflt  was  derived 
from  tannin  or  opium  preparations  or  charcoal. 
A  bleeding  bunch  in  the  rectum  was  assumed 
to  be  cancer  and  the  man  was  sent  to  Switzer- 
land to  be  interned,  where  the  rectal  lesion  sub- 
sided under  silver  nitrate.  In  all  the  cases  in 
this  group  there  was  a  history  from  youth  of 
substandard  digestive  functioning,  and  the  pa- 
tients showed  a  tendency  to  anemia,  meteorism 
in  the  upper  abdomen,  and  a  gray  tint  of  the 
skin.  The  stools  in  each  case  showed  defective 
digestion  of  carbohydrates,  the  high  acidity  tes- 
tifying to  abnormal  fermentation,  which  was 
responsible  for  the  meteorism  and  the  excessive 
peristalsis.  The  correctness  of  this  assumption 
was  demonstrated  in  each  case  by  the  beneflt 
from  dietetic  restrictions,  avoiding  carbohy- 
drates. Any  meal  of  potatoes  or  tapioca  was 
liable  to  bring  back  the  diarrhea.  Carbohydrates 
have  to  be  banished  as  completely  as  from  the 
diet  of  diabetics.  Further  all  cellulose-contain- 
ing foods  have  to  be  scrupulously  avoided.  Lean 
meat,  flsh,  eggs,  cheese  and  cane  sugar  have  to 
be  the  sole  reliance.  CofTee  and  tea  with  cream 
can  be  allowed,  but  no  milk  on  account  of  its 
lactic  acid  content.  Keflr  is  very  useful.  It  is 
better  to  warm  it.  In  the  very  severe  cases,  al- 
bumin milk  may  have  to  be  resorted  to. 

He  begins  treatment  with  a  purge,  allowing 
only  black  tea,  and  for  two  or  three  days  only 
fluid  food.  He  warns  expressly  against  gruels. 
The  fluid  stools  soon  stop  and  meat  and  eggs 


Digitized  by 


Google 


238 


APRIL,   1919 


TREIATMBNT 


American  BIedicikk 


soon  bring  putrefaction  bacteria  to  predominate. 
In  a  few  days  tbe  stools  become  formed  and 
alkaline.  In  obstinate  cases,  calcium  chlorid  may 
hasten  this  transformation  of  the  reaction.  The 
amounts  of  the  foods  allowed  can  be  rapidly  in- 
creased and  after  a  few  weeks,  zwieback  and 
flour  dishes  may  be  cautiously  allowed  under 
constant  supervision.  Noodles,  grits  and  rice  may 
be  taken  without  harm  in  time,  but  the  intol- 
erance for  potato  long  persists,  and  it  may  bring 
on  the  gravest  relapses.  Institutional  treatment 
is  almost  indispensable,  even  more  so  than  for 
the  graver  cases  of  diabetes.  Medicinal  treat- 
ment is  of  little  use  except  that  opium  may  aid 
at  first  in  checking  the  exaggerated  peristalsis. 
With  ulcerative  colitis  it  can  be  given  with 
belladonna  'by  the  rectum.  Morphin  may  be  use- 
ful to  quiet  the  excited  patient.  After  recovery, 
the  patients  long  have  to  beware  of  foods  con- 
taining cellulose.  A  limit  of  tolerance  is  finally 
reached,  and  keeping  within  this  they  have  no 
further  trouble.  His  patients  in  this  group  have 
been  free  from  all  disturbances  for  months. 


Acne  Ynlgaris*— It  is  a  well  known  fact  that 
this  is  a  very  obstinate  disease  to  treat  in  many 
instances,  and  Miller  (Urologic  and  Cutaneous 
Review,  July,  1918)  recommends  that  the 
scalps  of  these  patients  be  examined  very  care- 
fully. When  the  scalp  shows  seborrhea  a  pre- 
liminary shampoo  of  a  solution  of  potassium 
carbonate  (14.2  grams  to  the  litre),  followed  by 
the  use  of  green  soap  tincture  once  a  week  and 
the  daily  use  of  a  sulphur  pomade,  should  be 
employed.  The  following  is  a  good  formula: 

Sulphur  precip dr.  i; 

Sodii  bibor dr.  v : 

Aquae  rosae  dr.  iii  ; 

Cerate  alba dr.  1 ; 

Petrolatum  dr.  v. 

All  comedones  are  to  be  carefully  expressed. 
Before  expressing  them  it  may  be  well  to  ap- 
ply a  hot  towel  to  the  face  for  a  period  of  ten 
minutes.  Pustules  must  be  opened  and  drained, 
best  done  with  a  von  Graefe  cataract  knife.  The 
hyperkeratotic  layer  must  be  removed  by  sul- 
phur. One  of  the  best  preparations  is  lotio  alba. 
When  stimulation  is  evidenced  by  a  mild  der- 
matitis, cold  cream  or  calamine  lotion  should 
be  substituted.  Vaccine  treatment  Is  used  at 
times.  If  the  acne  vaccine  imcombined  does 
not  ?ive  results,  the  staphylococcus  vaccine 
may  have  to  be  added.  The  Initial  dose  should 
be  five  million  of  the  acne  vaccine,  which  is  in- 
creased to  one  hundred  million.  The  Initial 
dose  of  the  staphylococcus  vaccine  is  one  hun- 
dred million,  which  is  increased  to  a  billion  or 
more.  For  arne  indurata  or  blind  boll.  Bier's 
suction  cup  should  be  used.  The  diet  should  be 
carefully  restricted.  Plenty  of  water  shouH  be 
taken  between  meals.  Exceptionally  the  X-rays 
or  tbe  Kromayer  lamp  may  have  to  be  em- 
ployed. 


curious  how  an  expedient  that  one  has  used 
for  years  will  suddenly  become  a  matter  of 
great  interest  to  several  men  at  the  same  time. 
The  matter  is  so  very  simple  that  it  was  never 
put  upon  paper  until  now,  tho  the  patients 
that  have  been  helped  by  it  were  many.  When 
the  walls  of  the  veins  become  a  little  dilated,  if 
they  are  rested  they  may  regain  some  of  their 
tone;  but  since  only  too  often  they  are  never 
rested,  dilatation  is  slowly  progressive.  If  one 
has  rather  large  veins  upon  the  back  of  his 
hand,  if  he  lets  that  hand  hang  down  those 
veins  dilate,  and  if  he  raises  his  hand  slowly  to 
a  horizontal  position  or  in  line  with  his 
shoulder  those  veins  do  not  rest,  but  remain 
dilated,  if  one  holds  his  hand  vertically,  or 
with  straight  arm  toward  the  ceiling  of  a  room, 
the  veins  will  empty  in  a  few  minutes,  and 
when  the  hand  is  brought  down  to  the  aforesaid 
position  the  veins  remain  empty  and  their  walls 
rest. 

When  a  person  with  a  varicose  leg  goes  to 
bed  he  usually  sits  upon  the  bed  and  draws  his 
leg  in  after  him.  The  veins  of  that  leg  are 
dilated  and  remain  more  or  less  so  for  hours, 
therefore  the  vein  walls  do  not  rest. 

Let  that  person  go  to  bed,  hoist  his  feet  up  in 
the  air,  the  higher  the  better,  let  him  keep 
them  there  for  five  minutes  and  let  him  lower 
them  slowly  to  the  recumbent  position.  The 
veins  are  empty  and  the  vein  walls  rest. 

After  a  few  weeks  of  this  exercise  many  pa- 
tients declare  that  their  whole  sleep  is  more 
restful. 

The  great  value  of  the  maneuver  is  shown 
after  an  operation  for  a  varicose  vein. 


Restlnir  t»»e  Veins,  A  Sfmnle  ETned»ent— \ 

writer  in  the  March  Med,  Council  says  it  is 


A    New    Incision    for    Appendectomy. — The 

number  of  incisions  that  have  been  brought  for- 
ward for  appendectomy  from  time  to  time,  says 
Watson  (Annals  of  Surgery,  Oct,  1918),  show 
that  no  one  incision  is  adapted  to  all  cases. 
Many  writers  have  noted  that  in  the  cadaver 
the  base  of  the  appendix  is  found  at  McBurney's 
point,  while  in  the  living  subject  it  is  below 
this  point,  usually  on  a  level  with  the  center  of 
Poupart's  ligament.  A  number  of  operators 
have  called  attention  to  the  ease  with  which 
the  appendix  can  be  removed  when  operating 
for  right  inguinal  hernia.  Since  1910,  I  have 
used  a  new  incision,  with  its  center  over  the 
base  of  the  appendix,  and  believe  that  in  many 
cases  it  is  an  improvement  over  those  in  general 
use. 

Incision:  A  point  one  and  one-half  inches 
from  the  right  anterior  superior  spine,  on  a 
level  with  a  line  connecting  the  two  superior 
spines,  is  selected  for  the  beginning  of  a  vert- 
ical incision  which  extends  directly  downward 
for  two  to  three  inches  to  a  point  just  above, 
and  to  the  inner  side  of  the  internal  abdominal 
ring. 

Advantages:  Traction  to  expose  the  appen- 
dix is  avoided  because  this  incision,  in  the  ex- 
ternal oblique  and  its  aponeurosis,  the  most 
resistant  structures,  is  directly  over  the  base 
of  the  appendix.  It  can  be  enlarged  without 
weakening  the  abdominal  wall.    The  ilio-hypo- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


April,  1919 


239 


gastric  and  ilio-inguinal  nerves  are  not  injured 
because  the  incision  lies  between  them.  Be- 
cause this  incision  is  made  over  the  cecum,  the 
small  intestines  do  not  crowd  Into  the  wound 
as  they  do  when  the  McBurney  and  lateral 
rectus  incisions  are  used. 


Treatment  of  Tetanus. — The  success  of  treat- 
ment lies  in  an  early  diagnosis.  Twigg  in 
Therapeutic  Gazette,  Jan.  15,  1919  says  don't 
wait  until  lock^w  has  developed  before  giving 
serum — 5,000  units  given  early  in  a  case  is  more 
efficient  than  50,000  later  when  the  symptoms 
have  become  general. 

Four  methods  are  commonly  used  for  giving 
the  antitetanus  serum,  namely,  subcutaneous, 
intramuscular,  intravenous  and  intrathecal. 

The  War  Office  Cfommittee  for  the  Study  of 
Tetanus  reports  that  in  cases  of  acute  general 
tetanus  the  best  method  is  to  give  large  doses 
of  antitoxic  serum  intrathecally,  repeated  in 
two,  three,  or  four  days  in  succession  and  com- 
bined with  intramuscular  injections. 

Very  large  doses  of  serum  should  be  given; 
50,000  to  100,000  units  may  be  administered 
during  the  first  few  days  of  treatment. 

For  the  intrathecal  injections  it  is  advisable 
to  withdraw  20  c.  c.  of  cerebrospinal  fluid  and 
then  to  run  in  the  serum.  In  no  case  is  it  to  ex- 
ceed 20  c.  c.  in  amount;  16,000  units  is  the  ade- 
quate single  dose  for  the  intrathecal  injection. 
We  should  repeat  the  intrathecal  dose  daily  for 
four  days,  at  the  same  time  giving  supplemen- 
tary doses,  intramuscularly,  of  8,000  units. 

Treatment  with  magnesium  sulphate  is  not 
advised,  as  some  risk  attends  its  use,  and  it  is 
doubtful  if  it  has  any  advantage  whatever. 


Treatment  of  Malaria  with  Quinin  Hydro- 
chlorid. — For  twenty  years  Howard  {Jour,  of 
Tropical  Med.  and  Hygiene,  Jan.  1,  1919)  has 
ufeed  the  hydrochlorid  and  bihydrochlorid  of 
quinin  in  the  treatment  of  malaria.  For  routine 
prophylaxis  he  uses  the  hydrochlorid,  either  in 
tablet  form  or  in  solution,  in  which  case  he 
usually  adds  1  minim  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid 
to  each  grain  of  quinin  to  convert  it  into  the 
bihydrochlorid.  For  the  treatment  of  definite 
malarial  pyrexia,  he  uses  the  bihydrochlorid. 
If  a  patient  is  Y^ry  susceptible  to  quinin  and 
complains  much  of  tinnitus,  this  may  sometimes 
be  decreased  by  giving  a  few  minims  of  dilute 
hydrobromic  acid  at  the  same  time  as  the 
quinin.  In  the  treatment  of  native  infants  with 
malaria,  the  tannate  of  quinin,  given  as  a  pow- 
der, in  relatively  large  doses,  has  proved  satis- 
factory. 


Treatment  of  Chorea* — Odriozola  {La  Cronica 
Medica  de  Lima;  Oct.,  1918)  still  has  great  faith 
in  Fowler's  solution  in  doses  up  to  physiologic 
effect.  Attention  is  given  to  the  intestinal  tract; 
chloral  for  exaggerated  movements  up  to  thirty 
centigrams  every  four  hours  for  a  child  of  six 
years,  and  the  salicylates,  preferably  aspirin, 
up  to  five  or  seven  grams  daily.  Rest  is  of  im- 
portance, especially  absence  from  school,  until 
all  traces  of  the  condition  have  disappeared. 


NEWS  NOTES  "«> 
ANNOUNCEMENTf 


American  Delegates  to  the  Bed  Cross  Confer- 
ence at  Cannes. — The  following  men  have  been 
invited  to  represent  the  United  States  at  the 
Red  Cross  conference  at  Cannes,  France: 

Dr.  William  H.  Welch,  director.  School  oU 
Hygiene  and  Public  Health,  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity; Dr.  Simon  F^exner.  director.  Labora- 
tories of  Rockefeller  Institute  for  Medical  Re- 
search, New  York;  Dr.  Herman  M.  Biggs,  Health 
Commissioner,  New  York  State;  Dr.  EM  ward  R. 
Baldwin,  director  of  Edward  L.  Trudeau  Foun- 
dation for  Tuberculosis,  New  York;  Dr.  Theobald 
Smith,  director  of  Animal  Pathology,  Rocke- 
feller Institute  for  Medical  Research;  Dr.  Wick- 
liffe  Rose,  director  general.  International  Health 
Board  Rockefeller  Foundation;  Colonel  George 
Walker,  U.  S.  Army,  in  charge  of  venereal  dis- 
eases, A.  K  F.;  Colonel  Homer  Swift,  U.  S. 
Army,  consultant  in  medicine,  A.  E.  F.;  Colonel 
William  F.  Snow,  U.  S.  Army,  President  of  As- 
sociation of  State  and  Provincial  Boards  of 
Health  of  North  America;  Dr.  L.  ESmmet  Holt, 
professor  of  diseases  of  children.  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York;  Dr.  Sam- 
uel McC.  Hamill,  professor  of  diseases  of  chil- 
dren, Philadelphia  Polyclinic  and  College  for 
Graduates  in  Medicine;  Dr.  Fritz  Talbot,  chief 
of  Children's  Medical  Department,  Massachu- 
setts General  Hospital,  Boston;  Dr.  Livingston 
Farrand,  director  general,  American  National 
Red  Cross;  Major  A.  M.  Garvin,  chief.  Bureau 
of  Tuberculosis,  A.  R.  C,  France;  Major  Wil- 
liam Palmer  Lucas,  professor  of  pediatrics.  Uni- 
versity of  California;  Colonel  Richard  P.  Strong, 
U.  S.  Army,  professor  of  tropical  diseases.  Har- 
vard University  Medical  School;  Assistant 
Surgeon  General  N.  S.  Cummins,  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Service;  Colonel  F.  F.  Russell,  U.  S. 
Army;  Lieutenant-Colonel  Lindsay  R.  Williams, 
U.  S.  Army. 


Miss  Delano  Dies.— Miss  Jane  A.  Delano,  who 
died  April  15,  aged  56,  at  Base  Hospital  No.  8, 
at  Sauvigny,  France,  was  one  of  the  foremost 
figures  of  the  nursing  world.  Under  her  di- 
rection more  than  30,000  nurses  were  recruited 
thru  the  American  Red  Cross  for  service  with 
the  Army  and  Navy  after  the  United  States  en- 
tered the  great  conflict.  Miss  Delano  graduated 
from  Bellevue  Hospital,  New  York,  in  1886,  and 
two  years  later  volunteered  to  nurse  yellow 
fever  victims  in  Jacksonville,  Fla.  Altho  at 
that  time  medical  science  had  not  decided  that 
the  mosquito  was  a  yellow  fever  carrier,  Miss 
Delano  had  reached  that  conclusion,  and  had 
insisted  on  the  use  of  mosquito  netting  by  her 
nurses  with  the  most  satisfactory  results.  In 
1891  she  was  made  superintendent  of  the  nurses' 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


240 


April,  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Mbdicinb 


training  school  of  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, a  position  she  held  for  five  years,  and  in 
1900  she  returned  to  Bellevue  Hospital  to  direct 
the  nurses'  training  school  there,  continuing  in 
the  capacity  until  1905.  Wlien  the  American 
Red  Cross,  following  the  final  reorganization 
in  1906,  entered  into  an  agreement  with  the 
American  Nurses'  Association  for  the  purpose 
of  developing  a  nursing  reserve  for  the  Army 
Nurses  Corps,  Miss  Delano  was  appointed  chair- 
man of  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  work. 
She  was  also  named  as  superintendent  of  the 
Army  Nurse  Corps  by  the  Surgeon-Oeneral,  in 
which  capacity  she  visited  the  Philippine 
Islands,  China,  Japan  and  Hawaii. 


Medical  Reserve  Coips  Commissions*— -Com- 
missions in  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  are  be- 
ing offered  to  officers  of  the  Medical  Department 
who  have  been  discharged  from  the  service  upon 
completion  of  their  duties  connected  with  the 
emergency.  Under  the  law  they  cannot  be  re- 
turned to  the  inactive  list  of  the  Medical  Re- 
serve Corps,  but  must  be  discharged  and  reap- 
pointed in  the  reserve  in  order  to  continue  their 
connection  with  the  Medical  Department.  It  is 
planned  to  build  up  a  large  Medical  Reserve 
Corps  and  include  all  members  of  the  medical 
profession  who  served  creditably  during  the 
war.  It  is  said  that  the  policy  governing  these 
appointments  is  such  as  to  insure  that  within 
the  limitations  prescribed  by  law  every  officer 
so  appointed  will  receive  rank  at  least  equal 
to  that  held  by  him  at  the  time  of  discharge. 


GoTernment  Surrey   of  Drug   Addiction.— A 

special  committee,  composed  of  G.  C.  Keith, 
deputy  commissioner  in  charge  of  narcotics  of 
the  Internal  Revenue  Bureau  at  Washington, 
Professor  Reed  Hunt  of  the  Harvard  Medical 
College,  Dr.  A.  G.  du  Maz  of  the  Public  Health 
Service,  Lleut.-Col.  Pearce  Bailey  of  the  United 
States  Army  Medical  Corps,  and  Representative 
H.  T.  Rainey  of  Illinois,  appointed  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Treasury  to  make  a  national  investi- 
gation of  the  drug  habit,  have  recently  sub- 
mitted a  survey.  This  report  seems  to  show 
that  native  born  Americans  are  more  prone  to 
the  drug  habit  than  other  white  races,  and  that 
the  drug  habit  is  more  widespread  in  the  United 
States  than  anywhere  else  on  earth.  In  some 
parts  of  the  country,  notably  in  large  cities  like 
New  York,  Philadelphia  and  Pittsburgh,  the 
liquor  and  drug  habits  were  found  to  be  gain- 
ing more  victims  side  by  side,  while  in  other 
parts  of  the  country,  where  prohibition  had 
gone  into  effect,  extensive  use  of  paregoric  and 
similar  compounds  containing  morphine  was 
discovered.  In  Jacksonville,  Fla.,  800  drug 
victims  were  found  out  of  a  population  of 
7,000.  The  number  of  drug  victims  in  the 
United  States  is  estimated  at  not  less  than 
1,500,00.  There  is  no  part  of  the  country 
without  them  and  no  State  where  the  grow- 
ing evil  has  not  been  a  problem.  The  ex- 
perience of  the  war  shows  that  excitement  and 


overstimulation  are  responsible  to  some  extent 
for  the  increase  in  the  use  of  drugs.  The  re- 
port points  out  that  if  drug  addiction  is  to  be 
controlled  the  individual  States  will  have  to 
pass  supplementary  legislation,  and  thus  far 
only  three  States  have  done  this,  namely.  New 
York,  Massachusetts  and  Tennessee.  In  seek- 
ing to  prevent  the  drug  evil  from  extending  Its 
grip  when  prohibition  goes  into  effect  the 
authorities  at  Washington  propose  to  seek  the 
closer  cooperation  of  physicians. 


The  Drag  Campaign. — Health  Commissioner 
Copeland  has  made  a  formal  protest  to  the 
prison  commission  that  convicts  in  state  insti- 
tutions are  receiving  an  uninterrupted  supply 
of  narcotic  drugs.  Another  serious  matter 
brought  to  the  attention  of  the  health  commis- 
sioner is  that  a  considerable  number  of  trans- 
portation employees  are  drug  addicts.  Commis- 
sioner Copeland  has  offered  the  narcotic  drug 
commission,  offices  and  clerks  in  the  department 
of  health  building,  as  no  appropriation  was 
made  for  offices  for  the  State  Narcotic  Commis- 
sion in  this  city.  The  announcement  is  made 
that  no  more  clinics  for  the  treatment  of  drug 
addicts  will  be  opened  by  the  health  department 
at  present  and  that  the  work  will  be  confined  to 
that  of  the  Worth  Street  Clinic.  Dr.  Copeland 
emphasizes  the  necessity  for  physicians  to  con- 
tinue prescribing  for  drug  addicts  with  a  view 
of  effecting  a  cure.  Walter  R.  Herrick  has  been 
appointed  chairman  of  the  State  Narcotic  Drug 
Commission.  Statistics  based  on  the  histories 
taken  from  214  drug  addicts  coming  to  the 
clinic  show  that  most  of  them  are  unskilled 
workers.  Thirty-four  different  pursuits  are 
represented.  At  least  20  per  cent,  of  the  ad- 
dicts are  engaged  in  transportation  work. 
Among  this  number  were  four  physicians,  one 
newspaper  man  and  a  school  teacher. 


A  Creditable  Course.— The  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Service  is  putting  forth  the  most  strenu- 
ous efforts  to  lessen  venereal  disease,  and  is 
enlisting  the  assistance  of  all  physicians  and 
druggists.  The  various  state  boards  are  cooperat- 
ing most  actively.  The  New  York  State  Board 
of  Health,  for  example,  has  established  venereal 
clinics  in  the  larger  cities  and  towns  and  is 
conducting  post-graduate  courses  in  New  York 
for  the  training  of  medical  men  to  handle  the 
work  in  these  clinics. 

In  the  belief  that  the  syphilis  situation  could 
be  handled  better  if  treatment  for  the  general 
public  were  made  possible,  Col.  H.  A.  Metz,  of 
the  H.  A.  Metz  Laboratories,  Inc.,  New  York,  is 
offering  to  the  government  and  to  the  institu- 
tions cooperating  with  the  U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service  salvarsan  and  neosalvarsan  at  prac- 
tically cost.  Believing,  as  he  does,  in  humani- 
tarianism  in  business,  he  has  extended  these 
same  low  prices  to  all  state  and  municipal  in- 
stitutions treating  the  general  public,  so  that 
there  may  be  no  further  excuse  why  the  poor 
should  not  get  the  benefit  of  the  best  methods 
in  the  treatment   of  syphilis. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BMERlfflNHEDICINE 

PUBI^ISHBB   MONTHLT 
Bdltorlal  OiiiMsi    18  Bast  41st  St..  N«w  Tork  Giir.  Pnblleatfon  Oflie«si    189  CoU«««'St.,  BnrUnAton.  Vt. 


Complete  Swlef,    YoL  XXY.  No.  6 
New^Serias,  Yd.  XIY.    No.  6 


MAY,  1919 


$2.00  "*^^ 


In  Advaaoe 


CONTENTS 


EDITORIAJb    COMnmifT     

MBN   AlVD   THINGS    

ORIGUTAIi   ARTICUSS    

LONI>ON    USTTBR    

PHYSICAL   THBRAFT    

RATIONAIi  ORGANOTHVRAFY    

CORIUBSPOHDBNCTB     

ETIOI.OOT    AND    DIAGNOSIS 

TRB3ATMBNT     

NirWS    IfOTESS    AND    ANNOVNCJBMBNTS . 
AMONG     THBS    BOOKS 


241 
251 
257 


206 
299 
802 


(Continaed  on  pavo  6) 


CONTRIBUTORS 

B.  S.  TAI^BY,  M.  D.,  New  York  City. 

D.  Y.  lOSITH,  M.  IK,  LouiSvlUe,  Ky. 

J.  P.  KBITH,  M.  n^  LouiBviUe,  Ky. 

CARIi  SCHBFFBIi.  Ph.  B.,  M.  D^  Boston,  Mass. 

ALBERT  C.  GEYSBR,  M.  1>^  New  York  City. 

CHRISTIAN  F.  J.  LAASB,  M.  D^  New  York  City. 

B.  BARRYMOIUS   BIARCO,   D.   D.  8^   New   York 
City. 


Snlend  m  sewmd-olMg  matter  January  28,  1006,  al  the  PosI  OflSce  at  Borlincton,  Yt,  oader  Ael  of  Concresa,  Mardi  8,  1870. 


Headache 


and  Neuralgia 

are  relieved  by  the  rubbing  in 


of 


K-Y  ANALGESIC 

^^The  Greaseless  Anodyne'' 

Repeat  when  necessary,  washing  off 

the  previous  application. 

^^A  safe  J  harmless  way  that 
works    most    of  the   time/* 
Nonrgreasy;  water-soluble;  effective.  Collapsible  tubes,  druggists,  50c. 


M     f     fT    <Q    A 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ForEy^Ear,No8^Throat  and 
Genito-Urinary  Oi^ans 


r*iE9«. 


18  a  germicide  of  marked  power 
and  efficacy.  It  ia  non-tozie  and  non-irri- 
_  h  ia  aerviceable  in  any  condition  in  which  a  ailver 
•ah  ia  indicated.  Anthoiitiea  nare  pronounced  SiKrol  the 
moat  eatiifacfocy  pioteid-ailver  compound  that  haa  been 
offered  to  the  medlca!  piofeaaiatt.  Hie  product  ia  aupplied 
in  a  variety  of  useful  format 

SILVOL  POWDER  (Granular):  Aqueous 
aolutiona  may  be  prepared  in  any  atrength  deaired.  They 
may  be  applied  to  any  inflamed  mucoua  membrane  1^ 
•pray,  irrigation,  injection  or  enema.  They  do  not  coagulate 
albumin  or  precipitate  the  chlorides.    Bottlea  of  one  ounce. 

SILVOL  CAPSULES  (6-grain):  Convenient 
for  the  estemporaneoua  preparation  of  aolutiona  of  definite 
strength.  The  contents  of  two  capsulea  make  one-fourth 
ounce  of  a  lO-per-cent.  solution.  .  Bottles  of  100L 

SILVOL  OINTMENT  (5%):  Forsimpleand 

MMMofic  conjunctivitia,  trachoma,  corneal  ulcer,  blepharitis, 
rhinitis,  ulcer  of  the  septum,  tonsillitiib  phaxyngitiab  etc 
Collapsible  tubes,  two  i ' 


SILVOL  SUPPOSrrORIESCVagmaDCS^): 

For  vaginitis  (simple  or  gonorrheal)  and  cervical  eroaiona. 
Boxes  of  one  doeen  auppositories,  each  in  a  metal  capsule. 

SILVOL  BOUGIES  (5^):  For  specific  and 

non-specific  inflammations  of  the  male  urethra.  Boxes  of 
25  and  100  bougies,  each  wrapped  in  waxed  paper.  An 
introducer  ia  supplied  with  each  package. 


Parke,  Davis  &  CompaBy 

DCTRorr 


Digitized  by 


Lyoogle 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWDI  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Managing  Editor 


IRA  8.  WILE,  Associate  Editor 


PUBUSHBD  MONTHLT  BT  TBI  AXBBIGAn  MXDICAL  PDBU8HII16  COMPANY 

CopTTiffhted  by  the  Amerfean  Medical  Pnblishlnff  Co.,  1910 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  6 
New  Seriee,  Vol.  XIV.  No.  6 


MAY.  1919 


to  0£\       YEARLY 
^C.Xni     In  Advance 


Aimiial  Meetings^ —  The  month  of  June 
approaches,  which,  eugenically  speaking, 
may  be  of  interest  because  of  the  higher 
incidence  of  marriages  but,  which,  medi- 
cally speaking,  possesses  two  marked  ad- 
vantages. It  is  the  month  of  medical  meet- 
ings ;  not  merely  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  and  the 
meeting  of  the  American  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine, and  the  American  Medical  Editors' 
Association,  and  at  least  15  other  medical 
and  surgical  organizations,  but  various  other 
organizations  whose  interests  lie  along  eco- 
nomic and  social  branches  indirectly  re- 
lated to  medical  practice.  A  second  reason 
that  June  is  of  significance  to  the  medical 
profession  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that 
June  is  the  most  healthful  month  in  the 
year.  Its  mortality  figures  during  1916,  for 
example,  were  3,000  lower  than  the  next 
lowest  month,  October. 

There  seems  to  be,  therefore,  a  certain 
excuse  for  the  doctor  to  arrange  for  a  holi- 
day during  that  period  of  the  year  when 
the  public  health  appears  to  be  in  its  most 
flourishing  condition.  Whether  one  lives  in 
rural  or  urban  sections,  the  month  of  June 
is  alike  favorable  and  should  stimulate 
men's  minds  to  thinking  of  self -improve- 
ment thru  rest,  recreation,  genial  compan- 
ionship, and  the  interchange  of  professional 
views  and  opinion,  either  in  halls  of  formal 
meetings,  or  around  festive  tables  where 
companionable  groups  interchange  experi- 


ences and  discuss  theories  of  prevention  or 
treatment  of  disease. 

Annual  conventions  are  to  be  considered 
as  more  than  recurrent  excuses  for  getting 
away  from  the  trials  and  pressures  of  medi- 
cal practice.  In  theory,  at  least,  they  should 
form  part  of  the  educational  machinery  of 
the  profession.  The  programs  do  not  always 
indicate  that  thought  expansion  is  of  the 
utmost  moment.  All  too  frequently,  there 
is  repetition  of  age-old  topics  to  which  prac- 
tically nothing  has  been  added  during  the 
year  past.  Nor  is  it,  indeed,  strange  to  find 
upon  programs  communications  from  those 
whose  opportunities  have  been  so  narrow 
as  to  aflford  little  basis  for  the  type  of  com- 
munication for  which  a  hearing  has  been 
asked.  Still,  all  this  occurs  in  the  month 
of  June,  when  sunshine  and  flowers,  long 
days,  and  nearly  cool  nights  give  men  a 
feeling  of  tolerance  and  aid  and  abet  their 
willingness  to  endure  many  things  far  from 
their  ordinary  habitations  and  friends. 

The  medical  convention  is  an  occasion 
for  renewing  medical  vitality,  for  perfect- 
ing old  friendships  and  gaining  new  ones, 
for  whole-souled  living  in  the  spirit  of 
fraternity.  The  formal  papers  are  on  the 
programs;  a  few  are  heard  by  many,  and 
many  are  heard  by  a  few,  but  when  the  last 
ripple  of  applause  has  died  on  the  day  of 
adjournment,  the  success  of  the  meeting 
is  felt.  It  is  known  by  that  greater  thrill  of 
pleasure  which  each  man  feels  as  he  takes 


Digitized  by 


Google 


242 


May,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


American  Mbdicinb 


away  with  him  the  pleasant  memories  of 
a  few  days  of  recreation,  companionship, 
cordiality,  and  a  sense  of  self -betterment, 
not  born  of  isolated  experience,  but  from 
a  permeation  of  the  mind  with  a  greater  ap- 
preciation of  the  meaning,  the  power,  and 
the  possibilities  of  the  medical  profession. 


Losses  from  Preventable  Diseases. — 

While  various  attempts  are  being  made  to 
raise  large  sums  of  money  to  satisfy  and 
maintain  the  government's  honor  by  meet- 
ing the  expenditures  required  by  war,  de- 
mobilization, and  the  consequent  drains 
upon  the  Federal  treasury,  it  is  not  per- 
haps unnatural  to  call  attention  to  the  yearly 
drains  of  the  assets  of  the  Nation  thru  com- 
municable diseases.  The  Illinois  Health 
News,  of  January,  1919,  contains  a  most 
excellent  estimate  of  the  cost  of  illness  and 
death  from  communicable  diseases  in  that 
state.  According  to  the  estimates  pro- 
vided, illness  and  death  from  com- 
municable diseases  entailed  a  cost  of  $24.67 
per  capita  for  each  man,  woman  and  child 
in  Illinois.  The  general  death  rate  was  low, 
only  14.2,  and  the  total  loss  from  the  prin- 
cipal preventable  diseases  amounted  to  $15,- 
881,685,  or  6.01  per  cent,  of  the  total  prop- 
erty value  of  the  State.  If  this  ratio  of 
per  capita  cost  were  to  apply  for  the  entire 
United  States,  the  loss  during  1918  would 
amount  to  more  than  two  and  one-half  bil- 
lions of  dollars.  The  Illinois  figures,  how- 
ever, merely  considered  the  cost  of  the 
following  communicable  diseases:  typhoid, 
malaria,  smallpox,  measles,  scarlet  fever, 
whooping  cough,  diphtheria,  meningitis, 
poliomyelitis,  tuberculosis  and  pneumonia. 
In  computing  the  financial  cost,  four  items 
were  involved:   (1)   The  cost  of  funerals 


based  at  $100  for  adults  and  $50  for  chil- 
dren; (2)  the  value  of  life  lost  at  $3,000 
for  an  adult,  and  $500  for  a  child;  (3)  the 
cost  of  care  of  those  who  recover  includ- 
ing medical  service  for  adults.  Utilizing 
the  same  figures  for  the  few  above  named 
diseases  in  a  computation  on  the  basis  of 
the  United  States  mortality  figures  for  1916, 
the  death  losses  from  these  ten  diseases 
(poliomyelitis  not  included)  amounted  to 
approximately  570,000,000  and  the  losses 
due  to  medical  care  and  wAges  to  approxi- 
mately $1,087,000. 

The  recent  epidemic  of  influenza  involved 
at  least  ten  million  persons,  with  a  mortality 
of  approximately  400,000.  Assuming  that 
each  case  of  illness  involved  only  $25  for 
medical  care,  the  cost  would  be  250  million 
dollars.  Inasmuch  as  the  mortality  from  in- 
fluenza involved  approximately  three  per- 
sons of  working  age  to  one  child,  one  may 
consider  the  average  loss  by  death  equiva- 
lent to  $2,400,  and  the  funeral  expenses  at 
$90,  giving  thus  a  total  economic  loss  in 
vital  assets  of  approximately  one  billion  dol- 
lars. These  figures,  large  as  they  are,  take 
no  account  of  the  losses  in  production  due 
to  the  pestilence,  nor,  indeed,  of  the  cost 
of  labor  turnover  due  to  the  mortality  of 
industrial  workers. 

These  tremendous  costs  of  communicable 
diseases  may  be  regarded  in  part  as  an  in- 
dex of  the  economic  efficiency  of  communi- 
ties. It  certainly  does  not  reflect  great  in- 
terest or  care  in  the  conservation  of  the  as- 
sets of  the  community  to  note  the  astonish- 
ing destruction  of  resources  due  to  prevent- 
able communicable  diseases.  It  is  probably 
a  shock  to  the  conservative  thinker  about 
economic  wastefulness  to  realize  that  the 
number  of  industrial  accidents  reported  to 
the  New  York  State  Industrial  Commission 
for  the  year  1917-1918  was  286,871,  a  num- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambricak  Mboicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


May,  1919 


243 


ber  larger  than  the  total  casualties  of  our 
American  Army,  occupied  in  the  strenuous 
work  of  conquering  a  pitiless  foe.  It  is  of 
the  utmost  significance  that  war,  with  all  its 
atrocities,  is  probably  responsible  for  little 
greater  disease  and  disability  during  the 
period  of  greatest  industrial  activity  than 
occurred  during  the  ordinary  years  of  con- 
ditions reflecting  normal  industrial  activity. 
Health  must  be  estimated  in  terms  of 
dollars  and  cents,  in  terms  of  productivity 
in  order  to  reach  the  conscience  of  the  aver- 
age taxpayer,  who  must  be  called  upon  to 
defray  the  expenses  of  health  departments 
and  to  meet  the  increased  costs  laid  upon 
industry  by  virtue  of  the  economic  losses 
entailed  thru  sickness  and  death.  The  eco- 
nomic value  merits  greater  attention,  par- 
ticularly at  this  time,  when  every  effort  is 
being  made  to  secure  the  rehabilitation  of 
the  wounded  and  to  increase  the  vigor  and 
potential  powers  of  those  who  have  suffered 
from  disease  while  pursuing  their  course 
as  part  of  the  military  or  naval  forces  of 
the  nation.  It  must  not  be  forgotten,  how- 
ever, that  similar  problems  are  of  equal  im- 
portance in  connection  with  the  every-day 
living  of  the  growing  nation,  now  bent  upon 
renewing  national  prosperity  and  raising 
the  standards  of  health,  comfort  and  pros- 
perity for  all  the  types  of  citizens  which 
comprise  the  nation. 


Hospitals  as  Educational  Forces. — Hos- 
pitals are  no  longer  regarded  as  merely  in- 
stitutions for  the  care  of  the  sick.  Their 
potentials  for  education  have  been  extended 
gradually  so  that  they  are  now  available  for 
the  training  of  internes,  the  education  of 
nurses,  for  the  rehabilitation  of  patients, 
for  the  training  of  various  type  of  tech- 


nical workers  such  as  dietitians,  anesthet- 
ists and  laboratory  workers.  Some  hos- 
pitals aim  to  develop  a  corps  of  persons 
able  to  do  service  in  the  community  with 
social  work,  to  offer  personal  nursing  care 
of  children,  to  act  as  aids  in  the  guidance 
of  the  tuberculous,  and  to  serve  as  assistants 
in  the  management  of  psychiatric  cases. 

With  this  large  program  constantly  ex- 
panding under  the  urge  of  sociologic 
progress,  it  is  patent  that  hospital  standard- 
ization possesses  many  difficulties,  as  pointed 
out  by  A.  R.  Warner,  Journal  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association,  March  29,  1919. 
He  presents  the  obvious  and  important  con- 
clusion that  some  disinterested  and  impar- 
tial agency  or  organized  group  of  agencies 
should  be  developed  to  accomplish  hospital 
standardization  so  as  to  harmonize  the  in- 
terests and  welfare  of  all  groups  of  work- 
ers in  hospitals  such  as  the  medical  pro- 
fession, the  nurses,  the  dietitians,  the  so- 
cial service  workers,  the  dispensary  staff 
and  the  internes.  It  is  obvious  that  any 
scheme  of  standardization  which  is  limited 
to  a  consideration  of  the  problems  of  a 
single  group  of  hospital  workers  will  be 
entirely  inadequate  to  satisfy  all  the  needs 
for  a  high  standard  of  hospital  administra- 
tion. 

Dr.  Warner  stresses  particularly  the  re- 
sponsibility of  hospitals  along  educational 
lines.  The  utilization  of  hospital  facilities 
for  the  training  of  medical  students,  utiliz- 
ing them  as  clinical  clerks,  the  obligation  to 
offer  experience  of  a  post-graduate  charac- 
ter to  graduates  holding  interneships,  and 
the  provision  of  graduate  medical  instruc- 
tion of  various  forms  and  degrees  for  all 
physicians  represent  the  crystallization  of 
the  opinion  that  hospitals  are  not  fulfilling 
their  obligations  to  the  community  unless 


Digitized  by 


Google 


244 


May,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


they  are,  in  a  greater  or  lesser  degree, 
teaching  institutions. 

Hospitals  are  increasing  in  number,  while, 
for  the  time  being,  the  number  of  medical 
graduates  is  decreasing.  It  is  very  ques- 
tionable whether  the  growth  in  the  number 
of  medical  licentiates  can  possibly  keep 
pace  with  the  demand  for  internes  in  suffi- 
cient number  to  satisfy  all  the  demands  of 
modernized  hospital  administration.  It  is 
apparent  that  the  intemeship  is  destined 
to  undergo  numerous  alterations.  The  de- 
sire for  greater  knowledge  will  lead  recent 
graduates  to  elect  to  enter  institutions 
affording  them  the  widest  experience,  with 
the  minimum  of  routine  involving  little  edu- 
cational progress  beyond  an  opportunity  to 
perfect  various  types  of  techhic.  The  evi- 
dence in  this  direction  is  further  accentuated 
by  the  training  of  non-medical  anesthetists 
and  laboratory  technicians  who  already  are 
beginning  to  relieve  internes  of  much  of 
their  routine  work.  From  the  standpoint 
of  the  patients  it  may  be  said  that  such 
innovations  are  to  their  advantage.  No  one 
will  question  the  fact  that  a  trained  non- 
medical anesthetist,  who  is  working  under 
the  direction  of  an  attending  physician,  is 
more  capable  than  the  average  hospital  in- 
terne who,  because  of  rotation  in  service, 
is  obliged  to  perform  the  service  of  an 
anesthetist  regardless  of  interest,  inclina- 
tion, or  previous  experience. 

There  is  vital  importance  in  considering 
whether  it  is  desirable  for  graduates  to 
immediately  accept  highly  specialized  serv- 
ices in  hospitals.  In  all  probability,  a  year 
spent  in  a  general  or  rotating  clinical  hos- 
pital service  possesses  many  advantages 
which  will  react  to  the  benefit  of  the  com- 
innmty  as  compared  with  an  immediate 
plunge  into  a  distinctly  surgical  or  path- 
ologic service.  If  it  were  possible  to  facili- 


tate the  arrangement  of  interneships  in 
small  hospitals  so  as  to  permit  a  one  year 
service  of  the  general  type,  and  then  pro- 
vide opportunities  for  specialization  in  a 
certain  number  of  larger  hospitals  admitting 
of  particularization  in  services,  there  would 
be  a  distinct  educational  benefit  on  the  one 
hand  and,  in  all  probability,  an  improvement 
in  the  character  of  the  training  offered  to 
the  internes  in  both  the  large  and  the  small 
hospital. 

Clinical  interneships  are  not  substitutes 
for  interneships,  and  the  state  of  mental 
development  of  the  average  fourth  year  stu- 
dent is  not  sufficient  to  enable  him  to  secure 
the  maximum  benefits  from  an  interneship. 
Unless  there  is  ample  supervision,  his  inter- 
pretation of  the  results  of  his  clerkship  does 
not  suffice  to  advance  his  medical  knowl- 
edge in  the  large,  tho,  of  course,  it  is  of 
most  estimable  assistance  in  perfecting  his 
professional  bearing,  his  powers  of  analysis, 
his  ideas  of  pathology,  and  his  ability  to 
develop  a  coherent  idea  of  the  nature,  course 
and  treatment  of  the  specific  diseases  as- 
signed to  him  for  investigation. 

A  Fifth  Year  in  Medicine. — From  the 
standpoint  of  practicality,  it  would  probably 
be  advantageous  to  demand  a  fifth  year  in 
medicine  with  the  last  year  spent  in  a  gen- 
eral or  rotating  interneship  in  an  institu- 
tion under  the  guidance  ^nd  advice  of  some 
sponsoring  medical  institution.  The  general 
attitude  of  hospitals  towards  internes  would 
be  greatly  improved  if  there  were  a  greater 
appreciation  of  their  capabilities  and  re- 
sponsibilities along  educational  lines.  The 
stimulation  of  medical  progress  which 
would  result  from  a  plan  of  this  character 
should  be  manifest  in  greater  care  in  the 
selection  of  hospital  personnel,  in  improve- 
ment of  equipment,  in  the  establishment  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amebicak  Msdicini 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Mat.  191d 


24b 


laboratories  of  various  kinds  necessary  to 
modern  medical  practice.  The  interne 
would  remain  a  student,  subject  to  the 
criticisms,  markings,  correction  and  dis- 
cipline customary  in  institutions  of  learn- 
ing. The  professional  staff  of  the  hospital 
would  assume  a  new  dignity  in  the  recog- 
nition of  their  position  as  acknowledged 
teachers.  The  entire  plane  of  hospital  man- 
agement would  be  raised,  because  of  the 
closer  touch  with  the  sponsoring  medical 
college.  Some  program  of  this  character 
will  undoubtedly  be  required  in  order  to 
make  ample  provision  for  satisfying  the 
needs  of  hospitals  within  the  next  few  years. 

The  medical  colleges  are  awakening  to 
the  importance  of  raising  the  standards  of 
medical  practice  and  are  keen  to  have  their, 
graduates  secure  positions  in  hospitals,  tho 
it  is  impossible  for  them  to  make  adequate 
provisions  of  their  own  initiative  for  all 
their  graduates.  Nor  is  it  now  regarded  as 
part  of  their  function  to  assist  or  guide 
men  in  discriminating  among  the  various 
hospital  positions  open  to  the  medical 
neophyte.  If  some  large  institution,  or  group 
of  medical  colleges  were  to  undertake  to 
extend  their  teaching  power  and  to  offer 
their  facilities,  advisory  and  supervisory, 
to  a  number  of  small  hospitals  with  a  view 
to  constituting  them  as  the  laboratory  for 
hospital  training,  there  would  be  a  marked 
growth  and  improvement  in  the  system  of 
hospital  training  now  available.  There  is 
little  reason  to  believe  that  small  hospitals 
would  refuse  such  an  opportunity  to  raise 
their  educational  standards. 

When  hospital  standardization  is  finally 
effected,  there  will  be  a  weakness  in  the 
program  unless  provision  is  made  for  a 
minimum  standard  of  educational  facilities 
to  be  available  for  students  in  every  line 
of  medical,  nursing,  laboratory  or  adminis- 


trative branch  involved  in  medical  practice 
or  hospital  organization.  Hospitals  are  not 
merely  places  where  operations  are  per- 
formed or  children  are  brought  into  the 
world,  or  where  those  afflicted  with  chronic 
diseases  may  have  shelter  until  relief  comes. 
The  hospital  of  the  future  is  to  be  a  vital 
educational  force,  reflecting  its  interest  in 
patients,  in  families  and  in  communities 
which  they  aim  to  serve.  One  of  its  strong- 
est levers  for  activating  communities  into 
better  health  lies  in  a  higher  standard  of 
educational  qualification  and  educational 
practice. 


One  Piece  of  War  Service. — In  con- 
templating the  resourcefulness  of  America 
during  the  recent  conflict,  it  is  helpful 
to  assess  the  value  of  performances 
by  specific  institutions  which  promptly  di- 
verted their  personnel  and  equipment  from 
civil  to  military  problems.  In  this  connec- 
tion, the  activities  of  the  Rockefeller  Insti- 
tute present  a  striking  example  of  adapta- 
bility and  capability.  Founded  for  the  pur- 
pose of  promoting  medical  discovery  thru 
research,  it  readjusted  its  numerous  activi- 
ties and  placed  all  of  its  facilites  on  a  war 
basis.  The  character  of  the  work  which 
it  performed  is  most  estimable  and  served 
to  make  the  horrors  of  war  less  continuous 
and  less  devastating. 

The  curative  serums  for  epidemic  menin- 
gitis and  one  of  the  forms  of  pneumonia 
were  continuously  produced,  while  an  anti- 
dysenteric  serum  was  manufactured  in 
quantity.  The  most  important  development, 
however,  was  the  discovery  and  production 
of  the  antigaseous  gangrene  serum  for  the 
prevention  of  B.  welchii  infection,  which 
was  made  possible  by  the  researches  of 
Major  Carrol  G.  Bull  of  the  Institute  staff. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


246 


Mat.  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Amkeican  Mbdicimx 


The  protective  properties  of  this  serum  have 
been  thoroly  demonstrated,  and  thus  another 
link  has  been  forged  in  the  armor  of  pre- 
ventive medicine. 

Studies  have  been  made  concerning  the 
efficacy  of  prophylactic  vaccination  against 
pneumonia  and  experiments  would  indicate 
that  such  vaccination  may  be  effective 
against  infection  with  pneumococci,  types 
1.  II,  III. 

A  new  drug  for  the  treatment  of  syphilis 
has  been  perfected  and  tests  of  its  action 
and  the  best  method  of  administration  are 
now  being  carried  »out.  If  this  chances  to 
prove  successful  we  shall  have  an  Ameri- 
can drug  which  may  supplant  salvarsan  in 
this  country. 

Laboratory  studies,  begun  before  the  war, 
have  sought  to  combat  hemorrhage,  and  to- 
day there  are  available  the  injections  of 
sterile  solutions  of  gum  arabic  or  the  in- 
jection of  citrated  blood  corpuscles  as  a 
means  of  combating  both  shock  and  hemor- 
rhage. 

Acetone  plays  a  small  part  in  the  technic 
of  pathology,  but  was  extensively  used  as  a 
solvent  in  aircraft  production.  The  sources 
of  supply  have  been  grossly  inadequate, 
and  there  was  obvious  necessity  of  perfect- 
ing a  method  of  acetone  production  which 
would  solve  American  difficulties.  Dr.  J.  H. 
Northrup  secured  from  potatoes  a  bacterium, 
which  acts  upon  starch  with  the  resultant 
formation  of  a  high  percentage  of  acetone. 
Fortunately,  ethyl  alcohol  is  formed  as  a  by- 
product, and  thus,  two  valuable  commod- 
ities have  been  made  available  for  scien- 
tific and  industrial  purposes.  This  contri- 
bution is  by  no  means  of  insignificant  pro- 
portions. 

Every  one  is  familiar  with  the  Carrel 
method  of  treatment  with  the  Dakin  solu- 
tion, but  it  is  not  generally  known  that  the 


work  of  Dr.  Carrel  had  the  support  of  the 
Rockefeller  Foundation.  The  treatment  of 
war  wounds  by  the  use  of  his  technic  and 
Dakin's  antiseptic,  followed  by  methods  of 
bacteriologic  control,  have  been  of  im- 
mense value  in  reducing  mortality  and  in 
saving  limbs  which  otherwise  might  have 
been  lost. 

The  War  Demoii8trati<m  Hospital 
of  the  Rockefdler  Institute,  originally 
planned  as  a  school  in  which  to  teach  mili- 
tary surgeons  the  method  of  applying  the 
Carrel-Dakin  treatment,  came  to  play  an 
important  part  in  the  scheme  of  military 
instruction  for  medical  officers  of  the  Army 
and  Navy,  as  well  as  for  civil  surgeons  and 
nurses.  The  bacteriologic  and  chemical  lab- 
oratories of  the  hospital  have  been  study- 
ing numerous  problems  bearing  on  the  sur- 
gical treatment  of  wounds,  but  have  also 
been  employed  for  the  purpose  of  giving  in- 
struction in  bacteriology,  serology  and  med- 
ical chemistry. 

This  brief  resume  of  the  activities  of  a 
single  institution,  highly  endowed  not  mere- 
ly with  money,  but  with  brains  and  patriot- 
ism, is  merely  illustrative  of  the  general 
spirit  of  all  our  American  institutions  for 
research,  our  hospitals,  and  the  medical 
profession.  Every  ounce  of  enthusiasm  was 
devoted  towards  constructive  work  upon 
serious  problems  involving  the  physical 
health  and  welfare  of  the  civil  as  well  as 
the  military  and  naval  populations.  The 
number  of  discoveries  which  resulted  may 
not  be  numerically  great,  but  their  signifi- 
cance in  terms  of  human  life  is  tremendous. 

The  gains  from  researches  made  neces- 
sary for  the  conduct  of  military  medicine 
are  now  available  for  the  management  and 
treatment  of  accidents  and  diseases  among 
the  general  population  now  redirecting  their 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBUCAN   MXDICINS 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


May,  1919 


247 


efforts  towards  normalizing  civil  and  indus- 
trial activities.  Out  of  the  red  cauldron  of 
war  have  bubbled  many  soothing,  helpful 
balms,  to  find  a  greater  usefulness  in  the 
quieter  channels  along  which  will  flow 
streams  of  peace-loving  humanity. 


A    Federal    Social    Hygiene    Board.— 

The  determination  of  the  government  to 
attack  the  problem  of  venereal  diseases 
from  every  angle  merits  warmest  appro- 
bation. There  is  a  determined  effort  to 
break  down  the  traditional  taboo  regarding 
gonorrhea  and  syphilis,  so  that  a  knowledge 
concerning  their  devastations  and  racial 
hazards  may  be  widely  disseminated.  It 
requires  the  force  and  urge  of  governmental 
action  to  overcome  the  hypocrisy,  false 
modesty,  and  vicious  traditions  which  have 
been  evidenced  for  centuries  in  our  atti- 
tude towards  these  afflictions. 

The  most  significant  feature  in  the  gov- 
ernmental program  is  the  leverage  upon 
public  opinion  which  is  being  sought  thru 
the  medium  of  publicity  and  educational 
methods.  The  most  recent  development  is 
the  organization  of  the  United  States  In- 
terdepartmental Social  Hygiene  Board, 
which  at  present  consists  of  Carter  Glass, 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury ;  Newton  D.Baker, 
Secretary  of  War ;  Josephus  Daniels,  Secre- 
tary of  the  Navy ;  Lieutenant-Colonel  W.  F. 
Snow,  Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  A. ;  Lieutenant- 
Commander  J.  R.  Phelps,  Medical  Corps,  U. 
S.  N. ;  and  Assistant  Surgeon-General  C.  C. 
Pierce,  United  States  Public  Health  Serv- 
ice. This  board  is  devising  rules  and  reg- 
ulations to  govern  grants  of  Federal  funds, 
to  aid  research  and  the  development  of 
new  methods  of  preventing  venereal  disease. 

The  sum  of  $300,000  is  available  for  dis- 


tribution to  such  universities,  colleges,  or 
other  institutions  or  organizations  which 
are  qualified,  in  the  judgment  of  the  In- 
terdepartmental Social  Hygiene  Board,  to 
attempt  scientific  research,  and  to  develop 
"more  effective  educational  measures  in  the 
prevention  of  venereal  diseases  and  for  the 
purpose  of  sociologic  and  psychologic  re- 
search related  thereto." 

According  to  Schooi  Life,  educational 
methods  that  combine  instruction  and  train- 
ing along  other  intimate  and  nearly  related 
lines  of  hygiene  ought  to  merit  the  highest 
approval.  This  endeavor  to  awaken  educa- 
tional institutions  to  their  obligations  and 
responsibilities  is  noteworthy.  The  curric- 
ula of  training  schools  for  teachers  have 
been  notoriously  deficient  in  anything  of 
pragmatic  value  related  to  the  fundamental 
verities  of  rational  sex  life,  reproduction 
and  eugenics.  The  age-old  reticence  of  com- 
munities has  been  reflected  in  the  blindness 
of  the  courses  of  training  for  teachers ;  and 
in  consequence,  educational  institutions  have 
been  weak  in  their  understanding  of  the 
content  or  methods  of  imparting  even  the 
simplest  phases  of  sex  education. 

It  is  obvious  that  sex  facts  are  not  to  be 
isolated,  but  should  be  presented  in  their 
proper  relations  to  the  ordinary  subjects 
contained  in  the  curriculum.  Particular  un- 
derstanding of  the  problems  as  related  to  in- 
struction in  hygiene  is  requisite.  It  is  de- 
signed to  establish  a  modem  department 
of  hygiene  in  state  training  schools  for 
teachers.  Financial  assistance  will  be  made 
available  for  the  necessary  personal  serv- 
ices when  the  general  rules  and  regulations 
of  the  board  are  accepted  and  there  is  proof 
of  willingness  and  ability  to  adopt  satisfac- 
tory standards  of  educational  effectiveness 
and  the  maintenance  of  scientific  standards 
that  will  not  depend  on  the  support  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


248 


May    1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


AlfBRICAN    MSDICINB 


hygiene  board  for  their  continuity. 

The  projected  form  of  organization  of  a 
department  of  hygiene  involves  a  division 
of  informational  hygiene,  a  division  of  ap- 
plied hygiene,  and  a  division  of  research, 
while  there  are  definite  provisions  made  for 
the  personnel,  requisite  for  the  conduct  of 
such  a  department.  There  is  a  suggestion 
that  there  should  be  close  coordination  be- 
tween the  department  of  hygiene  in  the 
teaching  institution  and  other  community 
agencies  like  the  department  of  health  that 
are  directly  or  indirectly  concerned  with 
the  problems  of  public  hygiene. 

The  general  plan,  as  contemplated,  is 
another  evidence  of  the  benefits  of  federal 
assistance  to  educational  developments,  par- 
ticularly along  lines  that  affect  national 
welfare.  One  of  the  main  elements  respon- 
sible for  rapid  changes  in  the  educational 
interests  of  other  countries  lies  in  a  gen- 
eral plan  of  centralization.  In  the  United 
States  it  is  difficult  to  secure  the  adoption 
of  any  particular  program  because  of  the 
difference  in  educational  vision  existent  in 
the  various  states  of  the  Union.  There  are, 
however,  numerous  advantages  in  the  di- 
versification of  educational  methods  owing 
to  the  particular  problems  to  be  solved  in 
specific  states,  but  there  can  be  no  ques- 
tion about  the  desirability  of  establishing 
a  program  of  minimum  standards  of  con- 
tent in  education  which  are  essential  for 
healthful  citizenship.  The  standards  of 
hygiene  as  projected  by  the  United  States 
Interdepartmental  Social  Hygiene  Board 
should  appeal  to  educators  as  having  un- 
usual force,  having  grown  out  of  the  ex- 
perience of  the  Nation  with  venereal  dis- 
eases, physical  training,  periodic  health  ex- 
aminations and  a  general  knowledge  of  in- 
dividual and  group  hygiene  and  sanitation 
as  evidenced  in  the  products  of  school  sys- 


tems performing  service  in  the  Army,  Nav>' 
and  Marine  Corps. 

The  financial  assistance  which  the  govern- 
ment is  to  give  will  serve  as  a  ferment  to 
leaven  some  of  our  standards  of  education 
in  hygiene.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that,  under 
the  guidance  of  this  new  interdepartmental 
board,  instruction  in  hygiene  will  be  made 
eflFective  in  our  state  institutions  for  the 
training  of  teachers,  and,  in  time,  will  be 
manifested  in  the  improved  instruction 
available  for  the  growing  generation.  The 
experiment  is  worth  a  trial,  and  will  be 
watched  with  eagerness  by  those  interested 
in  the  rational  instruction  of  the  growing 
generation  in  the  science  and  art  of  right 
living. 


Trench  Fever.— The  fact  that  trench 
fever  is  spread  by  means  of  pediculi  is  now 
well  known.  Major  W.  Byam  calls  attention 
to  the  fact,  in  an  excellent  little  book  by 
Lieutenant  Lloyd  on  **Lice  and  Their  Men- 
ace to  Man,"  that  there  is  a  possibility  that 
trench  fever  may  be  introduced  into  com- 
munities to  which  discharged  soldiers  go. 
The  danger  from  men  still  capable  of  infect- 
ing lice,  on  returning  to  their  home 
communities,  makes  it  of  particular  im- 
portance that  there  be  a  wider  understand- 
ing of  the  symptomatology  of  trench  fever, 
sometimes  called  "five  day  fever."  It  is 
recognized  that  verminous  conditions  exist 
in  many  portions  of  the  country,  and  par- 
ticularly in  poorer  districts  and  places  where 
facilities  for  cleanliness  are  limited.  Having, 
therefore,  a  sufferer  with  latent  trench 
fever  and  pediculi  at  hand,  the  possibility 
of  outbreaks  of  the  disease  is  not  remote. 

Trench  fever  bears  some  symptoms  in 
common  with  influenza,  and  it  is  for  this 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mkdicinb 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


May,  1919 


249 


reason  that  greater  care  is  required  in  the 
diagnosis  of  febrile  conditions  involving 
pains  in  the  muscles  of  the  limbs  and  back, 
around  the  joints,  and  in  the  shins  in  par- 
ticular. The  germs  of  trench  fever  may 
continue  for  a  considerable  time  in  the 
bodies  of  those  who  have  had  the  affliction, 
and  the  disease  may  flare  up  from 
time  to  time  with  pains  and  depression 
which  may  possibly  be  mistaken  for  attacks 
of  influenza,  or  rheumatism. 

In  its  symptomatology,  trench  fever  pre- 
sents a  sudden  onset  accompanied  by  severe 
postocular  headache,  giddiness,  weakness  of 
the  legs,  and  pains  all  over.  Occasionally, 
there  is  a  prodromal  period  when  the  patient 
feels  "out  of  sorts"  and  complains  of  head- 
aches for  a  day  or  two.  The  pains  involve 
the  back  and  limbs,  the  temperature  mounts 
to  103  "^  or  104 '^  or  higher,  with  general  dis- 
comfort, greatest  toward  the  evening  when 
insomnia  and  delirium  may  occur.  After 
a  period  of  perspiration,  the  pains  ease  to- 
ward morning,  but  with  the  approach  of 
night,  fever  returns  and  the  pains  appear 
to  seize  upon  the  forehead,  the  back,  the 
legs,  and  especially  the  shins.  Sweating 
again  occurs,  and  may  be  profuse,  but  with 
it  usually  comes  a  certain  measure  of  relief. 
The  fever  reappears  on  the  third  evening, 
but  with  less  severity,  and  after  that,  the 
recovery  is  usually  rapid,  tho  some  con- 
tinue to  have  fever  after  the  third  day.  More 
victims  have  relapses  towards  the  end  of 
a  week  and  pass  thru  the  experience  above 
described.  After  an  illness  of  three  weeks, 
most  sufferers  from  trench  fever  are  suf- 
ficiently recovered  to  return  to  their  duties, 
but  others  appear  to  develop  a  condition 
of  chronic  aches  and  pains  with  occasional 
outbursts  of  fever.  These  late  fever  curves 
are  usually  short,  but  they  may  return  at 


regular   intervals,   as    for   example,   every 
fifth  day. 

Trench  fever  is  due  to  infection  by  the 
droppings  of  lice  which  have  fed  upon  pa- 
tients suflFering  with  trench  fever.  It  is  not 
the  biting  of  the  louse  that  conveys  the  dis- 
ease. The  scratching  of  the  person  bitten 
and  the  rubbing  of  the  droppings  into  the 
abrasions  serve  to  begin  the  infection.  It 
is  of  importance,  therefore,  that  clothes 
and  blankets  be  freed  entirely  from  drop- 
pings, as  they  may,  perchance,  serve  as  con- 
veyers of  potential  infections  to  unsuspect- 
ing persons  making  use  of  them  for  cover- 
ing. Incidentally,  infections  may  occur  thru 
small  skin  wounds  or  thru  the  delicate  con» 
junctiva. 

The  careful  efforts  at  delousing  which  are 
being  practiced  before  embarking  for  home 
from  foreign  shores,  and  the  practices  lead- 
ing to  disinfestation  in  this  country  pro- 
vide a  reasonable  security  of  the  popula- 
tion against  the  danger  of  infection  from 
lice  or  their  droppings,  borne  upon  the  per- 
son, the  clothing,  or  the  equipment  of  re- 
turning soldiers.  Despite  every  care  which 
governmental  ingenuity  may  provide,  there 
still  remains  the  possibility  that  trench  fever 
may  infest  itself  when  proper  conditions  ex- 
ist. It  is,  therefore,  of  particular  importance 
that  this  contingency  be  recognized.  Health 
officers  and  other  physicians  must  be  awake 
to  the  importance  of  recognizing  trench 
fever  with  a  symptomatology  which  might 
ordinarily  be  regarded  as  evidence  of  in- 
fluenza or  rheumatism. 
•  The  term  trench  fever  is  unfortunate 
as  it  disguises  the  fact  that  the  disease  is 
dependent  upon  vermin  wherever  existent, 
and  is  only  related  thru  war  to  trench  life. 
The  control  of  lousiness  is  the  essential  fac- 
tor in  wiping  out  this  unpleasant  and  un- 
necessarv  affliction. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


250 


May.  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


AlfSRJCAN    MBDICIMX 


Health  Almanacs.— For  many  years 
the  Health  Almanac  has  had  its  place  by 
the  fireside  or  kitchen  side  of  innumerable 
homes  thruout  the  country.  Its  usual  source 
has  been  the  establishment  purveying  reme- 
dies to  be  taken  as  "blood  purifiers,"  ^'spring 
tonics,"  and  panaceas  for  a  large  variety 
of  disorders  of  specific  bodily  sys- 
tems. Recognizing  the  publicity  value  of 
such  almanacs,  organized  publicity  depart- 
ments dealing  with  matters  of  health  have 
sought  to  take  advantage  of  them  in  order 
to  present  authoritative  facts,  hygienic  ad- 
vice, and  general  good  cheer  to  the  readers 
of  such  publications. 

It  is  one  thing  to  issue  a  Health  Almanac 
and  another  to  make  it  readable.  By  way 
of  illustration,  one  notes  the  Health  Al- 
manac for  1919,  Public  Health  Bulletin 
Number  98,  compiled  by  R.  C.  Williams, 
and  the  Almanac  of  the  Louisiana  State 
Board  of  Health  for  1919.  From  the  stand- 
point of  value  to  the  average  reader  the 
State  of  Louisiana  has  been  more  success- 
ful thaji  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service.  With  illustrations  that  are  popular, 
type  that  is  easily  readable,  with  subject 
matter  well  adapted  to  the  intelligence  and 
general  psychology  of  average  minds,  it  ap- 
pears to  approach  more  nearly  the  type 
which  has  had  the  place  of  honor  for  many 
years.  From  the  standpoint  of  variety  of 
subjects  discussed,  accuracy  of  statements, 
and  wisdom  of  direction,  there  is  very  little 
to  diflferentiate  one  from  the  other.  In  the 
form  of  presentation,  however,  the 
simplicity  of  diction  of  the  state  publica- 
tion, the  paragraph  arrangement  and  gen- 
eral typography  are  distinctly  more  appeal- 
ing for  widespread  use  than  the  one  pre- 
sented by  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service. 


The  value  of  an  almanac  as  a  means  of 
publicity  is  not  to  be  denied,  but  it  is  ab- 
solutely essential  that  the  subject  matter 
be  presented  with  a  full  recognition  of  the 
psychology  of  the  reading  public  to  whom 
the  messages  of  hygiene  are  to  be  delivered. 
If  one  assumes  that  health  officers  may  be 
inspired  by  the  National  Health  Almanac, 
there  is  an  excuse  for  its  present  form, 
which  obviously  could  not  have  been  in- 
tended for  common  usage.  The  almanac 
of  Louisiana,  like  similar  publications  that 
have  been  issued  by  other  states,  as  for  ex- 
ample, Virginia,  affords  a  more  practical 
example  of  how  almanacs  should  be  de- 
veloped to  prove  of  greater  service  to  health 
officials  thruout  the  country. 

Public  health  education  is  more  than 
mere  publicity.  It  requires  more  than  the 
publication  of  articles,  multigraphs,  bulle- 
tins, posters,  pamphlets  and  almanacs.  The 
essence  of  the  education  depends  upon  at- 
tractiveness, simplicity  of  diction,  forceful- 
ness  in  illustration,  directness  of  appeal 
and  an  appealing  form  of  publication  that 
attracts  attention,  holds  the  interest,  stim- 
ulates imagination  and  invites  thoughtful 
reactions.  The  entire  success  of  public  health 
education  depends  upon  a  thoro  understand- 
ing and  appreciation  of  the  educational 
levels  of  communities,  their  habits  of 
thought,  their  psychology  and  susceptibility 
to  suggestion,  appeal  and  direction.  The 
newness  of  this  field  of  hygienic  endeavor 
warrants  more  attention  being  pikced  upon 
method.  Subject  matter  is  adequate  and  the 
public  mind  is  open  to  inky  arguments, 
logically  developed  and  rationally  pre- 
sented. The  two  almanacs  above  referred 
to  present  an  interesting  study  in  method, 
and  both  are  to  be  recommended  to  the  at- 
tention of  all  those  interested  in  advancing 
public  health  education. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


May,  1919 


251 


■M:^ 


N  AND  THIN 


Science  and  AlcohoL — It  is  gratifying 
in  the  extreme  to  the  editors  of  American 
Medicine  to  find  their  views  on  prohibition, 
frankly  recorded  in  these  columns  during 
the  last  few  months,  so  strongly  fortified 
by  the  opinions  of  men  as  high  in  the  es- 
teem of  the  public  and  the  profession  as 
Drs.  A.  A.  Brill,  Joseph  Byrne,  L.  Pierce 
Clark,  Smith  Ely  Jelliffe,  C.  P.  Sherwin, 
E.  E.  Southard  and  a  score  of  other  well 
known  specialists.  At  a  recent  meeting  of 
the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  a  dis- 
cussion was  arranged  by  the  Section  on 
Neurology  and  Psychiatry  and  the  authori- 
ties named  expressed  their  frank  views  on 
the  dangers  that  will  menace  the  social 
fabric  when  prohibition  comes  into  effect. 
With  amazing  unanimity,  they  agreed  that 
the  evils  resulting  therefrom  will  far  out- 
weigh any  little  good  that  may  come  of  it. 
Whatever  the  anti-alcohol  forces  may  have 
to  say  about  such  an  opinion  (and  they 
will  surely  feel  constrained  to  answer  such 
serious  criticism)  they  cannot  attack  the 
authenticity  of  the  judgment  given  at  this 
meeting.  It  was  not  a  sentimental  pronounce- 
ment emanating  from  hysterical  reformers, 
nor  was  it  a  campaign  maneuver  on  the 
part  of  defiant  reactionaries.  These  special- 
ists have  no  axe  to  grind,  they  are  the  serv- 
ants of  no  special  interests.  They  met  as 
scientists,  and  as  scientists  they  came  to  a 
cool,  unbiased,  honest  decision.  And  the  de- 
cision was  against  prohibition,  on  the  ground 
that  it  constituted  an  invitation  to  substitute 
habits  which  will  be  much  more  dangerous 
than  drink  to  the  common  welfare.  In  ex- 
pressing this  view,  they  drew  both  upon 
their  experience  in  the  past  and  their  equip- 
ment to  judge  the  future.  Surely,  it  would 
be  hard  to  find  a  body  of  men  better  fitted 
to  give  an  expert  opinion  on  this  subject. 

What  was  said  at  this  meeting  of  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  has  been  repeatedly 
stated    in   these   columns,    and    it    is    per- 


haps of  interest  to  note  here  that  the  edi- 
torials have  been  written  by  men  who  are 
absolute  teetotalers  or  practically  so.  The 
value  of  these  opinions,  then,  has  been 
that  of  the  testimony  of  a  disinterested  wit- 
ness whose  sole  concern  is  the  unperturbed 
pursuit  of  the  truth.  Tho  it  was  unhesi- 
tatingly admitted  that,  at  the  base  of  the 
prohibition  movement,  there  was  a  fine  and 
worthy  motive,  attention  was  directed  to 
the  fact  that  the  whole  movement  was  pure- 
ly a  negative  one.  It  was  destructive  only — 
elaborately  conceived  on  its  destructive  side, 
utterly  undeveloped  and  poorly  informed  on 
the  constructive  side.  Alcohol  was  to  be 
definitely  eliminated,  but  what  was  to 
take  the  place  of  a  habit  that  had  taken 
such  deep  root  in  the  life  of  the  average  in- 
dividual was  not  stated;  or,  if  stated,  was 
so  scantily  referred  to  as  to  offer  little  help. 
There  was  only  one  speaker  at  the  Academy 
meeting  who  had  even  a  good  word  for  pro- 
hibition; and,  tho  he  admitted  that  "the 
reign  of  King  Alcohol  had  been  a  disastrous 
one,"  he  asserted  that  his  abdication  could 
be  made  of  benefit  to  humanity  only  by 
carrying  out  a  most  elaborate  and  costly  ^ 
plan  for  amusements,  recreations,  and  social 
opportunities  as  an  adequate  substitute. 
Such  a  plan,  admittedly,  has  not  been 
worked  out  by  the  anti-alcohol  forces ;  and 
prohibition  threatens  to  come  upon  us  be- 
fore a  substitute  has  been  provided.  One 
knows  from  past  experience  the  dangers 
that  would  face  the  community  in  such  an 
event:  the  increased  use  of  drugs,  the  ac- 
centuation of  social  unrest,  ruinous  experi- 
ment with  new  stimulants,  and,  strangely 
enough,  even  the  increase  of  the  consump- 
tion of  alcohol  in  the  guise  of  medicinal 
preparations. 

These  dangers  have  been  repeatedly  em- 
phasized here  and  they  were  emphasized, 
in  almost  the  self-same  language,  at  the 
meeting  referred   to.   In  particular,   stress 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


252 


May,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


American  BisDiciNB 


was  laid  upon  the  danger  of  social  unrest 
and  the  lapse  of  the  individual  into  various 
degrees  of  neurosis.  There  are  few  men  in 
this  country  who  understand  better  than 
Dr.  Smith  Ely  JelHffe  the  condition  of  strain 
imposed  on  modern  humans  by  the  highly 
artificial  and  trying  standards  which  our 
so-called  civilized  form  of  life  demands.  Dr. 
Jelliffe  made  it  clear  that  drink  was  more 
of  a  blessing  than  a  curse,  in  that  it  stayed 
the  evil  effects  that  such  trying  conditions 
might  induce  and  soothed  into  quiescence 
more  vicious  and  more  dangerously  anti- 
social reactions.  Drinking  might  be  a  great 
evil,  but  the  evils  it  prevented  were  far 
worse.  Likewise,  Dr.  A.  A.  Brill  pointed 
out  that  drunkards  were  men  and  women 
predisposed  by  inheritance  or  acquirement 
to  crime  and  vicious  practices  and  that  al- 
cohol saves  them  from  following  the  more 
violent  bent  of  their  natures.  Without  drink, 
these  people  would  inevitably  yield  to  temp- 
tations of  a  more  menacing  type.  Inciden- 
tally, he  brought  out  the  fact  that  in  his 
practice  men  and  women  who  had  abused 
the  use  of  alcohol  and  were  deprived  of  it 
often  acquired  other  excesses — notably  that 
of  over-eating.  The  "food  jag"  took  the 
place  of  the  "alcohol  jag" — ^a  type  of  excess 
which,  in  its  individual  aspect,  is  not  less 
harmful  than  the  excess  it  displaced. 

These  facts  were  not  brought  out  at  the 
Academy  meeting  because  of  any  prejudiced 
hostility  to  the  prohibition  movement,  and 
they  are  not  repeated  here  with  a  view  to 
cast  discredit  on  the  motives  of  its  leaders. 
These  are  admittedly  of  the  very  humanest. 
But,  at  the  same  time,  one  must  call  atten- 
*  tion  to  the  short-sighted  philosophy  of  those 
who  permit  the  promise  of  vague  benefits  to 
blind  them  to  the  hazards  of  the  future 
threat.  And  that  this  threat  is  a  grave  one, 
few  will  doubt.  It  is  as  tho  drugs  having 
done  a  considerable  amount  of  mischief,  a 
movement  were  set  afoot  to  abolish  entirely 
the  use  of  drugs.  It  is  easy  to  perceive  the 
absurdity  of  such  an  attempt.  Drugs  serve 
a  very  useful  and  very  necessary  purpose, 
and  tho  there  is  at  the  present  moment  be- 
ing conducted  a  campaign  against  drugs,  it 
is  directed  entirely  (and  wisely)  against 
those  narcotics  which  bring  harm  without 
any  commensurate  good.  It  is  hard  to  un- 
derstand why  the  prohibition  movement  has 
not  taken  this  form — attacking  the  vicious 
use  of  alcohol  and  preserving  its  harmless 


employment.  Such  a  plan  would  arouse  lit- 
tle hostility.  It  would  find  friends  among 
all  classes.  An  indication  of  how  even  the 
sanest  leaders  of  society  feel  is  offered  by 
President  Wilson's  wise  suggestion  that 
beer  and  light  wines  be  retained.  Whether 
Congress  will  see  fit  to  act  on  his  sugges- 
tion, it  is  too  early  to  say;  but  it  is  safe 
to  assert  that  President  Wilson,  in  making 
his  recommendation,  was  well  aware  of  the 
preference  of  the  vast  majority  of  citizens. 
The  prohibition  forces,  aroused  by  this  step, 
are  preparing  to  fight  the  issue  with  all 
the  influence  they  command.  One  can  only 
regret  the  stubbornness  and  lack  of  vision 
which  their  persistence  shows. 


Savinflr  the  Saloon* — The  revived  Salva- 
tion Army,  with  a  brilliant  record  of  war 
service  such  as  no  other  organization  can 
boast  and  held  in  the  highest  esteem  by 
every  man  with  a  gold  stripe  on  his  left 
arm,  is  planning  to  plant  itself  even  more 
securely  in  the  hearts  of  its  friends.  No 
longer  regarded  by  the  public  as  an  organ- 
ization meriting  sympathy  rather  than  ad- 
miration and,  confident  of  its  mission  to 
bring  happiness  to  the  multitude,  a  mission 
to  which  Its  war  record  has  given  a  power- 
ful impetus,  the  Salvation  Army  is  dis- 
posed to  take  over  the  abandoned  saloons 
when  prohibition  comes  into  force  and  save 
them  from  passing  into  history.  This  organ- 
ization, having  proved  its  humaneness,  now 
demonstrates  its  wisdom.  It  is  easy  to 
shock  the  corrupt.  It  is  much  more  difficult 
to  shock  the  virtuous.  The  Salvation  Army, 
as  well  aware  as  any  one  of  the  evils  of  the 
saloon,  is  not  shocked  to  such  an  extent  that 
it  does  not  realize  what  an  important  insti- 
tution it  has  become  and  what  a  vital  role 
it  has  played  in  satisfying  the  instinct  for 
companionship,  recreation  and  diversion 
sought  by  the  hard  worker  after  the  day's 
toil.  The  saloon  is  a  drinking  place,  but  it 
is  at  the  same  time  a  clubroom,  a  social 
circle,  a  man's  refuge  from  dull  care,  a  place 
where  he  can  find  relief  and  solace  when  he 
is  most  in  need  of  them.  To  innumerable 
men  to  whom  drink  is  not  an  absolute  neces- 
sity, the  saloon,  because  of  the  attractions 
it  offers,  has  become  an  indispensable  rally- 
ing-place.  It  has  assumed  sentimental  asso- 
ciations. The  bar,  the  brass  rail,  the  sticky 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mkdicinb 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


May,  1919 


253 


wooden  tables  have  become  familiar  objects. 
It  is  a  club  where  no  dues  are  required, 
where  every  man  meets  his  neighbor,  what- 
ever his  station,  on  a  footing  of  equality. 
It  is  a  symbol  of  social  democracy.  The 
Salvation  Army,  recognizing  this  and  aware 
that  its  disappearance  will  leave  a  void  in 
the  spirit  of  many  men,  is  planning  to  take 
over  the  idle  saloon,  bar,  brass  rail,  and  all 
the  trappings  that  have  made  the  saloon  such 
a  familiar  and  restful  place  and  run  it  on 
exactly  the  same  lines  that  it  has  been  run 
before.  Instead  of  liquor,  soft  drinks  and 
refreshments  will  be  served.  Otherwise, 
nothing  will  be  altered. 

The  appeal  of  the  Salvation  Army  has 
always  been  to  the  large  masses.  They  have 
understood  them  well.  And,  in  deciding  to 
take  over  the  saloon  and  retain  its  physical 
aspects,  it  demonstrates  anew  that  it  is 
familiar  with  the  psychology  of  the  type 
which  frequents  saloons.  The  man  who  has 
been  in  the  habit  of  taking  his  cocktail  or 
his  beer  before  a  bar,  with  his  foot  ex- 
travagantly poised  on  a  glittering  rail,  will 
hardly  find  much  attraction  in  an  uncon- 
genial soft  drink  establishment  where  these 
luxuries  are  lacking.  The  difference  is  too 
c^reat.  But  he  will,  out  of  sheer  habit,  be 
drawn  to  the  old  haunt,  unaltered  as  it  is 
and  offering  the  opportunities  of  companion- 
ship and  sociability,  even  tho  the  stuff  that 
is  passed  across  the  bar  is  not  as  strong  as 
it  used  to  be.  After  all,  he  went  there  as 
much  for  the  amiable  atmosphere  as  for 
the  liquor,  and  it  is  for  the  amiable  atmos- 
phere that  he  will  return.  And  in  time  he 
will  learn  to  quaff  his  soft  drink  with  a 
measure  of  satisfaction.  Certainly,  the  Sal- 
vation Army  plan  offers  an  easy  transition 
to  a  state  of  affairs  that  will  for  a  long 
time  be  very  trying.  There  is  a  type  of  man 
who  simply  will  not  go  directly  home  after 
his  day's  work.  If  he  cannot  go  to  a  saloon, 
he  will  go  to  the  next  best  place — which  is 
probably  the  next  worse  place.  But,  with 
the  environment  of  the  saloon  unchanged, 
he  will  have  one  good  reason  less  for  going 
to  the  worse  place.  It  will  help  reduce  the 
capacity  for  mischief  which  a  dry  r^ime 
at  first  generally  encourages.  It  will  di- 
minish the  hardship  which  otherwise  might 
drive  the  man  deprived  of  the  stimulant  he 
has  become  so  dependent  upon  to  more 
vicious  practices.  There  is  no  doubt  that, 
once    prohibition    is    in    force,    numerous 


greedy  agencies  will  crop  up  everywhere 
to  attract  the  former  drinking  man;  and 
these  agencies  will  not  be  of  the  most  con- 
scientious type.  The  unimaginative  plan  to 
establish  social  centers  will  not  meet  this 
danger  adequately.  The  saloon  alone  will 
be  able  to  compete  with  any  chance  of  suc- 
cess, and  that  it  will  do  so  in  the  hands 
of  the  Salvation  Army  is  as  certain  as  such 
things  can  be.  The  prestige  of  the  Salva- 
tion Army  has  been  enormously  increased 
in  the  last  few  years.  They  have  shown  the 
world  that  they  are  not  bigoted,  that  they 
have  infinite  patience  with  habits  of  which 
they  themselves  are  free,  that  they  are  not 
indignant  censors  but  helpful  companions; 
and  they  will  invite  patronage  where  other 
organizations  would  invite  only  suspicion 
and  timidity.  They  have  the  best  wishes 
of  their  numerous  friends  for  the  success 
of  their  enterprise. 


*Thc  Vener^l  PcriL''— Recently  there 
appeared  in  the  morning  papers  of  New 
York  City  an  advertisement,  jointly  pub- 
lished thru  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service  and  the  New  York  City  Depart- 
ment of  Health,  which  must  have  astounded 
every  reader  and  gratified  every  intelligent 
person.  This  advertisement  marks  an  epoch 
in  the  altered  attitude  of  officials  to  a  com- 
munity menace  which  it  has  in  the  past  al- 
ways approached  timidly — ^the  menace  of 
venereal  disease.  At  last  the  issue  is  faced 
squarely  and  frankly.  A  spade  is  called  a 
spade.  No  longer  are  the  highly  sensitive 
feelings  of  the  Puritanical  spinster  lady  con- 
sidered. The  authorities,  at  last  convinced 
that  vigorous  measures  have  become  neces- 
sary, have  rolled  up  their  sleeves  and  un- 
dauntedly taken  up  the  fight.  In  the  ad- 
vertisement mentioned  they  go  straight  at 
the  issue.  There  is  no  meticulous  and  shy 
reference  to  vague  **social  disease.*'  There 
is  no  effort  to  spare  the  prudes.  The  open- 
ing phrases  are  worth  recording  as  an 
achievement  in  frankness  which  is  welcome 
tho  belated: 

"Conditions  existing  in  many  cities  make 
it  necessary  to  resort  to  heroic  measures  to 
check  the  spread  of  certain  dangerous  dis- 
eases. Thru  ignorance  many  persons,  inno- 
cently and  accidentally,  are  exposed  to  a 
peril  which  spares  neither  infant  nor  adult. 
That  peril  is  the  venereal  peril. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


254 


14AY,   1919 


MEhT   AND    THINGS 


American  Msdzcins 


*The  exigencies  of  .war  forced  this  gov- 
ernment to  face  the  problems  frankly  and 
courageously,  and,  as  a  result,  the  venereal 
rate  in  the  American  Army  was  lower  than 
in  any  army  in  the  history  of  the  world. 
Yet,  from  the  time  America  entered  the 
war,  April,  1917,  to  September,  1918, 
2,295,000  days^  of  service  were  lost  to  the 
American  Army  thru  venereal  disease, 
.  ...  In  New  York  State  alone  at  least 
270,000  men  who  registered  in  the  first 
draft  and  were  not  called  were  suffering 
from  venereal  disease."  The  announcement 
paints  a  rapid  and  vigorous  picture  of  the 
serious  situation,  adding:  "The  conditions 
indicate  that  the  vitality  of  the  nation  is 
imperiled."  And  it  concludes,  with  com- 
mendable frankness:  "The  way  to  protect 
them  is  to  look  the  evil  squarely  in  the  face 
and  to  attack  it  openly." 

The  purpose  and  the  wording  of  the  an- 
nouncement are  admirable.  There  is  noth- 
ing new  stated,  but  the  public  appeal  thru 
the  medium  of  the  press  is  something  dis- 
tinctly new  in  American  methods.  It  is 
hard  to  exaggerate  the  gratification  felt  in 
authoritative  circles  by  the  measures  taken 
at  last  to  trv  to  wipe  out  or  at  least  check 
the  venereal  peril.  It  has  always  been  an 
Anglo-Saxon  trait  to  wink  at  conditions, 
however  serious,  if  they  seemed  to  involve 
an  indelicate  admission  of  knowledge  of 
their  existence.  Tho  it  was  well  known  that 
venereal  disease  was  as  prevalent  in  this 
country  as  it  was  abroad,  it  was  always 
hard  to  persuade  the  authorities  to  acknowl- 
edge the  situation  frankly  and  take  steps 
toward  the  alleviation  of  this  condition.  To 
the  Anglo-Saxon  mind,  with  its  Puritanical 
tradition,  such  steps  would  seem  too  much 
like  an  acknowledgment  of  depravity,  and 
the  penalty  has  been  an  increase  in  the 
spread  of  the  disease — particularly  among 
the  innocent  and  uninformed.  It  is  small 
wonder  that  foreigners,  visiting  in  this 
country  and  witnessing  our  inactivity,  left 
with  the  impression  that  we  were  a  nation 
of  hypocrites  and  prudes.  Our  whole  atti- 
tude toward  social  disease  in  the  past  has 
been  an  evasion.  In  our  effort  to  avoid  the 
issue,  we  were  inclined  to  assume,  or  let  it 
be  assumed,  that  the  evils  did  not  exist. 
Prostitution?  We  shrugged  our  shoulders 
and  disclaimed  any  knowledge  of  that  vice. 
Venereal  disease?  Why,  we  were  admit- 
tedly a  vigorous  and  healthy  race.  And 
meanwhile  the  evils  continued  and  spread. 


To  acknowledge  their  existence,  seemed  to 
involve  an  admission  of  moral  inferiority 
which  we  were  loath  to  yield.  In  spite  of 
the  strenuous  efforts  of  the  finest  scientific 
minds,  we  persisted  in  this  attitude.  But 
now  it  would  appear  that  the  authorities 
have  at  last  undergone  a  change  of  heart. 
Unyielding  before  the  persuasion  of  con- 
scientious experts,  they  have  succumbed  to 
the  menace  of  multiplied  danger.  They 
have  decided  to  take  the  bull  by  the  horns 
and  fight  the  issue  to  a  bold  conclusion.  In 
the  announcement  quoted,  an  intelligent 
program  is  promised;  first,  the  enlighten- 
ment of  the  public  as  to  the  seriousness  of 
venereal  infections ;  second,  immediate 
measures  to  provide  prompt  and  effective 
treatment  for  those  afflicted.  Clinics  have 
been  established  all  over  the  city,  and  the 
addresses  of  these  have  been  published  in 
the  papers.  This  enlightened  policy  should 
go  far  toward  correcting  the  error  of  silence 
and  neglect  which  has  been  such  a  blemish 
on  the  record  of  our  health  departments  in 
the  past.  We  congratulate  the  authorities 
on  their  courage  and  vision. 


Wombless  Motherhood. — ^The  day  of 
Homunculus  is  perhaps  near  at  hand,  and 
Faust's  fanciful  effort  to  produce  a  man 
chemically  in  a  test  tube  may  not  be  as  im- 
possible an  adventure  as  it  appears.  The 
trend  of  man-made  evolution  has  been  in 
that  direction  in  the  last  few  decades.  What 
with  horseless  carriages,  motherless  chick- 
ens and  seedless  fruit,  the  conventional 
routine  of  nature  has  been  defeated  by 
science,  and  it  would  seem  that  we  are  on 
the  threshold  of  an  era  when  mothers  will 
be  dispensed  with  in  the  involved  process 
of  propagation.  Motherless  infants!  That 
is  the  next  step.  At  any  rate,  it  is  an  easy 
advance  to  motherless  infants  from  an 
amazing  phenomenon  which  Dr.  William  F. 
Grigg,  of  Richmond,  Va.,  reports.  This  re- 
port, which  Dr.  Grigg  read  before  the  Rich- 
mond Academy  of  Medicine  and  Surgery, 
is  so  curious  and  melodramatic  that  it  is 
reproduced  without  any  change: 

"Case  No.  105.  Female,  referred  to  me 
September,  1917,  with  a  history  of  bleeding 
between  her  periods.  On  examination,  I 
found  an  enlarged  boggy  uterus  with  pos- 
sible uterine  fibroid  and  advised  operation, 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambrican  Medicine 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


Mav,  1919 


255 


which  was  done  September  21,  1917. 
Operation  consisted  of  a  median  incision 
thru  which  the  uterus  and  both  tubes  were 
removed.  Multiple  fibroids  of  small  size 
were  found  in  body  of  uterus.  All  the 
cervix  and  both  ovaries  (which  were  in 
good  condition)  were  left  in  place.  The 
patient  made  an  uneventful  recovery  and 
was  out  of  the  hospital  in  thirteen  days.  I 
kept  her  under  observation  for  six  months, 
after  which  time  I  lost  sight  of  her  until 
about  February  20,  1919,  when  I  met  her 
in  the  market  and  she  told  me  she  had  had 
a  baby  born  to  her  December  30,  1918.  I 
told  her  it  was  impossible  and  went  to  her 
home  the  next  day  to  see  her  baby.  She 
swore  it  was  her  child..  I  then  went  to  see 
the  midwife,  who  said  the  case  was  as 
nearly  a  normal  delivery  as  she  had  ever 
seen.  I  then  told  her  that  the  mother  had 
no  womb.  She  said  she  did  not  know 
about  that,  but  one  thing  she  did  know  and 
that'  was  that  she  delivered  her  of  the  child 
and  was  with  her  all  during  her  labor." 

Dr.  Grigg's  amazement  at  this  phenom- 
enon is  quite  natural.  Amazement  is  the 
first  step  in  discovery,  which  is  presently 
followed  by  study  and  terminates  in  inven- 
tion. The  modem  locomotive  began  with 
amazement  that  the  lid  of  a  steaming  kettle 
should  be  lifted  by  an  unseen  hand  when 
the  water  reaches  a  certain  temperature. 
The  law  of  gravity  was  discovered  with 
amazement  that  an  apple  should  fall  to  the 
ground  from  a  tree.  We  do  not  doubt  that 
Dr.  Grigg's  amazement  will  be  capitalized 
in  the  near  future,  not  by  himself  perhaps, 
for  he  may  be  too  wary  and  timid  a  scientist, 
but  by  bolder  experimenters.  And  it  may 
come  about  that  nature  will  be  found  to  be 
as  wasteful  and  involved  as  she  usually  is 
even  in  the  matter  of  propagation;  that 
parenthood  is  an  unnecessary  and  super- 
fluous accompaniment  of  birth;  or  at  least 
that  one  parent,  the  female,  can  be  easily 
dispensed  with.  Such  a  discovery  would 
be  in  contradiction  of  all  our  conventional 
beliefs,  but  then  discovery  is  always  a  con- 
tradiction of  some  old-fashioned  notion. 
Timid  philosophers  have  believed  that  both 
parents  are  essential  to  propagation,  and 
even  the  most  radical  insisted  that  at  least 
the  mother  was  indispensable.  Soon  it  may 
be  a  commonplace  event,  however,  to  pro- 
duce vigorous,  normal  infants  with  an  utter 
disregard  of  the  parents.     The  future  holds 


forth  a  brilliant  promise.  What  a  simple 
thing  child-bearing  will  become.  There 
will  be  little  danger  of  race  suicide  when  a 
honeymooning  couple  in  Europe,  suddenly 
possessed  of  the  desire  for  a  child,  can  satis- 
fy their  wish  by  cabling  home  specifications 
of  the  sort  of  infant  they  want  and  will 
find  that  infant  awaiting  them  on  their  re- 
tum.  There  is  only  one  drawback  to  such 
a  delightful  innovation — it  will  ruin  one  of 
the  oldest  and  most  estimable  jokes  in  the 
language.  What  is  to  become  of  the  ever- 
amusing  quip  about  being  bom  in  the  ab- 
sence of  one's  mother?  It  will  have  no 
meaning  in  the  new  era,  for  being  bom  in 
the  absence  of  one's  mother  will  be  an 
every-day  event.  But  progress  is  always 
purchased  at  a  heavy  price,  and  one  must 
resign  one's  self  philosophically  to  th^  sad 
deprivation  of  a  time-honored  and  beloved 
joke ! 


In  seeking  to  control  nlurcotic  drag 
addiction,  the  treatment  of  the  afflicted 
individual  is  the  most  important  problem 
confronting  the  medical  profession,  and 
few  who  realize  the  lack  of  knowledge  of 
the  average  practitioner  concerning  the  na- 
ture of  this  disease  will  deny  that  this  phase 
of  the  question  should  logically  and  as  a 
matter  of  common  humanity,  be  given 
precedence  over  restrictive  measures. 

It  would  seem  that  the  Federal  govern- 
ment, which  is  responsible  for  the  laws  that 
are  designed  to  prevent  the  continuance  of 
drug  addiction,  should  long  before  this  have 
recognized  its  responsibility  and  obligation 
to  take  steps  for  the  establishment  and 
maintenance  (1)  of  institutions  in  which 
those  suffering  from  drug  addiction  may  be 
treated  thru  the  withdrawal  period,  and  (2) 
of  suitable  places  for  the  upbuilding 
process  which  in  the  majority  of  cases  is 
so  urgently  required  after  the  drug  has  been 
completely  withdrawn,  to  fit  the  patient  to 
meet  the  conditions  of  every-day  life.  From 
the  knowledge  at  present  available  there  are 
excellent  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is 
a  certain  proportion  of  cases  in  which,  thru 
the  presence  of  some  physiologic  deficiency, 
or  psychologic  defect,  a  permanent  cure  is 
extremely  difficult  if  not  impossible.  These 
patients  may,  of  course,  be  permanently  de- 
prived of  narcotics,  but  such  deprivation 
renders  them  unable  to  meet  the  competitive 


Digitized  by 


Google 


266 


May.  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGW 


Ambrican  Msdioinb 


conditions  of  life  and  throws  them  into  the 
class  of  the  unfit  or  dependable.  Some  suit- 
able provision  should  be  made  for  the  study 
of  these  cases,  particularly  today  when  every 
worker  is  needed  as  never  before.  The  large 
number  of  cases  of  drug  addiction  that  will 
be  brought  to  light  by  the  enforcement  of 
prohibition,  will  also  call  for  special  atten- 
tion. As  we  have  said,  it  is  a  miatter  of  deep 
regret  that  the  humanitarian,  medical  and 
economic  obligations  due  to  drug  addicts 
were  not  recognized  long  ago,  but  it  is  not 
now  too  late,  and  we  sincerely  hope  that 
some  action  may  be  taken  during  the  pres- 
ent session  of  Congress  to  fulfil  the  govern- 
ment's plain  duty  to  these  unfortunate  per- 
sons and  to  the  communities  in  which  they 
will  be  obliged  to  live.  In  the  meantime 
these  communities  should  also  do  their  part. 
It  is  particularly  appropriate  that  a  city  like 
New  York,  whose  Health  Commissioner  has 
been  so  vigorous  in  his  efforts  to  have  some 
constructive  measure  adopted,  should  be  at 
least  as  willing  to  provide  means  for  cure 
as  to  provide  legislation  to  make  cure  com- 
pulsory. In  so  far  as  Dr.  Copeland's  efforts 
have  been  directed  to  the  obtaining  of  funds 
and  facilities  for  the  hospital  treatment  and 
after-care  of  drug  addicts,  he  has  our  hearty 
support,  and  we  wish  him  the  fullest  meas- 
ure of  success.  We  hope  his  success  in  this 
direction  will  be  so  prompt  and  substantial 
that  it  will  make  quite  unnecessary  certain 
of  the  other  plans  he  has  been  quoted  as  in- 
tending to  put  into  effect. 

In  our  April  issue  we  referred  to  the 
necessity  for  a  better  scientific  understand- 
ing of  the  phenomena  of  drug  addiction,  as 
a  basis  for  more  comprehensive  and  effect- 
ive methods  of  treatment.  Those  who  have 
studied  the  subject  realize  the  many  un- 
solved medical  problems  which  it  presents, 
and  which  can  only  be  cleared  up  satisfac- 
torily by  laboratory  experimentation  and 
scientific  clinical  study.  Dr.  Du  Mez's 
paper,  to  which  we  referred,  was  very 
timely  in  its  exposition  of  these  problems, 
and  of  the  diversity  of  results  in  the  experi- 
mental work  that  has  already  been  done.  In 
reading  his  paper,  which  was  a  comprehen- 
sive review  of  the  laboratory  work  done 
to  date,  one  is  struck  by  the  fact  that  al- 
most all  of  it,  with  one  or  two  important 
exceptions,  was  done  abroad.  In  view  of 
the  fact  that  the  recent  report  of  the  Rainey 
Committee,  appointed  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Treasury  to  gather  data  on  drug  addic- 


tion, showed  the  drug  habit  to  be  more 
prevalent  in  this  country  than  in  any  other, 
it  is  certainly  an  anomaly  that  there  has 
been  no  scientific  work  done  t^y  any  labora- 
tory or  institution  in  America  on  the  action 
and  effects  of  habit-forming  drugs. 

It  would  seem  to  be  clearly  in  or- 
der, at  this  time,  for  the  Public  Health 
Service,  which  has  a  well  equipped  labora- 
tory, to  take  this  up  and  carry  it  thru  in 
a  manner  which  will  enable  it  to  obtain 
authoritative  results  upon  the  various  dis- 
puted points,  and  thus  lay  the  foundation 
for  lines  of  treatment  which  will  give  the 
medical  profession  new  confidence  in  coping 
with  the  conditions  presented  by  narcotic 
drug  addiction.  No  doubt  this  work  will  re- 
quire funds,  but  this,  also,  is  an  obligation 
that  ought  to  be  recognized  by  Congress, 
and  it  is  not  irrelevant  to  point  out  that  the 
present  time  offers  an  excellent  opportunity 
for  America  to  acquire  the  scientific 
prestige  and  authority  which,  in  the  Held 
of  biologic  and  medical  research,  has  here- 
tofore been  in  too  large  degree  conceded  to 
Germany. 

The  medical  profession  in  particular  has 
a  very  definite  duty,  as  we  have  before 
pointed  out,  to  do  all  in  its  power  to  en- 
courage such  research  work,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  give  the  clinical  aspects  of 
the  problem  more  painstaking  study  and  in- 
vestigation. To  continue  to  ignore  these 
increasingly  insistent  obligations  will  sure- 
ly not  only  reflect  seriously  on  both  the 
scientific  interest  and  humanitarian  spirit 
of  the  profession,  but  for  the  first  and  only 
time  in  its  history  will  lay  it  open  to  the 
indictment  of  remaining  indifferent  to  hu- 
man suffering  and  distress. 


Announcement. — Owing  to  unavoidable 
conditions  and  the  delays  occasioned  in  the 
transmission  thru  the  mails  of  material, 
proofs,  etc.,  especially  from  overseas,  it  has 
been  decided  to  make  our  June  issue  the 
Special  War  Number  rather  than  May,  as 
originally  announced.  The  plans  for  this 
Special  War  Number  of  American  Medi- 
cine, aside  from  unavoidable  delays,  have 
worked  out  more  satisfactorily  even  than 
expected  and  this  forthcoming  memorial 
issue  promises  to  be  a  notable  contribution 
to  the  literature  of  the  World  War.  It  will 
be  one  of  the  most  remarkable  numbers 
American  Medicine  or  any  other  medical 
journal  has  ever  brought  out. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medici ns 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES. 


May,  1919 


257 


ORIGINAL 
RTI C  LE  S  *^^ 


THE  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  THE  UNCON- 
SCIOUS AND  MODERN  DREAM- 
INTERPRETATION. 


BY 

B.   S.   TALMEY,   M. 
New  York  City. 


D., 


'^Est  modus  in  rebus,  sunt   certi  dcnique 

fines  J* 
"Quos  ultra  citraque  nequit  consistere  rec- 
tum!' 
"There  is  a  mean  in  things,  there  are  cer- 
tain   boundaries,    on    either    side    of 
which  moral  rectitude  cannot  exist."^ 
— Horace,  Satires  I,  1,  106. 
Exaggeration  is  not  seldom  the  curse  of 
the  greatest  discoveries.       It  exposes  the 
siiblimest   to    ridicule   and   banishes   great 
values  to  the  realms  of  oblivion.  The  new 
psychology  of  the  unconscious  is  in  great 
danger  to  reap  the  harvest  of  lack  of  appre- 
ciation thru  the  exaggeration  of  its  very 
votaries. 

The  first  great  impetus  to  the  study  of 
this  psychology  was  given  thru  the  publica- 
tion of  an  essay,  "Studies  in  Hysteria,"  by 
Breuer  and  Freud  in  1895.  The  authors  had 
the  occasion  to  study  the  etiology  and  symp- 
tomatology of  hysterical  patients.  In  their 

^  In  this  article  the  writer  wishes  to  show 
nothing  more  than  that  while  the  modern 
psychology  of  the  unconscious  has  been  a  great 
gain  to  the  study  of  psychology  in  general,  the 
doctrine  of  infantile  sexuality  and  the  sexuality 
in  dream-interpretation  is  an  un proven  theory, 
contrary  to  all  human  experience. 


studies  they  found  that  hysterical  symptoms 
depend  largely  upon  impressive  but  forgot- 
ten scenes  in  the  life  of  the  patient.  Every 
symptom  has  its  origin  in  a  psychic  trauma 
which  acts  like  a  foreign  body  in  conscious- 
ness, the  trauma  being  effected  thru  the  re- 
pression of  eventful  concepts  beyond  the 
limit  of  memory.  Such  concepts^  are  no 
longer  subject  to  the  laws  of  reason,  judg- 
ment or  will.  Still  they  give  rise  to  certain 
emotions,  since  emotions  are  not  subject  to 
conscious  reasoning  or  to  will  power. 

The  new  doctrine  of  the  origin  of  the 
hysterical  symptoms  led  to  the  introduction 
of  six  new  conceptions  in  the  study  of 
psychology. 

I.  The  first  role  is  played  by  the  basic 
etfent.  A  certain  event  in  the  life  of  the  in- 
dividual gives  rise  to  aflfects  out  of  har- 
mony with  the  ethical,  moral,  religious,  so- 
cial or  educational  ideas  of  this  person. 

II.  These  eflfects  cause  a  conflict  in  the 
psyche  of  the  individual,  a  conflict  between 
his  anti-social  impulses  and  ethical  restraint. 

III.  If  an  immediate  abreaction  or  dis- 
charge by  conversion  is  not  eflFected,  if  the 
aflfects  have  pot  found  an  adequate  release, 
if  the  emotional  tone  has  not  found  a  prop- 
er outlet  by  being  converted,  e,  g.,  into  cry- 

^  A  concept  is  a  mental  picture  of  a  sensation; 
memory  is  the  faculty  of  recalling  concepts; 
reason  is  the  power  to  recognize  the  source  of 
concepts;  Judgment  is  the  power  to  arrange 
concepts  for  definite  ends;  will  is  the  power  to 
select  and  regulate  concepts;  and  emotion  is  the 
condition  when  marked  concepts  overcome  the 
power  of  will. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


258 


May.  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  BCbdicinb 


ing,  scolding,  rage  or  punishment  of  the 
offender,  if  the  emotionally  accentuated  af- 
fect has  not  been  worked  off — then  a  strang- 
ulation of  the  emotion  takes  place.  The  af- 
fective toned  event  is  automatically  or  vo- 
litionally  put  beyond  the  limit  of  memory. 
The  conflict  causes  a  certain  repression.  All 
painful  events,  unfulfilled  wishes,  remorses, 
cares  or  all  emotions  which  come  in  con- 
flict with  cultural  qualities  and  cause  psychic 
pain,  are  placed  in  the  secret  recesses  of 
the  mind  or  are  expelled  from  consciousness. 

Any  event  incompatible  with  conscious- 
ness is  rendered  innocuous  by  repression. 
The  disagreeable,  or  that  which  is  harmful 
to  the  individual  or  to  the  race,  is  avoided  ; 
the  agreeable,  which  is  helpful  to  the  in- 
dividual or  to  the  race,  is  sought  for.  Con- 
sciousness admits  the  affects  of  beneficent 
ideas  and  inhibits  the  entrance  of  harmful 
conceptions.  When  a  pathogenic  idea  of  a 
painful  nature  is  incompatible  with  the  ego 
a  repression  takes  place.  A  certain  psychic 
force  opposes  the  pathogenic  idea  from  be- 
coming conscious. 

Every  conflict  between  conscience  and  de- 
sire being  the  cause  of  psychic  pain  is  re- 
pressed, in  this  way  guarding  the  mind 
against  inimical  influences.  All  ideas,  tenden- 
cies, inclinations,  fears  and  disappointments 
that  bring  mental  reactions  leading  to  con- 
flicts are  repressed.  All  highly  emotional 
events  which  did  not  find  an  immediate  re- 
lease, an  abreaction,  or  catharsis,  at  the 
time  of  the  occurrence,  by  action  or  speech 
are  repressed. 

IV.  The  repressed  idea  is  crowded  out 
from  consciousness  and  placed  below  the- 
zone  of  conscious  thought  where  mental  and 
nervous  activities  or  subliminal  processes  are 
shut  off  from  the  observation  of  the  ego.^ 
The  repressed  affects  form  a  nucleus  for  an 
entire  constellation  of  ideas  in  the  subcon- 


sciousness. One  fixed  idea  associates  itself 
with  another  idea  until  a  group  of  ideas  is 
formed,  an  idea-system,  or  complex.  Every 
idea  with  its  emotions  removed  from  aware- 
ness forms  a  complex.  The  complex  desig- 
nates a  group  of  ideas  centered  or  constel- 
lated about  a  central  event  which  had  a 
large  content  of  painful,  emotional  color- 
ing. The  isolated  idea  of  the  event  which 
conditioned  the  painful  emotional  state 
forms  the  point  of  crystallization  around 
which  all  other  corresponding  ideas  gather 
and  cluster.  The  complex  is  thus  a  system  of 
connected  ideas  all  having  a  strong  emo- 
tional tone. 

The  complex  is  a  quasi-parasite  of  the 
psyche,  the  associative  connection  between 
it  and  the  rest  of  the  psyche  being  disturbed. 
The  complex  being  dissociated  falls  out  of 
association  with  the  other  facts  of  mental 
life,  and  a  reaction  amnesia  is  produced. 
The  volitional  memory  being  withdrawn, 
the  amnesia  makes  it  impossible  for  the 
piled  up  emotions  to  be  discharged.  The 
idea  can  only  be  recalled  in  the  abnormal 
states  of  consciousness,  such  as  in  the  hyp- 
noid  or  somnolent  condition. 

'  It  has  always  been  known  among  psychol- 
ogists that  man  possesses  two  personalities, 
conscious  and  unconscious;  that  the  mind  con- 
sists of  two  selves,  the  subliminal  that  never 
sleeps  and  never  forgets  and  the  supraliminal 
self  that  does.  Metabolism,  digestion,  circulation, 
secretion  and  excretion  are  not  controlled  by 
the  conscious  ego;  these  functions  dwell  out- 
side the  field  of  awareness.  The  autonomic  sys- 
tems of  the  vagus  and  the  sympathetic  nerves 
have  their  centers  in  the  subliminal  psyche  and 
their  seats  outside  of  the  realm  of  conscious- 
ness. The  coordination  of  the  bodily  functions, 
such  as  the  relaxation  of  the  extensors  at  the 
moment  of  the  contraction  of  the  flexors  in 
the  act  of  walking,  or  the  relaxation  of  the 
sphincter  at  the  instant  of  the  contraction  of 
the  detrusor  in  emptying  of  rectum  and  'blad- 
der, lies  below  the  threshold  of  consciousness 
as  long  as  the  balance  is  well  regulated  in  the 
healthy  organism.  What  the  Freudian  school 
has  added  is  the  doctrine  that  subconscious- 
ness is  responsible  for  many  a  character  trait 
of  a  person.  This  addition  will  remain  of  last- 
ing importance  for  the  discipline  of  psychology. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mboicinb 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLBS 


May,  1919 


259 


V.  The  accumulated  energy  finds  no 
channels  of^exit.  The  unrequited  affects 
being  ready  to  come  to  light,  the  complex 
has  the  tendency  to  produce  actions  of  a 
certain  character.  Especially  dynamogenic 
are  complexes  with  a  large  emotional  con- 
tent. They  will  not  stay  repressed  because 
of  their  dynamic  potency.  When  sufficient 
energy  has  been  accumulated  to  overcome 
resistance,  they  begin  to  flash  a  series  of 
neurograms,  and  certain  reminiscences  ap- 
pear which  must  find  expression  somehow. 
Especially  in  the  neurotic  the  repression  is 
not  always  complete,  and  the  affect  has  to 
be  expressed  in  some  other  way.  The  pain- 
ful experience,  e.  g.,  an  attempt  of  rape,  is 
forgotten  but  a  symbolical  reminiscence  is 
retained.  These  emotional  ideas  are  con- 
stantly seeking  a  reentry  into  consciousness. 

VI.  These  irradiations  from  the  psychic 
complex  give  rise  to  a  certain  restlessness 
of  the  individual,  and  he  finds  a  defense  in 
the  conversion  or  substitution  of  the  rem- 
iniscent energy  or  psychic  impulse  into  hys- 
teria, compulsion  neurosis,  or  obsessions. 
The  hysterical  attack  is  thus  equivalent  to 
an  emotional  discharge.  The  impulse  spends 
itself  in  the  attack. 

The  psychic  determination  of  the  symp- 
tom is  the  intentional  repression  from  con- 
sciousness of  an  idea  of  a  painful  nature. 
A  certain  psychic  force  strives  hard  to 
crowd  it  out  of  the  mind — to  eliminate  it 
from  consciousness.  The  idea  or  the  verbal 
element  is  then  repressed  but  the  emotion 
is  free  to  associate  itself  with  any  appro- 
priate substitute  idea.  The  individual  hence 
invents  certain  defense-reactions  against 
these  reminiscences. 

The  defenses  are  compensatory  in  char- 
acter. In  everyday  life,  to  forget  trials, 
tribulations,  blasted  hopes  and  disappoint- 
ments the  individual  plunges  into  a  strenu- 


ous life  of  business,  into  the  service  of  re- 
ligion, into  social  service.  Sometimes  the  in- 
dividual embraces  a  fad,  or  he  takes  to 
drugs,  alcohol  or  opium.  Others  find  their 
wishfulfilments  in  dreams,  reveries,  deliria, 
phantasies  and  hopes.  Other  defense  reac- 
tions consist  in  moods  or  character-traits 
which  find  expression  in  witticisms,  jokes, 
puns,  cynicism,  nagging,  faultfinding,  scold- 
ing and  scandal-mongering.  These  are  all 
means  of  side-tracking  painful  reminis- 
cences. 

One  of  the  most  important  defense  reac- 
tions is  the  hysterical  conversion.  The 
energy  quantity  of  the  affective-toned  idea 
within  the  complex  is  converted  into  a  mo- 
tor or  sensory  innervation  which  is  some- 
what related  to  the  trauniatic  event,*  as  the 
following  case  may  illustrate. 

Miss  S.,  26  vears  of  age,  when  nine  years 
old,  had  a  girl  friend  with  whom  she  slept 
in  one  bed  and  who  practiced  masturbation 
on  her,  but  she  never  herself  repeated  the 
practice.  She  began  to  menstruate  when  14 
years  old.  From  this  time  until  four  years 
ago  she  enjoyed  being  occasionally  caressed 
by  boys,  and  altho  very  passionate,  she 
never  found  anything  abnormal  in  her  be- 
havior. Four  years  ago  she  got  engaged  and 
in  her  sensual  excitement  she  allowed  her 
lover  to  try  intercourse,  but  he  never  suc- 
ceeded entrance.  As  soon  as  he  came  near 
the  vaginal  orifice,  she  immediately  got  a 
severe  pain  in  the  sphincter  cunni,  the  ab- 
dominal muscles  contracted  and  became 
rigid  and  painful,  the  pains  radiating  to  the 
legs  as  far  down  as  the  knee.  The  cramps 
in  the  uterus  resembled  the  pains  at  men- 
struation. With  the  moment  of  the  onset  of 
the  attack  she  became  frigid  and  refused 
to  allow  any  farther  attempts  of  intercourse. 
These  attacks  repeated  every  time  such  at- 
tempts were  made.  For  this  reason  she  broke 
off  her  engagement. 

*In  an  article  "Vicarious  Vaginismus"  (Am. 
Med.,  December,  1916,  p.  834)  the  writer  de- 
scribed a  case  of  vicarious  vaginism  where  the 
convulsions  formed  the  defense  reaction  against 
conjugal  Incompatibility. 

In  the  present  case  fear  of  the  pain  at  de- 
floration is  the  basis  for  the  defense  reaction. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


260 


May.  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Ambrican  Medicine 


At  present  she  is  engaged  to  another  man. 
But  nowadays  the  same  attacks  take  place 
when  she  becomes  passionate  by  ordinary 
caresses,  such  as  kissing  or  hugging.  She  is 
therefore  afraid  to  get  married  and  is  look- 
ing for  medical  advice. 

The  gynecologic  examination  revealed 
some  ecchymoses  at  the  vaginal  orifice  and 
a  hard  prolapsed  left  ovary.  During  this  ex- 
amination she  had  no  attacks,  as  usually 
found  in  genuine  vaginism. 

The  anamnestic  inquiry  elicited  the  con- 
fession that  her  girl  friends  have  painted 
to  her  the  pains  at  defloration  in  the  black- 
est colors.  The  original  attacks  at  the  at- 
tempted coitions  were  hence  the  defense 
reaction  against  the  realization  of  the  at- 
tempts. At  present  the  defense  reaction  is 
directed  already  against  simple  caresses 
which  may  lead  to  an  attempt.  During  the 
gynecologic  examination  when  such  a  fear 
was  absent,  even  the  stretching  of  the 
sphincter  cunni  with  two  fingers  did  not 
elicit  any  convulsions. 

The  hysterical  symptom  represents  a  cer- 
tain process  of  conversion  of  affects.  The 
struggle  between  the  wish  to  forget  and  the 
striving  of  the  idea  to  come  to  the  surface 
results  in  a  compromise.  The  transmutation 
of  the  affects  in  the  motor  realm  is  mani- 
fested in  hysterical  paralytic  conditions  or 
in  convulsions.  In  the  mental  realm  such 
transmutation  creates  the  anxiety-neurosis 
and  is  expressed  in  irritability,  conscience- 
fear,  in  being  suddenly  startled,  vertigo,  in 
ravenous  hunger,  diarrhea,  panting  respira- 
tion, sudden  perspiration,  palpitation  of  the 
heart  and  so  forth.  The  neurotic  anxiety 
corresponds  to  a  force  diverted  from  its 
destined  unused  up  goal,  it  corresponds  to 
the  undischarged  sum  of  excitement.  The 
hysterical  symptom  represents  thus  the  ex- 
pression of  a  wish  fulfilment.  The  emotional 
tone  of  the  conflict,  the  intensity  of  the  feel- 
ing-tone, determines  the  nature  and  inten- 
sity of  the  symptom.  Where  the  conversion 
or  the  transference  of  the  affects  upon  in- 


different conceptions  is  impossible,  the  idea 
is  dislocated  into  an  obsession. 

The  discovery  that  the  sources  of  the 
hysterical  symptom  are  the  psychic  over- 
tones, emanating  from  repressed  emotions, 
that  the  neuroses  are  based  upon  certain 
affective-toned  events  in  the  life  of  the  pa- 
tient, that  these  affections  represent  the  dis- 
placement of  the  affective  energies  not  im- 
mediately discharged  at  the  time  of  the 
event^  led  to  a  new  mode  of  treatment  con- 
sisting in  a  later  discharge  of  these  emo- 
.tions.  It  was  found  that  in  many  of  these 
affections,  if  a  free  outlet  is  given  to  the 
symbolical  reminiscence  by  the  aid  of  the 
physician,  if  the  experience,  long  forgotten, 
is  reproduced  in  a  hypnotic  or  somnolent 
state  of  consciousness,  the  symptoms  not 
seldom  disappear.  Upon  this  phenomenon 
rests  the  so-called  cathartic  treatment.  The 
event  is  recalled  to  memory  and  a  late  dis- 
charge of  the  affects  is  effected.  The  abre- 
action  consists  in  working  off  something 
by  living  thru  it  again.  It  is  a  catharsis  thru 
speech. 

The  doctrine  of  the  neurotic  symptom  be- 
ing produced  by  the  antagonism  of  incom- 
patible emotional  trends,  this  principle  of 
the  dissociation  of  consciousness  which  led 
to  a  new  mode  of  treatment  by  catharsis  be- 
came at  the  same  time  the  starting  point  of 
the  new  psychology  of  the  unconscious 
based  upon  the  above  described  six  cardinal 
points:  (1)  the  affective-toned  event,  (2) 
the  conflict,  (3)  the  repression,  (4)  the 
complex,  (5)  the  reminiscence,  (6)  the  de- 
fense reaction  by  the  substitution  or  trans- 
ference of  the  original  affects  of  painful 
experiences  upon  other  less  disagreeable 
actions. 

^  Such  an  immediate  discharge  would  be  the 
destruction  of  innocent  objects  in  rage,  the 
harming  of  the  messenger  of  bad  news,  or  the 
killing  of  the  offender  in  a  case  of  rape. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mbdicink 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


May,  1919 


261 


With  the  aid  of  this  branch  of  psychology 
many  a  fad^  or  exaggerated  tendency 
hitherto  unexplainable  is  now  amenable  to 
interpretation.  Every  emotionally  accentu- 
ated idea  or  activity  is  the  emanation  of  a 
complex,  the  emotion  of  which  is  ambiv- 
alent. Repressed  love  is  thus  not  seldom  re- 
placed by  manifest  exaggerated  hatred  and 
and  repressed  hatred  by  manifest  exagger- 
ated love.  Repressed  desire  is  replaced  by 
manifest  aversion.  An  intense  repugnance  is 
converted  into  extreme  solicitude.  It  is  the 
attempt  on  the  individual's  part  to  guard 
himself  against  the  repressed  affect  and  to 
rehabilitate  himself  in  his  own  self-esteem. 
In  this  way  there  may  not  seldom  exist  a 
wish  to  love  and  at  the  same  time  to  destroy 
a  person.  A  piece  of  art*  may  thus  be  only 
a  compromise  by  which  the  artist  liberates 
himself  from  the  reminiscence  of  his  com- 
plex, the  artistic  creation  representing  the 
compromise. 

The  psychology  of  the  unconscious  would 
no  doubt  have  been  accepted  by  the  majority 
of  psychologists  and  would  have  changed 
the  entire  conception  of  psychology  in  gen- 
eral but   for  the  preposterous  proposition 

»In  an  article  "The  Psychology  of  the  Fad- 
dist" (N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  Oct.  7.  1917),  the  writer 
tried  to  trace  to  their  respective  complexes  a 
few  conspicuous  fads,  such  as  the  obscenity 
complex  of  the  purist,  the  prostitution  complex 
of  the  morality  hunter,  the  clinging  complex 
of  the  feminist,  the  drink  complex  of  the  pro- 
hibitionist, the  cruelty  complex  of  the  anti- 
ylTisectionist,  the  Shylock  complex  of  the  anti- 
semite,  the  individualistic  complex  of  the  so- 
cialist, the  oppression  complex  of  the  anarchist 
or  Bolshevist,  the  sadistic  complex  of  the  phil- 
anthropist Even  some  vocations  could  be  traced 
to  complexes,  e.  g.,  the  criminality  complex  of 
the  criminalistic  Jurist 

'  The  artist  is  usually  a  person  who  Is  not  In 
sympathy  with  the  world  of  reality,  which  de- 
mands that  hedonic  desires  should  often  >b^  re- 
nounced. Art  is  then  the  substitute  of  an 
equivalent  pleasure  to  an  esthetic  sort.  The 
pleasure-urge  is  thus  diverted  from  the  purely 
physical  and  furnishes  the  motive  power  for 
artistic  production.  The  tragic  incompleteness 
of  the  artist's  life  thus  becomes  the  spring  of 
art  in  literature,  painting,  sculpture  and  archi- 
tecture. 


that  the  sex  instinct  in  its  various  disguises 
is  the  only  dynamic  force  at  the  basis  of 
subconsciousness.  As  the  outgrow  of  the 
Freudian  doctrine,  appeared  the  dogma  of 
infantile  sexuality  which  has  become  the 
pivot  around  which  the  pansexualistic 
psychology  is  turning.  A  school  grew  up 
around  the  Freudian  theories  which  exposes 
the  entire  discipline  to  ridicule  thru  the  ex- 
aggerated emphasis  of  infantile  sexuality 
and  the  queer  interpretation  of  dreams  on 
the  exclusive  basis  of  sex. 

The  doctrine  of  the  pent  up  sexual 
energy  being  the  source  of  all  human  ac- 
tivity and  endeavor  is  entirely  out  of  har- 
mony with  the  moral,  ethical  and  logical 
conception  not  only  of  the  man  of  the  street 
but  also  of  the  scientist.  The  conclusion  that, 
because  the  complexes  of  hysterics  may 
often  be  traced  back  to  sexually  toned  events 
of  childhood,  every  child  is  polymorphous- 
perverse  is  neither  logical  nor  scien- 
tific. Because  some  hysterical  attacks  rep- 
resent the  equivalent  of  orgastic  gratifica- 
tion does  not  prove  that  every  normal  or 
even  abnormal  phenomenon  of  life  should 
be  traced  back  to  sexuality  and  that  sex  in 
the  generic  pervades  all  manifestations  of 
life.  Because  infantile  sexual  memories  have 
been  found  in  hysteria  and  anxiety-neurosis 
of  the  adult  does  not  prove  that  every 
habit  and  behavior  must  be  retraced  to 
infantile  sex  life,  that  all  pleasurable  feel- 
ings, bodily  or  psychical,  all  emotion  or 
affection,  intrafamilial  or  extrafamilial 
must  be  classified  as  sexual,  that  the  play 
instinct  of  child  and  adult,  the  desire  for 
knowledge,  the  impulse  for  investigation 
should  all  be  attributed  to  sexuality  in  the 
usual  gross  sense.^ 

The  fantastical  extravagant  doctrine  of 


'This  is  what  the  pansexualist  could  mean 
when  he  speaks  of  infantile  incest,  infantile 
homosexuality,  exhibitionism,  mixoscopy,  sad- 
ism, masochism,  etc. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


262 


May,  1919 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mxdicinb 


infantile  sexuality  starts  from  the  propo- 
sition that  every  new-born  infant  brings 
along  sexual  inclination,  that  every  infant 
is  composed  of  nothing  but  sex.  This  is 
surely  not  a  self-evident  proposition  and 
requires  to  be  proven;  yet  no  adequate 
proof  is  brought  forth.  The  pansexualist  de- 
mands that  this  proposition  should  be  taken 
for  granted.  For  him  it  is  an  axiomatic 
truth  that  must  not  be  doubted,  but  since 
this  dogma  runs  counter  to  all  experiences 
of  mankind,  we  are  told  that  by  infantile 
sexuality  the  Vienna  school  understands 
infantile  libido  or  infantile  pleasure  goal. 
But  if  infantile  libido  is  something  dif- 
ferent from  adult  sexuality  it  should  not  be 
called  by  the  same  name. 

We  cannot  employ  the  same  term  for 
two  entirely  different  conceptions.  A  libido 
embracing  all  positive  strivings  such  as  de- 

*The  term  "libido"  is  often  used  indiscrim- 
inately even  by  non-Freudians  for  two  different 
conceptions,  for  the  sex-urge,  or  the  desire  for 
union,  and  for  the  material  pleasure,  experi- 
enced at  the  moment  of  the  gratification  of  the 
desire.  Still  the  former  is  an  impulse  and  the 
latter  an  affective  experience.  The  pleasure 
which  is  synchronous  with  an  act  has  nothing 
to  do  with  the  will  to  act.  No  sensible  man 
would  ever  think  of  calling  "hunger"  for  food 
and  the  pleasure  derived  while  eating  by  one 
and  the  same  term.  Still  just  this  is  done  when 
sex-ardor  and  orgastic  delight  are  called  by  one 
and  the  same  term  libido.  The  writer  always 
calls  the  sex  desire  "voluptas"  and  reserves  the 
term  "libido"  to  designate  the  orgastic  experi- 
ence. Voluptas  is  an  impulse,  libido  an  experi- 
ence, an  agreeable  excitation  of  the  nerves,  an 
enjoyable  sensation,  a  self-feeling,  not  compar- 
able with  emotional  pleasure,  experienced,  e.  g., 
in  the  anticipation  of  a  show,  dance,  or  ban- 
quet, or  the  Joy  of  a  parent  derived  from  the 
success  of  a  child,  or  the  delight  at  the  con- 
templation of  a  beautiful  landscape,  or  the 
felicity  attached  to  achievement.  Orgastic 
libido  is  a  state  of  the  body  8ui  generis,  an 
ecstacy,  rapture,  or  bliss  unique  in  its  content. 
It  is  not  to  be  compared  with  the  negative  lust- 
feelings  felt  at  the  removal  of  pain,  such  as 
the  removal  of  hunger  by  eating;  of  the  pres- 
sure of  bladder  by  micturition;  of  pressure  of 
rectum  by  defecation;  of  the  itching  of  the  skin 
by  scratching.  Because  of  the  uniqueness  of  the 
positive  sexual  lust-feeling  the  early  sexologists 
had  to  look  for  a  new  term  for  this  feeling,  and 
they  called  the  reflex-condition  or  the  state  of 
the  body   during  ejaculation   by   the  term   or- 


sire  for  food,  defecation,  micturition  and  so 
forth,  is  a  misnomer,  it  is  not  sexual  libido. 
All  kinds  of  sensuous  pleasure  and  desires 
cannot  be  designated  by  the  same  term — 
libido.  The  first  sexologists  used  the  term 
libido  to  designate  orgastic  pleasure,  hence  it 
ought  to  be  reserved  for  this  exclusive  use. 
In  common  speech  such  an  equivocal  mode 
of  expression  would  bring  confusion,  and 
it  was  bound  to  bring  confusion  in 
psychology*.  The  use  of  equivocal  terms 
for  the  purpose  of  supporting  some  precon- 
ceived system  does  not  become  the  honest 
scientist.  By  adult  sexuality  is  commonly 
meant  the  gross  sexual  act  with  all  its  pre- 
liminaries and  associated  activities  which 
lead  to  it  or  follow  the  same.  Such  a  sex- 
uality does  not  exist  in  the  normal  child. 
Normal  infants  and  non-seduced  children 
up  to  the  age  of  8  to  12  have  no  conception 

gasm,  while  to  the  experience,  or  to  the  con- 
scious condition  they  gave  the  name  libido.  To 
call  the  desire  for  this  experience  also  iby  the 
term  libido  is  to  bring  confusion  into  the  study 
of  sexuality.  The  desire  for  a  positive  lust-feel- 
ing and  the  feeling  itself  are  not  one  and  the 
same  thing.  If  this  proposition  needed  any  fur- 
ther proof  at  all,  pathology  proves  it  to  con- 
clusion. In  some  patients  the  sex-urge  or  the 
potency  of  voluptas  is  greatly  enhanced;  they 
get  excited  by  every  petticoat;  still  union  is 
accomplished  with  scarcely  a  trace  of  pleasure. 
They  are  impotent  of  libido.  In  other  patients, 
the  so-called  woman  haters,  the  sex-urge  is  on 
the  zero-point;  yet  when  they  happen  to  have 
intercourse  they  experience  normal  pleasure, 
the  potency  of  libido  is  intact.  Still  a  good 
many  sexologists  continue  to  use  the  same  term 
libido  interchangeably  for  the  experience  and 
the  desire.  Now  coine  the  Freudians  and  com- 
plicate matters  still  farther  by  calling  not  only 
sex  desire  but  all  other  desires,  such  as  the  de- 
sire of  food,  for  defecation,  micturition,  or 
for  scratching  by  the  same  term  libido.  Then 
after  having  borrowed  a  sex  term  for  non-sex- 
ual desires,  they  turn  around  and  call  all  these 
desires  sexual.  They  constantly  speak  of  lip, 
anal,  urethral  or  skin  erotism.  Thus  one  sin 
brings  in  its  train  another  sin,  as  Ben  AJaj 
used  to  say  (Aboth  IV.  2).  To  give  to  this  ar- 
bitrary play  with  terms  a  metaphysical  cover- 
let, this  school  regards  the  multiplicity  of  in- 
stincts as  issuing  from  a  relative  unity,  the 
primal  libido.  Since  the  most  intelligible  ar- 
ticulation of  this  primal  libido  is  sex  attraction, 
the  pansexualist  attributes  all  desires  to  this 
sex  attraction. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinx 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


May,  1919 


263 


of  the  sexual  act.  Every  thinking  parent  is 
enough  of  a  psychologist  to  observe  his  or 
her  own  child  and  he  finds  that  his  child 
is  not  polymorphous-perverse. 

If  the  Freudian  means  by  infantile  libido 
something  different  from  adult  sexuality  he 
fails  to  show  it  by  his  reasoning.  "Who- 
ever observes,"  says  Freud  himself,  "how 
the  infant  satisfied  at  the  mother's  breast 
falls  back  with  flushed  cheeks  and  happy 
smile  will  admit  that  this  picture  is  the 
standard  for  the  expression  of  sexual  satis- 
faction in  later  life."  If  this  passage  of 
Freud  means  anything  it  means  that  the  in- 
fant had  enjoyed  orgastic  libido  such  as  the 
adult  in  later  life.  It  is  not  the  satisfaction 
of  hunger  but  that  of  sex  that  gave  him  the 
pleasure.  Nobody  in  the  full  command  of 
his  senses  would  dream  to  call  the  satisfac- 
tion the  adult  experiences  at  the  relief  of 
pressure  by  defecation  or  micturition  sex- 
ual, but  the  infant's  satisfaction  at  such  re- 
lief is  attributed  by  the  pansexualist  to  sex- 
ual libido^  If  an  adult,  when  alone  should 
relieve  himself  of  his  clothes,  he  could  not 
be  called  an  exhibitionist,  because  in  exhi- 
bitionism an  observer  is  a  condition  sine 
qua  non.  Mere  nudity  is  not  exhibitionism 
nor  narcissism.  But  if  the  infant,  whether 
alone  or  in  presence  of  his  mother  or  nurse, 
pushes  off  his  covering  the  action  is  at- 
tributed to  sexual  exhibitionism,  not  to  the 
pleasant  sensation  of  freedom  from  clothes. 
The  curiosity  of  children  is  proverbial.  The 
small  child  wishes  to  see  everything,  to  hear 
everything,  to  know  everything.  Qiildren 
will  break  and  destroy  any  plaything  for  the 
sake  of  exploring  the  mechanism.  But  when 
a  child  observes  with  curiosity  the  genitals 

^Thls  pleasure,  the  pansexualist  claims,  is 
different  from  that  derived  from  the  natural 
relief  from  tension.  And  he  finds  this  difference 
in  the  michievous  expression  of  the  infant's 
face.  Upon  such  shaky  evidence  is  built  this 
wonderful  doctrine. 


of  another  child  of  the  opposite  sex,  this 
instinct  of  curiosity,  this  emotion  of  wonder ; 
is  denounced  as  mixoscopy.'  The  curiosity 
defecation  produces  in  the  child  is  copro- 
philia  in  the  eyes  of  the  pansexualist.  The 
cruelty  of  the  child  towards  animals,  in  his 
ignorance  of  the  caiJse  and  effect  of  pain, 
is  denounced  as  sadism.  If  the  child  mal- 
treats the  teacher  by  his  naughtiness  he  is 
a  sadist.  If  he  knows  that  he  will  be 
punished  and  still  does  it  he  is  a  masochist, 
and  if  he  screams  while  punished  he  is  a 
malingerer.  If  a  boy  loves  his  mother,  the 
love  is  attributed  to  sexual  desire,  and  if 
he  loves  his  father,  he  is  a  homosexualist. 
The  girl's  love  of  her  father  has  a  sexual 
component,  and  her  love  for  her  mother  is 
a  sure  sign  of  bisexuality.  The  pleasure  of 
sucking  at  the  mother's  breast  is  sexual 
libido,  and  the  lust  at  sucking  from  the  bot- 
tle or  of  the  finger  is  attributed  to  lip  erot- 
ism. In  the  opinion  of  the  pansexualist,  the 
infant  has  no  need  of  food,  only  of  sex. 
Because  the  three  body  openings  happen 
to  be  erogenous  in  some  degenerate  adults, 
the  labial,  anal,  and  urethral  erotism  of  the 
child  has  become  a  common  by- word  of  the 
pansexual  school.  The  fascination  of  being 
rocked  is  due  to  sexual  excitement.  The 
pleasure  of  being  tossed  in  the  air  has  a 
sexual  undertone.  When  the  child  enjoys  his 
bath  the  enjoyment  is  attributed  to  the 
erotic  functions  of  the  skin,  not  to  its  simple 
stimulation.  When  the  child  makes  its  body 
rigid,  it  is  not  an  expression  of  angry  ob- 
stinacy— this  would  be  common  sense  which 
does  not  exist  in  the  eyes  of  the  pansex- 
ualist— but  muscle  erotism.  The  child  is  not 
only  polymorphous-perverse  but  a  common 
criminal,  as  shown  in  his  plays  and  games. 
When  he  plays  the  soldier,  he  is  a  mur- 
derer; when  he  plays  with  matches,  he  is 
inclined  to  arson. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


264 


May,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Ambeican  Mkdicinb 


It  is  not  only  the  hysterical  patient  who 
harbors  the  Oedipus  complex  or  the  Electra 
complex.  In  the  eyes  of  the  pansexualist,  one 
of  these  complexes  dwells  in  every  normal 
man  or  woman.  The  sexual  emotions  of  the 
adult  only  associate  and  assimilate  the  orig- 
inal affection  the  boy  has  for  his  mother 
and  the  girl  for  her  father.  Every  love  is 
merely  a  repetition  of  the  first  love  of  the 
mother  or,  respectively,  for  the  father.  The 
mate  is  always  a  mother  or  father  image. 
The  love  of  God  is  the  sublimation  of  the 
gross  love  of  father.  The  father  complex  is 
the  prototype  for  all  kind  of  reverence.  The 
struggle  between  the  infantile  constellation 
and  the  cultural  incest-taboo  forms  the 
parents  complex,  and  the  sublimation  of  the 
sex  reminiscences  of  this  complex  gains 
components  for  cultural  effects,  such  as  dis- 
gust, shame,  morality  and  so  forth. 

Such  a  strange  proposition  as  infantile 
sexuality  would  naturally  require  an  irre- 
futable proof,  and  the  only  proof  the  school 
has  is  Freud's  word  which  must  be  accepted 
as  final  or  one  lacks  scientific  attainments. 
The  infantile  sexual  factor  in  man's  life  is 
taught  as  if  it  were  the  positive,  untarnished, 
absolutely  proven  truth.  Infantile  sexuality 
forms  the  cornerstone  of  the  entire  Freudian 
edifice,  yet  no  genuine  evidence  is  presented 
of  its  existence  in  the  normal  child.  The 
direct  observation  of  normal  children  by 
unbiased  observers  does  not  show  any  sex 
motive  in  the  infant's  life.  The  study  of 
normal  babies  shows  them  to  be  without  any 
sex  consciousness.  The  evidence  brought 
forward  by  tTie  Freudian  sect  emanates 
mostly  from  the  reminiscences  of  neurotic 
adults  or  is  based  upon  the  observation  of 
neurotic  children.  The  striking  and  excep- 
tional is  then  extended  to  cover  the  normal. 
There  is  no  positive,  clear-cut  proof  of  the 
existence  of  any  infantile  sexual  desire.  In- 
fantile sexuality  is  nothing  short  of  the  aber- 


ration of  the  spirit.  Unless  all  feeling,  affec- 
tivity,  yearning,  all  human  energy  are  called 
sexual,  such  a  thing  as  infantile  sexuality, 
analogous  to  that  of  the  adult,  does  not  ex- 
ist. There  is  no  sexual  factor  in  the  life  of 
the  infant.  The  normal  child  has  no  copula- 
tive desire  for  parents  or  anybody  else.  The 
incest-complex  is  a  terminologic  absurdity. 

The  greater  attraction  the  parent  of  the 
opposite  sex  may  have  for  the  child  or  the 
child  for  the  parent  has  no  conscious  sexual 
coloring  in  the  sense  of  adult  sexuality.  This 
attraction  is  based  upon  the  unconscious 
biologic  general  attraction  of  the  male  and 
female  principles  in  all  organic  life.  It  is 
the  attraction  of  the  pistil  for  the  pollen.  It 
is  a  part  of  life's  mystery,  of  the  elan  vital, 
the  "IVillc  zum  Lebenf*  This  attraction  is 
not  synonymous  with  adult  sexuality. 
Neither  is  the  satisfaction  of  all  infantile 
desires  sexual  libido.  The  term  sexual  for 
all  infantile  pleasures  is  used  by  the 
Freudians  in  a  loose,  confusing  manner.  The 
entire  doctrine  is  mere  guesswork,  based  on 
the  vaguest  sort  of  evidence.  Probably  the 
followers  of  the  cult  are  themselves  suffer- 
ing from  a  certain  complex. 

The  interpretation  given  by  the  Freudians 
to  the  innocent  activities  of  their  own  or 
of  their  friends'  children  would  show  that 
they  themselves  are  harboring  the  sensuality 
complex  in  their  make  up.  They  find  sex 
where  the  normal  man  would  look  for  it  in 
vain. 

This  sensuality  complex  would  explain 
the  stand  the  pansexualist  has  taken  in  re- 
gard to  chastity.  Only  the  sensualist  claims 
that  chastity  is  impo.ssible.  Normal  men 
in  all  walks  of  life,  from  the  north  pole  ex- 
plorer to  the  soldier  in  the  trenches,  know 
by  their  own  experience  that  chastity  is  pos- 
sible. The  pansexualist  who,  if  not  advocat- 
ing, is  at  least  condoning  sexual  license  in 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES. 


Mav.  1919 


265 


men  or  women,  is  no  doubt  harboring  a 
sensual  complex.  In  an  essay  on  chastity 
(Amcr.  Jour,  of  Urology  and  Sexology, 
May,  1918)  such  a  Freudian  claims  that 
total  abstinence  is  impossible.  He  plays  the 
trick,  well  known  to  the  student  of  logic, 
by  starting  from  the  false  premise  that  by 
chastity  is  meant  a  chaste  human  being  that 
never  felt  the  alluring  breath  of  sexual 
thought.  Then  he  goes  on  to  prove  that  such 
a  being  has  never  existed.  But  supposing 
the  individual  has  felt  the  alluring  breath 
of  sensual  thought  and  did  not  yield  to  the 
allurement,  is  not  such  a  person  also  chaste  ? 
When  we  speak  of  an  offense  against  chas- 
tity we  do  not  mean  sensual  thoughts.  Sup- 
posing that  by  chastity  is  meant  the  refrain- 
ing from  physical  congress  except  with  one's 
permanent  mate?  Such  a  chastity  is  surely 
not  impossible  and  it  fulfils  all  the  require- 
ments of  the  categorical  imperative.  This 
social  imperative  is  only  concerned  with  sex 
congress  when  a  second  person  is  in  the 
play.  Masturbation,  mental  erotism,  day- 
dreaming may  violate  the  rules  of  personal 
hygiene,  but  they  do  not  concern  society. 
Thinking  unchaste  thoughts  does  no  one  any 
harm  except  the  thinker,  and  he  has  to  settle 
his  autoerotic  practices  with  his  own  con- 
ception of  personal  hygiene.  The  advocate 
of  sexual  chastity  is  mostly  concerned  with 
the  categorical  imperative  which  reads  for 
the  woman:  "Thou  shalt  not  introduce 
strange  blood  into  your  system  and  cause 
blood  chaos  in  your  offspring  and  thou  shalt 
not  jeopardize  the  economic  life  of  your- 
self and  of  your  offspring" ;  for  the  man  it 
reads:  "Thou  shalt  not  jeopardize  the  eco- 
nomic welfare  of  your  neighbor's  wife  and 
children,  thou  shalt  not  introduce  blood 
chaos  into  his  family  and  thou  shalt  not  ex- 
pose yourself  to  the  pollution  of  the  venereal 
disease  and  thus  jeopardize  the  health  and 


life  of  your  wife  and  children"  (Talmey, 
Amer.  Medicine,  July,  1917). 

The  advocate  of  chastity  claims  that  ab- 
stinence is  difficult  for  the  hedonist,  the 
person  with  an  ardent  sensual  disposition; 
for  the  intellectual  elite,  the  superman,  the 
great  thinkers,  the  investigators,  abstinence 
is  easy.  The  pansexualist  continually  con- 
tradicts himself.  In  one  breath  he  says  that 
the  sexual  impulse  is  intractable  and  un- 
controllable and  then  he  says :  "If  our  youth 
could  marry  at  20,  they  would  be  the  first  to 
preach  abstinence."  Hence  from  puberty  to 
twenty,  the  period  of  storm  and  stress,  when 
most  of  the  venereal  diseases  are  contracted, 
the  youth  would  have  to  control  their  sex 
urge.  Why  then  could  not  they  control  it 
after  twenty?  Suppose  they  are  not  abso- 
lutely abstinent,  suppose  they  do  sometimes 
think  sensual  thoughts,  suppose  they  prac- 
tice sometimes  autoeroticism — the  pansex- 
ualists  with  Stekel  at  the  top  claim  that 
masturbation  per  se  is  harmless — if  they 
only  be  chaste, «.  e.,  relative  abstinence  from 
illicit  congress,  that  would  be  a  great  gain 
and  the  only  thing  the  moralist  is  concerned 
with.  The  moral  categorical  imperative  is  a 
social  imperative.  When  no  other  person  is 
in  the  play,  man's  behavior  ceases  to  be 
subject  to  the  moral  imperative  and  is  only 
controlled  by  right  conduct. 

The  claim  of  the  pansexualist  that  one 
can  no  more  live  without  sexual  experi- 
ences and  not  be  harmed  thereby  than  with- 
out food  is  a  palpable  error.  The  individual 
grows  and  thrives  without  sexual  experience 
before  puberty  arid  after  the  climacterium 
but  needs  food  during  these  periods.  The 
pansexualist  has  gone  mad  on  sex.  To  speak 
of  the  erotic  fantasies  of  a  one-year-old 
child  is  nothing  but  madness.  The  pansex- 
ualist is  defending  a  sex  complex  of  the 
first  magnitude.  Any  psychologist  who  can 


Digitized  by 


Google 


266 


Mat^  1919 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLBS 


American  Medicine 


say  that  "There  is  only  one  kind  of  love — 
the  erotic" — is  a  hopeless  sensualist.  Such 
a  dogma  can  only  be  the  emanation  of  his 
own  complex. 

The  dogmatic  attitude  is  even  more  em- 
phasized in  the  dream  interpretation  of  this 
school.  It  has  been  known  since  time  im- 
memorial that  many  dreams  represent  wish- 
fulfilments  not  realized  in  the  waking  state. 
From  this  general  observation  the  doctrine 
was  proclaimed  that  every  dream  represents 
the  fulfilment  of  repressed  wishes,  not  of 
ordinary  every  day  wishes,  but  infantile 
sex  wishes. 

This  theory  of  the  wishfulfilment  of  the 
dream  runs  counter  to  everybody's  experi- 
ence when  he  happens  to  remember  the 
phantasmagoria  of  sleep  which,  far  from  al- 
ways fulfilling  a  wish,  not  seldom  produces 
the  most  frightful  oppressive  emotions. 
Hence  a  deus  ex  machina  was  created  in 
the  psychic  censor  who,  watching  over  the 
woe  and  weal  of  the  sleeper,  distorts  the 
hidden  dream  content  into  the  manifest 
dream  thought.  The  dream  itself  is  pur- 
posive, teleologic,  providential,  created  no 
doubt  by  a  god,  probably  Morpheus,  to  se- 
cure refreshing  sleep.  But  in  order  that  the 
dream  should  not  reveal  too  much  of  the 
repressed  infantile  sex  wish,  the  censor  has 
been  placed  on  the  threshold  of  conscious- 
ness and  his  duty  is  not  to  allow  any  con- 
tents he  does  not  approve  of  to  enter  aware- 
ness. This  theory  required  three  distinct 
principles  to  be  introduced  into  the  mech- 
anism of  the  dream. 

(1)  The  latent  dream  content,  non-re- 
callable to  memory,  having  its  seat  in  sub- 
consciousness. 

(2)  The  manifest  dream  thought,  re- 
callable to  memory,  with  its  seat  in  con- 
sciousness, and 

(3)  The  censor  with  his  seat  at  the  point 


of  transition  of  the  two  psychic  systems,  or 
on  the  threshold  of  recall. 

The  latent  thought  invariably  contains  the 
fulfilment  of  a  repressed  infantile,  sexual 
wish.  In  order  that  the  wish  remain  re- 
pressed the  censor  watches  at  the  threshold 
and  distorts  the  latent  content  so  that  the 
fulfilment  is  not  any  longer  recognizable  in 
the  manifest  thought.  The  aim  of  the  entire 
elaborate  mechanism  is  not  easy  to  grasp. 
What  is  the  purpose  of  a  wishfulfilment  that 
does  not  reveal  itself  to  the  conscious  ego? 
What  is  the  use  of  representing  the  wish  as 
fulfilled  if  the  fulfilment  does  not  enter 
the  wisher's  awareness?  How  should  such 
a  problematical  wishfulfilment  guard  sleep? 
A  fulfilment  that  remains  hidden  to  the  con- 
scious ego  is  not  fulfilled  as  far  as  the  ego 
is  concerned.  The  entire  latent  content  ap- 
pears aimless  and  purposeless.  In  the  wak- 
ing reveries  the  individual's  wishes  are  ful- 
filled, and  he  knows  it.  In  his  dream  the  re- 
pressed wishes  are  also  said  to  be  fulfilled, 
but  the  individual  does  not  know  it,  he  has 
to  go  to  a  disciple  of  psycho-analysis  to  find 
it  out.  Still,  without  telling  the  logical  "why" 
for  the  dream  work,  an  edifice  of  phantastic 
dream  interpretation  has  been  erected  which 
could  rival  the  dream  books  of  our  g^eat 
grandmothers. 

In  the  first  place  several  laws  have  been 
laid  down,  the  truth  of  which  no  one  is  al- 
lowed to  question  under  the  penalty  of  be- 
ing considered  an  ignorant  heretic. 

(1)  Every  dream  deals  egotistically  of 
the  dreamer  himself. 

(2)  Every  dream  is  a  wishfulfilment  of 
a  sexual  nature. 

(3  The  wishfulfilment  is  contained  in 
the  latent  content. 

(4)  The  manifest  content  forms  the 
dream  work ;  it  is  the  allegorical  expression 
of  a  dream  thought. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mxdicinx 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Mav,  1919 


267 


(5)  The  allegory  is  used  by  the  psychic 
censor  to  prevent  the  unconscious  from  be- 
coming conscious. 

In  the  waking  condition  the  censor  keeps 
back  the  unconscious  desires  emanating 
from  the  complex  and  does  not  allow  them 
to  penetrate  into  consciousness  at  all.*  In 
sleep  the  censor  allows  the  desire  to  enter 
awareness  but  in  disguise,  in  conversion, 
distortion,  so  that  the  desire  and  its  fulfil- 
ment remain  hidden  to  the  sleeper.* 

The  means  of  distortion  are : 

(1)  Fusion  of  words  and  events. 

(2)  Transformation  of  pictures. 

(3)  Indirect  expression  of  things  thru 
symbols. 

(4)  Displacement  or  transformation  of 
affects. 

(5)  Condensation;  one  element  rep- 
resents several  dream  thoughts. 

(6)  Transference  by  dividing  the 
dreamer  into  his  good  and  evil  ego. 

Besides  the  class  of  dreams,  always 
known  to  mankind  since  time  immemorial, 
the  Freudians  know  of  two  more  classes: 

(1)  The  innocent  wish  is  fulfilled  in  the 
manifest  dramatization.  These  are  the  sweet 
dreams.  The  hungry  receive  all  kind  of 
delicacies,  the  thirsty  all  kind  of  drinks,  the 
cold  are  warmed,  and  the  abstinent  enjoys 
the  company  of  the  other  sex.  To  this  well 
known  class  the  Freudians  add : 

(2)  The  second  class  represents  the  ful- 
filment of  repressed  wishes.  But  the  censor 
does  not  allow  any  trace  of  the  latent  sub- 
conscious wish  to  enter  consciousness. 
Hence  the  dreams  remain  unknown  to  the 
ego  and  are  emotionless.* 

^This  conception  is  not  new.  The  censor  is 
here  nothing  else  but  the  system  of  inhibitions 
between  the  impulse  of  gratifying  instinctive 
desires  and  cultural  restraints. 

*  No  adequate  answer  is  given  why  the  censor 
allows  the  entrance  at  all,  if  the  desire  is  to 
remain  hidden  anyhow. 


(3)  The  third  class  of  dreams  rep- 
resents the  realization  of  a  repressed  but 
not  sufficiently  hidden  wish.  Such  dreams 
are  accompanied  by  fear  and  distress.  Be- 
ing strongly  affect-toned  dreams  they  are 
usually  remembered.*  When  the  affects  are 
so  great  that  they  arouse  consciousness,  the 
dream  is  remembered.' 

Three  sources  of  the  dream  have  always 
been  known  to  man:  (1)  recent  events,  (2) 
somatic  states,  (3)  affect-toned  past  events, 
and  to  these  Freudians  add  (4)  infantile 
sexual  events.* 

It  was  always  known,  even  to  primitive 
man,  that  anxiety  dreams  usually  have  a 
somatic  source,  a  stomach  full  of  indiges- 
tible food,  trouble  in  breathing,  pressure  on 
the  heart  or  on  the  great  vessels  and  so 
forth.  In  such  dreams  the  sleeper  often 
passes  thru  the  same  anxieties  he  experi- 
enced in  the  past  in  the  waking  state.  The 
incitement  to  indifferent  dreams  lies  usually 
in  the  events  and  experiences  of  the  last 
few  days. 

But  the  new  school  claims  that  the  dream 
work  is  marked  by  overdetermination.  In 
waking  thought  the  tendency  to  side-asso- 
ciation is  inhibited  by  the  thought  direction. 
When  this  direction  is  removed  or  weak- 
ened, as  in  dreams,  a  condensation  takes 
place,  or  the  dream  thought  is  determined 
from  different  sides  by  different  associa- 
tions. The  dream  is  overdetermined,  hence 

"Under  Freud's  teleologic  interpretation  of 
dreams  the  purpose  of  their  presence  is  not 
quite  intelligible. 

'Why  the  censor  allows  the  commission  of 
incest,  the  greatest  sin  known  to  man,  to  enter 
awareness  is  not  easily  seen. 

*  In  the  writer's  limited  experience  the  change 
of  position  when  awakening  creates  a  complete 
amnesia  of  his  dream.  If  he  remains  in  the  same 
position  he  occupied  when  he  slept  he  remem- 
bers his  dream;  if  he  turns  on  the  other  side 
he  forgets  the  most  innocent  dreams. 

•The  dream  of  nudity  without  regard  to  the 
persons  present  is  an  infantile  exhibition-dream, 
the  incest  dream  Is  an  infantile  wishfulfilment 


Digitized  by 


Google 


268 


May,  1919 


ORIOINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mjsoicinb 


its  ambiguity.  The  affects  reign,  similitudes 
have  the  value  of  indentities,  and  symbols 
render  thought-residues  innocuous.  The 
symbols  are  the  cause  of  the  oneiric  fusion 
and  aim  to  protect  sleep.^ 

With  the  aid  of  dream-symbolism  the 
Freudian  is  in  a  position  to  put  the  sex 
motive  into  the  most  innocent  dream.  The 
enumeration  of  the  sex  symbols  will  easily 
show  that  there  can  scarcely  be  any  dream 
in  existence  without  having  some  sex  sym- 
bol in  its  content.  The  interpretation  of  the 
material  symbols  by  the  new  sect.*  is  simply 
riotous.  Everything  that  is  tall,  thin,  long, 
that  grows  or  opens  like  an  umbrella,  shoots 
like  a  gun,  has  a  cryptic  allusion  to  the  male 
sex  organ,  or  the  phallus.  Things  that 
have  the  shape  of  a  curve,  or  which  enclose 
a  certain  space,^  such  as  the  box,  case, 
closet,  stove,  carriage,  tunnel,  cave,  ring, 
or  shell  represent  the  female  sex  organs, 
or  the  yoni.  A  store  means  the  vulva,  an 
apron  the  labia.  If  a  man  enters  a  store  in 
his  dream  or  touches  an  apron,  it  is  a  wish- 
fulfilment  of  intercourse.  If  unhappily  a 
woman  dreams  of  a  store  or  of  an  apron 
then  it  is  simply  a  homosexual  infantile 
wish. 

Every  twig,  cigar,  asparagus,  tooth,  tower, 

*  With  the  help  of  the  symbol  an  abstract 
thought  is  changed  into  a  material  picture.  The 
thought  of  love  is  pictured  by  a  death  scene, 
the  thought  of  the  phallus  by  the  symbol  of  a 
screw  driver  and  the  thought  of  the  vulva  by 
the  picture  of  a  plum.  This  doctrine  of  the 
am'blguity  and  symbolism  of  dreams  enables 
the  new  school  to  give  any  meaning  it  chooses 
to  any  dream.  The  most  forced  fantastic  inter- 
pretation may  be  defended  with  the  help  of  this 
pretended  symbolism  and  ambiguity  for  the 
existence  of  which  no  adequate  clear-cut  proof 
has  been  given  except  the  dreams  of  degen- 
erates. 

*  The  symbols  are  not  even  original  with  this 
sect.  Any  student  of  ancient  sex  worship  meets 
time  and  again  with  the  Freudian  symbols  in 
the  ancient  cults.  (Talmey,  Amer.  Medicine, 
November,  1918.) 

'They  are  said  to  recall  the  female  curved 
Mount  Veneris  and  the  enclosures  of  the  vagina 
and  uterus. 


peak,   summit,   sausage,  or  serpent  repre- 
sents the  phallus.  A  copula  means  a  testicle. 
Opening  an  umbrella  means  erection.    The 
number  three  means  the  male  genitals  which 
consist  of  three  parts.  The  curve  of  the 
moon  means  the  yoni,  but  also  erection  be- 
cause it  grows.  A  sharp  sword  means  erec- 
tion. Every  hole,  screw-nut,  pocket,  pear, 
plum,  grave,  female  servant,  or  sister,  means 
the  vagina.  The  triangle  or  the  rose  mean 
the  vulva.  A  coffin  symbolizes  the  womb. 
Fur  is  the  symbol  of  the  pubic  hair.  A  ball 
surrounded  by  a  ring,  like  the  Hindu  lingam, 
means  sexual  union.     Telephoning  means 
copulation.  Penetration  into  narrow  spaces 
is  a  birth  phantasy.  The  opening  of  a  locked 
door,  or  of  a  letter  means  sex  union.  Mur- 
der means  defloration.  The  criminal,  horses, 
lions,  tigers,  biting  dogs  mean  passion.  The 
stallion,  steer,  hare,  buck,  mean  great  po- 
tency. A  hand,  a  finger,  or  drawing,  tearing 
and  milking  mean  masturbation.  The  auto- 
mobile means  autoeroticism.  Playing  piano 
means  copulation.  A  woman  dreaming  of  a 
bundle    means    non-satisfaction    with    one 
man.  Water  in  her  dream  means  pregnancy. 
To  be  poisoned  means  to  become  pregnant. 
Going  thru  a  narrow  channel  or  seeing  the 
bank  of  a  river  is  a  birth  recollection.  The 
transformation  of  one  thing  into  another 
means  bisexuality,  or  vascillation  between 
a  man  and  a  woman.  The  dog  means  sex- 
uality. Going  thru  the  trial  of  examination 
means  sexual  trial.  A  woman  dreaming  of 
falling  means  yielding.  A  locked  door  means 
fear  of  temptation.  Not  being  understood 
means   sexually   not   satisfied.   A   draught- 
horse  means   the  husband,   the   watchman 
means  the  wife,  and  the  emperor  means  the 
father. 

Dreaming  of  being  nude  is  an  infantile 
exhibition  dream,  dreaming  of  flying  is  an 
infantile  reminiscence  of  being  carried  by 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


May,  1919 


269 


the  mother.  Flying  also  represents  a  death- 
wish,  to  become  a  flying  angel.  Taking  a 
walk,  departing,  going  home,  leaving  the 
room,  vanishing,  all  mean  to  die.  Paleness 
means  death,  and  a  small  house  means  the 
grave.  Death  of  relatives  with  sorrow  is 
an  infantile  wish  fulfilment.  The  death  of 
the  father  is  a  sign  of  the  Oedipus  complex. 
The  mother's  death  is  a  homosexual  infan- 
tile love  for  father.  Dying  means  to  live. 
An  old  woman  means  death.  A  fall  into 
depth  means  a  terrible  crime.  A  crowd  of 
people  means  a  secret.  Affective  dreams, 
such  as  exertion,  exhaustion,  restlessness, 
coming  too  late  to  a  train  mean  moral  loads. 
Unrealizable,  unfulfilled  wishes  change  into 
anxiety  dreams.^ 

The  mere  enumeration  of  these  fantastic 
symbols,  these  wild,  fanciful  and  capricious 
interpretations,  sufficiently  explain  why 
most  psychologists  turn  away  entirely  from 
Freud's  teachings.  This  doctrine  of  fixed 
symbolism  is  inherently  so  improbable,  un- 
founded and  unscientific;  this  obsession  of 
the  pansexual  sect  that  there  must  be  some 
suppressed  sexual  element  in  every  dream; 
this  preconceived  notion  that  some  sex  com- 
plex is  at  the  bottom  of  every  dream — these 
are  responsible  for  the  agnostic  attitude  of 
the  true  scientist  towards  the  teachings  of 
the  Vienna  school. 

The  theory  that  the  kaleidoscopic  bizarre- 
ness  and  strangeness,  the  shifting  scenes, 
the  changing  of  persons  in  the  dream  are  all 
purposive  and  the  result  of  an  intropsychic 
struggle  between  repressed  tendencies  and 
a  censor  has  no  solid  foundation  to  stand 
upon.  The  entire  theory  has  no  scientific 
basis.  There  is  no  particle  of  proof  for  a 

'  The  lengthy  enumeration  of  these  symbols 
was  necessary  to  show  that  there  cannot  pos- 
sibly exist  any  dream  without  containing  one 
or  the  other  of  these  sex  symbols.  Thus  every 
dream  is  eo  ipso  a  sex  dream,  if  we  believe  in 
these  symbols. 


specific  transformation  of  an  antecedent 
latent  idea  into  a  manifest  content.  There 
is  no  proof  of  the  employment  of  a  special 
symbolism,  no  proof  of  an  introrpsychic 
struggle  in  dreamland.  Freud's  censor  re- 
sembles the  occult  conception  of  a  dream 
god.  The  entire  edifice  of  dream  interpre- 
tation is  devoid  of  substance  and  the  fan- 
tastic outgrowth  of  a  dreaming  psychologist. 

All  we  know  of  the  dream  is  it  to  be  a 
fantastic  imagery  without  law  and  order, 
an  hallucinatory  delirium,  occurring  in  a 
state  of  dissociation  and  influenced  by  cer- 
tain drugs,  such  as  alcohol,  opium,  has- 
heesh and  so  forth.  The  dreams  which  en- 
ter our  awareness  and  are  remembered,  and 
only  these  dreams  are  subject  to  a  scientific 
analysis,  do  not  show  any  motive.  They 
are  disconnected  ideas,  coursed  in  a  passive, 
fleeting  way  thru  the  mind.  Some  conscious- 
ness exists  in  sleep ;  the  senses  are  not  en- 
tirely out  of  play.  Hence  there  must  remain 
some  mental  activity.  This  activity  is  at  the 
bottom  of  dream  life.  The  dreams  remem- 
bered are,  as  a  rule,  hypnagnotic  dreams, 
/.  e,,  dreamt  either  before  falling  asleep  or 
just  before  awakening. 

The  sources  of  the  dream  material  are 
somatic  sensations  or  residue  sensations  of 
sound,  sight,  smell,  touch  and  taste,  and 
pressure  on  the  circulatory  apparatus,  on 
the  bladder,  on  bowels  and  so  forth.  The 
dramatization  of  the  dream  is  formed  of 
presleeping  ideas,  usually  of  the  last  days 
before  the  respective  dream,  but  it  is  also 
incited  by  residue  emotions  emanating  from 
remote  affect-toned  events.  The  following 
may  show  how  somatic  sensations  and  re- 
cent presleeping  ideas  work  together  in  the 
composition  of  the  dream. 

I.  At  the  fall-opening  of  school,  a  man, 
not  a  teacher,  dreams  that  he  is  opening  a 
school  in  the  presence  of  his  wife.  He  first 
puts  on  the  electric  lights,  then  he  tries  to 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


270 


Mav,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicinb 


open  all  rooms  on  one  side  of  the  school, 
which  is  built  in  the  form  of  a  triangle. 
Each  room  opened  is  found  to  be  a  closet 
only,  with  a  sink  and  water  running  from 
the  faucet.  When  all  the  rooms  on  one  side 
of  the  triangle  had  been  opened,  the  wife 
refused  to  be  present  at  the  farther  opening 
of  school  rooms,  because  she  is  afraid  of 
the  devil.  So  they  both  leave  the  school. 
When  the  man  tries  to  close  the  outer  door, 
three  devils  appear  and  do  not  let  him.  Tired 
out  trying  he  awakes. 

For  the  pansexualist  such  a  dream  would 
be  a  veritable  mine  of  male  and  female  sex 
symbols.  School,  triangle,  closet,  faucet  are 
all  yonic,  and  devil  and  the  number  three  are 
phallic  symbols.  For  the  Freudian  such  a 
dream  is  a  typical  impotence-phantasy.  The 
fact  is  that  at  awakening  the  dreamer  found 
the  room  quite  lighted  by  the  early  sun  and 
that  water  was  running  from  a  faucet  out 
of  order.  A  few  days  before,  the  dreamer 
met  with  a  teacher  who  was  going  to  open 
a  school  which  is  built  in  the  form  of  an 
H.  On  a  rainy  day,  a  few  days  previously, 
there  was  the  question  who  should  call  for 
the  child,  the  dreamer  or  his  wife.  All  these 
sensations  and  ideas  served  as  the  dream 
incitors.  There  is  no  proof  that  the  dream 
was  overdetermined  and  that  a  sex-motive 
was  hidden  behind  the  scene.  The  psycho- 
analyst with  his  ipse  dixi  takes  himself  too 
seriously. 

As  examples  where  dreams  represent  re- 
membrances of  strongly  aflfective-toned 
events  in  the  dreamer's  past  life,  entirely 
remote  from  sex,  may  serve  the  following 
histories:  A  young  German  student  left 
Lithuania  for  Germany.  At  the  frontier 
the  Russian  officials  found  some  irregularity 
in  his  passport  and  did  not  let  him  pass.  He 
had  to  return  to  the  village  and  to  stay  in 
a  farmer's  house,  only  a  few  feet  away 
from  the  frontier  ditch.  There  he  remained 
hidden  till  darkness  when  the  Russian  sol- 
diers are   withdrawn   from  the  immediate 


line  to  a  line  farther  inland.  Thereupon  he 
jumped  over  the  ditch  and  proceeded  dur- 
ing the  night  to  the  next  German  city  to 
board  a  train.  This  event  made  such  an  im- 
pression on  him  that  in  his  anxiety  dreams 
for  the  last  35  years  he  lives  thru  the  same 
experiences.  Every  time  he  wakes  up  from 
this  typical  dream  he  finds  himself  lying 
on  the  left  side,  pressing  his  heart. 

Another  example  of  remote  emotions  fur- 
nishing the  dream  materials  is  the  follow- 
ing history:  A  boy  of  15  years  while  sitting 
on  one  of  the  open  country-closets  in  the  yard 
slipped  and  fell  in  up  to  his  knees  in  the 
dirt.  The  disgust  made  such  an  impression 
on  him  that  since  this  disagreeable  strongly- 
affective  experience  he  has  typical  dreams 
where  he  passes  thru  the  same  or  similar  ex- 
periences. At  awakening  he  finds  himself 
pressed  either  for  defecation  or  micturition. 
Now  these  two  histories  explain  themselves 
in  the  most  natural  way.  To  put  a  sex- 
motive  behind  these  typical  dreams  would 
be  an  arbitrary  act  of  the  oneirocritic. 

That  the  supraliminal  consciousness  and 
reasoning  are  not  entirely  extinct  in  sleep  is 
shown  in  the  following  dreams: 

II.  The  writer  had  been  operated  upon  for 
gangrenous  appendicitis  nine  years  ago.  His 
condition  was  very  grave.  In  the  night  of 
the  second  to  the  third  day  he  finds  himself, 
in  his  dream,  in  a  public  Russian-Turkish 
bath  of  his  native  town.  There  he  meets 
with  his  parents.  His  old  mother,  dressed  in 
her  usual  street  garb,  says  to  him:  "Why 
do  you  want  to  suffer  here,  my  child,  come 
with  us."  Thereupon  he  answers:  "No  I 
cannot  go  now,  I  have  a  little  girl,  one  and 
a  half  years  old.  I  shall  wait  till  she  is  mar- 
ried." Then  his  father  turns  to  his  mother 
and  says:  "Leave  him  alone,  he  does  not 
want  to  go  with  us."  Then  they  both  dis- 
appear. 

Now,  in  his  native  small  town  the  super- 
stition prevailed  that  if  one  goes  away  in 
his  dream  with  a  dead  person  the  dreamer 
will  soon  die.  The  writer's  parents  had  been 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambrican  Mbdicink 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLiES 


May,  1919 


271 


dead  at  the  time  of  the  dream.  But  in  the 
dream  scene  they  both  appear  to  be  alive, 
i.  e,,  the  subliminal  psyche  perceives  them 
as  being  alive.  Still  there  was  a  reminiscence 
from  the  supraliminal  psyche  that  they  are 
dead,  hence  he  must  not  go  with  them  until 
his  child  is  independent.  Still  this  reminis- 
cence was  not  strong  enough  to  represent 
them  as  dead  in  the  dream  dramatization. 
We  can  only  conclude  from  the  logic  of  his 
answer  that  some  faint  reminiscence  of  their 
death  remained  present  in  his  psyche. 

In  the  following  dream  the  reminiscence 
was  strong  enough  to  enter  awareness  dur- 
ing the  dream  : 

III.  About  six  months  before  the  dream, 
the  writer's  sister-in-law  died  thru  an  un- 
fortunate accident.  In  his  dream  he  meets 
her  in  a  house  where  he  is  observing  the 
children  at  their  play.  He  is  delighted  to  see 
her  looking  so  well.  She  is  dressed  in  her 
usual  street  costume,  as  if  to  go  shopping. 
Suddenly  she  takes  her  youngest  girl  by  the 
hand  and  tries  to  go  away  with  her.  The 
writer  gets  terribly  frightened,  grabs  the 
child  in  his  arms  and  exclaims:  "Do  not 
go  with  her,  she  is  dead." 

Thus  again  the  deceased  appears  alive 

in  the  dream  scene,  hence  a  plain  wishful- 
filment.  Still  the  irradiating  reminiscences 
from  the  supraliminal  consciousness  are 
strong  enough  to  make  the  dreamer  aware 
that  she  is  dead  and  that  he  must  not  let 
her  take  away  her  child.  This  shows  that 
there  is  a  certain  cleavage  of  awareness  in 
a  supraliminal  and  subliminal  psyche  in 
the  dream  just  as  in  the  waking  state. 

Sometimes  the  dream  shows  the  presence 
of  three  degrees  of  consciousness,  the  sub- 
conscious, the  fore-conscious  and  the  con- 
scious. 

IV.  After  having  read  a  great  deal  about 
Freud's  dream  theories  the  writer  dreamt  he 
saw  three  big  watermelons  and  tried  to 
measure  and  weigh  them.  While  handling 
the  melons  he  awakes  and  tries  in  this  state 
to  analyze  the  dream,  wondering  what  re- 


lation the  watermelons  could  have  to  sex 
and  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  Freud's 
dream  theories  do  not  always  bear  scrutiny. 
After  coming .  to  this  final  conclusion  the 
writer  awakes  and  finds  that  the  dream 
analysis  was  itself  made  in  a  dream,  like 
Hamlet's  show  within  a  show. 

The  first  awakening  was  not  a  real  but  a 
dreamt  awakening.  The  dream  of  the  mel- 
ons was  thus  the  work  in  the  subconscious 
state,  that  of  the  analysis  in  the  fore-con- 
scious state,  leading  to  the  conscious  state 
at  the  real  awakening. 

That  an  innocent  non-sexual  wish  may 

furnish  the  material  for  the  dream  thought 

shows  the  following  dream: 

V.  The  night  before  the  operation  of  a 
near  relative  which  the  writer  wished  to 
escape  from  performing  he  dreams  that  he 
had  packed  all  his  things  to  leave  the  city. 
He  hastens  to  the  railroad  station  but  is 
often  prevented  from  proceeding  by  one  ob- 
stacle and  the  other.  When  at  last  he  ar- 
rives at  the  station,  the  train  had  left  and 
he  has  to  return  home. 

Here  the  basis  for  the  dream  wish  to  leave 
the  city  is  the  wish  to  escape  from  operating 
upon  his  relative.  But  both  wishes  remain 
unfulfilled,  the  real  wish  and  the  dream 
wish,  contrary  to  the  Freudian  theory  that 
every  dream  expresses  a  wish  fulfilment. 

The  entire  theory  about  repressed  unac- 
ceptable ideas,  censor,  compromise,  dis- 
guise and  so  forth  is  incapable  of  sub- 
stantiation. The  modem  oneirocritics  have 
no  particle  of  proof  that  the  dream  is  on 
one  hand  teleologic  and  on  the  other  hand 
intended  not  to  be  understood. 

But  even  granted  that  the  theories  about 
infantile  sexuality  and  about  the  sexual 
meaning  of  dreams  are  grotesque  phantasies 
of  a  strongly  imaginative  psychologist,  these 
phantastic  doctrines  do  not  detract  from 
the  merit  and  glory  of  the  teacher  who  has 
given  to  the  world  the  new  psychology  of 
the  unconscious,  many  features  of  which 
even  Freud's  opponents  have  absorbed. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


272 


May,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mxdicinb 


With  the  aid  of  this  psychology  we  are 
able  to  read  the  secret,  unconscious  wishes, 
yearnings  and  longings  of  the  individual. 
This  psychology  also  furnishes  us  the 
means  of  fathoming  the  workings  of  the 
racial  psyche  from  prehistoric  antiquity 
down  to  the  present  high  state  of  culture. 
Whatever  objection  one  may  have  to  the 
overemphasis  of  the  sexual  impulse  in  the 
infant  and  in  dream,  whatever  objection  to 
the  intellectual  monism  of  Freud  who  re- 
duces all  psychic  manifestations  to  one  pow- 
erful dominating  instinct/  even  his  op- 
ponents will  admit  that  his  discovery  of  the 
psychology  of  the  unconscious  forms  one  of 
the  conspicuous  landmarks  in  medical 
science. 

171  W.  126th  St. 


RADIOTHERAPY:  INDICATIONS  AND 

RESULTS  OBTAINED  WHEN 

PROPERLY  USED.' 

BY 

D.  Y.  KEITH,  M.  D., 

and 
J.  P.  KEITH,  M.  D., 
Louisville,  Kentucky. 

The  treatment  of  carcinoma  is  the  largest 
and  most  serious  problem  before  the  medi- 
cal profession  today.  This  article  will  not 
burden  its  readers  with  statistics,  detailed 
report  of  cases,  or  the  technic  of  treatment ; 
but  will  as  briefly  as  possible  give  certain 
conclusions    from    personal    experience    in 

'  Freud's  doctrine  of  the  primal  libido  is  a 
metaphysical  proposition  and  may  better  be 
discussed  by  a  philosopher.  The  writer  is  more 
concerned  with  the  outgrowth  of  Freud's  the- 
ories, or  rather  with  the  ravings  of  his  less 
philosophical  disciples  who  are  trying  to  outdo 
their  master  in  their  emphasis  of  gross  erotism 
and  pansexualism. 

'Read  by  Dr.  D.  Y.  Keith  before  the  Society 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  of  Louisville, 
Kentucky. 


radiotherapy  and  the  trend  of  the  literature 
as  we  see  it. 

In  superficial  epithelioma  we  believe  a 
larger  proportion  can  be  cured  by  proper 
application  of  the  X-ray  (which  includes 
proper  filtering  of  the  rays)  than  with  the 
knife,  caustics  and  cautery  combined.  This 
is  especially  true  of  epithelioma  involving 
the  face,  and  the  scarring  is  much  less  than 
from  other  methods  of  removal.  The  pain 
from  surgery,  caustics  or  cautery,  ranges 
from  the  mildest  to  the  most  severe ;  where- 
as under  radiotherapy  the  patient  remains 
practically  free  from  pain.  Reaction  in  the 
tumor  and  surrounding  glandular  area  may 
be  so  marked  as  to  cause  pain  for  twenty- 
four  to  forty-eight  hours,  but  it  is  usually 
not  severe. 

In  malignant  tumors  about  the  face 
which  by  secondary  involvement  have 
reached  adjacent  glandular  areas,  we  are 
positive  more  benefit  can  be  obtained  by 
radiation,  fulguration  and  surgery  than  by 
the  mutilating  operative  procedures  hitherto 
practiced.  In  our  opinion  removal  of  half 
the  jaw  (either  lower  jaw  or  upper  maxilla) 
is  of  absolutely  no  benefit,  that  on  the  other 
hand  the  patient  is  rendered  more  miserable 
than  if  nothing  had  been  done.  Any  treat- 
ment which  permanently  increases  suffer- 
ing and  undoubtedly  shortens  existence 
should  be  condemned  on  every  possible  oc- 
casion. 

We  have  seen  a  large  number  of  recur- 
rent malignant  tumors  of  the  breast  where 
marked  axillary  glandular  involvement  had 
occurred  and  was  incompletely  removed. 
Partial  or  complete  loss  of  usefulness  of 
the  corresponding  arm,  which  not  infre- 
quently follows  such  extensive  surgical  pro- 
cedures, constitutes  a  most  serious  handi- 
cap, and  in  many  instances  the  occurrence 
of  edema  involving  the  entire  arm  renders 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


May,  1919 


273 


the  patient  a  pitiful  and  uncomfortable  ob- 
ject to  deal  with  daily.  It  is  our  belief  that 
any  patient,  having  a  malignant  tumor  of 
the  mammary  gland  with  secondary  involve- 
ment in  the  axilla,  will  be  much  more  com- 
fortable and  live  longer  with  persistent, 
judicious  application  of  radiotherapy  to  the 
entire  gland-bearing  area  of  the  affected 
side  than  by  immediate  surgical  removal. 
Of  course  surgery  may  be  later  invoked  if 
it  seems  certain  that  benefit  may  be  thereby 
obtained.  In  other  words,  we  believe  sur- 
gery of  the  breast  will  hereafter  be  almost 
limited  to  removal  of  the  breast  after  radio- 
therapy, and  be  followed  by  radiation  of 
all  the  glandular  areas. 

Several  surgeons  are  now  referring  to  us 
their  patients  after  radical  breast  opera- 
tions for  radiotherapy  as  soon  as  they  are 
able  to  leave  the  hospital.  A  few  years  hence 
complete  statistics  will  be  available  showing 
the  results  obtained  by  this  method  of  treat- 
ment- We  believe  fewer  recurrences  will 
be  reported  than  have  been  noted  from 
surgery  alone.  At  present  those  who  have 
seen  a  goodly  number  of  patients  subjected 
to  radical  operation  for  mammary  carci- 
noma are  not  especially  optimistic  about 
surgery.  Please  recall  in  your  experience 
the  number  of  patients  who  have  been 
operated  upon  for  mammary  carcinoma, 
and  who  have  remained  well  for  five  years 
or  more,  where  a  positive  diagnosis  of 
malignancy  was  made. 

Should  you  have  occasion  to  compare  a 
primary  carcinoma  with  one  that  has  re- 
curred after  operation,  you  will  be  impressed 
with  the  marked  resistance  the  recurring 
type  has  to  any  form  of  treatment,  whether 
it  be  radiotherapy,  fulguration  or  caustics. 
This  increased  resistance  has  been  explained 
by  Dr.  Holding  of  New  York  (who  re- 
ported two  thousand  cases  embracing  nearly 


every  type  of  tumor)  who  made  numbers 
of  microscopic  sections  of  both  primary  and 
recurring  carcinomata.  In  the  primary  tu- 
mor he  found  the  blood  supply  was  quite 
limited,  and  that  radiotherapy  caused 
strangulation  by  reduction  in  the  blood  sup- 
ply. In  the  recurring  type  the  blood  supply 
was  greater  than  the  tumor  in  development, 
therefore  it  would  seem  impossible  to 
destroy  the  tumor  mass  by  strangulation  as 
in  primary  neoplasms.  We  believe  this  ex- 
plains the  advantage  of  three  or  four  series 
of  X-ray  applications  after  operation,  as 
destruction  of  remaining  cell  nests  can  be 
better  accomplished  early  before  a  well  es- 
tablished blood  supply  has  been  formed.  In 
deep-seated  malignant  tumors,  such  as  those 
of  the  abdomen,  chest  etc.,  the  principles 
outlined  will  hold  good  so  far  as  post-opera- 
tive radiotherapy  is  concerned. 

At  present  we  have  under  observation 
and  treatment  by  radiotherapy  several  pa- 
tients with  uterine  disorders,  ranging  in 
age  from  thirty-one  to  forty-six  years,  and 
thus  far  the  results  obtained  have  been  satis- 
factory. In  three  of  these  we  are  expected 
to  produce  an  artificial  menopause,  and 
neither  patient  has  menstruated  more  than 
once  since  treatment  was  commenced  six 
months  ago.  In  two  others  continuous  bleed- 
ing for  more  than  one  year  has  been  con- 
trolled within  two  weeks  after  treatment 
was  begun,  the  patients  experiencing  normal 
menstruation  two  weeks  later — excepting 
that  the  flow  was  very  profuse.  We  antici- 
pate good  results  in  these  cases.  In  another 
where  menstruation  was  prolonged  for  a 
period  of  two  weeks,  with  great  pain  in  the 
pelvis  and  lower  lumbar  region,  normal 
menstruation  with  cessation  of  pain  was  ex- 
perienced after  two  series  of  treatment. 

Our  greatest  objection  to  radiotherapy 
in   uterine   affections   is   the   likelihood   of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


274 


May,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AmbricaK  Medxcinb 


mistaken  diagnoses,  and  in  such  instances 
our  efforts  might  prove  futile.  In  uterine 
fibromata  without  complication  of  the  ad- 
nexa,  or  where  surgery  was  contraindicated, 
many  brilliant  results  have  been  reported. 

Since  this  report  was  written  a  total  of 
twenty-two  patients  has  been  rayed  for 
uterine  hemorrhage.  In  a  number  of  these 
cases  more  than  two  years  have  elapsed  with 
no  recurrence  of  uterine  bleeding.  Many  of 
the  younger  patients  (under  30  years)  have 
had  a  return  to  normal  menstruation. 

Our  results  in  goiter  have  been  satisfac* 
tory,  tho  only  a  few  cases  of  this  kind  have 
been  treated.  In  our  first  cases  treated  four 
years  ago,  the  patients  have  remained  well 
without  any  other  treatment.  The  first  pa- 
tients were  treated  by  the  old  technic  of 
small  doses  given  frequently,  with  very  lit- 
tle filtering  of  the  rays.  At  present  we  are 
using  heavier  doses  with  an  increase  in  the 
intervals  between  treatments.  Many  reports 
in  recent  literature  would  lead  one  to  be- 
come very  optimistic  about  the  results,  as 
practically  all  cases  respond  to  the  later 
technic  of  heavy  doses.  The  improvement 
of  the  patient  is  early  noted,  first  showing 
reduction  in  pulse  rate  and  nervous  phe- 
nomena, the  tumor  being  the  last  clinical  evi- 
dence to  disappear. 

The  most  rapid  clinical  improvement  is 
seen  in  the  treatment  of  spleno-myelogen- 
ous  leukemia,  the  blood  picture  showing 
a  change  within  a  few  hours  after  raying 
the  long  bones.  The  blood  serum  ot  a  pa- 
tient so  treated  given  to  another  individual 
with  spleno-myelogenous  leukemia,  who  has 
not  been  exposed  to  the  rays,  will  produce 
a  change  in  the  blood  picture. 

A  middle-aged  female  recently  came  to 
us  presenting  the  following  blood  count: 
Erythrocytes  3,800,000,  leucocytes  120,000, 
myelocytes      30%.      Splenic     enlargement 


marked,  the  lower  border  being  on  a  line 
with  the  umbilicus.  Her  entire  bony  system 
was  given  two  series  of  treatment  with  the 
X-ray  about  ten  days  apart,  and  at  the  end 
of  one  month  her  blood  picture  showed: 
Erythrocytes  4,000,000,  leucocytes  4,800, 
myelocytes  8%. 

LOUISVILLE  RESEARCH  LABORATORY. 
7ao  Atherton  Bldg.,  LouisviHe,  Ky. 


Examination  of  Bixx)d. 
No.  1. 


No. 


For  Dr.  Keith.    Patient  Mrs.   S.    Date  4/4/17 

Hemaglobin  %   65 

Blood  pressure   

Red  Cells  in  Cu.  Mm. 3,800,00 

White    Cells    120,000 

Color  index 

Unstained   


STAINED   SPECIMEN. 

Erythrocytes pale Lymphocytes 

Megalo  or  Microcytes  present .  .Mononucli^nrs . .  8 

Poikilocytes present.  .Transitionals.. .  2 

Polychromotrophilia  present.  .Neutrophiles. .  .60 

Erythroblasta present.  .Eosinophiles 

Megalo  or  Microblasts  present.  .Basophiles 

Blood  Platelets few 

Myelocytes    SO 

Parasites,  bacteria none  found 

Cultures 

Wassermann  Reaction 

Widal  Test 

Remarks Spleno-myelogenous  Leukemia 

► 

L.  R.  Laboratory.        Signed 
J.  D.  ALLEN. 

No.  2 


EXAMINATIOX    OF    BLOOD 


No. 


For  Dr.  Keith.     Patient  Mrs.   S.     Date  5/5/17 

Hemaglobin   % 

Blood  pressure   

Red  Cells  in  Cu.  Mm 4,000,000 

White   Cells    .* 4,800 

Color  index   

Unstained   


STAINED    SPECIMEN. 

Erythrocytes -^ale Lymphocytes 

Megalo  or  Microcytes.  present. .  Mononuclear^.  .20 

Poikilocytes .present . .  Transitionals. . .  2 

Polychromotrophilia. iresent.  .JNeutrophiles. .  .68 

Erythroblasts none Eosinophiles 

Megalo  or  Microblasts  none Basophiles 2 

Blood  Platelets few 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mboicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


May.  191» 


275 


Myelocytes   8 

Parasites,  bacteria    


Cultures 

Wassermann  Reaction 

Widal  Test 

Remarks   


L.  R.  Laboratory.        Signed 
J.  D.  ALLEN. 

No.  3. 

EXAUINATION    OF    BlOOD 


No. 


For  Dr.   Keith.    Patient  Mrs.  S.    Date  6/7/17 

Hemaglobin  %   

Blood  pressure   

Red  Cells  in  Cu.  Mm 

White  Cells    5,000 

Color  index  

Unstained  


STAINED  SPECIMEN. 

Erythrocytes Lymphocytes 

MegaloorMicrocytes Mononuclears  24 

Poikllocytes Transitionals   2 

Polychromotrophilia. . .  .Neutrophiles 70 

Erythroblasts   Eosinophiles  2 

Megalo  or  Microblasts   Basophiles 2 

Blood   Platelets    

Myelocytes    0 

Parasites,   bacteria    


Cultures    

Wassermann  Reaction. 

Widal  Test    

Remarks   


L.  R.  Laboratory.        Signed 
J.  D.  ALLEN. 

The  improvement  clinically  was  as  rapid  as 
the  changes  in  the  blood.  Within  one  week 
the  patient  was  attending  to  her  household 
duties,  she  gained  in  weight,  her  color  im- 
proved, and  after  two  weeks  she  assured  us 
that  she  felt  as  well  as  she  had  for  eighteen 
months  or  longer.  It  is  probable  she  had 
been  affected  for  at  least  a  year  before  we 
saw  her,  as  the  splenic  enlargement  had 
been  noted  by  her  physician  in  a  routine 
examination  during  slow  convalescence  fol- 
lowing an  attack  of  la  grippe. 

All  of  the  patients  we  have  treated  for 
spleno-myelogenous  leukemia  have  im- 
proved rapidly  and  have  remained  comfort- 
able   under    frequent    applications    of    the 


X-ray,  some  of  them  showing  no  indica- 
tions for  further  treatment  for  six  or  eight 
months.  A  blood  examination  is  required  at 
least  every  four  to  six  weeks  to  keep  a  prop- 
er index  in  these  cases.  Blood  changes  are 
noted  from  three  to  six  months  earlier 
than  clinical  symptoms. 

In  eczema  every  patient  treated  by  radio- 
therapy has  shown  immediate  improvement. 
In  a  few  cases  the  results  obtained  have 
been  brilliant  and  seem  to  be  permanent. 
One  patient  with  palmar  eczema  that  had 
resisted  medicinal  applications  for  nearly 
two  years,  and  who  had  abstained  from  the 
use  of  water  on  her  hands  during  this  time, 
was  completely  cured  under  three  applica- 
tions of  the  X-ray  and  has  remained  well 
for  more  than  two  years.  Within  three 
weeks  after  treatment  was  begun  she  was 
using  soap  and  water  and  was  attending 
to  her  household  duties  without  the  use  of 
gloves  which  she  had  formerly  worn.  This 
was  one  of  the  most  pleasing  results  we 
have  ever  observed. 

There  are  many  other  skin  lesions  in 
which  definite  results  have  been  reported 
but  our  observations  have  been  too  limited  to 
warrant  conclusions  from  personal  experi- 
ence. 

At  present  we  have  under  treatment  six 
or  seven  patients  with  psoriasis,  and  hope 
to  give  a  detailed  report  with  our  conclu- 
sions concerning  these  cases  at  a  later  date. 


Pleurisy. — It  is  stated  that  iodoform  one 
part,  with  collodion  fifteen  parts,  mixed  and 
applied  night  and  morning,  removes  pleurisy 
pains  and  chest  pains  of  consumption. 


CharcoaL — Fresh  animal  charcoal  is 
more  efficient  than  wood  charcoal,  but  char- 
coal prepared  from  blood  is  the  best. — Critic 
and  Guide. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


276 


May.  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mboicinb 


HEALTH    AND    HYGIENIC    STAND- 

ARDS  OF  INDUSTRIAL 

WORKERS. 

BT 

CARL  SCHEFFEL.  Ph.  B.,  M.  D.. 
Boston,  Mass. 

The  preservation  of  the  health  and  limbs 
of  the  industrial  worker  has  been  given 
considerable  attention  in  recent  years  by 
medical  and  legislative  bodies,  so  that  to- 
day communities,  manufacturers  and  indi- 
viduals have  come  to  realize  that  to  safe- 
guard the  health  and  limbs  of  the  industrial 
worker  carries  with  it  remuneration  far  in 
in  excess  of  the  costs. 

Industrial  health  and  safety  commissions 
have  been  created,  workmen's  compensa- 
tion laws  have  been  enacted  and  compul- 
sory health  insurance  is  being  much  talked 
and  written  about.  All  of  these  measures  are 
aimed  at  elevating  the  hygienic  standards 
of  the  industrial  worker,  safeguard  him 
from  accident  and  care  for  him  in  time  of 
misfortime. 

A  study  of  numerous  bulletins,  pamphlets, 
reports  and  announcements  of  some  of 
these  various  boards  and  commiseions 
strikingly  reveals  the  fact  that  extreme  en- 
deavors are  being  directed  towards  com- 
pelling the  manufaclurer  to  comply  with  in- 
numerable laws,  rules  and  regulations,  and 
forcing  him  to  install  much  valuable  equip- 
ment for  the  purpose  of  safeguarding  his 
employees'  health  and  limbs ;  while  compara- 
tively little  is  being  done  to  teach  the  work- 
er himself  to  appreciate  the  value  of  sanita- 
tion and  accident  prevention,  and  much  less 
to  compel  him  to  observe  reasonable  rules 
and  regulations  to  that  effect. 

As  a  student  of  industrial  medical  prob- 
lems I  may  be  permitted  to  take  a  broad 
view  of  the  situation  and  give  some  con- 


sideration to  the  practical  difficulties  en- 
countered in  attempting  to  apply  measures 
aimed  at  health  conservation  and  accident 
prevention  among  industrial  workers.  It  is 
one  thing  for  an  industrial  safety  commis- 
sion having  mandatory  powers  to  prescribe 
these  measures ;  but  it  is  quite  another  prob- 
lem to  carry  them  out.  As  matters  now 
stand  it  Is  only  too  often  the  case  that  an 
industrial  establishment  is  compelled  to 
spend  large  sums  of  money  for  the  installa- 
tion of  sanitary  and  safety  devices  only  to 
find  that  the  employees  will  not  avail  them- 
selves of  them  after  they  have  been  in- 
stalled. For  instance,  respirators  have  been 
prescribed  for  many  dusty  occupations,  but 
most  reports  seem  to  agree  that  only  a  few 
workmen  can  be  induced  to  wear  them 
where  they  are  available.  Much  has  been 
written  of  the  "kiss  of  death"  and  shuttle- 
sucking  practiced  by  weavers,  but  I  dare 
say  that  not  one  in  a  thousand  weavers  will 
use  the  hook  provided  to  do  away  with  this 
dangerous  practice.  Even  the  wearing  of 
caps  to  protect  the  hair,  and  the  wearing 
of  tight  sleeved  garments  among  women 
workers  will  not  be  voluntarily  complied 
with  by  the  majority  of  them.  These  and 
many  other  features  intended  to  safeguard 
the  industrial  worker  are  oftentimes  viewed 
by  him  as  unwelcome  innovations,  intended 
only  to  inconvenience  him. 

As  a  mass,  industrial  workers  cannot  as 
yet  understand  and  appreciate  the  value  of 
many  measures  instituted  to  safeguard  their 
health  and  limbs ;  and  if  they  happen  to  in- 
terfere in  the  least  with  their  acquired 
habits  or  entail  much  inconvenience  they 
are  apt  to  be  condemned  instead  of  appre- 
ciated. To  be  sure,  there  are  today  many 
thousands  of  industrial  workers  who  appre- 
ciate measures  intended  for  their  welfare; 
but  there  are  manv  thousands  more  who 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBUGAN  MbDICINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


May,  1919 


277 


look  upon  such  measures  with  prejudice 
and  skepticism,  and  it  is  usually  the  latter 
classes  who  need  them  most.  Workmen  who 
have  shown  extreme  intelligence  in  form- 
ing trade-unions  for  their  economic  protec- 
tion have  shown  animosity  towards  sani- 
tary and  safety  movements  thru  the  medium 
of  these  very  organizations.  The  value  of 
such  measures  as  medical  inspection  and 
examination  of  industrial  workers  and  com- 
pulsory health  insurance  has  as  yet  failed 
to  be  grasped  by  the  great  majority  of 
workers  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  such 
measures  would  result  in  benefitting  them 
the  better  to  wage  the  battle  for  economic 
existence. 

In  view  of  this  attitude  it  becomes  ap- 
parent that  the  majority  of  industrial  work- 
ers need  much  education  and  enlighten- 
ment along  these  lines.  Under  present  con- 
ditions the  employer  is  constantly  being 
bombarded  with  ever  new  and  more  strin- 
gent rules  and  r^^lations  governing  the 
health  and  safety  of  his  employees,  and  in 
order  to  tarry  them  out  he  is  obliged  to  re- 
sort to  compulsory  measures  because  the 
mass  of  the  workers  fails  to  appreciate  their 
value  due  to  lack  of  education  along  these 
lines.  The  outcome  is  that  a  measure  pri- 
marily intended  to  benefit  the  worker  is 
viewed  by  him  as  a  burden  forced  upon 
him  by  an  exacting  employer. 

It  is  by  no  means  my  contention  that 
compulsory  measures  intended  to  safeguard 
the  health  and  limbs  of  the  worker  are  of 
no  value — far  be  it  from  this — ^but  what  I 
do  contend  is  that  the  manner  in  which  these 
measures  are  applied  is  many  times  not 
productive  of  the  maximum  results  consid- 
ering the  time  and  money  expended  for 
them.  For  instance,  I  believe  the  sanitary 
standard  existing  in  any  industrial  plant 
which  is  not  being  governed  by  compulsory 


sanitary  rules  clearly  portrays  in  a  most 
striking  manner  the  sanitary  conditions  pre- 
vailing in  the  homes  of  the  majority  of  its 
workers.  There  is  every  reason  for  befiev- 
ing  that  many  industrial  establishments 
whose  sanitary  standards  are  poorest,  and 
whose  number  of  infected  cases  subsequent 
to  industrial  accidents  are  the  highest,  have 
among  their  employees  a  preponderance  of 
those  whose  sanitary  standards  at  home  are 
the  poorest,  and  this  entirely  irrespective  of 
economic  conditions.  Soap,  water  and  "el- 
bow-grease" are  so  cheap  that  even  the 
poorest  paid  industrial  worker  is  enabled  to 
make  free  use  of  them.  All  that  is  needed 
for  their  employment  is  an  appreciation  of 
their  value. 

It  does  not  seem  logical  to  expect -an  em- 
ployee to  show  much  enthusiasm  for  health 
and  safety  movements  at  an  industrial  es- 
tablishment when  his  home  surroundings 
are  the  picture  of  uncleanliness  and  disor- 
der. A  worker  who  daily  sees  his  sidewalk 
littered  with  filth  or  whose  backyard  is 
allowed  to  become  the  dumping-ground  for 
refuse,  cannot  be  expected  to  easily  comply 
with  strict  sanitary  rules  during  working 
hours. 

In  many  ways  the  average  man  is  only  a 
grown  up  child.  What  he  sees  and  does  in 
his  own  home  he  is  apt  to  look  upon  as  be- 
ing acceptable  outside.  If  the  municipality 
in  which  he  resides  permits  unsanitary  con- 
ditions to  exist  in  his  home  he  cannot  un- 
derstand why  similar  conditions  should  not 
be  tolerated  at  his  place  of  employment. 
A  workman  who  is  allowed  to  spit  on  the 
sidewalks  of  his  town  without  interference 
will  spit  on  the  floor  at  his  place  of  employ- 
ment and  will  resent  those  in  authority  if 
they  endeavor  to  prevent  him  from  so  do- 
ing. 

Assuming  that  there  is  a  dearth  of  ap- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


278 


Mat,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


AliBUCAN  MBDXOINB 


preciation  of  sanitary  and  safety  measures 
on  the  part  of  the  workers  as  a  mass,  how 
are  we  to  remedy  these  conditions?  It  is 
my  opinion  that  the  industrial  worker  should 
be  educated  outside  as  well  as  inside  of 
the  factory.  In  fact  he  is  apt  to  take  more 
kindly  to  educational  endeavors  undertaken 
by  outsiders  than  he  is  towards  those  un- 
dertaken by  his  employer.  There  should  be 
a  much  closer  cooperation  among  boards  of 
health,  sanitary  engineers  and  those  en- 
deavoring to  improve  the  hygienic  stand- 
ards of  the  industrial  worker.  Teach  the 
worker  how  to  live  better  from  a  hygienic 
standpoint  at  his  home  and  in  public,  and 
he  will  then  more  readily  cooperate  with 
those  endeavoring  to  safeguard  his  health 
and  limbs  at  the  workshop.  If  the  many  thou- 
sands of  minors  employed  in  industry  who 
are  now  compelled  to  attend  continuation 
schools  were  taught  such  subjects  as  general 
and  personal  hygiene  and  accident  preven- 
tion rather  than  some  subjects  for  which 
they  neither  care  nor  have  use,  I  believe  a 
more  enlightened  industrial  worker  would 
be  produced  in  a  few  years  from  now.  Es- 
pecially is  the  value  of  such  instruction  com- 
prehended when  consideration  is  given  to 
the  fact  that  most  of  these  youths  shall  fol- 
low an  industrial  career  for  the  rest  of  their 
working  days. 

As  conditions  now  exist  the  industrial 
worker  receives  almost  his  entire  knowl- 
edge of  industrial  sanitation,  and  accident 
prevention  measures  from  his  employer. 
With  the  present  relationship  of  capital  and 
labor  it  is  only  natural  to  see  the  worker 
view  any  and  all  measures  inaugurated  by 
his  employer  as  being  for  his  employer's  ben- 
efit rather  than  for  his  own.  If  greater  and 
more  rapid  progress  in  the  appreciation  of 
industrial  hygienic  measures  and  accident 
prevention  is  desired  on  the  part  of  the  in- 


dustrial worker  there  are  two  principal 
means  by  which  this  may  be  accomplished. 
First  teach  the  worker  how  to  live  in  a 
sanitary  manner  at  home  and  force  him  to 
obey  the  sanitary  code  of  his  home  town 
to  the  letter;  secondly,  educate  him  in  per- 
sonal hygiene  and  accident  prevention  thru 
the  medium  of  public  lectures,  moving  pic- 
tures and  the  daily  press,  all  of  which  are 
at  present  hardly  utilized. 
1127  Commonwealth  Ave. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  EXOPHTHAL- 
MIC  GOITRE. 

BY 

ALBERT  C.  GEYSER,  M.  D., 

New  York  City. 

In  speaking  of  exophthalmic  goitre,  t  shall 
include,  for  the  sake  of  brevity,  diseases  of 
the  parathyroids.  From  the  surgical  removal 
of  either  of  these  glands  much  valuable  clin- 
ical data  have  been  obtained.  We  know  that 
the  functions  of  these  two  glands  differ  from 
each  other,*  but  in  all  probability  their  close 
anatomical  associationship  is  not  without 
reason.  I  shall  therefore  treat  this  subject 
as  tho  the  thyroids  and  the  parathyroids 
were  directly  dependent  one  upon  the  other. 
For  clinical  and  especially  therapeutic  rea- 
sons this  seems  advisable. 

In  no  department  of  medicine  is  the 
etiology  of  a  disease  process  of  more  im- 
portance than  in  the  practice  of  physical 
therapy.  The  cause  must  be  sought  for 
and  such  agents  employed  as  will  keep 
the  future  activity  of  the  same  in  abey- 
ance. 

In  exophthalmic  goitre  we  are  not  quite 
sure  of  the  exciting  cause.  Here,  as  in 
many  similar  diseases,  the  pathology 
throws  but  little  light  upon   the   actual 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


May.  1919 


279 


conditions.  The  visible  pathology  is  the 
result  of  something  which  has  preceded. 

From  laboratory  experimentations  we 
are  warranted  in  concluding  that  the 
etiology  of  this  disease  is  to  be  found  in 
a  perverted  metabolism.  There  is  every 
possibility  that  the  enlargement  of  the 
gland  was  in  the  first  instance  a  physiologic 
response  on  the  part  of  that  gland  to  en- 
able it  to  increase  the  performance  of  its 
function.  Assuming  that  the  enlargement  of 
this  gland  supplied  the  necessary  element 
in  proper  quantities  to  the  system,  then  we 
would  have  cases  with  a  simple  enlargement 
of  the  gland  and  no  other  symptpms.  This 
is  just  what  we  do  have  in  simple  enlarge- 
ment of  the  gland  (simple  goitre).  Some- 
times these  glands  grow  to  an  enormous 
size ;  beyond  pressure  symptoms,  which  may 
be  present,  these  patients  complain  of  no 
other  inconvenience.  Another  phenomenon, 
worth  noting,  is  the  fact  that  in  certain  re- 
gions (Swiss  Alps)  goitre  is  endemic. 
Tourists  visiting  there  frequently  develop 
an  enlargement  of  the  thyroid  which  quick- 
ly subsides  when  they  leaVe  the  region.  We 
have  here  a  clear  demonstration  of  the 
physiologic  response  of  a  gland  to  a  sudden 
demand  by  the  system.  The  therapeutic 
lesson  that  is  impressed  upon  us  is  this :  the 
enlargement  of  the  gland  is  not  the  disease 
of  exophthalmic  goitre ;  again,  our  therapeu- 
tic measure  ought  not  to  be  something 
which  has  for  its  prime  purpose  the  reduc- 
tion of  la  physiologic  enlarged  gland. 

In  exophthalmic  goitre  we  are  dealing  with 
something  very  different  from  the  mere 
enlargement  of  the  gland.  In  this  disease 
we  recognize  four  cardinal  symptoms; 
thyroid  enlargement,  exophthalmos,  tachy- 
cardia and  tremor.  Since  we  have  considered 
the  gland  enlargement  as  physiologic,  we 
have  remaining  exophthalmos,  tachycardia 


and  tremor.  Exophthalmos  appears  in  other 
conditions,  such  as  aneurisms,  inflammation 
and  tumor  of  the  orbit,  atheroma  with  dila- 
tation of  the  arteries,  chronic  cyanosis  of 
the  head  and  lead  poisoning.  In  whatever 
other  diseases  exophthalmos  may  appear,  it 
is  a  symptom-complex  with  tremor  and 
tachycardia.  Either  or  all  of  these  three 
symptoms  may  be  produced  in  any  kind  of 
a  toxemia.  Neither  does  it  matter  whether 
the  toxic  material  is  introduced  from  with- 
out or  whether  it  is  formed  within  the  body 
(autotoxemia).  As  a  matter  of  fact  the 
symptom  complex,  the  exophthalmos,  the 
tachycardia  and  tremor,  point  strongly  to 
some- irritant,  some  toxic  material  of  auto- 
genous origin.  More  than  that,  it  strongly 
suggests  suboxidation. 

Physiologically  speaking,  our  therapeutic 
measures  ought  to  consist  of  something  that 
would  supply  that  which  the  thyroid  gland, 
even  in  its  enlarged  state,  fails  to  furnish, 
or  assuming  that  the  gland  does  provide  an 
adequate  amount  of  the  particular  secretion, 
but  the  system  fails  to  make  use  of  it,  then 
in  such  a  case  we  would  require  some  agent 
capable  of  compelling  more  normal  metab- 
olism. In  the  first  instance  thyroid  extract 
is  clearly  indicated  and  clinical  experience 
has  abundantly  shown  this  to  be  a  proper 
therapeutic  agent.  Yet  there  are  some  cases, 
which  not  only  fail  to  improve  under  thy- 
roid extract  but  promptly  get  worse.  In 
such  cases,  we  are  again  dealing  with  two 
possibilities:  first,  either  the  patient's  thy- 
roid extract  is  excessive  or  the  system  fails 
to  make  proper  use  of  it.  Such  a  proposition 
leads  us  to  inquire :  what  is  the  function  of 
the  thyroid  secretion?  Without  too  much 
speculation,  iodin  seems  to  be  the  active 
agent  of  this  secretion.  Of  all  the  medicinal 
agents   that   we   have,   iodin   occupies   the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


280 


May.  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Msdicinb 


first  place  as  a  reducing  or  oxidizing  agent 
of  animal  tissue. 

If  then  the  system  is  adequately  supplied 
with  such  a  powerful  reducing  agent  as 
iodin,  yet  fails  to  properly  reduce  its  own 
toxines,  physiologic  therapy  would  point  to 
some  agent  or  agents  capable  of  perform- 
ing this  function  for  it. 

Diathermia  is  one  of  the  most  logical 
treatments  that  suggests  itself. 

Technics — Exopthalmic  goitre  is  a 
constitutional  disease;  since  it  is  an 
open  question  as  to  whether  the  gland 
is  enlarged  as  the  result  of  inadequacy 
or  whether  the  system  as  a  whole 
fails  to  make  use  of  the  enlarged 
gland's  activity,  it  behooves  us  to  consider 


feet  of  the  patient  rest  upon  a  metallic;  foot 
plate  or  ankle  electrodes  may  be  used  in- 
stead of  the  foot  plates.  A  bar  electrode  is 
held  with  both  hands  or  wrist  electrodes 
may  be  employed.  A  piece  of  flexible  tin 
foil  is  placed  over  the  region  of  the  thyroid 
gland.  These  three  electrodes  are  connected 
in  such  a  manner  that  they  form  one  pole. 
The  amount  of  current  must  be  controlled 
by  the  sensation  of  the  patient.  As  a  general 
rule  about  800  to  1,000  milliamperes,  as 
registered  by  a  Wappler  hot  wire  M.  A. 
meter,  is  an  average  dose.  Of  equal  im- 
portance, with  the  amount  of  current  pass- 
ing is  the  time  consumed.  The  treatment 
should  be  repeated  daily  and  must  last  for 
at  least  one  hour. 


Diathermia  from  a  High-frequency  Appabatus. 

One  pole  is  connected  to  an  auto-condensation  chair,  the  other  pole  is  tri-furcated,  its  elec- 
trodes are  distributed  to  the  various  parts  of  the  body,  feet,  hands  and  throat. 


both  possibilities  in  our  therapeutic  meas- 
ures. Let  the  patient  be  seated  in  an  auto- 
condensation  chair,  which  is  connected  to 
one  pole  of  a  high-frequency  apparatus. 

The  other  pole  is  so  arranged  that  a  foot 
plate,  a  hand  electrode  and  a  throat  electrode 
are  connected  at  the  same  time.  The  bare 


The  result  of  such  a  treatment  is  very 
far  reaching  in  its  physiologic  effects. 

1.  The  entire  body  tissue  is  heated  from 
one-half  to  one  degree  above  normal.  Dur- 
ing this  heating  process,  to  which  the  pa- 
tient contributes  no  energy,  hyperoxidation 
takes  place.  If  a  patient's  urine  is  tested  for 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN    MbDICXNB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


May,  1919 


281 


urea  just  prior  to  the  treatment  it  may  be 
1.5  urea,  while  one  hour  later,  immediately 
after  the  treatment  the  urea  output  fre- 
quently reads  as  high  as  3.5.  Such  an  in- 
crease in  urea  can  only  be  the  result  of 
hyperoxidation. 

2.  -  Since  the  output  of  urea  has  in- 
creased at  least  for  the  time  being,  from 
25%  to  100%  or  more,  it  proves  that  the 
system  has  reduced  something.  The  mere 
fact  that  the  reduction  took  place  has  put 
the  system  in  the  habit  of  again  functionat- 
ing in  a  more  physiologic  manner. 

3.  The  throat  electrode  is  placed  over 
the  gland  because,  after  all,  there  is  a  close 
connection  between  the  function,  nonfunc- 
tion or  overfunction  of  the  thyroid  gland 
and  the  general  system.  The  sharing  of  this 
gland,  in  the  localized  heating  of  itself  and 
the  body  as  a  whole,  creates  an  important 
connecting  link  in  the  reestablishment  of 
harmonious  function. 

4.  Seated,  as  the  patient  is,  in  the  auto- 
condensation  chair,  the  full  length  of  the 
spine  is  subjected  to  a  gentle,  nevertheless 
efficient  counter  irritation.  This  irritation 
acts  as  a  stimulation  to  the  terminal  nerve 
fibres  in  the  skin.  In  this  disease  the  sym- 
pathetic nervous  system  is  more  at  fault 
than  anything  else  in  the  entire  economy. 
That  an  impression  is  made  upon  the  sym- 
pathetic nervous  system  is  shown  by  the 
immediate  slowing  of  the  pulse,  the  result 
of  vessel  dilatation.  The  whole  body  feels 
hot  and  the  cheeks  are  flushed.  Visible  per- 
spiration is  upon  the  forehead,  tremor  ceases 
and  the  patient  is  at  ease.  Such  symptoms 
could  not  come  about  without  the  interven- 
tion of  the  sympathetic  nervous  system. 

The  cardinal  symptoms  of  the  disease  are 
enlarged  thyroid,  exophthalmos,  tachycardia 
and  tremor.  The  enlargement  of  the  gland 
per  se  should  not  be  considered.  The  re- 


maining three  symptoms  are  the  immediate 
result  of  hypertension.  Anything  which  is 
capable  of  relieving  the  hypertension  is 
bound  to  modify  these  three  remaining 
symptoms. 

Diathermia  does  not  do  this,  as  a  dose  of 
morphine,  bromide  or  chloral  by  depressing 
the  automatic  centers,  but  rather  by  stim- 
ulating all  of  the  sympathetic  functions  into 
producing  relaxation  of  the  entire  circula- 
tory apparatus  in  a  perfectly  physiologic 
manner. 

The  moment  that  the  sympathetic  centers 
again  exercise  control  of  function,  from 
that  moment  on  the  nervous  system,  the  cir- 
culatory apparatus  and  the  metabolic  func- 
tion, operate  physiologically. 

It  is  therefore  to  be  expected  that  the 
exophthalmos,  the  tachycardia  and  the 
tremors  cease. 

Since  the  after-effect  of  each  treatment 
lasts  from  two  to  six  hours,  it  is  easy  to 
see  why  the  oftener  the  treatment  is  re- 
peated, the  better  and  the  more  lasting  the 
results. 

General  FaradixatioiK — ^Another  valu- 
able the  much  neglected  physical  agent 
in  abnormal  metabolism  is  general 
faradization.  The  reason  for  the  neglect 
of  this  agent  is  found  in  the  fact  that 
the  faradic  current,  like  so  many  other 
electric  modalities,  has  been  much  abused. 
Of  course,  strictly  speaking,  it  was  the  pa- 
tients who  were  abused.  The  faradic  cur- 
rent is  the  best  means  for  causing  physi- 
ologic muscular  contractions  of  the  volun- 
tary as  well  as  the  involuntary  system. 
Every  time  that  a  muscle  contracts,  provid- 
ing that  it  is  in  contact  with  its  trophic  cen- 
ter, it  performs  its  physiologic  function. 
Such  performance  of  physiologic  function 
means  metabolic  changes.  The  production 
of  urea,  the  end  product  of  catabolism  is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


282 


May,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdzcinb 


materially  increased  by  physical  exercise, 
rhythmic  muscular  contraction  and  relaxa- 
tion. 

A  properly  constructed  faradic  apparatus 
with  at  least  four  separate  poles  will  cause 
rhythmic  muscular  contractions  and  relaxa- 
tions. In  general  faradization  in  cases  of 


The  Faradic  Appabatus. 

Thl8  apparatus  has  one  universal  or  common 
positive  electrode  and  four  negative  ones.  Each 
negative  forms  with  the  common  positive  a 
separate  circuit.  These  four  circuits  produce 
rhythmic  muscle  contractions,  while  one  circuit 
is  operating  the  other  three  are  resting.  All  of 
these  faradic  currents  are  descending,  from 
the  spine  to  the  periphery;  it  is  most  unphysi- 
ologic  to  cause  muscle  contractions  with  ascend- 
ing currents. 


goitre,  the  poles  must  be  placed  as  in  the 
diagram. 

It  must  be  noted  that  four  distinct  sinu- 
soidalized  faradic  currents  are  causing  reg- 
ular muscular  contractions.  Each  group  of 
muscles,  after  slowly  and  gradually  con- 
tracting, relaxes  in  a  similar  manner,  then 
rests  for  ^  of  a  period  while  some 
other  muscle  group  undergoes  a  similar 
process  of  physiologic  function.  Since  each 
one  of  the  four  current  phases  is  controlled 
by  its  own  rheostat,  the  smaller  muscle 
groups  receive  a  correspondingly  smaller 
amount  of  energy,  the  larger  muscles  vice 
versa.  In  this  manner  all  of  the  muscles 
may  be  caused  to  undergo  a  rhythmical 
muscular  contraction  and  relaxation,  ex- 
actly the  same  as  tho  the  patient  was  tak- 
ing a  course  in  physical  exercises.  A  notable 
difference  is  in  the  fact  that  in  these  con- 
tractions the  patient  is  not  called  upon  for 
the  furnishing  of  his  own  energy,  that  is 
conserved  for  recuperative  power.  Since 
every  muscular  contraction  is  accompanied 
by  an  increase  in  the  urea  output,  it  fol- 
lows that  general  faradization  is  indicated 
in  all  such  conditions  where  suboxidation 
seems  to  be  a  causative  factor. 

Disappearance  of  most  of  the  symptoms 
may  be  accomplished  in  from  three  months 
to  one  year.  The  gland,  during  all  of  this 
time,  may  remain  more  or  less  enlarged.  If 
rapid  decrease  in  the  size  of  the  gland  is 
desirable  for  cosmetic  reasons,  it  «iay  be  ac- 
complished by  employing  the  positive  gal- 
vanic current  over  the  gland,  while  the  nega- 
tive pole  rests  over  the  three  sympathetic 
cervical  ganglia.  The  galvanic  current  must 
be  used  in  rather  large  doses.  A  negative 
spinal  electrode  3  by  12  inches  is  placed  over 
the  spine  so  as  to  include  the  cervical  re- 
gion. A  smaller  positive  electrode  2-2  inches 
is  placed  directly  over  the  thyroid  gland. 
The   positive    or   active    pole   attracts   the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MBDICINS 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


May,  1919 


283 


electro-negative  ions,  acids,  chlorine  and 
oxygen;  these  tend  to  contract,  dry  and 
harden  the  local  area.  The  use  of  potassium 
iodid  or  other  substances  to  affect  the 
gland  structure  is  unphysiologic,  unscien- 
tific and  unnecessary. 

Some  glands  respond  remarkably  well 
to  X-ray  exposures.  When  the  X-ray  is 
used  a  filter  for  the  softer  rays  is  impera- 
tive ;  the  parallel  spark  or  the  current  back 
up  must  be  between  4  and  5  inches,  with 
10  milliamperes  in  the  tube.  Such  a  dosage 
refers  only  to  a  Wappler  transformer  meas- 
ured by  a  Wappler  meter.  The  dose  of  every 
X-ray  apparatus  depends  upon  what  portion 
of  the  inductive  wave  is  utilized.  As  soon 
as  erythema  is  noticeable  over  the  gland, 
all  treatment  must  cease  until  the  complete 
disappearance  of  the  redness ;  from  ten  days 
to  three  weeks  may  be  required. 

Rdapsesw — Out  of  14  cases  on  my 
records  prior  to  1916,  six  have  re- 
mained cured  and  are  well;  5  showed 
some  recurrence  of  tachycardia  and 
tremor  in  varying  degrees,  they  again 
responded  to  diathermia.  In  2  cases  nervous 
symptoms  manifested  theinselves  six  months 
and  two  years,  respectively.  The  one  case, 
which  showed  such  early  recurrence  went 
on  to  hallucinations  and  was  placed  in  a 
sanitarium;  whether  this  latter  condition 
had  anything  to  do  with  the  original  disease 
is  not  knowable.  One  case  died  of  some  in- 
tercurrent disease. 

The  more  careful  the  relapsing  cases 
were  as  to  observance  of  diet,  the  easier 
it  was  to  influence  them  with  diathermia, 
the  shorter  was  each  relapse  and  the  longer 
the  intervals.  While  9  of  the  patients  were 
hyperacid,  five  were  distinctly  hypoacid.  It 
is  on  this  account  that  no  universal  dietary 
can  be  prescribed  in  exophthalmic  goitre. 

Out  of  8  cases  treated  since  1916,  five  are 


practically  well.  Three  are  under  treatment. 
The  technic  in  these  recent  cases  is  the 
same  as  in  those  prior  to  1916.  In  addition 
to  the  above  outlined  treatment,  if  a  case 
shows  a  tendency  to  prolonged  anemia,  iron 
and  arsenic  intravenous  solution  (Loeser) 
is  used  once  per  week  for  from  four  to  six 
weeks. 
301  West  91st  St. 


NARCOTIC    DRUG    ADDICTION    IN 

THE  NEW-BORN:  REPORT  OF 

A  CASE. 

BY 

CHRISTIAN  F.  J.  LAA8B,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 
Associate  Surgeon,  Saint  Mark's  Hospital,  As- 
sistant Visiting  Physician,  Saint  Joseph's 
Hospital  for  Tuberculous  Patients. 

In  view  of  the  present  wide  publicity  and 
awakening  interest  in  the  matter  of  narcotic 
drug  addictions,  the  case  I  am  reporting 
should  be  of  interest  to  the  medical  profes- 
sion, and  should  open  up  for  discussion  and 
scientific  consideration  many  points  of  clin- 
ical and  therapeutic  value. 

Insofar  as  I  know,  but  few  such  cases 
have  been  medically  reported.  Several  in- 
stances have  appeared  in  the  new  news- 
papers, coming  from  such  institutions  as 
the  New  York  Tombs  where  addicted 
women  under  arrest  have  been  confined,  but 
such  cases  have  been  announced  more  as 
curiositieis  than  as  clinical  problems  for 
scientific  consideration. 

Dr.  Ernest  S.  Bishop  of  New  York  has 
discussed  a  case  seen  by  him  in  consultation 
and  observed  for  a  time  afterwards.  Dr. 
Charles  E.  Terry^  of  Jacksonville  has  re- 
ported several  cases  coming  to  his  attention 
as  health  officer  of  that  city.  The  occurrence 
is  mentioned  by  several  other  writers  with- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


284 


May.  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mboicinb 


out  much  discussion  of  its  clinical  or  disease 
problems. 

The  mother  of  my  patient  was  a  woman 
of  twenty-seven  years,  who  had  been  ad- 
dicted to  opiates  for  over  two  years.  Her 
general  and  physical  condition  was  good. 
Her  pregnancy  was  uncomplicated  and  un- 
eventful. Its  course  was  apparently  un- 
influenced by  her  addicted  condition  so 
long  as  opiate  drug  was  supplied  to  her  in 
the  quantities  necessary  to  maintain  her  free 
from  the  symptoms  of  opiate  drug  with- 
drawal, or  body-need  for  opiate. 

Labor  was  accomplished  during  insuffi- 
cient supply  of  narcotic  drug,  practically  in 
a  condition  of  withdrawal  or  drug-need.  I 
had  explained  to  her  the  inhibitory  action 
of  opiate,  and  she  had  concluded  that  the 
opiate  would  slow  her  pains  and  prolong  her 
delivery  and  might  jeopardize  the  child's 
life.  She,  therefore,  refused  a  normal  sup- 
ply of  opiate  during  labor.  She  was  in  ; 
highly  excited  state,  when  labor  was  finally 
completed,  very  restless,  suffering  from  the 
usual  distresses  of  opiate  need,  and  just 
before  the  final  pains  attempted  to  jump  out 
of  the  window  to  end  the  misery  of  com- 
bined labor  pains  and  opiate  deprivation. 
Labor  pains  were  very  energetic,  and  de- 
livery was  accomplished  with  little  diffi- 
culty. 

The  baby  was  a  well-nourished,  healthy 
appearing  child.  From  the  moment  of  birth, 
however,  it  was  very  restless.  This  restless- 
ness is  probably  to  be  interpreted  as  early 
opiate  need,  due  to  the  insufficient  amounts 
of  opiate  taken  by  the  mother  just  previous- 
ly. The  symptoms  and  signs  of  drug-need 
developed  in  the  infant  identically  with 
those  of  its  mother,  in  character  and  in  se- 
quence. The  restlessness  increased ;  it  began 
to  yawn  and  sneeze.  Its  face  became  pinched 
and  its  color  poor.  It  drew  up  its  legs  as  if 


in  cramps,  and  cried  out  as  if  in  pain.  Its 
pupils  became  widely  dilated.  The  chin  was 
in  a  constant  tremor  reminding  observer  of 
the  chattering  of  an  adult  in  a  chill.  Finally 
diarrhea  began,  and  the  infant  showed  signs 
of  collapse,  with  general  convulsions. 

Nothing  seemed  to  alleviate  these  symp- 
toms, until  finally  a  drop  of  paregoric  in 
water  was  given,  using  a  small  eye-dropper 
to  put  the  paregoric  in  the  mouth.  Five 
drops  of  paregoric  were  given  at  intervals 
of  five  to  ten  minutes,  causing  a  progressive 
subsidence  of  the  symptoms  and  a  return  to 
normal. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  the  progress 
of  symptom  alleviation  followed  exactly  the 
progress  stated  by  Bishop  in  adults,  that  is, 
the  symptoms  disappeared  in  ratio  to  the 
amount  of  drug  administered,  those  last  ap- 
pearing going  first,  and  the  restlessness  first 
appearing  being  the  last  to  disappear. 

Following  the  administration  of  the  final 
dose  of  this  first  series  of  paregoric,  the  in- 
fant became  quiet  and  in  every  way  acted 
and  seemed  perfectly  normal. 

The  mother  was  very  anxious  to  avoid 
continuing  to  give  the  opiate  to  the  child, 
and  delayed  its  administration  as  long  as 
possible.  The  child  would  develop  the  above 
symptoms,  however,  at  intervals  of  about 
eight  hours  after  opiate  administration,  the 
severity  of  the  symptomatology  varying  ac- 
cording to  the  length  of  time  the  mother 
delayed  in  administering  the  opiate. 

When  lactation  was  fully  established,  the 
necessity  for  paregoric  administration 
ceased.  The  infant  apparently  obtained  its 
narcotic  supply  thru  the  mother's  milk.  The 
mother  nursed  the  child  at  regular  intervals. 
Just  before  the  time  for  nursing,  the  child 
would  display  a  restlessness  unlike  that  seen 
in  normal  children,  which  would  subside  im- 
mediately after  nursing. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN   MBDICINB 


ORIGINAL   'UITICLB8 


Mav,  1919 


285 


Following  in  strict  accord  with  Bishop's^ 
observations  upon  adults,  the  intervals  of 
relief  from  withdrawal  symptoms  and  the 
severity  of  the  withdrawal  symptoms  were 
invariably  in  proportion  and  ratio  to  the 
length  of  time  between  doses  and  also  to 
the  amount  of  opiate  secured  thru  the 
mother's  milk.  The  mother  at  times  en- 
deavored to  reduce  the  amount  of  her  own 
opiate  intake.  This  reduction  was  imme- 
diately reflected  not  only  in  her  own  physi- 
cal condition  but  in  that  of  the  nursing  in- 
fant. 

When  the  mother  went  for  a  longer  in- 
terval before  taking  her  own  opiate,  or 
when  she  took  it  in  diminished  quantity, 
the  child  displayed  earlier  onset  and  greater 
severity  of  withdrawal  symptomatology,  it 
being  necessary  at  times  to  supplement  the 
opiate  derived  from  the  mother's  milk  with 
a  drop  or  two  of  paregoric.  Apparently  the 
amount  supplied  to  the  child  varied  with 
the  amount  present  in  the  mother. 

The  picture  of  physical  symptomatology, 
and  of  suffering,  in  the  child  was  identical 
with  the  picture  in  the  mother ;  the  various 
symptoms  occurring  in  the  same  sequence 
and  relative  severity,  and  following  the 
same  reactions  to  opiate  administration,  and 
also  yielding  to  nothing  other  than  opiate 
administration. 

It  seems  to  the  writer,  that  cases  such  as 
the  above  deserve  closest  consideration  and 
interpretation.  They  certainly  upset  the  gen- 
erally accepted  theories  of  opiate  addiction 
expressed  by  the  older  writers.  It  seems 
absurd  and  impossible  to  attempt  to  ex- 
plain any  of  the  phenomena  displayed  by 
psychiatric  or  psychologic  approach  on  the 
old  basis  of  sensuous  enjoyment,  of  de- 
liberate indulgence,  morbid  curiosity,  vicious 
or  criminal  instincts,  etc. 

The  manifestations  in  this  case  were  be- 


yond all  argument  purely  physical  in  their 
origin  and  in  the  machinery  of  their  produc- 
tion. Something  in  that  infant's  body  caused 
the  physical  manifestations  it  exhibited. 
This  something  was  manufactured  by  the 
body  of  the  infant  itself,  and  not  merely 
supplied  to  it  thru  the  umbilical  circulation 
from  its  mother,  otherwise  it  would  not 
have  continued  to  manifest  the  symptoma- 
tology after  birth  or  after  a  reasonable  time 
following  birth.  The  organs  of  the  infant 
while  still  in  utero  developed  the  function 
of  protective  mechanism  against  opiate,  and 
carried  on  that  function  after  birth. 

A  recent  review  of  the  scientific  literature 
of  addiction,  by  Dr.  DuMez*  of  the  Public 
Health  Service,  expresses  the  only  explana- 
tion at  present  logically  tenable,  based  on 
the  clinical  work  of  Bishop  and  on  the  lab- 
oratory work  of  Hirschlaff*,  Gioffredi'  and 
Valenti*^.  Medical  literature  gives  no  other 
satisfactory  explanation  of  the  clinical  mani- 
festations, physical  phenomena  and  re- 
actions of  this  case. 

Bishop's*  theory  of  antidotal  toxic  sub- 
stance production  within  the  body  gives  a 
machinery  of  addiction-disease  which  ex- 
plains every  manifestation,  phenomena  and 
reaction  displayed  by  this  infant.  The  ex- 
periments of  GioflFredi,  Hirschlaff  and 
Valenti  point  to  the  same  conclusions.  The 
condition  in  this  infant  is  to  my  mind  very 
important  for  the  appreciation  of  the  med- 
ical profession  and  of  the  laity,  in  the  so- 
lution of  the  narcotic  drug  problem. 

Refebences. 

(1)  Terby,  C.  E.  Drug  Addiction  in  the 
New-Born,  American  Medicine,  new  series 
12,  807-808,  1917. 

(2)  Bishop,  E.  S.  Narcotic  Addiction,  a  Sys- 
temic Disease  Ck)ndition,  Journal  A,  M.  A., 
60,  431-434   (Feb.  8.  1913). 

(3)  GiOFTREDi,  Cablo.  L'immunite  artificielle 
par  les  alcaloides,  Arch,  ital,  de  biol.,  28, 
402-407,   1897. 

(4)  Hirschlaff,     Leo.     Ein    .Heilserum     ziir 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


286 


Mav.  191& 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicinb 


Bekampfung  der  Morphinsucht  und  ahn- 
llcher  Intoxlkationen.  Berlin  klin. 
Wochenschr.,  39,  1140-1162  and  1174-1177 
1902. 

(5)  Valenti,  Adbiano.  Experimentalle  Un- 
tersuchungen  u'hter  den  chronischen  Mor- 
phinismus,  etc.,  Arch,  f,  exper.  Path,  u, 
PharmakoU  75,  437-462,  1914. 

(6)  DuMez,  a.  G.  Increased  Tolerance  and 
Withdrawal  Phenomena  in  Chronic  Mor- 
phinism, Jour.  A.  M,  A.,  72.  1069-1072. 


THE  ETIOLOGIC  IMPORTANCE  OF 
DENTAL  INFECTIONS. 

BY 

B.  BARRYMORE  MARCO,  D.  D.  S., 
New  York  City. 

The  cooperation  of  physician  and  dentist 
every  day  becomes  more  apparent  since  it 
has  been  discovered  that  so  many  remote 
diseases,  which  heretofore  puzzled  the 
physician,  have  been  caused  by  the  teeth. 
Notable  among  these  are  rheumatic  fever, 
neuritis,  the  heart,  arthritis  deformans, 
nephritis,  the  nervous  system,  the  lining  of 
the  stomach  and  the  intestines,  the  appen- 
dix, the  blood-forming  organs,  paralysis, 
etc. 

The  mouth  is  a  fine  breeding  spot  for  har- 
boring the  germs  causative  of  most  of  the 
virulent   infectious   diseases. 

The  writer  has  seen  many  diseases 
traceable  to  apical  infections  or  blind 
abscesses.  Some  of  these  have  been 
strange,  indeed,  because  they  have  caused 
bodily  ailments  so  far  and  remotely 
removed  from  the  teeth,  that  even  the 
most  expert  diagnostician  would  hardly 
suspect  their  etiologic  importance.  On  the 
other  hand,  in  many  obscure  cases,  not  a 
few  dentists  have  recently  been  too  prone  to 
blame  the  teeth.  While  experience  has 
shown  that  these  apical  infections  should 
never  be  regarded  lightly,  judgment  and 
common  sense  require  that  the  condition  of 
the  teeth  be  studied  carefully  and  examina- 


tions be  conducted  with  thoroness. 

A  remarkable  case  showing,  however, 
the  menace  of  apical  infections  came  to  my 
attention  a  short  time  ago.  The  patient,  a 
man  about  fifty  had,  some  two  years  be- 
fore, lost  the  sight  of  his  right  eye.  It  was 
removed  and  he  wore  a  glass  substitute. 
Sometime  in  September  he  had  consider- 
able trouble  with  his  good  eye,  noticing  a 
gradual  formation  of  dark,  floating  clouds, 
which  severely  interfered  with  his  vision 
and  threatened  blindness.  He  visited  a 
prominent  specialist  who,  after  treating  the 
eye  for  a  short  period  without  success,  sug- 
gested X-rays  of  his  teeth,  which  was  done. 
All  of  his  teeth  were  found  to  be  vital,  ex- 
cept the  upper,  right,  canine  root,  which 
carried  a  pivot.  This  root  showed  a  well- 
defined  apical  abscess.  The  root  was  ex- 
tracted, dropped  into  a  culture  tube, 
and  taken  immediately  to  a  bacteriologist. 
A  culture  was  made,  and  a  virulent  growth 
of  streptococci  was  discovered.  A  vaccine 
was  then  made,  and  this  was  given  four 
days  apart,  up  to  sixteen  injections.  Other 
internal  treatment  was  given  by  the  physi- 
cian, including  hot  compresses  and  the  in- 
evitable K.  I. 

The  eye  improved  slowly  but  surely,  and 
now  seems  entirely  well. 

The  vaccine  seems  to  have  effected  a  fur- 
ther cure  than  the  eye.  It  seems  that  the 
patient,  for  many  years,  suffered  severely 
with  his  intestinal  tract.  To  use  his  own 
words,  in  particular:  "A  slow  diminution 
of  pain  in  a  certain  spot  of  my  intestines, 
when  and  for  a  long  time,  suspected  some 
kind  of  trouble."  (Periodical,  small  ulcers.) 

This  intestinal  trouble  seems  now  to  have 
left  him,  his  general  condition  is  better 
than  it  ha?  been  for  years,  having  gruned 
considerable  weight,  and  feels  like  a  *dif- 
terent  man. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Msdicxnb 


LONDON  LETTER 


May.  1919 


287 


(From  our  Regular  Correspondent.) 
THE  HOUSING  QUESTION. 

The  British  Government  is  obviously  de- 
termined to  start  at  onoe  upon  a  comprehensive 
plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  housing  of  the 
working  classes  and  at  the  same  time  they  will 
promote  and  forward  the  objects  of  existing 
schemes  for  the  purpose.  The  movement  is  of 
the  utmost  importance  to  the  public  health  of 
the  nation  for  two  reasons.  The  first  and  most 
obvious  one  is  that  the  three  great  scourges  of 
modern  civilization,  at  any  rate  so  far  as  their 
part  is  played  in  this  country,  owe  their  ram- 
pant growth  and  permanent  mischief  largely  to 
bad  housing.  Over  and  over  again  the  medical 
profession  at  large,  those  specially  interested 
in  tuberculosis — like  tuberculosis  medical  offi- 
cers, school  medical  officers  and  the  staffs  of 
consumption  hospitals — have  urged  that  bad 
housing  of  the  poor  is  the  ground  of  the  evil 
with  which  they  are  attempting  to  deal.  In  the 
overcrowded  and  ill- ventilated  home  a  disease 
like  tuberculosis  spreads;  but  not  only  has  the 
bad  home  this  sinister  influence  on  the  well,  it 
is  also  the  main  factor  in  promoting  the 
progress  of  the  disease  in  those  already  in- 
fected. The  early  cases,  diagnosed,  removed 
from  the  unwholesome  environment,  treated 
medically  and  dietetically,  would,  if  the  future 
offered  a  better  home,  have  splendid  chances  of 
permanent  recovery — in  the  upper  and  middle 
classes  thousands  of  such  fortunate  issues  are 
chronicled  in  the  case  books  of  practitioners — 
but  the  poor  man  has  to  go  back  to  the  evil  sur- 
roundings whence  he  emerged  and  his  chances 
of  flrm  restoration  to  health  are,  by  doing  so, 
much  minimized. 

If  tuberculosis  is  the  principal  scourge  of  our 
population,  the  results  of  alcoholism  and  vene- 
real diseases  play  nearly  as  sad  a  part  in  our 
public  health  and  vital  statistics.  Now  the 
connection  of  alcoholism  with  noisome  domestic 
conditions  is  very  close.  Within  the  walls  of 
the  taudis,  life  is  so  depressing  that  those  re- 
sponsible for  the  upkeep  of  what  is  nicknamed 
"home.'*  feel  a  perpetual  call  both  for  stimulants 
and  for  sojourn  in  more  comfortable  places. 
Drink  at  home  and  drink  abroad  are  conse- 
quently taken  to  excess,  and  the  morale  of  men 
and  women  alike  is  sapped.  Domestic  duties 
are  neglected,  their  work  is  poor  and  employ- 
ment is  soon  lost,  disease  and  hunger  follow, 
while  the  children  die  like  files. 

The  connection  between  venereal  disease  and 
evil  domestic  environment  is  not  so  close.  In 
the  class  of  society  under  consideration  there  is 
no  suggestion  that  either  the  man  or  the 
woman  escapes  from  the  miseries  of  domesticity 
to  the  charms  of  illicit  connection — this  is  not 


the  sort  of  thing  that  occurs  in  the  lower  class 
in  any  nation.  But  it  is  undoubted  that  the 
filthy  home,  especially  if  it  has  already  produced 
in  its  inhabitants  the  evils  of  alcoholism,  con- 
duces to  a  lack  of  moral  restraint.  Those  who 
live  like  animals,  and  who  are  overcrowded  in 
garrets  as  rabbits  may  be  overcrowded  in  bur- 
rows, must  lose  their  sense  of  modesty  as  well 
as  their  powers  of,  or  inclinations  for,  restraint, 
while  should  disease  follow  indulgence,  as  in 
these  circles  it  usually  does,  there  are  no  facil- 
ities for  the  prevention  of  its  spread.  There- 
fore, it  is  of  the  first  importance  to  the  public 
health  of  this  country  that  the  present  disgrace- 
ful housing  of  the  great  bulk  of  the  working 
classes  should  be  set  in  order  immediately. 

But  there  is  a  second  reason  for  desiring  this 
reform  to  be  expeditious,  and  it  is  this:  The 
sinister  infiuence  of  bad  housing  in  connection 
with  tuberculosis,  venereal  disease  and  al- 
coholism causes  those  in  charge  of  the  health 
of  th^  people  to  find  their  efforts  paralyzed 
when  they  attempt  the  work  of  reform  in  other 
directions.  The  tuberculosis  officer  reports  to 
his  authority  that  the  incidence  of  tuberculosis 
upon  the  population  of  a  town  has  now  reached 
the  appalling  figure  of  x  and  if  unchecked  may 
go  even  to  y  or  z,  and  he  demands  certain 
measures  for  the  improvement  of  notification, 
for  the  institution  of  tuberculosis  clinics  or  for 
the  coordination  of  his  work  to  that  of  bis 
brother  practitioners.  He  demands  improve- 
ment in  school  buildings,  and  money  for  the 
building  and  maintenance  of  special  hospitals, 
sanatoriums,  rest-houses,  playgrounds  and 
similar  aids  to  convalescence.  The  supine 
local  authority  always  replies  with  a  sympa- 
thetic non  poaaumus,  taking  the  ground  that  as 
long  as  the  evils  of  housing,  which  they  are 
unable  to  counteract,  are  in  full  sway,  it  is  a 
waste  of  time  and  money  to  look  elsewhere  for 
reform.  This  of  course  is  perfect  nonsense.  If 
a  large  number  of  patients  on  return  to  their 
wretched  homes  do  relapse,  an  equally  large 
number,  also,  on  their  return  begin  immediately 
to  institute  domestic  improvements.  Recalling 
the  kind  of  environment  in  which  their  lives 
have  so  materially  improved,  the  tendency  is  to 
attempt  to  obtain  for  themselves  and  their 
families  in  their  homes  something  of  the  stand- 
ards of  cleanliness,  decency  and  order,  the 
benefits  from  which  are  so  evident.  A  well 
carried  out  regimen  against  tuberculosis  is 
a  liberal  education  in  domestic  economy,  and 
this  is  a  point  to  which  sufficient  attention  has 
not  been  drawn. 

The  Local  Government  Board  has  now  issued 
for  official  use  a  Memorandum  on  the  prepara- 
tion of  State-Aided  Housing  Schemes;  the  pur- 
pose, of  course,  is  to  assist  local  authorities  to 
meet  the  shortage  of  working  class  housing  ac- 
commodation, which  is  generally  recognized  as 
one  of  the  most  serious  problems  facing  us  at 
the  conclusion  of  the  war.  In  the  Housing  and 
Town  Planning  Bill  now  before  Parliament  the 
Government  proposes  that  powet*s  should  be 
given  to  the  Local  Government  Board  to  relieve 
schemes,  approved  by  the  Board,  from  the  neces- 
sity of  complying  with  existing  local  Acts  of 
Parliament  in  regard  to  building,  inasmuch  a? 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


288 


May,  1919 


PHYSICAL!  THBRAPY 


Ambucan  liaDIOINB 


the  by-laws  under  many  of  these  Acts  make  it 
impossible  to  build  houses  'to  economic  advan- 
tage. At  the  same  time,  if  housing  schemes  are 
to  be  embarked  upon  with  rapidity  and  to  meet 
the  urgent  need,  it  is  essential  that  the  schemes 
of  local  authorities  should  contain  the  elements 
of  success.  The  houses  to  be  built  must  be  of 
the  kind  where  the  present  existing  evils  can 
find  no  room.  The  Memorandum  of  the  Local 
Government  Board  contains  indications  of  the 
kind  of  scheme  which  should  be  embarked  upon 
if  the  assistance  of  the  Board  is  to  be  obtained. 
Elaborate  arrangements  have  been  made  for 
money  grants  to  local  authorities  and  "public 
utility  societies,"  while  district  ofDces  have 
been  established  by  the  Board  in  charge  of  Com- 
missioners who  will  be  ready  to  assist  local 
authorities  with  expert  advice  in  regard  to  the 
entire  housing  problem.  These  Commissioners 
will  advise  authorities  on  the  choice  and  lay- 
out of  sites,  the  best  types  of  houses  to  be 
erected,  the  methods  for  carrying  out  contracts 
and  obtaining  the  materials.  Authorities  who 
follow  the  guidance  of  the  Commissioners  will 
obtain  approval  of  their  schemes  and  grants  in 
aid  of  them.  Many  local  authorities  have  al- 
ready made  a  preliminary  estimate  of  the  num- 
ber of  houses  immediately  required  in  their 
districts,  and  some  have  notified  the  Local 
Qovemment  Board  as  to  the  number  of  houses 
they  are  prepared  to  build.  It  is  certain  that 
the  issue  of  the  Memorandum  of  the  Local  Gov- 
ernment Board  will  stimulate  other  communi- 
ties to  take  the  matter  in  hand  at  once.  The 
Memorandum  contains  full  instruction  for  the 
planning  of  a  scheme  with  regard  to  site,  roads, 
fencing,  planting  and  drainage,  while  in  an  in- 
teresting appendix  plans  of  actual  houses  are 
given  for  general  guidance,  which  are  not  in- 
tended to  hamper  initiative,  or  to  prevent  full 
expression  being  given  to  local  cbstoms  and 
traditions,  or  the  use  of  local  building  materials. 
The  general  requirements  which  the  Board  con- 
sider should  be  met  are  set  out  in  full  detail; 
they  provide  for  living-rooms  of  the  most  con- 
venient and  economical  kind,  for  good  bath 
and  scullery  accommodations,  and  for  larder 
and  cold  storage;  while  precise  Injunctions  are 
laid  down  for  the  avoidance  of  needless  ex- 
terior work,  for  the  grouping  of  flues  into  a 
few  chimney-stacks  and  for  placing  those  parts 
of  the  house  which  will  require  plumbing  and 
attention  to  drainage  as  near  as  possible  to- 
gether. In  other  words,  if  anything  should 
go  wrong  the  house  will  not  have  to  be  half 
pulled  down,  as  now  occurs  in  tenant  house 
property. 

The  issue  of  this  Memorandum  ought  to  make 
for  expediency  and  economy  in  view  of  the 
pressing  urgency  of  the  housing  situation.  The 
preparation  of  their  schemes  by  the  local 
authorities  ought  not  to  be  postponed  until  the 
Housing  and  Town  Planning  Bill  has  become 
law.  The  schemes  ought  to  be  ready  and  as  far 
as  possible  approved  by  the  time  the  Act  is  on 
the  statute  books.  Local  authorities  now  have 
guidance  in  drawing  up  the  schemes,  and  the 
medical  officers  of  health  of  the  various  districts 
may  be  trusted  to  keep  the  officials  charged 
with  this  splendid  work  "up  to  the  scratch." 


Under   the    Editorial    Direction    of   Albert   C. 
Geyser,  M.  D.,  New  York. 

THE  PHYSIOLOGIC  USE  OF  ""NORMAL  SALT 
SOLUTION." 

Unless  a  therapeutic  measure  has  for  its 
object  the  restoration  or  at  least  the  main- 
tenance of  normal  physiologic  functions,  it 
is  of  questionable  value. 

Simply  because  our  ancestor,  the  seaur- 
chin,  was  largely  made  up  of  and  lived  in 
salt  water  is  not  really  a  good  and  logic 
reason  for  believing  that  salt  in  any  quan- 
tity is  still  good  for  the  human  body. 

Our  organisms  are  no  doubt  habituated 
to  a  certain  amount  of  sodium  chloride,  in 
fact,  a  normal  physiologic  amount  is  essen- 
tial to  our  well  being. 

For  a  short  time  the  system  will  even 
bear  a  rather  large  amount,  but  unless 
promptly  eliminated  such  an  excess  will 
soon  produce  toxic  manifestations. 

Before  the  present  highly  coniplicated 
kidney  existed,  the  only  function  allotted  to 
its  predecessor  was  the  regulation  of  the 
inorganic  composition  of  the  blood  or  body 
fluids. 

Later  these  rudimentary  organs  were 
called  upon  to  eliminate  the  waste  products 
of  metabolism. 

Today  we  have  a  kidney,  an  organ  of 
complex  character  with  duties  to  perform 
that  daily  taxes  its  physiologic  capabilities 
more  and  more. 

Our  kidneys  now  regulate  blood  concen- 
tration, proportioning  the  various  ions,  pre- 
serving the  acid  base  equilibrium  and  in  ad- 
dition to  these  primal  functions  the  kid- 
neys must  now  dispose  of  large  amounts  of 
organic  waste  matter — ^toxic  substances  of 
endogenous  and  exogenous  origin. 

While  an  excess  of  inorganic  salts  is  detri- 
mental, the  toxic  waste  material  of  organic 
compounds  taxes  the  kidney  function  to  its 
limit. 

Yet  it  is  a  fact  that  an  organ  or  tissue 
created  primarily  for  a  certain  purpose  will 
always  have  a  tendency  to  revert  to  the  per- 
formance of  that  function  when  opportunity 

presents  itself.  /     ^^ci\o 

Digitized  by  VjOOV  IC 


Ambricak  Medzcins 


PHYSICAL  THBRAJPT 


May,  1919 


289 


If,  for  any  reason  then,  the  inorganic 
balance  in  the  blood  is  disturbed,  that  dis- 
turbance receives  the  more  or  less  exclusive 
attention  of  the  kidney,  tho  organic  acids 
and  toxines  may  in  consequence  accumulate 
in  the  blood  stream. 

We  ought  to  appreciate  the  danger  of 
flooding  the  organism  with  inorganic  salts 
which  demand  prompt  elimination. 

This  also  explains  the  fact  that  an  ex- 
cess of  sodium  chloride  may  cause  symp- 
toms which  vary  in  accordance  with  the 
particular  toxines  which  happen  to  be  re- 
tained. 

The  entire  kidney  function  for  the  time 
being  is  taken  up  with  the  elimination  of  the 
excess  of  the  sodium  chloride. 

As  a  rule,  there  is  little  danger  of  too 
nfuch  sodium  chloride  entering  per  os,  altho 
some  individuals  do  consume  an  amount  of 
salt  daily  with  their  meals  that  borders 
closely  on  excess. 

Such  patients  show  a  prompt  ameliora- 
tion of  their  toxic  symptoms  the  moment 
physiologic  rest  is  secured  for  the  kidney 
by  withdrawing  the  excessive  amount  of 
salt  ingested. 

It  must  not  be  assumed  that  the  toxic 
manifestations  were  due  primarily  to  the 
presence  of  excessive  amjounts  of  the  salt/ 
but  rather  to  the  fact  that  the  kidney  for 
the  time  being  reverted  to  its  fundamental 
function  of  regulating  the  inorganic  com- 
position of  the  body  fluids  and  thereby 
neglected  the  more  important  function  of 
ridding  the  body  of  organic  waste  material. 

There  is  danger  in  an  excess  of  sodium 
chloride  finding  its  way  into  the  system  by 
the  employment  of  what  is  known  as  a 
"normal  salt  solution." 

Personally,  I  have  some  objection  to  that 
term.  In  the  first  place,  altho  it  may  com- 
pare in  Sp.  Gr.  to  the  blood  plasma,  yet 
as  far  as  the  economy  is  concerned,  it  may 
not  be  normal  when  introduced  into  the 
circulation.  Again  it  is  not  absolutely  neces- 
sary that  a  solution  which  is  to  be  intro- 
duced into  the  circulation  must  contain  any 
salt  at  all. 

An  isotonic  solution  of  glucose,  in  many 
instances,  serves  a  much  better  purpose. 

The  "physiologic  isotonic  solution"  would 
be  a  more  appropriate  term.  Under  this 
term  the  solution  could  contain  any  and 
all  of  the  salts  normally  found  in  the  blood 
plasma,  or  it  might  contain-  none  of  them, 


being  made  up  of  glucose,  yet  it  would  be 
physiologic  and  isotonic. 

Such  solutions  approach  in  similarity  the 
normal  blood  serum  and  under  suitable  cir- 
cumstances may  perform  the  physiologic 
functions  of  the  latter. 

Such  isotonic  solutions  are  used  for  the 
following  purposes: 

1.  For  increasing  the  volume  of  the 
blood,  as  after  severe  hemorrhage. 

2.  For  increasing  the  volume  of  the 
blood  ^yhen  the  watery  elements  have  been 
lost  as  in  cholera,  dysentery  and  gastro- 
enteritis accompanied  by  large  watery  move- 
ments. 

3.  To  dilute  and  favor  the  removal  of 
toxines  as  after  anesthetics,  gas  poisoning, 
ptomaine  poisoning,  bichloride  of  mercury 
poisoning,  even  in  certain  infectious  or 
toxic  diseases. 

4.  For  raising  the  blood  pressure  to 
stimulate  the  action  of  the  kidneys  and 
sudoriparous  glands. 

5.  For  counteracting  the  effect  of  shock. 

6.  For  introducing  necessary  fluids  into 
the  system  by  any  other  way  than  per  os, 
as  after  operations  on  the  throat  or  stomach 
or  when  the  patient  cannot  for  any  reason 
swallow,  as  during  unconsciousness,  spasm 
and  lockjaw. 

In  all  of  these  enumerated  conditions  this 
solution  has  a  physiologic  function  to  per- 
form. 

Neither  a  certain  so-called  "normal  saline 
solution"  nor  any  other  stereotyped  solution 
will  answer  in  each  one  of  these  indications. 
Even  tho  in  a  given  case  a  certain  solution 
is  indicated,  that  same  solution,  under  simi- 
lar circumstances,  is  contraindicated  in  an- 
other patient. 

The  patient's  condition,  the  physiologic 
function  desired  and  the  solution  required 
must  be  in  harmony. 

These  solutions  may  be  introduced  into 
the  system  by  the  following  routes: 

1.  Intravenously. 

2.  Hypodermatically —  hypodermoclysis. 

3.  Colonic  flushings — proctoclysis — en- 
teroclysis. 

It  may  seem  strange,  but  it  is  a  fact  that 
if  a  falsehood  is  repeated  often  enough,  it 
will  sound  like  the  truth. 

As  soon  as  it  was  discovered  that  certain 
postoperative  cases  required  and  did  well 
upon  an  artificial  increase  in  the  blood 
serum,    every   patient   was   ordered,   as   a 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


290 


May,  1919 


PHYSICAli  THERAPY 


American  Medicinb 


routine  measure,  to  be  given  a  **nomial  salt 
solution"  per  rectum. 

The  enteroclysis  was  given  to  raise  the 
blood  pressure.  Sometimes  it  was  needed, 
sometimes  it  was  not  needed,  but  for  fear 
of  missing  one  that  might  need  it,  every 
postoperative  case  received  it. 

The  only  reason  that  I  can  ascribe  to  the 
adding  of  salt  to  the  solution  is  that  some 
laboratory  specimens  in  zntro  thrived  bet- 
ter in  an  isotonic  solution  than  in  ordinary 
water. 

It  may  also  have  originated  from  the 
erroneous  belief  that  plain  water  was  an 
irritant  to  the  mucous  membrane  and  for 
that  reason  the  salt  was  added. 

There  certainly  does  not  exist  any  good 
or  valid  reason  why  salt  should  be  added 
to  a  solution  intended  for  proctoclysis. 

The  very  fact  that  the  solution  is  being 
introduced  per  rectum  shows  that  it  must 
have  been  intended  only  for  the  purpose  of 
feeding  a  patient  water,  who  could  not  take 
it  per  OS. 

As  no  one  ever  thinks  of  feeding  a  pa- 
tient salt  water  per  mouth,  there  is  no  rea- 
son why  it  should  be  administered  per  rec- 
tum. 

It  is  certainly  a  fact  that  ordinary  plain 
tap  water  will  be  absorbed  in  much  less  time 
than  any  salt  solution. 

Doctor  Trout  has  demonstrated  by  a 
series  of  over  two  thousand  cases  that  ordi- 
nary hydrant  water  is  better  than  any  salt 
solution.  More  water  is  absorbed,  the  post- 
operative thirst  is  more  promptly  relieved 
while  the  toxic  effects  of  the  salt  are 
avoided. 

Simple  and  logic  as  this  may  seem  the 
average  doctor  still  recommends  "normal 
salt  solution'*  per  rectum. 

The  method  of  proctoclysis  is  only  indi- 
cated when  the  blood  pressure  remains  un- 
desirably low  after  the  loss  of  fluids  from 
the  body,  or' in  cases  where  the  patient  has 
undergone  an  operation  of  the  passages 
leading  to  the  stomach,  or  an  operation  upon 
that  organ  itself. 

In  other  words,  this  method  is  not  indi- 
cated unless  thirst  is  the  leading  symptom 
and  the  same  fluid  that  is  best  calculated  to 
relieve  thirst  is  also  indicated  in  proctoc- 
Ivsis,  which  is  plain  tap  water  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  about  100*'  F. 

If  a  small  amount,  say  5%  of  whiskey  has 
been  added  to  this  water  there  is  reason 


for  believing  that  the  absorption  will  be 
hastened. 

Technic* — ^The  patient  should  be  lying 
down,  a  fountain  syringe  or  similar  con- 
tainer should  be  suspended  three  or  four 
feet  above. 

To  the  end  of  a  rubber  hose  is  attached 
a  stopcock  and  a  piece  of  glass  tubing  to 
which  a  soft  rubber  rectal  catheter  is  con- 
nected. 

The  water  is  turned  on  so  as  to  expel 
the  air  in  the  tube,  not  that  the  entrance 
of  air  in  the  rectum  is  dangerous  but  the 
air  in  the  tube  is  likely  to  interfere  with  the 
flow  and  so  cause  an  unnecessary,  disturb- 
ance of  the  patient  later  on. 

The  water  is  allowed  to  flow  from  thirty 
to  sixty  drops  per  minute  thru  the  glass 
tube.  Now  the  rectal  catheter  is  inserted 
with  a  gentle  rotary  motion,  as  otherwise 
the  catheter  is  liable  to  double  upon  itself 
and  instead  of  being  high  up,  is  really  low 
down,  presenting  a  very  small  surface  of 
mucous  membrane  for  the  absorption  of  the 
fluid. 

When  the  catheter  is  in  position,  it  is 
attached  to  the  still  dripping  end  of  the 
glass.  A  few  turns  of  adhesive  tape  will 
fasten  the  catheter  and  hose  in  a  suitable 
position  so  that  the  patient  need  not  be  dis- 
turbed for  some  time. 

From  two  to  four  quarts  or  more  of  wa- 
ter may,  with  this  method,  be  introduced 
into  the  circulation.  In  toxemias  this 
method  may  render  good  service  but  the 
elimination  of  the  water  is  of  the  utmost 
importance. 

Hypodermoclysis  is  the  next  most  im- 
portant method.  The  solution  is  introduced 
beneath  the  skin  into  the  areolar  tissue.  The 
advantage  of  this  method  over  proctoclysis 
is  the  certainty  of  knowing  that  a  certain 
amount  of  fluid  has  really  entered  the  sys- 
tem. 

The  fluid  so  introduced  is  taken  up  by 
the  general  or  systemic  circulation  in  much 
shorter  time,  yet  in  not  so  short  a  time  as 
to  embarrass  the  circulatory  system. 

Hypodermoclysis  is  indicated  when  the 
tissues  require  the  addition  of  water  for 
its  solvent  properties;  this  is  so  in  toxic 
states  where  it  is  desirable  to  dilute  the 
toxic  material,  in  postoperative  cases 
where  the  pulse  is  soft  and  feeble,  provid- 
ing the  feebleness  is  due  to  loss  in  volume, 
or  vessel-tone  is  lost  as  a  result  of  toxemia, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


PHTSICAL  THBRAPT 


Mav.  1919 


291 


where  the  patient's  condition  will  not  allow 
the  introduction  directly  into  the  circulatory 
system. 

If  it  is  our  intention  to  reduce  a  tox- 
emia, a  hypotonic  solution  is  indicated,  be- 
cause if  we  make  use  of  an  isotonic  solu- 
tion there  is  a  probability  that  such  a  solu- 
tion will  not  take  up  enough  of  the  poison, 
while  if  we  make  use  of  distilled  water 
there  is  danger  of  injuring  the  wandering 
cells  of  the  blood  and  a  solution  9f  a  quan- 
tity used  for  hypodermoclysis  would  be 
dangerous  to  life. 

The  pulse  and  the  general  responsive  con- 
ditions of  the  patient  should  be  our  guide. 

Above  all  else,  the  eliminative  power  of 
the  patient  plays  the  most  important  part, 
because  this  whole  procedure  is  for  the  pur- 
pose of  elimination  principally. 

All  of  the  instruments  used,  as  well  as 
the  field  of  operation,  must  be  made  and 
kept  sterile ;  this  can  be  easily  accomplished 
because  as  a  rule  there  is  no  hurry. 

A  fountain  syringe  or  similar  container 
is  filled  with  a  sterile  solution,  either 
isotonic  or  hypotonic.  To  the  end  of  the 
rubber  hose  is  attached  a  rather  large  cali- 
bre hypodermic  needle  or  a  small  cannula. 

The  water  is  allowed  to  flow  in  order  to 
expel  the  air,  then  the  needle  is  introduced 
into  the  cellular  tissues  well  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  skin.  The  small  needle  open- 
ing and  the  approximation  of  the  tissues 
offer  sufficient  resistance  to  the  flow  of  the 
current. 

As  soon  as  the  tissues  become  boggy  or 
water-laden,  the  needle  must  be  withdrawn 
and  reinserted  into  a  new  area.  If  this  pre- 
caution is  overlooked,  the  patient  suffers  un- 
necessary discomfort  and  pain. 

If  a  hypotonic  solution  has  been  used,  the 
patient  must  be  supplied  with  additional 
heat  to  encourage  free  perspiration.  It  is 
assumed  thrit  the  kidney  function  is  normal. 

The  ir.ethod  of  hypodermoclysis  is  grad- 
ually being  displaced  by  the  method  of  in- 
travenous infusion. 

Of  all  the  methods  of  adding  fluid 
to  the  body  in  an  artificial  manner  this  is 
certainly  the  most  direct. 

If  there  is  physiologic  response,  it  is  al- 
most immediate. 

When  we  turn  from  enteroclysis  to  the 
more  scientific  intravenous  infusion,  we 
meet  with  new  dangers,  which  certainly 
have  not  as  yet  received  proper  considera- 


tion. The  fact  that  water  has  been  freshly 
sterilized  or  even  distilled  does  not  prove 
that  it  is  innocuous.  It  may  contain  many 
harmful  products  of  distillation  or  toxic 
substances  set  free  from  killed  bacteria. 

It  is  true  that  in  the  administration  of 
salvarsan  no  untoward  effects  have  been 
recorded  as  a  direct  result  of  the  intrave- 
nous route. 

The  quantity  of  the  one  as  compared 
with  the  quantity  used  in  the  other  is  an 
important  factor.  Again,  when  the  intra- 
venous method  of  adding  volume  to  the 
blood  is  indicated,  we  are  dealing  with  a 
patient  who  is  exsanguinated  or  at  least 
suffering  from  shock  or  collapse. 

Under  suitable  circumstances  the  benefi- 
cent effects  of  directly  increasing  the  bulk 
of  the  blood  serum  by  an  isotonic  solution- 
in  certain  surgical  cases  are  not  doubted. 

There  are  two*  indications  for  the  use 
of  an  artificial  serum,  one  where  the  bulk 
of  the  blood  has  been  suddenly  diminished 
to  a  danger  point.  Such  a  sudden  diminish- 
ing is  always  the  result  of  hemorrhages. 

For  our  purpose  we  must  distinguish 
between  two  kinds  of  hemorrhages,  those 
resulting  from  surgical  intervention  or 
trauma,  such  as  accidents  and  those  appear- 
ing de  novo  as  secondary  hemorrhages 
from  the  lungs,  stomach,  intestines,  rup- 
tured tubal  gestation,  etc. 

The  difference  between  these  is  the  fact 
that  in  the  one  the  hemorrhage  is  controll- 
able while  in  the  other  it  is  not. 

In  a  severe  hemorrhage  from  the  lungs 
it  would  almost  seem  good  theraf)eutic  pro- 
cedure to  resort  to  blood  letting  in  order 
to  reduce  the  blood  pressure  to  the  lowest, 
while  it  would  be  short  of  criminal  to  re- 
sort to  an  intravenous  infusion  of  a  salt 
solution. 

In  the  first  place  the  blood  pressure 
would  be  increased  and  in  the  second  place 
the  sodium  chloride  would  keep  the  blood 
in  a  fluid  state  and  so  prevent  coagulation. 

The  second  indication  for  intravenous  in- 
fusion is  said  to  be  in  cases  of  shock  or 
collapse. 

When  water  is  used  under  such  circum- 
stances it  is  not  our  desire  to  materially 
increase  the  volume,  but  we  do  wish  to 
add  heat  to  the  system.  For  this  purpose 
one  pint  of  hot  water  at  a  temperature  of 
115°  F.,  which  is  ntade  isotonic  bv  the  ad- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


292 


May,  1919 


PHYSICAL*  THERAPY 


American  Medicine 


dition  of  glucose,  has  given  satisfactory 
results. 

The  technic  for  intravenous  infusion 
must  be  perfect  in  maintaining  asepsis  in 
the  field  of  operation  as  well  as  being  sure 
that  the  introduced  fluid  is  free  from  all 
toxic  substances. 

When  a  large  amount  of  water  is  to  be 
introduced,  as  after  a  surgical  hemorrhage, 
the  temperature  should  be  about  100°  F.  to 
105°  F.  When  a  smaller  amount  is  to  be 
used,  as  in  cases  of  shock,  the  temperature 
should  be  from  110°  F.  to  120°  F.  and  this 
fluid  must  be  introduced  slowly  and  not  ex- 
ceed one  quart  in  amount. 

The  solution  must  be  at  least  isotonic, 
^  while  no  harm  results  even  from  a  hyper- 
tonic solution,  providing  glucose  is  used  in- 
stead of  sodium  chloride. 

A  rather  large  hypodermic  needle  with  a 
blunt  end  is  attached  to  the  end  of  the  hose 
from  the  container;  after  all  the  air  has 
been  expelled  and  the  water  still  flowing, 
it  is  inserted  into  the  vein  of  the  arm. 

In  the  adult  patient  this  is  usually  not 
very  difficult,  but  in  children,  or  when  the 
veins  are  much  collapsed,  some  difficulty 
will  be  encountered. 

Frequently  a  great  loss  of  time  occurs 
as  the  result  of  looking  for  a  suitable  en- 
trance into  a  vein.  In  all  such  cases  time  is 
usually  an  important  factor  and  it  is  good 
practice  to  abandon  at  once  the  intravenous 
method  for  the  hypodermic  one. 

It  is  safer,  usually  more  quickly  per- 
formed, about  as  effective  but  perhaps  less 
scientific. 

A  few  practical  case  reports  will  show 
the  dangers  attending  the  routine  adminis- 
tration of  the  "normal  saline  solution." 

Case  1.  To  a  patient  with  double  pneu- 
monia, in  an  extremely  toxic  condition  but 
with  apparently  a  good  heart  action  and 
no  evidence  of  edema  of  the  lungs,  an  iso- 
tonic intravenous  salt  infusion  was  ordered. 
The  interne  who  took  the  order  was  doing 
double  duty  and  did  not  get  around  to  this 
case  for  four  or  five  hours.  The  patient  then 
showed  signs  of  approaching  edema  of  the 
lung,  with  tracheal  rales.  The  infusion, 
however,  was  given  without  consulting  the 
visiting  physician  who  gave  the  order  and 
the  patient  died  promptly. 

This  case  teaches  several  things:  In  the 
first  place  the  folly  of  routine  work;  sec- 
ond,   the    danger    of    delaying    an    order; 


third,  the  fact  that  this  case  was  not  treated 
according  to  physiologic  therapy. 

There  was  no  other  indication  except  the 
toxemia  for  the  use  of  additional  fluid.  In 
such  cases  it  is  the  elimination  and  not  the 
administration  of  the  fluid  that  should  re- 
ceive first  consideration. 

Case  2.  A  patient  with  advanced  cardio- 
vascular fibrosis,  with  a  systolic  pressure 
of  220,  was  found  by  the  physician  whom 
he  consulted  to  have  albumen  and  casts.  A 
flushing  out  of  the  kidneys  was  decided 
upon  and  three  quarts  of  water  and  three 
quarts  of  milk  were  ordered  to  be  taken  in 
each  twenty-four  hours.  In  about  one  week 
the  patient  began  to  bleed  from  the  nose, 
and  this  bleeding  continued  for  twelve  days 
off  and  on,  necessitating  repeated  plugging 
of  the  anterior  and  posterior  nares.  In  this 
case  the  profuse  and  continued  hemorrhage 
from  the  nose  delayed  the  fatal  results. 

Case  3.  A  case  was  recently  reported  by 
Brooks  where  one  and  one-half  liters  of 
salt  solution  in  three  doses  per  rectum  were 
used,  apparently  without  any  particular  in- 
dications for  its  use. 

A  short  and  simple  appendectomy  had 
been  performed ;  the  patient  had  practically 
lost  no  blood ;  the  pulse  was  perfect.  The 
giving  of  the  normal  saline  solution  was  left 
to  the  nurse  who,  either  thru  ignorance  or 
gross  carelessness,  made  use  of  a  stock 
solution  of  nearly  saturated  sodium  chloride. 

This  patient  received  almost  nine  ounces 
of  the  pure  salt  with  rapidly  fatal  results 
from  acute  sodium  chloride  poisoning. 

Case  4.  A  woman,  age  twenty-eight, 
was  operated  upon  by  the  Wertheim 
method  for  the  removal  of  a  carcinomatous 
uterus.  After  the  operation  normal  saline 
solution  was  ordered  to  be  administered 
by  the  Murphy  method  of  proctoclysis. 
Again  a  nurse  administered  five  quarts  of 
the  solution  within  the  period  of  eight  hours. 
The  kidneys  failed  to  act,  while  the  patient's 
pulse  rose  to  148  per  minute. 

Pulse  became  irregular  and  weak  and 
patient  went  into  stupor.  Under  the  in- 
fluence of  external  stimulation  and  mustard 
to  the  precordia  the  alarming  symptoms 
subsided,  the  pulse  dropping  in  two  hours 
to  118  per  minute.  In  this  case  the  solution 
was  of  the  proper  kind,  yet  if  the  kidneys 
failed  to  eliminate  the  added  amount  of 
chlorine,  poisoning  was  sure  to  occur,  es- 
pecially when  the  larger  amount  of  increase 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mboicinb 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


B£ay,  1919 


293 


in  the  circulating  fluid  embarrasses  the  car- 
diac action. 

Case  5.  Sippel  reports  the  following :  A 
patient  suffering  from  eclamptic  convul- 
sions, which  had  kept  up  for  thirty  hours 
after  delivery,  was  relieved  following  the 
decapsulation  of  one  kidney. 

Copious  urination  followed,  coma  com- 
pletely subsided.  Following  this,  three 
quarts  of  normal  salt  solution  were  given 
hypodermatically,  with  the  result  that  a 
complete  anuria  and  coma  returned,  which 
soon  proved  fatal. 

In  this  case  no  solution  of  any  kind  was 
indicated,  but  if  after  the  kidney  function 
was  restored,  it  seemed  advisable  to  assist 
in  the  further  elimination  of  the  toxemia  a 
glucose  solution  would  have  given  better  re- 
sults. 

In  dextrose  we  have  a  substance  which 
has  been  recognized  since  the  days  of  Claude 
Bernard  as  in  the  highest  d^ree  non-toxic, 
diuretic,  nutritious  and  easily  assimilated. 

If  introduced  slowly,  either  by  enteroc- 
lysis  or  intravenous  infusion,  in  isotonic  or 
hypertonic  solutions,  very  large  amounts 
will  be  utilized  by  the  organism  without 
the  occurrence  of  glycosuria,  or  with  the 
loss  thru  glycosuria  of  only  a  negligible 
percentage  of  the  sugar  administered. 

Case  6.  McKelvy  reports  a  case  from 
the  West  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Patient 
suffering  from  bronchial  asthma,  with  mod- 
erate emphysema,  but  in  a  very  emaciated 
and  poor  physical  condition. 

Enteroclysis  was  given  for  a  long  period, 
consisting  of  a  15%  glucose  solution.  The 
urine  very  seldom  showed  a  sugar  reaction, 
but  the  patient  gained  in  weight  and  a  de- 
cided improvement  was  noted  in  his  physical 
condition. 

Recently  a  great  deal  of  attention  has 
been  paid  in  Europe,  particularly  in  France, 
to  the  use  of  h3rpertonic  solutions  of  dex- 
trose intravenously. 

Enriquez  reports  the  use  of  a  30%  solu- 
tion intravenously  in  more  than  fifty  pa- 
tients, giving  from  250  to  300  c.c,  repeated 
three  and  four  times  in  twenty-four  hours. 

The  essential  feature  in  the  technic  is 
that  the  hypertonic  dextrose  solution  enters 
the  blood  stream  very  slowly,  one  hour  be- 
ing occupied  for  the  infusion  of  from  250 
to  300  c.c.  ^ 

Omdasiont* — 1.  The  administration 
of   any  artificial   serum  as   routine   post- 


operative practice  is  questionable  therapeu- 
tics. 

2.  Too  much  water  may  fatally  em- 
barrass the  heart. 

3.  Too  much  salt  may  fatally  embarrass 
the  kidneys. 

4.  When  fluids  cannot  be  taken  by 
mouth,  thirst  may  be  relieved  by  tap  wa- 
ter or  by  isotonic  dextrose  solutions  given 
by  enteroclysis.  The  dextrose  solution  is 
preferable  when  there  is  danger  of  acidosis 
and  in  all  cases  of  inanition. 

5.  When  there  is  a  distinct  indication 
for  an  artificial  addition  to  the  amount  of 
the  circulating  blood-serum  this  may  best 
be  accomplished  by  the  use  of  dextrose  so- 
lutions: isotonic  (5.1%)  by  enteroclysis; 
isotonic,  hypertonic  (up  to  30%),  or  hypo- 
tonic (2%)  by  intravenous  infusion. 

6.  There  are  no  contraindications  for 
the  use  of  dextrose,  but  often  serious  con- 
traindications for  the  use  of  saline  solu- 
tions. 

7.  In  all  urgent  cases  the  intravenous 
method  is  preferable. 

8.  Greater  care  should  be  exercised  to 
see  that  all  water  used  intravenously  is 
not  only  sterile  but  also   non-toxic. 

9.  In  medical  practice  artificial  serums 
should  be  more  frequently  employed:  (1) 
Isotonic  or  hypertonic  after  severe  hemor- 
rhage, exhausitive  vomiting  or  diarrhea  or 
in  cases  of  extreme  inanition;  (2)  hyper- 
tonic in  toxemic  cases  including  eclampsia 
and  uremia ;  in  cases  of  oliguria  with  threat- 
ened uremia ;  to  combat  acidosis,  or  if  toxic 
states,  as  after  anesthetics,  gas,  morphine, 
mercury  poisoning,  etc. 

10.  The  old  idea  of  "flushing  out  the 
kidneys"  cannot  be  too  severely  condemned. 

Refebences. 

Lawbence  Litchfield:  The  Abuse  of  Normal 
Salt  Solution.     N.  Y.  Medical  Jour.,  June  6, 

'  1914. 

Macallum,  a.  B.:  The  Inorganic  Composition 
of  the  Blood.  Its  origin,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  B., 

1910,  LXXXII.     The  ancient  foundations  of 
heridity,  Can.  Med.  Assn.  Jour,,  1911. 

Roessies:  Giebt  est  Schadigungen  dorch  Koch- 
sal  tzinfusionen?  Berl,  klin.  Wchnschr.,  Sept 
18,  1907. 

Blitms  :  Les  dangers  des  injections  intraveneuses 
alcalines:  efPet.  toxiques  du  sodium,  8em.  med., 

1911,  xxxi  abstr.  J.  A.  M.  A.,  Oct  21,  1911,  p. 
1408. 

Geyser:  The  Use  and  Abuse  of  the  Normal  Salt 
Solution.  Am.  Med.,  Jan.,  1914,  p.  57. 

Christian:  Experimental  Nephritis,  Boston 
Med.  and  8ur.  Jour.,  1908.      CLVIII,  416. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


294 


May,  1919 


RATIONAL.    ORGANOTHERAPY 


Amsxican  Mbdicinb 


Lepine,  J.:  Hystery  insufflsance  renale,  reten- 
tion chlorine  Rev.  de  med.,  Sept.,  1911. 

Jackson  and  Blting:  Studies  from  the  Bender 
Hygienic  Laboratory,  1908. 

Burnett,  T.  C:  On  the  production  of  glycosuria 
in  rabbits  by  the  intravenous  injection  of  sea 
water  made  isotonic  with  the  blood.  Jour, 
Biol.  Chem.,  1908,  IV,  57. 

GuTHBiE,  C.  C:  The  Effect  on  the  Kidneys  of 
Temporary  Anemia.  Alone  and  accompanied 
by  perfusion.  Arch.  Inter.  Med.,  March,  1910, 
p.  232.  Quart.  Bull.  Med.  dep.  Washington  Uni- 
versity, Dec.,  1908,  p.  47. 

Bain,  John:   Excessive  Ingestion  of  Salt  Pro- 
ducing Edema.  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  Dec.  28,  1912, 
.p.  1749. 

Tbout:  Proctoclysis,  J.  A.  M.  A.,  May  4,  1912, 
p.  1352.  South,  Med.  Jour.,  1913,  No.  12,  p. 
791.  Surg.,  Oynec.  and  Ohst.,  May,  1913,  p.  560 
Frogr.  Med.  Jour.,  1914. 

Borchabdt:  Deutsch.  Med.  Wchnachr.,  1912. 
xxxviii,  1723. 

Smith,  R.  M.:  Recent  Contributions  to  our 
Knowledge  of  Nephritis.  Am.  Jour.  Dis. 
Child.,  May,  1914,  p.  389. 

Firhbr:  Nephritis.  1911.  Cartwright  Prize 
Essay,  N.  Y.    John  Wiley  ft  Son,  1912. 

Hbndebbon,  Palmes  and  NEWsitsoH:  Jour, 
Pharm.  and  Exper.  Therap.,  1914,  v.  No.  5. 
Newburgh.  Boston  Med.  Surg.  Jour.,  1913, 
clxlx,  40. 

MooBE,  A.  R.:  Fisher's  Theory  of  Nephritis.  J. 
A.  M.  A.,  Aug.  10,  1912,  p.  423.  Edema  and 
Nephritis,  ibid.  Feb.  1,  1913.  A  controverted 
theory  of  Nephritis,  ibid.  June  20,  1914,  p. 
1971. 

Sei.labd:    The  Essential  Features  of  Acidosis, 
Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  MtLy,  1914. 
301  West  91st  Street. 


The  Treatment  of  Asthma. — Beusaude 
and  Hallion  (Med.  Press  and  Circular, 
Dec.  4,  1918)  claim  that  very  satisfactory 
and  immediate  results  can  be  obtained  in 
the  treatment  of  the  attack  of  asthma  by 
the  subcutaneous  injection  of  either  adren- 
alin or  of  pituitary  extract,  or,  still  better, 
by  a  mixture  of  the  two  substances. 

The  solution  with  which  the  authors  ob- 
tained the  results  contained  per  c.c.  half  a 
milligramme  of  hydrochloride  of  adrenalin 
and  an  amount  of  dealbuminized  total  ex- 
tract of  pituitary  body  corresponding  to  0. 
gr.  25  centigrammes  of  the  fresh  gland. 
This  was  employed  at  the  rate  of  one  c.c. 
a  day,  but  one  of  their  patients,  unknown 


to  them,  made  three  injections  in  twelvie 
hours  without  any  untoward  symptom. 

The  authors  have  employed  the  adren- 
alino-pituitary  mixture  in  56  cases  of 
asthma,  and  also  in  a  few  cases  of  persistent 
spasmodic  cough.  The  youngest  patient  was 
8  and  the  oldest  60  years  of  age.  They  have 
given,  in  all,  some  500  injections. 

In  almost  every  instance  the  treatment 
determined  subsidence  of  the  asthmatic  at- 
tack. The  effect  usually  made  itself  felt 
within  from  two  to  five  minutes  after  the 
injection,  and  a  single  injection  in  most 
instances  sufficed  to  cause  the  attack  to  sub- 
side. As  a  rule  the  relief  is  immediate  and 
complete.  One  of  their  patients,  employed 
at  a  neighboring  railway  station,  when  he 
feels  the  attack  coming  on,  runs  around  to 
the  hospital,  gets  his  injection,  and  is  able 
to  return  to  work  in  the  course  of  a  few 
minutes.  In  most  of  these  cases  not  only 
does  the  attack  cease,  but  complete  quies- 
cence takes  place,  so  that  when  the  attack 
is   by   night   refreshing   sleep   follows. 

This  abrupt  passage  from  the  state  of 
crisis  to  one  of  absolute  well-being  does 
not  obtain  in  every  instance,  the  effect  some- 
times merely  amounting  to  relief,  short  of 
total  subsidence.  When  patients  have  had  to 
be  given  injections  several  days  following, 
the  results  of  the  second  and  third  injec- 
tions have  seemed  more  effectual  than  the 
first.  In  any  event  a  patient  who  reacts  to 
a  given  dose  invariably  remains  sensitive  to 
that  dose  without  any  tendency  to  tolerance, 
consequently  we  are  not  called  upon  to 
increase  the  dose  in  order  to  obtain  the 
same  effect.  In  one  instance  a  patient  has 
been  employing  the  remedy  for  the  last  four 
years,  and  the  effect  has  in  no  wise  dimin- 
ished. 

Altho  it  is  necessarily  somewhat  difficult 
to  estimate  the  efficacy  of  a  remedy  in  such 
a  capricious  disease  as  asthma,  Beusaude 
and  Hallion  believe  they  are  entitled  to  con- 
clude from  their  experience  that  not  only 
does  it,  in  favorable  cases,  afford  immediate 
relief,  but  it  seems  to  lengthen  the  interval 
between  subsequent  attacks.  This  is  also 
Borchardt's  opinion,  and  his  view  is  that 
this  effect  is  due  to  the  pituitary  constituent. 

Patients  who  have  been  obliged  to  have 
recourse  to  morphine  to  obtain  relief  are 
unanimous  in  preferring  the  adrenalino- 
pituitary  injection.  Comparing  the  effect  of 
the  morphine  injection  to  that  of  this  mix- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHBRAPiT 


May,  1919 


295 


ture,  one  of  them  said  his  impression  was. 
that   morphine  abolished   his  individuality 
without  acting  on  the  attack,  whereas  our 
injection  seemed  to  act  on  the  attack  with- 
out impinging  upon  his  individuality. 

As  far  as  the  authors*  experience  goes, 
these  injections  do  not  seem  to  expose  the 
patient  to  any  undesirable  collateral  conse- 
quences. In  the  great  majority  of  instances 
the  injection  gives  rise  to  no  discomfort 
whatever.  Occasionally,  after  the  first  in- 
jection, the  patient  complains  of  slight 
tremors,  the  sensation  of  electric  shocks, 
of  weakness  in  the  legs,  restlessness  or 
palpitation  lasting  at  most  a  few  minutes. 
The  symptoms,  such  as  they  are,  are  in 
all  probability  due  to  the  adrenalin,  and 
are,  if  anything,  attenuated  by  the  pituitary 
extract. 

Speaking  generally,  it  may  be  undesirable 
to  employ  this  treatment  in  cases  in  which, 
for  any  reason,  hypertensor  drugs  are  con- 
traindicated.  At  the  same  time  this  is  a 
theoretical  objection  which  is  open  to  the 
criticism  that,  in  the  dose  recommended,  ad- 
ministered hypodermically,  the  authors  have 
never  remarked  any  tendency  to  heightening 
of  the  blood  pressure. 


Ductless  Gland  Therapy. —  In  observing, 
from  the  clinical  point  of  view,  the  action 
cl  the  thyroid^gland,  it  is  important  to  re- 
member that  neither  its  complete  chemistry 
nor  its  total  functions  have  yet  been  satis- 
factorily elucidated.  Masterman-Wood 
(Practitioner,  May,  1919)  states  that  re- 
cently, however,  certain  American  investi- 
gators have  produced  synthetically  a  crys- 
talline substance  under  the  name  of  ''thy- 
roxin," the  administration  of  which,  it  is 
stated,  not  only  relieves  all  the  symptoms 
of  myxedema,  but  if  given  in  excessive 
doses  produces  those  signs  which  are  asso- 
ciated with  hyper-thyroidism. 

While  it  is  evident  that  this  aspect  of  the 
subject  demands  further  investigation  and 
proof,  it  is,  nevertheless,  axiomatic  to  state 
that  a  normally  functioning  thyroid  is  an 
essential  for  the  complete  physical  and  men- 
tal development  of  the  infant  and  for  the 
maintenance  of  health  of  the  adult.  That  this 
gland  also  is  intimately  connected  with  the 
metabolism  of  the  iodine  and  calcium  in  the 
body  seems  now  to  be  beyond  dispute.  Ac- 


cording to  Jolin  the  average  amount  of 
iodine  in  the  normal  human  thyroid  is  8.5 
m.  g.,  and  this  increases  to  15.6  m.  g.,  un- 
der iodine  medication.  It  has  further  been 
established  that,  altho  the  eviscerated  gland 
is  capable  of  absorbing  iodine,  its  living  cel- 
lular tissue  is  essential  for  the  due  elabora- 
tion of  its  iodine-containing  hormone. 

The  claim  that  has  been  made,  that  the 
normal  thyroid  in  virtue  of  its  iodine-con- 
tent supplies  an  antiseptic  to  the  blood 
stream,  is  based  mainly  upon  the  laboratory 
findings  of  a  greatly  reduced  amount  of  this 
substance  in  the  gland  after  acute  illness. 
One  of  its  important  properties  is  its  ability 
to  store  up  iodine;  but  it  is  open  to  doubt 
whether  it  can  retain  for  transmission  via 
the  blood-stream  to  the  tissues  of  the  body 
at  any  given  period  sufficient  iodine,  in  the 
form  of  a  "vital  antiseptic,''  to  restore  the 
balance  from  a  septic  to  an  aseptic  state. 
There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  in  all  tox- 
emias the  thyroid  plays  a  very  active  and 
essential  part,  and  that  after  severe  illness 
in  many  cases  it  often  ceases  to  function 
adequately.  Qinically,  many  instances  of 
this  may  be  observed  in  children  who,  pre- 
vious to  the  onset  of  some  acute  infection, 
have  been  normal  in  every  respect,  but  who 
subsequently  exhibit  in  varying  degrees  signs 
of  failure  of  development  and  other  stig- 
mata of  sub-thyroidism.  Likewise,  adults 
under  similar  conditions  show  evidences 
which  point  conclusively  to  a  breaking- 
down  of  the  thyroid's  efficiency,  which  may 
be  temporary  or  the  incipient  stage  of 
chronic  benign  myxedema.  The  truth  of 
this  can  soon  be  verified  by  the  exhibition 
of  thyroid  extract  which,  if  used  with  care 
and  perseverance  in  such  cases,  not  only 
aids  defervescence  but  greatly  hastens  con- 
valescence. In  the  writer's  opinion,  the  pre- 
cise part  which  the  thyroid  plays  in  the 
defense  system  of  the  body  must  be  viewed 
more  from  the  aspect  of  its  specific  ability 
to  store  up  and  elaborate  iodine,  and  its  in- 
timate hormonic  and  chalonic  relationship 
with  other  members  of  the  endocrine  glands. 


Skin  Diseases. — In  all  skin  diseases,  the 
first  duty  of  the  physician,  according  to  the 
Medical  Press,  is  to  treat  the  man  that  has 
got  the  disease,  and  then  the  disease  that 
has  got  the  man. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


296 


May,  1919 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


Amuucan  Msdicinb 


CORRESPONDENCJ 


THE     ADMINISTRATION     OF 
ARSPHENAMINE. 

To  the  Editor, 

American  Medicine. 

Sir:— It  appears  that  there  is  a  lamentable 
want  of  care  on  the  part  of  many  physicians 
who  administer  arsphenamine  as  to  the  con- 
centration of  the  drug  used  and  the  time  re- 
quired for  administration. 

The  Hygienic  Laboratory  receives  many  com- 
plaints in  regard  to  untoward  results  from  the 
administration  of  arsphenamine  made  by 
various  American  producers.  When  careful  in- 
vestigation is  made  it  is  almost  invariably 
found  that  the  drug  has  been  used  in  a  solution 
that  is  too  concentrated,  and  that  It  has  been 
administered  too  rapidly.  We  have  reports  of  a 
dose  of  0.4  gm.  being  given  in  a  volume  of  as 
little  as  25  c.  c  and  injected  within  30  seconds. 
Such  practice  is  abuse,  not  use,  of  a  powerful 
therapeutic  agent. 

If,  in  addition  to  the  usual  precautions  as  to 
the  use  of  perfect  ampules  and  neutralization, 
physicians  would  give  the  drug  In  concentration 
of  not  more  than  0.1  gm.  to  30  c.  c.  of  fluid  and 
allow  a  minimum  of  two  minutes  for  the  in- 
travenous injection  of  each  0.1  gm.  of  the  drug 
(in  30  c.  c.  of  solution),  the  number  of  reactions 
would  be  very  materially  reduced.  This  would 
necessitate  from  90  c  c.  to  180  c.  c.  of  the  solu- 
tion for  the  doses  usually  given  and  would  re- 
quire from  six  to  twelve  minutes  for  the  in- 
jection. 

Any  physician  who  fails  to  observe  these  pre- 
cautions should  be  considered  as  directly  re- 
sponsible for  serious  results  that  follow  the 
improper  use  of  the  drug. 

G.  W.  McCoy, 

Director,  Hygienic  Laboratory, 

U.  S.  Public  Health  Service. 

Washington,  D.  C. 


m 


ETIOLOGY 

AN9 

lAQNOSI 


Some  Obserratlons  on  Astigmatism.— In  order 
to  eliminate  uncertainty  as  to  what  is  meant 
by  astigmatism  with  the  rule,  against  the  rule, 
and  oblique.  Green  and  Hardy  (Amer,  Jour,  of 


Ophthalmology/,  Jan.,  1919)  propose  the  follow- 
ing definitions: 

"Astigmatism  with  the  rule,  or  direct  astig- 
matism, shall  include  all  cases  with  meridian 
of  greatest  curvature  at  any  point  on  the  arc 
from  46  to  134r 

"Astigmatism  against  the  rule,  or  inverse 
astigmatism,  shall  include  all  cases  with  merid- 
ian of  greatest  curvature  at  any  point  on  the 
arc  from  0  to  44"  and  from  136  to  180**. 

"Oblique  astigmatism  shall  include  all  cases 
of  astigmatism  with  meridian  of  greatest  curva- 
ture exactly  at  135  and  45^" 

It  is  stated  that  inverse  astigmatism  is  pro- 
ductive of  unusually  annoying  symptoms.  Ref- 
erence is  made  to  a  recent  study  by  the  same 
authors,  in  which,  in  1,024  eyes  with  regular 
astigmatism,  283,  or  27.7%,  were  inverse.  This 
is  a  larger  percentage  than  is  generally  sur- 
mised. 

A  photograph  illustrates  one  reason  for  the 
greater  degree  of  asthenopia  in  eyes  with  indi- 
rect astigmatism,  c.  g„  the  greater  interference 
with  the  legibility  of  type. 

Cycloplegic  measurement  is  advocated  in  pres- 
byopes  who  give  conflicting  answers  when 
tested  without  "drops." 

One  case  reported  illustrates  that  high  uni- 
lateral regular  astigmatism  may  be  due  to  a 
birth  injury. 

An  appropriate  cylinder  will  often  greatly  Im- 
prove vision  and  enhance  the  comfort  of  a  pa- 
tient whose  cornea  is  deformed  by  antecedent 
injury  or  disease. 

An  eye  with  irregular  astigmatism  due  to  in- 
cipient cataract  does  not  often  tolerate  a  cylin- 
der, as  the  lenticular  astigmatism  is  constantly 
changing  with  the  progress  of  the  opaciflcation. 


Diagnosis  of  Smallpox*— Our  Us  points  out  'h 
his  article  in  Medical  Progress  (June,  1918) 
that  in  the  diagnosis  of  mild  smallpox,  there 
are  three  cardinal  points.  In  the  order  of  their 
diagnostic  value  they  are:  (1)  The  initial  fever 
or  mode  of  onset;  (2)  the  distribution  of  the 
skin  lesions;  (3)  the  morphology  of  the  lesions. 
The  mistake  is  made. of  putting  the  last  point 
first  in  Importance  and  perhaps  relying  on  it 
entirely. 

The  mode  of  onset  of  smallpox  is  peculiar 
to  it  and  not  like  that  of  any  other  eruptive 
disease;  its  value  Is  enhanced  by  the  fact  that 
to  some  degree  it  is  manifest  in  even  mild  cases. 
The  disease  begins  with  a  moderate  fever  or 
sense  of  malaise  like  that  of  an  ordinary  cold. 
Headache  and  backache,  which  are  commonly 
present,  increase  gradually  and  continue  for 
the  next  two  days.  It  is  more  than  likely  in  a 
mild  case  that  the  sense  of  illness  will  be 
greater  during  these  first  three  days  than  at 
any  subsequent  period  of  the  sickness.  At  the 
end  of  the  third  day,  or  as  soon  after  as  the 
eruption  begins  to  appear,  the  sense  of  illness 
will  quite  abruptly  subside.  A  little  reflection 
will  show  a  physician  that  no  other  eruptive 
disease  has  such  initial  phenomena  as  these 
It  is  very  simple  to  draw  out  the  subJecUve 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambrican  Mboicink 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


May,  1919 


297 


sensations  from  the  patient  and  very  often  will 
volunteer  his  history  without  questions  being 
asked.  In  every  case  the  mode  of  onset  should 
be  ascertained. 

Another  feature  of  smallpox,  peculiar  to  it 
and  equally  trustworthy  for  diagnosis,  is  the 
site  of  the  eruption.  It  will  always  appear  first 
and  be  most  abundant  on  the  face  and  hands. 
If  there  are  only  a  few  lesions  they  will  be 
found  in  these  locations.  This  is  in  contrast  to 
chickenpox  where  the  lesions  show  preference 
for  the  chest  which  is  usually  free  in  smallpox. 
The  face  is  the  site  of  eruption  by  preference  in 
other  simpler  affections  such  as  acne,  but  the 
back  of  the  hands  will  not  be  broken  out;  in 
multiform  erythema,  the  face  and  back  of  the 
hands  may  both  be  affected  along  with  febrile 
symptoms,  but  the  lesions  will  be  macular. 

As  to  the  eruption  itself,  the  tsrpe  lesion  of 
smallpox  is  a  papule,  hard,  red  and  firm  to  the 
touch.  It  develops  into  a  vesico-papule  or  later 
a  pustula^papule,  and  never  loses  its  hard  firm 
base.  All  eruption  will  appear  within  two  days 
and  all  in  a  given  region  of  the  body  almost 
simultaneously.  All  adjacent  lesions  will  be 
of  the  same  type.  Aside  from  these  points  trust 
lighUy  to  the  lesion  for  diagnosis.  In  mild 
forms  of  smallpox  the  eruption  sometimes 
aborts  even  before  the  vesicle  forms  and  may 
never  become  pustular,  but  whatever  the  lesion, 
it  will  retain  its  papular  quality  and  over  a  pro- 
longed period. 

No  other  eruptive  disease  has  at  onset  a  fever, 
or  possibly  malaise  only,  which  lasts  for  about 
three  days  and  then  subsides  as  the  eruption 
appears;  no  other  eruptive  disease  has  a 
papular  eruption  which  comes  first  on  the  un- 
covered skin — the  face  and  hands;  no  other  has 
a  papulo-vesicular  eruption  which  develops  in 
its  entirety  within  24  or  48  hours,  so  that  all 
adjacent  lesions  are  of  the  same  age  and  state 
of  development. 


Left  Scapular  Pain  and  Hyperalgesia  In 
Heart  DIsemse*— The  significance  of  symptoms 
in  the  diagnosis  of  disease  and  in  the  estimation 
of  its  degree  is  receiving  exact  study  in  many 
departments  of  medicine,  states  an  editorial 
writer  in  The  Lancet  (Apr.  5,  1919).  In  pul- 
monary tuberculosis  it  is  practically  impossible 
to  express  an  opinion  as  to  the  nature  and  stage 
of  the  disease  without  careful  correlation  of  the 
symptoms  with  the  physical  signs  observed.  In 
heart  disease  the  symptoms  afford  a  valuable 
measure  of  the  degree  of  the  derangement  of 
function  caused  by  the  lesion  Indicated  by  the 
physicial  signs  and  of  the  necessity  for  treat- 
ment. That  various  cardiac  conditions  are  as- 
sociated with  some  degree  of  precordial  pain 
and  tenderness  has  long  been  familiar,  but  the 
extent,  character  and  radiations  of  these  pains 
have  perhaps  not  received  the  attention  they 
deserve  except  in  the  case  of  angina  pectoris. 
There  appears  in  this  same  issue  of  The  Lancet 
an  interesting  and  suggestive  note  by  Dr.  John 
Parkinson  upon  a  little-recognized  form  of 
cardiac  pain  and  tenderness,  namely,  that  oc- 


curring in  the  left  scapular  region.  He  has 
made  a  careful  study  of  50  cases  in  which  these 
conditions  were  observed.  The  scapular  pain 
is  usually  referred  to  a  spot  just  below  or  in- 
ternal to  the  lower  angle  of  the  left  scapula,  tho 
it  is  sometimes  felt  along  the  vertebral  border 
of  the  lower  half  of  the  scapula.  It  is  appar- 
ently always  accompanied  by  submammary 
pain,  which  is  more  generally  recognized  as  of 
cardiac  origin.  The  scapular  pain  is  usually  a 
later  manifestation,  tho  in  a  few  patients  it  ap- 
peared to  originate  at  the  same  time  as  the 
submammary.  The  hyperalgesia  was  less  fre- 
quently present  than  the  pain,  and  its  extent 
was  variable,  as  shown  in  the  record  of  10  cases 
given  by  Dr.  Parkinson.  The  conditions  in 
which  left  submammary  and  scapular  pain  were 
observed  included  valvular  and  myocardial  dis- 
ease, arteriosclerosis  and  renal  disease  with 
cardiac  embarrassment,  especially  when  asso- 
ciated with  high  blood  pressure;  also  "funo- 
tional"  heart  disease  and  conditions  of  general 
ill  health  with  inefficient  action  of  the  heart 
As  might  be  expected.  Dr.  Parkinson  finds  the 
explanation  of  these  symptoms  in  the  well- 
recognized  principle  of  referred  pain  in  visceral 
disease,  so  ably  elucidated  by  Dr.  Henry  Head 
and  Sir  James  Mackenzie.  He  finds  that  the 
sixth  thoracic  segment  alone  or  in  combination 
with  the  fifth  supplies  the  submammary  and 
scapular  regions  to  which  the  pain  is  usually 
referred.  The  hyperalgesia  corresponds  to  the 
same  segments,  tho  it  may  extend  to  a  larger 
area.  He  regards  the  development  of  hyperes- 
thesia in  cases  of  chronic  heart  disease  or  dis- 
order, especicUly  when  it  persists  or  recurs,  as 
indicating  a  new  and  more  obstinate  stage.  In 
his  opinion  the  hyperesthesia  induces  and  sup- 
plements the  pain  since  it  may  be  started  or 
provoked  by  various  movements  disturbing  the 
hyperesthetic  areas.  Dr.  Parkinson's  note  illus- 
trates well  the  manner  in  which  careful  record 
of  symptoms  may  throw  light  upon  disturbed 
function  in  disease. 


Diagnosis     of     Cerebrospinal     Meningitis.— 

This  is  the  most  important  type  of  meningitis 
in  the  young.  Perry  in  'the  Southern  Practi- 
tioner (Aug.,  1918). says  that  the  diagnosis  is 
made  on  the  following  symptoms  and  lumbar 
puncture.  The  onset  is  usually  abrupt,  violent 
headache  and  vomiting  being  the  first  symptoms. 
Soon  the  temperature  rises  to  104-105  degrees, 
and  prostration  is  marked.  The  pulse  is  rapid, 
and  the  respiration  Cheyne-Stokes  in  type.  By 
the  third  or  fourth  day  after  symptoms  have 
developed  there  is  marked  stiffness  of  the  neck 
with  retraction  of  the  head.  The  thighs  be- 
come fiexed  on  the  abdomen,  and  the  legs  are 
fiexed  on  the  thighs.  This  causes  the  patient 
to  assume  the  "gun-hammer"  position.  If  left 
undisturbed  in  this  position  the  patient  seems 
comfortable,  but  cries  out  when  moved.  The 
legs  cannot  be  extended  on  the  thighs  and  we 
get  what  is  known  as  Kernig's  sign.  Photopho- 
bia is  a  constant  symptom.  Ocular  paralysis 
does  not  occur  frequently.     The  discs,  however. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


298 


May,  1919 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


AMBRICAN    MSDICINB 


may  become  choked  and  optic  atrophy  result 
The  middle  ear  occasionally  becomes  involved, 
the  pus  showing  the  meningococcus.  Central 
deafness  often  results. 

Punctate  hemorrhagic  skin  lesions  resem- 
bling "flea  bites"  are*  described  in  this  disease. 
In  two  cases  Perry  has  seen  these  lesions. 
Hyperesthesia  is  usually  very  marked.  The 
knee-jerks  are  exaggerated,  and  Brudzinski's 
sign  is  present  in  most  cases.  Tache  c^r^brale 
and  McE wen's  sign  are  also  present  in  this 
type  of  meningitis.  The  urine  usualy  shows 
albumen.  The  blood  averages  a  total  count  of 
30,000  with  90  per  cent,  polymorphonuclears. 
The  spinal  fluid  may  be  only  cloudy  or  almost 
pure  ^us. 

Complications  and  Sequelae, — Bronchopneu- 
monia, acute  otitis  media,  and  central  deafness, 
choked  discs  followed  by  optic  atrophy  and 
blindness.  Various  forms  of  paralysis,  and  the 
development  of  chronic  basilar  meningitis.  In 
this  latter  condition  the  patient  is  in  the  *'gun- 
hammer'*  position  with  a  spastic  paralysis.  The 
head  is  hydrocephalic  In  type  and  there  Is 
usually  blindness. 

The  spinal  fluid  in  this  type  of  meningitis  is 
always  cloudy,  and  on  microscopic  examination 
is  found  to  consist  of  many  cells,  30,000-40,000 
per  c  m.,  and  to  be  mostly  of  the  polymorpho- 
nuclear variety.  Globulin  is  increased,  sugar 
decreased  or  absent.  Smears  stained  by  Gram's 
method  show  negative,  intracellular  diplococci. 
The  organism  grows  best  on  Loeffler's  blood 
serum  or  glycerine-agar.  In  smear  prepara- 
tions made  from  the  freshly  drawn  fluid  the  or- 
ganisms may  be  hard  to  find,  and  patient 
searching  may  be  necessary  before  they  are 
discovered.  In  a  purulent  spinal  fluid  one 
should  not  give  up  until  the  character  of  the 
organism  has  been  demonstrated.  In  all  cases 
where  one  suspects  meningitis  a  lumbar  punc- 
ture should  be  done.  It  is  a  simple  and,  under 
proper  precautions,  a  harmless  operation,  and 
it  makes  the  diagnosis  certain. 

Prognosis, — In  this  type  of  meningitis,  since 
the  introduction  of  the  serum  treatment,  the 
mortality  has  been  reduced  from  70  or  75  per 
cent,  to  25  per  cent. 

Prophylaxis. — Cases  of  cerebrospinal  menin- 
gitis should  be  kept  isolated  until  the  nose  and 
throat  do  not  show  any  meningococci  on  culture. 
Alkaline  sprays  and  argyrol  are  useful  in  rid- 
ding the  mucous  membrane  of  this  germ. 


Appendicitis    in    Children.— AppendiciUs    in 

children  is  not  infrequently  associated  with 
other  infectious  diseases:  Influenza,  measles, 
acute  rheumatism,  enterocolitis,  typhoid  and 
tonsillitis.  Bower  (N.  Y.  Med,  Jour.,  Sept.  21, 
1918)  states  that  it  is  the  opinion  of  many  that 
the  excess  of  lymphoid  tissue  together  with  a 
thinning  of  the  submucous  coat  accounts  for 
the  frequency  of  associated  appendicular  in- 
flammation in  these  cases.  2.  Abdominal  in- 
Jury  predisposes  to  appendiceal  inflammation 
in  the  young  adult,  2.5  per  cent,  of  cases  giving 
such  a  history.     3.  Fecal  concretions  are  usually 


larger  and  are  more  frequently  found  in  early 
life.  4.  Intestinal  parasites  are  uncommon  but 
are  more  frequently  associated  with  appen- 
dicitis in  juveniles.  5.  Foreign  bodies  are  more 
frequently  found  In  appendices  in  children  than 
in  adults.  We  have  seen  lemon  and  grape 
seeds,  toothbrush  bristles,  toothpicks,  and, 
more  recently,  a  common  pin.  In  this  in- 
stance the  patient,  two  i^nd  a  half  years  of  age. 
entered  the  hospital  with  a  history  of  lower 
abdominal  pain,  nausea,  vomiting,  and  frequent 
urination,  of  four  days'  duration.  At  operation 
we  found  a  localized  abscess  with  a  rusty  pin 
well  down  in  the  pelvis.  The  tip  of  the  ap- 
pendix was  markedly  hypertrophied,  the  pin 
undoubtedly  having  lodged  in  this  portion  of 
the  organ  for  some  time  prior  to  its  passage 
into  the  peritoneal  cavity. 

The  direct  causative  factors  are  the  bacillus 
coll,  staphylococcus,  streptococcus,  bacillus  py- 
ocyaneus,  and  the  tubercle  bacillus.  This  is  the 
order  of  frequeny  with  which  the  above  men- 
tioned germs  attack  the  appendix.  It  must  be 
remembered,  however,  that  tuberculosis  of  the 
appendix  in  adults  is  invariably  secondary  to  a 
pulmonary  lesion,  while  in  young  adults  it 
usually  follows  or  accompanies  a  general  ab- 
dominal tuberculosis. 


Clinical     Aspects     of     Hematarla^— Hirsch 

(Therap.  Qnzette,  November,  1918),  in  an  in- 
structive paper,  recapitulates  his  observations 
as  follows:  1.  A  complete  detailed  history 
and  a  careful  physical  examination  should  be  an 
invariable  rule  in  every  case  of  hematuria. 
2.  A  positive  diagnosis  can  be  made  in  99  per 
cent,  of  all  cases,  by  the  Judicious  use  of  the 
cystoscope,  ureteral  catheter,  urethroscope. 
X-ray  and  laboratory.  3.  The  color  or  density 
of  blood  in  the  urine,  or  the  presence  and  char- 
acter of  clots,  are  in  themselves  not  sufficient 
criteria  on  which  to  base  a  diagnosis.  4.  Too 
much  reliance  must  not  be  placed  on  iiie  clinical 
significance  of  Initial  or  terminal  hematuria,  as 
indicating  the  origin  of  the  bleeding.  5.  Re- 
peated cystoscopic,  urethroscopic.  X-ray  and 
laboratory  studies  may  be  necessary  before  giv- 
ing a  definite  opinion.  6.  Many  so-called  es- 
sential, idiopathic  or  symptomless  hematurias 
are  cases  of  bleeding  arising  from  a  renal  varix, 
angioma  of  the  papilla,  uretral  papilloma,  etc., 
conditions  which  are  impossible  of  clinical 
recognition.  7.  The  presence  of  excessive 
urate,  phosphate  or  oxalate  crystals  in  the 
urine  may  produce  hematuria,  hence  careful 
microscopic  study  should  be  made.  Tubercle 
bacilli  casts,  parasites  or  their  larvae,  and  hooks 
of  the  echinococcus  should  be  sought  for  In  all 
hematurias  of  suspicious  origin.  8.  If  blood  is 
of  suspected  vesical  origin,  cystoscopy  should 
be  done  during  tne  intervals,  when  there  is 
little  or  no  hemorrhage.  The  origin  of  hemor- 
rhage coming  from  the  upper  urinary  tract  is 
best  determined  by  seeing  the  blood  as  it  issues 
from  the  ureteral  orifice.  Ureteral  catheteriza- 
tion is  rarely  necessary  in  these  cases,  and 
should  only  be  resorted  to  either  for  functional 
study  or  the  collection  of  the  separate  urines 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBRICAN  MBDICINB 


TREATMENT 


May.  1919 


299 


from  each  kidney.  Due  allowance  should  be 
made  for  blood-tinged  urine  coming  from  the 
catheter,  which  might  be  due  to  instrumenta- 
tion. 


tion  is  simple  and  rarely  takes  more  than  nine 
minutes,  from  the  opening  of  the  flap  to  the 
closing  of  the  flap  and  the  end  of  the  operation. 


REATMENT 


Intraeranial  Treatment  of  Paresis.— Cotton 
and  Stevenson  report  in  the  Journal  of  Nervous 
and  Mental  Diseases,  April,  1918,  that  one  of 
the  difficulties  constantly  met  in  the  treatment 
of  this  trouble  is  t6  determine  the  best  method, 
for  it  largely  depends  upon  the  type  of  case  that 
is  being  treated. 

The  writers  do  not  believe  that  the  intra- 
venous administration  of  salvarsan  alone  is 
sufficient  to  effect  a  remission,  even  if  the 
spinal  fluid  is  drained,  as  advocated  by  some, 
tho  it  is  absolutely  necessary.  The  cases  that 
have  had  the  combined  treatment,  both  intrar 
venous  and  intraspinous  or  intracranial,  cer- 
tainly  do  much  better  than  those  who  have  had 
no  intravenous  injections.  One  advantage  of 
the  intracranial  method  is  that  one  can  give  a 
nluch  larger  dose  of  salvarsan,  than  by  the  In- 
traspinal method,  for  in  the  latter,  because  of 
the  sensitiveness  of  the  spinal  cord  and  the 
danger  of  producing  serious  damage,  only  a 
very  small  dose  of  salvarsan  can  be  given,  and 
only  at  two  week  intervals.  On  the  other  hand, 
with  the  intracranial  method,  a  very  much 
larger  dose  can  be  given  and  often  once  a  week, 
especially  if  the  subdural  route  is  used. 

A  general  anesthetic  is  not  given,  but  the 
scalp  cocainized  with  a  4  per  cent,  solution  of 
cocaine.  An  incision  is  made  over  the  bregma, 
either  on  the  right  or  left  side  of  the  head  and 
about  a  flnger's  breadth  from  the  median  line. 
A  semicircular  flap  is  then  made  and  the  peri- 
osteum is  separated  from  the  bone.  For  making 
the  ti^phine  opening  into  the  Bkull  an  Albee 
electric  drill  with  a  Martel  attachment  is  used 
which  prevents  any  injury  to  the  dura.  After 
the  dura  is  exposed  a  small  incision  is  made 
and  care  taken  not  to  sever  any  dural  vessel, 
and  then  a  modlfled  Gushing  brain  cannula  is 
introduced  thru  the  dura  and  then  thru  the 
brain  cortex,  and  when  the  ventricle  is  reached 
the  plunger  is  withdrawn  and  the  fluid  allowed 
to  flow  out.  During  this  stage  of  the  operation 
the  head  of  the  table  is  lowered  to  facilitate  the 
flow  of  the  fluid.  After  sufficient  fluid  has 
escaped  the  serum  is  then  introduced  thru  the 
cannula  into  the  cortex,  from  a  luer  syringe  and 
then  the  cannula  is  withdrawn,  and  the  scalp 
flap  is  sutured.  The  patient  is  able  to  get  up 
from  the  table  unassisted  and  walk  out  of  the 
room.  He  is  told  to  lie  down  for  a  little  while 
if  he  feels  any  effects  from  his  treatment,  but 
usually    he    has   no    after-effects.    This    opera- 


Hoarseness^^Levbarg  in  yew  York  Medical 
Journal,  April  20,  1918,  says  that  the  most  im- 
portant problem  confronting  the  laryngologist 
is  hoarseness,  especially*  that  in  singers,  speak- 
ers and  those  who  depend  for  a  livelihood  solely 
upon  the  use  of  their  voice.  It  is  important 
before  examining  the  patient  to  take  a  careful 
history  of  the  case.  *  It  is  essential  to  know  the 
habits  of  the  individual,  his  customary  diet, 
etc. 

Do  not  direct  all  the  attention  exclusively  to 
*  the  vocal  cords,  but  search  carefully  the  sur- 
rounding tissues.  Any  pathologic  condition 
interfering  with  the  action  of  the  vocal  cords 
will  cause  hoarseness,  but  other  things  will 
produce  the  same  effect.  Marked  hypertrophy 
of  the  lingual  tonsil  will  cause  a  constant  irrita- 
tion, setting  up  severe  congestion  of  the  mu- 
cous membrane  around  the  laryngeal  region. 
Caseous  tonsils  have  the  same  effect.  Enlarged 
and  inflamed  adenoids  and  chronic  nasophar- 
yngitis have  been  proved  to  cause  hoarseness. 
Great  meat  eaters  will  always  have  a  severe 
congestion  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
nose  and  throat,  probably  due  to  the  increased 
proteins  in  their  blood. 

The  most  important  problem  is  the  hoarseness 
which  comes  on  without  apparent  cause  and 
without  history  of  exposure  on  the  part  of  the 
singer.  It  will  frequently  disappear  almost  as« 
suddenly  as  it  came.  The  patient  fears  to  sing 
a  long  aria;  he  dreads  that  his  voice  may  break 
during  the  course  of  his  delivery  of  it.  On  ex- 
amination invariably  you  will  And  in  these  pa- 
tients a  small  nodule  on  one  or  both  cords.  This 
condition  is  known  as  chorditis  nodosa.  Chor- 
ditis  nodosa  accompanies  chronic  laryngitis  in 
those  who  use  their  voices  in  a  faulty  manner. 

The  treatment  depends  upon  the  cause.  If 
the  method  is  faulty  have  the  singer  change  in- 
structors; if  due  to  diet  prescribe  a  different 
one;  if  due  to  any  pathologic  condition  treat  it 
accordingly.  Diet,  rest,  relaxation,  plenty  of 
air,  exercise,  and  regular  habits  will  gradually 
eradicate  the  hoarseness  which  is  the  dread  of 
the  singer  and  the  public  speaker. 


Hay  Fever  and  A 8thma«— Reporting  the  re- 
sults of  his  investigations,  with  a  view  of  select- 
ing the  most  effective  treatment,  Scheppegrell 
states  in  New  York  Medioai  Journal  (June  1, 
1918):  The  treatment  of  the  cases  of  this 
series,  during  the  active  stage  of  the  hay  fever, 
was  limited  to  the  hypodermic  injection  of 
pollen  extracts  and  bacterial  vaccines.  The 
extract  of  the  pollen  was  selected  to  which  the 
patient  was  found  to  be  sensitive  and  to  which 
he  was  exposed  as  indicated  by  the  polleno- 
metric  records.  The  pollen  responsible  for  most 
of  the  early  hay  fever  cases  (April  to  July) 
was  found  to  be  from  the  grasses  (Oraminea), 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


300 


May,  1919 


TREATMENT 


AjcmuOAN  Mboicinb 


which  also  include  the  cultivated  varieties  such 
as  rye,  wheat,  oats  and  corn.  The  fall  hay 
fever  (August,  September,  October)  was  found 
to  be  principally  due  (ninety-five  per  cent.)  to 
the  ragweeds  (Ambrosiacew) .  The  large  size 
of  the  com  pollen  (eighty  microns)  limits  its 
potential  area  to  a  short  distance  from  the 
plant. 

In  the  spring  hay  fever  cases  the  extract  of 
the  grass  pollen  was  uded.  and  In  the  fall  cases 
that  of  the  ragweeds.  In  cases  in  which  the 
patient  suffered  from  both  forms  of  hay  fever 
(spring  and  fall)  the  grass  pollen  was  injected 
at  first,  and  the  ragweed*  extract  during  the 
fall  season.  Combined  extracts  should  not  be 
used  in  these  cases,  either  for  prophylactic  or 
curative  purposes.  /The  grass  pollens  predom- 
inate in  the  early  part  of  the  season  and  the  • 
ragweed  in  the  latter,  and  the  pollen  extracts 
should  therefore  be  adapted  to  each  season.  The 
patient,  moreover,  is  rarely  equally  sensitive 
to  both  pollens,  so  that  a  combined  extract,  in 
which  equal  parts  of  each  pollen  is  used,  is  not 
indicated. 

If  the  patient  applies  for  treatment  during  a 
severe  period,  the  pollen  extracts  are  usually 
ineffective  and  a  vaccine  should  be  used,  these 
being  injected  at  intervals  of  one  or  two  days 
until  the  severity  of  the  attack  subsides.  The 
pollen  extract  is  then  used,  the  vaccine  injec- 
tions being  resumed  if  a  severe  paroxysm  de- 
velops. The  reason  for  using  the  vaccine  dur- 
ing the  severe  paroxysms  is  that  at  this  time 
the  patient  is  suffering  not  only  from  the  effects 
of  the  pollen  but  also  from  the  great  increase 
•in  the  pathogenic  microorganisms  resulting 
from  the  lowered  resistance  of  the  respiratory 
membranes.  The  use  of  vaccine  therapy  at 
this  stage  is  therefore  logical,  and  has  given 
satisfactory  results.  In  a  few  cases  (5  per 
cent  of  this  series)  the  treatment  of  the  suc- 
cessful ones  was  limited  to  vaccine  therapy 
only.  The  question  of  autogenous  and  stock 
vaccines  has  been  carefully  considered  in  this 
series.  The  autogenous  vaccines  are  preferable 
provided  they  can  be  obtained  of  the  proper 
standard  and  purity.  When  there  is  any  doubt 
regarding  this,  the  stock  vaccines  of  unques- 
tioned reliability  should  be  given  the  pref- 
erence. 


The  Ineffielent  Use  of  Taeclnes«— Objections 
to  the  use  of  vaccines  in  the  treatment  of  acute 
infections  like  pneumonia,  broncho-pneumonia, 
infiuenza,  mastoiditis,  sinusitis,  colds,  etc.,  says 
a  writer  in  the  Bacterial  Therapist  (Mar.,  1919), 
arise  only  from  those  who  have  had  no  real  ex- 
perience with  them  in  the  treatment  of  such 
cases,  or  from  those  who  have  used  them  In- 
efllciently  and  improperly;  used  them  differently 
than  those  who  obtain  excellent  results;  and 
curiously  enough  most  of  these  objections  come 
from  men  high  in  authority  on  other  thera- 
peutic measures.  Therapeutic  agents  are  eflEL- 
cient  only  when  properly  applied,  hence  the 
greatest  efficiency  of  a  remedy  can  only  be  de- 
termined by  extensive  clinical  experience. 

The  objections  to  the  use  of  bacterial  vac- 


cines in  the  treatment  of  extensive  acute  infec- 
tions are  purely  theoretical.  The  contentions 
are,  that  the  toxic  symptoms  which  prevail  in 
these  acute  Infections  show  that  the  patient  is 
suffering  from  an  overload  of  bacteria  and  their 
products;  that  to  give  vaccines  under  such  con- 
ditions is  irrational  because  we  thereby  simply 
add  more  bacterial  toxins  where  it  is  clearly 
evident  that  the  patient  is  suffering  from  an 
excessive  amount  of  toxins;  and  that  by  giving 
vaccines  under  such  conditions  we  are  liable 
to  thrust  the  patient  into  the  so-called  ''negative 
phase''  and  make  matters  worse. 

Many  of  these  objectors  have  heard  of  the 
good  results  that  are  being  obtained  with  vac- 
cines in  extensive  acute  infections,  but  as  a 
rule  their  theoretical  prejudices  are  so  strong 
that  they  are  unwilling  to  give  them  a  trial  and 
if  perchance  they  do  try  them,  nine  times  out 
of  ten  they  allow  their  preconceived  notions  to 
prevail;  allow  the  thought,  that  by  giviilg  vac- 
cines we  make  the  patient  more  toxic,  to  dom- 
inate, with  the  result  that  the  patient  receives 
entirely  too  small  doses  at  much  too  long' in- 
tervals. Such  trials  would  naturally  result  in 
failure,  and  yet  the  contention  from  these 
sources  will  carry  more  weight  with  many 
otherwise  well  informed  physicians,  than  state- 
ments from  general  practitioners  who  have  used 
vaccines  with  success,  because  they  use  them  in 
.  such  a  way  that  experience  teaches  them  to  be 
most  efficient.  Most  of  the  available  literature 
on  vaccine  therapy  has  been  written  by  labora- 
tory research  workers  who  hold  that  vaccines 
are  contraindicated  in  extensive  acute  infec- 
tions and  that  if  vaccines  are  employed  in  such 
cases,  very  small  doses  are  recommended. 

We  find,  however,  that  absolutely  contrary 
conditions  prevail.  We  find  that  in  subacute 
and  chronic  infections,  to  obtain  the  best  re- 
sults, treatment  must  be  started  with  a  small 
dose,  usually  0.2  mil.  of  a  standardized  suspen- 
sion, and  the  dose  should  then  be  gradually  in- 
creased to  1  mil.  or  more  and  inoculations  made 
at  4  to  7  day  intervals.  If  in  chronic  infec- 
tions treatment  is  started  with  a  large  dose  un- 
pleasant reactions  are  almost  sure  to  follow 
and  if  the  injections  are  repeated  ^t  short  in- 
tervals the  infection  will  not  subside  as  rapidly 
as  if  small  doscfS  are  employed  at  long  intervals. 
In  extensive  acute  infections,  large  doses — 1 
mil.  of  a  standard  suspension  given  at  the 
earliest  possible  moment,  repeated  at  daily  in- 
tervals— give  decidedly  the  best  results^  and  in 
extremely  bad  cases  the  vaccine  may  be  given 
twice  a  day  to  advantage.  No  appreciable  reac- 
tions follow  the  use  of  1  mil.  doses  of  vaccine, 
when  given  during  a  high  temperature  and 
other  indications  of  a  toxic  infection,  nor  does 
any  material  infiltration  develop  at  the  site  of 
injection.  The  rule  should  be  that  in  the  most 
severe  infections,  the  largest  dose  should  be 
given  at  the  shortest  interval  and  the  less 
severe  cases  should  receive  the  smaller  dose  at 
longer  intervals.  Unless  this  general  rule  is 
followed,  no  satisfactory  results  will  be  obtained 
from  the  use  of  bacterial  vaccines. 

As  long  as  objectors  to  vaccine  therapy  re- 
main obstinate,  as  long  as  they  are  unwilling 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN   MBDICXNB 


TREATMENT 


May.  1919 


301 


to  give  vaccines  an  efficient  trial,  we  must  ex- 
pect the  unfortunate  victims  of  pneumonia  and 
similar  infections  to  pay  the  penalty,  but  surely 
this  apathy  cannot  continue  much  longer.  If 
any  dangerous  or  unpleasant  symptoms  would 
follow  the  use  of  vaccines,  there  would  be  some 
excuse  for  hesitation,  but  all  available  informa- 
tion shows  that  the  treatment  is  absolutely 
harmless.  The  reason  for  the  necessity  of  large 
doses  of  vaccines  at  short  intervals  may  be  ex- 
plained on  the  ground  that  in  extensive  acute 
infections  we  have  a  large  number  of  organisms 
multiplying  rapidly,  to  contend  with  and  to  de- 
stroy these  organisms  there  is  required  a  large 
amount  of  antibody.  If  the  antibody  that  was 
produced  as  the  result  of  the  first  injection  is 
all  consumed  before  all  the  infecting  organisms 
are  destroyed,  the  infection  may  "light  up" 
again,  but  by  repeating  the  inoculations  at  short 
Intervals,  the  antibody  producing  process  will 
be  continued  until  the  infection  is  eliminated. 
Thousands  of  doctors  are  employing  this 
method  in  the  treatment  of  pneumonia  and 
other  acute  Infections  and  the  results  speak  for 
themselves.  No  one,  to  our  knowledge,  who  has 
ever  given  this  treatment  a  fair  and  unbiased 
trial,  has  discontinued  it  The  only  way  you 
can  satisfy  yourself  as  to  the  efficacy  of  bacterial 
vaccines,  is  to  give  them  a  trial  and  use  them 
in  the  same  way  as  others  do  who  are  obtaining 
results. 


Treatment  of  Iritis*— If  the  treatment  of  iritis 
could  be  confined  to  one  drug,  that  drug  would 
undoubtedly  be  atropia.  Atropine,  Andrew 
{Long  Island  Med.  Jour.,  Jan.,  1919)  claims 
meets  most  of  the  local  requirements.  It  dilates 
the  pupil  narrowing  the  diameter  of  the  iris, 
squeezing  the  engorged  vessels  and  reducing 
the  inflammation.  It  paralyzes  the  accommoda- 
tion thus  putting  the  eye  at  rest,  and  by  draw- 
ing the  pupilary  margin  away  from  the  ante- 
rior surface  of  the  lens  prevents  the  formation 
of  adhesions  or  breaks  up  those  which  are 
forming.  It  is  of  no  value  in  occluded  pupils. 
Sometimes  a  granule  of  powdered  atropine 
placed  in  the  conjunctival  sac  accomplishes  the 
purpose  better  than  the  solution.  Cocaine 
added  to  the  atropine  will  occasionally  increase 
the  effect.  Atropia  must  be  instilled  sufficiently 
often  to  keep  the  pupil  dilated,  and  the  tension 
of  the  eye  should  be  constantly  watched  during 
its  use.  Dionin  used  with  the  atropine  relieves 
pain  in  some  Instances,  and  by  its  lymphagogue 
action  assists  in  removing  the  products  of  in- 
flammation. 

An  old  and  honorable  way  to  deplete  the  en- 
gorged vessels  is  by  blood  letting  at  the  temple, 
either  by  the  use  of  leeches,  or  by  the  use  of  an 
artiflclal  leech.  In  this  connection  it  may  be 
well  to  add  that  in  the  absence  of  leeches  or  the 
usual  artificial  leech,  a  good  substitute  may  be 
improvised  by  scarifying  the  temple  and  apply- 
ing an  ordinary  breast  pump.  It  is  sometimes 
a  matter  of  surprise  to  see  how  quickly  atropine 
will  produce  its  maximum  effect  after  a  blood 
letting. 

The  systematic  treatment  of  iritis  is  the  treat- 
ment of  its  cause.   In  syphilis  our  sheet  anchors 


are  salvarsan,  mercury  and  after  the  inflamma- 
tion has  begun  to  subside  the  iodides. 

When  associated  with  myositis  and  arthritis 
the  salicylates  and  aspirin  are  indicated,  even 
tho  the  gonococcus  is  the  causative  factor.  If 
a  focus  of  Infection  can  be  found  In  the  teeth, 
the  tonsils,  the  nasal  sinuses,  the  prostate  or 
any  other  place  it  must  be  gotten  rid  of  at  once. 
In  many  cases,  in  addition  to  lemovlng  the 
focus,  the  condition  will  be  helped  by  the  ad- 
ministration of  an  autogenous  vaccine.  The 
gonorrheal  form  is  also  frequently  helped  by  a 
gonorrheal  vaccine. 

Tuberculosis  is  tuberculosis  whether  found 
in  the  lungs  or  the  Iris,  and  the  general  rules 
for  its  management  are  similar.  The  adminis- 
tration of  tuberculin  is  sometimes  of  consider- 
able benefit.  Some  surgeons  advocate  the  use 
of  a  three  per  cent,  gualacol  ointment  as  an 
inunction,  or  the  subconjunctival  injection  of  a 
one  or  two  per  cent,  solution  of  gualacol. 

To  be  successful  in  the  treatment  of  iritis  the 
surgeon  must  ever  bear  in  mind  its  pathology, 
and  he  must  be  prepared  to  discover  the  etiology 
of  each  case,  by  using  all  those  aids  to  modern 
medicine,  the  X-ray,  and  particularly  the  patho- 
logic laboratory  for  his  bacteriologic  and  sero- 
logic tests  and  for  the  preparation  of  his  vac- 
cines. With  all  the  aid  which  modern  medicine 
offers  us  we  find  it  necessary  only  too  often  in 
the  treatment  of  this  most  insidious  disease,  to 
summon  to  our  aid  our  last  reserves  of  common 
and  diagnostic  sense  and  therapeutic  acumen. 


Diet  in  Clrriiosls  of  Liver*- Terol  (Revista 
dos.  Curaos,  Apr.,  1918)  advises  a  milk  diet  in 
the  early  stages  of  cirrhosis  of  liver.  This 
leaves  the  liver  comparatively  in  repose  while 
promoting  diuresis.  He  gives  nothing  but  water 
the  first  day  except  a  purge.  An  adult  should 
take  3  liters  of  milk  during  the  day,  sipping  a 
small  amount  every  one  or  two  hours.  The 
milk  should  never  be  taken  more  than  this  at 
a  time,  as  this  would  distend  the  stomach,  with 
retention  and  fermentation  with  results  in- 
jurious for  the  liver  cells,  and  digestive  disturb- 
ances which  impel  the  abandoning  of  the  milk 
diet.  The  milk  must  never  be  taken  raw.  but 
goat's  or  ass'  milk  may  be  substituted  for 
cow's  milk.  Fermented  milk  or  condensed  milk, 
etc.,  should  not  be  used  except  when  the  patient 
wearies  of  the  sterilized  milk.  This  milk  diet 
should  be  kept  up  for  a  month.  After  this  the 
ordinary  diet  can  be  very  slowly  and  gradually 
resumed,  keeping  to  smcUl  meals  of  easily 
digestible  foods.  He  advises  four  meals,  the  two 
latest  at  5  and  9  p.  m..  but  they  should  never  be 
abundant.  Weak  mineral  waters  are  useful, 
avoiding  all  carbonated  beverages  as  their  gas 
distends  the  stomach.  Mastication  should  be 
especially  thoro,  and  the  patient  should  give 
both  body  and  mind  a  rest  after  eating.  Gen- 
eral and  tonic  hygiene  should  be  enforced.  In 
cirrhosis  with  hypertrophy  there  is  excessive 
functioning  on  the  part  of  the  liver,  and  the 
diet  should  aim  to  reduce  production  of  toxins, 
being  restricted  to  starchy  foods  and  dry  vege- 
tables with  little  sugar  or  substances  liable  to 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


302 


Mat.  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Mbdicinb 


putrefy.  In  cirrhosis  with  atrophy,  meat  should 
be  positively  prohibited  to  ward  off  production 
of  toxins,  and  salt  should  be  restricted  to  6  gm. 
a  day  to  guard  against  ascites  and  edema. 


victims  as  they  are  at  present  of  the  poorest 
and  cheapest  form  of  contract  medical  service 
supplied  by  the  insurance  companies. 


NEWS  NOTES  "» 
ANNOONCEMENTJ 


lAUaria  In  the  United  States^-The  United 
States  Public  Health  Service  estimates  that  over 
7,000,000  people  in  the  United  States  are  in- 
fected with  malaria.  Estimates  prepared  by 
the  service  indicate  that  in  the  South  the  rav- 
ages of  typhoid  fever,  tuberculosis,  hookworm, 
and  pellagra  all  together  are  not  as  serious  as 
from  malaria. 


Workmen's  Compensation  Laws  and  the  In- 
surance Companies* — At  a  special  meeting  held 
April  2,  1919,  at  51  E.  100th  Street  of  the  ex- 
ecutive committee  of  the  Physicians'  Protective 
Association  of  New  York,  Dr.  Eidward  L.  Spltzer 
presiding,  the  following  resolutions  were  intro- 
duced by  Dr.  John  P.  Davin  and  were  passed 
unanimously : 

Whereas,  The  Governor  of  the  State  in  a 
special  message  to  the  legislature  has  demanded 
immediate  revision  of  the  Workman's  Compen- 
sation Law  to  prevent  direct  settlement  between 
injured  employees  and  the  insurance  carriers, 
suggesting  that  the  legislators  read  the  report 
of  Jeremiah  F.  Connor,  showing  that  many  in- 
jured persons  have  been  defrauded  by  the  in- 
surance companies,  in  some  instances  being 
bilked  of  $2,000.00  or  more. 

A/nd  Whereas,  Governor  Smith  further  says 
that  with  these  facts  before  the  legislature.  It 
should  forthwith  amend  the  law  and  abolish  di- 
rect settlements  or  present  some  good  reason  for 
not  doing  so  which  thinking  men  and  women 
will  tolerate. 

Resolved,  That  we  respectfully  call  the  atten- 
tion of  the  Governor  and  the  legislature  to 
an  exactly  similar  condition  relating  to  the 
payment  of  physicians'  fees  by  the  insurance 
companies,  which  has  resulted  in  the  denial  of 
the  best  medical  service  to  the  injured  work- 
men and  working  women  of  the  State.  This  is 
owing  to  the  impotency  of  the  medical  pro- 
visions of  the  Workman's  Compensation  Law 
either  to  provide  a  proper  fee  for  medical  serv- 
ice or  to  compel  the  payment  of  the  fee 
awarded  by  the  commission  against  the  insur- 
ance companies. 

Resolved,  That  the  Governor  include  in  his 
proposed  revision  of  the  Workman's  Compen- 
sation Law  to  remedy  this  form  of  in- 
justice to  the  medical  profession,  to  the  end 
that  the  working  men  of  this  State  will  receive 
the  services  of  the  best  men  in  the  medical 
practice  as  they  did  before  the  passage  of  the 
Workman's  Compensation  Law,  and  not  be  the 


Dr.  Abraliam  Jaeobi's  Eighty-ninth  Birthday 

was  celebrated  a  few  days  ago.  It  is  one  of  the 
privileges  of  May  time  to  offer  felicitations  to 
Dr.  Jacobi  on  this  day  each  year,  and  we  join 
the  Medical  Record  in  looking  forward  with 
pleasurable  anticipation  to  the  celebration, 
eleven  years  hence,  of  his  first  centennial. 


Spain  Honors  Mme.  Cnrie. — King  Alfonso  has 
signed  a  decree  awarding  the  Great  Cross  of 
the  Civilian  Order  of  Alfonso  XIII  to  Mme. 
Sklodowska  Curie,  the  distinguished  French 
scientist,  chief  professor  in  the  faculty  of 
sciences  of  the  University  of  Paris.  Mme.  Cnrie 
was  the  discoverer  of  polonium  and  co-discov- 
erer with  her  husband  of  radium. 


General  Gorgas  Heads  Yellow  Fever  Com- 
mission.— ^Major-General  William  C.  Gorgas,  re- 
cently retired  for  age  from  the  office  of  Surgeon- 
General  of  the  United  States  Army,  has  re- 
sumed his  position  as  chief,  of  the  Rockefeller 
Commission  on  Yellow  Fever  and  will  soon  sail 
for  Central  America  to  supervise  the  studies 
that  are  being  carried  on  there  by  the  Rocke- 
feller Commission. 


The  National  Society  for  the  Study  and  Cor- 
rection of  Speech  Defects.— The  National  So- 
ciety for  the  Study  and  Correction  of  Speech 
Disorder  will  have  its  summer  meeting  in  Mil- 
waukee, on  July  4,  as  one  of  the  affiliated  So- 
cieties of  the  National  Educational  Association. 
Members  of  the  Society  and  invited  guests  of 
prominence  in  the  field  of  speech  correction, 
will  address  the  Association.  Anyone  interested 
to  receive  an  advanced  program  may  do  so  by 
addressing  the  Secretary,  Miss  Marguerite 
Franklin,  110  Bay  State  Rd..  Boston.  Mass. 


Don't   Qait! 

"You're  sick  of  the  game?"    Well,  now,  that's 
a  shame; 
You're  young  and   you're  brave  and  you're 
bright. 
"You've  had  a  raw  deal?"     t  know,  but  don't 
squeal; 
Buck  up,  do  your  damnedest  and  fight. 
It's  the  plugging  away  that  will  win  you  the 
day. 
So  don't  be  a  piker,  old  pard. 
Just  draw  on  your  grit;  it's  so  easy  to  quit, 
It's  the  keeping-your-chin-up  that's  hard. 

— Anon. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mkdicinb 


AMONG  THE  BOOKS 


May.  1919 


303 


It  Can  Be  Done! 

"Somebody   said   that  It  couldn't  be  done, 

But  he,  with  a  chuckle,  replied 
That  'maybe  it  couldn't,'  but  he  would  be  one 

Who  wouldn't  say  so  till  he'd  tried. 
So  he  buckled  right  in  with  the  trace  of  a  grin 

On  his  face.    If  he  worried  he  hid  it. 
He  started  to  sing  as  he  tackled  the  thing 

That  couldn't  be  done,  and  he  did  it. 

"Somebody  scoffed,  'Oh,  you'll  never  do  that, 

At  least  no  one  ever  has  done  it'; 
But  he  took  off  his  coat  and  he  took  oft  his  hat, 

And  the  first  think  he  knew  he'd  begun  it, 
With  the  lift  of  his  chin  and  a  bit  of  a  grin. 

If  any  doubt  rose  he  forbade  it; 
He  started  to  sing  as  he  tackled  the  thing 

That  couldn't  be  done,  and  he  did  it. 

"There  are  thousands  to  tell  you  it  couldn't  be 
done, 
There  are  thousands  to  prophesy  failure; 
There  are  thousands  to  point  out  to  you,  one  by 
one. 
The  dangers  that  wait  to  assail  you. 
But  Just  buckle  in  with  a  bit  of  a  grin. 
Then  take  off  your  coat  and  go  to  it. 
Just  start  in  to  sing  as  you  tackle  the  thing 
That  cannot  be  done,  and  you'll  do  it." 

—"Evelyn,"  in  the  N,  7.  THbune. 


top  no  matter  how  keen  the  competition."  In 
the  same  way  it  may  be  said  that  there  is  al- 
ways room  for  a  really  good  book,  no  matter 
how  many  may  have  been  written  on  the  same 
subject. 

The  Treatment  of  War  Wounds  by  Dr.  W.  W. 
Keen  (W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia, 
1918)  is  assuredly  a  work  of  this  kind.  It  is 
a  compact  and  concise  presentation  of  some  of 
the  most  important  phases  of  war  surgery.  In 
fact  it  is  just  such  a  work  as  might  be  expected 
from  such  an  acknowledged  master  of  surgery 
as  Dr.  Keen  is  known  to  be.  This  is  a  second 
edition,  the  first  having  been  issued  only  a 
little  over  a  year  or  so  ago.  However,  this 
latest  edition  is  more  than  a  simple  revision, 
as  the  rapid  progress  made  in  the  treatment  of 
war  wounds  has  rendered  it  necessary  to  prac- 
tically rewrite  the  entire  book.  In  this  edition 
is  included  the  work  on  acriflavine,  proflavine 
and  "brilliant  green"  mercurophen,  as  well  as 
the  latest  technic  on  the  paraflin  treatment  of 
burns  as  devised  and  perfected  by  the  French 
naval  surgeon  de  Sandfort.  Dr.  Keen  is  a  writer 
whose  forceful  and  interesting  personality  is 
always  reflected  in  his  writings.  As  a  con- 
sequence, this  contribution  to  the  subject,  in 
addition  to  its  practical  scientific  value,  has  a 
quality  and  merit  which  those  who  know  Dr. 
Keen  and  his  work  will  be  quick  to  recognize 
and  appreciate. 


God  CUve  Us  Hen! 

God  give  us  men!    A  time  like  this  demands 
Strong  minds,  great    hearts,    true    faith    and 

ready  hands; 
Men  whom  the  love  of  office  cannot  kill; 
Men  whom  the  spoils  of  office  cannot  buy; 
Men  who  possess  opinions  and  a  will; 
Men  who  have  known,  men  who  will  not  lie; 
Men  who  stand  before  a  demagogue 
And   damn  his   treacherous  fiatteries   without 

winking. 
Tall  men,  sun-crowned,  who  live  above  the  fog. 
In  public  duty  and  in  private  thinking; 
For   while  the   rabble  with   their  thumb-worn 

creeds. 
Their  large  professions  and  their  little  deeds. 
Mingle  in  selfish  strife,  lo!     Freedom  weeps, 
Wrong    rules  the    land,    and    waiting    justice 

sleeps.  — John  S.  Holland.' 


AMONG 

THE 

BOOKS 


0 


The  Treatment  of  War  Wonndsr— It  is  a  well 
known  adage  that  "there  is  always  room  at  the 


Electrotherapeutics. — Probably  no  branch  of 
therapeutics  has  made  greater  strides  than 
electricity,  or  has  more  surely  within  recent 
years  been  lifted  out  of  the  slough  of  em- 
piricism. While  empiricism  cannot  be  entirely 
eliminated  from  the  employment  of  any  line  of 
treatment,  it  is  perhaps  more  aggressively 
evident  in  the  domain  of  electrotherapeutics 
than  in  any  other  field  of  medicine.  Therefore 
it  is  encouraging  to  note  that  the  science  of 
medical  electricity  is  at  last  duly  and  properly 
coming  into  its  own.  A  good  deal  of  the  em- 
piricism, which  has  prejudiced  the  medical  pro- 
fession against  the  use  of  electricity  for 
therapeutic  purposes,  has  been  brought  about 
by  reason  of  the  way  in  which  electricity  has 
been  shrouded  in  mysticism.  Obviously,  the 
more  that  simple  methods  of  -electrical  treat- 
ment are  employed  the  more  quickly  will  the 
whole  subject  be  deprived  of  the  mystic  element 
and  the  more  comprehensive  and  effective  will 
become  its  application  to  diseased  conditions. 

Electricity  in  Medicine  by  George  W.  Jacoby, 
M.  D.,  and  J.  Ralph  Jacoby,  M.  D.  (P.  Blakis- 
ton's  Son  &  Co.,  Philadelphia)  serves  admirably 
to  show  what  can  be  accomplished  by  electro- 
therapy when  thoroly  understood.  The  book  is 
well  written  and  contains  all  the  necessary, 
up-to-date  information  required  to  insure  the 
successful  use  of  electricity  in  medicine.  The 
illustrations  are  numerous  and  aid  greatly  in 
the  interpretation  and  elucidation  of  the  text. 
We  do  not  hesiUte  to  say  that  this  is  one  of  the 
best  and  most  satisfactory  works  on  the  sub- 
ject that  has  ever  been  published.    No  man  who 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


304 


May.  1919 


AMONG  THE  BOOKS 


Amebican  Mboicins 


uses  electricity  in  any  way    in    his    practice 
should  fail  to  have  it  for  frequent  reference. 


Surgical  Nnrsingr— That  nurses  are  absolutely 
essential  to  the  proper  care  of  all  patients, 
but  especially  those  forced  to  undergo  surgical 
treatment  has  received  ample  testimony,  if 
such  testimony  were  needed,  during  the  war. 
It  may  seem  heresy  to  say  so  in  a  medical 
Journal  but  nurses  are  almost,  if  not  quite,  as 
necessary  in  the  management  of  surgical  in- 
juries as  physicians  and  surgeons.  When 
nurses  are  thus  referred  to  it  must  be  under- 
stood that  thoroly  skilled  and  competent  nurses 
are  meant.  In  order  to  be  skilled  a  nurse 
must  we  well  trained,  and  she  cannot  be  well 
trained  unless  she  is  well  versed  in  the  elemen- 
tary principles  of  medicine  and  surgery.  There- 
fore, the  Text-Book  of  Surgery  for  Student  and 
Graduate  Nurses  by  Archibald  Leete  McDonald, 
M.  D.  (J.  B.  Uppincott  Company,  Philadelphia) 
is  welcome.  This  manual  deals  with  anatomy, 
physiology  and  bacteriology  in  so  far  as  these 
directly  relate  to  surgical  conditions  in  addition 
to  the  care  and  management  of  surgical  pa- 
tients. It  is  a  book  calculated  to  be  of  un- 
limited value  to  nurses  who  are  called  on  to 
assist  at  surgical  operations,  as  well  as  to  carry 
out  the  surgeon's  instructions  in  regard  to  after 
care. 


X-Ray  Therapy.— -Roentgenotherapy  has  made 
great  headway  during  recent  years,  despite  the 
fact  that  there  has  been  a  dearth  of  reliable 
works  on  the  subject  from  which  the  beginner 
could  obtain  the  necessary  Information.  With 
the  view  of  filling  this  want,  Albert  Franklin 
Tyler,  B.  Sc,  M.  D.,  in  Roentgenotherapy  (C.  V. 
Mosby  Co.,  St.  Louis)  has  written  a  book  the 
terms  of  which  are  so  simple  that  a  veritable 
novice  can  readily  grasp  the  essential  principles. 
He  has  also  furnished  a  brief  description  of 
the  apparatus  necessary  in  roentgenotherapy; 
this  is  so  well  and  profusely  illustrated  that 
the  reader  may,  with  minimum  effort,  become 
familiarized  with  the  requisite  mechanical  and 
electrical  details  of  the  work.  The  book  is 
practical,  and  undoubtedly  will  prove  extremely 
helpful,  not  alone  in  clearing  away  obscure 
points,  but  in  rendering  roentgenotherapy 
easily  intelligible  to  those  who  seek  a  working 
knowledge  of  its  effective  application. 


Tropical  Medicine.— It  never  has  been,  and  is 
not  now,  generally  realized  that  many  tropical 
diseases  are  indigenous  to  this  country.  In 
fact,  a  considerable  portion  of  the  United  States 
lies  in  a  sub-tropical  region,  in  which  unfor- 
tunately flourish  all  such  tropical  alfections  as 
malaria,  black  water  fever,  amebic  dysentery, 
bacillary  dysentery,  liver  abscess,  pellagra  and 
hookworm  disease.  Consequently  these  mal- 
adies possess  for  many  American  medical  prac- 


titioners much  more  than  an  academic  Interest, 
and  not  a  few  physicians  have  found  It  neces- 
sary to  study  them  in  all  their  bearings.  It  is 
not  enough,  moreover,  to  approach  these  dis- 
eases from  the  laboratory  viewpoint,  but  the 
clinical  phenomena  of  each  and  all  of  them 
should  be  made  the  subject  of  careful  investiga- 
tion. Correct  diagnosis  obviously  is  essential 
to  proper  treatment  and  the  procuring  of  a 
correct  diagnosis  is  immensely  aided  by  clinical 
study  of  the  sufferer.  With  a  full  apprecia- 
tion of  these  facto,  E.  R.  Stitt,  A.  B.,  Ph.  G., 
M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  has  written  The  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment  of  Tropical  Diseases  (P.  Blakiston's 
Son  ft  Co.,  Philadelphia)  in  which  tropical  dis- 
eases are  considered  from  the  clinical  stand- 
point As  this  is  a  third  edition  it  is  unneces- 
sary to  deal  with  the  book  in  detail,  and  it  will 
suffice  to  point  out  that  as  the  second  edition 
was  published  less  than  a  year  ago,  at  which 
time  a  very  thoro  revision  was  made,  there  has 
seemed  to  be  no  need  for  material  changes  in 
the  present  edition.  The  subject  Of  trench 
fever  has  been  brought  up-to-date  and  a  few 
other  somewhat  immaterial  alterations  have 
been  made.  The  illustrations  are  numerous 
and  effective,  and  the  book  can  be  highly  en- 
dorsed as  a  commendable  contribution  to  the 
subject. 


Beverages. — The  matter  of  beverages  is  an 
important  one,  and  altho  it  seems  probable 
that  alcohol  beverages  will  not  bulk  large  or, 
at  any  rate,  not  so  large,  in  this  country  in  the 
future,  that  fact  affords  no  valid  reason  why 
alcoholic  beverages  should  not  be  considered. 
Unfortunately,  all  beverages,  and  alcoholic 
beverages  are  not  exempt  from  this  Implication, 
are  subject  to  adulteration.  In  Beverages  and 
Their  Adulteration  by  Harvey  W.  Wiley,  M.  D. 
(P.  Blakiston's  Son  ft  Co.,  Philadelphia)  the 
subject  is  dealt  with  by  an  acknowledged 
authority.  Indeed  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic 
there  is  perhaps  no  higher  authority  on  the 
question  of  diet  than  Dr.  Wiley.  The  book  be- 
fore us  is  intended  as  a  companion  to  the 
volume  on  Food  and  Its  Adulteration,  which 
the  same  author  brought  out  not  long  ago,  and 
which  met  with  so  favorable  a  reception  at  the 
hands  of  the  medical  profession  and  the  public 
alike.  This  book  discusses  the  subject  in  de- 
tail, and  a  feature  of  that  part  of  it  in  which 
alcohol  is  considered,  is  that  medicines,  so- 
called,  which  consist  chiefly  of  alcohol,  and 
which  are  held  by  the  Bureau  of  Internal 
Revenue  as  non-medicinal  but  alcoholic,  are 
fully  described.  Those  drinks  which  are  popu- 
larly termed  soft  are  given  an  exhaustive  de- 
scription, and  water  of  all  kinds,  potable,  min- 
eral of  the  artificial  and  natural  varieties,  are 
all  considered  at  considerable  length.  With  each 
subject  dealt  with,  the  common  adulterations 
and  misbrandings  which  may  be  practiced  there- 
with, are  gone  Into.  The  book  is  timely  and 
valuable,  and  by  its  publication  Dr.  Wiley  has 
given  us  a  fitting  companion  to  his  volume  on 
Food  and  Its  Adulterations. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


For  Eye,Ear,Nose,Throat  and 
Genito-Urinary  Organs 


r«nwoL 


18  a  germicicle  of  marked  power 

dand  «ffica^.  It  is  non-toxic  and  non-irri- 
tating. It  is  serviceable  in  any  condition  in  which  a  silver 
salt  is  indicated.  Audiorities  have  pronounced  Silvol  the 
most  satisfactory  proteid-silver  compound  that^  has  been 
offered  to  the  medical  profession.  The  product  is  supplied 
in  a  variety  of  useful  forms: 

SILVOL  POWDER  (Granular):    Aqueouo 

solutions  may  be  prepared  in  any  strength  desired.  They 
may  be  applied  to  any  inflamed  mucous  membrane  by 
spray,  irrigation,  injection  or  enema.  They  do  not  coagulate 
albumin  or  precipitate  the  chlorides.    Bottles  of  one  ounce. 

SILVOL  CAPSULES  (6-grain):  Convenient 
for  the  extemporaneous  preparation  of  solutions  of  definite 
strength.  The  contents  of  two  capsules  make  one-fourth 
ounce  of  a  10-per-cent.  solution.    Botdes  of  100. 

SILVOL  OINTMENT  (5  ^^  ) :  For  simple  and 

specific  conjunctivitis^  trachoma,  corneal  ulcer,  blepharitis, 
rhinitis,  ulcer  of  the  septum,  tonsillitis,  pharyngitii^  etc 
Collapsible  tubes,  two  i ' 


SILVOL  SUPPOSITORIES  (Vaginal)  (5  %): 

For  vaginitis  (simple  or  gonorrheal)  and  cervical  erosions. 
Boxes  of  one  dozen  suppositories,  eac^h  in  a  metal  capsule. 

SILVOL  BOUGIES  (5%):  For  specific  and 

non-specific  inflammations  of  the  male  urethra.  Boxes  of 
25  and  100  bougies,  each  wrapped  in  waxed  paper.  An 
introducer  is  supplied  with  each  package. 


Parke,  Davis  Sc  Company 

DETROIT 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWIN  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Manmzing  Editor 


IBA  8.  WILE,  Associate  Editor 


PUBUBHID  MOHTHLT  BT  THB  AmRIOAR  MBDICAL  PUBUBHING  COMFAlTr 

Copyrighted  by  the  American  Medieal  Pabliahing  Co.,  1919 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  0 
New  Series,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  0 


JUNE,  1919 


CO  no       YEARLY 
^C.\n3     In  Advance 


Greetings. — ^The  response  of  the  medi- 
cal professton  to  the  demands  of  war  was 
in  thoro  accord  with  its  highest  traditions. 
With  war  regarded  as  a  type  of  pestilence, 
it  was  natural  to  find  those  whose  duty  it 
is  to  wrestle  with  the  forces  of  disease  and 
destruction  prepared  to  assume  their  duties 
and  obligations  in  staying  the  horrors  of 
modern  warfare,  at  home,  in  camp,  in 
trench,  or  in  the  shell-pocked  "No  Man's 
Land."  It  were  needless  redundancy  to  dwell 
upon  the  loyalty,  courage  and  devotion  of 
the  physicians,  who,  with  their  wonted 
spirit  of  service,  were  willing  to  sacrifice 
every  personal  consideration  in  order  to 
participate  in  the  cause  of  their  country. 

Fortunately,  the  number  of  deaths  from 
wound,  accident,  disease  or  direct  hits  was 
not  high.  The  actual  ratio  of  mortality  to 
medical  mobilization  was  no  higher  than 
that  general  to  all  mobilized  forces.  The 
good  fortune  was  not  merely  accorded  to 
the  individuals,  but  passed  to  the  entire 
American  Expeditionary  Force,  which 
thus  was  enabled  to  secure  a  higher  degree 
of  medical  efficiency  and  a  more  continuous 
service  from  the  front  line  trench  to  the 
base  hospital. 

Practically  one  quarter  of  the  actually 
practicing  physicians  of  the  United  States 
were  wearing  the  colors.  In  addition,  many 
thousands  were  called  upon  for  service  in 
connection  with  the  selective  service  draft, 


various  problems  in  industry,  in  hospital 
organization,  and  in  readjusting  the  agen- 
cies for  health  administration,  so  severely 
handicapped  by  reason  of  the  enlistment  of 
the  regular  staflf.  The  medical  colleges  ral- 
lied to  the  cause,  and  with  wise  judgment 
were  permitted  to  continue  their  important 
function  of  developing  a  new  class  of 
graduates  to  take  the  place  of  those  so  sadly 
needed  in  various  sections  of  the  country,  or 
to  replace  those  who  had  "gone  West." 

The  entire  history  of  the  American  med- 
ical service  will  not  be  written  for  many 
years  to  come.  Chapters  have  been  devel- 
oped which  transcend  in  value  any  that 
have  ever  been  written.  The  European 
War  brought  out  the  finest  qualities  in  all 
men,  and  in  the  medical  fraternity  intensi- 
fied the  ever-present  virtues  which  under- 
lie medical  service.  In  the  crucible  of  suf- 
fering was  developed  a  more  worthy  pro- 
fession. In  the  face  of  hardship,  suffering, 
and  impending  calamity,  ideals  crystallized, 
and  bases  of  greater  accomplishment  were 
founded. 

Whether  as  a  medical  officer,  a  general 
or  special  surgeon,  a  sanitarian  or  an  admin- 
istrator; whether  on  service  at  a  hospital 
this  side  of  the  Atlantic,  or  on  duty  in 
France,  England,  or  Germany,  there  was 
evidenced  the  same  conscientious  spirit,  an 
identical  determination  to  work  by  night 
and  by  day  in  the  interests  of  mankind. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


306 


JUNB,  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


American  Mbdicink 


Duty  was  their  only  calland  they  strained 
to  listen  for  it. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  the  accomplishments 
of  the  Medical  Corps  of  the  United  States 
Army  and  Navy  merit  highest  appreciation. 
They  had  a  most  difficult  task  to  perform 
for  which  training  had  been  inadequate. 
Despite  the  difficulties  and  limitations  in 
practical  experience,  which  may  be  freely 
acknowledged  without  shame,  the  profession 
rose  to  the  demands  of  the  occasion  and, 
under  capable  leadership,  guidance  and  di- 
rection, evercame  obstacles  which,  during 
years  of  peace,  might  have  given  innumer- 
able fears  and  discouragements  to  the  same 
group  of  workers.  Weighing  all  the  com- 
plaints, the  criticisms,  the  individual  ob- 
jections to  this  and  to  that,  waiving  aside 
certain  injustices  that  may  have  occurred, 
throwing  aside  unfavorable  comments  that 
may  have  arisen  from  jealousy  or  unful- 
filled hopes,  the  work  of  the  medical  offi- 
cers of  the  United  States  Medical  Corps 
deserves  cordial  recognition  and  highest  ap- 
proval. 

While  actually  an  instrument  of  an  army 
bent  upon  destroying  human  life,  medicine 
maintained  its  position  as  a  constructive 
force  for  conserving  human  life.  All  the 
traditions  of  the  profession,  from  the  ages 
that  have  passed,  shone  forth  splendidly, 
and  emerged  from  the  welter  of  blood,  un- 
stained. 

To  all  our  professional  brethren,  who 
have  gone  thru  the  great  consecration  of 
war,  American  Medicine  gives  greetings. 
It  sees  no  wound  stripes;  it  sees  no  service 
stripes ;  it  sees  no  gold  or  silver  chevrons ; 
it  sees  only  the  spirit  of  American  manhood, 
the  patriotic  self-sacrificing  attributes  that 
have  ever  redounded  to  the  greatness  and 
glory  of  American  medicine. 


War  Casualties.^— According  to  the  re- 
cently published  summary  of  the  casualties 
of  the  United  States  Army  and  Marine 
Corps,  33,374  soldiers  were  killed  in  action, 
13,571  died  from  wounds,  23,399  died  of 
disease,  and  4,950  died  from  accidents  and 
other  causes.  The  total  number  of  wounded 
was  211,302,  of  whom  more  than  85  per 
cent,  returned  to  duty.  The  casualties  in  ,the 
Marine  Corps  totaled  6,061,  and  the  com- 
plete number  of  deaths  in  both  branches 
was  only  76,027,  with  the  total  number  of 
casualties  in  both  branches  of  294,234. 

Under  ordinary  circumstances,  a  casualty 
list  of  this  proportion  would  be  regarded 
as  heavy.  Fortunately,  the  war  ended  be- 
fore all  American  troops  were  exposed  to 
the  front  line  hazards.  The  official  data 
have  not  indicated  the  ratio  of  the  casualties 
to  the  number  of  men  actually  engaged  in 
direct  action.  Regardless  of  ratios,  how- 
ever, the  cost  in  life,  wounds,  permanent 
disability  and  chronic  invalidism,  large  as 
it  may  seem  to  those  to  whom  the  loss  is 
personal,  constitutes  but  a  negligible  part 
of  the  war  casualties  of  the  most  frightful 
war  of  carnage  that  has  ever  cursed  or 
blessed  humankind. 

It  is  well,  at  this  time,  when  we  are  ac- 
customed to  think  in  terms  of  millions  and 
billions,  to  contemplate  the  war  losses  of 
the  Allies  and  of  the  Central  Powers,  with 
a  view  to  visualizing,  if  possible,  the  eflfects 
that  have  been  wrought  upon  this  genera- 
tion, and  with  a  view  to  contemplating  the 
enormity  of  the  wastage  from  which  suc- 
ceeding generations,  too,  must  suffer.  The 
figures  do  not  take  account  of  the  deaths 
from  starvation,  from  pestilence,  from  the 
trials,  the  massacres,  the  brutalities  suf- 
fered by  the  non-combatant  population. 
They  convey  no  idea  of  the  decreased  birth 
rate,  the  increased   infant  mortality  rate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Medicins 


EDITORIAL    COMMENT 


June,  1919 


307 


the  insanities,  the  wanton  atrocities  visited 
upon  infants,  children,  old  men  and  old 
women,  the  girls  and  young  women.  The 
Allies  had  a  total  mobilization  of  39,676,- 
864,  of  whom  4,869,478  were  killed;  11,- 
175,715  were  wounded,  and  4,956,233  were 
taken  prisoners  or  reported  missing.  The 
four  Central  Powers  had  mobilized  19,500,- 
000,  of  whom  2,912,000  were  killed;  7,605,- 
542  were  wounded,  and  2,124,347  were  re- 
ported among  the  missing  or  were  prisoners. 
Compared  with  these  vast  numbers,  how 
fortunately  small  are  the  losses  of  the 
United  States! 

The  real  ratios  are  more  startlingly  ap- 
preciated when  it  is  recognized  that  the 
number  of  killed  of  the  United  States  forces 
was  approximately  only  one  and  one-half 
per  cent,  of  the  mobilized  forces,  as  com- 
pared with  the  18>^  per  cent,  of  France; 
the  9.2  per  cent,  of  the  British  Empire,  the 
8.4  per  cent,  for  Italy,  the  45.5  per  cent, 
for  Serbia,  and  the  26.7  per  cent,  for  Rou- 
mania.  The  wounded  of  the  United  States 
was  approximately  five  per  cent,  of  the 
mobilized  forces,  compared  with  35.7  per 
cent,  of  France;  41.3  per  cent,  of  Russia; 
27.2  per  cent  of  the  British  Empire;  17.2 
per  cent,  of  Italy. 

According  to  the  Vocational  Summary^ 
March,  1919,  the  total  number  of  wounded 
for  the  United  States  and  its  Allies  is  in 
excess  of  11,000,000,  and  for  the  Central 
Powers  of  7,600;000.  Of  this  total 
number  of  18,600,000  wounded  men,  it 
is  estimated  that  thirty  per  cent,  or 
nearly  six  million  are  "permanent  hu- 
man wrecks."  These  appalling  figures 
are  fraught  with  a  significance  that  it 
is  difficult  to  comprehend.  The  problems 
of  reorganizing  the  world's  humanity  into 
a  semblance  of  normal  activity  are  stupend- 
ous.   They  demand  an  unshaken  faith  and 


confidence  in  the  essential  principles  of 
brotherliness  and  cooperation.  They  call 
for  unswerving  fidelity  to  the  ideals  fof 
which  the  war  was  waged  by  those  who 
proclaimed  themselves  the  champions  of 
civilization,  the  defenders  of  mankind.  The 
weight  of  America's  arms  was  the  final 
factor  in  ending  the  struggle,  and  to  that 
extent,  the  United  States  emerges  as  a  peace- 
maker. Fortunately,  the  rich  resources  of 
this  country  were  not  impaired,  and  its 
brains  and  its  brawn  were  not  ruthlessly 
sacrificed  or  crippled  by  engines  of  de- 
truction  either  at  home  or  abroad. 

America's  real  opportunity  lies  before  it, 
as  a  most  powerful  agent  for  world  recon- 
struction, as  a  rehabilitator  of  the  handi- 
capped, an  encourager  of  the  disheartened, 
a  shield  to  the  weakened,  a  purveyor  of 
food,  clothing  and  shelter  to  the  peoples 
of  all  lands,  a  physician  to  heal  and  soothe 
the  frightful  wounds  and  diseases  war  has 
visited  upon  the  nations  of  the  world. 


International  Red  Cross  Activities. — 

Among  significant  efforts  at  reorganizing 
the  instrumentalities  for  advancing  human 
welfare  must  be  noted  the  recent  meeting 
of  the  Interallied  League  of  Red  Cross  So- 
cieties held  at  Cannes.  Here  were  gathered 
together  such  authoritative  councellors  as 
Drs.  Roux,  Laveran,  Calmette,  Widal  and 
Rist,  representing  France ;  Drs.  Bastianelli, 
Lafava,  Golgi  and  Castellani,  from  Italy; 
Sir  Arthur  Newsholme,  Sir  Ronald  Ross, 
Dr.  K.  Menzies  and  Dr.  Truby  King,  rep- 
resentatives of  England.  The  United 
States  delegation  included  Drs.  William  H. 
Welch,  Dr.  L.  Emmett  Holt,  Dr.  Samuel  M. 
Hamill,  Dr.  Livingston  Farrand,  Dr.  Her- 
mann M.  Briggs,  Dr.  William  P.  Lucas, 
Dr.  Fritz  Talbot  and  Dr.  William  F.  Snow. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


308 


JUNB^  1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


American  Mbdicins 


In  addition,  there  were  delegates  from  the 
Federal  Children's  Bureau,  and  from  the 
nursing  organizations  in  charge  of  the 
American  Red  Cross  Forces  overseas,  and 
the  head  of  the  Army  Nursing  Corps. 

The  program  of  the  conference,  accord- 
ing to  The  Survey,  May  31,  1919,  "cen- 
tered about  the  realization  of  article  XXV 
of  the  Covenant  of  the  League  of  Nations, 
under  which  members  of  the  League  agree 
to  encourage  and  promote  the  establishment 
and  cooperation  of  duly  authorized  volun- 
tary national  Red  Cross  Organizations, 
having  for  their  purpose  the  improvement 
of  health,  the  prevention  of  disease  and 
the  mitigation  of  suffering."  Among  sug-. 
gestions  considered  was  the  formation  of 
an  International  Bureau  of  Health,  with  a 
director  and  an  advisory  council  operating 
principally  thru  national  Red  Cross  soci- 
eties, where  such  existed,  but  always  in 
full  cooperation  with  govermental  or  other 
bureaus  and  agencies  interested  in  the  prob- 
lems of  health  and  relief.  The  function 
of  the  Red  Cross  will  be  principally  to 
lead  the  way  in  health  experimentation  and 
in  demonstration  of  methods  of  attaining 
health  and  promoting  education  in  sanita- 
tion. 

A  movement  of  this  character  constitutes 
a  distinct  advance  in  methods  of  ameliorat- 
ing not  merely  conditions  which  have  grown 
out  of  war,  but  in  attacking  the  numerous 
health  problems  which  existed  previous  to 
the  years  of  strife.  The  accomplishment 
of  international  cooperation  in  the  devel- 
opment of  standards  of  health  and  stand- 
ards of  methods  is  of  no  small  significance. 
It  forms  an  essential  part  of  the  general 
plan  for  promoting  the  security  of  civili- 
zation. An  appreciation  and  understanding 
of  the  principles  and  practices  requisite  for 
the  maintenance  and  protection  of  health 


and  welfare  are  basic  in  determining  future 
progress,  free  from  the  ravages  of  prevent- 
able diseases  and  disabilities,  whose  poten- 
tial mortality  or  morbidity  threatens  to 
cause  unnecessary  hardship  and  suffering 
in  the  homes  of  all  peoples  of  all  lands. 

It  becomes  of  the  utmost  importance  that 
the  forces  of  expert  knowledge  and  opinion 
should  unite  for  cooperative  effort  in  pro- 
moting and  fostering  a  wider  understand- 
ing of  the  health  needs  of  communities,  in 
stimulating  and  aiding  existent  agencies  in 
the  fuller  performance  of  their  special  ac- 
tivities. It  is  essential  that  the  mass  of 
scientific  knowledge  available  be  dissem- 
inated for  the  purpose  of  building  up  a 
body  of  public  opinion  which  shall  refuse 
any  longer  to  countenance  low  standards  of 
health  administration.  Participation  of 
varied  governments  in  the  mutual  task  of 
developing  an  international  force  possesses 
high  moral  values,  particularly  for  crea- 
ting a  deeper  sentiment  regarding  human 
worth  and  for  winning  the  confidence  of 
all  peoples  in  giving  support  to  the  pro- 
mulgation of  the  measures  necessary  for 
the  improvement  of  human  living,  to  the 
end  that  needless  sacrifices  of  *  life  and 
health  may  be  decreased. 

The  high  standing  which  the  Red  Cross 
organizations  have  achieved  affords  them 
a  remarkable  opportunity  for  seizing  the 
leadership  in  this  direction  and  for  forcing 
the  medical  and  allied  professions  to  greater 
activity  along  public  health  lines.  One  of 
the  greatest  difficulties  of  modern  admin- 
istration is  the  securing  of  a  fuller  measure 
of  cooperation  on  the  part  of  existent  agen- 
cies and  institutions,  whose  programs  over- 
lap and  whose  specific  problems  all  form 
part  of  the  large  plan  for  promoting  human 
welfare.  As  education  to  no  small  extent 
is  dependent  upon  schemes  originating  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAL.    COMMENT 


June,  1919 


309 


universities  which  filtered  down  to  and  thru 
the  elementary  schools,  so  it  is  possible  to 
have  the  high  principles  worked  out  in  in- 
ternational cooperation,  thru  national  agen- 
cies, state  and  municipal  institutions  until 
all  citizens  may  be  reached  by  the  con- 
tents of  the  program  and  recognize  its  true 
and  insistent  worth.  In  this  connection, 
however,  the  multiple  medical  organiza- 
tions of  the  country  should  be  pronowncedly 
active  in  stirring  up  their  respective  com- 
munities to  the  importance  of  public 
health  principles  and  practices.  In  all  prob- 
ability, a  large  measure  of  dependence  will 
be  placed  upon  medical  activity,  organized 
in  the  interests  of  communal  health. 

The  Red  Cross  movement  will  gain  im- 
measurably if  the  enthusiasm,  knowledge 
and  the  powers  of  medical  organizations 
can  be  linked  with  the  other  voluntary  or- 
ganizations of  a  lay  membership,  whose 
specific  interests  lie  in  the  field  of  public 
health  medicine  and  public  health  nursing. 
International  effort  can  only  become  eflfect- 
ive  thru  the  cooperation  of  national  insti- 
tutions ;  and  national  capabilities  are  closely 
interwoven  with  the  successful  cooperation 
of  all  types  of  organizations  seeking  to 
serve  the  citizenry.  A  League  of  Nations 
can  be  no  stronger  than  a  League  of  Work- 
ers, seeking  to  perfect  the  development  of 
humanitarian  impulses  and  practices. 


Indnstrud  Health.— While  war  called 
forth  various  new  plans  of  organization  for 
the  creation  of  a  highly  efficient  army  and 
navy,  other  prog^ms  concerning  the  wel- 
fare of  the  industrial  line  of  support  were 
equally  under  advisement.  The  most  en- 
couraging feature  of  America's  participa- 
tion lay  in  the  fact  that  it  had  the  oppor- 


tunity of  profiting  by  the  experience  of 
its  allies. 

From  an  industrial  standpoint,  the  most 
noteworthy  assistance  was  received  from 
the  splendid  investigations  of  the  British 
Health  of  Munition  Workers'  Committee. 
With  the  title  of  'Industrial  Health  and 
Efficiency,"  the  United  States  Department 
of  Labor,  thru  its  Bureau  of  Labor  Sta- 
tistics, Bulletin  Number  249,  has  issued 
the  final  report  of  the  British  Health  of 
Munition  Workers'  Committee.  The  scope 
of  their  investigations,  the  thoroness  with 
which  specific  industrial  health  problems 
were  studied,  the  frankness  and  soundness 
of  their  views,  made  their  report  a  most 
notable  contribution  to  the  literature  of  in- 
dustrial health  as  affected  by  war  conditions. 

At  various  places  in  the  report  there  are 
what  would  seem  to  be  disgressions  point- 
ing out  the  intimate  relations  between  in- 
dustrial health  and  some  of  the  larger  so- 
cial industrial  problems.  As  an  evidence 
of  their  careful  thought,  we  may  quote  the 
following  from  their  final  report:  ''First 
and  foremost,  there  is  the  fundamental  ques- 
tion of  shorter  hours  of  labor  from  a  po- 
litical and  economic  point  of  view  (as  well 
as  from  a  health  point  of  view)  ;  the  com- 
mittee is  convinced  that  this  question  lies 
near  the  root  of  the  whole  labor  problem. 
Secondly,  there  is  the  far-reaching  issue 
of  the  social  and  economic  conditions  of 
women's  labor  (over  and  above  the  issues 
of  health  with  which  the  present  report 
deals),  a  matter  of  vital  importance  to  the 
future  of  the  British  race,  for  the  health 
conditions  of  women  are  even  more  insep- 
arable from  the  social  condition  than  in 
the  case  of  men.  Thirdly,  there  is  the  ques- 
tion of  the  solidarity  of  industrial  society, 
the  interdependence  between  employer  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


310 


June.  1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


American  Medicine 


workman,  which  is  closely  related  to  the 
whole  issue  of  the  status,  health  and  physi- 
cal equipment  of  the  worker.  And  fourthly, 
there  is  the  title  of  the  worker  to  an  ef- 
fective voice  in  regard  to  the  conditions 
under  which  he  works.  If  industry  be  in- 
deed a  national  service,  the  object  of  those 
engaged  in  it  is  the  good  of  the  community 
as  a  whole,  and  the  worker  should  have  a 
fair  and  legitimate  share  in  the  responsi- 
bility of  the  transaction.  The  committee 
is  convinced  that  these  four  problems 
must  be  faced  and  solved  if  ever  the  State 
is  to  lay  sound  foundations  for  the  health 
and  physical  efficiency  of  the  industrial 
worker." 

It  must  be  recalled  that  this  committee 
was  organized  "To  consider  and  advise  on 
questions  of  industrial  fatigue,  hours  of 
labor  and  other  matters  affecting  the  per- 
sonal health  and  physical  efficiency  of  work- 
ers in  munition  factories  and  workshops." 
It  is  of  significance  to  find  the  constant  in- 
sistence that  industrial  life  be  guided  in 
the  future  (1)  "by  the  application  of  physi- 
ologic science  to  the  details  of  its  man- 
agement; (2)  by  a  proper  and  practical 
regard  for  the  health  and  well  being  of  our 
work  people  in  the  form  both  of  human- 
izing industry,  and  improving  the  environ- 
ment." These  statements  were  not  a  priori 
conclusions,  but  were  based  upon  a  thoro, 
systematic  and  well  balanced  review  and 
study  of  conditions  involved  in  the  consid- 
eration of  such  problems  as  hours  of  labor, 
Sunday  labor  and  night  work,  food  and 
canteens,  industrial  diseases,  sanitary  ac- 
commodations, welfare  supervision,  within 
and  without  the  factory  and  the  relation 
of  fatigue  and  ill  health  to  industrial  ef- 
ficiency. 

As  the  vital  work  of  the  Medical  De- 
partment of  the  Army  was  the  care  and 


protection  of  the  men  who  wfere  to  bear  the 
brunt  of  military  work  and  battle  shock, 
so  the  home  forces  were  held  responsible 
in  a  larger  measure  for  the  conservation 
of  the  physical  potentials  of  the  industrial 
workers.  The  principle  involved  is  one 
and  the  same.  National  efficiency  in  so- 
cial and  economic  fields  is  to  be  achieved 
only  by  a  larger  degree  of  interest  in  the 
preservation  of  the  general  welfare  of  all 
those  who  labor  with  brain  or  brawn.  It 
is  particularly  pertinent,  with  the  Peace 
Treaty  rising  above  the  horizon,  to  realize 
the  necessity  of  carrying  into  the  days  of 
peace  all  the  information  or  machinery 
which  was  found  helpful  in  waging  war. 
To  promote  prosperity,  to  advance  human 
contentment,  to  aid  in  the  development  of 
a  more  vigorous  race,  it  is  imperative  that 
more  emphasis  be  placed  upon  the  needs 
of  those  who  constitute  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  our  population.  The  right  of 
workers  to  conditions  of  health  becomes 
intensified  as  public  opinion  is  awakened  to 
the  means  of  achieving  health,  and  the  cost- 
liness and  extravagance  of  neglecting  to 
make  provisions  for  an  environment  con- 
ducive to  health  ^d  safety. 

The  British  Health  of  Munition  Workers' 
Committee  has  shed  much  light  upon  def- 
inite problems,  and  while  some  of  its  con- 
clusions have  already  been  adopted  in 
American  industry,  there  is  still  ample  room 
for  accepting,  with  such  modifications  as 
American  conditions  require,  those  elements 
which  unquestionably  promote  both  health 
and  efficiency.  In  the  highest  sense,  the 
word  "health"  should  possess  a  connotation 
of  efficiency,  and  efficiency  should  reflect 
an  underlying  meaning  of  soundness. 

The  next  few  years  will  involve  much 
discussion  of  problems  relating  to  labor, 
and  it  is  of  paramount  importance  that  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ilMERICAN    MBOICINB 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


JUNB.,   1919 


311 


medical  profession  fully  understand  the 
numerous  problems  ordinarily  termed  so- 
cial, economic  or  political,  insofar  as  they 
are  related  to  sanitation,  hygiene,  health 
and  preventive  medicine.  In  one  sense,  the 
industrial  worker  is  seeking  to  secure  ade- 
quate health  standards  for  himself  and  his 
family,  tho  his  agitation  may  take  the  form 
of  demanding  shorter  hours,  higher  pay 
and  a  more  sanitary  environment. 


Reporting    OHnmunicaUe    Diseases. — 

The  reporting  of  diseases  by  physicians  is 
frequently  regarded  as  a  useless  task  or 
unnecessary  burden.  In  fact,  a  few  health 
officers  are  still  uninterested  in  the  devel- 
opment of  their  official  statistics,  relative  to 
the  facts  imparted  by  notification  of  the 
presence  of  specific  communicable  diseases. 
An  editorial  writer  in  the  American  Jour- 
nal of  Public  Health,  June,  1919,  points 
out  the.  following  five  reasons  for  urging 
the  reporting  of  diseases,  despite  the  fact 
that  there  may  be  difficulties  in  limiting  or 
controlling  them  in  the  light  of  our  present 
knowledge.  The  advantages  urged  are: 
"1.  To  prevent  the  spread  of  the  disease 
by  means  of  quarantine  or  isolation.  This 
is  the  most  important  motive  and  applies 
in  the  case  of  most  of  the  reportable  dis- 
eases. 2.  To  secure  statistical  data  as  a 
basis  of  study.  This  applies  especially  to 
diseases  which  are  not  yet  fully  understood, 
such  as  influenza.  3.  To  induce  the  patient 
to  take  proper  treatment.  This  applies  in 
the  case  of  pneumonia  and  syphilis.  4.  To 
urge  proper  after-care.  With  poliomye- 
litis, for  example,  it  is  very  important  that 
proper  muscle  training  should  be  pursued 
in  order  to  restore  the  use  of  muscles.  The 
guarding  against  after-effects    of    measles 


has  already  been  referred  to.  5.  To  guard 
against  confusion  owing  to  mistaken  diag- 
nosis. For  example,  many  health  officers 
think  that  every  case  of  chicken-pox  should 
be  investigated  in  order  to  differentiate  it 
from  smallpox.  Similarly,  German  measles 
and  scarlet  fever  are  frequently  confused." 

No  sane  person  would  advocate  the  ac- 
cumulation of  reports  and  statistics  for  the 
mere  satisfaction  of  possessing  them.  Re- 
ports and  figures  are  to  be  regarded  as 
bases  of  judgment,  points  of  departure  for 
investigation  and  the  essential  items  in 
building  up  well-founded  systems  of  health 
administration,  or  for  indicating  lines  of  in- 
vestigation needed  in  the  advance  of  pub- 
lic health.  It  is  impossible  to  conduct  a 
modern  health  department  today  without 
making  every  effort  to  possess  an  under- 
standing of  local  health  conditions.  Mere 
questionings  on  the  part  of  the  administra- 
tive officer  are  inadequate  to  secure  a  sat- 
isfactory conception  of  disease  states  that 
may  be  existent  generally  or  in  particular 
localities  or  communities.  The  determina- 
tion of  the  existence  of  an  epidemic  is  prac- 
tically dependent  upon  a  knowledge  of  the 
normal  frequency  of  disease  appearance 
with  which  may  be  contrasted  the  number 
of  cases  of  each  particular  disease  devel- 
oped at  any  definite  time  or  period  in  the 
community.  Obviously,  information  of  this 
character  can  be  ascertained  only  by  the 
cooperation  and  support  of  the  physicians 
who  are  in  daily  contact  with  the  sick.  The 
facts  which  may  be  supplied  by  notification 
thru  postal  cards  are  of  transcendent  mean- 
ing to  the  epidemiologist  and  health  officials, 
while  they  are  regarded  by  most  persons 
as  merely  constituting  a  reason  for  the  em- 
ployment of  a  statistician  capable  of  evolv- 
ing weird  and  startling  vital  statistics. 

Statistics,  as  such,  to  many,  are  regarded 


Digitized  by 


Google 


312 


JUNB,  1911 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


American  Mboicins 


as  dry,  uninteresting  and  dead.  It  re- 
quires the  spark  of  human  intelligence  and 
appreciation  to  set  them  aflame  with  life 
and  to  convert  them  from  passive  figures 
to  active  and  dynamic  facts,  capable  of  aid- 
ing and  saving  a  multitude. 

Under  a  properly  organized  and  care- 
ful system  of  notification  communities 
may  possess  a  sensitive  index  of  public 
health  at  any  time.  The  freedom  from,  or 
prevalence  of,  particular  diseases  is  readily 
ascertained,  and  due  and  proper  action  may 
be  taken  in  accordance  therewith.  For- 
tunately, the  larger  the  city  the  more  de- 
tailed is  the  system  of  notification.  While 
state  laws  list  numerous  diseases  as  report- 
able, there  is  a  well  grounded  belief  that 
the  success  in  carrying  out  state  provisions 
has  not  been  as  great  as  might  be  desired 
or  expected.  Like  many  other  laws,  the 
results  depend  upon  the  cooperation  of  cit- 
izens. Fundamentally,  notification  acts  re- 
quire the  warm  support  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession as  well  as  of  the  community. 

There  may  be  a  certain  element  of  un- 
fairness in  placing  full  responsibility  upon 
physicians,  particularly  while  there  is  no 
provision  that  covers  the  notification  of 
disease  by  practitioners  of  various  cults, 
who  deny  their  existence,  or  whose  train- 
ing fails  to  give  the  education  requisite  for 
accurate  diagnosis.  Despite  this  shortcom- 
ing of  the  law,  the  responsibility  for  mak- 
ing known  the  presence  of  communicable 
diseases  rests  upon  physicians  and  should 
be  accepted  by  them  as  an  evidence  of  con- 
fidence in  their  capabilities  and  of  belief 
in  their  interest  in  the  public  weal.  The 
collation  of  facts  and  figures  relative  to 
communicable  diseases  is  essential  in  pub- 
lic health  work  and  should  have  the  whole- 
hearted assistance  of  medical  men. 


Health  Care  for  Employees^ — ^The  in- 
tricacies of  industrial  organization  have 
been  added  to  by  the  ever  increasing  inter- 
est in  the  welfare  work  for  employees. 
While  it  may  be  assumed  by  some  that  the 
purpose  is  distinctly  philanthropic,  it  must 
not  be  forgotten  that  welfare  work  pays 
a  legitimate  return  to  industry  in  ways 
other  than  the  protection  of  the  welfare  of 
the  workers.  Motives,  however,  do  not 
concern  us.  The  point  of  interest  lies  in 
the  fact  that  there  is  a  growing  and  health- 
ful attitude  of  solicitude  for  the  welfare 
of  human  beings  on  the  part  of  employers 
thruout  the  country. 

As  pointed  out  in  the  Bulletin  of  the 
United  States  Labor  Statistics,  No.  250, 
methods  of  caring  for  the  health  of  em- 
ployees vary  with  the  needs  of  diflFerent 
industries  and  the  individual  ideas  of  em- 
ployers. "These  methods  include  work 
along  the  lines  of  preventive  and  curative, 
medicine  and  surgery,  the  safeguarding  of 
the  health  of  all  the  employees  thru  the 
physical  examination  upon  entrance,  the  re- 
lief from  the  strain  of  especially  monot- 
onous and  fatiguing  operations  thru  the 
granting  of  rest  periods  or  change  of  oc- 
cupation, and  the  granting  of  vacations  and 
sick  leave  which  give  employees  the  oppor- 
tunity to  recuperate  from  long,  periods  of 
work  or  of  illness." 

Under  the  stimulus  of  personal  interest 
and  state  laws,  as  well  as  the  urge  of  spe- 
cific organizations,  many  types  of  industries 
have  successfully  developed  various  plans 
of  medical,  hospital  and  surgical  treatment 
for  their  employees.  The  details  of  organ- 
ization include  a  large  number  of  items, 
varying  from  simple  first-aid  cabinets  to 
elaborate  and  up-to-date  emergency  hospi- 
tals, with  dispensary  plants,  social  service 
workers,   convalescent  homes   and   similar 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


BDITORIAL.   COMBIENT 


June,  1919 


313 


modern  agencies.  A  total  of  375  establish- 
ments reporting  to  the  Government,  em- 
ploying over  a  million  men  and  women,  ac- 
counted for  265  hospitals  or  emergency 
rooms,  while  110  offer  only  first-aid  equip- 
ment, 171  report  their  own  physician,  181 
their  own  nurse  and  131  first-aid  attend- 
ants. 

The  significance  of  these  figures  is  en- 
hanced by  an  appreciation  of  the  need  for 
preventive  and  curative  work  of  this  char- 
acter. To  illustrate :  261  establishments  re- 
porting the  number  of  cases  treated,  em- 
ploying in  all  770,000  men  and  women, 
stated  the  average  number  of  individuals 
treated  for  a  month  to  be  196,772.  In 
other  words,  from  statistics  presented,  24 
per  cent,  of  the  male  employees  undergo 
treatment  each  month,  and  27  per  cent,  of 
the  female  employees. 

Without  inquiring  into  the  nature  of  the 
hazards  of  the  various  industries,  or  other 
reasons  accounting  for  the  need  for* 
emergent  or  other  treatment,  practically  25 
per  cent,  of  the  employees  of  these  large 
establishments  covering  fundamental  in- 
dustries actually  receive  treatment  thru 
first-aid  or  hospital  care. 

The  next  few  years  undoubtedly  will  re- 
veal a  rapid  development  of  industrial  hy- 
giene, decreasing  the  hazards  of  industry, 
but  there  will,  nevertheless,  grow  up  a 
larger  measure  of  carefully  systematized 
agencies  in  industry  to  meet  the  medical 
and  surgical  needs  growing  out  of  occupa- 
tion. The  employment  of  doctors,  nurses, 
welfare  workers,  already  under  way,  will 
be  stimulated  by  reason  of  the  demands  of 
employees,  the  protective  interest  of  em- 
ployers, and  the  recognition  by  the  public 
of  the  necessity  for  industry  to  carry  out 
its  responsibilities  to  the  group  of  the  com- 
munity constituting  the  industrial  workers. 


The  decrease  in  immigration,  with  a  greater 
dependence  upon  a  mere  stationary  popu- 
lation for  future  workers,  increases  the 
need  for  conserving  the  industrial  popula- 
tion along  lines  in  harmony  with  the  higher 
standards  of  health  efficiency,  not  merely 
the  efficiency  that  arises  from  good  health, 
but  the  efficiency  needed  to  secure  and 
maintain  it. 

The  rational  basis  of  medical  and  surgical 
work  in  connection  with  industry  is  to  be 
found  in  an  understanding  of  the  fact  that 
each  worker  constitutes  an  asset,  not  only  to 
industry,  but  to  the  nation ;  and  no  industry 
should  be  permitted  to  avoid  its  responsi- 
bility in  protecting  the  welfare  of  national 
assets.  The  emphasis  in  industry  is  being 
placed  upon  men  rather  than  machinery,  as 
the  item  of  greatest  consequence  and  sig- 
nificance. 

It  is  patent  that  in  the  future  there  will 
be  an  increasing  number  of  opportunities 
for  medical  men  to  engage  in  a  form  of 
practice  which  will  have  the  backing  of 
corporations  and  intelligent  business  men, 
who  are  alive  to  the  important  part  that 
health  pays  in  production.  Machines  are 
more  readily  secured  and  repaired  than  hu- 
man beings.  Industrial  protection  of  work- 
ers is  essential,  not  merely  because  it  pays, 
but  because  it  is  fundamentally  sound. 


Creed  of  the  Disabled. — Once  more  to 
be  useful — to  see  in  the  eyes  of  my  friends 
replaced  with  commendation — to  work,  pro- 
duce, provide,  and  to  feel  that  I  ha,ve  a 
place  in  the  world — seeking  no  favors  and 
given  none — b,  man  among  men  in  spite  of 
this  physical  handicap. — Carry  On. 

"Strengthened  by  the  practical  test  of 
war,  and  with  an  abiding  faith  in  the  Al- 
niJghty,  let  us  be  steadfast  in  upholding  the 
integrity  of  our  traditions  as  a  guide  to 
future  generations  at  home  and  a  beacon 
to  all  who  are  oppressed." — General  Per- 
shing. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


314 


JUNE^  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


American  Medicine 


MEN  AND 
THINGS 


A  Po8t-War  Opportunity.— The  doc- 
tor's calling,  more  than  any  other  profes- 
sion, is*  preeminently  a  calling  of  service. 
It  is  the  one  profession  in  which  the  reward 
is  only  in  the  exceptional  case  at  all  com- 
mensurate with  the  work  done.  One  may 
safely  say  that  hardly  one  student  in  a  hun- 
dred chooses  a  medical  career  for  the  profit 
that  may  be  in  it.  In  that  respect  he  dif- 
fers conspicuously  from  the  lawyer,  or  the 
engineer,  or  the  business  expert.  To  make 
the  choice  of  medicine  as  a  profession  re- 
quires a  generous  measure  of  idealism 
which  ignores  profit,  and  every  student  who 
matriculates  in  a  medical  school  bears  the 
stamp  of  an  idealist  who  has  deliberately 
chosen  a  vocation  the  chieit  emolument  of 
which  is  the  gratification  that  comes  from 
humane  service  to  one's  fellowmen.  Evi- 
dence of  this,  if  one  requires  evidence  for 
so  patent  a  fact,  is  the  unique  consideration 
that  a  lawyer  will  abandon  his  profession 
for  another  if  he  finds  it  is  unprofitable ;  the 
engineer  will  seek  some  other  work  if  he 
does  not  achieve  the  return  he  had  counted 
on ;  but  the  doctor  continues,  never  waver- 
ing from  his  course,  even  when  he  finds 
that  he  will  have  to  content  himself  with 
the  barest  necessities  for  the  remainder  of 
his  career.  And  it  is  only  the  ideal  which 
he  has  brought  with  him  into  his  work  that 
permits  him  to  survive  financial  disappoint- 
ments. Granting  this,  one  must  grant  that 
the  war  has  brought  the  doctor  an  oppor- 
tunity such  has  not  been  offered  to  him  be- 
fore— an  opportunity  which  will  increase 
his  capacity  for  service  and  at  the  same 
time  perhaps  add  to  his  material  reward. 

The  whole  world  is  in  a  state  of  flux, 
socially,  morally,  industrially.  It  is  in  the 
making:  again.  It  is  being  reborn.  Out  of 
the  debris  of  the  war,  a  new  structure  is 
rising.  But  it  is  chiefly  among  the  large 
masses,  in  the  industrial  centers,  that  the 
situation  is  most  tense  and  delicate.  In  the 
largre  cities  of  Europe  strikes  and  even  re- 
bellion are  prevalent,  and  in  the  industrial 


sections  of  this  country  there  are  indica- 
tions of  a  mood  of  unrest  that  is  extremely 
disquieting.  The  workers  of  the  world, 
having  given  their  all  for  the  establishment 
of  a  new  order,  aroused  to  a  consciousness 
of  their  importance  and  power,  are  intent 
upon  making  sure  that  this  new  order  will 
be  established.  Ignoring  the  Bolshevist 
and  Anarchist  element,  which  represent 
only  a  small  minority  in  this  country,  the 
demands  of  the  masses,  in  view  of  the 
sacrifices  they  have  made,  cannot  be  set 
aside  with  vague  promises,  cannot  be 
hushed  by  the  enactment  of  suppressive 
laws'  which  only  serve  to  stir  impatience 
and  violence.  The  demands  of  labor  must 
be  met  generously,  and  they  will  be;  and 
when  they  are,  a  new  era  will  set  in,  an  era 
of  change  and  advance  and  understanding. 
But  how,  it  may  be  asked,  does  this  aflfect 
the  doctors  of  the  country  ?  In  what  man- 
ner does  this  constitute  an  opportunity  for 
them? 

The  Doctoi^s  Equi|Hnent  for  Leader- 
ship.— ^The  present  unrest  ampng  the 
masses  of  the  world  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
they  have  lost  faith  in  their  leaders  and 
^  everywhere  there  is  a  disposition  to  seek 
*  new  ones.  They  feel  that  their  representa- 
tives have  not  understood  theiji,  in  some  in- 
stances have  misled  them,  and  they  have 
grown  cautious  about  putting  their  future 
trust  in  men  who  have  exhibited  so  inade- 
quate an  understanding  of  and  sympathy 
with  their  aims.  The  problem  is,  then,  who 
is  to  be  their  spokesmen,  to  whom  will  they 
entrust  the  leadership  which  is  so  necessary 
because  of  their  unwieldy  numbers?  It  is 
impossible  to  predict  so  early,  but  one  can 
assert,  without  fear  of  contradiction,  that 
there  is  one  class  of  men  in  whom  the 
masses  have  a  faith  of  long  standing,  a 
faith  that  has  not  been  impaired  by  the  ex- 
periences of  the  war.  That  class  is  the  med- 
ical profession.  The  war  has  served  to  bring 
the  doctor  in  closer  intimacy  with  the  indi- 
vidual and  thru  him  with  the  family.  From 
the  earliest  times,  the  family  doctor  has  en- 
joyed the  privilege  of  serving  at  once  as 
healer,  friend,  confidant,  adviser  and  con- 
fessor. He  has  always  been  in  the  closest 
rapport  with  the  individuals  whose  health 
he  guarded,  and  this  rapport  has  been  in- 
tensified by  his  experiences  in  the  war.  The 
returning  soldiers  have  nothing  but  praise 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


June,  1919 


315 


for  the  work  of  the  Army  Medical  Corps. 
They  may  have  questioned  the  judgment  of 
their  military  leaders,  they  may  have  doubt- 
ed the  wisdom  of  their  diplomats,  they  may 
have  lost  faith  in  their  government  represen- 
tatives, but  they  never  held  the  doctors  in 
anything  but  the  highest  esteem.  The  doc- 
tors who  return  to  their  practice,  even 
those  who  remained  behind  and  served  at 
home,  will  find  that  the  ties  between  them 
and  their  patients  have  been  intensified,  the 
faith  that  has  always  been  reposed  in  them 
has  been  strengthened.  These  intensified 
ties  and  this  strengthened  faith  impose  an 
obligation  upon  the  doctor  which  is  an  op- 
portunity, for  it  is  these  things  that  consti- 
tute the  elements  of  successful  leadership. 
Such  leadership  will  not  carry  the  doctor 
far  out  of  his  chosen  field,  for  the  changes 
that  are  about  to  take  place  in  the  industrial 
world  are  intimately  wrapped  up  with  the 
interests  of  the  modern,  conscientious  phy- 
sician. As  an  instance,  one  may  take  the 
vital  problem  of  industrial  disablement,  a 
problem  which  is  sure  to  command  great 
attention  during  the  period  of  reconstruc- 
tion which  we  face.  Not  only  is  the  doc- 
tor interested  in  this  problem,  but  he  is  bet- 
ter qualified  than  any  other  member  of 
society  to  act  as  leader  and  adviser  in  bring- 
ing about  legislation  to  meet  the  havoc  of 
industrial  accidents  and  industrial  disease. 
The  army  reconstruction  hospitals  have 
proved  that  no  man  need  be  lost  to  the 
community  thru  wounds  or  injuries  which 
once  placed  him  among  the  human  discards, 
and  it  is  not  likely  that  the  lesson  learned 
in  these  splendid  hospitals  will  be  forgotten. 
Indeed,  there  is  a  movement  afoot  to  pre- 
serve these  hospitals,  with  their  equipment 
of  material  and  experts,  and  to  use  them 
for  the  reclamation  of  workers  injured  at 
their  tasks.  Wherever  possible,  the  war 
cripple  was  restored ;  and  wherever  pos- 
sible, the  peace  cripple  is  to  be  restored  to  a 
productive  and  honorable  role  in  the  com- 
munity life.  In  this  work  the  doctors  are 
destined  to  play  a  vital  paxt.  Furthermore, 
the  experience  that  the  army  doctors  ac- 
quired in  caring  for  the  health  of  the  sol- 
diers, in  spreading  the  gospel  of  hygiene 
and  sanitation,  will  prove  of  inestimable 
value  in  conducting  a  campaign,  spoken  of 
in  authoritative  quarters  lately,  to  educate 
the  masses  of  the  whole  country  in  sanita- 
tion and  the  principles  of  health.     It  has 


been  suggested  that  a  force  of  doctors, 
equivalent  to  the  Medical  Corps  in  the 
army,  be  organized  to  undertake  responsi- 
bility for  the  health  of  the  population  thru- 
out  the  country.  Whatever  the  course 
finally  pursued,  it  is  evident  that  here  again 
the  doctor's  leadership  will  be  called  upon. 
With  the  coming  of  prohibition  and  the 
danger  of  evils  which  invariably  attend  the 
change  to  a  dry  regime,  the  physician's  re- 
sponsibility will  be  increased.  There  will 
be  a  need  of  intelligent  cooperation,  of  sym- 
pathetic effort.  These  are  but  a  few  of 
the  changes  that  are  on  the  industrial  and 
social  program,  and  in  all  of  them  the  doc- 
tor will  find  not  only  an  opportunity  for 
enlarged  usefulness  but  a  distinct  and 
pressing  need  for  his  guidance,  for  both  by 
education  and  training  he  will  be  better 
equipped  than  any  other  individual  to  di- 
rect the  course  of  change  so  that  it  may 
truly  merit  the  name  of  Progress.  No  one 
who  knows  the  American  doctor  can  believe 
for  a  moment  that  he  will  either  evade  the 
obligation  or  reject  the  opportunity  that  the 
new  era  offers. 


The  Nation's  Debt  to  the  Doctors.^For 

the  past  few  months  the  billboards  thruout 
the  country  have  been  covered  with  posters 
admonishing  citizens  to  acknowledge  their 
debt  to  our  victorious  army  by  hiring  the 
returned  soldier  or  restoring  him  to  his 
former  job.  So  intense  and  insistent  has 
been  this  campaign,  that  it  succeeded  in 
arousing  a  consciousness  of  the  obligation 
we  owe  to  the  men  who  did  their  bit  so 
magnificently  over  there  and  who,  it  is 
promised,  will  do  their  bit  just  as  well  over 
here.  "They  Work  the  Way  They  Fight," 
"Hire  a  Fighter,"  "  Now  for  a  Job"— so 
read  these  convincing  signs.  But  nowhere 
thruout  this  campaign  has  there  been  men- 
tion made  of  a  fighter  who  contributed 
as  much  to  victory  and  who  sacrificed  as 
much  for  that  victory  as  any  soldier  in  the 
service — the  doctor  in  the  A.  E.  F.  Fighters 
these  men  are,  and  splendid  ones — they 
fought  an  enemy  which,  in  former  days, 
killed  more  men  than  bullets,  disease  and 
epidemic.  They  fought  this  enemy  so  suc- 
cessfully that  the  health  record  of  the 
American  Army  abroad  is  second  to  none. 
Yet  who  has  thought  of  doing  anything  for 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


316 


JUNB,  1910 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


American  Medicins 


the  returning  doctor? 

A  well  known  medical  writer  in  discuss- 
ing this  matter  has  called  attention  to  this 
unfortunate  situation,  and  his  appeal  will 
find  a  prompt  and  ready  response  on  the 
part  of  all  who  realize  the  magnitude 
of  the  service  the  army  doctors  rendered, 
the  seriousness  of  their  problem  on  re- 
turning to  their  abandoned  practices.  Thou- 
sands of  successful  practitioners,  many  of 
them  with  family  and  other  weighty  re- 
sponsibilities, responded  to  the  call  of  their 
country  without  any  consideration  of  them- 
selves or  of  those  dependent  upon  them, 
mindful  only  of  their  duty  to  the  ideal  for 
which  they  were  eager  to  give  their  energies 
and  their  lives.  Many  of  these  were  above 
the  draft  age,  and  they  went  without  wait- 
ing to  be  called,  giving  up  their  practices 
built  up  after  years  of  arduous  labor,  sever- 
ing the  closest  of  ties,  throwing  their  own 
interests  to  the.  winds  in  their  desire  to 
lighten  the  burden  of  the  men  in  the  service 
of  the  national  cause.  And  it  is  common 
knowledge  that  a  splendid  record  is  theirs. 
Now  these  men  are  returning,  but  they  are 
coming  back,  in  numerous  instances,  to 
vanished  practices,  to  abandoned  homes,  to 
scattered  families.  Some  fortunate  ones 
will  find  things  so  little  altered  that  they 
will  be  able  to  pick  up  the  thread  of  their 
lives  where  they  left  it;  but  others,  many 
others,  will  face  the  distressing  prospect  of 
trying  to  begin  at  the  bottom  again,  to  re- 
cover the  success  which  came  to  them  only 
after  years  of  conscientious  service.  How 
many  of  these  will  have  the  courage  to  face 
such  a  trying  prospect ;  and  how  many,  hav- 
ing the  courage,  will  be  able  to  overcome 
the  enormous  obstacles?  There  come  to 
mind  instances  in  our  personal  knowledge 
of  young  doctors  who,  meeting  what  seems 
an  almost  impossible  and  altogether  for- 
bidding task  on  their  return,  seriously  con- 
template the  choice  of  a  new  profession 
rather  than  try  to  content  themselves  with 
the  meagre  salvage  of  their  old  one.  What 
is  being  done  to  lighten  the  burden  of  these 
returned  fighters?    What  can  be  done? 

The  situation  is  indeed  a  serious  one,  but 
fortunately  it  is  an  easy  one  to  remedy. 
And  the  remedy  is  a  gratifying  one  because 
it  fulfils  an  obligation  to  the  returned  doc- 
tor and  at  the  same  time  fulfils  an  obliga- 
tion, long  neglected,  to  the  community. 
These  men  can  be  rewarded  for  their  serv- 


ice with  profit  to  society  as  a  whole,  for 
their  education  and  their  training  can  be 
used  to  splendid  advantage.  The  returning 
doctors  successfully  guarded  the  health  of 
our  soldiers  and  made  our  army  the  power- 
ful instrument  for  victory  that  it  proved. 
Why  cannot  they  be  enlisted  in  the  service 
of  workers  and  citizens,  to  guard  their 
health  and  wellbeing  under  the  direction 
of  the  proper  authorities  and  make  the 
army  of  peaceful  men  and  women  and  chil- 
dren the  soundest  in  the  world  ?  In  the  pay 
of  the  government,  they  served  the  soldiers ; 
in  the  pay  of  the  government,  they  can 
serve  the  community  as  well.  It  is  an  easy 
step  from  an  Army  Medical  Corps  to  a 
Community  Medical  Corps.  During  war, 
it  is  a  commonplace  that  the  fitness  of  the 
individual  soldier  is  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance to  the  whole  regiment  or  the  whole 
army.  We  have  been  altogether  too  slow 
in  realizing  that  in  peace  the  fitness  of  the 
individual  citizen  is  of  vital  importance  to 
the  whole  community.  There  have  been 
sporadic  and  partially  successful  efforts  to 
guard  community  health  in  scattered  sec- 
tions of  the  country,  but  it  is  high  time  that 
such  efforts  take  on  a  national  and  official 
character.  As  in  the  Army,  there  should 
be  a  peace-time  Surgeon-General,  with  a 
large  and  efficient  corps  of  assistants  and 
employees,  whose  duty  it  would  be  to  keep 
the  population  of  the  country  in  good 
health,  to  educate  the  public  in  matters  of 
hygiene  and  sanitation,  to  guide  the  masses 
in  the  observation  of  approved  rules  for 
bodily  and  even  mental  wellbeing.  Such  a 
department,  nationally  organized  and  co- 
ordinated, can  be  subdivided  into  smaller 
groups,  so  that  every  community  will  have 
its  own  official  health  guardians.  In  to 
such  a  plan,  the  returning  doctors  whose 
practices  have  vanished  in  their  absence 
will  fit  splendidly.  Their  equipment  and 
talents  will  not  be  wasted  and  they  can  be 
of  inestimable  service  to  the  community 
which  they  once  served  in  a  private  capac- 
ity ;  and,  in  such  a  way,  their  value  will  be 
increased  rather  than  lost  entirely.  It 
would  be  an  unpardonable  waste  and  ne|^- 
lect  to  allow  them  to  drift  into  work  m 
which  their  special  fitness  would  count  for 
nothing.  The  government  should  avail  it- 
self of  the  opportunity  to  engage  their 
services  in  the  interest  of  the  national  well- 
being. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicins 


WORDS   OP   TRIBUTE 


JUNB^  1919 


316a 


'Duty  is  his  watchword— the  word  rarest  on  his  lips 
—and  most  constantly  illustrated  in  his  daily  life. " 

— Braisted 


'THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 
SHOULD  BE  CONGRATULATED.'' 

NEWTON  D.  BAKER, 
Secretary  of  War, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

The  record  of  the  medical  service  with 
the  forces  of  the  United  States  is  such  that 
no  word  of  mine  is  necessary  or  can  avail 

to  enhance  the 
brilliance  of  their 
cooperation. 

When  the  war 
ended,  more  than 
30,000  medical 
officers,  exclusive 
of  the  Sanitary 
Corps,  Dental 
Corps  and  Veter- 
inary Corps,  were 
on  duty  with  the 
Army,  and  nearly 
half  of  this  num- 
ber had  gone  overseas.  In  the  last  month 
of  fighting  the  number  of  patients  cared  for 
by  the  Medical  Corps  overseas  reached  its 


peak — about  190,000  cases.  There  is  cause 
for  exultation  in  the  knowledge  that  for 
only  two  weeks  did  the  number  of  patients 
in  overseas  hospitals  exceed  the  normal  bed 
capacity  of  the  hospitals,  and  that  even  dur- 
ing that  time  there  was  a  substantial  margin 
of  emergency  capacity.  I  have  been  told 
that  more  than  three-quarters  of  the  230,000 
men  woimded  in  action  in  the  A.  E.  F.  were 
able  to  return  to  duty,  and  that  the  annual 
death  rate  from  disease  for  all  of  our  troops 
in  the  present  war  will  be  less  than  16  as 
compared  with  26  for  the  Spanish- 
American  War,  65  for  the  Civil  War  and 
1 10  for  the  Mexican  War. 

As  is  generally  known,  a  rather  intensive 
inquiry  into  venereal  cases  was  conducted  at 
five  camps  covering  a  number  of  months. 
The  annual  rate  per  thousand  bjefore  enlist- 
ment was  found  to  be  294.4;  after  enlist- 
ment it  was  brought  down  to  10.17. 

The  medical  profession  should  be  con- 
gratulated also  I  think  on  the  practical 
elimination  of  typhoid  fever  as  a  cause  of 
death  in  the  Army.  For  the  week  show- 
ing the  highest  incidence  of  typhoid  fever 


Digitized  by 


Google 


316b 


June,  1919 


WORDS   OP   TRIBUTE 


Ambrican  Medicine 


the  annual  rate  per  thousand  for  new  cases 
was  less  than  4,  as  compared  with  141  for 
the  entire  period  of  the  Spanish-American 
War.  The  Surgeon-Generars  Office  is 
confident  that  the  rate  for  the  entire  period 
of  the  present  war  will  not  exceed  0.5. 

For  the  services  rendered  the  American 
Army  and  the  American  people  none  of  us 
can  have  other  than  the  deepest  gratitude 
and  I  trust  you  will  make  plain  to  the  pro- 
fession that  this  Department  feels  the  keen- 
est appreciation  for  the  work  that  has  been 
done. 


''A  NEW  AND  HIGHER  STANDARD 
TO  MEDICAL  EFFICIENCY.'' 

JOSEPHUS     DANIELS, 

Secretary  of  the  Navy, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

The  fighting  strength  of  the  Navy,  as 
every  military  organization,  depends  upon 
the  physical  ability  of  the  men  engaged  in 

the  conflict.  We 
have  recognized 
from  the  begin- 
ning our  depend- 
ence upon  the 
very  able  and 
skilful  physicians 
and  surgeons  in 
the  profession 
then  in  the  serv- 
ice and  those  who 
have  come  in 
from  civil  life  as 
Reserves,  and  we 
have  urged  them  to  accept  for  naval  service 
only  men  who  were  physically  fit.  They 
did  this  work  so  well  that  the  Navy's  stand- 
ard was  kept  high.  After  they  were  ad- 
mitted into  the  service  our  medical  officers 
by  good  methods  of  sanitation    and    pre- 


vention, and  in  treatment  administered,  have 
given  a  new  and  higher  standard  to  med- 
ical efficiency.  I  cannot  speak  in  terms  of 
high  enough  commendation  of  the  skilled 
medical  men  who  have  served,  in  the  Navy 
during  this  great  war. 


"TO  THE  NATION   ALL  THEY  POS- 
SESSED/' 

M.  W.  IRELAND,  M.  D., 
Surgeon-General,  U.  S.  Army. 

In  answer  to  the  call  on  the  civil  profes- 
sion, equarresponse  was  made  by  the  young 
and  by  the  old,  by  the  specialist  and  by  the 
general  practi- 
tioner. City  and 
country  re- 
sponded with 
similar  enthusi- 
asm. Special 
thanks  are  due  to  | 
those  officers 
from  civil  life 
who,  long  after 
the  excitement  of 
the  actual  war  has 
passed,  must  con- 
tinue in  the  serv- 
ice attending  the  needs  of  the  wounded, 
while  many  of  their  comrades,  both  in  the 
Medical  Corps  and  in  the  line,  are  rapidly 
returning  to  their  homes  and  ordinary  voca- 
tions. In  view  of  the  enormous  prepon- 
derance in  the  army  of  physicians  fresh 
from  civil  life  it  may  be  said  without  reflec- 
tion on  the  medical  officers  of  the  regular 
army,  that  the  great  achievement  of  the 
Medical  Department  in  medicine,  in  surgery 
and  in  sanitation  is  primarily  the  work  of 
the  civil  profession  of  the  United  States  and 
is  due  to  the  patriotism,  fidelity  and  ability 
of  that  great  body  of  practitioners.     It  is  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mkoicinb 


WORDS  OF   TRIBUTE 


Junk,  1919 


316c 


be  hoped  that  one  of  the  results  of  the  great 
war  will  be  the  closest  sympathy  between 
the  Medical  Corps  of  the  Army  and  the 
medical  profession  of  the  country,  resulting 
in  the  development  of  a  firm  conviction  in 
the  minds  of  all  civilian  practitioners  that 
preparedness  for  war  conditions  in  the  case 
of  each  and  every  physician  of  military  age 
is  a  fundamental  necessity  for  attainment 
to  the  highest  type  of  citizenship. 

Great  injustice  would  be  done,  did  I  omit 
to  call  attention  to  the  difficult  task  which 
was  so  well  and  faithfully  performed  by 
the  physicians  connected  with  the  Draft,  and 
which  forms  another  of  the  important  con- 
tributions made  by  the  American  medical 
profession  toward  the  winning  of  the  World 
War. 


«IN     EVERY     PUBLIC     CALAMITY 

*  *  *  *  HE  IS  AMONG  THE  FIRST 

TO  VOLUNTEER.'' 

W.  C.  BRAISTED,  M.  D., 
Surgeon-Qeneral,  U.  S.  Navy. 

The  physician  always  plays  the  game.  In 
every  public  calamity — railway  accident, 
fire,  flood,  famine  or  pestilence — he  appears 

on  the  scene  and 
quietly  shoulders 
the  burden  of  the 
moment,  regard- 
less of  personal 
inconvenience  or 
danger.  In  war, 
the  greatest  of 
public  calamities, 
he  is  among  the 
first  to  volunteer, 
tho  in  the  hospital 
or  the  trench  he 
has  little  to  gain 
and   as   much  as  any  man   to   lose.     The 


peculiar  beauty  of  his  service  is  this  ab- 
solute disregard  of  reward.  It  is  proffered 
automatically  because  in  spite  of  the  short- 
comings, common  to  him  as  a  mortal,  he 
has  the  habit  of  duty.  Duty  is  his  watch- 
word— the  word  rarest  on  his  lips — and 
most-  constantly  illustrated  in  his  daily  life. 

All  honor  to  the  unostentatious  courage 
of  the  American  doctors  who  served  in  the 
great  war.  Some  have  won  a  passing  word 
of  praise  because  fortune  brought  them  into 
notice  but  all  have  deserved  well  of  their 
country,  whether  they  laid  down  their  lives 
in  the  struggle  or  merely  imposed  added 
anxiety  and  privation  on  their  loved  ones 
and  themselves  faced  the  uncertainty  of 
war  and  the  uncertainty  of  the  days  to  fol- 
low the  war. 

Every  physician  who  today  basks  in  the 
light  of  heaven,  breathes  the  upper  air  and 
tastes  the  beauty  of  the  forest,  field  and 
stream  should  set  up  in  his  heart  a  shrine  to 
the  memory  of  the  brothers  that  did  not 
come  back.  There  was  Doctor  John 
McCrae,  Lieutenant-Colonel  in  the  Cana- 
dian Forces,  author  of  "In  Flanders  Fields," 
the  most  exquisite  lyric  of  the  war,  who 
died  of  pneumonia  in  France;  there  was 
Surgeon  L.  C.  Whiteside,  U.  S.  N.,  who  re- 
ported to  the  captain  that  all  the  sick  were 
safe  over  the  side  in  boat  or  oh  raft  and 
went  down  with  the  torpedoed  transport; 
there  was  Dental  Surgeon  W.  E.  Osborne, 
U.  S.  N.,  who  having  no  chance  to  exercise 
his  specialty  on  the  day  of  battle  went 
forward  with  the  attacking  wave  to  admin- 
ister first  aid  and  fell  mortally  wounded  by 
a  German  bullet;  "and  what  shall  I  say 
more  for  time  would  fail  me  to  tell"  of  the 
men  of  all  services  and  all  ranks  whose 
mission  was  to  save  life  amid  the  universal 
rivalry  to  multiply  death ! 

To  each  of  them  we  might  quote  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


316d 


June,  1919 


WORDS   OP   TRIBUTE 


American  Medicine 


beautiful  words  of  the  Psalmist:  "He  asked 
life  of  Thee  and  Thou  gavest  it  him,  even 
length  of  days  forever  and  ever";  to  each 
his  CQuntrymen  must  accord  here  on  earth 
an  immortality  in  grateful  loving  thoughts. 


''NO  CLASS  OF  PROFESSIONAL  MEN 

EVER  SERVED  TO  BETTER 

PURPOSE.'' 

JOHN  J.  PERSHING, 

General  Commanding  American  Expeditionary 

Force, 

Chaumont,  France. 

Every  officer  and  man  of  the  American 
Expeditionary  Forces  will  gladly  join  me 

in  appreciation  of 
the  splendid  work 
that  the  American 
physicians  did  for 
us  in  France.  No 
class  of  profes- 
sional men  ever 
served  to  better 
purpose  and  none 
have  more  fully 
earned  the  grati- 
tude of  those 
whom  they 
served. 


The    Heroism    of    Medical    Officers. — 

Never  have  the  fighting  troops  manifested 
finer  courage  than  that  shown  by  medical 
officers  everywhere — on  the  fighting  line, 
in  rendering  first-aid  to  the  wounded,  in 
operating  rooms,  with  Boche  aeroplanes 
bombing  the  hospitals  in  which  they  were 
working  and  in  the  pneumonia  and  men- 
ingitis wards  of  hospitals  where,  in  admin- 
istering to  the  needs  of  sick  soldiers,  they 
have  daily  and  nightly  risked  their  own 
lives.  The  casualties  in  the  Medical  Corps 
were  second  only  to  those  in  the  infantry. — 
War  Medicine, 


-WITH  CONSPICUOUS  UNSELFISH- 
NESS,  LOYALTY   AND 
EFFICIENCY.'' 

LEONARD  WOOD, 

Major-General,  U.  S.  Army, 

Chicago,  111. 

The  excellent  health  conditions  which  ex- 
isted in  the  Armies  in  France.  Flanders  and 
elsewhere,  were  due  principally  to  the  work 
of  the  medical 
officers  of  the 
various  forces — 
much  of* it  work 
on  the  line  of  pre- 
ventive medi- 
cine. .  This,  to- 
gether with  the  I 
enforcement  o  f 
sound  sanitary 
measures,  made 
i  t  possible  t  o 
maintain  a  highly 
efficient  fighting 
force  under  conditions  and  surroundings 
which,  in  former  years,  would  have  de- 
stroyed an  army,  or  would  have,  rendered 
it  ineffective. 

Among  the  medical  officers  of  the  various 
nations,  our  Americans  stood  out  conspicu- 
ously, and  to  their  intelligent,  loyal  and  effi- 
cient service  the  successful  conduct  of 
operations  is  due  in  a  large  measure. 

The  problem  of  maintaining  an  army  fit 
to  fight  is  one  of  the  most,  if  not  the  most, 
serious  one  in  modern  warfare,  and  the  suc- 
cess with  which  this  was  done  during  the 
present  war  speaks  volumes  for  the  impor- 
tance of  the  medical  officer  in  war. 

We  can  feel  that  our  representatives  did 
their  part  with  conspicuous  unselfishness, 
loyalty  and  efficiency. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicxnb 


WORDS   OP   TRIBUTE 


JUNB^  1919 


316e 


MOBILIZATION  OF  THE  MEDICAL 
PROFESSION  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  FOR  SERVICE  IN  THE 
GREAT  WAR 

FRANKLIN  MARTIN,  M.  D., 
Col.  M.  C,  U.  S.  Army. 
Chairman  of  Committee  on  Medicine  and  Sani- 
tation  of  the  Advisory   Commission,   and 
Chairman  of  General   Medical   Board, 
Council  of  National  Defense. 

I  am  filled  with  pride  whenever  I  think  of 
the  magnificent  response  that  was  made  to 
the   request   of   our   Federal   Government 

that  the  medical 
profession  b  e 
mobilized  for 
service  in  the 
great  war.  It 
was  not  only  my 
privilege  to  be 
chairman  of  the 
Committee  o  n 
Medicine  and 
Sanitation  of  the 
Advisory  Com- 
mission of  the 
Council  of  Na- 
tional Defense,  which  latter  body  played 
such  an  important  part  in  the  activities  of 
the  war,  but  I  was  also  privileged  to  act  as 
a  member  of  the  Committee  of  American 
Physicians  for  Medical  Preparedness,  which 
did  such  splendid  work  beginning  one  year 
in  advance  of  our  actual  declaration  of  hos- 
tilities. It  was  generally  conceded  among 
those  who  were  planning  for  the  war  that 
the  medical  profession  in  its  mobilization 
was  at  all  times  definitely  ahead  of  the 
game. 

There  were  three  distinct  departments  of 
the  Government  which  were  interested  in 
securing  medical  men  for  active  service  dur- 
ing the  war :     The  War  Department,  under 


Surgeon-General  Gorgas ;  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment, under  Surgeon-General  Braisted ; 
and  the  Public  Health  Service,  under  Sur- 
geon-General Blue.  In  addition  to  this 
there  were  several  other  organizations  that 
required  the  services  of  the  best  medical 
men,  namely,  the  American  Red  Cross,  the 
Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  and  the 
Knights  of  Columbus. 

While  being  extremely  interested  in  the 
mobilization  of  medical  men  for  the  last 
three  activities,  I  will  confine  my  remarks 
here  to  the  three  distinctly  governmental 
departments,  namely,  the  Army,  the  Navy, 
and  the  Public  Health  Service.  These 
three  departments,  at  the  beginning  of  the 
war,  had  between  them  less  than  1,200  com- 
missioned officers.  Our  first  duty  was  to 
obtain  medical  officers  for  the  Army  and 
Navy  from  the  civilian  medical  profession 
in  the  proportion  of  about  ten  doctors  for 
each  one  thousand  enlisted  men.  This  was 
accomplished  thru  organizations  already  in 
existence,  and  thru  the  General  Medical 
Board  of  the  Council  of  National  Defense, 
which  established  a  large  committee  of  med- 
ical men  in  each  State,  known  as  the  State 
Committee,  Medical  Section,  Council  of  Na- 
tional Defense.  In  order  to  subdivide  the 
work  and  make  it  effective,  finally  county 
organizations  under  the  respective  state  or- 
ganizations were  effected  in  more  than 
4,000  counties  of  the  United  States. 

Thru  their  own  organizations,  the  Army, 
the  Navy,  and  the  Public  Health  Service, 
supplemented  by  the  organizations  under 
the  General  Medical  Board  and  a  number 
of  the  medical  societies  of  the  United 
States,  mobilized  approximately  thirty  thou- 
sand medical  men  for  the  Army,  forty-five 
hundred  for  the  Navy,  and  one  thousand 
for  the  Public  Health  Service,  to  say  noth- 
ing of  the  medical  volunteers  in  the  Ameri- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


3J6f 


June,  1919 


WORDS   OF    TRIBUTE 


American  Medicine 


can  Red  Cross,  the  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association,  and  the  Knights  of  Columbus, 
which  brought  up  the  number  of  medical 
men  at  the  disposition  of  the  Government  to 
practically  forty  thousand.  There  was  no 
difficulty  at  any  time  in  securing  medical 
men  for  service ;  the  only  reluctance  we  ob- 
served on  the  part  of  the  doctors  was  to 
blindly  accept  service  without  a  definite  as- 
signment. In  the  first  rush  of  organization 
we  were  unable  to  properly  classify  physi- 
cians so  that  they  would  be  chosen  with 
reference  to  their  special  fitness  and  desire. 
However,  six  months  before  the  end  of  the 
war  a  plan  was  devised  which  relieved  this 
uncertainty  on  the  part  of  the  candidates 
for  enrolment,  and  on  the  part  of  the  de- 
partment making  the  enrolments.  This 
was  accomplished  thru  the  organization  of 
the  Volunteer  Medical  Service  Corps,  under 
the  presidency  of  Dr.  Edward  P.  Davis  of 
Philadelphia. 

This  Corps  was  established  after  consulta- 
tion with  the  Surgeons-General  of  the 
Army,  the  Navy,  and  the  Public  Health 
Service,,  and  the  General  Medical  Board  of 
the  Council  of  National  Defense.  It  was 
finally  approved  by  the  Council  of  National 
Defense  and  the  President  of  the  United 
States.  Briefly,  it  consisted  in  asking  the 
ninety  thousand  medical  men  who  were  not 
yet  enrolled  to  agree  to  serve  the  Govern- 
ment in  any  capacity,  at  any  time,  or  in  any 
place,  with  the  implied  reservation,  how- 
ever, that  they  would  be  selected,  so  far  as 
practicable^  with  reference  to  their  prefer- 
ence for  service  as  indicated  on  their  appli- 
cation blanks.  In  spite  of  a  subtle  prop- 
aganda, based  on  the  alleged  opposition  to 
men  blindly  signing  an  agreement  for  serv- 
ice, 72,000  of  these  applications  were  signed 
and  made  the  basis  of  a  classification  that 
would  have  been  of  inestimable  value  for 


further  mobilization  for  service  in  any  of 
the  departments  of  the  Government.  These 
applications  were  coded  on  the  Hollerith 
system  of  cards,  which  made  it  possible  to 
secure  almost  instantly  a  group  of  men 
classified  for  any  particular  service  under 
specialties,  in  reference  to  states  or  com- 
munities, age,  languages  spoken,  etc. 

To  illustrate  the  working  of  this  system, 
we  will  take  a  hypothetical  case:  The  Sur- 
geon-General of  the  Army  requires  one 
thousand  additional  medical  officers  to  man 
an  additional  one  million  enlisted  men.  He 
asks  the  Volunteer  Medical  Service  Corps 
for  these  1,000  men  under  forty-five  years 
of  age,  selected  from  all  parts  of  the  United 
States — ^200  surgeons,  400  medical  men,  and 
the  balance  divided  among  the  various 
specialties.  The  Volunteer  Medical  Serv- 
ice Corps  has  upon  its  Hollerith  code  cards 
72,000  volunteers.  In  twenty-four  hours 
a  complete  list,  with  an  additional  list  of 
1,000  for  good  measure,  could  be  furnished 
to  the  Surgeon-General,  with  every  assur- 
ance that  the  men  upon  these  lists  would 
immediately  accept  service.  A  similar  re- 
quest from  the  Surgeon-General  of  the 
Navy  or  of  the  Public  Health  Service  could 
be  met. 

A  specific  case  in  point  is  the  prompt 
compliance  with  the  request  for  medical 
men  by  Surgeon-General  Blue  of  the  Public 
Health  Service  during*  the  influenza  epi- 
demic last  October.  On  Saturday  we  were 
asked  to  furnish  a  list  of  five  hundred  med- 
ical men  who  would  be  willing  to  serve  in 
the  Public  Health  Service  anywhere  in  the 
United  States.  On  the  following  Monday 
the  list  was  furnished  to  the  Surgeon-Gen- 
eral, and  he  immediately  telegraphed  to 
these  men  for  aid.  The  response  was  im- 
mediate. On  Thursday  of  the  same  week 
a  request  for  500  additional  men  was  made. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


WORDS  OF   TRIBUTE 


June,  1919 


316g 


and  600  names  were  immediately  furnished, 
or  in  all  more  than  1,100  volunteers  were 
supplied  by  the  Volunteer  Medical  Service 
Corps.  This  tender  of  service  succeeded  in 
more  than  supplying  the  demand,  and 
brought  forth  a  letter  of  appreciation  from 
the  Surgeon-General  of  the  Public  Health 
Service. 

Another  practical  proof  of  the  perma- 
nent value  of  the  organization  of  the  Volun- 
teer Medical  Service  Corps  is  the  fact  that 
the  present  Surgeon-General  of  the  Army, 
Major-General  Merritte  W.  Ireland,  has 
asked  the  Council  of  National  Defense  to 
complete  its  survey  and  make  it  a  part  of 
the  permanent  records  of  the  Library  of  the 
Surgeon-General,  and  place  at  his  disposal 
one  or  two  experts  who  will  keep  the 
records  up-to-date. 

Thus  may  be  summarized  the  story  of  the 
mobilization  of  the  medical  profession  of 
the  United  States :  First,  creating  national, 
state  and  county  organizations  that  aided  in 
the  mobilization  and  classification  of  med- 
ical men  required  for  war  service;  and, 
finally,  the  care  of  the  home  population  and 
industries  by  those  who  were  not  called  to 
active  service.  Mobilization  of  40,000  civi- 
lian medical  men  as  officers  in  the  Army, 
the  Navy,  and  the  Public  Health  Service, 
and  72,000  additional  medical  men  and 
women  in  the  Volunteer  Medical  Service 
Corps  enrolled,  classified  and  coded,  mak- 
ing a  grand  total  of  112,000  out  of  a  med- 
ical population  of  approximately  140,000. 


"The  times  demand  of  us  clearness  in 
thought  and  firmness  in  action.  The  solid- 
ity of  our  national  institutions  must  be  the 
bulwark  against  insidious  and  destructive 
tendencies. 

"The  glory  of  our  independence  must  re- 
main the  leaven  and  our  flag  the  emblem 
of  all  that  freemen  love  and  cherish." — 
General  Pershing. 


''NO  CLASS  OF  MEN  GAVE  UP  MORE 

FOR  THE  SERVICE  OF  THEIR 

COUNTRY." 

W.  J.  MONOGHAN.  M.  D., 
Lieut.-Colonel,  M.  C,  U.  S.  Army, 
New  York  City.    ' 

The  general  sanitary  welfare  of  the  na- 
tion will  gain  tremendously  in  the  general 
health  of  the  people  and  the  cure  and  pre- 
vention of  dis- 
ease as  the  result 
of  the  past  few 
years  of  study 
and  practice  in 
the  medical  and 
surgical  branch 
of  the  military 
service.  The 
training  in  dis- 
cipline for  Ameri- 
can doctors  as  the 
result  of  their 
army  work  in  sys- 
tematic methods  and  executive  management 
will  be  instrumental  in  developing  the  better 
individual  equipment  of  these  professional 
men  when  they  go  back  to  civilian  life  and 
will  enable  them  to  give  to  their  respective 
communities  the  benefit  of  their  studies  in 
the  greatest  clinic  the  world  has  ever  known. 
The  same  efficient  mastery  of  unfamiliar 
and  unexpected  problems  will  be  continued 
for  the  American  people,  the  citizens  of  this 
country,  when  these  same  capable  and  self- 
sacrificing  American  doctors  return  to  con- 
tinue their  labors  in  mufti.  Few  persons 
realize  that  no  class  of  men  gave  up  more 
for  the  service  of  their  country  than  the 
physicians  and  surgeons  who  joined  the 
medical  and  sanitary  corps  of  the  army. 
Many  of  them  abandoned  practices  which 
had  required  years  to  build  up,  and  in  the 
very  nature  of  the  case  other  men  took  their 


Digitized  by 


Google 


316h 


Junk,  1919 


WORDS   OP   TRIBUTE 


Ambrican  Medicine 


places  and  will  naturally  retain  them.  It  is 
not  so  easy  for  a  doctor,  even  a  specialist, 
to  come  back.  Often  he  must  begin  all  over 
again.  The  self-sacrificing  and  cheerful 
elimination  of  personal  interests  that  has 
characterized*  the  men  and  officers  of  the 
medical  and  sanitary  corps  will  never  be 
fully  known. 


"NOT  AT  ALL  SEEING  WHAT  WAS 
TO  COME  AFTERWARDS." 

WM.  C.  GORGAS.  M.  D., 

Surgeon-General   (Retired),  U.  S.  Army, 

Panama. 

I  think  about  the  most  remarkable  thing 
in  the  organization  of  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  the  Army  for  this  great  war  thru 

which  we  have 
just  passed  i  s 
the  extraordinary 
way  in  which  the 
doctors  responded 
to  the  call  of  our 
country.  The 
greatest  men  of 
our  profession 
gave  up  their 
large  incomes  and 
great  practices 
and  cheerfully  en- 
tered the  service. 
It  impressed  me  greatly  to  see  such  great 
men  as  Welch,  Mayo  and  Billings  sacrifice 
all  as  they  did  when  called  upon  for  duty, 
but  what  appealed  to  me  most  were  the 
thousands  of  young  doctors  who  had  just 
made  a  start  in  life  with  a  wife,  one  or  two 
children,  and  building  a  home,  who  just  as 
cheerfully  responded  to  the  call,  not  at  all 
seeing  what  was  to  come  afterwards.  Some 
thirty  thousand  of  these  men  volunteered 
their  services  and  were  accepted. 


""RENDERED  AS  FINE  AND  DIS- 
TINGUISHED  SERVICE  AS  ANY 
OTHER  BRANCH  OF  THE  MILL 
TARY.'' 

THEODORE  ROOSEVELT, 

Lieut-Colonel  (Retired),  U.  S.  Army, 

New  York  City. 

I  am  happy  to  tell  you  concerning  the 
medical  officers  who  served  with  and  around 
me  during  the  past  war. 

Capt.  E.  D. 
Morgan  of  Clay 
Center,  Kansas, 
was  my  Battalion 
Medical  Officer 
during  the  greater 
part  of  the  war. 
No  finer  service 
could  have  been 
rendered  than  his. 
He  worked  with 
his  duties  solely 
in  mind  and  con- 
sidered no  dan- 
ger to  himself. 

Lieutenant  Skilling  was  killed  while  on 
duty  with  my  regiment  four  days  before  the 
finish  of  the  war. 

Major  Kenner  was  always  cool  under 
most  trying  circumstances,  a  constant  in- 
spiration to  those  who  worked  with  him. 

These  are  only  a  few  of  the  numerous  in- 
stances that  came  under  my  personal  ob- 
servation. Indeed,  as  far  as  my  experience 
went  the  medical  officers  who  served  in  the 
war,  especially  those  who  served  with  the 
front  line  troops,  rendered  as  fine  and  as 
distinguished  service  as  any  other  branch 
of  the  military. 


"Never  miss  an  opportunity  to  do  some- 
thing."— Major-Gen.  Leonard  Wood. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrican  Mb»icins 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


June,  1919 


317 


ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  MEDICAL  DE- 
PARTMENT OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  ARMY  DURING  THE  WAR. 

BY 

M.  W.  IRELAND,  M.  D., 

Surgeon-General,  U.  S.  Army, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

The  Medical  Department  of  the  United 
States  Army  is  charged  with  the  duty  of 
investigating  the  sanitary  conditions  of  the 
army  and  making  recommendations  in  ref- 
erence thereto,  of  advising  with  reference 
to  the  location  of  permanent  camps  and 
posts,  the  adoption  of  systems  of  water  sup- 
ply and  purification,  and  the  disposal  of 
wastes,  with  the  duty  of  caring  for  the 
sick  and  wounded,  making  physical  ex- 
aminations of  officers  and  enlisted  men, 
the  management  and  control  of  military 
hospitals,  the  recruitment,  instruction 
and  control  of  the  enlisted  force  of  the 
Medical  Department  and  of  the  Nurse 
Corps,  and  furnishing  all  medical  and  hos- 
pital supplies,  including  those  for  public 
animals.  At  the  head  of  the  Medical  De- 
partment is  the  Surgeon-General  of  the 
Army.  The  Department  includes  the  Med- 
ical Corps  (consisting  of  physicians), 
Dental  Corps,  the  Veterinary  Corps,  the 
Sanitary  Corps  (consisting  of  sanitary  en- 
gineers, psychologists,  food  experts,  X-ray 
experts,  chemists,  administrative  officers 
and  a  variety  of  others  with  special  attain- 
ments), the  Nurse  Corps  (consisting  of 
female  nurses),  the  U.  S.  A.  Ambulance 
Service  and  the  enlisted  personnel. 

The  Medical  Corps  of  the  Regular  Army 
was,  of  course,  entirely  inadequate  to  ren- 


der the  professional  care  for  the  vast  new 
armies,  but  was  peculiarly  fitted  by  reason 
of  its  experience  and  training  to  handle  the 
medico-military  administrative  problems  and 
to  train  the  new  medical  officers,  fresh  from 
civil  life,  in  their  duties  as  officers,  sanita- 
rians and  administrators.  Consequently, 
nearly  every  regular  officer  was  placed  in 
an  administrative  position.  Those  regular 
officers  particularly  qualified  were  assem- 
bled in  the  office  of  the  Surgeon  General, 
and  with  them  was  associated  the  best 
civilian  talent  of  the  country — not  only 
surgeons  and  internists,  but  also  renowned 
specialists  in  the  eye,  ear,  nose,  throat,  in 
dentistry,  in  oral-plastic  surgery,  in  roent- 
genology, in  sanitary  engineering,  in  psy- 
chology, in  epidemiolog}',  in  food  and  nu- 
trition, in  veterinary  medicine,  etc.  Inval- 
uable service  has  been  rendered  by  these 
efficient  and  enthusiastic  advisers  from 
civil  life. 

At  the  height  of  its  activity  during  the 
war  the  office  of  the  Surgeon-General  was 
organized  in  the  following  Divisions: 

Division  of  Sanitation 

Hospital  Division 

Personnel  Division 

Laboratory  Division 

Division  of  Physical  Reconstniction 

Division  of  Medicine 

Division  of  Surgery 

Finance  and  Supply  Division 

Library  Division 

Air  Service  Division 

Gas  Defense  Service 

Food  Division 

Overseas  Division 

Division  of  Head  Surgery 

Medical  Officers  Training  Camp  Division 

Veterinary  Division. 

Most  of  the  divisions  were  divided  into 
numerous  sections.  Of  the  above  divisions 
several  have  now  been  discontinued  and 
their  activities  embodied  in  other  divisions 
as  sections  thereof.     Below  is  a  brief  de- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


318 


JUNS^  1919 


SPECIAL.  ARTICLE 


American  Medicine 


scription  of  the  work  accomplished  by  these 
divisions. 

The  largest  division,  and  that  primarily 
concerned  in  the  sanitation  of  camps  and 
the  prevention  of  disease,  from  an  admin- 
istrative point  of  view,  is  the  Division  of 
Sanitation. 

The  Division  of  Sanitation,  which  has 
for  many  years  been  one  of  the  three  per- 
manent divisions  of  the  Surgeon-General's 
office,  has  undergone  great  expansion  dur- 
ing the  war,  and  its  duties  rapidly  extended 
to  the  handling  of  all  questions  relating  to 
the  health  and  well-being  of  troops  and  the 
sanitation  of  camps,  cantonments,  perma- 
nent posts,  hospitals,  ports  of  embarkation, 
transports,  military  trains  and  other  mili- 
tary stations.  Its  function  includes  the  phys- 
ical examination  and  selection  of  recruits 
and  registrants;  the  physical  examination 
of  soldiers  prior  to  demobilization;  the  se- 
lection of  camp  and  division  surgeons, 
camp  and  division  sanitary  inspectors, 
epidemiologists,  sanitary  engineers  and  sur- 
geons for  recruit  depots;  the  direction  of 
medico-military  activities  in .  camps,  can- 
tonments and  other  stations  in  so  far 
as  they  relate  to  the  Surgeon-General's 
office;  supervision  of  the  hygiene  and  sani- 
tation of  camps ;  advising  the  War  Depart- 
ment with  reference  to  camp  sites, 
housing,  air  space,  clothing,  food,  water 
supplies,  sewerage  systems  and  garbage 
disposal;  the  control  of  fly  and  mos- 
quito breeding  and  the  elimination  of  these 
pests ;  the  destruction  of  lice  and  other  dis- 
ease-bearing insects;  the  search  for  and 
quarantine  of  "carriers"  of  disease  and 
"contacts"  with  disease ;  the  design  and  con- 
struction of  quarantine  and  construction 
camps;  the  administration  of  quarantine 
and  other  measures  necessary  to  prevent 
the  spread  of  communicable  diseases,  and 


the  inspection  of  camp,  post,  base  and  gen- 
eral hospitals.  In  sum,  the  activities  of  the 
Division  of  Sanitation  include  all  the  func- 
tions of  a  health  department  in  a  civil  com- 
munity and  many  other  duties  in  addition. 
In  this  work  the  men  from  the  civil  pro- 
fessions have  rendered  efficient  aid  as  camp 
sanitary  inspectors,  camp  epidemiologists, 
camp  sanitary  engineers,  laboratory  experts, 
etc.,  and  also  in  the  capacity  of  supervisors 
of  special  activities  in  the  office  of  the  Sur- 
geon-General. 

The  Inspection  Section  of  the  Division 
of  Sanitation  caused  frequent  inspections 
of  all  military  stations  to  be  made  by  ex- 
perienced sanitary  inspectors.  When  san- 
itary defects  or  deficiencies  are  brought  to 
the  attention  of  the  Surgeon-General's  of- 
fice immediate  steps  are  taken  to  correct 
them,  either  by  instructions  sent  to  the 
Camp  Surgeon,  if  the  correction  lies  within 
his  power,  or  by  correspondence  with  the 
higher  authorities  of  the  War  Department, 
if  this  action  is  necessary.  Ultimate  re- 
port as  to  action  taken  and  results  obtained 
is  received  in  this  division  and  filed.  Over 
700  inspections  have  been  made  by  this 
section. 

The  Current  Statistics  Section  received 
and  consolidated  daily  and  weekly  tele- 
graphic reports  of  sick  and  wounded,  and 
prepared  weekly  reports  of  health  condi- 
tions which  were  given  freely  to  the  press. 

The  following  figures  indicate  the  enor- 
mous reduction  in  deaths  which  has  resulted 
from  the  sanitary  measures  enforced  dur- 
ing the  present  war  as  compared  with  the 
practice  in  vogue  in  the  Civil  War,  the 
Franco-Prussian  War,  the  Spanish  War, 
and  the  Boer  War.  The  figures  indicate 
the  actual  deaths  which  occurred  during 
the  period  between  September  1,  1917,  and 
May   2,   1919,   in   our  army,   both   in  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


June,  1919 


319 


United  States  and  in  France,  which  had  an 
average  strength  of  2,121,396,  and  the  num- 
ber of  deaths  which  would  have  occurred 
in  an  army  of  the  same  size  for  the  same 
period  if  the  mean  annual  death  rates  for  the 
Civil  War  and  for  the  Spanish  War,  respect- 
ively, had  prevailed  during  the  present  war. 
The  figures  for  the  present  war  are  based 
upon  current  telegraphic  reports  and  while 
approximately  accurate  may  be  subject  to 
slight  revision  on  completion  of  final  sta- 
tistics : 


the  service  almost  as  soon  as  diagnosed  and 
so  the  deaths  when  they  occurred  were 
credited  not  to  the  army  but  to  the  civil 
community.  In  our  present  war  nearly  all 
tuberculous  soldiers  are  held  in  the  army 
for  indefinite  sanitarium  treatment,  and  of 
course  a  certain  per  cent,  will  die  in  the 
service  while  the  majority  are  being  cured. 
The  number  of  deaths  from  pneumonia 
is  much  greater  than  for  the  Spanish  War 
comparison.  The  Spanish  War  rates  were 
low  because  the  war  period  was  entirely  in 


Number  of  deaths  that 

Number    of    deaths 

Number  of  deaths  that 

occurred    in    present 

that  would  have  oc- 

would   have  occurred 

war,    Sept.    1,    1917- 

•curred  if  the  Civil 

if  the  Spanish-Amer- 

May 2,  1919.  Average 

War  death  rate  had 

ican  War  death  rate 

strength  approximate- 

obtained 

had   obtained 

ly  2,121,396 

Typhoid  fever 

213 

51,133 

68,164 

Malaria 

13 

13,951c 

11,317 

Dysentery 

42 

63,898b 

6,382b 

Smallpox 

5 

9,536 

37 

Pneumonia 

41,747a 

38,962a 

6,086 

Scarlet  fever 

167 

112 

222 

Diphtheria 

100 

1,188 

149 

Tuberculosis 

1,220 

9,574 

631 

Meningitis 

2,137 

3,859 

4,081 

Other  diseases 

3,768 

34,881 

15,587 

Total  of  diseases 

49,412 

227,094 

112,656 

(a)  Includes  deaths  listed  from  measles,  influenza,  empyema,  inflammation  of  the  lungs 
and  pleurisy,  as  well  as  pneumonia. 

(b)  Includes  dysentery  and  diarrhea. 

(c)  Includes  malaria  and  remittent  and  congestive  fevers. 


In  the  Franco-Prussian  War  the  Germans 
lost  9,000  men  from  typhoid  fever.  With 
reference  to  the  typhoid  in  the  Boer  War, 
Colonel  F.  F.  Russell  quotes  from  Leish- 
man,  "Antityphoid  Vaccination,"  Glasgow 
Med.  Jour.,  1912,  LXXVII,  406: 

"We  know  in  general  that  there  were 
57,684  cases  of  typhoid  and  8,022  deaths 
among  380,605  men." 

The  low  death  rate  from  tuberculosis  in 
the  Spanish  War  is  due  to  three  causes: 
First,  that  the  war  was  of  short  duration; 
second,  that  the  war  period  was  in  the  sum- 
mer; third,  and  most  important,  that  all 
cases  of  tuberculosis  were  discharged  from 


warm  weather  when  pneumonia  is  infre- 
quent. The  greatest  cause  of  the  high 
pneumonia  rate  for  the  present  war  was 
the  pandemic  of  influenza,  a  factor  which 
occurs  only  about  once  in  30  years.  Had 
this  epidemic  not  occurred  the  rate  would 
have  been  much  lower  than  for  the  Civil 
War  and  probably  lower  than  for  the  Span- 
ish War.  Taken  all  in  all,  however,  it 
must  be  confessed  that  the  secret  of  the 
control  of  respiratory  diseases,  particularly 
pneumonia,  still  remains  undiscovered. 

The  duty  of  the  Hospital  Division  is  to 
provide  and  operate  all  military  hospitals 
in  the  United  States, — that  is  to  say,  to  care 


Digitized  by 


Google 


320 


JU^NE,  1919 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


American  Mbdicinb 


for  all  sick  and  injured  of  the  armies  in 
training  in  the  United  States  and  also  for 
the  cases  returned  from  overseas.  This 
plan  comprehended  some  600  separate  lo- 
cations of  military  medical  activity.  These 
hospitals  were  designed,  built,  maintained 
and  administered  in  very  much  the  same 
way.  The  construction  of  new  hospitals 
especially  was  standardized  as  much  as  pos- 
sible, since  it  was  realized  that  this  would 
aid  greatly  in  their  operation  and  future 
alteration.  Camp  and  base  hospitals  were 
constructed  in  each  camp  to  care  for  the 
sick  of  that  camp.  General  hospitals  were 
constructed  to  care  for  overseas  cases  and 
the  most  'severe  domestic  cases.  It  was  be- 
lieved unwise  to  mix  the  maimed  soldiers 
from  the  American  Expeditionary  Force 
with  the  raw  recruits  preparing  to  embark 
overseas.  The  general  hospitals  were  dis- 
tributed thruout  the  United  States  so  as  to 
allow  the  sick  to  be  sent  as  near  to  their 
homes  as  possible  and  were  located  with 
reference  to  density  of  population,  railroad 
facilities  and  available  convertible  buildings. 

The  procurement  of  additional  hospital 
facilities  for  the  greatly  increased  army  in 
the  United  States  was  accomplished  in  two 
ways :  First,  by  constructing  new  hospitals 
with  a  total  of  88,460  beds ;  second,  by  con- 
verting some  army  posts  into  hospitals  and 
by  enlarging  some  post  hospitals,  together 
giving  a  total  capacity  of  35,439  beds.  The 
army  hospital  capacity  was  increased  1850 
per  cent,  within  a  period  of  twenty  months. 

A  single  base  hospital,  with  a  capacity  of 
2,000  beds,  includes  more  than  90  separate 
buildings  and  about  two  miles  of  covered 
corridor. 

In  addition  to  the  permanent  staff  at  each 
large  hospital,  a  second  complete  adminis- 
trative staff  was  formed  to  be  used  as  a 
nucleus  in  organizing  new  field  units  and 


new  hospitals  to  be  opened  up.  The  method 
was  for  the  commanding  officer  and 
each  administrative  officer  to  have  an 
understudy  who  assisted  him  in  all  of  his 
duties  and  who  was  trained  to  either  take 
up  the  work  of  his  chief  when  the  latter  was 
relieved  or  to  establish  the  same  line  of 
work  elsewhere.  This  scheme  made  pos- 
sible the  prompt  establishment  of  new  hos- 
pitals whenever  required.  About  98%  of 
the  medical  officers  in  the  hospitals  were 
freshly  drawn  from  civil  life. 

From  April  7,  1917,  to  April  30,  1919, 
there  were  transferred  to  the  interior  hos- 
pitals of  the  United  States  from  New  York 
89,333  cases  and  from  Newport  News  32,- 
246,  making  a  total  of  121,579.  During  the 
same  period  there  were  20,327  domestic 
cases  moved  by  the  inter-hospital  transfer 
in  the  United  States,  making  a  total  of 
141,976  dispositions  handled  by  this  divi- 
sion, and  an  equal  number  of  patients  moved 
by  train. 

The  statistics  of  this  office  show  that  dur- 
ing the  period  of  the  emergency  there  were 
operating  on  a  monthly  average  30  general 
hospitals,  38  base  hospitals  and  131  miscel- 
laneous hospitals  for  the  care  of  the  sick 
in  the  United  States.  Each  of  these  hos- 
pitals had  on  duty  an  average  of  33  medi- 
cal officers,  selected  from  the  best  person- 
nel of  the  army  and  country  at  large,  88 
trained  nurses  and  465  enlisted  men  of  the 
Medical  Department.  In  round  numbers 
2,000,000  sick  were  treated  in  these  hos- 
pitals from  the  time  of  the  first  draft  in 
1917  to  April  25,  1919.  The  total  number 
of  medical  officers,  nurses  and  enlisted  men 
employed  in  the  army  hospitals  during  the 
period  of  the  war  would  furnish  the  en- 
tire population  for  a  city  the  size  of  Albany. 
New  York.  At  one  time  150,000  beds  were 
set  up  for  men  in  the  army  hospitals.     If 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Medicine 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


June,  1919 


321 


these  beds  were  placed  end  to  end  they 
would  form  an  almost  unbroken  line  from 
New  York  to  Washington. 

On  April  6,  1917,  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment had  approximately  981  commissioned 
officers,  403  female  nurses,  and  6,900  en- 
listed men  on  active  duty.  On  December 
1,  1918,  there  were  approximately  40,100 
commissioned  officers,  31,480  female  nurses 
and  264,000  enlisted  men.  The  records  of 
these  officers  and  their  active  duty  status 
were  under  the  supervision  of  the  Personnel 
Division,  which  at  the  beginning  of  the  war 
consisted  of  one  officer  and  ten  clerks.  On 
December  1,  1918,  the  Personnel  Division 
had  increased  to  fifteen  officers  and  three 
hundred  and  eleven  clerks. 

Upon  declaration  of  war,  it  became  im- 
mediately necessary  to  call  upon  the  medi- 
cal profession  of  the  country  to  augment 
the  Regular  Medical  Corps  in  order  to  pro- 
vide adequate  medical  care  and  treatment 
for  the  enormous  armies  which  it  was  cer- 
tain would  be  brought  into  the  field.  The 
task  of  classifying,  commissioning  and  as- 
signing new  medical  officers  was  suddenly 
thrown  upon  the  Personnel  Division  of  the 
Surgeon-General's  office.  The  statistical 
Section  indexed  and  classified  all  available 
physicians  of  the  country,  the  cards  being 
arranged  alphabetically,  by  states  and  by 
specialties.  Since  January  1st,  officers  have 
been  discharged  from  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment at  an  average  rate  of  nearly  one  thou- 
sand per  week. 

On  the  day  the  United  States  declared 
war  with  Germany  there  were  in  the  Army 
Nurse  Corps  233  members  of  the  Regular 
Corps  and  170  reserve  nurses  on  active 
duty  because  of  the  mobilization  of  troops 
on  the  Border.  The  needs,  both  in  this 
country  and  in  France,  increased  enormous- 
ly and  at  the  time  of  signing  the  armistice 


there  were  approximately  21,500  nurses  on 
active  duty,  about  10,000  of  them  being 
overseas.  These  21,500  women  were  not 
employees  of  the  Red  Cross,  but  were 
nurses  enrolled  and  paid  by  the  United 
States  Government  as  an  integral  part  of 
its  Medical  Department.  To  supplement 
the  waning  supply  of  graduate  nurses  the 
Medical  Department  established  the  Army 
School  for  Nurses.  For  this  school  10,767 
young  women  made  application,  5,517  were 
accepted  and  1,600  were  in  training  at  53 
different  hospitals  when  the  armistice  was 
declared. 

The  duties  of  the  Division  of  Laborato- 
ries and  Infectious  Diseases  may  be  termed, 
broadly  speaking,  the  control  of  communi- 
cable diseases,  more  particularly  from  the 
standpoint  of  laboratory  methods;  the  di- 
agnosis of  these  diseases  by  these  same 
methods;  and  the  accumulation  of  mate- 
rials, by  research  and  by  observation  of  the 
individual  cases,  for  the  further  study  of 
these  conditions.  In  addition,  the  admin- 
istration of  the  Surgeon-Generars  program 
for  combating  venereal  diseases  was  as- 
signed to  this  division,  so  that  in  this  class 
of  diseases  all  methods  of  control  were 
combined  unjer  one  head. 

The  problems  presented  to  the  Division 
of  Laboratories  and  Infectious  Diseases 
were  both  varied  and  extremely  important 
in  their  relation  to  the  prevention  of  wa- 
stage in  troops.  Developments  in  sanitation 
and  sanitary  control  and  in  specific  pre- 
ventive measures,  such  as  vaccines,  indi- 
cated that  the  intestinal  group  diseases  (ty- 
phoid fever  and  dysentery),  which  have 
wrought  such  havoc  in  the  armies  of  the 
past,  would  be  controlled  by  the  protection 
given  by  typhoid  and  paratyphoid  vaccine 
and  by  adequate  general  sanitary  measures. 
The  expectations  in  regard  to  this  group  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


322 


June,  1919 


SPECIAL.  ARTICLE 


American  Mkdicinb 


diseases  have  been  confirmed.  Typhoid 
fever  has  occurred  in  the  devastated  and 
extremely  insanitary  regions  of  the  West- 
ern front,  but  the  incidence  has  been  low, 
and  typhoid  fever  during  the  present  war 
has  never  been  a  serious  menace. 

Epidemic  cerebro-spinal  meningitis  is  al- 
ways an  important  disease  when  troops  are 
mobilized.  Infection  in  this  disease  is  trans- 
mitted by  discharges  from  the  mouth  and 
nose.  Specific  measures  of  control  by 
means  of  serum  treatment  were  used  thru- 
out  the  service.  The  laboratories  of  the 
army  examined  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
men  to  discover  those  who,  tho  not  having 
the  disease,  were  yet  capable,  as  healthy 
^'carriers,"  of  transmitting  it  to  others.  The 
discovery  of  these  so-called  "carriers,"  and 
their  isolation  and  treatment  to  render  them 
harnlless  to  others,  was  one  of  the  most 
important  tasks  of  the  laboratories. 

To  handle  the  laboratory  problem  effi- 
ciently it  was  necessary  to  practically  con- 
trol the  production  of  medical  laboratory 
apparatus  and  supplies.  Germany  and  Aus- 
tria have  produced  in  the  past  the  large  pro- 
portion of  the  laboratory  glassware  and 
chemicals  used  in  this  country,  and  it  was 
necessary  to  adopt  standard  types  of  ap- 
paratus for  the  work  of  the  laboratories  of 
the  army  and  to  stimulate  the  manufacture 
of  this  apparatus  and  to  initiate  the  produc- 
tion in  this  country  of  certain  indispensa- 
ble chemicals.  In  this  the  Army  was  aided 
greatly  by  the  cooperation  of  the  Medical 
EHvision  of  the  National  Council  of  Re- 
search. 

To  produce  the  necessary  sera  and  vac- 
cines for  the  prevention  and  treatment  of 
disease  in  the  Army  and  Navy,  the  Army 
Medical  School  increased  its  power  of  pro- 
duction to  a  marked  degree.  Thousands  of 
gallons  of  typhoid  and  other  vaccines  were 


produced  and  large  quantities  of  special 
serums  made  for  diagnostic  purposes. 

The  administration  of  the  Surgeon-Gen- 
eral's program  for  combating  venereal  dis- 
eases constitutes  perhaps  one  of  the  most 
important  sections  of  the  work  of  the  Di- 
vision of  Laboratories  and  Infectious  Dis- 
eases. The  problem  of  the  venereal  dis- 
eases has  always  been  of  vital  interest  to 
all  armies  and  the  fight  against  this  class 
of  infections  has  been  carried  on  most  ac- 
tively and  openly  in  the  Army  for  many 
years.  With  the  passage  of  the  draft  act 
it  became  evident  that  it  would  be  neces- 
sary to  extend  the  fight  to  the  civil  popu- 
lation, not  only  as  the  latter  was  a  source 
of  infection  to  the  Army,  but  also  that 
every  effort  might  be  made  to  diminish  the 
incidence  of  these  diseases  among  men 
drafted  and  about  to  be  drafted.  To  ac- 
complish this  more  effectively  a  section  for 
combating  venereal  diseases  was  added  to 
the  War  Department's  Commission  on 
Training  Camp  Activities.  This  section 
worked  in  close  liaison  with  the  office  of 
the  Surgeon-General,  more  particularly  as 
the  administration  of  this  section  and  the 
personnel  for  the  work  was  furnished  by 
the  Surgeon-General. 

The  activities  of  this  program  for  com- 
bating venereal  disease  were  divided  into 
Educational,  Law  Enforcement  and  Early 
Treatment  Sections. 

From  incomplete  statistics  of  the  war  it 
is  shown  that  of  225,000  cases  of  venereal 
disease  200,000  were  contracted  before  en- 
listment, that  is,  before  the  men  joined  the 
army.  The  record  of  the  army  for  cases 
contracted  after  enlistment  has  been  good, 
showing  the  eflfect  of  the  combination  of 
the  several  measures  included  in  the  Sur- 
geon-General's program. 

In  addition  to  these  preventive  measures 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrican  Mxdicinb 


SPECIAL.  ARTICLE 


June,  1919 


323 


adequate  treatment  has  been  provided  for 
every  soldier  infected  with  this  class  of 
disease,  and  not  only  that  but  under  pres- 
ent regulations  men  so  infected,  whether 
they  brought  the  disease  into  the  Army  with 
them  or  acquired  it  after  entrance,  are  be- 
ing retained  in  the  service  until  they  are 
no  longer  infectious  to  others  or  a  danger 
to  the  community  to  which  they  go. 

When  war  was  declared  there  were 
eighty-six  commissioned  dental  officers  in 
the  Regular  Army  of  the  United  States. 
There  were  approximately  thirty  dental  of- 
ficers in  foreign  service,  viz.,  in  the  Philip- 
pines, Hawaii  and  Panama,  the  remaining 
officers  being  scattered  thruout  the  United 
States.  On  November  13,  1918,  there  were 
6,254  dental  officers  commissioned,  of  whom 
4,286  reserve  officers  and  224  regular 
corps  officers  were  in  active  service.  There 
were  approximately  2,000  with  the  Amer- 
ican Expeditionary  Forces. 

Schools  were  established  in  Philadelphia, 
Chicago  and  St.  Louis  to  give  special  train- 
ing to  officers  who  were  to  do  oral  and 
plastic  surgery,  and  dentists  were  assigned 
to  these  schools  for  that  training  and  have 
been  associated  with  the  surgeons  thruout 
the  war  in  this  special  work. 

The  policy  of  physical  reconstruction  of 
disabled  soldiers,  later  extended  to  disabled 
sailors  and  marines,  was  formulated  in  the 
office  of  the  Surgeon-General  in  August, 
1917;  practically  applied  in  seven  hospitals 
early  in  1918;  and  the  policy  and  program 
were  finally  approved  by  the  War  Depart- 
ment on  July  29,  1918. 

Physical  reconstruction  as  applied  in  mil- 
itary- hospitals  is  defined  as  continued 
treatment,  carried  to  the  fullest  degree  of 
maximum  physical  and  functional  restora- 
tion consistent  with  the  nature  of  the  dis- 
ability of  the   sick   or  injured   soldier,  by 


the  employment  of  all  known  measures  of 
modern  medical  and  surgical  management, 
including  physio-therapy,  (thermo,  electro, 
hydro,  and  mechano-therapy,  massage,  cal- 
isthenties,  gymnastics,  military  drill  and  the 
like),  curative  mental  and  manual  work 
(in  wards,  shops,  schools,  gardens  and 
fields)  and  sports  and  games  in  and  out 
of  doors. 

For  administration  the  Division  of  Phys- 
ical Reconstruction  in  the  office  of  the  Sur- 
geon-General was  organized  with  a  per- 
sonnel of  a  Director  and  assistant,  with 
sections  on  education  (general,  technical, 
agricultural  and  psychologic) ;  training  the 
blind;  training  the  deaf  and  correction  of 
speech  defects,  and  physio-therapy. 

There  are  special  facilities  for  training 
the  blind  and  nearly  blind  soldiers,  sailors 
and  marines  at  U.  S.  Army  General  Hos- 
pital No.  7  at  Roland  Park,  Baltimore, 
Maryland.  The  blind  are  trained  to  dress, 
feed  themselves  and  to  get  about  inde- 
pendently; to  read  Braille;  and  to  use  a 
typewriter.  Coincidently,  occupations  suit- 
able for  the  blind  are  taught  by  a  corps  of 
competent  instructors. 

The  disabled  soldiers  who  suffer  from 
speech  defects,  and  from  deafness  are 
trained  to  talk  and  to  understand  by  lip 
reading  at  U.  S.  Army  General  Hospital 
No.  11,  Camp  May,  New  Jersey. 

Curative  work  modified  to  meet  the  need 
of  the  tuberculous  soldiers  is  applied  in  a 
most  beneficial  way  at  seven  military  tuber- 
culosis sanatoria. 

Before  the  armistice  was  signed,  approx- 
imately 10,000  disabled  soldiers  were  re- 
turned from  the  American  Expeditionary 
Force  to  the  United  States.  These  were 
cared  for  in  sixteen  General  Military  Hos- 
pitals, and  those  who  needed  it  were  given 
the    benefit    of,  the    continued    treatment 


Digitized  by 


Google 


324 


June,  1919 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


American  Medicine 


known  as  physical  reconstruction. 

Following  the  armistice,  the  return  of 
the  sick  and  injured  from  overseas  was 
expedited.  From  November  11,  1918,  to 
May  1,  1919,  approximately  110,000  disa- 
bled soldiers  from  the  American  Expedi- 
tionary Force  have  been  returned  to  Amer- 
ica. This  has  required  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  the  Army  to  secure  facilities  for 
the  application  of  measures  of  physical  re- 
construction in  additional  general  hospitals 
and  in  fifteen  base  hospitals  of  the  training 
camps.  At  the  height  of  the  maximum  de- 
gree of  hospitalization,  since  the  armistice 
was  signed,  forty-eight  hospitals  have  func- 
tioned in  physical  reconstruction.  At  the 
present  time,  forty-four  general  and  base 
hospitals  carry  on  this  type  of  treatment. 

Of  a  total  number  of  reconstruction  pa- 
tients discharged  for  disability  to  April  1, 
1919  (5,070),  approximately  41  have  been 
designated  as  hopeless  or  institutional  cases ; 
510  have  been  reported  as  in  need  of  fur- 
ther training,  while  4,519  were  able  to  re- 
sume their  old  occupation  or  were  not  in 
need  of  retraining.  Many  disabled  soldiers 
have  been  so  fully  trained  vocationally 
while  patients  in  the  hospitals  that  they 
have  needed  no  further  training  after  their 
discharge. 

The  need  was  recognized  for  the  educa- 
tion of  the  public  and  of  the  disabled  sol- 
diers themselves  as  to  the  value  of  curative 
work  in  the  continued  treatment  of  the 
sick  and  wounded  soldiers.  In  cooperation 
with  the  Federal  Board  of  Vocational  Edu- 
cation, the  American  Red  Cross  and  the 
public  press,  circulars,  pamphlets,  the  mag- 
azine ''Carry  On/'  and  articles  prepared  for 
popular  monthly  magazines  and  the  daily 
press  have  been  circulated  thruout  the 
country  and  in  the  hospitals. 

The  Division  of  Medicine  consists  of  four 


sections :  Psychology,  Neuro-psychiatry 
(nervous  and  mental  diseases),  Tubercu- 
losis and  Internal  Medicine  (all  diseases 
not  included  in  the  above).  The  function 
of  the  Section  of  Psychology  is  twofold: 
First,  to  determine  the  mental  capacity-  of 
the  individual;  second,  to  classify  men  so 
that,  as  far  as  practicable,  an  individual's 
previous  training  and  mental  development 
will  be  given  due  consideration  when  the 
specific  assignment  in  the  Army  must  be 
made. 

The  activities  of  the  other  sections  of 
the  Division  of  Medicine  are  concerned 
with  two  functions:  First,  physical  exam- 
ination of  men  sent  to  the  mobilization 
camps  and  the  final  physical  examination 
upon  demobilization  in  so  far  as  medical 
conditions  are  concerned.  Second,  care  and 
treatment  of  sick  in  the  service. 

The  Medical  Department  convened  cer- 
tain boards,  consisting  of  experts  in  their 
respective  branches,  at  mobilization  camps 
for  the  more  complete  examination  of  all 
soldiers  who  had  passed  the  preliminary 
physical  examination.  The  members  of 
these  Special  Boards  were  represented  by 
specialists  in  tuberculosis,  in  diseases  of  the 
heart  and  arteries  and  in  nervous  and  men- 
tal diseases.  Nearly  60,000  men  were  re- 
jected on  account  of  defective  development 
or  diseases  of  the  nervous  system ;  nearly 
80,000  men  were  rejected  on  account  of 
various  forms  of  tuberculosis;  and  about 
50,000  men  were  rejected  on  account  of 
diseases  of  the  heart  and  arteries. 

The  second  function  referred  to  above, 
the  care  of  the  sick,  has  been  handled  by 
the  establishment  in  every  important  hos- 
pital of  medical  services,  presided  over  bv 
experienced  physicians  who  are  not  only 
expert  in  diagnosis  and  treatment,  but  are 
also  administrators  capable   of   organizing 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Medicink 


SPECIAL.  ARTICLE 


JUNB,  1919 


325 


and  supervising  the  extensive  services 
which,  during  epidemics,  tax  the  abilities  of 
the  most  able  men  and  equal  in  difficulty 
the  problem$  encountered  by  the  surgical 
staffs  at  hospitals  near  the  front.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  care  and  treatment  given  pa- . 
tients  in  the  hospitals  at  the  mobilization 
camps,  a  number  of  special  hospitals  have 
been  established  at  various  places  in  the 
country  for  the  treatment  of  certain  dis- 
eases or  groups  of  diseases.  These  hos- 
pitals have  been  manned  T^y  the  ablest  men 
in  the  profession  and  experts  in  their  re- 
spective spheres  for  a  number  of  years. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  Medical  Department 
to  care  for  soldiers  who  have  incurred  sick- 
ness or  disability  incident  to  the  service, 
until  they  are  cured,  or  the  maximum 
amount  of  improvement  has  been  attained. 
Finally,  on  discharge  from  the  service  a 
careful  physical  examination  is  made  of 
each  soldier  in  order  to  determine  whether 
any  disability  exists  at  the  date  of  separa- 
tion from  the.  Army,  and,  if  so,  to  estimate 
the  degree  and  make  it  of  record  so  that 
future  claims  and  rights  of  the  individual 
can  be  adjudicated  with  justice  to  the  sol- 
dier and  the  Government.  This  Division 
provides  the  special  personnel  for  the  med- 
ical portion  of  this  examination.  Special- 
ists in  all  lines  cooperate  in  this  final  exam- 

« 

ination. 

The  Division  of  Surgery  developed  pari 
passu  with  the  Division  of  Medicine.  In 
a  short  time  the  Surgeon-General  appointed 
a  number  of  surgeons  eminent  in  the  civil 
professions  who  were  to  act  in  an  advisory 
and  executive  capacity.  Three  distinct  lines 
of  effort  at  once  opened  up.  First,  as  the 
concentration  camps  were  established  and 
opened  for  the  training  of  troops,  the  es- 
tablishment of  base  hospitals  in  connection 
therewith  necessitated  the  organization  of 


a  surgical  personnel  to  look  after  the  or* 
dinary  surgical  ills  of  a  large  camp.  Thru 
the  efforts  of  the  Red  Cross  fifty  base  hos- 
pitals and  a  few  other  hospital  units  had 
been  raised  and  equipped  from  the  great 
medical  centers  and  some  other  places. 
Some  of  the  best  of  the  surgical  profession 
were  included  in  these  groups.  It  was 
evident  that  many  more  units  would  be 
needed  and  it  was  the  second  task  of  the 
Surgical  Division  to  arrange  for  the  organ- 
ization of  the  surgical  side  of  these  units. 
Thirdly,  many  of  the  most  important  sur- 
gical instruments,  needles,  etc.,  had  previ- 
ously been  imported  from  England  and 
Germany.  There  was  no  standardization 
in  civil  life,  the  surgeon  using  that  which 
from  experience  or  fancy  had  seemed  to 
him  the  best.  The  committee  of  surgeons 
met  and  standardized  these  instruments  so 
that  the  equipment  of  every  base  hospital, 
or  of  every  hospital  unit  sent  abroad,  would 
be  identical,  thus  assuring  an  ample  supply 
of  the  most  modern  and  efficient  types. 

The  rotating  consulting  surgeons  working 
with  the  Surgeon-General  could  not  know 
more  than  a  few  oi  the  experienced  sur- 
geons of  the  country,  or  the  active,  prom- 
ising young  men  of  the  profession ;  conse- 
quently a  scheme  was  devised  whereby  the 
qualifications  of  every  civil  surgeon  were 
placed  on  cards,  which  were  sorted  and  re- 
sorted until  the  relative  standing  of  each 
man  was  known.  Additional  information 
with  regard  to  the  qualification  of  surgeons 
was  secured  in  many  ways,  one  of  the  most 
important  being  the  local  organizations  of 
the  Medical  Section  of  the  Council  of 
National  defense. 

As  a  result  of  the  study  of  these  qual- 
ification cards  it  was  found  that  the  actual 
number  of  physicians  capable  of  doing  the 
special  work  required  by  reason  of  the  casur 


Digitized  by 


Google 


326 


June,  1919 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


AlIERICiLN    MEDZCINB 


alties  of  war  was  limited.  Accordingly, 
schools  of  instruction  were  established  in 
general  surgery  including  fractures,  in 
neurologic  surgery,  in  plastic  and  oral  sur- 
gery, in  orthopedic  surgery,  etc.  These 
schools  were  located  in  well  known  centers 
such  as  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Chicago, 
Rochester,  San  Francisco  and  New  Or- 
leans, and  were  under  the  charge  of  ex- 
perienced surgeons  and  teachers.  The  suc- 
cessful method  of  Carrel  at  Compiegne  was 
established  at  the  hospital  of  the  Rockefel- 
ler Institute,  and  a  continual  stream  of  med- 
ical officers  passed  thru  this  institution 
studying  this  method  of  treatment. 

By  November,  1917,  the  work  of  organ- 
izing base  and  evacuation  hospitals  was  well 
under  way  and  a  little  later  the  organiza- 
tion of  Mobile  Units  was  begun.  From 
then  on  until  the  armistice,  one  hospital 
after  another,  unit  after  unit,  was  organ- 
ized, mobilized,  equipped  and  sent  abroad. 
This  necessitated  a  constant  shifting  of  the 
surgical  personnel  of  the  camp  and  canton- 
ment hospitals,  and  it  was  found  necessary 
to  gradually  work  into  places  on  the  per- 
manent staff  the  older  and  less  active,  but 
nevertheless  competent  surgeons  in  order 
to  set  free  the  younger  and  more  active  ones 
for  overseas  service. 

Many  hundreds  of  complete  X-ray  equip- 
ments were  purchased  and  supplied  to  the 
troops  overseas  and  all  the  military  hos- 
pitals in  this  country  were  completely 
equipped  with  everything  that  could  be  de- 
sired for  X-ray  work.  One  of  the  most 
important  developments  of  the  war  is  a 
portable  X-ray  apparatus  which  was  to  be 
found  scattered  over  the  front  wherever 
needed. 

A  literary  program  was  an  important 
part  of  the  surgical  organization.  Special 
tK)oks  were  written  with  wonderful  speed; 


the  experience  of  French,  English  and  even 
German  surgeons  was  collected  and  ab- 
stracted and  distributed  to  our  medical  of- 
ficers; a  review  of  the  war  literature  was 
issued  monthly.  Lantern  slides  and  mov- 
ing picture  films  were  made  and  used  for 
instruction.  Finally,  during  the  summer  of 
1918  a  large  surgical  school  was  established 
as  a  branch  of  the  Medical  Officers*  Train- 
ing Camp,  at  Fort  Oglethorpe,  Georgia,  a 
faculty  formed,  a  systematic  course  of  in- 
struction begun  and  carried  on  to  the  time 
of  the  armistice. 

The  enormous  number  of  men  located  in 
camps  in  this  country  required  a  large  force 
of  skilled  surgeons  and  assistants  and  by 
July,  1918,  a  complete  survey  of  the  char- 
acter of  the  surgical  work  was  made,  and 
a  system  established  by  which  it  was  pos- 
sible in  Washington  to  check  over  all  op- 
erations and  determine  if  the  highest  class 
of  work  was  being  done.  When  the  pneu- 
monia epidemic  swept  the  camps  it  was  fol- 
lowed by  a  wave  of  empyemji  which,  ow- 
ing to  its  severity  and  unusual  nature, 
temporarily  baffled  the  surgeons.  An  Em- 
pyema Commission  was  appointed  which 
w"ent  from  camp  to  camp  studying  the  sur- 
gical aspects  of  this  disease,  and  thru  its 
suggestions  and  directions  much  good  was 
done.  After  the  armistice  was  signed  the 
reconstruction  era  began  and  it  was  now 
the  duty  of  the  Division  of  Surgery  to  pre- 
pare for  the  care  of  the  stream  of  wounded 
returning  from  the  overseas  hospitals. 
These  were  classified  in  certain  large  groups 
of  which  compound  fractures,  peripheral 
nerve  injuries,  stiff  joints  and  amputations 
constituted  the  most  important.  With  some 
fifty  hospitals  receiving  patients,  and  with 
the  personnel  thereof  everywhere  greatly 
depleted  of  specialists  in  order  to  supply 
the  services  abroad,  it  was  soon   realized 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AliBRICAN    MEDZCINB 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


June,  191& 


327 


it  would  be  necessary  to  concentrate  the 
injuries  most  difficult  of  treatment  into  spe- 
cial hospitals  where  a  sufficient  personnel 
and  equipment  could  be  gathered  to  meet 
the  various  indications  of  treatment.  This 
was  particularly  true  of  the  peripheral  nerve 
injuries.  Centers  also  were  established  to 
which  cases  of  amputations  were  to  be  sent 
and  preparations  made  for  the  application 
of  provisional  limbs  during  the  long  peroid 
in  which  such  cases  must  wait  for  the  appli- 
cation of  permanent  limbs.  The  matter  of 
artificial  limbs  was  thoroly  investigated  and 
a  standard  provisional  and  a  standard  per- 
manent limb  adopted  and  given  to  the  sol- 
diers. 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  with  Ger- 
many the  Division  of  Finance  and  Supply 
of  the  Medical  Department '  had  its  need 
for  supplies  computed  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  permit  its  ready  adaptation  to  any 
size  army  it  might  be  called  upon  to  equip. 
In  cooperation  with  the  Medical  Section 
of  the  Council  of  National  Defense,  it  held 
conferences  with  representative  committees 
of  manufacturers  of  surgical  instruments, 
pharmaceuticals,  laboratory  supplies,  sur- 
gical dressings,  hospital  equipment,  etc., 
and  succeeded  in  getting  these  industries 
lined  up  for  full,  complete  and  enthusi- 
astic support  of  the  Medical  Departments 
of  the  Army  and  Navy.  New  sources  of 
supply  were  developed  as  rapidly  as  it  be- 
came evident  that  existing  sources  would 
prove  inadequate. 

The  equipment  needed  for  each  individ- 
ual camp  was  carefully  computed  and  the 
supplies  ordered  shipped  considerably  in 
advance  of  the  day  the  first  troops  were 
scheduled  to  arrive.  Unit  equipment  was 
devised  for  base  hospitals,  camp  infirma- 
ries and  the  various  other  organizations. 
Sufficient  equipment  for  the  establishment 


of  a  base  hospital  of  500  beds  was  sent  to 
ever}'  camp  before  the  arrival  of  troops, 
and  ambulances  were  also  provided  for  the 
transportation  of  the  sick.  By  the  end  of 
September,  1917,  at  least  14  standard  am- 
bulances had  been  delivered  to  every  camp. 
In  one  instance,  at  the  establishment  of  a 
large  hospital  at  Newport  News,  the  first 
carload  of  supplies  for  the  hospital  actually 
arrived  six  days  after  the  request  for  the 
equipment  had  been  'phoned  in  to  the  Sur- 
geon-General's Office. 

Great  quantities  of  surgical  dressings 
w  ere  purchased.  The  quantity  reached  such 
magnitude  by  the  end  of  ^arch,  1918,  that 
the  thread  which  entered  into  the  weaving 
of  the  gauze  actually  furnished,  if  tied  into 
one  string,  would  have  reached  from  the 
earth  to  the  sun.  Surgical  and  dental  in- 
struments were  the  most  difficult  of  all  the 
equipment  to  obtain.  In  pre-war  times, 
only  about  10%  of  the  domestic  require- 
ments for  surgical  instruments  were  pro- 
duced in  the  United  States;  the  rest  being 
imported,  largely  from  Germany.  At  the 
signing  of  the  armistice  there  was  a  suf- 
ficient quantity  of  these  supplies  in  France 
to  have  taken  care  of  an  army  of  2,000,000 
men  for  more  than  six  months. 

At  the  signing  of  the  armistice,  the  Med- 
ical Department  had  in  sight  sufficient  sup- 
plies and  equipment  for  700,000  hospital 
beds,  with  300,000  cots  in  reserve  for  cri- 
sis expansion. 

The  designs  of  ambulances  were  per- 
fected and  approximately  2,700  of  the  Ford 
type  and  3,600  of  the  large  G.  M.  C.  type 
have  actually  been  delivered.  As  showing 
what  such  a  number  of  ambulances  might 
accomplish  it  may  be  said  that  one  Evacu- 
ation Ambulance  Company  alone,  with  12 
machines,  reported  the  evacuation  of  55,- 
000  patients,  and  credits  each  machine  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


328 


June,  1919 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 


AunuCAN  Mbdicinb 


a  mileage  of  25,000  miles,  during  the  pe- 
riod from  July  17,  1918,  until  it  ceased  to 
function  after  the  armistice. 

The  laboratory  equipment  of  our  Medi- 
cal Department  has  been  the  most  complete 
and  elaborate  supplied  to  any  of  the  Allied 
Ariiiies.  Biologic  products  have  been  fur- 
nished in  enormous  quantities.  Not  only 
has  enough  anti-typhoid  vaccine  been  fur- 
nish to  vaccinate  an  army  twice  the  size 
of  the  total  number  of  troops  called  to  the 
colors,  but  thousands  of  litres  of  anti-men- 
ingitis serum,  anti-pneumococcic  serum,  an- 
ti-dysenteric serum,  anti-tetanus  serum  and 
diphtheria  antitoxin  have  been  furnished 
at  home  and  abroad. 

The  Air  Service  Division  was  maintained 
during  the  height  of  aeronautic  activity  to 
particularly  supervise  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment activities  pertaining  to  the  Air  Serv- 
ice. It  administered  the  medical  service  at 
aviation  fields  and  with  mobile  aviation 
units,  and  established  a  central  laboratory 
for  investigating  all  problems  regarding  the 
health  and  well  being  of  the  aviator. 

The  Gas  Defense  Service  was,  during  its 
inception  and  organization,  attached  to  the 
office  of  the  Surgeon  General,  and  had  to 
do  with  all  defense  measures  against  poi- 
sonous gases.  Its  primary  function  was  the 
development  and  manufacture  of  gas  masks 
for  both  men  and  animals.  Other  defen- 
sive measures  included  fans,  for  removing 
gas  from  trenches,  sprays  for  the  neutral- 
ization of  gases,  instruments  to  detect  the 
presence  of  gas,  substances  for  application 
to  the  goggles  of  masks  to  prevent  them 
from  fogging,  etc.  Ultimately  the  func- 
tions of  this  section  were  taken  over  by  the 
Chemical  Warfare  Service  at  the  War  De- 
partment, which  handled  all  matters  con- 
nected w^ith  gas  warfare  both  offensive  and 
defensive. 


The  Food  Division  gave  technical  advice 
on  food  products,  rations,  diets  and  food 
conservation,  made  numerous  food  surveys 
at  camps  and  compiled  statistical  reports 
on  same.  It  also  directed  special  laboratory 
investigations  relating  to  food  preservation, 
food  conservation  and  food  values. 

It  early  became  apparent  to  the  Surgeon- 
General's  Office  that  schools  for  the  train- 
ing of  civilian  physicians  in  their  duties  as 
medical  officers  were  essential  if  the  best 
results  were  to  be  obtained.  Consequently, 
on  June  1,  1917,  training  camps  for  medi- 
cal officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Med- 
ical Department  were  opened  at  Camp 
Greenleaf,  Chicamauga  Park,  Georgia,  Ft. 
Riley,  Kansas,  Ft.  Benjamin  Harrison,  In- 
diana, and  Ft.  Des  Moines,  Iowa.  In  De- 
cember, 1917,  the  camps  at  Ft.  Benjamin 
Harrison  and  Ft.  Des  Moines  were  closed, 
the  personnel  and  equipment  being  trans- 
ferred to  Camp  Greenleaf  and  Ft.  Riley, 
which  were  continued  to  the  end  of  the  war. 

The  purpose  of  these  camps  was  to  give 
an  intensive  course  of  training  in  military 
matters  and  in  the  application  of  the  prac- 
tice of  medicine  and  surgery  to  the  military 
life.  The  course  was  primarily  for  medical 
officers  who  had  received  commissions  in 
the  army,  and  for  instruction  of  a  similar 
character  to  the  enlisted  personnel  of  the 
Medical  Department.  Subsequently  courses 
were  given  officers  of  the  Dental,  Veterinary 
and  Sanitary  Corps. 

During  the  continuance  of  these  camps 
approximately  15,000  medical  officers  and 
140,000  enlisted  men  received  instruction. 

At  Camp  Greenleaf,  in  addition  to  in- 
struction of  a  purely  military  nature,  there 
were  given  professional  courses  pertaining 
to  the  various  specialties. 

(Continued  on  page  426) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amebican  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES. 


June,  1919 


329 


ORIGINAL 
TICL^S 


==^* 


INSECT-BORNE    DISEASE    IN    AR- 
MIES. 

BY 

L.  I.  LLOYD, 

Lieutenant  R.  A.  M.  C.  (T.) 
Hempstead  Military  Hospital,  Hempstead,  Bng. 

Author  of  "Lice  and  Their  Menace  to  Men." 

Introductory. — The  phenomenon  of  the 
use  of  intermediate  hosts  by  parasites, 
especially  worms,  has  long  been  known 
to  zoologists.  The  knowledge  that  in- 
sects act  as  the  intermediate  hosts  of  the 
parasites  of  many  of  the  diseases  of  man 
and  animals  is  mainly  the  result  of  re- 
search during  the  last  three  decades.  The 
suggestion  that  insects  might  be  concerned 
in  disease  causation  had  been  made  pre- 
viously. Notably  mosquitoes  were  sus- 
pected of  being  responsible  for  malaria 
and  yellow  fever.  It  needed,  however, 
modem  methods  of  investigation  to  prove 
these  associations.  The  first  definite  proof 
was  forthcoming  when  Manson  showed 
that  the  worm  which  causes  elephantiasis 
was  conveyed  from  man  to  man  by  the  bite 
of  a  mosquito.  Bruce  proved  that  the  con- 
veyance of  the  trypanosome  which  produces 
the  fatal  nagana  in  domestic  animals  in 
Africa  was  by  means  of  the  tsetse  fly.  Reed, 
Carroll  and  their  co-workers  demonstrated 
that  the  unknown  virus  of  yellow  fever  was 
carried  by  the  common  mosquito,  Steg- 
omyia  fasciata,  and  about  the  same  time 


Ross  incriminated  the  Anopheline  mosqui- 
toes in  the  transmission  of  malaria — per- 
haps the  most  important  discovery  of  all. 
This  was  just  twenty  years  ago,  and  since 
then  much  knowledge  has  been  gained;  in- 
sect after  insect,  ticks  and  mites  have  been 
convicted,  and  disease  after  disease  has 
been  added  to  the  growing  list  of  those 
which  are  insect-borne.  Especially  during 
the  last  ten  years  have  we  learned  that  these 
phenomena  are  by  no  means  peculiar  to  the 
tropics  but  that  the  sanitarian  of  temperate 
and  cold  countries  also  must  take  a  vast 
interest  in  the  external  as  well  as  the  in- 
ternal parasites  of  man. 

Some  of  these  parasites,  such  as  the  itch 
mites,  which  invade  the  tissues  of  the  body, 
are  themselves  the  cause  of  disease.  The 
vast  bulk,  however,  are  harmless  creatures 
originally  and  only  become  dangerous  when 
they  have  infected  themselves  on  the  excre- 
tions of  diseased  man,  or  have  imbibed  the 
virus  of  disease  while  sucking  blood  from 
man  or  animal.  In  a  few  instances  the  in- 
fection may  pass  thru  more  than  one  gen- 
eration of  the  insect  or  tick  without  the  in- 
termediary of  a  warm-blooded  animal,  but 
usually  this  is  not  the  case  and  each  indi- 
vidual commences  with  a  clean  sheet. 
Rarely  does  the  vector  itself  seem  to  suffer 
any  ill  eflfects  from  the  harborage  of  the 
virus,  tho  this  may  be  as  truly  parasitic 
in  it  as  in  the  higher  animal.  The  fleas 
carrying  plague  form  an  exception  to  this. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


330 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.es 


American  Medicine 


The  Bacillus  pestis  multiplies  in  the  gut 
of  the  flea  until  it  becomes  choked  and  in 
its  struggle  to  feed  in  the  choked  condition 
it  ejects  a  mass  of  the  bacilli  into  the  wound 
it  has  made. 

The  Casual  Association  of  Certain  Dis- 
eases vrith  Insect  Vectors. — For  prac- 
tical purposes  we  may  divide  the  disease- 
carrying  insects  and  ticks  into  two  broad 


Fig.  1.  ■  Sanitary  Demonstration  Center,  Basra, 
showing  in  foreground  types  of  Fly-Proof 
Latrines  with  petrol  tins  suspended  from 
sliding  runners.  The  seat-cover  on  the 
right  is  badly  arranged.  It  falls  back  too 
far  to  be  self-closing. 

classes.  The  first  class  includes  those 
which  carry  the  germs  in  a  mechanical  man- 
ner. In  these  the  virus  does  not  necessarily 
multiply  and  the  carrier  is  infective  from  the 
moment  when  it  first  picks  up  the  infection. 
These  belong  to  the  Diptera,  or  two-winged 
flies,  and  mostly  fall  into  the  families 
Muscidae,  Sarcophagidse  and  Anthomyidae. 
The  species  incriminated  are  those  which 


haunt  the  dwellings  of  man  and  are  at- 
tracted to  his  food  and  to  filth.  The  most 
important  ones  are  Musca  domes tica  (the 
"house  fly"  or,  as  Howard  calls  it  the 
"typhoid  fly")»  Calliphora  sps.  and  the  allied 
forms  (the  "blow  flies"),  Sarcophaga  sps. 
(the  "flesh  flies"),  and  Fannia  sps.  (the 
"lesser  house  fly"  and  "latrine  fly")-  These 
are  all  very  prolific  flies  and  their  footless 
larvse,  or  maggots,  live  in  fermenting  vege- 
table matter,  in  dung,  or  in  decaying  flesh. 
In  hot  weather  the  larvae  grow  at  a  surpris- 
ing rate  and  have  a  very  short  pupation 
period  whicTi  they  spend  buried  in  the 
ground  near  their  food.  As  an  instance  of 
their  fecundity,  Musca  domestica  lays  about 
700  eggs  and  these  may  become  adult  flies 
in  a  week.  As  generation  succeeds  genera- 
tion while  suitable  conditions  last,  it  needs 
little  imagination  to  realize  the  vast  swarms 
which  may  be  bred  in  insanitary  camps  in 
hot  countries.  At  Gallipoli  it  was  imprac- 
ticable to  land  sanitary  supplies,  and  sani- 
tation was  compulsorily  primitive.  It  is  re- 
lated that  there  when  a  shell  burst  in  "no 
man's  land"  a  vast  black  cloud  of  flies 
arose,  to  slowly  settle  again.  In  some  parts 
the  flies  were  so  troublesome  that  when  a 
man  received  his  ration  he  would  thrust  it 
into  his  pocket  and  thence  convey  it  in  frag- 
ments to  his  mouth,  waving  his  hand  over 
it  to  ward  oflf  the  swarming  pest.  Men  re- 
turned to  England  from  the  East  unable  to 
eat  jam  owing  to  the  nausea  aroused  by  the 
recollection  of  the  swarms  of  flies  they  had 
seen  on  this  comestible. 

Not  all  these  flies  breed  regularly  in 
human  excrement  but  all  have  a  liking  for 
it.  They  divide  their  attention  between 
this  and  similar  substances  and  the  food 
and  drink  of  man.  Naturally  they  fre- 
quently carry  particles  of  feces  on  their 
hairy  bodies  and  leave  them  on  food.     They 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


331 


take  food  themselves  only  in  a  fluid  form, 
all  larger  particles  being  filtered  out  by  their 
proboscides.  It  is  therefore  necessary  for 
them  to  dissolve  or  emulsify  solids,  such  as 
sugar  and  bread,  before  they  can  partake 
of  them.  This  they  do  by  ejecting  salivary 
fluid  on  to  the  substance,  allowing  it  to  rest 
there  for  a  moment  and  then  drawing  it  up 
again  into  their  crops.  Often  they  regur- 
gitate the  entire  contents  of  their  crops  in 
the  same  manner.  In  this  way  a  fly  may 
convey  a  considerable  drop  of  urine  or 
liquid  feces  almost,  straight  from  the  la- 
trine to  the  mouth  of  man.  Further  they 
frequently  defecate  on  to  food  and  it  has 
been  proved  that  the  organisms  of  many 
diseases  are  still  virulent  after  several  days' 
sojourn  in  the  bodies  of  the  insects.  After 
these  statements  there  is  no  need  to  mar- 
shal any  of  the  indisputable  proofs  that 
these  insects  convey  cholera,  bacillary 
dysentery,  amebiasis  and  the  enterics. 

In  the  absence  of  flies,  however,  none 
of  these  diseases  would  cease  to  exist  thru 
the  world,  since  they  are  all  also  water- 
borne,  and 'insects  form  only  one  means  of 
conveyance.  Their  importance  varies  enor- 
mously in  different  epidemics  and  may  oc- 
casionally be  insignificant.  In  modern 
towns,  where  the  water  supply  is  good,  they 
may  be  entirely  responsible  for  an  out- 
break. The  special  conditions  of  warfare 
also  make  them  of  great  importance.  The 
modern  army  sanitarian  has  generally 
means  at  hand  for  making  water  safe,  but 
he  is  often  not  provided  with  any  means 
for  keeping  down  the  fly  population  and 
may  be  unable  to  improvise  any.  In  Galli- 
poli  where,  in  spite  of  the  very  heavy  flght- 
ing,  the  number  of  sick  evacuated  (mainly 
dysentery  cases)  almost  equaled  the  total 
of  all  other  casualties,  the  trouble  was  prob- 
ably due  entirely  to  flies,  since  the  water 


supply  of  the  troops  was  brought  from  over- 
seas and  was  above  suspicion.  Fortunate 
indeed  is  it  that  the  mixed  typhoid  vaccine 
proved  so  excellent  in  practice.  Without 
this  means  of  prophylaxis,  fly-borne  enterics 
might  have  reduced  the  armies  in  the  East, 
and  possibly  also  in  the  West,  to  a  state  of 
pitiful  impotence. 

In  addition  to  these  diseases,  all  pri- 
marily of  the  alimentary  tract,  flies  are  also 
to  some  extent  responsible  for  conveying 
maladies  which  are  primarily  of  the  exposed 
surfaces  of  the  body.  Such  are  ophthalmia 
and  pyogenic  infections.  The  virus  is  car- 
ried in  a  mechanical  manner  from  the  sick 
to  the  healthy,  and  no  one  who  has  watched 
the  flies  clustering  on  the  eyes  of  children 
in  the  tropics,  can  doubt  the  important  part 
they  play  in  disseminating  ophthalmia.  Lice 
are  known  to  be  capable  of  spreading  this 
complaint,  and  also  favus  and  tropical  im- 
petigo, all  in  a  mechanical  manner,  but  it  is 
doubtful  whether  they  are  of  importance  as 
carriers  of  these  diseases. 

The  D^>enclence  of  Certain  Diseases 
on  Insect  Vectors. — The  second  class 
of  disease  carriers  consists  of  those  insects 
and  ticks  which  convey  diseases  in  a  man- 
ner which  is  not  mechanical.  The  vectors 
are  all  blood  suckers  and  the  maladies  they 
carry  are  all  primarily  those  of  the  blood 
stream.  In  the  absence  of  their  vectors 
these  diseases  would  cease  to  exist  thru 
the  world  for  they  are  transmitted  in  no 
other  natural  manner.  A  characteristic  of 
all  these  is  that  the  virus  multiplies  in  the 
bodies  of  the  carriers  and  until  the  multi- 
plicative phase  is  complete  they  are  not 
normally  infective.  In  a  few  cases  if  their 
bodies  are  crushed  and  inoculated  while 
they  still  contain  fresh  infected  blood  they 
can  produce  infection.  This  is  not  the 
natural  manner  and  is  of  no  practical  im- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


332 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicinb 


portance.  The  list  of  vectors  of  this  type 
is  now  a  long  one,  and  as  it  is  not  practicable 
to  detail  them  separately  here  they  are 
shown  in  a  table,  only  proven  cases  being 
included.  Of  these  diseases  the  ones  which 
have  caused  most  sickness  among  the  troops 
are  the  three  louse-borne  diseases,  malaria 
and  sandfly  fever. 


of  the  lice,  however,  were  not  understood 
and.  all  early  attempts  to  rid  the  men  of 
them  failed,  owing  to  a  lack  of  thoroness. 
Men  were  provided  with  clean  shirts  but 
these  quickly  became  infested  from  the 
other  garments  which  were  not  changed. 
Blankets  also  were  neglected  and  it  was 
only  in  the  last  year  of  the  war  that  it  was 


Bloodsucking  Insects  and  Ticks  and  Diseases  of  Man  which  are  entirely  conveyed  by  them. 

Vectors 

Disease 

Causative  Organism 

Mode  of 
Inoculation 

Mosquitoes 

Anopheline  and  Culicine 

Filariasis 

Microfilaria  Bancroft 

Bite 

Anopheline 

Malarias 

Plasmodium  spp. 

Bite 

StegoMyia  fasciata 

Yellow  Fever 

Unknown 

Bite 

Culex  fatigans 

Dengue 

Unknown 

Bite 

Sand  flies 

PhJehotomus 

Dengue 

Unknown 

Bite 

P.  papatacii 

Sandfly  Fever 

Unknown 

Bite 

P,  verrucarum 

Verruga 

Bartonia  hacilliformis 

Bite 

Tsetse  flies 

Qlossina  palpalis 

Sleeping  Sickness 

Trypanosoma  gamhiense 

Bite 

O.  morsitans 

Sleeping  Sickness 

T.  rhodesiepse  vel  hrucei 

Bite 

Horse  flies 

Chrysops 
Bugs 

Triatoma  megistus 

Calabar  Swellings 

Filaria  loa 

Bite 

Chagas*  Disease 

Trypanosoma  cruzi 

Bite 

Fleas 

Rat  fleas  especially  Xenopsylla 

cheopis 

Plague 

Bacillus  pestis 

Bite 

Uce 

Body-louse  and  Head-louse, 

Pedi- 

cuius 

Typhus 

Rickettsia  sp.  f 

0 

Relapsing  Fever 

Spirochaeta  recurrentis 

t 

Trench  Fever 

Rickettsia  sp.  t 

•                  t 

Ticks 

Ornithodorus  moutata 

Relapsing   Fever 

(Cen- 

tral  Africa) 

Spirochaeta  duttoni 

o 

Dermacentor  venustus 

Rocky    Mountain 

Spot- 

ted  Fever 

Rickettsia  sp.  f 

Bite 

•Bite,  or  inoculation  by  scratching  of  louse  excreta, 
t Inoculation  by  scratching  of  crushed  lice. 
JFouling  of  bites  or  scratches  with  louse  excreta. 
^Fouling  of  bites  with  tick  excreta  and  gland  juice. 


Lice  have  always  been  the  scourge  of 
armies  and  probably  never  more  so  than  in 
the  Great  War.  In  the  early  hectic  months 
it  was  frankly  impossible  to  pay  attention 
to  this  pest.  During  this  time  on  the  West- 
ern Front  the  lice,  which  were  present  on  a 
few  of  the  more  careless  men,  spread  rap- 
idly thru  the  whole  body  of  troops  until  the 
large  majority  of  the  men  became  infested. 
Their  cleansing  became  a  Herculean  task 
calling  for  skilled  organization.     The  habits 


realized  how  important  it  was  to  pay  atten- 
tion to  the  hair  on  the  men's  bodies,  on 
which  the  lice  frequently  lay  their  eggs. 
Further  the  treatment  was  not  carried  out 
thoroly  among  the  units  and  some  men  al- 
ways escaped  it  and  reinfested  those  who 
had  been  cleansed.  The  disinfestation  sta- 
tions were  often  far  from  the  front  and  it 
was  necessary  to  keep  units  in  the  fighting 
zone  for  very  long  periods  and  during  this 
time  no  treatment  was  available. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


333 


The  armies,  therefore,  formed  an  ideal 
ground  for  epidemics  of  typhus  and  re- 
lapsing fever,  but  fortunately  these  diseases 
never  appeared  on  the  Western  Front.  Had 
they  done  so  the  toll  of  sick  would  probably 
have  been  frightful.  Another  disease,  how- 
ever, at  first  unrecognized  as  a  clinical  en- 
tity, did  make  its  appearance  and  immobil- 
ized temporarily  large  numbers  of  men. 
This  was  trench  fever,  and  tho  it  is  not 
usually  a  serious  disease  and  never  appears 
to  have  had  a  fatal  ending,  repeated  attacks, 
especially  in  older  men,  led  to  chronic  con- 
ditions of  ill  health  which  necessitated  many 


organized  campaign  against  the  louse  with 
very  beneficial  results.  It  may  seem  sur- 
prising that  these  investigations  were  not 
carried  out  earlier,  but  it  should  be  remem- 
bered that  trench  fever  research  cannot  be 
done  with  experimental  animals,  as  they  are 
not  susceptible,  so  that  it  was  essential  to 
work  with  volunteers.  Had  experimental 
animals  proved  susceptible,  as  they  are  to 
most  insect-borne  diseases,  these  results 
would  have  been  obtained  very  early  in  the 
war.  ' 

Altho  typhus  and  relapsing  fever  did  not 
appear  on  the  Western  Front  they  played 


Photograph  hy  Captain  P.  F.  Gow,  D.  8.  O.,  /.  M.  8. 

Fio.  2.    Open  cone  incinerator  being  used  for  the  burning  of  manure. 


of  them  being  invalided  or  relegated  to  the 
rear.  In  1917,  the  War  Office  Trench  Fever 
Committee,  of  which  Major-General  Sir 
David  Bruce  was  chairman,  with  Major  W. 
Byam,  R.  A.  M.  C,  in  charge  of  the  work- 
ing party,  and  the  American  Red  Cross 
Committee,  with  Colonel  R.  P.  Strojig  in 
charge,  tackled  the  problem  of  its  mode  of 
spread.  Simultaneously  they  proved  that 
the  louse  was  entirely  responsible  for  the 
transmission,  tho  on  a  minor  detail  they  dis- 
agreed.   This   was    followed   by   a   better 


terrible  havoc  in  the  near  East.  Distress 
and  hunger  are  the  great  forerunners  of 
louse-borne  diseases.  When  food  is  scarce 
people  are  no  longer  able  to  afford  to  buy 
soap  and  clothing.  They  cannot,  therefore, 
indulge  in  those  regular  changes  of  gar- 
ments which  prove  so  deleterious  to  body- 
lice.  They  become  dejected  and  indifferent. 
If  it  is  winter  they  crowd  together  for 
warmth,  undressing  neither  by  night  nor  by 
day.  These  conditions  suit  the  lice  as  they 
can  pass  freely  from  person  to  person,  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


334 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL,  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


can  multiply  without  check.  When  the 
diseases  get  a  footing  they  spread  so  rapidly 
that  the  hospital  staffs  are  overworked  and 
can  spare  no  time  to  cleanse  the  sick.  The 
infected  lice  migrate  in  large  numbers  from 
the  skin  of  the  fever  cases  as  they  dislike 
the  increased  warmth.  They  also  migrate 
at  the  death  of  their  hosts.  Hospitals  thus 
become  the  centers  of  infection  and  most  of 
the  staffs  contract  the  maladies.     Such  have 


Fig.  3.    Primitive    method    of   removing    Lice. 
Front  line  trench,  Anzac. 

been  the  experiences  in  Roumania  and  Ser- 
bia where  typhus  and  relapsing  fever  gained 
so  firm  a  hold  that  the  results  of  campaigns 
were  swayed  by  them. 

Dr.  H.  Gideon  Wells  and  Dr.  R.  G.  Per- 
kins  of  the  American  Red  Cross  Commis- 
sion to  Roumania  have  given  an  account  of 
the  terrible  devastation  these  diseases 
wrought  there.  They  tell  us  that  in  Mol- 
davia, where  two  and  a  half  million  people 


normally  dwell,  the  population  was  doubled 
by  the  advent  of  many  refugees  and  Rus- 
sian troops.  Food  was  scarce;  transport 
broke  down ;  the  people  were  badly  housed 
and  clad  in  rags;  fuel  was  almost  absent 
and  the  enemy  was  battering  at  their  gates. 
Add  to  this  that  it  was  a  bitterly  cold  win- 
ter, and  a  more  suitable  ground  for  a  typhus 
epidemic  could  not  be  conceived.  The  dis- 
ease spread  thru  the  country  in  a  month 
and  nearly  a  million  people  became  infected. 
How  many  died  from  it  is  not  known,  but 
in  Jassy  as  many  as  500  succumbed  in  a  day. 
Two  hundred  of  the  twelve  hundred  med- 
ical officers  of  the  country  lost  their  lives 
before  warmer  weather  allowed  the  epi- 
demic to  be  checked.  The  tale  of  Serbia 
is  equally  harrowing. 

The  multiplication  of  lice  in  armies  can 
be  prevented  by  careful  attention  to  the  per- 
sonal hygiene  of  the  men,  and  the  swarms  of 
flies  can  be  controlled  by  a  well  organized 
sanitary  scheme.  Apart  from  the  flies 
which  breed  in  corpses  in  "no  man's  land" 
the  armies  are  to  a  large  extent  responsible 
for  what  they  suffer  from  these  pests,  in 
that  they  breed  their  own.  This  is  not, 
however,  the  case  with  mosquitoes  and 
sandflies.  Like  the  flies  they  are  natural 
denizens  of  the  occupied  zones  but  the  oc- 
cupation does  not  necessarily  increase  their 
numbers.  The  Army  Sanitarian  is,  there- 
fore, faced  less  with  the  formation  of  new 
breeding  grounds  than  with  the  eradication 
of  the  old  ones.  This  a  far  more  difficult 
problem. 

Sandflies  breed  in  cool  damp  places  such 
as  the  crannies  of  rough  stone  walls  and  in 
damp  latrines,  and  no  method  of  destroying 
them  wholesale  has  yet  been  devised.  The 
adults  are  so  small  that  they  can  pass  thru 
the  meshes  of  all  ordinary  mosquito  nets, 
and  practically  the  only  thing  to  do  is  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


335 


adopt  the  palliative  method  of  smearing  the 
exposed  surfaces  of  the  body  with  a  grease, 
such  as  lanoline,  combined  with  some  es- 
sential oil  such  as  citronella,  cassia  or 
camphor. 

Mosquitoes,  as  is  well  known,  have 
aquatic  larvae,  and  the  various  species 
affect  different  types  of  locality,  from 
running  streams  to  small  collections  of 
rain  water  in  tins,  or  holes  in  trees. 
Their  most  important  breeding  grounds 
are  swamps  and  pools.  General  Gorgas 
showed  in  the  Panama  Canal  Zone  that 
it  is  possible  to  reduce  mosquitoes  to 
a  harmless  minimum  by  the  draining  of 
swamps,  the  eradication  of  artificial  breed- 
ing placesr  and  the  oiling  of  collections  of 
water  which  cannot  be  drained.  For  per- 
manent occupation  these  large  schemes  are 
not  only  justified  but  imperative.  Time, 
labor  and  money  are  all  available  and  the 
expenditure  of  these  is  quickly  made  good 
by  the  resulting  benefits.  To  the  Army 
Commander  the  problem  is  different.  When 
he  takes  his  troops  into  a  malarious  country 
he  has  no  idea  how  long  he  will  occupy  any 
particular  zone.  The  stagnant  positions  of 
the  armies  in  the  late  war  have  been  quite 
unprecedented.  If  he  expects,  as  he  should 
usually  do,  to  move  forward,  it  is  easy  to 
understand  that  he  would  resent  having  to 
provide  working  parties  to  draii*  or  oil  the 
swamps  as  they  were  reached.  '  Often  too, 
the  low  country  where  the  swamps  lie  would 
be  under  the  fire  of  the  enemy  guns  and  the 
work  of  sanitation  would  be  dangerous. 
The  most  that  can  be  expected  of  him, 
therefore,  is  that  he  will  make  provision  for 
the  protection  of  his  base  and  the  lines  of 
communication,  and  that  he  will  avoid  the 
most  insanitary  places  when  strategy  per- 
mits him  to  do  so.  To  some  extent  the 
mosquitoes   may   be   kept    from   biting   by 


means  of  substances  repugnant  to  them, 
and  by  the  use  of  mosquito  nets  at  night. 
Even  this  is  far  less  possible  than  in  civilian 
life  for  so  many  men  are  of  necessity  ex- 
posed during  the  nights.  The  sick  should 
be  carefully  protected  from  the  insects  by 
mosquito-proofed  hospitals.  When  all  the 
facts  are  considered  it  is  seen  that  malaria 
is  not  a  preventable  disease  in  armies  to  the 


Fig.  4.    Latest  type  of  cage  fly-trap,  in  use  at 


Basra. 

same  extent  that  typhus,  cholera  and  dysen- 
tery are. 

Salonika  and  the  neighboring  countries 
proved  a  hotbed  of  malaria  and  sandfly 
fever  during  the  war.  Lieutenant-Colonel 
Castellani  states  that  the  latter  disease  was 
pandemic  at  times  in  the  Serbian  Army, 
while  the  British  and  French  suffered  ter- 
ribly from  malaria.  So  much  has  this  been 
the  case  that  Salonika  seems  likely  to  usurp 
the  evil  reputations  of  West  Africa  and  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


336 


June.  1'j19- 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


Panama,   and  to  become  in   its   turn  the 
"White  Man's  Grave." 

The  Localization  of  Insect-borne  Dis- 
eases.— Travel  and  commerce  and  war 
have  in  times  past  played  a  great  part  in 
the  spread  of  diseases.  The  more  rapidly 
that  transit  is  effected  and  the  greater  the 
number  of  travelers,  by  so  much  more  will 


Fig.  6.    The  trough  in  which  the  sacking  dips 
contains  the  poisoned  solution. 

the  opportunities  of  spread  be  increased. 
Large  numbers  of  men  have  become  in- 
fected during  the  war  with  diseases  which 
are  not  endemic  in  the  countries  from 
which  they  come.  Many  return  to  their 
homes  suffering  from  these  diseases  in  a 
chronic  form.  It  is,  therefore,  as  well  to  in- 
quire as  to  what  are  the  chances  of  insect- 


borne  diseases  being  established  in  countries 
in  which  they  were  not  previously  endemic. 
In  the  absence  of  suitable  insect  vectors  no 
harm  will  of  course  accrue  to  the  general 
population  from  this.  Many  of  the  more 
important  vectors  are,  however,  widely  dis- 
tributed thru  the  world.  Few  countries 
could  boast  that  they  are  devoid  of  mosqui- 
toes and  of  lice.  Are  we,  therefore,  to 
anticipate  a  wider  distribution  of  malaria 
and  filariasis,  of  typhus,  relapsing  fever  and 
trench  fever,  than  we  have  known  in  the 
past? 

As  stated  above  there  is  a  multiplicative 
phase  of  the  virus  in  the  body  of  the  vector 
and  this  may  be  completed  in  a  few  days  or 
may  occupy  weeks  in  the  diffeFent  cases. 
The  multiplication  may  be  by  division 
merely  as  in  the  plague  bacillus  in  the  flea, 
or  it  may  be  part  of  a  complicated  life  cycle, 
in  which  there  is  a  rejuvenating  sexual 
phase,  as  in  the  parasite  of  malaria  in  the 
mosquito.  In  either  case  the  insect  which 
has  imbibed  the  infecting  blood  may  be 
likened  to  a  tube  of  culture  medium  which 
has  been  inoculated  with  an  organism.  Only 
if  the  environment  is  suitable  does  the 
organism  develop.  Now  the  temperature 
of  man  is  a  constant  factor  and  his  body 
forms  anywhere  a  suitable  breeding  ground 
for  any  disease  virus,  apart  from  questions 
of  immunity.  This  is  not  the  case  with  an 
insect  whose  temperature  is  influenced  en- 
tirely by  that  of  its  environment.  A  climate 
with  a  relatively  low  temperature  may, 
therefore,  prevent  the  development  of  the 
organism.  To  quote  a  case  in  point,  the 
sleeping  sickness  of  South  Central  Africa 
is  practically  confined  to  the  low  hot  coun- 
try, tho  the  tsetse  fly  which  conveys  it 
ranges  equally  over  the  adjacent  high  cooler 
ground  of  the  Tanganyika  Plateau.  It  has 
been   proved  that  while  the  trypanosome 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES. 


June,  1919 


337 


which  causes  the  disease  can  complete  its 
development  thruout  the  year  in  the  low 
country,  it  can  only  do  so  during  the  hottest 
months  in  the  cooler  climate.  Even  in  the 
coldest  month,  however,  the  flies  become 
infective  if  they  are  placed  in  incubators  at 
the  correct  temperature  after  they  have  fed 
on  infecting  blood. 

A  second  consideration  is  that  for  an  in- 
sect-borne disease  to  become  established  on 
new  ground  a  considerable  abundance  of 
the  vector  must  be  present.  The  transmis- 
sion of  a  parasite  from  animal  to  animal  by 
the  intervention  of  a  third  is  largely  a  mat- 
ter of  chance,  and  unless  the  chances  are 
enormously  multiplied  establishment  is  im- 
probable. The  chances  in  this  case  are  as 
follows:  First  the  insect  must  bite  the 
diseased  man  at  a  time  when  the  infecting 
organism  is  present  and  numerous  in  the 
peripheral  blood.  Second  it  must  be  an 
individual  which  is  capable  of  becoming  in- 
fective, since,  for  some  reason  that  is  not 
understood,  only  a  certain  percentage,  and 
in  some  cases  a  very  small  percentage,  of 
the  vectors  is  capable  of  developing  infec- 
fection  even  under  the  most  suitable  cir- 
cumstances. Third  it  must  survive  the  period 
during  which  the  infection  is  developing. 
Fourth  it  must  then  come  into  contact  with 
a  susceptible  person  after  this  development 
is  complete.  These  chances  are  of  course 
increased  by  the  unusually  large  numbers 
of  cases  of  certain  maladies,  such  as  mala- 
ria, which  have  been  brought  to  some  locali- 
ties from  the  war  zone.  This  disease  has 
become  temporarily  established  in  England, . 
as  yet  very  locally.  Before  the  war  it  was 
very  rare  and  almost  unrecognized  as  an 
English  disease. 

Perhaps  the  best  instance  to  illustrate  the 
necessity  for  an  abundance  of  the  vector  is 
the  case  of  typhus.    The  body-louse  is  pres- 


ent and  the  head-louse  is  tolerably  plentiful 
thruout  the  world  but  typhus  only  prevails 
in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  tropics  and  in 
temperate  and  cold  regions,  and  in  the  latter 
in  ordinary  times  only  where  the  people  are 
careless  in  their  manner  of  living.  Yet  the 
disease  is  not  infrequently  introduced  into 
other  parts,  where  it  may  set  up  a  little  focus 


Fig.  6.     Egg  of  body  louse  attached  to  fibres  of 
clbth. 

of  infection  and  then  die  out.  This  has 
happened  occasionally  in  Canada  owing  to 
the  presence  of  the  infection  among  Irish 
immigrants.  It  is  only  when  the  louse  popu- 
lation becomes  excessive  that  this  disease 
can  establish  itself  and  cause  an  epidemic. 
If  in  America  or  Western  Europe  we  be- 
came careless  in  our  manner  of  living, 
ceased  to  bathe  and  change  our  under- 
clothing regularly,  the  lice  would  increase 
rapidly  and  we  should,  with  certainty,  suffer 
from  widespread  epidemics  of  typhus,  as 
they  do  almost  annually  in  Russia. 

Lice  do  not  thrive  in  the  tropics  partly 
because  the  light  simple  garments  there 
worn  are  not  well  suited  to  them,  and  partly 


Digitized  by 


Google 


338 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


because  there  the  temperature  between 
man's  skin  and  clothing  is  higher  than  that 
to  which  they  are  adapted.  The  converse  is 
the  case  with  all  the  other  insects  associated 
with  man.  Temperature  has  a  great  effect 
on  the  rapidity  with  which  an  insect  com- 
pletes its  life  history,  and  consequently  on 
its  numbers.  An  insect  that  can  pass  from 
egg  to  egg  stage  in  a  week  in  the  tropics  may 
take  several  times  as  long  in  a  more  tem- 
perate climate,  and  may  suspend  animation 
for  half  the  year  in  a  cold  one.  Also,  in 
the  cooler  countries  the  free-living  insects 
meet  with  a  severe  check  every  winter  and 
this  reduces  their  numbers  enormously. 
There  is  no  such  general  severe  check  in  the 
tropics,  except  where  there  is  a  prolonged 
dry  season  which  may  reduce  the  numbers 


From  these  considerations  we  see  that  the 
insect-borne  diseases  of  hot  countries  can- 
not establish  themselves  with  any  readiness 
in  cooler  climates  in  spite  of  the  presence  of 
suitable  vectors.  Establishment  is  only 
probable  when  the  introduction  of  large 
numbers  of  infected  men  gives  increased 
opportunities  for  the  infection  of  the  vec- 
tors, compensating  to  some  extent  for  the 
paucity  of  the  latter,  and  then  only  if  the 
climatic  conditions  are  suitable  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the  parasite  in  the  insect  host. 
If  establishment  is  effected  it  is  likely  to  be 
only  temporary. 

The  Control  of  Disease-convejrin^  In- 
sects in  Temporary  Camps. — For  the 
prevention  of  insect-borne  diseases  in  arm- 
ies or  among  large  bodies  of  men  engaged 


Fig.  7.    Fragments  of  sewing  cotton  fouled  by  lice  excreta. 


of  certain  species.  For  this  reason  free-liv- 
ing insects  swarm  more  abundantly  in  a  hot 
country,  and  the  period  of  their  abundance 
is  more  prolonged  than  in  temperate  parts. 
To  venture  on  generalizations,  one  may  say 
that  in  every  case  the  range  of  an  insect- 
borne  disease  is  less  than  that  of  its  vector, 
and  that  this  phenomenon  is  intimately 
bound  up  with  the  question  of  abundance. 
Lastly  the  people  in  the  most  civilized 
countries  come  less  closely  into  contact  with 
the  disease  carriers  owing  to  the  habit  of 
living  in  large  and  sanitary  towns.  The 
sick,  from  whom  infection  might  arise,  are 
generally  segregated  in  hospitals  and  their 
excretions  are  not  left  exposed  to  the  at- 
tentions of  flies. 


in  public  works,  the  following  summary  of 
methods  may  be  given.  The  recommenda- 
tions are  taken  from  various  sources  with 
which  students  of  the  subject  will  be  famil- 
iar. It  is  often  difficult  in  Army  Sanita- 
tion to  give  credit  where  credit  is  due. 

A.    Prevention  of  Diseases  Carried  by 
FKes. 

1.  Screen  the  sick  from  the  flies.  Dis- 
infect or  bum  at  once  infective  feces  and 
urine. 

2.  Trap  or  poison  the  flies.  Poisons 
that  have  been  found  useful  are : 

Sodium  arsenite  2^,  sugar  5%,  water. 
On  roller  towel. 

Sodium  fluoride  1/2  to  1%,  sugar  5%, 
water.     In  bottle  provided  with  a  wick. 

Formalin  5  to  6%,  sugar  5%,  clear  lime- 
water  50%,  water.  In  bottle  provided 
with  a  wick. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


339 


3.  Latrines  and  urinals  should  be  fly- 
proof  and  feces  should  be  incinerated 
when  practicable.  If  open  trench  latrines 
are  used  they  should  be  dug  deep  and  dark ; 
the  contents  should  be  oiled  daily,  or  treated 
with  cresol.  Not  more  than  a  week  after 
they  have  first  been  used  they  should  be 
filled  in,  the  last  foot  of  filling  should  con- 
sist of  oiled  earth  which  should  be  stamped 
firm  both  around  and  over  the  trenches. 

4.  Animal  dung  should  be  conveyed 
some  miles  from  the  camp,  or  it  should  be 
tightly  packed  and  covered  with  a  firm 
layer  of  earth  and  tar  oil.  In  dry  tropical 
countries  it  may  be  spread  in  a  thin  layer 
to  dry.  In  Palestine  it  was  used  for  road 
making.  It  may  even  be  advisable  to  in- 
cinerate it. 

5.  Food  must  be  screened  from  the  in- 
sects. 

B.    Prevention  of  Louae-bome  Diseases. 

1.  The  thoro  and  early  disinfestation  of 
any  cases  of  these,  and  their  segregation 
till  this  has  been  done. 

2.  Those  handling  the  sick  before  disin- 
festation should  wear  overalls  impregnated 
with  creosote. 

3.  All  men  should  have  a  weekly  hot 
bath  and  complete  change  of  underclothing. 

4.  The  hair  of  the  head  and  the  body 
should  be  cropped  short  and  it  may  be  ad- 
visable to  eradicate  the  latter. 

5.  Disinfestation  when  necessary  must 
be  thoro  both  for  the  individual  and  the 
unit;  neither  man  nor  garment  should  es- 
cape. 

6.  Disinfestation  should  be  by  heat 
which  may  be  either  wet  or  dry.  Chambers 
should  be  tested  to  ensure  that  they  are 
efficient. 

7.  Disinfestation  plant  of  a  mobile  char- 
acter should  be  provided  with  every  unit, 
adequate  to  deal  with  sporadic  cases. 

C    Prevention  of  Mosquito-borne  Dis- 
eases* 

1.  Screen  the  sick  from  mosquitoes. 

2.  Screen  the  healthy  from  mosquitoes 
as  far  as  possible  by  nets  at  night. 

3.  Use  repellants  for  men  necessarily 
exposed  at  night. 

4.  The  destruction  of  breeding  spots 
near  places  permanently  occupied.  What- 
ever policy  is  recommended  for  places  tem- 
porarily occupied,  that  of  laissez  faire  is 
sure  to  be  adopted. 


D.    Prevention    of    Sandfly-boitie    Dis- 
eases. 

Use  repellants. 

£•     Prevention  of  Bubonic  Plague. 

1.  Avoid  camping  in  native  towns. 

2.  Destroy  rats;  stop  up  their  holes; 
prevent  their  access  to  waste  food  and  so 
avoid  encouraging  their  breeding. 

3.  Those  associated  with  outbreaks 
should  smear  their  legs  and  arms,  outside 
the  clothing,  with  a  paste  made  from  grease 
and  naphthalene. 

Conclusion^ —  It  cannot  be  said  that  the 

war  has  taught  us  many  new  facts  about  the 

conveyance  of  insect-borne  diseases,  but  it 


Pig.  8.    Pediculus. 

has  marked  the  known  facts  with  many  bit- 
ter underlinings.  Before  the  war  we  were 
moving  in  the  right  direction  but  we  were 
not  moving  fast  enough.  We  had  not  paid 
that  attention  to  the  secrets  of  insect  life 
which  it  is  necessary  for  us  to  learn  if  we 
are  to  combat  them  successfully.  The  in- 
sect is  a  machine  and  its  movements  are  all 
responses  to  chemical  and  physical  stimuli. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


340 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


If  we  study  these  we  shall  find  weak  points 
in  the  chain  and  be  able  to  devise  scientific 
formula  for  the  eradication  of  the  pests. 
This  can  only  be  done,  however,  by  careful 
research  carried  out  when  the  guns  are  not 
throbbing  in  our  ears.  Wide  rules  of 
thumb  are  not  what  are  wanted.  The  weak 
point  of  one  mosquito  may  be  the  strong 
point  of  another.  Had  detailed  researches 
been  carried  out  as  soon  as  the  danger  of 
these  disease  carriers  had  been  proved,  vast 
suffering  could  have  been  prevented  during 
the  last  few  years  and  many  lives  would 
have  been  fiaved.  The  writer  would  urge 
a  plan  for  a  detailed  study  of  every  insect 
which  attacks  man  or  haunts  his  food.  The 
list  of  insect  vectors  of  disease  is  not  yet 
completed  and  it  may  still  be  proved  that 
the  louse,  the  human  flea,  and  the  bed-bug 
are  responsible  for  some  of  our  commonest 
ailments. 

At  recent  meetings  of  the  Society  of  Trop- 
ical Medicine  and  Hygiene,  in  London,  Pro- 
fessor W.  J.  R.  Simpson  and  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  A.  Balfour  voiced  the  feeling  that 
has  been  felt  by  many,  that  sanitation  should 
receive  more  adequate  attention  in  armies 
than  it  has  done  in  the  past.  The  Army 
Sanitarian  should  be  no  more  compelled  to 
improvise  his  requisites  than  the  Hospital 
Staffs  should  be  to  improvise  their  beds  and 
dressings.  With  the  earliest  arrivals  of  ex- 
peditionary forces  should  be  representatives 
of  the  Sanitary  Staffs  who  should  determine 
by  a  rapid  survey  of  the  natives  what  dis- 
eases the  troops  are  likely  to  meet  and  req- 
uisition their  supplies  accordingly.  Until 
this  is  done  the  endemic  diseases  of  an  oc- 
cupied zone  will  always  obtain  a  strong 
foothold  in  the  armies,  and  what  might 
have  been  the  simple  problem  of  prevention 
becomes  the  much  more  difficult  problem  of 
cure,  and  the  Commander,  with  his  troops 


heavily  depleted  by  sickness,  is  unable  to 
provide  working  parties  for  the  necessary 
schemes  of  sanitation. 


[Note. — The  photographs  used  in  illustrating 
this  article  are  reproduced  by  the  kind  permis- 
sion of  Lieutenant-Colonel  Andrew  Balfour, 
C.  M.  G.,  M.  D.,  Director-in-chief  of  the  Well- 
come Bureau  of  Scientific  Research,  and  are 
selected  from  the  unique  series  which  he  made 
in  many  fighting  zones.  They  were  originally 
used  by  him  to  illustrate  his  paper  ''Sanitary 
and  Insanitary  Makeshifts  in  the  ESastern  War 
Areas."  read  before  the  Society  of  Tropical  Med- 
icine and  Hygiene  in  London,  November,  1918.] 


HYSTERIA    AND    THE     SURGICAL 

SPECIALTIES  IN  WAR  AND 

PEACE 

BY 

ARTHUR  F.  HURST,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  Oxon., 
F.  R.  C.  P. 

Newton  Abbott,  Devonshire,  Eng. 

Temporary  Lieut.-Col. .  R,  A.  M.  C,  Officer  in 

charge  of  Seale-Hayne  Military  Hospital; 

Physician  and   Neurologist  to  Guys 

Hospital. 

Specialists  have  in  the  past  been  too 
much  inclined  to  work  in  water-tight  com- 
partments. The  neurologist  has  confined 
his  attention  too  exclusively  to  organic 
nervous  diseases  and  those  neuroses  which 
lie  so  obviously  within  his  province  that 
the  patient  comes  to  him  on  his  own  initia- 
tive. On  the  other  hand  patients  suffering 
from  neuroses  of  the  larynx,  ear,  eye  and 
bladder  and  from  traumatic  hysterical  con- 
tractures, which  give  rise  to  deformities, 
naturally  look  for  help  from  the  laryngolo- 
gist,  otologic,  ophthalmologic,  genitourinary 
and  orthopedic  specialist  respectively,  so 
that  these  conditions  tend  to  be  studied  too 
much  from  one  point  of  view. 

For  over  two  years  I  have  worked 
with     a     number     of     keen     and     skilled 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAIi  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


341 


assistants/  in  a  hospital  devoted  en- 
tirely to  the  war  neuroses.  Medical 
officers  in  charge  of  general  and  special 
departments  of  other  hospitals  have  with 
increasing  frequency  sent  us  cases  which 
appeared  to  be  of  functional  origin,  and  we 
have  therefore  had  an  almost  unique  oppor- 
tunity of  investigating  and  treating  a  great 
variety  of  hysterical  conditions,  which  are 
comparatively  rarely  seen  by  neurologists 
in  civil  life.  In  this  paper  I  shall  briefly 
describe  a  few  of  the  more  common  neu- 
roses, which  are  of  special  interest  to  other 
specialists,  concluding  with  a  note  about 
certain  traumatic  neuroses,  which  are  still 
unfortunately  too  often  regarded  as  organic 
and  requiring  orthopedic  treatment. 

Larjm^ology. — Hysterical  aphonia  has 
been  very  common  in  soldiers.  It  was  most 
frequently  a  sequel  of  the  laryngitis  pro- 
duced by  gassing,  but  it  also  followed  ca- 
tarrhal laryngitis,  the  emotion  of  fear  and 
exhaustion.  The  pain  caused  by  attempting  to 
speak  when  laryngitis  is  present  makes  the 
patient  whisper,  but  if  this  is  prolonged  for 
more  than  three  or  four  weeks  the  aphonia  is 
almost  invariably  hysterical.  It  can  be  diag- 
nosed without  a  laryngologic  examination, 
and  I  have  noticed  that  the  slight  changes 
often  found  in  the  cords  as  a  sequel  of  some 
acute  inflammatory  condition  by  expert 
laryngologists  have  led  them  to  regard  the 
condition  as  organic,  and  therefore  not 
amenable  to  psychotherapy.  We  have  seen 
many  cases  in  which  prolonged  intralaryn- 
geal  treatment  had  proved  useless,  but  which 
'were  cured  at  a  single  sitting  by  explanation 
and  persuasion.  Each  of  a  hundred  consecu- 
tive cases  of  aphonia  at  Seale  Hayne  Hos- 

*  Major  J.  L.  M.  Symns,  Major  J.  F.  Venables, 
Capt.  W.  R.  Reynell.  Capt.  S.  H.  Wilkinson, 
Capt.  G.  McGregor,  Capt.  A.  W.  QUI,  Capt.  C.  H. 
Rlpman,  Capt.  R.  G.  Gordon,  Capt.  A.  Robin 
and  Capt.  J.  W.  Moore. 


pital  was  cured  at  a  single  sitting ;  the  101st 
case  was  recognized  to  be  organic  by  the 
timbre  of  the  voice,  a  view  which  was  con- 
firmed when  one  cord  was  found  to  be 
paralyzed  and  an  aneurysm  of  the  aorta  was 
discovered.  We  cured  all  our  cases  by  ex- 
planation and  persuasion,  and  have  not  re- 
quired to  use  electricity,  general  anesthe- 
sia or  hypnotism  for  nearly  a  year.  Mutism 
is  of  course  always  hysterical  and  easily 
cured  by  psychotherapy. 

We  now  believe  that  stammering  in 
civilians  as  well  as  soldiers  is  hysterical  and 
should  be  curable  by  psychotherapy  with 
far  greater  rapidity  than  we  formerly  be- 
lieved to  be  possible.  Most  of  our  cases 
during  the  last  nine  months  have  been  cured 
at  a  single  sitting,  and  recently  Major  J.  F. 
Venables  taught  two  soldiers,  each  of  whom 
had  been  almost  inarticulate  from  stam- 
mering since  early  childhood  to  talk  fluently 
in  less  than  an  hour. 

Otology. — In  order  to  hear,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  Hsten,  listening  being  as  active  a 
process  as  moving.  This  must  have  an 
anatomical  basis;  perhaps  the  dendrites  of 
the  nerve  cells  are  thrown  out  at  each  cell- 
station  in  the  auditory  tract  when  an  indi- 
vidual listens  and  are  withdrawn  when  he 
is  inattentive.  If  a  man  has  become  tem- 
porarily deaf  owing  to  a  loud  explosion  or 
continuous  gun-fire,  he  may  become  so  con- 
vinced that  he  will  never  hear  again  that 
he  ceases  to  listen.  This  is  the  origin  of 
hysterical  deafness.  It  is  consequently  a 
true  nerve  deafness;  the  patient's  voice  al- 
ters like  that  of  a  deaf  man,  he  may  spon- 
taneously learn  lip-reading  and  in  severe 
cases  the  auditory-motor  reflex,  in  which 
the  pupils  dilate  and  eyelids  blink  in  response 
to  loud  noises,  may  disappear  owing  to 
the  blocking  produced  at  the  lower  as  well 
as  the  higher  auditory  centers  by  the  with- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


342 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


drawal  of  the  dentrites  when  inattention  is 
extreme.  The  only  signs  of  any  value  are 
those  which  indicate  vestibular  disorder,  as 
this  never  occurs  in  hysteria,  and  an  organic 
lesion  which  is  sufficiently  severe  to  cause 
complete  deafness  would  almost  certainly 
involve  the  vestibule  as  well  as  the  cochlea 
or  the  vestibular  nerve  as  well  as  the 
cochlear  nerve.  All  cases  of  concussion 
deafness,  even  if  the  drums  are  ruptured, 
are,  I  believe,  hysterical,  and  recovery  oc- 
curs as  soon  as  the  patient  is  taught  to  lis- 
tent  once  more,  the  auditory-motor  reflexes 
reappearing  at  the  same  time. 

I  believe  that  the^ question  of  attention  is 
of  very  great  importance  and  many  patients 
with  partial  deafness  from  otosclerosis  or 
other  causes  can  be  greatly  benefited  by 
being  taught  to  listen,  and  to  use  whatever 
power  of  hearing  they  still  possess  to  the 
greatest  advantage. 

Ophthalmology. — Vision  like  hearing 
is  an  active  process,  but  it  involves  a  motor 
as  well  as  a  psychical  act.  Not  only  has  the 
individual  to  look  but  he  has  also  to  open 
his  eyes  by  his  levator  palpebrae  muscles 
and  to  converge  by  means  of  his  extensic 
muscles  according  to  the  distance  of  the 
object  he  wishes  to  see. 

Conjunctivitis  caused  by  gassing  or  sand 
thrown  up  by  the  wind  or  by  an  explosion 
gives  rise  to  photophobia.  The  patient 
therefore  does  not  use  his  levator  palpebrae 
superioris  at  all,  or  if  ever  he  attempts  to 
open  his  eyes  a  reflex  protective  spasm  of 
his  orbicularis  palpebrarum  occurs.  The 
voluntary  inhibition  of  the  levator  may  be 
perpetuated  as  hysterical  ptosis,  and  the  re- 
flex spasm  of  the  orbicularis  as  hysterical 
blepharospasm,  if,  when  the  inflammation 
has  disappeared,  the  patient  continues  to 
keep  his  eyes  closed.  On  now  teaching  the 
patient  to  contract  his  levator  and  to  relax 


his  orbicularis,  it  is  often  found  that  he  sees 
indistinctly  when  his  eyes  open  and  a  conver- 
gent squint  may  be  present.  The  latter  is  eas- 
ily overcome ;  the  indistinct  vision  is  due  to 
hysterical  paralysis  or  spasm  of  accommo- 
dation, and  disappears  on  teaching  the  pa- 
tient to  accommodate  normally.  In  severer 
cases  the  patient  is  completely  blind,  this 
psychical  blindness  being  due  to  ^  the  fact 
that  the  patient  does  not  look,  and  is  thus 
strictly  analogous  to  hysterical  deafness. 
With  psychotherapy  the  patient  can  be 
taught  to  look,  and  normal  vision  returns. 
In  a  case  of  absolutely  complete  blindness 
of  four  and  a  half  years'  duration  follow- 
ing the  explosion  of  a  shell,  the  light  re- 
flex had  disappeared,  but  reappeared  with 
the  recovery  of  vision  immediately  the  pa- 
tient was  taught  to  look.  This  loss  of  the  . 
pupil  reflex  to  light  and  the  much  more 
frequent  loss  of  the  blink  reflex,  when  an 
object  rapidly  approaches  the  eye,  are 
doubtless  due  to  the  same  kind  of  dendritic 
retraction  due  to  inattention,  as  I  have 
described  as  occurring  when  the  auditory- 
motor  reflex  is  lost  in  hysterical  deafness. 
It  has  generally  been  taught  that  homo- 
nymous hemianopia  is  always  organic.  But 
we  have  found  hemianopia  and  other 
homonyonous  defects  of  vision  resulting 
from  wounds  in  the  occipital  region,  which 
were  due  to  the  hysterical  perpetuation  of 
a  condition  which  was  originally  organic. 
The  loss  of  function  having  been  largely 
due  to  concussion  and  other  transient 
changes,  -vision  might  have  returned  spon-^ 
toneously,  but  the  individual  having  become 
temporarily  blind  in  one  or  more  quadrants 
of  his  fields  of  vision  had  ceased  to  look  in 
the  corresponding  directions  and  re-educa- 
tion was  required  to  teach  him  to  do  so,  the 
rapid  recovery  which  followed  this  method 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


343 


of  treatment  proving  that  the  condition 
was  really  hysterical. 

Deficient  vision  may  result  from  con- 
tinuous hysterical  spasm  of  accommodation. 
In  one  case  of  this  kind  the  spasm  had  per- 
sisted for  three  years  before  it  was  recog- 
nized, and  the  very  deficient  vision  which 
it  caused  could  only  be  partially  overcome 
by  suitable  lenses.  The  onset  was  sudden, 
the  patient  having  seen  normally  until  he 
was  blown  up.  Well  marked  myopic  cres- 
cents were  present  in  both  eyes,  presum- 
ably as  a  result  of  the  mechanical  longitu- 
dinal strain  caused  by  the  concentrated  pres- 
sure due  to  ciliary  spasm.  The  myopia  dis- 
appeared when  the  patient  was  taught  to 
relax  his  ciliary  muscles. 

Genitourinary  Disorders. — It  is  inter- 
esting to  find  that  prolonged  sexual  ab- 
stinence diminishes  rather  than  increases 
desire,  and  that  many  married  soldiers 
found  that  they  were  impotent  on  return- 
ing home  after  being  at  the  front  for  two 
or  three  years.  In  some  cases  exhaustion 
was  partially  responsible  for  this.  Rest,  en- 
couragement and  in  severe  cases  suggestion 
under  hypnosis  were  invariably  followed 
by  recovery. 

Incontinence  of  urine  was  very  common 
in  soldiers;  it  was  almost  always  hysterical 
and  rapidly  responded  to  psychotherapy.  I 
believe  that  the  enuresis  of  children  must  be 
hysterical,  as  many  of  these  cases  were 
simply  relapses  under  the  strain  of  active 
service  of  a  condition  which  had  been  pres- 
ent in  childhood,  and  in  a  few  cases  the  in- 
continence had  never  ceased,  but  was  none 
the  less  cured  by  explanation,  persuasion 
and  re-education,  even  if  it  was  diurnal  as 
well  as  nocturnal. 

The  incontinence  which  follows  spinal 
wounds  and  spinal  concussion  has  always 
been  regarded  as  organic,  but  we  have  had 


several  cases  which  were  cured  by  psycho- 
therapy after  lasting  many  months  or  even 
a  year  or  two.  These  were  generally  asso- 
ciated with  paraplegia,  which  was  similarly 
due  to  the  hysterical  perpetuation  of  a  con- 
dition originally  organic. 

Orthi^iedics. — ^The  paralyses  and  con- 
tractures following  minor  wounds,  con- 
tusions and  sprains  of  the  arm  and  leg, 
which  Babinski  and  Froment  regard  as  re- 
flex in  origin,  owing  to  their  failure  to  cure 
them  by  psychotherapy  and  to  their  asso- 
ciation with  vasomotor  and  trophic  changes 
are,  I  am  convinced,  really  hysterical.  Many 
thousands  of  soldiers  and  pensioners  are 
still  receiving  treatment  by  massage  and 
electricity  in  orthopedic  hospitals,  altho  they 
could  all  be  rapidly  cured  by  psychotherapy. 
In  a  series  of  100  consecutive  cases  treated 
at  Scale  Hayne  Hospital,  the  average  dura- 
tion of  symptoms  before  admission  was 
11  months,  but  94  were  cured  at  a  single 
sitting  of  an  average  length  of  55  minutes, 
the  remaining  six  requiring  various  periods 
up  to  three  weeks.  Major  J.  F.  Venables 
recently  cured  a  man  with  a  completely  use- 
less hand,  dating  from  a  wound  received 
in  October,  1914,  in  just  under  five  minutes. 
Disuse  leads  to  deficient  circulation,  with 
cold,  blue  and  sometimes  edematous  ex- 
tremities, and  this  in  turn  gives  rise  to  such 
trophic  changes  as  atrophy  of  the  subcu- 
taneous tissues  and  muscles,  decalcification 
of  bone  and  the  production  of  thin  and 
brittle  nails.  Restoration  of  function  imme- 
ditely  restores  the  circulation,  and  this  leads 
to  the  gradual  disappearance  of  the  trophic 
disturbances. 

We  have  often  noticed  that  when  a  man 
IS  rapidly  cured  of  a  contracture  by  psycho- 
therapy, he  continues  to  keep  his  limb  in 
the  same  abnormal  position  as  before,  altho 
he  is  capable  of  moving  it  without  any  dif- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


344 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


ficulty  in  every  direction.  I  believe  that  this 
is  due  to  the  development  of  a  new  "pos- 
tural length."  If  AB  in  diagram  I  rep- 
resents the  normal  length  of  a  muscle  when 
at  rest,  it  can  shorten  to  AC  on  active  con- 
traction and  lengthen  to  AD  on  active  re- 
laxation, relaxation  being  just  as  active  a 
process  as  contraction.  All  muscles  adopt  an 
intermediate  length  of  this  kind,  the  exact 
length  depending  upon  the  habitual  posture 
of  the  limb.  Thus  the  fingers  are  slightly 
flexed  when  at  rest,  both  during  conscious- 
ness and  during  sleep  and  anesthesia.  In 
order  to  extend  them  the  extensors  shorten 


the  abnormal  posture  remains  during  sleep 
under  anesthesia  as  well  as  when  the  pa- 
tient is  awake.  It  is  in  no  sense  hysterical, 
but  is  organic,  altho  the  structural  con- 
dition upon  which  it  depends  ought  never 
to  be  permanent.  As  soon  as  complete  mo- 
bility is  restored,  the  patient  should  be 
taught  to  keep  his  limb  in  the  normal  pos- 
ture by  an  effort  of  will  throughout  the  day 
and  he  should  walk  up  and  down  in  front 
of  a  looking-glass  to  see  that  he  maintains 
it.  In  the  course  of  two  or  three  days  this 
training  results  in  a  return  to  the  normal 
postural   length,   and   the  patient  then  no 

B  D 


Diagram   I 


c    E 

-I L. 


Dia^rarti  II 


and  the  flexors  lengthen  and  in  order  to 
flex  them  the  flexors  shorten  and  the  ex- 
tensors lengthen.  If  as  a  result  of  the  con- 
tinued contraction  of  one  group  of  muscles, 
whether  as  a  result  of  organic  disease  or 
hysteria,  a  new  posture  is  assumed  for  a 
long  period,  the  anatomical  structure  of  the 
muscle  fibers  becomes  altered,  so  that  the 
postural  length  of  the  contracted  muscles 
is  abnormally  short (e.  g.  AE  in  diagram  II) 
and  that  of  the  opposing  muscles  is  ab- 
normally long.  When  recovery  takes  place, 
even  if  this  occurs  almost  instantaneously  in 
an  hysterical  case,  the  muscle  AE  can  con- 
tract to  AC  and  relax  to  AD,  but  it  always 
returns  to  AE  when  at  rest.    Consequently 


longer  requires  to  pay  any  attention  to  his 
posture. 

Orthopedic  surgeons  have  long  known 
the  importance  of  using  splints  to  maintain 
a  good  posture  in  cases  of  nerve  injury.  It 
has  generally  been  thought  that  this  has  the 
object  of  preventing  the  paralysed  muscles 
being  overstretched,  as  their  contractility 
might  otherwise  become  impaired.  In  all 
probability,  however,  the  splint  really  acts 
by  maintaining  the  normal  postural  length 
of  both  the  paralyzed  and  opposing  muscles. 
That  this  is  the  more  likely  explanation  is 
shown  by  the  improved  results  obtained  re- 
cently in  cases  of  dropped  wrist  due  to 
musculo-spiral  paralysis,  the  extreme  hyper- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


JUNB,   1919 


845 


extension  formerly  used  having  been  re- 
placed by  moderate  extension,  which  keeps 
the  postural  length  of  the  muscles  normal 
instead  of  increasing  that  of  the  flexors  and 
reducing  that  of  the  extensors. 

The  abnormal  postures  and  gaits,  which 
are  often  adopted  after  a  painful  wound 
has  completely  healed,  are  probably  also  due 
to  the  development  of  abnormal  postural 
lengths  of  muscles,  whilst  the  position  of 
greatest  comfort  was  maintained  before  the 
wound  had  healed.  The  condition  is  often 
described  as  hysterical,  but  it  is  not  pro- 
duced by  suggestion  and  is  really  organic, 
tho  easily  curable  by  re-education. 

Surgery  of  the  Nervous  System. — 
Nothing  is  more  likely  than  organic  disease 
to  suggest  a  functional  disorder.  Conse- 
quently it  is  very  common  indeed  to  find 
the  hemiplegia  and  paraplegia  caused  by  in- 
jury of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  and  the 
paralysis  caused  by  wounds  of  peripheral 
nerves  perpetuated  as  hysterical  symptoms 
after  the  original  organic  lesion  has  either 
completely  disappeared  or  improved  to  such 
an  extent  that  it  can  be  responsible  only  for 
a  small  part  of  the  incapacity.  But  just  as 
the  physical  signs  of  such  organic  diseases 
as  tabes  and  disseminated  sclerosis  may  pre- 
cede the  development  of  symptoms,  so  may 
the  physical  signs  persist  when  the  organic 
lesion  has  cleared  up  to  such  an  extent  that 
it  no  longer  causes  any  incapacity.  We  may 
thus  have  hysterical  paralysis  following  or- 
ganic paralysis,  which  it  simulates  in  every 
detail,  associated  with  organic  physical 
signs.  Diagnosis  is  then  impossible  except 
by  seeing  how  much  improvement  follows 
psychotherapy.  By  this  means  we  have  suc- 
ceeded in  curing  many  cases  of  apparently 
organic  paralysis,  but  the  persistence  of  or- 
ganic physical  signs  has  shown  that  there 


was  some  slight  residue  of  the  original  le- 
sion still  present. 

Other  symptoms  resulting  from  injuries 
of  the  nervous  system  may  be  perpetuated 
in  a  similar  manner.  Thus  anesthesia  fol- 
lowing any  injury  to  a  peripheral  nerve, 
localized  to  the  exact  area  of  the  skin  sup- 
plied by  the  latter,  and  sometimes  actually 
leading  to  accidental  burns,  was  found  in 
several  cases  to  be  hysterical  by  its  disap- 
pearance— often  within  a  few  minutes — un- 
der psychotherapy.  Persistent  headache  due 
to  concussion,  whether  caused  by  direct  in- 
jury or  a  shell  explosion,  is  often  if  not 
always,  of  the  same  nature,  as  it  disappears 
with  psychotherapy  when  all  other  forms  of 
treatment  have  proved  useless.  Major  J.  F. 
Venables  has  recently  cured  two  cases  of 
constant  vomiting  following  concussion  by 
a  single  psychotherapeutic  conversation, 
neither  patient  vomiting  again,  altho  they 
were  given  a  full  diet  after  having  been  un- 
able to-  keep  down  the  whole  of  a  single 
meal  even  of  peptonized  milk,  for  over  a 
year. 

Hysterical  fits  are,  I  believe,  much  more 
common  than  is  generally  believed,  and  they 
may  very  closely  simulate  epilepsy.  Such 
symptoms  as  passing  urine  and  biting  the 
tongue  may  occur,  especially  in  a  man  who 
has  at  one  time  suffered  from  true  epilepsy, 
as  nothing  is  more  likely  to  suggest  the 
occurrence  of  fits  in  an  emotional  individual 
during  times  of  stress  than  the  memory  of 
true  fits  in  the  past.  The  fits  will  resemble 
the  early  ones  in  those  features  which  the 
patient  remembers  or  with  which  he  is 
familiar  from  what  his  relatives  have  told 
him.  I  have  seen  a  small  number  of  cases 
of  Jacksonian  epilepsy  following  head  in- 
juries which  were  perpetuated  as  hysteri- 
cal fits;  they  resembled  the  original  attacks 
in  every  detail,  but  persisted  when  the  pre- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


346 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


vious  cause  was  no  longer  operative,  and, 
being  hysterical,  they  were  cured  by 
psychotherapy. 

In  conclusion,  I  hope  that  these  notes  will 
show  the  need  of  closer  cooperation  in  the 
future  between  the  neurologist  and  other 
specialists.  I  hope  myself  to  share  one  of 
the  clinical  assistants  in  my  Neurologic 
Clinic  at  Guy's  Hospital  with  each  of  my 
specialist  colleagues.  Above  all  this  is 
wanted  in  connection  with  orthopedics,  as 
many  hundreds  of  unnecessary  operations 
are  performed  and  many  thousands  of 
hours  are  spent  in  undergoing  treatment  by 
massage  and  electricity  which  would  be  ren- 
dered unnecessary  if  all  orthopedic  cases 
were  first  seen  in  consultation  with  a  neu- 
rologist, or  if  all  orthopedic  surgeons  re- 
garded a  neurologic  training  and  especial- 
ly a  training  in  psychotherapy  as  an  essen- 
tial part  of  their  education. 


THE   WORK   OF   AN   ORTHOPEDIC 
CENTER  IN  MACEDONIA. 

BY 

A.  LOUISE   McILROY,   M.   D.,   D.   Sc, 
Salonica,  Greece. 
Surgeon-in-charge. 

The  work  done  by  the  units  of  the  Scot- 
tish Women's  Hospitals  in  France  and  Ser- 
bia is  now  known  thruout  the  allied  world 
and  its  origin  in  far  away  Edinburgh  needs 
no  description.  The  idea  of  the  establishing 
of  such  hospitals,  staffed  and  officered  en- 
tirely by  women  doctors,  nurses,  cooks, 
chauffeurs  and  orderlies,  originated  in  the 
brain  of  Dr.  Elsie  Inglis,  who  herself  died 
as  the  result  of  her  devotion  to  the  wounded 
in  Serbia  and  the  Jugo-Slavs  in  Russia. 
The  organization  has  increased  in  size  since 
its  inception  and  the  headquarters  in  Edin- 


burgh (2  St.  Andrew's  Square),  with  its 
branch  in  London,  are  centers  of  unceasing 
activity  and  enthusiasm. 

These  hospitals  consist  of  units  from 
about  200  to  500  beds,  and  are  gifted  to  the 
armies  of  France  and  Serbia.  They  are 
entirely  supported  by  voluntary  contribu- 
tions. 

One  important  unit  has  been  working 
at  the  Abbaye  de  Royaumont  near  Paris 
since  1914  under  Dr.  Frances  Ivens.  An- 
other is  at  Sallanches  in  France  for  the 
treatment  of  Serbians  suffering  from  tuber- 
culosis. One  is  taking  care  of  the  Serbian 
refugees  in  Corsica  since  their  retreat  from 
Serbia.  Three  units  were  given  to  the 
Royal  Serbian  Army  and  wwked  thru  the 
raging  epidemic  of  typhus.  Their  energies 
were  only  brought  to  an  end  by  the  retreat 
of  the  army.  Some  of  the  staff  of  these  ac- 
companied the  Serbian  army  over  the  snow- 
clad  mountains  of  Albania  to  a  haven  in 
the  island  of  Corfu.  Others  were  taken 
prisoners  and  remained  behind  to  be  eventu- 
ally repatriated  thru  Austria  and  Switzer- 
land. 

At  the  present  moment  there  are  three 
hospital  units  working  in  Serbia  and  Mace- 
donia, one  at  Velles  near  Uskub  in  Serbia, 
where  the  hospital  is  being  taxed  to  its  ut- 
most capacity  in  the  admission  of  sick  and 
wounded.  This  unit  had  been  at  work  at 
Ostrovo  since  1916,  and  owes  its  origin 
mainly  to  the  generosity  of  American  con- 
tributions. It  is  known  as  the  "American 
Unit"  and  works  directly  under  the  Royal 
Serbian  Army.  Dr.  Isobel  Emslie  is  its 
chief  medical  officer. 

Another  unit,  after  working  with  the 
Jugo-Slav  divisions  of  the  Serbian  army  in 
Russia  and  Roumania,  has  been  working  at 
Dragomananci,  but  is  now  on  its  way  to 
Serajevo  to  extend  its  activities  among  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine  ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


JuxE,  1919  347 


Pig.  1.    Group  of  Matron.  Sisters  and  Masseuses. 


Fio.    2.    Entrance    Gate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


348 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


m 

t 

1 

^^^^H 

s 

h 

3P»  ^-^  ^ 

r 

1 

^^^1 

Fig.  3.    The  operating  room  for  aseptic  work.    Sister  in  charge. 


Fig.  4.    Dental  Department    Patient  is  seen  wearing  an  orthopedic  foot. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


349 


Fig.  5.     A  corner  of  the  Mechano-Therapy  Hut. 


Fig.  6.    Orthopedic  Ward. 

The  upright  poles  are  for  mosquito  nets.    The  electric  light  is  run  by  an  engine  in  the  camp 
belonging  to  the  S.  W.  H. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


350 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


Jugo-Slavs  now  collected  there.  To  it  is 
attached  a  large  motor  ambulance  transport 
column  driven  entirely  by  women.  This 
hospital  is  known  as  the  'TJsie  Inglis"  unit 
and  is  supplied  by  the  London  Committee 
of  the  S.  W.  H.  A  smaller  transport  column 
is  also  at  work  in  Northern  Serbia.  It  fol- 
lowed the  Serbian  army  in  its  glorious  ad- 
vance thru  the  country.     In  several  towns 


staffed  and  equipped  for  200  beds,  the  orig- 
inal expense  of  outlay  being  defrayed  by 
the  colleges  of  Girton  and  Newnham,  Cam- 
bridge. It  continued  work  in  France  until 
the  autumn,  when  an  order  was  received 
from  the  French  War  office  to  evacuate  the 
wounded  and  proceed  with  the  hospital  to 
Salonica,  to  join  the  French  Expeditionary 
Force  sent  out  to  the  aid  of-  Serbia,  on  ac- 


FiG.  7.     Staff  Tents. 


the  Scottish  women  drivers  were  among  the 
first  to  be  welcomed  by  the  population. 

The  work  of  the  unit  stationed  at  Salon- 
ica for  three  years  is  the  subject  of  the 
present  paper.  It  began  its  existence  in 
France  in  the  spring  of  1915,  working  as  a 
military  hospital  under  the  French  War 
Office  at  Troyes  in  Champagne.  The  hos- 
pital  was  entirely  under  canvas  and  was 


count  of  hostilities  having  commenced  with 
Bulgaria. 

The  staff,  altho  regretting  their  departure 
from  France,  where  the  work  with  the  army 
officials  had  been  so  harmonious,  fully  re- 
alized the  importance  of  the  unique  honor 
of  a  foreign  hospital  being  chosen  to  ac- 
company an  expeditionary  force.  The 
tents    were    taken    down,    the    equipment 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MkDICINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June.  1919 


351 


packed,  and  the  hospital,  which  included  on 
its  staff  as  administrator,  Mrs.  Harley,  the 
sister  of  Lord  French,  set  out  for  Salonica, 
which  it  reached  after  a  somewhat  pro- 
tracted and  eventful  voyage.  On  arrival, 
orders  were  given  to  proceed  to  Gievgueli  in 
Southern  Serbia,  where  the  French  were 
establishing  their  hospital  base.  The 
wounded  were  pouring  in  in  great  numbers. 


cially  observed  in  the  Senegalese  and  other 
black  troops  who  were  unaccustomed  to 
the  northern  cold,  coming  from  their  own 
sunny  lands.  The  bravery  of  the  French 
was  magnificent,  their  endurance  of  pain 
was  remarkable.  Thru  all  their  suffering 
their  one  thought  seemed  to  be  "Vive  la 
France."  Away,  here  among  the  Balkan 
hills  in  a  little  comer  was  that  group  of 


Fio.  8.    Exercise  Ground. 


and  soon  the  hospital  was  busily  employed 
in  doing  everything  possible  for  their  com- 
fort. During  this  time  an  unusual  blizzard 
was  spreading  over  the  Balkans  and  Gal- 
Hpoli  Peninsula  and  the  soldiers  not  only 
had  to  endure  the  wounds  of  war  but  were 
almost  frozen  in  the  trenches  filled  with 
snow.  Many  cases  were  admitted  of  frozen 
feet  suffering  great  agony.     This  was  spe- 


hospitals  with  their  wounded.  Close  by  on 
a  hill  was  the  cemetery,  the  dead  daily  in- 
creasing in  their  numbers.  Behind  were 
the  ridges  of  Serbian  and  Bulgarian  snow- 
covered  mountains,  and  thru  all,  the  boom- 
ing of  the  guns  coming  nearer  day  by  day. 
Soon  it  was  realized  that  the  Serbian  army 
was  in  retreat  and  that  the  Allied  Expedi- 
tionary Forces  were  to  withdraw.     Orders 


Digitized  by 


Google 


352 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicins 


were  given  to  send  the  wounded  as  quickly 
as  possible  to  Salonica,  and  the  hospitals 
to  follow  with  their  staff  immediately  after. 
Serbia  was  completely  invaded  by  her 
enemies,  her  armies  had  been  cut  off. 
Nothing  seemed  to  be  left  to  hope  for. 
Those  brave  Serbian  soldiers  were  leaving 
behind   them   their   beloved   country,   their 


the  hospital  was  overcrowded,  even  tho  it 
had  increased  its  capacity  to  300  beds.  In 
autumn,  on  the  return  of  the  Serbian  army 
from  Corfu,  hostilities  were  again  com- 
menced at  the  front,  and  during  the  whole 
winter  the  hospital  was  full  of  wounded. 
French,  Serbians,  Russians,  Albanians  and 
Senegalese   were   admitted  as   the   French 


Fic.  9.     Part  of  panorama  showing  Scottish  Women's  Hospitals  fiUing  in  foreground. 

Behind  on  lower  ground  are  French  Hospitals  and   on   rising  ground   are  Greek   Camps, 
left  are   seen   the   old   battlements   of   the  Turkish  quarter  of  the  City. 


To 


homes,  not  knowing  if  ever  they  would  be 
able  to  return.  The  Scottish  hospital  set 
up  its  tents  in  Salonica,  and  has  been  at 
work  there  ever  since,  constantly  employed 
in  work  for  the  French  army.  During  the 
summer  of  1916,  when  the  great  heat  and 
unexpected  epidemic  of  malaria  and  dysen- 
tery almost  threw  the  troops  out  of  action. 


authorities  at  that  time  were  responsible  for 
the  care  of  these  nationalities. 

In  summer  of  1917,  it  was  felt  by  the  staff 
of  the  hospital  that  a  hospital  for  the  treat- 
ment of  disabled  soldiers  was  very  much 
required  in  Macedonia,  and  that  given  the 
necessary  equipment  such  a  department 
should  be  inaugurated.     It  was  felt  that  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.BS 


June,  1919 


353 


French  soldier  invalided  home  had  ample 
opportunities  for  orthopedic  treatment  in 
his  own  country,  but  that  the  Serbian,  who 
desired  to  remain  as  near  his  country  as 
possible,  should  be  given  the  opportunity 
of  such  treatment  to  counteract  the  disable- 
ment of  war. 
Accordingly,    in    consultation    with    the 


Orthopedic  Centre." 

Wooden  huts  were  erected  and  marquees 
with  smaller  tents  and  the  work  was  begun. 
The  services  of  highly  trained  masseuses 
from  orthopedic  hospitals  in  Britain  were 
secured  and  appliances  were  set  up. 

The  orthopedic  center  mainly  consists  of 
a  group  of  huts :  one  divided  up  into  opera t- 


FiG.  10.     See  Figure  9.    Part  of  panorama  showing  Scottish  Women's  Hospitals. 


French  military  authorities,  the  Edinburgh 
Committee  gave  permission  to  establish  an 
orthopedic  department  in  the  hospital,  the 
French  general  being  desirious  that  200 
beds  should  be  added  to  the  300  already 
existing.  This  was  accordingly  done  and 
the  hospital  was  moved  to  a  more  extensive 
and  higher  site.  The  equipment  for  the 
new  department  was  supplied  by  a  gift  from 
India  and  it  is  known  as   "The  Calcutta 


ing  and  sterilizing  rooms,  X-rays  and  a 
dental  department.  Another  hut  is  given 
up  to  the  massage  department  with  a  very 
fully  equipped  electrical  outfit,  consisting  of 
various  colored  radiant  heat  baths,  hot  air, 
vibrators,  for  the  treatment  of  various  joint 
and  nerve  affections.  Galvanic  and  faradic 
electrical  machines  for  the  re-education  of 
disused  muscles  are  also  in  this  department. 
Numerous  appliances   for  the  exercise  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


354 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Amehican  Medicine 


limbs,  such  as  rowing  machines,  wheels, 
pulleys,  bars  and  bicycles  are  also  employed. 
Medicated  hot  water  baths  are  used  as  a 
preliminary  to  such  treatment.  On  its  way 
from  Scotland  is  a  large  hydrotherapeutic 
hut  for  the  use  of  the  hospital,  having  the 
most  up-to-date  baths  obtainable,  such  as 
whirlpool  and  aerated  baths,  douches,  sprays 
and  pools.  Classes  in  gymnastic  exercises 
are  also  held. 

When  improved  to  a  certain  extent  with 
treatment,  the  patients  are  gradually  put 
into  the  workshops  and  there  taught  the 
re-education  of  their  limbs  in  coordination 
with  their  mind.  In  these  huts  or  tents  are 
carried  out  cigarette-rolling,  book-binding, 
embroidery,  furniture  repairing  and  making. 
In  the  carpenters'  workshops  splints  are 
made  and  other  surgical  appliances.  The 
shoemakers  are  taught  to  make  orthopedic 
boots  and  supports  to  suit  disablements  of 
the  lower  limbs.  There  are  no  expert 
workmen  for  teaching  purposes,  the  men 
work  entirely  under  the  supervision  and 
control  of  the  women  members  of  the  staff. 
These  workshops  also  teach  the  patients  to 
take  an  interest  in  life,  and  are  a  means  of 
showing  them  that  many  occupations  are 
open  to  them  when  they  return  to  civil 
life. 

Altho  mainly  intended  for  the  Serbian 
soldiers,  the  orthopedic  department  since  its 
inception  has  been  largely  used  by  the 
French  wounded,  and  numerous  patients 
are  sent  for  special  treatment  from  the 
various  surrounding  hospitals.  Outdoor 
officer  patients  are  treated,  and  these  have 
included  among  their  number  a  number  of 
British  army  officials  who  have  always 
shown  such  sympathy  and  unfailing  kind- 
ness towards  the  hospital  and  its  staflf  of 
British  women. 

The  hospital  has  done  its  work  for  over 


three  and  a  half  years  mainly  under  canvas, 
and  has  had  the  simplest  equipment  pos- 
sible with  efficiency.  The  surgical  and 
medical  work  has  been  left  entirely  to  the 
staff  of  women  doctors.  The  entire  ad- 
ministration and  discipline  are  under  con- 
trol of  the  staff  and  no  French  official  has 
been  in  residence.  The  hospital  is  the  only 
orthopedic  one  of  its  kind  in  the  Balkans 
and  it  has  demonstrated  the  need  for  others 
to  follow.  There  are  large  numbers  of 
Serbian  men  disabled  by  the  war,  and  these 
require  remedial  treatment.  The  need  for 
such  work  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  the 
hospital,  now  at  the  end  of  the  war,  is  de- 
veloping its  activities  more  than  ever.  One 
has  only  to  see  the  poor  disabled  men  under- 
going their  treatment,  and  to  see  them  on 
leaving,  restored  to  comparative  health  and 
fitness,  to  realize  the  value  of  such  work. 
The  Serbian  nation  with  its  gallant  army 
which  fought  with  its  back  to  the  wall  to  de- 
fend its  country  only  acknowledged  defeat 
when  overwhelmed  by  misfortunes,  an  army 
which  has  suffered  as  no  other  army  has  in 
its  retreat  across  the  mountains,  its  men 
dying  in  their  thousands  from  cold  and 
hunger  and  with  the  knowledge  that  those 
they  left  behind  would  have  to  endure  priva- 
tions and  torture  almost  unspeakable  in 
their  intensity  and  cruelty.  Men,  who  to 
the  world  apparently  remained  inactive  for 
months  on  the  Macedonian  front,  enduring 
the  mental  misery  of  exiles,  almost  afraid 
to  go  back  to  the  homes  which  they  feared 
to  find  empty  or  dishonored,  but  when  the 
command  came  to  advance,  fought  and 
carried  themselves  with  a  bravery  which 
won  the  admiration  of  every  member  of 
the  allied  armies  cooperating  with  them. 
Their  country  has  been  won  back  by  their 
blood  and  thru  blinding  tears.  Those  who 
have  cared  for  the  wounded  Serbian  sol- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


355 


diers  realize  their  nobility  of  character, 
their  absolute  discipline  and  their  grati- 
tude for  all  that  is  done  for  them.  They 
have  to  be  made  to  realize  that*  there  are  no 
unfit,  but  that  an  occupation  can  be  found  to 
suit  each  individual  disablement.  The 
Scottish  Women's  Hospital  for  orthopedic 
work  is  only  a  beginning,  others  must  fol- 
low as  the  necessity  for  such  is  great. 
Salonica. 


THE  INFLUENCE  OF  PENSION  OR 
COMPENSATION  ADMINISTRA- 
TION ON  THE  REHABILITATION 
OF  DISABLED  SOLDIERS. 

BT 

DOUGLAS  C.  McMURTRIE. 

New  York  City. 

Director,  Red  Cross  Institute  for  Crippled  and 
Disabled    Men;    President,    Federation    ot 
Associations  for  Cripples;  Editor,  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Care  for  Cripples. 

When  the  pioneer  efforts  were  made  in 
Europe  to  rehabilitate  disabled  soldiers 
and  return  them  to  capacity  for  self-sup- 
port, the  first  difficulty  encountered  was  the 
fear  on  the  part  of  the  men  that  an  increase 
of  earning  power  would  entail  reduction  or 
cancellation  of  their  pensions. 

The  same  fear  on  the  part  of  injured  in- 
dustrial workers,  that  the  scale  of  their 
workmen's  compensation  will  be  adversely 
affected  by  return  to  work,  keeps  idle  many 
men  who  could  return  to  a  job  either  with 
or  without  special  training  or  "re-educa- 
tion." It  has  been  found,  for  example,  in 
one  re-educational  school  for  civilian  crip- 
ples that  most  of  the  compensation  cases 
apply  for  training  the  day  the  compensation 
expires — ^after  a  long  and  most  undesirable 
period  of  idleness. 

In  the  case  of  military  pensions  the  deci- 


sion as  to  whether  earning  power  should 
affect  pension  has  usually  been  negative — 
and  therefore  sound.  There  has  been  no 
such  clear-cut  decision  on  this  point  in  the 
administration  of  compensation  for  indus- 
trial disability.  Altho  the  present  study 
deals  only  with  the  military  pensions  prac- 
tice, there  are  to  be  deducted  from  the  data 
presented  many  principles  which  should 
find  helpful  application  in  the  field  of  work- 
men's compensation. 

Because  the  fundamental  object  of  na- 
tional pensions  has  been  to  compensate  a 
man  for  a  loss  in  effectiveness  and  capabil- 
ity due  to  active  service,  it  has  been  a  nat- 
ural deduction  that  the  amount  of  the  pen- 
sion should  be  based  on  the  actual  reduc- 
tion in  earning  power;  and  that  where  an 
injured  man  has  been  able  to  return  to  em- 
ployment in  which  he  earns  as  much  or 
more  than  he  did  before  the  injury,  no  prej- 
udice to  effectiveness  has  ensued,  and  no 
pension,  therefore,  should  be  paid. 

On  the  argument  that  the  country 
should  not  be  expected  to  pay  compen- 
sation for  an  economic  handicap  when 
no  economic  handicap  exists,  the  prac- 
tice of  making  pension  dependent  on 
earning  power  might  be  regarded  as 
sound,  were  it  not  for  a  vital  social  consid- 
eration. A  man  returns  from  the  war  with 
health  or  strength  impaired,  and  is  awarded 
a  f)ension  based  on  the  average  expectation 
of  loss  of  earning  power  of  a  man  in  his 
physical  condition.  Being  a  man  of  char- 
acter and  ambition,  however,  he  is  not  con- 
tent to  remain  idle,  so  he  seeks  assiduously 
for  a  job  which  he  can  fill,  finds  it,  and 
starts  to  work.  Upon  making  report  of  his 
earnings — tho  his  state  of  health  be  no  bet- 
ter, and  perhaps  worse — his  pension  is  sus- 
pended. It  is  certain  that  an  average  man 
who  has  once  lost  his  compensation  on  ac- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


356 


JUNB^  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Msdicinx 


count  of  getting  a  job  will  never  make  the 
same  mistake  again. 

Yet  it  is  infinitely  to  the  advantage  of  the 
community  that  the  idle  man  shall  be  set 
to  work,  that  the  inactive  consumer  be 
made  a  producer.  The  loafer  in  the 
making  is  a  much  greater  liability  to  the 
community  than  the  obligation  for  the  pen- 
sion payments.  This  consideration  has  led, 
in  experience,  to  the  almost  universal  deci- 
sion that  pension  should  not  be  influenced 
adversely  by  a  man's  earnings ;  that  the  in- 
jured ex-service  man  should  receive  every 
encouragement  to  return  to  employment. 

There  is  another  argument  in  favor  of 
this  decision:  The  impaired  physical  condi- 
tion always  involves  personal  inconvenience, 
and  usually  imposes  limitations  on  range  of 
activity  in  both  work  and  play.  This  is  a 
distinct  loss  to  the  individual,  and  it  seems 
fair  that  the  government  should  pay  com- 
pensation on  this  basis  alone.  The  man 
who  has  developed  active  tuberculosis  in  the 
military  service  can  never  again  be  quite 
free  from  the  bondage  of  a  hundred  precau- 
tions. Life  will  not  mean  quite  as  much  as 
it  did  before.  The  soldier  who  has  lost  one 
leg  thru  amputation  will  forever  be  subject 
to  the  inconvenience  of  his  stump  chafing 
in  hot  weather,  and  he  will  never  again  be 
able  to  play  a  game  of  tennis,  altho  he  may 
be  able  to  attain  a  weekly  wage  as  great  as 
that  earned  prior  to  enlistment. 

With  respect  to  cases  of  specific  perma- 
nent disability,  whether  partial  or  total, 
there  has  been  practical  unanimity  of  deci- 
sion among  the  belligerent  nations  that  com- 
pensation award  should  be  fixed  and  irre- 
vocable, and  not  influenced  by  earnings  or 
earning  power.  The  specific  disabilities  are 
typified  by  amputations,  blindness,  etc.  The 
ruling  of  the  United  States  has  been  clear 


and  satisfactory  with  respect  to  such  disa- 
bilities. 

With  respect  to  non-specific  disabilities 
the  decision  has  not  followed  quite  the  same 
rule,  and  compensation  has  been  canceled 
in  some  cases  when  it  was  shown  the  claim- 
ant had  returned  to  work.  Among  the  non- 
specific disabilities  are  scores  of  a  medical 
nature,  typically  represented  by  phthisis, 
cardiac  insufficiency,  kidney  difficulties,  etc. 
Should  these  disabilities  also  be  compen- 
sated on  the  basis  of  medical  evidence  alone, 
without  respect  to  the  current  earnings  of 
the  claimant?  It  is  possible  that  the  ex- 
perience of  other  nations  may  provide 
evidence  helpful  to  a  wise  determination  on 
this  point. 

As  will  be  evident  from  the  subjoined 
memoranda  on  the  pensions  practice  of  our 
Allies  and  Germany,  there  has  been  sub- 
stantially complete  unanimity  of  decision 
that  earning  should  have  influence  on  the 
award  in  cases  of  non-specific  as  well  as  in 
cases  of   specific  disabilities. 

^lost  of  the  countries  learned  early  that 
such  a  ruling  must  be  made  if  there  were  to 
be  any  degree  of  success  with  the  programs 
of  re-education  looking  toward  returning 
the  injured  men  as  self-supporting  members 
of  the  community.  Great  Britain  altered 
her  practice  later  than  the  others,  but  mean- 
while developed  a  most  convincing  demon- 
stration of  the  necessity  of  the  change.  And 
once  the  important  decision  was  made,  there 
was  energetic  educational  eflFort,  thru  post- 
ers, leaflets,  press  articles,  and  the  like,  to 
bring  the  ruling  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
men  in  military  and  naval  service. 

The  general  consensus  of  experience  has, 
in  eflfect,  developed  the  principle  that  pen- 
sions or  compensation  authorities  have  no 
concern  whatever  in  the  earnings  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


357 


claimant,  and  that  the  amount  of  the  indi- 
vidual's earnings  should  not  even  be  asked. 
The  corollary  to  this  principle  is,  of  course, 
that  the  award  should  be  based  wholly  on 
medical  or  surgical  record  or  examination. 
The  following  memoranda  on  the  practice 
of  several  countries  have  been  prepared  in 
the  Research  Department  of  the  Red  Cross 
Institute  for  Crippled  and  Disabled  Men.^ 
The  source  of  the  data  is  in  all  instances  in- 
dicated by  footnotes. 

France. 

Up  to  the  passage  of  the  new  French  pen- 
sion law  in  March  of  this  year,  a  French 
soldier,  disabled  as  a  result  of  service,  re- 
ceived either  a  pension  or  a  gratuity.  Pen- 
sions were  governed  by  the  law  of  1831 
and  were  granted  only  for  a  disability  which 
was  adjudged  incurable  and  of  a  certain  de- 
gree of  gravity.^  Indemnities  for  lesser 
disabilities  and  for  disabilities  of  any  degree 
which  could  not  be  definitely  pronounced 
incurable  were  governed  by  the  decree  of 
March  24,  1915,  and  were  called  renewable 
gratuities.  By  this  decree  renewable  gratu- 
ities were  divided  into  eight  classes,  corres- 
ponding to  proportional  decreasing  reduc- 
tions of  the  normal  working  capacity.  Total 
abolition  of  the  working  capacity,  80  per 
cent,  reduction,  or  60  per  cent,  reduction, 
not,  however,  incurable,  entitled  a  man  to  a 
gratuity  of  the  first,  second,  or  third  class, 
respectively.  Reductions  of  from  50  to  10 
per  cent.,  incurable  or  not,  entitled  to  gratu- 
ities of  the  fourth  to  the  eighth  class.**  The 
disability  had  to  occasion  at  least  10  per 
cent,  reduction  of  the  working  capacity  to  be 
entitled  to  any  gratuity ;  if  it  occasioned  60 
per  cent,  or  over,  and  was  incurable,  it  was 
entitled  to  a  pension. 

The  amounts  of  the  different  classes  of 
gratuities  were  fixed  by  the  same  decree, 
modified  by  the  decree  of  December  29, 
1917.  They  ranged  for  a  private  soldier 
from  100  francs  a  year  for  a  10  per  cent, 
disability  to  1,200  francs  for  total  disability. 
For  the  same  degree  of  disability  they  con- 
formed to  the  scale  of  pensions. 

In  the  new  pension  law  the  word  gratuity 
is  replaced  by  temporary  pension,  and  the 


only  distinction  between  the  permanent  pen- 
sion and  the  temporary  pension  is  in  the 
matter  of  incurability.  A  man  is  entitled  to 
a  permanent  pension  "when  the  disability 
caused  by  the  wound  or  sickness  is  recog- 
nized to  be  incurable" ;  to  a  temporary  pen- 
sion when  the  disability  is  not  recognized 
to  be  incurable.*  This  new  law  also 
abolishes  the  eight  classes  of  gratuities  and 
the  old  pension  scale,  and  grades  permanent 
and  temporary  pensions  by  a  scale  of  disa- 
bility increasing  by  fives  from  10  to  100  per 
cent.^  The  amounts  range,  for  a  private, 
from  240  to  2,400  francs  a  year. 

The  amount  of  the  gratuity,  now  called 
the  temporary  pension,  has  depended  wholly 
upon  the  man's  physical  condition,  that  is, 
upon  the  gravity  of  his  injury,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  medical  examiners  of  the  Dis- 
charge Commission.  It  has  been  the  duty 
of  the  examiners  to  pronounce  on  the  origin, 
gravity,  and  curability  of  the  disability,  and 
on  the  basis  of  the  facts  to  propose  the  man 
for  a  certain  pension  or  gratuity.*  In  de- 
ciding what  reduction  of  the  working  capac- 
ity is  occasioned  by  a  given  condition,  or  in 
other  words  what  should  be  the  amount  of 
the  indemnity,  the  medical  examiners  were 
first  instructed  (Instruction  du  20  avril 
]Q15)  to  refer  to  the  figures  established  by 
the  application  of  the  Workmen's  Compen- 
sation law.^  It  was  soon  seen,  however,  that 
such  instructions  were  insufficient  to  secure 
uniformity  in  the  estimation  of  disabilities; 
men  with  the  same  injuries  were  differently 
rated  by  different  physicians.  To  avoid  the 
injustice  and  the  inevitable  demands  for  re- 
vision resulting  from  this  situation,  the 
Commission  Consultatwe  Medicale  of  the 
War  Department  drew  up  a  table  (Guide- 
Barbme  des  Invalidites)  which  listed  in  de- 
tail the  different  injuries  and  indicated  the 
corresponding  reduction  of  working  capac- 
ity. The  object,  as  the  introduction  to  the 
tables  states,  was  not  to  impose  upon  the 
examining  physicians  a  fixed  evaluation  of 
each  injury  but  to  furnish,  as  the  name  im- 
plied, a  guide  which  would  contribute  to- 
ward securing  uniformity. 

Diseases  which  may  have  been  contracted 
or  aggravated  by  reason  of  service  are  in- 
cluded in  the  table,  but  the  French  prac- 
tice in  the  early  days  of  the  war  was  to 
consider  disability  caused  by  disease  non- 
attributable   and   to    discharge    such    cases 


Digitized  by 


Google 


358 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


without  pension.  The  new  law  makes  sick- 
ness attributable  unless  the  state  can  prove 
the  contrary.®  A  new  Guide-Barbme  has 
been  issued  to  go  with  the  new  pension  law. 

The  renewable  gratuity  was  granted  for 
two  years,  and  at  the  end  of  that  time  the 
recipient  was  required  to  app)ear  before  the 
Discharge  Commission  and  to  undergo  a 
new  medical  examination.  On  the  basis  of 
the  findings  of  the  doctors  the  gratuity  was 
then  renewed  for  another  two  years — at  the 
same  rate  if  there  had  been  no  change  in  the 
condition,  at  a  higher  rate  if  the  condition 
were  worse,  at  a  lower  rate  if  it  had  im- 
proved. If  the  disability  was  recognized 
to  be  incurable,  the  gratuity  was  converted 
into  a  life  pension ;  in  case  of  a  cure,  it  was 
discontinued  entirely.® 

The  temporary  pension  of  the  new  law  is 
similarly  granted  and  reviewed,  but  after 
four  years  at  the  most  the  condition  of  the 
pensioner  is  to  be  considered  permanent 
and  the  temporary  pension  either  con- 
verted into  a  permanent  one  or  discon- 
tinued. The  new  law  also  provides  that 
"any  recipient  of  a  temporary  pension  who 
experiences  a  new  complication  or  an  aggra- 
vation of  his  disability  can,  without  waiting^ 
for  the  expiration  of  the  two-year  period, 
send  in  a  demand  for  revision  which  must 
be  acted  upon  within  two  months."^** 

It  is  apparent,  therefore,  that  the  amount 
of  the  gratuity  or  temporary  pension  is  not, 
either  when  it  is  first  granted  or  when  it  is 
renewed,  conditioned  by  what  the  man  does 
or  will  earn.  On  this  point  M.  Alexandre 
Lefas.  deouty  from  Ille-et-Vilaine,  in  a  re- 
port on  French  pensions  presented  to  the 
Inter-Allied  Conference  in  London  in  May 
of  1918,  is  specific  and  clear.  He  says: 
"Note  that  in  virtue  of  the  military  laws  the 
pension  or  gratuity  due  a  disabled  man  is 
calculated  solely  on  the  basis  of  his  disa- 
bility and  rank,  without  consideration  of 
what  he  may  still  earn  by  working.'*^^ 
Speaking  before  the  Conference,  M.  Lefas 
added,  "We  have  a  medical  table  which 
fixes  the  rate  of  disability  according  to  the 
wound.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  what  is  con- 
sidered is  not  the  incapacity  for  work,  for 
the  disability  pension  is  independent  of  the 
wages  the  man  may  earn  by  working  and 
should  be  the  same  for  all  men  of  the  same 
rank  who  have  the  same  wound. "^^ 

The  fear  that  the  pension  would  be  re- 
duced if  the  earning  capacity  were  increased 


operated,  however,  during  the  early  years 
of  the  war,  to  deter  many  disabled  soldiers 
from  taking  re-educational  training,  and  it 
was  necessary  for  the  government  to  com- 
bat this  fear  by  repeated  announcement  of 
the  real  facts.  A  notice  prepared  by  the 
Office  National  dcs  MutiUs  et  Reformes  dc 
la  Guerre  with  the  object  of  inducing  more 
men  to  enter  the  re-educational  schools,  and 
signed  by  the  two  presidents  of  the  Office* 
the  Minister  of  Labor  and  the  Under-Secre- 
tary of  State  for  the  Health  Service,  states 
that  "whatever  their  trade  or  their  earnings, 
in  no  case  will  the  pension  of  wounded  sol- 
diers be  diminished  [thru  re-education], 
even  if  they  earn  more  than  before  being 
wounded.*'"  Another  notice  on  conditions 
of  admission  into  vocational  schools,  issued 
by  the  Departmental  Committees  and  based 
on  circulars  of  the  Ministers  of  War  and 
the  Interior,  says :  "The  amount  of  the  pen- 
sion depends  solely  on  the  medical  declara- 
tion of  disability.  In  no  case  can  it  be  mod- 
ified by  reason  of  the  fact  that  the  bene- 
ficiary has  been  re-educated.  The  amount 
of  the  gratuity  may  always  be  revised,  in 
accordance  with  the  functional  condition, 
whether  the  soldier  is  re-educated  or  not."** 
This  principle  was  finally  made  law  by  be- 
ing incorporated  in  the  Re-educational  Act 
of  January  2,  1918,  article  eight  of  which 
reads:  "In  no  case  can  the  amount  of  the 
pension  be  reduced  because  of  vocational 
re-education  or  readaptation  to  work."*' 

Great  Britain. 

Previous  to  the  issuance  of  the  Royal 
Warrant  of  1917,  British  pensions  were 
based  upon  the  decrease  in  earning  capacity 
caused  by  the  disablement.*®  Upon  his  dis- 
charge a  disabled  soldier  appeared  before  a 
medical  board  which  made  a  rough  estimate 
of  his  decreased  earning  capacity  and 
awarded  a  corresponding  temporary  pen- 
sion. After  a  time,  perhaps  in  six  months, 
he  would  be  re-examined,  and  if  his  earning 
power  had  been  increased  thru  training  or 
he  had  been  able  to  secure  remunerative  em- 
plovment,  his  pension  might  be  decreased. 

The  new  Warrant  discarded  this  principle 
and  based  the  amount  of  the  pension  en- 
tirely upon  the  soldier's  rank  and  the  de- 
gree of  his  physical  impairment.*'  In  a 
schedule  attached  to  the  Warrant  certain 
specific  injuries  are  graded  as  from  20  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdxcinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


359 


100  per  cent,  disabling,  and  the  pensions 
corresponding  to  these  different  degrees  of 
disablement  are  fixed.  For  other  injuries 
and  for  disease  it  is  provided  that  the  pen- 
sion shall  be  "assessed  at  the  degree  in  the 
schedule  which  is  held  most  closely  to  repre- 
sent the  disablement  corresponding  to  the 
injury  or  disease."^®  The  pension  scale 
ranges  for  a  private  soldier  from  5s.  6d.  to 
27s.  6d.  a  week.  Men  whose  disablement 
is  assessed  at  less  than  20  per  cent,  receive  a 
gratuity,  or  temporary  allowance,  depend- 
ing in  amount  on  the  extent  of  the  disable- 
ment but  not  to  exceed  £200.^® 

The  pensions  granted  under  this  Warrant 
may  be  either  permanent  or  temporary.  A 
permanent  pension  is  granted  when  the  dis- 
ability is  fixed  and  permanent — that  is,  when 
no  change  for  the  better  or  worse  may  be 
expected.  A  temporary  pension  is  granted 
at  the  rate  appropriate  to  the  temporary  dis- 
ablement when  the  disablement  has  not 
reached  its  final  condition.^® 

These  provisions  remain  unchanged  bv 
the  Royal  Warrant  of  1918. 

The  amount  and  kind  of  disablement  pen- 
sion due  a  man  are  determined  by  a  Medical 
Board  on  the  basis  of  a  medical  examination 
and  the  case  history.  Men  who  receive 
temporary  pensions  are  thereafter  re-ex- 
amined periodically — usually  at  intervals  of 
from  six  months  to  a  year — by  Medical 
Boards,  and  their  pensions  are  reassessed  to 
correspond  to  any  change  that  may  have 
occurred  in  the  degree  of  disability.  As 
soon  as  the  condition  is  judged  permanent, 
a  permanent  pension  is  granted.*^  If  the 
disability  becomes  worse  before  the  time  set 
for  re-examination,  the  Local  War  Pensions 
Committee,  on  the  advice  of  its  medical 
referee,  can  make  advances  to  the  man  until 
the  next  reassessment. 

The  Warrant  of  1917  states  expressly 
that  "when  a  permanent  pension  has  been 
granted  it  shall  not  be  altered  on  account 
of  any  change  in  the  man^s  earning  capacity, 
whether  resulting  from  training  or  other 
cause."^^  The  men  evidently  feared,  how-, 
ever,  that  their  temporary  pensions  might 
be  on  reassessment  decreased.  To  reassure 
them  on  this  point,  a  pamphlet  issued  by 
Major  Robert  Mitchell,  Director  of  Train- 
ing for  the  Ministry  of  Pensions,  on  the  ad- 
vantages of  trainmg  contains  this  state- 
ment :  "Let  it  be  distinctly  understood  that 
no  reduction  whatever  to  your  disablement 


pension  can  be  made  on  account  of  anything 
you  may  earn.  A  disablement  pension, 
temporary  or  permanent,  is  based  solely  on 
the  degree  of  disability  and  will  not  in  any 
way  be  affected  by  the  amount  of  a  man's 
wages."^^ 

A  man's  earnings  come  into  the  question 
only  if  he  applies  for  an  alternative  pension 
in  lieu  of  a  disablement  pension.  An  alter- 
native pension  may  be  granted  on  applica- 
tion to  a  man  who  shows  that  his  minimum 
pension  with  children's  allowances,  added 
to  the  earnings  of  which  he  remains  capable 
(if  any),  is  less  than  his  pre-war  earnings. 
He  may  then  receive  a  sum  which  added  to 
his  present  average  earnings  will  bring  his 
income  up  to  his  pre-war  earnings  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  50s.  plus  half  of  any  pre-war  earn- 
ings between  50s.  and  100s.  a  week.** 

During  a  discussion  of  pensions  in  Parlia- 
ment in  September,  1917,  Mr.  Barnes,  then 
Minister  of  Pensions,  was  asked  by  a  mem- 
ber: "Is  it  a  fact  that  the  only  case  in 
which  a  Medical  Board  can  ask  a  man  his 
actual  earnings  is  where  they  are  fixing  an 
alternative  pension  ?"  Mr.  Barnes'  answer, 
"That  is  the  only  case,"  is  unequivocal.*^ 

An  official  statement  by  the  Ministry  of 
Pensions  published  in  the  London  Times  of 
February  20,  1919,  takes  up  the  question  of 
alleged  reduction  of  pensions.  As  a  clear 
and  explicit  statement  of  pension  procedure 
it  is  worth  quoting  in  full. 

It  has  been  repeatedly  stated  in  various 
quarters  that  disabled  men  going  before 
medical  boards  have  their  pensions  cut 
down,  the  implication  being  that  a  delib- 
erate policy  of  reducing  p)ensions  has 
been  instituted.  The  allegation  is  entire- 
ly unfounded.  Disablement  pensions  are 
provisionally  awarded  for  a  period — it 
may  be  three  months,  six  months,  or  a 
year — at  a  rate  corresponding  to  the  de- 
gree of  disability  ascertained  by  medical 
examination.  On  re-examination  at  the 
end  of  the  period  (or  before  the  expiry 
of  the  period  in  some  cases,  as,  for  in- 
stance, when  the  man's  condition  has 
been  reported  by  the  local  medical  referee 
to  have  become  worse)  the  disability 
may  be  reassessed. 

Disablement  pensions  being  based  up- 
on the  principle  of  compensation  for  in- 
jury or  disease  arising  out  of  war  serv- 
ice, a  disappearance  or  abatement  of  the 
injury  or  disease  and  the  return,  or  par- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


360 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  AHTICLBS 


American  Mbdicins 


tial  return,  to  normal  health  necessarily 
involve  a  corresponding  reduction  of  the 
pension.  Where  the  pension  has  been 
reduced  as  the  result  of  medical  examina- 
tion it  is  because  the  medical  board  has 
certified  an  improvement  in  health.  If, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  man's  state  of 
health  is  found  to  have  become  worse 
owing  to  injur}^  or  disease  arising  out  of 
his  war  service,  a  higher  rate  of  pension 
is  awarded.  If  the  deterioration  in  health 
occurs  before  the  date  originally  fixed  for 
re-examination,  the  local  War  Pensions 
Committee,  acting  on  the  local  medical 
referee's  report,  may,  until  the  re-ex- 
amination, make  advances  representing 
the  difference  between  the  pension  the 
man  is  receiving  and  the  pension  to  which 
his  actual  condition  would  entitle  him. 
These  advances  are  recoverable  only 
when  the  medical  referee's  report  is  up- 
held. 

The  re-examination  actually  takes 
place  some  weeks  before  the  expiration 
of  the  period  for  which  pension  is  grant- 
ed, and  improvement  in  health  does  not 
mean  an  immediate  reduction  of  pension, 
but  a  reduction  only  from  the  date  (some 
weeks  later)  when  the  former  pension 
expires. 

It  is  important  to  remember  that  the 
pensions  with  which  the  Ministry  of  Pen- 
sions deals  are  granted  because  of  dis- 
ablement, not  because  of  service  in  the 


war. 


Belgium. 


The  Belgian  pension  law  of  April  5, 
1917,  was  passed  as  a  temporary  measure  to 
be  superseded  when  the  country  should  be 
delivered  and  restored.  There  is,  there- 
fore, no  object  in  analyzing  its  provisions. 

Italy. 

The  Italian  pension  law  of  May  20,  1917, 
divides  disabilities  into  ten  classes  accord- 
ing as  they  diminish  the  man's  capacity  for 
profitable  work  from  10  to  100  per  cent.  A 
man  with  a  disability  which  falls  into  one 
of  the  first  eight  classes  receives  a  life  pen- 
sion of  from  378  to  1.260  lire  a  year,  with 
supplementary  allowances  if  he  is  totally 
disabled  and  needs  an  attendant.  For  dis- 
abilities of  the  ninth  and  tenth  classes  a 
temporary  allowance  equal  to  a  pension  of 


the  eighth  class  is  granted  for  a  period  of 
from  six  months  to  six  years.^* 

When  the  gravity  of  the  disability  or  its 
permanent  character  cannot  be  definitely 
determined,  the  law  authorizes  the  grant  of 
a  temporary  pension  based  on  the  regular 
pension  scale.  This  may  be  granted  for  a 
period  of  not  less  than  one  year  or  more 
than  five ;  at  the  end  of  the  allotted  period  it 
may  be  renewed,  converted  into  a  life  pen- 
sion, or  discontinued.  After  eight  years 
have  passed,  the  condition  must  be  consid- 
ered permanent  and  the  pension  either  made 
permanent  or  discontinued.^^ 

A  large  number  of  sp)ecific  disabilities 
are  listed  under  the  ten  classes,  but  the  law 
recognizes  that  there  will  be  cases  not  there- 
in included  and  provides  that  these  shall  be 
''ascribed  to  the  class  which  contains  disabil- 
ties  causing  an  equivalent  diminution  of  the 
capacity  for  profitable  work."**  Additional 
directions  on  the  assessment  of  non-speci- 
fied disabilities  are  contained  in  a  circular 
issued  by  the  Inspector  of  the  Military 
Health  Department  to  the  District  Directors 
of  the  Department.  This  directs  the  ex- 
amining doctors  whose  duty  it  is  to  deter- 
mine "by  analogy"  the  class  of  non-specified 
disabilities  to  base  their  decision  upon  a 
consideration  of  the  "diminished  functional 
ability  resulting  from  loss  of  organs,  limbs, 
or  parts  of  limbs  or  from  functional  disturb- 
ances."*® 

It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  the  amount 
of  the  pension  depends  on  the  doctors'  es- 
tiniation  of  the  physical  disability.  That  it 
may  not  be  reduced  on  account  of  an)rthing 
the  man  may  earn  is  expressly  stated  in 
article  nineteen  of  the  pension  law,  which 
reads :  *Tn  accordance  with  the  present  law 
there  can  be  no  change  in  the  pension 
granted  to  a  disabled  soldier  whatever  de- 
gree of  re-education  he  may  have  attained  or 
whatever  employment  he  may  have  se- 
cured."'** False  reports  on  this  matter  have 
created  in  the  Italian  soldier  as  in  his  com- 
rades of  the  other  warring  countries  a  re- 
-luctance  to  take  training,  and  it  has  been 
necessary  for  the  government  to  <;ombat 
these  reports  by  numerous  published  state- 
ments. For  example,  a  propaganda  book- 
let issued  by  the  "National  Board"  to  in- 
form disabled  soldiers  of  government  meas- 
ures in  their  interest  contains  the  following : 
''Disabled  soldiers  should  know  that  the 
pensions   granted   them   by   the   state   can 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


361 


never  be  in  any  way  diminished  or  discon- 
tinued whatever  the  recipients  may  earn  by 
their  labor  or  employment."®^ 


Canada. 


Canadian 


vxdiiauiaiA  pensions  are  divided  into 
twenty  classes  and  are  awarded  in  direct 
proportion  to  the  degree  of  disability,  which 
is  graded  from  5  to  100  per  cent.    The 


mined  by  the  Board  of  Pension  Commis- 
sioners on  the  basis  of  a  report  of  his.  med- 
ical examination  before  discharge  and  the 
other  details  of  his  condition.  The  per- 
centage that  any  disability  bears  to  a  total 
disability  has  been  carefully  calculated  by 
experts.*'  For  example,  in  the  case  of  pul- 
monary tuberculosis  the  following  table  has 
been  drawn  up  to  serve  as  a  guide  in  esti- 
mating the  disability  percentage: 


TABLE  FOR  ESTIMATING  INCAPACITY  IN  PULMONARY  TUBERCULOSIS. 

N.  B. — When  It  is  considered  advisable,  medical  officers  will  make  an  estimate  of  disability 
graded  at  any  percentage  other  than  that  named  in  the  table.  The  terminology  used,  and  its 
assigned  interpretation,  is  that  employed  by  the  National  Association  for  the  Prevention  of 
Tuberculosis. 


Class 

Condition 

Clinical  Description 

Employability 

Percentage   of 
Disability 

1 

Not  improved 

100 

2 

Improved 

Where   there  has   been 
improvement     sufficient 
to  allow  the  use  of  the 
term. 

These  cases  wHl,  in  all 
likelihood,     relapse    on 
any    but    the    lightest 
kind  of  work.      During 
the  first  six  months,  at 
least,   disability   should 
be  considered  as  total. 
Practically     an     active 
case     under      ordinary 
conditions  of  life,   and 
should  rest  at  least  75 
per  cent,  of  his  time,  in 
order  to  carry  on  in  fair 
health — hence    a    mini- 
mum of  80  per  cent,  for 
the  first  six  months. 

100 

3 

Quiescent 

No  constitutional  symp- 
toms;    tubercle    bacilli 
may  be  present  or  not; 
stationary  or  better  in 
physical   signs,   all   the 
foregoing    having    been 
present    at    least    two 
months. 

80-100 

4 

Apparently 
arrested 

Signs  of  a  healed  lesion 
without  any   symptoms 
for  three  months. 

Should  rest  half  of  hia 
time. 

50-80 

5 

Arrested 

Signs  of  a  healed  lesion 
without  relapse  at  end 
of  six  months  under  or- 
dinary living  conditions. 
Signs  of  a  healed  lesion 
without  relapse  at  end 
of  two  years  under  or- 
dinary living  conditions. 

Should  rest  one-quarter 
of  his  time. 

25-50 

6 

Apparently 
cured 

Only   limitation  of  em- 
ployability   is    that    he 
should  avoid  certain  oc- 
cupations involving  un- 
due   exposure    to    dust 
and     debilitating     con- 
ditions. 

Note. — In  estimating  disability  the  fibrosis  and  destruction  of  lung  tissue,  debility,  and 
tendency  to  relapse  must  be  taken  into  account. 


amount  of  a  pension  of  the  first  class,  or  a 
100  per  cent,  disability  pension,  is  $600  a 
year ;  of  a  class  20  pension,  for  5  per  cent, 
disability,  $30.  A  permanent  disability  of 
less  than  5  per  cent,  entitles  to  a  gratuity  of 
not  more  than  $100.'2 

A  man's  percentage  of  disability  is  deter- 


All  pensions,  except  in  those  cases  where 
the  disability  is  obviously  permanent,  are 
subject  to  periodical  review.  If,  in  review- 
ing a  case,  the  medical  advisors  of  the 
Board  of  Pension  Commissioners  find  that 
the  man's  condition  has  improved  or  grown 
worse,  they   reduce  or   raise   the  estimate 


Digitized  by 


Google 


362 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAX.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


of  his  disability  percentage,  and  he  receives 
a  corresponding  decrease  or  increase  of  pen- 
sion. "A  p>ension  lasts  as  long  as  the  dis- 
ability for  which  it  was  awarded  exists.*'^* 
Increased  earnings  cannot  effect  a  reduc- 
tion of  the  pension.  On  this  point  the  Pen- 
sion Regulations  contain  the  following  ex- 
plicit statement:  "No  deduction  shall  be 
made  from  the  amount  awarded  to  any 
pensioner  owing  to  his  having  undertaken 
work  or  perfected  himself  in  some  form 
of  industry."^**  In  other  words,  to  quote 
Reconstruction,  the  official  bulletin  of  the 
Department  of  SoldiersV  Civil  Re-establish- 
ment :  "A  pension  is  compensation  for  dis- 
ability, not  payment  for  incapacity  in  any 
particular  line  or  branch  of  work — so  a  pen- 
sioner need  not  worry  that  his  pension  will 
be  reduced  if  and  when  he  finds  employ- 
ment, or  fits  himself  for  a  trade,  or  takes  up 
any  other  means  of  earning  a  livelihood."** 

Germany. 

The  German  war  pensions,  for  privates 
and  non-commissioned  officers  are  governed 
by  the  pension  law  of  1906.  Under  this  law 
the  pension  is  composed  of  several  parts. 
There  is,  in  the  first  place,  the  military 
annuity  (Militdrrente) ,  which  is  a  pension 
varying  according  to  the  degree  of  disability 
and  to  military  rank.  The  law  fixes  for 
each  rank  the  amount  of  the  annuity  for 
total  disability,  and  the  annuity  is  in  each 
case  granted  as  a  percentage  of  that  amount 
according  to  the  degree  of  disability  as  de- 
termined by  the  military  medical  pension 
boards.  No  annuity  is  paid  if  the  disability 
is  less  than  10  per  cent. 

There  are,  in  addition,  several  supple- 
mentary allowances.  The  war  allowance 
(Kriegszulaqe)  is  paid  to  all  those  who  are 
entitled  to  the  military  annuity  as  a  result 
of  disability  incurred  in  and  as  a  result  of 
war  service;  its  amount  (fifteen  marks 
monthly)  is  fixed  irrespective  of  the  degree 
of  disability  and  of  military  rank. 

The  disability  allowance  {Verstumme- 
lungssulage)  is  paid  also  as  a  fixed  monthly 
amount  (twenty-seven  marks),  irrespective 
of  military  rank,  to  those  who  have  suffered 
certain  serious  injuries :  the  loss  of  a  hand, 
of  a  foot,  the  loss  of  speech,  deafness  in 
both  ears.  Men  blinded  in  both  eyes  re- 
ceive a  double  allowance,  as  do  also  those 
who  have  lost  two  limbs :  in  fact,  the  allow- 


ance is  cumulative,  and  a  soldier  who  has 
been  totally  blinded  and,  in  addition,  has 
lost  both  arms  and  both  legs,  should  receive 
six  times  the  normal  amount.'^  The  allow- 
ance may  also  be  granted  whenever  the  use 
of  a  limb  has  been  impaired  to  such  an  ex- 
tent as  to  make  the  impairment  equivalent 
to  a  loss  of  the  limb ;  or  when  one  eye  has 
been  lost  and  the  other  has  a  vision  less 
than  one-half  of  normal;  or  when  the  man 
has  suffered  any  other  serious  impairment 
of  his  health  that  necessitates  permanent  at- 
tendance by  another  person;  in  cases  of 
mental  disease  requiring  institutional  treat- 
ment or  of  serious  illness  the  amount  of  the 
allowance  may  be  increased  up  to  fifty-four 
marks  a  month. 

There  are  also  allowances  of  a  less  gen- 
eral importance,  as,  for  instance,  the  old 
age  allowance  (Alterszidage)  which  is 
given  to  men  of  fifty-five  years  and  over 
whose  annual  income  is  less  than  600 
marks;  the  air  service  allowance  (Luft- 
dienstsulagc)  ;  the  tropical  service  allow- 
ance {Troppenzulage) ,  and  so  on. 

Of  the  several  component  parts  of  the 
pension,  one,  namely  the  war  allowance, 
cannot  be  reduced  under  any  circumstances 
and  is  paid  as  a  fixed  amount  as  long  as 
the  military  annuity  is  paid,  that  is,  as  long 
as  there  is  a  disability  of  10  per  cent,  or 
more. 

The  disability  allowance  may  be  granted 
either  permanently,  if  the  injury  may  by  its 
nature  be  expected  to  be  permanent,  or  for 
the  duration  of  the  injury.  The  former  is 
evidently  the  case  for  amputations.  On  the 
contrary,  the  allowance  may  frequently  be 
but  temporary  when  granted  for  serious  dis- 
ease; in  this  case,  moreover,  the  granting 
is  optional  with  the  authorities,  and  the  man 
has  no  legal  claim  to  the  allowance. 

The  military  annuity  is  subject  to  revi- 
sion and  may,  upon  an  application  of  the  re- 
cipient or  by  a  ruling  of  the  authorities,  be 
increased,  reduced,  or  withdrawn,  if  there 
has  been  a  "substantial  change"  in  the  con- 
dition that  determined  its  being  granted. 
Applications  for  an  increase  of  the  annuity 
may  be  made  at  any  time.  A  downward  re- 
vision or  a  withdrawal  may  take  place 
only  once  a  year.*®  "Substantial  change" 
has  been  defined  in  instructions  issued  in 
1909  as  a  change  in  the  degree  of  disability 
equal  to  at  least  10  per  cent,  of  total  disa- 
bility.^^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


363 


The  pension  is  thus  partly  fixed  and 
partly  variable,  and  the  relative  importance 
of  the  two  portions  varies  according  to  in- 
dividual cases.  In  amputation  cases  the 
portion  that  remains  fixed  will,  as  a  rule,  be 
considerable.  Thus,  for  instance,  a  private, 
who  has  lost  a  limb  and  whose  disability  has 
been  estimated  at  50  per  cent.,  is  granted  an 
annuity  of  270  marks,  which  will  be  liable 
to  revision  with  every  change  in  his  condi- 
tion; against  this  the  portion  that  will  re- 
main fixed  is  equal  to  the  combined  amount 
of  the  war  and  disability  allowances,  namely 
504  marks.  On  the  contrary,  in  cases  of 
internal  disease  no  disability  allowance  is 
granted  as  a  rule,  and  consequently  the  vari- 
able portion  of  the  pension  bears  a  much 
higher  ratio  to  the  fixed  one. 

The  question  as  to  whether  the  amount 
of  the  annuity  depends  upon  the  man's 
physical  condition  only,  or  whether  and  to 
what  extent  it  may  be  aflfected  by  the  fact 
of  his  employment  and  by  an  increase  in  his 
earnings,  cannot  be  definitely  answered.  To 
denote  the  disability  on  which  the  annuity 
is  based,  the  pension  law  uses  the  term 
Erzverbsunfdhigkeit — incapacity  for  gainful 
work.  This  is  frequently  interpreted  as 
referring  to  physical  incapacity  only.  Thus, 
one  of  the  foremost  authorities  on  the  prob- 
lem of  the  disabled  soldier  states  that  "a 
substantial  change  cannot  be  seen  in  the  fact 
alone  that  the  disabled  soldier  is  able  to 
work  for  wages  or  that  he  succeeds  in  the 
course  of  time  in  attaining  better  wage  con- 
ditions. We  only  have  such  a  change  when 
the  physical  condition  of  the  man  has  per- 
manently and  substantially  improved."*® 
The  same  interpretation,  tho  in  a  less  cate- 
gorical form,  is  given  in  a  pamphlet  issued 
by  the  Prussian  War  Ministry  for  the  in- 
formation of  disabled  soldiers :  "The  eval- 
uation of  the  degree  of  incapacity  is  based 
mainly  upon  the  physical  condition  of  the 
injured  as  determined  by  the  injury,  and 
not  upon  his  general  condition  or  upon  his 
trade  activities  or  the  earnings  derived  from 
them.  The  supposition  that  the  resumption 
of  trade  activities  may  in  itself  have  as  a 
result  a  decrease  or  a  withdrawal  of  the 
pension  is  altogether  wrong."" 

In  determining  the  degree  of  incapacity 
in  amputation  cases  the  effect  of  artificial 
limbs  is  taken  into  consideration.  A  higher 
temporary  pension  may  be  granted  while 


the  man  is  waiting  for  an  adequate  artificial 
limb  to  be  supplied.*^ 

On  the  other  hand,  it  was  possible  to  no 
less  an  authority  than  Professor  Konrad 
Biesalski  to  state  that  the  annuity  "is  fixed 
according  to  the  impairment  of  the  earning 
capacity,  just  as  in  the  case  of  industrial 
accidents,  and  this  annuity  may  under  cir- 
cumstances be  withdrawn,  namely  when  the 
man  works  and  thus  proves  that  his  earning 
capacity  is  no  longer  limited."*' 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  tho  it  has  been  gen- 
erally recognized  in  Germany  that  the  "pen- 
sion psychosis"  is  the  greatest  obstacle  to 
the  rehabilitation  of  the  disabled,  arid  tho 
continuous  eflForts  have  been  made  to  over- 
come it  by  dispelling  the  idea  that  rehabili- 
tation means  a  decreased  pension,  there 
never  has  been  given  a  definite  pledge,  such 
as  those  given  in  France  or  in  Italy,  that  the 
pension  would  under  no  circumstances  be 
aflfected  by  the  earnings.  The  assurances 
that  have  been  given  in  Germany  are  much 
more  moderate  and  more  cautious. 

A  Prussian  ministerial  circular  of  Septem- 
ber, 1915,  states  that  "a  decrease  or  a  with- 
drawal of  the  annuity  can  only  take  place  in 
the  case  of  a  substantial  increase  of  the 
earning  capacity  [underscored  in  the  text]  ; 
to  what  extent  employment  in  a  gainful  oc- 
cupation may  be  considered  as  proof  of  such 
an  increase  cannot  be  stated  in  a  general 
way."  The  circular  further  points  out  that 
the  payment  of  the  war  allowance  will  con- 
tinue as  long  as  the  earning  capacity  of  the 
man  is  impaired  to  any  measurable  extent ; 
no  change  in  the  amount  of  the  disability 
allowance  is  as  a  rule  possible.  Therefore 
in  cases  of  amputation,  for  instance,  the 
man,  "in  addition  to  an  annuity  correspond- 
ing to  the  degree  of  disability,"  will  receive 
the  two  supplementary  allowances,  "irre- 
spective of  the  income  he  may  derive  from 
gainful  employment."  "The  authorities 
concerned  have  been  requested,  in  order  to 
facilitate  an  unimpeded  return  of  the  dis- 
abled to  civilian  life  and  not  to  interfere 
with  their  vocational  training  and  readapta- 
tion  to  work,  which  in  some  cases  may  re- 
quire considerable  time,  not  to  fix  too  short 
periods  for  the  revision  of  the  pension."** 

In  the  official  publication  of  the  Prussian 
War  Ministry  devoted  to  the  problems  of 
disabled  soldiers  we  find  mention  of  several 
provisions  made  to  overcome  the  apprehen- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


364 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.BS 


Amkrican  Mbdzcins 


sion  of  the  men  that  to  take  up  remunerative 
work  may  mean  a  reduction  or  a  loss  of  the 
pension.  These  provisions  include  assurance 
given  to  the  men  who  may  take  up  work 
before  the  pension  procedure  has  been  com- 
pleted that  their  earnings  during  the  inter- 
vening period  will  not  affect  the  amount  of 
the  p)ension;  the  maintaining  of  the  prin- 
ciple that  revisions  shall  not  take  place  more 
than  once  a  yeaf  and  a  recommendation  to 
extend  this  period,  whenever  this  may  be 
necessary,  to  two  or  three  years  or  even 
more;  the  issuing  of  special  certificates  to 
those  men  whose  injury  does  not  permit  to 
expect  a  restoration  of  their  earning  capac- 
ity to  over  90  per  cent,  of  normal,  to  the 
effect  that  no  complete  withdrawal  of  their 
pension  will  ever  take  place.**^ 

Paul  H.  Perls,  of  the  Siemens-Schuckert 
plant,  who  has  been  active  in  readapting  dis- 
abled soldiers  to  factory  work  gives  the  fol- 
lowing statement  of  the  relation  of  the  pen- 
sion to  earning  capacity :  "The  idea  is  fre- 
quently found  among  disabled  soldiers  that 
they  will  lose  their  pension  if  they  enter  em- 
ployment. This  idea  is  wrong.  The  war 
allowance  continues  as  long  as  there  re- 
mains any  reduction  of  earning  capacity  due 
to  war  service;  the  disability  allowance  is 
paid  as  long  as  there  is  disability,  which,  as  a 
general  rule,  means  for  life.  As  to  the  mili- 
tary annuity,  it  can  only  be  decreased  or 
withdrawn  if  there  has  taken  place  a  sub- 
stantial change  in  the  condition  that  had  de- 
termined the  granting  of  the  pension.  Sub- 
stantial change  there  is  when  the  physical 
condition  of  the  disabled  man  has  sub- 
stantially improved,  or  when  he  has  become 
so  much  accustomed  to  his  sickness  or  in- 
firmity that  the  impairment  of  his  earning 
capacity  has  become  less,  as,  for  instance, 
thru  habituation  to  artificial  limbs,  or  when 
his  earning  capacity  has  increased  thru  ad- 
ditional training.  A  decrease  of  the  pen- 
sion is  always  conditioned  upon  the  change 
in  the  degree  of  disability  being  of  at  least 
10  per  cent.  The  military  administration 
has  repeatedly  assured  that  the  prescriptions 
regarding  the  change  of  the  amount  of  the 
pensions  of  the  disabled  would  be  enforced 
with  the  greatest  benevolence.  No  disabled 
soldier  should  fear  that  his  annuity  might 
be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  his  wages."*® 

There  is  one  provision  in  the  pension  law 
by  which  the  amount  of  the  pension  is  di- 
rectly affected  by  the  fact  of  employment. 


If,  namely,  the  disabled  man  enters  civil 
service  the  payment  of  the  portion  of  his 
pension  which  is  equal  to  20  per  cent,  or  less 
of  that  for  total  disability,  and  of  that  por- 
tion which  exceeds  60  per  cent,  of  that  for 
total  disability,  is  susp)ended  for  the  dura- 
tion of  his  employment.  However,  an  order 
of  the  Imperial  Chancellor,  issued  during 
the  war,  has  exempted  from  this  provision 
all  state  and  municipal  employees.*^ 

In  direct  relation  to  earnings  is  the  so- 
called  supplementary  pension  (Zusatsrente) 
which  may  under  certain  conditions  be  paid 
out  of  a  special  fund  created  during  the  war 
to  disabled  soldiers  to  cover  the  difference 
of  their  pre-war  earnings  and  their  present 
total  income. 

References. 

1.  In  the  study  of  the  material  I  wish  to  ac- 
knowledge especially  the  assistance  of  Mrs. 
G.  G.  Whiteside  and  Mr.  Alexander  Gour- 
vich. 

2.  Lol  11  avHl  1831.  art  12,  13.  14.  In:  Val- 
entino, Ch.  Militaires  bless^  et  infirmes. 
R6formes,  gratifications,  et  pensions.  Paris, 
1918,  p.  47-48. 

3.  D6cret  du  24  mars,  1915.  In:  Dalloz.  Guerre 
de  1914.  Documents  officiels.  Paris,  1915, 
iv,  60-51. 

4.  Obelliane,  E.  Les  pensions  des  victimes  de 
la  guerre.  Nouvelle  lol  du  31  mars  1917  sur 
les  pensions  militaires.    Paris,  1919,  p.  6. 

5.  Ibid.,  p.  8. 

6.  Valentino,  Ch.  Militaires  blesses  et  in- 
firmes. R^formes,  gratifications,  et  pen- 
sions.   Paris,  1918,  p.  106-107. 

7.  Prance.  Miniature  de  la  Ouerre.  Gulde- 
bar^me  des  Invalidlt^s.    Paris,  1917,  p.  3. 

8.  Obelliane,  E.  Les  pensions  des  victimes 
de  la  guerre.  Nouvelle  loi  du  31  mars,  1917 
sur  les  pensions  militaires.  Paris,  1919,  p. 
7. 

9.  Valentino.  Ch.  Militaires  blesses  et  in- 
firmes. Reform es.  gratifications,  et  pen- 
sions.   Paris,  1918,  p.  139-140. 

10.  Obelliane,  E.  Les  pensions  des  victimes  de 
la  guerre.  Nouvelle  loi  du  31  mars  1917 
sur  les  pensions  militaires.  Paris,  1919,  p. 
7. 

11.  Inter-Allied  Conference  (the)  on  the  After- 
Care  of  Disabled  Men.  Reports  presented 
to  the  conference.  London,  1918,  p.  27. 

12.  Inter-Allied  Conference  (the)  on  the  After- 
Care  of  Disabled  Men.  Supplement  to 
volume  of  reports.    London,  1918,  p.  24. 

13.  France.  Office  National  des  Mutili^s  et  R& 
fomi<^s  de  la  Overre.  Bulletin  No.  1.  Ann^e 
1916.     Paris,  1917.  p.  11. 

14.  Ibid.,  p.  167. 

15.  France.  Office  National  des  MutiUs  et  R^ 
formes  de  la  Guerre.  Bulletin  No.  3.  Premier 
semestre  1918.     Paris,  1918,  p.  3. 

16.  Winiams.  Basil.  Pensions.  Recalled  to  Life, 
London,  1917,  i,  97. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambhican  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


365 


18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 


22. 


23. 


24. 


17.   Great  Britain.     Ministry  of  Pensions,  The 
drafts  of  a  royal  warrant  and  of  an  order 
In  council  for  the  pensions  of  soldiers  and 
sailors  disabled  and  of  the  families  and  de- 
pendants of  soldiers  and  sailors  deceased  In 
consequence   of  the   present  war.  London, 
1917  (cd.  8485),  p.  11. 
Ibid.,  art.  1. 
Ibid.,  art.  7. 
Ibid.,  art.  5  (1). 

Lefevre,  J.  The  handy  guide  to  war. pen- 
sions, gratuities  and  allowances.  How 
granted  and  how  obtained.  Maidstone.  1918. 
p.  6. 

Great  Britain.  Ministry  of  Pensions,  The 
drafts  of  a  royal  warrant  and  of  an  order 
in  council  for  pensions  of  soldiers  and 
sailors  disabled  and  of  the  families  and  de- 
pendants of  soldiers  and  sailors  deceased 
In  consequence  of  the  present  war.  London. 

1917.  art.  5  (2). 

Mitchell.  Robert.  To  disabled  sailors  and 
soldiers.  A  few  notes  on  the  advantages  of 
training  for  your  future,  career.     London. 

1918,  p.  4. 

Great  Britain.  Ministry  of  Pensions.  The 
drafts  of  a  royal  warrant  and  of  an  order 
In  council  for  the  pensions  of  soldiers  and 
sailors  disabled  and  of  the  families  and  de- 
pendants of  soldiers  and  sailors  deceased 
In  consequence  of  the  present  war.   London, 

1917,  art.  3. 

25.  War  Pensions  Gazette,  London,  1917,  1.  57. 

26.  Per  le  pension!  prlvileglate  dl  guerra. 
Rassegna  di  Assicurazioni  e  Previdenza  8o- 
ciale,  Roma.  1917,  Iv,  1268-1285. 

27.  Ibid.,  p.  1272. 

28.  Ibid.,  p.  1270. 

29.  Ibid.,  p.  1284. 

30.  Protezlone  ed  asslstenza  degll  invalldi  della 
guerra.  Rassegna  di  Assicurazioni  e  Pre- 
videnza Sociale,  Roma,  1917,  Iv,  970. 

31.  Opera  Nazionale  per  la  Protezlone  e  I'Assls- 
tenza  degll  Invalldi  della  Guerra.  Agll  In- 
validi  della  guerra.    Roma,  1918.  p.  13. 

32.  Canada.  Parliament.  Pension  regulations 
for  those  serving  in  the  naval  forces  of 
Canada  and  the  Canadian  expeditionary 
force  during  the  present  war.   Ottawa,  1917. 

33.  Reconstruction,  December.  1918,  p.  12. 

34.  Reconstrtiction,  December,  1918,  p.  13. 

35.  Canada.  Parliament.  Pension  regulations 
for  those  serving  In  the  naval  forces  of 
Canada  and  the  Canadian  expeditionary 
force  during  the  present  war.  Ottawa.  1917, 
p.  4. 

36.  Reconstruction,  December,  1918,  p.  13. 

37.  Schweyer,  Franz.  Deutsche  Krlegsfflrsorge. 
Berlin.  1918,  p.  76. 

88.  Germany.  Preussisches  Kriegsministerium, 
Uebersicht  tiber  Versorgungs-und  Ptirsorge- 
Angelegenheiten  der  Mannschaften.  Ber- 
lin, 1918,  p.  14. 

39.  Adam,  M.    Mannschaftsversorgung.    Berlin, 

1918,  p.  68-69. 

40.  Schweyer,  Franz.  Deutsche  Krlegsftirsorge. 
Berlin,  1918,  p.  78. 

41.  Germany.    Preti^sisches  Kriegsministerium, 
-Uebersicht  flber  Versorgungs-und  Ftirsorge- 


Angelegenhelten    der    Mannschaften,    Ber- 
lin, 1918.  p.  6. 

42.  Ibid.,  p.  15. 

43.  Blesalski,  Konrad.  Die  ethlsche  und  wirt- 
schaftllche  Bedeutung  der  Krlegskriippel- 
fiirsorge.     Leipzig,  1915,  p.  17-18. 

44.  Fechner.  Die  Hlnterbliebenen-und  Krlegs- 
besch^dlgten-Fdrsorge  In  Kriegs-und  Frle- 
denszeiten.   Berlin,  1915,  ill,  5-7. 

45.  Von  Langerman  and  Erl encamp.  Versor- 
gungsfragen  im  Krlege.  Amtliche  MitteU 
lungen  fiir  Kriegsbeschadigte  Oder  versor- 
gungsberechtigte  Militarpersonen  und  fiir 
Hinterbliehene  von  Heeresangehorigen,  Ber- 
lin, 1917,  1,  45. 

46.  Perls,  Paul  H.  Wlederertiichtigung  schwer- 
beschUdigter  Krlegsteilnehmer  in  der  Werk- 
statt.  Zeitschrift  fiir  Kriippelfursorge,  Leip- 
zig, 1917,  X,  298-299. 

47.  Fursorge  fiir  Kriegsteilnehmer,  Berlin, 
1917.  ill,  165. 

48.  Vom  Krieg  zur  Friedensarheit,  Berlin.  1917, 
lil,  35;  Schweyer,  Franz.  Deutsche  Krlegs- 
farsorge,  Berlin,  1918,  p.  99. 


THE   PLACE   OF   MECHANO-THER- 

APY  IN  THE  RE-EDUCATION  OF 

IMPAIRED  MOVEMENTS. 


R.  TAiT  Mckenzie,  m.  d., 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Late  Major,  R.  A.  M.  C, 

Professor  of  Physical  Therapy,  University  of 
Pennsylvania. 

Much  mental  confusion  has  been  caused 
by  thinking  of  massage  and  mechano-ther- 
apy  as  being  an  akernate  for,  or  in  oppo- 
sition to,  occupation  in  the  treatment  of 
wounded  men.  It  is  scarcely  more  reason- 
able than  to  debate  the  relative  merits  of 
salad  and  ice  cream  as  a  complete  diet. 
They  are  both  courses  in  an  orderly  se- 
quence of  treatment. 

The  muscles,  especially  if  hampered  by 
imperfect  nerve  supply  or  starved  by  con- 
stricting scar  tissue,  must  first  of  all  be 
flushed  with  blood,  either  by  hot  water,  by 
radiant  heat,  or  by  diathermy;  they  must 
then  be  manipulated  and,  in  certain  cases, 
stretched  by  the  operator,  but  when  heat, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


366 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICX.BS 


American  Mkdicine 


massage  and  passive  movement  have  done 
all  they  can,  the  patient  has  still  a  long 
way  to  go  to  complete  recovery,  and  here 
is  the  point  at  which  the  greatest  diver- 
gence of  views  begins. 


From  McKenzie's  ''Reclaiming  the  Maimed." 

Courtesy  of  the  Macmillan  Co. 

Pig.  1.  Inclined  ladder  for  exercising  the 
stump  of  amputated  leg  with  parallel  bars 
to  help  balance.  On  either  side  of  the  bars 
are  seen  the  inversion  and  eversion  treads 
for  foot  training. 

There  are  three  ways  by  which  lost  or 
impaired  movements  are  brought  back: 

1.  Specially  designed  apparatus  like  the 
Mosso  ergograph  for  exercising  specific 
groups. 

2.  Gymnastic  movements  and  exercises 
which  are  not  so  accurate,  but  which  can 
be  designed  to  train  definite  movements  and 
co-ordinations. 


3.  Handicrafts,  in  which  the  muscles 
are  unconsciously  used  for  the  purpose  of 
accomplishing  some  useful  work. 
Each  of  these,  instead  of  being  antagonis- 
tic, is  a  link  in  the  chain  of  a  complete 
treatment. 

The  most  widely  known  system  of  mech- 
ano-therapy  before  the  war  was  that  of 
Zander,  but  during  the  last  five  years  it 
has  fallen  into  general  neglect,  partly  on 
account  of  the  great  cost  of  an  installation 
and  the  complicated  construction  of  the  ma- 
chines, partly  from  the  real  danger  in  em- 
ploying an  apparatus  for  stretching  adhe- 
sions which  is  driven  by  power  beyond  the 
control  of  the  patient  and,  lastly,  from  the 
intolerable  boredom  that  results  from  the 
mechanical  repetition  of  a  single  movement 
without  producing  any  apparent  result. 

Single  and  comparatively  inexpensive  ap- 
pliances have  been  devised  as  a  substitute 
to  bring  into  more  general  use  this  valua- 
ble agent  in  the  treatment  of  these  condi- 
tions, but  even  to  the  appliances  which  are 
now  used  with  such  success  in  the  many 
hospitals  and  convalescent  camps  in  France, 
England,  India,  Canada,  and  at  the 
Clinic  for  Functional  Re-education  in 
New  York,  I  find  a  prejudice  which  I 
believe  is  capable  of  analysis.  It  is  com- 
posed of^a  sort  of  mental  laziness  that 
resents  having  to  learn  a  new  thing,  which 
makes  it  so  much  easier  to  dismiss  the 
whole  subject  in  the  casual  way,  rather 
than  learn  what  it  actually  does  accomplish ; 
in  fact,  the  same  mental  attitude  that  ig- 
nored the  whole  subject  of  physical  therapy 
before  the  war.  Just  as  the  neglect  of  med- 
ical electricity  is  due  largely  to  lack  of 
knowledge  of  its  technic,  so  ignorance, 
sometimes  accompanied  by  an  unwilling- 
ness to  investigate  the  subject,  is  responsi- 
ble for  the  small  place  occupied  by  mech- 
ano-therapy    in    many    military    hospitals. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


367 


'The  exact  place  of  mechano-therapy  must 
always  be  kept  in  mind.  That  place  is  im- 
mediately after  the  patient  has  been  pre- 
pared by  heat  in  its  various  forms  and 
manipulation,  and  it  comes  before  the  more 
complicated  and  less  regulated  movements 
of  a  craft.  It  is  mqre  closely  allied  with 
medical  treatment  than  it  is  with  occupa- 
tion, and  to  be  successful,  it  requires  an 


knee,  and  walk  somewhat  as  if  the  extensors 
were  really  in  action.  This  is  also  true  of 
many  movements  of  the  shoulder,  arm  and 
hand.  It  is  necessary,  then,  to  analyze  with 
great  care  any  action  that  is  absent  or  im- 
paired and  to  prescribe  exercises  that  will 
bear  directly  upon  it. 

The  appliances  here  described,  tho   far 
from  complete  are  designed: 


From  McKenzie'8  "Reclaiming  the  Maimed." 


Courtesy  of  the  Macmillan  Co. 


FiQ.  2.    Apparatus  for  ad-  and  abduction  of  the  wrist — flexion  and  extension  of  the  wrist  and 
pronation  and  supination. 


accurate  knowledge  of  the  anatomy  of  the 
parts  involved.  It  is  a  commonplace  to  ex- 
perienced workers  that  apatient  will  always 
favor  a  weak  muscle  group  by.  using  other 
and  stronger  groups,  where  possible,  to  dis- 
guise this  weakness,  so  that  an  apparent 
action  is  often  shown  where  the  muscles 
are  really  impotent.  With  a  little  practice, 
a  man  whose  quadriceps  extensor  is  para- 
lyzed can  throw  his  leg  forward,  lock  his 


1.  To  isolate  the  muscle  group  to  be 
developed. 

2.  To  give  resistance  to  the  movement 
by  a  graduated  load. 

3.  To  give  an  easy  method,  which  can 
be  seen  by  the  patient  of  measuring  the 
range  of  movement,  and  the  amount  of 
work  done. 

4.  To  interest  the  patient,  who  watches 
the  progress  of  his  work,  both  in  amount 
and  distance  and  who  feels  a  sense  of  ac- 
complishment when  he  succeeds  in  tripping 
the  weight  raised  to  the  required  height. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


368 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Ambbican  Medicine 


The  psychology  of  this  is  not  new.  It  is 
the  same  as  that  used  by  the  proprietor  of  a 
machine  familiar  to  every  frequenter  of 
the  country  fair.  A  post  is  hit  by  a  mallet 
and  a  pointer  runs  up  a  graduated  scale. 
If  it  reaches  the  top,  it  rings  a  bell,  and 
you  get  your  money  back.  No  man  of 
ambition  can  resist  it,  and  so  in  these  appli- 
ances, the  patient  can  compete  against  his 
own  record  as  seen  by  his  own  eyes,  or 
against  the  records  of  others  having  sim- 
ilar disabilities  and  his  interest  in  the  work 
is  stimulated  from  day  to  day. 

Some  of  the  appliances  are  made  for  the 
purpose  of  passive  stretching,  but  they  dif- 
fer from  the  Zander  machines  in  that  they 
are  always  under  control  of  the  patient. 
He  may  be  safely  trusted  to  desist  from 
stretching  adhesions  long  before  there  is 
danger  of  rupturing  them.  If  they  ought 
to  be  broken  down  by  force,  this  operation 
should  be  done  by  the  surgeon,  after  due 
considers^tion.  Most  of  the  appliances 
about  to  be  described  have  protractors  at- 
tached, so  that  the  range  of  movement  can 
be  watched  by  the  patient  himself,  during 
the  exercise,  and  this  additional  incentive 
given  him  to  use  his  best  efforts.  The 
measurement  of  ability  to  repeat  movement 
will  be  in  terms  of  weight  raised  and  num- 
ber of  repetitions.  The  maximum  strength 
of  the  grip  can  be  taken  conveniently  by 
partly  inflating  the  cuff  of  a  sphyg- 
momanometer, and  noting  the  height  to 
which  the  mercury  is  raised  when  the  cuff 
is  squeezed.  This  is  better  for  a  partially 
disabled  hand  than  the  ordinary  dynamo- 
meter. 

The  appliances  for  improving  the  strength 
can  be  loaded  with  increasing  weights  as 
the  power  to  lift  them  returns  and  the  pa- 
tient can  be  interested  in  watching  the  ex- 
tent of  each  movement,  as  shown  on  the 


scale,  in  watching  the  rising  weight  as  it 
is  lifted,  in  calculating  the  total  amount  of 
work  done  in  foot  pounds,  or  in  listening 
to  and  counting  the  clicks  of  the  ratchet, 
as  the  movement  is  made. 

The  operator  should  be  seated  opposite 
the  patient  in  all  hand  and  arm  exercises 
and  should  regulate  the  machines  and  the 
amount  of  work  done. 

Upper  Extremity. 


1.  Finger  board,  (a)  For  stretching 
contraction  of  the  fingers,  in  flexion,  and 
(b)  for  stretching  abduction  at  the  meta- 
carpophalangeal joints. 

(a)  Extension  of  single  fingers:  The 
fingers  are  placed  on  the  board  in  moderate 
flexion,  find  the  finger  under  treatment  goes 
up  the  stair,  step  by  step.  Note  the  last 
step  at  which  the  finger  under  treatment 
can  be  raised  from  the  step  without  assist- 
ance. Depress  the  hand  to  stretch  still  far- 
ther. 

(b)  Place  the  index  finger  against  the 
peg  at  1  and  spread  the  second  finger  out, 
noting  the  farthest  point  at  which  it  can 
touch  the  peg.  Repeat  with  the  second, 
third  and  fourth. 

Repeat  each  movement  not  more  than 
five  times.  The  patient  then  moves  to  the 
next  five  appliances,  the  operator  sitting 
opposite. 

2.  Finger  pulleys — for  flexion  and  ex- 
tension of  the  fingers.  Strap  the  wrist  to 
the  arm  rest,  insert  the  fingers  into  the 
glove  stools  and  fix  them  by  elastic  bands. 
Add  weights  until  they  can  barely  be  lifted 
by  the  voluntary  power  of  each  finger.  The 
weights  are  increased  as  improvement  goes 
on,  and  the  movements  are  repeated  up  to 
the  point  of  exhaustion. 

1st  exercise:  High  attachment.  Flex 
metacarpophalangeal  joints,  keeping  inter- 
phalangeal  rigidly  extended. 

2nd  exercise:  Horizontal  attachment. 
Flex  interphalangeal  joints,  keeping  meta- 
carpophalangeal joints  extended. 

3rd  exercise :  Low  attachment.  Extend 
metacarpophalangeal  joints,  keeping  inter- 
phalangeal extended. 

4th  exercise:    Low  attachment.    Extend 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mkdicinb 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


369 


metacarpophalangeal  and  flex  interphalan- 
geal  joints. 

The  operator  seated  opposite  the  patient 
should  count  the  repetitions  and  encourage 
his  efforts.  Each  exercise  to  be  continued 
till  movement  shows  flagging,  and  then 
stopped.  The  most  convenient  weights  are 
shot  bags,  loaded  to  two  ounces  each,  and 


ulnar  side  to  the  thumb;  draw  the  thumb 
out  in  abduction.     Repeat  to  exhaustion. 

4.  Finger  treadmill — for  voluntary  flex- 
ion of  fingers.  Strap  the  wrist  and  turn  the 
wheel  by  flexing  the  fingers  in  turn  till  ex- 
haustion of  each  finger.  The  amount  of 
work  done  by  a  single  finger  can  be  cal- 
culated by  using  that  finger  only,  and  rio- 


From  McKenzie'8  '^Reclaiming  the  Maimed." 


Courtesy  of  the  Macmillan  Co. 


Fig.  3.    Apparatus  for  exercising  the  fingers  and  thumbs,  showing  creeping  board  for  stretch- 
ing the  shoulder  at  the  end  of  the  table. 


attached  by  hooks.  They  can  easily  be  made 
and  repaired  by  the  masseuse. 

3.  Thumb  ad-and  abduction — hand  in 
pronation.  Attach  the  thumb  stool  on  the 
radial  side  to  the  thumb  for  adduction. 

1st  exercise:  Draw  the  thumb  across 
the  hand.  Repeat  the  movement  to  ex- 
haustion. 

2nd  exercise:     Attach  the  stool  on  the 


ting  the  distance  and  weight  raised. 

5.  Circumduction  of  wrist  for  voluntary 
movement,  and  for  stretching.  Strap  both 
the  wrist  and  forearm,  grasp^the  handle,  and 
turn  the  wheel  about  twenty  revolutions 
each  way.  Move  out  the  attachment  to  the 
farthest  possible  point  compatible  with  the 
movement.  The  operator  may  assist  at  the 
most  difficult  part  of  the  turn,  by  turning 


Digitized  by 


Google 


370 


JUNE^   1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.es 


American  Mbdicinb 


the  crank  and  so  stretch  a  limited  action. 

6.  Ad-and  abduction  of  wrist.  Place 
the  fingers  under  the  straps  on  the  hand 
board,  strap  down  the  wrist  and  forearm, 
ad-and  abduct  the  hand,  noting  the  range 
of  movements  on  the  protractor.  These  two 
movements  should  be  done  separately. 

7.  Flexion  and  extension  of  wrist.  (1) 
Grasp  the  roller  overhand  and  wind  up  the 
weight,  without  releasing  the  grasp  by  re- 
peatedly extending  the  wrist.  The  scale 
will  measure  the  range  of  the  movement, 
and  the  weight  and  distance  multiplied 
gives  the  total  work  done  in  foot  pounds. 
Precaution :   See  that  the  movement  is  done 


From  McKenzie*8  *' Reclaiming  the  Maimed." 

Courtesy  of  the  Macmillan  Co. 

Fig,  4.    Apparatus  for  rotation  with  the  Rule 
in  flexion. 

at  the  wrist  only,  and  not  at  the  elbow  or 
shoulder.  (2)  Reverse  the  grasp  and  re- 
peat for  flexion.  Where  no  grasping  power 
is  present,  the  hand  may  be  held  between 
two  plates  at  right  angles  to  apparatus  6 
and  flexion  and  extension  obtained. 

8.  Pronation  and  supination.  Patient 
stands  facing  the  machine  and  grasps  the 
handle  with  the  left  hand,  his  left  elbow 
joint  flexed,  his  right  forearm  across  his 
back,  and  his  hand  grasping  his  left  arm 
above  the  elbow  to  prevent  sideward  move- 
ment. Set  the  weight  and  ratchet  for  supina- 


tion and  turn,  counting  the  clicks  for  each 
movement  and  noting  the  weight  and  the 
distance  raised.  The  measurement  of  each 
movement  will  appear  on  the  protractor. 
See  that  patient  does  not  move  his  elbow 
out  or  in,  or  twist  his  body.  Reverse  the 
ratchet  and  repeat  for  pronation. 

9.  Flexion  and  extension  at  elbow.  ( 1 ) 
The  patient  faces  the  triplicate  machine, 
grasping  the  floor  handle,  the  arm  and  cord 
in  line.  Flex  and  relax  the  forearm.  (2) 
Patient  faces  away  from  the  machine, 
grasping  the  shoulder  handle,  the  arm  full 
flexed,  the  upper  arm  in  line  with  the  cord. 
Extend  and  relax  the  forearm.  In  both 
these  exercises,  the  position  of  the  upper 
arm  must  remain  unchanged.  If  this  is 
not  done,  the  direction  of  the  pull  is 
changed. 

10.  Shoulder  rotation.  Grasp  the  floor 
handle,  the  elbow  on  a  bracket,  shoulder 
high,  the  forearm  flexed  to  a  right  angle. 
Pull  up  with  the  hand,  thruout  the  whole 
range  of  the  shoulder  movement  without 
changing  the  height  of  the  elbow  or  its 
angle  of  flexion. 

11.  Flexion  and  extension  of  the  should- 
er joint.  (1)  The  patient  stands  with  his 
back  to  the  floor  handle,  the  arm  down  and 
straight.  Arm  forward  raise,  and  lower. 
(2)  Face  to  the  floor  handle,  draw  the 
arm  back  and  lower  to  position. 

12.  Ad-and  abduction  of  the  shoulder. 
The  patient  stands  with  the  side  to  the  trip- 
licate machine,  shoulder  attachment,  arm 
and  cord  in  line.  (1)  Bring  the  arm  for- 
ward across  the  chest.  (2)  Patient  stands 
as  in  exercise  1,  but  using  the  floor  attach- 
ment. Bring  the  straight  arm  upward  and 
lower  to  position.  (3)  Patient  stands  with 
his  side  to  the  machine,  overhead  attach- 
ment, arm  in  line  with  the  cord.  Bring 
the  arm  downward  and  forward,  then 
downward  and  backward  alternately.  (4) 
The  patient  stands  with  the  side  from  the 
machine,  grasping  the  shoulder  attachment. 
Extend  the  forearm  and  arm,  keeping  them 
at  the  shoulder  level. 

13.  Passive  abduction  of  shoulder.  Pa- 
tient standing  with  side  to  the  creeping 
board,  and  the  forearm  rigidly  extended. 
Climb  up  the  board  by  the  fingers  with  a 
straight  arm,  and  note:  1st,  the  highest 
point  at  which  the  fingers  can  be  lifted 
from  the  board  by  the  patient;  2nd,  the 
level  to  which  he  can  bring  up  his  arm  with- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinx 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


371 


out  bending  his  elbow.      Keep    the    body 
rigid  thruout,  not  bent  or  twisted. 

General  movements  that  are  of  value  in 
treating  the  muscles  of  the  upper  extremity 
are  rolling  up  a  ball  of  paper,  throwing  and 
catching  balls  of  all  sizes  and  weights, 
quoits,  bowling,  pingpong,  crokinole,  bil- 
liards, weaving,  knitting,  rope  splicing, 
knots,  the  use  of  tools,  like  scissors,  boring, 
hammering,  modeling,  painting,  bookbind- 
ing, saddlery  and  shoemaking. 

Lower  Extremity. 

14.  Circumduction  of  the  ankle.  The  pa- 
tient sits  with  his  foot  strapped  in  place. 
The  range  of  movemeflt  is  regulated  by  a 
thumb  screw  on  the  crank.  The  handle 
is  turned  by  the  patient  or  operator  for 
this  stretching  movement,  which  should 
precede  the  voluntary  active  movements  of 
the  ankle. 

15.  Inversion  and  eversion  of  the  foot, 
(a)  The  patient  walks  on  the  inversion 
ridge,  a  definite  distance,  with  hand  rail 
support,  (b)  Ditto  for  eversion.  Both 
(a)  and  (b)  are  stretching  movements,  and 
should  precede  (c)  which  is  active,  (c) 
The  patient  is  seated  with  the  foot  and  leg 
strapped  to  the  apparatus.  Evert  the  foot 
against  the  weight  on  the  cord,  and  note 
the  range  of  the  movement  on  the  pro- 
tractor, and  the  total  weight  raised.  Re- 
verse this  ratchet  and  repeat  for  inversion. 

16.  Dorsiflexion  of  ankle.  The  patient 
sits  or  stands  with  his  foot  strapped  to  the 
footpiece.  Flex  the  ankle,  raising  the 
weight.  The  extent  of  the  movement  may 
be  estimated  by  the  number  of  clicks,  the 
exact  measurement  noted  on  the  protractor, 
and  the  total  amount  of  work  done  is  easily 
calculated. 

17.  Rotation  of  the  knee,  (a)  The  pa- 
tient is  seated  with  the  foot  strapped  to 
the  footpiece,  and  the  leg  against  the  brace. 
He  ad-or  abducts  the  foot,  rotating  the 
knee,  the  extent  of  each  movement  being 
marked  on  the  protractor,  (b)  The  pa- 
tient stands  with  the  knee  locked  in  exten- 
sion and  ad-or  abducts  the  foot.  This 
movement  measures  hip  rotation,  if  care 
be  taken  to  keep  the  pelvis  fixed.  In  either 
position,  the  movement  of  the  flexed  ankle 
is  slight. 

18.  Knee  flexion  and  extension.  Trip- 
licate machine.    Exercise  1.     Face  the  ma- 


chine, strap  the  foot  to  the  floor  attachment. 
Movement:  Flex  the  knee  against  resist- 
ance. Exercise  2.  Face  from  the  machine, 
strap  the  foot  to  the  floor  attachment,  the 
flexed  leg  and  the  cord  in  the  same  line. 
Movement:  Extend  the  knee  against  re- 
sistance. 

19.  Hip  ad-and  abduction.  Triplicate 
machine.  Exercise  1.  Side  to  the  machine, 
the  foot  strapped  to  the  floor  attachment. 
Movement:  Abduct  the  thigh,  keeping  the 
knee  straight.     Exercise  2.     Side  from  the 


From  McKenzie'8  ''Reclaiming  the  Maimed." 

Courtesy  of  the  Macmillan  Co. 

Fig.  5.    Apparatus  for  inversion  and  eversion 
of  the  foot. 

machine,  foot  strapped  to  the  floor  attach- 
ment. Movement :  Abduct  the  thigh,  keep- 
ing the  knee  straight. 

20.  Hip  flexion  and  extension.  Exer- 
cise 1.  Face  to  the  machine,  foot  strapped 
to  the  floor  attachment.  Movement:  Ex- 
tend the  thigh  with  the  leg  stretched.  Ex- 
ercise 2.  Face  from  the  machine,  foot 
strapped  to  the  floor  attachment.  Move- 
ment: Flex  the  thigh,  keeping  the  knee 
straight. 

21.  Thigh  flexion,  knee  flexion,  foot 
dorsiflexion.     Patient  steps  thru  the  rungs 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


372 


June,  1319 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


of  the  horizontal  ladder  with  parallel  bar 
arm  rests.  The  ladder  is  made  adjustable 
for  height  at  one  end,  and  raised,  to  in- 
crease the  movement  required  to  raise  the 
foot  over  each  rung.  This  is  especially 
useful  for  leg  amputation  cases. 

22.  Thigh  extension,  knee  extension, 
foot  plantaflexion — the  bicycle  trainer  with 
an  increased  load  of  distance  or  friction. 
General  exercises:  Walking,  hill  climb- 
ing, dancing,  kicking  a  football,  or  hockey 
puck,  balancing,  skipping. 

In  the  treatment  of  stumps,  a  sheath 
should  be  attached  and  the  various  pulley 
weight  movements  carried  out  as  if  the 
limb  were  intact. 

Amputations.  The  re-education  of  am- 
putation cases  begins  with  the  preparation 
of  the  stump,  and  fitting  of  the  artificial 
limb  for  comfort,  and  for  the  correct  bear- 
ing of  the  weight.  The  patient  should  first 
learn  to  balance,  which  may  be  made  safe 
if  he  be  suspended  by  a  belt  under  the 
arms,  working  from  an  overhead  trolley 
or  by  grasping  a  bar.  This  inspires  confi- 
dence, and  prevents  falls,  especially  in  ani- 
putation  at  the  thigh,  where  the  balance  is 
very  difficult  to  get.  The  patient  then  pro- 
gresses to  the  use  of  sticks  and  progression 
on  a  smooth  surface.  He  should  discard 
crutches  from  the  first.  This  is  very  im- 
portant. He  then  learns  to  walk  on  a 
smooth,  level  surface  with  one  stick  only, 
to  clear  obstacles,  like  the  ladder  rungs  al- 
ready described,  and  finally  to  walk  thru 
soft  sand  on  uneven  ground  up  and  down 
inclines,  and  over  obstructions. 

Treatment  should  not  stop  at  this  point. 
It  can  be  combined  advantageously  with 
light  gymnastics  and  various  forms  of  occu- 
pation. 

Treatment  by  occupation  necessarily  dif- 
fers from  it  in  that  it  is  less  accurate  and  as 
a  remedy  it  will  be  given  in  increasing  doses, 
whereas  treatment  by  mechano-therapy  and 
corrective  gymnastics  will  be  gradually 
abandoned  as  the  patient  gains  control  and 
strength.  Whether  or  not  a  movement  like 
sawing  is  given  as  treatment  with  the  ac- 
complishment a  secondary  consideration,  or 
whether  the  patient  saws  wood  because  he 


wants  to  make  a  box,  important  as  this  dif- 
ference is,  the  work  accomplished  by  the 
muscles  will  be  much  the  same. 

I  will  not  at  this  place  go  into  the  ques- 
tion of  the  mental  attitude  of  the  patient, 
altho  I  am  far  from  ignoring  its  importance, 
but  I  wish  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  in 
any  course  of  muscular  re-education,  one 
must  not  depend  on  inaccurate  or  haphazard 
movements  and  that  a  complete  course  of 
treatment  must  include  analysis  of  muscu- 
lar action  and  the  accurate  cultivation  of  the 
powers  that  are  weakened,  by  appliances 
capable  of  measuring  and  recording  pro- 
gressive improvement  when  present,  and 
that  many  a  period  of  convalescence  can 
be  greatly  shortened  if  this  is  recognized 
and  applied. 

Note — Illustrations  of  these  appliances  can 
be  found  in  "Reclaiming  the  Maimed/'  pub- 
lished by  the  Macmillan  Company. 


SALVAGE  OF  MEN. 

BY 

J.  E.  MEAD,  M.  D.,  Major,  M.  C, 
Detroit  Mich.,  U.  S.  A. 

Salvaging,  in  the  common  acceptance  of 
the  term,  means  the  restoring  to  some  use 
of  material  that  ordinarily  would  be  lost, 
wasted  or  destroyed.  For  a  long  time  keen 
and  wideawake  leaders  of  industry  have 
realized  the  great  importance  of  using  seem- 
ingly waste  products,  even  to  the  minutest 
detail,  and  by  so  doing  millions  and  millions 
of  dollars  have  been  added  to  their  profits. 
Also  many  new  products  have  been  devel- 
oped and  the  original  cost  of  many  others 
has  been  lowered  to  a  marked  degree.  For 
example,  we  may  refer  particularly  to  what 
salvage  has  done  for  the  packing  and  coke 
industries.     The  list  of  by-products  from 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


373 


the  slaughter  houses  and  coke  ovens  is  long 
and  varied  and  these  are  obtained  from 
material  that  was  once  thrown  away,  wasted 
or  discarded  as  of  no  value. 

What  about  the  waste  of  human  mate- 
rial? Has  it  been  so  salvaged  and  used 
to  the  best  advantage  that  waste  is  elim- 
inated or  reduced  to  the  minimum?  In  the 
past,  I  think  not.  Of  all  our  resources,  la- 
bor has  received  the  least  consideration. 
Granting  exceptions  in  isolated  cases,  after 
the  cream  of  a  man's  efforts  had  been  ex- 
tracted he  was  thrown  on  the  scrap  heap 
and  in  many  cases  his  best  assets  were  lost, 
not  only  to  himself  but  to  the  state.  Not 
only  was  the  good  left  in  him  lost  but  his 
mere  existence  became  a  burden  and  a  nui- 
sance— a  clog,  interfering  with  the  progress 
of  industry  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
great  piles  of  refuse  from  mines,  saw-mills 
and  other  industries  caused  annoyance  and 
embarrassment  until  thought,  experiment 
and  necessity  revealed  the  hidden  treasures 
therein  concealed. 

A  benefit  not  to  be  despised,  resulting 
from  the  late  world  war,  is  the  interest 
aroused  thruout  the  world  in  reclaiming  to 
usefulness  sick  and  wounded  soldiers.  There 
has  been  scarcely  a  paper  or  magazine  pub- 
lished during  the  past  year  that  has  not 
contained  some  mention  of  the  subject 
with  which  this  article  is  concerned. 
This  interest,  once  aroused,  should  continue 
and  expand  until  it  embraces  all  branches 
of  industry  and  society  in  general. 

Within  the  next  two  years,  practically 
all  our  wounded  and  invalided  soldiers  will 
have  been  cared  for,  but  every  single  year, 
industry  will  continue  to  furnish  more  sub- 
jects for  rehabilitation,  than  came  from  the 
entire  American  forces  during  the  war.  Will 
these  receive  the  same  consideration  and 
attention?     Let  us  hope  they  will.      The 


present  enthusiasm  will  naturally  subside 
to  a  certain  extent,  but  the  economic  neces- 
sity will  remain  and  should  be  constantly 
kept  in  mind  by  those  who  have  this  subject 
at  heart.  The  good  work  so  well  started 
should  be  kept  up  until  no  one  physically 
incapacitated  for  his  own  line  of  work  by 
accident  or  disease  can  be  forced,  or  even 
allowed,  to  become  an  object  of  private  or 
organized  charity  until  every  means  has 
been  exhausted  to  make  him  a  self-support- 
ing and  useful  member  of  society. 

The  Ford  system  of  salvaging  men  did 
not  result  from  necessity,  nor  from  a  scien- 
tific study  of  economics.  The  inception  of 
the  idea  came  from  that  principle  of  Mr. 
Ford,  expressed  by  the  slogan  "Help  the 
Other  Fellow,"  this  precept  implying  that 
those  who  needed  the  greatest  help  should 
receive  the  greatest  assistance. 

So,  on  January  12,  1914,  Henry  Ford, 
while  setting  the  minimum  wage  for  em- 
ployees of  the  Ford  Motor  Company  at 
$5.00  per  day,  a  day's  work  consisting  of 
eight  hours,  issued  instructions  that  no  one 
applying  for  work  in  the  future  should  be 
rejected  on  account  of  his  physical  condi- 
tion excepting  those  suffering  with  conta- 
gious diseases  endangering  the  health  of 
fellow  employees ;  and  furthermore,  that  no 
one  should  be  discharged  on  account  of  his 
physical  condition.  On  January  1,  1919, 
the  minimum  wage  was  again  raised  to 
$6.00  per  day  with  the  same  rule  regard- 
ing cripples  in  force,  for  during  those  past 
five  years  efficiency  and  production  had  in- 
creased and  the  company  had  not  yet  gone 
into  the  hands  of  a  receiver. 

It  may  be  inferred  that  during  the  past 
five  years,  with  the  bars  let  down  "to  the 
lame,  the  halt  and  the  bind,"  the  employees 
of  the  Ford  Motor  Company  would  number 
a  great  many  that  were  not  up  to  the  aver- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


374 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mboicine 


age  physical  standard.  Such  was  a  fact. 
At  the  present  time  there  are  123  men  work- 
ing with  either  amputated  or  hopelessly 
crippled  arms,  forearms  or  hands ;  one  with 
both  hands  off;  4  totally  blind  men;  207 
blind  in  one  eye ;  253  with  light  perception 
only  in  one  eye ;  37  deaf  and  dumb ;  60  suf- 
fering with  epilepsy;  4  with  both  legs  or 
feet  missing;  234  with  one  foot  or  leg  am- 
putated or  hopelessly  crippled;  1,560  suf- 
fering from  hernia  of  various  types;  900 
tubercular  employees  and  6,180  more,  suf- 
fering from  other  ailments  or  diseases, 
bringing  the  total  up  to  9,563. 

A  fact  of  minor  importance  but  probably 
of  interest  is  that  Ford  employees  are  mijius 
1,031  of  their  allotted  number  of  fingeis 
or  thumbs. 

Let  us  take  two  average  days  in  the  em- 
ployment office  to  show  the  daily  accumula- 
tion of  defectives.  The  record  for  October 
10,  1918  shows  that  there  were  examined 
and  hired  163  men,  only  37  of  whom  were 
able  to  pass  the  physical  examination  as 
O.K.;  13  were  found  to  have  varicocele; 
36  poor  eye  sight;  58  flat  feet;  2  organic 
heart  disease;  31  poor  teeth;  14  varicose 
veins;  15  hernia;  1  nephritis;  1  club  foot; 
1  tuberculosis ;  2  chronic  bronchitis ;  1  with 
only  one  eye ;  1  deformed  leg ;  1  with  hemor- 
rhoids and  1  mentally  defective.  On  Octo- 
ber 11,  1918  a  total  of  185  men  were  hired, 
of  whom  11  had  varicocele;  23  poor  eye 
sight ;  58  flat  feet ;  35  poor  teeth ;  14  vari- 
cose veins;  14  hernia;  7  with  crippled 
hands;  4  with  defective  hearing;  1  crip- 
pled foot  and  2  with  crippled  legs.  Only 
8  were  found  to  be  physically  perfect. 

How  are  these  employees  placed  so  that 
their  maximum  ability  can  be  realized  in 
the  manufacture  of  the  Ford  product?  A 
man  applying  for  a  job  is  first  interviewed 
and    the    preliminar}^    employment    papers 


written  up  in  the  employment  office.  He 
is  then  immediately  referred  to  the  exam- 
ining surgeon,  who  gives  him  a  most  thoro 
examination.  If  found  to  be  suffering  with 
a  contagious  disease,  dangerous  to  the 
health  of  fellow  employees,  he  is  refused 
immediate  employment  and  the  case  re- 
ported to  the  local  health  authorities.  If, 
however,  his  debarring  ailment  is  acute  and 
probably  will  respond  readily  to  treatment, 
he  is  assured  that  when  he  can  present  a 
clean  bill  of  health  he  will  be  accepted. 

One  of  the  important  questions  on  the 
examining  blank  is  that  one  pertaining  to 
the  class  o^f  work  that  the  applicant  is  fitted 
to  perform.  If  he  is  in  perfect  physical 
condition,  strong  and  well  built,  he  is  listed 
for  any  work ;  if  in  perfect  condition  but  of 
slight  build,  he  is  cited  for  moderate  work 
of  any  kind,  but  if  found  physically  sub- 
standard or  suffering  from  any  ailment  or 
disease,  a  note  is  made  of  his  condition  with 
special  recommendations  to  the  employment 
office  to  place  him  on  a  job,  the  require- 
ments of  which  will  not  handicap  him  in 
the  performance  of  his  work. 

Once  hired,  a  man  is  assured  of  perma- 
nent employment,  for,  as  stated  before,  one 
rule  of  this  company  which  is  hard  and  fast 
and  which  to  my  knowledge  has  never  been 
broken,  is  that  no  person  shall  be  discharged 
or  laid  off  because  he  is  physically  unable 
to  do  his  work.  This,  however,  does  not 
prevent  an  employee,  who  is  acutely  ill  or 
in  need  of  rest  and  medical  attention,  from 
obtaining  a  sick  leave,  with  the  assurance 
that  his  job  will  be  awaiting  him  on  his 
recovery. 

During  the  past  year  the  average  number 
of  employees  of  the  Ford  Motor  Company 
was  33,000.  As  recorded  before,  9,563  of 
these  were  dther  actual  cripples  or  men  suf- 
fering   with    some    ailment  or  disease  or 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


375 


otherwise  physically  below  par,  including 
many  aged  men  between  70  and  80  years 
old. 

How  is  an  equitable  adjustment  of  the 
work  to  the  man  accomplished?  An  ac- 
curate card  index  is  on  file  showing  the 
number  of  different  jobs  or  operations  per- 
formed in  the  course  of  manufacturing  the 
various  parts  and  of  assembling  the  Ford 
product.  These  cards  give  the  department 
number ;  operation  number ;  kind  of  machine 
and  a  description  of  the  work,  whether 
light,  medium  or  heavy;  dry  or  wet,  if  wet, 
the  kind  of  fluid  used ;  clean  or  dirty ;  near 
an  oven  or  furnace;  condition  of  air  in  the 
department ;  whether  one  or  both  hands  are 
used;  whether  the  employee  sits  down  or 
stands  at  his  work;  whether  it  is  noisy  or 
quiet;  accurate  or  inaccurate;  natural  or 
artificial  light;  number  of  shifts;  the  ap- 
proximate number  of  pieces  handled  per 
hour;  the  weight  of  the  material  or  piece 
handled  and  a  description  of  any  strain  the 
workman  is  under. 

There  is  a  total  of  7,882  of  these  cards, 
describing  that  number  of  different  jobs  in 
the  factory.  Of  these,  949  are  classified  as 
heavy  work,  requiring  strong  able-bodied 
and  practically  physically  perfect  men; 
3,338  require  men  of  ordinary  physical  de- 
velopment and  strength,  while  the  re- 
mainder, 3,595,  call  for  practically  no  phys- 
ical exertion  and  can  be  performed  by  men 
of  the  slightest  build  or  physical  develop- 
ment. In  fact,  the  last  class  of  work  could 
be  performed  by  women  or  older  children 
without  taxing  their  strength.  As  many  of 
the  lightest  operations  require  the  use  of  all 
a  person's  faculties  and  would  not  be  suit- 
able for  many  of  the  cripples,  another  can- 
vass was  made  to  ascertain  the  number  of 
jobs  that  could  be  performed  by  the  various 
classes  of  cripples. 


This  list  showed  that  670  could  be  per- 
formed by  legless  men ;  2,637  by  one-legged 
men ;  2  by  armless  men ;  715  by  one-armid 
men  and  10  by  blind  men.  To  become  pro- 
ficient in  these  various  occupations,  the 
time  required  was  estimated  as  follows : 

1,743  jobs,  or  43%,  would  require  one  day 
or  less ; 

1,461  jobs,  or  36%,  one  day  to  one  week ; 
251  jobs,  or  6%,  one  to  two  weeks ; 
534  jobs,  or  14%,  one  month  to  one 

year; 
43  jobs,  or  1%,  one  to  six  years. 

The  last  mentioned  are  skilled  trades, 
such  as  tool-making  and  die-sinking. 

From  the  study  of  this  subject  of  salvage 
two  fundamental  facts  became  prominent: 
First,  there  were  9,563  substandard  men 
who  required  more  or  less  consideration  in 
order  to  secure  efficiency  from  their  labor, 
and  second,  thruout  the  plant  there  were 
over  14,000  jobs  perfectly  suited  to  the 
various  types  and  conditions  of  these  phys- 
ically substandard  men.  The  problem  then 
became  clear  and  the  solution  simple.  It 
was  the  rational  adjustment  of  the  two 
factors,  the  man  and  the  job. 

While  the  procedure  is  simple,  system  is 
necessary  to  properly  carry  on  this  work  in 
a  factory  the  size  of  the  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany and  conducted  on  its  liberal  principles. 
Therefore,  there  resulted  the  establishment 
of  a  transfer  department  and  thru  it,  all 
cases  receive  individual  attention  and  proper 
adjustment.  If  for  any  reason  the  suit- 
ability of  a  man  for  his  work  is  criticized, 
whether  the  complaint  comes  from  the  em- 
ployee himself,  his  foreman,  superintendent. 
Medical  Department  or  Educational  Depart- 
ment, the  man  is  given  a  printed  form 
labeled  "Request  for  Medical  Examination" 
and  is  sent  to  the  transfer  office.  Here 
he  receives  a  thoro  physical  examination, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


376 


JXJNE,   1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicins 


the  descriptive  card  of  his  work  consuked 
and  if  he  is  found  in  any  way  unfit  for  his 
work,  he  is  transferred  to  a  job  suited  to 
his  condition.  The  work  of  this  department 
is  facilitated  by  supplying  it  with  a  daily 
list  of  "Help  Wanted/'  giving  the  number 
of  men  needed  and  the  class  of  work  avail- 
able in  the  different  departments  in  the 
factory. 

This  system  necessarily  creates  a  constant 
change  of  labor  from  one  department  to 
another  but  this  inconvenience  is  more  than 
overcome  by  the  contentment  of  the  em- 
ployee, the  prevention  of  lost  time  and  the 
increase  of  production  resulting  from  satis- 
fied workmen. 

Allow  me  to  digress  for  a  moment  and 
relate  an  incident  that  occurred  a  short  time 
ago,  illustrating  the  efficiency  of  a  totally 
blind  man.  When  first  hired  it  was  in- 
tended to  place  him  on  the  same  work  as 
that  being  done  by  other  blind  men  but,  on 
investigation,  it  was  found  that  stock  for 
these  men  was  getting  low  and  other  work 
must  be  provided.  Three  different  jobs 
were  soon  found  that  he  could  do  and  he 
was  finally  assigned  to  the  Stock  Depart- 
ment, counting  bolts,  nuts,  etc.,  for  ship- 
ment to  the  Branches.  Two  other  able- 
bodied  men  were  already  employed  at  this 
same  work.  Two  days  later  a  note  from 
the  foreman  was  sent  to  the  Transfer  De- 
partment, stating  that  he  could  release  the 
two  older  employees  as  the  blind  man  was 
doing  the  work  formerly  done  by  both  of 
them.  This  is  but  one  of  many  instances 
that  could  be  cited,  showing  the  results  of 
proper  assignment  of  work. 

Criticism  of  the  monotony  and  lack  of 
opportunity  resulting  from  the  modern 
method  of  manufacture  is  often  heard  and 
is  probably  in  the  minds  of  many  who  read 
this  article.  These  objectionable  features  of 


modem  labor  have  been  realized  by  the 
Ford  Motor  Company  and  very  recently  a 
method  devised  whereby  these  contingen- 
cies may  be  met  and  their  objections  over- 
come. 

Four  of  the  larger  departments  have  been 
chosen  for  experiment  and  if  proven  prac- 
tical, the  entire  factory  will  be  placed  under 
the  same  system.  In  these  selected  depart- 
ments the  work  has  been  classified  accord- 
ing to  its  desirability  and  the  skill  required 
in  its  performance.  There  are  three  dif- 
ferent classes  of  work  in  each  department, 
A,  B  and  C,  each  class  comprising  from  10 
to  30  different  operations.  The  men  in 
Class  A  are  eligible  for  promotion  to  the 
next  higher  department  as  vacancies  occur. 
When  these  promotions  take  place  the 
vacancies  made,  cause  a  general  advance- 
ment all  along  the  line,  leaving  the  jobs  in 
Class  C  open  to  new  men  from  an  inferior 
department  or  from  the  employment  office. 

Of  course,  an  employee  must  show  his 
fitness  for  advancement  or  he  will  be  passed 
by  those  below  him.  By  this  plan  the  chance 
to  advance  to  the  highest  class  of  employ- 
ment, that  of  tool-maker,  is  open  to  all  em- 
ployees who  care  to  take  advantage  of  their 
opportunities. 

If  a  man  by  this  plan  of  promotion  finds 
that  his  mental  qualifications  bar  him  from 
further  progress,  the  highest  position  which 
he  has  attained  becomes  permanent,  or,  if 
not  satisfied,  he  is  transferred  to  an  entirely 
different  department  that  might  prove  more 
suited  to  his  qualifications. 

Under  this  system,  physical  defects  will 
play  an  unimportant  role,  for  when  such  are 
found  to  be  interfering  with  a  man's  op- 
portunities, special  endeavor  will  be  made, 
thru  the  cooperation  of  the  Educational 
and  Medical  Departments  with  the  man  and 
his  foreman,  to  overcome  the  difficulties. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


377 


Rehabilitation,  as  I,  understand  the  term, 
means  the  adapting  and  training  of  a  crip- 
ple for  an  occupation  that  will  eventually 
prove  best  suited  to  his  physical  condition. 
The  course  probably  takes  many  months  to 
insure  proficiency  and  the  period  of  instruc- 
tion entails  an  expense  which  no  private 
industrial  organization  can  be  expected  to 
assume  on  a  large  scale.  The  Ford  plan 
does  not  exactly  coincide  with  the  govern- 
ment system  but  is  closely  related  to  it  and 
with  results  practically  the  same.  Its  plan 
is  to  place  a  cripple  on  a  job  of  such  a 
nature  that  his  services  immediately  become 
profitable  to  himself  and  to  the  company 
and  then,  by  all  the  help  and  encourage- 
ment possible,  to  advance  him  to  the  limit 
of  his  qualifications. 

Occasionally  opportunities  for  real  phys- 
ical reconstruction  present  themselves.  For 
illustration  two  cases  may  be  cited.  Both 
were  afflicted  with  deformities  of  the  lower 
extremities,  necessitating  the  use  of  two 
crutches,  thus  seriously  handicapping  their 
usefulness.  One  was  an  old  employee  and 
the  other  was  hired  with  the  intention  of 
reconstruction.  Both  were  operated  on  by 
the  medical  staff  with  the  most  gratifying 
results.  Their  full  faculties  were  regained 
and  the  use  of  either  crutches  or  canes  be- 
came unnecessary. 

In  looking  over  the  program  several  sub- 
jects were  noted,  in  which  our  company 
has  shown  interest. 

In^  our  experience,  deaf  and  dumb  em- 
ployees need  no  particular  consideration, 
for  the  37  working  at  our  plant  have  all 
proven  100%  efficient. 

For  the  past  six  years  the  Ford  Motor 
Company  has  paid  particular  attention  to 
the  problem  of  the  tubercular  employee. 
One  physician  has  devoted  his  entire  time 
to  this  subject.     His  duties  comprise  the 


examination  of  all  suspects,  the  proper  as- 
signment of  their  work,  instruction  in  per- 
sonal hygiene  and  the  proper  mode  of  living 
— and  a  periodical  observation  of  their 
condition.  Institutional  cases  are  sent  to 
the  different  sanatoria  at  the  company's 
expense  while  those  who  are  able  to  work 
are  assigned  to  departments  especially 
adapted  to  their  condition.  A  majority  of 
the  900  known  tubercular  employees  work 
in  the  Salvage  Department,  which  includes 
the  carpenter  shop,  lumber  yard  and  TB 
shed.  The  latter  is  a  specially  constructed 
building  assigned  exclusively  to  active 
cases  that  are  considered  contagious  and 
a  menace  to  the  health  of  fellow  workmen. 
It  might  be  stated  that  the  net  profits  from 
the  Salvage  Department,  the  employees  of 
which  are  practically  all  tubercular,  average 
$70,000.00  per  month. 

In  connection  with  the  subject  of  bed- 
side and  ward  occupations,  brief  mention  of 
a  plan  instituted  in  the  Ford  factory  over 
a  year  ago  may  be  of  interest. 

The  great  majority  of  Ford  employees 
compelled  to  lose  time  on  account  of  ac- 
cidents consists  of  those  receiving  injuries 
to  the  feet  or  legs,  such  as  fractures,  severe 
contusions,  etc.,  necessitating  their  confine- 
ment to  bed.  As  a  rule,  these  cases  after 
the  first  few  days  are  free  from  pain  and  in 
normal  physical  condition  excepting  for 
their  inability  to  walk  about.  It  seemed  a 
'  great  economic  loss,  both  to  the  employee 
and  to  the  company,  to  have  men  lying  in 
bed  at  home  or  in  the  hospital,  sometimes 
for  two  months  or  more,  when,  if  work 
could  be  furnished  them  that  could  be  done 
while  in  bed,  the  saving  to  all  concerned 
would  be  considerable. 

At  the  time  this  experiment  was  stafced 
we  had  three  men  in  our  Factory  Hospital 
with  broken  legs,  one  had  both  bones  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


378 


June,  lSfl9 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


both  legs  broken  and  the  other  two  had 
fractures  of  the  tibia.  These  injuries  were 
of  about  two  weeks'  duration,  the  pain  had 
practically  subsided  and  the  patients  were 
able  to  sit  up  in  bed  with  head  rests.  Black 
oil  cloth  covers  were  provided  to  keep  the 
bed  clothes  clean  and  the  men  were  set  to 
work  screwing  nuts  on  little  %.  by  2"  bolts. 
The  job  is  one  that  had  to  be  done  by  hand 
and  kept  fifteen  or  twenty  men  busy  in  the 
Magneto  Department,  showing  that  it  was 
work  that  had  to  be  done  by  someone  and 
not  a  useless  occupation  created  purposely 
for  these  men. 

From  the  first  the  patients  took  to  it  with 
enthusiasm  and  showed  their  appreciation 
of  doing  something  by  increasing  production 
on  this  particular  work  20%.  The  material 
was  brought  to  the  hospital  morning  and 
noon  and  was  handed  to  the  men  by  the 
ward  orderly  as  occasion  demanded.  The 
men  were  much  more  contented,  slept  better 
at  night,  ate  better  and  I  think  recovered 
more  rapidly.  They  received  their  regular 
wages,  the  company  got  the  product  of  their 
services  and  was  not  obliged  to  pay  com- 
pensation or  gratuities,  which  generally 
amount  to  at  least  $20.00  per  week  in  each 
case. 

The  happy  results  of  the  system  of  sal- 
vaging men  inaugurated  by  the  Ford  Motor 
Company  over  five  years  ago  have  been  so 
satisfactory,  and  indeed  profitable,  that  it 
has  been  adopted  by  all  the  Ford  interests,' 
including  the  River  Rouge  Ship  Plant,  Blast 
Furnace,  Tractor  Plant  at  Dearborn  and 
the  many  Branches  thruout  the  world.  If 
every  large  industrial  concern  would  adopt 
a  similar  plan,  showing  no  discrimination 
toward  the  disabled  in  the  hiring  of  men  and 
using  discretion  in  their  assignment  to  work, 
it  would  hardly  be  necessary  for  the  Gov- 
ernment to  institute  such  an  elaborate  and 


comprehensive  plan  of  rehabilitation  as  is 
now  under  way. 

Those  in  charge  of  this  great  work  can 
rest  assured  that  any  of  the  5,700  former 
employees  of  the  Ford  Motor  Company, 
who  return  from  service  in  need  of  recon- 
struction or  rehabilitation,  will  receive  every 
care  and  attention  necessary  to  make  them 
happy  and  useful  citizens,  and  if  any  return 
totally  and  hopelessly  disabled,  they  and 
their  dependents  will  not  have  to  seek 
charity  beyond  that  of  their  employer  who 
released  them  for  their  country's  need. 


EXPERIENCES  IN  WAR  SURGERY. 


GREGORY  STRAGNELL,  M.  D., 
Harmon  on  the  Hudson,  New  York. 

Late  Surgeon  at  Hospital  Auzilaire  No.  36  and 
Hospital  Auxilalre  No.  2,  Paris,  France. 

Many  medical  men  entered  the  American 
Army  during  the  war  with  the  expectation 
of  gaining  a  surgical  experience.  They  ex- 
pected to  learn  the  latest  technic  in  the 
handling  of  traumatic  injuries,  the  treat- 
ment of  infected  wounds,  procedures  em- 
ployed in  the  care  of  fractures,  the  locali- 
zation and  removal  of  foreign  bodies,  the 
plastic  operations  for  the  reconstruction  of 
disfiguring  scars  or  faulty  repair  of  tissues 
and  finally  the  reconstruction  of  the  men 
themselves  by  the  employment  of  o'rtho- 
pedic  surgery.  In  a  word,  they  expected 
to  become  surgeons — ^military  surgeons. 
Some  of  them  did.  For  others'  it  is  not 
yet  too  late. 

In  the  majority  of  instances  the  desire 
of  these  medical  men  was  not  fulfilled,  for 
the  great  influenza  pandemic  was  encoun- 
tered and  the  majority  of  the  physicians  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MSDXCINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


JUXE,   191& 


379 


the  army  were  doing  medical  work  instead 
of  gaining  the  surgical  experience  to  which 
they  had  looked  forward. 

My  own  expectations  and  experiences 
were  in  direct  contrast  with  these.  When 
I  entered  into  military  medical  work 
in  the  early  part  of  the  war,  it  was  with 
the  idea  of  doing  medical  work  to  the  ex- 
clusion of  surgery.  For  a  time,  during  the 
typhus  epidemic,  I  was  occupied  with  what 


Serbia  at  the  moment  when  Mackenseii 
was  ready  to  attack.  It  was  during  this 
retreat,  attached  to  the  second  Serbian 
Army,  that  I  had  my  first  enforced  military 
surgical  experience. 

I  make  mention  of  this  to  try  and  show 
the  difficulties  which  beset  the  physician 
who  is  not  trained  to  care  for  wounded 
men.  This  may  be  called  an  extreme  ex- 
ample, for  the  organization  of  the  medical 


Fig.  1.     Burial  of  an  American  physician  during  the  typhus  epidemic  in  Serbia. 


is  termed  internal  medicine  and  there  was 
plenty  of  work  to  be  done.  However,  after 
the  epidemic  had  subsided  and  we  had  a 
spell  of  inactivity  occasioned  by  a  lull  in 
operations  on  the  Serbian  front,  the  Ger- 
mans launched  their  great  drive.  Mack- 
ensen  was  in  command  and  he  headed  a 
heterogeneous  army  of  over  a  million  men, 
composed  of  Germans,  Austrians  and  the 
Bulgarians,  who  had    declared    war    upon 


branch  of  the  army  had  been  shattered 
during  the  retreat.  It  was  impossible  to 
provide  medical  supplies,  for  the  transport 
facilities  were  limited  to  ox  teams,  draw- 
ing springless  wagons,  and  they  were  taxed 
to  the  utmost  in  carrying  the  so-called  pri- 
mary  essentials,    food   and   ammunition. 

k  was  in  this  retreat  that  I  experienced 
my  first  training  in  military  surgery.  In 
this   jumbled   mass   of   mangled   humanity 


Digitized  by 


Google 


380 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


there  was  no  semblance  of  order.  Each 
surgeon  with  his  •  disorganized  staff  tried 
to  do  his  best  in  treating  the  few  wounded 
he  could  reach.  During  every  one  of  the 
seventy  wild  and  sunless  days  of  this  fight- 
ing it  rained  or  snowed.  Often  from  the 
crest  of  the  hill  we  could  see  the  advance 
guard  of  the  Austrians  or  Germans  as  they 
rode  up  to  a  newly  evacuated  village. 
Shortly   after,   their   light   artillery   would 


lying  on  the  floors  dressed  in  uniforms  and 
depending  upon  the  heat  of  their  bodies 
for  warmth.  Occasionally  a  surgeon  would 
be  working  with  untrained  assistants,  op- 
erating in  the  most  urgent  cases ;  the 
other  medical  men  had  retreated  with  their 
companies.  Small  buildings  contained 
thousands  of  men  and  bedding  was  seldom 
seen.  The  rooms  were  so  crowded  with 
the  ragged  brown  bundles  that  it  was  nec- 


Ftg.  2.    Cemetery  in  Serbia  after  typhus  epidemic. 


send  their  monotonous  shells  against  our 
new  positions  and  our  machine  gun  crews 
would  try  to  hold  the  oncoming  foe  at 
bay,  to  enable  the  body  of  our  army  to  lum- 
ber away  to  Albania  and  to  safety. 

Retreating,  we  would  come  to  hospitals — 
they  called  them  hospitals.  The  largest 
buildings  in  the  community  would  be  used 
for  the  wounded,  school  buildings,  bar- 
racks and  churches.     The  wounded  were 


essary  to  step  between  the  bodies  in  walk- 
ing thru.  The  odors  from  the  unwashed 
men  and  their  undressed  wounds  did  not 
rise  to  heaven,  but  remained  in  the  sealed 
rooms,  for  there  were  no  stoves  and  very 
few  blankets.  There  was  no  attempt  at 
sanitation,  the  bodily  refuse  was  not  even 
removed.  There  was  no  food;  we  did  not 
bury  the  dead  for  we  could  not  proi^erly 
care    for    the    living.      Then    word    would 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


381 


come  that  the  Newetchke  were  coming. 
They  feared  the  Germans  more  than  they 
feared  death  or  exposure,  and  when  they 
heard  the  news  and  were  told  that  all  who 
were  able  should  retreat  with  the  army,  then 
the  mass  would  untangle  itself  and,  with 
varying  degrees  of  speed,  melt  into  the  re- 
treating army.     Few  were  left. 

I  have  seen  men  who  had  been  recently 
operated  upon  crawl  away  on  all  fours  in 
the  dead  of  night  and  topple  over — dead-:- 
a  few  yards  away  from  the  hospital.     The 


of  the  surviving  wounded,  mingled  with 
the  hordes  of  civilian  refugees,  were  await- 
ing their  inevitable  capture. 

These  men  were  not  cowards.  They 
fought  as  courageously  as  any  of  the 
troops  in  Europe.  They  were  not  afraid 
to  stand  up  and  fight  the  foe  and  often 
when  the  bugle  sounded  the  order  for 
retreat  they  would  hold  their  positions 
against  orders  and  die  fighting.  They  did 
not  fear  death  or  wounds;  they  feared  the 
torture  which  they  knew  would  come  with 


Fio.   3.     Dressing  the  wounded   in  a  Serbian  hospital. 


recollection  of  the  first  two  invasions  of 
Serbia  by  Austria  with  the  tales  and  evi- 
dences of  the  atrocities  which  had  been 
committed  had  not  been  forgotten.  The 
invaders  found  an  empty  and  devasted 
country,  until  they  reached  the  Albanian 
and  Montenegrin  borders.  Here  the  men 
could  go  no  farther  for  the  few  available 
roads  were  choked  by  columns  of  marching 
troops  and  lumbering  artillery.  Here  in 
this  barren  country  hundreds  of  thousands 


captivity.    They  had  learned  their  lesson — 
too  well. 

There  is  no  question  that,  in  judging 
from  past  events,  their  actions  were  "within 
the  realm  of  reason.  The  atrocities  com- 
mitted by  the  invading  Austrian  armies 
were  far  more  brutal  than  any  which  had 
been  done  in  Belgium.  It  is  not  to  revive 
old  hatreds  that  I  mention  these  but  merely 
to  seek  a  satisfactory  explanation  for  these 
atrocities  and  for  atrocities  in  general.  War 


Digitized  by 


Google 


382 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


is  a  difficult  thing  to  analyze  and  some  of 
the  acts  committed  when  the  restraint  of  our 
so-called  civilization  is  removed  and  the 
lower,  perhaps  the  true  man,  is  revealed, 
leave  us  with  a  blank  response.  Excuses 
are  made,  and  we  always  retain  the  more 
likely  of  these  in  defending  our  own  men, 
or  those  more  nearly  allied  to  us. 

The  actions  of  our  foes  were  not  lim- 
ited to  atrocities  and  extreme  acts  of  bar- 
barity but  would  shift  to  the  other  extreme, 


his  way.  I  thought  no  more  about  it.  Three 
o^clock  next  morning  he  came  to  the  hos- 
pital and  hunted  me  up  in  my  room.  He 
had  brought  me  a  loaf  of  bread.  He  ex- 
plained that  the  field  ovens  had  arrived 
and  the  hot  loaf  had  just  been  baked.  He 
had  crossed  the  line  of  fire  and  brought 
me  the  loaf  of  bread.  I  do  not  praise  this 
man.  I  do  not  understand  this  act  any 
more  than  the  brutal  ones  which  I  had  seen. 
Is   it  the  violence   of  war  that   takes   the 


Fio.  4.     Serbian  "untrained"  nurses  assisting  at  an  operation. 


and  acts  of  great  kindness,  as  in  my  own 
case  when  I  was  a  prisoner,  may  be  truth- 
fully recorded-.  The  following  instance  will 
serve  to  illustrate:  A  few  hours  after  I 
had  been  captured  and  we  were  still  under 
fire,  this  time  from  our  own  artillery,  a 
German  medical  officer  called  at  the  hos- 
pital in  my  charge  and  asked  me  if  I  had 
food.  I  told  him  we  had  received  nothing 
to  eat  for  the  past  three  days.     He  went 


brakes  of  reason  away  from  men  and  places 
them  beyond  the  sphere  of  sanity? 

If  the  retreating  Serbs  had  known  that 
they  would  not  be  harmed  by  the  invading 
Germans  they  would  not  have  fled  like 
frightened  rabbits.  The  Germans  in  try- 
ing to  teach  the  Belgians  a  lesson  of  vio- 
lence and  intimidation  had  learned  a  lesson 
themselves.  They  had  by  this  time  come 
to  the  realization  that  they  could  not  ex- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


383 


ploit  a  conquered  country  to  the  best  ad- 
vantage by  a  reign  of  terror.  So  when 
they  found  the  cowering  refugees  they  did 
their  best  to  calm  and  reassure  them  and 
transported  them  back  to  their  homes  so 
they  could  live  in  a  settled  country  in  place 
of  a  devastated  one.  They  tried  their  best 
to  prevent  a  feeling  of  hatred  from  per- 
meating the  people  of  the  country,  for  they 
knew  they  could  never  conquer  a  rebellious 
people  like  the  Serbians  by  violent  meas- 
ures. 


was  working  with  them  that  I  had  my  first 
systematic  surgical  training.  Professor 
Franz  took  me  in  charge.  He  was  an  eagle- 
eyed  individual  and  after  a  grilling  exam- 
ination w^hich  he  finished  with  a  grunt  he 
gave  me  a  table  alongside  his  own  and  di- 
rected the  work.  Formerly  he  had  been 
a  gynecologist  in  Berlin.  He  should  have 
been  a  detective  or  perhaps  a  burglar.  He 
was  ruthless  and  looked  and  acted  as  tho 
the  reputation  of  the  military  bearing  of 
his  nation  depended  upon  him.     He  was  a 


FiQ.  5.    French  Medical  Mission  in  Serbia  for  typhus  epidemic. 


It  was  under  these  conditions  that  smat- 
terings of  surgical  experience  came  to  me. 
Whenever  we  were  able,  we  worked 
as  best  we  could;  at  times  we  could  do 
nothing.  There  were  no  bandages,  no  an- 
tiseptics. The  moaning  men  would  plead 
for  aid  and  the  best  we  could  do  was  to  set 
fractures  from  improvised  splints  made 
from  doors  or  window  frames. 

Finally,  the  Germans  overtook  us  and  it 


good  surgeon,  but  a  better  officer  from  the 
old  German  point  of  view. 

He  operated  upon  heads  and  abdomens 
only  and  made  no  discriminations  between 
his  men  and  the  enemy.  Many  of  the  others 
did.  They  would  not  give  any  surgical  at- 
tention to  enemy  soldiers  until  they  had 
operated  upon  their  own  men.  We  were 
now  at  a  front  line  hospital  and  for  several 
days  under  fire  from  the  Serbian  artillery 


Digitized  by 


Google 


384 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


and  we  sent  all  patients  to  the  rear  who 
could  be  transported.  Supplies  were  com- 
ing in  with  regularity.  Most  of  the  appar- 
atus had  been  transported  by  trucks.  Ster- 
ilizers filled  with  gauze,  X-ray  appliances, 
splints  and  instruments  were  not  lacking. 

One  of  the  things  advocated  by  Franz 
w^s  the  use  of  dry  sterile  dressings  on 
flesh  wounds.  He  did  not  sanction  the  use 
of  antiseptic  solutions  unless  the  wounds 
were  obviously  infected.  I  never  learned 
the  reason  for  this. 

Some  time  later  we  were  transferred  to 
a  hospital  further  back.  Here  the  work 
was  less  hastily  done  and  there  were  effi- 
cient women  nurses,  the  first  I  had  seen 
since  the  beginning  of  the  war.  Later,  on 
the  western  front,  I  saw  the  women  of  the 
trained  British  and  French  nurses  and  they 
were  far  superior.  But  from  my  point  of 
view,  after  seeing  the  nurses  and  surgeons 
of  practically  all  the  warring  countries,  the 
best  work  was  done  by  the  American  sur- 
geons and  nurses,  the  difference  in  the 
nurses  being  the  most  marked.  This  diflFer- 
ence  was  simply  due  to  training  and  I  do 
not  doubt  that  with  the  same  quantity  and 
quality  of  training,  the  foreign  nurses  would 
compare  favorably  with  our  own.  Any 
diflferences  in  ability  were  not  due  to  lack 
of  devotion  to  the  work  they  were  doing. 

The  keynote  to  the  work  done  in  the 
German  hospitals  was  characterized  by  ef- 
ficiency, to  the  point  of  ruthlessness  and 
brutality.  The  patients  were  not  regarded 
as  human  beings  but  only  as  parts  of  the 
governmental  machine,  the  aritiy,  and  their 
first  thought  was  to  get  the  men  back  into 
shape  in  all  possible  haste  so  they  could 
be  sent  back  to  the  front. 

In  my  short  stay  in  the  various  German 
hospitals,  I  did  not  see  any  surgical  pro- 
cedures which  were  not  improved  upon  by 


the  AlHes  on  the  western  front.  In  the 
handling  of  fractures  in  the  Balkan  beds, 
in  the  localization  and  removal  of  foreign 
bodies,  as  perfected  by  the  French,  in  ab- 
dominal surgery,  which  the  British  handled 
in  a  phenomenal  way,  in  the  treatment  of 
infected  wounds,  and  in  many  other  vital 
branches  of  surgery  the  Allies  revolution- 
ized the  older  methods.  The  Germans  were 
content  as  a  general  rule  to  stick  to  the  older 
methods.  They  were  thoro  and  in  this  way 
they  got  the  most  out  of  their  methods. 
They  were  not  slow  to  adopt  the  devices 
and  appliances  of  the  Allies,  but  in  no 
instance  to  my  knowledge  did  they  lead 
the  way  in  new  discoveries.  One  exception 
may  be  noted  and  that  is  in  their  handling 
of  neurasthenic  and  shell  shock  cases. 
Psychoanalysis  was  used  in  a  great  many 
of  their  hospitals  and  their  results  were 
extremely  favorable. 

The  innumerable  spas  afid  health  resorts 
scattered  thruout  Germany  and  Austria 
made  ideal  hospitals  for  treatment  of  their 
war  wounded.  Austria,  in  the  beginning 
of  the  war,  was  as  little  prepared  for  the 
handling  of  their  wounded  as  France  and 
some  of  the  other  Allied  countries,  and  con- 
ditions due  to  the  faulty  transportation 
were  comparable  to  the  conditions  in  Rus- 
sia. 

It  was  not  until  I  came  to  France  in  the 
later  part  of  1915  that  I  was  able  to  see 
wounded  soldiers  cared  for  in  a  thoroly 
efficient  manner.  I  first  learned  how  the 
'  Carrel-Dakin  treatment  was  applied  and 
how  infected  wounds  were  successfully 
combated.  The  method  of  treatment  then 
in  vogue  was  to  have  a  continuous  drip, 
constantly  irrigating  the  wound  in  all  of 
its  ramifications.  The  original  idea  was  to 
mechanically  cleanse  the  wound  and  bring 
an  antiseptic  solution  in  contact  with  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


385 


organism  in  the  wound  depths  and  not  de- 
stroy the  new  growing  tissues.  Later,  pri- 
mary sutures  and  the  modified  secondary 
sutures  in  connection  with  the  improved 
two-hour  flushing  system  as  perfected  in 
the  Carrel  Hospital  at  Cowpeys  were  used. 

I  found  that  fractures  were  treated  by 
suspension  with  applied  extension,  in  place 
of  immobilization  by  the  cumbersome  plas- 
ter of  Paris  splints.  This  enabled  the  pa- 
tients to  move  about  in  their  beds  and  pre- 
vented ankylosis  of  proximal  and  distant  ar- 
ticulations, as  well  as  allowing  for  frequent 
dressings  without  pain  to  the  men.  Pas- 
sive movements  and  massages  were  applied 
before  bony  union  had  taken  place.  This 
prevented  many  of  the  deformities  similar 
to  those  already  which  had  occurred  during 
the  first  part  of  the  war. 

Afterwards  I  was  fortunate  enough  to 
work  with  Doctor  Kouindjy  of  the  V'al  de 
Grace  Hospital  in  Paris  and  saw  how  men 
were  trained  to  useful  occupations,  who 
ordinarily  would  be  doomed  to  become  in- 
valids. 

I  also  studied  the  methods  which  had 
been  evolved  for  the  localization  and  re- 
moval of  foreign  bodies  and  the  extraction 
of  missies  directly  on  the  X-ray  table  with 
the  aid  of  the  fluoroscope.  The  older  meth- 
ods required  forty-five  minutes  for  the  lo- 
calization of  a  fragment  and  additional  time 
depending  upon  the  skill  of  the  surgeon, 
for  its  removal.  Experiments  with  various 
vibratory  appliances  were  also  instructive 
and  in  many  instances  this  was  the  method 
of  choice  employed  for  the  accurate  local- 
ization of  foreign  bodies. 

These  were  the  three  most  vital  branches 
of  military  surgery  and  I  established  the 
newest  methods  in  the  French  Hospital  Xo. 
36  under  my  charge  in  Paris,  where  they 
were  applied  with  the  aid  of  a  very  pro- 


gressive French  staflf  and  proved  highly 
satisfactory. 

In  closing  I  wish  to  emphasize  one  point : 
The  recovery  of  the  average  wounded  man 
depends  more  upon  intelligent  nursing  than 
upon  any  technical  procedures  of  the  sur- 
geon in  the  operating  room. 

My  military  surgical  career,  beginning  in 
the  muddy  Serbian  retreat,  ended  in  a  mod- 
ernized French  hospital,  with  Americanized 
nursing  methods  and  employing  the  latest 
available  methods  of  treatment. 


EXPERIENCES  OF  AN  OTO-LARYN- 

GOLOGIST  IN  THE  ADVANCED 

SECTOR. 


HENRY  HALL  FORBES,  M.   D., 
Capt.  M.  C.  U.  S.  A. 

New    York  City. 

The  specialist  in  the  Medical  Corps  in  the 
U.  S.  Army  is  no  longer  an  experiment,  and 
the  present  war  has  shown  the  necessity  for 
the  dfvision  of  the  work  and  the  value  of 
the  Medical  Reserve  Corps.  Too  much  can- 
not be  said  in  praise  of  the  men,  high  in 
their  special  departments,  who  were  able  to 
give  their  services  to  the  organization  of 
these  same  specialties  under  army  condi- 
tions. It  was  pleasing  to  note  the  courtesy 
which  was  shown  to  me  at  all  times  by  the 
members  of  the  Regular  Army  Medical 
Corps.  The  warm,  friendships  formed  will 
undoubtedly  continue  and  a  mutual  feeling 
of  professional  respect  will  always  exist  in 
the  future  between  the  regular  and  the  re- 
serve medical  officer. 

It  was  my  good  fortune  to  be  selected  as 
the  surgeon  in  charge  of  the  department  of 
oto-laryngology  in  Base  Hospital  116,  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


386 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicins 


to  have  the  distinction  of  the  change  from 
civil  life  into  the  actual  field  of  war,  in  the 
Toul  Sector  in  the  eastern  part  of  France, 
in  what  I  believe  to  be  a  record  time.  Leav- 
ing New  York  March  25,  1918,  we  arrived 
in  the  French  village  of  Bazoilles-sur-Meuse 
in  the  Vosges  Mountains  April  9.  Two 
weeks  found  us  not  only  in  the  war,  but 
a  part  of  the  military  activities  of  the 
American  Expeditionary  Forces,  and  each 
responsible  for  his  part  of  the  medical  and 
surgical  care  of  the  sick  and  wounded.  The 
early  days  were  occupied  by  one  and  all  in 
organizing  the  various  departments  to  which 
we  were  assigned.  A  clinic  was  soon  formed 
in  oto-laryngology  and  this  expanded  rap- 
idly. Clinic  cases  alone  treated  during 
June  were  277,  July  695,  August  962.  The 
latter  month  showed,  ear  cases  360,  nose 
and  throat  cases  455,  ear,  nose  and  throat 
Z7,  During  the  six  months  beginning  June 
1,  and  ending  November  30,  a  total  of  3,469 
cases  were  treated  by  me  in  the  clinic.  This 
did  not  include  the  cases  treated  in  the 
ward  and  tent  given  over  to  oto-laryn- 
gology, or  the  numerous  cases  thruout 
the  hospital  either  seen  in  consultation  or 
treated,  in  ^yhom  the  special  region  played 
only  a  minor  part  in  the  sum  total  of  their 
injuries. 

The  surgical  equipment  was  most  ex- 
tensive and  I  was  able  to  obtain  such  mod- 
ern aids  as  a  Baranychair,  a  complete  Soren- 
son  electrical  pump,  giving  us  positive  and 
negative  pressure  with  a  Coffin  attachment. 
I  was  able,  thru  the  courtesy  of  our  Quar- 
termaster, Captain  W.  E.  Mannear,  to  ob- 
tain transportation  for  a  complete  broncho- 
scopy set,  a  number  of  mastoid,  tonsil  and 
sub-mucous  instruments,  these  being  "per- 
sonal property"  and  most  useful.  A  Barany 
noise  apparatus  taken  by  me  was  one  of  the 
few  in  the  American  Expeditionary  Forces. 


The  commanding  officer  gave  to  my  de- 
partment, as  to  all  others,  every  opportunity 
for  thoro  and  scientific  work.  Shortly  after 
our  arrival  other  units  followed  until  a  hos- 
pital center  was  formed  of  seven  Base  Hos- 
pitals capable  of  treating  between  fourteen 
and  fifteen  thousand  patients.  Thru  the 
courtesy  of  Col.  J.  F.  McKemon,  M.  C,  the 
position  of  consulting  oto-laryngologist  was 
given  to  me  for  the  center.  The  oto-laryngol- 
ogists  of  this  country  owe  much  to  the  ener- 
gy of  this  efficient  officer  who,  by  his  person- 
al contact,  made  the  work  of  every  oto-laryn- 
gologist a  pleasure,  and  who  left  an  envia- 
ble reputation  as  the  chief  of  this  service  in 
the  American  Expeditionary  Forces. 

One  can  easily  see  how  the  work,  as  out- 
lined above,  would  be  quite  sufficient  to  oc- 
cupy the  time  of  one  man,  and  yet,  the 
War  Department  has  other  than  profes- 
sional work  for  its  medical  officers,  and  for 
some  reason,  best  known  to  the  department, 
an  oto-laryngologist  was  selected  as  fire 
marshal  for  this  district,  covering  many 
square  miles,  on  whom  fell  the  responsibil- 
ity of  the  prevention  of  fires,  as  well  as 
organizing  and  drilling  the  fire  fighting 
forces.  This  added  vastly  to  my  knowledge 
of  the  military  side  of  our  life  even  if  not 
adding  to  my  professional  experience.  The 
above  is  mentioned  to  show  those  who  are 
unfamiliar  with  the  work  of  the  Medical 
Corps,  that  all  the  time  of  the  medical 
officer  is  not  devoted  entirely  to  profes- 
sional duties,  as  we  understand  them,  in 
fact  for  many,  their  entire  time  was  of 
necessity  given  over  to  the  executive  man- 
agement of  the  large  hospital. 

To  attempt  to  go  into  detail  in  describ- 
ing my  special  work  would  be  lengthy  and 
uninteresting.  To  those  who  ask  "was  it 
worth  while"  ?  I  have  but  one  answer,  "yes." 
The  opportunity,  to  give  medical  and  sur- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ASaERICAW  Mbdicinx 


ORIOIWAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


387 


gical  service  to  those  in  need,  and  to  study 
the  types  of  injuries  which  could  only  oc- 
cur in  a  war  such  as  we  have  experienced, 
was  unlimited.     The  time  to  compile  data 
was  not  given  to  me,  but  the  opportunity 
was  there  and  the  lessons  taught  were  most 
valuable.     War  surgery  did  not  allow  us  to 
adhere  strictly  to  the  line  drawn  in  civil 
hospitals  in  selecting  our  cases,  especially 
was  this  true  during  the  big  drives  when 
large  convoys  of  wounded  were  received. 
Consequently   the   oto-laryngolog^st    found 
himself  in  charge  of  most  interesting  bor- 
der   line    cases,    many    belonging    to    the 
domain  of  the  brain  surgeon ;  the  cases  not 
only  involved  extensive  injuries  to  the  soft 
parts  and  bones  of  the  face  but  "were  further 
complicated  by  injuries  to  dura  and  brain. 
Cases  complicated  by- eye  injuries  were  com- 
mon and  were  taken  care  of  in  the  ward  or 
operated    upon    in    conjunction    with    the 
ophthamologist.     In  our  hospital  this  serv- 
ice   was   in   charge   of    Lieut.    Harold    B. 
Chandler,  M.  C,  of  Boston.     Facial  injur- 
ies with  sinus  involvement  were  frequent, 
as    were    also    injuries    in    which    foreign 
bodies   were   still   present   in   the   sinuses, 
especially  the  antrum  of  Highmore.     These 
cases    gave    us    most    satisfactory    results. 
They     necessitated     frequent     irrigations 
and    dressings,   calling  upon   the   time   of 
both    nurse    and    medical    officer.     Cases 
were  seen  where  injuries  to  or  destruction 
of  the  external  ear  had  occurred,  the  mas- 
toid being  destroyed  in  part,  or  involved  in 
actual     opening    of    the    skull.     Gunshot 
wounds  of  the  neck  involving  injury  to,  and 
destruction  of  the  larynx  in  part  were  fre- 
quent.    In  passing  it  is  well  to  mention  the 
steel  helmet  as  a  contributing  factor  in  the 
protection  ot  the  brain  from  a  number  of 
injuries   which   would   have  otherwise  oc- 
curred, thus  reducing  the  number  of  pene- 


trating as  compared  to  the  non-penetrating 
wounds,  giving  us  an  intact  dura  mater  in 
our  brain  cases,  and  a  subsequent  lessening 
of     infection     and     following    meningitis. 

The  helmet,  however,  has  not  been  a 
complete  protector  of  the  head,  and  frightful 
wounds  of  the  soft  parts  and  bony  frame- 
work have  occurred,  caused  by  shrapnel 
and  bullet.  The  early  recognition  of  the 
extent  and  severity  of  these  head  injuries, 
practically  all  being  compound  fractures 
with  varying  injuries  of  the  pia  mater  and 
brain,  many  complicated  by  the  presence  of 
foreign  bodies,  gave  the  surgeon  an  oppor- 
tunity for  quick  judgment  as  to  their  oper- 
ative treatment.  The  teamwork  obtainable 
by  the  special  staff  of  a  Base  Hospital  with 
a  neurologist,  a  brain  surgeon,  an  ophthal- 
mologist, an  oto-laryngologist  as  well  as  a 
fully  equipped  X-ray  laboratory,  was  of 
great  aid  to  the  surgeons  and  of  most  de- 
cided benefit  to  the  patients.  The  extensive 
injuries  to  face,  involving  fractures  of  the 
superior  and  inferior  maxillae,  which  at  first 
were  treated  by  us  in  conjunction  with  the 
dental  surgeon,  were  later  put  iii  a  class  by 
themselves,  and  transferred  to  the  depart- 
ment of  maxillo-facial  surgery.  I  had 
thought  my  work  would  give  me  an  oppor- 
tunity to  study  plastic  surgery,  but  I  soon 
found  that  cases  calling  for  this  work  were 
of  necessity  transferred  to  the  rear  before 
their  wounds  had  reached  the  stage  when 
closure  was  advisable. 

Not  alone  were  the  problems  of  actual 
war  surgery  to  be  met,  but  we  were  con- 
fronted by  many  of  the  questions  so  often 
encountered  in  civil  hospitals.  The  diph- 
theria carriers,  both  nasal  and  tonsillar, 
were  found  to  exist  even  in  our  advanced 
area,  and  a  ward  for  carriers  was  set  aside 
in  one  of  the  Base  Hospitals  forming  our 
hospital  center.     Nor  could  we  avoid  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


388 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mboicxni 


ever  present  tonsil.  Tonsillectomies  were 
condemned  by  the  authorities  unless  most 
urgent.  The  question  was  so  pertinent  that 
I  wrote  a  short  paper  for  a  clinical  meeting 
entitled  "The  Tonsil  in  Relation  to  Army 
Efficiency."  Efficiency  was  our  watchword, 
and  every  trained  soldier  taken  out  of  the 
firing  line  was  a  loss,  and  each  day  counted, 
making  his  early  return  become  a  problem 
which  in  the  case  of  tonsillitis  had  to  be 
faced  by  the  oto-laryngologist.  It  is  interest- 
ing to  note  that  in  one  hospital,  of  which 
I  had  temporary  charge,  with  a  mixed  serv- 
ice representing  eye,  ear,  nose  and  throat 
cases,  that  from  April  17th  to  May  26th 
there  were  1*58  patients;  of  these  56  were 
cases  of  tonsillitis  or  %  of  the  service.  Days 
spent  in  hospital  were  281  or  six  days  for 
every  case,  and  these  added  to  the  day  oflf 
duty  before  and  after  admission,  increased 
the  loss  in  working  days. 

The  disposition  of  our  cases  becomes  an 
important  question.  It  was  quite  easy  to 
say,  and  very  pleasing  for  the  patient  to 
hear,  the  letter  "D",  which  meant  home,  or 
not  fit  for  further  duty  in  the  American 
Expeditionary  Forces,  but  there  were  class 
A,  class  B.  1  and  B.  2,  class  C.  1  and 
C.  2,  as  well  as  class  D  and  we  all 
felt  our  responsibility  and  realized  that 
it  was  our  duty  to  put  every  man  into 
the  field  of  work  for  which  he  was  fitted, 
and  where  he  was  a  factor  in  maintaining 
the  fighting  forces  in  France.  The  univer- 
sal feeling  of  the  patient  was  "to  get  well 
and  get  back  for  another  crack  at  the 
Boche,''  and  if  possible  "to  get"  the  indi- 
vidual responsible  for  his  injury. 

A  nearby  convalescent  camp  was  avail- 
able for  such  cases  as  might  be  returned  to 
the  front  area  in  a  short  time.  The  work 
accomplished  in  this  camp  was  most  excel- 
lent. 


In  closing  it  may  be  well  said  that  the 
government  and  the  individual  owe  much  to 
the  specialist  and  his  work  both  at  home 
and  abroad. 


MEDICAL  CARE  OF  TROOPS  IN 
BILLETED  AREAS  IN  BORDEAUX 
AREA,   FRANCE    (BASE   SECTION 


No.  2). 


BY 


HAROLD  M.  HAYS, 
Late  Major  M.  C.  U.  S.  A. 

New  York  City. 

In  October,  1917,  the  United  States  had 
less  than  100,000  soldiers  in  France.  In 
October,  1918,  we  had  approximately  2,000- 
000  "over  there".  Considering  the  size  of 
the  other  Allied  armies,  one  can  well 
imagine  that  the  French  government  was 
hard  put  to  it  to  find  accommodations  for 
everybody.  Any  sort  of  a  shelter  was  be- 
ing utilized  as  a  billet  from  the  stateliest 
chateau  to  the  dirtiest  sheep-pen. 

One  of  the  largest  ports  of  entry  for 
Americans  into  France  was  the  harbor  of 
Bordeaux.  The  amount  of  tonnage  dropped 
there  was  enormous  and  well  filled  the  large 
reserve  ware-houses  at  St.  Sulpice  where 
over  one  hundred  large  buildings,  measuring 
fifty  feet  wide  by  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
long  were  erected.  The  number  of  troops, 
up  to  June,  1918,  coming  into  this  port  was 
comparatively  small  when  one  considers 
Brest,  and  the  majority  of  them  at  first  were 
taken  care  of  in  the  more  f)ermanent  camps. 
But  then  there  began  an  overflow  of  troops 
to  the  Artillery  Camp  at  de  Souge  and  soon 
it  became  necessary  to  prepare  billets  for 
one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  men. 

The.  selection  of  proper  billets  for  the 
men  had  become  a  very  important  matter 
and  the  French  government  had  prepared 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AJdBRiCAN  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


389 


for  just  such  a  contingency  long  before  the 
war  started — that  is  for  its  own  troops. 
The  mayor  of  each  town  or  commune  had 
been  ordered  to  keep  on  hand  a  Hst  of  all 
houses  having  spare  rooms  that  could  be 
used  by  officers  and  a  tabulation  of  all 
barns,  lofts,  empty  buildings,  sheep-pens  and 
the  like  for  use  by  the  men.  It  was  then 
merely  a  matter  of  the  army  officer  going 
out  to  the  town,  inspecting  the  billets,  esti- 
mating the  number  of  men  the  place  could 
accommodate,  handing  in  his  report  and 
waiting  for  the  troops  to  come  in. 

The  Bordeaux  region  was  fertile  ground 
for  the  accommodation  of  troops  as  far  as 
the  American  army  was  concerned.  None 
of  the  towns  had  been  occupied  by  the 
French  army  in  nearly  four  years  and  the 
people — that  is  what  was  left  of  them — 
had  thought  that  they  would  be  further  un- 
molested. But  we  had  appealed  to  the 
French  government  for  the  room  we  needed 
and  they  replied  by  referring  us  to  the 
French  Mission  who  supplied  us  with  the 
list  of  towns  we  could  use  and  a  French 
Officer  who  could  go  around  with  us  and 
make  the  kindly  peasants  understand  that 
we  were  worth  while  having.. 

I  had  been  attached  to  the  Base  Section 
for  the  matter  of  a  month,  during  which 
time  I  had  been  detailed  on  various  sanitary 
jobs  at  which  apparently  I  made  good ;  for 
on  the  12th  of  June  of  last  year  I  was  called 
in  to  the  Base  Surgeon's  office  to  take 
charge  of  all  troops  in  the  billeted  towns. 
I  had  .no  more  idea  what  I  was  to  do  than 
the  man  in  the  moon  and  I  hardly  think 
anyone  else  did  either.  At  first  it  was 
merely  a  question  of  passing  on  the  sanitary 
condition  of  the  billets  in  a  few  towns  but 
the  work  expanded  so  rapidly  that  within  a 
short  time  it  was  necessary  to  have  a  certain 
nurriber  of  assistants. 


Our  chief  difficulty  in  the  beginning  was 
to  make  the  French  understand  that  what 
was  good  enough  for  a  French  soldier  was 
not  necessarily  good  enough  for  an  Ameri- 
can one.  In  the  first  place  the  space  allotted 
to  a  French  soldier  measures  approximately 
eighteen  square  feet — three  by  six  feet — 
and  the  estimates  for  payment  for  space 
had  to  be  made  accordingly;  but  it  would 
have  to  be  a  very  small  American  to  crawl 
into  a  space  that  size.  However,  according 
to  French  law,  we  had  to  pay  a  sou  a  day 


Fig.  1.  The  author  at  Biarritz.  Sept.,  1918. 
(about  one  cent)  for  that  much  space  and  it 
didn't  make  any  difference  whether  the 
space  was  in  someone's  attic  or  in  his  wine 
cellar.  The  officers  were  usually  quartered 
in  separate  rooms  in  beautiful  chateaux  and 
if  a  bed  came  with  the  room,  the  charge  to 
our  Government  was  a  franc  a  day. 

As  soon  as  I  saw  what  my  work  was  to 
be.  I  made  up  my  mind  that  it  would  be 
necessary  to  lay  down  a  systematic  plan  so 
that  we  could  keep  track  of  the  towns  seen, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


390 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Ambrican  Mbdicink 


the  number  of  troops  each  one  would  take 
care  of,  the  general  nature  of  the  billets, 
distance  from  rail  head,  the  quality  of  the 
drinking  water,  bathing  facilities  and  the 
distance  from  the  nearest  hospital.  This 
data  was  put  in  the  form  of  a  preliminary 
survey  and  kept  on  file. 

The  next  important  matter  was  to  draft 
sanitary  regulations  which  could  be  given 
to  the  commanding  medical  officer  on  his. 
arrival  for  I  felt  almost  sure  that  his  knowl- 
edge of  sanitation  as  practiced  abroad  was 
practically  nil.     Conditions  were  far  differ- 


troops  and  therefore  the  following  points 
are  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Medical 
Officer  : 

SANITATION. 

1.  Latrines,  Pit  latrines  should  be  dug 
six  feet  deep  if  possible.  Latrine  boxes  of 
four  holes  each  will  be  found  in  each  vil- 
lage to  be  occupied  by  troops  and  the  size 
of  pit  should  conform  to  the  dimensions  of 
the  boxes  supplied.  Latrines  should  be 
placed  near  billets  holding  the  largest  num- 
ber of  men  and  at  least  two  hundred  yards 
away  from  kitchens  and  wells.  Burlap,  tar 
paper  or  wood  will  be  supplied  for  latrine 
housings.  Crude  oil,  sprinklers  and  straw 
will  be  supplied  in  large,  enough  quantities 


Fig.  2.     Camp  Hospital  79.    Chateau  at  St.  Andre  de  Cubzac  usei  for  the  86th  Division. 


ent  than  at  home,  supplies  could  not  be 
gotten  so  readily  and  a  man  would  have  to 
depend  on  his  own  ingenuity  to  supply 
things  that  had  always  been  at  hand.  So 
before  the  troops  began  to  arrive  I  drafted 
the  following  sanitary  regulations  which 
were  later  known  as  our  Memorandum  No. 

8-  June  18,  1918. 

FOR      MEDICAL     OFFICERS     OCCUPYING      NEW 
BILLETING  AREAS. 

Inspection  of  new  areas  has  shown  that 
they  are  clean  and  sanitary.  More  care 
must  be  used  when  such  areas  are  used  bv 


to  burn  out  pits. daily.  Oil  should  also  be 
sprayed  around  latrines.  Covered  racks 
for  toilet  paper  should  be  placed  in  each 
latrine.  Two  public  latrines  will  be  built 
near  main  highways  with  signs  indicating 
their  locations. 

2.  Urine  Cans.  Two  cans  will  be  sup- 
plied to  each  battery  (or  company).  They 
should  be  used  in  billets  only  at  night,  and 
taken  away  early  in  the  morning.     They 

'should  be  emptied  into  latrine  pits  or  a 
special  sump  and  a  small  amount  of  crude 
oil  placed  in  them  after  washing.  They 
should  then  be  placed  in  latrines  for  use 
during  the  day. 

3.  Horse  Lines  and  Manure  Dumps, 
Xo  horses  should  be  placed  in  men's  billets. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Meoicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


391 


The' horse  lines  should  be  at  some  distance 
from  kitchens.  They  must  be  inspected 
daily  and  particular  care  taken  to  see  that 
manure  will  be  swept  and  piled  neatly.  A 
great  deal  of  this  manure  will  be  removed 
once  or  twice  a  day  by  civilians  but  too 
much  reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  them. 
Suitable  dumps  must  be  found  at  least  400 
yards  from  kitchens  and  billets. 

4.  Refuse  and  Garbage,  It  is  particu- 
larly important  to  see  that  billets  and 
grounds  are  properly  policed.  All  refuse 
should  be  burned  as  soon  as  possible.  Six 
garbarge  cans  are  supplied  for  each  kitchen. 
A  neat  wooden  stand  should  be  made  for 
cans.     It  should  be  6  feet  long  by  2^  feet 


should  be  found  or  built.  Ice-boxes  may 
be  supplied  or  built.  It  is  of  the  utmost  im- 
portance that  daily  inspection  of  kitchens, 
mess  halls  and  grounds  be  made.  All 
meat  should  be  thoroly  inspected  daily. 
Fly  traps  or  screening  for  same  will  be  pro- 
vided. 

6.  Drainage.  Kitchen  waste  water  must 
not  be  distributed  over  grounds.  Sumps 
which  will  trap  the. grease  can  easily  be 
made. 

7.  Incinerators.  Small  kitchen  inciner- 
ators should  be  built  in  connection  with  each 
kitchen  to  take  care  of  the  excess  solid  gar- 
bage and  waste  from  kitchen  and  around 
billets. 


Fig.  3.    From  left  to  right— Lt.-Col.  Phelan,  Major  Gradle,  Lt.-Col.  Coburn  and  Major  Thompson. 


wide  and  should  stand  at  least  18  inches 
from  the  ground.  The  solid  garbage  should 
be  separated  from  the  liquid.  This  can 
readily  be  done  by  making  a  sieve  out  of 
half  a  coffee  barrel  in  the  bottom  of  which 
are  bored  half-inch  holes.  Four  wire 
handles  can  be  made  to  hold  the  sieve  in  the 
top  of  the  G.  I.  can.  The  solid  garbage  can 
then  be  emptied  into  a  special  can.  Tin 
cans  should  be  collected  separately,  flattened 
out  and  burned.  G.  I.  cans  should  be  kept 
scrupulously  clean  both  inside  and  out. 
Some  of^  the  garbage  may  be  collected  by 
civilians  under  supervision.  The  rest 
should  be  burned.  Liquid  garbage  may  have 
to  be  taken  care  of  in  a  special  sump  some 
distance  away. 

5.     Kitchens.   Kitchens  should  be  located 
near  pumps   or   wells.     Prop)er  storeroom 


8.  All  Drinking  Water  Must  Be  Chlo- 
rinated and  Placed  in  Lyster  Bags.  Most 
of  the  wells  are  in  good  condition  at  present 
but  with  the  incoming  troops  usmg  pit 
latrines  extra  care  must  be  taken.  Wells 
marked  "not  suitable  for  drinking  pur- 
poses'' should  never  be  used. 

9.  Milk.  Experience  has  shown  that 
the  fresh  milk  in  this  region  is  not  suitable 
for  drinking. 

MEDICAL  INSTRUCTIONS. 

'1.  A  suitable  building  to  be  used  as  a 
Hospital  or  Dispensary  will  be  found  in 
each  town.* 

2.  All  cases  which  cannot  be  treated  at 
Dispensary  or  in  billets  and  needing  hos- 
pital attention  will  be  sent  to  Base  Hos- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


392 


June,  191S 


ORIGINAL.  AHTICLBS 


American  Medicine 


pital  No.  6  at  Talence.  If  transportation 
is  not  available,  ambulance  will  be  sent  to 
Infirmary  on  request  of  Medical  Officer  by 
telephone. 

3.  A  prophylactic  station  must  be  es- 
tablished at  once  in  each  town  in  which 
there  is  a  medical  personnel.  Notice  of  its 
location  should  be  placed  on  the  bulletin 
board  of  each  battery. 

4.  In  case  of  doubt  as  to  Sanitary  or 
Medical  Regulations,  it  is  suggested  that 
you  confer  with  the  Base  Surgeon's  office. 

Henry  A.  Shaw, 
Colonel,  Medical  Corps, 

Chief  Surgeon. 

Shortly  after  the  inspection  of  the  first 
towns  in  the  Gradignan-Cestas  region,  some 
Artillery  Regiments  moved  in  and  our 
troubles  commenced  at  once.  Everyone 
was  green  and  unfortunately  the  Medical 
Officers  had  lived  in  luxurious  camps  over 
in  the  States  and  had  little  knowledge  of 
practical  sanitation,  particularly  as  it  was 
practiced  in  France.  Fortunately  the  water 
supply  was  fairly  good  and  the  regulations 
were  very  strict  about  the  use  of  Lyster 
bags.  Yet  men  would  go  to  the  wells  to 
drink  no  matter  what  the  regulations  were 
and  to  make  matters  worse  they  began  to 
fill  up  on  the  rotten  Z'in  hlanc  and  vin 
rouge  which  these  villagers  supply.  It  is 
a  beverage  that  is  not  fit  for  an  American 
stomach  unless  taken  in  small  doses  in  the 
beginning.  Moreover  the  men  were  not 
used  to  sleeping  in  quarters  such  as  we  sup- 
plied them  with.  All  we  could  give  a  man 
was  a  certain  floor  space  and  the  promise 
that  his  tick  would  be  filled  with  straw  as 
soon  as  we  could  get  it  to  him. 

I  had  arranged  with  the  Quartermaster 
in  Bordeaux  that  all  billeted  areas  should  be 
supplied  with  sanitary  material  such  as 
latrine  seats,  G.  I.  cans,  urine  cans,  crude 
oil,  etc.,  before  the  troops  came  in.  And 
while  the  number  of  tow^ns  to  be  used  re- 
mained small,  this  was  easy  enough  to  do. 


But  the  time  soon  came  when  he  felt  that 
too  much  material  would  be  stored  away 
and  so  he  waited  until  we  heard  that  troops 
were  coming  in  before  placing  out  the  things 
that  were  needed.  Considering  the  scarcity 
of  everything  abroad,  this  was  a  wise  pro- 
cedure from  his  point  of  view  but  often  it 
meant  that  troops  were  in  towns  one  or  two 
days  or  longer  before  they  got  the  things 
that  were  actually  needed. 

On  the  arrival  of  an  organization,  I 
would  immediately  go  out  to  interview  the 
Medical  Officer  in  charge  and  see  that  he 
understood  what  was  required  of  him. 
Most  of  them  I  found  to  be  very  intelligent, 
perfectly  willing  to  learn  and  extremely 
anxious  to  take  good  care  of  their  men. 
The  ability  to  do  this  depended  a  great  deal 
on  the  cooperation  a  medical  officer  could 
get  from  his  line  officers  most  of  whom,  I 
am  glad  to  say,  knew  the  sanitary  end  of 
the  game  very  well.  I  cannot  commend  too 
highly  the  excellent  work  of  Major  English 
of  the  60th  C.  A.  C.  who  was  able  to  get  re- 
sults mainly  thru  the  encouragement  he  had 
from  his  fellow  officers.  His  kitchen  was  a 
model  for  the  field  and  met  every  require- 
ment admirably. 

However,  there  were  some  officers  whom 
I  interviewed  who  seemed  unable  to  under- 
stand the  essentials  of  sanitation.  They 
were  given  drawings  and  explanations 
galore  and  promised  to  do  everything,  but 
the  next  time  I  came  around,  things  were  as 
bad  as  ever.  Numerous  excuses  were  al- 
ways given  but  excuses  do  not  go  in  the 
army.  At  times  it  was  hard  to  be  diplo- 
matic and  keep  my  temper  particularly 
when  I  got  hold  of  a  man  who  thought  he 
knew  more  than  I  did  and  tried  to  teach  me. 
I  recall  one  instance  where  I  came  up 
against  an  officer  who  had  placed  his  kitchen 
against   a    French   house   within   ten    feet 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amebican  Mbdicinb 


ORIQINALi  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


393 


of  a  manure  pile.  The  flies  were  there  in 
millions,  first  feeding  on  the  manure  and 
then  on  the  food  of  the  men.  Moreover 
his  own  latrines  were  within  smelling  dis-  ' 
tance.  When  I  remonstrated  he  tried  to 
tell  me  that  if  I  would  get  him  some  muslin 
to  cover  the  eatables,  the  flies  would  not  be 
able  to  get  at  them.  It  never  occurred  to 
him  that  it  might  be  possible  to  remove  the 
manure  and  place  his  latrines  some  distance 
away.  I  insisted  on  his  carrying  out  my 
orders  but  it  was  only  when  I  informed 
him  that  I  was  going  to  take  up  the  matter 
with  higher  Authority  that  I  got  the  results 
I  wanted. 

The  Base  Surgeon's  Office  in  Bordeaux, 
under  the  able  administration  of  Col.  Henry 
A.  Shaw,  was  extremely  anxious  that  the 
incoming  troops  should  have  the  advantage 
of  being  taken  care  of  in  the  best  manner 
possible.  First  came  up  the  question  of  in- 
specting the  town  to  be  used.  Then  arose 
the  problems  of  supplying  the  organizations 
with  proper  sanitary  supplies  and  medicines 
and  finally  the  careful  supervision  of  the 
territories  to  keep  them  constantly  in  a 
healthy  condition  so  that  with  the  change 
of  organizations,  there  would  be  no  danger 
of  spreading  disease. 

We  have  already  spoken  briefly  of  the 
sanitary  supplies  needed.  The  chief  things 
to  consider  were  the  proper  placing  of  la- 
trines with  the  obtaining  of  fly-proof  boxes, 
and  the  disposal  of  garbage  and  waste.  One 
only  has  to  be  around  a  camp  for  a  short 
time  to  realize  how  necessary  it  is  to  super- 
vise such  matters  carefully;  for  the  health 
of  the  troops,  particularly  in  summer  time, 
is  in  direct  proportion  to  the  amount  of 
filth.  This  fact  was  demonstrated  in  the 
American  camps  over  and  over  again.  It 
is  bad  enough  to  come  into  a  French  village 
where  manure  is  prized  so  highly  that  the 


inhabitants  will  go  into  the  streets  with  a 
pail  in  hand  and  pick  it  up  out  of  the 
road,  but  when  one  adds  to  that  the  excess 
garbage  from  kitchens  that  feed  thousands 
of  men,  he  can  get  an  idea  of  the  situation 
that  presents  itself. 

As  the  climatic  conditions  were  prac- 
tically the  same  all  over  this  region,  it  is 
reasonable 'to  suppose  that  the  number  of 
flies  and  the  consequent  spread  of  disuse 
depended  upon  the  local  conditions.  In  a 
town  like  St.  Jean  de  Lac  where  a  large 
Artillery  organization  was  stationed,  the 
flies  were  comparatively  few  and  therefore 
this  Regiment  had  little  diarrhea  or  dysen- 
tery. The  kitchens  were  placed  out  in  the 
open  where  they  were  kept  scrupulously 
clean.  The  latrines  were  more  than  the 
required  distance  away  and  as  the  latrine 
boxes  supplied  were  not  fly-proof,  the  men 
set  to  work  to  make  their  own.  The  urine 
cans  that  were  placed  in  the  latrine  housings 
were  well  covered  with  prude  oil  and  a 
soldier  was  placed  on  guard  at  each  latrine 
to  see  that  the  men  put  the  seat  covers  down 
and  that  they  kept  the  place  clean;  Sumps 
for  the  collection  of  liquid  garbage  and 
grease  water  were  properly  built  according 
to  the  plan  I  gave  therp,  a  drawing  of  which 
appears  as  Fig.  4.  No  material  is  needed  for 
this  sump  and  if  proper  care  is  taken,  it  will 
last  for  months.  Moreover  most  of  the 
men  were  placed  out  in  "pup  tents"  so  that 
they  did  not  have  to  use  undesirable  billets. 

Now  let  us  view  the  opposite  case.  An 
organization  of  the  same  size  was  located 
but  a  short  distance  away.  The  Medical 
Officer  was  careless  and  could  not  get  the 
cooperation  of  his  line  officers.  The  kitchens 
were  located  behind  French  houses  some- 
times within  a  few  feet  of  an  old  French 
privy  which  had  not  been  cleaned  out  in 
years.     Alongside   of   one   kitchen   was   a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


394 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL!  ARTICLES 


Ambrican  Mboicins 


road  which  the  cows  used  going  to  and 
from  the  bams  and  on  which  they  would 
deposit  their  dung.  No  one  would  clean 
this  up.  The  latrines  were  located  near 
the  kitchens  and  were  far  from  fly-proof 
and  no  one  was  around  to  see  that  they  were 
properly  used.  Either  a  seat  cover  would 
be  thrown  back  or  would  be  off  its  rusty 
hinges  and  toilet  paper  would  be  flying 
aro^ind  everywhere.  There  was  hardly  a  day 
that  we  would  not  get  a  report  of  from  five 
to  twenty  cases  of  diarrhea  or  dysentery. 
I  had  to  inspect  this  organization  frequently 
and  never  did  I  see  it  in  the  sanitary  condi- 
tion that  it  should  have  been.     Two  or  three 


solids  and  liquids.  A  coffee  barrel  was 
sawed  in  two,  holes  bored  in  the  bottom, 
suitable  wire  handles  attached  and  this 
was  placed  inside  the  galvanized  iron  gar- 
bage can.  The  garbage  was  thus  strained 
and  only  the  solid  taken  way,  the  liquid  be- 
ing thrown  into  a  sump.  Sometimes  I  f  oimd 
that  the  civilians  did  not  come  regularly  for 
their  garbage,  so  I  suggested  that  instruc- 
tions be  given  them  that  they  could  have  it 
only  if  they  came  at  meal  times  in  order  to 
keep  it  from  collecting  around  the  camps. 
The  billeted  area  spread  rapidly  so  that 
we  had  under  our  control  ev^ry  town  and 
hamlet   within   twenty-five   miles   of   Bor- 


Tin  can  drain 


Burlap  screen 


J' 


Fig.  4.    Special  sump  for  kitchen  grease  (cross-section). 


times  I  had  explained  to  the  Medical  Of- 
ficer the  way  to  build  a  grease  trap  but  it 
suited  him  better  to  dig  a  big  hole  in  the 
ground  in  which  the  kitchen  police  threw 
everything  from  a  shin  bone  of  a  cow  to 
empty,  greasy  tomato  cans.  Meanwhile,  the 
flies  had  increased  to  so  great  an  extent 
that  we  could  no  longer  use  the  town  for 
other  troops. 

Most  of  the  garbage  was  collected  by 
civilians  who  need  it  badly  for  their  pigs. 
At  first  the  solid  and  liquid  garbage  was 
given  away  but  I  soon  learned  that  the 
people  who  took  it  in  their  narrow  ox-carts 
were  likely  to  slop  it  along  the  roads,  so 
I  devised  an  arrangement  for  separating  the 


deaux.  After  the  first  experiment  with  the 
Americans,  the  French  people  got  to  like 
them  so  well  that  they  were  disappointed 
when  a  town  was  emptied.  During  the  day 
the  men  were  kept  drilling  and  otherwise 
occupied.  They  swept  the  towns  clean  and 
showed  the  French  the  value  of  cleanliness. 
They  played  with  the  children  and  helped 
the  women  with  their  work.  At  sun-down 
the  band  would  get  out  in  the  village  square 
and  play  for  an  hour  or  so.  Every  peasant 
for  miles  around  would  get  there  somehow 
and  with  a  smiling  face  would  show  the 
pleasure  he  felt  at  having  les  soldats 
Americans  there.  At  night  the  men  would 
quietly  go  to  their  billets  and  the  peace  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicixs 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


395 


the  little  hamlet  would  be  undisturbed  un- 
til morning. 

One  can  well  imagine  that  the  labors  of 
our  office  were  increased  considerably  when 
many  of  these  villages  began  to  be  occupied. 
The  problem  of  evacuation  of  sick  to  the 
nearest  Base  or  Camp  Hospital  became  a 
serious  one.  In  each  town  we  had  attempted 
to  find  a  suitable  building  that  could  be  used 
as  a  Regimental  Infirmary  but  oftentimes 
the  places  selected  were  far  from  ideal. 
Moreover,  most  of  the  organizations  had  lost 
their  medical  equipment  or  it  had  been 
taken  away  from  them  at  the  Port  of  De- 
barkation where  they  were  told  that  they 
need  not  worry  as  they  would  always  be 
where  they  could  get  supplies.  As  I  knew 
the  necessity  of  conserving  supplies  and 
that  at  the  same  time  these  billeted  organi- 
zations could  not  get  along  with  the  little 
they  had,  I  made  up  a  unit  box  of  supplies 
to  meet  the  emergency  with  which  they 
were  able  to  get  along  very  well.  We 
could  not  attempt  to  take  care  of  the  seri- 
ously sick  and  major  operative  work  was 
out  of  the  question.  We  had  an  ambulance 
call  each  morning  at  each  of  the  Infirmaries, 
but  if  an  emergency  case  came  up  at  night 
we  were  up  against  it  for  most  of  the  or- 
ganizations were  without  transportation  of 
any  kind.  They  did  not  even  have  a  motor 
cycle  and  passenger  automobiles  were  a 
luxury  not  to  be  thought  of.  I  recall  one 
night  when  two  cases  of  appendicitis  oc- 
cured  in  one  regiment  about  fifteen  miles 
from  town.  The  Medical  Officer  could  not 
get  a  Base  Hospital  on  the  telephone  or 
telegraph  because  the  offices  closed  down 
at  six  o'clock.  He  had  no  transportation 
of  any  kind.  He  sat  on  the  side  of  the  road 
for  hours,  hoping  that  some  kind  of  a  ma- 
chine would  pass.  Fortunately  a  French ' 
taxi  came  along  and  with  the  help  of  the 


driver  and  twenty  dollars  he  got  his  patients 
into  town.  Needless  to  say  he  never  got 
his  money  back.  On  account  of  this  lack 
of  transportation,  it  was  extremely  difficult 
to  carry  out  proper  sanitary  regulations 
for  the  companies  or  batteries  were  sparsely 
spread  out  and  in  one  instance  I  know  that 
the  Medical  Officer  had  to  walk  twenty 
miles  a  day  to  cover  his  ground. 

However,  our  problems  were  compara- 
tively simple  until  the  "flu"  epidemic 
reached  us  about  the  middle  of  September. 
I  had  been  detailed  to  Biarritz  to  take 
charge  of  the  Officers'  Convalescent  Hos- 
pital there.  Peremptory  orders  came  for 
me  to  get  back  to  the  office  in  Bordeaux  as 
the  86th,  84th  and  34th  Divisions  were  re- 
ported to  be  on  the  way  to  our  Base  Section 
and  were  to  occupy  territories  north,  east 
and  south  of  Bordeaux.  The  86th  Divi- 
sion had  come  into  St.  Andre  de  Cubzac  be- 
fore its  advance  party  and  when  I  struck 
them  they  were  running  around  like  a  lot 
of  lost  sheep.  They  had  been  hard  hit  by 
the  influenza  epidemic  on  the  way  so  that 
some  of  their  men  had  died  at  sea  and 
others  had  been  left  at  hospitals  along  the 
way.  To  make  matters  worse  they  had  ar- 
rived during  a  spell  of  rainy  weather  and 
so  it  had  been  impossible  to  issue  dry  straw 
to  the  men,  many  of  whom  had  been 
drafted  less  than  three  months  before.  As 
soon  as  they  came  into  a  town,  they  would 
throw  themselves  down  on  the  damp  floors 
with  the  result  that  before  long  a  goodly 
number  were  down  with  temperatures. 
I  visited  one  regiment  where  out  of  twelve 
hundred  men,  twenty-five  per  cent,  reported 
at  sick  call  one  morning  with  temperatures 
of  over  101.  Of  course  not  all  of  them  had 
influenza  but  enough  of  them  had  it  to 
make  us  worry. 

The  84th  Division  had  been  sent  to  a  new 


Digitized  by 


Google 


396 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAI-  ARTICLES 


American  Medicins 


billeting  area  between  Montpont  and    Peri- 
geux  of  which  I  had  never  heard.     Ap- 
parently this  region  had  been  surveyed  by 
G.  H.  Q.   (at  Tours)   and  no  notice  had 
been  sent  to  us  that  it  was  to  be  used. 
The  only  way  that  I  found  out  that  men 
were  there  was  when  I  happened  to  pass 
thru  one  of  the  towns  on  a  tour  of  inspec- 
tion.    You  can  imagine  my  dismay  to  find 
out  that  I,    at    least    the    Base    Surgeon's 
Office,  was  to  take  care  of  thousands  of 
troops   for  which  we  were  not  prepared. 
This  leads  me  to  a  criticism  that  I  often  had 
occasion  to  make.       Instead   of   General 
Headquarters  realizing  that  they  had  re- 
sponsible   men    in    their    various    sections 
whom  they  could  trust  implicitly,  they  very 
often  sent  officers  down  from  Tours  to  work 
independently  on  exactly  the  same  problems 
we  were  engaged   upon.     Sometimes  this 
duplicated  the  work  and  at  other  times  it 
lead  to  serious  embarrassment,  as  for  in- 
stance when  I  was  sent  out  to  pass  upon  the 
suitability  of  certain  buildings  to  be  taken 
over  as  hospitals.    I  would  report  that  a 
certain  schoolhouse  was  not  suitable  and 
have  the  report  telegraphed  to  Tours.  Then 
a  yoimg  officer  would  come  down  and,  after 
his   inspection,   make   an   opposite   report. 
Either  I  was  to  be  relied  upon  or  else  I 
wasn't  fit   for  the  job.     In  this  instance, 
as  long  as  I  had  been  placed  in  charge  of 
the   billeting  work   in   that   Base   Section, 
Tours  should  have  left  their  hands  off.    As 
it  hapf)ened,  no  one  knew  who  was  respons- 
ible for  that  area  being  used,  with  the  result 
that  a  re-inspection  had  to  be  made  by  our 
office  after  the  troops  were  already  quar- 
tered in  towns  that  were  not  half   large 
enough  to  accommodate  them  all.     If  the 
Division  had  come  in  at  any  other  time,  all 
might  have  been  well ;  but  they  also  had 
been  hard  hit  by  the  epidemic  and  it  was 


many  a  day  before  we  were  able  to  get 
things  straightened  out. 

Major  William  L.  Moss,  the  epidemiol- 
ogist of  our  office,  and  I  went  out  to  visit 
the  various  regiments  and  finally  agreed 
on  certain  points  that  are  contained  in  an 
exhaustive  report  of  his  submitted  to  the 
Chief  Surgeon,  Base  Section  No.  2  on  Octo- 
ber 8,  1918.  This  was  based  on  our  obser- 
vations in  the  86th  Division  and  was  sup- 
plemented by  the  report  of  Lieut.  C.  A.  L. 
Binger  who  was  sent  otit  to  study  the  situ- 
ation in  the  84th  Division.  Out  of  about 
23,000  troops  Lieut.  Binger  found  approxi- 
mately 1,100  cases  of  influenza  in  five  of 
the  organizations  out  of  thirty-four.  His 
advice  is  incorporated  in  ^  the  following 
memorandum  of  the  Division  Surgeon : 

TO  LIMIT  THE  SPREAD  OF  SPANISH  INFLUENZA 
AND    BRONCHO-PNEUMONIA. 

1.  All  soldiers  complaining  of  chilly  or 
feverish  sensations,  headache,  backache  or 
general  bodily  pains,  especially  if  they 
have  a  temperature  of  99  degrees  F.  or  over, 
should  be  immediately  segregated  from 
their  fellows. 

2.  Men  should  be  ordered  to  cough, 
sneeze  and  spit  in  their  handkerchiefs. 

3.  Overcrowding  should  be  constantly 
guarded  against  and  whenever  possible  pup 
tents  should  be  used. 

4.  It  is  more  important  for  Medical  Of- 
ficers to  keep  constant  vigilance  on  the  well 
than  to  spend  all  their  time  on  the  sick. 

THE    REPORT    ON    PREVENTIVE    MEASURES    IS 
INTERESTING. 

For  the  purpose  of  recommending  pre- 
ventive measures  a  tour  of  inspection  was 
made.  Most  of  the  chief  billeting  centers 
were  visited. 

In  some  cases  billeting  conditions  ap- 
peared satisfactory.  For  example,  at  St. 
Astier  some  of  the  troops  were  quartered 
in  great  concrete  sheds  open  at  both  ends 
with  dry  concrete  floors  and  ample  access 
of  both  sun  and  air.     Headquarters  com- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1H9 


397 


pany  were  in  dry,  open  sunny  barns  with 
40  square  feet  of  floor  space  for  each  man. 
It  is  to  be  noted  that  this  regiment  had  the 
lowest  disease  incidence. 

The  highest  was  among  the  309th  Engi- 
neers at  St.  Germain,  where  236  cases  and 
2  deaths  have  already  occurred.  Here  the 
billeting  conditions  were  shamefully  poor. 
Damp,  dungeon-like  cellars  with  no  sun- 
shine and  no  possibility  of  ventilation  and 
floor  space  less  than  12  feet  per  man  were 
used. 

The  338th  Infantry,  where  the  infection 
is  increasing,  were  housed  at  Montpont 
where  were  small,  dark,  damp  stone  quar- 
ters with  no  access  of  sun  and  no  possibility 
of  ventilation.  Here  the  Regimental  Sur- 
geon had  moved  the  sick  out  into  individual 
shelter  tents.  These  men  were  questioned 
during  a  rain  storm  and  had  no  complaint 
from  cold  or  wet. 

It  was  obvious  that  a  high  morbidity  rate 
and  poor  billeting  conditions  went  hand  in 
hand.  The  Inspector  General  was  in  per- 
fect agreement  and  independently  recom- 
mended to  the  Commanding  General  that 
the  troops  be  put  out  in  shelter  tents. 

Recommendations  were  made  to  the 
Division  Surgeon  that  all  billets  that  did 
not  afford  40  feet  of  floor  space  per  man, 
had  no  access  or  direct  sunshine  and  did 
not  have  at  least  two  portals  for  ventilation 
should  be  condemned  and  men  moved  into 
other  billets  meeting  these  requirements  or 
into  shelter  tents. 

At  first  men  who  were  seriously  ill  were 
transported  to  the  nearest  Camp  or  Base 
Hospitals  but  we  soon  discovered  that  more 
complications,  like  pneumonia,  developed 
among  the  patients  who  were  moved  than 
among  those  who  were  taken  care  of  locally. 
Apparently  what  the  men  needed  more  than 
anything  else  was  plenty  of  fresh  air, 
warm  blankets  and  nourishing  food — ^all 
of  which  could  be  supplied  them  locally. 
So  I  arranged  that  each  town  be  provided 
with  a  hospital  tent  large  enough  to  care  for 
twenty  patients  and  immediately  set  about 
to  find  a  chateau  in  each  locality  that  could 
be  converted  into  a  Camp  Hospital.  A  cha- 
teau near  Perigeux  took  care  of  the  84th 


Division  and  at  St.  Andre  de  Cubzac,  we 
took  over  the  Chateau  de  Bouilh  for  the 
sick  of  the  86th  Division.^  After  that  in 
less  than  no  time  we  had  the  epidemic  under 
control  and  I  am  sure  the  number  of  cases 
of  pneumonia  that  developed  and  the  num- 
ber of  deaths  compared  very  favorably  with 
the  number  in  the  States.  It  was  a  noted 
fact  that  the  complications  invariably  oc- 
curred in  men  who  were  less  than  three 
months  in  the  army. 

When  one  takes  into  consideration  the 
rapidity  with  which  the  work  had  to  be 
done  in  France  under  handicaps  that  it 
seems  almost  impossible  to  surmount,  he 
cannot  help  but  feel  that  our  soldiers  were 
taken  care  of  remarkably  well.  Almost 
without  exception  extreme  conscientious- 
ness was  shown  by  the  Medical  Officers  who 
deserve  a  great  deal  of  credit  for  what  they 
accomplished.  And  here  again,  let  me  say 
that  if  it  had  not  been  for  the  open-minded- 
ness  of  the  "Regulars"  who  were  more  than 
willing  to  meet  us  half-way,  we  would  have 
fallen  down  badly.  As  it  was,  the  most 
cordial  cooperation  was  apparent  and  many 
a  suggestion  of  a  "Reserve"  man  was  im- 
mediately taken  up. 

2178  Broadway. 


Special  Wounds. — ^When  a  portion  of 
the  flesh  is  completely  torn  away,  dress 
daily  with  wet  dressings  until  granulation 
is  well  started ;  skingra*ft  if  necessary.  When 
tissues  are  so  injured  that  they  will  slough, 
keep  on  a  wet -dressing  and  trim  them  away 
as  they  are  ready.  You  will  thereby  (a) 
avoid  sepsis;  (b)  get  a  minimum  of  bad 
odor;  (c)  have  little  or  no  pain;  (d)  pro- 
mote rapid  healing. — International  Jour,  of 
Surgery, 


» Fortunately  the  34th  Division  did  not  arrive 
in  the  La  Brede  area  until  long  after  the  Divi- 
sion Surgeon,  Lt-Col.  CofHn,  was  able  to  suit- 
ably provide  for  them. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


398 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


REGIMENTAL  MEDICAL  WORK. 

BY 

DONALD   MINER,   M.   D., 

Late  Major,  M.  C,  U.  S.  A., 

Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

It  seems  scarcely  possible  that  anyone 
could  be  interested  in  regimental  medical 
work  other  than  that  in  action.  The  daily 
inspection  of  men,  quarters,  kitchens  and 
latrines,  the  training  of  hospital  corps  men 
and  the  other  details  that  fill  in  the  time  of 
a  regimental  surgeon  do  not  sound  at  all 
interesting,  yet  they  are  tremendously  im- 
portant in  the  building  and  welding  into  a 
unit  of  the  3,700  officers  and  men  that  make 
up  a  regiment  of  infantry.  I  doubt  if 
there  is  anyone  whom  the  Commanding 
Officer  is  more  pleased  to  see  wideawake 
and  reliable,  than  the  surgeon. 

Sanitation  was  greatly  emphasized  in  the 
American  army  and  many  are  those  who 
have  been  "canned"  for  delinquencies 
therein,  from  platoon  commanders  to  regi- 
mental K.  O.'s.  If  then  the  regimental 
surgeon  could  keep  battalion  and  company 
comnlanders  on  the  job  and  give  results 
without  disturbing  the  Commanding  Officer, 
that  surgeon  was  making  good.  By  cajo- 
lery, by  threats  and  by  merely  suggesting 
and  advising  it  was  done  and  only  results 
counted. 

The  system  most  commonly  used  in 
camps  in  the  States  was  the  daily  inspection 
by  the  surgeon  of  as  much  of  the  whole 
regimental  area  as  he  could  cover  and  of 
each  battalion  by  the  battalion  surgeon. 
Reports  were  made  in  writing  to  the  sur- 
geon by  the  battalion  junior  and  copies  to, 
or  a  verbal  talk  with,  battalion  and  company 
commanders.  The  greatest  responsibility, 
however,  rested  with  the  surgeon  and  he 
was  distinctly  not  on  the  job  if  an  unsatis- 


factory condition  remained  uncorrected 
more  than  a  day  or  two  unless  he  had  made 
recommendation  thereon  to  the  K.  O.  The 
division  sanitary  inspector  with  his  keen 
eye  and  inquisitive  mind  would  quickly  find 
some  of  the  following  if  they  existed :  un- 
clean kitchen  knives,  cooks  not  in  uniform, 
ice-box  with  an  odor,  improperly  balanced 
menu,  food  inadequately  protected  against 
flies,  cracks  in  table  containing  food  debris, 
latrines  not  oiled,  area  inadequately  ditched, 
etc.,  etc.  It  makes  me  smile  now  to  look 
back  on  those  reports  and  how  important 
they  were  to  life  then.  To  have  a  clean 
camp,  a  low  morbidity  rate  and  a  low  vene- 
real rate  was  the  pride  of  every  regimental 
medical  officer.  We  spoke  with  great  glee 
at  mess  after  the  weekly  "short  arm"  of  the 
low  venereal  rate  and  I  fear  that  many  men 
were  given  "light  duty"  with  the  connivahce 
of  the  company  commanders,  to  keep  down 
the  non-effective  rate,  particularly  if  an- 
other regiment  in  the  division  were  ap- 
proaching our  good  mark. 

To  be  really  successful  at  his  game  the 
regimental  surgeon  and  his  juniors  had  to 
be  more  military  than  professional.  He 
should  have  the  respect  of  all  and  it  was 
necessary  to  know  the  Blue  Book  and  the 
customs  of  the  service  to  hold  to  it.  I  have 
seen  more  than  once,  a  sanitary  detach- 
ment present  a  better  alignment  at  review 
or  in  "march  past"  than  the  rifle  companies. 
The  wise  surgeon,  with  the  consent  of  the 
regimental  commander,  weeded  out  his 
hospital  corps  men,  choosing  carefully  from 
the  companies,  on  the  plea,  and  correctly, 
that  in  action  they  would  often  work  alone 
on  the  field  and  must  be  competently  intelli- 
gent, yet  big  enough  to  be  capable  litter 
bearers. 

In  France,  nearness  to  the  enemy  made 
other  matters  more  important  than  sanita- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBUCAN  MSDICINB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


399 


tion.  There  in  the  trench  work  in 
Alsace  the  surgeons'  principal  worries 
were  quick  first  aid  and  evacuation  of 
wounded  and  such  things  as  supplies  of 
A.  T.  S.  splints,  etc.,  care  and  proper  main- 
tenance of  Lister  bags,  details  for  raids,  etc. 
It  was  fine  preparation  and  schooling  on  a 
small  scale  for  the  work  later,  the  big  work 
in  the  Meuse-Argonne. 

Surely  the  tables  of  organization  will 
be  rewritten  some  day  and  I  imagine  that 
every  M.  O.  who  has  done  regimental  work 
in  severe  action  is  mighty  curious  to  see 
what  changes  will  be  made.  That  there  is 
room  for  improvement  few  will  dispute  I 
believe,  and  I  do  not  doubt  that  within  an- 
other year  we  would  have  made  many  of  the 
changes  that  the  British  and  French  had 
found  wise  and  profitable. 

We  "jumped  off'  from  the  old  French 
first  line  trenches,  attacking  northward,  par- 
allel with  the  Meuse,  over  a  terrain  of  for- 
ests and  steep  ravines  that  made  evacuation 
at  times  a  critical  problem.  I  believe  the  most 
important  points  were  to  keep  everyone  in- 
formed of  the  axis  of  liaison,  the  ambulance 
company  in  the  rear  and  each  battalion  med- 
ical officer  and  enlisted  man;  secondly,  to 
keep  a  battalion  aid  post  centrally  estab- 
lished and  to  attempt  nothing  more  there 
than  the  first-aid  packet  if  not  already  ap- 
plied, splints  as  necessary,  and  the  import- 
ant hypodermic  of  morphine,  doing  tags 
only  as  time  was  found,  but  the  greatest  im- 
portance rested  on  speed  in  getting  the 
wounded  back.  In  order  to  do  this  most 
effectively  when  the  line  was  temporarily 
stationary,  advanced  company  posts  were 
made,  generally  at  the  company  P.  C.  When 
pushing  forward,  the  battalion  detachment 
was  to  follow  with  the  support  companies 
spread  out  with  the  battalion,  having  been 
informed  of  the  terrain  as  far  as  that  was 


possible  from  maps.  Most  emphatically 
was  it  impressed  on  everyone  as  to  the  loca- 
tion, or  anticipated  location  of  the  battalion 
aid  post.  From  there,  ambulance  company 
litter  bearers  or  in  some  instances  ambu- 
lances relieved  the  jam. 

It  was  appreciated  before  the  "jump  off," 
that  the  litter  bearers  of  the  sanitary  de- 
tachment would  be  inadequate  in  numbers, 
so  an  order  was  obtained  detailing  four  men 
from  the  rifle  coihpanies  for  that  work. 
This  plan  did  not  go  well,  ^s  the  company 
litter  bearers  practically  all  disappeared 
either  to  the  front  or  the  rear,  the  company 
commanders  naturally  not  having  picked 
their  best  men  to  be  given  to  the  medical 
department.  It  was  impossible  to  keep 
tabs  on  them  since  they  were  not  known 
well  enough  by  the  medical  personnel  and 
excepting  for  the  great  aid  in  litter  bearing 
furnished  by  prisoners,  the  battalion  evacu- 
ation would  have  fallen  down  on  more  than 
one  occasion. 

For  the  information  of  the  uninitiated  I 
should  state  that  there  are  seven  medical 
officers,  three  dentists  and  fifty-one  enlisted 
men  in  the  sanitary  detachment  of  a  regi- 
ment of  infantry.  If  the  regimental  sur- 
geon keeps  two  at  regimental  P.  C,  the 
Sgt.  1st.  CI.  and  an  orderly,  it  will  give  each 
battalion  two  medical  officers,  a  dentist  and 
about  sixteen  men.  If  the  battalion  sur- 
geon keeps  two  or  three  as  assistants  at  bat- 
talion aid  post  it  leaves  obviQusly  too  few 
men  to  act  as  litter  bearers  for  one  thousand 
attacking  troops. 

Too  little  has  been  written  and  said  of  the 
litter  bearers  in  the  fighting.  They  made  their 
carries  under  the  most  difficult  and  trying 
conditions,  working  in  pairs  or  fours,  going 
slowly  and  carefully  thru  the  most  intense 
barrages  of  artillery  and  machine  gun  fire, 
constant  marks  for  snipers,  unable  to  "flop" 


Digitized  by 


Google 


400 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


when  the  big  ones  landed  near  and  without 
that  great  moral  help  of  being  in  with  the 
rest.  Litter  bearers  also  are  not  keyed  up 
to  the  exhilaration  and  excitement  of  the 
riflemen,  naturally,  being  unarmed,  yet 
brave  things  were  done  repeatedly,  and 
relatively  very  few  received  the  awards 
that  were  their  due  when  those  things  were 
given  out. 

We  all,  in  regiments,  envied  greatly  the 
men  in  hospital  work  arfd  their  opportunity 
to  keep  their  touch  and  even  to  do  new 
things,  yet  now  that  it  is  all  over  we  would 
not  give  our  memory  of  our  own  work 
there,  where  things  were  happening,  for  the 
most  wonderful  posts  and  opportunities 
back  of  the  lines. 


SOME     MEDICAL     PROBLEMS     OF 
AVIATION. 

BY 

LEWIS  FISHER,  M.  D., 
Major,  M.  C,  U.  S.  A.,  Philadelphia. 

AND 

H.  W.  LYMAN.  M.  D., 
Captain,  M.  C,  U.  S.  A.,  St.  Louis. 

Aerial  warfare  developed  many  medical 
problems  for  which  there  was  no  precedent 
and  the  Air  Medical  Service  was  forced, 
therefore,  to  cope  with  many  new  and  un- 
foreseen conditions.  In  the  beginning  of  the 
war  it  was  not  realized  that  the  medical  re- 
quirements of  the  Air  Service  were  different 
from  those  of  the  Line.  In  fact,  the  Air 
Service  was  often  used  as  a  haven  of 
refuge  for  battered  and  worn-out  infantry- 
men. This  was  done  with  the  supposition 
that  the  duties  of  an  aviator  were  rather 
easy,  since  he  sat  in  a  ship  which  took  him 
around.  The  feeling  that  the  physical  de- 
mands on  the  flier  were  much  less  than 
those  on  the  infantryman  or  artilleryman 


was  soon  changed  by  the  unusually  large 
number  of  casualties  which  occurred  in  the 
Air  Service.  It  became  apparent  that  the 
terrific  strain  of  military  aviation  made  ex- 
traordinary demands  upon  the  physical 
stamina  of  the  flier,  and  steps  were  taken  to 
select,  thereafter,  only  those  who,  from  a 
physical  standpoint,  appeared  to  be  best 
fitted.  Originally  the  medical  care  of  the 
flier  differed  in  no  way  from  that  of  the  or- 
dinary soldier.  He  was  simply  regarded 
as  a  member  of  the  same  general  organiza- 
tion. Experience  soon  demonstrated  that 
each  aviator  was  a  fighting  unit  in  himself 
and  any  defect,  therefore,  physical  or  other- 
wise, affected  not  an  individual  but  an  en- 
tire "combat  unit"  of  the  Army.  This  was 
especially  true  in  the  early  part  of  the  war 
when  aerial  warfare  consisted  of  one 
aviator  fighting  one  other  aviator.  Profit- 
ing by  the  experience  of  the  Allies,  the  Air 
Medical  Service  of  the  United  States  Army 
adopted  as  its  keynote  the  study  and  treat- 
ment of  the  aviator  as  an  individual.  The 
activities  of  the  Air  Medical  Service 
naturally  subdivided  themselves  into  three 
groups:  Selection,  Classification  and  Main- 
tenance. 

Sdection. — In  the  selection  of  the 
flier  it  was  deemed  advisable  to  accept  only 
those  who  possessed  the  very  best  physical 
and  mental  equipment.  It  was  easy  to 
maintain  the  highest  standard  because  of 
the  large  number  of  volunteers  of  the  very 
best  type  who  were  making  great  efforts  to 
enter  the  Air  Service.  A  high  standard 
was  set,  not  for  the  reason  that  only  such 
highly  qualified  men  could  learn  to  fly,  but 
rather  to  avoid  the  waste  and  delay  which 
the  training  of  men  of  a  lower  standard 
might  entail  thru  their  breaking  down  under 
the  terrific  strain  of  military  aviation.  The 
candidate   was   required   to   withstand   the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKUCiLN  Madicinh                       ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES  June,  1919                      401 

most  searching  physical  examination  in  re-  As  a  result  of  the  system  of  Physical 
spect  to  his  nervous,  cardio-vascular,  respi-  Examining  Units,  there  was  always  avail- 
ratory,  genito-urinary  and  muscular  sys-  able  for  training  an  ample  number  of  men 
tems.  In  addition,  his  eyes  were  to  be  prac-  physically  qualified  for  any  demands  which 
tically  perfect,  his  ears,  nose  and  throat  military  aviation  might  make.  Possibly  a 
without  any  noticeable  defect,  and  his  ves-  few  men  were  rejected  who  might  have 
tibular  apparatus  normal.  become  good  fliers  but,  if  so,  their  number 
This  work  of  selection  was  done  by  was  far  too  small  to  affect  in  any  degree  the 
Physical  Examining  Units  organized  in  efficiency  of  the  Service,  however  great  the 
various  universities  and  hospitals  by  espe-  disappointment  of  the  individuals  concerned, 
cially  trained  officers  of  the  Air  Medical  While  a  more  or  less  perfect  physique  was 
Service.  The  volunteer  physicians  on  these  one  of  the  absolute  requirements  in  a  can- 
units  were  specialists  in  their  various  didate  for  the  aviation  service,  that  of  itself 
branches,  selected  solely  on  their  qualifica-  did  not  assure  his  admission.  After  the 
tions  for  this  work.  Thirty-five  of  these  Physical  Examining  Unit  would  certify  an 
units  were  organized  thruout  the  country  individual  as  acceptable  from  a  medical 
and  later,  thirty-two  more  in  various  mili-  standpoint,  he  was  referred  for  an  exam- 
tary  camps.  By  careful  standardization  and  ination  by  a  board  composed  of  educated 
supervision  the  work  of  the  various  units  practical  men  who  considered  his  mental 
was  kept  as  uniform  as  it  was  humanly  pos-  and  general  fitness. 

sible  to  do.     Because  of  the  high  standard  The  Air  Medical  Service  realized  from 

set  and  rigid   examination,    approximately  the  very  beginning  thjit  no  set  of  tests, 

30%    of   those  presenting  themselves   for  physical  or  psychologic,  could  possibly  fore- 

this  examination  failed  to  comply  with  the  cast  with  absolute  certainty  who  would  and 

physical  standard  set  by  the  Air  Medical  who  would  not  make  a  perfect  aviator.     But 

Service  (Form  609  A.  G.  O.).     Failure  to  because  the  training  of  one  entailed  such 

meet  the  visual  requirements  was  the  chief  a  large  expenditure  of  money  and  time,  it 

cause  of   rejection.     The  commonest   eye  was  deemed  advisable  to  begin  at  least  with 

defects  were:  as  perfect  a  specimen  as  it  was  humanly 

Lack  of  visual  acuity 3.3%  possible  to  choose.     Re-examination  of  the 

Defective  color  vision 1.0%  fliers  at  intervals  during  their  training  dis- 

Muscle  imbalance 7%  closed  very  few  cases  where  men,  who  did 

Defective  stereoscopic  vision..       .5%  ^                 i.      ,      .    ,         ,.  . 

All  other  eye  defects 4%  "^^  possess  the  physical  qualities  required, 

had  been  accepted  by  some  Examining  Unit. 

Disqualified  because  of  visual  Clarification.— As       more       powerful 

defects 5.9%  ^             ,  .              ...          r     -    . 

/*'  motors  and  improved  designs  of  airplanes 

""  aT/Kat  'dXs    °!  . "°"    2.0%  Tl  '"'r '.'  "''^  ""•"^'"  °^  ^^^""^ 

Equilibrium  tests 2.0%  height  to  which  a  plane  could  be  driven,  has 

Cardio-vascular  system   1.5%  gradually  been  raised  until  now  it  is  in  the 

Yn^'^.t''^'  •/  •; .It^  ^'^^"'^y  ^^  30,000  feet.     At  heights  exceed- 
All  other  defects 1.9%  •        i  r  nnn  r    .   •              r        ,     , 

Disqualified  in  two  tests 7.0%  '"^   ^^'^^  ^^^^  '^  ^^^   ^^""^  ^^^^  "^^"X 

Disqualified   in   three  or  more  ^'^rs  apparently  in  good  condition  fainted 

^^^^s  8.6%  or  became  incapable  of  performing  the  co- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


402 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AMEBICAN    MSOICINB 


ordinated  movements  necessary  to  maintain 
control  of  an  aeroplane  and  as  a  result 
crashed.  Medical  research  proved  that 
this  physical  and  mental  disability  was  due 
solely  to  the  low  percentage  of  oxygen  en- 


ing  apparatus  which  was  perfected  at  the 
Medical  Research  Laboratory  at  Mineola, 
L.  I.,  and  installed  at  the  various  flying 
fields  (Fig.  1 ) .  By  means  of  this  apparatus, 
the  aviator  re-breathes  the  air  contained  in 


B^'l 

^Smj^ 

1 

w^Si^J 

p 

W  M 

1    .   ^Si 

'C ,  ^^H 

^^^^^^■InFf   In^i^^ 

s 

lfc^ 

v^H 

miz^ai..:^^ 

Courtesy  of  the  Naval  Consulting  Board, 

Fig.  1.    Re-breather. 


countered  at  high  altitudes,  and  it  became 
necessary  to  examine  and  classify  fliers  as 
to  their  ability  to  withstand  the  effects  of 
the  oxygen  want  encountered  in  this  type 
of  flying.  This  was  done  in  the  United 
States  Air  Service  bv  the  use  of  a  re-breath- 


a  tank  and  gradually  consumes  the  oxygen, 
the  carbon  dioxide  being  absorbed  by  pass- 
ing the  exhaled  air  thru  an  alkali.  This,  in 
the  course  of  25  or  30  minutes,  reduces  the 
oxygen  to  about  7%  or  the  equivalent  of 
an  altitude  of  28,000  feet.    While  undergo- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSBICAK   MEDICINB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


403 


ing  the  test  his  cardio-vascular  and  respi- 
ratory systems  are  under  continuous  ob- 
servation and  the  subject  is  constantly  per- 
forming three  different  tasks  which  require 
close  attention,  discrimination  and  coordi- 
nation. The  test  is  ended  at  the  point  at 
which  he  becomes  inefficient.  By  this  and 
other  data  obtained  during  the  "Unit  Run," 
as  the  test  is  called,  the  aviator  is  classified 
as  to  his  ability 'to  fly  at  high  altitudes.  It 
was  found  that  only  61%  of  carefully  se- 
lected fliers  were  able  to  exceed  an  altitude 
of  20,000  feet  with  safety,  25%  were  un- 
able to  exceed  15,000  feet,  while  l4%  be- 
came unsafe  at  8,000  feet.  It  was  also 
found  that  constant  flying  caused  a  gradual 
deterioration  of  the  flier  in  this  respect  and 
that  he  gradually  became  "stale."  A  pe- 
culiar feature  of  this  susceptibility  to  oxy- 
gen want,  whether  caused  by  excessive  al- 
titudes or  long  continued  flying,  is  that  it 
is  not  recognized  by  the  victim  himself,  who 
fails  to  realize  any  deterioration  in  his  ef- 
ficiency. Consequently,  it  became  necessary 
to  retest  fliers  at  stated  intervals  in  order 
to  certify  to  the  Commanding  Officer  only 
those  who  were  "fit."  As  the  different 
types  of  planes,  bombers,  scouts,  etc.,  de- 
veloped and  military  aviation  became  more 
complicated,  it  was  also  found  advisable 
to  classify  fliers  according  to  their  adapta- 
bility for  certain  types  of  work,  as  far  as 
possible.  Thus  it  would  have  been  unwise 
to  select  men  for  scout  work  who  could 
not  attain  an  altitude  over  8,000  feet  with- 
out danger  of  fainting  or  otherwise  becom- 
ing incapable  of  controlling  their  airplane, 
as  this  type  of  flying  involves  combats  at 
the  extreme  heights  to  which  a  machine  can 
be  driven  and  requires  the  maximum  of 
mental  and  physical  alertness  at  all  times. 
Maintcnancc^Maintenance  of  the  ef- 
ficiency of  the  flier  at  its  maximum  con- 


stitutes the  third  division  of  the  work  of 
the  Air  Medical  Service.  Military  aviation 
involves  such  tremendous  strain  on  the  cir- 
culatory and  nervous  systems,  in  addition 
to  the  disabilities  arising  from  low  oxygen 
want,  that  constant  watchfulness  must  be 
exercised  to  detect  the  first  symptoms  of 
impairment  which,  if  overlooked,  are  apt 
to  lead  to  complete  inefficiency  and  disaster. 
The  importance  of  this  work  can  be  read- 
ily understood  when  the  records  show  that 
less  than  2%  of  the  loss  of  aviators  has 
been  due  to  the  Hun  and  that  defects  in 
the  plane  do  not  at  the  present  time  account 
for  more  than  8^  .  This  leaves  90%  of 
the  loss  to  be  accounted  for  by  troubles  in 
the  aviator  himself. 

In  the  United  States  Air  Service  the  med- 
ical phases  of  this  work  are  in  charge  of  a 
specially  trained  medical  officer  at  each  fly- 
ing field  known  as  the  Flight  Surgeon, 
whose  duties  are  to  act  as  medical  advisor 
to  the  Commanding  Officer  and  to  main- 
tain the  mental  and  physical  fitness  of  the 
aviators  on  the  field.  In  this  work  he  is 
assisted  by  a  Physical  Director  who,  like 
the  college  trainer,  sees  that  the  fliers  get 
such  physical  training  as  will  keep  them 
in  good  condition.  There  is  also  provided 
a  nutrition  officer  whose  duty  it  is  to  see 
that  the  "mess"  is  of  proper  quality,  to 
provide  a  modified  training  table  suitable 
for  the  work  the  aviator  is  compelled  to 
do,  and  to  provide  for  such  individual  cases 
as  may  require  special  dietetic  treatment. 
The  facilities  of  the  Medical  Research  Lab- 
oratory are  at  the  disposal  of  the  Flight 
Surgeon  for  any  special  examination  he 
may  deem  necessary  in  doubtful  cases.  This 
ready  availability  of  expert  medical  exam- 
ination together  with  the  close  personal  re- 
lationship, which  is  fostered  between  Flight 
Surgeon  and  the  flier,  enables  him  to  dis- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


404 


JUNE^  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Ambrxcan  ^aDlcatm 


cover  early  signs  of  staleness  or  beginning 
inefficiency  and  take  measures  for  their  cor- 
rection before  they  can  result  in  disaster 
to  the  pilot. 

It  is  of  course  impossible  in  this  paper 


To  counteract  the  effects  of  oxygen  want 
at  high  altitudes,  an  apparatus  was  devised 
by  Col.  George  S.  Dreyer  for  the  Royal 
Air  Force  which  automatically  supplies  the 
aviator  with  the  necessary  amount  of  oxy- 


^n 

-    ■  1 

msBLmrF'JA 

^^Mb^^^ 

my 

ka 

'^ 

^. 

Courtesy  of  the  Naval  Consulting  Board. 

Fig.   2.     "Ruggles  Orientator." 


to  describe  all  the  activities  of  the  Air  Med- 
ical Service,  but  one  might  mention  a  few 
of  the  recommendations  The  Medical  De- 
partment made  with  a  view  of  reducing 
that  "ninety  per  cent."  of  mishaps  among 
aviators. 


gen  at  various  altitudes.  This  apparatus, 
with  slight  modifications,  has  been  adopted 
as  standard  in  the  United  States  Air  Service 
and  has  given  complete  satisfaction.  To 
show  the  efficiency  of  oxygen  apparatus, 
it  is  stated  that  one  British  squadron  sup- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinx 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


JUNX,  1919 


405 


y    1 

mm^ 

^ 

( 

l// 

1^ 

n^t?;.'';? 

C^B^^ 

V        ^^ 

H^HZjI 

-i«i<iJfiK'I 

n 

i 

jm      { 

■'Wm 

nir 

,^/v 

d^7 

- 

VP 

40V   ^ 

^^^^^J>v 

VOL'? 

w^^ 

saifl 

ET^           1 

Psp 

N^Bt 

Courtesy  of  the  Naval  Consulting  Board. 

Pig.  3.    "Ruggles  Orientator.' 


plied  with  the  Dreyer  apparatus  has  been 
performing  six  times  the  work  of  any  sim- 
ilar organization  working  without  such  an 
oxygen  apparatus. 

The    large    number    of    head    injuries 
brought  out  the  suggestion  that  the  cowl 


be  so  cut  out  as  to  give  eight  inches  more 
room  in  front.  A  report  from  the  Royal 
Air  Force,  Canada,  states  that  since  this 
change  was  made  injuries  of  this  type  have 
been  practically  eliminated.  Another  sug- 
gestion was  to  fasten  the  safety  belt  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


406 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTIGX.BS 


American  Medicinb 


rubber  shock  absorbers  in  order  to  reduce 
the  number  of  injuries  to  the  abdomen  and 
chest.  The  intense  cold  of  high  altitudes 
was  overcome  by  designing  electrically 
heated  clothing.  The  eyes  were  protected 
by  suitably  tinted  gc^gles,  so  constructed 
that  it  was  impossible  for  splinters  of  glass 
to  be  driven  into  the  eyes. 

Another  problem  of  peculiar  importance 
in  aviation  was  that  of  dizziness.  Since 
fly'"g  generally  entails  so  much  swaying 
and  whirling,  it  is  not  infrequent  that  the 
aviator  suffers  from  rotational  vertigo.  This 
is  especially  true  when  any  of  the  evolu- 
tions known  as  "stunts"  are  attempted.  In 
actual  combat  the  expert  "stunt-flier"  has 
a  decided  advantage  over  one  who  was  not 
so  expert  in  the  various  gyrations  of  his 
plane.  Since  rotational  vertigo  is  a  per- 
fectly normal  phenomenon  which  manifests 
itself  whenever  a  normally-physically- 
equipped  individual  is  subjected  to  whirling, 
this  phase  of  aviation  was  carefully  studied 
by  the  Otologic  Department  of  the  Medi- 
cal Research  Laboratory.  The  well  known 
physiologic  principles  that  rotation  with  the 
head  held  in  a  certain  position  induces  ver- 
tigo less  distressing  than  similar  rotation 
with  the  head  in  other  positions  enabled 
the  Otologic  Department  to  formulate 
rules  which,  if  observed  by  the  aviators 
during  their  stunts,  nullified  the  disturbing 
effects  of  the  vertigo.  By  far  the  most 
important  thing,  however,  was  the  employ- 
ment of  apparatus  whereby  individuals 
could  be  rotated  or  whirled  in  different 
planes — all  designed  to  simulate  conditions 
during  stunt-flying  which  trained  the  avia- 
tor to  interpret  properly  the  various  ver- 
tigo impressions  and  thus  lose  all  sensitive- 
ness to  rotational  vertigo. 

An  otologic  machine,  lately  adopted  by 
this  Government,  known  as  the  Orientator 


(Fig.  2)  enables  the  flier  to  be  trained  in 
all  sorts  of  aerial  maneuvers  without  ac- 
tually leaving  the  ground.  He  thus  be- 
comes accustomed  to  the  whirling  incident 
to  stunt-flying  and  learns  to  manipulate 
his  controls  with  accuracy  and  delicacy  in 
all  sorts  of  unusual  positions,  such  as  whirl- 
ing while  upside  down.  This  will  greatly 
shorten  the  time  of  training  and-  save  many 
lives  and  ships. 


MANAGEMENT  OF  VENEREAL 
CASES  IN  CAMP:  RENDERING 
INFECTED  SOLDIERS  NON-CON- 
TAGIOUS. 

BT 

S.   WILLIAM   SCHAPIRA,   M.   D., 

New  York  City 

and 

JOSEPH  WITTENBERG,  M.  D., 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

To  prevent  transmission  of  venereal 
disease  to  innocent  persons  requires  care 
under  the  best  of  circumstances.  This  prob- 
lem assumes  great  importance  in  camp 
where  many  of  the  conveniences  of  home 
life  are  necessarily  absent.  The  necessity 
of  rendering  the  diseased  men  non-con- 
tagious becomes  manifest  when  we  say  that 
804  out  of  1,954  newly  drafted  men  from 
the  District  of  Columbia  and  Baltimore  were 
found  to  be  infected  with  venereal  disease, 
on  their  examination  in  camp.  Such  a  large 
percentage  of  infected  men  may  be  unusual 
but  was  found  while  one  of  us  (S.)  was  in 
charge  of  the  genitourinary  division  of  a 
base  hospital. 

Both  for  the  purpose  of  lessening  the  rav- 
ages of  disease  in  the  individual  as  well  as 
to  render  the  men  fit  for  active  service 
without   being   an   ever-present   danger   to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambkigan  Mxdicins 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


407 


their  comrades,  it  was  necessary  to  check 
the  disuse  process  and  to  render  the  men 
innocuous  to  others  as  rapidly  as  possible. 
The  results  obtained  were  so  favorable  as 
to  be  worthy  of  report. 

With  chancroid,  the  requirement  was 
simple;  the  lesion  had  to  be  healed.  With 
gonorrhea,  the  test  of  fitness  for  active 
service  was  the  absence  of  the  gonococci 
from  the  urethra  and  its  adnexa.  With  the 
syphilitic  cases  the  problem  was  more  com- 
plex because  of  the  likelihood  of  recurrence 
of  superficial  lesions.  In  this  group  the  re- 
quirements were  that  the  patient  must  be 
free  from  all  clinical  symptoms  or  signs  of 
syphilis,  continuously  for  three  months,  be- 
fore he  was  considered  fit  to  be  discharged 
from  the  development  battalion. 

The  results  obtained  in  the  treatment  of 
acute  gonorrheal  urethritis  were  better  than 
those  we  obtained  among  civilians.  This 
may  have  been  due  in  part  to  a  slight  dif- 
ference in  the  intraurethral  treatment,  a 
description  of  which  may  be  bf  interest. 

The  routine  treatment  we  used  in  civilian 
clinic  and  hospital  was  that  which  is  com- 
monly used  at  present.  The  modified  diet, 
forbidding  of  alcoholic  liquors,  curtailing 
the  use  of  tobacco,  advice  as  to  hygiene, 
sleeping  on  the  side  with  light  covering  to 
prevent  erection,  local  dressing  of  the  part 
so  as  to  permit  of  free  drainage  while  pro- 
tecting the  clothing  from  being  soiled,  warn- 
ing against  carrying  the  infection  to  the  eyes 
of  the  patient  or  transmitting  it  to  others 
were  those  usually  adopted. 

The  internal  medication  included  the  ad- 
ministration of  antiblennorrhagics,  of 
drugs  to  dilute  the  urine  when  that  was  too 
concentrated  and  to  keep  the  urine  neither 
too  acid  nor  alkaline.  The  favorite  anti- 
blennorrhagics were  sandalwood  oil,  in  ten 
minim  doses  three  times  a  day  after  meals, 


early  in  the  disease  till  the  acute  purulent 
stage  was  past,  and  the  oleoresin  of  cubebs 
or  the  balsam  of  copaiba  in  similar  doses  in 
the  subacute  stage  of  the  disease.  Alkaline 
diuretics  like  the  acetate  of  potash  were  ad- 
ministered when  the  urine  was  too  concen- 
trated or  too  strongly  acid ;  sodium  benzoate, 
boric  acid  or  sodium  salicylate  in  fifteen 
grain  doses  when  the  urine  was  alkaline; 
these  were  taken  well  diluated  between 
meals.  Where  painful  erections  at  night 
were  not  readily  controlled  by  simple  meas- 
ures such  as  pouring  cold  water  on  the  part, 
etc.,  or  were  so  frequent  as  to  disturb  the 
patient's  rest,  bromides  were  administered 
before  retiring,  and  where  that  did  not  suf- 
fice chloral  was  given. 

The  routine  local  treatment  depended  on 
the  stage  of  the  disease.  In  those  cases 
which  presented  a  hyperacute  inflamma- 
tion, where  the  glans  or  the  meatus  was 
swollen,  the  local  treatment  consisted  only 
in  soaking  the  penis  in  hot  water  for  ten 
or  fifteen  minutes  several  times  a  day,  or 
the  application  of  lead  and  opium  wash  to 
the  organ.  In  twenty-four  or  forty-eight 
hours  the  hyperacute  symptoms  subside  and 
the  patient  is  ready  for  systematic  treat- 
ment of  the  urethra.  This  consists  of  the  in- 
jection into  the  urethra  of  organic  silver 
preparations  which  seem  to  have  a  selective 
action  on  the  urethral  mucous  membrane  in 
repressing  inflammation  due  to  the  gonococ- 
cus,  while  pus  is  being  secreted;  and  iur 
jecting  astringents  to  tone  up  and  heal  the 
mucous  membrane  after  the  purulent  con- 
dition has  disappeared.  During  the  period 
when  the  pus  has  been  largely  diminished 
in  amount  and  the  discharge  is  becoming 
more  and  more  mucoid^  the  organic  silver 
preparation  is  being  replaced  gradually  by 
the  astringent  injection. 

The  organic  silver  preparations  which  are 


Digitized  by 


Google 


408 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


most  commonly  used  are  protargol  and 
arg>rol.  The  first  week  of  the  disease  we 
prescribe  a  hand  injection  of  a  J4%  solu- 
tion of  protargol  to  be  injected  three  times 
a  day,  after  voiding  urine  to  clear  the  ure- 
thra of  any  pus  that  may  be  present,  and 
to  be  retained  five  minutes.  By  the  end  of 
the  first  week,  the  urethra  has  become  ac- 
customed to  the  slight  irritation  of  this  so- 
lution and  its  strength  is  increased  to  Yz  of 
1%.  This  is  continued  as  long  as  the  or- 
ganic preparations  of  silver  are  indicated. 

By  the  end  of  the  second  or  during  the 
third  week,  the  tissues  of  the  urethra  below 
the  surface  (excfept  the  urethral  follicles) 
are  cleared  of  the  gonococci,  the  discharge 
has  become  mucopurulent  and  the  mucous 
membrane  is  in  a  state  of  catarrhal  inflam- 
mation. The  protargol  injections  are  re- 
placed gradually  by  a  simple  astringent  so- 
lution consisting  of  zinc  sulphate  and  lead 
acetate,  one  grain  of  each  to  the  ounce, 
which  is  retained  one  minute.  At  first  one 
of  the  protargol  injections  per  day  is  sub- 
stituted, then  two,  and  by  the  time  that  the 
gonococci  have  disappeared  from  the  dis- 
charge, which  is  now  almost  entirely  mu- 
coid, the  astringent  is  the  only  injection 
used.  This  injection  is  increased  in  strength 
after  the  first  week  to  two  grains  each  of 
the  zinc  sulphate  and  lead  acetate  to  the 
ounce  of  water.  After  about  six  weeks  of 
this  treatment,  between  sixty-two  and  sixty- 
five  per  cent,  of  the  patients  are  free  of  all 
signs  of  the  disease. 

In  many  instances  the  inflammation 
spreads  backward  into  the  prostatic  urethra 
after  ten  or  fourteen  days.  The  classical 
symptoms  of  acute  posterior  urethritis,  fre- 
quent and  urgent  urination  with  tenesmus 
and  perhaps  with  terminal  hematuria  are 
often  absent.  In  a  large  proportion  of  cases 
the  only  sign  found  is  a  turbid  second  urine, 


due  to  flowing  backward  into  the  bladder 
of  the  pus  which  is  formed  in  the  posterior 
urethra.  Prompt  discontinuance  of  all  in- 
traurethral  treatment  and  putting  the  pa- 
tient to  bed  will  usually  clear  up  this  con- 
dition in  a  few  days.  If  the  posterior  ure- 
thritis persists,  instillation  of  a  5%  solu- 
tion of  protargol  or  a  1-500  solution  of  sil- 
ver nitrate  gradually  increased  in  strength 
are  needed,  and  if  the  condition  becomes 
chronic  with  persistence  of  infiltration  in 
the  prostatic  urethra,  dilatation  and  irri- 
gations or  instillations  are  necessary. 

In  camp,  the  treatment  of  these  cases 
differed  from  the  above  in  two  respects. 
Every  case  of  acute  gonorrheal  urethritis 
was  kept  in  bed  for  from  three  to  five  days. 
The  patients  were  then  allowed  to  be  up 
and  about  in  the  hospital,  but  were  given 
irrigations  of  the  anterior  urethra  twice 
per  day  with  a  J4-1%  solution  of  protargol 
in  place  of  the  three  daily^  hand  injections 
given  similar  cases  in  civilian  life.  The 
method  of  irrigation  was  as  follows:  The 
patient  would  stand  before  the  surgeon 
with  the  irrigator  about  three  feet  above 
the  patient's  pelvis.  The  nozzle  was  applied 
to  the  meatus  and  enough  of  the  solution 
allowed  to  run  in  gently  to  fill  the  urethra 
without  overdistending  it.  The  tip  of  the 
nozzle  would  then  be  drawn  away  sufficient- 
ly to  permit  the  fluid  to  escape  from  the 
urethra  and  then  reapplied  and  the  urethra 
filled  again.  A  half  pint  of  the  solution  was 
used  at  each  sitting.  The  discharge  would 
become  mucoid  in  from  ten  to  fourteen  days, 
after  which  the  patient  was  discharged 
from  the  hospital.  The  ordinary  treatment 
as  outlined  above  was  then  continued,  ex- 
cept that  the  patient  would  report  once  a 
day  at  the  hospital  for  a  urethral  irrigation 
of  protargol  and  would  use  an  astringent 
hand   injection  twice  a  day. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrxcan  Mbdicin* 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


409 


The  result  obtained  with  this  treatment 
was  a  shortening  of  the  period  required  to 
eradicate  the  disease  to  five  weeks,  one  week 
less  than  was  required  at  home  in  those 
cases  who  made  an  uneventful  recovery. 

The  percentage  of  cases  which  resisted 
treatment  was  the  same  at  home  and  in 
camp.  In  fact  this  percentage  was  constant 
with  whatever  form  of  treatment  we  used, 
the  only  difference  being  in  the  duration 
of  the  disease ;  the  obstinate  cases  all  show- 
ing some  underlying  cause  for  their  refusal 
to  heal.  Examination  showed  in  these  cases 
the  presence  of  some  lesion  left  over  from 
some  previous  urethritis,  stricture  tissue, 
new  or  old  prostatitis,  seminal  vesiculitis, 
unresolved  edema  or  congestion  of  the  ure- 
thral walls  due  to  persistence  of  underlying 
infiltration,  granular  patches,  erosions,  ure- 
thral follicles  with  rigid,  infiltrated  walls 
and  filled  with  infectious  inflammatory 
debris,  periurethral  abscess,  papilloma  of  the 
urethra,  etc.,  or  certain  congenital  conditions 
which  interfere  with  healing  of  inflamma- 
tion within  the  urethra  such  as  narrow 
meatus;  less  often  hypospadias  and  rarely, 
epispadias. 

These  complications  received  appropriate 
treatment.  Dilatation  of  the  urethra  re- 
moved the  infiltration  of  its  walls,  and  the 
overlying  areas  of  edema  and  catarrhal  in- 
flammation disappeared ;  this  treatment  also  ^ 
broke  down  the  infiltration  in  the  walls  of 
the  gaping  urethral  follicles  and  expressed 
their  infectious  contents;  it  destroyed  the 
granular  patches  and  encouraged  cicatriza- 
tion of  these  and  of  erosions.  Such  of  these 
lesions  as  resisted  the  dilatation  received 
other  treatment.  Gaping  follicles  were  slit 
open  thru  an  endoscopic  tube,  granular 
patches  were  curetted  and  their  bases 
touched  with  a  50%  solution  of  silver  ni- 
trate  and   erosions   were   touched    with   a 


similar  solution.  Urethral  polypi  were 
curetted  away  and  their  bases  touched  with 
a  50%  solution  of  silver  nitrate;  narrow 
meati  were  enlarged  by  cutting;  stricture 
tissue,  prostatitis,  and  seminal  vesiculitis 
received  appropriate  treatment.  The  large 
majority  of  these  cases  and  the  infectious 
cases  of  chronic  urethritis  were  rendered 
non-contagious  in  eight  weeks. 

The  requirement  in  the  luetic  cases, 
as  explained  above,  was  that  all  superficial 
lesions — those  of  the  skin  and  of  the  mu- 
cous membrane — should  have  been  absent 
continuously  for  three  months.  The  treat- 
ment given  these  cases,  both  in  the  pri- 
mary and  in  the  secondary  stages,  aside 
from  the  local  treatment  of  the  chancre 
when  that  was  present,  was  in  courses.  Each 
course  consisted  of  six  weekly  intravenous 
injections  of  arsephenamine  and  con- 
currently with  these,,  ten  injections  of 
salicylate  of  mercury  in  one  grain  doses, 
one  injection  every  five  days.  In  ter- 
tiary cases,  iodide  of  potash  was  given 
also.  A  rest  of  one  month  from  all  treatment 
followed,  and  if  the  lesions  reappeared  or 
the  Wassermann  reaction  became  positive 
again  or  had  never  become  negative,  the 
course  was  repeated.  In  the  vast  majority 
of  cases  the  patients  were  ready  for  dis- 
charge from  the  development  battalion  into 
their  regular  organizations  after  one  and  a 
half  courses.  The  course  and  a  half  lasted 
about  fifteen  weeks,  the  last  three  months  of 
which  the  patients  had  been  free  from  su- 
perficial lesions. 

The  results  obtained  can  be  clearly  un- 
derstood when  we  say  that  of  two  divisions 
of  troops  only  about  seventy-five  men  re- 
mained in  the  development  battalion.  Also, 
of  some  4,500  cases  of  gonorrheal  urethri- 
tis and  600  cases  of  syphilis,  all  with  active 
lesions,  that  were  sent   from  surrounding 


Digitized  by 


Google 


410 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAIi  ARTICLES 


American  Mboicinb 


camps  for  treatment  and  were  under  ob- 
servation only  three  months — too  short  a 
period  for  any  of  the  syphilitic  cases  to  be 
discharged  under  the  requirements  (three 
months  of  complete  freedom  from  any  su- 
perficial lesions),  about  80%  of  the  total 
or  91%  of  the  cases  of  gonorrheal  ure- 
thritis were  discharged  as  fit  for  service. 

Two  other  points  of  interest  may  be  men- 
tioned: the  methods  used  in  administering 
the  arsephenamine,  and  the  microscopic  and 
serologic  findings  in  the  luetic  cases. 

At  first  the  intravenous  administration  of 
the  arsephenamine  was  made  in  concen- 
trated solution,  0.6  gram  in  30  c.c.  of  sterile 
distilled  water  with  a  Record  syringe.  A 
thousand  such  injections  were  given  at  the 
base  hospital  without  any  marked  reaction 
occurring.  Orders  were  then  received  from 
the  surgeon-general's  office  that  arsephe- 
namine be  given  only  in  dilute  form,  0.6 
gram  in  125  c.c.  or  more  of  water.  Similar 
results  were  obtained  with  this  method. 
Among  several  thousand  intravenous  injec- 
tions of  arsephenamine,  only  five  or  six 
cases  of  phlebitis  and  periphlebitis  de- 
veloped, and  these  occurred  when  new  men 
were  put  in  service  to  administer  the  drug. 
In  the  regimental  clinics  this  standard  was 
not  reached,  but  even  there  the  results  were 
good. 

The  initial  lesions  were  examined  for  the 
spirochete  by  dark  field  illumination.  Forty 
per  cent,  of  the  cases  proved  positive  and 
sixty  per  cent,  negative  after  repeated  ex- 
amination. 

The  Wassermann  reaction  was  taken  in 
every  case  of  primary  syphilis,  none  earlier 
than  three  weeks  after  the  appearance  of 
the  sore.  In  35%  of  the  patients  a  positive 
result  was  obtained  and  65%  were  negative. 
In  patients  with  secondary  lesions,  the 
Wassermanns,  taken  before  treatment  was 


begun,  showed  50%  positives  and  50% 
negatives.  In  very  few  of  the  patients  whose 
sera  gave  a  negative  Wassermann  did  the  re- 
action change  to  positive  after  provocative 
treatment.  Of  the  50%  of  the  patients  whose 
sera  were  positive,  30  became  negative  and 
20  remained  positive.  It  must  be  remem- 
bered that  the  period  of  treatment  in  the 
base  hospital  was  necessarily  short  and  fur- 
ther treatment  no  doubt  gave  better  re- 
sults. 

1847  Madison  Ave.,  New  York^ 
591  Willoughby  Ave.,  Brooklyn. 


THE  VOLUNTEER  MEDICAL  SERV- 
ICE  CORPS. 


EDWARD  P.  DAVIS,  COL.  M.  C,  U.  S.  A.. 

President  of  the  Cbrps. 

Philadelphia.  Pa. 

After  the  first  and  most  pressing  needs 
of  the  Army  and  Navy  Medical  Services  had 
been  met,  attention  was  turned  to  the  ques- 
tion of  classifying  the  entire  medical  profes- 
sion of  the  country,  to  meet  possible  needs 
in  the  future.  It  was  recognized  that,  while 
many  physicians  were  not  eligible  for  ac- 
tive service,  the  care  of  troops  in  this  coun- 
try and  the  needs  of  the  population  would 
make  unusual  demands  upon  the  profession. 
It  was,  therefore,  determined  to  classify  the 
entire  profession  by  securing  accurate  data 
concerning  the  education,  experience,  effici- 
ency and  general  standing  of  members  of 
the  profession. 

The  inception  and  authorization  of  this 
work  came  with  the  approval  of  the  presi- 
dent, from  the  Council  of  National  Defense. 
The  office  force  was  that  of  the  Medical 
Section  of  the  Council  of  Defense.     The 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amekican  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


411 


council  already  had,  in  each  State,  a  com- 
mittee; and,  in  addition  to  these,  county 
committees  were  appointed,  the  duty  of  the 
committees  being  to  pass  upon  applications 
for  admission,  verify  their  data  and  thus 
secure  accurate  and  reliable  information 
concerning  their  eligibility.  An  insignia  was 
devised,  approved  and  adopted,  together 
with  a  certificate,  and  these  were  furnished 
to  members  at  cost. 

The  affairs  of  the  Volunteer  Medical 
Service  Corps  were  in  the  hands  of  a  Cen- 
tral Governing  Board,  comprised  of  the 
Surgeons-General  of  the  Army,  Navy  and 
Public  "Health;  representatives  of  their 
offices  as  executive  officers,  and  leading 
members  of  the  profession.  Meetings  of 
this  body  were  held  at  the  building  of  the 
Council  of  National  Defense,  in  Washing- 
ton, as  needed. 

As  the  work  developed,  it  was  evident 
that  the  data  obtained  by  this  organization 
was  the  most  complete  and  accurate  in- 
formation in  existence  concerning  the  pro- 
fession.- The  work  of  enrolment  proceeded 
steadily  and,  in  various  portions  of  the 
country,  the  services  of  the  corps  were  util- 
ized as  occasion  demanded.  In  Philadel- 
phia, members  of  the  corps  formed  a  con- 
sulting board  for  service  with  the  Red 
Cross,  in  caring  for  the  families  and  the 
dependents  of  soldiers  and  sailors.  Mem- 
bers of  the  corps  also  served  in  industrial 
plants. 

When  the  epidemic  of  influenza  de- 
veloped in  October,  1918,  the  Public  Health 
Service  called  upon  the  corps  for  assistance. 
Over  400  physicians  volunteered  to  give  up 
their  personal  work  to  serve  under  this  de- 
partment. In  acknowledging  the  valuable 
aid  thus  rendered,  Surgeon-General  Blue,  of 
the  Public  Health  Service,  stated  that  the 
service  thus  rendered  by  the  corps  had  been 


of  the  greatest  value  and  amply  justified  its 
formation  and  activity. 

When  the  armistice  was  signed^  the 
Council  of  Defense,  after  conference  with 
the  Surgeon-General  of  each  department, 
decided  that  the  data  already  obtained  were 
so  valuable  that  an  eflfort  should  be  made 
to  complete  the  classification  of  the  profes- 
sion. At  that  time,  in  round  numbers, 
60,000  physicians  had  responded  to  the  call 
of  the  corps ;  669^  of  the  medical  profession 
was,  in  some  way,  at  the  disposal  of  the 
government.  It  was,  therefore,  decided  to 
proceed  with  the  classification  of  the  profes- 
sion, and  to  place  the  completed  record  in 
the  office  of  the  Surgeon  General,  where  it 
will  be  available  for  the  needs  of  any  de- 
partment of  the  government,  in  future  emer- 
gency. 

In  August,  1918,  when  the  Central  Gov- 
erning Board  was  making  every  eflFort  to 
completely  develop  the  corps,  the  president 
expressed  his  warm  appreciation  of  its  work 
and  the  Council  of  Defense  again  endorsed 
its  activity. 

No  formal  action  has  been  taken  dissolv- 
ing the  corps  and  those  members  of  the  pro- 
fesssion  who  joined  its  ranks  constitute  to- 
day a  body  of  medical  men  who  may  be  of 
the  greatest  service  to  the  government  in 
future  emergency. 


The  Greatest  Asset. — In  these  days 
when  reconstruction  is  in  the  mind  of  every 
one  says  Brewer  (Boston  Med.  and  Surg. 
Jour.,  June  12,  1919),  we  hope  that  in  the 
plans  that  are  evolved  for  the  betterment  of 
the  states,  our  law  makers  will  not  forget 
that  health  is  the  greatest  asset  of  the  na- 
tion and  the  states,  and  unless  the  vitality 
of  the  nation  is  guarded  in  the  new  laws 
that  are  to  come  out  of  this  world's  war» 
we  will  have  failed  **to  make  the  world 
safe  for  democracy." 


Digitized  by 


Google 


412 


JUNB,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Hsdicinb 


THE  CARE  OF  SICK  AND  WOUNDED 
FROM  OVERSEAS,  AT  U.  S.  ARMY 
DEBARKATION  HOSPITAL  No.  3 
(GREENHUTS). 


W.    J.    MONOGHAN..  M.    D., 
Lleut.-Colonel  Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  Army. 

Offlcer-in-Charge    U.    S.    Debarkation    Hospital 
No.   3,  New  York  City. 

The  splendid  achievements  of  the  Med- 
ical Corps  of  the  United  States  Army  for 
the  past  two  years  will  be  reflected  upon 
the  after-work  of  the  war,  not  only  on  be- 
half of  the  soldiers  but  upon  civilians  in 
every  walk  of  life  of  the  generations  yet 
to  come.  The  results  will  be  much  more 
far-reaching  than  mere  military  service. 
The  general  sanitary  welfare  of  the  nation 
will  gain  tremendously  in  the  general  health 
of  the  people  and  the  cure  and  prevention 
of  disease,  as-  the  result  of  the  past  few 
years  of  study  and  practice  in  the  medical 
and  surgical  branch  of  the  military  service. 
The  training  in  discipline  for  American 
doctors  as  the  result  of  their  army  work 
in  systematic  methods  and  executive  man- 
agement will  be  instrumental  in  developing 
the  better  individual  equipment  of  these 
professional  men  when  they  go  back  to 
civilian  life,  and  will  enable  them  to  give  to 
their  respective  communities  the  benefit  of 
their  studies  in  the  greatest  clinic  the  world 
has  ever  known.  The  same  efficient  mas- 
tery of  unfamiliar  and  unexpected  prob- 
lems will  be  continued  for  the  American 
people,  the  citizens  of  this  country,  when 
these  same  capable  and  self-sacrificing 
American  doctors  return  to  continue  their 
labors  in  mufti.  Few  persons  realize  that 
no  class  of  men  gave  up  more  for  the  serv- 
ice of  their  country  than  the  physicians  and 
surgeons  who  joined  the  medical  and  sani- 


tary corps  of  the  army.  Many  of  them 
abandoned  practice  which  had  required 
years  to  build  up,  and  in  the  very  nature  of 
the  case  other  men  took  their  places  and' 
will  naturally  retain  them.  It  is  not  so 
easy  for  a  doctor,  even  a  specialist  to  "come 
back."  Often  he  must  begin  all  over  again. 
The  self-sacrificing  and  cheerful  elimina- 
tion of  personal  interests  that  has  char- 
acterized the  men  and  officers  of  the  med- 
ical and  sanitary  corps  will  never  be  fully 
known. 

To  cite  an  example  of  the  extent  of  work 
accomplished,  in  the  operation  of  which  I 
have  been  fortunate  enough  to  participate, 
is  the  part  played  by  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment in  the  United  States  Army  Debarka- 
tion Hospital  No.  3,  formerly  the  Green- 
hut-Siegel  &  Cooper  Department  Store,  at 
18th  Street  and  Sixth  Avenue,  New  York 
City.  Almost  without  attracting  atten- 
tion, there  sprang  up  within  84  working 
days,  in  the  center  of  the  business  section 
of  the  city,  the  largest  military  hospital  in 
the  country.  In  some  respects  it  is  the 
best  equipped  hospital  in  the  United  States. 
The  conversion  of  this  department  store 
into  a  hospital,  the  installation  of  more 
than  4,000  beds,  sick  room  and  surgical 
equipment,  kitchen  costing  $48,700,  mess 
hall  furnishing,  the  largest  X-ray  section  in 
the  country,  laboratory,  operating  rooms, 
dental  and  other  special  treatment  rooms, 
facilities  to  accommodate  4,000  patients, 
quarters  for  nurses,  orderlies  and  other  at- 
tendants, including  hospital  escort  unit, 
medical  and  surgical  personnel  ready  for 
all  emergencies  and  all  kinds  of  cases,  and 
later  the  manner  in  which  it  was  managed 
by  a  staff  of  officers  in  the  various  special- 
ties, is  as  tremendous  an  achievement  as 
anything  accomplished  during  the  war.  Its 
preparation  meant  a  complete  cleaning  up 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MBDICINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


413 


and  redecoration,  if  its  sanitary  remodel- 
ing and  repainting  can  be  called  such. 

It  is  probably  the  most  cheerful  hospital 
in  the  world.  The  doughboys  look  a 
trifle  solemn  when  they  arrive,  but  this 
vanishes  after  a  shower  bath  with  an 
abundance  of  hot  water  and  the  issuing  of 
freshly  laundered  hospital  clothing;  and 
when  they  gather  around  the  billiard  and 
pool  tables  or  rest  their  tired  racked  bodies 


the  best  theatrical  talent  furnishing  the  en- 
tertainment for  nothing,  telephone  and  tele- 
graph facilities,  and  a  wonderfulUy  equip- 
ped library. 

The  first  patient  arrived  November  23 
last,  and  during  the  intervening  seven 
months  since  then  there  have  been  re- 
ceived from  the  transports  and  passed  on 
after  their  first  land  treatment,  either  cured 
and  ready  for  civilian  life  and  labor,  or  else 


The  Adjutant,  Lieut.  A.  F.  Anderson,  M.  C.  in  his  office  at  United  States '  Debarkation 

'      Hospital  No.  3. 


on  beds  equipped  with  springs  and  mat- 
tresses which  a  millionaire  sybarite  might 
find  most  comfortable,  or  visit  the  conserv- 
atory with  its  many  couches  and  chairs  and 
grove  of  potted  plants,  phonographs,  a 
piano  that  plays  itself,  what  more  can  be 
asked  of  a  roof  garden  which  wants  to  be 
considered  a  conservatory  ?  There  are  bath 
rooms,  reception  rooms  for  visitors,  a 
theatre  with  a  seating  capacity  of   1,500, 


escorted  to  military  hospitals  near  their 
homes  for  further  treatment  or,  in  special 
cases,  to  hospitals  especially  equipped  and 
planned  to  care  for  particular  types  of 
cases,  nearly  37,000  men.  The  greatest 
number  of  admissions  in  one  day  was  2,235, 
and  the  largest  number  discharged  in  24 
hours  was  1,538.  The  greatest  number  in 
the  hospital  at  one  time  was  3,900. 

The  weekly  food  consumption  of  the  hos- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


414 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


pital   running  at   full  capacity  is  approxi- 
mately : 

10,000  lbs.  of  beef 

3,000  lbs.  of  lamb 

3,000  lbs.  of  veal 

7,000  lbs.  of  chicken 

2,500  lbs.  of  fish 

2,000  lbs.  of  bacon 

2,000  lbs.  of  ham  ' 

2,500  dozens  of  eggs 

2,000  lbs.  fresh  pork  and  sausage 
30,000  clams 
30,000  oysters 

600  gallons  of  ice  cream 

6,000  quarts  of  fresh  milk 

2,300  lbs.  of  potatoes 

2,500  lbs.  of  butter 

2,200  lbs.  of  cereals 
18,000  oranges 

1,000  grapefruit 
18,000  apples 

3,000  lemons 
10,000  bananas 

15,000  lbs.  miscellaneous  vegetables 
20,000  lbs.  bread 
Etc.,  etc.,  etc. 

The  cost  of  maintenance  when  running 
at  top  speed  is  $6.00  per  minute  at  this  hos- 
pital, $8,640.00  per  day. 

The  great  number  of  patients,  the  tre- 
mendous expense  of  medical  supplies,  the 
pay  of  medical  personnel,  nurses,  orderlies, 
cooks,  military  guards,  escorts,  etc.,  and 
the  policy  of  the  army  to  give  the  men  only 
the  very  best  of  everything,  whether  med- 
ical treatment,  or  the  equally  necessary 
food,  clothing,  and  quarters,  is  the  justifica- 
tion for  this  heavy  expense. 

It  is,  of  course,  necessary  to  maintain 
discipline,  and  with  such  a  "whale  of  a 
proposition,"  this  was  no  small  task,  for 
it  must  be  remembered  that  this  organi- 
zation comprises  a  personnel  of  107  med- 
ical officers,  306  nurses,  and  961  enlisted 
men,  plus  the  great  number  of  patients  who 
had  to  be  assembled  into  one  big,  smooth 
running  machine;  but  with  the  aid  of  a 


competent  corps  of  assistants,  chief  of 
whom  is  my  Adjutant,  Lieutenant  Arthur 
F.  Anderson,  this  problem  was  worked  out 
most  satisfactorily.  It  was  accomplished 
by  the  instillation  and  maintenance,  by  ever 
watchful  vigilance,  of  that  mysterious 
something  called  morale.  Who  can  interpret 
such  an  indefinite  thing?  Yet  we  know 
that  it  is  a  most  essential  something  upon 
which  depends  the  success  of  any  organiza- 
tion, whatever  the  status  of  that  organiza- 
tion may  be.  We  know  that  it  is  the  get- 
ting the  mind  into  a  condition  which  will 
instil  into  the  whole  being  the  desire  for 
efficient  accomplishment,  where  the  enter- 
taining of  a  discouraging  thought  has  no 
place,  and  where  an  enthusiastic  ambition  to. 
do  duty's  work  for  duty's  sake  is  para- 
mount. To  maintain  this  state  in  an  army 
hospital,  where  the  patients  are  on  crutches 
or  with  canes,  or  lack  an  arm  or  a  hand,  or 
are  less  favored  by  the  fortunes  of  war 
and  are  blind,  is  a  vital  problem.  Here  the 
state  of  mental  depression,  with  distortion 
of  judgment,  illogic  reasoning  and  the 
impatient  magnification  of  trifles  incident 
to  wounds  or  illness  or  delayed  convales- 
cence, and  the  subsequent  subnormal  con- 
dition existing,  brings  about  to  a  greater  or 
lesser  degree  a  spirit  of  antagonism  to  dis- 
cipline or  anything  that  savors  of  restric- 
tion, however  necessary  this  may  be  for 
the  maintenance  of  order. 

Immediately  upon  admission  to  the  hos- 
pital the  opportunity  to  circumvent  this 
condition  to  a  great  extent  presents  itself, 
for  equally  important  with  treatment,  purely 
medical  or  surgical,  has  been  the  psycholog- 
ic work  which  we  have  done  with  the 
men.  In  our  hospital  it  has  been  no  dif- 
ferent from  that  in  all  the  other  great  insti- 
tutions in  New  York  and  other  parts  of 
the  country  under  army  direction.     When 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


415 


the  sick  and  wounded  arrive,  one  gets  the 
impression  of  great  wondering  eyes,  thin 
cheeks,  soiled  or  creased  clothing,  and  hob- 
nailed boots.  They  all  seem  to  think  in 
their  quiet,  uncomplaining,  disciplined  way : 

"Well,  here  I  am!  what  the comes 

next?"  To'  answer  that  natural  query 
when  the  racked  lads  reach  their  native 
land  for  which  they  have  fought  and  have 
longed  and  hoped  for  so  yearningly,  I  make 
it  a  practice  to  deliver  a  short  talk  to  each 
incoming  contingent,  extending  a  word  of 
welcome  and  letting  them  know  that  we  are 
proud  of  them ;  explaining  that  we  are  ready 
and  happy  to  do  everything  possible  for 
them,  and  that  the  best  in  the  world  is 
none  too  good;  that  if  they  have  anything 
to  complain  of,  or  if  they  only  think  they 
have,  I  want  to  know  it,  because  if  I  do  not 
know  what  their  troubles  are  I  will  not 
know  how  to  correct  them;  that  in  this 
hospital  it  never  operates  against  a  man  to 
make  a  complaint ;  and  that  if  he  is  too  sick 
to  come  to  me,  I  will  go  to  him.  On  the 
other  hand,  we  tell  him  if  he  is  well  treated, 
to  write  home  to  his  friends  and  tell  them 
so.     This  introduction  is  a  big  help. 

In  the  after-treatment,  we  try  to  make 
them  realize  that  they  have  the  country 
back  of  them  as  well  as  ahead  of  them. 
They  know  what  they  have  done  in  the 
field,  and  without  coddling  or  spoiling 
them  we  let  them  understand  that  we  over 
here  know  it  too.  They  in  turn  send  mes- 
sages of  reassurance  to  their  friends  and 
relatives,  and  I  am  confident  that  when 
these  men  reach  home  they  will  bear  wdth 
them  for  the  rest  of  their  lives  an  apprecia- 
tion of  what  the  army  medicos  did  for 
them.  A  greater  service  even  than  the  sur- 
gical and  medical  curative  work  is  thus 
performed,  for  if  the  men  are  dissatisfied 
with  army  life  when  they  arrive  here  suffer- 


ing, depressed  and  devitalized,  it  gives  a 
new  feeling,  and  this  I  believe  is  one  of  the 
greatest  cures  for  the  social  discontent  and 
the  political  unrest  that  are  menacing  the 
entire  civilized  world. 

The  morale  of  the  returning  troops  is  in 
the  main  satisfactory.  These  men,  whether 
in  good  physical  condition  or  wounded,  sick 
or  disabled,  are  happy  to  be  home  again. 
The  various  warfare  agencies  and  civilian 
agencies  functioning  thru  and  within  hos- 
pitals, and  the  people  at  large  by  furnishing 
entertainment  and  amusement,  and  an  en- 
vironment of  comfort  and  hospitality  have 
given  these  men  no  time  to  become  morose 
or  dissatisfied  and  are  making  every  effort 
to  impress  upon  them  that  their  work  as 
soldiers  is  appreciated. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  maintenance  of 
the  morale  of  enlisted  men  of  the  Medical 
Detachments  assigned  to  duty  in  army  hos- 
pitals is  different  and  difficult,  for  the  rea- 
son that  the  men  know  that  the  members  of 
the  A.  E.  F.  and  other  organizations  of  the 
army  are  being  demobilized  and  sent  home 
while  they  themselves  are  being  held  in- 
definitely in  the  Service.  The  continuation 
of  these  men  on  active  duty  is,  of  course, 
most  necessary  for  the  reason  that  the  hos- 
pitals must  be  kept  up  and  the  returning 
sick  and  wounded  cared  for  until  the  last 
man  is  sent  home.  Many  of  these  men 
feel  that,  thru  no  wish  of  theirs,  they  are  on 
domestic  duty  and  that  they  are  being  dis- 
criminated against  because  they  are  not 
overseas  men.  It  would  seem  that  some 
of  the  generosity  in  the  matter  of  enter- 
tainment to  returning  overseas  men  might 
profitably  be  extended  to  the  men  whose 
military  service  has  been  confined  to  the 
drab  routine  of  domestic  duty  without  the 
excitement  and  interest  of  overseas  service. 

As  before  stated,  the  Medical  Detachment 


Digitized  by 


Google 


416 


JUl^TB,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  AKTICLBS 


American  Medicine 


of  our  corps  men,  as  they  are  called  at 
Debarkation  Hospital  No.  3,  consists  of 
.  961  men  who  are  ever  ready  for  any  and 
every  emergency  twenty-four  hours  a  day. 
It  is  true  that  not  all  of  the  soldier  patients 
require  constant  attention.  In  fact,  fortu- 
nately, many  of  them  can  stroll  around 
with  no  one  worrying  about  them  or  on  ac- 
count of  them.  However,  actual  medical 
care  plays  a  small  part,  from  the  point  of 
view  of  variety  as  compared  with  the  other 
duties  to  which  the  detachment  has  fallen 
heir.  Of  course  the  hospital  must  be 
guarded;  also  it  must  be  cleaned  and  kept 
clean.  This  is  a  daily  task  of  no  small  pro- 
portion, as  the  institution  covers  half  of  a 
city  block  and  is  seven  (7)  stories  high,  has 
600,000  square  feet  of  floor  space  and 
58,196  square  feet  of  glass.  All  this  the 
corps  men  look  after.  It  is  no  exaggera- 
tion to  state  that  there  are  at  least  a  million 
different  pieces  of  medical  and  quarter- 
master property  in  use  here.  Who  but  the 
Detachment  men  check  these  up  and  hold 
them  in  readiness  for  instant  use? 

When  the  soldier  patients  are  received 
fresh  from  the  ships,  the  first  step  that  be- 
falls them  is  the  taking  away  of  their  cloth- 
ing and,  on  account  of  sanitary  precautions 
the  sterilization  of  the  same,  followed  by 
the  issuing  of  an  entire  new  outfit.  This 
also  the  corps  men  attend  to.  Finally,  the 
linen  and  store  rooms  are  presided  over  by 
men  of  the  Medical  Detachment. 

When  it  comes  to  administrative  and 
office  work,  here  again  it  found  the  Detach- 
ment man,  and  not  infrequently  it  seems 
that  hospitals  were  created  for  no  other 
purpose  than  to  provide  an  opportunity  for 
some  red  tape  wizard  to  see  how  many 
knots  he  could  tie  in  the  daily  procedures. 
Acting  as  assistants  to  the  Adjutant,  the 
Registrar,  the  officer  in  Charge  of  sick  and 


wounded,  reports,  etc.,  the  receiving  officers 
and  the  Detachment  Commander,  will  be 
found  enlisted  men  of  the  medical  depart- 
ment. While  their  work  is  confining,  tiresome 
and  exacting,  they  are  at  it  ten  and  twelve 
hours  a  day  because  they  know  it  must  be 
done. 

The  mess  and  kitchen,  with  its  204  men — 
cooks,  kitchen  police,  and  orderlies — also 
have  their  important  role  to  play,  for  the 
feeding  of  5,200  persons  daily  is  surely  a 
man-sized  job.  During  the  month  of 
March  this  department  served  416,113 
meals.  The  immediate  overseeing  or  over- 
sight of  this  gigantic  task  is  under  the  su- 
pervision of  Captain  Carlton  D.  Haas,  who 
plans  the  menus  for  all  meals  a  week  in 
advance.  These  cartes  du  jour  are  worked 
out  along  the  lines  of  the  most  modern 
science  and  dietetics.  Sixty-eight  graduate 
dietetians  are  in  constant  attendance  in  the 
great  kitchen  supervising  the  preparation 
and  service  of  the  food. 

Most  important  is  the  Army  Nurse  Corps 
of  the  United  States  Army,  both  of  the  reg- 
ular service  and  of  the  Army  Reserve  Corps. 
These  are  often  incorrectly  alluded  to  as 
Red  Cross  Nurses.  It  has  been  my 
privilege  to  watch  with  great  admiration 
the  professionally  efficient  work,  painstak- 
ing and  unselfish  devotion  of  these  uncom- 
plaining, unselfish,  self-sacrificing  women, 
whose  patriotic  zeal  and  desire  to  lend 
their  aid  in  humanity's  cause  has  added  one 
more  brilliant  ray  in  the  glorification  of 
American  womanhood,  and  when  the  Great 
Master  remakes  the  heavens  and  resets  the 
firmament,  may  He  place  there  one  bright 
star  to  be  called  the  *'Army  Nurse  Corps 
of  the  United  States  Army." 

What  is  being  done  at  Debarkation  Hos- 
pital No.  3  is  simply  an  index  of  the  work 
of  the  War  Department  elsewhere,  and  that 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES. 


June,  1919 


417 


this  effort  and  attention  have  not  been  in 
vain  is  manifest  in  the  success  encountered 
in  recruiting  the  50,000  men  asked  for  to 
replace  the  Army  of  Occupation.  A  few 
days  ago  Mr.  Baker  expressed  confidence 
that  the  5,000,000  men  who  are  needed  for 
the  permanent  army  would  be  readily  se- 
cured if  the  government  continues  the 
policy  of  attracting  men  with  educational 
opportunities.  The  old  time  soldier  was  a 
man  whose  ambition,  if  he  had  any,  was  not 
stimulated.  Officially  Uncle  Sam  fed, 
housed,  clothed  and  paid  him,  etc.,  down  to 
medical  treatment  and  entertainment.  Again 
quoting  Mr.  Baker:  "The  only  way  to 
maintain  an  army  in  peace  time  is  to  make 
it  an  educational  opportunity."  The  above 
words  dovetail  so  well  that  they  express 
the  purpose  and  attitude  of  the  government 
towards  its  army  most  admirably.  "Stimu- 
late ambition"  and  "make  educational  op- 
portunity." These  are  the  keynotes  of  an 
almost  perfect  system.  First,  give  a  man 
opportunity  and  then  stimulate  his  ambi- 
tion;  and  if  he  makes  good,  stimulate  him 
to  further  success  and  continued  activity  by 
encouraging  his  ability  and  accomplish- 
ments ;  and  this  encouragement  is  given  by 
recognition,  meaning  promotion.  Recogni- 
tion of  a  man's  service  and  ability  is  the 
greatest  stimulant  to  a  man's  ambition,  not 
the  empty  recognition  which  is  required  to 
coax  along  or  "salve"  the  path  of  those 
who  just  drag  thru  each  day  doing 
barely  enough  to  justify  their  existence,  but 
the  true  recognition  which  every  loyal, 
zealous  and  ambitious  man  of  this  day 
wants  and  deserves.  Recognize  his  effort 
and  accomplishments  and  encourage  him  to 
a  continuance  of  the  same,  for  to  stimulate 
a  man's  ambition  is  to  make  him ;  curb  his 
ambition  and  the  man  is  ruined;  and  any 
one  in  the  great  machine  who  for  any  rea- 


son, knowingly  or  unknowingly,  curbs  a 
man's  ambition  and  thereby  kills  his  morale 
and  zeal  by  obstructing  his  progress  in  the 
upward  path,  not  only  injures  the  individual 
affected,  but  does  so  to  the  detriment  of  the 
government  which  he  is  supposed  to  be  con- 
scientiously serving;  for  primarily  the  ma- 
chine is  being  deprived  of  continued  or  even 
better  service  which  might,  if  not  discour- 
aged, be  of  added  and  material  benefit. 
Moreover,  failure  to  recognize  merit  gives 
opportunity  to  the  opponents  of  the  gov- 
ernment, and  exponents  of  the  various 
"isms,"  to  criticize  unjustifiably  the  system 
of  our  government  and  of  our  army  when 
the  fault  lies  not  in  the  system,  but  with 
those  manipulating  the  system,  the  intent 
and  purpose  of  which  are  always  to  work 
for  the  common  good. 


MEDICAL  ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  U.  S. 

NAVY  UNDER  ADMIRAL  SIMS' 

COMMAND. 


HENRY  REUTERDAHL, 
Lleut.-Commander,  U.  S.  N.  R. 


F. 


Ten  regular  Naval  hospitals  were  estab- 
lished, four  of  them  with  more  than  500 
beds.  In  these  hospitals  more  than  3,000 
men  could  be  cared  for  at  one  time,  and 
beds  were  so  abundant  that  there  was  al- 
ways room  for  persons  not  in  the  Navy, 
such  as  the  Army,  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  Knights  of 
Columbus,  and  the  British  Armv  and  Navv. 

In  addition,  the  facilities  of  the  Naval 
hospitals  were  extended  to  the  personnel  of 
the  State  Department,  various  Government 
Boards,  official  newspaper  men,  etc.  One 
500  bed  hospital  was  exclusively  devoted  to 
the  care  of  the  sick  and  wounded  of  the 
American  Army.  These  hospitals  were 
scattered  from  the  extreme  north  of  Scot- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


418 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBS 


American  Medicine 


land,  thru  England  and  Ireland,  along  the 
French  coast  and  to  Gibraltar. 

All  these  hospitals  had  full  outfits  of  sur- 
geons, medical  men  and  specialists,  such  as 
orthopedic  surgeons,  X-ray  operators,  lab- 
oratory men,  etc.  The  hospitals  had  a  large 
personnel  of  Navy  female  nurses,  and 
the  full  Navy  hospital  ration  was  main- 
•tained  at  all  times.  Every  patient  in  all 
these  hospitals  was  made  to  forget  for  the 
time  being  that  he  was  away  from  his  own 
home. 

In  addition  there  were  about  40  other 
stations  fully  equipped  with  dispensaries 
and  beds,  the  latter  ranging  from  20  to  150. 

In  the  main  the  numerous  air  stations 
were  on  isolated  coastal  points,  far  removed 
from  any  help,  and  the  Medical  Department 
was  necessarily  made  completely  self-sus- 
taining. In  the  most  isolated  places  the 
Medical  Departments  were  fully  equipped, 
including  complete  surgical  outfits,  tiled 
operating  rooms,  sterilizers,  etc.  The  com- 
pleteness of  the  equipment  of  these  small 
units  was  a  constant  source  of  admiration 
and  wonder  to  all  who  saw  them. 

On  account  of  the  hazardous  nature  of 
aviation  the  Medical  Departments  of  all 
units  were  prepared  to  take  care  of  10% 
of  casualties  of  the  entire  force. 

The  activities  of  the  Medical  Department 
were  far-flung,  extending  from  Archangel 
to  the  Island  of  Corfu. 

Before  any  locality  was  occupied  by  any 
men  of  the  Navy  a  thoro  sanitary  survey 
was  made,  including  elaborate  chemical 
analyses  of  the  water,  and  if  anything  was 
found  wrong  it  was  corrected,  in  order  that 
perfect  health  could  be  maintained.  The 
medical  officers  were  constantly  alert  to 
prevent  the  introduction  of  severe  diseases 
and  plagues  in  the  force,  as  there  was  a 
constant  menace  of  cholera,  typhus  fever. 


Malta  fever  and  malaria. 

Large  medical  storehouses  were  estab- 
lished in  England  and  in  France  from 
whence  all  the  medical  stores  were  issued  to 
all  parts  of  the  force.  Thruout  the  entire 
war  the  hospital  and  dispensary  facilities 
were  at  all  times  about  double  the  demand. 

The  dead  of  the  Navy  were  looked  after 
with  a  kindly  spirit,  and  a  large  number 
was  embalmed  on  the  spot  and  immediately 
returned  to  their  relatives  at  home.  This 
was  done  in  practically  all  cases  where  local 
laws  or  international  agreement  did  not  pro- 
hibit immediate  removal. 

Immediately  after  the  declaration  of  the 
armistice,  hospital  ships  and  transports 
started  to  return  the  Army  sick  and 
wounded  to  the  United  States.  This  is 
continuing  in  large  numbers. 

At  the  time  of  the  armistice,  units  of 
the  Medical  Department  of  Admiral  Sims' 
command  were  actively  operating  in  ten 
European  countries. 


RECREATION  AS  A  MORAL  FORCE 
IN  ARMY  LIFE. 


B.    SHERWOOD   DUNN,   M.   D., 
Paris,  France. 

History  shows  that  one  of  the  unvary- 
ing concomitants  of  all  great  wars  has  been 
a  rapid  and  tremendous  increase  in  secret 
diseases  to  which  the  soldier  on  leave  is 
exposed  by  the  congregation  of  lewd  wom- 
en in  all  of  the  great  centers.  By  reason  of 
the  call  to  arms  of  all  the  ablebodied  men, 
policemen  as  well  as  others,  the  regulation 
and  control  of  the  social  evil  is  relaxed  and 
soon  assumes  proportions  that  make  it  hard 
to  overcome.  Our  military  leaders  were 
well  aware  of  the  existing  conditions  in 
France  and  took  extraordinary  precautions 
to  protect  our  troops. 

Nothing  done  by  America  in  the  great 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBS 


June,  1919 


419 


war  has  stupefied  or  puzzled  the  French 
more  than  the  huge  expense  of  the  numer- 
ous leave  areas  created  behind  the  Ameri- 
can Army ;  the  numberless  troups  of  actors, 
singers,  performers ;  the  cinemas,  bands, 
orchestras,  baseball,  football,  games,  clubs 
and  dancing  halls;  reading  rooms,  writing 
rooms,  to  say  nothing  of  the  eating  places, 
canteens,  supply  depots  stocked  with  can- 
dies and  many  luxuries  unknown  to  the 
French  soldier,  as  to  the  civilian,  for  two 
years  before  the  arrival  in  France  of  the 
American  Army.  It  seemed  that  this  great 
new  army  had  come  to  France  on  a  holi- 
day, bent  upon  amusement  rather  than  a 
vital  struggle  of  life  with  death  and  the 
saving  of  a  great  cause  for  the  safety  and 
benefit  of  future  generations ;  but  gradually 
there  filtered  thru  the  public  mind  an  appre- 
ciation, that  behind  all  of  this  apparent  care- 
less and  expensive  frivolity  lay  a  great  pur- 
pose for  moral  and  physical  good,  directed 
to  the  one  end,  of  occupying  the  time  and 
attention  of  the  soldier  during  his  leisure 
hours,  and  of  creating-  a  stamina  and  moral 
support  of  the  fighting  force. 

All  France  is  fully  alive  to  the  unprece- 
dented increase  in  the  social  evil  since  the 
outbreak  of  the  present  war,  and  as  the 
knowledge  has  spread  that  the  American 
Auxiliary  Organizations  were  enlisting  the 
services  of  the  leading  Americans  to  come 
to  France  and  were  expending  hundreds 
of  millions  in  the  effort  and  with  the  object 
of  furnishing  constantly  such  variety  of  in- 
teresting and  attractive  forms  of  occupation 
and  amusement  as  to  keep  our  men  away 
from  less  desirable  places  and  less  danger- 
ous companions,  there  sprang  into  life  a 
growing  desire  on  the  part  of  our  French 
friends  to  become  a  part  of  these  forces 
for  good  and  help  in  every  way  to  further 
the  far-reaching  influences  thrown  out  and 
around  the  American  soldier  for  his  aid 
and  protection.  This  has  resulted  in  a 
movement  thruout  France,  as  revolutionary 
as  any  social  movement  ever  bom  within 
its  borders,  nothing  less  than  the  breaking 
down  of  the  barrier  which  from  time  im- 
memorial has  kept  French  family  life  as 
safe  from  invasion,  as  any  Turkish  harem. 

Inspired  with  the  idea  of  facilitating  the 
acquaintance  and  intercourse  between 
Americans  and  the  French,  a  group  of 
French  people  founded  "French  Homes"  an 
association    to    extend    the    hospitality    of 


French  families  to  the  American  Expedi- 
tionary Forces;  the  appeal  of  this  society, 
thru  the  press  for  rooms  where  Americans 
might  find  comfortable  quarters  and  fam- 
ily life  at  reasonable  rates  met  with  instant 
response  thruout  the  whole  country. 

Americans  who  have  lived  in  France  and 
know  the  French  are  aware  that  no  homes 
are  more  shut  to  the  stranger  or  foreigner 
than  those  of  France.  It  is  almost  impos- 
sible for  an  outsider  to  hope  to  enter  their 
sacred  precincts,  and  this  is  one  of  the 
prime  factors  that  has  prevented  foreigners 
from  forming  a  just  estimate  of  the  real  life 
of  the  French  home. 

This  barrier  was  broken  down  by  a  few 
lines  in  the  leading  papers,  an  appeal  to 
French  family  circles  for  the  homeless  boys 
whom  America  sent  to  fight  for  France,  and 
old  aristocratic  mansions  opened  their  gates 
wide  to  America's  sons. 

Letters  flocked  to  the  offices  of  French 
Homes.  Some  of  the  noblest  families  bade 
Americans  welcome  to  their  mansions, 
where  family  Hfe  would  await  them. 

"It  is  little  enough  we  can  do  to  make 
some  return  for  all  she  has  done  for  us," 
wrote  a  proud  old  duke,  "but  what  little  we 
can  do,  let  the  Americans  know  we  are 
proud  and  happy  to  do." 

"I  have  not  been  used  to  receiving  perfect 
strangers,"  writes  a  countess,  "but  all  that 
my  home  can  offer  will  be  gladly  given  to 
help  some  American  to  feel  he  has  a  home 
in  France." 

"I  have  two  rooms,"  writes  an  old  father. 
"They  were  my  two  sons'  rooms.  Both 
have  been  killed  on  the  battlefield.  I  cannot 
do  better  than  offer  what  was  theirs  to  two 
American  boys,  brothers  in  arms  of  my  two 
heroes." 

And  in  all  ranks  of  society  from  the  high- 
est to  the  humblest  the  same  touching  trait 
is  to  be  found. 

Here  is  a  poor  woman,  who  lives  by  sell- 
ing vegetables,  opens  up  her  humble  home 
to  an  American  boy;  a  writer  offers  to 
share  his  "den"  with  an  ally;  an  artist  his 
studio;  here  a  clerk  in  a  shop  says  "my 
children  may  help  to  make  up  for  a  humble 
lodging  in  making  some  lad  feel  at  home 
over  here."  ^ 

I  but  recently  returned  from  my  furlough 
spent  in  Nice  on  the  Mediterranean,  which 
has  been  made  into  one  of  the  greatest 
leave  areas,  and  there  I  found  an  organi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


420 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


zation  of  marvelous  variety  and  efficiency. 

Out  in  the  ocean  bordering  the  Promen- 
ade des  Anglais  stands  the  Jettee  Promen- 
ade, a  great  palace  built  for  the  amusement 
of  the  Nicois.  This  building  has  been  taken 
over  for  the  American  Army.  Two  bands 
play  daily  in  the  two  great  halls  forming 
the  two  wings  and  separated  by  the  width 
of  fhe  main  building,  which  contains  a  the- 
atre, concert  hall,  dancing  hall,  where  an 
orchestra  plays  for  dancing  afternoon  and 
evening,  and  a  great  cafe  filled  with  tables 
where  refreshments  are  served  at. cost,  with 
a  canteen  supply  store  selling  all  sorts  of 
things  including  tobacco  in  all  forms,  can- 
dies and  sweets. 

This  building  is  exclusively  for  soldiers. 
Officers  are  not  received. 

On  the  Place  Massina  there  is  a  beautiful 
theatre  for  officers  with  a  great  variety  of 
free  nightly  performances.  Also  the  first 
floor  of  a  beautiful  building  consisting  of  a 
dozen  rooms  fitted  as  a  club  with  an  enor- 
mous hall  for  dancing  that  will  accommodate 
200  couples,  where  an  orchestra  plays  from 
3  to  6  and  8  to  midnight.  This  club  is  con- 
stantly crowded  and  here  is  exhibited  a 
working  agreement  between  the  army  au- 
thorities and  local  residents  productive  of 
most  excellent  results. 

Xo  lady  is  admitted  except  by  a  personal 
card,  to  secure  which  she  must  furnish  her 
name,  address,  and  two  city  references; 
this  application  is  turned  over  to  the  local 
Committee  of  French  Homes  who  investi- 
gate and  pass  upon  the  qualification  of  the 
applicant.  By  this  means  all  undesirable 
"ladies"  are  excluded  and  as  a  result  the 
family  of  the  Prefect,  the  mayor  of  the 
city  and  all  the  leading  families  frequent 
the  club  and  join  in  helping  to  entertain 
visiting  officers.  In  the  resultant  acquaint- 
ance many  of  these  officers  are  invited  to 
the  leading  homes  of  Nice. 

Now  many  Americans  will  learn  to  know 
French  women  as  they  never  knew  them; 
not  the  painted  dolls  they  meet  in  places  of 
anmsements,  but  the  proud  and  wonderful 
women  who  helped  to  keep  up  the  coura.ere 
of  absent  husbands  and  sons,  whose  deli- 
cate hands  knew  how  to  tend  dreadful 
wounds,  whose  fragile  strength  never  grew 
weary  of  long  days  beside  the  sick  and  dy- 
ing in  the  hospitals.  They  will  learn  to 
know  girls  as  pure  and  sweet  as  those  of 
their  own  country,  and,  thanks  to  this  so- 


cial revolution,  the  time-worn  prejudice 
against  ** frivolous  French  women,"  which 
the  American  traveler  has  shown  upon  his 
return  from  a  trip  abroad  may  be  corrected. 

146,  A  v.  des  Champs  Ely  sees. 


CLEARING  THE  WOUNDED. 


JOANNA  WALTON  HARTING, 
New  York  City. 

**  Medical  men  never  impressed  me  as 
being  such  an  heroic  lot,  but  I  am  of  a 
different  opinion  since  I  worked  with  them 
over  there.  They  certainly  showed  the 
stuff  they  are  made  of  in  the  field." 

It  was  merely  as  a  casual  remark  that  this 
tribute  to  his  brothers  in  the  profession 
came  from  Colonel  Walter  C.  Montgomery, 
the  Twenty-seventh's  Division  Surgeon,  in 
the  course  of  his  warm-hearted  praise  for 
the  boys  of  that  now  famous  body,  which 
will  go  down  into  history  as  the  force  which 
smashed  the  "impregnable"  Hindenburg 
line  and  made  the  Kaiser  say  "enough." 

It  is  not  from  the  physicians  and  nurses 
who  have  recently  returned  from  duty  over- 
seas that  one  will  learn  of  their  share  in 
the  fight  for  democracy.  When  they  talk 
of  the  war  at  all — ^and  that  is  not  often — 
they  glorify  the  fighting  men  in  the  field, 
laud  the  officers  who  trained  them  to  be  sol- 
diers, express  admiration  for  the  manliness 
of  the  chaplains,  acknowledge  their  debt  to 
the  Red  Cross;  in  short  they  give  due 
praise  to  every  one  concerned,  but  take  little 
credit  to  themselves.  Their  contribution 
they  seem  to  regard  as  a  regulation  per- 
formance in  the  line  of  duty.  It  is  only 
thru  the  official  records  of  heavy  casualties 
during  days  of  continuous  fighting,  necessi- 
tating day  and  night  labor  on  the  part  of  the 
doctors,  that  one  gets  any  idea  of  the  service 
rendered  by  the  men  in  the  medical  profes- 
sion and  their  colleagues,  the  nurses.  If 
their  heroism  be  a  revelation  to  one  of  their 
own  calling,  their  humility  is  no  less  a  one 
to  the  layman. 

"On  the  day  of  the  heaviest  fighting  in 
the  Hindenburg  show  we  cleared  four  thou- 
sand, and  I  heard  but  one  man  groan  and 
he  was  unconscious." 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


JUNE^  1919 


421 


This  statement  Colonel  Montgomery  puts 
forth  as  signal  proof  of  the  American  sol- 
dier's grit — ^but  what  a  magnificent  record 
for  the  doctors  in  attendance.  Four  thou- 
sand men  received  medical  attention  in 
one  day,  yet  the  Division  Surgeon's  praise 
is  all  for  the  wounded  men ;  the  feat  of  the 
doctors  is  taken  as  a  matter  of  course. 

It  was  the  duty  of  Lieut.-Colonel  Lefferts 
Hutton,  Assistant  Division  Surgeon  of  the 
Twenty-seventh,  to  insure  the  prompt  evac- 
uation of  the  wounded  men  from  one  med- 
ical station  to  another.  He  worked  at  the 
Advanced  Dressing  Station,  which  at  Mt. 
Kemmel  was  shelled  out.  But  the  doctors 
were  only  intent  on  the  task  in  hand  of  giv- 


Miss  MacDonald. 

ing  the  best  possible  treatment  to  every 
man  passing  thru,  and  of  a  upholding  the 
reputation  of  the  Twenty-seventh  Medical 
Corps. 

•"While  we  were  in  the  thick  of  it  we 
never  thought  of  anything  but  the  work" 
said  Colonel  Hutton.  "The  men  felt  worse 
about  being  left  behind  and  out  of  the  scrap 
than  they  did  over  their  wounds.  Even 
the  badly  wounded  ones  would  come  in 
cursing  their  luck  for  'getting  theirs'  before 
they  had  a  chance  to  go  further." 

Colonel  Edward  H.  Fiske,  commanding 
officer  of  Base  Hospital  No.  37  at  Dartford, 


England,  to  which  the  severely  wounded 
men  were  evacuated  from  France,  usually 
had  between  2,300  to  2,400  patients  with  a 
staff  of  only  twenty-five  doctors;  yet  he 
never  speaks  of  the  heavy  work  entailed  but 
is  all  admiration  for  the  boys  and  takes  his 
greatest  satisfaction,  in  the  success  of  the 
operations  which  enabled  so  many  of  them 
to  return  to  the  front  or  to  duty  behind  the 
lines. 

At  Dartford,  which  is  on  the  Thames, 
fifteen  miles  from  London,  the  excitement 
of  the  moment  had  died  down,  yet  the  men 
displayed  the  same  indomitable  spirit  as 
they  did  on  the  field. 

"When  we  let  them  know  that  we  would 
have  to  take  off  a  leg  or  an  arm"  said  Col. 
Fiske,  "they  might  just  look  at  us  a  second 
or  two,  rather  wistfully,  perhaps,  and  may- 
be ask  if  we  could  not  wait  a  little  longer  to 
see  if  it  could  not  be  saved.  That  was  all. 
There  was  never  an  outward  sigh  or  regret 
for  what  they  had  given.  Nobody  can  do 
justice  to  the  courage  of  our  boys." 

Miss  N.  Grace  Bissell,  who  went  over 
with  the  Wellesley  Unit,  and  was  attached 
to  the  Red  Cross  Mobile  Hospital  No.  114 
spoke  in  a  similar  way. 

"We  would  have  to  search  for  the  seri- 
ously wounded ;  the  boys  would  never  tell. 
One  night  I  was  putting  a  boy  to  bed  and 
found  a  tourniquet  on  each  ankle.  One 
foot  was  gone,  the  other  was  hanging  by 
the  Achilles  tendon.  He  must  have  been  in 
fiendish  agony. 

"How  did  it  happen,  Buddy?"  I  asked. 

"He  could  hardly  speak,  but  he  managed 
to  say  'I  was  going  over  the  top  when  I  fell 
flat.  I  tried  to  get  up  and  my  feet  were 
gone,  but  it  is  alright.' 

"That  is  just  one  instance"  continued 
Miss  Bissell.  "I  could  tell  a  score  of  simi- 
lar ones." 

This  indiflference  to  wounds  is  cited  again 
by  Colonel  Montgomery. 

"My  orders  to  the  staflf  wefe  *Dress  the 
wound  a  man  tells  you  about,  but  then  look 
him  all  over.'  It  was  an  even  chance  that 
another  one  or  more  would  be  found.  Per- 
haps they  knew  they  had  it  but  thought  it 
too  inconsequential  to  mention.  Perhaps 
in  the  excitement  they  were  not  conscious 
of  it.  Our  boys  fought  like  a  pack  of  wild- 
cats. They  seemed  to  feel  nothing  until 
they  fell. 

"Take   for   instance  the   case   of   vouns: 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


422 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


Lieut.  Schwab  of  the  107th  Infantry,  whose 
whole  lower  jaw  was  blown  off.  He  was  only 
a  few  feet  from  his  captain,  yet  he  motioned 
with  his  rifle  that  he  was  going  ahead. 
Of  course  he  dropped  in  a  few  seconds. 
They  bandaged  him  up  on  the  field  and  he 
was  still  conscious  when  they  brought  him 
in.  We  clamped  up  the  arteries,  but  he 
died  on  the  table.  Can  you  imagine  a  man 
wounded  like  that  and  still  having  the  spirit 
to  go  on? 

**There  was  another  boy  who  comes  to 
mind  just  now"  went  on  Colonel  Mont- 
gomery. "He  was  shot  thru  the  cheek. 
Then  another  shot  passed  thru  his  larynx, 
rendering  him  speechless.  He  went  an- 
other five  hundred  feet  before  a  shot  thru 
the  heart  killed  him. 

"These  men  may  receive  citations  but  you 
seldom  get  the  real  story  of  their  bravery. 
Only  the  men  right  at  their  side  know  it  and 
then  they  see  so  much  of  it  that  they  take  it 
in  a  matter-of-fact  way." 

In  a  reminiscent  mood  Colonel  Mont- 
gomery turned  to  his  old  friends  of  the 
Twelfth  Regiment,  N.  Y.  N.  G. 

*'You  would  come  upon  a  big  strapping 
fellow  lying  there  all  covered  with  mud  and 
you  could  not  realize  that  he  was  gone. 
When  you  turned  him  over  and  saw  his 
face,  you  would  know  that  he  would  never 
move  again." 

Colonel  Montgomery  was  silent  for  a 
minute  of  two.  Despite  his  training  as  a 
surgeon  and  his  experience  in  army  camps 
and  on  the  field  he  has  a  heart  as  tender 
as  that  of  a  child.  It  was  evident  that  the 
loss  of  his  comrades  had  made  a  deep 
wound.  When  he  spoke  again  it  was  in  a 
verv  low  voice,  "So  many  of  them  were  my 
old' pals." 

Reverting  to  the  more  general  aspect  of 
the  American  lad's  behavior  in  the  field  he 
continued,  "The  only  thing  a  man  ever 
asked  for  when  he  was  brought  in  was  a 
cigarette  or  a  cup  of  coffee  or  chocolate. 
The  Red  Cross  was  always  on  hand  to 
furnish  that  and  whatever  else  was  needed. 

"In  the  Advanced  Dressing  Stations  they 
had  their  Primus  stoves  and  two  big  urns 
going  night  and  day. 

"Pain  very  bad.  Buddy?"  you  would  in- 
quire of  a  horribly  wounded  boy. 

"  *  Pretty  bad',  might  be  the  reply. 

"Want   something  to  make  you  a  little 


easier  r 


"  *If  you  have  it'. 

"You  would  never  hear  anything  more 
than  that. 

"It  was  the  stoical  way  in  which  the 
wounded  men  endured  their  sufferings  that 
enabled  the  doctors  to  accomplish  what  they 
did.  If  we  had  to  endure  the  groans  and 
lamentations  which  are  often  our  lot  in 
civilian  life  it  would  have  been  mighty  hard. 
The  courage  of  these  men  bore  us  up.  There 
was  such  magnificent  cooperation  on  the 
part  of  the  men  that  the  doctors  would  work 
night  and  day,  snatching  a  couple  of  hours 
sleep  whenever  or  wherever  they  could  get 
the  chance. 

"And  right  with  us  in  the  thick  of  the 
fight  and  in  every  emergency  was  the  Red 
Cross.  There  was  no  red  tape  about  it, 
no  explanations,  no  accounting.  All  we 
had  to  do  was  to  ask  for  a  thing  and  we  got 
it  in  the  shortest  time  it  was  humanly  pos- 
sible for  transportation. 

"Capt.  Bobo,  head  of  the  Red  Cross  de- 
tachment did  not  wait  for  a  man  to  be  sick 
or  wounded  before  helping  him.  He  felt 
his  duty  was  to  the  man  in  the  service 
whether  he  was  sick  or  well  altho,  of  course, 
the  wounded  men  got  the  greater  part  of  the 
attention. 

"It  did  not  matter  whether  it  was  surgical 
dressings,  Greely  packets,  blankets  or  am- 
bulances which  were  necessary,  the  Red 
Cross  was  always  on  the  spot  when  it  was 
needed. 

"At  Villers  Fauchon  we  could  not  accom- 
modate all  the  wounded  in  the  M.  D.  S.,  and 
hundreds  were  lying  outside  in  a  cold,  driz- 
zling rain.  The  Red  Cross  came  forward 
with  two  thousand  blankets  and  did  every- 
thing to  make  the  men  outdoors  as  com- 
fortable as  possible. 

"The  Red  Cross  was  a  reserve  on  which 
one  could  depend  for  anything  at  any  time. 
It  was  not  a  haphazard  sort  of  aid.  It  was 
a  well  defined,  well  thought  out  system  cal- 
culated to  meet  any  emergency  which  might 
possibly  arise.  Capt.  Bobo  was  thoroly 
conversant  with  all  our  plans  and  moves. 
His  detachment  was  composed  of  men  who 
had  gone  overseas  to  fight  and  for  some 
slight  physical  defect  or  reduced  vitality 
were  found  unfit  for  front  line  duty.  They 
had  all  the  courage  of  the  fighting  men. 
They  were  under  fire  almost  as  much  as  the 
men  at  the  front." 

Colonel   Hutton  reviewed  the  three  big 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


June,  1919 


423 


engagements  in  which  the  twenty-seventh 
participated  with  the  British  and  Austral- 
ians, and  explained  the  procedure  of  the 
Medical  Corps  in  caring  for  the  wounded. 

"In  the  Belgium  push,  the  Americans — 
the  Twenty-seventh  from  New  York  and 
the  Thirtieth  from  Tennessee — covered 
nearly  an  eight  thousand-yard  line  with  the 
British  on  either  side.  The  Nissen  hut 
sheltering  the  Battalion  Aid  Post  was  about 
one  thousand  yards  back  of  the  firing  line. 
It  w^as  to  this   point  that  the   men   were 


evacuation  hospital  at  Esquelbecq.  Cases 
that  would  require  a  long  treatment  were 
then  sent  to  England. 

**At  the  Hindenburg  show  we  could  bring 
the  busses  within  fifteen  hundred  yards  of 
the  firing  line.  The  British  thought  our 
Red  Cross  drivers  were  the  most  reckless  of 
men.  The  British  were  severely  repri- 
manded when  they  lost  an  ambulance,  and 
therefore  they  would  not  take  the  chances 
the  Red  Cross  men  took.  The  Red  Cross 
thought  more  of  getting  the  men  back  to 


American  Red  Cross 


Col.  Fiske  escorting  King  George. 


carried  from  the  field  by  the  sanitary  de- 
tachment of  the  regiment.  From  there, 
the  wounded  men  were  removed  by  'hand 
carry'  or  wheel  stretcher  to  an  Advanced 
Dressing  Station,  one  covering  either  flank 
of  the  line,  St.  Dunstan  being  at  the  right, 
Longbarn  at  the  left.  There  we  admin- 
istered the  anti-tetanus  and  morphine  and 
ligated  arteries.  After  this,  ambulances 
carried  the  men  to  the  Main  Dressing  Sta- 
tion at  Remy  Siding,  and  from  there  they 
were   loaded   on   ambulance   trains   to   the 


the  dressing  stations   than  they  did   of  a 
shell. 

"We  established  the  A.  D.  S.  at  St. 
Emilie  in  an  old  sugar  factory  which  had 
been  dynamited  by  the  Germans.  The 
M.  D.  S.  was  at  Villers  Fauch6n.  This  had 
also  been  used  by  the  Huns,  but  we  salvaged 
what  we  could  and  improvised  an  operating 
room.  On  August  27  we  took  over  two 
British  ambulance  units,  each  consisting  of 
five  Daimlers,  two  Fords  and  three  horse 
drawn ;  but  even  at  that,  there  was  not  suf- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


424 


June,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


ficient  a  number,  because  the.  casualties  were 
so  heavy,  and  Capt.  Bobo  and  Lieut.-Col. 
Walter  C.  Bell  made  a  whirlwind  night  trip 
to  Paris — a  distance  of  156  miles — ^and 
brought  back  ten  Red  Cross  ambulances. 

"After  finishing  that  job  we  were  out  of 
line  from  October  2  until  October  11.  We 
got  a  chance  to  get  a  real  bath,  a  shave,  a 
regular  sleep  and  other  such  luxuries. 

**We  went  after  the  Huns  again  at  St. 
Souplet.  In  four  days  we  moved  the  M. 
D.  S.  to  Busigny  and  established  the  A. 
D.  S.  at  Escaufort.  The  A.  D.  S.  was  at 
Busigny  and  the  M.  D.  S^  at  Fremont, 
while  we  evacuated  to  Roisel;  The  round 
trip  was  nine  hours,  and  as  an  ambulance 
carries  only  four  patients  and  at  one  time 
there  were  180  men  waiting,  you  can  im- 
agine the  congestion.  We  made  the  men 
as  comfortable  as  we  could  and  there  was 
never  a  murmur.  The  trouble  was  caused 
because  the  Huns  were  retreating  at  the 
rate  of  ten  miles  a  day  and  we  had  to  travel 
about  fifteen  miles  a  day  to  overtake  them. 
It  is  impossible  to  transport  mobile  hospitals 
at  that  rate  of  speed.  Travel  was  rendered 
very  difficult  because  the  Boche  blew  up  the 
bridge  over  the  LaSalle.  In  the  Hinden- 
burg  show  there  were  2,511  wounded,  sick 
and  gassed  men  and  1,266  walking  wounded. 

"At  St.  Souplet  there  were  255  stretcher 
cases  and  3,433  walking  wounded.  The  lat- 
ter were  loaded  on  motor  lorries  and  carried 
to  railhead  from  whence  they  were  taken  to 
the  evacuation  hospital. 

"At  that  time,  also,  the  influenza  epidemic 
among  the  civilians  was  at  its  height,  and 
Capt.  Bobo  with  Lieut.  Theodore  Reed  of 
Field  Hospital  106  established  an  annex 
across  the  road  for  those  cases.  Between 
times  everybody  helped  out. 

"Yes,  we  kept  on  the  job  pretty  steadily, 
but  you  get  used  to  that.  Now,  I  think  I 
am  just  beginning  to  get  tired.  I  think  the 
parade  was  too  much  for  me,**  laughed 
Colonel  Hutton. 

Colonel  Fiske,  in  speaking  of  his  patients 
at  Dartford,  said,  "Naturally  the  men  im- 
proved more  rapidly  in  England  than  they 
could  be  expected  to  do  in  the  evacuation 
hospitals  in  France,  where  they  were  either 
under  fire  or  subjected  to  air  raids.  Their 
nerves  had  a  chance  to  grow  steady  again, 
when  they  got  across  the  channel. 

"We  usually  received  our  convoys  be- 
tween 10  and  11  o'clock  at  night  and  nobody 


ever  went  to  bed  until  the  new  patients  were 
all  in  and  settled.  Everyone  would  turn 
in  and  carry  stretchers.  The  trouble  we 
had  with  the  enlisted  men  doing  hospital 
work  was  that  they  all  wanted  to  be  trans- 
ferred to  a  combat  unit ;  fortunately  there  is 
an  order  forbidding  that. 

"They  were  just  like  a  lot  of  youngsters. 
As  soon  as  they  could  get  around  they  were 
in  mischief.  They  would  steal  away  from 
the  grounds  and  cut  up  all  sorts  of  pranks. 

"But  I  think  the  American  soldier  is  as 
game  a  chap  as  ever  walked  the  earth.  No 
matter  how  often  we  had  to  go  at  a  man  for 
dressings  or  give  an  anesthetic  for  scra- 
pings and  that  sort  of  thing,  he  never  winced. 

"The  Red  Cross  kept  them  in  wonder- 
fully good  humor.  They  conducted  con- 
certs, moving  picture  shows  and  all  sorts 
of  entertainments.  They  supplied  the  boys 
with  all  kinds  of  little  comforts  and  did 
not  forget  the  doctors,  either. 

"I  do  not  know  what  we  would  have  done 
without  the  Red  Cross.  It  gave  us  vast 
quantities  of  surgical  dressings  and  other 
supplies." 

Touching  on  the  more  strictly  profes- 
sional phase  of  his  experience  abroad,  Col. 
Fiske  said : 

"We  had  some  remarkably  successful 
cases  of  bone  grafting  and  nerve  suturing. 
At  one  time  there  were  forty-eight  nerve 
cases,  all  of  which  were  operated  upon. 
When  the  men  left  the  hospital,  after  two 
or  three  months,  thirty-eight  of  that  number 
were  beginning  to  show  signs  of  nerve  re- 
generation. We  lost  track  of  the  other  ten, 
so  we  could  not  tell  whether  the  operations 
were  successful  or  not.  The  nerve  surgery 
was  under  Major  John  Meagher  of  Brook- 
lyn, but  I  did  some  of  it  myself.  I  could 
not  keep  my  hands  out  of  it.  All  the  opera- 
tions were  arm  and  leg  cases  where  the 
suturing  was  of  large  nerve  trunks. 

"When  a  large  amount  of  bone  tissue  had 
been  destroyed  we  resorted  to  bone  grafting 
and  had  excellent  results.  Capt.  Samuel  L. 
Fisher,  also  of  Brooklyn,  was  in  charge  of 
this  work.*' 

All  the  doctors  were  given  a  chance  for 
service  in  France.  Col.  Fiske  spent  six 
weeks  on  the  continent,  and  was  there  when 
the  armistice  was  signed.  It  was  the  Kinjsrs 
County  Hospital  Unit  which  served  at  Base 
37. 

The  American  boys   while  at   Dartford 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICL.es 


June,  1919 


425 


had  their  first  chance  to  see  royalty  at 
close  range.  King  George  and  Queen 
Mary,  accompanied  by  Princess  Mary 
visited  the  hospital  and  escorted  by  Col. 
Fiske,  made  a  round  of  the  wards  and 
chatted  in  the  most  friendly  fashion  with 
the  patients. 

Miss  Bissell,  who  went  overseas  last 
April  with  the  Wellesley  Unit  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Red  Cross,  also  had  strenu- 
ous experience  in  the  line  of  duty.  She  was 
at  Red  Cross  Mobile  Hospital  No.  114  and 


"There  was  not  a  thing  we  could  do  but 
stay  right  there  and  trust  to  luck.  Fortu- 
nately no  one  was  hurt"  said  Miss  Bissell 
in  recalling  the  incident.  The  week  her 
unit  was  in  Paris  waiting  for  assignment 
there  were  three  aid  raids  in  one  night. 

Ask  Miss  Peatrice  M.  MacDonald, .  who 
lost  the  sight  of  her  right  eye  while  on  duty 
with  an  American  Red  Cross  team  which 
was  loaned  to  the  British  for  service  at 
Casualty  Clearing  Station  No.  61  near 
Bophling  in  Belgium,  about  sixty  miles  from 


American  Red  Cross 

The  "Victory  Parade"  at  the  American  Base  Hospital,  Dartford,  near  London,  on  Nov. 
11,  when  the  signing  of  the  armistice  was  announced.  The  men  on  crutches  were  Invited 
to  parade  in  automobiles,  but  most  of  them  preferred  to  walk,  and  they  occupied  honored 
places  in  the  line  of  march. 


was  present  during  the  Chateau  Thierry 
drive  when  the  hospital  was  subjected  to  a 
German  air  raid  on  July  15,  at  which  time 
four  persons  were  killed  and  several 
wounded. 

While  her  party  was  on  its  way  to  the 
Toul  sector  in  September,  the  train  was 
stopped  many  hours  because  a  short  dis- 
tance ahead  was  a  train  filled  with  hand 
grenades  and  star  shells  which  had  been 
struck  by  a  bomb  from  a  Boche  plane. 


Dieppe,  about  her  work  and  she  replies,  "I 
want  to  forget  it  all  except  that  we  have 
won  the  war.  And  to  think  that  it  only 
took  our  boys  six  months  to  do  it  after  they 
really  got  on  the  job.  Our  boys  are  the  best 
on  earth.  I  just  went  over  to  help  them, 
and  I  hope  I  did  some  good.  They  deserved 
the  best  in  the  world." 

Miss  MacDonald  served  twenty-one 
months  overseas  and  has  been  awarded  the 
Distinguished  Service  Cross  by  Secretary 


Digitized  by 


Google 


426 


June,  1919 


ORIGTINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


of  War  Baker  and  has  also  received  the 
British  Military  Medal  for  bravery  in  the 
field  and  the  medal  of  the  British  Red 
Cross. 

Miss  Amy  Patmore,  chief  nurse  of  Base 
Hospital  No.  8  at  Sauvigny  in  France, 
where  there  are  14,000  beds,  sums  up  what 
appears  to  be  the  feeling  of  all  overseas 
doctors,  nurses  and  social  workers. 

**\Ve  gave  the  very  best  of  ourselves  to 
the  work  and  considered  it  the  greatest 
privilege  to  be  permitted  to  give.  In  my 
belief  that  was  the  spirit  of  all  the  doctors, 
the  nurses  and  the  Red  Cross  workers.  And 
it  was  the  greatest  privilege  that  could  ever 
be  accorded  to  anybody  on  this  earth  to  be 
allowed  to  serve  those  magnificent  boys  of 
ours.  Nobody  in  this  country,  nobody  who 
has  not  worked  with  those  men  over  there 
can  have  any  idea  of  their  spirit,  their 
courage,  their  grit  and  endurance.  Un- 
flinchingly they  faced  the  worst  horrors  this 
world  has  ever  known.  They  are  the  most 
glorious  on  earth." 

And  from  one  who  has  been  privileged  to 
go  closer  to  those  horrors  than  any  woman 
was  permitted,  and  who  knows  the  price 
our  boys  paid  for  their  patriotism,  comes  a 
final  tribute  and  perhaps  the  highest  one. 

*'Our  boys  did  not  need  any  reforming" 
said  Col.  Montgomery.  "They  attended  to 
their  religious  duties  each  according  to  his 
own  respective  faith.  We  had  our  regi- 
mental chaplains,  and  fine  chaps  they  were, 
who  were  always  ready  to  go  over  the  top 
with  their  boys.  But  apart  from  all  that, 
when  a  man  can  expect  death  any  moment 
and  walks  about  unafraid,  he  is  not  a  sub- 
ject for  reformation." 

And  one  parted  from  Col.  Montgomery 
feeling  that  the  sentiment  he  entertained  for 
our  boys  was  much  like  that  expressed  by 
Stephen  Decatur  for  our  country,  "May  she 
always  be  in  the  right  but —  our  country — 
right  or  wrong." 


An    Unusual    Reason    for    Exemption 

from  military  service  came  out  when  a  man 
said  to  the  members  of  a  local  exemption 
board :  "I  don't  feel  that  I  can  go  into  the 
army,  because  I  am  a  vegetarian."  The 
chairman  looked  at  the  man  and  answered : 
"Well,  good  Lord,  man,  we  want  you  to 
fight  the  Germans ;  it  isn't  necessary  to  eat 
them." 


ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  MEDICAL  DE- 
PARTMENT  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  ARMY  DURING  THE  WAR. 

(Continued   from  page  328) 

These  courses  of  instruction  not  only  en- 
abled the  army  to  increase  the  supply  of  spe- 
cialists for  hospitals,  but  will  also  be  of 
great  benefit  to  the  civil  communities  when 
these  oflScers  return  to  the  practice  of  med- 
icine at  their  homes. 

In  conclusion  it  may  be  said  without  fear 
of  contradiction  that  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  the  U.  S.  Army  during  the  present 
war  has  furnished  for  the  American  soldier, 
both  at  home  and  abroad,  a  greater  degree 
of  sanitary  protection  against  disease  and 
a  higher  grade  of  medical  and  surgical  at- 
tention than  has  ever  been  supplied  to  the 
soldiers  of  any  other  country  in  this  or  any 
previous  war.  Had  it  not  been  for  the  un- 
preventable  epidemic  of  influenza  the  suc- 
cess in  maintaining  low  sick  rates  would 
have  been  truly  marvelous.  The  benefits 
of  the  activities  of  the  Medical  Department 
are  apparent  not  only  today  in  the  pres- 
ervation of  health  and  in  the  prompt  cure 
of  the  sick  and  wounded,  but  will  be  in- 
creasingly evident  in  the  future  when  the 
seriously  wounded  again  become  happy  and 
self-supporting  citizens  as  a  result  of  the 
high  grade  surgical  and  reconstruction  serv- 
ice provided  for  this  class  of  cases.  Credit 
is  due  to  the  officers  of  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  the  Regular  Army  who,  in  peace 
days  of  slow  promotion  and  seemingly  little 
opportunity,  persevered  in  preparing  them- 
selves for  this  great  emergency,  and  equal 
credit  is  due  to  the  physicians,  the  dentists, 
the  veterinarian  and  others  from  civil  life, 
who  unhesitatingly  abandoned  their  civ- 
ilian pursuits,  sacrificed  their  personal  in- 
terests and  gave  their  best  to  the  service 
of  their  country  in  the  Medical  Department, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mkdicinb 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


JUNB,  1919 


427 


cheerfully  adapting  themselves  to  the  hard- 
ships and  unfamiliar  conditions  of  military 
life.  Both  groups  of  professional  men  of- 
fered to  the  nation  all  they  possessed,  and 
many  made  the  supreme  sacrifice  in  the 
.  performance  of  duty.  In  answer  to  the  call 
on  the  civil  profession,  equal  response  was 
made*  by  the  young  and  by  the  old,  by  the 
specialist  and  by  the  general  practitioner. 
City  and  country  responded  with  similar 
enthusiasm.  Special  thanks  are  due  to 
those  officers  from  civil  life  who,  long  after 
the  excitement  of  the  actual  war  has  passed, 
must  continue  in  the  service  attending  the 
needs  of  the  wounded,  while  many  of  their 
comrades,  both  in  the  Medical  Corps  and 
in  the  line,  are  rapidly  returning  to  their 
homes  and  ordinary  vocations.  In  view  of 
the  enormous  preponderance  in  the  army 
of  physicians  fresh  from  civil  life  it  may 
be  said  without  reflection  on  the  medical 
officers  of  the  regular  army,  that  the  great 
achievement  of  the  Medical  Department  in 
medicine,  in  surgery  and  in  sanitation  is  pri- 
marily the  work  of  the  civil  profession  of 
the  United  States  and  is  due  to  the  patriot- 
ism, fidelity  and  ability  of  that  great  body  of 
practitioners.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  one  of 
the  results  of  the  great  war  will  be  the  clos- 
est sympathy  between  the  Medical  Corps  of 
the  Army  and  the  medical  profession  of  the 
country,  resulting  in  the  development  of  a 
firm  conviction  in  the  minds  of  all  civilian 
practitioners  that  preparedness  for  war  con- 
ditions in  the  case  of  each  and  every  physi- 
cian of  military  age  is  a  fundamental  ne- 
cessity for  attainment  to  the  highest  type 
of  citizenship.  In  this  brief  review  of  the 
Medical  Department  activities  no  reference 
is  made  to  the  physicians  who,  as  members 
of  Local  and  Advisory  Boards,  participated 
in  the  operation  of  the  Draft,  but  who  could 
not,  imder  the  law,  be  commissioned  in  the 


military  service  of  the  Army.  Great  in- 
justice would  be  done,  did  I  omit  to  call 
attention  to  the  difficult  task  which  was  so 
well  and  faithfully  performed  by  these 
physicians  connected  with  the  Draft,  and 
which  forms  another  of  the  important  con- 
tributions made  by  the  American  medical 
profession  toward  the  winning  of  the  World 
War. 


Thyroid  Extract  in  Myxedema  and 
Hypothyroidism.— In  the  treatment  of 
these  cases  Dock  begins  with  a  small  dose 
of  thyroid  extract,  about  1  grain,  t.  i.  d., 
increases  it  rapidly  until  physiologic  effects 
appear,  and  then  reduces  the  dose  until  a 
desired  condition  has  been  reached.  He 
advises  that  the  dangers  and  precautions 
in  such  treatment  be  kept  in  mind. 


A  Study  of  the  Functions  of  the  Thy- 
roid Gland.— According  to  Stewart 
(Southern  Med.  Jour.,  May,  1919)  Wright 
holds  that  the  opsonins  of  the  blood  are 
dependent  upon  the  secretions  of  the  thy- 
roid gland.  To  prove  this,  StepanoflF  and 
Morbi  by  many  experiments  showed  the 
disappearance  of  the  opsonins  upon  the 
extirpation  of  this  gland.  Thus  we  see 
at  a"  glance  that  the  thyroid  protects  us 
from  infectious  diseases,  as  we  well  know 
that  the  opsonins  of  the  blood  are  the  an- 
tagonists of  all  infectious  organisms.  For 
further  proof,  Charrin  showed  how  dogs 
were  easily  infected  by  contagious  dis- 
eases after  extirpation  of  the  thyroid. 
Greenfield,  Murray  and  Lanz,  after  much 
study  of  persons  suffering  from  myxe- 
dema, stated  that  they  often  died  of  tuber- 
culosis or  some  other  infectious  disease. 
The  protective  role  of  the  thvroid  gland 
against  infectious  diseases  is  further  evi- 
denced, according  to  Roger,  Garnier  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


428 


June,  1919 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


American  Medicine 


Torre,  by  their  observation  of  the  fact 
that  during  an  epidemic  of  typhoid,  with- 
out exception  persons  with  diseased  thy- 
roids succumbed  to  the  fever. 

That  the  thyroid  gland  governs  oxida- 
tion has  been  shown  by  Lorand  and  Moe- 
bius.  For  instance,  a  hyperactivity  of 
the  secretion,  as  in  Graves'  disease  and 
fevers  in  which  we  have  increased  oxida- 
tion, is  nearly  always  followed  by  an  ex- 
haustion of  the  thyroid  function,  a  con- 
sequent lowering  of  oxidation  and  the  re- 
sultant obesity  usually  observed  following 
low,  continued  fevers. 

Not  only  does  the  thyroid  protect  us 
from  infectious  disease,  but  it  is  also  pro- 
tects from  certain  drugs,  especially  alco- 
hol and  chloroform.  De  Quervain,  Her- 
toghe  and  Sajous  all  showed  by  many  ex- 
periments that  animals  with  a  healthy  thy- 
roid withstood  alcohol  without  intoxication 
in  much  greater  quantities  than  those  with 
degenerate  glands.  This  was  also  found 
true  with  chloroform.  In  fact,  dogs  which 
had  their  thyroids  removed  invariably  died 
from  chloroform  narcosis. 

The  thyroid  also  has  peculiar  control  of 
that  function  of  the  brain  called  the  mind. 
Myxedematous  people,  as  we  all  know, 
are  apathetic,  slow  of  thought  and  action, 
defective  memory,  dull  and  stupid.  The 
wonderful  effect  of  the  thyroid  upon  the 
intellect  has  been  many  times  demon- 
strated by  the  administration  of  the  ex- 
tract to  cretinous  children.  They  would 
grow  brighter,  learn  faster  and  become 
more  active  in  a  very  short  time. 

The  thyroid  also,  as  has  been  observed 
by  many  investigators,  controls  the  sexual 
functions  of  the  body.  The  sexual  appe- 
tite is  lowered  or  lost  in  those  with  dis- 
eased or  degenerate  thyroids.  A  full,  well 
developed  thyroid,  in  man  or  women,  is 
indicative  of  a  keen  sexuality.  A  stringy 
throat,  a  wrinkled  neck  is  ofttimes  posi- 
tive evidence  of  sexual  apathy. 

The  thyroid  gland  controls  to  a  marked 
degree,  as  untold  experimental  evidence 
has  shown,  the  digestive  and  metabolic 
functions  of  the  body.  As  is  further  evi- 
denced by  those  who  have  a  marked  dis- 
ease of  the  gland,  they  are  always  people 
who  seem  poorly  or  improperly  nourished. 
To  determine  a  case  of  thyroid  deficiency,  or 
hypothyroidism,  when  it  is  not  one  of  those 
well-known  and  well-marked  diseases  fa- 
miliar to  us  all,  is  often  difficult;  yet  its 


extreme  importance  should  make  us  give 
each  symptom  of  thyroid  trouble  very 
great  weight,  altho  otiier  conditions  may 
point  to  some  different  disease.  A  harsh, 
dry  skin,  excess  of.  fat,  waxy  pallor, 
wrinkled  hands,  flabby  muscles,  premature 
grayness  of  the  skin  and  hair,  falling  of 
the  hair,  especially  in  patches  as  in  alopecia, 
poor  appetite,  dull  mentality,  melancholia, 
constipation,  watery  menstruation,  sexual 
torpor,  changes  in  the  other  ductless  glands, 
increased  tendency  to  autointoxication — 
these  are  some  of  the  symptoms  of  a  defi- 
cient thyroid. 


The  PlttrigUndular  Syndrome. — Leon- 
ard Williams  in  his  work  "Minor  Maladies" 
says:  "It  is  well  for  the  reader  to  under- 
stand that  the  interdependence  of  the  en- 
docrine glands  renders  it  very  difficult  in 
the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  to  be 
sure  which  particular  gland  is  at  fault.  It 
is  exceedingly  likely  that  some  of  what  we 
now  take  to  be  manifestations  of  thyroid 
insufficiency  of  slight  degree,  are  in  reality 
due  to  insufficiency  of  some  other  gland, 
partly  opponent  and  partly  complemental, 
such  as  the  pituitary  or  the  adrenal,  which 
may  be  stimjulated  into  increased  activity 
by  the  exhibition  of  thyroid  extract.  .  . 
In  the  case  of  adrenal  insufficiency,  some 
of  them,  notably  the  infantilism,  the  low 
temperature,  the  hairlessness  and  pigmenta- 
tion are  prominent  symptoms.  It  is  there- 
fore evident  that  when  one  member  of  the 
endocrine  hierarchy  is  at  fault,  the  mere  dis- 
turbance of  the  glandular  balance  is  suffi- 
cient to  produce  certain  symptoms  of  which 
one  can  only  affirm  that  they  point  to  a 
disturbance  somewhere  in  the  endocrine 
system — the  pluriglandular  syndrome,  as  it 
is  called." 


The  Hormones  and  the  Vegetative 
Nervous  System. — Gallotti  (Archivos 
Brasileiros  de  Medicine,  Jan.,  1919) 
argues  that  the  harmonious  action  of  the 
involuntary  organs  is  due  in  large  part  to 
the  hormones  influencing  the  autonomous 
and  the  sympathetic  nervous  system.  He 
reviews  the  action  of  the  different  endocrine 
glands  in  turn,  saying  that  the  relations  be- 
tween the  hormones  and  the  vegetative  sys- 
tem must  be  studied  before  we  can  use 
organotherapy   intelligently. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


VALOR  AND  FIDELITY 


June,  1319 


429 


"Heroes  all 
Who  heard  the  clarion  voice  of  Duty  call.*' 


Words  are  the  mere  chattels  of  the  mind. 
Emotion  is  a  dumb  thing.  Besides,  it  is  hard 
to  be  eloquent  in  the  face  of  the  expected. 
Groping  for  the  language  of  tribute,  tribute 
to  the  achievement  of  the  doctors  who  have 
been  honored  in  the  service  of  their  coun- 
tr\%  we  find  ourselves  strangely  at  a  loss 
for  an  expression  that  will  be  as  dignified 
as  the  occasion  that  calls  it  forth.  Again 
and  again  there  comes  to  us,  repeatedly, 
insistently,  a  single  phrase:  a  triumphant 
**I  told  you  so !"  For  who  expected  less  of 
the  doctors  of  the  Nation  than  they 
achieved?  Of  what  our  army  would  do, 
we  were  for  a  long  time  in  doubt.  Not  un- 
til Chateau  Thierry,  and  St.  Mihiel,  and' 
the  Argonne  were  we  sure  that  our 
soldier  boys  would  fight  so  bravely  and 
magnificently,  and  the  hearts  of  those  at 
home  swelled  with  pride,  and  no  little  meas- 
ure of  relief,  when  they  read  the  glowing 
accounts  of  those  battles.  But  of  the  men 
in  the  Medical  Corps  there  were  at  no 
time  any  doubts.  Self-sacrifice  and  ex- 
posure to  danger  are  a  commonplace,  every- 
day incident  to  the  doctor,  and  it  was  an 
easy  thing  for  him  to  expose  himself  to  the 
hazards  of  shell  and  gas  in  order  to  serve 
the  men  who  were  serving  in  so  splendid  a 
cause.  Their  response  to  the  call  of  their 
country   was   not   a    hesitant   one.     Presi- 


dent Wilson's  definition  of  the  struggle  as 
one  for  the  liberation  of  humanity  appealed 
strongly  to  men  who,  when  they  chose 
their  profession,  dedicated  the  better  ener- 
gies of  their  lives  to  the  service  of  human- 
ity. For  them,  the  war  meant  merely  a 
change  of  environment  and  not  a  change 
of  habit ;  the  comforts  and  conveniences  of 
the  operating  room  at  home  were  sur- 
rendered for  the  discomforts  of  the  field 
dressing  station  or  the  damp  dugout.  In 
other  respects,  their  work  remained  the 
same ;  always  subject  to  the  need  of  the  in- 
jured, always  at  the  call  of  the  suffering 
ones.  And  if  this  call  subjected  them  to 
privation,  self-denial  and  constant  danger, 
they  would  be  the  last  in  the  world  to  claim 
any  special  honor  for  doing  what  it  had 
been  their  practice  to  do  for  so  long,  what 
it  was  in  their  natures  to  do  without  hes- 
itation. The  doctors  of  the  American  Army 
did  what  was  expected  of  them,  what  the 
tradition  of  their  profession  had  taught  us 
to  expect  of  them.  In  view  of  this  splendid 
tradition,  we  feel  more  could  not  be  said. 
And  we  are  sure  that  those  who  were  sin- 
gled out  for  special  honors  will  accept  the 
official  tribute  as  one  not  only  to  themselves 
but  to  the  whole  profession  as  well.  In  hon- 
oring them,  the  government  has  honored 
the  entire  medical  profession  of  America. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


430 


JUNB,  1919 


VALOR  AND  FIDELITY 


Amskigan  Midzcinb 


AMERICAN  PHYSICIANS  DECORATED  BY  THE  UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMENT.* 


Name 


Rank 


Corps 


Citation 


Andrew.  A.  Piatt Ueut  Col. 

Arrants.  Wm.  Ross Lieut. 

Baker.  Frank  C Colonel 

Barber.  Thomas  M Lieut. 

Bass.  Urbane  F Lieut. 

Beasley,  Shad  worth  O.  (deceased)  Major 

Beeukes,  Henry Lieut.  Col. 

Billings.  Frank Colonel 

Bingham.  Ernest  G Colonel 

Black.  Frederic  Wallace  Major 

Blake.  Joseph  A Colonel 

Blood.  Robert  O Capt. 

Bradley.  Alfred  B Colonel 

Bunch.  Henry  Edgar  Capt. 

Burgher,  Emil  H Major 

Clark.  Albert  P Lieut  Col. 

Comfort,  Chas.  W Capt. 

Condon.  Wm.  J Capt. 

Crile.  George  C Colonel 

Crookston.  William  J Colonel 

Crum,  Leo  J Lieut. 

Darnall,  Carl  R Colonel 

Davis.  Howard  H Capt. 

Dickinson.  Dwight.  Jr Asst.  Surg. 

Diener.  Louis  Capt 

Doudna.  John  F Capt. 

Duffy,  Mack  M Lieut. 

Edie,  Guy  L Colonel 

Finney,  J.  M.  T Brig.  Gen. 

Flint  Joseph  M Lieut  Col. 

Gage.  Geo.  H Capt. 

Gee,  Athel  J Lieut. 

Goldthwait.  Joel  E Colonel 

Hall.  James  G Capt 

Howard.  Deane  C Colonel 

Howe,  Geo.  P.  t deceased)  Lieut. 

Hutton.  Paul  C Colonel 

Ireland,  Merritte  W.  .'. Maj.  Gen. 

Jackson.  Horatio  N Major 

Jones.  Glenn  I Lieut  Col. 

Jones,  Percy  L Colonel 

Jones,  Thomas  E First  Lieut. 

Keenan,  Wallis  H Lieut 

Keller,  William  L Colonel 

Lee,  Burton  J Colonel 

Lisa.  James  R Lieut. 

Lyster,  Theo.  C Colonel 


A.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 


M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 
U.  S.  Navy 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 

M.  C. 

M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 


M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 


Distinguished  Service  Medal 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 


Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
and  Croix 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 

Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 

Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 


Service  Medal 
Service  Cross 
Service  Cross 
Service  Cross 
Service  Medal 
Service  Medal 
Service  Medal 
Service  Cross 
de  Guerre 
Service  Medal 
Service  Cross 
Service  Medal 
Service  Cross 
Service  Medal 


Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 


Medal 
Cross 
Cross 
Medal 
Medal 
Cross 


Service  Medal 
Service  Cross 
Service  Cross 
Service  Cross 
Service  Cross 
Service  Cross 


Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 
Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Cross 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 
Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Cross 
Distinguished  Service  Medal 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 
Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Cross 
and  Croix  de  Guerre 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 
and  Croix  de  Guerre 

Distinguished  Service  Cross 

Distinguished  Service  Cross 

and  Croix  de  Guerre 
Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 
Distinguished  Service  Medal 


>Thl8  list  Is  not  complete  for  new  awards  are  being  made  daily,  but  this  is  doubtless  the  most  com- 
plete list  thus  far  published. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlfKElCAN  MlDIOINB 


VALOR  AND  FIDELITY 


June,  1919 


431 


Name 


Rank 


Corps 


Citation 


McCaw,  Walter  D Colonel  M.  C. 

McGinnis,  Geo.  E Capt.  M.  C. 

McKernon,  James  Colonel 

McKibben,  James  M.  (deceased) . .  Capt.  M.  C. 

McLelland,  Wm.  D Capt.  M.  C. 

Manton,  Walter  W Capt  M.  C. 

Martin,  Claude  A Capt  M.  C. 

Maus»  Louis  M Colonel  M.  C. 

Mayo.  William  Colonel  M.  C. 

Miller.  Reuben  B Colonel 

Miner.  Donald   Major 

Morlson.  James  H.  S Lieut. 

Motley.  Robert  E Ist  Lieut. 

Mount,  James  R Colonel 

Munson.  Ed.  L Brig.  Gen. 

Murdock,  Robt.  H.  (deceased) Lieut 

Murphy.  Fred  T Colonel 

Myers.  Chas.  W Lieut. 

Peck,  Charles  H Colonel 

Petty,  Orlando  H Asst  Surg. 

Pincoffs,  Maurice  E Capt 

Powless,  Josiah  A Lieut. 

Pratt,  Lester  L Asst.  Surg. 

Ray,  John  (deceased)   Capt 

Rentfro.  Chas.  C Lieut. 

Rhoads,  Thomas  L Colonel 

Rosenwald.  John  P.  (deceased) . . .  Lieut. 

Royster,  Thomas  R Lieut. 

Ruffner.  Ernest  L Colonel 

Russell.  Frederick  F Colonel 

Salmon,  Thomas  W Colonel 

Schochet,  Sydney  S Lieut. 

Siler.  Joseph  P Colonel 

Srygley,  Blam  F Lieut.  M.  C. 

Stark,  Alexander  N Colonel  M.  C. 

Thayer,  William  S Brig.  Gen.  M.  C. 

Tuttle,  Arnold  D. Colonel  M.  C. 

Vaughan.  Victor  C Colonel  M.  C. 

Wadhams,  Sanford  Colonel  M.  C. 

Weaver,  Ross  B Lieut.  M.  C. 

Weber,  John  F Lieut.  M.  C. 

Wesselhoeft,  Conrad    Capt.  M.  C. 

Wheat,  Harry  R Lieut.  M.  C. 

Wheelock.  Frank  R Capt  M.  C. 

Williams.  Clarence  M Capt  M.  C. 

Williams.  Prank  Leo  Lieut.  M.  C. 

Wilmer,  William  H Colonel  M.  C. 

Winter.  Francis  A Brig.  Gen.  M.  C. 

Wolfe,  Edwin  P Colonel  M.  C. 

Young,  Hugh  H Colonel  M.  C. 


M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
D.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 

U.  S.  Navy 
M.  C. 

M.  C. 

U.  S.  Navy 

M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 
M.  C. 


M.  C. 
M.  C. 


Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Difitinguished 
Distinguished 
Difitinguished 


Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 


Medal 
Cross 
Medal 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Medal 
Medal 
Cross 
Cross 
Medal 
Medal 
Medal 
Cross 
Medal 
Cross 


Distinguished  Service  Medal 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 

and  Croix  de  Guerre 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 
Distinguished  Service  Cross 


Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 


Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 


Cross 
Cross 
Medal 
Cross 
Cross 
Medal 
Medal 


Distinguished  Service  Medal 
Awarded  British  Milit'y  Cross 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Cross 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 

Distinguished  Service  Medal 


Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 
Distinguished 


Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 
Service 


Medal 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Cross 
Medal 
Medal 
Medal 


Distinguished  Service  Medal 


Digitized  by 


Google 


432 


June,  1919 


IN  MEMORIAM 


American  Medicine 


''If  ye  break  faith  with  us  who  die, 
We  shall  not  sleet t  tho  poppies  blow  in  Flanders  fields.  ** 

— McCrae 


A  communication  received  from  Surgeon- 
General  Ireland  early  in  May  gives  the  fol- 
lowing data  in  regard  to  the  fatalities  among 
medical  officers  during  the  war: 

Killed  in  action 45 

Died  of  wounds 26 

Died  of  accident   5 

Lost  at  sea 4 

Total  deaths 80 

A  further  statement  from  the  Surgeon- 
Generars  office  also  gave  a  list  of  290  med- 
ical men  who  had  died  from  disease  while 
in  active  service.  Up  to  May,  1919,  there- 
fore, 370  doctors  had  made  the  ^'supreme 
sacrifice"  for  their  country.  These  figures 
are  only  approximate,  for  the  statistics  of 
the  War  Department  have  not  been  com- 
pleted, and  probably  will  not  be  for  some 
time. 

In  paying  tribute  to  the  medical  men  who 
gave  their  lives  while  in  active  service  one 
thought  persists,  ''Greater  love  hath  no 
man  than  that  he  shall  give  his  life  for  an- 
other." 

Bravely,  fearlessly  they  went  down  into 
the  Valley  of  the  Shadow,  totally  forgetful 
of  self  and  with  only  one  purpose,  one  aim 
before  them,  to  relieve  the  wounded  and 
ease  the  last  fleeting  moments  of  the  dying. 
Probably  to  all  of  these  doctors  life  was 
never  sweeter  or  more  desirable.  The 
things   we   cherish  are  never  dearer  than 


when  we  are  confronted  by  the  prospects  of 
losing  them.  Many  had  dear  ones  back  home 
whom  they  knew  were  praying  for  their  safe 
return.  The  future,  aye,  what  plans  they 
had  for  the  future!  But  when  the  call  to 
service  came  and  the  occasion  arose  to  do 
their  duty,  did  they  falter,  did  they  give 
one  thought  to  the  dangers  that  threatened  ? 
Not  for  a  moment  did  they  hesitate.  Into 
a  hell  of  shot  and  shrapnel  they  went,  know- 
ing full  well  the  chances  they  were  taking. 
But  in  this  hell  there  were  men  in  agony, 
men  whose  life  blood  was  flowing  fast,  men 
whose  eyes  were  growing  dim,  but  whoise 
lives  might  be  saved  by  timely  and  skilful 
ministration. 

And  so  spurred  by  that  spirit  which  has 
always  actuated  the  true  physician  in  mo- 
ments of  great  emergency,  they  went  on  to 
where  they  were  needed  most.  Many 
seemed  to  bear  a  charmed  life.  Their  faith- 
ful service  and  indifference  to  danger 
seemed  to  serve  for  many  almost  as  a  coat 
of  mail.  But  not  for  all  and  the  list  that 
follows  tells  of  many  who  went  forth — and 
did  not  come  back. 

There  is  little  we  can  say  aside  from, 
rest,  brothers,  rest.  Nobly  and  well  you 
have  played  your  part,  and  tho  our  hearts 
are  sad  and  heavy  when  we  think  of  the 
homes  that  w^ill  know  you  no  more,  of  the 
loved  ones  denied  forever  the  grasp  of 
your  hands,  the  sound  of  your  voices,  the 
joys  of  your  companionship,  we  are  proud  of 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Meoicink 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


JuxE,  1919. 


433 


your  record  and  the  way  you  have  shown 
the  world  that  the  American  physician  can 
die  as  nobly  and  unselfishly  as  he  knows 
how  to  live. 

Let  no  one  say,  therefore,  great  as  is  youf 
loss  to  the  Nation  and  those  who  prized 
your  love  and  friendship,  that  you  have 
died  in  vain.  The  nobility  of  your  sacri- 
fice has  shown  us  anew  the  majesty  of 
that  death  which  comes  '*in  line  of  duty" ; 
in  showing  us  how  to  die  for  an  ideal  you 
have  taught  us  how  to  live  for  a  purpose. 


PHYSICIANS  KILLED  IN  ACTION.* 

Baldwin,  Joseph  F.,  Ist  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Barber,  Timothy  L.,  Capt.,  M.  C. 
Beasley,  Shadworth  O.,  Major,  M.  C. 
Brown,  Arthur  S.,  Ist  Lt,  M.  C. 
Brown,  Presley  R.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Clair,  Frederick  D.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Craig,  William  F.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Daniels,  Hoddie  W.,  Capt,  M.  C. 
Dudenhoefer,  Joseph  E.,  Capt,  M.  C. 
Fair,  Wilford  A.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Finkelberg,  Morris,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Fitzsimmons,  William  T.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Gochnaur,  Orlando  M.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Hartwig,  Gerhard  F.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Herrington,  William  G.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Hudson,  William  B.,  Capt.,  M.  C. 
Jett,  Richard  L.,  Capt,  M.  C. 
King,  Emil,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Leonard,  Jerome  M.,  Ist  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Linch,  Ballard  C,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
McQuillan,  James  A.r  Ist  Lt,  M.  C. 
Morgan,  Harold  S.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Murdock,  Robert  H.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Oglesby,  Knowles  G.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Post,  Dana  C,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Reed.  Stephen  J.  H.,  Capt.,  M.  C. 
Renner,  J.  W.,  let  Lt,  M.  C. 
Sanders,  Frank  B.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Saunders,  Alonzo  W.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Sherwood,  Robert  A.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Skilling,  John  G.,  Ist  Lt,  M.  C. 
Summers,  Davis  K.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Vermilyea,  Sidney  C,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Webster,  Harrison  B.,  Major,  M.  C. 

PHYSICIANS  WHO  HAVE  DIED  OF 
WOUNDS. 

Bass,  Urbane  F.,  1st  Lt.  M.  C. 
Beal,  Howard  W.,  Major,  M.  C. 
Bull,  William  S.,  Ist  Lt,  M.  C. 
Burrell,  G.  0.,  Ist  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Davis,  Reese,  Ist  Lt,  M.  C. 
Ellis,  J.  G.,  Jr.,  Capt,  M.  C. 
Faulds,  Winfield  S.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Frazier,  Francis  V.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Gibson,  Burgess  A.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 

•This  list  is  not  complete  owing:  to  difficulty  of 
getting  exact  names  and  other  information. 


Glascock,  Alfred,  Capt.,  M.  C. 
Goss,  Paul  Lewis,  Ist  Lt.  M.  C. 
Hanson,  Dave  T.,  Capt,  M.  C. 
Hilgard,  Geo.  E.,  Major,  M.  C. 
Joyce,  Whitney  H.,  Ist  Lt,  M.  C. 
Klingen,  Oscar  M.,  Ist  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Lieser.  William  A.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
McMichael,  Charles  P.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
McQuaid,  Arthur  F.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
MacFarland,  James,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Marowitz,  Max,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Mead,  Theodore  F.,  Capt,  M.  C. 
Mooney,  Edward  L.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Olsteln,  Matthew  F.,  Ist  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Powers,  Ralph  E.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Ranson,  Glen  D.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Ray,  John  B.,  Capt.,  M.  C. 
Reed,  Clinton  V.,  1st  Lt,  M.  C. 
Rosenwald,  John  P.,  Ist  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Ryman,  Herbert  D.,  Capt,  M.  C. 
Sage,  Abner  P.  H.,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 
Shedd,  Clyde  Everett,  1st  Lt.,  M.  C. 


Sunlight  and  Sense. — It  is  a  common 
form  of  insult  to  compare  a  human  being 
to  an  animal,  but,  to  anyone  who  knows 
animals  well,  the  comparison  would  be  re- 
garded as  a  compliment.  The  animal  is  the 
most  temperate,  the  most  gentle,  the  most 
amiable  creature  in  the  world.  Indeed,  it 
is  one  of  the  bitter  facts  of  life  that  hu- 
mans are  not  nearly  as  nice  as  animals  nor 
as  sensible.  One  remembers  the  delight- 
ful scene  in  Rostand's  "Chanticleer,"  where 
two  cocks  are  fighting,  clawing  and  mang- 
ling each  other  viciously,  when  one  of  the 
barnyard  characters  of  the  play  (the  hen 
pheasant,  is  it?)  enters.  She  is  shocked  be- 
yond words  at  the  sight  of  such  depravity. 
*'Gracious,"  she  exclaims,  "stop  behaving 
like  human  beings!"  The  French  poet 
Rostand  knew  animals  and  he  knew  men, 
and  men  suffered  by  the  comparison.  In 
one  respect,  certainly,  the  animal  world  has 
always  shown  its  superiority,  and  that  is  its 
realization  of  the  importance  of  sunlight. 
We,  who  have  scientifically  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  sunshine  is  the  greatest  of 
germicides  and  health  promoters,  who  have 
conceded  its  beneficial  properties,  have 
shown  ourselves  inferior  in  intelligence  to 
the  animals  who,  without  science  to  aid 
them,  have  always  placed  a  just  and  abiding 
estimate  on  the  value  of  the  sun's  curative 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


434 


June,  1919 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


Amkrican  Medicini 


rays.  Animals  rise  with  the  rising  of  the 
sun,  and  they  retire  with  its  setting.  They 
confine  their  activities  entirely  to  the  period 
of  the  sun's  daily  rule,  preferring  it  as  a 
timepiece  rather  than  a  bit  of  machinery 
with  a  dial  and  two  hands.  One  fre- 
quently hears  the  expression,  "As  healthy 
as  an  animal."  Animals  are  healthy  be- 
cause they  love  the  sun  and  avoid  the  dark 
hours  which  are  for  rest.  They  spend 
their  energies  only  during  the  hours  when 
the  life-rays  of  the  sun  are  poured  into 
their  bodies,  with  its  stimulating  effect  on 
their  energies.  And  when  dark  comes,  when 
wasted  energies  cannot  be  replenished,  they 
rest. 

Recently,  man,  the  pale  creature  of  the 
night,  determined  to  mend  his  ways  and 
imitate  those  of  the  animal  world  more 
closely.  He  alone,  of  all  creatures,  had 
fallen  into  the  evil  way  of  wasting  the 
precious  hours  of  sunlight  and  coming  to 
life  only  when  the  healing  rays  of  Sol  had 
sunk  below  the  horizon,  exposing  himself 
to  the  depressing  influence  of  the  night. 
Penitent,  he  decided  to  advance  his  clocks 
one  hour  and  thus  give  himself  one  more 
hour  of  sunshine.  For  two  summers  he  en- 
joyed the  benefits  of  Daylight  Saving, 
basked  one  hour  more  in  the  clean  light, 
played  an  extra  hour  of  tennis  and  golf, 
and  reaped  the  rewards  of  health  and  the 
sound  fatigue  that  brings  peaceful  rest  at 
night.  Some  day  lovers  of  statistics  will 
compute  the  healthful  results  of  this  in- 
telligent plan  of  living,  and  it  will  be  found 
that  a  heavy  balance  was  entered  on  the 
side  of  both  health  and  happiness  in  the 
ledger  of  human  wellbeing.  But  a  hand- 
ful of  legislators,  ashamed  of  this  descent 
(descent  they  no  doubt  thought  it!)  to  the 
level  of  the  animal  state,  decided  to  restore 
man  to  his  pathetic  and  lonely  place  as  the 
king  of  all  creatures,  and  the  Daylight  Sav- 
ing Law  was  repealed.  "I  am  opposed," 
said  one  mighty  champion  of  human  and 
Divine  Law  in  Congress,  "to  usurping  not 
only  the  powers  of  the  Executive  and 
States,  but  those  of  God  Almighty,  and 
seeking  to  fix  the  time  when  the  sun  shall 
rise  and  set."  Brave,  eloquent  Senator, 
does  he  not  know  that  God  Almighty  made 
the  sun  and  that  man  made  the  clocks ;  that 
the  booming  of  the  sun  in  the  east  is  Na- 
ture's rising  alarm,  and  that  the  clock  by 
which  the  Senator  rises  defeats  the  schedule 


that  Heaven  has  meant  him  to  observe? 
The  lowly  hen  is  more  pious  than  the 
Senator,  and  she  can  quote  Divine  Law 
with  less  offense.  More  frank  and  less 
offensive  is  the  Congressman  who  asked 
for  a  repeal  of  the  law  because  it  took  the 
farmers  out  into  the  fields  while  the  dew 
was  there,  "and  everyone  knows  that  when 
dew  gets  on  the  body  it  makes  sores." 
Blushing  with  the  sense  of  our  deep  and 
criminal  ignorance,  we  accept  this  verdict 
of  science  as  to  the  malevolent  properties 
of  dew;  and  we  are  secure  in  the  thought 
that,  with  such  mighty  champions  of  Divine 
and  Natural  Law  at  the  helm  of  our  State, 
we  cannot  wander  far  on  the  path  of  error 
and  sin.  But  we  fear  that  there  are  some 
less  gentle  citizens  of  the  republic,  so  cor- 
rupt in  their  love  of  God-given  sunlight, 
so  depraved  in  their  yearning  for  blue  skies 
and  dew-drenched  swards,  that  they  will  not 
accept  supinely  this  pilfering  of  a  gift  that 
comes  straight  from  Heaven.  They  .will 
resent  deeply  this  railroading  of  Nature, 
this  amputation  of  an  hour  that  has  con- 
tributed so  much  to  happiness  and  health 
and  out-of-door  contentment.  For  two 
precious  summers  they  have  known  the 
joy  of  an  added  sixty  minutes  of  sunshine, 
of  lolling  in  golden  rays,  of  physical  and 
spiritual  growth  and  expansion ;  and  a  deep 
growl  of  discontentment  will  issue  from 
the  bosoms  of  countless  thousands  to  whom 
that  hour  has  been  a  Godsend.  If  this 
growl  grows  to  a  roar  of  anger,  we  will 
not  blame  them,  for  the  repeal  of  the  Day- 
light Saving  Law  is  a  masterpiece  of  pur- 
blind legislation,  unrivaled  in  its  stupidity, 
unmatched  in  its  consummate,  blank,  stark 
incompetence. 


The  Seedier  as  Educator. — The  dis- 
charged soldier,  particularly  the  soldier  who 
has  seen  service  abroad,  occupies  a  very 
special  and  very  honored  position  in  the 
community  to  which  he  returns.  However 
modest  his  station  before  the  war,  he  comes 
back  with  an  atmosphere  of  romance  and 
glory  about  him  which  gives  him  a  new 
and  well  deserved  prestige.  The  younger 
element  look  up  to  him  admiringly,  the 
adults  of  the  community  are  both  admiring 
and  grateful,  and  his  friends  and  relatives 
feel  a  greater  aflfection  for  him.  In  in- 
numerable cases,  army  service  has  given  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlfVRlCAN   MBDICINB 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


June,  1919 


435 


soldier  new  manhood,  added  strength  of 
character,  and  he  has  come  back  to  his  old 
home  surroundings  fitted  for  a  leadership 
among  his  associates  which  they  are  only 
too  ready  to  accord  him.  His  place  is  a 
high  one,  his  authority  is  secure.  Con- 
templating this  fact,  there  comes  to  mind 
the  thought  that  the  returning  soldier  rep- 
resents an  opportunity  for  the  government 
that  is  rare  and  precious ;  for,  thru  the  re- 
turning soldier,  the  government  can  convey 
a  message  to  the  remotest  corners  of  the 
country  and  convey  it  in  such  a  way  as  to 
assure  it  being  heeded  .  conscientiously. 
The  education  of  the  soldier  varies  accord- 
ing to  the  man  and  not  all  are  fitted  for  the 
same  responsibility,  but  in  one  respect  every 
soldier  can  be  successfully  utilized  as  an 
educator.  Before  being  discharged  from 
the  Army,  every  man  receives  careful  in- 
struction in  personal  and  general  hygiene 
and  he  is  encouraged  to  apply  the  lessons 
in  hygiene  and  sanitation  learned  in  the 
service  to  an  improvement  of  conditions  in 
his  home  community.  In  many  cases,  es- 
pecially in  those  of  men  coming  from  small, 
isolated  country  centers,  their  experience  in 
the  army  is  their  first  association  with 
group  sanitation  as  well  as  individual  clean- 
liness, and  the  habits  they  form  in  the 
Army  will  cling  to  them  long  after  they  have 
left  it,  perhaps  permanently.  These  habits 
they  will  bring  with  them  on  their  return. 
Both  as  an  unpretentious  model  to  imitate 
and  as  a  conscious  educator  in  matters  of 
hygiene,  the  homecoming  soldier  can  serve 
as  a  persuasive  factor  in  improving  sani- 
tary conditions  in  every  community.  This 
fact  the  government  has  realized,  and  one 
must  warmly  commend  the  vision  it  has 
shown  in  utilizing  the  educational  value  of 
the  discharged  army  man.  This  is  propa- 
ganda of  the  finest  sort,  and  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  the  near  future  will  see  a  vast 
improvement  in  community  sanitation  and 
health  as  a  consequence  of  this  course. 


Some  Medical  and  Surgical  Develop- 
ments of  the  War. — The  medical  and  sur- 
gical developments  of  the  war  have  been 
many  and  important.  Up  to  the  present 
time  the  perspective  is  hardly  clear,  for 
many  events  are  yet  too  close  to  permit 
us  to  estimate  the  developments  therefrom 


at  their  full  worth.  Certain  of  the  sur- 
gical developments  will  not  be  well  adaptable 
to  civil  practice  for  it  must  be  borne  in 
mind  that  civil  surgery  diflfers  in  many  re- 
spects from  army  surgery.  On  the  other 
hand,  other  developments  of  the  war  from 
the  medical  and  surgical  points  of  view  can 
be  applied  with  success  in  ordinary  prac- 
tice. Of  these  developments,  that  which 
appears  likely  to  be  of  the  greatest  value 
in  civil  practice  is  physical  therapy.  The 
worth  of  no  form  of  treatment  has  been 
so  emphasized  by  the  experiences  of  the 
war  as  physical  therapy.  Moreover,  such 
treatment  is  eminently  applicable  to  the 
conditions  of  civil  life,  especially  in  a  coun- 
try like  America  in  which  street,  railroad 
and  industrial  accidents  are  more  prevalent 
than  in  any  other  part  of  the  world. 

The  time  has  now  come  to  take 
a  survey  of  the  developments,  medical  and 
surgical,  of  the  war  and  to  endeavor  to 
form  accurate  conclusions  as  to  their  prac- 
tical value.  A  special  number  of  the 
United  States  Naval  Medical  Bulletin  has 
just  been  published  by  the  Bureau  of  Med- 
icine and  Surgery  of  the  Navy  Department, 
which  contains  a  remarkably  comprehensive 
report  on  medical  and  surgical  develop- 
ments of  the  war  by  William  Seaman  Bain- 
bridge,  Lieutenant-Commander,  Medical 
Corps,  United  States  Naval  Reserve  Force. 
Commander  Bainbridge  hais  enjoyed  ex- 
ceptionally favorable  opportunities  for  ob- 
serving medical  and  surgical  conditions  in 
England,  France,  Belgium  and  to  some  ex- 
tent in  Germany.  The  report  comprises 
the  outcome  of  observations  on  the  Western 
Front  and  in  England  during  December, 
1917,  and  the  first  six  months  of  1918,  made 
pursuant  to  the  instructions  of  the  Surgeon- 
General,  United  States  Navy.  There  have 
also  been  added  certain  data  obtained  while 
in  Germany  during  the  autumn  of  1915.  In 
making  this  survey,  the  following  objects 
were  kept  constantly  in  mind : 

1.  To  record  the  surgical  lessons  of  the 
war  based  on  the  experience  of  our  Allies. 
2.  To  study  anything  likely  to  be  of  value 
to  the  United  States  Naval  Medical  School, 
Washington,  D.  C,  or  helpful  in  the  prep- 
aration of  medical  men  and  hospital  corps- 
men  for  active  service. 

A  critical  e^^amination  of  Commander 
Bainbridge's  report  indicates  that  these  ob- 
jects have  been  attained  with  a  very  note- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


436 


June,  1919 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


AMBBICAN  MaDIOINB 


worthy  degree  of  success.  The  salient 
points  in  connection  with  the  medical  and 
surgical  developments  of  the  war  are  con- 
sidered carefully  and  the  result  is  that  the 
ground  is  well  covered.  With  regard  to  the 
treatment  of  wounds,  the  author  points  out 
that  views  have  oscillated  a  good  deal  as 
to  the  comparative  merits  of  asepsis  and  an- 
tisepsis during  the  progress  of  the  war. 

In  September,  1915,  Prof.  Kocher  of 
Berne  remarked  to  the  author  that  **the 
great  lesson  of  the  war  so  far  is  'back  to 
antiseptic  surgery.'  Asepsis  is  not  enough.'' 
Three  years  later  in  June,  1918,  Major  A. 
L.  Lockwood,  D.  S.  O.,  said  that  "one  of 
the  greatest  lessons  of  this  war  is  that 
aseptic  surgery  and  not  antiseptic  surgery 
should  be  practiced,  the  former  in  all  cases, 
the  latter  associated  with  it  in  selected 
cases." 

From  the  purely  therapeutic  viewpoint 
the  surgery  of  wounds  in  the  present  war 
may  be  grouped  under  fairly  approximate 
chronologic  headings  as  follows : 

1.  The  period  of  ordinary  antiseptic 
agents,  second  half  of  1914  and  first  half 
of  1915. 

2.  The  period  of  wound  drainage,  com- 
bined with  antiseptics,  1915. 

3.  Introduction  of  hypochlorites,  later 
in  1915. 

4.  Evolution  of  the  Carrel  technic  of  in- 
termittent wound  instillation,  early  in  1916. 

5.  Ascendency   of   Bipp   method,    1916. 

6.  Period  of  approximately  equal  use  of 
the  Morison  and  Carrel  methods,  1916-17. 

7.  Prominence  of  flavine  and  colored 
wound  pastes,  such  as  brilliant  green,  1917. 

8.  Progressive  general  adoption  of 
wound  excision  method,  which  had  its  be- 
ginnings early  in  1916,  late  in  1917. 

9.  Period  of  primary  wound  suture,  im- 
mediate or  delayed,  1917-18. 

10.  Period  of  attempted  selection,  adapt- 
ation and  standardization,  late  1918. 

All  these  methods  are  described  in  detail 
and  the  text  is  illuminated  by  a  large  num- 
ber of  excellent  illustrations. 

A  particularly  interesting  feature  of  the 
Bulletin,  because  of  the  general  paucity  of 
information  on  the  subject,  is  an  account 
of  the  treatment  of  war  wounds  by  the 
Germans.  Late  in  1915  when  the  author 
was  in  Germany  the  ambulance  and  hos- 
pital organization  was  extremely  efficient. 
The  progress  made  in  physical  therapy  was 


very  striking.  Before  the  war,  physical 
therapeutic  departments  had  been  estab- 
lished in  connection  with  many  hospitals 
thruout  Germany  showing,  of  course,  the 
importance  attributed  to  this  line  of  treat- 
ment in  the  rehabilitation  of  the  wounded. 
A  chapter  of  the  Bulletin  which  is  es- 
pecially valuable  is  that  which  refers  to  the 
treatment  of  joint  lesions  by  Dr.  C.  Wil- 
lems.  the  noted  surgeon  in  charge  of  the 
Belgian  Military  Hospital  at  Hoogstade 
and  part  of  the  Military  Hospital  at  Bour- 
bourg.  Dr.  Willems,  at  the  hospitals  of 
which  he  had  charge,  revolutionized  the 
methods  of  treating  joint  lesions  and  his 
success  was  so  great  that  it  appears  likely 
that  existing  views  as  to  the  treatment  of 
such  injuries  will  undergo  a  great  deal  of 
revision.  For  a  long  time  previous  to 
the  war  the  classical  mode  of  treating  joint 
lesions  was  by  immobilization.  The 
functional  results,  however,  were  so  poor 
that  even  before  the  war  some  tentative 
efforts  were  made  to  devise  a  method 
whereby  the  functions  of  the  joint  might 
be  preserved.  Willems  was  the  pioneer  in 
this  direction  and  his  methods  of  treatment 
were  directly  opposed  to  those  so  long  in* 
vogue.  His  treatment  is  based  on  the  prin- 
ciple of  immediate  active  mobilization  of 
the  joint.  The  success  of  the  method,  for  in 
Willems'  hands  it  has  been  most  successful, 
appears  to  be  due  to  the  complete  drainage 
which  limits  the  infection  to  the  synovial 
membrane  and  prevents  it  from  spreading 
to  the  cartilage  and  bone. 

Furthermore,  Mr.  J.  W.  Dowden,  Sur- 
geon to  the  Royal  Infirmary,  Edinburgh, 
and  who  had  first  experience  in  a  Terri- 
torial General  Hospital  and  for  three  years 
in  the  Edinburgh  War  Hospital,  Bangour, 
is  averse  to  immobilization  of  fractures  by 
splints,  that  is  except  when  they  are  abso- 
lutely necessary.  In  a  notable  paper  con- 
tributed to  the  International  Journal  of  Sur- 
(jery,  April,  1919,  he  points  out  that  in  sep- 
tic fractures,  and  practically  all  war  wounds 
were  septic,  mobilization  and  no  splints 
were  followed  by  surprisingly  good  results. 
Dowden  goes  so  far  as  to  state  that  the 
greatest  lesson  learned  from  the  war  is  to 
avoid  immobilization  in  treating  fractures. 
The  chapter  of  the  Bulletin  dealing  with 
plastic  surgery  is  of  great  interest.  Atten- 
tion is  drawn  to  the  fact  that  we  are  apt  to 
regard  this  line  of  work  as  a  matter  of  re- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMUUCAN  MSDXCINH 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH-WAYS 


June,  1919 


437 


cent  development  and  to  overlook  the  fact 
that  there  is  no  other  branch  of  surgery 
in  which  such  pronounced  advance  has  been 
made  during  the  twenty-five  years  preced- 
ing the  war. 

The  care  of  the  wounded  from  firing  line 
to  convalescent  camp  is  described  by 
Lieut.-Commander  Bainbridge  at  length. 
Thru  the  courtesy  of  Director-General 
Goodwin  of  the  British  Army,  he  was  en- 
abled to  follow  every  step  in  the  handling 
of  wounded  men  from  the  moment  of  re- 
ceiving first  aid  until  they  were  either  re- 
stored to  military  duty  or  discharged  as 
unfit  for  further  service.    As  a  consequence 


Hospital  for  officers  at  Highgate.  Mr. 
.  Herbert  J.  Paterson,  the  honorary  surgeon 
in  charge,  and  a  gentleman  who  is  well 
known  in  this  country,  states  very  posi- 
tively that  he  has  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  treatment  in  pure,  fresh  air  amid  quiet 
surroundings  means  a  shortening  of  the 
stay  in  hospital  by  nearly  one-third.  The 
convalescent  camps  in  England  are  given 
an  extended  notice  and  the  physical  reedu- 
cation of  the  disabled  is  discussed  ex- , 
haustively,  but  most  interestingly. 

The  Bulletin  is  indeed  a  mine  of  valuable 
information  for  the  general  practitioner, 
the  surgical  developments  of  the  war  re- 


Copyright  by  Underwood  and  Underwood. 
A  Delegation  made  up  of  the  World's  Most  Famous  Physicians  and  Surgeons  who  served  with 
Allied    Forces   photographed    in    front   of  City  Hall,  New  York,  before  being  taken  around 
city  in  automobiles. — These  doctors  are  here  in  United  States  for  history  making  confer- 
ence which  may  result  in  radical  changes  of  army  medical  practice. 


the  author  is  able  to  give  a  graphic  account 
of  the  various  details  with  regard  to  the 
transportation  and  care  of  the  wounded, 
which  is  an  unusually  complete  and  satis- 
factory exposition  of  the  subject. 

Hospitals  in  France,  Belgium  and  Eng- 
land are  described.  Particular  reference 
is  made  to  the  small  hospitals  in  England, 
which  many  maintain  are  better  adapted 
for  successful  treatment  than  the  large  in- 
stitutions, especially  those  in  metropolitan 
districts.  A  very  successful  hospital  of 
this    smaller    type    is    Queen    Alexandra's 


ceiving  principal  attention  as  might  be  ex- 
pected, and  the  medical  aspects  thereof  be- 
ing dealt  with  only  cursorily.  Commander 
Bainbridge  very  obviously  enjoyed  unusual 
facilities  for  coming  into  close  and  intimate 
contact  with  the  conditions  in  the  different 
countries  at  war  which  he  visited,  and  it 
is  equally  obvious  that  he  availed  himself 
of  his  opportunities  to  the  utmost.  The 
Bulletin  thruout  is  splendidly  illustrated 
with  pictures  which  add  much  to  the  prac- 
tical as  well  as  historic  value  of  the  report. 
The    American     medical    profession     is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


438 


June,  1919 


GENERAL  TOPICS 


American  Medicine 


greatly  indebted  to  Commander  Bainbridge 
for  the  capable  and  tireless  efforts  that 
have  made  this  report  possible.  It  is  one 
of  the  notable  contributions  to  the  medi- 
cal and  surgical  achievements  of  the  war. 


Medical  and  Snrgleal  Work  as  a  Prisoner  of 
>Var« — Captain  Alexander  T.  I.  Macdonald 
(British  Med.  Jour,,  Mar.  29,  1919)  describes 
some  of  the  ways  in  which  the  vaunted  "effi- 
ciency" of  the  Germans  differed  from  the 
British  methods.  Taken  prisoner  at  a  French 
dressing  station  in  March,  1918,  Captain  Mac- 
donald and  a  colleague  were  held  prisoners  all 
day  treating  British  and  German  wounded 
alike.  There  seemed  to  be  no  medical  officer 
with  the  German  battalion,  but  only  men  be- 
longing to  the  medical  corps,  or  BanitiiU  per- 
sonnel. These  men  carried  a  small  bag  of  dress- 
ings containing,  among  other  things,  a  hypo- 
dermic syringe  and  solution  of  morphine,  the 
former  fitted  into  a  bottle  containing  absolute 
alcohol  to  sterilize  the  needle.  The  injection 
of  antitetanic  serum,  tho  regarded  with  sus- 
picion at  first,  was  for  the  most  part  submitted 
to  by  the  Germans.  Stretcher-bearing  as  car- 
ried out  by  the  Germans  was  rather  a  crude 
operation,  and  in  the  case  of  a  patient  with  a 
fracture  must  have  led  to  extreme  suffering. 
A  ground  sheet,  slung  on  a  pole  borne  on  the 
shoulders  of  two  bearers,  contained  the  unfor- 
tunate patient.  Duckboards  and  other  substi- 
tutes were  also  used.  The  stretchers  used  by 
the  Germans  further  back  were  heavier  than 
the  British  ones  and  possessed  the  advantages 
of  a  head  support,  hinges  for  folding  and  slid- 
ing handles.  The  enemey  medical  officers  re- 
mained relatively  far  back  at  the  Verhandplatz. 
or  dressing  station.  Here  the  author  was  struck 
by  the  meager  supply  of  surgical  material. 
Splints  consisted  of  pliable  wire— two  thick 
pieces  Joined  ladder  fashion  by  thinner  pieces, 
which  were  much  too  pliable  for  the  thigh  and 
leg,  tho  often  employed  for  this  purpose. 
Volkmann's  iron  gutter  was  available  for  frac- 
tures of  the  thigh,  but  did  not  secure  extension 
or  immobility  in  transport  as  does  Thomas* 
splint.  Marching  further  back  from  the  dress- 
ing station,  the  author  passed  a  long  line  of 
enemy  transport  ready  to  move;  this  consisted 
of  a  wonderful  conglomeration  of  vehicles,  in- 
cluding a  brougham  and  pair,  open  landaus, 
Russian  droshkies,  etc.  The  ambulance  trans- 
port consisted  of  small  wagons  capable  of  taking 
two  stretcher  cases,  drawn  by  Russian  or  Ru- 
manian ponies  and  flying  a  small  Red  Cross 
flag.    The  deficiency  of  motor  ambulances  was 


made  up  to  some  extent  by  attaching  to  each 
a  string  of  two-wheeled  trailers.  Captain  Mac- 
donald and  his  colleague  were  then  sent  to  one 
of  the  Bavarian  Kriegslazaretts  overflowing 
with  British  wounded  who  had  received  no  fur- 
ther dressing  than  the  -first  and  were  in  urgent 
need  of  attention.  They  lay  on  beds,  on  stretch- 
ers, and  on  paillasses  on  all  available  floor  space, 
including  that  of  the  basement  cellars.  The 
operating  and  dressing  room  was  dirty  and 
sparsely  furnished.  A  small  coal  stove  served 
for  the  supply  of  hot  water  and  the  sterilization 
of  instruments.  A  wash-hand  basin  was  fitted 
with  a  supply  of  cold  water  only  and  was  with- 
out waste  pipe.  Instruments  were  few  in  num- 
ber and  partly  denuded  of  plating;  this,  how- 
ever, was  remedied  later  and  a  gas  stove  and 
electric  light  provided.  The  most  rigid  econ- 
omy was  entailed  in  the  use  of  surgical  mate- 
rials. Soap  powder  with  sand,  powdered  wash- 
ing soda,  cakes  of  clayed  earth  and  fine  gritty 
material  admixed  with  soap  were  obtainable  at 
times;  at  other  times  there  was  no  soap  of  any 
kind  and  one  had  to  trust  to  prolonged  immer- 
sion in  sublimate  solution  to  afford  a  degree  of 
surgical  cleanliness.  In  doing  dressings,  there- 
fore, extensive  use  was  made  of  forceps  and 
the  wounds  were  not  touched  with  the  fingers. 
Rubber  drainage  tubes  were  scanty  and  were 
not  supposed  to  be  cut,  if  not  of  suitable  length. 
Bandages  were  mostly  of  paper.  For  securing 
splints,  roller  bandages  made  from  lace  curtains 
or  cotton  dress  materials  were  used  sparingly 
and  were  collected  from  time  to  time,  washed, 
and  rolled  again  for  use.  A  substitute  for 
cotton  wool  was  provided  in  the  shape  of  Belk- 
St  off,  made  from  paper.  A  substitute  for  benzol 
was  used  to  prepare  the  skin,  with  tincture  of 
iodine  for  use  as  a  final  application.  Open 
wounds  were  cleansed  by  irrigation  with  diluted 
hydrogen  peroxide.  Moist  dressings  of  dilute 
solution  of  aluminum  acetate  on  lint  covered 
with  Jaconet  were  used  for  cellulitis.  There 
was  no  shortage  of  anesthetics.  In  fractures 
of  the  femur,  extension  from  a  clamp  applied  to 
the  skin  over  the  lower  end  of  the  bone  Just 
above  the  condyles  on  either  side  was  much 
employed  by  the  Germans;  this  resulted  in  the 
skin  over  the  points  of  pressure  becoming 
septic  and  sloughing,  with  great  deformity  and 
shortening.  The  author  points  out  that  among 
the  medical  cases  a  variety  of  nephritis  and  a 
condition  (the  result  of  slow  starvation)  char- 
acterized by  weakness,  shortness  of  breath, 
emaciation,  edema  of  feet  and  legs  and  anemia 
was  frequently  met,  as  was  infiuenza,  often  fol- 
lowed by  pneumonia.  Diarrhea  and  dysentery 
were  rife;  impetigo,  furunculosis  and  scabies 
were  common.  Pneumonia  was  rapidly  fatal  in 
the  poor  starved  men  who  often  remained  at 
the  camps  for  days  without  treatment  before 
admission  to  the  hospital.  Conditions  were  par- 
ticularly bad  among  the  newly  captured  men, 
who  were  not  only  starved  but  also  dirty  and 
ill-clad,  having  disposed  of  part  of  their  cloth- 
ing for  food.  These  men  received  no  Red  Cross 
parcels,  and  their  condition  was  very  different 
from  those  in  the  next  camp  who  received  food, 
soap   and   warm   clothing  from   home.     Drugs, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mboicinb 


GENERAL  TOPICS 


June,  1919 


439 


chiefly  in  tablet  form,  were  of  good  quality.  The 
hospital  dietary  was  divided  under  three  main 
heads:  the  ordinary  diet  consisting  of  half  a 
bowl  of  soup,  replaced  by  boiled  rice  with  a 
spoonful  of  dried  fruit  on  Fridays,  black  bread, 
jam,  so-called  tea  or  coffee,  with  occasionally  a 
small  piece  of  sausage  for  supper,  or  bread  and 
meal  gruel.  The  black  bread  was  sour  and  in- 
digestible and  contained  sawdust,  as  the  loaves 
were  rolled  in  sawdust.  Form  2  was  similar  to 
the  ordinary  diet,  but  three  thin  slices  of  white 
war  bread  spread  with  margarine  were  given 
instead  of  the  black  bread,  and  the  soup  was 
rather  more  digestible.  A  small  amount  of 
milk,  an  egg,  which  was  usually  bad,  or  a  glass 
of  wine  could  be  ordered  as  hospital  extras. 
Form  3  was  supposed  to  be  suitable  for  diarrhea 
cases  and  consisted  of  thin  gruel,  pur6e  of  pota- 
toes, etc.  As  the  quantity  of  white  bread  given 
was  insufficient,  patients  as  a  rule  ask  to  go 
back  to  the  ordinary  diet.  The  beds  in  the 
wards  were  of  wood  and  were  roughly  con- 
structed. Mattresses  were  made  of  paper  sack- 
cloth filled  with  wood  shavings  over  which  a 
sheet  was  placed.  In  helpless  patients  bed 
sores  were  inevitable.  No  rubber  cushions  or 
water  beds  could  be  obtained  and  a  shift  was 
made  with  rings  of  straw  covered  by  bandage. 
Clean  bed  linen  was  rare  and  there  were  no 
means  of  disinfecting  clothing.  Baths  were 
given  to  walking  cases  and  personnel  at  a  large 
factory  in  the  town,  which  had  been  fitted  with 
bathing  and  disinfecting  station.  The  con- 
servancy system  in  the  hospital  was  extremely 
crude;  the  latrines  were  a  source  of  nuisance 
and  in  the  summer  flies  were  very  troublesome. 
At  Conde,  where  the  author  spent  several  days 
at  a  prison  on  the  French  frontier,  a  French 
lady  succeeded  in  smuggling  to  them  bread, 
lard,  soup,  and  ragout  from  time  to  time.  From 
there  Captain  Macdonald  was  sent  from  place 
to  place,  the  last  stage  of  his  journey  coincid- 
ing with  the  outbreak  of  the  revolution.  On 
Christmas  day  he  left  Germany  with,  as  he 
says,  a  higher  opinion  of  British  organization 
than  ever  before. 


than  others  to  painful  sensations;  the  chief  of 
these  are  the  median  and  sciatic,  more  rarely 
the  ulnar  and  the  crural.  Occasionally  nerve 
pains  following  wounds  persist  and,  instead  of 
improving,  grow  gradually  worse  until  they 
become  unbearable;  and  soldiers  have  even 
been  driven  to  thoughts  of  suicide  by  this  suf- 
fering. 

Thus  history  repeats  itself!  In  our  Civil 
War,  Weir  Mitchell,  W.  W.  Keen,  and  George  R. 
Morehouse  called  attention  to  the  agony  en- 
dured by  some  wounded  soldiers,  whose  suf- 
ferings resisted  every  therapeutic  aid.  To  this 
condition  they  applied  the  term  "causalgia." 
Last  year  J.  S.  B.  Stopford,  of  England,  sug- 
gested the  additional  term,  "thermalgia." 

In  a  i^ecent  article  Major  Sicard.  of  the 
French  army,  has  described  some  of  his  ex- 
periences with  painful  neuritis  following 
wounds.  Major  Sicard  and  his  associates 
literally  tried  everything:  hot  air,  steam  baths, 
radiant  light,  constriction,  electricity,  injections 
of  gas  and  serum  subcutaneously,  and  of  air  or 
cocainized  serum  in  the  nerve  sheath,  even 
dividing  and  reuniting  the  nerve.  The  whole 
gamut  of  internal  therapy  was  run  from  coal 
tar  products  to  morphine,  with  only  temporary 
results. 

Finally  Doctor  Sicard  had  recourse  to  the  in- 
jection of  alcohol  intraneurally,  which  gave 
good  results  in  the  twenty-one  cases  where  it 
was  tried.  This  was  done  usually  under  a 
general,  but  occasionally  under  a  local  anes- 
thetic The  nerve  is  freed  from  adjacent  tissue 
and  from  one  to  two  c.  c.  of  alcohol  of  from 
sixty  to  eighty  degrees  is  injected.  The  results 
obtained  were  very  encouraging.  Nine  ceased 
to  suffer  immediately  after  injection,  and  in 
forty-three  cases  treated  by  Sicard  and  his  col- 
leagues there  was  only  one  case  of  nonsuccess. 
He  concludes  that  in  all  refractory  cases  of 
painful  affections  alcoholization  of  the  nerve 
trunk  above  the  wound  should  be  tried,  after 
the  ordinary  therapeutic  methods  have  failed, 
for  we  will  undoubtedly  have  a  number  of  these 
cases  before  long. 


War  Kenritis  and  Shell  Shock.— Much  maga- 
zine literature  in  the  past  three  years  has 
made  us  fairly  familiar,  theoretically  at  least, 
says  an  editorial  writer  in  the  New  York  Med. 
Jour.  (June  14,  1919)  with  the  condition 
variously  known  as  shell  shock,  war  neurosis, 
war  shock,  etc.,  but  we  have  not  heard  much 
about  war  neuritis,  altho  the  published  observa- 
tions of  Tinel,  Athanassio-Benlsty,  Bablnski, 
Well,  Marie,  and  others,  offer  a  wealth  of  neuro- 
logic material.  Of  these  writers  Madame 
Benisty  and  M.  Marie  have  emphasized  espe- 
cially the  extremely  painful  affections  following 
injuries  to  large  nerve  trunks.  It  is  a  bit  diffi- 
cult to  explain  why  some  wounds  are  very 
painful,  while  others,  apparently  accompanied 
by  exactly  the  same  amount  of  nerve  injury, 
are  practically  painless.  About  the  nearest  ap- 
proach to  a  formula  of  any  kind  is  the  discovery 
that  certain  nerve  trunks  react  more  readily 


Endemic  Malaria   as  a   Military  Problem. — 

Haughwout  (Philippine  Journal  of  Science, 
Nov.,  1918)  maintains  that  the  recruiting  of 
men  to  form  army  units  from  areas  where 
malaria  is  endemic  or  epidemic  is  certain  to 
bring  together  many  who,  while  apparently  well, 
are  carriers  of  the  malarial  parasite.  Such 
carriers,  in  the  presence  of  anopheline  mosqui- 
toes, are  a  source  of  peril  both  to  any  commu- 
nity that  is  comparatively  free  from  malaria 
and  to  their  own  comrades.  When  undergoing 
the  fatigue  and  exposure  of  military  training, 
they  are  extremely  likely  to  develop  the  dis- 
ease in  its  active  form.  Especially  is  there 
danger  to  neighboring  troops  if  attendant  condi- 
tions are  such  as  to  render  antimosquito 
measures  impracticable  and  quinine  prophy- 
laxis applicable  only  with  difficulty.  To  ob- 
viate this,  carriers  among  recruits  should  be 


Digitized  by 


Google 


440 


June,  1919 


GENERAL.  TOPICS 


American  Msdicinb 


carefully  sought  out.  No  reliance  should  be 
placed  on  the  simple  examination  of  blood 
films,  but  use  made  of  concentration  or  cultural 
methods,  supplemented  in  the  negative  cases 
by  provocative  measures  such  as  the  adminis- 
tration of  adrenin,  ergot,  pituitary  extract, 
strychnine,  quinine,  or  horse  serum,  or  irradia- 
tion of  the  spleen  with  the  quartz  lamp.  These 
provocative  measures  tend  to  awaken  the  latent 
Infections  and  bring  the  parasites  into  the  per- 
ipheral circulation,  where  they  can  be  destroyed 
by  the  usual  specific  treatment.  If  quinine 
fails  to  act  and  is  not  being  sufficiently  ab- 
sorbed, adjuvants  or  some  other  form  of  treat- 
ment should  be  used.  If  all  measures  prove 
iruitless,  the  recruit  should  be  honorably  dis- 
charged from  the  service.  From  the^  surgical 
standpoint,  the  tendency  of  latent  malaria  to 
become  active  under  the  influence  of  wounds, 
operations  and  anesthesia  should  be  borne  in 
mind. 


Disease  and  IVoands  in  the  War. — Science 
made  the  World  War  deadlier  than  any  previous 
war,  but  medical  skill  restored  the  balance 
(Modem  Medicine,  May,  1919).  The  instru- 
ments of  war  were  more  destructive  than  ever, 
but  medical  science  was  more  reconstructive 
than  ever.  More  men  were  killed  outright,  but 
fewer  died  from  infections  and  neglected 
wounds,  and  fewer  from  the  ravages  of  disease 
in  proportion  to  numbers.  Foresight  and  sani- 
tation prevented  contagion. 

The  compiled  figures  on  pensions  by  the  Eng- 
lish Ministry  of  Pensions  throw  much  light  on 
the  relative  distribution  of  disease  and  wounds 
in  the  great  war.  While  this  war  has  been  a 
triumph  for  the  physician  in  the  conquest  of 
disease  in  the  army,  yet  a  majority  of  the  pen- 
sions granted  down  to  September  1,  1918,  were 
granted  on  account  of  disease. 

Out  of  a  total  of  421,877  pensions  granted, 
tuberculosis  and  chest  complaints  were  respon- 
sible for  47,078  or  11.2  per  cent.;  rheumatism 
for  27.424,  or  6.5  per  cent;  heart  disease  41,699 
or  9.9  per  cent;  nervous  diseases  25,165  or  6 
per  cent;  epilepsy  4,257  or  1  per  cent.;  miscel- 
laneous diseases,  including  Bright's  disease, 
debility,  ulcer  of  the  stomach,  varicocele,  enteric 
and  malariac,  spinal,  appendiceal,  amounted  to 
81,381  or  19.3  per  cent 

Altogether  the  number  of  persons  pensioned 
on  account  of  wounds  was  42  per  cent  of  the 
total  as  against  58  per  cent  on  account  of  dis- 
ease. 

The  data  of  American  experience  are  still 
meager,  but  reports  from  the  Federal  Board 
for  Vocational  Education  indicate  that  of  the 
7,710  cases  dealt  with  up  to  Jan.  31,  1919,  by 
far  the  larger  portion  was  due  to  disease. 
Tuberculosis  was  responsible  for  2,791  cases  or 
36.2  per  cent;  heart  disease  for  843  cases  or 
10.9  per  cent;  nervous  diseases  and  shell  shock 
294  cases  or  3.9  per  cent;  insanity  318  cases  or 
4  per  cent. ;  other  diseases  2,291  or  29.7  per  cent 
The  total  number  of  cases  on  account  of  wounds 
was  915  or  12  per  cent 

The  short  duration  of  American  participation 


in  the  actual  fighting,  and  the  large  number  of 
men  in  camps  make  it  probable  that  disease 
will,  by  far,  exceed  wounds  as  causes  of  dis- 
ability. 

The  contrast  with  previous  wars  is  striking. 
Our  Civil  War  produced  309,790  casualties 
from  wounds  and  disease,  of  which  110,070  were 
on  account  of  wounds  and  199,720  on  account  of 
disease.  Epidemics  persisted  and  caused  a 
heavy  drain  upon  the  man-power  of  both  armies. 

Figures  are  not  available  to  show  the  dis- 
abilities other  than  death  respectively  by  dis- 
ease and  battle  wounds,  but  all  the  evidence 
indicates  that  disease  was  the  most  powerful 
factor  in  creating  disabilities.  This  was  de- 
cidedly true  of  the  Spanish-American  War,  in 
which  large  numbers  were  permanently  broken 
in  health.  Diseases  which  wrecked  the  lives 
of  thousands  in  1898  were  entirely  conquered 
in  the  armies  of  the  fighting  nations  in  the 
World  War. 

We  trust  that  the  achievements  of  medicine 
in  the  war  will  be  completely  and  popularly  set 
forth  in  the  near  future  for  the  stimulus  it  will 
give  to  preventive  medicine. 


America's  Defective  Manhood. — Following  is 
the  record  of  the  U.  S.  Surgeon-General  on 
rejections  for  the  physical  unfitness  in  the  first 
call  of  men  for  military  service: 

Venereal  diseases   938,232 

Heart  disease  564,768 

Diseases  of  the  ear,  including  defects  of 

hearing 525,600 

Diseases  of  the  eye,  including  defects  of 

vision 421,704 

Flat  feet 346,392 

Alcoholism    296,640 

Disease  of  the  organs  of  locomotion 277,128 

Hernia    209,304 

Disease  of  the  skin 174,672 

Under  weight  173,160 

Diseases  of  the  respiratory  system 156,600 

Defective  teeth 149,112 

Weakness  of  mind 146,088 

Defects  of  development   132,552 

Diseases  of  the  genito-urinary  system, 

non-venereal   124,992 

Varicose  veins   90,360 

Diseases  of  the  nervous  system,  except 

as  shown  in  detail 88,848 

General   diseases,   except  as   shown   in 

detail    82,800 

Tuberculosis   76,824 

Varicocele    48,168 

Insufficient-  chest  development  45,144 

Diseases  of  the  digestive  system,  except 

as  shown  in  detail 43,704 

Physical  debility  38,880 

Curvature  of  the  spine 36,144 

Over  weight  and  obesity 31,608 

Hemorrhoids     22,608 

Under  height   21,096 

Diseases  of  the  circulatory  system,  ex- 
cept as  shown  detail  7,560 

Injuries    207,792 

Rejected  for  causes  not  physical 1,721,304 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PCBLI8HBD   MONTHLY 
BUtorial  OflioMt    18  IBmui  41  at  St..  N«w  York  City.  Publioatloa  OHieesa    189  CoUei*  Si..  Barliniton,  Vt. 


Oompl«lt  8«rl«t,    YoL  ZXY.  No.  7 
New  Beriec,  Yd.  XIY.    No.  7 


JULY,  1919 


f  o  on    niBLT 


qQNTENTS 


BDITORIAIi   OOMBmBrT    441 

MEW  AND  THINGS    4S1 

ORIGINAIf   ARTICIiBS    487 

liONDON    liBTTBR     481 

'PSrrSIOAIi   THBRAPY    488 

RATIONAL   ORGANOTHE3RAFY    488 

BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH-WAYS    4110 

HYGIBNB   AND   DOSmnCS    402 

TRELATMBNT    486 

NBWS  NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCBMSINTS 487 

(Contlnuad  on  p«ff8  •) 


CONTRIBUTORS 

G^oive  Blvner,  M.  "D^  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Wnuam  Blartin.  M.  IX,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

W.  H.  lUuid*  M«  D.*  WashinfiTton,  D.  C. 

Mmrrim  H.  Kahn,  M.  D.,  New  York  City. 

HeniT   O.  Marey.  A.   M^  M.  D.«  LI*.  D.«  Boston, 
Masa 

J.  G.  Jlar,  M.  D.,  Cairo.  Effypt. 


latawd  as  Mcoad-olui  maMar  Jinnaiy  tt,  1M6,  al  the  foil  Offiee  al  Bttrliogloii,  Yt,  ander  Ad  of  Concreaa,  Mareb  8,  1878. 

Hot  Weather  Skin  Irritations — 

notably  chafing^  prickly  heat,  sunburn  and  similar  afFections 
—are  promptly  relieved  by 

K'  Y  Lubricating  Jelly 

Applied  liberally  to  irritated  or  inflamed  areas,  the  pronounced  cool- 
ing and  soothing  action  of  this  effective  local  remedy  is  at  once 
manifest.  Smarting,  burning  and  itching  are  quickly  allayed  and 
local  congestion  is  rapidly  overcome.  In  fact,  by  its  beneficial  effects 
upon  the  skin,  as  wdl  as  by  reason  of  its  water-solubihty,  its  abso- 
lute freedom  from  staining  skin  or  clothing,  its  non-greasiness  and 
the  altogether  unusual  cleanliness  of  its  character, 

K^Y  Luhricattng  Jelly 

is  an  ideal  emollient 


In  €ollap8ibIe  tubes  at  25c 
Obtainable  at  all  Drug  Stora8i 
Sample  on  fsquest. 


It  relieves  itching  and  burning  when  most  ordinary  relief 
measures  prove  ineffective. 

NEW  BRUNSWIol  N.  J.,  U.  &  A. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Adrenaliii  CUoride  Sohdioii 

For  ^pngrina  Ik*  note  aiid  pharpa,  (mhn 
«likitio&  with  four  to  fire  tniiM  tli  TOtuae 
of  pkgFMologic  mk  solution). 

Suppliod  in  ounee  bottieg,ono  in  a  ovrton. 

Adrenalm  hhahiit 

For  aprijing  the  note  and  pkuyvK  (Ml 
ttrengtk  or  diluted  with  three  to  lour 
timee  its  volume  of  olire  oil). 
Supplied  in  ounce  bottletbone  in  a  carton. 


0. 


For  aprajing  the  noee  and  phaijrns  (after 
dilution  with  four  to  five  timee  its  volume 
of  phvMolofic  eak  eolution). 
Suppned  in  ounce  bottietbone  in  acarton. 

Ghseptk  NebaBzer 

The  most  economical  instrument  for  neb«^ 
ufiang  the  Adrenalin  and  Pituitrin  piepa« 
rations  listed  above.    It  atomiaes  down  to 
the  last  drop. 
fVice,  complete  widi  duoat-pieee»  %\J5. 

Mixed  UedioD  PMacosa 

For  hypodermic  or  intravenous  iigection. 

Bio.  595.  In  lO^ul  (ia<>:.)  bulbs^  one 
inapackage. 

Bio.  597.  In  |.mil  (IjCc)  bulbs»  five  in 
a  package. 

Ragweed  PoUeD  Extract 

For  prophylazis  and  traatment  (Admin* 
istered  nypodermicalty.) 

Bio.  660.  Five  tubesb  with  seari^jring 
needle^  for  diagnosis^ 

Bio.  661  Four  5.mil(5Xe.)  vials  (No.  n 
10  units;  No.  2*  100  units,  and  Now  % 
1000  units  per  miT;  No.  4,  diluent). 

Bio.  661.  Number  3  vial  5  mils  (5  Co.). 
1000  units  per  miL 

Parke,  Davis  &  Co. , 

DBTKorr 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWIN  LEWIS,  M.  D.»  Afatunrimg  Editor 

PUBUBBB)  MOimiLT  BT  THE  AlOBIGlH  MKDICAL  PUBUSHIKG  COMPAirr 

Copnifflttod  by  tiie  AowiImii  Medieal  PabUsbins  Co.,  1919 


IBA  S.  WILE,  Associate  Ediiot 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  7 
New  Series,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  7 


JULY,  1919 


$2 


AA       YEARLY 
•vU      In  Advance 


The  Priae  Fight.— The  big  fight  is  over. 
Midst  the  mingled  plaudits  and  unvoiced 
groans  of  thousands,  the  seconds  for  the 
massive  Willard  cast  their  towels  into  the 
ring  and  a  new  champion  was  hailed  with 
honor.  It  is  not  the  spectacle  recalling  the 
days  of  ancient  Rome,  when  gladiators  an- 
nihilated one  another  to  make  an  imperial 
holiday,  that  merits  description.  There  is 
no  need  for  inquiring  into  the  causes  lead- 
ing to  the  rapid  rise  of  the  new  conquerer, 
or  into  the  elements  contributing  to  the  de- 
feat of  the  powerful  but  unpopular  de- 
throned Hercules.  There  is  no  reason  to 
attack  or  defend  public  exhibitions  of  fisti- 
cuflFs,  nor  to  question  the  moral  values  of 
such  exhibitions.  It  is  useless  to  waste 
words  over  the  costliness  of  such  a  combat 
at  a  time  when  thriftiness  is  urged  upon 
the  masses.  Nor  is  there  anything  to  be 
gained  by  pointing  out  the  vast  sums  of 
money  which  changed  hands  in  the  betting 
ring.  The  amount  of  money  involved  as 
prize  for  victor  and  vanquished,  and  the 
short  time  involved  in  acquiring  it,  should 
be,  but  is  not,  a  matter  of  great  concern.  It 
suffices  to  say  that  this  prize  fight  had  a 
powerful  hold  upon  the  interest  and  imagi- 
nation of  the  general  public. 

The  real  striking  phenomenon,  outside  of 
the  fistic  struggle,  lies  in  the  amount  of 
newspaper  space  devoted  to  the  topic  for 
weeks  in  advance,  and  for  several  days  fol- 


lowing the  event.  The  most  capable  cor- 
respondents of  the  press,  selected  because 
of  their  ability  to  grasp  a  news  story,  and 
to  embellish  it  in  choice,  attractive  or 
bizarre  language,  were  sent  to  Toledo  from 
all  sections  of  the  country  to  herald  the  do- 
ings of  the  combatants  and  their  followers 
for  the  daily  delectation  of  innumerable 
readers.  More  newspaper  space  was  de- 
voted to  the  heavyweight  championship 
contest  than  was  given  to  many  striking 
events  during  the  recent  war.  The  epi- 
demic of  influenza  failed  to  achieve  popu- 
larity in  publicity  equal  to  the  comings  and . 
goings  of  the  exponents  of  the  manly  art. 
The  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Med- 
ical Association  received  few  inches  of  space 
for  each  page  devoted  to  the  fight  and  its 
various  phases  of  development.  Public 
interest,  however  slightly  existent  at  the 
time  the  great  fight  was  promoted,  was  in- 
cited and  stimulated  daily  until  the  event 
appeared  to  assume  the  proportions  of  the 
most  noteworthy  event  of  the  day.  Sports 
held  the  center  of  the  press  stage,  and  items 
of  more  permanent  value  were  relegated  to 
subordinate  positions. 

The  power  of  the  press  might  equally 
well  be  employed  for  the  creation  of  a 
vigorous  public  health  opinion  or  for  the 
development  of  wider  knowledge  pertain- 
ing to  public  health.  Can  one  imagine 
what  the  result  would  be  if  the  united  press 


Digitized  by 


Google 


442 


July,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


American  Medicins 


were  to  send  a  hundred  chosen  correspond- 
ents to  an  annual  meeting  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  or  of  the  American 
Public  Health  Association,  or  of  some 
similar  national  health  promoting  agency, 
with  instructions  to  gather  up  columns  of 
news  items  affecting  the  nation?  Can  one 
conjure  up  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from 
persistent  reporting  of  interviews  with 
prominent  leaders  in  health  and  sanitation 
upon  timely  topics  under  discussion,  or  the 
benefits  that  would  be  consequent  upon 
cumulative  series  of  articles  dealing  with 
personalities,  researches  and  discoveries, 
methods  of  .public  health  education,  and 
advances  along  medical  and  social  lines,  as 
reflected  in  the  activities  of  such  an  annual 
event?  It  may  be  said  that  the  public  is 
not  interested*,  but  this  is  exceedingly  doubt- 
ful. Were  one  to  grant  a  lack  of  marked 
interest,  it  would  be  to  deny  the  power  of 
the  press  to  state  that  a  campaign  of  special 
correspondents'  publicity  would  fail  to 
create  an  active  interest.  Despite  the  large 
numbers  of  the  population  eagerly  seeking 
news  concerning  championship  boxing  con- 
tests; there  is  an  overwhelmingly  larger 
part  of  humanity  that  craves  for  wider 
knowledge  and  information  concerning  the 
art  of  healthful  living. 

A  tremendous  advantage  would  inure, 
were  editors  to  recognize  the  greater  bene- 
fits which  they  can  confer  thru  the  use  of 
special  writers  in  connection  with  construc- 
tive events  in  medico-social  affairs.  There 
are  countless  opportunities  for  sob  stories, 
frank  news  items,  didactic  narrative,  poetry, 
political,  social  and  economic  notes,  biog- 
raphy, anecdote,  humor,  connected  with  a 
large  variety  of  public  meetings  which  are 
comparatively  neglected  or  ignored  save 
for  a  brief  Associated  Press  notice. 

It  would  be  a  wholesome  experiment  for 


the  press  of  a  single  city  or  state  to  demon- 
strate the  truth  or  falsity  of  this  opinion. 
It  is  difficult  to  believe  that  any  paper  at- 
tempting to  offer  this  type  of  public  service 
would  fail  to  achieve  success.  The  public 
health  movement  of  today,  for  its  greatest 
effectiveness,  includes  public  health  educa- 
tion. The  part  that  the  press  is  to  play 
in  this  direction  has  scarcely  been  consid- 
ered or  organized.  The  most  valuable  re- 
sults will  follow  not  the  occasional  or  daily 
medical  notes  of  a  column  writer,  but  thru 
the  organization  of  featured  means  of  cam- 
paigning in  behalf  of  a  victory  over  disease, 
as  was  done  in  connection  with  the  deter- 
mination of  a  victory,  in  the  square  ring. 


Restricted  Immigratioii. — In  a  discus- 
sion of  The  Fourth  Great  Plague — Defec- 
tives. (Modern  Medicine,  June,  1919), 
M.  D.  Clark  refers  to  the  problem  of  in- 
dustrial accidents,  without,  however,  mak- 
ing any  direct  relation  between  the  sta- 
tistics of  industrial  accidents  and  the  num- 
ber of  defectives  actually  employed.  The 
burden  of  the  argument  thruout  the  dis- 
cussion is  that  there  has  been  an  indiscrim- 
inate admission  of  excludable  aliens,  who 
may  serve  in  part  as  progeiiitors  of  a  line 
of  insane,  feeble-minded,  and  criminal  off- 
spring. This  was  partly  based  upon  the 
fact  that  about  one-third  of  the  dependent 
and  defective  classes  cared  for  in  New  York 
State,  according  to  a  report  of  1912,  were 
aliens.  It  is  true  that  since  1914  deporta- 
tions have  been  suspended,  and  as  a  result, 
nearly  4,000  excludable  aliens  have  re- 
mained in  this  country,  of  whom  1,723 
were  insane.  This  fact,  however,  does  not 
reveal  any  direct  relation  to  the  incidence 
of  industrial  accidents. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdioinb 


BDITORIAIi   COMMENT 


JXJLY,    1919 


443 


In  the  factories  of  New  York  State  ap- 
proximately four-fifths  of  the  workers  are 
foreign  bom.  The  total  number  of  acci- 
dents each  year,  since  1915,  when  the  Work- 
men's Compensation  Law  became  effective 
has  averaged  over  274,000.  At  the  present 
time,  reports  of  accidents  are  received  at 
the  rate  of  1,000  a  day  "representing  a  cost 
of  $13,000,000  a  year  as  an  initial  expendi- 
ture, to  which  must  be  added  the  cost  of 
medical  benefits,  administration  of  the  Com- 
pensation Law,  wages,  and  cost  of  turnover, 
all  of  which  has  increased  the  total  direct 
and  indirect  cost  of  accidents  in  the  State 
of  New  York  $35,000,000  yearly,  or  a  rate 
of  about  $117,000  per  day  for  each  working 
day  in  the  year."  If  one  grants  that  70 
per  cent,  of  the  applicants  for  compensation* 
benefits  require  the  services  of  an  inter- 
preter, there  is  still  no  evidence  to  indicate 
that  they  are  mental  defectives. 

While  accident  casualties  undoubtedly 
diminish  the  working  potentials  of  the 
country,  they  do  not  of  themselves  have  a 
dysgenic  effect  upon  the  next  generation,  in- 
sofar as  heredity  is  concerned.  Patently, 
the  problem  is  more  significant  in  relation 
to  immigration  than  to  the  general  subject 
of  mental  defectives. 

Immigration  is  a  matter  of  serious  con- 
cern today,  not  merely  from  the  standpoint 
of  industrialism,  but  from  the  point  of  view 
of  public  health.  The  tide  of  immigration 
has  apparently  turned.  Already  a  million 
and  a  half  of  workers  have  left  these  hos- 
pitable shores  to  return  to  their  homelands 
with  their  worldly  goods,  for  the  purpose  of 
participation  in  the  rebuilding  of  devasted 
areas  and  for  caring  for  their  families 
which  may  be  scattered  or  sorely  in  need  of 
increased  protection  and  aid.  It  has  been 
estimated  that  fully  five  million  aliens  have 
declared     their    intentions    of    returning. 


These  comprise  the  vigorous  and  active  im- 
migrants of  a  few  years  ago,  whose  partici- 
pation in  the  labors  of  this  country  was 
most  necessary  and  productive.  This  loss 
of  manpower  is  not  readily  compensated 
for  by. native  born  workers,  who  are  not 
keenly  anxious  to  participate  in  those  pur- 
suits denominated  as  "common  labor." 

The  type  of  immigrants  now  coming  to 
this  country  has  altered  considerably.  Dur- 
ing 1915,  326,700  immigrants  entered  the 
countr}',  of  which  Italians  supplied  approx- 
imately 15  per  cent. ;  English,  8^  per  cent. ; 
Germans,  6  per  cent.;  Greek,  5  per  cent.; 
Hebrew,  8  per  cent.;  Japanese,  2^^  per 
cent.;  Mexican,  3  per  cent.;  Scandinavian, 
13  per  cent. ;  Slovak,  9  per  cent. ;  Irish,  14 
per  cent. ;  French,  3^^  per  cent.  By  way  of 
contrast,  during  the  month  gi  March,  1919, 
our  immigration  consisted  of  English,  18 
per  cent. ;  French,  8  per  cent. ;  Irish,  5  per 
cent.;  Japanese,  7  per  cent;  Mexican,  28 
per  '  cent. ;  Scandinavian,  5^  per  cent. ; 
Scotch,  7  per  cent.;  Italian,  2  per  cent. 
These  changes  are  of  considerable  signifi- 
cance, particularly  in  view  of  the  fact  that 
our  figures  for  immigration  are  still  exceed- 
ingly low. 

While  the  first  quarter  of  1919  shows  a 
small  increase  over  the  similar  period  for 
1918,  it  represents,  for  example,  only  about 
one-sixth  the  immigration  for  the  first  three 
months  in  1913  or  1914.  During  the  four 
years  of  the  war,  beginning  with  January, 
1915,  the  total  number  of  immigrants  ad- 
mitted into  the  United  States  thru  Decem- 
ber, 1918,  amoimted  to  1,031,546,  whereas 
in  1913,  the  admissions  amounted  to  over 
1,380,000,  and  in  1914,  because  of  the  ef- 
fect of  the  beginnings  of  the  war,  to 
750,000.  This,  therefore,  marks  a  tremend- 
ous falling  off  in  immigration  which  is  now 


Digitized  by 


Google 


444 


July,  1919 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


Amkrican  Mkdicini 


to   be   accentuated   by    an   unprecedented 
emigration. 

The  demand  for  workers  from  abroad  is 
not  great  at  the  present  time,  as  the  surplus 
of  labor  has  not  been  absorbed  by  industry 
after  conversion  from  a  war  to  a  peace 
basis.  It  will  not  be  long,  however,  before 
tlie  question  of  replenishing  the  labor  ranks 
will  be  of  serious  moment,  and  then  the 
problem  of  determining  upon  the  stock  to 
be  .admitted  will  have  an  increased  signifi- 
cance. It  is  patent  that  future  immigrants 
must  be  physically  and  mentally  sound. 
They  must  be  educable  and  adaptable. 
Mental  defectives  and  physical  incapables 
must  be  barred  not  merely  for  economic 
reasons,  but  for  the  sake  of  promoting  the 
racial  advancement  of  the  peoples  now  con- 
stituting the  united  nation.  The  health  and 
efficiency  of  the  United  States  must  be  safe- 
guarded thru  the  rejection  of  blood  in  any 
way  contaminated,  devitalized,  or  dysgenic. 
The  serious  consequences  of  war  upon  the 
health  of  foreign  lands  increase  the  neces- 
sity for  rigid  immigration  laws,  wherein 
national  sympathies  shall  not  be  permitted 
to  override  sane  judgments  concerning 
public  health. 

An  immigrant  may  be  an  asset  or  a  liabil- 
ity. The  one  is  a  desirable ;  the  other  is  an 
undesirable.  The  exclusion  of  undesirable 
aliens  is  of  greater  consequence  than  mak- 
ing provision  for  deportation  under  various 
conditions.  Deportability  provisions  must 
necessarily  exist,  but  the  efficiency  of  the 
system  of  admissions  is  tested  by  the  infre- 
quency  of  need  for  acting  upon  laws  pro- 
moting deportation.  Exclusion  of  unde- 
sirable aliens  is  more  productive  of  public 
health  benefits  than  wide-open  laws,  with 
compensatory  provision  for  deportation. 
The  mental  defectives,  insane,  criminal  and 
seriously  diseased  must  not  be  admitted  re- 


gardless of  their  social  or  economic  position 
or  the  hazards  of  more  or  less  immediate 
dependency. 


Infant  Mortality^ — Despite  all  the  care 
it  was  possible  to  give  during  the  war,  and 
made  necessary  by  it,  the  deaths  in  the 
United  States  during  1918  increased  by  at 
least  half  a  million  over  the  number  during 
1917.  During  1917,  the  number  of  births 
exceeded  by  60  per  cent,  the  total  number 
of  deaths,'  whereas  during  1918,  the  excess 
of  births  had  fallen  to  about  24  per  cent, 
over  the  deaths,  based  upon  the  reports  of 
162  out  of  253  cities  in  the  United  States  of 
over  25,000  population. 

According  to  the  New  York  Milk  Com- 
mittee, the  general  infant  mortality  rate, 
based  on  reports  received  from  cities 
comprising  26  per  cent,  of  the  population, 
increased  from  97.5  per  thousand  births  to 
104.1.  The  significance  of  these  figures, 
despite  the  fact  that  the  Children's  Year 
had  created  many  agencies  for  child  wel- 
fare, depends  upon  an  appreciation  of  the 
ravages  of  the  influenza.  The  smaller 
cities  revealed  the  lowest  infant  mortality 
rates,  but  the  larger  cities  have  a  rate 
lower  than  that  found  in  cities  with  a  popu- 
lation of  50,000  to  100,000.  The  causes  of 
this  variation  are  variable,  but  undoubtedly 
involve  the  greater  attention  paid  to  public 
health  administration  in  large  cities  and 
the  higher  degree  of  thought  given  to  in- 
dustrial hygiene. 

That  the  rate  of  104.1  is  still  very  much 
higher  than  warranted  by  our  present  state 
of  knowledge  of  infant  hygiene  is  apparent 
from  the  fact  that  Brookline,  Mass.,  Madi- 
son, Wis.  and  Pasadena,  Cal.  were  able  to 
report  infant  death  rates  below  50.  San 
Francisco  lowered  its  infant  morality  rate 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


BDITORIAIj  commbnt 


JUI.T.   1919 


445 


from  73.6  in  1917  to  57.2  in  1918.  These 
represent  standards  and  tendencies  which 
denote  the  possibilities  of  organization  for 
the  care  and  protection  of  childhood.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  while  the  •  total 
deaths  at  all  ages  in  1918  were  more  than 
31  per  cent,  higher  than  in  1917,  and  the 
living  births  were  only  1.6  per  cent,  higher, 
the  infant  mortality  rate  was  only  6.7  per 
cent,  higher,  while  the  percentage  of  deaths 
under  one  year  to  the  total  deaths  decreased 
by  17.4  per  cent.  This,  of  course,  is  due 
to  the  tremendously  high  mortality  rate  in- 
cident to  influenza  among  the  active  adults 
between  the  ages  of  25  and  45.  Another 
statistical  evidence  of  the  sad  destructivity 
of  the  recent  jepidemic  is  found  in  the  in- 
crease in  the  percentage  of  still-births  by 
10.8  per  cent,  over  1917,  while  the  still- 
birth rate  reflected  an  increase  of  8.8  per 

cent. 

• 

Infant  Mortality  and  Birth  Rate- 
It  is  well  known  that  a  high  rate  of  in- 
fant mortality  does  not  necessarily  accom- 
pany a  high  birth-rate.  Ignorance,  poverty, 
industrial  pressure,  unsatisfactory  food 
supplies  and  inadequate  housing  play  their 
parts  in  determining  infant  mortality,  irre- 
spective of  general  figures  as  reflected  in 
birth  rates.  A  single  epidemic  will  vitiate 
all  figures  interpreted  in  the  light  of  eco- 
nomic factors,  when  no  relation  is  discern- 
ible between  the  epidemic  mortality  and  the 
economic  status  of  sections  of  the  commun- 
ity, or  when  the  mortality  arising  from  the 
epidemic  factor  appears  to  have  no  regular 
plan  of  distribution  in  the  earlier  age 
periods  as  contrasted  with  later  periods  of 
life. 

While  at  first  blush  the  increased  mortal- 
ity rate  of  1918  might  appear  to  be  a  reason 
for  discouragement  and  dissatisfaction  with 


modem  methods  of  hygiene  and  sanitation, 
when  the  complete  figures  are  available  and 
an  analysis  of  various  facts  shall  have  been 
made  in  comparison  with  similar  items  in 
1917,  it  will  be  evident  that  as  a  whole,  the 
infant  mortality  rate  may  be  regarded  as 
remarkably  low,  considering  all  the  elements 
militating  against  infant  welfare  during  a 
period  of  war,  food  shortage,  high  cost  of 
living  and  pestilence.  Undoubtedly,  the 
campaign  of  the  Federal  Government  in  be- 
half of  infancy  has  played  a  large  part  in 
keeping  down  the  infant  death  rate  which, 
had  there  been  no  epidemic,  would  have 
fallen  below  any  figures  previously  known 
in  this  country. 

The  general  interest  in  the  welfare  of  in- 
fancy and  childhood,  transmuted  into  active 
and  effective  organization,  is  accomplish- 
ing results  that  challenge  one's  admiration. 
The  perils  of  the  second  summer  no  longer 
exist.  The  frightful  fears  of  cholera  in- 
fantum, summer  diarrhea,  the  dangers  of 
cutting  teeth  in  the  summer  time  and  the 
various  other  bugaboos  of  the  previous  two 
decades  have  practically  vanished.  Prenatal 
care,  supervised  midwifery,  infant  welfare 
stations,  district  nursing  and  improved  milk 
standards  represent  a  few  of  the  most  ef- 
fective means  of  reducing  infant  mortality. 
The  development  of  medico-social  efforts  in 
this  direction  has  achieved  rich  rewards, 
and  their  further  growth  will  necessarily 
cause  still  greater  reductions  in  the  mortal- 
ity rate  of  infants.  Preparation  and  organ- 
ization based  upon  an  understanding  of 
the  fundamental  problems  involved  can  be 
productive  of  naught  but  success. 

Public  health  administrators  are  no  longer 
dealing  with  theories  or  experiments  in  this 
direction.  The  facts  are  obvious.  The 
methods  are  almost  standardized.  Failure 
to  make  use  of  the  modem  methods  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


446 


July.  191» 


BDITORIAIi   CX>BiMENT 


American  Msdicins 


lowering  the  infant  mortality  rate  consti- 
tutes an  indictment  of  a  community. 


July  and  August — ^The  months  of  July 
and  August  stand  forth  prominently  in  med- 
ical statistics  as  pointing  out  diseases  re- 
quiring particular  attention.  By  way  of 
example,  one  need  but  note  the  tendency  for 
typhoid  fever  and  malaria  to  increase  mark- 
edly, despite  the  fact  that  methods  for  their 
control  are  thoroly  imderstood. 

The  vacation  tendency  is  responsible  for 
many  deaths,  particularly  those  of  a  violent 
nature.  During  1916,  approximately  20  per 
cent,  of  the  deaths  from  violent  causes  oc- 
curred during  these  two  months.  The  in- 
creased use  of  automobiles,  the  extension 
of  transportation,  the  growing  speed  along 
the  highways  suffice  to  account  for  the  fact 
that  the  mortality  from  violent  causes  in 
1916  was  fully  3,000  more  than  during  the 
year  1911.  The  Safety  First  Movement 
has  much  to  accomplish  in  this  direction, 
altho  the  marked  decrease  due  to  the  insti- 
tution of  a  safe  and  sane  Fourth  of  July 
has  had  some  effect  upon  the  relative  mor- 
tality, even  if  it  has  not  greatly  affected  the 
total  results. 

A  considerable  improvement  has  been 
noted  in  deaths  from  congenital  debility,  ex- 
cluding premature  births,  which,  as  a  rule, 
begin  to  increase  during  the  month  of  July, 
A  noteworthy  decrease  in  deaths  from  this 
cause  to  the  extent  of  1,200  lives  was  evi- 
denced in  1916,  over  1911. 

It  is  striking  to  note  that  the  gross  mor- 
tality from  diarrhea  and  enteritis  under  two 
years  decreased  very  slightly  during  the  five 
year  interval  from  1911  to  1916,  tho  the 
total  figures  referred  to  must  be  recognized 
as  representing  results  from  a  larger  regis- 
tration area  during  1916  than  during  1911. 


Despite  this  fact,  however,  there  was  a  total 
decrease  of  approximately  2,000  recorded 
deaths  from  the  cause  under  discussion. 
That  this  eflfect  is  real  rather  thafti  apparent 
is  shown  by  a  gross  increase  of  300  deaths 
from  diarrhea  and  enteritis,  two  years  and 
over  in  the  same  five  year  period. 

Fortunately,  the  summer  is  not  the  time 
for  epidemics  of  contagious  diseases,  and 
measles,  scarlet  fever,  whooping  cough, 
diphtheria,  influenza  and  even  tuberculosis 
show  considerably  lowered  mortalities  be- 
ginning with  July.  Bronchitis,  bronchial 
pneumonia  and  pneumonia  similarly  are 
relatively  inactive  during  the  hottest  months 
of  the  year. 

The  main  factors  apparently  involved  in 
the  mortality  of  July  and  August  include 
flies  and  mosquitoes,  a  lack  of  sanitation  of 
food  and  water  supplies,  the  depressing  ef- 
'  f ects  of  high  heat  and  humidity,  and  a  lack 
of  precaution  against  the  hazards  involved 
in  transportation  of  various  kinds,  plus  the 
dangers  inherent  in  the  games  and  sports  of 
the  summer  time. 

Automobile  Accidents^ — ^There  is  every 
reason  to  believe  that  automobile  regu- 
lation calls  for  stringent  action.  In  1906, 
automobile  accidents  were  responsible 
for  a  mortality  rate  of  0.4  per  hundred 
thousand  population  as  compared  with  7.3 
in  1916.  The  most  distressing  feature  lies 
in  the  fact  that  27.9  per  cent,  of  the  total 
number  of  deaths  from  automobile  acci- 
dents were  of  children  under  15  years  of 
age.  In  cities  the  death  rate  from  auto- 
mobile accidents  and  injuries  is  compara- 
tively higher  than  that  due  to  railroad  acci- 
dents and  injuries.  This  indicates  the  special 
need  for  the  control  of  automobile  traffic 
under  urban  conditions. 

Whether  the  habits  of  vacation  by  city 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN   MEDICn^a 


BDITORIAIj   CX>MM£NT 


July,  1919 


447 


dwellers  in  rural  communities  are  respon- 
sible or  not,  there  is  a  compelling  interest 
in  the  fact  that  typhoid  fever  and  malaria 
begin  to  flourish  far  more  in  the  rural  parts 
of  registration  states  than  in  the  cities.  The 
necessity  for  the  control  of  insect  pests  and 
the  importance  of  improving  the  sanitary 
conditions  in  rural  sections  are  thoroly  un- 
derstood, and  only  recently  have  received 
a  new  impetus,  so  that  figures  of  this  char- 
acter should  begin  to  alter  during  the  next 
few  years.  The  nearness  of  rural  dwellers 
to  the  source  of  food  supplies  and  the  de- 
creased problem  of  refrigeration  and  sani- 
tation are  well  exemplified  in  the  tremend- 
ously low  mortality  rate  from  diarrhea  and 
enteritis  compared  with  that  found  in  cities. 
That  this  state  is  not  due  to  a  greater  cli- 
matic comfort  in  rural  sections  is  suggested 
by  the  fact  that  deaths  from  congenital  de- 
bility are  higher  in  rural  districts  than  in 
urban  sections.  This  is  in  part,  of  course, 
due  to  the  greater  attention  given  to  child 
welfare  in  cities  and  the  better  facilities  for 
giving  medical  and  nursing  attention  to 
those  stricken  by  disease. 

The  control  of  a  comparatively  few  ele- 
ments during  the  months  of  July  and  Au- 
gust would  result  in  a  greatly  decreased 
morbidity  and  mortality  rate.  The  dimi- 
nution of  contagious  diseases  cannot  be  at- 
tributed to  the  eflfects  of  sanitation  in  toto, 
but  probably  results  from  the  failure  of  the 
summer  time  to  conduce  to  the  optimum 
conditions  for  the  development  and  dissem- 
ination of  the  causal  agencies  responsible 
for  epidemic  diseases,  which  are  not  com- 
pletely eliminated,  but  in  their  endemicity 
appear  to  be  greatly  lowered  in  vitality  and 
weakened  in  virulence.  Those  diseases, 
however,  which  do  flourish  at  present  dur- 
ing the  summer  months,  are  strictly  within 
the  category  of  preventable  diseases,  and,  as 


such,  their  continuance  is  not  merely  a 
menace  to  public  welfare,  but  a  challenge 
to  the  public  health  movement. 

The  conquest  of  preventable  diseases  is 
possible  with  the  expenditure  of  proper  de- 
grees of  effort,  with  requisite  organization 
and  reasonable  appropriations  of  money. 
Time,  men  and  money  should  be  able  to 
wipe  out  the  needless  mortality  of  summer, 
beginning  with  July  and  August. 


Indemnity  or  Preventi<nLr— The  report 
of  the  Wisconsin  Social  Insurance  Com- 
mittee presents  the  conclusion  "that  the  ac- 
ceptance of  compulsory  health  insurance  is 
neither  practical  nor  feasible  at  this  time.'* 
The  reason  for  the  rejection  lay  in  the  be- 
lief that  "there  are  no  outstanding  social  or 
economic  conditions  in  Wisconsin  at  this 
time  which  would  make  health  insurance,, 
as  a  compulsory  measure  administered  by 
governmental  authority,  either  necessary  or 
expedient."  Back  of  this  statement  is  a 
further  belief  that  a  health  insurance  act 
cannot  be  enacted  without  an  amendment 
to  the  State  constitution,  if  it  were  deemed 
necessary  to  establish  such  mandatory  leg- 
islation.  The  alternative  of  a  voluntary 
system  is  rejected  because  of  the  serious- 
and  complicated  administrative  considera- 
tions which  would  be  involved. 

The  committee,  after  varying  discussion,, 
sums  its  problem  up  in  this  query:  "Is  it 
more  humanitarian  to  indemnify  or  to  pre- 
vent?" There  is  no  question  as  to  the  im- 
plied correct  answer,  if  one  must  necessarily 
make  a  choice,  but  on  the  other  hand,  the 
two  are  not  mutually  exclusive.  All  eflforts^ 
at  prevention  will  not  eliminate  disease  and 
accident,  while  indemnification  will  tend  ta 
increase  general  interest  and  efforts  at  pre- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


448 


July,  1919 


EDITORIAL.   CX>MMENT 


AUWBICAS   MBDICINS 


vention,  in  order  to  reduce  costly  compen- 
sations. 

Fully  recognizing  that  sickness  of  the 
wage  earner,  with  consequent  loss  of  wages, 
is  a  serious  problem,  it  is  manifestly  proper 
that  there  should  be  a  thoro  investigation  as 
to  the  proper  remedy  to  be  applied.  In 
Wisconsin  the  committee  reports  that  "it 
is  not  satisfied  that  health  insurance  would 
be  a  proper  remedy."  In  order  to  be 
constructive,  while  rejecting  a  specific 
health  insurance  bill,  the  committee  ad- 
vises greater  efforts  be  made  to  extend  and 
increase  the  efficiency  of  existent  preventive 
agencies.  It  recommends  more  liberal  ap- 
propriations by  states  and  local  communities 
in  order  to  increase  the  machinery  of  hy- 
gienic agencies  already  in  operation.  Its 
suggestions  include  the  appointment  of 
county  health  officers,  the  development  of 
state  health  laboratories,  with  the  hope 
"that  they  may  be  made  in  the  course  of 
time,  centers  of  preventive  medicine,  and 
become  useful  in  the  possible  future  de- 
velopments of  so-called  group  medicine." 
It  urges  the  general  employment  of  physical 
and  medical  examinations  in  public  schools, 
with  considerable  emphasis  upon  the  funda- 
mental necessity  of  providing  adequate 
methods  of  child  and  school  hygiene. 

It  advocates  the  encouragement  and  es- 
tablishment of  district  nursing  centers  for 
the  purpose  of  giving  more  proficient  nurs- 
ing care,  especially  during  prolonged  Jllness. 
It  points  out  the  importance  of  seeking  the 
reduction  of  infant  mortality  as  part  of  the 
public  health  program,  and  advises  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  bureau  of  child  welfare  in 
connection  with  the  state  health  organiza- 
tion. 

There  is  much  merit  in  the  suggestion 
for  greater  financial  aid  from  the  legisla- 
ture for  the  support  of  hospitals  and  sani- 


taria, and  its  suggestion  that  every  county 
should  have  no  less  than  one  thoroly  equip- 
ped modern  hospital  for  general  purposes 
must  be  accepted  as  a  rational  and  far-see- 
ing program.  It  is  of  the  opinion  that  oc- 
cupational diseases  should  be  included  in 
the  workmen's  compensation  act,  that  com- 
prehensive housing  plans  should  be  adopted 
to  provide  sanitary  homes  for  the  future 
growing  industrial  population,  a  subject  of 
increasing  importance  to  this  country  in  the 
face  of  present  shortcomings. 

Some     Favor    Health     Insurance^ — ^ 

minority  report  was  submitted  advoca- 
ting a  compulsory  health  insurance  law, 
after  disagreeing  with  the  majority  as  to 
the  necessity  for  a  constitutional  amend- 
ment as  necessary  for  its  adoption. 

Waiving  aside  the  constitutional  ques- 
tion, there  is  a  marked  difference  of  opinion 
as  to  the  advantages  of  indemnification,  as 
opposed  to  preventive  measures.  Herein 
lies  the  most  mooted  topic  discussed  in  con- 
nection with  health  insurance.  It  requires 
no  long  argument  to  prove  that  illness  will 
always  exist.  The  greatest  efforts  of 
public  health  work  will  never  result  in  pro- 
ducing earthly  immortality.  The  best  that 
can  be  hoped  for  is  the  prolongation  of  life, 
due  to  effective  measures  resulting  in  a  cer- 
tain indefinite  postponability  of  disease, 
with  a  reduction  of  some  epidemics  and, 
possibly,  the  control  or  elimination  of 
others. 

The  general  decrease  in  morbidity  is  a 
marked  advantage  to  the  community,  but 
whenever  wage  losses  occur,  the  burdens 
must  be  borne  by  individuals,  even  tho 
society  as  a  whole  may  be  responsible  for 
their  development.  It  is  merely  an  act  of 
justice  that  the  burdens  of  wage  loss  should 
be  borne  by  the  state  instead  of  serving  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


July,  1919 


449 


weaken  the  powers  and  vitality  of  personal 
units  comparatively  unable  to  stand  the  de- 
privations following  in  the  wake  of  many 
accidents  and  diseases.  The  Wisconsin 
Committee  chooses  to  advocate  increased 
facilities  for  the  prevention  of  disease  and 
to  regard  it  as  tantamount  to  securing  the 
complete  reduction  of  preventable  sickness 
and  consequent  wage  losses.  With  their 
splendid  premise,  their  conclusion  is  a  non 
sequitur,  as  the  necessity  for  indemnifica- 
tion cannot  be  removed,  regardless  of  any 
appropriations  that  might  be  made.  The 
extent  to  which  wage  losses  will  fall  upon 
society  will  undoubtedly  be  decreased,  but 
where  existent,  they  will  be  none  the  less 
devitalizing  and  opposed  to  the  best  inter- 
ests of  public  welfare. 

Wages  and  Cost  of  Living. — ^Wages 
have  increased,  but  so  has  the  cost  of  living. 
The  United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Statis- 
tics, in  the  early  part  of  1919,  established 
its  opinion  that  $15.50  was  the  minimum 
amount  required  to  meet  the  necessary  cost 
of  living  to  self-supporting  women  in  the 
District  of  Columbia.  Among  the  items 
comprised  in  this  amount  is  an  allotment  of 
50  cents  a  week  for  sickness,  dentistry,  and 
oculist ;  20  cents  for  amusements ;  25  cents 
for  a  vacation,  and  35  cents  for  savings  and 
insurance — and  it  must  be  remembered  that 
this  is  a  higher  minimum  than  has  been 
fixed  anywhere  in  the  United  States.  It 
is  hard  to  understand  how  good  citizenship 
is  encouraged  by  this  minimum  wage,  which 
certainly  allows  no  opportunity  for  active 
contribution  to  governmental  loans  or  even 
the  purchase  of  thrift  stamps.  It  is  difficult 
to  appreciate  how  such  a  woman  would  be 
able  to  give  herself  medical  and  nursing 
care  in  the  event  of  an  illness  depriving  her 
of  her  earnings,  if  any  of  the  machinery  of 


prevention  should  fail  to  accomplish  the 
remarkable  things  hoped  for  by  the  Wis- 
consin Social  Insurance  Committee.  The 
scant  allowance  made  for  savings  in  insur- 
ance is  obviously  inadequate  to  enable  her 
to  purchase  health  or  accident  insurance  so 
as  to  guarantee  some  financial  return  during 
the  period  of  enforced  inactivity.  Even 
were  she  to  apply  the  magnificient  sum  of 
twenty  cents  provided  for  incidentals  to  this 
use,  she  would  still  be  unable  to  protect  her- 
self against  the  losses  and  hardships  incident 
to  any  serious  affliction.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  all  her  funds  for  insurance  would 
scarcely  suffice  to  provide  for  a  decent 
funeral. 

The  possibility  of  accident  or  disease  be- 
ing existent,  one  may  reasonably  ask  where- 
in prevention  plans  will  remedy  in  any  way 
the  situations  actually  created  by  the  inci- 
dence of  illness.  The  prevention  of  disease 
and  indemnification  for  disease,  far  from 
being  mutually  exclusive,  are  essentially 
complemental  procedures,  and  the  welfare 
of  society  will  be  best  promoted  by  the 
adoption  of  both  programs  by  public  health 
authorities. 


Mental  Defectives.— The  interest  in 
mental  defectives  continues  unabated.  A 
recent  report  entitled  "Mental  Defect  in  a 
Rural  County,"  by  Treadway  and  Lund- 
berg,  is  presented  as  a  result  of  the  collab- 
oration of  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service  and  the  Children's  Bureau. 

The  investigation  demonstrates  the  ne- 
cessity for  combined  medical  and  psycho- 
logic examinations,  supplemented  by  thoro 
social  investigations,  in  order  to  determine 
the  prevalence  of  mental  defectives  in  com- 
munities. The  extensiveness  and  serious- 
ness of  the  problem  are  marked  in  rural 
communities  and  serve  to  emphasize  the  re- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


450 


JXJLY,    1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


Amibican  Medicine 


sponsibility  of  society  to  provide  adequate 
care  for  the  mentally  defective. 

The  conclusions  stress  the  importance  of 
a  number  of  separate  items  which  merit 
the  thought  and  appreciation  of  physicians, 
psychologists,  educators,  philanthropists 
and  civic  authorities.  The  medico-psycho- 
logic examinations  should  always  supple- 
ment studies  of  social  and  moral  reactions 
in  order  to  definitely  determine  the  exist- 
ence of  mental  defect.  It  is  patent  that  re- 
actions to  environment  may  cause  a  men- 
tal habitus  simulating  in  a  measure  that 
present  among  mental  defectives.  It  is  of 
extreme  importance  to  differentiate  between 
such  attitudes  or  states  of  mind  and  those 
dependent  upon  inherent  cerebral  defects 
of  congenital  or  acquired  origin. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  the  percentage  of 
feeblemindedness  among  white  males  in 
both  the  school  and  general  populations, 
from  five  to  twenty  years  inclusive,  was 
found  in  Sussex  County,  Delaware,  to  be 
greater  than  that  among  the  white  females. 
This  fact  corroborates  previous  observa- 
tions reported  by  the  United  States  Public 
Health  Service  in  regard  to  school  popula- 
tions. Similarly,  the  percentage  of  mental 
defect  among  colored  school  children  was 
greater  than  that  observed  among  white 
school  children.  This  item  probably  will 
require  further  investigation  before  it  is 
beyond  the  pale  of  reasonable  criticism. 

The  problem  of  caring  for  mentally  de- 
fective persons  is  generally  little  understood 
and  for  that  reason  is  usually  neglected  in 
rural  counties,  in  states  which  make  no 
provision  for  tiie  care  of  such  persons.  Ob- 
viously almshouses  are  unsuitable  for  their 
care.  The  practice  of  placing  out  depend- 
ent children  must  be  safeguarded  lest  men- 
tal defectives  from  one  state  find  asylum 
in  another  state  and  thus  add  to  the  per- 
centage requiring  special  attention. 


Institutional  care  is  essential  for  many 
mentally  defective  persons  who  should  be 
segregated  not  merely  because  of  benefits 
accruing  to  themselves  thru  supervision  and 
training,  but  as  a  measure  of  protection  of 
the  community  against  their  lack  of  self- 
control  and  their  anti-social  potentials.  It 
is  necessary  that  mental  defectives  be 
studied  individually,  and  their  home  con- 
ditions should  be  carefully  weighed  in  order 
to  arrive  at  a  sound  conclusion  as  to  the 
type  of  care  needed.  Dependent  feeble- 
minded children  should  not  be  placed  in 
family  homes,  unless  both  children  and  fam- 
ily can  be  properly  protected  by  constant 
and  careful  supervision. 

Public  protection  calls  for  a  recognition 
of  the  relation  between  defective  mentality 
and  pauperism,  degeneracy,  crime,  alcohol- 
ism, the  dissemination  of  disease  and  other 
social  evils.  All  too  long,  mental  defect- 
ives have  been  regarded  as  problems  merely 
requiring  psychologists  and  educators.  They 
have  been  recognized  as  aflfording  problems 
in  connection  with  school  organization.  Only 
recently,  has  there  been  sufficient  attention 
devoted  to  the  relation  between  public 
health  and  mental  defectives.  The  subject 
should  commend  itself  to  health  depart- 
ments as  a  legitimate  field  of  inquiry  and 
control. 

Surveys  of  the  type  under  discussion 
possess  a  distinct  value  in  stimulating 
thought  and  in  focusing  attention  upon  this 
problem.  The  willing  cooperation  of  the 
United  States  Public  Health  Service  indi- 
cates a  recognition  by  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment of  the  importance  of  the  subject. 
Its  conclusions  merit  the  flattery  of  imi- 
tative investigations,  and  the  establishment 
of  rational  machinery  to  put  into  effect  the 
indicated  types  of  relief  requisite  for  the 
protection  of  the  public  from  the  evils  aris- 
ing from  neglected  mental  defectives. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amskican  Meoicins 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


July,  1919 


451 


N  AND  THINGS 


The  Death  of  Dr.  Jacobin — ^As  we  go 

to  press  we  learn  with  heartfelt  sorrow  of 
the  sudden  death  of  that  Grand  Old  Man 
of  American  medicine, 
Dr.  Abraham  Jacobi. 
For  a  great  many  years 
Dr.  Jacobi  has  been  one 
of  the  country's  fore- 
most medical  men.  Re- 
spected, loved,  and  hon- 
ored by  all  who  knew 
him,  probably  no  other 
physician  has  ever  held 
a  higher  place  in  the  af- 
fectionate regard  of  his 
colleagues  than  this  Ger- 
man-born but' true 
American  physician. 
The  extent  to  which  his  judgment  and 
opinion  have  been  esteemed  by  all  who 
knew  him,  has  been  shown  by  the  fact 
that  no  public  question  of  medical  or  soci- 
ologic  importance  has  been  considered  well 
discussed  or  settled  until  Dr.  Jacobi's  view- 
point and  advice  have  been  obtained.  "What 
does  Dr.  Jacobi  think  about  it?"  has  been 
a  general  inquiry  if  his  opinion  has  not 
been  in  immediate  evidence.  It  has  seemed 
to  be  the  common  belief  that  his  statement 
on  any  given  topic  would  be  the  sound, 
common  sense  conclusion  of  a  man  who 
knew  what  he  was  talking  about,  and  whose 
judgment,  therefore,  it  would  be  safe  to 
follow.  The  enormous  influence  such  a 
man  can  wield  for  good  has  been  abun- 
dantly shown  thruout  the  last  twenty-five 
years  of  Dr.  Jacobi's  life.  During  all  these 
years  to  the  day  of  his  death  he  has  been 
a  sane,  conservative  adviser,  a  man  who 
has  been  able  to  see  the  right  and  help 
others  to  see  it,  also.  His  poise,  his  kind 
and  sympathetic  manner,  and  withal  his 
sterling  honesty  have  made  men  trust  him 
as  few  men  are  trusted. 


His  loss  is  a  very  real  one,  and  altho  a 
man  in  his  ninetieth  year  must  be  expected 
soon  to  pass  on,  the  passing  of  Dr.  Jacobi 
has  filled  us  with  the  deepest  sorrow  and 
regret.' 

These  words  are  penned  hastily  and  by 
no  means  constitute  the  tribute  we  intend 
to  pay  to  this  great  American  physician. 
In  our  next  issue,  we  shall  have  several 
splendid  memorial  articles. 


Well  Done  and  FarewelL — It  is  cus- 
tomary to  record  with  words  of  welcome 
the  birth  of  a  new  medical  journal.  Too 
frequently,  their  passing  from  a  life  of  ac- 
tivity goes  unnoticed.  The  June  issue  of 
War  Surgery  and  Medicine  was  the  final 
one.  Having  had  its  origin  in  the  necessity 
of  furnishing  medical  officers  with  literature 
in  abstract  relating  to  war  surgery  and 
medicine,  its  reason  for  existence  no  longer 
persists.  As  an  ephemeral,  emergent  con- 
tribution to  the  literature  of  war,  it  de- 
pended upon  a  number  of  collective  ab- 
stracts as  a  means  of  presenting  a  vast 
amount  of  important  material  for  the  bene- 
fit of  medical  officers  at  home  and  in  the 
field,  who  had  little  opportunity  for  search- 
ing out  the  specific  articles  relating  to  their 
special  type  of  medical  or  surgical  work. 

The  eighfeen  issues  which  have  appeared 
have  been  of  distinct  service,  and  those  who 
have  contributed  in  preparing  the  manu- 
script and  supervising  the  publication  de- 
serve the  approbation  and  congratulation  of 
their  colleagues  whom  they  served.  Those 
who  possess  a  complete  file  of  the  Review 
of  War  Surgery  and  Medicine  own  a  valu- 
able compendium  for  future  reference 
which  does  not  appear  to  be  covered  by  an- 
other single  volume  thus  far  available.  The 
only  unfortunate  fact  is  that  the  editors  de- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


452 


July,  1919 


MBN  AND  THINGS 


American  Mbdioinb 


cided  to  give  no  index,  thus  making  it 
somewhat  difficult  to  locate  various  sub- 
jects to  which  reference  might  be  made  in 
the  future.  Inasmuch  as  the  purpose  of 
the  journal  was  to  cover  a  period  of  emer- 
gency with  what  may  be  regarded  as  sub- 
ject matter  of  timely  interest,  tho  possibly 
without  great  permanent  utility,  this  omis- 
sion may  be  forgiven.  The  fact  remains, 
however,  that  the  contents  have  all  ap- 
peared in  other  publications  where  they  ap- 
peared originally,  with  the  exception,  of 
course,  of  the  special  orders  and  memo- 
randa originating  from  the  office  of  the 
Chief  Surgeon  of  the  American  Expedi- 
tionary Forces. 

The  editors  having  deemed  their  services 
ended,  and  the  publication  having  ceased, 
there  is  naught  to  be  said  or  done  save  to 
set  up  a  monument  attesting  faithful  serv- 
ice and  meritorious  achievement.  It  ceases 
to  be  published  after  its  work  is  done,  and 
dies  a  self-sacrificing  death,  at  the  height 
of  its  able  career. 


The  Anti-Vivisection  Fallacy. — Once 
more  the  anti-vivisection  issue  comes  to  the 
fore,  this  time  by  no  less  a  personage  than 
one  of  our  law-makers.  Senator  Meyers  of 
Montana.  And  once  more  one  feels  com- 
pelled to  call  attention  to  a  fact  which,  ob- 
vious as  it  seems,  has  nevertheless  escaped 
the  notice  of  so  keen  an  intelligence  as  that 
of  the  worthy  Senator :  that  the  chief  weak- 
ness of  the  anti-vivisectionists  is  that  the 
basis  of  their  whole  contention  is  their 
humaneness,  because  it  is  the  type  of 
humaneness  which,  oddly  enough,  has  a 
very  decided  quality  of  mischief  and  cruelty 
in  it.  No  doubt  innumerable  delicate  souls 
were  touched  to  the  point  of  tears  by  the 
Senator's  eloquent  appeal  to  spare  that 
noble  household  pet,  the  dog^  from  the 
savage  brutality  of  science ;  but  there  must 
have  been  a  handful  of  thoughtful  persons 
who  winced  at  the  lack  of  insight,  foresight 
and  hindsight  which  the  appeal  betrayed. 
For,  as  in  every  case  of  such  humane  ap- 
peals in  the  past  by  the  anti-vivisectionists, 
they  have  invariably  lost  sight  of  the  fact 
that  their  kindness  toward  the  animals  they 
sought  to  protect  involved  a  denial  of  kind- 
ness to  the  whole  human  family;  that,  tho 
they  proved  themselves  humane  in  one  re- 


spect, they  showed  themselves  cruel  and 
thoughtless  in  a  much  more  important  re- 
spect. Despite  the  absurd  insistence  of  the 
anti-vivisectionists,  the  scientists  who  use 
animals  in  their  experiments  do  not  do  so 
because  they  satisfy  an  unreasoning  impulse 
toward  cruelty.  They  do  so  because  they 
are  moved  by  a  very  commendable  desire 
to  be  of  service  to  humanity.  To  deny 
them  the  privilege  of  using  animals  in  their 
experiments  would  be  to  deny  them  the 
privilege  of  serving  humans.  When  we  re- 
call how  much  suffering  humanity  has  been 
saved  as  the  result  of  experiments  on  ani- 
mals, we  cannot  but  feel  that  the  cruelty  of 
the  anti-vivisectionists  is  of  a  much  more 
positive  type  than  that  of  the  scientist,  for  it 
condemns  humanity  to  a  slow  process  of 
medical  and  surgical  progress  which  in- 
volves much  needless  suffering.  Would 
any  anti-vivisectionist  admit  that  he  is  more 
concerned  about  the  suffering  of  the  animal 
than  that  of  the  human?  Hardly.  Yet  that 
is  inevitably  the  conclusion  one  must  draw 
from  his  contention. 

In  the  case  of  Senator  Meyers,  his  special 
appeal  is  in  the  interest  of  the  dog.  As 
usual,  he  fails  to  understand  that  there  is 
no  suffering  involved  at  all,  that  no  dog  is 
submitted  to  the  knife  of  the  surgeon  or 
scientist  without  the  administration  of  an 
anesthetic  which  does  away  with  all  pain, 
or  nearly  all  pain.  But  even  if  the  dog 
did  (endure  hardship  and  agony,  what  then  ? 
The  Senator  bases  his  whole  plea  on  the 
strength  of  the  dog's  great  service  in  the 
war.  He  forgets  that  on  the  battlefield  that 
faithful  animal  was  exposed  to  dangers  in- 
finitely more  cruel  and  hazardous  than  those 
to  which  the  scientist  exposes  him.  He  was 
used  to  carry  messages  thru  barrages  and 
gas  attacks ;  he  was  employed  to  bring  first 
aid  to  the  wounded  under  the  heaviest  of 
shell  fires;  he  was  made  to  draw  machine 
guns  into  positions  swept  by  rifle  and  artil- 
lery. And,  believing  no  less  than  the 
Senator  in  the  faithfulness  and  devotion  of 
that  noble  animal,  we  rather  feel  that  he 
was  not  at  all  loath  to  do  all  this  for  the 
masters  to  whom  he  was  so  deeply  attached. 
Dogs  have  been  known  to  sacrifice  them- 
selves in  more  than  one  instance  out  of  love 
for  their  masters.  In  view  of  his  high 
esteem  of  that  animal,  of  his  conviction  that 
he  is  man's  most  devoted  friend,  how  can 
Senator  Meyers  escape  the  obvious  conclu- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


A.MXRICAN    MeDICINS 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


July,  1919 


453 


sion  that  the  loyal  creature  who  exposed 
himself  to  gas  and  shell  and  bullet  in  the 
service  of  man  would  be  just  as  ready  to 
expose  himself  to  the  knife  and  the  experi- 
ments of  science  in  order  to  bring  healing 
and  hope  to  mankind?  If  dogs  were  en- 
dowed with  speech,  one  cannot  doubt  that 
they  would  approve  more  heartily  of  peace 
service  than  of  war  service.  Not  only  does 
sacrifice  in  the  interest  of  peaceful  science 
bring  larger  and  more  thankful  rewards, 
but  it  involves  a  great  deal  less  danger  and 
suffering  to  the  animal  himself.  Senator 
Meyers*  choice  of  the  dog  as  the  special  ob- 
ject of  his  charity,  his  choice  of  the  dog's 
war  service  as  his  best  argument,  are  par- 
ticularly unhappy  ones.  One  is  rather  in- 
clined to  think  that  the  dog  is  a  much  more 
willing  victim  than  the  guinea-pig  or  the 
rabbit,  his  nature  is  more  self-sacrificing. 
And,  if  the  truth  were  known,  it  is  as  likely 
as  not  that  the  dog  would  object  very 
strenuously  to  the  Senator's  effort  to  limit 
his  power  to  serve,  or  his  privilege  of  suf- 
fering to  relieve  the  ills  of  mankind. 


New  York  as  a  Medical  Capital.— It 

would  be  regrettable  to  think  that  the  phy- 
sicians of  this  country  have  waited  until 
Berlin  and  Vienna  have  been  rendered  im- 
potent by  the  havoc  of  war  to  wrest  the 
medical  leadership  from  them  and  to  make 
New  York  the  Mecca  of  students  of  medi- 
cine. The  fact  is,  however,  that,  tho  this 
plan  is  only  now  being  organized  and 
pushed  forward  vigorously,  it  was  con- 
ceived before  the  war  and  was  unavoidably 
held  in  abeyance  because  of  uncertain  con- 
ditions. The  project  does  not  involve  an 
attempt,  therefore,  to  reap  any  benefit  from 
the  unhappy  plight  of  the  former  medical 
capitals  ;  it  is  merely  the  result  of  a  pre-war 
realization  that  the  vast  population  and  the 
facilities  of  New  York  City  have  always 
held  out  an  opportunity  which  the  authori- 
ties have  not  shown  themselves  quick  to 
seize — an  opportunity  which  was  in  reality 
an  obligation.  Sensitive  as  we  are,  it  is 
amazing  that  we  were  not  offended  by  the 
annual  spectacle  of  students  and  profes- 
sionals wandering  out  of  the  country  and 
seeking  the  benefits  that  Berlin  and  Vienna 
held  out  to  them  in  the  way  of  study  and 
specialization — benefits   which    New    York 


could  not  offer  them,  merely  because  its  re- 
sources, rich  as  they  are,  had  not  been  em- 
ployed. And  yet  all  that  goes  into  the 
making  of  a  medical  capital  New  York  has 
possessed  in  a  degree  that  even  Berlin  and 
Vienna  cannot  boast.  It  has,  in  the  opinion 
of  Health  Commissioner  Copeland,  an 
abundance  of  clinical  and  laboratory  ma- 
terial unrivaled  by  any  city  in  the  world. 
The  Health  Department  of  New  York  City 
has  the  greatest  vaccine  laboratory  in  the 
country.  There  are  30,000  hospital  beds 
in  the  city,  and  there  are  more  beds  on 
Blackwell's  Island  alone  than  there  are  in 
all  Vienna.  This  matter  of  the  number  of 
hospital  beds  is  an  important  one,  in  that  it 
promises  unlimited  opportunities  to  both 
students  and  specialists  as  a  fertile  field  for 
their  studies.  And  yet  earnest  students 
have  gone  abroad  in  thousands  annually  to 
cities  where  the  opportunities  are  not  nearly 
as  attractive.  The  fault,  however,  has  not 
been  with  the  students ;  it  has  been  with  the 
authorities  who  have  not  possessed  the  vi- 
sion to  mobilize  these  resources  and  utilize 
them  for  the  benefit  of  medical  progress. 
Dr.  Wendell  C.  Philips,  general  surgeon  at 
Bellevue,  supported  by  a  group  of  notable 
physicians,  has  revived  this  commendable 
plan,  and  an  effort  is  being  made  to  raise  a' 
fund  of  $50,000,000  to  further  it.  There 
should  be  little  difficulty  in  carrying  the 
plan  to  success.  In.  addition  to  possessing 
the  physical  resources,  we  are  well  supplied 
in  this  country  with  the  material  for  leader- 
ship, with  specialists  who  could  give  stu- 
dents all  the  advantages  of  training  which 
they  could  obtain  abroad,  and  with  clinical 
material  which  few  European  cities  can 
offer.  With  all  these  advantages,  it  is  not 
to  be  doubted  that  even  before  the  war 
New  York  City  could  have  supplanted,  cer- 
tainly could  have  rivaled,  Berlin  or  Vienna ; 
and,  if  the  money  is  forthcoming  and  both 
public  and  profession  are  awake  to  the  op- 
portunity, it  would  be  a  comparatively  easy 
achievement  in  view  of  the  present  situation 
of  those  cities.  It  is  not  at  all  unlikely  that 
European  students,  looking  about  for  the 
most  comprehensive  field  for  study,  will 
come  to  New  York  in  future,  aware  of  its 
more  extensive  resources.  Certain  it  is,  in 
any  case,  that  the  public  in  this  country  will 
benefit  very  largely  from  the  achievement 
of  such  a  plan ;  for  many  students  who  can- 
not afford  the  expensive  luxury  of  study 


Digitized  by 


Google 


454 


July,  1919 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


AMSaiCAN  Medicinb 


abroad  will  be  able  to  make  their  more  ad- 
vanced studies  in  this  country,  thus  putting 
the  opportunity  of  specialization  within 
reach  of  nearly  all  and  raising  the  medical 
standard  thruout  the  country  as  a  conse- 
quence. In  its  own  interest,  if  for  no  other 
reason,  the  public  should  show  itself  most 
friendly  to  the  plan. 


The  Doctors'  Dudemnuu— While  East- 
ern doctors  are  dawdHng  their  time  away 
with  such  trifling  and  inconsequent  enter- 
prises as  making  New  York  City  the  med- 
ical capital  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  and 
trying  to  raise  a  fund  of  $50,000,000  for  the 
undertaking,  two  Minnesota  physicians, 
ready  to  lay  down  their  lives  with  a  gal- 
lantry that  must  touch  the  hearts  of  every 
romantic  nature,  are  prepared  to  come  to  a 
death-grip  to  prove  whether  germs  cause 
death  or  do  not.  Dr.  H.  A.  Zettel,  a  St. 
Paul  electropath,  does  not  believe  that 
germs  cause  death.  Dr.  H.  W.  Hill,  ex- 
ecutive officer  of  the  Minnesota  Public 
Health  Association,  presumably  does,  tho 
the  telegraphic  reports  are  not  specific  on 
this  head.  It  would  appear  that  the  dis- 
pute between  the  gentlemen  came  to  a  stage 
where  the  only  honorable  settlement  pos- 
sible was  a  duel  to  the  death,  and  a  challenge 
was  promptly  forthcoming.  It  is  encourag- 
ing to  think  that  the  romantic  and  noble  in- 
stitution of  the  duel  still  survives  among  us, 
despite  the  havoc  that  progress  has  wrought, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  fastidious 
formalities  which  graced  that  institution 
were  minutely  observed.  Dr.  Zettel  having 
issued  the  challenge,  it  remained  with  Dr. 
Hill  to  choose  his  weapons;  and,  tho  he 
was  obliged  to  resort  to  an  old  practice  to 
satisfy  his  honor,  he  was  modern  and  pro- 
gressive enough  to  select  a  weapon  more 
in  keeping  with  the  times  than  swords  or 
pistols,  implements  discredited  in  a  demo- 
cratic age  because  of  their  association  with 
discredited  militarism.  He  chose  germs, 
certainly  an  original  and  worthy  choice, 
and  in  the  near  future,  unless  craven  spirits 
intervene  to  stop  it,  the  duel  will  take  place. 

Unfortunately,  however,  the  choice  of 
germs  as  a  duelling  weapon,  tho  made  in 
good  faith  and  with  the  most  gallant  in- 
tentions,   involves    difficulties    which    the 


gentleman  perhaps  did  not  foresee,  or,  fore- 
seeing paid  no  heed  to.  Germs,  regrettably 
enough,  are  less  tractable  as  weapons  than 
swords  or  pistols.  In  dealing  with  these 
latter,  one  deals  with  inanimate  objects 
which  have  no  volition  of  their  own  and 
which  lend  themselves  without  trouble  to 
the  purposes  of  man.  But  germs  are  not 
inanimate,  they  are  living  things,  and  they 
have  a  personality,  and  entity,  that  cannot 
be  overlooked.  Germs  have  opinions  of 
their  own,  they  have  their  likes  and  dislikes, 
they  have  a  well-established  affinity  for 
some  people  and  they  have  a  very  marked 
antipathy  for  others.  And,  however  fully 
one  may  approve  of  the  doctor's  decision  to 
use  germs,  one  cannot  help  wondering  how 
the  germs  will  feel  about  it,  whether  they 
may  not  resent  this  decision  which  was  ar- 
rived at  without  consulting  their  wishes  in 
advance.  For  it  is  well  known  how  proud 
and  sensitive  germs  are,  and,  as  likely  as 
not,  they  may  rebel  against  what  niay  ap- 
pear to  them  as  an  undignified  and  insult- 
ing attitude  on  the  part  of  humans.  For  a 
long  time  now  they  have  enjoyed  the  re- 
spect, even  the  fear,  of  humanity,  and  who 
can  say  that  they  will  not  consider  the 
Minnesota  doctors'  attitude  a  slur  on  their 
national  pride?  If  they  do,  and  it  is  not 
at  all  impossible  that  they  may,  the  duel  so 
amicably  arranged  may  suffer  the  direst 
consequences.  It  has  been  arranged  that 
both  gentlemen  subject  themselves  to  ex- 
posure to  germs  of  the  most  virulent  type, 
typhoid,  smallpox,  bubonic  plague,  and 
other  fascinating  diseases;  but  what  if  tfie 
germs  should  become  sulky,  should  feel  in- 
sulted, and,  at  the  critical  moment,  refuse 
to  enter  into  the  dispute?  What  if  they 
should  refuse  **to  bite"  the  fearless  duellists? 
It  would  be  disheartening  in  the  extreme. 
It  would  be  a  disappointment  from  which 
an  anxious  world  would  not  recover  so 
easily.  And  it  is  a  hazard  which  the  duel- 
lists cannot  invite.  In  the  interests  of 
science,  in  the  interests  even  of  the  issue  that 
has  arisen  between  the  two  gentlemen,  one 
feels  impelled  to  suggest  that  they  improve 
their  respite  between  now  and  the  day  of 
the  duel  in  trying  to  cajole  the  germs  they 
have  selected  into  consenting  to  the  use  for 
which  they  have  been  chosen,  to  persuade 
them  that  it  is  in  the  interest  of  humanity 
that  they  infect  and  infect  with  a  good  will 
when  the  word  is  given. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mkdicinb 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


July,  1919 


455 


The  Case  of  Henry  Ford. — Genius  is, 
in  a  sense,  necessarily  a  form  of  limitation. 
The  human  brain  has  a  certain  measured 
capacity,  and,  if  it  attains  its  utmost  de- 
velopment in  one  regard,  it  must  often  do 
so  at  the  sacrifice  of  others.  The  price  of 
great  knowledge  about  one  thing,  is  often 
the  forced  neglect  of  many  other  things. 
Bearing  this  in  mind,  it  becomes  obvious 
that  a  shrewd  cynic  could  easily  prove  that 
any  genius  is  an  ignorant  man  by  ignoring 
the  one  subject  which  the  genius  knows 
thoroly  and  pressing  hard  for  answers  on 
the  subjects  which  he  has  had  to  sacrifice 
in  order  to  attain  supremacy  in  his  spe- 
cialty. It  is  this  method  that  has  been 
pursued  by  the  lawyers  who  cross-examined 
Henry  Ford  in  the  libel  suit  that  has  held 
the  interest  of  the  country  for  so  long  and 
which*  has  been  given  such  wide  publicity 
by  the  newspapers.  These  lawyers  so  con- 
ducted their  examination  as  to  leave  the 
public  with  the  impression  that  Mr.  Ford's 
Ignorance  is  appalling.  It  is  quite  true 
Mr.  Ford  showed  that  he  was  unfamiliar 
with  many  things,  but,  by  pursuing  a  similar 
method,  it  would  be  a  very  simple  task  to 
prove  any  highly  specialized  mind  to  be  in- 
competent. Jascha  Heiffetz  is  the  most 
brilliant  of  the  new  violinists,  a  remarkable 
musician,  a  genius  in  the  fullest  sense  of  the 
word,  but  anyone  bent  on  exposing  his 
ignorance  could  do  so  without  any  trouble 
by  ignoring  the  one  subject  he  knows 
thoroly  and  sounding  him  on  every  subject 
but  that.  Thomas  A.  Edison  is  one  of  the 
great  geniuses  of  the  world,  but  it  is  a 
safe  wager  that  he  could  not  oflFhand  hum 
the  andante  of  Schubert's  C  Major  Sym- 
phony or  answer  many  questions  in  regard 
to  this  nation's  early  history  to  save  his  life. 
John  Burroughs,  the  naturalist,  like  Edison 
a  warm  friend  of  Henry  Ford's,  would 
have  an  extremely  uncomfortable  time 
trying  to  give  the  names  of  the  three 
leading  batsmen  of  the  National  League, 
a  fact  known  to  the  shabbiest  little  street 
urchin.  The  achievement  of  the  lawyers 
was  a  trifling  one,  and  the  public  will 
hardly  as  a  consequence  of  it  hold  in  less 
esteem  the  man  whose  services  in  the  last 
decade  or  two  have  been  so  completely 
the  common  property  of  the  nation — 
the  man  who  defeated  the  Selden  Patent 
and  thereby  did  such  a  great  service  to 
the    American   people    and    American    in-  . 


dustry ;  the  man  who  invented  and  brought 
within  the  reach  of  the  poor  man  an  auto- 
mobile which  has  no  rival  in  point  of  econ- 
omy and  efficiency;  the  man  who  pointed 
the  way  to  employers  thruout  the  land  in 
improving  labor  and  factory  conditions. 

But  there  is  much  more  than  this  to 
counteract  the  impression  the  lawyers  have 
sought  to  establish.  It  is  commonly  recog- 
nized that  the  skilled  attorney,  with  years 
of  experience  in  the  court-room,  has  a 
great  advantage  over  an  inexperienced  wit- 
ness who  is  subject  to  the  elements  of  nerv- 
ousness, anger,  personal  antagonisms  and 
hastiness,  and  an  unscrupulous  cross-ex- 
aminer can  lead  an  unsuspecting  witness  to 
make  statements  which  are  ridiculous  or 
erratic  in  the  extreme.  For  example,  it  is 
a  comparatively  simple  thing  to  coax  a 
modest  man  like  Mr.  Ford  to  admit  that  he 
is  ignorant  on  many  subjects.  If  for  no 
other  reason,  his  modesty  alone  would  pre- 
vent him  from  admitting  anything  else.  But 
over  and  above  everything  else,  there  is  an 
element  in  the  trial  which  has  worked 
enormously  in  the  favor  of  Mr.  Ford,  as 
far  as  the  esteem  and  affection  of  the  large 
public  is  concerned.  Anyone  who  has  ever 
served  on  a  jury  will  know  that  the  men  in 
the  box  invariably  are  distrustful  of  the 
sharp  witness  and  they  are  disposed  to  dis- 
count the  testimony  of  a  clever  individual. 
On  the  other  hand,  they  have  a  tendency  to 
lay  great  weight  on  the  testimony  of  a  retir- 
ing, modest  witness,  believing  that  what  he 
says  must  be  of  value  because  he  is  not  of  a 
type  to  invent  subtle  evasions.  The  effort 
of  a  prosecuting  attorney  to  trap  such  a 
simple  witness,  an  easy  thing  to  do,  counts 
for  very  little  and  is  often  not  even  taken 
into  account  in  arriving  at  a  verdict.  What 
must  have  impressed  everyone  who  has  fol- 
lowed the  Ford  trial  in  the  papers  is  the 
amazing  honesty,  simplicity,  and  lack  of 
affectation  in  the  man.  He  was  as  ready  to 
give  testimony  against  himself  as  in  favor 
of  himself  in  order  to  establish  what  he 
considered  the  truth,  and  no  one  could  fail 
to  admire  his  plucky  willingness  to  assume 
all  responsibility  himself.  His  is  a  remark- 
ably simple,  straightforward  nature.  And 
his  frank,  humane,  uncomplicated  attitude 
toward  war  is  the  attitude  of  the  vast  ma- 
jority of  men,  whatever  their  intellectual 
attainments  may  be.  He  hated  war — ^most 
of  us  do.    He  was  afraid  of  preparedness 


Digitized  by 


Google 


456 


July,  1919 


ME2N  AND  THINGS 


Amsrigan  Mbdiginb 


— most  of  US  are;  and  it  is  a  pity  that  his 
lawyers  did  not  bring  out  the  fact  that  :t 
was  German  preparedness  which  made  the 
world    war    possible;    it    is    a    dangerous 
weapon  which  the  less  conscientious  ele- 
ments are  tempted  to  use  in  their  interests. 
He  thought  war  was  murder  and  he  did 
everything  possible  to  keep  this  country  out 
of  it  in  order  to  prevent  murder ;  and  if  he 
bent  all   his  energies  toward  helping  his 
country  win  the  war  once  we  were  in  it, 
it  was  because  of  the  humane  realization 
that  it  would  be  less  costly  in  human  life  to 
forward  the  war  than  to  hinder  it     The 
lawyers  attempted  to  prove  him  inconsis- 
tent, but  he  was  consistent  always.   He  was 
the  average  human  being  who  hates  war 
and  who  fights  like  the  very  devil  when  he 
is  made  to  do  what  he  hates.     The  Ameri- 
can Army  was  the  powerful  instrument  it 
was  because  it  was  an  army  of  pacifists 
forced  to  leave  its  peaceful  pursuits  and 
determined  to  end  war  forever,  to  destroy 
the  nation  that  still  believed  in  war  as  an  in- 
strument of  progress  and  achievement.  And 
there  is  one  detail  which  came  out  in  the 
trial  which  has  the  greatest  significance  in 
revealing  the  quality  of  the  man's  earnest- 
ness and  honesty.     Many  sons  of  the  rich, 
swivel-chair    patriots,    rushed    into    cover 
early  in  the  war  and  got  themselves  soft 
berths  which  kept  them  in  safe  places  and 
permitted   them   to   wear   khaki    and   talk 
loudly  of  the  great  things  they  were  doing 
to  help  win  the  war.    Mr.  Ford's  son,  legiti- 
mately exempted  because  he  was  important 
in  an  essential  industry,  could  have  worn 
khaki  if  he  wanted  to,  but  he  never  did 
tho  he  could  have  done  so   with  greater 
justification  than  some  of  the  noisy  young 
patriots.   His  father  felt  that  he  was  merely 
doing  his  duty,  like  the  workers  under  him, 
and  that  there  was  no  reason  for  any  special 
ostentation  on  that  account.     It  is  things 
like  this,  which  have  come  up  thruout  the 
trial,  which  have  won  a  wide  sympathy  for 
the  simplicity  and  the  genuineness  of  the 
man.     Whatever  the  extent  of  his  general 
knowledge,  his  heart  has  always  been  in  the 
right  place.     He  may  have  been  wrong  in 
some  of  his  views,  but  it  is  one  of  the  pre- 
cious privileges  of  democracy  that  a  man 
may  be  sincerely  wrong  without  incurring 
any  punishment.     In  pursuing  what  he  felt 
was  the  right,  the  humane  path,  Henry  Ford 
never  violated  the  law,  never  employed  any 


methods  but  those  which  the  constitution 
permits  every  free  citizen.  His  is  a  frank, 
simple  nature;  but  the  great  truths  are  as 
accessible  to  the  simple  people  as  they  are  to 
the  sophisticated.  And  he  tried  to  proclaim 
the  truth  as  he  saw  it.  He  spent  a  consid- 
erable part  of  his  fortune  in  trying  to  bring 
this  truth  before  the  public.  We  cannot 
help  feeling  that  many  millionaires  have 
spent  their  money  in  much  worse  ways  than 
that,  and  that  many  rich  men,  claiming  to 
be  well  educated  have  done  a  great  many 
things  that  Henry  Ford's  innate  sense  of 
right  would  never  let  him  do. 


The  Narcotic  Question.— The  narcotic 
drug  problem  continues  to  serve  as  a  sub- 
ject of  acrimonious  discussion  with  its 
solution  apparently  no  nearer.  T©  the 
regret  of  a  good  many  thoughtful  people, 
Health  Commissioner  Copeland  has  insti- 
tuted his  promised  system  of  registration. 
It  is  too  early  to  determine  the  success  or 
failure  of  this  system  and  it  is  only  right 
to  withhold  criticism  until  it  has  been  given 
a  fair  trial.  There  can  be  no  question  but 
that  it  has  worked  a  great  hardship  on  many 
innocent  sufferers  and  added  greatly  to 
their  cup  of  misery.  But  the  ultimate  ben- 
efits may  justify  all  this,  and  we  hope  noth- 
ing will  arise  to  cause  Dr.  Copeland  to  re- 
sign before  his  ideas  relative  to  the  control 
of  drug  addiction  have  been  well  and  thoro- 
ly  tested.  It  is  too  bad  that  he  was  unable 
to  use  the  buildings  placed  at  his  disposal, 
by  the  Rockefeller  Foundation,  for  the  plan 
to  use  them  to  provide  institutional  care 
for  narcotic  addicts  was  an  admirable  one. 
Those  who  prevented  its  consummation 
either  thru  prejudice  or  unwillingness  to 
furnish  adequate  funds  have  shown  a  most 
deplorable  lack  of  interest  in  this  problem 
qf  drug  addiction.  Dr.  Copeland's  work, 
however  much  some  of  us  may  honestly 
disagree  with  him  in  regard  to  certain  of 
his  methods  of  handling  the  drug  addict, 
surely  deserved  better  cooperation  from  the 
Mayor  and  the  Board  of  Estimate.  One 
thing  is  certain,  those  who  disagree  with 
the  Health  Commissioner  in  some  respects, 
cannot  fail  to  approve  his  fight  to  have  the 
drug  addict  considered  a  suflFerer  from  a 
definite  disease  requiring  intelligent  treat- 
ment, rather  than  a  vicious  individual  or 
.criminal  deserving  correctional  punishment. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AltlBICAN    MXDICINB 


OBIGINAI.  ARTICLES 


July,   1919 


457 


'ORIGINAL 
TICLES*^^ 


RECONSTRUCTION  AND  THE  MED- 
ICAL PROFESSION.' 

BY 

GEORGE  BLUMER,  M.  D., 
New  Haven,  Conn. 

Reconstruction  is  the  catchword  of  the 
hour,  and  in  discussing  reconstruction  and 
the  medical  profession  it  is  essential  to 
clearness  to  define  the  scope  of  the  re- 
marks, for  there  is  little  doubt  that  the 
term  "reconstruction"  means  many  things 
to  many  men.  Furthermore  the  changes 
which  should  be  brought  about  in  the  or- 
ganization of  the  medical  profession  may 
be  considered  from  many  points  of  view, 
so  many  in  fact,  that  it  is  necessary  to  con- 
sider only  a  few  of  them.  With  regard  to 
the  significance  of  the  word  *'reconstruc- 
tion"  I  would  state  that  medicine  has  al- 
ways progressed  by  evolution  rather  than 
by  revolution,  and  that  while  the  word  "re- 
construction" may  be  used  as  a  peg  on  which 
to  hang  certain  ideas,  what  we  are  really 
endeavoring  to  do  is  to  take  advantage  of 
the  present  state  of  flux  to  accelerate  cer- 
tain changes  which  have  been  developing 
for  many  years.  With  regard  to  the  par- 
ticular aspects  of  the  reconstruction  of  the 
medical  profession  which  are  to  be  consid- 
ered, it  has  seemed  to  me  that  those  which 
are  of  the  greatest  interest  to  the  general 

'  One  of  a  series  of  lectures  on  the  problems 
of  reorganization,  delivered  under  the  auspices 
of  Yale  University  on  the  Dodge  Foundation. 


public  are  the  ones  which  concern  the  con- 
tact between  them  and  the  profession,  rather 
than  other  more  abstruse  aspects,  such  as 
medical  education,  or  the  purely  scientific 
aspects  of  medicine  in  which  the  general 
public  is  not  so  widely  interested. 

An  intelligent  discussion  of  the  changes 
which  should  be  brought  about  in  the  rela- 
tionship of  the  medical  profession  to  the 
public  demands  a  brief  statement  as  to  the 
present  organization  and  functions  of  the 
medical  profession,  and  the  present  atti- 
tude of  the  public  toward  the  profession 
and  its  functions. 

As  at  present  organized  the  medical  pro- 
fession can  be  divided  into  two  great  groups : 
First,  the  so-called  practicing  physicians  who 
come  into  contact  with  the  public  as  indi- 
viduals, and  secondly,  the  much  smaller 
group  of  physicians  who  are  engaged  in 
public  health  work,  and  come  into  contact 
not  with  the  individual  but  rather  with  the 
community.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  re- 
mind an  audience  of  this  kind  that  recent 
years  have  seen  an  increasing  tendency  to 
specialize  among  both  groups  of  physicians. 
There  have  been  those  who  have  suggested 
that  the  old  type  general  practitioner  or 
family  doctor  was  doomed  to  extinction, 
a  view  which  in  .my  opinion  is  entirely  er- 
roneous. It  is,  nevertheless,  true  that  the 
proportion  of  the  practicing  profession 
which  is  engaged  in  special  work  has  been 
steadily  increasing  so  that    we    now    find 


Digitized  by 


Google 


458 


July,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Ambhicjln  Mbdicink 


many  men  who  devote  their  entire  time  to 
particular  diseases:  eye  and  ear,  nose, 
throat,  diseases  of  the  nervous  system,  etc., 
or  who  are  confining  their  work  to  insti- 
tutions. It  is  true  that  this  process  is  seen 
in  its  most  intensive  form  only  in  the  larger 
cities,  but  it  is  also  to  be  noted  that  modern 
methods  of  transportation  have  made  real- 
ly remote  country  districts  so  scarce  that 
we  are  beginning  to  find  groups  of  special- 
ists developing  in  the  smaller  towns  which 
serve  as  centers  for  the  surrounding  coun- 
try. In  the  public  service  group,  too,  spe- 
cialization is  beginning  to  appear  as  the  old 
broad  field  of  public  health  is  being  divided 
into  smaller  ones. 

While  the  bulk  of  the  medical  profession 
is  still  engaged  in  private  practice  the  pro- 
portion engaged  in  community  work  of 
various  kinds  has  been  steadily  increasing. 
This  increase  has  been  due  to  a  variety  of 
causes,  but  after  all  the  most  vital  and 
fundamental  cause  has  been  the  general 
growth  of  the  feeling  of  social  obligation 
which  in  the  case  of  the  medical  profession 
has  taken  the  form  of  an  extension  of  vari- 
ous forms  of  community  work  by  physi- 
cians. The  school  physician  for  example, 
is  the  growth  of  the  past  generation. 

Just  as  the  organization  of  physicians  can 
be  discussed  under  the  two  heads  of  the 
public  and  the  private  physicians,  so  the 
function  of  physicians  can  be  considered 
in  the  same  way.  The  first  function  of  the 
great  bulk  of  the  medical  profession  is  still 
the  treatment  of  disease  in  the  individual 
patient.  On  the  other  hand  the  work  of 
public  physicians  is  almost  entirely  prevent- 
ive, as  in  the  case  of  the  members  of  the 
United  States  Public  Health  Service,  health 
officers,  or  school  physicians. 

It  must  be  apparent  from  the  preceding 
remarks  that  the  medical  profession  has  in 


the  past  been  mainly  concerned  with  the 
cure  of  disease  and  to  a  lesser  extent  with 
the  prevention  of  disease.  The  chief  hope 
of  the  medical  profession  for  nearly  a  hun- 
dred years  has  been  that  it  would  in  time 
be  possible  to  change  the  emphasis  of*  med- 
ical practice  from  cure  to  prevention,  and 
the  burning  problem  of  the  day  concerns 
the  best  methods  by  which  this  change  can 
be  brought  about. 

We  may  assume  to  begin  with  that  no 
matter  what  steps  may  be  taken  to  further 
the  prevention  of  disease,  sickness,  to  an 
extent  that  will  require  the  services  of  large 
numbers  of  physicians  of  the  practicing 
type,  will  continue  for  many  generations, 
if  not  indefinitely.  He  would  be  either  a 
very  prophetic  or  a  very  reckless  individual 
who  would  undertake  to  predict  the  ex- 
tent to  which  the  applicaion  of  preventive 
measures  would  in  the  future  affect  the  oc- 
currence of  disease.  We  may  of  course 
hazard  some  guesses  as  has  been  done  by 
Professor  Fisher  in  his  valuable  report  on 
National  Conservation,  but  it  is  well  to  rec- 
ognize that  while  it  is  undoubtedly  true  that 
tremendous  improvement  can  be  made,  any 
estimates  as  to  the  possible  extent  of  that 
improvement  are  nothing  but  guesses.  Two 
problems  therefore  confront  us,  one  to  de- 
termine the  best  methods  of  improving  the 
treatment  of  disease  and  the  other  to  ascer- 
tain the  best  methods  of  preventing  disease. 

One  of  the  most  important  factors  in  the 
cure  of  disease  is  its  early  recognition  and 
its  early  treatment.  Even  the  intelligent 
public  have  not  fully  appreciated  this.  There 
is  often  delay  in  calling  the  physician  be- 
cause many  serious  illnesses  have  in  the  be- 
ginning the  appearance  of  trivial  indispo- 
sitions. There  are  other  delays  which  are 
due  to  sentimental  factors  and  still  others 
to  financial  factors.     The  most  distressing 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlCKRICiLN   BiBOXCtKB. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


July,  1919 


459 


example  of  delayed  treatment  due  to  factors 
of  sentiment  is  that  presented  by  the  insane. 
There  is  a  certain  stigma  in  the  minds  of 
the  public  which  is  attached  to  hospitals  for 
the  insane,  a  stigma  which  results  from  tra- 
dition rather  than  from  reason.  Further- 
more the  judicial  procedures  and  the  pub- 
licity connected  with  the  commitment  of 
an  insane  individual  to  an  institution  act 
as*a  deterrent.  There  is  in  many  states  a 
lack  of  proper  provision  in  the  form  of 
psychopathic  wards  in  connection  with  gen- 
eral hospitals  where  voluntary  commitments 
without  legal  procedure  are  possible.  These 
unfortunate  circumstances  have  the  prac- 
tical effect  of  causing  the  friends  or  rela- 
tives of  the  insane  to  put  off  institutional 
treatment  to  the  last  possible  moment, 
greatly  to  the  detriment  of  the  patient.  An 
example  of  what  is  meant  by  financial  dif- 
ficulties preventing  the  early  treatment  of 
disease  in  the  case  of  the  worker  who  is 
subsisting  on  a  bare  living  wage  which  per- 
mits of  no  waste  of  money.  The  patient 
fails  to  consult  the  physician  early  because 
he  feels  he  cannot  afford  it.  The  investi- 
gations which  have  been  conducted  in  re- 
cent years  in  connection  with  health  in- 
surance have  indicated  that  notwithstand- 
ing the  fact  that  most  large  cities  have  their 
free  dispensaries,  a  not  inconsiderable  per- 
centage of  workers  of  the  class  named  fail 
to  consult  the  physician  when  they  are  suf- 
fering from  illnesses  which  to  them  may 
seem  trivial,  but  which  are  in  reality  the  be- 
ginning of  some  chronic  and  incapacitating 
disease.  This  is  sometimes  due  to  the  lack 
of  evening  clinics,  the  patient  feeling  that 
time  cannot  be  spared  from  working  hours. 
There  are  certain  other  aspects  of  medi- 
cal diagnosis  and  treatment  which  present 
definite  problems  of  interest  to  the  general 
public  and  especially  to  the  citizen  of  mod- 


erate means.  With  the  increasing  complex- 
ity of  medicine  has  come  an  increasing  ex- 
pense to  the  public.  In  the  old  days  the 
armamentarium  of  the  successful  practi- 
tioner consisted  of  a  stethoscope,  a  reason- 
able degree  of  intelligence,  and  a  good  bed- 
side manner.  There  are  still  diseases  so 
obvious  that  nothing  more  than  this  is 
needed  for  their  recognition  and  treatment. 
On  the  other  hand,  complications  arise  in 
connection  with  the  most  obvious  diseases 
which  require  methods  of  investigation  or 
methods  of  treatment  which  were  unknown 
to  our  professional  ancestors.  There  are 
many  diseases  *  which  are  exceedingly 
obscure  and  their  diagnosis  involves 
the  use  of  various  expensive  procedures  and 
tests,  such  as  X-ray  examinations,  bacte- 
riologic  and  serologic  examinations,  blood 
examinations,  and  extensive  and  costly 
analyses  of  secretions  and  excretions. 
Many  of  the  laity  know  from  painful  ex- 
perience that  this  is  an  expensive  process, 
and  the  statement  not  infrequently  made 
that  it  is  the  very  rich  and  the  very  poor 
who  get  the  best  medical  treatment  con- 
tains more  than  a  grain  of  truth.  This  in- 
creasing complexity  of  medical  practice  has 
resulted  in  a  form  of  organization  in  the 
profession  itself  which,  while  fairly  com- 
mon in  the  middle  west  and  far  west,  has 
not  yet  appeared  very  frequently  in  the  east. 
The  form  of  organization  to  which  I  re- 
fer is  the  so-called  group  practice.  It  is 
perhaps  best  illustrated  by  an  institution 
like  the  Mayo  Clinic  where  an  association 
of  specialists  of  different  kinds  have  built 
up  and  organized  an  institution  for  the  in- 
tensive study  of  disease.  In  many  of  the 
larger  cities  of  the  west,  little  Mayo  Clinics, 
so  to  speak,  have  sprung  up.  A  group  of 
physicians  consisting  perhaps  of  a  general 
diagnostician,  a  surgeon,  an  X-ray  special- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


460 


July,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLBS 


Amkrican  Mbdicins 


ist,  a  laboratory  specialist,  and  an  oculist 
and  aurist  have  associated  themselves  so 
that  if  a  patient  applies  to  any  one  of  them 
and  is  found  to  be  suffering  from  some 
obscure  disease,  each  of  the  firm  makes  an 
examination  with  his  particular  speciaUy 
in  mind,  and  the  resulting  conclusions  drawn 
from  all  of  the  examinations  are  much 
more  likely  to  solve  the  case  than  the  con- 
clusions of  any  one  man  of  the  combina- 
tion. From  the  point  of  view  of  the  pub- 
lic, group  practice  is  almost  as  expensive 
as  traveling  around  from  specialist  to  spe- 
cialist, altho  the  association  of  physicians 
into  a  group  very  often  results  in  a  cutting 
down  of  the  overhead  expenses  for  rent  and 
service,  so  that  a  regularly  organized  group 
can  give  an  opinion  at  a  less  expense  than 
a  group  of  scattered  specialists.  Neverthe- 
less the  expense  of  this  type  of  examina- 
tion to  the  patient  is  so  serious  that  unless 
it  is  conducted  in  the  charity  wards  of  a 
hospital  only  individuals  with  not  inconsid- 
erable incomes  are  able  to  afford  it.  An 
attempt  has  been  made  at  some  places, 
notably  at  the  Massachusetts  General  Hos- 
pital, to  meet  the  situation  by  organizing 
such  groups  of  physicians  in  connection 
with  the  outpatient  department  on  a  semi- 
charitable  basis.  The  patient  unwilling  to 
be  regarded  as  a  charity  patient  whose  ob- 
scure condition  is  to  be  investigated  pre- 
sents himself  or  herself  at  the  outpatient 
department  on  stated  days,  receives  the 
group  examination,  and  pays  a  modest  fee. 
The  question  of  the  prevention  of  dis- 
ease is  a  complicated  one  in  which  three 
main  factors  are  concerned.  These  are  the 
nature  of  disease  itself,  the  reaction  of  the 
community  to  health  problems,  and  the  re- 
action of  the  individual  to  health  problems. 
I  have  purposely  avoided  naming  the  phy- 
sician as  one  of  the    factors,  because  he 


serves  merely  as  an  instrument  and  his 
functions  will,  in  the  last  analysis,  depend 
upon  what  the  public  wants. 

It  goes  without  saying  that  in  order  to 
prevent  disease  it  is  necessary  to  have  a 
clear  conception  of  the  nature  of  disease, 
and  here  we  meet  with  our  first  stumbling 
block.  Our  knowledge  of  the  nature  of 
disease,  while  it  has  grown  enormously  and 
is  constantly  being  extended,  is  still  far  from 
complete.  There  are  certain  groups  of  dis- 
eases, the  infectious  diseases  particularly, 
concerning  which  we  possess  sufficient 
knowledge  upon  which  to  found  a  rational 
system  of  prevention.  On  the  other  hand, 
there  are  other  groups  of  diseases  such  as 
the  so-called  degenerative  diseases  like  can- 
cer, hardening  of  the  arteries,  Bright's  dis- 
ease, etc.,  our  knowledge  of  which  contains 
very  serious  gaps.  It  is  true  of  course  that 
tentative  attempts  at  prevention  can  be 
made  even  tho  one's  knowledge  is  not  ab- 
solutely complete,  but  it  is  clear  that  at  any 
rate  for  certain  kinds  of  disease  our  efforts 
at  prevention  will  be  for  some  time  and  to 
a  certain  degree,  a  groping  in  the  dark. 

The  present  reaction  of  the  community 
to  health  problems  can  be  pretty  well  esti- 
mated from  the  experiences  of  the  past 
century,  for  the  reason  that  it  was  during 
that  period  that  what  may  be  called  com- 
munity preventive  medicine,  has  been  devel- 
oped. The  main  function  of  public  health  as 
developed  up  to  the  present  time  has  been  to 
originate  and  organize  methods  of  prevent- 
ing the  wholesale  spread  of  disease  and  par- 
ticularly of  certain  infectious  diseases  which 
may  be  transmitted  by  methods  controllable 
in  a  large  way.  Such  matters  as  the  reg- 
ulation of  public  water  supply,  the  proper 
disposal  of  sewage,  the  regulation  of  insan- 
itary housing,  the  control  of  quarantine  and 
measures  of  this  kind  represent  the  type  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amuucan  Mbdicxnb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


July,  1919 


461 


public  service  that  the  medical  profession 
has  been  mainly  giving  during  the  past  cen- 
tury.    The  reaction  of  the  public  to  such 
measures  has  on  the  surface  been  satisfac- 
tory, the  measures  being  of  course  promul- 
gated in  the  form  of  laws,  the  infraction 
of  which  was  punishable.    It  is  not  neces- 
sary, however,  to  go  very  far  below  the 
surface  to  find  evidences  of  thr^e  factors 
which  have  obstructed  progress  in  public 
sanitation,  these  factors  being  indifference, 
ignorance,  and  greed.     The  indifference  of 
the  general  public  to  the  enforcement  of 
sanitary  measures  has  usually  been  demon- 
strated when  as  the  result  of  that  indiffer- 
ence some  widespread  outbreak  of  prevent- 
able  disease  has  occurred.     The  indiffer- 
ence is,  no  doubt,  partly  founded  on  igno- 
rance, a  factor  which  is  more  important  in 
connection  with  personal  than  with  com- 
munal hygiene.     The  element  of  greed  is 
an  obstructing  factor  in  various  ways.     It 
is  merely  necessary  to  recall,  as  an  exam- 
ple, the  fact  that  it  has  been  necessary  to 
enact  laws  against  unhygienic  homes  and 
overcrowding  because  landlords  of  the  com- 
mercial class  have    been    concerned    with 
their  profits  rather  than  with  the  health  of 
their  tenants.    Even  at  the  present  time  one 
does  not  have  to  go  far  to  discover  that 
where  there  is  a  conflict  between  the  laws 
of  heiilth  and  unscrupulous  or  unthinking 
commercial  interests,  it  is  the  laws  of  health 
which  usually  suffer. 

The  question  of  the  reaction  of  the 
individual  in  matters  of  health  is  be- 
coming an  increasingly  important  one. 
The  nineteenth  century  was  the  century 
of  communal  hygiene.  The  twentieth 
century  is  to  be  the  century  of  individual 
hygiene.  I  do  not  mean  by  this  to  Con- 
vey the  idea  that  the  work  of  communal 
hygiene  is  at  an. end.    This  is  by  no  means 


the  case ;  it  must  always  continue.  As  time 
has  gone  on,  however,  it  has  become  increas- 
ingly apparent  that  communal  hygiene  would 
carry  us  so  far  and  no  farther,  and  that  in 
the  last  analysis  the  prevention  of  many  dis- 
eases is  a  question  of  individual  hygiene. 
It  is  difficult  to  estimate  to  what  extent  the 
public  has  reacted  to  this  view,  which  has 
perhaps  not  become  sufficiently  diffused 
among  them  to  attract  their  attention.  We 
know  that  they  have  reacted  to  some  extent. 
Vaccination  against  smallpox  is  both  a  com- 
munal and  an  individual  matter.  An  in- 
creasing number  of  individuals  has  volun- 
tarily submitted  themselves  to  vaccination 
against  other  diseases  like  typhoid  fever, 
but  as  yet  there  has  been  no  general  reac- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  public  as  to  the  sig* 
nificance  and  importance  of  individual  hy- 
giene. 

It  is  clear  then  that  in  the  prevention  of 
disease  certain  methods  which  are  already 
in  use  must  be  continued  and  must  be  ex- 
tended. The  community  methods  of  dis- 
ease prevention  which  have  already  been 
mentioned,  namely,  the  question  of  proper 
water  supply,  proper  disposal  of  sewage, 
proper  housing  conditions,  and  adequate 
health  supervision  by  trained  experts  must 
become  universal.  At  the  present  time  it 
is  fair  to  say  that  this  aspect  of  preventive 
medicine  has  not  beefi  carried  to  its  log- 
ical conclusion  even  in  the  most  civilized 
countries.  Only  the  other  day  there  was 
a  report  in  the  Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  of  an  outbreak  of 
water-borne  typhoid  fever  in  a  fairly  large 
American  city.  The  proper  disposal  of 
sewage  is  notoriously  lacking  in  a  great 
many  American  communities,  particularly 
in  rural  communities.  The  question  of 
overcrowding  and  improper  housing  has 
been  re-emphasized  by  the  conditions  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


462 


JULT,    1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLB8 


American  JiiBDiciNB 


war.  A  few  months  ago  a  prominent  man- 
ufacturer in  a  neighboring  city  told  me  that 
many  of  his  laborers  who  worked  in  eight- 
hour  shifts  were  living  three  and  four  in 
a  room,  and  that  if  a  room  had  a  bed  in  it, 
the  bed  was  generally  continuously  occu- 
pied by  relays  of  workers.  While  such  con- 
ditions as  these  are  perhaps  temporary,  it 
is  nevertheless  true  that  there  are  still 
thousands  of  rooms  in  a  city  like  New  York 
with  no  windows  at  all,  or  with  windows 
opening  into  a  dark  air  shaft.  In  order 
to  completely  carry  out  the  known  and 
tried  preventive  measures  of  community 
hygiene  it  will  be  necesary  for  the  Ameri- 
can public  to  accustom  themselves  to  a  much 
higher  rate  of  taxation  than  that  which  they 
enjoy  at  present. 

The  problem  of  the  education  of  the  in- 
dividual in  proper  methods  of  living  and 
of  escaping  disease  is  the  most  important 
one  before  us  at  the  present  time.  It  in- 
volves not  merely  the  medical  profession 
but  also  the  educators  of  the  country,  be- 
cause it  is  clear  that  the  problem  is  largely 
an  educational  one.  If  every  child  were 
taught  in  school  the  principles  of  right  liv- 
ing, including  such  matters  as  the  princi- 
ples of  nutrition,  and  the  proper  choice  and 
preparation  of  food,  fresh  air,  exercise, 
bathing,  recreation,  and  the  known  methods 
of  avoiding  infectious  diseases,  a  long  step 
would  have  been  taken  in  the  direction  of 
inaugurating  individual  hygiene.  However, 
the  educational  side  of  the  matter  is  only 
one  side,  and  of  itself  would  not  suffice  to 
bring  about  satisfactory  conditions.  It  must 
be  combined  with  compulsory  physical  train- 
ing under  professional  supervision,  for  the 
health  training  of  the  child,  even  tho  ap- 
preciated and  understood  by  the  pupil,  will 
often  be  counteracted  by  the  ignorance,  in- 
difference and  prejudice  of  the  parent.    The 


professional  supervision  should  begin  be- 
■fore  the  birth  of  the  child.  Work  of  this 
kind  has  already  been  inaugurated  in  many 
places  under  the  general  title  of  prenatal 
nursing.  While  such  work  must  of  course 
be  under  medical  supervision,  the  actual 
contact  with  the  patient  can  be  brought 
about  thru  specially  trained  nurses,  and  the 
great  bulk  of  the  work  can  and  probably 
must  be  done  by  them.  Following  the  birth 
of  the  child,  particularly  among  those 
classes  who  are  .unable  to  afford  the  ex- 
pensive help  of  a  trained  nurse,  the  work 
of  education  should  be  conducted  thru  in- 
fant welfare  stations,  as  is  already  done  in 
many  places.  Some  of  you  may  have  noted 
that  there  is  already  a  move  to  extend  this 
work  and  to  carry  it  on  beyond  the  period 
of  infancy  into  the  period  of  childhood. 
Dr.  Emmet  Holt  of  New  York  was,  I  be- 
lieve, the  first  to  suggest  the  necessity  for 
continuing  infant  welfare  service  as  child 
welfare  service.  His  suggestion  is  without 
question  a  most  excellent  one,  the  only  crit- 
icism of  it  being  that  it  does  not  go  far 
enough.  The  principle  under  which  pre- 
natal service,  infant  welfare  service,  and 
child  welfare  service  have  been  originated 
is  the  principle  which  must  underlie  the 
individual  preventive  medicine  of  the  fu- 
ture. That  principle  is  of  course  the  peri- 
odical medical  examination  of  the  individual 
irrespective  of  sickness.  It  is,  in  a  sense, 
a  return  to  the  Chinese  tradition  of  paying 
the  physician  to  keep  one  well,  and  paying 
him  nothing  if  sickness  occurs.  At  the 
present  time  we  find  only  sporadic  attempts 
to  put  this  principle  into  operation  among 
individuals  past  the  age  of  childhood.  Sev- 
eral universities  have  health  departments 
before  which  students  must  appear  at  stated 
intervals  and  submit  to  physical  examina- 
tion.    Some  of  vou  are  doubtless  familiar 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrioan  ytmDioim 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


July,  1919 


463 


with  the  fact  that  certain  life  insurance 
companies  furnish  free  of  charge  an 
annual  examination  to  their  policy  holders, 
and  some  of  you  are  doubtless  ac- 
quainted with  the  work  of  the  Life  Ex- 
tension Institute  which  for  a  small  fee 
furnishes  an  annual  examination  to  its 
members.  All  of  these  are  moves  in  the 
right  direction,  but  like  Dr.  Holt's  child 
welfare  clinic  they  do  not  go  far  enough. 
What  is  necessary  in  order  to  carry  in- 
dividual preventive  medicine  to  its  logical 
conclusion  is  the  periodical  examination  of 
every  individual  from  the  cradle  to  the 
grave.  It  seems  to  me  that  by  beginning 
in  infancy  and  childhood  this  can  be  brought 
about  and  that  this  is  the  only  way  that  it 
can  be  universally  brought  about.  One  can 
imagine  a  period  in  the  future  when  it  will 
be  just  as  natural  for  an  individual  to  sub- 
mit to  a  periodic  health  examination  as  it 
is  to  clean  the  teeth  or  brush  the  hair.  It 
is  this  condition  that  we  must  aim  for.  One 
of  the  great  difficulties  in  the  prevention 
of  many  of  the  most  serious  chronic  dis- 
eases lies  in  the  fact  that  we  do  not  see 
them  until  they  have  progressed  beyond  re- 
pair. As  a  matter  of  fact  we  do  not  see 
then)  because  we  have  not  learned  to  rec- 
ognize their  early  stages.  A  well-known 
but  somewhat  iconoclastic  Scotch  physician 
recently  remarked  of  a  learned  volume  on 
hardening  of  the  arteries  that  it  was  like 
reading  the  third  volume  of  a  three  volume 
novel.  In  other  words,  it  was  a  discussion 
of  end  results  and  not  a  discussion  of  be- 
ginnings, and  the  reason  for  this  was  not 
lack  of  acquaintance  with  current  medical 
knowledge  on  the  part  of  the  writer,  one  of 
the  most  learned  of  physicians,  but  was 
merely  an  expression  of  the  fact  that  no 
one  in  the  medical  profession  is  at  present 
acquainted  with  the  early  manifestations  of 


arteriosclerosis.  It  is  only  by  some  system 
of  periodic  examination  that  we  shall  ever 
become  acquainted  with  the  early  manifes- 
tations of  the  chronic  diseases  and  it  is 
hardly  necessary  to  add  that  until  we  have 
become  acquainted  with  their  early  mani- 
festations we  shall  never  prevent  them. 

Any  plan  of  individual  preventive  medi- 
cine which  involved  merely  the  physical  ex- 
amination of  the  individual  would  be,  to 
say  the  least,  one-sided.  Along  with  proper 
physical  examination  must  go  an  adequate 
mental  examination.  Not  merely  from  the 
point  of  view  of  health,  but  also  from  the 
point  of  view  of  education  and  of  success 
or  failure;  in  life  this  mental  examination 
is  of  the  greatest  importance.  At  the  pres- 
ent time  the  mentally  fit  children  are  pe- 
nalized by  their  association  with  the  mentally 
unfit,  altho  in  some  cities  a  serious  attempt 
is  being  made  to  remedy  this  by  the  sort- 
ing out  of  the  mentally  defective  children 
and  placing  them  in  special  classes.  From 
the  medical  point  of  view  the  great  neces- 
sity is  the  recognition  and  segregation  of 
the  feeble-minded.  There  is  good  reason 
to  believe  that  the  number  of  feeble-minded 
in  the  community  is  quite  considerable.  In 
Connecticut  Professor  Gesell  states  that  ap- 
proximately one  and  one-quarter  per  cent, 
of  the  children  of  school  age  are 
definitely  feeble-minded.  It  is  frequently 
not  recognized  by  the  general  public  that 
the  problem  of  the  feeble-minded  is  quite 
different  from  the  problem  of  the  insane. 
An  insane  person  once  possessed  a  mind 
and  therefore  there  is  a  chance  that  he  or 
she  may  recover  it.  A  feeble-minded  per- 
son is  suffering  from  an  inborn  lack  of 
mind  and  this  lack  can  never  be  supplied. 
The  most  important  medical  aspect  of  the 
problem  of  feeble-mindedness  lies  in  the 
fact  that  it  is  transmissible,  and  that  if  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


464 


July,   1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Ambbican  Mbdicinb 


feeble-minded  are  permitted  to  be  at  large 
and  to  marry  without  restraint,  the  problem 
will  become  with  each  generation  a  more, 
rather  than  a  less  serious  one.  For  this 
reason  routine  mental  examinations  as  well 
as  routine  physical  ones  should  be  insisted 
on.  It  may  be  added,  tho  this  is  not  strictly 
a  medical  subject,  that  there  is  little  doubt 
that  methods  will  be  perfected  by  the  psy- 
chologists whereby  these  routine  mental  ex- 
aminations will  result  in  an  ability  to  apply 
intelligent  vocational  guidance  to  young 
adults  at  the  outset  of  their  life  work  and 
to  prevent  many  of  the  occupational  misfits 
which  are  now  so  common. 

So  far  in  discussing  the  reorganization 
of  the  medical  profession  I  have  made  no 
reference  to  its  possible  future  relation- 
ships to  other  professions  and  particularly 
to  the  nursing  and  engineering  professions. 
If  it  is  true  that  the  future  of  medicine  lies 
in  the  prevention  of  disease  and  that  the 
future  of  prevention  lies  not  only  in  the 
continuation  of  the  present  community  hy- 
giene, but  in  an  extension  of  preventive 
methods  to  the  individual,  it  must  be  clear 
that  the  medical  profession  as  at  present 
constituted  will  be  entirely  insufficient  to 
carry  on  the  work.  This  being  so  one  of 
two  things  must  happen — either  the  medical 
profession  must  increase  tremendously  in 
numbers,  or  it  must  call  in  to  aid  it  other 
allied  professions.  The  history  of  medical 
education  in  the  United  States  for  the  last 
twenty  years  shows  a  progressive  diminu- 
tion in  the  output  of  physicians  due  partly 
to  the  elimination  of  large  numbers  of  com- 
mercial medical  schools  and  partly  to  the 
increasing  complexity  of  medicine  with  its 
increasingly  long  and  expensive  period  of 
preparation.  It  seems  probable  that  the  in- 
creased personnel,  which  will  be  demanded 
by  emphasizing  individual  hygiene,  wjU  not 


be  supplied  from  the  ranks  of  physicians 
but  will  result  from  the  development  of 
trained  helpers  recruited  from  the  nursing 
profession  and  from  social  service  workers. 
It  is  not  impossible  that  entirely  new  types 
of  public  health  workers  will  be  developed. 
One  can. readily  foresee  that  if  the  public 
ever  accepts  to  the  full  the  principles  dis- 
cussed above,  the  number  of  communal 
physicians  and  communal  nurses  will  in- 
crease enormously,  partly,  of  course,  at  the 
expense  of  the  individual  physicians  and 
nurses.  There  are  already  indications  that 
to  some  extent  this  process  is  taking  place. 
The  increasing  amount  of  work  which  is 
annually  done  by  visiting  nursing  associa- 
tions, and  the  increasing  number  of  nurses 
who  are  going  into  public  health  work  are 
straws  which  show  which  way  the  wind  is 
blowing. 

So  far  as  help  from  the  engineering  pro- 
fession is  concerned,  it  is  clear  that  this  will 
come  not  so  much  on  the  side  of  individual 
hygiene  as  on  the  side  of  communal  hy- 
giene. Indeed  it  is  already  apparent  after 
two  or  three  generations  of  communal  hy- 
giene that  the  engineering  profession  is  per- 
fectly able  to  occupy  the  higher  positions 
in  connection  with  the  administration  of 
sanitary  problems,  which  were  formerly  oc- 
cupied by  medical  men,  and  while  I  believe 
it  to  be  a  mistake  to  eliminate  the  medical 
point  of  view  entirely  from  communal  pub- 
lic health,  I  do  believe  that  much  of  the 
work  involved  in  this  particular  form  of 
preventive  medicine  can  be  carried  on  by 
members  of  the  engineering  profession. 

It  does  not  seem  particularly  profitable 
to  present  theoretical  possibilities  without 
at  the  same  time  facing  the  practical  prob- 
lems connected  with  their  adoption.  So 
far  as  I  know  no  accurate  figures  are  avail- 
able at  the  present  time  giving  the  amount 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbican  Mbdicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.BS 


July,  1919 


465 


of  money  which  is  annually  expended  by 
the  American  public  for  the  cure  of  dis- 
ease. The  contemplation  of  the  amount  of 
money  that  is  annually  expended  for  the 
prevention  of  disease  in  the  way  of  national, 
state  and  municipal  health  departments  is, 
if  contrasted  with  some  other  expenditures, 
a  subject  likely  to  give  rise  to  mixed  emo- 
tions. The  United  States  Government  is 
willing  to  expend  enormous  sums  in  inves- 
tigating the  diseases  of  hogs,  or  the  diseases 
of  wheat,  but  comparatively  small  sums  in 
investigating  diseases  of  human  beings. 
There  is  a  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  but  there  is  no  United  States 
Department  of  Health  in  the  wide  sense. 
The  amounts  spent  by  States  on  their  health 
departments  as  contrasted  with  the  amounts 
spent  on  some  other  departments  must  be 
a  source  of  joy  to  the  cynically  minded,  and 
if  those  of  you  who  are  local  tax-payers  will 
contrast  the  percentage  of  your  taxes  that 
is  devoted  to  public  health  with  the  percent- 
age that  is  devoted  to  the  protection  of 
inanimate  property,  you  will,  I  think,  find 
food  for  thought.  All  of  this  leads  up  to 
the  question  of  whether  an  attack  upon  dis- 
ease from  the  standpoint  of  prevention  rath- 
er than  from  the  standpoint  of  cure  will  be 
more  or  less  expensive  than  the  present 
system.  At  the  present  time  I  think  it  is 
safe  to  say  that  no  one  knows.  It  is  quite 
certain  that  in  the  beginning,  that  is  before 
the  period  when  the  new  preventive  meas- 
ures have  a  chance  to  reduce  materially  the 
prevalence  of  disease,  the  process  would 
probably  be  an  exceedingly  expensive  one. 
One  of  the  forms  of  public  education  which 
is  most  seriously  needed  from  the  stand- 
point of  health  is  the  education  of  tlie  tax- 
payers in  the  point  of  view  that  they  have 
got  to  pay  much  larger  sums  than  they  have 


been  accustomed  to  pay  for  this  particular 
purpose. 

Suminary. — If  we  attempt  to  summar- 
ize what  we  have  said  in  the  form  of  con- 
clusions, they  would  be  about  as  follows: 

(1)  The  medical  profession  is  at  pres- 
ent mainly  organized  with  a  view  to  the 
cure  of  disease  rather  than  the  prevention 
of  disease. 

(2)  It  is  highly  desirable  that  the  em- 
phasis should  be  changed  and  that  preven- 
tion should  be  not  only  recognized  as  the 
desirable  ideal  but  that  more  active  meas- 
ures be  taken  to  put  it  into  effect. 

(3)  Aside  from  communal  methods  of 
prevention,  such  as  good  water  supplies, 
good  sewage,  proper  housing  conditions, 
etc.,  which  must  not  only  be  persisted  in 
but  must  be  made  universal,  the  hope  of 
the  future  lies  in  individual  hygiene. 

(4)  The  basic  principle  underlying  the 
enforcement  of  individual  hygiene  is  the 
periodic  health  examination  and  this  must 
begin  with  the  examination  of  the  expect- 
ant mother  and  must  continue  thruout  the 
life  of  the  individual  from  infancy  to  old 
age.  Combined  with  it  there  must  be  ob- 
ligatory instruction  of  all  children  during 
the  school  age  in  the  fundamental  laws  of 
health,  and  to  this  must  be  added  obliga- 
tory physical  training. 

(5)  In  order  to  carry  out  this  program 
it  will  be  necessary  to  greatly  increase  the 
number  of  community  physicians  and  at 
the  same  time  to  greatly  increase  the  num- 
ber of  their  co-workers,  the  public  health 
nurses. 

(6)  It  is  doubtful  whether  a  wholesale 
change  in  the  methods  of  medical  practice 
such  as  has  been  suggested  can  be  brought 
about  in  the  first  place  without  great  ex- 
pense. Whether  this  expense  should  be 
met  by  an  increase*  in  direct  taxation  or 
whether  it  could  better  be  met  by  the  ex- 
tension of  the  principles  of  health  insur- 
ance is  a  question  which  can  perhaps  be 
more  satisfactorily  decided  by  the  econo- 
mists than  by  the  physicians. 

(7)  The  successful  diagnosis  and  cure 
of  the  more  obscure  diseases  have  become 
so  complicated  and  expensive  that  ways 
must  be  found  of  permitting  the  average 
citizen  to  avail  himself  of  modem  methods 
at  reasonable  cost. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


466 


JtTLT,    1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICL.es 


Ambbican  Mjbdicinx 


SOME  OBSERVATIONS  ON  CIRCU- 
LATORY DISORDERS.' 


WILLIAM  MARTIN,  M.  D., 
Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

There  has  been  considerable  progress 
made  in  scientific  medicine  in  late  years, 
and  with  this  has  grown  a  better  knowledge 
of  circulatory  disturbances,  but  concerning 
some  phases  of  these  conditions  there  still 
remain  some  points  of  dispute. 

The  mass  of  literature  available  upon 
this  subject  should  clarify  the  haziness  of 
the  atmosphere,  but  unfortunately  the  de- 
ductions are  not  uniform  and  different 
writers  have  as  many  different  views,  which 
tends  to  confuse.  This  applies  to  hyperten- 
sion particularly.  The  word  "essential"  is 
one  that  when  applied  to  high  blood  pres- 
sure opens  up  controversy.  Some  of  the 
prominent  internists  insist  that  high  blood 
pressure  is  essential  to  sustain  the  circula- 
tion. Why  should  a  blood  pressure  be  es- 
sential? In  the  Standard  Dictionary  one 
of  the  meanings  given  to  the  word  is,  indis- 
pensible,  while  another  is,  idiopathic  or  not 
connected  with  any  other  disease. 

In  the  case  of  a  young  physician  under 
the  writer's  care  for  some  months  running 
a  systolic  pressure  of  over  200  mm.  bg. 
with  a  correspondingly  high  diastolic  dur- 
ing the  early  part  of  his  treatment,  the  state- 
ment was  made  by  one  of  the  prominent 
internists  that  his  pressure  was  essential. 
This  was  subsequent  to  some  weeks  of  ob- 
servation and  all  known  laboratory  and 
other  tests  having  been  made  with  negative 
findings,  the  work  being  done  in  one  of  the 
recognized  high  grade  hospitals.  He  was 
told  to  go  home  and  forget  it. 

'Read  before  the  Amer.  Electro-Therapeutic 
Asso..  at  Boston,  Mass,  Sept.,  1918. 


He  questioned  the  value  of  the  advice 
and  sought  treatment  for  what  he  believed 
to  be  something  pathologic  in  spite  of  the 
above  statement,  recognizing  that  there  was 
at  least  an  intestinal  toxemia  that  needed 
attention  and  which  was  largely  responsi- 
ble. In  addition  to  this,  there  was  a  large 
nervous  element  in  the  case  which  he  recog- 
nized. In  his  and  the  writer's  judgment, 
had  his  hypertension  been  essential  to  his 
good  health,  he  should  not  have  had  to 
give  up  a  large  and  lucrative  practice  on  ac- 
count of  being  too  ill  to  attend  to  it,  but 
should  have  felt  in  prime  condition.  The 
outcome  of  the  case  proved  this  contention. 
The  usual  recognized  methods  of  treatments 
by  auto-condensation,  wave  current,  and 
vibration,  together  with  dietary  and  other 
care,  brought  his  pressure  to  normal,  and 
with  this,  a  return  to  health  and  resumption 
of  his  practice. 

The  word  "compenss^tory"  is  another 
that  is  over-worked  by  some.  There  are 
cases  that  are  satisfactorily  recognized  as 
compensatory  owing  to  organic  changes, 
but  the  statement  that  "nature  does  not 
cause  a  pressure  above  what  is  necessary 
for  circulatory  purposes"  is  not  correct. 
Those  who  make  such  a  statement  advise 
against  all  methods  of  reduction  other  than 
what  can  be  dpne  by  rest  and  diet.  The 
falsity  of  this  is  being  constantly  demon- 
strated by  all  who  are  treating  such  by 
electrical  methods. 

In  the  cases  of  early  hypertension,  aside 
from  the  intestinal  toxemia,  we  will  find  the 
nervous  element  to  be  the  one  factor  that 
stands  out  in  a  prominent  way  etiologically. 
In  normal  conditions,  the  vaso-motor  center 
in  the  medulla  is  in  a  state  of  moderate 
tonic  excitation.  It  can  be  stimulated  di- 
rectly or  reflexly.  Fluctuations  in  the  irri- 
tation of  the  center  accompany  respiratory 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


July,   1919 


467 


movements  (Trauben-Hering  Fluctuations) 
as  can  be  seen  from  the  simultaneous  in- 
xrrease  in  blood  pressure.  The  course  of 
the  vaso-motor  nerves  is  such  that  in  part 
meduUated  and  in  part  non-medullated 
nerve  fibres  partly  mixed  with  ganglion 
cells,  pass  to  the  muscular  coats  of  the 
vessels.  They  make  their  exit  thru  the 
anterior  roots  of  the  spinal  nerves,  then 
pass  thru  the  visceral  branches  into  the 
ganglia  of  the  sympathetic  cord  where  the 
ganglion  cells  are  intercalated  in  the  course 
of  the  individual  fibres.  In  the  sympathetic 
cord  they  pass  upward  or  downward  and 
finally  hence  either  to  the  vascular  plexuses 
or  thru  other  visceral  branches  again  into 
the  trunks  of  the  spinal  or  cerebral  nerves 
and  from  these  to  the  respective  vessels.^ 

This  will  explain  the  nervous  element  in 
these  cases  of  simple  hypertension.  The 
sympathetics  are  most  easily  influenced  by 
the  various  outside  influences,  and  while 
there  are  no  degenerate  changes  apparent, 
the  vessels  in  time  assume  a  habit  of  con- 
traction, which  is  the  fore-runner  of  a  per- 
manent condition.  Such  cases  were  better 
called  hypertonia  vasorum,  where  the  nerv- 
ous element  seems  to  be  the  leading  feature. 

A  form  of  circulatory  disturbance  now 
easily  recognized  by  the  initiated  but  not 
by  the  profession  at  large,  is  that  known 
by  the  term  splanchnic  neurasthenia.  This 
name  is  not  altogether  satisfactory,  biit  is 
one  that  has  been  accepted  as  embodying  a 
certain  definite  series  of  symptoms,  all  of 
which  are  fairly  constant.  The  objection 
is  directed  to  the  word  neurasthenia.  These 
cases  are  frequently  very  neurasthenic,  but 
there  is  an  early  stage  when  these  evidences 
are  not  so  apparent,  yet  show  other  signs 
that  are  pathognomonic.  Abrams  coined 
the  term  to  meet  the  more  advanced  cases, 

^Landois  Physiology. 


who  usually  have  the  '*blues,"  and  who  at 
times  show  evidences  of  some  mental  in- 
volvement. During  the  earlier  stages  when 
the  patient  shows  a  moderate  insomnia  and 
periods  of  nervous  excitability,  and  perhaps 
some  anemia  and  a  general  lowered  vitality, 
and  having  periods  of  fair  health,  it  would 
not  seem  fair  to  place  them  in  the  category 
of  neurasthenics.  These  symptoms  will 
lead  one  to  investigate  the  case  carefully, 
and  when  the  usual  findings  are  noted, 
early  treatment  may  save  such  from  the 
later  stages.  Owing  to  the  usual  ptoses, 
hepatic  engorgement,  intestinal  stasis,  ir- 
regular and  reversed  blood  pressure  and 
pulse  findings,  these  cases  would  be  better 
known  as  splanchnic  relaxation  or  insuffici- 
ency. They  may  be  of  a  hypertension 
type,  but  are  more  usually  found  with  a 
hypotension,  but  always  with  the  reversed 
pulse  and  blood  pressure,  sitting  and  lying 
down,  and  unequal  in  the  arms.  Accord- 
ing to  Abrams  "the  factors  which  contribute 
to  the  development  of  splanchnic  neuras- 
thenia are  essentially  nerve  force  lacking 
in  the  muscles  of  the  abdomen  and  in  the 
nervous  mechanism  which  regulates  the 
supply  of  blood  in  the  abdominal  vessels."^ 
The  splanchnic  circulation  is  made  up  of 
the  portal  vein  and  its  branches  and  the 
arterial  branches  of  the  celiac  axis.  Nor- 
mally when  one  stands  erect,  the  splanchnic 
vaso-motor  mechanism  causes  a  constric- 
tion of  the  vessels  resulting  in  an  elevation 
of  blood  pressure.  When  this  nerve 
mechanism  is  defective  thru  loss  of  tone 
or  some  other  cause,  the  reverse  is  true, 
the  constrictive  eflFect  is  lost  and  the  vessels 
become  engorged'  and  the  pressure  falls. 
This  involves  the  liver  in  a  series  of  en- 
gorgements which  condition  soon  becomes 
pathologic.     With   this  there  is  associated 

'  Spondylotherapy,  p.  346. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


468 


July,   1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicinb 


a  venous  stasis  of  the  right  ventricle.  In 
addition  we  have  toxic  symptoms  as  the 
result  of  the  hepatic  and  intestinal  poisons 
affecting  the  nervous  system,  largely  be- 
cause the  circulatory  stasis  prevents  their 
removal  and  they  are  held  in  the  liver  with 
the  result  of  self  poisoning. 

This  liver  engorgement  is  one  of  the 
more  prominent  features  of  splanchnic  re- 
laxation and  usually  can  be  found  in  all 
stages  of  the  disorder.  This  organ  con- 
taining normally  about  one-quarter  of  the 
blood  of  the  body,  is  necessarily  easily  en- 
gorged, and  in  the  early  stages  it  may  be 
considered  as  compensatory.  The  ques- 
tion arises  as  to  when  this  ends  and  the 
pathologic  condition  begins.  .  The  solution 
depends  largely  upon  when  one  sees  the 
patient,  early  or  late  in  the  case. 

In  the  treatment  of  this  condition  it  is 
well  to  beat  in  mind  a  few  points.  The 
splanchnic  is  the  most  important  of  all  the 
vaso-motor  nerves  supplying  the  abdominal 
viscera.  Its  fibres  arise  from  the  5th  to 
the  12th  dorsal  inclusive,  which  corresponds 
to  the  vertebral  interspaces  of  the  2nd  to 
8th  dorsal.  Irritation  of  the  communicating 
branches  between  the  11th  dorsal  and  2nd 
lumbar  nerves  causes  a  marked  dilatation 
after  a  primary  contraction  of  the  vessels. 
This  effect  may  also  be  produced  by  irrita- 
tion of  the  vagus.  Long  continued  irrita- 
tion of  the  nerve  finally  causes  exhaustion 
and  at  the  same  time  gives  rise  to  symptoms 
of  paralysis  of  the  vessel  walls.^ 

It  can  be  readily  seen  how  vibration  of 
the  vertebral  interspaces  corresponding  to 
the  splanchnic  vaso-motor  nerves  distribu- 
tion will  effect  that  area.  Treatment  ap- 
plied for  the  relief  of  the  splanchnic  en- 
gorgement and  relaxation  must  necessarily 

*  Landois  Physiology. 


be  of  the  type  best  suited  to  reduce  this 
and  supply  the  necessary  nerve  stimulus. 
It  is  well  to  check  off  fluoroscopically  your 
findings,  ae  well  as  to  use  the  same  measure 
for  "keeping  tab"  on  the  progress  of  the 
case.     In  many  advanced  cases  there  will 
be  found  a  small  or  considerable  bulging 
of  the  aorta,  almost  aneurismal  in  type,  as 
well  as  the  cardiac  dilatation.     This  studied 
by  the  flluoroscope,  will  be  a  great  help  as 
well   as   adding   interest   in   watching   the 
progress,  for  in  the  writer's  cases,  this  had 
disappeared    with    the    lessening    of    the 
splanchnic    engorgement,    and    has    disap- 
peared before  the  hepatic  enlargement  has. 
These  cases  do  best,  in  the  writer's  judg- 
ment, by  the  use  of  vibration  of  the  spinal 
area,  diathermy  of  the  liver,  wave  current 
applied  over  the  upper  abdomen  as  well  as 
over  the  liver,  together  with  exercises  that 
help  to  strengthen  the  abdominal  walls.    In 
the  sagging  abdomens,  with  relaxed  walls 
and  ptosis  of  the  stomach  with  the  intestinal 
dropping,   strapping   with   adhesive   strips, 
properly   applied,    will   add    much   to   the 
comfort   and    have   a   distinct   therapeutic 
value.     The  Rose  strapping  method  meets 
the  indications,  using  2j4  in.  Z.  O.  adhesive. 
This  must  be  removed  at  the  end  of  a  week 
and  renewed,  and  kept  on  for  two  weeks, 
cleaning  the  skin  well  with  alcohol  before 
renewing  each  time.     The  third  strapping 
may    remain    until    it    becomes    annoying, 
when  another  can  be  placed  as  before.  This 
strapping   should   be   continued   for   three 
months  at  least,  when  it  may  be  left  off  en- 
tirely, and  if  necessary,  a  supporting  belt 
may  be  worn.     This  will  be  unnecessary  in 
many  cases,  if  the  exercises  have  been  kept 
up.     The  effect  of  the  strapping  is  more 
than  that  of  support.     It  keeps  up  a  con- 
tinuous slight  skin  stimulation  and  hyper- 
emia which  has  its  value  in  stimulating  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICXJSS 


JULF,    1919 


469 


peripheral  nerves  and  vessels,  all  tending  to 
an  added  tonicity. 

Some  helps  toward  diagnosis  in  circula- 
tory disturbances  which  are  recognized  are 
the  following :  a  high  diastolic  pressure  de- 
notes peripheral  arid  arterial  resistance  and 
a  low  diastolic  shows  the  lack  of  this.  A 
high  pulse  pressure  with  a  low  diastolic 
shows  low  peripheral  resistance  with  relax- 
ation of  the  splanchnics-  and  an  insuffici- 
ency of  the  general  circulation.  When  we 
find  a  fairly  high  diastolic  and  a  small  pulse 
pressure,  we  have  insufficiency  of  the  myo- 
cardium and  usually  a  condition  of  lowered 
vitality. 

It  is  pathognomonic  of  aortic  insufficiency 
to  have  a  moderately  high  systolic  and  a 
low  diastolic  with  the  high  pulse  pressure. 

With  a  mitral  stenosis  one  may  have  a 
systolic  of  140  mm.  but  it  is  not  likely  to 
have  as  low  a  diastolic  as  60  mm.  with  a 
correspondingly  high  pulse  pressure.  In 
compensated  mitral  stenosis  we  have  a  dis- 
proportionately high  diastolic  (compensat- 
ing vaso-constriction)  and  hence  a  low 
pulse  pressure. 

Chronic  interstitial  nephritis  usually 
shows  as  a  diagnostic  sign  the  high  systolic 
and  relatively  low  diastolic.  We  may  find 
hypertrophy  of  the  left  ventricle  with  a 
persistent  high  systolic,  particularly  when 
there  is  not  good  compensation.  This  con- 
tinuing finally  produces  degenerative 
changes  in  the  vessels,  and  with  this  we 
have  a  gradual  lowering  of  the  systolic  and 
circulatory  failure. 

Aside  from  the  usually  recognized 
methods  of  treatment  by  electric  currents 
and  other  physical  measures,  we  must  bear 
in  mind  that  there  are  other  things  that 
must  be  taken  into  consideration.  Four 
things  are  essential  to  the  upkeep  of  normal 
cell  activity,  rest  and  reaction,  nutrition  and 


elimination.  We  must  learn  to  see  on  all 
sides  of  the  case  and  meet  all  of  the  indica- 
tions, and  not  allow  prejudice  to  sway  our 
minds,  but  be  ever  broad  and  liberal  minded. 
Maryland  and  Pacific  Avenues. 


IS  CANCER  EVER  OF  OCCUPA- 
TIONAL ORIGIN? 

BY 

W.  H.  RAND,  M.  D., 
Washington,  D.  Q. 

*'Lamb,"  said  Coleridge,  "did  you  ever 
hear  me  preach  ?"  The  stammering  wit  re- 
plied, "I  nev-never  heard  you  do  anything 
else."  The  homiletic  habit  becomes  an 
impertinence  and  a  bore  when  projected 
into  general  conversation;  but  here  is  a 
little  preachment  on  occupational  cancer 
which,  it  is  hoped,  the  readers  of  American 
Medicine  may  be  disposed  to  r^ard  with 
tolerance,  notwithstanding  its  "sidelong 
moral    squint"   and   hortative    inplications. 

Concerning  the  occurrence  of  cancerous 
growths  as  a  sequel  of  occupational  injury, 
external  violence  or  irritation.  Professors 
Lubarsch  and  Theim,  two  of  Germany's 
foremost  living  pathologists,  have  come  to 
the  same  general  conclusion  by  separate 
and  independent  methods  of  research.  They 
hold  that  a  malignant  tumor  never  results 
from  a  single  injury,  maintaining  that  no 
scientific  proof  has  hitherto  been  adduced 
to  show  that  the  development  of  a  carcino- 
matous growth  is  ever  traceable  to  an  iso- 
lated traumatism. 

Lubarsch  regards  trauma  as  only  an  indi- 
rect cause  of  neoplasms,  remarking,  "If  one 
wishes  to  determine  the  eflFect  of  a  single 
traumatism  on  the  development  of  tumors, 
he  must  include  statistics  to  show  how  often 
traumatisms    occur    in    the    same    regions 


Digitized  by 


Google 


470 


July,  1919 


ORIOINALi  ARTICLB8 


A&ffBRXCAN    MBOICINK 


without  leading  to  the  formation  of  tum- 
ors."^ Furthermore,  the  author's  experi- 
ments on  animals  tend  to  negative  the  theory 
that  the  growth  of  tumors  is  accelerated  by* 
continual  irritation  practiced  for  many 
months.  In  fact,  Lubarsch  proved  that  ir- 
ritation often  retards  the  growth,  and  some- 
times even  causes  its  subsidence. 

Supplementing  the  work  of  Lubarsch  and 
Theim,  and  corroborating  the  conclusions 
of  French  scientists,  an  article  by  Bullock 
and  Rohdenburg  published  in  the  Journal 
of  Cancer  Research  (No.  3,  1918)  records 
the  results  of  experiments  conducted  with 
a  view  to  determining  whether  malignant 
neoplasms  ever  originate  from  irritation. 

The  American  investigators  proved  that 
tumors  which  are  indistinguishable  morpho- 
logically from  human  epitheliomata  may  be 
caused  in  rabbits  by  the  injection  of  irri- 
tants; but  they  hold  that  the  morbid  prolif- 
eration provoked  by  this  means  is  not  es- 
sentially malignant. 

This  opinion  coincides  \yith  that  of  the 
French  savants  who  claim  to  have  demon- 
strated microscopically  that  growths  pro- 
duced by  irritation  are  benign  tumors,  re- 
sulting from  cellular  hyperplasia,  and  are 
not  of  a  malignant  nature. 

The  conclusions  reached  by  the  investi- 
gators of  both  nationalities  appear  to  be 
identical;  while  the  reserved  and  cautious 
expressions  of  opinion  by  the  American 
authors  and  the  open  and  unequivocal  dec- 
larations of  the  French  illustrate  the  racial 
and  temperamental  idiosyncrasies  peculiar 
to  the  respective  peoples. 

In  reference  to  traumatism  as  an  exciting 
cause  of  cancer  M.  J.  Petty,  Asst.  Surgeon 
of  Kawson  Hospital,  Buenos  Ayres,  main- 

^  Verhandlungen  des  III.  Intemationalen 
Medizinischen  Unfallkongressea  zu  Diisseldorf 
torn  6  Ms  10.  Aug.,  1912. 


tains  that  even  thermal  irritation  occa- 
sioned, e.  g.,  by  eating  hot  food,  drinking 
hot  coffee,  etc.,  may  be  a  factor  in  the  pro- 
duction of  gastric  and  lingual  cancer.* 

In  this  connection  it  is  germane  to  the 
matter  tp  point  out  that,  in  human  subjects, 
the  parts  most  liable  to  trauma  (the  fingers, 
the  elbows  and  the  shins)  are  by  no  means 
most  frequently  the  site  of  sarcoma  or 
carcinoma.  While,  theoretically,  the  influ- 
ence of  trauma  may  stimulate  the  growth  of 
a  tumor,  its  effect  is  hard  to  prove  in  an  in- 
dividual case,  because  tumors  do  not  in- 
crease in  size  at  a  uniform  rate,  but  inter- 
mittently, with  long  periods  of  quiescence. 

Dr;  Lenoir  of  Paris  affirms  that  trauma- 
tism has  little  influence  on  cancer  and  occa- 
sions it  only  in  persons  already  predisposed 
to  degenerative  processes. 

Dr.  Verstraete,  formerly  chief  of  the 
surgical  clinic  at  Lille,  believes  that  re- 
peated traumatisms  or  prolonged  irritation 
may  cause  the  development  of  cancer,  as, 
for  example,  epithelioma  of  the  lip  in  smok- 
ers, and  the  so-called  cancer  of  chimney- 
sweeps. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Deaver  of  Philadelphia,  describ- 
ing a  series  of  534  operations  for  .cancer, 
says  that  in  only  13  per  cent,  of  the  cases 
was  there  any  history  of  traumatism.  Wil- 
liams reports  that  in  1,000  cases  only  once 
did  cancer  follow  an  injury. 

Writing  of  "Neoplasms  of  Occupational 
Origin"  Doctor  Cesa-Bianchi  remarks  that, 
*  according  to  the  present  state  of  our  knowl- 
edge, there  are  but  two  kinds  of  occupa- 
tional cancer,  namely,  those  due  to  anilin, 
and  those  caused  by  the  Roentgen  ray.  The 
misnamed  "cancer  of  chimney-sweeps"  and 
the  tumors  of  tar  and  paraffin  workers  are 
mere  proliferations  of  normal  cellular  ele- 

*  London  Lancet,  April  5,  1919. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicine- 


ORIOINAL.  ARTICLES 


Jl'LT,   1919 


471 


ments,  and,  in  a  strict  sense,  not  new 
growths  at  all. 

It  is  proper  to  emphasize  here  the  view 
now  universally  accepted  that  a  laboratory 
diagnosis  affords  the  only  trustworthy  proof 
of  the  existence  of  cancer.  Gross  appear- 
ances and  clinical  history  often  present 
prima  facie  evidence  of  malignancy,  but 
this  evidence  is  never  deemed  conclusive. 

All  recent  research  justifies  a  conserva- 
tive and  sceptical  attitude  as  to  traumatic 
cancer.  At  its  session  of  May  1,  1918,  the 
Societe  de  Chirurgie  of  France  discussed  a 
report  made  by  Dr.  Vitrac  of  Liboume  on 
three  cases  of  tumor  presumably  resulting 
from  injuries.  There  was  a  consensus  of 
opinion  that  new  growths  may  develop  un- 
der the  stimulus  of  traumatism ;  but  whether 
tumors  of  this  kind  preexist  as  dormant 
germs  which  are  merely  awakened  to  ac- 
tivity by  the  injury,  or  constitute  genuine 
neoplasms,  is  conceded  to  be  a  question  at 
once  difficult  to  determine  and  of  great 
medico-legal  importance. 

The  conference  recognized  the  usual  dis- 
tinction between  malignant  and  benign 
tumors;  and  while  no  one  expressed  a 
doubt  that  traumatism  might  sometimes 
cause  an  osteoma,  the  opinion  prevailed 
that  sarcoma  could  not  originate  in  any  such 
way.  One  member  of  the  Societe,  M.  Arrou, 
had  seen  a  tumor,  having  all  the  outward 
characteristics  of  sarcoma,  in  a  little  girl 
several  weeks  after  an  injury.  But  when 
this  tumor  had  been  removed,  it  was  ex- 
amined microscopically  and  found  to  be  of 
a  purely  inflammatory  character. 

In  an  address  at  a  recent  session  of 
L' Academic  de  Medecine  the  retiring  Presi- 
dent, M.  Georges  Hayem,  in  summarizing 
the  results  of  cancer  research,  said : 

The  study  of  these  observations  shows 
that  traumatism  may  accelerate  the  develop- 


ment of  a  cancer  previously  existing ;'  that 
it  may  lead  to  the  discovery  of  a  tumor 
hitherto  latent ;  but  the  evidences  of  a 
purely  traumatic  origin  of  cancer  are  at 
least  doubtful,  except  in  those  cases,  recog- 
nized long  ago,  in  which  traumatism  of  the 
bone  sometimes  results  in  the  formation  of 
a  neoplasm  called  sarcoma.^ 

The  theory  of  the  spread  of  cancer  by 

contagion  ostensibly  derives  support  from 
the  researches  undertaken  by  Loir  and 
Legangneux  at  Havre,  covering  the  period 
from  1901  to  1916.  It  is  to  be  noted,  how- 
ever, that  their  work  related  to  the  epidemic 
ology  of  cancer,  not  to  its  etiology. 

Are  there  cancer  houses  in  Havre?    To 
this  hypothetic  question  they  answer: 

**We  find  that  from  1901  to  1916  there 
were : 
1894  houses  in  each  of  which  occurred  1 

death  from  cancer; 
258  houses  in  each  of  which  occurred  2 
deaths  from  cancer ; 
24  houses  in  each  of  which  occurred  3 
deaths  from  cancer ; 
7  houses  in  each  of  which  occurred  4 

deaths  from  cancer. 
1  house    which  occurred  5  deaths  from 
cancer. 
Statistics  show  also  that 
211  times  death  from  cancer  occurred  in  2 
adjacent  houses ; 
39  times  death  from  cancer  occurred  in  3 
adjacent  houses; 
8  times  death  from  cancer  occurred  in  4 
adjacent  houses;  • 
Once   death    from   cancer   occurred   in    6 
adjacent  houses. 
These  results  prove  that  there  are  groups 
of  dwellings  which  appear  to  be  cancerous 
foci." 

Many   of   these   cancer   centers   have   a 

common  character.  They  are  situated  along 

the  margin  of  a  water  basin.    The  subsoil 

is    very    damp,    the   ground   water    rising 

within  a  few  centimeters  of  the  surface. 

Besides,  the  cancer  localities  are  all  near 

the  markets,  large  stables  or  feed  stores ; 

that  is,  at  points  where  rats  abound. 

^  Bui.  de  UAcade  mie  de  Medecine,  No.  1,  p.  7. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


472 


July,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


American  Medicxns 


WHat  role  does  the  rat  have  in  the  eti- 
ology of  cancer?  We  do  not  know  that  it 
has  any.  The  authors  say,  "Not  one  of 
the  rats  examined  had  cancer,  and  we  found 
the  trypanosoma  only  in  the  blood  of  one 
rat." 

Still,  it  is  a  suggestive  coincidence  that 
sewer  rats  abound  in  the  infected  localities. 
These  rats  burrow  in  the  subsoil,  and  their 
fur  is  always  swarming  with  fleas.  It  is 
possible,  at  least,  that  the  flea  may  transmit 
the  virus  or  germ  of  cancer  with  its  bite. 

In  common  with  Virchow,  a  pathologist 
primus  inter  pares  of  the  19th  century, 
Prof.  Theim  acknowledges,  "We  know 
nothing  of  the  real  cause — the  true  genesis 
— of  cancer."  But  tho  the  essential  pathol- 
ogy and  etiology  of  cancer  are  yet  inde- 
terminate, it  is  maintained  by  the  respective 
protagonists  of  current  theories  that  hered- 
ity, that  infection^  that  injury  or  that  diet, 
is  the  sole  or  main  factor  in  the  causation 
of  malignant  tumors. 

Bulkley  says  that  cancer  has  become 
more  frequent  as  the  people's  diet  has  in- 
creased in  luxury,  and  especially  since  the 
consumption  of  meat  has  become  general. 
His  experiments  shdw  that  mice  fed  on  rice 
cannot  be  infected  with  cancer,  tho  when 
placed  on  a  meat  ration  they  quickly  suc- 
cumb, victims  of  cancer  virus. 

Knights  of  Sanitation  in  quest  of  the 
origin  of  cancer  appear  to  have  become  lost 
in  a  bewildering  maze,  unable  to  orient 
themselves.  In  pursuit  of  their  object 
some  have  toiled  painfully  along  the  high- 
way of  heredity  without  arriving  at  any 
result.  The  mirage  of  infection  has  lured 
many  into  a  Sahara  of  arid  speculation. 
Pursuing  the  will-o'-the-wisp  of  traumatism 
(including  in  this  term  gastric  lesions 
caused  by  ingested  irritants)  other  pioneers 


have  found  themselves  mired  in  a  bog  of 
uncertainties.  Yet  each  of  these  exclusive 
theories  rests  on  a  substratum  of  incontro- 
vertible facts;  and,  as  in  the  analogous  in- 
stance of  tuberculosis,  a  correct  interpre- 
tation of  all  relevant  phenomena  must  lead 
to  a  just  conclusion. 

It  is  to  be  remembered  that  tuberculosis 
was  once  held  to  be  hereditary,  and  scien- 
tific observation  seemed  to  sustain  the 
hypothesis.  But  tho  this  opinion  has  been 
discarded  as  untenable,  all  agree  that  a 
tuberculous  parent  transmits  to  his  off- 
spring a  debilitated  constitution  which  pos- 
sesses but  slight  power  of  resistance  to 
tubercle  infection.  To  this  extent,  then, 
there  is  a  latent  modicum  of  truth  in  the 
theory  of  tubercular  predisposition  by 
heredity. 

Malaria  is  another  disease  of  which  the 
etiology  was  long  misapprehended.  The 
old  and  orthodox  medical  creed  concerning 
this  infection  accounted  for  intermittent 
fever  as  a  result  of  exposure  to  night-air 
miasms.  It  is  no  disparagement  of  Austin 
Flint  to  recall  that,  forty  years  ago,  in  his 
Practice  of  Medicine  he  espoused  and  ex- 
pounded this  theory  of  malarial  causation. 
To  that  great  clinician  all  the  data  appeared 
to  support  the  doctrine.  The  theory  was  a 
legitimate  and  logical  deducation  from  the 
evidence  then  available ;  for,  beyond  all  con- 
troversy, it  was  shown  that  malaria  attacked 
only  such  as  had  exposed  themselves  to 
"evening  dews  and  damps." 

No  one  denies  this  fact  today,  but  the 
phenomenon  is  now  differently  inter- 
preted, because  new  facts  bearing  on  the 
subject  have  since  come  to  light.  The  dis- 
covery that  the  anopheline  mosquito  is  the 
intermediate  host  of  the  malarial  parasite, 
that  the  infection  is  communicable  to  man 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


July,  1919 


473 


solely  by  this  insect's  inoculation  of  its  vic- 
tim, and  that  the  anopheles  flies  only  by 
night  are  links  in  the  chain  of  evidence 
which  incriminate  the  mosquito  as  the 
agent  of  infection. 

Reverting  to  the  cancer  problem,  it  is 
unlikely  that  the  corps  of  trained  observers 
investigating  this  question  are,  like  Ixion, 
pursuing  a  cloud-like  phantom.  The  elu- 
sive shape  which  baffles  detection  is  authen- 
tic Juno;  but  to  establish  her  identity  it 
would  be  absurd  to  fix  attention  exclusively 
upon  her  gait,  tho  vera  incessu  patuit  dea: 

We  have  reached  the  same  stage  of  scien- 
tific knowledge  in  reference  to  cancer  to 
which  our  fathers  had  attained  in  the  study 
of  malaria  and  tuberculosis  fifty  years  ago. 
To  sum  up,  it  may  be  that  the  human 
embryo  serves  sometimes  as  an  incubator 
in  which  feebly-resistant  seminal  or  germ- 
inal cells  become  potentially  malignant.  But 
will  the  abnormal  cell  degenerate  unless 
stimulated  by  trauma?  Even  then,  is  it 
not  possible  that  the  new  growth,  if  not  in- 
fected,  may  preserve  a  benign  character? 
In  other  words,  may  not  each  of  the  cur- 
rent hypotheses  as  to  causation  of  cancer 
embody  a  partial  truth  ? 

Cancer  research  has  not  yet  reached  the 
goal  of  finality,  but  it  is  nearing  its  objec- 
tives. Even  failures  in  experimental  work 
teach  valuable  lessons.  Sometimes  they 
indicate  the  necessity  of  more  extensive  and 
more  exact  control  tests,  or  perhaps  the 
futility  of  further  exploration  in  that  di- 
rection. 

But  a  rational  theory  of  the  cause. of 
cancer  must  be  a  deduction  which  accounts 
for  all  relevant  facts;  and  Huxley's  words 
are  well  worth  recalling  in  this  connection : 
"The  man  of  science  is  justified,  not  by 
faith,  but  by  verification." 

1440  Clifton  St. 


CARDIOVASCULAR  DISEASES  DUR- 
ING  THE  WAR  PERIOD.' 

BY 

MORRIS  H.  KAHN,  M.   D., 
New  York  City. 

Chief    of    Clinic    in    Cardiovascular    Diseases, 

Mount  Sinai  Hospital  Dispensary;  Assistant, 

Cardiographic  Department,  Mount  Sinai 

Hospital,  New  York  City. 

Introduction. — ^A  classification  of  the 
cases  from  one  of  the  medical  clinics  of  the 
Mount  Sinai  Hospital  Dispensary  showed 
that  3.8%  had  cardiovascular  diseases.  It 
was  found  that  for  these  cases  general  dis- 
pensary care  was  inadequate.  Cases  of 
heart  disease  as  a  rule  require  more  time, 
attention  and  social  study  than  most  other 
medical  conditions  that  present  themselves 
in  a  general  clinic. 

On  this  account  a  number  of  special 
classes  were  organized  for  patients  with 
diseases  of  the  cardiovascular  system. 

At  the  same  time  attention  was  directed 
to  the  prevalence  of  heart  disease  in  the 
community.  It  was  estimated  by  the  Bureau 
of  Child  Hygiene  that  approximately  15,000 
of  the  740,000  public  school  children  in  New 
York  suffer  from  diseases  of  the  heart. 
Mortality  statistics  revealed  equally  for- 
midable figures.  They  showed  that  over 
10,000  deaths  are  reported  annually  in  New 
York  as  due  to  cardiovascular  causes.  In 
1912,  48,000  persons  died  from  heart  dis- 
ease in  the  United  States. 

Recognition  of  the  magnitude  of  the 
heart  disease  problem  and  of  its  increasing 
medical,  social  and  economic  aspects,  and 
recognition  of  the  services  of  the  several 
cardiac  clinics  then  existing,  led  to  the 
organization  of  the  Association  for  the 
Prevention  and  Relief  of  Heart  Disease,  in 
the  latter  part  of  1916. 

*  Report  of  a  clinic  conducted  by  the  Mount 
Sinai  Hospital  Dispensary. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


474 


JULT,    1919 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICI4BS 


American  Mbdicinb 


Later,  in  February,  1917,  an  organization 
was  formed  of  the  Associated  Cardiac 
Qinics  by  affiliation  of  the  physicians  work- 
ing in  the  various  clinics  specializing  in  dis- 
eases of  the  heart. 

In  November,  1917,  the  executive  work 
and  educational  propaganda  of  these  organ- 
izations were  temporarily  discontinued  on 
account  of  the  war. 

The  Mount  Sinai  Clinic^ — ^The  purpose 
of  this  survey  is  to  siun  up  the  experience 
of  two  years  in  the  clinic  for  cardiovascular 
diseases.  We  shall  confine  ourselves  to  ob- 
servations on  the  class  for  adult  cases. 

The  Mount  Sinai  Clinics  in  Cardiovascu- 
lar Diseases  were  opened  in  March,  1917, 
and  held  two  sessions  a  week,  one  in  the 
evening  for  adult  cases  and  a  day  class  for 
children.  Within  six  months  the  growth 
of  the  clinics  made  it  necessary  to  hold  two 
sessions  weekly  for  each. 

There  are  some  details  in  clinic  manage- 
ment that  apply  particularly  to  cardiac 
cases.  In  order  to  minimize  the  physical 
strain  and  excitement  of  these  cases,  it  was 
deemed  essential  to  avoid  their  waiting  in 
line  for  their  tickets  of  admission  or  for 
their  medicine  on  leaving.  The  patients 
enter  the  clinic  waiting  room  directly  and 
obtain  their  tickets  there.  This  arrange- 
ment tends  to  avoid  extraneous  influences 
that  would  affect  the  findings  at  the  time  of 
the  physical  examination.  The  patients 
rested  and  at  ease  are  able  more  intelli- 
gently to  explain  their  condition  and  better 
able  to  understand  and  remember  the  ad- 
vice and  instructions  given. 

It  would  be  regrettable  if  the  effect  of 
this  measure,  detailed  tho  it  be,  is  not  ap- 
preciated, and  if  the  rigidness  of  dispensary 
attitude  make  it  compulsory  for  cases 
known  to  have  heart  disease  to  undergo  the 
physical    strain    of    standing    in    line,    so 


blindly  contradictory  to  the  medical  advice 
given  in  the  clinic. 

The  question  of  the  dispensary  fee  is  be- 
yond the  province  of  this  report.  We  may 
say,  however,  that  many  of  the  cases  ex- 
pressed it  as  a  hardship  for  them  and  would 
have  to  forego  clinic  care  if  the  payment 
were  unavoidable.  Patients  with  heart  dis- 
ease are  frequently  compelled  to  maintain 
an  economic  struggle  with  healthy  fellow- 
men  and  any  added  drain  is  more  or  less  of 
an  adverse  factor. 

The  waiting  room  of  the  adult  cardiac 
class  is  arranged  somewhat  like  a  club  room- 
It  is  large,  airy,  pleasant  and  inviting  with 
a  round  table  in  the  middle.  Pamphlets, 
magazines  and  newspapers  for  reading,  and 
checkers  and  domino  games  make  the  long 
wait  for  examination  less  tiresome.  Es- 
pecially is  this  important  for  night  classes, 
to  which  patients  come  tired  after  their 
work,  and  where  they  have  to  remain  some- 
times until  ten  or  eleven  o'clock  at  night. 
Upon  leaving  the  clinic,  the  medicine  is 
given  directly  to  the  patient  from  a  mod- 
erate supply  kept  at  hand  in  the  examining 
room. 

The  whole  attitude  of  the  clinic  must  be 
personal,  interested  and  beneficent.  That 
this  is  appreciated  by  the  patients  is  demon- 
strated by  their  earnest  cooperation  and 
regular  and  faithful  attendance.  This  made 
it  possible  for  one  nurse,  single-handed  to 
do  both  clinic  and  social  work. 

Upon  admission  the  social  record  is 
taken.  The  complete  medical  history  and 
physical  examination  are  then  recorded. 
Up  to  the  present  time  a  card  system  has 
been  used,  the  cards  enclosed  in  an  envelope 
6x3  inches,  convenient  for  preserving  ad- 
ditional data.  Subsequent  notes  are  writ- 
ten on  blank  ruled  cards. 

Polygraphic  tracings  and  electro-cardio- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMEBIC^N   MKDICI2<fX 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICLES 


July,  1919 


475 


graphic  records  were  made  in  many  of  the 
cases  and  functional  studies  were  made 
when  they  were  deemed  of  assistance  in 
determining  the  diagnosis  and  treatment. 

Nmn^cal  Data.— To  May  1,  1919,  dur- 
ing the  26  months  of  its  existence,  324  pa- 
tients registered  in  the  adult  cardiac  clinic. 
Of  these,  100  were  discharged  as  non- 
cardiacs  and  30  died  from  cardiac  and 
other  causes.  The  ages  of  the  patients  at- 
tending the  clinic,  classified  January  1st, 
were  as  follows  : 


From  16  to  20  years. 
From  21  to  30  years. 
From  31  to  40  years. 
From  41  to  50  years. 
From  51  to  60  years. 
Over  60  years 


Male  Female 

19  25 

28  38 

28  22 

19  18 

13  8 

8  9 


115  120 

In  all,  1,436  examinations  were  made 
since  the  establishment  of  the  clinic  to  Jan- 
uary, 1919.  The  number  in  each  class 
varied  between  10  and  16  at  a  period. 
There  were  classes  with  as  high  as  30  pa- 
tients, but  it  was  felt  that  adequate  atten- 
tion could  not  be  given  to  all  and  the  num- 
ber was  consequently  reduced. 

An  important  phase  of  the  work  was 
remedying  physical  defects  other  than 
cardiac,  and  correcting  economic  difficul- 
ties. Eflforts  were  made  to  learn  the  family 
conditions  in  each  case,  as  cardiac  cases 
cannot  be  successfully  treated  if  the  family 
conditions  are  ignored.  Up  to  December 
1,  1918,  the  nurse  in  charge  of  the  cardiac 
class  had  2,574  office  consultations  and 
2,220  home  visits  to  patients. 

Item  Number 

Cases  registered  In  1917  138 

Cases  registered  in  1918  101 

Patients  who  attended  clinic  during  1918.235 
Visits  made  by  patients  to  clinic  in  1918.786 
Patients  in  each  class  during  1918  average  11 
Total  number  of  cases  registered  up  to 

May  1.  1919  324 

Discharged  as  non-cardiacs  100 

Died  from  various  causes 30 

Cases  remaining  active  May  1,  1919 194 


C^ses  admitted  to  various  hospitals  during 

1918    38 

Of  these,  to  Mount  31nai  Hospital 17 

Cases    admitted    to    Convalescent    Institu- 
tions during  1918   29 

Of  these,  to  Loeb  Home 13 

to  Burke  Foundation  7 

to  Monteflore  Home  6 

Cases    given    private    convalescent    care 

during  1918  6 

Cases  given  home  convalescent  care  dur- 
ing 1918   36 

The  following  numerical  data  reveal  the 

family  conditions ;  the  figures  were  recorded 

January  1,  1919: 

Item                                                    Number 
Total  number  of  members  in  the  families. 558 
Members  in  the  famUles  who  are  wage- 
earning   152 

Children  under  16  years  of  age 293 

Number  of  patients  conducting  their  own 

business    11 

Families   partially   supported   by  charity 
organizations  20 

Social  Case  Reports. — ^What  the  social 
work  availed  toward  improving  home  con- 
ditions can  be  illustrated  by  a  few  cases. 
The  following  notes,  laconically  recorded, 
will  serve  as  illustrations. 

Case  I. — Cardiac  patient,  husband  and  six 
children.  January,  1917,  three  small  rooms, 
two  of  which  were  dark,  one  closed  for  the 
winter  to  conserve  heat.  All  slept  in  one 
room,  three  beds,  old  and  unclean  bed- 
clothes, and  articles  of  clothing  used  as 
covers.  Oldest  boy,  15  years,  who  had  grad- 
uated from  elementary  school  before  l4, 
serving  an  18  months  term  in  the  House  of 
Refuge.  Girl  13,  epileptic  had  spent  three 
years  in  Craig  Colony.  All  the  other  chil- 
dren had  decayed  teeth ;  one  had  to  have  10 
drawn. 

For  7  years  the  family  had  been  under 
the  constant  care  of  a  large  charity  organi- 
zation. Having  before  them  the  general 
problem  of  relief,  this  institution,  like  many 
others,  overlooked  the  individual  needs  of 
this  family. 

The  family  conditions  were  discovered 
thru  home  visits.  The  woman  was  sent  to 
a  convalescent  home.  The  children,  after 
their  teeth  were  treated,  were  sent  to  a 
home.  The  rooms  were  cleaned,  bedding 
supplied,  coal  furnished.  To  the  candy 
stand  which  the  charity  organization  had 
initiated,  fruit  and  newspapers  were  added, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


476                    July,   1919                                ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES  Amwbicjm  MsDiciNa 

increasing  the  income.       Now  the  family  1.    Compensated    valvular    lesions    re- 
lives in  five  rooms  with  bath  and  hot  water,  turned  to  the  clinic  monthly. 
The  cardiac  patient,  under  the  care  of  the  2.    Patients   under   digitalis   medication 
cardiac  clinic,  is  able  to  assist  in  manage-  returned  weekly  or  even  biweekly   when 
ment  of  the  stand.     The  family  is  self-sup-  necessary. 

porting,  has  refunded  all  money  advanced  3.     Patients    with    auricular    fibrillation 

to  them  by  the  cardiac  class  and  the  charity  returned  at  first  weekly ;  as  they  became 

organization.  educated  to  control  their  medication,  less 

Case  IL — Cardiac  patient,  wife  and  three  often, 

children ;  former  earning  25  dollars  weekly  4.     Cases  of  myocarditis  returned  weekly 

as  cloak-operator.     Eight  months  of  illness  and  later  less  often. 

consumed  all  savings  and  exhausted  the  as-  5.    Cases  of  aortitis,  atheroma,  hyper- 

sistance  of  friends  and  relatives.       After  tension    and     thyrotoxic     cases     returned 

improving,  could  not  return  to  same  occupa-  monthly. 

tion  nor  find  other  suitable  work;  became  6.  Special  cases  under  special  observa- 
despondertt.  Thru  home  visits  the  condi-  tion  returned  as  often  as  required, 
tion  was  discovered.  Patient  sent  to  a  We  endeavored  to  impress  upon  the  pa- 
country  place  by  the  cardiac  class,  and  on  ^.  ^  ^-  .  _,  -  ^.  , 
his  return  temporary  relief  was  given.  ^^^"^^  ^^^  importance  of  comparative  rest 
With  the  assistance  of  his  verein,  a  bakery  as  the  essential  factor  in  the  treatment.  We 
shop  was  bought  for  the  patient.  Family  reiterated  detailed  instructions  as  to  the  ex- 
is  now  self-supporting  and  has  repaid  all  ^^^  ^^^e  of  living,  and  helped  them  to  di- 
money  advanced.  ,,,....         „r       ^  .     . 

mitm*iAi*       T-i-rii            xi.1  T^ct  and  plan  their  activities.    We  advised 

Medical  Analysis. — ^The  following  table  ^ 

,          ^,                •    1  J  .  them  of  the  only  relative  value  of  med- 

presents  at  a  glance  the  numerical  data  ar-  .  .           ^,            -^             ,          r    ,    .     ,... 

,           J-      ^    J-          •      Tx        J      ^  icines.    The  proper  conduct  of  their  life, 

ranged  according  to  diagnosis.    It  need  not  ,         ,    .        ^    *^        ^ 

,      _  ,     •    J  ^u  4.  4.1.         J-    1             r  xi,  the  relative  amount  of  rest  necessary,  the 

be  emphasized  that  the  medical  care  of  the         .  ,    . 

J.            ..    ^                  .           ...  suitable  adjustment  to   economic  and  in- 

cardiac     patients     was     given     intensive  ,       .  ,       \,  .         ,          ,    ,          .  ,      , 

,        ,  dustrial  conditions  demanded  special  edu- 
cation and  guidance.  The  patients  could  not 

rki««^^-4„                              Active      Dis-  acquire  this  from  a  few  minutes  of  advice 

Diagnosis                                 cases     charged  .    ^ 

Mitral  regurgitation  37          12  in  the  clinic,  no  matter  how  definite  and 

Mitral  stenosis   39             4  i.  .t*     ..i.  .            y,         \. 

Double  mitral  lesion  14            4  emphatic  that  may  have  been. 

Auricular  fibrillation  19            6  For  the  most   advanced   cardiac   cases, 

Aortic  lesions  11  4 

Combined  aortic  and  mitral  . .     17            2  permanent  care  in  a  "home"  proved  to  be 

^""^"tZ^ortT^,.^''^^^^            7           0  ^^^  ^^'^  s^l^^*^"-       S"t  ^s  t^ds  are  not 

Cardionephritic    11            2  usually  available,  it  is  difficult  to  find  means 

Myocarditis    13             2  -      / 

Heart-block    3            0  ^t  adequate  care. 

^r/r^auricuiar " flbrtila:     '            '  .^°'  '^'  '^'^y  ^"^  -"^cr  cases  of  heart 

tion    2            0  disease,  we  endeavored  to  develop  the  edu- 

Paroxysmal  tachycardia   1             0  ^-ij               •                ^i_ji- 

Auricular  flutter   1            i  cational  and  supervisory  methods  of  care 

Thyrotoxic  heart     ','.'.'.'.'//.'.      7            2  in  the  clinic.     All  patients  with  heart  dis- 

Congenital  heart  lesions  1             0  ^ 

ease  should  receive  an  education  in  the  sub- 

'^^^^    ^^^          ^^  ject  of  their  malady.    This  can  be  achieved 

The  intervals  between  visits  varied  from  in  the  clinic  in  a  few  sessions.     During  this 

one  to  four  weeks.     The  following  rules  time  an  estimate  is  made  of  the  patient's 

were  generally  regarded :  capacity  for  work,  and  he  may  be  shown 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AUCKRICAN    MBDICINB 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


July,  1919 


477 


how  to  adapt  his  life  to  his  capabilities. 
This  may  also  be  done  during  a  sojourn  in 
the  hospital  for  a  period  of  two  to  four 
weeks.  We  have  seen  patients  who  paid 
no  attention  to  their  malady,  which  they 
knew  to  exist,  after  a  period  of  class  study 
or  after  a  stay  in  the  hospital  lead  a  life 
altogether  different  from  before.  They 
recognized  the  importance  of  prolonged 
rest,  were  able  to  estimate  their  capacity 
for  work,  and  learned  the  details  in  the 
management  of  their  disease.  We  have 
found  this  form  of  education  to  be  an  ex- 
cellent means  for  bettering  and  prolonging 
the  lives  of  these  patients.  The  supervi- 
sion of  patients  with  heart  disease  at  their 
homes  by  a  physician  and  nurse  associated 
with  the  special  clinic  has  proven  of  great 
value. 

The  Problem  of  a  Livelihood  for  the 
Cardiac. — ^Under  concurrent  favorable, 
circumstances,  cardiac  cases  may  remain  in 
statu  quo  for  years,  and  enjoy  life  in  com- 
parative comfort  and  independence.  In 
our  endeavors  to  benefit  them,  however,  we 
often  met  with  antagonistic  home  condi- 
tions. Most  of  the  patients  were  at  work 
at  occupations  unsuited  to  their  state  of 
health,  with  little  prospect  of  convenient 
change.  Women  with  large  families  could 
not,  with  ease,  take  complete  rest  in  bed  for 
several  hours  each  day;  nor  could  they 
manage  the  other  details  of  their  day's  ac- 
tivities with  an  intelligent  view  to  the  state 
of  their  heart  disease. 

The  transfer  of  employees  from  one  occu- 
pation to  another  more  fitting  their  state  of 
health  results  in  an  adaptation  of  the  indi- 
vidual to  his  work.  Occupations  which  re- 
quire much  training  are  not  generally  suit- 
able, because  of  the  low  wages  during  the 
period  of  training.  For  cardiac  patients 
there  could  be  made  available  certain  non- 


strenuous    occupations,    such   as    cashiers, 
ticket-sellers,  "ticket-choppers,"  etc. 

It  may  be  a  correct  idea  to  attempt  to 
segregate  cardiac  cases  into  an  industrial 
sphere    of    their    own.     Occupation     for 
cardiacs  thus  becomes  the  main  problem  in 
social   relief.     For   school  children,   voca- 
tional guidance  is  imperative,  with  the  early 
selection  of  suitable  occupations,  thru  co- 
operation of  school  nurses  and  others  with 
the  special  cardiac  clinics.    For  adults,  a 
few     limited     alternatives     exist.     First, 
adopting  a  phase  of  his  special  occupation 
to   the   physical   capacity   of    the   patient. 
Second,  changing  the  occupation.     Third, 
teaching  a  new  occupation.     The   success 
of  the  latter  depends  upon  the  proper  selec- 
tion of  the  cases,  freedom  from  anxiety, 
hygienic  surroundings,  •  rest  when  needed, 
and  the  chance  of  a  work  in  which  manual 
and  mental  dexterity  are  substituted   for 
physical  exertion.     Fourth,  establishing  of 
the  handicapped  in  a  small  self-supporting 
business. 


PERSONAL    REMINISCENCES    OF 
THE  FOUNDER  OF  THE  AMERI- 
CAN MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION.' 

BY 

HENRY  O.  MARCY,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 
Boston,  Mass. 

The  preacher  is  supposed  to  commence 
his  sermon  by  the  reading  of  a  text.  The 
following  is  most  fitting  in  emphasizing  the 
life  work  of  Dr.  N.  S.  Davis  of  Chicago. 

''And  his  works  do  follow  him." 

—{Rev,  14-13), 

Few  here  present  knew  him  personally. 
A  long  and  intimate  association  was  my 

*  Address  at  the  SOtli  Anniversary  Banquet  of 
the  Association  of  American  Medical  Editors, 
June  10,  1919. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


478 


JULT,    1919 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICLES 


AlIBRICAK   MBDICINB 


good  fortune,  all  the  more  because  he  was 
generally  considered  a  reserved  character; 
often  dictatorial  and  dogmatic.  By  the 
medical  profession  of  America  he  is  chiefly 
remembered  as  founder  of  the  American 
Medical  Association.  I  won  his  friendship 
by  my  early  and  continued  loyalty  to  the 
Association.  Its  history  is  instructive.  For 
years  succeeding  its  beginning,  attendance 
was  small,  with  seemingly  little  of  common 
interest  and  less  enthusiasm.  The  profes- 
sion as  a  whole  lacked  a  bond  of  union. 
The  various  medical  schools  and  a  very  few 
medical  journals  were  centers  of  coopera- 
tion; even  the  state  societies  were  slightly 
concerned  beyond  their  own  boun3s.  I 
first  saw  Dr.  Davis  at  the  Boston  meeting 
of  the  American  Medical  Association  in 
1863.  The  War  of  the  Rebellion  was  at 
its  height  and  the  number  in  attendance 
small.  Military  surgery  was  naturally  the 
prominent  topic. 

In  1860,  the  country  was  lulled  into  con- 
tentment by  a  widespread  belief  that  a  real 
war,  threatening  the  dismemberment  of 
States  could  never  be  seriously  contem- 
plated; that  the  heated  discussions  in 
Washington  were  du^^to  violent  political 
disagreement.  The  rec^^nt  day  parallel  is 
found  in  the  slogan — ^"He  kept  us  out  of 
war"  which  re-elected  Mr.  Wilson.  A 
great  national  conflict  was  held  to  be  im- 
possible. Dr.  Davis  was  a  relative  of  Jef- 
ferson Davis.  The  firing  upon  F^rt  Sum- 
ter roused  the  masses  of  the  North  as  from 
a  horrid  nightmare  dream.  Dr.  Davis  was 
an  active  Democrat,  but  an  advocate  of 
peace;  a  warrant  for  his  arrest  as  disloyal 
had  been  issued.  Excitement  ran  high  in 
Chicago.  A  mass  meeting  for  recruitment 
was  called ;  the  immense  hall  was  crowded 
to  overflowing. 

The  following  anecdote  is  illustrative  of 


Dr.  Davis.  Feeling  had  arisen  to  fever 
heat.  Dr.  Davis  was  seen  elbowing  his 
way  thru  the  crowd  to  the  front  of  the 
platform  where  he  demanded  a  hearing: — 
"Fellow  Citizens — I  am  a  Jeflfersonian 
Democrat  and  I  glory  in  the  name.  But 
the  time  for  peace  has  now  passed.  He 
who  dares  to  fire  on  that  flag  (pointing  to 
our  National  banner)  is  my  enemy.  In 
further  evidence  of  my  loyalty,"  and  here 
a  hush  like  a  spell  fell  upon  the  assembly, 
"since  I  cannot  myself  enter  the  army  im- 
mediately, I  will  gladly  care  for  the  families 
of  enlisted  men  without  cost.  I  am  com- 
paratively poor  in  this  world's  goods,  but 
I  own  unencumbered  this  comer  lot  (locat- 
ing the  same)  and  will  give  a  title  deed  to 
the  man  who  first  signs  the  enlistment  roll 
tonight." 

A  scene  of  wild  disorder  ensued — the 
•rush  to  the  recruiting  stand  was  beyond 
description  and  the  doctor  was  cheered  to 
the  echo. 

He  was  then  the  foremost  citizen  of 
Chicago,  a  professor  of  medicine  in  the 
medical  school,  and  with  Surgeon-General 
Hammond,  U.  S.  A.  and  Dr.  Henry  I.  Bow- 
ditch  of  Boston,  was  a  leader  in  the  new 
study  of  sanitary  science.  He  inaugurated 
the  movement  for  tunneling  four  miles 
under  Lake  Michigan  to  give  an  unlimited 
supply  of  pure  water  to  the  thirsty  city. 

The  project  for  an  enlarged  cooperative 
association  for  medical  teaching  received 
his  prompt  attention.  He  established  a 
graded  school  of  medicine  for  the  purpose 
of  elevating  standards  of  attainment.  Upon 
my  return  from  the  University  of  Berlin 
in   1870  I  was  tendered  a  professorship. 

The  state  of  medical  journalism  of 
America  as  well  as  the  inefficiency  of  many 
medical  schools,  called  forth  Dr.  Davis' 
severe     criticism.     His     unsparing    public 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRIGAN  HaDZOiNB 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICLES 


July,  1919 


479 


denunciation  of  their  narrow  local  and 
personal  policies  made  him  unpopular  with 
many  editors  and  teachers.  Out  of  this 
confusion  grew  the  idea  of  a  weekly  jour- 
nal, to  be  established  by  the  American  Med- 
ical Association.  The  plan  was  often  dis- 
cussed between  us — how  to  secure  the  uni- 
fied assistance  of  medical  editors  in  general. 
The  final  outcome  was  a  meeting  of  Ameri- 
can Medical  Editors  in  Chicago.  The  loss 
to  this  body  of  its  early  records  is  a  serious 
one  and  my  statement  is  from  memory. 

We  had  thirteen  editors  in  attendance 
holding  our  sessions  in  the  hotel  parlor. 
Dr.  Davis  was  elected  president.  I  was 
honored  with  the  secretaryship,  being  at  the 
time  Associate  Editor  of  the  Annals  of 
Surgery, 

A  brief  constitution  and  by-laws  were 
adopted.  From  that  date  annual  meetings 
have  taken  place  in  connection  with  those 
of  the  American  Medical  Association.  In 
the  course  of  time  I  became  president.  The 
good  work  has  progressed  steadily  in  a 
spirit  of  mutual  helpfulness.  The  more 
recent  exponents  of  its  activities  are  present 
with  us  tonight,  chief  among  whom  is  our 
able  Secretary,  Dr.  McDonald,  who  during 
his  long  period  of  service  has  faithfully  ad- 
hered to  the  finest  traditions  of  our  nota- 
ble beginning  and  without  whom  the  es- 
pecial interest  of  these  meetings  would  be 
wanting. 

The  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  was  the  logical  result  of  these 
efforts.  Dr.  Davis  acted  as  Editor-in- 
Chief  without  compensation. 

Already  in  failing  health,  I  earnestly  pro- 
tested against  his  acceptance  of  the  task, 
still  a  teacher  with  a  daily  clinic  perhaps  the 
largest  in  Chicago,  he  was  not  to  be  moved 
from  his  fixed  purpose.  "The  Journal  must 
succeed.    I  shall  give  it  unwearied  service 


as  my  last  and  best  contribution  to  our  pro- 
fession." 

The  journal  of  the  British  Medical 
Association — the  British  Medical  Journal — 
with  a  large  subscription  list  in  America, 
totaling  a  circulation  in  both  countries, 
of  about  fifteen  thousand  copies,  was  the 
only  great  national  publication.  Our  am- 
bition was  a  circulation  of  ten  thousand 
copies,  which  meant  a  safe  financial  basis. 
Today  the  weekly  issue  is  about  seventy 
thousand,  and  this  is  owing  in  large  part 
to  the  cooperative  labors  of  this  Association 
of  Medical  Editors. 

Success  is  inscribed  in  bold  letters  upon 
'our  standards  for  the  uplift  of  the  profes- 
sion. Our  past  history  is  phenomenal.  It 
has  held  a  welding  power  of  nationwide 
goodfellowship.  It  has  greatly  advanced 
to  the  world  championship  the  medical  at- 
tainment of  the  present. 

To  willing  and  competent  hands,  the 
cherished  memory  of  half  a  century  of 
united  effort  is  committed.  Cemented  by 
enduring  friendships,  the  field  still  offers 
new  vistas  not  less  inviting  to  an  army  of 
co-workers  for  the  common  good.  It  has 
been  my  privilege  to  attend  every  meeting 
of  this  Association,  except  one,  since  its 
organization.  This  is  true  also  of  my  as- 
sociate interest  and  attendance  upon  the 
meetings  of  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation. I  believe  I  hold  the  record.  The 
service  has  been  a  labor  of  love. 

Surgery  has  been  practically  re-written. 
Medicine  has  likewise  won  noble  victories. 
If  the  medical  teachings  of  the  present  day 
were  universally  adopted,  sickness  would 
be  lessened  by  one-half,  the  productive 
capacity  of  the  race  doubled,  and  life 
lengthened  by  at  least  one-third.  A  heri- 
tage of  a  century  now  belongs  to  the  well 
bom. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


480 


July,  1919 


ORiaiNALi  ARTICUSS 


AlIBRICAN   MSDICINa 


Our  profession  owes  the  world  the  solemn 
duty  of  showing  how  this  heritage  may  be 
economically  utilized.  Upon,  my  brethren 
of  the  Association  of  American  Medical 
Editors,  this  responsibility  is  laid  in  a 
special  sense.  The  trust  is  in  safe  hands. 
Magnify  it  into  a  glorious  success. 

180  Commonwealth  Avenue.. 


TROPICAL  ULCERS. 

BY 

J.  G.  JISR,  M.  D.. 
Cairo,  Egypt. 

I  think  that  this  is  the  most  appropriate 
term  by  which  to  designate  a  class  of  ulcers 
very  frequently  met  with  in  the  Sudan  and 
altogether  different  in  their  etiology,  course, 
etc.,  from  the  Oriental  sore,  Leishmaniasis. 

The  following  is  a  resume  of  statistics 
taken  during  five  years  of  work  on  this 
subject  in  different  localities  in  the  Anglo- 
Egyptian  Sudan. 

Etiology. — In  nearly  99%  of  the  cases 
reporting  for  treatment  the  patients  stated 
that  the  ulcers  were  initiated  with  an  in- 
jury such  as  an  abrasion  or  wound  caused 
by  a  stone,  kick,  etc.,  hence  the  site  of 
greatest  predilection  has  been  the  lower  ex- 
tremities. They  are  very  much  more  com- 
mon in  male  than  in  female  patients,  and 
almost  always  occur  between  the  ages  of 
four  and  twenty  years.  They  usually  ap- 
pear in  more  or  less  epidemic  form  during 
the  cultivation  and  crop  seasons. 

Foreigners  are  equally  subject  to  attacks 
of  the  same,  but  on  a  very  much  smaller 
scale,  effecting  by  preference  those  staying 
for  long  periods  without  changing  the 
African  climate.  The  ulcers  in  this  class, 
tho  equally  refractory  to  treatment,  riarely 


if  ever  reach  the  enormous  size  they  usually 
do  in  natives. 

The  present  article  being  compiled  from 
personal  experience  and  in  places  where  ac- 
curate bacteriologic  and  microscopic  work 
was  altogether  difficult,  one  can  hardly 
dwell  upon  this  side  of  their  etiology; 
nevertheless  I  would  like  to  state  in  pass- 
ing, that  the  microscopic  examination  of  a 
specimen  film  of  the  discharge  revealed  the 
presence  of  pus  cells,  staphylococci  and 
streptococci. 

Cowse. — The  ulcers,  as  stated,  nearly 
always  owe  their  origin  to  an  injury.  As 
hardly  any  attention  is  usually  paid  towards 
the  cleanliness  of  the  ensuing  wound,  or 
otherwise,  having  become  inoculated  with  a 
specific  germ  hitherto  unknown,  the  wound 
instead  of  healing,  begins  to  enlarge  slowly 
but  steadily  so  that  within  the  first  8  to  10 
days  a  small  ulcer  is  already  in  existence 
with  its  membrane  of  unhealthy  granulat- 
ing tissue  and  an  unusually  profuse  dis- 
charge. The  ulcer  once  established  con- 
tinues going  on  for  years,  if  left  untreated, 
reaching  large  dimensions,  there  being  no 
tendency   towards   spontaneous   recovery. 

Characteristics. — ^The  ulcers  are  usu- 
ally round  or  oval  but  may  very  rarely  be, 
irregularly  shaped.  The  margin  is  sharply 
defined  and  the  unhealthy  granulating  mem- 
brane covering  the  base,  fairly  thick, 
strongly  adherent  and  often  presenting 
small  nodular  elevations. 

The  color,  when  the  discharge  is  well 
wiped  off,  is  pinkish  red.  The  discharge  is 
purulent  in  character,  yellowish  green  in 
color,  seldom  sanguinous  and  very  profuse. 
The  ulcers  spread  superficially,  never  ex- 
tending beyond  the  subcutaneous  tissue, 
nor  exposing  any  of  the  deeper  structures. 

Treatment. — ^A  daily  hot  bath  was 
regularly  given  as  a  routine,  to  all  patients, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MSDICINa 


LONDON  LETTER 


JULT,    1919 


481 


medicated,  with  either  tinct.  of  lod.  or  liq. 
carb.  deterg. 

The  following  were  the  lines  of  treatment 
that  were  most  commonly  used. 

1.  Boric   Acid.     The  ulcers  were   well 
packed  with  pulv.  boric  acid,  and  covered 
with  a  dry  dressing.     This  was,  however, . 
soon  abandoned  as  it  did  not  prove  to  be 
very  successful. 

2.  Carbolic  Acid.  Touching  with  the 
pure  acid  on  alternate  days  neutralizing  the 
surplus  with  rectified  spirit,  was  attended 
with  better  success  than  the  former. 

3.  Touching  with  silver  nitrate  and 
copper  sulphate  sticks  on  alternate  days 
proved  to  be  successful  in  not  a  few  cases. 

4.  Tinct.  of  Benzoin  Comp.  A  piece  of 
lint  exactly  the  size  of  the  ulcer  was  soaked 
in  the  tinct.,  applied  to  the  ulcer  and  covered 
with  oiled  silk  and  a  dry  dressing.  Care 
should  be  taken  in  applying  this,  as  the  tinct. 
should  not  be  allowed  to  come  in  contact 
with  the  healthy  skin. 

5.  Lotio  Rubra.  Applied  in  the  same 
way  and  under  the  same  precautions  as  the 
above ;  only  that  the  zinc  sulphate  solution 
used  should  be  5%,  in  lieu  of  the  1%  in 
vogue  in  the  B.  P.  This  proved  to  be  the 
best  line  of  treatment  where  the  patients 
refused  to  submit  to  more  radical  measures 
and  where  the  ulcers  were  of  small  dimen- 
sions. In  the  larger  ones,  however,  this 
should  be  continued  until  the  appearance  of 
the  healthy  granulating  tissue;  skin  graft- 
ing should  then  be  performed  to  hasten  the 
cure. 

6.  Pacquelins*  Thermo-cautery.  The  ul- 
cers were  cauterized,  under  local  anesthesia 
until  the  appearance  of  the  healthy  granula- 
tions and  then  followed  by  skin  grafting 
when  necessary. 

7.  Curettage.  This  was  my  method, 
par  excellence,  being  attended  with  better 
results  in  a  very  much  shorter  time  than  in 
any  of  the  others. 

It  was  performed  under  local  anesthesia 
and  with  an  ordinary  sinus  curette.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  remove  all  the  unhealthy 
granulations,  which  often  strip  off  in  one 
piece. 

The  small  ulcers  should  be  immediately 
cauterized  with  pure  carbolic  or  liq.  lodi 
B.  P.  1898.  In  the  larger  ones,  grafting 
should  be  performed  24-48  hours  later. 
Complete  cure  was  obtained  in  the  worst 
cases,  under  this  line  of  treatment,  in  4-6 
weeks. 


8.  I  would  like  to  mention  lastly  a 
method  that  was  rarely  performed  but 
which  in  selected  cases  proved  to  be  very 
satisfactory  (small  ulcers  surrounded  with 
loose  healthy  tissue).  The  unhealthy 
membrane  was  excised  under  local  anesthe- 
sia with  a  scalpel  and  the  margins  coated 
with  strong  silken  sutures.  A  cure  was 
obtained  in  8  days  where  the  patients  were 
given  complete  rest,  thus  allowing  the 
wound  to  heal  by  primary  intention. 


(From  our  Regular  Correspondent.) 
THE  POLLUTION  OF  THE  ATMOSPHEBE. 

If  there  is  one  thing  in  preventive  medicine, 
and  one  thing  in  connection  with  widespread 
disease,  which  is  talked  about  more  generally 
than  another  and  understood  less,  it  is  pollu^ 
tion  of  the  atmosphere.  Some  people,  who  are 
academically  entitled  to  their  opinions,  spe^k 
as  tho  the  presence  in  the  atmosphere  of  any- 
thing in  addition  to  its  normal  oxygen,  nitrogen 
and  gaseous  traces  rendered  its  respiration  in- 
jurious, the  origin  of  disease  easy  to  compre- 
hend, and  the  chances  of  recovery  very  poor. 
Others  say  that  so  long  as  air  is  kept  stirring 
it  can  hardly  be  made  too  foul  by  the  presence 
of  human  emanations,  and  upon  this  view  many 
have  founded  their  discounting  of  all  atmos- 
pheric pollution  as  a  serious  source  of  physical 
disabilities. 

As  is  often  the  case  when  direct  differences 
of  opinion  arise  on  medical  questions,  neither 
side  is  right  and  neither  side  is  wrong;  for 
while  too  much  attention  has  certainly  been 
paid  to  the  mere  amount  of  carbonic  acid  pres- 
ent in  the  air  of  crowded  buildings,  not  enough 
has  been  paid  to  the  damage  caused  by  solid  mat- 
ter present  in  the  atmospheres  of  our  large 
cities.  I  do  not  know  what  steps  you  may  take 
in  American  cities  to  ascertain  the  amount  of 
impurity  of  this  sort  present  in  your  great  in- 
dustrial towns,  as  a  prelude  to  removing  the 
evil;  but  I  venture  to  call  your  attention  to  the 
very  interesting  report  which  has  Just  been 
issued  by  the  British  Meteorological  Office. 

An  advisory  committee  on  Atmospheric  Pol- 
lution was  set  up  some  three  years  ago  by 
the  Meteorological  OfDce,  and  altho  its  activities 
have  been  seriously  interfered  with  by  the  war, 
it  has  made  three  valuable  reports,  and  the 
fourth  dealing  with  the  year  1917-1918  has  now 
appeared.  It  is  to  some  extent  a  summary  of 
monthly  reports  which  have  been  published  in 
scientific  Journals,  but  it  contains  some  valua- 
ble comments  upon  the  evidence  they  have 
amassed,  and  also  a  detailed  account  of  some 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


482 


July,  1919 


LONDON  LETTER 


AUCBRICAN   MKDICINB 


work  done  by  Dr.  Owens,  F.  R.  S.,  the  guiding 
spirit  of  the  committee,  directed  towards  the 
best  method  of  measuring  continuously  the  sus- 
pended impurities  of  air,  instead  of  depending 
for  information  upon  the  amount  of  deposit  oc- 
curring on  certain  surfaces  at  certain  intervals. 
The  report  is  based  upon  observations  taken 
at  24  stations  selected  as  being  in  widely  dif- 
ferent environments.  •  Of  these  stations  seven 


worth  .the  unsheltered  gauge  is  in  the  vicinity 
of  one  of  the  main  southern  railway  routes  be- 
tween the  capital  and  the  coast,  and  is  there- 
fore liable  to  smoke  and  soot  contaminatldn 
from  the  engines,  when  the  wind  is  in  the 
favoring  direction. 

The  following  table*  shows  the  total  solids 
deposited  monthly  at  all  the  stations  in  metric 
tons  per  square  millimeter. 


Station.  1917.  1918. 

I  Apr.  May.  June.  July.   Aug.  Sept  Oct.   Nov.  Dec.  |  Jan.  Feb.  Mar.| 


43  >* 

Bin 

a   CD 

ia 

^■0 


Leicester 

London: — 
Meteorological  Office 
^Embankment  Gardens 
•Finsbury  Park 
♦Ravenscourt  Park 
♦Southwark   Park 
Wandsworth  Common 
Golden  Lane 

Malvern 

Manchester: — 
Queen's  Park 
School  of  Technology 

Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Rochdale 

St  Helen's 

Coatbridge 

Glasgow: — 
Alexandra  Park 
Bellahouston  Park 
Blythswood  Square 
Botanic  Gardens 
Richmond  Park 
Ruchill  Park 
South  Side  Park 
Tollcross  Park 
Victoria  Park 


17.21 

12.96 

16.58 

15.70 

23.37 

11.76 

7.23 

9.09 

2.60 

10.44 
12.72 
44.28 

24.50 
10.64 

7.69 
11.86 
13.76 
11.56 

7.55 
13.43 

4.89 

5.69 


16.70 

8.09 
37.70 

6.61 
15.03 
36.33 

4.84 
14.64 

5.15 

13.30 
15.60 
19.64 
34.60 
17.53 
19.06 

20.18 
19.22 
23.26 
21.20 
23.82 
16.53 
13.20 
16.58 
17.95 


16.61 

9.38 
11.72 
29.82 
16.64 
11.55 

2.47 
11.85 

2.55 

15.70 
11.40 
20.07 
34.60 
14.02 
16.55 

13.54 
19.98 
31.30 
16.25 
14.21 
18.11 
15.20 
27.82 
15.40 


9.16 

11.51 
28.26 
15.11 
17.36 
13.56 
10.00 
18.13 
2.96 

6.20 
14.50 
19.81 
34.63 
16.84 
15.78 

9.72 
10.63 
10.90 
11.46 
10.98 

8.44 
10.50 
10.79 

9.04 


19.76 

16.20 
20.59 
21.75 
16.87 
16.86 

3.73 
15.87 

3.94 

14.30 
21.80 
28.50 
34.63 
32.13 
18.61 

12.40 
10.04 
15.64 
11.97 
15.39 
17.60 
9.96 

9.00 


10.82 

6.18 

10.45 

14.10 

12.11 

3.96 

9.46 

1.34 

11.50 
18.20 
21.93 
34.63 
13.94 
14.29 

10.60 

7.55 

11.34 

10.58 

12.43 

9.76 

10.26 

7.74 

8.77 


13.66 

12.53 
34.66 
14.05 
12.49 
35.78 

2.81 
17.62 

1.52 

14.40 
21.00 
17.70 
35.69 

20.04 

19.52 
14.43 
18.30 

17.65 
16.61 
12.13 
25.49 


7.78 

6.97 
24.25 
10v81 

7.53 
20.28 

9.59 
1.75 

10.90 
13.20 
15.10 
35.69 
22.60 


13.03 
11.79 
15.67 
16.41 
16.83 
11.44 
7.53 
18.28 
14.35 


8.23 

ILIO 

16.79 
4.75 


12.62 
3.34 

4.20 
5.20 
20.80 
35.69 
15.16 
14.52 

11.82 

13.14 
14.41 
13.57 
14.11 
10.55 
14.91 


15.96 

17.67 
19.73 
14.16 
11.79 
10.22 

2.61 
16.27 

2.90 

4.90 
11.40 
14^52 

22.68 
18.39 

17.84 
14.91 


29.33 
19.76 
17.78 


25,74 

9.61 

26.49 

17.68 

8.85 

15.12 

2.16 

9.59 

1.67 

5.70 
10.60 
11.19 
33.95 
25.11 
17.74 

11.56 
IZM 
14.82 
15.17 
13.28 
12.12 
12.97 
13.85 
17.11 


5.24 

10.56 

21.89 

5.01 

1.72 

6.77 

14.08 

10.60 

1.54 

5.01 
12.50 
16.11 
33.95 
19.31 
13.69 


9.94 
11.24 
13.34 
12.15 
21.04 
15.53 
10.17 
11.88 


13.91 

11.07 
24.19 
14.83 
12.55 
17.33 

5.40 
12.95 

2.61 

9.72 
14.01 
20.81 
34.81 
20.40 
16.35 

13.56 
13.00 
16.17 
14.34 
15.60 
14.52 
11.88 
16.14 
13.13 


*The  above  table  is  supplied  us  thru  the  courtesy  of  the  London  Lancet. 


are  in  London,  and  include  a  typically  open  and 
thinly  inhabited  residential  area  like  Wands- 
worth Common,  and  a  crowded  factory  district 
like  Southwark;  nine  are  in  Glasgow,  and  are 
chosen  to  represent  the  best  and  worst  of  the 
most  busy  and  crowded  industrial  center  of  the 
Kingdom;  two  are  in  Manchester;  and  the 
others  are  at  such  foci  of  industry  as  Newcastle, 
Rochdale,  St  Helen's  and  Coatbridge;  at  Leices- 
ter a  good  example  of  a  large  country  town  in 
open  fields,  but  providing  work  for  a  big  factory 
population;  and  Malvern  a  lovely  rural  locality 
on  the  ridge  of  one  of  the  highest  chains  of 
hills  in  the  middle-west  of  England.  At  these 
stations,  during  the  year  in  question,  the  total 
solids  deposited  monthly  were  calculated  in  met- 
ric tons  per  square  millimeter,  and  the  pecu- 
liarities of  the  exact  position  of  collection  are 
noted  below  the  figures.  For  example,  in  South- 
wark the  gauge  is  situated  in  the  one  open 
spot  available,  a  public  park,  and  is  not  exposed 
to  any  dirt  arising  from  traffic,  while  at  Wands- 


The  stations  at  which  an  asterisk  is  affixed 
are  those  where  the  results  may  have  been 
affected  by  difficulties  of  collection  elsewhere 
attended  to.  The  low,  mean  monthly  deposit 
at  Malvern  is  representative  of  uncontamiiuited 
country  air. 

The  mean  monthly  deposits  for  each  station 
are  set  out  in  separate  tables  for  summer — 
namely  the  months  of  April  to  September  in- 
clusive, and  winter — namely  the  three  remaining 
months  of  1917  and  the  first  three  months  of 
1918  and  these  results  are  compared  with  the 
results  obtained  from  the  gauges  during  the 
preceding  12  months  analogously  subdivided. 
The  reasons  are  also  set  out  why  the  deposits 
have  Increased  after  the  interval  of  the  year 
at  some  stations  and  decreased  at  others,  and 
the  net  conclusion  drawn  is  that  there  is  some 
indication  of  improvement  of  the  atmosphere 
during  the  winter  months  but  that  the  degree 
of  pollution  during  the  summer  months  is  on 
the  increase.     We  are  definitely  warned,  how- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MBDIdNI 


PHYBICAIi  THBRAPT 


JULT,    1919 


483 


ever,  that  the  returns  for  1917-1918  must  be 
regarded  as  somewhat  inconclusive,  as  the 
shortage  of  bottles,  due  to  war  conditions,  made 
it  necessary  to  use  less  satisfactory  methods  of 
collection,  such  as  open  carboys  placed  under 
outlets  from  the  gauge  vessels,  a  method  of  col- 
lection calling  far  increased  attention  at  a  time 
when  intelligent  inspection  was  not  always  easy 
to  obtain.  Yet  the  broad  accuracy  of  the  results 
is  seen  by  the  fact  that  at  the  Wandsworth  sta- 
tion the  deposits  decreased  during  the  summer 
months  of  the  year,  corresponding  with  the  fact 
that  in  the  summer  of  1917  railway  traffic  was 
greatly  curtailed,  private  traveling  being  enor- 
mously restricted. 

Comparing  the  winter  months  for  the  two 
years,  an  increase  was  found  in  1917-1918  in 
total  solids,  tar,  insoluble  ash,  and  sulphates, 
while  there  is  a  reduction  in  the  deposit  of  car- 
bonaceous matter  other  than  tar,  chlorine,  and 
in  ammonia.  The  lesser  consumption  of  do- 
mestic fuel  during  the  year  explains  certain  of 
these  phenomena,  and  again  brings  a  highly 
technical  piece  of  laboratory  work  into  connec- 
tion with  the  afTairs  of  every-day  life. 

Dr.  Owens'  method  for  measuring  continu- 
ously the  suspended  impurity  of  the  air  greatly 
advances  this  branch  of  the  work.  By  elab- 
orate experimentation  with  special  filters  he 
arrived  at  a  filter  which  will  operate  automat- 
ically, giving  records  at  short  intervals  over  a 
period  of  12  or  24  hours,  on  a  paper  clock.  The 
result  indicates  what  may  be  regarded  as  hap- 
pening to  respiratory  tissue  from  polluted  air, 
and  at  once  the  enormous  possibilities  for  pre- 
ventive and  clinical  medicine,  latent  in  research 
of  this  character,  become  apparent  All  urban 
communities  should  clamor  for  coal  smoke 
abatement. 


Under    the   Editorial    Direction   of   Albert   C. 
Geyser,  M.  D.,  New  York. 

GENERAL  CONSIBEBATIONS  OF  THE  THEB- 
APEUTIC  EFFECT  OF  HTFEBEMIA. 

Unconsciously  the  average  physician  as- 
sociates two  qualities,  inflammation  and 
pain  with  hyperemia.  Because  hyperemia 
is  under  normal  circumstances  one  of  the 
principal  factors  of  an  inflammation  and  as 
an  inflammatory  condition  usually  has  pain 
as  an  associate,  it  was  thought  that  the 
hyperemia  or  the  inflammation  was  the 
cause  of  the  pain. 

This  opinion  is  so  firmly  rooted  in  the 
minds  of  medical  men,  that  to  speak  of  ^n 


inflammatory  process  suggests  the  presence 
of  pain  and  this  suggestion  is  borne  out  by 
actual  facts. 

When  we  really  analyze  the  process  of  an 
inflammation,  we  are  led  to  inquire,  what 
useful  function  can  we  find  that  pain  per- 
forms ?  We  can  and  do  account  for  all  the 
various  component  parts  of  an  inflamma- 
tory process.  We  know  just  what  particu- 
lar function  each  one  is  by  nature  expected 
to  perform,  but  if  we  stop  to  inquire  what 
possible  good  could  come  from  a  painful 
condition  in  an  inflammatory  process,  we 
would  be  obliged  to  admit  its  utter  inability 
to  serve  any  purpose  at  all. 

Pain,  therefore,  is  not  the  result  of  or  in 
any  way  connected  with  inflammation  per 
se. 

It  is,  nevertheless,  true  that  this  pain  may 
and  frequently  is  intensified  by  the  hyper- 
emia. Qoser  observation,  however,  will 
show  that  this  increase  of  pain  is  only  of 
short  duration  after  the  inflammation  or 
hyperemia  has  adequately  manifested  itself. 
In  fact  we  are  all  agreed  that  inflamma- 
tion is  nature's  reparative  process.  That 
being  so,  the  pain  which  was  present  as  one 
of  the  causative  factors  of  the  inflamma- 
tion, must  of  necessity  sooner  or  later  yield 
to  this  reparative  influence  and  become  miti- 
gated and  finally  lost. 

We  are  all  familiar  with  the  terrific  pain 
of  dental  caries,  which  during  the  acute 
stage  lasts  from  one  to  two  hours  to  as 
many  days.  As  soon  as  the  hyperemia  and 
its  consequent  swelling  have  taken  place, 
practically  all  of  the  pain  vanishes.  The 
patient  suffers  from  the  immensely  swollen 
jaw,  which  is  very  tender  to  the  touch,  but 
otherwise  is  free  from  pain. 

A  patient  sustains  a  fracture  of  one  of  the 
long  bones.  There  is  at  once  more  or  less 
pain,  yet  as  soon  as  the  reparative  process 
or  reaction  has  set  in  and  swelling  has  taken 
place  there  is  a  complete  absence  of  all  pre- 
vious pain,  assuming  all  parts  to  be  in  ap- 
position. 

From  all  this  it  seems  that  pain  is  not  the 
result  of  hyperemia.  Still  this  question  of 
pain  cannot  be  so  easily  disposed  of. 

Whenever  we  have  a  limb  suflFering  from 
a  toxemia,  the  result  of  a  local  infection, 
every  surgeon  knows  from  actual  practical 
experience  that  when  such  a  limb  is  raised 
so  as  to  favor  the  return  circulation,  that 
the  pain  at  once  ceases. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


484 


July.  1919 


PHYSICAL  THBRAFT 


Ambbican  Mbdicinb 


When  this  same  limb  is  allowed  to  hang 
suspended,  the  pain  returns  with  all  its 
vigor. 

To  the  casual  observer  this  accumulation 
of  the  venous  blood,  the  consequent  en- 
gorgement and  congestion  are  the  direct 
causes  of  the  pain. 

All  this  is  an  error  pure  and  simple.  If 
that  same  limb  is  gradually  lowered  and  has 
become  used  to  the  amount  of  congestion, 
now  if  active  hyperemia  is  gradually  added 
to  it,  not  only  will  the  pain  cease,  but  the 
whole  reparative  process  be  hastened. 

The  pain  in  all  these  cases  is  due  to  an 
interference  with  the  circulation  at  the 
point  of  the  original  injury.  As  soon  as 
the  circulation  has  been  reestablished  there, 
pain  will  cease.  This  reestablisment  of  the 
circulation  in  the  injured  part  can  only  oc- 
cur as  the  result  of  increased  local  circula- 
tion or  as  the  result  of  hyperemia. 

The  hyperemia  is  not  the  cause  of  the 
pain,  but  the  result  of  pain. 

In  this  connection  it  would  be  well  to  re- 
member that  stasis  must  never  be  mistaken 
for  hyperemia. 

Strange  as  it  may  seem,  while  this  old 
theory  of  pain  being  due  to  hyperemia  still 
lurks  in  the  mind  of  the  physician,  yet 
that  same  physician  knows  only  too  well  the 
pain-relieving  power  of  hyperemia. 

A  severe  otitis  media,  neuralgia,  myalgia 
or  even  ostalgia  are  always  benefited  by 
some  agent  capable  of  setting  up  some 
counter-irritation  which  must  result  in  a 
hyperemia. 

The  hot  water  bag,  the  dry  heated  air, 
hot  compresses  all  have  been  used  by  the 
physician  and  patient  alike  and  seldom  or 
never  with  disappointment. 

When  a  joint,  suffering  from  chronic 
rheumatism,  is  placed  in  a  superheated  air 
apparatus,  in  less  than  one  hour  all  pain 
is  gone. 

We  have  caused  here  an  increase  in  the 
arterial  circulation.  In  spite  of  the  fact 
that  this  same  joint  was  red,  tender  and 
swollen,  after  one  hour  of  active  hyperemia, 
with  perhaps  an  increase  in  the  swelling 
and  certainly  an  increase  in  the  local  tem- 
perature of  the  part,  the  pain  is  entirely 
eliminated.  At  the  same  time  while  the 
superheated  dry  air  almost  at  once  relieves 
all  the  pain,  it  does  not  cure  the  disease. 

This,  like  many  other  toxic  manifesta- 
tions, requires  constitutional  elimination  for 


its  removal.  While  the  superheated  dry  air 
gives  the  patient  relief,  other  measures  must 
be  instituted.  While  the  effect  of  hyperemia 
is  very  marked  in  chronic  arthritis,  still 
more  effective  results  are  obtained  by  the 
passive  hyperemia  in  gonorrheal  rheu- 
matism. If  a  joint  suffers  pain  as  the  re- 
sult of  gonococcic  invasion,  the  application 
of  the  rubber  bandage  above  the  joint  will 
result  in  almost  complete  relief  of  pain  in 
one  or  two  hours  after  its  application. 

In  the  use  of  the  passive  hyperemia  care 
must  be  exercised  in  its  application.  It 
must  never  be  uncomfortable  and  above  all, 
it  must  be  applied  for  a  great  many  hours 
at  a  time.  The  more  acute  the  lesion,  the 
longer  must  the  passive  hyperemia  be  main- 
tained. 

The  more  chronic  the  lesion  the  shorter 
the  time  of  application.  All  chronic  lesions 
are  associated  with  more  or  less  stasis,  care 
must  therefore  be  taken  not  to  increase  this 
but  rather  to  mitigate  the  same. 

In  gonorrheal  joints  twenty  to  twenty- 
two  hours  out  of  each  twenty-four  are 
none  too  much.  A  superficial  neuralgia  is 
quickly  relieved  of  its  pain  by  the  applica- 
tion of  the  vacuum  cups.  These  cups  simply 
divert  the  bloodstream  into  the  path  of 
lesser  resistance  and  so  cause  a  local  hjrper- 
emia  with  a  consequent  lessening  of  the 
pkin. 

In  the  application  of  a  hot  fomentation  to 
an  impending  abscess  not  only  is  the  pain 
almost  at  once  relieved,  but  frequently  it 
happens  that  the  whole  process  retrogrades 
or  at  least  hastens  the  suppurative  stage  and 
causes  elimination  from  the  body  of  the 
toxic  material. 

Concliisi<m8. —  From  such  observed  facts 
we  must  come  to  the  only  logical  conclusion 
that  pain  is  not  caused  by,  but  on  the  con- 
trary, it  is  positively  relieved  by  active  as 
well  as  by  passive  hyperemia. 

We  have  seen  how  we  accounted  for  the 
statement  that  hyperemia  could  not  be  the 
pain-producing  factor,  now  we  must  equally 
well  prove  that  hyperemia  is  a  pain-reliev- 
ing agent. 

Schleich  has  shown,  that  when  any  tissue 
is  properly  infiltrated  with  certain  sub- 
stances, the  pain  is  thereby  diminished.  He 
was  able  to  produce  an  equally  perfect  local 
anesthesia  with  only  one-half  of  one  per 
cent,  solution  of  cocaine,  while  others  with 
a    less    perfect    tissue    infiltration    were 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mu>zciNa 


PHYBICAIi  THBIRAPY 


July,  1919 


485 


obliged  to  use  the  usual  four  per  cent,  solu- 
tion. 

This  same  method  of  tissue  infiltration 
with  a  very  small  amount  of  cocaine  is 
made  use  of  by  Bodine  in  nearly  all  of  his 
major  operations  without  a  general  anes- 
thetic. 

It  is  the  method  of  infiltration  and  not 
the  drug,  for  many  surgeons  have  tried  to 
imitate  Dr.  Bodine,  even  with  much  larger 
percentages  of  the  drug,  but  few  have  ever 
enjoyed  his  success. 

It  is  well  to  note  here  that  whenever  we 
have  edema  we  seldom  have  acute  pain. 

With  a  hyperemia  we  certainly  cause  by 
the  outpouring  of  the  serum  a  complete 
cell  or  tissue  infiltration,  stimulating  a 
temporary  edema,  which  may  be  an  im- 
portant factor  in  the  pain-relieving  qualities 
of  a  hyperemia,  especially  of  the  passive 
variety. 

As  previously  stated  the  pain  is  the  result 
of  the  original  injury.   . 

Assuming  the  original  injury  to  be  the 
result  pf  a  toxemia,  which  may  be  either 
bacterial  or  chemical,  have  we  not  every 
reason  to  expect  that  the  sooner  such  poi- 
sons are  removed  from  the  body,  the  sooner 
will  the  pain  disappear  ?  This  quickened  re- 
moval can  best  be  brought  about  by  an  active 
hyperemia  which  causes  an  increased  local 
circulation  in  the  affected  parts. 

Again,  by  the  passive  hyperemia  and  a 
retarding  of  the  return  circulation  with  a 
consequent  dilution  of  the  toxic  material, 
should  we  not  find  an  easy  explanation  of 
the  pain-relieving  qualities  of  such  a  hyper- 
emia. 

It  has  been  observed  by  some  that  the  re- 
lief from  pain  in  joint  diseases  was  due  to 
an  accumulation  of  fluids  within  the  joint 
cavity  and  so  the  articular  surfaces  were 
forced  apart,  thereby  relieving  the  intra- 
articular pain. 

I  am  of  the  opinion  that  this  is  a  fallacy, 
since  we  have  abundant  proof  of  the  pain- 
relieving  power  of  an  active  or  passive 
hyperemia  in  locations  where  there  are  no 
joint  surfaces  to  separate,  as  in  myalgia, 
neuralgia  and  abscess  formations. 

If  we  desire  a  really  scientific  explana- 
tion of  the  pain-relieving  power  of  a  hyper- 
emia, let  us  follow  Coley  who  in  1905  made 
some  observations  by  diluting  pus  with 
edema  fluid,  taken  from  a  diseased  arm  and 
the  same  pus  diluted  with  artificially  caused 


edema  of  the  sound  arm. 

When  rabbits  were  infected  with  edema 
and  pus  of  the  sound  arm  they  invariably 
died  as  the  result  of  toxemia,  but  when  in- 
jected with  pus  diluted  with  the  fluid  from 
the  diseased  arm,  while  they  sickened,  yet 
none  died. 

If  the  acconlpanying  pain  then  is  due  to 
toxi^ies  from  the  germs,  we  have  here  a 
clear  demonstration  of  the  antibody  forming 
power  of  the  serum,  when  in  contact  with 
diseased  tissue. 

The  Therapeutic  Effects  of  Hsrper^nia. 
— Bier  in  his  works  has  shown  that  a 
certain  infection  gave  a  clear  culture  of 
staphylococci,  yet  after  a  few  hours  of 
passive  hyperemia,  the  germs  entirely  dis- 
appeared from  the  lesion. 

Infections  of  all  kinds  respond  almost  at 
once  to  hyperemia. 

This  is  a  well  known  fact  to  the  natives 
of  the  tropics  where  snake  and  poisonous 
insect  bites  are  more  common. 

As  soon  as  a  person  is  thus  bitten,  a 
rather  firm  bandage  is  applied  to  prevent 
the  poison  from  entering  the  circulation,* as 
they  think,  but  in  reality  we  see  the  results 
of  a  passive  hyperemia  practically  applied. 

We  know  that  the  poison  cannot  be  pre- 
vented from  entering  the  general  circula- 
tion, for  the  circulation  within  the  limb 
must  be  and  is  maintained  even  after  a  rea- 
sonable constriction. 

We  have  here  a  practical  demonstration 
of  either  the  effect  upon  the  germs  them- 
selves as  shown  by  Bier  or  the  poison  dilut- 
ing and  neutralizing  power  as  shown  by 
Coley. 

Suppose  for  a  moment  that  a  snake  bite, 
an  insect  bite  or  the  introduction  of  a  simi- 
lar poison  has  taken  place,  nothing  is  done 
and  adequate  reaction  takes  place,  we  have 
at  first  a  swelling  with  edema,  followed  by 
stasis. 

Either  the  patient  lives  or  dies ;  if  he  lives, 
either  the  part  slowly  returns  to  normal  or 
as  is  more  frequent,  a  sharp  line  of  demar- 
cation sets  in,  gangrene  supervenes  and  a 
natural  amputation  is  the  result.  Nature 
prefers  to  sacrifice  the  limb  and  thus  save 
the  life. 

Is  it  not  highly  probable  that  the  natives 
of  warmer  climates,  when  they  make  use  of 
passive  hyperemia  in  poisoned  wounds, 
after  all  show  some  method  in  their  idea  of 
preventing  the  poison   from   entering  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


486 


July,  1919 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


|[eneral  circulation  too  rapidly  and  by  forc- 
ing the  toxines  to  remain  a  longer  time  in 
direct  contact  with  the  germs  or  poisons 
destroy  or  neutralize  the  poison,  thereby 
acting  in  a  similar  manner  to  Koch's  tuber- 
culin. 

Everything  brings  with  itself  the  means 
for  its  own  destruction. 

Again,  the  slowed  blood  stream  may  irri- 
tate the  surrounding  tissue  to  new  tissue 
formation  and  so  lead  to  the  encapsulation 
of  the  germs  much  as  nature  does  in  en- 
capsulating T.  B.  germs  within  the  lung 
tissue. 

One  of  the  results  of  a  passive  hyperemia 
is  the  increase  of  the  percentage  of  C02  in 
this  delayed  circulation ;  an  increase  of  C02 
is  inimical  to  all  germ  life. 

Not  only  is  the  germicidal  power  of  the 
blood  thereby  increased,  but  in  the  presence 
of  an  increase  of  C02  the  red  corpuscles 
swell  up  and  enlarge  by  absorbing  the 
watery  element  of  the  plasma  making  it 
more  concentrated  and  more  powerful  in 
all  its  manifestations. 

The  antibacterial  power  of  the  blood  de- 
pends to  a  large  extent  upon  its  alkalinity. 

The  greater  the  C02  percentage,  the 
greater  the  alkaline  products  of  the  blood. 

Behring  has  shown  that  tuberculosis  is 
very  rare  among  lime  workers.  This  he 
thinks  is  due  to  the  great  percentage  of 
alkalinity  within  the  blood  as  the  result  of 
the  inhalation  of  the  lime-laden  atmosphere. 

We  know  that  the  edema  fluid  from  a 
given  patient  possesses  greater  bacterial 
power  than  the  simple  blood  serum  from 
the  same  patient. 

Usually  the  serum  is  stronger  in  these 
qualities  than  the  lymph. 

The  bacteria  are  mostly  located  within 
the  lymph  spaces,  or  just  exactly  where  the 
greatest  amount  of  edema  takes  place. 

In  this  way  the  good  effect  of  a  passive 
hyperemia  may  be  explained. 

The  theory  has  been  advanced  that  per- 
haps the  serum,  which  flows  from  the 
wounds  after  the  application  of  passive 
hyperemia,  might  be  accountable  for  the 
rapid  healing  effect;  when  we  take  into 
consideration  the  fact  that  we  have  most  of 
our  good  effects  where  we  have  no  open 
wounds,  it  must  become  apparent  that  such 
a  bathing  of  the  wound  with  serum  is 
merely  an  incident  and  really  not  at  all 
necessary  to  bring  about  the  healing  effects. 


All  the  theories  brought  forward  so  far 
may  be  true,  but  they  all  have  a  rather  nar- 
row view  of  the  healing  by  inflammation. 

Inflammation^ — ^As  has  been  pointed 
out  over  and  over  again,  the  process  of  in- 
flammation is  a  complicated  one  and  no  one 
element  plays  a  greater  part  than  another. 

On  the  contrary  the  reaction  by  the  cells 
both  fixed  and  wandering,  the  increased 
blood  supply,  the  fluid  as  well  as  the  cor- 
puscular element  of  the  blood,  the  chemo- 
taxis,  the  formation  of  antibodies  and 
alexin^s,  the  absorptive  power  of  the 
blood,  all  these  contribute  to  the  good  effect 
of  a  hyperemia. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  the  idea  that  in- 
flammation is  a  pathologic  state  is  so  firmly 
rooted  in  the  minds  of  so  many  medical 
men. 

Inflammation  and  each  one  of  its  com- 
ponent parts  is  a  natural  process  of  reac- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  uninjured  cells. 

We  might  well  say,  as  long  as  there  is 
inflammation  there  is  hope. 

Hyperemia,  no  matter  how  caused,  is  one 
of  the  elements  of  an  inflammatory  process. 

Active  hyperemia  or  an  active  increase 
in  arterial  blood  in  any  local  area,  is  indi- 
cated in  all  chronic  conditions  where  ab- 
sorption is  the  principal  effect  desired  in 
such  conditions  as  persist  after  a  partial  re- 
covery from  some  acute  injury,  such  as 
swellings,  stiffness,  edema,  loss  of  func- 
tion and  pain. 

Generally  speaking  active  hyperemia 
should  be  made  use  of  in  chronic,  non- 
bacterial but  toxic  conditions. 

Passive  hyperemia,  or  the  increase  of 
blood  by  interference  with  the  venous  or 
return  circulation,  is  indicated  in  such  con- 
ditions where  it  is  desirable  that  the  blood 
stream  should  remain  in  contact  for  a 
greater  length  of  time  than  normal. 

It  is  therefore  indicated  in  all  acute  con- 
ditions, especially  in  the  results  of  trauma 
or  bacterial  invasion. 

The  longer  the  blood  stream  remains  in 
contact  under  such  circumstances  with  the 
diseased  or  injured  tissue,  the  greater  is 
the  counteracting  influence. 

Let  me  remmd  you  of  the  dangers  in  con- 
founding a  therapeutically  slowed  blood 
stream  with  stasis. 

After  all,  when  we  assist  nature,  or  try 
to  do  that  which  nature  would  have  done, 
do  we  see  the  real  benefit  of  the  slowing 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


PHYSICAL  THBRAPT 


July,  1919 


487 


and  the  remaining  in  longer  contact  of  the 
blood  stream  with  the  injured  tissue. 

Absorptioii«p— Absorption  is  one  of  the 
most  prominent  effects  of  a  hyperemia. 

When  rapid  absorption  is  desired  the 
active  hyperemia  is  made  use  of  while 
slower  or  retarded  absorption  follows  the 
passive  hyperemia. 

Nearly  90  per  cent,  of  all  absorption 
takes  place  'thru  the  lymphatic  system. 

It  was  formerly  thought  and  many  text 
books  still  teach  that  all  or  nearly  all  ab- 
sorption takes  place  by  the  way  of  the 
lymphatics. 

A  few  tests  will  throw  some  light  upon 
this  question. 

There  is  no  tissue  in  the  body  where 
lymphatics  are  more  abundant  than  in  the 
peritoneum. 

Haidenhain  and  Orlow  injected  into  the 
peritoneal  cavity  soluble  salts.  These  solu- 
tions rapidly  disappeared  from  the  cavity 
and  were  demonstrated  in  the  urine,  but  no 
trace  of  the  salts  was  found  in  the  thoracic 
duct.  It  must  have  been  absorbed  by  the 
capillaries  and  not  by  the  lymphatics. 

Starling  made  similar  tests,  always  find- 
ing the  salts  in  the  urine  long  before  they 
could  be  demonstrated  in  the  lymph.  His 
conclusions  were,  that  they  were  primarily 
absorbed  by  the  capillaries,  later  thru  the 
general  circulation,  and  appeared  in  the 
lymphatic  system  by  their  presence  in  the 
blood. 

Hamburger  ligated  the  thoracic  duct,  then 
injected  the  soluble  salts;  the  absorption 
took  place  with  the  usual  rapidity,  but  no 
distention  of  the  lymphatic  system  mani- 
fested itself,  showing  that  absorption  had 
taken  place  thru  the  capillaries. 

J.  Munk  ligated  the  main  lymphatic  ves- 
sels in  the  neck  of  animals,  then  severed 
these  vessels  distally  to  the  ligation,  so  that 
all  the  flow  of  lymph  was  outward  and  no 
entrance  into  the  system  could  take  place. 

Injections  of  strychnine  were  made  into 
the  scalp.  The  ligated  as  well  as  the  non- 
ligated  animals  died  about  the  same  time 
and  in  a  similar  manner. 

Upon  testing^  the  flowing  lymph  no 
strychnine  could  be  demonstrated,  showing 
that  absorption  did  not  take  place  by  the 
lymphatics,  but  by  the  way  of  the  capilla- 
ries. 

Klapp  injected  a  solution  of  sugar  of 
milk  into  the  peritoneal  cavity. 


Milk  sugar  was  used  because  of  all  sub- 
stances milk  sugar  is  the  easiest  to  trace. 

In  this  experiment,  both  the  thoracic  and 
the  lymphatic  were  ligated.  The  sugar 
very  promptly  appeared  in  the  urine,  but 
not  a  trace  of  sugar  was  found  in  the  lymph 
duct. 

These  tests  leave  no  room  for  doubt ;  they 
establish  for  a  fact  that  all  watery  or  solu- 
ble substances  are  absorbed  by  the  capilla- 
ries and  not  by  the  lymphatics. 

These  tests  do  not,  however,  negative  the 
probability  that  cancer  cells  and  other  small 
solid  particles  are  taken  up  and  removed 
by  the  lymphatics. 

These  same  tests  again  point  out  to  us 
the  physiologic  basis  for  the  therapeutic 
use  of  hyperemia. 

Where  rapid  absorption'  is  desired,  the 
capillary  system  must  be  filled  to  its  utmost 
and  the  circulation  of  the  blood  stream  in- 
creased. 

This  we  accomplish  by  the  means  of  the 
active  arterial  blood  increase  brought  about 
by  the  application  of  dry  heat  and  other 
similar  agents. 

If  we  desire  the  rapid  absorption  of  drugs 
into  the  general  system,  the  area  of  injec- 
tion should  first  be  heated,  that  is  the  local 
circulation  should  be  increased  by  the  appli- 
cation of  heat,  massage  or  similar  measures. 

The  fluid  itself  should  be  at  least  of 
normal  body  temperature. 

The  use  of  morphine  or  strychnine  or 
the  normal  salt  solution  are  made  more  ef- 
fective if  measures  have  been  instituted  for 
their  rapid  absorption. 

On  the  other  hand  a  slowed  circulation, 
such  as  results  from  a  passive  hyperemia 
or  the  application  of  cold  hinders  the  rapid 
absorption  by  its  capillary  contraction. 

Cocaine  solutions  for  local  anesthesia 
should  be  cold. 

The  area  to  be  injected  should  have  a 
slowed  circulation,  either  by  the  previous 
application  of  cold  or  by  a  constricted 
bandage  causing  a  passive  hyperemia  or  by 
the  addition  to  the  solution  of  adrenalin, 
causing  capillary  contraction  with  the  con- 
sequent slowing  of  the  blood  stream  in  the 
local  area. 

Because  the  passive  hyperemia  slows  the 
circulation,  it  should  always  be  followed  by 
a  certain  amount  of  massage  to  re-establish 
the  normal. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


488 


JULT,    1919 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


Ambrican  Mbdicins 


RATIONAL 
ORGANOTHERAPY 


.^^ 


The  Paraglandular  Organs. — De  Castro 
{Anales  de  la  Facultad  de  Medicina,  July- 
August,  1918)  applies  this  term  to  the 
formations  which  accompany  the  endocrin- 
ous glands  in  the  human  body.  They  are 
of  the  same  embryonic  origin,  and  attain  a 
certain  degree  of  differentiation  in  their  de- 
velopment, but  they  are  generally  regarded 
and  classed  as  supernumerary  accessory 
glands  or  aberrant  glandular  nodules.  He 
is  convinced  that  they  represent  a  regular 
system,  and  are  not  merely  anatomic  curi- 
osities, morphologic  accidents,  anomalies  or 
rudimentary  organs,  as  they  have  hitherto 
been  described.  They  form  what  he  calls 
the  paraglandular  system,  an  annex  to  the 
system  of  the  glands  of  internal  secretion. 
They  represent  an  organic  system  in  full 
evolution.  This  allows  the  interpretation 
of  a  number  of  contradictory  facts  which 
have  hitherto  baffled  observers,  and  explains 
many  phenomena  in  the  human  economy. 
Each  of  the  endocrinous  glands  is  liable  to 
have  its  paragland,  as  also  possibly  the 
epiphyses.  There  are  also  abdominal  para- 
ganglia, such  as  the  organs  of  Zuckerkandl 
ahd  the  cardiac  paraganglia  described  in 
1906  by  Wiesel  and  Wiesner.  The  carotid 
gland  is  not  exceptional  but  occurs  bilateral 
in  nearly  every  one.  Other  paraganglia 
with  chromaffin  tissue  are  found  along  the 
sympathetic.  Luschka's  coccygeal  gland 
is  not  chromaffin  and  hence  does  not  be- 
long to  the  paraglandular  system.  He  re- 
views each  member  of  the  system  in  turn, 
with  evidence  from  comparative  anatomy 
and  physiology  to  sustain  his  views. 


Di£Ferentiation  of  Elarly  Tuberculosis 
from  Hyperthyroidism. — For  sometime 
Goetsch,  of  the  Surgical  Oinic  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital,  has  been  practicing  the 
subcutaneous  injection  of  7.5  minims  of  a 


1-1000  solution  of  adrenalin  chloride  in  pa- 
tients who  present  masked  symptoms  of 
hyperthyroidism  but  in  whom  no  positive 
diagnosis  can  be  made  by  ordinary  methods 
of  examination  {Med.  Standard,  July, 
1919).  H  the  patient,  following  the  ad- 
renalin injection,  reacts  with  manifest 
symptoms  of  hyperthyroidism,  Goetsch  be- 
lieves that  a  positive  diagnosis  of  the  condi- 
tion is  justified.  At  the  Trudeau  Sanator- 
ium, Nicholson  and  Goetsch  tested  40  pa- 
tients by  this  method.  Of  18  patients, 
whose  diagnosis  was  "clinical  tuberculosis, 
questionable,"  10  reacted  positively  and  8 
negatively ;  of  16  with  a  diagnosis  of  "clin- 
ical tuberculosis,  inactive,"  9  reacted  posi- 
tively and  7  negatively ;  and  of  6  with  active 
clinical  tuberculosis,  none  reacted  positively. 
The  authors  conclude  that  the  test  is  a 
valuable  aid  in  determining  whether  the  dis- 
ease from  which  the  patients  are  suffering 
is  purely  a  tuberculosis,  a  tuberculosis  com- 
plicated by  hyperthyroidism,  or  a  pure  thy- 
roidism.  Hyperthyroidism,  whether  or  not 
associated  with  tuberculosis,  will  give  a 
positive  reaction  to  adrenalin.  Tuberculo- 
sis, uncomplicated  by  hyperthyroidism,  does 
not  react  positively  to  adrenalin.  They  feel 
that  in  a  considerable  number  of  border- 
line cases  presenting  symptoms  more  or  less 
characteristic  of  both  conditions,  they  can 
now  pick  out  those  suffering  with  hyper- 
thyroidism. 


Corpus  Luteum  in  Nervous  Diseases.^ — 

Climenko  {Endocrinology,.  January- March, 
1919)  reports  some  highly  interesting  stud- 
ies of  the  effect  of  corpus  luteum  in  male 
neurasthenic  cases.  It  was  also  adminis- 
tered to  patients  suffering  from  organic 
nervous  diseases,  such  as  multiple  sclerosis, 
and  also  in  the  early  stages  of  dementia 
praecox.  In  all  of  these  the  drug  was  inert, 
corpus  luteum  had  no  effect  on  the  blood 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ASfBttlCAN    MXDXCINX 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


July,   1919 


489 


pressure  of  arteriosclerosis,  neither  in  the 
male  nor  in  the  female.  The  best  results  were 
obtained  in  young  females,  poorer  results  in 
natural  menopause  and  no  results  in  surgi- 
cal menopause.  The  hypodermic  prepara- 
tions did  not  give  as  good  results  as  the  drug 
given  by  mouth.  Contrary  to  the  Sajous 
statement,  Qimenko  found  that  corpus 
luteum  whenever  efficient  gives  prompt  re- 
sults and  large  doses  need  not  be  employed. 
He  found  that  2  grains  is  as  large  a  dose  as 
one  needs  to  use.  Corpus  luteum  extract 
acts  best  when  there  is  every  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  the  native  corpus  luteum  is  still 
present.  The  administration  of  the  extract 
cannot  replace  the  function  of  the  native 
corpus  luteum  in  pregnancy  and  probably 
also  not  in  menstruation.  When  menstrua- 
tion is  discontinued  by  virtue  of  disturb- 
ance in  the  secretion  of  another  gland,  such 
as  the  pituitary,  corpus  luteum  will  not  pro- 
duce menstruation.  Inasmuch  as  corpus 
luteum  extract  when  effective  produces  al- 
most always  the  same  chain  of  phenomena, 
Climenko  feels  that  it  is  reasonable  to  con- 
clude that  (a)  corpus  luteum  has  a  specific 
action ;  (b)  the  administered  extracts  prob- 
ably do  not  act  as  the  native  hormone ;  and 
(c)  that  the  extract,  in  all  probability, 
stimulates  the  native  corpus  luteum  to 
function.  The  two  contraindications  to  the 
use  of  corpus  luteum  are  an  abnormally  low 
blood  pressure  and  profuse  and  frequent 
menstruation. 


Hormone  Control  of  Renal  Function. — 

A  writer  in  Endocrinology,  October-De- 
cember, 1918,  points  out  that  the  possibility 
of  adrenalin  control  of  the  kidney  has  not 
been  investigated  so  extensively  as  in  the 
case  of  pituitary  extract.  It  has  been  de- 
monstrated that  adrenalin  produces  diure- 
sis, and  recently  Addis,  Barnett  and  Shevky 
have  shown  that  this  is  accompanied  by  an 
increase  in  the  urea  excreted.  These  authors 
think  that  adrenalin  stimulates  (secretory) 
sympathetic  termination.  Cow  on  the  other 
hand  has  not  only  demonstrated  a  direct 
vascular  connection  between  the  medulla 
of  the  suprarenal  and  the  kidney,  but  has 
shown  that  under  certain  conditions  ad- 
renalin is  poured  by  this  path  into  the  kid- 
ney, producing  a  diminution  in  the  flow 
of  the  urine.     Gunning  has  also  found  that 


intravenous  injections  of  adrenalin  cause 
an  inhibition  in  urine  flow  in  both  anes- 
thetized and  unanesthetized  dogs.  The  in- 
hibition, however,  is  very  brief,  as  he  says 
that  it  persists  until  shortly  after  the  blood- 
pressure  reaction  is  complete.  Altho  he  did 
not  observe  diuresis  following,  it  would  be 
well  to  base  conclusions  upon  urine  flow 
over  longer  periods  of  time,  as  Addis  and 
his  collaborators  did.  Moreover,  the  deter- 
mination of  some  constituent  in  the  urine, 
such  as  urea,  per  unit  of  time,  is  highly  im- 
portant. It  may  well  be  that  very  small 
amounts  of  adrenalin  such  as  those  ab- 
sorbed from  subcutaneous  injection  cause 
diuresis  which  can  be  detected  over  periods 
several  hours  in  length,  while  larger  doses 
which  are  effective  immediately  produce 
the  opposite  result.  However,  the  hypothe- 
sis that  the  adrenal  produces  some  sub- 
stance which  is  necessary  for  the  mainte- 
nance of  normal  kidney  function  needs 
further  confirmation.  The  work  of  Marshall 
and  Davis  is  very  suggestive.  They  found 
decreased  excretory  power  in  the  kidneys 
of  adrenalectomized  cats.  Of  course  this 
might  be  explained  by  the  lowered  activity 
of  the  tissues  in  general. 

It  is  possible  that  other  hormones  may 
influence  kidney  activity.  Cow  extracted  a 
diuretic  substance  from  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  alimentary  canal,  especially  the 
duodenum.  He  suggests  that  this  substance 
is  carried  by  water  on  its  way  into  the 
blood  stream  from  the  gastrointestinal 
tract.  Piticarin  has  shown  that  secretin  is 
also  diuretic  in  action. 

The  question  of  hormone  control  of  the 
kidney  is  extremely  important,  and  altho 
it  appears  that  we  are  well  along  toward  its 
solution,  there  are  many  points  still  un- 
settled. It  is  only  thru  carefully  controlled 
experiments  of  long  duration  by  both  labo- 
ratory and  clinical  workers  that  it  can 
finally  be  answered. 


The  Thyroid  and  Fetal  Growth. — Ac- 
cording to  Williams  (International  Journal 
of  Orthodontia,  January,  1918)  that  the 
thyroid  secretion  is  essential  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  fetus  is  shown  by  several  facts. 
*  *  *  It  is  normal  for  women  during  preg- 
nancy to  develop  an  enlargement  of  the 
thyroid    glands,    which    subsides    rapidly 


Digitized  by 


Google 


490 


July,  1919 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


American  Medicine 


after  the  child  is  born.  By  no  means  the 
least  important  function  of  the  thyroid 
gland  is  that  of  fixing  the  calcium  salts  in 
the  body.  In  order  to  permit  of  bone 
formation  in  the  fetus,  the  mother  is  obliged 
to  provide  more  secretion  than  under  nor- 
mal circumstances  she  requires,  and  the 
gland  consequently  hypertrophies.  After 
the  birth  of  the  child,  the  increment  being 
no  longer  necessary,  the  gland  resumes  its 
usual  proportions.  In  some  women  this 
prolonged  call  of  pregnancy  has  the  effect 
of  unduly  exhausting  the  gland,  and  they 
are  unable  in  consequence  to  suckle  the 
child,  for  lactation  is  dependent  upon  a  due 
supply  of  thyroid  secretion.  Such  women 
generally  become  obese  and  lethargic,  and 
remain  so  for  varying  periods  until  the  thy- 
roid has  had  time  to  recover  itself.  Judi- 
cious thyroid  medication  will  frequently  not 
only  enable  a  mother  to  suckle  her  infant, 
but  will  materially  shorten  the  period  of 
her  postpartum  difficulties. 


The  Relation  of  the  Ovaries  to  Metab- 
oliam. — Recently  studies  have  been  made 
by  many  observers  on  the  influence  of  the 
internal  secretion  of  the  ovary  on  metab- 
olism. The  tendency  to  increase  in  fat  after 
ovariotomy  or  the  menopause,  has  been  at- 
tributed to  cessation  of  the  action  of  the  in- 
ternal secretion  of  the  ovary.  Lowy  and 
Richter  believe  this  to  be  due  to  diminished 
oxidation,  while  Magus  and  Herz  incline  to 
the  view  that  it  is  due  to  lessened  bodily  ex- 
ercise after  castration,  the  result  of  influ- 
ence on  the  psychic  sphere  of  the  individual. 
— Rothrock  Journal  Lancet, 


An  American  Physician  the  First  to 
Fly  Across  the  English  Channel.— There 
are  few  lines  of  huihan  endeavor  that  med- 
ical men  have  not  contributed  to  or  helped 
to  promote  in  one  way  or  another.  The 
field  of  aviation  oflFers  no  exception  to  the 


rule  and  altho  it  is  not  generally  known,  to 
a  physician  belongs  the  honor  and  credit  of 
having  been  the  first  to  make  a  cross-chan- 
nel flight.  This  was  a  Dr.  JeflFries,  an 
American  physician,  in  regard  to  whose 
life  and  career,  very  little,  unfortunately,  is 
known. 

Accordingly  to  Dr.  John  Poynton  writ- 
ing in  the  London  Lancet  (July  5,  1919) 
he  was  the  hero,  however,  with  a  companion 
named  Blanchard,  of  the  first  crossing  of 
the   Channel,   tho   he   had   previously   as- 
cended with  the  same  aeronaut  from  the 
Rhedarium,  near  Grosvenor-square.    "The 
account  of  this  Channel  flight  written  by 
himself"  states  Dr.  Poynton,  "is  a  record  of 
serene  bravery,  for  an  undertaking  of  this 
kind  was  a  big  thing  in  those  days.     Strong 
adverse  winds  had  delayed  the  departure 
from  Dover,  and  it  was  not  until  January 
7,  1785,  that  the  ascent  was  made  on  a  still, 
bright,  winter  day.     The  aeronauts  made 
very  slow  progress  in  their  balloon,  for  in 
50  minutes  they  were  only  one-third  of  the 
way    across    the    Channel.    Trouble    soon 
commenced  and  took  a  simple  shape,  the 
balloon  insisting  on  descending  into  the  sea. 
Ballast  was  heaved  over,  and  then  followed 
numerous  pamphlets,  which  one  would  have 
thought  from  modern  experience  of  such 
things  would  have  lightened  almost  any- 
thing.    For  awhile,  indeed,  there  was  an 
improvement  but  not  for  long ;  the  precious 
instruments  had  to  go,  the  balloon  trap- 
pings, an  empty  bottle,  their  great  coats, 
their  lesser  coats,  their  breeches,  and  so  on. 
But  what  a  man !     He  climbs  up  the  netting 
and  is  enraptured  at  the  lovely  view  he  ob- 
tains as  the  balloon  slowly  revolves!    Un- 
derneath a  January  sea  is  waiting  for  him, 
above  is  a  winter  sky,  and  around  his  im- 
mediate person  a  deficit  of  clothing !  Fortu- 
nately for  us  all,  just  as  they  neared  the 
French  shore  the  balloon  swept  upward, 
cleared  the  cliflFs,  and  carried  them  over 
the    forest   of   Guines.     Trouble   was   not 
over  yet,  but  it  was  of  a  slightly  diflFerent 
kind  now,  and  the  doctor's  feelings  must 
have  been  akin  to  those  of  the  boy  who  eyes 
the  volume  and  character  of  the  birch  that 
awaits  him.     It  will  be  apparent  that  as  the 
balloon  was  again  rapidly  falling,  some  im- 
portance was  to  be  attached  to  the  nature 
of  the  tops  of  the  trees  upon  which  they 
were  landing.     Jeflfries  thought  they  looked 
both  high  and  hard,  and  he  does  incidently 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrican  Mbdicinb 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


Jl'LY,   1919 


491 


admit  that  he  and  his  colleague  were  cold. 
Now  comes  the  acme  of  resource  and  as 
great  a  proof  of  bravery,  as  ever  the  world 
can  claim,  he  remembers  that  their  bladders 
are  full — for  the  weather  was  cold  and  the 
bottle  they  threw  over  was  empty  and  the 
reflexes  in  those  hardy  old  days  were  ap- 
parently impervious  to  fear.  He  estimated 
that  thus  they  lightened  the  balloon  by 
some  4  to  5  pounds  and,  glorious  to  tell, 
they  landed  softly  on  those  trees  and  were 
soon  warm  and  safe  in  the  kindly  hands  of 
French  hosts/* 


The  Blood  Lust. — Bernard  Shaw  once 
said,  with  his  usual  trick  of  hitting  the  nail 
on  the  head,  that  the  average  man  is  far  be- 
low the  average;  and,  with  fresh  instances 
of  violence  and  brutality  crowding  the  front 
page  of  the  newspapers  every  day,  one  can- 
not escape  the  conviction  that  humanity  is 
much  less  humane  than  we  like  to  pretend 
it  is.  One  looks  to  Russia  and  is  appalled 
at  the  massacres  perpetrated  by  the  Bolshe- 
viks and  even  by  some  of  the  reactionary 
elements.  One  looks  to  Korea  and  is 
shocked  at  the  maltreatment  of  a  race 
struggling  for  freedom.  One  looks  to 
Poland  and  gasps  at  the  reports  of  anti- 
Jewish  pogroms.  One  looks  to  the  Adriatic 
and  is  amazed  to  find  Italians  and  French, 
so  recently  allies,  murdering  each  other.  In 
the  hope  of  relief,  one  looks  to  our  own 
country  and  blushes  at  the  record  of  lynch- , 
ings,  race-riots  and  violence  under  this  head 
recalling  the  brutality  of  officers  toward 
military  offenders.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  all  this?  In  1914,  before  the  war,  tho 
the  world  was  not  altogether  free  of  sav- 
agery, it  was  a  rather  peaceful  place  com- 
pared with  what  it  seems  today.  What  has 
brought  about  this  change?  It  is  not  an 
easy  thing  to  say,  but,  in  asking  one's  self 
this  question,  baffled  tho  one  may  be,  one 
cannot  help  suspecting  strongly  that  the 
war  has  had  a  great  deal  to  do  with  it,  that 
it  is  closely  linked  with  the  brutality  which 
is  so  much  in  evidence  thruout  the  world. 
But,  whether  war  is  responsible  for  man's 
brutality  or  man's  brutality  is  responsible 
for  war  it  is  difficult  to  decide.  It  is  a 
patent  fact  that  perhaps  only  one  person 
in  a  hundred  can  honestly  admit  that  he  ap- 
proves of  war,  that  he  likes  it  and  that  he 


would  welcome  an  opportunity  to  resort  to 
.  armed  conflict.  The  other  ninety-nine 
frankly  admit  that  they  hate  war,  they  are 
pacifists  in  the  best  sense  of  the  word,  and 
they  entirely  ag^ee  with  Henry  Ford's 
opinion  that  war  is  murder,  however  justi- 
fiable it  may  be  in  the  rare  instances  when 
it  is  murder  in  self-defense.  Of  course, 
war  is  murder,  it  is  a  hideous  and  wrong 
thing — ^and  that  is  why  the  whole  allied 
propaganda  put  all  its  effort  into  the  slogan 
that  this  last  war  was  one  to  end  all  war. 
And  yet  is  it  not  a  strange  thing  that  war  is 
possible  when  only  one  man  in  a  hundred 
approves  of  it  and  ninety-nine  despise  it? 
Even  if  we  accept  the  radical  viewpoint 
that,  of  the  ninety-nine  there  is  one  man,  a 
capitalist,  a  banker,  a  munitions  maker,  a 
food  profiteer  who  is  the  real  maker  of 
wars,  is  it  not  still  strange  that  one  man 
who  wants  war  because  he  likes  it  and  one 
man  who  wants  war  because  it  is  profitable 
can  win  over  to  their  purposes  the  ninety- 
eight  who  do  not  want  war  and  abominate 
it?  There  can  be  but  one  explanation  of 
this  unique  instance  in  which  a  negligible 
minority  can  prevail  over  an  overwhelming 
majority :  there  must  be  some  element  in  the 
composition  of  the  ninety-nine  which  they 
have  in  common  with  the  one  man  who  likes 
war  and  which  they  possess  in  a  greater 
measure  than  they  are  aware.  That  ele- 
ment is  what  is  popularly  known  as  the 
blood  lust,  the  aboriginal  cruelty  of  primi- 
tive man;  what  the  psychoanalyst  would 
call  the  sadistic  component. 

It  is  an  acknowledged  fact  that  in  every 
man  the  sadistic  and  masochistic  com- 
ponents, in  varying  degrees,  exist  side  by 
side.  In  the  normal  man  they  are  a  neg- 
ligible factor.  In  the  primitive  man,  the 
sadistic  element  was  predominant.  Sur- 
rounded by  hostile  forces  and  elements 
which  he  could  combat  only  by  force,  he 
was  able  to  live  only  by  killing.  The  habit 
of  killing  goes  back  eons  in  man's  develop- 
ment. But  the  recent  development  of  the 
brain  and  the  more  recent  development  of 
the  moral  sense  brought  about  the  repres- 
sion of  the  sadistic  impulse — repression, 
one  must  bear  in  mind,  not  destruction. 
One  of  the  marked  qualities  of  the  grow- 
ing child  is  its  cruelty,  and  the  child  goes 
thru  the  same  stages  of  development  as  the 
race.  This  cruelty  goes  thru  a  process  of 
repression   during  adolescence   and   seems 


Digitized  by 


Google 


492 


July,   1919 


HYGIENE  AND  DIETETICS 


American  Mbdicini 


to  disappear  at  maturity.    Actually,  it  does 
not  disappear — it  merely  is  not  permitted  to 
show  itself.     Yet,  existing  as  it  does,  there 
must  be  an  outlet  for  it  or  the  individual 
will  pay  the  penalty.     Many  neurotics  are 
merely  the  victims  of  an  unsatisfied  sadistic 
component,  repressed  because  it  would  be 
wrong  to  satisfy  it.     But  war  is  the  logical 
vehicle  for  the  satisfaction  of  this  impulse. 
Brutal  tho  it  is,  morality  and  the  considera- 
tion of  conscience  do  not  stand  in  the  way. 
It  is  the  one  human  activity  in  which  bru- 
tality becomes  almost  a   virtue.     Military 
text-books  are  the  best  evidence  of  this. 
War  is  man's  exhaust  valve,  thru  which  he 
can  release  all  his  pent-up  savagery  and  do 
so  with  the  approval  of  his  fellowmen,  with 
the  approval  even  of  his  own  conscience. 
The  strain  of  civilization,  under  which  he 
frets  but  which  he  is  obliged  to  endure,  is 
cast  off  and  he  can  do  the  things  his  re- 
pressed self  wants  to  do  and  caa  do  without 
the  danger  of  rebuke  or  reprehension.    But 
the  particularly  unhappy  aspect  of  the  last 
war  is  that  its  long  duration  and  its  extreme 
violence  have  made  it  very  difficult  for  men 
to  revert  to  their  old  way  of  living,  to  their 
old  repressions,  to  the  conversion  of  their 
sadism  to  legitimate  channels.     A  soldier 
on  leave  was  dining  in  a  London  restaurant. 
In  the  course  of  an  altercation  with  a  com- 
panion he  drew  his  revolver  and  shot  him 
dead.     In   the  ordinary   course  of   things, 
the  same  man  might  have  been  satisfied  with 
using  his  fists,  but  the  habit  of  murder  and 
violence  had  taken   root   in  old   soil.       It 
seemed  a  trifling  matter  to  him,  and  the 
court  before  which  he  appeared  was  amazed 
at  the  man's  callous  indifference  when  he 
gave  an  account  of  the  episode.    In  Siberia, 
in  Korea,  in  Poland,  in  Fiume,  in  sections 
of  our  own  country,  men  have  reverted  to 
the  primitive  type,  they  have  for  five  years 
lived  under  conditions  in  which  it  seemed 
right  to  kill,  the  discipline  of  civilization 
has  worked  off,  the  channels  of  violence  are 
free  and  unobstructed.     Is  this  the  explana- 
tion of  the  increase  of  crime  and  murder 
thruout  the  world  since  the  conclusion  of 
the  war?     If  it  is,  then  the  makers  of  peace 
have  a  greater  problem  before  them  than 
the  disposition  of  territory,  the  rearrange- 
ment of  boundaries,  and  the  realization  of 
political  ideals. 


9  HYGIENE 

i  AND 

\  DIETETICS 


Nats  and  Frnits  in  Feeding  of  Children*— 

I>r.  George  Dow  Scott  has  recently  pointed  out 
that  among  the  laity  there  was  a  firm  convic- 
tion that  nuts  give  rise  to  Indigestion  and 
fruits  caused  hyperacidity.  To  some  the  knowl- 
edge that  nuts  were  highly  nutritious  was  new. 
Nuts,  however,  contain  water,  protein,  fat,  sugar, 
storch,  crude  fiber,  and  ash  In  large  propor- 
tions. Each  kind  of  nut  has  Its  particular 
caloric  value.  Dry  nuts  are  very  high  In  nutri- 
tive value  and  contain  more  fat  than  any  vege- 
table substance  known.  In  nutritive  value  nut 
butters  are  far  above  ordinary  cream  butter. 
The  writer  has  given  nuts  to  children  as  a 
substitute  for  meat  because  of  the  nutritive 
value,  in  Intestinal  fermentation.  The  propor- 
tion of  the  diflTerent  food  elements  varies  in 
the  diflTerent  varieties  of  nuts.  The  discomfort 
of  eating  nuts  Is  due  to  faulty  mastication  and 
to  the  erroneous  habit  of  giving  them  to  chil- 
dren after  a  hearty  meal,  between  meals  or 
late  at  night,  whereas  they  should  form  an  in- 
tegral part  of  a  meal. 

Dr.  Scott  spoke  of  the  parts  that  nuts  played 
in  the  dietaries  of  other  peoples  and  said  that 
mothers  in  this  country  should  understand  the 
food  value  of  nuts  better,  giving  a  variety  of 
nuts  to  suit  the  individual  child,  but  it  must 
be  understood  that  they  are  given  as  an  addition 
to  the  diet.  Cautiously,  after  weaning,  the  cliild 
should  be  given  nut  butter.  Such  butters  must 
be  more  carefully  prepared  than  those  for  older 
children.  The  nut  kernels  are  pounded  in  a 
nut  mill  until  of  a  creamy  consistency, 
strained  thru  two  layers  of  clean  boiled  muslin 
or  a  fine  wire  sieve.  Fruit  juice  of  finely  cut 
or  mashed  fruit  should  be  added.  The  stools 
should  then  be  watched  for  undigested  particles 
or  any  chemical  disarrangement  as  diarrhea, 
duodenitis  or  enterocolitis.  If  the  butter  agrees 
the  quantity  can  be  gradually  increased,  care 
being  taken  to  avoid  overstocking  the  child's 
stomach  or  digestive  capacity.  In  the  consti- 
pation of  infants  nuts  form  a  valuable  aid  as 
a  lubricant  on  account  of  their  oils,  but  they 
act  as  irritants  because  of  the  large  amount  of 
refuse  which  they  leave. 

Fruits  should  be  given  to  Infants  because  they 
are  palatable,  refreshing,  nutritive  and  because 
of  their  salts,  their  diuretic,  laxative,  tonic  and 
antiscorbutic  action.  A  fruit  regime  is  devoid 
of  toxins  and  supplies  an  unfavorable  culture 
media  for  bacteria.  In  scurvy,  stomatitis  and 
other  digestive  conditions,  the  fruit  juices  will 
be  found  almost  a  panacea  on  account  of  their 
antiscorbutic  qualities.  In  conclusion,  the  nu- 
tritive qualities  of  fruits  and  nuts  are  not  to 
be  depreciated;  these  foods  are  not  to  be  given 
to  the  child  as  a  pleasurable  and  luscious  appe- 
tizer only,  but  as  a  food  addition  to  the  general 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


HYGIENE  AND  DIETETICS 


Jl'LY.   1919 


493 


diet,  stimulating,  nourishing  and  exhilarating 
it  to  a  stronger  mental  and  physical  existence. 


The  Carrier  of  Malaria* — The  malaria  mos- 
quito, says  a  writer  in  the  Scientific  American 
(June  14,  1919),  tho  no  new  problem,  consti- 
tutes an  ever-recurring  one.  Every  summer 
we  have  this  pest  with  us,  and  every  summer 
we  are  obliged  to  wage  all  over  again  the  war 
upon  it.  This  year  the  subject  deserves,  and  is 
in  fact  receiving,  more  than  the  usual  atten- 
tion. While  we  have  so  many  of  our  soldiers 
in  the  camps  we  are  confronted  with  a  series 
of  artificial  and  highly  concentrated  seats  of 
possible  infection,  in  which  the  conditions  of 
living,  while  subject  to  the  closest  control,  are 
very  far  from  those  of  ordinary  civilized  exist- 


bat  this  unseen  foe,  because  they  were  ignorant 
of  its  nature.  As  the  name  indicates,  they 
imagined  that  the  attack  came  from  the  air — 
preferably  from  the  night  air,  which  their  fancy 
endowed  with  all  sorts  of  evil  qualities.  It  was 
not  until  1897,  thru  the  discoveries  of  Ross  and 
others,  that  the  life  history  of  the  malaria  par- 
asite became  known;  and  of  course  even  now 
the  old  ideas  prevail  in  many  uninformed  quar- 
ters. With  our  present  fund  of  knowledge,  in- 
telligent defense  against  malaria  is  feasible; 
and  this  year  of  all  years,  when  so  much  is  de- 
pendent upon  the  health  and  working  efficiency 
of  the  nation,  the  subject  is  being  given  partic- 
ular attention. 

Malaria  is  transmitted  by  certain  members 
of  the  mosquito  family.  Since  this  discovery 
was  made,  mosquitoes  In  general  have  received 
a  good  deal  more  attention  ihan  before,  and 


By  eoartesy  of  the  Sci^MtiHv  AimericaM 

Fk;.  1.     Head  structure  of  the  female  mosquito,  which  does  all  the  damage  in  connection  with 
malaria  propagation. 


ence,  and  therefore  likely  to  lead  to  all  sorts  of 
sanitary  troubles,  despite  that  control.  At  the 
same  time  we  are  putting  forward  a  project  to 
grant  unoccupied  lands  to  our  returned  soldiers 
which  involves  considerable  danger.  Such  land 
as  is  available  for  this  purpose  is  of  necessity 
land  which  has  not  heretofore  paid  the  cost  of 
reclamation.  This  necessarily  means  that  it  is 
land  on  or  about  which  there  is  an  undue  pre- 
ponderance of  water.  The  resident  of  Florida 
or  the  Mississippi  Valley  may  be  sufficiently 
acclimated  to  survive  the  conditions  which  sur- 
round him;  the  man  from  New  England  or  the 
Northwest,  suddenly  and  without  preparation 
set  down  in  these  conditions,  must  inevitably 
succumb. 

The  scourge  of  malaria  is  as  old  as  history 
Itself.  As  early  as  the  fourth  century  B.  C. 
there  are  indications  which  are  now  accepted 
as  authentic  of  malaria  epidemics;  the  disease 
is  conceded  to  have  been  a  potent  cause,  if  not 
the  dominating  cause,  in  the  decline  of  the 
Greek  civilization.    The  ancients  could  not  com- 


new  species  are  constantly  being  found.  Altho 
the  insect  in  question  is  a  tropical  one,  it  is 
by  no  means  confined  to  the  tropics,  some  40 
diflferent  species  having  been  identified  in  the 
United  States  alone.  They  range  as  far  north 
as  the  Arctic  Circle;  and  In  Alaska,  Greenland 
and  on  the  tundras  of  Siberia,  where  other  in- 
sect life  is  scarce,  they  constitute  a  terrible 
scourge.  Explorers  tell  tales  of  the  mosqui- 
toes on  the  snows  of  the  Far  North  which  make 
the  misdeeds  of  the  Jersey  variety  seem  tame 
in  comparison. 

Mosquitoes  in  general  are  good  travelers,  tho 
possessing  little  power  of  self-locomotion  or 
even  of  self -direction.  Like  the  old-style  bal- 
loons, they  go  when  and  where  the  wind  llsteth; 
and,  with  a  mild  and  favorable  breeze,  they 
will  migrate  to  35  or  40  miles  distance  from 
their  breeding  places.  They  vary  In  size  from 
one-sixteenth  inch  to  the  huge  Jersey  **Gallinip- 
pers"  of  half  an  inch. 

While  any  old  kind  of  mosquito  is  a  nuisance 
to  have  about  the  place,   it  is  fortunate  that 


Digitized  by 


Google 


494 


July,  1919 


HYGIENE  AND  DIETETICS 


American  Mbdicinb 


they  are  not  all  pathogenic.  In  fact,  of  the  40 
American  varieties,  the  only  one  which  has 
been  convicted  of  evil  practice  in  the  matter 
of  carrying  disease  germs  is  Anopheles  Maculir 
pennis,  or  the  spotted-wing  mosquito.  The  pres- 
ent discussion  will  therefore  be  confined  to  this 
species. 

Mr.  Mosquito  does  not  bite;  his  bill  is  so 
blunt  that  he  could  not  be  a  blood-sucker  if 
he  wished.  It  is  Mrs.  Mosquito  who  does  all 
the  deadly  work  of  fever  propagation.  She  is 
most  active  around  dawn  and  after  sunset.  She 
avoids  strong  light  and  prefers  dark  colors.  She 
is  essentially  a  domestic  creature,  staying 
around  houses  by  preference.  In  the  autumn 
the  males  die,  and  the  females  seek  winter 
quarters.  They  hibernate  in  dark  comers  of 
cellar  and  garret,  and  on  the  first  warm  day 


and  the  uncovered  cistern. 

In  this  stage  the  larva  must  have  air,  which 
it  breathes  through  a  siphon  tube  located  near 
its  tail.  The  normal  position  of  the  little  ani- 
mal is  just  below  the  surface,  with  tail  pointing 
upward.  It  is  at  this  time  that  the  presence  of 
an  oil  film  over  the  water  of  habitation  is 
fatal  to  the  young  mosquito;  the  oil  clogs  the 
siphon  and  the  larva  suffocates.  This  is  by 
all  odds  the  simplest  and  most  effective  way  of 
destroying  mosquitoes.  It  is  simple  because 
the  problem  of  locating  the  pests  is  an  elemen- 
tary one ;  it  is  eflfecti ve  for  the  same  reason  that 
prolonged  immersion  in  water  is  an  effective 
way  of  destroying  a  man. 

During  the  larval  stage,  which  lasts  from 
seven  to  14  days,  the  malarial  variety  can  be 
distinguished  from  all  others,  by  the  curiously 


By  courtesy  of  the  Scieptti/ic  Amsriran 

Fig.  2.     Museum  model  showing  head  detail  of  male  mosquito,  which  does  not  bite  or  suck 
blood. 


of  spring  are  out  laying  their  eggs.  Save  when 
extended  by  the  arrival  of  this  hibernating  pe- 
riod, the  life  of  the  female  is  one  or  two  months; 
the  male,  on  the  other  hand,  lives  but  a  few 
days.  The  food  of  the  mosquito  is  the  juice  and 
nectar  of  plants,  and  of  course  blood — tho  not 
necessarily  that  of  man;  animals,  reptiles,  and 
even  caterpillars  are  bitten  with  the  same  free- 
dom. 

The  female  mosquito  lays  from  50  to  100  eggs 
at  a  time,  on  any  quiet  bit  of  water.  In  about 
three  days  they  hatch,  and  tho  at  first  the  larva 
is  very  small,  it  grows  rapidly  and  attains  full 
development  in  a  few  days.  We  have  then  the 
familiar  wrigglers  of   the  old-time  rain-barrel 


inclined,  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  it  lies  with 
its  body  parallel  to  the  surface  of  the  water, 
while  the  other  species  hang  with  their  heads 
downward.  When  the  larva  is  ready  to  grad- 
uate, a  T-shaped  crack  appears  in  the  skin  of 
the  back,  from  which  the  pupa  emerges.  The 
pupa  remains  in  the  water,  but  does  not  eat. 
It  represents  the  period  of  growth  during  which 
the  internal  changes  begun  in  the  larva  are 
carried  to  completion,  resulting  in  the  adult 
mosquito.  The  most  critical  moment  in  the 
life  of  the  mosquito  is  when  it  emerges  from 
the  pupa  shell.  As  is  the  case  with  so  many 
other  insects  at  this  stage,  the  wings  are  not 
hard  or  dry  enough  to  fly  at  once,  and  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRIGAM  liBDICIini 


HYGIENE  AND  DIETETICS 


July,   1919 


495 


creature  is  easily  upset  and  drowned.  In  this 
way  the  flow  of  tidewater  into  marshes  where 
moequltoes  have  bred  kills  great  numbers  of 
them. 

In  the  adult  mosquito  there  are  to  be  recog- 
nized three  major  parts:  The  head,  the  thorax 
to  which  are  attached  the  wings  and  legs,  and 
the  abdomen.  The  head  has  two  large  com- 
pound eyes  composed  of  several  thousand  sim- 
ple eyes  or  facets.  This  enables  the  mosquito 
to  see  in  all  directions.  In  front  of  the  jaws 
are  two  branch-like  growths  with  15  or  16  joints, 
and  at  each  joint  a  whorl  of  fine  hairs.  These 
are  the  antennae,  or  organs  of  hearing.  Beneath 
is  the  proboscis,  or  tool-box.  First  comes  the 
labrum,  Ihe  mosquito's  drill,  a  long  implement 
with  a  groove  on  the  under  side  thru  which  the 
blood  of  its  prey  is  sucked.  Next  comes  the 
hypopharynx,  a  thin  blade  which  can  be  closely 
appMed  to  the  under  side  of  the  labrum  to  form 
a  closed  channel  for  the  passage  of  the  sucked 
blood.  The  hypopharynx  has  a  fine  tubular 
channel  of  its  own  inside,  and  it  is  thru  this 
that  the  malaria  spores  enter  the  body  of  the 
host.  At  the  two  sides  and  below  the  labrum 
are  two  pairs  of  slender  lance-like  instruments 
with  spear-head  points.  These  also  enter  the 
wound  and  help  to  brace  the  mosquito's  head 
while  its  owner  is  enjoying  his  meal.  It  is 
probable  that  they  fill  the  additional  purpose 
of  making  the  blood  flow  more  freely.  Below 
all  this  is  the  flexible  sheath  which  is  longer 
than  the  rest  of  the  outflt  and  serves  to  cover 
the  various  organs  and  protect  them  while  not 
in  use.  On  either  side  of  the  proboscis  are  the 
maxillary  palps  or  organs  of  touch. 

The  body  is  composed  of  three  rings,  the  mid- 
dle one  bearing  the  wings.  The  latter  are  so  very 
thin  and  delicate  that  they  practically  refuse 
to  make  any  impression  on  the  photographic 
plate,  save  where  they  are  reinforced  by  ribs 
covered  wtth  fine  scales.  The  arrangement  of 
these  ribs  varies  with  the  species;  in  the  ma- 
larial variety  there  are  four  black  spots  on  each 
wing  which  give  rise  to  the  name  maculipennis 
already  mentioned. 

The  legs  are  hollow  tubes  with  the  muscles 
inside.  They  are  connected  with  the  body  by 
the  coxal  or  hipjoint.  This  joint  allows  great 
flexibility  of  movement,  and  is  altogether  a  very 
creditable  bit  of  engineering  design.  The  mos- 
quito has  three  pairs  of  legs,  of  seven  joints 
each.  The  hindermost  pair  is  not  employed  in 
walking,  as  may  be  readily  observed,  but  acts 
to  balance  the  insect  in  flight  and  as  an  organ 
of  touch.  The  mosquito  has  two  pumps  with 
which  he  extracts  your  blood;  and  when  they 
both  get  under  way  you  are  relieved  of  a  large 
drop  of  blood  and  inoculated  with  a  goodly  col- 
ony of  malarial  spores  in  less  than  a  minute. 

In  view  of  the  great  timeliness  of  all  discus- 
sion regarding  the  malarial  mosquito  and  ways 
of  meeting  its  ravages,  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History  has  installed  an  exhibit 
consisting  of  large  models  of  male  and  female 
maculipennis,  together  with  the  various  stages 
in  the  development  to  the  adult  insect.  It  is 
from  these  models  that  the  photographs  shown 
herewith  are  taken. 


The  Cockroach:  Its  Destructlonur— Holt  in  the 

London  Lancet  reports  a  long  series  of  experi- 
ments on  the  subject. 

Summarizing  the  results  of  the  experiments 
as  a  whole,  they  seem  to  indicate  that  many  of 
the  substances  which  have  been  supposed  to  kill 
the  cockroach  have  really  acted  by  driving  it 
away  and  so  leading  to  its  disappearance.  Such 
gregarious  migrations  have  been  observed,  but 
have  hitherto  been  otherwise  explained.  For 
quick  destruction  stoving  with  bromine  or  sul- 
phur dioxide  is  apparently  best.  For  domestic 
application  the  daily  use  of  creosote,  wood 
naphtha,  or  the  oil  of  rosemary,  eucalyptus,  or 
cltronella  placed  near  the  haunts  of  the  cock- 
roaches for  two  or  three  weeks,  should  effect- 
ually disperse  them.  Where  these  are  Inad- 
missible on  account  of  their  smell,  odorless 
dusting  powders  may  be  used.  Of  these  sodium 
fluoride  was  found  to  be  the  most  effective.  It 
is  also  cheap  and  keeps  Indeflnltely. 

These  experiments  may  have  some  value  as 
applied  to  Insect  pests.  The  cockroach  being 
abundant  and  of  large  size,  it  has  been  possible 
to  use  it  as  an  "indicator"  and  to  observe  the 
results  more  accurately  than  would  be  possible 
with  small  insects.  Other  things  being  equal, 
the  same  results  should  follow  in  the  case  of 
many  other  insect  pests. 


Chocolate  in  the  War«— What  chocolate  did 
in  winning  the  war  will  never  be  fully  realized. 
In  all  the  lexicon  of  the  Red  Cross  and  other 
war  relief  activities  probably  no  word  spells  so 
much  of  comfort,  and  nourishment,  and  cheer 
to  wounded  men  and  well  men  In  the  trenches. 
In  solid  and  liquid  form,  on  the  fleld,  in  the 
trenches  and  back  of  the  lines,  chocolate  was 
the  flrst  demand.  Its  popularity  over  coffee  as 
a  drink  was  largely  due  to  the  superior  food 
value  in  the  chocolate,  to  the  greater  ease  with 
which  it  was  prepared,  and  to  Its  more  lasting 
nourishment  A  Red  Cross  fleld  worker  writes 
In  his  diary,  "For  one  week  I  made  from  250 
to  300  gallons  of  chocolate  daily,  besides  help- 
ing to  serve  the  boys  with  socks,  cigarettes  and 
treat  their  various  ailments  with  the  drugs  we 
had  on  hand."  Again  a  chaplain  writes,  "I 
talked,  read  and  prayed  with  them,  wrote  let- 
ters for  them,  and  left  them  chocolate." 


American  Aid  Checks  Tvphns  In  Bonmania.— 

Fifty  carloads  of  surgical  dressings  were  sent 
from  Red  Cross  Headquarters  in  Paris  to  Rou- 
mania  where  the  Red  Cross  commission  found 
the  hospitals  almost  devoid  of  supplies,  accord- 
ing to  Lleut.-Col.  H.  Gideon  Wells  of  Chicago, 
American  Red  Cross  Commissioner  to  Rouma- 
nian Col.  Wells,  who  Is  professor  of  pathology 
at  the  University  of  Chicago,  and  has  been  di- 
recting Red  Cross  relief  operations  in  Roumania 
for  the  last  four  months,  returned  to  America 
the  last  week  in  June.  Ten  Red  Cross  ships 
have  landed  millions  of  pounds  of  supplies  in 
Roumania,  all  of  which  have  been  distributed 
under  his  direction. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


496 


July.   1919 


TREATMENT 


American  Mbdicink 


**From  the  members  of  the  royal  household 
down  to  the  humblest  classes,  everyone  you 
meet  admits  that  America's  practical  help  came 
just  in  time  and  saved  Roumania  from  starva- 
tion and  the  spread  of  typhus,"  said  Col.  Wells. 
**None  of  the  war-stricken  countries  we  have 
assisted  could  be  more  grateful.  The  effort  to 
get  food,  medicines  and  the  needed  supplies  in 
some  measure  to  all  parts  of  the  country  has 
been  successful  and  work  on  restoration  of  the 
transportation  facilities  was  progressing  finely 
when  I  left  a  few  weeks  ago.  The  Red  Cross 
is  now  distributing  supplies  from  ten  different 
points  in  the  country.  Typhus  is  still  prevalent, 
in  parts  of  Roumania,  but  American  doctors  and 
nurses  appear  to  have  the  situation  well  in 
hand." 


REATMENT 


Neosalvarsan  in  the  Treatment  of  Anthrax.^ 

The  Medical  Record  (Feb.  1,  1919)  calls  atten- 
tion to  the  idea  which  obtains  today  that  the 
non-septic  forms  of  anthrax  are  amenable  to 
various  kinds  of  treatment,  some  of  which  may 
be  quite  simple,  while  septic  anthrax,  like  all 
sepsis,  is  very  refractory  to  any  plan  of  treat- 
ment. The  alleged  remarkable  cures  which  find 
their  way  into  literature  are  usually  of  local- 
ized forms,  which,  while  they  may  present  a 
marked  constitutional  reaction,  are  seldom  sep- 
tic in  the  true  sense  of  the  term.  Much  con- 
fusion is  associated  with  the  management  of 
the  disease  on  this  account.  Whether  serum 
treatment  has  ever  actually  prevailed  over  true 
bacteremia  is  still  open  to  doubt.  In  the  Cor- 
respondenz-Blatt  fiir  Schweizer  Aerzte  (Nov.  9, 
1918)  Gsell  refers  to  the  use  of  salvarsan  in 
this  affection.  In  the  original  case  of  Becker 
the  'general  condition  was  bad,  but  the  blood 
remained  sterile,  and  this  was  true  of  the  other 
related  cases.  Salvarsan  was  successful  in  cases 
of  this  type,  but  made  an  inglorious  failure  in 
others  in  whfch  bacteremia  was  present.  Only 
in  the  laboratory  did  this  remedy  cure  septic 
cases,  the  bacilli  dying  in  the  blood  within  a 
short  time,  as  shown  by  failure  to  develop  blood 
cultures  after  treatment.  The  case  referred  to 
was  not  of  especial  severity,  and  was  not  septic 
at  any  time,  but  yielded  so  promptly  to  in- 
travenous injections  of  neosalvarsan  that  the 
result  deserved  to  be  called  favorable. 


Acute  Diarrhea  In  Infancy. — An  editorial 
writer  in  the  Medical  Council  (July,  1918) 
points  out  that  castor  oil,  or  milk  of  magnesia, 
may  be  indicated  early  in  the  case;  and,  in  the 
breast-fed,  the  mother  may  have  too  rich  milk 
and  need  to  reduce  her  diet  and  take  more  exer- 


cise. Many  cases  of  indigestion  resulting  in 
diarrhea  are  due  to  too  much  fat  in  the  babe's 
food,  and  it  must  be  reduced.  These  cases  are 
apt  to  develop  an  acidosis  due  to  the  fat  taking 
up  the  alkali,  and  the  stools  become  very  acid 
and  high  fever  develops.  After  a  cathartic, 
sodium  bicarbonate  is  demanded;  and  a  glu- 
cose or  maltose  sugar  should  be  added  to  the 
diet. 

There  is  rarely  too  much  sugar  in  breast- 
milk;  but  bottle-fed  babes  often  suffer  from 
sugar  and  other  carbohydrate  indigestion,  with 
resultant  diarrhea.  Sugar  indigestion  makes 
green  stools,  as  a  rule;  but  there  are  no  ma- 
croscopic characteristics  of  the  stool  absolutely 
diagnostic  of  the  form  of  indigestion.    ^ 

Diarrhea  from  excess  of  milk  or  cane  sugar 
is  more  severe  than  when  from  starch  or  mal- 
tose-dextrin preparations.  Treatment  here  de- 
mands an  initial  purge,  a  12-  to  24-hour  fast 
and  the  dropping  of  sugar  from  the  diet  for  a 
while.  Protein  is  the  food  best  borne  and  fat 
must  be  cut  In  quantity.  Skimmed  milk,  with 
cereal  diluents,  serves  well;  but  do  not  make 
the  mistake  of  keeping  the  patient  off  of  a  min- 
imum sugar  diet  any  longer  than  is  necessary. 
Babes  do  not  thrive  well  without  some  sugar. 

Starch  has  been  unduly  blamed  for  causing 
diarrhea.  A  well-baked  sUrchy  food  is  toler- 
ated in  small  quantities  by  very  young  infants. 
It  is  remarkable  how  some  laboratory-fed  babes 
pick  up  when  the  mother  begins  to  experiment 
with  a  little  baked  wheat  addition  to  the  diet. 
Indeed,  we  have  personally  seen  mashed  potato 
stop  a  persistent  diarrhea  in  very  young  chil- 
dren. 

When  the  mother's  milk  causes  diarrhea,  it 
is  more  apt  to  be  from  too  much  protein  than 
from  an  excess  of  sugar.  A  menstruating  nurs- 
ing mother  is  apt  to  have  an  excess  of  protein 
in  the  milk,  and  nervousness  and  fatigue  may 
act  the  same  way.  Take  the  babe,  partly  off 
the  breast  milk  and  give  a  substitute  weak  in 
protein.  Excess  of  protein  causes  watery  alka- 
line stools. 


Removal  of  Tonsils  and  Adenoids.— Bloom  in 
the  New  Orleans  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour,  for  April, 
1918,  gives  an  account  of  his  observation  on  the 
mental  and  physical  state  of  children  follow- 
ing the  removal  of  tonsils  and  adenoids.  He 
draws  the  following  conclusions: 

1.  Children  exhibiting  some  alterations  in 
the  normal  histology  of  tonsils  and  adenoids 
give  marked  evidences  of  mental  retardment. 

2.  Rheumatism,  syphilis  and  tuberculosis 
from  hereditary  and  environmental  points  of 
view  have  but  little  significance  as  causative 
agents  of  diseased  tonsils  and  adenoids. 

3.  This  series  of  fifty-seven  cases  did  not  ex- 
hibit the  pathologic  entities  attributable  to 
tonsils  and  adenoids,  namely,  endocarditis, 
myocarditis,  rheumatic  fever,  chorea,  etc. 

4.  In  all  there  were  twenty-nine  causes  for 
the  removal  of  these  glands— the  marked  im- 
provement was  evidenced  only  in  cases  where 
(1)  persistent  sore  throat  and  tonsillitis  with 
temperature;  (2)  frequent  attacks  of  suppura- 
tive otitis  media;   (3)  mouth  breather  and  sup- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN    MBDtCII«B 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


July,  1919 


497 


purative  lymph  nodes  were  the  factors  of  their 
removal. 

5.  Adenoidectomles  should  always  be  prac- 
ticed where  the  child  is  a  mouth  breather 
before  the  tonsils  are  enucleated. . 

6.  The  largest  tonsils  (by  weight)  were 
those  removed  from  patients  who  previously 
had  measles  and  scarlet  fever;  the  smallest  from 
children  who  had  mumps  and  whooping  cough 
prior  to  operation. 

7.  Only  one  child  gave  a  history  of  pneu- 
monia before  the  tonsils  and  adenoids  were  re- 
moved. 

8.  No  relation  between  abnormal  and  dis- 
eased teeth  on  the  one  hand  and  glands  on  the 
other. 

9.  Weight  Status— The  weight  curve  showed 
appreciable  improvement  after  ten  years  of 
age;  gains  were  noted  between  7  and  10  years, 
inappreciable  before  this  time.  Children  with 
diseased  tonsils  are  practically  all  underweight, 
namely  3  to  26  per  cent. 

10.  Gratifying  results  were  obtained  in 
ninety  (90)  per  cent,  of  forty  cases  where  re- 
ports and  statements  were  secured  and  especially 
marked  in  cases  where  frequent  colds,  tonsillitis 
(with  temperature),  and  mouth  breathing  were 
the  factors  for  their  removal. 

11.  Frequent  temperature  traced  to  the  ton- 
sils and  adenoids  should  be  the  indication  for 
immediate  removal  after  the  acute  symptoms 
have  subsided,  despite  the  fact  that  the  child 
might  be  between  the  age  of  12  to  24  months, 
respectively;  on  the  other  hand,  if  there  is  no 
temperature  but  the  patient  suffers  from  symp- 
toms attributable  to  tonsils  and  adenoids  do 
not  remove  these  organs  until  the  child  reaches 
the  age  of  6  years.  Finally,  it  is  my  hope  that 
these  modest  findings  will  not  be  misunder- 
stood, remembering  this  is  the  viewpoint  of  a 
pediatrician. 


Pyretotherapy  a  New  Thought  in  the  Modern 
Treatment  of  Disease. — Pyretotherapy  is  a  word 
Invented  by  Mr.  Konteschweller  Titus  (Paris 
Thesis  1918)  to  describe  treatment  by  drugs 
that  raise  the  temperature  and  create  fever.  In 
a  chapter  on  the  history  of  this  treatment, 
which  for  that  matter  is  wholly  contempora- 
neous the  author  sets  forth  to  prove  that  vac- 
cinotherapy is  not  always  specific  and  that 
heterovaccinotherapy  (the  treatment  of  several 
very  different  diseases  by  anti-typhoid  vaccine, 
of  typhoid  fever  by  pyocyanic  vaccine,  of  lupus 
by  the  streptococcus,  etc.)  can  only  yield  its 
'  good  effects  by  the  rise  of  temperature  thus  de- 
termined. Pari  passu  the  colloids  also  act  by 
virtue  of  the  febrile  reaction  to  which  they 
give  rise.  Investigation  of  certain  diseases 
moreover  shows  a  rise  of  temperature  as  a 
process  of  cure,  natural  fever  possessing  the 
same  curative  action  as  artificially  induced 
fever.  It  is  especially  the  sharp  ephemeral  rise 
of  temperature  that  seems  to  do  good. 

Many  patients  have  been  found  amenable  to 
this  mode  of  treatment.  Typhoid  fever,  measles, 
scarlatina,  erysipelas  and  pneumonia  have  been 
treated  by  means  of  the  colloids,  injections  of 


milk,  nucleinate  of  soda  and  vaccinotherapy 
and  the  author  attributes  the  good  results  to 
the  fever  thus  induced.  Acute  rheumatism  is 
especially  amenable  to  this  treatment,  more 
particularly  gonorrheal  rheumatism.  Instances 
of  the  same  kind  are  met  with  in  surgery  (in- 
fected wounds,  septicemia),  in  dermatology 
(psoriasis),  in  ophthalmology  (conjunctivitis 
trachoma),  and  in  syphilography. 

Mr.  Titus  has  tried  a  large  number  of  these 
pyretogenous  agents  and  he  describes  them 
seriatim.  He  remarked  particularly  the  good 
results  of  certain  of  them  in  gonorrheal  rheu- 
matism. His  most  original  researches,  how- 
ever, bore  on  the  treatment  of  urethritis  and 
salpingitis  by  intravenous  injections  of  kefir. 
He  describes  the  procedure  which  he  followed 
and  gives  the  detailed  notes  of  eleven  cases  in 
which  he  obtained  very  encouraging  results. 

Doubtless  It  would  not  be  difficult  to  discover 
matter  for  criticism  in  this  observer's  views  and 
the  conclusions  he  draws  from  researches  an- 
terior to  his  own  as  well  as  from  the  latter. 
Nevertheless,  the  idea  is  original  enough  and 
sufficiently  logical  for  it  to  be  of  interest*.  His 
work  may  conceivably  embody  a  commencement 
of  explanation  of  phenomena  that  have  re- 
mained more  or  less  mysterious,  the  which  are 
dally  becoming  more  numerous. 


Treatment  of  Gunshot  Wounds.— After  a  com- 
plete surgical  cleansing  and  drying  with  abso- 
lute alcohol  the  whole  wound-cavity,  Livingston, 
Tubby  and  Mackie  (Lancet,  Feb.  15,  1919)  rec- 
ommend the  application  of  paste  of  acrifiavine. 
The  paste  contains  one-half  of  one  per  cent,  of 
acrifiavine  in  a  mixture  of  one  part  bismuth 
subcarbonate  with  three  parts  of  paraffin.  In 
cases  of  infected  fractures,  etc.,  the  establish- 
ment of  free  drainage  and  removal  of  all 
necrosed  tissues  are  followed  by  irrigation  with 
eusol  for  from  two  to  five  days.  The  remaining 
necrosed  tissues  are  then  excised,  the  wound  is 
thoroly  washed  out  with  alcohol,  and  it  is  filled 
with  the  acrifiavine  paste.  This  dressing  does 
not  require  changing  more  often  than  about 
once  weekly.  The  wound  rapidly  becomes  sterile 
under  it  and  fine,  healthy  granulations  develop 
rapidly. 


NEWS  NOTES"" 
ANNOUNCEMENTS 


$1^00,000    Asked    to    Fight    Influenza.— The 

American  Medical  Association  at  its  closing  ses- 
sion at  Atlantic  City  passed  a  resolution  calling 
upon  Congress  to  provide  a  fund  of  at  least 
$1,500,000  to  finance  measures  for  the  preven- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


498 


July,   1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Mbdicinb 


tlon  of  influenza  epidemics.  The  resolution 
stoted  that  there  was  grave  danger  of  more 
destructive  outbreaks  of  the  disease.  If  pro- 
vided the  fund  will  be  used  in  research  work 
by  the  Public  Health  Service,  officials  of  which 
told  the  delegates  that  the  causes  of  the  disease 
were  still  a  matter  of  speculation. 


Medical  Editors'  Electloiu— The  American 
Medical  Editors'  Association,  at  its  golden  anni- 
versary meeting  held  on  June  9th  and  10th,  in 
Atlantic  City,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr. 
George  W.  Kosmak,  of  New  York,  elected  the 
following  officers  for  the  ensuing  year:  Presi- 
dent. Dr.  Seale  Harris,  of  Birmingham,  Ala.; 
first  vice-president.  Dr.  B^anklin  Martin,  of 
Chicago;  second  vice-president,  Dr.  H.  S.  Ba- 
ketel,  of  New  York;  secretary.  Dr.  Joseph  Mac- 
Etonald,  Jr..  of  New  York,  (reelected);  execu- 
tive committee.  Dr.  George  W.  Kosmak,  of  New 
York;  Dr.  Edwin  Lewis,  of  New  York,  and  Dr. 
D.  S.  Fairchild,  of  Clinton.  la. 


Col.    R.    P.    Stronar's    Appolntmentn-Ueut.- 

Gen.  Sir  David  Henderson,  director-general  of 
the  League  of  Red  Cross  Societies,  has  appointed 
Col.  Richard  P.  Strong  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  a 
member  of  the  United  States  Medical  Corps,  as 
acting  director  of  the  Bureau  of  Hygiene  and 
Public  Health  of  the  League.  During  1915  Col. 
Strong  served  in  Serbia  as  director  of  the 
American  Red  Cross  and  International  Sanitary 
Commission  that  fought  the  typhus  epidemic 
in  that  country.  He  was  subsequently  a  mem- 
ber of  the  A.  B.  F.,  being  associated  with  the 
department  of  infectious  diseases  of  the  chief 
surgeon's  office.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Inter- 
Allied  Sanitary  Commission  and  has  directed 
the  American  Commission's  research  investi- 
gation in  trench  fever. 


alcohol  by  drug  stores  have  been  provided.  All 
prescriptions  must  be  preserved,  and  each  month 
the  names  of  patients  and  the  total  quantities 
dispensed  to  each  during  the  month  must  be 
transmitted  to- the  collector  of  Internal  revenue. 
Pharmacists  have  been  advised  to  refuse  to  fill 
prescriptions  if  they  have  reasons  to  believe 
that  physicians  are  dispensing  for  other  than 
strictly  legitimate  medicinal  uses,  or  if  patients 
are  obtaining  thru  several  physicians  quantities 
in  excess  of  normal  amounts. 


A  Franeo- American  Medical  Ententes—An  As- 
sociated Press  report  from  Paris  says  that  an 
organization  has  been  formed  there  with  the 
object  of  establishing  permanent  relations  be- 
tween American  and  French  physicians  and 
surgeons.  Several  commissions  have  been  ap- 
pointed by  the  organization.  One  of  these  will 
have  in  charge  the  establishment  of  a  course 
of  teaching  for  American  physicians  visiting 
France  and  another  the  founding  of  a  bureau 
of  information.  A  third  commission  will  ex- 
amine into  means  of  organizing  an  exchange  of 
articles  on  medical  and  surgical  subjects  be- 
tween the  journals  of  the  United  States  and 
France. 


New  Physiologic  JonrnaL— The  first  number 
of  the  Journal  of  Qeneral  Physiology  will  make 
its  appearance  on  September  20.  This  journal 
will  appear  bi-monthly  and  is  intended  to  serve  as 
an  organ  for  publication  of  papers  devoted  to 
the  investigation  of  life  processes  from  the 
physiochemical  point  of  view.  The  editors  are 
Dr.  Jacques  Loeb,  of  the  Rockefeller  Institute  for 
Medical  Research,  and  Prof.  W.  J.  V.  Osterhout, 
of  Harvard  University.  The  subscription  price 
is  $5  a  volume  and  subscriptions  should  be  sent 
to  the  Journal  of  General  Physiology,  Publica- 
tion Department,  the  Rockefeller  Institute  for 
Medical  Research,  Sixty-sixth  Street  and  Avenue 
A,  New  York  City. 


Government  Regolates  Dispensing  of  Alco- 
holic Drinks  by  Physicians  and  Droggists.— The 

Internal  Revenue  Bureau  of  the  Treasury  De- 
partment has  issued  ney  regulations  governing 
the  dispensing  of  alcoholic  drinks  by  drug 
stores  and  physicians  for  medicinal  purposes. 
Physicians  may  prescribe  wines  and  liquors 
for  internal  use,  or  alcohol  for  external  use, 
but  In  every  such  case  each  prescription  shall  be 
in  duplicate,  and  both  copies  must  be  signed  in 
the  physician's  handwriting.  The  quantity 
prescribed  for  a  single  patient  at  one  time  shall 
not  exceed  one  quart,  and  in  no  case  shall  a 
physician  prescribe  alcoholic  liquors  unless  the 
patient  is  under  his  constant  personal  super- 
vision. All  prescriptions  must  indicate  clearly 
the  name  and  address  of  the  patient,  including 
the  street  and  apartment  number,  if  any,  the 
date  when  written,  the  condition  for  which  it  is 
prescribed,  and  the  name  of  the  pharmacist  to 
whom  the  prescription  is  to  be  sent  to  be  filled. 
Similar    detailed    restrictions   on    the    sale    of 


The  Effeminate  Warrior. — A  new  story  of  the 
Red  Cross  bag  comes  from  Harvey  D.  Gibson, 
former  Red  Cross  Commissioner  for  Ehirope 
who  has  recently  returned  to  this  country.  He 
got  the  story  from  one  of  the  workers  in  a  Hos- 
pital Hut  in  Dijon.  Everybody  who  has  ever 
seen  a  wounded  soldier  knows  the  bag  of  gaudy 
cretonne  with  the  little  Red  Cross  in  the  corner 
in  which  each  boy  keeps  the  bit  of  shrapnel 
the  doctor  dug  out  of  his  knee,  the  last  letter 
from  home,  the  picture  of  his  girl,  his  tooth 
brush  and  all  his  most  cherished  possessions. 
One  of  the  boys  in  the  Dijon  Hospital  had  just 
been  presented  with  his  bag,  a  pink  and  white 
one.  He  accepted  it  gratefully;  then  he  began 
to  laugh.  "Say,"  he  declared,  "if  someone  had 
told  me  two  years  ago  that  I'd  be  goin*  to  war 
with  a  wrist  watch  on  one  wrist  and  a  bracelet** 
— he  held  out  his  Identification  disk — "on  the 
other  and  a  cretonne  bag  in  my  hand!  Say,  I'd 
'a  pasted  him  one!" 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BmemnHedicine 

PUBLISHED   MONTHLT 
Baitorial  OIHo»gt    18  Ummt  41  at  i^t..  lf»w  York  City.  Pvblieatiea  Offio«si    189  College  St.,  B«rliA«tom,  Vt. 


Conpl0te  SeriM,    YoL  XXY.  No.  8 
K«w  B«ri«s,  Yol.  inr.    No.  8 


AUGUST,  1919 


C2  nn     TSABLT 


CONTENTS 


BU>ITORIAI<  COMMBNT    4119 

MKW  AND  THINGS    . .  i 511 

ORIGINAIi   ARTICI^BS    515 

PHYSICAIi   THBRAFY 546 

RATIONAIi   ORGANOTHBRAPY    650 

BTIOLOGY   AND   DIAGNOSIS    552 

TKDATBiSSNT 562 

GBlNBRAIi    TOPICS    555 

.NE2W8    NOTBS   AND   ANNOUNCBMBNTS . . .   550 

(OontIlia«d  OB  PMT*  i) 


CONTRIBUTORS 

S.  ADOLPHUS  KNOPF,  M.  D.,  New   York  City. 
ROGBR  G.  PBRKINS,  M.  U^  Prlzren,  Serbia. 
BI.  FORD  MORRIS,  JR.,  BI.  D.,  Atlanta,  Ga. 
JOS.  B.  FUU>,  BI.  D.,  New  York  aty. 
GBORGB  M.  GOULDk  BI.  D.,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 
CASPBR  Im  RBDFIBI^D,  CbJcagro,  111. 


Entorod  mm  MooBd-elMt  malker  Jannaiy  28,  1006,  aft  ftbe  Post  Office  aft  Bnrlington,  Yk,  vnder  Aek  of  CoDgreis.  March  8,  1870. 

Hot  Weather  Skin  Irritations — 

notably  chafing,  prickly  heat,  sunburn  and  similar  affections 
—are  promptly  relieved  by 

K'  Y  Lubricating  Jelly 

Applied  liberally  to  irritated  or  inflamed  areas,  the  pronounced  cool- 
ing and  soothing  action  of  this  effective  local  remedy  is  at  once 
manifest.  Smarting,  burning  and  itching  are  quickly  allayed  and 
local  congestion  is  rapidly  overcome.  In  fact,  by  its  beneficial  effects 
upon  the  skin,  as  well  as  by  reason  of  its  water-solubility,  its  abso- 
lute freedom  from  staining  skin  or  clothing,  its  non-greasiness  and 
the  altogether  unusual  cleanUness  of  its  character, 

K'Y  Lubricating  Jelly 

is  an  ideal  emollient 


It  relieves  itching  and  burning  when  most  ordinary  relief 
measures  prove  ineffective. 


In  ooUapnUe  tubes  at  25e. 
Obtainable  at  all  Drug  Storas. 
Sample  on  request. 


NEW  BRUNSWICK,  N.  J.,  U.S.  A. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Adrenalin  Chbrile  Sohilkm 

For  tpngring  the  noae  and  phanyta.  (alter 
diludon  wim  lour  to  five  timea  ila  Tolume 
of  plkjnologic  aak  aolutum). 

SuppBed  in  ounce  botdea,oii«  in  acartoii* 


For  tpiasring  tke  noae  and  pliarynz  ( fufl 
•irangth  or  dilated  widi  three  to  toitf 
timea  ito  ▼olume  of  oHve  oil). 
Supplied  in  ounce  bottlea^one  in  a  cartom. 


0. 


For  aprajing  tlie  noae  and  l 

dilution  with  four  to  five  timee  ito  ^ 

of  phjrnologic  aak  aohition). 

Suppoed  in  ounce  botdeibooein  acarton. 

Ghseptic  NebaEzer 

The  moat  economical  inatrumeni  for  neb* 
uliiing  the  Adrenalin  and  Pituitiin  piepa- 
lations  Hated  above.    It  atomircta  down  to 
die  laat  drop. 
Price,  complete  with  tLioat>piece,  $1.25* 

Kxed  Infection  Pliyiacogen 

For  hypodermic  or  intraveooua  injection. 

Bio.  595.    hi  lOLmil  (lOuCc)  bulbil  one 
inapackafe. 

Bio.  597.    hi  l-mil  (UCc)  bulbe,  five  fat 
npackafe. 


Ragweed  PoDen  Exinct 


For  prophylazb  and 


) 


(Admin- 


Bio.  680.  Five  tubei»  with  acari^jring 
needle,  for  diagnodt. 

Bio.  682.  Four5.nul(5Xc)viala(No.l. 
10  unite;  No.  ^  100  unite,  and  No.  3i 
1000  unite  per  mOs  No.  4,  diluent). 

Bio.681.  Number3viaL5mila(5  Cc). 
1000  unite  permiL 

Parke^  Davis  &  Co. « 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWIM  LEWIS,  M.  D..  Mammging  Editor 

Fdbli8hu>  Mohthlt  bt  no  AmmoAH  Mbokul  Pubushikq  Gompant 
Covrrlfflited  by  Uie  Amniean  Medical  PabUshinc  Co..  1910 


IRA  S.  WILE,  Associate  Editot 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  8 
New^ee,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  8 


AUGUST,  1919 


$2.00  ^^^^^ 


In  Advance 


Obedience  to  Law^ — ^The  Section  on 
Preventive  Medicine  and  Public  Health  of 
the  American  Medical  Association  at  its  re- 
cent meeting  adopted  the  following  resolu- 
tion: 

"Resolved,  That  the  Section  on  Prevent- 
ive Medicine  and  Public  Health  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  recommend 
to  the  House  of  Delegates  that  it  ask  the 
constituent  associations  to  consider  the  ad- 
visability of  such  amendments  to  their  by- 
laws and  to  those  of  this*  association  as  will 
eliminate  from  membership  any  physician 
who  willfully  fails  or  refuses  to  comply  with 
local  or  State  laws  for  the  prevention  of 
disease,  including  especially  the  provisions 
in  such  laws  requiring  the  reporting  of  cases 
of  communicable  diseases." 

If  it  were  possible  to  secure  the  coopera- 
tion of  all  physicians  in  the  enforcement  of 
our  health  laws,  the  work  of  health  admin- 
istrators would  be  greatly  facilitated.  The 
benefits  that  would  i-esult  would  be  of  in- 
estimable value.  It  is  not  too  much  to  ex- 
pect members  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation to  live  up  to  their  responsibilities 
to  the  general  public.  The  right  to  practice 
IS  given  by  the  State,  and  should  carry  with 
it  the  obligation  of  fulfilling  all  the  duties 
to  the  State. 

While  the  above  resolution  related  to  ac- 
tion on  the  part  of  special  associations  of 
physicians,  a  recent  enactment  of  the  Public 
Heahh  Council  of  the  State  of  West  Vir- 
ginia carries  with  it  a  demand  for  action 


with  reference  to  the  reporting  of  infec- 
tious diseases  that  is  far  more  rigorous  than 
previous  laws  because  it  provides  for  the 
revoking  of  a  license.  As  printed  in  the 
Bulletin  of  the  West  Virgina  State  Depart- 
ment or  Health,  July  19,  1919: 

"Any  physician  who  has  been  convicted 
of  failure  to  report  cases  of  infectious  or 
contagious  diseases  to  the  local  health 
officer  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  dishonor- 
able conduct,  and  may  at  the  discretion  of 
the  Public  Health  Council,  have  his  license 
revoked." 

Furthermore,  the  health  officer  is  held 
accountable  for  his  prompt  investigation  of 
cases  of  infectious  or  communicable  dis- 
eases within  24  hours  after  the  receipt  of 
a  report  of  the  existence  of  such  infectious 
or  communicable  disease.  The  health 
officer  may  be  removed  from  office  for 
failure  to  send  in  a  weekly  report  of  infec- 
tious diseases  as  required  by  law,  and  he 
may  be  found  guilty  of  neglect  of  duty  and 
removed  from  office  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Council  for  failure  to  prosecute  any  phy- 
sician who  fails  to  report  infectious  or  com- 
municable diseases  as  required  by  law. 

By  many,  regulations  of  this  character 
may  be  considered  altogether  too  rigorous 
to  be  just.  On  the  other  hand,  unless  there 
be  a  law  of  this  character,  with  jaws  that 
bite  and  claws  that  scratch,  there  is  a  tend- 
ency towards  laxity  in  the  performance  of  a 
duty  of  paramount  importance  to  the  public 


Digitized  by 


Google 


500 


AuauBT,  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Ambrican  Mkdicinb 


welfare.  If  the  medical  profession  is 
brought  to  realize  the  enormity  of  the  of- 
fense against  public  welfare  in  failure  to 
report  infectious  and  communicable  dis- 
eases, there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that 
a  more  prompt  and  conscientious  system  of 
reporting  will  be  instituted. 

Drastic  legislation  within  the  bounds 
of  reason  is  by  no  means  a  hardship,  and  if 
such  rules  as  have  been  established  in  the 
State  of  West  Virginia  prove  themselves 
to  be  of  service  in  securing  more  eflfective 
cooperation  on  the  part  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession, there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that 
such  enactments  will  be  incorporated  in  the 
laws  of  other  states.  There  appears  to  be 
no  intermediate  punishment  for  a  first  of- 
fense, but  inasmuch  as  all  action  is  within 
the  discretion  of  the  Council,  it  is  probable 
that  warnings  will  be  given  before  the 
severe  penalty  of  license  revocation  will  be 
employed.  It  is  obviously  proper  that  the 
State  possess  some  means  of  securing  the 
enforcement  of  its  health  laws,  and  the 
question  of  maintaining  a  position  in  the 
community  is  one  which  should  appeal  most 
forcibly  to  physicians.  To  have  one's 
license  revoked  for  failure  to  live  up  to 
state  regulations  is  a  reflection  upon  the 
integrity  of  an  individual,  but  this  is  by  no 
means  as  serious  as  the  fact  that  a  revoked 
license  deprives  the  individual  of  all  rights 
to  continue  in  the  practice  of  medicine,  for 
which  years  of  preparation  have  been  re- 
quired. 

If  the  resolution  of  the  Section  on  Pre- 
ventive Medicine  and  Public  Health  is  ac- 
cepted by  State  and  County  Societies  thru- 
out  the  land,  there  would  undoubtedly  be 
less  reason  for  a  state  regulation  as  in- 
augurated in  West  Virginia,  tho  there  still 
would  be  some  members  of  the  medical  pro- 


fession insufficiently  interested  in  public 
welfare,  who,  outside  of  all  association  mem- 
berships, would  have  to  be  stimulated  to  the 
performance  of  their  public  duties.  These 
two  resolutions  aflford  much  food  for  seri- 
ous reflection,  as  indicative  of  the  necessity 
of  securing  more  forceful  measures  to  pro- 
tect the  public  against  violation  of  the 
public  health  laws  referring  to  the  reporting 
of  infectious  and  communicable  diseases. 


The  Mortality  of  Negroes^— The  health 
problems  of  the  negroes  are  numerous.  The 
necessity  for  initiating  provisions  for  car- 
ing for  the  colored  population  becomes  more 
imperative  as  efforts  to  lower  the  mortality 
rates  of  the  whites  approach  maximum 
standards.  Unfortunately,  statistical  ma- 
terial available  fails  to  be  based  upon  the 
experiences  in  sections  of  the  country  where 
the  colored  population  is  most  dominant. 
The  great  mass  of  the  negro  population  re- 
sides in  the  non-registration  area.  In  1915, 
only  30.4  per  cent,  of  the  negro  population 
were  living  within  the  registration  area.  In 
consequence,  all  statistical  statements  relat- 
ing to  negroes  must  be  regarded  as  incom- 
plete, and,  in  many  instances,  inadequate  for 
the  drawing  of  absolute  conclusions.  There 
must,  naturally,  attach  some  degree  of  un- 
certainty to  the  calculation  of  birth  rates 
and  death  rates  for  the  country  as  a  whok, 
and  when  such  a  large  proportion  of  a  single 
class  of  the  population  fails  to  come  within 
the  registration  area.  It  is  possible,  how- 
ever, to  tentatively  note  the  more  persistent 
characteristics  of  mortality  figures  which 
present  specific  death  rates  within  the  area 
of  registration  where  differentiations  are 
made  according  to  age,  sex,  and  cause  of 
death.    Even  here,  there  is  room  for  ques- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   ICEDIGXNa 


EDITORIAL   COBIMBNT 


August,  1919 


501 


tion  as  to  the  relative  accuracy  of  reporting 
facts  relating  to  the  negroes,  as  compared 
with  similar  items  referring  to  the  whites. 

In  the  recent  volume  on  "Negro  Popula- 
tion" issued  by  the  Bureau  of  the  Census 
appears  a  vast  amount  of  statistical  material 
conservatively,  but  fairly  interpreted.  In 
the  discussion  of  mortality,,  one  notes  that 
the  expectation  of  life  for  negp"oes  is  con- 
sistently lower  than  that  estimated  for 
whites,  male  or  female.  This  is  partially 
due  to  the  high  infant  mortality  for  negroes 
and  the  lower  degree  of  survival  thru  in- 
fancy and  adolescence.  The  duration  of 
maturity  and  old  age  indicates  that  the 
average  number  of  years  lived  in  the  ages 
20  to  60  years  is  18.0  per  negro  child  born 
to  27.1  per  white  child  born  of  the  males, 
and  the  figures  are  respectively  19.9  and 
28.6  for  female  children.  It  is  only  fair  to 
remark  that  these  figures  are  based  upon 
the  ten  original  registration  states  and  the 
District  of  Columbia,  thus  evidencing  a  cal- 
culation of  negro  expectation  of  life  upon 
experience  in  communities  where  the  negro 
population  is  relatively  small. 

Leaving  out  of  discussion  the  exceed- 
ingly high  infant  mortality  rate  among 
negroes,  which,  however,  has  shown  a  con- 
stant marked  improvement,  one  notes 
among  the  specified  causes  of  death  a  con- 
sistently higher  mortality  rate  for  negroes 
compared  with  whites,  with  the  exception 
of  such  causes  of  death  as  cancer,  cirrhosis 
of  the  liver,  diphtheria  and  croup,  measles, 
diabetes  and  scarlet  fever.  The  great 
decimator  among  negroes  is  tuberculosis, 
with  a  rate  of  463  per  hundred  thousand 
population  in  1910,  compared  with  148  for 
whites.  In  this  year,  tuberculosis  was  re- 
sponsible for  182  out  of  every  thousand 
deaths  reported  for  negroes.  Pneumonia 
and    organic    diseases    of    the    heart    and 


nephritis  caused  692  deaths  per  hundred 
thousand  population  for  the  negroes  as 
compared  with  377  per  hundred  thousand 
population  of  the  whites.  The  pneumonia 
rate  was  twice  that  among  the  whites. 

The  serious  problem  presented  by  these 
figures  challenges  our  state  systems  of  health 
administration,  and  provides  much  food  for 
thought  as  to  the  safety  of  the  colored  pop- 
ulation in  a  democracy.  Undoubtedly,  a 
considerable  proportion  of  the  mortality 
from  tuberculosis  and  pneumonia  is  bound 
up  in  environal  conditions  that  are  pro- 
nouncedly unfavorable.  The  entire  answer 
cannot  be  found  by  stating  that  the  figures 
for  the  negroes  are  highly  colored  in  view 
of  the  fact  that  the  rural  population,  to 
which  such  a  large  proportion  of  the  ne- 
groes belong,  is  not  adequately  represented 
in  our  mortality  .statistics.  Where  com- 
parisons are  made  between  rural  and  urban 
death  rates  for  negroes  and  whites,  the 
balance  of  strength  and  vitality  is  shown  to 
be  on  the  side  of  the  whites.  Urbanization 
may  condition  a  higher  mortality  of  whites 
and  negroes  than  living  in  rural  sections, 
but  there  is  insufficient  evidence  to  show 
conclusively  that  negroes  suffer  more  from 
this  cause  than  do  the  whites. 

In  view  of  the  higher  incidence  of  vene- 
real diseases  among  negroes,  it  is  astonish- 
ing to  find  so  little  attention  paid  to  this 
subject.  The  only  tabular  mention  made  is 
in  connection  with  infant  mortality,  where- 
in it  is  shown  to  be  a  cause  of  infant  mof- 
tality  to  the  extent  of  30  per  thousand 
deaths.  Even  at  this  rate,  it  follows  in 
seriousness  diarrhea  and  enteritis,  prema- 
ture births,  congenital  debility,  bronchial 
pneumonia,  and  pneumonia,  acute  bronchitis 
and  convulsions.  It  is  more  serious  than 
any  of  the  communicable  diseases. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


502 


AUGUBT,    1919 


EDITORIAIi   COMMENT 


Ammwcaw  Mkdicinb 


It  is  noteworthy  that  in  fecundity  che 
negro  woman  apparently  is  more  fertile 
than  the  native  white  woman,  but  offers 
fewer  children  than  are  found  among 
foreign  bom  white  women.  The  number 
of  children  under  five,  per  thousand  women 
15  to  44  years  of  age,  varies  in  different 
sections  of  the  country,  and  this  holds  true 
for  the  negro  as  well  as  for  the  white.  Nor 
is  it  strange  to  observe  a  decreased  pro- 
ductivity on  the  part  of  negro  women  by  no 
means  dissimilar  in  relative  proportions  to 
that  noted  among  white  women.  For  ex- 
ample, the  number  of  children  under  five, 
per  thousand  married  females  15  and  over, 
in  1900  was  842  for  negro  and  643  for 
white,  while  in  1910  these  figures  had  fallen 
to  respectively  711  and  588.  The  contrasts 
for  various  sections  of  the  country  are  well 
illustrated  in  the  figures  of  the  South  and 
the  West  for  1910.  The  South  gave  a 
figure  of  757  for  negro  women  and  749  for 
white;  the  West  315  for  negro  and  518  for 
the  white.  If  the  birth  rate  among  the  ne- 
groes is  actually  decreasing  regardless  of 
the  cause,  it  is  fair  to  assume  that  the  infant 
mortality  rate  will  show  marked  decreases 
within  very  few  years.  With  a  continuity 
of  more  or  less  unfavorable  economic  con- 
ditions, the  fewer  children  bom,  the  lower 
is  the  mortality  rate.  The  decreased  fertil- 
ity, therefore,  of  negro  women  may  serve 
as  a  check  to  the  infant  mortality  rate,  pro- 
vided, of  course,  that  syphilis  does  not  play 
too  prominent  a  part  in  the  cause  of  con- 
genital debility  and  malformation. 

The  negro  population  of  the  United 
States  today  furnishes  a  very  serious 
question  that  must  be  faced  in  the 
spirit  of  the  present  time,  rather  than  in 
the  spirit  of  bias  or  prejudice  that  still 
may  linger  in  some  quarters  as  a  result  of 


the  mental  attitude  engendered  by  the  days 
of  slavery.  The  problems  of  industry,  with 
all  the  difficulties  of  hygiene  and  sanita- 
tion, call  for  no  greater  thought  and  effort 
than  do  the  needs  of  the  negro  population. 
The  high  mortality  figures  still  existent  for 
this  single  group,  comprising  fully  ten  per 
cent,  of  the  population  of  the  United  States, 
are  a  sad  reflection  upon  municipal,  state  and 
governmental  care  given  to  these  people 
whose  economic,  social  and  health  salvation 
must  be  worked  out  in  this  country.  This 
state  of  affairs  may  be  regarded  by  many  as 
belonging  only  to  the  South.  Public  health, 
however,  recognizes  no  state  boundaries  or 
limitations.  The  fact  that  the  negro  is 
growing  to  be  more  migratory  emphasizes 
the  importance  of  a  larger  measure  of  effort 
to  overcome  the  physical  disabilities  con- 
stantly undermining  their  vitality.  Tuber- 
culosis or  pnevunonia  among  negroes  is  as 
serious  a  public  health  problem  as  similar 
conditions  existent  among  whites.  The 
uniformly  higher  mortality  among  negp"oes 
in  northern  communities  is  sufficient  rea- 
son to  believe  that  public  health  efforts 
might  well  be  directed  toward  them  in  the 
aim  to  improve  general  conditions  of  living, 
freer  from  the  likelihood  of  death  at  every 
age  period.  The  mortality  and  morbidity 
figures  thus  far  available  for  the  negro  pop- 
ulation constitute  a  serious  indictment  of 
our  vaunted  civilization,  and  our  attitude 
towards  the  health  and  development  of  the 
negroes  of  this  country. 


Home  Nurses. — ^At  various  times  stress 
has  been  placed. upon  the  necessity  of  in- 
creasing the  number  of  persons  capable  of 
nursing.  The  experience  of  the  past  year 
taxed  our  resources  beyond  our  ability  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Msdioinb 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


August.  1919 


503 


give  any  form  of  care  approaching  adequa- 
cy. Thousands  of  persons  undoubtedly  died 
because  of  a  lack  of  nursing  service.  There 
are  many  duties  that  the  average  person 
•can  be  trained  to  perform,  which  would  be 
of  the  utmost  benefit  in  the  home  during 
times  of  health,  but  which  would  be  of  par- 
ticular value  in  event  of  sickness.  Public 
school  systems  have  not  devoted  sufficient 
attention  to  the  practical  phase  of  home 
nursing,  so  as  to  incorporate  courses  in  the 
curriculum.  Secondary  schools  and  wom- 
en's colleges  have  been  even  more  sadly 
neglectful  of  this  duty  of  fitting  girls  and 
young  women  for  assuming  their  responsi- 
bilities for  nursing  care.  There  is  a  lack  of 
educational  facilities  which  must  be  supple- 
mented by  some  other  machinery,  and  none 
can  be  more  productive  of  effective  results 
than  the  institution  of  practical  courses  in 
nursing  under  the  auspices  and  direction  of 
municipal  government. 

The  City  of  Chicago  has  recently  estab- 
lished what  is  to  be  known  as  the  Chicago 
Training  School  for  Home  and  Public 
Health  Nursing.  A  capable  faculty  is  to 
be  selected  and  doctors  and  nurses  of  the 
health  department  are  to  cooperate  in  the 
training  oi  women  desirous  of  acquiring 
this  direct  information.  The  course  of  in- 
struction is  to  be  furnished  without  cost.  It 
is  to  cover  eight  weeks,  with  three  lessons  a 
week.  The  arrangement  of  attendance  has 
been  fixed  so  that  the  course  will  be  given  in 
the  afternoon  and  in  the  evening,  with  two 
sections  running  on  alternate  days  of  the 
week,  thus  making  it  possible  for  a  large 
group  of  persons  interested  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  facilities  afforded. 

The  lectures  and  demonstrations,  as  out- 
lined in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Chicago  Depart- 
ment of  Health,  July  19,  1919,  are  to  cover : 
(1)   Bedmaking — medical,  surgical,  mater- 


nity and  fracture  bed.  (2)  Cleansing  baths 
— ^baths  for  reduction  of  temperature,  hot 
and  cold  packs.  (3)  Maternity  nursing 
(care  of  mother  and  infant).  (4)  First 
aid — ^medical  and  surgical;  poultices  and 
stupes.  (5)  Care  of  contagious  disease  pa- 
tients. 

This  experiment  in  municipal  edbcation 

under  the  auspices  of  the  Health  Depart- 
ment commends  itself  and  merits  emula- 
tion. It  should  have  the  whole-hearted 
support  of  the  medical  profession,  because 
it  will  make  for  more  careful  nursing,  and 
a  more  intelligent  conception  of  the  part 
that  medicine  plays  in  maintaining  public 
health.  All  advances  in  bedside  nursing 
constitute  an  aid  to  the  physician,  and  pro- 
mote the  successful  issue  of  sickness, 
whether  acute  or  chronic. 

The  example  set  by  Chicago  can  be 
adopted  in  communities,  large  or  small. 
There  is  no  reason  why  state  institutes  can- 
not be  held  in  rural  communities,  with  an 
itinerant  corps  of  lecturers  and  demon- 
strators capable  of  giving  the  desired  in- 
struction. Intensive  work,  supplemented 
by  courses  of  reading,  with  possibly  a 
traveling  exhibit,  would  go  far  towards 
raising  the  standards  of  nursing  experience 
and  preparation  for  home  nursing  thruout 
the  country. 

In  the  face  of  the  bitter  suflFering  in 
the  past,  while  meeting  epidemic  conditions, 
there  is  every  reason  to  fortify  ourselves 
against  a  repetition  of  our  state  of  unpre- 
paredness.  The  time  is  ripe  to  devote  time 
and  money  for  the  purpose  of  securing  im- 
proved education  within  the  home.  Thus 
will  develop  an  ability  to  meet  the  contin- 
gencies which  naturally  grow  out  of  the 
invasion  of  disease.  There  is  every  reason 
to  believe  that  suffering  will  be  mitigated, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


504 


AuauBT^  1919 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


Annie  AW  Mbdicinb 


some  degree  of  contagion  averted,  with  a 
marked  lessening  of  mortality  at  all  ages. 
Every  woman,  particularly  those  who  are 
mothers,  should  be  able  to  take  tempera- 
tures, record  the  pulse  and  respiration,  keep 
a  bedside  record,  and  intelligently  carry  out 
orders  left  by  physicians.  This  knowledge 
is  not  in  itself  highly  technical,  nor  is  it  too 
difficult  to  be  absorbed  by  persons  of  aver- 
age mentality.  The  end  product  of  instruc- 
tion of  this  character  is  not  to  be  regarded 
as  a  trained  nurse,  but  merely  as  a  person 
with  a  practical  working  knowledge  of  how 
to  solve  some  of  the  ordinary  problems  aris- 
ing out  of  every-day  living,  with  all  its  vari- 
ous hazards  from  disease  and  accident. 


Bronchitis^ — ^A  number  of  medical  con- 
ditions have  been  rather  contemptuously 
designated  "minor  maladies."  The  term 
is  unfortunate  in  that  it  fails  to  present  the 
true  picture  of  the  pathologic  conditions 
in  relation  to  social  welfare,  economic  loss, 
or  the  spread  of  contagion.  In  a  workman, 
obliged  to  lift  heavy  weights,  hernia  is  by 
no  means  a  minor  affection.  Chilblains  are 
hardly  trifling  for  those  who  must  work  in 
communities  where  the  climate  is  cold  for 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  year.  The 
ordinary  cold  and  bronchitis  scarcely  merit 
the  inferior  position  employed  in  the  term 
"minor  malady." 

Soper,  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,  July  24,  1919,  has  written  upon 
"Bronchitis,  The  Most  Significant  Disease 
of  the  War."  The  singling  out  of  bron- 
chitis in  this  way  may  come  as  a  distinct 
revelation  to  those  who  have  been  accus- 
tomed to  regard  it  as  of  trifling  importance. 
Soper  points  out  that  the  significance  of 
bronchitis  exists :  first,  on  its  own  account ; 


second,  because  of  its  connection  with  other 
respiratory  diseases  such  as  pleurisy,  pneu- 
monia and  empyema;  third,  because  it 
provides  means  for  the  spread  of  infections, 
"which,  altho  not  strictly  respiratory,  are 
believed  to  be  transmitted  in  a  respiratory 
manner." 

Bronchitis  was  the  most  prevalent  disease 
during  the  war,  not  merely  in  its  associa- 
tion with  other  communicable  diseases,  but 
as  an  independent  infection,  which  was  al- 
most universal  in  the  Army  and  Navy 
camps  during  1917  and  1918,  particularly, 
during  November,  December  and  January. 
In  all  probability,  a  considerable  propor- 
tion of  the  alleged  bronchitis  was  of  a  pneu- 
monic type,  altho  many  so-called  bronchitis 
visitations  were  passed  over  under  the 
terminology  of  "colds."  Unfortunately, 
one  attack  of  bronchitis  confers  no  im- 
munity, but  to  the  contrary,  appears  to 
make  individuals  more  susceptible  to  future 
attacks.  With  a  large  proportion  of  men 
suffering  from  bronchial  disturbances,  the 
number  entering  into  the  hospital  for  this 
disease  was  comparatively  small.  Statistics, 
naturally,  give  no  information  regarding 
the  part  bronchitis  played  in  laying  a 
foundation  for  the  more  terrifying  and  dev- 
astating conditions  such  as  pneumonia, 
pleurisy  and  empyema.  But  few  soldiers, 
however,  escaped  bronchitis  and,  with  it,  a 
variable  degree  of  impairment  of  physical 
effectiveness. 

Bronchitis  undoubtedly  led  to  numerous 
fatalities  as  an  intercurrent  disease  with 
measles,  scarlet  fever,  and  other  infectious 
diseases,  altho  Soper  suggests  that  the  bron- 
chial pneumonia  following  measles,  for  in- 
stance, might  have  been  due  to  a  bronchitis 
antedating  the  attack  of  measles.  Bron- 
chitis probably  is  not  per  se  a  cause  of  a 
serious  mortality  even  tho  it  may  be  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKUGAN   MBDIOXm 


EDrrORIAL   COMMENT 


August^  1919 


505 


most  prominent  symptom  present  at  any  one 
time.  The  terminating  condition  is  more 
likely  to  be  a  pneumonia. 

The  prevalence  of  bronchitis  has  not 

given  rise  to  any  definite  information  as  to 
its  specific  causation.  Numerous  micro- 
organisms have  been  isolated,  and  various 
contributory  causes  have  been  alleged. 
Problems  of  clothing,  exposure  to  dust, 
draughts  and  fumes  are  known  to  have 
some  relation  to  the  development  of  bron- 
chitis, if  only  to  the  extent  of  serving  as 
predisposing  causes.  The  control  of  alleged 
conditions  increasing  susceptibility  to  bron- 
chial attacks  would  tend  to  decrease  the 
frequency  of  its  occurrence,  and  would 
serve  to  lower  the  likelihood  of  a  secondary 
visitation  of  more  fatal  respiratory  diseases. 
It  is  patent  that  an  epidemic  of  bron- 
chitis is  practically  beyond  control,  insofar 
as  modem  methods  are  concerned.  Even 
the  mask,  to  which  the  recent  epidemic 
called  attention,  has  been  proven  to  be  in- 
adequate and  for  continuous  use,  is  dis- 
tinctly impracticable.  The  control  of  cough- 
ing, spitting  and  sneezing  depends  for  effect- 
iveness upon  an  appreciation  by  the  public 
of  its  dependence  on  self-applied  re- 
straints for  self-protection  and  for  the  pur- 
pose of  protecting  those  with  whom  they 
come  in  contact.  The  dangers  of  dissemi- 
nating contagious  diseases  during  a  period 
of  bronchial  cold  are  greatly  increased  and 
the  paroxysmal  expulsion  of  germs  is  a  con- 
stant threat  to  those  gathered  together  in 
close  spaces. 

A  Crowd  Disease. — ^According  to  Soper 
bronchitis  is  essentially  a  crowd  disease  in 
the  sense  that  it  occurs  when  people  are 
crowded  together  and  shows  a  preference 
for  persons   who   are  not  accustomed   to 


crowds.  In  all  probability,  there  are  other 
factors  entering  into  epidemics  of  bron- 
chitis besides  mere  conditions  of  crowding, 
as  they  may  occur  in  isolated  communities 
where  crowding,  such  as  is  found  in 
churches,  places  of  amusement  and  con- 
gested schools  is  lacking. 

A  question  might  be  raised  by  the  state- 
ment that  the  relative  immunity  which  city 
people  enjoy  toward  respiratory  infections 
may  be  explained  upon  the  theory  of  ac- 
quired immunity  thru  repeated  exposure  to 
small  doses  of  the  virus. 

Under  war  conditions,  overcrowding 
might  have  been  prevented  to  some  extent, 
but  crowding  is  an  essential  factor  in  the 
massing  of  military  forces.  It  is  of  signifi- 
cance, however,  that  there  was  much  less 
sickness  in  the  camps  composed  of  tents 
than  in  those  provided  with  wooden  bar- 
racks. The  lesson  for  civilians  from  army 
experience  includes  a  recognition  of  the 
part  that  bronchitis  plays  in  the  causation 
and  dissemination  of  disease.  Further,  it  is 
important  for  civilians  to  understand  the 
relation  between  overcrowded  homes,  cars, 
schools,  churches,  dance  halls,  moving  pic- 
ture theatres  and  other  places  where  men, 
women  and  children  congregate  for  various 
purposes  to  the  development  of  coughs, 
colds  and  bronchitis.  Most  essential  of  all, 
however,  is  the  recognition  of  the  fact  that 
bronchitis  is  by  no  means  to  be  disregarded 
and  scorned  as  a  "minor  malady",  but  one 
that  is  of  serious  consequence  under  condi- 
tions of  congestion  and  crowding,  particu- 
larly when  opportunities  for  adequate  heat- 
ing and  ventilation  do  not  exist. 


Industrial  Specialists^ — ^The  growth  of 
industrial  medicine  promises  to  yield  large 


Digitized  by 


Google 


506 


AuauBT,  1919 


BDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


AmucAK  UmBtaam 


benefits  to  industry  and  at  the  same  time 
to  provide  a  new  field  for  medical  special- 
ism. According  to  Selby  in  his  Studies  of 
the  Medical  and  Surgical  Care  of  Indus- 
trial Workers,  Public  Health  Bulletin, 
Number  99,  "Industrial  medicine  may  be 
defined  as  the  theory  and  practice  of  med- 
icine, applied  to  the  purpose  of  preventing 
and  alleviating  sickness  and  injury  among 
industrial  workers  in  order  that  they  may 
enjoy  the  benefits  of  continuous  productive 
employment."  It  is  patent  that  this  defini- 
tion involves  many  phases  of  medical  ac- 
tivities including  sanitation  and  preventive 
medicine,  general  diagnostics  and  internal 
medicine,  emergency  and  orthopedic  sur- 
gery, roentgenology,  orthodontia,  dental 
prophylaxis,  as  well  as  other  specialties, 
such  as  those  pertaining  to  the  eye,  ear,  nose 
and  throat.  With  this  interpretation,  it  is 
obvious  that  preparation  for  industrial  med- 
icine requires  a  broad  general  training  and 
an  intensive  experience  in  connection  with 
industry,  together  with  a  decided  interest 
in  the  development  of  an  industrial  prac- 
tice, not  as  a  side  issue,  but  as  the  main 
line  for  life  work. 

The  value  of  industrial  medicine  as  a 
means  of  promoting  quantitative  produc- 
tion or  of  reducing  the  cost  of  production 
without  lowering  the  quality  has  been 
sufficiently  demonstrated  to  secure  the  sup- 
port of  employers.  Employees  have  begun 
to  realize  the  personal  advantages  procur- 
able from  the  adoption  of  rational  systems 
of  medical  service  in  industry. 

In  order  to  appreciate  the  scope  of  work 
involved  in  the  promotion  of  satisfactory 
relations  between  employers  and  employees, 
thru  the  medium  of  industrial  medicine,  one 
need  but  note  some  of  the  types  of  service 
required  : 

"1.     Treatment  of  injuries  in  dispensary. 


home,  or  hospital,  by  physician,  attendant, 
or  consultant,  including  orthopedic  and  re- 
constructive surgery   when  necessary.      2. 
Opinions    as    to    disabilities    from    injury 
and  recommendations  as  to  compensation 
awards.    3.    Rehabilitation     of     impaired 
workers.     4.     Regular     factory  inspection 
designed    to  uncover    conditions    that    are 
inimical  to  health,  and  written  recommenda- 
tions to  proper  officials  for  their  correction. 
5.     Studies  of  the  effects  of  methods,  proc- 
esses,    and    machinery     operations     upon 
health    and    body    functions,    relating    to 
posture,     eye     strain,     monotony,     speed, 
poisons,  etc.     Written  recommendations  to 
proper  officials  when  effects  are  found  to 
be  harmful  and  advice  to  employees  which 
will  enable  them  to  minimize  the  harmful 
results   of   processes   from   which   hazards 
cannot   wholly   be   removed.    6.     Physical 
examinations  of  applicants  for  employment, 
and  written  recommendations  to  employing 
officers   relative  to  applicants'   fitness   for 
work.    7.    Examination  of  employees  when 
their  shop  efficiency  falls  off,  unless  the 
reasons  are  evidently  not  physical;  advice 
and  treatment,  or  aid  in  obtaining  treat- 
ment to  such  as  need  it ;  and  written  recom- 
mendations to  foremen  when  deemed  wise. 
8.     Examination  of  employees  who  do  not 
feel  well  or  do  not  appear  well  to  their 
foremen  or   fellows;  advice  to  employees 
when  it  is  indicated;  and  written  recom- 
mendations to  foremen  if  altered  working 
conditions  are  essential.    9.     Monthly  ex- 
aminations  of   all   process   workers,   those 
who  may  be  engaged  in  any  work  that  may 
in  any  way  have  ill  effects,  and  of  food 
handlers.     10.     Health  instruction  by  per- 
sonal talks  in  the  homes  or  factory,  by  lec- 
tures, posters,  or  pamphlets.     11.     Records 
of  data  that  will  assist  in  the  prevention  of 
accidents   and    sickness.     12.     Cooperation 
with  other  establishments  and  local,  State, 
and  national  health  authorities." 

These  are  merely  suggestive  of  numerous 
opportunities  for  correlating  industrial  phy- 
sicians to  plant  organizations.  Wherever 
possible,  whole-time  service  is  indicated,  but 
when  half-time  or  part-time  service  suffices 
such  facts  should  be  determined  by  the 
actual  needs  of  the  industrial  plant  rather 
than  from  considerations  of  the  amount  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambucan  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


AUGUBTj   1919 


507 


time  at  the  disposal  of  any  particular  phy- 
sician. Ordinary  physicians  in  general 
practice,  with  a  wide  knowledge  of  the 
theory  and  practice  of  medicine  are  not 
necessarily  fitted  for  industrial  service. 
Special  training  is  required  to  enable  them 
to  adapt  their  knowledge  to  the  require- 
ments of  industrial  work  and  to  secure  such 
supplemental  information  regarding  sociol- 
ogy and  economics  and  industrial  processes 
as  to  fit  them  to  make  due  and  proper  inter- 
pretations of  the  various  problems  that  may 
arise  in  connection  with  their  work.  The 
growth  of  industrial  medicine  is  rapid,  and 
Its  wants  can  be  satisfied  only  by  the  provi- 
sion of  specialists  in  this  field,  who  have 
had  the  requisite  preparation.  In  this  con- 
nection, it  may  be  said  that  post-graduate 
courses  in  industrial  medicine  are  greatly 
needed  and  medical  colleges  have  a  field  for 
future  service  that  cannot  be  overlooked  if 
they  are  to  keep  pace  with  the  demands  of 
civilization  thru  medicine.  It  is  essential 
that  medical  colleges  do  not  merely  provide 
courses  in  instruction  in  industrial  sanita- 
tion and  medicine,  but  that  some  form  of 
affiliation  shall  be  worked  out  whereby 
practical  experience  may  be  secured  by 
students  in  well  organized  industrial  medi- 
cal departments  engaged  in  the  practical 
application  of  industrial  theories  in  daily 
life. 

This  work  must  be  further  supplemented 
by  a  wider  knowledge  of  the  nature, 
methods,  advantages  and  technic  of  indus- 
trial medicine,  so  that  its  intent  and  pur- 
pose will  be  thoroly  appreciated  by  employ- 
ers and  employees,  as  well  as  by  the  medical 
profession. 

Industrial  Medicine  and  Its  Remunera- 
tion.^— From  the  remunerative  side,  in- 
dustrial medicine  is  more  attractive  than 


many  other  phases  of  public  health  work. 
To  quote  from  Selby,  for  illustration,  in  an 
establishment  of  500  to  1,000  employees,  a 
physician  spending  one-half  hour  daily  re- 
ceives $900  a  year,  and  another  putting  in 
as  much  time  as  is  necessary  receives  $1,200 
a  year.  One  company  pays  its  chief  phy- 
sician serving  part  of  the  time  $2,000  a  year. 
In  an  establishment  of  1,000  to  2,000  em- 
ployees, one  doctor  is  paid  $3,300  for  three 
hours  daily.  The  salaries  of  full-time  doc- 
tors vary  from  $1,200  to  $3,000  per  year, 
etc.  The  indications  are  made  plain:  "(a) 
That  the  remuneration  of  industrial  physi- 
cians is  very  evidently  a  matter  of  individual 
bargaining;  (b)  that  physicians  who  render 
service  only  on  request  are  better  paid  pro- 
portionately than  part-time  doctors;  and 
(c)  that  part-time  doctors  are  better  paid 
in  proportion  to  the  time  they  give  than 
whole-time  doctors."  It  is  natural  in 
the  beginning  of  a  new  form  of  specialty 
having  commercial  value,  that  there  should 
be  considerable  diversity  in  the  remunera- 
tion, but  with  the  growth  of  a  better  under- 
standing of  the  financial  value  of  industrial 
medicine,  there  will  be  an  increased  demand 
for  industrial  physicians,  and  here,  as  in  all 
other  lines  of  commerce,  there  will  be  a 
*  natural  evolution  in  the  scale  of  wages,  de- 
pendent upon  the  law  of  supply  and  de- 
mand, and  the  relative  ability  of  individuals 
who  perform  the  services  for  which  they 
are  employed. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  within  the  next 
few  years  the  industrial  values  of  physicians 
will  have  achieved  a  higher  plane,  and  that 
the  regularity  of  hours  of  employment,  the 
organization  of  duties  and  the  perfection 
of.  technic  in  various  directions  will  make 
the  practice  of  industrial  medicine  highly 
desirable  from  every  standpoint  involving 
the  physical  and  mental  comfort  and  satis- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


508 


August^  1919 


BDITORIAL   COMMENT 


AaCSRICAN  Mbdicins 


faction  of  the  medical  attendant  specializ- 
ing in  industrial  medicine. 


The  Prevention  of  TNT  Poisoning.— 

While  the  use  of  trinitrotoluol  has  al- 
ready decreased  and  will  undoubtedly  play 
a  smaller  part  in  the  aifairs  of  the  world, 
knowledge  concerning  its  toxicology  and  the 
prevention  of  poisoning  thru  handling  it 
possesses  considerable  value.  A  recent  re- 
port by  Voegtlin,  Hooper  and  Johnson 
(Public  Health  Reports,  June  13,  1919), 
presents  the  results  of  experimental  study 
of  TNT  poisoning.  While  the  original 
work  was  bas^d  upon  the  study  of  poison- 
ing in  dogs,  a  further  investigation  was 
later  carried  on  in  a  large  shell-filling  plant. 

The  symptoms  of  TNT  poisoning  include 
cyanosis,  constipation  followed  by  diarrhea, 
saliyation,  incoordination,  icterus  and 
anemia.  Diagnostic  tests  for  the  recogni- 
tion of  early  poisoning  depend  upon  the 
recognition  of  anemia  and  the  presence  of 
bile  pigments  in  the  urine.  The  blood  of 
workers  should  be  tested  every  eight  to 
fourteen  days  and  those  revealing  a  de- 
crease of  IS  to  20  per  cent,  in  the  hema- 
globin  below  the  initial  figure  should  not  be 
permitted  to  continue  the  handling  of  TNT. 
Similarly,  the  presence  of  bile  pigments  in 
the  urine,  indicating  a  disturbance  in  liver 
function,  may  be  the  precursor  of  a  rapjdly 
developing  toxic  jaundice,  and  thus  is  an 
indication  for  the  cessation  of  the  danger- 
ous employment. 

A  high  protein  diet  has  proven  to  be  use- 
ful in  increasing  the  individual  resistance 
to  TNT  poisoning  to  some  extent,  and 
workers  with  this  substance  should  eat  at 
least  150  to  200  grams  of  meat  daily  be- 
sides other  nourishing  foods.    It,  of  course. 


is  not  possible  to  create  an  immunity  to  the 
chronic  poisoning  dietetically,  but  this  is  of 
particular  importance  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  there  appears  to  be  a  variation  in  sus- 
ceptibility on  the  part  of  different  workers 
due  to  differences  in  permeability  of  the 
skin. 

The  experiments  in  this  country  and  in 
England  have  definitely  shown  that  skin  ab- 
sorption is  the  principal  factor  involved  in 
the  contraction  of  TNT  poisoning  in  man, 
tho  this  does  not  serve  as  a  reason  for 
neglecting  proper  ventilation  of  all  rooms 
in  which  it  is  utilized.  As  a  protection 
against  absorption  thru  the  skin,  a  shellac- 
castor  oil  varnish  is  recommended  which 
may  be  applied  directly  to  the  skin,  or  for 
the  preparation  of  impermeable  cotton 
gloves.  As  a  supplemental  precaution, 
workers  should  be  obliged  to  wash  their 
arms  and  forearms  with  a  ten  per  cent, 
solution  of  sodium  sulphite  before  leaving 
the  factory  each  night. 

While  lowered  hemaglobin  is  an  indica- 
tion for  the  removal  of  a  worker  from  his 
special  process,  it  is  equally  important  to 
exclude  all  workers  possessing  a  low  grade 
of  anemia  or  any  other  symptom  suggestive 
of  a  lowered  power  of  resistance.  Such  in- 
dividuals should  not  be  permitted  to  handle 
TNT,  regardless  of  any  protective  meas- 
ures that  might  be  provided. 

Considering  how  little  was  known  of  the 
subject  at  the  beginning  of  the  war,  and  the 
rapidity  with  which  munitions  work  was 
developed  in  this  country,  it  is  most  credit- 
able that  our  investigations  of  the  hazards 
in  munition  factories  have  been  so  general 
and  successful.  The  knowledge  of  indus- 
trial diseases  has  advanced  tremendously, 
and,  with  it  has  come  a  better  understand- 
ing of  symptomatology,  and,  most  import- 
ant of  all,  prophylaxis.     It  is  impossible,  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ikMBBICAN    MSDICINB 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


August,  1919 


509 


course,  to  remove  every  hazard  connected 
with  the  manipulation  of  poisonous  ma- 
terials, but  the  application  of  principles  al- 
ready developed  gives  promise  of  a  de- 
creased relative  morbidity  from  such  sub- 
stances as  TNT. 


A  Home  Missioiu — ^No  small  measure 
of  the  accomplishments  of  missionaries  in 
foreign  fields  has  been  due  to  their  solici- 
tude for  the  health  of  unchristianized 
peoples.  The  history  of  the  eflforts  of  med- 
ical missionaries  thruout  the  world  is  a 
tribute  to  the  spirit,  courage,  and  dominant 
will  as  well  as  the  enthusiasm  and  deep  sym- 
pathy that  mark  the  spiritual  physician 
and  medical  religious  enthusiast.  The  chain 
of  hospitals,  dispensaries,  traveling  clinics 
and  centers  of  hygiene  which  spans  many 
parts  of  the  globe  bears  witness  to  their 
monumental  efforts  to  combine  the  precepts 
of  religious  teachers  with  the  practices  of 
the  noblest  physicians. 

Many  of  the  problems  of  home  missions 
have  been  attacked  thru  the  establishment 
of  missions  and  settlements  in  the  midst  of 
communities  that  have  deteriorated  phys- 
ically, and,  for  biologic  or  economic  rea- 
sons, have  fallen  behind  in  the  struggle  for 
existence.  The  institutional  church  has 
sought  to  create  a  closer  harmony  between 
theology  and  home  living,  with  the  ultimate 
end  of  securing  conversion  or  of  bringing 
the  "wicked"  nearer  to  salvation. 

In  the  vast  rural  sections  of  this  country, 
the  church  stands  forth  resplendent  as  a 
leader  in  moral  thought.  In  our  large  cities, 
ministers,  priests  and  rabbis  are  found  listed 
among  the  good  citizens  having  at  heart 
the  welfare  of  their  communities.  Their 
services  to  the  public  have  been  various  and 
marked  with  a  broad  understanding  of  the 


social  problems  involved  in  communal  re- 
habilitation of  the  ideas  and  ideals  for  which 
the  church  militant  has  been  wont  to 
struggle.  Too  frequently,  there  has  been  a 
marked  contrast  between  the  public  activi- 
ties of  our  theological  guides  in  their  public 
capacity  and  in  their  private  position.  The 
church,  as  the  center  of  moral  interest,  has 
not  always  directed  its  energies  towards  at- 
taining a  similar  power  in  the  field  of  edu- 
cation. Outside  of  visitations  to  the  sick, 
and  the  performance  of  the  usual  conven- 
tional formalities  near,  at,  and  after  death, 
there  has  been  inadequate  attention  paid  to 
the  physical  welfare  of  congregations. 

During  the  war,  without  exception,  all 
denominational  churches  succeeded  in  unit-, 
ing  in  cooperative  effort  various  groups  of 
their  congregation  for  the  accomplishment 
of  a  definite  purpose,  tending  to  bring  about 
the  early  and  successful  termination  of 
strife.  With  the  signing  of  the  armistice, 
many  of  these  activities,  their  purpose  seem- 
ingly accomplished,  ceased.  The  vital  in- 
terests engendered  by  participation  in  a 
dominant  service  were  permitted  to  lag  and 
disappear.  The  call  to  service  did  not  con- 
tinue, and  when  the  great  patriotic  cry  for 
help  was  no  longer  heard,  ears  did  not  seek 
for  other  fainter  appeals  for  succor. 

A  splendid  opportunity  presents  itself  to 
church  leaders  thruout  the  country.  There 
is  no  reason  why  the  church  should  not  be- 
come the  living  hygienic  center  of  a  parish, 
a  community,  a  village,  or  a  township. 
What  a  tremendous  gain  there  would  be  in 
health  and  vitality  if  each  denomination, 
thru  its  organized  governing  bodies,  were 
to  establish  a  lecture  circuit  combining  there- 
.  with  exhibits,  pageantry,  posters,  music  and 
the  various  other  devices  known  to  pub- 
licity agents  and  propagandists  with  the 
view  to  raising  the  health  standards  of  their 


Digitized  by 


Google 


510 


August,  1919 


EDITORIAIi   COMMENT 


AMTOICAN   MBDIGIia 


congregations.  The  cooperative  study  of 
infant  and  child  welfare,  the  methods  of 
prevention  of  disease,  scientific  home  mak- 
ing, budget  making,  first-aid  to  the  injured, 
the  prevention  of  tuberculosis,  respiratory 
diseases,  venereal  diseases,  the  plagues  of 
flies  and  insects,  the  sanitation  of  farms 
and  dwellings,  the  protection  against  the 
hazards  in  various  industries,  and  countless 
other  topics  would  afford  a  basic  training 
that  would  make  for  better  citizenship  and 
more  church  going.  It  would  be  a  simple 
matter  to  stimulate  an  interest  in  local  prob- 
lems relating  to  child  labor,  recreation,  phys- 
ical training,  the  reduction  of  illiteracy,  if 
the  church,  in  a  unified  eflfort,  would  pre- 
sent the  facts  to  its  communicants  in  terms 
of  personal  effect  and  local  benefit. 

The  need  for  a  health  program  of  this 
character  is  emphasized  in  rural  communi- 
ties, where  the  status  of  the  church  as  an 
effective  factor  in  communal  activity  is 
higher  than  that  existent  in  urban  sections. 
The  possibilities  of  leadership  along  health 
lines  would  inure  to  the  benefit  of  portions 
of  the  population  for  whom  the  health 
message  is  particularly  urgent. 

The  real  home  medical  mission  might 
easily  be  established  if  missionary  zeal  were 
directed  to  the  presentation  of  a  health 
program  among  rural  churches.  Souls  may 
be  won  thru  the  saving  of  bodies.  The 
/  church  institute,  the  medical  elevation  of 
communal  standards  and  the  education  of 
men,  women  and  children  in  the  science  and 
art  of  right  living  may  become  as  effective 
in  attacking  the  problems  of  the  American 
people  as  they  have  proven  themselves  to 
be  in  attacking  the  ignorant  traditions  of 
foreign  peoples,  to  whom  medical  mission- 
aries have  gone  in  large  numbers.  Let  the 
church  rise  to  its  present  opportunities,  co- 
ordinate its  efforts,  crystallize  the  ideas  of 
its  workers,  and  then  push  forth  upon  a 


campaign  for  raising  health  standards  thru- 
out  the  Nation.  Let  it  strive  in  cooperation 
with  all  organizations,  public  and  private  to 
evidence  a  dfeeper  interest  in  keeping  alive 
and  well  a  larger  number  of  communicants 
for  whose  souls  the  church  is  ever  anxious 
and  willing  to  struggle. 


State  May  Provide  Doctor's  Office.— 

The  state  may  provide  the  doctor's  office  in 
the  future  and  it  may  guarantee  all  or  part 
of  his  income  as  an  outcome  of  the  growth 
and  wider  application  of  medical  science, 
according  to  the  forecast  of  a  well  known 
New  York  physician. 

The  government  will  establish  a  depart- 
ment of  health  eventually,  he  believes.  He 
discusses  what  its  scope  should  be,  and  how 
far  it  should  confine  its  work  to  the  preven- 
tion of  disease.  There  might  come  about  a 
centralized,  coordinated  administration  of 
health  activities.  An  effort  should  be 
made  to  provide  adequate  nursing  service 
and  constructive  medical  practice  in  com- 
munities at  a  distance  from  the  large 
centers,  where  these  needs  are  poorly  met 
today. 

The  physician  may  some  day  be  freed 
from  the  struggle  and  worry  that  he  en- 
dures now  by  reason  of  the  competitive  and 
commercialized  aspect  of  his  profession. 
But  the  state  must  recognize  that  medi- 
cine is  a  profession  and  not  a  trade,  leaving 
the  physician  wholly  free  to  think  and 
act,  to  study  and  to  serve. 

S.  S.  Gbldwater,  M.  D.,  former  Commis- 
sioner of  Health  of  the  City  of  New  York, 
in  Modern  Medicine  (May,  1919)  thus 
sees  the  medical  science  of  the  future  as 
one  of  the  foremost  social  sciences.  He 
cites  the  fact  that  vital  statistics  available 
in  the  United  States  are  too  incomplete  to 
be  of  as  much  value  as  if  they  could  be 
gathered  for  100  per  cent,  of  the  population. 
The  present  statistics,  he  says,  represent 
only  70  per  cent,  of  the  population. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


A.MSRICAN    MBDICINX 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


August,  1919 


511 


^ 


N  AND  THINtjS 


Hogs,  Bees  and  Babies. — Why  is  it  that 
statistics  are  regarded  by  almost  everyone 
as  a  dry  subject  ?  Nothing  could  be  farther 
from  the  truth.  On  the  contrary,  the  life 
of  the  statistician  is,  one  is  tempted  to  think, 
one  interrupted  emotional  debauch;  for,  in 
the  supposedly  dry-as-dust  figures  in  which 
he  deals,  he  finds  more  of  the  human  come- 
dy and  human  tragedy  of  life  than  is  to  be 
found  on  the  stage,  in  books,  or  even  in 
life  itself  observed  at  first  hand.  What,  for 
example,  could  convey  more  emphatically 
the  immeasurable  folly  of  human  kind  than 
the  statistical  item  which  appeared  in  the 
press  recently:  "The  last  legislature  of 
Kansas  made  the  following  appropriation: 
For  the  health  of  hogs,  $25,000.  For  the 
health  of  bees,  $8,000.  For  the  health  of 
babies,  $7,000."  What  a  shriek  of  delight 
the  Chronic  Cynic  must  have  emitted  when 
he  read  that  item!  What  material  for 
satire,  what  grounds  for  pessimism  repose 
in  these  innocent  figures!  And  how  dis- 
heartening it  must  be  to  those  who  have  the 
wellbeing  of  humanity  at  heart  to  know  the 
attendant  facts:  that  for  four  years  Dr. 
Lydia  De  Vilbiss,  as  chief  of  the  Kansas 
Department  of  Child  Hygiene,  has  worked 
successfully  toward  the  reduction  of  child 
mortality;  that  she  asked  for  four  field 
physicians  and  an  enlarged  office  force  to 
increase  her  work  and  was  refused;  and 
that  she  has  resigned  her  office  rather  than 
continue  her  activities  without  adequate 
support.  So  that  Kansas  will  continue  to 
look  after  the  welfare  of  its  hogs,  it  will  con- 
tinue to  make  life  endurable  for  its  bees, 
but  its  babies  will  have  to  do  the  best  they 
can  with  the  help  of  Nature. 

The  story  of  Kansas  would  not  be  so 
pathetically  hopeless  if  it  were  only  a  de- 
tached instance ;  but  it  is  the  same  story  in 
almost  every  community  of  the  country.  Is 
is  not  singular  that,  tho  all  education  has 
been  toward  the  respect  for  human  life,  all 


political  activity  has  confined  itself  to  re- 
spect only  for  animal  life  ?  Propaganda  for 
the  better  care  of  our  horses  and  cows  and 
cats  and  dogs  has  always  been  successful; 
there  has  been  no  limit  on  the  funds  that 
could  be  raised  toward  that  end.  But  prop- 
aganda favoring  the  better  care  of  humans, 
of  babies,  the  aged,  the  defective,  the  dis- 
abled, has  always  had  to  beg  in  vain  for 
years  before  it  could  get  a  favorable  hear- 
ing; it  has  had  to  beg  many  years  more  to 
get  favorable  action.  And  when  finally  the 
legislators  yield,  they  magnanimously  vote  a  . 
paltry  $7,000  for  work  on  which  the  future 
of  the  country  depends  more  than  on  any 
other  single  thing:  the  care  of  the  young 
who  are  to  be  the  citizens  of  the  next  gen- 
eration. Who  is  at  fault  for  this  incred- 
ible myopia,  this  amazing  incompetence  to 
deal  with  one  of  the  most  vital  problems 
confronting  the  nation?  It  would  be  idle 
to  seek  out  any  special  individuals  for 
blame.  Rather,  one  is  inclined  to  lay  the 
blame  at  the  door  of  our  faulty  education. 
In  a  large  sense,  it  is  due  to  the  lack  of 
imagination  and  the  presence  of  a  stubborn 
materialism  which  sees  hogs  and  bees  as  a 
profitable  investment  and  cannot  see  babies 
in  the  same  light.  But  in  a  still  larger  sense, 
one  may  find  the  origin  of  this  folly  in  the 
inadequacy  of  one  of  the  commandments 
with  which,  from  our  earliest  days,  we  are 
made  familiar:  Thou  shalt  not  kill.  From 
this  commandment  we  acquire  our  ponder- 
ous and  immutable  respect  for  human  life, 
but,  once  having  fulfilled  that  behest,  we  are 
content.  We  feel  that  we  have  acquitted 
ouijselves  of  our  obligations  in  sparing 
human  life,  for  nowhere  in  the  Ten  Com- 
mandments are  we  enjoined  to  do  more 
than  that :  we  are  not  asked  to  educate,  to 
improve,  to  preserve.  But,  fortunately  for 
the  beasts  of  the  world,  there  are  no  com- 
mandments governing  our  conduct  toward 
them.     We  are  permitted  to  kill  them,  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


512 


August,  1919 


MBN  AND  THINGS 


Ambrican  Mkdicinh 


we  do.  We  are  allowed  to  hunt  and  shoot 
them,  and  we  do.  Yet,  feeling  our  obliga- 
tion toward  them,  we  discharge  it  by  giving 
them  consideration  and  care  which  we  think 
superfluous  in  the  case  of  humans.  And  so 
legislation  in  favor  of  beast  and  fowl  goes 
on  apace,  and  legislation  in  favor  of  unfor- 
tunate humans  lags  woefully  behind.  They 
may  consider  themselves  lucky  that  they  are 
permitted  to  live!  One  is  reminded  of 
what  a  cynic  once  said  when  an  old  lady  of 
his  acquaintance  beat  her  dog  cruelly :  "She 
treats  him,"  he  commented,  "as  badly  as 
tho  he  were  a  human  being." 


Speeding  Up  Evolution. — Professor 
Franklin  H.  Giddings,  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, one  of  the  leading  sociologists  of 
the  country,  is  of  the  opinion,  often  ex- 
pressed before  his  classes,  that  the  Civil 
War  freed  the  negroes  from  slavery  at  a 
cost  much  greater  than  their  emancipation 
'  was  worth,  that  the  violent  process  by  which 
it  was  brought  about  left  the  negroes  in  a 
condition  of  unacknowledged  equality  which 
has  often  resulted  in  suffering  and  injus- 
tices which  they  did  not  endure  as  slaves. 
What  Prof.  Giddings  emphasizes  is  the  fact 
that,  left  to  the  slow  but  sure  process  of 
evolution,  the  negro  would  have  come  into 
his  freedom,  by  the  inevitable  course  of 
progress,  in  a  few  years  anyway  and  that 
his  freedom,  if  the  result  of  evolution,  would 
have  been  a  real  and  not  an  artificial  thing. 
There  would  be  no  race  riots  such  as  have 
made  Europe  wonder  at  our  barbarism,  no 
violent  hatred  of  a  man  because  his  skin  is 
black,  no  tendency  to  make  a  whole  race 
the  scapegoat  of  a  few  individuals*  offenses. 
These  outrages  are  merely  a  symptom  of 
the  fact  that  the  white  population  of  the 
country  were  compelled  to  accept  the  equal- 
ity of  the  negro  but  they  were  not  convinced 
of  his  equality — a  conviction  which  could 
have  come  only  as  a  consequence  of  slow 
education.  In  other  ^yords,  speeding  up  the 
tranquil  and  somewhat  sluggish  process  of 
evolution  is  a  rather  imperfect  business. 
Evolution  doesn't  like  to  be  hurried,  and 
one  anticipates  its  ultimate  results  only  with 
dire  consequences.  The  emancipation  of 
the  negro  by  violent  means  is  a  case  in 
point :  The  negro,  particularly  in  the  South, 


is  at  least  as  much  the  victim  of  injustice 
as  he  was  before  1860,  and  it  would  appear 
that  the  hurried  and  untimely  enforcement 
of  national  prohibition  may  prove  another 
case  of  the  serious  consequences  of  forcing 
evolution  to  a  premature  issue.  American 
Medicine  has  always  felt  a  friendly  sym- 
pathy for  the  temperance  movements  of  the 
past,  even  for  the  prohibition  movement  so 
long  as  it  was  conducted  along  the  lines  of 
moderation  and  rational  education.  These 
movements  were  meeting  with  a  wide  and 
encouraging  response,  popular  feeling  was 
swinging  in  their  favor,  and  in  due  course 
of  time  they  would  have  come  into  their 
own  as  a  consequence  of  a  growing  con- 
viction and  the  demonstrated  value  of  their 
philosophy.  Even  among  the  drinking  pub- 
lic the  doctrine  of  temperance  was  sub- 
scribed to,  the  wisdom  of  moderation  was 
conceded,  and  the  propaganda  was  making 
friends  everywhere,  friends  whose  accept- 
ance of  the  principles  of  temperance  and 
rational  prohibition  was  sure  in  the  genera- 
tion to  come.  The  process  of  evolution 
was  moving  on  at  its  normal  pace.  But,  with 
a  suddenness  that  came  as  a  shock  to  mod- 
erate men,  the  prohibition  forces  were  able 
to  summon  their  numbers  and  influence  leg- 
islation to  such  a  degree  that,  almost  over- 
night, the  country  found  itself  flung  vio- 
lently forward  along  a  course  which  it  had 
been  following  so  easily  and  comfortably. 
The  public,  climbing  at  leisure,  suddenly 
found  itself  kicked  upstairs.  Evolution  had 
proved  too  slow  for  a  handful  of  zealous 
agitators,  and  it  had  been  given  a  dose  of 
ether  and  alcohol  to  thrust  it  over  the  top. 
Prohibition  had  become  the  law  of  the  land 
before  the  public  could  express  its  opinion 
at  the  polls,  and  so  to  many  it  seemed  that 
the  heavy  cost  of  the  Civil  War  was  to  be 
paid  once  more  for  a  reform  that  was  bound 
to  come,  at  no  cost  at  all,  in  due  time ;  that 
all  the  imperfections  and  injustices  and 
dangers  that  attend  a  speeding  up  of  evolu- 
tion were  to  be  repeated.  The  public  was 
once  more  forced  to  accept  a  condition  be- 
fore it  was  convinced  of  its  wisdom  or  de- 
sirability. 

Prohibition  and  the  Alarming  Drug 
Figures* — The  uneasiness  which  prevails 
among  the  more  moderate  element  of  the 
nation's  leaders  as  a  consequence  of  this 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbican  Mbdicins 


MEN    AND    THINOS 


AUOUBT,   1919 


513 


abrupt  and  dangerous  plunge  into  the  haz- 
ards of  complete  prohibition  is  hardly  al- 
layed, in  view  of  the  close  connection  be- 
tween prohibition  and  drug  addiction,  by 
the  figures  issued  by  the  committee  ap- 
pointed by  the  Treasury  Department  to  in- 
vestigate the  traffic  in  narcotic  drugs.  One 
cannot  help  feeling  that  prohibitionists  have 
acted  like  a  doctor  whose  patient  was  suf- 
fering from  a  headache  and  from  a  violent 
blood  disease  at  the  same  time,  but  who 
treated  the  headache  and  neglected  the 
dangerous  disease.  This  committee  confined 
its  investigation  to  traffic  in  opium  and  co- 
coa leaves,  their  preparations  and  habit- 
forming  alkaloids.  It  issued  these  amazing 
figures  on  per  capita  consumption  of  opium 
in  this  country,  Italy,  Germany,  Portugal, 
France,  Austria  and  Holland: 

**Annual  consumption  in  the  United 
States,  470,000  pounds,  or  36  grains  per 
capita;  Germany,  17,000  pounds,  or  2 
grains  per  capita;  France,  17,000  pounds, 
or  3  grains  per  capita;  Italy,  1,000  pounds, 
or  1  grain  per  capita;  Portugal,  2,000 
pounds,  or  2j^  grains  per  capita ;  Holland, 
3,000  pounds,  or  3 J4  grains  per  capita ;  Aus- 
tria, about  3,000  pounds,  or  J4  grain  per 
capita.  As  the  average  dose  of  opium," 
continues  the  report, .  "is  one  grain,  the 
amount  consumed  in  the  United  States  per 
annum  is  sufficient  to  furnish  36  doses  for 
every  man,  woman  and  child."  Further- 
more, an  investigation  of  the  number  of 
addicts  in  this  country  shows  that  there  are 
at  least  1,000,000  users  of  drugs — the  esti- 
mate is  as  high  as  4,000,000  by  some  author- 
ities. Concerning  the  possible  effect  of  pro- 
hibition the  committee  says:  "The  consen- 
sus of  opinion  seems  to  be  that  the  number 
of  addicts  will  increase  when  the  prohibi- 
tion laws  are  carried  out.  These  opinions 
are  based,  for  the  most  part,  on  the  theory 
that  drinkers  will  seek  a  substitute  for  alco- 
hol and  that  opiates  and  cocaine  will  be 
found  most  satisfactory  for  this  purpose. 
This  opinion  receives  some  support  from  in- 
vestigations in  southern  states  where  prohi- 
bition has  been  in  effect.  In  these  states  the 
sales  of  narcotic  drugs  and  cocaine  have 
greatly  increased." 

That  prohibition  encourages  an  inevitable 
increase  in  the  use  of  drugs  has  been  shown 
so  often  that  the  committee's  report  may 
be  considered  unduly  timid  in  its  conclu- 


sions. Some  months  ago,  when  prohibition 
was  still  in  the  balance,  there  appeared  in 
these  columns  a  summary  of  the  conse- 
quences of  prohibition  in  Vermont  in  so  far 
as  it  affected  the  consumption  of  drugs  in 
that  State.  The  figures  were  quoted  as  a  warn- 
ing to  the  rash  prohibitionists.  The  figures 
issued  by  the  Treasury  Committee  are  here 
reproduced  not  as  a  warning — it  is  too  late 
for  that — ^but  as  a  chastening  indication  of 
the  results  to  be  expected  from  the  temerity 
the  propagandists  have  shown.  It  has  been 
pointed  out  again  and  again  in  these  col- 
umns that  the  danger  of  forcing  drinkers 
to  accept  vicious  substitutes  is  greater  and 
more  injurious  to  the  community  than  the 
danger  involved  even  in  the  intemperate 
use  of  alcohol.  Even  before  prohibition 
came  into  effect,  the  United  States  con- 
sumed twelve  times  as  much  opium  and  co- 
caine as  its  nearest  rival.  Now  the  drug 
problem  is  bound  to  become  more  perplex- 
ing and  troublesome  than  ever,  and  this  at 
a  time  when  the  authorities  are  bending  all 
their  energies,  tho  greatly  handicapped,  in 
coping  with  this  serious  menace.  The  task 
of  the  health  authorities,  who  are  trying  to 
check  the  use  of  drugs,  has  been  immeasur- 
ably increased,  their  difficulties  have  been 
unnecessarily  multiplied.  One  can  only 
hope  that  their  undertaking  will  not  be 
rendered  entirely  hopeless. 


Health   Courses  in   Public   Schools^ — 

One  of  the  very  first  curiosities  which  an 
infant  shows  is  about  its  own  body.  It  is 
curious  first  about  its  toes,  its  hands,  its 
limbs,  and  soon  shows  a  marked  interest  in 
its  entire  mysterious  body.  Nine  adults  in 
every  ten  can  recall  this  infantile  but  per- 
fectly normal  curiosity  in  themselves,  but 
they  recall  at  the  same  time  it  was  invari- 
ably discouraged  as  something  indecent  and 
forbidden  by  their  parents,  so  that  with 
adolescence  came  the  natural  conviction  that 
the  body  was  something  which  should  be 
given  as  little  thought  as  possible.  Their 
attention  was  drawn  to  mechanical  toys,  to 
building  blocks,  to  books  of  fairy  lore  and 
magic ;  but  the  marvelous  mechanism  of  the 
human  body,  the  magic  manner  in  which  it 
works,  were  not  considered  matters  for 
children's  curiosity,   and   so  parents  have 


Digitized  by 


Google 


514 


August,  1919 


MBN  AND  THINGS 


Ambucan  Hb>icikb 


generally  failed  to  capitalize  and  utilize  a 
natural  tendency  in  the  child  which,  if  prop- 
erly encouraged,  would  prove  most  valuable 
in  later  life — interest  in  the  body  and  the 
instinct  to  take  proper  care  of  it. 

With  the  opening  of  the  schools  in  Sep- 
tember a  new  principle  in  the  education  of 
children  is  to  be  carried  out,  a  principle 
which  will  tiy  to  correct  the  error  referred 
to  above,  which  will  certainly  succeed  if  the 
program  announced  early  in  the  summer 
is  faithfully  followed.  At  the  Conference 
of  SanitaiT  Officers  and  Public  Health 
Nurses,  held  in  June  at  Saratoga  Springs. 
Dr.  William  A.  Howe,  of  the  State  Health 
Department,  announced  that  a  syllabus  in 
health  courses  covering  every  grade  in  the 
public  schools  had  been  prepared  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  the  pupils  instruction  in 
the  care  of  their  bodies,  and  that  graduates 
of  state  normal  schools  hereafter  must  be 
qualified  to  teach  public  heahh.  Thus  the 
state  once  more  invades  the  domain  of  the 
family,  taking  upon  itself  a  function  which 
has  hitherto  been  regarcled  as  strictly  the 
mother's  concern,  and  in  doing  this  the  au- 
thorities are  revealing  a  true  understanding 
of  the  tendency  of  the  day.  The  modern 
family,  while  not  disintegrating,  is  distinctly 
too  preoccupied  with  its  own  problems  to 
give  children  the  care  they  should  have; 
there  is  the  increased  difficulty  of  making 
ends  meet  financially,  there  is  the  obligation 
the  woman  feels  of  pursuing  a  career  or 
of  helping  the  man  in  pursuing  his,  there 
is  the  desire  to  realize  a  real  companionship 
on  an  equal  footing  between  the  man  and 
the  woman,  or  there  may  be  a  very  definite 
wish  on  the  part  of  the  woman  to  fulfil  her 
individuality  rather  than  sacrifice  herself 
for  racial  purposes.  All  these  things  mili- 
tate against  the  proper  care  of  the  young, 
the  children  get  less  and  less  attention,  and 
it  becomes  the  duty  of  the  state,  in  self- 
protection,  to  take  over  these  neglected  re- 
sponsibilities. As  time  goes  by  it  will  be- 
come increasingly  evident  that  the  state  is 
the  real  guardian  of  the  young,  and  One 
may  look  forward  to  this  guardianship  with- 
out misgiving.  The  tradition  that  the  moth- 
er is  the  best  caretaker  of  her  child  has 
proved  merely  a  tradition.  Of  those  moth- 
ers who  are  willing  to  educate  their  children 
in  the  necessary  things,  only  a  small  propor- 
tion is  really  capable  of  doing  it  satisfac- 
torily.   The  trained  educator  of  children  is 


by  far  the  more  satisfactory,  and  the  tend- 
ency, even  on  the  part  of  devoted  mothers, 
is  to  entrust  the  bringing  up  of  their  chil- 
dren to  skilled  educators.  Th^  function  of 
the  mother  is  being  reduced  to  influence  over 
the  child's  emotional  and  moral  life,  and 
that  is  a  big  enough  task.  In  the  hands  of 
specially  trained  teachers  engaged  by  the 
state,  the  child  can  learn  such  things  as  the 
care  of  its  body  by  means  of  reading  and 
practices  which  could  be  made  as  engaging 
as  reading  about  kings  and  princes.  It 
has  the  advantage  of  being  the  product,  not 
of  one  woman's  instinct  or  impulse,  but  the 
collective  experience  of  sources  of  students 
who  have  put  their  whole  heart  in  their 
work.  As  Dr.  L.  Emmet  Holt,  of  Columbia 
University,  said  at  the  conference:  "The 
time  has  passed  when  health  can  be  placed 
entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  mother,  who,  in 
most  cases,  received  all  her  knowledge  from 
her  own  mother  before  her."  It  is  difficult 
for  the  modem  mother  to  compete  with 
the  professional  educator.  The  circum- 
stance should  be  an  encouraging  rather  than 
a  discouraging  one,  for  it  thus  leaves  the 
woman  freer  to  fulfil  her  duty  to  herself — 
a  duty  which  becomes  more  and  more  ur- 
gent as  woman's  part  in  the  life  of  the  state 
increases. 


JUST  WHISTLE  A  BIT. 

Just  whistle  a  bit  if  the  day  be  dark. 

And  the  sky  be  overcast; 
If  mute  be  the  voice  of  the  piping  lark. 

Why,  pipe  your  own  small  blast; 
And  it's  wonderful  how  o'er  the  gray  sky  track 

The  truant  warbler  comes  stealing  back. 
But  why  need  he  come?    For  your  soul's  at  rest 

And  the  song  in  the  heart.  Ah!  that  is  best! 

Just  whistle  a  bit  if  the  night  be  drear, 

And  the  stars  refuse  to  shine, 
And  a  gleam  that  mocks  the  starlight  clear 

Within  you  grows  benign; 
'Till  the  dearth  of  light  in  the  glooming  skies 

Is  lost  to  the  sight  of  your  soul-lit  eyes. 
What  matters  the  absence  of  moon  or  star? 

The  light  within  is  the  best  by  far! 

Just  whistle  a  bit  if  your  heart  be  sore, 

'Tls  a  wonderful  balm  for  pain. 
Just  pipe  some  old  melody  o'er  and  o'er 

Till  it  soothes  like  summer  rain. 
And  perhaps  'twould  be  best,  in  a  later  day. 

When  Death  comes  stalking  adown  the  way. 
To  knock  at  your  bosom  and  see  if  you're  fit. 

Then,  as  you  wait  calmly,  Just  whistle  a  bit. 
— Paul  Lawrence  Dunbar. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Msdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


August,  1919 


515 


^ORIGINAL 
TICLES 


ABRAHAM  JACOBI,  M.  D^  LL.  D. 
IN  MEMORIAM. 

BY 

DR.  S.  ADOLPHUS  KNOPF, 
New  York. 

Five  and  sixty  years  ago  he  came  to  these 

fair  shores 
Where,  years  before,  the  Pilgrim  Fathers 

landed, 
Like  them  to  find  the  home  of  freedom  he 

had  come; 
A  place  where  men  could  think  and  act 

like  men,  not  serfs. 
Because  he  had  rebelled  against  their  rule, 
Against  their  autocratic  ways  and  imjust 

laws, 
The  rulers  of  those  serfs  imprisoned  him 

for  two  long  years. 
They  thought  to  break  his  spirit  in  this 

way. 
But  made  instead  a  greater  champion  of  the 

rights  of  man. 
When  free  at  last,  he  said  farewell  to  all 

that  was  most  dear 
And  sacred  in  the  land  where  he  had  fought 

and  suffered. 
Where  he  had  struggled  hard  that  others 

might  be  free. 
There  long  ago  a  Schiller  spoke  for  free-. 

dom 
And  there  the  dying  Goethe  cried  "More 

light,  more  light !" 
How  greatly  then  was  such  light  needed 
To  make  of  German  soil  a  worthy  free- 
man's home! 
He  wisely  chose  to  come  to  free  Columbia's 

shores, 
Her  doors  are  open  wide  for  men  like  him ; 
She  gladly  welcomed  him,  a  rising  ^Escu- 

lapius, 
Eager  to  serve  her  well  with  heart  and 

mind. 


A  life  of  service  then  began,  so  great,  so 

useful  and  so  long, 
That  I  feel  loath  to  try  to  trace  it  here, 
For  fear  I  shall  not  give  him  half  his  due. 
Long  years  before  I  saw  the  light  of  this 

good  world 
He  was  a  master,  teacher  of  my  teachers; 
His   fame   as  healer   spread   o'er   all   the 

world ; 
His  students  numbered  thousands,  and  still 

more 
Are  those  who  read  his  books  on  healing 

arts. 
Thus  everywhere  are  his  disciples  found, 
He  had  become  the  Nestor  of  us  all. 
He  founded  clinics  where  the  poor  could 

bring 
Their  children  and  receive  quite  free  that 

care 
For  which  the  rich  so  gladly  paid  in  gold. 
The  rich  or  poor  were  all  alike  to  him. 
Those  little  sufferers  that  he  loved  so  well. 
Often  I  heard  him  called  ''The  little  chil- 
dren's savior." 
A  grateful  mother,  first  with  tearful  eyes 
And  choking  voice  told  me  she  loved  to  call 

him  thus ; 
No  greater  honor,  holier  name  could  ever 

come  to  man. 
And  yet,  with  all  the  honors  heaped  upon 

him 
He  had  not  changed  in  kindly  simple  ways. 
The  poor  were  always  welcome  to  his  home, 
The  struggling  student   found  a  listening 

ear. 
And  when  the  powers  that  drove  him  o'er 

the  sea. 
Became  aware  of  his  gr^at  fame  and  skill, 
Wished  his  return,  and  honor  to  their  seat 

of  learning, 
To  make  him  Herr  Geheimrat,  Excellens, 
He  simply  answered  them,  "I  thank,  you, 

no." 
He  had  not  lost  his  love  for  freedom'?  holy 

cause ; 


Digitized  by 


Google 


516 


August,  1919 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLJS8 


AumacAK  Mbdicixb 


He  loved  America  with  love  more  true 
Than  some  who  were  unto  her  blessings 

bom. 
In  this  last,  greatest  war  for  freedom  of  the 

world 
His   heart   beat   faster,   regretful   that  no 

longer 
Was  he  young  enough  to  join  the  army  of 

crusaders 
Who  crossed  the  seas  to  help  our  brother 

nations 
To  free  themselves  and  us  from  tyranny 

and  shame. 
The  God  of  battles  still  was  with  us,  for 

we  fought 
For  right,  and  so  our  sacrifices  shall  not  be 

in  vain. 
And  he  was  blessed  at  last  to  see  the  dawn. 
Autocracy  already  in  the  dust,  now  free- 
dom's holy  might 
Shall  reign  supreme  in  lands  which  suffered 

long 
From  tyranny,  and  now  arises  hope 
That  even  his  old  homeland  shall  be  free. 
Columbia's   and   Britannia's   boys,   Italians 

and  fair  France's  sons 
Are  brothers  all  and  freedom's  champions, 
Prepared  to  help  all  honest  efforts  for  an 

honest  peace. 
This  shall  bring  freedom  to  their  one-time 

enemy, 
If  he  will  learn  to  rule  himself, 
Will  learn  to  love  instead  of  hate 
And  realize  the  wrong  his  monarch  did  the 

world. 
Peace  on  this  earth,  good-will  to  men,  shall 

sound  anew, 
Glad  tidings  of  this  greatest  gift  to  man. 

A  little  over  six  months  ago  the  above 
tribute  was  addressed  to  Abraham  Jacobi. 
It  was  a  unique  occasion.  American  friends, 
who  during  the  war  had  tried  to  help  the 
small  number  of  true  democrats  still  exist- 
ing in  Germany  to  bring  about  an  over- 
throw of  the  autocratic  government  and 
thus  hasten  peace,  had  united  at  a  dinner  to 
honor  the  venerable  physician,  philanthro- 
pist and  patriot  because  he  exemplified  in 
his  own  person  the  former  ardent  fighters 
for  German  Democracy  and  had  become  the 
typical  American  who  unselfishly  wished 
freedom  not  only  for  himself  but  freedom 


for  all  mankind.  Dr.  Walter  Damrosch 
presided,  and  Dr.  Jacobi,  in  the  best  of 
physical  health  and  spirits,  responded  with 
vigor  and  brilliancy  to  the  various  tributes 
paid  to  him  by  the  toastmaster,  by  Mr. 
Franz  Sigel,  Frederick  L.  Hoffman,  Jacob 
Schiff,  and  the  author.  It  was  my  good 
fortune  to  discover  in  an  artist's  studio  the 
picture  of  Abraham  Jacobi  which  he  him- 
self had  designated  as  his  favorite.  When 
I  wrote  him  that  I  had  at  last  succeeded  in 
getting  that  much  desired  photograph  and 
sent  him  a  reprint  of  it,  he  wrote  in  his 
inimitable  and  often  humorous  way:  "The 
picture  is  fine.  Your  friendliness  makes 
our  people  believe  that  I  am  as  good  look- 
ing a  person  as  your  photograph  makes  me 
appear.  By  the  way,  I  am  getting  vain, 
and  a  few  of  my  pictures  would  be  wel- 
come to  me  sometime  or  other."*  When 
my  little  tribute  was  published  it  was  illus- 
trated with  this  portrait  and  sent  to  many 
of  his  friends  and  admirers.  The  responses 
received  in  acknowledgment  would  indeed 
in  themselves  form  a  unique  tribute  to  the 
great  man  and  would  make  a  good  sized 
volume. 

Dr.  Abraham  Jacobi  was  bom  May  6, 
1830,  in  Hortum,  Germany;  he  received  his 
preliminary  education  at  the  g3rmnasium  in 
Minden,  from  which  he  was  graduated  in 
1847.  He  entered  the  University  of  Greifs- 
wald  as  a  student  of  medicine  the  same 
year,  studied  in  Goettingen  in  1848,  and  re- 
ceived his  degree  of  M.  D.  at  Bonn  in  1851. 
He  had  joined  the  German  revolutionary 
party  with  Carl  Schurz  in  1848,  was  im- 
prisoned in  various  places  for  his  political 
activity  and  for  lese  majeste  from  the 
summer  of  1851  to  1853,  in  which  year  he 
.fled  to  England  and  from  there  came  to  the 
United  States.     Dr.  Jacobi  married  in  1873 

'  The  picture  here  reproduced  Is  the  one  re- 
ferred to  as  Dr.  Jacobl's  favorite  picture. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MeDICINB 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


August,  1919 


517 


Dr.  Mary  Putnam,  a  sister  of  Major  George 
Haven  Putnam  of  New  York.  Dr.  Mary 
Putnam  Jacobi  was  one  of  the  first  women 
physicians  of  this  country  and  the  first 
woman  who  graduated  from  the  celebrated 
University  of  Paris.     She  died  in  1906. 

Dr.  Jacobi  was  the  first  to  occupy  a  chair 
for  diseases  of  children  in  an  American 
college.  He  held  this  position  in  the  New 
York  Medical  College  from  1860  to  1864, 
in  the  University  of  New  York  from  1865 
to  1870,  and  from  1870  to  1902  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Physicians  and  Surgeons.  He  re- 
mained Professor  Emeritus  of  diseases  of 
children  in  that  institution  (Columbia  Uni- 
versity) up  to  his  death.  In  1903  he  re- 
ceived a  call  to  the  chair  of  Pediatrics 
from  the  University  of  Berlin,  which  he 
refused. 

There  is  hardly  a  position  of  honor  which 
the  American  medical  profession  did  not 
bestow  upon  Abraham  Jacobi.  He  was 
president  of  the  New  York  Pathological 
Society,  the  New  York  Obstetrical  Society, 
the  New  York  State  Medical  Society,  the 
New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  the 
American  Pediatric  Society,  the  Associa- 
tion of  American  Physicians,  ^the  American 
Climatological  Society  and  the  American 
Medical  Association.  He  was  an  honorary 
member  of  many  of  the  medical  societies 
of  the  United  States  and  abroad  and  an  offi- 
cial delegate  to  fiearly  all  the  international 
medical  congresses  held  during  the  last  half 
century.  Dr.  Jacobi  was  a  visiting  and 
consulting  physician  to  many  of  the  leading 
hospitals  of  New  York.  Roosevelt  Hos- 
pital, where  he  had  held  many  a  clinic  as 
professor  of  diseases  of  children,  honored 
him  by  calling  the  baby  ward  after  him. 

His  literary  contributions  are  too  numer- 
ous to  be  summed  up  here.  The  eight 
volumes  of  "Collectanea  Jacobi"  give  a  fair 


idea  of  the  literary  activity  of  this  great 
man.  His  text-books  on  diseases  of  chil- 
dren have  become  classic  and  been  trans- 
lated into  a  number  of  foreign  languages. 
He  has  been  honored  with  the  degree  of 
LL.  D.  by  the  Universities  of  Michigan, 
Columbia,  Yale,  Harvard  and  Jefferson. 
Abraham  Jacobi  was  not  ungrateful  for  the 
honors  bestowed  upon  him  by  past  or 
present  generations,  nor  had  he  forgotten 
the  hospitality  accorded  by  the  United 
States.  On  the  first  page  of  his  "Collectanea 
Jacobi"  we  read :  "In  memory  of  great  and 
good  men  long  departed,  citizens  of  a  hos- 
pitable country  in  gratitude  for  countless 
favors  and  honors  received  at  the  hands 
of  colleagues,  pupils,  societies  and  univer- 
sities during  half  a  century." 

Now  after  this  brief  sketch  of  the  life 
of  the  great  physician  I  should  like  to  re- 
produce a  few  of  the  messages  which  I  re- 
ceived from  his  colleagues,  friends,  pupils, 
admirers  and  patients  in  acknowledgment 
of  the  receipt  of  the  tribute  above  referred 
to  as  well  as  some  of  the  striking  eulogies 
paid  to  Dr.  Jacobi  after  his  passing  away. 

Dr.  Wm.  C.  Braisted,  Surgeon-General 
of  the  Navy  and  president-elect  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  wrote  as 
follows:  "I  was  most  pleased  to  receive  a 
copy  of  your  splendid  and  appropriate 
tribute  to  Dr.  Jacobi  who  has  for  so  many 
years  'deserved  well  of  the  republic'  and 
adorned  our  profession." 

Rear  Admiral  George  H.  Barber  of  the 
Medical  Corps  of  the  U.  S.  Navy:  "I  ap- 
preciate very  much  your  courtesy  in  send- 
ing me  your  tribute  to  Dr.  Jacobi.  I  have 
always  held  him  in  great  reverence  since 
my  student  days  at  the  College  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons  in  New  York." 

Surgeon-General  Rupert  Blue  of  the 
U.  S.  Public  Health  Service :  "The  copy  of 
your  brochure,  written  as  a  tribute  to  Dr. 
Jacobi,  has  reached  me,  and  I  am  indeed 
glad  to  have  it  in  my  library.  It  is  a  highly 
fitting  tribute  to  the  life  and  work  of  so 
eminent  a  member  of  the  profession,  and  I 


Digitized  by 


Google 


518 


August^  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICL.BS 


American  Mbdicinb 


am  proud  to  say  that  it  expresses  exactly 
my  feelings  of  the  Doctor's  long  and  useful 
career." 

Surgeon-General  William  C.  Gorgas:  "I 
have  known  Dr.  Jacobi  all  my  professional 
life,  now  over  forty  years.  He  was  a  pro- 
fessor in  the  medical  class  when  I^was  a 
student,  and  a  "Visiting"  in  the  Hospital, 
when  I  was  house  surgeon;  and  in  all 
these  years  since  that  time  we  have  kept 
up  our  intercourse  thru  the  Medical  Asso- 
ciation and  otherwise.  He  was  not  only  a 
great  professional  man,  but  was  also  one 
of  the  kindest  and  best  men  I  ever  knew." 

Dr.  Walter  B.  James,  ex-president  of  the 
New  York  Academy  of  Medicine:  "I  have 
read  your  poem  on  Jacobi  and  find  it  most 
graceful.  Dr.  Jacobi  deserves  all  of  the 
goods  things  his  friends  say  about  him." 

Professor  W.  W.  Keen  of  Philadelphia: 
"Thanks  for  the  Jacobi  reprint.  I  join 
heartily  in  every  word  of  your  tribute  to 
the  veteran  Jacobi.  Everybody  loves  him. 
It's  nice  to  tell  him  so." 

Mr.  Adolph  Lewisohn,  philanthropist: 
"I  received  your  letter  enclosing  reprint  of 
the  tribute  which  you  paid  to  my  friend. 
Dr.  Jacobi,  and  I  congratulate  you  upon 
the  beautiful  expressions  contained  therein. 
Dr.  Jacobi  has  been  a  friend  of  mine  since 
fifty  years  and,  as  you  know,  I  am  one  of 
his  ardent  admirers." 

Dr.  David  R.  Lyman,  president  of  the 
National  Tuberculosis  Association:  "Your 
tribute  to  Dr.  Jacobi  puts  our  profession 
under  a  debt  of  gratitude  to  you  for  say- 
ing so  beautifully  to  him  what  we  all  feel 
toward  him.     My  sincere  thanks." 

Dr.  Charles  Mclntire,  secretary  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Medicine:  "I  was 
interested  in  reading  your  tribute  to  Dr. 
Jacobi.  He  is  a  grand  old  man  and  worthy 
of  all  praise." 

Drs.  William  J.  and  Chas.  H.  Mayo  of 
Rochester,  Minn.,  both  ex-presidents  of  the 
American  Medical  Association :  "Thank  you 
very  much  for  your  kind  thoughtfulness  in 
sending  us  a  copy  of  your  eulogy  to  Abra- 
ham Jacobi.  It  is  a  beautiful  tribute  to  his 
life  and  character.  We  are  glad  to  have  it 
for  it  is  most  interesting.  His  photograph 
is  an  excellent  likeness  and  we  shall  have 
it  framed  for  our  gallery  of  famous  physi- 
cians." 

Sir  William  Osier,  Regius  Professor,  Ox- 
ford, England:  "Delighted  to  receive  your 
Jacobi  tribute.    What  a  fine  picture  of  the 


dear  old  man!  Poem  and  picture  will  go 
in  my  bibliotheca  literaris.  What  a  hard 
trial  it  must  have  been  for  him  all  through 
the  War  1"  Sir  William  wrote  me  again  on 
July  26th,  saying:  "And  the  dear  Jacobi 
has  gone.  Well,  nothing  to  regret.  Such 
an  innings!" 

Dr.  Charles  A.  L.  Reed  of  Cincinnati, 
ex-president  of  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation: "I  am  more  delighted  than  I  can^ 
easily  express  over  the  receipt  of  the  splen- 
did picture  of  my  dear  friend,  Dr.  Jacobi, 
and  of  your  interesting  lines  in  eulogy  of 
him  and  his  great  achievements.  He  has 
practiced  medicine  in  this  country  nearly  as 
long  as  I  have  lived.  From  the  days  of 
my  youth  his  writings  have  been  an  inspira- 
tion. In  my  fuller  years  my  acquaintance 
with  him  became  a  bulwark  of  strength. 
He  impresses  me  as  possessing  in  eminent 
degree  what  have  come  to  be  recognized  as 
the  three  cardinal  virtues  of  the  new  civil- 
ization. They  are  lawfulness,  service,  and 
courage.  The  cardinal  virtue  of  lawful- 
ness is  observance  of  the  natural  law  that 
makes  for  human  happiness  and  human 
welfare.  The  cardinal  virtue  of  service 
consists  not  in  words  or  even  in  mere 
thoughts  but  in  the  doing  of  things  that 
will  help  others  so  to  harmonize  themselves 
with  the  natural  law  that  they  may  achieve 
welfare  and  happiness.  The  cardinal  vir- 
tue of  courage  is  the  willingness  to  strive, 
fight,  and  sacrifice  for  a  recognition  and  ob- 
servance of  that  natural  law  which  impells 
us  to  our  bejter  destiny.  Dr.  Jacobi  has 
thought  these  things,  done  these  things,  and 
lived  these  things  in  such  eminent  degree 
that  he  has  become  not  only  their  expositor 
but  their  exemplar.  His  example  must 
forever  stand  as  an  inspiration  for  all  who 
strive  for  the  right." 

Professor  Beverly  Robinson,  M.  D.,  New 
York  City:  "The  subject  of  your  tribute  is 
fine — ^none  finer.  Your  tribute  of  Jacobi  is 
worthy  of  him,  our  grand  old  man  for 
whom  I  have  a  deep  affection  and  highest 
esteem." 

The  Rev.  Maxwell  Savage,  Unitarian 
minister,  Worcester,  Mass. :  "Thank  you  for 
your  tribute  to  Abraham  Jacobi.  He  must 
be  indeed  a  rare  personality.  What  men 
they  were  who  sought  and  sacrificed  for 
liberty !  Your  lines  set  forth  the  free  spirit 
and  the  hope  of  free  men." 

Mr.  Nathan  Straus,  philanthropist  and 
founder  of  free  sterilized  milk  depots:  "I 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  MsDicxi^nB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


August,  1919 


519 


deeply  and  sincerely  share  your  opinion  of 
Dr.  Abraham  Jacobi.  It  is  gratifying  to 
see  this  opinion  so  beautifully  expressed  in 
your  tribute.  Dr.  Jacobi  has  been  of  im- 
mense assistance  in  my  work.  Much  of  its 
success  and  universal  adoption  is  due  to  his 
influence,  for  which  I  am  deeply  grateful." 

Professor  A.  Van  der  Veer,  ex-president 
of  the  American  Medical  Association:  "I 
have  read  your  tribute  to  the  grand  Nestor 
of  our  profession.  Dr.  Jacobi,  with  delight. 
It  is  complete,  and  I  congratulate  you  upon 
being  able  to  put  into  words  that  which  we 
have  learned  from  our  association  with  Dr. 
Jacobi,  for  so  many  years,  i,  e,,  the  bright 
and  noble  side  of  life." 

Rev.  Stephen  S.  Wise,  an  ardent  admirer 
of  Dr.  Jacobi,  recalls  in  his  letter  to  me  the 
celebrations  of  the  great  physician's  70th 
and  80th  birthdays  and  expresses  the  hope 
and  prayer  that  God  might  spare  the  pre- 
cious life  of  Jacobi  so  that  we  might  have  a 
fitting  celebration  of  his  90th  birthday  which 
he  believed  should  be  made  a  better  and 
finer  thing  than  all  the  others. 

A  letter  received  from  Prof.  John  A. 
Wyeth,  ex-president  of  the  New  York 
Academy  of  Medicine  and  the  American 
Medical  Association,  is  too  personal  to  per- 
mit its  reproduction  even  in  abstract  form, 
but  he  calls  Dr.  Jacobi  affectionately  his 
"lifelong  friend  and  beloved  mentor." 

Many  other  touching  responses  were  sent 
to  me  in  acknowledgment  of  receipt  of  my 
eulogy  of  Jacobi.  They  came  from  all 
over  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Lack 
of  space  does  not  permit  me  to  mention 
more  than  a  few  of  the  men  who  had  come 
under  the  influence  of  Jacobi,  and  nearly 
all  of  them  spoke  of  him  as  their  beloved 
master  and  friend.  Among  the  men  who 
embraced  this  opportunity  to  pay  tribute  to 
Abraham  Jacobi  while  he  was  still  among 
us  were  Drs.  Thomas  M.  Balliet,  Frederick 
Bierhoff,  Vincent  Y.  Bowditch,  Percy  L. 
Boynton,  Samuel  A.  Brown,  Joseph  Byrne, 
Julius  Cone,  Charles  L.  Dana,  J.  H.  Elliott, 
Arpad  G.  Gerster,  Irving  H.  Hance,  Charles 
J.  Hastings,  Graham  Lusk,  Carlos  F.  Mac- 
Donald,  Joseph  M.  Mathews,  Wm.  J. 
Schieflfelin,  Henry  Sewall,  Henry  L.  Shive- 
Iv,  Chr.  Sihler,  Frederic  E.  Sondern,  George 
David  Stewart,  Wm.  L.  Stowell,  and  Ber- 
tram H.  Waters. 

There  is  one  more  letter  from  which  I 
desire  to  copy  at  least  a  few  lines.  It  came 
from  a  grateful  mother  and  speaks  for  it- 
self: "Allow  me  to  express  my  apprecia- 


tion for  the  copy  of  your  tribute  to  Dr. 
Jacobi,  which  so  aptly  expresses  the  senti- 
ment of  untold  thousands  to  the  great 
doctor.  I,  too,  happen  to  be  one  of  those 
grateful  mothers  you  speak  of. — Mrs. 
Harry  Crayder." 

No  one  has  been  able  to  tell  the  world  the 
personal  qualities  of  Abraham  Jacobi  in 
mot-e  beautiful  language  than  his  lifelong 
friend,  the  late  Carl  Schurz,  who,  on  May 
6,  1900,  at  the  seventieth  birthday  celebra- 
tion, spoke  the  following  impressive  words : 
"For  fifty  years  I  have  loved  him  and  been 
proud  of  him  as  a  man  of  science  of  whom 
I  know  how  learned,  how  conscientious, 
how  indefatigable,  how  helpful  and  how 
justly  renowned  he  is ;  as  a  citizen  of  whom 
I  know  how  patriotic,  how  courageous,  how 
unselfish,  and  how  public  spirited  he  is; 
and  as  a  friend,  whose  nobility  of  heart 
only  those  can  cherish  and  esteem  as  it  de- 
serves who  know  him  best." 

I  feel  sure  that  all  who  had  the  rare  privi- 
lege of  knowing  Jacobi  intimately  have  al- 
ways had  the  same  thoughts  of  him  in  their 
hearts. 

And  now,  the  master,  the  sage,  the  friend, 
the  mentor,  the  lover  of  little  children,  the 
ardent  patriot,  the  great  physician,  is  no 
more.  He  passed  away  peacefully  on 
Thursday,  July  10th,  at  Lake  George,  with 
the  members  of  his  family,  Drs.  Francis 
Huber  and  Willy  Meyer  at  his  bedside. 

The  daily  newspapers  and  weekly  medical 
journals  which  appeared  soon  after  Jacobi's 
death  are  full  of  praise  of  the  man's 
achievements  and  qualities  as  a  physician, 
teacher  and  citizen.  The  New  York  Tribune 
spoke  of  him  as  famous  in  many  lands  and 
as  one  of  the  most  eminent  medical  practi- 
tioners of  his  day.  The  New  York  Times 
said :  "Dr.  Abraham  Jacobi  practiced  medi- 
cine in  this  city  about  65  years  and  had 
become  not  only  the  foremost  authority  in 
pediatrics  but  the  dean  of  the  American 
medical  profession  as  well."  The  New 
York  Herald  gave  an  abstract  of  an  appeal 
addressed  to  his  colleagues  during  a  liberty 
loan  campaign,  in  which  he  said:  "As  one 
of  the  revolutionists  of  1848,  one  of  those 
who  hope  to  bring  about  the  destruction  of 
autocracy  and  the  establishment  of  democ- 
racy in  Germany  seventy  years  ago,  this 
great  war  makes  an  especially  powerful  ap- 
peal to  me.  When  I  recall  all  those  bril- 
liant, unselfish,  patriotic  youths  who  gave 
up  their  lives  for  their  country  in  the  futile 
effort  to  overthrow  Prussian  militarism  at 


Digitized  by 


Google 


520 


August,  1919 


ORIOINAI.  ARTICLES 


Ambeicak  Medicinx 


that  time,  I  wish  that  Carl  Schurz  and 
hundreds  of  others  might  have  lived,  as  I 
hoped  to  live,  to  see  Prussian  militarism 
and  hypocracy  stamped  out  once  for  all. 
Long  live  my  country  and  yours!  Long 
live  America !" 

Stedman  of  the  Medical  Record,  under 
the  caption  "A  Great  American  and  a  Great 
Physician,"  begins  in  his  editorial  on 
Jacobi's  decease  with  the  following  impres- 
sive words:  "In  the  death  of  Dr.  Jacobi, 
America  as  well  as  the  profession  of  medi- 
cine, has  lost  one  of  its  great  men.  Al- 
tho  not  in  politics.  Dr.  Jacobi  was  largely 
in  public  life  and  was,  in  a  quiet  way,  a 
power  for  good  in  the  country.  Bom  a 
German,  there  was  never  a  Mayflower  de- 
scendant whose  Americanism  was  more 
genuine  in  feeling  and  more  positive  in  ex- 
pression than  his.  He  had  learned  by 
actual  experience  the  evil  of  Prussianism, 
and  when,  five  years  ago,  the  Hohenzol- 
lem  and  their  robber  barons  began  their 
predatory  invasion  of  their  neighbor's  lands, 
Jacobi  was  among  the  first  to  recognize  it 
for  the  despicable  thing  it  was,  and  he  let 
no  counsel  of  neutrality,  no  inward  call  of 
the  blood,  no  outgivings  of  German  State- 
paid  professors  dissuade  him  from  warning 
his  fellow  countrymen  of  the  true  meaning 
of  that  rush  to  loot." 

The  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  after  tracing  his  brilliant  med- 
ical career,  concluded  its  tribute  by  saying: 
"Dr.  Jacobi  was  perhaps  equally  well  known 
as  a  great  citizen.  He  was  a  formidable  op- 
ponent of  prohibition  and  an  ardent  advo- 
cate of  birth  control,  and  in  every  other 
matter  of  public  interest  he  was  a  con- 
spicuous character." 

How  deeply  he  was  interested  in  the 
tuberculosis  problem,  I  have  had  multiple 
occasions  to  observe.  As  a  member  of  our 
local  Tuberculosis  Committee,  he  was  more 
prompt  in  attendance  than  many  of  the 
younger  men.  To  me  personally  he  proved 
a  wise  counselor,  guide  and  friend  in  my 
anti-tuberciilosis  work  and '  a  constant  in- 
spiration. He  expressed  kindly  approval 
when  he  thought  well  of  my  work,  criticized 
my  shortcoming's  frankly  and,  encouraged 
me  in  hours  of  disappointments,  trials  and 
sorrows.  On  the  fly  leaf  of  one  of  his  books 
which  he  presented  to  me,  he  wrote :  "May 
you  never  lose  your  pleasure  in  public  spir-  - 
ited  work."  He  wished  the  younger  genera- 
tion to  be  imbued  with  the  same  spirit  of 


service  to  the  public  good  which  was  char- 
acteristic of  him  thruout  his  long  life. 

Dr.  H.  Edwin  Lewis,  in  the  July  number 
of  American  Medicine,  pays  him  the  fol- 
lowing touching  tribute:  "We  learn  with 
heartfelt  sorrow  of  the  death  of  that  grand 
Old  Man  of  American  medicine,  Dr.  Abra- 
ham Jacobi.  For  a  great  many  years  Dr. 
Jacobi  has  been  one  of  the  country's  fore- 
most medical  men.  Respected,  loved  and 
honored  by  all  who  knew  him,  probably  no 
other  physician  has  ever  held  a  higher  place 
in  the  affectionate  regard  of  his  colleagues 
than  this  German-born  but  true  American 
physician. 

"The  extent  to  which  his  judgment  and 
opinion  have  been  esteemed  by  all  who 
knew  him,  has  been  shown  by  the  fact  that 
no  public  question  of  medical  or  sociologic 
importance  has  been  considered  well  dis- 
cussed or  settled  until  Dr.  Jacobi's  viewpoint 
and  advice  have  been  obtained.  *What  does 
Dr.  Jacobi  think  about  it  ?'  has  been  a  gen- 
eral inquiry  if  his  opinion  has  not  been  in 
immediate  evidence.  It  has  seemed  to  be 
the  common  belief  that  his  statement  on 
any  given  topic  would  be  the  sound,  common 
sense  conclusion  of  a  man  who  knew  what 
he  was  talking  about,  and  whose  judgment, 
therefore,  it  would  be  safe  to  follow.  The 
enormous  influence  such  a  man  can  wield 
for  good  has  been  abundantly  shown  thru- 
out the  last  twenty-five  years  of  Dr.  Jacobi's 
life.  During  all  these  years  to  the  day  of 
his  death  he  has  been  a  sane,  conservative 
adviser,  a  man  who  has  been  able  to  see  the 
right  and  help  others  to  see  it,  also.  His 
poise,  his  kind  and  sympathetic  manner, 
and  withal  his  sterling  honesty  have  made 
men  trust  him  as  few  men  are  trusted." 

Lillian  D.  Wald,  the  founder  and  head  • 
of  the  first  Nurses'  Settlement  in  America, 
in  paying  her  tribute  to  Jacobi  in  The 
Survey,  speaks  of  him  as  the  great  lover  of 
children.  She  relates  the  following  incident 
which,  as  she  says,  took  place  at  the  hearing 
of  the  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportion- 
ment on  a  very  hot  day  with  regard  to  the 
opening  of  a  small  park.  "Dr.  Jacobi  was 
there  before  me,  and  I  besought  him  to  go 
home,  he  looked  so  ill.  'I  got  out  of  a  sick 
bed  to  come,'  he  said.  Tor  over  twenty 
years  I  have  wanted  a  little  fresh  air  in 
that  crowded  part  of  New  York,  and  surely 
neither  the  weather  nor  a  sick  bed  can  keep 
me  from  trying  to  make  a  speech  for  the 
children.' " 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkrican  Msdzcins 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


August,  1919 


521 


Dr.  William  J.  Robinson,  the  editor  of 
"Collectanea  Jacobi,"  dedicated  the  200th  is- 
sue of  Critic  and  Guide  "To  the  memory 
of  Dr.  A.  Jacobi,  a  good  physician,  a  good 
man  and  staunch  friend." 

Mr.  Oswald  Garrison  Villard,  the  editor 
of  The  Nation,  paid  a  glowing  tribute  to  the 
"Last  of  the  Forty-eighters."  In  the  issue 
of  The  Nation  of  July  19th  he  said: 
"Jacobi  was  always  to  be  had  for  any  move- 
ment for  betterment.  If  they  formed  a 
committee  of  seventy  or  one  hundred  his 
name  was  always  on  it.  Yet,  he  having  the 
modesty  of  the  truly  great,  few  people  re- 
alized how  steady  was  his  contribution  to 
reform  causes.  The  City  Qub,  the  Citizens, 
Union,  Civil  Service  reform,  better  hous- 
ing, the  medical  care  of  the  poor  and  every 
movement  for  combating  human  disease 
came  to  this  wise  man  for  his  support.  And 
wise  man  he  was.  That  magnificent  head, 
the  shaggy  brow,  those  all-comprehending 
eyes  formed  a  countenance  to  awe  and  im- 
press until  one  knew  the  kindliness  and 
warmth  underneath  and  that  he  was  always 
as  generous  to  worth  as  he  was  tender  to 
the  little  children  who  were  his  chief  con- 
cern. Yet  he  could  castigate  with  a  vigor 
that  spared  no  one  when  his  feelings  were 
deeply  aroused,  as  when  he  heard  of  some 
friends  who  sought  to  apologize  for  the 
dastardly  sinking  of  the  Lusitania  and  to 
argue  that  the  Germans  had  a  legal  excuse 
for  that  atrocity.  That  he  never  forgave. 
He  saw  in  the  Germans  going  to  war  and 
their  method  of  conducting  it  merely  the 
flowering  of  the  Prussian  system  of  gov- 
ernment against  which' he  as  a  boy  had  re- 
volted, the  inevitable  result  of  universal  mil- 
itary service  and  the  drugging  of  the  con- 
science of  the  people  by  the  various  forms  of 

state  benefactions." "Dr.  Jacobi  was  of 

the  old  type  of  physician  who  was  also 
counselor  and  friend.  He  was  always  more 
interested  in  aiding  the  children  of  the  poor 
than  those  of  any  other  class.  The  uncol- 
lected and  uncharged  fees  of  Abraham 
Jacobi  for  services  rendered  would  have 
made  a  half  dozen  physicians  well-to-do. 
Is  it  not  a  perfect  ending  to  this  life  of  un- 
ending service  that  tho  eighty-nine,  he 
practiced  to  the  last?  Four  days  before  his 
death  his  last  prescription  restored  to  health 
a  little  babe.  How  touchingly,  how  ex- 
quisitely fitting!  Who  can  behold  his  life 
and  not  feel  that  sometimes  cheer,  goodness 
and  profound  merit  do  find  their  reward  on 


earth  ?  To  have  known  him  was  to  receive 
a  quickening  of  faith  in  all  humanity  be- 
cause that  rock  of  character  of  his  was  so 
immovable  from  its  base." 

A  simple  but  impressive  funeral  service 
was  held  over  the  remains  of  the  great 
physician  at  the  Academy  of  Medicine  on 
the  afternoon  of  Monday,  July  14th.  The 
auditorium  of  the  Academy  was  crowded 
to  the  doors  by  the  men  and  women  who 
had  gathered  there  to  pay  the  last  honors 
to  their  departed  friend.  Major  George 
Haven  Putnam  spoke  of  the  sterling  quali- 
ties of  Abraham  Jacobi  as  a  physician,  as  a 
man,  as  a  patriot,  emphasizing  the  sturdy 
Americanism  of  his  battles  against  over- 
whelming odds.  He  praised  Dr.  Jacobi  as 
an  ideal  citizen  who  had  rendered  invaluable 
service  to  this  community  by  his  activities 
in  building  up  the  Civil  Service  Reform  As- 
sociation, whose  counsel  had  been  sought 
not  only  in  sanitary  and  medical  but  in 
civil  aifairs  as  well.  Dr.  Reginald  Sayre 
spoke  of  the  medical  career  of  Dr.  Jacobi, 
calling  attention  to  the  invaluable  work 
which  he  had  done  for  the  Academy  of 
Medicine.  This  may  justly  be  called  his  best 
monument,  for  it  was  due  to  Dr.  Jacobi's 
wisdom,  foresight  and  sagacity  that  this 
great  medical  institution  has  attained  the 
high  standing  which  it  now  enjoys  in  our 
community.  Dr.  Jacobi  may  however  be 
remembered  longest  thru  his  ministry  to 
the  little  ones,  for  as  Dr.  Sayre  well  said, 
"Abraham  Jacobi  is  dead  but  his  influence 
still  lives,  and  it  will  be  felt  as  long  as 
children  are  born  and  require  medical  care." 

A  life  such  as  Dr.  Jacobi's  should  and 
must  be  an  inspiration  to  the  present  as  to 
future  generations.  Scientific  medicine, 
pure  Americanism,  civic  obligations  and 
our  duties  toward  our  neighbor  and  man- 
kind at  large,  have  been  taught  to  us  by  him. 
His  great  intellect  and  learning,  with  the 
finest  qualities  of  heart  and  mind  he  de- 
voted to  the  service  of  his  fellowmen. 

Abraham  Jacobi  entered  public  life  in  the 
storm  and  striess  of  the  German  revolution ; 
he  left  it  peacefully  in  the  quiet  of  his 
beautiful  country  home  in  his  much  loved 
America,  having  lived  to  see  the  dawn  of 
the  new  day  his  dreams  had  visioned  long 
before. 

What  a  wonderful  life  of  nearly  ninety 
years  I  Doing  good  until  the  last  and  then 
to  fall  asleep,  beloved  and  honored,  with  all 
who  knew  him  saying,  "Well  done,  thou 
good  and  faithful  servant." 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


522 


AUGUST,    1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


BRINGING  HEALTH  TO  SERBIA. 

BY 

DR.  ROGER  G.  PERKINS, 

Prizren,  Serbia. 

(Director  Public  Health  and  Sanitation  Divi- 
sion, American  Red  Cross  Commission  to 
the  Balkans.) 

From  the  medical  standpoint,  Serbia  has 
suffered  more  than  any  other  of  the  Allies. 
With  three  hundred  and  fifty  doctors  in 
1914  for  a  population  of  some  five  millions, 
the  losses  in  medical  men  since  then  have 


but  for  the  aid  of  the  Allies  and  of  the 
United  States. 

The  problem  was  perhaps  most  difficult 
in  southern  Serbia,  which  at  the  outbreak 
of  the  war  had  been  freed  from  the  Turk- 
ish rule  for  only  a  few  years,  for  dominion 
under  the  Turkish  empire  had  left  the 
natives  less  receptive  to  progressive  meas- 
ures than  the  inhabitants  of  the  more  en- 
lightened north,  or  what  is  known  as  Old 
Serbia.  The  population  is  more  hetero- 
geneous than  in  the  north,  with  large  num- 


Fio.  1.    Major  R.  G.  Perkins,  A.  R.  C.  Major  Frothingham,  A. 

Major  Mintie,  British  Representative  of  Allied  Food  Commission. 
Dr.  Elitch,  Food  Director  for  Southern  Serbia. 


R.  C. 


been  so  great  that  less  than  one  hundred 
are  now  available.  Deaths  were  frequent 
enough  by  the  ordinary  accidents  of  war, 
but  when  the  typhus  swept  over  the  land 
in  1915  and  1916  so  many  of  the  doctors 
died  of  the  very  disease  they  were  striving 
to  check  that  soon  there  were  scarcely 
enough  to  carry  on.  Medical  conditions 
in  the  country  would  have  been  impossible 


bers  of  Turks  in  most  of  the  communities, 
and  the  most  conspicuous  structures  are 
the  slender  minarets  of  the  mosques,  form- 
erly eloquent  with  the  Mohammedan  call 
to  prayer,  now  silent  for  the  most  part  and 
often  turned  to  other  uses. 

The  occupation  of  southern  Serbia  by 
the  Bulgars  in  1915  was  a  terrible  burden. 
The   great  plantations   of   mulberry   trees 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBS 


August,  1919 


523 


for  the  properous  silk  trade,  which  brought 
in  large  revenues  to  the  districts  bordering 
on  Greece,  were  systematically  cut  to  the 
ground  over  large  districts,  the  vineyards 
were  destroyed,  the  tobacco  plantations  laid 
waste,  and  all  the  factories  and  warehouses 
belonging  to  these  trades  are  gone.  In 
many  villages  the  only  houses  that  are  left 
more  or  less  intact  are  those  formerly  oc- 
cupied by  Turks  or  Bulgars,  while  the  rest 
have  been  systematically  gutted  of  every- 
thing, doors,  windows,  even  to  the  floor  and 


which  the  grass  and  weeds  soon  spring  up 
and  hide  the  very  site. 

The  bridges  and  tunnels  on  the  railroads 
were  almost  entirely  destroyed  and  still  are 
only  partly  repaired  and  the  fearful  roads 
thru  this  country  of  rocky  mountain  passes 
and  mud  plains  have  played  havoc  with 
motor  transport.  Every  defile  is  marked 
by  the  remnants  of  trucks  which  have  slid 
off  the  road  and  rolled  to  the  bottom  where 
they  lie  with  their  wheels  sticking  helplessly 
up  intc?  the  air.     Thru  lack  of  sufficient 


^^^^mKp'               ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Bm^^^^M 

pnl 

1  ^1   iRnH  MS^^Z^^^M 

^^^MP.iii^U  V  ^  ^  ^^ 

^3 

Pig.  2.    Turkish  house  at  Prizren,  Serbia,  converted  into  American  Red  Cross  Hospital. 


roof  beams,  so  that  returning  villagers  find 
but  a  cheerless  welcome.  In  many  places 
the  entire  population  had  been  deported  in- 
to Bulgaria,  as  far  as  the  very  shores  of  the 
Black  Sea,  and  is  now  finding  its  way  back, 
little  by  little,  in  rags,  without  money,  to 
the  villages  it  called  home.  In  the  villages 
since  time  immemorial  the  houses  have 
been  built  of  mud  and  bricks,  strengthened 
with  straw,  like  our  adobe,  and  when  the 
tile  roof  is  gone,  the  rain  soon  melts  a  twor 
story  house  into  a  pile  of  mud  and  straw  on 


shipping  and  thru  the  needs  of  the  Allies 
on  the  other  fronts,  it  has  been  impossible 
to  make  up  the  losses,  and  now  there  are 
but  few  cars  available  and  fewer  shops  and 
supply  depots.  Most  of  the  draft  and  rid- 
ing animals  are  gone — ^taken  away  by  the 
enemy,  or  marking  the  lines  of  retreat  by 
the  whites  with  their  bones,  so  that  a  few 
oxen  and  horses  in  poor  condition,  and  a 
good  many  microscopic  donkeys  make  up 
the  main  methods  of  communication  thru- 
out  the  countryside. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


524 


August,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


American  Mbdicinb 


With  these  practical  difficulties  and  with 
many  areas  having  only  one  doctor  for 
seventy-five  thousand  people,  not  much 
imagination  is  needed  for  appreciation  of 
the  medical  situation.  The  American  Red 
Cross  obtained  the  release  of  twenty-five 
physicians  from  the  United  States  Army, 
and  added  a  staff  of  about  forty  trained 
nurses  to  work  with  them.  Groups  of  doc- 
torjs  and  nurses  were  distributed  to  such 
points  as  were  moderately  accessible,  given 
such  medical  supplies  as  could  be  dbtained, 


in  the  clefts  of  the  fertile  valleys  round 
about,  with  no  main  railroad  nearer  than 
thirty  miles.  On  good  days  the  patients 
are  received  in  the  courtyard  of  the  hos- 
pital, formerly  a  Turkish  residence  turned 
over  to  us  by  the  local  authorities.  The 
gates  are  thrown  open  and  the  motley  wait- 
ing crowd  pours  in  and  lines  up  against  a 
rope  barrier  near  the  dispensary  table. 
Clad  in  the  quaint  Turkish,  Macedonian 
and  Albanian  costumes,  each  person's  vil- 
lage marked  by  the  pattern  and  arrange- 


FiG.   3.    American  Red  Cross  nurse  dressing 
Serbia. 

and  told  to  establish  themselves  as  best  they 
could.  Each  center  handles  its  medical  re- 
lief work  in  connection  with  the  distribu- 
tion of  food  and  clothing. 

The  basis  of  the  work  is  the  free  dis- 
pensary, and  a  view  of  the  day's  work  of 
any  one  of  these  is  a  touching  picture. 
"Take  one  afternoon  in  a  little  town  in  the 
mountains  bordering  on  Albania;  with  its 
picturesque  red-roofed  houses  and  crooked 
streets,  it  is  the  center  for  thirty  villages 


tuberculous    foot    at    dispensary    at    Gostovar, 

ment  of  his  clothes,  they  make  a  gay  pic- 
ture in  the  sunlight — till  one  looks  closer, 
when  one  sees  that  there  are  the  lame,  the 
halt  and  the  blind,  brought  in  to  the  healer 
by  their  friends  and  relations.  Every  ill 
to  which  human  flesh  is  heir  is  here,  save 
only  the  results  of  gluttony — a  sin  not  pos- 
sible now.  But  the  saddest  part  is  that 
many,  many  of  them  are  so  far  advanced  in 
(disease  that  they  are  beyond  treatment. 
Tuberculosis   is  ever  before   one's  eyes — 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrican  Msdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLJSS 


August,  1919 


525 


tuberculosis  of  the  lungs,  the  bones,  the 
joints,  the  skin,  and  in  all  stages  and  at  ku 
ages.  All  the  skin  diseases,  boils  and  ab- 
scesses that  go  with  unsanitary  living  con- 
ditions, venereal  diseases  and  their  results, 
deformities  of  all  sorts — everything  in  fact, 
from  epilepsy  to  ingrowing  toe-nails  comes 
to  our  dispensaries." 

And  they  come  on  foot,  on  donkeys,  in 
ox-carts,  from  the  village  itself,  from  ten 
miles  away,  from  twenty  to  thirty  miles 
away.     Many  have  walked  for  five  or  six 


Cases  that  need  surgical  attention  or  med- 
ical care  that  can  only  be  given  in  the  hos- 
pital are  taken  in  as  far  as  possible,  but  at 
the  best  the  space  is  limited,  and  many  must 
be  refused,  tho  we  know  that  little  can  be 
done  for  them  at  home.  Day  after  day 
they  return  and  are  treated  at  the  dis- 
pensary and  at  least  they  carry  away  with 
them  hope,  and  this  often  helps  them  to  re- 
cover. As  many  cases  as  possible  are 
visited  at  their  homes,  and  when  necessary 
they  are  given   food,  clothing  and  simple 


Fig.   4.    Turkish  boy  with  bronchitis  brought  many  miles  on  father's  back  to  be  treated  at 
American  Red  Cross  Dispensary  at  Gostovar,  Serbia. 


hours  to  get  to  the  doctor,  and  must  sleep 
somewhere  by  the  roadside  no  matter  what 
the  weather,  before  they  reach  home  again. 
One  child  with  bronchitis  was  brought  ten 
miles  on  his  father's  back ;  another  boy  with 
a  tuberculous  foot,  so  far  gone  that  ampu- 
tation was  the  only  remedy,  was  carried 
over  from  another  village  on  a  litter  by  his 
father  and  mother;  an  old  man  with  ad- 
vanced dysentery  came  fifteen  miles  in  an 
ox-cart,  only  to  die  in  the  hospital  before 
morning  in  spite  of  all  possible  care. 


remedies,  but  for  each  that  is  treated  there 
are  many  who  never  get  to  the  doctor,  who 
never  come  to  the  attention  of  the  visiting 
nurse.  In  Mohammedan  countries  the  nurse 
is  especially  valuable  for  no  man  is  per- 
mitted to  enter  the  Turkish  houses,  and  un- 
less the  patient  can  be  brought  to  the  clinic 
heavily  veiled,  she  is  inaccessible  except  to 
the  nurse  or  woman  doctor. 

And  the  people  are  so  grateful  for  the 
attention.  When  making  the  rounds,  men 
and  women  rush  up  to  the  Red  Cross  car 


Digitized  by 


Google 


526 


August,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


America^n  Mxdicinb 


and  tell  how  they  were  at  the  "kolnitza"  or 
hospital  and  how  they  have  been  improved. 
"I  can  walk  behind  my  plow"  says  one.  "I 
can  see  now  to  do  my  sewing**  adds  an- 
other. "My  baby  is  fine,"  or  "Can  you 
come  and  see  my  father  while  you  are 
here?"  Farther  off  where  there  has  been 
no  Red  Cross  dispensary,  less  than  a  day's 
journey  away,  they  came  to  me  when  I 
stopped  for  a  meal  or  the  night  and  asked 
me  to  see  cases.  When  surgical  help  was 
needed  in  each  direction,  with  a  simple  faith 
that    the    American    doctor    would    make 


to  teach  the  ordinary  rules  of  health,  how 
can  the  poor  people  know  that  it  is  their 
insanitary  way  of  living  that  causes  their 
worst  diseases? 

That  insects  may  carry  disease  is  hard 
for  them  to  understand,  and  such  a  thing  as 
screening  or  any  other  protection  against 
mosquitoes  is  unknown;  consequently 
everyone  in  the  swampy  valleys  has  malaria, 
and  at  the  dispensaries  one  sees  patients 
with  such  terrible  shaking  chills  that  they 
cannot  make  connections  between  their  cig- 
arettes and  their  mouths. 


Fig.  5.    A  Serbian  boy  who  walked  eight  miles  every  other  day  to  the  American  Red  Cross 
Dispensary  to  have  an  infected  eye  treated. 


everything  come  out  all  right,  it  was  hard 
to  have  to  tell  some  that  it  was  hopeless  and 
that  we  could  not  help  them. 

Nor  is  this  all  the  Red  Cross  stations 
have  been  doing.  In  their  wake,  wherever 
they  have  been,  follows  a  dawning  of  sani- 
tary knowledge.  Movies,  lectures  and 
traveling  exhibits  help  greatly  to  convey 
these  lessons  to  the  people.  In  New  Ser- 
bia, few  can  read,  and  with  no  organization 


Loss  of  teeth  in  assorted  lots  before  the 
age  of  twenty  is  so  common  as  to  cause  no 
surprise.  However,  at  the  dispensaries 
when  the  fearful  state  of  the  mouth,  of  one 
person  is  called  to  the  attention  of  another 
who  is  still  in  better  shape,  there  is  a  sud- 
den demand  for  tooth  brushes  and  what  is 
more,  there  is  increasing  evidence  of  their 
use.  The  dentists  attached  to  the  medical 
service  go  from  town  to  town  and  have  no 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlCBRlCAN   MBDICINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


August,  1919 


527 


lack  of  clients. 

Those  who  eat  food  that  has  not  been 
cooked  since  it  was  handled  run  the  risk 
of  any  of  the  very  widespread  intestinal 
diseases.  In  the  villages  of  the  plains, 
there  are  only  cesspools  in  more  or  less  di- 
rect communication  with  the  shallow  wells, 
and  in  the  hill  towns  where  the  swift 
streams  come  down  from  the  snow-capped 
mountains,  it  is  the  pretty  and  picturesque 
and  highly  insanitary  custom  to  have  a 
little  stream  of  water  diverted  from  the 
main  channel  and  running  thru  the  ground 
floor  of  the  house.  Into  this  stream  fall 
all  the  waste  products  of  the  house,  and  in 
the  main  stream,  where  join  all  the  collec- 
tions from  the  village,  the  community  clothes 
are  washed  and  the  children  play.  The 
people  argue  that  these  things  have  always 
been  done,  why  stop  them  now  ?  We  know 
by  long  and  painful  experience  at  home 
that  the  hereditary  affection  for  the  moss- 
covered  and  infected  well  is  hard  to  over- 
come, but  it  will  be  a  long  time  before  much 
can  be  done  in  Serbia,  but  a  beginning  is 
being  made.  Orders  are  given  the  mothers 
who  come  with  their  pathetic  sick  babies  to 
the  dispensary  to  boil  the  milk  from  their 
tuberculous  cows  and  also  to  boil  the  water 
they  mix  with  it  or  give  the  children  to 
drink,  and  each  child  that  improves  helps 
to  spread  the  gospel. 

In  each  town  where  there  were  municipal 
baths  of  any  sort  we  stimulated  their  use, 
which  had  often  been  discontinued  from 
lack  of  charcoal,  and  where  there  were 
none  we  started  them.  One  of  our  methods 
of  propaganda  as  to  the  proper  uses  of 
water  was  to  refuse  all  material  assistance 
until  their  cards  had  been  checked  at  the 
bathhouse  to  show  that  a  proper  bath  had 
been  taken. 

In  time  the  Red  Cross  must  leave  Serbia. 


The  good  work  that  has  been  begun  must 
not  be  allowed  to  end.  The  Serbs  are  very 
responsive  and  anxious  to  advance  their 
country,  and  as  far  as  possible  we  are  train- 
ing them  to  take  over  the  work  that  the  Red 
Cross  has  begun.  In  respect  to  orphanages, 
schools,  sewing  rooms  and  similar  activi- 
ties, this  is  comparatively  easy,  but  the 
real  lack  of  doctors  and  nurses  cannot  be 
met  so  readily.  America's  reputation  is 
very  high  in  Serbia.  They  believe  us  to  be 
dfsinterested,  and  they  trust  us  more  than 
any  other  nation.  If  means  can  be  found 
to  continue  some  of  the  Red  Cross  work  for 
a  period  of  several  years  it  will  be  a  real 
step  forward  in  cementing  the  friendship 
that  is  the  basis  of  a  real  solid  League  of 
Nations. 


THE     DIAGNOSIS     OF     EARLY 
PULMONARY  TUBERCULOSIS. 

BY 

M.  FORD  MORRIS,  JR.,  M.  D., 
Atlanta,  Ga. 

"Find  out  the  cause  of  this  effect. 
Or  rather  say  the  cause  of  this  defect; 
For  this  effect  defective  comes  by  cause." 
Shakespeare's  "Hamlet." 

When  we  wonder  why  it  is  that  one- 
seventh  of  the  earth's  human  inhabitants 
pass  to  the  great  beyond  as  a  result  of  the 
ravages  of  tuberculosis^  we  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  this  high  death  rate  is  the  re- 
sult chiefly  of  two  causes :  the  failure  of  the 
people  to  seek  medical  advice  until  the  dis- 
ease has  passed  the  curable  stage;  and  the 
failure  of  physicians  to  discover  the  pres- 
ence of  tuberculous  infection  when  the 
symptoms  and  physical  signs  are  slight. 
Obviously,  then,  the  remedies  for  such  a 
state  of  affairs  are  two  in  number.  First, 
the  public  should  be  educated  more  in  mat- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


528 


August^  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


Ambrican  Medicxns 


ters  medical;  they  should  be  taught  that 
this  disease  like 

"Pale  Death  with  equal  foot  strikes  wide 

the  door 
Of  royal  halls  and  hovels  of  the  poor." 

— Horace. 
And  they  should  be  impressed  with  the 

wisdom  of  consulting  competent  physicians 
for  the  relief  of  minor  symptoms,  for  such 
are  the  beginnings  of  tuberculosis.  The 
other  remedy  is  the  exercising  of  diligence 
and  thoroness,  by  every  physician  to  whom 
the  public  comes  for  advice.  It  is  a  good 
plan  to  suspect  and  search  for  pulmonary 
tuberculosis  in  every  patient.  A  popular 
Chinese  proverb  says  that  "Nature  is  better 
than  a  middling  doctor."  Whether  this  is 
true  or  not,  of  course,  we  will  not  argue; 
but  certain  it  is  that  no  practicing  physician 
should  be  a  "middling  doctor,"  when  the 
diagnosis  of  early  tuberculosis  is  the  crite- 
rion. It  is  certain  that  if  one  will  study 
each  case,  possibly  in  the  manner  herein- 
after outlined,  he  will  rarely  miss  the  diag- 
nosis. 

A  complete  history  is  extremely  valuable. 
The  cause  of  the  death  of  the  patient's 
grand-parents,  parents,  brothers  and  sisters, 
and  husband  or  wife  is  very  important.  In 
this  connection,  it  is  well  to  remember  that 
the  "chronic  bronchitis,"  with  which  so 
many  ancestors  suffered,  was  usually  pul- 
monary tuberculosis.  A  history  of  tuber- 
culosis or  of  chronic  respiratory  trouble  in 
the  patient's  family  is  the  first  link  in  the 
diagnostic  chain. 

The  past  history  of  a  patient  is  of  even 
more  value  than  is  the  history  of  his  family. 
A  record  of  incomplete  recovery  from  an 
attack  of  measles  or  whooping  cough  or  in- 
fluenza is  very  suspicious.  Fistula-in-ano 
is  a  tell-tale  symptom.  Pleurisy,  ischiorectal 
abscess,  and  glandular  involvement  in  early 
life  usually  mean  tuberculosis.     Many  his- 


tories reveal  the  fact  that  the  onset  of 
tuberculous  symptoms  was  just  subsequent 
to  an  attack  of  "grippe"  or  a  "severe  cold." 
Frequent  and  protracted  "colds"  are  often 
forerunners  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  The 
exudative  diathesis,  chorea,  spasmophilia, 
angioneurotic  edema,  sciatica,  herpes 
zoster,  psoriasis  and  erythema  nodosum 
have  been  noticed  frequently  to  precede  the 
onset  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  In  a 
series  of  autopsies  on  asthmatics,  done  by 
Minnig,  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs  co-ex- 
isted with  the  asthmatic  condition  in  an  even 
100  per  cent,  of  the  cases.  A  history  of 
hemoptysis,  however  slight,  in  the  absence 
of  an  evident  lesion  in  the  mouth  or  of  a 
lesion  in  the  heart  or  kidneys,  is  practically 
pathognomonic.  It  is  well  to  remember 
also  that  in  this  country,  the  negro,  the 
Scandinavian,  the  American  Indian,  and  the 
Irish  are  particularly  susceptible  to  tuber- 
culous infection  of  the  lungs,  and  that 
workers  in  steam  laundries,  glass-grinders, 
steel-grinders  and  furriers  are  prone  to  con- 
tract this  disease.  It  is  said  that  all  miners 
will  contract  consumption  if  they  follow 
their  occupation  for  a  few  years.  Occu- 
pations involving  exposure  to  extremes  in 
temperature,  to  dust  and  to  dampness  are 
favorable  for  the  development  of  phthisis. 
Personal  habits  and  unhygienic  living  con- 
ditions are  frequently  preparers  of  the  soil 
wherein  the  germs  of  consumption  later 
work  such  havoc.  The  role  of  tobacco  in 
the  causation  of  this  disease  has  not  been 
definitely  settled,  but  certain  it  is  that  many 
an  unfortunate  victim  has  been  deluded  by 
the  terms  "cigarette  cough"  and  "chronic 
bronchitis"  until  even  the  Angel  of  Death 
was  outside  his  door.  Some  one  has  said 
that  "alcohol  makes  the  bed  of  the  con- 
sumptive." The  same  is  also  true  of  other 
forms  of  debauchery.     ("Let  the  wicked 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Msdicinb 


OlEtlOINAL.  ARTICLES 


August,  1919 


529 


forsake  his  way,"  sayeth  the  wise  Isaiah.) 
A  history  of  tuberculous  association  is  ex- 
tremely important  and  ominous.  ' 

A  complete  history  of  the  present  illness 
is  most  important.  It  is  well  known  that  a 
patient  having  incipient  pulmonary  tuber- 
culosis may  relate  several  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  symptoms,  some  of  which  are  not 
the  least  suggestive  (to  the  patient)  of  lung 
trouble.  Among  the  most  common  sus- 
picious symptoms,  we  may  enumerate  the 
following: 

(1)  A  persistent  cough,  which  may  be  so 
slight  that  its  presence  is  admitted  by  the 
patient  only  after  a  careful  questioning. 
The  patient  may,  and  usually  does,  say  that 
he  has  a  "cold."  The  cough  is  nearly  al- 
ways more  noticeable  in  the  morning;  this 
coughing  usually  produces  some  sputum. 
It  has  been  said  that  "when  there  is  a  long 
persistent  and  otherwise  unexplained  cough, 
accompanied  by  either  a  subnormal  tem- 
perature, or  one  that  rises  slightly  in  the 
afternoon,  a  probable  diagnosis  of  tuber- 
culosis should  be  made." 

(2)  A  loss,  or  a  capriciousness,  of  ap- 
petite, often  accompanied  by  some  digestive 
disturbances,  is  a  frequent  complaint. 

(3)  Malaise  is  very  frequent.  This  may 
amount  to  only  a  loss  of  that  feeling  known 
as  "pep";  or  it  may  be  a  quite  noticeable 
increase  in  weariness  at  the  end  of  a  usual 
day's  work.  As  the  disease  progresses,  a 
more  pronounced  loss  of  strength  occurs. 

(4)  There  is  practically  always  a  slight 
and  persistent  rise  in  the  temperature.  This 
increase  occurs  in  the  late  afternoon  or 
early  evening.  In  some  cases,  however,  it 
occurs  in  the  morning.  In  order  to  dis- 
cover this  fever,  one  should  take  the  tem- 
perature every  two  hours,  and  should  let 
the  thermometer  remain  in  the  patient's 
mouth  for  five  minutes  each  time.      Ac- 


cording to  Abrahams,  in  80  per  cent,  of 
cases,  at  some  time  during  the  twenty-four 
hours  the  axillary  temperature  on  the  af- 
fected side  is  from  1*"  to  1.5°  C.  higher  than 
that  of  the  unaffected  side.  Exercise  will 
usually  cause  a  prolonged  increase  of  tem- 
perature. If  there  is  no  elevation  of  tem- 
perature, especially  after  exertion,  active 
tuberculosis  is  very  probably  not  present. 

(5)  An  increase  in  the  pulse  rate  is 
nearly  always  present  in  early  cases.  This 
acceleration  may  be  present  at  any  and  all 
times,  even  with  the  patient  at  absolute  rest. 
A  pulse  rate,  in  early  pulmonary  involve- 
ment, of  less  than  70  is  extremely  rare, 
and  a  rate  of  75  is  quite  uncommon.  The 
undue  and  prolonged  increase  in  the  rate  is 
usually  especially  noticeable  after  exertion 
by  the  patient.  When  exercise  fails  to  in- 
fluence the  pulse  abnormally,  active  tuber- 
culosis is  probably  not  present. 

(6)  A  loss  of  weight,  often  so  slight 
that  the  patient  is  unaware  of  it  imtil  he 
weighs,  is  usually  present. 

(7)  Slight  dyspnea,  after  exertion,  is  a 
common  symptom. 

(8)  Hemoptysis,  in  the  absence  of  a  lesion 
in  the  mouth,  heart,  or  kidneys,  in  a  man, 
but  not  a  woman,  means  pulmonary  tuber- 
culosis. 

(9)  Hoarseness,  whether  intermittent  or 
continuous,  is  very  suspicious. 

(10)  Often  times  the  blood  pressure  is 
subnormal. 

Other  suggestive  symptoms  are  slight 
nervousness,  sweating  after  slight  exertion, 
recurring  colds,  chilliness  after  slight  ex- 
posure to  cold  or  dampness  or  to  a  current 
of  air.  Fistula-in-ano  is  practically  always 
due  to  the  tubercle  bacillus. 

Of  these  symptoms,  the  five  most  impor- 
tant are  evening  increase  in  temperature,  in- 
crease in  pulse  rate,  cough,  loss  of  weight 


Digitized  by 


Google 


530 


August,  1919 


ORIOINAJL  ARTICLBS 


American  Mbdicinb 


and  loss  of  strength.  According  to  Norris, 
"the  protracted  existence  of  any  two  of 
these  symptoms  requires  a  good  cause  to  be 
shown  why  the  diagnosis  of  puknonary 
tuberculosis  should  not  be  made." 

Physical  examination: 

In  some  cases,  the  chest  is  poorly  de- 
veloped and  the  chest  measurements  are 
subnormal.  According  to  Garvin  and  his 
co-workers,  in  aine  cases  of  incipient  pul- 
monary tuberculosis,  the  total  lung  volume 
was  found  to  be  within  normal  limits,  as 
well  as  the  middle  capacity,  but  the  vital 
capacity  was  diminished.  The  expansion 
in  the  right  apex  is  normally  more  than  that 
in  the  left. 

Litten's  diaphragm  shadow  is  useful  in 
determining  any  difference  in  the  amoimt 
of  excursion  on  each  side.  In  normal 
chests,  the  excursion  is  about  two  and  one- 
half  inches ;  with  forced  breathing,  the  ex- 
cursion may  amount  to  three  and  one-half 
inches.  Excepting  in  people  who  are  very 
fat  or  who  cannot  or  will  not  breathe 
deeply,  this  sign  is  always  present  in  normal 
chests.  But  in  cases  of  pneumonia  of  the 
lower  lobe,  pleuritic  effusion,  extensive 
pleuritic  adhesions  and  in  advanced  cases 
of  emphysema,  this  shadow  is  absent.  In 
early  cases  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  there 
is,  on  the  affected  side,  a  slight  diminution 
in  the  diaphragmatic  excursion,  as  revealed 
by  the  diaphragmatic  shadow. 

In  early  cases,  there  is  practically  never 
an  increase  of  tactile  fremitus.  It  is  neces- 
sary to  keep  in  mind  the  facts  that,  in  the 
majority  of  cases,  the  maximum  of  fremi- 
tus is  felt  over  the  anterior  aspect  of  the 
apex  of  the  right  lung,  that  fremitus  nor- 
mally also  is  more  pronounced  over  the 
upper  parts  of  the  lungs  than  over  the  lower 
parts,  and,  that  this  tactile  sensation  nor- 
mally is  somewhat  greater  over  the  right 


lung  than  it  is  over  corresponding  parts  of 
the  left  lung.  However,  in  some  appar- 
ently normal  chests,  the  spoken  voice- 
sounds  are  louder  over  the  base  of  the  left 
lung  than  they  are  over  the  apex  of  the 
right  lung. 

Practically  all  clinicians  are  firm  in  the 
belief  that  the  earliest  physical  signs  of 
tuberculosis  involvement  are  discovered 
over  the  upper  portion  of  the  lungs,  most 
frequently  at  the  right  apex.  But  Lopez, 
in  an  extensive  experience  in  Argentina, 
says  that  he  has  found  an  isolated  apical 
involvement  in  only  a  very  few  cases,  and 
that  the  tubercle  bacilli  locate  first  in  the 
glands  around  the  hilus  and  attack  the 
lower  lobes  more  often  than  the  regions 
above. 

Normally,  percussion  elicits  a  dull  note 
over  the  right  apex,  the  second  right  inter- 
costal space,  the  in trascapular  spaces,  be- 
tween the  seventh  cervical  and  fourth  or 
fifth  dorsal  vertebrae.  Shattuck,  in  a 
careful  study  of  the  normal  variations  of 
pulmonary  resonance,  found  that  dullness 
at  the  right  apex  in  front  frequently  ex- 
tends below  the  clavicle  to  the  second  rib, 
and  that  slight  relative  dullness  of  the  left 
apex,  behind  and  of  the  left  base  posteri- 
orly is  common.  Percussion  produces  a 
dull  note  normally  also  over  the  deep  area 
of  the  heart  and,  according  to  some,  also 
over  the  superficial  area  of  the  heart.  Flat- 
ness is  normal  over  the  scapulae,  and  ac- 
cording to  some  writers,  over  the  super- 
ficial area  of  the  heart.  In  these  early 
cases,  no  physical  signs  are  pronounced,  as 
a  rule.  When  infiltration  of  the  right  apex 
occurs,  the  normal  dull  note  becomes  duller 
but  not  fiat.  This  particular  note  may  be 
described  as  "subdull"  or  "dull-fiat."  In 
case  infiltration  of  the  left  apex  becomes 
the  seat  of  early  changes,  the  normal  re- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIOINAL  ARTICLB8 


August,  1919 


531 


sonant  note  becomes  dull.  It  is  important 
to  remember  that,  if  the  percussion  note 
over  the  left  apex  is  as  dull  as  the  normal 
note  over  the  right  apex,  the  left  apex  is 
the  location  of  infiltration.  It  is  easier  to 
detect  the  change  in  the  left  apex  by  de- 
pending more  on  percussion  on  the  anterior 
than  on  the  posterior  aspect  of  the  left  apex. 
Fishberg  makes  the  statement  that  changes 
in  resonance  and  breath-sounds,  elicited 
over  a  limited  area  of  the  chest,  if  foimd 
anywhere  below  the  third  rib  anteriorly  or 
the  fifth  dorsal  spine  posteriorly  are  not  of 
tuberculous  origin,  provided  there  are  neg- 
ative findings  in  the  apices.  Some  writers 
consider,  instead  of  dullness,  a  hyper-res- 
onant note  as  the  earliest  change*  possible 
to  elicit  by  percussion. 

In  practicing  auscultation,  the  examiner 
must  always  remember  that,  normally, 
bronchovesicular  breathing  is  heard  over 
the  right  apex,  over  the  second  intercostal 
spaces  close  to  the  sternum,  and  over  the 
interscapular  spaces.  Bronchial  breathing 
is  normal  only  over  the  trachea  or  larynx. 
Vesicular  breathing  is  normally  heard  over 
the  portions  of  the  lungs  not  included  in 
the  above-named  areas.  When  early  tuber- 
culous processes  are  present  in  the  lung,  the 
normal  vesicular  murmur  changes  to 
bronchovesicular  if  the  involvement  is  in 
the  pulmonary  areas  over  which  vesicular 
breathing  is  normal.  If  the  infiltration  oc- 
curs in  those  parts  of  the  lungs  in  which 
bronchovesicular  breathing  is  normal,  the 
respiratory  note  changes  from  an  inspira- 
tion and  expiration  of  equal  duration  so 
that  the  expiration  becomes  of  longer  dura- 
tion than  inspiration.  Thus  we  see  that 
bronchovesicular  breathing  over  the  left 
apex  denotes  infiltration,  whereas  that  same 
breathing  over  the  right  apex  is  normal.  A 
prolonged  expiratory  sound  over  the  right 


apex  signifies  early  tuberculous  involve- 
ment usually.  Both  the  whispered  voice 
and  the  spoken  voice  are  more  or  less  in- 
distinct over  normal  left  apices,  whereas 
they  are  normally  fairly  distinct  over  the 
right  apex.  Mentioned  is  the  fact  that  the 
spoken  voice  soimds  over  the  left  base  are 
louder  jn  some  normal  chests  than  over  the 
right  apex.  The  increased  whispered  voice 
sound  is  considered  pathognomonic  of  in- 
filtration, when  it  occurs  on  the  left  side. 

A  decreased  respiratory  murmur,  and  a 
jerky  inspiration  or  cog-wheel  breathing  are 
suspicious* findings;  but  more  important  is 
the  presence  of  rales. 

Persistent  and  localised  rales — whether 
they  be  moist,  dry,  crackling,  crepitant  or 
other  variety — they  are  considered  as  very 
valuable  evidence  in  the  diagnosis  of  early 
phthisis.  The  crepitant  rale  heard  at  the 
end  of  inspiration  over  either  apex  is  a 
classical  sign — provided  the  rale  does,  or 
the  rales  do,  persist  after  continued  breath- 
ing. Potassium  iodide  in  5  grain  doses  given 
three  times  daily  will  often  vitalize  rales. 
Having  the  patient  cough  and  breathe  while 
the  examiner  listens  over  the  apices,  and, 
listening  carefully  over  the  acromial  end  of 
the  clavicle  will  both  often  detect  the  pres- 
ence of  rales  when  no  other  method  will. 
In  the  great  majority  of  cases  of  early  pul- 
monary tuberculosis,  the  only  rales  of  im- 
portance are  those  heard  over  and  near  the 
apices.  Rales  are  always  pathologic.  A 
single  rale  or  many  rales,  if  localized  and 
persistent,  may  be  considered  as  the  earliest 
evidence  of  tuberculous  involvement  ob- 
tainable by  physical  examination. 

Careful  and  frequent  examinations  of 
the  sputum  should  be  made  in  all  suspected 
cases.  The  finding  of  tubercle  bacilli  there- 
in is  considered  as  absolute  proof  of  an 
active  tuberculous  process  in  the  lungs.    In 


Digitized  by 


Google 


532 


August,  1919 


ORIOINAL  ARTICI4BS 


AMBItlCAN    MBDICINB 


Slater's  estimation,  the  sputum  of  patients 
in  the  incipient  stage,  when  examined  in 
sanatoria  where  most  careful  work  is  done, 
is  positive  for  tubercle  bacilli,  at  any  time, 
in  not  more  than  33  per  cent,  of  cases.  The 
older  method  of  staining  the  untreated 
sputum  is  rarely  successful. 

The  antiformin  method  is  much  more 
productive  of  positive  results.  A  technic 
frequently  used  is  as  follows :  a  mixture  of 
one  part  of  antiformin  and  of  five  parts  of 
sputum  is  allowed  to  stand  for  several 
hours,  the  mixture  is  then  diluted  with 
water  or  alcohol  and  centrifugalized ;  the 
sediment  is  collected  several  times,  the  final 
sediment  being  stained  and  examined. 

In  order  to  demonstrate  the  presence  of 
the  tubercle  bacillus  in  the  sputum,  differ- 
ent workers  have  devised  several  excellent 
variations  of  the  above-mentioned  anti- 
formin method.  One  of  these  variations  is 
the  following  technic  used  by  Ymaz:  To 
a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  sputum  and  50 
per  cent,  antiformin  solution,  which  mix- 
ture has  been  boiled,  is  added  an  equal 
amount  of  syrup  (jarabe)  with  a  specific 
gravity  of  1,260.  To  this  mixture  is  added 
a  small  amount  of  ether,  which  is  then  well 
mixed,  to  form  an  emulsion.  After  centri- 
fugation  at  high  speed  for  some  time,  the 
tubercle  bacilli  will  be  found  in  the  whitish 
zone  that  forms  at  the  plane  separating  the 
two  fluids. 

The  Ellerman  and  Erlander  method  of 
sputum  examination  is  a  most  excellent  pro- 
cedure and  is  often  productive  of  positive 
results  when  other  methods  have  failed. 
The  technic  is  as  follows:  The  entire 
expectoration  of  three  days  is  collected  in 
a  clean,  wide-mouthed  bottle.  To  this  is 
added  an  equal  volume  of  0.6  per  cent, 
sodium  carbonate  solution.  After  shaking, 
the  mixture  is  placed  in  an  incubator  and 


allowed  to  digest  at  a  temperature  of  37®  C. 
for  twenty-four  hours.  The  time  of  diges- 
tion should  be  increased  with  thick,  puru- 
lent specimens.  The  mixture  is  removed 
from  the  incubator  and  should  consist  of 
two  layers ;  the  upper,  cloudy  fluid ;  and  the 
lower,  a  varying  amount  of  homogeneous 
sediment.  The  entire  fluid  portion  is 
poured  off  (into  5  per  cent,  lysol  or  similar 
solution)  ;  and  to  the  remaining  sediment 
is  added  four  or  five  volumes  of  0.25  per 
cent,  sodium  hydrate  solution.  The  mix- 
ture is  next  transferred  to  a  suitable  vessel 
and  boiled  for  one  or  two  minutes.  Large 
test  tubes  (eight  by  one,  inch)  or  small 
beakers  are  found  convenient.  After  cool- 
ing, the  mixture  is  transferred  to  50  c.  c. 
centrifuge  tubes  and  centrifugated  at  high 
speed  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes.  The  result- 
ing sediment  is  smeared  upon  two  or  three 
slides,  making  rather  thick  smears,  and  then 
stained  in  the  usual  manner. 

To  stain  the  tubercle  bacilli,  the  Ziehl- 
Neelson  method  is  the  one  most  generally 
used.  The  fixed  smear  is  first  stained  with 
carbol-fuchsin,  then  decolorized  with  3  per 
cent,  hydrochloric  acid  in  95  per  cent, 
alcohol,  and  then  counterstained  with 
methylene  blue.  According  to  the  method 
used  by  Lewis  and  Krauss,  a  mixture  con- 
taining 20  c.  cm.  of  a  saturated  alcoholic 
solution  of  pararosanilin  and  80  c.  cm.  of  5 
per  cent,  phenol  solution  is  substituted  for 
the  older  carbolfuchsin,  with  equally  as 
good  results  and  with  a  saving  of  some  time. 

If  no  tubercule  bacilli  are  found,  the  sput- 
um should  be  examined  for  l)rmphocytes. 
A  lymphocytosis  of  from  30  to  50  per  cent, 
is  highly  suggestive  of  tuberculosis,  and 
above  50  is  diagnostic. 

Even  when  some  other  attempts  to 
demonstrate  the  presence  of  tubercle  bacilli 
in  the  sputum  have  failed,  the  cultivaiion  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLB8 


August,  1919 


533 


Koch's  bacillus  from  the  sputum  is  some- 
times successful.  The  best  of  such  methods 
is  probably  that  of  Petroff,  which  is  as  fol- 
lows: about  5  c.  cm.  of  fresh  sputum  are 
mixed  with  sterile  3  per  cent,  sodium  hy- 
droxide solution,  in  a  sterile  bottle;  with 
frequent  shakings  of  the  bottle,  the  mixture 
is  incubated  at  37**  C.  for  thirty  or  forty 
minutes,  a  piece  of  sterile  litmus  paper  is 
placed  in  the  mixture  and  the  mixture  is 
neutralized  with  sterile  normal  hydrochloric 
acid ;  the  mixture  is  then  centrifugalized  at 
high  speed  for  ten  minutes ;  the  sediment  is 
then  planted  on  Petroff's  gentian-violet- 
egg- veal  meditun ;  and  this  implanted  med- 
ium is  incubated  at  a  temperature  between 
38°  C.  and  39°  C. 

Probably  more  in  use  as  a  diagnostic 
agent  than  PetrofF's  method  is  the  lowly 
guinea-pig  which  receives  into  each  groin, 
as  well  as  intraperitoneally,  an  injection  of 
a  uniform  amount  of  sediment  resulting 
from  the  centrifugalization  of  washed  and 
digested  sputum.  The  usual  procedure  is 
to  autopsy  the  guinea-pig  at  the  end  of  six 
weeks.  In  the  event  that  the  sediment  in- 
jected into  this  little  laboratory  animal  con- 
tains tubercle  bacilli,  the  autopsy  will  re- 
veal characteristic  signs  of  tuberculous  in- 
fection. The  X-ray  of  the  injected  guinea- 
pig  for  five  minutes  every  other  day  for  at 
least  six  days  usually  hastens  the  tubercul- 
ous process  to  such  an  extent  that  a  positive 
diagnosis  may  frequently  be  made  from  a 
nodule  removed  under  local  anesthesia,  at 
the  end  of  two  weeks. 

There  was  a  time  when  much  faith  was 
placed  in  the  results  of  the  various  tubercu- 
lin tests.  At  the  present  time,  however, 
excepting  in  children  under  four  years  of 
age,  the  different  tuberculin  tests  are  not 
considered  as  very  valuable,  by  the  majority 
of   workers.     Some,   however,   consider   a 


marked  local  and  constitutional  reaction, 
following  the  introduction  of  the  diagnostic 
dose  of  tuberculin,  as  proof  of  an  active 
tuberculosis.  The  opinion  of  a  great  many 
diagnosticians  is  summarized  by  Brown  in 
the  following  words : 

"No  modification  of  the  tuberculin  tests, 
as  yet  devised,  differentiates  clearly  clinical 
tuberculosis  that  demands  vigorous  treat- 
ment from  non-clinical  tuberculosis  that  re- 
quires only  a  God-fearing  life." 

The  complement  fixation  test,  however, 
is  extremely  valuable  in  the  diagnosis  of 
early  tuberculosis.  The  test  is  positive  in 
about  85  per  cent,  of  the  early  cases,  is 
sometimes  present  before  a  diagnosis  by 
physical  or  X-ray  examination  can  be 
made;  this  test  is  negative  in  non-tubercu- 
lous individuals  and  in  syphilitics  who  are 
clinically  free  of  tuberculosis.  The  inten- 
sity of  the  reaction  decreases  or  the  test 
becomes  negative  simultaneously  with  the 
arresting  of  the  tuberculous  process — just 
as  the  Wassermann  test  does  in  cases  of 
syphilis.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  a 
positive  complement  fixation  test  means  an 
active  tuberculous  condition,  and,  that  a 
negative  reaction  means  nothing.  The  best 
results  have  been  obtained  by  the  use  of 
Miller's  antigen  and  the  partial  antigens  of 
Deyke  and  Much. 

Altbo  the  examination  of  tj^e  blood  is  not 
of  as  much  value  in  the  diagnosis  as  is  the 
complement  fixation  test,  it  may  help  con- 
siderably in  arriving  at  a  diagnosis,  es- 
pecially when  the  complement  fixation  test 
has  not  been  done.  The  lymphocytosis 
present  in  tuberculosis  is  more  apt  to  be 
relative  than  absolute,  in  contradistinction 
to  the  absolute  lymphocytosis  (usually  ac- 
companied by  an  eosinophilia)  which  is 
usually  present  in  cases  of  syphilitic  in- 
fection. According  to  Bachman  and  Lucke, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


534 


August,  1919 


ORIOINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicins 


the  lymphocytic  picture  has  an  inverse  ratio 
to  the  percentage  of  polymorphonuclear 
neutrophilic  leucocytes ;  in  other  words,  the 
more  advanced  is  the  disease,  the  higher  is 
the  percentage  of  the  polymorphonuclear 
neutrophilic  leucocytes  and  the  lower  is  the 
percentage  of  the  lymphocytes.  Bachman 
and  Lucke  found  that,  in  the  first  stage  of 
pulmonary  tuberculosis,  the  polymorpho- 
nuclear neutrophilic  leucocytes  averaged  56 
per  cent,  and  the  lymphocytes  24%  o  P^r 
cent,  and  that  the  Arneth  index  increased 
approximately  6  per  cent. 

The  X-ray  is  a  most  valuable  agent  in  the 
diagnostician's  armamentarium.  The  X-ray 
is  capable  of  revealing  changes  in  the  lungs 
which  cannot  be  demonstrated  by  any  other 
method.  In  many  cases,  the  X-ray  plates 
reveal  structural  changes  before  the  appear- 
ance of  any  physical  signs,  and,  in  prac- 
tically all  cases,  these  photographs  show 
changes  much  greater  in  extent  than  the 
physical  signs  indicate.  About  the  only 
early  change  shown  by  the  fluoroscopic 
method  is  a  slight  diminution  in  the  amount 
of  expansion  on  the  affected  side.  Plates 
made  by  the  stereoscopic  method  or  by 
sending  the  rays  obliquely  downward  in 
line  with  the  chin  so  as  to  project  the 
clavicle  downward  and  clear  the  apices  of 
the  Jungs,  show  the  earliest  changes.  There 
is  some  diversity  of  opinion  as  to  where  the 
first  changes  occur.  However,  according 
to  Lapham,  "the  first  abnormal  condi- 
tions are  seen  in  the  enlargements  of  the 
bronchial  glands,  the  second  set  of  changes 
consists  in  thready  infiltrations  running 
from  the  root  up  towards  the  apex  of  the 
lung."  To  quote  Hubeny:  "The  first 
points  of  election  appear  to  be  in  the  first 
and  second  interspaces  near  the  median 
triangle  and  toward  the  periphery  of  the 
lung  near  the  angle  of  the  scapula."    In  the 


words  of  Pf abler  "one  finds  this  evidence 
most  frequently  at  the  apices  and  particu- 
larly at  the  inner  portion  of  the  apices  of 
the  lungs,  extending  down  along  the  para- 
vertebral border ;  this  evidence  may  occupy 
also  the  apices  of  the  lower  lobes  or  the 
outer  portion  of  the  middle  lobe  in  adults, 
while  the  disease,  in  children,  seems  to  ex- 
tend most  frequently  outward  from  the 
roots  of  the  lungs."  In  60  of  62  patients 
in  the  incipient  stage  (37  of  whom  had  no 
physical  signs  of  consumption  but  all  of 
whom  had  or  had  had  positive  sputum),  ex- 
amined by  Bushnell,  the  X-ray  examina- 
tion showed  paravertebral  tuberculosis 
above  the  hiluses.  The  fan-shaped  area  of 
thickened  linear  markings  representing  the 
course  of  the  lymph  channels  draining  the 
infected  area  is  considered  of  much  value 
by  many  radiologists,  especially  by  Dun- 
ham, Holmes,  Aaron  and  others.  "In  early 
and  slight  lesions  where  a  low  grade  inflam- 
mation was  spread  by  continuity  of  mu- 
cosa, the  fan  appeared  wide  open  and  dis- 
tinct." Altho  these  pulmonary  pictures 
show  us  the  site  and  extent  of  the  involve- 
ment, they,  like  the  tuberculin  tests,  do  not 
tell  us  whether  the  tuberculous  condition  is 
active,  quiescent  or  healed. 

One  should  not  rely  too  much  upon  any 
single  method  of  arriving  at  a  conclusion 
as  to  the  tuberculous  or  non-tuberculous 
nature  of  any  case.  One  should  use  all  of 
the  methods  outlined  above,  if  necessary,  in 
order  to  make  a  correct  diagnosis.  "Art  is 
long,  and  Time  is  fleeting." — But  he  who 
works  will  win. 

In  the  detection  of  incipient  phthisis,  the 
opportunity  for  the  display  of  medical 
learning  and  for  the  rendering  of  real  hu- 
manitarian service  to  our  fellowmen  is  ex- 
ceedingly great.  It  seems  possible  and 
probable  that,  if  every  case  were  diagnosed 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amuuoan  Mbdiouoi 


ORIOINAL  ARTICLiBS 


AUGUST,    1919 


535 


in  its  incipiency  and  were  given  proper 
treatment,  this  scourge  of  the  ages — ^this 
same  consumption  with  which  Moses  cursed 
the  disobedient  of  his  people — would  be- 
come, within  a  hundred  years,  only  a  bitter 
memory. 

References. 

Aabon:  The  Roentgen  Rays  in  the  Diagnosis 
of  Diseases  of  the  Thoracic  Cavity.  Trans. 
Amer.  Cong,  Int.  Med.,  reported  in  Med, 
Rec,  January  12, 1918. 

Abrahams:  Early  Pulmonary  Tuberculosis; 
The  Signs  and  Symptoms.  (N,  Y,  Med, 
Jour.,  1916.  Vol.  CIV,  pp.  204-208). 

Baldwin  in  Osier  and  McRae's  "Modern  Med- 
icine," Vol.  Ill,  Ch.  VII. 

Bachman  and  Lucke:  The  Differential  Blood 
Count  The  Arneth  Formula  and  Doehle's 
Inclusion  Bodies  in  Pulmonary  Tuberculo- 
sis.   N,  Y,  Med.  Jour.,  March  16,  1918. 

Barnes  (Jour.  Amer,  Med.  Aaso.,  Vol.  XLVIII, 
p.  601). 

Bushnell:  The  Extension  of  Tuberculosis  of 
the  Lungs  as  Shown  by  the  Roentgen  Ray. 
(Southwest  Med.,  May,  1917). 

Carot:  "Physical  Diagnosis,"  fifth  edition  re- 
vised, Wm.  Wood  and  Co. 

Chadwick  and  Morgan:  The  Diagnosis  of 
Tuberculosis  in  Children.  (Boston  Med. 
and  Surg.  Jour,,  Aug.  2,  1917). 

CoRPER  and  Sweant:  Cbmplement  Fixation 
Tests  in  Tuberculosis.  (Jour.  Amer,  Med. 
Asso.,  June  2,  1917). 

EcKFORo:  The  Use  of  X-rayed  Guinea  Pigs  in 
the  Diagnosis  of  Tuberculosis.  (Jovr,  Lal>, 
and  Clin.  Med.,  December  17,  1917). 

FisHBERo:  The  Diagnosis  of  Pulmonary  Tu- 
berculosis in  Children  of  School  Age.  (Med. 
Rec.,  September  8,  1917). 

Fishburg:  Tuberculosis  and  War.  (Jour. 
Amer.  Med.  Asso.,  June  16,  1917). 

Garvin,  Lundsgaard  and  Van  Sltke:  Studies 
of  Lung  Volume  in  Tuberculous  Men. 
(Jour.  Exper.  Med.,  January,  1918). 

Greene:  '*  Medical  Diagnosis,**  4th  Edition, 
Blakiston's  Sons. 

Gradwohl:  The  Complement  Fixation  Test  in 
Tuberculosis.  (Medicine  and  Surgery, 
November,  1917). 

Hamman:  Diagnosis  of  Pulmonary  Tubercu- 
losis.    (Amer.  Rev.  Tuherc,  June,  1917). 

Heis  and  Sampson:  Comparison  of  Physical 
signs,  symptoms  and  Roentgen  Ray  Evi- 
dence Obtained  in  Pulmonary  Tuberculo- 
sis.    (Amer.  Rev.  Tuherc.,  February,  1918). 

Holmes:  X-ray  in  Phthisis.  (Boston  Med. 
and  Surg,  Jour.,  January  17,  1917). 

Hubeny:  Roentgen  Examination  of  the  Chest. 
(Medicine  and  Surgery,  June,  1917). 

Johnson:  Diagnosis  of  Early  Pulmonary  Tu- 
berculosis. (Amer.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  July, 
1917). 

Kasteele:  Diagnostic  Tuberculin  Reaction. 
(Nederlandsch  Tijdschrift  voor  Oenees- 
kundle,  September  15,  1917). 


Keilty:  Isolation  of  the  Tubercle  Bacillus 
from  Sputum.  (Jour,  Exper.  Med.,  July, 
1916). 

King:  Auscultation  of  Pulmonary  Apices  in 
Toung  Men.  (Military  Surgeon,  January, 
1918. 

Knox  :  Value  of  von  Pirquet  Test  as  Controlled 
by  Necropsy  Findings.  (Am^r.  Jour.  Dis. 
Child.,  July,  1917). 

Lapham:  Tuberculosis  and  X-ray  Plates. 
(N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  February  16,  1918). 

Lapham:  Early  Diagnosis  of  Tuberculosis. 
(Med.  Rec,  July  28,  1917). 

Lewis  and  Keauss:  Parafuchsin  as  Stain  for 
Tuberculosis  Bacilli.  (Amer.  Rev.  Tuherc, 
June,  1917). 

Lopez:  ETxamination  of  Lungs  of  Recruits. 
(Semana  Med.,  May,  1917). 

Lyman:  When  is  Diagnosis  of  Tuberculosis 
Without  Positive  Sputum  Justified?  (Bos- 
ton Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  August  2,  1917). 

Merklen:  Incipient  Tuberculosis.  (Paris  Med,. 
January  5,  1918). 

Meyer:  Complement  Fixation  in  Tuberculosis. 
(Med.  Rec,  August  5,  1916). 

Meyer:  Observations  on  Complement  Fixation 
Test  in  Tuberculosis.  (Med.  Rec,  Febru- 
ary 2,  1918). 

Miller:  Clinical  Value  of  Complement  Fixa- 
tion in  Tuberculosis.  (Jour.  Amer,  Med. 
Asso.,  November  18.  1917). 

Minnig:  Differential  Diagnosis  in  Cases  of 
Suspected  Pulmonary  Tuberculosis.  (N.  Y. 
Med.  Jour.,  October  3,  1917). 

Minor  and  Ringer:  Arneth's  Method  of  Blood 
Counting.  (Amer.  Jour.  Med,  Sci.,  1911, 
Vol.  CXII,  p.  638). 

Morris:  Diagnosis  of  Eiarly  Pulmonary  Tuber- 
culosis.    (Med.  and  Surg.,  April,  1918). 

NoBECouRT  AND  Peyre:  Some  Clinical  Forms  of 
Tuberculosis  Encountered  among  Soldiers 
in  Active  Service.  (Bull,  de  la  Societe  des 
Hopitaux  de  Paris,  February  8,  1917). 

NoRRis  AND  Landis:  Diseases  of  the  Chest. 
W.  B.  Saunders  Co. 

Ons:  Pulmonary  Tuberculosis.  W.  M.  Leon- 
ard. 

Pfahler:  X-ray  Diagnosis  in  Diseases  of  the 
Chest.     (N.  Y.  Med,  Jour.,  July  14,  1917). 

Pottenger:  '*CUnical  Tuberculosis,**  Vol.  .1,  p. 
366. 

Raymond:  Propathies  of  Tuberculosis.  (Le 
Progris  MMxoale,  May  6,  1917). 

Raymond  and  Francois:  Subdullness  at  Apex. 
(Bull,  de  la  Society  MMioale  des  Hopitaux, 
November  16,  1917). 

Read:  Lymphocytosis.  (Boston  Med.  and 
Surg.  Jour.,  November  15,  1917). 

Reid:  Variations  in  Pulmonary  Voice  Sounds. 
(Boston  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  April  26, 
1917). 

Reinhart:  Anatomical  Investigations  into 
the  Frequency  of  Tuberculosis.  (Corre- 
spondenz-Blatt  fuer.  Scheizer  Aerzte,  Sep- 
tember 8,  1917). 

Rose:     Physical  Diagnosis.    C.  V.  Mosby  Co. 

Shattuck:  Variations  in  Pulmonary  Reson- 
ance. (Boston  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  April 
26,  1917). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


536 


August,  1919 


ORIOINAL  ARTICLBS 


AMBUOAM  lfH>IOINa 


SiQNORELLi:  Diagnosis  of  Pulmonary  Tubercu- 
losis.    iPolicJinico,  December  9,  1917). 

Slater:  A  study  of  History  and  Symptoms, 
etc.     (Med.  Rec,  January  18^  1918). 

Stoll  and  Neuman:  Complement  Fixation 
Test  in  Diagnosis  of  Tuberculosis.  (Jour. 
Amer.  Med.  Aaso.,  April  12,  1919). 

WrmcH :  Comparison  Between  Skin  Tests,  Us- 
ing Various  Tuberculosis  Antigens,  and 
Complement  Fixation  Phenomenon.  (Amer. 
Rev,  Ttt&erc,  January,  1918). 

Ymaz:  Enrichment  of  Tubercle  Bacilli  in 
Sputum.  (Prensa  Medica  Argentina,  Au- 
gust 10,  1917). 


SURGICAL    TREATMENT    OF 

HALLUX  VALGUS  AND  ITS 

COMPLICATIONS. 

BY 

JOS.  E.  FULD.  M.  D., 
New   York  City. 

Attending  Surgeon,  Park  Hosp.,  Instructor  in 

Operative   Surgery,   College   of   Physicians 

and    Surgeons,    Columbia    University; 

Assistant  Visiting,  City  and  Gou- 

vemeur  Hospitals. 

Hallux  valgus  is  a  deformity  in  which 
the  great  toe  is  abnormally  abducted,  or 
turned  out.  In  modem  life  where  comfort 
so  often  gives  place  to  the  requirements  of 
fashion,  pointed  shoes  make  hallux  valgus 
exceedingly  common.  It  may  vary  from 
the  simple  hyperadduction  which  gives 
comparatively  little  discomfort  to  the  de- 
formity in  which  the  great  toe  is  outwardly 
displaced  and  subluxated,  the  bursa  over 
the  metatarsophalangeal  joint  is  inflamed, 
forming  a  bunion,  and  the  head  of  the  first 
metatarsal  bone  is  markedly  hypertrophied. 
The  condition,  which  is  rarely  seen  in  the 
newborn,  may  be  caused  by  rheumatoid 
arthritis,  and  in  fact  a  dry,  inflammatory 
arthritis  is  found  in  nearly  all  cases  which 
apply  for  treatment.  Injury  and  systemic 
disease  play  very  little  part  as  etiologic 
factors.  The  great  majority  of  cases,  how- 
ever, may  be  traced  to  ill-fitting  shoes,  either 
pointed  or  too  short,  or  too  narrow,  and 


for  this  reason  the  deformity  is  more  fre- 
quently found  in  women  than  men,  prob- 
ably because  they  more  often  choose  style 
rather  than  comfort  and  their  muscles  are 
less  able  to  withstand  the  deformity  effected 
by  pressure  over  the  joint.  In  China, 
where  the  native  shoe  is  pointed  and  right 
and  left  are  alike  and  interchangeable,  hal- 
lux valgus  is  practically  universal,  only  the 
barefoot  population  being  exempt. 

The  evils  of  an  improperly  shaped  shoe 
are  not  appreciated  generally  by  the  laity 
and  too  infrequently  by  the  profession.  The 
narrow  pointed  shoe  or  one  too  short  for 
the  foot  may  produce  pain  causing  the 
wearer  to  walk  on  one  side  of  the  foot,  the 
foot  becomes  abducted  and  a  flat  or  weak 
foot  is  the  result;  the  toes  are  crowded 
toward  the  median  line  of  the  foot,  the 
great  toe  is  adducted  and  in  turn  forces  the 
second  toe  into  dorsiflexion  forming  hallux 
valgus  and  hammer  toe.  High  heels  also 
crowd  the  foot  forward,  the  mechanism 
then  acting  as  in  the  too-short  shoe,  the 
great  toe  is  dorsiflexed  and  adducted,  the 
interphalangeal  joints  and  the  great  toe  de- 
viate outward,  thus  forcing  the  first  meta- 
tarsal bone  into  inward  displacement,  its 
head  protrudes  and  hypertrophies  forming 
the  so-called  "enlarged  joint."  The  in- 
ternal lateral  ligament  of  the  joint  is 
stretched  and  the  external  lateral  ligament 
is  shortened  and  thickened.  The  tendons 
on  the  inner  side  are  lengthened  and  those 
on  the  outer  side  are  shortened.  The  soft 
parts  over  the  inner  aspect  of  the  joint  are 
thickened  and  enlarged  and  include  a  bursa 
with  a  superimposed  corn  or  callus.  This 
bursa  becomes  inflamed  and  may  suppurate. 
I  have  seen  cases  of  cellulitis  of  the  foot 
arising  from  neglected  bursitis.  The  great 
toe  being  thus  turned  out,  its  function  as  an 
inward  brace  to  the  foot  is  destroyed  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambucan  Mbdicini 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


August,  1919 


537 


the  elasticity  and  spring  of  the  step  are  de- 
creased. Pain  is  caused  by  the  pressure  of 
the  shoe  on  the  acute  bursitis,  by  pressure 
on  the  anterior  tibial  nerve  between  the 
shoe  and  the  underlying  part  of  the  bone 
and  also  on  the  nerve  fibres  between  the 
bony  outgrowth  on  the  base  of  the  first 
phalanx  of  the  great  toe  and  the  side  of  the 
first  phalanx  of  the  second.  If,  as  is  usually 
the  case,  there  is  associated  with  the  hallux 
valgus  the  condition  of  dorsiflexion  or  ham- 
mer toe  of  the  second  phalanx,  the  rubbing 


Fig.  1.    Bony  projection.    A-B,  line  of  excision. 

of  the  shoe  or  its  pressure  causes  a  painful 
callus  or  corn  over  the  phalangeal  joint  of 
the  second  phalanx. 

Treatment. — Relief  can  sometimes  be 
obtained  in  slight  cases  by  wearing  proper 
shoes  and  right  and  left  socks  or  stockings 
with  a  separate  compartment  for  the  great 
toe.  The  toe  should  be  massaged  and  cor- 
rected manually  several  times  a  day  and  a 
soft  plug  should  be  worn  at  night  between 
the  first  and  second  toes. 

Several  operations  have  been  devised  for 
the  cure  of  this  condition.     Rowlands  and 


Turner  removed  the  prominent  inner  half 
of  the  head  of  the  first  metatarsal  bone  and 
sometimes  the  prominent  inner  basal  angle 
of  the  first  phalanx,  divided  the  extensor 
brevis  hallucis,  and  sometimes  lengthened 
the  extensor  longus  hallucis.  Tubby  chiseled 
oflF  the  prominent  head  of  the  first  meta- 
tarsal bone,  divided  the  ligaments  and  the 
extensor  proprius  poUicis  tendon,  and  re- 
placed the  phalanges  in  position.  In  cases 
where  the  head  was  greatly  hypertrophied 
and  there  were  marked  symptoms  of  arthri- 
tis, he  excised  completely  the  head  of  the 
metatarsal  bone,  taking  care  to  remove  the 


Fig.  2.    C,  capsule;  T,  tendon  of  abductor  hal- 
lucis to  be  transplanted. 

projecting  spur  on  the  outer  side  of  the 
first  phalanx.  The  sesamoid  bones  were 
also  removed,  as  pressure  on  them  subse- 
quently caused  pain.  After  the  operation 
he  advised  that  a  wedge  of  gauze  be  worn 
between  the  first  and  second  toes.  Inas- 
much as  the  intact  metatarsal  bone  is  a 
necessary  part  of  the  arch  of  the  foot,  he 
found  that  these  patients  must  use  a  valgus 
plate  for  walking.  William  L.  Keller  found 
that  all  the  old  operations  for  the  relief  of 
hallux  valgus  were  unsatisfactory.  Resec- 
tion of  the  head  of  the  first  metatarsal  toe, 
successful  in  the  flat-footed  individual,  in- 
jured a  normal  arch.  He  devised  an  opera- 
tion which  sacrificed  no  part  of  the  plantar 


Digitized  by 


Google 


538 


August,  1919 


ORiaiNAJL  ARTICLBS 


American  Medicins 


articular  surface.  C.  H.  Mayo  recom- 
mended that  the  bursa  be  interposed  be- 
tween the  joint  surfaces  after  excision  of 
the  metatarsal  head.    In  other  words,  the 


Fig.  3.    B,  Bony  projection;   T,  tendon  of  ab- 
ductor hallucls;  C,  capsule. 

bursa  was  transplanted  to  the  space  formed 
by  the  resection  of  the  articular  head  of  the 
first  metatarsal,  the  joint  surface  of  the 
first  phalanx  being  left  intact.  Von  Berg- 
mann  resected  the  base  of  the  phalanx  and 
the  head  of  the  first  metatarsal.  Gold- 
thwaite,  Painter  and  Osgood  believe  that 
the  Hunter  operation  of  removal  of  the 
metatarsal  bone  is  almost  uniformly  satis- 
factory when  the  proper  operative  technic 
and  after-treatment  have  been  observed. 
Henry  Ling  Taylor  advised  the  use  of  an 
elongated,  or  Thomas  heel,  or  shoes  straight 
on  the  inner  side.  If  operation  is  necessary 
he  believes  that  oblique  incision  of  the  head 
of  the  first  metatarsal  is  as  good  as  any. 
Royal  Whitman  considers  that  the  primary 
object  should  be  to  remove  the  projecting 
bone.  He  also  stretched  and  divided  tis- 
sues that  resisted  a  corrected  position. 

The  cure  of  hallux  valgus  calls  for  a 
surgical  procedure  that  takes  into  consid- 
eration not  only  the  correction  of  the  de- 


formity but  the  preservation  of  the  weight- 
bearing  function  of  the  foot. 

There  are  in  fact  three  requirements  for 
a  successful  operative  procedure  for  the 
cure  of  hallux  valgus. 

1.  The  correction  of  the  deformity. 

2.  The  prevention  of  recurrence. 

3.  The  preservation  of  the  longitudinal 
arch. 

In  correcting  the  deformity  it  is  rarely 
necessary  to  resect  a  head  of  the  metatarsal 
bone  and  I  have  confined  myself  to  chisel- 
ing off  the  bony  exostosis  with  the  perios- 
teum that  covers  it.  This  preserves  the 
longtitudinal  arch  and  also  corrects  the  de- 
formity. 

Author's  Operation. — ^To  prevent  the 
recurrence,  I  have  devised  and  found  feas- 
ible a  transplantation  of  the  tendon  of  the 
abductor  hallucis  from  its  usual  insertion 
in  the  plantar  surface  of  the  base  of  the 
first  phalanx  to  the  periosteum  covering  the 
middle  of  the  inner  surface  of  the  same 
bone. 

After  a  Ihoro  trial  of  the  various  op- 
erative methods,  this  operation  has  given  me 


Fig.   4.    T,  tendon  transplanted  and  sutured; 
C,  capsule  sutured. 

the  best  results.  The  simplicity,  ease  and 
safety  with  which  it  can  be  performed,  in 
my  opinion,  warrant  its  trial  in  these  cases. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Msdxoins 


ORIOINAJL  ARTICLBS 


August,  19  Id 


539 


It  allows  the  patient  to  walk  well  and  ab- 
solutely without  pain;  the  great  toe  re- 
mains in  perfect  position  and  is  naturally 
mobile;  and  it  does  not  affect  the  weight- 
bearing  function  of  the  foot. 

Technique* 

The  steps  of  the  operation  are  as  follows : 

1.  Under  general  anesthesia,  forcibly 
move  the  great  toe  in  all  directions,  stretch- 
ing the  contracted  tissues. 

2.  Paint  the  foot  and  toes  with  iodine. 

3.  Make  a  slightly  curved  incision, 
about  two  inches  long,  beginning  one-half 
inch  in  front  of  the  bony  prominence  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  great  toe.  A  semi-circular 
flap  of  skin  and  subcutaneous  tissue  is  dis- 
sected free  from  the  bursa  and  turned  down 
over  the  joint,  so  that  the  subsequent  scar 
will  not  be  at  a  point  of  pressure  (Fig.  1). 

4.  The  soft  parts  are  retracted.  The 
tendon  of  the  abductor  hallucis  is  now  seen 
under  the  head  of  the  metatarsal  bone  and 
is  dissected  free  from  its  attachment  to  the 
base  of  the  first  phalanx  (Fig.  2). 

5.  A  flap  is  now  made,  including  the 
bursa,  capsular  ligament,  and  periosteum, 
and  turned  down,  exposing  the  bony  de- 
formity to  view  (Fig.  3). 

6.  Apply  the  chisel  to  the  bone  at  the 
junction  of  the  condyle  and  globular  head 
of  the  metatarsal,  and  excise  the  hyp>er- 
trophied  bony  projection  longitudinally 
backward  (Fig.  3). 

7.  Irrigate  the  wound  with  hot  saline 
solutions. 

8.  Replace  the  capsule  to  cover  the  raw 
surface  of  the  bone  and  fix  it  with  catgut 
sutures. 

9.  Subcutaneous  division  of  the  con- 
tracted internal  lateral  ligament  and  fascia. 

10.  The  tendon  of  the  abductor  hallucis 
is  now  transplanted  to  the  middle  of  the 


inner  surface  of  the  first  phalanx,  and 
sutured  with  fine  silk,  or  Pagenstecher 
thread,  to  the  periosteum  (Fig.  4). 

11.  Qose  skin  in  usual  manner. 

12.  A  plaster-of-Paris  bandage  is  ap- 
plied to  the  foot  and  toe,  holding  the  toe  in 
a  slightly  overcorrected  position,  and  al- 
lowed to  remain  for  a  week  or  ten  days. 

After-Treatment. 

If  the  patient  carefully  observes  instruc- 
tions as  to  the  wearing  of  properly  shaped 
shoes,  no  further  post-operative  treatment 
will  be  necessary. 


OVERLOOKED    CAUSES    OF    FAIL- 
URE TO  CURE  SYSTEMIC  DIS- 
EASES BY  SPECTACLES. 


GEORGE  M.  GOULD,  M.  D., 
Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 

Guesses  and  estimates  have  been  made  by 
many  to  fix  the  proportional  nimiber  of 
cures  of  systemic  diseases  by  scientific  cor- 
rection of  ametropia.  They  have  proved 
wide  of  the  mark  because  of  the  reserved 
opinion  that  the  ametropic  correction  was, 
or  was  not,  accurately  diagriosed;  or  that 
the  systemic  disease  was  not  caused  by 
eyestrain.  The  strange  and  striking  mis- 
take was  the  assumption  that  if  the  work 
of  the  best,  or  favorite,  oculist  did  not  stop 
the  headaches,  general  nervous  diseases, 
denutritions,  hysterias,  nervous  break- 
downs, neurites — the  hundred  masquer- 
adings  of  migraine — then  the  cause  was, 
decidedly,  not  eyestrain.  This  logic  may 
have  seemed  sound  and  beyond  controversy, 
but  it  was  in  fact  valueless  and  without 
significance,     because     many     modifying 


Digitized  by 


Google 


540 


AUQUST,    1919 


ORIOINAL  ARTIdJBS 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


and  contradicting  facts  had  been  over- 
looked, facts  which  thru  the  eyes  concern 
the  patient's  health,  the  progress  of  med- 
icine, and  the  success  of  therapeutics. 

However  impolitic  and  impolite  it  may 
seem,  there  is  one  qualification  that  the 
statisticians  of  therapeutic  successes  and 
failures  need  to  be  reminded  of — "the  best" 
and  most  trusted  of  ophthalmic  surgeons  do 
make  occasional  errors  in  prescribing 
glasses;  and  this  is  because  they  have  not 
learned  that  traumatism  excepted,  the  vast 
majority  of  surgical  operations  on  the  eyes 
could  and  should  have  been  avoided  by  the 
correction  of  ametropia. 

Second  only  to  uncorrected  or  incorrectly 
corrected  ametropia,  dirty  lenses  are  the 
greatest  cause  of  eyestrain.  Combine  these 
two  factors  and  we  get  the  acme  of  evil. 
Few  patients  keep  the  two  bits  of  glass 
constantly  clean  and  perfectly  polished,  as 
they  must  be  to  meet  the  demands  of  the 
eyes  and  brain,  during  every  minute  of  the 
fifteen  waking  hours  of  each  day.  Those 
may  be  the  worst  sinners  who  have  been 
most  seriously  warned  and  shown  how  to 
avoid  or  remedy  the  evil.  And  yet  it  can- 
not be  doubted  that  oculists  not  only  pay 
too  little  attention  to  the  danger;  there  is 
usually  only  a  hurried  word  of  command 
or  caution  which,  instead,  should  be  etched 
deeper  in  the  mind  by  repetition,  illustra- 
tion, explanation  and  warning  of  the  dan- 
ger of  neglect;  and  this  despite  the  risk 
of  making  the  patient  think  the  oculist  is  a 
crank  and  exaggerator.  Some  will  forget 
the  advice,  and  some  will  fear  breakage  of 
lenses.  Opticians  should  be  repeatedly  ad- 
vised to  second  the  efforts  of  the  oculist  in 
the  matter.  It  is  a  good  plan  to  give  the 
patient  a  label  or  tag  to  paste  on  his  mirror 
with  the  injunction.  Clean  my  spectacle 
lenses,  now,  and  six  times  every  day!    In 


many  occupations  it  is  more  necessary  than 
in  others,  biecause  of  steam,  dust^  fog, 
sweat,  etc.  Many  lenses  are  set  too  close 
to  the  eye-ball  and  lashes  by  optician  and 
patient.  Sometimes  the  lashes  should  be 
slightly  trimmed  in  order  not  to  set  the 
lenses  too  far  from  the  cornea.  Opticians 
themselves  may  be  guilty  in  setting  the 
lenses  so  they  will  strike  the  lashes. 

When  a  patient  writes  complainingly,  I 
may  tel^raph  "Trouble  probably  lies  in  not 
keeping  glasses  clean."  A  visit  to  the  ocu- 
list may  be  necessary.  There  is  a  double 
duty  in  recognizing  the  fact  that  the  pa- 
tient may  not  be  cured  of  his  systemic  dis- 
ease, and  that  the  general  physician  will 
not  learn  the  truth  about  eyestrain  and  the 
influence  of  scientific  spectacles  in  helping 
him  to  cure  the  diseases  he  is  working  up- 
on. There  is  no  relief  of  eyestrain  reflexes 
to  the  general  system  with  dirty  lenses ;  and 
if  this  is  true  the  statistics  of  the  puzzled 
general  physician  will  be  wrong  and  his 
labor  will  be  in  vain. 

Next  to  dirty  and  no  lenses  as  a  cause  of 
eyestrain  and  its  systemic  results  is  failure 
to  wear  the  spectacles  constantly.  Patients, 
for  one  reason  or  another,  will  leave  the 
glasses  off,  altho  it  results  in  a  return  of 
the  old  morbid  reflexes.  Every  patient 
should  be  repeatedly  warned,  begged,  com- 
manded, to  wear  the  spectacles  every  minute 
of  the  waking  life.  And  often  they  can- 
not, or  will  not  explain  why  they  have  not 
done  so.  The  third  blunder  (or  crime)  is 
the  use  of  eye-glasses  instead  of  spectacles. 
Eye-glasses  are  of  little  or  no  use;  and, 
usually  increase,  rather  than  lessen,  the 
eyestrain.  In  trying  to  make  them  cling  to 
the  base  of  the  nose  they  will  often,  or 
generally,  be  so  placed  or  displaced  that  the 
axes  of  astigmatism  (in  scientific  refrac- 
tions) are  changed  from  those  determined 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mxdicinb 


ORIGINAJL  ARTICL.B8 


August,  1919 


541 


by  the  trial  frame  and  lenses.  The  oculist 
who  habitually  permits  eye-glasses  will,  at 
least  should,  suffer  in  medical  reputation 
because  he  will  miss  therapeutic  results. 
Vanity  is  often  a  great  encourager  of  eye- 
strain diseases.  The  wide-awake  general 
practitioner  should  not  generally  permit  his 
patients  to  have  eye-glasses. 

If  the  systemic  reflexes  present  are  those 
often  due  to  eyestrain,  and  if  the  patient  is 
over  40  years  of  age,  the  cure  is  conditional 
upon  wearing  bifocal  spectacles  all  the  wak- 
ing hours  of  all  days.  Sick  patients  must 
wear  them  as  well  abed  as  afoot,  if  awake, 
altho  "not  looking  at  anything  in  particu- 
lar." Striped  wall-papers  are  more  harm- 
ful than  the  unfigured.  No  reading  should 
be  carried  on  by  the  sick  or  well  while 
abed. 

There  are  some  occupations  which  re- 
quire a  presbyopic  correction  differing  from 
that  of  the  usual  reading  and  writing  dis- 
tance correction,  and  nearer  than  the  clear- 
est distance-work.  I  have  successfully 
ordered  trifocal  lenses  in  a  few  cases. 

Instances  sometimes  occur  of  astigma- 
tism not  at  90°  or  180°  and  the  patient  (or 
poor  optician)  had  replaced  the  dropped  out 
lens  *'up-side  down",  thus  instantly  produc- 
ing intolerable  eyestrain.  One  of  these  pa- 
tients came  several  hundred  miles  to  have 
me,  in  a  few  seconds,  insert  the  lens  cor- 
rectly, at  the  proper  axis  of  astigmatism, 
and  instantly  ending  the  patient's  torment- 
ing eyestrain. 

Another  patient  living  300  miles  away 
wrote  of  severe  eye-trouble  suddenly  ap- 
pearing and  continuing  for  the  last  week 
or  ten  days.  Correspondence  failed  to 
bring  any  explanation,  and  the  patient  was 
compelled  to  make  the  long  journey  to  my 
office.  I  at  once  found  an  almost  invisible 
fleck  on  the  outer  surface,  at  the  center  of 


one  of  the  lenses,  and  precisely  opposite  the 
pupil  in  reading,  etc.  "Out  in  a  lively 
wind-storm  and  sand  blew  in  your  face?" 
I  asked.  "Yes."  A  new  lens  gave  relief. 
For  stone-masons  I  order  several  pairs  of 
piano  lenses,  one  after  the  other  to  be  used 
as  "fronts"  until  flecked  by  the  flying  bits 
frequently  striking  the  face. 

Quack  opticians  nowadays  are  making 
the  bequacked  world  wear  big  round  "sun- 
glasses" with  colored  lenses — "any  color 
you  wish,"  "to  protect  the  eyes."  The 
glass  itself  is  usually  a  nightmare  of  imper- 
fection :  they  press  against  the  eyebrows  and 
cheeks ;  they  are  dirty ;  and  they  create  eye- 
strain and  morbid  reflexes.  Next  week  a 
new  evil  will  be  concocted. 

Yet  another  unrecognized  source  of  eye- 
strain is  the  universal  ignoring  of  the  fact 
of  the  normal  right-eyedness  in  the  right- 
handed,  and  of  left-eyedness  in  the  left- 
handed.  From  this  results  handicap  in  all 
work  and  function  by  glasses  that  reverse 
or  interfere  with  the  normal  ocular  and 
cerebral  rightness  and  leftness  governing 
cerebral  rightness  or  leftness  intermediat- 
ing physical  and  psychical  function  and  ac- 
tion. It  should  be  made  a  crime  by  law 
to  attempt  making  good  left-handed  chil- 
dren into  bad  right-handed  ones.  And  the 
modern  school  desks  are  great  makers  of 
lifelong  diseases  and  functions. 

There  are  yet  many  other  unrecognized 
methods  whereby  there  is  great  increase  in 
the  frequency  and  hurt  of  neglected  eye- 
strain in  producing  systemic  diseases.  A 
more  general  recognition  of  the  power  of 
ametropia  to  engender  these  systemic  ef- 
fects would  make  physicians,  general  and 
special,  more  successful  in  the  treatment  of 
systemic  diseases,  more  hopeful  in  prog- 
noses, and  more  correct  in  their  statistics  of 
cures. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


542 


August^  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLB8 


AinnUOAN  MBDIdNS 


ANIMAL  POWERS  IN  HEALTH  AND 
DISEASE.' 


CASPER    L.    REDPIBLD. 
Chicago. 

Originally,  lawyers  were  employed  to  get 
their  clients  out  of  the  troubles  into  which 
they  had  fallen.  At  the  present  time  law- 
yers are  hired  to  keep  their  employers  out 
of  jail.  Experience  has  taught  the  public 
that  preventive  legal  medicine  is  better  than 
a  cure. 

The  old  time  physician  was  called  on  to 
cure  his  patient  after  that  patient  had  be- 
come more  or  less  battered  by  contact  with 
some  of  nature's  operations.  Since  the 
days  of  Jenner,  however,  we  have  begun  to 
appreciate  the  fact  that  it  is  just  as  well  to 
use  a  little  preventive  dope  when  we  can.. 
It  is  fairly  probable  that  boards  of  health 
will  become  more  and  more  prominent  in 
the  future,  and  that  the  curing  of  disease 
will  be  a  continually  diminishing  part  of  the 
physician's  business.       ' 

I  am  not  here  concerned  with  the  em- 
ployment of  some  specific  vaccine  or  anti- 
toxin for  some  specific  ailment,  but  with 
fundamental  principles  involved  in  ward- 
ing off  sickness  of  all  kinds.  When  those 
fundamental  principles  are  fully  under- 
stood it  will  probably  be  found  that  most 
specific  preventives  and  remedies  are  really 
nothing  but  special  applications  of  general 
principles  to  special  cases.  I  say  "most" 
because  draining  swamps  to  exterminate 
mosquitoes  and  using  an  alkali  to  neutralize 
an  acid  represent  a  class  of  things  which  do 

*For  previous  articles  on  animal  powers  by 
Mr.  Redfleld,  see  Amebican  Medicine  for  Febru- 
ary and  October,  1917,  and  August,  1918.  For  a 
condensation  of  the  facts  relating  to  the  inherit- 
ance of  development  acquired  by  exercise  in 
man  and  other  animals,  see  Redfield's  Dynamic 
Evolution,  published  by  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons, 
New  York. 


not  come  under  the  present  consideration. 

A  large  proportion  of  human  ailments 
is  due  to  the  actions  of  microscopic  para- 
sites or  to  the  presence  of  poisons  in  the 
system.  Disease-producing  bacteria  are 
generally  present  in  healthy  persons,  but 
those  persons  remain  healthy  because  their 
powers  of  resistance  are  greater  than  the 
powers  of  attack  possessed  by  the  germs. 
But  let  a  person's  vitality  fall  below  some 
certain  point,  and  disease  catches  him.  Or 
a  person  who  has  become  weakened  by  a 
long  battle  with  one  disease  quite  easily 
falls  victim  to  another. 

The  question  of  health  is  a  question  of 
power  to  resist  disease.  If  a  person  has 
sufficient  power  he  remains  healthy.  If  he 
does  not,  he  becomes  sick.  One  of  the  ob- 
jects of  boards  of  health  is  to  remove 
causes  of  disease  so  that  even  the  weak 
will  not  succumb,  but  one  of  the  main  ob- 
jects of  the  individual  physician  should  be 
to  develop  the  powers  of  resistance  in  in- 
dividuals so  that  they  .will  not  fall  victims 
of  those  germs  which  get  by  the  boards  of 
health.  The  object  here  is  to  point  out 
how  animal  powers  are  developed,  and  from 
a  general  consideration  of. that  process  to 
indicate  how  powers  of  resistance  to  dis- 
ease are  developed. 

The  military  authorities  take  our  young 
men  and  put  them  thru  intensive  physical 
training.  That  training  takes  off  fat  and 
puts  on  muscle.  According  to  a  statement 
sent  out  by  the  U.  S.  Government  during 
October,  1918,  the  men  in  the  training 
camps  had  gained  an  average  of  twelve 
pounds  per  man.  As  this  gain  was  accom- 
panied by  a  loss  of  fat  on  a  considerable 
proportion  of  the  men,  it  is  evident  that  the 
actual  gain  in  muscle  is  much  more  than 
an  average  of  twelve  pounds  per  man. 
But  the  gain  in  physical  strength  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAIi  ARTICLB8 


August,  1919 


543 


power  is  much  more  than  the  gain  in 
weight.  Thus,  a  man  who  would  gain 
about  ten  per  cent,  in  weight  of  muscle 
would  gain  about  one  hundred  per  cent,  in 
physical  power,  and  the  real  object  of  this 
training  is  to  give  the  men  that  power  which 
will  enable  them  to  stand  up  in  a  fight 
against  similarly  trained  men.  According 
to  the  military  authorities  it  requires  a  year 
or  more  of  this  intensive  training  to  make 
men  physically  fit  to  go  to  the  front. 

When  a  person  is  worn  out  by  illness  the 
usual  physician's  advice  is  to  "rest  and  re- 
cuperate." That  is  good  as  far  as  it  goes, 
but  "recuperate"  means  only  to  regain  what 
was  lost,  and  that  is  not  enough.  Disease 
caught  him  at  the  place  where  he  was.  He 
should  be  carried  along  to  a  point  at  which 
he  has  more  powers  of  resistance  than  he 
had  before,  and  powers  are  not  developed 
by  "rest."  They  are  developed  only  by  ex- 
ercise, and  to  make  the  matter  clearer  we 
will  look  at  it  from  different  angles. 

Trotting  horses  are  trained  to  trot,  and 
are  entered  in  trotting  races.  It  requires 
the  expenditure  of  a  great  amount  of  power 
to  trot  a  mile  at  high  speed,  and  the  greater 
the  speed  the  greater  the  power  required. 
If  a  horse  is  continually  exercised  at  the 
trot  (trained)  year  after  year  to  an  extent 
approaching  the  limits  of  his  capability  of 
effort,  he  will  continue  to  gain  in  trotting 
power  year  by  year.  Part  of  this  is  repre- 
sented by  gain  in  speed  and  part  is  repre- 
sented by  gain  in  endurance.  The  records 
show  that  the  part  of  this  gain  which  is 
represented  by  increased  speed  may  con- 
tinue up  to  at  least  seventeen  years  of  age. 

Milk-producing  organs  belong  to  a  class 
of  organs  or  glands  which  are  somewhat 
different  from  muscles.  Holstein-Friesian 
cows  are  noted  for  milk  production,  and 
when  these  cows  are   regularly  bred  and 


regularly  milked  they  continue  to  increase 
in  milk-producing  power  up  to  at  least 
twelve  years  of  age.  The  records  which  I 
had  available  for  investigation  did  not  go 
beyond  this  point  for  the  same  cows  of- 
ficially tested  in  successive  years. 

Not  every  cow  tested  shows  an  increase 
in  milk  produced  every  year.  Occasionally 
a  cow  falls  back  and  produces  less  milk 
than  she  produced  the  year  previously. 
The  available  records  do  not  show  the 
cause  of  this  falling  oflf,  but  there  are  prob- 
ably various  causes.  One  of  these  may  be 
due  to  relative  idleness  during  the  preced- 
ing year  which  would  consist  in  the  cow  not 
being  urged  in  milk  production  except  dur- 
ing the  short  period  when  she  was  under 
official  test. 

This  would  correspond  to  muscular  idle- 
ness. It  is  well  known  that  a  sedentary 
man  will  lose  the  muscular  strength  he  had 
previously.  With  horses,  trotting  power 
will  continue  to  increase  as  long  as  intense 
trotting  exercise  is  continued,  but  if  a  horse 
stands  idle  more  than  a  few  days  his  trot- 
ting power  begins  to  fall  off,  and  continues 
to  fall  oflf  as  long  as  he  is  idle. 

The  brain  is  a  still  different  organ,  and 
its  work  is  represented  by  intelligence,  un- 
derstanding and  memory.  The  Binet 
system  recognizes  the  development  of  men- 
tal power  year  by  year  in  children,  and  in 
ordinary  aflfairs  we  recognize  the  same 
thing  in  later  life.  The  older  man  has  bet- 
ter understanding  and  judgment  than  the 
younger  man,  and  understanding  and  judg- 
ment are  products  of  mental  power.  It  re- 
quires more  mental  power  to  remember 
many  things  than  to  remember  a  few,  and 
it  is  not  possible  for  a  young  man  to  carry 
as  many  things  in  his  memory  as  an  older 
man  can. 

This  matter  of  developing  power  by  ex- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


544 


AuousT,  1919 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICL.B8 


American  Mbdicink 


ercise  and  losing  it  by  idleness  may  be 
traced  in  the  vegetable  kingdom  as  well  as 
in  the  animal.  Plants  which  at  first  are 
difficult  to  reproduce  by  cuttings  because 
they  have  only  a  feeble  power  of  producing 
roots,  gradually  gain  that  power  by  many 
repetitions  and  later  become  very  easy  to 
reproduce  in  that  way.  And  plants  which 
are  continually  reproduced  by  cuttings  and 
not  by  seed  gradually  lose  the  power  of 
producing  seeds. 

Our  domesticated  plants  have  developed 
tremendously  their  powers  of  producing 
fruits,  grains,  leaves,  roots  or  flowers  ac- 
cording to  the  lines  along  which  their  efforts 
have  been  directed.  But  while  man  has 
been  developing  the  powers  of  plants  along 
certain  lines,  he  has  been  coddling  them  by 
protecting  them  from  competition  with  wild 
plants.  Because  our  domesticated  plants 
have  not  been  compelled  to  fight  for  room  in 
which  to  exist,  they  have  gradually  lost 
the  power  to  fight,  and  are  no  longer  able  to 
maintain  themselves  when  deserted  by  man. 
Power  is  developed  by  exercise  and  is  lost 
by  idleness. 

Plants  produce  seeds.  To  casual  obser- 
vation, a  seed  looks  like  a  dead  object,  but 
it  has  the  power  of  sprouting  and  growing 
into  a  new  plant  like  that  which  produced 
the  seed.  That  is,  the  seed  has  that  power 
provided  it  is  fresh.  But  let  the  seed  lie 
idle  for  one,  two,  three  or  more  years  and 
that  power  gradually  declines  and  finally 
ceases  to  exist.  And  a  plant  which  comes 
from  a  seed  which  germinated  with  diffi- 
culty because  it  is  old,  is  itself  weak  as  com- 
pared to  a  plant  coming  from  a  fresh  seed. 

Organisms,  animals  and  plants,  have  in 
them  powers  of  performing  certain  acts. 
Those  powers  are  developed  by  causing 
the  organism  to  exercise  more  than  some 
certain  minimum  amount  per  unit  of  time, 


which  minimum  amount  of  exercise  has  a 
definite  relationship  to  the  amount  of  power 
existing  in  the  organism  at  the  time.  Thus, 
the  amount  of  exercise  necessary  to  keep 
an  athlete  in  condition  to  enter  an  athletic 
contest  is  more  than  that  necessary  to  keep 
an  ordinary  person  in  ordinary  condition. 
Just  as  we  use  the  term  "cold**  to  represent 
some  degree  of  heat  which  is  less  than  some  0 
assumed  normal,  we  use  the  term  "idle- 
ness" to  represent  an  amount  of  exercise 
less  than  that  necessary  to  prevent  a  decline 
or  degeneration  of  the  powers  of  an  organ- 
ism. The  rate  at  which  such  powers  de- 
velop or  decline  is  determined  by  the  ex- 
tent to  which  the  exercise  is  more  or  less 
than  that  minimum  amount,  and  the  total 
gain  or  loss  is  represented  by  the  product 
of  the  excess  or  deficiency  and  the  length 
of  time  the  gain  or  loss  is  continued. 

If  a  man  swings  Indian  clubs  and  dumb 
bells  he  develops  strength  in  the  muscles 
of  his  arms.  If  he  practices  running,  then 
the  development  is  in  the  muscles  of  his 
legs  and  not  in  his  arms.  If  a  horse  is 
trained  at  the  trot  he  develops  his  trotting 
muscles  and  not  his  running  muscles.  When 
a  cow  works  hard  at  milk  production  it  is 
her  lacteal  organs  which  are  developed  and 
not  her  legs.  If  a  man  begins  by  taking  a 
small  amount  of  arsenic  and  gradually  in- 
creases the  dose,  he  develops  a  resistance 
which  soon  enables  him  to  take,  with  im- 
punity, an  amount  large  enough  to  kill  many 
men.  The  resistance  which  he  thus  de- 
velops is  to  that  particular  drug,  and  not  to 
some  other  drug. 

If  a  man  is  attacked  by  a  disease  for 
which  he  has  not  previously  developed  a 
specific  resistance  he  is  quickly  laid  low. 
His  system  immediately  starts  to  fight  that 
disease  and  in  doing  this  draws  upon  the 
reserve  energy  stored  in  other  organs  as  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlCntlCAN   MXDICINS 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLBS 


August,  1919 


545 


result  of  exercising  them.  Because  the  par- 
ticular kind  of  resistance  wanted  has  not 
been  previously  developed,  the  disease  at 
first  makes  headway  and  the  man  grows 
worse.  But  as  the  fight  goes  on,  the  power 
of  resistance  to  that  disease  increases,  and 
as  soon  as  it  becomes  greater  than  the 
power  of  attack,  the  man  begins  to  improve. 
By  the  time  he  has  completely  mastered  the 
disease  he  has  developed  great  powers  of 
resistance  to  that  specific  disease,  but  as  he 
has  drawn  that  power  from  his  other  re- 
sefrves,  he  is  otherwise  weak.  He  must  then 
'Vest  and  recover,"  which  means  that  he 
must  get  back  into  his  other  organs  the 
equivalent  of  the  power  which  has  been 
drained  away  in  fighting  the  disease. 

Now  it  is  evident  that  a  man  cannot  be 
prepared  in  advance  with  the  specific  resist- 
ance required  to  meet  every  possible  dis- 
ease which  may  attack  him.  The  best  that 
can  be  done  is  to  have  the  man  develop  re- 
sistance for  a  few  of  those  diseases  to  which 
he  is  most  liable  to  be  exposed,  and  then  to 
develop  a  general  store  of  reserve  energy 
which  may  be  called  on  at  short  notice  to 
combat  any  disease  which  may  make  its  ap- 
pearance. 

When  a  man  exercises  his  legs  he  develops 
power  in  his  legs,  and  when  he  exercises  his 
arms  he  develops  power  in  his  arms;  but 
in  exercising  either  of  these  the  develop- 
ment of  power  is  not  confined  to  the  legs  or 
arms.  When  he  runs  his  heart  must  pump 
more  blood  per  minute,  and  that  extra  work 
which  the  heart  does  develops  its  power  so 
that  it  is  easier  for  it  to  pump  the  required 
amount. 

To  aerate  this  extra  amount  of  blood  the 
lungs  must  handle  an  extra  amount  of  air, 
and  this  exercises  a  whole  series  of  muscles 
about  the  thorax.  To  provide  the  energy 
which  is  to  be  stored  in  these  various  mus- 


cles as  a  result  of  this  exercise,  the  man 
must  eat  more  and  this  in  turn  puts  more 
work  on  all  of  the  organs  involved  in  the 
processes  of  digestion  and  assimilation.  In 
fact,  physical  exercise  of  the  kind  employed 
in  intensive  military  training  develops  the 
power  of  every  organ  in  the  body. 

When  a  man  is  attacked  by  a  disease  for 
AVhich  he  has  not  previously  developed  a 
specific  resistance,  the  system  calls  upon  the 
general  supply  of  energy  to  furnish  that 
needed  to  fight  that  disease.  If,  by  physical 
training,  the  man  has  developed  a  large 
store  of  energy  in  his  organs,  there  is  a 
good  supply  to  be  drawn  upon  and  his 
chances  of  recovery  are  good.  If,  by  rea- 
son of  a  strictly  sedentary  life,  the  man  has 
only  a  small  store  of  energy  in  his  body, 
then  his  chances  of  recovery  are  not  good. 
Hence,  regular  physical  exercise  by  which 
a  man  develops  the  strength  of  his  organs 
is  a  way  of  putting  a  man  in  condition  to 
resist  any  disease  which  may  come.  When 
we  remember  that  fighting  disease  of  any 
kind  involves  the  use  of  animal  energy  to 
do  the  fighting,  it  will  be  evident  that  the 
general  development  of  physical  strength 
by  physical  exercise  is  the  only  way  of  pre- 
paring in  advance  to  meet  diseases  of  an 
unanticipated  kind. 

Let  us  turn  to  a  consideration  of  special 
diseases,  and  for  the  purposes  of  illustration 
we  will  take  the  spirochaete.  Our  present 
way  of  fighting  "His  Corkscrew  Majesty" 
is  to  poison  the  animal  as  we  would  poison 
rats.  But  is  there  not  a  way  of  developing 
resistance  to  this  invader? 

It  is  well  known  that  the  blood  of  differ- 
ent species  of  animals  has  different  reac- 
tions, and  that  parasites  like  the  spiro- 
chaete cannot  live  in  blood  of  all  kinds. 
For  example,  the  cow  cannot  contract 
syphilis. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


546 


August,  1919 


PHYSICAIi  THBRAFT 


AMIICAN   liBDXCINX 


Let  us  take  some  other  animal,  as  the 
rabbit  or  guinea  pig,  in  which  the  spiro- 
chaete  can  live,  but  where  he  will  meet  a 
blood  reaction  quite  different  from  that  of 
man.  Let  us  inoculate  this  animal  and 
thereby  start  a  special  strain  of  spirochaetes, 
and  from  time  to  time  pass  this  strain  along 
in  series  to  other  animals  of  the  same  kind. 
Living  in  a  new  environment  and  meeting 
a  new  blood  reaction,  this  strain  of  spiro- 
chaetes will  gradually  develop  its  powers 
of  meeting  this  particular  reaction.  Being 
away  from  the  reactions  peculiar  to  human 
blood  and  not  exerting  itself  to  meet  such 
reactions,  the  powers  of  the  spirochaete  to 
meet  the  human  reaction  gradually  decline 
as  the  result  of  lack  of  exercise  in  that  line. 

After  a  period  of  time  which  we  cannot 
now  estimate,  a  human  being  is  inoculated 
with  this  strain  of  spirochaetes.  As  the 
parasities  of  this  strain  have  lost  much  of 
their  power  to  meet  the  human  blood  reac- 
tions they  are  able  to  make  only  a  feeble  at- 
tack upon  the  man;  but  the  system  of  the 
man  fights  this  attack  the  same  as  it  would 
fight  any  other  attack.  In  this  fight  the 
man  develops  power  to  resist  attacks  of  this 
kind,  and  if  the  disparity  between  the 
powers  of  the  man  and  the  powers  of  the 
parasite  are  sufficient,  the  spirochaetes  are 
destroyed  and  the  man  becomes  immune  to 
a  genuine  attack  of  syphilis. 

While  this  example  of  developing  resist- 
ance is  imaginary  it  is  not  wholly  visionary. 
Thus,  if  a  cow  be  inoculated  with  the  virus 
of  smallpox,  and  the  strain  be  passed  along 
in  series  thru  ten  or  more  cows,  then,  if  a 
human  being  is  inoculated  with  this  strain 
the  result  is  cowpox  and  not  smallpox.  In 
other  words,  if  the  protozoon  responsible 
for  smallpox  lives  for  a  time  in  a  blood  re- 
action different  from  that  of  man  it  loses 
its  power  of  making  a  serious  attack  upon 


human  beings. 

A  consideration  of  the  history  of  vaccina- 
tion gives  us  some  additional  information 
on  the  development  of  powers  by  exercise 
and  the  loss  of  such  powers  by  idleness. 
When  a  person  is  vaccinated  he  develops 
the  power  of  resistance  to  smallpox,  and 
that  power  is  greatest  immediately  after 
the  completion  of  the  incubation  period. 
But  as  time  goes  on  the  acquired  resistance 
gradually  declines  until  it  becomes,  prac- 
tically zero  in  ten  years  or  less.  Upon  re- 
vaccination,  the  power  of  resistance  is  again 
developed,  but  as  time  goes  on  again  this 
newly  acquired  power  again  declines. 


1 


tinder   the   Editorial    Direction   of   Albert   C. 
(Peyser,  M.  D.,  New  York. 

CLINICAL    DUGNOSIS    AKD   PHTSIOLOGIC 
DIETETICS. 

There  are  two  reasons  why  there  is  such 
a  dearth  of  literature  on  this  subject.  Un- 
til very  recently  the  average  patient  could 
not  force  himself  to  the  belief  that  his  phy- 
sician was  entitled  to  a  fee  for  merely  ad- 
vising him  regarding  his  daily  diet.  In  fact, 
when  the  physician  realized  that  perhaps 
all  of  the  symptoms  of  which  the  patient 
complained  were  directly  traceable  to  errors 
in  his  diet,  it  seemed  necessary  to  prescribe 
a  placebo. 

A  sugar  pill,  with  definite  directions  as 
to  how  many  teaspoonfuls  of  water  should 
be  used  as  a  solvent,  and  how  many  minutes 
before  a  certain  meal  this  was  to  be  taken, 
would  accomplish  two  things:  First,  the 
patient  was  pleased  with  the  placebo;  sec- 
ondly, his  mind  was  diverted  from  the  real 
thing  to  be  accomplished — the  correction  of 
the  diet. 

Medical  advice  as  to  proper  dieting  is  a 
commodity  much  as  anything  else,  the  mar- 
ket value  depending  upon  the  supply  and  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


PHYSICAL.  THERAPY 


August,  1919 


547 


demand.  The  state  of  mind  of  the  average 
patient  did  not  create  any  appreciable  de- 
mand, therefore  the  supply  fell  into  disuse. 
That  is  the  first  reason  why  there  was  so 
little  written  or  said  about  man's  diet. 

The  second  reason  depends  directly  upon 
the  first.  In  order  to  prescribe  a  physio- 
logic diet  (and  any  other  is  worse  than  use- 
less) it  is  necessary  to  make  a  thoro  physi- 
cal examination  of  the  patient,  the  blood, 
the  urine  and  the  feces.  The  human  being 
is  the  sum  total  of  the  intake  of  food,  the 
oxidation  and  the  output  of  the  waste.  It 
will,  therefore,  be  appreciated  that  in  order 
to  prescribe  a  physiologic  diet,  more  time, 
more  real  scientific  knowledge  is  required, 
more  genuine  work  has  to  be  performed, 
than  with  any  other  system  of  therapeutics. 
Of  course  this  had  to  be  paid  for  and  as 
long  as  the  patient  was  not  willing  to  ap- 
preciate this,  the  physician  neglected  this 
branch  of  his  work.  This  is  a  perfectly 
natural  consequence  and  no  blame  attaches 
to  the  physician. 

During  the  last  few  years,  however,  f*\ 
this  has  changed.  The  public  has  awakened 
to  the  fact  that  there  is  a  wide  difference 
in  food  values  and  qualities.  Pure  food 
law  bills  have  been  passed,  the  Board  of 
Health  has  caused  to  be  thrown  into  the 
streets  thousands  upon  thousands  of  quarts 
of  milk  that  did  not  measure  up  to  the  stand- 
ard, it  has  condemned  large  quantities  of 
fruit  unfit  for  the  open  market,  adulterations 
of  all  kinds  have  been  prosecuted  and  the 
eyes  of  the  public  have  been  opened.  Now 
the  educated  patient  recognizes  the  value  of 
pure  food  during  health  and  even  to  a  great- 
er extent  during  sickness,  for  it  is  realized 
that  since  man  is  the  result  of  the  intake 
and  the  output  of  foods,  his  power  of  recu- 
peration will  largely  depend  upon  his  food 
intake. 

The  patient  has  learned  the  value  of  sci- 
entific diete ;  there  is  created  a  demand  and 
the  physician  is  ready  to  supply  that  de- 
mand. 

We  are  now  prepared  to  examine  a  little 
more  closely  the  term  "Clinical  Diagnosis." 
For  the  past  few  years  there  has  been  a 
tendency  to  neglect  this  branch  of  medicine 
and  the  average  doctor  has  gotten  into  the 
habit  of  depending  upon  the  laboratory  for 
the  diagnosis.  Far  be  it  from  me  to  detract 
j  one  iota  from  the  laboratory.  Some  of  the 
most  valuable  knowledge  that  we  now  pos- 


sess in  medicine  could  never  have  come  to 
light  had  it  not  been  for  the  microscopist, 
the  pathologist  and  the  chemist.  These  in- 
stitutions are  valuable  aids.  They  assist  us 
to  practice  but  they  do  not  practice  medi- 
cine. All  of  these  individuals  only  see  a 
very  small,  minute  portion  of  the  patient 
and  their  report  is  based  upon  that  small 
part  of  the  whole.  The  physicjan  deals  with 
the  patient  as  a  whole.  According  to  the 
laboratory  report  a  patient  has  a  certain  dis- 
ease, yet  clinically  he  shows  not  the  slightest 
interference  with  his  physiologic  functions ; 
the  question  is,  has  this  patient  the  disease 
that  the  laboratory  report  says  he  has  ?  Dis- 
ease means  some  disorder,  some  interference 
with  the  bodily  functions,  a  cei-tain  state 
of  unrest  or  some  inharmonious  action  of 
some  one  or  more  of  the  organs  of  the  body. 
Thousands  of  Wassermann  examinations 
are  made  upon  patients  who  give  a  positive 
reaction,  yet  these  same  patients  never  had 
an  initial  lesion,  neither  do  they  now  show 
any  of  the  signs  or  symptoms  of  syphilis. 
The  question  is,  have  they  or  have  they  not 
b'yphilis,  when  all  clinical  manifestations  are 
wanting?  Other  patients  are  examined  by 
the  Widal  reaction  for  typhoid  and  declared 
positive,  yet  they  never  felt  better  than  at 
that  particular  time.  Another  has  his  throat 
examined  for  Klebs-Loeffler  bacilli ;  they  are 
found  to  be  present,  yet-  not  the  slightest 
inconvenience  is  manifested  by  this  person. 
Has  this  person  or  has  this  person  not  diph- 
theria? Another  patient  who  is  really  suf- 
fering from  chronic  Bright's  disease,  who 
is  emaciated  to  a  degree,  so  short  of  breath 
that  he  can  barely  walk ;  after  a  few  weeks 
his  urine  shows  hardly  a  trace  of  albumin, 
practically  no  casts,  so  according  to  the  lab- 
oratory report  the  urine  is  getting  better, 
but  the  patient  is  dying.  A  patient  is  suf- 
fering from  diabetes  mellitus ;  he  is  passing 
large  quantities  of  urine  daily,  loaded  with 
a  high  percentage  of  sugar ;  his  thirst  is  al- 
most ravenous.  The  attending  physician  cuts 
off  all  of  the  protein  material  and  adminis- 
ters opium.  When  after  a  few  weeks  this  pa- 
tient's urine  is  examined  in  the  laboratory, 
it  will  be  found  less  in  quantity,  nearly  free 
from  sugar,  while  the  patient  is  suffering 
from  diabetic  gangrene  and  slowly  but  surely 
passing  on.  Another  patient  suffering  from 
the  same  disease  follows  his  vocation  day 
after  day  and  for  the  past  twenty  years 
has,    according    to   the    laboratory,   passed 


Digitized  by 


Google 


548 


AuousT,  1919 


PHYSICAL.  THBRAPY 


AMSklGAN   MSDICINX 


large  quantities  of  sugar  and  should  have 
been  dead  long  ago,  but  he  seems  to  enjoy 
his  life  just  to  upset  the  calculations  of  lab- 
oratory reports. 

A  patient's  sickness,  therefore,  should  be 
judged  clinically  first,  aided  perhaps  by  the 
laboratory,  and  again  clinically  last.  Does 
the  history  of  the  patient  have  much  bearing 
upon  the  diagnosis  of  his  disease?  From 
a  clinical  point  of  view  it  does  not.  If  the 
patient's  history  does  not  fit  the  clinical  man- 
ifestations it  is  so  much  the  worse  for  the 
history.  The  taking  of  a  careful  personal 
history  should  never  be  omitted. 

If  it  serves  no  other  purpose,  it  assists 
the  doctor  in  becoming  acquainted  with  his 
patient.  The  first  step  in  the  diagnosis  is 
to  know  your  patient's  parents,  then  the 
brothers  and  sisters,  then  the  patient  and 
lastly  his  offspring,  if  there  are  any.  It 
would  also  be  well  if  some  competent  office 
assistant  could  do  all  this  clerical  work  and 
not  until  after  the  doctor  has  made  a  proper 
physical  examination  will  the  previous  his- 
tory of  the  case  become  really  appreciated. 
Invariably  this  should  start  by  noting  the 
electrical. reactions  along  the  spine.  While 
these  electrical  reactions  cannot  tell  us  the 
nature  of  the  lesions,  they  can  and  do  tell  us 
the  anatomical  location  of  whatever  the  na- 
ture of  the  lesion  might  be. 

The  intestinal  tract  is  twenty-four  and 
more  feet  in  length.  A  lesion  in  one  part 
would  interfere  with  the  physiology  of  that 
particular  part  first  and  the  constitutional 
manifestations  or  symptoms  would  be  sec- 
ondarily in  accordance  with  that.  As  each 
and  every  patient  is  a  law  unto  himself  it 
follows  that  each  patient  will  show  his  per- 
sonal equation  in  the  symptoms  of  which 
he  may  complain.  If  the  physician  makes 
his  deductions  from  these  symptoms  as  they 
are  interpreted  by  the  patient  we  can  see 
how  easy  it  would  be  to  arrive  at  a  wrong 
diagnosis.  When,  however,  we  discover 
that  a  lesion  exists  in  any  certain  portion 
of  these  twenty- lour  feet  of  the  gastroin- 
testinal tract,  then  we  are  able  to  reason 
from  cause  to  effect  and  not  from  imaginary 
effect  to  a  non-existing  cause,  as  is  only  too 
frequently  the  case. 

Let  us  suppose  now  that  our  patient  clin- 
ically shows  some  derangement  with  the 
gastrointestinal  tract.  The  electrical  ex- 
amination shows  a  reaction  from  the  third 
to  the  seventh  dorsal  vertebra.  The  branch- 


es of  the  sympathetic  fibres  from  this  r^on 
are  mainly  distributed  to  the  stomach.  We 
know  from  this  that  whatever  the  nature 
of  the  lesion  is,  it  is  located  in  the  stcwnach, 
or  in  other  words,  there  is  something  ab- 
normal, something  interfering  with  the  phys- 
iology of  that  region.  You  may  say  that 
you  knew  that  before  making  the  spinal  ex- 
amination. 

Suppose  your  patient  to  be  a  woman  com- 
plaining of  feeling  distressed  after  eating 
in  the  region  of  the  stomach,  that  she  fre- 
quently raises  gas,  has  eructations  of  a  very 
acrid  nature  that  seem  to  bum  the  back  of 
the  mouth,  the  tongue  is  coated,  the  breath 
foul,  and  vomiting  is  a  frequent  occurrence, 
has  no  appetite,  in  fact  has  an  abhorrence 
for  even  the  smell  of  food,  is  dizzy  and  suf- 
ers  from  headaches.  Naturally  such  an  ar- 
ray of  symptoms  might  lead  anyone  to  sus- 
pect some  fault  with  stomach  digestion. 
Make  a  spinal  examination  of  such  a  patient 
and  to  your  surprise  find  absolutely  no  re- 
action from  the  third  to  the  seventh  dorsal, 
but  find  a  marked  one  between  the  first  and 
second  lumbar,  and  you  would  have  a  dem- 
onstration of  reasoning  from  effect  to  cause. 
This  patient  has  something  going  on  in  the 
uterus  which  may  be  anything  from  a  pr^- 
nancy  to  an  old  laceration  or  even  carcinoma. 
In  a  case  of  this  kind  then,  after  making  the 
spinal  examination  and  reasoning  from 
cause  to  effect,  we  would  at  once  know  what 
reflex  gastric  symptoms  this  patient  is  en- 
titled to.  We  would  then  appreciate  whether 
the  symptoms  were  exaggerated  or  mod- 
ified according  to  the  personal  equation  of 
the  patient.  Let  us  take  the  case  now  where 
we  had  a  reaction  in  the  gastric  region.  Can 
we  tell  from  this  what  the  nature  of  the 
lesion  is  ?  No ;  all  that  we  know  is  the  ana- 
tomical location.  Knowing  the  anatomical 
location  we  are  prepared  to  investigate  the 
physiology  of  that  region.  The  stomach  has 
certain  physiologic  functions  to  perform. 
The  clinical  manifestations  when  cleared  of 
all  personal  equation  will  tell  us  the  kind 
and  the  amount  of  interference. 

The  principal  function  of  the  stomach  de- 
pends upon  the  presence  or  absence  of  the 
gastric  juice,  especially  the  hydrochloric 
acid. 

He  may  have  an  increase  or  a  deficiency 
of  HCl.  Besides  acting  upon  the  fibrous 
portion  of  the  animal  matter  and  chemically 
dissociating  the  component  parts  of  meats 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN   MKDICINB 


PHYSICAL!  THBRAPT 


August,  1919 


549 


and  certain  vegetable  substances  the  HCl 
after  imparting  to  the  prepared,  foodstuflfs 
an  intensely  acid  reaction  tends  to  call  forth 
the  pyloric  reflex.  Not  until  the  acid  food- 
stuff has  been  passed  onward  in  the  duode- 
num or  neutralized  is  the  pyloric  reflex  re- 
moved so  that  more  food  can  again  escape 
out  of  the  stomach.  Too  much  acid  will 
keep  the  pylorus  closed  too  long;  the  food 
remains  in  the  stomach,  hence  a  sense  of 
weight  and  fulness  after  eating,  spasm  or 
cramps,  which  are  caused  by  the  contrac- 
tion of  the  organ,  cause  the  expulsion  of 
gas  and  intensely  sour  foodstuffs  into  the 
esophagus.  The  patient  describes  this  as 
sour  and  burning.  Certain  foods  have  a 
tendency  to  increase  the  flow  of  HCl,  while 
others  only  in  a  very  minor  way  call  forth 
the  acid. 

Foods  causing  diminished  gastric  flow. 
Fluids:  Ordinary  water,  tea,  cocoa  and 
cream. 

Spices :   Table  salt,  0.9%  solution. 

Solids:  Raw  tgg  albumen,  especially  if 
dissolved  in  water,  the  pure  carbohydrates, 
as  sugar  and  starch,  wheat  bread,  fats,  well- 
cooked  meats,  sauces  without  spices,  fresh 
fish,  poultry,  veal  and  pork.  Cooked  sweet 
fruits,  vegetables,  as  potatoes,  rice,  sago, 
asparagus,  spinach,  cauliflower,  and  red 
beets.  Soups  without  extracts.  Vegetable 
soup,  oatmeal  and  puree. 

Use  plenty  of  fresh  butter  and  cream. 

Foods  causing  increased  gastric  flow.  Flu- 
ids: All  alcoholic  and  those  containing 
C02.  as  wine,  beer,  table  waters,  caffein 
free  coffee,  skim  milk. 

Spices:  All  salt  concentrations  over 
0.9%,  mustard,  pepper,  cinnamon,  paprika 
and  flavoring  substances  for  soups. 

Solids :  All  roast  meats,  hard  boiled  eggs, 
raw,  broiled  or  slightly  cooked  meats,  the 
dark  meats,  salted  and  smoked  meats  and 
fish,  meat  extracts  and  meat  soups,  dark 
coarse  bread,  toast.  All  vegetables  unless 
given  in  the  form  of  puree. 

Use  little  or  no  fat  in  preparing  these 
dishes. 

We  see  here  that  we  have  certain  foods 
physiologically  indicated,  or,  as  the  case 
may  be,  contra-indicated  in  lesions  of,  or  as 
agents  interfering  with  the  physiology  of 
the  stomach; 

Ulcer  of  the  stomach  will  thru  its  own 
irritating  qualities  cause  an  increase  in  the 


flow  of  gastric  juice  analogous  to  rare  or 
raw  meats. 

The  motility  of  the  stomach  is  augmented 
by  the  presence  of  acid,  causing  the  well- 
described  pain  by  the  patient  as  gnawing, 
which  is  satisfied  by  eating  small  quantities 
of  food  and  made  worse  when  large  quan- 
tities are  taken,  especially  if  they  are  of 
the  contra-indicated  kind. 

In  case  of  insufficient  hydrochloric  acid, 
all  such  substances  that  require  large 
amounts  or  are  digested  in  the  stomach  are 
contra-indicated.  Since  it  is  the  function 
of  the  stomach  to  dissociate  it  seems  rea- 
sonable that  all  coarse  vegetables  are  con- 
tra-indicated, while  all  the  finely  prepared 
substances  are  physiologically  beneficial. 


AN  UNUSUAL  CASE  OF  VENEREAL  INFEC- 
TION IN  THE  FEMALE. 

Mrs.  R.  admitted  exposure  to  infection, 
presented  herself  with  a  well  marked  swell- 
ing just  inside  the  labia  ma j oris  on  the  left 
side.  There  was  no  discharge  from  urethra, 
vagina,  nor  ardor  urini.  The  gland  of 
Bartolini  was  tender,  but  no  fluctuation 
could  be  elicited.  A  vaginal  tampon  was 
inserted  above  the  gland  to  prevent  lateral 
pressure,  thereby  adding  much  to  the  com- 
fort of  the  patient.  The  tampon  was  re- 
moved daily,  followed  by  a  hot  douche. 

After  the  eighth  day  there  was  percep- 
tible softening  with  localized  fluctuation. 
The  abscess  was  opened  at  its  lowest  point. 
In  the  course  of  one  week  recovery  had 
taken  place.  About  this  time  the  patient 
complained  of  sudden  "gushes"  of  vaginal 
discharges.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  bivalve 
speculiun  the  os  uteri  was  seen  to  be  exud- 
ing a  profuse,  tenacious,  yellow,  muco-puru- 
lent  discharge.  With  a  cotton  swab  a 
smear  was  made  and  submitted  to  the  labo- 
ratory. The  report  was  "a  diplococcus,  in- 
tracellular. Gram  negative,  morphologically 
typical  of  gonorrhea." 

At  no  time  was  the  urethra  involved, 
neither  was  there  a  vaginitis  nor  any  phys- 
ical discomfort  beyond  these  "gushes". 

Treatment.  A  uterine  electrode  was  in- 
serted into  the  body  of  the  uterus ;  twelve 
hundred  milliamperes  were  allowed  to  run 
for  thirty  minutes  from  a  diathermia  appa- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


550 


August,  1919 


RATIONAL,    ORGANOTHERAPY 


Ambrican  Medicine 


ratus.  The  patient  was  instructed  to  use 
a  hot  vaginal  douche  mornings  and  eve- 
nings. After  the  sixth  treatment,  the  dis- 
charge had  almost  ceased,  and  the  electric 
treatments  were  discontinued.  The  patient 
continued  the  hot  douches  for  another  week 
when  she  was  entirely  free  from  discharge, 
and  has  remained  so  for  the  past  four 
weeks.  A  smear  taken  from  the  vaginal 
walls  proved  negative  as  far  as  gonococci 
were  concerned. 

Conclusions.  This  was  a  case  of  gonococ- 
cal infection,  with  suppuration  of  Bartho- 
lini's  gland.  There  were  no  clinical  signs 
of  urethritis  nor  vaginitis  at  any  time,  altho 
we  had  a  uterine  canal  infection  with  a  copi- 
ous discharge.  Since  the  gonococcus  dies 
in  a  temperature  of  104°  F.,  diathermia  was 
employed  in  the  acute  stage  of  the  disease 
with  a  quick  and  perfect  recovery.  Neither 
internal  nor  external  medication  was  used 
except  the  heat  mentioned. 


The  Pituitary  Gland  in  Epilefisyd — In  a 

recent  issue  of  Archives  of  Neurology  and 
Psychiatry  (Aug.  1,  1919),  Tucker,  of  Rich- 
mond, Va.,  in  a  paper  on  the  Role  of  the 
Pituitary  Gland  in  Epilepsy,  expresses  the 
opinion  that  he  believed  that  convulsions, 
whether  pathologic  and  called  epilepsy  or 
otherwise,  were  symptoms  of  underlying 
diseased  conditions,  and  therefore  were  or- 
ganic and  not  functional.  Among  these  un- 
derlying conditions  was  a  secretion  of  the 
pituitary  gland.  He  agreed  with  Gushing 
that  the  pituitary  secretion  gave  a  substance 
which  had  to  do  with  cortical  cell  stability, 
and  that  when  the  secretion  was  diminished 
or  absent  convulsions  might  ensue.  Hypo- 
pituitarism was  divided  into  two  types: 
First,  the  congenital  or  chronic  type,  in 
which  the  patient  gave  evidence  in  the  past 
of  the  usual  syndrome  of  the  hypopituitar- 
ism, and  might  have  convulsions  as  he  ap- 
proached adolescence.  The  second,  or  trans- 
itional type,  might  present  clinical  evidence 
of  normal  or  even  hyperpituitary  secretion 
in  the  past,  but  as  adolescence  approached 


diminished  secretion  was  shown  by  lack  of 
perspiration,  increase  in  fat,  increased  sugar 
tolerance,  slowed  pulse,  lowered  blood  pres- 
sure, and  at  times  convulsions.  The  radio- 
graphic findings  in  the  cases  reported  con- 
firmed the  clinical  observations.  The  first 
type  showed  a  small  fossa  with  enlarged 
processes  and  roughened  sella,  and  the  sec- 
ond type  enlarged  fossa  with  large  processes 
and  roughened  sella.  These  bony  out- 
growths encroached  on  the  fossae.  A  num- 
ber of  cases  was  reported  and  the  satisfac- 
tory result  of  pituitary  feeding  was  shown. 


Blood  Regeneration  and  Bone  Marrow 
Activity. — ^Altho  the  length  of  life  of  the 
red  cells  of  the  blood  is  still  unknown,  there 
is  no  doubt,  claims  an  editorial  writer  in 
the  Jour,  A.  M.  A.  (Aug.  16,  1919),  that 
they  undergo  disintegration  sooner  or  later. 
Sometimes  their  destruction  is  hastened  by 
disease ;  sometimes  the  erythrocytes  are  lost 
to  the  body  thru  hemorrhage.  It  becomes 
important  at  times,  therefore,  to  learn  to 
what  extent  reparative  processes  are  taking 
place  and  whether  red  cells  are  being  re- 
turned to  the  circulation.  Microscopic  ex- 
amination of  the  blood  during  rapid  regen- 
eration of  the  erythrocytes  reveals  the  pres- 
ence of  nucleated  forms.  Nucleated  red 
cells  have  therefore  been  taken  as  "an  in- 
evitable feature  of  rapid  blood  regenera- 
tion." As  Macleod  has  pointed  out,  how- 
ever, changes  in  the  mode  of  red  blood  cell 
formation  may  be  responsible  for  the  nucle- 
ated forms. 

Some  time  ago  Warburg  showed  that 
whereas  normal  human  blood  consumes 
very  little  oxygen,  blood  such  as  that  of 
birds,  which  contains  nucleated  erythrocytes, 
may  evince  a  high  oxygen  absorption.  Mora- 
witz  has  observed,  however,  that  even  in 
mammals  blood  obtained  during  the  regen- 
eration following  an  anemia  may  show  an 
absorption  of  oxygen  that  cannot  be  ac- 
counted for  by  nucleated  cells  or  by  sub- 
stances possibly  dissolved  in  the  plasma. 
The  explanation  seems  now  to  have  been 
furnished  by  Harrop  of  the  Medical  Glinic 
at  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Baltimore. 
Starting  with  the  assumption  that  the  red 
cells  in  the  blood  which  appear  reticulated 
after  certain  methods  of  histologic  staining 
are   "youthful   erythrocytes,"   Harrop   has 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBBICAN   MEDICINB 


RATIONAL.    ORGANOTHERAPY 


August^  1919 


551 


found  that  blood  which  contains  abnormal 
numbers  of  them  has  an  oxygen  absorption 
proportional  to  the  percentage  of  reticulated 
cells  present.  These  two  factors  are  interde- 
pendent ;  according  to  Harrop,  both  are  due 
to  the  presence  of  abnormal  numbers  of 
youthful  cells  and  both  are  probably  rather 
accurate  indicators  of  ftmctional  regenera- 
tion in  the  bone  marrow  and  of  the  amount 
of  blood  regeneration.  According  to  this 
latest  American  research,  normal  mature 
human  erythrocytes  have  no  oxygen  con- 
sumption measurable  by  present  methods. 
Furthermore,  when  it  is  measurably  in- 
creased in  the  blood  of  individuals  with 
anemia,  the  oxygen  consumption  has  no  di- 
rect relation  to  the  severity  of  this  symptom, 
and  no  constant  relation  to  histologic  ab- 
normalities in  the  erythrocytes  other  than 
increases  in  the  number  of  reticulated  cells. 
A  large  proportion  of  all  the  non-nucleated 
red  blood  cells  in  the  bone  marrow  is  re- 
ticulated. Accordingly,  the  increase  in  the 
number  of  these  forms,  along  with  increase 
in  the  hemoglobin  of  the  blood  and  a  greater 
oxygen  consumption  thereby,  is  indicative 
of  increased  activity  of  the  bone  marrow. 


Irritable  Heart. — Satterthwaite  writ- 
ing in  Therapeutic  Gazette,  (May,  1918) 
says  that  according  to  Bram  (N.  Y.  Med, 
Jour,)  patients  with  thyroid  disease  are 
amenable  to  non-surgical  treatment  in  75 
per  cent,  of  all  cases.  He  uses  quinine  hy- 
drobromide,  iron,  arsenic,  phosphorus,  and 
the  suprarenal  gland. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  such  instances 
some  recommend  the  X-ray  or  radium.  The 
consensus  of  opinion  appears  to  be,  how- 
ever, that  while  their  action  will  at  times 
be  beneficial,  they  may  aggravate  the  symp- 
toms. The  X-ray  has  caused  death.  All 
agree  that  rest  and  hygienic  treatment 
should  precede  any  form  of  treatment  that 
may  be  dangerous  to  life. 

As  to  operative  measures,  it  should  be 
remembered  that  other  ductless  glands  are 
apt  to  be  involved,  so  that  the  removal  of 
the  thyroid  or  any  part  of  it  may  fail  to 
reach  the  source  of  the  disease.  In  case 
there  is  an  associated  thymus  disease,  as 
shown  by  the  peculiar  nodular  growths  in 
the  mucous   membrane   of   the   upper  air 


passages,  or  in  the  skin  of  the  nose,  with 
or  without  symptoms  of  obstruction,  there 
is  call  for  the  removal  of  the  thymus  or  a 
part  of  it. 

It  is  manifestly  important,  therefore,  in 
cases  of  irritable  heart,  to  examine  for  the 
symptoms  of  disease  of  the  ductless  glands, 
so  as  to  institute  the  proper  remedial  meas- 
ures. 


Pituitary  Treatment  in  Female  Dis- 
eases.— Dalche  (Revue  Mens,  de  Gyne- 
cologie  et  d'Obstetrique,  May,  1919)  dis- 
cusses the  use  of  pituitary  by  the  mouth, 
preferring  the  dry  extract  of  the  whole 
gland  in  doses  of  two  to  four  cachets  a 
day  of  0.10  gm.  each.  This  treatment  can  be 
applied  in  every  case  of  metrorrhagia,  and 
it  often  will  give  good  results.  But  success 
depends  on  its  being  kept  up  perseveringly 
for  weeks  and  months  with  bleeding  fibro- 
mata, diffuse  fibromatosis  and  sclerosis  of 
the  uterus,  retrodisplacement  with  conges- 
tion, virginal  metrorrhagia,  intermenstrual 
dysmenorrhea — whenever,  in  short,  the  aim 
is  to  modify  a  condition  of  long  standing. 
For  example,  a  young  girl  with  too  frequent 
and  too  profuse  menstruation  should  take 
the  pituitary  extract  every  day  for  a  month, 
then  for  two  weeks  each  month,  beginning 
the  week  before  the  anticipated  menses  and 
continuing  till  the  close.  The  other  two 
weeks  he  orders  10  drops  of  tincture  of 
hamamelis  in  a  little  water  before  the  two 
principal  meals.  In  case  of  a  fibroma  he 
alternates  the  two  pituitary  weeks  with  other 
organotherapy,  and  may  conclude  with 
roentgen  treatment.  Congestions  and  exces- 
sive functioning  of  the  ovaries  or  thyroid 
may  likewise  benefit  by  pituitary  treatment, 
as  also  certain  types  of  headache,  even  those 
suggesting  false  brain  tumors,  with  exacer- 
bations at  the  menstrual  periods.  It  seems 
in  these  cases  as  if  the  endocrine  upset  had 
induced  congestion  in  the  pituitary  body  and 
that  this  congestion  was  what  causes  the 
headache.  The  action  of  pituitary  treat- 
ment is  not  restricted  to  the  genital  organs ; 
it  may  attenuate  and  suppress  the  hot  flushes 
and  sudden  sweats  of  the  menopause  and 
other  symptoms  of  ovarian  insufficiency.  It 
seems  to  promote  sleep,  appetite  and  diure- 
sis, and  combat  asthenia. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


552 


AuauBT,  1919 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


Ambhican  Mbdxcink 


ETIOLOGY 
j|piAfiNn.<;f 


The  Diagnosis  of  Acidosisr— Much  has  been 
written  on  acidosis,  says  a  writer  in  Modem 
Medicine  (May,  1919),  but  apparently  the  need 
for  more  and  continued  instruction  still  exists. 
Macleod  gives  a  fairly  complete  readable  dis- 
cussion of  the  present  status  of  this  illusive 
phenomenon.  In  particular  he  calls  Attention 
to  Sellards'  simple  test,  viz.^  under  normal  con- 
ditions only  five  grams  of  sodium  bicarbonate 
can  be  taken  a  day  without  making  the  urine 
alkaline.  When  the  alkaline  reserve,  however, 
is  seriously  depleted,  that  is,  when  acidosis 
exists,  large  quantities  of  bicarbonate,  even  as 
much  as  100  grams  a  day  can  be  taken  without 
making  the  urine  alkaline.  This  test  has  been 
found  of  particular  value  in  the  diagnosis  of 
acidosis  accompanying  certain  forms  of  renal 
disease.  He  concludes  that  Sellards'  method  is 
no  doubt  the  best  test  of  acidosis  at  present 
available  in  routine  clinical  work. 


Tabercolln  in  Diagnosis.  —  Bergmann 
(Deutsche  medizinische  Wochenschrift,  Jan.  16, 
1919)  argues  that  it  is  possible  with  the  tuber- 
culin test  to  distinguish  between  inactive  tuber- 
culosis which  is  on  the  point  of  flaring  up  and 
tuberculosis  which  is  slumbering.  For  exam- 
ple, a  man  with  indecisive  lung  findings  has 
slight  fever.  If  the  titrate^  skin  tuberculin 
reaction  is  positive,  then  he  had  better  be  kept 
under  close  observation.  If  it  is  negative,  then 
the  fever  must  be  due  to  other  causes. 


Carcinoma   of  the   Gall-Bladder^— Gallstones 

are  an  important  item  in  the  etiology  of  car- 
cinoma of  the  gall-bladder.  Deaver  (Med.  Rec- 
ord, July  12, 1919)  says  that  in  line  with  modem 
preventive  measures  it  becomes  a  vital  neces- 
sity to  prevent  if  possible  the  formation  of  gall- 
stones, or  failing  this,  to  avoid  the  possible 
consequences  which  the  irritation  of  their  pres- 
ence may  cause  and  remove  not  only  the  gall- 
stones but  the  primary  source  of  infection  that 
has  given  rise  to  their  formation. 


Bronchial  Asthma«— Bronchial  asthma  is  sup- 
posed to  be  in  part  the  result  of  the  sensitiza- 
tion of  the  patient  to  the  proteids  of  bacteria, 
foods,  and  miscellaneous  substances,  according 
to  Thro  in  N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.  (Mar.  22.  1919). 
For  example,  Walker  states  that  in  his  series 
of  patients  studied  fifty-five  per  cent,  were  sen- 


sitive to  some  protein  and  the  non-sensitive  were 
probably  due  to  chronic  bronchitis,  cardiorenal 
complications,  or  emphysema.  By  some  investi- 
gators it  is  thought  to  be  a  straight  infection 
with  bacteria.  Hay  fever,  which  is,  as  is  well 
known,  closely  related  to  asthma,  is  supposed  to 
be  due  to  sensitization  to  the  pollen  protein  of 
certain  members  of  the  vegetable  kingdom.  This 
has  been  proved  experimentally  by  Koessler. 
Urticaria,  eczema  and  angioneurotic  edema  are 
likewise  supposed  to  be  due  in  part  to  sensitizap 
tion  to  various  proteids. 

Recent  investigations  have  thrown  some  light 
on  that  obscure  condition  called  bronchial  asth- 
ma, with  the  profitable  result  that  such  investi- 
gations have  led  to  the  alleviation  of  the  symp- 
toms of  this  distressing  disease  in  a  number  of 
patients.  While  speaking  of  therapy  it  is  hardly 
necessary  for  me  to  add  that  before  the  patient 
is  treated  for  bronchial  asthma  it  must  be  as- 
certained that  the  symptoms  are  not  due  to 
cardiac,  renal,  pulmonary  or  pituitary  disease. 
Due.  consideration  must  also  be  given  to  the 
idea  advanced  by  Pottenger,  as  to  the  rela- 
tion of  the  vagus  to  the  disease.  Recent  inves- 
tigations have  added  confirmatory  evidence  to 
the  statement  made  by  Meltzer  and  Wolft- 
Eisner  that  asthma  is  to  a  great  extent  a  man- 
ifestation of  anaphylaxis  or  allergy.  It  was 
found,  that  in  the  lungs  of  animals  that  had 
died  of  anaphylactic  shock,  there  was  a  con- 
traction of  the  bronchioles  and  it  is  sup- 
posed that  a  similar  condition  exists  in  the 
asthmatic  spasm.  The  nerve  center  controlling 
the  muscles  in  the  bronchioles  in  asthmatics 
is  in  a  state  of  unstable  equilibrium.  These 
ideas  are  more  acceptable  than  the  idea  that 
asthma  is  due  to  a  congestion  of  the  mucous 
membrane  in  the  lungs. 


REATMENT 


The  Prevention  of  Inflnenial  Pneumoniae — 

The  following  exceedingly  interesting  and  sen- 
tentious communication  by  Dr.  J.  M.  W.  Kitchen 
appears  in  the  Medical  Record  (April  19,  1919). 
"Notwithstanding  the  natural  medical  antipa- 
thy to  advocating  anything:  new  in  the  way  of 
treatment  that  is  not  backed  by  accepted  theory, 
I  venture  to  offer  a  suggestion  in  view  of  the 
widespread  acknowledged  helplessness  in  pre- 
venting pneumonia  complicating  infiuenza. 

I  studied  medicine  because  of  an  inherited 
tendency  to  many  repetitions  of  attacks  of 
bronchitis.  I  probably  have  had  at  least  two 
attacks  a  year  ever  since  I  can  remember,  many 
of  which  have  been  of  infiuenzal  origin,  and  in- 
numerable threatening  congestions.  When  I 
was  a  very  young  man,  the  late  Professor 
Loomis    wrote    me    a    prescription    containing 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSRIGAN   MbDIOIKB 


TREATMENT 


August,  1919 


553 


opium  and .  Hoffman's  anodyne.  In  the  course 
of  years  I  have  modified  the  excipient  with  an 
apparent  energizing  influence  in  the  sum-total 
effects  secured.  I  have  never  had  my  pharma- 
cist make  up  the  prescription  given  below,  pre- 
ferring to  produce  the  effect  of  my  own  com- 
pounding. I  have  all  the  constituents  made  for 
me  separately,  and  I  do  the  compounding.  It 
requires  a  period  of  holding  and  blending  to 
secure  the  best  result.  There  is  no  question 
tbat  my  life  has  been  prolonged  by  this  medi- 
cine. 

The  most  attractive  theory  I  have  read  as  to 
tbe  causation  of  pneumonia  complicating  in- 
fluenza is  that  the  intensity  of  action  in  the 
larger  air  passages  and  the  character  and 
amount  of  the  mucoid  product  act,  thru  gravita- 
tion downward,  to  clog  the  air  cells,  and  hence 
incite  the  pneumonic  process.  If  this  is  so, 
why  not  do  as  I  personally  have  done  hundreds 
of  times  to  myself,  and  secure  sufficient  sedation 
of  the  respiratory  tract  to  moderate  at  least  the 
Intensity  of  the  morbid  action,  and  frequently 
entirely  stop  it?  It  seems  probable  that  the 
same  influence  which  relieves  pain  and  dis- 
comfort also  depresses  vital  activity  in  the  in- 
vading bacteria,  as  well  as  in  the  cells  of  the 
mucosa.  Hoffman's  anodyne  of  the  best  makes 
is  soothing,  and  is  nearly  all  exhaled  thru  the 
respiratory  structures.  In  some  cases  it  is  the 
only  agent  that  will  go  directly  to  and  favorably 
affect  the  smaller  air  passages.  In  my  bad  at- 
tacks I  also  use  active  counterlrritatlon.  Cam- 
phorated oil  on  the  nose  externally  is  the  best 
'cold  in  the  head'  remedy  that  can  be  used. 
Mustard  pushed  to  even  a  blistering  effect,  ap- 
plied at  various  areas  of  the  chest,  is  vastly 
helpful.  Breathing  cool  air,  but  not  so  cold  as 
to  be  irritating,  is  also  helpful  Usually  if 
enough  of  the  sedative  is  given,  circulatory  ac- 
tivity is  sufficiently  repressed,  without  requiring 
rest  in  bed.  The  late  Dr.  Alonzo  Clark  used  to 
commend  to  the  consideration  of  his  classes  the 
maxim  that  'Ck)d  shall  be  feared  and  the  in- 
testinal tract  be  kept  patent.'  He  also  used 
opium  for  peritonitis  with  beneflcial  results. 

I  submit  the  suggestion  for  what  it  may  be 
worth.  Light  attacks  may  not  kill  when  severe 
ones  would.  It  may  be  worth  trying  somewhat 
extensively.    The  prescription  follows: 

^  Grams 

Tinct.    opii 4 

Spts.  aetheris  comp 17 

Glycerinl  32 

Syr.   pruni   virg 32 

Syr.  toluUni   21 

Syr.  picis   10 

Syr.  glycyrizce  10 

M.    Sig.:    Teaspoonful   every   three   or 
four  hours. 

This  formula  costs  too  much  to  permit  its 
being  used  as  an  advertised  nostrum;  but  if 
some  manufacturing  pharmacist  could  hit  the 
knack  of  compounding  it  so  as  to  secure  the 
right  effect,  it  could  be  dispensed  under  medical 
direction.    After  all,  the  profession  will  ulti- 


mately be  called  on  to  direct  the  consumption 
of  all  narcotics  and  stimulants." 


Management  of  Constipation  Among  School 

Girls*— Brydon  (Virginia  Medical  Monthly, 
June,  1918)  calls  attention  to  the  frequency  of 
constipation  among  otherwise  normally  healthy 
school  girls,  and  ascribes  it  to  flve  causes,  viz., 
dietary  indiscretions,  insufficient  exercise,  in- 
sufficient ingestion  of  fluids,  lack  of  regularity 
in  defecation,  and  cathartic  drugs.  The  flrst 
of  these  consists  in  the  ingestion  of  enormous 
amounts  of  sweets,  pickles,  crackers,  and  other 
prepared  foods  looked  upon  as  a  necessary  ad- 
junct to  the  monotonous  school  fare.  Most  of 
this  material  is  readily  assimilated  and  lacking 
in  residue.  In  the  treatment,  a  list  of  foods 
rich  in  cellulose  is  given,  viz.,  cabbage,  toma- 
toes, onions,  spinach,  corn,  string  beans,  lettuce, 
cucumbers,  asparagus,  wheat  and  rye  bread, 
and  the  coarser  cereals,  oatmeal,  corn  meal, 
and  hominy.  Bran  is  a  valuable  help  and 
should  be  used  as  an  addition  to  cereals,  breads, 
etc.  Some  fruit  should  be  taken  at  each  meal, 
if  possible,  and  before  retiring.  To  be  avoided, 
in  a  general  way,  are  excess  of  eggs  or  milk, 
sweets,  pastries,  nuts,  cheese,  crackers,  new 
white  bread,  hot  bread,  toast,  macaroni,  rich 
stews  and  gravies,  most  chafing  dish  products, 
condiments  and  soda  fountain  drinks.  The 
reasons  for  these  dietetic  recommendations  are 
carefully  explained.  As  regards  lack  of  exer- 
cise, most  girls,  in  spite  of  having  gymnasium 
work  twice  a  week,  lead  almost  sedentary  lives. 
A  half  hour  walk,  covering  a  certain  distance, 
must  be  added  by  the  girl  patient  in  her  daily- 
schedule.  Invariably  these  patients  do  not 
drink  enough  water.  The  necessary  corrective- 
suggestion  is  best  effected  in  the  form  of  ques- 
tions, bringing  out  the  fact  that  the  body  loses 
twelve  glassfuls  of  water  a  day,  while  the  fluid 
in  solid  foods  only  makes  up  about  four.  Ir- 
.regularity  of  defecation  is  overcome  only  by 
impressihg  the  proper  mental  attitude  on  this 
point  on  the  patient.  As  regards  drugs,  their 
dangers  should  be  explained  as  impressively  as 
possible,  and  the  girl  required  always  to  report 
if  she  needs  a  laxative,  as  well  as  at  regular  in- 
tervals. In  those  already  inured  to  the  laxative- 
habit  cascara  is  given,  three  minims  three  times 
a  day,  increased  one  drop  daily  until  a  good  . 
daily  movement  results,  then  reduced  one  drop 
daily  to  complete  cessation.  Suppositories,, 
enemas,  abdominal  massage  and  calomel  are  to 
be  avoided. 


The    Value   of   Teast   In    Oastro-enterltls. — 

Yeast  has  been  used  in  the  treatment  of  gastro- 
enteritis of  adults  and  infants  by  Drs.  Thier- 
celin  and  Chevrey  (Rev.  de  therap.  med.-che. 
1899,  pp.  797-803)  with  marked  beneficial  re- 
sults. They  gave  a  suspension  of  yeast  to 
children  by  rectum,  2  or  3  times  a  day  after  the 
rectum  had  been  washed  out.  The  children 
were  held  by  the  nurse  in  such  a  position  that 


Digitized  by 


Google 


554 


AuausT,  1919 


TREATMENT 


American  Msdxcinb 


they  could  not  expel  the  suspension.    Food  was 
withheld  until  the  fever  fell. 

Cures  of  chronic  gastro-enteritis  were  treated 
the  same  way.  In  one  case  of  dysenteric  diar- 
rhea (in  an  adult)  that  had  resisted  other  treat- 
ment for  more  than  a  month,  the  remedy  was 
used  with  success  within  48  hours  after  first  ad- 
ministration. The  adult  cases  were  given  yeast  ■ 
by  mouth  as  well  as  by  rectum.  (One  case  in  an 
adult  was  a  case  of  muco-membranous  enteritis, 
which  improved  very  much  under  yeast  treat- 
ment.) 

It  stands  to  reason  that  yeast  will  exert  a 
greater  influence  on  the  gastrointestinal  tract 
when  it  is  given  by  mouth  than  when  it  is  given 
by  rectum  alone.  Yeast  also  has  a  beneficial 
effect  on  infants  with  gastro-enteritis  when  it  is 
given  by  mouth.  This  is  shown  to  advantage 
in  the  results  obtained  by  Sittler  in  the 
treatment  of  infants  with  gastro-enteritis  with 
yeast  by  mouth  (Munch,  med.  Wochenschrift, 
1906.  No.  63.  pp.  1761-1762).  Sittler's  plan  was 
to  cut  out  milk  from  the  diet,  to  substitute 
weak  tea  or  albumin  water  and  gradually  to 
work  up  to  heavier  preparations.  The  yeast 
was  given  in  sweetened  water.  When  necessary 
the  bowels  and  the  stomach  were  irrigated  and 
other  medicines  were  employed.  Under  yeast 
treatment  the  odor  of  the  stools  became  less 
objectionable,  and  the  number  of  stools  was 
diminished.  Vomiting  soon  ceased.  In  some 
cases  a  cure  was  obtained  when  yeast  alone  was 
used.  In  other  cases  yeast  had  a  beneficial 
effect  when  calomel,  bismuth,  or  irrigation  had 
not  produced  satisfactory  results.  The  weakly 
acid  reaction  of  the  stools  favors  the  action  of 
the  yeast.  In  one  case  only  did  the  diarrhea 
become  worse  under  yeast  treatment.  The  treat- 
ment can  be  satisfactorily  combined  with  the 
administration  of  bismuth  or  tannalbin. 

In  a  more  recent  publication  Sittler  investi- 
gating the  stools  of  infants  has  determined  that 
yeast  with  lactic  acid  and  lactic  acid  bacilli 
favors  the  growth  of  the  bacillus  bifldus  (a 
favorable  organism)  in  the  stools.  He  states 
that  treatment  with  yeast,  lactic  acid,  and  lactic 
acid  bacilli  may  be  combined  to  advantage  with 
treatment  with  the  astringents. 


The    Rapid    Care    of    Scarlatina.— Mangitta 

(Oiomale  di  Medicina  Militare,  Jan.  31,  1918) 
describes  his  treatment  of  scarlet  fever  with 
a  combination  of  chlorophenol,  quinine  and 
camphor.  Two  injections  are  sufficient  in  a 
case  of  moderate  severity,  twelve  to  twenty-four 
hours  apart,  given  preferably  intramuscularly 
in  the  gluteal  region.  Every  feature  of  the 
disease  is  ameliorated  and  the  course  aborted. 
Mangitta  considers  that  this  method  changes 
the  treatment  of  scarlet  fever  from  a  passive  to 
a  markedly  active  one,  and  reports  in  detail 
seven  cases  to  support  his  assertions.  A  marked 
feature  of  this  method  is  the  almost  immediate 
subjective  feeling  of  well-being,  with  a  rapid 
drop  in  temperature. 


Some  Cllnieal  Aspects  of  the  Recent  Influ- 
enia  Epidemic*— The  epidemic  thru  which  we 
have%  recently  passed  says  Eshner  (New  York 
Med,  Jour.,  Feb.  1,  1919)  was  noteworthy  for 
the  relative  rapidity  of  its  invasion,  the  wide 
extent  of  its  distribution  and  the  comparative 
suddenness  of  its  decline.  It  seemed  compara- 
ble to  a  conflagration  that  burned  flercely  until 
it  had  consumed  the  inflammable  material  with- 
in its  sphere  of  action.  About  eight  per  cent, 
of  the  population  was  attacked  by  the  disease 
according  to  the  author,  with  a  mortality  of  be- 
tween eight  and  ten  per  cent.  Many  mild  cases 
were  given  scant  or  no  attention.  As  with  in- 
fectious diseases  in  general  the  prevalence  was 
greatest  where  congestion  was  densest  and  hu- 
man intercourse  most  intimate.  It  seemed  as  tho 
adults  between  twenty  and  forty  suffered  most, 
altho  children  by  no  means  escaped,  while  old 
persons  were  attacked  in  smaller  number. 
Negroes  appeared  to  exhibit  little  susceptibility 
to  the  disease.  The  number  of  pregnant  wom- 
en attacked  was  striking,  altho  the  proportion 
may  not  have  been  excessive.  The  association 
was  not  a  happy  one.  The  exact  nature  of  the 
disease  will  have  to  be  established  by  the  bac- 
teriologists. 

Clinically  the  disorder  took  the  form  of  an 
acute  infective  process  of  which  the  respiratory 
apparatus  bore  the  brunt  in  the  vast  majority 
of  cases.  The  onset  was  in  general  insidious 
rather  than  abrupt,  with  chilliness,  commonly 
repeated  in  the  course  of  the  attack.  Backache, 
headache  and  general  pains  of  varying  degree 
of  severity  were  early  symptoms.  The  tempera- 
ture course  may  fairly  be  described  as  erratic, 
and  did  not  always  bear  a  direct  relation  to  the 
severity  of  the  other  symptoms.  Sometimes  it 
was  high  (105")  in  an  apparently  mild  case, 
while  it  might  be  moderate  in  the  presence  of 
conditions  that  seemed  grave.  Again  it  would 
fluctuate  widely  in  the  course  of  even  a  few 
hours.  As  a  rule  it  subsided  within  a  few  d^ys. 
to  rise  again  after  an  afebrile  interval.  Not 
rarely  it  ascended  again  from  several  to  many 
days  after  the  attack  had  apparently  come  to  an 
end,  eventually  declining  by  lysis,  sometimes 
over  a  protracted  period. 

In  some  cases  there  was  coryza.  Nosebleed 
was  not  uncommon  and  at  times  profuse  and  re- 
peated. In  almost  all  cases  there  was  cough, 
altho  not  always  at  the  beginning.  Often  this 
was  most  obstinate  and  distressing,  interfering 
with  sleep,  at  times  from  its  violence  productive 
of  severe  pain  in  thoracic  and  abdominal  mus- 
cles, and  in  some  instances  inducing  vomiting. 
In  many  cases  there  was  persistent  complaint 
of  a  sense  of  rawness  of  the  throat  and  behind 
the  sternum.  Expectoration  was  often  difficult, 
yielding  a  small  amount  of  tough  mucus.  Quite 
generally  the  sputum  was  blood-tinged,  often 
resembling  watermelon  juice,  at  other  times  ^e- 
ing  rusty,  and  in  some  instances  consisting  al- 
most wholly  of  pure  blood.  Not  rarely  there 
was  sharp  pain  in  the  chest,  aggravated  by 
breathing  or  other  movement.  Frequently 
there  was  dyspnea,  at  times  of  great  intensity 
and  occasionally  attaining  to  the  degree  of  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medxcinx 


GENERAL  TOPICS 


August,  1919 


555 


veritable  air  hunger.  Cyanosis  was  common 
and  in  some  instances  quite  pronounced.  The 
appetite  usually  was  impaired,  at  times  wholly 
lost.  Nausea  was  common  and  vomiting  fre- 
quent. Usually  me  bowels  were  constipated. 
As  a  rule  sleep  was  disturbed,  often  to  a  marked 
degree. 

In  most  cases  urinary  excretion  appeared  to 
be  normal,  but  in  a  number  of  instances  the 
amount  voided  was  markedly  diminished  and  in 
some  instances  there  was  total  anuria  for  as 
long  as  twenty-four  hours  and  more.  There 
was  little  Opportunity  to  examine  the  urine  dur- 
ing the  course  of  the  attacK,  but  examinations 
made  at  later  periods  failed  to  disclose  evi- 
dences of  nephritis.  In  one  case  there  was 
hematuria. 

Sweating  was  a  noteworthy  and  almost  dis- 
tinctive feature,  and  it  could  not  always  be  at- 
tributed to  the  medication.  In  some  cases  it 
appeared  early  and  was  repeated  thruout  and 
even  beyond  the  duration  of  the  attack.  Not 
rarely  it  was  quite  profuse  and  patients  fre- 
quently were  literally  drenched  in  the  transuda- 
tion. Delirium  occurred  frequently  and  some- 
times was  quite  active.  Some  patients  in  this 
state  got  out  of  bed  despite  attempts  at  re- 
straint and  walked  into  the  street  in  their  bed- 
clothes and  thus  t>recipitated  a  fatal  issue.  One 
case  presented  symptoms  of  meningitis  and 
after  apparently  responding  to  treatment  the 
patient  died  finally  after  many  weeks.  In  some 
cases  depressive  psychoses  followed  in  the  train 
of  the  disease.  Naturally  there  was,  as  a  rule, 
considerable  loss  of  weight,  and  the  ensuing 
debility  lasted  for  a  considerable  period  of  time. 
In  mild  cases  the  disease  came  to  an  end  in 
from  three  to  five  days.  Sometimes  this  period 
was  followed  by  a  remission  or  intermission, 
upon  which  a  second  febrile  period  developed. 
In  this  interval  many  patients  were  tempted  to 
get  up  from  bed,  with  resulting  intensification 
of  the  previous  symptoms  and  aggravation  of 
the  general  condition.  Also  this  period  not 
rarely  marked  the  onset  of  symptoms  of  pneu- 
monia. 

The  physical  signs  with  reference  to  the  lungs 
were  extremely  variable.  In  some  even  when 
the  sputum  was  blood-tinged  the  physical  evi- 
dences of  pneumonia  were  not  conclusive  be- 
yond peradventure  of  doubt;  nor  did  the  sub- 
sequent course  of  the  disease  bear  out  the  sus- 
picion of  pneumonia.  In  many  cases  there  were 
slight  or  more  extensive  areas  of  impaired 
resonance  in  one  or  both  lungs,  with  roughened 
or  bronchial  breathing,  while  in  a  smaller  num- 
ber there  were  the  percussion  dulness,  the 
bronchial  breathing,  and  the  bronchophony  of 
lobar  pneumonia,  often  associated  with  the  fric- 
tion-rub of  pleurisy  and  at  times  with  the 
egophony  of  an  effusion.  In  some  cases  the  two 
forms  of  pneumonia  appeared  to  be  associated. 
Tinnitus  aurlum  and  impairment  of  hearing 
were  observed  in  a  number  of  cases,  in  some  ap- 
parently unrelated  to  medicamentous  ori^n. 
The  absence  of  articular  and  cardiac  complica- 
tions, endocardial  and  pericardial,  was  note- 
worthy. The  foregoing  statements  are  based 
on  observations  made  in  some  400  cases,  all  seen 
In  private  practice. 


The  Influence  of  the  War  on  Medicine.— The 

Great  War  has  shown  the  value  of  team  work, 
specialization,  antiseptics,  new  methods  of  treat- 
ing wounds,  fractures  and  shock;  better  methods 
of  killing  parasites,  particularly  the  terrible 
louse;  and  added  emphasis  has  been  given  to 
the  importance  of  sanitary  measures  looking 
to  the  prevention  of  typhoid  and  other  filth 
diseases  {Canadian  Jour,  of  Med.  and  8urg,, 
May,  1919). 

Fine  progress  has  been  made  in  the  treatment 
of  wounds  of  the  heart  and  lungs.  The  lesson 
of  early  investigation,  by  operation,  of  wounds 
penetrating  the  abdominal  walls  has  been 
learned.  The  treatment  of  the  various  war 
neuroses  underwent  considerable  change  during 
the  progress  of  the  war — for  the  better. 

In  how  far  Dakin's  solution,  Wright's  salt 
solution,  Morrison's  Blpp,  and  Di-chloramlne  T 
will  supersede  bi-chlorlde,  carbolic  acid,  and 
iodine  in  the  treatment  of  infected  wounds,  re- 
mains to  be  seen. 

Marked  advance  has  been  made  In  orthopedic 
work  and  in  plastic  surgery,  particularly  of  the 
face  in  all  its  parts. 

Much  good  work  has  been  done  in  lesions  of 
the  central  and  peripheral  nervous  system,  and 
added  light  has  been  thrown  on  many  mental 
conditions. 

We  hope  that  many  of  our  fighting  brethren 
found  time  to  make  notes  of  their  more  inter- 
esting cases,  and  that  they  will  elaborate  these 
notes,  and  that  from  time  to  time  they  will  be 
published  in  the  medical  press  for  the  benefit 
of  the  profession  at  large. 


Some  Things  to  Bemember  About  Robber 
Gloves. — First.  They  are  perishable  articles 
and  costly. 

Second.  The  life  of  the  glove  can  easily  be 
shortened  by  Just  a  little  every-day  carelessness. 

Third.  Before  a  nurse  is  given  any  respon- 
sibility about  the  care  of  rubber  gloves,  she 
should  be  Instructed  as  to  the  cost,  the  proper 
way  of  putting  on  and  taking  off  gloves,  proper 
methods  of  sterilization,  etc. 

Fourth.  Teaching  what  not  to  do  in  hand- 
ling rubber  gloves  is  important. 

Fifth.  Experience  has  shown  that  the  life  of 
the  glove  is  prolonged  by  sterilizing  by  boiling 
in  water  as  compared  to  sterilization  by  steam 
under  pressure. 

Sixth.  Grease  and  oils  cause  softening  of  the 
rubber. 

Seventh.  The  general  care  which  a  nurse 
gives  to  gloves  when  not  In  use — before  and 
after  operation — has  almost  as  much  effect  in 
determining  the  length  of  life  of  the  glove  as 


Digitized  by 


Google 


556 


August^  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


AlCBRIGAN   MBDICINS 


i 


the  wear  and  tear  given  by  the  surgeon.  If 
gloves  are  wet  before  removing  from  the  hands 
they  are  less  likely  to  tear. 

Eighth,  The  best  way  of  ptittlng  a  patch  on 
rubber  gloves  should  be  known  by  every  nurse. 

Ninth.  Uses  for  worn-out  rubber  gloves  should 
be  demonstrated  to  nurses  early  in  their  course. 
An  ingenious  operating  room  nurse  found  a 
dozen  ways  of  utilizing  the  rubber  in  the  glove, 
after  its  days  of  usefulness  in  the  operating 
room  were  over. 

Tenth.  Every  nurse  should  be  able  to  write 
a  concise  complete  answer  to  the  following 
questions:  What  are  rubber  gloves  used  for? 
How  should  they  be  prepared  for  use?  What 
special  points  about  rubber  gloves  should  a 
nurse  observe  before,  during  and  after  opera- 
tion? 

A  pad  for  protecting  the  eyes  during  anes- 
thesia was  made  of  cotton,  covered  with  rubber 
cut  from  the  back  of  a  glove,  the  cotton  and 
rubber  being  sewed  together. 

A  cover  for  a  saline  flask. 

Rubber  bands  of  varying  widths  cut  from 
fingers  of  rubber  gloves  have  found  many  uses 
in  the  hospital. 

Protectors  for  wide-mouth  bottles  containing 
surgical  dusting  powder,  also  for  test  tubes. 
Finger-cots  of  varying  sizes  may  be  secured  by 
cutting  oft  the  fingers  of  rubber  gloves  which 
are  no  longer  useful  in  actual  surgery. 

Strip  can  be  cut  for  subcutaneous  drainage 
to  be  used  instead  of  gutta  percha  or  rubber 
dam. 

Patches  for  mending  gloves  and  bath  caps, 
also  hot  water  bottles. 

A  protector  for  a  gall-bladder  drain.  Lastly 
the  pieces  left  are  collected  and  sold  as  "old 
rubber." — The  Trained  Nurse,  May,  1919. 


Incompatibility  of  Quinine  and  Aspirin*— Dr. 

Saenz  de  Santa  Maria  Y.  Marron,  writing  in 
El  Siglo  Medico,  and  quoted  by  the  Medical 
Record,  relates  that  during  a  year's  experience 
in  the  use  of  aspirin  he  has  learned  that  the 
combination  with  quinine  is  an  undesirable 
one.  In  giving  remedies  in  combination  we  ex- 
pect synergism  in  action,  a  result  superior  to 
that  obtained  by  uncombined  use.  Failure  to 
obtain  a  heightened  effect  is  itself  sufficient  to 
do  away  with  the  combination.  But  in  such 
combinations  we  may  get  failure  of  a  higher 
tjTJe — either  refusal  of  one  remedy  to  act  or 
else  actual  untoward  result. of  some  kind.  The 
writer  states  that  his  expectation  was  often  de- 
frauded, and  cites  examples.  There  was  one 
patient  who  was  getting  25  cgms.  of  each  drug 
three  times  daily,  and  who  showed  on  the  fol- 
lowing day  a  severe  tachycardia,  restlessness 
and  adynamia.  The  case  was  one  of  Influenza, 
In  which  in  the  author's  experience,  the  heart 
frequency  is  by  no  means  unduly  great,  by 
reason  of  some  action  by  the  grip  toxin  on  the 
vagus.  The  possibility  of  an  Idiosyncrasy  was 
dashed  by  noting  analogous  behavior  in  a  series 
of  other  cases.  The  problem  was  taken  to  the 
pharmaceutical    laboratory,    and    the    evidence 


appears  to  show  that  under  the  catalytic  action 
of  aspirin  in  the  stomach  or  blood  the  quinine 
was  changed  to  a  toxic  derivative  which  was 
termed  quinotoxin.  This  latter,  an  insomer  of 
quinine,  appears  to  be  known  to  chemists,  and 
it  has  the  reputation  of  being  able  to  cause 
death.  The  brevity  and  vagueness  of  the 
article  prevent  a  complete  visualization  of  the 
author's  notions  on  the  subject,  but  he  is  op- 
posed to  polypharmacy  on  the  principle  that 
while  one  remedy  may  potentize  another  in 
some  cases,  there  is  also  a  danger  that  one 
remedy  can  denature  another  into  a  toxic  sub- 
stance. The  lessons  are  plain,  for  every  al- 
leged synergistic  combination  must  have  this 
possibility  excluded  before  use  on  man.  and  new 
substances  must  not  be  carelessly  mixed  with 
old  ones. 


HEWS  NOTES  "» 
ANNOONCEMENTJ 


A    School    of    Occopatloiial    Therapy.— The 

first  number  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  St.  Iiouis 
School  of  Occupational  Therapy  is  being  dis- 
tributed among  those  who  are  likely  to  spread 
the  knowledge  that  instruction  in  occupational 
therapy  is  being  systematically  conducted  in 
St.  Louis.  The  course  will  prepare  students  to 
teach  occupational  therapy  to  physically  and 
mentally  handicapped,  and  convalescents  in 
public  and  private  institutions,  and  to  meet 
the  demand  of  the  government  for  reconstruc- 
tion aides  in  military  hospitals  so  long  as  that 
need  exists.  The  next  class  opens  September 
16,  and  includes  sixteen  weeks  of  craft  work 
and  twelve  weeks  of  hospital  practice.  The 
cooperation  of  the  Barnes  Hospital,  the  City 
Hospital,  and  the  City  Sanitarium  offers  ample 
opportunity  for  practical  instruction.  This  is 
a  splendid  opportunity  for  young  men  and 
women  with  a  high  school  education  and  the 
instinct  of  helpfulness  to  enter  a  field  that  will 
prove  congenial  and  profitable. 


Medical  School  in  China  Opens. — The  Peking 
Union  Medical  College,  Peking,  China,  which 
has  been  built  under  the  direction  of  the  Rocke- 
feller Foundation,  will  open  for  the  instruction 
of  students  in  October,  1919.  The  college  will 
give  a  four  years'  course  in  medicine  and  an  ad- 
ditional year  of  special  work  in  hospitals  or  in 
laboratories.  The  school  will  be  coeducational. 
There  is  also  a  premedical  school  offering  a 
three  years'  course  preparatory  to  admission  to 
the  medical  school.  This  premedical  school  was 
opened  in  September,  1917. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


DCr.?9   'O: 


BNERI(MI£D1CINC 

PUBLISHED   MONTHLT 
BdMorUl  OtHommt    18  Bast  4l0<  St..  If*w  Tork  City.         PnbUeatioA  OIIImsi    189  C*U«i«'S(..  BnrllaitoA,  ▼<• 


Oomptoto  SarlM,    YdL  XXY.  No.  0 
Vtm  Series,  Yol.  XIT.    No.  0 


SEPTEMBER,  1919 


$2.00 


TllBLT 
In  Utuoo 


CONTENTS 


Bdltortal 

BfoB  aad  rnUiiffs    

Oridnal    ArttdM     

Fftysleiil  l&aFBpy    

Ratkmal    Orsanoikempy 
Br*^K'i^a7B  ABd  Hlgkway 

AjnooiT  tke  Books   

OovreopondoBoe    


Qtmerwd  Topies   . 
Nows  Noteo  and 


«71 
B75 


614 
614 
616 
617 


(OoBtlniMd  OB  PftffO  i) 


CONTRIBUTORS 


B.  8.  TALBOOY,  M.  Ji^  New  York  City. 
GBOBGB  DOW  SCOTT,  A.  B«  Bw  8.»  H.  D.,  Now 

York  City. 
DATID  M.  VlAJPULN,  M.  D.,  Now  York  City. 
PHUjIP  OGINZ,  BL  D^  Brooklyn^  N.  Y. 
BICHABD  HOONBB;  VL  D.,  Boston,  MaBB. 
'W.  H.  BAND,  M.  D.,  Waahinffton,  D.  C. 
H.  B.  ANDE2B80N,  M.  D.,  Toronto,  Canada. 


BntoMd  it  ttooad-elAM  nutter  Janaaiy  SB,  1906,  •!  ttio  Foil  Oftco  al  Barlington,  Yk,  onder  Ael  of  Gonffrrat,  lUioh  S,  1879. 

Hot  Weather  Skin  Irritations — 

notably  chafing,  prickly  heat,  sunburn  and  similar  affections 
—are  promptly  relieved  by 

K'  Y  Lubricating  Jelly 

Applied  liberally  to  irritated  or  inflamed  areas,  the  pronounced  cool- 
ing and  soothing  action  of  this  ^ective  local  remedy  is  at  once 
manifest.  ^  Smarting,  burning  and  itching  are  quickly  allayed  and 
local  congestion  is  rapidly  overcome.  In  ract,  by  its  beneficial  efFects 
upon  the  skin,  as  well  as  by  reason  of  its  water-solubility,  its  abso- 
lute freedom  from  staining  skin  or  clothing,  its  non-greasiness  and 
the  altogether  unusual  cleanliness  of  its  character, 

K^Y  Lubrtcattng  Jelly 

is  an  ideal  emollient 


In  oollapribla  tubes  at  25e. 
Obtainable  at  all  Drug  Stoves. 
Sample  on  rsqueat. 


It  relieves  itchiog  and  burning  when  most  ordinary  rdiel 
measures  prove  inefiFective. 

NEW  DRUNSWICK,  N.  J^  U.&  A. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


V^  fteie  ke  anodier 
qrilendc  (rfinfloenza? 

A  RE  we  to  hmre  a  recunrenee  ol  Am  plague  which  diettroyed  half  a 
JTwk  milium  Eves  in  this  country  a  year  ago>     In  all  probabilily.  yes. 
A  review  of  the  records  of  previous  epidemics  warrants  the 
assumption  that  the  scourge  will  reappear  this  fall  and  next  winter. 

In  the  event  that  this  theoiy  proves  correct;  how  can  fine  medkal 
profesnon  cope  vrith  the  disease? 

Prophylactic  vaccination  is  the  rational  imxedure.  hi  support  of  this 
contention  we  cite  two  illustrations: 

In  one  locality*  during  the  recent  epidemic,  3437  persons  were 
immunised  vrith  Influenza-Pneumonia  Vaccine  (Prophylactic).  Of  diis 
number  only  six  died,  and  Aese  had  but  one  injectioiL  Among  those 
who  received  two  or  three  injections  there  were  no  deaths. 

In  another  locality  800  persons  were  immunized:  461  received  one 
inoculation,  224  received  two,  95  received  three.  Only  twenty  cases  oi 
influrtn?gi  developed  among  those  who  had  one  or  more  inoailatioiis. 
But  two  deadis  occurred,  and  these  were  of  persons  who  had  only  one 
inoculatioiL 


As  a  prophylactic  Ae  vaccine  is  a^lministiwaJ  in  diree  giadnated 
doses  at  intervals  of  three  oi  four  dasrs.  The  first  dose  is  two  mad  on^ 
half  billions  (1/2  mil);  the  second,  five  billions  (I  mil);  the  third,i 
and  one-half  billions  (I  1/2  mils). 

InfhienzA-Piieuinoiiia  Vaccine 
(Prophylactic) 

Bio. 612.    HiTM  bulM  0/2  mfll  I  mfll  I  tflnukh 

ooa  prophylactic  teeatmenL 
Bio.  633.    Throe  ^yiinstt  ( 1/2  mil,  I  milp  I  l/lnilt). 
Bio.  634.    One  5-mil  TiaL 
Bio.  635.    One  20-mil  viaL 

We  oommend  diis  vaociBe  to  die  conaderation  of  physicians. 


Parke,  Davis  &  0>mpany 

DETROIT 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWIH  LEWIS,  M.  D..  yfanrngiHg  Editor 

PUBUBHU)  MOinHLT  BT  THB  AMBRICAX  MBDICAL  PUBUBHUCQ  COMPANY 

CopfTlffhfted  bj  the  Amtrican  Medieal  PobUsUnc  Co.,  1919 


IRA  8.  WILE,  Associate  Edtio* 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  9 
New  Series,  ^  ' 


,  Vol.  XIV.  No.  0 


SEPTEMBER,  1919 


to  no       YEARLY 
#^.UU     In  Advance 


National  Medical  Licensure. — The  fed- 
eralization of  service  for  war  purposes  of 
more  than  30,000  physicians  revealed  many 
weaknesses  in  our  methods  of  medical  edu- 
cation. The  experience  of  the  Army  and 
Xavy  is  suggestive  of  various  inequalities 
in  licensure  as  practiced  during  the  past 
decades  in  the  various  states  in  the  Union. 
We  have  repeatedly  called  attention  to  the 
necessity  of  a  standardized  examination  for 
medical  practitioners  thruout  the  United 
States. 

The  National  Board  of  Medical  Examin- 
ers seeks  to  conduct  examinations,  with  the 
assistance  of  state  examining  boards,  for 
graduates  in  medicine  who  are  candidates 
for  licenses  to  practice  medicine.  Accord- 
ing to  Walter  L.  Bierring,  Modern  Medi- 
cine, July,  1919,  the  certificate  of  the  Board 
is  accepted  for  admission  into  the  Army, 
Navy,  and  Public  Health  Medical  Service 
without  further  mental  examination.  Prac- 
tically two- thirds  of  the  State  Boards  of 
Medical  Examiners  "have  already  signified 
their  acceptance  and  endorsement  of  the 
Board's  certificate."  This  degree  of  pro- 
gress Sfi  most  encouraging,  and  prob- 
ably within  the  next  few  years,  some  of  the 
barriers  will  be  broken  down  and  a  single 
examination,  held  in  various  centers  of  the 
country,  will  suffice  to  provide  an  adequate 
test  of  the  capability  of  those  applying  for 
licensure. 


The  requirements  for  admission  to  ex- 
amination by  the  National  Board  of  Ex- 
aminers, include  a  certificate  from  an  ac- 
credited four-year  high  school,  two  years 
of  pre-medical  college  work,  including  at 
least  one  year  each  of  chemistry,  physics, 
and  biology,  and  a  reading  knowledge  of  a 
foreign  language,  graduation  from  a  so- 
called  Class  A  medical  school,  and  one  year 
of  interne  service  in  an  approved  hospital. 
The  examinations  thus  far  conducted  pro- 
vide for  a  short  written  examination  in 
various  subjects,  combined  with  a  practical 
test,  the  examinations  covering  a  period  of 
six  days  with  a  Sunday  intervening  to  pro- 
vide for  rest. 

Endorsement  of  the  Plan* — The  plan 
has  been  favorably  reported  by  R.  W. 
Powell,  Registrar  of  the  Dominion  Coun- 
cil of  Canada  and  Colonel  Charles  Dercle, 
who  represented  the  French  Medical 
Service  in  the  Surgeon  General's  office,  dur- 
ing the  period  of  war  activities. 

While  thus  far  the  National  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  has  not  been  successful 
in  its  aim  to  unify  and  standardize  medical 
examinations  thruoUt  the  United  States,  it 
has  recognized  the  necessity  of  an  interna- 
tional standard  of  medical  practice.  It  is 
therefore  seeking  the  endorsement  of  the 
examining  bodies  of  France,  England  and 
Italy    with   a   view   to   receiving   their   co- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


560 


Sbptember^  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


American  Mbdxcink 


operation,  and  eventually  arriving  at  an 
international  recognition  of  medical  stand- 
ards of  American  medical  practice  as  rep- 
resented by  their  plan  of  examination. 

Certificates  have  been  granted  to  those 
who  have  given  adequate  evidence  of  their 
capability  in  the  theory  of  practice  of  medi- 
cine thru  the  successful  completion  of  com- 
prehensive and  essentially  practical  tests 
covering  medicine,  surgery,  obstetrics, 
chemistry,  physiology,  clinical  microscopy, 
bacteriology,  hygiene,  applied  anatomy  and 
the  surgical  specialties. 

Considering  that  the  National  Board  of 
Examiners  dates  its  origin  to  1915,  it  is 
patent  that  its  accomplishments  thus  far  are 
fully  commensurate  with  the  importance 
of  this  subject,  considering  the  interference 
with  its  development  incidental  to  military 
activities.  While  the  original  intention  was 
to  hold  examinations  in  Washington,  cir- 
cumstances have  demonstrated  the  imprac- 
ticability of  this  procedure,  and  efforts  have 
been  made  to  hold  examinations  in  the 
larger  medical  centers,  such  as  New  York, 
Chicago  and  Philadelphia,  while  during 
1918  examinations  were  held  at  the  Med- 
ical Officers'  Training  Camps  at  Fort  Riley, 
Kansas,  and  Fort  Oglethorpe,  Georgia.  It 
would  appear  to  be  desirable  to  distribute 
the  centers  of  examination  more  widely,  so 
that  there  might  be  at  least  one  center  in 
each  state  and  territory  of  the  Union.  In 
order  to  popularize  the  movement,  it  should 
be  made  as  practicable  as  possible,  and  be 
well  suited  to  the  convenience  of  the  young 
men  whom  the  National  Board  of  Examin- 
ers hopes  to  interest  because  of  the  advan- 
tages to  be  derived  by  holding  a  single 
license  to  practice,  recognized  thruout  the 
United  States  and  probably  Europe. 

Some  questions  may  arise  as  to  the  diffi- 
culties involved  in  this  plan,  but  the  com- 


plete success  of  the  movement  will  be  de- 
termined by  the  facilities  afforded  those 
desirous  of  taking  advantage  of  the  univer- 
sal test.  State  reciprocity  will  gradually 
follow  the  introduction  of  a  type  of  exam- 
ination which  proves  itself  acceptable  to 
the  various  State  Boards  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners. An  incidental  benefit  will  accrue 
thru  raising  the  standard  of  medical  edu- 
cation in  those  states  willing  to  grant  and 
receive  reciprocity  because  of  the  provision 
for  the  graduation  of  applicants  for  na- 
tional licensure  from  a  Class  A  medical 
school.  Similarly,  the  development  of  a 
fifth  year  devoted  to  interne  service  in  an 
accredited  hospital  will  gain  adherents,  if 
it  be  made  an  included  item,  imperative  in 
medical  education  previous  to  licensure. 

Possible  Objections. — No  doubt  consid- 
erable objections  will  be  raised  because  of 
these  two  factors  which  should  appeal  to 
these  interested  in  the  improvement  of  med- 
ical education  in  the  United  States.  The 
ai)ol()gists  for  lower  grade  medical  schools 
and  the  appeals  of  those  solicitous  for  the 
welfare  of  the  poor  but  honest  graduate,  for 
whom  a  period  of  intemeship  might  prove 
a  hardship,  are  likely  to  interfere  with  the 
rapid  growth  of  a  powerful  sentiment  in 
favor  of  a  single  type  of  examination  as 
proposed  by  the  National  Board  of  Exam- 
iners. Similarly,  many  will  claim  that 
faikire  will  deprive  an  individual  of  the  due 
and  proper  rewards  of  time,  money  and 
energy  expended  in  securing  medical  train- 
ing, regardless  of  the  fact  that  the  general 
public  deserves  to  be  protected  against  those 
who  have  gone  to  medical  school  for  a  full 
period  of  time,  and,  because  of  low  stand- 
ards, have  succeeded  in  passing  examina- 
tions, but  who  are,  to  all  intents  and  pur- 
poses, incapable  of  the  efficient  practice  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN  Medici NB 


EDITORIAL.    COMMENT 


Skptember,  1919 


561 


medicine.  Naturally,  there  will  be  opposi- 
tion by  medical  institutions,  other  than  those 
belonging  to  Qass  A,  unless  they  possess 
the  inclination  and  the  funds  to  better  their 
plants,  equipment,  personnel,  curriculum 
and  their  requirements  for  admission  so  as 
to  be  eligible  to  Class  A. 

Under  the  present  plan,  State  Boards  are 
not  necessarily  omitted,  and  state  authority 
is  still  recognized  for  providing  its  own 
standards  for  medical  licensure.  The  cer- 
tification of  the  National  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners,  however,  represents  a  form  of 
test  and  examination  which  is,  in  a  sense, 
supplemental  to  that  generally  given  by  the 
various  states,  but  is  of  such  excellence  and 
value  as  to  be  accepted  by  the  various  State 
Boards  as  satisfactory  evidence  of  fitness  to 
practice  within  the  State. 

Certainly,  while  international  recognition 
is  being  sought,  it  should  be  possible  for 
the  National  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 
to  secure  the  acceptance  of  their  certifi- 
cate thruout  the  United  States  and  its  pos- 
sessions. To  ask  for  foreign  recognition 
before  it  receives  universal  state  sanction, 
places  the  National  Board  of  Medical  Ex- 
aminers in  an  illogical  position.  If  Ameri- 
can State  Boards  of  Medical  Examiners  fail 
to  accept  and  honor  the  certificates  issued 
by  the  National  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners, it  can  scarcely  be  said  in  full  truth 
that  there  is  any  American  standard  for 
medical  practice. 

Herein  is  an  opportunity  for  State  Med- 
ical Societies  to  perform  a  constructive 
piece  of  work  thru  agitating  for  the  accept- 
ance by  their  respective  states  of  the  plans 
of  the  National  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 


mers. 


Arachidic  Bronchitis. — Arachidic  bron- 
chitis is  a  formidable  term  which  has  been 
introduced  by  Jackson  and  Spencer  in  dis- 


cussing a  special  form  of  bronchitis  due  to 
the  aspiration  of  peanut  kernels  into  the 
lower  air  passages.  (Journal  of  the  Ameri- 
can  Medical  Association,  August  30,  1919.) 

The  accident  giving  rise  to  the  condition 
described  is  not  so  frequent,  but  the  serious- 
ness of  the  symptoms  and  their  resemblance 
to  those  of  laryngotracheal  diphtheria  war- 
rants fuller  information  regarding  this  dis- 
ease state,  most  common  during  childhood. 

The  symptoms  include  dyspnea,  restless- 
ness, cyanosis,  a  distressing  cough,  often 
paroxysmal  in  older  children  and  associated 
with  the  expectoration  of  a  pinkish  gray, 
thick,  tenacious,  purulent  sputum.  Heart 
rate  and  respiratory  rate  are  usually  higher 
in  proportion  to  the  temperature,  which 
has  an  irregular  septic  type  of  course.  An 
asthmatoid  wheeze  is  present  in  a  large 
majority  of  the  patients.  Aphonia  rarely 
occurs.  Chest  inspection  usually  reveals  a 
lessened  expansion  on  the  side  of  the 
foreign  body;  there  is  impairment  of  reso- 
nance to  percussion ;  and  auscultation  re- 
veals a  dimunition  of  the  intensity  or  an 
absence  of  the  transmission  of  the  breath 
sounds.  Loud,  bubbling,  sonorous  and 
sibilant  sounds  are  heard  thruout  the  chest, 
often  with  the  greatest  intensity,  however, 
over  the  site  of  the  foreign  body.  At  times 
marked  dulness  in  the  lower  portion  of  one 
side  of  the  chest,  together  with  the  absence 
of  breath  and  voice  sounds  may  be  inter- 
preted as  evidence  of  a  pleural  effusion.  A 
roentgenogram  is  of  great  service  in  con- 
firming the  nature  of  the  patholic  condition, 
even  tlio  the  foreign  body,  the  peanut,  rarely 
causes  a  demonstrable  shadow. 

The  syndrome  appears  to  be  quite  dis- 
tinct. Some  inherent  factor  in  the  peanut 
makes  it  more  irritating  than  other  forms 
of  foreign  body  in  the  bronchi.  The  path- 
ologic condition  is  so  severe  that,  if  not 
properly  treated,  fatality  may  ensue  or  an 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


562 


Sbptbmber.  1919 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


American  Medicine 


abscess  of  the  lung  develop.  The  progno- 
sis is  grave,  unless  the  foreign  body  is  re- 
moved. If  the  peanut  is  extracted  with  an 
early  bronchoscopy,  convalescence  is  usually 
rapid.  If  dyspnea  is  very  pronounced, 
tracheotomy  may  be  required  to  facilitate 
the  removal  of  the  purulent  secretions ;  and 
a  bronchoscopic  removal  of  the  peanut  thru 
the  mouth  may  be  effected  as  soon  as  the 
wound  has  sufficiently  granulated. 

The  definiteness  of  the  symptoms,  to- 
gether with  their  serious  nature,  forms  suf- 
ficient reason  for  giving  particular  atten- 
tion to  this  type  of  bronchitis.  It  does  not 
constitute  a  new  disease,  but  evidently  rep- 
resents a  more  or  less  particularized  respi- 
ratory affection  due  to  some  peculiarity  in- 
herent in  the  peanut,  which  serves  to  in- 
crease the  danger  from  its  inhalation  into 
a  bronchus. 

The  refinements  of  medical  diagnosis  de- 
pend upon  the  investigation  of  details. 
Large  groups  of  affections  are  today  clas- 
sified under  the  generic  terms  which  are 
constantly  being  attacked  with  a  view  to 
disintegrating  them  into  their  various  com- 
ponents. Bronchitis  obliterans,  for  exam- 
ple, undoubtedly  contains  a  number  of  in- 
dependent conditions  insofar  as  etiology  is 
concerned,  as  do  acute  or  chronic  bron- 
chitis. The  report  of  investigations  upon 
special  groups  of  cases  reveals  most  valuable 
information,  as  has  been  evidenced,  for  ex- 
ample, in  the  special  studies  of  industrial 
poisons,  such  as  lead,  phosphorus  and 
TNT.  ]Medical  nomenclature  may  be 
greatly  enlarged  thru  the  production  of  new 
terms,  but  at  least  there  will  be  clarity  in 
the  terminolgy,  together  with  greater  ac- 
curacy and  definiteness.  Arachidic  bron- 
chitis conveys  a  far  more  definite  verbal 
picture,  insofar  as  cause  and  effect  are  con- 
cerned, than  does  a  term  based  merely  upon 
the  patholog}'  of  the  condition. 


Lipovacdnet. — Prophylaxis,  thru  im- 
munization, has  demonstrated  its  efficacy. 
There  are  numerous  difficulties  tending  to 
limit  the  practice  of  inoculation  with  bac- 
terial vaccines.  In  order  to  obviate  some 
of  the  obstacles  which  have  arisen,  lipovac- 
cines  have  been  developed.  E.  R.  Whit- 
more,  American  Journal  of  Public  Health, 
July,  1919,  points  out  that  the  fact  of  re- 
peated dosage  has  served  as  a  serious  draw- 
back to  the  use  of  bacterial  vaccines,  so 
much  so,  that  it  is  only  where  compulsory 
vaccination  is  mandatory  that  one  may 
secure  a  hundred  per  cent,  inoculation 
where  repeated  dosages  are  required.  This 
difficulty  is  overcome  by  the  use  of  a  lipo- 
vaccine,  which  is  a  suspension  of  bacteria  in 
oil  that  offers  at  one  injection  the  entire 
amount  of  bacterial  material  required.  The 
slow  absorption  of  the  oily  suspension  per- 
mits the  development  and  continuance  of 
the  immunity  reactions  with  results  that  are 
eminently  satisfactory,  and  with  less  reac- 
tion than  when  multiple  doses  of  smaller 
amounts  of  bacterial  material  are  injected. 
Experiments  tend  to  prove  that  the  bacteria 
in  oily  emulsions  do  not  deteriorate  during 
long  periods  of  time,  and  that  a  larger  num- 
ber of  organisms  may  be  injected  at  one 
dose  and  that  a  more  lasting  immunity  may 
be  secured  because  of  this  fact. 

As  a  practical  measure,  it  is  patent  that 
inoculation  with  lipovaccines  decreases  the 
inconvenience  and  delay  from  the  vaccina- 
tion, simplifies  the  keeping  of  records,  and 
facilitates  vaccination  against  various  dis- 
eases without  increasing  the  number  of  in- 
jections over  what  has  been  the  custom  to 
give,  for  example,  in  the  triple  typhoid  vac- 
cination alone. 

Because  of  the  slow  absorption,  the  re- 
action is  not  marked,  and  the  likelihood  of 
severe  reactions  is  immeasurably  decreased, 
a  matter  of  considerable  importance  in  con- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mkdicink 


EDITORIAL   CX>MM£NT 


Skptembkr,  1919 


563 


nection  with  the  protection  of  an  army  or 
of  an  industrial  community,  where  absence 
from  work  may  result  in  loss  of  wages,  de- 
creased production,  or  both.  The  Army  has 
now  adopted  the  triple  typhoid  lipovaccine 
as  its  official  vaccine,  and  experiments  are 
being  continued  on  lipovaccines  of  the  pneu- 
mococcus,  meningococcus  and  dysentery 
groups. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  while  lipo- 
vaccines possess  considerable  advantage  for 
use  in  prophylactic  inoculation,  they  are  un- 
suited  for  therapeutic  uses  wherein  rapid 
absorption  is  essential  in  order  to  promote 
the  desired  curative  reactions. 

From  the  standpoint  of  economy  in  time, 
money,  effort  and  storage,  as  well  as  be- 
cause of  effectiveness,  the  lipovaccine  prom- 
ises to  supplant  the  older  and  more  widely 
known  bacterial  vaccines  suspended  in 
saline  solution,  for  prophylactic  purposes. 
The  greater  ease  with  which  prophylactic 
inoculation  can  be  secured,  the  wider  its 
sphere  of  usefulness  and  the  greater  likeli- 
hood of  its  more  general  adoption.  Lipo- 
vaccines strengthen  the  hands  of  health  offi- 
cers who  can  provide  for  immunization  thru 
a  single  inoculation  more  effectively  than 
when  multiple  injections  were  required. 
The  summation  of  advantages  is  contingent 
upon  a  larger  experience  with  a  wider 
variety  of  organisms  than  has  thus  far  been 
employed  for  lipovaccines.  At  least,  there 
is  great  promise  in  this  preventive  agency. 


Vital  Statistics. — ^Vital  statistics,  long 
regarded  as  the  dryest  form  of  human  ex- 
pression, gradually  are  being  recognized  as 
possessing  practical  value.  The  investiga- 
tions into  *the  cost  of  living  are  bringing 
forth  statistical  material  without  end.  The 
fluctuations  of  gold,  the  frequency  of  ac- 


cidents, the  records  of  births  and  deaths,  the 
seasonal  variations  in  rainfall,  the  chances 
of  tossing  coins  so  that  heads  will  appear 
are  expressed  thru  the  use  of  charts,  graphs, 
curves  and  plottings  to  make  prominent 
the  facts  concerning  them.  Heights,  weights 
girth  of  chest,  the  circumference  of  the 
head,  the  possession  of  Darwin's  tubercle, 
life  expectancy,  marriages,  divorces,  the 
likelihood  of  twins  are  discussed  with  due 
and  proper  recourse  to  statistical  calcula- 
tions. The  presentation  of  technical  papers 
upon  various  phases  of  medicine  and  sur- 
gery with  statistics,  true  or  unintentionally 
false,  are  of  frequent  assistance  in  elucida- 
ting the  text  and  in  driving  home  facts  and 
arguments. 

Despite  the  value  of  utilizing  statistics, 
the  average  person  fears,  abhors  or  fails  to 
understand  their  significance  or  use.  The 
general  feeling  of  many  is  expressed  in  the 
^  ancient  saying,  "Figures  do  not  lie,  but  liars 
often  figure."  Even  if  liars  were  to  figure, 
their  results  would  not  constitute  a  statistic 
in  the  truest  sense  of  the  word.  Others  are 
wont  to  say  that  anything  can  be  proven  by 
statistics— ^an  equally  false  assumption. 

Statistics  is  the  name  applied  to  facts  ex- 
pressed by  figures.  The  method  of  utiliz- 
ing these  fact  symbols  permits  classification, 
comparison,  correlation,  generalization  and 
interpretation  by  the  inductive  or  the  de- 
ductive method.  It  is  imperative  that  the 
forces  of  logic  be  brought  to  bear  upon 
statistics,  but  it  is  more  important  that  the 
recorded  statistic  itself  be  recognized  first 
and  foremost  as  a  fact.  The  falsifications 
thru  figures,  which  has  cast  doubt  upon 
many  tabulations,  have  been  due  to  failure 
to  deal  with  the  hard  facts  as  Gradgrind 
would  have  demanded.  With  the  posses- 
sion of  fundamental  verities,  the  correct- 
ness or  incorrectness  of  interpretation  must 


Digitized  by 


Google 


564 


September,  1919 


EJDITORIAL   COMMENT 


American  Mbdicinb 


necessarily  depend  upon  the  accuracy  of 
logical  analysis  or  synthesis.  Figures,  them- 
selves, do  not  tell  a  story.  They  are  mere 
fact  symbols,  whose  meaning  may  be  re- 
vealed only  by  the  application  of  intel- 
ligence. 

A  knowledge  of  statistical  method  is 

necessary  in  order  to  make  classifications, 
groupings  or  combinations  of  facts,  them- 
selves true,  so  that  an  end  result  will  be 
equally  precise  and  accurate.  The  average 
medical  writer,  utilizing  figures,  depends 
for  the  most  part  upon  the  determining  of 
averages,  the  arithmetical  mean.  It  is  pa- 
tent that  generalization  from  small  numbers 
of  facts  is  likely  to  possess  numerous  weak- 
nesses. The  reporting  of  a  series  of  four 
patients  of  whom  two  died,  would  give  a 
mortality  of  50  per  cent.  To  regard  this 
figure,  however,  as  more  than  the  index  of 
the  experience  of  the  particular  reporter 
would  be  manifestly  unwise.  Nevertheless, 
medical  literature  abounds  in  statements  of 
mortality  probabilities  on  the  basis  of  such 
an  inadequate  representation  or  group.  It 
is  patent  that  had  the  series  included  six 
and  the  mortality  been  two,  the  mortality 
for  the  series  would  have  fallen  to  33% 
per  cent.,  or,  if  out  of  the  four  only  one  had 
died,  the  figure  25  per  cent,  would  have  been 
established  for  the  mortality  of  that  series. 
It  is  only  when  large  numbers  are  involved 
that  statistical  figures  aflford  a  reasonable 
probability  of  accuracy  in  generalization. 

It  becomes  more  and  more  necessary  for 
medical  men  to  acquaint  themselves  with 
topics  to  which  little  attention  is  given  in 
medical  colleges.  It  is  practically  necessary 
for  every  worker  in  public  health,  the 
municipal  administrator  or  the  worker  in 
industrial  hygiene,  to  possess  some  famil- 
iarity with  vital  statistics  with  a  view  to  un- 


derstanding their  derivation,  organization 
and  interpretation.  It  is  impossible  to 
over-appreciate  the  increasing  significance 
of  vital  statistics  as  a  basis  of  constructive 
planning  in  public  health  work.  The  rapid 
strides  so  recently  made  are  merely  indica- 
tive of  the  tremendous  growth  that  this 
branch  of  social  science  will  undergo  under 
the  urge  of  the  public  for  definite  informa- 
tion regarding  the  problems  for  which  ap- 
propriations are  sought. 

Unfortunately,  a  considerable  proportion 
of  the  profession  still  finds  itself  lost  in  the 
maze  of  statistical  charts,  graphs,  cartoons 
and  posters  which  have  been  devised  for 
illustrating  and  illumining  the  subject- 
matter  of  campaigns  for  the  protection  of 
public  welfare.  There  is  even  a  larger 
proportion  which  finds  itself  incapable  of 
preparing  material  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
make  it  understandable  to  others.  In  a 
sense,  the  employment  of  statistics  is  for  the 
purpose  of  aiding  in  the  visualization  of 
facts.  Some  persons  are  incapable  of 
visualizing  anything,  and  for  them,  vital 
statistics  possess  unusual  difficulties. 

The  end  and  aim  of  the  statistical 
method  is  to  facilitate  the  understanding 
of  human  life.  It  is  a  tool  in  the  hands  of 
scientists  interested  in  the  generation,  devel- 
opment and  death  of  human  kind.  Its  ap- 
plicability is  general  from  the  registration 
of  a  single  birth  -to  the  complete  enumera- 
tion of  the  world's  population  in  a  universal 
census. 

Medical  text-books  abound  in  various 
types  of  charts  from  those  giving  the  facts 
of  temperature,  pulse  and  respiration  to  the 
more  intricate  diagrams  illustrating  the  re- 
lation between  polynuclear  leucocytosis  and 
septic  infection,  or  to  charts  illustrating  the 
relative  frequency  of  morbid  conditions  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBBIGAN   MSDIOINS 


BDITORIAL   COMMCNT 


SlCPTBMBBR.    1919 


565 


various  sections  of  a  commiinity.  A  work- 
ing familiarity  with  practical  clinical  charts 
has  not  sufficed  to  inculcate  the  full  appre- 
ciation of  statistical  procedure,  and  many 
capable  clinicians  are  embarrassed  by  the 
numerical  presentation  of  facts,  only 
slightly  more  complex  than  those  with 
which  they  are  familiar.  There  is  incom- 
plete understanding  of  the  doctrines  of 
chance  and  probability  in  connection  with 
medical  problems.  The  mind  that  grasps 
the  statistical  phases  of  medicine  is  more 
able  to  grapple  with  problems  of  prognosis, 
of  recurrences  of  epidemics,  of  possibilities 
of  malignancy  and  of  the  chances  of  out- 
come of  various  clinical  practices. 

Vital  statistics  form  practically  the 
foundation  of  preventive  medicine,  and,  as 
such,  merit  careful  consideration.  It  is  un- 
wise to  call  upon  medical  educational  institu- 
tions to  adopt  everything  that  is  of  service  in 
public  health,  because  the  curriculum,  un- 
fortunately, is  not  capable  of  infinite  ex- 
pansion. There  is  ample  reason  to  believe, 
however,  that  medical  education  is  not  to  be 
regarded  as  satisfactory,  from  the  stand- 
point of  modern  preventive  medicine  until 
undergraduates  receive  at  least  three  lec- 
tures Upon  the  nature,  criticism  and  inter- 
pretation of  vital  statistics  in  their  practical 
application  to  public  health  progress. 


Rural  Health  Organizatioiu — ^The  prob- 
lems of  rural  health  education  are  of  par- 
amount importance.  The  wide  distribution 
of  homes  over  large  territories,  the  lack  of 
easy  facilities  for  communication,  a  sparse- 
ness  of  medical  institutions  create  a  prob- 
lem entirely  distinct  from  that  existent  in 
urban  communities  or  in  closely  grouped 
village  populations. 

The  recent  study  of  Maternity  and  In- 


fant Care  in  Two  Rural  Counties  in  Wis- 
consin, Bureau  of  Publication,  Number  46, 
of  the  Children's  Bureau  indicates  certain 
lines  of  effort  necessary  to  secure  adequate 
care  during  maternity  and  to  lower  the  in- 
fant mortality.  It  appears  to  be  a  strange 
note  to  find  that  the  safety  of  mothers  and 
babies  demands  primarily  the  building  of 
permanent  and  usable  roads.  The  sugges- 
tion is  fraught  with  peculiar  significance  on 
reading  "none  of  the  other  needs  can  be 
adequately  met  until  such  roads  cover  the 
county  so  thoroly  that  no  home,  even  a  re- 
mote hill  farm  or  forest  clearings  shall  be 
a  mile  and  a  half — or  even  half  a  mile — 
from  a  passable  road."  It  is  patent  that 
not  merely  transportation  facilities  are  re- 
quisite, but  availability  that  permits  home 
visitation  on  the  one  hand,  or  recourse  to 
Centralized  institutions  as  an  alternative. 
Those  accustomed  to  living  in  sections  of 
the  country  where  the  good  roads  movement 
has  been  highly  developed  fail  to  recognize 
the  serious  problems  that  exist  in  various 
parts  of  the  United  States  due  to  a  lack  of 
funds  to  provide  proper  road-beds,  pass- 
able and  usable  at  all  seasons  of  the  year. 
For  the  development  of  systems  of  visiting 
nursing,  home  education  and  various  types 
of  inspection,  it  is  obvious  that  improved 
roads  are  of  paramount  importance. 

After  roads  are  provided,  altho  the  work 
should  not  be  delayed  because  of  this  short- 
age, comes  the  provision  of  county  public 
health  nurses,  whose  function  it  would  be 
to  establish  close  relations  with  the  homes 
with  a  view  to  holding  periodical  meetings 
for  the  purpose  of  exhibits  and  lectures  on 
topics  connected  with  public  health.  When 
possible,  health  centers  should  be  organized 
in  villages  or  country  schools  where  mothers 
might  find  a  central  point  for  the  intercom- 
munication of  ideas  and   for   formulating 


Digitized  by 


Google 


566 


Sbptembbb,  1919 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


Amkbigan  Mh>icins 


plans  of  mutual  help  and  interest,  with  the 
improvement  of  health  conditions  as  the 
ultimate  aim. 

It  should  be  possible,  under  state  or 
county  auspices,  to  secure  an  examination 
of  all  children,  either  in  connection  with 
special  celebrations  in  honor  of  infancy  and 
childhood,  or  as  part  of  the  routine  work  of 
state  exhibitions  or  fairs.  As  much  atten- 
tion should  be  given  to  the  promotion  and 
betterment  of  the  human  stock  as  to  the 
development  of  commercially  valuable 
breeds  of  animals. 

Within  large  territory,  it  is  difficult  to 
have  an  adequate  form  of  home  nursing 
unless  several  communities  organize  for  the 
support  of  a  community  nurse,  who  would 
be  available  to  help  women  and  children  at 
time  of  sickness  by  affording  them  the 
essential  nursing.  Such  a  plan  would  un- 
doubtedly require  the  districting  of  a  county 
with  a  nurse  assigned  to  each  district.  In 
many  foreign  countries,  it  is  part  of  the 
responsibility  of  small  districts  to  select 
]>romising  women  and  actually  pay  for  their 
education  and  training  upon  the  condition 
that  they  return  to  their  own  community  for 
their  future  work.  This  has  found  its 
highest  development,  of  course,  in  the  pro- 
vision for  the  training  of  midwives.  Some 
plan  of  this  character  might  serve  to  pro- 
mote the  welfare  of  rural  sections  and  in- 
augurate a  system  of  self-provision  for 
needs  thus  far  unsatisfied. 

The  dearth   of  trained  attendants   or 

practical  nurses  is  peculiarly  significant  in 
rural  communities,  tho  it  should  be  possible 
to  interest  competent  women  with  some 
training  and  experience  in  the  home  care  of 
the  sick  to  take  up  definite  community  work 
under  the  direction  of  a  central  registry. 
The    practical    phases    of    home    nursing 


should  be  under  the  direction  of  a  district 
trained  nurse  who  would  serve  in  a  super- 
visory capacity. 

For  emergency  service,  the  cooperative 
hospital,  under  the  joint  auspices  of  several 
counties,  is  of  the  utmost  importance;  but 
this  agency  could  only  function  properly- 
after  the  roads  have  been  improved  suffi- 
ciently to  permit  the  ready  transportation 
of  the  sick  to  the  hospital,  or  the  com- 
munication of  the  hospital  thru  ambulance 
or  other  conveyance  with  the  home.  Im- 
petus in  this  direction  has  already  given 
rise  to  numerous  improvements  in  rural 
hospital  service  in  the  sparsely  settled  sec- 
tions of  Canada,  where  the  Victorian  Order 
of  Nurses  is  particularly  interested  in  the 
solution  of  this  problem. 

As  a  fundamental  procedure,  however, 
the  State  Board  of  Health  must  take  cog- 
nizance of  the  situation  and  make  the  neces- 
sary adjustments  in  its  staff  to  provide  for 
a  special  division  or  officer  charged  with  the 
responsibility  of  promoting  the  health  of 
children  thruout  the  state,  with  particular 
stress  upon  the  rural  sections.  A  Bureau 
of  Child  Hygiene,  under  state  auspices, 
offers  a  remarkable  opportunity  for  effective 
work  in  making  provision  for  the  health 
care  of  women  and  children,  particularly  in 
the  rural  sections,  which  are  scarcely  or 
rarely  reached  by  the  infant  and  child  wel- 
fare activities  increasingly  developed  by 
municipalities. 

The  problem  of  the  country  doctor  is  of 
growing  importance.  A  realization  of  the 
difficulties  and  obstacles  of  rural  practice, 
the  necessity  for  medical  omniscience,  the 
demand  upon  his  time,  energy  and  skill  in 
practical  and  theoretical  matters  fill  his  daily 
life  to  such  an  extent  that  despite  greater 
sympathy  with  numerous  rural  problems, 
there  is  scant  opportunity  to  devise  plans  or 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


EDITORIAL.   COMMBNT 


Septbmbbr,  1919 


567 


to  secure  their  fruition.  Whatever  redounds 
to  the  benefit  of  the  community  advances 
his  welfare.  The  organization  of  state 
schemes  of  heaUh  education  emphasizes  the 
importance  of  the  family  physician,  and 
leads  to  a  greater  respect  for  his  ability,  ac- 
complishments and  potentials.  In  rural 
sections  it  cannot  be  denied  that  reducing 
the  impassability  of  roads,  the  introduction 
of  the  public  health  nurse,  the  provision 
of  community  nurses  and  the  installation  of 
practical,  supervised  home  agents  would 
enure  to  the  advantage  of  the  country 
doctors.  There  would  be  greater  security 
for  doctor  and  patient,  an  improvement  in 
the  njedical  service  of  the  community  and  a 
distinct  advance  in  rural  health  conditions. 


Pathology  and  Necropsies. — In  a  dis- 
cussion on  "The  Relation  of  Pathology  to 
Practice,"  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  August  23,  1919,  Francis 
Carter  Wood  calls  attention  to  the  tendency 
of  modem  medicine  to  neglect  pathology. 
He  concedes  that  the  lack  of  interest  in 
pathology  is  largely  due  to  faulty  medical 
instruction,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  courses 
in  anatomy  and  histology  are  usually  devel- 
oped from  the  biologic  aspects,  rather  than 
as  an  aid  to  the  understanding  of  pathologic 
anatomy.  He  emphasizes  the  inadequacy 
of  teaching  as  the  natural  result  of  a  lack 
of  necropsies.  He  points  out  the  difficul- 
ties that  arise  when  the  student,  after  com- 
pleting the  regular  courses  in  pathology, 
**  falls  into  the  hands  of  men  instructing  in 
the  clinical  branches,  who  often  know  less 
pathology  than  he  does,  impossible  as  the 
fact  may  seem." 

In  a  broad  sense,  pathology  is  a  funda- 
mental   part    of    medicine,  and  should  be 


utilized  in  the  theoretic  and  practical  work 
of  including  diagnosis,  prognosis  and  treat- 
ment. 

MacCarty  and  Broders,  Journal  of  Lab- 
oratory and  Clinical  Medicine,  August, 
1919,  suggest  the  value  of  pathologic  sup- 
ix>rt  in  ordinary  diagnosis.  The  association 
of  pathologist  and  clinician  strengthens  the 
work  and  judgment  of  each  one  of  the 
pathologico-clinical  team.  They  suggest 
various  ways  in  which  the  clinical  pathol- 
ogist aids  the  clinician,  and  thus,  directly 
the  patient.  Obviously,  gastric  analyses, 
bacteriologic  and  serologic  examinations, 
urine  and  blood  examinations,  and  the  study 
of  fresh  tissues  afford  a  weahh  of  informa- 
tion, which  may  confirm  a  diagnosis,  cor- 
roborate a  suspicion,  cause  reason  for 
doubting  a  diagnosis,  or  draw  attention  to 
accessory  pathologic  conditions. 

There  is,  however,  a  marked  difference 
in  the  possibilities  of  clinical  pathology  and 
a  basic  pathologic  study  underlying  the 
practice  of  medicine.  The  ability,  for  ex- 
ample, to  understand  the  picture  of  a  pul- 
monary condition  as  revealed  by  inspection, 
palpation,  percussion  and  auscultation  is  of 
far  greater  consequence  than  the  knowledge 
of  the  size,  shape  and  color  reactions  of  the 
bacillus  tuberculosis  as  recovered  from  the 
sputum.  The  pathologic  status  of  the  kid- 
neys, in  an  individual  suffering  from 
nephritic  edema,  is  of  more  importance  than 
a  knowledge  of  the  chemical  reactions  of  al- 
bumin and  globulin  in  the  urine.  A  visual- 
ization of  the  alterations  at  the  pylorus  re- 
sulting from  carcinoma  ventriculi  is  more 
essential  than  the  determination  of  an  ab- 
sence of  hydrochloric  acid  or  the  presence 
of  Boas-Oppler  bacilli.  Even  the  deter- 
mination of  the  Wassermann  reaction  does 
not  convey  any  picture  of  the  pathology  of 
syphilis. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


568 


SXPTEMBBR,    1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


The  tendency  of  the  past  few  years  has 

been  the  overdevelopment  of  clinical  path- 
ology, with  regrettably  insufficient  attention 
to  either  gross  pathology  or  pathologic 
histology.  As  a  result,  the  medical  practi- 
tioner is  far  more  familiar  with  clinical 
pathology  and  places  a  greater  degree  of  re- 
liance upon  it  in  diagnosis  than  is  desirable. 
There  is  greater  understanding  of  func- 
tional disabilities  of  the  kidneys  as  deter- 
mined by  dye  excretion  tests  than  there  is  of 
the  changes  in  the  component  parts  of  the 
kidneys  by  reason  of  which  the  delay  in  ex- 
cretion occurs. 

The  fault  undoubtedly  lies  in  the  organ- 
ization of  the  teaching  of  pathology  in  our 
medical  schools.  There  are  only  a  small 
group  of  medical  institutions  in  the  country 
which  aim  to  make  pathology  the  hub  of 
medical  teaching.  The  system  of  correlat- 
ing pathologic  and  clinical  medicine  has  not 
been  thoroly  evolved,  and,  in  consequence, 
the  real  understanding  of  the  alterations  of 
tissues  is  not  closely  associated  with  the 
signs  and  symptoms  revealed  by  medical 
examination  for  purposes  of  diagnosis  and 
prognosis.  The  ordinary  methods  of  teach- 
ing clinical  diagnosis  fail  to  drive  home  the 
importance  of  underlying  pathology  as  the 
reason  for  the  alterations  that  are  inter- 
preted as  clinical  symptoms.  The  clinical 
study  of  a  typhoid  patient  might  well  be 
supplemented  by  illustration  of  the  various 
pathologic  lesions,  gross  and  microscopic, 
that  are  caused  by  the  bacillus  typhosus  and 
further  attention  given  to  these  factors 
when  a  necropsy  of  one  who  has  died  from 
typhoid  fever  presents  itself. 

Essentially,  an  improvement  in  our 
American  system  of  securing  autopsies  is 
required.  A  lack  of  interest,  certain  well- 
known  traditions  and  questions  of  sentiment 
apparently  are  permitted  to  outweigh  pro- 
fessional interest.     This  leads  to  failure  in 


securing  an  opportunity  to  check  up  diag- 
nostic skill  and  to  understand  the  details  of 
the  various  lesions,  some  of  which  produced 
symptoms,  and  were  noted,  and  others, 
which,  while  of  profound  importance,  re- 
mained undiscovered  during  life.  The 
proportion  o'f  necropsies  which  are  obtained 
in  our  large  hospitals  fail  to  be  commen- 
surate with  the  educational  needs  of  the 
staff  and  of  medical  students. 

If  pathology  is  to  grow  in  this  country 
and  post-graduate  study  is  to  be  encouraged, 
there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  the 
first  step  to  be  taken  involves  greater  inter- 
est in  the  securing  of  autopsies,  particularly 
in  those  instances  where  scientific  detail  de- 
mands them.  The  great  body  of  medical 
knowledge  can  be  enriched  thru  a  develop- 
ment of  post-mortem  examinations.  Cer- 
tainly, this  obtains  most  specifically  in  con- 
nection with  the  medical  education  of  un- 
dergraduates and  should  present  unusual 
opportunities  for  post-graduate  study,  or 
for  the  practical  training  and  experience  of 
the  general  practitioners  of  medicine  in  all 
parts  of  the  country. 


Mental  Hygiene  and  School  Progress* 

— ^The  schools  are  again  open  and  the  work 
of  education  proceeds  as  of  old,  with  pos- 
sibly a  little  more  stress  to  be  placed  upon 
physical  training,  Americanization,  voca- 
tional education  and  the  training  of  the 
physically  handicapped,  thru  special  classes 
for  the  crippled,  the  blind,  the  deaf  and 
those  who  are  mentally  defective. 

The  trend  of  modem  educators  reflects  a 
larger  interest  in  the  problems  of  psychol- 
ogy and  psychiatry.  As  has  been  true  in 
the  case  of  the  physical  care  of  normal 
children,  great  advances  have  come  from  a 
recognition  of  the  needs  of  those  suffering 
from  physical  defects.     In  a  similar  way,  a 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMEKICAN    MEDICINE 


EDITORIAL.    COMMENT 


September.  1919 


569 


recognition  of  the  problems  of  the  mentally 
afflicted,  or  those  with  limited  mental  ca- 
pability, has  given  rise  to  a  large  volume  of 
data  applicable  to  the  general  educational 
processes  provided  for  normal  children. 

Physical  training  was  virtually  an  out- 
growth of  the  teaching  of  hygiene,  partic- 
ularly as  related  to  the  harmful  effects  of 
alcohol  and  tobacco.  While  the  teaching 
probably  had  very  little  to  do  with  the  devel- 
opment of  prohibition,  nevertheless,  alcohol- 
ism may  be  said  to  have  been  largely  respon- 
sible for  the  introduction  of  physical 
hygiene  into  the  curricula  of  public  school 
systems.  Today,  the  development  and  ex- 
pansion along  this  line  have  been  marked  by 
the  increased  time,  attention  and  thought 
given  to  plays,  games,  recreation  in  general, 
drills,  athletics,  gymnastic  pursuits,  together 
with  a  small,  and  usually  inadequately 
taught,  measure  of  hygiene  in  the  class- 
room. There  has  been  a  wide  interest  in 
school  hygiene,  in  the  provision  of  sanitary 
school  houses,  with  adequate  light,  heat  and 
ventilation,  with  properly  devised  seats  and 
desks  and  blackboards.  Some  attention  has 
been  given  to  text-books,  with  reference  to 
their  proper  printing  and  general  typo- 
graphical form  along  hygienic  lines. 

On  the  other  hand,  while  physical  hy- 
giene has  received  marked  cultivation,  there 
have  been  sad  evidences  of  failure  to  grasp 
the  necessity  of  giving  equal  attention  to  the 
general  subject  of  mental  hygiene.  Pos- 
sibly the  schools  are  not  to  be  blamed  for 
this,  at  least  not  nearly  so  much  as  should 
be  members  of  the  medical  profession,  be- 
cause the  knowledge  of  the  rules  and  prin- 
ciples of  mental  hygiene  have  not  been 
widely  known  or  appreciated.  Insufficient 
information  concerning  the  subject  has  been 
handed  on  to  teachers  in  training,  and,  as  a 
result,  they  cannot  be  held  sharply  to  ac- 
count for  failures  in  observing  the  rules  of 


mental  hygiene.  Some  evidence,  however, 
of  an  awakening  along  this  line  is  shown 
thru  the  wise  development  of  inquiring  at- 
tendance officers,  visiting  teachers  and  the 
establishment  of  psychologic  departments 
in  connection  with  public  school  systems. 

Mast  education  is  always  difficult,  and 
the  more  crowded  the  classroom,  the  more 
complicated  becomes  the  problem  for  the 
teacher  and  the  less  possible  is  it  for  the  in- 
dividual child  to  be  recognized  as  any  larger 
unit  of  life  than  a  part  of  a  class.  Hence, 
it  is  not  unusual  for  individual  children  to 
develop  faulty  mental  habits,  or  to  manifest 
symptoms  of  mental  unrest,  or  even  disor- 
der, without  attracting  the  notice  that  would 
be  given  were  he  to  limp  or  to  be  hard  of 
hearing. 

Pollock,  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,  August  14,  1919,  suggests  that 
"Mental  indigestion  is  probably  the  most 
prevalent  cause  of  failure  in  school.  The 
remedy  lies  in  preparing  suitable  food  for 
each  child."  Here,  obviously,  the  presenta- 
tion of  the  remedy  depends  upon  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  digestive  capacities  of  the  indi- 
vidual child.  It  is  an  appeal  for  individual- 
ization in  education.  This  is  a  subject  con- 
cerning which  volumes  have  been,  and  may 
still  be,  written  without  satisfactory  results, 
until  some  machinery  is  set  in  motion  that 
provides  for  the  thoro  physical  and  mental 
examination  of  every  school  child.  The 
determination  of  the  course  of  study  for 
most  children  is  based  upon  the  principle 
that  all  children  must  be  prepared  for  a  col- 
lege education  and  the  subject-matter  must 
conform  fairly  regularly  to  the  plan  of 
things  which  was  long  ago  worked  out  by 
colleges  as  essential  for  higher  education. 
These  standards,  however,  were  devised 
when  the  bulk  of  college  men  were  prepar- 
ing for  the  ministry,  and  later,  only  slightly 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


570 


Skptembbr,  1919 


EDITORIAL.   CX)BiMENT 


Ambrican  MH>icuni 


modified  when  a  larger  number  of  college 
students  elected  to  enter  law  and  medicine. 
Today,  the  standards  are  hopelessly  false, 
insofar  as  they  may  be  said  to  bear  no  direct 
relation  to  the  vocational  adaptation  of  the 
bulk  of  our  school  population.  This  fact, 
in  itself,  constitutes  an  indictment  of  our 
interest  in  the  mental  progress  of  school 
children. 

One  may  speak  of  exercises,  rest,  en- 
vironment and  physical  handicap  as  factors 
in  attaining  proper  mental  hygiene,  but 
greater  consideration  must  be  given  to  the 
innate  mental  possibilities  of  the  child  itself. 
The  determination  of  mental  capacity  is  of 
greater  economic  value  than  the  search  for 
mental  incapacity.  That  section  of  the 
school  population  which  represents  the  high- 
est four  or  five  per  cent,  is  being  notoriously 
neglected,  not  merely  in  matters  of  educa- 
tion, per  sCf  but  in  every  form  of  mental 
hygiene  which  would  influence  its  mental 
growth. 

School  tyttemsy  as  a  whole,  have  failed 
to  act  as  tho  they  were  cognizant  of  the 
child  with  superior  abilities.  If  the  same 
degree  of  thought  and  attention  were 
lavished  upon  the  superior  child  that  is  now 
given  to  the  inferior  child,  the  moron  and 
the  high-grade  imbecile,  there  would  be  a 
remarkable  growth  and  advancement  in  the 
educational  standards  of  our  communities. 
Mental  hygiene  demands  that  the  mind  have 
an  opportunity  to  function  to  its  maximum 
potential.  The  social  gains  that  would  ac- 
crue from  cultivating  bright  children,  in- 
stead of  permitting  them  to  mark  time,  can- 
not be  overestimated.  The  work  for  mental 
defectives  must  go  on,  but  its  aim  is  largely 
along  the  line  of  insurance  to  the  public  to 
protect  it  against  the  various  evils  that 
might  arise  from  wholly  uncontrolled  habits, 
ideas  and  activities.     From  this  group,  little 


economic  return  is  expected,  save  insofar 
as  self-support  may  be  made  possible. 

From  the  bright  children,  however,  are 
to  come  the  great  minds  of  the  future. 
From  among  them  is  to  develop  leadership 
in  philosophy,  science  and  art;  and  social 
progress  is  to  be  hastened  thru  their  higher 
education.  It  is  a  sad  truth  that  greater 
educational  advantages  enure  to  those  who 
are  likely  to  fail  in  the  struggle  for  life 
than  to  those  whose  contributions  to  human- 
kind will  repay  every  effort  made  in  their 
behalf. 

From  the  standpoint  of  mental  hygiene,  it 
would  be  most  interesting  to  inquire  into 
the  opportunities  aflforded  bright  children 
in  our  schools.  It  is  not  to  be  denied  that 
exceptional  children  are  skipped  from  class 
to  class,  particularly,  if  anxious  and  intel- 
ligent parents  request  that  such  steps  be 
taken.  The  rate  of  progress  thru  element- 
ary schools  should  not  be  conditioned  by  the 
interest  of  the  parents  alone,  but  should  pro- 
ceed normally,  as  the  result  of  the  pedagog- 
ic principle  of  advancing  a  child  at  a  rate 
of  speed  that  is  warranted  by  its  mental 
ability.  If  school  courses  are  especially 
prepared  for  the  defective  children  in  un- 
graded classes;  if  more  highly  trained 
teachers  are  demanded ;  if  classes  are  made 
smaller;  if  school  lunches  are  provided;  if, 
in  fact,  every  facility  is  given  and  little  ex- 
pense is  spared  in  trying  to  educate  those 
educable  within  fairly  definite  limits,  how 
much  more  freely  should  communities  spend 
public  funds  for  the  benefit  of  the  higher 
types  of  children,  who  are  failing  to  receive 
an  education  and  training  commensurate 
with  their  capabilities.  This,  at  least,  is  one 
practical  problem  of  mental  hygiene  which 
school  authorities  might  well  consider  at 
this  time  of  reopening  the  schools ;  and,  in- 
cidentally, it  is  a  subject  not  unworthy  of  a 
place  upon  the  program  of  intelligent  and 
thoughtful  medical  societies. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


AMERICAN    MkDICINB 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


September^  1919 


571 


N  AND  THINtjS 


The  Conference  of  Women  Doctors. — 

The  international  conference  of  women 
doctors,  which  took  place  recently  in  New 
York  attracted  more  serious  attention  on 
the  part  of  both  public  and  laity  than  such  a 
conference  ever  could  have  done  before  the 
war.  Tho  the  woman  doctor  is  no  longer 
a  pioneer,  except  in  far  Eastern  countries, 
her  ability  and  fitness  were  not  definitely 
and  convincingly  proved  until  the  large- 
scale  demands  of  the  war  showed  that,  in 
point  of  skill,  endurance  and  courage,  she 
was  able  to  hold  her  own  with  the  best  of 
the  men  physicians.  It  is  odd,  as  it  is 
meaningless,  that  the  criterion  by  which  the 
woman  physician  is  judged  by  the  public  is 
the  man  physician,  and  she  is  considered 
favorably  or  unfavorably  according  to  the 
measure  in  which  she  approximates  that 
criterion.  Such  an  attitude  on  the  part  of 
the  public  ignores  the  fact  that  the  woman 
physician  may  have  a  social  function  com- 
plementary to,  and  apart  from,  that  of 
the  man.  In  fact,  most  women  physicians, 
at  the  very  outset  of  their  careers,  mark  out 
for  themselves  a  course  which  will  give 
more  ample  attention  to  the  social  aspect  of 
medical  practice  which  the  men  have  neg- 
lected— it  is  not  their  intention  to  replace 
the  men,  but  to  supplement  their  work  and 
to  apply  themselves  more  closely  to  the 
moral  and  ethical  phases  which  they  are 
perhaps  better  qualified  for  an  account  of 
their  sex.  In  this  respect,  it  is  worth  not- 
ing that  practically  the  entire  program  of 
the  conference  confined  itself  to  just  these 
social  and  moral  aspects  of  the  doctor's 
function — motherhood,  children,  the  home, 
the  sex  problem.  Consciously  or  uncon- 
sciously, the  woman  doctor  finds  herself 
drawn  to  these  interests,  and  it  should  be 
heartening  and  encouraging  to  the  laity  that 
this  is  so  and  that  the  women  are  giving 
close  attention  to  problems  which  the  men 
have  considered  too  little  in  recent  times. 
However,  it  is  well  that  the  war  served  to 


demonstrate  that  the  woman  physician  is 
the  equal  of  her  brother,  for  it  laid  at  rest 
preconceived  notions  and  prejudices  which 
placed  her  at  a  disadvantage;  and,  having 
proved  this,  she  can  go  on,  unembarrassed 
by  such  prejudice,  to  do  the  work  for  which 
she  is  so  greatly  needed.  And  this  work 
she  is  better  qualified  to  carry  on  than  the 
man  physician.  Certainly  she  has  in  all 
cases  shown  a  livelier  interest  in  the  moral 
aspects  of  medical  practice  than  the  men. 
The  dominant  subject  of  the  conference 
was,  as  announced  early,  the  sex  problem. 
The  purpose  of  the  women  was  to  clarify 
the  situation  and  attempt  a  solution.  There 
is  nothing  especially  novel  in  this  undertak- 
ing. The  sex  problem  has  been  on  many 
occasions  before  this  the  concern  of  the 
doctors  the  world  over,  and  it  will  continue 
to  be  for  a  long  time,  no  doubt.  Whether 
the  women  will  be  able  to  achieve  more  than 
the  men  it  is  hard  to  say.  That  considera- 
tion is  not  one  of  vital  importance.  But  it 
is  a  fact  that  the  efforts  of  the  men  in  this 
direction  have  grown  a  little  stale  by  re- 
peated failure,  and  the  women  come  to  the 
problem  with  a  fresh  energy,  perhaps  a 
fresh  point  of  view.  Singularly  enough,  it 
is  the  one  problem  in  which  the  medical  pro- 
fession has  been  unable  to  make  any  real 
progress.  The  sex  question  is  today  as 
baffling  and  intricate  and  unsatisfactory  as 
it  was  a  hundred  years  ago — if  anything,  it 
is  more  complicated,  in  view  of  the  new 
position  of  the  women.  The  attempt  to 
solve  the  problem  from  a  distinctly  mascu- 
line point  of  view  is  no  longer  adequate. 
The  solution,  if  there  is  any,  must  be  one  in 
which  the  women  are  recognized  as  the 
equals  of  man ;  and  the  fact  that  the  women 
physicians  have  taken  up  the  problem  gives 
assurance  that  they  will  not  be  likely  to  as- 
sign a  subordinate  role  to  their  own  sex. 
The  attempt  to  deal  with  the  problem  at  all 
should  be  welcomed  heartily.  However 
often  the  attempt  has  been  made  before,  a 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


572 


September.  1919 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


American  Medicine 


new  attempt  is  a  sign  of  progress,  and  it  is 
to  be  hoped  that  the  women  will  be  able  to 
succeed  where  the  men  could  not. 

But,  in  taking  up  the  problems  of  the 
home  and  of  motherhood,  the  women  at  the 
conference  were  distinctly  treading  familiar 
ground  and  were  treating  a  subject  which 
they  are  better  qualified  than  the  men  to 
cope  with.  There  may  be  a  disposition  to 
feel  that,  because  of  the  divergent  opinions 
expressed  at  the  conference,  the  efforts  of 
the  women  were  futile.  It  is  absurd  to  ex- 
pect that  this  complicated  problem  can  be 
settled  at  a  single  meeting.  But  it  is  inter- 
esting to  observe  that  the  doctors  at  the 
meeting  were  at  one  with  the  conventional 
mother  in  the  belief  that  the  mother  alone 
is  the  best  guide  and  educator  of  her  chil- 
dren. The  issue  raised  by  Mrs.  Charlotte 
Perkins  Oilman,  that  children  should  be 
taken  from  their  mothers  and  put  in  the 
hands  of  competent,  trained  nurses,  who 
were  especially  fitted  for  such  work,  was 
vigorously  contested.  The  doctors,  unlike 
the  educators  at  the  conference,  adhered  to 
the  old,  conservative  faith  in  the  importance 
of  the  mother's  role.  However,  an  im- 
partial observer  could  not  help  but  feel  that 
the  educators  had  the  better  of  the  dispute ; 
and,  in  pointing  out  that  the  disposition  to 
bear  children  does  not  necessarily  assume 
the  ability  to  bring  them  up,  Mrs.  Oilman 
and  her  adherents  were  rather  closer  to  the 
fact  than  the  doctors.  Nevertheless,  the 
willingness  the  conferees  have  shown  to 
cooperate  with  specialists  in  the  various 
fields  that  touch  upon  their  medical  interests 
and  activities  is  an  encouraging  mark  of 
their  progressive  and  enlightened  attitude:' 
and,  if  they  persevere  in  their  efforts,  the 
health  of  the  family,  as  well  as  its  moral 
wellbeing,  is  sure  to  benefit  as  a  conse- 
quence of  their  labors.  The  wide  publicity 
which  the  conference  was  given  in  the 
newspapers  indicates  the  interest  the  public 
feels  in  the  activities  of  the  women  doctors. 
Once  this  interest  might  have  been  hostile. 
Now  it  is  distinctly  friendly.  The  women 
are  plowing  in  a  fertile  field,  and  whatever 
success  they  have  will  reflect  credit  both  on 
their  sex  and  on  their  profession. 


Doctors'  Unions. — ^The  drift  toward 
organization  which  is  the  dominant  note  in 
industry  thruout  the  world  is  now  making 
itself  evident  in  the  medical  profession.     In 


three  separate  sections  of  New  York  City 
and  in  fifteen  upstate  counties  the  effort  to 
form  doctors'  unions  has  met  with  a  suc- 
cess for  which  the  press  representative  of 
the  Bronx  Physicians'  Ouild  vouches.  Ex- 
plaining the  motives  that  prompt  the  lead- 
ers of  the  movement,  this  representative, 
himself  a  physician,  maintains  that  the  doc- 
tor needs  a  union  as  much  as  the  tailor,  or 
tinsmith,  or  conductor,  or  steel-worker ; 
and,  defending  the  charge  that  a  union 
would  tend  to  commercialize  the  profession, 
he  explains  that  doctors  live  under  com- 
mercial conditions  and  so  must  consider  the 
commercial  point  of  view.  Not  so  long  ago 
an  eflfort  to  unionize  physicians,  after  the 
manner  of  the  workingman,  would  have 
seemed  grotesque  and  would  have  been  sub- 
ject to  stern  criticism  as  a  move  which 
would  injure  the  dignity  of  the  profession. 
Today,  when  there  is  such  a  wide  sympathy 
with  workers  the  world  over  and  with  their 
eflforts  to  make  themselves  masters  of  their 
destinies,  any  attempt  at  organization  as  a 
step  toward  preserving  the  rights  and  in- 
tegrity of  any  calling  commands  interest 
and  respect ;  so  that  what  once  would  have 
been  regarded  as  a  burlesque  must  now  be 
taken  very  seriously.  It  must  be  noted 
that  the  movement  thus  far  is  confined,  ac- 
cording to  report,  to  the  average  general 
practitioner  whose  reward  has  never  been 
adequate  at  best,  and  who,  in  the  last  five 
years,  has  had  a  very  severe  time  trying  to 
stretch  his  income  to  meet  the  ever-increas- 
ing cost  of  living.  In  fact,  it  is  emphasized 
that  the  present  attempt  to  unionize  the  doc- 
tors is  confined  to  the  "under-dog,"  and  that 
the  **big  fellows" — the  men  of  large  in- 
comes— may  well  be  left  to  take  care  of 
themselves.  In  that  respect,  the  movement 
is  a  frank  and  earnest  effort  to  improve  the 
position  of  a  class  of  professional  men  who 
feel  that  their  interests  have  suffered  be- 
cause of  the  lack  of  organization  and  who 
wish  to  fortify  a  position  which  has  become 
precarious. 

In  view  of  this,  it  certainly  is  incumbent 
upon  one  to  take  the  movement  seriously; 
and,  in  a  large  sense,  it  is  clear  that  such 
an  effort  has  some  very  commendable  as- 
pects. Doctors  are  bound  closer  together 
than  workers,  in  that  the  worker's  obliga- 
tion is  confined  to  himself,  w^hile  the  doc- 
tor's responsibility  is  toward  the  commu- 
nity. Disorganization  and  contention  among 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Mbdicins 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


Skptember.  1919 


573 


physicians  would  be  injurious,  therefore, 
not  only  to  the  practitioner  but  to  the 
public ;  and  any  effort  toward  organization, 
toward  a  better  entente,  toward  a  standard- 
ization of  fees,  of  course  with  necessary 
modifications,  would  be  welcome.  But  to 
go  farther  than  that  is  rather  hazardous, 
and  the  attempt  to  unionize  the  doctors 
goes  very  much  farther  than  that.  The 
medical  profession  suffers  no  indignity  in 
being  placed  on  a  level  with  the  worker's 
calling.  We  have  arrived  at  a  social  stage 
where  the  worker's  place  is  considered  an 
all-important  one,  and  rightly  so.  The 
question  is  not  whether  the  worker  and 
doctor  can  be  considered  in  the  same  class, 
but  whether  they  can  be  confined  by  the 
same  rules  and  governed  by  the  same  re- 
strictions. After  all,  reduced  to  its  simplest 
form,  the  problem  of  the  worker  is  one  only 
of  working  conditions — hours,  environment 
and  pay.  The  only  link  between  the  med- 
ical profession  and  the  laborer  is  that  of 
compensation,  and,  firm  a  link  as  it  is,  it  is 
scarcely  enough  on  which  to  base  a  complete 
parallel,  for  the  question  of  hours  or  of 
environment  does  not  enter  into  considera- 
tion in  the  case  of  the  doctor.  He  cannot 
hold  out  for  an  eight-hour  day.  Until  dis- 
ease recognizes  an  eight- hour  day,  the  doc- 
tor will  have  to  hold  himself  in  readiness 
twenty-four  hours  a  day.  As  for  environ- 
ment, the  doctor  creates  his  own.  He  does 
not  work  in  a  shop  or  factor}- :  his  office  is 
liis  own.  There  remains,  then,  only  the 
question  of  pay. 

The  Question  of  Fees. — But  in  the  mat- 
ter of  pay,  it  is  hard  to  say  how  one  can 
ever  come  to  an  agreement  that  will  do 
justice  to  the  innumerable  delicate  consid- 
erations that  arise  in  the  case  of  the  doctor. 
With  the  worker,  that  is  a  simple  matter. 
His  skill  and  productivity  govern  his  earn- 
ings, and  these  are  the  only  elements  that 
count.  Here  again  the  parallel  between 
the  doctor  and  the  worker  is  an  imperfect 
one.  Skill  is  a  factor  in  both  cases,  but 
productivity  does  not  figure  in  the  phy- 
sician's activity.  On  the  other  hand,  there 
are  elements  in  his  calling  which  are  en- 
tirely lacking  in  the  worker's.  It  is  too 
elastic  to  be  confined  within  narrow  rules. 
There  is,  for  example,  the  doctor's  person- 
ality. It  is  a  commonplace  observation 
that  personality  is  one  of  the  indispensable 
endowments    of    the    successful    physician. 


Of  two  doctors  with  equal  ability,  one  will 
effect  a  greater  number  of  cures  merely  be- 
cause of  the  confidence  his  person  inspires 
in  his  patients.  This  is  a  familiar  psycho- 
logic element.  But  how,  in  an  effort  to 
standardize  fees,  will  this  element  be  meas- 
ured? Furthermore,  the  worker  is  com- 
{)ensated  for  every  bit  of  work  he  does,  but 
the  doctor  is  again  and  again  called  upon  to 
do  scientific,  charitable  and  other  work 
for  which  he  gets  no  compensation;  and 
that  adds  a  further  complication  to  any 
effort  to  regulate  his  earnings. 

The  fact  is  that  the  movement  to  union- 
ize the  doctors  is  less  a  necessary,  pro- 
tective measure  than  it  is  a  symptom  and  a 
protest.  As  such,  it  should  be  earnestly 
considered.  As  a  definite,  final  issue  it  is 
hard  to  see  how  it  can  be  satisfactorily 
carried  thru.  One  must  regard  it  merely 
as  an  indication  of  the  unrest  that  is  stir- 
ring in  all  classes,  the  wilful  aim  of  the 
"under-dog"  to  reap  the  reward  of  the 
sacrifices  he  was  called  upon  to  make  in 
such  large  measure  in  the  war.  And  in  this 
effort  he  has  clashed  with  an  element  of 
the  public  which  has  shown  itself  stubborn 
in  relinquishing  its  accustomed  privileges. 
The  consequence  of  this  clash  is  the  innum- 
erable strikes  thruout  the  country  that  are 
paralyzing  its  productivity  and  promoting 
bitterness  and  hardship  that  might  have 
proved  avoidable  if  both  sides  showed  a 
more  accommodating  spirit.  The  tend- 
ency in  all  but  labor  quarters  is  to  blame  the 
worker  for  his  impatience  and  his  intracta- 
bility, his  refusal  to  be  patient ;  but  such  a 
judgment  does  not  take  into  account  the 
equally  blameworthy  stubbornness  on  the 
part  of  the  employers  and  capitalists  who 
have  refused  to  retreat  a  single  step  from 
an  almost  feudal  insistence  on  their  privi- 
leges as  a  class.  Sabotage  has  been  con- 
demned in  the  workers,  but  the  deliberate 
sabotage  that  was  practiced  by  capitalists  in 
danger  of  losing  their  possessions  during 
the  war  has  had  little  publicity.  There  are 
altogether  too  many  men  of  wealth  and 
power  without  any  understanding  of  the 
crisis  they  face,  without  any  comprehen- 
sion of  the  deep  meaning  of  the  unrest  thru- 
out the  world,  without  any  realization  that 
they  must  move  with  the  tide  of  progress  or 
go  down.  There  are  a  few  enlightened,  in- 
telligent, far-seeing  employers  and  capital- 
ists who  understand  the  spirit  of  the  times 
and  who  are  trying  to  lead  the  contending 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


574 


September.  1919 


MBN  AND  THINGS 


AMSaiCAN  Mbdicinb 


classes  to  a  better  understanding;  just  as 
there  are  among  the  workers  a  few  leaders 
who  are  striving  for  moderation  and  intelli- 
gent cooperation.  But  these  are  in  the 
minority  and  their  voices  are  scarcely  heard 
above  the  roar  of  accusations  and  recrim- 
inations. It  is  high  time  that  both  sides 
showed  a  more  sensible  willingness  to  sub- 
mit to  reason,  that  both  sides  realized  that 
in  acccMnmodation  lies  the  solution  of  their 
troubles. 


Health  ForesU  and  Health  Towns.— 

In  the  last  issue  of  American  Medicine 
there  appeared  what  may  have  been  con- 
sidered by  some  a  cynical  summary  of  the 
expenditures  voted  by  one  of  the  States  for 
the  improvement  of  the  condition  of  hogs, 
bees  and  babies,  the  lowest  appropriation 
going  to  the  babies;  and  attention  was 
drawn  to  the  unintelligible  circumstance 
that  this  singular  disrespect  for  human  well- 
being  is  characteristic  of  almost  all  of  our 
legislatures.  Since  that  comment  was  writ- 
ten. Gov.  Smith,  of  New  York,  has  awak- 
ened to  the  realization  that  the  Legislature 
of  his  own  State  has  shown  a  most  magnani- 
mous concern  for  forests  and  a  most  ap- 
palling indifference  to  humans.  "We  think 
little  of  the  millions  that  we  spend  in  con- 
serving our  forests,"  said  the  Governor, 
"but  at  the  same  time  we  give  little  thought 
to  the  State's  greatest  asset — the  health  and 
welfare  of  the  people."  The  Governor,  being 
a  shrewd  leader,  with  a  keen  understand- 
ing of  the  motives  that  prompt  legislators, 
spoke  of  the  health  of  the  community,  not 
as  an  obligation,  but  as  an  "asset."  A  more 
sentimental  critic  would  have  attempted  (as 
in  fact  we  attempted  in  our  editorial  last 
month)  to  appeal  to  our  legislators  on  the 
ground  of  humaneness.  .  We  must  pay  a 
tribute  to  the  (lovernor's  better  understand- 
ing and  knowledge  of  the  weird  legislative 
sj>ecies.  It  was  absurd  to  believe  that 
Senators  curry  favor  with  bees  and  snap 
their  fingers  at  babies  because  they  are 
brutal  and  inhuman.  It  is  not  a  question 
of  whether  they  love  bees  better  than  babies. 
Iwer  vigilant,  as  practical,  worldly  men 
should  be,  of  the  revenue  of  the  State  and 
of  the  prosperity  of  its  citizens,  the  gentle- 
men of  the  Legislature  put  their  investment 
into  what  they  thought  the  more  profitable 
enterprise.  Bees  paid  dividends  and  bab- 
ies did  not.  And  so  bees  were  to  be  en- 
-'ouraged  and  subsidized. 


Governor  Smith  referred  to  the  wellbeing 
of  babies  and  citizens  as  "assets."  Legis- 
lators, presumably,  respond  to  the  appeal 
of  "assets."  The  following  memorandum 
is  therefore  respectfully  submitted  to  the 
legislatures  of  the  country: 

The  Metropolitan  Insurance  Company  is, 
as  may  be  surmised,  not  a  charity  enter- 
prise. It  is  a  business  organization,  the 
legitimate  aim  of  which  is  maximum  divi- 
dends. Three  years  ago  its  directors, 
shrewd  business  men,  voted  to  give  the  Na- 
tional Tuberculosis  Society  $100,000  to  es- 
tablish a  "health  town."  When  level- 
headed insurance  directors  spend  such  a 
large  sum  of  their  company's  money,  they 
naturally  expect  it  to  bear  interest,  however 
indirectly  it  may  be.  Framingham,  ^lass., 
was  chosen  for  the  experiment.  The  lead- 
ing spirits  of  the  town,  level-headed  busi- 
ness men,  saw  a  good  opportunity  for  in- 
vesting the  town's  money,  and  raised  the 
per  capita  expenditures  for  public  health 
from  thirty-nine  cents  to  one  dollar.  The 
purpose  of  this  experiment  was  to  show  that 
in  many  cases  sickness  and  death,  particu- 
larly tuberculosis,  can  be  eliminated  by 
medical  treatment  and  careful  nursing,  per- 
sonal hygiene  and  adequate  health  adminis- 
tration. The  experiment  proved  an  un- 
qualified success.  In  1916,  before  the  ex- 
periment was  begun,  eighty-one  babies  per 
thousand  died ;  during  the  first  year  of  the 
experiment  this  was  promptly  reduced  to 
sixty-one  per  thousand.  Previous  to  the 
inauguration  of  health  conditions  in  this 
town  of  16,000  souls,  121  persons  died  in 
one  year  from  tuberculosis.  In  the  first 
year  of  the  test  this  was  reduced  to  ninety- 
nine  deaths,  in  the  second  year  to  seventy- 
nine,  in  the  third  year  to  seventy-six — ^and 
this  reduction  occurred  while  the  town  in- 
creased in  population.  At  the  end  of  three 
years  the  town  leaders  were  well  satisfied 
that  their  investment  of  sixty-one  cents  ex- 
cess tax  for  health  was  an  exceedingly  prof- 
itable one.  The  directors  of  the  insurance 
company  felt  that  their  $100,000  experiment 
was  beginning  to  pay  them  better  than  if 
it  had  been  sunk  in  first  mortgages.  Health 
towns,  it  was  discovered,  paid.  The  health 
of  babies  and  adults  was  actually  an  "as- 
set," which  could  be  measured  in  dollars  and 
cents.  We  beg  the  indulgence  of  legisla- 
tors for  our  carelessness  in  overlooking 
these  facts  and  for  sentimentally  regarding 
the  health  of  babies  and  adults  merely  from 
a  humane  point  of  view.  ,  , 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Ambrican  Msdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  AKTICLJBS 


September^  1919 


575 


ORIGINAL 
TICLES*^^ 


THE  GENESIS  OF  SPEECH. 

BY 

B.    S.   TALMEY,   M.    D., 
New  York  City. 

The  biogenetic  law  of  Ontogeny  being  a 
recapitulation  of  Phylogeny  has  become  al- 
most an  axiom  in  the  science  of  biology. 
The  experience  of  the  race  thru  all  the  by- 
gone ages  of  organic  evolution,  from  the 
single-celled  individual  to  man,  is  recapitu- 
lated in  the  experience  of  every  human 
being.  By  the  study  of  the  behavioristic 
traits  in  the  development  of  the  child, 
from  the  moment  of  conception  to  adult- 
hood, we  are  able  to  trace  the  different 
steps  the  race  has  taken  in  the  evolution 
of  every  human  faculty  thru  the  ages. 
Hence,  the  close  analysis  of  the  develop- 
ment of  articulate  spech  in  the  infant  will 
give  us  a  hint  of  the  course  speech  de- 
velopment has  taken  in  the  human  race. 

The  new-bom  infant  is  devoid  of  almost 
all  animal  instincts  except  metabolism 
(B.  S.  Talmey,  Love,  p.  102).  But  soon 
the  infant  begins  to  show  some  traces  of 
the  faculties  of  the  arboreal  ape-man.  The 
infant,  in  the  first  month  of  its  life,  pos- 
sesses the  ability  to  hang  on  hands  like  the 
ape.  Such  an  infant  will  grasp  its  mother's 
finger  and  hold  on  to  it  with  a  force  out  of 
all  proportion  to  its  general  strength.  The 
thighs  of  the  infant  are  usually  bent  at 
right  angles   to  the  body,  pointing  to  ar- 


boreal life.  The  legs  of  the  infant  are 
comparatively  short  compared  with  the 
trunk,  as  in  the  anthropoid  apes.  During 
this  entire  so-called  arboreal  period  the  in- 
fant is  perfectly  dumb.  Only  after  it  has 
learned  to  sit  up  and  stand  up  in  an  erect 
position,  after  it  has  learned  to  lift  its  head 
up  heavenwards  it  begins  to  respond  to  ar- 
ticulate speech. 

From  this  behavior  of  the  infant  we  may 
judge  the  course  speech  has  taken  in  its 
evolution  thru  the  ages.  Before  begin- 
ning to  retrace  the  development  of  articu- 
late speech  it  will  be  of  advantage  to  inquire 
into  the  nature  of  language  in  general. 

Language,  consisting  of  gestures  and 
emotional  vocal  expressions,  is  met  with  in 
almost  all  higher  animals.^  In  the  animal 
language  is  an  instinct,  i.  c,  it  is  based  upon 
the  experience  of  the  species,  not  upon  that 
of  the  individual.  It  is  not  subject  to 
gradual  development  with  the  growth  of 
understanding.  When  the  mother-hen  dis- 
covers a  worm  and  emits  a  certain  sound 
"clack"  the  young  chicks  of  a  day  know  the 
meaning  of  the  call  and  gather  around  the 
mother.  The  meaning  of  this  simple  sound 
is  known  to  them  by  inheritance,  they  do 
not  need  to  learn  it.  The  dog  conveys  his 
feelings  by  different  definite  sounds.  He 
whines  when  in  pain,  he  growles  in  anger, 

*  Different  emotional  sounds,  of  rage  and  en- 
treaty, of  pain  and  warning,  may  be  easily  dis- 
tinguished in  the  dog  and  many  other  animals. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


576 


September,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


and  barks  in  entreaty.  These  different 
primitive  unarticulate  sounds  are  not  sub- 
ject to  individual  development;  they  are 
an  inheritance  from  his  species.  He  knows 
these  sounds  even  when  brought  up  alone, 
in  solitary  confinement,  without  ever  hav- 
ing heard  the  voice  of  another  dog. 

The  primitive  animal  sounds  generally 
lack  articulation,  altho  the  mechanism  for 
articulate  vocal  expression  is  present  in  al- 
most all  higher  animals.  Compared  with  a 
wind  instrument  the  animal's  lungs  repre- 
sent the  bellows,  the  trachea  represents  the 
windpipe,  the  larynx  the  voice  box  and  the 
vocal  cord  the  metallic  reeds.  Pharynx, 
mouth  and  nose  represent  the  resonators. 
All  these  organs  are  possessed  by  almost  all 
higher  animals  and  are  all  set  functionating 
in  the  production  of  any  sound.  The  cords 
are  thrown  into  vibration^  by  the  air  of  the 
expiratory  current,  forced  against  them 
from  below,  and  these  vibrations  produce 
simple  tunes.  The  air  waves  started  by 
the  cords  are  modified  by  the  resonance 
cavities,  pharynx,  mouth  and  nose  which 

*  In  quiet  breathing  the  vocal  chink  or  the 
fissure  of  the  glottis  is  of  a  triangular  shape. 
When  a  tone  is  produced  the  vocal  cords  close 
the  fissure  more  or  less.  Vibrations  are  char- 
acterized by  amplitude  or  extent  and  by  fre- 
quency. The  amplitude  is  due  to  the  volume  of 
air  expelled  by  the  abdominal  and  expiratory 
muscles.  The  frequency  of  the  vibrations  is 
determined  by  the  length  of  the  vocal  cords  and 
by  the  elliptic  fissure  of  the  glottis.  Upon  the 
amplitude  or  the  extent  of  the  vibrations  de- 
pends the  intensity  of  the  sound,  and  the  fre- 
quency of  the  vibration  stands  in  relation  to 
the  pitch  or  height  of  the  tone.  The  more  fre- 
quent the  vibrations  the  higher  is  the  tone. 
Tones  are  named  and  intervals  Judged  by  the 
musical  pitch.  The  degree  of  acuteness  in  man 
is  about  five  octaves. 

The  attributes  of  tonal  sensations  are  inten- 
sity, pitch  and  timber.  Intensity  and  pitch  de- 
pend upon  the  two  qualities,  the  amplitude  and 
frequency  of  the  vibrations.  The  timber  de- 
pends upon  the  number  of  the  constituent  over- 
tones. The  vocal  cords,  like  any  other  musical 
instrument,  originate  several  over-  and  under- 
tones. The  blending  of  these  tones  constitutes 
the  timber  of  the  voice,  e.  g.^  the  feminine  tim- 
ber. 


give  character  to  the  tone. 

These  resonators  produce  also  the  differ- 
ent vowels  which  are  brought  forth  by  the 
change  of  size  and  shape  of  the  resonance 
cavities.^  The  vowels  "e",  '*a",  "a",  are 
broad-lipped.  The  lips  in  the  enunciation 
of  these  three  vowels  are  stretched.  In  "e" 
the  mouth  is  only  a  little  open  and  not 
rounded,  in  "a"  the  mouth  is  more  open  and 
more  rounded,  in  "a"  the  aperture  is  quite 
wide  open  and  still  more  rounded.  The 
vowels  "a'*,  "o",  "u"^  are  round-lipped.  In 
**a"  the  mouth  is  wide  open,  in  "o"  it  is  less 
open,  in  "u"  it  is  little  open. 

Every  sound  is  composed  of  tone  and 
noise.  The  noise  forms  are  consonants, 
the  tone  forms  are  the  vowels.  The  con- 
sonants are  produced  by  the  gums,  tongue, 
teeth  and  lips.  In  the  gutturals  "g",  "k", 
"ch"  and  in  the  liquids  "1",  "n",  "r"  the 
tongue  is  pressed  against  the  palate ;  in  the 
dentals  "d",  "t",  "th"  the  tongue  is  pressed 
against  the  teeth,  and  in  the  labials  **b". 
"p'\  "f"  and  "m"  the  lips  are  pressed 
against  each  other. 

The  peripheral  mechanism  for  articulate 
speech  is  present  in  almost  all  higher  ani- 
mals. The  nervous  centers  which  preside 
over  the  different  organs  of  speech  are  also 
present  in  some  animals,  e.  g.,  the  parrot. 
What  these  animals  are  lacking  is  the  cor- 
tical speech  center.  Expiration,  phonation 
and  articulation  are  in  perfect  order  in  the 
parrot ;  but  the  parrot's  articulate  speech 
is  effected  by  imitation.  The  animal  does 
not  know  the  meaning  of  the  words  it  utters. 
It  repeats  tunes  and  words  it  hears  without 
ever  evincing  any  understanding.   When  the 

^The  five  cardinal  vowels  'V  (in  far),  "a" 
(in  name),  "e"  (in  theme),  "o"  (In  note)  and 
"u"  (in  cool)  are  met  with  In  the  cat's  call 
m-e-a-a-o-u. 

*The  sign  "u"  in  this  article  denotes  always 
the  sound  "oo"  as  in  cool. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


September.  1919 


577 


dog  responds  to  the  order  of  the  master,  it 
is  the  gesture  concomitant  with  the  order 
which  conveys  the  understanding,  not  the 
articulate  voice.  He  does  not  grasp  the 
verbal  value  of  the  spoken  sounds ;  he  waits 
for  the  gesture. 

As  in  the  parrot,  the  same  phenomenon 
is  met  in  the  infant.  In  the  beginning  the 
infant's  prattle  represents  an  echolalia,  or 
an  automatic  speech  mechanism.  Only 
after  a  certain  time  has  elapsed,  and  a  num- 
ber of  words  have  been  transmitted  and  de- 
posited within  the  auditory  area  of  the 
brain^  the  child  begin?  to  grasp  the  mean- 
ing of  such  words,  and  only  then  it  is  able 
to  think.  Abstract  thinking  is  done  in 
words.  Abstract  thought!,  therefore,  de- 
pends upon  language.  The  leading  char- 
acteristic of  man  is  the  power  to  think  and 
to  express  his  thoughts  in  words.  Only 
after  the  development  of  external  language, 
internal  language  or  abstract  thought  be- 
came possible.  Ideation  requires  the  suc- 
cessive grouping  of  memory  images.*  The 
impulse  for  speech  comes  from  the  mind  or 
the  inner  world.  Thence  the  impulse 
travels  by  the  motor  nerves  to  the  speech 
organs  at  the  periphery  where  the  sounds 
are  produced.  The  combination  of  the 
sounds  forms  words  and  an  intelligent  com- 
bination of  words  forms  human  speech. 
Speech  is  thus  a  product  of  the  revival  of 
memory  images  and  the  complex  motorial 

^  Articulate  sounds  are  imparted  as  auditory 
stimuli  to  the  third  gyrus  of  the  left  frontal 
lobe  of  the  cortex  of  the  brain  and  are  de- 
posited there  as  words  of  others.  These  articu- 
late sounds  constitute  within  the  auditory  area 
for  the  receptions  of  these  adequate  sensations 
acoustic  images. 

'  The  images  represent  the  effects  of  past 
stimuli  enregistered  on  the  cerebral  cortex,  es- 
pecially the  effects. of  the  auditory,  visual  and 
tactile  stimuli,  the  most  important  sources  of 
human  perception.  By  the  conjoint  action  of 
kinesthetic,  visual,  tactile  and  olfactory  sen- 
sory groups,  certain  percepts  may  be  called  up 
in  mind. 


or  kinesthetic  coordination  in  the  cortex  of 
the  frontal  lobes.  These  centers  are  being 
modified  by  ontogenetic  variations  in  the 
human  species. 

The  first  names  the  infant  gives  to  things 
are  onomatopoetic,  or  sound  imitations,  as 
"wow-wow"  for  the  dog  in  imitation  of  his 
bark.  Sometimes  names  indicate  qualities, 
as  "hot"  for  stove.  Because  the  labial 
sounds  "ma-ma"  or  "pa-pa"  are  the  easiest 
for  the  toothless  infant  to  pronounce — he 
needs  only  to  press  the  lips  against  each 
other — these  names  are  given  to  father  and 
mother.  But  in  the  beginning  every  man 
is  papa.  Only  with  the  growth  of  mental- 
ity the  name  papa  is  associated  with  the 
father  only.  By  this  time  every  definite 
composite  percept  of  an  object  is  followed 
by  its  name.  The  child  has  learned  to  think, 
and  thinking  is  done  in  words. 

When  we  revert  to  the  phylum  and  try 
to  trace  the  remote  beginnings  of  human 
speech  we  must  first  inquire  into  the  nature 
of  animal  language.  Animal  gestures  and 
sounds  are  all  emotionally  toned.  The 
emotions  furnish  the  motives  for  the  effort 
to  come  to  an  understanding.*  Among  soli- 
tary living  animals,  all  other  primary  emo- 
tions do  not  require  any  particular  means 
of  imparting  the  same  to  others;  but  the 
emotion  of  sex  demands  some  form  of  un- 
derstanding between  the  two  mates.  Among 
such  solitary  animals  sex  emotion  is  hence 
the  main  and  paramount  motive  for  the 
quest  of  some  means  of  informing  the  mate. 
Sounds  peculiar  to  the  male  serve  as  a  call 
to  the  female,  an  indication  of  his  presence. 
The  females  are  attracted  by  the  sounds  of 
their  future  partners.     Such  sounds  as  the 

*  The  primary  emotions  are  fear,  rage,  hunger 
and  sex.  The  first  emotion  noticed  in  the  low- 
est type  of  aquatic  animals  is  fear,  founded 
upon  the  conservation  law.  Sex  arrives  the 
latest  in  the  life  of  the  individual. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


578 


September.   1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBS 


American  Medicine 


drumming  of  the  snipe's  tail,  the  tapping  of 
the  woodpecker's  beak,  the  harsh,  trumpet- 
Hke  cry  of  certain  water- fowl,  the  cooing  of 
the  turtle-dove,  the  song  of  the  nightingale 
make  it  easier  for  the  sexes  to  find  each 
other.  In  the  thick  foliage  of  the  tropical 
jungle  melody  of  voice  offered  to  the  man- 
ape  the  best  means  of  attracting  and  charm- 
ing the  female.  Many  insects  have  the 
power  of  producing  stridulous  sounds.  In 
some  families  of  Homoptera  and  Orthoptera 
the  male  possesses  organs  of  sound  which 
he  uses  incessantly  during  the  pairing  sea- 
son. Some  male  fishes  make  noise  during 
the  spawning  time.  Male  frogs  and  toads 
emit  various  sounds  at  the  pairing  time. 
The  male  tortoise  utters  a  hoarse,  bellowing 
noise  during  the  rutting  season.  The  giraff 
and  porcupine  are  said  to  be  completely 
mute  except  during  the  period  of  estrum. 
•The  powerful  sex  stimuli  are  required  to 
spur  the  will  of  these  animals  to  strain  their 
muscles  and  to  surmount  all  obstacles. 
When  the  sex  organs  swell  the  bird  sings, 
the  cock  crows,  the  cat  meaaous  and  the 
boy  at  puberty  experiences  a  change  in  the 
register  of  his  voice. 

The  voice  is  thus  sex-linked.  It  is  used 
primarily  not  for  warning  and  giving 
alarms,  as  some  investigators  maintain,  but 
for  alluring  and  winning  the  mate,  or  as  a 
stimulant  to  mating.  In  animal  allurement 
the  rhythm  of  the  sound  is  the  essential 
part.  The  cat  in  the  rutting  season,  when 
calling  for  her  mate,  emits  her  "meaaous" 
in  regular  intervals.  The  song  of  the  male 
bird  is  marked  by  the  regularity  of  its 
rhythm.  Rhythm  is  a  basic  universal  trait. 
The  swing  of  the  cosmic  rhythm  is  present 
in  all  life,  and  propagation  of  life  is  rhythm- 
linked. 

During  the  pre-human  stage  of  the  race 
rhythmical   calls    for   his   mate   have   been 


emitted  by  the  arboreal  man-ape  in  his 
primeval  tropical  forest.^  Such  calls  are  a 
phenomenon  of  courting  among  all  animals 
and  the  man-ape  in  his  native  wilds 
could  not  have  made  an  exception.  Such 
erotic  calls  became  enregistered  within  the 
auditory  area  of  the  cerebral  cortex.  The 
feeling-ton^  of  these  calls  imparted  to  the 
listening  mate  certain  emotions  experienced 
at  the  consummation  of  mutual  rapture.  By 
apperception,  the  perception  of  such  a 
sound  of  the  mate  called  up  certain  associa- 
tions of  emotions  experienced  in  the  previ- 
ous sex-ardor.  The  idea  in  the  pre-human 
animal,  just  as  in  the  other  higher  animals, 
was  quite  vague,  midway  between  percep- 
tion and  conception. 

But  while  all  other  animals  remained 
static,  the  man-ape  steadily  progressed, 
especially  with  his  assuming  the  erect  posi- 
tion his  progress  in  speech  became  rapid. 
The  man-ape  had  first  to  give  up  his  quad- 
rupedal posture  and  assume  the  biped  erect 
position  before  he  could  learn  to  express  his 
emotions  by  articulate  speech.  He  had  to 
learn  to  stand  and  walk  erect  and  lift  his 
face  from  the  earth  heavenwards,  better  to 
perceive  visual  and  auditory  sensations.* 
The  keener  perception  of  these  auditory 
and  visual  sensations  produced  clearer 
memory  images  which  were  necessary  for 
the  creation  of  human  imagination.  This 
in  turn  led  to  human  conception  which  is 
no  longer  sensory.  The  percept  is  sensory ; 
the  idea  is  not,  altho  it  is  an  offspring  of  the 
former. 

*The  value  of  the  mimic  language  within 
the  dark  tropical  forest  In  the  wilds  of  the  man- 
ape  was  almost  nil.  He  had  to  make  use  of 
vocal  sounds  to  impart  his  presence  to  his  mate. 

*A  sensation  possesses  three  attributes,  qual- 
ity, intensity  and  affective  tone.  In  music, 
quality  or  "Tonfarbe"  Is  represented  by  volume 
and  pitch,  volume  expressing  the  massiveness 
of  the  tone  and  pitch  denoting  its  height.  Low 
tones  are  large  and  massive,  high  tones  are 
thrill,  thin  and  sharp. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBBICAN    MBDICINB 


ORIQINAL  ARTICLBS 


September,  1919 


579 


With  the  change  to  the  erect  posture,  the 
man-ape  changed  into  an  ape-man  and  be- 
came a  terrestrial  dweller.  Even  then  it 
was  the  erotic  gesture,  the  alluring  tone,, 
the  rhythmical  noise  of  allurement  which 
created  the  first  thoughts.  The  feeling- 
tone  of  the  rhythmic  sounds  emitted  by  the 
ape-man  evoked  in  the  mate,  especially  at 
the  estrual  period,  vague  inarticulate  long- 
ings, and  the  undifferentiated  aspirations 
found  their  adequate  expressions  in  rhyth- 
mic responses,  music  being  the  clearest  lan- 
guage to  express  emotions,  or  rather  their 
variations.  For  while  sensations  vary 
little,  the  variations  in  emotions  are  innum- 
erable and  great.     Poetry  precedes  prose. 

The  first  stimulus  to  vocal  articulation 
was  thus  sex-linked.  A  powerful  stimulus 
was  necessary  for  the  awakening  of  the 
heroic  will  to  drag  the  face  away  from  the 
beaten  track  and  drive  it  forward  along 
a  new  path.  Progress  is  an  evolutionary 
process,  but  evolution  often  becomes  tired, 
slackens  its  pace,  stops  or  falls  asleep  in  the 
road.  To  arouse  it  vigorous  shaking  is 
necessary.  Such  a  powerful  stimulus 
emanated  from  the  sex-ardor. 

Once  vocal  understanding .  was  accom- 
plished in  the  interest  of  sex  articulate 
sounds  became  in  use  for  warnings  and 
alarms.  With  the  change  to  the  erect 
posture  the  ape-man  became  a  hunter  of 
small  animals.  As  a  terrestrial  dweller  he 
was  surrounded  by  a  greater  number  of 
enemies  than  when  he  lived  in  his  trees,  and 
he  found  more  protection  in  numbers.  He 
assumed  the  life  of  the  pack  like  the  wolf .^ 
Within  the  pack  it  was  necessary  for  him 
to  learn  how  to  impart  to  his  fellows  the 
three  other  primary  emotions,  fear,  anger 


*The  present  domestic  dog  probably  became 
at  this  period  his  steady  companion  and  best 
friend  which  he  remained  to  the  present  day. 


and  hunger.  These  four  primary  emotions, 
sex,  fear,  anger  and  hunger  thus  formed 
the  motive  power  for  articulate  speech. 

The  first  roots  of  human  vocal  language 
were  onomatopoetic,  in  the  imitation  of 
natural  sounds  and  noises.  Before  the  child 
learns  the  animal's  name  he  calls  the  dog 
"wow-wow."  Later  by  imitation  of  the 
adult's  speech  he  learns  the  real  names  of 
things.  The  first  vocal  articulations  of 
primitive  man's  speech  were  the  imitations 
of  natural  sounds.  Verbs  and  adjectives 
formed  the  main  part  of  his  speech.  These 
articulate  sounds  were  registered  on  the 
cerebral  cortex*  and  constituted  acoustic 
verbal  images.  Kinesthetic  impulses  from 
the  muscles  of  externalized  speech  were  al- 
so sent  to  the  speech  area  in  the  third  frontal 
convolution,  where  the  sensory  stimuli  were 
enregistered  and  memory  images  stored  up. 
The  number  of  significant  sounds  increased 
with  the  number  of  ideas  and  things.  The 
state  of  a  people's  civilization  determines 
the  richness  of  language.  With  the  growth 
of  man's  intellect  he  learned  to  articulate 

^  The  center  of  speech  is  situated  at  the  end 
of  the  acoustic  tracts  in  the  auditory  area  for 
the  reception  of  acoustic  phenomena.  The  audi- 
tory, visual  and  motor  centers  are  bound  to- 
gether thru  association  tracts.  The  auditory, 
visual  and  kinesthetic  sensations  produce  in 
these  centers  perceptual  and  ideational  proc- 
esses. The  sensory  stimuli  pass  then  to  the 
motor  part  of  the  reflex  arc,  and  the  verbal 
images  of  articulate  sounds  are  then  reproduced 
at  the  periphery  by  the  particular  speech 
organs. 

All  intelligent  animals  possess  association 
memories  and  they  express  their  feelings  and 
thoughts  by  gestures,  mimicry,  pantomime  and 
articulate  cries.  The  wave  of  the  limb,  con- 
traction of  the  face,  expanding  of  the  eyes,  the 
cry  of  pain,  the  start  or  fright  are  all  means 
for  mental  expressions.  What  animals  lack  is 
the  intellect  for  articulate  speech.  Animals, 
like  the  parrot,  are  provided  with  the  mechanism 
for  the  production  and  modification  of  sounls. 
They  are  endowed  with  an  acoustic  apparatus 
for  the  transmission  of  the  impressions  of  sound 
to  the  brain,  and  the  brain  perceives  the  sounds : 
but  the  animal  lacks  ideation.  Hence  a  limited 
number  of  simple  sounds  to  express  its  cardinal 
emotions  suffices  for  its  simple  needs. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


580 


September,  1919 


ORIQINAL  ARTICLBS 


American  Mboicinb 


more  and  more  sounds.  The  farther  man 
advanced  in  civilization  a  vaster  number  of 
visual,  auditory  and  kinesthetic  memories 
were  lodged  in  the  zone  of  language. 

But  before  memory  images  can  be  stored 
up  or  enregistered  they  must  first  be  pro- 
duced, and  before  they  are  produced  a 
pathway  must  be  created.  The  creation 
of  the  pathway  has  taken  its  initial  steps 
at  the  courting  season  of  the  man-ape  be- 
fore he  lived  in  hunting  packs.  It  is 
during  puberty,  the  first  courting  season  of 
the  individual,  when  especially  in  the  boy 
the  vocal  organs  undergo  marked  changes. 
The  angle  of  the  two  plates  of  the  shield 
becomes  more  acute,  and  the  vocal  cords  in- 
crease in  length  in  proportion  of  5.10,  while 
in  the  girl  the  angle  remains  the  same,  and 
the  cords  increase  only  in  proportion  of  5.7. 
Her  voice  remains  soprano  or  contralto,  al- 
most the  same  as  in  early  childhood,  while 
the  high  voice  of  the  boy  is  changed  into  the 
tenor  or  bass. 

This  change  is  an  inheritance  from  our 
remotest  ancestry'  of  the  man-ape  stage.  It 
was  while  sitting  on  some  bough  in  the 
primeval  tropical  forest,^  when  at  puberty, 
or  at  the  first  estrual  period,  the  man-ape 
boy  uttered  his  first  alluring  sounds  for  his 
young  mate.  The  combined  effect  of  proper 
tone  quality,  of  inflection  and  emphasis, 
made  for  an  intelligent  and  sympathetic  re- 
lationship between  himself  and  his  listener.^ 
It  was  the  love  stress  that  taught  man  the 
first  sound  of  articulate  speech,  just  as  the 
erotic  urge  taught  the  bird  its  first  songs. 
Melody  is  primary  and  universal,  and  music 

*  At  that  remote  period  the  silent  force  of 
propinquity  did  not  suffice  for  the  attraction  of 
the  young  mates.  The  wooing  male  had  to  emit 
special  sounds,  well  understood  by  the  young 
female. 

*The  sympathetic  relationship  once  estab- 
lished, they  henceforth  lived  in  strict  monogamy 
as  most  of  the  anthropoids  do  to  the  present 
day. 


is  the  clearest  language  to  express  emotions, 
especially  the  emotion  of  love.  Thru  rhyth- 
mically emitted  sounds  the  man-ape,  just 
as  the  bird,  sent  his  first  messages  to  his 
healthy  female.  Rhythm  being  an  organic 
part  of  life,  the  tonal  feeling  left  an  indeli- 
ble imprint  in  her  and  awakened  root-ideas 
already  at  a  time  man's  progenitor  was  still 
a  quadrimanous  arboreal  animal.  The 
psychic  over-tones*  of  the  erotic  allurement- 
call  formed  the  root  ideas  of  articulate 
speech  and  the  mnemic  elements  served  to 
the  formation  of  a  pathway  for  the  audi- 
tory and  kinesthetic  sensations. 

Once  the  pathway  for  the  reception  of 
auditory  and  kinesthetic  sensations  was 
formed,  the  evolvement  of  an  articulate 
vocal  language  was  comparatively  easy. 
This  evolvement  was  effected  during  the 
long  period  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
years  when  the  ape-man  was  living  in 
packs  like  the  wolves.  As  a  biped,  ter- 
restrial hunter  the  ape-man  often  found 
the  necessity  of  warning  his  fellows  of  the 
approach  of  danger,  or  of  calling  for  help 
when  attacked,  or .  of  inviting  his  fellows 
when  a  source  of  food  was  discovered. 
Hence  sounds  of  warning,  of  entreaty,  of 
fear,  of  rage,  had  to  be  singled  out  to  make 
himself  understood  by  the  fellows  of  his 
group  in  the  dark  as  well  as  in  the  light. 
All  such  sounds  led  to  the  evolvement  of 
articulate  speech. 

Language  is  a  function  of  relations.  The 
same  subject  must  possess  an  apparatus  for 
the  production  and  reception  of  the  signs 
of  language.  Not  only  man  but  all  higher 
animals  possess  certain  organs  for  the 
mimic    expression    of    language-signs    and 

^  Sex  with  emotional  over-tones  and  sympathy 
resonance  constitute  human  love.  The  idlur- 
ing  overtones  of  the  ape-man  created  human 
speech.  These  emotional  tones  brought  the 
mental  processes  to  a  focus  and  provoked  the 
faculty  of  human  awareness. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKRICAN    MXDICINB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


September,  1919 


581 


at  the  same  time  organs  or  receptors  for 
the  comprehension  of  the  meaning  of  such 
signs.  The  function  of  language  is  to 
transmit  .to  the  outside  world  the  impres- 
sions, longings  and  determinations  of  the 
animal.  The  power  to  manifest  these  im- 
pressions would  only  be  of  any  value  if  the 
individual  possessed  at  the  same  time  the 
ability  of  comprehending  the  language  of 
the  other. 

But  while  the  animal  possesses  only  the 
apparatus  for  the  production  and  reception 
of  gesture  signs,  man  is  endowed  with  the 
faculty  of  producing  and  comprehending 
ajrticulate  speech  which  is  effected  by  respi- 
ration, phonation  and  articulation.  This 
mode  of  language  is  the  best  means  for  the 
expression  of  sentiments,  ideas  and  the 
will  of  man.  It  has  enobled  man's  char- 
acter, elevated  his  culture  and  extended  his 
mastery  over  the  material  elements  of  life. 

171  W.  126th  St. 


THE   TRANSITIONAL    PERIODS    IN 
THE  NUTRITION  OF  THE  AB- 
NORMAL INFANT. 


GEORGE  DOW  SCOTT,  A.  B.,  B.  S.,  M.  D., 
New   York  City. 

The  term  "transition"  signifies  a  passage 
from  one  place  to  another,  from  a  condi- 
tion or  action  to  another,  a  bridging  over  as 
it  were,  and  that  word  brings  out  ideally 
that  which  I  wish  to  convey.  There  are 
certain  periods  in  the  first  year  of  the  in- 
fant worrying  and  harassing  alike  to  the 
mother  and  to  the  physician.  When  the 
infant  is  artificially  fed  from  birth  there  ex- 
ists a  longer  or  shorter  period  before  the 
new  modified  food  "takes  a  hold"  or  it  may 


be  wrongly  modified,  of  improper  tempera- 
ture, unclean,  etc.,  and  successive  diarrhea 
or  constipation,  gas  flatus  and  eructations, 
bloody  stools,  a  rapid  or  slow  elevation  of 
temperature,  colicky  pains,  decrease  in 
weight  and  with  loss  of  subcutaneous  fat, 
may  follow. 

Then  again  there  is  the  time  when  the 
normal  breast  fed  baby  cannot,  on  account 
of  the  poor  quality  of  the  mother's  milk 
and  irregular  feedings  perhaps,  gain  that 
adequate  nourishment  needed  before  this 
milk  assumes  its  natural  condition.  After 
the  contagious  diseases  there  is  noticed  a 
serious  physical,  physiologic  and  nervous 
depressional  stage  where  appetite  is  poor, 
the  temperature  is  often  subnormal,  the 
skin  discolored  and  wasted  and  the  infant 
whiny  and  pitiable.  In  the  summer  diar- 
rheas of  infancy  following  the  severe  food 
intoxications  with  vomiting  and  foul- 
smelling,  bloody  and  curdy  diarrheas,  there 
is  likewise  a  period  of  severe  physical  and 
mental  inertia  and  exhaustion.  And  many 
such  conditions  can  be  enumerated  where 
physical  disorders  are  followed  by  a  physio- 
logic depression. 

The  general  picture  is  a  familiar  one,  the 
body  is  wasted,  the  central  nervous  system 
is  exhausted,  the  internal  secretions  are  al- 
tered, weakened  and  depleted  undoubtedly 
of  some  of  their  essential  ingredients,  and 
the  digestive  mechanism  is  much  below  par, 
sunken  eyes  peering  out  of  deep  sockets, 
the  skin  clinging  to  the  primitive  skeleton, 
eczemas,  a  sunken  abdomen,  thirst,  lips  dry 
and  subnormal  temperature,  hunger  with- 
out satisfaction,  weakness  or  prostration 
all  mark  a  nutritional  abyss.  Such  cases 
suffer  from  a  fat,  protein  and  carbohydrate 
starvation  but  primarily  from  a  fat  starva- 
tion for  the  body  being  in  need  of  the  latter 
calls  upon  its  reserve  supply  of  carbohy- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


582 


September,  191  & 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICI4B8 


American  Mbdicinb 


drates  and  proteins.  We  know  also  that 
stored  fat  is  a  reserve  of  potential  energy 
and  should  be  brought  into  use  in  such 
wasting  disease  as  I  have  described  attend- 
ant upon  failure  of  nutrition.  There  is  a 
certain  amount  of  fat  present  in  almost  all 
our  foodstuffs.  Some  of  this  stored  fat  is 
derived  from  sugar  and  from  proteid  sub- 
stances besides  being  obtained  from  fatty 
foods.  Now  clinically  fats  have  served  their 
purpose  well  where  not  only  has  there  been 
loss  in  weight  and  a  wasting  of  the  tissues, 
but  where  the  stomach  has  been  affected 
and  is  sensitive  to  protein  foods.  This  is 
not  hard  to  understand.  The  fats  are  not 
completely  digested  until  they  reach  the 
small  intestine  where  they  undergo  action 
by  a  pancreatic  enzyme  called  steapsin  and 
another  lipase  of  the  bile  into  glycerin  and 
the  fatty  acids.  Some  of  the  free  acid 
unites  with  the  sodium  of  the  alkaline  bile 
and  intestinal  juices  to  form  a  soap.  The 
latter  emulsifies  the  rest  of  the  fat,  hasten- 
ing the  action  of  the  steapsin  and  promoting 
its  absorption. 

The  food  of  man  is  of  course  divided 
into  two  great  classes,  nitrogenous  or  flesh- 
forming,  the  carbonaceous,  or  energy-pro- 
ducing. Nitrogen  and  carbon  constitute 
the  chief  ingredients  of  the  former;  oils, 
fats  and  carbohydrates  form  the  principal 
essentials  of  the  latter. 

The  primary  function  of  oils  and  fats,  if 
you  will,  is  to  produce  heat.  The  combus- 
tion of  1  gram  of  carbon  to  carbon  dioxide 
produces  8080  calories,  while  the  presence 
of  oxygen  actually  reduces  the  calorific 
value  of  the  substance.  Hence  the  higher 
proportion  of  carbon  and  the  lower  amount 
of  oxygen  the  greater  will  be  the  heat-pro- 
ducing power  of  foods.  The  fats  are  much 
richer  in  carbon  than  in  starch,  or  sugar, 
containing  2>4  times  as  much.    Physiologists 


believe  that  in  our  economy  1  part  of  fat  is 
necessary  to  10  parts  of  carbohydrate.  The 
fats  are  more  easily  assimilated  than  the 
carbohydrates ;  they  are,  besides,  more  pal- 
atable and  assist  in  the  digestion  of  other 
articles  of  food. 

In  truth  most  of  the  fat  of  our  foods  is 
oxidized  to  CO^  and  H*0  in  the  tissue  cells 
as  fast  as  it  comes  to  them  affording  molec- 
ular and  chemical  energy  and  maintaining 
the  normal  temperature,  reducing  or  elevat- 
ing it  in  fever  or  in  exhaustion  conditions, 
thereby  liberating  a  large  amount  of  heat. 
How  much  fat  is  needed  for  a  certain  in- 
fant cannot  be  computed  in  the  terms  of 
calories  but  must  depend  upon  the  metabolic 
processes  functioning  in  that  individual  in- 
fant as  a  certain  amount  needed  to  stimu- 
late the  metabolism  of  the  proteins  and  car- 
bohydrates. And  just  here  an  interesting 
experiment  by  Dr.  Hindhede,  a  Scandina- 
vian specialist  might  be  mentioned.  This 
physician  has  apparently  tried  to  prove  that 
an  individual  can  keep  well  and  work  on 
a  fatless  diet  if  sufficient  carbohydrates, 
namely  starches  and  sugars,  are  provided. 
Such  a  diet  to  my  way  of  thinking  might 
be  given  to  an  individual  of  adult  age  and 
in  the  best  of  health  and  vigor  and  who  in 
many  years  has  accumulated  a  sufficient 
amount  of  body  fat  from  which  to  draw  or 
to  which  might  be  duly  added  an  even 
greater  amount  from  the  ingestion  of  fresh 
sugars  and  starches.  I  fear  that  the  good 
doctor  would  come  a  cropper  did  he  try  the 
same  experiments  upon  infants. 

In  a  previous  article  I  tried  to  point  out 
the  value  of  fats  in  the  form  of  butters — 
oleomargarines  and  the  like  in  the  diet  of 
children,  and  it  may  be  said  right  here  that 
the  American  public  has  a  mistaken  idea  of 
the  manufacture  of  oils  and  margarines  ap- 
pearing to  believe  that  they  are  manufac- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


September.  1919 


583 


tured  from  refuse  found  in  garbage  and  ref- 
use cans.  But  in  this  article  dealing  with 
infancy  where  the  butters  as  such  are  not 
so  easily  administered  as  are  the  oils,  I  am 
again  trying  to  point  out  the  indication  of 
fat  in  the  diet.  Now  altho  "pigs  is  pigs" 
fats  are  not  necessarily  fats,  or  carbohy- 
drates carbohydrates  or  proteins  proteins. 
To  make  the  point  clear,  animal  proteins 
are  harder  to  digest  than  either  those  of 
fruit  or  vegetable.  Milk  and  cane  sugar 
cause  more  digestive  upheavals  than  does 
fruit  sugar  or  fructose.  Why  then  should 
not  vegetable  fats  such  as  the  oils  be  more 
easily  digested  or  at  least  just  as  easily  as- 
similated as  the  animal  ?  And  observations 
seem  to  warrant  this  conclusion.  The 
public  has  a  grossly  misinformed  idea  as  to 
the  assimilation  of  fats  and  many  a  mother 
is  at  the  present  time  stuffing  her  infants 
with  cod  liver  and  other  oils  with  cream 
mixtures,  irrespective  of  stomach  and  in- 
testinal disorders  with  the  view  of  increas- 
ing the  bpdy  weight.  Moreover,  it  is  a  fact 
that  in  some  infants  cream  mixtures — ^a 
high  per  cent,  of  animal  fat — can  be  pushed 
to  a  marked  degree.  Yet  in  others  we  find 
with  the  same  amount  of  fat  a  pasty  look- 
ing infant  with  pale  looking  mucous 
membranes  and  much  intestinal  gas  with 
meteorism  and  tenesmus,  at  times  having 
diarrheal  fatty  and  curdy  stools;  yet  in 
the  same  infant  if  we  reduce  the  ani- 
mal fat  and  in  addition  give  a  certain 
amount  of  the  vegetable — the  oils  I  mean — 
we  get  a  fat  storage,  other  things  being 
equal  a  normal  stool  and  a  healthy  infant. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  in  the  normal 
healthy  mother  the  normally  adequate  breast 
milk  is  derived  from  many  sources  and 
under  that  number  come  both  animal  and 
vegetable  fats. 
The  question  of  what  oil  to  use  depends 


to  a  great  extent  upon  our  nose,  our  eyes, 
our  tongues  and  upon  our  pocket-book 
whether  it  be  olive,  cotton  seed,  cocoanut, 
peanut  or  corn  oil.  They  all  have  practi- 
cally the  same  chemical  composition  and 
digestibility,  but  on  the  whole  the  olive  oil 
is  to  me  preferable,  as  it  undergoes  much 
less  of  a  chemical  change  in  its  manufac- 
ture, this  oil  being  used  more  in  its  natural 
state. 

Our  little  ones  are  apt  to  digest  an  oil 
they  like  better  than  one  they  do  not  like. 
Each  country  seems  to  have  its  favorite  oil. 
In  our  country  cotton  seed,  cocoanut  and 
peanut  oils  as  well  as  corn  oil  are  rapidly 
coming  to  the  front  on  account  of  their  di- 
gestibility and  cheapness.  In  Russia  the 
oil  from  the  sunflower,  in  Europe  generally 
the  soy  bean  and  sesame  oils  are  extensively 
used.  These  edible  oils  form  a  highly  con- 
centrated and  a  usually  easily  assimilated 
food.  Pure  oils  and  fats  are  practically 
free  from  water  and  contain  no  indigestible 
substances  such  as  the  crude  fibre  of  vege- 
tables and  the  cartilage  and  tendon  of  meat. 
Cotton  seed  oil  for  instance  is  a  very  cheap 
and  a  very  common  substitute  for  olive  oil 
and  as  compared  to  beef  at  20  cents  a  quart 
will  yield  more  than  5  times  the  amount  of 
body  energy,  but  of  course  will  not  have  the 
same  tissue-building  properties. 

Who  of  us  has  not  hidden  himself  away 
in  a  nook  of  his  own  library  or  in  a  spot 
in  the  public  library  and  read  some  delight- 
ful little  book  such  as  Prof.  Tucker^s 
"Ancient  Athens" — or  perhaps  another  on 
Modern  Greece  and  Italy?  And  possibly 
with  surprise  we  learn  that  olive  oil  formed 
an  important  food  and  even  luxury  in  an- 
cient days  and  that  the  famous  athletes  of 
those  times  were  given  gaily  ornamented 
jars  of  olive  oil  for  prizes.  Today  down 
in  our  crowded  tenement  districts  the  Italian 


Digitized  by 


Google 


584 


September,  1919 


ORIQINAL.  ARTICLES) 


American  Msdicins 


woman  gives  the  baby,  if  ill,  warm  olive  oil 
as  she  has  been  taught  to  in  far  away  Mes- 
sina. In  truth  there  is  no  one  thing,  to  my 
mind,  which  links  the  past  so  much  with 
the  present  as  olive  oil;  justly  famous  in 
those  days  it  is  not  thoroly  appreciated  in 
our  country  in  these  modern  times.  You 
remember  that  I  said  an  oil  must  suit  the 
individual  tasfe — it  must  be  digestible  and 
be  of  certain  caloric  value  altho  valuable 
time  is  wasted  in  estimating  the  specific 
caloric  percentage  which  our  little  patient 
requires.  The  taste  of  oil  is  important. 
The  Russian  accustomed  to  his  sunflower 
oil  would  think  the  bland,  highly  refined 
American  cotton  seed  oil,  for  instance;  taste- 
less and  the  likes  and  dislikes  of  infants 
and  children  while  impractical  and  some- 
what imaginative  are,  safe  to  say,  persist- 
ent. The  Italian  and  American  olive  oils 
are  par  excellence,  the  ideal  vegetable  fat 
food  for  infants  and  it  really  matters  little 
that  the  domestic  product  is  not  so  rich  in 
fat  as  that  of  Italy,  20-30%  compared  to 
40-60%.  Olive  oil,  chemically  consisting 
mostly  of  oleins,  undergoes  as  was  said,  but 
very  little  chemical  change  in  its  manufac- 
ture and  its  finest  grades  are  those  ex- 
pressed from  the  fruits  with  the  least  possi- 
ble subsequent  treatment. 

Now  the  flavor  of  olive  oil  depends  upon 
the  variety  of  tree,  the  stage  of  growth  at 
which  the  olives  are  gathered  and  upon  the 
method  of  separating  the  oil  from  the  pulp, 
for  fruit  picked  before  ripe  is  bitter.  The 
finest  grade  oil  is  made  from  selected  olives 
pressed  by  hand  between  cloths,  the  result- 
ing oil  washed  in  water  to  remove  impurities 
subsequently  decanted  from  the  aqueous 
layer  and  sold  under  the  name  of  virgin 
oil.  The  commercial  oil.  on  the  other  hand, 
is  crushed  between  millstones,  then  ex- 
pressed at  low  pressure.     The  virgin  oil  is 


of  a  pale  yellowish-green  color.  The  low 
grade  oils  possess  a  bitter  flavor.  The  purest 
olive  oil  at  low  temperature  will  yield  stearin 
in  abundance.  Olive  oil  consists  chiefly  of 
palmitin,  stearin  and  olein  and  contains 
much  more  olein  but  much  less  stearin 
than  the  ordinary  solid  fats.  In  cotton  seed 
oil,  sesame  oil  and  in  other  seed  oils  used 
as  food  the  quantities  of  palmitin  and 
stearin  are  still  smaller  and  together  with 
large  quantities  of  olein  contain  consider- 
able quantities  of  linolein.  Cotton  seed  oil, 
often  the  fraudulent  substitute  of  olive  oil 
but  in  truth  a  much  demanded  oil,  under- 
goes a  very  extensive  process  of  manufac- 
ture. It  may  in  fact  be  divided  into  two 
general  classes,  the  Bald  or  black.  The 
first  variety  derived  from  the  smooth  lint- 
free  seeds  of  the  South  Sea  Island  cotton 
and  the  second  variety  originates  from  the 
white  or  woolly  seeds  of  the  Uplands  and 
similar  cottons  which  come  from  the  guns 
with  a  fluffy  white  coat  of  lint  upon  them. 
Both  these  varieties  contain  about  20%  of 
oil.  Crude  unrefined  cotton  seed  oil  is  not 
suitable  for  human  food  for  altho  it  has  a 
pleasing  nutty  flavor  it  contains  coloring 
matter  and  other  foreign  substances  such  as 
albuminous  bodies  and  free  fatty  acids.  It 
must  therefore  be  refined,  often  bleached 
and  deodorized;  the  acids  must  be  neutral- 
ized and  removed  and  the  major  portion  of 
the  coloring  matter  refined  away.  The 
margarines  are  largely  made  from  these  oils. 
Cotton  seed  oil  in  common  with  most  of  the 
other  vegetable  food  oils  contains  such  a 
large  proportion  of  so-called  stearins  mean- 
ing glycerides  of  palmitic  and  similar  fatty 
solids  that  in  cold  weather  the  stearins 
separate  out,  giving  the  oil  a  milky  appear- 
ance and  rendering  it.  less  desirable  as  a 
food  in  cold  climates.  To  remedy  this  the 
so-called    summer    yellow    grade    is    "win- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Msdicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.E8 


September,  1919 


585 


tered"— that  is  held  for  a  time  in  chilled 
rooms  or  in  tanks  surrounded  by  cold  brine 
until  it  becomes  semi-solid.  This  semi-solid 
mass  is  then  pressed  or  run  thru  a  centri- 
fuge to  separate  the  solid  stearin  from  the 
lower  melting  oleins.  The  oleins  by  the 
way  are  present  in  all  animal  fats  but  in 
greater  quantities  in  vegetable  fats.  They 
are  solvents  for  stearin  and  palmitin  and 
are  at  ordinary  temperatures  nearly  color- 
less with  a  specific  gravity  of  0.914,  with- 
out odor  or  marked  taste  but  become  rancid 
if  exposed  to  the  air.  Now  the  boll-weevil 
has  within  a  comparatively  short  time  been 
creating  havoc  in  the  raising  of  cotton. 
Suppose  then  in  the  case  of  failure  of  this 
fat  food  in  the  high  cost  of  olive  oil  there 
is  a  marked  demand  for  an  edible  oil,  we 
then  turn  to  other  similar  American  prod- 
ucts to  help  us  out,  peanut  oil  for  one.  The 
production  of  this  oil  is  in  the  United  States 
still  in  its  infancy  and  there  is  as  yet  but 
little  demand  for  a  high  grade  peanut  oil. 
Another  oil  rapidly  coming  to  the  front 
under  several  names  and  aliases  is  corn 
oil — just  as  valuable  and  just  as  necessary 
a  food  as  the  other  oils  enumerated,  and  as 
we  turn  to  store  windows  and  sign  boards 
we  see  a  product  of  corn  oil  advertised 
under  an  attractive  name.  Corn  oil  exists 
in  the  small  germ-portion  of  our  common 
Indian  com  and  altho  the  germ  itself  is 
more  than  half  oil  there  is  only  from 
36.5%  of  oil  present  in  the  entire  kernel. 
This  oil  has  as  yet  not  become  a  common 
household  product  but  is  used  as  a  table 
and  as  a  cooking  oil.  Now  the  difference 
between  an  oil  and  a  butter  is  one  we  may 
say  of  degree  and  dependent  upon  the  tem- 
peratures. Fats  and  butter  become  oils 
when  melted  and  reversely  oils,  become  but- 
ters when  solidified — all  the  fats  and  oils 
as  already  pointed  out  and  used  for  edible 


purposes  belong  to  the  same  general  type.. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  the  ingestion 
of  fat  alone  over  an  extended  time  will  not 
keep  life  within  the  infant  because  there  is 
a  constant  loss  of  tissue  protein  from  the 
body  which  finally  weakens  the  vital 
organs.  This  fat  will,  however,  act  as  a 
bridge  to  the  time  when  our  normal  diet 
takes  a  firm  grip.  Bartman .  noticed  that 
fat  given  to  the  extent  of  150%  of  the 
energy  requirement  was  readily  absorbed 
and  spared  the  protein  to  a  maximum  of 
7%.  Sometimes  he  noticed  that  when 
much  fat  was  given  there  was  an  increased 
elimination  of  nitrogen  in  the  stools.  If  a 
large  amount  of  fat  is  taken  in  it  is  burned 
up  producing  heat,  and  does  not  draw  upon 
the  body  fat  while  the  amount  of  protein 
consumed  remains  the  same. 

I  cannot  but  feel,  therefore,  that  in  these 
subnormal  transitional  conditions  seen  in 
infancy  that  in  the  oils  given  in  drops  and 
up  to  1,  2,  3  drahms  at  a  time  and  warm, 
heat-producing,  easily  digestible  and  assimi- 
lated as  they  are,  we  have  a  bridge  which 
stretching  across  an  abyss  of  uncertainty 
links  together  the  abnormal  with  the 
normal. 

40  East  41st  Street. 


Hydroneidirosis. — In  connection  with 
the  correction  of  the  obstructing  cause  of 
hydronephrosis,  it  is  well  to  reduce  the  size 
of  the  Tpelvic  sac  by  excising  a  portion  of 
its  wall. — Urologic  &  Cutaneous  Review. 


Inguinal  Hernia. — In  inguinal  hernia 
put  patient  under  influence  of  chloroform 
or  ether,  and  lift  the  person  clear  off  the 
bed  by  the  feet  for  several  minutes;  di- 
rectly the  bowel  will  return  into  its  place. — 
Med.  Summary. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


586  September.  1919 

ENDOCRINE  TROPISMS. 

(Pituitary  Tropisms) 

BY 

DAVID  M.  KAPLAN,  M.  D.,» 
New  York  City. 

It  is  not  only  a  privilege,  but  a  duty  to 
place  before  you  some  of  the  views  that 
prevail  among  men  who  have  given  special 
consideration  to  the  study  of  the  endocrines. 
I  want  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  it  is  high 
time  for  all  those  who  minister  to  the  sick, 
to  cease  worshipping  the  false  Gods  of 
pathology  and  by  removing  the  smoked 
glasses  of  credulity  from  their  eyes,  view 
the  subject  of  "disease"  in  a  cold  blooded 
manner,  analogous  to  that  of  the  expert  ac- 
countant, who  reviews  the  books  and  ac- 
counts of  a  bankrupt. 

The  ability  to  improve  the  heklth  of  a 
sufferer  from  a  study  of  the  phenomena 
that  a  dead-house  supplies,  is  non-existent, 
as  daily  occurrences  teach  us  only  too  well. 
He  who  still  persists  in  the  use  of  such  sup- 
port for  the  rationale  of  his  therapy,  is  suf- 
fering from  a  mental  myopia  which  sooner 
or  later  will  be  detected  by  the  sufferer  to 
the  detriment  of  the  medical  profession. 
The  mushroom  like  appearance  of  healing 
cults  is  not  so  much  the  result  of  greed,  as 
it  is  the  direct  outcome  of  our  own  failure 
to  "deliver  the  goods."  I  do  not  wish  to 
enter  upon  a  long  discussion  of  hypothet- 
ical speculations,  but  will  speak  to  you  di- 
rectly from  the  shoulder,  by  at  once  dis- 
missing "the  thing  you  want,"  i.  e.,  post 
mortem  lore  and  the  structure  built  there- 
upon, and  replacing  it  by  "the  thing  you 
need,"  i.  c,  therapeutics. 

Thanks  to  those  who  opened  my  eyes,  I 
am  able  to  tell  you  that  life,  health  and  dis- 
ease are  in  the  vast  majority  of  instances 

*  Paper  read  before  the  East  New  York  Med- 
ical Society.  April  15,  1919. 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICL.B8 


Ambuoan  MHMCuni 


the  resultants  of  function  and  not  of  struc- 
ture. Long  before  the  most  skilled  patholo- 
gist can  detect  any  structural  change,  ab- 
normal function  sends  its  message  of  dis- 
tress to  the  patient's  sensorium.  And 
when  the  condition  is  such  that  a  structural 
diagnosis  can  be  made  with  precision,  is  it 
not  too  late  for  drugs?  Is  it  not  a  much 
saner  policy  to  study  the  ways  and  means 
whereby  perverted  function  can  be  made 
so  that  it  does  not  interfere  with  the  pa- 
tient's conscious  self? 

It  is  necessary  at  the  very  beginning  to 
recognize  the  fact  that  the  great  majority 
of  structural  changes  do  not  become  normal 
with  'the  remedies  in  vogue  for  their  re- 
moval. This  being  the  case,  then  why 
bother  about  them?  The  reconciliation 
between  dysfunction  and  the  patient's  com- 
fort is  the  chief  concern  of  the  endocrine 
student,  who  nine  times  out  of  ten  deals 
with  complaints  that  as  yet  have  no  definite 
pathology,  and  hence  for  the  want  of  some- 
thing in  its  place  I  have  used  the  term 
"tropism."  The  term  is  to  be  used  in  the 
same  spirit  that  the  word  "prodrome"  is 
used  in  the  infectious  fevers  and  in  ordinary 
parlance  has  the  same  significance  as  the 
word  "clue."  It  is  the  department  of  en- 
docrinology that  very  often  furnishes  the 
"clue"  to  the  dysfunction  of  one  or  more 
glands  that  may  be  responsible  for  the  en- 
tire tangle  of  complaints  that  the  patient 
displays.  As  one  advances  in  the  study  of 
this  most  interesting  as  well  as  mysterious 
branch  of  medicine,  the  conclusion  that 
gradually  dawns  upon  the  observer  is  the 
fact  that  there  are  no  one-glandular  dis- 
eases, and  that  the  designations  of  the  past 
were  the  result  of  a  too  limited  acquaintance 
with  the  workings  of  the  endocrines.  This 
opens  a  new  field  not  only  for  diagnosis, 
but  preeminently  for  therapy. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinib 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Septembeb.  1919 


587 


As  an  introduction  to  what  is  going  to 
follow,  I  must  enjoin  you  to  discard  all 
antagonistic  feeling  towards  him  who  prac- 
tices medicine  in  a  fashion  that  you  disap- 
prove. Intolerance  is  the  root  of  all  our 
therapeutic  shortcomings,  and  the  real  in- 
centive for  all  kinds  of  cults  to  peddle  their 
wares.  We  must  divest  ourselves  of  this 
great  pest,  and  instead  of  prematurely  rel- 
egating a  form  of  treatment  to  the  rubbish 
pile,  we  must  first  ascertain  whether  it  does 
not  possess  some  redeeming  features.  Let 
us  be  charitable  in  our  conclusions  and  not 
too  hasty  with  our  indictments. 

In  dealing  with  this  most  fascinating  sub- 
ject of  the  endocrines,  which  sounds  more 
like  romance  than  medicine,  you  will  kindly 
remember  that  the  body  activities  are  sub- 
ject to  three  epochal  changes  of  endocrine 
supervision.  As  the  domination  of  one 
nears  its  end,  the  successor  begins  to  mani- 
fest its  ascension  to  power  by  subjective 
and  objective  phenomena  of  a  definite  char- 
acter. The  first  period  dates  from  birth 
and  lasts  until  so-called  puberty,  or  as  en- 
docrinologists are  beginning  to  term  it,  the 
"gonado-advent."  This  rather  short  but 
very  important  period  is  dominated  by  the 
thymus,  and  usually  disappears  as  its  suc- 
cessor enters  to  assume  control.  At  this 
time  certain  forces  begin  to  manifest  them- 
selves which  even  to  the  casual  observer 
prove  that  something  unusual  is  going  on  in 
the  young  person.  This  is  the  critical 
period  in  which  a  new  function  is  about  to 
be  born,  foreign  to  the  thymic  period  of 
life.  The  *'gonado-advent"  is  at  hand,  and 
its  introduction  is  always  accompanied  by 
manifestations  which  I  believe  are  appropri- 
ately designated  as  an  "endocrine  crisis." 
This  crisis  is  again  experienced  during  the 
"gonado-pause"  (so-called  menopause).  It 
will  be  repeated  at  different  times  during 


this  presentation  that  at  no  time  of  their 
activities  do  the  endocrines  work  inde- 
pendently of  their  associates,  and  that  the 
word  **tropism"  is  used  to  signify  a  certain 
train  of  subjective  and  objective  symptoms 
which  give  a  "clue"  as  to  the  gland  that 
is  not  functioning  as  it  should. 

The  second  period  of  life's  activities  is 
dominated  by  the  gonads  and  lasts  thruout 
sexual  life.  By  this  time  the  thymus  has 
entirely  disappeared.  Quantitatively,  and 
qualitatively,  the  gonads  are  assisted  by  the 
other  endocrines.  And  now  the  human 
being  has  solved  the  purpose  of  his  being 
and  is  ready  to  prepare  for  the  last  lap 
of  life's  race,  thru  the  "gonado-pause." 
While  this  administration  of  the  endocrine 
government  is  taking  place  a  second  "endo- 
crine crisis"  perturbs  the  equilibrium  of 
the  body  and  the  soul  and  various  incon- 
veniences are  experienced  before  the  ad- 
renals, which  now  assume  control,  are 
fully  established  as  the  final  guides  thru  the 
remnant  of  human  life ;  and  the  adrenals 
continue  to  labor  until  the  final  and  per- 
emptory summons.  All  these  factors  must 
be  remembered  for  they  will  help  to  under- 
stand the  why  and  wherefore  of  this  or  that 
phenomenon,  which  to  the  mind,  unaided  by 
endocrine  experiences,  will  appear  mysteri- 
ous and  unsolvable,  and  the  perplexed  doc- 
tor will  have  to  depend  upon  the  meaning- 
less diagnosis  of  neurasthenia  in  order  to  be 
able  to  extricate  himself  out  of  his  dilemma. 

To  resume  our  subject,  it  may  interest 
you  to  know  that  all  babies  in  good  health 
owe  their  pink  cheeks  to  arsenic;  but  this 
arsenic  is  not  the  crude  chemical  found  in 
Fowler's  solution,  but  the  subtle  organic 
molecule  found  in  the  thymus  gland.  Here 
is  a  distinct  therapeutic  hint,  and  I  advise 
you  to  try  thymus  extract  in  the  next  pale- 
cheeked  baby  you  come  across  and  note  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


588 


Sbptbmbbr,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Medicixk 


result.  Endocrinology  can  only  be  appre- 
ciated when  it  is  earnestly  practiced,  and 
no  amount  of  talk  will  convince  one  as 
much  as  a  failure  or  a  success  in  its  actual 
application.  An  attempt  to  account  for  a 
failure  is  frequently  more  instructive  than 
the  rapid  cure  that  often  rewards  the  endo- 
crinologist. 

To  return  to  the  use  of  thymus  in  pale 
babies:  It  is  not  the  lack  of  arsenic  that 
makes  the  baby  sick,  but  rather  the  absence 
of  endocrine  harmony  that  is  the  cause  of 
this,  and  many  other  phenomena  that  the 
child  presents,  besides  its  palor.  The  error 
having  occurred  during  the  temporal  regime 
of  the  thymus,  it  is  wise  to  begin  treatment 
with  it,  and  observe  whether  the  missing 
note  has  been  properly  supplied  and  the 
endocrine  discord  thus  eliminated.  I  use 
the  term  "properly"  with  a  purpose,  for 
here  we  can  see  the  propriety  of  comparing 
endocrine  therapy  with  music ;  it  is  not  suf- 
ficient merely  to  strike  the  proper  note;  it 
must  be  given  at  a  proper  time  and  in  suit- 
able dosage.  By  giving  too  much,  one  pro- 
duces not  only  discord,  but  also  complicates 
matters  to  such  an  extent  that  the  subse- 
quent handling  of  the  sufferer  is  made  ever 
so  much  more  difficult.  Such  experiences 
also  make  the  doctor  skeptical  as  to  the 
value  of  endocrine  therapy.  The  harm  done 
by  giving  too  little  is  infinitesimally  less 
than  when  too  large  a  dose  has  been  ad- 
ministered. Patients  who  have  been  mis- 
managed by  overdosing  are  the  bugbear  of 
the  endocrinologist,  and  by  far  the  most 
difficult  cases  he  is  called  upon  to  help. 

To  the  child's  economy  the  gonads  are  of 
least  use,  but  as  the  "gonado-advent"  ap- 
proaches their  domination  makes  itself  ap- 
parent in  devious  ways  in  different  people. 
No  matter  how  mild  the  transition  from 
childhood  to  that  of  adult  life,  certain  per- 


turbations occur,  objective  and  subjective, 
justifying  the  name  "endocrine  crisis''  for 
the  phenomenon.  This  period  of  life  is 
full  of  concern  for  parent  and  doctor.  The 
discerning  physician  must  keep  his  eyes 
open  and  be  on  the  qui  vive,  as  the  most 
critical  period  of  human  life,  both  for 
man  and  woman  is  at  hand.  From  an  en- 
docrine point  of  view,  untold  misery  is  the 
result  of  a  poorly  guided  youth;  many  a 
case  of  the  fatal  form  of  Basedow's  dis- 
ease could  have  been  prevented  if  the  doc- 
tor had  known  what  frequent  hives  means, 
what  a  rapid  heart  and  an  overintelligent, 
bright  eye  signify  in  a  developing  young 
woman.  To  know  what  this  means  is  to 
understand  endocrinology.  That  young 
woman  could  have  been  saved  by  sparing 
her  in  every  way,  particularly  from  mental 
shocks,  and  by  having  her  mind  fortified 
by  the  sound  advice  of  a  mother,  broad- 
minded  enough  to  explain  to  her  daughter 
the  meaning  of  her  newly  developed  func- 
tions. If  carried  out  diplomatically  such 
management  will  prevent  the  terrible  an- 
archy of  the  cardio-vascular  and  sym- 
pathetic systems  encountered  in  a  Base- 
dowic. 

So  much  for  the  mother's  part  in  prophy- 
laxis of  exophthalmic  goitre.  The  doctor, 
when  he  notices  the  first  signs  of  gonadal 
unrest,  in  a  too  profuse  menstrual  flow,  in 
an  ovarian  cramp,  or  in  an  irregularly  ap- 
pearing flow,  must  prescribe  small  doses  of 
ovarian  extract  extremely  cautiously.  Give 
one  dose  and  observe  the  effect,  and  do  not 
repeat  the  dose  unless  some  improvement 
has  taken  place  in  the  symptomatology  of 
the  patient.  When  the  menstrual  phe- 
nomenon has  been  restored  to  absolute 
normal  function,  the  doctor  will  have  ac- 
complished a  service  for  which  he  is  en- 
titled  to   the   everlasting  gratitude   of  his 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlCBRICAN    MKDICINB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


September,  1919 


589 


patient.  It  will  be  learned  from  this  in- 
troduction to  the  prophylaxis  of  exophthal- 
mic goitre,  that  the  gonads  have  a  great 
deal  to  say  in  the  development  of  this  dis- 
ease, and  even  when  the  trouble  has  already 
made  itself  apparent  in  a  mild  form,  it  is 
possible  to  change  its  course  for  the  better 
by  instituting  careful  gonadal  therapy, 
medicinal,  hygienic  and  psychic.  Another 
point  that  was  not  emphasized  sufficiently, 
besides  the  bright  eye  and  general  nervous 
make-up  of  these  young  women,  is  the  com- 
plexion, which  is  very  rarely  dark  or  bru- 
nette, their  skin  being  clear  and  their  teeth 
almost  perfect.  They  wear  low  cut  waists 
summer  and  winter,  they  prefer  cold 
weather  to  warm  and  relish  a  cold  bath. 

The  chances  for  a  boy  to  develop  exoph- 
thalmic goitre  as  a  result  of  a  constitutional 
defect  in  his  gonadal  apparatus  are  practi- 
cally nil.  Nevertheless,  he  needs  as  much 
care  as  his  sister.  If  there  is  a  maladjust- 
ment of  his  endocrines  during  his  "gonado- 
advent"  particularly  if  he  is  of  dark  com- 
plexion, with  overhanging  eyebrows,  is  ex- 
ceptionally bright  at  school  and  displays  a 
virtuoso  tendency,  the  physician  must  be 
able  to  see  into  the  future,  and  forestall  an 
impending  dementia  praecox.  Such  a  boy  is 
best  managed  with  very  small  doses  of  su- 
prarenal extract  or  with  thyroid,  but  each 
step  must  be  watched  and  recorded,  and  if 
the  desired  change  in  the  symptomatology 
does  not  take  place,  other  drugs  must  be 
given.  Such  boys  may  complain  of  sleepless 
nights,  hot  flushes,  loss  of  appetite,  constipa- 
tion and  masturbation.  They  may  even  at 
this  early  date  show  a  religious  tendency,  or 
any  other  peculiar  trait  that  makes  the  par- 
ent anxious  for  the  child's  health.  The  doc- 
tor must  be  warned  against  the  ever-increas- 
ing tendency  to  consign  such  patients  to  a 
sanitarium.     The   evil   is   thereby  immeas- 


urably enhanced,  and  the  attitude  towards 
the  suflferer  of  "out  of  sight,  out  of  mind'* 
is  to  be  deprecated,  as  the  occasional  hypnot- 
ic and  a  little  exercise  on  the  lawn  of 
these  "repair  shops  for  human  derelicts" 
is  not  only  devoid  of  therapeutic  value,  but 
do  actual  harm,  and  the  downward  course 
of  the  incipient  malady  is,  so  to  say,  given 
a  kick,  from  which  few  ever  recover.  There 
is  no  denying  the  fact  that  there  are  many 
unfortunates  for  whom  such  institutions 
are  the  only  place,  but  they  are  the  cases 
that  have  gone  so  long  without  rational 
therapy,  that  the  harm  is  irreparable  and 
tissue  changes  have  taken  place  that  supply 
the  pathologists  with  material  for  publica- 
tions, describing  the  pathologic  changes  in 
dementia  praecox. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  physician  to  be  able 
to  detect  the  material  out  of  which  a  de- 
mentia praecox  candidate  is  made  and  thus 
prevent  the  full  development  of  the  disease 
at  a  stage  when  therapy  is  still  capable  of 
influencing  the  endocrinopathy.  For  as  long 
as  the  doctor  is  able  to  keep  his  patient  out 
of  a  sanitarium  and  still  prevent  him  from 
becoming  an  extra-social  being,  he  is  doing 
his  duty.  At  this  juncture  the  doctor's  toler- 
ance is  put  to  the  test,  for  endocrine 
therapy  is  not  the  only  means  of  accomplish- 
ing this;  one  must  make  use  of  the  drugs 
and  methods  that  go  against  the  grain  of  his 
convictions. 

Here  comes  in  your  reformation.  Do  not 
remain  the  slaves  of  allopathic  orthodoxy. 
Remember  that  the  homeopath,  osteopath, 
and  even  the  Christian  Scientist  have  oc- 
casionally given  proof  of  their  usefulness. 
I  have  patients  who  tell  me  that  after  years 
of  apparently  authoritative  treatment^  the 
only  lasting  improvement  which  they  no- 
ticed was  at  the  hands  of  one  of  the  men 
who  practiced  one  of  the  above  methods  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


590 


September,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLJDS 


Ambrican  Mkdicinx 


healing  the  sick.  Regardless  of  my  allo- 
pathic or  regular  training  I  was  glad  that 
the  patient  felt  better,  but  felt  sorry  that 
my  brethren  in  medicine  could  not  detect 
the  symptoms  upon  which  a  certain  osteo- 
path expended  his  energy  and  gave  the  re- 
lief which  the  sufferer  was  expecting  from 
us.  It  is  absolutely  imperative  that  we 
learn  the  methods  of  the  other  fellow,  and 
thereby  become  proficient  all-round  thera- 
peutists, no  matter  to  what  school  the  spe- 
cial way  of  treatment  may  belong.  There  is 
no  patent  on  how  to  treat  patients,  and  no 
one  need  be  ashamed  of  any  method,  pro- 


plaints.  I  have  in  mind  the  unfortunate 
Oscar  Wilde,  who  as  a  result  of  medical 
ignorance  was  put  in  prison  instead  of  in  a 
hospital,  and  as  the  subsequent  course  of 
his  malady  became  histo-pathologic,.  a 
brain  tumor  was  diagnosed  in  Paris,  most 
likely  of  the  pituitary  gland,  as  he  suffered 
in  his  last  days  from  most  severe  supraor- 
bital headaches,  for  which  a  noted  surgeon 
promised  relief  by  operation.  What  could 
have  been  done  when  he  was  still  a  boy 
and  indulged  in  pranks  that  deserved  the 
attention  of  the  endocrinologist,  is  only  a 
matter  of  conjecture.     The  association  of 


Fio.  1. 

vided  it  helps  to  cure.  If  needs  be,  recom- 
mend an  osteopath,  but  do  not  permit  your 
patient  to  wander  away  from  you  in  dis- 
gust, and  accidently  consult  the  osteopath, 
and  get  his  relief  contrary  to  your  approval. 
It  is  wise  to  remember,  that  once  the  full- 
fledged  disease  has  overtaken  the  sufferer, 
it  is  much  better  policy  to  leave  allopathy 
and  endocrinology  alone,  and  try  some  of 
the  other  methods,  a  few  of.  which  were 
enumerated  above,  and  in  this  connection 
I  would  earnestly  recommend  homeopathy. 
It  is  not  amiss  to  remind  you  that  many 
individuals  go  thru  life  with  very  few  com- 


Fio.  2. 

the  pituitary  gland  with  the  gonads  is  a  well 
known  fact.  It  is  only  necessary  to  re- 
mind one  of  the  Froehlich  type  of  adiposo- 
genital dystrophy.  But  the  dysfunction  is 
not  only  pictured  by  the  structural  or  histo- 
pathologic change,  but  shows  a  definite  al- 
teration in  the  psychic  machinery  of  the  in- 
dividual. This  is  the  main  reason  for  in- 
troducing the  picture  of  Oscar  Wilde,  whose 
dystrophy  was  chiefly  a  psychic  one,  as  his 
actions  amply  proved. 

In  photograph  No.  1  we  have  a  10  year 
old  boy  who  is  normal  physically,  but  oc- 
casionally displays  unusual  fatigability.    He 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN    HBDICINS 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


September,  1919 


591 


is  a  fairly  good  scholar,  tho  poor  in  mathe- 
matics. In  photograph  2  the  resemblance 
to  No.  1  on  general  lines  is  apparent;  the 
boy,  who  is  11  years  old,  suffers  from  a  tic 
of  his  eyelids  and  angles  of  mouth,  and 
displays  a  choreiform  movement  of  the  left 
hand.  He  complains  of  occasional  frontal 
headaches,  and  besides  his  rotund  bodily 
contour  also  shows  a  slight  hypogenitalism. 
Compare  with  photograph  No.  3. 

In  the  fourth  photograph  we  see  a  16 
year  old  boy  who,  besides  his  acromegaloid 
giantism,  suffers  from  very  bad  headaches, 
the  pain  being  over  both  eyes  and  periodic 


Fio.  3. 

attacks  of  great  weakness,  which  necessi- 
tated his  removal  from  school.  His  trouble 
began  before  the  "gonado-advent" ;  in  fact 
so  proximal  to  the  gonadal  assumption  of 
power  was  the  abnormal  work  of  the  pitui- 
tary that  he  barely  escaped  acromegaly  in 
its  full-fledged  form.  It  seems  to  me  that 
if  the  gonads  in  their  psycho-somatic  entity 
retain  their  powers  sufficiently  to  curb  the 
dysfunction  of  the  pituitary  gland,  that  such 
an  individual  will  escape  the  more  serious 
and  automatically  debilitating  forms  of  this 
endocrinopathy,  and  that  there  will  be  es- 
tablished an  equilibrium,  which  will  require 


no  help  from  the  doctor.  The  patient  ap- 
peared before  me  in  1918  for  the  second 
time  regarding  his  draft  in  the  army.  He 
had  much  trouble  in  obtaining  preferred 
classification,  as  he  was  able  to  pass  most  of 
the  tests  applied  by  the  examining  surgeon. 
It  is  not  at  all  a  rare  sight  to  meet  an  ac- 
romegalic on  the  pohce  force,  or  in  the  mili- 
tary service. 

Adiposo-genital  dystrophy  never  out- 
grows its  psycho-somatic  stamp.  Opera- 
tions on  the  pituitary  gland  serve  only  to 
save  the  eyes  of  the  patient.  Occasionally 
the  tumor  shows  such  rapid  growth,  that 


Fig.  4. 

life  is  endangered  and  immediate  opera- 
tion becomes  imperative.  The  fifth  photo- 
graph shows  a  boy  who  was  to  be  oper- 
ated upon  the  same  week  as  the  photograph 
was  taken.  His  hypogenitalism  is  very 
marked,  and  his  female  contour  is  very 
striking.  Severe  headaches  and  increasing 
vision  defect  together  with  other  signs  of 
increased  intracranial  pressure,  aside  from 
the  limitation  in  his  visual  fields,  required 
operative  interference.  Photographs  5  and 
6  represent  two  different  ways  in  which  ab- 
normal endocrine  function  may  display  its 
activities.     In  5  we  see  the  somatic  error 


Digitized  by 


Google 


592 


September,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


AMmiCAN   MBDICINB 


in  its  classical  form,  in  6  we  have  the  tro- 
pism  only,  i.  e.,  merely  a  clue  of  what  the 
individual  might  be,  but  psychically  he  dis- 
plays sufficient  evidence  to  place  him  among 
endocrinopaths. 

Regardless  of  the  pituito-tropic  tendency 
in  adiposo-genital  and  acromegaly  patients, 
the  former  never  becomes  the  latter,  and 
vice  versa.  As  before  mentioned,  many 
pituito-tropic  individuals  rarely  complain 
of  anything;  nevertheless,  if  one  studies 
their  make-up  critically  and  compares  that 
make-up  with  an  endocrinopath,  a  certain 
error  in  common  may  be  discovered  by  the 


Fig.  5. 

discerning  eye.  The  headaches,  if  any  are 
supraorbital,  the  digestive  disturbances  if 
any,  are  accompanied  with  much  gas  forma- 
tion, and  peculiarly  enough,  a  pituito-trop 
will  manufacture  gas  out  of  nothing  and  re- 
gardless of  the  most  careful  non-ferment- 
able diet.  A  pituito-trop  human  being  need 
not  show  the  perverted  vita  sexualis  of  an 
Oscar  Wilde,  but  that  there  will  be  some 
sort  of  a  tantrum  in  his  sexual  life  is  quite 
a  certainty.  All  pituito-tropic  people  are 
very  methodical  and  rhythmic  in  their 
work  and  avocations.  They  are  extremely 
fond  of  music,  and  are  actually  pained  by 


discord.  They  make  the  best  musicians 
(Ysaye,  Fradkin,  McCormick)  as  rhyth- 
micity  is  one  of  the  chief  qualities  of  pitui- 
tary function.  Menstruation  is  a  monthly 
phenomenon  because  of  the  proper  work  of 
the  pituitary  gland,  and  when  a  girl  is  the 
subject  of  an  adiposo-genital  syndrome,  her 
menstrual  rhythmicity  is  conspicuously 
changed.  A  mature  woman  menstruates  13 
times  in  a  year,  but  the  slightest  disturb- 
ance in  the  pituitary  changes  this  number 
of  monthly  fluxes. 

The  boy  presented  in  photograph  No.  5 
barely   escaped    hermaphroditism,    whereas 


Fig.   6. 

in  photograph  No.  2  for  some  unknown 
reason  the  tropism  assumed  a  form  of 
motor  unrest  of  the  choreic  type.  In  con- 
nection with  this  latter  manifestation,  per- 
mit me  to  refer  to  a  young  girl  of  17  who 
was  treated  for  four  years  by  authoritative 
neurologists  for  a  most  persistent  chorea. 
When  I  first  saw  her  she  could  hardly 
walk,  and  when  she  did  so  she  mimicked  to 
perfection  the  grotesque  gait  of  a  well- 
known  screen  actor.  At  first  it  did  not 
dawn  upon  me  that  it  could  be  a  case  of 
endocrine  interest,  but  when  her  psyche 
was   analyzed   together  with   her  soma,    I 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Medicine 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Sbptbmekr,  1919 


593 


came  to  the  conclusion  that  there  was  a 
primary  pituitary  defect  at  the  bottom  of 
the  entire  trouble,  secondarily  giving  rise 
to  catamenic  distress.  She  always  had 
severe  menstrual  pains  and  in  her  mentality 
displayed  the  tastes  of  a  child  of  twelve. 
She  was  treated  with  ovarian  extracts  but 
they  proved  of  no  benefit.  Not  until  small 
doses  of  pituitary  extract  were  employed 
did  she  show  a  tendency  to  improve.  She 
was  totally  cured  in  less  than  four  months. 

It  is  incumbent  upon  us  as  physicians  to 
be  able  to  distinguish  between  "tropisms" 
and  "endocrinopathies"  and  not  to  treat  end 
products  of  disease  with  drugs,  cases  like 
the  one  pictured  in  No.  5.  The  harm  has 
been  done,  and  no  amount  of  drugs  will  in- 
fluence the  condition  to  any  appreciable  ex- 
tent. In  patient  No.  5  it  was  a  question 
of  saving  his  sight  and  his  life,  which  the 
surgeon  undertook  to  accomplish  and  did, 
but  the  dystrophy  was  not  influenced  in  the 
least.  We  must  learn  when  to  treat  and 
when  to  admit  our  limited  capabilities. 

In  considering  the  second  alarming  period 
of  human  life,  or  the  second  endocrine 
crisis,  we  must  not  forget  that  the  "gonado- 
pause"  takes  place  in  men  as  well  as  in 
women,  and  that  it  is  a  far  more  difficult 
task  to  be  able  to  treat  the  former  than  the 
later.  The  riddle  is  further  complicated 
when  one  is  called  upon  to  treat  a  man  who 
had  some  sort  of  a  tantrum  during  his 
sexual  life.  To  disentangle  his  complaints 
and  to  furnish  a  tangible  meaning  to  the 
story  hidden  therein  is  much  more  of  a  task 
than  the  untying  of  the  proverbial  go rdian 
knot.  Unfortunately,  today  as  in  the  past, 
the  method  of  Alexander  the  Great  is  re- 
sorted to  without  considering  the  mutila- 
tion which  often  follows. 

A  patient  of  this  kind  presented  himself 
to  me  with  a  history  nineteen  pages  long, 


including  the  methods  of  treatment  and 
diqignoses  made  in  his  case.  Not  one  phy- 
sician looked  further  than  his  gastro-in- 
testinal  tract  for  the  endless  story  of  his 
troubles.  To  rn^e  he  reiterated  his  com- 
plaints, describing  with  great  skill  his  sub- 
jective discomfort,  but  he  was  taken  aback 
when  I  touched  upon  the  question  of  his 
znta  sexualis.  Here  was  noted  the  fact 
that  in  two  years  he  had  only  one  sexual 
contact,  regardless  of  the  opportunities 
which  offered  themselves  on  numerous  oc- 
casions. His  mannerisms  were  those  of  a 
young  woman,  combining  forced  grace  and 
an  attempt  to  appear  neat  and  sweet.  Altho 
but  a  few  years  in  this  country,  he  never- 
theless uses  very  choice  and  studious 
phrases.  The  desire  to  make  an  attractive 
impression  is  evident  in  every  move  or 
word.  When  he  stands  he  assumes  the 
posture  of  Venus  of  Milo,  and  occasionally 
gives  his  pelvis  a  gentle  twist  such  as  girls 
do  when  they  try  to  turn  on  their  heel 
while  wearing  a  tight  skirt.  His  hair  is 
long  and  wavy,  apparently  ordering  his 
barber  not  to  trim  it  short.  His  face  was 
hairless.  His  pelvis  was  distinctly  feminine 
and  his  hips  large,  dimpled  and  pink,  like 
those  of  a  baby.  He  was  given  ovarian 
extract  and  a  week  later  came  with  the  re- 
port that  he  indulged  sexually  twice  during 
that  time.  His  gastro-intestinal  discom- 
forts were  only  slightly  influenced.  In  pre- 
scribing pituitary  extract  for  a  female  pa- 
tient one  must  be  guided  by  the  eflfect  this 
drug  has  on  her  periodic  functions.  Even 
a  woman's  dysfunctions,  when  they  assume 
a  periodic  expression,  should  be  treated  with 
pituitary  extract,  carefully  noting  any 
change  in  the  symptomatology. 

We  will  assume  that  the  human  being 
has  entered  by  this  time  upon  the  last  lap 
of  life's  race  and  said  a  final  goodby  to  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


594 


September,  1919 


ORIOINAL.  ARTICLBS 


Ambbican  MB>icii<rs 


gonads,  and  that  the  endocrine  administra- 
tion of  the  body  is  being  transferred  to  the 
adrenals.  He  enters  this  accompanied 
by  manifestations  which  I  designate  as 
"endocrine  crisis."  They  need  not  be 
severe  enough  to  require  the  help  of  a  doc- 
tor; nevertheless,  and  regardless  of  free- 
dom from  discomfort,  some  physician  may 
tell  him  that  his  blood  pressure  is  high.  Of 
course  his  blood  pressure  is  high,  and  it 
should  be  so,  because  his  adrenals  are  now 
the  governors  of  his  functions.  In  addition 
to  the  high  blood  pressure  they  also  have 
hot  flushes,  occasional  attacks  of  asthenia, 
and  a  score  of  other  manifestations  may 
present  themselves.  Now,  in  older  life, 
the  blood  pressure  and  other  inconveni- 
ences of  a  subjective  nature,  may  be  bene- 
ficially influenced  by  allopathic  doses  of 
thyroid  or  homeopathic  doses  of  suprarenal 
extract.  It  is  my  intention. to  devote  this 
paper  to  the  elucidation  of  "pituito-tro- 
pisms",  and  hence  I  shall  not  go  into  the 
tropisms  of  the  other  endocrines,  which  will 
be  the  subject  of  another  communication. 
But  before  going  any  further,  do  not  mis- 
construe the  purpose  of  this  communica- 
tion ;  I  do  not  want  you  to  be  carried  away 
by  my  enthusiasm  beyond  the  limits  of  prac- 
ticability, nor  do  I  expect  you  to  abandon 
allopathy  or  regular  medicine;  it  is  also 
not  implied  in  this  article  that  one  should 
go  about  scrutinizing  people  and  endeavor 
to  detect  in  this  or  that  person  a  candidate 
for  exophthalmic  goitre  or  dementia  prae- 
cox.  It  is  the  doctor's  duty  to  be  able  to 
designate  them  properly  when  they  come  to 
his  office.  When  they  display  a  "tropism" 
towards  any  of  the  particular  glands  of  life, 
and  when  their  complaints  justify  your  en- 
docrine interpretation,  then  and  only  then, 
prescribe  endocrine  therapy. 

If  vou  bear  in  mind  that  small  doses  are 


better  and  safer  than  large  ones,  you  will -at 
least  not  harm  your  patient,  nor  will  you 
aggravate  his  complaints  to  an  extent  that 
will  forever  banish  from  your  mind  the 
desire  to  use  endocrine  products  again. 

One  not  infrequently  reads  in  medical 
journals  the  statement  of  prominent  doc- 
tors who  employed  this  or  that  endocrine 
product  in  this  or  that  endocrinopathy,  un- 
successfully. Upon  a  close  study  of  their 
reports  the  reason  for  their  failures  is  very 
apparent.  One  tries  to  cure  acromegaly 
with  pituitary  extract;  another,  dementia 
praecox  with  gonadal  extracts;  every  one 
of  them  uses  piledriver  tactics,  and  then 
publishes  articles  about  his  failures.  It  is 
quite  evident  that  the  end  products  of  en- 
docrinopathy cannot  be  cured  at  all,  and 
when  one  tries  to  do  so  with  huge  "allo- 
pathic" doses,  given  in  the  proverbial 
t.  i.  d.  fashion,  all  one  can  expect  is  actual 
harm. 

Above  all,  remember  to  be  tolerant  and 
charitable;  this  is  very  important  for  the 
student  of  endocrinology  who  earnestly 
tries  to  improve  his  patient's  health.  It  may 
interest  as  well  as  surprise  you  that  one 
may  influence  the  thyroid  function  not  only 
with  thyroid  extracts,  but  with  ovarian  ex- 
tracts, pituitary  extract,  cod  liver  oil, 
spongia  and  ferrum,  given  homeopathically, 
as  well  as  with  the  use  of  mechano-therapy 
and  osteopathy.  If  one  takes  his  time  to 
determine  why  these  various  methods  have 
at  times  "delivered  the  goods"  it  resolves 
itself  into  the  fact  that  in  the  case  of  ova- 
rian extract,  one  has  a  powerful  endocrine 
drug  having  an  inhibitory  thyroidal  influ- 
ence. When  the  ovaries  are  at  rest,  as  is 
the  case  in  pregnancy,  the  thyroid  increases 
in  size  as  a  result  of  this  temporary 
lethargy.  By  giving  ovarian  extract  one 
accomplishes  just   the  reverse.     However, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AumaacAU  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


September,  1919 


595 


every  Basedowic  does  not  respond  to  this 
therapy,  and  other  means  must  be  used  to 
influence  the  malady.  Very  advanced  cases 
do  not  respond  to  anything.  Pituitary  ex- 
tract works  indirectly  by  influencing  the 
gonads.  Cod  liver  oil,  aside  from  the  fact 
that  it  supplies  an  excellent  fuel  for  the  in- 
creased metabolic  needs  of  the  patient,  also 
contains  organic  iodin  in  a  very  suitable 
form.  Spongia  furnishes  organic  iodin  in 
a  potentized  form  as  prescribed  by  the 
homeopath.  Metallic  iron  is  prescribed  on 
account  of  its  homeopathic  relationship  to 
the  complaints  of  a  Basedowic,  such  as  sup- 
pression of  menses,  protruding  eyes,  or  en- 
larged thyroid,  cardiac  palpitation,  exces- 
sive nervousness,  marked  muscular  debil- 
ity, etc.,  etc.  Mechano-therapy  and  osteop- 
athy, by  manipulating  the  cervical  sym- 
pathetic, often  produce  a  quieting  effect  up- 
on the  overworked  thyroid.  The  method 
best  suited  for  a  given  case  depends  entirely 
upon  the  therapeutic  training  of  the  doctor, 
who,  alas,  heretofore  cared  more  for  a  cor- 
rect designation  of  a  disease  than  for  its 
removal. 

It  is  quite  clear  that  every  case  must  be 
treated  on  its  merits,  and  that  hard  and 
fast  rules  will  never  produce  the  true  thera- 
peutic artist,  for  therapy  is  as  much  an  art 
as  painting  or  music.  If  one  will  begin 
now  he  will  still  be  one  of  the  pioneers  in 
this  work,  and  I  am  certain  will  contribute 
materially  to  the  elucidation  of  endocrin- 
ology and  endocrinopathy.  For  only  as 
long  as  you  are  able  to  distinguish  between  • 
"tropism,'*  and  "endocrinopathy,"  i.  e,,  be- 
tween therapeutable  cases  and  those  which 
are  only  of  value  to  the  pathologist  and  the 
sanitarium,  will  you  find  satisfaction  in 
treating  endocrine  disorders.  Endocrin- 
ology should  be  studied  in  its  incipient 
forms,  for  then  only  can  we  change  the  in- 


dividual so  that  he  will  not  become  an  en- 
docrinopath.  In  a  future  address  I  hope 
to  bring  before  you  the  "tropisms"  on  ad- 
renal, thyroid  and  gonad  cases,  as  well  as 
such  therapeutic  suggestions  as  have  come 
to  my  notice. 
8  West  86th  Street. 


OVARIAN  SECRETION— ITS  RELA- 
TIONS  TO  THE  HUMAN  FEMALE 
ECONOMY  AND  THE  PRACTICAL 
OVARIAN  ORGANOTHERAPEUSIS. 


PHILIP  OGINZ,  M.  D., 

Assistant  Gynecologist,  Kings  County  Hospital; 

Attending  Gynecologist  and   Assistant   to 

the  Department  for  the  Study  of  Blood 

Symptoms  of  the  Female   in   the 

£3{tst  New  York  Dispensary. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

It  is  my  endeavor  in  this  paper  to  show 
the  relationship  of  the  ovarian  internal  se- 
cretion to  the  female  economy;  also,  to 
mention  the  indications  for  the  administra- 
tion of  ovarian  extract  to  gynecologic  pa- 
tients who  may  be  suffering  from  ovarian 
dysfunction.  The  cloud  of  uncertainty  re- 
garding ovarian  organotherapy  has  been  re- 
moved by  such  men  as  Dr.  Thomas  Osborne 
of  Yale,  so  that  today  the  prescribing  of 
ovarian  extracts  in  office  routine  should  be 
as  definite  as  the  prescription  of  pituitrin 
or  ergot.  A  thoro  understanding  of  the 
action  of  corpus  luteum  places  in  your  hand 
a  weapon  of  singular  merit  in  specific  cases. 

A  consideration  of  any  one  of  the  duct- 
less glands  demands  a  knowledge  of  the 
whole  endocrine  system.  It  is  difficult  to 
dissociate  ovarian  hormone  activities  from 
other  ductless  glands  hormones.  It  has 
been  experimentally  proven  that  the  vari- 
ous glands    furnishing  internal   secretions 


Digitized  by 


Google 


596 


Srptbmber.  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLE2S 


AMEKICAN    BiBDlCINB 


are  inter-related  and  inter-dependent  upon 
each  other.  In  order  to  maintain  the  phys- 
iologic functions  of  the  entire  human  body 
it  is  absolutely  essential  that  all  ductless 
glands,  i.  e,,  pituitary,  thyroid,  adrenals, 
thymus  and  gonads  work  in  harmony,  some 
by  inhibiting  the  actions  of  others,  like 
thymus  and  ovary;  others  by  working  in 
harmony,  synergistically,  as  for  example, 
the  thyroid  and  ovary. 

It  is  conceded  by  the  majority  of  investi- 
gators that  a  pathologic  condition  of  any 
one  of  the  glands  of  internal  secretion 
throws  the  entire  chain  out  of  equilibrium, 
as  regards  their  maintenance  of  the  normal 
physiologic  activities  of  the  body.  Thus 
we  know  that  thyroid  and  pituitary  insuffi- 
ciency may  cause  the  genital  organs  to  re- 
main infantile.  Diseases  of  the  above  struc- 
tures may  cause  retrogression  of  the  genital 
even  after  normal  function  had  been  estab- 
lished, thus  suppressing  menstruation  and 
causing  sterility.  We  find  that  similar  dis- 
orders occur  after  the  removal  of  the 
ovaries  before  puberty,  showing  that  all 
ductless  glands  have  a  certain  amount  of 
influence  in  the  proper  development  of  the 
female  genitalia. 

In  order  to  comprehend  more  fully  the 
functions  of  the  ovary  and  its  secretions  in 
the  human  female,  a  brief  consideration  of 
anatomic  relations,  histologic  structure  and 
physiologic  functions  of  the  ovary  may  be 
of  benefit. 

The  ovaries  are  situated  on  either  side  of 
the  uterus,  near  the  pelvic  brim  and  close 
to  the  outer  end  of  the  Fallopian  tube.  Each 
ovary  projects  from  the  posterior  wall  of 
the  broad  ligament;  it  is  thru  this  attach- 
ment that  the  ovary  receives  its  blood 
supply.  Like  all  endocrine  glands  it  has 
a  very  rich  blood  supply,  being  supplied  by 
the   ovarian  artery,   a   branch   of   the   ab- 


dominal aorta,  and  the  tubo-ovarian  artery 
a  branch  of  the  uterine  artery. 

The  ovary  is  made  up  of  ova,  held  in 
ovisacs  of  Graafian  follicles,  together  with 
connective  tissue  stroma  and  connective 
tissue  cells,  which  are  so  densely  formed 
that  the  nuclei  appear  almost  together.  The 
connective  tissue  becomes  thicker  toward 
the  periphery  with  fewer  individual  cells, 
and  forms  the  tunica  albuginea,  or  capsule, 
on  top  of  which  is  a  layer  of  epithelial  cells. 
These  epithelial  celk  are  the  remnants  of 
the  germinal  epithelial  layer  from  which 
the  ova  and  Graafian  follicles  are  derived. 
That  portion  of  the  ovary  in  which  the 
blood  vessels,  lymphatics  and  nerves  enter 
is  known  as  the  hilum.  Immediately  about 
the  hilum  and  extending  inwards  is  the 
medullary  portion  which  contains  the  blood 
vessels,  lymphatics,  nerves  and  connective 
tissue  holding  them  together.  The  medul- 
lary portion  of  the  ovary  does  not  contain 
any  Graafian  follicles. 

It  is  an  established  fact  that  the  ovary 
has  a  double  function,  its  principal  one  be- 
ing the  formation  of  the  ova;  here  nature 
is  very  lavish  in  endowing  the  woman  at  18 
with  about  3,600  ova  and  maturing  about 
200  of  them  during  her  life  time.  The 
other  function  is  that  of  furnishing  an  in- 
ternal secretion  which  is  taken  up  by  its 
rich  vascular  supply  and  whose  influence  is 
felt  almost  by  every  organ.  It  is  conceded 
by  the  profession  at  large  that  the  ovary 
furnishes  certain  hormones  which  induce 
menstruation,  maintain  pregnancy  during 
the  early  months,  exercise  a  potent  influ- 
ence in  the  development  of  the  individual 
determining  the  secondary  sexual  char- 
acteristics, such  as  the  development  of  the 
breasts,  external  genitals,  uterus,  etc.  and 
maintains  with  the  other  secretory  glands 
important  trophic  influences  on  bones,  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlCBRlCAN    MKDICINB 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBS 


SEPTr^MBER.    1919 


597 


fatty  tissue  and  general  metibolism. 

The  fact  that  the  ovary  furnishes  an  in- 
ternal secretion  was  proven  by  the  trans- 
plantation and  implantation  of  ovarian  tis- 
sue in  castrated  women.  As  a  result  of 
these  experiments  we  are  able  to  rule  out 
ovarian  influence  thru  direct  nerve  con- 
nection and  adopt  the  theory  that  the  ovary 
secretes  a  substance  which  acts  on  distant 
organs  thru  the  agency  of  the  blood  stream. 
It  is  also  a  common  clinical  experience  that 
the  symptoms  which  follow  cessation  of 
the  ovarian  function,  all  derangements 
which  constitute  the  menopause  are  influ- 
enced by  the  administration  of  ovarian  ex- 
tract. Further  proof  that  the  ovary  does 
furnish  an  internal  secretion  is  shown  by 
the  very  substantial  evidence  gained  from 
the  removal  of  the  ovaries  in  animals. 

Granting  then  the  ovary  does  furnish  an 
internal  secretion,  the  question  now  arises 
as  to  what  part  of  the  ovary  presides  over 
that  function.  This  question  has  been  in 
dispute  for  many  years  among  investigators 
and  clinicians.  The  fact  is  universally  ac- 
cepted however  that  the  follicular  appa- 
ratus as  well  as  the  interstitial  glandular 
substance  have  distinct  endocrine  functions 
determining  the  fofm  of  the  body.  The  in- 
terstitial glandular  substance  performs  its 
most  important  functions  during  the  pre- 
puberty  stage,  while  the  Graafian  follicle, 
with  its  corpus  luteum  exercises  all  of  its 
influences  after  puberty.  The  corpus 
luteum  forms  within  the  Graafian  follicle 
after  the  discharge  of  the  ovum  and  is 
derived  from  the  epithelial  cells  lining  the 
follicle.  In  its  full  development,  the  corpus 
luteum  presents  the  characteristic  picture 
of  an  internal  secretory  gland  with  large 
pale  cells  lying  in  close  proximity  to  thin 
.  walled  blood  vessels,  much  like  the  adrenals. 
Since   the   interstitial   glandular   substance 


has  the  same  histologic  structure  as  the 
corpus  luteum,  it  is  fair  to  admit  that  it 
also  furnishes  hormones  that  are  of  bene- 
ficial use  to  the  female  economy,  tho  the 
knowledge  of  their  specific  action  is  in- 
complete. 

The  most  important  factor  of  ovarian  in- 
ternal secretion  is  the  corpus  luteum.  It 
presides  over  the  implantation  and  develop- 
ment of  the  fertilized  ovum  in  the  uterus, 
the  increase  in  size  of  the  uterus  at  the  time 
of  puberty,  as  well  as  the  cyclic  changes  in- 
cident to  menstruation.  It  prepares  the 
uterus  for  the  implantation  and  develop- 
ment of  the  fertilized  ovum,  menstruation 
taking  place  in  case  of  failure  of  impregna- 
tion. The  corpus  luteum  inhibits  ovulation. 
It  has  been  shown  experimentally  that 
ovulation  can  be  accelerated  by  the  removal 
of  the  corpus  luteum.  The  absence  of 
ovulation  during  pregnancy  is  thus  assumed 
to  be  due  to  the  continued  existence  of  the 
corpus  luteum. 

Removal  of  the  influences  exercised  by 
the  ovarian  tissue  or  the  cessation  of  their 
function  by  castration,  produces  changes  in 
other  ductless  glands.  Among  these  may 
be  mentioned  the  pituitary  gland,  the  hyper- 
trophy of  which  is  the  cause  of  skeletal 
deviatfons,  and  accumulations  of  fat,  but 
not  to  the  extent  that  it  was  formerly  as- 
sumed to  be.  While  it  is  true  that  con- 
spicuous obesity  in  women  both  after  cas- 
tration and  the  menopause  and  even  in  those 
suflFering  from  functional  amenorrhea  does 
exist,  nevertheless,  the  fact  remains  that 
many  women  who  are  destined  to  become 
fat  usually  begin  to  increase  in  weight  long 
before  the  menopause  and  often  reach  their 
maximum  weight  before  menstruation 
ceases;  this  diminishes  the  importance  of 
that  observation.  Often  the  increase  after 
menopause   is  only   apparent,   for   at  that 


Digitized  by 


Google 


598 


Septembrr,  1919 


ORIOINAL.  ART1CL.B8 


AiCBRicAN  Medicine 


time  the  external  tissues  lose  their  firm 
contour  and  fat  settles  into  irregular  and 
baggy  folds,  giving  the  impression  of  in- 
crease in  size  tho  there  may  not  be  any 
increase  in  actual  weight.  In  like  manner, 
the  increase  of  fat  in  women  after  a  double 
oophorectomy  has  been  overestimated. 
This  operation  does  not  add  more  to  their 
weight  than  after  any  other  operation.  An- 
other ix>pular  misconception  regarding  the 
results  of  double  oophorectomy  is  that  cer- 
tain features  of  the  male  type  may  be  ac- 
quired, such  as  deepening  of  the  voice, 
increase  in  facial  trichosis,  coarsening  of 
the  skin  and  assumption  of  a  general  mas- 
culine character.  Clinical  tests  do  not  seem 
to  verify  this. 

All  the  other  symptoms,  such  as  hot 
flushes,  perspiration,  dizziness,  insomnia 
and  various  nervous  manifestations  which 
castrated  women  or  those  who  have  reached 
the  end  of  their  ovarian  functional  activities 
show,  are  well  known  to  all  and  are  sup- 
ported by  broad  clinical  observations. 

In  the  discussion  of  the  therapeutic  value 
of  the  ovarian  extracts,  I  wish  to  emphasize 
the  fact  that  the  combinations  of  ovarian 
substances  together  with  chemical  thera- 
peutic measures  in  common  use  prove  of  in- 
valuable aid  in  combating  the  various  symp- 
toms which  arise  thru  ovarian  dysfunction. 

Before  we  can  prescribe  intelligently  for 
patients,  it  is  absolutely  essential  that  we 
eliminate  all  pelvic  inflammatory  diseases 
in  their  active  state,  new  growths  and  the 
various  uterine  displacements.  We  may 
gain  valuable  information  by  taking  a  com- 
plete history,  particularly  as  to  age,  occu- 
pation, social  standing,  marital  relationship, 
a  premenstrual  history  to  determine  the  ex- 
istence of  any  congenital  malformations  or 
displacements  of  the  organs,  also  a  post- 
marital  menstrual  history  as  to  whether  the 
patient  is  suffering  from  any  form  of  mens- 


trual derangements,  paying  particular  at- 
tention to  pain  in  reference  to  the  menstrual 
cycle.  The  post-partum  and  post-abortive 
states,  whether  the  patient  had  some  form 
of  sepsis,  or  any  remaining  after-effects, 
must  also  be  taken  into  consideration. 

Having  ascertained  the  above  data  it  be- 
comes necessary  to  make  a  pelvic  examina- 
tion, in  order  to  exclude  pathologic  condi- 
tions, as  the  ovarian  extract  treatment  will 
positively  fail  in  their  presence.  We  must 
remember  that  it  is  our  object  to  replace 
only  normal  ovarian  hormone  activities,  the 
lack  of  which  is  producing  functional  symp- 
toms, and  only  after  the  correction  of  such 
pathologic  conditions  as  uterine  displace- 
ments, new  growths  and  inflammatory  con- 
ditions, if  symptom's  still  persist,  should 
organotherapy  be  tried. 

In  cases  where  the  ovaries  are  destroyed 
by  disease,  removed  by  operation,  or  inac- 
tive from  congenital  maldevelopment  or 
physiologically  reduced  by  menopause, 
ovarian  extract,  two  grains  twice  daily,  to- 
gether with  a  suitable  tonic,  nerve  sedative, 
or  proper  stimulant  will  give  encouraging 
results.  In  conditions  of  infantilism  it 
favors  the  further  development  of  the  re- 
productive organs  and 'the  establishment 
of  their  activities. 

In  dysmenorrhea  and  in  disturbances 
preceding  menstruation  such  as  nausea, 
vomiting,  headaches,  dizziness,  etc.,  corpus 
luteum  in  doses  of  two  grains  twice  daily 
in  conjunction  with  a  stomach  sedative  dur- 
ing the  week  prior  to  the  onset  of  the  flow 
will  relieve  these  symptoms.  In  cases  of 
amenorrhea  or  delayed  menstruation  of 
girls  and  women,  corpus  luteum  together 
with  a  suitable  tonic  and  improved  hygienic 
surroundings  will  tend  to  establish  a  normal 
flow.  The  value  of  ovarian  extract  in  small 
doses  in  menopause  has  been  sufficiently 
demonstrated  in  everyone's  experience,  but 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AlCBRICAN    MSDICINC 


ORIGINAL*  ARTICLBS 


Septembkr,  1919 


599 


I  wish  to  impress  the  importance  of  com- 
bining the  ovarian  extract  with  a  nerve 
sedative  (in  such  cases).  Hyperemesis  of 
pregnancy  has  been  successfully  combated 
with  the  intramuscular  injections  of  one 
mil  of  corpus  luteum  daily,  for  not  more 
than  12  days,  some  cases  responding  to 
four  doses.  Some  clinicians  report  a  few- 
favorable  results  in  the  treatment  of  steril- 
ity by  the  use  of  corpus  luteum.  Changes 
of  the  skin  of  the  face  particularly  about 
the  chin,  most  evident  before  menstruation, 
have  been  treated  with  two  grains  of  ovarian 
extract  twice  daily,  one  week  before  onset 
of  the  period.  In  women  past  the  meno- 
pause for  several  years,  who  suffer  from 
pruritis  (not  due  to  diabetes),  senile  vagi- 
nitis, vulvitis  with  remote  changes,  instabil- 
ity, flushes,  etc.,  the  ovarian  substance  in 
conjunction  with  local  treatment  and  suit- 
able nerve  sedatives  has  been  of  benefit. 
Contraindications  for  the  use  of  the  ex- 
tracts are  mainly  acute  inflammatory  pelvic 
conditions,  pregnancy  and  hypersexual  ex- 
citability. 

Conduftion. — ^The  value  of  ovarian 
therapy  is  seen  in  the  treatment  of  patients 
suffering  from  functional  deficiency  or  ab- 
sence of  ovarian  internal  secretion ;  follow- 
ing in  importance  is  its  value  in  menopause 
cases,  and  in  young  women  with  functional 
amenorrhea.  Other  types  of  cases  in 
which  ovarian  therapy  is  surprisingly 
efficacious  are  represented  by  patients  suf- 
fering from  deficient  circulation  of  blood  to 
the  external  genitals,  such  as  pruritis, 
kraurosis,  furunculosis  and  other  affections 
of  the  vulva  in  elderly  women. 

Thus  the  beneficial  effect  of  ovarian 
organotherapy,  it  is  safe  to  say,  has  passed 
the  stage  of  theory  and  speculation  and  it 
is  now  an  established  fact. 

490  Stone  Avenue. 


UPSIDE-DOWN    POSITION    IN 
TREATMENT  OF  VAGINITIS. 


RICHARD  HOGNER,  M.  D., 
Boston,  Mass. 

For  more  than  15  years  I  have  used  the 
upside-down  position  in  the  treatment  of 
vaginitis  of  small  girls.  A  strong  person 
takes  hold  of  the  baby's  or  child's  both  feet, 
turns  it  upside-down,  holding  it  swinging 
free  in  the  air;  at  the  same  time  another 
takes  hold  of  its  both  arms,  for  controlling 
the  position  and  keeping  them  away.  The 
vagina  I  fill  to  overflow  with  some  anti- 
septic, such  as  argyrol  solution  or  oftener 
with  tannin  glycerine  or  some  other  gly- 
cerine combination.  The  heavy  solution 
goes  down  to  the  bottom;  the  whole  "cul 
de  sac'*  will  be  reached  by  the  application, 
which  if  glycerinated  will  long  adhere 
and  maintain  its  action.  The  procedure  is 
repeated  daily  till  restitutio  ad  integrum, 
which  as  a  rule  comes  fairly  fast.  Never 
do  I  permit  such  a  home-treatment,  as  the 
position  looks  too  cruel  and  the  parents 
often  do  not  dare  to  take  it  up,  fearing  the 
objections  and  criticisms  of  "friends"  who 
think  they  know  more  than  the  "harsh" 
doctor.  The  child  can  stay  very  long  in 
the  upside-down  position  without  any  dis- 
comfort ;  however,  till  used  to  it,  it  always 
cries  and  fights  against  it. 

Recently  I  have  applied  the  position  in 
treatment  of  vaginitis  (gonorrheal)  in  full- 
grown  women  and  with  real  "quick  cures." 
After  a  little  practice  the  upside-down  posi- 
tion is  easily  taken  from  a  low  table  or 
high  bedstead,  the  legs  thereupon,  the  body 
— with  head  down — in  the  air  and  the  el- 
bows and  forearms  on  the  floor.  The 
vagina  almost  opens  itself;  is  filled  to 
overflowing  with  the  antiseptic  chosen 
(often  potassium  permanganate)   and  the 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


600 


Septbmbbr,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLJDS 


AlCBRICAN    MSDlCimB 


patient  stays  as  long  as  she  can,  long  enough 
to  disinfect  thoroly.  The  advantages  of 
this  treatment  are:  painlessness  (the  usual 
swabbing  of  the  vagina  is  always  painful), 
and  thoroness,  as  the  "medicine"  reaches 
everything,  also  between  the  folds,  which 
it  helps  to  flatten  out. 


HYGIENE  OF  THE  DOOR-KNOB. 

BY 

W.   H.   RAND,   M.   D., 
VSTashlngton,  D.  C. 

Stationing  himself  in  the  anteroom  of  a 
toilet  in  a  governmenjtal  department  build- 
ing prior  to  the  noon-time  luncheon,  a 
Washington  physician  recently  took  note 
of  the  behavior  of  the  twenty-nine  male 
clerks  who  visited  either  closet  or  urinal 
just  before  leaving  the  premises  for  a 
neighboring  cafe. 

Of  the  entire  number  only  three  (ap- 
proximately ten  per  cent.)  availed  them- 
selves of  the  lavatory  facilities,*  before  go- 
ing to  eat ;  twenty-six  left  the  building  with- 
out approaching  a  wash-bowl. 

Now,  since  every  man  on  leaving  the 
room  was  obliged  to  pull  open  a  heavy  door, 
his  hand  of  necessity  grasped  the  door- 
knob. Waiving  the  question  whether  there 
were  any  venereal  or  typhoid  carriers  in 
the  group,  each  of  the  twenty-six  may  have 
deposited  vigorous  intestinal  flora,  or  a 
drop  of  urine,  on  the  aforesaid  door-knob. 
In  that  case,  the  immaculate  three  who 
cleaned  up  were  not  much  better  oflf  than 
the  rest,  for  they  had  to  handle  the  con- 
taminated door-knob,  befouled  by  their  un- 
washed associates. 

The  incident  illustrates  the  fact  that  train- 
ing   in    elementary    personal    hygiene    is 

^  These  were  ample,  with  plenty  of  soap  and 
hot  and  cold  water. 


shamefully  neglected.  Over  and  over  again 
it  has  been  demonstrated  in  the  laboratory 
that  the  majority  of  human  hands  are 
loaded  with  fecal  bacteria.  These  are  dis- 
tributed in  a  most  altruistic  fashion  by  di- 
rect contact,  as  in  band-shaking,  or  indi- 
rectly, as  by  door-knob  pollution.  Now 
tho  all  this  potential  mischief  may  be  done 
inadvertently  and  without  malice,  it  is  safe 
to  give  new  emphasis  to  the  old  admonition 
that 

**Evil  is  wrought  by  want  of  thought 
As  well  as  want  of  heart." 

Secretions  from  the  nose  and  throat  con- 
stitute an  accessory  and  inexhaustible  source 
of  infective  door-knob  defilement,  and  here, 
too,  the  vectors  are  the  hands.  But  for  the 
present  it  is  unnecessary  to  make  an  ex- 
haustive enumeration  of  the  modes  of  man- 
ual or  digital  infection.  The  sole  purpose 
of  this  screed  is  to  insist  that  the  observ- 
ance of  sanitary  laws  is  a  moral  obligation 
and  a  reciprocal  duty.  Voltaire  says  that 
hygiene  is  a  virtue,  rather  than  a  science. 
So  much  the  better.  Virtues  are  to  be 
practiced,  not  labeled,  indexed,  pigeon- 
holed and  forgotten. 

It  is  a  matter  for  gratulation,  therefore, 
that  Red  Cross  officials  are  planning  to 
conduct  a  campaign  of  public  health  educa- 
tion by  means  of  exhibits,  lectures  and 
demonstrations  before  the  Chautauqua  as- 
semblies in  their  chief  circuits  thruout  the 
country  during  the  current  season.  A  proj- 
ect so  sane  in  conception  and  so  salutary 
in  its  aims  is  just  what  might  have  been 
anticipated  from  that  elastic  and  adaptable 
organization. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  apostles  of  this 
itinerant  mission  may  not  only  impart  an  . 
adequate  knowledge  of  hygienic  principles, 
but  that  they  may  be  able  to  adapt  their  in- 
struction in  sanitation  to  practical  ends  and 
to  the  needs  of  common  life. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBiIIGAN  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARnCIiBS 


Sbptbmbbr,  1919 


601 


General  progress  in  sanitary  reform  is 
exceedingly  slow,  like  the  movement  of  a 
glacier.  Before  any  advance  can  be  made 
in  public  hygiene,  the  mass  of  community 
sentiment  must, be  acted  upon  and  set  in 
motion  by  the  genial  warmth  of  an  en- 
Kghtened  social  conscience. 

So  long  as  the  public  mind  remains  inert 
and  indifferent  in  reference  to  the  subject, 
it  will  be  impossible  to  institute  improve- 
ments by  means  of  esoteric  theories  or  lab- 
oratory analyses,  tho  the  scientific  demon- 
strations and  research  work  deserve  to 
rank  as  crucial  experiments. 

This  is  not  to  depreciate  theoretical  in- 
struction or  disparage  the  service  of  the 
laboratory.  Their  aid  is  indispensable ;  but 
until  utilized,  reduced  to  practice  and  ap- 
plied to  living  conditions,  science  never  gets 
anywhere.  Academic  hygiene  merely  marks 
time,  without  advancing  a  single  step. 

With  iteration  and  emphasis  it  should  be 
urged  that  the  requirements  of  physical 
well-being  must  be  enforced.  But  this  en- 
forcement is  feasible  only  thru  coopera- 
tion, that  is,  thru  the  intelligent,  voluntary, 
universal  observance  of  hygienic  laws.  A 
League  to  enforce  sanitation  must  be 
formed. 

Doubtless  the  delicately  manicured  young 
men  in  the  departmental  civil  service  here 
referred  to  hold  themselves  to  be  daintily 
neat  and  tidy  in  their  personal  habits.  But 
they  and  the  rest  of  mankind  need  to  be  in- 
structed by  precept,  by  example,  by  rational 
and  detailed  explanation,  but,  above  all,  by 
patient  drill  and  practice,  how  to  be  clean. 

It  is  apparent  to  any  observer  that  habits 
of  personal  hygiene  need  to  be  cultivated. 
To  be  convinced  of  this  necessity  notice  how 
people  generally  perform  their  ablutions. 
They  commonly  draw  or  pour  a  little  water 
into  a  wash  bowl,  and  then  dip  and  wring 


their  hands  in  it  with  the  distressed  and 
reluctant  air  of  an  eight-year  old  boy  that 
is  required  to  take  a  bath.  Then  they 
swazzle  their  faces  over  with  the  same  dirty 
fluid  in  which  they  have  rinsed  their  hands, 
and  the  task  is  done.  Watch  out  and  note 
how  prevalent  this  form  of  hydrophobia  is. 

It  ought  not  to  be  necessary  to  point  out 
that,  after  scrubbing  the  hands,  the  water 
used  for  the  purpose  should  be  thrown  out 
or  drained  away,  and  a  fresh  supply  taken 
for  the  face.  Of  course,  the  ideal  clean- 
up is  secured  by  opening  the  faucet  and 
washing  the  face  and  hands  with  hot  run- 
ning water  and  soap. 

Interdigital  scouring  should  be  thoro, 
and  the  nail-brush  should  be  vigorously 
plied  to  clean  out  the  favorite  ghettos  of 
bacterial  nidification — their  "bed  and  pro- 
creant  cradle." 

Instruction  in  the  proper  use  of  the  tooth- 
brush should  also  be  given,  and  the  method 
should  be  demonstrated  over  and  over 
again,  until  the  habit  of  brushing  the  teeth 
on  both  their  buccal  and  lingual  surfaces 
has  become  an  automatic  and  routine  prac- 
tice. 

These  are  only  a  few  obvious  examples 
of  hygienic  procedure  which  should  be 
standardized.  But  all  training  along  the 
lines  of  health  conservation  must  be  per- 
sonal and  specific.  It  should  begin  with 
intensive  drill  in  the  home,  and  be  followed 
up  and  coordinated,  without  any  discon- 
tinuity, thruout  the  entire  period  of  educa- 
tion, from  the  days  of  the  bookless  kinder- 
garten to  the  end  of  post-graduate  tuition. 

A  revised  old  classic  I  append 

'To  point  a  moral"  and  make  an  end: — 

This  is  the  house  that  Jack  built. 

This  is  the  W.  C.  door 

That  hung  in  the  house  that  Jack  built. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


602 


Skptbmbbr,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLB8 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


This  is  the  door-knob 

That  oped  the  door, 

The  heavy  W.  C.  door, 

That  hung  in  the  house  that  Jack  built. 

This  is  the  man  with  the  fecal  hand 

That  turned  the  door-knob 

That  oped  the  door, 

The  heavy  W.  C.  door, 

That  hung  in  the  house  that  Jack  built. 

This  is  the  small  and  cleanly  band 

That  followed  the  man  with  the  fecal  hand 

That  turned  the  door-knob 

That  oped  the  door, 

The  heavy  W.  C.  door. 

That  hung  in  the  house  that  Jack  built. 

This  is  the  doctor 

That  took  his  stand 

To  watch  the  small  and  cleanly  band. 

That  followed  the  man  with  the  fecal  hand 

That  turned  the  door-knob 

That  oped  the  door. 

The  heavy  W.  C.  door. 

That,  as  we  have  said  before, 

Hung  In  the  house  that  Jack  built. 


TONSILLITIS    AND    PHARYNGITIS 
AS  A  RESULT  OF  ORAL  SEPSIS. 


H.  B.  ANDERSON,  M.  D., 
Toronto,  Canada. 

The  linking  up  of  the  chain  of  evidence, 
anatomic  and  pathologic  as  well  as  clin- 
ical, to  explain  certain  well  recognized  in- 
terrelationships of  disease  has  progressed 
rapidly  during  the  past  few  years.  In  1903 
Schottmiiller  described  methods  for  differ- 
entiating various  types  of  streptococci  on 
blood  agar  cultures,  and  later  Rosenow  pub- 
lished his  researches  on  transmutations  with- 
in the  streptococcus-pneumococcus  group 
and  attributed  a  selective  affinity  on  the  part 
of  these  organisms,  under  favorable  cultural 
conditions  within  the  body,  for  certain 
organs  and  tissues.  The  demonstration  of 
varying  degrees  of  virulency  in  different 
strains  of  streptococci  and  the  predilection 
of  some  to  attack  certain  tissues,  an  affinity 
which  Rosenow  believes  is  variable  at  diff- 


erent times  depending  on  the  source  and 
conditions  under  which  the  organisms  de- 
velop, has  shed  much  light  on  the  causation 
of  many  common  diseases  due  to  focal  in- 
fection. The  work  of  Billings  and  many 
other  investigators  has  contributed  largely 
to  further  progress  along  these  lines,  of  the 
greatest  clinical  importance.  Thus  we  have 
now  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  fre- 
quent clinical  association  of  appendicitis, 
gastric  and  duodenal  ulcer  and  gallstone 
disease,  secondary  to  oral  and  tonsillar  in- 
fection. 

The  relationship  of  tonsillitis  to  rheuma- 
tism and  of  the  latter  to  the  erythema  group 
of  skin  diseases  has  been  recognized  for 
years.  Next  it  was  shown  that  appendi- 
citis might  be  due  to  hematogenous  infec- 
tion from  the  tonsils  and  that  infection  in 
the  latter  might  also  initiate  acute  or 
chronic  disease  of  the  kidneys.  Thus,  there 
has  been  a  gradual  tracing  back  of  many 
systemic  diseases  to  important  original  foci 
of  departure  for  the  infection  producing 
them. 

The  fact  that  tonsillitis  is  often  secondary 
to  oral  sepsis  and  that  marked  cases  of  the 
latter  are  almost  invariably  associated  with 
tonsillar  infection,  has  not  received  from 
either  throat  specialists  or  general  practi- 
tioners the  recognition  which  its  practical 
importance  warrants.  It  is  not  even  men- 
tioned by  many  authors  of  recent  standard 
works  in  diseases  of  the  throat. 

W.  D.  Miller  in  1889,  in  his  epoch-mak- 
ing work  on  the  "Microorganisms  of  the 
Human  Mouth,"  refers  to  this  association 
and  it  is  especially  emphasized  by  Wm. 
Hunter  in  1900  in  his  work  "Oral  Sepsis," 
in  which  he  states  that  tonsillitis  and 
pharyngitis,  like  stomatitis  and  septic  gas- 
tritis, are  directly  due  to  the  diseased  con- 
dition of  the  teeth,  tho  he  comments  on  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine                      ORIQINAIj  ABTICLBS  September,  1919                603 

notable  failure  of  authors  to  recognize  a  frequently  lead  to  the  discovery  of  a  focus  of 

condition  so  obvious  on  careful  examination  infection   responsible    for  an   obscure   sys- 

of  these  cases.  teniic  disease,  or  account  for  the  persistence 

Few  clinicians  can  have  failed  to  note  of  symptoms  or  incomplete  cure  after  a  se- 
that  attacks  of  sore  throat  not  infrequently  vere  oral  infection  has  been  removed  by  den- 
follow  dental  treatment.  tal  treatment. 

For  some  time  I  have  made  it  a  point  to  During   the    past    winter    I    have    made 

examine  closely  the  throats  of  all  office  pa-  swabs  from  the  interior  of  the  crypts,  the 

tients  suffering  from  dental  infections.  peritonsillar  tissue  or  from  the  escaping  pus 

A  general  catarrhal  condition  with  red-  in  330  routine  office  cases,  usually  one  swab 

ness  and  hypersecretion   of  the   throat   is  from  each  side.     Cultures  on  blood  agar 

commonly     evident,    and    a    tendency     to  were  made  by  R.  W.  Mann  with  the  follow- 

hawking,  recurrent  attacks  of  cold  or  dry-  ing  results: 

ness  of  the  throat  is  frequently  complained  Cases      Alone        % 

of.     Often  there  is  little  local  discomfort,  streptococcus,  unclassified  16             2             4.7 

and  the   tonsils   oftea  are  atrophic,   con-  g^^^rsteptT. . ! ! ! : ! 'Is          ^4          lil 

cealed  and  may  present  little  superficial  evi-      Strept  Viridans   81  24  24.5 

1  r  .       ui  A    .•  .  r  .      staph.   Albus    220  56  66.6 

dence  of  trouble.     A  history  of  recurrent      staph.  Aureus  46  9  13.9 

•attacks  of  tonsillitis  or  the  escape  of  case-      ^*^""  Mucosa  12  0  3.9 

Otis    material    from    the    crypts,    however.  The    non-hemolytic    streptococcus     was 

may  often  be  obtained.  found  most  frequently  in  contrast  with  the 

Pressure  by  a  spatula  backward  and  out-  streptococcus  viridans,  which  is  most  fre- 

ward  on  the  anterior  pillar  of  the  fauces,  quently  found  in  suppurative  lesions  about 

so  as  to  extrude  the  tonsil,  and  bring  it  into  the  teeth.     This  may  be  due  to  a  transmu- 

view  and  then  pressure  with  another  blunt-  tation  in  streptococcal  types  in  the  passage 

ended  spatula  compressing  the  tonsil  itself,  of  infection  from  teeth  to  tonsils. 

will  often  cause  the  escape  of  pus,  either  While  the  type  of  streptococcus  varied 

from  the  crypts  or  from  the  peritonsillar  considerably  in  different  months  the  pres- 

tissue.   I  recently  saw  a  patient  with  recur-  ence  of   pathogenic  bacteria   in  the  tonsil 

rent  renal  hemorrhages  of  some  years'  dura-  does    not   necessarily    mean    that    the   pa- 

tion  in  whom  ordinary  view  of  the  throat  tient  is  suffering  from  active  disease,  yet 

showed  no  evidence  of  diseased  tonsils.  The  if  pus  and  other  evidences  of  the  inflamnia- 

latter  were  quite  small,  but  firm  pressure  tion  are  present,  it  suggests  an  active  infec- 

caused  a  stream  of  thin,  yellow  pus  to  es-  tion  capable  of  producing  systemic  disease, 

cape   from   the   right   supratonsillar   fossa,  and   improvement   of   the   latter   following 

Tonsils  which  have  been  clipped,  or  tags  enucleation  of  the  tonsils  is  additional  evi- 

which  remain  after  incomplete  enucleation,  dence  of  the  virulence  of  the  organisms  iso- 

are  especially  liable  to  be  infected,  the  scar  lated.      Moreover,   in   recent   epidemics   in 

tissue  sealing  in  the  pus,  so  that  evidence  military    camps,   it   has    been   shown    that 

of  infection  is  slight  on  inspection ;  also  the  carriers  of  streptococci  are  most  liable  to 

''^S^Rcd  spongy  tonsil  with  fissures  and  gap-  develop  pneumonia,  secondary  to  measles 

ing  follicles,  is  often  the  seat  of  disease.    A  or  influenza,  and  that  of  the  most  virulent 

thoro  examination  as  before  described  will  type. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


604 


Sbptember^  1919 


PHTSICiLL  THERAPY 


Ambhxcan  MbdiciKe 


The  usual  mode  of  tonsillar  infection 
from  the  teeth  is  probably  by  swallowing, 
tho  no  doubt  it  may  also  be  thru  either  the 
blood  or  lymph  streams,  as  there  is  lym- 
phatic connection  between  the  posterior 
teeth  and  the  throat. 

The  presence  of  dental  infection  in  cases 
of  tonsillectomy  or  enucleation  has  many 
clinical  bearings  of  importance.  This  applies 
especially  to  clipping  operations  or  where 
tags  of  tonsilla  tissue  have  been  left.  (1) 
The  persistence  of  focal  infection  in  the 
mouth  is  likely  to  keep  up  the  systemic  symp- 
toms for  which  the  tonsils  were  removed,  or 
at  least  to  permit  only  a  partial  cure.  This  ac- 
counts for  many  unsatisfactory  results  from 
the  removal  of  infected  tonsils.  (2)  Oral 
infection  tends  to  aggravate  the  inflamma- 
tory reaction  in  the  throat  following  opera- 
tion and  at  times  keeps  up  a  persistent 
sore  throat  from  which  one  may  often 
obtain  cultures  of  streptococci  long  after. 
(3)  It  is  possible  that  removal  of  the  tonsils 
in  severe  cases  of  oral  sepsis  may  even' 
increase  the  tendency  to  systemic  infection 
by  taking  away  one  of  the  barriers  to  its 
entrance  into  the  circulation. 

The  question  therefore  arises,  "What  is 
the  surgeon^s  proper  course  of  action  in 
cases  of  oral  sepsis  with  associated  tonsillar 
infection?"  Obviously  if  tonsillitis  is  fre- 
quently secondary  to  the  oral  trouble,  the  re- 
moval of  the  latter  should  precede  operation 
on  the  tonsils.  It  is  possible  that  this  course 
would  make  more  successful  our  efforts  to 
deal  with  tonsillar  infection  by  local  treat- 
ment rather  than  by  operation,  tho  Billings 
says  the  infected  tonsil  cannot  be  successful- 
ly sterilized  by  any  known  method  of  treat- 
ment, and  entire  removal  is  the  only  safe 
procedure. 

REFERENCES 
Miller,    W.     D.:     Die     Microorganismen     der 
Mundhohle,  Leipzig,  1889. 


ScHorTMUELU&B,    H.i     Der    Artuntersuchenden 

der  fur  men  schem  Pathologem  Streptokok- 

ken  durch   Blutagar,   Munch.   Klin.   Woch. 

1903,  849. 
RosENow:   Transmutation  Within  the  Strepto- 

coccuB-pneumococcus  Group.  Jour,  Inf.  Dis., 

1914,  XIV,  1. 
Billings,    Frank:    Focal    Infections,    Appleton 

ft  Co.,  1917. 
HuNTEB,  Wm.:     Oral  Sepsis,  Cassel  ft  CJo.,  1900. 
Anderson,  H.  B.:  Appendicitis  as  a  Sequela  of 

Tonsillitis.     American  Jour.  Med.  8c.,  CL, 

4,  151,  1915. 


Under   the   Editorial    Direction   of   Albert    C. 
Geyser,  M.  D.,  New  York. 


T»E  50N-SURGICAL  TREATMENT  OF  GAS- 
TRIC TLCER, 

A  therapeutic  procedure  must  be  based 
upon  the  causative  factor  of  the  disease. 

What  is  the  cause  of  gastric  ulcer? 

According  to  the  universally  accepted 
dictum,  gastric  ulcers  are  divided  into  the 
acute  and  chronic  forms.  Such  a  division 
sheds  little  light  upon  the  question.  It  is 
reasonable  to  suppose  that  every  chronic 
ulcer,  at  some  time  or  other  had  an  acute 
beginning.  It  is  also  possible  that  this 
acute  beginning  of  the  ulcer  was  preceded 
by  a  still  more  simple  lesion  such  as  an 
erosion.  The  causes  for  a  simple  erosion 
are  so  manifold  that  we  must  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  every  gastric  erosion  is  not 
followed  by  an  acute  ulcer.  In  fact  the 
great  majority  of  simple  erosions  undergo 
spontaneous  recovery  after  removal  of  the 
cause.  It  must  be  admitted  that  it  is  prac- 
tically impossible  to  diagnose  simple  ero- 
sions of  the  mucosa  of  the  stomach,  but 
that  such  lesions  do  occur,  there  can  be  no 
doubt. 

We  may  be  equally  certain  that  some  of 
these  simple  erosions  do  not  undergo  spon- 
taneous recovery  and  that  they  may  be  the 
starting  point  of  an  acute  ulcer  of  the  stom- 
ach. 

As  one  cause  of  an  acute  ulcer  we  must 
consider  anything,  therefore,  that  may  be  a 
causative  factor  of  a  simple  erosion  of  the 
gastric  mucosa. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MSOICIKI 


PHYSICiLL  THEIRAPT 


September,  1919 


605 


We  will  not  attempt  to  enumerate  all  the 
possible  causes  of  simple  erosions. 

The  stomach  is  subject  to  trauma  over 
any  part  of  its  inner  surface,  especially  at 
the  fundus,  yet  we  seldom  find  acute  ulcer 
in  this  region. 

Ulcers  of  the  stomach  occur  at  different 
locations  in  following  proportions : 

On  the  lesser  curvature 35% 

Posterior  wall    28% 

Pylorus 14% 

Anterior  wall 9% 

Cardia    6% 

Fundus     3% 

Greater  Curvature  3% 

Anterior  wall 67% 

Thus  it  becomes  apparent  that  erosions 
may  occur  anywhere  upon  the  mucosa. 
Nearly  75%  of  all  gastric  ulcers  are  lo- 
cated in  the  upper  mucosa  of  the  stomach, 
reaching  from  the  esophagus  to  the  pylorus. 
Such  a  distribution  is  not  a  coincidence; 
there  is  a  definite  c^use  for  its  occurrence. 
The  blood  supply  of  the  stomach  is  de- 
rived from  numerous  branches  of  the  celiac 
axis  which  forms  a  rich  capillary  net  work 
beneath  the  submucosa.  There  is  nothing 
unusual  or  noteworthy  in  the  blood  supply. 
Yet  some  authors  have  laid  great  stress  up- 
on the  fact  that  first  an  anemic  area  is  pro- 
duced, and  that  the  erosion  takes  place  as 
a  consequence  of  self  digestion. 

"The  nerves  to  the  stomach  consist  of 
the  terminal  gastric  branches  of  the  vagus, 
and  the  sympathetic  fibres  of  the  solar  plex- 
us. Both  are  almost  invariably  composed 
of  non-medulated  fibres.  Numerous  small 
ganglia  (according  to  Remack)  form  plex- 
uses with  these  nerve  fibres,  either  between 
the  layers  of  the  muscular  coat  or  in  the 
submucosa.  From  these  plexuses  nerve 
fibres  run  thru  the  muscular  tissue,  or  the 
glandular  tissue  of  the  mucous  membrane." 
(Luciani's  Human  Physiology,) 

"Until  recently  the  direct  influence  of  the 
nervous  system  on  gastric  secretion  was 
regarded  as  doubtful.  The  results  of  ex- 
periments were  either  negative  or  less  ob- 
vious than  for  the  salivary  secretion.  *  *  * 
The  gastric  secretion  does  not  depend  ex- 
clusively upon  the  secretory  fibres  of  the 
vagus,  since  the  stomach  is  capable  of  suf- 
ficiently digesting  alimentary  substances 
introduced  into  it,  even  when  vagi  have 
been  divided.  This  suggests  that  other 
secretory   fibres,  spinel  or  sympathetic   in 


origin  influence  the  gastric  glands;  but 
there  are  at  present  no  experimental  proofs 
of  this  conjecture.  *  *  *  Heidenham  as- 
sumed that  the  digestive  capacity  of  the 
stomach  persists  even  after  division  of  the 
centers  of  all  cranial  and  spinal  nerves  to 
the  stomach.  It  is  probable  (altho  it  has 
not  been  experimentally  demonstrated)  that 
the  gangliar  plexuses  in  the  walls  of  the 
stomach  represent  a  system  capable  of  spe- 
cial reflex  activation  of  secretion."  (Luci- 
ani's  Human  Physiology,) 

Since  most  of  the  ulcers  of  the  stomach 
were  found  upon  the  lesser  curvature  of 
the  stomach  the  surgeons  developed  a  cer- 
tain technic.  A  "V"  shaped  piece  was  re- 
moved and  the  edges  again  coaptated.  After 
a  time  a  large  percentage  of  these  operated 
cases  again  came  to  operation  and  it  .was 
found  that  as  a  result  of  the  *"*V"  shaped 
section  hourglass  contraction  had  taken 
place.  This  technic  was  then  abandoned 
and  others  substituted.  The  results  were, 
however,  that  only  too  frequently  a  second- 
ary operation  was  necessary  ending  in  a 
complete  gastrectomy.  When  we  recall  the 
fact  that  a  gangliar  plexus  exists  between 
the  layers  of  the  stomach  then  take  into 
consideration  the  surgical  fact  that  hour- 
glass contraction  resulted  from  localized 
operations  upon  the  lesser  curvature,  we 
have  a  strong  reason  for  suspecting  that 
such  a  ganglionic  plexus  may  be  located  at 
the  lesser  curvature.  If  such  is  the  case, 
then  the  resulting  hourglass  contraction 
is  easily  explained. 

There  is  still  another  factor  which  must 
not  be  overlooked.  The  muscular  coats  of 
the  stomach  are  arranged  in  three  layers. 
There  are  two  principal  layers,  the  ex- 
ternal longitudinal  and  the  internal  circu- 
lar one.  A  third  layer  of  oblique  fibres  ex- 
tend over  the  great  pouch  only ;  it  extends 
obliquely  over  the  fundus  from  left  to 
right  and  ceases  at  a  distinct  line  extend- 
ing from  the  left  margin  of  the  esophagus 
to  about  the  junction  of  the  middle  with 
the  last  third  of  the  great  curvature.  This 
anatomical  fact  is  interesting,  for  it  is  about 
the  point  where  the  oblique  layer  pf  fibres 
ceases  that  the  stomach  becomes  constricted 
during  the  movements  which  are  incident 
to  digestion,  dividing  the  organ  into  two 
tolerably  distinct  compartments* 

The  ulcer  is  usually  situated  at  the  lesser 
curvature;  if  then  a  "V"  shaped  piece  is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


606 


September.  1919 


PHTSICAIi  THBRAPT 


American  Hedicinb 


removed — assuming  that  a  possible  gang- 
lionic network  is  located  at  this  point — ^the 
removal  of  it,  in  whole  or  in  part,  will  ac- 
count for  the  interference  with  physiologic 
function.  Since,  however,  the  exact  loca- 
tion of  these  ganglionic  centers  is  still  a 
mooted  question,  may  not  the  arrangement 
of  the  muscular  fibres  be  responsible  for  the 
hourglass  contraction  which  as  a  rule  fol- 
lows the  removal  of  the  ulcerated  area? 

It  is  for  this  reason  that  the  present  day 
operators  have  agreed  to  do  a  gastrectomy 
and  an  end  to  end  anastomosis  of  the  re- 
maining organ.  Such  a  procedure,  not  only 
involves  a  more  serious  operation,  but  the 
patient  is  minus  a  larger  part  of  an  organ, 
the  loss  of  which  may  have  a  serious  influ- 
ence upon  his  future  longevity. 

The  Ulcer  Itself. — ^The  lesion  varies  in 
size  from  less  than  one  inch  to  three  or 
four  inches  in  diameter;  it  is  essentially  a 
localized  necrosis.  Of  importance  is  the 
fact  that  these  ulcers  are  surrounded  by  a 
zone  of  stasis.  There  are  no  signs  of  active 
inflammation,  hence  almost  an  entire  ab- 
sence of  the  process  of  healing.  The  gas- 
tric ulcer,  acute  or  chronic,  presents  a  com- 
plete demonstration  of  the  fact  that  with- 
out inflammation  there  can  be  no  repair. 
It  also  suggests  the  possibility,  that  if  some 
of  the  phases  of  an  inflammatory  process 
could  be  inaugurated  at*  the  site  of  the 
lesion,  healing  or  repair  would  take  place. 

Physiologic  Anatomy. — ^The  sympa- 
thetic ganglia  located  between  the  third  and 
seventh  dorsal  interspaces  supply  the 
stomach  with  the  vaso-motor  control.  All 
repair  of  injury  in  any  part  of  the  body  is 
under  the  immediate  control  of  the  sympa- 
thetic system.  The  blood  supply  to  any 
part  or  organ  is  directly  dependent  upon 
the  condition  of  the  sympathetic  ganglia 
with  which  it  is  connected.  When  the 
ganglia  are  in  a  state  of  active  hyperemia 
the  impulses  emanating  from  them  are  tonic 
in  character,  producing  a  capillary  contrac- 
tion at  their  distal  extremity.  When  the 
ganglia  are  in  a  state  of  anemia  the  im- 
pluses,  if  any  are  sent  out,  are  weak  caus- 
ing relaxation,  engorgement  and  stasis  at 
their  distal  extremities.  Either  one  of  these 
conditions  long  continued  with  the  sympa- 
thetic ganglia  supplying  the  stomach  would 
lead  to  the  very  condition  that  is  found  in 
acute  or  chronic  ulcers. 

Indicated  Therapy. — Since  neither  long 
continued   hyperemia    nor   anemia    of   the 


sympathetic  nervous  ganglia  lead  to  repair 
of  tissue,  it  follows  that  any  means  that 
will  restore  an  equilibrium  must  bring  with 
itself  the  means  for  a  cure.  If  we  apply  to 
the  spinal  region  between  the  3-7  dorsal 
region  a  flexible  tin  electrode  2-4  inches  in 
size,  and  another  one  of  the  same  material 
but  larger  is  applied  over  the  gastric  area 
in  front  of  the  body,  we  can,  by  the  aid  of 
diathermia  heat  the  entire  region.  After 
one  hour  of  such  application,  a  spinal  ice 
bag  should  be  applied  to  the  same  dorsal 
region  for  thirty  minutes.  Since  relaxa- 
tion takes  place  quicker  and  easier  than 
tonicity,  only  one-half  of  the  time  is  re- 
quired for  the  cold  application.  These  two 
treatments  should  be  applied  twice  daily 
during  the  acute  clinical  manifestations, 
later  once  daily,  then  on  alternate  days. 
Personally  I  have. not  been  impressed  with 
the  results  from  special  dieting.  On  gen- 
eral principles  I  have  recommended  a  bland 
diet.  If  acidosis  is  present  it  must  be 
overcome  by  the  administration  of  alkalies. 
The  above  outlined  treatment  will  symp- 
tomatically  relieve  practically  every  case  of 
clinically  diagnosed  acute  ulcer  of  the  stom- 
ach. 

Conclusions. 

1.  Every  therapeutic  measure  must 
have  for  its  first  object  the  removal  of  the 
cause. 

2.  Chronic  ulcer  of  the  stomach  may 
result  from  anything  capable  of  causing  a 
simple  erosion. 

3.  Seventy-five  per  cent,  of  all  stomach 
ulcers  are  situated  somewhere  on  the  lesser 
curvature  of  the  stomach :  too  often  to  be  a 
mere  coincidence. 

4.  Surgical  removal  of  the  ulcer  locally 
is  followed  in  seventy-five  per  cent,  of  the 
cases  by  hourglass  contraction  of  the  stom- 
ach ;  also  too  often  to  be  a  mere  coincidence. 

5.  The  ulcer  is  always  preceded  by  a 
localized  anemia  and  stasis. 

6.  The  blood  supply  to  the  stomach  is 
under  the  control  of  the  sympathetic  gang- 
lia of  the  3-7  dorsal  interspaces. 

7.  Ninety  per  cent,  of  all  clinically  diag- 
nosed cases  of  ulcer  of  the  stomach  have 
been  completely  and  permanently  relieved 
by  applying  heat  and  cold  to  the  sympa- 
thetic region. 

8.  In  unrelieved  cases  that  have  come  to 
operation,  the  patient  suflfered  from  the  ad- 
hesions and  not  from  the  ulcer. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ambbican  Medicine 


RATIONAL.    ORGANOTHERAPY 


September,  1919 


607 


DIATHERMIA    IN    THE    POST    PARALYTIC 
STAGE   OF    POLIOMYELITIS. 

^liss  G.  age  22  years  suffered  an  attack 
of  poliomyelitis  at  the  age  of  one  and  a  half 
years.  The  treatment  of  poliomyelitis,  in 
many  respects,  was  about  the  same  ninteen 
years  ago  as  it  is  today.  In  the  main 
it  consisted  of  the  application  of  exter- 
nally applied  heat,  massage,  and  the  caus- 
ing of  muscular  contractions  by  either  the 
galvanic  or  the  faradic  current  (now  con- 
demned as  not  only  useless  but  as  possibly^ 
harmful).  The  result  of  this  treatment 
was  that  the  left  leg  from  the  hip  down 
remained  in  a  state  of  flaccid  paralysis. 
From  the  non-use  atrophy  had  set  in  to  a 
marked  degree.  The  left  shoe  required  a 
cork  sole  four  and  one-half  inches  thick. 

It  was  in  this  condition  when  Doctor  I.  L. 
Nasher,  her  family  physician,  referred  the 
patient  to  me  in  October,  1916. 

Upon  examination  we  found  complete  re- 
action of  degeneration  in  all  of  the  muscles 
of  the  affected  limb  with  the  exception  of 
the  quadriceps  extensor,  which  showed  a 
partial  reaction  only.  The  leg  and  foot  be- 
low the  knee  was  cold,  blue  and  flaccid. 
There  was  shortening  of  four  and  a  quar- 
ter inches ;  the  foot  was  two  inches  shorter 
than  its  fellow  and  correspondingly  smaller. 

The  patient  was  subjected  to  the  diather- 
mic method  of  treatment.  One  year  later 
the  X-ray  plates  showed  lengthening  of 
the  leg  bones  amounting  to  three-quarters 
of  an  inch.  During  the  same  time  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  had  to  be  removed  from 
the  cork  sole. 

The  greatest  progress  has  been  made  since 
October  last;  another  one-half  of  an  inch 
has  been  removed  from  the  cork  sole. 

This  past  summer  the  patient  took  up 
swimming  and  has  almost  perfect  use  of  the 
entire  limb.  During  the  time  of  treatment 
her  shoemaker  has  been  obliged  to  change 
her  last  four  times.  This  had  not  been 
necessary  for  six  years  preceding.  The 
foot  is  now  one-half  inch  shorter  than  its 
fellow  and,  to  the  casual  observer,  of  the 
same  size  and  general  appearance  as  the 
right  foot. 

In  many  of  the  cases  previously  shown 
or  reported  the  question  always  arose ;  is  it 
not  possible  that  these  cases  would  have 
recovered  without  treatment?  Who  shall 
say  that  they  might  not  have  done  so?    In 


this  case  nineteen  years  had  elapsed  since 
the  acute  attack.  During  all  of  this  time 
nothing  was  left  undone  in  the  way  of 
treatment.  The  patient  did  not,  however, 
recover  the  use  of  her  limb  and  there  was 
superinduced  the  usual  amount  of  atrophy. 
Within  less  than  two  years  from  the  be- 
ginning of  the  treatment  with  diathermia 
from  a  Telatherm  apparatus,  the  entire  limb 
has  grown  in  length  and  circumference,  the 
foot  is  almost  normal  in  size  and  the  func- 
tion of  the  limb  has  been  restored  to  use- 
fulness. 

Dr.  H.  Wolf  showed  a  case  before  the 
orthopedic  section  of  the  Academy.  In  his 
case  both  the  upper  and  the  lower  extremi- 
ties were  involved.  No  treatment  -showed 
any  results  until  diathermia  was  used  on  the 
lower  extremities  only.  When  shown  be- 
fore the  section,  this  patient  could  walk  un- 
aided ;  the  upper  extremities,  which  were 
purposely  not  treated  were  as  flaccid  as  be- 
fore. 

Taking  these  and  similar  cases  as  testi- 
mony, we  are  forced  to  the  conclusion  that 
diathermia,  so  far,  is  the  only  agent  that 
has  shown  real  results  in  the  4ong  standing 
ca.ses  of  paralysis  following  anterior  polio- 
myelitis. 


Clinical  Identification  of  the  Th3rroid 
Hormone. — In  an  excellent  paper  pre- 
sented at  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Associa- 
tion of  American  Physicians  by  Drs.  E.  C. 
Kendall  and  H.  S.  Plummer,  the  authors 
discuss  the  thyroid  hormone.  In  1915  the 
isolation  of  the  thyroid  secretion  in  crystal- 
loid form  was  accomplished.  Since  then 
efforts  had  been  directed  to  the  accumula- 
tion of  the  substance.  Structural  and  em- 
pirical formulae  were  determined  and  later 
preparations  were  made  to  prove  the  fomiu- 
iae.  These  synthetic  formulae  were  stud- 
ied and  the  substance  was  found  closely 
related  to  the  amino-tryptophan  group. 
With  the  isolation  of  a  single  crystalline 
substance,  quantitative  measurements  were 
possible.     There  were  two  points  to  be  con- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


608 


September,  1919 


RATIONAL,    ORGANOTHERAPY 


American  Medicine 


sidered :  ( 1 )  What  the  substance  did  in  the 
body;  (2)  how  was  this  action  brought 
about.  Thyroxin  was  really  an  amino-acid. 
The  word  thyroxin  was  an  abbreviation  of 
"thyro-oxy-indol."  From  a  study  of  the 
absence  of  this  substance,  one  was  justified 
in  saying  that  thyroxin  was  not  essential  to 
life.  Its  action  was  superimposed  upon  that 
of  the  amino  acids  of  the  body.  With  com- 
plete absence  of  thyroxin,  however,  there 
was  a  lack  of  flexibility  in  the  energy  out- 
put, as  seen  in  myxedematous  individuals. 
Probably  there  was  one  part  of  thyroxin  in 
ten  million  in  the  blood,  two  parts  in  ten 
million  in  the  tissues,  and  three  parts  in  ten 
million  in  the  liver.  The  equilibrium  exist- 
ing in  normal  individuals  lay  within  very 
narrow  limits.  There  had.  to  be  close  rela- 
tions between  the  amount  in  circulation 
and  that  in  the  tissues.  There  was  less  than 
one-third  of  a  grain  functioning  in  the  en- 
tire body.  The  question  as  to  its  mode  oi 
action  was  examined,  as  to  whether  iodine 
was  necessary  to  its  function.  It  was  found 
that  the  NH  group  was  essential  to  the  ac- 
tion of  the  substance.  Tests  were  made 
upon  tadpoles  to  see  which  part  of  the  sub- 
stance exercised  influence  in  metamorpho- 
sis, whether  the  organic  nucleus  or  the 
iodine.  It  was  found  that  metamorphosis 
was  influenced  by  the  acetyl  derivatives  and 
that  thyroxin,  therefore,  had  a  closer  rela- 
tion to  the  acetyl  nucleus. 


Fatigue  at  the  Front. — Cheyron  (Med- 
ical Press,  Aug.  28,  1918)  reports  that 
he  found  that  fatigue  is  the  clue  to  many 
clinical  pictures,  and  he  cures  them  by  rest, 
repeated  laxatives  and  restriction  to  water, 
with  administration  of  quinine.  Some  men, 
it  appears,  returning  from  the  trenches  at 
Verdun,  had  reached  such  a  stage  of  auto- 
intoxication from  prolonged  constipation 
that  enteritis  followed,  and  several  weeks 
elapsed  before  normal  conditions  were  re- 
stored. He  advises  the  use  not  only  of 
drugs  but  of  glandular  extracts,  including 
that  of  the  testicles,  "concluding  with  a 
course  of  tonics  and  means  to  recalcify  the 
orcranism." 


Post-influenzal  Hypothyroidism. — ^That 
the  endocrine  glands  are  affected  by  an  at- 
tack of  influenza  was  evident  in  the  epi-k 


demic  of  last  fall.  The,  chief  influence  is 
upon  the  adrenals,  tho  other  glands  are 
commonly  aflfected.  In  Progresos  Clinica 
(abstract  Journal  A.  M.  A.,  July  12,  1919, 
p.  157)  Dr.  W.  L.  Albo  details  two  cases  in 
each  of  which,  following  an  attack  of  in- 
fluenza, girls  of  11  and  10  developed  som- 
nolency and  headache  and  became  forgetful. 
These  were  the  only  cases  of  unmistakable 
hypothyroidism  he  encountered,  although  he 
had  many  cases  of  post-influenzal  nervous 
and  mental  disturbances,  neuritis,  menin- 
gitis and  meningeal  reactions,  chorea,  mild 
or  paralytic,  and  psychoses.  In  one  of  these 
hypothyroid  cases,  under  thyroid  treatment 
the  somnolency  improved  at  once,  the  head- 
ache disappeared  by  the  third  day  and  the 
memory  returned  to  normal  the  fourth  or 
fifth  day.  In  the  second  case  the  headache 
yielded  to  the  thyroid  treatment,  but  the 
somnolency  and  the  impairment  of  the 
memory  persisted  for  over  three  weeks ;  the 
ultimate  outcome  is  unknown.  In  conclu- 
sion Albo  remarks  that  the  toxemia  of  in- 
fluenza may  sometimes  have  the  opposite 
effect,  increasing  thyroid  functioning  and 
entailing  symptoms  of  exophthalmic  goiter, 
esj)ecially  in  persons  with  simple  goiter  or 
otherwise  predisposed. 


Intrathoracic  Goiter,  Showing  a  Thy- 
rotoxicosis*—  Leiner  cites  a  case  (N.  Y. 
Med.  Jour,,  Aug.  2,  1919)  in  which  Forch- 
heimer's  treatment  of  quinin  hydrobromate 
and  ergotin  resulted  in  improvement,  but 
when  it  was  stopped  a  relapse  occurred,  both 
subjectively  and  objectively.  When  the  pa- 
tient received  ovarian  extract  some  im- 
provement was  noticed  in  regard  to  her  hot 
flushes  and  tremor.  Then  she  was  given 
5  grains  of  thymus  extract  three  times  a 
day.  No  exacerbation  of  her  thyrotoxic 
symptoms  was  observed. 


Pituitary  Extract  in  Incontinence  of 
Urine. — ^After  three  or  four  subcutane- 
ous injections  of  the  pituitary  extract,  given 
once  a  week  in  doses  of  0.2  to  1.0  mil. 
(Cc),  depending  upon  the  patient's  age. 
incontinence  of  urine  has  disappeared  in 
even  the  most  inveterate  cases,  and  there 
has  been  no  recurrence  for  three  or  four 
months. — Urologic  and  Cutaneous  Rczneiv. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambbican  Medicine 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


September,  1919 


609 


TTie  Prescription  of  AlcohoL — ^The  re- 
striction^ imposed  on  physicians  of  prescrib- 
ing a  limit  of  one  pint  of  alcohol  in  ten 
days  to  any  individual  is  one  of  the  most 
myopic  and  unintelligent  measures  that  has 
ever  found  its  way  into  the  statutes.  The 
intention  of  the  measure  is  obviously  of  the 
best ;  it  is  meant  to  curb  the  dishonest  prac- 
titioner and  prevent  him  from  evading  the 
prohibition  regulations  by  prescribing 
enough  alcohol  to  favored  "patients"  to 
render  them  immune  from  the  threatened 
and  impending  drought.  But  the  mind  that 
conceived  this  measure,  well  informed  as 
it  was  of  the  merits  of  sobriety,  was  ex- 
ceedingly ill  informed  regarding  medical 
needs.  The  result  is  a  measure  which  is  an 
affront  to  the  honest  doctor  and  which  is 
hardly  a  safeguard  against  the  dishonest 
one.  There  are  many  loopholes  thru  which 
any  doctor  so  minded  can  easily  escape 
the  restrictions  imposed;  and  the  sole  up- 
shot of  the  measure  is  to  obstruct  the  well- 
intended  practitioner  only,  for  his  honesty 
will  forbid  him  tp  tamper  with  any  statute 
however  mischievous  it  may  be.  The  result 
will  most  certainly  prove  regrettable  to  the 
doctor  and  very  costly  to  the  public.  The 
limit  imposed,  one  pint  in  ten  days,  is  mani- 
festly dictated  by  the  desire  to  confine  the 
amount  of  alcohol  obtained  illicitly  with  the 
aid  of  a  doctor  to  so  small  a  measure  that 
it  will  hardly  serve  the  cause  of  inebriety. 
In  point  of  fact,  this  limit  merely  serves  to 
endanger  the  lives  of  innumerable  patients 
suffering  from  ailments  in  which  the 
use  of  alcohol  in  ample  quantities  is  ab- 
solutely essential.  The  one-pint-in-ten- 
days  restriction  can  only  create  mischief 
and  can  do  no  good  at  all.  For,  if  alcohol 
is  required  at  all  in  medical  cases,  it  is  re- 
quired in  large  doses.  Manifestly  the 
father  of  this  measure  had  a  vague  no- 
tion that  alcohol  was  indispensable  in  some 
cases,  but  he  must  have  "been  very  ill-ad- 
vised as  to  the  amount  essential.  In  any 
highly  toxic  condition,  such  as  pneumonia, 
certain  types  of  influenza,  and  in  elderly 
people,  at  least  several  ounces  a  day  are  re- 
quired.    At  this  rate  a  pint  would  not  last 


very  long.  A  reduction  of  the  dose  to 
meet  the 'limit  the  law  imposes  would  merely 
involve  a  complete  defeat  of  the  efforts  of 
the  doctor.  A  reconsideration  of  the  meas- 
ure, with  a  closer  scrutiny  of  the  needs  of 
medical  efficiency,  is  absolutely  essential. 
As  it  stands  now,  it  is  merely  a  monument 
to  the  blindness  and  the  bigotry  of  those 
who  wall  insist  on  absolute  and  unqualified 
prohibition  at  whatever  cost.  The  difficul- 
ties that  complete  prohibition  will  bring  in 
its  train  will  prove  sufficiently  trying  and 
troublesome  in  their  effects  on  the  healthy 
members  of  the  community  without  inviting 
a  dangerous  restraint  upon  the  needs  of  ail- 
ing ones. 


Motor  Accidents  and  Speed   Laws. — 

Despite  the  increase  and  complication  from 
year  to  year  of  laws  regulating  the  motor 
traflSc,  accidents  have  been  increasing  con- 
sistently. The  authorities,  facing  this  ex- 
traordinary phenomenon,  are  at  a  loss  to 
explain  this  increase ;  and  yet  the  explana- 
tion of  the  failure  of  traffic  laws  is  really 
very  simple.  Anyone  who  has  ever  been  in 
Paris  must  have  been  impressed  by  the 
utter  disregard  with  which  chauffeurs  drive 
their  cars  thru  the  crowded  boulevards. 
They  no  doubt  are  familiar  with  the  some- 
what exaggerated  legend  that  a  man  who  is 
hit  by  a  taxi  will  escape  as  fast  as  his  legs 
will  carry  him  lest  he  be  arrested  for  imped- 
ing the  traffic.  They  will  recall  that  there 
is  no  speed  limit  in  the  city,  that  drivers 
can  go  as  fast  as  they  like.  And  yet  acci- 
dents are  much  rarer  in  Paris  than  they  are 
in  New  York,  where  there  is  a  speed  limit. 
From  this,  one  may  gather  that  the  trouble 
with  bur  motor  regulations  is  that  they 
are  designed  entirely  to  reduce  speed,  des- 
pite the  fact  that  the  average  driver's  in- 
difference to  speed  limits  is  proverbial.  In 
Paris,  the  man  at  the  wheel  can  be  arrested 
only  for  careless  driving.  The  penalty  is 
based  on  the  quality  of  his  driving  and  not 
on  its  tempo.  In  that  respect  they  show 
greater  wisdom  than  our  own  authorities. 
Rarely  is  it  the  fast  car  that  gets  into 
trouble.  Nine  times  out  of  ten  accidents 
are  the  result  of  reckless  driving.  Ambu- 
lances have  the  right  of  way  on  city  thoro- 
fares  and  they  drive  as  fast  as  the  engine 
will  propel  them.  The  in  frequency  of 
ambulance  accidents  is  ample  evidence  that 
speed  has  very  little  connection  with  mis- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


610 


September,  1919 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


American  Mbdicink 


haps.  Doctors'  cars  are  at  liberty  to  break 
the  speed  laws,  and  yet  doctors  are  rarely 
guilty  of  accidents.  The  sooner  the  author- 
ities take  their  attention  away  from  the 
speed  element,  which  few  drivers  ever  re- 
spect, and  turn  their  efforts  to  eliminating 
careless  or  unintelligent  or  mischievous 
driving,  which  they  can  really  prevent,  the 
sooner  will  the  number  of  accidents  begin 
to  show  a  decrease.  The  penalty  for  care- 
less driving  should  be  severe  and  it  should 
be  rigidly  exacted.  Fast  driving  should  not 
be  penalized  unless  it  occurs  in  circum- 
stances which  make  it  reckless.  And  one 
of  the  first  things  the  authorities  should  do 
is  to  attack  incompetence  at  the  wheel. 

Misdemeanors  on  the  highway  are  of 
frequent  occurrence.  There  are  two  classes 
of  drivers  who  are  perhaps  the  cause  of 
more  accidents  than  any  other.  One  is  the 
proud  owner  of  a  small  car  who  bears  a 
grudge  against  every  large  car  that  travels 
the  same  course  as  his.  He  hears  the  signal 
behind  him  from  a  huge  machine  of  pre- 
tentious appearance  which  wants  to  pass 
him,  and  at  once  he  increases  his  speed.  At 
no  price  will  be  allow  the  aristocratic  ma- 
chine to  show  its  heels  to  him  and  his  faith- 
ful little  "flivver."  When  the  heavy  machine 
swings  wide  and  moves  to  pass  him,  he 
swings  wide  and  obstructs  its  path.  He  is 
proud,  stubborn,  unreasonable ;  and  as  often 
as  not  he  swings  right  into  the.  path  of  the 
larger  car  and  finds  himself  the  victim  of  a 
rear-end  collision  which  is  his  own  fault, 
having  cut  off  the  other  car  without  a 
timely  warning. 

The  other  offender  is  the  woman  driver 
who  does  not  look  where  she  drives  but 
**drives  where  she  looks."  It  is  a  well- 
known  characteristic  of  the  woman  at  the 
wheel  that  her  eyes  will  be  not  on  the  road, 
where  they  should  be,  but  on  the  occupants 
of  the  passing  car.  The  result  is  that  she 
will  often  crowd  the  other  car  to  the  edge 
of  the  road  or  drive  so  close  that  the  other 
driver  will  have  to  swing  away  sharply  to 
avoid  an  accident — often  without  success. 
It  is  such  driving  that  is  at  the  bottom  of 
most  mishaps,  and  it  is  to  such  driving  that 
the  traffic  authorities  should  give  closer  at- 
tention, if  they  would  reduce  the  appalling 
number  of  motor  accidents. 


Ignorance  and  a  Low  Death  Rate. — 


Physicians  engaged  in  civilian  relief  work 
in  the  Balkans  have  had  a  hard  fight,  not 
only  against  disease,  but  against  the  ignor- 
ance and  superstitution  of  the  natives.  In 
Montenegro,  where  these  men  took  hold  of 
the  situation  recently,  there  were  only  four 
native  physicians,  or  one  to  every  100,000 
inhabitants,  and  as  a  result  of  this  and  of 
the  years  of  ferocious  and  incessant  war- 
fare, in  which  the  country  has  been  engaged, 
a  fatalistic  habit  of  mind  with  regard  to 
illness  had  been  engendered  which  was  ex- 
tremely hard  to  combat. 

One  of  the  commonest  superstitions — 
which  is  quaint  enough  as  long  as  one  is  not 
continually  opposed  by  it  in  daily  practice — 
is  that  disease  is  carried  about  by  devils, 
or  jinni,  who  ride  the  winds  at  night.  Of 
course  if  one  holds  such  a  belief  the  only 
sane  thing  to  do  is  to  keep  all  windows 
hermetically  sealed,  and  this  every  good 
Montenegrin  does,  with  the  result  that 
tuberculosis  has  made  terrific  inroads. 
Nothing  so  alarms  these  rough  and  physic- 
ally courageous  mountaineers  as  fresh  air. 

One  old  fellow  with  chronic  laryngitis  in- 
sisted that  his  affliction  was  due  to  too  short 
a  tongue  and  refused  to  take  the  remedies 
prescribed.  On  being  assured  that  the  gar- 
gle given  him  would  infallibly  enlarge  that 
organ,  he  followed  directions  with  the  re- 
sult that  his  trouble  presently  disapi)eared. 

In  Albania,  where  epidemics  followed  in 
the  track  of  war,  and  where  many  died  for 
want  of  the  simplest  treatment,  the  greatest 
difficulty  was  experienced  in  persuading  the 
sick  to  come  to  the  Red  Cross  dispensary 
for  treatment.  When,  however,  a  few  of 
the  bolder  spirits  had  at  last  ventured  down 
from  the  mountains  and  had  experienced 
prompt  relief,  the  rumor  spread  like  wild- 
fire thru  the  country  that  these  foreign 
doctors  were  miracle  workers  and  there  was 
no  further  trouble. 

We  laugh  at  ignorance  and  naive  super- 
stition and  are  prone  to  forget  that  in 
great  tracts  of  our  own  supposedly  en- 
lightened country  the  same  conditions  pre- 
vail. In  the  cities,  health  bureaus  and  med- 
ical associations  have  largely  succeeded  in 
doing  away  with  this.  But  in  rural  districts, 
out  of  touch  with  urban  life  and  lacking  its 
advantages,  there  is  often  a  complete  ignor- 
ance of  the  commonest  principles  of  sanita- 
tion and  hygiene. 

The  puWic  health  campaign  of  the  Ameri- 
can Red  Cross,  announced  as  part  of  its 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBSXCAN  MBDICINB 


AMONG  THE  BOOKS 


September.  1919 


611 


peacetime  program  in  connection  with  the 
annual  roll  call,  to  be  held  November  2n(l 
to  11th,  is  aimed  at  just  these  conditions. 
It  hopes,  thru  the  organization  of  com- 
munity nursing  service,  thru  the  stimula- 
tion of  interest  in  public  health  and  the 
stamping  out  of  preventable  disease,  thru 
the  offering  of  courses  in  first  aid,  home 
nursing  and  hygiene  and  child  care,  to  be 
a  factor  in  bettering  such  conditions.  It 
aims  to  cooperate  with  local  medical  as- 
sociations and  public  health  organizations 
of  whatever  kind  in  the  rural  districts  and 
without  trespassing  on  the  territory  of  any, 
to  join  with  them  in  a  campaign  which  shall 
make  the  rural  death  rate,  what  it  should  be 
and  has  never  been,  as  low  as  that  of  the 
cities. 


AMONG 

THE 

BOOKS 


It  is  expecting  the  impossible  to  seek  for 
mathematical  formulae  described  with  the  im- 
agery of  a  modern  novel,  but,  nevertheless,  this 
book  offers  students  of  public  health  an  oppor- 
tunity to  familiarize  themselves  with  the  essen- 
tials of  the  science  of  demography,  thru  the 
study  of  vital  statistics  in  a  practical,  entertain- 
ing, and  serviceable  manner. 


DKS^ 


Tital  Statistics*— To  vitalize  vital  statistics 
Is  by  no  means  a  valueless  performance.  At 
the  present  time,  there  is  greater  use  made  of 
statistical  methods  In  the  presentation  of  com- 
mon facts  than  has  been  the  custom  for  many 
years.  Whether  one  figures  the  batting  averages 
in  the  big  league,  or  computes  the  record  of  a 
surgical  service,  or  calculates  the  Index  of  the 
price  of  commodities,  wittingly  or  unwittingly 
a  definite  statistical  procedure  must  be  em- 
ployed. 

The  average  book  devoted  to  vital  statistics 
appears  cumbersome,  ponderous  and  uninviting. 
I,n  this  particular,  Vital  Statistics,  by  George 
Chandler  Whipple  (John  Wiley  and  Sons,  1919). 
is  a  noteworthy  exception.  Altho  containing 
over  five  hundred  pages,  a  paper  almost  as  thin 
as  India  paper,  with  bright  red  flexible  covers 
and  edges  of  gold,  makes  one  think  that  there  is 
some  excellent  readable  literary  work  within 
the  covers.  And  there  is,  but  it  is  the  type  that 
the  format  would  lead  one  to  suspect,  and  yet, 
withal,  there  is  a  bit  of  the  novel,  a  little  po- 
etry, some  humor,  and  pages  of  didactic  narra- 
tive, illustrated  by  charts,  maps,  cartoons, 
diagrams  and  designs  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  make  vital  statistics  really  appeal, 
and  be  attractive.  Whipple,  whether  he  Is  dis- 
cussing cumulative  groupings,  logarithms,  the 
classification  of  population,  or  the  methods  of 
computing  specific  death  rates,  uses  a  simple 
language  that  makes  the  beclouding  of  his  mean- 
ing almost  Impossible. 


Industrial  Efficiency.— The  war  has  ended, 
but  industrial  effort  continues.  The  various 
experiences  which  were  realized  during  the 
mobilization  of  our  industrial  resources  for  pro- 
moting war  will  be  turned  to  advantage  in  the 
great  commercial  war  which  Is  fighting  for  the 
world's  markets. 

In  all  the  machinery  of  production,  the  most 
delicate  and  sensitive  is  the  human  machine, 
concerning  which  Frederick  S.  Lee  has  written 
so  humanly  in  The  Human  Machine  and  Indus- 
trial Efficiency  (Longmans,  Green  and  Company, 
price  $1.10).  While  most  of  the  facts  presented 
formed  the  substance  of  the  Cutter  Lectures 
on  Preventive  Medicine  and  Hygiene  under  the 
title  of  Industrial  Efficiency  and  the  War,  the 
facts  and  principles  enunciated  are  equally  ap- 
plicable to  the  industries  of  peace. 

Here  is  an  effort  to  interpret  the  human 
machine  on  a  physiologic  basis,  with  a  view 
to  determining  the  various  conditions  requisite 
for  promoting  not  merely  a  maximum  output, 
but  for  the  purpose  of  conserving  the  vital 
machinery  itself.  The  study  of  hours  of  labor 
and  rest  with  relation  to  output  reveals  a 
physiologic  curve  of  working  power,  not  merely 
for  the  day  but  for  the  week.  It  is  recognized 
that  the  character  of  the  work,  while  of  pri- 
mary Importance,  Is  modified  by  various  en- 
vironmental conditions  causing  fatigue.  The 
place  that  rest  occupies  as  a  physiologic  anti- 
dote to  fatigue  is  properly  set  forth,  particularly 
in  connection  with  the  length  of  the  working 
day,  which,  thus  far,  physiologically,  may  be 
properly  set  at  eight  hours  a  day.  The  disad- 
vantages of  overtime  work  and  night  work  are 
explained  upon  physiologic  grounds. 

The  old  traditions  regarding  the  comparative 
industrial  worth  of  men  and  women  are  par- 
tially supported  by  apparently  increased  sus- 
ceptibilities to  industrial  poisons  on  the  part 
of  women,  and  the  fact  that  the  greatest  de- 
grees of  efficiency  can  be  secured  for  the  two, 
only  under  slightly  different  conditions;  a  fact 
of  the  utmost  importance  considering  that  wom- 
en have  become  an  indispensable  factor  in  the 
industrial  world. 

The  relation  of  industrial  medicine  and  welfare 
work  in  connection  with  promoting  the  physical 
condition  of  wage  earners,  formerly  recognized  as 
an  incident  to  industrial  development.  Is  now 
appreciated  as  an  essential  for  the  advancement 
of  the  health  and  contentment  of  the  worker, 
and  the  promotion  of  his  good  will,  all  of  which 
act  "as  lubricants  to  the  human  machine  and 
are  Indispensable  to  its  highest  efficiency." 

The  strongest  appeal  of  the  book  is  the  de- 
mand for  exact  tests  in  determining  the  ex- 
istence of  fatigue,  and  in  solving  the  various 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


612 


September,  1919 


AMONG  THE  BOOKS 


American  Medicine 


other  questions  as  to  human  potentialities  in 
Industry.  The  methods  of  organization  of  work, 
and  the  details  of  all  the  operations  involved, 
together  with  testing  of  the  respiration  and 
pulse,  and  the  muscular  balance  are  necessary 
to  supply  adequate  physiologic  data  upon  which 
to  base  conclusions.  The  author  rightly  de- 
mands the  proper  scientific  basis  for  the  or- 
ganization of  industrial  work  thru  laboratory 
and  experiments,  particularly  in  industrial 
plants,  so  that  our  knowledge  concerning  the 
human  machine  may  be  enriched.  Science  will 
serve  to  yield  incontrovertible  evidence  for  the 
scientific  management  of  factories,  the  enaction 
of  adequate  industrial  legislation,  or  the  insti- 
tution of  such  environmental  conditions  as 
would  promote  the  health  and  longevity  of  the 
human  machine. 


Mental  Hygiene  in  Childhood.— The  growing 
appreciation  of  education  involves  revaluations 
of  curricula  and  methods  of  instruction.  Sim- 
ilarly, there  is  an  increased  importance  of  rec- 
ognizing the  medical  and  psychologic  problems 
involved  in  educational  affairs.  The  stress  be- 
ing placed  upon  mental  hygiene  makes  it  nec- 
essary that  physicians  secure  a  wider  under- 
standing of  educational  problems. 

The  Mental  Hygiene  of  Childhood,  by  William 
A.  White  (Little,  Brown  and  Company)  offers  an 
explanation  of  the  hygiene  of  childhood  as  in- 
terpreted from  the  point  of  view  of  a  strict 
Freudian  psychologist.  Whether  one  accepts 
the  view  or  not,  he  has  written  a  book  which 
merits  careful  reading.  There  is  a  perfectly 
logic  presentation  of  this  particular  form  of 
philosophy  as  applied  to  child  nurture,  particu- 
larly for  the  prevention  of  mental  deformities. 

In  order  to  determine  the  educability  of  va- 
rious types  of  children,  it  is  important  to  dif- 
ferentiate their  abilities  and  disabilities,  wheth- 
er the  mental  standard  be  above  or  below  nor- 
mal. Constructive  educational  work  requires 
differential  diagnosis  as  the  basis  of  adequate 
treatment.  Just  as  certainly  as  does  the  ordinary 
problem  of  determining  maladies  and  their 
causes  exists  before  instituting  therapeusis. 
Much  light  is  shed  upon  this  phase  of  the  edu- 
cational problem  in  the  splendid  book  of  Au- 
gusta F.  Bronner,  The  Psychology  of  Special 
Ahilitiea  and  Disahilities  (Little,  Brown  and 
Company).  Herein  are  discussed  such  topics  as 
the  special  defects  in  problem  work,  language 
ability,  and  in  separate  mental  processes,  along 
with  the  variety  of  defects  in  mental  control. 
The  basis  of  interpretation  of  defects  is  based 
upon  psychologic  examinations,  including  the 
Binet-SImon  scale  and  the  Healy-Femald  tests. 
The  field  covered  affords  abundant  opportunity 
for  interesting  physicians  to  achieve  a  better 
understanding  of  many  of  the  problems  which 
are  bound  to  find  their  way  into  their  offices. 


(The  Macmillan  Company)  presents  the  basis  of 
scientific  testing  of  mental  powers  in  funda- 
mentals. It  shows  the  importance  of  measure- 
ments utilized  in  connection  with  psychologic 
tests  as  a  basis  for  determining  mental  powers 
in  lieu  of  the  ordinary  examination  methods 
so  long  tried  and  yielding  increasing  satisfac- 
tion. 

While  it  is  true  that  all  the  tests  described 
are  not  of  equal  merit,  they  may  be  recognized 
as  being  on  trial  for  specific  purposes  and  sub- 
ject to  alterations  or  revision  or  rejection  as 
the  future  may  determine.  The  theory  of  meas- 
uring ability  upon  a  definite  scale  is  far  more- 
sound  than  to  place  dependence  upon  old  mark- 
ing systems  as  a  measure  of  either  school  work 
or  mental  power.  The  real  benefit  of  standard- 
ized measurements  is  to  express  power  in  terms 
of  known  units  of  a  definable  character.  Fur- 
thermore, it  possesses  the  advantage  of  serving 
as  a  check  upon  the  methods  and  factors  in 
teaching  and  learning,  all  of  which  are  now 
lumped  together  in  a  single  mark  that  ignores 
many  valuable  factors.  The  value  of  educational 
measurements  is  increasing  and  it  is  desirable 
that  more  attention  be  given  to  this  topic  in 
connection  with  the  routine  work  carried  on 
in  medical  colleges. 


Social  Measurements^— The  freedom  with 
which  physicians  make  use  of  statistics  ac- 
counts for  much  of  the  weakness  involved.  The 
technic  of  measurement  is  largely  limited  to 
a  knowledge  of  the  law  of  averages.  A  knowl- 
edge of  medians,  modes,  skewness,  average  de- 
viations, the  formation  and  interpretation  of 
graphs  and  surface  of  frequency  are  not  appre- 
ciated. The  effectiveness  of  group  measurements 
or  the  correlation  of  variables  is  almost  com- 
pletely unknown  or  neglected. 

For  this  reason,  3uch  a  volume  as  E.  L. 
Thorndike's,  An  Introduction  to  the  Theory  of 
Mental  and  Social  Measurements,  Teachers' 
College,  Columbia  University,  possesses  a  def- 
inite value  for  those  charged  with  the  respon- 
sibility of  tabulating  statistical  material  in  con- 
nection with  hospital  work  or  any  other  form 
of  applied  medicine  where  accuracy  is  requisite 
to  give  any  value  to  the  results. 


Education^— The  standardizations  in  medicine 
and  surgery  find  their  analogues  in  education. 
Educational  Measurements,  by  Daniel   Starch, 


Dishonesty  in  Children.— Not  infrequently  a 
physician  is  challenged  by  a  problem  of  dis- 
honesty that  terrifies  some  parent.  While  gen- 
eral common  sense  may  be  of  assistance  in 
directing  counsel  and  advice,  a  wider  apprecia- 
tion of  the  subject  matter  would  make  a  coun- 
selor more  authoritative.  Hence  one  finds 
much  of  value  in  William  Healy's,  Honesty,  a 
study  of  the  causes  and  treatment  of  dishonesty 
among  children  (Bobbs  Merrill  Company).  The 
author  discusses  not  only  the  mere  question 
of  moral  development,  but  analyzes  the  relation 
of  home  conditions  and  parental  behavior,  com- 
panionship, discipline,  amusement  and  adven- 
ture as  related  to  honesty  and  dishonesty.  He 
dwells  at  length  upon  the  mental,  physical,  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mkoicins 


AMONG  THE  BOOKS 


September,  1919 


613 


social  habits  of  children,  devotea  much  space  to 
the  problems  of  abnormal  mentality,  and  the 
facts  relating  to  impulsions  and  obsessions. 

Underlying  the  entire  work  is  the  attitude 
of  the  diagnostician,  who  seeks  to  determine 
the  underlying  cause  and  does  not  attempt  to 
see  a  general  principle  for  universal  applica- 
tion. Every  cause  of  dishonesty  is  individu- 
alized, and  the  causation  must  be  thoroly  in- 
vestigated before  a  form  of  treatment  is  de- 
fined. It  is  at  once  an  exposition  of  the  general 
subject,  and  a  gentle  but  firm  guide  and  coun- 
selor to  those  who  would  treat  a  character 
defect  with  wisdom  born  of  a  long  experience. 


viously  to  give  in  the  most  concise  and  clearest 
language  possible  one  generally  accepted  method 
of  treatment  which  has  proven  its  value.  The 
result  is  exceedingly  satisfactory  and  the  entire 
subject  is  so  well  covered  that  both  graduate 
and  undergraduate  cannot  fail  to  derive  much 
valuable  and  instructive  information  therefrom. 


Medical  Electrlelty.--Electricity  now  plays  a 
much  more  important  rOle  in  the  treatment  of 
various  diseases  and  conditions  of  ill  health 
than  is  generally  realized.  In  the  rehabilita- 
tion of  disabled  soldiers  it  has  proved  of  par- 
ticular service  and  it  is  patent  that  as  a  res\ilt 
of  the  experience  thus  gained,  it  will  be  much 
more  largely  employed  in  civil  life.  Many  books 
on  the  subject  have  been  written  but  perhaps 
the  best  work  ever  offered  to  the  medical  pro- 
fession on  electro-therapeutics  was  that  by  the 
late  H.  Lewis  Jones,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  P. 
This  book,*  which  has  been  revised  and  edited 
by  Lullum  Wood  Bathurst,  M.  D.  (P.  Blakiston's 
Son  ft  Co.,  Philadelphia),  has  reached  its  sev- 
enth edition.  Dr.  Bathurst  is  exceptionally  well 
qualified  to  edit  the  book  as  for  many  years 
he  worked  in  collaboration  with  Dr.  Jones.  It 
is  interesting  to  note,  as  pointed  out  in  the 
preface,  that  the  lines  of  progress  in  electro- 
therapeutics foreshadowed  by  Dr.  Jones  in  the 
last  edition  of  his  book,  namely,  the  exercise 
on  the  one  hand  of  the  ionic,  and  on  the  other 
of  the  thermal  effects  of  electricity,  are  being 
fulfilled.  In  the  present  edition  the  newer  and 
more  precise  methods  of  the  electrical  testing 
of  muscles  are  described,  and  In  all  respects  the 
subject  matter  of  the  last  edition  Is  brought  up 
to  date.  The  book  In  its  present  form  will  con- 
tinue to  hold  the  first  place  among  books  deal- 
ing with  electro  therapy,  and  the  greatest  credit 
Is  due  to  Dr.  Bathurst  for  his  excellent  editing 
and  revising. 


Gynecology* — There  have  been  published  In 
recent  years  a  goodly  number  of  books  on  gyne- 
cology, some  of  them  of  almost  portentous  size. 
The  volume  before  us  Is  of  quite  modest  dimen- 
sions, but  remarkably  complete  and  comprehen- 
sive. A  Manual  of  Oynecology,  by  John  Cooke 
Hirst,  M.  D.  (W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia), 
is  a  presentation  In  book  form  of  the  material 
used  by  the  author  In  teaching  students  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  during  the  past 
twenty  years.  In  some  sections,  notably  those 
devoted  to  Injuries  of  child  olrth  and  their  con- 
sequences, diseases  of  the  breast,  and  hemor- 
rhage, he  has  deemed  It  best  to  consider  the 
question  from  the  point  of  view  of  both  the 
obstetrician  and  the  gynecologist  Since  the. 
work  of  both  so  Intimately  connected  presenting 
the  subject  In  this-  manner  tends  to  thoroness 
and  clarity,  the  main  aim  of  the  book  is  oh- 


Genitonilnary  Diseases  and  SyphiU8.-;Geni- 

tourlnary  diseases  in  general,  and  syphilis  m 
particular,  are  occupying  a  good  deal  of  the 
attention  of  members  of  the  medical  profession 
at  the  present  day,  while  syphilis  has  become 
a  matter  of  general  public  interest  It  is  now 
well  recognized  that  syphilis  Is  one  of  the  most 
serious  problems  of  the  day  and  that  the  war 
has  accentuated  the  gravity  of  the  situation. 
The  book  dealing  with  Genitourinary  Diseases 
and  Byphilis  by  Henry  H.  Morton,  M.  D.,  F. 
A.  C.  S.  (C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis),  Is 
the  fourth  edition  of  this  popular  exposition 
of  the  subject  It  Is  well  known  that  remarkable 
progress  has  been  made  In  genitourinary  sur- 
gery during  the  past  few  years.  In  fact,  the 
treatment  of  venereal  diseases  has  been  placed 
on  a  much  more  scientific  basis,  a  statement 
which  applies  of  course  with  greater  force  to 
the  treatment  of  gonorrhea  than  to  that  of 
syphilis.  The  entire  subject  of  the  treatment 
of  genitourinary  diseases  has  been  developed 
to  an  almost  Incredible  extent,  and  operations 
for  the  cure  and  relief  of  various  genitourinary 
conditions,  which  were  not  thought  of  ten  years 
or  so  ago,  are  now  performed  with  uniform 
success.  Among  the  most  recent  means  of 
treating  these  states  of  111  health  may  be  men- 
tioned the  application  of  the  high-frequency 
current  to  the  treatment  of  benign  tumors  of 
the  bladder  and  the  employment  of  radium  In 
carcinoma  of  the  bladder  and  prostate.  With 
regard  to  the  value  of  radium  combined  with 
subsequent  fulguratlon,  Morton  is  of  the  opinion 
that  this  combination  seems  to  offer  more  In 
Inoperable  bladder  cancers  than  anything  else 
which  has  yet  been  found. 

The  portion  of  the  work  dealing  with  genito- 
urinary diseases  in  general  has  been  thoroly 
revised  and  affords  an  excellent  source  of  ref- 
erence. However,  under  existing  circumstances, 
the  part  of  the  work  in  which  the  venereal  dis- 
eases are  discussed  Is  bound  to  be  of  par- 
ticular interest.  The  chapters  on  syphilis  are 
exhaustive,  but  little  is  said  concerning  preven- 
tive or  rather  direct  prophylactic  treatment. 
Also  none  of  the  other  therapeutic  measures 
outside  of  salvarsan  and  mercury  are  referred 
to.  The  chapter  on  gonorrhea  In  women  by  Dr. 
Albert  M.  Judd  Is  especially  worthy  of  notice 
and,  taken  all  In  all,  the  book  is  a  wonderfully 
able  work.  It  is  beautifully  and  profusely  il- 
lustrated, there  being  no  fewer  than  330  illus- 
trations and  36  full  page  colored  plates.  It  Is 
an  authentic  and  trustworthy  exposition  of  the 
subject. 


Pediatrics*— The  study  and  treatment  of  the 
diseases  and  abnormalities  of  children  have 
always  been  especially  the  concern  of  American 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


t)14 


September,  1919 


CORRESPONDENCE 


Amsrican  Mbdicinb 


physicians,  and  the  development  and  progress 
in  this  direction  have  been  largely  due  to  prac- 
titioners on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic.  Among 
the  names  of  men  who  have  won  a  recognized 
place  in  this  branch  of  medical  research  and 
practice  that  of  Kerley  is  one  of  those  that 
particularly  stands  out.  The  Practice  of  Pedia- 
trics, by  Charles  Gilmore  Kerley,  M.  D.  (W.  B. 
Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia),  tho  yet  in  its  sec- 
ond edition,  has  already  become  a  standard 
work  on  pediatrics.  It  deals  with  the  subject 
of  children's  diseases  from  beginning  to  end, 
and  while,  naturally  there  are  some  points  on 
which  the  author  differs  from  the  general  view, 
still  the  book  provides  one  of  the  fullest  and 
clearest  expositions  of  pediatrics  extant.  Dr. 
Kerley  very  plainly  holds  some  original  opin- 
ions and  possesses  the  courage  of  his  convic- 
tions. The  chapters  on  influenza  and  syphilis 
are  especially  to  be  commended.  With  regard 
to  treatment  of  what  Kerley  terms  tardy  hered- 
itary syphilis,  he  says  that  his  experience  with 
salvarsan  has  been  thoroly  unsatisfactory.  He 
points  out  what  many  practitioners  in  these 
days  are  somewhat  inclined  to  overlook,  that, 
as  in  the  treatment  of  tertiary  syphilis  in  the 
adult,  the  iodides  often  play  an  important  part 
in  the  late  hereditary  form  in  children.  As 
he  states,  much  better  results  are  not  infre- 
quently obtained  with  the  so-called  *'mixed 
treatment."  Since  the  previous  edition  was 
published  in  1914,  the  progress  made  in  pedia- 
trics has  rendered  necessary  many  changes  and 
a  considerable  amount  of  revision  in  the  present 
volume.  Twenty-five  new  articles  have  been 
added,  sixteen  chapters  largely  rewritten,  and 
lesser  changes  made  in  many  others.  A  great 
deal  of  the  old  material  has  been  removed,  and 
in  its  place  has  been  substituted  matter  which 
is  in  accord  with  the  noteworthy  progress  that 
has  been  made  during  the  past  few  years.  The 
result  is  a  well-balanced,  well-written  book  in 
which  the  subject  of  pediatrics  in  all  its  phases 
is  clearly  and  comprehensively  set  forth.  The 
work  should  prove  of  great  value  to  the  prac- 
titioner as  well  as  the  student  of  medicine. 


CORRESPONDENCE 


New  York,  Sept.  20,  1919. 
To  the  Editor, 

Amebicax  Medicine: 
The  150,000  physicians  of  the  country  should 
protest  against  the  clause  of  the  Prohibition 
Enforcement  Law,  now  before  Congress  which 
compels  them  to  take  out  a  "permit"  to  pre- 
scribe alcoholic  beverages  in  quantities  not  to 
exceed  an  arbitrary  limit  laid  down  by  a  lay 
body.  Already  physicians  are  compelled  to  take 
out  a  Federal  and  State  License  to  prescribe 


opium  and  its  derivatives.  This  is  obligatory 
under  an  act  passed  mainly  to  control  the  sale 
and  distribution  of  narcotic  drugs  after  these 
were  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  alcoholic 
beverages  denied  the  negroes  of  the  South  under 
the  Prohibition  Laws  originating  in  that  section 
of  the  country. 

If  Congress  can  limit  the  use  of  alcoholic 
beverages  to  sacramental  and  medicinal  pur- 
poses, it  should  be  competent  to  punish  all 
offenses  against  such  enactments  wiUiout  pass- 
ing an  oppressive  license  law  affecting  the 
whole  medical  profession.  Inasmuch  as  clergy- 
men do  not  have  to  take  out  a  permit  it  might 
be  presumed  that  physicians  would  receive  the 
same  consideration.  This  perhaps  would  be  the 
case  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  the  Anti-Saloon 
League  esteems  every  physician  a  potential 
boot-legger,  a  conclusion  shared  evidently  by 
Congress  in  compelling  them  to  be  licensed  and 
supervised  by  the  Department  of  Internal 
RjBvenue. 

The  Anti-Saloon  League  also  claimed  that  the 
"American  home"  would  be  converted  into  a 
speak-easy  unless  forcible  entry  and  search  were 
permitted  without  the  formality  of  warrant. 
Congress  refused  to  enact  any  such  measure  of 
prohibition  enforcement.  The  imputation  is 
equally  false  that  all  the  members  of  a  profes- 
sion elsewhere  recognized  by  governments  as 
not  only  an  honorable  but  an  honored  one,  will 
have  to  be  licensed  like  the  liquor  dealer  to 
prevent  them  from  carrying  on  the  trade  of 
"boot-legging"  in  the  United  States. 

John  P.  Davin,  M.  D. 

117  W.  76th  Street. 


REATMENT 


Gla8  Bacillus  Infection  In  Wounds* — Gas  ba- 
cillus infection  could  of  course  occur  in  any 
wound  but  did  occur  almost  invariably  in 
severe  wounds,  particularly  in  those  of  the 
lower  extremity  associated  with  fracture,  vas- 
cular injury  and  muscle  damage.  Van  Beuren, 
Jr.  (K.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  June  14,  1919),  says  that 
such  a  wound  was  always  far  more  extensive 
beneath  than  in  the  skin  and  its  depths  hid 
rough  missiles  and  bits  of  clothing  or  equip- 
ment. Its  crevices  were  filled  with  blood  clots 
and  it  was  walled  by  muscle,  fascia  and  apo- 
neurosis, torn,  contused  and  loaded  with  in- 
driven  fragments  of  comminuted  bone  and  with 
extravasated  blood.  The  regional  blood  supply 
was  locally  or  massively  interfered  with.  There 
was  also  infection,  usually  with  a  varied  flora, 
including  the  gas-forming,  saprophytic  anae- 
robes. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  War  surgeons  began 
by  simple  incisions  and  drainage,  but  they  rap- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBBICAN   MBDIOIKB 


TREATMENT 


Srptbmber,  1919 


615 


idly  arrived  at  a  fairly  standardized  procedure. 
Only  general  rules  could  be  formulated,  as  much 
depended  upon  the  judgment  of  the  operator. 

1.  Use  nitrous  oxide  oxygen  anesthesia,  if 
possible. 

2.  Prepare  the  part  with  minimum  delay  and 
trauma. 

3.  Avoid  tourniquets. 

4.  Make  incisions  longitudinally  and  one- 
half  again  as  long  as  you  think  they  need  be, 
both  in  skin  and  fascise. 

5.  Leave  as  much  skin  as  you  dare,  in  de- 
bridement 

6.  Go  between  rather  than  thru  normal  mus- 
cles and  do  not  cut  across  them  unless  you 
have  to.  Better  a  long  separation  between  two 
than  a  short  cut  across  one. 

7.  Open  the  wound  as  thoroly  and  freely 
as  you  possibly  can. 

8.  Excise  all  torn,  crushed,  discolored,  non- 
contractile  muscle  until  you  have  left  only  that 
which  is  firm,  of  normal  color,  actively  con- 
tractile, and  which  bleeds  readily. 

9.  Make  a  careful  and  consciousness  search 
for  and  remove  all  loose  bone,  soiled  and  torn 
fasciae,  and  foreign  bodies,  especially  clothing 
and  blood  clots. 

10.  Stop  the  bleeding.  Leave  the  wound 
wide  open  and.  separate  its  walls  with  wet 
gauze,  laid  in — ^not  packed  in. 

11.  Use  Carrel  tubes  if  you  know  that  they 
will  be  properly  cared  for,  otherwise  omit  them. 

12.  Use  plenty  of  dressings  and  make  careful 
splint  fixation  of  the  part. 

13.  Do  it  all  as  rapidly  as  you  properly  can. 
Carrel-Dakin  instillation  was  considered  the 

best  postoperative  local  accessory  treatment 
when  properly  applied.  Serotherapy  remained 
to  be  considered.  Doctor  Van  Beuren  said  he 
had  no  personal  experience  with  this  method 
and  that  while  serotherapy  promised  much  for 
the  future,  it  had  not  had  much  opportunity 
for  performance  in  the  past,  or  if  it  had  reports 
were  not  available.  The  results  of  the  series 
tried  out  by  the  British  and  the  Americans  were 
not  yet  available,  but  the  speaker  had  been  in- 
formed they  were  encouraging  if  not  as  bril- 
liant as  had  been  hoped  for.  The  sera  used  by 
the  British,  French  and  Americans  were  either 
specific  antiperfringens  (anti-Welchii),  anti- 
oedematiens  (antlbellonensis),  antivibrion  sep- 
tique  or  a  combination  of  the  three,  preferably 
with  antitetanic  serum  Included.  Intravenous 
administration  was  perhaps  most  effective  but 
was  not  always  possible.  For  preventive  use 
is  was  usually  given  subcutaneously  and  intra- 
muscularly and  the  combined  sera  used,  the 
dose  being  from  ten  c.  c.  to  sixty  c.  c.  repeated, 
if  symptoms  developed.  For  curative  injections 
the  appropriate  specific  serum  or  sera  were  used, 
after  the  infecting  organisms  have  been  identi- 
fied, in  twenty  c.  c.  to  sixty  c.  c.  doses,  repeated 
as  indicated.  Here  the  intravenous  method  was 
generally  combined  with  intramuscular  injec- 
tions. Dr.  Van  Beuren,  Jr.,  in  his  conclusions 
states  that  one  may  with  fair  confidence  assert 
that  future  improvement  for  gas  bacillus  infec- 
tion of  war  wounds  would  rest  upon:  1.  Pre- 
ventive serotherapy;  2.  Earlier  operation,  due 
to  more  rapid  transportation.    3.  Observance  of 


the  correct  operative  procedure.   4.  Curative  se- 
rotherapy. 


Digestibility  of  Bacon«^Katherine  Blunt  and 
Marguerite  G.  Mallon  {Journal  of  Biological 
Chemistry,  May,  1919)  report  a  series  of  ex- 
periments undertaken  to  test  the  accuracy  of 
Rubner's  statement  that  bacon  fat  showed  a 
low  utilization,  17.4  per  cent,  of  the  fat  eaten 
being  lost  in  the  feces.  Their  work  developed 
results  that  showed  Rubner*s  views  to  be  er- 
roneous, as  they  found  that  bacon  fat  was  about 
as  digestible  as  other  soft  fat,  and  that  the 
nitrogen  is  also  as  well  digested  as  that  of  other 
meat.  The  average  percentage  of  digestion  of 
the  fat  of  slightly  cooked  bacon  was  96.3,  and 
of  much  cooked  bacon  ninety-seven,  while  the 
average  percentage  of  utilization  was  respec- 
tively 92.8  and  ninety-five. 


Treatment   of   Extensive    Septic    Wounds.— 

H.  Gardiner  (Lancet,  December  7.  1918)  holds 
that  the  chief  use  of  gauze  dressings  is  to  pro- 
tect wounds  from  extraneous  infection,  and  that 
the  objection8ni>le  features  of  their  use  can  be 
avoided  if  some  other  means  of  preventing  in- 
fection be  provided.  The  following' proves  more 
satisfactory:  The  wound  is  incised  and  all 
pockets  are  opened  up  in  such  a  way  as  to 
obtain  the  maximum  effects  of  gravity  in  carry- 
ing away  the  discharges.  Then  an  ordinary 
gauze  packing  is  applied  and  bandaged  on  for 
the  sole  purpose  of  checking  bleeding  and  ooz- 
ing. This  is  removed  after  forty-eight  hours 
and  the  wound  cleansed  by  syringing  with  some 
mild  antiseptic  such  as  boric  acid,  or  weak 
eusol.  solution.  A  guard  of  appropriate  size 
and  shape  is  made  of  perforated  zinc  and  bent 
to  form  a  cradle  over  the  infected  part.  This 
is  place  in  position  and  covered  by  a  sterile 
towel  and  a  bed  cradle  is  put  on  to  hold  up  the 
bedclothes.  The  discharge  which  runs  from 
the  wound  is  absorbed  by  a  sterile  wool  or 
sphagnum  pad  placed  beneath  the  part  Twice 
daily,  or  oftener,  the  wound  is  uncovered,  syr- 
inged and  swabbed  out,  the  pad  changed,  and 
the  zinc  cradle,  towel,  and  bed  cradle  are  re- 
placed. This  treatment  is  continued  until  all 
pockets  are  closed  by  granulations,  the  whole 
wound  surface  is  granulating  evenly,  and  the 
discharge  has  practically  ceased.  Then  the 
wound  is  dressed  in  the  usual  way  until  com- 
pletely healed.  At  times  difiiculties  are  en- 
countered, such  as  the  inability  to  utilize 
gravity  fully,  or  the  problem  of  keeping  the 
part  in  position  during  sleep.  The  first  of  these 
is  overcome  by  the  insertion  of  a  small  gauze 
wick  which  hangs  down  over  the  edge  of  the 
wound;  the  second  by  the  use  of  a  suitable 
splint  The  advantages  of  the  plan  are:  Per- 
fectly free  drainage,  absence  of  tendency  to 
form  pockets;  absolute  painlessness  of  the  treat- 
ment; absence  of  all  manipulation  of  the 
wounded  part,  and  great  economy  in  dressing 
materials. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


616 


September,  1919 


GENERAL   TOPICS 


Ambrican  Mbdicinx 


Wounds  Affecting  tbe  Bladder. — Georges  Luys 
in  his  excellent,  article  in  the  Medical  Record 
(May  3,  1919)  states  that  among  the  war 
wounds  of  the  genitourinary  organs,  those  of 
the  bladder  with  those  of  the  urethra  are  the 
most  frequently  observed.  Vesical  wounds  are 
met  with  either  associated  with  lesions  of  the 
neighboring  organs  or  separately. 

Associated  bladder  wounds  are  almost  in- 
variably combined  with  fractures  of  the  bony 
pelvic  girdle,  more  particularly  fractures  of  the 
pubis,  or  with  Intestinal  perforations;  and  in 
these  cases  the  wound  in  the  bladder  is  merely 
secondary,  for  the  peritonitic  ssrmptoms  which 
accompany  intestinal  injuries  create  such  an 
alarming  condition  that  the  vesical  lesions  are 
relegated  to  the  background.  In  other  cases, 
the  intestinal  injuries  are  much  less  serious  and 
the  patients  may  survive.  Adhesions  develop 
and  the  patient  may  void  his  urine  thru  points 
at  a  great  distance  from  the  bladder.  Of  three 
patients  under  my  observation,  one  passed  near- 
ly all  his  urine  thru  an  opening  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  right  thigh,  and  the  two  others 
passed  their  urine  thru  an  orifiice  situated  on 
the  posterior  aspect  of  the  buttock. 

Wounds  of  the  bladder  may  sometimes  re- 
main undetected,  and  they  should  be  very  care- 
fully looked  for.  Thus,  when  a  patient  com- 
plains of  having  had  no  natural  micturition, 
while  a  catheter  introduced  thru  the  urethra 
shows  the  hladder  to  be  perfectly  empty,  and  at 
the  same  time  there  is  a  suprapubic  swelling, 
there  is  reason  to  assume  the  presence  of  a 
vesical  lesion,  and  in  this  case  immediate  in- 
tervention becomes  imperative.  Hypogastric 
section  should  be  performed  at  once  as  offering 
the  only  prospect  of  a  successful  outcome  for 
the  patient. 

The  most  Important  rule  for  the  guidance 
of  the  operator  in  the  treatment  of  the  bladder 
wounds  thru  war  injuries  is  primarily  the  o6- 
solute  necessity  to  insure  a  good  drainage  of 
the  urine,  first  by  freely  exposing  the  wound 
and  next  by  securing  easy  evacuation  of  the 
urine  thru  vesical  drainage.  This  also  adds  to 
patient's  comfort  by  preventing  wetting  of  the 
bed. 

The  diagnosis  of  a  wound  of  the  bladder  hav- 
ing been  established,  it  is  necessary  in  the  first 
place  to  locate  the  opening  into  the  bladder  so 
as  to  Introduce  a  drainage  tube  which  guaran- 
tees the  complete  evacuation  of  the  urine.  It 
does  not  suffice,  however,  simply  to  insert  a 
drainage  tube  into  the  wound,  but  we  should 
assure  ourselves  that  it  is  properly  introduced 
into  the  bladder  itself.  In  order  to  comply  with 
this  imperative  indication,  surgical  intervention 
is  usually  required,  with  free  exposure  of  the 
wound  under  local  anesthesia,  so  as  to  ascer- 
tain that  the  drainage  is  thoroly  established. 

After  a  good  vesical  drainage  has  been  al- 
lowed to  exert  its  effect  for  a  fairly  consider- 
able time  (often  a  month  or  two),  the  borders 
of  the  wound  may  be  seen  gradually  contract- 
ing, the  suppurating  tracts  drying  up,  and  the 
perivesical  fistulas  closing,  while  the  neighbor- 
ing wounds  heal.  It  now  becomes  easy  to  re- 
establish  the   normal   course   of  the   urine   by 


means   of   a   properly    functioning   permanent 
catheter. 

Primary  suture  of  a  bladder  wound  seems  to 
be  hardly  ever  practicable  in  cases  of  war  In- 
jury, on  account  of  the  associated  lesions. 
Drainage  is  all  that  is  left  to  do.  the  best  drain- 
age being  by  the  anterior  median  route. 
Wounds  of  the  lateral  walls  of  the  bladder  do 
not  necessarily  call  for  a  median  cystotomy; 
the  surgical  treatment  of  the  entrance  wound 
and  its  tract  guarantees  a  sufficient  drainage 
in  the  majority  of  the  cases;  the  later  applica- 
tion of  a  permanent  catheter  will  facilitate  the 
closure  of  the  urinary  fistula. 


The  Physician   Under  Prohlbitlonr— The  in- 
auguration of  prohibition  thruout  the  United 
States  affects  the  physician  not  only  as  a  cit- 
izen, but  also  as  a  professional  man  ( Chicago 
Med.  Recorder,  Aug.,  1919).     Necessarily,  the 
law  provides   some   exceptions  in   the   use  of 
alcohol  and  various  liquors  containing  alcohol 
for  medicinal  purposes.     In  a  circular  of  in- 
structions  to   internal   revenue   collectors  and 
agents   the  commissioner   of   internal   revenue 
states  that  Section  1  of  the'  Act  of  November 
21,  1918  (War  Prohibition  Law),  provides  that 
after   June    30,    1919,    unUl    demobilization    is 
proclaimed  by  the  President,  no  distilled  spirits, 
beer,  wine  or  other  intoxicating  or  vinous  liq- 
uors shall  be  sold  for  beverage  purposes.     It 
also  provides  that  the  commissioner  shall  pre- 
scribe regulations  for  the  sale  of  distilled  spirits 
for  sacramental,  medicinal  and  other  than  bev- 
erage purposes.    The  commissioner  directs  that 
physicians  may  prescribe  wines  and  liquors  for 
internal  use  or  alcohol  for  external  use  as  stated 
previously.    Such  prescriptions  must  be  in  du- 
plicate, both  copies  signed  in  the  physician's 
handwriting.    Not  more  than  one  quart  of  any 
liquor  may  be  prescribed  for  a  single  patient 
at  a  given  time  and  in  no  case  shall  a  physician 
prescribe  alcoholic  liquor  unless  the  paUent  is 
under  his  constant  personal  supervision.     Pre- 
scriptions must  show  the  name  and  address  of 
the  patient,  including  the  street  or  apartment 
number,  if  any,  the  date  when  the  prescripUon 
was  written,  the  condition  or  illness  for  which 
prescribed  and  the  name  of  the  pharmacist  to 
whom  the  prescription  is  to  be  presented  for 
flUIng      Physicians  should  note  carefully  this 
provision:     The  prescription  must  designate  a 
certain   pharmacist   and   no   other   pharmacist 
can  fill  the  prescription  than  the  one  designated. 
The  physician  must  keep  a  record  in  which  a 
separate  page  is  allotted  to  each  patient  for 
whom  alcoholic  liquors  are  prescribed  and  must 
enter  thereon,  under  the  paUent's  name  and 
address,   the   date   of    each    prescription,    the 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN  Medicine 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


Se2>tbmber^  1919 


617 


amount  and  kind  of  liquors  dispensed  by  such 
prescription  and  the  name  of  the  pharmacist 
filling  it.  Licensed  pharmacists  or  druggists 
may  fill  such  prescriptions,  provided  the  drug- 
gist's name  appears  on  the  prescription  in  the 
physician's  handwriting  and  provided  the  drug- 
gist has  received  a  permit  (Form  737).  and 
provided  he  has  qualified  as  a  retail  liquor  dealer 
by  the  payment  of  a  special  tax.  No  prescrip- 
tions for  alcohol  or  alcoholic  liquors  may  be 
refilled.  Druggists  filling  such  prescriptions 
must  preserve,  in  a  separate  file,  one  copy  of 
each  prescription  filled  and  once  a  month  must 
send  to  the  collector  of  internal  revenue  in  the 
district  in  which  they  are  located  a  list  showing 
the  name  of  physicians  prescribing  alcohol  or 
alcoholic  liquors,  the  names  of  the  patients  and 
the  total  quantity  dispensed  to  each  patient 
during  the  month.  If  these  reports  show  that 
a  physician  is  prescribing  more  than  normal 
quantity  or  that  any  patient,  thru  the  prescrip- 
tions of  one  or  more  physicians,  is  procuring 
more  than  the  normal  quantity,  the  facts  shall 
be  reported  to  the  commissioner  of  internal 
revenue  and  the  United  States  attorney.  Phar- 
macists are  instructed  to  refuse  to  fill  prescrip- 
tions if  they  have  reason  to  believe  that  physi- 
cians are  dispensing  for  other  than  strictly 
legitimate  medicinal  uses  or  that  a  patient  is 
securing,  thru  one  or  more  physicians,  quanti- 
ties in  excess  of  the  amount  required  for  legiti- 
mate purposes.  If  the  prescription  is  medicated 
or  denatured  so  as  to  be  unfit  for  internal  use. 
non-beverage  alcohol  tax  paid  at  the  rate  of 
$2.20  per  gallon  may  be  used  in  filling  the  pre- 
scription, but  if  it  is  not  so  medicated  or  de- 
natured, liquor  tax  paid  at  the  rate  of  $6.40 
per  gallon  must  be  used.  Physicians  preparing 
or  dispensing  their  own  medicines  or  desiring 
alcohol  for  strictly  scientific  and  medicinal  pur- 
poses must  file  an  application  for  a  permit  with 
the  collector  of  internal  revenue  of  the  district 
in  which  they  live.  This  application  must  be 
accompanied  by  a  bond  furnished  by  a  surety 
company  or  signed  by  two  individuals  as  sure- 
ties. Both  the  application  and  the  bond  must 
be  in  duplicate.  On  receipt  of  the  application 
and  bond,  the  collector  of  internal  revenue  will 
issue  a  permit  to  the  physician  authorizing  him 
to  have  on  hand  or  in  transit  a  certain  amount 
of  alcohol  or  alcoholic  liquors,  the  amount  de- 
pending on  the  size  of  the  bond.  A  bond  for 
$100  allows  the  physician  to  have  on  hand  or 
in  transit  20  gallons  of  alcohol  or  liquors.  The 
physician  must  keep  an  account  of  all  alcohol 
or  alcoholic  liquors  purchased  and  on  hand  and 
must  be  ready  at  any  time  to  produce  his  records 
and  satisfy  the  internal  revenue  inspectors  that 
any  amount  used  has  been  for  legitimate,  me- 
dicinal, scientific  and  non-beverage  purposes. 
Alcohol  or  alcoholic  liquors  purchased  by  a 
physician  under  these  circumstances  cannot  be 
used  for  his  own  consumption.  The  instruc- 
tions of  the  commissioner  of  internal  revenue 
to  all  government  officers  is  that  the  law  and 
the  regulations  regarding  alcohol  and  alcoholic 
beverages  must  be  strictly  enforced.  Physi- 
cians should  .  familiarize  themselves  with  the 
instructions  under  the  law  and  should  carefully 
and  rigidly  comply  with  all  requirements.     In 


case  of  doubt,  it  is  best  to  secure  a  ruling  or 
an  opinion  from  the  collector  of  internal  revenue 
rather  than  to  run  any  risk  of  violating  the 
law. 


Shall  Opiam  be  Proscribed ?— There  is  good* 
reason  to  believe^  says  Dr.  Wm.  Rittenhouse  in 
A/Ws  Jour,  of  Clin.  Med,,  Aug.,  1919,  that  the 
attempt  will  be  made  to  get  Congress  to  pass 
a  law  that  will  deprive  the  medical  profession 
of  one  of  its  most  valuable  remedies,  or  rather 
two  of  them;  for,  it  is  sought  to  prohibit  the 
importation,  manufacture,  and  sale  of  every 
form  and  derivative  of  opium  and  cocaine.  If 
the  attempt  is  made,  we  may  be  sure  that  it 
will  be  done  as  quietly  as  possible,  and  that  no 
effort  will  he  made  to  ascertain  whether  the 
great  mass  of  the  profession  want  such  a  law 
or  not. 

So,  it  behooves  us  to  be  watchful,  not  alone 
for  this  attempt,  but  for  others  that  are  likely 
to  be  made.  We  must  make  our  influence  felt 
It  is  simply  a  question  of  every  man  doing  his 
duty. 

The  interdiction  of  opium  and  cocaine  is  too 
large  and  important  a  question  to  be  dismissed 
with  a  few  words.  A  good  many  doctors,  when 
the  subject  is  mentioned,  are  disposed  to  treat 
the  matter  lightly.  They  say:  "Surely,  no  one 
will  ever  attempt  such  an  absurd  thing."  It 
does  seem  incredible  that  suQh  a  thing  should 
be  seriously  proposed.  Yet,  we  must  not  lull 
ourselves  into  a  false  sense  of  security,  on  the 
ground  that  the  thing  is  absurd.  A  good  many 
absurd  laws  have  been  enacted  before  now,  and 
a  lot  more  will  be. 

Watchfulness  is  our  only  security.  It  may 
be  trite  to  say  that  eternal  vigilance  is  the 
price  of  liberty,  nevertheless,  it  is  sadly,  pro- 
foundly true.  If  we  must  fight  for  the  liberty 
to  relieve  human  suffering  in  the  way  that 
experience  teaches  us  to  be  best,  then  let  us 
not  lose  the  fight  in  advance  by  an  ill-founded 
confidence,  that  'the  thing  is  too  absurd  to  be 
true."  Is  anything  too  absurd  to  be  attempted 
by  our  modem  reformers? 


NEWS  NOTES"" 
ANNOUNCEMENTS 


Honorary  Degree  for  Llentenant-Commander 
Bainbridge* — At  the  annual  commencement  ex- 
ercises of  Coe  College,  Cedar  Rapids,  la.,  held 
on  June  11th,  the  degree  of  LL.  D.  was  conferred 
upon  Lieutenant-Commander  William  Seaman 
Bainbridge,  Medical  Corps,  United  States  Naval 
Reserve  Force.  This  was  given  in  abscencio. 
Doctor  Bainbridge  not  being  able  to  be  present 
on  account  of  his  official  duties  in  the  navy. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


618 


September.  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Msdicine 


Nnrsing  Schools  Opened  In  Bnffalo.— A  post 
graduate  course  for  public  health  nurses  is  to 
be  given  in  Buffalo  for  sixteen  weeks  beginning 
September  29,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Buffalo 
University,  the  Buffalo  Chapter  of  the  American 
Red  Cross,  the  Department  of  Health,  the  Dis- 
trict Nursing  Association,  and  the  Department 
of  Hospitals  and  Dispensaries. 

An  excellent  teaching  staff  has  been  secured. 
A  certificate  will  be  given  to  all  students  satis- 
factorily completing  the  course,  which  will  cost 
$25.00.  The  class  will  be  limited  to  thirty,  and 
applicants  must  be  registered  in  New  York 
state  or  states  having  equivalent  standards. 
Application  blanks  will  be  supplied  by  the  Uni- 
versity of  Buffalo,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences, 
Niagara  Sq.,  Buffalo,  New  York. 


Red  Cross  Supplies  Nitrons  Oxide  Gas.— The 
American  Red  Cross  supplied  great  quantities 
of  nitrous  oxide  gas  to  the  American  hospitals 
in  France.  To  the  United  States  Army  hospitals 
699,429  gallons  were  sent,  to  the  Red  Gross  hos- 
pitals 495,629  gallons  and  to  different  hospitals 
251,110  gallons,  between  September,  1917,  and 
October  23,  1918. 

Nitrous  Oxide  was  first  introduced  into  Europe 
by  Col.  G.  W.  Grile  at  the  American  Ambulance 
Hospital  at  Neuilly.  The  British  learned  the 
technic  and  used  it  in  their  dressing  stations. 

The  Red  Cross  ordered  a  complete  plant  for 
the  manufacture  of  Nitrous  Oxide  gas  from  the 
Ohio  Chemical  Company  and  this  was  estab- 
lished at  Montreau,  about  fifty  miles  from  Paris. 
A  Frenchman,  experienced  in  the  making  of 
the  gas  was  secured  to  direct  the  work,  .the 
government  permitting  his  release  from  the 
army. 

The  especial  effects  of  the  gas  are  said  by 
surgeons  to  cause  no  lowered  vitality,  less  tox- 
emia, less  post-operative  respiratory  complica- 
tions and  the  patient  enjoys  a  quick  return  to 
consciousness. 


The  Oldest  Man  in  the  M'orld.-— It  is  claimed 
that  '*Uncle  Johnny"  Shell  who  has  just  cele- 
brated his  131st  birthday  at  Lexington,  Ky.,  is 
the  oldest  human  being  in  the  world,  having 
been  born,  according  to  his  belief,  in  Tennessee 
September  3,  1788.  His  eyesight  and  hearing 
are  only  slightly  affected  and  he  is  still  fairly 
active.  His  eldest  child  is  a  daughter  ninety- 
seven  years  old. 


Typhii8  Raging  in  Europe.--An  epidemic  of 
typhus  is  raging  in  Europe  and  the  Red  Cross 
is  taking  an  active  part  in  the  effort  to  stamp 
out  the  disease. 

Henry  P.  Davidson  reports  that  275,000  cases 
have  been  found  in  the  belt  extending  from  the 
Baltic  to  the  Black  Sea  and  there  is  appalling 
distress  in  Poland,  Lithuania  and  the  Balkans. 

The  Red  Cross  has  sent  200  representatives 


to  Poland  in  response  to  a  pathetic  appeal  from 
Paderewski.  Edicts  calculated  to  stop  the 
spread  of  the  disease  have  been  published  in 
that  country,  one  of  them  being  an  order  that 
every  person  shave  and  bathe.  About  100,000 
cases  have  been  reported  and  the  death  rate 
is  high. 

At  the  conference  held  in  Games,  recom- 
mendations were  made  to  enlist  Red  Cross  So- 
cieties  to  establish  a  permanent  committee  of 
medical  experts  of  the  allied  countries  to  deal 
with  the  typhus  problem. 


GoTemment  Wants  Workers  in  Tenereal  Dis- 
ease Campaigiu— The  recently  created  Interde- 
partmental Social  Hygiene  Board  of  the  United 
States  Government  is  in  need  of  a  number  of 
specially  trained  men  and  women  to  complete 
its  organization.  The  United  States  Civil  Serv- 
ice Commission  has  announced  examinations 
for  the  following  positions:  Chief  of  division 
for  scientific  research,  $3,500  to  $4,500  a  year; 
chief  of  division  for  educational  research  and 
development,  $3,500  to  $4,500  a  year;  educa- 
tional assistant,  $2,800  to  $3,600  a  year;  chief 
of  division  of  relations  with  States,  $3,500  to 
$4,500  a  year;  chief  of  division  of  records,  in- 
formation and  t>lanning,  $3,500  to  $4,500  a  year; 
supervising  assistant  and  inspector,  $2,800  to 
$3,600  a  year;  field  agent,  $1,800  to  $3,000  a 
year.  All  positions  are  open  to  both  men  and 
women. 

Applicants  for  these  positions  will  not  be 
given  scholastic  tests  in  an  examination  room 
but  will  be  rated  upon  their  education,  experi- 
ence and  writings.  Published  writings  of  which 
the  applicant  is  the  author  will  be  submitted 
with  the  application.  For  most  of  the  posi- 
tions a  thesis  on  one  of  a  number  of  given 
subjects  will  be  accepted  in  lieu  of  published 
writings.  The  receipt  of  applications  will  close 
on  November  4.  Detailed  information  and  appli- 
cation blanks  may  be  obtained  from  the  United 
Stotes  Civil  Service  Commission,  Washington, 
D.  C,  or  from  the  secretary  of  the  United  SUtes 
Civil  Service  Board  at  the  post  office  or  cus- 
tom house  in  any  of  3,000  cities. 

The  law  creating  the  Interdepartmental  So- 
cial Hygiene  Board  provides  for  the  coopera- 
tion of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  and 
the  Public  Health  Service  of  the  Treasury  De- 
partment for  the  prevention,  control  and  treat- 
ment of  venereal  diseases.  The  duties  of  the 
Board  as  set  forth  in  the  act  are  (1)  to  rec- 
ommend rules  and  regulations  for  the  expendi- 
ture of  moneys  allotted  to  States  for  the  use 
of  their  respective  boards  or  departments  of 
health  in  the  prevention,  control  and  treatment 
of  venereal  diseases;  (2)  to  select  universities, 
colleges,  or  other  suitable  Institutions  which 
shall  receive  allotments  for  scientific  research 
for  the  purpose  of  discovering  more  effective 
medical  measures  for  the  prevention  and  treat- 
ment of  venereal  diseases;  (3)  to  recommend 
such  general  measures  as  will  promote  correla- 
tion and  efficiency  in  carrying  out.  the  purpose^ 
of  the  act;  and  (4)  to  direct  the  expenditure 
of  certain  moneys  appropriated  by  the  act. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IBMEMtrMBDKK 

PUBLISHED   liONTHLY 
BdltorUl  (MffioM  •    18  Bast  41  at  St..  N«w  York  City.  Publieation  OffioMi    180  ColUi*  St..  BarllnAtoa,  Tt. 


OompUto  8wlM»   YoL  XXY.  No.  10 
H«w  SeriM,  YoL  XIY.    No.  10 


OCTOBER,  1919 


$2.00  '""•' 


la  Advaneo 


CONTENTS 


BDITORIAIi    COMMENT     SIO 

MBN    AND   THINGS    630 

ORIGINAL    ARTICLBS     635 

PHYSICAL    THBRAPY      668 

RATIONAL    ORGANOTHBRAPY      671 

CORRBSPONDBNCB     674 

BTIOLOGY    AND    DIAGNOSIS     67S 

TRBATMBNT     676 

GBNBRAL    TOPICS     679 

NEWS    NOTES    AND    ANNOUNCEMENTS ..  .  682 

(OoilUllll4d  on   9*C0   i) 


CONTRIBUTORS 


IRVING  \iriLSON  VOORHEES,  M.   S.,  M.  D., 

New  York  City. 
MARK   L   KNAPP,   M.  D.,   LL.   B.,  LL.   M.,  New 

York  City. 
BEVERLEY  ROBINSON.  M.  D.,  New  York  City. 
CAPT.  H.  W.  HILL.  M.  D..  C  A.  M.  C.  St.  Paul, 

Minn. 
HYMAN  L  GOLDSTEIN.  M.  D..  Camden,  N.  J. 
WILLIAM    W.    GRAVES.    St.    Louis,    Mo. 


Bntored  as  ••eond-eUst  auttor  Uanuj  S8,  1006,  at  ibe  Poat  Offieo  ai  BnrlingtoB,  Vi..  under  Act  of  Conrreaa,  March  8,  187B. 


Hand 

Disinfection 

can  be  easily  and 
conveniently  accomplished  by  the 
use  of 

SYNOL   SOAP 

This  efficient  liquid  soap  en- 
ables the  physician  and  surgeon  to 
cleanse  and  disinfect  the  hands 
with  gratifying  freeilom  from  th© 
irritating  effects  of  caustic  soaps 
and  antiseptics.  It  is  particularly 
serviceable  to  those  who  have  to 
cleanse  the  hands  many  times  each 
day*  Invaluable  in  the  office,  op- 
erating room  and  sick  chamber* 

ANTISEPTIC- 
CLEANSING— 

DEODORANT 


(wivv\Aow<^^^ 


N0W  Bmnswick,  N.  J. 


U.  9.  A. 


So  many  cases  of 

Pruritus,  Chafiii^ 
and  Irritations 

are  relieved  by  applying 

K-Y  Lubricatmg  Jelly 

that  we  feel  we  owe  it  to  our  patrons  to 
direct  their  attention  to  the  usefulness 
of  this  product  as  a  local  application, 
as  well  as  for  surgical  lubrication. 

No  claini  is  made  that  K-Y  Lubricat- 
ing Jelly  will  act  with  equal  efficiency  in 
everv  case;  but  you  will  secure  such 
excellent  results  in  the  majority  of 
instances  that  we  believe  you  will  con- 
tinue its  use  as  a  matter  of  course. 

NO  GREASE  TO  SOIL  THE  CLOTHING ! 

Collapsible  tubes,  25c.  Samples  on  repast! 


(]xifi4^^ 


New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 


U.  S.  A. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


VWftnvkanoflier 
qAkndc  of  influenza? 

A  RE  we  to  hmve  a  recurrence  of  die  plague  wkich  destroyed  liatf  a 
/^  million  lives  in  this  countiy  a  year  ago>     In  all  probabilily.  yea. 
A  review  of  the  records  of  previous  epidemics  warrants  tlie 
assumption  that  the  scourge  will  reappear  this  (all  and  next  winter. 

In  the  event  that  this  theory  proves  corrects  how  can  die  medicai 
profession  cope  with  the  disease? 

Pkophj^actic  vaccination  is  die  rational  procedure,  fai  suppott  of  due 
contention  we  dte  two  illustrations: 

In  one,  locality,  during  the  recent  epidemic,  3437  persons  were 
immunized  with  Influenza-Pneumonia  Vaccine  (Prophs^actic).  Of  this 
number  only  six  died,  and  these  had  but  one  injection.  Among  du>se 
who  received  two  or  three  injections  there  were  no  deaths. 

In  another  locality  800  persons  were  immunized;  481  received  one 
inoculation,  224  received  two,  95  received  three.  Only  tvrenty  cases  of 
influenza  developed  among  those  who  had  one  or  more  inoculadensii 
But  two  deadis  occurred,  and  these  were  of  persons  tudio  had  only  one 
inoculation. 

As  a  prophylactic  the  vaccine  is  administered  in  diree  graduated 
doses  at  intervals  of  three  or  four  days.     The  first  dose  is  two  and  ( 
half  billions  ( I  /2  mil);  the  second,  five  billions  ( I  mil);  the  third,  i 
and  one-half  billions  (11/2  mils). 

Influenza-Pneumonia  Vaccine 
(Prophylactic) 

Bio.  632.    ThM  bulbs  (f/2  mil  1  mil  I  1/2  nib). 

one  prophylactic  treatment. 
Bio.  633.    Three  syringes  ( f/2  nil,  I  miL  I  1/2  niU). 
Bio.  634.    One  5-mil  vial. 
Bio.  635.    One  20.mil  vial 

We  commend  this  vaccme  to  the  consideration  of  pi 

Parke,  Davis  &  G>mpany 

DETROIT 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWIN  LEWIS,  M.  D..  Managinz  Editor 


IRA  8.  WILE,  Associate  Editot 


PDBUBHID  MONTHLT  BT  THl  AMBBIOAH  HBDIOAL  PUBU8H»0  Compant 

Copjriffhted  bj  the  Amerlcsn  Medieal  PnbUsliiiiff  Co.,  1919 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  10 
New  Series,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  10 


OCTOBER,  1919 


to  on       YEARLY 


Congenital  Syphilis. — Studies  of  the 
prevalence  of  congenital  syphilis  among 
children  are  of  particular  importance  both 
in  connection  with  the  work  of  lessening 
infant  mortality  and  from  the  standpoint 
of  racial  betterment.  Blackfan,  Nicholson 
and  White  reported  the  examination  of  101 
infants  in  a  foundling  hospital  with  only 
two  positive  reactions  to  the  Wassermann 
test.  Holt  has  reported  the  testing  of  178 
hospitalized  children  with  no  definite  signs 
of  syphilis,  with  an  approximate  percentage 
of  6.1  adjudged  to  be  syphilitic.  Churchill 
and  Austin,  in  connection  with  a  study  of 
persons  in  the  Children's  Memorial  Hos- 
pital, Chicago,  concluded  that  the  inci- 
dents of  hereditary  syphilis  must  vary 
greatly,  considering  that  estimates  have 
been  made  of  from  two  to  fourteen  per 
cent,  in  Europe  and  America,  their  own 
figures  being  3.3  per  cent.  The  percentages 
of  positive  Wassermann  reactions  have  been 
demonstrated  to  be  notably  higher  in  institu- 
tions for  mental  defectives,  epileptics  and 
children  suffering  from  various  other  nerv- 
ous conditions.  One  of  the  difficulties  with 
the  different  reports  lies  in  the  variability  of 
the  results  with  the  Wassermann  test,  due 
in  part  to  the  fact  that  the  Wassermann 
reaction  is  more  strongly  positive  in  early 
syphilis  than  in  tertiary  or  so-called  latent 
syphilis. 

Because  of  this  conflicting  testimony  the 
investigation  of  DeBuys  and  Loeber  to  de- 


termine the  incidence  of  congenital  syphilis 
in  a  foundling  institution,  Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  (October  4, 
1919)  deserves  comment.  They  studied 
106  infants  and  children,  57  males  and  49 
females,  of  whom  41.6  per  cent,  were  under 
one  year ;  ZZ  per  cent,  in  children  from  one 
to  two  years;  11.3  per  cent,  children  from 
two  to  three  years;  9.4  per  cent,  children 
from  three  to  four  years ;  the  remaining  4.7 
per  cent,  in  children  from  four  to  seven 
years.  The  Wassermann  reactions  were 
supplemented  by  luetin  tests.  The  un- 
common feature  of  their  report  lies  in  the 
fact  that  the  Wassermann  reactions  were 
uniformly  negative,  but  this  was  probably 
due  to  the  fact  that  as  part  of  the  routine 
medical  care,  each  child  received  twelve 
powders  of  one  grain  each  of  mercury  with 
chalk,  three  daily  for  four  days,  followed 
by  castor  oil.  All  children  with  any  skin 
eruption  received  treatment  with  mercurial 
ointment.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  oint- 
ment application  or  of  the  powders  of  mer- 
cury and  chalk,  syrup  of  ferrous  iodide  in 
five-drop  doses,  three  times  daily,  was  given 
to  all  children  under  six  months  of  age. 
This  fact  probably  may  explain  why  the 
Wassermann  reactions  were  negative,  de- 
spite the  fact  that  the  luetin  test  showed 
itself  to  be  a  most  valuable  diagnostic  agent. 
Their  results,  however,  do  not  constitute 
any  criterion  for  estimating  the  compara- 
tive values  of  the  two  tests  in  connection 


Digitized  by 


Google 


620 


October^  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


Ambrican  Mkdxcins 


with  the  determination  of  congenital  syph- 
ilis, tho  they  do  suggest  marked  differences 
in  their  value  in  the  determination  of  con- 
genital syphilis  during  early  life,  particu- 
larly in  view  of  the  fact  that  congenital 
syphilis  is  such  a  great  source  of  infant 
mortality  that  only  the  milder  infections 
permit  children  to  survive. 

Skin  eruptions  were  present  in  many 
of  the  inmates,  and  40  per  cent,  of  the  skin 
eruptions  were  syphililitic.  Fortunately, 
the  skin  eruptions,  together  with  other  clin- 
ical findings,  were  of  the  greatest  diagnos- 
tic value  when  the  value  of  the  luetin  test 
was  at  its  minimum,  namely,  during  the 
first  few  weeks  of  life.  The  administration 
of  iodides  affected  the  luetin  reaction,  altho 
the  lesion  is  sufficiently  characteristic  to  be 
distinct  from  the  normal  positive  luetin 
reaction.  Congenital  syphilis  was  found 
to  be  relatively  more  frequent  in  the  so- 
called  illegitimate  children  than  in  those 
born  in  wedlock. 

The  incidence  of  congenital  syphilis,  as 
determined  by  the  study,  was  83.96  per 
cent,  of  which  74.53  per  cent,  were  revealed 
by  means  of  the  luetin  reaction,  and  only 
9.43  per  cent,  were  diagnosticated  by  means 
of  the  clinical  findings  and  syphilitic  erup- 
tions. 

It  is  difficult  to  draw  conclusions  from 
an  investigation  made  from  a  selected  group 
of  children,  particularly  such  as  are  found 
in  a  foundling  asylum.  The  constitutional 
inferiority  of  children  of  this  class  is  evi- 
denced in  the  fact  that  with  few  exceptions 
all  of  the  inmates  were  below  the  normal 
averages  in  weight,  height,  development 
and  nutrition.  It  is  impossible,  therefore, 
to  deduce  any  statistical  values  that  might 
be  applicable  to  the  general  infantile  popu- 
lation.   The  facts,  however,  are  sufficiently 


important  to  point  out  the  necessity  for 
routine  testing  of  children  in  foundling  in- 
stitutions, with  a  view  to  the  proper  admin- 
istration of  anti-syphilitic  treatment  as 
early  as  possible.  The  necessity  for  such 
a  course  is  further  accentuated  in  those 
institutions  where  extra-mural  or  boarding- 
out  service  is  maintained.  It  is  esential  for 
the  protection  of  families  with  which  chil- 
dren are  to  be  boarded,  as  well  as  for  se- 
curing the  greatest  assurance  of  adequate 
medical  care  for  the  children  thus  placed. 
A  further  item  which  merits  continued 
investigation  is  the  comparative  use  of  the 
luetin  and  Wassermann  tests  among  young 
children,  with  a  view  to  fixing  with  greater 
exactness  the  relative  values  of  each  in  the 
determination  of  syphilis  during  early  life. 


Are  Pottage  Stamps  Dangerous? — ^The 
ubiquity  of  microorganisms  is  part  of  com- 
mon knowledge.  The  mere  presence,  how- 
ever, of  bacteria  does  not  necessarily  con- 
stitute a  menace.  Numerous  organisms  are 
of  inestimable  service  in  assuring  the  puri- 
fication of  streams,  the  fertilization  of  the 
soil  and  the  destruction  of  undesirable  ma- 
terial. The  abundance  of  pathogenic  bac- 
teria forms  the  essential  problem  underly- 
ing the  spread  of  disease. 

From  time  to  time,  attention  is  drawn  to 
many  of  the  simple  acts  of  life  which  con- 
tain a  slight  hazard  to  health  and,  unfor- 
tunately, such  items  are  too  frequently  over- 
stressed.  In  the  complexity  of  modem  liv- 
ing, the  high  development  of  social  inter- 
course, the  growth  of  transportation,  the 
increased  contacts  of  human  beings,  it  is 
impossible  to  live  without  some  degree  of 
exposure  to  a  vast  variety  of  incidents 
which  might  be  productive  of  bacterial  con-^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRIOAN   MBDIOUIB 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


October,  1919 


621 


tamination.  It  is  unfortunate,  however,  to 
have  life  consist  of  a  series  of  fears.  There 
are  sufficient  real  dangers  from  bacterial 
carriers  to  appreciate  the  minimum  dangers 
which  may  be  said  to  lurk  in  various  rou- 
tine performances  of  daily  life. 

Another  example  of  suggesting  a  danger 
is  to  be  found  in  the  discussion  of  "The 
Postage  Stamp  as  a  Possible  Source  of  In- 
fection'' by  J.  Diner  and  G.  Horstman,  The 
Medical  Times  (October,  1919).  Postage 
stamps  were  secured  from  fifty  diflferent 
places  and  note  was  made  as  to  whether 
they  were  kept  exposed  on  the  desk  or  were 
held  for  sale  in  a  drawer  or  cash  register. 
Laboratory  tests  were  then  made  to  deter- 
mine the  bacterial  content  of  the  stamps  by 
shaking  them  out  in  a  saline  solution  and 
then  plating  one  cubic  c.c.  on  an  agar  medi- 
um and  counting  the  colonies  after  48  hours 
incubation  at  37  c.  No  stamp  was  free 
from  germs.  Twenty  contained  colonies  too 
numerous  to  count.  There  appears  to  be  very 
little  diflference  in  the  growth  secured  from 
stamps  which  were  exposed  on  the  desk  and 
those  held  in  the  drawer.  The  estimation 
of  the  different  colonies,  however,  is  by  no 
means  significant.  More  suggestive  is  the 
fact  that  there  were  recovered  and  deter- 
mined thru  the  use  of  differential  media 
and  the  examination  of  stained  smears  colon 
bacilli,  staphylococci,  streptococci,  pneumo- 
cocci  and  diphtheroid  bacilli. 

Unfortunately,  no  tests  were  made  to  de- 
termine the  virulence  of  any  of  the  bacteria 
recovered,  wherefore  it  is  difficult  to  de- 
termine what  degree  of  danger  was  pre- 
sented by  the  presence  of  these  various  or- 
ganisms. 

While  it  is  undoubtedly  true  that  had 
these  stamps  been  moistened  with  the 
tongue,  as  is  the  all-too-common  practice, 
the  possibility  of  such  organisms  entering 


the  mouth  would  have  been  increased.  It 
must  not  be  forgotten  that  most  oral  cavi- 
ties will  reveal  the  existence  of  most  of 
these  organisms  without  making  use  of  a 
postage  stamp.  Were  stamps  a  grave  source 
of  infection,  a  very  large  percentage  of  the 
population  would  undoubtedly  be  suffering 
from  some  infection  due  to  this  cause  be- 
cause of  the  commonness  of  the  method  of 
licking  postage  stamps. 

The  gum  utilized  for  making  the  stamp 
adhere  constitutes  a  favorable  medium  for 
bacterial  growth,  and  for  this  reason,  pos- 
sibly, it  may  be  said  that  stamps  are  more 
dangerous  than  scwne  other  articles  to  which 
the  tongue  may  be  applied.  If  one  con- 
siders, however,  the  vast  numbers  of  or- 
dinary stamps  daily  wetted  by  the  saliva, 
and  then  thinks  also  of  the  number  of  fin- 
gers that  go  into  mouths,  and  the  vast  num- 
ber of  only  partially  clean  eating  utensils 
which  similarly  enter  the  buccal  cavity, 
there  is  a  grave  question  as  to  whether  there 
is  a  sufficient  degree  of  possibility  of  infec- 
tion from*  this  source  to  warrant  viewing 
it  with  any  great  alarm. 

The  month  is  a  significant  channel  of 
entry  for  pathogenic  bacteria  and  the  un- 
clean mouth  is  a  potent  source  of  danger  to 
health.  A  large  variety  of  disease  produc- 
ing organisms  have  been  found  in  the 
mouth,  some  of  which  are  dangerous  to 
the  individual  and  others  of  which  appar- 
ently do  him  no  harm.  The  sterile  mouth 
probably  does  not  exist,  and  a  certain  de- 
gree of  protection  has  been  developed  by 
the  mucous  membrane  so  that  there  is  more 
or  less  general  success  in  overcoming  the 
large  proportion  of  the  supposedly  infective 
bacteria.  Under  these  circumstances  the 
mere  demonstration  of  the  bacterial  content 
of  postage  stamps  does  not  serve  as  an 
indictment  against  them   from  the  stand- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


622 


OCTOBBR,    1919 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


American  Mbdicinb 


point  of  public  health.  The  hygienic  les- 
son that  people  should  not  lick  postage 
stamps  is  certainly  sound ;  but,  nevertheless, 
this  practice  is  scarcely  to  be  construed 
as  a  potential  danger  compared  with  the 
eating  and  drinking  which  are  so  essential 
for  sustenance,  but,  nevertheless,  are  re- 
sponsible for  a  large  measure  of  bacterial 
contamination  of  the  oral  cavity. 


A  Program  of  Mental  Hygiene^ — ^The 
demand  for  an  improvement  in  mental  hy- 
giene as  part  of  the  Child  Welfare  Move- 
ment is  being  met  in  various  ways  thruout 
the  country.  For  some,  the  word  "segre- 
gation" appears  to  suffice  as  an  answer  to 
all  the  questions  relating  to  feeble-minded- 
ness.  This  solution,  however,  is  inadequate 
to  solve  the  manifold  difficult  problems 
which  are  bound  up  in  dealing  with  the 
mentally  handicapped.  Dr.  C.  Macfie 
Campbell,  addressing  one  of  the  conferences 
of  the  Children's  Bureau  upon  the  subject, 
"Standards  of  Child  Welfare,"  outlined  a 
program  which,  for  the  time  being,  repre- 
sents an  ideal  method  for  attacking  the 
problem  in  the  interests  of  the  state.  His 
scheme  includes  "The  mental  examination 
of  backward  school  children;  the  mental 
clinic ;  the  traveling  clinic ;  the  special  class ; 
directed  training  of  individual  defectives  in 
country  schools;  instruction  of  parents  of 
defective  children ;  aftercare  of  special-class 
pupils ;  special  training  of  teachers  in  nor- 
mal schools ;  census  and  registration  of  the 
feeble-minded ;  extra-institutional  supervi- 
sion of  all  uncared-for  defectives  in  the 
comrpunity;  selection  of  the  defectives  who 
most  need  segregation  for  institutional  care ; 
increased  institutional  facilities;  parole  for 
suitable  institutionally-trained  adult  defect- 


ives; permanent  segregation  for  those  who 
need  segregation;  mental  examinations  of 
persons  accused  of  crime  and  of  all  inmates 
of  penal  institutions;  and  long-continued 
segregation  of  defective  delinquents  in  spe- 
cial institutions." 

The  significant  features  of  this  most  ex- 
cellent plan  involve  a  form  of  cooperation, 
the  need  of  which  grows  more  apparent  in 
public  health  work.  Feeble-mindedness  is 
not  regarded  as  a  health  problem,  or  as  an 
educational  problem,  or  as  a  challenge  to 
our  courts  or  institutions,  but  is  recognized 
as  a  complex  condition  demanding  team- 
work on  the  part  of  psychiatrists,  psychol- 
ogists, teachers,  normal  schools,  parents,  so- 
cial workers,  institution  officials,  parole  of- 
ficers, court  officials,  prison  officers,  etc. 
The  very  breadth  of  this  vision  is  refreshing 
and  stimulating.  The  great  difficulty  lies 
in  the  harmonizing  of  conflicting  opinions 
so  as  to  secure  the  adoption  of  even  a  small 
part  of  this  complete  program  which  at 
present  is  merely  an  ideal,  and  finds  no 
expression  in  its  fulness  in  any  state  of 
the  Union. 

All  delinquents  are  not  defectives,  nor 
are  all  defectives  potential  delinquents.  Some 
are  educable,  others  are  unfitted  for  ordin- 
ary academic  training.  The  problem  of 
ascertaining  mental  defectives  in  a  com- 
munity, particularly  those  of  the  moron 
group,  calls  for  earliest  attention.  The 
greater  the  number  of  children  that  can  be 
reached  during  the  formative  period  of  their 
lives,  the  more  satisfactory  will  be  the  out- 
come of  our  eflForts  in  their  behalf  and  in 
the  interest  of  the  community.  While  it 
is  true  that  all  children  theoretically  are 
under  the  control  of  school  authorities,  large 
numbers  manage  to  escape  this  jurisdiction. 
In  extensive  areas  of  the  country  no  effort 
is  made  to  include  a  mental  examination  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mjbdicinb 


EDITORIAL,   COMMENT 


October,  1919 


623 


school  children  and,  in  consequence,  many 
school  systems  suffer  from  the  presence  of 
children  in  the  regular  grades  who  might 
better  receive  their  training  in  special 
classes  either  in  or  out  of  the  regular  school 
or,  indeed,  by  transfer  to  special  types  of 
institution  where  their  complete  welfare 
might  receive  greater  consideration. 

The  development  of  our  probation  and 
parole  system,  the  institution  of  juvenile 
courts,  reflects  a  desire  to  deal  fairly  with 
juvenile  delinquents,  but  this  work  cannot 
be  satisfactorily  administered  without  a 
more  complete  cooperation  between  legal 
authorities,  probation  officers,  and  psychol- 
ogists, psychiatrists,  and  school  teachers, 
truancy  officers,  and  others  having  personal 
knowledge  of  the  life,  the  heredity  and  the 
environment  of  particular  children. 

The  necessity  for  mental  clinics  is  ap- 
parent. The  difficulties  of  instituting  clinics 
in  rural  communities  are  numerous,  but  by 
no  means  insuperable,  as  the  armamenta- 
rium of  such  clinics  is  exceedingly  limited 
and  lends  itself  easily  to  transportation. 
The  adaptation  of  such  traveling  mental 
clinics  to  the  needs  of  the  various  states  is 
well  within  the  powers  of  state  departments 
of  health.  The  essential  factors  are  the 
recognition  of  the  problem  and  the  respon- 
sibility for  its  control  being  vested  in  a 
single  state  department,  preferably  the  de- 
partment of  health,  thru  the  establishment 
of  a  subsidiary  division  designed  to  care 
for  feeble-mindedness  in  its  general  aspects. 
The  fundamental  work  to  be  accomplished 
and  the  methods  of  dealing  with  feeble- 
mindedness necessarily  are  dependent  upon 
a  full  knowledge  of  the  problem  such  as 
may  be  secured  thru  the  medium  of  a  sur- 
vey, such  as  has  been  made  in  various  sec- 
tions of  the  country. 


All  the  advantages  which  might  be  se- 
cured for  the  defective  child  of  wealthy 
parents  should  be  made  available  for  all  fee- 
ble-minded persons  in  the  community.  When 
education  is  necessary,  or  the  correction  of 
physical  defects,  or  segregation  to  prevent 
procreation,  or  hospital  care,  or  probation, 
the  needs  of  the  community  demand  that 
equal  opportimities  and  advantages  be  af- 
forded without  distinction  to  every  type  of 
family  in  the  community.  It  is  patent  that 
this  becomes  possible  only  under  a  highly 
centralized  form  of  administration,  prefer- 
ably under  state  auspices  and  direction, 
with  a  careful  designation  of  phases  to  be 
cared  for  by  individual  communities.  It  is 
because  of  this  that  Dr.  Campbell's  pro- 
gram appears  to  be  particularly  meritorious 
and  to  commend  itself  for  adoption  by  all 
states  that  recognize  feeble-mindedness^  as 
a  serious  problem  that  too  long  has  been 
neglected  or  indifferently  regarded. 


Physical  Examinations  of  Recruits. — 

The  results  of  the  physical  examination  of 
the  first  million  draft  recruits  have  been 
compiled  in  Bulletin  Number  11  of  the  War 
Department,  emanating  from  the  office  of 
the  Surgeon  General.  The  conclusions 
point  out  specifically  various  contrasts  be- 
tween conditions  noted  in  draftees  from  ru- 
ral and  urban  centers.  While  the  ratios 
of  rejections  differ  in  the  various  states  for 
various  reasons,  and  the  interpretation  of 
standards  of  examination  did  not  possess 
at  all  periods  the  same  degree  of  rigidity, 
the  facts  ascertained  are  none  the  less  valu- 
able. 

Sundry  questions  arise  as  to  the  influence 
of  city  life  upon  the  growing  population, 
and  some  of  them  find  their  answers  in  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


624 


October,  1919 


BDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


AMDUCAJf   MBDXCINS 


results  of  the  physical  examination  of  re- 
cruits. Hernia,  actual  or  incipient,  is  more 
influenced  by  the  urban  factor  than  by  any 
other.  Men  from  the  cities  show  about  30 
per  cent,  more  defective  vision  than  men 
from  the  rural  districts.  Otitis  media  is 
about  60  per  cent,  commoner  in  the  cities. 
Flat  foot,  which,  incidentially  is  the  great- 
est defect,  having  been  found  in  nearly  one- 
fifth  of  the  men  examined,  is  maricedly  ccwn- 
moner  in  both  the  severer  and  slighter 
grades,  in  city  men  than  rural  men.  As 
might  be  expected,  chronic  alcoholism  and 
drug  addiction  were  far  more  frequently 
present  among  those  coming  from  cities 
than  among  those  living  in  rural  districts. 
Myopia  and  varicose  veins  similarly  are 
more  frequent  among  city  men.  Strangely 
enough,  rejections  for  underweight  showed 
a  preponderance  of  city  reared  young  men. 

The  prevailing  defects  existent  among 
recruits  from  rural  areas  are  infectious  dis- 
eases; all  forms  of  tuberculosis;  venereal 
diseases,  except  syphilis;  benign  tumors; 
arthritis;  nearly  all  nervous  diseases,  ex- 
cept paralysis  of  muscle  and  tabes  dorsalis ; 
all  mental  diseases  except  alcoholic  psy- 
choses; conjunctivitis  of  all  forms;  cata- 
ract; pterygium;  retinitis;  amblyopia  and 
nystagmus;  most  diseases  of  the  nose,  ex- 
cept nasal  polypus ;  respiratory  defects,  ex- 
cept pleurisy;  ankylosis,  and  non-union  of 
fractures. 

The  variation  of  defects  in  very  large 
cities  is  exemplified,  for  example,  by  the 
diseases  and  defects  noted  among  recruits 
from  New  York  City.  These  men  showed 
an  excess  of  drug  addiction,  constitutional 
psychopathic  states,  otitis  media,  acute  and 
chronic  endocarditis,  hernia,  contracture  of 
joints,  hammer  toe,  loss  of  part  of  foot, 
underweight  and  cryptorchism.  Strange  as 
is  may  seem,  among  conditions  strikingly 


uncommon  among  recruits  from  New  York 
City  are  pulmonary  tuberculosis ;  hyperopia ; 
conjunctivitis  other  than  trachoma;  hyper- 
trophic tonsillitis;  mitral  insufficiency;  var- 
icocele ;  fibrinous  pleurisy ;  hydrocele ;  bony 
ankylosis ;  deformities  of  the  hand  resulting 
from  injury  or  infection;  malunion  of  the 
lower  extremities;  curvature  of  the  spine; 
hypospadias,  and  bullet  and  other  recent 
wounds.  That  the  above  named  conditions 
are  not  wholly  dependent  upon  density  of 
population  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  in 
Chicago  the  exceptionally  common  diseases 
and  defects  were  chancroid;  simple  goitre; 
exophthalmic  goitre;  arthritis;  hyperopia; 
hemorrhoids ;  varicose  veins ;  varicocele ; 
loss  of  fingers ;  curvature  of  the  spine ;  de- 
fective physical  development;  overweight; 
hypospadias  and  bullet  and  other  recent 
wounds.  There  was,  on  the  other  hand, 
less  than  the  average  of  constitutional  psy- 
chopathic states,  eye  and  heart  defects; 
hernia;  flat  foot  and  pronated  foot. 

These  variations  in  defects  are  indica- 
tive of  numerous  interacting  factors  such 
as  climate,  racial  variations  in  the  popula- 
tion, the  nature  of  industries,  the  character 
of  patients,  housing  and  methods  of  rec- 
reation. The  conditions  due  to  defective 
heredity  do  not  stand  out  with  great  prom- 
inence. 

Among  some  of  the  conclusions  of  partic- 
ular interest,  one  may  mention  that  defect- 
ive physical  development  was  found  in  ex- 
ceptionally high  proportion  in  the  New  Eng- 
land States.  Mitral  insufficiency  was  in  ex- 
cess of  nearly  60  per  cent,  in  recruits  from 
the  rural  districts.  Considering  generally 
large  and  small  cities  in  rural  districts,  the 
amount  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  and  ven- 
ereal diseases  is  inversely  correlated  to  the 
denseness  of  population.  Defects  of  vision 
are  directly  correlated  to  the  size  of  cities. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MBDIGUIB 


BSDITORIAIi  COMMENT 


October,  1919 


625 


Valvular  heart  diseases  are  roughly  and  in- 
versely correlated  to  the  density  of  popu- 
lation. 

Much  may  be  learned  from  an  analysis 
of  the  figures  presented  to  assist  state  health 
officers  in  formulating  programs  designed 
to  meet  the  specific  needs  of  their  citizens 
as  reflected  in  the  figures  for  rejection. 
Varicose  veins,  for  example,  constitute  a 
problem  in  Minnesota  and  Wisconsin,  while 
trachoma  is  of  far  greater  significance  and 
importance  in  Kentucky,  Illinois, '  Indiana 
and  Missouri.  Goitre  is  particularly  com- 
mon in  the  territory  adjacent  to  the  Great 
Lakes.  Drug  addiction  requires  serious 
consideration  in  the  cities  of  Kansas. 

It  is  a  rare  experience  to  have  an  op- 
portunity to  weigh  the  problems  of  the 
young  men  in  the  United  States  in  the  man- 
ner made  available  thru  the  examination  of 
recruits.  The  statistical  analysis  of  these 
examinations  under  the  direction  of  the  Sur- 
geon General  constitutes  a  most  valuable 
addition  to  our  knowledge  of  men  as  they 
are  to  be  found  during  a  period  of  greatest 
virility  and  strength.  Further  reports  that 
are  to  be  issued  will  supply  further  statis- 
tical material  which  will  serve  to  correct  the 
errors  that  may  have  been  made  in  the 
earlier  examinations  and  establish  reliable 
figures  representing  the  imperfections  of 
those  called  to  the  colors. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  the  mere 
fact  of  rejection  for  military  service  does 
not  connote  complete  unfitness  for  civil  or 
industrial  life.  The  trials  of  the  soldier 
are  far  more  severe  than  those  experienced 
in  civil  life.  While  possibly  one-quarter  to 
one-third  of  males,  20  to  30  years,  are 
physically  unfit  to  fight,  their  handicaps  may 
not  be  such  as  to  materially  interfere  with 
their  successful  living  under  the  ordinary 
conditions  of  civil  life.    Even  if  onlv  fifteen 


per  cent,  of  males  20  to  30  years  old  pos- 
sess a  serious  physical  handicap  against 
normal  civil  activities,  the  mere  number  is 
sufficient  to  indicate  the  necessity  for  de- 
creasing them  insofar  as  may  be  possible. 
Probably  comparatively  little  can  be  done 
for  the  existent  generation,  but  everything 
remains  to  be  attempted  for  the  protection 
of  the  growing  generation. 


Typhoid  Contrd* — In  a  discussion  of 
typhoid  fever  in  New  York  City  during 
1918,  Monthly  Bulletin,  The  Department 
of  Health  (August,  1919),  L.  I.  Harris  calls 
attention  to  one  or  two  items  which  are 
of  the  utmost  importance  in  connection  with 
typhoid  prophylaxis. 

"We  have  found  it  difficult  to  secure  the 
cooperation  of  private  physicians  in  educat- 
ing the  members  of  this  community  to  the 
tremendous  value  of  the  protection  against 
typhoid  fever,  which  can  be  secured  thru 
immunization."  Despite  various  efforts  at 
publicity  thru  utilization  of  placards  extol- 
ling the  virtues  and  advantages  of  typhoid 
immunization,  the  number  of  immuniza- 
tions made  by  the  Department  of  Health 
during  1918  was  very  much  smaller  than 
during  the  preceding  year.  It  is  obvious 
that  any  campaign  of  public  advertising  in 
support  of  a  theory  of  preventive  medicine 
requires  substantiation  and  support  by  the 
medical  profession.  It  seems  almost  unbe- 
lievable that  family  physicians  should  be 
adjudged  guilty  of  a  lack  of  interest  or  of 
a  failure  to  properly  participate  in  support- 
ing the  efforts  of  the  community  in  lower- 
ing the  typhoid  morbidity  and  mortality 
rate. 

While  it  is  true  that  the  morbidity  rate 
from  typhoid  fever  in  New  York  decreased 


Digitized  by 


Google 


626 


OCTOBBR,    1919 


B2DITORIAL.   COHMBNT 


AunucAN  MBDICIMa 


from  68  per  hundred  thousand  in  1898  to 
21  per  hundred  thousand  in  1918,  and  the 
case  mortality  rate  fell  from  30  per  cent,  to 
16  per  cent.,  the  results  can  scarcely  be 
regarded  as  satisfactory.  Typhoid  fever 
is  one  of  the  best  examples  of  preventable 
disease  whose  continued  existence  casts 
serious  reflections  upon  public  health  ad- 
ministration and  municipal  sanitation.  The 
typhoid  fever  rate  has  been  properly  re- 
garded as  an  index  of  the  attitude  of  com- 
munities toward  public  health  and  sanita- 
tion. The  reduction  of  this  single  disease 
to  the  vanishing  point  is  desirable,  not  mere- 
ly because  of  its  own  seriousness,  but  be- 
cause of  the  manifold  advantages  that  will 
accrue  to  the  community  thru  the  efforts 
to  overcome  it.  To  have  any  measure  of 
the  blame  for  failure  on  the  part  of  public 
health  authorities  fastened  upon  the  medical 
profession  is  unfortunate,  because  physi- 
cians are  in  possession  of  all  the  facts  rela- 
tive to  the  benefits  of  typhoid  immuniza- 
tion, and  know  full  well  the  benefits  which 
are  to  be  derived  from  an  extension  of  its 
practice. 

•  A  second  criticism  which  merits  consid- 
eration lies  in  the  statement  "In  a  relatively 
large  proportion  of  the  cases  admitted  to 
general  hospitals,  supervision  for  the  pur- 
pose of  enforced  sanitary  precautions  and 
for  other  purposes  does  not  seem  to  have 
been  as  rigidly  exercised  as  in  the  supervi- 
sion of  cases  treated  at  home."  Particular 
reference  is  made  to  the  fact  that  general 
hospitals  have  discharged  patients  who  have 
survived  typhoid  fever  without  referring 
their  records  to  the  Department  of  Health 
prior  to  their  discharge,  so  that  a  labora- 
tory examination  might  be  made  to  deter- 
mine the  presence  or  absence  of  typhoid 
bacilli  in  the  intestinal  tract.  It  is  patent 
that  such  individuals  discharged  from  hos- 


pitals without  proper  safeguard  constitute 
a  group  among  whom  there  may  be  nu- 
merous bacilli  carriers  free  to  go  about  and 
serve  as  a  menace  to  those  with  whom  they 
come  in  contact. 

The  importance  of  coDtroUing  tsrphoid 
carriers  is  beyond  argument.  The  practice 
of  releasing  patients    who    have    suflfered 
from  typhoid  fever  only  after  two  stools 
have  been  found  to  be  negative  for  typhoid 
baciUi  is  of  great  importance.   The  experi- 
ence of  the  Health  Department  has  indicated, 
however,  that  public  safety  is  better  assured 
by  a  requirement  that  all  individuals  who 
recover  from  typhoid  shall  ''for  a  period 
of  from  six  months  to  a  year  be  required 
to  submit  specimens  of  stools  at  regular 
intervals,  so  as  to  make  certain  that  we  are 
not  releasing  carriers  who  may  move  about 
freely  and  prove  to  be  a  source  of  infection 
to  others."     Some  municipalities  demand 
that  suspected  carriers  enter  a  hospital  un- 
der the  jurisdiction  of  the  health  department 
for  a  day,  at  stated  intervals,  so  that  stools 
may  be  obtained  under  proper  supervision 
with  a  view  to  preventing  the  substitution 
of  a  stool  obtained  from  a  normal  person 
for  that  of  the  suspected  carrier.     In  this 
direction,  hospital  authorities  should  freely 
cooperate.    Their  responsibility  to  the  com- 
munity is  not  ended  when  the  typhoid  suf- 
ferer   leaves    the    institution.      From    the 
standpoint  of  public  health,  the  individual 
is  not  cured  until  his  body  is  freed  from  the 
typhoid  bacilli  that  may  lurk  in  the  intestinal 
tract.     Incidentally,   it   may   be   remarked 
that  hospitals  might  be  more  rigid  in  de- 
manding the  immunization  of  all  persons 
who  come  in  contact  with  typhoid  sufferers. 
This  applies  particularly  to  internes,  nurses 
and  orderlies,  whose  protection  is  essential 
not  merely  for  the  sake  of  their  own  health. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MBDIOZNa 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


October^  1919 


627 


but  in  the  interests  of  the  entire  hospital 
and  the  community  it  serves. 

During  1918  less  than  one  per  cent,  of 
the  total  number  of  typhoid  cases  reported 
gave  a  history  of  having  received  immuniz- 
ing doses  of  typhoid  vaccine.  While  these 
figures  cannot  be  fully  interpreted  without 
a  knowledge  of  the  relative  proportion  of 
the  population  already  immunized,  at  first 
glance  they  are  highly  suggestive  of  the 
dangers  existent  from  non-immunization. 
The  history  of  the  military  and  naval  forces 
during  the  war  attests  the  tremendous  ad- 
vantages conferred  thru  the  protective  inoc- 
ulation. There  is  no  reason  why  similar 
advantages  should  not  obtain  during  times 
of  peace. 

The  two  main  factors  today,  outside  of 
sanitation,  for  the  prevention  of  typhoid 
fever  are  personal  immunization  and  the 
control  of  typhoid  carriers.  The  responsi- 
bility for  securing  both  of  these,  while  pri- 
marily resting  upon  health  departments,  is 
no  less  an  obligation  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession. Where  sanitation  is  particularly 
lax,  the  necessity  for  immunization  is  tre- 
mendously increased.  It  is  impossible,  how- 
ever, without  mandator}'  public  health  prac- 
tice to  succeed  in  immunizing  a  community 
without  the  heartiest  support  and  coopera- 
tion of  the  medical  profession.  If  it  were 
possible  for  each  individual  physician  to 
recognize  in  himself  a  small  but  powerful 
cell  of  the  public  health  organism,  he  would 
function  more  vigorously  for  the  benefit  of 
the  entire  community.  The  least  that  can 
be  said  is  that  criticisms  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession for  failures  to  carry  out  sensible 
provisions  of  modern  hygiene  and  medicine 
should  serve  as  a  stimulus  to  greater  activ- 
ity. If  physicians  fail  to  support  the  re- 
sponsibility of  health  authorities,  one  can 
scarcely  blame  laymen  for  objecting  to  pro- 


visions of  law  in  their  own  behalf  concern- 
ing whose  value  they  are  in  doubt.  The 
best  medium  for  advertising  the  benefits 
of  public  health  measures  should  be  the 
profession  itself,  which  stands  as  the  ex- 
ponent of  modern  preventive  medicine. 


Rural  Health  Administratioii. — The  re- 
cent study  of  Rural  Children  in  Selected 
Counties  of  North  Carolina  (Rural  Child 
Welfare,  Series  No.  2)  is  highly  suggestive 
of  the  numerous  problems  confronting 
county  health  officers  or  State  departments 
of  health  interested  in  raising  health 
standards.  The  population  of  the  areas 
studied  is  uniformly  native  born  American 
of  native  percentage,  so  that  the  question 
of  foreign  influences  is  not  involved.  The 
main  difficulty  apparently  is  one  of  sanita- 
tion, with  a  lack  of  pure  water  and  the  more 
pronounced  deficiency  of  privies,  render- 
ing soil  pollution  almost  inevitable. 

The  most  striking  finding  is  the  high  ma- 
ternal death  rate  from  causes  pertaining  to 
child  birth  in  the  lowland  county,  41.5,  and 
in  the  mountain  county  21.9  per  hundred 
thousand  population  as  compared  with  the 
rate  of  15.2  for  the  entire  area  of  death 
registration.  The  high  figures  are  largely 
due  to  the  significantly  high  rate  of  93.9 
among  negro  women.  Patently,  facilities  for 
protecting  the  life  and  health  of  mothers 
during  childbirth  are  totally  insufficient.  In 
the  lowland  county,  one-third  of  the  white 
mothers  and  nine-tenths  of  the  negro  moth- 
ers were  attended  by  midwives.  Few  women 
had  received  any  prenatal  advice  or  atten- 
tion, while  nursing  care  at  confinement  con- 
sisted largely  of  the  services  of  untrained 
relatives  and  neighbors.  Trained  nursing 
during  confinement  is  totally  lacking  in  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


628 


October,  1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


Amwucan  Mbdxouis 


mountain  county,  and  inability  to  secure 
medical  attention  at  childbirth  is  not  rare, 
and  even  where  the  physician  was  in  attend- 
ance, post-natal  visits  were  rarely  made. 
The  demand  for  rural  nurses  for  prenatal 
education  and  obstetrical  care  is  obvious  and 
immediate. 

Fortunately,  the  infant  mortality  rate  is 
not  very  high,  probably  because  of  the  al- 
most universal  breast  feeding  of  infants, 
frequently  continued  well  into  the  second 
year.  Nearly  half  of  the  infant  deaths  oc- 
curred within  the  first  two  weeks  after  birth, 
probably  from  causes  incidental  to  dystocia 
or  disease  during  pregnancy.  The  reduction 
in  this  mortality  rate  may  best  be  offset  by 
further,  prenatal  care. 

The  nind  dEstricts  ol  the  country  are 

suffering  from  ignorance  even  more  than 
from  poverty.  The  education  of  citizens, 
however,  is  distinctly  within  the  range  of 
state  function,  and,  in  consequence,  the  re- 
sponsibility for  existent  deficiencies  lies  at 
the  doors  of  the  State  departments  of  health. 
The  need  for  public  health  nursing,  based 
upon  a  plan  of  county  nursing  service  and 
community  nursing,  is  manifest.  To  many, 
public  health  nursing  ?s  still  r^;arded  as  an 
interesting  experiment,  bom  of  a  charitable 
interest  in  various  classes  of  society.  It  is 
time  that  nursing  service  was  removed  from 
the  category  of  charitable  enterprises  and 
placed  among  the  public  health  necessities 
and  essentials  where  it  belongs. 

Recognition  of  the  right  of  individuals 
in  rural  districts  to  a  type  of  health  pro- 
tection equal  to  that  afforded  to  residents 
of  urban  districts  should  not  be  further 
ignored.  Large  cities  possess  the  means  of 
supplying  the  health  needs  of  their  own 
communities.  The  scattered  population, 
however,  in  rural  sections  makes  it  difficult 


to  provide  the  necessary  agents  without  the 
cooperation  and  support  of  larger  units  of 
the  population  such  as  the  county,  a  group 
of  counties,  or  the  State.  Medical  inspection 
of  school  children,  the  provision  of  prenatal 
care  and  adequate  obstetrical  attention,  edu- 
cation in  the  home  in  matters  pertainii:^  to 
hygiene  and  sanitation  are  equally  if  not 
more  important,  in  rural  communities  than 
in  urban  sections. 

The  conditions  revealed  by  the  studies  in 
Kansas  and  North  Carolina  clearly  indi- 
cate the  dire  necessity  of  increasing  appro- 
priations for  education  in  rural  sections,  but 
education  in  itself,  valuable  as  it  may  be, 
does  not  suffice.  Some  follow-up  scheme 
must  be  devised  which  makes  it  possible  to 
give  direct  instruction  in  the  home  thru  the 
use  of  varied  types  of  public  health  agencies 
essential  for  carrying  out  the  principles  and 
plans  enunciated  in  bulletins,  pamphlets, 
posters,  monographs  and  lectures. 

Physicians  practicing  in  rural  sections  are 
greatly  handicapped  in  prophylactic  work 
owing  to  the  distances  that  must  be 
traversed  in  reaching  the  various  homes  and 
because  of  the  lack  of  facilities  for  main- 
taining healthful  conditions  in  them.  The 
lack  of  sanitary  homes,  overcrowding,  in- 
sufficient food  of  the  right  sort,  poor  water 
supply,  and  unsanitary  privies  complicate 
the  situation.  The  real  necessities  of  the 
rural  communities  are  not  met  thru  books, 
papers  and  magazines,  county  fairs  and  the 
establishment  of  institutions  for  defectives, 
delinquents  and  dependents.  There  is  an  im- 
perative necessity  for  socializing  and  hu- 
manizing public  health  work  in  rural  com- 
munities, in  a  fashion  that  only  becomes 
possible  when  the  machinery  of  public 
health  work  is  enlarged  so  as  to  afford  every 
opportunity  for  health  to  the  normal  part 
of  the  population  whose  worth  to  society 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMDUCAN    MBDICINB 


EDITORIAL   COMMBNT 


October,  1919 


629 


is  of  the  maximum  importance.  Difficulties 
are  numerous  and  obstacles  great,  but  these 
do  not  suffice  to  excuse  or  condone  a  state 
of  hygiene  and  sanitation  which  reflects 
most  seriously  upon  the  present  state  of 
public  health  administration  in  the  sparsely 
populated  sections  of  the  country. 


IntematioiMiliring  the  Fight  Against 
Venereal  Diseases^— At  the  Medical  Con- 
ference of  the  Inter-Allied  G>mmittees  of 
Red  Cross  Societies,  various  sub-conunittees 
discussed  specific  topics  and  presented 
plans  of  organization  for  combating  par- 
ticular conditions,  whose  conquest  is  neces- 
sary for  the  advancement  of  public  health 
and  child  welfare. 

The  Section  on  Venereal  Diseases,  in  its 
report,  embodies  various  principles  which 
involve:  (1)  Measures  for  the  protection  of 
individuals  not  yet  infected;  (2)  Measures 
for  the  elimination  of  conditions  of  environ- 
ment favoring  the  dissemination  of  venereal 
diseases;  (3)  Measures  for  the  discovery, 
treatment,  control  of  individuals  already  in- 
fected ;  (4)  Measures  for  accurate  observa- 
tions and  recording  of  data  relative  to  ef- 
forts to  combat  venereal  diseases  on  lines 
already  established;  (5)  Measures  for 
furthering  research  upon  venereal  disease 
infections  and  the  demonstration  of  new 
methods  for  combating  venereal  diseases; 
(6)  Measures  for  education. 

It  is  patent  that  the  activities  involved 
depend  upon  education,  research  and  an  in- 
crease in  the  number  of  centers  of  activity 
against  venereal  diseases.  It  is  difficult  to 
arrange  these  three  in  the  order  of  impor- 
tance but,  obviously,  education  must  be 
emphasized  fundamentally  in  order  to  stim- 
ulate public  opinion,  rouse  lethargic  con- 
sciences, and  awaken  a  powerful  desire  to 


work  cooperatively  on  the  part  of  doctors, 
nurses,  legislators,  social  workers,  moral 
and  religious  workers,  as  well  as  the  vast 
group  of  un-thinking  and  high-thinking  in- 
dividuals termed  "the  general  public."  It  is 
manifestly  necessary  that  a  comprehensive 
program  be  adopted  if  results  are  to  be 
achieved  commensurate  with  the  physical, 
social,  and  economic  importance  of  vene- 
real diseases.  The  necessity  for  popular 
propaganda  for  the  control  of  syphilis, 
gonorrhea  and  chancroid,  no  longer  re- 
quires argument. 

The  Aid  of  the  Red  CroM.— The 
importance  of  having  the  backing  and 
active  assistance  of  the  Red  Cross  So- 
cieties thruout  the  world  is  apparent.  The 
direction  of  the  huge  forces  gathered  to- 
gether for  emergent  war  work  will  require 
guidance  into  new  channels  of  effort,  and 
the  massing  of  the  Red  Cross  forces  in  an 
attack  upon  any  problem  is  bound  to  re- 
sult in  a  wide  degree  of  popular  education 
with  valuable  results. 

A  comparatively  few  years  ago  a  mere 
handful  of  physicians  and  laymen  were  in- 
terested in  attacking  the  venereal  diseases. 
Despite  the  fears  of  many  that  this  subject 
was  too  dangerous  for  public  discussion,  a 
constructive  plan  of  propaganda  and  organ- 
ization was  devised  and  fostered.  A  new 
impetus  was  given  to  the  movement  by 
large  exhibits,  particularly  that  held  in  con- 
nection with  the  International  Congress  of 
Hygiene  and  Demography  at  Washington. 
Growth  was  slow,  but  adherents  to  the 
cause  took  on  a  new  determination  and  thru 
the  activities  of  the  American  Federation* 
of  Sex  Hygiene  and  its  publications,  the 
movement  increased  in  intensity  and  worth. 
The  Great  War  marked  a  critical  time  in 
the  evolution  of  social  hygiene.     The  Na- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


630 


October,  1919 


UEN  AND  THINGS 


Amducan  1Is>icinb 


tional  Government  early  recognized  the  im- 
portance of  protecting  its  soldiery  insofar 
as  might*  be  possible  from  the  hazards  of 
venereal  infections.  The  united  efforts  of 
the  Departments  of  War  and  Navy,  the 
commission  on  Training  Camp  Activities, 
and  the  United  States  Public  Health  Serv- 
ice brought  about  a  tremendous  wave  of 
activity  and  reform  looking  toward  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  higher  moral  standard  at 
home  and  abroad.  The  National  efforts 
have  been  crystallized  by  the  establishment 
of  a  Division  on  Venereal  Diseases  under 
the  able  leadership  of  Colonel  C.  C.  Pierce, 
which  is  today  a  most  active  force  in  stimu- 
lating public  opinion,  in  promoting  national 
publicity,  and  in  organizing  state  and  local 
action. 

The  achievements  of  the  past  two  years 
bear  witness  to  a  vast  amount  of  construc- 
tive effort,  supported  by  the  interest  and 
enthusiasm  of  a  war-swept  state  of  mind. 
For  the  continuation  of  the  lines  of  develop- 
ment thus  far  established,  and  their  exten- 
sion in  various  directions,  it  is  essential  to 
keep  together  all  sections  of  the  body  politic, 
whose  interests  were  first  secured  thru  the 
exigencies  of  war  work.  It  is,  for  this 
reason,  therefore,  that  the  advent  of  Red 
Cross  Societies  into  the  field  of  social  hy- 
giene must  be  hailed  and  encouraged. 

The  International  Conference  marks  the 
completion  of  efforts  at  initiating  new  ma- 
chinery for  fighting  the  black  plagues  thru- 
out  the  world.  The  vastness  of  the  forces 
aligned  must  be  construed  as  an  indication 
of  the  seriousness  of  the  problem.  Behind 
all  the  machinery,  however,  there  is  the 
hand  and  mind  of  man,  and  it  is  the  human 
effort,  thought,  and  power,  which  must  be 
relied  upon  to  support  the  comprehensive 
program  devised  at  Cannes,  if  success,  how- 
ever relative,  is  to  be  obtained  within  the 
next  decade  or  generation. 


MEN  AND 
THINGS 


Widening  the  Doctor's  Sphere. — It  was 

extremely  interesting,  and  at  the  same  time 
illuminating,  to  read  the  newspaper  reports 
of  the  surgical  congress.  In  almost  ever}' 
case  they  emphasized  the  simple,  easily  un- 
derstandable nature  of  the  address.  The 
reporter,  expecting  to  be  buried  under  an 
avalanche  of  technical  verbiage  and  fearful 
lest  his  ignorance  of  things  medical  and 
surgical  render  the  subject  discussed  en- 
tirely unintelligible,  found  to  his  utter 
amazement  and  pleasure  that  he  could  un- 
derstand and  appreciate  almost  everything 
that  was  said,  in  fact  that  he  could  follow 
the  meaning  of  the  speaker  as  easily  as  the 
professional  men  present.  Commenting  on 
Dr.  William  J.  Mayo's  opening  address,  one 
newspaper  remarks :  "He  escaped  from  the 
realm  of  the  technical  and  discussed  a  num- 
ber of  highly  important  topics  in  a '  way 
that  anyone  could  understand  and  appreci- 
ate." That,  the  writer  explains,  was  due 
to  the  fact  that  Dr.  Mayo  treated  his  au- 
ditors not  mere  as  fellow  surgeons,  but 
also  as  citizens  concerned  in  the  solution  of 
all  the  problems  that  confront  the  general 
public.  The  newspapers  have  been  quick 
to  appreciate  the  new  attitude  that  is  being 
assumed  by  both  surgeon  and  physician. 
Hitherto  they  had  been  accustomed  to  rele- 
gate reports  of  such  conventions  to  some 
obscure  page,  feeling  that  it  did  not  con- 
stitute news  of  wide  interest;  but  now,  for 
the  first  time,  both  the  surgical  congress 
and  the  convention  of  women  physicians 
were  not  only  reported  minutely  from  day 
to  day,  but  were  made  the  occasion  for  illus- 
trated articles  and  popular  interviews.  That 
the  daily  papers  shoult  adopt  the  intricate 
and  highly  specialized  subjects  of  medicine 
and  surgery  as  matter  for  their  columns  is 
a  most  gratifying  comment  on  the  new 
character  these  callings  have  assumed,  the 
altered  attitude  the  professional  man  has 
assumed.  No  longer  is  medicine  shrouded 
in  a  veil  of  mystery,  no  longer  does  the 
physician  hand  down    his    diagnoses    and 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AliUtlCAN   MSDIdNS 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


October,  19  Iv 


631 


judgments  from  an  altitude.  He  has  de- 
scended into  the  midst  of  his  fellows,  he 
speaks  their  language,  he  appeals  to  his  pa- 
tients as  a  human  to  humans.  What  has 
happened  to  conventions  has  happened  to 
the  publications  of  the  profession:  ad- 
dressing themselves  primarily  to  profes- 
sional men,  they  are  nevertheless  read  and 
understood  and  often  enjoyed  by  the  laity, 
who  are  no  longer  confounded  by  a  degree 
of  technicality  which  was  a  form  of  snob- 
bery and  a  deliberate  weapon  against  the 
admission  of  the  untutored  masses.  Now 
the  physician  and  the  surgeon  deliberately 
court  the  masses,  deliberately  make  their 
appeal  in  language  simple  and  non-techni- 
cal enough  to  be  understood  by  the  vast 
public ;  for  both  physician  and  surgeon  have 
come  to  realize  that  their  sphere  has  broad- 
ened enormously  in  recent  years,  that  their 
mission  is  something  more  than  writing  pre- 
scriptions and  cutting  live  tissue,  that  their 
calling  is  an  invitation  to  a  wide  usefulness 
and  a  wide  social  service  of  which  they  are 
availing  themselves  in  greater  and  greater 
numbers. 

Hence  it  is  that  the  recent  conventions 
have  given  themselves  over  so  uniquely  and 
admirably  to  the  larger  problems  of  medi- 
cine and  surgery — the  social,  industrial  and 
moral  problems,  rather  than  the  strictly  pro- 
fessional problems.  Particularly  was  this 
true  of  the  convention  of  women  physicians. 
A  list  of  the  subjects  that  were  discussed 
at  this  convention  is  extremely  illuminating 
and  shows  the  changing  nature  of  the  gen- 
eral attitude  toward  the  public  on  the  part 
of  the  profession.  Disease  was  discussed, 
but  it  was  discussed  almost  entirely  from 
its  social  side.  Sanitation  came  up  numer- 
ous times,  but  sanitation  as  a  community 
responsibility,  rather  than  as  a  problem  in 
medical  science,  was  the  point  at  issue.  A 
resolution  was  passed  urging  that  "provision 
be  made  in  the  covenant  of  the  League  of 
Nations  for  an  Industrial  Bureau  of  Hy- 
giene." It  was  recommended  that  persons 
of  both  sexes  be  urged  to  undergo  physical 
examination  before  marriage  and  also  that 
there  should  be  regular  physical  examination 
of  children  up  to  the  time  they  leave  school. 
Authorities  were  advised  to  take  measures 
for  provision  of  good  food  at  reasonable 
prices  and  that  the  public  be  educated  in 
food  values.  Physicians  were  urged  to 
make     themselves     familiar     with     condi- 


tions under  which  workers  were  employed 
and  to  work  for  the  removal  of  those  re- 
sponsible for  ill  health.  A  unanimous  sen- 
timent in  favor  of  accident  insurance  for 
workers,  as  well  as  insurance  against  sick- 
ness, neither  at  the  expense  of  the  employee, 
was  expressed.  And  in  addition  there  were 
a  host  of  kindred  subjects  with  which  hith- 
erto the  profession  has  concerned  itself  lit- 
tle or  not  at  all. 

It  has  been  the  policy  of  American  Med- 
icine in  the  past,  and  it  will  remain  so  in 
the  future,  to  encourage  this  broadening  of 
the  doctor's  sphere,  to  report  and  stimulate 
any  effort  to  identify  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine with  the  larger,  more  vital,  more  ur- 
gent social  tasks.  If  at  times  it  may  have 
seemed  that  we  were  going  far  afield  in 
discussing  industrial,  social  or  ethical  prob- 
lems, it  was  with  the  studied  and  deliberate 
purpose  of  attaching  one  more  interest  to 
the  ever-widening,  ever-expanding  useful- 
ness of  the  doctor.  It  is  for  this  reason 
that  what  Miss  Jane  Addams  had  to  say 
at  the  convention  of  women  doctors  as- 
sumes such  great  importance.  And  it  is 
for  this  reason  that  Dr.  Anna  Moutet*s  ad- 
dress on  the  French  attitude  toward  illegiti- 
mate children  seems  of  such  great  moment. 


Depopulatioii   and   lUegitiinacy. — It   is 

significant  that  it  was  a  French  doctor, 
Mme.  Moutet,  of  Lyons,  who  arose  at  the 
convention  as  the  champion  of  the  illegiti- 
mate child.  The  circumstance  merely  em- 
phasizes the  familiar  observation  that 
France  has  always  led  the  other  nations 
in  its  enlightened  attitude  toward  the  un- 
married mother,  but  it  serves  to  emphasize 
also  the  oft-repeated  assertion  that  morality 
is  merely  a  matter  of  geography.  The  dif- 
ference between  our  attitude  and  that  of 
the  French  toward  illegitimacy  is  merely 
one  of  population  demands.  The  French 
have  as  lofty  an  ideal  of  marriage  and  of 
the  family  as  we,  and  their  attitude  toward 
illegitimate  children  is  not  a  frivolous  one. 
In  comparing  the  two  nations,  the  deter- 
mining factor,  however,  is  that  here  the 
population  is  growing  rapidly  and  constant- 
ly, while  in  France  the  population  is  di- 
minishing rapidly  and  constantly.  Hence 
we  can  afford  to  maintain  our  severe 
condemnation   of   the   bearing  of  children 


Digitized  by 


Google 


632 


October,  191$ 


ICBN  AND  THINGS 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


out  of  wedlock,  while  the  French  can- 
not do  so.  Their  need  of  children  is  so 
great  that  they  are  constrained  to  waive 
moral  considerations  and  to  strain  their 
ethical  code  in  order  to  add  to  their  dimin- 
ishing numbers.  It  was,  therefore,  a  French 
woman  who  dared  to  say :  "It  is  important 
above  all  to  favor  the  rate  of  birth  by  all 
means,  to  do  away  with  all  obstacles  in  the 
protection  of  all  children  indiscriminately. 
The  procreation  of  a  child  must  no  longer 
be  held  as  a  disgrace  or  as  a  burden.  The 
girl  mother  must  be  lifted,  the  prejudice 
which  makes  her  an  object  of  censure  must 
be  combated  and  if  irregular  birth  is  no 
longer  a  disgrace  to  the  child,  neither  must 
it  be  a  dishonor  to  the  mother.  She  must 
find  in  society  for  herself  and  her  child  the 
support  which  in  the  past  was  refused  her." 
Without  doubt  Mme.  Moutet's  remarks 
found  a  ready  and  sympathetic  response  in 
the  hearts  of  her  audience.  They  were 
physicians,  but  they  were  women  first  of  all ; 
and  they  probably  felt  that  Mme.  Moutet's 
viewpoint  was  humane,  generous  and  en- 
ligrhtened.  But  that  the  general  public  of 
this  country  will  accept  her  attitude  or  ap- 
prove of  it  is  questionable.  Anglo-Saxon 
morality  is  inflexible,  stubborn,  unduly 
harsh  even,  and  it  will  be  a  long  time  be- 
fore we  in  this  country  learn  that  there 
may  be  better  places  for  an  erring  girl  than 
the  reformatory  or  the  house  of  correction. 
It  will  be  a  much  longer  time  before  we 
sink  so  low  as  to  feel  gratitude  to  a  woman 
for  bringing  a  child  into  a  world  sorely  in 
need  of  children  and  pay  her  for  her  con- 
tribution, as  the  French  are  doing.  The 
morals  of  a  race  change  very  slowly,  and  it 
is  only  the  threat  of  a  national  calamity  that 
can  precipitate  a  quick  change.  The  dan- 
ger of  depopulation,  even  with  the  pros- 
pect of  extensive  emigration  in  the  future, 
is  not  very  great  in  the  United  States ;  and 
it  is  only  such  a  threat  that  could  alter  our 
attitude  toward  illegitimacv.  To  the  aver- 
age American,  what  the  French  are  doing, 
what  they  plan  to  do  on  a  more  generous 
scale  in  the  future,  is  nothing  less  than  an 
encouragement  to  immorality.  But  the 
French,  who  are  shrewder  than  we  in  such 
matters,  know  that  the  principle  of  gener- 
osity where  children  are  concerned  is  not 
an  encouragement  to  immorality,  but  an 
alleviation  of  it.  They  frankly  acknowledge 
the  inevitability  of  error  and  they  coura- 
geously make  the  most  and  the  best  of  it.  We 


have  yet  to  learn  in  this  country  that  our 
corrective  and  punitive  measures  are  of  lit- 
tle, almost  no,  avail,  and  that  we  are  merely, 
thru  a  mistaken  policy,  adding  to  our  liabil- 
ities when  we  might  be  augmenting  our  as- 
sets. 


Fatigue  and  Its  Moral  Dangers. — Miss 
Jane  Addams,  speaking  at  the  Conference 
of  Women  Physicians,  called  attention  to 
the  moral  danger  involved  in  fatigue.  Miss 
Addams,  always  a  careful  and  dependable 
observer  of  industrial  conditions,  spoke 
briefly  and  scarcely  emphasized  an  observa- 
tion which  brings  to  a  light  a  situation  of 
momentous  importance:  the  unprecedented 
number  of  women  who  have  entered  the 
industrial  world  permanently  as  a  conse- 
quence of  the  demand  for  labor  during  the 
war,  and  the  danger  of  lowered  moral  re- 
sistance accompanying  the  increased  de- 
mand on  their  energies.  "We  have  much 
to  learn  on  the  psychologic  as  well  as  on 
the  physiologic  side  of  the  labor  problem," 
she  said.  "The  connection  between  fatigue 
and  the  lowering  of  moral  resistance  has 
not  yet  been  fully  worked  out,  but  there  is 
an  appalling  connection  between  them.  I 
wish  very  much  some  connection  would  be 
made  between  moral  health  and  the  unnatu- 
ralness  of  women  working  in  factories  with- 
out stimulus  to  their  intellects  or  affec- 
tions." Miss  Addams'  observation  of  the 
relationship  between  fatigue  and  lowered 
moral  resistance  disturbs  the  conventional 
belief  that  idleness  is  one  of  the  most 
frequent  inspirations  to  mischief.  Work 
has  always  been  prescribed  for  those  who 
fell  into  evil  ways  because  they  had  not 
enough  to  keep  them  busy.  It  never  oc- 
curred to  the  well-meaning  advisors  of  work 
that  such  work  might  itself  involve  as  great 
a  temptation  to  mischief  as  idleness.  It 
has  always  been  a  commonplace  belief  that 
hard  labor,  with  the  consequent  fatigue, 
rids  a  man  or  woman  of  his  or  her  inclina- 
tion toward  lewd  or  immoral  diversion. 
Physically,  that  is  true  enough;  but  psy- 
chologically, the  reverse  is  often  the  case. 

In  England,  where  women  in  large  num- 
bers flocked  to  the  munition  factories  early 
in  the  war,  a  serious  situation  developed  in 
a  short  time.  It  was  almost  immediately 
apparent  that  the  women,  who  hitherto  had 
led  conventional,  circumscribed  lives,  were 
indulging  in  appalling  excesses — excesses  of 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBAICAN   MSDIOINl 


MBN    AND    THINGS 


October^  1919 


633 


drinking,  smoking  and  immoral  practices. 
In  fact,  the  immorality  of  the  women  muni- 
tion workers  became  a  serious  concern  thru- 
out  the  country.  At  the  end  of  a  difficult 
day's  work,  exhausted  as  they  were  with 
their  labors,  they  did  not  return  to  their 
homes.  They  congregated  in  the  cafes  and 
centers  of  diversion,  spent  their  money 
freely  and  conducted  themselves  with  alarm- 
ing freedom  in  their  association  with  men. 
In  the  light  of  Miss  Addams'  observations, 
this  is  easy  to  understand.  Their  physical 
energies  were  at  low  ebb,  but  so  was  their 
moral  resistance.  Physically  they  were  not 
disposed  to  moral  weakness,  but  mentally 
they  were  more  than  ever  so  disposed.  And 
it  is  the  mental  element  that  is  the  more 
important  of  the  two.  The  old  adage,  in 
view  of  later  experience,  may  be  altered 
to  read:  "The  spirit  was  willing,  tho  the 
flesh  was  weak."  Hard  work,  tho  it  may 
exhaust  the  body,  often  acts  as  a  stimulent 
to  the  senses.;  and,  if  these  senses  are  not 
properly  directed,  havoc  is  bound  to  result. 
In  this  country,  unless  proper  measures  are 
taken,  the  same  problem  will  confront  us 
as  it  did  in  England.  Countless  women  are 
still  occupied  in  factories  and  the  various 
industries.  For  these  women  there  must 
be  found  an  outlet  which  will  direct  their 
natural  desire  for  relaxation  and  recreation 
into  approved  channels.  At  the  end  of  a 
hard  day's  work  they  must  not  be  left  to 
their  own  tired  resources.  As  Miss  Addams 
briefly  hints,  they  must  be  supplied  with 
some  stimulus  to  their  intellects  and  their 
affections  which  will  serve  to  strengthen 
their  moral  resistance.  Music,  literature, 
municipal  dances  and  entertainment  of  a 
wholesome,  instructive  type  should  be  ac- 
cessible at  all  times.  What  these  working 
women  are  to  do  with  their  leisure  should 
be  made  the  concern  of  the  community.  If 
it  is  not,  their  leisure  will  become  the  very 
vexing  problem  of  the  community  in  a  short 
time.  The  problem  is  a  serious  one,  one 
in  which  the  doctor  may  be  a  very  helpful 
factor,  in  cooperation  with  the  social 
worker. 


Morality  and  the  Nude.^ — Some  time 
ago  a  scientist  was  prosecuted  for  having 
in  his  possession  a  number  of  photographic 
plates  of  the  nude  female  figure.  These 
plates  were  only  part  of  a  collection  which 
this    scholar    employed    to    illustrate    his 


theories  about  race  traits.  There  was 
among  them  a  great  number  of  photographs 
which  revealed  only  facial  characteristics,, 
but  the  few  which  showed  the  figure  seemed 
to  be  ample  evidence  to  the  public  censors 
that  the  man  who  owned  them  was  a  lewd 
and  immoral  collector  of  lewd  and  immoral 
photographs.  It  was  inconceivable  to  them 
that  these  vicious  plates  could  be  prized  for 
anything  but  their  provocative  sexual 
nature.  They  were  confiscated  and,  if  we 
recall  correctly,  destroyed.  The  incident 
emphasizes  only  too  clearly  the  amazing 
misconception  of  our  moral  censors  con- 
cerning the  significance  and  influence  of  the 
nude  on  the  average,  healthy  mind,  a  mis- 
conception which,  one  is  tempted  to  think, 
borders  very  close  on  degeneracy.  It  may 
seem  a  mere  trick  of  verbiage  thus  to  accuse 
the  moral  mentor  of  himself  being  guilty  of 
the  fault  for  which  he  persecutes  his  vic- 
tims, but  the  theory  of  the  moral  instability 
of  most  censors  of  morality  is  founded  more 
in  fact  than  in  fancy.  Indeed,  one  may  say 
that  nine  times  out  of  ten  the  moral  censor 
is  more  completely  the  victim  of  a  dis- 
torted and  perverted  attitude  toward  sex 
than  the  morally  censored.  Every  man  and 
woman  has  some  degree  of  experience  with 
the  nude,  whether  he  be  artist,  physician, 
scientist,  or  layman ;  and  the  writer  has  yet 
to  find  a  single  individual  of  normal,  intel- 
ligent, honest  attitude  toward  life  who  does 
not  acknowledge  that  the  nude  has  always 
been  a  chastening  influence  in  his  life.  The 
association  with  the  nude  is  always  a  pure 
one.  Some  are  impelled  to  purity  by  the 
ugliness  of  the  nude  human  form.  Some 
are  thus  influenced  by  its  beauty.  If  there 
is  any  difference,  that  is  the  only  one  to  be 
found.  Perhaps  the  most  common  and 
most  eloquent  example  of  the  influence  of 
the  nude  may  be  found  in  the  art  school 
classes.  There  a  group  of  students  will  be 
busily  engaged  in  drawing  from  the  nude 
figure  without  seeing  anything  in  that  figure 
but  the  beauty  which  they  are  trying  to 
capture  and  transfer  to  paper  or  canvas. 
The  model  is  not  a  human  being:  she  is 
merely  an  inanimate  example  of  art.  And 
the  best  proof  that  it  is  clothes  and  not 
nudity  which  stirs  adventurous,  romantic, 
perhaps  wicked  motives,  is  the  fact  that  as 
soon  as  the  model  dons  her  clothing  she  at 
once  (and  not  till  then)  becomes  a  lure  to 
the  men  students.  If  nudity  were  more 
compelling  sexually  than  the  clothed  figure, 
then  the  Metropolitan  Art  Museum  would 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


634 


OCTOBBE,    1919 


MBN    AND    THINGS 


Ambrican  Mbdicikb 


draw  larger  crows  than  the  burlesque 
houses  of  New  York.  Which  is  the  more 
disturbing  influence,  in  a  moral  sense,  the 
Venus  de  Milo  or  the  scantily  garbed  bur- 
lesque favorite?  There  can  be  but  one 
answer.  Yet  the  burlesque  houses  con- 
tinue unchallenged  by  the  moral  censors, 
while  the  Venus  de  Milo  is  tolerated  as  a 
dangerous  influence  merely  because  the 
prestige  of  generations  of  admiration  pro- 
tect it. 

If  the  moral  censor  feels  that  the  nude 
has  a  vicious,  harmful  influence  on  the 
public,  he  thinks  so  because  the  nude  has  a 
vicious,  harmful  influence  on  himself.  He 
judges  the  effect  on  others  by  himself — a 
very  mischievous  and  misleading  procedure. 
For,  as  has  been  stated,  on  the  average 
healthy,  normal  individual,  the  eflfect  of  the 
nude  figure  is  completely  disarming  of  all 
vicious  inclinations.  The  average  moral 
censor  thus  reveals  himself  as  not  the 
normal  type.  And,  in  fact,  a  close  study 
of  the  activities  of  moral  censors,  reveals  a 
tendencv  toward  the  abnormal  in  them: 
either  they  are  sexually  hypersensitive  and 
imagine  all  other  people  to  be  like  them- 
selves, or  they  are  sexually  perverted  and 
are  victims  of  reflexes  of  attraction  or  re- 
vulsion which  are  not  within  the  experience 
of  the  normal  type.  Above  all,  they  cannot 
be  happy  individuals.  A  contented  person 
is  rarely  found  on  a  committee  of  persecu- 
tion. Such  committees  when  they  are 
voluntary  are  generally  made  up  of  an  ele- 
ment that  is  either  unsatisfied  or  sated.  It 
has  had  either  too  much  or  too  little  of  the 
experience  it  is  trying  to  suppress  in  others. 
It  is  not  the  normal  type.  It  would  be  in- 
teresting if  some  day  a  psychoanalyst  would 
reveal  the  unconscious  motive  which  guides 
a  moral  censor  toward  the  release  of  his 
libido  by  the  extreme  and  unintelligent 
measure  of  persecuting  those  who  are 
normal  enough  to  release  their  libido  in  a 
natural,  normal,  innocent  manner. 


Theodore    Roosevelt. — As    we   -go    to 

press,  meetings  commemorative  of  the  birth 
of  Theodore  Roosevelt  are  being  held  all 
over  the  country.  Universal  is  the  regret 
felt  by  the  American  people  that  this  great 
man  has  been  taken  from  us,  that  we  are 
denied  his  counsel  and  inspiration  in  these 


troubled  times.  It  is  true,  his  teaching,  his 
splendid  patriotism  and  his  fine  interpreta- 
tion of  Americanism  constitute  a  legacy  that 
cannot  fail  to  enrich  every  one  of  us  and 
enable  us  to  better  realize  the  worth  of  our 
citizenship  in  this,  the  best  country  on  earth. 
But  how  much  it  would  mean  if  the  Nation 
today  could  feel  the  influence  of  his  sane 
and  sober  thought,  the  inspiration  and 
patriotic  glow  of  his  spoken  word,  the  love 
of  this  country  he  could  make  so  real  and 
worth  while! 

Many  and  various  have  been  the  tributes 
paid  to  Theodore  Roosevelt.  All  have  told 
of  the  worth  of  the  man  and  the  poignant 
sorrow  caused  by  his  death.  But  none  has 
better  expressed  the  place  he  filled,  or  the 
part  he  played  than  the  words  of  appreciar 
tion  by  Curran  Pope  in  a  recent  issue  of  the 
Indianapolis  Medical  Journal.  We  are  un- 
able to  print  these  in  their  entirety  but  the 
following  sum  up  so  well  the  life  and  works 
of  this  great  American  citizen,  that  we 
esteem  it  a  privilege  to  reproduce  them. 

"He  was  an  American,  man,  citizen  and 
soldier.  Democratic  to  the  core,  he  loved 
his  country  and  its  people  above  everything 
else.  No  one  seemed  ever  to  question  (suc- 
cessfully?) this.  No  matter  what  mistakes 
he  may  have  made,  and  they  were  many, 
for  Theodore  Roosevelt  was  human,  we  all 
agree  they  were  the  mistakes  of  wisdom  and 
not  those  of  intent.  Not  even  his  bitterest 
enemy  questions  his  Americanism,  his  love 
of  his  flag  and  his  undying  patriotism.  He 
was  a  born  leader  of  men.  Few  in  America 
can  or  have  been  able  to  rally  a  hundred 
thousand  men  to  a  standard,  ready  to  do  or 
die,  because  he  whom  they  loved  and  re- 
spected was  ready  to  lead  them,  they  cared 
not  whither,  even  though  it  be  to  the  carol 
of  the  great  guns.  In  my  opinion,  this  one 
incident  in  a  career  so  replete  stamps  him 
with  attributes  of  courage,  power  and  per- 
sonality no  other  in  this  broad  land  of  ours 
has  ever  possessed.  And  history  will  in 
time  give  him  his  rightful  place  as  a  great 
American.  When  the  passage  of  time  cools 
the  ardor  of  men,  when  just  judgments  can 
be  formed,  the  intellectual  gifts,  the  quali- 
ties of  hand  and  heart  will  be  truly  appre- 
ciated. His  friends  will  remain  staunch  and 
true ;  embittered  partisan  feelings  will  fade ; 
in  his  death  enmities  will  cease,  and  the  real 
American  will  estimate  him  for  what  he  has 
been  and  remember  him  for  his  rich  con- 
tributions to  this  country's  cause." 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


October,  1919 


635 


^ORIGINAL 
TICLES 


CAUSES,  DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREAT- 
MENT  OF  CHRONIC  COUGH.^ 

BY 

IRVING  WILSON  VOORHEBS,  M.   S.,   M.   D., 

Assistant  Surgeon,  Manhattan  Eye,  Ear 

and  Throat, 

New  York  City. 

Every  practitioner  of  general  medicine 
is  quite  familiar  with  a  rather  large  group 
of  patients  who  consult  him  because  of  a 
persistent  troublesome  cough.  Sometimes 
such  cough  is  of  many  years  standing  and 
is  associated,  consequently,  with  very 
marked  pathologic  changes  in  certain  body 
structures;  but  quite  often  the  cough  has 
been  present  for  only  a  few  weeks  or 
months,  and  yet  gives  every  sign  of  becom- 
ing permanent  since  it  does  not  yield  to 
any  of  the  ordinary  remedies  prescribed 
in  such  conditions.  There  is  a  history  of 
frequent  colds,  of  asthma  or  hay  fever  or 
some  severe  acute  illness  such  as  influenza 
from  which  the  patient  recovered  in  every 
detail  except  this  distressing  symptom  which 
"seems  to  hang  on"  as  the  vernacular  puts 
it. 

These  patients  are  not  very  welcome  in 
the  physician's  waiting  room  because  they 
disturb  and  drive  away  other  patients  who 
think  that  everyone  having  a  cough  must 
be  a  victim  of  tuberculosis.     Moreover,  it 

*Read  before  the  Greater  N.  Y.  Med.  Ass'n, 
April.  1919. 


requires  much  time  and  study  in  some  in- 
stances to  establish  a  diagnosis,  much  more 
time  and  study  than  the  hard-driven  gen- 
eral practitioner  can  spend,  and  therefore 
the  "expectant  method"  of  treatment  is 
the  one  most  commonly  adopted. 

The  causes  of  chronic  cough  fall  con- 
veniently under  three  heads,  altho  the 
classification  might  doubtless  be  extended, 
but  for  present  purposes  these  three  will 
suffice : 

A.  From  mechanical  irritation  of 
vagus. 

B.  From  bacterial  infection  somewhere 
along  the  path  of  the  airways. 

C.  From  "sensitization"  to  proteid 
toxins  and  to  pollens. 

It  is  well  known  that  almost  any  irrita- 
tion of  a  peripheral  organ  will  produce  re- 
flex cough.  For  example,  in  examining 
the  auditory  canal,  or  in  removing  cerumen 
the  patient  sometimes  coughs  quite  vio- 
lently for  a  minute  or  so.  Pressure  against 
the  lingual  or  faucial  tonsils  likewise  brings 
on  a  spasm  of  coughing,  and  there  are  cases 
of  diseased  tonsils,  that  is  disease  of  the 
tonsillar  crypts,  associated  with  cough  which 
are  entirely  relieved  by  tonsillectomy. 

Pressure  upon  the  vagus  thru  new 
growths  or  enlarged  glands  sets  up  this 
same  cough  reflex.  Aneurysmal  cough  is 
well  described  in  the  symptom-complex  of 
the  older  writers  on  medicine  as  well  as  by 


Digitized  by 


Google 


636 


October,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Amkrican  Mbdicins 


the  more  modern  authors.  Goitre  and 
cervical  glands  are  occasional  causes,  altho 
pressure  here  tends  more  to  the  paralytic 
than  to  the  stimulative  or  irritative  lesion. 
Elongated  uvula  with  a  constant  sensation 
of  tickling  in  the  throat  is  responsible  for 
irritation  of  the  vagus  fibres  supplying  the 
epiglottis,  and  the  latter  is  also  influenced 
in  turn  by  the  pressure  of  an  hypertrophied 
lingual  tonsil  at  the  base  of  the  tongue. 
New  growth  of  the  esophagus  in  the  early 
stage  irritates  the  vagus  and  causes  cough, 
while  pressure  symptoms  at  a  later  stage 
may  cause  the  usual  paralysis.  Foreign 
body  in  the  trachea,  bronchi  or  lungs  may 
set  up  very  great  irritative  cough  which 
later  on  is  associated  with  the  expectora- 
tion of  large  amounts  of  pus  due  to  the  co- 
incident bacterial  invasion.  The  cough  of 
chronic  passive  congestion  of  the  lungs  due 
to  heart,  kidney  or  liver  disease  has  been 
often  described  in  the  text  books  and  has 
been  corroborated  clinically. 

There  are  doubtless  many  other  mechan- 
ical causes  but  it  is  quite  unnecessary  to 
multiply  them  here.  It  is  sufficient  to  in- 
sist that  every  peripheral  source  must  be 
investigated  in  order  that  nothing  be  over- 
looked; for  an  accurate  diagnosis  is  indis- 
pensable to  any  system  of  rational  and  ef- 
fective treatment. 

The  second  group  of  causes  and  by  far 
the  commonest  is  that  in  which  there  is 
bacterial  infection  somewhere  along  the 
airways.  It  is  with  this  group  that  we  are 
chiefly  concerned  in  this  essay. 

Any  chronic  infection  of  the  respiratory 
tract  must  have  been  at  one  time  acute,  and 
hence  at  that  period  of  the  individual's  his- 
tory was  curable  since  the  patient  did  not 
succumb  to  it.  The  reason  why  no  cure 
was  effected  is  either  because  the  body  re- 
sistence  was  inadequate  to  rout  the  enemy 


entirely,  or  because  the  aid  afforded  by  med- 
ication  or  general  management  of  the  case 
was  likewise  inadequate.  Neglected  or 
improperly  treated  "colds"  are  the  com- 
monest causes  of  chronicity  of  mucous 
membrane  disease,  for  it  is  commonly  con- 
ceded now  that  so-called  colds  are  infec- 
tious and  communicable,  and  as  such  are  a 
menace  to  public  health.  Says  Rosenau: 
"Could  the.  sum  total  of  suffering,  incon- 
venience, sequelae  and  economic  loss  result- 
ing from  common  colds  be  obtained  it  would 
at  once  promote  these  infections  from  the 
rank  of  the  trivial  into  the  rank  of  serious 
diseases." 

Bacteria  capable  of  causing  the  clinical 
entity  described  as  "a  cold"  are  probably 
always  present  on  the  respiratory  mucous 
membrane,  especially  in  the  upper  tract. 
These  are  the  exciting  cause;  the  predis- 
posing causes  being  chilling  of  the  body 
surface,  exposure  and  fatigue.  Not  only 
rhinitis  but  many  other  infections  may  fol- 
low chilling  of  the  body  or  wet  feet,  no- 
tably pneumonia  and  that  vague  thing  which 
we  call  "rheumatism".  Just  so  soon  as  the 
body  resistance  falls  below  normal  the  bac- 
teria are  ready  to  do  their  work  and  will 
succeed  unless  there  are  sufficient  anti- 
bodies to  offset  even  an  overwhelming  num- 
ber of  bacteria.  Emery  says  that  when  the 
surface  of  the  body  is  chilled,  the  phago- 
cytes circulating  thru  the  skin  are  alter- 
nately subjected  to  the  excessive  interior 
warmth  and  the  excessive  exterior  cold 
which  render  them  less  efficient  function- 
ally. He  found  that  immunity  is  a  purely 
relative  term,  and  that  even  in  the  otherwise 
immune,  susceptibility  may  be  superinduced 
by  experimental  means.  For  instance, 
fowls  are  immune  to  anthrax,  but  are  ren- 
dered susceptible  if  kept  for  some  time 
standing  with  the  feet  well  immersed  in  cold 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicins 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


October,  1919 


637 


water.  It  has  also  been  found  that  cold 
and  wet  are  much  less  likely  to  produce 
disease  during  muscular  exercise,  but 
fatigue  must  be  avoided.  Exercise  in- 
creases the  heat  of  the  body,  increases  heart 
action  and  accelerates  the  movement  of  the 
blood  thru  the  skin,  raising  the  internal 
temperature  of  the  body ;  therefore,  during 
exercise  the  temperature  of  the  leucocytes 
never  falls  much  below  normal  and  their 
function  is  not  reduced. 

There  is  some  ground  for  belief  in  the 
old  dictum  that  "a  fever  patient  never 
catches  cold"  which  is,  perhaps,  explainable 
on  the  basis  that  there  is  always  ^  hyper- 
leucocytosis  when  the  temperature  is  high, 
old  leucocytes  being  constantly  destroyed 
and  new  virile  leucocytes  being  born  out  of 
the  bone  marrow  constantly.  In  any  case 
we  know  that  in  the  presence  of  any  serious 
disease  where  the  number  of  leucocytes  is 
not  increased  or  where  they  fall  below 
normal,  the  prognosis  is  not  good  unless  we 
succeed  in  stimulating  the  growth  of  new 
white  blood  cells.  This  is  such  a  simple 
and  important  factor  in  body  resistance 
that  its  value  should  never  be  overlooked. 
The  recent  influenza  epidemic  bore  witness 
to  the  fact  that  there  was  both  a  relative 
and  actual  decrease  in  leucocytes,  especially 
in  cases  which  succumbed  quickly  to  the  in- 
vading army  of  virulent  micro-organisms. 

When  thinking  of  the  patient's  resistance 
to  disease  one  does  not  always  remember 
that  the  micro-organisms  also  have  a  well- 
developed  line  of  defense  against  both  the 
body  fluids  and  any  agent  which  we  may  in- 
troduce from  without  the  body.  Bacteria 
become  more  or  less  tolerant  to  antiseptic 
agents,  and  even  in  vitro  it  is  not  always 
easy  to  kill  certain  types  such  as  the  spore- 
forming  group.  The  encapsulated  bacteria 
are  also  very  hard  to  kill  because  a  lipoid 


envelope  protects  them  against  the  action 
of  body  fluids.  Moreover,  micro-organ- 
isms .  show  almost  human  intelligence  in 
ensconcing  themselves  in  the  cell  recesses 
of  the  body  where  they  may  remain  strongly 
entrenched  and  maintain  their  virulence 
over  a  period  of  months  or  years.  It  is 
for  this  reason  that  relapses  are  so  com- 
monly met  with  in  acute  disease.  Upon 
the  same  grounds,  too,  one  can  explain  the 
so-called  ''carriers"  of  active  organisms 
which  have  apparently  become  habituated 
to  the  individual  in  such  a  way  that  he  may 
remain  in  an  apparently  good  state  of  health 
while  harboring  them  in  the  various  organs 
and  tissues  of  the  body  thruout  a  period  of 
years.  • 

Further,  there  is  a  general  alkaline  or 
acid  reaction  of  the  body  fluids  which  en- 
courages or  makes  possible  the  tenure  of 
certain  bacteria.  Recent  work  on  the  in- 
testinal flora  has  shown  that  in  chronic 
infection  of  the  lower  bowel  with  well- 
known  symptoms  of  putrefaction,  forma- 
tion of  gas,  numerous  fluid  stools,  etc.,  the 
dejecta  are  acid  in  association  with  certain 
pathogenic  bacteria,  and  alkaline  in  asso- 
ciation with  certain  other  bacterial  groups, 
so  that  rational  treatment  of  the  lower 
bowel  depends  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  re- 
action to  litmus.  Therefore,  where  bac- 
teria are  growing  readily  in  an  acid  medium 
the  bowel  is  flushed  frequently  with  an  alka- 
line wash;  and,  conversely,  where  bacteria 
are  propagating  in  the  presence  of  an  alka- 
line medium,  an  attempt  is  made  to  acidu- 
late the  medium  so  that  the  organisms  will 
find  it  more  difficult  to  live,  thrive  and 
grow. 

Another  factor  which  influences  the 
resistance  of  the  patient  is  the  "acidosis" 
element.  Normally  the  blood  is  alkaline, 
and  when  this  alkalinity  is  reduced  the  ac- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


638 


October,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


American  Medicinb 


tion  of  antibodies  is  lessened,  giving  to 
micro-organisms  and  their  toxins  the 
greatest  opportunity  for  unrestricted  prop- 
agation and  devastation  of  tissue.  Alexins 
and  opsonins  work  best  in  alkaline  media; 
and,  therefore,  the  therapeutist  has  an  op- 
portunity to  favor  this  condition  by  medi- 
cation and  by  diet.  Ingestion  of  acid 
fruits  which  are  converted  into  alkaline 
citrates,  tartrates,  malates  and  the  like  when 
they  reach  the  blood  are  certainly  of  value 
in  combating  acidosis.  This  may  help  to 
explain  the  great  faith  of  the  laity  in  the 
use  of  lemons  during  acute  illnesses,  and 
in  the  light  of  recent  studies  this  faith  may 
have  a  foundation  in  fact. 

The  lower  respiratory  tract  is  sometimes 
infected  from  the  upper  airways.  For  in- 
stance, pus  from  a  sinus  infection  drops 
down  into  the  hypo-pharynx,  sets  up  a 
laryngitis  and  tracheitis,  ultimately  a  bron- 
chitis which  for  one  reason  or  another  never 
gets  entirely  well.  Adenoid  tissue  in  the 
vault  of  the  pharynx  probably  exerts  a  like 
influence,  since  it  is  almost  constantly  a 
culture  medium  for  bacteria.  And  thus  it 
comes  about  after  some  acute,  severe  ill- 
ness such  as  influenza  or  scarlet  fever  that 
the  patient  seemingly  recovers,  but  in  some 
part  of  his  body  there  lurks  the  micro- 
organisms of  the  original  infection,  now 
apparently  harmless  to  the  host  who  has 
established  his  immunity  and  a  tolerance 
for  the  presence  of  such  germs,  but  de- 
cidedly pathogenic  and  harmful  to  the  in- 
nocent, unsuspecting  person  who  happens 
to  make  a  "contact'*  with  the  carrier. 

This  question  of  "carriers"  is  especially 
important  in  considering  chronic  infections 
of  the  airways.  As  may  be  inferred  from 
the  above,  a  carrier  is  one  who  harbors 
pathogenic  micro-organisms  in  his  body 
without  exhibiting  any  personal  manifesta- 


tions of  the  disease.  Diphtheria  bacilli, 
streptococci,  diplococci,  meningococci  and 
many  other  organisms  may  live  in  the  air- 
ways without  giving  any  definite  signs  or 
symptoms  of  their  presence.  It  is  well 
known  that  physicians  and  nurses  go  about 
their  work  in  the  hospital  wards  in  an  ap- 
parently good  state  of  health  carrying  vari- 
ous dangerous  bacteria  in  the  mouth  and 
throat.  Such  are  termed  temporary  car- 
riers ;  for  once  they  are  outside  of  the  locus 
of  infection  for  a  few  days  the  bacteria  can 
no  longer  be  found  by  culture.  An  acute 
carrier  is  one  who  has  had  some  disease 
and  who  harbors  the  micro-organisms  thru- 
out  convalescence  and  for  a  few  days  there- 
after. A  chronic  carrier  is  one  who  has 
recovered  from  an  infection,  but  carries 
the  germ  for  months  or  years  thereafter. 

The  study  of  carriers  has  shed  new  light 
upon  the  spread  of  communicable  diseases, 
and  emphasizes  the  necessity  of  taking  at 
least  two  negative  cultures  from  all  cases 
before  discharging  from  quarantine.  The 
difficulty  of  sterilizing  the  respiratory  tract 
is  obvious,  but  it  must  be  done  if  public 
health  is  to  be  safeguarded,  and  the  newer 
teaching  of  medicine  must  demand  and  see 
that  it  is  done.  Says  Rosenau,  "The  cure 
of  carriers  is  one  of  the  pressing  problems 
of  preventive  medicine,  but  one  hopeful 
feature  is  that  their  number  may  be  dimin- 
ished by  isolating  the  cases.  Thus,  the 
number  of  typhoid  carriers  falls  oflF  sharply 
as  a  result  of  any  successful  measure  di- 
rected against  the  clinical  case."  In  the 
first  weeks  that  America  was  at  war  with 
Germany  this  carrier  question  came  up 
very  prominently  because  of  the  develop- 
ment of  cerebro-spinal  fever.  Govern- 
ment pathologists  visited  many  of  the  hos- 
pitals in  our  cities  and  took  cultures  from 
the  naso-pharynx  and  throats  of  patients 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


OCTOBEB,    1919 


639 


in  the  waiting  rooms  in  order  to  find  out 
what  proportion  of  the  civil  population  is 
carrying  infectious  diseases  and  thus 
spreading  them  far  and  wide.  I  have  not 
seen  the  report  on  this  work,  but  Great 
Britain  has  rendered  hers  and  the  investi- 
gators concluded  that  every  case  of  cerebro- 
spinal fever  is  an  instance  of  some  carrier 
developing  the  disease,  the  same  type  of 
meningococcus  being  found  in  the  naso- 
pharynx and  spinal  fluid. 

For  purposes  of  convenience  we  may 
classify  the  chronic  infections  of  the 
larynx,  trachea  and  bronchi  into  tubercular 
and  non-tubercular.  So  much  has  been 
written  about  the  tubercular  variety  that  it 
would  be  superfluous  and  likewise  impossi- 
ble to  go  into  that  in  a  paper  of  this  length, 
but  it  would  seem  that  the  intensive  study 
of  tuberculous  lesions  of  the  lungs  has 
overshadowed  the  non-tubercular  to  such 
an  extent  that  this  latter  very  large  and 
very  important  group  has  been  overlooked. 
After  all  that  has  been  said,  written  and 
done  in  the  diagnosis,  pathology,  sympto- 
matology and  prognosis  of  pulmonary 
tuberculosis  we  are  in  about  the  same  rel- 
ative position  regarding  treatment  as  we 
were  fifty  years  ago.  There  is  as  yet  no 
specific  general  treatment,  and  the  hygienic 
management  such  as  regulation  of  diet,  in- 
take and  output,  exercise,  fresh  air,  etc., 
has  been  worn  quite  threadbare.  As  for 
local  treatment  this  is  not  even  attempted 
except  when  the  tuberculous  process  at- 
tacks the  epiglottis  or  larynx,  seemingly  be- 
cause it  is  believed  that  the  tubercle  bacil- 
lus cannot  be  killed  in  the  lung  in  sufficient 
numbers  to  make  any  diflFerence  in  the 
course  of  the  disease ;  for  in  many  instances 
the  constitutional  symptoms  outweigh  all 
others.  Is  it  too  much  to  believe  or  hope 
for  that  in  the  not  distant  future  someone 


is  going  to  make  the  attempt  to  treat  the 
lungs  directly  by  organizing  against  the 
tubercle  bacillus  a  campaign  so  destructive 
as  to  make  its  persistent  habitat  in  the 
lungs  untenable?  Such  treatment  would 
make  use  of  all  the  hygienic  and  dietetic 
methods  now  recognized  as  helpful,  and 
combine  them  with  the  application  of 
methods  worked  out  from  a  study  of  the 
physiologic  chemistry  of  the  body  metab- 
olism in  the  presence  of  tubercular  infec- 
tion. At  the  present  time  it  is  difficult  to 
get  an  intelligent  laboratory  report  on  the 
sputum  sent  to  most  Health  Board  Labora- 
tories. It  is  deemed  sufficient  to  report  on 
the  presence  or  absence  of  tubercle  bacilli, 
but  the  specimen  may  be  swarming  with 
long  or  short  chain  streptococci,  streptococ- 
cus mucosus,  streptococcus  viridans,  diplo- 
coccus  pneumoniae,  and  all  possible  vari- 
eties of  staphylococci.  The  absence  and 
continued  absence  of  tubercle  bacilli  from 
repeated  specimens,  and  the  constant  pres- 
ence of  other  micro-organisms  speak 
favorably  for  a  lung  infection  of  non- 
tuberculous  origin.  Many  patients  suffer 
for  years  from  the  latter  condition,  and  in 
some  cases  are  finally  convicted  of  having 
tuberculosis  an)rway  even  tho  no  tubercle 
bacilli  have  ever  been  found.  One  such 
case  has  been  under  my  observation  for 
almost  two  years.  For  the  past  twenty 
years  he  has  been  examined  by  some  of  the 
best  physical  diagnosticians  in  this  country 
who  report  a  wide  difference  of  opinion. 
During  this  period  he  has  always  coughed 
up  considerable  pus,  occasionally  some 
blood,  but  at  no  time  has  the  tubercle  bacil- 
lus been  found.  The  sputum  has,  however, 
always  shown  long  chain  streptococci, 
staphylococci,  diplococci,  etc.  At  one  time 
he  spent  six  months  in  a  tuberculosis  sani- 
tarium to  which  he  was  ordered  by  a  lung 


Digitized  by 


Google 


640 


October,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


Ambrzcan  Msdicins 


specialist  with  a  diagnosis  of  pulmonary 
tuberculosis,  but  after  repeated  attempts 
to  prove  the  diagnosis  correct,  the  sani- 
tarium authorities  sent  him  away  with  the 
opinion  that  no  pulmonary  tuberculosis  is 
present.  It  does  not  seem  reasonable  to 
suppose  that  in  the  countless  sputum  speci- 
mens he  has  submitted  during  the  twenty 
year  period,  the  tubercle  bacillus  would  not 
have  been  found  at  some  time  had  it  really 
existed  in  the  lung.  This  is  undoubtedly 
a  chronic  infection  of  the  lungs  caused  by 
the  organisms  above  enumerated.  The  out- 
look for  cure  is  remote  at  this  late  date  be- 
cause it  is  fairly  impossible  to  remove  the 
diseased  lung  tissue  and  so  destroy  the 
nidus  of  infection.  Nevertheless,  he  has 
improved  greatly  under  treatment  by  vac- 
cines and  antiseptic  medication  dropped  di- 
rectly into  the  trachea.  One  should  add 
that  an  X-ray  picture  of  the  chest  disclosed 
no  foreign  body,  but  merely  the  usual  mot- 
tled appearance  of  the  lungs  and  enlarged 
peribronchial  lymph  nodes. 

The  non-tubercular  conditions  of  the 
lungs  which  exhibit  the  expectoration  of 
considerable  quantities  of  foul  pus  are  lung 
abscess,  empyema  of  the  pleurae  with  rup- 
ture into  a  lung,  and  foreign  body  in  a  lung. 
Since  the  bronchoscope  has  come  into  ex- 
istence such  cases  are  being  investigated 
more  and  more  by  the  bronchoscopist,  and 
some  surprises  have  burst  upon  the  eyes  of 
the  internist  especially  in  the  matter  of  un- 
suspected foreign  bodies.  Dr.  Sidney 
Yankauer  of  New  York  City  has  reported 
several  such  cases  which  he  diagnosed  both 
in  hospital  and  private  practice,  and  he 
has  been  a  pioneer  in  washing  out  the  lung 
after  removal  of  the  foreign  body. 

A  third  group  of  diseases  characterized 
by  distressing  chronic  cough  is  the  anaphy- 
lactic or  ^'sensitized"  group.    This  is  an  ex- 


ceedingly difficult  field  for  investigation, 
but  some  surprising  things  are  being  dis- 
covered which  will  bring  comfort  to  a  large 
number  of  suflferers  from  pollinosis,  hay 
fever,  hay  asthma,  and  various  protein  sub- 
stances. There  are  persons  who  cannot 
ride  behind  a  horse  without  being  seized 
with  a  fit  of  coughing,  sneezing  and  lacry- 
mation.  Others  suffer  from  the  peculiar 
substance  given  off  from  the  hair  of  cats, 
mice,  dogs  and  rabbits.  Chicken  feathers 
are  anathema  to  certain  patients,  while 
others  are  much  affected  by  sheep's  wool 
or  goose  feathers.  In  determining  which 
of  these  is  active  for  a  given  patient  it  is 
sometimes  necessary  to  go  thru  a  large 
number  of  skin  tests  especially  for  the  food 
proteins — strawberries,  grapefruit,  pine- 
apple, lobster,  veal,  etc.  Naturally  this 
must  be  done  by  a  laboratory  expert  who 
can  give  the  necessary  time  and  attention 
to  this  problem  of  diagnosis. 

All  that  has  gone  before  is  a  necessary 
and  important  background  for  the  treat- 
ment of  chronic  cough. 

It  is  well  understood,  I  think,  that  cough 
is  only  a  symptom,  that  it  has  no  real  sig- 
nificance apart  from  the  underlying  cause; 
and  therefore,  the  successful  treatment  of 
chronic  cough  resolves  itself  into  the  ques- 
tion of  diagnosis.  Ruling  out  the  purely 
mechanical  causes  under  group  A  and  the 
causes  associated  with  anaphylactic  or  sen- 
sitization phenomena  under  group  C,  we 
have  to  deal  chiefly  with  the  activities  of 
pus-forming  micro-organisms.  First  in 
importance  is  to  determine  exactly  if  possi- 
ble the  kinds  of  bacteria  present,  their  num- 
ber and  virulence,  the  culture  media  on 
which  they  grow  best,  their  behavior  to 
various  stains  and  other  data  which  the 
laboratory  expert  must  be  relied  upon  to 
furnish  us  with.     It  is  a  standing  rule  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


October,   1919 


641 


my  laboratory  man  to  make  an  autogenous 
vaccine  from  every  pus  specimen  unless 
otherwise  ordered.  How  much  can  we  ex- 
pect from  vaccines  in  these  chronic  infec- 
tions? This  is  still  a  disputed  point  and 
many  good  clinicians  put  forth  excellent 
arguments  on  both  sides  of  the  question. 
Regarding  the  specific  action  of  vaccines 
there  is  some  doubt,  for  surprising  results 
have  at  times  been  obtained  by  using  ordi- 
nary proteid  substances  which  have  noth- 
ing to  do  with  bacteria.  Possibly  it  is  the 
bacterial  proteins  which  bring  about  the 
helpful  eflFects.  We  are  still  quite  in  the 
dark  about  this  whole  vaccine  question,  and 
it  is,  therefore,  not  surprising  that  some 
men  have  failed  utterly  to  see  anything 
good  in  it,  since  the  matter  is  so  empirical 
that  no  one  has  any  rule  to  guide  him  in  the 
dosage,  frequency  of  administration,  etc., 
save  his  intuition.  It  falls  out  that  in  some 
hands  vaccines  are  not  only  useless  but  even 
harmful.  One  very  important  item  is  that 
the  vaccine  be  carefully  made  and  counted. 
In  killing  the  organisms  I  prefer  that  no 
heat  be  used  as  it  seems  to  make  the  vac- 
cine inert  or  brings  about  some  lipoid  change 
which  may  be  harmful.  It  is  much  better 
to  use  some  chemical  antiseptic  such  as 
cresol  or  phenol  in  proper  dilution.  The 
vaccine  is  then  counted  as  500  million  to 
one  c.  c,  and  the  first  sensitizing  dose  is 
put  at  about  50  million:  This  is  doubled 
every  third  day  if  the  reaction  is  entirely 
worn  off,  until  we  are  giving  two  or  even 
three  c.  c.  We  must  not  pile  up  our  eflFects 
too  rapidly  or  the  patient  will  show  symp- 
toms of  anaphylactic  shock  and  his  resist- 
ance will  then  be  lowered  instead  of  in- 
creased. 

Two  desirable  eflFects  accrue  from  the 
use  of  vaccines :  First,  they  make  the  patient 
sleepy,    thus    securing   good    solid    rest   at 


night ;  second,  they  make  the  patient  hungry 
thus  helping  to  build  up  the  body  resist- 
ance. 

We  must  do  everything  possible  to  build 
the  patient  up,  for  in  these  chronic  infec- 
tions he  is  always  badly  in  need  of  an  entire 
change  of  regimen.  One  must  study  his 
daily  habits  and  needs  with  respect  to 
fresh  air,  exercise,  food,  out-of-door  sports, 
change  of  climate,  etc.,  and  must  prescribe 
these  in  writing  after  a  proper  course  has 
been  determined  upon. 

The  possible  presence  of  acidosis  must 
be  investigated.  In  that  event  we  must  ad- 
minister sodium  bicarbonate,  sodium  ci- 
trate and  other  alkalis  in  large  doses  plus 
the  acid  fruits.  Alkaline  waters  must  be 
imbibed  exclusively,  and  frequent  examina- 
tions of  the  urine  must  be  made  to  deter- 
mine the  degree  of  acidity,  and  the  presence 
or  absence  of  acetone  and  diacetic  acid. 

Having  fortified  the  patient  in  a  general 
way  we  must  get  the  mucous  membranes 
clean,  tone  up  these  membranes  and  finally 
apply  our  local  antiseptic  in  such  a  way  as 
to  make  the  habitat  of  bacteria  no  longer 
tenable.  We  must  blast  them  out  of  their 
trenches  but  keep  the  trenches  intact,  a 
problem  quite  as  difficult  as  any  which  con- 
fronted the  Allied  engineers. 

To  cleanse  the  surface  one  may  use 
alkaline  washes  thru  the  bronchoscope. 
Potassium  iodide  and  expectorant  drugs 
may  be  given  to  stimulate  the  mucous 
glands  so  that  at  least  some  of  the  bacteria 
may  be  thrown  out  by  this  mechanical  ac- 
tion. It  must  be  remembered  that  we  have 
to  do  not  only  with  surface  but  subsurface 
infection,  the  bacteria  being  intrenched 
deep  down  in  the  submucosa  in  many  in- 
stances. Consequently,  most  surface  appli- 
cations will  kill  only  those  bacteria  which 
happen  to  be  exposed. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


642 


October,  1919 


ORIOINAI.  ARTICLJB8 


American  Meoicinb 


General  tonics  may  be  employed  with 
good  effect.  Of  these,  strychnine  is  es- 
pecially useful  since  it  acts  almost  specific- 
ally upon  relaxed  mucous  membranes. 

Finally,  we  must  employ  antiseptic  agents 
with  skill  and  sound  judgment.  Salts  of 
silver — argyrol,  protargol,  silvol,  solargen- 
tum  are  all  helpful  if  applied  directly  to  the 
diseased  area.  They  must  be  dropped  di- 
rectly into  the  trachea  once  or  twice  daily 
and  coaxed  into  the  affected  bronchus  thru 
gravity,  the  patient  lying  down  on  the  af- 
fected side  immediately  after  the  instilla- 
tion. The  oily  antiseptics  are  at  times 
very  helpful:  Menthol  in  oil,  thymol,  oil 
of  cloves,  etc.,  in  from  five  to  twenty-five 
per  cent,  solution,  about  one  c.  c.  being  in- 
troduced at  each  sitting. 

Recently  we  have  had  given  to  us  thru 
the  work  of  Carrel  and  his  associates  the 
so-called  dichloramine-T  in  chlorcosane 
oil.  This  is  one  of  the  most  active  anti- 
septics for  chronic  infections  and  the  only 
precautions  one  needs  to  follow  are  that  the 
liquid  be  fresh,  neither  acid  nor  alkaline, 
uncontaminated  by  foreign  matter,  and 
that  it  reach  the  free  exposed  surface  where 
bacteria  are  assumed  to  be.  One  should 
then  control  the  progress  of  the  case  by 
making  frequent  bacteriologic  examina- 
tions of  the  sputum  to  note  what  changes 
have  taken  place  in  the  numbers,  virulence, 
etc..  of  the  bacteria. 

One  will  fail  in  the  treatment  of  these 
cases  if  he  does  not  explain  in  the  very 
beginning  what  he  proposes  to  do,  that  the 
time  of  treatment  will  extend  over  many 
weeks,  possibly  several  months,  that  one  or 
two  treatments  must  be  given  daily,  and 
that  only  thru  the  most  strenuous  and 
painstaking  work  can  one  hope  to  eradicate 
the  bacteria  and  heal  the  lung.  Treatment 
of  such  cases  **by  the  visit"  is  hopeless. 


We  must  take  the  case  as  a  problem  to  be 
solved  and  must  demand  that  the  patient 
be  ready  to  submit  himself  to  all  the  vari- 
ous laboratory,  X-ray  and  other  tests  and 
procedures  cheerfully  and  immediately 
whenever  requested.  Naturally  a  physician 
with  a  large  practice  of  varying  cases  can- 
not give  either  the  time  or  attention  that 
these  patients  must  have.  He  must  aim  to 
specialize  in  this  type  of  case  so  that  he  can 
give  his  entire  time  and  attention  to  them 
just  as  he  would  to  a  serious  surgical  con- 
dition. He  must,  in  consequence,  be  paid 
a  fair  inclusive  fee.  He  must  not  try  to 
cut  down  on  the  number  of  visits,  the 
necessary  examinations  and  the  like. 

If  the  routine  herein  outlined  is  followed 
in  detail  it  will  bring  no  end  of  satisfaction 
to  the  patient,  the  physician  and  all  others 
concerned. 


THE  sucx:essful  treatment  of 

ASTHMA. 

BY 

MARK  I.  KNAPP,  M.  D.,  LL.  B.,  LL.  M., 
New  York   City. 

The  topic  for  discussion  concerns  a  sub- 
ject, the  conception  of  which  has  remained 
unaltered  and  unchallenged  for  the  many 
centuries  past.  Asthma,  we  are  taught,  is 
a  condition  of  spasm  of  the  bronchial  tubes 
which  is  brought  about  by  various  causes. 
If  I  differ  from  such  teachings  and  chal- 
lenge their  correctness,  it  is  not  because  I 
lack  the  due  reverence,  which  everyone  of 
us  owes  to  our  forefathers  in  medicine,  but 
because  my  accidental  discovery  of  the  cause 
of  asthma  has  forced  me  to  forsake  the  an- 
cient conception  and  to  substitute  for  it  a 
theory,  the  correctness  of  which  has  been 
substantiated  by  an  experience  in  over  four 
hundred  cases. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amekigan  Medicine 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICIiBS 


October,  1919 


643 


The  watchword  of  medicine  must  be 
progress  and  the  test  of  the  correctness  of 
any  theory  must  be  the  result  obtained  when 
following  the  dictates  of  such  theory.  True 
science  demands  that  we  examine  and,  with 
unbiased  mind,  analyze  every  new  theory 
which  promises  improvement  on  our  old 
ideas.  Just  because  the  newly  propounded 
teaching  markedly  differs  from  our  accepted 
views  is  no  reason  why  one  should  lay  it 
aside  contemptuously.  Quite  the  contrary. 
The  theory  which  I  here  propose  to  elabo- 
rate on,  not  only  is  in  marked  contrast  with 
the  present  ideas,  but  the  results  obtained, 
because  of  this  theory,  border  on  the  mi- 
raculous. May  I  ask  the  reader  to  suspend 
his  natural  aversion  to  and  prejudice  against 
innovations  until  he  has  finished  reading 
this  paper  and  that  he  may  pay  close  atten- 
tion to  my  remarks  and  my  reasoning. 

My  object  is,  first,  to  prove  that  the  pres- 
ent understanding,  that  asthma  is  produced 
by  a  spasm  of  the  bronchial  tubes,  is  abso- 
lutely erroneous ;  and,  secondly,  it  is  my  de- 
sire to  establish  the  correctness  of  my  con- 
ception, that  asthma  is  the  oflf-spring  of  a 
pathologic  gastrointestinal  condition.  To 
prove  either  and  both  my  contentions  I  shall 
have  to  call  to  my  assistance  the  well-set- 
tled and  well-proven  laws,  as  are  embodied 
in  physical  examinations.  I  must  have  re- 
course to  this  just  because  the  direct  proof 
is  unavailable  and,  so  far,  impossible.  I 
shall  attempt  to  prove  that  the  old  teaching 
is  based  upon  nothing  more  fundamental 
than  speculative  imagination,  as  no  one  as 
yet  has  been  able  to  directly  observe  the 
presence  of  the  assumed  spasm.  To  do 
this  it  would  be  necessary  to  open  the  lungs 
and  look  at  the  bronchial  tubes  during  their 
supposed  spasm.  For  excellent  reasons  this 
has  not  yet  happened.  No  asthmatic  has  as 
yet  permitted  his   chest  to  be   opened   in 


order  that  we  may  learn  of  the  actual  con- 
dition of  the  bronchial  tubes  when  he  wran- 
gles for  air.  Nor  has  anyone  died  during 
an  attack  of  asthma  and  had  an  autopsy 
performed  immediately  after.  Nor  could 
an  autopsy  have  availed  us  any,  as  a  spasm 
is  the  expression  of  a  vital  function  and 
death  suspends  vital  functions.  For  like 
reason  the  opening  of  the  chest  under  an 
anesthetic  would  fail  to  show  a  spasm; 
complete  anaesthesia  would  overcome  a 
spasm.  The  X-ray,  to  my  knowledge,  has 
not  yet  been  attempted,  and  during  the 
spasm  the  patient  is  not  in  a  quiet  condition, 
but  moving  violently  and,  therefore,  the  em- 
ployment of  the  X-ray  is  precluded.  In 
order  to  prove  the  fallacy  of  the  present 
teaching  by  indirect  proof,  I  shall  rely  upon 
the  clinical  evidence  as  manifested  by  the 
sufferer's  behavior  during  an  asthmatic  at- 
tack. Whether  the  patient  is  seized  while 
in  bed  or  out  of  bed,  he  always  assumes 
during  the  attack  a  position  which  is  most 
favorable  to  expiration.  We  also  observe 
that  it  is  not  the  inspiration  which  is  labored, 
but  the  expiration.  These  are  facts  which 
are  not  and  cannot  be  disputed.  The  pic- 
ture of  the  chest  is  that  of  fulness  in  all 
of  its  diameters.  These  facts  are  not  only 
not  in  consonance  with  the  theory  of  an 
existing  spasm  of  the  bronchial  tubes,  but 
are  diametrically  opposed  to  such  an  as- 
sumption. What  does  a  spasm  mean?  A 
spasm  means  a  muscular  contraction  which 
is  much  more  violent  and  forceful  than  is 
a  normal  contraction,  and  also  is  of  longer 
duration'than  is  a  normal  muscular  contrac- 
tion. In  a  contraction  of  the  muscular 
structure  of  a  tubular  organ,  the  lumen  of 
such  tubular  organ  is  lessened.  This  lessen- 
ing of  the  lumen  is  in  direct  proportion  to 
the  force  of  the  contraction ;  the  more  force- 
ful the  muscular  contraction,  the  lesser  is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


644 


October,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mkdicinb 


the  lumen.  A  spastic  contraction  is  synony- 
mous with  an  amplified  contraction  and  an 
amplified  circular  contraction  of  a  tube 
means  that  the  lumen  becomes  much  less 
than  it  would  become  on  normal  contract 
tion.  Accordingly,  the  physiologic  eflFect  of 
a  spastic  contraction  of  the  bronchial  tubes 
would  be  a  circular  contraction,  therefore 
a  constriction  of  the  bronchioles.  Since 
the  physiologic  function  of  the  bronchial 
tubes  is  to  aflFord  a  passage  for  the  entrance 
of  air  into  the  lungs,  a  constriction  of  such 
tubes  must  have  as  a  consequence  a  les- 
sened quantity  of  air  passing  thru  a  lessened 
lumen.  The  smaller  the  lumen  thru  which 
the  air  can  pass,  the  less  is  the  quantity  of 
air  which  can  reach  beyond  the  constriction. 
If  a  quantity  of  air,  less  than  normal, 
reaches  the  air  vesicles,  the  air  vesicles  will 
respond  in  distention  to  a  lesser  degree,  the 
air  cells  will  distend  less  and  the  aggregate 
distention  of  all  the  air  vesicles  will  natu- 
rally bear  upon  the  entire  distention  of  the 
lungs  as  a  whole.  In  fewer  words,  a  con- 
striction of  the  bronchioles  must  produce 
a  diminished  expansion  of  the  lungs.  In 
the  condition  of  hyperdistention  of  the  tho- 
racic cavity,  due  to  whatever  cause,  we  see 
on  inspection  not  only  a  larger  chest,  but 
especially  a  distention,  a  bulging  out  of  the 
intercostal  spaces.  Conversely,  a  retrac- 
tion of  the  organs  of  the  chest  becomes  man- 
ifest by  the  retracted  condition  of  the  in- 
tercostal spaces.  The  intercostal  spaces  are 
the  index  of  the  state  of  the  relative  disten- 
tion of  the  thoracic  organs.  If  the  inter- 
costal spaces  are  filled  out,  distended,  bulge 
out,  then,  in  the  absence  of  ony  other  con- 
dition within  the  chest  wall,  such  bulging 
out  is  due  to  distention  of  the  lungs.  But 
if,  on  the  other  hand,  there  is  a  check  to  the 
quantity  of  air  which  can  enter  the  air  cells, 
the  lungs  cannot  distend  to  their  normal 


capacity  and,  whatever  else  may  happen,  the 
bulging  out  of  the  intercostal  spaces  cannot 
happen.  Thus,  the  element  of  the  disten- 
tion of  the  lungs  being  dependent  upon  the 
quantity  of  air  which  is  supplied  to  the  air 
cells,  it  is  immaterial  at  what  particular 
point  the  air  supply  is  shut  oflf  or  interfered 
with,  in  order  to  produce  a  retraction  of 
the  intercostal  spaces.  All  that  is  neces- 
sary is  that  the  air  supply  be  shut  oflf  or 
diminished  before  it  can  reach  the  alveoli. 
Certain  pathologic  conditions  which  are  open 
to  our  inspection  do  cause  a  constriction  of 
the  air  passage  right  at  the  beginning  of 
the  respiratory  system.  I  refer  to  spasms 
of  the  larynx  and  trachea,  to  swellings  of 
these  structures,  due  to  inflammatory  or 
edematous  changes  and  to  growths.  Un- 
der any  of  these  conditions  a  less  quantity 
of  air  enters  the  lungs.  What  is  the  clinical 
phenomenon  we  observe  herein?  The  pa- 
tient struggles  in  inspiration,  the  inspiration 
is  very  much  prolonged  and  labored,  the 
supra-  and  infra-clavicular  and  the  inter- 
costal spaces  are  not  only  not  bulging  out, 
but  are  retracted.  In  other  words,  the  clin- 
ical picture  we  here  find  in  the  actual  de- 
monstrable obstruction  to  the  passage  of  air 
fully  conforms  to  the  reasoning  followed 
out  above  and  with  which  we  have  all  been 
familiar  since  our  student  days.  But  the 
clinical  picture  of  the  chest  during  an  asth- 
matic attack  is  in  marked  contrast  to  the 
one  just  portrayed.  The  asthmatic  has  no 
difficulty  in  inspiration;  it  is  the  exipration 
which  embarrasses  so  much.  During  the 
asthmatic  attack  the  supra-  and  infra-clavic- 
ular and  the  intercostal  spaces  are  distended 
and  bulge  out.  How  could  we  be  guilty 
of  assuming  two  diametrically  opposite  man- 
ifestations to  be  due  to  the  self-same  cause! 
If  obstruction  to  the  entrance  of  air  into 
the  lungs  produces  retraction  of  the  inter- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN    MeDICINS 


ORIGINAL.  ARXICIiDS 


October,  1919 


645 


costal  spaces,  how  can  we  allege  that  bulg- 
ing out  of  such  spaces  is  also  due  to  ob- 
struction ?  In  the  demonstrable  obstructions 
of  the  larynx  and  trachea  there  is  difficulty 
in  the  inspiration;  in  asthma  the  difficulty 
is  in  the  expiration.  Also  auscultation  con- 
firms the  proper  interpretations  of  the  in- 
spection. The  inspiration  is  free  and  rela- 
tively much  shorter  than  the  expiration,  and 
the  asthmatic  rales  are  heard  in  expiration. 
It  is  impossible  to  affirm,  without  doing 
violence  to  one's  logic,  that  two  opposingly 
contrasting  phenomena  are  the  result  of  the 
same  identical  cause.  If,  as  we  know, 
obstructions  to  the  larynx  and  trachea  cause 
difficulty  in  inspiration  and  retraction  of 
the  chest,  then  free  inspiration  with  diffi- 
culty in  expiration  in  connection  with  bulg- 
ing out  of  the  chest  cannot  possibly  be  as- 
cribed to  obstructed  inspiration,  to  the  pres- 
ence of  a  spasm.  Two  different  phenomena 
must  have  two  different  causes.  Asthma 
has  been  known  for  centuries  and  the  as- 
sumption of  a  bronchial  spasm  as  its  cause 
apparently  appeared  plausible  enough  to  the 
first  writer,  whose  teachings  were  copied 
for  centuries.  Such  teaching  has  thus  ac- 
quired a  sacred  solemnity  which  no  one 
dared  dispute  or  challenge.  There  is  no 
spasm  of  the  bronchial  tubes  in  asthma. 

The  proper  understanding  of  the  nature 
and  cause  of  the  asthmatic  spasm  requires 
the  proper  understanding  of  the  nature, 
cause  and  mechanism  of  coughing.  Here 
again  we  meet  with  time-worn  and  errone- 
ous assumptions  from  which  we  cannot 
easily  extricate  ourselves.  Unfortunately, 
ordinarily  the  layman  and  the  physician  un- 
derstand by  cough  the  synonym  of  ^*catch- 
ing  a  cold."  This  "cold"  is  rather  a  very 
unscientific  and  very  highly  misleading  ex- 
pression, but  for  the  sake  of  convenience 
and  brevity  I  will  retain  this  expression, 


giving  it  the  same  meaning  as  the  laity. 
A  person  coughs  and  goes  to  the  physician 
with  the  self-made  diagnosis  of  having  a 
"cold,"  and  the  physician  not  only  adopts 
this  diagnosis,  but  also  prescribes  for  it. 
Why,  then,  wonder  at  the  many  failures  in 
the  attempt  to  cure  such  "colds"  ?  It  is  true 
that  cough  is  one  of  the  symptoms  in  bron- 
chitis and  pneumonia.  Yet  it  is  not  true 
that  all  coughs  are  due  to  these  causes. 
From  my  own  experience  I  feel  justified 
to  assert  that  only  a  very  small  minority 
of  "coughs"  are  caused  by  the  so-called 
colds.  On  recollection  we  know  of  many 
cases  where  a  slight  irritation  of  the  throat 
by  a  very  fine  hair,  or  morsel  of  food,  or 
some  powder  was  sufficient  to  cause  a  most 
violent  fit  of  coughing,  which  persisted  until 
the  irritant  was  dislodged.  Spraying  and 
swabbing  the  throat  always  excite  cough- 
ing. Again,  we  are  not  unfamiliar  with 
the  so-called  stomach  cough,  something  we 
know  does  exist,  altho  its  exact  nature  is 
still  a  matter  of  speculation  with  most  of 
the  profession.  The  several  instances  just 
enumerated  give  us  a  variety  of  elements 
distinct  from  each  other,  yet  calling  forth 
one  and  the  same  effect,  namely,  the  cough- 
ing. Strict  adherence  to  scientific  reason- 
ing will  not  permit  us  to  hold  one  and  the 
same  result  as  the  effect  of  various  and 
distinct  causes.  If,  nevertheless,  the  same 
result  is  obtained  from  apparently  different 
agencies,  then  the  implication  must  be  that 
all  these  various  and  distinct  agencies  have 
somewhere  one  element  or  one  point  which 
is  common  to  them  all.  From  the  illustra- 
tions just  cited  as  producing  cough,  an  ele- 
ment or  point  which  might  be  common  to 
them  all  does  not  appeal  as  a  plausible  as- 
sumption. But,  since  to  produce  cough,  we 
must  have  not  only  the  irritant,  but  also 
the    necessary    anatomical    structure    upon 


Digitized  by 


Google 


646 


October,  1919 


ORIOINALi  ARTICLES 


AlCBUOAJf  Mh>icxnb 


which  the  irritant  shall  act,  and  since  the 
irritants  alluded  to  seem  not  to  have  a  com- 
mon element  might  we,  perhaps,  find  that 
the  enumerated  irritants  all  converge  their 
irritating  action  upon  one  and  the  same 
anatomical  structure?  If  the  latter  propo- 
sition can  be  established,  then  the  solution 
of  the  nature  of  the  cough  is  made.  That 
a  hair  which  lodged  on  the  posterior  pharyn- 
geal wall  and  that  swabbing  of  the  posterior 
pharyngeal  wall  do  excite  coughing  is  a  mat- 
ter of  common  knowledge.  If  we  pass  thru 
an  atmosphere  which  is  charged  with  nox- 
ious powder  particles  and  cough  as  a  conse- 
quence, we  would  not  be  justified  in  cate- 
gorically denying  the  possible  lodgment  of 
some  powder  particles  upon  the  pharyngeal 
wall.  The  irritating  particles  could  have 
gotten  on  to  the  pharynx  either  thru  the  nose 
or  the  open  mouth.  The  first  two  illustra- 
tions as  of  a  positive  fact  and  the  latter 
illustration  as  a  possible  fact — certainly  not 
a  deniable  fact — are  sufficient  to  point  out 
the  pharynx  as  being  at  least  one  structure 
which,  when  irritated,  will  excite  coughing. 
Vomiting  is  quite  often  succeeded  by  a  spell 
of  coughing.  We  might,  perhaps,  in  this  in- 
stance call  the  coughing  an  expression  of  a 
reflex  action.  However,  we  could  not  deny 
that  the  gastric  contents,  in  order  to  be  vom- 
ited up,  had  to  pass  the  pharynx.  If  the  gas- 
tric contents  were  irritating  enough  for  the 
stomach  to  be  ejected  by  it,  were  they  less 
irritating  when  they  reached  the  pharynx? 
Irritants  proceeding  from  the  stomach,  es- 
pecially when  they  are  of  a  gaseous  nature, 
can  and  do  easily  reach  the  pharynx  and 
if  they  irritate  the  stomach  they  also  irri- 
tate the  pharynx,  and  hence  the  coughing. 
The  cough  is,  therefore,  not  due  to  a  reflex 
action  from  the  stomach  but  to  the  direct 
irritation  of  the  pharynx  by  irritants  of  the 
stomach  having  reached  the  pharynx.    But 


also  irritants  located  or  generated  in  the 
intestines  can  reach  the  pharynx  if  the 
pylorus  permit  the  passage.  In  other  words, 
if  the  pylorus  is  insufficient,  if  it  is  relaxed, 
if  it  does  not  close,  no  obstruction  is  offered 
to  the  intestinal  irritants  on  their  way  up 
from  the  intestines  thru  the  stomach  and 
esophagus  upon  the  pharynx.  Whether 
this  is  the  genealogy  of  all  of  the  so-called 
stomach  coughs  is  immaterial.  It  certainly 
may  be  the  genealogy  of  some  stomach 
coughs.  Let  us  now  proceed  in  our  attempt 
to  explain,  upon  the  same  basis,  the  cough 
of  bronchitis  and  pneumonia.  I  will  adhere 
to  my  principle  of  leaving  out  of  question 
the  nervous  system  and  reflex  actions.  Can 
we  assume  a  direct  irritation  of  the  pharynx 
also  in  these  pathologic  conditions?  Aside 
from  the  fact  that  we  find  mostly  the  phar- 
ynx also  affected  in  bronchitis  and  pneumonia 
we  know  that  mucus  is  being  decomposed 
in  the  bronchial  tubes  and  lungs  and  that 
there  are  present  here  chemical  irritants 
which  are  forced  out  thru  the  mouth.  Again 
we  see  the  pharyngeal  irritation  not  as  a 
possibility,  but  as  a  fact.  Reasoning  from 
these  premises,  would  it  not  be  advanta- 
geous to  tracheotomize  all  patients  in  whom 
we  find  abscesses  or  pus-filled  cavities  in 
the  lungs  so  as  to  prevent  the  exhausting 
cough  and  the  necessary  irritation  of  the 
larynx  with  its  fatal  consequences?  Either 
upon  inquiry,  or  volunteered  by  the  patient, 
we  get  the  history  that  the  patient  feels  a 
sense  of  choking  in  the  region  of  the  larynx 
before  he  starts  coughing.  To  assume  the 
presence  of  chemical  changes  of  the  green- 
ish or  yellowish  or  rusty  mucus,  which  cause 
acrid,  irritating  gases  to  ascend  previous 
to  the  throwing  up  of  the  mucus,  need  not 
tax  or  overburden  our  powers  of  imagina- 
tion. If  a  hair  or  the  swabbing  of  the 
pharynx  may  cause  coughing,  why  could  not 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBUGAN  MSDICINIB 


ORIQINAIi  ARTICLES 


October,  1919 


647 


the  chemical  irritants  which  were  produced 
from  the  chemical  changes  of  the  bronchial 
or  pneumonic  mucus  be  responsible  for  a 
like  effect  ?  So  far  there  seems  to  be  noth- 
ing in  the  way  to  hold  out  the  pharynx  as 
perhaps  the  chief,  if  not  the  only,  struc- 
ture which  must  be  irritated  in  order  to 
evoke  coughing.  In  the  discussion  of  asth- 
ma we  will  find  it  most  essential  to  recog- 
nize the  pharynx  as  the  anatomic  struc- 
ture whose  irritation  is  responsible  for  the 
severe  spasms  of  coughing. 

Having  to  the  best  of  my  ability  at- 
tempted to  explain  the  cause  of  the  cough 
the  question  now  is,  what  is  the  mechanism 
of  the  cough?  This  depends  upon  two 
factors:  respiration  and  muscular  contrac- 
tion. A  deep  inspiration  is  taken  and  the 
ordinarily  following  expiratory  movement  is 
voluntarily  modified  by  the  action  of  all 
the  expiratory  and  the  pharyngoglossal 
muscles.  The  former  muscles  attempt  ex- 
piration and  the  latter  obstruct  and  check 
it.  The  greater  the  obstruction  of  the  phar- 
yngoglossal muscles  the  greater  the  force 
and  violence  of  the  expiratory  muscles. 
When  both  sets  of  muscles  act  simultane- 
ously, the  air  held  between  these  sets  of 
muscles  is  put  under  great  tension  and  acts 
solidly  in  one  body  as  a  piston.  This  is  the 
pneumatic  piston.  Under  the  force  of  the 
expiratory  muscles  this  pneumatic  piston, 
not  only  drives  any  matter  which  can  be 
dislodged  before  it,  but  also  excites  peris- 
taltic action  in  such  organs  as  are  capable 
of  it,  mechanically  stimulates  glandular  se- 
cretion and  milks  the  glands.  The  expira- 
tory muscles  are  sufficiently  known  and  un- 
derstood by  all  the  physicians.  I  wish  to 
dwell  somewhat  on  the  action  of  the  phar- 
yngoglossal muscles,  which  are  most  con- 
cerned in  the  act  of  coughing.  These  are 
the  inferior  and  the  middle  constrictors  of 


the  pharynx  and  of  the  glossal  muscles  it 
is  especially  the  geniohyoglossus.  The 
inferior  constrictor  is  attached  to  the  sides 
of  the  thyroid  and  cricoid  cartilages  and 
the  middle  constrictor  is  attached  to  the 
hyoid  bone  and  stylo-hyoid  ligament.  The 
geniohyoglossus  is  attached  to  the  jaw  and 
to  the  hyoid  bone,  and  the  hyoid  bone  is 
united  by  ligaments  with  the  thyroid  car- 
tilage. The  fibres  of  these  muscles  are  so 
arranged  that  when  they  act  all  together 
the  tongue  is  drawn  backward  and  down- 
ward, the  pharynx  is  drawn  forward  and 
downward  and  the  larynx  is  drawn  upward 
and  backward.  The  combined  action  of 
all  these  muscles  closes  up  the  entrance 
into  the  esophagus  and  to  the  larynx. 
Under  the  influence  of  an  irritation  the 
pharyngoglossal  muscles  contract  and  the 
escape  of  air  from  the  larynx  and  esoph- 
agus is  prevented.  Preceding  Ae  action 
of  these  muscles  the  patient  takes  a  deep 
breath  and  the  inspired  air  is  prevented 
from  escaping  in  the  manner  just  cited. 
Now  the  expiratory  muscles  b^gin  their 
action.  A  series  of  convulsive  expiratory 
contractions  follow  every  inspiration,  the 
expiration  is  broken  up  into  a  series  of  con- 
vulsive contractions  of  the  expiratory  mus- 
cles which  act  on  the  pneumatic  piston  pre- 
viously mentioned.  If  the  offending  mate- 
rial is  of  a  mechanical  nature  and  not  firmly 
imbedded,  the  concussions  of  the  pneumatic 
piston  and,  in  the  case  of  the  esophagus, 
also  aided  by  peristalsis,  will  soon  eject  the 
offending  matter.  But  if  the  irritant  is  of 
a  chemical  nature  the  coughing  spasms  will 
continue  until  the  irritant  is  diluted  or  neu- 
tralized by  the  secretions  and  is  then  ex- 
pelled. Another  illustration  of  the  action 
of  the  pneumatic  piston  may  be  found  in 
the  normal  act  of  "blowing  the  nose."  A 
deep  breath  is  taken,  the  nostrils  are  oc- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


648 


OCTOBER,    1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.es 


AMBRICAN    MBDIGINS 


eluded  with  our  fingers  and  then  we  "blow" 
the  offending  matter  out.  When  the  irri- 
tant which  excites  the  coughing  is  of  a  me- 
chanical physical  nature  the  violent  cough 
contractions  will  soon  expel  the  offensive 
matter.  Likewise  will  the  responsive  cough- 
ing soon  cease  when  the  irritant  is  a  chem- 
ical, introduced  from  without  the  body.  But, 
when  the  chemical  irritant  proceeds  from 
within  the  body  and  is  constantly  being  gen- 
erated, the  coughing  will  persist  so  long,  un- 
til no  more  irritant  is  generated.  This  may 
continue  for  hours.  But  with  the  persistence 
of  the  cough  other  corollary  effects  follow. 
Because  of  the  continuous  and  violent  con- 
tractions of  all  the  muscles  concerned,  not 
only  do  these  themselves  weaken,  but  they 
produce  soreness  and  pain  of  the  bones 
there,  where  they  are  attached.  With  the 
persistence  of  the  chemical  irritation  and 
therefore,  with  the  persistence  of  the  cough 
that  is,  with*  the  persistence  of  the  expulsive 
efforts,  the  contractile  force  of  the  muscles 
gradually  weakens.  The  result  is  that  as  the 
muscles  weaken,  yet  the  irritation  persists, 
the  efforts  of  the  sufferer  to  expel  the  irri- 
tant are  much  more  augmented  with  the 
consequent  greater  weakness  and  exhaus- 
tion of  the  patient.  Given  on  one  hand  the 
unimpeded  full  inspiration  and,  therefore, 
the  full  distention  of  the  air  vesicles  of  the 
lungs  together  with  the  occlusion  of  the 
esophagus  and  larynx  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  hammering  contractions  of  all  the 
expiratory  muscles  acting  upon  the  fully 
distended  lungs,  the  result  must  be  the  in- 
sidious, gradual  attenuation  of  the  fine  walls 
of  the  distended  air  vesicles.  The  necessary 
result  can  easily  be  foreseen.  The  distended 
and  attenuated  air  cells  sooner  or  later  must 
lose  the  elastic  contractile  power  of  their 
walls.  This  condition  is  responsible  for  the 
development  of  emphysema,  which  is  such 


a  frequent  concommitant  of  asthma. 

After  the  foregoing  remarks  I  am  ready 
for  the  discussion  of  asthma  itself.  The 
reader  has  already  gathered  from  the  pre- 
ceding remarks  that  I  deny,  and  most  em- 
phatically so,  the  present  conception  of  the 
nature  of  asthma.  I  have  attempted  to 
argue  and  to  convince  the  reader  that  the 
present  understanding  of  asthma  is  abso- 
lutely barren  of  any  underlying  facts  and 
that  it  is  merely  an  inheritance  of  ground- 
less and  unproven  speculation  of  centuries 
past.  In  our  due  reverence  for  our  past 
teachers  and  in  the  absence  of  any  different 
ideas,  the  old  and  ingrained  precepts  went 
by  unchallenged.  I  have  attempted  to  rea- 
son with  the  reader  and  to  convince  him 
of  the  fallacy  of  the  present  dominant 
views.  I  shall  now  endeavor  to  spread  be- 
fore the  profession  my  own  reasoning  as 
to  the  cause  of  asthma  and  as  confirmed 
by  upward  of  400  cases. 

My  association  with  the  treatment  of 
asthma  came  to  me  not  because  of  any 
infatuation  with  the  subject,  the  why  and 
wherefore  of  which  I  had  set  out  to  inves- 
tigate. I  never  intended  to  do  any  original 
research  work  in  that  mysterious  malady. 
My  interest  in  asthma  came  to  me  unex- 
pectedly and  the  cure  of  it  as  a  mere  dis- 
covery. Not  until  I  had  cured  the  fourth 
consecutive  case  have  I  begun  to  search 
for  the  connection  between  asthma  and  dis- 
eases of  digestion,  my  specialty.  It  hap- 
pened in  the  following  manner:  Some  16 
years  ago  a  woman  came  to  consult  me 
about  her  stomach  trouble.  In  giving  me 
her  history  she  also  remarked  that  she  had 
been  suffering  for  many  years  from  asthma, 
which  fact  was  evident  enough  without  her 
mentioning  it.  "Doctor,"  she  said  to  me, 
"if  you  can  only  give  me  a  little  relief  from 
my  stomach  trouble  I  shall  be  very  glad. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambricak  Mbdioinx 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


October,  1919 


649 


Don't  bother  about  my  asthma.  Doctor  J. 
is  treating  me  for  it  and  I  know  that  there 
is  no  cure  for  asthma."  Indeed,  I  felt  very 
happy  that  the  patient  did  reHeve  me  of 
possibly  having  to  take  care  of  her  asthma. 
The  patient  suffered  from  Insufficientia 
Pylori  and  required  daily  treatments.  After 
the  tenth  or  twelfth  treatment  the  patient 
told  me  that  her  asthmatic  attacks  were 
not  so  bad  as  they  used  to  be.  Gladsome 
as  the  news  was  I  paid  no  attention  to 
it  and  continued  my  treatment  of  her  stom- 
ach trouble.  Several  weeks  after  the  pa- 
tient surprised  me  by  telling  me  that  she 
had  no  more  asthma.  Being  interested  in 
her  welfare  I  was  certainly  very  pleased 
to  hear  it,  but  what  did  I  have  to  do  with 
it?  An  accident,  I  thought,  and  dismissed 
the  incident  from  my  mind.  The  second 
asthma  case  came  some  time  after.  Here 
again  the  patient  suffered  from  insufficiency 
of  the  pylorus  and  the  second  asthma  cure 
was  accomplished  in  the  course  of  a  few 
weeks.  Another  accident  I  thought.  A 
third  asthma  patient  came  in  due  time  in 
which  the  gastric  diagnosis  was  insufficiency 
of  the  pylorus,  and  after  some  few  weeks 
of  treatment  the  third  asthma  miracle  was 
worked.  This  rather  puzzled  me.  I  now 
had  three  consecutive  cases  of  asthma  and 
all  three  got  well.  However,  I  did  not 
think  of  it  in  any  other  light,  but  that  I 
merely  had  good  luck  and  made  up  my  mind 
to  take  advantage  of  it  the  next  time.  So 
that  when  the  next  asthma  case  came  I 
very  cautiously  held  out  a  slight  hope  to 
the  patient  of  possibly  being  able  to  cure 
his  asthma.  This  promise  involved  no  risk 
for  me  as  the  patients  came  to  me  only  for 
the  cure  of  their  stomach  troubles.  For 
the  fourth  time  there  was  the  association 
of  insufficiency  of  the  pylorus  with  asthma, 
and  the  cure  of  both.  I  now  began  seriously 


to  think  over  the  matter.  The  undeniable 
facts  were :  First,  that  all  four  patients  had 
insufficiency  of  the  pylorus.  Second,  that 
all  four  patients  had  suffered  from  asthma, 
and  third,  that  all  four  patients  were  cured 
of  their  asthma.  Furthermore,  I  was  sure 
of  one  thing;  that  Deity  had  not  selected 
me  to  work  miracles  thru.  Reflecting  over 
these  facts  I  came  to  the  conclusion  that 
there  must  be  a  relation  between  the  asthma 
and  the  insufficiency  of  the  pylorus.  What 
was  it? 

Let  me  now  give  a  brief  summary  of 
Insufficientia  Pylori,  which  I  have  de- 
scribed for  the  first  time  in  the  Phila.  Med. 
Jour.  (May  24,  1902).  The  diagnosis  of 
insufficiency  of  the  pylorus  is  to  be  made 
when  one  hour  after  the  test  breakfast  either 
no  contents  at  all  are  aspirated  from  the 
stomach,  or  very  little  and  that  little  is  usu- 
ally imbedded  in  mucus.  Altho  I  have  pub- 
lished about  a  dozen  articles  on  the  subject  I 
would  advise  those  who  are  interested  in  the 
subject  to  read  the  first  paper  here  men- 
tioned. (In  parenthesis  I  wish  to  make  these 
following  remarks:  If  the  examining  physi- 
cian find  no  contents  one  hour  after  the 
test  breakfast,  he  must  make  sure  that  the 
stomach  tube  entered  the  stomach  and  not 
possibly  an  esophgeal  diverticulum,  which 
was  empty  of  contents.)  According  to 
the  degree  of  the  insufficiency  the  ingested 
food  leaves  the  stomach  sooner  or  later,  and 
either  not  digested  at  all  by  the  stomach 
or  a  good  deal  of  the  ingesta  pass  into  the 
duodenurri  undigested.  Medicine  assumes 
the  existence  of  "vicarious  action;'*  but 
if  this  hypothesis  hold  good  anywhere  in 
the  body  it  finds  no  application  in  gastro- 
enterology. A  cursory  reflection  on  the 
mere  elements  of  digestion  is  sufficient  to 
stamp  such  an  assumption  of  vicarious  di- 
gestion as  an  impossibility.     Gastric  diges- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


650 


OCTOBBB^    1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLBS 


Ambrican  Msdicink 


tion  is  acid ;  intestinal  digestion  is  alkaline. 
The  food  articles  are  only  chemical  com- 
pounds and  chemical  compounds  cannot  be 
acted  on  alike  by  acids  and  by  alkalies. 
We  know  that  the  stomach  digestion  is  acid 
and  we  also  do  know  that  food  is  being 
digested  by  the  acid  stomach.  How  can 
we  assume  that  the  chemical  elements  of 
the  food  which  nature  intended  to  be  di- 
gested by  an  acid  medium,  could  be  digested 
by  the  alkaline  secretions  of  the  intestine? 
The  clinical  proof  is  that  it  cannot.  The 
chemical  elements  which  nature  intended  to 
be  digested  by  the  acid  stomach  cannot  be 
digested  by  the  alkaline  intestine.  When, 
in  insufficiency  of  the  pylorus,  the  ingested 
food  or  part  of  it  passes  out  into  the  intes- 
tine without  first  having  been  digested  by 
the  stomach,  such  parts  as  have  not  been 
digested  undergo  in  the  intestine  fermenta- 
tion or  decomposition,  or  some  other  chem- 
ical processes  with  the  production  of  gasses 
and  of  volatile  acids.  The  result  of  this 
is  increased  intra-abdominal  pressure,  which 
is  clinically  evident  by  compelling  the  suf- 
ferer to  loosen  his  or  her  clothing.  This 
latter  phenomenon  is  familiar  to  all  of  us. 
Just  let  us  pause  now  and  think  over  this 
increased  intra-abdominal  pressure.  Is  this 
pressure  exerted  only  against  the  abdominal 
wall?  May  we  not  correctly  assume  that 
the  pressure  is  not  limited  to  the  abdominal 
wall,  but  that  it  acts  with  unabated  force 
in  every  direction  and,  therefore,  also 
against  the  diaphragm  ?  Surgeons  meet  with 
this  condition  and  find  even  the  liver,  the 
heaviest  of  our  organs,  occasionally  pushed 
into  the  thorax  by  the  strong  intra-abdom- 
inal pressure.  The  pressure  thus  exerted 
upward  against  the  diaphragm  and,  there- 
fore, against  the  thoracic  cavity  not  only 
puts  a  formidable  obstacle  to  the  normal 
excursions  of  the  heart  and  lungs  which 


these  have  to  overcome,  but  also  very  much 
diminishes  the  breathing  capacity  of  the 
lungs.  The  lungs  thus  shut  in  in  the  bony 
cage  which  the  ribs  represent  and,  there- 
fore, cannot  escape  the  forceful  pressure 
from  below,  must  suflFer  compression.  Un- 
der such  conditions  the  actions  of  these 
most  vital  organs,  the  heart  and  lungs,  are 
violently  interfered  with.  It  stands  to  rea- 
son that  the  longer  the  thoracic  organs  are 
prevented  from  functioning  normally,  the 
greater  will  be  the  damage.  The  lungs 
attempt  to  expand  and  at  each  attempt 
they  meet  with  obstruction  from  below. 
This  happens  eighteen  times  in  a  minute 
and  persists  not  for  one  minute,  nor  for 
one  hour,  nor  for  one  day,  but  for  days, 
weeks,  months  and  years.  That  such  state 
of  affairs  cannot  have  a  salutary  effect  upon 
the  lungs  will  hardly  be  disputed.  Herein, 
I  thought,  I  had  to  look  for  the  cause  of 
what  is  clinically  seen  as  asthma.  After 
I  had  assured  myself  of  the  correctness  of 
this  reasoning,  the  relationship  between 
asthma  and  the  insufficiency  of  the  pylorus 
became  manifest.  Also,  I  understood  now, 
why  the  four  patients  got  well,  namely,  with 
the  cessation  of  the  increased  intra-abdom- 
inal pressure.  With  the  cessation  of  the  pres- 
sure upward  against  the  lungs,  these  were 
permitted  gradually  to  function  normally. 
We  thus  find  the  explanation  for  the  first 
element  in  the  production  of  the  asthmatic 
constitution.  The  second  element  is  the 
cough  and  the  cause  of  the  cough.  I  have 
already  alluded  to  the  formation  of  acid 
gases  in  the  intestines  as  the  result  of  un- 
digested gastric  contents  getting  into  the 
intestine  and  here  undergoing  decomposi- 
tion or  fermentation.  These  acids  are  irri- 
tants and  act  as  irritants  upon  any  surface 
with  which  they  come  in  contact.  As  these 
acids  ascend  they  cause  irritation  along  their 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MEDICiNS 


ORIGINAIj  ARTICLB8 


October,  1919 


651 


tracks.  The  irritation  of  any  mucous  mem- 
brane calls  forth  contraction  of  the  under- 
lying muscularis  and  the  contraction  of  this 
is  in  direct  ratio  to  the  degree  and  duration 
of  the  irritation.  The  acid  gases  as  they 
rise  from  the  gastrointestinal  canal  to  the 
esophagus  and  beyond  cause  irritation  all 
along  the  esophagus  and  of  the  pharynx 
as  well.  As  the  consequence  of  this  the 
corresponding  and  irritated  muscles  of  the 
pharynx  do  contract.  Contraction  of  the 
glossopharyngeal  muscles,  cited  above,  close 
the  lower  part  of  the  pharynx  and  with  it 
prevent  the  escape  of  the  irritating  acid 
gases.  These  accumulate  below  the  con- 
striction and  cause  here  distention.  This 
the  patient  feels  and  describes  as  "choking," 
or  as  a  "lump/*  or  as  "something  sticking 
there.'*  There  is  now  an  irritant  which 
continues  to  be  generated  in  th^  intestines 
for  perhaps  several  hours,  during  all  of 
which  time  the  patient  tries  vainly  to  rid 
himself  of  by  coughing.  As  mentioned  be- 
fore, the  continued  coughing  gradually 
weakens  and  dilates  the  alveoli.  Thus 
weakened  the  lung  tissue  becomes  easily 
susceptible  to  various  attacks. 

Etiology. — I  have  already  sufficiently 
dwelt  on  what  I  consider  the  cause  of  asth- 
ma. However,  I  wish  to  discuss  very  briefly 
what  the  books  allege  to  be  the  cause  of 
asthma.  Let  me  speak  first  of  heredity. 
It  is  true  that  we  find  asthma  in  several 
succeeding  generations  and  in  several  mem- 
bers of  the  same  family.  Does  that  prove 
heredity?  By  heredity  I  mean  something 
which  we  cannot  possibly  escape,  which  has 
been  implanted  upon  us  during  uterine  life. 
Perhaps  a  little  anecdote  will  not  be  out  of 
place.  Very  often  after  our  daily  clinics  at 
the  Augusta  Hospital,  Berlin,  Professor 
Kutner,  the  late  assistant  to  Ewald,  would 
assemble  all  of  us  when  we  would  discuss 


whatever  appeared  worth  while  discussing 
of  the  clinical  material.  So  it  happened  that 
once  I  mentioned  the  fact  that  I  have  been 
treating  the  father,  the  mother  and  several 
children  for  achylia  gastrica,  a  disease,  the 
existence  of  which  I  now  deny.  Here  was 
something  to  talk  about.  Doctor  Kutner 
then  turned  to  the  first  assistant  and  asked 
his  opinion.  The  gentleman  addressed 
thought  it  was  rather  strange  and  suggested 
that  it  would  tend  to  point  to  heredity.  The 
other  gentlemen  also  were  of  this  opinion. 
Now  Dr.  Kutner  turned  to  me  and  asked 
me  what  I  would  suggest.  Whereupon  I 
began  to  laugh.  "Why  do  you  laugh?" 
asked  Dr.  Kutner. 

"Well,"  I  said,  "do  you  want  to  know 
what  I  think  is  the  matter?" 

"Of  course,  yes,"  was  the  answer  of  Dr. 
Kutner. 

Whereupon  I  replied :  "The  trouble  here 
is  a  bad  cook.  If  we  are  to  admit  heredity 
at  all,  and  arg^e  that  the  children  inherited 
the  disease  from  their  parents,  how  could 
the  spouses  inherit  the  disease  from  each 
other?  It  is  true  that  asthma  may  run  in 
the  family,  but  not  because  that  the  one 
inherited  it  from  the  other,  but  because  they 
were  all  brought  up  on  the  same  faulty  diet. 
A  father  and  mother  are  presumed  to  love 
their  child.  If  the  parent  believes  in  a 
certain  food,  not  only  will  he  eat  it,  but  he 
will  also  insist  that  his  child  eat  of  it ;  believ- 
ing that  this  particular  food  is  good  for  him, 
he  wants  his  child  to  also  have  the  benefit 
of  such  food.  If  now,  in  the  course  of 
years,  that  particular  food  caused  disease 
to  the  parent,  how  could  the  child  escape 
it?" 

Neither  age  nor  sex  has  any  influence 
upon  asthma.  My  youngest  patient  was 
six  months  and  my  oldest  84  years  old.  Both 
sexes  are  equally  affected. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


652 


October,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


AMBBICAN   MSDIdNS 


There  is  a  very  widely  entertained  belief 
that  asthma  is  due  to  some  nasal  disease. 
I  have  lately  had  a  patient  who  told  me 
that  she  had  no  less  than  15  nasal  opera- 
tions. To  be  conservative,  I  believe  to  have 
had  at  least  one-third  of  my  cases  in  whom 
one  or  more  nasal  operations  have  been  per- 
formed for  the  cure  of  asthma.  Had  they 
been  cured  they  would  never  have  come  to 
me.  This,  however,  does  not  argue  that 
if  a  nasal  operation  is  necessary,  that  it 
should  not  be  done.  While  nasal  conditions 
may  have  their  influence  upon  asthma  they 
are  not  the  cause  of  asthma. 

The  most  common  conception  is  that  asth- 
ma is  caused  by  the  inhalation  of  some  pol- 
lens. But  the  fact  is  that  only  a  very  in- 
significantly small  number  of  people  who 
suffer  from  asthma  have  ever  been  in  the 
neighborhood  of  such  plants.  Further- 
more, the  majority  of  asthmatics  begin  to 
suffer  in  winter,  at  a  time  when  there  are 
no  pollens  to  inhale.  Animal  odors  are 
also  accused  as  being  the  cause  of  asthma; 
I  have  not  yet  met  any  of  such  cases  in  my 
practice. 

Many  hold  the  climate  as  responsible  for 
asthma.  My  patients  have  come  from  all 
parts  of  the  country  and  from  all  altitudes 
and  from  all  climates.  I  am  just  now  treat- 
ing a  patient  who  several  times  was  sent 
to  the  mountains  by  his  previous  physicians, 
and  had  to  leave  there  after  a  few  days 
because  his  asthma  became  very  much  ag- 
gravated. Others  went  thru  a  like  experi- 
ence when  they  went  to  the  seashore  on  the 
recommendation  of  their  attending  physi- 
cian. And,  while  climate  has  no  bearing 
at  all  in  the  etiology  of  the  asthma,  atmos- 
pheric conditions  do  exercise  an  influence; 
some  patients  get  worse  in  damp  weather 
and  others  are  distinctly  benefitted  by  it. 

Cardiac  and  renal  diseases  have  also  been 


made  to  carry  the  burden  of  responsibility 
in  the  causation  of  asthma.  There  is  no 
denying  that  there  are  many  cases  of  asthma 
associated  with  either  heart  or  kidney  dis- 
ease. But  where  is  the  proof  that  they  are 
causally  correlated?  I  had  such  combina- 
tions in  my  practice,  but  the  number  of 
these  is  very  small.  I  fear  that  the  diagnosis 
of  cardiac  asthma  was  based  chiefly,  if  not 
altogether,  on  the  clinical  sjrmptom  of  pain 
and  distress  in  the  region  of  the  heart.  I 
have  seen  those  cases  time  and  again  when 
patients  came  to  me  with  the  diagnosis  of 
cardiac  asthma,  made  by  the  physician,  when 
the  heart  was  perfectly  well  and  which  had 
ceased  to  give  any  symptoms  once  the  asth- 
ma was  being  treated.  In  these  cases  the 
patients  will  sometimes  continue  to  evince 
anxiety  about  the  condition  of  their  heart, 
altho  neither  the  asthma  nor  the  heart  causes 
them  any  trouble.  The  assumed  heart  dis- 
ease, which  was  based  on  the  history  of 
pain  in  the  cardiac  region,  was  due  to  the 
intra-abdominal  pressure  forcing  the  dia- 
phragm up  against  the  heart  and  throwing 
the  heart  forward,  upward  and  outward. 
This  condition  can  easily  be  visualized  by 
the  fluoroscope  and  recorded  by  the  X-ray. 
Under  this  condition  the  heart  is  pressed 
against  the  ribs  which  procedure  is  painful. 
There  is  no  reason  why  asthma  should  not 
possibly  co-exist  with  any  other  disease,  be 
the  disease  an  affection  of  the  heart,  or  of 
the  kidneys,  or  of  any  other  organ.  We  are 
no  more  justified  in  calling,  in  a  specific 
case,  the  asthma  heart  asthma,  or  kidney 
asthma,  then  we  would  be  justified  in  calling 
the  asthma  thyroid  asthma,  if  the  thyroid 
•  happened  to  be  affected  at  the  same  time. 
The  co-existence  of  other  affections  besides 
the  asthma  does  not  permit  us  to  associate 
them  as  interdependant  on  each  other.  In 
my  experience  there  is  but  one  asthma  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MSDIdMS 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


October,  1919 


653 


this  is  bronchial  asthma,  and  the  bronchial 
asthma  has  the  gastrointestinal  conditions, 
mentioned  before  as  the  etiologic  factor. 

The  foregoing  discussion  applies  to  the 
etiology  of  the  asthmatic  constitution.  The 
asthmatic  attack,  the  asthmatic  spasm  may 
be  initiated  by  many  other  agencies.  It  is 
this  fact  which  has  been  misleading  the 
profession  heretofore.  The  asthmatic  con- 
stitution is  the  offspring  of  a  pathologic 
condition  of  the  gastrointestinal  tract.  Given 
this  underlying  condition  and  different  irri- 
tants may  bring  on  the  spell  of  asliuna. 
In  the  one  case  the  inhalation  of  pollen, 
in  another  the  emanations  of  some  animal, 
which  is  especially  irritating  to  that  indi- 
vidual; in  another  an  excitement  or  some 
other  psychically  violent  circumstances. 
Thus  we  must  distinguish  the  asthmatic 
constitution  from  the  asthmatic  spell. 

Sjnnptomt. — ^The  symptoms  of  the 
asthmatic  constitution  can  be  summarized 
xmder  the  heading  of  gastrointestinal  pneu- 
matosis. Pneumatosis  not  only  has  a  set 
of  symptoms  of  its  own,  but  so  far  has 
proved  the  greatest  stumbling  block  in  our 
divine  science  in  the  matter  of  diagnosis. 
Pneumatosis  means  gas  distention.  There- 
fore, it  means  that  the  stomach  and  the 
intestines  are  distened.  A  distended  gastro- 
intestinal canal  reacts  both  on  itself  and 
upon  the  circumlying  adjacent  structures. 
In  reacting  upon  itself  it  is  bound  to  produce 
an  effect  which  must  be  contrary  to  the 
one  which  a  contracted  canal  will  produce. 
The  two  symptoms  which  are  the  result  of 
muscular  contraction  and  which  are  mainly 
in  the  minds  of  the  patients  are,  appetite 
and  peristalsis.  I  have  repeatedly  discussed 
the  question  of  appetite,  especially  in  my 
papers:  "Organacidia  gastrica,  Med,  Rec, 
Sept.  6,  1902;  Additional  Notes  on  Organ- 
acidia  gastrica,  Phila.  Med.  Jour.,  March 


28,  1903,  and  The  Nature  and  Cause  of  Ap- 
petite Hunger  and  Anorexia,  Amer.  Med., 
Aug.  26,  1905,"  and  have  maintained  that 
appetite  is  the  result  of  muscular  contrac- 
tion. This  has  been  proved  by  Cannon  and 
published  by  him  seven  years  later,  which 
publication  has  caused  other  physiologists 
to  study  the  same  question  with  like  result. 
Since  appetite  is  something  which  concerns 
everyone,  it  will  be  worth  repeating  that 
appetite  is  a  sensation  which  is  the  result 
of  muscular  contraction  of  the  pyloric  re- 
gion, or  of  the  duodenum,  or  of  both.  (In 
parenthesis  I  should  like  to  ask  the  physi- 
ologists who  do  mention  my  name  not  to 
quote  me  as  saying  the  very  contrary  of 
what  I  actually  did  say,  as  did  Carlson.) 
In  the  absence  of  contraction,  i.  e.  in  relaxa- 
tion and  in  distention  there  is  no  appetite. 
Movements  of  the  bowels  are  caused  by 
the  peristaltic  action  of  the  intestinal  mus- 
cularis.  As  peristaltic  action  is  synonymous 
with  contraction  of  the  muscularis,  the  dis- 
tention of  the  muscularis,  which  is  the  oppo- 
site of  contraction,  also  has  the  opposite 
effect  of  peristalsis,  %.  e.  no  peristalsis,  there- 
fore no  passage,  constipation.  The  disten- 
tion pressure  against  the  adjacent  organs 
and  structures  causes  pain  of  greater  or  les- 
ser degree  and  should  not  be  interpreted  as 
reflex  pain.  The  pressure  upward  against 
the  heart,  which  forces  the  heart  upward, 
forward  and  outward,  interferes  with  the 
heart's  action.  The  patient  becomes  con- 
scious of  the  pulsations  of  his  heart,  and  as 
the  heart  has  to  beat  against  an  obstruction 
the  pulsations  become  distressing  and  pain- 
ful. The  dislocation  of  the  heart  necessarily 
impinges  upon  the  normal  excursions  of  the 
left  lung  and  the  respiration  on  the  left  side 
also  becomes  painful.  The  distention  of  the 
stomach  is  felt  by  the  patient  as  bloating, 
fulness,  or  weight,  and  the  escape  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


654 


October^  1919 


ORIOINAL  ARTICIiBS 


Amieican  Mbdioinx 


gas  thru  the  mouth  is  responsible  for  the 
belching.  The  irritating  gases  reach  the 
pharynx  and  cause  constriction  of  the  phar- 
yngeal muscles,  the  gases  cannot  escape  and 
accumulate  behind  the  constriction  until  the 
muscle  spasm  ceases.  This  causes  the  pa- 
tient to  complain  of  choking,  or  of  a  lump 
in  the  throat.  This,  im fortunately,  has  been 
misinterpreted  as  the  globus  hystericus. 
The  distention  of  the  intestines  is  felt  by 
the  patient  as  fulness  or  weight  in  the  abdo- 
men. Asthma  does  not  set  in  suddenly;  it 
begins  with  what  is  usually  called  dyspeptic 
symptoms.  Perhaps  a  good  rule  would  be 
to  warn  every  patient  who  chronically  com- 
plains of  fulness  after  meals  accompanied 
by  shortness  of  breath,  pain  in  the  left  side 
on  inspiration,  palpitation  and  difficulty  in 
going  uphill  or  up  a  flight  of  stairs,  of  the 
likelihood,  that  asthma  may  be  developing. 
There  may  be  supraorbital  and  frontal  head- 
ache, or  the  patient  may  recall  having  had 
them  years  ago.  Quite  a  frequent  symptom 
is  pain  in  the  back  of  the  head  and  in  the 
nape  of  the  neck.  This  latter  is  probably 
due  to  a  mechanical  cause  of  the  nattire 
of  traumatism.  During  the  violent  spasms 
of  coughing,  the  muscles  of  that  region  are 
violently,  suddenly  and  sharply  contracted. 
This  exerts  a  violent  pull  upon  where  the 
muscles  are  inserted ;  this,  I  believe,  is  the 
cause  of  the  pain  in  the  nape  of  the  neck. 
Very  often  the  patients  complain  of  buzzing 
in  the  ears.  The  appetite  varies  and  may 
be  even  fair  between  the  attacks.  But  dur- 
ing the  time  that  the  patient  suffers  from 
the  asthma  there  is  no  appetite.  There  is 
palpitation,  the  patient  cannot  go  upstairs, 
or  uphill,  he  is  short  winded  and  does  not 
dare  undertake  long  walks,  he  tires  very 
easily  and  is  incapable  of  any  exertion.  He 
gets  up  tired  in  the  morning,  even  when 
when  he  is  free  from  attacks.     He  hates 


to  go  out  alone  for  fear  he  may  be 
seized  with  an  attack  on  the  way.  Con- 
stipation is  the  rule.  This  is  a  symptom 
which  the  physician  must  be  careful  in  elicit- 
ing. When  the  patient  tells  me  that  his 
bowels  are  good  my  next  question  is,  "what 
do  you  take  for  them?"  In  the  majority  of 
cases  the  patient  will  then  mention  either 
the  routine  use  of  some  drug  or  of  such 
fruits  which  are  known  to  produce  move- 
ments. In  the  first  years  of  asthma  the 
patient  may  feel  perfectly  well  between  the 
attacks  or  during  the  non-asthmatic  season. 
But  later  the  patient  is  full  of  apprehension 
and  fears  to  go  out  alone  or  any  long  dis- 
tance. Coughing  may  be  a  prominent  symp- 
tom; the  dry,  hacking,  tiring  cough.  The 
patient  usually  dreams  much,  the  dreams, 
as  a  rule,  being  quite  unpleasant.  As  the 
disease  wears  on  the  patient  becomes  apa- 
thetic, especially  so  when  he  can  get  his 
sleep  only  in  the  sitting  posture.  Withall  the 
patient  need  not  look  bad.  Quite  the  con- 
trary. Between  the  attacks  the  patient  ap- 
pears in  perfect  health,  which  deceives  his 
family  and  friends. 

The  clinical  appearance  of  an  asthmatic 
attack  can  be  summed  up  under  the  head- 
ing of  air  hunger  and  the  violent,  but  in- 
effective attempt  by  the  patient  to  remove 
an  irritant,  located  somewhere  in  the 
chest.  Quite  often,  the  patient  who  has 
gone  thru  many  attacks,  knows  by  certain 
prodromal  symptoms,  that  an  attack  is 
coming  and  such  premonitory  sensations 
are  peculiar  to  each  individual.  Usually, 
the  patient  goes  to  bed,  perhaps  even,  in 
an  exuberant  frame  of  mind ;  he  feels  quite 
well  and  happy.  But,  somewhere,  around 
two  or  three  in  the  morning  the  patient  be- 
gins to  have  difficulty  in  his  breathing  and 
begins  to  wheeze,  of  which  the  patient  has 
only  hearsay  knowledge,  as  he  himself  is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicins 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICXiES 


OCJTOBBR,    1919 


655 


still  asleep;  he  knows  only  what  his  family 
tells  him.  Quite  suddenly  he  wakes  up 
and  throws  himself  into  the  characteristic 
asthmatic  posture,  which  is  one,  most 
favorable  to  forced  expiration.  There  is 
quite  a  similarity  between  this  posture  and 
the  posture  one  assumes  in  defecation.  In 
both  instances  one  seeks  expulsion,  pent 
up  air  in  the  one  and  pent  up  fecal  matter 
in  the  other.  The  patient  sits  in  bed  with 
legs  flexed  and  thighs  drawn  towards  the 
abdomen,  while  the  trunk  is  inclined  for- 
ward. The  chin  rests  upon  the  hands  and 
the  elbows  on  the  knees ;  the  shoulders  are 
raised  and  the  head  is  fixed.  In  this  posi- 
tion the  patient  labors  with  respiration.  At 
intervals  there  is  the  cough,  which  con- 
tinues in  a  somewhat  staccato  manner,  be- 
ginning strong  and  loud  and  then  diminish- 
ing in  force  with  each  successive  concus- 
sion. The  lips  become  cyanotic,  the  mouth 
is  open  and  the  eyes  bulge  out;  the  body 
is  bathed  in  cold  perspiration.  Suddenly 
the  patient  jumps  out  of  bed  and  runs  to 
the  open  window  gasping  for  air.  The  be- 
havior of  those,  who  cannot  sleep  in  bed, 
but  take  their  sleep  sitting  in  a  chair  is 
somewhat  different.  When  the  asthmatic 
spasm  seizes  them,  they  get  off  the  chair 
and  brace  against  a  piece  of  furniture  with 
the  entire  body  bent,  or  rather  curved  for- 
ward and  the  head  thrown  back.  In  either 
case  the  patient  brings  up  a  considerable 
quantity  of  mucus  at  the  end  of  the  attack 
and  also  gases  are  expelled.  The  attack 
may  last  only  a  short  while  or  several 
hours.  Some  patients  have  only  one  at- 
tack in  24  hours,  others  have  two  or  more. 
Once  more  let  us  reflect  upon  the  manifes- 
tation of  an  asthmatic  seizure.  This  hap- 
pens, as  a  rule,  sometimes  past  midnight, 
around  one  or  two  o'clock  in  the  morning. 
that  is,  about  7  or  8  hours  after  the  last 


meal.  At  this  time  the  ingested  food 
is  in  the  small  intestine  and  has  already 
undergone  considerable  chemical  changes 
with  the  production  of  irritating  volatile 
gases.  But  the  production  of  such  gases 
has  not  yet  been  completed ;  they  are  being 
constantly  generated  and  forced  upward 
by  the  normal  contractions  of  the  ab- 
dominal muscles,  which  at  every  contrac- 
tion increases  the  intra-abdominal  pressure. 
The  noxious  gases,  reaching  the  pharynx 
cause  violent  and  spastic  contraction  of  ite 
muscles  and  of  the  muscles  forming  the 
back  of  the  tongue.  The  spastic  contrac- 
tion of  these  muscles  seals  the  larynx  and 
the  esophagus  and  their  irritation  by  the 
noxious  chemicals  provokes  the  effort  to 
expel  these  by  the  violent  act  of  coughing. 
All  muscles  of  expiration  are  called  into 
violent  contractions  because  of  which  they 
gradually  weaken.  The  more  these  mus- 
cles weaken,  the  more  inadequate  becomes 
the  expulsive  force  and  the  greater  be- 
come the  efforts  of  the  patient.  These 
struggles  exhaust  the  patient.  As  the  ex- 
pulsive force  weakens  the  air  cells  are  not 
only  inadequately  emptied,  but  are  sur- 
charged with  CO2  which  incites  still  deeper 
inspirations,  causing  still  greater  distention 
of  the  air  vesicles.  Under  these  circum- 
stances the  cell  walls  weaken  and  lose  their 
resiliency,  which  causes  the  dilatation  of  the 
air  cells;  in  the* course  of  time  this  dilatar 
tion  becomes  permanent.  The  enlargement 
of  the  chest  and  the  bulging  out  of  the  in- 
tercostal spaces  evidence  the  dilatation  of 
the  air  cells.  Because  of  the  enlargement 
of  the  air  cells  while  the  bronchioles  re- 
tain their  normal  size,  the  relation  in  size 
between  the  bronchioles  and  the  air  cells 
changes,  that  is,  the  bronchioles  are  now 
relatively  smaller.  This  has  its  effect  up- 
on the  sound;  air  is  forced  from  a  wider 


Digitized  by 


Google 


656 


October,  1919 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLBS 


Ambrican  Medicink 


space  thru  a  narrower  space.  This  gives  a 
higher  pitched  sound  and,  as  this  happens 
with  the  expulsion  of  the  air  from  the 
lungs,  we  therefore  hear  these  asthmatic 
rales  in  expiration. 

Diagnosis. — ^The  diagnosis  of  asthma 
is  not  always  an  easy  matter.  In  my  earlier 
experience  I  have  sent  patients  away  and 
told  them,  they  had  no  asthma,  for  which 
they  came  to  consult  me,  because  at  the  time 
of  the  consultation  there  was  no  evidence 
of  asthma  on  auscultation.  I  have  since 
learned  this  not  to  be  the  right  practice. 
When  a  patient  comes  to  consult  about 
asthma,  the  presumption  is  very  strong 
that  he  has  asthma.  If  we  hear  no  asth- 
matic rales  at  the  time  when  the  patient 
presents  himself  for  examination  it  is  be- 
cause the  patient  happens  to  come  during 
an  interval.  The  interval  between  attacks 
may  last  only  a  few  hours  or  it  may  last 
for  days  and  weeks.  It  so  happened  that 
the  patient  came  when  his  chest  was  free 
from  rales  and  wheezing.  The  rule  should 
be,  that  when  a  patient  comes  to  consult 
about  asthma,  he  should  be  treated  for 
asthma,  whether  at  the  time  there  are 
asthmatic  rales  or  not.  The  diagnosis 
rests  mainly  on  auscultation.  Indeed,  one 
need  not  even  see  or  come  near  the  patient. 
I  can  very  often  make  the  diagnosis  of 
asthma  by  hearing  the  patient's  breathing, 
when  the  patient  is  yet  in  the  waiting  room. 
It  is  the  change  of  rhythm,  which  so  char- 
acterizes asthma.  It  is  the  fully  free  in- 
spiration followed  by  the  deep,  labored  and 
prolonged  expiration.  One  other  condi- 
tion gives  that  rhythm  and  this  is  pneu- 
monia. But  in  pneumonia  the  respirations 
are  increased  in  number,  while  in  asthma 
they  are  not. 

The  patient  should  be  stripped  and  set 
down  in  an  easy  position  for  the  ausculta- 


tion. We  will  hear  that  peculiar  sound, 
known  as  wheezing.  This  is  made  up  of 
dry  rales  of  all  sizes  and  of  varying  pitch. 
These  sounds  are  heard  in  expiration. 
Should  this  position  of  the  patient  yield  no 
auscultatory  signs,  then  the  patient  is 
placed  on  his  back  and  again  examined  and, 
should  this  position  also  prove  negative 
then  the  examining  chair  is  tilted  to  an 
angle  of  approximately  45  degrees,  the  pa- 
tient's head  being  down  and  his  legs  up. 
It  is  remarkable  how  much  this  posture 
will  bring  out.  I  use  this  position  not  only 
for  the  examination  of  the  chest,  but  also 
for  the  palpation  of  the  abdomen,  when  it 
gives  most  excellent  results.  Again  and 
again  no  other  than  the  inclined  position 
would  bring  out  the  asthmatic  rales.  It  is 
also  significant,  that  the  asthmatic  rales,  if 
heard  only  in  the  inclined  posture,  are  apt 
to  be  heard  mostly,  if  not  altogether,  over 
the  lower  lobe  of  the  right  lung.  This  fact 
again  seems  to  confirm  by  view,  that  asthma 
is  due  to  pressure  upward  from  the  ab- 
domen, as  in  the  inclined  position  the  ab- 
dominal viscera  crowd  against  the  dia- 
phragm, and  the  heavy  liver  exerts  its  pres- 
sure against  the  right  lower  lobe  of  the 
lung. 

On  inspection  we  will  find,  that  the  chest 
is  full,  the  intercostal  spaces  are  filled  out 
or  bulging  and  that  the  supraclavicular 
fossae  are  prominent.  For  the  inspection 
of  the  abdomen  the  patient  is  placed  on  his 
back.  We  now  note,  that  there  is  a  promi- 
nence over  the  region  of  the  stomach  and 
very  often  we  will  see  here  a  wavy  tremula- 
tion.  This  phenomenon  is  due  to  the  trans- 
mission of  the  pulsations  of  the  abdominal 
aorta  to  the  gas  filled  bowel  and  stomach. 

In  taking  the  history  of  the  case  we  will 
always  find,  that  the  patient  has  had  di- 
gestive troubles;  he  may  have  them  at  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amebican  Medicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


October,  1919 


657 


time  of  the  consultation,  or  has  had  them 
some  time  before  and  thought  he  was  cured. 
In  no  case  should  the  test  meal  examination 
be  omitted.  The  test  meal  examination 
should  be  conducted  with  the  object  to  at- 
tain practical,  yet  scientific  facts.  And  for 
this  purpose  there  is  no  better  test,  than 
the  Ewald  test  breakfast.  This  consists  of 
35  grams  of  plain  white  bread,  that  is, 
bread  made  of  white  flour  and  water  and  of 
300  c.  c.  of  plain  water.  The  patient  should 
come  to  the  physician's  office  fasting  about 
14  hours  after  he  had  had  a  full  meal  the 
evening  before.  The  patient's  fasting 
stomach  is  first  examined  by  means  of  the 
stomach  tube  and  the  condition  of  the 
stomach  is  ascertained.  After  this  the  test 
breakfast  is  given  him  in  the  office  of  the 
physician  and  the  patient  waits  in  the  wait- 
ing room  for  one  hour.  The  patient  should 
be  perfectly  quiet  during  this  hour  after 
which  the  stomach  tube  is  again  introduced. 
We  will  now  find  insufficiency  of  the 
stomach,  that  is  we  will  find  no  contents  or 
perhaps  only  a  trace.  Fanciful  modifica- 
tions of  the  test  meal  have  been  devised, 
but  they  have  proved  good  apparently  only 
in  the  hands  of  the  one  who  devised  them. 
Prognosis. — ^The  prognosis  in  uncom- 
plicated cases  is  most  excellent  irrespective 
of  the  length  of  time  the  asthmatic  condi- 
tion had  continued.  My  youngest  patient 
was  six  months  old  and  my  oldest  84  years, 
and  both  got  well.  The  baby's  case  would 
certainly  dispel  the  belief,  that  asthma 
is  of  a  nervous  nature.  First,  because  no 
one  would  care  to  impute  nervousness  to  a 
6  months'  old  nursling.  And,  secondly,  I 
did  not  treat  the  baby,  but  treated  the 
nursing  mother.  The  child  remains  well 
and  is  now  a  little  happy  girl  of  over  five 
years,  whose  grateful  mother  continues  to 
send  me  asthmatic  patients.     The  84  year 


old  patient  had  been  suffering  from  asthma 
since  he  returned  from  the  army  in  1867. 
Not  only  do  the  patients  get  well,  but  they 
begin  to  feel  better  within  36  or  48  hours 
after  treatment  has  been  instituted.  This 
often  proves  a  drawback  rather  than  a 
blessing  for  the  following  reason.  Em- 
boldened by  the  rapid  turn  for  the  better, 
the  patient  soon  begins  to  experiment  with 
the  diet  which  was  forbidden  him.  I  have 
very  numerous  instances  of  this  occurrence. 
The  physician  must  always  have  in  mind, 
that  the  patient  is  very  apt  to  eat  and  drink, 
what  he  should  not.  If  after  the  patient 
had  begun  to  feel  better  and  kept  on  feel- 
ing better  for  the  first  10  or  12  days  and 
then  begins  to  complain,  the  suspicion  is, 
that  he  disobeys.  Patients,  who  for  months 
had  been  obliged  to  sleep  in  chairs  can  go 
to  bed  after  a  few.days  of  treatment.  How 
encouraging  is  this  to  the  patient!  The 
attacks  begin  to  lessen  in  severity  and  fre- 
quency right  from  the  beginning  of  the 
treatment.  But  the  physician  must  tell  the 
patient  the  exact  truth,  that  the  patient 
must  expect  more  spasms,  which  will  gradu- 
ally disappear.  Otherwise  a  recurrent  at- 
tack, no  matter  how  mild  and  of  how  short  a 
duration  will  have  a  depressing  eflfect  upon 
the  patient.  The  greatest  patience  and 
perseverence  is  required  of  both  the  patient 
and  physician ;  the  patient  always  needs  en- 
couragement. The  physician  must  be  stead- 
fast in  his  positive  promise  of  cure.  The 
treatment  requires  on  an  average  four 
months.  The  word  cure  must  be  used  in  asth- 
ma in  the  same  sense  as  it  is  used  in  every 
other  curable  disease.  Pneumonia  is  curable, 
so  is  pleurisy,  so  is  measles,  so  is  scarlet  fe- 
ver, etc.  Will  the  patients,  once  cured  of 
these  diseases  ever  get  them  again?  Of 
course,  they  may  get  them  again.  Should  this 
knowledge  stop  us  from  treating  these  dis- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


658 


JUNB^  191f 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


Ambbican  Medicinb 


eases?  We  all  wish,  that  when  we  once 
went  thru  one  disease,  we  should  never  get 
this  disease  again;  but  it  remains  only  a 
wish.  So  it  is  with  asthma.  If  a  patient 
gets  cured  of  asthma  he  also  may  get  it 
again.  But  there  is  this  difference  between 
asthma  and  the  other  curable  diseases :  one 
can  never  tell  when  he  may  again  fall  victim 
to  pneumonia,  pleurisy,  etc.  But  the  pa- 
tient who  gets  asthma  after  he  once  was 
cured,  has  himself  to  blame.  The  asth- 
matic patient  is  told  and  knows  what  is  go- 
ing to  provoke  ^sthma.  And  if,  in  spite 
of  this  knowledge  he  nevertheless  continues 
to  abuse  himself,  whose  fault  is  it?  But 
the  rule  is,  that  after  the  patient  had  experi- 
mented a  few  times  and  got  some  slight  at- 
tacks he  complies  with  the  few  restrictions 
in  his  diet  and  remains  well.  Asthma  is 
absolutely  curable,  but  the  patient  may  get 
asthma  again,  if  he  so  choses.  The  pa- 
tient is  taught  to  know  his  enemy.  If  not- 
withstanding this  he  nevertheless  disobeys 
and  again  knowingly  contracts  the  same 
gastric  condition  which  originally  brought 
on  asthma,  whose  fault  is  it,  that  he  has 
again  to  suffer?  Perhaps  an  illustration 
will  not  be  out  of  place.  Some  years  ago 
a  patient  came  to  me  from  Arizona  and  was 
cured.  Months  after  his  cure  I  was  called 
in  haste  to  see  him  in  his  hotel.  I  found 
him  suffering  severely  and  asked  him  what 
happened.  Between  gasps  for  air  he  told 
rne  not  to  mind  anything,  but  make  him 
better.  He  was  well  again  in  two  days 
and  he  then  told  me  the  following.  He 
had  come  to  New  York  on  an  important 
deal.  "I  had  to  go  out  with  the  boys,"  he 
said,  "and  eat  and  drink  with  them.  I  knew 
I  was  going  to  get  asthma  and  I  took  the 
asthma  as  part  of  the  deal.  I  knew  that 
you  were  here  and  that  I  will  get  well." 
Now  this  is  exactlv  the  frame  of  mind  the 


patient  wants  to  be  put  in.  What  a  differ- 
ence between  the  patient  believing  himself 
lost,  incurable  and  doomed  for  life  and  the 
patient's  taking  another  attack  merely  in 
the  same  light  as  contracting  an  attack  of 
tonsillitis  or  some  similar  slight  indisposi- 
tion. Once  the  patient  has  been  cured  he 
knows  what  struck  him,  if  he  again  gets  an 
attack.  But,  as  a  rule  the  patient  can  and 
will  ward  off  the  actual  attack;  he  knows 
the  premonitory  symptoms.  He  knows 
where  he  has  transgressed  and  he  will  cor- 
rect himself  before  the  real  attack  would 
come.  Of  this  I  have  many  instances- 
After  the  patient  had  remained  well  for  a 
certain  time  he  will  long  for  and  eat  some 
of  the  forbidden  food.  For  a  little  while 
he  will  feel  no  distress.  Encouraged  by 
this  result  he  eats  more  and  will  have  to 
pay  the  penalty.  Of  all  these  possible  hap- 
penings the  patient  should  be  forwamed. 

Where  complications  exist  the  cure  will 
be  influenced  by  the  complication.  Es- 
pecially distressing  is  a  complicating  em- 
physema, which  is  of  frequent  occurrence. 

Treatment. — For  the  treatment  of 
the  paroxysm  a  long  list  of  medicines  has 
been  tried  and  recommended.  They  ac- 
complish nothing  more  than  a  temporary 
amelioration  of  the  spasm,  they  do  not 
cure.  But  the  patient,  once  used  to  it,  will 
abstain  from  the  use  of  his  specific  drug 
with  difficulty.  The  quickest  relief  is 
given  by  the  hypodermic  use  of  adrenalin. 
But  in  mentioning  this  I  warn  against  its 
use.  A  patient  of  mine  had  used  an 
ounce  bottle  in  24  hours.  Also,  I  have 
seen  one  fatal  result.  The  inhalations  of 
the  fumes  of  nitre  paper  or  of  stramonium 
leaves  is  not  so  dangerous  as  is  adrenalin. 
The  stramonium  leaves  are  used  either  as  a 
powder,  the  leaves  being  pulverized,  or  in 
the  form  of  cigarettes,  which  are  smoked 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


October,  1919 


659 


by  the  patient.  The  nitre  paper  is  made  by 
saturating  blotting  paper  in  a  saturated 
solution  of  potassium  nitrate  and  then 
drying  the  paper.  Also  chloroform  in- 
halations are  used  and  amyl  nitrite.  How- 
ever, the  most  commonly  used  drug  by  the 
physician  is  the  hypodermic  injection  of 
morphine.  This  may  or  may  not  relieve 
the  spasm;  as  a  rule  it  does.  A  patient 
of  mine  had  used  before  I  began  treating 
her  one  and  a  half  grains  of  morphine  at 
a  dose  which  she  injected  herself.  I  took 
the  bottle  of  morphine  away  from  her  and 
she  had  never  used  any  morphine  after 
this.  I  never  use  or  advise  any  of  the 
drugs  here  mentioned  except  the  morphine 
or  its  equivalent  and  this  only  in  the  treat- 
ment of  an  intercurring  bronchitis.  In  the 
treatment  of  asthma  itself  I  never  use  any 
opiate. 

Remembering  that  asthma  has  as  its 
cause  the  insufficiency  of  the  pylorus  our 
efforts  must  be  directed  to  the  cure  of  this 
condition.  Insufficiency  of  the  pylorus  de- 
mands alkaline  treatment  which  Is  intended 
to  aid  the  intestinal  digestion.  The  alkalies 
have  to  be  administered  at  a  time  when  the 
chyme  is  out  of  the  stomach.  This  is  to 
be  ascertained  by  the  repeated  examination 
of  the  test  breakfast;  that  is,  if  the  pa- 
tient has  no  contents  in  the  stomach  one 
hour  after  the  test  meal,  the  test  is  repeated 
the  following  day  and  the  aspiration  of  the 
stomach  is  attempted  one-quarter  of  an 
hour  sooner.  If  then  the  stomach  yields  no 
contents,  the  test  is  again  repeated  the  next 
day  and  the  aspiration  attempted  again  one- 
quarter  of  an  hour  sooner.  In  this  way  we 
acquaint  ourselves  with  the  precise  time 
during  which  the  stomach  empties  itself. 
The  alkalies  are  to  be  given  after  the  stom- 
ach had  emptied  itself  so  as  not  to  interfere 
with  whatever  gastric  digestion  may  yet  be 


left.  Most  often  I  use  the  bicarbonate  of 
soda,  the  oxide  of  magnesia  and  the  car- 
bonate ©f  calcium.  But  also  the  potassium 
carbonate  and  bicarbonate  and  the  chloride 
of  calcium  may  at  times  be  found  very  use- 
ful, so  also  the  chloride  and  carbonate  of 
ammonium.  The  plain  rhubarb  and  soda, 
nux  vomica,  strychnine,  the  mydriatics, 
cascara  and  the  salicylate  of  soda  are  all 
drugs  which  m$iy  have  to  be  combined  with 
the  alkalies.  In  many  cases  I  add  colchicum 
and  strontium  bromide  to  the  alkalies. 
Which  combination  and  what  doses  are  to  be 
used  is  entirely  a  matter  of  each  individual 
physician's  experience.  For  the  constipa- 
tion, which  is  one  of  the  commonest  symp- 
toms I  have  used  for  very  many  years  the 
following  combination :  aloin  and  podophyl- 
lin,  of  each  34  g»*ain,  phenolphthalein  from 
one  to  one  and  a  half  grain  and  atropin  one 
hundred  and  twentieth  of  a  grain  at  a  dose, 
to  be  made  into  pills  of  which  one  pill  is 
to  be  taken  every  night.  Also  potassium 
iodide  and  ammonium  iodide  may  have  to 
be  used  to  loosen  the  mucus.  Of  these'two 
I  prefer  the  ammonium  iodide.  Of  the 
saturated  solution  we  start  with  a  few  drops 
well  diluted  in  water  and  bring  it  up  to  the 
point  of  tolerance. 

Of  most  importance  in  the  treatment  of 
asthma  is  the  diet.  Unfortunately  no  set 
rule  can  be  laid  down  which  would  apply 
in  every  case.  Each  case  must  be  studied 
individually.  The  following  principle 
should  guide  us  in  the  selection  of  the  food. 
No  acids,  no  gas  containing  or  gas  form- 
ing foods  or  drinks,  no  spices,  no  tea,  no 
coffee  and  no  yeast  containing  beverages. 
We  must  bear  in  mind  that  each  nation- 
ality, nay,  each  locality  has  its  own  foods 
and  its  own  food  combinations  and  its  own 
kind  of  dishes  to  which  the  inhabitants  of 
this   special   locality   have  been  used   and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


660 


October^  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


Ambrioan  Mbdzcins 


which  they  do  prefer.      What  may  be  a 
highly  prized  delicacy  in  one  locality  may 
be  looked  upon  with  great  disfavor  in  an- 
other.    My  procedure  is  the  following:     I 
have  the  patient  submit  to  me  a  list  of  the 
food  which  he  usually  takes  and  I  then  go 
over  with  him  each  article  and  make  such 
changes  or  erasures  as  seem  to  me  indicated. 
In  this  way  the  patient  gets  a  diet  list  to 
which  he  has  been  used  and  which  he  likes. 
Neither  vegetables  nor  cereals  are  tolerated 
at  first  and  should  not  be  allowed  for  sev- 
eral weeks,  until  the  patient's  case  is  well 
in  hand.     The  same  holds  goods  with  re- 
gard to  meats.     One  soon  finds  out  that 
meat  is  not  always   meat.     That   is,  that 
there  is  a  diflference  in  the  various  kinds 
of  meat,  and  in  the  various  cuts  of  meat. 
Some  patients  get  along  best  on  beef  while 
others    require    lamb;    some    eat    chicken 
without  any  harm  and  others  veal.       No 
uniform  rule  can  be  applied.  The  meat  which 
is  doing  good  to  one  may  have  violent  ef- 
fects on  the  other.     Our  experience  is  the 
only  guide.     Foods  rich  in  starches  should 
not  be  given  for  a  long  time.    After  five  or 
six  weeks  treatment  we  may  begin  gradually 
with  cereals,  vegetables  and  fruits.     I  pro- 
ceed in  the  following  way:     I  allow  one 
cereal  one  day  and  then  the  patient  is  not 
to  have  any  cereals  for  two  days  after  this. 
If  there  is  no  bad  effect  upon  the  patient 
within  this  time,  then  the  patient  is  allowed 
to  have  it  again.    The  same  way  I  proceed 
with  the  vegetables  and  fruits.     Only  one 
kind  is  permitted  at  a  time  and  then  there 
is  a  rest  of  two  days  between,  so  that  the 
effect   may   be   watched.    The   vegetables 
should   always  be  cooked  and   the   fruit 
should  be  taken  raw.     However,  the  phy- 
sician must  be  on  his  guard.    The  patients, 
eager  to  have  fruits  or  vegetables,  may  re- 
port that  the  eating  had  no  eflFect  upon 


them  and  in  their  anxiety  to  have  them  will 
withhold  from  the  physician  the  fact  that 
they  had  distress.  After  a  few  days  they 
will  begin  to  complain  of  the  distress  and 
will  insist  that  the  fruit  or  the  vegetable,  as 
the  case  may  be,  was  not  the  thing  that  has 
harmed  them.  The  physician  should  not 
mind  this  but  stop  the  fruit  or  the  vegetable 
which  he  suspects. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  treatment  the 
following  should  not  be  allowed:  Tea, 
coffee,  cocoa,  beer,  wine,  fruits,  acid  foods 
and  salads,  oat  meal,  graham  bread,  whole 
wheat  bread,  shredded  wheat  and  other 
cereals,  all  fats  except  moderate  quantities 
of  sweet  butter  and  olive  oil,  beans,  peas, 
cabbages,  radishes,  onions.  Salt  should 
not  be  permitted.  Instead  of  the  common 
salt  the  sodium  bromide  may  be  given  to 
be  used  the  same  as  the  common  salt,  i,  e., 
without  regard  to  any  dose. 

The  patient  should  not  go  to  bed  early. 
It  is  best  that  he  go  to  bed  about  midnight. 
The  reason  for  this  is  that  if  he  goes  to 
bed,  say  about  9  and  then  wakes  about  2 
or  3  in  the  morning,  he  may  stay  awake 
for  a  few  hours,  which  has  a  very  depress- 
ing influence  upon  the  patient.  The  patient 
fails  to  note  that  he  has  already  slept  5  or 
6  hours.  In  most  instances  the  patients  get 
up  in  the  morning  with  a  spell  of  coughing. 
This  I  believe  to  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
mucus  accumulates  in  the  esophagus  while 
the  patient  is  in  the  recumbent  position, 
instead  of  going  downward  into  the  stom- 
ach or  being  cleared  by  the  patient,  as  it 
would  naturally  do  when  he  is  about.  Tak- 
ing one  or  two  cups  of  hot  water  just  be- 
fore going  to  bed  will  greatly  alleviate  this 
distressing  symptom. 

Sununary. — ^There  exists  but  one  kind 
of  asthma:  bronchial  asthma.  The  fact 
that  diseases  of  other  organs  co-exist  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambeigan  Hedicinb 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLBS 


OCTOBSR,    1919 


661 


asthma  establishes  no  causative  relation  be- 
tween such  other  diseases  and  asthma.  The 
nature  of  asthma  does  neither  preclude  nor 
forbid  the  presence  of  diseases  of  other 
organs.  No  proof  has  ever  been  adduced, 
nor  can  there  be  adduced,  that  the  asthmatic 
spasm  is  due  to  spasm  of  the  bronchial 
tubes.  The  proper  interpretation  of  the 
physical  sig^s  in  a  paroxysm  makes  such 
an  assumption  impossible.  Asthma  must 
be  recognized  as  the  pulmonic  symptom  of 
a  gastrointestinal  condition  and,  while 
various  causes  may  provoke  an  asthmatic 
spasm,  the  cure  of  asthma  depends  solely 
upon  our  ability  to  cure  the  gastrointestinal 
condition.  Neither  climatic,  nor  atmos- 
pheric conditions  or  changes  cause  asthma, 
but  they  do  exercise  some  influence  in  the 
progress  of  the  cure.  Asthma  is  not  con- 
fined to  either  sex  or  age ;  male  and  female, 
young  and  old  suffer  alike.  The  prognosis 
in  uncomplicated  asthma  is  excellent. 
Asthma  is  curable  in  about  four  months. 


A  DOUBTFUL  DIAGNOSIS  OF  PUL- 
MONARY TUBERCULOSIS  WITH 
REMARKS  ON  TREATMENT. 

BY 

BEVERLEY  ROBINSON,  M.  D., 
New  York. 

A  few  weeks  ago,  a  young  engineer  fire- 
man came  to  see  me  professionally.  He 
had  been  under  the  care  previously,  of  a 
physician  who  had  examined  and  cared  for 
him  according  to  approved  modern  methods. 
At  first,  he  was  uncertain  as  to  the  diagno- 
sis. The  patient  had  lost  considerable 
weight  and  on  physical  examination  of  the 
lungs  showed  apparent  signs  of  tuberculo- 
sis.    The  patient  had  no  cough  or  expector- 


ation and  no  fever.  He  had  never  spat  any 
blood.  He  did  not  feel  ill,  but  about  as 
usual.'  His  family  and  friends,  however, 
thought  he  looked  badly  and  said  he  was 
pale.  The  blood  and  urine  examinations . 
were  negative.  A  Wassermann  test  was 
made.  It  also,  was  negative.  There  was 
no  venereal  history.  An  X-ray  picture  was 
taken  and  as  interpreted,  confirmed  the 
diagnosis   of   pulmonary   tuberculosis. 

There  was  a  somewhat  large,  single  ulcer 
in  the  middle  of  the  pharyngeal  wall.  A 
scraping  was  taken  from  this  ulcer  and  only 
streptococci  were  shown.  There  were  no 
laryngeal  symptoms.  It  was  thought  that 
the  ulcer  on  the  pharynx  might  be  due  to 
pemphigus,  altho  there  were  no  evidences 
of  this  disease  elsewhere.  The  patient  had 
been  given  mixed  anti-syphilitic  treatment 
of  mercury  and  iodide  of  potash  with  no 
apparent  benefit. 

Personally,  I  found  no  signs  of  pulmo- 
nary tuberculosis  upon  physical  examination 
of  the  chest,  but  in  view  of  the  previous 
diagnosis,  confirmed  by  the  translation  of 
the  X-ray  picture,  I  thought  it  possible,  or 
even  probable,  that  the  patient  had  begin- 
ning pulmonary  tuberculosis.  Therefore, 
I  advised  giving  up  his  work  for  a  time  and 
going  to  a  healthful  country  resort  inland 
and  moderately  elevated.  In  a4dition,  I 
gave  the  patient  a  tonic  of  iron,  quinine  and 
strychnine,  and  told  him  to  paint  the  ulcer 
of  the  pharynx  daily  with  tincture  of  the 
chloride  of  iron  and  glycerine,  one  dram 
to  the  ounce. 

After  a  few  weeks  absence  from  the 
city,  he  sends  me  a  most  encouraging 
report.  He  has  gained  ten  pounds  in 
weight,  the  ulcer  of  the  pharynx  is  almost 
cured,  he  has  no  pain  in  the  throat,  his 
family  notes  his  much  improved  condition 
and  he  feels  well. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


662 


October,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Medicine 


I  advise  persistence  of  the  same  treatment 
for  a  while,  to  remain  in  the  country  also, 
for  a  time  and  to  report  me  again,  in  *a  few 
weeks. 

This  case  seems  to  me  interesting  and 
important.  First  of  all,  physical  examina- 
tion and  diagnosis  of  chest  disease  are  not 
infrequently  incorrect,  simply  because  the 
examiner  considers  certain  signs  as  evi- 
dence of  disease,  when  really  they  are  not. 
They  are  merely  somewhat  unusual  signs  in 
the  aggregate. 

As  to  the  X-ray  picture:  Unless  it  is 
properly  translated,  it  is  most  misleading, 
as  I  have  already  found  in  quite  a  number 
of  cases  of  different  kinds. 

Hitherto,  it  has  not  been  my  fortune  to 
have  to  do  with  pemphigus  of  the  throat, 
so  far  as  I  know.  On  the  other  hand,  I  do 
not  recall  having  seen  a  single  ulceration  of 
the  pharynx  like  the  one  mentioned  and 
with  no  concomitant  ulceration  of  the 
larynx. 

Has  the  patient  incipient  tuberculosis  and 
will  he  again  lose  weight,  show  another 
ulceration  of  the  pharynx  and  perhaps  de- 
velop other  symptoms  of  disease,  when  he 
returns  to  the  city?  I  do  not  know.  I 
hope  not.     The  future  alone  will  settle  it. 

So  far  as  the  mere  loss  of  weight  is  con- 
cerned, ai)d  taken  by  itself,  it  may  mean 
one  of  many  things  and  these  are  often  ob- 
scure for  awhile  and  it  must  simply  be 
labeled:  rundown — ^need  of  a  change  of 
air,  scene,  food,  occupation.  When  these 
conditions  are  attended  to,  weight  will  often 
return  and  the  patient  again  be  wholly 
normal  and  in  excellent  shape. 

I  feel  I  should  report  the  preceding  case 
because  I  do  not  wish  others  to  be  misled 
by  mere  physical  examinations,  or  X-ray 
pictures.  Today  too  much  importance  is 
attached  to  both  and  too  little  to  a  fair  ap- 


preciation of  the  history,  the  absence  of 
symptoms  and  the  rational  interpretation 
of  the  facts  of  the  case,  all  of  which  should 
be  carefully  considered.  Of  course,  in  the 
case  reported,  if  the  patient  had  been  per- 
mitted to  continue  his  work  and  remain  in 
the  city,  he  might  surely  have  shown  all  the 
signs  and  symptoms  of  pulmonary  tuber- 
culosis. Fortunately,  I  did  not  allow  it. 
Again,  I  advised  against  the  use  of  tuber- 
culin to  fix  the  diagnosis  further,  if  possible. 
My  reason  for  so  doing  was  that  I  fear 
the  use  of  tuberculin,  as  being  uncertain 
and  often  decidedly,  harmful. 

I  wish  to  add  that  in  my  experience,  the 
most  valuable  application  in  many  forms 
of  throat  trouble,  is  the  one  I  used  in  this 
case.  Not  only  is  it  astringent  and  healing ; 
it  is  also  an  admirable  disinfecting  agent. 

In  diphtheria,  it  is  sometimes,  almost 
sovereign.  Sir  Morell  Mackenzie,  my 
former  great  preceptor  in  his  throat  clinic 
at  Golden  Square,  London,  England,  made 
use  of  it  far  more  than  any  other  throat  ap- 
plication and  praised  its  value.  It  was  from 
him  that  I  first  learned  to  rely  upon  it  and 
have  rarely  found  it  failed  me.  After  its 
use  one  must  be  careful  to  rinse  the  mouth, 
especially  if  there  has  been  any  contact 
with  the  teeth.  The  corrosive  action  of  the 
tincture  of  iron  on  the  teeth,  particularly  if 
there  are  any  fillings,  is  very  marked  and 
injurious.  As  to  the  mere  discoloration  of 
the  teeth  which  may  follow  its  use,  when 
employed  frequently,  that  may  be  gotten 
rid  of  by  the  use  of  tooth  paste,  or  powder, 
or  the  orris  root  points,  or  cleansers. 


Bed-sores. — ^Try  prolonged  immersion 
in  hot  water  baths  for  indolent  bed-sores 
and  large,  slowly  healing  burns.  You  will 
be  surprised  how  grateful  such  treatment  is 
and  how  often  it  is  highly  advantageous. — 
Urologic  and  Cutaneous  Review, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MeDICINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


October^  1919 


663 


THE  ATTITUDE  OF  THE  MEDICAL 

OFFICER  OF  HEALTH  WITH  RE- 

SPECT  TO  TUBERCULOSIS. 


CAPT.  H.  W.  HILL,  M.  D.,  C.  A.  M.  C, 

Late  Medical  Officer  of  Health,  London,  Ont, 

now  Exec.  Sec,  Minnesota  Public  Health 

Assn.,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Tuberculosis  should  be  handled  on  the 
same  public  health  lines  as  those  of  any 
other  infectious  disease,  that  is  by  dis- 
covering the  sources  and  by  preventing 
further  spread  therefrom;  by  blocking  the 
routes  of  infection  from  unidentified 
sources  so  far  as  our  present  knowledge 
will  permit;  by  such  a  general  enlighten- 
ment of  the  public  that  everyone  as  a  matter 
of  course,  may  be  led  to  avoid  all  these 
sources  and  to  block  all  these  routes  of  in- 
fection, identified  or  not;  and  finally,  by 
aiding  in  the  search  for  any  system  of  pro- 
tection procedures  which  may  enable  the 
human  body  to  resist  the  disease. 

In  surveying  the  field,  let  us  classify  cases 
of  tuberculosis.  It  is  known  that  two  main 
types  affect  the  human  subject,  human 
tuberculosis  and  bovine  tuberculosis.  Both 
of  these  types  are  produced  by  germs  which 
bacteriologically  are  distinctly  diflferent,  al- 
tho  doubtless  closely  related.  However, 
the  diseases  themselves  are  clinically  quite 
distinct.  For  instance,  human  tuberculosis 
is  chiefly  active  and  prevalent  in  subjects 
over  the  age  of  sixteen.  Bovine  tuber- 
culosis occurs  but  very  seldom  in  individu- 
als over  that  age,  the  vast  majority  of  cases 
being  in  young  children.  Again  human 
tuberculosis  is  for  the  most  part,  at  least 
eight-ninths  of  it,  a  disease  of  the  lungs. 
Bovine  tuberculosis  on  the  other  hand  is 
found  very  rarely  in  the  lungs,  but  is  prac- 
tically confined  to  bones,  joints,  intestines. 


brain  and  so  on.  Moreover,  and  this  point 
is  most  important  to  the  health  officer, 
human  tuberculosis  is  spread  by  means  of 
consumptives  themselves,  that  is,  from  open 
cases  of  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs.  On  the 
other  hand,  bovine  tuberculosis  is  almost 
invariably  disseminated  by  infected  raw 
milk.  Just  as  soon  as  we  cease  to  use  raw 
milk  or  other  raw  products  from  cattle, 
bovine  tuberculosis  in  the  human  being  will, 
to  all  intents  and  purposes,  disappear. 
Pasteurization,  or  boiling  of  milk,  will  put 
an  end  to  this  particular  phase  of  the  prob- 
lem, and  the  sooner  we  are  civilized  enough 
to  carry  out  that  method  uniformly  and  un- 
failingly the  better  it  will  be  for  the  public 
health. 

Human  tuberculosis,  however,  will  con- 
tinue despite  all  other  measures  we  may 
take  against  it,  until  we  either  immunize 
the  whole  human  race,  and  at  present  we 
have  little  reason  on  which  to  base  the  hope 
of  such  a  happening,  or  until  we  watch  the 
tuberculous  members  of  the  human  race 
so  closely  that  spread  from  them  must 
cease. 

The  primary  duties,  then,  of  the  health 
officer  with  regard  to  tuberculosis  are, 
first,  and  least  important,  to  secure  uni- 
versal pasteurization  of  milk  for  whatever 
purpose  it  is  to  be  used,  in  order  to  elimi- 
nate bovine  tuberculosis ;  second,  and  most 
important,  to  secure  early  diagnosis  and 
prompt  radical  treatment  of  human  tuber- 
culosis, especially  of  the  lungs,  so  that  the 
patient  may  be  prevented  from  reaching 
the  open  infectious  stage,  and  to  obtain  the 
prompt  isolation  and  radical  treatment  of 
all  who  have  reached  that  stage,  so  as  to 
prevent  the  infection  of  others.  I  am  con- 
vinced that  the  view  commonly  held  that 
tuberculosis  is  usually  contracted  in  child- 
hood by  no  means  always  holds  good,  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


664 


October,  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICUSS 


Ammicaw  Mbdicins 


it  is  my  firm  belief  that  a  good  many  people 
do  not  become  infected  until  past  the  age  of 
sixteen. 

Any  health  officer  who  assumes  that  in 
dealing  with  adults  he  need  not  take  into 
account  the  fear  of  infection  being  spread 
among  them  is  making  a  terrible  mistake. 
Suppose  that  we  were  to  handle  the  army 
cases  on  that  plan  and  were  to  allow  all 
army  cases  to  mix  with  the  other  soldiers. 
From  this  point  of  view,  consider  how 
senseless  it  is  to  disregard  the  danger  to 
adults  from  open  infectious  cases,  as  well 
as  to  say  that  it  does  not  matter  as  long  as 
they  are  not  associated  with  children. 

Our  plan  for  handling  cases  is  as  follows : 
Someone  suggests  that  so-and-so  has  tuber- 
culosis and  the  course  we  pursue  is  this: 
We  decide  whether  it  is  an  "open"  or 
a  "closed"  case*  by  careful  and  repeated 
sputum  examinations.  One  positive  sputum 
result  will  of  course  decide  that  the  case  is 
open.  Decision  as  to  a  "closed"  case  is 
reached  on  the  basis  in  effect  both  in  army 
and  civil  practice.  If  we  get  six  consecutive 
negative  results  within  a  week,  or  two 
weeks,  we  are  satisfied  that  the  case  is  not 
"open,"  at  any  rate,  at  that  time. 

As  for  the  logical  distinction  with  regard 
to  treatment  between  the  open  and  closed 
cases:  in  the  first  place,  there  is  no  ques- 
tion that  "open"  cases  must  be  isolated  at 
home,  in  a  hospital  or  in  a  sanitorium,  and 
for  the  protection  of  the  public  at  large, 
such  isolation  should  be  rightly  enforced. 
With  the  "closed"  cases,  which  are  evidently 
not  infectious,  advise  in  the  way  you  think 
most  fitting,  endeavor  to  assure  proper 
treatment  at  home,  in  the  sanatorium  or  in 
the  hospital  as  circumstances  permit,  and 
watch  those  cases  carefully.  By  having 
these  patients  report  at  frequent  intervals 
or  by  having  a  nurse  see  them  frequently, 


the  health  officer  knows  whether  any  par- 
ticular case  is  improving  or  failing.  If  a 
case  of  this  kind  becomes  "open,"  it  is  at 
once  isolated  as  occasion  warrants  and  per- 
mits. 

With  respect  to  children,  who  very 
fortunately  seldom  become  open  cases, 
the  best  policy  is  to  bring  the  matter  to  the 
parents  in  this  manner:  "Your  child  has 
tuberculosis ;  he  is  not  dangerous  to  others ; 
he  can  go  to  school  so  far  as  the  health 
authorities  are  concerned  because  he  won't 
transmit  the  disease,  but  he  is  in  a  delicate 
condition,  and  for  the  sake  of  the  future 
he  should  be  well  cared  for."  In  many  in- 
stances the  wisest  plan  would  be  to  remove 
that  child  from  school  and  send  him  to  the 
preventorium  or  to  take  steps  calculated  to 
most  quickly  bring  about  recovery.  If  the 
child  continues  to  attend  school  he  must  re- 
port every  two  or  four  weeks  as  may  be 
thought  advisable. 

One  of  the  points  we  most  strenuously 
insist  on  is  this;  when  we  find  an  open 
case  of  tuberculosis  in  a  family  or  a  closed 
one,  for  that  matter,  we  do  not  stop  with 
that  case.  We  examine  all  the  other  mem- 
bers of  the  family,  and  often  too,  close  as- 
sociates outside.  The  line  is  being  drawn 
very  sharply  between  open  and  closed 
cases.  If  the  case  is  a  closed  one  and  the 
patient  is  recommended  for  free  treatment 
in  the  sanatorium,  all  the  routine  usual  in 
such  cases  is  gone  thru  and  it  may  be  two 
or  three  weeks  ere  the  sanatorium  is 
reached.  But  if  it  is  an  open  case,  we 
simply  despatch  it  forthwith  to  the  sana- 
torium or  hospital,  and  it  matters  not  an 
iota  whether  the  city  authorities  are  in- 
clined to  pay  for  it  or  not ;  they  have  to. 

The  important  distinction,  therefore,  is 
that  the  open  case  is  usually  the  adult  case 
and  consequently  the  greatest  menace.  Two 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambbican  Mbdicinb 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICL.BS 


October,  1919 


665 


hundred  years  ago,  one-quarter  of  the  en- 
tire population  of  Europe  died  from  tuber- 
culosis. If  cases  of  chicken  pox  can  be 
isolated,  why  cannot  the  same  be  done  with 
tuberculosis  and  syphilis,  and  why  cannot 
we  get  rid  of  disease  and  not  concern  our- 
selves so  much  with  a  lot  of  things  that 
really  are  of  no  consequence? 

In  the  present  inorganized  state  of  civil- 
ian medical  service,  our  efforts  must  neces- 
sarily be  spasmodic  and  uneven,  must  fail 
in  comprehensiveness  and  fall  far  short  of 
the  ideal.  Only  annual,  or  semi-annual  or 
even  more  frequent  medical  inspection  of 
all  citizens  can  achieve  the  really  early  and 
efficacious  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis.  Until 
our  civilian  medical  service  is  remodelled 
and  made  compulsory,  we  shall  have  to  face 
a  continual  development  of  early  cases  into 
cases  which  next  week,  or  next  month  or 
next  year,  will  be  infecting  new  subjects, 
which  in  turn,  may  be  new  sources  of  in- 
fection for  days,  or  weeks,  or  months  or 
years  before  they  are  recognized  at  all. 

Hence  we  shall  probably  secure  our  most 
immediate  results  by  being  constantly  and 
carefully  on  the  lookout  for  the  "open" 
cases,  and  by  promptly  isolating  them  pre- 
vent further  damage. 

I  am  perfectly  convinced  that  our  sana- 
toria should  be  so  designed  that  "open" 
cases  should  never  mix  with  "closed"  cases. 
Further,  I  am  strongly  of  the  opinion  that 
sanatoria  for  "open"  cases  should  be  so 
designed  that  the  open  cases  need  not  mix 
with  each  other,  at  any  rate  while  they  are 
running  a  septic  temperature.  Everyone 
who  has  had  experience  in  the  treatment  of 
tuberculosis  is  convinced  that  upon  the  dis- 
covery of  an  "open"  case  in  a  household, 
every  other  member  of  that  household  and 
all  those  who  have  been  in  the  custom  of 
frequently  visiting  that  household  should 


be  registered,  examined  and  watched  for 
months. 

To  do  all  these  things  as  they  should  be 
done,  is  not  at  the  present  time  practicable, 
but  to  accomplish  them  some  day  is  ab- 
solutely necessary  if  the  race  is  to  emerge 
from  its  existing  terribly  infected  condition. 
It  is,  therefore,  the  bounden  duty  of  every 
health  officer  to  work,  whenever  he  has  the 
opportunity,  for  the  day  when  medical  in- 
spection of  every  citizen  at  frequent  inter- 
vals, and  prompt  action  on  the  findings,  will 
be  an  accepted  and  natural  routine.  Then, 
and  only  then,  will  tuberculosis  disappear, 
and  not  tuberculosis  alone  but  all  our  severe 
infections  as  well.  The  army  is  doing  an 
immensely  valuable  service  in  the  direction 
of  educating  the  public  in  what  a  civilian 
medical  service  can  and  should  achieve, 
and  I  believe  one  good  result  of  the  great 
war  will  be  the  ultimate  abolition  of  the  in- 
fectious diseases  of  which  group  tuber- 
culosis is  so  prominent  and  direful  a  mem- 
ber. 


GONOCOCCEMIA  AND  METASTATIC 
GONORRHEA. 

BY 

HYMAN    I.    GOLDSTEIN,    M.    D., 
Camden,  N.  J. 

Samuel  P.,  21  years,  white.  Fruit  and 
produce  dealer.  Single.  Jewish.  Had 
measles  when  a  child.  Influenza,  during 
October,  1918.  Received  an  injury  to  chest 
(left)  and  contusion  of  left  hip  in  an  auto- 
mobile accident,  December,  1918.  Had 
his  first  attack  of  gonorrhea  September, 
1918.  The  second  attack  (  ?)  began  Jan.  2, 
1918,  two  or  three  days  after  exposure. 

In  the  third  week  of  the  specific  ure- 
thritis he  was  seized  with  pain  in  left  hip 
and  some  pain  in  right  wrist.  Complained 
of  no  difficulty  on  urination,  no  dribbling, 
etc.     Urethral    discharge    present.     Had 


Digitized  by 


Google' 


666 


October,  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTIGLBS 


Amsrican  Mbdxcinb 


been  treated  for  past  few  weeks  for  his 
gonorrhea  by  a  Philadelphia  doctor. 

During  this  period,  and  until  about  a  week 
previous  to  my  seeing  him,  he  was  out  all 
night  and  exposed  to  sexual  excitement  and 
intercourse  (while  having  an  active  dis- 
charge). A  few  days  later  this  arthritis 
began  in  wrist  and  hip.  Denies  ever  having 
had  a  chancre  or  rash  at  any  time.  Never 
had  rheumatism,  malaria,  typhoid  fever,  and 
never  had  any  trouble  with  joints,  teeth, 
eyes,  ears  or  sinuses;  did  have  some  sore 
throat  when  younger. 

Father  died  of  carcinoma  of  the  breast. 
Mother,  brothers  and  sisters  living  and 
well.  No  tuberculosis  or  lues  traceable  in 
family. 

Some  fever  present ;  the  pulse  and  respi- 
ration varying  accordingly.  Temperature 
ranged  from  99j4°  to  103  ^  Had  chills  and 
chilly  sensation;  insomnia;  dry  coated 
tongue,  parched  lips,  crying  with  pain ;  rest- 
less, nervous,  and  slightly  delirious  at  night 
during  sleep.  Patient  was  septic  in  ap- 
pearance. 

The  gonorrhea  blood  complement  fixa- 
tion tests  were  all  positive  (several  dif- 
ferent laboratory  reports). 

Urethral  Smear. — Positive  for  gono- 
cocci. 

Syi^ilU. — Blood,  Wassermann  and  No- 
guchi  tests  all  negative  (three  different 
laboratory  reports). 

Malaria. — Negative  blood  smears. 

Typhoid  Fever. — Negative  Widal  reac- 
tion (several  times). 

Blood  Culture.— On  early  blood  cul- 
tures, no  growth  was  obtained.  Recent 
blood  cultures  have  not  yet  been  reported 
to  me. 

Bloodi— Secondary  anemia  of  mild 
grade  present.  Due  to  the  general  gonor- 
rheal infection  (septicemia)  and  metastatic 
involvement.  Hemoglobin,  75% ;  (2/3/ 
19) ;  W.  B.  C.  16,400;  Pmn.  84;  S.  M.  13, 
L.  M.  1,  Eosin.  2,  R.  B.  C.  4,160,000. 

Urine.— (1/27/19).  Trace  albumin. 
All  qualitative  tests  negative — for  indican, 
sugar,  diacetic  acid,  acetone,  etc.  A  few 
R.  B.  C. ;  a  few  pus  cells ;  ammonium 
urates ;  total  solids  35  gms.  per  litre.  Urea 
1.14%.  S.  G.  1.015.  No  casts.  Some 
squamous  cells. 

Reaction  alkaline  (due  to  medication). 
(2/3/19  P.  M.)  ;  Amber.  1.015  S.  G.  Some 
indican,  very  faint  trace  albumin.  Some 
W.   B.   C.     Some  bladder  epithelial  cells. 


Many  cylindroids.     Few  uric  acid  crystals. 

Urine  specimen,  2/4/19  A.  M.  Amber; 
1.013  S.  G.  Acid.  Trace  albumin.  In- 
dican +  many  W.  B.  C.  Few  R.  B.  C. 
Some  bladder  epithelial  cells.  Very  few 
hyalin  casts  and  many  cylindroids.  Some 
amorphous  urates. 

Blood  Pressure.— Systolic  110-112  to 
108.    Diastolic  74. 

Heart. — Sounds  weakened  tone,  and  at 
times  a  very  faint  murmur  heard,  esp>ecially 
after  deep  breathing  and  then  holding 
breath.  Possibly  due  to  the  anemia  or  a 
beginning  acute  endocardial  or  myocardial 
involvement. 

Lungs^ — Except  for  a  few  scattered 
rales,  were  negative.  A  slight  cough,  due 
to  an  associated  tracheobronchitis,  or  the 
myocardial  weakness. 

TreatmenL — Dial-Ciba,  or  barbital,  and 
morphin  one-eighth  to  a  quarter  of  a 
grain  and  bromides,  given  on  several  occa- 
sions as  required.  The  patient  has  received 
complete  and  absolute  rest  in  bed  for  three 
weeks  with  Blaud  iron  pills  for  the  anemia. 
Pure  ol.  Santal  in  capsules  and  argyrol  in- 
jections for  the  local  condition,  which  was 
clearing  up  nicely.  Plenty  of  water  to 
drink.  A  natural  laxative  water  for  the 
bowels.  Also  heavy  mineral  oil,  etc.,  and 
alkaline  rectal  enemas — ^both  evacuating 
and  irrigating.  Polyvalent  antigonococcic 
serum  intramuscularly  and  intravenously. 
Gonococcus  vaccine  hypodermically  and  in- 
tramuscularly. Small  doses  of  mercury  and 
large  doses  of  syrup  ferri  iodide  for  dif- 
ferent periods.  The  most  satisfactory  and 
most  rapid  relief  of  pain  and  improvement 
was  noticed  after  the  combined  use  of  the 
vaccine  and  one  large  intravenous  injection 
of  the  antigonococcic  serum  (50  c.  c),  given 
when  he  was  very  septic  and  suffering 
greatly.  The  relief  and  improvement  were 
almost  magical.  Dr.  Alfred  C.  Wood,  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  saw  the  pa- 
tient with  me  and  believed  that  cause  and 
effect  in  this  case,  would  indicate  the  fur- 
ther use  of  specific  serum  (vaccine)  thera- 
py. No  other  medication  received  at  the 
time  could  possibly  have  had  such  beneficial 
effect. 

A  few  days  ago,  X-ray  examination  was 
advised  to  decide  whether  there  is  an 
arthritis,  an  osteo-arthritis,  or  effusion  in 
the  joint,  etc.,  and  his  removal  to  the  hos- 
pital urged  for  this  purpose,  and  for  the 
possible  relief  of  pain  by  Buck's  extension 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBRICAN   MBDICINB 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLB8 


October,  1919 


667 


or  plaster  of  Paris  splint,  etc.,  or  any  pos- 
sible operative  interference,  that  may  later 
be  necessary,  in  the  opinion  of  the  surgeon. 

About  a  week  after  the  initial  administra- 
tion of  the  polyvalent  antigonococcic  serum, 
patient  had  some  urticaria  with  marked 
itching,  which  passed  away  after  a  few 
days.  Before  he  received  the  large  serum 
doses,  he  had  received  a  small  injection  of 
the  serum  as  a  desensitizing  dose.  This 
prevented  any  marked  anaphylactic  serum 
reaction.  After  the  large  intravenous  in- 
jection of  the  serum,  he  received  15  min.  of 
adrenalin  solution  and  a  very  small  dose  of 
atropin,  to  ward  off  any  possible  after- 
effects. However,  the  patient  took  the 
specific  therapy  without  any  untoward  re- 
sults and  with  considerable  improvement 
until  lately,  when  his  pain  returned  after 
the  specific  treatment  had  been  discarded 
for  several  days,  and  when  he  was  advised 
to  go  to  the  hospital  for  the  X-ray  studies, 
etc. 

Careful  measurement  was  made  of  the 
urine  output  and  of  the  intake  of  all  fluids. 
The  urinary  output  was  quite  satisfactory 
and  his  kidneys  at  no  time  gave  us  any  con- 
cern. Locally,  for  the  relief  of  pain  in  the 
joint  I  ordered  hot  water  bottle,  hot  tur- 
pentine stupes,  tincture  of  iodine  painted  on 
the  affected  area,  and  the  old,  reliable  oint- 
ment containing,  ung.  belladonna,  ung. 
hydrargyri,  and  ichthyol,  at  different  times. 
I  did  not  use  calcium  sulphide  nor  any  of 
the  other  supposedly  efficient  internal 
remedies.  Early  in  the  treatment  he  did 
receive  some  urinary  antiseptic  (urotropin) 
and  mild  alkaline  diuretics. 

Later  on,  while  in  the  hospital,  he  de- 
veloped an  arthritis  of  knee  which  gave 
him  considerable  trouble.  I  believe  this  may 
have  been  prevented  had  the  use  of  serum 
and  vaccine  been  continued.  Failures  are, 
at  times,  due  to  inadequate  dosage  of  sera 
and  vaccines  or  because  they  are  not  poly- 
valent preparations  and  of  the  proper 
strains. 

It  is  very  important  to  know  whether 
there  is  an  arthritis  or  an  osteo-arthritis 
with  bone  and  cartilage  destruction  or 
rarefaction,  because  the  second  type  will 
demand  longer  rest  and  more  careful  fixa- 
tion of  the  affected  joint,  whereas  in  the 
first,  earlier  massage  and  passive  motion 
will  help  to  prevent  formation  of  adhesions 
and  give  him  early  use  of  his  leg. 


Leeches  and  blisters  over  affected  joints 
may  give  some  relief. 

CONCLUSIONS. 

In  regard  to  gonorrheal  arthritis,  first  be 
sure  that  your  arthritis  is  of  gonorrheal 
origin.  This  can  be  ascertained  by  the  his- 
tory, the  age,  the  sex  of  the  patient,  by  the 
complement  fixation  test  for  gonorrhea,  and 
of  course,  smears  from  the  urethra  and 
smears  after  prostatic  massage  will  help. 
All  of  these  cases  have  a  focus  of  infection 
some  place  and  this  is  usually  in  the  pros- 
tate or  the  seminal  vesicle  in  the  male  and 
in  the  tubes  and  ovaries  of  the  female.  The 
gonorrhea  cannot  be  eliminated  unless  you 
treat  these  foci  of  infection.  The  best 
method  of  treatment  other  than  the  rest  and 
local  treatment  is  the  administration  of  large 
doses  of  anti-gonococcic  serum,  say  up  to 
50  c.  c.  This  is  given  best,  ordinarily,  in 
doses  of  10  or  15  c.  c.  on  successive  days. 
The  action  of  the  serum  is  enhanced  by  the 
combined  administration  of  mixed  poly- 
valent vaccines  in  doses  varying  from  a 
quarter  of  a  billion  to  two,  three  or  even 
four  billions.  In  the  more  subacute  or 
chronic  cases,  the  careful  administration  of 
fresh  vaccine  in  large  doses  seems  to  do 
more  than  the  serum  alone.  The  pre- 
ferred method  of  treatment  is  a  combina- 
tion of  the  two.  Occasionally  on  the  eighth 
or  tenth  day  following  the  administration  of 
the  serum  there  is  an  anaphylactic  reaction. 
Thi^  can  best  be  controlled  by  the  adminis- 
tration of  adrenalin,  1  to  1,000  in  15  minim 
doses  every  4  to  6  hours,  and  a  100th  to 
150th  of  a  grain  of  atropine  hypodermically. 
Large  doses  of  alkaline  remedies,  especially 
alkaline  waters,  can  be  given  until  the  reac- 
tion subsides. 

If  the  gonorrheal  rheumatism  does  not 
then  improve,  one  must  keep  on  with  the 
local  treatment,  prostatic  and  vesicle  mas- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


668 


October,  1919 


PHYSICAL  THBRAPY 


AicnucAN  Mbdicikk 


sage,  etc.  Then  again,  failure  in  improve- 
ment may  be  due  to  inadequate  dosage  of 
anti-gonococcic  serum  and  anti-gonococcic 
stock  vaccine;  the  intravenous  administra- 
tion of  the  serum  may  act  more  promptly  in 
severe  cases.  Finally,  don't  forget  the  ton- 
sils, bad  teeth  and  infected  sinuses  are  the 
most  frequent  cause  of  an  arthritis,  and  that 
this  source  of  infection  may  be  overlooked 
even  if  there  is  a  urethritis  present. 


Under   the   Editorial   Direction   of   Albert   C. 
Oeyser,  M.  D.,  New  York. 

SOME  DEDUCTIONS  CONCEBNINe  CANCER 
OF  THE  UTERUS. 

Dr.  J.  F.  Baldwin,  in  an  interesting  arti- 
cle in  the  Ohio  State  Medical  Journal  a 
short  time  ago,  points  out  that  high  am- 
putation by  the  cautery  as  practiced  by 
Byrne  of  Brooklyn,  has  given  good  results, 
but  that  most  surgeons  still  prefer  panhys- 
terectomy. The  original  Wertheim  gives 
the  best  results,  but  the  primary  mortality 
has  been  so  high  that  the  operation  has 
never  become  a  favorite  one.  Lately  two 
methods  of  treatment  have  been  advanced : 
one,  the  "cooking"  of  the  cancer,  in  which 
the  vitality  of  the  growth  is  destroyed  by 
means  of  an  electrode  heated  to  a  tempera- 
ture several  degrees  below  that  which  de- 
stroys normal  tissue ;  and  the  other,  the  use 
of  radium,  which  is  especially  of  value  in 
inoperable  cases. 

High  amputation  is  and  remains  high  am- 
putation. Whether  the  knife,  the  cold 
snare,  the  electric  cautery  or  whatever  other 
method  is  used,  the  end  results  are  practi- 
cally the  same.  If  the  surgical  technic  is 
correct  there  ought  to  be  just  as  little  loss 
of  blood  with  the  one  as  with  the  other. 
When  a  radical  removal  of  the  uterus  and 
the  adnexa  is  undertaken,  however,  the 
sudden  removal  of  so  much  important  tis- 
sue often  causes  too  much  physical  shock ; 
hence  the  undesirable  primary  mortality. 


In  the  cooking  method,  the  object  to  be 
attained  is  to  destroy  the  cancer  cells  in 
situ.  If  these  cells  were  located  all  in  one 
certain  region,  if  there  was  no  such  thing 
as  constitutional  susceptibility,  or  if  one 
could  be  sure  that  cancer  was  a  local  dis- 
ease, then  the  removal  or  the  destruction 
of  cancer  cells  in  situ  would  be  the  ideal. 
The  particular  method  employed  is  of  little 
consequence.  If  the  knife  removed  all  of  the 
diseased  tissue,  left  a  clean,  healthy  wound 
and  healing  took  place  promptly,  all  ends 
would  be  served.  In  the  cooking  process 
the  cancer  cells  are  killed  and  the  system 
throws  them  off  in  the  form  of  a  slough. 

In  analyzing  the  benefits  of  this  method 
it  should  be  pointed  out  that  the  less  the 
physical  destruction  and  the  more  is  left 
for  nature  to  do,  the  better  it  obviously  is 
for  the  patient. 

The  application  of  radium  to  a  cancer 
of  the  uterus,  as  in  many  other  affections, 
has  much  to  recommend  it,  but  like  most 
of  the  other  methods  that  have  been  used 
in  cancer  it  also  has  much  to  condemn  it. 

When  radium  is  applied  to  any  living 
tissue  there  ensues  as  the  result  of  its  em- 
anations, a  very  pronounced  cellular  dis- 
turbance. It  is  really  an  ionic  disturbance 
of  the  vibratory  rate  of  the  cells,  which 
essentially  results  in  cellular  disharmony. 
The  system  promptly  reacts  with  a  localized 
inflammatory  process.  Between  the  ionic 
cellular  disturbance  and  the  attempt  on  the 
part  of  the  inflammatory  process  evolved, 
a  cell  change  occurs.  This  change  is  fre- 
quently of  a  beneficial  nature.  The  cancer 
cells  are  either  slowly  absorbed  or,  what 
is  of  greater  imlportance,  their  unphysio- 
logic  function  is  interfered  with.  As  a  re- 
sult a  localized  cancer,  especially  of  the  su- 
perficial variety  will  frequently  be  more  or 
less  permanently  eradicated.  .  If,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  original  lesion  has  already 
invaded  the  system,  then,  of  course,  failure 
must  be  anticipated.  Neither  is  it  possible 
to  judge  the  dose  to  be  administered  cor- 
rectly in  each  case,  since  the  personal  equa- 
tions of  the  patient's  reaction  and  the 
physician's  acumen  play  an  important  role. 

On  general  principles  it  may  be  stated 
that  any  method  which  depends  entirely  on 
destroying  the  cancer  cells  in  situ  by  some 
system  of  complete  removal,  as  by  the  knife, 
cautery,  cooking,  caustics  or  radium,  can- 
not, and  does  not,  take  into  consideration 


Digitized  by 


Google 


jLumaaoAH  Mwnonw 


PHTSICAL  THBRAPY 


October^  1919 


669 


the  systemic  relations  of  cancer.  If  cancer 
was  always  a  local  disease,  then  local  opera- 
tive procedures  might  be  expected  to  pre- 
vail. The  moment  that  cancer  is  considered 
a  constitutional  disease,  from  that  moment 
on  the  treatment  must  be  more  or  less  con- 
stitutional or,  at  least,  physiologic. 

It  is  true,  of  course,  that  some  cancers 
are  and  remain  a  local  disease.  Removal 
or  destruction  of  the  mass  in  these  cases 
should  be  followed  by  complete  recovery 
and  permanent  cure.  Some  cancers  are 
local  only  during  their  early  stages,  but  be- 
cause of  constitutional  dyscrasia  sooner  or 
later  become  constitutional.  Early  removal 
by  any  proper  method  produces  a  large  per- 
centage of  permanent  cures.  It  is  this  class 
of  cases  that  furnish  the  foundation  for  the 
various  claims  of  cure  by  knife,  cautery, 
radium,  caustics  or  the  X-ray.  The  later 
the  operation,  the  more  susceptible  the  pa- 
tient, the  greater  the  percentage  of  recur- 
rencies. 

In  some  cancers  the  constitutional  symp- 
toms are  more  pronounced  than  the  local 
from  the  first.  There  are  usually  two  para- 
mount reasons  for  this :  Either  the  patient 
did  not  discover  the  lesion  during  the  purely 
localized  stages,  or  when  the  lesion  was 
discovered,  it  was  because  the  constitutional 
symptoms  were  more  prominent  than  the 
local  lesion.  Here  exclusively  local  opera- 
tions, except  for  temporary  cosmetic  or 
symptomatic  reasons,  are  contraindicated. 
They  not  only  almost  always  fail  to  effect 
a  cure  of  the  disease  for  which  they  are 
undertaken,  but  as  a  rule  do  not  contribute 
to  the  longevity  of  the  patient. 

The  Cancer  Function. — It    is    not    the 

anatomical  formation  nor  the  mere  pres- 
ence of  a  tumor  which  destroys  the  life  of 
the  cancer  patient. 

Cancer  cells,  no  matter  where  located,  are 
not  in  harmony  with  the  physiology  of  the 
system.  Every  living  cell,  as  every  living 
individual,  must  perform  a  dual  function; 
one  is  an  individual  function,  performed 
mainly  for  selfish  reasons.  It  includes  indi- 
vidual existence,  maintenance  and  the 
propagation  of  the  species.  As  far  as  the 
cancer  cell  is  concerned  we  have  no  fault 
to  find  with  this  one  function.  The  second 
function  is  a  sort  of  communistic  or  social 
function.  By  the  performance  of  this  func- 
tion the  system  as  a  whole  is  benefited, 


each  cell  is  in  harmony  with  all  the  other 
cells  of  the  body ;  in  short  it  is  physiologic. 
In  order  to  perform  this  physiologic  func- 
tion in  a  physiologic  manner,  each  cell  must 
assist  and  be  assisted  by  each  neighboring 
cell.  In  other  words,  it  must  be  in  harmony 
with  the  entire  constitution  of  the  individ- 
ual. Cancer  cells  are  not  in  harmony  with 
the  system,  they  do  not  assist,  nor  are  they 
assisted  by  their  neighboring  cells.  What- 
ever function  the  cancer  cell  does  perform, 
it  is  unphysiologic  and,  therefore,  detrimen- 
tal to  the  body  as  a  whole.  The  secretion 
or  the  excretions  of  a  cancer  cell  are  not 
only  detrimental,  but  they  compel  the  rest 
of  the  system  to  guard  and  defend  itself 
against  them.  As  long  as  the  system  is 
able  to  perform  this  defensive  function  in  an 
adequate  manner,  so  long  will  there  be  a 
balance  maintained.  Failure  in  this  on  the 
part  of  the  system  means  defeat,  cachexia 
and  death. 

When  we  speak  of  maintaining  a  bal- 
ance we  simply  mean  that  the  two  opposing 
forces  are  for  the  time  being  equal  to  or 
equalized  by  each  other. 

IVhat  Are  the  Opposing  Forces? — The 
cancer  cells  give  off  an  excretion  or  a  secre- 
tion which  is  not  in  harmony  with  the  sys- 
tem; it  is  unphysiologic,  a  foreign  sub- 
stance, a  veritable  poison.  This  toxic  ma- 
terial being  manufactured  within  and  by  the 
living  cells  of  the  body,  sooner  or  later 
comes  in  contact  with  and  exerts  its  malign 
influence  on  some  of  the  normal  cells.  When 
such  an  abnormal  influence  is  manifested 
there  is  an  interference  with  the  normal 
physiologic  function  of  the  affected  cells, 
followed  by  bodily  cachexia  and  death  of  the 
individual. 

The  Anti-toxin, — In  order  to  neutralize 
this  toxic  material  the  system  possesses  the 
power  of  manufacturing  an  anti-toxin.  As 
long  as  this  is  furnished  in  adequate  amounts 
there  will  be  no  cachexia,  because  the  at- 
traction is  greater  between  the  two  chemical 
compounds  than  between  either  of  the  com- 
pounds and  the  cells.  Since  then  the  anti- 
toxin neutralizes  the  toxic  effect  of  the  can- 
cer toxin,  it  follows  that  the  strength  of 
each  bears  a  definite  relation  to  the  other. 

Again,  since  the  anti-toxin  like  the  toxin, 
is  manufactured  by  the  cells  of  the  same 
system,  it  must  also  possess  the  same  power 
of  reaching  and  influencing  the  normal  tis- 
sue   cells.      Such    an    influence    must    be 


Digitized  by 


Google 


670 


October^  1919 


PHYSICAL  THBRAPY 


American  Medicink 


equally  unphysiologic.  Let  us  see  what 
probably  happens  if  such  a  combination  does 
take  place.  The  cancer  cell  produces  a 
toxin.  The  system,  probably  the  endocrine 
organs  particularly,  is  activated  into  pro- 
ducing something  not  usually  present.  To 
do  this  some  cells  are  obliged  to  assume  a 
new  function,  perhaps  a  new  anatomical 
formation.  All  of  this  comes  about  as  a 
result  of  the  stimulation  or  irritation  of 
the  cancer  toxin.  Let  us  suppose  now  that 
suddenly  the  original  cancer  cells  are  re- 
moved, yet  the  anti-toxin  is  still  present  in 
large  amounts,  what  office  or  function  will 
now  be  performed  by  it?  Since  it  has  ad- 
mittedly no  function  now  to  perform,  it 
like  the  toxin,  must  be  neutralized  or  de- 
stroyed. What  is  going  to  destroy  it  ?  Log- 
ically there  is  only  one  substance  capable 
of  doing  this  and  that  is  the  cancer  secre- 
tion. Where  is  this  now  suddenly  to  come 
from?  Could  not  this  free  and  useless 
anti-toxin  cause  certain  normal  cells  to  take 
upon  themselves  the  function  now  of  pro- 
ducing the  toxin?  If  this  is  so,  then  we 
can  imder stand  why  a  cancer,  after  it  has 
become  constitutional  and  is  completely  re- 
moved locally,  still  tends  to  recurrence  and 
metastasis.  Again  and  again  it  may  be  re- 
moved and  as  many  times  it  may  recur. 
This  recurrence  need  not  be  at  the  site  of 
the  original  lesion ;  it  may  be  anywhere 
where  susceptible  or  responsive  cells  are  to 
be  found.  In  the  one  instance  such  cells 
may  be  found  along  the  course  of  the 
lymphatics,  in  the  other  along  the  blood 
vessels. 

The  local  removal  of  a  cancer  which  has 
become  constitutional  in  character,  no  mat- 
ter which  particular  method  is  employed, 
cannot,  therefore,  be  looked  upon  as  a  cura- 
tive measure.  To  cure  a  cancer  it  is  neces- 
sary to  remove  the  cause.  Cancer  cells, 
like  other  cells,  functionate  best  within  a 
certain  temperature  radius.  Experimentally 
it  has  been  determined  that  when  cancer 
cells  are  subjected  to  a  long  continued  tem- 
perature of  104°  F.  they  cease  in  the  per- 
formance of  their  function,  which  function 
is  so  inimical  to  the  life  of  the  patient.  Let 
this  cancer  function  cease  and  the  patient 
lives,  because  there  is  no  reason  to  do  other- 


wise. 


Physiologic     Therapy. — Heating     the 
cancer  cells  to  a  temperature  of  104°  F. 


and  over  interferes  with  the  unphysiologic 
cancer  activity.  The  quantity  as  well  as 
the  quality  of  the  toxin  is  gradually  changed. 
The  general  system  responds  by  lessening 
and  changing  the  production  of  the  anti- 
toxin. When  neither  toxin  nor  anti-toxin 
is  formed,  there  is  no  longer  a  malignant 
condition  present.  The  tumor  per  sc  is,  as 
before  stated,  of  little  consequence.  It  may 
be  left  or  it  may  be  removed  for  cosmetic 
or  other  reasons  the  same  as  any  other 
benign  growth. 

Technic. — A  high-frequency  apparatus  is 
required  which  must  possess  a  rather  high 
rate  of  alternations,  a  low  voltage  and  a 
comparatively  high  amperage.  A  diather- 
mic apparatus  gives  a  wide  range  of  varia- 
tion and  is  particularly  suitable  for  this  kind 
of  work.  It  is  essential  that  the  malignant 
growth  is  so  situated  that  it  can  be  placed 
between  the  two  electrodes  of  the  appara- 
tus. When  the  meter  gives  a  reading  of 
1000  milliamperes,  the  temperature  in  the 
uterus  will  indicate  about  106°  F.  with  an 
ordinary  fever  thermometer.  In  cases  of 
breast  tumors  a  reading  of  2000 — 2500 
milliamperes  will  produce  a  temperature  un- 
der the  active  electrode  over  the  tumor  of 
106°  F.  Such  a  temperature  must  be  main- 
tained for  at  least  one  hour,  either  daily  or 
on  alternate  days. 

After  a  few  treatments  the  heat  is  re- 
tained in  the  parts  from  two  to  eight  hours 
following  each  treatment.  The  harder  the 
mass  the  longer  the  heat  retention. 

After  about  one  month  to  six  weeks  the 
patient  usually  shows  a  decided  general  im- 
provement. Sometimes  the  tumor  disap- 
pears entirely,  sometimes  it  simply  becomes 
smaller.  If  the  uterus  was  firmly  adherent 
this  becomes  freely  movable.  If  prior  to 
the  treatment  there  was  no  uterine  dis- 
charge, there  is  now  an  almost  constant 
"beefwashing"  discharge;  if  there  was  an 
offensive  discharge  it  is  changed  to  a  non- 
odorous  one.  Pain  ceases  early  and,  as  a 
rule,  permanently.  All  clinical  manifesta- 
tions of  the  disease  disappear,  the  patients 
gain  in  weight  and  become  to  all  intents 
and  purposes  normal  individuals. 

Old  cases  treated  as  far  back  as  1910  are 
alive  and  well ;  in  some  there  are  still  traces 
of  a  tumor,  in  others  there  is  no  sign  of 
foreign  growth.  The  treatment  can  be  rec- 
ommended as  painless,  bloodless,  efficacious 
and  in  most  cases  permanent. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MBDICXNB 


RATIONAL.    ORGANOTHERAPY 


October,  1919 


671 


RATIONAL 
ORG^OTHERAPY 


Endocrine  Dysfunction. — More  and 
more  have  we  come  to  appreciate  the  great 
importance  of  the  glands  of  internal  secre- 
tion— the  endocrine  system — in  maintaining 
normal  health  says  an  editorial  writer  in 
the  Jour,  of  the  Indiana  State  Med.  Assn, 
(July  15,  1919).  As  our  knowledge  of  the 
function  of  the  various  members  of  this 
system  increases  the  more  do  we  realize 
how  profoundly  they  influence  the  animal 
organism. 

Many,  if  not  most,  of  the  normal  bodily 
activities  and  functions  are  directly  or  in- 
directly controlled  or  regulated  by  this  en- 
docrine system.  In  fact,  in  many  ways  it 
seems  to  be  the  regulatory  system  of  the 
animal  body.  The  growth,  the  development, 
the  metabolism,  the  catabolism,  the  sex  char- 
acteristics and  functions,  all  these  and  ap- 
parently many  more  of  the  vital  activities 
of  the  body  are  dependent  on  the  properly 
coordinated  function  of  the  ductless  glands. 
When  these  function  properly,  normal  health 
results;  when  there  is  improper  function 
— dysfunction — of  this  system,  abnormal 
processes  appear  in  one  form  or  another. 

As  a  result  of  the  increase  of  our  knowl- 
edge along  these  lines  we  have  learned  that 
many  symptoms  which  hitherto  formed 
vague,  obscure,  or  indefinite  clinical  com- 
plexes can  now  be  explained,  to  a  certain 
extent  at  least,  if  not  altogether,  as  due  to 
a  disturbance  of  the  function  of  the  duct- 
less glands,  i.  e.,  endocrine  dysfunction. 
Over  (hyper)  activity  or  under  (hypo) 
activity  of  one  or  more  glands  of  this  sys- 
tem can  give  rise  to  symptoms  that  may  be 
pathognomonic  of  such  perverted  function 
or  not.  There  are  certain  well-defined 
symptom  complexes  that  are  characteristic 
of  perverted  function  of  certain  definite 
glands  of  this  system.  They  have  been  rec- 
ognized for  some  time,  and  are  already  quite 
well  known.  But  we  are  now  learning  further 


that  many  of  the  so-called  vague  functional 
disturbances  are  not  merely  imaginary,  but 
have  as  their  basis  disturbed  endocrine  func- 
tion. 

Among  the  functions  that  are  regulated 
by  this  system  is  menstruation.  The  inter- 
nal secretion  of  the  ovary,  in  coordination 
with  the  internal  secretion  of  the  pituitary 
and  the  thyroid,  regulates  the  function  of 
menstruation.  When  this  system  functions 
normally  menstruation  is  normal,  but  when 
there  is  dysfunction,  menstruation  is  ab- 
normal. Heretofore  disturbances  in  the 
latter  process  were  blamed  on  the  uterus, 
and  that  organ  was  unhesitatingly  subjected 
to  dilatation  and  curettage.  Whenever 
there  is  a  definite  pathologic  process  within 
the  uterus,  such  a  procedure  can  remedy 
the  menstrual  disturbance  by  removing  the 
obvious  cause.  But  in  the  vast  majority 
of  cases  the  cause  is  not  within  the  uterus. 
The  abnormal  menstrual  process  is  simply 
a  manifestation  of  abnormal  activity  of  some 
of  the  endocrine  glands,  and  the  rational 
way  to  correct  such  menstruation  is  by 
proper  endocrine  therapy. 

In  view  of  this  newer  knowledge  it  has 
become  self-evident  that  the  operation  of 
curettage  is  not  only  not  indicated  in  a  great 
many,  perhaps  nearly  all,  cases  in  which 
it  has  been  and  is  even  now  being  done,  but 
is  absolutely  useless.  Such  an  operation 
cannot  reach  the  cause  of  the  trouble.  The 
gynecologist  has  found  out  that  he  must 
attack  this  trouble  not  with  his  curette,  but 
with  the  proper  medicines.  This  idea  is 
quite  frankly  expressed  by  one  of  our  lead- 
ing gynecologists  (S.  W.  Bandler)  in  these 
words:  "I  hope  that  some  day  there  will 
be  a  law  that  before  we  curette  a  patient  we 
must  get  a  license  or  permission  from  some 
central  authority  to  use  it  in  a  particular 
case,  and  then  only  after  giving  genuine 
reasons  therefor." 


Digitized  by 


Google 


672 


October^  1919 


RATIONAL   ORGANOTHERAPY 


Ambrican  Msdicink 


Mammary  Extract  in  the  Treatment 
of  Uterine  Fibromyomata« — ^After  giving 
a  record  of  his  individual  experience  with 
mammary  therapy  in  the  treatment  of  uter- 
ine fibroids,  Briggs,  in  the  California  State 
Journal  of  Medicine,  says  that  it  indicates 
the  remarkable,  but  perhaps  not  invariable, 
influence  of  mammary  extract  on  uterine 
fibroids  and  menorrhagia,  their  most  fre- 
quent and  distressing  symptom.  Mammary 
extract,  even  with  prolonged  use  did*  not 
seem  to  produce  any  untoward  results.  In 
some  of  the  cases  he  combined  it  with  hy- 
drastis  and  ergot  and  occasionally,  tho  rare- 
ly, the  combination  produced  more  or  less 
gastric  disturbances  which  subsided,  how- 
ever, on  the  suspension  of  these  two  drugs. 
Other  untoward  results,  either  from  the 
combination  or  from  the  mammary  extract 
alone,  Briggs  had  not  observed  even  after 
prolonged  use.  On  the  contrary,  there 
was  generally  a  distinct  improvement  in 
the  physical  health  as  well  as  in  the  morale 
of  the  patients,  probably  chiefly  attributable 
to  the  arrest  of  the  menorrhagia,  the  relief 
of  pressure  symptoms,  and  the  relief  of 
mental  strain  due  to  fear  of  operation.  The 
mammary  hormone  probably  antagonizes 
the  follicular  hormone  or  inhibits  its  pro- 
duction and  thus  moderates  or  prevents  an 
excessive  menstrual  molimen  and  its  con- 
sequent hyperemia,  menorrhagia  and  local 
nutritive  disturbances.  The  effective  dos- 
age, therefore,  would  seem  to  depend  on 
the  degree  of  excessive  ovarian  activity — 
the  greater  this  functional  activity  the  larger 
the  quantity  of  mammary  extract  required 
to  inhibit  or  antagonize  it.  A  daily  quan- 
tity of  the  extract  representing  from  twenty 
to  fifty  grains  of  the  fresh  gland  was  used 
in  the  cases  here  reported.  The  dosage  in 
several  of  the  cases  was  too  small.  This 
accounts,  perhaps,  for  the  comparative  or 
even  absolute  failure  of  the  treatment  in 
a  few  of  the  cases  and  possibly  also  for  the 
absence  of  gastric  irritation  occasionally 
noted  by  others.  At  present  Briggs  says 
he  usually  prescribes  thirty  to  forty  grains 
daily  and,  in  refractory  cases,  increase  to 
fifty  or  sixty.  Pregnancy  seems  to  be  the 
only  positive  contraindication  to  the  use  of 
mammary  extract.  In  two  of  the  cases  re- 
ported, however,  its  continued  use  did  not 
prevent  pregnancy.  In  both  of  these  cases 
mammary  extract  was  given  for  some  time 
before  and  for  three  months  after  concep- 


tion and  in  a  third  case  (in  consultation)' 
for  the  last  four  months  of  pregnancy  with- 
out provoking  interruption. 


Saline  Solution  with  Organ  Extracts 
in  Shocks — Descomps  and  Qermonthe 
(Presse  Medicate,  August  22,  1918)  present 
thirteen  cases  of  shock,  hemorrhagic  or 
toxic,  treated  within  from  6  to  24  hours 
after  injury  by  intravenous  injection  of  a 
hypertonic  solution  of  about  the  same 
composition  as  Ringer's  solution — ^to  which 
was  added  a  few  mils  of  soluble  extracts 
of  thyroid,  hypophysis,  adrenals,  testicles 
and  spleen  and  a  little  strychnine  and  digi- 
talin.  This  was  administered  to  supply  the 
temporary  deficiency  in  the  blood  of  the 
secretions  of  the  endocrine  glands,  which 
exert  a  controlling  action  on  the  functional 
activity  of  the  sympathetic  and  maintain 
the  action  of  the  vasomotor  centers.  Cir- 
culatory disturbances  are  a  conspicuous 
feature  of  all  shock. 

Eight  of  the  patients  thus  treated  re- 
covered and  in  five  the  measure  was  a 
failure. 

The  successful  cases  showed  a  regular 
and  forcible  pulse  within  six  or  eight  hours. 
Blood  pre5sure  rapidly  increased.  Persist- 
ent diuresis  and  increased  daily  elimination 
of  urea  were  noted.  Urea  output  increased 
above  the  average  to  twenty-nine  up  to 
forty-two  grams,  suggesting  an  action  on 
the  liver.  Chlorides  were  low.  The  spe- 
cific gravity  of  the  urine  was  always  nor- 
mal or  above. 

In  some  cases  there  was  a  diminishing  of 
delirium,  restlessness  and  mental  disturb- 
ances. 


The  Use  of  Pituitary  Extract  in  Ob- 
stetrics.— While  extract  of  the  hypophy- 
sis, according  to  Schwaab  {Presse  Medicate, 
1919,  XXVII,  page  299),  is  of  value  in 
the  treatment  of  uterine  inertia  in  the  course 
of  labor,  its  use  to  provoke  labor  is  abso-  • 
lutely  improper.  It  has  no  effect  in  activat- 
ing an  abortion  in  progress  nor  does  it  as- 
sist in  the  expulsion  of  a  retained  placenta 
in  abortion.  In  all  of  these  cases  the  uter- 
ine musculature  is  too  weak  to  be  influenced 
by  the  extract. 

The  author  is  of  the  opinion  also  that    . 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSRIOAN   MlDZGIiaB 


RATIONAL.    ORQANOTHBRAPY 


October^  1919 


673 


pituitary  extract  should  not  be  employed 
during  the  period  of  delivery  at  term.  Gen- 
erally it  has  no  effect  when  delivery  is 
delayed  because  of  uterine  atony  without 
hemorrhage ;  in  such  cases  it  even  tends  to 
disturb  normal  contractions  and  to  produce 
instead  contractions  of  Bandl's  ring  with 
incarceration  of  the  placenta.  When  th^re 
is  hemorrhage  at  the  time  of  delivery,  pit- 
uitary medication  should  yield  to  other 
methods. 

In  caesarean  operation  the  author  is  of 
the  opinion  that  ergot  is  preferable  to  pit- 
uitary extract  to  stimulate  uterine  contrac- 
tion. 

In  urinary  retention  after  childbirth,  how- 
ever, the  indication  for  the  use  of  pituitary 
extract  is  clear.  In  numerous  cases  the 
contractions  of  the  bladder  are  stimulated 
and  catheterization  is  avoided. 

Schwaab  has  never  observed  any  incon- 
venience with  the  use  of  weak  subcutaneous 
injections  of  pituitary  extract,  but  heavy 
doses  and  intravenous  injections  are  apt  to 
cause  nausea,  delirium,  circulatory  lipothy- 
mia,  etc.,  in  the  patient  and  circulatory  dis- 
turbances and  apnea  in  the  fetus.  An- 
other effect  which  many  authors  ascribe  to 
pituitary  extract  is  tetanization  of  the  uterus 
either  during  labor  or  delivery.  In 
Schwaab's  opinion,  however,  this  complica- 
tion is  exceptional  when  the  doses  given 
are  weak. 


The  Stimulatioii  and  Inhibition  of  the 
Gastric  Secretion  Which  FoUows  the 
Subcntaneoiu  Administration  of  Certain 
Organic  Elxtracts. — Rogers,  Rahe  and 
Ablahadian,  in  the  American  Journal  of 
Physiology  for  Feb.,  1919,  give  the  fol- 
lowing conclusions : 

1.  A  slightly  alkaline  saline  solution,  or 
alcohol,  extracts  from  the  thyroid  some  non- 
coagulable  material  which  is  a  vigorous 
stimulant  for  the  gastric  secretion. 

2.  This  material  produces  its  effects  at 
least  in  part  by  intensification  of  the  func- 
tions performed  by  the  terminal  filaments 
of  the  (gastric)  vagus. 

3.  Extracts  similarly  made  from  the 
pathologic  tissue  of  adenomatous  or  hyper- 
thyroid  human  glands  are  inert. 

4.  Extracts  of  the  adrenal  gland  vigor- 
ously inhibit  gastric  secretion. 

5.  These  extracts  of  the  adrenal  gland 


all  contain  more  or  less  adrenalin,  and  there- 
fore it  is  presumable  that  their  effect  is  pro- 
duced by  intensification  of  the  inhibitory 
function  which  is  ascribed  to  the  (gastric) 
sympathetic. 

6.  Adrenalin  is  not  as  active  a  gastric  in- 
hibitor as  the  adrenal  nucleoproteins  ob- 
tained from  extracts  of  the  whole  gland. 
These  adrenal  nucleoproteins  contain  only 
traces  of  epinephrin. 

7.  Extracts  of  the  pituitary  gland  also 
inhibit  gastric  secretion,  but  only  about  one- 
half  as  vigorously  as  do  extracts  of  the 
adrenal. 


A  Thought  on  the  Internal  Secretions* 

— Ghedini  {Gazzeta  d.  Ospedali,  Jan.  5, 
1919)  says  that  the  true  internal  secretion 
of  an  organ  is  contained  in  the  venous  blood 
issuing  from  that  organ,  and  he  insists  that 
instead  of  using  organic  extracts  we  should 
employ  this  venous  blood.  The  cells  of  the 
organ  cease  to  secrete  when  they  are  dead, 
hence  removal  from  the  body  to  make  the 
extract  not  only  arrests  production  of  the 
internal  secretion,  but  probably  modifies  es- 
sentially the  delicate  secretion  already  on 
hand  in  the  tissues  of  the  organ.  Instead 
of  a  living  secretion  we  get  only  a  dead  and 
possibly  decomposed  product.  The  efferent 
blood  contains  the  secretion  in  its  maximum 
vital  potency.  He  published  in  1911  re- 
search on  the  thyroid  secretion  thus  obtained 
in  the  efferent  blood,  and  in  1913  and  1915 
similar  research  on  the  venous  blood  from 
the  suprarenals,  pancreas  and  testicles. 
Manfredi  announced  in  1913  that  the  effer- 
ent blood  from  the  pancreas  inhibited  cer- 
tain actions  of  .epinephrin.  The  difficulty 
of  obtaining  the  efferent  blood  or  lymph 
hampers  and  limits  the  research  in  this  line, 
but  this  is  the  goal  to  be  aimed  at  by  inves- 
tigators. 


The  Ductless  Glands  in  Oironic  Tuber- 
culosis^ — Bobeau  {Presse  medicale,  Febru- 
ary 24,  1919)  having  determined  in  guinea- 
pigs  succumbing  to  slowly  progressive 
tuberculosis,  marked  impairment  of  all  the 
ductless  glands,  came  to  look  upon  poly- 
glandular opotherapy  as  an  advantageous 
auxiliary  to  any  of  the  usual  methods  of 
tuberculosis  treatment.  Patients  actually 
treated  with  ductless  gland  products  were 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


674 


October^  1919 


CORRESPONDENCE 


Ajcbucan  Mbmcinb 


markedly  improved.  Attention  is  called  to 
the  fact  that  the  ductless  glands  do  not 
function  separately,  but  in  mutual  harmony. 
This  is  especially  true  of  calcium  metabo- 
lism, the  endocrine  secretions  constituting 
one  of  the  mordants  indispensable  for  the 
fixation  and  utilization  of  calcium  by  the 
organism.  Polyglandular  opotherapy  is  thus 
to  be  considered  an  adjuvant  measure  in 
the  remineralization  cure  of  tuberculosis. 
Disappearance  of  dental  pain,  which  in  the 
author's  cases  always  took  place  when  ura- 
nalysis  showed  that  demineralization  had 
been  arrested,  is  an  excellent  clinical  sign 
of  improvement.  It  may  even  prove  feasi- 
ble, with  the  aid  of  the  X-rays,  to  formu- 
late a  convenient  scale  for  better  apprecia- 
tion by  the  physician  of  the  process  of  re- 
mineralization  in  tuberculosis  cases. 


Leucocyte  Elxtract  for  the  Treatment 
of  Undetermined  Infections^ — Dr.  G.  F. 

Leonard  of  New  Brunswick  stated  in  an 
interesting  paper  before  the  Med.  Soc.  of 
N.  J.  that  it  was  not  claimed  that  leucocyte 
extract  was  a  specific  for  any  disease,  nor 
that  it  was  a  panacea.  From  the  clinical 
evidence  available,  however,  he  had  arrived 
at  the  following  conclusions:  (1)  Leuco- 
cyte extract  was  harmless  in  localized  in- 
fections, superficial  and  deep.  (2)  Its  use 
had  proved  beneficial,  many  cases  being 
cured,  and  others  improved.  (3)  In  pneu- 
monia other  than  type  1,  it  improved  the 
general  condition,  made  the  patient  more 
comfortable,  probably  shortened  the  course 
of  the  disease,  and  decreased  the  mortality. 
(4)  In  any  undetermined  infections  it  was 
the  sole  biologic  product  indicated.  (5)  In 
infections  attended  with  high  *  leucocytosis, 
such  as  was  found  in  measles  and  influenza, 
the  administration  of  leucocyte  extract  re- 
sulted in  an  increase  in  the  number  of  leu- 
cocytes, and  was  therefore  indicated.  The 
author  stated  that  in  cases  in  which  there 
was  a  specific  serum,  that  alone  should  be 
used ;  but  that  in  cases  in  which  there  was  no 
specific  serum,  and  in  those  in  which  the  in- 
fection was  not  known,  the  use  of  leucocyte 
extract  was  particularly  of  value. 


Arteriosclerosis. — ^The  most  potent  fac- 
tor in  arteriosclerosis  is  overfeeding.  The 
most  universal  factor  is  gastrointestinal  au- 
tointoxication. 


CORRESPONDENQ 


Is  Compnlsory   Health  Insnranee   Inevitablet 

To  the  Editor 

American  MEa>icisE: 

This  is  the  first  question  that  the  Committee 
on  Public  Information  of  the  Medical  Society 
of  the  County  of  Schenectady  had  before  it 
when  we  undertook  the  investigation  of  the 
subject  of  Compulsory  Health  Insurance. 

We  had  heard  for  several  years  the  often  re- 
peated statement  that  Compulsory  Health  In- 
surance was  inevitable  and  that  the  medical 
profession  had  better  make  the  best  of  it  When 
we  came  to  study  the  actual  data  at  hand  we 
found  several  very  interesting  facts  which  are 
briefly  as  follows: 

Ninety  per  cent  of  the  "inevitability"  talk 
can  be  traced  directly  to  Mr.  Andrews  and  a 
few  other  propagandists  for  Compulsory  Health 
Insurance.    It  is  part  of  the  propaganda. 

Only  an  overwhelming  popular  demand  will 
make  inevitable  a  law  which  will  reverse  the 
very  history  of  the  State  and  substitute  for  a 
policy  of  individual  liberty  and  self  help  a 
policy  of  control  of  the  individual  and  State 
help.  There  is  in  this  State  almost  no  popular 
demand  for  any  such  change. 

The  only  persons  who  are  alleged  to  benefit 
from  this  distinct  class  legislation  are  the  labor- 
ing people.  It  is  well  known  that  the  farmers, 
the  merchants,  the  manufacturers  and  the  com- 
mon people  are  against  Compulsory  Health  In- 
surance. Even  labor  is  not  in  favor  of  Com- 
pulsory Health  Insurance. 

In  California  last  fall  the  whole  stage  was 
set  in  favor  of  Compulsory  Health  Insurance. 
The  legislature  had  passed  a  constitutional 
amendment  in  favor  of  it.  Hiram  Johnson  was 
in  favor  of  it.  The  so-called  commission  to  in- 
vestigate the  subject,  composed  chiefly  of  Ameri- 
can Association  for  Liabor  Legislation  propa- 
gandists, had  reported  in  favor  of  Compulsory 
Health  Insurance.  The  professional  labor 
leaders  were  for  it.  There  was  an  intense  edu- 
cation campaign  extending  over  the  entire 
State.  When  the  question  came  to  a  state  wide 
popular  vote  Compulsory  Health  Insurance  was 
defeated  by  a  vote  of  nearly  S-1  and  labor  did 
not  support  the  measure. 

In  XJtica  last  spring  there  was  a  campaign  of 
education  on  the  subject  followed  by  a  popular 
vote  on  the  subject.  Thirteen  thousand  factory 
employees  voted  on  the  subject  Did  they  vote 
for  it,  or  2-1  against  it,  or  even  10-1  against  it? 
No,  they  voted  12,875  to  112  or  100-1  against 
Compulsory  Health  Insurance. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Hbdicinb 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


October,  1919 


675 


Any  law  which  is  fundamentally  unjust; 
which  demands  that  industry  pay  fifty  per  cent, 
of  the  costs  when  industry  is  responsible  for 
less  than  one  per  cent;  which  teaches  the 
doctrine  that  it  is  unhealthy  to  work;  and  which 
substitutes  a  policy  of  control  of  the  individual 
and  forced  charity  for  the  policy  which  has 
made  this  country  what  it  is— such  a  law  is  not 
in  our  opinion  inevitable. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Committee  on   Pubuc   Information, 

Medical    Society    of    the    County    of 

Schenectady. 


An  Appeal  for  Human  Embryologic  Material. 

To  the  Editor 

American  Medicine: 

In  1906  I  observed  certain  malformations  of 
the  human  shoulder-blade,  and  in  contributions 
to  current  literature  I  have  given  them  the  col- 
lective name,  "the  scaphoid  type  of  scapula," 
and  pointed  out  some  of  its  hereditary,  clinical 
and  anatomical  significance. 

Probably  the  most  important  observation  con- 
nected with  this  type  of  scapula  in  man  is  its 
age  incidence,  that  is  to  say,  it  occurs  with  great 
frequency  among  the  young  and  with  relative 
infrequency  among  the  old.  There  appear  to 
be  two  possible  explanations  of  this  fact: 

either 

A — One  form  of  shoulder-blade  changes  into 
the  other  during  development  and 
growth. 


B — Many  of  the  possessors  of  the  scaphoid 
type  of  scapula  are  the  poorly  adapt- 
able, the  peculiarly  vulnerable,  the 
unduly  disease  susceptible — the  in- 
herently weakened  of  the  race. 

I  have  attempted  to  answer  these  questions 
by  seeking  evidence  in  various  directions  and 
one  of  the  most  important  of  these  has  been  a 
study  of  intrauterine  development  of  shoulder- 
blades.  My  investigations  in  this  direction 
have  been  limited  by  the  material  at  my  dis- 
posal, which  has  been  inadequate  for  a  definite 
solution  of  this  phase  of  the  problem.  I  am, 
therefore,  appealing  to  physicians  for  fetuses  in 
any  and  all  stages  of  human  development. 

It  is  desired  that  the  material,  as  soon  as 
possible  after  delivery,  be  immersed  in  10% 
formalin  in  a  sealed  container,  and  be  forwarded 
to  my  address;  charges  collect.  Due  acknowl- 
edgment will  be  made  to  those  forwarding 
material. 

Respectfully  yours, 

WnxiAM  W.  Graves. 
727  Metropolitan  Bldg..  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


m 


ETIOLOGY 

AND 

lAGNOSI 


The  Etiology  of  Appendicitis. — Selberg 
(Munchener  medizinische  Wochenschrift,  Mar. 
21,  1919),  contrary  to  certain  writers,  believes 
that  appendicitis  has  not  decreased  either  in 
frequency  or  in  gravity  since  the  war.  The  war 
alimentation  seems  rather  to  have  increased 
the  number  of  cases,  '^he  infectious  estival 
enteritides  bring  about  an  increase  of  appen- 
dicitis. 


The  Etiology  of  Migraine^— Reviewing  the 
various  theories  that  have  been  advanced  in  the 
attempt  to  find  an  explanation  of  the  origin 
and  nature  of  migraine,  Drs.  Mary  P.  S.  Rupert 
and  Blizabeth  E.  Wilson  (Amer,  Jour.  Med. 
8ci.,  March)  conclude  that  the  symptoms  of 
migraine  arise  from  stimulation  of  certain  areas 
in  the  central  nervous  system  and  that  this 
stimulation  may  be  provoked  in  many  ways: 
by  pressure,  by  reflex  stimulation  or  by  circula- 
tion of  certain  toxic  substances  in  the  blood. 

In  their  attempt  to  determine  the  nature  of 
the  toxin,  or  toxins,  the  authors  undertook 
careful  studies  of  the  gastric  contents  and  of 
the  feces  of  patients  afflicted  with  migraine.  It 
was  found  that  many  of  these  patients  register 
an  abnormally  high  blood  pressure  during  the 
attack.  Furthermore,  patients  having  frequent 
and  severe  attacks  of  migraine  exhibit,  during 
the  latter,  some  abnormality  of  the  stools, 
usually  putrefaction  with  alternations  in  the 
blood  pressure,  and  these  usually  are  accom- 
panied by  a  depression  of  the  renal  function  in- 
cluding some  disturbance  of  the  nitrogen  out- 
put. 

The  variation  of  blood  pressure  between  at- 
tacks corresponds  with  the  findings  in  the  stool. 
For  instance,  a  persistently  low  blood-pressure 
reading  is  likely  to  be  associated  with  an  occa- 
sional putrefactive  movement  and,  as  this  con- 
dition is  corrected,  the  attacks  become  less  in 
frequency  and  severity.  In  some  cases,  there 
then  occurs  an  improvement  in  the  blood  pres- 
sure between  attacks. 

It  still  is  to  be  determined  where  and  what 
is  the  source  of  the  irritation  and  the  authors 
are  extending  their  investigations  in  this  direc- 
tion, namely,  the  attempt  to  discover  the  prob- 
able caustic  toxin. 


Tabercnlosis    of   tbe    Anus    and    Bectnm.— 

Symptoms— The  local  symptoms  of  tuberculous 
ulceration,  if  of  the  sigmoid  or  rectum,  are  lum- 
bar or  sacral  pain  and  rectal  tenesmus  accom* 
panied  with  diarrheal  evacuations  of  pus,  blood 


Digitized  by 


Google 


676 


October,  1919 


TREATMENT 


▲MBUGAJf   HbDXCINB 


and  mucus.  The  diarrhea  is  slight  at  first  but  in- 
creases as  the  ulceration  spreads  until  thirty  or 
forty  evacuations  occur  daily  and  the  associated 
coloproctitls  disturbs  digestion  in  general.  The 
discharges  have  a  gangrenous  odor.  Bleeding 
is  not  profuse  but  as  the  oozing  is  persistent  the 
blood  may  accumulate  and  be  retained  in  the 
rectum  and  when  voided  may  be  fresh,  or  tar- 
like or  mixed  with  the  feces. 

DingnosU — Drueck  {Med.  Bummary,  Sept. 
1918),  claims  that  tuberculous  ulceration  of  the 
bowel  should  be  looked  for  in  every  tubercular 
patient  when  diarrhea  occurs  that  cannot  be 
accounted  for  by  overeating  of  Improper  food, 
or  by  other  dietetic  errors  and  which,  does  not 
promptly  yield  to  treatment  The  presence  of 
tubercle  bacilli  in  scrapings  from  the  ulcer  is 
strong  evidence  of  the  nature  of  the  trouble, 
altho  the  possibility  of  accidental  deposit  of 
tubercle  bacilli  on  a  non-tubercular  ulcer  must 
be  remembered.  The  clinical  picture  is,  how- 
ever, somewhat  characteristic  (1)  The  pres- 
ence of  tuberculosis  elsewhere,  as  in  the  lungs, 
lymphatics  or  the  genito-urinary  system.  (2) 
Ulcers  which  follow  the  course  of  the  blood 
vessels  and  in  the  rectum  spread  out  irregularly 
in  every  direction.  (3)  Diarrhea,  discharge  of 
mucus,  blood  and  pus  with  rectal  tenesmus. 
(4)  General  emaciation  of  the  patient  with 
great  loss  of  body  fat  This  may  be  expressed 
locally  by  the  consumption  of  the  perirectal  fat 
and  a  shrunken  or  fiftinel-shaped  anus. 


It  is  essential  that  workers  be  able  to  recog- 
nize the  disease  which  they  are  studying.  They 
should  know  its  history  and  distribution, 
whether  it  occurs  in  pandemic,  epidemic,  en- 
demic or  sporadic  form;  its  relation  to  the 
physical,  biologic,  or  climatic  features  of  the 
countries  where  it  occurs,  whether  Immunity 
or  difference  of  susceptibility  has  been  recog- 
nized, its  symptoms,  theories  of  causation  and 
dissemination,  and  suggested  treatment 

Certain  insects  should  be  investigated  with 
especial  care,  particularly  insects  which  come 
in  contact  with  the  blood  of  the  patient  or  the 
food  or  feces.  Before  transmission  experiments 
are  begun,  It  is  necessary  to  know  the  normal 
conditions  of  life  of  the  Insect  its  food,  methods 
of  reproduction  and  the  proper  conditions  of 
the  soil  or  water  in  which  it  is  to  be.  The  study 
of  the  causation  of  disease  is  receiving  consid- 
erable attention  today.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that 
the  suggestions  offered  in  this  article  may  lead 
to  greater  effort  in  locating  the  possible  inter- 
mediate hosts  and  invertebrate  carriers. 


REATMENT 


Insect  Transmission  or  Causation  of  Disease. 

— Pierce,  in  a  recent  issue  of  Bcience,  has  stated 
that  insects  may  be  involved  in  disease  trans- 
mission either  by  transmission  of  an  organism 
or  the  inoculation  of  a  toxin;  or  there  may  be 
an  intermediate  phase  in  the  life  cycle  of  an 
organism,  the  insect  not  coming  in  direct  con- 
tact with  the  final  host.  Insects  can  carry  bacte- 
ria, many  types  of  protozoa  and  many  species  of 
parasitic  worms.  Insect  toxins  may  be  introduced 
into  the  system  by  means  of  the  mouth,  claw,  cau- 
dal appendage,  or  ovipositor  of  the  insect.  Some 
insects  live  as  parasites  on  the  bodies  of  men 
and  animals;  sometimes  insect  larvae  are  in- 
gested as  food  and  continue  to  develop  in  the 
intestines  or  other  organs,  often  at  the  expense 
of  the  tissues.  Insects  may  obtain  the  organ- 
isms which  cause  disease  directly  from  the 
blood  of  an  infected  host  from  infected  surfaces 
of  the  body,  or  from  the  excretions  of  an  in- 
fected host  The  organism  may  then  be  trans- 
mitted by  the  insect  by  direct  inoculation  thru 
the  proboscis  or  by  the  passive  transmission  of 
the  parasite  in  the  reflex  actions  which  take 
place  in  the  sucking  of  blood ;  the  organism  may 
be  regurgitated  by  the  insect  on  the  body  of 
its  host  and  obtain  entrance  by  its  own  activity, 
or  it  may  pass  thru  the  insect  and  out  in  its 
feces,  or  in  malpighian  excretions.  If  the  or- 
ganism is  taken  up  by  the  insect  In  its  larval 
stage  it  may  pass  thru  a  number  of  insects 
before  finding  a  vertebrate  host 


Trench  Month*— This  condition,  according  to 
Merkeley  (Orca  Health,  Aug.,  1919)  is  well  de- 
scribed by  the  designation  as  ulcerative  inter- 
stitial gingivitis.  A  lack  of  oral  hygiene  is 
generally  conceded  as  a  contributing  factor,  and 
badly  kept  table  utensils  undoubtedly  help  in 
the  distribution  of  the  infection.  Streptococci 
and  a  very  few  staphylococci  have  been  found, 
as  well  as  anaerobes  in  the  form  of  the  bacillus 
fusiformis  and  its  spirochaete,  said  to  be  a  spore 
form  of  the  bacillus  fusiformis.  Certain  other 
ultra-microscopic  forms  are  regarded  by  the 
author  as  chlefiy  responsible.  The  infection 
spreads  with  great  rapidity  and  then  assumes  a 
stubborn  chronic  character.  The  clinical  picture 
presents  a  slough  closely  approximating  in  gen- 
eral appearance  that  of  an  arsenic  necrosis. 
The  fioor  of  the  mouth,  tongue  and  cheeks  are 
rarely  involved,  altho  there  is  a  considerable 
rise  in  temperature  of  the  cheeks  in  acute  ex- 
acerbations. There  is  also  a  general  rise  in 
temperature  of  a  couple  of  degrees,  due  no 
doubt  to  the  absorption  of  ptomaines  and  toxins. 
Pain  may  be  severe  enough  to  produce  insonmia. 
The  chief  aim  in  the  treatment  being  the  re- 
moval of  the  cause  and  all  contributing  factors, 
the  slough  is  best  cleaned  away  by  applying  ^y 
crystals  of  copper  sulphate  on  a  small  pledget 
of  cotton  to  each  interproximal  space  where 
slough  is  present  The  bactericidal  application 
is  allowed  to  remain  three  or  four  minutes,  then 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSRICAN   HEDIOUia 


TREATMENT 


October,  1919 


677 


washed  out  with  a  water  syringe,  this  treat- 
ment to  be  repeated  daily  for  three  or  four  days, 
or  if  pain  be  intense,  twice  daily.  As  a  mouth- 
wash, undiluted  Dakin's  solution  should  be 
prescribed,  with  instructions  to  the  patient  to 
hold  the  solution  in  the  mouth  for  some  min- 
utes and  use  the  cheeks  to  forcibly  wash  out 
the  interproximal  spaces.  When  the  pain  has 
disappeared  and  the  slough  has  been  cast  ofT, 
which  should  be  in  four  to  five  days,  a  thoro  ex- 
amination should  be  made  for  all  irritants  ^nd 
these  should  be  removed  even  to  the  removal 
of  all  shell  crowns  and  extraction  of  the  third 
molars,  if  badly  involved.  It  is  noteworthy 
that  the  tissue  flap  covering  a  partially  erupted 
third  molar  may  form  a  pocket  and  thus  be- 
come the  seat  of  trouble.  In  fact,  fifty  per 
cent,  of  cases  treated  to  date  point  to  this  origin. 
Treatment  by  irrigation  and  wash  should  be 
continued  until  granulation-tissue  has  a  good 
start,  then  iodine  and  violet  ray  massage  well 
may  be  employed,  keeping  up  the  Dakin  solution 
as  a  mouth  wash  intermittently.  The  destroyed 
gingival  tissue  will  slowly  regenerate  and  give 
a  fairly  good  effect  even  in  extensive  necrosis. 


Milk  Diet  in  Diabetes  MeUltns^^P.  Le  Noir 
(Bulletin  de  VAoadimie  de  m^decine,  July  1, 
1919)  reports  his  experiences  during  past  few 
years  with  brief  "milk  cures"  in  diabetes,  either 
to  overcome  complications  or  severe  symptoms, 
or  for  purposes  of  alteration  with  the  custom- 
ary protein  and  fat  diet.  The  author  believes 
even  a  mitigated  protein  fat  diet  has  various 
drawbacks  and  in  the  long  run  may  lead  to 
harmful  results  in  diabetics  predisposed  to 
visceral  disease,  arteriosclerosis,  and  often  al- 
ready suffering  from  gout  and  obesity.  For 
temporary  detoxication,  therefore,  he  subjects 
his  patients  to  five  day  cures  in  which  the  food 
taken  is  restricted  to  from  two  to  three  litres 
of  milk — usually  two  and  a  half  litres — given  at 
equal  but  rather  short  intervals.  Slight  diminu- 
tion of  the  body  weight  occurs,  but  hunger  and 
lassitude  are  not  marked.  The  milk  cure  is  re- 
peated at  intervals  dependent  upon  the  severity 
of  the  disease,  the  tendency  to  visceral  lesions 
or  arterial  changes,  and  the  patient's  willing- 
ness to  undergo  it.  In  the  periods  between 
milk  cures  the  ordinary  antidiabetic  diet  is  or- 
dered, avoiding  unnecessary  strictness  as  well 
as  any  excess  of  total  intake.  Among  seven- 
teen cases  of  "arthritic"  diabetes  of  interme- 
diate severity,  without  emaciation,  four  showed 
complete  disappearance  of  glycosuria  after  the 
first  "cure,"  the  sugar  reappearing  only  in 
traces  or  not  at  all  for  several  months.  In 
nine  cases  the  sugar  was  markedly  reduced, 
often  by  two-thirds  or  one-half,  after  each  milk 
cure,  while  in  four  the  measure  was  unsuccess- 
ful. In  one  instance  the  sugar  output,  already 
reduced  from  eighty  to  twelve  grams  by  strict 
antidiabetic  diet,  fell  to  four  grams  under  the 
milk  diet  In  another  patient  passing  forty- 
nine  grams,  glycosuria  disappeared,  and  100 
grams  of  saccharose  given  in  three  litres  of 


milk  failed  to  cause  its  reappearance.  The  milk 
cure  is  formally  indicated  in  cases  with  renal, 
cardiac,  or  hepatic  disease  or  advanced  arterio- 
sclerosis, not  only  to  dispel  skin  and  gastro- 
intestinal symptoms  but  to  secure  rapid  reduc- 
tion of  glycosuria.  Milk  cures  should  also  be 
used  regularly  as  a  corrective  of  the  customary 
diet  and  are  especially  advisable  in  obese,  gouty 
and  bulimic  cases. 


Serum  Treatment  of  Typhoid  Feverr— In 
treating  patients  exclusively  with  antityphoid 
serum  Rodet  and  Bonnamour  (Bulletin  de 
VAcad^mie  de  medicine,  June  3,  1919)  claim 
that  the  administration  of  serum  should  be 
begun  as  soon  as  possible,  but  should  be  em- 
ployed even  in  patients  received  late,  always 
producing  at  least  some  favorable  effect.  The 
first  injection  consists  of  fifteen  or  twenty  mils. 
If  a  reduction  in  temperature  follows  within 
forty-eight  hours,  no  further  injection  is  given 
as  long  as  defervescence  continues.  If,  how- 
ever, the  reduction  fftils  to  occur  or  the  tem- 
perature reascends,  a  second  dose  of  ten  to 
fifteen  mils  is  given  forty-eight  hours  later. 
The  third  dose  is  similarly  regulated  and  con- 
sists of  only  five  to  ten  mils.  Generally,  three 
injections  suffice,  frequently  but  two,  and  occa- 
sionally one.  In  a  few  instances,  fourth  and 
fifth  injections  at  the  usual  two-day  intervals 
are  required.  More  frequently,  serum  is  re- 
peated for  recrudescence  or  relapse  after  a  more 
prolonged  period  of  improvement  The  serum 
acts  both  on  the  temperature  and  the  symptoms. 
It  never  causes  the  immediate  rise  in  tempera- 
ture which  often  attends  vaccine  or  colloid 
metal  injections.  Often  the  temperature  shows 
a  marked  drop  within  twenty-four  hours  after 
the  first  injection.  Even  If  it  soon  reascends 
a  favorable  prognosis  is  indicated,  the  tem- 
porary drop  often  being  the  forerunner  of  an 
early  reduction  by  lysis.  Sometimes  the  first 
injection  is  followed  by  a  progressive,  perma- 
nent effect  on  the  temperature.  Absence  of 
effect  on  the  temperature  after  three  injections 
points  to  a  different  or  superadded  infective 
process.  Toxic  manifestations  are  reduced  to 
a  minimum  by  the  treatment  which  is  contra- 
indicated  neither  by  hemorrhage  nor  an  already 
grave  condition  of  the  patient. 


The  Treatment  of  Malaria.— Nocht  (Wiener 
medizinische  Wochenschrift,  Feb.  22,  1919) 
gives  a  summary  of  his  principles  of  treatment 
of  paludism  and  considers  also  some  other 
questions  related  to  them,  such  as  becoming  ac- 
customed to  the  drug,  the  mode  of  action  of 
quinine  (this  is  not  a  direct  toxic  for  the  Plas- 
modium), the  drawbacks  of  quinine  treatment 
when  too  intense  or  when  uselessly  prolonged. 
Nocht  follows  the  treatment  outlined:  Quinine 
is  given  for  eight  days  in  the  daily  quantity  of 
one  gram  divided  into  three,  four  or  even  five 
doses,  then  a  pause  of  four  days,  then  three 


Digitized  by 


Google 


678 


October,  1919 


TREATMENT 


American  Mbdicinb 


days  of  quinine,  next  a  pause  of  four  days. 
This  is  continued  for  six  to  eight  weeks  at  the 
maximum.  Intramuscular  or  intravenous  in- 
jections of  quinine  only  do  away  with  the 
digestive  disturbances  and  are  only  indicated 
when  these  arise.  Arsenic  preparations  (sal- 
varsan,  neosalvarsan,  etc)  are  to  be  re- 
sorted to  as  alternating  drugs  only.  They  are 
especially  indicated  when  the  young  parasitic 
forms  of  the  disease  or  febrile  paroxysms  occur 
during  quinine  treatment.  Methylene  blue  and 
other  drugs  which  have  been  proposed  offer  no 
advantages.  From  the  viewpoint  of  prophylaxis, 
the  writer  is  most  interesting  in  his  remarks. 
Prophylaxis  is  of  value,  especially  from  admin- 
istrative and  military  aspects.  It  has  the  ad- 
vantage of  distributing  the  patients  more 
uniformly,  thus  preventing  massive  and  simul- 
taneous contaminations.  But  the  writer  be- 
lieves that  subjects  who  have  been  given  pro- 
phylactic treatment  are  very  prone  to  suffer 
from  aggravated  forms  of  malaria  and  a  pro- 
longation of  the  disease  if  they  eventually  con- 
tract it. 


mand  it  the  alkaloid  should  be  griven  per  oa  in 
pill  form. 


Strychnine  in  Nenrasthenla  and  Anxiety 
Neuroses* — The  use  of  heroic  doses  of  nux 
vomica  and  strychnine  in  nervous  collapse  is 
well  enough  known  to  neurologists,  and  re- 
cently Heckel  in  a  monograph  on  neuroses  of 
anxiety  has  recommended  the  alkaloid  in  those 
states  as  well,  says  an  editorial  writer  in  the  Med. 
Record  (Aug.  31,  1918).  Hartenberg  regards 
strychnine  as  almost  a  specific  in  the  nervous 
asthenia  of  neurasthenia  and  gives  it  in  increas- 
ing doses — always  in  excess  of  6  milligrams 
(1/10  grain)  daily  dose.  By  reason  of  the  fact 
that  strychnine  is  not  retained  in  the  body  cer- 
tain individuals  can  acquire  a  tolerance  of 
several  centigrams  a  day.  In  anxious  states 
this  high  dosage  is  not  indicated  and  by  the 
mouth  a  tenth  of  a  grain  daily  dose  need  not  be 
exceeded,  while  a  fifteenth  suffices  by  the  hypo- 
dermic route..  To  give  larger  doses  would  very 
likely  increase  the  severity  of  the  anxious  state. 
The  remedy  is  indicated,  according  to  Harten- 
berg, in  secondary  neurasthenia  due  to  or- 
ganic disease  and  wherever  there  is  a  somatic 
substratum.  In  endogenous  cases  with  obses- 
sions and  phobias  the  results  are  less  happy. 
When  the  drug  is  given  per  os  it  exerts  an  ac- 
tion on  the  digestive  apparatus  as  shown  by 
acceleration  of  the  food  passage.  Given  sub- 
cutaneously  a  nervous  reaction  soon  follows  and 
if  this  is  in  excess  the  patient  is  irritable  and 
restless.  To  strike  the  ideal  dose  it  is  well  to 
begin  with  a  milligram  by  the  mouth.  On  the 
ninth  day  Hartenberg  would  change  to  2  mil- 
ligrams in  two  daily  doses,  one  on  waking  in 
the  morning  and  the  other  during  the  day.  One 
may  or  may  not  increase  the  dose  further,  but 
3  mg.  daily  should  not  be  exceeded.  After  three 
periods  of  treatment  the  patient  should  rest  a 
fortnight,  after  which  the  treatment  is  begun 
again  with  daily  doses  of  2  mg.,  which  may  be 
gradually  increased  until  ])enefit  arrives  or  the 
limit  is  reached.    If  the  digestive  organs  de- 


BemoTftl  of  Tonsils. — ^Tho  many  surgeons  re- 
move only  tonsils  that  are  a  menace  to  their 
possessor,  it  is  certainly  true  that  several  men 
(and  particularly  the  young  and  enthusiastic 
just  leaving  special  training)  remove  many 
harmless,  innocent  victims  and  believe  in  so  do- 
ing they  have  removed  the  source  of  all  Ills. 
Faville  (Virginia  Medical  Monthly,  Sept..  1919) 
states  that  most  modern  surgeons  are  in  accord 
with  an  eminent  New  York  specialist  in  his 
summary  of  a  paper  on  the  subject  written  over 
four  years  ago  in  which  he  says: 

1.  That  the  tonsils  have  a  definite  function 
in  early  childhood. 

2.  That  tonsils  should  not  be  removed  un- 
less there  is  some  especial  indication  before 
four  years  of  age. 

3.  That  small,  buried  tonsils  associated  with 
enlarged  cervical  glands  should  always  be  com- 
pletely removed  unless  some  other  definite 
cause  is  found  for  the  condition. 

4.  That  tuberculosis  is  often  found  to  be  of 
tonsillar  origin. 

5.  That  one  of  the  most  important  points  to 
be  considered  in  judging  whether  a  tonsil 
should  be  removed  or  not,  is  the  size  of  that 
tonsil  in  relation  to  the  individual  throat 

6.  All  tonsils,  large  or  small,  which  seriously 
interfere  with  respiration  should  be  removed. 

7.  That  many  local  pathologic  conditions  are 
caused  by  diseased  tonsils. 

8.  That  many  cases  of  middle  ear  catarrh 
could  be  prevented  by  removal  of  the  tonsils. 

9.  That  there  is  a  distinct  relationship  be- 
tween the  tonsils  and  many  general  diseases. 

10.  And,  finally,  that  the  promiscuous  re- 
moval of  the  tonsils  of  children,  without  the 
finding  of  some  associated  pathologic  condition, 
is  pernicious;  and  that  all  cases  demanding 
operative  interference  should  be  carefully 
selected. 


Treatment  of  Whooping  Conglu— Barilari 
(Reviata  del  Inatituto  Bacteriologico,  Aug., 
1918)  gives  a  report  of  his  various  experiences 
in  treating  whooping  cough  with  the  patient's 
own  sputum,  or  with  asthma  sputum,  with  an 
autovaccine,  with  sputum  from  healthy  persons, 
and  with  various  preparations.  Charts  are 
given  showing  the  abrupt  drop  in  the  number 
of  paroxysms  after  injection  of  an  autovaccine 
or  a  preparation  made  from  the  patient's  spu- 
tum. The  latter  is  generally  called  Kraus'  anti- 
tosina.  One  young  man  with  violent  paroxysms 
and  vomiting,  the  tenth  day  of  the  disease,  was 
improved  by  a  single  injection  of  autovaccine. 
no  vomiting  occurring  thereafter.  The  second 
injection  two  days  later  was  followed  by  a  drop 
from  twenty  to  eight  paroxysms  a  day,  all  im- 
measurably milder,  in  less  than  a  week.  A 
young  woman  with  whooping  cough  for  a  month 
was  given  two  injections  of  5  c  c  of  a  prepara- 
tion from  whooping  cough  sputum,  and  in  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MEDICINS 


GENERAL.  TOPICS 


October,   1919 


679 


week  the  paroxysms  had  dropped  from  twenty- 
eight  to  nine,  much  less  severe.  No  effect  was 
apparent  In  some  cases,  but  on  the  whole, 
Barilari  extols  this  antitosina  method-  as  effi- 
cient. The  sputum  for  the  antitosina  must  be 
from  persons  who  have  not  previously  been 
treated  with  it.  The  cough  loosens  up  and  be- 
comes less  spasmodic  and  vomiting  ceases. 
Thirteen  charts  are  given;  they  demonstrate  the 
superior  efficacy  of  this  whooping  cough  spu- 
tum therapy,  at  least  over  the  other  substances 
tested. 


Management  of  Acute  Anterior  Gonorrheas- 
There  are  such  wide  variations  in  the  reported 
results  of  treatment  of  acute  anterior  gonor- 
rhea in  the  male  with  the  various  silver  prep- 
arations at  our  disposal,  that  a  study  of  the 
elements  which  combine  to  give  success,  the 
causes  of  failure  and  an  attempt  to  standardize 
a  treatment  offering  the  strongest  hope  of  good 
results  seems  pertinent  Adams  (N.  Y.  Med. 
Jour.,  Oct.,  1918)  claims  that  only  freshly  pre- 
pared solutions  of  argyrol  made  directly  from 
the  crystals,  employing  a  strength  of  ten  per 
cent,  to  fifteen  per  cent.,  should  be  used.  No 
injections  should  be  entrusted  to  the  patient  for 
personal  use  as  long  as  discharge  or  cloudy 
urine  is  present.  All  the  prepared  solution  the 
anterior  canal  will  hold  without  distress  should 
then  be  slowly  injected  with  a  plunger  or  bulb 
urethral  syringe,  as  the  patient  is  lying  on  his 
back,  after  he  has  urinated  and  the  glans  has 
been  cleansed — care  being  taken  that  the 
urethral  folds  are  fully  distended.  Two  drams 
to  half  an  ounce  is  the  quantity  required.  Then 
the  meatus  should  be  gently  but  firmly  closed 
with  the  fingers  and  the  injection  retained  in 
the  canal  for  twelve  to  fifteen  minutes,  after- 
ward being  allowed  to  fiow  into  cotton  or  other 
waste.  The  meatus  should  be  covered  with 
dressing  until  the  next  urination,  to  protect  the 
clothes  from  being  stained.  Such  injections 
should  be  used  once  daily,  the  classic  restric- 
tions in  diet  and  activity  ordered,  giving  in- 
ternally only  sufficient  favorite  medication  to 
render  the  urine  neutral  or  faintly  alkaline. 
This  routine  should  be  continued  for  two  or 
three  days  after  the  disappearance  of  discharge 
and  free  pus  in  the  urine,  as  indicated  by  the 
appearance  of  the  first  urine  in  the  two  glass 
test. 

It  is  well  to  consider  the  pathologic  condition 
of  the  canal  at  this  time.  It  is  incontestable 
that  upon  the  appearance  of  pus  at  the  meatus 
gonococci  are  present  in  intercellular  spaces — 
possibly  in  the  submucosa  in  some  portion  of 
the  canal.  Injections  do  not  kill  these  bacteria. 
There  is  also  a  greater  or  lesser  area  of  des- 
quamated mucosa — ulcerated  area — if  that 
term  is  preferred,  and  possibly  deep  infection 
of  some  of  the  mucous  follicles  or  glands  of 
Littr€.  The  plan  for  treatment  of  such  a  con- 
dition must  be  directed  toward  two  aims:  1.  To 
prevent  reinfection  of  the  canal  from  gonococci 
in  the  tissues  and,  2,  to  assist  in  reforming  the 
mucosa  destroyed.    This  is  the  time  for  mildly 


stimulant  medication  and  injection^.  Now  may 
be  used,  with  cautious  introduction,  sandal- 
wood oil  or  the  balsams.  The  patient  may  be 
entrusted  with  a  mild  injection  of  protargol, 
one  quarter  per  cent,  (five  grains  of  protargol 
in  four  ounces  of  solution),  to  be  used  one  to 
three  times  daily  and  retained  for  ten  minutes. 
The  fact  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  mar- 
gin between  mild  stimulation  and  irritation  is 
narrow;  and  symptoms  of  overtreatment  should 
be  looked  for,  i.  e.,  first  a  return  of  cloudy 
urine,  and  later,  discharge.  If  no  such  symp- 
toms appear,  the  protargol  may  be  doubled  in 
strength ;  but  that  should  be  the  limit. 

Then  the  more  frankly  astringent  agents  may 
be  employed  in  the  reverse  order  of  their  Irritat- 
ing qualities:  zinc  sulphate  up  to  one  grain  to 
the  ounce;  lead  oxide  up  to  one  grain  to  the 
ounce;  zinc  and  lead  combined  to  the  same 
strength;  zinc  permanganate  up  to  one  grain 
in  four  ounces;  nitrate  of  silver  from  one  grain 
in  two  ounces  up  to  two  grains  in  one  ounce. 
In  no  case  should  nitrate  of  silver  be  injected 
oftener  than  once  in  four  days.  The  other  solu- 
tions may  be  used  daily  or  every  other  day. 
Should  shreds  and  flakes  persist  in  the  third 
week  of  treatment,  in  a  patient  responding 
promptly  and  progressing  without  reinfection, 
it  is  almost  positively  an  indication  of  deep  in- 
volvement of  some  of  the  mucous  follicles.  Here 
again  injections  and  internal  medication  are 
valueless  except  for  prophylaxis  against  rein- 
fection, the  anterior  endoscope  offering  the  only 
efficient  means  of  attack. 

Patients  should  be  under  observation  for  a 
total  period  of  from  five  to  six  weeks  and  the 
urine  free  from  fiakes  and  shreds  before  dis- 
charge. After  such  a  period  it  can  be  safely 
assumed  that  the  virulence  of  gonococci  in  the 
submucosa  is  spent  and  that  they  are  safely 
buried,  except  in  the  event  of  most  severe 
traumatism  which  is  not  of  frequent  occurrence. 
So  potent  is  the  assistance  given  patients  by  the 
treatment  outlined  that  a  reinfection  caused  by 
the  thoughtless  drinking  of  beer  five  days  after 
institution  of  treatment  has  subsided  and  clear 
urine  again  been  passed  twenty-four  hours  after 
the  injection  following  the  reinfection. 


kNLUAL 

TOPICS 


How  to  Make  Water  Safe. — An  editorial 
writer  in  the  Critic  and  Guide  calls  attention  to 
the  fact  that  sparkling  clear  water  is  more  apt 
to  be  a  disease  carrier  than  grossly  contam- 
inated water,  for  the  reason  that  all  surface 
waters  are  more  or  less  subject  to  dangerous  in- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


680 


OCTOBBB^    1919 


QBNBRAL.  TOPICS 


Ambeican  Mkdicins 


fection.  Typhoid  bacilli  may  live  thirty  days 
in  water  of  ordinary  temperature  and  much 
longer  in  colder  waters.  Boiled  water  is  the 
safest  when  boiling  is  practicable.  When  boil- 
ing is  not  feasible,  tincture  of  iodine,  three 
drops  to  the  quart  of  clear  water  is  an  efficient 
bactericide.  If  the  water  is  cloudy  or  contains 
much  sediment,  six  drops  should  be  used  per 
quart,  or  enough  to  produce  a  very  faint  brown- 
ish discoloration.  After  the  iodine  has  acted 
for  fifteen  minutes,  a  pinch  of  ordinary  photo- 
graphic *'hypo"  (sodium  thiosulphate)  clears 
the  water  and  removes  the  last  traces  of  iodine. 
The  fifteen  minute  interyal  is  important  and 
also  the  brown  color.  In  this  strength  there 
is  no  disadvantage  from  the  chemicals  used. 


Do  I  Btriye  to  keep  public  health  matters  out 
of  partisan  politics?  Do  I  keep  abreast  jf 
progress  in  public  health? 

If  not,  why  not? 


Obligation  of  the  Physician^  to  the  Public 
Healths— The  physician's  obligation  to  society 
should  induce  him  to  apply  his  special  knowl- 
edge to  the  study  of  community  health  prob- 
lems and  make  himself  one  of  the  leaders  in  the 
inauguration  of  measures  to  promote  public 
health  and  welfare,  states  Rupert  Blue  in 
the  May  issue  Modem  Medicine. 

To  do  this  he  must  maintain  active  contact 
with  the  agencies  engaged  in  the  promotion  of 
health  and  welfare;  keep  informed  regarding 
recent  important  activities  and  achievements  in 
the  field  of  public  health  and  state  medicine;  in- 
terest himself  in  the  interrelation  of  health  and 
social  and  economic  conditions;  and  cultivate  a 
broader  outlook  on  the  relation  of  medicine  to 
public  health  and  welfare;  constitute  himself 
a  health  educator,  always  to  his  patients,  and 
as  occasion  offers,  to  the  community;  seek  to 
discover  the  causative  factors  in  disease  and 
direct  attention  to  their  correction  or  removal; 
cooperate  whole-heartedly  with  the  health 
authorities  by  promptly  reporting  all  births  and 
deaths  and  all  cases  of  notifiable  disease;  by 
assisting  in  the  maintenance  of  quarantine,  by 
promoting  preventive  measures  for  the  control 
of  disease,  and  by  utilizing  the  diagnostic  lab- 
oratory facilities  and  specific  therapeutic  agents 
offered  by  the  health  authorities. 

It  is  almost  inexcusable  for  a  physician  to  be 
ignorant  of  the  sanitary  condition  of  his  com- 
munity. With  the  extensive  social  and  eco- 
nomic adjustments  now  going  on  thruout  the 
world,  the  time  has  come  for  physicians  gen- 
erally to  take  a  more  active  interest  in  deter- 
mining the  relation  of  medicine  to  the  public 
health  and  welfare.  Let  each  physician  ask 
himself: 

Do  I  fully  instruct  patients  in  controlling  the 
spread  of  communicable  disease? 

Do  I  stimulate  the  people  of  my  community 
to  Initiate  community  health  work? 

Do  I  always  seek  to  discover  the  underlying 
social  and  economic  causes  of  patients'  ill- 
nesses? 

Do  I  place  self-interest  above  community  wel- 
fare by  failing  to  report  communicable  disease 
to  the  health  officer? 


Food  Yalne  of  Meat^Nies,  who  is  associate 
editor  of  the  Hotel  Gazette,  says  in  a  recent 
issue  of  If,  7.  Med,  Journal  that  there  are  a 
thousand  and  one  dishes  of  which  each  one  is  in 
itself  a  well  balanced  meal,  and  in  addition  is 
appetizing  and  nourishing.  They  can,  even  at 
the  present  high  costs,  be  prepared  for  a  reason- 
able price.  They  are  made  by  a  combination  of 
a  small  portion  of  meat  with  a  larger  quantity 
of  grain,  cereal,  or  other  farinaceous  substances 
or  vegetables.  They  are  flavored  from  their 
essential  ingredients  so  that  their  preparation 
requires  no  high  order  of  culinary  skill.  With 
a  judicious  use  of  the  ordinary  fireless  cooker 
they  can  be  prepared  in  the  morning,  put  in  the 
cooker  and  taken  out  ready  to  serve  when  the 
family  returns  in  the  evening;  thus  releasing 
poor  women  from  the  bondage  of  the  cook  stove 
and,  in  addition,  providing  the  family  with 
better  food  than  could  be  prepared  by  the  old 
hurry-up  way,  which  is  so  wasteful  of  material, 
and  consumes  so  much  time.  These  dishes  are 
prepared  so  that  all  the  substance  of  each  in- 
gredient is  conserved  for  consumption.  The 
shrinkage  instead  of  evaporating  into  the  air  is 
absorbed  by  the  parts  of  the  combination  and 
saved  to  the  consumer.  The  pleasure  which  is 
derived  from  eating  is  established  first  by  sight, 
second  by  taste  and  smell,  and  lastly  by  the 
feeling  of  satisfaction  after  eating  which  brings 
with  its  relaxation  of  mind  and  body.  If  food 
can  be  so  prepared  that  it  brings  about  all  these 
things,  and  that  with  the  homely  means  at  the 
command  of  every  housewife,  much  can  be 
saved  by  thus  abolishing  the  necessity  of  din- 
ing at  restaurants  and  spending  money  which 
economized,  purchases  many  better  and  per- 
haps more  needed  things.  Stews  largely  com- 
posed of  potatoes  and  various  vegetables  with 
only  enough  meat  used  to  flavor  them  are  better 
than  meat  stews.  Potatoes  cooked  k  la  Bou- 
langdre  with  bacon,  and  sliced  unions  constitute 
a  meal  in  themselves.  A  small  part  of  meat  or 
fish  will  give  relish  or  fiavor  to  the  satisfying 
and  nourishing  cereal.  The  farinaceous  or  vege- 
table dinner  will  save  money  and  health. 


Pregnancy  and  Childbirth  Among  Siberian 
AborigineSiT— Miss  M.  A.  Czaplicka,  a  Russian 
lady  who  lived  for  some  years  in  Siberia  among 
the  primitive  people,  according  to  a  writer  in 
the  London  Lancet  (Aug.  10,  1919).  has  shed 
a  good  deal  of  light  on  the  mode  of  life,  habits, 
customs  and  superstitious  practices  in  a  book 
entitled  "Aboriginal  Siberia,  a  Study  in  Social 
Anthropology"  (Clarendon  Press.  14*.  net). 
Among  other  things  she  has  collected  data  re- 
lating to  pregnancy  and  childbirth,  some  of  the 
more  interesting  of  which  are  here  given  with 
names  of  the  tribes  concerned: — 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


GENERAL  TOPICS 


October,  1919 


681 


The  Kamchadal. — ^According  to  Krasheninnl- 
koff,  an  eighteenth-century  traveler,  a  woman 
gave  birth  to  a  child  kneeling  and  in  the  pres- 
ence of  all  the  villagers  without  regard  to  sex 
or  age.  The  newly-born  child  was  wiped  with 
and  wrapped  in  a  species  of  grass  called  tow- 
chitch;  a  stone  knife  was  used  to  cut  the  um-^ 
bilical  cord,  and  the  placenta  was  thrown  to 
the  dogs.  A  woman  who  wished  to  become 
pregnant  had  to  eat  spiders;  some  women  for 
this  purpose  would  eat  the  umbilical  cord  to- 
gether with  a  grass  called  kiperi.  On  the  other 
hand,  if  a  child  was  not  desired  there  was  a 
widespread  custom  of  causing  abortion  by  shock, 
or  by  killing  in  utero.  The  old  women  "spe- 
cialists" who  carried  out  the  operation  frequent- 
ly caused  the  death  of  the  mother.  In  order 
to  induce  sterility  concoctions  made  from  cer- 
tain grasses  were  taken. 

The  Yukaghir. — ^All  cases  of  childbirth  among 
the  Yukaghir  were  very  difficult,  and  the  bar- 
barous practices  attendant  on  them  produced 
nervous  diseases  and  premature  age  in  the 
mothers.  The  foundation  of  these  practices  is 
the  belief  that  difficult  labor  and  unfortunate 
birth  are  caused  by  the  entry  of  an  evil  spirit 
into  the  woman.  Difficult  labor  is  also  attrib- 
uted either  to  the  failure  of  the  mother  to 
observe  certain  taboos  or  to  the  ill-will  of  the 
child  itself.  Therefore,  two  pregnant  women 
are  not  allowed  to  live  in  the  same  house  in 
case  the  two  unborn  children  should  communi- 
cate and  decide  which  mother  should  die.  Some- 
times the  husband  helps  his  wife  who  is  in 
difficult  labor  by  placing  his  arm  around  her 
abdomen.  The  taboos  connected  with  childbirth 
affect  not  only  the  mother,  but  also  the  rest 
of  the  household.  Some  of  these  taboos  are:  the 
pregnant  woman  must  not  eat  the  fat  of  the 
cow  or  reindeer,  or  larch-gum,  as  these  things 
are  believed  to  "freeze"  or  thicken  in  the  stem- 
ach  and^to  fasten  the  child  to  the  inside  of  the 
uterus;  but  butter  of  the  cow  or  horse's  fat 
may  be  eaten.  She  ought  not  only  to  be  active 
and  energetic  during  the  puerperium,  but  ought, 
in  walking,  to  raise  her  feet  high  and  also  to 
kick  away  stones  or  lumps  of  earth  in  her  path, 
thus  symbolizing  the  removal  of  obstructions 
at  childbirth.  At  the  first  attack  of  labor-pains 
not  only  the  wife,  but  the  husband  and  mid- 
wife, must  loosen  all  their  garments,  so  that 
the  child  may  not  be  hampered  in  any  way. 

The  Chukhee.—ThiB  tribe  is  one  of  the  most 
prolific  in  Northeast  Asia,  and  the  women  are 
delivered  with  little  trouble.  Custom  forbids 
the  mother  receiving  any  help  at  childbirth — 
help  may  only  be  given  in  cases  of  absolute 
necessity.  She  must  not  groan,  and  has  to  at- 
tend to  her  own  needs  as  well  as  to  those  of 
the  new-bom  infant.  She  cuts  the  cord  (With 
a  stone  skin-scraper)  and  pulls  away  the  pla- 
centa. Accordingly,  a  large  pelvis— because  it 
eases  delivery— is  considered  one  of  the  chief 
features  of  womanly  beauty. 

The  GiZyafc.— The  Gilyak  woman  never  dares 
to  give  birth  to  a  child  at  home;  she  must,  in 
spite  of  the  severity  of  the  weather,  go  out  of 
the  hut  for  this  purpose.  In  the  late  fall  or 
winter  a  special  hut  is  built  for  the  woman,  but 


it  is  a  very  uncomfortable  affair,  so  that  mother 
and  child  suffer  from  exposure  to  cold  and 
wind.  To  help  the  woman  in  labor  a  wooden 
figure  is  carved,  representing  a  woman  in  the 
act  of  delivery,  and  to  it  are  sacrificed  different 
kinds  of  foods,  with  a  view  to  placate  the  evil 
influences  which  are  at  work.  Special  knives 
are  used  to  cut  the  cord.  The  woman  returns 
home  on  the  eighth  or  ninth  day.  A  woman 
who  wishes  to  have  a  child  wears  various  amu- 
lets, such  as  a  dog's  tooth,  etc. 

The  Buryat — ^Among  the  Buryat  of  Alarsk 
during  delivery  the  women  of  the  family  are 
gathered  near  the  mother  and  take  the  child 
a^d  drop  it  in  a  horizontal  position  on  the  floor, 
which  has  been  made  soft  for  the  purpose,  after 
which  it  is  washed  and  wrapped  up.  Two  or 
three  days  later  a  feast  is  held  at  which  the 
ceremony  of  wrapping  up  the  child  begins.  A 
boy  or  girl  present  is  chosen  to  reply  to  ques- 
tions put  by  a  temporary  "mother,"  who  holds 
in  her  hands  an  arrow  and  a  right  haunch  of 
bone  of  an  animal.  After  the  questions  have 
been  asked  and  answered  three  times  a  name 
is  given  to  the  child.  The  feast  ends  with  the 
making  of  a  fire  in  the  place  where  the  birth 
occurred;  the  guests,  including  the  father,  sur- 
round the  fire  and  squirt  into  it  from  their 
mouths  a  mixture  made  from  meal  and  oil,  all 
in  one  voice  exclaiming  "Give  more  happiness! 
Give  a  son!" — repeated  three  times.  General  ex- 
citement prevails  and  they  vie  with  each  other 
in  smearing  their  friends'  faces  and  clothes  with 
oil,  ashes  and  fresh  animal  excrement. 

The  Yafcttt.— Yakut  marriages  are  generally 
fruitful,  averaging  ten  children  to  one  woman, 
but  becoming  less  so  towards  the  northern  dis- 
tricts, altho  the  Yakut  are  everywhere  more 
prolific  than  the  Tungus.  The  lack  of  children 
is  ascribed  solely  to  the  woman.  According  to 
the  explorer  Jochelson,  women  from  the  north 
have  very  difficult  delivery.  The  Yakut  regard 
the  pangs  of  childbirth  as  sickness  caused  by 
evil  spirits,  and  therefore  if  the  assistance  of 
a  midwife  or  the  goddess  of  fertility,  Ayisit«  is 
of  no  avail,  a  shaman  is  called  in  to  fight  the 
spirit.  A  Yakut  woman  is  always  delivered  on 
the  bare  earth,  for  the  Yakut  believe  that  the 
"earth-soul"  is  communicated  to  the  infant  from 
the  earth  at  the  moment  of  birth.  No  considera- 
tion is  shown  to  mother  or  child,  for  women 
possessed  of  evil  spirits  are  regarded  as  no  less 
perilous  to  society  than  those  infected  with 
epidemic  disease.  This  accounts  for  the  cruelty 
manifested  by  the  Yakut  towards  women  suf- 
fering the  pains  of  labor.  Cases  have  been 
known  where  the  woman  has  died  as  a  result 
of  such  cruelty.  To  hasten  delivery  two  posts 
are  driven  into  the  ground  and  a  third  one  is 
fastened  across  the  top  of  them.  The  woman 
kneels  and  places  her  arms  over  the  cross-piece 
far  enough  to  bring  the  latter  under  the  arm- 
pits. One  man  from  behind  holds  her  shoulders 
and  another  in  front  holds  her  hands  to  pre- 
vent any  possibility  of  her  resisting  the  opera- 
tions of  the  midwife.  The  latter  kneels  in 
front  of  the  patient  and  presses  upon  her  abdo- 
men, at  the  same  time  imploring  the  aid  of  the 
benevolent  goddess.  Aylsit,  who  is  believed  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


682 


October,  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


Amsrican  Hbdicinb 


be  present  at  childbirth  and  to  assist  the  pa- 
tient. Certain  food  taboos  are  observed  before 
childbirth:  the  expectant  mother  must  eat 
neither  swan's  flesh  nor  wild  birds'  eggs,  be- 
cause the  child  might  otherwise  be  deaf  and 
imbecile. 

The  customs  collected  by  Miss  Czaplicka  are 
found  among  aborigines  more  or  less  all  over 
the  world.  The  custom  mentioned  as  existing 
among  the  Yukaghir  of  the  spectators  loosen- 
ing their  garments  is  in  one  form  or  other  very 
old.  It  was  a  belief  of  ancient  Roman  and 
Greek  folklore  that  the  goddess  of  delivery, 
Lucina  or  Ilithyia,  could  hinder  delivery  ac- 
cording to  the  attitude  which  she  took  up,  a 
belief  referred  to  by  Herrick,  who  says,  "At 
thy  birth  Lucina  cross-legged  sat." 


NEWS  NOTES  "» 
ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Students  In  French  Universities* — 

More  than  5,000  American  officers  and  private 
soldiers  have  pursued  courses  in  French  univer- 
sities during  the  past  few  months.  The  Ameri- 
can soldier-students  have  recently  given  expres- 
sion, in  a  delicate  manner,  of  their  gratitude 
to  their  French  instructors.  They  have  raised 
by  subscription  among  their  number  more  than 
70,000  francs.  This  sum  is  to  be  divided  among 
the  fourteen  French  universities  that  have  re- 
ceived American  students.  At  the  opening  of 
school  in  the  fall,  fourteen  French  students 
sailed  for  the  United  States,  where  they  will  pur- 
sue a  course  of  study  for  a  year  at  some  Ameri- 
can university. 


Europe  Lacks  Soap. — Europe  is  menaced  by 
a  lack  of  soap,  according  to  the  London  New 
Statesman.  Lack  of  soap  and  of  its  aid  to 
cleanliness  is  said  to  be  the  main  cause,  after 
underfeeding,  of  the  appalling  death  rate  from 
disease  in  Central  Europe  generally.  Typhoid, 
typhus,  dysentery,  scurvy  and  tuberculosis  have 
increased  in  Austria,  Hungary,  Poland,  Bohe- 
mia, Russia  and  Germany,  and  these  diseases 
cannot  be  fought  successfully  because  of  lack  of 
disinfectants,  linen  and  soap. 


Legislation  for  Study  of  Mentally  Defeetire*— 

The  study  of  feebleminded,  backward  and 
otherwise  mentally  handicapped  school  children 
by  the  Bureau  of  Education  is  provided  for  in  a 
bill  introduced  by  Congressman  L.  C.  Dyer  of 
Missouri.  (H.  R.  8479.)  The  measure  provides 
for  the  establishment  of  a  new  bureau  in  the 


Bureau  of  Education  to  collect  information  re- 
garding feebleminded  children  and  for  a  mental 
laboratory  to  determine  standards.  A  psycho- 
educational  clinic  is  also  provided.  The  sum  of 
$30,000  annually  for  the  maintenance  of  this 
bureau  is  appropriated.  A  director  is  to  be  ap- 
pointed at  a  salary  of  $4,500. 


The  Care  and  Treatment  of  Drug  Addicts* — 

A  measure  appropriating  a  total  of  $5,000,000 
for  federal  assistance  to  the  state  health  agen- 
cies for  caring  for  and  treating  drug  addicts  has 
been  introduced  by  Senator  Joseph  I.  France, 
chairman  of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Sanita- 
tion and  Public  Health.  The  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  is  authorized  to  divide  the  appropria- 
tion among  the  states,  to  be  payable  only  if  the 
respective  states  by  official  or  private  subscrip- 
tion raise  a  similar  amount  The  sum  of 
$3,000,000  is  authorized  to  be  expended  before 
July  1,  1920,  and  $2,000,000  is  made  available 
for  ihe  following  year.  One-fifth  of  this  amount 
may  be  expended  to  collect  and  spread  infor- 
mation regarding  the  care  and  treatment  of 
drug  addicts.  Any  hospital  equipment  held  by 
the  army  and  navy  which  is  not  in  use  is  to  be 
transferred  to  the  Treasury  Department  for  the 
use  of  drug  addicts.  The  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  is  charged  with  the  enforcement  of 
the  act. 


French   and    American    Physicians.— It    has 

been  announced  in  Le  Temps  that  an  organiza- 
tion has  been  formed  for  the  purpose  of  estab- 
lishing permanent  relations  between  American 
and  French  physicians  and  surgeons.  Commis- 
sions have  been  appointed  to  take  charge  of  the 
establishment  of  a  course  of  teaching  for  Ameri- 
can physicians  visiting  France,  to  found  a  bu- 
reau of  information  and  to  examine  into  means 
of  organizing  an  exchange  of  articles  on  medi- 
cal and  surgical  subjects  between  the  Journals 
of  the  United  States  and  France. 


Fighting  Typhas  In  Serbia.— The  American 
Red  Cross  has  appropriated  $65,000  to  enable 
the  American  Women's  Hospital  Association  to 
send  a  mobile  hospital  unit  to  Serbia  for  relief 
work  in  connection  with  typhus  and  other  epi- 
demics. Of  this  amount  $25,000  Is  a  cash  dona- 
tion, the  balance  representing  supplies  to  be 
provided   from  existing  stocks  in  Europe. 


The  Women's  Contrlbatlons.- Surgical  dress- 
ings to  the  number  of  300,896,071  and  valued  at 
$13,922,292  have  been  turned  out  by  the  vol- 
unteer women  workers  in  Red  Cross  Chapters 
in  the  United  States  during  the  eighteen  months 
preceding  January,  1919.  They  also  produced 
29,422,390  hospital  garments  and  supplies, 
valued  at  $26,818,943.  The  total  value  of  the 
work  of  the  8,000,000  women  volunteers  is 
placed  at  $81,499,997. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


DEC  ?0  1919' 


HMERlCafrMEDlGINE 

PUBLISHED   MONTHLY 
B4ll«*rUl>OfflM«t    18  BmI  41  at  St..  Ifvw  T«rli  City.         PabliMtUa  Offi««««    189  C*I1«««  St..  B«rila«t«a.  Tt. 


OmBpM*  StriM,    Tol.  ZZY.  No.  11 
N«w  8MfM.  Yok  XJV.    No.  11 


NOVEMBER,  1919 


52  nn  YEAiLT 


CONTENTS 


BDITORL/UU    COMMBMT     088 

MBit    AND  THINGS    888 

ORIGINAL    ARTICLB8     898 

RATIONAL    ORGANOTHBRAPT     781 

BY-WAYS    AND    HIGH-WAYS     7SS 

BTIOLOGY   AND   DIAGNOSIS    788 

TRBATBIBNT 788 

GBNBRAL    TOPICS     748 

NBW8  N(»TBS  AND  ANNOUNCBMBNTS 741 

(OOBtla88d  88  PMr8  •) 


CONTRIBUTORS 


G.  FRABTK   LYDSTON,  M.  D^  and   ML  J.   LATI- 
MER. M.  Dn  Cbicaso,  IlL 

A.  B.  VIPOND.  M.  D..  Montreal.  P.  Q. 
H.  LAVE80N,  M.  D..  New  York  City. 
W.  H.  RAND.  M.  D..  Washington,  D.  C. 

B.  8.  GOODHUB,  M.  D..  LL.  D..  PukOO-MolQjcal. 

Hawaii. 
GBORGB  M.  GOULD.  M.  D..  Atlantic  City,  N.  J. 
R.  G.  BOWMAN.  New  York  City. 
PBRRY  MARSHALL.  M.  D..  New  Salem.  Mass. 
D.  H.  GALLOWAY.-  Ph.  G..  M.  D..  Roswell.  N.  1& 
^V.  B.  KONKLB.  M.  D..  Montoursville.  Pa. 
CLARA  LOUISB   CARLBTON. 


laltrti  M  MMBd-tlMt  MlUr  Juvaif  ».  1908.  ■!  Um  PmI  OSm  ■!  BwUsfWa.  VL.  osdmr  Art  of  CongreM.  March  t.  IKTB. 


Hand 

Disinfection 

can  be  easily  and 
eonrenleiitly  aeeomplished  b j  the 
nse  fd 

SYNOL  SOAP 

This  efficient  liquid  soap  en- 
ables the  physician  and  surgeon  to 
cleanse  and  disinfect  the  hands 
Mth  gratifying  freedom  from  the 
irritating  effects  of  caustic  soaps 
and  antiseptics.  It  is  particularly 
serviceable  to  those  who  haye  to 
deanse  the  hands  many  times  each 
day.  Inyaluable  in  the  office,  op- 
erating room  and  sick  chamber* 

ANTISEPTIC- 
CLEANSING— 

DEODORANT 


(jxXv^vkfv\/^^^ 


So  many  cases  ot 

Pruritus,  Chafiiig^ 
and  Irritations 

ars  reKeved  by  applying 

K-Y  Lubricating  Jellj 

that  we  feel  we  owe  it  to  our  patrona  to 
direct  their  attention  to  the  usefulnesa 
of  thia  product  as  a  local  application^ 
as  Will  as  for  aurgical  lubrication. 

No  claim  ia  made  that  K-Y  Lubricate 
ing  Jelly  will  act  with  equal  efficiency  in 
every  case;  but  you  will  secure  such 
excellent  results  in  the  majority  of 
instancea  that  we  believe  you  will  coa» 
tinue  its  use  as  a  matter  of  course. 

NO  GREASE  TO  SOIL  THE  CLOTHINGI 
CoBapsibli  ivbsSf  25c.  SampUs  on  rsfmsL 


nmw  Bnuiswlek,  N.  J. 


U.S.  A. 


(l^yC4l4CMA|i^^ 


N.J. 


Digitized  by 


U.8.A. 


Google 


Pneumonia  Phykcogen 

ID  the  treatment  of 

Influenza 


DURING  die  winter  of  1916-19  Pneumonia  Phylacogen 
was  extensively  used  in  influenza  for  die  prevention 
and  treatment  of  the  complicating  pneumonia.    It  had  a  . 
pronounced  effect,  not  only  in  the  pneumonic  cases»  but 
also  in  cutting  short  the  influenauJ  attack. 

In  one  large  city  it  became  a  routine  measure  to  treat 
all  influenza  casesb  on  the  first  visit»  with  Pneumonia  Phy- 
lacogen.  Not  only  did  improvement  follow,  but  in  a  great 
minority  of  the  cases  pneumonia  did  not  develop. 

Tedmiqae 

Administer  at  once  one  mil  (Cc)  of  F^eumonia  Phylao 
ogen,  the  second  day  give  two  mils,  the  third  day  three 
mils,  and  so  on,  as  a  preventive  of  pneumonia  and  to  check 
the  influenza.  Do  not  allow  more  than  24  hours  to  elapse 
between  doses.  In  some  cases  the  interval  should  be 
shortened  to  12  hours,  or  even  to  8  hours  in  severe  cases. 

Bio,  605.    BoUm  of  10  milt,  one  ia  a  peckaga 
Bio.  607.    Bulbs  of  I  mi],  five  ia  a  package. 

Parke,  Davis  &  Company 

DETROIT 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Medicine 


H.  £DWIN  LEWIS.  M.  D.,  Manrnging  Editor 

PUBUSHBD  MORTHLT  BT  THK  AVXBIOAH  MlDIOAL  PUBUBHIRG  COMPANT 

Cosjriffhtod  b7  the  Ameiiean  Medical  PabliBbinff  Co..  1019 


lEA  8.  WILB,  Associate  Editot 


Complete  Series,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  11 
New  Series,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  11 


NOVEMBER,  1919 


to  €^      YEARLY 
9^.UU     In  Advance 


Two  New  Organisms.^— The  necessity 
for  discovering  the  etiologic  factors  of  dis- 
ease as  the  basis  of  rational  prophylaxis 
and  therapeusis  is  constantly  being  empha- 
sized ;  and  the  growth  in  our  knowledge  of 
the  causation  of  disease  is  due  largely  to 
the  impetus  growing  out  of  this  need.  With- 
in the  past  generation  the  bacterial  origin 
of  disease  has  been  developed  more  com- 
pletely than  during  any  century  since  the 
beginning  of  time.  The  foundation  studies 
of  Pasteur  and  Koch  have  been  built  upon 
by  numerous  investigators  who  have  suc- 
ceeded in  unraveling  many  of  the  secrets 
of  affliction,  thus  making  possible  a  stronger 
defence  of  mankind  against  bacterial  inva- 
sion. 

Recently  Surgeon  Edward  Francis,  of 
the  United  Public  Health  Service,  has  de- 
termined the  bacterium  tularense,  first  iso- 
lated by  McCoy  and  Chapin,  as  the  causa- 
tive agent  of  "deer-fly  fever."  This  con- 
dition is  not  widely  spread  and  practically 
all  of  the  cases  reported  have  occurred  in 
Utah,  most  particularly  in  Millard  County. 

The  disease  itself  is  comparatively  new, 
the  first  fatal  case  having  been  noted  in 
1919,  tho  its  existence  has  been  known 
since  1917.  As  far  as  is  known  the  infec- 
tion develops  from  a  fly  bite,  as  the  result 
of  which  neighboring  lymph  glands  become 
swollen  and  inflamed  and  usually  sup- 
purate. A  fever  of  a  septic  type  ensues, 
lasting  from  three  to  six  weeks.    Tho  symp- 


toms appear  to  be  most  severe  and  threat- 
ening, the  prognosis  is  favorable. 

It  is  probable  that  the  bacterium  tula- 
reuse  is  spread  thru  the  medium  of  rodents 
in  which  it  causes  a  plague-like  disease.  In- 
formation is  still  lacking  as  to  the  mode  of 
communication  to  human  beings,  nor  is 
there  knowledge  concerning  the  degree  to 
which  "deer-fly  fever"  exists  in  other  sec- 
tions of  the  country. 

The  relation  of  insects  to  the  spread  of 
disease  is  assuming  increased  importance. 
The  fly,  the  mosquito,  the  body  louse  and 
the  tsetse-fly  are  responsible  for  tremen- 
dous losses  in  life  and  for  even  greater 
amounts  of  invalidity  and  social  and  eco- 
nomic distress. 

The  role  of  the  mosquito  in  the  causa- 
tion of  malaria  and  yellow  fever  is  well 
known.  While  discovery  of  the  Plasmodium 
gave  complete  information  regarding  the 
etiology  of  malaria,  the  mode  of  transmis- 
sion was  not  determined  until  many  years 
later.  In  the  case  of  yellow  fever,  how- 
ever, the  growth  of  knowledge  has  been 
reversed  and  the  Stegomyia  has  long  been 
held  guilty  as  the  disseminating  agent  of 
the  readily  controllable  disease.  The  actual 
invading  agent  has  eluded  the  laboratory 
workers  for  many  years,  altho  several  or- 
ganisms have  been  described  as  the  respon- 
sible cause  of  the  disease.  Recently  Nogu- 
chi  has  recovered  an  organism  to  which 
has  been  given  the  name  leptospira  icte- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


684 


November,  1919 


EDITORIAL.  COMMENT 


Ambhican  Medicins 


roidcs,  which  promises  to  satisfy  all  of 
Koch's  postulates.  If  this  new  organism, 
upon  further  investigation,  proves  to  be  the 
actual  origin  of  yellow  fever,  the  possibility 
of  a  vaccinal  treatment  will  add  to  our 
method  of  cure.  Under  these  circumstances 
the  entire  life  history  of  yellow  fever,  con- 
sidered as  an  epidemic,  will  have  been 
worked  out  successfully  and  another  pre- 
ventable disease  will  be  placed  with  greater 
definiteness  in  the  category  of  curable  dis- 
eases. 

The  far-reaching  importance  of  the  dis- 
covery of  new  microorganisms  is  attested 
in  the  prompt  application  of  present  day 
knowledge  concerning  active  and  passive 
immunity  in  securing  a  mastery  over  the 
agencies  of  disease.  The  greatest  develop- 
ments of  the  past  decade  have  been  based 
upon  the  knowledge  of  the  habits,  method 
of  growth  and  dissemination  of  microscopic 
animals  and  plants  pathogenic  to  man. 

The  magnificent  results  of  medicine  in 
connection  with  warfare,  may  be  attributed 
to  the  patient  researches  of  innumerable 
workers,  whose  enthusiasm  and  interests 
have  led  them  to  find  man's  invisible  foes. 
From  the  assault  upon  tuberculosis  to  the 
victory  over  trench  fever,  the  leaders  have 
been  those  wielders  of  test  tubes  and  Petri 
plates,  versed  in  the  law  of  bacteriology, 
serology  and  immunology.  The  Accom- 
plishments of  present  day  discoverers  are 
due  to  the  progressive  advances  of  labora- 
tory science  and  their  prompt  testing  in  clin- 
ical medicine.  Francis  and  Noguchi  achieve 
the  triumphs  of  discovery  by  virtue  of  their 
own  capabilities  and  their  successful  build- 
ing upon  the  accumulated  data  of  the  past 
generation.  Their  work,  however,  will  be 
tested  in  the  realm  of  general  experience 
and  their  revelations  will  become  valuable 
thru  the  observations  and  controlled  appli- 
cations of  the  medical  profession. 


A  Minutry  of  Health.— On  July  1,  1919, 
the  English  Ministry  of  Health  Act  went 
into  effect.  The  first  Minister  of  Health  is 
Dr.  Christopher  Addison,  who  brings  to 
the  office  a  vast  amount  of  experience 
gleaned  from  service  in  high  office.  He  has 
served  as  a  Parliamentary  Secretary  of  the 
Board  of  Education  and  the  Board  of  Mu- 
nitions. Since  1917  he  has  acted  as  Min- 
ister in  charge  of  Reconstruction.  In  ad- 
dition his  medical  training  has  had  a  wide 
scope  of  effectiveness  as  a  lecturer,  a  writer, 
a  publicist  and  teacher.  By  training  and 
the  practical  test  of  experience  he  is  ade- 
quately fitted  to  assume  the  important  du- 
ties with  which  he  is  now  charged. 

The  general  powers  of  the  Minister  of 
Health  are  thus  defined  in  the  Act  as 
printed  in  Public  Health  Reports,  October 
10,  1919.  "It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Min- 
ister, in  the  exercise  and  performance  of 
any  powers  and  duties  transferred  to  or 
conferred  upon  him  by  or  in  pursuance  of 
this  Act,  to  take  all  such  steps  as  may  be 
desirable  to  secure  the  preparation,  effective 
carrying  out  and  coordination  of  measures 
conducive  to  the  health  of  the  people,  in- 
cluding measures  for  the  prevention  and 
cure  of  diseases,  the  avoidance  of  fraud  in 
connection  with  alleged  remedies  therefor, 
the  treatment  of  physical  and  mental  de- 
fects, the  treatment  and  care  of  the  blind, 
the  initiation  and  direction  of  research,  the' 
collection,  preparation,  publication  and  dis- 
semination of  information  and  statistics 
relating  thereto  and  the  training  of  persons 
for  health  services." 

The  significance  of  the  new  Ministry  of 
Health  may  be  appreciated  from  the  fact 
that  there  are  transferred  to  it  all  the  pow- 
ers and  duties  of  the  Local  Government 
Board,  the  Insurance  Commissioners  and 
the  powers  of  the  Board  of  Education,  with 
respect  to  attending  to  the  health  of  ex- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN    MBDXCINB 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


November,  1919 


685 


pectant  mothers,  nurslings  and  children 
under  the  school  age,  as  well  as  medical 
inspection  of  school  children.  He  is 
charged  with  the  administration  of  the  Mid- 
wives  Acts  and  the  Children's  Act  of  1908. 
His  jurisdiction  includes  also  Wales  and 
Ireland. 

This  step  in  the  unification  of  medical 
functions  under  national  auspices  is  the 
most  important  administrative  step  that  has 
been  taken  in  many  years.  Its  importance 
cannot  be  overestimated  and  the  results  to 
be  attained  will  justify  its  existence.  The 
value  of  nationalization  of  procedure  under 
a  single  administrative  head  is  recognized 
in  the  United  States,  where  health  functions 
are  so  widely  distributed  among  the  various 
states  and  several  departments  of  the  gov- 
ernment. 

There  has  been  considerable  agitation 
for  the  establishment  of  a  Federal  Depart- 
ment of  Health,  with  a  Secretary  in  the 
Cabinet,  but  this  seems  to  be  remote,  inso- 
far as  its  accomplishment  is  concerned.  The 
necessity  for  a  Cabinet  officer  is  not  on  a 
parity  with  a  necessity  for  a  single  effective 
administrative  organization  to  inaugurate, 
supervise  and  control  the  administrative 
measures  suitable  for  the  maintenance  and 
protection  of  public  health. 

At  the  present  time  various  health  func- 
tions are  distributed  among  the  departments 
of  the  Treasury,  Interior,  Labor  and  Agri- 
culture, together  with  the  unusual  power 
granted  to  the  War  Department,  the  Navy 
and,  indeed,  to  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission  and  Congress  itself.  Added  to 
these  diverse  departmental  influences  are 
the  numerous  powers  and  duties  of  the 
State  Departments  of  Health  thruout  the 
country.  It  is  patent  to  any  administrator 
that  complete  harmony  cannot  be  secured 
without  the  establishment  of  a  consolidated 


department  to  deal  with  the  problem  of 
health. 

Public  health  in  the  United  States  has 
made  remarkable  progress,  but  its  fullest 
development  is  hampered  by  reason  of  the 
divided  responsibility  manifest  in  health 
administration  thru  all  too  numerous  chan- 
nels. The  English  government  has  set  an 
example  in  administration  which  merits  the 
flattery  of  imitation.  The  United  States 
needs  a  unified  ministry  of  health  under 
national  auspices. 

Whether  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service  should  be  expanded  so  as  to  be- 
come the  center  of  national  health  func- 
tions is  worthy  of  investigation  and  con- 
sideration. Its  peculiar  position  of  ac- 
tivity during  epidemics  and  calamities  has 
resulted  in  wealth  of  confidence  in  its  ability, 
sanity  and  thoroness.  The  general  public 
believes  in  it  and  trusts  it  implicitly.  The 
wide  range  of  activities  entrusted  to  it  is 
indicative  of  its  potentiality  for  larger  serv- 
ice. 

As  Lee  K.  Frankel,  President  of  the 
American  Public  Health  Association,  prop- 
erly suggests,  it  is  time  that  steps  were 
taken  to  build  up  a  coordinated  and  har- 
monized health  organization  for  the  coun- 
try. Thus  only  can  there  be  avoided  the 
waste  in  effort,  money  and  effects  that  are 
constantly  handicapping  public  health  serv- 
ice. 

If  there  is  no  place  for  a  Minster  of 
Health,  there  is  ample  need  for  an  admin- 
istration of  health  activities  by  a  single  or- 
ganization that  will  reach  and  affect  every 
portion  of  the  United  States. 


A  Promising  Gift.— The  General  Edu- 
cational Board  of  the  Rockefeller  Founda- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


686 


November,  1919 


EDITORIAL.   CX>MMENT 


American  Mboicine 


tion  has  announced  a  gift  of  twenty  mil- 
lion dollars,  the  income  of  which  is  "To 
be  currently  used,  and  the  entire  principal 
to  be  distributed  within  fifty  years,  for  the 
improvement  of  medical  education  in  the 
United  States." 

The  purpose  of  the  fund  is  to  build  up 
worthy  medical  schools  by  improving  their 
clinical  resources,  raising  salaries  and  mak- 
ing such  provision  as  may  be  necessary  to 
raise  the  standard  of  medical  education  in 
this  country.  The  effectiveness  of  this  gift 
will  be  reflected  in  the  improvement  in  edu- 
cational facilities  and  in  the  type  of  physi- 
cians to  be  developed  by  mean^  of  it. 

A  war  experience  pointed  out  numerous 
short-comings  in  our  medical  education  and 
created  numerous  standards  for  evaluating 
our  traditional  system  of  medical  training. 
The  necessity  of  securing  an  ample  supply 
of  highly  trained  and  efficient  physicians 
capable  of  coping  with  problems  of  public 
health  and  sanitation,  revealed  some  degree 
of  our  weakness.  Public  health  work  has 
been  advancing  particularly  in  attacking 
epidemic  diseases,  tuberculosis,  cancer,  men- 
tal diseases,  industrial  and  occupational  dis- 
eases, but  none  the  less  medical  schools 
have  given  inadequate  attention  to  these 
fields  of  medicine  to  provide  a  sufficient 
corps  of  trained  workers.  It  is  for  this 
reason  that  one  finds  an  increased  interest 
in  medical  problems  on  the  part  of  social 
workers,  nurses,  psychologists,  engineers 
and  sanitarians. 

The  fact  that  large  portions  of  the  pub- 
lic health  field  will  be  split  oflF  from  the 
general  fold  of  medicine  unless  medical 
colleges  make  the  necessary  alterations  in 
the  curriculum  to  provide  capable  men  and 
women,  trained  to  take  up  those  phases  of 
public  health,  claims  increasing  attention. 


The  sociologic  aspects  of  medicuie  may 

not  appeal  to  the  profession  at  large,  but 
the  possibilities  of  growth  and  development 
in  this  direction  are  far  greater  than  have 
been  appreciated.  If  the  medical  profes- 
sion rejects  its  present  growing  opportuni- 
ties it  will  be  because  of  the  failure  of  our 
medical  institutions  to  appreciate  the  prob- 
lems of  the  future  or  their  unwillingness  to 
alter  their  present  plans  so  as  to  adapt  their 
educational  methods  and  subject  matter  to 
the  demands  of  the  coming  generation. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  vision  which 
gave  rise  to  the  gift  of  twenty  million  dol- 
lars will  affect  those  responsible  for  the 
advancement  of  medical  education.  If 
grants  are  made  to  institutions  that  will 
widen  the  calibre  of  their  training  and  will 
organize  their  teaching  staff  on  the  basis 
of  full-time  professorships,  with  full  clin- 
ical opportunities,  and  daily  contact  with 
living  problems,  it  is  safe  to  say  that  the 
educational  conscience  will  be  stimulated  in 
no  uncertain  way. 

The  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Teaching,  in  its  reports  on 
medical  education  conferred  untold  benefits 
upon  our  colleges  and  led  to  numerous 
reconstructions  and  gains  in  medical  edu- 
cation. The  Rockefeller  Foundation  has 
similarly  given  the  profession  and  the  pub- 
lic the  benefit  of  its  advice,  counsel  and  ex- 
ample in  various  ways.  One  need  but  refer 
to  its  accomplishments  in  attacking  hook- 
worm, tuberculosis ;  its  efforts  in  behalf  of 
social  hygiene  and  mental  hygiene;  its  as- 
sistance to  medical  colleges  in  Baltimore 
and  St.  Louis,  and  its  organization  of  a 
modern  medical  plant  in  China,  as  well  as 
its  establishment  of  that  most  excellent  Re- 
search Laboratory,  the  Rockefeller  Insti- 
tute. With  the  support  and  cooperation  of 
these  large  Foundations,  medical  practice 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


November,  1919 


687 


and  research  have  received  a  tremendous 
impetus.  This  fact  is  but  another  evidence 
of  the  intelligent  recognition  of  the  funda- 
mental value  of  sound  medical  training,  as 
a  pre-requisite  for  a  high  standard  of  med- 
ical practice. 

The  gift  has  been  made,  but  its  results 
belong  to  the  future.  The  main  element 
in  its  widest  usefulness  lies  in  the  broaden- 
ing of  the  sympathies  and  understanding 
of  our  medical  colleges  with  the  aims  and 
purposes  of  the  medicine  of  the  future. 
There  may  be  fewer  institutions,  but  they 
will  be  of  a  grade  commensurate  with  the 
seriousness,  dignity  and  responsibility  of 
modem  medicine. 


Vocational  Re-education. — Thru  the 
passage  of  the  Smith-Bankhead  Bill  a  par- 
tial enactment  for  the  relief  of  persons 
disabled  in  industry  or  otherwise  has  been 
effected.  This  legislation  provides  for  an 
extension  of  the  facilities  offered  to  war 
cripples  to  secure  vocational  retraining  so 
that  equal  opportunities  may  be  granted 
all  those  maimed  in  industrial  life.  The 
permanent  casualties  of  each  year  exceed 
eleven  thousand  persons,  and  their  potential 
value  to  the  community  has  been  neglected 
because  of  the  lack  of  system  and  organiza- 
tion designed  to  rehabilitate  them  to  their 
maximum  powers.  The  gain  to  communi- 
ties thru  the  direction  of  efforts  to  increase 
the  fitness  of  the  handicapped  workers  is 
reflected  not  merely  in  economic  benefits, 
but  in  terms  of  improved  health,  renewed 
vitality,  greater  nervous  stability  and  a 
higher  degree  of  health  morale. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  bill,  as  passed  by 
Congress,  it  is  necessary  that  individual 
states  provide  dollar  for  dollar,  the  money 


granted  by  the  Federal  Government  for  the 
benefits  of  the  industrial  cripples.  The 
full  effect  of  the  new  legislation,  therefore, 
depends  upon  state  ratification  of  the  fed- 
eral scheme  thru  supplementary  legislation. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  necessary  action 
will  be  taken  and  that  vigorous  leadership 
will  assert  itself,  that  promptness  may  be 
ensured. 

There  is  always  a  danger  that  reparative 
legislation  will  interfere  with  constructive 
policies,  seeking  to  decrease  the  necessity 
of  money  grants.  Re-education  is  not  a 
substitute  for  accident,  prevention.  Voca- 
tional retraining  cannot  take  the  place  of 
workmen's  compensation  laws,  nor  can  it 
serve  as  an  argument  against  the  need  for 
health  insurance.  The  very  existence  of 
legislation  of  this  character  should  serve 
as  a  financial  argument  for  the  more  com- 
plete installation  of  safety  devices  in  in- 
dustry and  the  establishment  of  wise 
schemes  for  the  increasing  of  industrial 
safety.  The  ability  to  use  the  left  hand 
cannot  compensate  for  the  loss  of  the  right 
hand.  It  is  undoubtedly  true  that  the  hu- 
man factor  cannot  be  removed  by  legisla- 
tion and  in  consequence  accidents  will  con- 
tinue while  men  work.  Because  of  this 
new  possibility  of  restoring  the  handicapped 
to  positions  of  independence  and  self-sus- 
tenance, it  represents  a  gain  to  social  action. 

The  functions  of  hospitals  in  securing 
the  complete  restoration  of  those  cared  for 
by  reason  of  injuries  should  include  not 
merely  physical  restoration  to  health,  but 
functional  restoration.  Hitherto  resources 
and  facilities  have  been  inadequate,  but 
under  the  new  law  their  efforts  may  be 
properly  supplemented  to  accomplish  the 
desired  results.  For  this  reason  the  inter- 
est of  physicians,  particularly  industrial 
physicians,  should  be   enlisted  to  the  end 


Digitized  by 


Google 


688 


NOVEMBBR,  1919 


BDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


American  Mkdiciks 


that  State  laws  may  be  enacted  to  make  pos- 
sible in  every  state  the  application  of  the 
provision  for  vocational  rehabilitation  with 
state  and  federal  assistance.  Recognizing 
the  importance  of  this  measure  the  medical 
profession,  thru  its  county  and  state  so- 
cieties, might  well  adopt  resolutions  calling 
upon  their  respective  legislatures  to  facili- 
tate the  passage  of  the  law,  making  possible 
this  wider  plan  of  educational  re-education 
in  the  interest  of  social,  moral,  economic 
and  physical  health. 


SUte  Health  Centers.— H.  Chamberlin 
in  Modern  Medicine,  October,  1919,  dis- 
cusses The  University  of  Iowa  as  the  State 
Medical  Center.  According  to  his  descrip- 
tion the  University  Hospital  has  become 
the  health  center  for  the  entire  state.  A 
Child  Welfare  Research  Station,  a  Dental 
Infirmary  and  a  Bacteriological  Station  are 
included  in  this  center  for  the  purpose  of 
investigation  into  and  the  application  of 
the  various  principles  essential  for  the  ra- 
tional development  of  preventive  arid  cura- 
tive medicine.  Under  the  state  law  indi- 
gent patients  are  accepted  at  the  hospital 
and  cared  for  at  the  expense  of  the  state. 
The  faculty  of  the  medical  college  serves 
as  the  medium  of  extending  health  educa- 
tion among  the  people  of  the  state,  thru 
personal  efforts  and  the  use  of  pamphlets 
and  bulletins.  Particular  effort  is  to  be 
devoted  to  rural  sanitation  and  hygiene, 
with  emphasis  upon  the  prenatal  care  of 
the  mothers,  the  nutrition  of  children,  the 
correction  of  deformities  and  the  stimula- 
tion of  education. 

This  step  in  the  utilization  of  large  and 
established  medical  institutions  under  state 
auspices  is  a  distinct  advance  in  health  ad- 


ministration. Every  state  hospital  might 
well  become  a  center  from  which  a  variety 
of  attacks  could  be  made  upon  communal 
health  problems.  Colleges  which  exist  by 
reason  of  state  charters,  should  serve  the 
entire  state  as  well  as  satisfy  local  needs 
or  provide  a  place  of  training  for  a  limited 
number  of  individuals.  State  Agricultural 
Colleges  have  set  a  pattern  as  to  the  manner 
and  extent  to  which  facilities  may  be  af- 
forded to  all  sections  of  a  state. 

Recent  developments  in  health  methods, 
worked  out  particularly  in  connection  with 
conditions  that  arose  during  the  war,  have 
demonstrated  the  possibilities  and  advan- 
tages of  a  far  richer  organization  for  the 
control  and  supervision  of  conditions  hos- 
tile to  public  health.  The  use  of  mobile 
ambulance  units,  traveling  dispensaries, 
itinerant  lecturers  and  health  councils  have 
justified  their  further  employment  in  con- 
nection with  the  establishment  of  fixed 
centers  for  health  activities..  With  the  in- 
creasing employment  of  public  health  nurses 
and  the  improvement  of  transportation 
facilities,  it  is  possible  to  make  the  hos- 
pitals function  more  vigorously  and  more 
effectively  than  has  been  the  practice  of 
the  past. 

With  a  full  time  teaching  staff  in  our 
medical  colleges,  possessing  their  own  hos- 
pitals, there  is  a  wealth  of  opportunity  for 
raising  the  educational  standards  of  the 
state,  so  as  to  provide  for  a  higher  degree 
of  intelligence  upon  the  problems  of  health. 
If  to  this  possibility  be  added  a  system  for 
bringing  into  contact  with  hospital  facili- 
ties the  large  number  of  persons  having 
need  of  them,  a  tremendous  gain  will  have 
been  achieved. 

The  form  of  organization  employed  in 
military  work,  based  upon  Base  Hospitals, 
Evacuation  Hospitals  and  First  Aid  Sta- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMSRIGAN   ICSDXOINB 


EDITORIAL.   COMlfBNT 


October,  1919 


689 


tions,  supplies  a  type  readily  adaptable  to 
the  peace  needs  of  medical  administration 
in  times  of  ordinary  living.  There  has  been 
much  loss  of  effectiveness  and  much  waste- 
fulness and  extravagance  due  to  the  failure 
to  coordinate  hospital  and  dispensary  facili- 
ties in  one  harmonious  plan.  Some  sec- 
tions of  a  state  will  abound  in  hospitals, 
while  large  areas  are  lacking  in  essential 
and  necessary  aids  to  medical  welfare. 
Certain  diseases  are  amply  provided  for, 
while  other  conditions  are  woefully  lacking 
in  the  requisite  facilities  for  their  care  and 
control.  Emergencies  are  provided  for 
under  private  auspices  in  many  industries, 
while  other  industries  employing  fewer 
workers  are  lamentably  weak  in  provisions 
for  emergent  cases. 

The  development  of  group  diagnosis, 

specialized  clinics,  health  classes,  convales- 
cent homes,  and  the  growing  emphasis 
placed  on  mental  hygiene,  occupational  ther- 
apy and  vocational  re-education  indicate  a 
portion  of  the  newer  developments  in  public 
health  medicine,  requiring  coordination  and 
unification  in  order  to  achieve  the  maximum 
benefits. 

If  state  institutions  could  serve  as  the 
basic  centers,  around  which  might  be  or- 
ganized all  health  movements,  an  incalcu- 
lable gain  would  be  affected.  A  single 
scheme  or  program  is  becoming  imperative. 
Whether  the  Iowa  plan  is  the  one  best  fitted 
to  effect  the  needs  of  the  various  states  or 
not,  is  a  question  for  further  investigation. 
It  is  highly  suggestive,  however,  and  com- 
mends itself  to  all  interested  in  improving 
the  health  and  welfare  of  the  country.  Or- 
ganization along  this  line  would  in  no  wise 
interfere  with  the  growth  of  a  further  cen- 
tralization of  public  health  affairs,  while 
it  would  offer  a  splendid  opportunity  for 


the  stabilizing  of  preventive  methods  and 
of  perfecting  them  for  the  greater  advan- 
tage of  urban  and  rural  population,  regard- 
less of  distinctions  or  social  and  economic 
status. 


Infant  Mortality  and  the  Social  Status. 

— Knowledge  concerning  the  causes  of  in- 
fant mortality  continues  to  increase  and 
additional  data  appear  to  corroborate  the 
importance  of  an  adequate  income  as  a 
factor  in  lowering  the  infant  mortality  rate. 
The  recent  Bulletin  of  the  Children's  Bu- 
reau (;JPublicaiion,  No.  52)  deals  with  in- 
fant mortality,  considered  in  the  light  of 
an  investigation  of  the  births  during  one 
year  in  Saginaw,  Michigan.  This  study  is 
of  particular  interest  because  the  families 
included  had  a  higher  economic  status  than 
those  in  other  cities  studied  and  reported 
upon  by  the  Bureau.  Three-quarters  of 
the  population  were  native  and  there  were 
few  recent  immigrants  among  the  foreign 
born  residents. 

The  births  during  the  year  ending  No- 
vember 30,  1913,  formed  the  basis  for  the 
study,  thus  making  the  period  one  unin- 
fluenced by  the  effects  of  war,  or  the  con- 
gestion or  pressure  incident  to  military  and 
industrial  changes.  The  mortality  rate  of 
84.6  was  comparatively  low,  tho  there  were 
marked  variations  between  the  section  of 
the  city  with  good  sanitation  and  high  eco- 
nomic standard  of  the  residents,  as  com- 
pared with  a  less  fortunate  area.  For  ex- 
ample, the  rate  on  the  east  side  was  only 
67.5  compared  with  106.2  for  the  west  side. 

Three-quarters  of  the  births  studied  were 
to  native  mothers  and  the  infant  mortality 
rate  was  only  70.5,  while  for  the  infants 
of  foreign  mothers  it  was  127.6.     Of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


690 


NOVKMBER,  1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


Ammican  Mk»icins 


total  births  92.6  per  cent,  were  to  English- 
speaking  mothers. 

The  mortality  rate  among  breast  fed  in- 
fants was  approximately  one-half  the  rate 
that  was  found  among  artificially  fed  in- 
fants. This,  of  course,  is  a  constant  finding 
in  every  investigation  of  this  character.  The 
economic  influences  are  particularly  notice- 
able in  the  consideration  of  the  fathers' 
earnings.  The  highest  mortality  rate,  179.5, 
was  found  among  the  infants  whose  fathers 
were  in  the  lowest  earnings  group,  $450. 
There  is  a  marked  contrast  in  the  infant 
death  rate  for  the  group  of  births  in  fam- 
ilies where  the  father  earned  under  $850 
(116.4),  and  the  group  where  the  paternal 
earnings  were  over  $850  (33.9).  This 
fact  is  of  importance  in  studying  the  prob- 
lems of  nativity,  because  a  larger  proportion 
of  the  infants  of  foreign  bom  mothers  were 
in  the  low  earnings  group. 

It  is  significant  insofar  as  treatment  is 
concerned,  that  over  one-half  of  the  infant 
mortality  consisted  of  still  births  and  deaths 
under  two  weeks  of  age.  Prenatal  causes 
were  responsible  for  over  two-third&  of  the 
total  infant  deaths. 

The  Urgent  Necessity  for  Birth  Regis- 
tration.— ^The  conclusions  of  the  investi- 
gators emphasize  the  necessity  for  complete 
and  prompt  birth  registration,  the  introduc- 
tion of  adequate  prenatal  care  and  the  ex- 
tension of  instructive  public  health  nursing 
during  pregnancy,  the  puerperium  and  in- 
fancy. The  local  problems  involve  an  im- 
provement of  municipal  sanitation  as  ap- 
plied to  the  water  and  milk  supply,  the  col- 
lection and  disposal  of  refuse  and  garbage, 
an  improved  housing  code  and  the  abolition 
of  yard  privies,  except  in  the  distinctly 
rural  sections.  Attention  is  drawn  to  the 
necessity  for  a  well  paid,  full  time  health 


officer,  supported  by  a  sufficiently  large 
health  crops  of  full  time  assistants  with 
adequate  compensation. 

It  is  patent  that  the  suggestions  are  by 
no  means  radical  and  simply  include  those 
measures  which  experience  has  demon- 
strated to  be  effective  in  bettering  the  physi- 
cal environment  of  the  people  and  of  assist- 
ing in  combating  ignorance.  It  is  interest- 
ing to  note  that  the  bulk  of  the  mortality 
was  due  to  prenatal  care  as  of  the  max- 
imum importance  in  counteracting  this 
large  part  of  the  infant  death  rate. 

There  is  a  question  for  investigation  in 
the  fact  that  still  births  were  proportion- 
ately far  more  numerous  among  foreign 
bora  mothers,  than  among  native  mothers, 
while  the  general  infant  mortality  rate  was 
forty  per  cent,  lower  among  the  children 
of  native  mothers  than  of  foreign  born 
mothers.  It  is  equally  striking  that  the 
infant  mortality  rate  in  families  who  own 
their  homes  was  considerably  lower  than 
in  the  families  where  the  homes  were  not 
owned.  The  industrial  problem  evidences 
itself  in  the  fact  that  the  infant  mortality 
rate  was  only  74.6  when  the  mother  was 
not  employed  in  gainful  work  during  the 
year  following  the  birth  of  her  infant  as 
compared  with  the  rate  of  154.5  of  infants 
whose  mothers  worked  during  the  year  fol- 
lowing their  birth. 

There  was  evident  no  relation  between 
still  births  and  the  earnings  of  the  father, 
tho  there  was  a  marked  decrease  in  the 
infant  mortality  rate  as  the  income  ad- 
vanced. The  extremes  are  found  in  the 
infant  mortality  rate  of  179.5  for  the  in- 
come group  earning  under  $450,  and  only 
22.2  for  the  income  group  earning  $1,250 
and  over. 

Here  again  is  obvious  the  influence  of 
poverty  with  all  its  concomitants  upon  in- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdioxnb 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


November,  1919 


691 


fant  mortality.  In  the  light  of  industrial 
unrest  and  the  efforts  of  workers  to  secure 
wage  advancement,  the  influence  of  low 
earnings  upon  the  death  rate,  particularly 
of  infants,  merits  careful  consideration.  This 
public  health  aspect  of  earnings  should 
receive  more  practical  consideration  by 
health  officials.  It  would  be  a  splendid 
advance  in  administration  policy  if,  among 
the  conclusions  of  investigators  into  the 
cause  of  death,  one  were  to  find  the  sugges- 
tion that  all  legitimate  steps  should  be 
taken  to  raise  the  standard  of  wages  in  a 
community  with  a  view  to  lessening  the 
dire  effects  of  poverty  upon  infant  mor- 
tality and  the  diseases  and  handicaps  of 
children. 


Tke  Prevention  of  Influenza. — ^Altho 
influenza  in  epidemic  form  disappeared 
from  the  country  some  time  ago,  it  is  proper 
to  inquire  as  to  the  extent  of  our  knowl- 
edge of  preventing  its  spread  in  event  of 
a  re-occurrence.  The  vast  extent  of  the 
epidemic  gave  abundant  opportunity  for 
study  and  experimentation  along  various 
lines,  but  the  sum  total  of  our  knowledge 
has  been  enriched  very  slightly. 

The  Public  Health  Committee  of  the 
New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  report- 
ing upon  methods  of  prevention  of  influ- 
enza (Medical  Record,  Mar.  29,  1919)  sum- 
marizes most  of  the  evidence  which  has 
been  gathered.  The  etiologic  factors  con- 
cerned in  the  causation  of  the  disease  ap- 
pear to  be  unknown,  and  the  view  that  the 
influenza  bacillus  alone  is  responsible  ap- 
pears to  be  untenable.  Some  unknown 
factor  or  factors,  possibly  a  filterable  virus, 
initiate  the  infection  and  are  responsible 
for  the  lowering  of  resistence,  enabling 
secondary  organisms  to  overcome  the  de- 


fensive mechanisms.  Obviously,  until  the 
X-factor  is  determined,  a  rational  system 
of  prevention  is  impossible. 

While  there  is  a  strong  probability  that 
droplet  infection  plays  a  role  in  the  propa- 
gation of  the  disease,  experiments  serve  to 
indicate  that  some  unknown  factor  is  also 
concerned,  thus  accounting  for  the  rapidity 
of  spread  of  the  epidemic  in  communities 
less  sparsely  populated  and  where  closeness 
of  contact  is  apparently  a  less  important 
factor.  While  direct  infection  undoubtedly 
is  a  factor,  a  cofnplete  description  of  the 
modes  of  dissemination  becomes  impossi- 
ble until  the  causative  agencies  are  entirely 
known.  An  astonishing  and  discouraging 
fact  is  found  in  the  incidence  of  the  infec- 
tion among  the  strong  and  vigorous,  as 
well  as  among  those  undernourished  and 
enervated. 

According  to  the  report,  a  relative  im- 
munity is  produced  by  a  single  attack,  but 
there  is  a  great  question  as  to  whether  those 
who  suffered  most  in  the  recent  epidemic 
were  those  who  were  too  young  to  have 
had  the  disease  during  its  appearance  in 
1890,  a  matter  of  28  years  ago.  Altho  the 
largest  number  deaths  in  New  York  City 
occurred  among  persons  28  years  of  age, 
the  mortality  rate  of  all  the  groups  above 
25  years  of  age  amounted  to  61.6  per  cent, 
of  the  total  mortality.  Children  under  fif- 
teen years  of  age  constituted  only  21.2  per 
cent,  of  the  total  mortality.  It  is  obvious 
that  the  percentage  of  mortality  is  far  lowe- 
among  the  young  exposed  during  this  epi- 
demic than  among  the  large  group  who 
were  alive  at  the  time  of  the  earlier  epi- 
demic, altho  it  may  be  argued  that  these 
older  groups  had  not  been  exposed  during 
the  earlier  ravaging  epidemic.  It  can  hard- 
ly be  said  to  be  proven  "that  those  who 
suffered  most  in  the  present  epidemic  were 


DigitLzed  by 


Google 


692 


November,  1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


Amsucam  MM>innf 


persons  now  too  young  to  have  had  the 
disease  in  the  epidemic  of  1890." 

As  far  as  preventive  measures  are  con- 
cerned, they  are  of  nowise  different  char- 
acter than  the  measures  that  would  be 
adopted  for  combating  the  spread  of  any 
other  epidemic  of  infectious  diseases  not 
controllable  by  prophylactic  innoculations. 
The  avoidance  of  overcrowding,  the  pro- 
tection against  droplets,  the  general  sani- 
tary improvement  of  conditions  are  as  valu- 
able for  preventing  one  infectious  disease 
as  another.  There  are,  in  fact,  no  general 
principles  for  preventing  influenza  which 
are  not  equally  applicable  to  all  other  in- 
fectious diseases.  As  far  as  specific  pro- 
tective agencies  are  concerned,  such  as  the 
use  of  masks,  evidence  is  adequate  to  state 
positively  that  the  general  masking  of  the 
population  is  a  satisfactory  procedure.  The 
difficulties  in  this  direction  are  obvious,  but 
without  frequent  changing  and  steriliza- 
tion of  masks,  it  is  doubtful  if  their 
efficiency  warrants  their  mandatory  adop- 
tion. 

The  use  of  sprays  and  gargles  in  the  acute 
stages  as  a  means  of  cleansing  the  respira- 
tory passages  is  a  line  of  treatment  that  re- 
quires the  utmost  care.  While  material  re- 
duction of  the  bacterial  flora  of  the  nose 
and  throat  may  be  effected  by  the  use  of 
mild  antiseptic  sprays  and  gargles,  there  is 
also  the  possibility  of  lowering  the  resisting 
power  of  the  mucosa,  and  even  of  injuring 
the  mucous  membrane,  not  to  mention  the 
possible  danger  of  creating  difficulties  in  the 
Eustachian  tube  and  middle  ear  as  the  re- 
sult of  careless  methods. 

Vaccines  and  serums  are  judged  to  be 
still  in  the  experimental  stage.  It  is  be- 
lieved that  more  success  attends  efforts  at 


preventing  secondary  infections  due  to  or- 
ganisms such  as  streptococci  and  pneu- 
mococci  than  can  be  secured  thru  the  util- 
ization of  alleged  specific  vaccines  to  pre- 
vent purely  influenzal  infections. 

Thus  far  experience  has  demonstrated 
conclusively  that  rest,  promptly  secured  at 
the  first  manifestation  of  the  disease,  is  of 
the  greatest  value  in  assisting  the  disease 
to  pursue  a  mild  course  and  to  be  free  from 
devitalizing  pulmonary  complications.  This 
procedure  merits  emphasis,  not  merely  be- 
cause of  its  effects  in  connection  with  in- 
fluenza, but  because  of  its  general  appli- 
cation during  the  course  of  all  other  in- 
fectious diseases. 

In  a  sense,  protecting  the  community 
against  influenza,  as  at  present  understood, 
amounts  to  the  utilization  of  the  same  com- 
mon sense  principles  that  underlie  modem 
sanitation  and  public  health  administration. 
There  is  no  panacea  for  influenza,  nor  is 
there  any  guaranteed  method  of  safeguard- 
ing individuals  or  communities  from  its  re- 
appearance. This  is  but  another  illustra- 
tion of  the  importance  of  an  understanding 
of  the  underlying  causes  of  disease  as  a 
preliminary  to  promulgating  a  rational  pro- 
gram for  its  prevention  or  cure.  It  is  true 
that  empirically,  a  few  methods  were  dis- 
covered for  the  control  and  prevention  of 
malaria  and  syphilis,  but  even  their  rational 
application  awaited  the  discoveries  of  Lav- 
eran,  and  Schaudinn  and  Hoffman. 

Until  all  the  causative  factors  in  the  pro- 
duction of  influenza  are  revealed,  the  medi- 
cal profession  is  hampered  in  offering  a 
satisfactory  scheme  for  preventing  its  ap- 
pearance in  epidemic  form.  There  is  am- 
ple need  for  diligent  research  to  determine 
the  causation  of  so-called  epidemic  influ- 
enza. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBHICAN    MSDICINB 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


November,  1919 


693 


MEN  AND 
THINGS 


Death  of  A  WeU-known  Medical 
Editor. — It  was  with  the  deepest  sorrow 
and  regret  that  the  medical  profession  of 
the  country  learned  of  the  death  of  Dr. 
Charles  F.  Taylor,  the  well-known  editor 
of  The  Medical  World.  Few  medical  men 
could  claim  a  wider  circle  of  friends  or  a 
greater  following  among  those  of  his  own 
calling.  Earnest,  straightforward  and  well 
possessed  of  the  courage  of  his  convictions, 
Dr.  Taylor  nevertheless  had  a  gentle,  kindly 
manner  that  enabled  him  to  advance  and 
stand  by  his  honest  opinions  without  af- 
fronting or  antagonizing  those  who  held 
contrary  views.  Dr.  Taylor  was  a  clear 
and  erudite  thinker  not  only  along  lines  of 
medical  thought,  but  also  in  regard  to  so- 
ciologic,  political  and  humanitarian  prob- 
lems. He  was  always  abreast  and  often 
ahead  of  the  times,  but  never  indulged  in 
bizarre  or  ill-founded  theories.  Progress- 
ive and  broad- visioned,  he  still  was  con- 
servative and  cautious  in  his  recommenda- 
tions. In  his  community  he  was  a  faithful 
leader  who  never  shirked  a  duty  or  dodged 
an  issue.  The  good  he  did  will  long  re- 
main as  a  monument  to  his  whole-hearted 
efforts  to  help  his  fellowmen. 

Dr.  Taylor  was  best  known  to  the  medi- 
cal profession  of  the  United  States  as  the 
editor  and  publisher  of  The  Medical  World, 
a  monthly  medical  magazine  of  extensive 
circulation  and  wide  influence.  He  was 
also  a  brilliant  and  prolific  writer  on  local, 
national  and  international  governmental 
problems  and  published  many  books  and 
pamphlets  on  these  questions.  He  also  pub- 
lished a  quarterly  magazine  known  as 
Equity,  which  attracted  not  only  national, 
but  international  attention  among  public 
men  and  students  of  governmental  prob- 
lems. Dr.  Taylor's  work  as  a  publicist  was 
conducted  at  great  expense  for  what  he  con- 
sidered to  be  the  public  good  and  without 
thought  of  financial  or  other  personal  re- 
ward for  himself. 


Charles  Fremont  Taylor  was  born  at  At- 
tica, Indiana,  on  July  3,  1856.  He  gradu- 
ated from  the  Central  College  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons,  of  Indianapolis,  in  1880. 
He  practiced  medicine  in  Indiana  for  sev- 
eral years  and  then  came  to  Philadelphia 
and  established  The  Medical  World.  After 
this  publication  was  on  a  profitable  basis, 
he  gave  most  of  his  attention  to  sociologic, 
political  and  economic  subjects.  In  1892 
he  married  Estelle  Foreman,  of  Philadel- 


Db.  Chables  Fbemont  Taylob. 

phia,  who  died  in  1894.  In  1899  Dr.  Taylor 
married  Amelia  Orr  Cameron,  of  Fort 
Wayne,  Indiana,  who  survives  him. 

For  many  years  Dr.  Taylor  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Philadelphia  County  Medical  So- 
ciety, Pennsylvania  State  Medical  Society, 
the  American  Medical  Association,  the 
American  Medical  Editors'  Association  and 
the  Philadelphia  Medical  Club;  also  the 
Art  Club,  City  Club,  Trade  Press  Qub, 
Economic    Club,    American    Academy    of 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


694 


November.  1919 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


Ambbican  Medicinb 


Political  and  Social  Science  and  the-  Ethical 
Culture  Society.  He  was  a  past  president 
oi  two  of  these  organizations,  the  American 
Medical  Editors'  Association  and  the  Eco- 
nomic Club. 

In  the  death  of  Dr.  Taylor  the  people  at 
large,  as  well  as  the  medical  profession, 
have  sustained  a  great  loss.  We  shall  miss 
his  warm  handshake,  his  genial  smile  and 
the  genuine  interest  he  always  evinced  in 
the  affairs  of  his  friends  and  associates.  In 
mourning  his  passing,  tho  our  hearts  are 
sad  and  heavy,  there  is  yet  a  deep  and  abid- 
ing sense  of  gratification  in  the  recollections 
of  his  friendship.  Fortunate,  indeed,  are 
those  of  us  who  knew  the  charm  of  his 
personality  and  can  treasure  the  memory 
of  the  hours  spent  with  him.  The  world 
is  a  better  place  to  live  in  to  every  one  of  us 
who  have  been  fortunate  enough  to  have 
known  him. 


Dr.  Lorenz's  AppeaL — Recently  Gen- 
eral Sir  Frederick  Maurice,  one  of  the 
soundest  military  critics  in  Europe  and  a 
man  whose  high  position  is  a  guarantee  of 
his  patriotism,  published  an  article  appeal- 
ing for  a  more  humane  treatment  of  the  de- 
feated Germans.  He  criticized  the  "bitter- 
enders" who  persisted  in  their  truculence 
long  after  the  occasion  required  it  and  said 
their  conduct  was  like  the  conduct  of  a  man 
who  has  cut  a  snake  to  ribbons  and  then 
proceeds  angrily  to  trample  it  under  foot. 
This  article  was  vigorously  challenged  by 
several  public  organs,  and  it  is  doubtful 
whether  the  American  public  responded  to 
it  as  Sir  Frederick  had  perhaps  hoped.  Not 
so  long  ago  there  was  another  appeal  issued, 
this  time  by  Dr.  Lorenz,  of  Vienna.  It  was 
an  appeal  for  the  starving,  underfed,  and 
disease-ridden  women  and  children  of 
Europe.  The  appeal  was  directed  to  the 
public  in  general,  but  it  must  have  had  par- 
ticular significance  for  the  medical  men  of 
this  country.  Dr.  Lorenz  is  well  remem- 
bered here,  not  only  for  his  bloodless  opera- 
tion on  Lolita  Armour  some  years  ago  for 
congenital  dislocation  of  the  hip,  but  for  his 
splendid  service  to  both  humanity  and  the 
profession  thruout  his  long  and  honorable 
career.  Such  an  appeal,  coming  from  such 
a  source,  could  not  fall  upon  deaf  ears ;  and 
many  doctors  no  doubt,  wishing  at  the  same 


time  to  respond  to  a  humane  appeal  and  yet 
not  fall  short  in  their  patriotism,  must  have 
found  themselves  in  a  trying  dilemma.  On 
the  one  side,  they  were  aware  of  the  persis- 
tent and  spirited  desire  on  the  part  of  a 
large  part  of  the  public,  and  even  among 
many  leaders,  to  exact  the  last  measure  of 
punishment  from  the  defeated  enemy;  and, 
on  the  other  side,  they  were  conscious  of 
the  repeated  appeals  by  men  in  high  places 
on  the  Allies'  side  who  have  for  a  long  time 
been  pressing  for  a  generous  and  sports- 
manlike treatment  of  a  crushed  foe.  Which 
are  they  to  obey? 

Dr.  Lorenz's  appeal  adds  nothing  to  the 
information  those  who  have  been  watching 
the  current  of  events  in  Europe  already 
possess.  They  know  that  starvation  on  a 
colossal  scale  prevails  in  the  defeated  coun- 
tries. They  know  that  the  sick  are  insuffi- 
ciently provided  for  and  that  they  are  dying 
by  the  thousands.  They  know  that  mothers, 
underfed  themselves,  are  unable  to  feed 
their  young.  They  know  that  the  genera- 
tion that  will  come  to  manhood  and  woman- 
hood twenty  years  hence  will  be  a  weak, 
neurotic,  broken,  feeble  race.  The  doctors 
of  this  country  know  all  this,  and  they  know 
what  it  means  in  terms  of  race  progress. 
They  are  not  politicians,  and  their  impulse 
is  to  respond  promptly  to  avoid  the  catas- 
trophe that  threatens.  But  checking  this 
impulse  is  public  opinion,  which  recalls  the 
atrocities  which  were  laid  at  the  door  of  the 
Germans  during  the  war  and  which  is  re- 
luctant to  forgive  and  forget  so  soon.  And, 
when  it  is  pointed  out  that  a  refusal  to  help 
means  the  condemnation  to  death  and  star- 
vation of  innocent  women  and  children  who 
had  nothing  to  do  with  the  making  of  war, 
the  answer  comes  that  Germany  did  not 
consider  innocent  women  and  children  when 
she  let  loose  her  submarines  and  bomb- 
throwing  airplanes.  Such  a  contention  is 
mischievous  for  two  reasons:  first,  that  we 
are  committing  ourselves  to  a  course  of  con- 
duct which  we  condemned  in  the  Germans  ; 
and  second,  that  we  are  fighting  the  enemy 
with  his  own  weapons  long  after  the  fight- 
ing has  ceased  and  the  weapons  have  been 
discarded.  Surely,  this  resolute  purpose  to 
punish  the  Germans  for  their  sins  must  come 
to  an  end  some  time.  At  some  time  in  the 
future  the  world  will  have  to  bury  its  ani- 
mosities and  extend  a  helping  hand  to  the 
enemy's  suffering  population.    When  is  this 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


A.MBRICAN    MBDIOINB 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


November,  1919 


695 


to  be  ?  Clearly,  the  proper  time  for  forgive- 
ness is  the  end  of  hostilities,  and  in  the 
present  instance  this  is  particularly  true.  If 
Germany  had  come  out  of  the  war  unbeaten, 
if  she  remained  strong*  and  still  constituted 
a  threat  to  the  peace  of  the  world,  it  would 
be  not  only  fair  but  necessary  that  her  pun- 
ishment continue  until  she  were  rendered 
harmless.  But  Germany  is  thoroly  beaten, 
she  has  been  rendered  impotent  to  do 
further  harm,  and  she  is  burdened  with 
obligations  which  reduce  her  to  the  rank  of 
a  fourth-rate  power.  She  has  been  com- 
pletely disarmed  and  discredited.  Her  pun- 
ishment has  been  complete. 

Healing  the  Wounds  of  the  War^— It 
is  contrary  to  the  spirit  of  American  man- 
hood to  hit  an  opponent  when  he  is  down. 
It  is  particularly  repugnant  to  think  that 
the  "bitter-enders"  are  hitting  now,  not  at 
the  soldier  who  fought  against  them,  but  at 
the  women  and  children  and  the  aged  of  the 
defeated  populations.  The  desperate  ap- 
peals that  have  come  from  Germany  and 
Austria  have  not  been  for  the  men  who  have 
returned  to  civilian  life,  but  for  these  who 
suffered  themselves  during  the  war  and  who 
are  suffering  more  acutely  now.  It  is  against 
these  that  any  effort  to  perpetuate  the  bit- 
terness that  was  bred  during  the  war  is  be- 
ing directed.  How  long  is  this  bitterness 
to  be  maintained?  There  have  been  wars 
before  this.  Less  than  sixty  years  ago  this 
country  was  in  the  throes  of  civil  strife. 
The  bitter  struggle  lasted  as  long  as  the  re- 
cent war,  and  the  charges  of  inhumanity 
that  were  laid  at  the  door  of  the  South  were 
numerous.  They  committed  innumerable 
atrocities.  Feeling  in  the  North  was  acute. 
But  when  peace  came  at  last,  these  differ- 
ences were  promptly  buried.  In  a  few  they 
persisted,  but  these  few  were  not  the 
wisest ;  and  in  a  short  time  the  past  was  for- 
gotten. It  was  inevitable  that  it  should  be. 
The  differences  of  the  recent  war  will  have 
to  follow  the  same  course.  They  cannot  be 
perpetuated  forever,  and  the  sooner  they 
are  forgotten,  the  better  for  the  progress  of 
the  world. 

And,  in  this  task  of  healing  the  wounds 
of  the  nations,  the  doctors  of  the  world  can 
play  a  large  part.  It  may  be  difficult  for 
the  statesman  to  reach  a  hand  to  his  fallen 
fellows,  it  is  difficult  for  the  soldier  to  shake 
off  the  hostility  which  was  a  part  of  his  edu- 


cation, but  it  is  easy  for  the  doctor  to  re- 
spond to  an  appeal  for  humaneness  in 
lightening  the  burden  of  the  sufferers.  His 
calling  is  an  unselfish,  magnanimous  one, 
and  his  magnanimity  does  not  cease  at  the 
frontiers  of  his  country.  It  reaches  beyond 
them.  Wherever  there  is  suffering,  there 
his  duty  lies.  He  knows  that,  to  help  an 
individual,  whatever  his  race,  is  to  help  hu- 
manity. That  is  the  larger  view,  the  view, 
we  hope,  the  doctors  of  this  country  will 
accept.  But  even  the  narrower  view  points 
to  rewards  which  the  average  individual 
seems  to  lose  sight  of.  Germany  has  been 
crushed,  she  is  on  the  verge  of  bankruptcy 
and  dissolution.  But  she  has  an  enormous 
obligation  to  fulfill.  She  owes  the  world 
reparation  and  indemnities  that  reach  into 
the  billions.  This  reparation  and  these  in- 
demnities are  necessary  to  the  Allies,  who 
were  brought  to  the  point  of  exhaustion  by 
the  war,  and  unless  they  are  forthcoming 
the  Allies  will  themselves  face  bankruptcy. 
To  refuse  to  help  the  Germans  at  this  time 
would  be  utterly  visionless  and  suicidal.  It 
would  be  robbing  the  Allies  of  their  just 
reparation.  Germany  cannot  pay  unless  she 
is  helped  to  her  feet,  unless  her  industries 
are  revived,  unless  her  population  is  re- 
stored to  normal  conditions  of  Hving.  If 
Germany  is  to  have  the  money  to  pay  the 
Allies,  her  people  must  work.  If  her  people 
are  to  work,  they  must  have  food  and  proper 
medical  attention.  Refusing  humane  as- 
sistance to  Germany  at  this  time  is  refusing 
aid  to  the  Allies.  Those  who  persist  in  their 
determination  to  keep  the  Germans  helpless 
are  indulging  in  the  familiar  but  pathetic 
pastime  of  "cutting  off  their  noses." 

Doctors  vs.  Legislators. — Exchange  of 
opinion  with  a  number  of  doctors  revealed 
their  quick  responsiveness  to  an  appeal  such 
as  Dr.  Lorenz's  and  indicated  how  simple 
a  thing  it  would  be  to  bridge  the  gap  that 
has  grown  between  the  warring  nations  if 
the  matter  were  left  in  the  hands  of  the 
medical  men.  But,  unfortunately,  doctors 
do  not  make  war  and  they  do  not  make 
peace.  It  is  the  legislators  who  make  both 
— and  they  make  them  both  badly.  Ehiring 
the  war,  the  gentlemen  in  Washington  ob- 
structed and  bungled  almost  every  measure 
that  came  up  before  them.  Now  that  the 
war  is  over  they  betray  the  same  incompe- 
tence to  bring  it  to  an  end  promptly  and  sat- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


696 


November,  1919 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


Ambrican  Mbdicikb 


isfactorily.  A  year  after  the  armistice 
came  into  effect,  they  find  themselves  buried 
underneath  a  mountain  of  verbiage  and 
vain  eloquence — and  we  are  still  at  war. 
The  treaty  of  peace  has  not  been  signed, 
the  League  of  Nations  proving  an  insur- 
mountable obstacle,  and  the  reason  given  is 
that  the  Covenant,  which  not  so  long  ago 
was  the  hope  of  the  world,  is  a  threat  to 
"Americanism."  It  is  as  "Americans**  that 
they  object  to  the  Covenant,  and  their  ap- 
peal to  the  country  has  been  consistently  on 
the  ground  of  "Americanism."  This  mere- 
tricious appeal,  which  is  as  trivial  and  un- 
imaginative as  the  waving  of  the  flag  at  the 
curtain  of  an  otherwise  poor  play  to  get  a 
little  applause,  is  an  almost  convincing  sign 
that  the  peace  bunglers  have  a  bad  case  on 
their  hands.  It  is  the  appeal  to  which  every 
losing  cause  resorts.  This  country  did  not 
go  to  war  on  account  of  "Americanism," 
and  that  principle  is  not  the  determining 
factor  in  the  making  of  peace.  A  high  na- 
tional spirit  and  loyalty  to  one's  country  is 
a  valuable  asset  which  it  would  be  folly  to 
deprecate,  but  such  a  spirit  is  valuable  only 
within  one's  own  borders.  "Americanism" 
is  a  matter  of  primary  importance  within 
our  own  borders,  where  the  national  interest 
is  concerned ;  but  it  retires  to  secondary 
importance,  and  rightly  so,  where  the  in- 
terest of  the  world  at  large  is  concerned. 
When  this  country  went  to  war,  it  definitely 
broke  away  from  the  provincialism  and 
isolation  which  was  one  of  its  petty  virtues 
and  definitely  took  its  stand  beside  other 
nations  as  a  member  of  the  international 
family,  as  much  concerned  as  any  other 
member  for  the  peace  and  progress  of  the 
world.  It  helped  achieve  the  peace  it 
sought.  Will  it  now  withdraw  from  any 
share  in  the  progress  that  is  to  follow  if 
this  peace  is  pursued  to  its  logical  end? 
That,  certainly,  was  not  the  intention  of  the 
nation  when  it  entered  the  war,  it  was  not 
the  intention  of  President  Wilson  when  he 
outlined  the  aims  of  the  Allies,  it  is  not  the 
spirit  of  the  men  who  offered  their  lives  and 
gave  them  in  large  numbers  to  secure  per- 
manent peace  and  understanding. 

.  The  enemies  of  the  peace  treaty  are  mak- 
ing their  fight  on  the  ground  that  it  is  an 
imperfect  thing.  Surely,  they  are  not  so 
elemental  as  to  believe  the  choice,  in  any 
difficulty,  is  simply  and  solely  one  between 
the  perfect  and  the  imperfect.     Perfection 


is  the  most  elusive  thing  in  the  world,  per- 
haps it  is  unattainable.     And    the   present 
treaty  is  by  no  means  a  perfect  instrument 
of  peace.     Its  friends  do  not  claim  perfec- 
tion for  it.     President  Wilson    has   at  no 
time  maintained  that  it  is  a  cure-all  and  a 
finality.     Again  and  again  he  has   insisted 
that  it  is  the  best  thing  the  brains  of  Europe 
and  America  have  been  able  to   devise  in 
circumstances  that  have  defied  solution.  Be- 
fore the  war  was  won,  the  league  idea  was 
universally  accepted.     Now  it  is   suddenly 
discovered  that  "Americanism"  is  at  stake, 
and  the  patriotism  of  the  masses  has  been 
appealed  to.     The  sensitive  public,  always 
alert  when   there   is  any   question    of   its 
loyalty,  is  in  a  quandary.  But  it  is  one  which 
it   should   be   an   easy   matter   to    relieve. 
Theodore  Roosevelt  was  a  good  American, 
a  man  of  the  stanchest  patriotism,  yet  less 
than  a  decade  ago  he  worked  for  something 
that  was  very  like  a  League  of  Nations.  Ex- 
President  Taft,  whose  Americanism  is  cer- 
tainly indisputable,  negotiated  a   score  of 
treaties  with  foreign  powers  which   prac- 
tically brings  them  together  into  what  is  in 
every  respect  but  the  name  a  League  of  Na- 
tions.    Both   Ex-Presidents  were   inspired 
in  their  efforts  to  attain  an  understanding, 
not   by   their   Americanism,   but   by    their 
sense  of  responsibility  for  the  peace  of  the 
world.     Despite   their   strong  natioiialism, 
they  found  a  place  in  their  outlook  for  a 
strong  internationalism.     If  the  gentlemen 
in  Washington  could  cultivate  such  an  out- 
look, it  would  be  possible  to  put  a  prompt 
end  to  the  numerous  wars  which  have  suc- 
ceeded the  war  that  came  to  an  end  a  year 
ago.  Failing  of  this,  the  chaos  that  threatens 
Europe  will  become  a  chronic  and  perma- 
nent state  abroad. 


Motherhood  and  Maternity. — There 
are  few  things  about  which  we  are  more 
sentimental  than  motherhood.  From  time 
immemorial,  the  poets  have  sanctified  the 
honored  title  of  Mother,  and  even  the  shab- 
biest and  least  imaginative  individual  has 
always  been  able  to  respond  freely  and 
quickly  to  the  glamor  which  attends  the 
name.  And  yet,  despite  all  this,  is  it  not 
strange  that  we  have  remained  so  utterly 
unsentimental  and  unresponsive  in  the  mat- 
ter of  maternity  ?    The  world  has  ever  paid 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amehican  Mkdicinb 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


November,  1919 


697 


lavish  tribute  to  motherhood,  but  it  has  al- 
ways shown  the  most  amazing  indifference 
to  maternity.  At  the  recent  International 
Congress  of  Working  Women,  a  plan  for 
systematic  government  aid  for  mothers  was 
thoroly  discussed,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  the 
plan  will  gain  any  greater  headway  now 
than  it  has  in  the  past!  It  is  a  sad  com- 
ment on  the  interest  shown  in  this  subject 
that  the  newspapers  gave  but  the  scantest 
notice  to  the  proceedings  of  the  Congress, 
and  the  public  remained  as  apathetic  as 
ever.  Yet  what  can  be  of  more  vital  im- 
portance to  the  race  than  its  survival  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions?  And  its 
survival  under  favorable  conditions  is  de- 
cidedly threatened  by  the  march  of  events 
which,  if  they  are  not  prc^erly  met,  will 
constitute  a  very  real  and  very  grave  dan- 
ger. 

From  the  time  women  rose  from  all  fours 
and  began  to  walk  erect,  maternity  has  been 
a  problem,  growing  more  and  more  trouble- 
some from  era  to  era,  until  now  it  is  dis- 
tinctly one  of  the  concerns  that  must  be 
met  soon  and  adequately  if  the  race  is  to 
go  on.  When  woman's  place  was  in  the 
home  and  motherhood,  however,  indiffer- 
ently accepted,  was  a  more  or  less  leisurely 
thing,  the  problem  was  not  so  acute.  But 
now  woman's  place  (at  least  that  of  a  large 
and  increasing  proportion  of  women)  is  no 
longer  in  the  home.  Hundreds  of  thou- 
sands have  drifted  into  shops  and  factories, 
into  business  and  the  professions,  and  for 
these  maternity  is  an  obstacle  which  they 
must  consider  seriously  before  they  agree 
to  accept  it.  But  chiefly  the  problem  of 
maternity  is  an  acute  one  for  the  women 
in  industry.  These  women,  if  they  accept 
maternity,  do  so  at  the  risk  of  losing  their 
jobs  and  interrupting  their  careers.  They 
cannot  undertake  the  risk  of  remaining 
away  from  their  jobs  for  four  or  five 
months  and  exposing  themselves  to  the  com- 
petition of  their  fellows.  And  it  is  not 
likely  that  an  employer,  under  present  con- 
ditions, will  be  willing  to  hold  a  place  open 
for  so  long  a  time.  Furthermore,  the  cost, 
in  actual  dollars  and  cents,  of  childbearing 
is  an  almost  forbidding  consideration.  Even 
among  the  better  classes  one  frequently 
hears  the  remark  that  "of  course  we  would 
like  a  family,  but  we  can't  afford  it."  And 
the  working  woman  can  afford  a  family 
even  less.     The  situation  is  a  very  serious 


one,  but  nothitig  is  being  done  in  this  coun- 
try to  relieve  it.  In  Europe  several  coun- 
tries have  passed  legislation  practically  en- 
dowing motherhood  and  securing  the  race 
against  the  danger  of  suicide.  The  recent 
Congress  agreed  that  an  expectant  mother 
should  be  granted  six  weeks'  leave  before 
and  six  weeks  after  maternity  and  that  her 
compensation,  by  the  state  or  by  industry 
and  the  state  together,  should  not  be  less 
than  the  minimum  wage  paid  in  the  in- 
dustry in  which  she  is  employed.  This  is 
a  modest  enough  plan  and  it  would  be  a 
sad  comment  on  the  vision  of  our  states- 
men if  the  project  does  not  win  their  ap- 
proval. Miss  Julia  Lathrop,  chief  of  the 
Children's  Bureau  of  the  Department  of 
Labor,  speaking  at  the  Congress,  urged  a 
more  practical  and  sensible  attitude  toward 
motherhood  to  replace  futile  sentimentality. 
That  better  counsel  may  prevail  in  the  near 
future  than  in  the  past  is  to  be  hoped  for 
in  view  of  the  closer  attention  that  is  being 
given  to  the  question  of  maternity  and 
childbearing.  Whether  there  is  to  be  a 
more  intelligent  treatment  of  the  problem 
in  the  future  will  be  judged  from  the  fate 
of  the  bill  before  the  Committee*  of  Pub- 
lic Health  Quarantine,  providing  for  the 
cooperation  of  the  Public  Health  Service, 
the  Commissioner  of  Education  and  the  De- 
partment of  Labor  in  reducing  the  number 
of  deaths  every  year  from  causes  connected 
with  childbirth.  Concerning  the  problem 
of  maternity,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind 
that  two  powerful  instincts  are  in  conflict 
in  woman :  the  instinct  of  self-preservation 
and  that  of  motherhood.  It  should  be  the 
duty  of  the  state  to  make  the  instinct  of 
motherhood  free  by  making  the  other  a 
less  pressing  consideration. 


Public    Health    and    Telephones. — Dr. 

Royal  S.  Cof>eland's  rebuke  to  the  telephone 
companies  and  his  criticism  of  the  deplor- 
able service  as  a  danger  to  the  public  health 
is  welcome  for  more  than  one  reason;  not 
only  has  he  spoken  publicly  the  thought 
that  has  been  in  the  minds  of  countless  citi- 
zens (a  thought  which  has  not  infrequently 
found  private  expression  in  words  that 
could  not  be  reproduced  here),  but  he  has 
had  the  courage  to  attack  a  powerful  cor- 
poration openly  and  in  undisguised  terms. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


698 


November,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


American  Mbdicinb 


a  course  which  hitherto  political  considera- 
tions have  too  often  made  the  Health  De- 
partment, if  not  too  timid,  at  least  too  dis- 
crete, to  follow.  After  twenty-five  inspectors 
of  the  Health  Department  had  spent  two 
weeks  studying  the  situation  and  had  made 
a  report  to  the  head  of  the  department,  Dr. 
Copeland  ordered  a  thoro  investigation  on 
the  ground  that  conditions  were  "preju- 
dicial to  public  life  and  health."  The  utterly 
inadequate,  often  incompetent,  service 
which  the  telephone  companies  have  ren- 
dered of  late  is  unquestionably  a  menace 
to  the  public  health,  not  to  mention  a 
menace  to  the  public  temper.  It  is  easy  to 
conceive  the  danger,  always  present,  in  the 
use  of  a  public  telephone  booth  after  it  had 
been  occupied  by  an  individual  suffering 
from  some  contagious  or  infectious  disease. 
Normally,  such  a  person  would  occupy  the 
booth  but  a  few  minutes.  With  the  present 
service,  he  would  occupy  it  at  least  three 
times  as  long,  multiplying  the  danger  of 
contagion  by  that  number.  Besides,  as  Dr. 
Copeland  points  out,  a  man  with  high  blood 
pressure  or  weakened  arteries,  tried  beyond 
endurance  by  the  long  and  indefensible  de- 
lays of  Central,  is  likely  to  break  a  blood- 
vessel and  suffer  from  cerebral  hemor- 
rhage. These  reasons  alone  are  ample  on 
which  to  build  a  case  against  the  companies, 
but  there  are  others  equally  potent.  The 
telephones  are  a  public  utility,  largely  em- 
ployed by  individuals  as  a  means  of  getting 
into  immediate  touch  with  their  physicians 
in  case  of  necessity.  It  is  imperative  that 
this  seryice  be  not  only  adequate  but 
prompt.  How  much  physicians  have  suf- 
fered from  the  bad  service  it  is  not  easy  to 
say,  but  they  probably  have  suffered  as  ex- 
tensively as  the  other  callings.  And  the 
loss  to  the  physician  implies  a  much  more 
serious  loss  to  the  individual  in  need  of  his 
services.  The  present  deplorable  service 
is  indefensible,  and  in  numerous  instances 
has  every  appearance  of  being  deliberate. 
A  very  busy  man,  in  his  office  all  day,  was 
told  by  a  friend  that  he  had  tried  to  get  in 
touch  with  him  all  afternoon  on  one  occa- 
sion and  that  the  operator  had  each  time 
told  him  there  was  no  response.  This  man 
was  in  his  office  all  the  time,  and  at  no  time 
did  his  telephone  bell  ring.  Another  man 
of  consequence  in  the  business  world  called 
a  number  and  was  repeatedly  told  that  the 
line  was  busy.     After  several  vain  efforts. 


he  insisted  that  the  operator  connect  him. 
She  once  more  announced  a  busy  wire,  and 
he  insisted  on  speaking  to  the  manager.  He 
made  his  complaint  and  the  manager 
promptly  replied  that  the  operator  was  right 
and  that  the  single  wire  in  the  office  he  was 
trying  to  reach  was  being  used.  Knowing 
that  there  were  eighteen  wires  leading  into 
that  office,  the  man  persisted  until  he  finally 
obtained  the  number.  He  asked  the  office 
operator  if  at  any  time  all  the  wires  had 
been  occupied  that  afternoon  and  she  told 
him  that  at  no  time  were  they  occupied, 
reaffirming  his  information  as  to  the  num- 
ber of  wires  the  switchboard  commanded. 
He  was  right;  Central  was  wrong,  decep- 
tive and  impudent.  Yet  there  was  nothing 
f6r  the  man  to  do  but  suffer  and  pay  his 
bill  when  it  came.  The  same  condition  can 
no  doubt  be  reported  in  physicians'  offices. 
In  pursuing  his  investigation.  Dr.  Copeland 
probably  recognized  this  serious  menace 
to  the  public  well-being.  And  meanwhile 
the  telephone  companies  might  be  prevailed 
upon  to  give  prompter  service  when  it  is 
stated  that  it  is  a  doctor's  number  that  is 
being  called.  It  the  service  must  be  bad,  it 
should  be  as  good  as  it  can  be — at  any  rate 
in  urgent  cases. 


The  Major  and  the  Minor  in  Medical 
Practice. — Many  minor  men  try  for  the 
major  places  in  practice,  and  many  of  them 
fail.  Such  failures  take  all  of  the  ambition 
out  of  a  doctor.  Few  of  us  can  attain  to 
the  major  places  and  no  beginner  in  prac- 
tice really  knows  in  advance  whether  or  not 
he  has  it  in  him  to  attain  to  a  major  place. 
So  it  is  wise  to  begin  practice  in  a  minor 
place  and  try  it  out  for  a  couple  years. 
Some  will  do  well  to  take  a  minor  place  in 
an  important  city.  In  either  event  one  will 
come  to  realize  whether  he  is  best  fitted  for 
a  major  or  a  minor  practice.  There  is  no 
disgrace  in  deciding  to  be  a  real  success  in 
a  minor  role;  the  real  disgrace  is  failure 
from  misdirected  ambition.  Many  minor 
practitioners  who  stubbornly  try  to  main- 
tain an  untenable  position  make  less  than  a 
thousand  dollars  a  year,  whereas  they  might 
readily  make  five  thousand  dollars  yearly 
if  they  had  the  good  sense  to  start  fresh  in 
a  practice  to  which  they  are  naturally 
adapted,  and  their  final  honors  would  be 
greater. — Medical  Coun^iL 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrican  Medicxns 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


November.  1919 


699 


ORIGINAL 
<VRTICLES*j 

'        llllllillL..  .flfaJ 


h^ 


THE    ETIOLOGY    OF    HYPER- 
TROPHIED  PROSTATE. 

BY 

G.  FRANK  LYDSTON,  M.  D., 

Formerly  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery, 
College  of  Medicine,  University  of  Illinois. 

and 

M.  J.  LATIMER,  M.  D., 

Genito-Urinary   Surgeon,   St.  Anne's   and   Nor- 
wegian Hospitals,  Chicago,  111. 

"Hypertrophy  of  the  prostate''  is 
pathologically  inaccurate  nomenclature,  but 
its  meaning  has  become  so  definite  from 
long  usage  that  it  probably  is  the  best 
available.  The  term  implies  an  enlargement 
of  the  prostate,  almost  always  first  brought 
to  the  surgeon's  attention  after  middle  life, 
which  enlargement  cannot  be  explained  by 
neoplasm,  tuberculosis,  or  simple  or  specific 
inflammation. 

Hypertrophy  of  the  prostate  is  the  most 
important  morbid  condition  of  the  organ 
coming  under  the  observation  of  the  gen- 
eral practitioner.  A  large  proportion  of 
individuals  past  middle  age  are  subject  to 
it,  and  are  more  likely  to  come  primarily 
under  the  notice  of  the  medical  man  than 
under  that  of  the  surgeon.  Upon  the 
management  of  the  case  when  it  first  comes 
under  observation  depend  the  patient's 
safety  and  future  comfort.  Apparently 
simple  measures  of  exploration  and  pallia- 


tion at  the  hands  of  some  general  practi- 
tioners are  far  more  dangerous  on  the  aver- 
age than  radical  operations  undertaken 
under  like  circumstances  by  the  specialist, 
because  of  the  rougher  manipulations 
and  less  conscientious  technic  from  the 
aseptic  standpoint.  It  is  obvious,  there- 
fore, that  the  physician  should  thoroly  un- 
derstand the  disease  and,  more  especially, 
appreciate  the  relation  of  bacterial  infec- 
tion to  the  morbid  conditions  incidental  to 
prostatic  enlargement.  It  should  no  longer 
justly  be  said,  as  the  senior  author  so  fre- 
quently has  expressed  it  to  his  classes,  that 
the  prostatic's  greatest  danger  often  begins 
with  his  first  visit  to  the  doctor. 

Etiology. — ^Very  few  pathologic  condi- 
tions have  been  the  subject  of  so  great 
variance  of  opinion  as  to  their  etiology  as 
has  enlargement  of  the  prostate.  Opinions 
have  varied  from  the  agnostic  view  that, 
in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  we 
are  unable  to  determine  positively  the  cause 
of  the  disease,  to  assertions  as  dogmatic  as 
could  be  imagined.  It  is  noteworthy  that 
most  modern  theories  are  more  open  to 
criticism  than  are  some  of  the  more  ancient 
views.  There  was  much  logic  in  the  opinion 
of  Home,  who,  nearly  a  century  ago,  pro- 
mulgated the  theory  that  the  principal 
cause  of  prostatic  disease  was  slow  return 
of  blood  from  the  vesical  neck,  due  to  dis- 
advantageous situation  of  the  veins  in  re- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


700 


KOVBMBEB,  1919 


ORiaiNAIi  ARTICLES 


AMBUCAN  UmacDtu 


lation  to  the  heart,  which  favors  habitual 
congestion  of  these  vessels.  This  tendency 
to  congestion  he  held  to  be  enhanced  by 
high  living  or  any  other  circumstance  that 
increased  the  circulation  in  this  region. 
Home  believed  that  traumatism — ^such  as 
that  produced  by  horseback  riding — some- 
times produces  in  the  deeper  parts  of 
the  prostate  rupture  of  blood-vessels,  sub- 
sequently followed  by  hypertrophy.  This 
rupture  of  vessels  he  believed  to  be  analo- 
gous to  apoplexy.  He  also  assigned  to  old 
age  a  prominent  role.  Home's  theory  is 
very  suggestive  in  the  light  of  modern 
views  on  bacteriology.  Congestion  under 
certain  circumstances  favors  bacterial  in- 
vasion and,  as  later  will  be  noted,  invasion 
of  the  prostate  by  micro-organisms  prob- 
ably is  a  very  important  factor  in  the  etiol- 
ogy of  prostatic  hypertrophy. 

Wilson,  writing  in  1881,  endorsed  the 
opinion  of  Home  so  far  as  the  tendency  to 
the  disease  on  the  part  of  high  livers  is 
concerned.  He  claimed  that  strict  celibacy, 
on  the  one  hand,  and  venereal  excess  on  the 
other,  alike  are  productive  of  the  disease, 
tho  admitting  exceptional  cases  in  persons 
who  live  abstemious  and  temperate  lives. 

Sir  Charles  Bell  asserted  the  existence  of 
a  special  predisposition  to  prostate  enlarge- 
ment, but  did  not  define  it.  Admitting  this 
predisposition,  he  believed  the  exciting 
causes  to  be  associated  with  irritation  of  the 
bladder,  with  resulting  frequent  contrac- 
tions of  that  viscus.  As  a  consequence  of 
these  contractions  of  the  bladder,  he  be- 
lieved the  urethral  muscles  to  be  the  seat  of 
overaction,  resulting  in  a  drawing  back  of 
the  so-called  median  lobe  so  as  to  elevate  it, 
thus  causing  urinary  obstruction. 

Samuel  Cooper  confessed  ignorance  of 
the  causes  of  prostatic  hypertrophy.  He 
seemed  to  think  from  his  experience,  how- 


ever, that  people  who  led  sedentary  lives 
were  most  susceptible  to  the  affection. 

Astley  Cooper  arbitrarily  stated  that 
hypertrophy  of  the  prostate  was  the  conse- 
quence of  old  age  alone,  and  not  of  disease. 
Brodie  also  believed  that  enlarged  prostate 
was  a  matter  of  course  in  old  men.  He 
held  that  prostatic  hypertrophy  never  be- 
comes manifest  until  the  development  of 
plainly-marked  evidences  of  senility — 
which  obviously  would  not  prove  that  the 
enlargement  was  caused  by  senility. 

Gross,  the  elder,  expressed  the  opinion 
that  prostatic  hypertrophy  resulted  from 
habitual  engorgement  of  the  organ  inci- 
dental to  (1)  protracted  and  repeated  sex- 
ual intercourse;  (2)  irritation  from  vesical 
calculus;  (3)  the  free  use  of  stimulating 
diuretics  and  alcohol  or  malt  liquors;  (4) 
exposure  to  cold;  (5)  the  suppression  of 
cutaneous  diseases;  (jS)  gout  and  rheuma- 
tism; (7)  traumatism;  (8)  frequent  cathe- 
terization; and  (9)  habitual  straining  at 
stool,  as  in  chronic  diarrhea  and  other  af- 
fections of  the  bowels. 

Mercier  classed  as  predisposing  causes 
all  conditions  and  influences  favoring  cir- 
culatory sluggishness.  According  to  him, 
men  of  lymphatic  habit  with  plenty  of  cel- 
lular and  adipose  tissues  generally  have  a 
lax  and  unresisting  venous  system.  Such 
subjects,  he  claimed,  are  most  frequently 
the  victims  of  prostatic  enlargement.  He, 
too,  believed  that  sedentary  habits  favored 
the  disease. 

Amussat  stated  that  syphilis,  a  foreign 
body  in  the  bladder,  and  stricture  of  the 
urethra  were  the  most  common  causes  of 
prostatic  enlargement.  It  is  observed,  he 
claimed,  chiefly  in  elderly  persons  who  have 
for  a  long  time  used  sounds  or  bougies  up- 
on themselves. 

Desault   claimed   that  enlarged   prostate 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrigan  Mbdicinb 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


NOTBMBER^  1919 


701 


was  due  to  old  age,  being  found  only  in 
elderly  men,  and  those  who  had  experi- 
enced numerous  attacks  of  gonorrhea.  He 
believed,  also,  that  the  disease  might  result 
from  "scrofula"  and  other  cachexias. 

Civiale  "put  the  cart  before  the  horse" 
and  placed  vesical  calculus  first  in  the 
order  of  etiologic  prominence.  He  re- 
garded organic  stricture  of  the  urethra  as 
etiologically  second  only  to  vesical  calculus. 
He  denied  the  relation  of  venereal  excesses 
to  chronic  prostatic  disease. 

Coulson  contents  himself  with*  the  pre- 
sentation of  the  views  of  others  and  has 
no  definite  opinion  of  his  own. 

Thompson  expresses  unequivocally  his 
belief  that  prostatic  enlargement  often  is 
seen  in  relatively  young  patients  as  a  re- 
sult of  interstitial  plastic  eflfusion,  due  to 
inflammation,  the  enlargement  occurring 
in  old  age  being  an  unnatural  development 
of  the  prostatic  tissue  proper,  t.  e,,  true 
hypertrophy,.  According  to  him,  inflam- 
mation and  its  products  do  not  favor  over- 
growth, but  are  directly  antagonistic  to 
such  a  process.  He  believes,  therefore,  that 
a  prostate  enlarged  by  inflammatory  eflfu- 
sion probably  is  less  likely  subsequently  to 
become  hypertrophied.  Nutrition  is  im- 
paired, not  encouraged  by  inflammation. 
In  brief,  Thompson  excludes  inflammation 
from  the  etiology.  Urethral  stricture  and 
calculus  are  not  considered  by  him  to  be 
important  etiologic  factors.  He  does  not 
believe  that  habitual  engorgement  of  the 
prostate  and  hemorrhoidal  plexuses  has 
much  to  do  with  the  etiology  of  the  disease. 
He  says: 

"True  hypertrophy,  in  any  situation, 
never  has  venous  congestion  for  a  cause; 
venous  congestion  impairs  structure,  and 
predisposes  to  ulceration  of  the  tissues  af- 
fected by  it,  but  never  augments  vital  force 


or  stimulates  growth." 

Upon  this  ground  Thompson  denies  con- 
gestion as  a  possible  cause  of  hypertrophy 
of  the  prostate.  He  further  disputes  the 
possibility  of  rheumatism,  gout  or  syphilis 
playing  any  part  in  the  pathologic  process. 
As  to  the  effect  of  sexual  excesses,  he  says : 

"Much  importance  has  been  attributed 
to  the  effect  of  habitual  indulgence  of  this 
kind;  but,  from  the  fact  that  the  affection 
has  been  observed  to  occur  in  individuals 
known  to  have  been  remarkable  for  chas- 
tity, the  opposite  extreme  of  continence 
has  been  regarded  as  exercising  a  similar 
influence.  In  regard  to  the  first,  it  appears 
reasonable  to  believe  that  repeated  use 
might  induce  hypertrophy  here  as  else- 
where; while,  without  entering  upon  the 
question  of  the  prostatic  function,  it  is  im- 
possible not  to  associate  the  organ  with  the 
sexual  act,  and  admitting  this,  it  is  not  easy 
to  escape  the  inference  that  hypertrophy 
is  likely  to  result  from  sexual  excess;  yet 
facts  do  not  favor  this  view.  Hypertrophy 
does  not  exist  when  the  function  is  in 
greatest  vigor  and  is  not  called  into  im- 
mediate existence  by  the  most  licentious  ex- 
cesses indulged  in  during  the  prime  of  life, 
and  it  must  be  admitted  that  in  any  part  of 
the  body  hypertrophy  develops  itself  coin- 
cident with  or,  at  all  events,  immediately 
follows  the  increased  action  which  induces 
it." 

Altho  Thompson  disputes  the  view  that 
the  prostate  is  truly  a  secreting  gland,  he 
admits  it  for  the  sake  of  argument,  and 
claims  that  no  other  gland  offers  a  patho- 
logic parallelism  with  hypertrophy  of  the 
prostate,  all  of  its  component  tissues  not 
being  increased  in  their  normal  relative 
proportions.  An  enlargement  of  the  gland 
may  be  due  to  increase  of  glandular  ele- 
ments ;  or,  on  the  other  hand,  to  a  change 


Digitized  by 


Google 


702 


NOVBMBKR,  1919 


ORIOINAI#  ARTICLB8 


American  Mbdicinb 


in  Structure  and  increase  in  bulk  of  the 
"prostatic  tissue  proper".  Thompson  log- 
ically enough  does  not  believe,  further- 
more, that  enlargement  of  the  prostate  is  a 
simple  ^'muscular  hypertrophy"  induced  by 
increased  action.  He  calls  attention  to  the 
close  similarity  between  the  uterus  and  the 
prostate  and  believes  that: 

'7ust  as  during  the  latter  part  of  the 
period  of  reproductive  activity  the  uterus 
is  prone  to  develop  new  growths  identical  in 
structure  with  its  own,  a  similar  tendency 
will  be  found  to  develop  new  growths  in 
the  prostate  iat  a  corresponding  period  of 
the  life  of  the  male." 

Thompson's  tables  apparently  support 
this,  by  showing  that  hypertrophy  of  the 
prostate  is  a  disease  incident  to  old  age, 
but  he  fails  to  indicate  the  precise  connec- 
tion between  the  disease  and  advancing  age. 
Even  granting  that  old  age  is  the  chief 
etiologic  factor,  there  yet  is  much  to  be  ac- 
counted for.  Why  should  so  large  a  pro- 
portion of  elderly  men  present  a  condition 
so  distinctly  pathologic,  affecting  an  organ 
which,  in  old  age  at  least,  should  be  prac- 
tically of  no  importance  from  a  physiologic 
or  functional  standpoint?  Thompson  him- 
self admits  that  prostatic  hypertrophy  is 
not  .necessarily  or  even  usually  present  in 
old  age,  but  is  rather  exceptional.  Accord- 
ing to  him,  a  slight  tendency  to  hypertrophy 
undetermined  during  life  may  exist  in  about 
one  in  three  individuals  after  60  years,  and 
marked  enlargement  may  affect  one  in 
seven  or  eight  after  that  age.  Among  40 
prostates  of  elderly  men  dissected  by 
Thompson  only  32  per  cent,  were  appre- 
ciably enlarged,  and  but  2  per  cent,  suffi- 
ciently to  have  produced  symptoms  during 
life. 

Considering  the  function  and  period  of 
greatest   functional   activity   of  the  organ. 


atrophy,  rather  than  hypertrophy,  should 
be  expected  in  old  age.  Indeed,  atrophy 
is  the  normal  "old  man's  prostate." 

The  modern  French  school,  following 
the  distinguished  Guyon,  entertains  the 
peculiar  view  that  prostatic  enlargement  is 
not  a  local  disease  and  due  to  local  causes, 
but  that  all  the  urinary  organs,  particularly 
the  bladder,  undergo  analogous  changes, 
the  origin  of  which  should  be  looked  for  in 
structures  bearing  absolutely  no  anatomic 
relation  to  the  urinary  system,  implying, 
in  short,  that  enlargement  of  the  prostate 
is  dependent  upon  general  atheroma.  Thus, 
this  school  claims  that  the  walls  of  the  blad- 
der become  weakened,  with  resulting  ac- 
cumulation of  residual  urine,  followed  by 
cystitis  prior  to  the  enlargement  of  the  pros- 
tate. Guyon  even  went  so  far  as  to  assert 
that  chronic  retention  of  urine  was  due, 
not  to  prostatic  obstruction,  but  to  impair- 
ment of  vesical  contractibility  produced  by 
the  general  atheroma,  of  which  both  the 
enlarged  prostate  and  the  associated  blad- 
der conditions  were  merely  local  expres- 
sions. The  obvious  corollary  of  this  posi- 
tion was  that  operation  for  the  removal  of 
the  prostatic  obstruction  was  irrational  and 
foredoomed  to  failure.  Guyon,  however, 
finally  adopted  prostatectomy,  performing 
his  first  operation — a  partial  one  via  the 
perineal  route — in  1889. 

Reginald  Harrison  asserts  that  the  habit 
of  partial  retention  frequently  precedes 
the  vesical  signs  of  prostatic  enlargement, 
the  depression  of  the  posterior  wall  of  the 
bladder  being  a  primary  change.  In  this 
the  author  heartily  concurs.  Belfield  long 
ago  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  a  small 
amount  of  residuum  was  quite  common  in 
old  men  with  normal  prostates  and  advised 
that  pains  be  taken  to  completely  empty  the 
viscus      during      micturition.       Harrison 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMKUCAN   MBDICINX 


-ORIOINAL.  ARTICLES 


NOVSMBER^  1919 


703 


further  holds  that  depression  of  the  pos- 
terior wall  of  the  bladder  results  in  com- 
pensatory hypertrophy,  which  determines 
the  development  of  a  strong  muscular  band 
or  buttress  at  the  base  of  the  trigone,  and 
finally  enlargement  of  the  prostate  itself. 

Even  tho  we  admit  that  in  certain  cases 
depression  of  the  floor  and  alterations  in 
the  walls  of  the  bladder  precede  perceptible 
pathologic  change  in  the  prostate,  it  is  ob- 
vious that  this  condition  may  in  no  way  be 
causative  of  the  prostatic  disease.  Such 
cases  are  no  argument  against  what  appears 
to  be  the  correct  view,  viz.:  that  serious 
pouching  of  the  bladder  generally  is  a 
secondary  condition.  For  example,  gen- 
eral atheroma  with  resulting  alteration  of 
the  structure  and  power  of  the  bladder 
might  occur  and  subsequently  become  as- 
sociated with  hypertrophy  of  the  prostate, 
the  latter  condition  being  due  to  the  same 
causes  as  in  other  cases  in  which  prostatic 
hypertrophy  is  unassociated — ^primarily  at 
least — with  disease  of  the  bladder. 

Much  of  the  etiologic  obscurity  of  pros- 
tatic hypertrophy  probably  is  due  to  the 
clinical  fact  that  the  primary  condition  that 
precedes  true  hypertrophy  is  rather  excep- 
tionally brought  to  the  attention  of  the 
surgeon.  A  certain  amoimt  of  diffuse 
hyperplasia  from  prolonged  hyperemia,  in- 
cidental to  various  causes  of  irritation, 
undoubtedly  exists  in  many  men  under  mid- 
dle age.  It  is  not,  however,  until  distinct 
"hypertrophy"  or  hyperplasia  has  occurred 
that  definite  S3miptoms  are  complained  of. 
In  operated  and  in  fatal  cases  the  process 
is  so  far  advanced  as  to  bear  very  little 
resemblance  to  the  chronic  engorgement 
and  simple  hyperplasia  that  constituted  the 
initial  stage  in  the  so-called  hypertrophic 
process.  As  for  Thompson's  views  re- 
garding the  ctiologic  importance  of  inflam- 


mation and  circulatory  disturbance,  this 
much  may  be  said,  vi^, :  chronic  congestion 
and  inflammation  do  not  produce  genuine 
hypertrophy,  it  is  true,  but  they  do  cause 
hyperplasia,  especially  where  the  circula- 
tion is  impeded  by  the  relatively  dependent 
position  of  the  part.  The  hyperactivity  of 
the  organ  induced  by  the  resulting  irrita- 
tion will  explain  the  pseudo-hypertrophic 
element  of  the  disease,  which  really  is  sub- 
ordinate to  the  hyperplasia.  This  argu- 
ment is  especially  applicable  to  the  prostate, 
which  is  a  glandulo-muscular  organ.  An 
important  point  is  that  prolonged  conges- 
tion, with  or  without  hyperplasia,  favors 
germ  invasion,  which  is  of  especial  moment 
in  view  of  ihe  glandular  nature  of  the  pros- 
tate, 

Ciechanowski  recently  has  committed 
himself  to  the  theory  that  prostatic  enlarge- 
ment after  middle  life  is  due  to  inflamma- 
tion which  has  existed  for  years  with  few 
or  no  symptoms.  He  believes  that  chronic 
inflammation  involves  the  gland  stroma. 
If  the  stroma  immediately  surrounding  the 
urethra  and  the  principal  gland  ducts  of  the 
prostate  are  involved,  the  ducts  are  con- 
tractured.  As  a  result  of  this  obstruction 
the  acini  of  the  gland  are  dilated.  Simul- 
taneously there  occurs  proliferation  and 
desquamation  of  the  epithelium.  Ciechanow- 
ski believes  that  the  gland  enlargement  is 
chiefly  due  to  dilation  of  the  tubuli  of  the 
gland.  He  claims  that  if  the  inflammation 
affects  chiefly  the  periphery  of  the  gland, 
atrophy  of  the  prostate  results  from  com- 
pression of  the  acini. 

Racial  peculiarities  seem  to  have  a 
marked  influence  in  the  etiology  of  hyper- 
trophy of  the  prostate.  It  rarely  is  met 
with  in  the  negro.  Our  distinguished 
countryman,  the  late  Dr.  Hunter  McGuire, 
stated  that  he  never  had  met  with  an  ex- 


\ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


704 


NOVBMBKH,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTIGIJB8 


AMKRICAJf    MBDICINB 


ample  of  it  in  the  pure-blooded  negro,  but 
had  seen  several  cases  in  mulattoes.  Other 
surgeons  claim  to  have  met  with  the  disease 
in  pure-bloods.  Such  cases  as  the  author 
has  seen  have  been  "enlargement"  from  in- 
flammation. 

The  causes  of  the  disease,  according  to 
the  views  of  the  author  of  this  paper,  may 
be  classified  as  follows: 
General  causes: 

Individual  predisposition. 

Senility. 

The  gouty  or  rheumatic  diathesis. 

Syphilis  (?). 

General  atheroma. 
Local  causes: 

Chronic  irritation  and  hyperemia  due 
to  urethral  or  bladder  disease. 

Early   gonorrheal   prostatic   infection. 

Colon  bacillus  infection  at  any  period 
.    of  life. 
Remote  causes: 

Masturbation. 

Coitus  interruptus. 

Sexual  excesses. 

Prolonged  and  ungratified  sexual  ex- 
citement. 
(It  is  obvious  that  the  local  and  general 
etiologic  factors  are  most  effective  when  as- 
sociated). 

The  foregoing  causes  are  not  all  recog- 
nized by  most  modem  authorities,  yet 
would  appear  to  be  based  upon  sound 
physiologic  reasoning,  taking  into  consid- 
eration the  structure  and  function  of  the 
organ.  The  prostate  is  one  of  the  most 
important  of  the  sexual  organs.  It  is  par- 
ticularly important  because  the  prostatic 
urethra  is  the  seat  of  sexual  sensibility  and 
the  entire  organ  is  involved  in  the  venereal 
organism  and  because  its  secretion  adds  to 
the  bulk  of  the  semen. 

One  of  the  most  important  elements  in 


the  sexual  act  is  active  hyperemia  of   the 
prostate  and  it  seems  plausible  from   this 
fact  alone,  that  excessive  indulgence  may 
produce    permanent    injury,    especially     if 
the    coUiculus    becomes    irritable    and    in- 
flamed.    Should  sexual  excess  be  alternated 
with  prolonged  and  ungratified  sexual  de- 
sire, a  permanent  impression  is  still  more 
likely  to  result.     Constant  overstimulation 
of  the  glandular  function  of  the  prostate 
is  a  very  important  element  for  considera- 
tion.    If  infection  be  superadded,  the  con- 
ditions    found     in    prostatic    hypertrophy 
should  not  be  surprising. 

Of  ail  the  etiologic  factors  in  prostatic 
hypertrophy,  none,  in  the  authors'  opinion, 
is  more  potent  than  the  abuse  of  the  pros- 
tate incidental  to  coitus  interruptus. 

Enlargement  of  the  prostate  produced 
by  chronic  hyperemia  usually  is  of  no  par- 
ticular importance  during  youth  or  early 
adult  life.  This  probably  is  explicable  by 
the  relief  afforded  by  free  secretion,  the 
elasticity  of  the  tissues  themselves,  and  the 
fact  that  the  bladder  retains  its  normal 
tonus:  When,  however,  the  individual 
passes  the  prime  of  life  and  his  tissues  be- 
come less  resilient  and  secretion  in  general 
less  active,  there  is  scantier  secretion,  with 
diminished  activity  of  the  return-circula- 
tion, and  the  hyperemia  is  not  relieved. 

Few  modern  authorities  attribute  so  much 
importance  to  prolonged  irritation  and 
habitual  engorgement  of  the  prostate 
from  various  causes  as  did  the  elder 
Gross,  but  it  is  the  authors'  opinion  that 
in  some  respects  the  views  of  this  dis- 
tinguished surgeon  were  based  upon  ac- 
curate observation  and  sound  reasoning. 
Any  condition  of  the  urethra  giving  rise  to 
prostatic  irritation  and  hyperemia,  or  to 
actual  inflammation,  may  lead  to  perma- 
nent irritability  of  the  vesical  neck,  with  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkucan  Mbdicimb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


November,  1919 


705 


resulting  increase  in  frequency  of  urination, 
which  may  become  permanent,  especially 
if  infection  be  superadded.  It  seems  rea- 
sonable that  this  may  produce  hypertrophy 
of  the  "overworked"  prostate  later  in  life 
when,  as  is  likely  to  be  the  case,  undue 
sexual  excitement  or  indulgence  co-exists 
with  the  urinary  irritation.  The  gouty  and 
rheumatic  diatheses  probably  bear  a  sub- 
ordinate relation  to  the  etiology  of  hyper- 
trophy of  the  prostate  in  certain  cases  by 
increasing  irritability  of  the  tissues  in  gen- 
eral. In  this  connection  it  must  not  be  for- 
gotten that  rheumatism  often  is  due  to 
prostatic  infection  and  a  result,  not  a  cause, 
of  prostatic  disease. 

In  a  general  way  it  may  be  said  that  the 
various  etiologic  factors  outlined  are  pro- 
ductive of  what  the  senior  author  long  ago 
described  as  "prostatic  overstrain",  yrhich 
bears  the  same  relation  to  prostatic  hyper- 
trophy that  a  long-forgotten  strain,  experi- 
enced during  early  life,  sometimes  does  to 
a  stiffened  and  thickened  joint  in  the  aged. 
It  is  a  matter  or  common  experience  that 
when  the  tissues  begin  to  lose  the  elasticity 
of  youth,  when  joints  begin  to  grow  less 
mobile  and  a  tendency  to  rheumatoid  pains 
and  other  senile  difficulties  develops,  special 
complaint  is  likely  to  be  made  of  so-called 
rheumatism  or  rheumatoid  arthritis,  limited 
to  some  joint  that  suffered  an  injury  at 
some  remote  period.  Many  injuries  ex- 
perienced in  youth  and  long  forgotten  are 
called  to  mind  by  some  pathologic  condition 
supposedly  incident  to  senility.  It  hardly 
is  conceivable  that  so  large  a  proportion  of 
men  would  develop  prostatic  hypertrophy 
if  there  were  not  some  such  special  causes 
for  the  condition  as  those  above  mentioned. 
Prostatic  hypertrophy  certainly  is  not  a 
natural  concomitant  of  advanced  life,  and 
it  is  probable  that  the  causes  outlined  bear 


the  same  relation  to  it  that  frequent  child- 
bearing  does  to  certain  pathologic  condi- 
tions of  the  uterus.  It  is  noteworthy  that 
the  majority  of  authorities,  who  do  not 
frankly  acknowledge  their  inability  to  as- 
sign the  disease  to  any  particular  cause, 
dwell  with  greater  or  less  emphasis  on  the 
dependence  of  the  disease  upon  conditions 
that  produce  irritation  and  hyperemia  of 
the  organ. 

Prostatic  enlargement,  as  shown  in  the 
resume  of  etiologic  opinions,  has  been  at- 
tributed to  urethral  stricture.  Stricture 
undoubtedly  is  capable  of  producing  chronic 
congestion  and  hyperplasia  of  the  prostate — 
i.  e.,  overstrain  with  resulting  circulatory 
disturbance  and  associated  infection.  Para- 
doxic as  it  may  seem,  however,  the  danger 
of  resulting  prostatic  hypertrophy  is  in- 
versely to  the  degree  of  obstruction  and 
back  pressure.  Strictures  of  large  caliber 
in  the  penile  urethra  produce  proportion- 
ately greater  reflex  disturbance  of  the  pros- 
tate than  do  deep  strictures  of  small  cali- 
ber. A  man  who,  at  the  age  of  from 
thirty  to  forty,  develops  a  tight  stricture  in 
the  deep  urethra  is  likely  to  be  perfectly 
protected  from  enlarged  prostate  in  after- 
life. Irritation  and  congestion  of  the  pros- 
tate occur,  it  is  true,  but  hyperplasia  of  the 
portion  of  the  organ  most  likely  to  produce 
urinary  obstruction  is  prevented  by  the 
pressure  of  the  urine  in  the  prostatic 
urethra  during  micturition.  The  authors' 
experience  in  the  performance  of  perineal 
section  upon  tight  strictures  in  the  mus- 
culo-membranous  region  is  that  the  pros- 
tatic urethra  often  is  greatly  dilated,  ap- 
parently at  the  expense  of  the  prostate  it- 
self, or  at  least  of  that  portion  immediately 
contiguous  to  the  mucous  membrane  lining 
the  prostatic  urethra.  The  effects  of  pres- 
sure in  producing  relative  prostatic  atrophy 


Digitized  by 


Google 


706 


NOVEMBEB,  1919 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


Ambbican  Mbdicink 


are  well  shown  in  cases  of  calculi  that  have 
become  lodged  in  the  prostatic  urethra. 
There  may  be,  it  is  true,  compensatory 
hypertrophy  of  the  remaining  muscular 
fibers  of  the  prostate,  but  we  must  not  for- 
get what  seems  to  be  a  logical  analogy, 
viz.:  cardiac  hypertrophy  followed  by  ex- 
treme dilation  resulting  from  obstructive 
valvular  lesions. 

The  role  of  infection  in  the  etiology  of 
prostatic  "hypertrophy"  is,  in  the  authors' 
opinion,  of  primary  importance.  The  most 
important  part  of  the  prostate  being  es- 
sentially glandular  in  structure,  it  is  neces- 
sary only  to  recall  various  factors  which 
produce  h3rperplasia  of  gland  tissue  in 
other  localities  to  comprehend  the  possibili- 
ties of  infection  in  their  relation  to  prostatic 
overgrowth.  The  point  of  departure  in  the 
so-called  senile  enlargement  of  the  prostate 
is,  in  the  senior  author's  long-held  and  often- 
expressed  opinion,  glandular  hyperplasia, 
and  to  him  it  always  has  seemed  logical  to 
infer  that  an  infection  of  some  kind — super- 
added or  not  to  prostatic  hyperemia,  active 
or  passive — is  the  starting  point  of  most  if 
not  all  cases  of  prostatic  hypertrophy. 
Gonorrhea  earlier  in  life  leaves  its  mark 
in  a  low  grade  of  irritation  and  infection 
which. leads  primarily  to  hyperplasia  of  the 
glandular  prostatic  elements  and  later  to 
more  marked  hyperplasia  and  a  greater  or 
less  degree  of  fibrosis. 

But  how  shall  we  explain  on  the  basis 
of  infection,  the  occurrence  of  prostatic 
hypertrophy  in  men  who  never  have  been 
infected -by  gonorrhea?  The  senior  author 
of  this  paper  long  has  contended  that  this  is 
easily  explained  by  infection  with  the  colon 
bacillus,  to  which  in  every  individual  the 
prostate  especially  is  exposed.  The  prostate 
is  immediately  contiguous  to  the  bowel,  and 
the  intimate  relations  of  the  prostatic  and 


hemorrhoidal  plexuses  of  veins,  afford  a 
special  facility  for  infection  of  the  prostate 
from  the  bowel.  Congestive  and  inflamma- 
tory conditions  of  the  lower  bowel  produce 
hyperemia  of  the  prostatic  plexus  of  veins 
and  not  only  favor  transmigration  of  micro- 
organisms but,  by  evolutionary  adaptation, 
so  change  the  properties  of  the  colon  bacil- 
lus that  it  becomes  actively  infectious  and 
most  pernicious  in  its  eflfects.  Should  slight 
lesions  of  the  rectal  mucosa  coexist,  the 
transmigration  of  the  bacillus  coli  is  likely 
to  occur  at  any  time.  Once  the  parapros- 
tatic  tissues  are  invaded  it  is  but  a  step  to 
infection  of  the  glandular  tissue  of  the  pros- 
tate. A  low  grade  of  inflammation  result- 
ing, glandular  hyperplasia  follows,  its 
progress  being  very  slow  and  requiring 
a  long  period  for  its  development  to  the 
point?  of  producing  symptoms.  Indeed,  un- 
less more  or  less  acute  exacerbations  occur, 
and  in  the  absence  of  such  form  of  develop- 
ment as  will  produce  obstruction  of  the 
urinary  way,  the  attention  of  the  patient 
may  never  be  called  to  his  prostatic  over- 
growth. Urinary  symptoms  often  occur 
suddenly  from  more  or  less  acute  hyper- 
emia of  the  prostate.  Retention  occurs,  the 
doctor  is  called  and  the  catheter  is  passed. 
Infection  of  the  bladder  is  likely  to  follow, 
which  infection  usually,  and  often  justly, 
is  charged  up  to  a  dirty  catheter.  If, 
however,  these  cases  be  carefully  stud- 
ied, the  majority  of  them  will  be  found  to 
be  bacillus  coli  infection  from  transmigra- 
tion or  some  accidental  auto-infection — 
often  with  superadded  mixed  infection. 
This  may  occur  under  the  most  careful  and 
aseptic  manipulations.  Whether  or  not  the 
bacillus  coli  primarily  is  responsible  for  a 
single  case  of  prostatic  hypertrophy,  the 
fact  remains  that  prostatic  disease  of  what- 
ever kind  is  a  constant  invitation  to  colon 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MKDICINB 


ORIGINAXi  ARTICLES 


November,  1919 


707 


bacillus  infection,  and  few  cases  of  primary 
prostatic  enlargement  run  their  course  with- 
out its  development.  Irrespective  of  its 
etiologic  importance,  it  is  obvious  that  the 
effect  of  intercurrent  colon  bacillus  infec- 
tion must  be  an  increase  of  the  enlargement 
and  of  the  obstructive  effect  of  the  prostatic 
disease.  As  bearing  upon  the  etiology  of 
prostatic  hypertrophy,  in  the  authors'  ex- 
perience, superadded  colon  bckcillus  infec- 
tion of  the  prostate  and  bladder  is  suggest- 
ively frequent  in  sub-c^ute  and  chronic 
deep-seated  gonorrhea,  A  very  large  pro- 
portion of  cases  of  chronic  so-called  gonor- 
rheal cystitis  and  prostatitis  really  are  colon 
bacillus  infections  in  which  gonorrhea 
merely  hcts  prepared  the  soil  and  plays  a 
distinctly  subordinate  role. 

Apropos  of  "individual  predisposition" 
the  peculiar  tendency  of  some  subjects  to 
fibrotic  conditions  is  worthy  of  note. 


THE     BELLADONNA     TREATMENT 

OF  EPILEPSY  AND  OF  OTHER 

SPASMODIC  DISEASES. 

BY 

A.   B.   VIPOND,   M.   D., 

Formerly  M.  O.,  First  Brigade,  C.  F.  A.  and 

Captain  to  Third  Field  Ambulance,  France. 

Montreal,  P.  Q. 

For  some  years  past  I  have  felt  dissatis- 
fied with  the  usual  methods  of  treating 
epilepsy.  For  the  many  cases  I  have  seen, 
both  in  private  practice  and  in  my  large 
clinic  for  children,  I  have  formerly  advised 
the  mothers  to  regulate  the  child's  diet, 
keep  the  bowels  open,  avoid  all  mental  ex- 
citement, and  have  added  to  this  the  me- 
dicinal treatment  of  so  many  grains  of  potas- 
sium bromide,  or  of  the  triple  bromides, 


three  times  a  day.  I  then  felt  *  satisfied 
that  I  was  doing  all  that  could  be  done  with 
our  present  knowledge  and  obtained  the 
same  results  as  other  physicians  who  treated 
epilepsy  by  the  same  methods.  About  five 
years  ago,  however,  I  felt  convinced  that 
something  more  could  be  done  and  that  a 
treatment  which  tried  to  eliminate  the  per- 
ipheral irritant  and  thus  prevent  a  nervous 
discharge  or  spasm  from  the  unstable  grey 
matter  of  the  brain  was  the  most  important 
element  in  the  treatment  for  this  disease. 

We  all  know  how  one  fit  predisposes  to 
another  and  how  readily  the  unstable  grey 
matter  of  the  cortex  gets  into  the  habit  of 
discharging  nervous  energy.  For  some 
years  past  I  have  adopted  the  plan  of  asking 
the  mother  or  friend  of  the  patient  whether 
there  is  noticed  any  peculiarity  about  the 
child  before  it  develops  the  fit  or  convul- 
sion. I  am  frequently  told  that  the  mother 
knows  when  a  fit  is  coming  on  and  the  fol- 
lowing may  be  noticed :  For  some  time  be- 
fore the  fit  the  little  patient  is  feverish  and 
constipated,  or  may  be  nervous  and  cross, 
others  flushed  and  forgetful.  These  are 
premonitory  signs  and  are  quite  distinct 
from  the  aura  and  demand  prompt  treat- 
ment. I  have  proved  that  if  the  peripheral 
irritants  can  be  got  rid  of,  such  as  tem- 
perature, constipation,  etc.,  in  such  cases 
where  a  history  can  be  obtained,  we  are  in 
a  position  by  proper  treatment  to  prevent 
the  fit  taking  place.  The  first  epileptic  fit 
makes  its  impression  on  the  brain;  it  may 
have  required  a  considerable  irritant  to 
produce  it,  but  the  next  is  produced  much 
more  readily  and  it  is  not  long  before  the 
brain  gets  into  what  may  be  termed,  the 
epileptic  habit. 

There  are  a  great  many  other  cases  where 
a  history  of  premonitory  signs  cannot  be 
obtained.    Here  the  treatment  must  be  that 


Digitized  by 


Google 


708 


NOVSMBIB,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICIJSS 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


which  you  adopt  for  epilefpsy.  I  fail  to 
see  the  difference  between  the  convulsion 
in  an  infant  and  the  epileptic  fit  in  the  older 
child  or  adult.  The  cry  may  be  absent  in 
the  infant,  but  how  frequently  is  it  absent 
in  older  children  or  in  adults.  In  the  infant 
we  get  the  same  tonic  spasm  as  in  an  adult. 
This  may  be  of  short  duration  followed  by 
clonic  spasm,  as  well  as  frothing  from  the 
mouth,  biting  the  tongue,  relaxation  of  the 
neck  of  the  bladder,  etc.  We  lay  great 
stress  upon  peripheral  irritants,  but  per- 
ipheral irritants  will  not  act  upon  the  brain 
of  a  healthy  child.  The  child  who  has  a 
normal  brain  will  not  develop  convulsions, 
no  matter  what  peripheral  irritant  hai^ns 
to  be  present.  We  advise  the  removal  of 
adenoids,  circumcision,  etc.,  to  remove  any 
possible  irritants  in  cpnvulsicMis,  and  this 
is  good  advice,  but  no  peripheral  irritant 
will  act  as  a  direct  cause  of  convulsions  or 
epilepsy  in  a  healthy  brain.  The  direct 
cause  is  congenital  weakness  or  irritability 
of  the  grey  matter — without  these  we  do 
not  get  convulsions.  What  percentage  of 
children,  for  instance,  who  require  circum- 
cision, or  who  should  have  adenoids  re- 
moved, suffer  from  convulsions  or  epilepsy? 
The  percentage  is  very  small  indeed.  On 
the  other  hand,  how  many  children  who 
have  this  congenital  lack  of  nerve  tone  are 
relieved  by  the  removal  of  these  peripheral 
irritants?  This  unstable  condition  of  the 
brain  structure  is  an  inherited  condition. 

I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  this  inherited 
brain  deficiency  is  one  of  nutrition  of  the 
grey  matter  or  of  the  cortex.  Sir  William 
Gowers  found  that  in  over  50%  of  1450 
cases  there  was  an  inherited  tendency  to 
epilepsy  or  of  some  other  nervous  disorder. 
Most  of  these  children  belong  to  nervous 
families.  It  frequently  happens  that  one 
member  of  the  family  will  suffer  from  ep- 


ilepsy and  another  from  insanity.  I  would 
not  classify  epilepsy  as  a  functional  disease 
because  I  fully  believe  that  cases  of  epilepsy 
must  be  accompanied  by  an  organic  brain 
ccMidition  or  deficiency  and  that  in  most 
cases  of  idiopathic  epilepsy  this  peculiar 
structural  condition  is  an  inherited  one  and 
most  likely  •»  deficiency  of  nutrition. 

The  classification  of  idiopathic  epile|>sy 
into  major  and  minor  forms,  to  my  mind, 
is  not  complete  and  would  suggest  that  we 
add  to  this  classification,  mental  epilepsy. 
I  have  met  with  several  epileptic  children 
who  presented  peculiar  mental  attacks.  For 
instance,  a  short  time  ago  a  mother  brought 
a  child  of  about  14  months  of  age  to  the 
clinic  and  gave  the  following  history:  For 
some  time  past  the  child  had  been  having 
"peculiar  turns";  it  would  cry  under  slight 
provocation  at  the  top  of  its  voice  for  sev- 
eral minutes  and  could  not  be  quieted,  its 
lips  would  become  blue  and  then  he  becomes 
unconscious ;  there  is.no  spasm  of  the  limbs. 
While  I  was  examining  this  little  patient 
he  had  one  of  these  turns.  He  cried  lustily 
for  a  couple  of  minutes,  then  his  lips  be- 
came blue  and  he  went  quite  unconscious. 
This  condition  lasted  for  one  or  two  min- 
utes then  he  woke  up  suddenly,  stared 
around  him  and  seemed  dazed,  tho  did  not 
cry.  In  other  words,  the  fit  of  mental  ep- 
ilepsy was  over.  This  child  had  many  at- 
tacks like  these  during  the  day.  He  pre- 
sented no  signs  of  rickets  or  of  larxn- 
gismus  stridulus,  or  of  any  other  spasmodic 
condition.  Another  case  is  that  of  a  little 
girl  of  about  five  years,  whose  mother  stated 
that  she  was  quick-tempered  and  is  con- 
stantly on  the  move  and  had  "peculiar 
turns."  Without  any  apparent  cause  the 
child's  face  flushes,  she  then  gets  into  a 
violent  temper  and  does  not  know  what  she 
is  doing.    She  gets  over  this  mental  condi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amkucan  Mbdicinb 


ORIQINAIj  ARTICLB8 


NOVBMBBR,  1919 


709 


tion  in  about  three  minutes  time  when  she 
is  quite  well  again.  Another  case  was  that 
of  a  boy  of  about  ten  years  of  age,  who 
takes  epileptic  fits  and  between  the  fits  is 
constantly  talking  about  killing  Germans 
and  prays  for  an  hour  at  a  time.  I  look 
upon  this  as  mental  epilepsy  alternating  with 
the  major  form  of  that  disease.  In  these 
mental  types  of  epilepsy  I  imagine  that  the 
nervous  discharge  nmst  come  from  one  of 
the  prefrontal  convulsions  of  the  brain. 

Another  example  was  the  case  of  a  young 
girl  of  about  fourteen  years  of  age,  who 
had  been  taking  major  epileptic  fits  for 
some  time  past.  Between  the  fits  she  also 
takes  "peculiar  turns."  She  will  look  dazed 
and  stupid  for  a  short  time,  then  suddenly 
makes  an  effort  to  climb  a  post  or  a  tree, 
after  which  she  will  sleep  for  some  time. 
This  is  not  a  case  of  hysteria,  but  one  of 
mental  epilepsy. 

Treatment  of  Epilepsy  and  Gmviil- 
sioiis« — ^The  universal  treatment  of  epi- 
lepsy during  the  past  forty  years  has  been 
the  bromide  treatment.  Some  use  the  po- 
tassium bromide,  others  the  triple  bromide. 
Some  patients  are  given  small  doses,  others 
receive  heroic  doses.  One  author  states 
that  the  attack  must  be  suppressed,  if  nec- 
essary, by  the  exhibition  of  as  large  a  dose 
as  45,  60  and  even  90  grains  per  day  to  a 
child  of  five  years,  and  120,  150  or  180  to 
a  child  of  ten  years,  to  effect  a  cure  or  even 
to  produce  a  moderate  improvement.  I 
would  state  that  it  would  not  take  long  for 
this  author  to  fit  his  little  patients  for  the 
lunatic  asylum.  He  also  states  that  this 
dose  must  be  continued  indefinitely,  perhaps 
with  occasional  short  interruptions.  Again 
he  states  that  under  proper  medical  super- 
vision there  is  no  danger  and  that  further 
this  is  the  unanimous  opinion  of  all  compe- 
tent physicians.    These  doses,  to  my  mind, 


are  not  only  dangerous,  but  also  are  fatal 
as  regards  the  child's  intellect.  Sachs  states 
that  in  epilepsy  the  only  symptom  that  we 
can  find  in  the  interval  are  the  effects  of 
biting  the  tongue.  The  acne  results  from 
the  bromide  treatment  and  the  general  stu- 
por and  indifference  are  as  often  due  to 
the  drugs  administered  as  to  the  disease 
itself. 

I  maintain  that  many  cases — what  per- 
centage I  cannot  say — of  epileptic  insanity 
in  children  and  adults  are  due  to  the  pro- 
longed use  of  large  doses  of  the  bromide 
salts.  How  does  potassium  bromide  act  on 
the  brain?  Sajous  asserts  that  the  primary 
eflfect  of  potassium  bromide  is  to  depress 
the  functional  activity  of  the  vasomotor  cen- 
ter and  thus  to  cause  relaxation  of  all  the 
vessels  provided  with  a  mtlscular  coat,  the 
large  central  vascular  accommodating  more 
blood.  The  capillaries  of  all  organs,  partic- 
ularly those  of  the  brain  and  skin,  are  more 
or  less  depleted  and  the  functional  activi- 
ties more  or  less  lowered  as  well  as  its 
quieting  influence  on  cerebral  excitement.  I 
may  add  that  for  a  long  time  past  I  have 
held  the  view  that  potassium  bromide  causes 
cerebral  anemia  and  that  this  anemia  de- 
presses the  motor  and  intellectual  centers, 
especially  in  the  young  child,  with  a  corre- 
sponding amount  of  loss  of  brain  develop- 
ment. Albertini  states  that  it  so  obtunds 
the  sensitiveness  of  the  cortex  that  its  elec- 
trical excitation  can  no  longer  provoke  epi- 
leptiform convulsions.  Another  author 
states  that  larger  doses  of  bromides  cause 
anemia  of  the  brain  and  anemia  means  loss 
of  or  diminished  function  of  the  organ. 
Schonten  and  DeFleury  have  found  that 
even  small  doses  of  bromide  lower  the 
blood  pressure  and  thought  it  was  charac- 
teristic of  the  disease.  Now  I  am  convinced 
that  the  lowered  blood  pressure  is  produced 


Digitized  by 


Google 


710 


November,  1919 


ORIOINAL.  ARTICLES 


AMmzGJLN  Mbdighoi 


by  the  potassium ,  bromide  which  has  been 
given ;  the  diminution  of  blood  in  the  capil- 
laries of  the  various  organs  impairs  func- 
tional activity.  Weir  Mitchell  and  others 
have  reported  that  the  bromides  produced 
melancholia.  For  some  years  past  I  have 
held  the  view  that  the  bromides  produced 
an  anemia  of  the  brain  and  thus  a  deficiency 
of  oxygenated  blood  cwnes  into  contact 
with  the  structures  of  the  brain.  Now  if 
the  delicate  and  immature  brain  of  the  child 
with  its  sensitive  centers  and  grey  matter 
does  not  receive  a  sufficient  supply  of  pure 
oxygenated  blood,  what  may  we  expect? 
These  centers  are  receiving  thousands  of 
impressions  daily  which  are  stored  up  for 
future  use  and  I  am  certain  that  the  devel- 
opment of  the  brain  is  interfered  with  by 
giving  the  child  repeated  and  large  doses 
of  potassium  bromide. 

Granted  that  with  this  drug  we  can  in 
a  large  number  of  cases  of  epilepsy  arrest 
the  fits,  or  produce  a  great  improvement  in 
their  frequency,  what  about  the  develop- 
ment of  the  child's  brain  ?  Potassium  bro- 
mide may  stop  the  fits,  but  at  what  a  great 
expense  in  many  cases!  I  claim  that  the 
loss  of  memory  and  indiflference  and  in 
some  of  insanity,  is  produced  by  the  pro- 
longed exhibition  of  the  bromides. 

Some  years  ago  I  realized  that  epilepsy 
and  convulsions  did  not  call  so  much  for 
a  sedative  with  its  brain  anemia,  as  for  an 
antispasmodic,  which  would  give  a  rich  sup- 
ply of  oxygenated  blood  to  the  grey  matter. 
The  question  now  arises,  which  of  the  anti- 
spasmodics would  be  suitable  for  these 
cases?  We  all  know  what  a  valuable  anti- 
spasmodic belladonna  is  in  enuresis  and  in 
the  spasm  of  whooping-cough.  I  look  upon 
enuresis  as  nothing  more  than  a  "habit 
spasm"  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder  followed 
by  dilatation.    This  is  central  in  origin.    If 


belladonna  helps  enuresis  and  spasms  such 
as  we  find  in  whooping-cough,  what  eflfect 
would  it  have  in  the  so-called  habit  spasm, 
such  as  blinking  the  eyelids,  shrugging  the 
shoulders,  moving  the  lips,  etc.  ?  I  may  state 
that  I  have  given  belladonna  to  many  pa- 
tients who  have  had  such  habit  spasms  and 
they  got  perfectly  well  or  were  markedly 
improved  in  a  few  weeks  time.  However, 
I  will  refer  to  this  later  on. 

I  tried  belladonna  for  the  incoordinate 
movements  of  chorea  and  it  cured  many 
cases  of  the  acute  condition  and  I  have 
treated  two  or  three  cases  of  the  chronic 
condition  with  complete  cure  in  every  in- 
stance. In  these  cases  I  generally  give  it 
combined  with  sodium  salicylate  and  soda 
bicarbonate.  Many  physicians  stop  the 
rheumatic  treatment  when  chorea  develops 
or  when  endocarditis  supervenes,  but  I 
could  never  understand  the  reason  why  this 
is  done. 

Before  leaving  the  spasmodic  diseases, 
such  as  enuresis,  habit  spasm  chorea  with 
its  incoordinate  movements,  I  would  like 
to  say  a  word  or  two  on  the  complexion  of 
these  little  patients.  Referring  to  my  notes 
I  find,  where  I  have  noted  the  complexion 
of  these  little  patients,  that  in  fully  80% 
there  is  blue  eyes,  fair  or  medium  light  skin 
and  the  hair  light  or  medium  in  color.  Dr. 
Still,  of  the  Great  Ormond  Street  Children's 
Hospital,  London,  noted  the  same  in  regard 
to  rheumatism ;  in  fact  the  lighter  the  com- 
plexion of  the  child  who  has  rheumatism 
the  more  serious  is  the  attack.  In  my  own 
experience  I  have  found  that  the  most  se- 
rious cases  of  rheumatism  with  grave  car- 
diac troubles  are  found  in  red-haired  chil- 
dren. In  fact  I  have  had  three  children 
die  under  my  care  during  the  past  three 
years  from  rheumatism  endocarditis  and 
they  all  had  red  hair.     Rheumatic  nodules 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicinb 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLBS 


November,  1919 


711 


always  denote  a  serious  condition  with  grave 
cardiac  disturbance. 

These  children  who  have  habit  spasm  or 
an  enuresis  are,  as  a  rule,  exceptionally 
bright  in  school.  The  pigment  in  the  darker 
complexioned  child  would  seem  to  have 
some  influence  in  steadying  the  nervous  sys- 
tem. I  may  further  add  that  enuresis  is 
more  common  in  girls  than  in  boys. 

If  belladonna  can  cure  or  help  local  spasm, 
what  effect  does  it  have  on  the  general 
spasm  of  epilepsy  or  of  convulsions,  and 
how  does  it  act  ?  For  some  years  past  I  have 
claimed  that  belladonna  in  medicinal  doses 
gives  a  rich  supply  of  oxygenated  blood  to 
the  brain  and  Sajous  states  that  by  its  ac- 
tion on  the  sympathetic  center  it  enhances 
the  blood-propelling  power  of  the  arterioles. 
As  a  result  the  capillaries  of  the  entire  or- 
ganism are  traversed  by  a  super-normal 
quantity  of  arterial  blood,  blood  usually  ac- 
tive in  oxygenating  properties.  Spasms 
such  as  that  of  rheumatic  torticollis,  enu- 
resis, etc.,  may  be  due  to  hypocatabolism 
in  many  instances  by  promoting  the  dis- 
tribution of  spasmogenic  wastes,  cause  mus- 
cular relaxation  (Sajous).  Belladonna  in- 
creases nutrition  of  the  nerve  cells  and  thus 
adds  tone  to  the  spongy  grey  matter  from 
which  the  motor  discharge  arises.  Sir  Wil- 
liam Gowers  states  that  we  must  regard  the 
function  of  the  nefve  cells  as  nutritional 
only  and  that  we  must  regard  the  spongy 
grey  matter  as  the  part  of  the  brain  in 
which  the  nerve  impulse  arises  under  the 
incidence  of  other  impulses  to  it  and  we 
must,  therefore,  look  to  this,  and  to  this 
alone,  as  the  place  in  which  any  alteration 
exists  that  underlies  the  phenomena  of 
epilepsy. 

I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  idiopathic 
epilepsy  is  due  to  a  congenital  deficiency 
in  the  nerve  cell  whereby  its  nutrition  is 


lessened  and  thus  the  nutrition  of  the  grey 
matter  and  this  denotes  an  unstable  condi- 
tion or  molecular  change  in  the  grey  matter 
of  the  brain.  In  a  child  the  highest  of  con- 
trolling centers  are  the  last  to  develop  and 
add  to  this  a  congenital  or  hereditary  de- 
ficiency, one  can  readily  see  it  would  not 
require  a  strong  peripheral  irritant  to  pro- 
voke a  nervous  discharge. 

The  Treatment  of  Idiopathic  Epilepsy. 
— This  resolves  itself  into  two  classes: 
(1)  The  preventive  treatment  and  (2)  the 
treatment  for  the  fit  proper. 

(1)  The  preventive  treatment  consists 
in  removing  all  peripheral  irritants,  such  as 
adherent  prepuce,  tape  worm,  adenoids,  etc., 
and  also  treats  premonitory  signs,  such  as 
high  temperature,  constipation,  etc.  I  look 
upon  this  as  the  most  important  part  of 
the  treatment  provided  we  do  away,  or  can 
do  away,  with  the  peripheral  irritants  and 
obtain  a  history  of  premonitory  symptoms. 
The  following  history  explains  what  I  mean : 
Some  time  ago  I  was  called  in  to  see  a 
child  about  eight  months  of  age;  he  was 
taking  convulsions  daily.  He  was  given 
potassium  bromide,  chloral,  belladonna,  etc., 
with  no  improvement.  He  required  to  be 
circumcised.  This  was  done,  all  medicine 
stopped,  and  h«  has  never  had  a  convulsion 
since  the  operation,  eighteen  months  ago. 
In  this  instance  a  peripheral  irritant  acted 
upon  an  unstable  condition  of  the  cortex 
and  there  was  a  nervous  discharge ;  in  other 
words,  a  vicious  cycle  was  produced.  In 
many  cases  we  found  a  history  of  premoni- 
tory signs  or  symptoms,  such  as  flushed 
face,  a  dull  appearance,  twitching  of  the 
facial  muscles,  with  facial  irritability  in 
others,  high  temperature  or  constipation.  I 
always  inquire  for  premonitory  symptoms 
such  as  the  above,  especially  in  children, 
and  in  over  50%  have  they  been  present. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


712 


November^  1919 


ORIOIWAL.  ARTICLES 


AlOHUCAN   MBDIGnn 


If  the  child  is  feverish  or  constipated  I  pre- 
scribe for  a  child  one  year  old,  phenacetine 
iy2  grains,  calomel  1  grain,  white  sugar  20 
grains,  divided  into  three  powders,  one  to 
be  taken  every  hour  in  milk,  the  child  to  be 
kept  quiet  in  a  dark  room.  For  a  child 
of  five  yearsj  phenacetine  6  grains,  calomel 
1  grain,  divided  into  three  powders  as  pre- 
scribed. This  treatment  reduces  the  tem- 
perature, quiets  the  nervous  system  and  pro- 
duces a  free  movement  of  the  bowels;  in 
other  words,  the  child  is  brought  to  a  nor- 
mal condition  and  the  result  is  that  the  fit 
does  not  take  place.  I  have  many  histories 
among  my  notes  proving  that  this  treatment 
has  arrested  convulsions  or  an  epileptic  fit. 
If  one  can  accomplish  this  it  is  a  great  gain 
to  the  child  as  it  tends  to  break  up  the 
habit.  Every  convulsion  or  fit  which  is 
arrested  when  the  cortical  structure  was 
on  the  point  of  setting  free  a  motor  dis- 
charge, tends  to  the  recovery  of  the  little 
patient. 

(2)  In  the  belladonna  treatment  for  the 
fit  proper,  the  following  brief  histories  may 
be  of  interest: 

Case  I.  Gertrude  P.,  aged  10  years, 
came  under  my  care  on  August  16,  1913, 
having  had  five  fits  during  the  past  two  or 
three  weeks,  four  of  the  attacks  being 
minor,  the  other  a  typical  major  attack.  She 
was  given  belladonna  at  once  and  up  to  the 
present  the  child  has  had  no  recurrence  of 
the  trouble. 

Case  II.  I  saw  Margaret  D.,  aged  four 
years,  on  November  27,  1914,  having  suf- 
fered from  several  epileptic  fits.  Here  the 
results  were  exactly  the  same. 

Case  III.  M.  P.,  another  case  under  my 
care,  after  treatment  with  belladonna  has 
been  quite  free  for  the  past  two  years. 

Case  IV.  Another  interesting  case  was 
that  of  an  infant  of  10  months  who  de- 
veloped convulsions,  was  given  potassium 
bromide,  chloral  hydrate,  with  no  eflFect,  the 
fits  continuing  some  50  or  60  daily.  After 
the  administration  of  belladonna  it  was  per- 
fectly well  in  a  short  time. 


Case  V.  Another  case  was  that  of  a 
child  of  two  years  and  three  months  who 
came  to  my  clinic  on  July  31,  1913,  having 
had  two  fits,  one  in  June  and  the  other  on 
July  18.  He  was  placed  on  belladonna 
treatment  and  altho  he  had  two  more  fits, 
one  on  August  25  and  another  in  about 
eleven  months  time,  he  has  had  none  since 
and  is  bright  and  intelligent. 

Case  VI.  Charles  E.,  aged  two  years  and 
seven  months,  developed  a  fit  on  August  10, 
with  a  temperature  of  103**.  I  adminis- 
tered phenacetine  and  calomel  in  addition 
to  the  belladonna  treatment  and  up  to  the 
present  time  no  recurrence  has  taken  place. 

Case  VII.  The  following  case  is  of  in- 
terest as  it  demonstrates  how  a  young  girl 
of  12  years  of  age  showed  all  the  premoni- 
tory signs  and  was  treated  with  phenacetine 
and  calomel  with  the  result  that  the  fit  did 
not  take  place.  She  had  been  quiet  all  day, 
then  flushed  with  facial  irritability;  there 
was  a  marked  tremor  of  the  orbicularis 
muscle,  slight  twitching  of  the  left  arm  and 
no  doubt  a  nerve  storm  was  pending.  I 
put  this  child  on  phenacetine  8  grains,  cal- 
omel 2  grains,  divided  into  three  powders, 
one  to  be  taken  every  hour,  the  first  powder 
being  given  be*fore  leaving  the  clinic.  The 
result  was  the  attack  was  entirely  checked. 
Later  on,  by  the  same  preventive  treat- 
ment, the  fit  was  again  arrested  so  that  the 
child  escaped  having  two  epileptic  fits,  which 
meant  a  great  gain  as  every  nerve  storm 
arrested  tends  to  break  up  the  bad  habit. 

Case  VIII.  The  next  case  is  one  in 
which  I  did  not  have  a  recovery ;  however, 
there  was  a  marked  improvement.  E.  K., 
aged  six  years,  has  been  taking  epileptic 
fits  for  over  two  years  following  an  attack 
of  whooping-cough.  The  attacks  were  fre- 
quent, one  taking  place  every  seven  to  ten 
days.  In  a  short  time  the  frequency  les- 
sened under  treatment,  but  the  child  was 
not  cured.  I  can  imagine  that  the  whoop- 
ing-cough produced  some  change  in  the  cor- 
tex, probably  a  slight  hemorrhage  took 
place  and  one  could  hardly  look  for  a  cure 
in  this  instance.  In  most  other  instances, 
where  we  have  no  known  organic  lesion 
such  as  hemorrhage  in  whooping-cough,  we 
get  a  complete  cure  by  giving  the  belladonna 
and  if  it  does  not  act  I  arrive  at  the  con- 
clusion that  the  cause  of  the  epilepsy  may 
be  due  to  some  brain  injury  such  as  whoop- 
ing-cough might  produce,  a  slight  hemor- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambrican  Mbdioimb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


NOVKMBBR,  1919 


713 


rhage  into  the  brain,  or  the  hemorrhage 
may  date,  from  birth.  Altho  these  cases 
may  not  be  cured  I  have  had  a  marked  im- 
provement in  many  instances  by  the  admin- 
istration of  belladonna. 

At  the  present  time  I  am  treating  a  little 
girl  of  about  four  years  of  age  who  is  men- 
tally defective  and  who  has  been  having 
fits  every  day.  As  long  as  she  takes  bella- 
donna the  fits  are  completely  arrested.  Some 
time  ago  I  was  called  in  consultation  to  see 
a  child  of  about  eight  months  old  who  had 
been  having  many  fits  during  the  past  few 
days.  I  placed  the  child  under  the  bella- 
donna treatment  and  they  stopped  at  once. 
Some  time  later  the  child  developed  laryn- 
gismus stridulus  and  the  belladonna  ar- 
rested this  in  about  twenty-four  hours. 

The  last  case  which  I  will  mention  is  that 
of  a  young  soldier  who  was  under  my  care 
while  medical  officer  with  the  First  Quebec 
Regiment.  This  young  man  developed  epi- 
lepsy, the  fits  being  frequent;  he  had  been 
taking  large  doses  of  the  bromides  without 
producing  any  effect  and  was  discharged 
from  the  army  as  being  unfit  for  service. 
I  placed  him  under  the  belladonna  treat- 
ment and  he  subsequently  passed  for  the 
Navy  and  has  had  no  fits  since.  Many 
other  cases  of  cure  by  this  belladonna  treat- 
ment might  be  mentioned,  but  the  above  is 
sufficient  to  advocate  its  use. 

Now  the  question  may  be  asked,  will  bel- 
ladonna cure  all  cases  of  idiopathic  epi- 
lepsy ?  The  answer  is,  "No."  I  have  tried 
it  in  cases  of  chronic  epilepsy  of  ten  to 
fifteen  years  standing  and  have  succeed- 
ed in  reducing  the  fits,  but  these  cases 
are  not  cured.  I  have  also  tried  it  in 
cases  of  epilepsy  following  injury  to  the 
brain  at  birth.  In  these  cases  the  fits 
are  lessened  in  frequency,  but  as  we  have 
destruction  of  a  part  of  the  brain  we  cannot 
expect  to  cure  them.     Belladonna  lessens 


the  frequency  of  the  fits  and  improves  the 
memory  and  the  patients  become  more 
cheerful  and  brighter.  One  cannot  over- 
come the  effects  of  chronic  epilepsy  plus 
the  baneful  influences  exerted  by  large, 
prolonged  doses  of  potassium  bromide;  it 
will  not  cure  these  cases. 

Belladonna  effects  a  cure  in  most  cases 
of  convulsions  in  children  provided  we  do 
away  with  all  source  of  peripheral  irrita- 
tion and  that  the  convulsion  is  not  caused 
by  hemorrhage  into  the  brain. 

Further,  belladonna  will  effect  a  cure  in 
most  cases  of  idiopathic  epilepsy  provided 
we  get  the  case  under  our  care  before  it 
becomes  chronic  and  before  the  brain  be- 
comes saturated  with  bromides. 

In  every  instance  we  should  look  for 
some  premonitory  sign  or  symptom  which 
can  be  corrected  in  time  to  prevent  a  fit 
coming  on.  I  have  a  young  man  under  my 
care  who  suffered  from  epilepsy  for  about 
a  year.  He  did  well  under  the  belladonna 
treatment,  but  about  once  a  week. a  fit  would 
come  on  in  the  morning  while  dressing.  I 
added  about  10  grains  of  potassium  bro- 
mide, to  be  given  only  at  bed  time,  and  the 
result  was  that  he  had  not  one  fit  during 
the  past  year.  The  dose  of  belladonna  in 
this  instance  cut  off  the  baneful  influence 
of  the  potassium  bromide. 

What  are  the  effects  of  the  potassium 
bromide  treatment?  First,  it  depletes  the 
smaller  vessels  of  the  brain  and  produces 
anemia;  second,  bromide  acne  and  other 
bromide  rashes  may  be  produced;  third, 
loss  of  memory  takes  place,  not  produced 
by  the  epilepsy,  but  by  large  and  continued 
doses  of  potassium  bromide ;  fourth,  a  stu- 
pid look  is  noticed  in  many  instances  and, 
fifth,  insanity  is  produced.  It  is  generally 
held  that  this  insanity  is  caused  by  the  epi- 
leptic fits,  but  I  am  inclined  to  the  belief 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


714 


NOVEMBBR«  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


AMSRICAN    MSDICINK 


that  it  is  induced  by  giving  large  and  con- 
tinued doses  of  bromide.  So  we  can  see 
that  the  bromide  treatment  has  its  disad- 
vantages. 

How  does  belladonna  act  ?  First,  it  gives 
a  pure,  rich  supply  of  oxygenated  blood  to 
the  brain  as  well  as  to  the  surrounding  grey 
matter.  It  also,  by  increasing  the  circula- 
tion, does  away  with  the  toxines  which  may 
be  present.  Second,  no  acne  is  produced. 
We  may  have  belladonna  poisoning,  but  we 
do  not  require  doses  large  enough  to  pro- 
duce this.  Third,  the  memory  is  improved. 
Fourth,  the  child  is  bright  and  shows  in- 
creased intelligence.  The  mother  tells  me 
that  the  first  thing  she  notices  is  that  the 
child  is  so  much  brighter.  Fifth,  insanity 
is  never  produced  in  using  this  treatment 
in  the  proper  doses. 

I  am  not  alone  in  treating  epilepsy  by 
belladonna,  for  several  of  my  confreres  in 
Montreal  are  using  it  at  my  suggestion  and 
are  having  the  same  results.  I  generally 
use  the  tincture  of  belladonna  as  it  is  easier 
to  handle  and  the  dose  can  be  regulated 
better. 

In  a  child  of  six  months  I  give  one  to 
three  drops  every  four  hours,  or  three  times 
daily. 

In  a  child  of  one  year,  two  to  five  drops. 

Two  to  five  years,  four  to  eight  drops 
three  times  daily.  This  can  be  increased 
if  necessary. 

I  have  used  belladonna  for  other  spas- 
modic conditions  with  gratifying  results. 
Thus  I  have  treated  many  cases  of  habit 
spasm  with  success.  For  example,  E.  T., 
a  bright,  blue-eyed  girl  of  seven  years,  came 
under  my  care  on  July  24,  1914,  with  blink- 
ing of  the-  eyelids,  twitching  of  the  mouth, 
etc.;  I  placed  her  on  belladonna  and  by 
September  she  was  quite  well  again.  P.  C, 
a  child  of  twelve,  had  a  persistent  blinking 


in  both  eyelids;  this  got  quite  well  in  a 
month's  time.  Vera  I.,  blinking,  of  both 
eyelids,  moving  of  frontal  muscles,  con- 
stant for  two  or  three  months,  got  practi- 
cally well  in  a  short  time. 

Many  of  these  children  live  in  homes 
where  they  are  constantly  under  irritating 
conditions  and  here  the  treatment  is  not  so 
successful  as  long  as  they  remain  in  an 
unfavorable  environment. 

With  regard  to  the  cases  of  chorea 
treated  with  belladonna,  Lizzie  E.  devel- 
oped three  or  four  attacks  of  rheumatism 
complicated  with  chorea,  under  treatment 
with  belladonna  soda  salicylates  and  entire 
rest  was  cured  in  six  weeks.  Another  case 
was  that  of  a  boy  of  fifteen  who  had  several 
attacks  of  rheumatism  and  chorea,  the  last 
attack  continuing  for  many  months.  When 
I  saw  him  the  left  arm,  leg  and  face  were 
involved  and  he  had  been  taking  arsenic 
up  to  thirty  drops  without  improvement. 
In  four  weeks  after  starting  the  belladonna 
he  was  quite  well  with  no  recurrence.  The 
third  case  was  also  a  lad  of  fifteen  who  had 
several  attacks  of  chorea,  the  last  for  a 
period  of  twelve  months ;  arsenic  had  no  ef- 
fect. He  took  belladonna  and  was  quite 
well  in  about  four  weeks  time. 

Dr.  G.  F.  Still  states  that  there  are  few 
diseases  of  children  for  which  the  medical 
attendant  is  likely  to  gain  less  credit  than 
in  these  cases.  Freedom  from  mental  ex- 
citement and  worry,  including  school  work, 
a  change  of  scene  and  air,  will  add  materi- 
ally to  the  obtaining  of  a  good  result.  Fully 
75%  of  these  cases  can  be  helped  or  cured 
provided  the  child  can  live  in  a  quiet  en- 
vironment. Poor  children  do  better  in  the 
hospitals  and  for  those  in  better  circum- 
stances the  child  should  be  isolated. 

During  the  past  few  months  I  have  treated 
several  cases  of  laryngismus  stridulus  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrigan  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICIjBS 


November^  1919 


715 


tincture  of  belladonna  and  the  little  patients 
without  exception  were  well  in  a  short  time. 
Two  children  developed  convulsions  some 
days  before  the  laryngismus,  one  had  albu- 
min in  the  urine  and  four  others  had  sup- 
pression, in  one  case  persisting  for  twenty- 
four  hours;  this  might  be  produced  by  a 
tonic  contraction  of  the  vessels  of  the  kid- 
neys. Belladonna  is  also  useful  in  children 
who  are  habitually  irritable  and  cross  and 
who  sleep  poorly.  In  tetany  also  the  infant 
will  be  quite  well  in  a  few  days. 

I  claim  that  belladonna  is  the  rational 
treatment  of  all  spasmodic  conditions  such 
as  epilepsy,  convulsions,  enuresis,  habit 
spasm,  whooping-cough,  spasmus-nutans, 
tetany  and  laryngismus  stridulus.  It  is  of 
use. also  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  irri- 
tability of  infants  and  in  older  children  as 
well  in  incoordinating  conditions  depending 
upon  lack  of  tone  in  the  cortical  centers 
and  the  grey  matter  of  the  brain,  such  as 
chorea,  etc. 


SOME  REMARKS  ON  APHASIA. 

BY 

H.  LAVESON,  M.  D., 
New  York  City. 

Aphasia  is  a  general  name  for  diseased 
conditions  of  the  brain  which  aflfect  the 
patient's  consciousness  of  words.  In  sensory 
aphasia  the  subject's  hearing  or  reading 
of  words  is  aflfected;  in  motor  aphasia 
he  is  unable  to  speak  or  to  write.  In 
either  case  he  may  or  may  not  know  the 
meaning  of  words.  The  patient's  speech, 
for  example,  may  be  unaffected  and  he  may 
read  perfectly,  yet  spoken  words  may  seem 
to  him  like  mere  inarticulate  sounds,  or  he 
may  hear  words  and  even  understand  them, 
he  may  speak  and  write  and  he  may  yet  be 


unable  to  read  printed  and  written  words, 
even  those  which  he  himself  has  written. 
These  forms  of  sensory  aphasia  are  named 
word  deafness  and  alexia,  respectively, 
motor  aphasia  also  has  two  main  forms, 
inability  to  speak  and  to  write.  The  latter 
is  called  agraphia  and  the  former  is  named 
pure  motor  aphasia.  In  agraphia  the  pa- 
tient reads  and  speaks  understandingly ;  he 
can  even  read  what  he  himself  has  earlier 
written,  but  he  cannot  write.  In  pure  mo- 
tor aphasia,  a  man  understands  what  is  said 
to  him,  reads  printed  and  written  words 
and  can  even  write,  but  his  speech  is  more 
or  less  seriously  disturbed.  He  can  laugh, 
cry  and  sing,  but  either  he  misuses  words, 
one  place  or  another,  or  he  has  no  words  at 
all  or  he  speaks  incoherently  in  what  has 
been  called  a  broth  of  unintelligible  sylla- 
bles. He  may  recognize  his  mistakes  and 
be  tormented  by  them,  but  he  cannot  avoid 
them.  Sometimes  it  happens  that  the  in- 
ability to  speak  affects  only  objects  of  a 
certain  sense-class.  For  example,  a  man 
may  be  able  to  name  the  visual  and  tactile 
qualities  of  an  object,  but  unable  to  name 
sounds  of  any  kind;  or  he  may  be  able  to 
name  colors  and  sounds,  but  not  tactile  qual- 
ities. Pure  motor  aphasia  is  known  as  au- 
ditory, tactile  or  visual,  according  as  it  af- 
fects one  class  of  sensations  or  another. 
It  has  been  abundantly  established  that 
word-blindness  or  the  loss  of  the  meaning 
of  words,  is  due  not  to  the  derangement 
of  articulatory  or  word-hearing  centers,  but 
rather  to  the  loss  of  connection  between 
such  word-centers  and  the  visual,  auditory 
or  tactile  centers  of  concrete  images.  The 
man  who  is  unable  to  tell  the  meaning  of 
the  word  "brush,"  tho  he  writes  and  artic- 
ulates the  word  and  rightly  uses  the  object, 
no  longer  associates  the  motor  or  visual 
image  of  the  act  of  brushing  with  the  sight 


Digitized  by 


Google 


716 


November,  1919 


ORIGINAIj  ARTICLB8 


Amkucam  Mbdicinb 


of  the  word.  This  absence  of  the  habitual 
association  may  be  due  either  to  the  injury 
of  visual  or  motor  centers  or  to  injury  of 
the  fibres  connecting  word-center  with  other 
centers.  Normally  the  articulation  center 
is  closely  connected  with  the  brain-centers 
for  concrete   imagery,   but   sometimes   the 


us,  a  slight  excitation  of  the  sense-cells  in 
the  articulation  center.  This  shows  the  im- 
portance of  the  Broca  and  Wernicke  cen- 
ters, and  it  indicates  that  the  Broca  cen- 
ter in  the  lower  frontal  convolution  is  not 
merely  a  motor  center ;  in  other  words,  that 
it  is  not  concerned  merely  in  the   use    of 


SENS0RY4i»e 


Flmanl 


Pio.  1.    Scheme  of  Localization  in  Cortex  of  Convex  Surface  of  Hemisphere. 


rUNEUS 


Fig.  2.    LocaUzation  on  Inner  Surface  of  Hemisphere. 


connection  is  utterly  broken  and  again  it  is 
curiously  altered. 

The  verbal  image  includes  at  least  two 
parts :  the  sound  of  the  word  as  heard  and 
the  consciousness  of  articulating  the  word. 
Even  when  we  merely  listen  and  do  not 
actually  speak  aloud  there  is,  for  most  of 


speech,  but  that  it  is  a  sense  center  as  well, 
excited  during  the  word-consciousness  of 
persons  of  the  tactile-motor  image  type. 
Language  by  an  educated  person  is  read 
and  written  as  well  as  spoken  and  heard. 
The  word-sound  often,  therefore,  suggests 
the  image  of  the  written  or  printed  word 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Amsrican  Mkdicins 


ORIOINAL.  ARTICLES 


November^  1919 


717 


and  it  may  suggest  the  movement  of  writ- 
ing.    The  complete  percept  of  a  spoken 
word  must  thus  include  fused  elements  of 
sound  and  articulation. 
Report  of  cases : 

Case  I.  "What  is  the  reason,  Doctor," 
she  said,  "that  everything  in  a  book  or 
newspaper  is  illegible  to  me?  Last  eve- 
ning I  sent  an  advertisement  to  the  Herald 
for  a  waitress  and  when  the  girls  came  this 
morning  I  could  not  read  their  references. 
I  then  took  up  the  Herald  and  found  that 
I  could  not  read  a  word  in  it.  At  first  I 
supposed  my  eyesight  had    failed,    but    I 


Case  II.  An  example  of  the  total  loss 
of  the  power  of  recognizing  words  occurred 
in  a  hospital  patient,  but  in  him  it  was 
words  that  came  thru  the  ears  which  he 
could  not  recognize,  so  that  he  had  what  is 
termed  word-deafness.  He  was  naturally  an 
intelligent  young  man  under  thirty,  a  clerk 
in  a  mercantile  establishment,  and  was  sup- 
posed to  have  become  insane  because 
he  talked  only  gibberish  and,  moreover,  he 
did  not  seem  able  to  understand  what  was 
said  to  him.  It  was  soon  found,  however, 
that  he  could  read  and  write  as  well  as 
ever  so  that  to  all  questions  that  were  put 
to   him   in    writing   he   wrote   correct   an- 


,,AOT0R  A^^,^^  . 


Pictrhtat 


Fig.  3.     Scheme  of  Position  of  Fiber-tracts  descending  from  the  various  areas. 


could  see  everything  around  the  room  as 
well  as  ever,  and  so  also  with  my  crochet 
work.  I  then  opened  the  Bible,  but  could 
not  read  a  word.  What  is  the  matter  with 
me?"  I  at  once  recognized  that  she  had 
been  struck  with  word-blindness,  as  this 
affection  is  technically  termed,  and  from 
that  day  to  her  death,  two  years  later,  she 
never  saw  a  word.  She  had  no  other  dis- 
order of  speech  and  none  of  vision.  She 
heard  every  word  that  came  to  her  ears  and 
she  could  speek  as  fluently  as  evef,  but  no 
word  could  reach  her  consciousness  thru 
her  eves. 


swers.  The  reason  he  talked  so  incoherently 
was  because  he  could  not  hear  his  own 
words  and  for  the  same  reason  all  words 
addressed  to  his  ears  reached  his  con- 
sciousness only  as  sounds,  but  were  other- 
wise as  unintelligible  to  him  as  the  words 
of  a  language  which  he  had  never  heard. 
Case  III.  A  man  retires  to  bed  in  good 
health,  but  is  found  in  the  morning  utterly 
unable  to  speak  a  word.  It  is  soon  ascer- 
tained that  he  has  no  word-deafness,  for 
he  evidently  understands  everything  that  is 
spoken  to  him  and  that  he  has  no  word- 
blindness  because  he  can  read,  but  he  may 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


738 


NOVBMBER*  1919 


ORIOINAIj  articuds 


Amsbican  Mbdicins 


not  be  able  to  utter  a  word,  still  less  a  sen- 
tence. In  his  distress  he- may  make  signs 
that  he  would  like  to  write;  it  is  usually 
found  that  he  cannot  find  the  words  to  ex- 
press himself  by  writing  any  more  than  he 
can  by  speaking. 


150  CASES  OF  OCCUPATIONAL  DIS- 
EASE REPORTED  IN  NEW  YORK 
IN  191& 

BT 

W.  H.  RAND,  M.  D., 
Washington,  D.  C. 

According  to  the  returns  made  by  the 
hospital  authorities  and  private  medical 
practitioners  of  New  York  City,  there  was 
an  incredibly  low  incidence  of  occupational 
diseases  during  the  year  1918  in  that  munic- 
ipality with  its  population  of  5,047^1 
(See  World  Ahnanac,  1919).  The  entire 
number  reported  to  the  City  Health  De- 
partment for  that  period  was  only  150 — 
probably  not  a  centesimal  part  of  the  cases 
actually  occurring. 

There  are  6,379  physicians  in  New  York 
City  (Medical  Directory).  Hence,  on  an 
average,  it  required  the  cooperation  of  42 
physicians  to  report  each  case  of  industrial 
disease.  But  how  is.  it  possible  to  account 
for  this  wholly  inadequate  exhibit?  There 
is  but  one  candid  explanation.  The  law  is 
not  executed. 

Section  92  of  the  New  York  City  Sani- 
tary Code  reads  as  follows: 

''It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  manager  or  man- 
agers, superintendent  or  person  in  charge  of 
every  hospital,  institution  or  dispensary  in  the 
City  of  New  York  to  report  to  the  Department 
of  Health,  in  writing,  the  full  name,  age  and 
address  of  every  occupant  or  inmate  thereof 
or  person  treated  therein,  affected  with  any 
one  of  the  occupational  diseases  included  in 
the  list  appended,  with  the  name  of  the  disease, 
within  twenty-four  hours  after  the  time  when 
the  case  is  diagnosed,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  every  physician  to  make  a  similar  report  to 
the  said  Department  within  the  same  period 


relative  to  any  person  found  by  such  physician 
to  be  affected  with  any  one  of  the  said  oocnpa- 
tional  diseases,  stating  in  each  instance  the 
name  of  the  disease: 

"Arsenic  poisoning,  bisulphide  of  carbon 
poisoning,  caisson  disease  (compressed  air  ill- 
ness), carbon  monoxide  poisoning,  dinitroben- 
zol  poisoning,  lead  poisoning,  mercury  poison- 
ing, methyl  alcohol  or  wood  naphtha  poison- 
ing, natural  gas  poisoning,  phosphorus  poison- 
ing." 

Eleven  distinct  kinds  of  occupational  dis- 
ease are  enumerated  in  the  forgoing  official 
category.  Too  many  or  else  too  few! 
The  list  is  not  an  exhaustive  one,  tho  it 
purports  to  be  a  complete  inventory  of  the 
recognized  diseases  of  occupation.  Yet 
with  the  text  of  this  Code  there  is  published 
a  table  of  occupational  diseases  (certified 
to  the  City  Health  Department  in  1918)  in 
which  were  reported  six  varieties  of  in- 
dustrial diseases  that  are  not  included  in 
the  Code  schedule.  The  Code  schedule, 
therefore,  is  inadequate,  even  for  cataloging 
local  occupational  health  hazards.  In  fact, 
it  is  impossible  to  make  a  complete  list  of 
occupational  ailments,  since  their  character 
is  not  well  defined  and  their  number  is  un- 
known. 

The  Weekly  Bulletin  of  the  Department 
of  Health,  City  of  New  York,  for  April  5, 
1919,  records  the  fact  that  one  hundred  and 
fifty  cases  of  occupational  disease  were  re- 
ported to  the  Department  during  the  year 
1918.  The  cases  were  distributed  as  fol- 
lows: 


Disease. 


5R 
Of) 


5R  > 


►» 

^ 


9 


Anthrax    0  15 

Dinitrobenzol    poisoning      0  1 

Caisson  disease    107  0 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MBDICINS 


ORIOINAIj  articlbs 


NOVBMBBR,  1919 


719 


G)pper  poisoning 

Lead  poisoning   

Picric  acid  poisoning. 
Occupational  neuritis 
Sewer  gas  poisoning 

TNT  poisoning 

Wood  alcohol  poisoning 


1 

6 

2, 

0 

1 

0 

1 

118 


0 
13 
0 
2 
0 
1 
0 


32 


From  January  1  to  March  31,  1919,  the 
record  stands  thus: 


^a 

^ 

eO 

^'oS 

"S 

"E  ^ 

t-    IB 

Disease. 

1^ 

II 

"« 
i 

-"I 

09   >. 

CD  -t^ 

i£ 

O  0} 

S   ^ 

Co  H4 

^ 

Anthrax 

1 

.       3 

2 

Lead   poisoning    

2 

Mercurial 

poisoning   . 

.     1 

1 

5 

5 

Concerning  these  data  the  Health  Officer 
offers  the  trenchant  comment,  "The  cases 
are  so  few  as  to  indicate  that  many  cases 
of  such  maladies  are  not  reported  as  re- 
quired by  the  Sanitary  Code." 
'The  Bulletin  adds  this  importunity: 
"Physicians  and  institution  superintendents 
are  urged  more  fully  to  cooperate  with  the 
Department  in  future,  and  to  promptly  re- 
port all  cases  of  industrial  diseases  coming 
to  their  attention." 

Such  appeals  are  impotent  and  unavail- 
ing. Something  more  virile  than  verbal  re- 
monstrance is  requisite  to  meet  the  case  of 
physicians  who  are  guilty  of  laches  and 
non-compliance  with  the  law.  Severe 
penalization  of  such  negligence  is  impera- 


tively demanded.  To  tolerate  open  viola- 
tion of  the  statute  is  "worse  than  a  crime ; 
it  is  a  blunder." 

In  order  to  render  the  Code  effective  it 
should  be  amended  in  two  important  par- 
ticulars: First,  a  provision  should  be  in- 
corporated in  the  text  for  the  payment  of  a 
nominal  fee  (25  cents,  perhaps)  to  the 
physician  for  every  case  of  occupational 
disease  reported  by  him.  This  fee  would 
reimburse  him  for  postal  expenses  in  mak- 
ing written  returns  to  the  Health  Depart- 
ment. 

Then  the  Code  should  impose  penalties 
(fine  and  imprisonment)  for  wilful  disre- 
gard of  its  requirements. 

It  is  conceded  that,  in  its  present  form, 
the  Code  is  "a  thing  of  beauty",  the  ethereal 
embodiment  of  transcendental  morality  and 
altruistic  benevolence. 

But  compliance  with  its  requirements 
levies  tribute  on  the  reporter  by  extorting 
from  him  the  cost  of  postage,  tho  no  penalty 
is  incurred  by  ignoring  the  law.  Thus  the 
Code  virtually  offers  a  premium  for  its 
own  nullification.  It  holds  out  no  induce- 
ments and  inspires  no  incentives  to  obedi- 
ence, while  it  lacks  the  punch  that  ensures 
cooperation  and  penalizes  dereliction  of 
duty.  .  

Purgation  of  Patients  Before  Opera- 
tion*— ^Alvarez  (Surg.,  Gyn,  and  Obs.,  xxvi 
6)  considers  this  question  and  concludes 
that  the  body  is  weakened  by  the  upset  of 
the  balance  of  salts,  particularly  where  there 
will  be  vomiting  and  hemorrhage.  There 
is  an  increased  growth  of  bacteria  and  some 
evidence  of  an  increased  absorption  of 
toxins  and  a  tendency  to  flatulence  and  dis- 
tention. The  loss  of  sleep  prjor  to  opera- 
tion is  undesirable.  The  resumption  of 
colonic  activity  is  delayed  and  more  difficult. 
It  is  suggested  that  food  should  be  g^ven 
as  late  as  possible  before  operation  and 
even  enemas  avoided,  and  purgation  avoided 
after  operation  a:s  well  as  before. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


720 


NOVBICBBR,  1919 


ORIOINAIj  articuds 


AMBBICAN   MBDICINI 


FREE  MEDICAL  ATTENDANCE  AS  A 
PUBLIC  UTILITY— AN  EX- 
PERIMENT. 

BY 

E.  S.  GOODHUE,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 
Pukoo-Molokai-Hawaii. 

The  maintenance  of  public  health  and  the 
best  method  of  promoting  it,  are  receiving 
a  great  deal  of  attention  not  only  among 
medical  men  but  outside  in  lay  communities. 

Floyd  Parsons  says  in  a  recent  magazine 
article:  "Tho  the  leaders  of  medicine  to- 
day fully  recognize  that  the  doctors  of  the 
future  must  deal  very  largely  with  per- 
sonal hygiene  and  preventive  medicine 
rather  than  emergency  treatment,  this  im- 
portant change,  like  most  revolutions  in 
policy,  will  be  brought  about  not  by  the 
medical  profession,  but  by  business  men  to 
satisfy  the  urgent  needs  of  industry. 

The  new  power  of  the  working  people 
alone  makes  it  necessary  that  our  present 
health  ideals  be  changed.  Only  a  few  years 
ago  there  was  not  one  employer  in  ten  who 
believed  that  a  company  would  be  held 
legally  responsible  for  each  and  every  ac- 
cident occurring  to  an  employee  in  one  of 
its  plants.  But  this  dream  of  idealists  came 
true." 

The  medical  profession  here  and  abroad 
has  long  recognized  the  disadvantages  of 
charging  and  collecting  fees  for  services 
rendered  those  who  are  so  unfortunate  as 
to  be  obliged  to  call  in  the  services  of  a 
doctor. 

The  present  system  is  expensive,  time- 
consuming,  annoying  and  to  the  ethical 
physician,  the  hardest  and  most  distressing 
part  of  his  work.  It  brings  him  up  against 
base  ingratitude  inherent  in  so  much  of 
humanity;  it  sometimes  obliges  him  to 
charge  for  services  he  would  gladly  render 


free  of  charge;  it  makes  enemies,  subjects 
him  to  the  shafts  of  witless  witticisms;  it 
is  wholly  inadequate  in  securing  for  the 
doctor  the  money  he  has  earned. 

Most  physicians,  if  not  poor,  are  more  or 
less  troubled  by  financial  matters,  and  they 
should  not  be  expected  to  do  for  nothing 
a  large  amount  of  practice  their  sense  of 
sympathy  will  not  allow  them  to  refuse. 
The  state  should  see  to  that.  Nor  should 
a  physician  have  to  accept  a  humiliating  "re- 
muneration" for  his  work- fees  often  less 
than  those  paid  a  plumber  or  an  electrician. 
A  physician  will  do  an  immense  amount  of 
medical  and  surgical  work  for  a  salary 
ranging  from  $75  to  $150  a  month,  while 
the  manager  of  a  plantation  may  draw  from 
$6,000  to  $10,000  a  year,  or  the  bookkeeper 
and  overseer,  $200  or  more,  a  month. 

The  qualified  physician  should  be  paid 
by  the  state,  county,  corporation  or  the 
philanthropic  associations.  Not  for  work 
at  $1  per,  but  at  a  salary  which  a  physician 
can  accept  without  loss  of  self-respect. 

Hospitals  should  be  provided  free  to  all. 
Not  county  or  other  eleemosynary  institu- 
tions with  the  stigma  of  patronage  about 
them,  but  places  where  all  sick  persons 
whether  rich  or  poor,  may  receive  medical 
treatment  without  money  and  without  price. 
Dispensaries  for  indigents  should  be  elim- 
inated as  such  and  maintained  upon  another 
footing. 

As  it  is,  patients  with  money  seek  the 
dispensaries,  shamefacedly  as  it  were,  cheat- 
ing the  physician  out  of  his  fee ;  or  the  in- 
digent come  in  proud  necessity  with  a  loss 
of  self-respect. 

A  beginning  has  been  made  in  England  to 
subsidize  medical  service  for  the  public 
good,  but  the  error  was  committed  at  the 
start  of  demanding  of  the  physician  much 
work   for  small  pay.     It  is  true  that  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AliWtlOAN  Mbdxczns 


ORIQINAL.  ABTICLJSS 


November,  1919 


721 


best  and  most  skillful  physician  works  with 
enthusiasm  in  his  routine  of  duty,  and  not 
for  pay ;  but  no  physician  can  live  and  prac- 
tice adequately  without  spending  a  great 
deal  of  money.  It  costs  to  qualify  for  the 
practice  of  medicine.  It  costs  to  secure  and 
fit  up  an  office.  It  costs  to  wait  for  patients. 
It  costs  for  a  car,  expensive  apparatus,  good 
drugs,  for  journals  and  books,  books,  books. 
Even  if  patients  fail  to  settle  their  accounts 
for  a  year,  or  do  not  pay  at  all,  the  doctor 
must  pay  promptly  or  lose  his  standing  in 
the  community. 

Keeping  accounts  is  an  irksome  part  of 


pected  to  so  limit  his  practice.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  others  "sponge"  on  him  in  one  way 
or  another.  And  the  fact  that  he  is  a  gov- 
ernment physician  induces  a  large  number 
of  persons  to  believe  that  he  should  not 
charge  any  one  at  all.  As  he  must  provide 
for  his  own  living  expenses,  transportation, 
drugs  and  equipment  for  private  practice, 
he  cannot  well  live  on  his  salary  which  does 
not  take  into  account  the  small  income  de- 
rived from  his  private  work.  In  some  dis- 
tricts, plantation  practice  and  pay  help  him 
out. 

Upon  consideration,  one  cannot  blame  the 


Pig.  1.     Home  of  Dr.  Goodhue,  the  Leper  Settlement's  Resident  Physician. 


the  physician's  work.  He  hates  it.  The 
country  doctor's  wife  often  has  to  be  the 
bookeeper  and  share  the  blame  of  sending 
bills,  while  in  the  offices  of  city  doctors  who 
have  large  practices,  an  accountant  or  secre- 
tary may  be  kept — but  he  is  not  much  of  a 
camouflage.  After  all,  the  doctor  does  the 
work  and  makes  the  charges — he  is  the  one 
to  get  his  fee  out  of  the  rich,  or  temper  the 
wind  to  the  "shorn"  lamb. 

To  some  extent  the  Hawaiian  Territorial 
system  meets  the  need  for  free  medical 
service,  limited,  however,  to  indigent  per- 
sons only.     At  least,  the  physician  is  ex- 


people  for  feeling  that  a  doctor  should 
answer  a  call  from  physical  distress  any- 
way, at  anytime,  without  expecting  pay. 
While  in  one  sense  he  is  no  more  obliged  to 
do  so  than  the  grocer  should  be  made  to 
supply  the  hungry  family  free,  yet,  in  an- 
other, he  is,  and  the  human,  altruistic  factor 
comes  in.  It  will  always  come  in  so  long 
as  sickness  and  death  abide.  This  is  one 
great  reason  why  a  physician's  work  and 
relations  to  his  people  should  not  be  placed 
upon  a  common  "business"  basis. 

The  physician  who  expects  to  get  rich  or 
even  well-to-do  out  of  the  practice  of  medi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


722 


NOVBMBBR,  1919 


ORIOINAIj  articuds 


Ambrzcan  Mbdicxnb 


cine,  is  not  a  physician  qualified  well  to  serve 
his  patients;  he  is  a  medicated  drummer. 
That  so  many  physicians  become  side- 
tracked financially  is  due  largely  to  the  fact 
that  they  have  not  cared  to  get  rich;  that 
they  have  given  money  matters  little 
thought  and  therefore  are  not  business  men ; 
that,  in  later  years  when  their  families  and 


have  lived  only  to  get  the  world  rid  of  that 
evil  upon  which  their  material  success  de- 
pends— sickness. 

In  some  district;^  where  there  are  planta- 
tions or  other  corporations  paying  men  at 
regular  intervals,  nearly  everybody  is  able 
to  pay  the  doctor  well.  But  in  isolated 
places  like  the  island  of  Molokai,  where  few 


Pig.  2.    A  Part  of  the  Leper  Settlement  on  Molokai.    The  Village  of  Kalawao. 


living  expenses  make  heavy  demands  upon 
their  resources,  they  find  themselves  obliged 
to  invest  in  some  outside  business  (generally 
wild-cat)  in  a  desperate  attempt  to  meet 
their  obligations.  Had  they  qualified  for 
and  given  attention  to  business,  they  would 
have  been  as  successful  as  any  others  de- 
voted wholly  to  the  pursuit  of  selfish  com- 
petency; but  they  did  not.     Instead,  they 


persons  make  more  than  is  necessary  to  meet 
the  ordinary  living  expenses,  the  present 
writer  has  realized  that  his  services  should 
be  subsidized  wholly.  I  felt  that  if  I  did 
not  have  to  charge  anyone  at  all,  my  work 
among  those  whom  we  are  seeking  to  en- 
courage in  their  care  of  their  sick,  would  be 
enlarged,  and  my  influence  for  good  ex- 
tended.    It  would  save  annoyance  on  both 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrioan  Mbdxoxnb 


ORIOINAIj  jlRTICUBB 


N0VBMBEB4  1919 


723 


sides.  It  would  eliminate  complaints  due 
.largely  to  unpaid  and  unpayable  bills.  Peti- 
tions against  him  are  the  Hawaiian  govern- 
ment physician's  bugbear.  A  patient  gets 
along  very  well  with  his  doctor  until  he  owes 
a  bill  which  he  feels  that  he  cannot  pay. 
He  begins  by  avoiding  the  doctor,  then  he 
fears,  then  hates  him,  and,  finally,  ends  by 
sending  in  a  complaint  on  some  other 
ground,  of  course,  than  his  indebtedness. 
It's  quite  a  logical  sequitur. 

Thru  the  generosity  and  public  spirit  of 
the  Board  of  Supervisors  of  Maui  County, 
the  Molokai  Ranch,  together  with  govern- 
ment appropriation  for  Territorial  physi- 
cians, I  have  been  able  to  eliminate  entirely 
all  charges  for  medical  attendance  or  drugs. 
Of  course  my  work  has  increased,  but  this 
I  am  gUd  to  do.  And  personally  to  secure 
this  freedom  for  myself  and  the.  people,  I 
have  been  glad  to  bear  my  part  of  the  cost 
of  free  service.  It  was  felt  that  a  few 
"able"  to  pay  ought  to  pay,  but  I  have  in- 
sisted (and  I  think  time  has  justified  this 
insistence),  upon  the  principle  for  all-free 
medical  care  for  rich  and  poor  If  the  fact 
that  they  reside  in  this  district  and  cannot 
pay  for  necessary  services  rendered  them 
by  the  physician,  disturbs  them,  they  are 
free  voluntarily  to  assist  the  doctor  in  his 
public  charities,  or,  rather,  duties. 

On  the  whole,  while  necessary  calls  are 
greater,  I  find  that  every  one  is  even  more 
considerate  of  the  doctor  than  he  was 
before.  The  fact  that  the  doctor  himself 
is  bearing  a  part  of  the  burden  of  maintain- 
ing public  health  when  he  might  be  earning 
more  in  almost  any  other  island  field;  that 
he  stays  here  because  he  likes  his  work  and 
people,  meets  with  response.  The  officers 
of  the  county  went  in  at  the  last  election 
with  good  majorities ;  they  will  again.  The 
ranch  management  is    regarded    not    only 


with  trust  as  to  fairness  and  consideration, 
but  with  affection  by  "all  the  boys."  And 
it  is  expected  that  the  Territorial  bonus  will 
be  increased  as  to  drugs  and  actual  expenses 
of  carrying  on  the  "medical  business,"  in 
good  time.  The  county  maintains  free  tele- 
phone service  for  all  on  the  island.  On  the 
other  side,  between  us  and  which  rise  the 
inaccessible  cliffs  of  Molokai  Leper  Settle- 
ment, there  are  no  charges  for  medical 
service  administered  by  Dr.  W.  J.  Good- 
hue. Here  the  lepers  are  wards  of  the 
Government,  carefully  guarded,  treated, 
clothed,  housed  and  fed. 

Perhaps  a  word  regarding  the  specific 
field  of  my  endeavors  might  be  interesting. 
Molokai,  like  its  sister  islands,  lies  within 
the  tropics,  with  an  area  of  261  square 
miles.  It  is  shaped  like  a  shark,  its  face 
east,  its  dorsal  fin  due  north.  Upon  this 
fin  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  island  by 
steep  cliffs  over  2,000  feet  high,  are  situated 
the  two  villages  comprising  the  Leper  Set- 
tlement. Oahu  on  which  Honolulu  stands 
is  about  50  miles  distant  and  may  be  seen 
on  a  clear  day.  The  island  of  Hawaii,  also, 
southeast,  Maui  in  the  same  direction  about 
17  miles  distant,  Lanai,  south,  and  Kahoo- 
lawe,  all  clear  and  beautiful,  cloud-capped 
and  serene,  from  any  point  you  look  at 
them  along  the  leeward  side  of  Molokai. 
Halawa  at  the  far  eastern  end  is  a  beautiful 
valley  with  a  famous  waterfall  and  river. 
A  good  road  winds  down  ft  nerve-thrilling 
grade  to  the  few  houses  here.  On  west, 
over  a  splendid  automobile  road,  we  reach 
Pukoo,  where  the  resident  physician  lives. 
Here  are  wharf,  postoffice  and  a  few  stores. 
Mountains  rising  to  a  height  of  over  4,000 
feet,  and  cut  into  by  numerous  picturesque 
valleys  and  ribboned  by  waterfalls,  back  the 
villages  and  road  all  the  way  to  Kaunakakai, 
the  principal  port,  situated  about  28  miles 


Digitized  by 


Google 


724 


November,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBS 


Amebic  AN  Medici  wb 


from  Halawa.  An  automobile  may  travel 
the  whole  distance  over  a  good  road,  thru 
lovely  kiawe  forests,  by  beaches  and  small 
homesteads,  always  in  sight  of  some  island, 
unutterable  sea-colors  and  groves  of  palms. 
A  little  hamlet  by  the  beach  is  where  Presi- 
dent Tyler's  son  lived  and  died.  Old  stone 
ruins  are  here  and  there,  the  ruins  of  a  tem- 
ple of  stones  built  by  Kamehameha  the 
First,  a  cocoanut  grove  set  out  by  Kame- 
hameha the  Fifth.  From  Kaunakakai  the 
road  turns  inland  to  Kualapuu  where  the 
Molokai  Ranch  buildings  stand.  Farther 
on,  is  Kalae  with  its  prosperous  farm  colony 
of  one  family  of  brothers,  their  wives  and 
children.  Here  at  an  elevation  of  about 
2,000  feet  the  air  is  delightful.  There  is  a 
school  as  well  as  at  the  other  villages.  It 
is  a  part  of  the  doctor's  duty  to  see  that 
these  schools  are  sanitary  and  their  chil- 
dren kept  in  health.  A  subsidized  dentist 
and  oculist  make  periodical  visits.  The 
numerous  children  of  these  hamlets  I  love, 
and  they  appear  to  be  glad  to  see  me  at  any 
time.  I  speak  to  them  on  various  matters, 
now  and  then,  health,  their  American  citi- 
zenship, Lincoln,  Roosevelt.  It  was  my 
privilege  to  deliver  a  personal  message  to 
them  (on  another  island)  from  James  Whit- 
comb  Riley  a  few  n;ionths  before  he  died, 
and  some  songs  my  daughter  and  I  wrote 
have  been  set  to  music  by  a  Hawaiian  com- 
poser of  local  fame.  One,  The  Self-Same 
Star,  is  very  sweet  and  quite  popular  on 
all  the  islands ;  while  another,  Our  Hawaii, 
is  sung  and  played  by  the  Leper  Orchestra 
at  the  Leper  Settlement.  The  schools,  then, 
constitute  an  important  part  of  my  work. 

The  climate  of  the  whole  range  from 
Kalae  to  Halawa  is  very  salubrious  and 
agreeable.  Trade  winds  blow  almost  con- 
stantly, gentle  showers  fall,  the  nights  are 
invariably  cool.     Fish  are  abundant  in  the 


sea  and  ponds  stretching  from  Maonui  to 
Kaunakakai,  the  latter  built  by  Hawaiians. 
of  unrecorded  times.  These  ponds  are  en- 
closed by  rocks  following  the  reefs  and  con- 
tain mullet  of  fine  quality.  Cattle  range 
upon  a  thousand  hills.  Where  there  is 
water,  fruits  and  vegetables  abound,  and  on 
the  whole,  residents  of  the  island  are  greatly 
blessed  by  nature. 

The  homes  are  rather  widely  separated, 
and  while  the  most  of  our  residents  are 
Hawaiians,  there  are  a  few  Chinese,  Japa- 
nese, Portugese  and  Whites.  Honolulu  is 
reached  in  four  or  five  hours ;  Lahaina  and 
Wailuku  in  two,  by  regular  steamers. 

Catholic  and  Congregationalist  churches 
are  numerous,  and  one  or  two  Mormon  so- 
cieties. A  live  Civic  Improvement  Associa- 
tion attends  to  the  public  needs  of  the  com- 
munity. Plans  are  ahead  for  a  free  library, 
high  school,  hospital,  band,  baseball  fields,  a 
district  nurse.  My  daughter  is  humane 
officer,  and  a  special  officer  for  child- welfare 
has  just  been  appointed.  The  Tack  of  money 
is  the  only  thing  that  prevents  our  rapid 
development  along  such  lines  as  I  have  in- 
dicated. 


Cervical  Ssmtpathectomy  in  the  Cure 
of  Facial  NeunJgia. — In  the  treatment 
for  facial  neuralgia  deep  injection  of  al- 
cohol had  given  Pleth  (Amer.  Jour,  of 
Surg.,  May,  1919)  the  best  results,  tho  pain 
returned  in  from  nine  to  twelve  months.  In 
a  few  cases  keratitis  or  even  the  loss  of  an 
eye  had  been  observed.  In  performing  the 
operation  of  cervical  sympathectomy  alco- 
hol had  been  injected  at  all  points  of  exit 
of  the  trigeminal  from  the  skull ;  the  inside 
of  the  foramen  ovale  had  been  avoided.  It 
usually  takes  about  three  months  before  any 
definite  relief  is  manifested.  In  one  case 
where  the  injection  had  been  made  for 
facial  neuralgia  a  previous  neuralgia  of  the 
radial  and  ulnar  disappeared. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MbDICINB 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLBS 


November,  1919 


725 


THE    PERSONAL,    ARTISTIC,    AND 

PUBLIC    TRAGEDIES    OF    AN 

ARTISTS  EYESTRAIN, 

BY 

GEORGE   M.   GOULD.   M.   D.. 
Atiantlc  City,  N.  J.   . 

When  the  tragedy  of  the  painter  Blake- 
lock  was  brought  to  the  attention  of 
artists  and  art-lovers,  I  said  to  several 
friends  and  physicians  that  the  clouding  of 
his  mind  was  undoubtedly  caused  by  his 
eyestrain.  And  I  awaited  the  proof  of  a 
second  case  whereby  in  some  way  I  might, 
at  least  for  myself,  put  the  theory  to  the 
test. 

I  was  recently  surprised  by  the  appear- 
ance in  my  office  of  a  friend  and  patient 
accompanied  by  an  elderly  man,  a  distin- 
guished painter,  whose  mind,  it  was  evi- 
dent, was.  in  an  abnormal  condition.  Early 
in  life  the  man  had  typical  migraine,  with 
binding  up  of  the  head  for  headache,  etc. ; 
and  there  was  the  customary  history  of 
nausea  and  vomiting,  "neuritis,"  and  the 
rest.  Several  oculists  were  mentioned  as 
having  been  consulted,  and  "others."  There 
had  been  "little  or  no  reading  for  years." 
The  ophthalmoscope  showed  floating  opaci- 
ties and  results  of  old  hemorrhages  in  the 
vitreous.  He  "broke  down"  two  and  a 
half  years  ago.  Altho  he  had  not  read  for 
years,  he  had  diligently  painted  many  mas- 
terpieces that  commanded  high  prices  from 
connoisseurs.  If  his  mind  had  permitted 
him  to  act  the  part  of  a  good  and  obedient 
patient  I  might  have  given  him  more  cor- 
rect spectacles.  I  did  the  best  I  could  to 
tide  him  over,  hoping  for  some  mental  quiet- 
ing and  rest  from  work  until  I  could  make 
the  refraction  tests  in  the  silent  Woods- 
Home  several  hundred  miles  away.  In  the 
meantime  he  should  rest,  avoiding  all  work. 


and  sleeping,  if  possible,  twenty  hours  a 
day. 

So  soon  as  I  could  I  made  the  long  jour- 
ney, by  automobile,  to  the  patient's  home 
and  more  accurately  measured  his  errors 
of  refraction.  The  distance-correction  was 
found  to  be: 

Right  eye:  -fCyl.  0.75  Ax.  30. 

Left  eye:  -fSph.  0.62,  -fCyl.  1.25  Ax. 
180. 

The  usual  presbyopic  addition  of  Sph. 
3  was  made  and  bifocal  spectacles  ordered 
for  constant  use  except  when  painting.  But 
it  was,  of  course,  the  eyestrain  from  paint- 
ing that  had  produced  the  artist's  ill  health 
and  to  cancel  this  it  was  necessary  to  find 
what  presbyopic  lenses  would  be  required. 
This  would  depend  upon  the  habitual  dis- 
tance of  the  artist's  eye^  from  the  canvas, 
the  landscape,  sketch,  the  model,  or  the 
sitter,  etc.,  and  would  demand  the  correc- 
tion of  his  ametropia  for  distance  by  the 
same  power-lenses  that  had  been  ordered 
for  general  use.  But  in  painting  this  dis- 
tance from  his  eyes  to  the  canvas  was  sev- 
eral times  greater  than  in  reading,  writing, 
etc.  The  combined  length  of  the  arm  and 
brush  would  require  a  much  less  powerful 
lens  than  for  ordinary  reading,  writing,  etc. 
The  conclusion  was,  therefore,  that  instead 
of  an  addition  of  3  diopters,  1.25  would  be 
found  best  to  give  clear  vision  and  relieve 
strain.  The  upper  or  distance-parts  of  the 
bifocals  were  ordered  smaller  than  the  usual 
presbyopic  segments  and  the  lower  or  paint- 
ing segments  considerably  larger  than  cus- 
tomary. 

Soon  came  letters  from  the  painter's  wife 
and  son  that  the  man  was  "well — well  and 
happy,  and  devoted  to  his  art-work."  The 
threatened  disasters  of  several  kinds — indi- 
vidual, family,  public,  art — were,  and  re- 
main matters  of  the  sad  past. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


726 


NO^'BlfBBR.  1919 


ORIOINAIj  ARTICIJD0 


Ambrican  Mbdicins 


AN  AMERICAN  MAKE-SHIFT:  THE 
NUCLEUS  OF  FUTURE  PUBLIC 
HEALTH  HOSPITALS  IN  MONTE- 
NEGRO. 

BY 

R.  G.  BOWMAN, 
New  York  City. 

One  of  the  most  serious  obstacles  that 
confronted  the  American  physicians  and 
nurses  engaged  in  civilian  relief  work  in 
the  Balkans  was  the  lack  of  suitable  build- 
ings wherein  they  might  establish  hospitals 
of  some  permanency. 

The  building  which  was  assigned  to  them 
at  Kolachin,  Montenegro,  for  instance,  was 
a  deserted  Austrian  "hospital,"  if  it  could 
be  designated  as  such.  It  was  a  two-story 
cement  house  with  few  windows,  with  slab 
floors,  thru  which  sifted  chilling  winds, 
with  sanitary  conditions  unfit  to  mention, 
and  with  a  pile  of  manure  banked  on  the 
side.  The  patients  who  lay  on  the  floor 
were  pitiably  and  unspeakably  filthy. 

This  was  the  "hospital"  to  which  Miss 
Henriette  Wiltsius  was  appointed  as  head 
nurse,  ward  nurse,  surgical  assistant  and 
matron,  and  this  was  the  condition  which 
confronted  her  when  she  arrived  at  Kola- 
chin,  after  a  fourteen-hour  trip  by  Red 
Cross  camion,  by  horseback,  by  cart  and  by 
foot,  in  a  blinding  snow  storm. 
^  But  Miss  Wiltsius,  being  an  American 

nurse,  was  equal  to  the  emergency.  She 
called  on  the  interpreter  to  get  women  for 
cleaning  and  a  carpenter,  then  things  began 
to  buzz.  The  walls  were  patched,  new 
floors  were  laid,  additional  windows  were 
cut  in  each  room  and  an  inside  staircase 
built.  Having  accomplished  that  much  she 
turned  her  attention  and  the  carpenter's 
energy  to  the  furnishings. 

An  old  iron  operating  table,  much  too 


low,  and  a  few  iron  cots  represented  the 
entire  stock  in  trade.  Plank  slats  were  laid 
across  the  cots  and  straw  mattresses 
fitted  to  them,  after  which  they  were  made 
up  with  Red  Cross  sheets  and  blankets  and 
so  became  the  acme  of  comfort  to  the  na- 
tives who  were  accustomed  to  sleeping  on 
mud  floors. 

But  Miss  Wiltsius  did  not  stop  there; 
washstands,  bedside  tables,  linen  closets  and 
even  chairs  were  designed  by  her  and  ex- 
ecuted by  the  carpenter. 

The  operating  room,  which  promised  to 
be  a  stumbling  block,  developed  into  the 
pride,  not  only  of  the  American  unit  and 
Kolachin,  but  of  all  the  Balkan  States,  for 
it  is  the  most  perfect  model  in  the  country 
and  the  most  unique,  all  the  furnishings 
having  been  made  entirely  of  Red  Cross 
packing  boxes.  The  old  operating  table 
was  raised  on  a  wooden  stand  and  placed 
conveniently  near  were  two  tables  for  dress- 
ings; to  supplement  these  were  wall  cab- 
inets, stools  and  a  clever  three-decked  stand 
for  washing,  all  made  of  white  pine  and 
glaringly  clean.  And  then  there  were 
the  screens.  "Fm  really  proudest  of  the 
screens,"  said  Miss  Wiltsius.  "I  couldn't 
make  the  interpreter  understand  what  I 
wanted,  so  I  hunted  thru  three  magazines 
we  had.  In  one  I  found  the  picture  of  a 
hinged  photograph  frame  with  three  sides, 
I  showed  that  to  the  carpenter.  These  reg- 
ulation hospital  screens  with  muslin  panels 
are  the  result." 

So  today  the  little  twelve-bed  hospital  at 
Kolachin  stands  as  a  beacon  light  in  the 
heart  of  a  country  steeped  in  superstition 
and  ignorance  of  medical  science.  To  the 
Montenegrins,  used  to  living  in  wooden 
slab  lean-tos  and  stone  huts  without  win- 
dows, its  immaculate  condition  is  a  wonder, 
while  the  cures  aflfected  by  the  one  doctor 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMIRICAN   MBDICINB 


ORIOINAIi  ARTXCLOB 


November,  1919 


727 


and  two  nurses  are  looked  upon  as  nothing 
short  of  miracles.  On  horseback  and  in 
carts,  sufferers  pour  in  for  treatment  from 
the  surrounding  country  from  as  great  a 
distance  as  fifty  miles  and  patients  on  foot 
from  nearer  neighborhoods  are  regular  vis- 
itors. 

It  may  be  that  this  make-shift  hospital 
will  be  the  inspiration  of  future  public 
health  hospitals  in  Montenegro.  A  Ser- 
bian general,  who  visited  it  recently  said, 
"It  is  a  remarkable  example  of  American 
ingenuity.  We  must  take  this  as  an  ex- 
ample. Our  people  are  always  complaining 
that  they  can't  get  materials.  We  have  the 
wood,  but  we  apparently  haven't  the  sense." 

But  before  the  Montenegrins  can  estab- 
lish worthwhile  hospitals  they  must  of  ne- 
cessity train  doctors  and  nurses  to  man 
them.  A  country  with  100,000  inhabitants 
with  but  four  doctors  and  practically  no 
trained  nurses  is  a  serious  proposition  and 
it  seems  as  if  outside  supervision  will  be 
imperative  for  some  time. 

Before  the  American  Red  Cross  went  into 
the  Balkans  neither  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine nor  nursing  was  taken  seriously.  Un- 
skilled women  of  the  lower  class  clattered 
about  their  hospital  duties  without  any  kind 
of  supervision  or  training  and  were  never 
in  any  way  encouraged  to  become  efficient ; 
while  native  "flochers,"  men  and  women 
who  had  picked  up  a  smattering  of  medi- 
cine as  they  went  along,  and  were  little 
more  than  healers,  treated  the  most  serious 
cases. 

From  this  it  appears  that  the  most  vital 
factor  in  the  work  of  the  American  Red 
Cross  unit  in  Montenegro  is  not  the  dress- 
ing of  a  certain  number  of  wounds  or  the 
treatment  of  a  certain  number  of  medical 
cases,  but  the  awakening  of  these  unskilled 
workers  and  others  interested  in  medicine, 


to  a  realization  of  the  necessity  of  medical 
training.  It  is  only  in  this  way  that  the 
mass  of  people  will  be  reached  and  edu- 
cated to  the  need  of  better  sanitary  condi- 
tions, as  the  first  step  in  the  prevention  of 
disease. 

The  same  problem,  tho  in  milder  form, 
of  unhealthy  sanitary  conditions  exists  in 
isolated  districts  of  our  own  country,  where 
doctors  are  scarce  and  nurses  are  almost 
entirely  absent.  The  Red  Cross  proposes 
to  combat  this  by  the  establishment  of  the 
Public  Health  Nurse  in  all  rural  districts 
as  she  is  now  established  in  all  cities  of 
50,000  or  more  inhabitants.  The  nurse  will 
cooperate  closely  with  the  over- worked 
country  doctor,  making  regular  rounds 
among  the  farmers,  helping  their  wives  with 
the  care  and  nourishment  of  their  children, 
planning  simple  home  hygiene  methods  and 
when  necessary  nursing  members  of  the 
family  back  to  health.  It  is  hoped  in  this 
way  that  thousands  of  infants,  and  mothers 
who  die  in  childbirth  each  year  will  be 
saved,  and  that  great  strides  will  be  made 
against  tuberculosis  and  other  diseases. 


DRINK,  AN  EFFECT,  OR  A  CAUSE, 
OF  CRIME? 

BY 

PERRY  MARSHALL.   M.    D.. 
New  Salem,  Mass. 

Some  parts  of  an  able  article  on  "Science 
and  Alcohol"  in  the  May  number  of  Ameri- 
can Medicine,  struck  me  a  little  strangely. 
And  at  the  risk  of  being  thought  foolishly 
presumptuous  in  questioning  both  specialism 
and  other  well-proved  ability,  may  I  call 
attention  to  two  of  them?  First,  the  sug- 
gestion that  "drink  is  more  a  blessing  than 
a  curse,"  preventing  worse  evils  as  "over- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


728 


November,  1919 


ORIOINAIj  abticuds 


eating"  and  the  "use  of  drugs,"  which  do 
not  appear  to  most  of  us  to  be  worse  evils. 
When  we  read  in  the  papers  that  a  man  has 
been  beating  his  wife,  committing  arson,  or 
murder,  or  has  got  into  jail  or  prison,  we 
do  not  commonly  read  that  he  had  been 
over-eating,  or  had  been  eating  hashish  or 
opium,  but  that  he  was  under  the  influence 
of  liquor.  The  government  is  now  greatly 
inconveniencing  every  doctor  in  the  land 
over  the  matter  of  drug  addiction,  which 
hardly  has  any  relation  to  crime,  but  which 
governments  are  organized  to  prevent.  Med- 
icine supports  the  government  in  this,  but 
when  it  strikes  at  alcohol,  as  it  should  strike 
if  alcohol  is  the  criminal,  then  it  is  said 
government  is  not  minding  its  own  busi- 
ness. 

Justice  Field,  of  the  U.  S.  Supreme  Court, 
in  the  case  of  Crowley  v.  Christensen,  137 
U.  S.  86,  11  Sup.  Ct.  13,  recently  found  as 
follows : 

"By  the  general  concurrence  of  opinion 
of  every  civilized  and  Christian  community 
there  are  few  sources  of  crime  and  misery 

to  society  equal  to  the  dram  shop The 

statistics  of  every  state  show  a  greater 
amount  of  crime  and  misery  attributable 
to  the  use  of  ardent  spirits  obtained  at  these 
retail  liquor  saloons  than  to  any  other 
source. 

"The  injury,  it  is  true,  first  falls  upon 
him  in  his  health,  which  the  habit  under- 
mines ;  in  his  morals,  which  it  weakens ;  and 
in  the  self-abasement,  which  it  creates.  But,, 
as  it  leads  to  neglect  of  business  and  waste 
of  property  and  general  demoralization,  it 
affects  those  who  are  immediately  connected 
with  and  dependent  upon  him." 

If  the  supreme  court  is  correct  in  this 

statement,  then  is  there  scarcely  anything 

else  so  important  for  it  to  do  as  to  deal 

with  "the  alcohol  jag."     And  if  for  this 

should  be  substituted  the  "food  jag"  which 

mostly  ends   with   self,  instead  of   misery 

inflicted  on   others  and  self,  by  crime,  it 

would  seem  to  use,  unsophisticated  folk  to 


be  a  lesson,  and  not  a  worse  evil. 

When  we  take  alcohol  into  the  system 
we  ingest  a  liquid  utterly  different  from 
any  fluid  in  the  body  or  in  any  ordinary 
food.  The  liquid  of  the  blood,  of  milk,  of 
coffee,  tea,  lemonade,  etc.,  is  one;  it  is 
water,  chemically  HjO,  three  atoms  to  the 
molecule. 

Ethylic  alcohol  is  CjHeO,  nine  atoms 
to  the  molecule.  Its  specific  gravity  or 
weight  compared  with  water — 1000,  is  792. 
It  boils  at  172**  R,  water  at  212°  F.  It 
bums  in  air,  water  does  not.  It  can  change 
to  acid,  its  taste  is  biting.  It  circulates  in 
the  blood  and  is  eliminated  mainly  as  alco- 
hol, about  as  foreign  to  our  physical  econ- 
omy as  any  liquid  can  be. 

"Attack  the  vicious  use  of  alcohol  and 
preserve  its  harmless  employment."  Is 
not  this  latter  just  what  governments  do 
when  they  allow  its  use  in  medicine  ? 

Second,  the  idea  that  the  hard  drinker 
is  usually  of  natural  criminal  tendency 
seems  to  me  a  hard  saying.  The  naturally 
criminal  people  are  comparatively  few  and 
are  defective.  "Hamby,"  on  trial  in  New 
York  last  June,  was  declared  by  experts  to 
be  a  natural  criminal,  a  defective.  Many 
of  us  have  personally  observed  the  gradual 
growth  of  appetite,  beginning  with  indul- 
gence and  going  on  till  it  becomes  a  dom- 
inating disease,  a  tyrant  that  degrades  and 
then  destroys  its  victim. 

I  have  personally  known  authors  of  abil- 
ity, physicians,  business  men,  lawyers  and 
a  few  judges  even,  on  their  way  down- 
wards toward  the  rapids,  in  their  advanced 
life.  Some  have  been  temporarily  rescued 
by  some  "cure." 

The  sight,  smell  or  taste  of  liquor  again 
wakens  the  demon  of  desire  in  them.  "Ex- 
cellency leaves  them,  to  re-enter  when  rum 
is  out." 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AimXCAN  IdBDIdNB 


ORiaiNAIj  ARTICLES 


NOVBMBBR,  1919 


729 


"When  the  wine  is  in,  the  wit  is  out," 
the  proverb  says.  Have  the  great  of  the 
world  been  all  mistaken  in  supposing  that 
crime  was  the  effect  and  not  the  cause  of 
drink  ? 

Shakespeare  said:  **0  that  men  should 
put  an  enemy  in  their  mouths  to  steal  away 
their  brains!  That  we  should  with  joy, 
pleasure,  revel  and  applause  transform  our- 
selves into  beasts!" 

"O  thou  invisible  spirit  of  wine,  if  thou 
hast  no  name  to  be  known  by,  let  us  call 
thee  devil." 


AN    INTERESTING    CASE    OF    RE- 
MOVAL    OF     THE     APPENDIX 
THRU  THE  VAGINA. 


D.   H.  GALLOWAY,  Ph.   G.,   M.   D., 
RoBweU,  N.  M. 

This  patient  was  a  woman  37  years  old 
and  the  mother  of  three  children.  She  was 
referred  to  me  by  her  physician  because  of 
an  intractable  uterine  flow.  For  this  con- 
dition no  explanation  has  been  found,  there 
was  no  indication  of  cancer.  A  curettage 
had  been  without  any  effect.  After  getting 
the  history  of  the  case,  of  what  had  been 
done  medically  and  surgically  for  her  re- 
lief, from  the  fact  that  she  suffered  a  great 
deal  of  pain,  that  her  health  was  being 
undermined  by  the  frequent  and  great  loss 
of  blood,  I  advised  hysterectomy. 

This  advice  was  accepted  and  the  opera- 
tion decided  upon,  but  as  there  was  no 
bleeding  of  consequence  at  this  particular 
time,  the  patient  wished  to  postpone  the 
operation.  About  a  month  later,  however, 
she  developed  a  very  severe  pain  in  the  pel- 
vis. On  examination  I  found  the  uterus 
excruciatingly  tender,  the  least  movement  or 


touch  caused  the  greatest  pain.  As  no  ex- 
planation could  be  found  for  this  condition, 
immediate  operation  was  advised.  The  op- 
eration was  begun  and  very  little  difficulty 
found  in  getting  the  organ  out,  but  on  care- 
ful examination  before  we  finished  the  op- 
eration we  could  find  no  explanation  for  the 
pain.  I  made  a  further  investigation  and 
found  a  very  large  appendix,  highly  in- 
flamed, full  of  pus  and  evidently  it  had  been 
in  contact  with  the  uterus.  By  a  little 
manipulation  I  was  able  to  bring  it  down 
until  I  could  see  the  cecum,  when,  by  the 
aid  of  two  clamps,  it  was  ligated.  A  clamp 
was  then  put  on  the  base  and  the  appendix 
was  excised  and  removed  without  ruptur- 
ing it.  It  was  very  long,  probably  seven 
inches,  and  at  the  distal  end  as  large  as  the 
end  of  a  man's  index  finger.  There  was 
no  bleeding,  the  mesentery  was  very  small, 
so  that  one  ligature  controlled  it  all,  the 
stump  was  released,  the  clamps  put  in  posi- 
tion and  a  packing  put  in. 

The  patient  made  a  perfect  and  uninter- 
rupted recovery  and  has  never  since  had 
any  trouble  from  either  the  appendix  or 
anything  in  the  pelvis.  I  have  not  been 
able  to  find  in  the  literature  any  account  of 
the  removal  of  the  appendix  by  this  route. 


A  SANITARY  CORDON  TO  CHECK 

THE  SPREAD  OF  TYPHUS  IN 

POLAND. 

One  of  the  prime  recommendations  of  the 
Inter-Allied  Medical  Commission  sent  to 
Poland  late  last  summer  by  the  League  of 
Red  Cross  Societies,  was  the  establishment 
of  a  "sanitary  cordon"  to  prevent  the  typhus 
epidemic  which  is  ravaging  that  country 
from  spreading  to  western  Europe  and  even 
to  America.  Famine,  overcrowding  and 
the  continued  influx  of  infected  returning 
refugees  and  prisoners  of  war  have  sown 
typhus  all  over  the  country ;  even  during  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


730 


NOVBMBBR,  1919 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


Amwican  Mbdzcinb 


summer  months  the  epidemic  has  not 
ceased ;  and  with  the  return  of  winter,  with 
bad  living  conditions  and  increased  oppor- 
tunities of  infection,  a  much  more  serious 
situation  is  to  be  faced. 

In  the  ordinary  sense,  the  term  "sanitary 
cordon*'  is  used  to  signifiy  an  attempt,  by 
strict  military  and  police  methods,  to  main- 
tain a  comprehensive  medical  control  over 
the  entry  of  every  person  thru  the  frontier, 
to  secure  as  a  routine  the  medical  examina- 
tion of  every  such  person,  and  his  disinfec- 
tion, detention  in  quarantine,  certification, 
etc.  Such  a  cordon  is  not  advisable  in 
Poland  at  the  present  time,  principally  be- 
cause the  disease  was  already  spread 
practically  all  thru  Poland  west  of  the  pro- 
posed line,  and  is  also  widely  prevalent  in 
regions  to  the  south  of  the  country. 

There  is  a  sense  in  which  the  establish- 
ment of  a  cordon  would  be  of  the  greatest 
advantage,  and  indeed  almost  indispensable 
for  the  handling  of  the  situation.  This  con- 
sists in  the  establishment,  on  the  main 
routes  from  the  East  on  which  refugees 
arrive  en  masse,  of  stations  where  they  can 
be  individualy  examined,  disinfected  and 
when  necessary  sent  to  hospitals  or  detained 
as  "contacts*' — meanwhile  being  fed  and 
cared  for.  From  such  a  point  of  view  the 
sanitary  cordon  resolves  itself  into  the  estab- 
lishment of  only  some  half  dozen  main  ob- 
servations to  deal  with  the  main  stream  of 
refugees.  Other  developments  of  the  sys- 
tem, such  as  supplementary  disinfecting 
,  stations,  may  be  added  if  necessary.  A 
useful  check  might  be  afforded  by  the  issue 
of  "sanitary  passports,"  or  certificates  to 
those  who  have  passed  the  medical  tests 
and  have  been  cleansed  and  disinfected. 
These  would  be  demanded  by  the  authori- 
ties at  the  ultimate  destination  and  those 
without  passports  would  be  placed  under 
observation. 

The  conditions  are  in  some  respects  very 
favorable  to  the  proposed  system.  West  of 
the  proposed  line  of  observation  are  a  con- 
siderable number  of  foci  over  a  wide  area, 
with  two  or  three  small  areas  of  intense  in- 
fection. These  occur  in  a  nation  which  al- 
ready possesses  organized  civil  and  military 
sanitary  departments  which  are  being  as- 
sisted by  such  agencies  as  the  American 
Red  Cross.  On  the  other  side  of  the  line 
is  a  vast  area  without  any  civilized  form  of 
government  or  health  organization,  incident- 


ally containing  one  or  two  million  people 
trying  to  get  into  Poland.  There  is  a  state 
of  war  and  the  frontier  is  guarded  by  a 
large  and  efficient  military  force,  distances 
between  cities  are  great  and  lines  of  com- 
munication few.  Refugees  and  prisoners 
arrive  in  a  destitute  condition  and  are  con- 
sequently attracted  to  places  where  food  and 
clothing  may  be  secured;  and  while  in- 
dividuals may  pass  thru  undetected,  it 
should  not  be  difficult  to  direct  all  the  prin- 
cipal streams  toward  equipped  stations  on 
lines  of  communication. 

In  the  countries  north,  south  and  west 
of  Poland  the  conditions  are  not  so  much 
worse  than  those  in  Poland  as  to  encourage 
immigration,  even  if  the  military  situation 
allowed  of  such  a  drift;  on  the  other  hand, 
it  is  estimated  that  in  Russia  there  are  from 
one  and  a  quarter  to  one  and  a  half  million 
Poles  and  Russians  who  will  cross  the  pro- 
posed cordon  within  the  next  few  months, 
and  it  is  probable  that  the  drift,  tho  dimin- 
ished, will  continue  for  years. 

The  risk  to  other  countries  from  a  severe 
epidemic  condition,  if  serious,  is  encourag- 
ing. In  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  country 
has  been  free  from  invasion  and  organized 
only  a  short  time,  and  that  she  is  without 
resources  and  engaged  in  warfare  to  pre- 
serve her  existence,  there  is  an  excellent 
health  organization  in  both  civil  and  military 
areas.  She  needs  only  a  small  amount  of 
additional  material  and  personnel  to  make 
this  organization  what  it  should  be. 

Realizing  this,  the  American  Red  Cross 
has  recently  appropriated  $2,000,000  for 
relief  operations  in  Poland  till  spring.  It 
has  now  a  commission  of  over  one  hundred 
persons  at  work  in  its  large  bases  at  Lwow, 
Warsaw,  Bialystok  and  Cracow,  and  with 
the  eleven  mobile  relief  units  in  the  field. 
"I  do  not  know  what  we  would  have  done 
without  the  Americans,"  said  Premier 
Paderewski  recently,  in  discussing  the  joint 
operations  of  the  American  Red  Cross  and 
the  American  Relief  Administration.  "I 
thank  you  from  the  bottom  of  my  heart." 


Hemorriioids. — Acute  hemorrhoids  de- 
veloping in  women  during  pregnancy  are 
often  cured  by  moderate,  careful  dilation  of 
the  sphincter  at  the  time  of  delivery. — 
Drueck,  Medical  Standard, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambkican  Mbdicinb 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


November,  1919 


731 


RATIONAL 
ORGANOTHERAPY 


The  Pituitary  in  Diabetes  Insiindus. — 

Extracts  of  the  posterior  lobe,  or  pars 
nervosa,  of  the  pituitary  structure  provoke 
an  unmistakable  change  in  the  secretion  of 
urine  when  they  are  introduced  directly  in- 
to the  circulation,  says  an  editorial  writer 
in  the  Jour,  A.  M.  A.  (Nov.  22,  1919). 
This  renal  effect  has  been  compared  to  the 
secretion-promoting  effect  exerted  by  ex- 
tracts of  the  duodenum  on  the  pancreatic 
cells.  Because  of  such  experimental  ob- 
servation the  pituitary  has  been  assumed  to 
exercise  a  regulatory  influence  on  the  func- 
tions of  the  kidney.  Such  reasoning,  often 
applied  in  connection  with  the  ductless- 
glands,  has  grave  limitations  and  is  rarely 
conclusive.  As  a  recent  writer  has  re- 
marked, it  is  by  no  means  logical  to  assume 
or  infer  that  the  functional  importance  of 
an  organ  is  demonstrated  by  the  properties 
of  an  extract  of  it.  If  one  applies  such  an 
argument  to  the  galactagogue  substance  in 
the  pituitary  of  a  fish,  the  absurdity  is  ob- 
vious. 

Other  evidence  for  the  functional  inter- 
relation of  kidney  and  pituitary  has  been 
sought  in  the  domain  of  pathology.  In  the 
chronic  polyuria  most  frequently  referred 
to  as  diabetes  insipidus,  involvement  of  the 
pituitary,  particularly  of  its  junction  with 
the  brain,  has  been  demonstrated  repeatedly 
at  necropsy;  in  fact,  there  are  no  records 
in  which  the  pituitary  was  examined  and 
found  to  be  perfectly  normal.  Experimental 
pathology,  by  damaging  the  structures  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  posterior  lobe  of 
the  pituitary,  has  frequently  produced  ab- 
normalities in  the  flow  of  urine.  Polyurias 
lasting  from  one  to  six  months  have  fol- 
lowed the  artificial  lesions;  yet  such  results 
have  been  exceptional  and  attained  only  by 
chance,  apparently. 

Kennaway  and  Mottram  of  the  Middle- 
sex Hospital,  in  London,  have  added  clin- 


ical evidence  to  the  problem  of  pituitary 
function  in  connection  with  the  kidney.  The 
antidiuretic  effect  of  pituitary  extract  given 
by  subcutaneous  injection  was  demonstrated 
both  in  a  normal  subject  and  in  a  case  of 
diabetes  insipidus.  Administration  of  such 
preparations  by  mouth  is  ineffectual.  It 
has  been  suggested  that  the  antidiuretic  ef- 
fect is  due  to  diminished  absorption  from 
the  bowel  so  that  less  water  is  available  for 
secretion  thru  the  kidneys.  If  we  may 
trust  the  evidence  of  Konschegg  and  Schus- 
ter, however,  the  effect  is  rather  attribut- 
able to  direct  action  on  the  kidneys.  Kenna- 
way and  Mottram  maintain  that  the  imme- 
diate restoration  of  a  normal  state  of  the 
urine  when  pituitary  extract  is  adminis- 
tered in  diabetes  insipidus  provides  the 
strongest  evidence  for  the  normal  activity 
of  the  gland  in  regulating  the  secretion  of 
urine.  We  must  confess,  however,  that  in 
view  of  the  contradictions  in  the  literature 
of  the  subject  and  the  indirect  nature  of 
both  clinical  and  experimental  evidence,  it 
would  be  far-fetched  to  maintain  without 
reserve  that  disorder  of  the  pituitary  is  in 
all  cases  the  cause  of  chronic  polyuria.  In- 
jection of  pituitary  extracts  now  appears 
to  be  the  most  effectual  mode  of  treatment. 
However,  every  day  obvious  examples  of 
the  limitations  of  such  a  procedure  are  en- 
countered. 


Action  of  Strychnine  upon  the  Output 
of    Epinephrine    from    the    Adrenals. — 

According  to  Stewart  and  Rogoff  (Journal 
of  Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Thera- 
peutics, May,  1919)  strychnine  causes  a 
marked  increase  in  the  output  of  epinephrine 
from  the  adrenals.  Outputs  ten  times  the 
original  amount  were  observed  in  a  series 
of  experiments  on  dogs  and  cats.  The  in- 
crease persisted   for  a   considerable   time. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


732 


NOVBMBER^  1919 


RATIONAIi    OROANOTHBRAPY 


American  Mbdicinb 


When  the  last  adrenal  sample  was  taken, 
usually  an  hour  to  an  hour  and  a  half  after 
the  strychnine  injection,  the  epinephrine 
output  was  still,  as  a  rule,  notably  aug- 
mented. Indeed  with  the  smaller  doses  the 
output  was  sometimes  greatest  at  this  time. 
Doses  of  strychnine  well  within  the  thera- 
peutic range,  which  caused  little  or  no  ex- 
aggeration of  reflex  excitability,  produced 
a  considerable  increase  in  the  output.  The 
animals  being  necessarily  well  anesthetized, 
it  is  supposed  that  still  smaller  doses  would 
suffice  in  non-anesthetized  animals.  Indica- 
tions were  obtained  in  some  experiments 
that  the  stage  of  prolonged  increase  of  the 
output,  which  constitutes  the  principal  action 
of  the  drug,  may  be  preceded  by  a  transient 
diminution;  this  was  best  seen  with  the 
smaller  doses  and  upon  subcutaneous  ad- 
ministration. No  evidence  was  found  that 
under  strychnine  the  possible  normal  max- 
imum concentration  of  epinephrine  in  the 
plasma — something  like  one  in  500,000 — 
can  be  increased.  In  spite  of  the  greatly 
increased  output  caused  by  strychnine,  there 
was  no  evidence  that  th^  epinephrine  store 
of  the  adrenals  is  distinctly  diminished  even 
by  the  prolonged  action  ot  the  drug  in  large 
and  repeated  doses.  The  accumulation  of 
epinephrine  in  the  glands  is  therefore  in- 
creased as  well  as  its  liberation.  This  is 
what  occurs  during  stimulation  of  the 
splanchnic  nerve,  except  when  intermittent 
stimulation  is  continued  for  very  long 
periods.  It  corroborates  other  evidence 
that  the  strychnine  effect  is  produced  by 
an  intensification  of  the  secretory  process 
thru  the  nervous  mechanism  which  normally 
governs  it,  and  not  by  a  direct  action  on 
the  adrenals. 


Suprarenal      Insufficiency.  —  S  e  z  a  r  y 

(Presse  Medicate,  Sept.  22,  1919)  classifies 
suprarenal  insufficiency  under  three  head- 
ings: the  fulminating,  rapidly  fatal  form; 
the  monosymptomatic  form  (myasthenia  or 
amyotrophy),  and  the  form  inducing  a 
whole  set  of  symptoms :  acute  (syndrome  of 
Sergent-Bernard)  ;  subacute  and  slow  (Ad- 
dison's disease  and  its  varieties).  Tuber- 
culosis may  induce  any  one  of  these  "syn- 
dromic forms"  of  suprarenal  insufficiency, 
and  syphilitic  processes  often  locate  in  the 
suprarenals,  as  also  those  of  diphtheria,  ty- 
phoid and  other  acute  infections.     Specific 


treatment  should  be  given  when  such  is  pos- 
sible, antitoxin  with  diphtheria,  for  exam- 
ple, or  quinine  with  malaria.  Rest  and 
suprarenal  treatment  are  useful  whatever 
the  infection,  but  he  prefers  the  extract  of 
the  whole  gland,  and  given  by  the  subcuta- 
neous route.  He  reserves  epinephrine  for 
acute  disturbances  with  collapse  of  the 
heart,  and  recommends  the  subcutaneous 
route.  He  gages  the  dose  by  the  thera- 
peutic results  obtained  with  the  first  doses 
and  by  the  signs  of  intolerance.  A  rise  in 
the  blood  pressure  is  a  good  index  of  the 
efficacy  of  the  opotherapy,  but  the  fact  that 
it  does  not  rise  does  not  prove  that  the  treat- 
ment has  been  ineflfectual.  A  still  more  in- 
structive index  is  th^  finding  with  the  dyna- 
mometer showing  the  variations  in  the 
strength  of  the  muscles  tested  fifteen  and 
thirty  minutes,  one  hour,  three  hours  and 
so  on  after  the  injection  of  the  suprarenal 
extract.  When  these  two  tests  show  a 
favorable  influence  from  the  suprarenal 
treatment,  he  keeps  up  this  dose,  not  in- 
creasing it  until  the  effect  grows  less  pro- 
nounced. The  appearance  of  tremor  calls 
for  caution ;  glycosuria,  albuminuria,  circu- 
latory disturbances  require  suspension  of 
this  treatment.  In  some  cases  the  doses 
have  to  be  high  and  kept  up  for  several 
weeks  or  even  months  before  a  good  result 
is  obtained.  Signs  of  intolerance  should  be 
watched  for  with  special  care  in  these  cir- 
cumstances. Sometimes  addition  of  pitu- 
itary will  give  surprisingly  fine  results  when 
the  suprarenal  treatment  is  a  failure.  With 
cheesy  tuberculosis  and  cancer,  the  knife  is 
still  the  ideal  treatment,  possibly  resecting 
only  the  pathologic  tissues  and  leaving  the 
rest  intact.  But  in  order  that  this  can  be 
done  the  disease  has  to  be  diagnosed  early, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  progress  of 
medicine  will  soon  render  this  possible. 


Antithyroid  Treatment  of  M^orrfaa- 
gia. — ^Weil  reports  a  case  in  the  Bui  de 
la  Societe  Medicale  des  Hopitaux  (July  4, 
1919)  in  which  uterine  hemorrhages  had 
kept  up  for  twenty-five  days  each  month  for 
a  year.  The  woman  who  was  30  years  old 
had  only  2,000,000  erythrocytes  and  40  per 
cent,  hemoglobin,  while  the  blood  took  ten 
minutes  to  clot.  The  gums  also  bled  readily 
but  there  were  no  personal  or  hereditary 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN   MBDICINB 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH-WAYS 


November,  1919 


733 


hemorrhagic  antecedents.  The  woman  had 
a  small  goiter  but  no  other  signs  of  exoph- 
thalmic goiter.  He  gave  tentative  organo- 
therapy with  thyroid,  suprarenal,  pituitary 
and  other  organ  extracts,  and  tried  iron  and 
arsenic — ^all  to  no  avail.  Then  he  changed 
to  what  he  calls  antithyroid  treatment,  and 
a  complete  cure  soon  followed.  He  used 
for  this  three  teaspoonfuls  a  day  of  a  glyc- 
erin preparation  of  the  blood  of  goats  thy- 
roidectomized  over  a  month  before.  The 
literature  records  the  cure  by  this  means 
of  a  persisting  and  recurring  hemorrhagic 
pleurisy  in  a  case  of  exophthalmic  goiter, 
and  the  arrest  of  severe  menorrhagia  in  one 
woman,  a  virgin.  The  hemorrhage-reduc- 
ing power  of  this  antithyroid  treatment 
seems  to  be  restricted  to  the  genital  sphere 
and  complex  endocrine  disturbance,  Ra- 
mond  has  reported  a  case  in  which  thyroid 
treatment  improved  myxedema  in  a  woman 
of  48,  and  seemed  to  cure  completely  a  tend- 
ency to  multiple-recurring  hemorrhages. 


Pancreatic  Extract  in  Gastric  Cancer. — 

Loeper  (Progres  Medical,  Aug.  30,  1919) 
has  been  giving  pancreatic  extract  intrave- 
nously in  the  treatment  of  gastric  cancer, 
and  he  reports  five  out  of  the  series  of 
cases  in  which  this  has  been  done,  discuss- 
ing the  theoretical  bases  for  it.  The  i- 
suits  seem  to  indicate  that  this  treatment 
has  a  decidedly  favorable  action  on  certain 
of  the  s)rmptoms  from  gastric  cancer — "I 
do  not  say  on  the  cancer  itself."  The  weight 
increased  in  all,  the  number  of  erythro- 
cytes increased  and  the  antitryptic  index 
showed  higher  values  in  two  of  the  four 
patients  tested.  In  the  cancerous  it  acts 
the  same  as  in  healthy  subjects  and  in  dogs, 
increasing  the  antiproteolytic  power  of  the 
blood  serum  and  the  resisting  power  of  the 
blood  corpuscles.  The  general  condition 
improves  and  the  resisting  power  of  the 
organisms  is  enhanced,  including  the  special 
defensive  reactions  against  the  cancer  prod- 
ucts. 


The  Treatment  of  Thyroid  Intoxica- 
tion.—  In  a  case  of  goiter,  reported  by  Dr. 
Joshua  H.  Leiner  (N.  F.  Med,  Jour,,  Au- 
gust 2)  in  a  Russian  woman,  thirty- four 
years  of  age,  the  Forchheimer's  treatment, 


with  quinine  hydrobromide  and  ergotin, 
caused  a  slight  improvement  in  the  thyro- 
toxicosis. It  is  needless  to  state  that  the 
dietetic  and  hygienic  surroundings  received 
suitable  consideration. 

When  this  treatment  was  stopped  a  re- 
lapse occurred,  the  symptoms  of  which  as 
far  as  they  were  manifested  in  hot  flushes 
and  tremor,  yielded  to  ovarian  extract. 
When  decided  symptoms  of  relapse  became 
manifest  this  patient  was  given  five-grain 
doses  of  thymus  extract  three  times  daily 
thru  which  a  decided  improvement  had  be- 
come evident  two  weeks  later. 

Doctor  Leiner  mentions  that,  in  case  of 
exophthalmic  goiter,  the  thymus  likewise 
undergoes  a  hyperplasia;  and  altho  theo- 
retically the  feeding  of  this  gland  is  con- 
traindicated,  clinical  experience  teaches  that 
benefficial  results  have  followed  its  admin- 
istration. 


PARAGRAPHIC  REFLECTIONS. 

By 

W.  B.  KONKLE,  M.  D., 

MontoarsYille,  Pa. 

Medicine    That    Knows    Its    Place. — 

"Nature  can  do  more  than  the  doctors", 
said  Cromwell  on  his  death-bed,  according 
to  his  secretary,  Thurlo,  as  cited  by  Vol- 
taire. Moliere  makes  a  sly  old  fox  of  a 
doctor  say  to  his  colleagues,  "Let  us  be  in 
accord  around  the  sick,  that  we  may  at- 
tribute to  ourselves  the  fortunate  outcome 
of  disease,  and  cast  upon  nature  all  the 
blunders  of  our  art".  Again,  a  cynical  lay- 
man he  has  declaring,  "Almost  all  people  die 
of  their  remedies,  and  not  of  their  mala- 
dies". So  from  hieroglyph  to  stereotyped 
page,  thruout  literature  criticism  and  satire 
have  thus  differentiated  recovery,  from 
cure,  assigning  to  the  latter  a  relationship 
auxiliary  and  subordinate.  In  spite  of  this, 
however,  a  certain  class  and  proportion  of 
physicians  perennially  persist  in  maintaining 
toward  disease  states  a  general  spirit  and 


Digitized  by 


Google 


734 


November,  1919 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


American  Medicine 


manner  of  officiousness  which,  plainly  and 
frankly,  is  sheer  meddlesomeness.  Med- 
icine that  knows  its  place  and  powers,  how 
fine,  how  efficient !  But  medicine  that  pre- 
sumes and  trespasses  and  usurps,  how  im- 
pertinent and  pernicious!  The  invariable, 
routine  procedure  of  "pulling  patients  thru", 
as  frequently  manifest,  would  be  ludicrous 
were  it  not  perilous.  How  some  doctors 
save  life  is  superlatively  staggering!  Even 
in  childbirth,  a  process  simple,  natural,  uni- 
versal, the  same  tendency  and  practice  are 
too  often  evident.  Not  a  rarity  is  the  doc- 
tor who  performs  as  tho  he  considered 
child-bearing  an  operation  incumbent  on 
himself  and  the  woman  jointly;  who  simul- 
taneously with  her  goes  into  labor,  rivals 
her  efforts,  and  carries  off  the  lion's  share 
of  the  credit  and  glory.  Contemplating  the 
case  as  it  progresses,  one  might  inly  repeat 
the  appeal  of  Henry  V  to  his  soldiers — 
'*Once  more  into  the  breach  (breech),  dear 
friends,  once  more".  In  the  name  of  great 
Hera,  let  the  woman  have  the  baby.  "Baby- 
bearing"  doctors  are  a  farce  and  a  nuisance. 


How  Muck  Should  the  Patient  Be 
Told? — ^The  end  of  medical  treatment  is 
to  get  one's  patient  well — 'Huto,  celeriter  ac 
juci$nde",  after  the  aphorism  of  Asclepiades 
of  Prusa  as  paraphrased  by  Celsus — ^**only 
this  and  nothing  more".  The  pathfinder 
Bartholow  was  wont  to  distinguish  and  em- 
phasize the  idea  by  reiteration  of  his  own 
clearly  coined  and  deeply  relevant  phrase, 
"therapeutic  diagnosis".  The  expression 
reveals  peculiar  force  and  pregnancy  as  used 
in  contradistinction  to  the  academic  diag- 
nosis of  the  Skoda  school.  No;  not  to 
vindicate  one's  judgment  nor  to  exalt  one's 
self  as  a  medical  scientist,  not  to  exhibit  and 
illustrate  professional  proficiency  and  con- 
sistency, not  to  demonstrate  personal  com- 
petency and  dexterity,  not  even  to  avoid  'Ue 
crime  de  Use  Faculte,  qui  ne  se  pent  assez 
punir"  of  Doctor  Purgon,  not  primarily  for 
any  of  these  purposes,  but  to  help  his  pa- 
tients get  promptly  and  thoroly  well,  should 
one  manage  his  cases.  This  the  attendant 
should  be  courageous  enough  and  magnani- 
mous enough  to  do.  In  pursuance  of  such 
a  course  one  will  learn  to  keep  his  own 
counsel.  You  can  never  get  a  sick  man  well 
by  telling  him  he  is  likely  to  die.     Thomp- 


son of  New  York  some  years  ago  gave  a 
sane  word  of  warning  and  advice  along  this 
line  with  reference  to  heart  disease.  The 
caution  is  especially  significant  now-a-days 
as  directed  toward  blood  pressure  findings. 
To  discover  in  a  person  a  critical  blood  pres- 
sure, and  then  subject  the  person  to  extra 
risk  of  apoplexy  by  an  oracular,  unvar- 
nished, solemn,  portentous  announcement 
of  the  fact,  is,  to  say  the  least,  short  sighted 
and  reprehensible  practice. 


Neglecting  the  Pulse^ — ^The  sphygmo- 
manometer having  been  brought  into  ques- 
tion, it  may  be  stated  that  the  instrument  is 
not  an  unqualified  boon.  It  does,  truly, 
furnish  a  delicate  and  precise  test  that  en- 
hances exactness  and  certainty  in  the  de- 
termination of  abnormal  conditions  and  in 
the  diagnosis  of  disease  processes.  It  is  an 
acquisition  of  real  value,  and  its  importance 
in  the  field  of  investigation  of  body  states 
and  body  functions  should  not  be  underesti- 
mated. A  flagrant  misuse,  however,  is  its 
indiscriminate,  ostentatious,  ominous  em- 
ployment in  the  case  of  sick  people.  A  posi- 
tive evil  is  routine,  mechanical,  absolute, 
servile  dependence  upon  it  to  the  exclusion 
or  neglect  of  study  of  the  pulse  by  palpation. 
To  the  deft,  keen  physician  the  pulse  tells 
much  more  than  the  sphygmomanometer 
can  tell.  Says  Galen,  "The  science  of  the 
pulse  is  difficult;  it  exacts  of  him  who 
wishes  to  acquire  it  a  great  attention  of 
mind  and  an  extraordinary  talent  for  obser-* 
vation".  This  is  eminently  true.  And  al- 
tho  Galen  authorized  in  the  science  results 
undue,  even  preposterous,  in  his  enumera- 
tions and  classifications  clearly  verged  upon 
the  fanciful  and  whimsical  extremes  reached 
by  the  Chinese  savants,  yet,  nevertheless, 
the  pulse  does,  indeed,  show  many  phases 
and  many  combinations.  In  fact,  no  two 
pulses  are  exactly  alike. 


The  Pertinency  of  Common  Terms. — 

Quite  noteworthy  is  the  degree  of  correct- 
ness and  pertinency  ofttimes  pertaining  to 
the  classical  names  in  common  use  for 
pathologic  and  physiologic  manifestations. 
Not  infrequently  such  designations  are 
ideal.     There  is  the  term  "lung  fever",  for 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambrican  Mbdicina 


BY-WAYS  AND  HIGH- WAYS 


November,  1919 


735 


instance.  It  is  old — older  than  bacteriology. 
Still  it  stands  accurately  and  forcibly  for  an 
acute  infection  as  definite  and  specific  as 
typhus  or  typhoid.  Then,  again,  take  in  ex- 
ample the  expression  "change  of  life".  How 
graphically,  how  pointedly  the  phrase  indi- 
cates and  accentuates  those  profound  modi- 
fications and  alterations  occurring  at  the 
climacteric  equally  in  the  circulatory  and  in 
the  nervous  system  of  a  woman,  those  two 
of  the  component  parts  of  the  corporal 
organism  so  intimately  connected  with,  and 
so  wholly  essential  to,  life  its  very  self! 


might  be  reasonably  urged,  still  the  extreme 
lengths  advocated,  altho  feasible,  cannot 
logically  be  necessary  to  effectual  action. 
Sears,  following  Schick,  maintains  that  the 
dose  of  diphtheria  antitoxin  should  be 
graduated  to  the  standard  of  body  weight. 
That  proposition  has  the  ring  of  good  sense. 
It  simply  implies  the  application  of  a  gen- 
eric principle.  In  short,  there  is  a  "too 
little"  and  a  "too  much"  involved  in  the 
antitoxin  problem.  A  key  that  ever  fits 
and  never  fails  is  the  Ovidian  legend, 
"Medio  Tutissimus  ibis". 


Have  We  Mastered  Dii^theria.— We 

thought  that  thru  antitoxin  we  had  the 
mastery  of  diphtheria — that  we  had  con- 
quered, subjugated  the  disease  beyond  per- 
adventure.  And  the  confidence  was  most 
satisfactory  and  comfortable.  Then  along 
came  certain  leaders  with  an  assertion  and 
a  protestation.  We  were  told  that  we  had 
been  using  doses  of  the  specific  unreliably, 
if  not  impotently,  small;  that  amounts  as- 
toundingly  larger  were  not  only  permissi- 
ble, but  actually  demanded — amounts  really 
prohibitive  in  general  practice  from  consid- 
erations both  of  availability  and  cost.  These 
utterances  have  borne  the  hall  mark  of 
authority,  truly — carry  the  sanction  of 
special  study  favored  by  unexcelled  oppor- 
tunity. But  there  is  involved  in  the  ques- 
tion a  logic  inevitable,  inflexible,  inexorable. 
And  dialectics  constitutes  no  specialty  in 
medicine.  Indubitably  fruitful  is  the  ex- 
perimental method.  To  be  fully  trusted, 
however,  it  must  be  of  the  character  of 
'U'empirisme  rationnel  ou  philosophiqtie" 
of  Renouard.  Now  applying  the  rule  of 
reason  to  antitoxin  dosage,  it  would  ap- 
pear that,  if  the  enormous  quantity  sug- 
gested is  indispensable  to  therapeutic  eflFect, 
then  are  the  amounts  ordinarily  adminis- 
tered ineflFectual,  futile,  in  which  case  either 
our  observations  have  been  faulty,  or  we 
have  been  again  led  astray  by  that  arrant 
false  guide,  "post  hoc  ergo  propter  hoc'\ 
And,  if  such  downright  error  may  have 
been  accepted  with  reference  to  the  smaller 
dose,  why  may  it  not  likewise  occur  in  the 
estimation  of  the  results  of  the  huge  dose  ? 
But,  if  not  radically  wrong  as  to  the  potency 
of  the  usual  treatment,  then,  while  some  en- 
largement or  reenforcement  of  the  same 


The   Traditional   Ilk   of   ChilAood.— 

A  violation  of  the  traditions  of  childhood 
that  smacks  of  profanation  is  the  warfare 
waged  by  preventive  medicine  against  child- 
hood's own  diseases  so  called.  A  picture 
of  those  early  days  minus  mumps  and 
measles  and  whooping-cough,  if  not  dis- 
torted and  denaturalized,  at  any  rate  could 
not  be  reckoned  orthodox!  Seriously 
viewed,  the  acute  infections  more  peculiar 
to  the  age  of  growth  can,  of  course,  be 
headed  oflF  and  kept  within  bounds.  But 
can  they  be  completely  and  finally  rounded 
up?  Can  they  be  eradicated?  And,  for 
obvious  reasons,  the  milder  the  malady,  the 
more  difficult  its  repression  and  suppression. 
Chicken-pox  and  small-pox  are  ungovern- 
able respectively  in  inverse  ratio  to  their 
respective  virulency.  Then  there  is  the 
further  question  of  the  wisdom  of  the 
policy  of  assisting  to  protract  liability  to 
these  minor  infections  into  mature  life, 
where  they  are  likely  to  be  more  severe 
and  where  days  spell  dollars,  when  with 
small  risk,  at  a  time  that  in  no  way 
presses,  enduring  immunity  to  their  re- 
currence may  be  acquired  by  squarely  fac- 
ing them  instead  of  evading  them.  Does 
the  adult  regret  having  had  mumps  and 
measles  in  childhood  ?  A  hardship,  a  handi- 
cap, a  plague — is  it  to  be  dodging  mumps 
and  measles  when  duty  urges  and  fortune 
beckons  ?  Still  another  consideration  should 
not  be  overlooked.  May  it  not  be  that  the 
very  mildness  of  type  characterizing  these 
diseases  of  childhood  under  discussion,  and 
which  reduces  to  the  minimum  their  im- 
portance as  to  suflFering  and  danger,  may  it 
not  be  that  this  marked  mildness  is  due  to 
partial  immunity  gained  by  the  process  of 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


736 


November,  1919 


BTIOLOOY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


Ameeican  Medicine 


transmission  from  generation  to  generation 
of  a  lowered  or  declining  susceptibility? 
May  we  not  thus  be  the  beneficiaries  of  an 
hereditary  attenuated  liability?  The  rav- 
ages wrought  by  certain  ordinarily  not  fatal 
infections  among  races  to  whom  they  had 
priorly  been  unknown  lends  color  to  the 
theory.  If  partial  immunity  can  be  pro- 
gressively attained,  why  could  it  not  be  re- 
trogressively  influenced  and  modified? 
Some  day  there  may  be  told  a  mournful 
tale  of  immunity  won  and  lost. 


THE  DOCTOR  MUSES, 

I  am  the  first 

To  welcome  you 
Into  the  world. 
I  listen  anxiously  for 

Your  first  feeble  wail 
Announcing  your  arrival. 

As  you  grow,  and  develop. 
All  your  baby  ills 

Are  carefully  considered 
By  me. 
Even  the  first 

Little  tooth 
The  pride  of  fond  mothers  always, 

Needs  my  skill 
And  care — 
Something  more  than 

Fond  pride — 
To  welcome  it! 
I  supplement  the 

Mother  love 

Which  often 
Does  not  know, 
I  am  at  your 

"Beck  and  call" 
Always. 
To  whom  do  you  turn 
In  the  greatest  crisis 

Of  your  life? 
The  Doctor! 
When  you  stand 

At  the  Gates  of  Death — 
You,  or  one  of  your  loved  ones — 

I  am  summoned 
And  I  come. 
Mayhap  thru  wild  winter  storms 

Or  summer's  fierce  heat 

I  answer  the  call  of  Duty. 


I  try  again  to  put  your  feet 

Onto  the 
Highroad  to  Health 

And  success. 
Straightway,  if  I  succeed 

You  forget. 
If,  being  fallible,  and  human 

I  make  one  mistake, 

I  am  cast  aside,  all 

Benefits  forgot! 

I  grow  gray  in 
Your  Service. 
Always,  always,  I  stand  beside 

The  bed  of  pain, 

To  soothe  and  succor. 

That  is  my  life. 
My  bitter  cup, 
That  you  so  soon 
Forget. 

What  say  you?  Another  call  to  duty 
From  one  who  suflFers 
Dire  distress? 
(Farewell  brief  moment  of  my  leisure!) 

I  will  come. 
From  one  who  never  pays  me 

Sav  you? 
Ah!'  Well! 
Still  answer, 
I  will  come. 

Clara  Louise  Carleton, 


m 


ETIOLOGY 


AND 


IA6NOSI 


"^ 


Etiology  and  Treatment  of  Ennresls*— Grover 

(Jour,  A,  M.  A.,  Aug.  24,  1918)  bases  his  con- 
clusions upon  a  study  of  about  200  cases  in 
children  between  four  and  twelve  years  of  age. 
He  believes  that  the  condition  is  never  a  dis- 
ease entity,  but  is  merely  a  symptom  of  an 
underlying,  general  neuromuscular  fatigue.  The 
fatigue  is  chronic  and  the  patients  are  all  of 
the  overactive,  nervous  type.  There  is  often 
an  element  of  marked  mental  strain  from  too 
prolonged  school  work.  The  treatment  is  ex- 
clusively dietetic  and  hygienic.  All  food  be- 
tween meals  is  forbidden,  even  bread  and  but- 
ter and  milk,  and  the  following  foods  are  ex- 
cluded from  the  diet:  Soups,  coffee,  tea,  cocoa; 
sweet,  salty  and  highly  seasoned  food;  ice 
cream,  candy,  cakes  and  pastry;  jellies,  jams, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


▲mucAN  Mbdxcinb 


ETIOLOGY  AND  DIAGNOSIS 


NOYBMBER.  1919 


737 


etc.;  condiments,  bananas  and  raw  apples.  To 
simplify  the  digestive  work  at  night  meat,  eggs 
and  vegetables  are  forbidden  at  supper.  The 
diet  consists  of  milk,  butter,  eggs,  meat,  fish, 
breadstuffs,  cooked  cereals,  macaroni,  vege- 
tables, orange,  stewed  fruits  and  simple,  un- 
sweetened desserts.  No  fluids  are  given  after 
four  p.  m.;  the  child  must  be  in  bed  by  seven 
p.  m.,  and  no  active  play  is  allowed  after  four 
p.  m.  If  very  nervous,  school  is  temporarily 
prohibited  and  a  nap  required  every  afternoon. 
Moving  pictures,  music  lessons  and  evening 
study  are  prohibited.  Absolutely  regular  hours 
are  established  for  urination  at  night,  namely, 
seven  and  ten  p.  m.  and  six  a.  ul;  and  in  some 
cases  with  small  bladders,  two  a.  m.  for  a 
while.  The  day  wetters  are  made  to  urinate 
at  regular  times  by  the  clock,  the  intervals  be- 
ing lengthened  to  increase  the  capacity  of  the 
bladder  until  a  satisfactory  r^ime  is  estab- 
lished. Rewards  are  offered  for  following  the 
directions.  The  results  of  such  treatment  are 
surprisingly  good  as  shown  by  the  fact  that 
nineteen  per  cent,  of  the  patients  did  not  wet 
again  after  their  first  visit,  twenty-three  per 
cent  did  not  wet  once  after  the  first  few  weeks 
or  months,  thirty-one  per  cent,  were  reduced 
to  a  maximum  of  wetting  once  a  week,  and  only 
twelve  per  cent,  were  not  benefited  at  all. 


The    Cerebral    Complications    of    Miimps«— 

Mumps  is  generally  considered  a  benign  infec- 
tion; but  during  epidemics  it  may  increase  in 
virulence  and  severe  complications  arise,  states 
an  editorial  writer  in  the  Jour,  of  the  Amer- 
Med,  Assn.  (Sept  20,  1919).  Of  the  complica- 
tions, orchitis,  pancreatitis  and  meningitis  are 
the  most  important.  Meningeal  reactions  may 
appear  two  or  three  days  after  the  appearance 
of  the  swelling,  or  later  as  th^  parotitiB  is  sub- 
siding. Frequently  orchitis  also  develops.  The 
meningitis  may  manifest  itself  by  increased 
fever,  headache,  insomnia,  general  discomifort 
and,  according  to  Acker,  exceptionally  by  nau- 
sea, vomiting,  rigidity  of  the  neck,  Kemig's 
sign,  and  pupillary  changes.  The  spinal  fluid 
usually  is  clear,  but  is  under  increased  pres- 
sure and  shows  a  lymphocytosis.  Before  the 
advent  of  spinal  puncture,  these  meningeal 
symptoms  were  spoken  of  as  a  meningismus  of 
parotitis;  but  now  the  occurrence  of  actual  men- 
ingitis in  the  course  of  mumps  is  accepted.  In 
a  recent  study,  Haden  remarks  that  many  fea- 
tures of  the  nervous  complications  point  to  an 
*  encephalitis,  and  not  simply  to  a  meningitis, 
and  that  in  most  cases  the  cerebral  symptoms 
are  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  meningeal  re- 
action as  reflected  in  the  spinal  fluid.  The 
occurrence  of  symptoms  of  cerebral  irritation 
was  noted  by  Acker,  who  also  records  cases 
with  convulsions,  monoplegia,  hemiplegia  or 
aphasia.  Other  recent  reports  seem  to  conflrm 
the  view  that  the  ssonptoms  are  due  to  an  in- 
volvement of  the  brain  substance;  but  in  the 
absence  of  anatomic  study  of  such  cases  the 
question  remains  open.  It  may  be  well  to  re- 
call that,  in  acute  infectious  diseases,  edema  of 


the  brain  may  produce  cerebral  symptoms  with 
or  without  signs  of  meningeal  reaction  and  that 
the  spinal  fluid  in  such  cases  may  show  no 
cellular  changes.  The  association  of  orchitis 
with  meningitis  in  mumps  is  of  interest  in  view 
of  the  recent  report  by  Latham  of  epididymitis 
as  a  complication  of  epidemic  meningitis.  He 
states  that  some  of  the  mildest  cases  of  men- 
ingitis may  show  marked  epididymal  involve- 
ment On  the  basis  of  Latham's  report  that  in 
70  per  cent,  of  the  cases  with  epididymal  in- 
volvement the  meningococcus  was  found  in  the 
blood,  we  might  assume  that  analogous  inva- 
sion of  the  blood  takes  place  in  mumps  and  that 
close  study  of  the  blood  may  throw  light  on 
its  cause. 


Warts* — In  explanation  of  the  etiology  factor 
in  the  production  of  common  warts  Wile  and 
Kingery  (Jour,  of  the  Amer.  Med.  Assn.,  Sept 
27,  1919)  state  that  there  have  been  advanced 
at  various  times  the  opinions  that  they  are 
caused  by  an  infecting  organism,  trauma  or  a 
foreign  body.  There  are  many  clinical  exam- 
ples which  stand  out  in  favor  of  each  of  these 
hypotheses.  The  frequency  with  which  ver- 
rucae  occur  at  points  of  trauma^  notably  on 
the  hands  and  feet,  would,  at  first  glance,  speak 
strongly  for  trauma  as  the  causative  agent  In 
favor  of  a  foreign  body  as  a  possible  cause  are 
the  numerous  clinical  examples  of  localized  hy- 
perkeratosis following  accidental  implantation 
of  thorns,  thistles,  bits  of  glass  and  steel.  That 
localized  hyperkeratosis  of  a  warty  type  un- 
doubtedly occurs  following  such  foreign  body 
implantation  is,  however,  in  no  way  conclusive 
proof  of  the  etiologic  moment  of  the  foreign 
body  itself.  The  injury  incident  to  the  en- 
trance of  the  foreign  body  can  as  readily  be 
accepted  as  the  portal  of  entrance  for  an  in- 
fecting organism.  The  clinical  evidence  in 
favor  of  an  infectious  agent  in  the  causation 
of  warts  is  extremely  suggestive. 


RoTslng's    Sign   in   Chronic    Appendicitis*— 

Among  the  provoked  pains  of  chronic  appen- 
dicitis, says  an  editorial  writer  in  the  New 
York  Med.  Jour.  (Aug.  16,  1919),  a  special  place 
should  be  given  to  pain  produced  by  the  forc- 
ing back  of  gas  in  the  cecum  and  appendix. 
To  this  phenomenon  the  name  of  Rousing  has 
become  attached,  because  he  apparently  was 
the  first  to  study  it  But  the  paternity  of  this 
sign  does  not  in  reality  belong  to  the  distin- 
guished surgeon  of  CJopenhagen.  He  unques- 
tionably was  the  first  to  advise  to  search  for 
pain  by  progressively  pushing  back  the  gas  in 
the  descending  colon  from  below  upward,  then 
continuing  to  slide  the  hand,  still  pressing 
deeply  from  left  to  right  along  the  transverse 
colon  and  finally  sliding  it  from  above  down- 
ward into  the  fiank  and  right  iliac  fossa  to- 
ward the  cecum.  This  procedure,  which  is  dif- 
ficult to  carry  out  properly,  is  due  to  Rovsing 
and  to  it  his  name  rightly  belongs,  but  three 
years  before  he  published  his  method  in  1907,. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


738 


November,  1919 


TREATMENT 


Amkricam  Mkdicink 


Walther  of  Paris  demonstrated  that  free  and 
deep  abdominal  palpation  over  areas  other  than 
the  right  iliac  fossa  provoked  a  pain  in  the 
appendix  by  gas  distention  of  the  cecum. 

In  all  doubtful  cases  of  appendicitis  it  is  well 
to  look  for  this  appendicular  pain  by  distention 
of  the  cecum,  which  will  generally  give  valu- 
able data.  With  the  right  hand  applied  flat 
on  the  middle  and  left  part  of  the  abdomen, 
deep  pressure  is  made,  forcing  the  intestinal 
gas  back  toward  the  right  segment  of  the  colon. 
Then  the  left  hand  is  progressively  pushed 
into  the  area  of  the  right  colonic  angle  whereby 
the  cecum  becomes  distended.  By  this  technic, 
pain  in  the  appendix  from  cecal  distention  is 
more  readily  realized  than  by  Rovsing's  method. 

Not  only  is  this  sign  very  accurate,  but  it 
possesses  another  great  advantage.  In  nerv- 
ous subjects,  direct  palpation  of  the  right  iliac 
fossa — a  region  spontaneously  painful — is  ren- 
dered more  difficult  on  account  of  the  patient's 
apprehension,  who  instinctively  contracts  the 
abdominal  wall.  On  the  contrary,  palpitation  at 
a  distance  does  not  awaken  this  distrust,  so 
that  an  exploration  can  be  carried  out  which 
would  otherwise  be  impossible. 


Drug  Addlctioii. — In  a  recent  number  of  the 
American  Journal  of  Public  Health,  Ernest  S 
Bishop  discusses  the  subject  of  drug  addiction 
and  points  out  that  this  is  a  disease  which 
should  be  studied  and  treated  primarily  from 
a  scientific  instead  of  from  a  social  and  legal 
point  of  view.  Drug  addiction  is  recognized 
as  a  problem  involving  nearly  as  many  persons 
as  tuberculosis,  people  who  should  not  be  re- 
garded purely  as  mental  degenerates.  Dr. 
Bishop  asserts — and  probably  no  one  in  America 
can  speak  with  greater  authority — that  drug 
addiction  exists  in  mentally,  morally  and  physi- 
cally normal  individuals  as  well  as  among  the 
lower  classes  with  whom  it  is  generally  asso- 
ciated. Bishop  believes  that  the  phenomena 
which  attend  withholding  opiates  in  the  ad- 
dicted may  best  be  explained  by  the  presence  of 
some  antidotal  substance  developed  and  circulate 
ing  in  the  blood.  In  order  to  deal  more  ade- 
quately with  the  drug  situation,  the  author 
recommends  organized  scientific,  medical  or  pub- 
lic health  activity  directed  towards  the  clinical 
and  laboratory  investigation  of  this  disease. 


REATMENT 


-in 


^L 


Gonorrheal  Arthritis*— In  regard  to  gonor- 
rheal arthritis,  first  be  sure  that  your  arthritis 
is  of  gonorrheal  origin.  This  can  be  ascertained 
by  the  history,  the  age,  the  sex  of  the  patient, 


by  the  complement-fixation  test  for  gonorrhea 
and,  of  course,  smears  from  the  urethra  and 
smears  after  prostatic  massage  will  help.    Gold- 
stein   (Med.  Brief,  Nov..  1919)   sUtes  that  all 
of  these  cases  have  a  focus  of  infection  some 
place  and  this  is  usually  in  the  prostate  or  the 
seminal  vesicle  in  the  male  and  in  the  tubes 
and  ovaries  of  the  female.    The  gonorrhea  can- 
not be  eliminated  unless  you  treat  these  foci 
of   infection.     The   best  method   of   treatment 
other  than  the  rest  and  local  treatment  is  the 
administration  of  large  doses  of  antigonococcic 
serum,  say  up  to  50  c.  c.     This  is  given  best, 
ordinarily,  in  doses  of  10  or  15  c.  c.  on  succes- 
sive days.    The  action  of  the  serum  is  enhanced 
by  the  combined  administration  of  mixed  poly- 
valent vaccines  in  doses  varying  from  a  quarter 
of  a  billion  to  two,  three  or  even  four  billion. 
In  the  more  subacute  or  chronic  cases,  the  care- 
ful  administration   of   fresh   vaccine   in   large 
doses  seems  to  do  more  good  than  the  serum 
alone.     The  preferred  method  of  treatment  is 
a  combination  of  the  two.    Occasionally,  on  the 
eighth  or  tenth  day  following  the  administra- 
tion of  the  serum,  there  is  an  anaphylactic  re- 
action.     This   can    best   be   controlled    by   the 
administration  of  adrenalin,  1  to  1,000  in  15 
minim  doses  every  hour  to    five    hours,    and 
V,ot  to  V,5»th  of  a  grain  of  atropine  hypoder- 
mically.      Large    doses    of    alkaline    remedies, 
lemonade  and  kalak  water  can  be  given  until 
the  reaction  subsides.     If  the  gonorrheal  rheu- 
matism does  not  then  improve,  one  must  keep 
on  with  the  local  treatment,  prostatic  and  vesicid 
massage,  etc.     Then  again,  failure  in  improve- 
ment may  be  due  to  inadequate  dosage  of  anti- 
gonococcic serum  and  antigonococcic  stock  vac- 
cine— the  intravenous  administration  of  the  se- 
rum may  act  more  promptly  in  severe  cases. 
Finally,   don't  forget  the   tonsils,   bad   teeth 
and    infected   sinuses   are    the    most    frequent 
cause  of  an  arthritis,  and  that  this  source  of 
infection  may  be  overlooked  even  if  there  is 
a  urethritis  present. 


Cutaneous  Cancer,n-Reporting  on  dermatol- 
ogy in  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 
(May  30,  1918),  Bowen  says  that  cauterization 
is  by  some  considered  to  be  better  than  the 
knife  or  curette  for  cutaneous  cancer,  because 
it  does  not  open  up  the  lymphatic  and  blood 
vessels,  and  also  claims  for  it  a  selective 
action  on  the  pathologic  tissue  and  that  an 
inhibitory  action  is  produced  on  the  malignant 
cell  by  the  copious  outpouring  of  serum. 

1.  If  the  lesion  is  in  the  earliest  stages  of 
evolution,  a  local  cure  may  be  expected  as  a 
result  of  adequate  treatment  with  arsenic  paste, 
actual  cautery.  Roentgen  ray,  or  radium  fulgu- 
ration  and  excision.  It  is  advisable,  even  in 
these  early  cases,  to  apply  the  Roentgen  rays 
to  the  treated  area  and  the  neighboring  lym- 
phatics when  the  lesion  has  been  destroyed  by 
some  agent  other  than  radium  or  the  Roentgen 
ray.  Speaking  comparatively  of  the  Roentgen 
ray  and  radium,  there  are  instances  when  the 
latter  is  of  greater  value,  namely,  in  Roentgen 
ray    cancer   and    the   growths    that    occur    in 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMIRICAN   MBDIOUOI 


TREATMENT 


NOVBMBBR^  1919 


739 


xeroderma  pigmentoBum.  Radium  is  also  pref- 
erable in  epitheliomas  developing  on  leuko- 
plakia, not  only  on  account  of  the  location,  but 
because  the  results  are  superior. 

2.  If  the  growth  is  advanced  beyond  the 
very  early  stages,  it  should  be  removed  by  ex- 
cision and  the  roentgen  ray  applied  as  a  pro- 
phylactic agent,  as  already  outlined. 

3.  If,  for  various  reasons,  the  lesion  cannot 
be  excised,  it  can  be  removed  by  the  actual 
cautery  or  with  arsenical  paste,  and  the  Roent- 
gen ray  used  as  a  prophylactic. 

4.  Finally,  there  are  cases  in  which,  on  ac- 
count of  certain  complications  and  difficulties, 
none  of  these  methods  can  be  utilized.  In  such 
instances  we  can  resort  to  Sherwell's  method. 


Diet  During  the  Pverperiam^— The  diet  ad- 
vised for  the  puerperal  woman  in  the  average 
textbook  on  obstetrics  is  irrational,  states 
Rucker  in  the  May  issue  of  the  Virginia  Med, 
Monthly.  One  should  bear  in  mind  that  the 
milk  flow  is  largely  influenced  by  the  diet  and 
can  be  largely  controlled  at  will  by  the  char- 
acter of  food  given,  and  especially  by  the 
amount  of  fluid  allowed.  Certain  articles  of 
food  are  partly  excreted  in  the  milk,  or  modify 
in  a  manner  prejudicial  to  the  infant — espe- 
cially acid  fruits  and  vegetables  with  a  decided 
flavor  such  as  cabbage,  turnips,  carrots  and 
sweet  potatoes.  Both  the  old  method  of  starv- 
ing the  puerpera  for  the  flrst  week  and  the 
newer  '  procedure  of  forced  feeding — ^which 
means  forced  liquids — are  cruel  and  unneces- 
sary. Under  the  latter  procedure  the  breasts 
become  greatly  engorged  and  very  painful,  ex- 
pert nursing  becoming  necessary  for  their  re- 
lief. A  more  rational  plan  is  to  place  the  pa- 
tient at  once  on  a  general  diet  and  then  modify 
it  according  to  the  behavior  of  the  breasts. 
If  the  milk  proves  inadequate  the  fluids  can 
easily  be  augmented  or  the  patient  even  placed 
on  a  liquid  diet.  The  general  diet  obviates  the 
loss  of  weight  so  common  in  former  times,  as 
well  as  the  more  recent  painful  breasts.  It 
is  more  pleasant  for  the  patient,  allowing  her 
a  greater  variety  of  food  and  is  less  constipat- 
ing, an  occasional  enema  being  usually  all  that 
is  required.  Since  the  author  adopted  this  plan 
of  feeding,  several  years  ago,  no  patient  has 
had  engorged,  painful  breasts.  The  milk  flow 
has  been  more  gradual  in  onset,  but  longer 
sustained.  In  most  cases  it  has  been  abundant, 
even  in  highly  nervous,  frail  women.  The  over- 
abundance of  milk  often  followed  by  agalactia 
because  of  inability  of  the  infant  to  empty 
the  breasts,  was  never  met  with. 


Amebic  Dysentery:  Treatment  by  Bismnth.^ 

Yorke  (British  Med.  Jour,,  April  12,  1919) 
draws  attention  to  the  value,  in  the  treatment 
of  acute  amebic  dysentery,  of  bismuth  subni- 
trate  in  massive  doses,  as  recommended  by 
Bates  from  experience  gained  in  the  Panama 
zone.    A  combination  of  large  doses  of  bismuth 


by  the  mouth,  combined  with  hypodermic  in- 
jections of  emetine,  gives  much  more  constant 
and  satisfactory  results  than  emetine  alone. 

A  preliminary  saline  purge  is  given  unless 
the  acute  dysentery  has  already  persisted  for 
several  days,  in  which  case  it  is  unnecessary. 

Emetine  hydrochloride,  one  grain,  is  injected 
subcutaneously,  and  bismuth  subnitrate,  120  to 
180  grains,  suspended  in  milk  or  water,  is 
given  by  the  mouth  three  or  four  times  daily 
for  a  period  of  twelve  days. 

Occasionally  a  morning  saline  may  be  neces- 
sary if  the  bismuth  causes  constipation. 

This  treatment  invariably  clears  the  stools  of 
entamebae — a  result  which  can  by  no  means 
be  claimed  for  emetine  alone — and  causes  the 
disappearance  of  the  symptoms  of  acute  dysen- 
tery, the  stools  speedily  becoming  less  frequent 
and  free  from  blood  and  mucus. 


Ambnlatory  Treatment  of  Tarlcose  Ulcer  and 
Edema  of  the  Leg.— Audibert  and  Fouquet 
(Presse  mMicale,  May  8,  1919)  recommend  a 
treatment  based  upon  firm  bandaging  of  the 
limb  with  gauze  impregnated  with  the  follow- 
ing paste: 

Gelatin,  \ 

Zinc  oxide,    \  of  each 10  grams 

Starch,  ) 

wS""'   l^'^^l^  ^(^^^m^ 

Potassium  silicate 100  grams 

Before  use  the  gauze  bandage  is  softened  in 
warm  boiled  water  and  subjected  to  pressure 
to  drive  out  any  excess  of  the  paste.  The  ulcer 
and  surrounding  tissues  are  carefully  cleansed 
with  boiled  water,  the  ulcer  dusted  with  a 
bland  powder,  and  its  margins  protected  with 
strips  of  leucoplast  to  prevent  subsequent  tear- 
ing away  of  new  epidermis  when  the  dressing 
is  removed.  The  prepared  bandage,  which 
should  consist  of  rather  stiff  gauze,  is  then 
applied  about  the  foot  and  leg  in  circular  fash- 
ion, beginning  at  the  root  of  the  toes.  In  cases 
with  edema,  some  degree  of  pressure  should 
be  exerted  over  the  lower  portion  of  the  leg. 
The  dressing  Is  renewed  every  four  days  at 
first;  later,  when  suppuration  has  ceased,  at 
weekly  intervals.  This  form  of  dressing  is  ab- 
sorbent and  antiseptic;  mercury  bichloride,  one 
in  1,000,  or  salicylic  acid,  may  be  added  to  the 
formula  to  enhance  the  latter  property.  The 
treatment  was  applied  with  notable  success  in 
120  cases.  Its  efficiency  is  illustrated  in  the 
case  cited  of  an  ulcer  of  ten  years'  standing 
which  healed  in  thirty-one  days — after  six 
dressings. 

Pain  disappears  in  a  few  hours  after  appli- 
cation of  the  dressing  and  the  patient  is  urged 
to  walk  about,  the  resulting  activation  of  local 
circulation,  now  supported  by  the  bandage 
which  acts  as  an  artificial  covering  fascia,  pro- 
moting the  processes  of  repair.  Granulation 
is  often  so  active  that  application  of  silver  ni- 
trate becomes  necessary.  After  recovery,  re- 
currence should  be  prevented  by  means  of  an 
adjustable  elastic  bandage.     The  treatment  is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


740 


October^  1919 


QBJNBRAL  TOPICS 


Amirican  Mbdxcinb 


serviceable  also  in  syphilitic  leg  ulcers  as  an 
auxiliary  measure. 


Treatment   of   Epithelioma    by    Badliim,n-A 

writer  in  the  International  Clinics  emphasizes 
the  fact,  with  many  photographic  illustrations, 
that  in  each  case  the  proper  form  of  radiation 
and  dosage  for  each  case  must  be  carefully 
determined. 

Four  classes  of  epithelioma  are  to  be  con- 
sidered: 

First,  the  lesion  which  can  be  cured  by  one 
application  of  radium  with  the  proper  dosage. 

Second,  the  lesion  which  is  so  situated  that 
glandular  involvement  is  likely  to  take  place 
or  has  already  occurred  and  the  Roentgen  ray 
should  be  employed  as  an  adjunct  to  treat  ad- 
jacent glands. 

Third,  those  cases  in  which  the  local  appli- 
cation of  radium  supplemented  by  the  Roentgen 
ray  will  only  act  as  a  palliative  measure. 

Fourth,  those  cases  in  which  excision  is  Justi- 
fied to  be  followed  by  radiotherapy. 

Professor  Boggs  {Therapeutic  Record)  be 
Heves  that  radium  and  the  X-ray  should  always 
be  considered  first  in  the  treatment  of  epithe- 
lioma because,  when  properly  applied,  prac- 
tically all  epitheliomatous  tissue  can  be  made  to 
disappear  and  there  are  fewer  recurrences  than 
by  any  other  method.  In  order  to  apply  the 
method,  however,  the  operator  must  have  the 
requisite  clinical  experience  with  these  growths 
as  well  as  a  knowledge  of  the  use  of  the  agents 
employed. 

Inoperable  cases  in  which  the  tonsil  is  in- 
volved, are  often  markedly  improved  so  far  as 
symptoms  are  considered. 


The  Treatment  of  Taginal  Discharge*— Chan- 
dler (New  York  Med.  Jour.,  Oct.  11,  1919)  ad- 
vocates treating  ordinary  discharges  of  the 
vagina  by  a  so-called  dry  method.  Six  treat- 
ments were  given  in  the  cases  reported.  The 
first  three  treatments  consisted  of  swabbing 
the  cervical  canal  with  pure  carbolic  acid  and 
painting  the  entire  vagina  mucous  membrane 
with  a  weak  solution  of  iodine,  after  which  the 
vagina  was  packed  with  dry  sterile  gauze  in 
sufficient  quantities  to  straighten  out  all  the 
folds.  The  last  treatments  consisted  of  the 
application  of  a  powder  made  of  equal  parts  of 
stearate  of  zinc,  starch  and  boracic  acid,  and 
packing  the  vagina  with  sterile  gauze.  The 
advantages  alleged  were  that  this  treatment 
cured  more  quickly  than  any  other  method. 


Treatment  of  Wonnds  By  Paraffin*— Pratt  as- 
serts that  he  knows  {British  Medical  Journal, 
March  1,  1919)  of  no. other  treatment  in  which 
the  constitutional  symptoms  so  quickly  disap- 
pear, in  which  the  pain  so  rapidly  subsides  and 
in  which  healing  is  so  uninterrupted,  as  in 
wounds  and  burns  treated  by  soft  paraffin. 


The  wound  or  bum  is  first  thoroly 
cleansed  with  sterilized  water;  the  paraffin  is 
then  melted  and  either  sprayed  by  a  special 
spray  or  painted  by  a  sterilized  brush  over  the 
affected  area.  One  layer  of  gauze  is  th^ 
placed  over  the  injured  part  and  then  another 
layer  of  melted  paraffin  is  either  sprayed  or 
painted  over  the  gauze.  On  the  top  of  this  a 
cotton-wool  pad  in  placed  and  then  the  part 
is  bandaged.  The  dressing  is  left  undisturbed 
for  twenty-four  hours,  when  it  is  removed  and 
a  fresh  application  made.  A  third  dressing  is 
applied  In  ordinary  cases  the  next  day  and. 
when  necessary,  a  fourth  dressing  two  days 
after. 


The  Student's  Health  Creeds— The  Indiana 
State  Board  of  Health  has  issued  the  following 
"Health  Creed"  to  the  school  children  of  their 
state.  It  contains  so  much  splendid  advice  in 
brief,  terse  form  that  it  should  be  sent  all  over 
the  country: 

I  believe  my  body  and  good  health  are  sacred. 
If  I  am  sick  it  will  very  probably  be  because 
I  have  violated  some  one  or  more  of  nature's 
laws  of  health. 

I  will  study  nature's  laws  of  health  and  will 
obey  them  for  my  own  sake. 

I  will  not  suck  my  fingers  or  pick  my  nose 
or  wipe  my  nose  on  my  hand  or  sleeve,  for 
these  practices  are  unsanitary  and  very  Im- 
polite. 

I  will  not  wet  my  fingers  in  my  mouth  when 
turning  the  leaves  of  books. 

I  will  not  put  pencils  in  my  mouth  or  wet 
them  with  my  lips. 

I  will  not  put  pins  or  money  In  my  mouth. 

I  will  only  use  my  mouth  for  eating  good 
plain  food,  drinking  pure  water  and  milk  and 
for  saying  good  and  kind  words. 

I  will  always  chew  my  food  thoroly  and 
never  drink  whiskey  or  wine. 

I  will  strive  against  the  habit  of  ^clearing 
my  throat"  because  it  is  nearly  always  unnec- 
essary and  may  be  disagreeable  to  others. 

I  will  not  cough  or  sneeze  without  turning 
my  face  and  holding  a  piece  of  paper  or  hand- 
kerchief before  my  mouth.  Polite  people  never 
cough  in  public  if  they  can  prevent  it. 

I  will  keep  my  face,  hands  and  fingernails 
as  clean  as  possible. 

I  will  not  spit  on  the  floor,  stairways  or 
sidewalks,  and  will  try  not  to  spit  at  all; 
ladles  and  gentlemen  do  not  spit. 

I  will  wash  my  mouth  every  morning  on 
getting  up  and  at  night  on  going  to  bed,  and 
will  use  a  tooth  brush  if  I  can  get  one. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdzcins 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


November,  1919 


741 


I  will  be  clean  in  body,  clean  in  mind,  and 
avoid  all  habits  that  may  give  (^ense  to  others. 

I  will  get  all  the  fresh  air  I  can  and  will 
open  wide  my  bedroom  windows  when  I  go 
to  bed. 


The  Poisoned  Air  of  Industrial  Sections^— 

Pine  trees  die  in  industrial  cities,  especially 
where  much  soft  coal  is  used,  and  they  die  be- 
cause they  cannot  breathe,  says  a  writer  in  the 
Medical  Council.  Deciduous  trees  that  shed 
their  leaves  or  breathing  apparatus  once  a  year 
may  live  there,  for  they  renew  their  respiratory 
systems  every  spring.  Coniferous  trees,  espe- 
cially those  with  needle  leaves,  are  easily  choked 
by  the  carbon  and  sulphur  products  in  the  air. 
and  they  gradually  die. 

If  man  could  shed  his  respiratory  mucous 
membranes  and  cells  once  a  year  he  would 
rarely  get  catarrh,  bronchitis,  pulmonary  tu- 
berculosis, bronchial  asthma  or  influenza.  But 
man  is  Just  as  much  biologically  unfited  to  live 
in  a  poisoned  atmosphere  as  is  the  pine  tree, 
for  he  is  of  the  perennial  type,  not  the  decidu- 
ous one,  and  his  respiratory  system  is  very 
sensitive. 

In  addition  to  this,  man  is  peculiarly  sensi- 
tive to  organisms  that  gain  entrance  to  the 
respiratory  tract;  and  the  chemical  irritation 
caused  by  the  acids  generated  in  the  air  of 
industrial  sections  renders  him  all  the  more 
susceptible.  Indeed,  with  man,  nearly  all  of 
the  respiratory  diseases,  including  catarrh,  are 
more  or  less  infectious;  and  if  there  is  a  great 
incidence  of  respiratory  disease  In  an  industrial 
city,  with  the  gradual  generation  of  peculiarly 
malignant  strains  of  common  catarrhal  organ- 
isms, the  persons  in  the  surrounding  country 
are  apt  to  be  Infected,  even  if  the  air  at  their 
homes  is  pure.  The  great  consumption  of  gaso- 
line in  the  cities  is  also  greatly  adding  to  air 
contamination. 

The  lesson  from  all  of  this  is  obvious  and  it 
is  becoming  increasingly  evident  that  smoke 
and  gases  resultant  from  combustion  must  be 
more  intelligently  handled  and  a  way  found  to 
eliminate  this  menace  to  public  health. 


NEWS  NOTES  "» 
ANNODNCEMENTf 


Boylston  Medical  Prizes*— These  prizes,  which 
are  open  to  public  competition^  are  offered  for 
the  best  dissertation  on  questions  in  medical 
science  proposed  by  the  Boylston  Medical  Com- 
mittee. 

At  the  annual  meeting  held  in  Boston  in  1916 
a  prize  of  three  hundred  dollars  was  awarded 
to  an  essay  entitled  ''Studies  of  the  Streptococ- 


cus of  Smith,"  by  Wilson  G.  Smillie,  M.  D.,  of 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

For  1919  there  is  offered  a  prize  of  three  hun- 
dred dollars  and  the  Boylston  Prize  Medal,  for 
the  best  dissertation  on  the  results  of  original 
research  in  medicine,  the  subject  to  be  chosen 
by  the  writer.  The  Boylston  Prize  Medal  will 
be  added  to  the  money  prize  only  in  case  the 
winning  essay  shows  special  originality  in  the 
investigations  detailed. 

Dissertations  entered  for  this  prize  must  be 
in  the  hands  of  the  Secretary,  H.  C.  Ernst, 
M.  D.,  Harvard  Medical  School,  Boston,  Mass., 
on  or  before  December  31,  1919. 

In  awarding  these  prizes,  preference  will  be 
given  to  dissertations  which  exhibit  original 
work,  but  if  no  dissertation  is  considered 
worthy  of  a  prize,  the  award  may  be  withheld. 

E^ach  dissertation  must  bear,  in  place  of  the 
author's  name,  some  sentence  or  device,  and 
must  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  packet,  bear- 
ing the  same  sentence  or  device,  and  containing 
the  author's  name  and  residence  within. 

Any  clew  by  which  the  authorship  of  a  dis- 
sertation is  made  known  to  the  Committee  uHll 
debar  such  dissertation  from  competition. 

Dissertations  must  be  printed  or  typewritten, 
and  their  pages  must  be  bound  in  book  form. 

All  unsuccessful  dissertations  are  deposited 
with  the  Secretary,  from  whom  they  may  be  ob- 
tained, with  the  sealed  packet  unopened,  if 
called  for  within  one  year  after  they  have  been 
received. 

By  an  order  adopted  in  1826,  the  Secretary 
was  directed  to  publish  annually  the  following 
votes: — 

1.  That  the  Board  does  not  consider  itself 

as  approving  the  doctrines  contained 
in  any  of  the  dissertations  to  which 
premiums  may  be  adjudged. 

2.  That,  in  case  of  publication  of  a  success- 

ful dissertation,  the  author  be  consid- 
ered as  bound  to  print  the  above  vote 
in  connection  therewith. 
The  Boylston  Medical  Committee  is  appointed 
by  the  President  and  Fellows  of  Harvard  Col- 
lege, and  consists  of  the  following  physicians: 
William  F.  Whitney,  M.  D.,  Chairman;  Harold 
C.  Ehnst,  M.  D.,  Secretary;  William  T.  Porter, 
M.  D.,  Edward  H.  Nichols,  M.  D.,  Reid  Hunt, 
M.  D.,  Henry  A.  Christian,  M.  D.,  John  Warren, 
M.  D. 

The  address  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Boylston 
Medical  Commi^te  is  Harold  C.  Ernst,  M.  D., 
Harvard  Medical  School,  Boston,  Mass. 


That    Precious    American    Soap«— Tou    pay 

thirty-five  cents  for  an  ordinary  piece  of  coarse, 
brown  laundry  soap  in  Prague,  Bohemia,  and 
toilet  soap  costs  six  times  as  much.  Some  soap 
has  been  sent  in  by  the  American  Red  Cross 
but  sending  in  soap  enough  to  wash  a  nation  is 
a  big  Job,  and  this  new  republic  of  Czecho-Slo- 
vakia  has  few  animals  left  from  which  to  obtain 
soap  fats.  Neither  does  it  have  trees  that  pro- 
duce vegetable  oils. 

In  Rumania,  too,  soap  is  more  to  be  desired 
than  rubies  or  fine  gold.  A  Red  Cross  worker, 
inspecting  the  hospitals  in  Bucharest,  was  met 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


742 


November.  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCBMBNTS 


Amhucan  Mkdioinb 


everywhere  with  accounts  of  the  cures  effected 
thru  the  use  of  American  soap.  Two  thousand 
cakes  had  been  distributed  at  a  military  hos- 
pital at  Aradea  Mare  and  the  doctors  in  charge 
declared  that  600  cases  of  sore  eyes  had  been 
cured  principally  thru  the  use  of  this  soap.  At 
Bekes  Csaba,  soap  again  was  praised  as  a 
remedy  which  had  abolished  skin  diseases 
among  hundreds  of  patients. 


Caring  for  Dmg  Addicts  In  Louisiana^— Vis- 
iting physicians  who  have  specialized  in  the 
treatment  of  the  drug  habit  said  some  interest- 
ing things  to  the  State  Board  of  Health  at  a 
recent  meeting  in  New  Orleans  says  a  writer  in 
the  Item,  One  of  the  most  pleasant  was  that 
the  clinic  for  drug  addicts,  operated  under  con- 
trol of  Doctor  Merrick  Swords,  is  the  best  and 
most  sensibly  managed  in  the  country  because 
it  handles  the  sufferers  as  it  would  any  other 
persons  afflicted  with  disease  and  because  it 
safeguards  their  identity  from  prying  eyes  and 
relieves  them  alike  of  the  extortions  of  the  drug 
peddlers  and  the  exaction  of  "institutions"  and 
"experts",  most  of  which  do  them  no  good.  It 
is  gratifying  to  know  that  here  is  one  thing  the 
State  of  Louisiana  is  doing  for  its  unfortunates, 
and  doing  well  and  competently. 

The  visitors  also  remove  the  mysterious  hor- 
rors in  which  rumor  has  enveloped  victims  of 
the  drug  habit.  The  addict,  said  one  of  them 
is  not  a  liar  or  a  criminal.  The  percentage  of 
crimes  and  untruthful  persons  among  them  is 
about  the  same  as  among  ordinary  humanity. 
Drug-taking  does  not  cause,  nor  is  it  an  evi- 
dence of  degeneracy.  The  victim  of  drugs  is 
merely  one  who  is  ill  and  who  will  cooperate 
with  the  physician  if  he  knows  that  his  advisor 
is  honest  and  competent. 

Another  interesting  point  made  was  their 
warning  against  the  professional  reformer  who 
wants  to  remake  humanity  with  a  few  slogans 
and  catchwords  and  would  heal  the  sick  by 
passing  laws  to  harass  or  imprison  them.  Hu- 
manity may  be  coaxed  into  the  right  path,  it 
may  be  weaned  away  from  disease  and  habits 
that  cause  disease,  but  not  by  "drives"  and 
"professional  propaganda."  And  dear  Lord, 
how  weary  the  country  is  getting  of  them! 


Genito-Urlnary  Clinics* — Physicians  are  cor- 
dially invited  to  the  geni to-urinary  clinics  given 
by  Dr.  Abr.  L.  Wolbarst  on  Thursday  eve- 
ning, at  8.30  o'clock,  November  to  March  in- 
clusive, at  the  West  Side  Dispensary  and  Hos- 
pital, 328  West  42nd  Street,  near  8th  Avenue, 
New  York.  Interesting  cases  may  be  brouj'ht 
for  diagnosis  and  conference. 


VfhSLt  We  Know  Abont  Cancer*— The  Ameri- 
can Society  for  the  Control  of  Cancer  an- 
nounces the  publication,  thru  the  Council  on 
Health  and  Public  Instruction  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  of  a  new  handbook   for 


practitioners  entitled  "What  We  Know  About 
Cancer."  The  handbook  has  been  prepared  by 
a  special  committee  consisting  of  Dr.  Robert 
B.  Greenough,  director  of  the  Harvard  Cancer 
Commission;  Dr.  James  Swing,  professor  of 
pathology  at  Cornell  University  Medical  C(^- 
lege,  and  director  of  cancer  research  at  the 
Memorial  Hospital,  New  York,  and  Dr.  J.  M. 
Wainwright,  of  Scranton,  Pa.,  for  many  years 
chairman  of  the  cancer  commission  of  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Medical  Association.  In 
addition  the  manuscript  has  been  reviewed  and 
criticized  by  a  number  of  prominent  surgeons 
and  other  students  of  cancer  and  revised  in 
accordance  with  the  suggestions  thus  obtained. 
The  handbook 'atten4>ts  to  provide  in  a  brief 
compendium  the  essential  facts  about  cancer 
in  general  and  its  manifestations  in  the  dlffei^ 
ent  locations  where  it  most  commonly  occurs. 


Organiiatlon    Against    Health    Insiiniiice.^ 

The  New  York  Federation  of  Physicians  an- 
nounces that  the  Kings  County  Professional 
Guild  will  call  a  mass  meeting  in  the  near 
future  for  the  purpose  of  organizing  the  medi- 
cal profession  in  opposition  to  compulsory 
health  Insurance.  Persons  desiring  further  in- 
formation may  communicate  with  the  organiza- 
tion committee  at  207  East  Tenth  Street,  New 
York. 


Dr.  Garvin  Decorated  for  Servlees  In  Frasee. 

— Major  Albert  H.  Garvin,  chief  of  the  Bureau 
of  Tuberculosis,  Medical  and  Surgical  Depart- 
ment with  the  American  Red  Cross'  forces  in 
France,  has  been  decorated  with  the  Medallle 
d'Honneur  de  Vermeil  of  the  French  govern- 
ment in  recognition  of  his  services  to  that 
country.  Major  Garvin,  who  went  to  France  in 
September,  1917,  was  superintendent  of  the 
New  York  State  Hospital  for  Tuberculosis  for 
ten  years.  He  returned  to  America  late  in 
June. 


IT    ISN'T    YOUR    TOWN— IT'S    YOU. 

If  you  want  to  live  in  the  kind  of  a  town 

Like  the  kind  of  a  town  you  like. 
You  need't  slip  your  clothes  in  a  grip 

And  start  on  a  long,  long  hike. 
You'll  only  find  what  you  left  behind, 

For  there's  nothing  that's  really  new. 
It's  a  knock  at  yourself  when  you  knock  your 
town. 

It  isn't  the  town — it's  you! 

Real  towns  are  not  made  by  men  afraid 

Lest  somebody  else  gets  ahead. 
When  everyone  works  and  nobody  shirks 

You  can  raise  a  town  from  the  dead. 
And  if  while  you  make  your  personal  stake 

Your  neighbors  can  make  one,  too, 
Your  town  will  be  what  yon  want  to  see. 

It  isn't  the  town — it's  yon! 

— Exchange. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Complete  Series.    Vol.  XXV.  No.  12 
IS'ew  Series,  Vol.  XIV.  No.  12 


jJAN  oU  lyZO 

DECEMBER,  1919 


$2.00       ^^ARLY 


In  Advance 


PUBLISHEII     MONTHLY 
Editorial  Offices:  18Ea8t41»l8t.,NewYark  €i(j.  Publlcatioii  Offkes:  189  Colleir<^ St.,  Burlington,  Vi 


Digitized  by 


Google 


The  Longest  Therapeutic  Way  Round 

is  sometimes  the  shortest  way  to  satisfactory  results. 
Bronchial  irritation  and  inflammation  is  often  most 
quickly  and  efficiently  influenced  by  administration 
of  oil  per  os,  which  stimulates  secretion,  soothes  and 
promotes  expectoration,  without  upsetting  digestion. 

TERRALINE 

(FETROLEIM    PIRIFK  ATION) 

is  medicinally  pure  petroleum  oil,  bland,  palatable 
and  supplied  either  Plain,  with  Heroin,  or  with  Cre- 
osotes. 

TERRALINE  is  soothing,  relieves  cough,  promotes 
expectoration.     It  is  also  mildly  laxative,  soothing 
and  healing  when  used  as  an  intestinal  lubricant. 
It  is  an  ideal  vehicle  for  many  medicinal  agents. 

TERRALINE  is  intended  for  physicians  prescribing 
only.  Old  friends  are  apt  to  be  best  friends — Terra- 
line  has  been  tested  and  proven. 

For  practical  and  efficient  administration  of  mercury 
and  KI,  regarded  as  essential  to  the  successful  use  of 
arrhenic  compounds,  PIL  MIXED  TREATMENT 
(Chichester)  has  won  the  confidence  of,  and  is  used 
by  thousands  of  physicians. 

Sold  in  bottles  only~never  in  bulk.  Price  $1.00  per 
bottle. 

HILLSIDE  CHEMICAL  COMPANY 

>KMR(  K<J».  >.  Y.,  r.  S.  A. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Medicine 


H.  EDWIN  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Manrnginz  Editor 


IRA  8.  WILE,  Associate  Editot 


PUBUSHID  MORTHLT  BT  THB  AmBICAH  MlDICAL  PUBUSHIKQ  COMPAKT 

Covyrifflited  by  tbe  Amerioan  Medioal  PabUBhinc  Co.,  1919 


Compete  SeriM,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  12 
New  Series,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  12 


DECEMBER,  1919 


%f>  on        YEARLY 
^^•UU     In  Advance 


Reforming  Medical  Teachings — Recon- 
struction in  Medical  Education  was  the 
basis  of  the  presidential  address  of  George 
D.  Head,  before  the  Minnesota  State  Med- 
ical Society.  His  constructive  arraignment 
of  medical  teaching  {Minnesota  Medicine, 
E>ec.,  1919)  is  stimulating  and  suggestive, 
constituting  the  practical  reflections  of  a 
teacher  of  medicine  of  twenty  years'  expe- 
rience, after  completing  his  observations  of 
the  results  of  medical  teaching  as  evidenced 
in  the  military  service. 

His  criticisms  are  not  leveled  at  all  medi- 
cal schools,  nor  do  his  remarks  cover  all 
individual  students.  He  reviews  the  tend- 
encies of  medical  colleges  and  sympathet- 
ically makes  interrogations  concerning  the 
types  of  practitioners  that  are  being  devel- 
oped at  the  present  time.  His  estimate  of 
the  nature  of  the  graduate  in  medicine  is 
based  upon  certain  qualities  which  he  deems 
essential.  "He  should  possess:  (1)  Ade- 
quate knowledge;  (2)  an  analytical  mind 
capable  of  weighing  evidence  and  drawing 
conclusions;  (3)  a  love  of  truth  continually 
urging  him  to  make  investigations  and  re- 
cord observations;  (4)  a  realization  of  the 
limitations  of  his  knowledge,  which  prompts 
him  to  seek  by  diligent  study  and  post- 
graduate instruction  to  perfect  it;  (5)  an 
acquaintance  with  the  art  of  the  practice 
of  medicine  secured  by  close  association 
with  men  of  experience  and  personal  quali- 
fications;  (6)   a  calm  and  equitable  tem- 


perament and  a  large  fund  of  human  sym- 
pathy; (7)  a  lofty  conception  of  the  ideals 
of  his  professional  work,  which  lifts  it 
above  the  standards  of  business  and  civil 
life." 

From  an  analysis  of  current  practice  in 
teaching,  he  concludes  that  there  is  a  lack 
in  development  of  initiative,  a  tendency  to 
an  overstoring  of  the  mind  with  facts,  a 
lack  in  virility,  in  power  and  growth,  and 
insufficient  attention  to  the  development  of 
powers  of  analysis  and  keen  observation. 
In  his  words :  "Our  system  of  modern  med- 
ical education  is  now  creating  a  type  of  men 
with  less  initiative,  weaker  powers  of  ana- 
lytical reasoning  and,  observation,  and  the 
ability  to  differentiate  clearly  between  fact 
and  theory  than  any  generation  of  medical 
graduates  which  has  preceded  him  in  the 
last  quarter  of  a  century." 

He  demands  some  re-adjustment  in  the 
relation  of  professor  and  student,  so  that 
personal  contact  may  be  closer  and  so  that 
the  realities  of  medicine  may  be  presented 
more  directly  than  thru  subordinate  in- 
structors. '  He  advocates  the  development 
of  research  work  during  the  period  of  medi- 
cal training  as  a  means  of  fostering  the 
spirit  of  the  investigator,  arousing  initia- 
tive and  cultivating  the  powers  of  observa- 
tion. Particularly  does  he  stress  the  ne- 
cessity of  creating  a  broad  point  of  view 
with  reference  to  the  human  side  of  medi- 
cine and  a  recognition  of  a  greater  degree 


Digitized  by 


Google 


744 


Dbcbmbbr^  1919 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


Amhucan  Mkdicinb 


of  humanity  in  the  face  of  current  prob- 
lems. He  wisely  comments,  **Men  and 
women  are  not  test  tubes  and  retorts,"  and 
as  a  result  he  advocates  more  attention  be- 
ing placed  upon  the  humanitarian  side  of 
medicine,  which  he  regards  as  having  been 
more  in  evidence  two  decades  ago  than  at 
the  present  time. 

As  a  means  of  stimulating  patience,  op- 
timism, human  interest  and  understanding, 
he  suggests  that  some  advantages  are  to  be 
found  in  a  readaptation  of  the  old  pre- 
ceptorial system. 

In  his  philosophic  comments,  one  notes 
a  greater  appreciation  of  the  humanities 
than  of  the  laboratories,  and  more  belief 
in  medical  idealism  than  in  emphasizing 
financial  returns. 

There  is  a  wealth  of  suggestion  in  his 
ideas  concerning  the  reconstruction  of  un- 
dergraduate education.  He  is  not  blind  to 
the  dangers  of  an  overweighted  curriculum, 
nor  does  he  require  medical  omniscience  as 
the  prerequisite  to  securing  a  diploma.  For 
this  reason  he  calls  for  a  greater  effort  on 
the  part  of  the  profession  to  develop  our 
institutions  of  post-graduate  instruction. 

It  is  highly  significant  to  find  the  reac- 
tions to  war  experiences  evidencing  them- 
selves in  dissatisfaction  with  the  general 
plan  of  medical  teaching.  It  is  most  hope- 
ful to  find  the  highest  and  the  finest  criti- 
cisms arising  in  the  medical  profession  and 
from  the  lips  and  pens  of  teachers  of  long 
experience  and  broad  vision.  It  requires, 
however,  the  backing  of  the  rank  and  file 
of  the  profession  to  sustain  the  efforts  of 
the  leaders  and  to  guarantee  the  reforms 
in  medical  instruction  that  they  boldly  an- 
nounce and  unhesitatingly  demand. 


Supervised  Pregnancy. — ^The  effect  of 


a  decade  of  efforts  in  behalf  of  infancy  is 
manifested  in  the  mortality  statistics.  Ac- 
cording to  the  figures  of  1917  and  preceding 
years,  it  is  apparent  that  infant  deaths  form 
a  smaller  part  of  the  total  deaths.  Certain 
factors,  such  as  diarrhea  and  enteritis,  are 
growing  less  important  while  other  factors 
as  premature  birth  and  birth  injuries  are  of 
increasing  significance. 

In  1917  the  total  deaths  under  one  year 
of  age  constituted  only  15.7%  of  the  total 
deaths  in  the  registration  states,  as  com- 
pared with  19.4%  in  1910.  It  is  striking 
that  the  total  deaths  of  infants  less  than 
one  day  old  increased  from  9.8%  in  1910 
to  15.8%  of  the  total  deaths  under  one 
year  of  age  in  1917.  The  relative  per- 
centage of  deaths  under  one  week  was 
practically  stationary.  There  was  a  small 
decline  for  infant  mortality  under  one 
month  of  age,  with  a  marked  decline  for 
children  between  the  ages  of  one  month 
and  one  year. 

As  might  be  suspected  from  the  age  dis- 
tribution of  mortality  during  infancy,  there 
is  a  pronounced  increase  in  conditions  lead- 
ing to  death  during  the  first  few  days. 
Whereas  diarrhea  and  enteritis  caused 
28.6%  of  the  infant  mortality  during  1910, 
it  was  accountable  for  only  22.5%  during 
1917.  On  the  other  hand,  malformation 
increased  from  5%  to  7,2i%,  premature 
births  from  14.3%  to  20.5%,  and  injuries  at 
birth  from  2.4%  to  4.4%  during  the  same 
period  of  eight  years. 

There  is  cause  for  reflection  in  the  in- 
crease of  the  death  rate  from  premature 
births  from  17.5%  in  1910  to  21.1%c  in 
1917,  as  well  as  the  rate  of  injuries  at 
birth  from  3.2%  to  4.6%.  Possibly  a  part 
of  the  answer  lies  in  the  intensity  of  ac- 
tivity for  infant  welfare  thru  the*  medium 
of  milk  stations,  improved  health  admin- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMIRICAN   MBDIOINa 


BDITORIAI.   COMMENT 


Dbcembeb^  1919 


745 


istration  and  increased  attention  to  health 
education  relative  to  the  facts  of  infant 
care.  In  all  probability  a  certain  measure 
of  responsibility  rests  upon  the  medical  pro- 
fession for  the  increase  of  death  from  birth 
injuries,  possibly  due  to  the  too  frequent 
and  improper  use  of  forceps.  The  increase 
in  syphilis  is  not  marked  in  the  death  rate, 
so .  it  possibly  does  not  play  a  large  part 
in  affecting  the  death  rate  from  malforma- 
tion or  premature  births;  and  this  conjec- 
ture is  further  supported  by  the  fact  that 
deaths  from  congenital  debility  have  sharp- 
ly declined. 

Mortality  figures  strongly  suggest  the 
importance  of  extending  facilities  for 
better  obstetric  attention  and  particularly 
for  the  advancement  of  administrative  meas- 
ures leading  to  an  improved  hygiene  of 
pregnancy,  with  the  accompanying  benefits 
of  prenatal  care.  The  methods  thus  far 
employed  are  valueless  for  effecting  a  de- 
crease in  the  mortality  at  birth  or  during  the 
first  week,  unless  recourse  is  had  to  some 
administrative  measure  such  as  maternity 
clinics  and  instructive  nursing  for  pregnant 
women.  Results  thus  far  available  indicate 
that  this  course  of  action  is  most  valuable 
for  diminishing  the  number  of  premature 
births,  lessening  the  number  of  still  births 
and  for  obviating  many  of  the  difficulties 
incident  to  childbearing.  Under  these  cir- 
cumstances there  is  a  powerful  argument 
for  a  wider  introduction  in  baby-saving 
campaigns,  of  the  activities  centered  upon 
pregnancy  and  labor. 


A  Sanitary  Index*—  In  1916  W.  R. 
Batt,  Registrar  of  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Department  of  Health,  suggested  a  means 
of  securing  a  single    figure    which    might 


correlate  health  and  sanitary  conditions. 
This  ratio  which  he  called  *'the  sanitary  in- 
dex" consisted  of  the  sum  of  all  the  deaths 
from  causes  number  one  to  number  fifteen 
in  the  Abridged  International  Classification 
of  Causes  of  Death,  plus  all  infant  deaths 
divided  by  the  total  population.  The  ratio 
of  all  other  deaths  to  the  population  he 
called  the  residual  death  rate.  The  general 
death  rate  consists  of  the  sum  of  these  two. 

In  the  Tenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health  of  the  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsylvania,  the  sanitary  index  is  dis- 
cussed as  a  method  of  measuring  the  effi- 
ciency of  public  health  work.  The  death 
rate  is  merely  an  index  of  the  ratio  of  the 
number  of  persons  dying  in  any  fixed  pe- 
riod of  time  to  each  unit  of  one  thousand 
persons.  Its  reduction  is  most  desirable, 
but  such  a  reduced  death  rate  is  not  an 
evidence  of  the  effectiveness  of  efforts  to 
bring  it  about,  nor  does  it  suffice  to  indicate 
wherein  sanitary  failure  was  responsible 
for  a  larger  mortality  than  should  have  oc- 
curred. 

At  times  the  presence  of  specific  diseases, 
such  as  typhoid  fever,  tuberculosis,  and 
diphtheria,  have  been  considered  as  a  basis 
for  presenting  statistics  relative  to  sanitar}' 
progress,  but  they  fail  to  present  a  suffi- 
ciently composite  picture  to  indicate  the 
complete  accomplishment  of  sanitation 
along  prophylactic  lines. 

A  large  group  of  diseases  has  been  rec- 
ognized as  preventable  thru  direct  sanitary 
efforts,  while  another  group  has  been  rec- 
ognized as  being  amenable  to  the  helpful 
influences  of  educational  efforts  to  promote 
personal  hygiene.  Such  diseases  as  typhoid 
fever,  typhus,  relapsing  fever,  malaria, 
smallpox,  measles,  scarlet  fever,  whooping- 
cough,  diphtheria,  cholera,  dysentery, 
plague,  influenza  and  the  various  conditions 


Digitized  by 


Google 


746 


Decbmbkr^  1919 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


Ambrican  Mbdicikb 


giving  rise  to  infant  mortality  require  and 
absorb  the  bulk  of  the  efforts  and  resources 
of  public  health  officers  and  the  results  of 
grappling  with  them  may  be  considered  as 
a  reasonable  index  of  efficiency  in  protect- 
ing life  and  health. 

These,  therefore,  are  the  diseases  and 
deaths  from  which  are  estimated,  with  re- 
lation to  the  general  population,  the  statis- 
tics to  establish  a  sanitary  index. 

The  Pennsylvania  experience  during  the 
ten  years,  1906-1915,  evidences  that  the 
principal  reduction  in  the  general  death 
rate  has  been  due  to  the  declining  in  deaths 
from  the  diseases  that  are  the. objects  of 
sanitary  attack.  The  residual  death  rate 
which  includes  the  evidence  for  the  need 
for  greater  efforts  to  improve  personal  hy- 
giene, safeguard  industrial  workers,  and 
improve  racial  vitality,  does  not  evidence 
the  marked  decline  so  patent  in  the  sanitary 
index. 

A  high  sanitary  index  is  the  result  of  in- 
adequate or  ineffective  efforts  at  sanita- 
tion. Other  factors  entering  into  it  are 
the  nature  and  character  of  the  population 
as  reflected  in  age,  sex,  color  and  nativity, 
and  the  presence  or  absence  of  uncontrolled 
epidemics.  In  order  to  make  the  maximum 
use  of  the  sanitary  index,  a  state  or  munici- 
pality should  be  divided  into  several  units 
of  population,  possessing  sufficiently  nu- 
merous basic  common  characteristics  to 
make  comparisons  possible  and  fair.  The 
numerical  distribution  need  not  be  similar; 
to  illustrate,  in  Pennsylvania,  population 
groups  consist  of  (1)  4  municipalities  hav- 
ing more  than  100,000  population,  (2)  8 
municipalities  of  between  50,000  and  100,- 
000  population,  (3)  9  municipalities  of  be- 
tween 25,000  and  50,000  population,  (4) 
41  municipalities  of  between  10,000  and  25,- 
000  population,  (5)  877  municipalities  each 


having  less  than  10,000  population.  (6) 
1,556  townships  constituting  the  rural  pop- 
ulation. 

The  State  Department  of  Health  had  the 
direct  responsibility  for  the  sixth  group 
which  comprised  only  31.5%  of  the  total 
population  of  the  state.  By  the  use  of  these 
various  groups  it  was  possible  to  study  the 
efficiency  of  the  numerous  administrative 
agencies  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of 
sanitation. 

This  method  of  comparing  the  sanitary 
indices  provides  a  form  of  measurement, 
which  enables  the  student  or  investigator 
of  public  health  methods,  to  scrutinize  the 
results  accomplished  in  terms  of  the  ex- 
penditure of  money  and  effort.  It  is  equally 
valuable  in  pointing  out  sections  wherein 
sanitation  has  advanced  or  in  which  it  has 
failed  to  achieve  the  best  result. 

The  use  of  measures  of  this  character  is 
distinctly  advantageous  and  while  the  san- 
itary index  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  the 
final  word  in  measurements  of  this  type, 
it  does  afford  a  practical  and  useful  "yard 
stick"  when  applied  to  wards  in  a  city,  coun- 
ties in  a  state,  or  to  the  general  work  of 
the  various  states  within  the  nation. 


The  Metric  System. — ^The  standards  of 
weights  and  measures  used  in  Great  Britain 
and  America  are  out  of  harmony  with  the 
metric  system  in  its  world-wide  usefulness. 
The  difficulties  incident  to  this  lack  of 
harmony  were  emphasized  during  the  pe- 
riod of  warfare,  when  the  United  States 
War  Department  was  obliged  to  adopt  the 
metric  system  for  use  in  France,  **for  all 
firing  data,  for  artillery  and  machine  guns, 
in  the  preparation  of  operation  orders,  and 
in  map  construction."     This  unified  stand- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRITJkN   HBDICINB 


EDITORIAL   COMMENT 


Dbcbmbbb,  1919 


747 


ardization  was  called  forth  because  of  the 
numerous  difficulties  arising  from  endeav- 
oring to  secure  unanimity  in  action  while 
discussing  different  units  essential  for  war 
measures. 

As  the  Arabic  numerals  are  now  gener- 
ally employed  in  mathematical  computation, 
so  there  is  a  need  for  a  single  standard  of 
measure.  To  this  end  there  is  renewed 
agitation  for  the  adoption  of  the  meter- 
Hter-gram  standard  in  the  United  States  and 
Great  Britain.  Thirty-four  nations  now 
employ  the  metric  system  exclusively,  while 
two  hundred  and  twelve  countries  make 
partial  use  of  metric  units  or  have  adopted 
standards  equivalent  to  metric  units. 

When  one  recalls  the  vast  number  of 
units  of  measure  now  employed  for  dry 
measure,  wet  measure,  Troy  and  apothe- 
cary weight;  and  then  contemplates  the 
different  kinds  of  gallons  and  quarts,  pecks, 
bushels  and  ounces,  the  complexity  of  our 
present  system  is  at  once  apparent.  The  sim- 
plicity of  the  metric  system  commends  it- 
self and  the  faciHty  with  which  this  decimal 
system  is  acquired  and  used  argues  for  its 
adoption. 

Whatever  advantages  the  meter-liter- 
gram  standard  possesses  for  commerce,  in- 
vention and  scientific  investigations  also  ap- 
ply in  the  sphere  of  medical  practice.  The 
tendency  to  write  prescriptions  in  the  metric 
system  is  increasing  despite  the  fact  that 
American  practice  labors  under  the  dis- 
advantage of  having  two  systems  which  are 
only  interchangeable  thru  the  use  of  a 
simple  mathematical  formula.  The  phar- 
macist has  more  service  from  the  metric 
measures  than  from  the  current  standards 
for  dry  or  liquid  measurement,  and  the  use 
of  the  apothecaries  scale  is  more  cumber- 
some than  the  simple  use  of  the  metric 
table. 


The  difficulty  in  introducing  a  single 
system  lies  merely  in  tradition  and  con- 
servatism. The  decimal  coinage  in  this  coun- 
try reflects  an  interest  in  the  value  of  the 
metric  system.  Had  the  advice  of  Thomas 
Jefferson  been  followed,  America  would 
have  adopted  the  complete  system  more 
than  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  years 
ago.  It  is  not  unreasonable  to  believe  that 
in  our  present-day  efforts  to  secure  some 
relief  from  various  phases  of  international 
confusion,  a  new  trial  will  be  made  to 
adopt  a  universal  plan  for  the  expression 
of  quantity  and  that  in  this  connection  the 
metric  system  will  probably  emerge  trium- 
phant. There  is,  assuredly,  hope  that  the 
example  set  by  the  United  States  Pharma- 
copeia in  adopting  the  metric  system  will 
be  followed  in  the  near  future  thru  the 
national  approval  of  the  so-called  French 
system — which  as  a  matter  of  history  was 
invented  by  an  Englishman. 


Venereal  Suspects. — ^The  various  meth- 
ods being  employed  to  secure  the  control  of 
the  venereal  diseases  raise  numerous  legal 
questi(Mis.  Vague  regulations  have  been  in- 
stituted in  various  communities  providing 
for  the  detention  of  persons  suspected  of 
having  venereal  diseases.  In  order  to  ascer- 
tain the  existence  of  syphilis,  for  example, 
the  employment  of  the  Wassermann  reaction 
is  frequently  necessary.  In  this  connection, 
the  opinion  given  by  the  Supreme  Court  of 
Iowa  shows  the  imperative  necessity  for 
definite  laws  authorizing  action  by  boards  of 
health.  In  connection  with  the  detention  of 
persons  suspected  of  having  venereal  dis- 
ease, the  following  abstract  from  Public 
Health  Report,  March  21,  1919,  is  of  the 
utmost  importance. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


748 


December^  1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


American  Mbdicinx 


"One  Wragg  was  arrested  charged  with 
lewdness.  Bail  was  fixed,  subject  however 
to  the  order  of  the  local  board  of  health, 
which  board  subsequently  issued  an  order 
detaining  the  accused  until  it  could  be  ascer- 
tained whether  he  was  afflicted  with  a 
venereal  disease.  Wragg  then  sued  out  a 
writ  of  habeas  corpus  for  his  release.  The 
stipulated  facts  showed  that  petitioner 
would  be  compelled  to  permit  an  expert  to 
extract  approximately  5  cubic  centimeters 
of  blood  from  petitioner's  veins  to  deter- 
mine whether  he  was  afflicted  with  syphilis, 
such  test  being  known  as  the  *Wassermann 
reaction,'  and  that  the  petitioner  would  be 
further  restrained  if  the  expert  should  re- 
port a  positive  reaction. 

"The  Supreme  Court  of  Iowa,  in  an  opin- 
ion by  Judge  Weaver  in  Wragg  v.  Griffin 
(170  Northzvestern  Reporter,  400) ,  after  de- 
termining that  neither  under  the  statute  law 
nor  under  the  rules  of  the  board  of  health 
could  a  person  merely  suspected  of  having  a 
venereal  disease  be  compelled  to  submit  to 
such  an  examination,  says:  'Even  when 
charged  with  the  gravest  of  crimes,  one  can- 
not be  compelled  to  give  evidence  against 
himself,  nor  can  the  State  compel  him  to 
submit  to  a  medical  or  surgical  examination, 
the  result  of  which  may  tend  to  convict  him 
of  a  public  offense;  and,  if  there  be  any 
good  reason  why  the  same  objections  are 
not  available  in  a  proceeding  which  may 
subject  him  to  ignominious  restraint  and 
public  ostracism,  it  is  at  least  a  safe  and  salu- 
tary proposition  to  hold  that,  before  the 
courts  will  uphold  such  an  exercise  of  pow- 
er, it  must  be  authorized  by  a  clear  and 
definite  expression  of  the  legislative  will.' 

"The  writ  was  therefore  sustained." 

The  justice  of  this  decision,  in  the  light 
of  present  regulation,  is  not  open  to  ques- 
tion, but  it  is  patent  that  public  opmion, 


crystallized  into  law,  will  make  adequate 
provision  for  securing  the  scientific  infor- 
mation desired.  The  tendency  of  the  day  is 
to  recognize  the  force  and  merit  of  pro- 
cedures designed  to  protect  the  public 
health,  and,  incidentally,  to  protect  indi- 
viduals from  the  dire  results  of  their  own 
ignorance  or  neglect. 

The  existence  of  methods  for  determin- 
ing dEsease  carriers  carries  with  it  a  cer- 
tain responsibility  for  securing  their  appli- 
cation in  a  practical  manner  in  the  interests 
of  the  community.  The  determining  of 
venereal  diseases,  unfortunately,  still  mani- 
fests a  reflection  of  the  attitude  of  the  pub- 
lic regarding  venereal  diseases  in  their 
moral  aspects.  From  the  public  health  stand- 
point, it  is  obvious  that  the  moral  and  eth- 
ical problems  are  secondary  to  public  health 
values.  If  the  power  of  public  opinion  has 
been  eflfective  in  establishing  a  moral  plane 
which  has  permitted  the  concealment  of 
menacing  diseases,  a  redevelopment  of  the 
public  conscience  will  suffice  to  counteract 
this  attitude.  Thus  will  be  established  a 
more  powerful  opinion  concerning  the  dan- 
gers of  venereal  disease,  and  the  necessity 
for  their  control  in  the  interests  of  the  com- 
munity. A  freer  knowledge  of  the  essential 
medical  and  social  facts  will  transform 
some  of  the  social  energy  now  devoted  to 
the  protection  of  individuals  from  possible 
stigma  and  ostracism  to  the  rational  position 
that  is  held  towards  those  unfortunate 
enough  to  be  eflFected  by  non-venereal  dis- 
eases of  a  contagious  nature,  which  do  not 
involve  moral  turpitude,  but,  nevertheless, 
constitute  the  sufferers  as  potential  sources 
of  danger  to  the  public  health. 

A  typhoid  carrier,  it  is  true,  cannot  be 
held  responsible  for  his  condition,  altho  the 
general  public  cannot  escape  the  accusation 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBUOAN   ICBDIOXini 


EDITORIAIi   COBOfBNT 


Decbmbbr«  1919 


749 


of  moral  indifference  to  the  continued  ex- 
istence of  such  a  preventable  disease.  A 
venereal  disease  carrier  may  be  guility  of 
an  infringement  of  the  moral  law,  but  the 
public  is  not  free  from  the  criticism  that  its 
general  attitude  toward  venereal  diseases 
has  been  responsible  to  no  small  extent  for 
the  degree  to  which  veneral  diseases 
exist.  Insofar  as  public  effort  seeks 
to  mitigate  the  surroundings  and  en- 
vironment, the  attitudes  of  mind,  the  in- 
tentional disregard  of  the  facts  and  evidence 
of  the  essential  truths  bound  up  in  sex  lore, 
it  is  aiming  to  counteract  the  pernicious  con- 
ditions conducive  to  venereal  infection.  In 
the  attempt  to  control  venereal  infections, 
the  public  mind  is  being  awakened  to  its 
own  blindness  and  neglect  in  a  most  en- 
couraging manner. 

The  desire  to  control  carriers  of  venereal 
disease  is  laudable,  but  dependence  cannot 
be  placed  upon  this  method  in  order  to 
achieve  satisfactory  results.  The  promulga- 
tion of  laws  for  the  detention  and  examina- 
tion of  venereal  suspects  is  but  a  trifling 
item  in  the  campaign  against  venereal  dis- 
eases. It  possesses,  however,  a  valuable  edu- 
cational message,  far  above  the  slight  effect 
that  such  a  procedure  would  have  upon  de- 
creasing venereal  diseases.  It  represents  at- 
tacking the  problem  on  the  basis  of  indi- 
viduals, whereas  accomplishment  can  only 
be  secured  thru  a  wholesale  revolution  in 
ideas,  ideals,  methods  of  administration,  and 
provision  for  the  education  and  recreation 
of  the  public.  The  venereal  disease  carrier 
is  assuredly  a  public  health  menace,  but 
one  may  properly  ask  whether  the  greater 
menace  is  not  to  be  found  in  the  failure  of 
communities  to  realize  their  responsibility 
for  the  existence  of  venereal  disease  in  all 
its  manifestations,  and  in  their  origin  in 


a  social  laxity  due  to  the  widespread  ignor- 
ance and  purposeful  neglect. 


The  Births  of  a  Nation. — ^The  registra- 
tion area  for  births  in  1916  comprised  the 
six  New  England  States,  New  York,  Penn- 
sylvania, Michigan,  Minnesota,  Maryland^ 
and  the  District  of  Columbia.  This  registra- 
tion area  comprising  only  about  25%  of 
the  population  of  the  United  States  sup- 
plies the  statistical  material  utilized  in  sup- 
plying the  second  report  on  birth  statistics 
compiled  by  the  Bureau  of  Census. 

The  most  significant  fact  developed  by 
the  study  of  the  birth  rates  and  infant  mor- 
tality is  the  marked  excess  of  births  over 
deaths,  particularly  in  those  localities  in 
which  the  proportion  of  foreign  born  of  the 
population  is  the  largest.  The  birth  rate  24.8 
per  thousand  population  was  10.1  per  thou- 
sand higher  than  the  death  rate,  14.7  per 
thousand.  It  is  obvious  that  if  the  birth 
and  death  rates  of  1916  were  to  remain  con- 
stant and  migration  played  no  part  in  the 
development  of  the  areas  concerned  the 
general  population  would  increase  annually 
by  a  little  more  than  one  per  cent. 

A  study  of  the  native  and  foreign  ele- 
ments of  the  population  makes  patent  the 
fact  that  far  more  births  occur  annually  to 
white  foreign  born  married  women,  aged 
15  to  44,  proportionately  to  their  number 
than  to  native  white  married  women  of 
corresponding  ages.  In  New  York  State, 
for  example,  the  per  cent,  of  foreign  bom 
mothers  to  total  white  mothers  in  1916  was 
52.84,  tho  in  1910*  the  foreign  born  married 
females,  15  to  44,  constituted  only  42.71% 
of  the  total  number  of  white  married  fe- 
males, 15  to  44.  As  the  relative  proportions 
of  the  female  population  probably  did  not 


Digitized  by 


Google 


750 


December.  1919 


EDITORIAL.   COMMENT 


Amsucan  MBioma 


change  greatly  between  1910  and  1916  it 
is  evident  that  the  fecundity  of  foreign 
born  mothers  in  New  York  State  was  con- 
siderably greater  than  that  of  native  bom 
mothers. 

While  war  has  achieved  a  certain  degree 
of  national  solidarity  in  the  United  States, 
the  various  expressions  of  national  sym- 
pathy evidence  the  fact,  fully  recognized, 
that  the  population  of  the  United  States  is 
far  from  homogeneous  in  character.  The 
elements  of  foreign  blood  entering  into  the 
growing  generation  warrant  consideration 
in  connection  with  any  plan  for  the  com- 
plete Americanization  of  the  present  grow- 
ing population,  now  in,  or  soon  to  enter,  the 
public  school  systems  of  the  country.  In 
1916  in  the  birth  registration  area  52.4  per 
cent,  of  the  white  children  had  fathers  born 
in  foreign  lands,  while  56.6  per  cent,  of 
their  mothers  were  born  outside  of  the  Uni- 
ted States.  The  non-American  nature  of  the 
stock  is  further  evidenced  by  the  fact  that 
11.3  per  cent,  of  the  fathers,  and  11.9  per 
cent,  of  the  mothers  were  born  in  Germany, 
Austria  and  Hungary.  Italy  gave  11.6  per 
cent,  of  the  fathers,  and  10.6  per  cent,  of 
the  mothers.  Russia  and  Poland  yielded 
10.7  per  cent,  of  the  fathers,  and  9.7  per 
cent,  of  the  mothers.  Canada  and  England, 
Scotland,  Wales  and  Ireland,  together  were 
represented  by  only  7.2  per  cent,  of  the 
fathers,  and  7.4  per  cent,  of  the  mothers. 
Teutonic,  Italian  and  Russian  parentage 
constituted  the  main  generative  forces  giv- 
ing rise  to  the  American  born  children  of 
foreign  parentage. 

The  inter-relatioii  of  birth  rates  andmor- 
tality  rates  largely  determines  the  growth 
of  population.  The  war  has  brought  about 
profound  alterations  in  both  sets  of  figures. 
It  is  true  that  complete  figures  for  the  Uni- 


ted States  are  lacking,  but,  nevertheless,  it 
is  possible  to  gain  some  idea  of  the  com- 
parative position  of  the  United  States  and 
other  countries  in-  the  matter  of  the  pro- 
tection of  infancy.  A  high  birth  rate  is  by 
no  means  significant  of  rapid  increase  of 
population,  because  a  high  mortality  rate 
may  oflFset  the  apparent  gain  from  new 
lives. 

The  Australian  Commonwealth  of  1915 
had  a  birth  rate  of  27.3  and  an  infant  death 
rate  of  only  10.7;  in  consequence,  there 
were  256  births  per  himdred  infant  deaths. 
The  German  Empire,  1913,  had  a  birth  rate 
of  27.5  and  a  death  rate  of  15.0  with  a  rate 
of  births  per  hundred  infant  deaths  of  183. 
New  Zealand,  1915,  had  a  birth  rate  of  25.3, 
but  a  death  rate  of  only  9.1  and  the  high 
rate  of  279  births  per  hundred  deaths  un- 
der 1  year.  The  United  Kingdom,  1915,  had 
142  births  per  hundred  infant  deaths.  The 
birth  registration  area  of  the  United  States 
in  1916  had  a  birth  rate  of  24.8,  and  an 
infant  mortality  rate  of  14.7,  and  the  num- 
ber of  births  per  hundred  infant  deaths  was 
168. 

These  conditions  varying  markedly  are 
strongly  contrasted  by  the  French  figures 
of  1912,  when  the  births  per  hundred  in- 
fant deaths  numbered  only  108.  While  the 
infant  mortality  rate  of  the  United  States 
is  fairly  creditable,  it  is  by  no  means  as  low 
as  that  of  Australia,  Denmark,  New  Zea- 
land, the  Netherlands,  Norway,  Ontario, 
Sweden,  or  Switzerland.  Its  birth  rate  is 
lower  than  that  of  Australia,  Chile,  Finland, 
Germany,  Hungary,  Italy,  Japan,  the  Neth- 
erlands, New  Zealand,  Norway,  Roumania, 
Russia,  and  various  other  countries  as  Aus- 
tria, Italy,  Germany,  Hungary,  Prussia, 
Roumania  during  pre-war  years. 

While  the  highest  birth  rates  remain 
among   foreign    born    parents,   the    infant 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMCRICAN    MBDIdNB 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 


December^  1919 


751 


mortality  rate  similarly  is  found  among  the 
same  group  of  the  population,  altho  the 
relative  infant  mortality  rates  vary  among 
the  different  nationalities. 

Again,  the  lesson  is  driven  home  of  the 
importance  of  a  more  complete  system  of 
birth  registration  for  more  complete  and 
accurate  mortality  statistics  as  the  basis 
of  organized  work  for  the  conserva- 
tion of  childhood.  The  year  of  re- 
construction now  opening  should  be  marked 
by  renewed  efforts  to  establish  pub- 
lic health  work  upon  a  firm  basis.  Vital 
statistics  are  by  no  means  dried  and  use- 
less compilations  of  figures.  They  are  force- 
ful indications  of  the  assets  and  liabilities 
of  the  race.  They  are  sign  posts  along  the 
road  of  racial  progress  which  must  be 
numerous  and  easily  read  if  nations  are 
to  proceed  freely  along  paths  leading  to  in- 
creased national  health,  prosperity  and 
happiness. 


Artificial  Limbs. — ^Up  to  September  19, 
1919,  there  were  exactly  1,200  claims  for 
artificial  limbs,  says  a  recent  report  of  the 
War  Risk  Bureau.  Of  these,  621  were  ar- 
tificial legs  and  579  were  artificial  arms. 

While  the  artificial  limb  was  well  known 
to  the  ancient  Egyptians  and  was  issued  by 
Julius  Caesar  to  the  forces  who  captured 
Gaul  and  invaded  England,  in  its  modem 
application  it  is  essentially  the  product  of 
American  inventive  genius.  The  type  of 
leg  which  Rameses  used  to  order  for  his 
men  and  which  was  in  general  use  by  the 
niutiles  of  Pericles,  consisted  of  a  peg  sur- 
mounted by  a  hollow  wooden  cone  lined 
with  leather,  which  was  affixed  to  the  body 
by  means  of  a  pair  of  homely  suspenders. 
It  was  stiff  and  it  was  impossible,  there- 
fore, to  "bend  the  pregnant  hinges  of  the 


knee."  This  was  remedied  by  a  French 
gallant  who,  in  1853,  discovered  that  the 
emulation  of  "Hick,  Hick,  with  his  hickory 
limb"  was  unpopular  in  French  society.  He, 
therefore,  inserted  a  hinge  at  the  knee. 
While,  in  the  process  of  active  perambula- 
tion a  strong  metal  pin  prevented  flection 
of  the  limb,  but  when  seated  the  gallant 
beau  would  pull  the  pin  and  bend  the  hick- 
ory limb  with  his  hand,  thus  removing  the 
danger  of  tripping  some  fair  Duchess.  On 
rising,  the  leg  was  straightened  out,  the 
pin  reinserted,  and  the  process  of  "dot  and 
carry  one"  recommenced. 

We  have  progressed  far  from  that  crude 
apparatus.  The  close  of  the  Civil  War 
necessitated  the  manufacture  of  large  num- 
bers of  artificial  limbs  and  American  in- 
genuity has  succeeded  in  producing  an  ar- 
tificial leg  which  is  little  short  of  marvelous. 
The  limbs  are  made  of  wood,  covered  with 
rawhide  which  is  shrunk  on.  They  are 
very  light,  comfortable  and  useful.  Many 
persons  call  them  cork  legs  in  the  belief 
that  they  are  made  of  cork.  They  forget, 
however,  that  the  cork  leg  received  its 
name  from  a  famous  city  in  Ireland,  cele- 
brated for  its  artificial  limbs. 

Artificial  hands  are,  however,  not  quite 
so  satisfactory.  The  arms  themselves 
really  function  very  well.  Several  enterpris- 
ing manufacturers  have,  however,  succeeded 
in  producing  fairly  efficient  artificial  hands 
which  function  reasonably  well  when  used 
with  discretion  and  patience.  The  intelli- 
gent men  who  are  willing  to  train  them- 
selves carefully  are  able  to  use  these  with 
a  considerable  degree  of  satisfaction.  The 
present  war  has  stimulated  very  greatly  in- 
ventive genius  along  the  lines  of  artificial 
limbs  and  it  is  believed  that  before  very 
long  an  absolute  satisfactory  hand  and  arm 
will  be  placed  upon  the  market. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


752 


Dbcembbr,  1919 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


AaiBRICAN  Mm>igimb 


N  AND  THINGS 


Teachers'  Salaries. — Medical  interest  in 
the  extension  of  education  arises  from  the 
fact  that  physicians  are  not  merely  practi- 
tioners of  the  healing  art  and  advocates  of 
public  health  education,  but  also  because 
they  are  citizens  and  parents.  The  neces- 
sity for  adequate  school  training  is  con- 
stantly accentuated.  Stress  is  placed  upon 
school  houses,  books  and  apparatus,  but  in- 
sufficient thought  is  devoted  to  the  two 
most  vital  elements  that  go  to  make  a  school 
— the  pupils  and  the  teachers. 

In  a  recent  report  upon  "Teachers'  Sal- 
aries and  Salary  Schedules  in  the  United 
States,  1918-19,"  prepared  by  E.  S.  Even- 
den,  for  the  Commission  on  the  Emergency 
in  Education  of  the  National  Educational 
Association,  appear  some  striking  state- 
ments from  which  we  select  the  following: 
'There  are  more  than  5,000,000  persons  in 
the  United  States  over  10  years  of  age 
(about  one  in  every  twenty)  who  cannot 
read  nor  write."  "Of  the  3,208,446  men 
examined  by  the  draft  boards  of  the  United 
States,  949,419  were  declared  physically 
unfit  for  general  military  service.  Con- 
sidering that  these  men  were  in  the  prime 
of  life  and  assuming  that  even  the  same 
proportion  would  hold  for  younger  and 
older  men  and  for  women,  it  would  indi- 
cate that  there  are  30,000,000  persons  in 
the  United  States  who  are  to  a  greater  or 
less  degree  physically  inefficient."  "About 
4,000,000  children  are  taught  by  teachers 
less  than  21  years  of  age,  with  little  or  no 
.high  school  training,  with  no  professional 
preparation  for  their  work  and  who  are, 
in  a  great  majority  of  cases,  products  of  the 
same  schools  in  which  they  teach."  "The 
average  number  of  year's  (200  days)  at- 
tendance at  public  schools  for  each  indi- 
vidual, as  indicated  by  the  school  statistics 
for  1916,  was  only  5.96%,  or  less  than  the 
completion  of  the  sixth  grade  for  an  aver- 
age education  for  the  citizens  of  the  great- 
est democracy  of  the  world."     "The  total 


high  school  enrollment  for  1916  was  only 
8/4%  oi  the  enrollment  of  the  elementary 
schools." 

These  statements  are  of  the  utmost  sig- 
nificance and  should  appeal  particularly 
to  the  medical  profession  whose  mem- 
bers represent  a  standard  of  education 
and  training  far  above  the  average.  There 
is  every  indication  that  Americ^a  must 
awaken  to  the  necessity  of  developing  and 
securing  a  larger  supply  of  adequately 
trained  teachers  to  enable  our  public  school 
system  to  prepare  children  for  intelligent 
citizenship.  Regardless  of  the  mental 
capacity  of  children  every  scheme  of  edu- 
cation requires  efficient  teachers.  Money 
may  be  "the  root  of  all  evil,"  but  it  is 
equally  true  that  it  is  essential  for  much 
good.  Competent  teachers  cannot  be  se- 
cured at  a  rate  of  compensation  that  can 
attract  only  the  incompetents.  According 
to  the  report  mentioned,  an  average  yearly 
salary  of  $630.64  prevailed,  or  less  than 
$55.00  per  month.  This  figure  is  scarcely  a 
living  wage  and  it  is  offered  for  the  finest 
type  of  constructive  work  in  the  direction  of 
training  the  young.  What  possibilities  are 
there  for  a  rich  Americanization  with  poor 
teachers,  poorly  trained  and  poorly  paid? 
In  such  large  cities  as  New  York  and 
Chicago  the  salaries  of  school  teachers  are 
far  less  than  those  paid  in  occupations 
wherein  relatively  little  training  is  required. 
It  is  worth  more  to  carry  bricks,  to  ham- 
mer iron,  to  mould  dough,  to  wipe  a  joint, 
to  putty  a  window,  or  put  on  a  horse's 
shoe,  than  to  lead  the  bodies  and  minds  of 
children  to  a  high  degree  of  health,  power, 
usefulness  and  loyalty.  Street  cleaning  is 
a  highly  paid  occupation  compared  with 
teaching,  if  the  figures  of  New  York  form 
a  criterion,  the  initial  salary  of  a  street 
cleaner  being  $400.00  more  than  the  initial 
salary  of  a  school  teacher. 

It  is  time  that  the  profession  in  its  triple 
guise    of    physician,    parent    and    citizen. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBBICAN    MBOICINB 


MEN  AND  THINaS 


Dbcbmbbr,  1919 


753 


awakened  to  a  sense  of  professional  public 
and  private  responsibility  toward  matters 
of  this  nature.  We  offer  no  apology  for 
urging  medical  men  to  take  a  practical  in- 
terest in  educational  affairs.  There  is  no 
subject  more  closely  allied  with  the  inter- 
ests of  medicine  than  education,  and  the 
Doctor-TeacheF  fully  appreciates  that  the 
laborer  is  worthy  of  his  hire  and  that  capa- 
ble service  can  best  be  secured  by  the 
granting  of  a  wage  in  some  measure  com- 
mensurate with  ability,  interest  and  enthu- 
siasm and  the  desired  highest  type  of  end- 
result. 

How  rarely,  however,  does  one  find  a 
medical  society  passing  a  resolution  urging 
upon  the  city  father  the  necessity  of  grant- 
ing a  reasonable  and  deserved  salary  sched- 
ule for  the  teachers  of  their  children,  those 
excellent  public  servants  who  are  charged 
with  the  duty  of  making  the  next  generation 
a  better,  a  healthier  and  a  more  ideal  group 
of  efficient  citizens. 


Health  Centers.— The  United  States 
Public  Service  is  urging  a  plan  for  the 
nation-wide  conservation  of  health  and  is 
seeking  to  secure  the  cooperation  of  all 
health  agencies  in  a  unified  program.  It  is 
patent  that  without  a  uniform  program 
there  is  great  danger  of  duplication  of  effort 
and  waste  of  time,  effort  and  funds. 
.  The  benefit  of  a  systematic  attack  upon 
diseases  is  evidenced  in  the  reduction  of 
the  typhoid  fever  death  rate  from  33.8  per 
one  hundred  thousand  in  1900  to  13.4  in 
1917,  and  tuberculosis  from  190.5  to  146.4, 
and  diphtheria  from  35.4  to  16.5  during  the 
same  period  of  time.  This  evidence  is 
highly  suggestive  of  the  possibilities  of  co- 
operation in  public  health  administration 
and  demonstrates  the  possibilities  of  future 
efforts  in  this  direction. 

The  machinery  of  the  American  Red 
Cross,  now  letting  up  its  war-time  activi- 
ties, is  to  be  transformed  into  health  energy 
on  a  peace-time  basis.  The  benefits  which 
are  to  accrue  to  the  country  in  the  poten- 
tials are  most  valuable,  tho  the  actual  ex- 
tent of  accomplishment  will  depend  upon 
the  establishment  of  a  definite  program 
with  a  distinct  understanding  as  to  the  parts 
which  must  be  played  by  public  and  private 
health  agencies.  It  is  obvious  that  various 
sections  of  the  country  have  distinct  prob- 


lems of  local  interest  in  addition  to  the 
general  problems  common  to  all  sections 
of  the  country. 

The  greatest  advantages  now  being  real- 
ized in  the  field  of  preventive  medicine  de- 
pend upon  cooperation,  education,  and  the 
development  •  of  interest  in  personal  and 
familial  hygiene.  In  these  directions  are 
moving  the  great  forces  of  public  health 
administration  as  well  as  the  concentrated 
energies  of  private  organization,  interested 
in  the  control  of  tuberculosis,  cancer,  vene- 
real diseases,  the  decrease  of  infant  mortal- 
ity, medical  inspection  of  schools,  and  vari- 
ous types  of  centers  for  the  dissemination 
of  knowledge  concerning  the  principles  of 
health. 

The  American  Red  Cross  is  seeking  to 
crystallize  a  part  of  its  energy  in  the  direc- 
tion of  assisting  communities  to  establish 
health  centers.  Without  any  idea  of  en- 
croaching upon  the  'fields  of  other  accredit- 
ed public  or  volunteer  health  agencies,  it 
aims  to  stimulate  their  eflForts  and,  when 
possible,  to  coordinate  them  so  that  the  en- 
tire field  of  public  health  work  may  be 
properly  covered.  As  a  new  phase  in  this 
effort  its  influence  is  to  be  cast  on  the  side 
of  health  centers  which  are  to  represent 
not  merely  the  physical  headquarters  for 
communal  health  work,  but  the  concrete 
expression  of  the  practical  interest  of  the 
community  in  the  health  and  welfare  of 
the  entire  community.  These  are  to  func- 
tion in  the  interest  of  health  and  the  pre- 
vention of  disease  thus  differentiating 
them  from  the  regular  type  of  dispensary 
so  well  knov/n.  They  will  serve  as  places 
for  the  unification  of  dispensary  facilities, 
as  clearing  houses  of  health  information 
and  in  smaller  communities  may  properly 
take  the  form  of  community  houses  or 
social  centers. 

While  the  chief  activities  of  such  health 
centers  would  concern  themselves  with  the 
conservation  of  infants  and  children  and 
the  prevention  of  tuberculosis,  there  would 
be  ample  opportunity  for  directing  energy' 
along  the  lines  of  mental  hygiene,  industrial 
hygiene,  social  hygiene,  as  well  as  oflfering 
a  center  for  dental  work  or  the  aftercare 
services  growing  out  of  epidemics  such  as 
influenza  and  poliomyelitis. 

The  aim  of  the  health  center  should  in- 
clude the  promotion  of  a  better  understand- 
ing and  cooperation  between  physicians  in 
private  practice  and  those  responsible  for 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


754 


Dbcembbr^  1919 


lODN  AND  THINGS 


Ambbican  Mm>icins 


public  health  activities.  In  smaller  com- 
munities it  might  well  become  the  head- 
quarters of  the  county  medical  society,  a 
repository  of  the  medical  library,  and  the 
location  for  consultations  and  diagnostic 
clinics.  It  may  become  the  recognized 
source  of  centralized  efforts  for  health 
education  and  physical  guidance,  having 
as  an  end  the  prevention  of  disease. 
Thus  constituted  it  would  develop  into  a 
neighborhood  station  affording  construct- 
ive suggestions  for  the  promotion  of  the 
general  betterment  of  neighborhood  life. 

The  recognition  of  health  as  a  positive 
virtue  to  be  developed  possesses  a  tremen- 
dous advantage  over  the  customary  policy 
of  recojgnizing  disease  as  a  liability.  The 
health  center  idea  is  positively  constructive 
and  curative  of  many  community  ills  that 
hitherto  have  grown  out  of  the  existence  of 
preventable  accidents,  diseases  and  defects. 
Herein  is  an  opportunity  for  an  excellent 
peace  program  in  which  may  be  enlisted  the 
activities  of  the  medical  profession  and  lay 
workers  in  private  organizations  as  well  as 
the  direct  interest  of  health  administration 
in  cities  and  villages,  in  counties  and  states. 
If  the  American  Red  Cross  and  the  United 
States  Public  Health  Service  can  secure 
the  adoption  of  their  plans  a  great  step  in 
advance  will  have  been  taken  toward  assur- 
ing mankind  a  larger  opportunity  for 
achieving  and  maintaining  health  and  of 
improving  the  vitality  and  morale  of  the 
race. 


Surgeon,  Soldier-President? — It  is  the 

custom,  with  the  approach  of  a  presiden- 
tial election,  to  put  forward  one's  chosen 
candidate  with  the  assurance  that  he  is 
uniquely  suited  to  a  unique  situation.  If 
he  is  a  business  man,  the  prediction  is  ven- 
tured that  an  era  of  prosperty  and  big 
business  is  looming  ahead  and  that  the  can- 
didate is  the  only  one  who  could  guide  the 
ship  of  state  thru  the  hazardous  waters. 
If  he  is  a  lawyer,  then  it  is  legislation  that 
is  needed  and  his  long  experience  is  ines- 
timable. If  he  is  a  scholar,  then  statesman- 
ship is  the  paramount  issue.  As  often  as 
not  these  presidential  barkers  have  gone  far 
afield  to  prove  the  indispensability  of  their 
special  choice.  It  is  with  caution,  then, 
that  at  any  time  a  conscientious  individual 
will  undertake  to  recommend  a  candidate 
as  the  choice  par  excellence  when  there  are 


other  candidates  of  notable  worth  and 
achievement  in  the  field.  Yet  this  seems 
to  be  an  occasion  when  a  medical  journal 
feels  itself  privileged  and  free,  without  fear 
of  seeming  unoriginal  merely,  to  recom- 
mend one  of  its  own  brotherhood  as  sin- 
gularly fitted  for  a  responsibility  which  it 
is  becoming  daily  more  convincing  to  many 
that  he  could  shoulder  with  credit  both  to 
himself  and  the  country.  In  numerous 
quarters  of  the  country  the  name  of  Gen- 
eral Leonard  Wood,  surgeon,  soldier  and 
builder,  is  coming  forward  as  a  presidential 
candidate,  and  American  Medicine  consid- 
ers it  an  honor  to  record  its  approval  of  a 
choice  which  it  considers  admirable  in 
every  respect.  And  if,  despite  forbidding 
precedent,  it  is  said  that  General  Wood 
seems  uniquely  the  man  for  the  occasion, 
we  hope  it  will  not  be  thought  that  we  are 
resorting  merely  to  rhetoric.  We  have  in 
mind  his  qualifications  as  soldier,  surgeon 
and  builder. 

Mr.  Albert  Rhys  Williams,  an  amiable 
radical  of  no  mean  discernment,  recently 
said:  "They  fought  this  war  to  end  all 
war.  Now  they  are  making  a  peace  to  end 
all  peace."  Those  who  have  been  watching 
the  stubborn,  misguided,  muddled  eflforts  of 
Congress,  who  are  aware  of  the  disorder 
and  chaos  in  Europe,  who  know  that  there 
are  half  a  dozen  meaningless  little  wars 
still  going  on  abroad,  are  coming  more  and 
more  to  agree  with  Mr.  Williams.  The 
successful  termination  of  the  war  has  re- 
moved definitely  and  perhaps  forever  a  dan- 
gerous enemy  of  order  and  peaceful  prog- 
ress, but  the  unsuccessful  termination  of 
peace  is  perpetuating  international  suspi- 
cions and  misunderstandings  which  it  will 
not  be  easy  in  the  next  generation  or  two 
to  allay.  International  peace  is  still  a  tenta- 
tive, uncertain  thing,  and  the  consequences 
of  the  war  are  not  all  that  were  hoped  for. 
The  unity  of  the  Allies,  so  solid  during  the 
war,  shows  disquieting  marks  of  instability ; 
and,  in  the  effort  to  resume  normal  life  and 
normal  business,  there  may  occur  more  than 
one  delicate  incident  to  try  the  harmony  of 
nations  which,  only  a  little  while  ago,  had 
but  a  single  aim.  Peace  is  still  in  the  bal- 
ance, the  issue  is  still  clouded,  the  position 
of  this  country  in  the  family  of  nations 
still  obscure;  and,  tho  we  are  sure  that 
never  again  can  such  a  hideous  tragedy  be 
enacted,  we  feel,  nevertheless,  that  a  soldier 
at  the  head  of  the  country  will  give  an 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN   MXDICXNB 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


Dbcbmbbr,  1919 


755 


assurance,  the  lack  of  which  no  few  feel. 
Leonard  Wood,  as  a  soldier,  is  not  a  chau- 
vinist ;  he  is  not  a  bigot,  and  he  carries  no 
chip  on  his  shoulder.  He  has  the  reserve  of 
a  diplomat,  the  reticence  of  a  student,  the 
modesty  that  goes  with  genuine  ability,  and 
these  are  qualities  that  would  make  for  in- 
ternational understanding. 

Many  Wounds  to  HeaL — But  above  all, 
the  excellence  of  the  choice  is  emphasized 
by  the  fact  that  the  late  war  has  left  the 
world  with  many  wounds  to  heal,  and  it 
is  as  a  surgeon  that  General  Wood  is  espe- 
cially fitted  to  play  an  important  role  in 
this  universal  healing.  It  is  not  legislation 
that  the  world  needs  most  now,  it  is  not 
commercial  arrangements  that  it  requires. 
Europe  is  in  need  of  food,  it  is  in  need  of 
medicines  and  a  period  of  convalescence. 
The  four  years  of  war  have  left  a  mark 
on  the  youth  of  Europe  and  the  generation 
to  come  will  be  an  undernourished,  nerve- 
worn,  delicate  generation  at  best,  and  un- 
less America  comes  to  the  rescue  there  may 
be  no  generation  at  all.  What  Europe  will 
need  most  urgently  during  the  next  four 
years — perhaps  during  the  next  twenty 
years — will  be  ambassadors  of  mercy  much 
more  than  diplomats:  the  Red  Cross,  with 
its  splendid  efficiency  and  vision,  and  the 
various  organizations  for  succor  and  aid 
that  sprang  up  during  the  exigencies  of 
war.  A  journalist  of  distinction,  writing 
from  Vienna  to  a  friend  in  New  York  and 
asking  for  a  Christmas  present,  begs  pathet- 
ically for  a  few  cans  of  condensed  milk, 
none  being  permitted  to  adults,  and  children 
getting  too  little  of  the  paltry  supply.  In 
the  East  thousands  are  dying  daily  because 
of  a  lack  of  drugs  and  medical  supplies. 
Whole  races  on  the  fringe  of  civilization 
are  in  danger  of  extinction  for  lack  of  prop- 
er care.  Disease  is  rampant.  Tuberculo- 
sis and  venereal  diseases  are  menacing  the 
lives  of  hundreds  of  thousands.  Abraham 
Lincoln  declared  the  country  could  not  ex- 
ist half  free,  half  slave.  If  he  were  alive 
now  he  would  declare  with  equal  convic- 
tion that  the  world  cannot  exist  half  wfell, 
half  sick.  This  country  escaped  the  ravages 
of  the  war.  It  should  feel  the  obligation 
to  rid  Europe  of  the  ills  which  it  was 
fortunate  enough  to  escape.  Such  an  obli- 
gation is  now  upon  the  country,  and  with 
a  man  trained  and  experienced  in  medicine 
at  its  head,  it  would  fulfill  this  obligation 


adequately  and  intelligently.  The  ever- 
widening  sphere  of  the  doctor  makes  him 
particularly  fitted  for  an  executive  trust 
that  carries  so  many  responsibilities  with 
it.  His  profession  has  given  him  the 
acumen  of  the  busness  man,  the  tact  of  the 
statesman,  the  humaneness  of  the  reformer, 
the  vision  of  the  legislator ;  and  these  quali- 
ties will  stand  him  in  good  stead  in  an  of- 
fice which  demands  such  a  versatility  of 
talent  as  no  other  office  requires.  Major- 
General  Wood  is  a  man  whom  the  American 
people  can  trust  to  lead  them  humanely, 
wisely  and  well  in  this  hour  of  the  world's 
travail. 


Starving  Armenia  and  the  WorldTs 
Duty. — Starving  Armenia,  its  people  driv- 
en from  pillar  to  post  by  the  relentless  Turk, 
its  population  reduced  to  a  mere  fraction 
of  its  original  numbers,  the  survivors 
starved,  homeless,  suflfering,  is  a  case  in 
point.  But  it  is  a  case  which  cannot  wait 
upon  the  fortunes  of  political  change  in  a 
far-oflF  country.  It  is  a  case  that  demands 
immediate  attention.  For  it  is  not  the  fate  of 
a  single  nation  or  people  that  is  in  the  bal- 
ance. It  is  civilization  that  is  up  for  judg- 
ment. If  the  world  should  fail  Armenia 
at  this  stage,  then  confidence  in  the  teach- 
ings of  humaneness,  in  the  prestige  of  cul- 
ture is  reduced  to  a  cipher.  The  basis  of 
all  modem  civilization  is  the  respect  for 
human  life.  From  our  infancy  we  are 
taught  that  it  is  wrong  to  kill,  that  it  is 
just  as  wrong  to  countenance  the  destruc- 
tion of  life  even  if  we  are  not  accomplices. 
Yet,  in  its  indiflference  to  the  fate  of  un- 
happy Armenia,  the  world  is  a  tacit  accom- 
plice of  the  Turk.  It  holds  aloof  while  the 
victim  of  the  most  heartless  crime  in  his- 
tory is  in  the  throes  of  death.  This  alone 
would  be  ample  grounds  on  which  to  im- 
peach humanity,  but  it  is  not  only  a  ques- 
tion of  human  life — it  is  a  question  of  human 
intercourse,  of  morality,  of  the  laws  that 
govern  the  fraternity  of  man  and  man.  The 
spectacle  of  Armenia  is  not  alone  of  a  race 
dying,  but  of  a  race  driven  to  desperate 
measures  to  safe  itself  from  annihilation. 
Eye  witnesses,  fresh  from  scenes  of  that 
wretched  country,  bring  back  accounts  that 
are  ghastly  in  the  extreme.  Death  has  be- 
come so  ordinary  a  spectacle  that  children 
may  be  seen  playing  at  their  games  on  the 
highway  with  the  corpses  of  other  little  ones 
only  a  few  paces  away.    A  father  was  seen 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


756 


Dbcembbr,  1919 


lODN  AND  THINGS 


AicntiCAN  Mbdicini 


walking  toward  the  market-place  in  the 
company  of  his  young  daughter.  A  few 
minutes  later  he  was  seen  returning  alone, 
a  sack  of  flour  slung  across  his  shoulder. 
He  had  traded  his  child  to  a  Kurd  for  the 
sustenance  of  a  few  days.  He  was  not 
ashamed,  he  was  not  downcast.  He  took 
the  only  measure  he  knew,  a  measure  grow- 
ing more  and  more  commonplace,  to  save 
himself  from  starvation.  He  had  merely 
imitated  his  fellows  who,  in  their  despair, 
had  grown  dull  to  the  dictates  of  common 
morality.  The  wrong,  in  a  larger  sense, 
was  not  his.  It  was  that  of  a  world  which 
permitted  such  things  to  happen  without 
any  thought  of  the  ultimate  consequences 
to  itself.  What  will  be  the  outlook  of  these 
children  playing  on  the  highway  when  they 
grow  up?  What  micrometer  will  measure 
the  social  conscience  of  the  race  bred  by 
a  father  who  is  driven  to  barter  his  daughter 
for  a  bag  of  flour  ? 

It  is  not  a  local  question,  affecting  only 
the  Armenians  directly  concerned.  It  is  a 
question  affecting  immediately  the  contigu- 
ous countries,  one  which  is  bound  to  poison 
the  civilization  of  far-off  countries.  Thou- 
sands of  miles  away  nations  tremble  in  fear 
of  the  virus  of  Bolshevism  that  is  coursing 
in  the  veins  of  Russia,  but  they  feel  them- 
selves secure  against  the  taint  of  a  poison 
more  destructive  than  the  most  deadly  polit- 
ical heresies.  Are  we  so  sound  that  we 
can  expose  ourselves  to  the  contagion  of 
such  moral  lassitude?  And,  if  we  are,  can 
we  stand  aside  and  indifferently  look  on 
as  the  texture  of  morality  is  torn  to  shreds? 
The  world  cannot  allow  such  indignities  to 
be  perpetrated  against  its  self-respect.  It 
cannot  allow  fellow-humans  to  be  driven  to 
measures  that  destroy  all  the  careful  build- 
ing* of  centuries  of  civilization.  In  self- 
defence,  if  for  no  other  reason,  it  must 
come  to  the  aid  of  Armenia. 


Politics  and  Medicine. — Coincident  with 
the  findings  of  Jeremiah  F.  Connor,  More- 
land  Act  Commissioner,  in  his  investiga- 
tion of  the  State  Industrial  Commission, 
comes  a  memorandum  handed  down  by 
Justice  Guy  which  is  of  special  interest  to 
the  profession.  Sitting  in  a  case  in  which 
a  man  brought  suit  for  injuries  sustained 
when  a  brewer's  wagon  ran  over  him,  Jus- 
tice Guy  made  it  a  special  point  to  refer 


to  the  services  of  two  physicians  in  the 
case  in  scathing  terms.  "Each  of  these 
witnesses,"  reads  the  memorandum,  re- 
ferring to  the  physicians,  "after  testifying 
to  material  facts  learned  by  him  in  the 
treatment  of  the  plamtiff,  admitted  on 
cross-examination  that  he  had  been  em- 
ployed previous  to  the  trial  by  the  defend- 
ant to  testify  as  a  medical  expert  for  hire 
at  the  trial.  Such  an  utter  regard  of  the 
ethics  of  the  medical  and  legal  professions 
cannot  be  passed  by  without  serious  con- 
demnation by  this  court.  The  relation  of 
physician  and  patient  is  peculiarly  confi- 
dential and  is  safeguarded  by  law  in  the 
interest  of  the  patient  by  forbidding  dis- 
closures by  physicians  of  material  and 
necessary  facts,  the  knowledge  of  which 
was  gained  in  the  treatment  by  the  physi- 
cian of  his  patient  without  an  express 
waiver  of  the  patient  as  provided  in  the 
statute." 

In  a  word,  both  of  these  doctors,  after 
treating  the  injured  man  and  obtaining  his 
confidence,  offered  their  services  as  wit- 
nesses to  the  man  their  patient  was  suing 
and  betrayed  the  trust  of  their  patient  in 
return  for  the  reward  they  expected  to  get 
for  their  services  to  the  brewer.  We  can 
hardly  recall  a  more  flagrant  case  of  the 
violation  of  the  dignity  of  two  callings  in 
a  single  instance,  and  we  feel  that  Justice 
Guy  is  well  justified  in  his  belief  that  it  is 
a  question  which  the  Bar  Association  and 
the  medical  societies  ought  to  take  up.  This 
is  but  an  individual  instance,  but  there  are, 
unfortunately,  numerous  cases  of  the  same 
nature  that  come  up  in  the  courts  every 
week.  The  practice  of  medicine  lends  it- 
self less  easily  than  any  other  profession 
to  the  shrewd  and  unscrupulous  methods 
of  the  fortune  hunter.  In  its  origin  sci- 
entific and  humanitarian,  it  has  been  the 
custom  since  the  beginning  of  time  to  keep 
it  within  the  bounds  prescribed  by  its  dig- 
nified origin.  It  is  the  one  profession  which 
men  and  women  enter  for  more  than  the 
mere  reason  that  they  can  get  their  living 
by  it.  It  is  regrettable,  therefore,  that  here 
and  there  an  individual,  with  less  respect 
for  the  profession  than  has  always  been 
felt  by  both  the  community  and  the  doctor, 
makes  an  adventure  of  his  career  as  a  physi- 
cian and  introduces  methods  which  in  some 
callings  are  not  regarded  as  altogether  cul- 
pable. But  the  methods  of  no  profession 
correspond  to  that  of  the  physician,  cer- 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AlCBiklCAN    MBDICINB 


MEN    AND    THINGS 


Dbcbmber,  1919 


757 


tainly  the  tactics  of  the  stock  exchange  and 
politics  are  out  of  place  in  it,  and  it  is  neces- 
sary that  the  public  understand  that  these 
practices  are  nowhere  condemned  so  com- 
pletely as  they  are  by  the  legitimate  prac- 
titioner. Yet,  despite  all  precautions,  there 
arise  instances  such  as  that  which  Justice 
Guy  anathematized  so  justly,  and  it  is  high 
time  that  the  authorities  united  in  a  thoro 
effort  to  stamp  them  out  of  a  profession 
that  is  perhaps  the  cleanest  profession  of 
all.  It  is  with  deep  regret  that  a  physician 
reads  of  the  doubtful  dealings  of  a  brother 
practitioner  and,  if  it  depended  solely  on 
the  members  of  the  profession,  such  mal- 
practitioners  would  be  promptly  driven 
from  the  ranks.  Unfortunately,  the  physi- 
cians are  powerless  to  achieve  this  without 
the  cooperation  of  the  civil  authorities,  and 
this  cooperation  has  never  been  a  perfect 
thing. 

It  is  encouraging,  however,  to  read  the 
report  of  Mr.  Jeremiah  F.  Connor  on  his 
investigation  of  the  State  Industrial  Com- 
mission, the  outstanding  circumstance  of 
which,  in  his  words,  is  that  "injustice  and 
frauds"  have  repeatedly  been  practiced  on 
injured  employees.  These  injustices  and 
frauds  have  their  basis  in  the  fact  that  doc- 
tors with  little  more  than  political  influ- 
ence to  recommend  them  come  into  posi- 
tions in  which  they  control  a  monopoly  of 
the  cases  of  injured  employees  and  they 
exercise  this  monopoly  with  little  concern 
for  the  interests  of  the  injured.  To  remedy 
this  situation,  Mr.  Connor  suggests  that 
these  men  be  supplanted  by  a  *'panel  of 
physicians"  appointed  upon  the  advice  of 
recognized  medical  societies,  to  be  revised 
from  time  to  time,  and  only  men  of  prom- 
inence and  of  unquestioned  probity  to  be 
employed  thereon.  Such  a  course,  he  sug- 
gests, would  eliminate  definitely  the  "run- 
ner" and  the  "ambulance  chaser,"  and  he 
suggests  further  that  it  be  made  a  mis- 
demeanor for  anyone  to  receive  a  fee  in 
connection  with  the  presentation  or  collec- 
tion of  a  claim  for  compensation  unless  a 
fee  has  been  authorized  by  the  Compensa- 
tion Committee.  The  course  Mr.  Connor 
suggests  seems  a  highly  commendable  one 
and  can  be  approved  by  every  physician 
with  the  faith  that  it  will  go  a  long  way 
to  solve  one  of  the  problems  that  has  con- 
fronted and  disquieted  the  profession  for 
a  long  time. 


Motor  Accidents  and  Defective  Laws. 

— Broadway  pedestrians  were  startled 
one  night  recently  to  see  a  taxicab,  beyond 
control,  suddenly  swerve  toward  the  side- 
walk, mount  the  curb  and  fling  itself  thru 
a  plate-glass  window.  The  driver  was  in- 
stantly killed  and  two  passersby  were  se- 
riously injured  when  they  could  not  get 
out  of  the  path  of  the  rampant  cab.  It 
developed,  on  investigation,  that  the  driver 
of  the  calD  had  an  artificial  right  eye  and 
it  was  judged  that  this  was  the  cause  of 
the  accident.  The  machine  had  a  right- 
hand  drive  and  the  chauffeur  had  to  lean 
far  out  of  his  car  to  observe  the  traffic  be- 
hind him.  Thus  another  fatal  accident  was 
added  to  the  long  list  of  preventable  motor 
accidents  and,  as  in  many  instances,  blame 
is  not  to  be  laid  at  the  door  of  the  driver 
of  the  car:  it  should  be  attached  to  the 
loose  regulations  which  make  it  possible 
for  men  to  assume  the  responsibility  of 
pursuing  a  profession  or  a  pastime  which 
they  are  physically  unfitted  to  pursue.  At 
best,  there  is  enough  carelessness  in  driving 
on  the  part  of  those  who  have  no  handicaps 
to  overcome;  but  the  amazement  of  the 
authorities  at  the  mounting  figures  in  motor 
accidents  is  hard  to  understand  in  view  of 
the  carelessness  which  permits  men  and 
women  to  expose  the  lives  of  pedestrians 
to  danger  who  are  physically  unfitted  to 
be  trusted  with  the  guidance  of  a  car.  If 
a  statistician  were  to  examine  the  circum- 
stances surrounding  a  given  number  of  ac- 
cidents of  this  sort,  he  would  discover  that 
a  large  proportion  of  them  is  due  to  in- 
capacity rather  than  carelessness.  The 
cursory  examination  to  which  applicants  for 
a  driver's  license  are  submitted  is  inade- 
quate. During  the  war  the  air-fighters,  tho 
it  was  only  their  own  lives  that  were  in 
question,  were  obliged  to  pass  tests  so  se-* 
vere  that  only  a  small  proportion  came 
thru  successfully.  The  civilian  driver,  with 
lives  of  others  in  his  care,  is  dismissed  with 
a  trifling  examination.  It  is  altogether  pos- 
sible for  a  man  with  a  weak  heart,  or  an 
epileptic,  or  a  man  with  inadequate  vision, 
or  one  with  the  poorest  muscular  coordina- 
tion, to  obtain  a  license  with  ease,  provided 
these  defects  are  not  immediately  percepti- 
ble. So  long  as  conditions  remain  as  they 
are,  there  should  be  little  surprise  and  cer- 
tainly little  indignation  on  the  part  of  the 
authorities   if  accidents   seem   to  multiply 


:  Dhgitized  by 


Lioogle 


758 


DecbmbbRj  1919 


MBN    AND    THINGS 


Ambrican  Mbdicinx 


rather  than  decrease.  All  the  modem  in- 
ventions to  prevent  railroad  accidents  are 
valueless  if  the  human  element  is  at  fault 
and  all  the  caution  at  the  command  of  traf- 
fic officers  is  impotent  in  the  face  of  in- 
competent drivers,  drivers  incompetent  less 
because  of  ignorance  than  because  of  physi- 
cal defects.  Unless  precautions  are  taken 
against  these  physical  disqualifications,  it  is 
not  to  be  expected  that  the  epidemic  of  mo- 
tor accidents  will  subside. 


respite  from  their  sufferings.  That  this 
was  possible  was  due  in  large  part  of  course 
to  the  generosity  of  numerous  benefactors, 
but  in  no  small  measure  credit  goes  to  those 
who  do  not  forget,  who,  despite  the  repeti- 
tion of  the  daily  contact  with  suflFering,  have 
never  grown  callous — the  doctors  and  nurses 
in  hospital  service.  Their  efforts  to  make 
Christmas  a  happy  occasion  for  their  pa- 
tients is  an  eloquent  contradiction  that 
nurses  and  doctors,  from  their  constant  as- 


duristmas  in  the  Hospitals. — ^What  man 
or  woman  has  ever  left  a  hospital,  after  a 
'serious  illness,  without  feeling  that  here- 
after it  will  be  impossible  to  pass  any  such 
institution  without  bowing  his  head  in  hu- 
mility before  the  splendid  and  faithful  serv- 
ice that  is  to  be  found  within  its  doors, 
without  giving  an  affectionate  thought  to 
the  many  suffering  ones  who  are  lying  there 
without  any  of  the  privileges  and  liberties 
of  those  outside?  And  how  many  men  and 
women  remember  their  vow  one  year  later  ? 
It  is  extraordinary  how  quickly  the  human 
brain  forgets.  Christmas  was  celebrated  at 
the  hospitals  recently.  It  was  celebrated 
joyfully  and  many  ailing  ones  enjoyed  a 


sociation  with  illness  and  death,  grow  cal- 
lous and  indifferent.  Such  a  charge,  tho 
often  repeated,  is  a  perversion  of  the  fact 
that  they  merely  remain  level-headed  and 
cool  on  occasions  when  the  average  person 
loses  his  head,  and  it  is  fortunate  for  the 
patient  that  this  is  so.  It  makes  it  possible 
for  him  to  receive  the  care  and  the  precise 
treatment  which  an  hysterical  sympathizer 
would  be  incompetent  to  offer.  But  that 
both  physicians  and  nurses  remain  always 
sensitive  to  the  plight  of  their  charges  must 
have  been  evident  to  the  thousands  of  sick 
who  spent  Christmas  in  the  hospitals  of  the 
country.  Thanks  to  the  doctors  and  nurses 
few  *'shut  ins"  were  forgotten. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Ambucan  Mxdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Dbcbmbbb^  1919 


759 


ORIGINAL 
TICLES 


EXPERIENCES  OF  A  MEDICAL  RE- 
SERVE    OFFICER    WITH    THE 
AMERICAN    EXPEDITION- 
ARY FORCE. 


LEO  B.  MEYER,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S., 

Late  Major,  M.  C,  U.  S.  A.. 

New   York  City. 

Medical  men  with  the  U.  S.  Army  who 
had  conviction  as  to  what  would  be  re- 
quired of  them,  or  to  put  it  less  forcibly, 
who  had  ideas  as  to  what  they  would  do 
when  they  became  part  of  the  A.  E.  F.  soon 
found  that  nothing  happened  as  expected. 

I  left  New  York  in  February,  1918,  as  a 
member  of  the  surgical  staflF  of  Base  Hos- 
pital No.  3  (Mount  Sinai  Hospital  Unit, 
New  York  City).  We  all  hoped,  tho  we 
hardly  expected  this  hope  to  be  realized,  that 
we  would  functionate  as  a  unit  within  rea- 
sonable distance  of  the  firing  lines  (say  25 
miles),  in  other  words  as  a  unit  similar  to 
some  of  the  less  advanced  casualty  clearing 
stations  of  the  English,  the  advanced  units 
of  which  were  within  five  or  six  miles  of 
the  front.  To  our  surprise  and  chagrin  at 
the  time,  we  were  assigned  to  a  place  about 
40  miles  northeast  of  Bordeaux — as  far 
from  the  firing  line  almost  as  it  was  pos- 
sible to  put  us.  Add  to  this  disappoint- 
ment the  fact  that  when  we  arrived  at  our 
destination  we  found  a  place  only  partially 


completed,  without  a  satisfactory  water  sup- 
ply or  lighting  arrangements  such  as  might 
be  expected  in  a  large  rear  hospital,  the 
grounds  littered  with  rubbish,  and  it  is  not 
difficult  to  picture  a  very  disgusted  set  of 
men.  The  enthusiasm  with  which  we  set 
out,  dampened  somewhat  by  what  seemed 
to  us  a  very  severe  overland  trip  from 
Havre  to  our  destination,  fell  to  the  vanish- 
ing point. 

A  few  words  about  the  trip  may  prove  of 
interest.  We  set  out  February  6,  1918, 
and  were  agreeably  surprised  in  finding  our- 
selves on  board  the  large  trans-Atlantic 
liner  "Lapland"  (18,000  tons).  Our  trip 
was  very  rough  and  stormy,  so  rough,  in 
fact,  that  half  a  dozen  of  our  life  boats  were 
smashed,  our  protecting  gun  put  out  of 
commission — ^and  the  ship's  hospital  flooded. 
About  250  Serbian  volunteers  who  were 
returning  from  the  United  States  to  enter 
the  Serbian  Army  thought  their  last  hour 
had  come  and  were  with  difficulty  re- 
strained. 

However,  after  losing  most  of  our  convoy 
we  finally  reached  the  neighborhood  of  Ire- 
land, where  we  cruised  aimlessly  about,  not 
daring  to  enter  the  Irish  Sea  because  of 
wireless  warnings  (so  I  learned  later)  that 
submarines  were  very  active  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Liverpool,  our  destination. 
After  three  days  we  were  met  by  seven  very 
welcome  'destroyers   who   convoyed   us   to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


760 


Dbcembbb,  1919 


ORiaiNAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicinx 


Glasgow.  We  were  told  later  that  the 
destroyers  had  been  on  the  lookout  for  us 
for  two  days  and  that  it  was  rumored  that 
our  ship  had  been  lost. 

Something  of  submarine  activity  at  this 
time  may  be  imagined  when  the  reader  is 
reminded  that  we  left  New  York  about  the 
time  the  Tuscania  was  sunk,  ^rrived  at 
Glasgow  about  the  time  the  Calgaria  was 
torpedoed  and  crossed  the  Channel  from 
Southampton  to  Havre  the  day  after  an 


this  time  we  lived  in  our  clothes,  slept  (or 
tried  to)  sitting  up — froze,  ate  tin  rations 
and  drank  French  wine  or  coffee  prepared 
with  little  alcohol  stoves  some  of  us  had 
had  the  foresight  to  bring  along  (ag^ainst 
orders). 

We-  finally  arrived  at  the  Monastery  of 
Vauclaire,  built  in  the  13th  century  by  the' 
Chartreuse  Monks,  and  converted  by   the 
French  Government  some  years  before  into 
an  insane  asylum.     (Fig.  1.)     It  was,  how- 


Fio.  1.  The  Chartreuse  Monastery  of  Vauclaire  near  Monpont — as  it  was  before  its  conver- 
sion into  a  hospital. — Built  in  the  13th  century  under  the  protection  of  the  Talleyrand  family 
whose  coat  of  arms  are  still  in  the  entrance  hall  of  the  refectory. 


English  hospital   ship  was  sunk  with  the 
loss  of  many  lives  (rumored  100). 

We  arrived  at  Havre  one  afternoon,  left 
the  rest  (?)  camp  in  the  midst  of  an  air 
raid  at  4  A.  M.,  walked  to  the  railroad 
station  about  two  miles  away  in  a  drizzling 
rain  and  boarded  a  typical  French  com- 
partment train.  Orders  as  to  our  route  and 
destination  were  handed  to  our  command- 
ing officer  with  the  cryptic  remark  of  "Good 
luck  to  you — God  knows  you  need  it" — and 
we  did,  for  it  took  two  days  to  make  a  trip 
that  should  have  taken  eight  hours.     During 


ever,  left  for  us  to  complete  the  job  and  our 
enlisted  men,  among  whom  were  carpenters, 
plumbers  and  electricians,  did  yeoman  work, 
preparing  the  place  for  the  reception  of  pa- 
tients, the  first  convoy  of  whom  were  re- 
ceived in  the  middle  of  April,  about  six 
weeks  after  our  arrival.     (Fig.  2.) 

During  these  six  weeks  the  medical  offi- 
cers were  not  altogether  idle,  for  the  coun- 
try for  miles  around  was  absolutely  bare  of 
physicians  and  they  were  called  upon  to  do 
all  manner  of  work,  from  the  handling  of 
sick  infants  and  pneumonia  cases  to  offi- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Msdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICL.BS 


December,  1919 


761 


ciating  at  difficult  obstetrical  cases,  treating 
fractures  and  doing  operative  work  of  all 
kinds. 

Our  first  convoy  consisted  of  about  360 
cases  that  had  been  operated  upon  at  ad- 
vanced hospitals.  Subsequent  convoys  fre- 
quently consisted  of  patients  who  received 
their  first  operation  at  our  hospital.  Espe- 
cially was  this  the  case  during  the  second 
battle  of  the  Marne  and  at  some  stages  of 
the  Argonne  battle,  during  which  the  ad- 
vanced hospitals  were  at  times  swamped. 


assistant  surgeon,  anesthetist,  two  nurses 
and  two  operating  orderlies,  there  was  quite 
a  loss  of  personnel  at  the  hospital. 

Surgical  work  at  the  base  differed  greatly 
from  that  at  the  front.  The  base  had  the 
complications  to  handle :  innumerable  com- 
pound fractures,  secondary  chest  and  joint 
infections  and  at  times  secondary  operations 
for  the  removal  of  retained  foreign  bodies. 
In  addition  there  was  surgical  work  similar 
to  that  in  civil  hospital,  for  base  hospitals 
(and  this  was  especially  true  of  Base  3) 


Fig.  2.  Base  Hospital  3  almost  completed.  Note  that  the  monks'  cells  on  only  one  side 
of  the  quadrangle  remain.  Oh  the  side  opposite  the  cells,  buildings  similar  to  those  at  the 
end  were  erected  before  we  arrived. — The  building  in  the  center  was  the  main  kitchen. 


At  the  height  of  the  Argonne  fight  our 
hospital,  originally  organized  to  handle  500 
men,  took  care  of  over  2,800  at  one  time. 
Of  course  additional  medical  men,  nurses 
and  enlisted  personnel  were  assigned,  but 
the  staff  was  never  adequate,  which  meant 
that  every  one  was  over-worked,  for  pa- 
tients were  never  neglected.  What  made 
the  problem  still  more  difficult  during  the 
height  of  the  fighting  from  June  to  the 
armistice,  was  the  temporary  (a  very  in- 
definite and  convenient  army  term)  detach- 
ment of  operating  teams  for  service  at  the 
front  where  the  need  for  them  was  urgent. 
As  each  team  consisted  of  a  chief  surgeon. 


are  in  the  center  usually  of  large  training 
camps.  One  who  has  had  experience  both 
at  a  base  and  at  the  front  can  consider  him- 
self extremely  fortunate. 

I  was  lucky  enough  to  see  some  work  at 
the  base  before  being  sent  forward  in  charge 
of  an  operating  unit  and  was  doubly  fortu- 
nate in  that  I  was  able  to  return  after  the 
armistice  and  see  the  result  of  the  work  done 
in  the  forward  areas.  When  one  has  worked 
under  pressure  at  an  advanced  operating 
post  for  twelve  (often  many  more)  hours, 
day  after  day,  one  marvels  at  the  remark- 
able results  obtained.  American  surgeons 
were  fortunate  in  being  able  to  profit  from 


Digitized  by 


Google 


762 


Dbcbmbbr,  1919 


ORIQINAIi  ARTICLES 


Ambrxcan  Mbdicink 


the  three  years'  experience  of  French  and 
English  surgeons — ^many  a  doughboy  owes 
his  limb  or  life  or  both  to  the  fact  that  we 
entered  the  war  in  1917  instead  of  1914. 

A  word  as  to  the  French  people  among 
whom  our  lot  was  cast.  The  village  was 
the  center  of  a  thriving  agricultural  and 
wine  district ;  it  had  its  market  day  once  a 
week  to  which  peasants  within  a  radius  of 
ten  miles  brought  things  for  sale — eggs, 
butter,  all  manner  of  food  stuffs,  live  stock, 


Fig.   3.     The  Author. 

products  of  the  loom,  etc.  During  such 
times  the  town  was  lively  enough — at  other 
times  it  was  like  any  typical  small  village. 
However,  it  can  truthfully  be  said  that  after 
the  arrival  of  the  Americans  the  place 
livened  up  considerably  and  became  quite 
prosperous.  The  people  were  very  hospitable 
and  many  a  pleasant  hour  was  spent  by  a 
number  of  us  at  the  various  homes.  It  is 
curious  to  note  the  peculiar  views  of 
Americans  held  by  many  of  even  the  edu- 


cated French  living  distant  from  the  large 
centers.  I  happened  to  be  visiting  a  family 
one  afternoon  and  noticed  an  open  Chopin 
score  on  the  piano.  The  young  lady  of  the 
house,  who  spoke  English,  mentioned  that 
she  didn't  care  very  much  for  the  American 
type  of  music  (she  had  been  entertained 
with  rag-time  and  jazz)  and  asked  me  if 
we  Americans  had  ever  heard  of  men  like 
Chopin  and  Liszt ! 

After  a  short  stay  at  the  base  I  was  or- 
dered to  American  Headquarters  with  a 
team  and  from  there  to  Paris.  At  Paris 
we  expected  to  be  ordered  to  Chateau 
Thierry,  but  the  need  for  surgeons  at 
American  Red  Cross  Hospital  No.  1  at 
Neuilly,  near  Paris,  was  so  great  that  we 
were  sent  there  and  remained  at  that  point 
about  ten  weeks.  This  was  the  hospital 
in  which  Mrs.  Wm.  K.  Vanderbilt  was  in- 
terested and  where  she  might  have  been 
seen  every  day  actively  at  work  among  the 
wounded.  It  was  the  hospital  of  which 
Colonel  Blake  was  in  charge  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  war.  After  he  left  it,  he  was 
placed  in  charge  of  American  Red  Cross 
Hospital  No.  2  in  Paris  proper. 

We  arrived  at  the  hospital  about  2  P.  M. 
and  were  put  to  work  at  once,  operating 
until  midnight.  On  our  arrival  there  were 
about  200  unoperated  men  lying  in  the  cor- 
ridors of  the  hospital,  the  number  increas- 
ing every  minute.  This  was  June  6th, 
while  the  severe  fighting  at  Chateau  Thierry 
and  Belleau  Woods  was  in  progress.  We 
relieved  men  who  had  been  operating  day 
and  night  for  five  days,  some  of  whom  had 
not  had  their  clothes  off  during  this  time. 
The  first  batch  of  men  operated  upon  by 
us  were  from  the  famous  5th  and  6th 
Marines.  Many  of  them  were  badly 
wounded  but  all  had  plenty  of  pep  left. 
Their  usual  greeting  was  "How  long  do 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Msdzcins 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLBS 


Dbcbmbbs^  1919 


763 


you  think  TU  be  laid  up,"  or  "Fix  me  up 
quick."  Patients  reached  the  hospital  from 
8  to  24  hours  after  being  wounded,  altho 
the  actual  trip  was  only  2  hours  (40  miles). 
However,  the  wounded  were  so  numerous 
in  this  fight  and  the  congestion  so  great, 
that  there  was  considerable  delay.  During 
the  German  offensive  of  July  IS,  1918  and 
the  Allied  counter-offensive  of  July  18, 
1918,  the  interval  between  the  time  the 
soldier  received  his  wound  and  his  arrival 
at  the  hospital,  was  much  less. 

By  this  time  the  profession  is  familiar 
with  the  methods  of  handling  war  wounds 
and  the  importance  of  removing  every  bit  of 
foreign  matter  and  of  damaged  tissue — what 
is  technically  known  as  a  wide  and  thoro 
debridement — and  of  leaving  the  wound 
wide  open.  Fractures  of  lower  extremities 
were  treated  whenever  possible  by  exten- 
sion, with  the  aid  of  a  Thomas  or  Hodgen 
splint,  suspended  from  a  Balkan  frame  or 
some  modification  thereof.  Most  wounds 
were  Carrel-Dakined.  While  the  end  re- 
sults of  our  compound  fractures  might  not 
be  all  that  could  be  desired,  most  of  them 
will  eventually  get  well,  with  serviceable 
limbs  (albeit  the  convalescence  may  be 
long)  ;  considering  the  severity  of  many  of 
these  injuries,  that  is  saying  a  good  deal. 

Mention  has  been  made  of  the  dough- 
boy's desire  to  return  to  duty  as  quickly  as 
possible.  Some,  in  fact,  were  so  keen  about 
this  (tho  evidently  suffering  from  severe 
wounds)  that  they  would  say  that  their 
wounds  didn't  amount  to  much  in  the  belief 
that  this  statement  would  mislead  the  doctor 
and  induce  him  to  return  the  soldier  to  duty 
the  more  quickly.  Occasionally  one  would 
say  "I  guess  I'm  done  for" — and  he  usually 
was  when  he  said  this.  Each  one  had  to 
be  handled  differently  from  a  mental  stand- 
point; some  you  jollied  and  joked  with, 


while  with  others  you  almost  agreed.  My 
policy  with  a  badly  wounded  man  was  to 
talk  first — ^beat  him  to  it,  s;o  to  say,  for  one 
could  usually  see  the  look  of  worry  in  his 
eyes.  I'd  smile,  but,  as  Sam  Bernard  or 
Lou  Fields  might  remark,  only  "from  the 
face  out" — ^and  say — "Well,  Buddy,  they 
tried  hard  to  get  you  this  time,  but  they 
didn't  quite  succeed ;  we  won't  let  them  get 
away  with  it."  Then  we'd  have  a  little 
argument  about  it  and  end  up  by  agreeing 
that  we  were  going  to  fool  the  Dutchmaa 
and  give  Buddy  another  whack  at  him.  No 
time  was  wasted  during  this  confab,  for  the 
nurses  and  orderlies  were  getting  him  ready 
for  operation  while  we  were  talking  and  the 
assistant  was  starting  the  anesthetic,  so  that 
the  last  thing  the  boy  thought  of  was  how 
he  was  going  to  get  even,  and  this  was  fre- 
quently responsible  for  some  very  violent 
dreams. 

At  the  Neuilly  Hospital  we  also  operated 
upon  Frenchmen.  They  were  much  older 
than  our  boys;  in  fact,  it  was  nothing  un- 
usual to  have  men  from  50  to  60  years  of 
age  on  the  table.  (It  had  been  a  long  war 
for  the  French  and  every  available  man  was 
on  the  job.) 

I  can  add  nothing  to  what  every  one 
knows  about  the  air  raids  over  Paris  and 
the  work  of  the  long  range  German  gun, 
Big  Bertha.  I  looked  forward  to  my  first 
experience  with  an  air  raid  and  was  con- 
siderably mortified  one  morning  to  learn 
that  I  had  slept  thru  one,  tho  the  barrage 
was,  according  to  my  colleagues,  a  very 
violent  one.  (We  may  have  worked  hard 
and  not  always  had  enough  sleep,  but  when 
we  had  the  chance,  we  certainly  cotdd 
sleep  1) 

Big  Bertha  bothered  no  one  very  much. 
It  was  a  little  uncanny  to  be  working  at  the 
operating  table,  hear  a  crash  and  know  that 


Digitized  by 


Google 


764 


December,  1919 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdicins 


in  exactly  twenty  minutes,  there  would  be 
another  messenger  that  would  strike  Paris 
somewhere  and  do  damage — ^no  one  knew 
how  much — nor  where ;  one  always  figured 
that  the  chances  were  against  it  striking  the 
exact  neighbood  in  which  one  happened  to 
be.  This  was  a  sort  of  fatalism  that  was 
common  and  was  regularly  present  with  the 
men  at  the  front — ^after  their  baptism.  It 
seemed  that  Big  Bertha  always  got  busy 
when  the  Germans  started  a  big  offensive, 
exemplifying  a  phase  of  German  psychol- 
ogy, for  the  German  war  leaders  figured 


he  said  was  the  feeling  of  the  Frenchman  in 
the  street  when  the  Americans  arrived ;  and 
this  was,  contrary  to  generally  accepted 
opinion,  a  feeling  of  regret;  for  it  was 
thought  that  we  had  come  too  late  and  that 
the  war  could  only  be  prolonged  with  that 
much  more  unnecessary  suffering;  in  fact, 
the  stage  was  reached  where  they  felt  it 
made  little  difference  whether  they  lost  or 
won,  for  they  were  war- weary  after  three 
years  of  intense  suffering.  However,  after 
the  brilliant  work  done  by  our  boys  at  Cha- 
teau Thierry,  the  feeling  changed  to  one  of 


Fig.  4.    What  is  left  of  Selcheprey.    Before  the  Battle  of  St.  Mihiel,  this  was  No  Man's  Land. 


that  by  shelling  Paris  while  making  a  big 
offensive  they  would  scare  the  Parisians 
(and  this  would  mean  all  France)  into  be- 
lieving that  Paris  would  soon  fall.  But 
Germany  was  as  woefully  mistaken  in  this, 
as  in  most  if  not  all  her  interpretations  of 
the  effects  of  her  acts  upon  the  allied  na- 
tions, especially  the  French. 

One  day  at  Neuilly  we  had  as  guest  an 
American  who  had  lived  many  years  in 
Paris  and  whose  children  were  bom  there. 
In  an  informal  talk,  he  gave  voice  to  what 


hope,  and  after  July  18th,  to  one  of 
certainty  that  the  enemy  would  be  beaten. 
It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  this  was  only 
the  opinion  of  one  man,  albeit  one  who  was 
trained  at  judging  mass  feeling.  He  also 
mentioned  what  may  be  of  interest  to  those 
who  want  everything  German  in  the  United 
States  relegated  to  the  scrap  heap,  that  his 
children  who  were  being  educated  at  a  pri- 
vate school  in  Paris,  were  being  taught  Ger- 
man without  any  request  on  his  part  or 
notification  to  him  that  this  was  being  done. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


December^  1919 


765 


All  during  August,  1918,  we  heard  of 
preparations  being  made  for  a  big  American 
drive  in  the  neighborhood  of  Verdun.  On 
August  21  we  were  ordered  to  Chaumont 
(G.  H.  Q.)  and  from  there  to  Evacuation 
Hospital  No.  1,  north  of  Toul,  about  eight 
miles  south  of  Seicheprey  (Fig.  4),  the  lat- 
ter being  the  front  line  in  this  sector.  En- 
route  we  were  held  up  a  few  hours  at  Neuf- 
chateau,  the  train  running  true  to  the  usual 
schedule  by  being  a  few  hours  late.  Waiting 
at  the  station  were  many  First  and  Second 


around  us  were  full  of  fighting  men.  Those 
adjacent  to  the  hospital  held  the  5th  and  6th 
Marines.  All  night  long,  guns,  munitions 
and  men  were  going  forward;  during  the 
day  all  signs  of  activity  were  gone.  This 
continued  till  The  Day,  which  proved  to 
be  September  12th,  arrived. 

In  the  interval  between  our  arrival  and 
the  beginning  of  the  Drive,  many  of  us,  not 
being  very  busy,  went  forward  on  explora- 
tion trips  to  the  front,  making  general  nui- 
sances of  ourselves.     We  went  forth  fully 


Fio.  5.    Enlisted  men  of  the  Medical  Corps  U.  S.  A.,  assigned  to  look  after  mustard  gas 
cases,  clothed  in  anti-mustard  gas  suits. 


Division  boys  joking  one  another  as  to  who 
really  did  the  work  during  the  fighting  at 
Chateau  Thierry  in  May  and  June,  1918, 
each  group  insisting  that  had  it  not  been 
there,  the  other  would  have  "knuckled 
under." 

When  we  arrived  at  Evacuation  Hospital 
No.  1,  near  which  Lufberry,  the  Amer- 
ican Ace,  met  his  death,  we  found  very 
little  to  do,  but  soon  realized  that  we 
were  part  of  the  preparation  necessary  for 
some  big  movement  rumored  to  occur  early 
in  September.  (Of  course  the  Germans 
knew  nothing  about  this!)     The  woods  all 


armed  with  tin  hats  and  gas  masks  and 
without  Sam  Browne  belts,  all  of  which 
precautions  were  obligatory.  Sam  Browne 
belts  were  discarded  because  they  labeled 
the  wearers  as  officers,  for  whom  German 
sharpshooters  were  always  on  the  lookout. 
We  explored  ruined  towers  at  and  just  be- 
hind the  front  lines,  saw  monster  camou- 
flaged guns  hidden  in  the  yards  of  what 
once  were  dwelling  places  (Fig.  6),  peeked 
thru  the  periscopes  of  lookouts,  and  saw  the 
German  lines  and  the  smokestacks  of  Metz. 
We  saw  and  felt  the  mud,  walked  and 
slipped  on  the  duckboards  in  the  trenches, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


766 


Dbcbmber^  1919 


ORiaiWAL.  ARTICUBS 


.American  Msdicinx 


chatted  with  the  lookouts  and  were  told  by 
them  that  they  didn't  understand  why  so 
much  fuss  was  made  about  taking  Mont  Sec 
(which  was  right  in  front  of  us — one-half 
mile  northwest  of  Seicheprey)  ;  they  were 
ready  to  take  it  any  time !  (I  was  told  that  it 
cost  the  French  60,000  casualties  to  hold  it 
15  minutes  the  year  previous,  but  the 
doughboy,  as  we  all  know  by  this  time,  had 
supreme  confidence  in  himself,  and  this 
confidence  was  rarely  misplaced — certainly 
not  on  this  occasion,  for  on  September  12th 
he  took  Mont  Sec  with  little  trouble  and 
relatively  few  casualties.) 


and  four  in  the  afternoon  and  that  it  was 
fairly  safe  to  walk  about  at  other  times. 
However,  it  did  not  pay  to  be  too  cock-sure 
about  this  as  things  did  not  always  happen 
according  to  schedule.  There  were  many 
wire  entanglements  here  which  were  toys 
compared  to  those  of  the  main  resistance 
lines  of  the  Germans  in  the  neighborhood 
of  Varennes,  to  be  mentioned  later. 

On  our  way  to  Beaumont,  the  village 
next  to  Seicheprey,  the  road  makes  a  wide 
curve  known  as  "Dead  Man's  Curve,"  which 
we  were  told  to  avoid  as  it  was  under  enemy 
observation  all  the  time  and  was  frequently 


^^ 

\^^^^K^^i''  ij?^li 

Bth 

■■■.mmf^ 

V^^^^^UB9*t.  ■  J^Bfl 

Hr^ 

f^^"^^ 

^  L 

^^^^^^^P-.-->'  ■ '  ji^UM 

B|| 

IKfli'H! 

1          Jl 

.    i 

wm 

^^H^'wV 

Mil 

^1  w^lV  i^HB 

kb^ 

bJ 

H 

^^■v^lUPly 

BU 

Pfflill 

mm 

m 

w 

WmSz-^^ 

^w 

— 

a 

■Mt  ■ 

.    ■;. 

>^ 

■1 

Fig.  6.    Main  Street — Beaumont.    Before  the  commencement  of  the  St.  Mihiel  Drive  these 
shells  of  French  houses  sheltered  large  calibred  guns  carefully  camouflaged. 


Some  idea  of  what  must  have  taken  place 
in  the  neighborhood  of  the  hospital  during 
the  period  before  our  battle  line  became 
more  or  less  stabilized  (sometime  during 
the  latter  part  of  1914)  can  be  imagined  by 
the  condition  of  the  ground,  which  was  rid- 
dled with  shell  holes,  most  of  which  had 
been  there  for  years.  Of  course  there  were 
also  new  shell  holes,  for  not  a  day  passed, 
even  in  this  so-called  "quiet  area"  without 
a  fair  number  of  shells  being  sent  over. 

At  the  time  I  took  my  first  trip  over  this 
area  I  was  informed  that  the  German 
"strafe-time"   was   usually   between   three 


shelled.  We  avoided  it  going  forward  but 
not  returning,  as  to  avoid  it  meant  going 
thru  entanglements  and  brush. 

Every  American  soldier  with  whom  we 
talked  expressed  the  conviction  that  the 
American  Army  would  be  in  Metz  before 
winter.  We  all  know  how  well  this  pre- 
diction was  verified. 

One  did  not  have  to  go  to  the  battle  line 
to  get  some  of  the  excitement  of  war,  for 
enemy  aeroplanes  were  constantly  over  us 
and  we  occasionally  saw  air  fights,  or  more 
commonly,  near  air  fights,  as  neither  side 
at  this  time  seemed  anxious  to  lose  aero- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBUCAN   MBDIGINB 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


Dbcbmbbr',  1919 


767 


planes.  At  one  time  we  saw  three  of  our 
sausage  balloons  which  were  anchored  about 
five  hundred  yards  behind  the  lines  go  down 
in  flames  as  a  result  of  clever  work  by  a 
German  aeroplane,  which  darted  out  sud- 
denly and  unexpectedly  from  behind  a 
cloud  and  did  the  work  before  any  of  our 
men  could  get  near  him.  However,  we  had 
the  satisfaction  of  learning  later  on  that 
this  man  was  brought  down  as  he  was  try- 
ing to  get  his  fourth  balloon.  Of  course  it 
was  not  pleasant  for  us  to  see  our  own 
balloon  brought  down  in  this  way,  but  we 


all  night  long  supplies  were  going  forward 
along  the  road  in  front  of  the  hospital. 
This  traffic  was  so  heavy  as  frequently  to 
keep  us  awake.  The  majority  of  the  guns 
going  forward  were  the  famous  75s  and 
155s  of  the  French,  but  there  were  rumors 
of  much  larger  guns  in  the  forward  areas, 
such  as  14"  naval  guns.  We  were  even 
told  that  there  was  a  22"  gun,  a  tale  that 
was  never  verified  and  probably  not  true. 
There  were  none  of  these  at  this  time,  so 
far  as  we  knew,  tho  after  the  armistice  was 
signed  I  was  in  a  gun  factory  where  I  was 


Fig.  7.    A  German  dugout  Just  captured  by  American  trooiw. 
the  taking  of  measurements  of  the  dugout. 


American  officer  directing 


had  to  look  upon  it  as  part  of  the  game  and 
we  know  that  German  balloons  which  were 
too  far  away  for  us  to  see  were  being 
similarly  brought  down. 

We  were  also  made  aware  that  the  Ger- 
man is  a  pretty  good  shot  with  his  long 
range  guns,  for  we  saw  an  ammunition 
dump,  situated  about  two  miles  immediately 
in  front  of  our  hospital  and  the  same  dis- 
tance behind  one  of  our  field  hospitals,  put 
out  of  business  by  three  well  directed  shells. 

Mention  has  been  made  of  the  fact  that 


told  that  one  of  these  monsters  had  just 
been  turned  out  (it  took  one  year  to  manu- 
facture). 

During  the  day  time  everything  was  hid- 
den and  it  looked  as  if  nothing  could  hap- 
pen, tho  the  woods  all  around  were  full  of 
soldiers  and  the  famous  5th  and  6th  Marines 
were  in  the  woods  adjoining  the  hospital, 
awaiting  orders  to  go  forward.  The  men 
of  the  hospital  dropped  in  to  pay  these  boys 
a  call  and  the  boys  reciprocated  by  coming 
over  and  giving  a  fine  minstrel  show  a  few 


Digitized  by 


Google 


768 


Dkcbmbbr^  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


nights  before  they  went  into  line ;  we  oper- 
ated upon  many  of  these  very  boys  between 
September  12th  and  20th. 

On  September  12th  at  1.30  A.  M.,  while 
we  were  all  peacefully  sleeping,  *'Hell  broke 
loose!"  We  were  awakened  by  terrific 
shell  fire  and  the  horizon  to  the  north  of  us 
was  one  mass  of  flame.  This  continued 
until  the  morning.  At  8  A.  M.  the  wounded 
began  to  arrive  and  from  them  we  learned 
that  the  boys  had  gone  over  the  top  at 
5.30. 

There  were  many  Germans  brought  in 


and  views,  tho  of  course  this  was  not 
strictly  according  to  rules.  Also  we  realized 
that  the  answers  these  men  gave  were  prob- 
ably more  or  less  such  as  they  felt  we  might 
want  to  hear.  One  German  lieutenant  who 
had  been  wounded  once  before,  when  asked 
whether  he  had  been  told  that  prisoners 
would  be  badly  treated  by  the  Americans 
(we  had  heard  that  such  rumors  had  been 
spread)  answered  in  the  negative,  and  that 
he,  for  one,  was  glad  he  was  with  us.  An- 
other said  that  the  German  people  were 
satiated  with  war  and  that  the  people  had 


Fio.  8.    Wounded  German  prisoners. 


wounded.  (Fig.  8.)  To  show  how  little  a 
private  in  the  ranks  knows  of  his  where- 
abouts, one  of  these  prisoners  told  me  that 
he  had  been  taken  prisoner  at  a  place  which 
I  now  know  remained  in  German  hands  up 
to  the  time  of  the  armistice.  Naturally  we  all 
felt  elated  at  hearing  that  our  boys  had 
advanced  so  far,  but  we  soon  learned  that 
the  man  was  mistaken ;  however,  it  had  been 
a  great  day. 

It  was  but  natural  that  we  should  question 
our  German  prisoners  as  to  their  feelings 


nothing  to  say  or  it  would  have  been  long 
since  over.  These  prisoners  were  well 
dressed  and  shod,  and  looked  well  fed, 
very  different  from  some  I  had  seen  in 
April,  six  months  previous,  which  shows 
the  difficulty  of  drawing  conclusions  from 
isolated  instances. 

We  had  at  this  time  visual  evidence  of 
just  how  hard  put  the  Germans  were  to 
obtain  rubber,  for  a  captured  German  am- 
bulance brought  to  the  hospital  had  iron 
wheels  in  place  of  rubber  tires ;  each  wheel 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrxcan  Medicins 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLBS 


Dbcember,  1919 


769 


was  really  a  wheel  within  a  wheel,  the  two 
being  separated  by  heavy  spiral  springs. 

By  the  end  of  September  the  battle  line 
in  this  neighborhood  had  again  became  more 
or  less  fixed  and  the  pressure  of  work  at 
the  hospital  had  subsided.  I  made  use  of  this 
quiet  period  to  visit  many  of  the  towns 
just  taken  by  the  Americans,  among  which 
were  Essey,  Nonsard,  Thiaucourt,  etc.  Our 
trips  forward  were  always  interesting  as  we 
were  dependent  upon  whatever  transporta- 
tion happened  to  be  going  forward  at  the 
time.  Most  frequently  it  was  a  lorry  which 
was  carr3ring  food  or  some  other  material. 
"Lorry-hopping"  was  the  term  applied  to 
seekers  of  excitement  such  as  we  were  at 
that  time.  Sometimes  we  were  fortunate  in 
getting  a  lift  on  an  ambulance  or  a  Ford 
car.  Occasionally  a  motor  cycle  with  a 
side  car  would  help  out  and  on  one  occasion 
we  went  forward  on  a  little  narrow  gauge 
railroad  taking  ammunition  to  the  front. 

I  can  well  remember  with  what  peculiar 
feelings  I  heard  the  story  of  the  driver  of  a 
Ford  ambulance,  which  was  our  taxi  at  that 
time  and  without  a  windshield.  He  told  me 
that  the  windshield  had  been  taken  away  by 
a  piece  of  exploding  shell  the  day  before 
while  making  the  same  trip,  the  shell  at 
the  same  time  killing  the  driver. 

The  roads  were  in  terrible  shape,  shot 
up  and  muddy,  but  we  were  told  that  com- 
pared to  their  condition  on  the  day  after 
the  offensive  started  they  were  wonderful, 
for  on  that  day  it  took  eight  or  more  hours 
to  go  about  five  miles  and  one  was  never 
sure  that  his  car  wouldn't  end  in  a  ditch. 
Engineers  followed  the  attack  closely,  try- 
ing to  make  the  roads  passable  as  rapidly 
as  possible,  using  the  stone  from  the  ruined 
houses  for  roadbeds. 

Going  thru  the  houses  in  Thiaucourt  we 
were  struck  by  evidences  of  rapid  German 


evacuation  such  as  tables  upon  which  un- 
eaten food  remained. 

In  spite  of  the  grim  business  of  war,  the 
doughboy  loses  no  opportunity  to  get  a 
little  fun  out  of  his  work.  I  saw  one  clean- 
ing his  mess  outfit  while  wearing  a  plug 
hat,  salvaged  no  doubt  from  one  of  the 
rapidly  evacuated  homes. 

At  Norroy  I  participated  in  the  excite- 
ment of  seeing. a  town  within  the  German 
lines  in  the  process  of  being  blown  off  the 
map  by  some  artillery  six  miles  to  the  rear, 
the  fire  of  which  was  being  checked  up  by 
French  artillery  ofiicers  in  the  dugout  in 
which  we  were.  This  town  was  being 
treated  in  this  way  because  it  was  suspected 
of  sheltering  the  guns  which  were  shelling 
Pont-a-Mousson.  As  we  had  just  passed 
thru  the  shelled  area  of  Pont-a-Mousson  to 
reach  Norroy,  it  was  with  some  satisfaction 
that  we  saw  the  houses  of  this  town  go  up 
in  the  air. 

On  October  15th  I  was  ordered  forward 
to  an  evacuation  hospital  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Verdun.  This  hospital  was  planted 
in  the  mud.  It  seemed  to  rain  all  the  time 
and  boots  were  a  necessity.  The  operating 
room  here  was  a  long  hut  containing 
eighteen  operating  tables  placed  side  by  side. 
Each  surgical  team  had  three  tables.  The 
teams  worked  in  twelve  hour  shifts,  six 
teams  by  day  and  six  by  night,  the  shifts 
changing  every  ten  days  or  so. 

No  matter  how  rushed  we  were  the  work 
here  had  been  so  systematized,  and  the  en- 
listed men  and  nurses  so  thoroly  trained  and 
so  willing,  that  the  work  could  be  done  very 
rapidly  and  satisfactorily  and  witfiout  con- 
fusion. In  spite  of  the  number  of  people 
working  in  this  big  operating  room  it  was 
surprising  how  quiet  everjrthing  was.  It  is 
remarkable  how  little  all  this  affected  the 
wounded  doughboy,  who  might  be  lying  on 


Digitized  by 


Google 


770 


Dbcembkb,  1919 


ORIOINAXi  ARTICIjBS 


Ambrican  Mbdzcimb 


an  operating  table  awaiting  his  turn,  for  the 
on  turning  his  head  to  the  right  he  might 
see  one  surgeon  operating  upon  an  ab- 
domen, and  to  the  left  another  upon  a  shat- 
tered limb,  nothing  seemed  to  bother  him 
much  as  long  as  he  had  a  cigarette.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  he  felt  that  for  some  time 
at  any  rate  he  would  have  a  comfortable 
bed  to  sleep  in  and  be  free  of  the  dirt  and 
mud  and  strain  of  the  trenches. 

I  had  heard  so  much  of  the  famous  Citadel 
at  Verdun  that  during  one  of  the  quiet 
periods  I  obtained  leave  to  visit  it.  and  while 
walking  thru  the  streets  of  the  city  ex- 
perienced the  sensation  of  shells  exploding 


hospital  dropped  some  leaflets  which  told 
the  American  soldiers  how  foolish  it  was  to 
continue  the  war  when  the  German  people 
were  anxious  for  peace  and  ready  to  make 
it  and  that  they  should  stop  fighting  to  avoid 
further  unnecessary  bloodshed.  About  the 
only  effect  this  propaganda  had  on  the  boys 
was  to  make  them  feel  that  they  had  the 
Germans  "on  the  run." 

While  we  felt  rather  secure  in  our  loca- 
tion we  occasionally  were  reminded  that 
there  were  possibilities  of  excitement  inas- 
much as  an  evacuation  hospital  near  us  had 
been  hit  by  a  shell,  severely  wounding  sev- 
eral of  the  personnel. 


Fig.  9.     First  aid  station  in  the  woods. 


near  me,  as  it  was  a  habit  of  the  Germans  to 
throw  some  gas  shells  into  the  place  every 
day  at  four  o'clock.  They  were  a  little 
ahead  of  their  schedule  that  day  for  it  was 
only  three  when  they  sent  them  over.  The 
Citadel  is  really  a  large  underground  city 
which  has  existed  many  years  and  is  capable 
of  accommodating  ten  thousand  people  at 
a  time.  It  has  a  hospital,  theater,  church 
and  everything  necessary  to  make  that  num- 
ber of  people  comfortable. 

About  October  26th  a  German  aeroplane 
circling  about  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 


A  few  weeks  before  the  armistice  was 
signed  I  made  my  last  move  forward  to  a 
mobile  hospital  pitched  at  the  foot  of  Hill 
240  in  the  Argonne  Forest,  around  which 
some  of  the  severest  fighting  of  the  war 
had  taken  place  in  the  month  previous.  One 
could  see  plenty  of  evidences  of  this,  for 
the  ground  was  full  of  shell  holes ;  in  fact  it 
was  impossible  to  pitch  a  tent  without  en- 
closing a  shell  hole. 

All  about  us  were  German  built  dugouts ; 
those  in  the  woods  were  filled  with  the 
souvenirs  dear  to  the  heart  of  the  doughboy 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBBICAN    BiBDICiNB 


ORIOINAIi  ARTICLES 


Dbcembbr,  1919 


771 


— casings  of  exploded  shells,  German  rifles, 
bayonets,  caps,  coats  (from  which  most  of 
the  buttons  had  already  disappeared),  can- 
teens— in  fact,  all  material  now  generally 
described  by  the  term  "German  hardware." 

One  saw  graves  innumerable.  Buried 
Germans  and  Americans  in  twos  and  threes 
and  singly.  One  saw  wrecked  aeroplanes 
and  it  was  not  difficult  to  sense  the  terrific 
struggle  that  must  have  taken  place. 

It  was  so  cold  here  that  we  were  forced 
to  operate  with  sweaters  on.  When  we 
went  to  bed  we  had  more  clothes  on  than 


everything  had  suddenly  become  almost  un- 
comfortably quiet. 

I  remained  at  this  advanced  station  for 
two  weeks  after  the  armistice  was  signed 
and  there  being  practically  nothing  in  the 
way  of  surgical  work,  I  did  a  little  Cook's 
touring  of  the  front.  This  was  encouraged 
by  the  authorities  even  before  the  signing 
of  the  armistice,  for  in  published  orders 
they  recognized  the  fact  that  the  officers 
wished  to  take  advantage  of  opportunities 
which  would  probably  never  recur. 

During  my  journeys  of  exploration  I  was 


Fig.  10.    American  soldiers  camping  in  the  woods. 


when  we  were  up  and  about.     As  a  matter 
of  fact  we  had  to  undress  in  the  morning. 

We  were  busy  here  until  the  signing  of 
the  armistice  and  for  a  few  days  thereafter. 
The  night  of  the  armistice  was  celebrated 
by  us  in  a  rather  quiet  way.  One  of  the 
boys  had  gotten  hold  of  some  bottles  of 
champagne  and  after  drinking  a  few  toasts 
we  worked  all  night,  for  tho  the  shooting 
stopped  the  wounded  kept  coming  in  for  a 
few  days  after  the  fighting  ceased.  All 
about  us  colored  flares  which  during  the 
fight  were  used  as  signals  were  being  sent 
up  by  the  boys,  celebrating  the  finish.  In- 
stead  of   the  noise   of   the  previous   days 


able  at  first  hand  to  see  the  remarkable  de- 
fense system  in  the  neighborhood  of  Va- 
rennes,  which  the  Germans  had  painstak- 
ingly built  up  for  over  four  years  and  which 
they  considered  impregnable.  There  were 
elaborate  dugouts  (connected  by  under- 
ground tunnels)  electrically  lighted,  with 
cement  floors,  windows  with  window-panes, 
good  home-made  furniture,  flower  gardens, 
bowling  alleys,  music  halls,  and  overhead 
miles  of  barbed  wire.  Elach  lookout  sta- 
tion had  a  comfortable  seat  and  was  ab- 
solutely protected.  The  entire  defense  was 
something  at  which  to  marvel.  The  Ger- 
mans evidently  expected  to  remain  there 


Digitized  by 


Google 


772 


Decbmbkr,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


American  Mbdiciks 


permanently.  I  visited  Monfaucon,  the 
place  from  which  the  Crown  Prince  watched 
in  safety  the  battle  for  Verdun;  the  only 
thing  left  in  the  whole  town  is  the  tower 
from  which  he  viewed  this  battle. 

I  visited  Dun-sur-Meuse  (north  of  Ver- 
dun), situated  on  a  high  hill,  the  roofs  of 
the  houses  on  one  level  forming  the  yards 
of  the  houses  on  the  level  immediately 
above.  The  graveyard  of  the  town  shows 
the  scars  of  battle ;  the  "Rest  in  Peace"  on 
some  of  the  remaining  tomb-stones  looked 
queer  amid  the  wreckage  where  exploding 
shells  had  disinterred  bones  that  had  been 
at  rest  for  many  years. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  war  I  had  heard 
a  good  deal  of  the  expression  "Gott  strafe 
England,"  but  it  wa3  something  of  a  sur- 
prise to  me  to  find  this  sentence  chalked 
on  stable  doors  and  other  places  at  this 
time. 

Standing  on  the  heights  of  Dun-sur- 
Meuse  one  could  look  north  for  many  miles 
over  beautiful  fields  showing  few  of  the 
ravages  of  war,  for  after  Dun-sur-Meuse 
there  was  little  artillery  fighting,  the  Ger- 
mans retreating  faster  than  the  artillery 
could  be  brought  up. 

My  touring  trip  was  cut  short  by  an  order 
returning  me  to  Base  3,  where  could  be  seen 
some  of  the  final  stages  of  war  wounds. 
Of  the  work  done  here  I  am  in  no  position 
to  write  as  most  of  it  was  done  during  my 
absence.  When  I  left,  the  hospital  was 
caring  for  about  500  patients  and  could  ac- 
commodate 1,200.  On  my  return  on  De- 
cember 2nd,  there  were  still  1,000  patients 
under  treatment  and  the  place  was  able  to 
handle  about  3,000.  We  had  actually  under 
treatment  at  one  time  2,800  patients. 

From  then  until  our  return  there  was 
little  to  do,  as  the  hospital  had  been  taken 
over  by  another  unit  and  we  were  awaiting 


orders  to  return  to  the  States.  We  greeted 
the  Statue  of  Liberty  exactly  thirteen 
months  after  saying  good-bye  to  her,  and 
I  can  truthfully  say  that  it  was  the  liveliest 
and  most  eventful  thirteen  months  I  have 
ever  spent.  I  am  thankful  to  have  had  the 
chance  of  being  "over  there,"  but  pray  that 
the  opportunity  of  doing  my  bit  in  this 
way  shall  never  again  offer  itself. 
2178  Broadway. 


CONTAMINATED  AND  INFECTED 
WOUNDS— PRINCIPLES  OF 
TREATMENT— WITH  ADDENDA 
ON  ANTISEPTICS  AND  TERMI- 
NOLOGY.^ 

BY 

DAVID  C.  HILTON,  A.  M..  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S., 
Lincoln,  Neb. 

Perspective. — In  this  field  of  changing 
methods,  perspective  is  needed. 

To  view  at  short  range  the  passing  show 
of  old  and  new  methods  and  materials  ap- 
plying to  the  treatment  of  infected  wounds 
is  bewildering.  Judgment  as  to  how  to 
think  and  what  to  do  in  the  matter  of  treat- 
ment is  difficult.  A  study  of  the  history  of 
medicine  and  of  the  principles  underlying 
treatment  is  a  valuable  corrective  for  errors 
of  viewpoint  and  judgment.  It  corrects  the 
perspective,  and  sets  earmarks  of  differ- 
entiation between  the  glittering  new  and  the 
soberly  progressive  in  our  art.  It  is  to 
furnish  a  degree  of  perspective  that  prompts 
the  author  to  write  this  paper.  Time  will 
apply  to  it  the  test  of  historical  judgment. 

Principles  vs.  a  Detail. — ^A  new  era 
has  come  in  the  treatment  of  infected 
wounds.  A  new  surgical  specialty  is  here. 
He   replying  "There   is   no  new  surgery, 

^  Read  before  the  Nebraska  State  Medical  As- 
sociation meeting,  May  19-21,  1919. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdioins 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


Dbcbmbbr.  1919 


773 


merely  another  microbe  killer,"  has  the 
short  range  viewpoint.  He  is  absorbed  in 
a  mere  detail  and  is  unmindful  of  the  under- 
lying principles  on  which  it  rests.  Funda- 
mentally the  newer  treatment  of  infected 
wounds  is  not  one  of  antiseptics,  but  rather 
of  bacteriologic  and  surgical  problems. 

System  of  Treatment. — Few  of  the 
principles  and  methods  of  treatment  herein 
set  forth  are  distinctly  new.  The  combina- 
tion of  these  principles,  and  methods,  old 
and  new,  into  a  therapeutic  system  with  a 
technic  adapted  thereto,  having  thoroly 
modified  our  surgical  methods,  the  clinical 
course  and  the  results  of  treatment  has 
forced  the  category  of  contaminated  and 
infected  wounds  into  a  new  surgical  spe- 
cialty. The  one  principle,  that  of  bacterio- 
logic control,  is  new  in  general  surgical 
practice.  This  principle  is  as  a  compass 
without  which  we  are  lost  in  a  sea  of 
difficulties.  The  results  of  treatment  are 
decidedly  new.  Successfully  applied  it  gets 
union  in  the  wound  by  primary  intention, 
and  fibrous  scar  is  disallowed.  It  is  supe- 
riority of  achievement  in  degree  and  in 
kind,  that  has  opened  the  new  era. 

Training  and  Organization. — ^To  sur- 
mount the  difficulties  of  carrying  on  the 
treatment  demands  special  training  in  sur- 
gery, bacteriology,  antiseptics,  nursing,  and 
in  organization,  as  well  as  patient  industry 
to  mobilize  these  coordinated  branches  into 
an  effective  therapeutic  unit.  Without 
special  training  and  unit-control,  failure 
awaits  effort ;  and  discredit,  the  surgeon  and 
his  staff. 

Wound  History.— This  paper  covers 
the  treatment  of  the  open  wound.  The 
periods  in  the  history  of  such  a  wound  har- 
boring pathogenic  organisms  are : 

(a)  the  period  of  contamination, 

(b)  the  period  of  infection, 

(c)  the  period  of  closure. 


Principles  of  Treatment.; — ^The  princi- 
ples of  wound  treatment  in  the  pre-inflam- 
matory  period  or  the  period  of  contamina- 
tion are: 

(a)  mechanical  cleansing, 

(b)  closure,  and 

(c)  immobilization. 

For  cases  constitutionally  and  anatom- 
ically unsuited  for  perfect  cleansing  by 
mechanical  means  as  for  instance  in  com- 
pound fractures,  th.e  principles  applying 
are: 

(a)  approximate  mechanical  cleansing, 

(b)  chemical    cleansing    ("Prophylactic 

antisepsis  of  Lister"), 

(c)  closure,  and 

(d)  immobilization. 

Purpose.— The     inclusive    purpose    of 

wouiid  treatment  during  this  period  is  to 
shorten  the  time  of  healing  by : 

(a)  disallowing  the  formation  of  a  cul- 
ture medium  for  septic  organisms  in  the 
wound. 

(b)  disallowing  gross  scar  with  union  by 
secondary  intention.  Thus  the  treatment 
is  essentially  prophylactic  against  infection 
and  curative  by  inducing  union  of  the 
wound  by  primary  intention. 

Bacteriogenesis.  —  Bacteriogenesis     in 

the  wound  determines  the  time  limit  of  con- 
tamination and  the  incidence  of  infection. 
The  period  of  election  for  operating  the 
contaminated  wound  is  the  first  twelve 
hours  following  traumatism.  The  results 
of  Policard's  study  of  war  wound  bacteri- 
ology may  be  taken  as  average  findings. 
They  are  as  follows: 

(a)  At  three  hours  after  contamination. 

Shreds  of  clothing.  Blood  infil- 
tration. Many  leucocytes.  No 
bacteria  or  pol)rmorphonuclear 
leucocytes. 

(b)  At  nine  hours  after  contamination. 

Polymorphonuclear  leucocytes 
prevalent.  Tryptic  digestion  of  the 
exudate.  Dead  lymphoc)rtes.  No 
bacteria. 

(c)  At  twenty  hours  after  contamination. 

Increased  leucocytes.  Bacteria  ob- 
served.    Bacillus  Welchii    is    the 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


774 


Dbcbmbbb,  1919 


ORiaiNAL  ARTICLES 


Ambrxcan  Mbdicikx 


first  to  appear,  showing  the  wound 
at  twelve  hours. 
Mechanical  Qeansin^w — Mech  a  n  i  c  a  1 

cleansing  involves  preparing  for  an  opera- 
tion as  in  aseptic  work,  in  doing  "debride- 
ment" or  the  removal  of  the  entire  wound 
surface  in  one  piece  cutting  to  a  depth  of 
from  three  to  ten  millimeters,  and  then  in 
changing  instruments  and  gloves  prelimi- 
nary to  aseptic  closure.  "Debridement" 
must  be  economic,  having  due  respect  for 
important  structures  to  avoid  increasing 
disability  by  operative  trauma.  Each  im- 
portant tissue  receives  necessary  first  aid 
repair,  nerves  are  resected,  and  sutured, 
tendons  approximated  and  vessels  ligated. 
There  should  remain  freely  bleeding  sur- 
faces uncontaminated  with  soil  by  technical 
errors  in  the  performance  of  the  work. 
Failure  is  due  to  piecemeal  dissection,  to 
carelessness  of  asepsis,  and  to  insuperable 
anatomical  difficulties  such  as  compound 
fractures,  considerable  loss  of  substance,  or 
the  "anfractuous"  nature  of  the  wound.  To 
stain  the  surface  with  a  dye  such  as  brilliant 
green,  is  a  valuable  guide  to  accuracy  in 
"debridement." 

Closure. — Closure  of  the  wound  surgi- 
cally is  pursuant  to  "debridement."  The 
wound  may  be  closed  by : 

(a)  Primary  suture, 

(b)  Primary  delayed  suture,  or  by 

(c)  Secondary  suture. 

Primary  suture  is  immediate  closure  by 

suture. 

Primary  delayed  suture  is  immediate 
suture  and  delayed  closure.  The  wound  is 
lightly  packed  with  gauze  for  a  few  days 
awaiting  final  judgment  as  to  the  cleanliness 
before  tying  the  sutures. 

Secondary  suture  is  closing  by  delayed 
suture  on  or  before  the  eighth  day.  Clean 
wounds  closed  before  the  eighth  day  heal 
without  gross  scar. 


Results  of  Primary  Snturew— As  to  the 

results  of  primary  suture  in  contaminated 
war  wounds  after  "debridement"  Moynihan 
gives  a  fair  statement  for  the  British  serv- 
ice, and  the  work  of   Pierre   Duval    and 
Lamaitre  gives  a  good  idea  of  what  the 
French  were  enabled  to  accomplish.     To 
quote  from  Moynihan,  "If  the  operation  is 
carried  out  with  scrupulous  exactitude  and 
with  something  near  to  technical  perfection 
in  cases  of  small  'contamination'  wounds 
where  there  is  no  loss  of  substance,  prob- 
ably not  less  than  80  per  cent,  will  heal  by 
first  intention.     The  failure  occurs  in  those 
cases  where  a  piecemeal  removal  of  the  in- 
fected wall  has  been  carried  out,  where,  that 
is  to  say,  there  has  been  a  frequent  reinfec- 
tion  of   the   newly   made   raw   surfaces." 
Pierre  Duval,  one  of  the  cleverest  operators 
of  the  French  is  said  to  have  worked  under 
ideal  conditions  as  to  equipment  and  per- 
sonnel. Of  his  primary  suture  cases,  ninety- 
two  per  cent,  of  the  soft  tissue  wounds  and 
fifty  per  cent,  of  the  compound   fracture 
cases  healed  by  first  intention.   The  average 
period  of  hospitalization   for  his  primar>' 
suture  cases  was  three  weeks,  and  for  his 
primary   delayed   suture   cases   about   one 
week  longer.  On  the  service  of  R.  Lamaitre 
at  the  Boulouse  Evacuation  Center,  August 
2,  1917,  to  February  3,  1918,  there  were  one 
thousand   nine  cases.     Of   these,  sevent\'- 
nine  per  cent,  were  returned  to  duty  during 
this    period     (including    February).     The 
average  time  of  hospitalization  was  twenty- 
nine  days.    Eighty  per  cent,  were  cases  of 
primary  suture,  and  nine  per  cent,  were  of 
secondary  suture.     Lamaitre  used  only  dry 
dressings — no     antiseptic.     Leriche     advo- 
cates fixation  of  the  wound  surfaces  with 
tincture  of  iodine  after  careful  hemostasis. 
Postoperative  Course. — ^The  usual  post- 
operative course  is  characterized  by  the  ces- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMUUCAN    MBOICINB 


ORIQINAXi  ARTICUSS 


Dbcbmbee.  1919 


775 


sation  of  pain  in  the  wound  after  twelve 
hours.  Spontaneous  pain  and  a  rising  pulse 
are  the  most  reliable  indications  of  undue 
closure.  This  circumstance  should  lead  to 
an  examination  of  the  wound  for  tender- 
ness away  from  the  stitches  and  if  progres- 
sive to  their  removal.  Tenderness  may  be 
due  to  hematoma  as  well  as  to  inflammation. 
The  temperature  may  rise  to  101  degrees 
for  a  few  days.  Without  concomitant  de- 
velopments it  should  not  cause  alarm.  To 
bury  the  end  of  a  silkworm  gut  in  the 
wound  is  good  practice.  At  the  end  of 
twenty- four  hours  it  may  be  removed  and 
cultured.  If  a  culture  of  virulent  organ- 
isms is  discovered,  more  especially  of  an 
anaerobe  or  of  streptococci,  the  stitches 
must  be  removed  forthwith  and  the  wound 
opened. 

Rules  of  Practice. — Experience  has 
shown  that  for  primary  closure  to  be  safe 
and  successful  a  few  special  rules  must  be 
obeyed  in  pursuing  the  general  plan  of 
treatment.     Among  them  are  the  following : 

(1)  The  surgeon  must  have  continuous 

oversight  of  his  cases  for  fifteen 
days  after  operation. 

(2)  Do  no  primary  closure  if  the  general 

condition  of  the  patient  is  bad. 

(3)  Do  no  primary  closure  if  doubtful  of 

the  primary  cleansing  being  suf- 
ficient. 

(4)  Do  no  primary  closure  in  ordinary 

or  aggravated  cases  of  compound 
fracture. 

(5)  Depend  on  inspection  in  tracing  a 

wound,  never  use  a  director. 

(6)  Hemostasis  must  be  so  perfect  that 

hematoma  will  not  form. 

(7)  Tension    on    the    sutures    is    to   be 

avoided.  Vaucher  by  cultural 
methods  sets  forth  the  bacteriolog- 
ic  situation  as  related  to  wound 
closure. 

(a)  If  the  wound  is  sterile  it  is  safe  to 
close.  ■ 

(b)  If  the  cultures  show  no  anaerobes  or 
streptococci,     and     only     the     commoner 


aerobes,  the  closure  is  a  safe  condition. 

(c)  If  the  cultures  in  milk  show  an- 
aerobes with  or  without  aerobes  but  no 
streptococci,  the  local  and  general  condition 
of  the  case  must  be  watched  closely  as  the 
clinical  condition  is  the  best  guide  in  this  in- 
stance for  safety. 

(d)  If  the  cultures  show  both  anaerobes 
and  streptococci  never  close  a  wound.  It 
is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  practical 
rules  of  wound  closure  from  a  bacteriolog- 
ic  standpoint  will  be  formulated  for  one 
section  and  another,  and  from  time  to  time, 
according  to  the  incidence  and  relative 
virulence  of  microorganisms  producing 
wound  infections. 

Immobilization. — Immobilization  to  in- 
sure rest  of  the  part  by  fixation,  by  ex- 
tension, or  otherwise  must  obtain  after 
thoro  mechanical  cleansing,  reconstruc- 
tion of  the  tissues,  perfect  hemostasis, 
and  accurate  coaptation  without  tension 
on  the  sutures.  For  bed  cases,  immobiliza- 
tion with  posture  to  favor  return  circulation 
is  best  secured  by  an  overhead  suspension 
apparatus.  The  so-called  "Balkan  Frame" 
as  constructed  for  the  "War  Demonstration 
Hospital  of  the  Rockefeller  Institute  for 
Medical  Research,"  New  York  City,  and 
adopted  by  the  War  Department  for  the 
use  of  the  army,  is  unexcelled  for  the  pur- 
pose. 

Chemical  Qeansing. — Chemical  cleans- 
ing in  the  contamination  period  of  wound 
history  is  "prophylactic  and  therapeutic 
antisepsis."  Many  wounds  incompletely 
cleansed  by  mechanical  measures  can  be 
rendered  "clinically  sterile"  by  invoking 
this  phase  of  chemical  cleansing.  Disinfec- 
tion in  this  instance  is  staging  a  clean  fight 
between  organisms  distributed  over  the 
wound  surface  and  the  antiseptic.  In  this 
period  the  victory  is  prone  to  be  immediate 
and  in  favor  of  the  host,  whereas  the  reverse 
is  true  in  the  period  of  infection,  wherein 
organisms  are  entrenched  within  the  tissues 


Digitized  by 


Google 


776 


DscBMBKa,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Ambrican  Hs>icikx 


and  are  disseminating  themselves  on  the 
ebbing  and  flowing  streams  of  blood  and 
lymph.  In  the  ordinary  routine  of  surg- 
ical practice,  the  choice  of  antiseptics  is  de- 
termined by  availability,  stability,  efficacy 
in  vivo,  and  harmlessness  to  the  tissues 
from  a  single  application.  In  general  the 
tincture  of  iodine  fills  these  requirements 
well.  To  get  the  most  effective  action  from 
iodine  the  wound  surfaces  must  be  dry.  It 
precipitates  in  an  aqueous  medium  as  in 
blood  and  lymph,  and  weakens  in  antiseptic 
power.  Its  antiseptic  power  is  greatest  if 
the  tissues  are  so  dry  that  it  will  fix  them. 

INFECTED  WOUNDS. 

Principles  of  Treatment. — ^The  princi- 
ples of  treatment  in  the  inflammatory  period 
or  the  period  of  infection  are : 

(a)  mechanical  cleansing, 

(b)  chemical  cleansing  (therapeutic  anti- 

sepsis of  Lister  and  other  prop- 
erties), 

(c)  immobilization, 

(d)  bacteriologic  control,  and 

(e)  closure. 

Purpose. — ^The  inclusive  purpose  of 
treatment  as  it  is  in  the  period  of  contami- 
nation, is  to  shorten  the  time  of  healing  by : 

(a)  arresting  all  infective  processes, 

(b)  "clinically    sterilizing"    the    wound, 

and 

(c)  making  surgical  closure  to  get  union 

by  primary  intention. 

A  notable  feature  is  to  abolish  from  the 
clinical  history  of  the  case,  union  by  the 
slow,  dirty  and  dangerous  process  of  granu- 
lation and  second  intention,  thru  superior 
surgery. 

Application. — ^The  application  of  these 
principles  varies  with  the  infective  state  of 
the  wound  whether  it  be  that  of 

(a)  gas  gangrene, 

(b)  phlegmon,  or  of 

(c)  suppuration. 


And  it  ako  varies  with  the  type  of  organ- 
ism whether  it  be 

(a)  aerobic  or 

(b)  anaerobic. 

Incidence  of  infection. — ^Altho  extra- 
limital  to  our  subject,  it  is  revelant  here  to 
discuss  the  question  "When  is  a  wound  in- 
fected?" A  definition  of  infection  com- 
monly promulgated  among  the  profession  is 
as  follows:  "Infection  is  incident  to  the 
implantation  of  organisms  in  the  living  tis- 
sues, and  their  multiplication.*'  This  defini- 
tion tho  valid  is  half  revealing  and  half 
concealing.  It  impresses  the  mind  with  the 
idea  of  the  germ  being  the  active  agent,  and 
of  the  tissues  as  being  passive  in  the  mat- 
ter. It  leaves  the  theory  of  infection  germ- 
biased  and  tissue-blinded.  To  perceive 
when  a  wound  is  infected  is  to  understand 
the  tissue  agencies  at  work  in  relation  to 
traumatism  and  to  the  invading  organism. 
When  organisms  are  implanted  in  a  wound 
they  begin  to  die,  as  they  do  when  first 
placed  in  an  artificial  culture  medium.  The 
tissues,  the  blood,  and  the  sera  are  not 
favorable  media  for  germ  life,  and  definite 
chemical  changes  must  have  converted  the 
leucocyte  ladened  influx  of  serum  from  an 
inhospitable  and  hostile  environment  into 
a  culture  medium.  Serum  in  the  wound  is 
antiryptic  at  first,  and  remains  so  until, 
with  the  breakdown  of  leucocytes,  tryptic 
digestion  of  it  into  peptones  supervenes. 
Not  until  this  has  occurred  is  there  a  re- 
ceptive culture  medium  provided  for  infec- 
tion to  set  up  in  the  wound.  The  chemistry 
of  the  living  body  is  such  that  bacterial  in- 
vasions thrive  only  if  tryptic  digestion  has 
converted  the  fluids  and  contused  or  nec- 
rosed parts  into  a  favorable  culture  medi- 
um. A  free  flow  of  serum  into  the  ^i^ound 
early  after  traumatism  tends  to  inhibit  the 
infective  process.    The  salt  treatment  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mboicinb 


ORIGINAL.  ARTICLES 


Dbcbmbbr,  1919 


777 


Sir  Almroth  Wright  induces  a  serum  flow. 
A  wound  felting  over  with  fibrin  becomes 
"lymph  bound"  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
events  and  is  highly  favorable  to  rapid  in- 
fection. The  organisms  that  endure  an  un- 
changed serum  best  have  been  termed  as  a 
class  "serophytes."  They  include  among 
others,  staphylococci  and  streptococci. 

Suppumting  Wounds. — 1.  Mechanical 
cleansing  is  the  first  principle  to  be  applied. 
It  takes  into  account  the  wound  and  the  ad- 
jacent integument.  The  integument  is  al- 
ways a  carrier  of  infection,  and  from  it  the 
wound  may  be  reinfected,  repeatedly  unless 
sufficient  devotion  to  cleansing  it  from  the 
start  is  continued.  Mechanical  cleansing 
is  applied  in  four  particular  ways:  First 
foreign  bodies  and  gross  tissue  waste  are  re- 
moved, as  for  instance,  sequestra  of  bone, 
sloughs,  hematomata,  and  gangrenous  tis- 
sues. These  harbor  the  invading  organ- 
isms, until  cast  off  by  natural  processes  or 
by  artificial  means.  Second,  all  wound 
parts  are  opened  up  to  the  end  that  liquid 
infectious  waste  may  be  discharged  freely 
and  promptly.  That  is,  to  make  the  wound 
relatively  self-cleansing  by  the  establishment 
of  drainage  and  of  counter  drainage  in  pro- 
portion to  the  needs  of  the  case.  Third,  un- 
restricted exposure  of  all  wound  surfaces  is 
provided  for  intimate  chemical  contact,  in 
order  that  chemical  cleansing  may  effect 
"clinical  sterilization"  in  the  shortest  possi- 
ble time.  Fourth,  in  case  of  anaerobic 
infections  no  focus  is  left  unexposed  or 
viable.  For  the  elimination  of  foreign  bod- 
ies and  of  tissue  outcast,  and  for  drainage, 
the  most  radical  work  short  of  anatomic  er- 
rors and  overreaching  constitutional  limita- 
tions, makes  for  the  most  ideal  cleansing, 
the  shortening  of  hospitalization,  and  the 
conservation  of  life.  Into  the  special  sur- 
gery of  the  anaerobic  infections,  the  limita- 


tion of  our  topic  forbids  entrance.  In  pre- 
paring the  wound  for  chemical  cleansing  the 
surgeon  uses  a  special  technic.  He  must 
go  further  than  the  simple  requirements  of 
extraction,  excision  and  incision  for  drain- 
age. The  old  way  of  operating  anticipated 
healing  by  the  slow,  dirty  process  of  granu- 
lation or  of  healing  by  second  intention. 
The  new  way  contemplates  preparing  the 
wound  by  a  further  step,  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  facilitate  continuous  chemical  action 
on  all  wound  surfaces,  and  to  conclude  heal- 
ing by  primary  intention.  To  operate  in- 
fected wounds  for  chemical  sterilization  re- 
quires the  highest  type  of  surgical  skill 
guided  by  a  new  viewpoint,  accompanied  by 
a  new  technic  and  anticipated  by  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  practical  difficulties  besetting  the 
days  or  the  weeks  in  which  universal  and 
continuous  chemical  contact  must  obtain  in 
the  wound.  It  is  the  refusal  to  appreciate 
that  a  new  surgical  specialty  is  here  and  to 
anticipate  the  difficulties  of  infected  wound 
sterilization  that  frequently  leads  to  failure 
and  brings  the  practice  into  disrepute. 

2.  Chemical  cleansing  in  its  antiseptic 
phase  is  therapeutic  antisepsis  in  the  in- 
fected wound  as  against  prophylactic  anti- 
sepsis in  the  contaminated  wound.  To 
carry  chemical  cleansing  to  the  point  of 
"clinical  sterilization"  and  accomplish  sur- 
gical closure  and  union  by  first  intention  is 
an  ambitious*  undertaking  beset  with  numer- 
ous pitfalls  that  only  the  specially  trained 
surgeon  and  an  organized  force  of  helpers 
can  circumvent,  case  by  case.  One  has 
merely  to  recall  the  care,  the  skill  and  the 
organization  of  forces  at  his  command  in 
doing  aseptic  surgery  to  appreciate  this  in 
some  measure.  Furthermore  he  has  to  win 
proficiency  in  this  new  work,  to  know  by 
how  narrow  a  margin  success  is  won — ^by 
how  much  more  skill  and  organization  are 


Digitized  by 


Google 


778 


December,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Amibican  Medicine 


sloughing,  inflamed  wounds  made  clean, 
than  are  aseptic  wounds  kept  clean. 

For  the  chemical  sterilization  of  infected 
wounds,  the  antiseptic,  the  method,  and  the 
apparatus  are  to  be  studied  and  mastered. 

As  to  the  antiseptic  none  has  as  yet  been 
introduced  which  will  cleanse  the  wound  in 
a  few  applications.  It  must,  therefore,  be 
so  thoroly  nontoxic  at  a  uniform  therapeutic 
potency  that  it  can  be  repeated  as  long  and 
as  often  as  necessary  with  impunity.  Also 
it  must  be  efficient  in  vivo.  It  must  be  more 
than  a  bactericide  or  antiseptic.  It  must 
be  a  cleanser  in  the  full  meaning  of  the 
term.  Wound  disinfection  ever  awaits 
wound  cleansing.  Mechanical  cleansing 
falls  short  in  matters  aside  from  bacterial 
contamination.  More  or  less  of  solid  or 
semi-solid  exudated  sloughs,  and  shred's 
not  removable  by  physical  means  are  to  be 
voided  by  chemical  agency.  The  chemical 
cleanser  must  be  a  solvent  so  powerful  that 
it  will  constitute  a  chemical  drain.  It  must 
complete  the  cleansing  of  the  wound  from 
the  point  at  which  mechanical  methods  have 
left  it  unfinished.  The  most  invulnerable, 
the  deepest  and  the  last  refuge  about  the 
wound  for  bacteria  must  be  melted  away. 
The  mere  bactericidal  power  of  an  anti- 
septic is  only  one  phase  of  its  activities  in 
the  wound.  In  fact,  many  substances  acting 
antiseptically  are  not  direct  bactericides. 
The  advantages  and  the  disadvantages  of 
any  antiseptic  agent  have  to  be  measured 
by  its  effects  on  the  tissue  cells,  the  sera,  the 
blood,  the  discharge  and  the  oflf-castings  of 
disease,  the  by-products  of  bacterial  growth, 
etc. 

As  to  the  method,  it  must  be  standardized 
and  be  susceptible  to  close  analysis,  so  that 
if  the  process  of  sterilization  becomes  sta- 
tionary or  retrogressive  on  a  day,  the  fault 
can  be  located.     It  must  provide   for  the 


delivery  of  the  requisite  amount  of  anti- 
septic to  the  wound  surfaces  in  the  desired 
strength,  and  with  the  regularity  which  will 
render  the  wound  sterile  in  the  shortest  pos- 
sible time.  It  must  also  insure  against  del- 
eterious side  effects  of  treatment. 

As  to  the  apparatus,  whatever  is  adopted 
must  carry  on  with  the  method  the  essentials 
of  treatment,  and  serve  the  fundamentals  of 
success. 

The  fundamentals  in  the  use  of  an  anti- 
septic are : 

(a)  time, 

(b)  contact,  and 

(c)  concentration. 

If  one  considers  the  multiplicity  of  rela- 
tionships between  these  three  fundamentals 
of  success  and  the  three  factors  in  chemical 
cleansing : 

(a)  the  antiseptic, 

(b)  the  method,  and 

(c)  the  apparatus — 

it  will  be  evident  that  errors  leading  to 
failure  are  avoidable  only  thru  specializa- 
tion in  training  and  organization  in  person- 
nel. 

3.  Immobilization  of  the  affected  part  is 
a  principle  of  treatment  to  be  observed  both 
in  the  period  of  chemical  sterilization  and 
of  closure.  Motion  in  the  wound  during 
the  process  of  sterilization  disseminates 
bacteria  along  sliding  planes  of  tissue  and 
with  the  ebb  and  flow  of  sero-cellular  cur- 
rents in  and  about  the  wound.  It  also  dis- 
turbs dressings,  disarranges  the  facilities 
for  carrying  on  universal  chemical  contact 
of  the  antiseptic  over  all  wound  areas. 
These  bad  effects  of  motion  apply  particu- 
larly to  wounds  in  joints,  bones,  aponeu- 
roses, muscles,  and  the  sheaths  of  nerves 
and  vessels  with  their  contents.  During  the 
process  of  repair  by  primary  union,  after 
sterilization  of  the  wound,  immobilization 
is  a  prerequisite  of  success.     Nothing  tends 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN   MSDICINB 


ORiOINAIi  ARTICLBS 


Dbcbmbke,  1919 


779 


more  effectually  to  break  down  the  healing 
process  than  neglect  of  preventing  gross  tis- 
sue movements.  There  is  a  balance  of 
forces  during  repair,  the  one  working  for 
and  the  other  against  union.  The  wound  is 
never  made  bacteriologically  sterile.  Infe^:- 
tion  is  minimized  to  a  degree  that  invites 
surgical  closure  with  safety  under  favoring 
conditions.  One  of  these  conditions  is  im- 
mobilization. Rest  to  relieve  inflammation 
and  to  promote  healing  is  an  old  and  much 
neglected  principle  of  treatment.  The  full 
force  of  its  benefits  is  nowhere  better  util- 
ized than  in  the  new  surgery  of  contami- 
nated and  infected  wounds.  Some  training 
in  orthopedic  methods  of  fixation  and  in 
the  use  of  overhead  extension  and  sus- 
pension devices  proves  to  be  requisite. 
However,  it  is  the  result  and  not  the  per- 
sonal whim  in  obtaining  immobilization  that 
counts. 

The.  general  surgeon  unlike  the  ortho- 
pedist is  not  a  stickler  for  immobilization. 
They,  as  a  class,  break  over  to  mobilization 
in  season  and  out  of  season.  Any  surgeon 
to  succeed  in  this  work  must  leave  all  prej- 
udices against  immobilization  behind  or 
failure  will  be  his  portion.  It  is  for  these 
reasons,  theoretical  and  practical  that  the 
simple  doctrine  of  immobilization  is  placed 
here  as  a  principle  of  treatment. 

4.  Bacteriologic  control  is  an  index  of 
the  relative  infectivity  of  the  wound.  It  is 
had  by  three  processes: 

(a)  by  the  smear  count, 

(b)  by  cultures,  and 

(c)  by  measurements  of  the  surface  area 

of  the  wound. 

Practically  the  smear  counts  are  the  rou- 
tine indicators,  and  they  are  reliable  guides 
after  the  first  twenty- four  hours  following 
contamination  of  the  wound.  Cultures  and 
measurements  are  adjuncts  for  selective  use 
as  occasion  arises.    Experience  is  requisite 


for  accuracy  in  counting  bacteria  in  a  smear 
of  wound  secretion.  Every  unit  of  the 
organism  counts  for  one,  as  for  instance 
each  coccus  in  chain  formation  and  the  pair 
in  diplococcus.  Intracellular  bacteria  are 
also  counted  as  being  viable.  A  smear  is 
taken  every  forty-eight  hours  from  the 
worst  infected  part  of  the  wound  and  at  the 
maximum  period  after  treatment  with  the 
antiseptic.  If  the  count  shows  one  bacteri- 
um in  an  average  of  five  fields  on  two  suc- 
cessive days,  the  wound  may  be  safely 
closed.  Some  are  closing  wounds  with  a 
fair  degree  of  success  showing  five  bacteria 
per  field,  providing  the  cultures  are  negative 
to  streptococci  and  to  anaerobes.  No  doubt 
bacteriologic  indications  for  wound  clo- 
sure will  be  found  to  vary  with  times,  with 
regions  and  with  circumstances,  but  the 
general  basis  for  closures  has  been  well 
founded  on  broad  experience  and  thoro 
scientific  research.  The  recorded  and  the 
charted  data  of  bacteriologic  control  dis- 
play the  infectivity  of  the  wound  and  at  a 
glance  indicate  the  course  of  sterilization, 
whether  progressive,  retrogressive  or  sta- 
tionary. This  record  faithfully  kept  and 
charted  day  by  day  is  the  surgeon's  guide  in 
all  cases,  and  without  it  he  is  lost  and  pro- 
gressive sterilization  becomes  a  myth  in  his 
work. 

5.  Closure  is  surgical  rather  than  ex- 
pectant because  the  wound  can  be  made 
ready  far  short  of  the  time  necessary  for 
closure  to  be  effected  by  gpranulation.  It  is 
not  conformable  with  the  intent  of  the  treat- 
ment to  use  chemical  sterilization  methods 
week  in  and  week  out,  month  in  and  month 
out,  until  the  wound  finally  closes  by  its 
own  accord.  Such  a  consummation  is  ri- 
diculous and  rightly  puts  the  efforts  to 
scorn.  One  should  beware  of  masquerad- 
ing a  pretense  of  new  surgery  in  the  guise 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


780 


Dbcbmbke,  1919 


ORIQINAI.  ARTICLES 


AMBUCAN  MBDICnCB 


of  antiseptics  and  appliances;  the  whole 
adding  heavily  to  the  patient's  expense  and 
inconvenience  to  deliver  nothing  in  return 
except  the  old  surgical  results  as  heretofore. 
Results  must  be  new  in  kind.  Union  by 
secondary  intention  must  be  forestalled. 
Closure  by  suture  with  primary  union  must 
supplant  it,  with  a  material  shortening  of 
the  time  of  healing. 

Phlegmon. — ^The  principles  to  be  car- 
ried out  in  the  treatment  of  phlegmonous 
inflammation  are: 

(a)  limited  mechanical  cleansing, 

(b)  complete  exposure,  and 

(c)  chemical  sterilization. 

No  extensive  operation  should  be  under- 
taken in  a  case  of  phlegmon.  Thoro-going 
incisions,  multiple  in  character,  laying  open 
the  entire  phlegmonous  area  for  the  benefits 
of  drainage  and  of  chemical  contact  are  in- 
dicated. The  most  radical  surgery  for  the 
purpose  of  exposure,  and  the  most  limited 
surgery  of  a  general  operative  type  meet 
the  crisis  at  hand  best. 
•  Gas  Gangrenew^Gangrene  is  mentioned 
here  for  the  purpose  of  classification  only. 
It  is  beyond  the  purpose  of  this  paper  to  re- 
view the  treatment  of  special  infectious  dis- 
eases. The  principles  of  treatment  as  men- 
tioned under  "suppurating  wounds"  obtain 
here,  except  that  "closure"  does  not  apply 
under  any  circumstances  in  the  course  of 
gangrene.  A  gangrene  is  never  "clinically 
sterile"  until  it  is  unquestionably  bacterio- 
logically  sterile. 

ADDENDUM  ON  ANTISEPTICS. 

The  new  surgery  of  contaminated  and 
infected  wounds  has  developed  in  connec- 
tion with  "tryouts"  of  antiseptics,  and  close 
study  of  the  problem  connected  with  their 
successful  use.  When  successfully  em- 
ployed, when  wound  healing  was  satisfac- 


tory, it  has  been  presumed  to  be  incident  to 
therapeutic  value  in  the  antiseptic.  In  some 
instances  this  inference  has  been  altogether 
wrong,  and  in  others  partially  true.  These 
successes  have  been  due  wholly  or  in  part 
to  a  more  intelligent  and  a  more  intensive 
application  of  the  principles  of  surgery,  of 
bacteriology,  of  physiology,  and  of  nursing 
in  their  practical  bearing  on  the  treatment 
of  infected  wounds.  The  antiseptic  in  ques- 
tion has  never  been  more  than  a  contribut- 
ing factor  in  the  final  outcome.  However, 
it  has  been  fully  demonstrated  that  the  anti- 
septic is  often  indispensable  to  the  result. 
Those  who  propose  to  sterilize  infected 
wounds  without  antiseptics  may  succeed  in 
many  cases,  but  not  in  all.  Their  failures 
will  be  the  most  convincing  argument  in 
favor  of  the  intelligent  application  of  the 
principles  of  "chemical  cleansing."  On  the 
other  hand,  those  who  anchor  their  hope  of 
success  in  antiseptic  treatment  to  a  degree 
that  blinds  them  to  the  necessity  for  thoro 
"mechanical  cleansing"  on  a  new  surgical 
basis,  will  fall  short  of  the  most  uniformly 
good  results  within  their  grasp.  The  ideal 
of  the  surgeon  in  this  new  field  should  be  to 
make  the  utmost  use  of  every  great  princi- 
ple involved  in  the  therapy  and  not  to  allow 
himself  to  be  drawn  from  the  main  issue  by 
pitting  one  principle  against  another  to  see 
How  narrowly  he  may  be  able  to  escape  im- 
pending disaster. 

Requirements  of  Antiseptics* — ^The  re- 
quirements of  any  antiseptic  for  progpressive 
chemical  cleansing  are : 

(a)  antiseptic  power, 

(b)  nontoxicity,  and 

(c)  efficiency  in  vivo. 

The  older  antiseptics  fail  in  one  or  more 
of  these  particulars.  To  meet  these  require- 
ments diligent  research  has  been  conducted 
and  as  a  result  many  new  antiseptics  have 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Msdiczns 


ORIQINAI.  ARTICLB8 


December,  1919 


781 


been  introduced  into  practice.  Some  of 
them  have  had  a  transitory  popularity  while 
others  have  come  to  stay.  Among  the 
newer  antiseptics  that  have  been  well 
championed  are : 

Hypertonic  salt  solution  accorded  to 
Wright. 

Salt  ointment,  5%,  accorded  to  Sargent. 

Bismuth  subcarbonate,  iodoform,  paraf- 
fin ointment,  "Bipp"  accorded  to  Mor- 
rison., 

The  flavine  compounds,  accorded  to 
Browning, 

Eusol,  accorded  to  Edinberg,  and 

The  chlorine  group  antiseptics,  in  the 
forms  of 

(a)  Dakin's  solution,  of  sodium  hypo- 

chlorite, 

(b)  Chloramine    T    in    neutral    soap 

paste,  and 

(c)  Dichloramine  T  in  chlorinated 
liquid  paraffin,  "chlorcosane," 
accorded  to  Dakin. 

Dakin's  Solution. — Of  the  new  antisep- 
tics, those  of  the  chlorine  group  stand  out  as 
preeminently  useful,  and  of  them  all,  Da- 
kin's  solution  deservedly  ranks  first.  Its 
action  on  the  wound  is: 

(a)  antiseptic, 

(b)  solvent,  and 

(c)  oxidizing. 

It  is  also  antitoxic  to  toxin  of  bacillus 
Welchii  and  possibly  to  the  toxips  of  other 
organisms.  It  is  superior  as  a  chemical 
cleanser.  It  cleans  the  wound  quickly  of 
necrotic  tissues  and  of  sloughs,  and  cleans 
where  others  fail.  Chloramine  T  and 
dichloramine  T  are  to  be  preferred  in  am- 
bulant cases  where  wounds  are  fairly  free 
of  necrotic  elements,  and  superficial. 

''Carrel-Dakin''  Tcchnic— The  "Carrel- 
Dakin"  technic  in  the  use  of  Dakin's 
solution  is  the  criterion  by  which  other 
methods  of  using  it  must  be  judged.  The 
exhaustive  researches  and  broad  clinical  ex- 
perience of  Carrel  and  Dakin  and  of  their 
co-workers  have  established  the  value  of 


Dakin's  solution  and  standardized  the  tech- 
nic of  wound  sterilization  by  it.  This  is 
so  true  that  their  methods  will  be  the  pat- 
tern for  others  to  •  follow  in  the  steriliza- 
tion of  infected  wounds  for  some  years  to 
come.  Their  technic  is  a  systematic 
eflfort  to  adapt  every  feature  of  instillation 
timing  of  universal  contact,  and  of  chemical 
concentration,  to  the  progressive  steriliza- 
tion of  wounds  in  the  shortest  possible  time. 
The  instillations  are  timed  the  same,  day 
and  night,  for  infection  will  progress  as 
rapidly  at  night  as  in  the  day.  They  are 
given  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  two 
hours.  The  contact  of  all  wound  surfaces 
is  effected  by  adapting  the  preliminary  sur- 
gery to  the  requirements  of  the  treatment 
to  be  followed  by  the  appropriate  use  of  ap- 
paratus, and  by  immobilization  with  the  pa- 
tient in  bed.  The  concentration  of  the  Da- 
kin solution  when  it  reaches  the  surfaces  to 
be  sterilized  is  required  to  be  the  same  as 
it  is  in  the  reservoir.  To  attempt  to  carry 
out  the  "Carrel-Dakin"  treatment  with  the 
patient  ambulant  or  with  miscellaneous 
nursing  and  assistance  is  ridiculous. 

Princii^es  vs.  Antiseptics. — "Chemical 
sterilization"  is  only  one  feature  of  the 
''Carrel-Dakin"  treatment  for  it  compre- 
hends all  of  the  other  principles  of  the  new 
surgery  of  contaminated  and  infected 
wounds  as  set  forth  by  numerous  surgeons 
and  set  into  practice  by  each  in  his  own 
way.  Antiseptics  may  come  and  go,  methods 
and  technic  may  be  revolutionized  or  dis- 
carded altogether,  but  the  principles  of  the 
new  surgery  of  contaminated  and  infected 
wounds  will  abide  and  with  them  a  better 
future  for  the  affected. 

ADDENDUM  ON  TERMINOLOGY. 

Principles. — ^The  principles  of  treat- 
ment are  variously  grouped.     There  is  a 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


782 


Dbcembbb,  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLB8 


AllSBlCAN    MEDICINX 


tendency  to  place  them  under  two  heads, 
(1)  surgical  methods  and  (2)  progressive 
chemical  sterilization.  But  this  is  in  reality 
a  grouping  of  the  methods  of  procedure.  It 
is  not  a  statement  of  the  principles  underly- 
ing those  methods. 

Surgical  Methods  and  Princii^es. — Sur- 
gical methods  are  invoked  with  the  applica- 
tion of  all  of  the  principles  except  with 
that  of  bacteriologic  control.  Mechanical 
cleansing  is  effected  by  methods  that  are 
both  surgical  and  otherwise.  They  are  in 
part  operative,  in  part  common  manual 
such  as  any  intelligent  person  can  apply, 
and  in  part  physiologic  methods  as  by 
free  bleeding  and  the  early  exudation  of 
serum  in  the  wound.  Immobilization  brings 
in  the  methods  of  orthopedic  surgery. 
Chemical  cleansing  appeals  to  a  special  sur- 
gical knoVledge  and  skill  as  a  preliminary. 
Closure  in  this  line  of  treatment  always  re- 
fers to  surgical  closure  with  the  removal  of 
any  scar  tissue  that  may  have  grown  into 
the  wound. 

Chemical  Qeansing  and  Sterilisation. — 
The  term  "Progressive  chemical  steriliza- 
tion" is  not  an  equivalent  for  the  principle 
of  progressive  chemical  cleansing.  The 
word  "sterilization"  calls  attention  to  the 
antiseptic  power  of  the  cleanser  only.  As 
pointed  out  the  cleanser  must  be  more  than 
an  antiseptic.  It  is  called  on  to  finish  the 
cleansing  of  the  wound  from  sloughs, 
necrotic  tissue,  etc.,  which  mechanical 
methods  leave  incomplete. 

immobilisation. — Immobilization  is  a 
principle  as  well  as  a  method  of  treatment. 
It  is  here  placed  among  the  principles  of 
treatment  by  right  of  being  a  unique  and  in- 
dispensable element  of  success,  and  of  being 
applied  for  reasons  fundamentallly  different 
from  those  attaching  to  the  other  principles. 


THE    PHYSICIAN    AND   THE    NEW 

YORK  STATE  INCOME 

TAX  LAW. 


EUGENE  M.  TRAVIS,  State  ComptroUer, 
Albany,  N.  Y. 

Doctors  must  devote  so  much  time  in  the 
study  and  practice  of  their  calling  that  it 
is  quite  impossible  for  them  to  give  par- 
ticular attention  to  matters  outside  of  the 
profession.  This  situation  was  considered 
by  the  framers  of  the  New  York  State  In- 
come Tax  Law  and  a  law  has  been  framed 
taxing  personal  income  which  meets  the 
exigencies  demanding  the  enactment  of  the 
law,  and  is  in  simple  language  capable  of 
interpretation  without  deep  study.  All  that 
is  required  for  filling  out  a  return  is  atten- 
tion to  records  of  income  and  expenditures. 

The  increasing  cost  of  government,  and 
the  loss  of  approximately  twenty  million 
dollars  excise  revenue  brought  about  by 
the  ratification  of  the  National  Prohibition 
Amendment  presented  an  alarming  situa- 
tion in  the  financial  condition  of  the  state 
and  its  political  sub-divisions.  The  prob- 
lem was  rendered  more  difficult  when  it 
was  considered  that  real  property  was  al^ 
ready  carrying  a  heavy  burden  and  that 
system  of  personal  property  taxation  was 
being  inefficiently  administered.  Recognized 
taxation  experts  pi  national  prominence 
were  consulted  by  the  legislative  ccwnmit- 
tees  and  it  became  evident  that  a  tax  on  in- 
comes must  be  levied.  Not  only  was  this 
conclusion  inevitable,  but  the  method  was 
generally  recognized  as  the  most  evenly  dis- 
tributed form  of  taxation. 

The  State  Act  is  similar  to  the  Federal 
Income  Tax  statute,  but  the  rates  are  lower 
and  it  does  not  impose  surtaxes.  The  rates 
are  one  per  cent,  on  the  first  $10,000,  two 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMIRTCAN   MSDICINS 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Dbcsmbkb,  1919 


783 


per  cent,  on  the  next  $40,000  and  three  per 
cent,  on  all  sums  over  $50,000.  The  New 
York  State  law  affects  residents  and  non- 
residents who  have  income  from  sources 
within  the  state,  and  certain  estates  and 
trusts. 

Income  to  be  Reported  b^  a  Physician* 
— Fees  for  professional  services  whether 
received  in  cash  or  other  property  are  to 
be  reported  in  gross  income.  Other  returns 
should  be  included,  such  as  dividends,  in- 
terest and  profits  from  sale  of  real  and  per- 
sonal property.  Interest  on  bonds  issued 
by  the  U.  S.  Government,  the  State  of  New 
York  or  any  of  its  political  sub-divisions, 
as  well  as  gifts  and  devises  should  be  ex- 
cluded in  computing  gross  income. 

Gain  or  loss  on  property  acquired  before 
January  1,  1919,  is  found  by  the  difference 
between  the  amount  received  and  its  mar- 
ket value  on  January  1,  1919.  If  the  prop- 
erty were  acquired  after  January  1,  1919, 
gain  or  loss  is  shown  by  the  difference  be- 
tween the  amount  received  and  its  cost. 
For  example,  a  doctor  bought  an  automo- 
bile in  1918  for  $2,000  and  on  January  1, 
1919,  its  market  value  was  $1,500.  On 
June  1,  1919,  he  sold  it  for  $1,800.  His 
gain  or  net  income  from  this  transaction 
is  $300.  Cost  of  permanent  improvements 
should  be  added  to  the  market  value  or  cost, 
as  the  case  may  be,  to  determine  the  profit 
or  loss  on  the  sale. 

Deductions  for  Expenses. — ^The  items 
which  appear  to  be  most  troublesome  to  the 
doctor  are  expenses  which  he  may  deduct 
from  income.  This  is  true  especially  when 
his  office  and  residence  are  in  the  same 
dwelling,  and  when  he  uses  the  same  auto- 
mobile for  professional  calls  and  for  his 
family. 

The  Comptroller  has  ruled  that  a  doc- 
tor may  subtract  the  cost  of  supplies  used 


in  the  practice  of  his  profession,  expenses 
paid  in  operating  and  repair  of  an  auto- 
mobile used  for  professional  calls,  dues  to 
professional  associations  and  subscriptions 
to  professional  journals.  In  addition  to 
these,  the  doctor  may  charge  off  ordinary 
and  necessary  expenses  of  his  business, 
such  as  light,  fuel,  telephone,  cleaning  and 
hire  of  office  assistants.  There  is  a  distinc- 
tion between  business  expenses  and  certain 
other  expenditures  which  are  not  deduct- 
ible. Books,  professional  instruments  and 
equipment  of  a  permanent  nature  are  cap- 
ital investments  and  are  not  allowed  as 
business  expenses.  However,  deductions 
may  be  made  for  their  depreciation. 

This,  in  a  general  way,  outlines  deducti- 
ble expenses  incurred  by  a  doctor  and  the 
same  principles  apply  to  all  other  profes- 
sions. Briefly,  all  expenses  connected  di- 
rectly and  solely  with  the  conducting  of 
an  income  producing  business,  trade,  pro- 
fession or  vocation  are  allowable  deduc- 
tions. 

A  doctor  rented  a  house  and  used  a  por- 
tion of  it  for  his  office  and  laboratory,  and 
he  and. his  family  occupied  the  other  part 
as  a  residence.  According  to  the  rule,  he 
may  deduct  as  an  expense  the  proportion 
of  the  rent  paid  for  use  of  office  room  and 
laboratory,  but  the  balance  which  repre- 
sents the  rent  for  use  of  part  of  dwelling 
occupied  by  the  family  is  not  a  deductible 
item,  as  it  is  a  personal,  family  or  living 
expense.  The  same  principle  applies  to 
the  cost  of  maintenance  of  the  automobile, 
which  the  doctor  uses  for  making  profes- 
sional calls  and  also  for  the  convenience  of 
his  family.  That  is,  he  may  deduct  such 
a  proportion  of  this  expense  as  can  be  prop- 
erly set  aside  to  its  use  for  professional 
purposes.  Likewise,  expenditures  may  be 
deducted  for  light,    fuel,    telephone,    etc.. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


?84 


Dbcbmbbb^  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


AlCBRICAN   MBDICIKS 


which  can  be  allocated  to  their  use  for 
purely  professional  purposes. 

Personal  Exemptions. — Recognition  is 
made  of  certain  expenses  payable  by  in- 
dividuals and  these  payments  are  offset  by 
personal  exemptions  to  be  deducted  from 
net  income. 

An  unmarried  man  is  allowed  $1,000,  as 
a  personal  exemption  or  if  he  is  married 
and  living  apart  from  his  wife.  A  married 
man  living  with  his  wife  or  with  wife  in 
a  sanatorium,  is  allowed  $2,000  exemption. 

Each  taxpayer,  whether  married  or  not, 
is  allowed  an  additional  exemption  of  $200 
for  each  dependent  under  eighteen  years  of 
age,  or  incapable  of  self-support  by  reason 
of  mental  or  physical  disability,  and  solely 
dependent  upon  him  for  support.  The 
State  Comptroller  has  ruled  that  the  exemp- 
tion shall  be  granted  in  the  highest  class 
to  which  he  would  have  been  entitled  dur- 
ing the  year.  For  instance,  a  doctor  is  mar- 
ried on  New  Year's  Eve,  hence  his  status 
as  a  married  man  entitled  him  to  $2,000 
personal  exemption  or  the  division  of  it 
between  himself  and  his  wife,  if  she  make 
a  separate  return.  If  during  the  following 
year  a  child  is  born,  his  status  that  year 
would  entitle  him  to  $2,200  personal  ex- 
emption. Suppose  on  December  31  his  wife 
and  child  died,  this  would  not  effect  his 
personal  exemption  for  that  year. 

Army  Pay  not  Taxed. — ^A  number  of 
physicians  served  in  the  U.  S.  Army  dur- 
ing the  year  1919,  and  a  number  are  en- 
gaged in  making  examinations  for  the  Bu- 
reau of  War  Risk  Insurance.  This  income 
is  excluded  from  taxation,  but  the  amount 
received  from  the  government  must  be  set 
off  against  the  personal  exemption  allowed 
the  taxpayer. 

A  doctor  receives  $2,000  from  the  U.  S. 
Government  and  is  entitled  to  $2,400  per- 


sonal exemption.  His  U.  S.  salary  was 
$2,000.  He  is  entitled  to  deduct  but  $400 
frcmi  his  net  income. 

Doctors  are  called  upon  frequently  for 
gifts  to  charitable  institutions.  These  con- 
tributions are  deductible  to  the  extent  of 
15  per  cent,  of  the  net  income  and  the  de- 
ductions are  limited  to  contributions  made 
to  corporations  organized  under  New  York 
laws.  "Gross  Income,"  "Net  Income"  and 
"Taxable  Income"  refer  to  the  steps  taken 
in  omitting  and  including  items  to  deter- 
mine the  amount  on  which  the  tax  is  to 
be  paid.  The  meaning  of  these  terms  can 
be  best  explained  by  the  following  illustra- 
tion: A  doctor  received,  during  1919,  an 
income  of  $12,000,  which  included  $2,000 
interest  from  liberty  bonds.  His  gross  in- 
come is  $10,000.  He  has  deductible  busi- 
ness expenses  of  $2,000  and  an  uninsured 
fire  loss  of  $500,  both  totaling  $2,500,  which 
subtracted  from  gross  income  leaves  $7,500 
net  income.  The  doctor  is  married  and  has 
three  dependent  children  under  eighteen, 
which  entitles  him  to  $2,600  personal  ex- 
emption. The  balance,  $4,900,  is  taxable 
income,  the  rate  being  one  per  cent.  The 
doctor  pays  the  State  Comptroller  $49  tax. 

Administration  of  die  Tax. — ^Tax  re- 
turns must  be  filed  and  the  tax  paid  at 
any  district  office  of  State  Income  Tax  Bu- 
reau or  the  State  Comptroller  at  Albany, 
not  later  than  March  15,  1920.  An  exten- 
sion of  time  to  file  the  return' may  be  grant- 
ed in  the  discretion  of  the  Comptroller  un- 
der certain  circumstances.  Penalties  are 
imposed  for  failure  to  make  a  return  and 
for  evasion  of  the  tax.  Employees  of  the 
Comptroller's  office  are  forbidden  under 
penalty  to  divulge  contents  of  a  return. 
Further  information  may  be  obtained  from 
the  District  offices  of  the  Income  Tax  Bu- 
reau, located  at  Ajlbany,  New  York  City, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mbdicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLB8 


Dbcbmbbr,  1919 


785 


Brooklyn,  Bronx,  Jamaica,  White  Plains, 
Buffalo,  Rochester,  Syracuse,  Utica,  EI- 
mira,  Binghamton  and  Kingston. 


THE  TREATMENT  OF  PNEUMONIA. 

BY 

M.  FORD  MORRIS,  JR..  M.  D.. 

Instructor  in  Medicine  in  the  School  of  Med- 
icine of  Emory  'University,  Visiting  Physician 
to  the  Anti-Tuberculosis  Association. 

Atlanta,  Qeorgia. 

Probably  ever  since  time  began,  pneu- 
monia has  claimed  a  dreadful  toll  of  lives. 
Even  tho,  during  these  many  centuries, 
much  progress  has  been  made  in  the  treat- 
ment of  this  very  fatal  disease,  pneumonia 
still  remains  the  "Captain  of  the  Men  of 
Death."  Therefore  it  behooves  us  to  keep 
ourselves  thoroly  familiar  with  every  ad- 
vance in  therapy,  as  well  as  the  older  symp- 
tomatic treatment  Since  the  publication 
of  a  previous  paper(l),  there  has  not  been 
any  great  addition  to  our  therapeutic 
knowledge.  However,  with  the  approach 
of  winter,  it  is  advisable  to  review  the  best 
of  the  present-day  methods  of  treatment. 
It  seems  best  to  discuss  the  subject  as  fol- 
lows: 

1.  Prophylactic^ — Good  food,  plenty 
of  sleep,  an  abundance  of  fresh  air,  proper 
ckrthing,  a  cool  sponge  bath  every  morning 
— in  short,  all  measures  which  keep  indi- 
vidual resistance  at  a  high  level — ^are  of 
value.  The  administration  of  a  vaccine 
composed  of  pneumococci  of  types  I,  II, 
III,  and  of  hemolytic  streptococci  seems  to 
be  well  worth  while.  Kolmer  and  Stein- 
feld(2)  recommend  a  prophylactic  mouth- 
wash of  ethylhydrocuprein  (1  to  10,000) 
solution  in  liquor  thymolis  and  the  same 
drug  or  quinine  itself  in  Dobell's  solution 


as  a  nasal  douche.  The  administration  of 
antistreptococcus  serum  to  all  cases  of 
measles  will  prevent  many  of  the  dreadful 
pneumonic  sequelae  of  this  very  common 
disease.  When  absolute  isolation  of  each 
pneumonia  patient  is  impossible,  the  plac- 
ing of  screens,  at  least  eight  feet  in  height, 
around  each  patient  will  aid  materially  in 
stopping  the  spreading  of  this  disease. 

2.  Hygienic — ^The  patient  should  be 
isolated  in  a  light,  airy  room  which  is  de- 
void of  all  unnecessary  furniture  and  which 
has  the  temperature  of  the  outside  air.  The 
patient  should  have  just  enough  bed-cover- 
ing to  keep  him  comfortable,  and  he  should 
have  no  draught  blowing  on  him.  Absolute 
mental  and  physical  rest,  as  well  as  expert 
nursing,  are  imperative.  The  diet  should 
consist  of  easily-digested,  easily-assimi- 
lated, non-fermentative  foods  of  high 
caloric  value,  given  in  small  amounts  every 
two  or  three  hours.  The  patient  should 
drink  freely  of  water,  and  he  or  she  should 
have  an  abundance  of  fresh  air. 

3.  Ssmiptoiiiatic. — An  initial  chill  may 
be  lessened  by  the  administration  of  hot 
drinks  and  the  application  of  hot  water 
bottles.  Three  or  four  gprains  of  calomel 
should  be  given  soon  after  the  patient  is 
first  seen.  The  fever  usually  requires  no 
treatment ;  but  if  the  temperature  is  above 
104**F.,  a  cool  sponge  bath  is  in  order.  In 
case  the  patient  has  any  serious  cardiac  dis- 
turbance, he  will  react  better  to  a  warm 
sponge  bath.  A  frequent  painful  cough 
calls  for  the  administration  of  either  heroin 
or  codeine.  In  bronchopneumonia,  the 
use  of  expectorants  is  of  much  value;  this 
statement  holds  true  sometimes  also  in  the 
third  stage  of  lobar  pneumonia.  Probably 
the  best  drug  for  this  purplbse  is  ammonium 
chloride,  which  is  best  given  with  licorice 
or  the  syrup  of  citric  acid.     Strapping  the 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


786 


Dbcbmbbr,  1919 


ORIOINAI«  ARTICUBS 


AMSRICAN    MSDICIKB 


affected  side  with  adhesive  plaster  and  the 
administration  of  codeine  or  morphine  will 
control  the  pain  of  an  accompanying  pleu- 
risy. The  application  of  mustard  plasters 
or  kaolin  to  the  skin  of  the  chest  is  appar- 
ently of  no  value ;  in  fact,  "the  notion  that 
the  course  of  an  acute  infective  inflamma- 
tion in  the  alveoli  can  be  modified  by  doing 
something  to  the  skin  of  the  chest  is  path- 
ologically untrue  and  .  physiologically  im- 
possible" (3).  The  toxemia  can  be  partly 
overcome  by  plenty  of  fresh  air  and  water ; 
at  least  three  pints  of  water  should  be  taken 
daily  by  the  patient,  either  by  the  mouth, 
by  the  rectal  drip,  by  hypodermoclysis,  or 
by  intravenous  administration. 

Abdominal  distention  is  best  relieved  by 
the  hypodermic  administration  of  pituitrin 
or  eserine  sulphate  and  by  the  use  of  tur- 
pentine stupes  and  asafetida  enemata.  Of 
course,  the  omission  from  the  diet  of  any 
food  that  is  causing  distention  is  necessary. 
The  mild  types  of  delirium  call  for  the  ap- 
plication of  the  ice-cap  to  the  head  and  for 
the  administration  of  a  bromide  in  20  grain 
doses  every  three  hours.  The  more  severe 
types  of  delirium  require  the  use  of  mor- 
phine. The  cyanosis  of  some  cases  can  be 
overcome  by  the  inhalation  of  oxygen  for 
five  or  ten  minutes  each  half  hour;  at  the 
same  time,  the  heart  should  receive  atten- 
tion. 

The  heart  muscle  early  becomes  affected 
by  the  pneumonia  poisons,  with  the  result 
that  cardiac  medication  is  practically  al- 
ways necessary.  Digitalis  is  the  drug 
usually  indicated ;  and  the  tincture  seems  to 
be  about  as  good  as  any  other  preparation. 
It  is  necessary  to  use  an  active  solution; 
and  if  no  effect  is  obtained,  the  dose  is 
either  too  small  or  else  the  preparation  is 
inactive.  A  dose  of  20  or  30  drops  every 
four  hours  will  soon  get  the  pulse  rate 


under  control.  However,  one  should  not 
hesitate  to  give  larger  doses,  if  such  doses 
are  necessary.  Digitalis  should  be  stopped 
when  the  pulse  rate  gets  down  to  80,  or 
with  the  onset  of  sudden  anorexia,  vomit- 
ing, diarrhea,  a  decrease  in  urinary  output, 
or  extra-systoles.  Caffeine  and  sodium 
benzoate  is  an  excellent  stimulant ;  also  the 
compound  spirit  of  ether  and  the  aromatic 
spirit  of  ammonia  are  rapidly  diffusible 
stimulants.  Camphor  in  oil  is  slower,  but 
quite  powerful.  In  collapse,  atropine  is 
very  valuable.  Strophanthin,  or  ouabain, 
given  intravenously,  is  probably  the  most 
powerful  stimulant  of  cardiac  muscle;  but 
it  is  dangerous  to  give  this  drug  soon  after 
digitalis  therapy.  When  the  heart  is  labor- 
ing against  increased  peripheral  resistance 
occasioned  by  the  contraction  of  the  arteri- 
oles, or  when  the  blood  pressure  in  an  ar- 
teriosclerotic patient  is  ascending  to  unsafe 
heights,  nitroglycerine  should  be  given. 
The  blood  pressure  should  be  taken  regu- 
larly and  frequently.  Hypotension  calls 
for  the  administration  of  adrenalin  and 
pituitrin,  in  addition  to  digitalis. 

Empyema,  altho  it  is  not  a  symptom,  oc- 
curs frequently  enough  to  warrant  its  con- 
sideration here.  It  seems  best  to  aspirate 
the  pus  daily,  and  at  the  conclusion  of  each 
aspiration,  to  inject  into  the  pus  cavity  one 
or  two  ounces  of  a  surgical  solution  of 
chlorinated  soda  (4)  ;  and  to  do  a  late  in- 
stead of  early  operation,  when  operation  is 
necessary. 

4.  Immunotherapeutic — (a)  Lobar 
pneumonia. — Cole  and  Dochez(5)  have 
found  that  pneumococci  are  of  four  dis- 
tinct types  (I,  II,  III,  IV)  and  that,  so 
far  as  specific  therapy  is  concerned,  pneu- 
monia is  caused  by  four  different  organ- 
isms ;  the  Types  I  and  II  are  the  most  prev- 
alent, and  that  each  of  these  types  yields  a 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBRICAN    MBDXCINB 


ORIOINAI«  ARTICUBB 


Dbgbmbbr,  1919 


787 


protective  antipneumococcus  serum,  that  of 
Type  I  being  much  more  potent.  These 
two  scientists  found  it  impossible  to  treat 
pneumonia  caused  by  either  Type  III  or  IV, 
because  in  one  type  the  organisms  are  of 
distinct  varieties  and  the  other  type  does 
not  yield  an  immune  serum.  But  there  is 
much  consolation  in  the  fact  that  infection 
by  either  Type  III  or  IV  is  relatively  slight 
and  rarely  fatal.  In  all  cases  studied  by 
Cole  and  Dochez,  "the  serum  had  an  ulti- 
mate favorable  effect  in  lowering  the  tem- 
perature and  shortening  the  course  of  the 
disease."  In  all  cases,  one  injection  was 
sufficient  to  render  the  blood  sterile. 

The  particular  type  of  causative  organ- 
ism is  determined  by  the  agglutination  test 
or  Blake's  precipitin  test  (6)  on  a  culture 
obtained  either  from  the  blood,  sputum 
coughed  from  the  lung,  or  directly  from  the 
lung  by  means  of  a  needle  inserted  into  it. 
If  the  causative  organism  belongs  to  either 
Type  I  or  II,  the  treatment,  with  the  appro- 
priate serum  in  doses  of  50  to  100  c.  c. 
diluted  one-half  with  normal  saline  solu- 
tion, injected  into  a  suitable  vein,  is  begun 
immediately.  The  condition  of  the  patient 
is  used  as  a  guide  to  further  treatment, 
the  total  amount  of  serum  used  is  from  190 
to  700  c.  c.  and  the  dose  should  not  ordi- 
narily be  repeated  within  12  hours  of  the 
preceding  one. 

(b)  Bronchopneumonia. — As  soon  as 
the  causative  organism  can  be  determined 
by  culture  of  the  blood,  sputum,  or  by  lung 
puncture,  immunotherapeutic  treatment 
may  be  advisable.  If  the  streptococcus  is 
the  cause,  the  intravenous  administration 
of  antistreptococci  serum  is  in  order.  If 
the  pneumococcus  is  the  cause,  serum  of 
that  kind  should  be  given.  In  influenza 
pneumonia,  the  use  of  serum  obtained  from 
convalescent   influenza-pneumonia   patients 


has  been  tried,  but  did  not  yield  much  suc- 
cess. In  the  treatment  of  bronchopneu- 
monia, the  use  of  sera  has  been  of  far  less 
value  than  in  lobar  pneumonia. 

**The  status  of  vaccination  in  pneumonia, 
both  prophylactic  and  curative,  is  still  very 
doubtful — and  the  evidence  of  clinicians  in 
favor  of  vaccination  as  a  therapeutic  meas- 
ure is  insufficient  to  overthrow  the  general 
scientific  arguments  against  the  procedure." 

Hiss (7)  reports  very  good  results  in  the 
treatment  of  pneumonia  with  an  extract  of 
leucocytes  obtained  from  rabbits,  in  doses 
of  20  to  60  c.  c.  q  4  h. 

5.  Chemothempyd — ^At  the  present 
time,  quinine  and  its  derivatives  are  the 
nearest  approaches  to  a  specific  chemical 
remedy,  in  pneumococcus  pneumoniae.  In 
1901,  Petzold  (8)  used  quinine  hydrochlo- 
rate  hypodermically  and  considered  it  a 
specific. .  Later,  Henry  (9)  enthusiastically 
reported  using  quinine  hydrochlorosulphate 
on  account  of  its  greater  solubility,  hypo- 
dermically. 

In  1912,  Cohen  (10)  reported  his  use  of  a 
50  per  cent,  solution  in  water  of  quinine 
and  urea,  given  into  the  muscles,  in  doses 
totaling  90  to  150  grains  within  48  to  60 
hours,  without  cinchonism.  As  a  result  of 
this  form  of  treatment,  the  symptoms  are 
favorably  changed,  but  the  physical  signs 
are  uninfluenced.  In  a  later  paper (11), 
this  same  author  asserts  his  belief  that  qui- 
nine and  its  congeners  are  antitoxics  or  anti- 
dotes to  the  pneumococcic  toxins;  that 
often  one  dose  is  sufficient  to  insure  re- 
covery. In  other  cases,  however,  he  says 
that  the  quinine  and  urea  must  be  supple- 
mented by  heart  stimulants.  When  the 
temperature  is  over  103°  F.,  he  gives,  either 
orally  or  intramuscularly,  7j/2  to  15  grains 
every  3  hours  until  the  temperature  is  re- 
duced  to    102.2° F.     Commenting   oh   this 


Digitized  by 


Google 


788 


Dbcembbr,  1919 


ORIOINAL.  ARTICLB8 


AKlBXOAIf  MH>ioiiai 


quinine  and  urea  treatment,  Billings  (12) 
says  the  effect  is  solely  from  the  quinine, 
which,  if  given  in  sufficiently  large  doses, 
will  lower  febrile  temperature,  but  advises 
against  combating  high  temperature  in 
pneumonia  with  antipyretics. 

At  present  ethylhydrocuprein,  a  synthetic 
quinine-like  substance,  seems  to  be  the  best 
chemical  agent  in  treating  lobar  pneumonia. 
Ethylhydrocuprein  was  probably  first  used 
by  Morgenroth  and  Levy (13)  while  they 
were  working  with  various  derivatives  of 
quinine.  Cole  (14)  says  that  this  sub- 
stance is  150  times  as  strong  as  quinine, 
and  that  it  has  the  power,  even  in  the  dilu- 
tion of  1  to  5,000,000,  of  killing  pneu- 
mococci  in  the  test  tube,  and  that  it  seems 
to  be  effective  against  all  types  of  pneu- 
mococci. 

Both  Wright (15)  andFrankel(16)  noted 
several  cases  of  transitory  amblyopia  fol- 
lowing its  use,  and  the  former  was  imable 
to  observe  any  therapeutic  effects  what- 
ever. Also  Stuhmer(17)  has  reported  a 
case  of  transitory  total  amaurosis  following 
a  total  of  2.25  grams  administered  within 
48  hours.  These  ill  effects  are  probably 
due  to  the  facts  that  the  therapeutic  dose 
is  very  near  the  toxic  dose,  and  that  these 
patients  received  too  large  a  dose. 

In  a  series  of  20  cases,  Becher(18)  ob- 
tained most  excellent  results.  He  found 
that,  when  the  drug  was  begun  on  the  first 
day  of  the  disease,  the  average  time  until 
the  disappearance  of  fever  was  lyi  days; 
when  begun  on  the  second  day,  it  was  a 
little  over  3j4  days — the  time  growing 
longer  the  later  in  the  disease  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  drug  was  started.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  prompt  reduction  of  fever, 
Becher  notes  that  the  drug  lessened  the 
number  and  frequency  of  complications 
and  averted  serious  cardiac  manifestations. 


The  untoward  symptoms  affect  the  eyes 
and  ears  particularly,  and  sometimes  mani- 
fest themselves  in  nausea  and  vomiting. 

Baerman(19)  who  gave  the  drug  in  an 
oily  suspension,  thinks  that  this  agent  has 
an  unmistakable  curative  action  in  pneu- 
monia, especially  when  combined  with  im- 
mune serum. 

Chesn.ey(20)  declares  that  a  bactericidal 
action  for  pneumococci  can  be  secured  in 
the  blood  stream  of  patients  if  the  patients 
are  given  0.024  gram  of  ethylhydrocuprein 
per  kilogpram  of  body  weight,  per  24  hours. 
If  at  first  a  large  dose  is  given  and  followed 
at  intervals  of  not  more  than  three  hours, 
by  smaller  doses,  the  appearance  of  this 
bactericidal  action  may  be  hastened. 

Both  Chesney  and  Cole  recommend  an 
initial  dose  of  7  or  8  grains,  followed  every 
two  hours  by  2  J4  grain  doses.  Becher  gives 
4  grains  every  four  hours.  The  oral  ad- 
ministration of  the  hydrochloride  has  given 
the  best  results. 

"Of  things,  some  are  in  our  power,  and 
some  are  not"  beginneth  the  Enchiridion 
of  Epictetus.  Surely  this  is  true  in  the 
treatment  of  pneumonia.  When  we  have 
done  so  much,  we  have  about  exhaused  all 
our  therapeutic  resources.  Then,  all  we 
can  do  is  to  watch  and  wait,  and  hope  that 
the  fateful  summons  to  cross  the  dreary 
river  of  death  will  not  come  to  her  or  him 
o'er  whom  we  watch. 

Rkfebencbs. 

1.  Morris,  M.  P.,  Jr.:  Medical  Record,  Octo- 
ber 6,  1917. 

2.  KoLMER  and  Stein felp:  JowmaX  A.  M.  A., 
January  5,  1918. 

8.  Pye-Smith  and  Beddard:  In  Allbutt  and 
Rott€8ton*8  System  of  Medicine,  2nd  £3di- 
tlon.  V,  241. 

4.  Mann,  A.  T.:  Transactions  of  8o.  Dakota 
State  Medical  Asso.,  1918. 

5.  Cole  and  Doohez:  **Pneumoooccic  Infec- 
tions''* in  Forchheimer's  Therapeutics, 
Volume  V. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambrican  Mboicinb 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLBS 


December^  1919 


789 


6.  Blake,   F.    O.:    Journal  of  Experimental 
Medicine,  July,  1917. 

7.  Hiss,   W.:    Journal  of  Medical  Research, 
1913,  XIX  385. 

8.  Petzold:    Deutsch,   Arch,   fur   klin.   Med,, 
Band  70,  Hefte  30-31,  1901. 

9.  Henbt:  Phila,  !Medioal  Journal,  February 
14,  1903. 

10.  Cohen,  S.  Sous:  Smer,  Jour,  of  the  Med. 
Sciences,  January,  1912. 

11.    :  N.  Y.  Medical  Journal,  June  3, 

1916. 

12.  Billings,   F.:     Practical  Medicine  Series, 
1917,  I.  100. 

13.  MoBGENBOTH     and     Levy:      Berliner-klin. 
WocK,  1911,  II.  1660,  1979. 

14.  Cole:    Penn.   Medical  Journal,    February, 
1917. 

15.  Wright,  A.:   Lancet,  1912,  II.  1633,  1701. 

16.  Frankel:  Berliner-klin.  Woch.,  1912. 

17.  Stuhmeb,    a.:    Medizinische    Klinik,    De- 
cember 3,  1916. 

18.  Becheb,  E.:  IJM.,  October  29,  1916. 

19.  Baebhan:     Zeitsch.    f.    exper.    Path.    u. 
Therap.,  1914,  I.  476. 

20.  Chesney,  a.  M.:  Jour,  of  the  Amer.  Med. 
Asso.,  January  13,  1917. 


MULTIPLE     ARTHRITIS     OF     OB- 
SCURE  ORIGIN.' 

BY 

VIRGIL  E.   SIMPSON,  M.   D.. 
Louisville,  Kentucky. 

The  subject  of  this  report  is  a  man  thirty- 
eight  years  of  age,  the  father  of  three  liv- 
ing children.  For  the  past  fifteen  years  he 
has  had  on  his  mind  the  responsibility  of  a 
large  business  enterprise  to  which  he  has 
devoted  close  attention  and  in  consequence 
has  taken  little  or  no  recreation. 

In  March,  1919,  the  patient  had  what  was 
supposed  to  be  a  mild  attack  of  influenza. 
He  was  not  under  my  observation  at  that 
time,  but  the  probability  is  he  was  not  in  a 
highly  resistant  state.  His  attack  of  influenza 
was  presumed  to  have  been  mild  in  char- 
acter, but  examination  by  an  eve,  ear,  nose 
and  throat  specialist  revealed  that  some  of 
the  accessory  sinuses  were  involved  accord- 
ing to  the  patient's  statement.  However, 
early  in  May  he  consulted  another  eye,  ear, 
nose  and  throat  specialist  who  was  certain 
his  sinuses  were  clear. 

During  the  latter  part  of  May,  he  began 

*  Case  report  before  the  Society  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons,  of  Louisville,  Kentucky,  Novem- 
ber 20.  1919. 


to  suffer  pain  and  swelling;  about  the  meta- 
tarso-phalangeal  joints  of  both  feet.  The 
process  extended  rather  rapidly  and  suc- 
cessively involved  the  ankles,  the  lower 
legs,  the  joints  of  the  hands  (particularly 
the  right)  and  wrists ;  he  also*  had  pain  in 
the  dbow  and  shoulder  joints  but  no  swel- 
ling. He  was  at  different  times  under  the 
care  of  two  prominent  physicians  in  Louis- 
ville with  no  improvement. 

His  condition  became  sufficiently  serious 
in  July  as  to  cause  him  to  quit  work,  at 
which  time  he  came  under  my  observation. 
He  had  then  been  away  from  his  business 
about  a  week.  His  temperature  and  pulse 
were  about  normal;  blood  pressure  130 
mm.  Hg.  Blood  examination  showed  leu- 
cocytes eight  thousand,  hemoglobin  eighty 
per  cent.,  er)rthroc)rtes  four  million  plus. 

At  my  first  visit  the  additional  history 
was  obtained  that  the  patient  had  suffered 
from  some  gastrointestinal  disturbance  in 
1916;  that  he  had  been  operated  upon  by  a 
Louisville  surgeon  for  gastroptosis  the 
stomach  having  been  "hitched  up  in  correct 
position";  that  at  the  same  time  his  ap- 
pendix which  was  perfectly  normal  had 
been  removed,  and  strange  to  relate  he  sur- 
vived the  surgical  insult ! 

I  examined  this  man  carefully,  and  noted 
that  several  of  his  teeth  were  sensitive  to 
touch  with  a  probe.  Attention  had  not 
hitherto  been  attracted  to  his  teeth ;  he  had 
not  suffered  from  toothache  altho  pyorrhea 
alveolaris  was  marked  around  several  lower 
and  one  or  two  upper  teeth.  Some  of  his 
teeth  had  been  filled  and  others  needed 
dental  attention.  On  this  basis  I  suggested 
that  the  arthritis  was  in  all  probability  due 
to  focal  infection,  and  that  it  was  my  belief 
his  teeth  were  responsible  as  no  other  pos- 
sible source  of  infection  could  be  found. 
I  therefore  advised  that  he  have  the  mouth 
and  jaws  examined  by  an  expert  roentgenol- 
ogist. He  was  accordingly  taken  to  the 
office  of  a  dentist  who  makes  a  specialty 
of  exodontry  and  roentgenologic  work.  The 
Roentgen  ray  showed  abscesses  at  the  roots 
of  the  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  molars  on 
the  right  side,  and  two  teeth  under  these 
three  were  similarly  involved.  The  right 
upper  incisor  tooth  showed  what  the  dentist 
called  a  "granuloma"  at  the  root.  Extrac- 
tion of  the  diseased  teeth  was  recommended 
and  done  a  few  days  later  at  the  Norton 
Infirmary  with  thoro  curettage  of  the  ab- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


790 


Dbcbmbib«  1919 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLB8 


Ambrican  Mboicinb 


scess  cavities.  Recovery  was  uneventful 
from  the  extraction  and  curettement,  the 
wound  being  kept  open  for  five  weeks  be- 
fore it  was  allowed  to  heal. 

Since  that  time  the  sinuses  have  again 
been  examined  with  negative  result;  his 
blood  has  been  again  cultured  with  an  ab- 
solutely negative  result ;  the  Widal  reaction 
is  negative;  Wassermann  negative;  ex- 
amination of  the  genitourinary  tract  nega- 
tive and  the  man  has  a  negative  venereal 
history. 

Five  weeks  ago,  for  the  first  time,  one  of 
the  joints  began  to  fill  with  fluid,  i.  e.,  the 
left  knee.  It  filled  rather  rapidly,  and 
three  days  later  several  cubic  centimeters 
of  fluid  withdrawn  by  aspiration  was  sub- 
mitted to  the  laboratory  for  examination 
hoping  the  responsible  microorganism  might 
be  located.  Again  to  our  surprise  the  cul- 
ture was  negative. 

Since  July  this  man  has  spent  two  weeks 
at  Martinsville,  Indiana ;  he  has  grown  pro- 
gressively worse  and  is  at  present  again  at 
the  Springs  on  his  own  volition.  Dr.  C.  W. 
Dowden  saw  him  with  me  in  consultation 
two  weeks  ago,  and  he  suggested  possibly 
there  was  an  underlying  gouty  condition. 
We  accordingly  made  another  examina- 
tion of  the  blood  for  urea  and  uric  acid, 
with  negative  results. 

I  do  not  know  the  cause  of  the  multiple 
arthritis  in  this  case.  The  man's  tonsils 
are  apparently  normal ;  there  seems  no  rea- 
son for  suspecting  the  tonsils  as  the  focus 
of  infection  as  they  are  not  enlarged  nor 
are  there  any  adhesions  at  the  pillars.  Cer- 
tain joints  which  are  painful  and  swollen 
today  may  two  days  later  be  free  from  pain 
with  absolutely  no  impairment  of  function. 
In  fact,  functional  impairment  occurs  only 
during  an  acute  attack  of  pain.  As  soon 
as  pain  subsides  joint  function  is  com- 
pletely restored.  The  joints  have  been  re- 
peatedly examined  by  the  Roentgen  ray  and 
the  bones  found  normal.  The  man's  tem- 
perature thruout  has  remained  about  QP^'F. 

Of  course  it  is  well  recognized  that  mul- 
tiple arthritis  may  have  its  origin  in  focal 
infection.  It  is  also  true  that  the  primary 
cause  of  the  trouble  may  be  completely  re- 
moved and  yet  pathology  in  one  or  many 
joints  may  persist.  However,  it  would 
seem  that  in  a  case  such  as  this,  where  the 
joint  pathology  has  persisted  since  removal 
of  the  primary  cause  which  was  presum- 


ably located  in  the  teeth,  'there  should  be 
impairment  of  function  in  the  involved 
joints.  I  cannot  conceive  of  any  disease 
which  might  act  as  a  secondary  focus  with- 
out impairment  of  function. 

So  far  as  metabolic  disturbances  are  con- 
cerned I  can  conceive  of  but  one  condition 
which  might  result  in  multiple  arthritis  and 
that  is  gout.  Any  disease  due  to  faulty 
metabolism  which  manifests  itself  primarily 
in  the  joints  of  the  feet,  with  subsequent 
involvement  of  other  joints  and  persisting 
for  six  months,  must  eventually  show  some 
evidence  on  blood  examination,  such  as  in- 
crease in  the  amount  of  urea  and  uric  acid, 
and  there  will  also  be  angulation  from  uric 
acid  deposits  which  can  be  clinically  demon- 
strated. 

This  patient  has  no  uric  acid  deposits, 
and  blood  examination  shows  the  excretion 
of  urea  to  be  practically  normal  in  percent- 
age. Roentgen-ray  examination  shows 
that  the  joints  are  perfectly  normal. 


The  Work  of  American  Physicians  in 
Local  Ezaminating  Boards* — ''In  the 
work  done  by  the  medical  profession  in 
the  war,  one  cannot  pass  by  that  accom- 
plished in  examining  the  young  men  drafted 
into  the  army.  This  work  of  the  local 
boards  was  not  done  by  picked  specialists 
or  by  men  previously  trained  for  it.  The 
physicians  of  the  boards  were  at  first  usu- 
ally the  county  and  city  physicians  appointed 
by  the  local  sheriflF,  and  the  figures  form  an 
interesting  study.  Of  the  10,000,000 
(9,952,735)  called  and  registered,  6,750,- 
000  (6,744,289)  were  not  examined.  Of 
the  one-third  who  were  examined — ^that  is, 
of  the  3,208,448—70.4  per  cent,  were  found 
to  be  fully  qualified,  while  29.6  per  cent, 
were  found  physically  to  be  totally  or  par- 
tially disqualified.  Of  the  2,124,293  who 
were  sent  by  the  local  boards  to  the  camps 
and  were  there  subjected  to  the  careful  and 
minute  examination  of  experts,  91.9  per 
cent,  were  accepted  and  only  8.1  per  cent, 
rejected.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in 
the  draft  of  1917  the  local  boards  rejected 
29.1  per  cent,  and  in  1918  they  rejected 
29.6  per  cent.  The  more  this  work  is 
studied,  the  more  one  appreciates  its  extent, 
its  far-reaching  influence  and  the  high  value 
of  the  work  performed." — Col.  Alexander 
I^mbert. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMERICAN    MeOICXNB 


RATIONAL.    ORGANOTHERAPY 


December,  1919 


791 


RATI  O  N  AL 
ORGANOTHERAPY 


The  Adrenalin  Test* — Goetsch  {Med. 
Record,  page  780,  Nov.  8,  1919)  reports 
the  results  of  a  clinical  study  of  approxi- 
mately 300  cases  of  thyroid  disease  in  the 
human  subject  with  special  reference  to  the 
sensitiveness  of  these  patients  to  hypoder- 
mic administration  of  adrenalin;  to  show 
that  in  clinical  states  of  hyperthyroidism 
there  was  an  increased  tolerance  for  adren- 
alin hyperdermically  administered;  and  to 
indicate  the  practical  application  of  this 
knowledge  to  the  study,  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  thyroid  disease  in  the  human  sub- 
ject. With  the  abundant  physiologic  evi- 
dence that  increased  thyroid  secretion 
caused  a  hypersensitiveness  of  the  sympa- 
thetic nervous  system  to  the  action  of  ad- 
renalin, he  thought  it  would  be  of  interest 
to  test  the  reaction  of  human  patients  suf- 
fering with  hyperthyroidism  to  the  subcu- 
taneous administration  of  adrenalin.  His 
thought  was  that  if  thyroid  secretion  sen- 
sitized the  sympathetic  endings  to  the  ac- 
tion of  adrenalin  it  was  reasonable  to  sup- 
pose that  a  sudden  increase  of  adrenalin  in 
the  circulating  blood  would  call  forth  ac- 
tive responses  thruout  the  domain  of  dis- 
tribution of  the  sympathetic  nervous  sys- 
tem. This  result  he  had  found  to  be  re- 
markably constant.  The  work  was  begun 
five  years  ago  while  he  was  in  the  surgical 
clinic  of  Professor  Gushing  and  continued 
during  the  past  four  years  in  the  clinic  of 
Professor  Halsted  at  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital. To  his  great  surprise  and  satisfac- 
tion the  first  patient  exhibiting  hyper- 
thyroidism, a  case  of  exophthalmic  goiter, 
gave  a  sharp  reaction  to  the  injection  of 
adrenalin,  and  since  that  time  he  had  per- 
sonally carried  out  or  supervised  the  carry- 
ing out  of  the  test  in  300  cases  of  thyroid 
disease  and  in  approximately  100  conditions 
simulating  in  many  respects  hyperthyroid- 
ism.   In  a  so-called  positive  reaction  there 


was  usually  an  early  rise  in  systolic  and  a 
fall  in  diastolic  blood  pressures.  In  a  very 
mild  reaction  the  fall  in  diastolic  pressure 
might  occur  alone.  There  was  a  rise  in  pulse 
pressure  of  at  least  10  and  sometimes  as 
much  as  50  or  more  millimeters  of  mercury. 
In  the  course  of  30  to  35  minutes  there  was 
a  moderate  fall  of  the  pulse  and  blood  pres- 
sure, then  a  characteristic  secondary  rise 
and  a  second  fall  to  the  normal  in  about 
one  and  a  half  hours.  Together  with  these 
changes  one  saw  an  exaggeration  of  the 
clinical  picture  of  Graves'  disease  or  hyper- 
thyroidism brought  out,  especially  the  nerv- 
ous manifestations. 


The  Di£Ferential  Diagnosis  of  Hyper- 
thyroidism by  Basal  Metabolism  and  Ali- 
mentary Hyperglycemia. — ^There  seems  to 
be  quite  general  agreement,  asserts  Mc- 
Gaskey  {N.  Y,  Med,  Jour,,  Oct.  11,  1919), 
as  to  the  causal  relationship  of  overactivity 
of  the  thyroid  gland  to  increased  metabol- 
ism. In  fact,  it  seems  to  have  been  proved 
that  there  is  a  close  quantitative  parallel- 
ism between  the  thyroid  secretion  and  the 
metabolic  rate,  and  that  the  estimation  of 
the  latter  by  means  of  the  oxygen  con- 
sumption may,  therefore,  be  relied  upon, 
with  certain  reservations,  as  an  accurate 
index  of  the  activity  of  the  thyroid  gland. 
The  isolation  and  identification  of  thyro- 
toxin  and  its  complete  chemical  study  by 
Kendall,  together  with  its  physiologic  and 
therapeutic  study  by  Plummer,  have  placed 
this  entire  subject  upon  an  accurate,  almost 
mathematical  basis.  These  discoveries,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  writer,  have  relegated 
to  the  domain  of  obsolete  pathologic  con- 
ceptions the  always  dubious  hypothesis  of 
dysthyroidism,  at  least  in  so  far  as  it  refers 
to  perversion,  rather  than  a  quantitative 
variation  of  thyroid  secretion.     From  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


792 


Dbcbmber,  1919 


RATIONAL.    OROANOTHSRAPY 


Ambbican  Mbdicins 


Strictly  clinical  aspects  of  the  question  one 
may  confidently  proceed  on  the  following 
assumptions:  (1)  That  the  symptoms  of 
hyperthyroidism  and  hypothyroidism  are 
due  to  quantitative  variations  of  thyrotoxin 
in  the  body  cells.  (2)  That  the  funda- 
mental phenomenon  which  dominates  the 
entire  clinical  picture  from  cretinism  to 
•^'Basedowism"  is  perversion  of  the  meta- 
bolic rate.  (3)  That  this  metabolic  rate 
has  its  absolute  equivalent,  in  accordance 
with  fully  established  physical  laws,  in  the 
heat  production  of  the  entire  mass  of  body 
cells.  (4)  That  this  heat  production  is  es- 
sentially a  process  of  oxidation  and  is 
equivalent  to  the  quantity  of  oxygen  con- 
sumed, the  latter  being  regulated  by,  and 
dependent  upon,  the  metabolic  rate.  (5) 
That  it  is  now  possible  with  the  compara- 
tively simple  Benedict  portable  respiration 
apparatus  to  determine  clinically  the  oxygen 
consumption  over  a  sufficient  period  of 
time,  say  ten  to  fifteen  minutes,  with  suf- 
ficient accuracy  for  all  clinical  purposes. 
(6)  That  if  food  metabolism  is  eliminated 
by  twelve  to  fifteen  hours'  starvation  (the 
usual  normal  condition  in  the  morning), 
and  the  metabolism  of  voluntary  muscular 
effort  is  eliminated  by  absolute  rest  in  the 
recumbent  position  (one-half  to  one  hour 
is  sufficient),  there  remains  only  the  energy 
output — the  heat  production — the  metabol- 
ism of  the  circulatory  and  respiratory 
mechanism,  with  small  and  probably  negli- 
gible additions  for  the  phenomena  of  se- 
cretion and  the  intracellular  chemical 
changes  of  the  cells  of  the  body  while  at 
rest,  which  is  called  basal  metabolism. 
This  so-called  basal  metabolism  is  very  con- 
stant, not  only  in  the  same  individual,  but 
in  all  individuals  when  calculated  in  pro- 
portion to  the  area  of  body  surface,  varying 
in  health,  in  a  large  majority  of  people, 
probably  less  than  10  per  cent,  from  the 
average  normal  rate.  The  clinical  estima- 
tion of  basal  metabolism  is  thus  a  very 
practical  and  reliable  guide  (and  compara- 
tively easy,  altho  requiring  the  utmost  care 
and  accuracy)  to  the  functional  activity  of 
the  thyroid  gland  in  health  and  disease,  and 
without  which  thyroid  disease  cannot  be 
adequately  and  scientifically  studied.  Be- 
fore making  a  final  decision  as  to  the  func- 
tional state  of  the  thyroid,  there  are  certain 
important  limitations  and  reservations 
which  must  receive  careful  attention.    The 


first  and  perhaps  most  important  question 
is :  What  other  causal  conditions,  aside  from 
variation  in  thyroid  activity,  may  produce 
the  fluctuations  of  basal  metabolism  which 
form  the  basis  of  this  clinical  study?  For 
while  quantitative  variations  of  the  thyroid 
hormone  produce  these  changes  to  an  ex- 
tent and  with  a  promptness  and  certainty 
that  nothing  else  can  equal,  it  does  not  fol- 
low that  other  and  independent  factors  exist 
with  which  one  must  reckon.  In  reality 
such  factors  do  exist.  Among  these  may 
be  mentioned  fever,  severe  cardiorenal  dis- 
ease, pernicious  anemia,  and  age,  all  of 
which  the  writer  discusses  more  or  less  in 
detail.  With  due  attention  to  the  precau- 
tions and  exceptions  suggested,  the  rate  of 
basal  metabolism  must  be  regarded  as  an 
altogether  dependable  index  of  thyroid  ac- 
tivity at  the  time  of  observation.  With  re- 
gard to  alimentary  hyperglycemia  in  its  rela- 
tion to  hyperthyroidism  the  writer  states: 
(1)  That  alimentary  hyperglycemia  follow- 
ing 100  grams  of  glucose  is  present  in  prob- 
ably every  case  of  thyrotoxicosis.  (2)  That 
it  is  rarely,  if  ever,  present  at  the  end  of  the 
first  hour  in  normal  persons,  altho  it  may 
have  occurred  at  the  end  of  about  thirty 
minutes.  (3)  Its  presence,  therefore,  in 
one  hour  and  especially  in  two  hours  al- 
ways indicates  abnormal  carbohydrate  met- 
abolism unless  gastrointestinal  function  is 
delayed.  (4)  It  occurs  in  latent,  and  of 
course  in  manifest,  diabetes,  in  alcoholism, 
malignant  disease,  arthritis,  and  very  prob- 
ably in  a  considerable  number  of  infections, 
acute,  subacute  or  chronic  in  the  same  cate- 
gory with  arthritis.  (5)  Before  attaching 
a  positive  diagnostic  value  to  alimentary 
hyperglycemia  in  suspected  hyperthyroid- 
ism, these  conditions  and  possibly  others  of 
which  we  are  now  learning  must  be  ex- 
cluded. (6)  While  its  positive  value  can 
only  be  considered  corroborative,  its  nega- 
tive value  in  excluding  hyperthyroidism  is 
very  great  and  probably  exceeds  90  per 
cent.  (7)  In  hyperthyroidism  there  is  no 
constant  direct  ratio  between  its  intensity 
and  the  height  of  the  alimentary  hyper- 
glycemia, altho  in  general  the  blood  sugar 
values  in  severe  cases  are  high.  (8)  Too 
much  importance  should  not  be  attached  to 
alimentary  blood  sugar  values  below  140 
mgm.  of  sugar  in  100  c.  c.  blood,  altho 
sharp  lines  of  demarcation  cannot  yet  be 
drawn. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ambkican  Mboicinb 


RATIONAL    ORGANOTHERAPY 


December,  1919 


793 


The  Hyperthyroid  Theory  of  Basedow's 
Disease. — Cumston  {N.  Y.  Med,  Jour., 
Aug.  30,  1919)  emphasizes  the  fact  that  the 
thyroid  gland  receives  its  impulses  from 
the  nervous  system  by  way  of  the  laryngeal 
nerves,  and  by  its  activity  produces  a  sub- 
stance which  in  turn  reinforces  the  activity 
of  the  nervous  system  by  increasing  its  sus- 
ceptibility. A  normal  nervous  system  would 
perfectly  well  support  a  reinforcement  of 
its  excitability  and  would  not  react  by  any 
apparent  symptomatology.  There  would 
be  a  disproportion  between  cause  and  eflFect, 
this  being  made  evident  at  points  particu- 
larly sensitive  to  thyroglobulin,  that  is  to 
say  in  the  domain  of  the  sympathetic  and 
cerebrospinal  system. 

The  clinical  symptoms  can  be  readily  sur- 
mised. They  consist  of  cardiovascular 
symptoms  (tachycardia,  palpitation,  vascu- 
lar erethism,  sensation  of  heat),  polyuria, 
polydipsia,  bulimia,  emaciation,  profuse 
sweating,  nervous  disturbances  (nervous- 
ness, insomnia,  tremor,  headache).  How- 
ever, while  in  constitutional  iodic  subjects 
a  predisposed  nervous  system  is  attacked 
by  thyroid  intoxication  (provoked  by 
iodine),  in  patients  with  exophthalmic  goi- 
ter it  is  on  the  contrary  the  seriously 
changed  nervous  system  which  acts  on  the 
thyroid  gland  by  the  intermediary  of  the 
laryngeal  nerves,  causing  hyperfunctioning 
which  reacts  on  the  nervous  system.  Thus 
a  vicious  circle  becomes  established.  Sur- 
gical treatment  breaks  this  vicious  circle, 
but  does  not  cure  the  diseased  nervous  sys- 
tem. A  morbid  change  of  the  nervous  sys- 
tem and  an  increase  of  the  thyroid  secretion 
are  the  two  conditions  sine  qua  non  of  the 
morbid  symptomatology.  In  the  first,  iodic 
thyroidism,  the  nervous  changes  preexist; 
iodism  gives  rise  to  thyroid  intoxication; 
both  conditions  being  manifested. 

In  true  exophthalmic  goiter,  the  nervous 
system,  more  profoundly  changed,  is  the 
only  primam  movens  which  starts  up  thyroid 
hyperactivity  and  creates  the  vicious  circle 
in  which  the  nervous  system  excites  the 
thyroid  secretion,  rendering  the  nervous 
system  more  excitable,  and  so  on. 

Finally,  in  the  third,  Basedow's  disease, 
thyroid  hypersecretion  preexists,  and  it  is 
this  which  creates  the  nervous  lesion  by  a 
long  continued  irritation.  One  of  the  best 
arguments  in  favor  of  the  theory  of  thyroid 
hypersecretion   is  the  success  obtained  by 


various  serotherapeutic  measures  based  up- 
on this  hypersecretion. 


Corpus  Luteum  Extract  in  the  Vomit- 
ing of  Pregnan^. — ^J.  K.  Quigley  {Amer. 
Jour,  of  Obstetrics,  Aug.,  1919)  gives  his- 
tories of  several  cases  in  which  this  freat- 
ment  was  applied.  The  total  number  of 
patients  treated  by  him  was  seventeen; 
twelve  were  permanently  benefited  by  the 
treatment,  and  four  others  were  benefited 
but  relapsed,  not  enough  of  the  drug  having 
been  given.  In  one  case,  of  the  pernicious 
type,  there  was  complete  failure.  The  corpus 
luteum  extract  was  often  injected  intra- 
muscularly, e.  g.,  in  the  deltoid  muscle,  in 
doses  of  one  mil,  repeated  every  four  days, 
daily,  or  even  oftener.  In  some  cases  five 
grains  of  extract  were  given  by  mouth 
three  times  a  day.  The  average  number 
of  injections  given  was  seven.  In  the  four 
relapsing  cases  only  three  to  five  doses  had 
been  given.  Had  these  patients  been  given 
more  of  the  drug  at  the  onset  as  a  routine, 
permanent  benefit  would  probably  have 
resulted.  The  one  mil  ampoules  of  extract 
employed  in  administering  the  intramuscu- 
lar injections  each  contained  0.2  gram  of 
desiccated  corpus  luteum  substance. 


D 


I        Physical  Therapy 


The  Treatment  of  Rheumatoid  Arthri- 
tis.— ^An  editorial  writer  in  the  Amer. 
Jour,  of  Electrotherapeutics  and  Radiology 
(Sept.,  1919)  concludes  his  very  compre- 
hensive article  as  follows : 

(1)  Patients  suffering  from  rheumatoid 
arthritis  received  marked  benefit  and  have 
been  clinically  cured  by  the  action  of  the 
static  current  in  relieving  local  inflamma- 
tion and  tissue  infiltration,  restoring^  circu- 
lation and  metabolism,  both  local  and  gen- 
eral. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


794 


December,  1919 


PHYSICAL.  THERAPY 


American  BIsoicine 


(2)  In  no  case  in  the  light  of  the  pres- 
ent knowledge  of  the  causes  of  the  condi- 
tion should  diet  and  high  colonic  flushings 
as  a  routine  method  be  omitted. 

(3)  In  no  instance  should  these  patients 
be  restrained  from  exercise ;  but  on  the  con- 
trary, exercise  should  be  encouraged  during 
the  treatment,  short  of  commencing  fatigue. 

(4)  The  treatments  by  radiant  light  and 
heat,  either  local  or  with  the  light  bath,  two 
or  three  times  weekly  add  very  much  to  the 
relief  of  these  cases,  promoting  as  they  do 
increased  metabolism  and  elimination. 

(5)  Mechanical  vibration  plays  a  very 
important  role  in  the  treatment  of  this  dis- 
ease, for  the  relief  of  muscular  tension, 
overcoming  the  stiflFened  joints  and  improv- 
ing to  a  degree  local  metabolism  and  elim- 
ination. 

Under  the  condition  indicated  only  the 
most  advanced  cases  resist  an  improvement 
of  the  condition,  and  in  all  other  cases  un- 
der the  indicated  regime  and  routine  treat- 
ment these  cases  are  uniformly  cured.  Fail- 
ure only  results  from  a  careless  technic  or 
indifferent  attention  of  careless  patients  to 
treatment  and  diet,  or  the  destruction  of 
joint  structures  which  had  taken  place  prior 
to  the  institution  of  treatment.  All  structures 
or  parts  of  joints  that  have  undergone  or- 
ganic change  will  remain  permanently  im- 
paired with  the  inflammatory  process 
abated. 


Radiam  Treatment  of  Cancer — ^The 
effects  of  and  efficacy  of  radium  have  been 
very  widely  discussed  of  recent  years,  says 
an  editorial  writer  in  the  Medical  Record 
(Nov.  8,  1919).  As  a  therapeutic  agent 
it  has  been  extolled  to  the  skies  and  con- 
demned without  reservation.  Soon  aft6r  its 
first  introduction  it  suffered  severely  from 
the  exaggerated  and  indiscrete  praise  of 
its  too  enthusiastic  advocates.  In  the  re- 
action which  followed  it  was  freely  stig- 
matized as  absolutely  useless  and  even 
harmful.  The  medical  profession  is  now 
coming  to  a  fair  estimate  of  its  worth, 
avoiding  excessive  praise  on  the  one  hand 
and  equally  foolish  condemnation  on  the 
other.  The  conclusion  has  been  arrived  at 
that  radium  is  neither  a  "cure  all"  nor  a 
useless  or  harmful  means  of  combating 
certain  diseases,  but  when  employed  prop- 


erly, that  is  in  correct  dosage  and  with 
exact  knowledge  as  to  its  application,  is  a 
most  valuable  remedy. 

W.  H.  B.  Aikins  of  Toronto  read  a  paper 
on  radium  at  the  meeting  of  the  American 
Radium  Society,  Atlantic  City,  Jime  9, 
1919,  which  is  published  in  the  Medical 
Press  for  October  8,  1919.  In  this  paper 
it  is  explained  how  necessary  it  is  to  rec- 
ognize the  limitations  of  radium  and  not 
to  expect  too  much  from  its  employment. 
Aikins  reviews  the  history  of  radium  in 
the  treatment  of  cancer  and  states  it  holds 
a  firm,  almost  unassailable  position  as  re- 
gards the  treatment  of  cancer  of  the  face. 
It  may  be  relied  upon  in  a  large  proportion 
of  these  cases  to  bring  about  a  permanent 
cure  without  leaving  the  disfiguring  and 
contracted  scars  which  so  often  result  from 
surgery,  and  which  so  frequently  are  the 
site  of  recurrence  of  the  trouble.  In  such 
cases  there  is  no  other  treatment  which  can 
compare  with  radium  in  the  excellence  of 
its  cosmetic  results.  Further,  Aikins  says, 
radium  may  be  recommended  in  this  con- 
nection because  of  the  ease  and  painless- 
ness with  which  it  can  be  applied.  Not 
only  in  malignant,  but  also  in  benign  dis- 
eases of  the  skin  radium  has  proved  its 
value. 

Surgeons  for  the  most  part  regard  ra- 
dium as  chiefly  useful  as  an  adjunct  rather 
than  a  substitute  for  the  knife.  As  to  this, 
while  Aikins  does  not  admit  that  its  main 
value  rests  in  its  post-operative  efficacy,  he 
does  regard  it  as  peculiarly  useful  in  this 
field.  He  quotes  from  the  Report  of  the 
London  Radium  Institute,  issued  at  the  end 
of  1918,  in  which  it  is  stated  that  between 
1911  and  1914  a  large  number  of  cases  of 
cancer  were  operated  upon  by  surgeons  of 
high  standing,  and  the  operations  were  so 
extensive  that  in  the  opinion  of  the  opera- 
tors recurrence  was  inevitable.  After  post- 
operative treatment  with  radium,  recurrence 
took  place  in  less  than  20  per  cent,  of  the 
cases,  a  result  which  is  believed  to  be  un- 
equaled  even  in  the  records  of  selected  cases 
operated  upon  by  surgeons  of  extensive  ex- 
perience. One  of  the  most  beneficial  ef- 
fects of  radium  is  the  manner  in  which  it 
will  often,  perhaps  generally,  relieve  the 
distressing  features  of  incurable  cases  and 
thus  modify  the  unpleasant  symptoms  char- 
acteristic of  the  final  stages  of  the  disease, 
and  render  the  last  days  of  the  patient  at 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


American  Msdicink 


PHYSICAL.   THERAPY 


December,  1919 


795 


least  endurable.  This  precious  action  of 
radium  has  been  notably  demonstrated  in 
advanced  cases  of  cancer  of  the  uterus. 
Aikins  does  not  in  any  way  overstate  the 
case  when  he  says  that  the  present  position 
of  radium  therapy  is  very  encouraging  and 
that  radium  has  amply  justified  its  use  by 
its  palliative  properties  in  these  hopeless 
cases. 


Radio-Therapy  in  Inflammation. — ^Ac- 
cording to  the  American  Journal  of  Electro- 
therapeutics and  Radiology,  in  the  very 
early  stage  of  inflammation  the  application 
of  radiant  light  and  heat  or  thermal  pene- 
tration with  the  high  frequency  current,  or 
the  administration  of  dry  heat  by  dilating 
the  superficial  vessels  and  capillaries,  en- 
larging the  channels  of  circulation  thru  the 
capillaries  and  small  blood  vessels,  may 
make  possible  the  escape  of  the  inflowing 
blood  and  arrest  or  prevent  the  establish- 
ment of  stasis.  When  the  induction  of  such 
hyperemia,  however,  has  been  delayed  and 
the  stasis  is  already  well  established,  more 
active  measures  will  be  required — energetic 
means  which  will  act  sls  a  vis  a  tergo,  and 
force  out  the  accumulations  in  the  lymph 
spaces  thru  the  lymph  channels,  and  so  dis- 
engorge  the  tissues. 

In  a  paper  read  at  Buffalo  in  1901  (The 
Effects  of  Electrostatic  Modalities  upon 
Hyperemia  and  Pain),  at  the  annual  meet- 
ing of  the  American  Electrotherapeutic  As- 
sociation, Adami  first  called  attention  to 
this  principle,  which  has  since  been  recog- 
nized and  employed  by  a  large  number  of 
medical  men  with  the  same  success  that  has 
always  attended  their  use  by  the  writer.  In 
this  paper  it  was  stated  that  the  previous 
dictum  of  the  medical  profession,  that  elec- 
tricity should  not  be  employed  in  the  treat- 
ment of  acute  inflammatory  conditions  in 
the  earliest  stages,  was  an  error  because  its 
proper  employment  effects  an  early  dissi- 
pation of  the  inflammatory  exudate,  softens 
the  involved  tissues  and  brings  about 
promptly  a  restitution  to  normal  of  the  cir- 
culation and  metabolism  in  a  manner  that 
cannot  be  accomplished  so  effectively  by 
other  measures. 

In  the  case  of  a  sprained  ankle  or  knee, 
referred  to  by  Adami,  the  systematic,  prop- 
er application  of  the  static  current  at  the 
first  administration  will  soften  the  exuda- 


tion, relieving  the  pressure,  with  relief  from 
pain,  relaxation  of  mu&cular  tension  and 
restoration  of  motility  and  utility  to  the 
joint.  The  patient  who  comes  for  treat- 
ment on  crutches  will  walk  out  without 
them  with  little  or  no  pain,  and  unrestrained 
in  his  directions  as  to  rest.  An  individual 
in  such  condition  should  return  for  daily 
treatments,  with  the  result  of  a  complete 
restoration  of  the  affected  part  within  a 
week,  without  an  evidence  of  having  had  an 
inflammatory  trouble.  This  will  be  the  re- 
sult in  all  cases  in  which  there  has  been 
no  solution  of  continuity  or  fracture  of  the 
ligamentous  or  bony  structures  of  the  joint, 
when  they  come  under  observation  within 
24  or  36  hours  after  such  accident  has  oc- 
curred. The  same  principle  applies  to  the 
treatment  of  every  similar  inflammatory 
condition  not  the  seat  of  an  infectious 
process. 

The  best  means  to  be  employed  for  the 
relief  of  local  inflammation  in  which  infec- 
tion does  not  enter  as  a  factor  is  the  appli- 
cation of  the  static  wave  current,  the  static 
sparks,  the  static  brush  discharge  or  the 
direct  vacuum  tube  static  current,  singly 
or  conjointly.  Any  one  of  these  modal- 
ities is  capable  of  removing  superficial  in- 
flammation. If,  however,  the  deep  struc- 
tures of  an  enlarged  joint  are  involved,  or 
other  deep-seated  structures,  the  best 
means  for  relieving  it  is  by  inducing  tissue 
contraction  of  such  deeply  located  tissues 
with  the  application  of  long  static  sparks. 
The  static  brush  discharge  is  applicable  for 
the  relief  of  all  superficial  inflammations 
including  sprains  of  the  hands  and  fingers, 
and  other  small  joints,  and  to  all  inflamma- 
tory conditions  involving  the  skin,  face  and 
scalp.  The  static  wave  current  is  adequate 
for  relieving  all  moderately  deep  inflam- 
matory conditions.  The  size  of  the  metal 
electrode  for  internal  or  external  use  and 
the  length  of  spark  gap  should  be  regulated 
to  bring  about  the  requisite  degree  and 
depth  of  tissue  contraction,  while,  as  stated 
above,  the  static  spark  is  indicated  in  deep- 
seated  inflammation.  The  direct  vacuum 
current  administered  with  a  vacuum  tube 
connected,  and  operated  as  the  static  wave 
current  is  with  the  static  machine,  is  capable 
of  producing  similar  effects  of  diffuse  tissue 
contraction,  but  is  generally  confined  to  the 
treatment  of  the  cavities  of  the  body  and 
superficial  inflammation. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


796 


Dbckmbbr^  1919 


TREATMENT 


Ambwican  Medicine 


REATMENT 


Treatment  of  Influenwu  —  General  manage- 
ment: Wetmore  (The  Canadian  Med.  Aaan. 
Jour.  Dec.  1919)  rightly  states  that  the  things 
that  count  in  the  general  management  of  a  case 
are  absolute  rest  in  bed  from  the  first,  fresh  air, 
and  good  nursing.  The  bad  cases  are  those 
that  persist  in  being  around,  or  who  are  com- 
pelled to  look  after  other  members  of  the  fam- 
ily, after  they  are  themselves  affected.  Prophy- 
lactic and  therapeutic  inoculation  may  be  un- 
able to  save  such  a  one  from  the  dangerous 
pneumonia. 

Fresh  air:  Let  the  windows  be  kept  open  from 
the  first.  And  if  there  is  any  suspicion  of  lung 
complications,  order  the  patient's  bed  brought  as 
near  to  the  open  window  as  possible,  and  see  that 
the  order  is  carried  out  before  you  leave  the 
house.  When  possible,  put  the  bed  in  a  corner 
of  the  room  between  two  windows,  kept  wide 
open  from  top  to  bottom  day  and  night.  Of 
course  see  that  the  patient  is  provided  with 
plenty  of  bed-clothing,  with  artificial  heat  in- 
side the  bed.  As  in  ordinary  pneumonia  and 
tuberculosis,  so  here,  absolutely  fresh  air  is 
life-saving. 

Good  nursing:  Put  a  nurse  in  charge  of  a 
case  early  so  as  to  conserve  the  resisting  power 
of  the  patient,  and  besides,  prevent  other  mem- 
bers of  the  family  from  becoming  overfatigued. 
Without  a  nurse,  one  never  knows  whether  or 
not  their  orders  of  vital  importance  such  as 
clearing  out  of  the  prim^e  viae,  and  the  keep- 
ing up  of  proper  nourishment  will  be  promptly 
and  efficiently  attended  to.  All  honor  to  the 
nurse,  who  thruout  the  recent  dangerous  pan- 
demic was  not  afraid  to  work  day  and  night, 
hand  in  hand  with  the  physician,  in  their  life- 
saving  mission,  to  prevent  the  patient  from 
drifting  on  and  on,  into  hopeless,  helpless,  sep- 
ticemic cyanosis! 

When  called  to  a  case,  isolate  the  patient, 
arrange  masks  and  hand  washing  for  the  at- 
tendants, and  see  that  the  sputum  is  properly 
taken  care  of.  This  last  can  be  done  by  having 
bits  of  rags  or  paper,  and  a  paper  bag  as  a  re- 
ceptacle pinned  to  the  bedside  and  later  burned. 
See  that  a  bed-pan  is  available. 

Diet:  Give  liquids  entirely  at  first.  A  mix- 
ture of  milk  and  lime-water  is  good,  one  part 
lime-water,  two  parts  milk,  of  which  the  patient 
may  take  from  six  to  eight  ounces  every  two 
hours;  or  milk  and  raw  eggs  may  be  taken, 
an  egg  to  a  pint  of  milk,  half  the  quantity 
every  two  hours.  If  the  case  is  serious,  see 
that  the  patient  has  nourishment  at  night  as 
well  as  during  the  day. 

Medical  treatment:  Clear  out  the  digestive 
tract   early   with   a   saline   cathartic,   such   as 


Epsom  salts,  preceded  by  fractional  doses  of 
calomel  in  case  of  vomiting,  and  repeat  the 
saline  each  day  unless  contraindicated.  Acido- 
sis being  usually  present,  alkaline  treatment, 
I  think,  does  as  much  good  as  any  other,  with- 
out doing  harm.  Some  give  both  bicarbonate 
of  soda,  c.p.,  and  citrate  of  potash,  giving  from 
seven  to  ten  grains  of  each  drug  separately  and 
alternately  each  hour.  A  third  form  of  alkali 
is  the  lime-water  and  milk.  The  treatment 
generally  agrees  well  with  the  digestive  system 
and  the  bicarbonate  of  soda  has  a  tendency  to 
gradually  lessen  the  pains.  When  alkalies  are 
administered,  a  somewhat  smaller  dose  of  the 
therapeutic  vaccine  is  required.  In  view  of  the 
oncoming  toxemia  and  tendency  to  vasomotor 
paresis,  we  must  avoid  the  coal-tar  products 
as  much  as  possible.  Aceto-salicylic  acid  is 
usually  given  for  the  pains.  For  the  cough, 
moderate  doses  of  heroin  (1-12  gr.)  are  given. 
Insomnia  also  may  be  treated  by  heroin,  or  a 
stronger  opiate. 

Circulatory  failure:  Some  autopsies  having 
shown  disorganization  of  the  adrenals,  one 
would  be  inclined  to  recommend  adrenalin 
chloride  solution  for  cases  showing  vasomotor 
paresis,  and  lowered  blood  pressure;  and  in  two 
or  three  cases  where  used,  I  found  it  helpful 
in  tiding  over  a  weak  spell.  To  combat  the 
circulatory  failure  accompanying  pneumonia, 
tincture  of  digitalis  in  five  to  fifteen  drop  doses 
every  four,  six  or  eight  hours  has  been  used  a 
good  deal,  with  or  without  alcoholic  stimulants 
in  half  ounce  doses.  As  in  other  diseases,  so 
here,  a  dangerous  toxemic  condition  would 
appear  to  be  an  indication  for  free  alcoholic 
stimulation. 


Treatment  of  Muscular  Atrophy  by  Artificial 
Stimulation.— Cooper,  in  the  London  Lancet 
(Dec.  13,  1919)  points  out  that  treatment  may 
be  regarded  as  preventive  or  restorative,  ac- 
cording to  the  stage  of  the  injury.  The  pre- 
ventive treatment  of. atrophy  of  the  tissues  of 
an  injured  limb  is  necessarily  a  difficult  prob- 
lem, and  must  be  largely  circumscribed  by  the 
nature  of  the  injury;  but  even  when  the  exigen- 
cies of  surgical  treatment  have  been  fully  con- 
sidered, it  is  deplorable  to  find  so  many  patients 
sent  at  a  late  stage  to  the  department  of  physio- 
therapy, the  wholesale  atrophy  of  whose  tissues 
bears  eloquent  testimony  to  the  fact  that  the 
suspension  of  the  functional  activity  of  every 
tissue  of  the  limb  was  considered  a  sine  qua  non 
of  surgical  treatment.  Fortunately,  there  were 
many  surgeons  who  treated  the  injured  limb 
as  well  as  the  injury  itself,  and  even  under  the 
most  difficult  circumstances  managed  to  secure 
sufficient  functional  activity  to  prevent  the  atro- 
phy that  attends  absolute  disuse. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  too  much  attention 
has  been  given  to  restorative  treatment  as  com- 
pared with  preventive  treatment,  and  the  sur- 
geon who  has  conquered  sepsis  and  secured  a 
perfect  alignment  has  but  little  reason  to  be 
proud  of  the  result  if  the  joints  of  the  limb 
are  immovable,  and  the  muscles  hopelessly 
atrophied.      For  the  atrophy  of  such  muscles 


Digitized  by 


Google 


American  Mbdicinb 


TREATHBNT 


December,  1919 


797 


is  frequently  hopeless,  and  in  many  cases  has 
proceeded  so  far  that  a  large  proportion  of  the 
muscle  cells  have  perished  and  have  been  re- 
placed by  fibrous  tissues.  No  amount  of  sub- 
sequent stimulation  can  restore  such  a  muscle 
and  "permanent  disability"  too  often  marks  the 
measure  of  the  surgeon's  skill. 

For  the  treatment  of  muscles  by  artificial 
stimulation  two  methods  are  available:  stimu- 
lation by  massage  and  stimulation  by  electri- 
city. 

Massage.  Bearing  in  mind  that  our  object 
is  to  produce  contraction  in  muscle  fibres  with 
a  view  to  determining  exchange  between  the 
fibre  and  the  surrounding  lymph  it  does  not 
appear  that  In  massage  we  have  an  agency  of 
any  considerable  value  in  restoring  the  size 
and  tone  of  a  wasted  muscle  whose  response 
is  limited  to  direct  stimulation,  as  is  the  case 
in  muscles  suffering  from  reaction  of  degenera- 
tion. Where  the  nerve-supply  is  intact  contrac- 
tions in  response  to  manipulations  are  largely 
the  result  of  stimulation  of  the  muscle  fibre 
thru  the  muscle  plate,  but  where  the  nerve- 
supply  is  interrupted  contractile  response  to 
manipulation  must  correspond  to  the  irritabil- 
ity of  the  muscle  fibres  to  direct  stimulation, 
and  in  most  cases  this  response  to  direct  stimu- 
lation is  very  feeble.  I  am  inclined  to  regard 
massage  as  effective  to  a  large  extent  in  such 
cases  on  account  of  its  action  on  the  vasomotor 
system,  and  this  result  will  be  largely  brought 
about  by  mechanical  action,  as  the  vasomotor 
reflexes  are  also  affected  in  peripheral  nerve 
lesion. 

Contraction  Produced  hy  Means  of  Electrical 
Stimulation.  In  electricity  we  have  an  agency 
which  is  peculiarly  effective  in  producing  con- 
tractions of  muscle  fibres,  and,  as  is  well  known, 
by  utilizing  this  form  of  energy  we  can  obtain 
the  most  complete  contractions  of  individual 
muscles  or  muscle  groups. 

For  the  production  of  contraction  in  muscles, 
we  can  use  either  the  faradic  or  the  interrupted 
galvanic  current.  The  stimulation  caused  by 
the  electrical  current  is  due  to  the  displacement 
of  the  ions  in  the  nerve  or  muscle  and  the  more 
sudden  the  displacement  the  more  stimulating 
is  the  effect.  A  constant  current  is  therefore 
incapable  of  producing  contractions  in  muscles, 
and  it  is  only  at  the  make  and  break  of  the 
current  that  stimulation  takes  place.  It  has 
been  suggested  that  muscles  probably  contain 
two  kinds  of  contractile  material,  the  striated 
portion  and  the  sarcoplasm.  The  striated  por- 
tion responds  to  brief  stimuli  and  contracts 
rapidly,  the  sarcoplasm  responds  to  longer  stim- 
uli only,  and  contracts  slowly.  *  A  sluggish 
contraction  would  represent  a  contraction  of 
the  sarcoplasm.  Muscles  suffering  from  re- 
action of  degeneration,  as  is  well  known,  will 
not  react  to  the  currents  of  brief  duration  set 
up  in  the  ordinary  induction  coll  of  faradic 
battery.  They  will,  however,  react  to  the  in- 
terrupted galvanic  current,  and  muscles  suffer- 
ing from  reaction  of  degeneration  would  there- 
fore appear  to  have  sustained  a  loss  of  striated 
elements  with  survival  of  the  sarcoplasm  alone. 


This  appears  to  have  been  borne  out  by  the  fact 
that  when  reaction  of  degeneration  is  fully 
established,  the  character  of  the  contraction  be- 
comes sluggish.  For  the  treatment  of  muscles 
suffering  from  reaction  of  degeneration  the  gal- 
vanic current  alone  is  effective.  The  faradic 
current  is  ineffective  unless  its  voltage  Is  enor- 
mously increased,  in  which  case  the  Intensity 
would  be  great  and  the  excitation  very  painful. 
It  is  thus  ineffective  as  a  practical  method  of 
producing  contractions.  It  is  necessary  to  re- 
member that  several  factors  are  concerned  In 
the  production  of  contractions  in  muscle  by 
electrical  stimulation;  the  current  must  have 
a  minimum  of  intensity,  and  this  minimum  cur- 
rent, in  order  to  be  effective,  must  last  for  a 
definite  time,  this  representing  the  velocity  of 
excitability  of  the  muscle.  In  normal  muscles 
this  is  about  one-thousandth  part  of  a  second; 
in  paralyzed  muscles  velocity  of  excitability  is 
much  slower,  and  a  current  may  have  to  act  for 
one-twenty-flfth  of  a  second  to  produce  con- 
traction in  a  degenerate  muscle.  Hence  the 
ordinary  faradic  current  is  ineffective  for  pro- 
ducing contractions  in  paralyzed  muscles.  The 
practical  problem  in  the  treatment  of  muscles 
by  electrical  stimulation  would  appear  to  con- 
sist in  the  selection  of  that  particular  type  of 
current  that  will  give  the  best  contractile  re- 
sponse. 

Cooper  concludes  his  excellent  article  as 
follows  : 

1.  Excluding  the  muscular  dystrophies  and 
injury  due  to  trauma  and  toxins,  all  muscular 
atrophy  is  of  the  disuse  type — that  is,  it  Is 
caused  by  suspension  of  the  normal  function 
of  contraction  and  relaxation. 

2.  The  condition  and  tone  of  a  muscle  are 
largely  dependent  on  their  function — inter- 
change between,  the  cell  and  surrounding  lymph 
taking  place  during  contraction  and  relaxation. 

3.  Prevention  of  atrophy  and  restoration  of 
atrophied  muscles  by  rhythmic  contractions  Is 
therefore  a  reasonable  line  of  treatment. 

4.  Artificial  stimulation  of  muscle  conserves 
the  nervous  energy  of  the  patient  and  in  most 
cases  of  injury  is  the  only  method  that  can  be 
employed. 

5.  Of  methods  of  artificial  stimulation  elec- 
trical is  the  most  valuable. 

6.  Treatment  by  electrical  stimulation  is 
governed  by  the  consideration  of  two  factors: 
(1)  The  degree  of  contraction  produced;  (2) 
degree  of  pain  caused  by  the  stimulation. 

7.  Pain  is  largely  a  matter  of  the  length  of 
waves  employed  and  the  uniformity  of  the  in- 
terruptions. 

8.  Apparatus  devised  to  give  a  uniform  type 
of  interruption  yields  the  best  results. 

9.  Fatigue  is  a  toxic  phenomenon  due  to  ac- 
cumulation of  lactic  acid.  There  is  no  risk  of 
fatigue  if  a  proper  blood-supply  is  ensured  and 
a  short  interval  allowed  between  the  contrac- 
tions. 

10.  Practical  experience  has  demonstrated 
the  value  of  artificial  stimulation  in  restoring 
the  condition  of  wasted  muscles  and  in  prevent- 
ing atrophy. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


798 


Decbmber,  1919 


TREATMENT 


American  Medicine 


Mall^ant  Measles* — Rest  in  bed,  warmth, 
good  ventilation,  and  light,  stimulating, 
nourishing  diet  suitable  to  the  individual  case 
is  essential  says  O'Shea  (The  Practitioner,  Dec. 
1919)  in  this  grave  malady.  The  special  point 
to  be  noted  in  connection  with  the  malignant 
forms  is  the  treatment  of  the  pyrexia,  nervous 
disturbances,  and  the  eruption.  With  regard 
to  the  high  temperature,  the  best  method  of 
reducing  it  and  thereby  relieving  the  headache 
and  great  discomfiture  present,  is  sponging  the 
skin,  small  surfaces  at  the  time,  with  tepid 
water.  This  method  is  fraught  with  less  dan- 
ger than  the  tepid  bath  or  tepid  pack.  In  cases 
in  which  there  is  sudden  retrocession  of  the 
rash,  the  patient  must  be  placed  in  a  warm 
mustard  or  ordinary  hot  bath,  and  warm  drinks 
given.  The  eruption  may  possibly  be  brought 
out  thus,  but  both  procedures  are  attended  by 
a  certain  amount  of  risk,  and  cannot  be  carried 
out  in  every  case — for  instance,  when  the 
patient's  temperature  is  already  higher  than  is 
safe.  In  connection  with  this  point,  it  may  be 
mentioned  that  some  writers  advocate  treating 
the  hyperpyrexia  of  typhoid  fever  by  hot  spong- 
ing. The  explanation  is  that  it  has  as  its  object 
the  dilatation  of  the  superficial  vessels  to  cool 
the  blood  in  quantities;  it  is  used  when  the 
temperature  approaches  105*"  F.,  and  the  heart 
is  so  depressed  that  cold  or  tepid  applications 
will  not  lead  to  a  favorable  result.  To  be  suc- 
cessful the  water  used  must  be  as  hot  as  the 
patient  can  comfortably  endure,  and  the  spong- 
ing must  last  only  four  minutes.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  the  lower  extremities,  the  patient, 
as  a  rule,  is  afterwards  covered  only  with  a 
sheet  for  a  half  an  hour. 

As  regards  the  nervous  disturbances,  they  are 
caused  by  the  high  temperature  and  toxic  con- 
dition of  the  blood.  When  these  are  of  a  mild 
character,  namely,  headache,  restlessness,  and 
slight  delirium,  they  usually  disappear  under 
the  remedial  measures  taken  to  reduce  the 
fever  and  bring  out  the  rash.  The  more  seri- 
ous manifestations,  namely,  meningitis  and  its 
attendant  symptoms,  assume  a  grave  aspect 
and,  unless  quickly  and  successfully  treated, 
end  the  case  fatally. 

The  head  must  be  shaved,  an  ice-bag  applied, 
and  leeches  put  over  the  temples  or  behind  the 
ears.  The  patient  must  be  kept  very  quiet,  and 
the  room  darkened.  Bromides  or  chloral  can 
be  given  by  the  mouth  or  rectum,  and,  in  some 
instances,  it  may  be  necessary  to  give  frequent 
inhalations  of  chloroform  to  ease  the  convul- 
sions which  occur  towards  the  end  of  fatal 
cases.  Bronchopneumonia  is  usually  present 
in  these  cases,  which  are  invariably  fatal. 

In  bad  cases  saline  infusions  should  be  given, 
to  dilute  the  poison  and  to  help  the  failing  cir- 
culation, due  to  the  diarrhea  and  troublesome 
vomiting  which  sometimes  occur  in  toxic  cases. 
This  procedure  also  alleviates  the  anguishing 
thirst  always  present.  Pallor,  pinching  of  the 
face,  and  a  small,  weak  pulse  are  indications 
for  immediate  saline  infusion.  Oxygen  is  also 
indicated  at  this  stage,  when  the  cyanosis  be- 
gins to  tell  on  the  heart.  Abdominal  distention 
may  be  present  in  cases  complicated  by  broncho- 


pneumonia, and  may  be  a  source  of  great  anx- 
iety to  the  physician.  This  requires  immediate 
attention,  and  5-15  mm.  of  turpentine,  accord- 
ing to  the  age  of  the  patient,  may  be  given 
orally  if  there  Is  no  renal  trouble,  or  Sii-Ji  of 
turpentine  per  rectum  in  one  pint  of  starch 
mucilage,  and  a  little  ice  to  the  abdomen.  When 
the  kidneys  are  diseased,  intestinal  antiseptics 
should  be  administered,  instead  of  turpentine, 
and,  of  these,  bismuth  salicylate  is  the  best. 
Tonics,  cod  liver  oil  especially,  are  indicated 
during  convalescence. 


Camphor  in  Acute  fiiflnenial  Bronehltls  and 
Bronchopneumonia.— Giuseppi,  in  the  British 
Medical  Journal  of  December  28,  1918,  discuss- 
es the  recent  outbreak  of  infiuenza  at  Felix- 
stowe. England.  He  treated  250  cases  with 
camphor,  with  a  mortality  of  one — a  man  who 
died  after  three  days'  illness  from  broncho- 
pneumonia. 

The  incidence  of  bronchopneumonia  in  the 
250  cases  was  26,  or  10  per  cent.;  in  another 
series  of  200  cases  during  the  same  outbreak, 
and  untreated  with  camphor,  the  incidence  was 
8  per  cent.,  but  the  number  of  deaths  was  4,  a 
mortality  of  2  per  cent.  The  outbreak  was 
very  severe,  and  the  cases  treated  ranged  in 
severity  from  very  acute  to  mild.  The  tempera- 
ture varied  from  105.5 **  to  100**  F. 

The  treatment  adopted  was  the  administra- 
tion of  pills  containing  four  grains  of  camphor 
made  up  with  soap,  in  mild  cases  three  times 
daily  and  in  the  very  acute  cases  every  three 
hours.  The  treatment  was  continued  until  the 
temperature  dropped  and  the  signs  of  bron- 
chitis or  bronchopneumonia  cleared  up.  A 
typical  case  may  be  of  interest. 

A  boy,  aged  ten,  was  suddenly  taken  ill  on 
September  6  with  acute  pains  in  the  back  an^d 
head.  When  seen  the  temperature  was  105.6° 
F.,  pulse  120.  There  was  slight  cyanosis,  and 
marked  and  widespread  signs  of  bronchitis  and 
patches  of  bronchopneumonia  were  found  over 
both  lungs.  On  September  7  the  boy  became 
unconscious.  The  camphor  pills  were  begun 
on  September  8,  after  the  unconsciousness  had 
lasted  thirty-six  hours.  Pulse  130.  temperature 
104.8''  F.  Within  twenty-four  hours  the  boy 
recovered  consciousness.  The  signs  in  the 
lungs  slowly  cleared  up,  and  the  chest  became 
normal  on  September  12. 

There  was  no  doubt  in  the  minds  of  those 
who  watched  the  boy  that  his  recovery  was 
entirely  due  to  the  camphor.  The  only  other 
treatment  was  a  diaphoretic  mixture,  which 
was  stopped  on  September  9. 

The  effect  of  camphor  in  large  doses  is  very 
marked,  and  tho  the  number  of  cases  treated  is 
too  small  to  allow  GiuseppI  to  describe  it  as  a 
specific  he  thinks  there  jcan  be  no  doubt,  from 
the  difference  in  the  mortality  in  the  two  series  of 
cases  treated  during  the  same  outbreak  with 
and  without  camphor,  that  the  curative  action 
of  camphor  is  remarkable.  Certainly  its  effect 
in  clearing  up  the  lungs  and  lowering  the  tem- 
perature far  surpasses  that  of  any  other  drug 
that  has  been  tried  by  this  writer. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN  MBDIOINB 


TREATMESNT 


Dbcbmbbb^  1919 


799 


The  Modern  Treatment  of  Empyema  hj  Anti- 
8epties« — Stoney,  in  The  British  Medical  Jour- 
nal, says  that  acute  empyema  is  easily  cured 
by  simple  surgical  methods.  Thru  neglect 
or  Inefflcient  surgical  treatment  the  lung  and 
diaphragm,  become  covered  by  granulation  tis- 
sue which  by  its  further  development  into  fi- 
brous renders  the  cavity  non-collapsible  and 
chronic  empyema  results.  This  condition  is 
difficult  or  impossible  to  cure  even  by  extensive 
Estlander  or  Schede  thoracoplasty. 

Most  if  not  all  cases  can  be  cured  without  re- 
sorting to  such  dangerous  and  mutilating  opera- 
tions, because  it  is  not  necessary  to  obliterate 
the  pleura  space  but  merely  to  render  its  walls 
sterile,  and  this  is  possible  by  frequent  wash- 
ings with  hypochlorite  solution.  The  treat- 
ment is  not  dangerous  if  a  free  exit  for  the 
fluid  is  provided. 

The  earlier  the  treatment  is  instituted,  the 
sooner  and  more  surely  will  a  cure  be  obtained. 
The  opening  is  most  suitably  made  by  removing 
one  inch  of  the  eighth  rib  in  the  scapular  line. 
Three  illustrative  cases  are  reported. 


Treatment  of  Bites^^In  the  treatment  of 
the  bites  and  stings  of  poisonous  insects,  slices 
of  raw  onion  placed  over  the  parts,  binding  it 
on  firmly  and  changing  it  once  in  two  or  three 
hours,  has  been  found  very  efficacious. — Practi- 
cal Med.  &  Surgery  (Nov.  1919). 


Treatment  of  Heart  Disease^— We  rarely  treat 
heart  disease,  says  Shattuck,  in  a  recent  issue 
of  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal, 
We  may  use  salicylates  in  rheumatic  endocardi- 
tis, potassium  iodide  for  a  syphilitic  heart,  or 
rest  and  time  for  a  weak  heart,  but  aside  from 
these  cases  we  usually  treat  patients  who  have 
diseased  hearts.  If  compensation  is  good  and 
the  lesion  apparently  not  progressive,  the 
patient  should  live  so  as  to  maintain  myocar- 
dial nutrition.  He  is  more  likely  to  do  this  if 
he  knows  why,  so  it  is  usually  best  to  be  frank 
and  to  tell  him  when  his  heart  is  affected. 
When  compensation  is  inadequate  the  patient 
appreciates  better  his  need  of  help.  The  major 
marks  of  myocardial  failure  are  edema,  pain 
and  shortness  of  breath.  To  meet  the  edema, 
we  reduce  the  load  on  the  heart,  mainly  by  rest, 
or  stimulate  its  power.  When  the  right  ventri- 
cle is  greatly  over-distended,  venesection  up  to 
a  pint  or  more  may  have  an  almost  miraculous 
effect,  and  this  may  pave  the  way  for  digitalis, 
which  would  be  of  no  use  until  the  right  ven- 
tricle was  relieved.  A  patient  subject  to  an- 
gina should  never  be  without  a  nitrite  ready  for 
use.  but  the  all-important  therapy  is  a  regula- 
tion of  the  mode  of  life..  The  innocent  and  the 
grave  cases  vary  more  in  prognosis  than  In 
treatment.  Every  effort  should  be  made  to 
avoid  bringing  on  pain.  Sometimes  it  is  well 
to  put  the  patient  to  bed  for  a  week  or  two. 


Usually  it  is  enough  to  limit  activity  to  that 
which  is  compatible  with  comfort.  The  details 
of  medicinal  treatment  depend  on  the  origin  of 
the  angina.  We  can  add  years  of  comfort  and 
activity  to  life  by  inducing  patients  to  adapt 
their  lives  to  their  powers. 


Treatment  of  Acute  Gonorrhea  in  Women«r— 

The  treatment  of  acute  gonorrhea  in  the  early 
stage  before  pus  formation  is,  according  to  Kem- 
per (Eclectic  Med,  Jour,,  Dec.  1919),  to  put  the 
patient  to  bed,  keep  bowels  open,  and  apply 
lotions  of  lead  water  and  alcohol.  As  soon  as 
pus  is  detected  it  should  be  evacuated  by  a  free 
incision  made  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  great 
lip.  The  cavity  should  be  curetted,  washed 
with  a  1  to  1,000  bichloride  solution  and  packed 
with  iodoform  gauze,  which  should  be  changed 
frequently.  The  cavity  must  be  made  to  heal 
from  the  bottom. 

The  chronic  form  is  very  difficult  to  cure,  it 
often  being  necessary  to  dissect  out  the  entire 
gland. 

Gonorrheal  salpingitis  and  oophoritis  fre- 
quently follow  gonorrheal  metritis  by  conti- 
guity of  tissue.  The  infiammation  of  the  tubes 
and  ovaries  is  not  characterized  by  any  pathog- 
nomonic symptoms,  endometritis  producing 
about  the  same  symptoms — painful,  irregular, 
profuse  menstruation,  attacks  of  pelvic  perito- 
nitis, and  often  a  rapid  loss  of  health. 

The  tubes  may  become  filled  with  pus  and 
this  pus  escape  into  the  uterus,  or  it  may  make 
a  way  into  the  bowel  and  the  case  make  a  spon- 
taneous recovery.  It  may  escape  thru  the 
fimbriated  extremity  or  ulcerate  tiiru  the 
tube  and  produce  a  very  severe  or  fatal  case  of 
peritonUtis. 

The  involvement  of  the  tubes  nearly  always 
causes  the  ovaries  to  become  diseased,  first  a 
parovaritis,  followed  by  atrophy  and  cyst  forma- 
tion of  the  ovary. 

The  diagnosis  is  best  made  by  bimanual  ex- 
amination with  the  patient  well  under  a  general 
anesthetic. 

Treatment  of  the  acute  stage  is  rest  in  bed, 
hot  vaginal  douches,  free  movements  of  the 
bowels  until  the  acute  stage  has  passed.  When 
the  disease  becomes  well  localized  an  abdominal 
operation  should  be  done  to  remove  the  diseased 
parts. 

Acute  Perimetritis. — This  complication  is 
more  likely  to  occur  during  pregnancy  or  after 
childbirth.  The  symptoms  are  those  of  acute 
pelvic  peritonitis  and  septic  absorption — ^pain, 
tenderness,  vomiting,  fever — and  in  a  few  days 
may  terminate  fatally.  Usually  resolution  takes 
place. 

The  chronic  form  is  characterized  by  persist- 
ent pain  and  tenderness.  Every  jar,  strain  or 
coitus  is  very  painful  or  unbearable. 

Treatment  is  rest  in  bed,  antiseptic  vaginal 
douches,  bowels  kept  open  with  salines  until 
the  acute  stage  is  past.  If  it  is  found  that  pus 
tubes  are  the  cause  of  the  trouble  they  should 
be  removed. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


800 


December,  1919 


GENERAL.  TOPICS 


American  Medzcins 


Maternal    Impressions    in    New    MexIeo« — 

In  the  November  number  of  Man  Elsie  Clews 
Parsons  gives  an  account  of  the  customs  re- 
lating to  childbirth  as  practised  In  the  Indian 
town  of  Zufii»  New  Mexico.  If  a  child  has  a 
rash  it  is  due  to  the  fact  that  before  its  birth 
the  mother  tested  the  heat  of  her  oven  by 
sprinkling  bran  in  it.  To  cure  the  rash  the 
mother  soaks  some  bran  in  water  and  rubs  it 
over  the  baby.  If  the  baby  has  sores,  which 
look  like  the  spots  of  paint  on  a  mask  which 
the  mother  has  seen  worn  by  the  father  during 
her  pregnancy,  the  rash  is  said  to  be  cured  oy 
putting  spots  of  paint  on  the  baby  and,  at  the 
same  time,  on  the  mask,  like  curing  like  being 
a  characteristic  of  Zufil  thought  Masks  seen 
by  the  mother  in  her  pregnancy  may  also  cause 
disfigurement  in  the  baby,  in  which  case  the 
father  puts  on  the  mask,  dances  till  he  sweats, 
and  with  his  sweat  the  baby  Is  anointed.  If  a 
baby  cries  a  great  deal  it  is  because  its  father 
sang  a  great  deal  before  it  was  born,  and  for 
such  crying  there  is  no  remedy.  Other  curious 
beliefs  are  the  changing  of  the  unborn  girl  into 
a  boy  should  a  man  be  present  in  the  lying-in 
chamber;  movement  of  the  fetus  on  the  right 
side  the  sign  of  a  girl,  and  on  the  left  side  the 
sign  of  a  boy;  and  the  swallowing  of  a  bean  to 
produce  easy  delivery.  The  Idea  in  the  latter 
case  is  that  Just  as  the  bean  slips  down  with 
ease  so  the  delivery  will  be  easy. 


Marriage    Laws    and    Ensrenles.— Does   the 

average  layman  understand  the  real  intent  and 
purposes  of  the  constructive  legislation  regulat- 
ing the  marriage  of  the  "unfit"  or  diseased  per- 
son, asks  an  editorial  writer  in  the  Southern 
Med.  Jour.  (Dec.  1919).  Is  it  that  the  scope 
of  their  comprehension  limits  the  thought  mere- 
ly to  gonorrhea  and  syphilis?  In  truth,  do  the 
laws  that  have  been  enacted  by  several  states 
strive  for  eugenic  marriages,  or  are  these 
special  laws  a  mere  weapon  in  the  hands  of 
the  veneral  disease  antagonist?  Any  step  that 
tends  to  promote  a  high  standard  of  the  human 
species  should  be  endorsed  by  all.  In  order 
that  the  reaction  following  the  evolvement  of 
such  radical  measures  should  be  wholesome  and 
cooperative,  it  seems  to  The  Journal  of  prime 
importance  to  insist  upon  enlightenment  and 
upon  placing  the  basic  principles  of  such  move- 
ments upon  a  liberal  and  substantial  basis. 

No  set  of  men  in  the  whole  world  sees  more 
vividly    the    fearful    and    far-reaching    conse- 


quences of  the  union  of  units  than  the  physician. 
The  annals  of  penitentiaries,  reformatories, 
asylums  for  the  insane,  institutions  for  the 
feeble-minded,  hospitals  for  epileptics,  homes 
for  the  blind  and  for  the  deaf  mute,  alms- 
houses, county  jails  and  work-houses  are  fruit- 
ful for  medical  investigations  among  the  unfor- 
tunates taken  from  the  daily  walk  of  life.  It  Is 
evident  that  the  medical  profession  has  been 
somewhat  remiss  In  urging  ways  and  means 
for  protecting  society  against  the  degenerate, 
whether  unrestrained  or  In  an  institution. 

As  an  instance  of  the  cost  of  supporting  a 
family  that  may  spring  from  a  degenerate,  the 
following  is  presented  by  Dugdale  in  his  classic 
Investigation,  "The  Jukes,  A  Study  of  Crime, 
Pauperism,  Disease  and  Heredity."  From  the 
early  half  of  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  end 
of  the  nineteenth  century  the  known  descend- 
ants of  Jukes  numbered  1,200.  The  aggregate 
cost  of  this  family  to  the  State  of  New  York 
was  known  to  have  been  $1,308,000. 

The  physician  views  the  problem  of  marriage 
as  one  for  the  propagation  of  the  species.  He 
realizes  the  immutable  laws  of  heredity  and 
therefore  assumes  that  the  character  units  of 
one  or  the  other  parent  are  transmitted  to  the 
offspring  in  whole  or  In  part.  There  are  two 
varieties  of  character  units — the  agenlc  units, 
those  that  tend  to  destroy  or  to  deteriorate  the 
race;  and  the  eugenic  units,  those  that  tend  to 
Improve  the  race.  Under  the  agenic  units  may 
be  found  defective  physiques,  feeble-mlndedness, 
epilepsy,  insanity,  pauperism,  alcoholism  and 
'  drug  habitues,  syphilis,  criminality,  certain  nerv- 
ous diseases,  defects  of  speech,  including  deaf- 
mutism,  etc.  Under  the  eugenic  units  may  be 
mentioned  strong  physique,  mental  ability,  apti- 
tude for  the  arts  and  sciences,  memory,  moral- 
ity and  temperament 

From  the  foregoing  it  is  apparent  that  the 
problem  as  presented  In  recent  laws  dealing 
specifically  with  venereal  diseases  may  fail  to 
be  solved  unless  augumented  by  the  concerted 
efforts  of  the  physician  and  the  public  health 
educator.  It  Is  well  to  emphasize  the  impor- 
tance of  venereal  diseases,  but  what  of  bring- 
ing facts  concerning  reproduction  Into  homes, 
before  societies  and  leagues  devoted  to  a  study 
of  the  great  question?  What  of  moulding  pub- 
lic opinion,  which  is  but  the  father  of  public 
action? 

The  marriage  laws  as  they  stand  are  good, 
but  fall  far  short  In  furnishing  the  solution. 
Charles  Reed,  in  his  book  on  "Marriage  and 
Genetics,"  concludes:  "A  theme  that  thus  deals 
with  the  deepest  sentiment  and  the  profoundest 
welfare  of  the  human  individual  and  with  the 
family  considered  as  the  unit  of  society,  here 
and  now  as  well,  must  be  approached  in  full 
appreciation  of  ascertained  facts  and  be  dis- 
cussed in  the  light  of  natural  laws  underlying 
the  problem." 

May  It  not  be  asked,  do  our  legislators,  our 
courts,  our  officials  of  the  law,  our  Institutions 
and  our  profession  deal  with  the  question  as 
presented?  Should  concentration  be  made  on 
one  phase  of  the  problem,  or  should  attempts 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBBICAN    MeDIOINB 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


December,  1919 


80] 


be  directed  to  strengthening  the  germ  plasm  of 
this  and  future  generations? 


A  Simple  and  Practical  Method  of  Catheterfisa- 
tIon« — Those  who  have  taught  pupil  nurses  to 
catheterize,  and  who  have  watched  their  work 
closely,  will,  states  Ida  Gaeley  (Modem  Hospi- 
tal) ^  agree  that  the  points  in  the  procedure  most 
difficult  for  the  -average  pupil  nurse  to  grasp 
are,  i.  e.:  (1)  How  to  keep  their  hands  from 
conveying  infectious  materials  into  the  meatus; 
(2)  to  be  able  to  find  easily  the  meatus  urin- 
arius,  especially  in  puerperal  patients,  where 
the  labiae  are  swollen.  To  remedy  this  I  have 
adopted  the  technic  outlined  in  the  succeeding 
paragraphs : 
Equipment 

One  sterile  tray  containing: 

1.  One  sterile  pan,  containing  two  perfect 
glass  catheters,  each  having  five  inches  of  rub- 
ber tubing  attached  to  its  distal  end. 

2.  One  sterile  pitcher  containing  one  quart 
of  sterile  antiseptic  solution  of  proper  strength 
for  flushing. 

3.  One  sterile  wide-mouth  glass  bottle,  capac- 
ity at  least  one  quart,  of  special  design  for  this 
purpose  only. 

4.  One  package  of  three  sterile  towels. 

5.  One  pair  of  good  sterile  gloves. 
Additional  supplies:       Douche  pan,  draping 

sheet,  and  screen  for  bedside. 
Procedure. 

1.  The  pupil  takes  tray  and  other  supplies 
to  bedside  and  places  screen  around  bed. 

2.  She  washes  her  hands  carefully  and  dries 
them  on  clean  towel. 

3.  Puts  patient  on  douche  pan,  drapes  with 
clean  sheet,  folding  bed  covers  to  foot  of  bed. 

4.  Places  the  tray  at  patient's  feet. 

5.  Opens  sterile  packages — puts  on  sterile 
gloves. 

6.  Places  one  sterile  towel  over  pubic  region 
and  one  over  thigh  next  pupil. 

7.  Picks  up  handle  of  pitcher  with  extra 
sterile  towel  with  right  hand.  With  thumb  and 
forefinger  of  left  hand  separates  labiae  at  the 
uppermost  point,  and  holds  them  well  separated. 

8.  The  solution  is  poured  from  pitcher  in 
right  hand  with  some  force,  so  that  the  flow 
strikes  against  the  meatus,  thereby  opening  it, 
and  at  the  same  time  washing  infectious 
material  downward  from  it,  thus  cleansing  the 
orifice. 

9.  Still  holding  the  labiae  apart— not  letting 
them  fall  together  for  one  instant — ^the  pupil 
sets  the  pitcher  on  the  tray,  picks  up  the  cathe- 
ter at  the  rubber  end,  and  kinks  the  rubber  as 
she  inserts  the  catheter  into  the  meatus. 

10.  Then  releasing  the  thumb  and  forefinger 
of  left  hand,  with  them  she  holds  rubber  end 
of  catheter  closed  until,  with  right  hand,  she 
places  the  bottle  in  douche  pan,  directing  rub^ 
ber  end  into  it,  allowing  the  urine  to  flow  direct- 
ly into  a  sterile  container,  thus  providing  a 
sterile  specimen  if  same  is  wanted  for  examina- 
tion. 


The  rest  of  the  technic  is  the  same  as  is  us- 
ually taught;  pressure  over  the  suprapubic  re- 
gion, and  reaching  recesses  of  the  bladder  by 
gentle  turning  of  the  catheter  to  facilitate  the 
flow  of  urine. 

The  catheter  must  always  be  inspected  before 
insertion  for  cracks  or  imperfections,  and  for 
that  reason  or  in  case  of  accident  I  instruct 
pupils  to  sterilize  two  catheters  for  each  cathe- 
terization. 

After  the  urine  ceases  to  flow  the  pupil  flushes 
the  labiae,  removes  patient  from  the  douche 
pan,  dries  the  buttocks,  and  makes  the  bed 
toilet. 


NEWS  NOTES  "» 
ANNOUNCEMENT/ 


Samuel  D*  Gross  Prise«— The  Philadelphia 
Academy  of  Surgery  announces  that  essays  will 
be  received  in  competition  for  the  Samuel  D. 
Gross  prize  of  $1,600  until  January  1,  1920. 

The  conditions  annexed  by  the  -testator  are 
that  the  prize  * 'shall  be  awarded  every  five 
years  to  the  writer  of  the  best  original  essay, 
not  exceeding  one  hundred  and  flfty  printed 
pages,  octavo,  in  length,  illustrative  of  some 
subjects  in  surgical  pathology  or  surgical  prac- 
tice, founded  upon  original  investigations,  the 
candidates  for  the  prize  to  be  American  citi- 
zens." 

It  is  expressly  stipulated  that  the  competitor 
who  receives  the  prize  shall  publish  his  essay 
in  book  form,  and  that  he  shall  deposit  one 
copy  of  the  work  in  the  Samuel  D.  Qross 
Library  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Sur- 
gery. 

The  essays,  which  must  be  written  by  a  single 
author  in  the  English  language,  should  be 
sent  to  the  "Trustees  of  the  Samuel  D.  Gross 
Prize  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Surgery, 
care  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  19  S.  22d  St., 
Philadelphia,"  on  or  before  January  1,  1920. 


Nutritional  Besearclu— The  National  Research 
Council  has  formed  a  special  committee  on  food 
and  nutrition  problems  which  will  devote  its 
attention  to  important  problems  connected  with 
the  nutritional  values  of  food,  for  both  human 
and  animal  use. 

The  committee,  with  the  support  of  the  coun- 
cil, is  arranging  to  obtain  funds  for  the  support 
of  its  researches,  and  will  get  under  way.  Just 
as  soon  as  possible,  certain  speciflc  investiga- 
tions already  formulated  by  individual  commit- 
tee members  and  subcommittees.    These  include 


Digitized  by 


Google 


802 


December,  1919 


NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCEMENTS 


American  Medicine 


studies  of  the  comparative  food  values  of  meat 
and  milk  and  of  the  conditions  of  production  of 
these  foods  in  the  United  States,  together  with 
the  whole  problem  of  animal  nutrition ;  the  food 
conditions  in  hospitals,  asylums  and  similar  in- 
stitutions; the  nutritional  standards  of  infancy 
and  adolescence;  the  formation  of  a  national 
institute  of  nutrition,  and  other  problems. 

The  members  are:  Carl  Alsberg,  chief  of  the 
Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture; H.  P.  Armsby,  director  of  Institute  of 
Animal  Nutrition,  Pennsylvania  State  College; 
Isabel  Bevier,  director  of  department  of  home 
economics.  University  of  Illinois;  E.  B.  Forbes, 
chief  of  the  department  of  nutrition,  Ohio  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station;  W.  H.  Jordan, 
director.  New  York  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station;  Graham  Lusk,  professor  of  physiology, 
Cornell  University  Medical  College;  C.  F.  Lang- 
worthy,  chief  of  office  of  home  economics,  De- 
partment of  Agriculture;  E.  V.  McCollum,  pro- 
fessor of  biochemistry,  School  of  Public  Health 
and  Hygiene,  Johns  Hopkins  University;  L.  B. 
Mendel,  professor  of  physiological  chemistry, 
Yale  University;  J.  R.  Murlin,  professor  of 
physiology  and  director  of  department  of  vital 
economics,  University  of  Rochester;  R.  A.  Pear- 
son, president  of  Iowa  State  Agricultural  Col- 
lege; H.  C.  Sherman,  professor  of  food  chem- 
istry, Columbia  University;  A.  E.  Taylor,  Rush 
professor  of  physiological  chemistry,  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  and  A.  F.  Woods,  botanist, 
president  of  Maryland  State  College  of  Agri- 
culture. 


Destruction  of  Bedbugs. — Bertrand,  Brocq- 
Rousseau,  and  Dassonville  (Preaae  mSdicale, 
September  18,  1919)  found  that  bedbugs  were 
destroyed  by  amounts  of  chloropicrin  sufficient- 
ly small  to  permit  the  practical  use  of  the  com- 
pound for  this  purpose.  The  proper  quantity 
per  cubic  metre  of  room  space  Is  from  four  to 
ten  grams.  Destruction  of  the  ova  is  not  in- 
sured by  a  single  exposure  to  the  agent.  Con- 
sequently, the  hatching  period  for  these  ova 
being  about  a  week,  a  second  exposure  should 
be  made  about  two  weeks  after  the  first. 


Army  Medical  Corps  Keep  Effective  1^94; 
Out  of  195,000  Wonndedy  182,000  Have  Recov- 
ered.— The  record  of  the  Army  Medical  Depart- 
ment in  dispatching  its  duties  of  war  stands 
out  in  bold  relief  as  one  of  the  greatest  accom- 
plishments in  the  records  of  medicine. 

BECORD    OF    DISEASES    COMBATED 

Statistics  show  beyond  all  dispute  that  the 
American  Army  was  the  healthiest  and  cleanest 
army  that  ever  fought.  By  far  the  greatest  toll 
of  deaths  from  disease  was  taken  by  pneumonia 
and  influenza  during  the  general  epidemic  that 
at  the  time  was  world  wide.  Deaths  in  the 
Army  from  this  cause  are  placed  at  8,000.  There 
were  only  1,000  cases  of  typhoid,  fifty  of  which 


were  fatal;  venereal  cases  never  exceeded  4  per 
cent,  an  exceedingly  low  figure  in  an  army  in 
the  field.  Dysentery  was  present  at  one  time, 
but  this  was  checked  before  it  reached  the  epi- 
demic stage. 

When  the  American  troops  arrived  in  France, 
there  was  great  difficulty  In  securing  hospital 
space  and  the  first  wounded  found  themselves 
housed  in  all  manner  of  buildings,  from  choice 
edifices  of  imperial  foundation  down  to  humble 
and  none  too  clean  municipal  halls  in  the 
French  villages.  There  were,  at  the  close  of  the 
war,  153  base  hospitals,  sixty-six  camp  hospitals, 
and  twelve  convalescent  camps  in  France  alone. 
One  of  the  best  known  hospitals  was  that  estab- 
lished in  the  Ecole  de  la  L«egion  d'Honneur,  at 
St.  Denis,  quite  close  to  Paris,  where  many  of 
the  wounded  from  Chateau-Thierry  were 
brought. 

IMPROVING  YANK    HOSPITALS 

The  great  Haviland  china  factory  at  Limoges 
was  turned  over  to  the  Americans  for  hospital 
purposes  and  the  library  of  Orleans  was  stripped 
of  100,000  books  to  make  room  for  the  narrow 
cots  and  operating  tables.  In  Vichy,  hospitals 
were  established  in  eighty-seven  hotels,  while 
seventy  other  hostelries  were  similarly  con- 
verted in  and  around  Vittel  and  Contrexville. 
Two  of  the  outstanding  features  of  American 
hospital  work  in  France  were  the  greatest  hos- 
pital centers  such  as  Mesves  with  25,000  beds 
and  the  mushroom  1,000-bed  "Type  A"  hospitals, 
that  standardized  all  American-built  hospitals 
in  France. 

Summing  it  up,  the  Army  Medical  Corps  and 
the  Red  Cross  were  able  to  keep  93%  per  cent 
of  the  fighting  forces  effective  for  duty  at  all 
times  and  of  the  remaining  5.7  per  cent  only 
3.4  per  cent,  were  incapacitated  thru  disease. 
This  is  a  record  on  which  the  Army  and  the  Red 
Cross  can  look  back  with  satisfaction. 


German  Money  in  Bushel  Lots* — It  took  a 
bushel  of  Gei'man  paper  money  to  enroll  the 
boys  of  Company  A,  Eighth  Infantry  of  the 
American  Army  of  Occupation  during  the  recent 
Red  Cross  Roll  Call.  With  the  rate  of  exchange 
standing  at  thirty  marks  for  a  dollar,  the  phys- 
ical detail  of  counting  and  sending  the  collec- 
tions was  no  small  task. 

Before  the  official  date  for  opening  the  drive 
in  the  United  States  the  company,  consisting  of 
250  men,  enrolled  one  hundred  per  cent  ^ 

This  unit  was  the  first  organization  in  the 
Army  of  Occupation  to  be  paid  on  that  day. 
It  had  previously  been  announced  that  the  Roll 
Call  would  start  that  evening. 

"Let's  beat  'em  to  it"  said  a  lieutenant. 

"Atta  boy,"  responded  the  company,  and 
forthwith  at  Fort  Constantino,  on  the  west  side 
of  the  Rhine,  there  was  a  shower  of  marks  like 
the  fall  of  autumn  leaves.  When  the  names 
were  all  checked  off,  a  large  bale  of  marks  was 
left  over  and  many  men  had  two  and  three 
memberships  coming  to  them. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AMBRICAN  MBDICINB 


Watch  the  Teeth 

Cleaned  With  Pepsodent 


You  will  meet  them  con- 
stantly^  for  millions  of  teeth 
are  now  cleaned  with  it. 

Note  how  Pepsodent  reduces 
the  tartar  formation — how  it 
combats  the  plaque. 

The  use  of  Pepsodent  means 
this: 

The  daily  application  of  ac- 
tivated pepsin  to  the  protein 
plaque — particularly  in  the 
interstices. 

Efficient  daily  polishing  with 
tricalcic  phosphate,  the  chief 


tooth  constituent.  It  is  unique- 
ly effective,  yet  the  most  ex- 
haustive tests  prove  it  harm- 
less. 

An  alkaline  mouth  condition. 
Pepsodent  is  add  in  reaction. 
It  contains  no  soap  or  other 
alkali.  Therefore  it  stimulates 
the  flow  of  alkaline  saliva. 

Every  doctor  who  tests  it  or 
watches  the  results  will  ap- 
prove it  and  urge  its  general 
adoption. 

Ask  us  for  a  tube  to  try. 


Dental  Mudn  Digestant 

Based  on  activated  pepsin. 
Contains  no  soap,  no  chalk 


a48 


THE  PEPSODENT  COMPANY, 
5115  Ludington  Bldg.,  Chicago^Ill. 

Please  send  me,  free  of  charge, 
one  regular  50c  size  tube  of  Pepso- 
dent, also  literature  and  formula. 

Name  

Address 

Eneloae  eard  or  letterbead 


Digitized  by 


Google 


▲IfBRICAM  MBDIdNB 


Why  is  a  Gall  Stone 

■ 

Although  authorities  differ, 
certain  fundamental  facts 
are  pretty  well  known. 

Our  little  brochure,  with 
above  tide,  emphasizes 
the  important  pathologic 
factors,  and  indicates  a 
rational  treatment  for 
Gall  Stone  Disease. 

It  is  brief  and  to  the  point. 

A  postal  will  bring  a  copy. 

r.  H.  STRONG  COMPANY 

56  WaiTM  St,  New  Tojrk 
CholoiMtia  TabloiMtia 


INFLUENZA   IS   STILL 
A  MENACE 

A  rettim  of  the  epidemic  in  some 
form  or  other  is  expected  the 
coming  winter  and  duty  demands 
that  the  profession  should 

BE  PREPARED 

No  remedy,  judged  by  the  num- 
ber of  cases  treated  with  it,  won 
a  higher  percentage  of  good  results 
than 

PROTEOGEN  NO.  12 

(FORMULA  OF  DR.  A.  8.  HOROTTTS) 

Get  in  touch  with  us  at  once  for 
information  or  arrange  for  sup- 
plies thru  your  local  druggist. 

thewhsMeRRELLcomb^w 

1       "  CIMC1I«?IATL    U    S.    A. 


Scalp  Diseases 


especially  dandruff,   or  seborrhea,   and  local  circulatory  derangements-^- 
utually  require  systematic  shampooing. 

The  special  formula  and  unique  character  of 

PACKER'S  TAR  SOAP 

give  it  a  specific  utility,  not  only  for  cleansing  the  scalp,  but  also  for  increasing 
the  physiologic  activity  of  the  scalp  tissues  that  nourish  and  enliven  the  hair. 

Many  physicians  have  learned  this  from  practical  experience,  and  as  a 
consequence  have  been  using  and  recommending  Packer's  Tar  Soap  for  over 
forty-five  years.  The  prompt  and  satisfactory  results  obtained  in  the  hygienic 
care  and  treatment  of  the  hair  and  scalp,  readily  Account  for  its  general  ac- 
ceptance today  as  the  standard  shampooing  agent 

We  have  just  issued  a  second  edition  (revised)  of  our  manual  on  'Tha 
Hair  and  Scalp— Their  Modem  Care  and  Treatment,*^  free  on  request 

The  Packer  Mfg.  G).,  New  York  City. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN  MBDICINB 


Glykeron  and  GIp- Heroin 

ARE  SYNONYMOUS  APPELLATIONS  AND  ARE 
NOW  KNOWN  AS  SUCH  TO  ALL  DISPENSING 
PHARMACISTS 

THESE  designations  may  now  be  used  interchangeably  by 
the  physician  when  prescribing  the  preparation  originaUy 
known  only  as  Glyco-Heroin  (Smith). 

As  a  safeguard  against  having  worthless  imitations  of  the  prep- 
aration dispensed,  it  is  suggested  that  the  physician  use  the 
name 

GLYKERON 


which  is  non-descriptive  and  more  distinctive,  when  prescribing 
GLYCO-HEROIN  (SMITH)  for  Cough,  Asthma,  Phthisis,  Pneu- 
monia, Bronchitis,  Laryngitis,  Whooping-Cough  and  kindred  af- 
fections of  the  respiratory  system. 


DOSE — The  adult  dose  is  one  teaspoon-  ^^--— —————— ——^— 

ful  every  two  hours,  or  at  longer  inter- 
vals as  the  individual  case  requires.  Th«  composition  of  GLYCO-HER- 
For  chndren  of  ten  years  or  more,  the  OIN  (SMITH)  has  not  been  modi- 
dose  is  from  one-quarter  to  one-half  tea-  fied  in  the  slightest  degree. 
spoonful;  for  children  of  three  years  or 
more,  five  to  ten  drops.  • 


MARTIN  H.  SMITH  COMPANY 
New  York,  U.  S.  A. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


THE  STORM  BINDER  AND  ABDOMINAL  SUPPORTER 

PATENTED 

The  Storm  Biader  it  io  a  class  of  its  own.  It  is  not  an  ordi- 
nary belt.  It  is  a  Washable,  Abdominal  Supporter;  adapted  to 
the  use  of  men.  women  and  children  for  any  purpose  for 
which  an  abdominal  supporter  is  needed*  It  is  elastic  without 
rubber  elastic  and  vrithout  leather.  It  supports  with  com- 
fort. 

The  Storm  Binder  is  two  supporting  Belts  in  one — a  body 
part  and  a  reinforcing  band  attached  to  the  body  belt  at  the 
median  line.  Years  and  experience  have  proven  that  the 
Storm  Binder  has  many  times  the  efficiency  of  the  ordinary  belt. 

It  raises  up  and  gives  a  support  to  the  lower  middle  abdomen  and  inguinal  regions.       It  lessens  the  jarring 

of  the  viscera  in  automdbile  riding  and  in  all  athletic  exercises. 

For  General  Sapport  as  in  pregnancy,  visceroptosis,  obesity,  etc 

For  Special  Sapport  as  in  hernia.  sacro»iliac.  relaxations,  etc. 

For  Post  Oparative  support  for  incisions  in  upper,  middle  and  lower  abdomen. 

Every  Storm  Supporter  is  made  to  order. 

Let  us  send  you  our  86  page  illustrated  folder  with  samples  of  materials  and  physicians'  testimonials. 
Mail  orders  filled  at  Philadelphia  only — in  24  hours. 

*^  KATHERINE  L.  STORM,  M.  D..  1541  Diamond  St..  Philadelphia.  Pa..  U.  S.  A. 


Peacock's 
BROMIDES 


assure  your  patients  a  pleas* 
ant,  pure  and  uniform  solution 
of  the  neutral  bromide  salts, 
that  may  be  used  for  prolongs 
ed  bromide  treatment  of  the 
chronic  neuroses  with  maxi^ 
mum  results  and  minimum 
tendency  to  disagreeable 
effects.  Peacock's  Bromides 
are  without  a  superior  as  a 
safe  and  effective  antispasmod- 
ic, nerve  sedative  and  hypnotic* 


DOSE: 


One  to  four 
teaspoonfuls. 


w  C? 


CHIONIA 

places  at  the  physician's  com" 
mand  an  exceptional  prepara- 
tion of  CfiioTUinthus  Virgimca 
that  can  be  relied  on  to  stim- 
ulate the  liver  without  unduly 
increasing  bowel  activity.  In 
sluggish  liver  conditions  in 
which  the  biliary  secretion  is 
depressed,  Chionia  will  be 
found  a  remarkably  efficient, 
satisfactory  and  acceptable 
cholagogue. 


DOSE:       One  io  two  tea- 
spoonfuls  three  times  a  day. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


PeACOC  K  Ch  E  M  ICAL  Co.,    St.  Louis>Ma  | 


AMBRICAN  MBDICINB 


From  Puberty  to  Menopause 


THROUGH  this  period 
most  women  suffer  from 
uterine  neurosis,  and  as 
Godell  so  aptly  describes  it, 
"the  intangible, 
imponderable, 
invisible  pelvic 
pains  of  neurotic 
women/' 


pregnancy  call  for  the  admin- 
istration of  HAYDEN'S  VI- 
BURNUM COMPOUND, 

presenting  its  well-known  an- 
tispasmodic and 
calmative  action 
as  a  preventive 
and  as  a  treat- 
ment in  neurosis. 


Anticipated 
monthly  attacks  of  Dysmen- 
orrhea, the  exhausting  effects 
of  Menorrhagia,  and  the 
nervous  symptoms  of  early 


It  should  be  given 
in  teaspoonful  doses,  three 
times  a  day,  administered  in 
hot  water.  Literature,  form- 
ula and  samples  upon  request. 


NEW  YORK  PHARMACEUTICAL  COMPANY 

BEDFORD  SPRINGS,  BEDFORD,  MASS. 


after  30  years 

of  genuine  and  valuable  use  by  physicians 

BOVININE 

The  Reconstructive  Tonic 
has  proved  its  helpfulness  to  young  and  old 


For  Children 

where  they  do  not  assim- 
ilate a  usual  diet — ^the 
modem  method  is  to  pre- 
scribe Bovinine. 


For  the  Old 

where  digestion  is  weak- 
ened and  who  are  not' 
graining  under  any  other 
treatment,  try  Bovinine. 


SAMPLES  and  literature  giving  examplee 
and  quoting  leading  speoialiets, 
sent  to  phyetcvane 


For  Treatment 

of  diseased  tissues,  ex- 
ternal or  internal,  Bovin- 
ine is  especially  adapted. 


ON  REQUEST 


THE  BOVININE  COMPANY,  75  Wist  Houston  St.,  Now  York 


Digitized  by 


Ljoogle 


6 


AMBBICAN  MBDICIMB 


JImerican  medicine 

PUBLISHED  MONTHLT 

Editorial  Ofii««i  18  East  41  at  St..  If  aw  Tark  CI«t 
PabUaaUaa  OfBeat  189  CaUa«a  St..  B«riia«toB.Vt. 

Intored  m  MCOBd-clsM  matter  Juidkit  SS.  IMS,  mt  tli*  PMt  OflUr* 
at  BarliBfton.  Vt..  under  Art  of  CongrMt.  Marcli  S.  1179. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


T%m  Imtar-valAtiaB  af  Birtk  Rataa  aad  Mar- 

taUtr  Rate*    78# 

Artlflelal   Llatba    7S1 


MEN  AND  THINGS 


CoTfT  PictiMe— FIrat  Amariean  Hoapltal  la  Paiia 


Teackera^    Salariea     

Healtk    Ceatera     

SarsaoB*    Saldlar^PrealdeatT    

Maay  'Wmuk^m  to  Heal    

Starrfac  AnneaU  aad  tke  W^orld'a  Datx 

Polltlca  and   Medlciaa    

Motar  AcddieatM  aad  I>cfc«tl\*a  Laws    . . . 
CkriatoHia   la   the   Haai^tala    


7S2 
753 
754 
755 
755 
75C 
757 
758 


EDITORIAL  COMMENT 

Reformlair  Medical  Teachlair   748 

Sapervlaed  Prevnaacr    744 

A  Saaltarr  ladex   745 

Tke  Metric  Srateat    746 

Veaereal   Snapeeta    747 

Tke   Bxlateaoe  of  Metk€»da   for   DetenalalBs 

Dlaeaae  Carrieva   748 


Tke  BIrtka  of  a  Natloa 


749 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 

BxpeHeacea  of  «  Medical  Reaen-e  Officer 
IITItk  tke  Aaaerloaa  Bxpedltloaarx  F*oree 

— By  Leo  B.  Meyer,  A.  M.,  M.  D..  F.  A.  C. 
S.,  Late  Major,  M.  C,  U.  S.  A.,  New  York 
City     759 

Coatamlaated  aad  lafeeted  'Wooada— Prla- 
dplea  of  Treatment— WItk  Addead*  oa 
Aatlaeptlca  aad  Termlnolorr— By  David 
C.  Hilton,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  &,  Lin- 
coln,  Neb 772 


(Contlnuad  on  iMiff«  8) 


FOR    INFLUENZA    AND    SEQUELAE 

ANGIER'S  EMULSION 


Angler's  Emulsion  Is  particularly  adapted  to  the  treatment  of 
the  catarrhal  symptoms,  whether  Respiratory  or  Intestinal,  which 
generally  follow  the  more  acute  stage  of  influenza. 

It  relieves  the  harsh  troublesome  cough,  while  it  also  allays  the 
dangerous  symptoms  of  congestion  and  inflammation  of  the 
respiratory  organs. 

It  overcomes  Intestinal  Intoxication ;  Promotes  Nutrition ;  Ha- 
stens Convalescence, 

3        Emuls  Angier  J^vi 

or  ,^xii 
Sig:     2  teaspoonfuls  every  2  or  3  hours. 

AN6IER  CHEMICAL  COMPANY,  BOSTON,  MASSACHUSETTS 

FOR  PROTECTION  USE  THE  GLYMOL   ATOMIZER   AND   GLYMOL 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AHXRICAN  ICBOICINII 


The  problem  raised  by  the 

question~What   will    the 

after-effects  be?~finds  its 

solution  in 


NEUROSINE 


The  Safe  Soporific 

Wherever  the  effect  of  a  hypnot- 
ic-sedative is  desirable  but  great 
caution  in  its  use  necessary,  Neu- 
rosine  is  pre-eminently  the  quali- 
fied remedy. 


Protect  Your  Patients 

AGAINST 

Golds  .  Influenza  .  Pneumonia 


USE  SHERMAN'S  No.  38 


Write  for  Literature 


r    KANUFACriNltll     | 


Deiroit/Hck. 
ai.s.A 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


8 


AJCDRICAN  MBDIdNa 


The  PkxaicUn  uid  the  New  Yoric  State  In- 
come Tax  Law — By  Eugrene  M.  Travis, 
State  Comptroller.  Albany,  N.  Y 782 

The   Treatment  of  Pneamonia— By   M.    Ford 

Morris,  Jr..  M.   D..  Atlanta,  Ga.    T86 

Multiple     ArthrltUi     of    Obacnre     Oriffia — By 

Virgril  E.  Simpson.  M.  D.,  Louisville,  Ky.  789 

RATIONAL  ORGANOTHERAPY 

The   Adreaalln   Test    791 

The  Differential  DlasmosUi  of  HrP^rthyroid- 
Uim  by  •Baaal  Metabollam  and  Alimen- 
tary  Hyperrlrceatia    791 

The  HyperthTDold  Theory  of  Basedow**  I>1»- 

798 


Corpus  I^vtenm  Extract  la  the  Vomiting  of 

Presmancy     793 

PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

The  Treatment  of  Rheumatoid  Arthritis   . . .   798 

Radlnm   Treatment  of  Cancer    794 

Radlo-Thempy   In   Inflanunatlon    795 


TREATMENT 


796 


Treatment    of    Inflnensa    

Treatateat    of    Mnscniar    Atrophy    by    Artl- 

flelal    Stimnlatloa     796 


Mallgaaat    Measles 


796 


Oamphor  In  Acute  Inflaensal  Bronchitis  and 

BronchopnevaM>nta     798 

The  Modem  Trcatatent  of  E:aapyenMi  by  An- 
tiseptics        799 

Treatment    of   Bites    799 

Treatnieat  of  Heart  Disease 799 

Treatment  of  Acute  Goaoirhea  In  Women  . .  799 

GENERAL  TOPICS 

Maternal    Impressions  In   New  Mexico    899 

Marriairc   Laws  and   Bnsenics    890 

A    Simple   and    Practical    Method   of    Oathe- 

terlsation     801 

NEWS  NOTES  AND  ANNOUNCE- 
MENTS 

Siamuel  D.  Gross   Prise    801 

NntTltional   Rescui^di    801 

Destruction   of  Bedbass    80S 

Army  Medical  Corps  Keep  BffcctiTC  9S%t 
Oat  of  195,000  l^ounded,  18X000  Have 
RecoTcred     80S 

Gennan  Money  In  Bushel  I^ots 808 


Chronic  Invalidism  is  a  very  frequent  sequel  of 

Influenza. 

FellojjTS*  Syi^      the 


supplies    the  indispensable  mineral  s^^^:r^quired  by 
the  system  togetHerv^^Ptl^^lS^TWS^tSit^^^  agents, 

strychnine  ^rj.  quinine.    cJt  accelerates  convalescence 


The  si^nd^^Tonic  for  OverJ^fif'^ntury' 

SAMPLES>m>^UX«^R  Alii  (^ElJPOU  REQUEST 


FELLOWS   MEDICAL  MANFG.  CO.,  Inc. 

26  Christopher  Street  New  York 


Digitized  by ' 


AMBRICAN  MBDICDnD 


9 


tmm/////^^ 


P 


Announcing 

the  Production  of 


-St 


neumo-k3irep-»;3erum 

(Antipnenmoooocio  and  Antistreptoooooio  Semm) 

Reports  from  Army  Gamps  indicate  that  the  strepto- 
coccus hemolyticus  and  other  streptococci  are  frequently  associa- 
ted with  pneumococci  as  causative  factors  in  pneumonia.  When 
it  is  determined  that  the  pneumonia  is  complicated  by  the  strep- 
tococcus, the  conjoint  use  of  Antipneumococcic  Serum  Polyva- 
lent and  Antistreptococcic  Serum  Polyvalent  is  indicated. 

The  Difficulties  and 
Inconvenience  of  Sep- 
arate injections  of  Anti- 
pneumococcic Serum 
and  Antistreptococcic 
Serum  may  be  avoided 
by  using  Mulford 
Pnenmo-Strep- 
Serum,  which  is  pre- 
pared by  injecting 
horses  simultaneously 
with  the  fixed  types  1, 
II  and  III  of  pneumococ- 
cus,  also  some  strains 
from  group  IV  pneumo- 
coccus,  and  15  key 
strains  of  streptococcus. 

Pnenino-Strep- 
Semm,  therefore,  pos- 
sesses the  combined  ad- 
vantages of  antipneumococcic  and  antistreptococcic  serums.  It  contains 
antib<xlies  against  all  the  various  strains  of  jpneumococcus  and  streptococ- 
cus employed,  and,  by  standardization  agamst  type  I  pneumococcus,  it  is 
equally  as  potent  against  type  I  pneumonia  as  the  type  I  and  polyvalent 
antipneumococcic  serums. 


InJectlDK  Cultures  Into  Serum-Producing  Horse 


^OWFO^^ 


An  Injection  ot  100  mils  Pnen  mo- St  rep- Serum  is 
equivalent  to  100  mils  Antipnenmocoooic  Semm 
and  lOO  mils  Antistreptoooooio  Semm. 

Supplied  in  50-mil  packages,  with  the  Mulford  perfected 
Intravenous  Apparatus. 


^^^SS^^*^  B«  ^*  Mnlford  Company,  Philadelphia,  U«  S.  A. 


4H12 


mmm^ms^M£mm^^^^m//^^^mimmmmii!ii^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


10 


AMBBICUN  lOBDIdMB 


ERCOAPIOL  (SMITH) 

Its  Utmty  in  the  Treatment  of 

AyENORRHEA.  DYSMENORRHEA  AND  OTHER 
DISTURBANCES  OF  MENSTRUATION 


Despitft  the  fact  that  Brffoaplol  (Smith) 
exerts  a  pronounced  anals*elo  a-nd  eeda- 
tlve  effect  upon  the  entire  reproduotlTe 
system.  Its  use  Is  not  attended  with  the 
objectionable  bjr^effeets  associated  with 
anodyne  or  narcotic  drurs. 

The  unTarlable  certainty,  asreeableness 
and  slnsuUtr  promptness  with  which 
Ersoaplol  (Smith)  relleres  the  sereral 
▼arletles  of  amenorrhea  and  dysmMior- 
rhca  has  earned  for  It  the  unquallflcd  en- 
dorsement of  those  members  of  the  pro- 
fsssion  who  have  subjected  It  to  exactlns 
clinical  tests. 

DOSAGE:    Ordinarily,  one  to  two  capsules  should 
be  administered  three  or  four  times  a  day, 

MARTIN  H.  SMITH  CO. 

HBW  TOBK  -  -  V.  S.'a. 


h:  Pills 


What  are  the  underlying  causes  of 
gall-stone  formation? 

Infection  of  the  gall-hladder. 
Bile  stasis. 

Increased  cholesterin  formation. 
Duct  swelling  and  inflammation. 
Probilin  Pills  are  pharmacologically 
so  planned  as  to  meet  all  of  them. 

A  fifteen  year  reputation  proves  it. 


made  in  u.s.a. 
Furnished  sixty  in  amber  vial 
with  green  label  and  red  seal 
at  before-the-war  price. 

SCHERING  GGLATZJNcNiwYoRK 


prrUITARY  LIQUID  (Aimour)  is  ftandardized  physio- 
logically, free  from  chemical  preservatives  and  is  sold   in 
dated  packages.     Dating  the  packages  shows  the  physician 
whether  or  not  he  is  getting  a  fresh  product. 

Pituttary  Liquid  I  c.  c.  ampoules,  6  in  a  box. 

ARMOUR  A  COMPANY 


ARHEOL 


(CPBHMO) 
THE  ACTIVE  PRINCIPLE  OF  SANDALWOOD  OIL 
Used  with  conspicuous  success  in 

Gonorrhea,Cystitis,  Vesical  CatzirrhyEtc. 

DIRECTIONS:  JO  f  12  eaptuht  dmily         Soli  by  all  Retail  DrmuUU 


ASTIER  LABORATORIES 

45,  Roe  da  Dodear  Blaachc,  Paris,  Fmacc 


E.  FOUGERA  &  CO. 

90  B«elauB  Str««C  Mew  York 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMERICAN  MBDldNB 


11 


Morrhuol  Creosote 

(Cbapoteaut) 
INDICATIONS:  Wherever  Cod  Liver  Oil  and  Creosote  are 
prescribed.  Cod  Liver  Oil  contains  Vitatnihes  and  these  have  been 
separated  by  Chapoteaut  of  Paris  in  the  form  known  as  Morrhuol 
(Extractum  Morrhuse  Alcoholicum),  representing  the  vitamines 
''morrhuine,  nicomorrhuine,  amylamine,  dihydrolutidine/' 
oxycoUidine,  aselline  and  morrhuic  acid. 

Each  capsule  of  Morrhuol  Creosote  contains: 

R  Morrhuol 20  centigrammes 

Creosote  (beech wood) — 5  centigrammes 

Dose:    Four  to  eight  cap- 
sules daily. 


<CM  A  FOTSA  trw 


m^HjUI 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 
to  the  U.  S.  Agents 

E.  rOUGER A  &  CO..  Inc. 
New  York 


Prevent  Needless  Fatigue 

Walking  with  hard  leather  heels  on  still  harder    floors,   stairways   and 
sidewalks  is  bound  sooner  or  later,  to  cause  excessive  nerve  tire  and  fatigue. 

9/ 


HEELS 


through  their  remarkable  resiliency  and  shock-absorbing  properties,  substantially  remove  the  harsh 
impact  and  jar  from  each  of  the  8,000  or  more  steps  the  average  individual  takes  daily,  and  thus 
prevent  much  nerve  tire  and  exhaustion-  '^ 

Medical  men  have  come  to  appreciate  the  great  hygienic  value  of  O'SuUivan's  Heels »  for 
personal  experience  has  shown  them  conclusively  how  much  these  high  grade  rubber  heels 
contribute  to  physical  comfort,  well-being  and  efficiency. 

O'Sullivan's  Heels  assure  maximum  resiliency  and  durability,  and  arc  guaranteed  to  wear 
twice  as  long  as  ordinary  rubber  heels. 

NEW  YORK  CITY 


Digitized  by 


Google 


12  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


In  the  Treatment  of  the  Acute  Infections 

— ^particularly  septicemia,  pyaemia,  severe  inflaenza,  the  secondary  and 
septic  pneumonias,  tuberculosis,  and  septic  processes  generally — 

BANNERMAN'S 
Intravenous  Solution 

has  given  results  of  the  most  prompt  and  grratifying-  character  in  many  cases  that 
have  failed  to  respond  to  any  other  therapeutic  measure.  In  numerous  instances  it 
has  proven  a  veritahle  life  saver,  through  its  exceptional  capacity  for  stimulating 
and  reinforcing  latent  forces  of  bodily  resistance  and  recuperation. 

It  is  not  claimed  that  Bannermann's  Intravenous  Solution  is  a  miracle  worker, 
but  no  physician  who  has  observed  its  beneficial  effect  in  some  grave  case  of  infection 
with  the  prompt  drop  in  the  temperature  and  pronounced  improvement  in  the  pulse, 
respiration  and  every  other  symptom,  can  fail  to  be  impressed  with  its  therapeutic 
value. 

If  you  have  some  case  that  has  failed  to  respond  to  all  other  lines  of  treatment 
why  not  write  for  clinical  data  and  full  information? 

Wm*  S*  Bannerman  Co. 

82  North  State  Street  607 -C  Reliance  Bldg.  Chicago,  111. 


BROMIDIA 


(BATTLE) 

Sedative         Antispasmodic         Hjrpnotic 

A  true  synergistic  remedy,  each  of  whose 
constituents  aids  and  reinforces  the  therapeutic  action 
of  the  others,  thus  affording  a  degree  of 
efficiency  not  obtainable  from  any  single  remedy. 

The  care  used  to  select  ingredients  of  the 
highest  chemical  purity  and  to  combine  them  in  the 
most  akillful  manner,  assures  a  maximum  of 
sedative,  antispasmodic  and  hypnotic  effect 

BROMIDIA  has  been  the  remedy  of  choice  of  many  physidans 
for  many  years.  In  conditions  of  nervousness  and  sleepUsssness. 

BATTLE  &  CO.,  ChemMU'  Corporation,  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AllSRICAN  MEDICINE 


13 


THE 

MEDICAL 
BULLETIN 


THE    LUIKART    CHILDREN 
Carter's  Mercury  Antidote 

The  recent  publicity  given  the  Luikart  chil- 
dren of  Detroit,  poisoned  by  corrosive  subli- 
mate administered  by  their  mother,  and  saved 
from  death  through  the  timely  help  of  Dr. 
Thomas  A.  Carter,  of  Chicago,  must  impress 
on  every  physician  the  advisability  of  having 
a  supply  of  Doctor  Carter's  antidote  on  hand 
for  such  emergencies.  The  administration  of 
Carter's  antidote  is  very  simple— one  tablet 
being  given  for  each  tablet  of  the  poison  taken. 
It  is  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  and  500  tablets 
by  The  Abbott  Laboratories. 

Incidentally,  the  too-numerous  cases  of 
poisoning  with  bichloride  must  lead  one  to 
consider  the  use  of  an  antiseptic  having  all 
the  virtues  of  bichloride,  phenol,  and  such 
substances  without  their 
poisonous  qualities.  Such 
an  antiseptic  is  Dakin's 
stable,  water-soluble,  non- 
irritating  synthetic  Chlora- 
zene. 

The  latest  form  in  which 
Chlorazene  has  been  pro- 
duced, and  we  believe  ulti- 
mately the  most  popular,  is 


AROMATIC 

CHLORAZENE 

POWDER 


A  FREE 

TIUAL  BOTTLE 

or 

AROMATIC 

CHLORAZENE 

POWDER 


The    coupon    below    will 
bring  it  to  you. 


This  is  a  combination  of  5  per  cent,  of  Da- 
kin's  Chlorazene  with  sodium  bicarbonate,  so- 
dium chloride,  saccharin,  and  eucalyptol.  A  tea- 
spoonful  of  this  powder  dissolves  instantly  in 
a  glass  (about  6  ounces)  of  water  and  pro- 
duces a  delightful  aromatic  antiseptic  solu- 
tion, which  is  2%  times  as  strong  as  pure  car- 
bolic acid.  It  makes  an  agreeable  and  power- 
fully germicidal  mouth-wash,  spray  for  nose 
or  throat,  gargle,  or  douche.  It  is  cooling, 
refreshing,  and  of  gn^eat  germicidal  power.  It 
may  also  be  used  for  general  antiseptic  pur- 
poses, such  as  applications  to  cuts,  wounds, 
skin  diseases,  etc. 


AIDS    TO    SUCCESSFUL    SURGERY 

The  development  of  remarkably  improved 
germicides — Dakin's  Chlorazene  and  Dichlora- 
mine-T  together  with  a  new  type  of  non-stick- 
ing wax-impregnated  dressing  —  Parresined 
Lace-Mesh  Surgical  Dressing — ^makes  possible 
a  procedure  for  wound  treatment  which  is  giv- 
ing remarkable  results. 

First:  CLEAN  OUT  by  excision  of  all  devi- 
talized tissue  and  by  removing  all  dirt  with 
Neutral  Sodium  Soap,  Abbott,  the  non-irritat- 
ing, alkali-free  liquid  soap  made  from  vege- 
table oil. 

Second:  CLEAN  UP  all  existing  infection 
by  irrigating  with  Chlorazene,  Dakin's  power- 
ful, non-irritating,  water-soluble  antiseptic. 
The  wound  is  then  dried  and  sprayed  witii  so- 
lution of  Dakin's  Dichloramine-T  in  Chlorco- 
sane,  the  most  powerful 
germicide  known  to  science, 
accomplishing  in  M  minute 
the  same  degree  of  sterili- 
zation which  it  takes  7 
hours  for  bichloride  or  24 
hours  for  phenol,  to  pro- 
duce. The  antiseptic  action 
of  Dichloramine-T-Chlorco- 
sane  is  prolonged  over  18  to 
24  hours,  requiring  dress- 
ings only  once  daily,  and 
cleaning  up  infection  at  a 
very  rapid  rate. 

Third:  KEEP  CLEAN— 
Prevent  reinfection  by  daily 
dressings  with  Dichlora- 
mine-T-Chlorcosane  and  protect  with  Parre- 
sined Lace-Mesh  Surgical  Dressing.  This  wax- 
impregnated  woven  lace  DOES  NOT  STICK 
and  is  painlessly  removed  without  disturbing 
the  healing  processes. 

RETUBN   THIS    COUPON 
The  Abbott  T^&boratories,  Dept.   6.   Chloaco,  lU. 

You  may  send  me.  without  charge,  a  trial  bottle  of 
AROMATIC  CHLORAZENE  POWDER.  Also  Infor- 
mation reerardiner  Dichloramine-T.  Parresined  Lace- 
MeHh  Surfirical  Dressing,  and  Neutral   Sodium  Soap. 

Dr 

AddreM     


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


14 


AMERICAN  HBDICINB 


In  Neurasthenic 
G>ndition8 

Hysteria         Anxiety 
Worry  Brain  Fag 

Insomnia        Overwo» 
Indigestion  (Nervous) 
Recovery  from  the  after* 

^ectsof 

Colds,  La  Grippe,  etc. 
Alcoholic  Excess 
Rum  Stomach 

R  CELERINA 

Domof  Cekrtna:    TeaspomM ikrm 
a  day  befwm  or  after  maali 


Efficient 

Mucous  Astringents 

Kmedy'sUglitPiDuCuMdeMb  nkkkl 

ABICAN 

(Kennedy's  LUht  Pfaius  Ciniiffiii) 

AND 

Konedy'sDark  Pins  Canadensit  it  kWM 

DARPIN 

QCamedy's  Durk  Pfaius  Canadensis) 

To  obriate  confusion  with  any  of  the 
other  ^Pinus  Group*'  and  to  more 
readily  differentiate  between  the  Light 
and  Dark  varieties  of  Kennedy's 
Pinus  Canadensis,  the  changes  as  shown 
have  been  suggested. 


Narootic  Law  doM  nat  applj  to  CakflMa 

RIO  CHEMICAL  CO^  79  Emnow  Street,  New  York 


Help  the  Heart  Help  the  Kidneys 

Circulatory  stasis  induced  by  impaired  cardiac  force  and  deranged 
filtering  function  of  the  kidneys,  brings  about  and  maintains 
effusion  of  serous  fluid  into  the  tissues. 

Anasarca,  Ascites,  Dropsy  is  more  than  a  symptom. 

It  is  a  condition  that  demands  careful  effective  treatment. 

Anasarcin  Tablets  strengthen  the  heart  and  regulate  its  rhythm. 

Anasarcin  Tablets  increase  urinary  output,  both  of  fluid  and  salts. 

Anasarcin  Tablets  do  not  disturb  digestion,  produce  arteriole  con- 
traction, or  exert  cumulative  effect. 

Anasarcin  Tablets  can  be  regulated  in  dosage  to  meet  the  indications 
present  in  each  individual  case. 

Sample  and  literature  to  physicians  on  request 

THE  ANASARCIN  CHEMICAL  CO.,  Winchester,  Tenn. 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


AMBRICAN  MBDICINB 


15 


Your  Perennial  Problem: 

INFLUENZA 


{La  Grippe) 


Is  a  grateful  field  of  activity  for  ATOPHAN. 

Gives  ATOPHAN  a  chance  to  broadly  display  its  superior 
pain-relieving  and  anti-inflammatory  properties. 

Seven  and  a  half  to  fifteen  grains  (one  or  two  tablets)  help 
readily  to  alleviate  the  respiratory  inflammation,  the  congest- 
ive headache,  the  pain  and  stiffness  of  limbs  and  ba-ck. 

And  ATOPHAN  acts  without  cardiac  depression,  constipation, 
or  kidney  irritation. 

High  and  persistent  fever,  of  course,  calls  for  a  few  doses  of 
a  more  active  antipyretic  to  round  out  the  good  work  of 
ATOPHAN. 

Literature  and  Information  from 

SGHERING  &  GLATZ,  Inc.,  150  Maiden  Lane,  New  York 


LIQUID    -    POWDER    -    OINTI^ENT 

CAMPMO-PHENIQUE  LIQUID- • 

A  powerful  Antisepic  Germicide  used  successfully  by  surgeons  in  minor 
and   major  operations.      Exerts  a    healing    influence    and  induces    rapid 
granulation*     Soothing  in  burns- -healing  in  wounds. 
CAMPHO'PHENIQUE  POWDER- A  Dressing  De  Luxe 

Possesses  all  the  Antiseptic  and  Germicide  properties 
of  the  liquid.      It  is  a  dry  treatment  for  tores,  wounds, 
cats  and  abrasions  of  the  skin. 
CAMPHO-PHENIQUE  OINTMENT 

Indicated  in  various  diseases  of  the  skin 
and  scalp* 

PRiCES 

Liquid,  i  ox.  30c:  4  os.  -  $1-00 
Powder,  Sifter  Top  Canm  30c  and  .  75 
Ointment,   4oMt   Canm  •         •  1.00 

If  your  druggist  is  not 
supplied  order  direct. 

Campho-Phenique  Co. 

ST.   LOUIS.    MO. 

Physicians*  Samples 

and  Literature 

on  Request 


ijk^j^j^SlJII^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


16 


▲MBRICAN  MBDICINB 


The  Natural  Coagulant 


of  Blood 


ThromboplaatlM  Solntlon  (Armour)  is  a  specific 
hemostatic  and  is  made  from  the  brain  substance 
of  Kosher  killed  cattle.  This  brain  tissue  of  c&ttle 
killed  according  to  Mosaic  law  is  uninjured  and  by 
the  Armour  process  this  ''principle"  which  causes 
coag-ulation  is  extracted  and  supplied  to  the  med- 
ical profession  in  standardized  and  sterilized  form. 

ThromboplMstlB  SolvtUMi  (Armour)  is  useful  in  the 
treatment  of  hemorrhagre  especially  that  from 
oozing:  surface,  scar  tissue  and  the  nose  and  throat. 
25  c.  c.  vials,  in  dated  packagres. 

PItiiltary  I^l^vld  (Armour)  is  the  most  trustworthy 
solution  of  the  Posterior  Pituitary  Substance.  It  Js 
free  from  preservatives  and  is  standardized  phys- 
iologrically  by  the  Roth  method.  %  c.  c.  and  1  c.  c. 
ampoules. 

Thyroida  (Armour)  runs  uniformly  0.2  per  cent 
organic  iodin  in  Thyroid  combination.  Thyroid 
Tablets  (Armour)  %»  %,  1  and  2  grain.  When 
Thyroids  is  indicated  specify  Armow's. 

Wt  ciffw  all  th0  ^ndoerine  gland  prpyaraHomt  in  votrdtr  amd  ttibl«t».  A  U  drying 
of  0*0  gbifd*  if  don0  in  paruttm  ormnm  at  a  low  t«mperatMrt.  Thim  intmnem  nnin- 
JMttd  thtt-aptutic  ralae. 

Circulars  on  request. 

ARMOUR^COMPANY 

CHICAGO 


The  combined  Treatment  of  SYPHILIS  by 


SUPSALVS 


STABLE  SUPPOSITORIES  OF 

"fiflli"    (OF  FRERCH 
OVV  MANDrACTDRE) 


AND    MERCURIAL    INUNCTION     (BIERSALY) 

The«e  Suppositories  contain  0.10  ffrm.  of 
*'606"  for  rectal  administration  (also  made  with 
0.03  srr.  dose  for  children)  in  box  oontainins  6. 
Price  per  box  of  6,  15.00;  children's  dose,  $1.00. 
Simple  in  Use.  Rapid  and  Bfleetive  AtssgpU— 
Arsenic  beinv  found  in  the  blood  and  urino 
12   hours   after  administration. 

Produce  No  UBdeslrable  BITeets 
At  the  International  Congrress  of  Hodidno 
Ehrlich  stated  that  the  biochemical  action  of 
•«606"  on  spirochaetes  is  not  direct  but  indirect, 
a  third  factor  found  in  the  body  fluids  beinff 
necessary. 

This  success  is  explained  by  the  well- 
known  experiment  of  Levaditi:  "^f  living  treponemas  be  placed  in  a  eolntion  of  Arseno- 
bensol  (606)  they  continue  to  live  in  it.  But  if  a  trace  of  extract  of  liver  be  added  to  the 
mixture  the  treponemas  are  destroyed." 

"If  606  has  to  be  taken  up  and  transformed  by  the  liver  in  order  to  become  toxic  to 
the  treponema,  there  is  no  better  mode  of  absorption  of  the  druv  than  hj  way  of  tke 
tete«tlsew  since  all  the  Tetna  of  tke  Intestiiiee  Join  the  portal  toIb.  If  this  be  the  case  no 
route  could  be  more  indirect  and  more  unsatisfactory  for  active  treatment  than  one  that 
is  not  intestinal  or  not  intravenous  (i.  e.  prehepatic),  since  some  of  the  druv  must  neces- 
sarily become  flxed  everywhere  before  the  passagre  through  the  liver  has  activated  it." — 
Dr.   Sabouraud.  La  Clinique. 

As  a  result  of  numerous  clinical  experiments.  Dr.  Bagrov,  of  Moscow,  confirms  this. 

THE  ANGLO-FRENCH  DRUG  CO.,  Limited 

WILSON   BLDG..   1270  BROADWAY       Phone   MadUon    Square   6683       NEW   YORK   CITY 


J 


Digitized  by 


Lioogle 


Influenza  and 
Pneumonia 


PROPHYLAXIS:  D,.  e.  C  Roacnow.  of  the  Mayo  Clinic,  read  a  paper 
before  the  American  Medical  Association  at  the  last  annual  meeting  in  which 
he  reported  on  the  use  of  a  prophylactic  vaccine  in  the  influenza  epidemic 
of  19 18-1 919  There  was  a  total  of  100,000  cases,  with  300,000  controls. 
He  asserted  that  the  incidence  of  the  disease  was  three  times  as  great  in  the 
unvaccinated  persons  as  in  the  vaccinated,  and  the  mortality  five  times  as 
great 

Parke,  Davis  &  Company's  Influenza-Pneumonia  Vaccine  is  prepared  in 
accordance  with  the  original  formula  and  method  of  Dr.  Rosenow.  It  is 
administered  in  three  injections,  at  intervals  of  six  or  seven  days. 

Influenza-Pneumonia  Vaccine 
(Prophylactic) 

Bio.  632.  Three  bulbs  in  a  package. 

Bio.  633.  Three  syringes  in  a  package. 

Bio.  634.  Rubber-stoppered  vials  containing  five  mils. 

Bio.  635.  Rubber-stoppered  vials  containing  twenty  mils. 

•  Ei  A 1  ifl  EilN  1  •  Physicians  who  used  Pneumonia  Phylacogen  last  winter 
as  a  routine  measure  in  the  treatment  of  influenza  gave  an  initial  injection  of 
1 6  minims.  The  second  day  the  dose  was  increased  to  32  minims,  the  third 
day  to  48  minims,  and  so  on  until  convalescence  was  established. 

When  pneumonia  had  already  developed,  1 6  minims  of  Pneumonia  Phy« 
lacogen  was  administered  immediately.  Twelve  hours  later  32  minims  w^<s 
injected,  and  the  dose  was  gradually  increased  every  twelve  hours  until  tho 
critical  period  had  been  passed. 

Pneumonia  Phylacogen 

Bio.  605.    Bulbn  of  ten  mils,  one  in  a  package. 
Bio.  607.     Bulbs  of  one  mil,  five  in  a  package. 

Send  for  our  booklet,  "Prophylaxis  and  Treatment  of  Influenzal  Pneumonia*** 

Parke,  Davis  &  Company 


DETROIT 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Valentine's  Meat-Juice 

In  Hospital  and  Private  Proctice  during: 
Efridemics,  and  in  their  own  persons, 
when  ill,  Physicians  have  demonstrated 
the  Value  of  Valentine's  Meat- Juice  in 
Sustaining  and  Strengthening  the  weak- 
ened Vital  Forces. 

Pneumonia  and   influenza. 

Dp.  £.  Beltran,  Valencia,  Spain :  "I  have  known 
and  used  Valentine's  Meat -Juice  on  many  occasions 
and  for  many  years  and  always  with  the  most  satis- 
factory results.  Three  years  ago  I  was  desperately  ill 
witli  a  stubborn  attack  of  Grippal  Pneumonia,  and 
during  my  convalescence  from  said  illness  I  used  Val- 
entine's Meat- Juice.  The  results  were  extremely 
satisfactory,  as  the  excessive  debility  was  soon  ame- 
liorated and  the  period  of  convalescence  made  rela- 
tively short. " 

Cavalier  Or,  Enrico  Ballerini,  Late  Surgeon 
to  the  Hospital  of  Rowi\  Italy :  *'l  have  used  Valen- 
tine's Meat- Juice  in  the  treatment  of  patients,  and 
also  personally,  after  having  been  ill  with  Influenza, 
and  I  must  say  it  is  an  excellent  tonic  in  conditions  of 
great  organic  weakness. " 

For  Kale  by  American  and  European  Chemiats  and  DrugRiets. 

VALENTINE'S  MEAT- JUICE  CO.. 

JT 175  RICHMOND,  VIRGINIA,  U.  S.  A. 


vy«S 


m 


_V3 


MEAT  JUICE. 


'  n«  r»«TiU  of  u  crvRl-  '        niRElTIONJt-Dtt- 

Ul  I'rt.cfiii  of   Frrj«r.  j  toUm  una  )«»»pi,.BjVil   if  1 

1(1  Juic«    It  sbioli    tli«  or  thrw  nhtttpxmflils  atv 

'  tl«ni«tn»     .1      nutrltltiti  0>'1J  f>r  mtna  vu«r.    Th»  \ 

I  kr«   el.tiiovd    Id   •    »tit«.  um  of  UuiUqj;  water   ' 

I  Ttmdj    fur  lJoni*dtat«   %h-  e^iukc*    (be    l.•^LU«et«r  ttt  1 

9«rpU«B.  tb«  |.r«pv«ti<ia. 


In  the  Treatment  of 

RHEUMATIC   and 

NEURALGIC   ILLS 

you   "H^ill   obtain    substantial   aid   from    the   through    use    of 

K-Y  ANALGESIC 

This  non-greasy,  water-soluble  loeal  anodyne  will  enable  you 
to  ease  your  patient^s  pain  and  diseomfort,  while  your  internal  or 
systemic    medication   is   combating   the   cause   of  his   condition. 

The  advantages,  moreover,  of  relieving  the  pain  of  a  facial 
neuralgia,  an  inflamed  joint,  or  aching  lumbar  muscles  without  re- 
course to  coal  tar  derivatives  cannot  fail  to  appeal  to  medical  men. 

K-Y  ANALGESIC  is  a  safe  and  efiFective  adjunct  that  will  daily 
grow  more  useful  to  the  practitioner  as  the  many  opportunities  for 
its  efiFective  use  are  realized. 

(J  NEW  BRUNSWICK,(7  N.  J.,  U.S.A. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google- 


Digitized  by 


GooQie 


BOUND 

MAY  5  m^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


•  -  i.if/.  ,>-.•'•• -ii.-'    -t'Ai       I.*'   •"<-■.  "CI  «  "  \'J''^ 


>'.  !* 


-  .-l 


i-i;:T^^I'^^ 


.'«./"••; 


'<::'{